Date: April 28, 2024 Sun

Time: 1:04 pm

united kingdom

Results for united kingdom

15571 total results found

3566 non-duplicate results found.

Author: Mills, Helen Title: Policy, Purpose and Pragmatism: Dilemmas for Voluntary and Community Organisations Working with Black Young People Affected by Crime Summary: This report addresses the experiences of voluntary and community organizations (VCOs) who mainly work with young black individuals affected by crime. Details: London: Centre for Crime and Justice Studies, 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juveniles Shelf Number: 116491

Author: Greater London Authority Title: Community-Led Innovation in Addressing the Problems Caused by Crack Cocaine in London Summary: This report discusses innovative community-led responses to the problems caused by crack cocaine. Details: London: Greater London Authority, 2004 Source: Doyle Training and Consultancy Ltd. Year: 2004 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Shelf Number: 117300

Author: Marhia, Natasha Title: Just Representation? Press Reporting and the Reality of Rape Summary: Since its inception in 2003, the Lilith Project, part of Eaves, has monitored and reported upon the press. This has led to an increasing awareness that newspaper reports about sexual violence do not accurately reflect these crimes. Lilith identified a random sample of 136 news articles about rape and sexual assault appearing in mainstream newspapers and on the BBC Online news site during the calendar year 2006 and analysed their content, in relation to the offence(s), perpetrator(s), victim(s) and judicial proceedings, and language used to represent all of the above. Key findings The main finding of the study was the identification of a press construction of rape, perpetrators and victims which is contrary to all research and crime statistics and which has a damaging effect on public perceptions of sexual offences and in turn the reporting of, and conviction rates for, sexual offences. This construction depicts rape as an outdoor crime at the hands of a monstrous or bestial deviant stranger, who may be 'foreign', and uses extreme violence to overpower a victim. In this construction the female victim must be 'proven innocent' through press reporting of her actions before, during and after the attack, including her unimpeachable conduct, valiant resistance, subsequent helplessness and physical and emotional trauma. This finding echoes earlier research in this area. The report also explores new and emerging themes such as the press failing to link individual cases of rape and sexual assault to a wider continuum of violence against women; the press tendency to over-report 'false allegations'; and the use of rape cases involving non-British nationals by the press as a vehicle for mobilising xenophobia. The press construction of rape contrasts with the research evidence in the following ways: - Rape cases which led to a conviction account for 48.5% of news reports about rape, but in reality only 5.7% of reported rapes result in a conviction. - Attacks by strangers account for over half - 54.4% - of press reports about rape, despite the fact that only 8-17% of rapes in the UK are stranger rapes. - The majority - 56% - of rapes are perpetrated by a current or former partner, but these cases are almost invisible in the press, accounting for only 2% of stories about rape. - Although only 13% of rapes take place in public places, these account for 54% of press reports of rape. - The press disproportionately covers rape cases involving excessive additional violence including grievous bodily harm and murder, the use of a weapon or intoxicants, abduction and kidnapping and/or multiple assailants. - Attacks against underage girls are over-reported in the press, while attacks against adult women are under-reported compared with recorded crime statistics. Details: London: Eaves, 2008. 58p. Source: The Lilith Project 2008: Accessed April 25, 2018 at: https://i4.cmsfiles.com/eaves/2012/04/Just-Representation_press_reporting_the_reality_of_rape-d81249.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mass Media Shelf Number: 117147

Author: McCarry, Melanie Title: Violence Against Women in Rural and Urban Areas Summary: This report compares and contrasts violence against women in rural and urban settings. Details: Bristol, UK: University of Bristol, 2009 Source: National Federation of Women's Institutes Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Rural Crime Shelf Number: 117297

Author: Great Britain. HM Crown Prosecution Service Inspectorate, HM Inspectorate of Court Administration, and HM Inspectorate of Constabulary Title: Report of a Joint Thematic Review of Victim and Witness Experiences in the Criminal Justice System Summary: This joint inspectorate report examined the effectiveness of services provided to victims and witnesses of crime, and whether they maximized the likelihood of witnesses attending court and improved the confidence of victims and witnesses in the criminal justice system. Details: London: Criminal Justice Joint Inspection, 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Systems Shelf Number: 116247

Author: Penfold, Clarissa Title: Homelessness Prevention and Meeting Housing Need of (Ex)Offenders: A Guide to Practice Summary: This guide to practice in homelessness prevention and meeting housing need for (ex) offenders was commissioned by Communities and Local Government and overseen by a steering group including representatives from the Ministry of Justice (MoJ), Home Office and Youth Justice Board (YJB). It is based on research undertaken by the National Centre for Social Research (NatCen) in collaboration with Nacro and the Centre for Housing Policy (University of York). The guide is intended to help local authorities and their local partners address the housing needs and prevent homelessness of (ex)offenders. This guide should be read alongside the Homelessness Code of Guidance for Local Authorities (Communities and Local Government, 2006a) issued by the Secretaries of State, which local authorities must have regard to by law when exercising their homelessness functions, and Homelessness Prevention: A Guide to Good Practice (Communities and Local Government, 2006b) which provides non-statutory, good practice guidance for preventing homelessness through a range of activities commonly operated by local authorities. Also of relevance to this guide is non-statutory guidance published by Communities and Local Government and the Department for Children, Schools and Families (DCSF), Joint working between Housing and Children's Services: Preventing homelessness and tackling its effects on children and young people (Communities and Local Government & DCSF, 2008). This includes specific guidance on joint working to prevent and tackle homelessness for 16 and 17 year olds and young people leaving care. This guide is intended to complement existing guidance by providing further detail on promising practice relating to assistance for (ex)offenders. This introductory chapter provides: - a brief overview of the policy context for the research - a description of the research methodology - an outline of the structure of the guide Details: London: Great Britain, Department for Communities and Local Government, 2009. 89p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/595212/Homeless_prevention_and_meeting_the_needs_of_ex-offenders_archived.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 117122

Author: Rolles, Stephen Title: After the War on Drugs: Blueprint for Regulation Summary: Heroin, cocaine, ecstasy, cannabis, prescription and over-the-counter medicines, alcohol, tobacco, coffee, tea - we are all people who use drugs. Our refusal to acknowledge this comes from a deep-seated fear that 'we' might become, or be seen as, one of 'them'. What we really need to focus on is the difference between drug use and drug addiction or dependency. Global prohibitionist drug policy continues to focus efforts primarily on the substances alone. This is wrong. Of course, the harms associated with some drugs are worse than others. Sometimes these are due to the degree of addictiveness of a particular drug. But most of the harms are due to the way that a particular drug is acquired (for example, in a dark alley versus from a pharmacy), the way in which it is used (as a pill, for example, versus smoking, snorting or injecting), and, even more importantly, the way in which society treats people who use drugs. The vast majority of the horrific harms associated with drug use-crime, HIV and other blood-borne infections, violence, incarceration, death-are clearly fueled by the prohibitionist drug policies our governments pursue. The use of non-medical drugs, and more importantly the 'War on Drugs' itself, have had a profound influence on the global HIV epidemic over the past 25 years. Today, injecting drug use accounts for 30% of HIV infections worldwide outside of sub-Saharan Africa. In the Eastern Europe/Central Asia region as a whole over 60% of HIV infections are due to injecting drug use. Global normative guidance on HIV prevention, treatment, care and support for people who inject drugs emphasises the use of a comprehensive set of evidence-based interventions aimed at reducing the harms associated with drug use. This normative guidance, as endorsed by the World Health Organization, the United Nations Joint Programme on HIV/AIDS, the International AIDS Society and other organisations, is in direct contrast to global drug control policy, as set out in the three major UN drug conventions of 1961, 1971 and 1988. These call for a strict prohibitionist stance on the production, distribution and use of nonmedical drugs. It doesn't take a rocket scientist to show that criminalising drugs and drug use has directly and indirectly led to a dramatic increase in drugrelated harms, and that controlling and regulating the production and distribution of all drugs would go a long way towards reducing those harms. So long as we continue to define the drug user as 'other' and define the drug itself as the problem, we will be trapped in our misguided and harm-inducing programmes and policies. 'After the War on Drugs: Blueprint for Regulation' lays out, for the first time, a set of practical and pragmatic options for a global regulatory system for non-medical drugs. It comes at a critical time. A number of Latin American governments, including Argentina, Brazil, Ecuador, Bolivia and Mexico have moved, or are moving, towards decriminalisation of drug possession and are shifting to a public health model to prevent and treat misuse of drugs. They are no longer able to tolerate the damage done to their societies by the War on Drugs. Portugal decriminalised possession of all drugs in 2001. There are signs that the US government, under the new US 'Drug Czar' Gil Kerlikowske, is ready to review its position on the War on Drugs. Given that prohibitionist policy has been dominated by the US, and to some extent Russia, Japan and Sweden, any shifts in US policy could have dramatic effects at the global level. This is not a radical book, nor does it posit radical approaches to global drug policy. In fact, as it points out, the prohibitionist model is the radical approach, in that it is based exclusively on a moral judgment against drug use and drug users and not on an evidence based approach to reducing drug-related harms. Underscoring a century of prohibitionist policy is a deep-seated fear that moving from prohibition to a regulatory approach will lead to a 'free-for-all' situation vis-a-vis drug availability and use. 'Blueprint' outlines clearly that this fear is irrational and that reform of any kind will be vastly superior to the status quo. Details: London: Transform Drug Policy Foundation, 2009. 232p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2018 at: https://www.tdpf.org.uk/sites/default/files/Blueprint.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 117126

Author: Hodgkinson, James Title: Reducing Gang Related Crime: A Systematic Review of 'Comprehensive' Interventions Summary: What do we want to know? The specific aims of this systematic review were as follows: - to produce a systematic map describing the range of research on interventions implemented in response to gang related crime and anti-social behaviour - to carry out an in-depth review focusing on a specific sub-group of 'comprehensive' interventions to assess the effectiveness of this type of intervention - to explore which 'mechanisms of change' might be important to underpin the practice of effective comprehensive interventions - to make recommendations for policy and practice, based on these findings After the initial mapping stage, the decision was taken to focus on the following in-depth review question: Are comprehensive interventions more effective at reducing gang related criminal activity and anti-social behaviour than usual service provision? ('Comprehensive' refers to multi-faceted approaches encompassing more than one distinct type of intervention.) In answering this question, the review also explored whether some types of comprehensive interventions were more effective than others. Why do we want to know? Gang-related crime and anti-social behaviour continue to be issues of concern at both a national and local level. The majority of available research concentrates on explanations of risk factors, gang definitions and sociological explanations of gang behaviour. In short, it does not focus on the effectiveness of specific approaches or interventions which are designed to impact on gang-related crime. This systematic review was undertaken in order to respond to a need for evidence for developing interventions in areas experiencing problems concerning gang-related criminal activity. The review focuses on assessing the effectiveness of interventions so that recommendations can be made around replication and implementation. What did we find? The in-depth review focused on studies that: - evaluated comprehensive interventions - included gang members - contained some element of evaluation and scored at least 3 on the Maryland Scale of Scientific Methods - reported crime reduction outcomes - provided data necessary for statistical synthesis The synthesis found that, overall, the comprehensive interventions had a positive, but not statistically significant, effect on reducing crime outcomes compared with usual service provision (i.e. whatever was in place either in a comparison area or before the specific intervention). The review identified a number of mechanisms of change which were present in those interventions associated with positive outcomes. In the higher quality studies with positive effects, the comprehensive interventions included one or more of the following mechanisms of change: case management / provision of a personalised holistic approach - community involvement in the planning of interventions - community involvement in the delivery of interventions - expertise shared between agencies - delivery of incentives to change offending behaviour, as part of a wider comprehensive intervention approach It is not clear whether only one of these mechanisms of change is the effective one, or if more than one of these mechanisms is needed to produce the desired outcome (and in which combination). In addition, the evidence does not suggest that the actual number of components in a comprehensive intervention is associated with effect size. These are issues that warrant further investigation in the evaluation of new comprehensive interventions What are the implications? While the evidence does not allow us to justify a policy recommendation to use, or not use, comprehensive interventions to tackle gang-related criminal activity, the review has identified a small positive effect for comprehensive interventions. All the interventions evaluated in the studies included in this review took place in the United States and it is therefore not possible to be sure of their transferability into a UK context. Comprehensive interventions warrant further rigorous evaluation in a UK context and policy should support the use of such interventions in the context of a rigorous evaluation. The future design of comprehensive interventions in the UK context should also allow further investigation of those mechanisms of change, which the review suggests are important in successful comprehensive interventions. How did we get these results? In order to ensure that the review is relevant to policy and practice, it has been informed by a range of users that have an interest in the results, including practitioners, policymakers and academics. The views of the user group informed both the scope and direction of the review. A thorough search strategy was developed and all the main social science databases were searched, in addition to handsearching of bibliographies and searches of grey literature. This systematic search processes identified studies which: - were linked to gang-related crime or anti-social behaviour - focused on an intervention - reported outcomes that were specifically related to reducing or preventing gang-related antisocial or criminal behaviour The characteristics of studies meeting the inclusion criteria defined above were mapped in order to refine the research question for the in-depth review. The in-depth review then focused on 'comprehensive' interventions (multifaceted approaches encompassing more than one type of intervention), and studies describing this type of approach were subject to data-extraction and quality appraisal, using the Maryland Scale of Scientific Methods. Narrative and statistical synthesis of the included studies was undertaken, focusing firstly on the intervention type and then on the different outcome measures in the studies. Details: London: EPPI-Centre, 2003. 155p. Source: Social Science Research Unit, Institute of Education, University of London Year: 2003 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 116653

Author: Easton, Helen Title: 'What Works' to Tackle Alcohol-Related Disorder?: An Examination of the use of ASB Tools and Powers in London Summary: This guide outlines the nature and extent of alcohol-related anti-social behavior in London, the tools and powers being used to tackle these issues and the effectiveness of such interventions. Details: London: Government Office for London, 2008 Source: Crime Reduction and Community Safety Research Group, London South Bank University Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Related Disorder Shelf Number: 114411

Author: Eden, Isabel Title: Rape Convictions in London Summary: This report examines the frequency and lenght of sexual offences prosecuted in Greater London. The cases cover all sexual offences from April 2003 to March 2004 that resulted in a custodial sentence. Details: London: EAVES Lilith Project, 2005 Source: Year: 2005 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Rape Victims Shelf Number: 114861

Author: Morgan Harris Burrows LLP Title: Research into the impact of bad character provisions on the courts Summary: This report is based on research that tracked bad character applications received in 6 court centers over eight months in 2006, and interviews with key practitioners. Overall the study found that the new law has had a beneficial but not revolutionary impact on criminal trials. Overall, the new bad character provisions represent a major codification of the behavior relating to the admission of the bad character evidence. The percent of contested cases with a bad character application in the magistrates' court was between 5 and 6 percent. While there was greater variation in the Crown Court: ranging from 72% in Sheffeld and 27% in Bradford. Many of these cases related to the new provision or statutory 'gateway' where evidence of bad character can be put forward which shows the defendant's propensity to commit offences and be untruthful. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, Office for Criminal Justice Reform, 2009 Source: Ministry of Justice Research Series 5/09 Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Admissible Evidence Shelf Number: 115659

Author: Fitch, Kate Title: Protecting children from sexual abuse in Europe: Safer recruitment of workers in a border-free Europe Summary: This report presents the case for improving cooperation across the European Union (EU) to protect children from sexual abuse. It identifies the main barriers that currently prevent the effective pre-employment vetting of migrant workers across Europe, and examines initiatives that have been or are being pursued at EU level, aimed at improving the exchanges of cross-border criminal information exchange. It makes recommendations on how the European Union and member states can improve cross-border cooperation for vetting and barring purposes, focusing particularly on the need to improve and share information. Details: London: National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children (NSPCC), 2007 Source: Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 113537

Author: Gallagher, Bernard Title: International and Internet Child Sexual Abuse and Exploitation: Research Report Summary: There has, in recent years, been growing awareness and concern over cases of child sexual abuse (CSA)which have an international dimension or which involve the Internet. However, relatively little is known about these cases, as a result of which the policy and practice response may not be as appropriate or effective as it should be. This research project, directed by Bernard Gallgher, and funded by The Nuffield Foundation, was designed to further knowledge of international and Internet CSA, and in doing so contribute to the development of policy and practice. Details: Hudderfields, UK: Centre for Applied Childhood Studies, University of Huddersfield, 2006 Source: The Nuffield Foundation Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 104160

Author: Mills, Helen Title: The Community Order and the Suspended Sentence Order Three Years On: The Views and Experiences of Probation Officers and Offenders Summary: The introductin of Community Order and the Suspended Order (SSO) in the 2003 Criminal Justice Act, on paper at least, radically reconfigured community sentences in England and Wales. This report assesses the use and impact of these orders since their implementation. Details: London: Centre for Crime and Justice Studies, 2009 Source: Community sentences series Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Sentences Shelf Number: 114752

Author: Great Britain. Home Office. Research, Development and Statistics Directorate Title: An Evaluation of the Phased Implementation of the Recording of Police Stops Summary: The Stephen Lawrence Inquiry recommended that all stops (as well as searches) should be recorded by the police and a copy given to the person stopped. The recording of stops was introduced through a process of phased implementation, starting initially in five sites in England and Wales, with the aim of identifying the most effective approaches to recording. The evaluation of phased implementation drew on interviews with operational officers, police statistics, observations of patrols, costs information, and interviews with members of the public stopped by the police. This report outlines findings and learning points from the evaluation. Details: London: Home Office, 2004 Source: Home Office Development and Practice Report: 23 Year: 2004 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 114882

Author: Great Britain. Department for Children, Schools and Families Title: Statutory Guidance on Children Who Run Away and Go Missing from Home or Care: Supporting Local Authorities to Meet the Requirements of National Indicator 71: Missing from Home and Care Summary: This guidance on children who run away or go missing in the United Kingdom is issued under section 7 of the Local Authority Social Services Act 1970. Contents include: responding to the needs of all children and young people who run away and go missing; push/pull factors; regional arrangements and cross-border issues; Runaway and Missing from Home and Care (RMFHC) protocols; risk assessment; police Safe and Well Check and Return Interviews; care planning; placement matters; looked-after children trafficked from abroad; support for care staff; the law concerning missing or runaway children. Case studies covering examples of good practice are included. The annex includes National Indicator 71 - Missing from Home and Care criteria. Details: London: 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juveniles Shelf Number: 115633

Author: Perry, Amanda E. Title: A Rapid Evidence Assessment of the Evidence on the Effectiveness of Interventions with Persistent/Prolific Offenders in Reducing Re-Offending Summary: Persistent and prolific offenders are of great concern to any government of the disproportionate amount of crime they account for, but little is known about which interventions are effective in reducing offender behavior. A Rapid Evidence Assessment was conducted to systematically review the UK and international literature to evaluate the effectiveness of interventions for persistent and prolific offenders in reducing re-offending behavior. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2009 Source: Ministry of Justice Research Series 12/09 Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Intervention Programs Shelf Number: 115648

Author: Oil Companies International Marine Forum Title: Piracy: The East Africa/Somalia Situation: Practical Measures to Avoid, Deter or Delay Piracy Attacks Summary: This booklet has been produced with the aim of providing practical information to assist seafarers faced with potential or actual acts of piracy while operating in the Gulf of Aden and other waters near the Horn of Africa. Details: London: Witherby Seamanship International, 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Piracy Shelf Number: 114359

Author: Ward, Liz Title: Tackling Knives Action Programme (TKAP) Phase 1: Overview of Key Trends from a Monitoring Programme Summary: The Tackling Knives Action Programme (TKAP) was a Home Office-led intensive, time limited initiative which aimed to reduce the carrying of knives, related homicides and serious stabbings among teenagers (aged 13-19). It was launched in response to a number of high profile knife-related murders and serious stabbing among young people. The programme was implemented in ten police force areas in England and Wales and was delivered in partnership with the Association of Chief Police Officers (ACPO), the police and a range of other government agencies. Details: London: Home Office, Research, Development and Statistics Directorate, 2009 Source: Research Report 18 Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 115635

Author: McNeill, Fergus Title: Towards Effective Practice in Offender Supervision Summary: This paper provides an overview of evidence and argument about reoffending and about the kinds of practices of offender supervision in the community that might by most effective in reducing it. This report focuses more specifically on the effectiveness of rehabilitative programs. The concern of this report is not so much the merits of particular programs or interventions but rather broader practices and processes of supervision in which they are, or should be, embedded. Details: Glasgow: Scottish Centre for Crime & Justice Research, 2009 Source: Report 01/09 University of Glasgow Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Supervision Shelf Number: 115542

Author: McDougall, Cynthia Title: Evaluation of HM Prison Service Enhanced Thinking Skills Programme: Report on the Outcomes from a Randomised Controlled Trial Summary: The Enhanced Thinking Skills (ETS) program was designed to change thinking and attitudes associated with offending. This report presents the findings from a randomized controlled trial with a sample of 408 offenders carried out in ten United Kingdom prisons to evaluate the ETS program. The evaluation found a statistically significant reduction in self-report of impulsivity as measured by the Eysenek Impulsivity Scale in offenders who had completed the ETS program when compared with a waiting list control group who had not started the program. In addition to improvement in impulsivity, incidence of prison security reports, general attitudes to offending and locus of control were statistically significantly improved following ETS. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2009 Source: Ministry of Justice Research Series 3/09 Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 115660

Author: Amnesty International Title: Public Outrage: Police Officers Above the Law in France Summary: French police officers have been accused of racist abuse, excessive use of force, beatings, unlawful killings, and other human rights violations. This report examines the French justice system, and argues that it fosters impunity for those police officers accused of such acts. Internal police investigations, judges, prosecutors and victims experiences are all examined in relation to alleged human rights violations by French police officers. Details: London: Amnesty International Publications, 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: France Shelf Number: 115346

Author: Great Britain. Metropolitan Police Authority Title: Seen and Heard - Young People, Policing and Crime: An MPA Report Summary: The Metropolitan Policing Authority Youth Scrutiny was conducted between September 2007 and May 2008. The focus of this youth scrutiny was the causes, effects and impact of young people's involvement in crime as victims, witnesses and perpetrators and how this influence their interactions and relationships with the Metropolitan Police Service and other service providers who have a mandate to support and protect them. Details: London: 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 116246

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary Title: Delivering the Policing Pledge: Early Findings Summary: The Policing Pledge aims to ensure that the public has responsive policing, placing the citizen at the heart of those services. The pledge sets out what the public can expect, in terms of fairness, access, local policing, response to calls, support and information for victims, and dealing with dissatisfaction with the overall aim of increasing public satisfaction and confidence in policing services. This report presents the pledge in a 10 point framework, with the ability to be tailored to meet the needs to local neighborhoods. Details: London: Her Majesty's Inspectorate Constabulary, 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 115198

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspectorate Title: Police Custody: The Detention of Persons in Police Custody in Northern Ireland Summary: This inspection reviewed the custody services by the Police Service of Northern Ireland in four main areas: strategic and service-wide issues; treatment and conditions; healthcare; and individual rights. The purpose behind this kind of review is to ensure the treatment and care of detainees is critical ensuring that those who are detained in police custody are dealt with in an effective, efficient and humane manner. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Detention Shelf Number: 115350

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspectorate Title: A Review of Transition to Community Arrangement for Life Sentence Prisoners in Northern Ireland Summary: This review considers how well life sentence prisoners are risk assessed and managed in preparation for their release by the Northern Ireland Prison Service (NIPS), Probation Board for Northern Ireland (PBNI) and the Parole Commissioners for Northern Ireland. This report compares practice in Northern Ireland with other jurisdictions (England and Wales, mostly) to identify learning opportunities for the future. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Communities Shelf Number: 115349

Author: Solomon, Enver Title: Out of Trouble: Reducing child imprisonment in England and Wales - lessons from abroad Summary: This report focuses specifically on international examples of policies and practices that are used in countries which have relatively low numbers of children in custody or have been developed and implemented in countries to reduce child imprisonment. This report looks at alternative sanctions that could be developed for use in England and Wales to reduce the number of children remanded or sentenced to custody. This report does not focus specifically on particular intervention or at preventative work. Details: London: Prison Reform Trust, 2009 Source: King's College London: International Centre for Prison Studies Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 116543

Author: Lawlor, Eilis Title: Unlocking Value: How We All Benefit from Investing in Alternatives to Prison for Women Offenders Summary: This report from the New Economics Foundation (nef) highlights how short-term cost control and narrow re-offending targets in a criminal justice system lets down women offenders and costs more in the long term. The authors utilize Social Return on Investment (SROI) analysis to examine the costs and long-term benefits associated with support-focused community penalties involving high-quality facilities are a more cost-effective option than imprisonment for non-violent women offenders. Details: London: New Economics Foundation, 2008 Source: Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Corrections Shelf Number: 116374

Author: Adamson, Sue Title: Hidden from Public View? Racism Against the UK Chinese Population Summary: This report offers insight into the situation of Chinese victims of racism in three different towns and areas of the United Kingdom: London, Manchester, and Southampton. The report reveals that the Chinese community suffers from levels of racism, harassement and racial violence that are perhaps higher than any other minority group due to under-reporting. Details: London: The Monitoring Group, 2009 Source: University of Hull Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias Crime Shelf Number: 116292

Author: Ireland. Department of Justice, Equality and Law Reform Title: Fear of crime in Ireland and its impact on quality of life Summary: One of the priority areas of the National Crime Council was to examine fear of crime in Ireland. This report aims to examine the extent to which individuals report a fear of crime in Ireland; ascertain the factors which influence stated levels of fear; assess the reported impact of fear of crime on quality of life; identify the factors influencing the effect of fear of crime on quality of life; and advance recommendations for the development of strategies and/or initiatives aimed at reducing fear of crime and its consequences. Details: Dublin: Stationery Office, 2009 Source: Report commissioned by the National Crime Council Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Fear of Crime Shelf Number: 116214

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspectorate Title: Royal Mail Group: An Inspection of the Royal Mail Group Crime Investigations Function Summary: The Royal Mail Group maintains a security function responsible for investigating crime against its businesses. Royal Mail pursues its local prosecutions through the Northern Ireland criminal justice system. This inspection looks at the investigative function of the Royal Mail Group using the five main elements of the common core: Openness, Partnership, Equality, Learning and Results. Inspectors found that the methods of case submission in Northern Ireland differed from England and Wales and there had been some anomalies in case outcomes. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2008 Source: Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Investigations Shelf Number: 115756

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspectorate Title: Inspection of Woodlands Juvenile Justice Centre Summary: This report outlines the findings of a full, announced inspection of Woodlands Juvenile Justice Centre (the JJC). Unlike the rest of the United Kingdom, the JJC in Northern Ireland is not legally required to be licensed, so inspection is particularly important to assess the management and care of children who are held there. The inspection found that significant progress had been made by the JJC since the 2004 inspection. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2008 Source: Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 115754

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspectorate Title: Community Restorative Justice Ireland: Report of an Inspection Summary: This report offers an evaluation of community-based restorative justice system schemes in Belfast and Derry/Londonderry. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2008 Source: Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Communities Shelf Number: 115753

Author: Commission on English Prisons Today Title: Do Better, Do Less: The Report of the Commission on English Prisons Today Summary: This report advocates a new approach of penal moderation and a number of fundamental reforms, including: a significant reduction in the prison population and the closure of establishments; the replacement of short prison sentences with community-based responses; the dismantling of the National Offender Management Service (NOMS), including the break up of the centrally managed prison service; with local authorities as lead partners, the authors suggest local strategic partnerships should be formed that bring together representatives from the criminal justice, health and education sectors, with local prison and probation budgets fully devolved and made available for justice reinvestment initiatives. Details: London: Howard League for Penal Reform, 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 115677

Author: Marine Resources Assessment Group Title: Review of the Impacts of Illegal, Unreported and Unregulated Fishing on Developing Countries: Final Report Summary: Illegal, unreported and unregulated (IUU) fishing is a global problem. Although there are numerous studies on IUU fishing in high seas waters, there is currently a lack of information on the economic and other impacts of IUU fishing on developing countries. This study sets out to address this lack, utilizing a literature review of empirical informatin and data from case studies of 10 developing countries around Africa and Oceania. Details: London: MRAG, 2005 Source: Year: 2005 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Africa Shelf Number: 115387

Author: Mitton, Lavinia Title: Factors Affecting Compliance with Rules: Understanding the Behaviour and Motivations Behind Customer Fraud Summary: This report reviews literature which may be applicable to understanding fraud in a range of means-tested benefits in an attempt to bring clarity into customer non-compliance data which can be gleaned from social surveys, public economics, law and social psychology. The author sought to answer two questions: what can we learn abou the reasons for benefit fraud from research in the fields of social policy, public economics, law and social psychology; and can what is learned from the causes of fraud usefully be turned into ideas for reforming the benefits system. Details: London: Department for Work and Pensions, 2009 Source: Working Paper No. 67; Report carried out by the University of Kent on behalf of the Department for Work and Pensions Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Fraud Shelf Number: 115812

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice Title: Reoffending of Adults: Results from the 2006 Cohort: England and Wales Summary: This report contains results on reoffending - frequency, severity, acutal (yes/no) and predicted (yes/no) for adults aged 18 and over. The results cover adults released from custody or commencing a court order. All measures in this report summarize data obtained from the Police National Computer(PNC) on whether or not an offender is proven to have reoffended during a one-year follow up period, as well as how many times and the seriousness of the reoffences committed. Details: London: 2008 Source: Statistics Bulletin Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Reoffending Shelf Number: 115682

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspectorate Title: Handling Volume Crime and the Use of Police Bail: A Review of How the PSNI Deal with Incidents of Volume Crime and Uses of Police Bail Summary: Fear of crime, especially pronounced in communities with a high volume of crime, has a great impact of quality of life for citizens, regardless of whether or not they have been personally victimized. The authors assert that the effect of volume crime on community cohesion should not be underestimated. To that point, this report examines how the Police Service of Northern Ireland (PSNI) manages volume crime. Reporting, recording, investigation, and eventual disposal or clearance are all examined here. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspectorate Northern Ireland, 2006 Source: Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Fear of Crime Shelf Number: 115758

Author: Great Britain. Cabinet Office Title: Extending Our Reach: A Comprehensive Approach to Tackling Serious Organised Crime Summary: This paper outlines the action the the government of the United Kingdom is taking to improve the response to serious organized crime and harm it causes to the U.K. Details: London: The Stationery Office, 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Organized Crime Shelf Number: 115747

Author: Plan Togo Title: For the Price of a Bike: Child Trafficking in Togo Summary: This booklet is about the pervasiveness of child trafficking in Togo: the extent, causes, forms and consequences of the phenomenon. Led by four Togolese experts (from the disciplines of sociology, anthropology, socio-demography and economics), the research involved a study of existing documentation; consultations with relevant government bodies and non-government organizations (NGOs), the police, customs officers and others; and field research in all five regions of the country, in villages and towns identified as severly affected by child trafficking. Details: Woking, UK: Plan Togo, 2006 Source: Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 114856

Author: Bokhari, Farhat Title: Stolen Futures: Trafficking for Forced Child Marriage in the UK Summary: The research for this report documented 48 cases of trafficking for forced child marriage, including cases where there were strong suspicions of an impending forced marriage involving the movement and potential exploitation of the child. There is little data on this aspect of trafficking internationally or within the United Kingdom, partly because of a lack of systematic data collection on child trafficking in all its forms. With the increasing profile and development in policy on forced marriage in the UK and elsewhere, attention on the links between forced marriage, child marriage and trafficking has been growing, albeit slowly. This exploratory study hopes to contribute to a clearer understanding of this issue from a UK perspective and to offer some new insights into how the needs of the children involved may be addressed. Details: London: ECPAT UK, 2009. 40p. Source: Accessed April 17, 2018 at: https://ec.europa.eu/anti-trafficking/sites/antitrafficking/files/ecpat_trafficking_for_forced_child_marriage_in_uk_en_1.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Exploitation Shelf Number: 117104

Author: Scotland. HM Inspectorate of Constabulary for Scotland Title: Independent Review of Policing in Scotland: A Report for the Cabinet Secretary for Justice Summary: Policing in Scotland is facing unprecedented changes in demand and expectation, driven by both global and local events. Policing is becoming increasingly complex, with new technological developments and new policy areas. There is now also greater emphasis on partnership working, particularly at a local level through community planning. These changes emphasize the importance of ensuring there is an effective balance between delivering locally visible, accessible and familiar policing, the cornerstone of policing activity, with the specialist policing required to deal with the high impact but less frequent crimes and incidents. This review is concerned with identifying the action required to ensure Scottish police forces are properly supported and can continue to deliver effective policing across the wide range of demand and within available resources. Details: Edinburgh: 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Policing Shelf Number: 115749

Author: Kelly, Emmo Title: Bordering on Concern: Child Trafficking in Wales Summary: This research was commissioned by the Office of the Children's Commissioner Wales to consider what evidence base there is child trafficking in Wales. Whilst there is significant anecdotal evidence, so far there has been a lack of baseline data on children who have been trafficked, into, within and out of Wales. This research aims to address that gap and builds on research ECPAT UK has already conducted in England. Details: London: ECPAT UK, 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 114864

Author: Cox, Alexandra Title: Beats & Bars: Music in Prisons: An Evaluation Summary: This report is an evaluation of a series of five-day music projects which took place in eight men's prisons across England from October 2007 to July 2008. The evaluation was aimed at understanding the impact of the project on its participants' engagement with purposeful activities while in prison, in particular the impact of the project on their engagement with the Learning and Skills department, as well as their behavior and general well-being in prison. Seventy-one men participated in this evaluation. Details: London: Irene Taylor Trust, 2008. Source: Internet Resource: accessed March 22, 2019 at: https://irenetaylortrust.files.wordpress.com/2014/06/beatsandbars.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 115359

Author: Jan-Khan, Manaware Title: Equality Impact Assessment of Improving Health, Supporting Justice Summary: This report was produced in response to the need to develop a new strategic delivery plan for health and criminal justice, incorporating the recommendations from the previous report, "Improving Health, Supporting Justice: A National Delivery Plan." The delivery plan examines how services can work to ensure that offenders receive appropriate, sensitive and effective care throughout their transitions and during the criminal justice pathway. Details: London: UK Department of Health, 2009 Source: October 2009, Gateway Reference 12632 Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 117373

Author: Webb, Sarah Title: Organised Immigration Crime: A Post-Conviction Study Summary: This report outlines the findings of an interview program conducted in 2006 with 45 prisoners convicted of human trafficking/smuggling offences in 2005. The research was commissioned to provide a fuller understanding of the market dynamics of facilitated illegal entry into the United Kingdom. The results present a picture by the perpetrators was of a market that conferred healthy profits with a low risk detection. The United Kingdom is perceived as an attractive destination for a number of reasons and illicit entry across UK borders is perceived to be easy. Many interviewess expressed genuine surprise at the severity of the sentences that they had received for involvement in human trafficking/smuggling offences. Details: London: Home Office Research, Development and Statistics Directorate, 2009 Source: Research Report 15 Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Smuggling Shelf Number: 115394

Author: Scotland. Social Work Inspection Agency Title: Multi-Agency Inspection: Assessing and Managing Offenders Who Present a High Risk of Serious Harm 2009 Summary: This report presents the findings of an inspection of the management of high risk of serious harm offenders. The inspection team comprised inspectors from the Social Work Inspection Agency, Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Prisons, and Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary for Scotland. This report identifies where practice and procedures to minimize and manage risk can become better, and adds to the body of knowledge about the management of high-risk offenders in Scotland. Details: Edinburgh: Social Work Inspection Agency, 2009 Source: A joint report by the Social Work Inspection Agency, HM Inspectorate of Constabulary for Scotland and HM Inspectorate of Prisons Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offenders Shelf Number: 115399

Author: Lloyd, Kate Title: Citizen Focus and Community Engagement: A Review of the Literature Summary: This review examines the key factors from the research evidence on public perception of the police, factors associated with satisfaction and confidence, elements of community engagement and the key challenges to the successful implementation of citizen-focused policing. Four major themes emerge from this review: the importance of police attitude and conduct; a lack of understanding about citizen focus and community engagement; the prevalence of citizen focus, community policing and community engagement activities and approaches being 'bolted on' to existing policing structures, rather than transforming the ways policing is delivered across the board and; how aspects of policing culture can shape officers' behavior and approaches to their work, and potentially block or undermine the possibilities for change. Details: London: Police Foundation, 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Participation Shelf Number: 115293

Author: Pearce, Jenny Title: Violence, Power and Participation: Building Citizenship in Contexts of Chronic Violence Summary: From the summary: "This paper is about civil society participation in two contexts of chronic violence: Colombia and Guatemala. It explores the extent to which civil society organisations can build citizenship in such contexts and simulataneously address violence. It argues that civil society organisations can play a vital role in building citizenship and confronting violent actors and acts of violence. The paper asks whether the promotion of non-dominating forms of power are needed if we are to tackle the damaging effects on human relationships and progress of willingness to inflict direct physical hurt on the Other. Non-dominating forms of power focus on enhancing everyone's power potential and capacity for action and promoting communication. If non-violence and non-dominating power gradually become the social norm, this might enhance citizenship and participation in ways that tackle other forms of violence, such as structural violence. Details: UK: Institute of Development Studies, University of Sussex, 2007 Source: Institute of Development Studies Working Paper 274; Citizenship DRC Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Colombia Shelf Number: 113964

Author: Gallagher, Bernard Title: International and Internet Child Sexual Abuse and Exploitation: Research Report Summary: From the report: "there has, in recent years, been growing awareness and concern over cases of child sexual abuse (CSA) which have an international dimension or which involve the Internet. However, relatively little is known about these cases, as a result of which the policy and practice response may not be as appropriate or effective as it should be. This research project, directed by Bernard Gallagher, and funded by The Nuffield Foundation, was designed to further knowledge of international and Internet CSA, and in doing so contribute to the development of policy and practice. Details: Hudderfields, UK: Centre for Applied Childhood Studies, University of Huddersfield, 2006 Source: Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 104160

Author: Bullock, Karen Title: Public Concerns About Organised Crime Summary: From this report: "[t]his report presents findings from a study that explored the nature and extent of public concern about organised crime. The study drew on two sources of data: ten in-depth focus groups and a telephone survey of 1,000 randomly selected members of the public. The impetus for this research was the 2004 Organised Crime White Paper which pointed to the need to examine the level of public concern about organised crime and the harm associated with it. Rather than assessing the effectiveness of a specific policy initiative, the work was carried out to increase the wider contextual evidence base on organised crime, specifically focusing on public perception and concerns." Details: London: Home Office Research, Development and Statistics Directorate, 2009 Source: Research Report 16 GfK NOP Social Research Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Organized Crime Shelf Number: 115788

Author: Bullock, Karen Title: Examining Attrition in Confiscating the Proceeds of Crime Summary: From the report: "[t]his study sought to identify the extent of attrition (financial loss) in the confiscation order process and why it occurs. The study found that although the majority of cases experience little or no attrition, there is significant monetary attrition in the confiscation order system. However, much of the overall 'loss' shown by the statistics is artificial and stems from the operation of the Proceeds of Crime Act (POCA) (2002) - in particular, the broad assumptions that can be applied in the calculation of criminal benefit. Policy makers should therefore be aware of the distinction between this 'procedural attrition' and attrition that represents a true loss - in particular that which occurs during enforcement of orders." Details: London: Home Office Research, Development and Statistics Directorate, 2009 Source: Research Report 17 Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Administration of Justice Shelf Number: 115821

Author: Mallon, Ray Title: A Force to Be Reckoned With: A Policy Report by the Policing Reform Working Group Summary: From the executive summary: "The Policing Reform Working Group was convened to address this challenge and point a direction forward for policing in England and Wales. The Working Group brought together independent experts from the world of policing, politics, research, criminology and the wider criminal justice system to do so. The recommendations in this report have been designed to give officers the time, the skills and the discretion they need to get on with the job. The proposed "Interventionist Neighbourhood Policing" model insists on keeping police on the streets, with a commitment always to intervene against crime and antisocial behaviour. To allow this to happen, and to put local priorities back at the head of local policing, a Crime and Justice Commissioner will be elected in every Force area." Details: London: Centre for Social Justice, 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Reform Shelf Number: 113928

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary Title: Crime Counts: A Review of Data Quality for Offences of the Most Serious Violence: Technical Report. Summary: This report reviews the quality of the Most Serious Violence crime data nationally and compliance with U.K. Home Office Counting Rules and the National Crime Recording Standard. Details: London: Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary Source: Year: 0 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 117312

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice Title: Reducing Reoffending: Supporting Families, Creating Better Futures. A Framework for Improving the Local Delivery of Support for Families of Offenders Summary: This framework sets out key tasks for criminal justice agencies and local services to support the children and families of offenders at each stage of the criminal justice system and beyond. Details: London: Home Office, 2009. 45p. Source: Great Britain. Department for Children, Schools and Families Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Families of Inmates Shelf Number: 117794

Author: Barter, Christine Title: Partner exploitation and violence in teenage intimate relationships Summary: This study provides a detailed picture of the incidence and impact of teenage partner violence in Great Britain. 1,353 young people, between 13 and 17 years old from England, Scotland and Wales took part in the research survey and 91 young people took part in in-depth interviews. Although a body of evidence exists on adult experiences of domestic violence, very little is known about partner exploitation and violence in teenagers' own intimate relationships and encounters in the UK. The survey findings clearly show that violence in young people's intimate relationships should be viewed as a significant child welfare problem. The findings highlight a range of factors for prevention and intervention programmes. Details: London: National Society for Prevention of Cruelty to Children (NSPCC). 209p. Source: Internet Source Year: 0 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Dating Violence, Juveniles, Violent Crime, Interve Shelf Number: 117669

Author: Solomon, Enver Title: Community Sentences Digest (2nd ed.) Summary: The Community Sentences Digest aims to address the gap in information available about community sentences and the offenders who serve them. It provides a wide range of facts and figures about trends in the use of the sentences over the last decade as well as the latest official data about Community Orders and Suspended Sentence Orders. In effect it is a detailed assessment of what is known about court orders served in the community in England and Wales today. Details: London: Centre for Crime and Justice Studies, King's College London, 2008 43p. Source: Internet Source Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community corrections, Corrections Shelf Number: 117719

Author: Gavrielides, Theo Title: Restoring Relationships Project: Addressing hate crime through restorative justice and cross-sector partnerships: a London study Summary: The Restoring Relationships Project (RRP) is a London-wide initiative, which aims to help reduce hate crime and its impact. The project started in June 2006 and is run by Race on the Agenda (ROTA), a social policy think-tank that has been active since 1986. This report presents the findings of the 2 year project and posits recommendations on how to address hate crime through alternative dispute methodologies and multi-agency partnerships. Details: London: ROTA (Race on the Agenda), 2008 62p. Source: Internet Source Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Restorative Justice, Hate Crimes, Race/Ethnicity, Shelf Number: 117675

Author: Thomas, Cheryl Title: Are juries fair? Summary: This research asks: is jury decision-making fair? It examines whether all-White juries discriminate against Black and minority ethnic defendants, whether juries rarely convict on certain offences or at certain courts, whether jurors understand legal directions, are aware of media coverage or look for information on the internet about their cases. The empirical study involved over 1,000 actual jurors in three areas of the country and over 68,000 jury verdicts across all Crown Courts in England and Wales. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2010, 67p. Source: Internet Source Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juries, Jurors, Discrimination, Race/Ethnicity Shelf Number: 117819

Author: Farmer, Stephen-Lee Title: An Evaluation of Graffiti as a Tool for Conveying Political and Social Messages Summary: This study considers ways in which graffiti is used as a tool to convey political and social messages that might otherwise be marginalized by modern society as well as other uses to which it is put. It does this by examining available literature including that in support of and opposing use of graffiti and by exploring the ways in which technology and the Internet have contributed to graffiti culture. Details: Plymouth, UK: University of Plymouth, School of Computing, Communications & Electronics, 2007, 42p. Source: Internet Source: Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Graffiti Shelf Number: 116687

Author: Great Britain. Audit Commission Title: Protecting the Public Purse: Local Government Fighting Fraud Summary: This report by the U.K. Audit Commission considers the key fraud risks and pressures facing councils and related bodies and identifies good practice in fighting fraud. Details: London: Audit Commission, 2009. 62p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Fraud Shelf Number: 116392

Author: Githens-Mazer, Jonathan Title: Islamophobia and Anti-Muslim Hate Crime: A London Case Study Summary: The perils of Islamophobia and anti-Muslim hate crime threaten to undermine basic human rights, fundamental aspects of citizenship and co-existing partnerships for Muslims and non-Muslims alike in contemporary Europe. Routine portrayals of Islam as a religion of hatred, violence and inherent intolerance have become key planks for the emergence of extremist nationalist, anti-immigration politics in Europe - planks which seek to exploit populist fears and which have the potential to lead to Muslim disempowerment in Europe. Sections of the media have created a situation where the one serves to heighten the unfounded claims and anxieties of the other - such that politicians from Austria to the Britain, and the Netherlands to Spain, feel comfortable in using terms like "Tsunamis of Muslim immigration", and accuse Islam of being a fundamental threat to a "European way of life". While in many cases, the traction of this populist approach reflects an ignorance of Islamic faith, practice and belief, there are many think-tanks which are currently engaged in promoting erroneous depictions of Islam and Muslim political beliefs through unsubstantiated and academically baseless studies, and a reliance on techniques such as 'junk-polling'. Prior to researching Islamophobia and anti-Muslim hate crime in London, we worked with Muslim Londoners to research the contested notion of what is widely termed by academics and policy makers as "violent radicalisation" (Githens-Mazer, 2010, Lambert 2010). To a large extent it was that prior research experience that persuaded us to embark on this new project. That is to say, there is an important link between the two areas of work which we should explain at the outset. Since 9/11 Muslim Londoners, no less than Muslims in towns and cities across Europe, have often been unfairly stigmatised as subversive threats to state security and social cohesion, sometimes characterised as a fifth column (Cox and Marks 2006, Gove 2006, Mayer and Frampton 2009). We do not suggest that this stigmatisation did not exist before 9/11, still less do we argue that it revolves solely around the issues of security and social cohesion, but we do claim that the response to 9/11 - 'the war on terror' - and much of the rhetoric that has surrounded it has played a significant part in increasing the public perception of European Muslims as potential enemies rather than potential partners and neighbours. From our perspectives and experience, both academic and practitioner, the rise of Islamophobia and anti-Muslim hate crime is morally abhorrent and needs to be countered. Muslim communities in the UK and Europe have important contributions to make to the local communities and broader societies in which they live. Yet to date, these communities, and Islam more broadly, are often the subject of misunderstanding and vilification. Whereas Islamic legal and political traditions have, at key points, inspired and informed Western political and intellectual traditions, and Muslims in Europe have historically made, and especially today continue to make, important contributions at every level of British and European society, portrayals of their religion and identity still often seem to focus on terrorism, intolerance, and issues such as the veil. While such portrayals are unjust and empirically untrue, they still appear to academically, politically and popularly inform perceptions of Islam in Britain and Europe. This insidious phenomenon runs the very real risk of driving deep divisions through European societies, and of alienating friends, neighbours and political partners. Islamophobia and Anti-Muslim Hate Crime: a London case study represents an initial and introductory first report for the newly formed European Muslim Research Centre (EMRC). Initial and introductory because this is a long-term ongoing project, and what follows here is only the tip of the iceberg. We are particularly pleased to be presenting the report at the London Muslim Centre (LMC) in Whitechapel on 28 January 2010. In important respects both the venue and location are symbolic. At the end of the nineteenth century and again in the twentieth century Whitechapel has been at the hub of resistance to anti-Semitic and anti-racist violence (Catterral, 1994; Malek 2006). Most famously in the 1930s in opposition to Oswald Mosley's fascist Blackshirts (Dorril, 2007), and again in the 1970s and 1980s in opposition to the National Front (NF), Londoners united in Whitechapel to defeat the sectarian street violence that invariably accompanies fascist, neo-Nazi politics (Hann and Tilsey 2003). After analysing our research findings we anticipate that Londoners will once again need to unite in Whitechapel against a violent, sectarian threat during the next decade. Islamophobia and Anti-Muslim Hate Crime: a London case study is therefore our first contribution to what we anticipate will again be a successful long-term grass roots campaign against the politics of hate. The extremist nationalist politics that once targeted Jews and Asians in East London is now unambiguously aimed at Muslims (BNP 2006, 2009). Suffice to say Whitechapel is now home to many poor Muslim families in the way that it once was home to poor Jewish families. LMC is at the hub of numerous good citizenship initiatives in Whitechapel and surrounding areas and serves local Muslims and other local citizens well (Jameson 2009, Green and Silver 2009). The LMC itself binds together different sections of London Muslim communities, and stands as a key site of social, cultural and political organisation - an Islamically inspired form of political organisation which is occasionally portrayed as a threat by key commentators and policy makers. Not only does our research challenge this kind of analysis of Islamically inspired political organisation, it suggests that Muslim Londoners and their neighbours and allies will need to overcome mainstream as well as extremist bigotry before they can claim any kind of success. This is why we have set aside the next ten years to monitor and facilitate progress. For us, the method to counter Islamophobia and anti-Muslim hate crime is clear: education. By creating an unimpeachable body of academic work, and by creating mechanisms to empower Muslim communities to put forward their positions � now and in the future, we hope to help dispel the ignorance that has thus far fuelled the populist appeal of Islamophobia and the hate crimes it spawns, and challenge those individuals and organisations that seek to pursue agendas that demonise and alienate European Muslims. At its most basic, the European Muslim Research Centre (EMRC) will seek to engage these kinds of falsehoods, and seek to explore, teach and examine the nuances of Muslim contributions in the European context. As an interdisciplinary centre, such a focus will mean contributing to debates about the role of Muslims and Islam from the perspectives of politics, history, law, business studies/economics, sociology, anthropology, literature, English, cultural studies, theology and the sciences. In this way, we hope to take academically sound research and introduce it as a corrective to the current debates over the role of Muslims in contemporary European society. Finally, we have contributed in recent years to what has become a dense and over-populated field of study: radicalisation, counterradicalisation and de-radicalisation. Nearly 100% of this crossdisciplinary study is focused on Muslims and it has the tendency, both intentionally and unwittingly, to problematise Muslims and their faith. It is our hope that this report will encourage scholars to return to a wider view of the problem of political violence - one in which the 'radicalisation' of convicted members of a violent extremist nationalist milieu such as ex-British soldier Terence Gavan receive as much detailed scholarly attention as convicted British Muslims who lacked Gavan's sophisticated bomb making skills. Details: Exeter, UK: University of Exeter, European Muslim Research Centre, 2010. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 14, 2018 at: https://lemosandcrane.co.uk/resources/Islamophobia_and_Anti-Muslim_Hate_Crime.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crimes Shelf Number: 117759

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Assessment of Women in the Police Service Summary: This report presents data on the recruitment, retention and progression of women in the British police service. It identifies barriers to women's recruitment, retention and progression, pinpoints any knowledge gaps for further research, highlights examples of good practice, and draws up an action plan for work on women's issues. Details: London: Home Office, 2010. 28p. Source: Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Police Officers Shelf Number: 117798

Author: Evans, Alyson Title: Persistent Young Offenders: A Study of Children Identified as Persistent Young Offenders in Scotland (2003-04, 2004-05 and 2005-06). Summary: This research looks at trends in the children identified as persistent young offenders in Scotland, specifically the gender, age and local authority areas and how long the children continued to meet the persistent young offender definition. Details: Stirling, Scotland: Scottish Children's Reporter Administration, 2007. 22p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 117365

Author: National Union of Students (UK) Title: Hidden Marks: A Study of Women Students' Experiences of Harassment, Stalking, Violence and Sexual Assault Summary: This report outlines findings from a survey exploring the prevalence and nature of harassment, stalking, financial control, control over course and institution choice, and physical and sexual violence faced by female students. The UK-wide study provides a snapshot of the experiences of women students today. Details: London: National Union of Students, 2010. 38p. Source: Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Victims Shelf Number: 117831

Author: Collins, Jon Title: Transforming Justice: New Approaches to the Criminal Justice System Summary: This collection of essays is intended to stimulate new thinking on criminal justice policy in the UK. The criminal justice system is in crisis, with severe funding cuts in both the prisons and probation services putting additional pressure on a system that is already functioning at the very edge of its capacity. In response, authors propose a series of potential reforms that could have a significant impact on the criminal justice system, ranging from the introduction of justice reinvestment or restorative justice to creating an equivalent of the Monetary Policy Committee or the National Institute for Clinical Excellence for criminal justice policy. This collection of essays is intended to provide fresh lines of thinking for politicians, policy makers and penal reformers alike. Details: London: Criminal Justice Alliance, 2009. 79p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 117799

Author: Stepnitz, Abigail Title: Of Human Bondage: Trafficking in Women and Contemporary Slavery in the UK Summary: This report examines the issue of human trafficking as it relates to forced labor in the UK. Details: London: Eaves Housing for Women, 2009. 50p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 117572

Author: Talbot, Jenny Title: Identifying and Supporting Prisoners with Learning Difficulties and Learning Disabilities: The Views of Prison Staff Summary: In the U.K., there is a growing concern about the number of people with learning difficulties and learning disabilities who come into contact with the criminal justice system and about how they are identified and whether their needs are met. This research presents the views of prison staff on how prisoners with learning difficulties and learning disabilities are identified and supported at prisons in England and Wales. Details: London: Prison Reform Trust, 2010. 66p. Source: No One Know Programme Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Inmates Shelf Number: 117871

Author: Ormston, Rachel Title: Scottish Social Attitudes Survey 2009: Local Issues, National Concerns: Public Attitudes to Antisocial Behaviour in Scotland Summary: This report presents findings on public perceptions of antisocial behavior (ASB) and attitudes to young people in Scotland. It is based on data from the 2009 Scottish Social Attitudes survey, which involved face-to-face interviews with a probability sample of 1,482 people aged 18+ across Scotland. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2010. 81p. Source: Scottish Centre for Social Research Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 117685

Author: McPhillips, Sinead Title: Dublin Children Court: A Pilot Research Project Summary: This research report aimed to improve understanding of the origin and history of young people involved in the youth justice system in Ireland. The report is based on an examination of court files and information provided by a range of agencies in relation to a sample of 50 young people who had cases completed before the Dublin Children Court in 2004. Details: Dublin: Irish Association for the Study of Delinquency Ltd., 2005. 106p. Source: Year: 2005 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Delinquency (Ireland) Shelf Number: 113302

Author: Independent Reducing Bureaucracy Advocate Title: Reducing Bureaucracy in Policing: Full Report. Summary: From the executive summary: "This report identifies and assesses key areas in policing that should be reviewed to enhance performance, streamline processes, and minimise waste across the 43 police forces of England and Wales." Details: Great Britain; Independent Reducing Bureaucracy Advocate, 2009. 134p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 117617

Author: Hanson, Lucy Title: Children Referred to the Reporter with a Low Level of Offending Summary: From the executive summary: "this research examines a group of children and young people who have been referred to the Children's Reporter with a low level of offending. Low level offending is defined here as children who had been referred to the Reporter on offence grounds either once or twice." Details: Stirling, Scotland: Scottish Children's Reporter Administration. 21p. Source: Year: 0 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 117366

Author: Fitch, Kate Title: Teenagers at risk: The safeguarding needs of young people in gangs and violent peer groups Summary: Following recent spate of reported knife-and gun-related deaths, the NSPCC has identified an urgent need to better understand the dynamics that underpin youth offending, "gang" membership and violence. This briefing aims to open a more balanced debate on "gang culture", explores the true prevalence of gun and knife possession, and examines the risk factors that can underpin group-based offending behavior, and how these affect the safeguarding needs of the children and young people. Details: London: NSPCC, 2009 35p. Source: Internet source Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Youth Gangs, Gangs, Juvenile Offenders, Guns, Kniv Shelf Number: 115184

Author: Race and Equalities Action Group Title: Promoting equality in prisons and probation: The National Offender Management Service Single Equality Scheme 2009-2012 Summary: The Single Equality 2009-2012 (SES) sets out the approach that the National Offender Management Service (NOMS) will take to equalities issues in service delivery in probation areas and prisons. Details: London: Race and Equalities Action Group, 2009 128p. Source: Internet source Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Race/Ethnicity, Prisons, Probation Shelf Number: 114912

Author: Jones, Paul Title: Banking on a fresh start: A research study into the Co-operative Bank's Project to enable prisoners to open basic bank accounts in HMP Forest Bank. Summary: The U.K. Prison Service policy allows inmates to maintain a bank account and, within certain restrictions, to make deposits, including from the prison personal cash account. This research argued that prisoners should be encouraged to use and to manage their new bank accounts while still in prison. This will familiarize those unused to banking with the basics of the banking process, encourage saving for release and enable prisoners to deposit checks sent to them from outside. The research suggested that if the prison and Jobcentre Plus combined to direct people to use a bank account and, after release, adequate personal advice and money guidance available, then the ability of ex-offenders to use a bank account would be improved. Details: Liverpool, UK: Research Unit for Financial Inclusion, Liverpool John Moores University, 2008 80p. Source: Internet source Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Education, Correctional Programs, Ban Shelf Number: 114883

Author: Amnesty International UK Title: Under the Covers: Trafficking for Sexual Exploitation in Wales Summary: This report outlines evidence on the extent of trafficking into the sex trade in Wales, and suggests what can be done to help the victims. Details: Cardiff: Amnesty International UK, 2007. 18p. Source: Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 116257

Author: Graham, Jenny Title: Testaments of Harm: A Qualitative Evaluation of the Victim Personal Statements Scheme Summary: This report, commissioned by the U.K. Home Office, sought to explore the expectations and experience of victims of crime who had been offered the opportunity to participate in the Victim Personal Statement Scheme. Qualitative interviews were conducted with 28 victims of crime from two police force areas. This report presents the key research findings drawn from an analysis of the victims accounts of the scheme. Details: London: National Centre for Social Research, 2004. 72p. Source: Year: 2004 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Victim Services Shelf Number: 117289

Author: Scotland. Her Majesty's Chief Inspector of Prisons for Scotland Title: Out of Sight: Severe and Enduring Mental Health Problems in Scotland's Prisons Summary: The aims of the inspection were to examine the scale of severe and enduring mental health problems in Scotland, the processes involved, the impact on the prison, issues on release, prison-based and community interventions, and reasons for the use of prison for people with severe mental health problems. Key findings of the inspection are presented. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government, 2008. 77p. Source: Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mentally Ill Offenders Shelf Number: 114628

Author: KPMG. Audit, Tax, Advisory Group Title: Profile of a Fraudster: Survey 2007. Summary: This report presents a profile of those who commit fraud, the conditions in which fraud takes place and the resulting actions. Details: London(?): KPMG, 2007. 34p. Source: Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Fraud Shelf Number: 116494

Author: Holdaway, Simon Title: National Evaluation of the Youth Justice Board's Final Warning Projects Summary: Under the Final Warning Provisions, if a juvenile's first offense is within a prescribed range of severity, he/she receives a Final Warning, which is delivered by a police officer in the presence of parents or a responsible adult. This report presents an evaluation of 30 YJB-funded development projects that sought to establish Final Warning intervention programs. Details: London: Youth Justice Board, 2004. 45p. Source: Year: 2004 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Justice Systems Shelf Number: 117602

Author: National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children Title: Children Talking to ChildLine About Sexual Abuse Summary: This report presents a detailed analysis of calls to ChildLine (UK) about sexual abuse from April 2008 to March 2009. Details: London: NSPCC, 2009. 29p. Source: ChildLine Casenotes Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 117338

Author: Kundnani, Arun Title: Spooked! How Not to Prevent Violent Extremism Summary: This report critically examines the UK government's counter-terrorism strategy, and suggests that it is counter-productive in reducing the risk of violent extremism. Details: London: Institute for Race Relations, 2009. 45p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 117579

Author: McGuinness, Julie Title: Managing Offenders on Short Custodial Sentences Summary: In the U.K., over 60,000 adults per year receive custodial sentences of less than 12 months. On any given day they make up around 9 percent of all prisoners but account for some 65 percent of all sentenced admissions and releases. This report examines the management of these prisoners by the National Offender Management Service, including how well it assesses and meets prisoners' practical needs and how well it addresses their offending behavior. Details: London: National Audit Office, 2010. 38p. Source: Report by the Comptroller and Auditor General, HC 431, Session 2009-2010 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prison Sentences Shelf Number: 117293

Author: Casey, Jane Title: Assessing the Scale and Impact of Illicit Drug Markets in Scotland Summary: This report provides estimates of the size and value of the illicit drugs market as well as estimates of the eocnomic and social cost of illicit drug use in Scotland for the year 2006. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2009. 101p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction (Scotland) Shelf Number: 116504

Author: Room, Robin Title: Cannabis Policy: Moving Beyond Stalemate Summary: This paper considers the findings of the Beckley Foundation's Global Cannabis Commission Report (Room et al, 2008). An overview of the scientific literature on cannabis, detailing its potential harms and those caused by its prohibition. It moves on to consider the various strategies that different jurisdictions have adopted to deal with cannabis use, before moving beyond the Conventions, arguing that countries should have more autonomy to develop policy best suited to their individual circumstances. Details: London: The Beckley Foundation, 2008, 242p. Source: Internet Source Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cannabis Shelf Number: 117828

Author: Colquhoun, Fiona Title: The relationship between child maltreatment, sexual abuse and subsequent suicide attempts Summary: The purpose of this briefing is to evaluate the relationship between child abuse (particularly sexual) and other risk factors present during childhood, and subsequent suicide attempts. Incidence rates are also discussed. Details: London: National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children (NSPCC), 2009, 34p. Source: Internet Source Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Maltreatment, Child Sexual Abuse, Child Abus Shelf Number: 116266

Author: Barry, Monica Title: Chaotic Lives: A profile of women in the criminal justice system in Lothian and Borders Summary: This research aimed to profile the characteristics and needs of women offenders in the Lothian and Borders CJA through quantitative and qualitative data collection. This research has highlighted the fact that women are treated in a disproportionately harsher way than men in the CJS; that women need a more welfare-oriented than punishment-oriented approach when dealing with their offending; that current provision is limited in its scope and depth to address the particular needs of women offenders; and that prosecutor and sentencer decision making precludes the early intervention needed to effectively address the specific needs and characteristics of women. Details: Peebles, UK: Lothian & Borders Community Justice Authority, 2008, 83p. Source: Internet Source Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Offenders, Female Crime, Female Inmates, Fe Shelf Number: 114916

Author: Martin, Esmond Title: The ivory markets of East Asia Summary: This monograph reports on a survey of the ivory trade in four East Asian nations and one Special Administrative Region: China, Japan, Taiwan, South Korea and Hong Kong. The purpose of the survey was to establish a set of baseline indicators on aspects of the trade in the selected countries. From this, conservationists will be able to monitor and evaluate future changes, in accordance with CITES Resolution Conf 10.10 (Rev.). The target users are national government officers, nongovernment organizations (NGOs) involved in wildlife conservation, and CITES officials. The information in this report can be used to assess the effectiveness of policies, laws and enforcement activities related to ivory trading nationally and internationally. The data can also be used to infer the demand for illegal ivory, which is correlated with elephant poaching. Two investigators working independently between March and May and in December 2002 carried out the surveys. Martin visited Japan and Hong Kong while Stiles covered China, South Korea and Taiwan. The main findings were: - Over 54,000 ivory items were seen in 413 retail outlets in the 11 cities visited. - Hong Kong had by far the most (35,884), followed by China (9,096 in three cities) and then Japan (7,565 in two cities). Taiwan (1,849 in four cities) and South Korea (36 in Seoul) had small quantities of ivory items. - Japan has the most active legal ivory carving industry in East Asia. Most ivory is used to make name seals (~80%), followed by musical instrument parts (10%). - Almost all Japan's worked ivory production is bought locally and stays in Japan. - The most expensive raw and worked ivory is in Japan. Beijing, China, has intermediately expensive worked ivory, while Guangzhou, Shanghai, Hong Kong and Taiwanese cities have roughly comparable, lower prices of worked ivory. - China has emerged as the main ivory manufacturing centre for all Asia, surpassing Hong Kong and Japan. Often with the involvement of Hong Kong businessmen, smuggling rings import African ivory, process it, and re-export it through Hong Kong and Macau to Europe, Japan, North America, Singapore and Thailand (the order of importance is unknown). China is probably also the only country in East Asia that has more worked ivory retail outlets now than in 1990. - China had the largest illegal ivory industry in East Asia and was the main destination of illicit African ivory in 2002. Small, private ivory workshops have replaced the larger, governmentowned factories since 1990. These arc unlicensed to deal with ivory and are therefore illegal. Most are located in Guangdong Province. They often use mammoth ivory, bone and stone as cover for elephant ivory working and exports. - Foreigners buy most of China's ivory items. They purchase it either in China or in neighbouring countries. Chinese nationals have been increasing their share of ivory purchases since 1990 as the economy grows. - Both Taiwan and South Korea were primarily transit and/or processing and re-export centres for ivory in the 1 980s and 1 990s. Today the ivory industry of Taiwan is dying and it is already dead in South Korea because of lower global demand for ivory products and increased government law enforcement. - The main buyers of East Asian worked ivory are ethnic Chinese of various nationalities and Japanese. Europeans and Americans also continue to buy worked ivory in Asia. - The internal ivory markets of all the countries surveyed have declined considerably since the CITES ivory international trade ban in 1990. The number of ivory craftsmen has plummeted in East Asia from about 2,200 in 1989 to fewer than 300 in 2002. Hong Kong, Taiwan and South Korea have no full-time ivory carvers. - The CITES-approved raw ivory sales to Japan from southern Africa in 1999 were not seen as important by ivory dealers outside Japan. Non-Japanese traders interviewed did not think it heralded a relaxing of the international ivory trade ban. Most ivory business people in East Africa were pessimistic about the future of the industry. Taiwanese vendors of worked ivory (the only ones interviewed after the CITES 12th Conference of the Parties in 2002) were not even aware that a second one-off southern African ivory auction had been approved for 2004, subject to certain conditions. - East Asian ivory business people attribute the decline in the industry to the activities of Western conservationists and journalists, which have resulted in a significant drop in Western buyers, who previously were the principal customers. They do not see this situation as susceptible to change. - In recent years East Asian governments have begun to pay more attention to controlling the ivory trade. China and Taiwan, in particular, have introduced new laws and have increased efforts to stop illegal ivory imports and to prosecute smugglers. - More needs to be done by East Asian governments to control effectively the ivory trade and to implement recommendations made in CITES Resolution 10.10 (Rev. CoP 12) and CITES Resolution 12.39. Details: London: Save the Elephants, 2003, 112p. Source: Internet Source: Accessed April 13, 2018 at: http://www.traffic.org/publications/the-ivory-markets-of-east-asia.html?no_redirect=true Year: 2003 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Asia Shelf Number: 116671

Author: Criminal Justice Joint Inspection Title: A joint inspection on work prior to sentence with offenders with mental disorders. Summary: This inspection focused on cases involving offenders who have been identified prior to sentence as having a mental disorder, and how these cases have been handled in practice. The inspectors found neither criminal justice nor health professionals were in favor of diverting an increased number of offenders from prosecution. Most felt that the majority should be combined with rather than instead of court action. However, in the minority of cases who were suitable for diversion, there did appear to be scope for greater efficiency by diverting these earlier in the process, before they got to the court stage. Most of the areas visited would also benefit from a better quality and more timely psychiatric report service once at the court stage. More generally, it was clear that treatment did help some current offenders to stop offending, so sustained access to treatment continues to be very important. Details: Manchester: HM Inspectorate of Probation, 2009, 56p. Source: Internet Source Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Diversion Shelf Number: 117573

Author: Amnesty International Title: Case closed: rape and human rights in the nordic countries Summary: This report shows that women who report rape to the police in the Nordic countries have only a small chance of having their cases tried by a court of law. The result is that many perpetrators are never held to account for their crimes. Amnesty International examines the gaps in laws, procedures and practices and calls on the governments of Denmark, Finland, Norway and Sweden to take steps to ensure justice for all victims and survivors of sexual crimes. Details: London: Amnesty International, 2008, 27p. Source: Internet Source Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Courts Shelf Number: 118149

Author: Robinson, Amanda Title: Measuring What Matters in Specialist Domestic Violence Courts Summary: Using data from seven specialist domestic violence courts (SDVCs) in England and Wales, it is argued that these relatively new institutions need to re-orient themselves away from typical criminal justice performance measures (such as arrests, prosecutions and convictions) and towards measuring what matters to the service users themselves (in this case, victims of domestic violence). Details: Cardiff: Cardiff University, School of Social Sciences, 2008. 18p. Source: Working Paper; 102 Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Courts Shelf Number: 117775

Author: Cave, Jonathan Title: Tackling Problem Drug Use Summary: The U.K. National Audit Office (NAO) is conducting a value-for-money study on the UK Governments' 2008 drug strategy. This study focuses in particular on local delivery authorities' capacity and capability to effectively tackle proglem drug use through delivery of local services. To inform the NAO's value-for-money study, RAND performed a literature review on problem drug use and reviewed the evidence base, both literature and data, underpinning the strategy. One of the key findings is the narrower focus in the UK on most significant harms may be useful, but also carries risks and drawbacks discussed in detail in the report. Details: Cambridge, UK: RAND Europe, 2010. 66p. Source: Technical Report Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 116475

Author: Great Britain. Equality and Human Rights Commission Title: Stop and Think: A Critical Review of the Use of Stop and Search Powers in England and Wales Summary: This report reviews the disproportional impact of stop and search on black and Asian people in England and Wales. The figures are stark: if you are a black person, you are at least six times as likely to be stopped and searched by the police in England and Wales as a white person. If you are Asian, you are around twice as likely to be stopped and searched as a white person. Despite years of debate and several initiatives aimed at tackling the problem, these ratios have stayed stubbornly high. The majority of stops and searches in England and Wales are conducted under the Police and Criminal Evidence Act (PACE). We believe that the current police use of PACE stop and search powers may be unlawful, disproportionate, discriminatory and damaging to relations within and between communities. Details: London: Equality and Human Rights Commission, 2010. 110p. Source: http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20160221235622/http://www.equalityhumanrights.com/publication/stop-and-think-critical-review-use-stop-and-search-powers-england-and-wales Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Shelf Number: 117804

Author: Harris, Julie Title: Tipping the Iceberg: A Pan Sussex Study of Young People At Risk of Sexual Exploitation and Trafficking: Final Report Summary: This report presents the findings of a year-long research study mapping the service needs of young people at risk of sexual exploitation across Sussex, UK. Details: Ilford, UK: Barnardo's, 2007. 114p. Source: Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 113841

Author: Hales, Jon Title: Longitidinal Analysis of the Offending, Crime and Justice Survey 2003-06 Summary: This report presents longitudinal analysis of self reported data on offending, drug use and anti-social behavior among young people (initially ages 10 to 25) from the U.K. Offending, Crime and Justice Survey, which was carried out annually between 2003 and 2006. The analysis identifies a small group of young people described here as prolific offenders, who accounted for a disproportionate number of offenses, including serious offences. Details: London: Home Office Research, Development and Statistics Directorate, 2009. Source: Research Report 19 Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 117354

Author: Tarling, Roger Title: National Evaluation of the Youth Justice Board's Mentoring Projects Summary: This report presents the results of a national evaluation of the Youth Justice Board's mentoring program within the youth justice system of England and Wales. Details: London: Youth Justice Board, 2004. 60p. Source: University of Surrey, Institute for Social Research Year: 2004 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 117601

Author: Whitworth, Adam Title: Crimes Occurring and Prevented in New Deal for Communities Areas: An Approach to Estimating the Economic Costs and Benefits Summary: This report examines the economic cost of crime potentially presented by the new deal for communities program between 2000/01 and 2004/05. It also examines evidence showing that the new deal for communities program resulted in reducing crime, and therefore reduced costs of crime. Details: London: Communities and Local Government, 2010. 77p. Source: Social Disadvantage Research Centre, University of Oxford Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Economics and Crime Shelf Number: 117570

Author: Brazier, Laura Title: Developing Literacy, Language and Numeracy Provision for Young People Under 18 in Custody: Literature Review Summary: This literature review forms part of a wider research project about developing education and training for young people in the juvenile secure estate (U.K). The review explores three areas: what we know about best teaching and learning practice, what works with this group of young learners and literature examining the perspectives of key stakeholders, primarily young people. Details: Reading, UK: CfBT Education Trust, 2007. 79p. Source: Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Education Shelf Number: 113478

Author: Knuutila, Aleksi Title: Punishing Costs: How Locking Up Children Is Making Britain Less Safe Summary: Locking up children and young people for non-violence offenses is costing the U.K. taxpayer millions, while doing little to reduce the amount of crime. This report presents results on the full cost to society of the use of prison. It outlines a policy to change the pattern of public spending for a safer and more inclusive socity. Details: Source: London: nef (New Economics Foundation), 2010. 73p. Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 117865

Author: Parsonage, Michael Title: Diversion: A Better Way for Criminal Justice and Mental Health Summary: This report assesses the case for diversion for offenders with mental health problems from a value for money perspective. Details: London: Sainsbury Centre for Mental Health, 2009. 64p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Prison (Economic Aspects) Shelf Number: 113862

Author: Antrobus, Simon, Chair Title: Dying to Belong: An In-Depth Review of Street Gangs in Britain. A Policy Report by the Gangs Working Group Summary: This report analyses the nature and scale of gang culture in Britain. It looks at who is involved and what they are involved in; how Britain has reached this point; and what society can do to tackle it. Highlighting and learning from models of best practice in both the UK and America, it sets ut a blueprint for tackling Britain's growing gang problem. Details: London: Centre for Social Justice, 2009. 228p. Source: Breakthrough Britain Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 113927

Author: Howe, Martin, Chair Title: Order in the Courts: Restoring Trust Through Local Justice. A Policy Report from the Courts and Sentencing Working Group. Summary: This report draws on interviews with the public, experts, the judiciary, probation and others involved in the criminal justice system. It makes 40 recommendations which will shift the focus of magistrates' courts, the probation service and prisons onto the communities they serve and will make sentences more productive. Details: London: Centre for Social Justice, 2009. 192p. Source: Breakthrough Britain Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Courts Shelf Number: 118166

Author: Yang, Min Title: Applying Neural Networks and Other Statistical Models to the Classification of Serious Offenders and the Prediction of Recidivism Summary: This methodological study aims primarily to explore the applicability of data mining techniques, including Neural Networks and Classification Tree models, in predicting the risk of violent recidivism, together with their predictive validity in comparison with conventional logistic regression. Its aim is to lead to the development of better risk assessment. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2010. 31p. Source: Ministry of Justice Research Series 6/10 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Classification of Offenders Shelf Number: 117796

Author: Aitken, Jonathan, Chair Title: Locked Up Potential: A STrategy for Reforming Prisons and Rehabilitating Prisoners. A Policy Report by the Prison Reform Working Group Summary: This report provides a comprehensive analysis of and 70 policy recmmendations for the U.K. failing prison system, including: prison management and governnance; overcrowding; mental health and substance abuse; prisoners' families; personal development through education, training, work and the arts; prisoners and their victims; resettlement, and three proposed new Acts of Parliament. Details: London: Centre for Social Justice, 2009. 273p. Source: Breakthrough Britain Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prison Administration Shelf Number: 118165

Author: Bradshaw, Paul Title: On the Right Track: A STudy of Children and Young People in the Fast Track Pilot. Summary: This research considers the backgrounds and characteristics of children identified as persistent young offenders in the Fast Track Pilot areas and examines the extent to which the principles and processes of Fast Track impacted differently on different individuals with particular reference to change in offending behavior. Details: Stirling, UK: Information & Research Team, Scottish Children's Reporter Administration, 2006. 49p. Source: Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Delinquents (Rehabilitation) Shelf Number: 118106

Author: Mulheirn, Ian Title: Prison Break: Tackling Recidivism, Reducing Costs Summary: Crime costs the UK 72 British pounds each year. The failure to crack re-offending among prisoners serving short-term sentences is a key driver of these costs. This report calls for a new approach to tackle re-offending with much less public money. Its recommendations include the following: splitting the short- and long-term prison populations to enable more accountabile rehabilitation of persistent offenders on short-term sentences, and contracting out end--to-end offender management for all sub-12-month offenders to regional providers paid by results to reduce recidivism. Details: London: Social Market Foundation, 2010. 74p. Source: Accessed March 23, 2016 at: http://www.smf.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/Publication-Prison-Break-Tackling-recidivism-reducing-costs.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Crimes Shelf Number: 117864

Author: Association of Chief Police Officers Title: Gun Crime and Gangs: Response to the Home Secretary Summary: In August 2007 the U.K. Home Secretary requested a situation report following a number of gun-related tragedies. The ACPO responded with an assessment on the phenomenon of guns and gangs, with particular reference to young people. This document defines and examines the key issues emerging from knowledge of the problem and invites further consideration for what more may be done across government and law enforcement to address the issues described. Details: London: ACPO, 2007. 57p. Source: Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Firearms and Crime Shelf Number: 118104

Author: Renshaw, Judy Title: Waiting on the Wings: A Review of the Costs and Benefits of SEcure Psychiatric Hospital Care for People in the Criminal Justice System with Severe Mental Health Problems Summary: This report examines the prevalence of mental illness with the U.K. prison system, the costs associated with treatment of those prisoners in both prison and in medium secure hospitals and the financial savings that could be made if more prisoners received more appropriate, timely treatment. Details: London: Laing & Buisson, 2010. 20p. Source: Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 118158

Author: Smee, Sharon Title: Realising Rights: Increasing Ethnic Minority Women's Access to Justice Summary: Over the last decade, there has been a greater focus on the needs of women as victims, offenders and workers in the U.K. criminal justice system. There have also been some important changes taking place to improve the position of ethnic monorities in the justice sector. However, there has been less focus on the distinct needs of ethnic minority women and the intersectional discrimination on the grounds of race and sex that these women face. This report highlights the extent of the problem and shines a spotlight on ethnic minority women's experiences across the criminal justice system. Details: London: Fawcett Society, 2010. 85p. Source: Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Discrimination Shelf Number: 118102

Author: Spielhofer, Thomas Title: Children's Online Risks and Safety: A Review of the Available Evidence. Summary: This review presents findings from a mapping study on topics related to the online risks to children. The main topics investigated include: evidence on access and use of the internet by children in the UK; evidence on the characteristics of children accessing the internet; evidence on the online risks for children and young people; and evidence on attempts at safeguarding children's online experiences. Details: Upton Park, UK: National Education for Education Research, 2010. 36p. Source: Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 118078

Author: Kazimirski, Anne Title: Forced marriage: prevalence and service response Summary: This research sought to improve the understanding of the prevalence of forced marriage and to examine the way services are currently responding to such cases. The methodology comprised a literature review; a mapping study; a data sourcing and analysis exercise; and a qualitative case study element. Details: London, UK: Department for Children, Schools and Families, 2009, 64p. Source: Internet Source Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Case Management Shelf Number: 117708

Author: Cavanagh, Ben Title: A review of fixed penalty notices (FPNs) for antisocial behavior Summary: This is a review of police Fixed Penalty Notices (FPNs). It assesses the impact of FPNs on police procedures for dealing with antisocial behavior and the time savings with FPNs were intended to bring. It also makes recommendations for modifications to FPN procedures based on the views of police officers and others. FPNs for Antisocial Behavior were introduced in Part 11 of the Antisocial Behaviour etc (Scotland) Act 2004. They allow the police to offer fines of 40 pounds for ten offences. The research involved analyses of official data from the police, the Crown office and Procurator Fiscal Service and the Scottish Court Service. It also involved an e-survey of 'front line' police officers across Scotland and a series of in-depth interviews with police officers and local authority 'community safety' managers. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2009, 57p. Source: Internet Source Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 117585

Author: Bannister, Jon Title: Public space CCTV in Scotland: results of a national survey of Scotland's local authorities Summary: This report is based on a survey of each of the 32 local authority areas in Scotland which was carried out between June 2007 and February 2008. The survey considered the scale and nature of the CCTV infrastructure in Scotland, the purposes for which CCTV is used, the procedures for data management, staffing and training, the evaluation of the impacts of CCTV, and, current funding and development plans. Details: Glascow: Scottish Centre for Crime & Justice Research, 2009, 33p. Source: Internet Source Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: CCTV Shelf Number: 116193

Author: Gibbs, Penelope Title: Children: Innocent Until Proven Guilty. A Report on the Overuse of Remand for Children in England and Wales and How It Can Be Addressed Summary: This report focuses on the over-use of remand for under-18 year olds in England and Wales and how it can be addressed. Details: London: Prison Reform Trust, 2009. 39p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 115389

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: A Guide to Violent Offender Orders Summary: The U.K. Violent Offender Order (VOO) is a civil preventative order that aims to help the police manage risk more effectively. They place restrictions on offenders who continue to pose a risk of serious violent harm by restricting their access to certain places, events or people to whom they pose the highest risk. This report presents guidance on the use of VOOs, what they are and how they can be used. Details: London: Home Office, 2009. 85p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Risk Assessment Shelf Number: 117393

Author: Hay, Gordon Title: National and Regional Estimates of the Prevalence of Opiate Use and/or Crack Cocaine Use 2005-2006: A Summary of Key Findings Summary: This report summarizes the results of the second sweep of a three-year study to estimate the prevalence of problem drug use (defined as use of opiates and/or crack cocaine) nationally (England only), regionally, and locally. An overview of national and government office region estimates are presented as comparisons with the estimates produced by the previous (2004/05) sweep of this study. Details: London: Home Office, 2007. 91p. Source: Internet Resource; Home Office Online Report; 21/07 Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cocaine Shelf Number: 117658

Author: Jacobson, Jessica Title: Vulnerable Defendants in the Criminal Courts: A Review of Provision for Adults and Children Summary: This report examines the treatment of vulnerable defendants within the criminal courts of England and Wales. It is presented in two parts: Part I is concerned with vulnerable adult defendants, particularly those with learning disabilites; Part II is about child defendants -- that is, defendants aged between 10 and 17. The report assesses existing provision for these two groups of vulnerable defendants, and identifies gaps in provision. In addition, the report presents a number of far reaching recommendations. Details: London: Prison Reform Trust, 2009. 68p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Courts Shelf Number: 117812

Author: Kemshall, Hazel Title: Child Sex Offender Review (CSOR) Public Disclosure Pilots: A Process Evaluation Summary: The Child Sexual Offender Review (2007) recommended that a pilot be set up to provide members of the public with a formal mechanism for requesting information about individuals who have unsupervised access to children and who may have convictions for child sexual offending. The public disclosure pilot was established in four police forces in England running for one-year from September 2008-09. A process evaluation was conducted to look at the success of the pilot. The evaluation used qualitative and quantitative data to assess the extent and nature of applications, whether the pilots contributed to existing child protection arrangements and the cost of implementation. Details: London: Home Office Research, Development and Statistics Directorate, 2010. 41p. Source: Internet Resource; Home Office Research Report 32 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 117629

Author: Wilson, Debbie Title: Young People and Crime: Findings from the 2005 Offending, Crime and Justice Survey Summary: This report presents the first findings from the 2005 Offending, Crime and Justice Survey. It focuses on levels and trends in youth offending, anti-social behavior and victimization among young people aged from 10 to 25 living in the general household population in England and Wales. The survey does not cover young people living in institutions, including prisons, or the homeless, and therefore excludes some high offending groups. Details: London: Home Office Research, Development and Statistics Directorate, 2006. 108p. Source: Home Office Statistical Bulletin, 17/06 Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 116676

Author: Great Britain. Home Office. Title: Prolific and Other Priority Offenders: Results from the 2008 Cohort for England and Wales Summary: This report provides a summary of 2008/09 performance data from the Prolific and other Priority Offenders (PPO) program. The PPO program was introduced to provide end-to-end multi-agency management of the most active elements of the offender population. Details: London: Home Office, 2010. 21p. Source: Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Careers Shelf Number: 117673

Author: Silvestri, Arianna Title: Young People, Knives and Guns: A Comprehensive Review, Analysis and Critique of Gun and Knife Crime Strategies Summary: This report is the outcome of an extensive review of international (English language) evidence about the effectiveness of interventions aimed at tackling young people's involvement in 'gun' or 'knife crime'. Such issues are currently at the forefront of public attention and a number of 'anti-knives' and 'anti-guns' initiatives are taking place in this country. The purpose of our research was to find out which strategies had been submitted to rigorous analysis and assessment, and what evidence was consequently produced about their impact on young people's perceptions, attitudes and behaviour. Studies published between 1998 (or earlier) and 2008 are covered. Our review also examines the research evidence about what factors in young people�s lives make them more or less likely to get involved in weapon carrying and violent behaviour, and about the perceptions, values and motivations of the young people involved. Additionally, we have outlined some of the interventions which have been rigorously assessed in the field of juvenile violence prevention generally: we think these provide useful contextual knowledge, as weapon use is a form of violent behaviour and cannot be understood in isolation. Details: London: Centre for Crime and Justice Studies, 2009. 106p. Source: Accessed February 19, 2019 at: https://www.crimeandjustice.org.uk/sites/crimeandjustice.org.uk/files/YP%20knives%20and%20guns.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Firearms and Crime Shelf Number: 114820

Author: Poortvliet, Matthew van Title: Trial and Error: Children and Young People in Trouble with the Law, A Guide for Charities and Funders Summary: This report explores the issue of youth offending and highlights some of the innovative and promising ways that charities are helping young people to stay out of trouble. The report, aimed at charities and funders, examines strengths and weaknesses within the youth justice sector in the U.K., outlines the role government plays, and highlights areas where investment could create greatest impact. Details: London: New Philanthropy Capital, 2010. 83p. Source: Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Charities Shelf Number: 118218

Author: Great Britain. Department for Communities and Local Government Title: Preventing Support for Violent Extremism Through Community Interventions: A Review of the Evidence Summary: This research provides a rapid evidence assessment of the evidence base around preventing violent extremism through community interventions. It focuses on the most relevant evidence in order to identify which interventions present support for violent extremism; how they may best be implemented, and with which groups they are best developed. Details: London: Department for Communities and Local Government, 2010. 81p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Extremist Groups Shelf Number: 118097

Author: Pearce, Jenny J.: Hynes, Patricia Title: Breaking the Wall of Silence: practitioners' Responses to Trafficked Children and Young People Summary: This report explores the complexities involved in identifying and responding to the needs of children and young people who have been trafficked into and within the U.K. It argues that trafficking is a process, not a one-off event. Details: London: National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children, 2009. 205p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Trafficking (Great Britain) Shelf Number: 118223

Author: Debidin, Mia, editor Title: A Compendium of Research and Analysis on the Offender Assessment System (OASys) 2006-2009 Summary: The Offender Assessment System (OASys) is a U.K. national risk/need assessment tool used by the prison and probation services in England and Wales. Th tool combines actuarial methods of prediction with structured professional judgment to provide standardized assessments of offenders' risks and needs, as well as linking these risks and needs to individualized sentence plans and risk management plans. OASys data is collated centrally within the OASys Data Eveluation and Analysis Team (O-DEAT) database, and this report presents OASys research and analysis conducted by O-DEAT from 2006 to 2009. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2009. 314p. Source: Ministry of Justice Research Series 16/09; Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prisons Shelf Number: 118222

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspectorate Title: Vulnerable Prisoners: An Inspection of the Treatment of Vulnerable Prisoners by the Northern Ireland Prison Service Summary: This inspection presents an assessment of the treatment of vulnerable prisoners by the Northern Ireland Prison Service. The inspection was undertaken during July and August 2009. Vulnerable prisoners are defined a those considered very disturbed and dangerous individuals who present a risk both to themselves and others. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2009. 44p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mentally Ill Inmates (Northern Ireland) Shelf Number: 117753

Author: Gore, Joanne Title: A Literature Review of Effective Management of the Risk of Violence in Licensed and Retail Premises Arising from Crime and Disorder Summary: This report details a comprehensive literature review covering the management and prevention of work-related violence in retail and licensed premises. This review forms the evidence base of the 'Good Practice Toolkit on Preventing Violence in Retail and Licensed Premises' available on the HSE website. (http://www.gov.uk/violence/toolkit/index.htm). Details: Sudbury, UK: Health and Safety Executive, 2009. 179p. 179p. Source: Research Report: RR698 Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 117800

Author: Grapes, Tony Title: The NOMS Offender Management Model Summary: This document sets out the key ideas which make up the U.K. National Offender Management Service (NOMS) concept of offender managment. It presents the rationale behind the development of the model, the fundamental principles upon which offender management is based, and some of the standard tools for applying the model in practice. Details: London: Home Office, 2006. 82p. Source: Accesssed May 20, 2017 at: https://www.swmcrc.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/offender_management_model_1.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Treatment Shelf Number: 118174

Author: Carter of Coles, Patrick Robert Carter (Baron) Title: Securing the Future: Proposals for the Efficient and Sustainable Use of Custody in England and Wales Summary: This U.K. review presents options for improving the balance between the supply of prison places and demand for them and recommendations on how this could be achieved. Details: London: House of Lords, 2007. 55p. Source: Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Imprisonment (Great Britain) Shelf Number: 113574

Author: Marshall, Kathleen Title: Not seen. Not heard. Not guilty. The Rights and Status of the Children of Prisoners in Scotland. Summary: This paper argues that the children of prisoners are the invisible victims of crime and of the penal system. The report makes 28 recommendations directed towards the Scottish Authorities, Community Justice Authorities, Chief Constables, and all those involved in issues associated with the children of prisoners and debates on alternatives to imprisonment. Details: Edinburgh: Scotland's Commissioner for Children and Young People, 2008. 66p. Source: Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternative to Incarceration (Scotland) Shelf Number: 113581

Author: Mackenzie, Simon Title: The Drivers of Perceptions of Anti-Social Behaviour Summary: Researchers analyzed anti-social behavior in terms of the seven-strand definition used to measure perceptions in the British Crime Survey. The report found that perceptions of anti-social behavior were a matter of individual interpretation. Details: London: Home Office Research, Development and Statistics Directorate, 2010. 29p. Source: Research Report 34; Online Resource Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-social Behavior (Great Britain) Shelf Number: 117822

Author: Prior, David Title: Preventing Children's Involvement in Crime and Anti-Social Behaviour: A Literature Review; A Paper Produced for the National Evaluation of the Children's Fund Summary: The focus of this review is on services for the prevention of crime and anti-social behavior among five to thirteen year olds in the U.K. The basic strategy of the review was two-fold: first, it distilled the key messages relevant to the research question from the exiting body of primary and evaluative research, drawing particularly on systematic reviews and meta-analyses of studies that met core criteria of rigor and replicability, and on the findings from large-scale longitudinal studies; and second, it aimed to identify and assess significant research studies in the UK that sought to evaluate preventive interventions developed in the wake of the Crime and Disorder Act 1998. Details: Nottingham, UK: Dfes Publications, 2005. 76p. Source: Research Report; No. 623 Year: 2005 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior (Great Britain) Shelf Number: 113780

Author: Wales. National Assembly. Communities and Culture Committee Title: Youth Justice: The Experience of Welsh Chidlren in the Secure Estate Summary: This report identified problems in the delivery of the Welsh Assembly Government's policies in relation to children and young people in the secure estate. Three types of secure accommodations exist for juvenile offenders in Wales: Secure Training Centres; Secure Children's Homes; and Young Offender Institutions. This report presents a number of recommendations regarding the future of juvenile secure estates in Wales. Details: Cardiff: National Assembly for Wales, 2010. 127p. Source: Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Detention (Wales) Shelf Number: 118164

Author: Scotland. HM Inspectorate of Constabulary for Scotland Title: Thematic Inspection: Police Use of Firearms in Scotland Summary: This report presents the results of a thematic inspection into the police use of firearms in Scotland. Details: Edinburgh: HM Inspectorate of Constabulary for Scotland, 2009. 25p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Use of Force (Scotland) Shelf Number: 117709

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: The Enforcement of Fines Summary: This inspection examines the ability of the current policy and procedures of the Northern Ireland criminal justice system to deliver an effective and professional approach to fine enforcement. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2010. 36p. Source: Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Fines Shelf Number: 117872

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation Title: Indeterminate Sentences for Public Protection: A Joint Inspection by HMI Probation and HMI Prisons Summary: The wide scope of sentences of Imprisonment for Public Protection (UK) has resulted in a large number of prisoners that neither the probation service nor the prisons system can handle effectively. This report focuses on probation's role in managing these offenders, both in custody and after release, and expresses doubts about probation's capacity to work effectively with each case when the number of cases coming through the system is so great. Details: London: HMI Probation and HMI Prisons, 2010. 45p. Source: Criminal Justice Joint Inspection Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Indeterminate Sentences Shelf Number: 117832

Author: Cebulla, Andreas Title: Risky Behaviour and Social Activities Summary: This study explored young people's involvement in risky behavior during secondary school. It also looked at social activities that young people engage in, and how these may prevent or reduce risky behavior. Some of the risky behaviors include: playing truant; graffiti; vandalism of a public property; shoplifting; and fighting or taking part in a public disturbance. Details: London: Department for Children, Schools and Families, 2009. 74p. Source: National Centre for Social Research; Research Report DCSF-RR173; Online Resource Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Problem Youth (U.K.) Shelf Number: 117308

Author: Latif, Nazia Title: Our Hidden Borders: The UK Border Agency's Powers of Detention Summary: This investigation report examines the international human rights standards relating to immigration and asylum. It then looks at legislation and policy on immigration and asylum in Northern Ireland and examines the extent to which this complies with the international standards. Details: Belfast: Northern Ireland Human Rights Commission, 2009. 98p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 117837

Author: Jarvinen, Justine Title: Hard Knock Life: Violence Against Women: A Guide for Donors and Funders Summary: Violence against women can have such far-reaching consequences that tackling it may also help to reduce mental health problems, homelessness, substance abuse, prostitution and child abuse. This report examines the role that charities could play in helping women and their children when victims of violence. Details: London: New Philanthropy Capital, 2008. 131p. Source: Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse Shelf Number: 114578

Author: CRG Research Title: An Evaluation of Summer Plus: A Cross Departmental Approach to Preventing Youth Crime Summary: Summer Plus 2002 was a behavior improvement program aimed at young people in the U.K. This report presents the findings of a small scale, qualitative study aimed to evaluate the effectiveness of the program in reducing street crime in 34 Local Education Authority (LEA) areas across England. Details: Annesley, UK: DfES Publications, 2003. 39p., app. Source: Research Report; no. 392 Year: 2003 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 113781

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Protecting the Public: Supporting the Police to Succeed Summary: This report sets out a new program of measures to help the U.K. police work smarter to fight crime, tackle anti-social behavior and boost public confidence. It is intended to make the police more accountable to the public and to deliver significant cost savings by working better in partnership, improving efficiency and standardizing procurement. Details: London: Home Office, 2009. 115p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Reform (U.K.) Shelf Number: 118171

Author: Rutherford, Max Title: Blurring the Boundaries: The Convergence of Mental Health and Criminal Justice Policy, Legislation, Systems and Practice Summary: This U.K. report demonstrates that a convergence is taking place between mental health and criminal justice legislation, policy, systems and practice. This report summarizes both the benefits and the risks of convergence. It is intended to inform policy-makers and practitioners about where convergence can be useful and where caution is required. Details: London: Sainsbury Centre for Mental Health, 2010. 96p. Source: Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice System (U.K.) Shelf Number: 118170

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: Management of Jurors: An Inspection of the Management of Jurors by the Northern Ireland Court Service Summary: This report on the inspection of management of jurors in Northern Ireland examined the experiences of those summoned as jurors from the point of notification and summons through to their arrival at court, to the pre-trial, trial and post-trial stages. In the view of inpsectors the Northern Ireland Court Service was meeting the demands of the system, by providing sufficient numbers of jurors to ensure the smooth running of criminal trials and avoiding unneccessary delay due to insufficient juror numbers. In addition, 93% of jurors described the experience as good or satisfactory and over 63% of respondents believed they had made a positive contribution. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2010. 68p. Source: Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juries (Northern Ireland) Shelf Number: 118257

Author: Ormston, Rachel Title: Scottish Social Attitudes Survey 2009: Local Issues, National Concerns: Public Attitudes to Antisocial Behaviour in Scotland Summary: This report presents findings on the attitudes of adults to antisocial behavior (ASB)by young people, to community involvement in tackling this behavior, and on views about young people in general and in relation to ASB. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2010. 81p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior (Scotland) Shelf Number: 118253

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspectorate Title: Policing with the Community: An Inspection of Policing with the Community in Northern Ireland Summary: This inspection report examined the extent to which policing with the community has become the core business of the Northern Ireland police service since the Patten Report was published 10 years previously. Poliing with the community is working best where neighborhood officers work in close partnership with community members to identify, and find solutions to, local problems. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2009. 56p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Commmunity Policing (Northern Ireland) Shelf Number: 115348

Author: Great Britain. House of Commons. Committee of Public Accounts Title: Meeting Needs? The Offenders Learning and Skills Service Summary: This report examines the work of the U.K.Learning and Skills Council for providing prisoners with basic skills and qualifications for employment. Details: London: The Stationery Office, 2008. 34p. Source: Forty-seventh Report of Session 2007-08. Report, toether with formal minutes, oral and written evidence Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 113401

Author: Great Britain. Parliament. House of Commons. Transport Committee Title: Personal Passenger Safety in Railway Stations: Oral and Written Evidence: Oral Evidence Taken on Wednesday 19 April 2006 Summary: This report examines the U.K. Ten Year Plan for Transport, which called for a safer and more secure tranport system accessible to all. The report found that good progress has been achieved. This is reflected in the results of the Autumn 2005 National Passenger Survey which showed that 59% of passengers nationally rated personal security at stations as satisfactory or good. Details: London: Stationery Office, 2006. 126p. Source: Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Tranportation Shelf Number: 116678

Author: Great Britain. Human Genetics Commission Title: Nothing to Hide, Nothing to Fear? Balancing Individual Rights and the Public Interest in the Governance and Use of the National DNA Database Summary: The main conclusion of this report is that the U.K. has the largest police DNA database in the world, yet it was developed piecemeal without a specific Act of Parliament. The report concludes that it needs to be regulated on a clear statutory basis and supervised by an independent authority. Details: London: Human Genetics Commission, 2009. 112p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: DNA Typing (U.K.) Shelf Number: 118271

Author: Stanley, Nicky Title: Children and Families Experiencing Domestic Violence: Police and Children's Social Servies' Responses Summary: In England and Wales, the Adoption and Children Act 2002 amended the definition of significant harm provided by the Children Act 1989, adding a new category of impairment suffered from seeing or hearing the ill-treatment of another. Since domestic violence and children's exposure to it represent a widespread social problem, this amendment has acted to draw a potentially large group of families within the remit of children's social services. The growing number of police notifications to children's social services of domestic violence incidents where children are involved and the pressures that this has created have been noted by a range of commentators in the U.K., North America and Australia. This research examined both the notification process itself and the subsequent service pathways followed by families brought to the attention of children's social services in this way. It also explored which other agencies contributed to services for families experiencing domestic violence and captured young people's, survivors' and perpetrators' views of services. Details: London: National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children, 2010. 267p. Source: Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence (U.K.) Shelf Number: 118270

Author: Button, Mark Title: Fraud Typologies and Victims of Fraud Summary: This review profiles a wide range of frauds which affect individuals and small businesses. In particular, it looks at mass marketing, identity and small business fraud. The review highlights the diversity within fraud including who perpetrates it. The report also shows the level of innovation and skill involved in committing fraud, thus coining the work 'scampreneurs' to describe these criminals. Details: London: National Fraud Authority, 2009. 38p. Source: Centre for Counter Fraud Studies, Institute of Criminal Justice Studies, University of Portsmouth Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Fraud Shelf Number: 118269

Author: Button, Mark Title: A Better Deal for Fraud Victims: Research Into Victims' Needs and Experiences Summary: In recent years the needs of crime victims have become much more recognized in the responses of the justice system and other agencies. There have been campaigns to improve the situation of victims of domestic violence, sexual assaults, gun and knife crimes. However, few campaigns have focused on fraud victims, resulting in fraud being described as a silent crime, with victims receiving little support or restitution. This report begins to fill that gap. The report presents findings from surveys conducted in the summer of 2009 on the largest group of fraud victims in the U.K. to date. Using face-to-face interviews, focus groups and telephone interviews about 800 victims have provided information on their experiences and their attitudes to the support available. Details: London: National Fraud Authority, 2010. 95p. Source: Centre for Counter Fraud Studies, Institute of Criminal Justice Studies, University of Portsmouth Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Fraud (U.K.) Shelf Number: 118268

Author: Chambers, Max Title: A State of Disorder: Moving Beyond the ASBO in Tackling Anti-Social Behaviour Summary: This report contends that while some limited progress has been made in tackling anti-social behavior, there are a host of weaknesses with the U.K. Government's approach. It suggests a new approach that includes the following: emphasises the importance of local leadership and self-governance; reinvigorates local policing through enhanced accountability and freedom from central direction; encourages personal and community responsibility through building social capital; and is based on the best available evidence about what works to reduce anti-social behavior. Details: London: Policy Exchange, 2010. 56p. Source: Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 118267

Author: Scotland. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Prisons Title: Report on Young Offenders in Adult Establishments Summary: This inspection focused on the conditions in which young offenders in Scotland are held and the treatment they receive in smaller units within adult establishments. Details: Edinburgh: HM Inspectorate of Prisons, 2009. 36p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Detention (Scotland) Shelf Number: 116264

Author: Anderson, Zara Title: Evaluation of the Breckfield Making WAVES Pilot Project Summary: Witness intimidation can have devastating effects on the physical and psychological well being of victims and their families. This report presents an evaluation of the Making WAVES (Witness and Victim Encouragement and Support) pilot in Breckfield, Liverpool. Making WAVES aims to facilitate the efforts of the police and other agencies to work effectively to identify and support intimidated witnesses in the Breckfield Area. Details: Liverpool: Centre for Pubic Health, Liverpool John Moores University, 2008. 45 p. Source: Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Witness Intimidation (Liverpool) Shelf Number: 113897

Author: Child Exploitation and Online Protection Center (U.K.) Title: Strategic Threat Assessment: Child Trafficking in the UK Summary: Although the problem of trafficking of children into the U.K. for exploitation appears to be a recent phenomena, other issues regarding the abuse and exploitation of UK children - now known as internal trafficking- is a centuries old problem. Recently, considerable effort has been focused on tackling this crime. This report presents the best available analysis on the current scale and nature of child trafficking in the UK based on the data that was provided to the Centre. Details: London: Child Exploitation and Online Protection Centre, 2009. 74p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse (U.K.) Shelf Number: 116507

Author: Great Britain. Commission for Healthcare Audit and Inspection Title: Actions Speak Louder: A Second Review of Healthcare in the Community for Young People Who Offend Summary: This inspection looks at the specific and significant contributions made by healthcare organizations toward the effective assessment of the health needs of children and young people who offend. It found that insufficient progress has been made in many key elements over the course of this cycle of inspections, and following a previous review report. Details: London: Commission for Healthcare Audit and Inspection and HM Inspectorate of Probation, 2009. 44p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Health Care (Young Offenders) Shelf Number: 114829

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation Title: A Joint Inspection on Work Prior to Sentence with Offenders with Mental Disorders Summary: This report focused on cases involving U.K. offenders who have been identified prior to sentence as having a mental disorder, and how these cases have been handled in practice. The joint inspection team found that although concerns about an individual's mental health, once identified, was followed up in almost all cases seen, communication between the criminal justice organizations could be made more systematic and effective. Details: London: Criminal Justice Joint Inspection, 2009. 56p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mental Health Services (U.K.) Shelf Number: 117573

Author: The Children's Society Title: Hidden Children -- Separated Children at Risk Summary: This report explores the experience of trafficking and abuse from the point of view of migrant young people. The findings and recommendations in the report are intended for those who have contact with or make decisions affecting young migrants, including education workers, police, social workers, practitioners in voluntary agencies and community members. Details: London: Children's Society, 2009. 108p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Trafficking (Children, U.K.) Shelf Number: 117352

Author: Chambers, Max Title: Arrested Development: Reducing the Number of Young People in Custody While Reducing Crime Summary: This think tank report recommends that local authorities in the U.K. should pay the bill for youth custody places, thereby removing the existing perverse incentive in the system. At present, local authorities have a financial disincentive to keep young people out of prison. Youth custody is funded centrally, meaning that when young people are imprisoned, they are taken out of local agencies' caseloads and budgets. The report makes a number of recommendations to refocus efforts and budgets on keeping young people out of prison in the first place through crime prevention strategies. The report highlights the potential for a significant reduction in the youth custodial population through reduced youth crime. Details: London: Policy Exchange, 2009. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2018 at: https://policyexchange.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/arrested-development-jul-09.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention (U.K.) Shelf Number: 117102

Author: Ward, K.T. Title: In Pieces: A Review of Prostitution, Community Safety Issues and Good Practice Summary: This report highlights key community safety issues raised locally and nationally in relation to prostitution and identifies areas of good practice that can inform the Ipswich Street Prostitution Strategy and action plan. Additionally a review of press coverage during the critical period of the murders of 5 local women who worked as prostitutes in Ipswich was undertaken focusing on how the events of the murders unfolded and were reported by the media. Details: Ipswich, UK: Ipswich Community Safety Partnership, 2007. 144p. Source: Available at the Rutgers Criminal Justice Library Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Homicide Shelf Number: 117094

Author: Shaw, Jenny Title: An Evaluation of In-Possession Medication Procedures Within Prisons in England and Wales: A Report to the National Institute of Health Research Summary: Offenders often come from deprived backgrounds with histories of social exclusion and disadvantage, frequently compounded by complex and multiple health problems. Since the clinical development partnership between the NHS and HM Prison Service was instigated in 1999, a wide ranging work programme has been undertaken to improve prison based health services to improve people's health and life chances. Much of this has been driven by the 'equivalence principle', the notion that prisoners should have access to 'the same quality and range of health care services as the general public receives from the NHS' (Health Advisory Committee for the Prison Service, 1997). Every year, approximately $7,000,000 is spent on medicines for prisoners (DH, 2003). Historically, healthcare staff have been responsible for supervising and administering single doses of all but the most benign of medications. However, the drive for equivalence of care has led towards allowing in-possession medication to become the default position, rather than the exception. In-possession medication means that where possible, prisoners are given autonomy and responsibility for the storage and administration of their medication, dependent on individual risk assessment (Bradley, 2007). Notably, several benefits of in-possession medication have been previously reported including medicines being administered at more appropriate times, reductions in time spent by prisoners queuing at medication hatches and reductions in workload for healthcare staff and escorting officers (DH, 2003). Despite such evidence, there apparently remains unease among some staff working within prisons based on notions that in-possession medication may increase the risk of drugs being abused, traded, stolen or used to self-harm via overdose (Bradley, 2007). This study was commissioned by Offender Health at the Department of Health to establish current practice and policies in relation to in-possession medication currently in operation within prisons in England and Wales. Details: Liverpool, UK: Offender Health Research Network, 2009. 93p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2018 at: http://www.ohrn.nhs.uk/resource/Research/OHRNInpossessionMedication.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Health Care (Inmates) Shelf Number: 117118

Author: Stredder, Katrina Title: Young People and Sexual Exploitation: An Exploration of Young People's Workers' Experiences of Providing Support in Merseyside Summary: This research explores young people's workers' experience of supporting young people who have swapped sexual activities for favors or gifts in Merseyside. The objectives of the research were to: (1) identify current theory, policy and practice regarding young people who swap sexual activities for favors or gifts and the support available to such young people; (2) explore professional experience of support for young people who have swapped sexual activies in Merseyside; and (3) to identify support available to these young people and to identify gaps in service provision in Merseyside. Details: Liverpool, UK: Centre for Public Health, Faculty of Health and Applied Social Sciences, Liverpool John Moores University, 2009. 38p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prostitutes (Services for, U.K.) Shelf Number: 118339

Author: O'Doherty, John Title: Through Our Eyes: Perceptions and Experiences of Lesbian, Gay and Bisexual People towards Homophobic Hate Crime and Policing in Northern Ireland Summary: This report presents the results of a survey of the lesbian, gay and bisexual community in Northern Ireland about their experiences and fears in relation to homophobic hate crime, and their perceptions of policing and the Police Service of Northern Ireland. The survey enquired about fear of crime, experiences of crime, who committed the hate incidents, what actions victims took to report the incidents and how respondents perceived the Police Service of Northern Ireland. Details: Belfast: The Rainbow Project, 2009. 49p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Hate Crimes (Northern Ireland) Shelf Number: 116291

Author: Gault, Iain Title: Study on Youth Offending in Glasgow Summary: This study examined case files held by the Children's Reporter Administration to find out about patterns of offending among children and young people in Glasgow and the care histories and social circumstances of these children. Details: Glasgow: Scottish Children's Reporter Administration, 2003. 16p. Source: Year: 2003 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Delinquency (Glasgow) Shelf Number: 118338

Author: Besley, Timothy Title: Estimating the Peace Dividend: The Impact of Violence on House Prices in Northern Ireland Summary: This paper exploits data on the patterns of violence across regions and over time to estimate the impact of the peace process in Northern Ireland on house prices. Details: London: Institute for Fiscal Studies, 2009. 45p. Source: IFS Working Paper W09/18 Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Crime (Northern Ireland) Shelf Number: 116472

Author: Moon, Debbie Title: Perceptions of Crime and Anti-Social Behaviour: Findings from the 2008-09 British Crime Survey. Supplementary Volume 1 to Crime in England and Wales 2008/09 Summary: This bulletin presents findings from additional analyses on perceptions of crime and anti-social behavior based on the 2008/09 British crime Survey. Details: London: Home Office, 2009. 42p. Source: Home Office Statistical Bulletin; 17/09 Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 117343

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspectorate Title: Hate Crime in Northern Ireland: A Thematic Inspection of the Management of Hate Crime by the Criminal Justice System in Northern Ireland Summary: This inspection looked at the response of criminal justice agencies in Northern Ireland in tackling hate crime. It identified a lack of firm and effective leadership by the government the Police Service, and the various criminal justice agencies involved. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2007. 42p. Source: Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Hate Crime (Northern Ireland) Shelf Number: 115752

Author: Great Britain. Parliament. House of Commons. Home Affairs Committee Title: Policing the G20 Protests: Report, together with formal minutes, oral and written evidence Summary: The policing of the G20 Protests was a very successful operation; more than 35,000 protesters demonstrated in the center of London with a police presence of several thousand, yet there was a minimum of disruption to the city. Aside from a few high-profile incidents, the policing of the G20 Protests passed without drama. However, these high-profile incidents and the tactics that led to them caused considerable adverse comment and have the potential to seriously damage the public's faith in the police. In addition, it was noted that while the vast majority of officers on duty performed very well, there is concern that untrained and inexperienced officers were placed in such a highly combustible atmosphere. Details: London: The Stationery Office, 2009. 36p.; 79p. Source: Eighth Report of session 2008-09 Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crowd Control Shelf Number: 115746

Author: Great Britain. Department for Children, Schools and Families Title: Safeguarding Children and Young People Who May be Affected by Gang Activity Summary: This guidance is intended for frontline practitioners in voluntary and statutory services across the children's workforce, whether in social care, crime prevention, the police, prisons, probation, health or education. It should help one to understand the nature of risk that gang activity poses to children, how signs of gang involvement may manifest themselves and provide guidance on dealing with these issues. Details: London: Home Office, 2010. 52p. Source: Online Resource Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gangs (U.K.) Shelf Number: 118335

Author: Bartlett, Jamie Title: The Edge of Violence: A Radical Approach to Extremism Summary: The path into terrorism in the name of Islam is often described as a process of radicalization. But to be radical is not necessarily to be violent. Violent radicals are clearly enemies of liberal democracies, but non-violent radicals might sometimes be powerful allies. This report is a summary of two years research examining the difference between violent and non-violent radicals in Europe and Canada. It represents a step toward a more nuanced understanding of behavior across radicalized individuals, the appeal of the al-Qaeda narrative, and the role of governments and communities in responding. Details: London: Demos, 2010. 70p. Source: Online Resource Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Extremist Groups Shelf Number: 118329

Author: McSweeney, Tim Title: Evidence-Based Practice? The National Probation Service's Work with Alcohol-Misusing Offenders Summary: Research summary This process study by the Institute for Criminal Policy Research (ICPR), King's College London, examined the National Probation Service's work with alcohol-misusing offenders by describing and critically appraising: - the procedures in place for identifying and intervening with offenders who have alcohol problems; - the extent to which this work complied with the principles set out in Models of care for alcohol misusers (MoCAM); and - arrangements for the commissioning and delivery of alcohol treatment requirements. Approach The study had a number of components and made use of a range of primary and secondary quantitative and qualitative data sources. These included data derived from: - a telephone survey completed with the policy lead responsible for substance misuse, or the specialist responsible for co-ordination and delivery of services in 41 (of 42) probation areas in England and Wales; - analysis of all ATR activity data for England and Wales during 2007/08; - analysis of Offender Assessment System (OASys) data for six purposively1 sampled case study sites; - 185 random offender case file reviews in these six sites; and - 64 in-depth interviews with various stakeholders and professionals from across these areas. Results and implications Probation work nationally with alcohol-misusing offenders English and Welsh probation areas were, at the time of fieldwork, offering a broad range of alcohol-related interventions. At a national level, however, it seemed that efforts to ensure more effective commissioning and delivery had been hampered by a lack of: - resources and dedicated funding for the provision of alcohol interventions and treatment; - guidance and protocols to inform the targeting of available interventions; - appropriate and accessible alcohol treatment provision; - probation staff confidence, skills and knowledge around alcohol-related issues; and - success engaging and influencing local commissioners to afford greater priority and resources to work with alcohol-misusing offenders. Being able to effectively deliver, manage and direct alcohol-related interventions should be considered a core offender management skill. However, while there are high levels of alcoholrelated need within NPS caseloads, analysis of OASys data in six case study areas revealed that over 40% of all alcohol-related interventions had yet to start four to six months after a period of supervision had commenced2 - A similar picture emerged at a national level with a sample of OASys-identified 'dependent'3 drinkers under probation supervision. A key priority for policy should be to increase the use of evidence-based alcohol interventions and treatment with offenders whose criminal behaviour is related to their use of alcohol. That priority should be addressed, in the short term, by sharing and disseminating emerging best practice and identifying effective strategies for ensuring more offenders commence and complete those programmes that are available. The longer term emphasis should be on developing the evidence base and then disseminating empirically informed advice and guidance about the appropriate targeting of interventions. Finally, it will be necessary and important to increase further the range, capacity and funding of the NPS's alcohol-related work. Levels of compliance with Models of care for alcohol misusers (MoCAM) Data from both the national survey and in-depth interviews in six case study areas point towards a number of issues which policy makers and senior probation managers will need to address with regards to ensuring greater compliance with MoCAM. These include developing ways to facilitate improvements to: - the quality, accuracy, consistency and timing of alcohol screening and specialist assessment processes; the accessibility of specialist alcohol treatment services to which offenders can be referred (both located within probation settings and externally); the scale and quality of training offered to offender managers to better equip them to more effectively deliver brief interventions to alcohol-misusing offenders; and monitoring of the extent to which probation staff involved in delivering, managing or directing alcohol interventions are trained and competent to the minimum relevant Drugs and Alcohol National Occupational Standards (DANOS). The commissioning and delivery of alcohol treatment requirements (ATRs) Demand for ATRs outstripped supply by some considerable margin. Only 8% of drinkers defined as 'dependent' using an OASys sample of offenders commencing community sentences during 2007/08 were estimated to have received an ATR (Moore, 2008)4 - Despite some important caveats associated with using OASys to identify 'dependent' drinkers, this was consistent with stakeholder perspectives which indicated that there was significant scope for expanding ATR provision in order to meet existing levels of need. For example, ensuring treatment coverage for at least one in seven (15%) dependent drinkers is regarded as optimal by Alcohol Concern. Resolving the impasse around ATR funding should be a priority for policy makers and senior managers. However, given that the finances of most English Primary Care Trusts (PCTs) are in deficit and probation budgets are expected to face some substantial cuts in the short term, all reasonable options should be explored as a matter of urgency (e.g. expanding the remit of local Pooled Treatment Budgets to include alcohol treatment). There was considerable variability in how the treatment component of an ATR was being delivered. Only one in four of the areas reporting to the national survey that they were delivering ATRs were doing so in a manner consistent with existing guidance. The new NOMS Alcohol Interventions Guidance due for publication in September 2009 will need to add further clarity on this important issue. This will be a difficult task, however, given the limited availability of alcohol treatment services in some areas. ATRs appeared to facilitate engagement with alcohol treatment services and contributed towards reducing alcohol-related needs (based on findings from the random review of case files). However, there also appeared to be scope for further refinement to the process of targeting ATRs and offering more timely interventions through increased treatment capacity. The evidence base and emerging best practice The dearth of British research evidence means there is currently limited scope for developing empirically informed guidance to instruct senior probation managers and practitioners about the effective targeting of interventions within a criminal justice context, or to identify which ones are likely to be most effective for whom (e.g. different offender management tiers and offenders presenting with hazardous, harmful or dependent drinking patterns). These and many other themes and issues (including assessing the impact of ATRs) should be given greater priority in any future research programme. Given the lack of empirical research available to inform work with alcohol-misusing offenders, initiatives of the sort currently being developed by NOMS to provide support and funding (in the region of $250,000 to date to 15 projects) in an effort to help identify, develop and disseminate the numerous examples of emerging best practice should be commended, endorsed and encouraged. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2009. 86p. Source: Ministry of Justice Research Series; no. 13/09: Accessed April 17, 2018 at: http://lx.iriss.org.uk/sites/default/files/resources/Evidence-based%20practice.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Related Crimes (U.K.) Shelf Number: 117148

Author: McSweeney, Tim Title: The Treatment and Supervision of Drug-Dependent Offenders: A Review of the Literature Prepared for the UK Drug Policy Commission Summary: The main findings of this review show that some interventions can be effective in reducing illicit drug use and offending behaviors with some drug-dependent offenders. In terms of identifying the most effective strategies, the strongest evidence seems to favor the use of therapeutic communities, interventions modelled on the drug court approach and substitute treatments such as methadone maintenance. By contrast, there is very little evidence for the effectiveness of drug testing and intensive forms of supervision. Details: London: UK Drug Policy Commission, 2008. 88p. Source: Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 111156

Author: Cook, David Title: An Analysis of the Situational Crime Prevention Techniques Used by Operation Kensington on a Selected Co-op Store Summary: It is apparent that shoplifting within England and Wales is a significant problem that seemingly needs more attention when it is estimated that seventy five per cent of shoplifting incidents go undetected (British Retail Consortium [BRC], 2007b, p. 1). The city of Portsmouth is an area that experiences a significant shoplifting problem. As a result Operation Kensington was set up by Hampshire Constabulary to try and tackle the problem. The scheme redesigned three Co-op stores in a pilot area with the purpose of making them more resistant to crime by using a series of situational crime prevention (SCP) techniques. It has been established that these SCP techniques can be successful in preventing crime and therefore the focus of this study was to assess whether the SCP techniques used by Operation Kensington have been successful in one of the three Co-op stores. The research study sought the views of two police officers who regularly deal with the selected Co-op store and two of the Co-op store workers in order to gain a varied perspective on the techniques. Crime data provided by Hampshire Constabulary was also analysed. On the available evidence the study has been unable to conclusively establish that the techniques used within the Co-op store have been effective. It does however appear that they may have been successful to some degree. The study is however able to say with some certainty that Operation Kensington as a whole as had some positive effects, most notably making the reporting of crime more efficient and leading to an increase in both reported and detected crime within the pilot area. Details: Portsmouth, UK: University of Portsmouth, Institute of Criminal Justice Studies, 2008. 99p. Source: Dissertation: Available at the Rutgers Criminal Justice Library Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Business Crime Shelf Number: 117095

Author: Mackenzie, Simon Title: Community Policing: A Review of the Evidence Summary: This report: (1) Examines the history of the concept of community policing (CP); (2) Studies some of the definitions of the concept that have been offered by leading policing scholars; (3) Looks at how the concept is implemented in other jurisdictions beyond Scotland; (4) Highlights CP's local roots in the dvelopment of policing styles to complement Scottish communities; (5) Reviews the international evidence on what works in CP; and (6) Makes some recommendations for a useful program of research to develop the understanding of CP in the Scottish context. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2009. 56p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Policing (Scotland) Shelf Number: 117568

Author: May, Tiggey Title: Differential Treatment in the Youth Justice System Summary: This report presents findings from a study on disproportionality and discrimination in the U.K. youth justice system. The study, combining qualitative and quantitative research methods, sheds light on the competing claims about the extent to which the youth justice system delivers unfair treatment on the grounds of ethnicity. Details: London: Equality and Human Rights Commission, 2010. 145p. Source: Research Report 50 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Discrimination (Youth Justice System, U.K.) Shelf Number: 118295

Author: Sin, Chih Hoong Title: Disabled People's Experiences of Targeted Violence and Hostility Summary: This report draws on an extensive literature review, qualitative interviews with disabled people and stakeholder interviews to examine disabled people's experiences of targeted violence and hostility. The report examines the risk, prevalence and nature of targeted violence in the U.K. and hostility experienced by disabled people; the experiences of individuals; the impact on disabled people, family, carers and wider society, and issues of reporting, recording and redress. The wider policy implications are also outlined. Details: London: Equality and Human Rights Commission, 2009. 155p. Source: Research Report; 21 Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Developmentally Disabled Shelf Number: 118294

Author: French, Brian Title: Experience of Sexual Violence and Abuse: Findings from the 2008/09 Northern Ireland Crime Survey Summary: This bulletin draws on findings from the 2008/09 Northern Ireland Crime Survey, a continuous, representative, personal interview survey of the experiences and perceptions of crime of 3,856 adults living in private households throughout Northern Ireland. The findings present estimates of the prevalence of sexual violence among women and men in Northern Ireland, from childhood to adulthood. It also provides insights into who has been victimized, who the perpetrators were, the context in which the abuse occurred, the impact of the abuse on the lives of those who had been victimized, and the patterns of disclosure of the abuse to others. Details: Belfast: Northern Ireland Office, Statistics and Research Branch, 2009. 36p. Source: Research and Statistical Bulletin 9/2009 Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 117668

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: Not a Marginal Issue: Mental Health and the Criminal Justice Sysem in Northern Ireland Summary: This report examines the treatment of people with mental health problems within the criminal justice system in Northern Ireland. The report follows the treatment of people with mental health problems through the criminal justice system starting with the police, moving through prosecution and the courts and ending up with prisons and probation. The report highlights a range of deficiencies in provision across the system. Agencies struggle with the demands of dealing with people with mental health issues and find it difficult to access the expert services the need. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2010. 68p. Source: Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mental Health Services (Northern Ireland) Shelf Number: 118371

Author: Brooker, Charlie Title: Short-Changed: Spending on Prison Mental Health Care Summary: This report analyses public spending in the U.K. on mental health care in prisons. It compares spending between different regions, by type of prison and in comparison with spending on all types of health care in prisons and with mental health spending in the wider community. Details: London: Sainsbury Centre for Mental Health, 2008. 15p. Source: Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 115739

Author: Duru, Edward Title: Children Who Present a Risk of Serious Harm Summary: This aim of this study is to inform understanding about a group of children who present a risk of serious harm to others. It addresses two major concerns: (1) It seeks to profile the backgrounds of a sample of children who present a risk of serious harm; (2) It seeks to analyze the children's contact with the Children's Hearing System. Details: Stirling: Scottish Children's Reporter Administration, 2008. 57p. Source: Available at the Rutgers Criminal Justice Library. Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Services (Scotland) Shelf Number: 117083

Author: Glover, Jane Title: Every Night You Cry: The Realities of Having A Parent in Prison Summary: This research brief reports on the impact of parental imprisonment for the children and partners of 15 male prisoners in Bristol, England. Barnardo's identified 15 women whose children have a father in prison, and who were willing to tell their story. Eleven of their children also agreed to speak to the interviewers. This report presents the outcomes of these interviews. Details: Ilford, UK: Barnardo's, 2009. 14p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 118378

Author: Great Britain. Rail Safety and Standards Board Title: Managing Alcohol Risks to Personal Security on the Railway: A Good Practice Guide Summary: This good practice guide focuses on techniques that the rail industry could deploy to manage the risk represented by the contribution of alcohol to passenger and staff safety and personal. Details: London: RSSB, 2010. 70p. Source: Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder (U.K.) Shelf Number: 118375

Author: Phillips, Annabelle Title: Youth Survey 2008: Young People in Mainstream Education Summary: This report summarizes the findings of the MORI Youth Survey 2008 which sought to examine experience of crime among 11 to 16-year-olds attending mainstream education. It found that the most common offenses committed by young people who admit offending are: fare dodging, stealing from shops, hurting someone who did not need medical attention, damaging property, graffiti, and stealing school property. Details: London: Youth Justice Board, 2009. 74p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Survey (Juveniles) Shelf Number: 113838

Author: Convery, Una Title: Addressing Offending by Women: A Literature Review Summary: This report provides a review of recent published literature relating to women's offending behavior and approaches adopted to address offending by women. The literature is primarily drawn from England and Wales, and Scotland, with some reference to international research, in particular in Canada and draws upon research, albeit limited relating to women who offend in Northern Ireland. The report is broken down into the following chapters: Reducing women's offending; Alternatives to prosecution and custody; Community supervision; Women's centre provision; and Gender-specific approach to custody. Details: Belfast: Statistics and Research Branch, Criminal Justice Directorate, Northern Ireland Office, 2010. Source: NIO Research and Statistical Series: Report No. 21 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 118430

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: An Inspection of the Probation Board for Northern Ireland Community Service Scheme Summary: The purpose of a Community Service Order (CSO) is to prevent re-offending by reintegrating the offender into the community through successful completion of positive and demanding unpaid work, keeping to disciplined requirements and reparation to the community by undertaking socially useful work. This inspection found that the Community Service Scheme is well managed against Northern Ireland Standards. There were no evident concerns about public safety or undue risks associated with the scheme. However, the inspection recommended that the Probation Board for Northern Ireland does need to consider the hours worked by participants. There is a need to vary expectations in relation to the number of hours worked, rather than having a 'one-size fits all' approach. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2010. 38p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Based Corrections (Northern Ireland) Shelf Number: 118372

Author: Hart, Di Title: Children and Young People in 'Breach': A Scoping Report on Policy and Practice in the Enforcement of Criminal Justice and Anti-Social Behaviour Orders Summary: This report summarizes the findings of the first phase of a project concerning young people who are in 'breach' of their bail requirements, or anti-social behavior or criminal justice order. The project aims to increase the understanding of policy and practice in different aspects of breach proceedings. A particular focus is the population of children and young people who are in custody as a result of breach, particularly where this is the main reason for their incarceration. Details: London: National Children's Bureau, 2010. 37p. Source: Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 118531

Author: Halsey, Karen Title: Evaluation of the Children in Trouble Programme Summary: The Children in Trouble program is a joint project supported by the Local Government Association and the Howard League for Penal Reform and sets out to encourage, develop and showcase different approaches to reducing the use of custodial sentences for young people. The three approaches included: (1) a floating accommodation support service; (2) restorative justice; and (3) a custody panel (and fusion fostering). This evaluation documents the program's achievements and challenges through interviews with project staff, key partners and young people. These findings and the wider issues associated with the use of custody for young people are discussed in detail. Details: London: Local Government Association, 2010. 36p. Source: Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration (U.K.) Shelf Number: 118532

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Guidance on Section 17 Policing and Crime Act 2009: Engagement and Support Orders. Summary: Section 17 of the Policing and Crime Act allows the courts to impose a rehabilitative order on people convicted of loitering and soliciting for the purpose of prostitution. An Engagement and Support Order will be an alternative to a fine and will require an offender to attend three meetings with a supervisor in order to explore the reasons for their continued involvement in prostitution and identify possible routes out. The Home Office has produced guidance to support these orders to be used by the police, the courts and specialist support services. Details: London: Home Office, 2010. 49p. Source: Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prostitute (U.K.) Shelf Number: 118529

Author: Singer, Lawrence Title: Inform, Persuade and Remind: An Evaluation of a Project to Improve Public Confidence in the Criminal Justice System Summary: This report summarizes the results of an experiment (using a randomized controlled trialled methodology) designed to test the impact of providing information to the public upon confidence in the criminal justice system. The experiment involved giving a booklet to over 2,000 members of the public in three different ways, and testing their knowledge and attitudes before and after the booklet was received. The results were compared with a control group not given the booklet. The research provides evidence that the effective presentation of national and local crime statistics, and other information about the criminal justice system, can have a positive impact on public confidence. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, Office for Criminal Justice Reform, 2008. 65p. Source: Ministry of Justice Research Series 15/08 Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice System Shelf Number: 114405

Author: Scottish Centre for Crime and Justice Research Title: Research and Practice in Risk Asessment and Management of Children and Young People Engaging in Offending Behaviours: A Literature Review Summary: This study provides an evaluation of the literature on research and practice in relation to the risk assessment and risk management of children and young people engaging in offending behaviors, to be used to inform the Risk Management Authority's future work in these fields. The study incorporates two aspects: a review of national and international literature on the topic, with particular reference to violent offending and sexually harmful behavior, and a review of current practice in reference to the assessment and management of these young people at risk of harm and re-offending in Scotland. Details: Glasgow: Risk Mamangement Authority, 2007. 107p. Source: Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 113632

Author: Great Britain. HM Inspectorate of Prisons Title: Disabled Prisoners: A Short Thematic Review on the Care and Support of Prisoners with a Disability Summary: The U.K. National Offender Management Service is now subject to the requirements of the Disability Discrimination Act. It is required to promote disability equality and eliminate unlawful discrimination in all prisons in England and Wales. Disability, as defined in the Act, covers a range of impairments, both physical and mental, including learning disability. This report draws together information from prisoner surveys and inspection reports between 2006 and 2008, together with responses from 82 prison disability liaison officers, to examine how well prisons are currently able to discharge these duties. Details: London: HM Inspectorate of Prisons, 2009. 66p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Disability (U.K.) Shelf Number: 113775

Author: Watt, Kerrianne Title: A Randomised Controlled Trial of an Alcohol Brief Intervention for Violent Offenders in a Magistrates' Court Summary: This randomised controlled trial aimed to assess the effectiveness of administering an alcohol brief intervention in reducing alcohol misuse among violent offenders, as well as reducing alcohol-related harms. Details: Cardiff, Wales: Violence Research Group, Cardiff University, 2005(?). 38p., app. Source: Year: 2005 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse (U.K.) Shelf Number: 113776

Author: Norris, Paul Title: Comparability of the Crime Surveys in the UK: A Comparison of Victimisation and Technical Details Summary: The ability to compare crime rates using recorded offenses is limited because crimes are defined and recorded in different ways across the different jurisdictions within the UK. The population of the UK is covered by three separate crime surveys; the British Crime Survey which covers England and Wales; the Scottish Crime Survey and the Northern Ireland Crime Survey. This paper aims to map differences between the three surveys which may influence the estimates of victimization. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Centre for Criminal and Justice Research, 2010. 35p. Source: Internet Resource; Report No.01/2010 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics (U.K.) Shelf Number: 118533

Author: Campbell, Tammy Title: County Court Anti-social Behaviour Co-ordinators: A Pilot Scheme Summary: This reports presents a qualitative investigation of stakeholder views on the pilot scheme, which ran from Autumn 2006 to Autumn 2007. Housing and legal professionals, along with co-ordinators themselves, were interviewed as the pilot period drew to a close. Main findings include a sense that the scheme has resulted in little impact, with county courts dealing with too few anti-social behaviour (ASB) cases to warrant a dedicated co-ordinator. However, this is tempered by some suggestion that in practice all possible ASB-related proceedings were not identified during the pilot. Participants also raised issues around the suitability and sufficienty of county court facilites for ASB cases. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2008. 45p. Source: Internet Resource; Ministry of Justice Research Series 13/08 Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 114419

Author: Brookes, Martin Title: Misspent Youth: The Costs of Truancy and Exclusion: A Guide for Donors and Funders Summary: This report is about the costs of truancy and exclusion from school It is also more broadly about measuring the social costs and the returns from effective ways of tackling social problems. It starts from the premise that measurement can produce interesting and valuable insights. It applies this premise to school exclusions and to persistent truanting. Precise data on the subject is not available but using a series of indirect proxies and partial data, it is possible to piece together a picture of the lifetime costs associated with exclusions and with truanting. Details: London: New Philanthropy Capital, 2007. 32p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis, Truancy ( United Kingdom) Shelf Number: 114579

Author: Dhami, Mandeep K. Title: Study of Sentencing and Its Outcomes: Pilot Report Summary: This report presents the findings from the pilot for the study of sentencing and its outcomes. The study was commissioned to provide information on sentencing for specific offences in England and Wales using a record-based analysis. The pilot assessed the feasibility of (1) sampling sentenced court records, (2) collecting data from court records, and (3)managing data collection procedures. Details: London: Ministry of Justice and Sentencing Guidelines Council, 2009. 90p. Source: Internet Resource; Ministry of Justice Research Series 2/09 Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Sentencing (United Kingdom) Shelf Number: 113631

Author: Arnull, Elaine Title: Housing Needs and Experiences Summary: This report presents the outcome of a 12 month study to identify the extent to which young offenders' housing needs were being bet or failed. It had two principle aims: (1) To provide a picture of the housing issues which face young offenders, based on national trends and data collated from Youth Offending Teams, the secure estate and other specialist agencies; (2) To provide an in-depth understanding from the perspective of young people who face accommodation issues in the Youth Justice System and to reflect the views of practitioners and key stakeholders. Details: London: Youth Justice Board, 2007. 138p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Homelessness Shelf Number: 113919

Author: Johnson, Paul Title: Cost Benefit Analysis of the FCTC Protocol on Illicit Trade in Tobacco Products Summary: Illicit trade in tobacco products is a serious global problem. It contributes to high mortality from smoking-related diseases, lost tax revenue ($40.5 billion globally) and growing organized crime. The current draft of the FCTC (Framework Convention on Tobacco Control, World Health Organization) protocol proposes a number of measures -- such as tighter control of the supply chain, enforcement and international cooperation -- which are expected to reduce the size of illicit trade globally. This report assesses the likely costs and benefits of such action from a U.K. perspective. In line with standard practice it looks at the costs of regulation to industry and government, the likely impact of the regulation on behavior and benefits which that may bring. Details: London: ASH (Action on Smoking and Health), 2010. 58p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 118542

Author: Farley, Melissa Title: Men Who Buy Sex: Who They Buy and What They Know Summary: A sample of 103 men in London, England, who used trafficked and non-trafficked women in prostitution were asked about their experiences and awareness of the sex industry. Almost all (96%) bought sex indoors. Many reported that they were aware of pimping, trafficking and other coercive control over those in massage parlor, brothel, and escort prostitution. These men were frequently aware of the vulnerability and risk factors for entry into prostitution including childhood abuse, lack of alternative job choices, coercive control and homelessness. The men listed effective deterrents to buying sex which included time in prison, public exposure and being issued a Anti-Social Behaviour Order. They described their ambivalence about buying sex and their ambivalence about the nature of their relationships with women. Details: London: EAVES; San Francisco: Prostitution Research & Education, 2009. 32p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 117575

Author: Berman, Greg Title: Lasting Change or Passing Fad?: Problem-Solving Justice in England and Wales Summary: Problem-solving justice seeks to improve court outcomes for victims, defendants, and communities. In doing so, it builds on the desire of judges, prosecutors, lawyers, court managers, and other justice system players to respond more creatively and effectively to local crime problems as well as the kinds of individual problems that often fuel crime. This report looks at the movement toward problem-solving justice in England and Wales. It reviews what has been accomplished to date and addresses some of the challenges faced by individual projects and the problem-solving movement as a whole. Details: London: Policy Exchange, 2009. 45p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Courts (U.K.) Shelf Number: 117305

Author: Great Britain. HM Inspectorate of Prisons Title: Training Planning for Children and Young People: Thematic Report Summary: This report evaluates the range and effectiveness of the arrangements for education and training for several categories of young people in the U.K.: those identified for the likelihood of offending; young offenders who move into custodial establishments and are then transferred between different establishments while in custody; and those who move between custody and the community. Details: London: HM Inspectorate of Prisons, 2010. 36p., app. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Education, Young Offenders Shelf Number: 118597

Author: Great Britain. Department for Children, Schools and Families Title: Safeguarding the Future: A Review of the Youth Justice Board's Governance and Operating Arrangements Summary: This report examines the role, relationships, powers and levers of the U.K. Youth Justice Board. It looks at the role the Youth Justice Board plays in delivering public protection and confidence, and its role in securing accommodation for offenders. It also outlines a series of recommendations for reducing youth crime while reducing costs. Details: London: Department for Children, Schools and Families, 2010. 118p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Detention (U.K.) Shelf Number: 118613

Author: Sedley, Tia Title: A New Parole System for England and Wales Summary: This report makes recommendations for a new parole system for England and Wales, proposing that an independent Parole Tribunal be established as part of the Tribunals Service to replace the existing Parole Board. As a judicial body making decisions regarding liberty, the tribunal would be independent of the executive and would have the powers and resources necessary to enable it to make expert and informed decisions regarding which prisoners should be released. Details: London: JUSTICE, 2009. 93p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Parole ( England and Wales) Shelf Number: 118618

Author: Grayton, Lucy Title: Swansea Community Chaplaincy Project: Evaluation of the Swansea Community Chaplaincy Project at HMP Swansea October 2006 - March 2008 Summary: The Community Chaplaincy Project with HMP Swansea provides support to offenders during the bridging process between custody and reintegration into the community using the established skills and expertise of the faith and voluntary sector. This evaluation examines the efficacy of the Community Chaplaincy Project by examining both the impact and the process, identifying areas of effective working practice and areas that could be improved. Details: Canterbury, UK: University of Kent, 2008. 103p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Chaplains (U.K.) Shelf Number: 118728

Author: Mills, Helen Title: Police Expenditure 1999-2009 Summary: This report presents information on police expenditure in the U.K. from 1999-2009. It found that police expenditure grew in real terms from 9.83 billion pounds in 1998/1999 to 14.55 billion pounds in 2008/2009. It also found that much of the burden of this rise fell on local council taxpayers, rather than the U.K. Home Office. Details: London: Centre for Crime and Justice Studies, King's College London, 2010. 92p. Source: Internet Resource; Spending Briefing Series Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 118667

Author: Great Britain. Office for Standards in Education, Children's Services and Skills (Ofsted) Title: Transition Through Detention and Custody: Arrangements for Learning and Skills for Young People in Custodial or Secure Settings Summary: This report evaluates the range and effectiveness of the arrangements for education and training for several categories of young people in the UK: those identified for their likelihood of offending; young offenders who move into custodial establishments then are transferred between different establishments while in custody; and those who move between custody and the community. The report illustrates good practice and makes recommendations for improvement. Details: Manchester, UK: Ofsted, 2010. 34p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Education, Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 118621

Author: Simmill-Binning, Cheryl Title: Daring to Damage: An Investigation of Young People's Motivations to Commit Acts of Criminal Damage in the North West of England Summary: This report examines the motivation of young people who commit acts of criminal damage. The focus of the research is young people between the ages of 14 and 25 years. Details: Lancaster, UK: Lancaster University, Applied Social Science Unit for Research and Evaluation (ASSURE), 2008(?). 77p. Source: A report for Lancashire's Strategic Crime and Disorder Reduction Partnership; Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Graffiti Shelf Number: 118583

Author: Clinks Title: What Works in Local Commissioning: A 360 Degree Perspective Summary: The Clinks London Voluntary and Community Sector (VCS) Development Project was established in 2006 and has worked to bring together voluntary sector organizations and commissioners to increase the range of services for offenders and ex-offenders. This report summarizes four pieces of research commissioned by Clinks to establish how a variety of services are commissioned for those leaving prison and serving sentences in the community. Each service is illustrated by case studies, giving perspectives from staff delivering the services, users of each service and those who commission the offender. The four services highlighted in this report include: 1) services provided by Adfam to support people affected by family members' drug use and crime; 2) services for people with a dual diagnosis of mental health problems along with drug or alcohol dependency; 3)a look at a variety of housing services commissioned for prison leavers; and 4) a program providing training and employment opportunities, with a focus on young black, Asian and minority ethic offenders. Details: York, UK: Clinks, 2008. 55p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 118624

Author: Bell, Brian Title: Crime and Immigration: Evidence from Large Immigrant Waves Summary: This paper examines the relationship between immigration and crime in a setting where large migration flows offer an opportunity to carefully appraise whether the populist view that immigrants cause crime in borne out by rigorous evidence. The paper considers possible crime effects from two large waves of immigration that recently occurred in the U.K. The first of these was the late 1990s/early 2000s wave of asylum seekers, and the second the large inflow of workers from EU accession countries that took place from 2004. A simple economics of crime model, when dovetailed with facts about the relative labor market position of these migrant groups, suggests net returns to criminal activity are likely to be very different for the two waves. In fact, the paper shows that the first wave led to a small rise in property crime, whilst the second wave had no such impact. There was no observable effect on violent crime for either wave. Nor were immigrant arrest rates different to natives. Evidence from victimization data also suggests that the changes in crime rates during the immigrant waves cannot be ascribed to crimes against immigrants. Overall, the findings suggest that focusing on the limited labor market opportunities of asylum seekers could have beneficial effects on crime rates. Details: Bonn, Germany: Institute for the Study of Labor (IZA), 2010. 44p. Source: Internet Resource; IZA Discussion Paper No. 4996 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 118789

Author: Machin, Stephen Title: The Crime Reducing Effect of Education Summary: This paper presents evidence on empirical connections between crime and education, using various data sources from Britain. A robust finding is that criminal activity is negatively associated with higher levels of education. However, it is essential to ensure that the direction of causation flows from education to crime. Therefore, the study identifies the effect of education on participation in criminal activity using changes in compulsory school leaving age laws over time to account for the endogeneity of education. In this causal approach, for property crimes, the negative crime-education relationship remains strong and significant. The implications of these findings are unambigous and clear. They show that improving education can yield significant social benefits and can be a key policy tool in the drive to reduce crime. Details: Bonn, Germany: Institute for the Study of Labor (IZA), 2010. 35p. Source: Internet Resource; IZA Discussion Paper No. 5000 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Education Shelf Number: 118788

Author: Deloitte MCS Ltd. Title: The National Workforce Modernisation Programme: Evaluation of the Demonstration Sites: Final Report Summary: The Workforce Modernisation Programme (WFM), run by the National Improvement Agency (NPIA), aims to help the police service improve the quality of service it delivers to the public whilst delivering value for money. The program is operating within the wider context of policing reform and workforce reform within other sections. In the summer of 2007, nine forces volunteered to become demonstration sites to test the principles and methodology established by the WFM program. Over the course of the past two and a half years, these forces have initiated 15 WFM projects. The scope of these projects covers all four of the core policing capabilities, namely: response; investigation; neighbourhood; and intelligence. This report presents an independent evaluation of the WFM pilot sites. The report summarizes the findings from the evaluation, identifying the impact the program had across a balanced scorecard consisting of four quadrants: performance; efficiency, capacity and utilization; stakeholder and customer perceptions; and HR measures and staff perceptions. Details: London: Home Office and the National Policing Improvement Agency, 2010. 120p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Law Enforcement (U.K.) Shelf Number: 118768

Author: Brand, Anthony Title: Gangs at the Grassroots: Community Solutions to Street Violence Summary: This research focuses on violent and criminal gangs rather than broadly defined anti-social behavior or youth crime. It looks primarily at how to maximize the impact of local interventions that target people involved in or on the fringes of gangs. It highlights how top-down responses and crack-downs on youth crime can do little to address the underlying drivers of gangs and their criminality. It suggests that local, multi-agency frameworks are key to addressing gang violence, and effective solutions must simultaneously deliver a range of interventions across education, health, policing, youth-work, community engagement, economic development, regeneration, skills and training and family support, all tailored to the specific communities and context in which different gangs operate. Details: London: New Local Government Network, 2008. 36p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gangs (U.K.) Shelf Number: 118781

Author: Ormston, Rachel Title: Scottish Social Attitudes Survey 2009: Public Attitudes to Drugs and Drug Use in Scotland Summary: This report presents frindings from the 2009 Scottish Social Attitudes survey on public attitudes towards illegal drugs and drug misuse in Scotland. The report focuses in particular on attitudes towards opiate misuse and on views of potential policy responses to this. However, it also places such attitudes in the context of wider views and experiences of illegal drugs. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2010. 75p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse Policy Shelf Number: 118687

Author: Great Britain. National Audit Office Title: Managing Offenders on Short Custodial Sentences Summary: Over 60,000 adults per year receive custodial sentences of less than 12 months in the U.K. On any given day they make up around 9 percent of all prisoners but account for some 65 percent of all sentenced admissions and releases. This report examines the management of these prisoners by the National Offender Management Service, including how well it assesses and meets prisoners' practical needs and how well it addresses their offending behavior. Details: London: The Stationery Office, 2010. 38p. Source: Internet Resource; Report by the Comptroller and Auditor General, HC 431, Session 2009-2010 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Inmates (U.K.) Shelf Number: 118562

Author: Shepherd, Jonathan Title: The Cardiff Model: Effective NHS Contribution to Violence Prevention Summary: Emergency departments (EDs) can contribute distinctively and effectively to violence prevention by working with Crime and Disorder Reduction Partnerships (CDRPs) and by sharing, electronically wherever possible, simple anonimized data about precise location of violence, weapon use, assailants and day/time of violence. These data, and the contributions of consultants in CDRP meetings, enhance effectiveness of targeted policing significantly, reduce licensed premises and street violence, and reduce overall A&E violence related attendances - in Cardiff, by 40% since 2002. This protocol for Emergency Medicine involvement in community violence prevention sets out the reasons for contributing, how contributions can be made, what contributions have been found to be effective, who should contribute and when contributions are best made. Misconceptions and barriers to working with local violence reduction agencies are listed, together with ways of overcoming them which are consistent with ethical guidance to doctors and data protection legislation. Details: Cardiff: University of Wales, 2007. 20p. Source: Internet Resource; Prepared for Rt Hon Alan Johnson MP, Member of Parliament for Kingston Upon Hull West and Hessle Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Reduction Partnerships Shelf Number: 118792

Author: Batreman, Tim Title: Patterns of Sentencing: Differential Sentencing Across England and Wales Summary: This study examines patterns of sentencing for twenty youth offending team areas in the U.K. The study explores the relationship between the use of high tariff disposals - with a particular emphasis on cudtodial penalties - and a range of possible influences upon patterns of sentencing. Details: London: Youth Justice Board, 2004. 81p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2004 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Court Statistics (U.K.) Shelf Number: 118793

Author: UK Statistics Authority Title: Overcoming Barriers to Trust in Crime Statistics: England and Wales Summary: The UK Statistics Authority is responsible for promoting and safeguarding the production and publication of official statistics that serve the public good. In the Parliamentary debates preceding the passage of the 2007 Statistics and Registration Service Act, which created the Statistics Authority, much was said about the need to build trust in UK official statistics. This report looks at that challenge in the specific context of crime statistics, drawing on the conclusions of a number of earlier reviews in the field. This is an interim report and a final report will be published in spring 2010. Details: London: UK Statistics Authority, 2009. 55p. Source: Internet Resource; Monitoring Report 5, Interim Report Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics (U.K.) Shelf Number: 118795

Author: Sainsbury Centre for Mental Health Title: The Chance of a Lifetime: Preventing Early Conduct Problems and Reducing Crime Summary: This paper examines the links between early conduct problems and subsequent offending. It makes the case for greatly increased investment in evidence-based programs to reduce the prevalence and severity of conduct problems in childhood. It shows that, in addition to improvement in the quality of life for many individuals and their families, the potential long-term benefits to society as a whole are enormous, particularly in terms of crime prevention. Details: London: Sainsbury Centre for Mental Health, 2009. 12p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Personality Disorders Shelf Number: 118794

Author: Duffy, Martin Title: Cannabis Supply and Young People: 'It's a Social Thing' Summary: The supply of drugs to young people is an emotive subject and discussion is rarely conducted with much reference to evidence. Research on young people's access to drugs is scarce in the U.K. The evidence that exists, however, shows that many young people gain access to drugs through older brothers and sisters, through friends and friends of friends - so-called social supply networks. This report offers a snapshot view of how young people in a large city and in rural villages get supplies of cannabis. Details: York, UK: Joseph Rowntree Foundation, 2008. 49p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 117592

Author: Solanki, Aikta-Reena Title: Fine Art or Science? Sentencers Deciding Between Community Penalties and Custody for Young People Summary: This report presents the findings of a study of sentencing decisions made by U.K. courts to identify why some young people are sentenced to custody and others to community sentences. The research examines cases involving young offenders aged 10 to 17, and explores the issues that may have an impact on sentencing at an individual level. It gives an account of the sentencing decisions made by a sample of 62 sentencers, including magistrates, district judges and Crown Court judges across 16 youth offending team areas in England and Wales. It documents their approaches to sentencing and decision-making process, as well as offering an insight into their attitudes towards custodial and non-custodial penalties. The research highlights a wide range of differenc factors that were reported by sentences to encourage or discourage the use of custody in borderline cases that were deemed to lie on the brink between a custodial and community sentence. Details: London: Youth Justice Board, 2009. 85p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Based Corrections Shelf Number: 118822

Author: Button, Mark Title: Support for the Victims of Fraud: An Assessment of the Current Infrastructure in England and Wales Summary: There are hundreds of thousands of people who become victims of fraud every year in the U.K. Some do not know they are victims and some know but do not report it. Only a minority of victims (bar identity fraud) report it. The support those victims receive varies from nothing to the most extensive and very best support that could possibly be provided. The structures that exist for fraud victims also vary significantly from other crime victims. There is significant support provided by the private sector, voluntary bodies, and state organizations. This report seeks to capture this infrastructure of support offered to the victims of fraud setting out the strengths, weaknesses and gaps. It does this by mirroring the three main components of the process. First of all, support at the reporting stage is assessed, followed by the reported state, and finally the criminal justice system stage. Details: London: National Fraud Authority, 2009. 37p., app. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Fraud Shelf Number: 118818

Author: Scotland. HM Inspectorate of Constabulary for Scotland Title: Natural Justice: A Joint Thematic Inspection of the Arrangements in Scotland for Preventing, Investigating and Prosecuting Wildlife Crime Summary: This report presents the results of a joint inspection on the arrangements for preventing, investigating and prosecuting wildlife crime in Scotland. It calls for a national strategy to reduce wildlife crime, in addition to a significantly revised and strengthened national structure to the police service's intention to treat wildlife crime like any other crime and to enhance implementation of the Crown Office and Procurator Fiscal Service's existing approach to dealing with wildlife crimes through its network of specialist prosecutors. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government, 2008-2009. 52 p.; 31p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offenses Against the Environment Shelf Number: 118809

Author: Brasnett, Laura Title: Understanding Overtime in the Police Service Summary: This report provides an understanding of the drivers of overtime and the practices used for managing overtime in police forces across England and Wales. Details: London: Home Office, 2010. 28p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 118811

Author: Moon, Debbie Title: Acquisitive Crime and Plastic Card Fraud: Findings from the 2008/09 British Crime Survey. Supplementary Volume 3 to Crime in England and Wales 2008/09 Summary: Acquisitive crime refers to a group of offenses whose similarity lies in the nature of the crime, i.e., the acquisition of property. This bulletin presents frindings from addition analyses on respondents' experience of acquisitive crime and plastic card fraud based on the 2008/09 British Crime Survey. Details: London: Home Office Research, Development and Statistics Directorate, 2010. 42p. Source: Internet Resource; Home Office Statistical Bulletin 08/10 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: British Crime Survey Shelf Number: 118733

Author: Great Britain. Department of Health Title: Improving Health, Supporting Justice: The National delivery Plan of the Health and Criminal Justice Programme Board Summary: Whether in custody or under community supervision, offenders are much more likely than average to be subject to factors such as mental illnesses, personality disorders, learning disabilities, substance misuse, homelessness and poor educational achievement. The focus of this National Delivery Plan is to highlight the potential for a more effective use of resources across U.K. agencies, and the gains that can be made by improving the quality of services. Details: London: Department of Health, 2009. 69p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Health Care (U.K.) Shelf Number: 118693

Author: Matrix Evidence Title: Economic Analysis of Interventions for Young Adult Offenders Summary: This report summarizes an economic analysis of alternative interventions for young adult offenders. The report makes the case for a wholesale shift in the way the U.K. government works with young adults in, and at risk of becoming involved with, the criminal justice system. This shift requires more than tinkering around the edges of the system. Instead, it asks for a cross-departmental, in-depth look at vulnerable young people aged 18 to 24 involved in the criminal justice system, and a commitment to finding effective ways of working with these young adults in trouble to help them move away from crime. Details: London: Matrix Evidence, 2009. 29p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternative to Incarceration Shelf Number: 119154

Author: Richards, Laura Title: Findings from the Multi-agency Domestic Violence Murder Reviews in London Summary: This report examines the circumstances on 30 out of 56 murders committed between 01/01/2001 and 06/04/2002 in London. It found that domestic homicide accounts for approximately 25% of all homicides in London and 35% in England and Wales. Details: London: Metropolitan Police, 2003.43p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2003 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Homicide Shelf Number: 119145

Author: Hassan, Lamiece Title: An Audit of Medication Prescribing Practices Following Imprisonment Summary: This audit aimed to measure the extent to which standards relating to prescribing medication for newly received prisoners were being met in a sample of English prisons. Details: Manchester, UK: Offender Health Research Network, 2010. 36p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Medical Care (U.K.) Shelf Number: 119173

Author: Anti-Trafficking Monitoring Group Title: Wrong Kind of Victim? One Year On: An Analysis of UK Measures to Protect Trafficked Persons Summary: In December 2008 the U.K. ratified the Council of Europe Convention on Action Against Trafficking in Human Beings. The Convention came into force in the UK in April 2009. This report examines how the UK and its devolved administrations are meeting their obligations under the Convention. It found that the UK Government's anti-trafficking practice is not compliant with the Convention and, where it relates to children, is not compliant with other aspects of UK law or best practice. Details: London: Anti-Slavery International, 2010. 153p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Trafficking Shelf Number: 119220

Author: McEwan, Joanne Title: Negotiating Support: Crime and Women's Networks in London and Middlesex, c.1730-1820 Summary: This thesis examines the social and legal dynamics of support as it operated around women charged before the criminal courts in the eighteenth- and early nineteenth-century metropolis. It considers the nature and implications of the support made available to, or withheld from, female defendants by individuals to whom they were in some way connected. To this end, it explores the nuances of testimony offered by witnesses and defendants in an attempt to better understand the extent and effect of the support that could be negotiated by and from a range of groups, including family members, fellow household residents, neighbours and wider community members. Details: Perth: University of Western Australia, School of Humanities, Discipline of History, 2008. 359p. Source: Internet Resource; Thesis Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Courts (United Kingdom) Shelf Number: 118817

Author: Stafford Pettersson Neath Title: Managing the Risks to Safety and Personal Security from Alcohol: Supporting Documentation Summary: This aim of this research is to understand how alcohol contributes to safety and security risks, and to develop tactical and strategic solutions that the U.K. railway, working with other key stakeholders, can implement to address these risks and change attitudes and perceptions. These two reports consist of a literature review on the topic as well as a qualitative report presenting the findings of interviews with frontline staff, local managers and representations of organizations with a strategic or national view of the issues, and the focus groups with members of the public. Details: London: Rail Standards and Safety Board, 2009. 73p.; 68p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 119204

Author: Great Britain. Taskforce on the Health Aspects of Violence Against Women and Children Title: Responding to Violence Against Women and Children - The Role of NHS Summary: The violence and abuse experienced by women and children every day in the U.K. is an urgent problem that must be addressed by all, and by our institutions - including the National Health Service. This report describes the key issues identified by women and children themselves, and by National Health Service staff as well as by experts from a wide range of interested bodies, and sets out a number of recommendations to address these issues. To support the work of the taskforce steering group, four sub-groups were set up covering: domestic violence; sexual violence against women; child sexual abuse; and harmful ttraditional practices such a forced marriage, female genital mutilation, honour-based violence and human trafficking. The reports from these sub-groups are included. Details: London: The Taskforce, 2010. 64p.; supplements Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse Shelf Number: 119183

Author: Scotland. Community Justice Services Title: Review of the Glasgow & Fife Drug Courts: Report Summary: This review evaluates the impact and effectiveness, including cost effectiveness, of the Glasgow and Fife Drug Courts. This will inform future policy and funding regarding drug courts in Scotland. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government, 2009. 18p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 119253

Author: Scotland. Community Justice Services Title: Review of the Hamilton & Airdrie Youth Courts: Report Summary: Pilot Youth Courts were established at Hamilton Sheriff Court in June 2003 and at Airdrie Sheriff Court in June 2004. This review assesses the Youth Courts' impact on reoffending rates, with regard to the impact on the Youth Courts of the recent reforms of summary justice. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government, 2009. 25p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Courts Shelf Number: 119226

Author: Douglas, Nicola Title: A Health Needs Assessment for Young Women in Young Offender Institutions Summary: This report presents a health needs assessment for 17-year old women being held in the U.K. secure estate. The aim of the study was to identify health needs among this population and determine appropriate models of healthcare provision. Details: London: Youth Justice Board for England and Wales, 2006. 119p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Health Care (U.K.) Shelf Number: 118777

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary Title: Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary - Get Smart: Planning to Protect. Protective Service Review 2008 Summary: This review showed that only half of the 43 forces in England and Wales had sufficiently detailed plans for improvement in major areas of policing, including organized crime and the investigation of complex murders. The report recommends focused intervention in some forces to bring up their planning and public account of plans up to standard, with greater collaboration and consistency across the police service as a whole. Details: London: HMIC, 2009. 41p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 113535

Author: Dibb, Rebecca Title: Substance Use and Health Related Needs of Migrant Sex Workers and Women Trafficked into Sexual Exploitation in the London Borough of Tower Hamlets and the City of London Summary: This study aims to establish the incidence of trafficking of women and girls into sexual exploitation in the London Borough of Tower Hamlets and the City of London; and to identify the countries that they come from and the routes used to traffic them into the UK. The study seeks to identify and nature and extent of safety, substance use and health related needs of trafficked and migrant women working in the sex industry. Details: London: The Salvation Army, Research and Development Unit, 2006. 114p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Health Care, Prostitutes Shelf Number: 119224

Author: Morton, Sarah Title: Public Attitudes Towards Tasers - Results from an Opinion Poll Summary: This paper outlines findings from a survey of public attitudes towards Tasers in the U.K. The survey explored public awareness of Tasers; support for the trust in the police to use Tasers; and situation in which it is deemed acceptable to use a Taser. Details: London: Home Office, 2010. 5p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Use of Force Shelf Number: 119227

Author: International Fund for Animal Welfare Title: Elephants on the High Street: An Investigation into Ivory Trade in the UK Summary: This report highlights the difficulties of controlling the ivory trade, even in a country with more capacity for law enforcement than most other countries, and the implications this has for the proposed ivory stockpile sales. Details: Yarmouth Port, MA: 2004. 41p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2004 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Illegal Trade Shelf Number: 119228

Author: Chambers, Max Title: Coming Clean: Combating Drug Misuse in Prisons Summary: This report aaserts that U.K. prisons, traditionally thought of as secure institutions, are awash with drugs. The easy availability of drugs in prisons undermines treatment programs, allows prisoners to maintain anti-social habits during their sentence, and leaves them unprepared for release and primed to reoffend. While is less widely known is how drugs really get in to prisons, and what really goes on inside prisons in an effort to get inmates off drugs and prepared for release. Following extensive consultation with senior figures involved in tackling the problem of drug misuse in prisons, this report outlines a series of recommendations which would make a real difference in helping prisoners to get off - and stay off - illegal drugs. Details: London: Policy Exchange, 2010. 43p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Smuggling, Prisons Shelf Number: 119281

Author: Smeaton, Emilie Title: Off the Radar: Children and Young People on the Streets in the UK Summary: ‘Off the Radar’ is a comprehensive qualitative research study and looks in detail at the lives, situations and experiences of more than one hundred of the most detached children and young people in the UK. The report is organised under the following headings: family and home; violence; the role of the streets; experiences of agencies; and behaviors, identities and states of being. Details: Sandbach, Cheshire, UK: Railway Children, 2010. 122p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Homelessness Shelf Number: 119284

Author: Jacobson, Jessica Title: Unjust Deserts: Imprisonment for Public Protection Summary: The indeterminate sentence of imprisonment for public protection (IPP) was created by the Criminal Justice Act 2003 (U.K.). The sentence enables the courts to imprison for an indefinite period those convicted of violent and sexual offenses who are deemed to be dangerous, but whose offending is not so serious that they quality for a life sentence. Around 6,000 people have received the sentence since it was implemented in april 2005; about 2,500 of those are currently being held in custody beyond expiry of their minimum term in custody, or tariff. This report reviews the implication of the implications of the IPP sentence for those serving it and for the courts, the Prison Service and the Parole Board. In so doing, it highlights what is perceived to be flaws inherent in the design of the sentence, and the injustices in its implementation. Details: London: Prison Reform Trust, 2010. 70p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Imprisonment Shelf Number: 119267

Author: May, Tiggey Title: Exploring the Needs of young Black and Minority Ethnic Offenders and the Provision of Targeted Interventions Summary: This study explores the needs of young Black and Minority Ethnic (BME) offenders and the provision of targeted interventions by youth offending teams (YOTs) in the U.K. The focus of the study was to identify whether there are differences in needs between ethnic groups and to assess the preparedness of YOTs and establishments within the secure estate to respond to them. Details: London: Youth Justice Board for England and Wales, 2009. 119p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 119266

Author: Garside, Richard Title: From Criminal Justice to Social Justice: Rethinking Approaches to Young Adults Subject to Criminal Justice Control Summary: This brief paper argues for increasing the number of interventions with young adults in the U.K. that place social justice, not criminal justice, at their core. Details: London: Centre for Crime and Justice Studies, King's College London, 2010. 22p. Source: Internet Resource; Transition to Adulthood, No. 3 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 119272

Author: Garside, Richard Title: Risky People or Risky Societies? Rethinking Interventions for Young Adults in Transition Summary: This brief paper critiques policies informed by risk factor analysis that seek to prevent crime by intervening early in the lives of troubled children. It also proposes a different way to think about risk as a social force rather than an individual pathology. Details: London: Centre for Crime and Justice Studies, King's College London, 2009. 16p. Source: Internet Resource; Transition to Adulthood, No. 1 Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Justice Policy Shelf Number: 119271

Author: Stephen-Smith, Saray Title: Routes In, Routes Out: Quantifying the Gendered Experience of Trafficking to the UK Summary: In April 2004 the POPPY Project published ‘When Women Are Trafficked’. This report provided an outline of the experiences of 26 women trafficked into the UK and subsequently supported by the POPPY Project between March 2003 and March 2004 and was the first report of its kind to be published in the U.K. Since then, research based on case studies of trafficking victims has been lacking from discussions on how to tackle human trafficking in the UK, as identified in 2007 in the UK Action Plan on Tackling Human Trafficking. This report responds to this need for more detailed research data, providing valuable information about the types of experiences women trafficked into the UK had prior to, during and after escaping their trafficking situation. Details: London: The POPPY Project, Eaves Housing for Women, 2008. 34p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Smuggling Shelf Number: 116473

Author: U.K. Border Agency Title: Protecting Our Border, Protecting the Public: The UK Border Agency's Five Year Strategy for Enforcing Our Immigration Rules and Addressing Immigration and Cross Border Crime Summary: This document both clarifies the extent of the UK Border Agency law enforcement activities and sets out a vision as to how, over the next five years, they will develop their capability to protect the public from the harm caused by illegal immigration and smuggling. It also sets out how the agency will support the work of its criminal justice partners in tackling non-immigration crime committed by foreign nationals in the UK. Details: London: UK Border Agency, 2010. 37p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Border Crime Shelf Number: 118616

Author: Great Britain. HM Chief Inspector of Prisons Title: The Management of Gang Issues Among Children and Young People in Prison Custody and the Community: A Joint Thematic Review Summary: This thematic review, carried out as part of a service level agreement with the Youth Justice Board, examined youth offending teams and young offender institutions to find out how in practice the police, probation and prison services at local level were dealing with gang-related crime involving under 18 year-olds. It found that, in spite of central nitiatives, there was a lack of coordination and of clear and effective guidance on local implementation. Details: London: HM Inspectorate of Prisons, 2010. 79p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Gangs Shelf Number: 119299

Author: Black, Carolyn Title: Evaluation of Campus Police Officers in Scottish Schools Summary: This report presents the findings of the evaluation of campus officers in Scottish schools. The study examined the roles that the 55 campus officers across the country play in Scottish schools and provides information on the impact and effectiveness of their placements. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2010. 50p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Campus Police Shelf Number: 119296

Author: MacLeod, Shona Title: An Analysis of Youth Offending Teams' Inspection Reports Summary: This research examined annual performance assessments of services for children and young people undertaken by Ofsted in 57 local authorities from January 2006 to April 2009, together with relevant data relating to the national performance indicators on youth offending issues. The findings cover YOTs' performance with regard to: management and leadership; work in courts; work with children and young people in the community; work with children and young people with custodial sentences; and victims and restorative justice. The research found that there has been an improvement in the quality of management and leadership of YOTs and while some areas of work are very good, others show room for improvement. This report is important reading for all those working in YOTs and for policy makers seeking to understand the performance of YOTs over time. Details: Slough, UK:: National Foundation for Educational Research, 2010.40p. Source: Internet Resource; LGA Research Report Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Justice Services Shelf Number: 119292

Author: Great Britain. HM Inspectorate of Probation Title: Restriction and Rehabilitation: Getting the Right Mix: An Inspection of the Management of Sexual Offenders in the Community Summary: Although statistically sex offenders are reconvicted less frequently than most other offenders, their offences can cause great public concern because of the impact they have on the victim. Following a previous joint report in 2005, inspectors wanted to see how well Probation and Police are managing such offenders in the community. This inspection focused on sex offenders either sentenced to a community order or released on licence. Inspectors found much that was encouraging with many examples of good practice. However, they stated that gaps remained in arrangements to protect the public and rehabilitate those convicted of sex crimes. Details: London: HMI Probation and HMI Constabulary, 2010. 58p. Source: Internet Resource; Criminal Justice Joint Inspection Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Pedophiles Shelf Number: 119289

Author: Great Britain. HM Crown Prosecution Service Inspectorate Title: Custody Time Limits: A Report to the Handling of Custody Time Limits by the Crown Prosecution Service Summary: This report presents the findings of an audit of the Crown Prosecution Service’s (CPS) handling of cases involving custody time limits (CTLs). The audit team found that progress had been made since the last thematic review, substantially attributable to the introduction of a national standard. However, compliance by the CPS areas with the standard varies and more work needs to be done to ensure consistent application of the standard. Details: London: HMCPSI, 2010. 54p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Courts (U.K.) Shelf Number: 118414

Author: Frondigoun, Liz Title: Building Safer Communities: An Evaluation of the Enhanced Policing Plan in the Shettleston, Ballieston and Greater Easterhouse Area of Glasgow Summary: This research was commissioned by Strathclyde Police to evaluate the Enhanced Policing Plan (EPP) in the Shettleston, Ballieston and Greater Easterhouse area of Glasgow. This area has historically been characterized by the endemic problem of violence and gang activity. The EPP is an innovative approach to policing aimed at: reducing crime, gang and anti-social behaviour and territorialism; creating a safer environment; building public confidence; and improving community opportunities for people so that they are less likely to commit offences or re-offend. This research accordingly aimed to establish: baseline information on crime levels before and after the EPP; the views of the police, community planning partners, local small businesses, youth workers and young people about what it is like living in the East End of Glasgow; the effect gang and violent behaviour has had/is having on their neighbourhood; the community views and perceptions of the effectiveness of the EPP in tackling these behaviors, and in increasing public reassurance within the area; and what youths need to encourage them to make attitudinal changes in making life choices. Details: Glasgow: Glasgow Caledonian University, 2008. 103p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gangs (Glasgow) Shelf Number: 114746

Author: Magee, Ian Title: Review of Criminality Information Summary: This independent Review of Criminality Information (ROCI) examined how information is recorded, used and shared in the interests of public protection. Criminality information is any information which may be relevant to the prevention, investigation, prosecution or penalising of crime. The review made recommendations which are aimed to improve the safety of the public and to increase the efficiency of the public protection system. Details: London: Review of Criminalist Information, 2008. 162p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice, Administration of, U.K. Shelf Number: 114771

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: From the Neighbourhood to the National: Policing Our Communities Together Summary: This Green Paper sets out several focus areas to further improve policing in the U.K. and ways in which it can deliver for the public. The key issues addressed include: local dimension; service standards to the public; neighbourhood policing; bureaucracy and red-tape and use of technology; officers and staff; development and deployment of the police workforce; what the Government will do to support these changes; steps needed to promote collaboration and co-operation between forces; and plans for a radical reshaping of national performance management arrangements. Details: London: TSO, 2008. 98p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Policing (U.K.) Shelf Number: 114837

Author: Great Britain. Parliament. House of Commons. Home Affairs Committee Title: The Cocaine Trade: Seventh Reprot of Session 2009-10 Summary: This report examines the trends in cocaine use in the U.K. and the progress to date in tackling the cocaine trade in terms of reducing both supply and demand. Details: London: Stationery Office, 2010. 2 v. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cocaine Shelf Number: 117866

Author: Defence Science and Technology Laboratory Title: What Perceptions Do the UK Public Have Concerning the Impact of Counter-terrorism Legislation Implemented Since 2000? Summary: This report presents the findings of a research study that looked into public perceptions of the impact of counter-terrorism legislation implemented in the UK since 2000. The study found that there was insufficient evidence on specific aspects of the legislation to draw conclusions that could lead to actionable outcomes for policy-makers. Details: London: Home Office, 2010. 68p. Source: Internet Resource; Occasional Paper 88 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Counter-terrorism (U.K.) Shelf Number: 117630

Author: Nicholls, Carol McNaughton Title: Examining Implementation of the Stable and Acute Dynamic Risk Assessment Tool Pilot in England and Wales Summary: The National Offender Management Service (NOMS) piloted a new dynamic risk assessment tool for sexual offenders managed in the community – the Stable and Acute 2007. This tool was used by both police and probation staff managing eligible convicted sexual offenders. This evaluation examines how the Stable and Acute 2007 tool was implemented in the pilot areas, the benefits and limitations of the tool, and provides recommendations for any future use of dynamic risk assessment in England and Wales. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2010. 77p. Source: Internet Resource; Ministry of Justice Research Series 4/10 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Probation Shelf Number: 117726

Author: Brooker, Charlie Title: Trends in Self-inflicted Deaths and Self-harm in Prisons in England and Wales (2001-2008): In Search of a New Research Paradigm Summary: No one would dispute the fact that offenders, whether in prison or elsewhere in the criminal justice system, are an alienated group where it would be predicted that self-inflicted deaths (SIDs) rates are higher than for the general population. This paper examines recent trends in SIDs and self-harm in English and Welsh prisons and discusses the implications of such data for future research across the whole offender pathway in England and Wales. Details: Lincoln, UK: Criminal Justice and Health Group, University of Lincoln, 2010. 19p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prisoners, Suicidal Behavior Shelf Number: 118359

Author: Great Britain. National Audit Office Title: Tackling Problem Drug Use Summary: This report by the U.K. National Audit Office into government action to tackle problem drug use has concluded that there has been good progress in a number of areas, including an increasing number of problem drug users in effective treatment and an increasing number leaving treatment free from dependency. Details: London: The Stationery Office, 2010. 38p. Source: Internet Resource; HC 297 Session 2009-2010 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 118558

Author: Povey, David (ed.) Title: Police Powers and Procedures 2008/09 Summary: This statistical bulletin draws together U.K. statistica on the following topics: arrests for notifiable offenses; Stope and searches under the Police and Criminal Evidence Act 1984 (PACE); breath tests; and police action in relation to motoring offences. Details: London: Home Office, 2010. 79p. Source: Internet Resource; Home Office Statistical Bulletin; 06/10 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Arrests Shelf Number: 118560

Author: McAlinden, Anne-Marie Title: Employment Opportunities and Community Re-integration of Sex Offenders in Northern Ireland Summary: This report considers employment opportunities and community re-integration of sex offenders in Northern Ireland. The report looks first at the international and national literature on employment opportunities and community reintegration of sex offenders, before turning to consider Northern Ireland as a specific case study. Details: Belfast: Northern Ireland Office, Statistics and Research Branch, 2009. 75p. Source: Internet Resource; NIO Research and Statistical Series; Report No. 20 Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Employment, Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 118699

Author: Carol Goldstone Associates Title: Fraud in the Charitable Sector Summary: "The true nature and extent of fraud within and against charities in the United Kingdom is relatively unknown with current understanding based on anecdotal evidence and media accounts of high profile scams. There is a perception that charities are a ‘soft target’ due to their altruistic nature, perceived lack of professionalism, and reliance on the trust and goodwill of staff, volunteers and supporters. This research attempts to improve our understanding of fraud in the charitable sector and to gauge what charities really think about fraud. Although the incidence of reported fraud is relatively low there are still a number of important issues which warrant further consideration and action by charities, their professional advisors, law enforcers and regulators." Details: London: Fraud Advisory Panel, 2009. 34p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Charities Shelf Number: 118697

Author: Quigley, D. Title: Perceptions of Crime: Findings from the 2008/09 Northern Ireland Crime Survey Summary: "This bulletin is based on findings from the 2008/09 Northern Ireland Crime Survey (NICS), a representative, continuous personal interview survey of the experiences and perceptions of crime of 3,856 adults living in private households throughout Northern Ireland. Previously conducted on an ad hoc basis in 1994/95, 1998, 2001 and 2003/04, the NICS began operating on a continuous basis in January 2005. In addition to describing respondents’ perceptions of causes of crime, recent changes in crime levels and the extent of problems of anti-social behaviour in the local area, the bulletin illustrates three commonly used measures of concern about crime: 1. worry about crime and personal safety; 2. perceptions of the risk of victimisation; and 3. perceptions of the effect of ‘fear of crime’ on quality of life. The bulletin also contains a section on public confidence in policing, community engagement and the criminal justice system, measured as part of the Northern Ireland Office (NIO) 2007 Public Service Agreement (PSA)." Details: Belfast: Northern Ireland Office, Statistics and Research Branch, 2010. 59p. Source: Internet Resource; Research and Statistical Bulletin 1/2010 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 118702

Author: Bowles, Roger Title: International Development of Victims Funds Summary: Improving the quality of the experience for citizens coming into contact with the Criminal Justice System as a victim and/or witness is an important objective for government. The development of a Victims’ Fund which uses contributions from convicted offenders to make provision for victim support can be an important component in a strategy to build confidence amongst the public in the justice system. The experience of other countries which have implemented such schemes provides evidence as to their feasibility, strengths and weaknesses. Information about this experience and awareness of best practice internationally are invaluable in developing the best possible design for a Fund and a levy. The aim of the research reported here is to provide a review of the key issues, supported by a concise and informative resource outlining the practice of Government departments in other countries, which can support development of proposals for a Victims’ Fund in Northern Ireland. The focus is on instances where a central fund, based on a financial levy on offenders, is used to support victim-related initiatives and expenditure. The report reviews international experience of the process of developing and maintaining a victim fund and identifies significant themes arising from cross-country comparisons. It refers to the schemes run in countries which are known to operate one, namely: Australia, Belgium, Canada, England and Wales, France, New Zealand, Sweden and the USA. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice System Northern Ireland, 2010. 76p. Source: Internet Resource; NIO Research and Statistical Series: Report No. 22 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Victim Compensation Shelf Number: 118701

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Chief Inspector of Constabulary Title: Adapting to Protest Summary: The 1st April 2009 was a unique day for the Metropolitan Police Service (MPS) and the policing operation that surrounded the G20 summit was highly effective in significant respects. However, tragic events on the day led to a focus on the police approach to protest, notably the use of containment and the manner in which force was used by police. The death of Ian Tomlinson and other individual complaints are being investigated by the Independent Police Complaints Commission (IPCC). This review, conducted at the request of the Commissioner of the MPS, concerns the policing methods used on the day. There are lessons to be learnt and issues that merit early consideration for the policing of future public order events during the remainder of the summer. The report made a number of immediate recommendations, including that police: Facilitate peaceful protest; Improve dialogue with protest groups where possible; Improve communication with the public; Moderate impact of containment when used; Improve training to equip officers to deal with the full spectrum of protest activity; and Wear clear identification at all times. Details: London: HMIC, 2009. 107p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crowd Control Shelf Number: 115828

Author: Toner, S. Title: Experience of Crime: Findings from the 2008/09 Northern Ireland Crime Survey Summary: This report presents the findings from the Northern Ireland Crime Survey focusing on crime victimisation and prevalence rates in both Northern Ireland and England & Wales. Results from the survey indicate that 13.4% of all households and their adult occupants were victims of crime during the 12 months prior to interview, which is the lowest figure for victimisation since the survey began. While not statistically different from the figure for NICS 2007/08 (13.8%) or 2006/07 (14.2%), it is lower than the rates recorded through NICS 1998 (23.0%), 2001 (19.7%), 2003/04 (21.4%) and 2005 (17.3%). Details: Belfast: Northern Ireland Office, Statistics and Research Branch, 2009. 42p. Source: Internet Resource; Research and Statistical Bulletin 7/2009 Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 119334

Author: Kerr, Jane Title: Assessing the Feasibility of Conducting a Randomised Control Trial or Other Evaluation of the FOR...A Change Programme Summary: This feasibility study explored whether it would be possible to carry out a randomised control trial (RCT) of the brief cognitive motivational intervention aimed at offenders in the last three months of their sentence; Focus on Resettlement (FOR)…A Change programme. The study discovered that it would be feasible to carry out an RCT of the FOR programme, with staff and offenders recognising the benefits available, provided FOR eligibility was widened to included all prisoners sentenced to under 12 months. The randomisation process of the evaluation was identified as the most contentious aspect for ethical reasons and would need the support from across the prison estate to succeed. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2010. 103p. Source: Internet Resource; Ministry of Justice Research Summary 17/10 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 119346

Author: Easton, Helen Title: Conditional Cautions: Evaluation of the Women Specific Condition Pilot Summary: In September 2008 a new condition was developed for dealing with low-level, low-risk women offenders as part of the existing conditional caution scheme. The condition is referred to as the women specific condition (WSC) and is a rehabilitative condition requiring the woman offender to attend a Together Women centre for a needs assessment at a pre-arranged time and date. This report presents the findings of the evaluation of the pilot of the WSC over six months in three pilot areas. The aim of the research was to evaluate the implementation and effectiveness of the WSC. Evidence was collected on the view of stakeholders and women offenders on the WSC and looked at how the WSC was implemented in different pilot areas. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2010. 66p. Source: Internet Resource; Ministry of Justice Research Series 14/10 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 119345

Author: Bullock, Karen Title: The Delivery of Domestic Abuse Programmes: An Implementation Study of the Delivery of Domestic Abuse Programmes in Probation Areas and Her Majesty's Prison Service Summary: This study explored the delivery of accredited programmes for domestic violence offenders in custody and community settings – specifically to assess the extent to which these programmes were being implemented as intended. The study found that many aspects of the programmes were delivered as intended, particularly the main group work element, as well as identifying further strengths and weaknesses in programme delivery and will be useful in developing best practice. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2010. 20p. Source: Internet Resource; Ministry of Justice Research Series 15/10 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 119344

Author: Smith, Dominic Title: Public Confidence in the Criminal Justice System: Findings from the British Crime Survey 2002/03 to 2007/08 Summary: This report covers the overall levels of confidence in the Criminal Justice System (CJS) and public perceptions of the wider CJS and draws together findings from the British Crime Survey (BCS), considering both the national (England and Wales) and local level picture. The report follows on from earlier publications on BCS headline data on confidence in the CJS. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2010. 38p. Source: Internet Resource; Ministry of Justice Research Series 16/10 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: British Crime Survey Shelf Number: 119342

Author: Gregg, David Title: Family Intervention Projects: A Classic Case of Policy-Based Evidence Summary: The Family Intervention Project (FIP) became a flagship policy in New Labour's anti-social behaviour strategy. This briefing discusses critically the attitude of the New Labour government to the academic evaluations of the FIPs; it argues the government failed to take seriously the clear messages that evaluators were offering about the efficacy of FIPs and the impact the policy was having on families with significant mental health problems and other social vulnerabilities. Instead, it argues, the government had already decided on the policy and distorted the evidence base provided by successive evaluations in press briefings and other public pronouncements to justify an ongoing expansion of the FIP programme. Details: London: Centre for Crime and Justice Studies, 2010. 21p. Source: Internet Resource; Evidence Based Policy Series Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 119372

Author: Currie, Fergus Title: Message in a Bottle: A Joint Inspection of Youth Alcohol Misuse and Offending Summary: This report re-emphasizes the known link between alcohol misuse and health problems, underachievement in schools and offending behaviour and considers whether youth offending and health services are sufficiently engaged and involved in efforts to reduce the impact of alcohol misuse by children and young people who offend. Details: London: HM Inspectorate of Probation, 2010. 55p. Source: Internet Resource; Criminal Justice Joint Inspection Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 119371

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: Avoidable Delay: Incorporating an Inspection of the Interface Between the Police Service of Northern Ireland and the Public Prosecution Service for Northern Ireland Summary: Tackling the problem of avoidable delay goes to the heart of the justice system as it involves all the major justice organisations and impacts widely on the ‘users’ of the justice system whether they are victims, witnesses or defendants. This report shows that despite the major efforts to address the problem of avoidable delay In the Northern Ireland criminal justice system since the previous inspection report in 2006, these initiatives have made a relatively limited impact. The length of time it takes the justice system to process individuals through to disposal by a court is still too long. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2010. 92p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Courts (Northern Ireland) Shelf Number: 119370

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice Title: Conviction Histories of Offenders Between the Ages of 10 and 52: England and Wales Summary: "This statistical bulletin provides estimates of the proportion of the population in England and Wales who have had a conviction. It covers convictions received between 1963 and 2006." Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2010. 16p. Source: Internet Resource; Ministry of Justice Statistics Bulletin Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 119377

Author: Desai, Philly Title: Passengers' Perceptions of Personal Security on Public Transport - Qualitative Research Report Summary: This report presents "a qualitative analysis of passenger perceptions of measures introduced to enhance personal security while travelling on public transport in the U.K., including their awareness of the measures and of any accompanying publicity, and factors which enhance or inhibit the success of these measures. Details: London: Department of Transport, 2009. 126p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Passenger Safety Shelf Number: 119378

Author: Lam, Janice Title: Opportunities and Obstacles: Ensuring Access to Compensation for Trafficked Persons in the UK Summary: Although there has been an increase in the number of convictions for human trafficking in the UK, legal remedies and compensation for trafficked persons have remained inaccessible. This report identifies the legal remedies available to trafficked persons in England and Wales and analyses the effectiveness of each remedy viewed in light of its accessibility to trafficked persons. Details: London: Anti-Slavery International, 2008. 51p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 119276

Author: Great Britain. Government Equalities Office Title: Women Not for Sale: A Report on Advertising Women in Small Ads in Local Newspapers Summary: The Central Office of Information (COI) was asked to assess the scale and nature of the advertising of women, and services supplied by women, by: reviewing ‘Personal Services’ classifieds from a snapshot sample of regional publications across the country; analysing the data gathered to identify where these advertisements are most likely to appear (in terms of region, publisher and type of (publication); and assessing how the tone and content of these advertisements varies by region, publisher and type of publication. COI Strategic Consultancy carried out an audit of local newspapers in all nine Government Office Regions (including London). The audit was carried out on 18 October 2007, and examined a sample of the local, daily and weekly newspapers available on 17 October; a total of 79 newspapers were examined. In each region, the sample comprised a mix of free and paid-for publications of daily and weekly titles, and covered a range of circulations and a spread of publishers. The audit confirmed that the practice of advertising women and services supplied by women in regional newspapers is widespread. Almost 75% of the publications audited in this review carried advertisements mentioning services from women, and almost half carried classifieds specifically mentioning non-British women. Details: London: Government Equalities Office, 2008. 27p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 119386

Author: Martin, Kerry Title: Positivity in Practice: Approaches to Improving Perceptions of Young People and their Involvement in Crime and Anti-Social Behaviour Summary: There is a mismatch between perceptions and reality about the scale of young people’s involvement in crime and anti-social behaviour. This study highlights the range of approaches that local authorities (LAs) and their partner organisations are undertaking to improve how young people are perceived in their communities, especially in relation to crime and anti-social behaviour. It also describes the methods used by LAs to measure the impact of activities on perceptions. Details: Slough, UK: National Foundation for Educational Research (NFER), 2010. 65p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 119392

Author: Martynowicz, Agnieszke Title: The Nature and Extent of Human Trafficking in Northern Ireland: A Scoping Study Summary: This scoping study examines the nature and extent of human trafficking in Northern Ireland. The purpose of the study was to “increase the knowledge of the commissioning organisations about trafficking and identify the appropriate steps that might be taken to respond to this issue”. Details: Belfast: Northern Ireland Human Rights Commission; Equality Commission for Northern Ireland, 2009. 102p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 119391

Author: Inglis, Geoff Title: Confidence in the Police Complaints System: A Survye of the General Population in 2009. Summary: This annual survey measures trends in public confidence concerning the complaints system in the U.K. by surveying a representative sample of the general population. The survey asks about: contact with the police; willingness to complain; barriers against complaining; and ways in which members of the public may wish to complain awareness of the IPCC. Details: London: Independent Police Complaints Commission, 2010. 49p. Source: Internet Resource; IPCC Research and Statistics Series: Paper 17 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Complaints Against Police Shelf Number: 119396

Author: Great Britain. Department for Communities and Local Government Title: Guidance on Managing Anti-Social Behaviour Related to Gypsies and Travellers Summary: This Guidance has been produced to support local authorities, the police and other agencies in the U.K. and to encourage consistency amongst agencies in their approach to tackling anti-social behaviour associated with Gypsies and Travellers- whether they are the victims or the perpetrators - and sets out the powers and tools available and how they may be used. The guidance includes advice on dealing with the following issues: various aspects of anti-social behaviour; policing and prevention; fly tipping and waste management issues; noise nuisance; and straying livestock. Details: London: Communities and Local Government, 2010. 25p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 119398

Author: Mills, Helen Title: Prison and Probation Expenditure, 1999-2009 Summary: This is the second of a series of briefings on criminal justice spending in the U.K. It demonstrates that spending on the prison and probation system in England and Wales has grown by 36 percent in real terms since 2004 despite a major reorganisation that was meant to save money. Details: London: Centre for Crime and Justice Studies, 2010. 60p. Source: Internet Resource; Spending Briefing Series Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Expenditures Shelf Number: 119399

Author: Great Britain. HM Inspectorate of Prisons Title: Women in Prison: A Short Thematic Review Summary: Much has been written about the specific needs and characteristics of the women’s prison population – most notably the Corston report, which strongly advocated the development of alternatives to custody and alternative forms of custody. Currently, over 4,300 women are in prison in England and Wales, almost the same number as there were at the same time last year. This report draws together the findings of the most recent inspection reports on all 14 current women’s prisons in England and Wales, and also compares the findings of women prisoners surveyed during 2006–08 with those surveyed in 2003–05. It therefore provides an overview of the conditions and treatment in women’s prisons, and an account of any significant changes in women’s perceptions of the prison experience. Details: London: HM Inspectorate of Prisons, 2010. 81p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 119400

Author: Cullen, Niamh Title: Street Drinking in Hounslow: The Results of a Survey Commissioned by Hounslow Drug and Alcohol Action Team and the Metropolitan Police Service to Map the Nature and Prevalence of Street Drinking in the London Borough of Hounslow Summary: This report describes the results of a survey undertaken to map the nature and prevalence of street drinking in the London Borough of Hounslow. Street drinkers, members of the public, local service providers and others (e.g. shopkeepers) were interviewed during the summer of 2005. Several types of street drinking were identified across the borough. The static groups of street drinkers were generally male, single, unemployed and living in their own (rented) accommodation. Not being homeless, they gave volitional reasons for drinking in the street, centered on social aspects. The majority are not engaged with local alcohol services. They are long term heavy drinkers who share the profile of those who make up the high incidence of alcohol related deaths in Hounslow. They do not have access to harm minimisation nor prevention advice. Half the group said they did not do all their drinking on the street, suggesting alternatives may be possible. Public concern was mainly with the visibility of the group and the negative impact this was perceived to have on the community, most felt street drinkers required “help”. Evidence from areas that have experienced street drinking related problems suggest a multi-agency approach to street drinking, that encompasses enforcement tactics, environmental improvements and service provision. Given the relatively ‘static’ nature and size of this population it is possible that a period of coordinated intensive intervention is likely to make a significant impact on the levels of street activity in the area. Details: Hounslow, UK: Hounslow Drug and Alcohol Action Team, 2005. 45p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2005 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 119401

Author: Great Britain. HM Revenue and Customs Title: Marketing Strategy for Illicit Tobacco Summary: This document is a cross-U.K. Government marketing strategy designed to change attitudes to illicit tobacco products. Details: London: HM Revenue & Customs; Department of Health, 2009. 41p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Illegal Trade Shelf Number: 119402

Author: Millard, Bryce Title: Experimental Statistics on Victimisation of Children Aged 10 to 15: Findings from the British Crime Survey for the Year Ending December 2009: England and Wales Summary: This report makes available for the first time estimates of victimisation from the extension of the British Crime Survey to children aged 10 to 15 years resident in households in England and Wales. Details: London: Home Office Research, Development and Statistics Directorate, 2010. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Home Office Statistical Bulletin: 11/10 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: British Crime Survey Shelf Number: 119408

Author: British Retail Consortium Title: Retail Crime Survey 2009 Summary: This 2009 Retail Crime Survey (U.K.) was completed by 60 retailers, employing 1,154,019 staff and representing 49 per cent of total retail turnover. The Retail Crime Survey has identified an increase in total cost of retail crime of 10 per cent in 2008-09 (losses through theft and damage plus the cost of crime prevention measures). Retail crime cost UK retailers £1.1 billion in 2008-09, equivalent to 72,722 retail jobs. The incidence of some types of retail crime doubled during the course of the year. None decreased. This is a significant reversal of recent reductions in retail crime and for many types of retail crime takes levels back to those last experienced in 2004-05. The levels and mixture of police recorded crime are strikingly different to the distribution of retail crime experienced by retailers. Consequently retailers and the police have differing priorities for action. These differing perceptions need addressing if rising retail crime is to be addressed adequately. Retailers estimated the average level of shrinkage as 1.9 per cent, expressed as a proportion of sales, although the definition of shrinkage varied between companies. Details: London: British Retail Consortium, 2010. 39p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Burglary Shelf Number: 119417

Author: Lennox, Charlotte Title: Offender Health: Scoping Review and Research Priorities within the UK Summary: This report is a scoping review of the literature surrounding health of people in contact with police custody, court, and probation settings. The aim of this report is: 1) to conduct a review of the current literature the health of people in police custody, courts and probations; 2)to discuss and evaluate the implications of the literature; and 3) to provide research priorities based on the knowledge gaps. Details: Liverpool: Offender Health Research Network, 2009. 71p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Treatment Shelf Number: 117360

Author: Barnes, Ian Title: Partners in Crime: Democratic Accountability and the Future of Local Policing Summary: There is now widespread recogniton that the structure of policing in England and Wales must be radically overhauled if it is to tackle crime and maintain public confidence through a period of diminishing public finances. In this report, Policy Exchange sets out a vision of democratic accountability driving efficiency and responsiveness in the police service, renewing the longstanding bonds between the police and the public. The report calls for the introduction of elected police heads, responsible for meeting the needs of local people and revitalising the relationship between the police and the public. Details: London: Policy Exchange, 2009. 46p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Reform Shelf Number: 117361

Author: Byron, Tanya Title: Safer Children in a Digital World: The Report of the Byron Review Summary: - The internet and video games are very popular with children and young people and offer a range of opportunities for fun, learning and development. - But there are concerns over potentially inappropriate material, which range from content (e.g. violence) through to contact and conduct of children in the digital world. - Debates and research in this area can be highly polarised and charged with emotion. - Having considered the evidence I believe we need to move from a discussion about the media 'causing' harm to one which focuses on children and young people, what they bring to technology and how we can use our understanding of how they develop to empower them to manage risks and make the digital world safer. - There is a generational digital divide which means that parents do not necessarily feel equipped to help their children in this space - which can lead to fear and a sense of helplessness. This can be compounded by a risk-averse culture where we are inclined to keep our children 'indoors' despite their developmental needs to socialise and take risks. - While children are confident with the technology, they are still developing critical evaluation skills and need our help to make wise decisions. - In relation to the internet we need a shared culture of responsibility with families, industry, government and others in the public and third sectors all playing their part to reduce the availability of potentially harmful material, restrict access to it by children and to increase children's resilience. - I propose that we seek to achieve gains in these three areas by having a national strategy for child internet safety which involves better self-regulation and better provision of information and education for children and families. - In relation to video games, we need to improve on the systems already in place to help parents restrict children's access to games which are not suitable for their age. - I propose that we seek to do that by reforming the classification system and pooling the efforts of the games industry, retailers, advertisers, console manufacturers and online gaming providers to raise awareness of what is in games and enable better enforcement. - Children and young people need to be empowered to keep themselves safe - this isn't just about a top-down approach. Children will be children - pushing boundaries and taking risks. At a public swimming pool we have gates, put up signs, have lifeguards and shallow ends, but we also teach children how to swim. Details: Nottingham, UK: Department of Children, Schools and Families; Department of Culture, Media and Sport, 2008. 224p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 24, 2018 at: http://childcentre.info/robert/extensions/robert/doc/6f4474a71e4794a8c119a0c8fb8ab8ef.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 115676

Author: Chater, David Title: Universities of Crime: Young Adults, the Criminal Justice System and Social Policy Summary: A report by the Transition to Adulthood Alliance highlighting the gaps in policy and service provision for young adults in the U.K. criminal justice system. Young adults make up more than a third of those sentenced to prison and have some of the highest re-offending rates of any group, yet the current policy approach to them is confused and ineffective. Details: London: Barrow Cadbury Trust, 2009. 31p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Justice Reform Shelf Number: 119419

Author: McCoard, Shirley Title: Process Evaluation of the Drug Treatment and Testing Orders II (DTTO II) Pilots Summary: Drug Treatment and Testing Orders II (DTTO IIs) were introduced on a pilot basis in the Lothian and Borders Community Justice Authority Area in June 2008. The purpose of the DTTO II is to make Drug Treatment and Testing Orders available to lower tariff offenders earlier in their criminal careers, when the damage done to themselves, their families and their communities, as a consequence of their drug misuse, is less extensive. This report presents the findings of a process evaluation of the DTTO II pilot, which was carried out concurrently with the early operation of the schemes. The evaluation focussed primarily on the processes involved in setting up and running the scheme, but also provides some early indication of the likely impact and success of DTTO IIs. A cost exercise was also carried out to provide estimated costs for rolling out DTTO IIs on a national basis. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2010. 57p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 119425

Author: Smith, Veronica M. Title: Persistent Offender Project: Pilot Project Evaluation, November 2006 - March 2008 Summary: The overarching aim of the project was to establish joint partnership working to improve health and social well being for offenders with drug and alcohol problems and their communities. The Persistent Offender Project sought to achieve this based on partnership working between Strathclyde Police and Glasgow Addiction Services (GAS) who were jointly responsible for the operational and strategic management of this innovative service. This pilot project has provided a forum for evaluation on the capacity and achievability of such a service and, included in the evaluation, there are specific objectives that allow the impact of this project to be measured. The key objectives of the service were initially identified as: 1) Reducing drug / alcohol offending; 2) Reducing anti-social behaviour; 3) Promoting community safety and well-being; 4) Reducing drug related deaths; 5)Reducing the fear of crime; and 6) Promoting training and employment opportunities and encourage offenders to become involved in work initiatives. Beyond this, a further aim of the project was to contribute towards a healthy and a safe Glasgow at ground level in local communities. This was specifically directed at the day-to-day lives of the most persistent offenders within the Glasgow city area (areas included in the SIMD 2006 as being the 15% most deprived localities). These are individuals whose crimes are committed in order to sustain their dependency on alcohol and / or drugs. Details: Glasgow: Glasgow Addition Services, 2008. 74p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 119441

Author: North East Public Health Observatory Title: A Review of Alcohol Services for Offenders in the North East Region Summary: This report presents a review of current provision for alcohol users within the criminal justice system in the North East region of the UK. The aim of the review was to map and explore the provision that is currently in place for offenders within the 12 localities. The mapping exercise also explored the pathways and partnership working between agencies, which are a key aspect of delivering a seamless journey for the offender and delivering a continuum of care. This report provides a snapshot of the work currently being undertaken within the region and also provides an overview of some of the work that is currently in development. The overarching aims of the review included developing an understanding of the key strengths of the provision available and its situation within the overall care pathway. In addition consideration was given to those areas of weaknesses, which if strengthened would improve the outcomes for service users. Details: Stockton on Tees, UK: NEPHO, 2010. 64p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 119452

Author: Byron, Tanya Title: Do We Have Safer Children in a Digital World? A Review of Progress Since the 2008 Byron Review Summary: 1. In the last two years there has been significant progress on improving children's digital safety which I am pleased to highlight in this report. As the UK Council for Child Internet Safety (UKCCIS) enters the next phase of its work, I think it is a good time to take stock of progress so far and consider priorities. I hope this report will help UKCCIS to build on its successes, as in the fast-paced digital world the UK and UKCCIS will need to speed up to stay ahead as the world leader in child digital safety. 2. In the first phase of this work I have been impressed by the public awareness campaign which I think gives clear and concise messages to help parents educate their children. 3. I have also been struck by the improvements to educational resources which are enabling our children and young people to develop the resilience and skills they need to negotiate their digital lives. These skills will in turn help them to educate their children, as today's children are tomorrow's parents. 4. The UK is a world leader in improving children's digital safety. The establishment of UKCCIS is a significant achievement, bringing together a range of influential organisations with an interest in, or a responsibility for, keeping children and young people safe on the internet. The council is to be congratulated on publishing the first UK child internet safety strategy in December 2009. 5. In preparing this report, I have gathered evidence through talking to UKCCIS executive board members, children and young people, parents, wider stakeholders and a survey of 148 members of UKCCIS. 6. The recommendations in this report are intended to support the recommendations in my 2008 review and the ongoing work of UKCCIS. I planned for my 2008 recommendations to be delivered over a five-year timescale, so I would not expect them all to have been completed by now. For this reason this report does not deliver a recommendation by recommendation audit of my 2008 review. Details: Annesley, UK: Department for Children, Schools and Families, 2010. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 224, 2018 at: http://dera.ioe.ac.uk/709/7/do%20we%20have%20safer%20children%20in%20a%20digital%20world-WEB_Redacted.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Welfare Shelf Number: 119455

Author: Roberts, Colin H. Title: Displaying Effectiveness: Evaluation Report on the IRIS Project Summary: The Intensive Recidivist Intervention Scheme (IRIS) is a prolific offender (PO) project conceived and managed by the Thames Valley Police, in collaboration with the Thames Valley Probation Area. During the first year of operation the project focused on offenders living in the Oxford Local Police Area, and was run from the Police Station in Oxford (St Aldates). The project had two major aims when it commenced in September 2003. 1. To reduce the number of acquisitive crimes committed in the Oxford area by the targetted IRIS offenders and thereby helping to protect the public by limiting the harm to victims within the community. 2. To develop in the IRIS scheme participants a sense of personal responsibility, by encouraging them to improve their life skills and increase their levels of victim empathy. This report presents an evaluation of the program for the period from September 2003 to the end of December 2004. Details: Oxford, UK: University of Oxford, Centre for Criminology & Probation Studies Unit, 2005. 49p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2005 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Treatment Shelf Number: 119466

Author: Lloyd, Charlie Title: Drugs Research: An Overview of Evidence and Questions for Policy Summary: In 2001 the Joseph Rowntree Foundation embarked upon a programme of research that explored the problem of illicit drugs in the UK. The research addressed many questions that were often too sensitive for the government to tackle. In many cases, these studies represented the first research on these issues. This study gives an overview of the projects in the programme. The topics covered include: The policing of drug possession; The domestic cultivation, purchasing and heavy use of cannabis; Non-problematic heroin use, heroin prescription and Drug Consumption Rooms; The impact of drugs on the family; and Drug testing in schools and in the workplace. Details: York, UK: Joseph Rowntree Foundation, 2010. 70p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 119469

Author: Deloitte MCS Limited Title: Northern Ireland Office - Evaluation of the Radiolink Scheme: Final Report Summary: The strategic aim of the Radiolink Scheme is to reduce the level of business and retail crime experienced by towns, in particular, shoplifting and to reduce the fear of crime. Radiolink also seeks to deter anti-social behaviour affecting town centres. This report examines the range of evidence available to indicate the impact of introducing Radiolink on the level of retail crime and anti-social behaviour. Evalaution activity contributing to this assessment included analysis of both quantitative and qualitative data. Details: Belfast: Deloitte MCS Limited, 2006. 98p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 119474

Author: Long, Matthew Title: A Visible Difference: An Evaluation of the Second Phase of Police Community Support Officers in West Yorkshire Summary: This evaluation considers Police Community Support Officers (PCSOs) in four local authority areas (6 police divisions) in West Yorkshire. All four local authorities are either currently match-funding or are in the process of agreeing match-funding for PCSOs. Data has been collected for this evaluation through a range of quantitative, qualitative and secondary data. The evaluation found that PCSOs are instrumental in tackling anti-social behaviour, low level crime and disorder. They are engaged in a diversity of roles and tasks which have become an integral part of neighbourhood policing teams. Details: Sheffield, UK: Hallam Centre for Community Justice, Sheffield Hallam University, 2006. 110p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 119475

Author: Payne, Sara Title: Redefining Justice: Addressing the Individual Needs of Victims and Witnesses Summary: 'Redefining Justice’ reports on the findings of a nine-month study of services currently provided to victims and witnesses of crime in the U.K., based on meetings with around 1,000 people including victims, witnesses and staff in organisations that support them. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2009. 49p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Victim Services Shelf Number: 117351

Author: Soloman, Susan Title: Domestic Abuse 2008/09: Post Campaign Evaluation Report Summary: The Scottish Government, working under the Safer Scotland superbrand, has conducted an annual Domestic Abuse campaign for the past 11 years, focussing on the key message 'Domestic Abuse - there's no excuse'. Since initiation of the campaign in 1998 there have been 11 waves of post-campaign evaluation, tracking attitudes and perceptions towards domestic abuse and the media executions. This most recent wave (Wave 12) marked a change in approach, with the main message being that there is help out there for people who find themselves in abusive situations. This was supported by the introduction of a new TV advert - 'I Soar'. Given the nature of the objectives and target audience for the research, and the need for comparability, an omnibus approach was considered to be most appropriate method, with mruk's monthly in-home Scottish CAPI omnibus being utilised. The questionnaire was based directly on the previous wave to ensure comparability, with additional questions directly related to the most recent advertising campaign being included. Those parts of the questionnaire thought to be particularly sensitive were completed by the respondents themselves, directly into CAPI machines. This report presents the findings of the evaluation. Details: Edinburgh: Scotland Government Social Research, 2009. 31p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Abuse Shelf Number: 116688

Author: KPMG Title: Independent Research into Crimes Against Businesses in Northern Ireland Summary: The aims of this research was to better understand the problem of business related crime in Northern Ireland and how businesses, business organisations and other relevant stakeholders believe it could be tackled and reduced. The research included a literature review; a postal survey of almost 5,000 non-agricultural businesses in Northern Ireland; focus groups among non-agricultural businesses and organisations representing business; semi-structured telephone interviews with representatives from agricultural businesses; and individual interviews with a range of businesses, organisations representing business and other stakeholders. Details: Dublin: KPMG, 2008. 95p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Business Crime Shelf Number: 119508

Author: Frondigoun, Liz Title: An Evaluation of the Inverclyde Initiative Summary: The Inverclyde Initiative is an innovative approach to policing, focused on addressing the problem of groups of youths deemed to be at risk and the associated issues of child protection, which aimed to raise parents awareness of the activities their children are involved in; challenge youths' behaviour patterns; educate them to the dangers they are placing themselves and others in by pursuing such activities; provide them with information and opportunities to encourage them to adopt positive life choices; and inform on community opportunities to reduce the likelihood of re-offending. This research aimed to establish: baseline information on crime levels before and after the Inverclyde Initiative; the views of the police, their partner agencies, young people and their families about what it is like living in Greenock; the role of the media in disseminating and supporting this initiative; the perceptions of parents and young people on the effects of youth crime particularly that of gang, violent, and anti-social behaviour in their neighbourhoods; their views and perceptions on the success of the Initiative; what youths need to discourage them from engaging in these anti-social behaviours; and what they need to encourage them to make attitudinal changes towards making more positive life choices. Details: Glasgow: Glasgow Caledonian University, 2009. 88p. Source: Internet Resource; Report prepared for the Strathclyde Police Force Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 119539

Author: Geoff Berry Associates Title: Evaluation of the WMTTS Mediation Project in Birmingham Summary: The West Midlands Mediation and Transformation Service (WMMTS) was established in late 2004 and emerged from dialogue between police and community regarding the escalation of gun related violence. The scheme is now an integral part of an overall strategy designed to address gang violence across Birmingham. The aims of the scheme seek to both facilitate a cessation of gang related shootings and provide a pathway for those who wish to exit the gun and gang culture to do so. Operating with a team of six mediators, all trained and accredited, the scheme has three broad strands, namely; Proactive intervention: to facilitate negotiation between factions Post-event intervention: To mediate and prevent retaliation and escalation Facilitate delivery of support: to encourage those who wish to exit the gun and gang culture to do so. There is strong evidence that demand for the services of the scheme is growing and while strategic linkages have been made with a community based group, Increase the Peace UK (IPUK), it is important that demand is managed such that the team is not over-burdened. Details: Stafford, UK: Geoff Berry Associates, 2006. 27p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 119540

Author: Dustmann, Christian Title: Racial Harassment, Ethnic Concentration and Economic Conditions Summary: In this paper, we analyse the association between spatial concentration of ethnic minorities, and racial harassment. Ethnic concentration relates to racial harassment through at least three channels: hostility in attitudes of majority individuals that find expression in harassment behaviour, the probability of minority individuals meeting majority individuals, and the cost of expressing hostility aggressively. Harassment can thus not simply be modeled as a stronger form of hostility. Using unique data for Britain, we show that, in area of higher local ethnic concentration, experience of harassment is lower, even though hostility on the side of the majority population is not. Details: Bonn, Germany: Institute for the Study of Labor (IZA), 2010. 32p. Source: Internet Resource; IZA Discussion Paper No. 4885: Accessed April 6, 2016 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp4885.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Hate Crimes Shelf Number: 119543

Author: Meek, Rosie Title: The Role of the Third Sector in Work With Offenders: The Perceptions of Criminal Justice and Third Sector Stakeholders Summary: This paper examines the views of national criminal justice and third sector stakeholders on the strategic position of the sector, and its role in the resettlement of offenders. The interview data suggests that although the involvement of the third sector in the criminal justice system is promoted in national policy, considerable gaps have been identified. These include the quality and availability of regional commissioning, implementation strategies and the long-term plans for the re-specification of the criminal justice system. The findings also indicate that increasing emphasis on competitive policy may put a strain on future inter-sector partnerships. The implications of the findings are discussed and areas of further research are highlighted in relation to both the prison and probation services. Details: Birmingham, UK: Third Sector Research Centre, 2010. 18p. Source: Internet Resource; Working Paper 34 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice, Administration of (U.K.) Shelf Number: 119536

Author: Jackson, P.G. Title: A Review of Evidence Related to Drug Driving in the UK: A Report Submitted to the North Review Team Summary: Sir Peter North has been invited to advise Ministers on the merits of specific proposals for changes to the legislative regime for drink and drug driving, reporting by the end of March 2010. In order to assist the North Review team in the work being undertaken, Clockwork Research has been contracted to submit a review drawing together and synthesising evidence on a variety of issues relating to drug driving. This report has been compiled from a review of a broad range of data sources including: a) UK Government research reports; b) European Council reports; c) Reports from transport authorities in other jurisdictions; d) EU research programmes reports; e) Papers that have appeared in academic journals; and f) Information and reports provided by independent drug expert organisations. As well as desk-based research, semi-structured interviews were conducted with relevant UK stakeholders, including coroners and their clerks, toxicologists, police officers and a representative from the Home Office Scientific Development Branch. These interviews served to inform our understanding of the current practices involving drug driving cases in the UK. The report is structured around five chapters, each focusing on one of the questions presented to Clockwork Research. Each chapter adopts a similar structure: following a brief introduction providing background information, the chapter reviews evidence that addresses the question. Evidence gaps are identified, and the chapter concludes with a summary of the key points, together with recommendations where appropriate. Details: London: Department for Transport, 2010. 109p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 119549

Author: Walters, Reece Title: Crime is in the Air: Air Pollution and Regulation in the UK Summary: This briefing draws attention to an area of harm that is often absent from criminological debate. It highlights the human costs of air pollution and failed attempts to adequately regulate and control such harm. Arguing for a cross disciplinary ‘eco-crime’ narrative, the author calls for greater understanding of the far-reaching consequences of air pollution which could set in train changes which may lead to a ‘more robust and meaningful system of justice’. Describing current arrangements in place to control and regulate air pollution, the briefing draws attention to the lack of neutrality in current arrangements and the bias ‘towards the economic imperatives of free trade over and above the centrality of environmental protection’. While attention is often given to direct and individualised instances of ‘crime’, the serious consequences of air pollution are frequently neglected. The negative effects of pollution on health and well-being are often borne by people already experiencing a range of other disadvantages. In a global and national context, it is often the poor who are affected most. Ultimately, political and economic imperatives have historically helped to shape legal and regulatory regimes. Whether this is an inherent flaw in current systems or something that can be overcome in favour of dealing with more wide-ranging harms is an area that requires further discussion and debate. Details: London: Centre for Crime and Justice Studies, Kings' College London, 2009. 12p. Source: Internet Resource; Briefing 8 Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Air Pollution Shelf Number: 119554

Author: Clutton, Sam Title: Child Sexual Exploitation in Wales: 3 Years On Summary: "This policy and practice briefing provides an overview of progress in identifying and responding to the risk of, and abuse through, child sexual exploitation since the publication of the first research on this issue in the Welsh context in 2005. Drawing on research undertaken across three local authorities, this briefing provides new evidence on the prevalence and nature of child sexual exploitation in Wales. The briefing seeks to highlight key vulnerabilities and risks and to set out evidence on best practice in safeguarding – including an introduction to new policy and procedures." Details: Cardiff, Wales: Barnardo's Cymru, 2009. 9p. Source: Internet Resource; Policy and Practice Briefing, No. 3; Accessed August 8, 2010 at http://www.barnardos.org.uk/child_sexual_exploitation_in_wales-3_years_on.__no_3_policy_and_practice_briefing.pdf?debugtime=full%20time Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse Shelf Number: 115528

Author: Ruggiero, Vincenzo Title: Unintended Consequences: Changes in Organised Drug Supply in the UK Summary: This paper looks at the unintended consequences of control systems and strategies in the UK. These include: criminal black markets, policy displacement (law enforcement replaces treatment), geographical displacement, and substance displacement. Details: Santiago, Chile: Global Consortium on Security Transformation, 2010. 24p. Source: Internet Resource; Policy Brief Series, No. 11. Accessed August 10, 2010 at: http://www.securitytransformation.org/gc_publications.php Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction (U.K.) Shelf Number: 119584

Author: Stevenson, Nicky Title: Reducing Re-Offending Through Social Enterprise: Social Enterprises Working with Prisons and Probation Services - A Mapping Exercise for National Offender Management Service Summary: The primary purpose of this report is to inform the National Offender Management Service (NOMS) about the current level of activity of social enterprises working with prisons and probation services in England. Its secondary purpose is to assist the social enterprise sector to position itself to develop new opportunities identified by the findings. The report is structured to meet these two purposes. Chapters include: An executive summary – a short summary of the key findings and recommendations; Part 1 of the full report – background, methodology and context; Part 2 of the full report – detailed findings from the data collection; and Part 3 of the full report – analysis of the findings findings, signposting future opportunities, summary and recommendations. The research was carried out between May and August 2009 by Concilium, using a mixed methods approach. In undertaking this work, 100% of probation services and 72% of prisons were interviewed. In total, 38 extended interviews took place with prisons and probation services, 20 with prisons and 18 with probation services. 82 social enterprises completed the on-line survey and 18 social enterprises were interviewed. The full report includes an analysis of the data from each of these sources, a series of case studies showing examples of how social enterprises are currently working with prisons and probation services and a series of recommendations for NOMS and the social enterprise sector to address. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2009. 122p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 10, 2010 at http://www.justice.gov.uk/social-enterprise-prison-probation.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Ex-Offenders (U.K.) Shelf Number: 117544

Author: Great Britain. Parliament. House of Commons Title: A Safer Place to Work: Protecting NHS Hospital and Ambulance Staff from Violence and Aggression Report by the Comptroller and Auditor General HC 527 session 2002-2003: 27, March 2003 Summary: This report looks at the management of the wider issues of health and safety risks to staff in the U.K. National Health Service (NHS). This report examines the extent and impact of violence and aggression within the NHS (which in 2001-2002 accounted for 40 per cent of all health and safety incidents reported to us) and evaluates the effectiveness of the actions taken by the Department and NHS trusts. Details: London: The Stationery Office, 2003. 54p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 13, 2010 at http://www.nao.org.uk/publications/0203/protecting_nhs_staff.aspx Year: 2003 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Aggression in the Workplace Shelf Number: 119595

Author: Rees, Gwyther Title: Safeguarding Young People: Responding to Young People Aged 11 to 17 Who Are Maltreatment Summary: This study looked at the needs of young people aged 11-17 in the child protection process in the U.K. and found that services were more geared to help younger children, and the specific needs of young people were often neglected. The report calls on policy makers to examine what works best for this age group and to initiate the necessary policy changes. Details: London: The Children's Society, 2010. 173p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 13, 2010 at: http://www.childrenssociety.org.uk/resources/documents/Research/2148 5_full.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 119601

Author: Synovate (UK) Ltd Title: Staying Safe Survey 2009: Young People and Parents' Attitudes Around Internet Safety Summary: This reports presents the results of a survey of young people and parents’ attitudes and confidence around a number of safety issues. The survey was conducted through face to face in-home interviews: 1,433 with parents and carers of children ages 0 to 17 across the UK and 833 children and young people aged 12 to 17. Details: London: Department for Children, Schools and Families, 2009. 159p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 13, 2010 at: http://www.rawmarsh-comp.rotherham.sch.uk/staying%20safe%2009.pdf; Research Report DCSF-RR183 Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Internet Safety Shelf Number: 118543

Author: Dawson, Helen Title: Evaluation of the Woodlands Juvenile Justice Centre Youth Court Video Link Summary: This study, an ‘Evaluation of the Woodlands Juvenile Justice Centre Youth Court Video Link’, was commissioned by the Northern Ireland Office (NIO) in 2007. The central aim of the study was to “produce a report that informs the Northern Ireland Office (the Department) and the Youth Justice Agency (YJA) of the issues related to the effectiveness of the video link between the Woodlands Juvenile Justice Centre (JJC) and the Youth Courts.” The legislation to enable the use of video link was contained in Section 5 of the Criminal Justice (Northern Ireland) Order 1998. The links between prisons and courts were piloted by the Prison Service in 1999 and extended in the ensuing years, following positive evaluations of the pilots. The JJC joined the network of links between the prisons and courts in 2002. Prior to the use of video link, all defendants held in the JJC were escorted to the various courts across Northern Ireland. The introduction of a video link service made it possible for young defendants to appear before the court without the need to travel to the court. This study set out to look closely at all aspects of the procedures involved in the management of the video link system between the JJC and the youth courts in Northern Ireland, including the technical, financial and administrative arrangements required to enable the system to work successfully. The review therefore included examining how the system is structured and managed, comparing the costs involved with those for the alternative system of escorting young people between the JJC and the courts, and identifying and informing the NIO and the YJA of any existing problems or difficulties. The general findings of the study are that the video link between the JJC and the courts in Northern Ireland is functioning with considerable success, and that it is secure, efficient, well organised and effectively staffed. The study also demonstrates that the system reduces considerably the amount of time involved in a court visit, and that the costs involved, as compared with the costs of transporting young people to courts across Northern Ireland, are much reduced. Details: Belfast: Northern Ireland Office, Statistics and Research Branch, 2008. 36p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 14, 2010 at: http://www.nio.gov.uk/report_no_19_evaluation_of_the_woodlands_juvenile_justice_centre_youth_court_video_link.pdf; NIO Research and Statistical Series: Report No. 19 Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Courts (Northern Ireland) Shelf Number: 119603

Author: Great Britain. Parliament. House of Commons. Home Affairs Select Committee Title: Home Affairs Select Committee Inquiry: Young Black People and the Criminal Justice System: Second Annual Report Summary: "This is the second annual report to the House of Commons Home Affairs Select Committee (the Committee) setting out progress we are making on the range of commitments made in the Government’s response to the report and recommendations of the Committee’s Inquiry on Young Black People and the Criminal Justice System (CJS). This year’s report retains the original chapter headings used by the Committee and continues to outline progress against each recommendation from the Committee’s report (set out with its paragraph reference for ease of reference). In addition, each chapter is now accompanied by an overview of the work being delivered to improve outcomes for young black people, and a summary of future activity, in each of the areas highlighted by the Committee. This allows us to show how the Committee’s recommendations are being embedded into Government policy. Overall, this report demonstrates good progress. Action is in hand to address, and in some cases go beyond, the Committee’s recommendations. However, we are not complacent. The Government fully recognises the scale of the challenge before us and accept that there is more to do. We are confident that we have the right strategies in place to reduce race disproportionality across the CJS. The forthcoming race strategy, to be published shortly by Communities and Local Government, will also ensure that promoting race equality is central to all policy making, in all government departments, and that all public services play their part in tackling inequalities." Details: London: HM Government, 2009. 98p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 14, 2010 at:http://www.justice.gov.uk/publications/docs/young-black-people-cjs-dec09.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Justice (U.K.) Shelf Number: 117586

Author: National Policing Improvement Agency (NPIA, UK) Title: Practice Advice on Investigating Stalking and Harassment Summary: Investigations relating to harassment can be linked to some of the most serious crimes that the police deal with including murder, sexual offences and domestic abuse. Effective police responses to crimes related to harassment can have a direct impact on improving public satisfaction and confidence in the criminal justice system and bringing offenders to justice. This document provides strategic and operational advice for reporting, responding to and investigating harassment. (Excerpts from Document) Details: Wyboston, UK: Association of Chief Police Officers and the National Policing Improvement Agency, 2009. 78p. Source: Interet Resource; Accessed August 14, 2010 at: http://www.npia.police.uk/en/docs/Stalking_and_Harassment.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Investigations Shelf Number: 117751

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: Sexual Violence and Abuse: A Thematic Inspection of the Handling of Sexual Violence and Abuse Cases by the Criminal Justice System in Northern Ireland Summary: This inspection report considers the different stages of the justice process in Northern Ireland related to the criminal justice system's response to and handling of cases of sexual violence. The report considers the different stages of the justice process from initial reporting of a crime, its investigation, prosecution and evantual court disposal. Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland (CJI) has called on the criminal justice agencies to collectively work to strengthen how they engage with victims of sexual violence and abuse. The recommendation aims to increase the level of support provided to victims of sexual crimes including rape, attempted rape and child abuse, who choose to pursue a criminal prosecution. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2010. 98p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 16, 2010 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/0a/0ad6b7e4-0810-4151-8bb0-e28789591efc.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prosecution, Sex Offenders (Northern Ireland) Shelf Number: 119611

Author: Moon, Nick Title: Youth Taskforce Study of Perceptions in Youth Crime Action Plan Areas Summary: "The Youth Taskforce in the Department for Education commissioned this piece of work to explore the views of residents within Youth Crime Action Plan (YCAP) areas to understand more about perceptions regarding young people and crime, anti-social behaviour and alcohol use/misuse and efforts to tackle these problems. The research activities commissioned were: I. A quantitative (baseline) survey conducted using random location in-home interviewing, with 2783 interviews being conducted in total across the 69 YCAP areas; and II. A three stage qualitative exercise (including an explorative pre-task, collaborative clinics and an online activity board) with 60 young people aged 14-19 from YCAP areas in five regions The intention of the study was to look beyond the official crime statistics and understand more about the views of communities in the areas where youth crime and anti-social behaviour has been a significant local issue (and subsequently where YCAP has been targeted)." Details: London: GfK NOP Social Research and the UK Department of Education, 2010. 117p. Source: Internet Resource; Research Report DFE-RR008; Accessed August 16, 2010 at: http://www.education.gov.uk/research/data/uploadfiles/DFE-RR008.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse and Crime, Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 119616

Author: Great Britain. Office for Standards in Education, Children's Services and Skills (Ofsted) Title: Admission and Discharge from Security Accommodation Summary: This report evaluates the processes of admission, and discharge and resettlement into the community, of young people placed within the secure estate. It examines factors that help or constrain effective practice and makes recommendations for improvement. Details: Manchester, UK: Office for Standards in Education, Children's Services and Skills, 2010. 28p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 17, 2010 at: http://www.ofsted.gov.uk/Ofsted-home/Publications-and-research/Browse-all-by/Documents-by-type/Thematic-reports/Admission-and-discharge-from-secure-accommodation Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Offenders, Education (U.K.) Shelf Number: 119621

Author: Forsyth, Alasdair J.M. Title: Assessing the Relationships Between Late Night Drinks Marketing and Alcohol-Related Disorder in Public Space Summary: In recent years there has been growing concern voiced about an apparent rise in alcohol-related public disorder or ‘binge drinking’ within the weekend night-time economy in the UK. This research takes the barroom participant observation method into the UK nightclub sector, that is late night (post-midnight) drinking venues. This is a sector of the night-time economy where alcohol-related disorder is already evident and where such problems seem likely to become more salient with the current trend towards later licensing. In doing so it is intended to develop the observational method in order to advance its usefulness as part of a disorder risk tool kit for appropriate agencies such as the police, licensing boards, researchers and the drinks industry itself, indeed to all those with a vested interest in reducing alcohol-related harm. Details: Glasgow: Glasgow Centre for the Study of Violence, Glasgow Caledonian University, 2006. 124p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 19, 2010 at: http://www.aerc.org.uk/documents/pdfs/finalReports/AERC_FinalReport_0031.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 110738

Author: McLeod, Rosie Title: Court Experience of Adults With Mental Disabilities and Limited Mental Capacity Summary: In-depth interviews were conducted with people with mental health conditions, learning disabilities and limited mental capacity, who had been victims or witnesses in criminal proceedings, or parties in civil or family law cases. Carers, court staff and other key stakeholders also took part. The report is published in six volumes: 1) Overview and recommendations; 2) Before court; 3) At court; 4) After court; 5)Policy processes, services and practices; and 6)Technical report. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2010. 6 vols. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Research Series 8/10: Accessed August 19, 2010 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/publications/court-experiences-adults-mental-health.htm Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Courts (U.K.) Shelf Number: 118807

Author: Shelupanov, Anton Title: Turning the Corner: Beyond Incarceration and Re-Offending Summary: This report makes the case for innovation in the justice sector - at policy, strategic and implementation levels, both locally and nationally. There is now widespread agreement that the system needs to change radically. But unfortunately there is not a sufficient number of proven alternatives to what exists which can simply be implemented and scaled up. Instead the system needs to become much more adept at designing, rapidly testing and then scaling new innovations in everything from helping former offenders into jobs to effectively supervising people on community sentences. This report assesses the current situation in terms of what the existing systemic challenges there are, what is being attempted to address them and how recent political and economic upheavals have affected the efforts of the justice system to reduce offending and strive for a safer society. Prison numbers are exceptionally high and the system is very expensive. At the same time major budget cuts mean that unless the system innovates, it may not be able to perform its function of keeping crime low and keeping the public safe. The Justice Secretary Kenneth Clarke has signalled that he wants to see a rehabilitation revolution. Such a revolution would mean a radically new approach, rather than doing more of the same. In this report we propose a number of new ideas: A greater role for innovation in justice; Social Impact Bonds; and Enhancing the employment prospects of former offenders by introducing Deployers. Details: London: The Young Foundation, 2010. 104p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 19, 2010 at: http://www.youngfoundation.org/files/images/Turning_the_Corner.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy (U.K.) Shelf Number: 119640

Author: Great Britain. HM Inspectorate of Prisons Title: Alcohol Services in Prisons: An Unmet Need Summary: "This report draws on inspection surveys of 13,000 prisoners between 2004 and 2009, 72 inspection reports between 2006 and 2009, and surveys of drug coordinators in 68 prisons in 2009. The data cover all kinds of prisons holding those over 18. The survey results, particularly for the most recent year, are startling. Within the whole sample, 13% of prisoners surveyed reported having an alcohol problem when they entered their prison. In the most recent year, 2008-09, this rose to 19%, nearly one in five. It was even higher among young adults (30%) and women (29%). These figures almost certainly underestimate the scale of the problem, as many of those with alcohol problems will fail to recognise or acknowledge them. While most alcohol users, particularly women, reported concurrent use of illegal drugs, there was a significant proportion of male substance misusers for whom alcohol was the only problematic substance. This was true for half of the men in local prisons who reported having an alcohol problem. Among young adults, only a minority reported having drug problems, but no alcohol problem. Prisoners with alcohol problems are likely to be more problematic in general and to need greater support. More are high risk offenders and more had been in prison before. They were more likely than other prisoners to come into prison with pre-existing difficulties, such as housing needs and health, particularly mental health, issues. Alcohol use is accepted as a key risk factor in predicting violent reoffending. Yet this report shows that at every stage in prison, their needs are less likely to be either assessed or met than those with illicit drug problems. On entry to prison, alcohol problems are not consistently or reliably identified, nor is the severity of alcohol withdrawal symptoms. Some establishment drug coordinators’ estimates of the extent of the problem in their prison appeared to be considerably at odds with our survey findings. Few prisons had an alcohol strategy based on a current needs analysis, and even where analyses had been carried out, some were likely to underestimate need. Services for alcohol users were very limited, particularly for those who did not also use illicit drugs. There was a shortage of healthcare staff with training in alcohol misuse, or dual diagnosis (mental health and substance use). Interventions so far have largely consisted of Alcoholics Anonymous, an abstinence-based self-help approach which is not suitable for all those with alcohol problems. CARATs (counselling, assessment, referral, advice and throughcare service) teams are not resourced to work with those who have only an alcohol problem. Most drug coordinators identified the lack of specific funding as a major barrier to providing adequate services, even when new interventions became available – whereas there has been ring-fenced funding for illicit drug users." Details: London: HM Inspectorate of Prisons, 2010. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 21, 2010 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/inspectorates/hmi-prisons/docs/Alcohol_2010_rps.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 119213

Author: Great Britain. Attorney General's Office. National Fraud Authority Title: A Fresh Approach to Combating Fraud in the Public Sector: The Report of the Smarter Government Public Sector Fraud Taskforce Summary: This report makes 33 recommendations in a wide range of areas including the need for better measurement and estimation of fraud in the public sector, putting a greater emphasis on fraud prevention, wider sharing of data and use of the newly established National Fraud Intelligence Bureau. It also encourages continued work to combat identity fraud. The report identifies a number of examples of good practice in parts of the public sector which should be implemented more widely and techniques which are starting to be used in the private sector that the public sector should evaluate. It also recommends cross-departmental projects should be established to counter procurement fraud and staff fraud which affect a number of departments and public services. Details: London: National Fraud Authority, 2010. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2010 at: Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Fraud (U.K.) Shelf Number: 119659

Author: McKinlay, William Title: Alcohol and Violence Among Young Male Offenders in Scotland (1979-2009) Summary: The purpose of this research is to inform and support the Scottish Prison Service’s alcohol desistance and violence reduction agenda. This research aims to develop our understanding of the use of alcohol, and violence, among male Young Offenders in Scotland. Understanding the reasons why young people now commonly accept that excessive drinking is the cultural norm and understanding young people’s perceptions of the disinhibiting effects that can lead to crime and violence, are central to the objectives of reducing offending and making Scotland a safer place to live. This report brings together the findings of four research studies carried out over the past 30 years. These are: 1) A survey of Young Offenders’ drinking conducted in 1979; 2) A survey of Young Offenders’ drinking and drug use conducted in 1996; 3) A survey of Young Offenders’ drinking, drug and weapon use conducted in 2007 and 4) Interviews with Young Offenders about the above issues conducted in 2008. Details: Glasgow: Scottish Prison Service, 2009. 122p. Source: Internet Resource: SPS Occasional Paper No. 1/2009: Accessed August 22, 2010 at: http://www.sps.gov.uk/MultimediaGallery/80c8249a-3305-41b7-96ba-970412a81c68.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime and Disorder (Scotland) Shelf Number: 113961

Author: McCormick, Jim Title: Learning in Custody: Report of the Offender Learning in Custody Workstream Summary: Offender Learning was established in Scotland following a commitment in the Skills Strategy. This workstream study focused on men and women aged 18 and over currently held in Scotland's prisons. The review of the program provides an opportunity to see where reform in needed in order to provide the skills necessary for offenders to find employment upon release from custody. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government, 2009. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 23, 2010 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/Doc/297466/0092538.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 117749

Author: Stewart Research Title: Civilianisation of Police in Scotland: Final Report Summary: Over the past decade UK legislation has increasingly allowed for the civilianisation of ‘police roles’, whereby officers can be released from nonoperational technical or administrative tasks which do not require their expertise. Although there have been moves towards civilianisation in Scotland since the late 1980’s and early 1990’s, recent interest has been largely due to a commitment by the Scottish Government to recruit 1000 extra police officers and an inquiry by the Scottish Parliament Justice Committee into police resources. In terms of WTE (whole time equivalent), police staffs comprise 28% of all police personnel in Scotland. In comparison, the figure for England & Wales is 32% (excluding Police Community Support Officers). The overall numbers of WTE/FTE staff, however, have declined over the period March 2007-June 2008. In contrast with police officers, most police staffs are females (64% compared to 23%). There is appreciable variation across police forces in Scotland in terms of the proportions of police staffs they employ and their gender balance. Despite being the largest police force, Strathclyde Police has the lowest proportion of WTE police staffs in Scotland. Police Staffs roles are multifunctional and diverse. They mainly operate in corporate and administrative support roles in functions such as intelligence, information technology and human resources. There are also increasing numbers of staff taking on operational roles in areas such as custody and detention, investigation and surveillance. The roles of police staffs are largely determined by individual police forces. This has led to a ‘patchwork’ or variable use of police staffs across forces where they have been used to suit local policing needs. In Scotland, police staffs largely occupy corporate (27%) and administrative and support (61%) roles. Just over a tenth of police staffs are in operational roles (12%), though this is higher in some forces. This research report highlights that the civilianisation process has developed differently across each police force. One example of this is the role of dispatchers, while one force employs only officers for this duty, another employs only civilian staff. Similarly the percentage of civilian posts within forces varies from 25% to 33% of all staff employed. As well as the scope to expand civilianisation across existing police roles, the research highlighted the possibility of introducing Police Community Support Officers to Scotland. (Excerpts from summary of report) Details: Glasgow: UNISON Scotland, 2009. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 23, 2010 at: http://www.unison-scotland.org.uk/police/CivilianisationofPoliceFinalReport.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Administration (Scotland) Shelf Number: 119672

Author: Jones, Anwen Title: The Effectiveness of Schemes to Enable Households at Risk of Domestic Violence to Stay in Their Own Homes: Research Report Summary: A Sanctuary Scheme is a multi-agency victim centred initiative which aims to enable households at risk of violence to remain safely in their own homes by installing a 'Sanctuary' in the home and through the provision of support to the household. This evaluation was carried out in 2009/10 and involved interviews with national stakeholders, local case studies (interviews with service providers, support providers, local stakeholders, and service users), and a cost-benefit analysis. It shows that overall Sanctuary Schemes were thought to have been successful in their main aim of providing a safe alternative for households at risk of domestic violence, and preventing the disruption associated with homelessness. It also highlights that there are different types of installation and security measures and also variation in the way schemes operate post installation. Nevertheless, respondents in all areas reported similar outcomes and, for the most part, service users reported positive experiences. Details: West Yorkshire, UK: Communities and Local Government Publications, 2010. 147p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 28, 2010 at: http://www.communities.gov.uk/documents/housing/pdf/1697772.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 119692

Author: Jones, Anwen Title: Santuary Schemes for Households at Risk of Domestic Violence: Practice Guide for Agencies Developing and Delivering Sanctuary Schemes Summary: A Sanctuary Scheme is a multi-agency victim centred initiative which aims to enable households at risk of violence to remain safely in their own homes by installing a 'Sanctuary' in the home and through the provision of support to the household. This guide highlights the transferable lessons from an evaluation of Sanctuary Schemes, and will be particularly useful for local level practitioners in developing strategies to prevent homelessness and support for households at risk of domestic violence. Details: West Yorkshire, UK: Communities and Local Government Publications, 2010. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 29, 2010 at: http://www.communities.gov.uk/documents/housing/pdf/1697793.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 119691

Author: Rice, Linda Title: Conditional Cautions: Lessons Learnt from the Unpaid Reparative Work Pilot Implementation Summary: A pilot testing the implementation of the unpaid reparative work conditional caution (RWC), a type of out-of-court disposal, took place between December 2006 and September 2007. The purpose of the RWC was to enable offenders to make good any damage they had caused by carrying out up to 20 hours of specified work. The report describes the research that was carried out to explore the reasons for the low take-up of the RWC and to identify the lessons learnt from the pilot implementation process. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2010. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Summary 5/10: Accessed September 2, 2010 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/publications/docs/conditional-cautions-unpaid-reparative-work-pilot.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 119732

Author: Thiel, Darren Title: Policing Terrorism: A Review of the Evidence Summary: The London bombings in July 2005 have changed society and how it is policed. The Government has necessarily focused its efforts on passing new legislation to improve the security of the nation, but the longer term task of illuminating the causes of terrorism committed by British nationals and the role of effective community engagement in this also needs to be urgently addressed. Establishing and maintaining the right balance between security and liberty is crucial to the health of a democratic society and an independent assessment of the impact of the new anti-terrorism legislation needs to be undertaken. This report aims to identify what is known and what is not known about contemporary terrorism; Considers how to improve the exchange of information and intelligence between communities, local police and security services; and Assesses how the police could improve levels of trust and legitimacy in communities that may be characterised by high levels of tension and alienation, particularly with regard to relationships between the police and young British Muslim men. Details: London: Police Foundation, 2009. 73p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Policing Shelf Number: 115292

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Reducing Reoffending, Cutting Crime, Changing Lives: Guidance on New Duties for Community Safety Partnerships in England and Wales Summary: Community Safety Partnerships (CSPs) across England and Wales have become a critical part of the local delivery landscape. They are now in an ideal position to co-ordinate the actions of the police, local authorities, housing providers, health services and other key players, including youth services and third sector organisations, all of which have a significant role in helping successfully reduce reoffending and in keeping communities safe. These changes will help responsible authorities focus better on the key elements that keep communities safe. This is particularly important when over half of all crime is committed by those who have already been through the criminal justice system. It will enable a more strategic engagement between CSPs and other local partners, such as the third sector, Local Strategic Partnerships, Local Service Boards and Local Criminal Justice Boards, in planning and commissioning services for offenders. For the first time local partners will be collectively accountable for reducing reoffending. The critical link between crime reduction and reducing reoffending is clearly recognised in Public Service Agreement 23 ‘Make Communities Safer’. Extending the duties of CSPs will further strengthen this link and formalise the effective joint working that is already underway at a local level through Integrated Offender Management (IOM) and schemes such as Prolific and other Priority Offenders (PPO). These approaches demonstrate our shift in focus from offences to offenders and highlight how effective partnerships can help the prevention and detection of crime and the rehabilitation and resettlement of offenders once they have been punished appropriately. Success in reducing reoffending can only be achieved by local partners working beyond traditional organisational boundaries. This guidance provides suggested practice and case studies to support the legislative changes to CSPs and help partners embed the new duties within their everyday activities. More effective partnership working as a result of these changes will help to reduce crime and reoffending, protect the public and improve public confidence in the criminal justice system, the police and in other local partners, in a way that allows people to see and feel the difference in their local communities. Details: London: Home Office, 2010. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 3, 2010 at: http://www.cambridgeshire.gov.uk/NR/rdonlyres/CD2F417E-271E-45D1-840A-BA0699A0C0FE/0/NationalSupportFrameworkReducingReoffending.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Safety Partnerships (U.K.) Shelf Number: 119734

Author: Bartlett, Jamie Title: From Suspects to Citizens: Preventing Violent Extremism in a Big Society Summary: The U.K. Coalition Government has the opportunity to initiate a new era of counter terrorism policy. It has started well by signalling its commitment to ‘restore the rights of individuals in the face of encroaching state power’, including the introduction of a ‘Freedom Bill’, and a review of counter-terrorism legislation. This paper considers one aspect of that review, ‘home-grown’ terrorism, and the future of one specific type of response, prevention. It argues for an approach to prevention work that is consistent with the Coalition’s goal of creating a Big Society of active citizens and protecting civil liberties. That there has been no successful terrorist plot in the UK since 7/7 owes much to the skills of our policing and security services, as well as a sustained effort from Muslim communities to fight terrorism. But the threat of al-Qaeda inspired terrorism remains, as does a sense of alienation and frustration among many British Muslims. Preventing terrorism before it takes place is a vital part of the counter-terrorism effort, particularly given the home-grown threat we face. This is known as ‘Prevent’, which is the second ‘P’ in the UK’s CONTEST II strategy (Pursue, Prevent, Protect and Prepare). However, the five years since 7/7 have demonstrated how complicated prevention work is. Stopping a problem before it arises always poses ethical and practical questions; in counter-terrorism, it involves sensitive issues of theology, integration, and identity. And because the paths that people take into terrorism are varied, complicated, and unpredictable, it is difficult to know where and when ‘prevention’ should take place. A number of recent reports have been critical of the UK’s current prevention efforts, culminating in the House of Commons Select Committee Report into Preventing Violent Extremism, released in March 2010. It is widely believed that Prevent has alienated Muslim communities, increased intercommunity tensions, and threatens to undo a number of good initiatives that contribute to community cohesion because of the link to counter terrorism. It is also extremely difficult to assess its effectiveness as the relationship between these programmes and countering terrorism is weak. Thus,in a time of tightening public sector budgets, the question of value for money is impossible to determine.Some of these criticisms have been based on misconceptions about what prevention is about but it is difficult to know how to overcome them. Some form of terrorism prevention work must remain. This paper sets out a new vision for how it could be reformed under a new government. It proposes replacing the current broad approach to prevention, which targets all Muslims, with a more precise focus on individuals that have the intent to commit criminal acts. Broader plans for cohesion are important, but should not be pursued directly or through the prism of security. Instead, Big Society initiatives can indirectly create a more cohesive society and address some of the root causes of terrorism. But a Big Society will mean disagreement, dissent, and extremism. Deciding the limits of free expression will be a defining question. Rather than vague notions of tackling extremism, we propose a liberal republican solution. This means that intolerance must be allowed a platform, but the onus falls on us to demolish it in argument. It also means intervening when certain types of extremism stop others leading a life of their own choosing. The recommendations contains a number of recommendations to enable the coalition government to create a cohesive society and address some of the causes of terrorism. Details: London: Demos, 2010. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 3, 2010 at: http://www.demos.co.uk/files/From_Suspects_to_Citizens_-_web.pdf?1279732377 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 119743

Author: CIFAS Title: The Internal Betrayal: A CIFAS Report on Beating the Growing Threat of Staff Fraud Summary: While attention has traditionally been focused upon external attempts to defraud, increasingly the fraud threat is being mirrored internally. In 2009, CIFAS Staff Fraud Members noted a 45% increase in the number of cases of fraud committed by employees, compared with 2008. This included theft of cash from the organisation or a customer account, or lies on an application form, through to the theft or disclosure of commercial or personal data. The opportunities to commit fraud from the inside are numerous. In The Internal Betrayal, CIFAS and a wide range of fraud prevention bodies and experts have combined to examine the facts about staff fraud. This report looks at the steps that organisations can take in order to combat the threat successfully. From the recruitment process, expenses claims, whistleblowing and corruption, to ensuring that the right anti-fraud philosophy is present at all organisational levels, you will find in this report all that you need to know about combating the threat of staff fraud. Details: London: CIFAS: The UK's Fraud Prevention Service, 2010. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 6, 2010 at: http://www.cifas.org.uk/download/The_Internal_Betrayal_CIFAS_Special_Report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Employee Fraud Shelf Number: 119747

Author: CIFAS Title: Fraudscape: Depicting the UK's Fraud Landscape Summary: This Report examines and assesses the fraud cases identified by CIFAS Member organisations during 2008 and 2009 to ascertain any key differences between the typology of the frauds seen in 2009 compared with 2008. Fraudscape analyses fraud data, by type of fraud committed and product targeted by the fraudster, and presents some key findings: Total frauds increased by nearly 10% in 2009 compared with 2008. A 32% increase in identity fraud (where a fraudster applies in the name of an innocent victim or uses an entirely fictitious identity) has been driven by identity fraudsters targeting bank accounts, communications, and mail order products. Application fraud (the use of material falsehoods - lies - on applications or false documentation) has decreased by over 25% from levels seen in 2008. The 'typical' victim of identity fraud is still the man in his forties, though the increase in women being impersonated, or having their accounts taken over, indicates that now, as never before, anyone can be a potential target. Bank accounts, communications and mail order are the product types with the greatest proportionate increase in fraud in 2009 compared with 2008. Details: London: CIFAS - The UK's Fraud Prevention Services, 2010. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 7, 2010 at: http://www.cifas.org.uk/download/Fraudscape-February_2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Fraud Shelf Number: 119769

Author: Association of Chief Police Officers in Scotland Title: Findings from the UK National Problem Profile- Commercial Cultivation of Cannabis Summary: This report reveals there has been a boom in cannabis production across Britain in the last two years, with nearly 7,000 illegal farms and factories uncovered in 2009/10 alone. The report describes trends in commercial cultivation of marijuana in the UK since 2004, describes the present and potential risks to society, and makes recommendations for stronger law enforcement actions. Details: Glasgow: ACPOS, 2010. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 9, 2010 at: http://www.acpo.police.uk/asp/policies/Data/064a%20UK%20National%20Problem%20Profile%20Cultivation%20of%20Cannabis.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drugs Shelf Number: 119773

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: Youth Conference Service: Inspection of the Youth Conference Service in Northern Ireland Summary: This inspection looked at how young offenders are dealt with through the Youth Conference Service (YCS). It followed on from a comprehensive evaluation of the service conducted early in its development by Queens University Belfast. Inspectors found that the YCS was delivering an effective and useful service but that it was operating at the boundary of its capacity under its present structures and resources. Staff and management were totally committed to providing a restorative system that worked for the young offenders as well as for victims and they were focused on getting the balance right between the needs of offenders and victims. The key recommendation of this Inspection is that a full system-wide review into current practices in youth offending is now needed with the aim of developing a clearer and more integrated system with restorative practice at its core. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2008. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 9, 2010 at: http://www.juvenilejusticepanel.org/resource/items/C/J/CJINIYouthConference2007_EN.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 119740

Author: McVie, Susan Title: Gang Membership and Knife Carrying: Findings from the Edinburgh Study of Youth Transitions and Crime Summary: This report presents key findings on gang membership and knife carrying amongst a cohort of young people based on data collected by the Edinburgh Study of Youth Transitions and Crime (ESYTC). The analysis was commissioned in light of a lack of quantitative data measuring the extent of gang membership and knife crime in Scotland. The ESTYC is a longitudinal study of pathways into and out of offending for a cohort of around 4,300 young people which started in 1998. The findings presented in this report are based on self-report data collected from this cohort of individuals over a six year period, from the age of 12 to 17. The aims of this report are to provide an account of the knife carrying behaviour and reported gang membership amongst young people using the ESYTC data; to explore the background characteristics or profiles of young people who have carried knives or been involved in a gang; and to identify the main risk factors associated with knife carrying and gang membership. The report also aims to highlight the key similarities and differences between these two groups. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2010. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 10, 2010 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/Doc/324153/0104312.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 119777

Author: Bannister, Jon Title: Troublesome Youth Groups, Gangs and Knife Carrying in Scotland Summary: Recent years have witnessed growing concern about the existence of youth gangs in Scotland and the engagement of their members in violent conflict involving knives and other weapons. However, there is limited reliable evidence relating to the nature, form and prevalence of youth ‘gangs’ and knife carrying in Scotland. Recognising these information shortfalls, the research reported here set out to: Provide an overview of what is known about the nature and extent of youth gang activity and knife carrying in a set of case study locations; Provide an in-depth account of the structures and activities of youth gangs in these settings; Provide an in-depth account of the knife carrying in these settings; and too offer a series of recommendations for interventions in these behaviours based on this evidence. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2010. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 10, 2010 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/Doc/324191/0104329.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 119778

Author: Smith, Patten Title: Business Crime Scoping Execise: Methodological Work to Consider the Scope and Feasibility of a New Survey to Measure Commercial Victimisation Summary: This scoping study examined the feasibility of developing a new survey to measure business crime. The work reviewed Home Office and external stakeholder requirements and presented a set of recommendations for the design and implementation of a new survey of business crime. There were three main components to the work: a literature review of business crime surveys; a series of consultations with Home Office and external stakeholders to identify key survey requirements; and development of survey design options. The key findings are as follows: Previous CVS surveys conducted by the Home Office and the Scottish Government (previously the Scottish Executive) are among the most rigorous of their kind to date. The existing CVS methodology should be retained to provide good quality data at a reasonable cost and to enable comparisons with previous rounds of the CVS. Key stakeholders require up-to-date information on crime experienced by businesses, costs of crime and perceptions of the police response to crime. A telephone survey of business premises of all sizes should be conducted. A supplementary survey of head offices should also be considered. The survey questionnaire should be based largely on that used in the 2002 CVS, with modifications to reflect changes in crime patterns and policy priorities. A new CVS will fill an important gap in data on the nature and extent of crime against businesses, as well as valuable feedback on how retailers view the service they get from the police. This will inform the formulation of sound policy to reduce these crimes. Details: London: Home Office Research, Development and Statistics Directorate, 2010. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Home Office Research Report 33: Accessed September 10, 2010 at: http://rds.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/pdfs10/horr33c.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 117628

Author: Jacobson, Jessica Title: Making Amends: Restorative Youth Justice in Northern Ireland Summary: The Youth Conference Service, established in Northern Ireland in 2003, placed restorative justice at the heart of the youth justice system, integrated within both the prosecution and sentencing processes. Since then, the number of young people engaged in youth conferencing has grown year on year and, to date, more than 5,500 referrals have been made to the service. There is sound evidence that victims who attend conferences express high-levels of satisfaction with the process and outcomes, and levels of participation are reasonably high. There are encouraging signs that youth conferencing is leading to a reduction in reoffending rates. The establishment of the Youth Conference Service has also contributed to an overall decline in the use of custody for young offenders, and to an increasing rate of diversion of young people out of the formal criminal justice process. This report, commissioned as part of the Prison Reform Trust’s strategy to reduce child and youth imprisonment in the UK, explores the experience and impact of youth conferencing in Northern Ireland and looks at the potential benefits of introducing a similar model to the youth justice system in England and Wales. Details: London: Prison Reform Trust, 2009. 24p. Source: Internet Resource" Accessed September 13, 2010 at: http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/uploads/documents/making_amends.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Diversion Shelf Number: 119785

Author: Payne, Sian Title: Evaluation of Arson Reduction Teams in Wales Summary: This report presents the initial findings from an evaluation of the implementation of Arson Reduction Teams (ARTs) across Wales. The evaluation has looked at ongoing development and activity of the ARTs since their inception in 2005. For the purposes of the current report, the evaluation team were also asked to include a full examination of each of the ART models to inform the decision making process regarding the next steps for the Arson Reduction Teams. Details: London: Evidence Led Solutions, 2007. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2010 at: http://www.mawwfire.gov.uk/documents/performance/art/ART2007.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Arson Shelf Number: 119787

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: Report of an Announced Inspection of Magilligan Prison: 29 March - 2 April 2010 Summary: This report presents the findings of a full announced inspection of Magilligan prison at the end of March 2010, at which time the prison held some 450 low and medium risk prisoners. Since our last inspection in 2006, when we criticised – amongst other things – some inadequate and unsuitable facilities, two new living units and a new health care building had opened. These physical changes had been complemented by a number of improvements to other areas of the prison. However, many of these developments needed to be consolidated and better integrated, and the entire regime was being adversely affected by ongoing industrial relations problems. Safety had improved, with few reported incidents of violence and most prisoners reporting that they felt safe. However, some prisoners still said they had been victimised, particularly because of their offence, and there was scope for further work to reduce bullying and support the vulnerable. Care for those at risk of self-harm was good. The segregation unit operated well and staff rarely had to resort to the use of force, although recording practices were poor. Security was now more proportionate, with a more appropriate emphasis on dynamic security, but further improvements were required, including a need to combat drug use more thoughtfully and effectively. The new buildings were a significant improvement but the physical environment remained marred by oppressive fencing and the continued use of the H-blocks which were difficult to supervise and had poor sanitary facilities. There was still no personal officer scheme, but relationships between staff and prisoners were generally positive. Diversity arrangements were underdeveloped and needed to be more comprehensive, although progress had been made in monitoring outcomes by religion and addressing issues that arose. The chaplaincy provided an effective service but still without a dedicated area in the prison for faith activities. In an important and progressive development since our last inspection, both the commissioning and delivery of prison healthcare had become NHS responsibilities. While most services were good, there was insufficient primary mental health provision to meet the evident need. This illustrated the necessity of conducting regular and comprehensive health care needs analyses to ensure that services kept abreast of the health problems in the prison population. At the time of the inspection, industrial action by the Northern Ireland Prison Officers’ Association (POA) was seriously limiting prisoners’ time out of cell and access to purposeful activity. Nevertheless, records suggested provision was usually reasonable, with enough activity places for the population. However, a more strategic approach to learning and skills was needed to ensure a coherent approach to meeting the needs of prisoners and to make sure that capacity and attendance were maximised. Some restrictive agreements with the POA also meant that not all potential education and training places could be used, which was a waste of valuable resources. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2010. 130p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2010 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/1a/1af49281-b68c-4e0a-9cda-96a531dea3bd.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Medical Care, Inmates Shelf Number: 119788

Author: Best, David Title: Research for Recovery: A Review of the Drugs Evidence Base Summary: The publication of The Road to Recovery: A New Approach to Tackling Scotland’s Drug Problem by the Scottish Government in 2008 signalled a fundamental shift in the way we think of problem drug use and in the approach to the types of interventions that are appropriate to address it. In particular, the switch to a recovery model represented the recognition that the resolution of addiction problems involves not only the drug user, but also their families and communities. It also recognises that recovery is a complex process likely to endure over a number of years after the point of stabilisation or abstinence, and that it is likely to involve fundamental changes in an individual’s social functioning and personal wellbeing, as well as in their place in their community and wider society. The aim of this review was to assess the current state of the evidence base that will help underpin the delivery of the Scottish Government’s drugs strategy – The Road to Recovery. The review examined both the published research base and also the policy context in which the strategy sits, – this provides the link between the evidence base on addictions and the wider context of social inclusion, public health and economic development. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2010. 207p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2010 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/Doc/321958/0103435.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction (Scotland) Shelf Number: 119789

Author: Jackson, Keith Title: Setting the Record: The Trafficking of Migrant Women in the England and Wales Off-Street Prostitution Sector Summary: Project Acumen is a wide-ranging study aimed at improving our understanding of the nature and scale of the trafficking of migrant women for sexual exploitation so it can be tackled more effectively. Led by the Regional Intelligence Unit for the South West, the project sought to measure the extent of trafficking in England and Wales and provide a more nuanced picture of the trafficking landscape. It highlights the sometimes complex circumstances of trafficked women and the varied techniques used by traffickers to influence, control and exploit them. The estimate of trafficking is built up from an examination of the off-street prostitution sector in seven regions, which has then been generalised to represent England and Wales as a whole. The project calculated the number of businesses operating in the sector, and then converted this into the number of women involved in prostitution (allowing for differences in size between businesses). The project has estimated the sector consists of 6,000 businesses and 30,000 women involved in prostitution. 17,000 of these women are migrants, and these were the focus of further analysis. To assess the extent of trafficking, detailed information was gathered from a sample of migrant women involved in prostitution. This was done using a systematic methodology drawn from an internationally recognised process drawing on the International Labour Organisation’s operational indicators of trafficking system and adhering to the United Nations definition of human trafficking (which is also used by the Government). This definition requires three components: the recruitment, transportation, transfer, harbouring or receipt of persons by certain defined means for the purpose of exploitation. The research included specially trained police officers conducting interviews with a sample of over 200 women involved in prostitution to determine each woman’s individual circumstances. The results and findings were considered in consultation with experts from law enforcement, support services and academia; this rigorous approach was intended to ensure that the estimate is as reliable as possible. The analysis suggests that of the 17,000 migrant women involved in prostitution in the off-street sector: • 2,600 are trafficked. These are highly vulnerable people. Although most are not subject to violence themselves, many are debt-bonded and strictly controlled through threats of violence to family members. 1,300 of these women are from China, and most of the rest are from South East Asia (primarily Thailand) and Eastern Europe. • 9,􀏮00 are considered to be vulnerable. Although they have elements of vulnerability to trafficking, most are likely to fall short of the trafficking threshold. There may be cultural or financial factors which prevent them from exiting prostitution (or seeking help to do so) but they tend to have day to day control over their activities, and although they may have large debts they generally do not consider themselves to be debt-bonded. The majority of women in this category are from Eastern Europe (4,100), followed by those from China and South East Asia (3,700). The remaining women are from South America and Africa. • 5,500 do not meet the ‘trafficked’ or ‘vulnerable’ thresholds. These women were aware before leaving their home country that they would likely become involved in prostitution, live and work largely independently of third party influence, keep a significant proportion of the money they earn and are not subject to debt-bondage or threats of violence. 85 per cent of migrants in this category are from Eastern Europe, and there are relatively few barriers preventing them from existing prostitution and returning to their countries of origin. The report also finds that significant regional differences exist. For example, in London 96.4 per cent of women involved in prostitution are migrants, compared with only 31.5 per cent in Yorkshire and the Humber. Details: London: Association of Chief Police Officers, Regional Intelligence Unit for the South West, 2010. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2010 at: http://www.acpo.police.uk/asp/policies/Data/Setting%20the%20Record%20(Project%20ACUMEN)%20Aug%202010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 119794

Author: Barnardo's Title: From Playground to Prison: The Case for Reviewing the Age of Criminal Responsibility Summary: This report examines the latest available data for 10 and 11 year olds in the U.K. criminal justice system and finds that the current process is not the most effective and cost-efficient way of dealing with their offending. It calls for the government to consider raising the minimum age of responsibility from 10 to 12 for all offences other than murder, attempted murder, manslaughter, rape and aggravated sexual assault. Details: Ilford, UK: Barnardo's, 2010. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2010 at: http://www.barnardos.org.uk/120910_from_playground_to_prison-2.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Age (Law) Shelf Number: 119797

Author: McLennan, David Title: Displacement of Crime or Diffusion of Benefit: Evidence from the New Deal for Communities Programme Summary: Tackling crime and the causes of crime are central policy objectives of the New Deal for Communities (NDC) Programme and the overarching U.K. National Strategy for Neighbourhood Renewal of which it is part. NDC partnerships have implemented a wide variety of interventions which have crime reduction as the principal outcome. A raft of further interventions have been implemented by NDC partnerships which have the potential to impact upon crime levels despite not having a specific crime-related principal outcome. A common concern among policy makers is that area-based crime reduction interventions simply displace criminal offences to proximate localities which are not subject to intervention. The opposite of this situation is where the positive effects of an area-based intervention ‘spill over’ into surrounding neighbourhoods thus leading to a diffusion of benefit. This paper presents the results of a project commissioned as part of the National Evaluation of the NDC Programme to test for evidence of possible displacement or diffusion effects. Details: London: Department of Communities and Local Government, 2008. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2010 at: http://extra.shu.ac.uk/ndc/downloads/general/NDC_Crime_Displacement.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Displacement Shelf Number: 119798

Author: 11 Million Title: The Arrest and Detention of Children Subject to Immigration Control: A Report Following the Children's Commissioner for England's Visit to Yarl's Wood Immigration Removal Centre Summary: Using the power of entry given by Parliament, the Children’s Commissioner for England, Sir Al Aynsley-Green, visited Yarl’s Wood Immigration Removal Centre (IRC) on 16 May 2008. The purpose of the visit was to see first hand the provision and conditions at Yarl’s Wood, and to hear from children, young people and their families about their experiences of the detention process. The Children’s Commissioner first visited and reported on Yarl’s Wood in 2005, and has remained concerned about the detention of children for administrative purposes and the impact this has on them. There is substantial evidence that detention is harmful and damaging to children and should be used only as a last resort. 11 MILLION believes that depriving children of their liberty and detaining them for administrative convenience without judicial oversight is never in their best interests and does not contribute to meeting the Government’s outcomes for children under the Every Child Matters framework. This report presents the findings of the Children’s Commissioner’s visit, and considers the detention of children at Yarl’s Wood in the light of the Government’s obligations under Article 37 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC). It examines the impact of detention upon children’s mental and physical health; particularly as evidence suggests its duration is lengthening. Details: London: 11 MILLION, 2008. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2010 at http://www.jrseurope.org/publications/di550e08psxhlc9f3mmrlqwd.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Immigrant Detention Shelf Number: 119808

Author: McLeod, Rosie Title: Good Practice Guidance: Commission, Administering and Producing Psychiatric Reports for Sentencing. Prepared for Her Majesty's Cout Service Summary: This document provides good practice guidance for the commissioning, administration and production of psychiatric reports for sentencing in U.K. criminal courts. The guidance is designed to help psychiatrists, the judiciary and court staff. It is not intended to be prescriptive but to enable practitioners to reflect critically on their practice to ensure that it is of the highest quality. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2010. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 16, 2010 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/publications/docs/good-practice-guidance-psych-reports-sentancing.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mental Health Shelf Number: 119815

Author: McLeod, Rosie Title: Improving the Structure and Content of Psychiatric Reports for Sentencing: Research to Develop Good Practice Guidance Summary: This research study produced good practice guidance on the structure and content of psychiatric reports for sentencing in criminal courts. It consisted of a three-stage process of fact finding, development and testing involving key stakeholders from the judiciary and magistrates, court staff and psychiatrists using an ‘action research’ methodology. Many stakeholders questioned the efficiency of the current system for commissioning reports, and a desire for good practice guidance was expressed. TNS-BMRB co-created guidance in consultation with stakeholders and a Forensic Psychiatrist which addresses the commissioning, administration and production of reports. The document was tested among stakeholders and refined using their feedback. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2010. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 16, 2010 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/publications/docs/improving-psychiatric-reports-0910.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mental Health Shelf Number: 119816

Author: Winstone, Jane Title: Process Evaluation of the Mental Health Court Pilot Summary: The aim of this study was to assess how the Mental Health Court pilot was implemented at Brighton and Stratford magistrates’ courts. This was in order to draw out areas of best practice and areas for improvement and inform future decisions on the pilot. Interviews with staff, stakeholders and offenders investigated perceptions of how well processes were embedded and gave insight into what worked well. Analysis of data from the courts in the first year of the pilot (January 2009 to January 2010) enabled assessment of the workloads at the courts, and provided some demographic information on offenders. The study found that the key elements of the model were delivered at both sites, but in different ways. The pilot yielded innovative multi-agency collaborations. A wider implementation of Mental Health Courts would require significant changes in the current patterns of multi-agency information sharing and data collection, and early consultation at senior management level. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2010. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Research Series 18/10: Accessed September 16, 2010 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/publications/docs/mhc-process-evaluation.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mental Health Courts Shelf Number: 119817

Author: Winstone, Jane Title: Mental Health Court Pilot: Feasibility of an Impact Evaluation Summary: The Mental Health Court model was piloted at magistrates’ courts in Stratford, East London, and Brighton, Sussex. The pilot aimed: to develop a clear model, which identified defendants and offenders with mental health issues, assessed the extent of those issues, and ensured that the offender/defendant received the appropriate intervention(s); and to identify the actual costs that would be incurred across the Criminal Justice System (CJS) and health services as a result of implementing the model. The study asked if it was feasible to evaluate impact of the pilots. An impact evaluation would look at what happens to those who go through the MHC, compared to what would have happened had they not. The study found that a random control trial or an area comparison would be possible, but could only measure criminal justice outcomes. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2010. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Summary 7/10: Accessed September 16, 2010 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/publications/docs/mhc-feasibility-study-imapct-evaluation.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mental Health Courts Shelf Number: 119818

Author: Welsh Enterprise Institute (University of Glamorgan, Business School) Title: Putting the Economy Back on Track: Crimes Against Business Summary: The stark reality is that 64% of businesses fell victim to crime over a twelve-month period, and crime costs each business an average of £13,354 a year. The uncertainty in the financial markets is a concern for many small businesses, and an effective response to tackle crimes that are eating away at our local communities and national economy is now more important than ever. The survey results show that crimes targeted against small business are on the rise. Crime affects a business’ ability to meet customer deadlines and attract customers and adversely affects its profitability, ultimately resulting in businesses closing down and jobs and local economies being put at risk. Valuable time and resources are spent dealing with the aftermath of a crime and businesses are feeling the squeeze of narrowing profit margins and rising insurance premiums. Businesses, and their staff in the local community, are victims of repeat crime in the form of vandalism, vehicle damage and threatening behaviour. Crimes against business make up a significant 20%, or the ‘Forgotten Fifth’, of all recorded crime in the UK. An effective response at a national, regional and local level is necessary for the sustainability of our local communities and the national economy. Neighbourhood Policing Units (NPUs) are hailed as the answer to local crime problems. Businesses themselves have some faith in NPUs as an effective response to crime at a local level. However, far fewer businesses have had any direct contact with their local unit. This needs to change, especially when it is claimed that businesses are a ‘strategic partner’. NPUs should be engaging directly with the business community and making it a priority to factor their views and interests into local strategies to tackle crime against business. Details: London: Federation of Small Businesses, 2008. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2010 at: http://www.fsb.org.uk/policy/Publications Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Commercial Crimes Shelf Number: 119833

Author: Carter, Sara Title: Crime and the Small Business Summary: In April 2004, the Federation of Small Businesses published “Lifting the Barriers to Growth in UK Small Businesses”, a summary of the results of the third biennial survey of the FSB membership. This new report provides a more detailed analysis of the data collected in the 2004 survey on the effect of crime in the small business sector. Here, we investigate the extent to which small businesses are affected by crime, the cost of crime to the small business sector and the crime prevention measures that they adopt to combat crime. Details: London: Federation of Small Businesses, 2005. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2010 at: http://www.fsb.org.uk/documentstore/filedetails.asp?id=229 Year: 2005 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Commercial Crimes Shelf Number: 119834

Author: Metropolican Police Authority Title: Race and Faith Inquiry Report. Commissioned by Boris Johnson, Mayor of London Summary: This report makes a series of recommendations to improve equalities and address diversity issues in the Metropolitan Police Service and create a new vision for the future of London’s police service. Details: London: Metropolitan Police Authority, 2010. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2010 at: http://www.mpa.gov.uk/downloads/publications/race-faith-inquiry.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Recruitment and Selection Shelf Number: 119835

Author: Cunningham, Sonia Title: Diversity of Police Community Support Officer Recruits Compared to Police Officer Recruits in the Metropolitan Police Service Summary: Police Community Support Officers (PCSOs) were first introduced in England and Wales under the Police Reform Act (2002). The Association of Chief Police Officers (2005) recognised the fundamental role of the PCSO as: to contribute to the policing of neighbourhoods, primarily through high visibility patrol with the purpose of reassuring the public, increasing orderliness in public places and being accessible to communities and partner agencies working at local level. The majority (85%) of forces surveyed in the Home Office national evaluation stated that visibility was the number one priority for PCSOs. Interacting with the public and dealing with anti-social behaviour (ASB) and low-level crime were considered to be the next most important functions. Overall, this research sought to understand why there was a difference between the proportion of PCSO and police officer recruits who were women, ethnic minorities and from a wider range of ages. Further questions were also addressed to support this: is there a difference in the diversity of those who apply to become PCSOs and those that are successful? If so, is there a similar pattern for successful police officer recruits?; what are the key reasons why people want to become a PCSO? Are there differences in these reasons by gender, age or ethnicity?; why do so many PCSOs go on to become police officers rather than applying from the outset? Details: London: Metropolitan Police Authority, 2006. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2010 at: http://www.mpa.gov.uk/downloads/publications/pcso-diversity-summary.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Recruitment and Selection Shelf Number: 119836

Author: Great Britain. Sentencing Advisory Panel Title: Sentencing for Drug Offences: Advice to the Sentencing Guidelines Council Summary: This advice to the Sentencing Guidelines Council makes proposals in relation to the sentencing of the most commonly sentenced drug offences. It considers those offences which derive from conduct intended to bring illicit drugs into circulation (including importation, production and supply) as well as those relating to possession and use. Details: London: Sentencing Advisory Panel, 2010. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 21, 2010 at: http://www.sentencingcouncil.org.uk/press/publications/2010/03/downloads/11-drug-offences.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 119853

Author: Stevens, Alex Title: Offender Management Community Scoping of London Gang Demographics: Final Report Summary: This is the final report of the community scoping of London gang demographics, provided to London Probation. It includes: A literature review; A discussion of the drivers and dynamics of serious group offending in London; Initial findings from interviews with probation officers in the field; Thematic Issues arising from stakeholder consultations; A review of alternative models of offender management; and Recommendations for probation practice. Details: Canterbury, UK: European Institute of Social Services, University of Kent, 2010. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 21, 2010 at: http://www.cepprobation.org/uploaded_files/Rep%20STARR%20gangs.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 119852

Author: Helyar-Cardwell, Vicki Title: A New Start: Young Adults in the Criminal Justice System Summary: The Transition to Adulthood (T2A) Alliance believes that there must be a wholesale shift in the way the UK Government works with young adults in, and at risk of becoming involved with, the criminal justice system. This must be far more than tinkering around the edges of the system, but rather a cross-departmental in-depth look at vulnerable young adults involved in the criminal justice system, and a commitment to find effective ways of working with these young adults in trouble to help them move away from crime. While some modest improvements have been made in recognising issues such as race, gender, juvenile offending and mental health, there has been little progress on young adults. Details: London: T2A Alliance, 2010. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 22, 2010 at: http://www.bctrust.org.uk/pdf/A_New_Start_Young_Adults.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Justice Systems Shelf Number: 119270

Author: Hague, Gill Title: Making the Links: Disabled Women and Domestic Violence: Final Report Summary: The focus of the research was on the needs and experiences of U.K. women with physical and sensory impairments who were experiencing abuse from partners, ex-partners, other family members, or personal assistants in their own homes. The study drew on the growing view that the voices and perspectives of those who use services should inform the evaluation of these services and the development of best practice guidance. Details: Bristol, UK: Women's Aid Federation of England, 2008. 103p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 22, 2010 at: http://www.womensaid.org.uk/core/core_picker/download.asp?id=1763 Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Battered Women Shelf Number: 113404

Author: Tilley, Nick Title: Business Views of Organised Crime Summary: This report describes research that examined the impact of organised crime against businesses located in three high crime residential neighbourhoods in the U.K. The study is based on detailed interviews with managers or owners of 420 businesses in three high crime neighbourhoods. It was concerned with the effects of both direct and indirect organised crime, including: direct victimisation of the businesses from organised crime groups; the creation of a local climate of organised crime and intimidation that drives out certain businesses or acts as a barrier to the establishment of others; and the arrival of unfair competition through the sale and distribution of illicit goods whether stolen, counterfeit or contraband. Details: London: Home Office, 2008. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 10: Accessed September 22, 2010 at: http://rds.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/pdfs08/horr10c.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Business Crimes Shelf Number: 113412

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Drug-Misusing Offenders: Results from the 2008 Cohort for England and Wales Summary: This report presents statistics on the proven offending by individuals identified as Class A drug-misusing offenders. Both drug use amongst offenders, and their levels of offending can be difficult to measure with confidence. The data presented in this report are intended to provide a proxy measure which indicates the level of proven offending2 by known (Class A) drug-misusing individuals who have been identified through their contact with the criminal justice system. Local agencies work to reduce the offending of individuals who are identified as drug users through a partnership approach involving local authorities, criminal justice integrated teams (CJITs), drug action teams (DATs), treatment services, police, probation, prisons and other partners and agencies. A wide range of interventions and partners are involved. Results from the analysis of two different datasets are presented in this report: a national measure for the whole of England and Wales, and a local measure for individual partnership areas. More information is given on both of these datasets below and in the explanatory notes at the end of the report. It is important to note that neither of these datasets constitute a measure of offending by all drug-misusing individuals; they only cover those offenders that were identified by contact with the criminal justice system in a given time period. Details: London: Home Office, 2010. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2010 at: http://rds.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/pdfs10/misc0210.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 119844

Author: Stacey, Lisa Title: Whose Child Now? Fifteen Years of Working to Prevent the Sexual Exploitation of Children in the UK Summary: This report describes some of the key issues for children affected by sexual exploitation in the UK. Fifteen years on, this report explores the continuing hidden nature of the problem and describes what Barnardo’s is doing today, while suggesting what action still remains to be taken to further protect exploited children and young people. Details: Ilford, UK: Barnardo's, 2009. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2010 at: http://www.barnardos.org.uk/whose_child_now.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: 129907 Shelf Number: 119848

Author: National Centre for Social Research Title: ASB Family Intervention Projects: Monitoring and Evaluation Summary: Family Intervention Projects (FIPs) work with the most challenging families and tackle issues such as antisocial behaviour, youth crime, school absenteeism, drug and alcohol addiction, domestic violence, poor mental health and inter-generational disadvantage. Families are supported by a dedicated ‘key worker’ who coordinates a multi-agency package of support and works directly with family members to help them overcome their problems. The different FIP models are aimed at reducing antisocial behaviour, preventing youth crime and tackling child poverty. Family Intervention Projects (FIPs) work with the most challenging families and tackle issues such as antisocial behaviour, youth crime, school absenteeism, drug and alcohol addiction, domestic violence, poor mental health and inter-generational disadvantage. Families are supported by a dedicated ‘key worker’ who coordinates a multi-agency package of support and works directly with family members to help them overcome their problems. The different FIP models are aimed at reducing antisocial behaviour, preventing youth crime and tackling child poverty. This report provides an evaluation of the FIPs and is the first report to include information on families who have been followed up 9 to 14 months after they exited from a FIP intervention. The next monitoring report will be published in Autumn 2010 and, for the first time, will include outcomes for all types of FIPs. Details: London: Department for Children, Schools and Families, 2010. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2010 at: http://www.natcen.ac.uk/pzMedia/uploads/Downloadable/e3e97aca-4d52-40fd-8ccb-5c11b7bd49a8.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 119846

Author: Retail Crime Commission Title: Retail Crime Commission Report to the Conservative Party Summary: This report by the Conservative Retail Crime Commission outlines how neglect of retail crime has had a debilitating effect on local communities and businesses and makes recommendations for change. The Commission recommends that: The existing sanctions regime should be reformed so that Fixed Penalty Notices are only used for first time offences and are recorded to ensure repeat offenders are identified; Community based sanctions are used for first time offences, helping restore confidence to the public and social responsibility among perpetrators; Police must be obliged to record where crime occurs in retail premises and citizens given access to crime statistics so they can hold police to account for crime in their locality; Police forces must be encouraged to collaborate and share information to address cross-border criminal activity; Drug policy should be focused on breaking the cycle of addiction and acquisitive crime by getting addicts off drugs rather than maintaining them in addiction; and Greater emphasis should also be given to intervening early to deal with the underlying causes of crime and anti-social behaviour. Details: London: Retail Crime Commission, 2009. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2010 at: http://www.philipdunne.com/retailcrimecommission/Retail_Crime_Commission.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Retail Crime Shelf Number: 119242

Author: Holloway, Katy Title: An Evaluation of the Women's Turnaround Project: Report Prepared for NOMS Cymru Summary: The Women’s Turnaround Project (WTP) was launched in Cardiff in November 2007 with the aim of providing women offenders and women at risk of becoming an offender and/or victim of crime, with a multi-agency, community-based service that addresses individual risks and needs. It is closely in tune with the recommendations of the Corston Report, which advocated a radical change in the way that women throughout the Criminal Justice System are treated, and in particular the development of more ‘holistic’ approaches (Corston, 2007, 1-2). Initially, the Project was funded for a six month ‘demonstrator’ period. However, in April 2008 funding for an additional 12 months of operation was secured. The findings in this report are based on data obtained from a combination of qualitative and quantitative research methods. To date, the evaluation team has conducted interviews with seven clients of the Project, 10 women prisoners due to be released to the South Wales area, staff at six referral agencies, and four members of Project staff. The evaluation team has also conducted observations of the Project in its day-to-day operation and shadowed WTP staff in a range of contexts (e.g. on outreach, on legal visits in prison, and also at prison resettlement fayres). In addition to this qualitative data, the team has collected record-based data from electronic spreadsheets and files. The results of the evaluation indicate that the Women’s Turnaround Project has been designed appropriately and has been developed successfully. There is clear evidence of a high demand for the services and support offered among vulnerable women. Initial interviews with stakeholders in partner agencies indicate that the Women’s Turnaround Project is generally regarded as a welcome and valuable source of assistance for vulnerable women in Wales, as well as a useful focal point for the coordination of services. Details: Pontypridd, UK: Centre for Criminology, University of Glamorgan, 2008. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2010 at: http://criminology.research.glam.ac.uk/media/files/documents/2009-01-29/WTP_Final_Version_Report_of_Phase_1_201008.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Offenders, Services for Shelf Number: 119857

Author: Wilkie, Katarina Title: Alley-gates: Do They Work? An Evaluation of the Blackpool Alley-gating Scheme Summary: The introduction of the alley‑gates became prominent across the UK and many see it as a cure for reducing crime and anti‑social behaviour. This study is an examination of Blackpool’s alley‑gating scheme. It takes into consideration its impact upon crime statistics and the overall perception of the local community. Details: Blackpool, Lancashire, UK: School of Academic Studies, Blackpool & the Fylde College, 2008(?). 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2010 at: http://www.bsafeblackpool.com/storage/download/Katarina%20Dissertation%20.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alley-gates Shelf Number: 119858

Author: Jacobson, Jessica Title: Punishing Disadvantage: A Profile of Children in Custody Summary: This report shines a light on the level of disadvantage experienced by many of the thousands of children who end up in custody every year in the UK. Involving a census of nearly 6,000 children who entered custody in the last six months of 2008, the report found that the majority of those sentenced to custody in this period were convicted of crimes that would normally result in community sentences, with around half imprisoned for non-violent crimes. Detailed analyisis of the backgrounds of a sample of 200 sentenced children demonstrated the high levels of disadvantage they had experienced. Key findings included that: Three quarters had had an absent father and a third an absent mother; 48% had been excluded from school; One in eight had experienced the loss of a parent and/or sibling(s); 39% had been on the Child Protection Register and/or had experienced abuse of neglect; More than a quarter had been in care at some point; and More than 1 in ten had attempted suicide. Details: London: Prison Reform Trust, 2010. 107p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 6, 2010 at: http://www.outoftrouble.org.uk/sites/default/files/Punishing_Disadvantage_0.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Disadvantaged Youth Shelf Number: 119867

Author: Hamilton-Smith, Niall Title: Determining Identity and Nationality in Local Policing Summary: This research examined practices for checking the nationality and migrant status of arrestees in a sample of 14 custody suites in the UK. The study also involved the piloting of enhanced checking processes in four custody suites. The research demonstrated that more rigorous practices in custody suites could increase the number of foreign nationals and illegal migrants who are identified as being involved in criminal activity. The pilots also showed that custody suites with dedicated UK Border Agency staff could significantly increase the volume of checks undertaken and the number of foreign nationals and illegal migrant arrestees identified. Despite the challenges identified, significant progress and momentum in addressing many of these problems were achieved in the pilot sites. Since the fieldwork was completed, a range of operational and policy improvements has been implemented that has addressed many of the issues identified by the research, referenced throughout the report. Details: London: Home Office Research, Development and Statistics Directorate, 2010. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 6, 2010 at: http://rds.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/pdfs10/horr42c.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Illegal Immigrations Shelf Number: 119872

Author: Biehal, Nina Title: Maltreatment and Allegations of Maltreatment in Foster Care. A Review of the Evidence Summary: Since the 1980s The Fostering Network (UK), and its predecessor the National Foster Care Association (NFCA), have expressed concern about the sensitive issue of allegations of abuse against foster carers. This concern is shared by the Department for Education, the Scottish Government and DCSSF in Northern Ireland (Department for Education and Skills, 2006; Department for Children Schools and Families, 2009b; Department for Children Schools and Families, 2009a). Such allegations are profoundly upsetting for foster carers, can lead to the removal of children from their care and may result in some carers giving up fostering. Unfounded allegations therefore create immense stress for both children and carers, may cause placement disruption and may reduce the already inadequate supply of foster carers. In cases where such allegations are substantiated, the implications are even more serious. Concern about abuse in care has been expressed at least since the late 1970s. Following a series of high profile scandals about abuse in children’s homes a number of official enquiries were conducted into abuse in residential care, but there has been far less attention to the question of maltreatment in foster care. However, the Utting review of safeguards for children living away from home did highlight the importance of awareness of abuse in foster care. It argued that since fostering is essentially a private activity, fostered children may be isolated and particularly vulnerable, especially as many of them are very young (Utting, 1997).This report also suggested that children in private fostering placements may be particularly vulnerable, as local authorities are unaware of how many such placements exist in their area. Both unfounded allegations of maltreatment by foster carers and actual maltreatment of children in foster care are matters of serious concern. Yet despite the importance of these issues, there is little awareness in the policy, practice and academic communities of the research evidence available. This review has been conducted by the University of York, in partnership with The Fostering Network, and funded by The Nuffield Foundation. It draws together the research evidence that exists both on allegations of abuse and confirmed maltreatment and considers the implications of this rather limited body of evidence. Details: York, UK: Social Policy Research Unit, University of York, 2010. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper No. WP 2437: Accessed October 7, 2010 at: http://www.york.ac.uk/inst/spru/research/pdf/FCabuse.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse Shelf Number: 119880

Author: Biehal, Nina Title: A Report on the Intensive Fostering Pilot Programme Summary: This intervention is targeted at serious and persistent young offenders for whom the alternative to fostering would be custody or an Intensive Supervision and Surveillance Programme. In 2005, the Youth Justice Board commissioned agencies in three parts of England to pilot the evidence-based intervention Multi-Dimensional Treatment Foster Care model which had been developed by the Oregon Social Learning Centre in the USA and which, in the context of the English youth justice system, was to be known as Intensive Fostering. We conducted an evaluation using both qualitative and quantitative data to explore the successes and challenges of IF implementation. The study examines the experiences and outcomes of the first participants in the programme in England and compares them with the outcomes of a comparison group who were sentenced to custody or an Intensive Supervision and Surveillance Programme (ISSP). This study also compares the cost of IF placements with custodial placements and assesses the cost of services used. This study draws on information provided by the IF teams and carers, and the views of young people and their parents. Details: London: Youth Justice Board for England and Wales, 2010. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 7, 2010 at: http://www.yjb.gov.uk/publications/Resources/Downloads/A%20Report%20on%20the%20Intensive%20Fostering%20Pilot%20Programme.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 119877

Author: Ipsos MORI Title: Policing Anti-Social Behaviour: The Public Perspective Summary: Her Majesty’s Inspectorate of Constabulary (HMIC) commissioned this research to obtain evidence of public attitudes towards anti-social behaviour and police response, and to highlight potential implications for the police in their approaches to anti-social behaviour. In particular, the research identified what people understand by the term ‘anti-social behaviour’; who they feel ought to be responsible for dealing with it; their expectations of key agencies such as the police; and the conditions under which people report particular incidents/behaviour. The research measures attitudes towards contact with the police when reporting anti-social behaviour and identifies key areas for improvement. Details: London: Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary, 2010. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2010 at: http://www.hmic.gov.uk/SiteCollectionDocuments/What's%20New/ASB_Ipsos_MORI_7g8h9i_2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 119894

Author: Grimshaw, Roger Title: Magistrates' Courts' and Crown Court Expenditure, 1999-2009 Summary: Rises in spending on the magistrates' courts and the Crown Court in the past ten years pose difficult choices for the coalition government UK), according to a report published by the independent Centre for Crime and Justice Studies. The report is part of the Spending Briefing series, funded by the Hadley Foundation, which documents trends in criminal justice spending. Magistrates' courts' and Crown Court expenditure 1999-2009 highlights the following: Total expenditure rose to £1027.89 m in 2008/2009. In real terms the magistrates' courts figure rose by 17 per cent from 1998/1999 to 2003/2004 and by 31 per cent from 2005/2006 to 2008/2009. The Crown Court total increased by 10 per cent from 2005/2006 to 2008/2009. Capital expenditure increased very substantially from 2005/2006 to 2008/2009, with a rise of 271 per cent in the Crown Court figure. Employee expenditure for the magistrates' courts rose by 15 per cent from 1998/1999 to 2003/2004 but then declined by 8 per cent, whereas the Crown Court figure declined by 2 per cent from 2005/2006 to 2008/2009. Staff numbers have declined over the past three years by 12 per cent. The magistrates' courts have lost 1,088 staff, equivalent to 14 per cent of their staffing complement, and the Crown Court has lost 150 staff or 6 per cent. The volume of cases brought to the magistrates' courts has declined by 16 per cent since 1998. Meanwhile summary justice exercised by police and prosecutors in the form of cautions and `out-of-court' penalties has grown. Since 2005, cases brought to the Crown Court have increased by 17 per cent. Details: London: Centre for Crime and Justice Studies, 2010. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2010 at: http://http://www.crimeandjustice.org.uk/publication_download_form_1806.html Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 119891

Author: Scotland. Inspectorate of Prosecution in Scotland and HM Inspectorate of Constabulary for Scotland Title: Natural Justice Update Summary: The joint thematic inspection that led to the publication of the report "Natural Justice" in April 2008, was commissioned as a result of widespread and increasing public concern about wildlife crime in Scotland. While Inspectorates have systems for tracking the progress of their own recommendations as part of their routine monitoring, where joint inspections are carried out, joint assessments of progress are required. This update report examines the extent to which our recommendations have been implemented some eighteen months later. It also considers the current climate, conditions and challenges now facing those who have an interest in, or are charged with, preventing, investigating and prosecuting wildlife crime. Details: Edinburgh: Inspectorate of Prosecution in Scotland and HM Inspectorate of Constabulary for Scotland, 2009. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2010 at: Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offenses Against the Environment Shelf Number: 119887

Author: Burnett, Jon Title: State Sponsored Curelty: Children in Immigration Detention Summary: This report presents key findings from the UK’s first large scale investigation into the harms caused by detaining children. Immigration detention is indefinite. In 2001 the New Labour government made a decision to detain families for immigration purposes, in the same way as single adults. This culminated in the detention of as many as 1,000 children a year in three Immigration Removal Centres (IRCs); Yarl’s Wood near Bedford, Tinsley House at Gatwick Airport, and Dungavel near Strathaven, Scotland. In 2010 the coalition government pledged to end the detention of children. Prime Minister David Cameron said ‘after the Labour Government failed to act for so many years, we will end the incarceration of children for immigration purposes once and for all’. However, the power to detain children still remains along with continued ‘dawn raids’, taking children into temporary care, and the separation of family members in order to force them to leave the UK. Details: London: Medical Justice, 2010. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2010 at: http://http://www.medicaljustice.org.uk/images/stories/reports/sscfullreport.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Maltreatment Shelf Number: 119901

Author: Kelly, Liz Title: Map of Gaps 2: The Postcode Lottery of Violence Against Women Support Services in Britain Summary: This report shows that in many parts of the UK, services for women who have experienced violence are chronically under-funded or simply do not exist. Women shouldn’t be subjected to this postcode lottery. This is a call to action for everybody who cares about this issue, and a firm reminder for those in local and national government with the power to make a difference. Urgent effort must be made to provide funding and support to ensure that all women can get help whenever they need it and wherever they live. Details: London: End Violence Against Women and Equality and Human Rights Commission, 2009. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2010 at: http://www.endviolenceagainstwomen.org.uk/data/files/map_of_gaps2.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Battered Women Shelf Number: 114338

Author: Bateman, Tim Title: Review of Provision for Girls in Custody to Reduce Reoffending Summary: Traditionally, discussions of youth crime and responses to young people who offend have tended to ignore girls. This omission reflects in some measure the fact that boys account for the large majority of those who come to the attention of the youth justice system. It is nonetheless regrettable since girls have consistently constituted between a quarter and one fifth of the youth offending population in the UK. A number of recent developments have made this oversight particularly problematic. First, there is a popular (mis)perception that girls’ offending is becoming more prevalent and more serious. At the same time, responses to girls’ delinquent behaviour have become increasingly interventionist leading to a substantial rise in the numbers appearing in court, despite offending having remained stable. The increased visibility of girls in the criminal justice system has no doubt contributed to the view that female offending is increasingly an issue of concern. Finally, and related to these two developments, the use of custody for girls has risen sharply, albeit from a relatively low baseline: while the total number of custodial sentences for juveniles rose between 1992 and 2006 by 56%, those imposed on girls increased by 297%. This report reviews the specific provisions and treatment of girls in custody in England and Wales and explores the nature of offences committed by girls, considers the treatment of girls in the youth justice system in England and Wales and suggests ways in which to develop adequate and gender-responsive programs. Details: Reading, UK: CfBt Education Trust, 2008. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2010 at: http://www.cfbt.com/evidenceforeducation/pdf/GirlsinCustody_v6(W).pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Crime Shelf Number: 114346

Author: University of Stirling and Ipsos MORI Scotland, University of Stirling: Cheryl Burgess, Margaret Malloch, Fiona Mitchell, Ipsos MORI Scotland: Vanessa Chan, Jane Eunson Title: Grampian Police Return Home Welfare Interview Pilot for Young Runaways: Pilot Evaluation Summary: The overall aim of this evaluation was to explore the most effective means of delivering Return Home Welfare Interviews ( RHWIs) to ensure the best outcomes for the child/young person. It set out to examine the operation of the pilot as implemented in Aberdeen City and Elgin, to reflect the range of models of delivery used and the overall impact of the pilot. One area in Aberdeenshire (Fraserburgh) formed the control area to illustrate original practice in Grampian and current practice outwith the pilot areas. At the point where a missing young person is traced in both pilot areas, a 'safe and well' check will be undertaken by an operational police officer. This is a visual check to ensure the young person is safe and well. At this stage, the young person will be informed that a RHWI will be arranged. The RHWI team will make contact with the young person within five working days and the RHWI will take place as soon as possible after that. The RHWI is an interview conducted by a specially trained individual (members of a dedicated team comprising two civilian employees and a seconded police officer in Aberdeen, and Community Beat Officers ( CBOs) in Elgin). The purpose of the RHWI is to gather relevant information on the young person and missing incident and to speak with the young person in order to identify any factors that prompted them to run or incidents which happened while they were away. This information is then used to ensure that the young person is referred to the appropriate service/s. The principal conclusion of the evaluation is that RHWIs are an appropriate intervention; helping identify young people who require further support and referring them to an appropriate agency. Even without an onward referral, they can improve outcomes by helping young people appreciate the value of talking about their problems rather than running away. RHWIs are of most benefit to young people not already involved with services (just under a third of those who received a RHWI were not already involved with social work services). When young people were already accessing other services, other professionals were less convinced of the benefits of the RHWI. However, as the evaluation highlights, even where other services were in place, the RHWIs could provide benefits by obtaining information from young people which was not already known to services; and by providing the young person with an additional opportunity to engage and to access support by doing so. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government, 2010. 89p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2010 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/Doc/317710/0101168.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Missing Children Shelf Number: 119903

Author: Sabates, Ricardo Title: Educational Inequality and Juvenile Crime: An Area Based Analysis Summary: This study considers the influence of one form of relative deprivation on crime, namely educational inequality. This is examined through an area-based analysis of the relationship between juvenile conviction rates for a range of offences and educational inequality based on maths Key Stage 3 scores in English local education authorities (LEAs). Using aggregate area-level information from three cohorts of young people (born between 1983 and 1985) within each area, and controlling for other variables which might be supposed to have an effect on juvenile crime rates, we found that there is evidence of a relationship between educational inequality and juvenile conviction rates for violent crime within local areas (significant at the 10% level). There is a further relationship between educational inequality and racially motivated crime (significant at the 5% level). There was no significant relationship between our cohort-based measures of educational inequality and property-related crime. Details: London: Centre for Research on the Wider Benefits of Learning, 2008. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Wider Benefits of Learning Research Report No. 26: Accessed October 9, 2010 at: http://www.learningbenefits.net/Publications/ResReps/ResRep26.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Education Shelf Number: 119906

Author: Khan, Lorraine Title: You Just Get On and Do It: Healthcare Provision in Youth Offending Teams Summary: Children and young people in the youth justice system are at high risk of multiple health inequalities and poor life chances. Research indicates that these young people have their needs under identified and supported after entry into the Youth Justice System. This paper shows the results of our study of healthcare provision in YOTs in England. We also reviewed mental health diversion work along the youth justice pathway to look at how these services might be better developed to improve outcomes for young people and their families. Details: London: Centre for Mental Health, 2010. 95p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 11, 2010 at: http://www.centreformentalhealth.org.uk/pdfs/Centre_for_MH_Healthcare_provision_YOTs.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Inmates Shelf Number: 119917

Author: Humphreys, Cathy Title: Literature Review: Better Outcomes for Children and Young People Experiencing Domestic Abuse - Directions for Good Practice Summary: The National Strategy to Address Domestic Abuse in Scotland acknowledges the correlation between domestic abuse and the mental, physical and sexual abuse of children. The reform of children's services in Scotland includes developing a delivery plan focused on better outcomes for children and young people affected by domestic abuse. This international review aims to provide an evidence base to support directions for good practice, and includes a chapter on qualitative evidence from Scottish children's own perspectives on domestic abuse. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government, 2008. 150p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 11, 2010 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Publications/2008/08/04112614/0 Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 119918

Author: Khan, Lorraine Title: Reaching Out, Reaching In: Promoting Mental Health and Emotional Well-being in Secure Settings Summary: Young people sentenced to custody have very high levels of mental health problems. They are also more likely to have learning disabilities and speech, language and communication needs, as well as a range of other complex and multiple vulnerabilities that compromise their future life chances and their health and well-being. This study was commissioned by the UK Department of Health to review current levels and standards of mental health provision in the young people’s secure estate in England. Specifically, the study aimed to: consider how provision in the young people’s secure estate compared with mental health services for children and young people in the community; consider the extent to which mental health services in secure settings meet the mental health and emotional well-being needs of young people; and disseminate examples of promising practice. A particular focus was the impact of the additional funding provided by the Department of Health from 2007/08 for the provision of child and adolescent mental health services in young offender institutions (YOIs). This research suggests that the Department of Health funding had resulted in significant improvements in mental health provision and awareness in YOIs. However, it had the unintended effect of throwing into greater relief disparities in the mental health care provision across the whole young people’s secure estate; these commissioning differences result from different commissioning arrangements. A number of areas were identified where further development is needed. Details: London: Centre for Mental Health, 2010. 93p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 11, 2010: http://www.centreformentalhealth.org.uk/pdfs/Centre_for_MH_Promoting_mh_in_secure_settings.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 119921

Author: Appleby, Louis Title: Prison Mental Health: Vision and Reality Summary: The need for better mental health care in prisons has been evident for some time. Reports throughout the last two decades have shown that prisoners have dramatically higher rates of the whole range of mental health problems compared to the general population. This publication aims to examine what has been achieved in prison mental health over recent years from a number of different personal perspectives and individual observations of working in England. It looks at the specific achievements of inreach teams and of efforts to divert offenders from custody. It also looks more broadly at the rapid growth of the prison population during the same period and the treatment of offenders with mental health problems outside as well as inside prison. Details: London: Royal College of Nursing, 2010. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 12, 2010 at: http://www.rcn.org.uk/__data/assets/pdf_file/0007/339379/003832.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Inmates Shelf Number: 119932

Author: 11 Million Title: The Children's Commissioner for England's Follow Up Report to: The Arrest and Detention of Children Subject to Immigration Control Summary: This report concerns the third visit of the Children’s Commissioner to Yarl’s Wood Immigration Removal Centre which took place in October 2009. It follows on from our visit in May 2008 and the subsequent report The Arrest and Detention of Children Subject to Immigration Control (2009). The aim of this report is to examine the progress made in addressing the concerns raised regarding children’s experience of the immigration removal process and detention. In doing so we are mindful of our statutory duty to promote awareness of the views and interests of children in England and to have awareness of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. The Children Act 2004 also requires the Commissioner to have particular regard to groups of children who do not have other adequate means by which they can make their views known. While we fully acknowledge the Government’s right to determine who is allowed to stay in this country, my contention remains that detention is harmful to children and therefore never likely to be in their best interests, and we continue to argue that the detention of children for immigration control should cease. Details: London: 11 Million, 2010. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 13, 2010 at: http://www.childrenscommissioner.gov.uk/ Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Immigrant Children Shelf Number: 119938

Author: Sykes, Wendy Title: Perceptions of Social Harms Associated with Khat Use Summary: This is the report of research into perceptions of social harms associated with the use of khat in Somali, Yemeni and Ethiopian communities in England and Wales. Views were sought from within these key communities, from professionals and practitioners directly involved with them, from mainstream drug and alcohol service providers and from members of the wider UK population. The research was carried out in London, Sheffield and Cardiff with fieldwork conducted during May and June 2009. The research was to: explore the perceived social harms associated with khat affecting the user, his/her family and the wider community; explore differences in perceptions of harms by age group, country of origin and gender; investigate the level and type of service available to khat users and their families, and the expectations and needs of khat users from services; investigate views on the appropriate Government response to khat. Details: London: Home Office Research, Development and Statistics Directorate, 2010. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Home Office Research Report 44: Accessed October 13, 2010 at: http://rds.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/pdfs10/horr44c.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 119951

Author: Williamson, Emma Title: Pilot Project: Domestic Abuse and Military Families Summary: This pilot project will seek to ascertain, via a focus group and on-line survey, i) the nature and extent of abuse experienced by military families, ii) service use, and iii) service needs of both perpetrators and victims of abuse in this context. During this developmental (pilot) phase we will be seeking to establish baseline data which identifies service need and potential interventions. The families of service personnel and the personnel themselves will benefit if we are able to identify triggers to abusive behaviour at home and external and internal interventions which may reduce the likelihood of domestic abuse occurring in these families. This research project examines the: 1) Nature and extent of domestic violence within military families; 2) Impact of this abuse and identify potential interventions; 3) Kind of services families may, or may have tried, to access in the past; 4) Ways in which service personnel explain the reasons for their abusive behaviour and whether specialist interventions might be developed to assist them. Details: Bristol, UK: University of Bristol, 2009. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 14, 2010 at: http://www.bris.ac.uk/sps/research/projects/completed/2009/rk7020/finalreport.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 119958

Author: Brazier, Laura Title: Post-16 Education and Training Provision for Young People Involved in Crime: Literature Review Summary: This literature review forms part of a wider NRDC research project on improving the literacy, language and numeracy (LLN) skills of young people involved in, or at risk of becoming involved in, youth crime. The NRDC research project aimed to develop LLN provision for young people learning in various youth justice contexts and evaluate its effectiveness. In addition, the project explored improving engagement in education and training through understanding how this group of learners interpret and construct their own leaning over time and in response to various educational contexts. This literature review was designed to inform and contribute to the wider NRDC research project by drawing together key and consistent findings within the diverse and complex bodies of literature examining post-16 education and training provision for young people involved in offending. Details: London: National Research and Development Centre for Adult Literacy and Numeracy (NRDC), 2010. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 14, 2010 at: www.nrdc.org.uk/download2.asp?f=4693&e=pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Education and Training Shelf Number: 119960

Author: Wilcox, Aidan Title: Racially Motivated Offending and Targeted Interventions Summary: The aim of the research was to identify the prevalence of racially motivated offending among young people in England and Wales and to shed light on the response to racially motivated offending within the youth justice system. The research required a multi-method approach and this consisted of the following four strands: a literature review; an analysis of Themis (software used by YOTs and the YJB to record information about young people who offend) data; the distribution of a survey to all YOTs and secure establishments in England and Wales; and site visits to selected YOTs and secure establishments. A literature review was conducted to provide a theoretical basis for the research and this assisted in the development of the research instruments used – survey and interview schedules. The YJB provided the authors of the report with aggregate Themis data for the period from 2002/03 to 2006/07 for the 157 YOTs in England and Wales. This data was analysed and an assessment of trends and the prevalence of racially motivated offending was formulated. The data was complemented with more inclusive data sources, including the British Crime Survey. In order to establish the extent of provision for racially motivated offenders in the youth justice system, a survey was sent to all YOTs and secure establishments. To ensure that a high response rate was achieved, establishments were reminded frequently to return the survey. This persistent approach resulted in a 78.4% response rate. Responding YOTs were found to be representative of all YOTs in terms of geographical location and rural/urban mix. A purposive sample of responding establishments was then visited and interviews were conducted with practitioners to gain a deeper understanding of the different types of intervention in operation. Interviews were also conducted with the young people who had been subject to an intervention for racially motivated offenders, in order to explore the motivations for their offending and ascertain their views of the work they had undertaken during the intervention. In addition to interviewing practitioners and young people, notes of the resources used by each of the establishments were made. It had been hoped to conduct a limited amount of observation of practice, but this did not prove feasible. Twenty-one site visits were made between November 2007 and March 2008, and 38 practitioners and 17 young people were interviewed. Details: London: Youth Justice Board for England and Wales, 2010. 200p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 14, 2010 at: http://www.yjb.gov.uk/publications/Resources/Downloads/Racially%20Motivated%20Offending%20and%20Targeted%20Interventions.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Hate Crimes Shelf Number: 119963

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: An Inspection of Prisoner Escort and Court Custody Arrangements in Northern Ireland Summary: The provision of safe, humane and efficient custody transport arrangements provides an important contribution to the efficient operation of the criminal justice system. This inspection reviewed the provision of court custody and transport services to determine whether the treatment and conditions experienced by prisoners and other court users in court custody are decent, respectful, safe and secure. In addition we also sought to determine whether the service was undertaken in an efficient manner that supported the administration of justice across Northern Ireland. The assessment framework used during the inspection focused on the treatment of prisoners at court and during transport, court custody facilities and conditions, safety and security and the overall efficiency of the service provided. Our overall assessment is that the current court custody and transport arrangements are operated to an acceptable standard in terms of the service provided to prisoners and the courts service, although the quality of court facilities was extremely variable. In the main, prisoners are treated in a safe and humane manner and the service in general meets the needs of the court system. In 2009 escapes were kept to a minimum, no releases were made in error and prisoners in the majority of cases turned up at court on time for their court appearance. The number of assaults on prisoners by prisoners was low. The inspection identified a number of areas where the treatment of prisoners could be improved including the need for a more consistent approach to the handcuffing of prisoners by the service providers. Good practice suggests, and we would endorse, that prisoners should not be routinely handcuffed when travelling in secure vehicles unless individual risk assessments demonstrate a high level of risk. Male and female prisoners should always be transported separately. The overall efficiency of the escorting and court custody service is not easily measured, comprising as it does of four main agencies and a number of providers, each with their own way of undertaking business. In line with practice elsewhere we suggest there would be benefits in undertaking a full market test of the court custody services currently undertaken on behalf of the Northern Ireland Prison Service, Police Service of Northern Ireland and the Youth Justice Agency. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2010. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 15, 2010 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/cc/cc81a484-6109-4d33-95db-5b9d71df3883.PDF Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Court Custody Shelf Number: 119979

Author: Kemp, Vicky Title: Transforming Legal Aid: Access to Criminal Defence Services Summary: With legal aid costs increasing significantly over recent years the previous Government and Legal Services Commission (LSC) had embarked on a programme of transforming the legal aid system. The intention of the reform programme was to control rising costs and to provide a sustainable legal aid scheme for the future. With the formation of the new Government in May 2010, reform of legal aid remains high on its agenda. Indeed, an internal policy assessment into legal aid is currently being undertaken with a view to developing proposals for reform of legal aid, on which views will be sought in the autumn. With legal aid reform having the potential to change the organisation of criminal defence services, the LSC had asked the Legal Service Research Centre (LSRC) to undertake a survey of users in the criminal justice system. Over 1,000 people were interviewed and asked about their choice and use of a solicitor. Interim findings were published by the LSRC in November 2008. These findings have helped to highlight potential barriers to legal advice. With a paucity of research having been undertaken recently into criminal legal aid, further research has been conducted in order to examine access to criminal defence services within the changing context of the wider criminal justice system. Details: London: Legal Services Research Centre, 2010. 145p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 15, 2010, at: http://lsrc.org.uk/publications/TransformingCrimDefenceServices_29092010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Courts Shelf Number: 119984

Author: Kemp, Vicky Title: A Scoping Study Adopting a 'Whole-Systems' Approach to the Processing of Cases in the Youth Courts Summary: Little is known about the impact of recent changes in the UK youth justice system on the processing of cases at court, or about the causes of delay and cost increase in the Youth Court. To investigate these issues, the Legal Services Research Centre (LSRC) collaborated with the University of Cambridge Institute of Criminology in a scoping study of Youth Court cases dealt with in a county in England and Wales, referred to as ‘the County’. The purpose of the study was to provide a ‘whole-systems’ overview of the operation and efficiency of the County’s Youth Courts and to report back to the county’s agencies. The study also enabled researchers to consider the feasibility of a comprehensive, multi-agency follow-up of the processing of Youth Court cases. It is important to note that the findings in this report are based on empirical research which was undertaken some time ago. The sample of 166 Youth Court cases, for instance, involved cases completed at court during October and November 2005. The county’s Youth Courts were observed with the final observations taking place in December 2006. It is recognised that there have been a number of developments since this research was undertaken, particularly implementation of arrangements under the Criminal Justice – ‘Simple, Speedy, Summary’ initiative. While these new arrangements are to be implemented across all Youth Courts by December 2008, it is nevertheless considered important to publish these findings, not least because of the dearth of research presently available about this key element of the criminal justice process. This research study also raises a number of issues having implications for inefficiency and delay at a local level. A number of these issues have subsequently been addressed and reference to such changes is made in this report. While this report is critical of some of the processes involved in managing Youth Court cases, it is important to emphasise that practitioners in the Youth Court were seen to be hardworking in what was a particularly challenging environment. The intention of this report is not to criticise those individual efforts but to examine the problems which can arise within the multi-agency processing of cases, which was seen to be exacerbated through the unintended consequences of some national performance targets. Reform of the youth justice system in England and Wales has been a Government priority. Delays at court have been reduced, and the Government has succeeded in meeting its pledge to halve the time taken from arrest to sentence for persistent young offenders (PYOs), from 142 to 71 days.1 This is a national average and a number of areas still take 71 days or longer. More general concerns have been raised about the extent to which minor offences are brought unnecessarily to court. Professor Rod Morgan, the former Chairman of the Youth Justice Board, for example, has been critical of the fact that too many minor offences, which would previously have been dealt with informally or out of court, have instead been, ‘pushed into an overstretched criminal justice system’. A number of issues arose following the reforms, apart from the speed of processing cases, and these include: the role of the prosecution, the involvement of defence solicitors, the causes of delay, the nature of adjournments, the type of case brought to court and the impact of the reforms on charging practices and managing cases at court. A ‘whole-systems’ approach was adopted in order to investigate inter-agency interactions. At first a sample of 166 cases concluded in the County’s Youth Courts during late 2005 were systematically analysed using multilevel modelling. The study also included observations in two Youth Courts, an analysis of Youth Offending Team files relating to 120 observed cases, and a series of 16 in-depth interviews with court clerks, Crown Prosecution Service (CPS) staff, and defence solicitors. In addition, we convened two focus groups, each involving three magistrates. These data were analysed using a specialist computer software programme. The report sets out the main quantitative findings arising out of the 2005 sample of cases. The main causes of inefficiencies and delays are then highlighted. Finally, the implications for policy-makers are explored. Details: London: Legal Services Research Centre, 2008. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: http://www.lsrc.org.uk/publications/YouthCourtReport.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Courts Shelf Number: 119985

Author: Turton, Jackie Title: An Investigation Into the Nature and Impact of Complaints Made Against Paediatricians Involved in Child Protection Procedures Summary: Child protection is a complex and emotive area for any professional. A Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health (RCPCH) survey (2004) demonstrated that paediatricians in the field are often the targets of unfounded complaints and that the number of such complaints was rising. Although over 97% of complaints were subsequently unproven, the survey identified that complaints had a profound impact on the professional and private lives of some paediatricians and had influenced their willingness to undertake future child protection work. The findings of this survey prompted a more detailed qualitative study to explore the nature and impact of complaints made against paediatricians in relation to child protection. The research undertaken was commissioned by the RCPCH as part of an ongoing programme of activity to support doctors working in child protection. Semi-structured interviews with a representative sample of 72 paediatricians drawn from the 2004 survey were conducted during mid-2005. Interviews were recorded and transcribed and the transcripts thematically analysed with NVIVO software. The sampling method used enabled the inclusion of a broad spectrum of paediatric experiences and the complaints discussed varied both in relation to the nature of the complaint and how far they progressed through the system. It is acknowledged that a limitation of the study was that the views of complainants were not sought, mainly because of ethical and practical difficulties of identifying complainants within the project time frame. The College Research Division has recently received funding for a project involving parents that will be used to complement the findings from this study. The study identified common themes in relation to complaints and considered strategies that might minimise complaints. It also highlighted the more general concerns expressed by paediatricians about their roles in safeguarding children, including educational and training needs. Details: London: Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health, 2007. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 18, 2010 at: http://www.chimat.org.uk/resource/item.aspx?RID=56784 Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 119968

Author: Kemp, Vicky Title: The Problems of Everyday Life: Crime and the Civil and Social Justice Survey Summary: Criminal justice processes target a limited range of ‘crimes’ or ‘harms’ to the exclusion of many others. Whilst political and public policy attention is often focused on procedures and processes, there is also great value in considering broader issues of social justice across a spectrum of activities that extend beyond the restricted scope of criminal justice. It is in this context that we find the work published here of interest. As the briefing shows, the range of problems and difficulties of everyday life faced by different sections of the population is complex, interrelated and should ultimately be of concern to anyone with an interest in social justice. Whilst the categories of ‘crime’, ‘social exclusion’ and ‘civil justice problems’ can be problematic, this paper usefully draws attention to a number of issues that we feel deserve much greater attention. As the authors claim, their findings suggest that services aimed at those people experiencing social problems would be more usefully provided through common means and methods. Separating out the issues and services aimed at resolving civil problems, crime and social exclusion often ignores the complex picture of injustices those deemed ‘vulnerable’ often face. Of greatest importance is the necessity to begin looking at these problems in the context of social injustice and the role of structural factors that result in substantial inequalities. Details: London: Centre for Crime and Justice Studies, 2007. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 19, 2010 at: http://www.crimeandjustice.org.uk/opus355/EverydayprobsWEB.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Civil Justice Shelf Number: 120020

Author: Hester, Marianne Title: Who Does What to Whom? Gender and Domestic Violence Perpetrators Summary: This research explores how male victims and perpetrators of domestic violence may differ from female victims and perpetrators with regard to the nature and number of domestic violence incidents recorded by the police. The report explores ‘who does what to whom’, taking into account both context and consequences. Details: Bristol, UK: University of Britol in association with the Northern Rock Foundation, 2009. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20, 2010 at: http://www.nr-foundation.org.uk/downloads/Who%20Does%20What%20to%20Whom.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 119972

Author: Lovell, Mark Title: Jailbreak: How to Transform Prisoners' Training Summary: Within weeks of coming to office, Kenneth Clark (UK) has announced a dramatic change to justice policy. The use of prison sentences is now to be cut. Those who do end up in jail will be given training - with independent companies brought in to see it through. However, this study warns that radical change in the system is needed if the policy is to work. The last government had set out on the same path, but with little success. Re-offending rates remained high at around 62%. In particular the system: Lacks a clear chain of accountability. Responsibility for training and funding overlaps between different Whitehall Departments and their agencies; The system suffers from confused aims and means. Programmes are often ill-suited to the offenders and have the wrong emphasis. There are high drop-out rates; The system is patchy. Access to it for offenders is uncertain. Many don’t get the chance to train properly. But there are exceptions – where companies and others from outside the system have had remarkable success. A change of direction is needed if the system is to open to success. Responsibility for training must be allocated to one body with a clear chain of accountability. Success should be judged against whether the offender is prepared when in prison to find and keep a job on release. Funds must be transparently allocated on a per capita basis. The total amount now used should go to the contracted body for an individual’s training. Details: London: Politeia, 2010. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20, 2010 at: http://www.politeia.co.uk/sites/default/files/files/Jailbreak%20PDF.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 119974

Author: Winder, Belinda Title: Last Orders for Alcohol Related Violence: Exploring Salient Factors in the Occurrence of Violent Incidents in UK Pubs and Other Late Night Venues Summary: Research was conducted exploring the possible interaction between drinking containers and antisocial behaviour in pubs and other late night venues in the UK. The research further attempted to identify salient factors leading to violent incidents at these locations. The research comprised two types of study; an interview study and three correlational surveys. For the interview study, a purposive sample of 50 individuals who had either been involved in an aggressive / violent altercation in a pub, bar or other late night drinking venue in the last 3 years, or who had first hand experience of the same, was recruited. Participants were recruited from a number of UK cities, including Birmingham, Wolverhampton, Sheffield, Nottingham and city locations in Scotland. Five themes were identified from the interviews: rivalry; crowding; staff; glass and accidental injury and glass as a weapon. Each of these themes was considered in turn and examples from participants’ transcripts were included in the results to allow the reader to assess the interpretations. In all of the incidents described by participants alcohol was involved, although this is probably to be expected given that the research focused on late night drinking venues. Nevertheless, the majority of incidents described involved people who were drunk and hence it is probably fair to state that alcohol is a major factor linked to violent / aggressive incidents in pubs and other late night venues. However, other factors are necessary to trigger violent / aggressive behaviour, and three factors (or themes) were identified from the research interviews conducted for this study. These factors are outlined below; they include rivalry, crowding and staff. In addition, two further themes emerged from the interviews; these related to glass and accidental injury and glass as a weapon. Key factors relating to the theme of rivalry were: sporting rivalry, local or territorial rivalry, and romantic rivalry. In the case of the first two factors, aggression evolved from social tensions created when different groups met, such as rival football supporters or groups of students and locals. However, there was a clear consensus that staff in venues are aware of these factors as potential sources of aggression and already take necessary steps to avoid conflict. The latter factor was much more unpredictable, and predicting where and when such aggression would occur is more problematic. The key factors within the theme of crowding were: bad management practices, poor design, and frustration. Participants were critical of venues that allowed in more clients than they could comfortably accommodate, especially in venues where the layout meant bumping into people at peak times was inevitable. Such factors link into the issue of frustration, as overcrowding can led to increased waiting times to get served, and invasion of personal space. Criticism of how venues are managed continued into the theme of staff. Here participants highlighted the fact that it was not always the clientele of pubs that were fully to blame when aggressive incidents escalated, with door staff being criticised for a lack of intervention, or too much intervention, in that they were deemed to be excessively aggressive. However, staff themselves also commented that aggressive behaviour can arise when they try to enforce sensible serving practices. The final two themes related to specifically to the use of glassware; glass and accidental injury and glass as a weapon. Participants noted that although many venues used glassware, accidental injury did occasionally arise from this. Many venues already self-manage where and when glass could and could not be used, although it is noted that more efficient house-keeping of venues would further reduce incidences of accidental injury. There were two differing perspectives on the theme of glass as a weapon – it was perceived as either a deliberate action to cause harm, or it was an unintentional action in which glass was not intended as a weapon. Although severe, the deliberate action of using glass as a weapon was the exception to the norm and incidences were deemed rare, especially given the extensive use of glassware in the venues participants frequented. In the case of the latter a further noteworthy factor emerged. Glass was seen more often to be used as a threat rather than an actual weapon. However, this perceived threat was sometimes the catalyst for an aggressive response, thus blurring the boundaries between ‘perpetrator’ and ‘victim’ in the case of such incidents. Data from the correlational surveys suggested that the most effective form of intervention in terms of reducing accidents and injuries would be a more stringent policy to bar aggressive individuals and prompt action by bouncers / bar staff to deal with potential trouble. Banning the use of glass vessels was not seen as a useful strategy in reducing aggression in pubs. Additional qualitative comments form the largest survey (n = 165) were further analysed and three main distinct themes identified in the responses: Considering the causes of aggressive behaviour, Methods to address aggressive behaviour and the Impact of the drinking vessel. Considering the causes of aggressive behaviour there were some suggestions put forward by respondents as to the causes of these. These include the amount of alcohol consumed, overcrowding in the pubs, televising sports events, attitudes, culture and acceptance of binge drinking, promotional offers and happy hours and the non-management of the queue for the bar. Respondents also suggested methods that they feel would address these events. These include bar staff having greater powers and training to refuse service to intoxicated customers and extending licensing hours. However some respondents felt that extending licensing hours would not make any difference to the amount of aggression shown by individuals. Regarding the vessels drinks are served in, there was a re-occurring theme that aggressive customers would probably use other objects in a conflict, if they did not have a glass in their hand at that time. Conversely to this, there was a theme suggesting that if glass was replaced with plastic then there would be less damage caused. However participants mostly followed this suggestion with the theory that if plastic vessels were only used, they would use another object (e.g. ashtray) in any aggressive conflict. Overall therefore the analysis suggests that respondents feel there are many causes of aggressive behaviours and that glass vessels are not responsible. If they were replaced with plastic vessels, then the aggressors would replace them with another implement. Details: Nottingham, UK: Nottingham Trent University, 2006. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2010 at: http://www.britglass.org.uk/files/last_orders_for_alcohol_related_violence_-_final_bw.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Aggression Shelf Number: 120054

Author: Brandon, Marian Title: Building on the Learning from Serious Case Reviews: A Two-Year Analysis of Child Protection Database Notifications 2007-2009 Summary: Serious case reviews (SCRs) are local enquiries into the death or serious injury of a child where abuse or neglect are known or suspected. They are carried out under the auspices of Local Safeguarding Children Boards (LSCBs) so that lessons can be learnt locally. Every two years an overview analysis of these reviews throughout England has been commissioned to draw out themes and trends so that lessons learnt from these cases can inform both policy and practice. This is the 5th such biennial analysis of serious case reviews, and relates to incidents which occurred during the period April 2007 - March 2009. The report aims to collate and describe data from the child protection database reports on all notifications which progressed to a SCR during this two-year period, adapting the coding framework used in the 3rd and 4th biennial analyses. It also compares those notifications (of serious injuries or harm) which do and do not become a serious case review and analyses the data to produce descriptive statistics and findings in relation to initial themes and trends emerging from the database reports. Details: Runcorn, UK: UK Department of Education, 2010. 61p. Source: Internet Resource:Research Report DFE-RR040: Accessed October 23, 2010 at: http://publications.education.gov.uk/eOrderingDownload/DFE-RR040.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 120062

Author: Ellison, Anna Title: Interim Evaluation of the National Illegal Money Lending Projects Summary: This report presents the findings and evidence from a review of the effectiveness of the illegal money lending national project that started in 2007. The project set out to address the illegal money lending which is common in deprived estates and which entrenches poverty and disadvantage. The review assesses the effectiveness of teams and delivery models in meeting both enforcement and financial inclusion objectives, and the aggregate impact of the national project. It identifies replicable best practice, assesses the wider economic and social benefits, to inform the development of future policy approaches in this area. Details: London: UK Department for Business Innovation and Skills, 2010. 105p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 25, 2010 at: http://www.bis.gov.uk/assets/biscore/consumer-issues/docs/i/10-1186-interim-evaluation-illegal-money-lending Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Business Crime Shelf Number: 120065

Author: Chan, Vanessa Title: Evaluation of the Sex Offender Community Disclosure Pilot Summary: In June 2007, the Home Office published its Review of the Protection of Children from Sex Offenders. One of the conclusions was that more information should be shared with the public about specific Registered Sex Offenders (RSOs) who may pose a threat to particular children. A disclosure scheme was piloted in four English police force areas in 2008/9. In parallel to these developments, the Scottish Government decided to pilot a similar disclosure scheme in the Tayside Police force area between September 2009 and May 2010. The pilot involved a dedicated Disclosure Team being set up to deal with enquiries from parents about specific individuals perceived to pose a threat to their children. For each enquiry, the Disclosure Team conducted a comprehensive risk assessment using the information provided by the applicants and existing information on Police, Social Work and NHS systems. Depending on the outcome of the risk assessment, the team had the option to disclose information and/or trigger existing mechanisms to deal with child protection and the management of sex offenders. This report presents the findings of an independent evaluation of the pilot conducted on behalf of the Scottish Government by Ipsos MORI Scotland in collaboration with Beth Weaver of the University of Strathclyde. The overall aim of the evaluation was to explore the extent to which the pilot enhanced child protection beyond what would happen anyway under existing child protection measures and Multi-Agency Public Protection Arrangements. The evaluation also focused on how the scheme might be refined and improved before being implemented more widely. The evaluation was conducted primarily through in-depth interviews with a range of stakeholder groups (including applicants, professionals involved in administering the pilot, practitioners, RSOs and national stakeholders). The evaluation also comprised analysis of data on the type of enquiries handled by the pilot, financial resources related to the pilot and the movement of RSOs in Tayside. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2010. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 25, 2010 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/Doc/328113/0106001.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 120079

Author: Ipsos MORI Title: Improving Financial Capability Among Offenders: An Assessment of Three Programmes Delivering Financial Capabilitiy Trining to Offenders Summary: The Financial Services Authority (FSA) together with the National Offender Management Service (NOMS) funded three pilot projects designed to increase financial capability among offenders. Project 1: Correctional staff training delivered by the crime reduction charity, Nacro. A nationwide training programme for correctional staff working with offenders in prison or the community. It provides training on the financial capability needs of offenders, and how staff can support offenders by delivering one to one guidance sessions and workshops to offenders with these needs. Project 2: Prison setting training for offenders and staff delivered by the Vale of Glamorgan Citizens Advice Bureau (CAB) in conjunction with NOMS Cymru. Delivered in two prisons in South Wales, this programme provides financial capability guidance directly to offenders through one to one 'surgery' sessions and group workshops. Along with this the CAB also provide training to staff and peer information advisors1 in ord er to raise awareness of the programme for offenders running in the prisons, and encourage them to refer offenders with financial capability needs to it. Project 3: Probation setting training delivered by the Portsmouth CAB in conjunction with Hampshire Probation. Delivered in the Hampshire probation area this programme provided financial capability guidance directly to offenders through CAB Gateway Assessments and one to one training sessions in the community, along with workshops delivered in Approved Premises. The project also contained training for Offender Managers to raise awareness of the programme running for offenders in the Hampshire probation area, and encourage them to identify financial capability needs among offenders and refer them to this programme. This report brings together previous assessments of two of these schemes3 with new research by Ipsos MORI to assess the effectiveness of each project and comparative lessons learned. Each project is judged by its reach to offenders and staff, content of the training, effectiveness of its process and outcomes for offenders. Details: London: Ipsos MORI, 2010. 80p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 26, 2010 at: http://www.cfebuk.org.uk/pdfs/20101012_ifcao_report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 120091

Author: Rolles, Stephen, ed. Title: A Comparison of the Cost-effectiveness of Prohibition and Regulation of Drugs Summary: Despite the billions spent each year on proactive and reactive drug law enforcement, the punitive prohibitionist approach has consistently delivered the opposite of its stated goals. The UK Government’s own data clearly demonstrates drug supply and availability increasing; use of drugs that cause the most harm increasing; health harms increasing; massive levels of crime created at all scales leading to a crisis in the criminal justice system; and illicit drug profits enriching criminals, fuelling conflict and destabilising producer and transit countries from Mexico to Afghanistan. This is an expensive policy that, in the words of the UN Office on Drugs and Crime, has also created a raft of negative ‘unintended consequences’. The UK Government specifically claims the benefits of any move away from prohibition towards legal regulation of drug markets would be outweighed by the costs. No such cost-benefit analysis, or even a proper impact assessment of existing enforcement policy and legislation has ever been carried out here or anywhere else in the world. Yet there are clear Government guidelines that an impact assessment should be triggered by amongst other things, a policy going out to public consultation or when ‘unintended consequences’ are identified, both of which have happened with drug policy in recent years. Alternative approaches—involving established regulatory models of controlling drug production, supply and use—have not been considered or costed. The limited cost effectiveness analysis of current policy that has been undertaken has frequently been suppressed. In terms of scrutinizing major public policy and spending initiatives, current drug policy is unique in this regard. The generalisations being used to defend continuation of an expensive and systematically failing policy of drugs prohibition, and close down a mature and rational exploration of alternative approaches, are demonstrably based on un-evidenced assumptions. This paper is an attempt to begin to redress these failings by comparing the costs and benefits of the current policy of drug prohibition, with those of a proposed model for the legal regulation of drugs in the UK. We also identify areas of further research, and steps to ensure future drugs policy is genuinely based on evidence of what works. This initial analysis demonstrates that a move to legally regulated drug supply would deliver substantial benefits to the Treasury and wider community, even in the highly unlikely event of a substantial increase in use. Details: Bristol, UK: Transform Drug Policy Foundation, 2009. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 26, 2010 at: http://www.tdpf.org.uk/CBA%20New%202010.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 120098

Author: Morgan, Rod Title: Report to the Welsh Assembly Government on the Question of Devolution of Youth Justice Responsibilities Summary: A report examined the risks and benefits of transferring youth justice to the Welsh Assembly Government. There was a broad consensus supporting the principle of devolving of youth justice: but there were many issues regarding resources and finance that needed to be looked at in detail. Details: Cardiff: Welsh Assembly Government, 2009. 98p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 26, 2010 at: http://wales.gov.uk/docs/dsjlg/publications/commsafety/100920devyouthjusticeen.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Justice Systems Shelf Number: 120100

Author: Weston, Nicola Title: Business Policing Model: Business Policing Team Summary: This document reports key findings from research undertaken to inform the development of an evidence-based approach to the policing of business communities. Whilst the police have for a long time acknowledged that some businesses are the perpetrators and victims of crime, there has been an increasing recognition that, to date, the reality of the delivery of policing services to businesses has been rather one-dimensional. That is, the approach adopted has been largely focused upon economic crime issues and has failed to grasp the heterogeneity of the make-up of business communities and their needs. The lack of nuance and texture to the policing of business communities has been bought into particularly sharp relief when set against the developments that have occurred over recent years in relation to the policing of residential communities. Through the auspices of the national roll-out of the Neighbourhood Policing programme, there have been significant improvements in the quality of service provided to residential communities and the ability of policing agencies to understand and respond to the genuine needs of these communities. The aim of the wider action research programme of which this research study is a part is to leverage a similar step-change in the way that the policing of business communities is undertaken. The ultimate goal being to design and test a model of Business Policing that can be introduced into different situations and contexts. In the current economic climate the kinds of improvements that the Business Policing Model programme is seeking to design and test are potentially very significant. The jobs and services that businesses provide, is part of the social infrastructure that contributes to the overall vitality and well-being of communities. In preventing and responding to the crimes and disorders that businesses encounter and experience, police have a key role in shaping the environment in which businesses can develop and prosper, with the associated secondary benefits that flow from such a situation. The philosophy guiding both the empirical research and the wider programme of interventions is that the starting point for the effective policing of business communities is to understand the needs and expectations of businesses in all their varied forms. It is this sense of understanding that this report seeks to facilitate. Based upon a combination of qualitative and quantitative data collected via interviews and questionnaires with businesses of different types and sizes, ranging from large multi-national corporations through to small-medium enterprises, the analysis set out herein seeks to cover the following issues: • Current experiences of crime, disorder and policing from the perspectives of businesses of different types; • Recognising that businesses and workers may have markedly different needs and expectations; • Outline potential responses to these issues that collectively would constitute the key components of a Business Policing Model. Details: Cardiff: Police Science Institute, Cardiff University, 2008(?). 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 26, 2010 at: http://www.upsi.org.uk/resources/BPM%20Research%20Phase%201.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Business Community Shelf Number: 120109

Author: Innes, Martin Title: Measuring the Impact of Homicide on Community Reassurance: A Report to ACPO Homicide Working Group and NCPE Summary: This report details the findings of a proof of concept study conducted to examine the rationale and potential for measuring the impacts that criminal homicides have upon community reassurance and neighbourhood security. There were three basic aims of the study: 1) To examine how different criminal homicide incidents might impact upon levels of public reassurance generally and neighbourhood security more specifically in and around the particular areas connected to the crime; 2) To evaluation of the impact on levels of community reassurance and neighbourhood security of current standard police investigative practices used when responding to homicides; and 3) To explore and appraise a methodology for measuring the impacts of homicides on reassurance and neighbourhood security, and consider how this might contribute to the professional development of current community impact assessment tools used by police and improve the effectiveness of community impact management practices. Details: Cardiff, Wales: Police Science Institute, Cardiff University School of Social Sciences, 2006. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 28, 2010 at: http://www.upsi.org.uk/resources/CommunityImpactAssessment%20HomicideACPO2006.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Fear of Crime Shelf Number: 120111

Author: Cooper, H. Title: The Causes and Consequences of Community Cohesion in Wales: A Secondary Analysis Summary: Community cohesion is increasingly afforded significance in public policy and planning as an attribute possessed by strong, healthy and vibrant communities. This study uses two largescale surveys of the public living in Wales to empirically investigate the parameters and distribution of cohesion within diverse communities and how cohesion links with public perceptions of crime, policing and victimisation. Our key findings from the data are summarised below: • There are healthy levels of community cohesion overall in Wales, with the majority endorsing the ‘classic’ cohesion statement of ‘this neighbourhood is a place where people from different backgrounds get on well together’. • When community cohesion is analysed using a question about being treated with ‘respect and consideration’ – a measure which we argue is more likely to tap into the nature of peoples’ interactions with strangers in their local area - we find that it is a problem for 1 in 3 living in Wales. • This measure of ‘respect and consideration’ captures more variance in public perceptions of cohesion than the classic or commonly used measure. It also emerges more strongly in understanding crime perceptions. • We can identify social groups and areas where community cohesion is lacking in Wales. These include respondents in social housing or in areas characterised by multiple deprivation. • A consistent picture emerges of low community cohesiveness in the Gwent police force area (PFA), particularly among men. • Where levels of community cohesion are compromised, there is also a perceived difficulty in mobilising community resources, that is, to take positive action when faced with a local problem. This is seen most strongly for areas with multiple deprivation and for the Gwent PFA. • Differences in attitudes are apparent between the indigenous population of Wales and those who have migrated to live in Wales, with the former generally holding more traditionalist attitudes and the latter more open to the idea of different cultures and groups. • There is an association between cohesion and crime outcomes concerned with: worry about being the victim of crime; levels of confidence in the police; and reported experience of victimisation, discrimination or harassment in the last five years. These findings, which are most marked using our ‘respect’ measure of community cohesion, take into account relevant social and demographic factors. • The links between cohesion and reported worry about crime are gendered. Trust and the perceived ability of their community to mobilise are particularly important in understanding the worry perceptions of women. Details: Cardiff, Wales: Police Science Institute, Cardiff University School of Social Sciences, 2009. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 28, 2010 at: http://www.upsi.org.uk/resources/UPSICohesionF.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Communities and Crime Shelf Number: 120112

Author: Lowe, Trudy Title: Integrating the Independent Domestic Violence Advisor and Flying Start: A Process and Outcome Evaluation: Final Report Summary: The objective of this research was to evaluate the innovative pilot provision of an Independent Domestic Violence Advisor (IDVA) working as part of a Flying Start team located within a defined school catchment area in Cardiff. The aim of this initiative is to explore how integrated multi-agency working can improve the quality of a victim-focussed service delivered in complex cases of children and adults at risk of violence in the home. Details: Cardiff, Wales: Universities' Police Science Institute, Cardiff University, 2009. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 28, 2010 at: http://www.upsi.org.uk/resources/IDVA.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse Shelf Number: 120113

Author: Bath, Chris Title: Time Is Money: Financial Responsibility After Prison Summary: When someone is convicted of a crime, the impact on their finances can be extreme. The loss of liberty is the most severe form of punishment in the UK but with it come many unintended financial consequences. The criminal justice system can increase financial exclusion, and reduce personal responsibility, creating problems with housing, insurance, employment and family relations, and thus contributing to a greater risk of reoffending. This report explores the impact of the criminal justice system on banking, credit, debt, savings, financial capability, benefits, and insurance. The role of advice and the practical implications of the Rehabilitation of Offenders Act are also considered. The key findings inform practical, cost effective recommendations to achieve financial inclusion for people in prison, former offenders and their families, improve resettlement and reduce reoffending. Details: London: Prison Reform Trust and Snodland, UK: UNLOCK: The National Association of Reformed Offenders, 2010. 94p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 28, 2010 at: http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/uploads/documents/timeismoney.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Ex-Offenders, Financial Needs Shelf Number: 120102

Author: Great Britain. HM Crown Prosecution Service Inspectorate Title: Abandoned Prosecutions: An Audit of CPS Performance Relating to the Handling of Discharged Committals Summary: This report deals with the issue of discharged committals, which represent a category of case which is not brought to justice and as a consequence resources are wasted across the criminal justice system. The cost to the CPS of these abandoned prosecutions amounts to potentially more than £600,000 a year. The report outlines where CPS processes need to improve if valuable resources are to be used more efficiently. Details: London: HM Crown Prosecution Service Inspectorate, 2010. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 29, 2010 at: http://www.hmcpsi.gov.uk/documents/services/reports/AUD/HDC_audit_Oct10_rpt.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Courts Shelf Number: 120129

Author: Mitchell, Barry Title: Public Opinion and Sentencing for Murder: An Empirical Investigation of Public Knowledge and Attitudes in England and Wales Summary: With the possible exception of genocide, murder is widely regarded, by members of the public as well as by lawyers, as the most serious offence in the criminal calendar, and it continues to attract great public interest. Reflecting their most serious nature, murder cases continue to attract considerable coverage in the media. The death penalty for murder was wholly abolished by the Murder (Abolition of Death Penalty) Act 1965 after it became apparent that the distinction between capital and noncapital cases was unsatisfactory. Since then, trial judges have been required to impose a life sentence on all persons convicted of murder. It was assumed that anything less than automatic indefinite imprisonment would undermine public confidence in the criminal justice system. This assumption has never been tested, however. One of the principal goals of the current research project was to explore the consequences on public opinion, of abolishing the mandatory life sentence for murder. The mandatory life sentence effectively consists of two distinct stages. The first is now known as the “minimum term” – formerly referred to as the “tariff” – which is a period of imprisonment that is intended to reflect the seriousness of the murder. In the vast majority of cases this term must be served in full, though it is possible for a prisoner to be released (on licence) before the expiry of the minimum term in very exceptional circumstances. When the minimum term has expired, the offender can be considered for release on licence but this will depend on the perceived risk that s/he poses to the public. In other words, release on licence is not automatic on expiry of the minimum term; a murderer will be detained in prison until s/he no longer poses an unacceptable danger to the public. One specific aspect of the murder law that has caused recent controversy and public debate relates to what is often called “joint enterprise” murder – i.e. when two people intend that a crime should be committed and one of them is present whilst the other commits murder but makes no attempt to prevent him from so doing. This has risen, for example, in gang killings where one or more members of a gang are present at the scene of a murder which is carried out by another member. Should those who make no attempt to prevent the killing themselves be guilty of murder? There seems to be some uncertainty about how a court would regard their liability: much is likely to depend on what the jury thinks the fellow gang members expected and that in itself will probably be uncertain. The main purpose of the present research program was to test empirically the assumption that the British public is firmly opposed to any alternative to the current sentencing arrangements for murder. Specifically, we explored public opinion towards the sentencing of cases of murder. This represents the first systematic attempt to map put the contours of public attitudes to this critical issue in criminal justice in this or any other jurisdiction. A secondary aim of the research was to gauge the public’s knowledge and understanding of the mandatory life sentence and the way in which it operates in practice. In pursuing these aims we also very briefly took the opportunity to gauge public opinion on “joint enterprise murder”. Details: London: Nuffield Foundation, 2010. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 29, 2010 at: http://www.nuffieldfoundation.org/sites/default/files/files/Public%20Opinion%20and%20Sentencing%20for%20Murder_Mitchell&Robertsv_FINAL.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Life Sentence Shelf Number: 120131

Author: Independent Commission on Youth Crime and Antisocial Behaviour (UK) Title: Time for a Fresh Start: The Report of the Independent Commission on Youth Crime and Antisocial Behaviour Summary: The Commission’s inquiry was prompted by concern about deep-rooted failings in the response to antisocial behaviour and crime involving children and young people. Large sums of public money are currently wasted across England and Wales because: Investment in proven preventive measures and constructive sanctions is too low; Children and young people who could be turned away from a life of crime are not receiving timely help and support; and Those involved in persistent and serious offending are often treated in ways that do little to prevent reoffending – and may make their criminal behaviour worse. The Commission has concluded that the public can be offered better protection against youth crime and antisocial behaviour by: tackling antisocial behaviour, crime and reoffending through the underlying circumstances and needs in children and young people’s lives (a principle of prevention); ensuring that children and young people responsible for antisocial behaviour and crime face meaningful consequences that hold them accountable for the harm caused to victims and the wider community (a principle of restoration); and seeking to retain children and young people who offend within mainstream society or to reconnect them in ways that enable them to lead law-abiding lives. Details: London: The Police Foundation, 2010. 115 p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 1, 2010 at: http://www.youthcrimecommission.org.uk/attachments/076_FreshStart.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 120139

Author: Fraser, Alistair Title: Youth Violence in Scotland: Literature Review Summary: Youth violence remains a contentious public and political issue. A great deal of media attention and public debate is devoted to the phenomenon of youth violence. Yet very little is known about the scale or nature of violence committed by youth, trends in violent youth offending, or the role played by violence in the everyday lives of children and young people in Scotland. The aim of the review is to identify and collate available qualitative and quantitative research data and information about youth violence in Scotland, in order to construct a research-informed picture of ‘what is currently known’ about youth violence in this country. It will form part of a wider programme of work on youth violence currently being conducted within the Scottish Government and, in particular, will complement an ongoing audit of official data sources. This review is intended to facilitate an enhanced awareness of potential gaps in recording procedures within the Scottish Government for capturing data on youth violence, identify areas in which there is a particular dearth of information about youth violence, and suggest areas for future research. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2010. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 1, 2010 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/Doc/326952/0105428.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 120141

Author: Great Britain. HM Inspectorate of Probation Title: Getting There Now: A Follow-Up Inquiry into the Management of Offenders' Risk of Harm to Others by London Probation Trust. In: Croydon; Bexley & Bromley; Greenwich; Lewisham; Ealing; Harrow & Hillington; Camden & Islington; Newham Summary: In 2009 we were asked by the then Justice Secretary to inspect the Public Protection work of London Probation because of concerns that had arisen in a scrutiny of the management by London Probation of an offender, Dano Sonnex, who had committed two serious further offences whilst under supervision. Two sets of case inspections were planned, for 2009 and 2010 respectively, partly to cover as much of London as possible, and partly to look at performance over time. In the event, this second set of inspections took on an even greater significance as a follow-up exercise, since our 2009 report was critical of the quality of ROH work in London Probation. We used our Risk of Harm Area Assessment (RoHAA) inspection tool to assess the total sample of 280 cases across 8 Local Delivery Units (LDUs). The tool comprises a subset of the questions used in the OMI 2 programme and focuses principally on the assessment and management of the ROH to others in a representative sample of cases. We also received evidence from London Probation Trust and spoke to the Assistant Chief Officers in charge of each LDU. The report concludes that the organisation has improved substantially in the past year. Details: London: HM Inspectorate of Probation, 2010. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 1, 2010 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/inspectorates/hmi-probation/docs/london-roh-inspection-2010-report-final-rps.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Probation Shelf Number: 120150

Author: Patel, Professor Lord Patel of Bradford Title: The Patel Report: Reducing Drug-Related Crime and Rehabilitating Offenders Summary: The report focuses on drug treatment and interventions for people in prison, people moving between prisons and the continuity of care for people on release from prison. The report outlines the evidence gathered and work carried out by the Review Group and summarises their conclusions and recommendations. Details: London: UK Department of Health, 2010. 216p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 2, 2010 at: http://www.dh.gov.uk/prod_consum_dh/groups/dh_digitalassets/@dh/@en/@ps/documents/digitalasset/dh_119850.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 120153

Author: Scottish Government. Communities Analytical Services Title: Domestic Abuse, Housing and Homelessness in Scotland: An Evidence Review Summary: There has been little research on the relationship between domestic abuse, housing and homelessness, especially in the Scottish context. This review provides some secondary analysis of relevant homelessness and housing statistics to provide a more in-depth overview of the scale of domestic abuse as a contributory factor to homelessness in Scotland. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government, 2010. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Analytical Paper Series: Accessed November 2, 2010 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/Doc/328505/0106198.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Abused Wives Shelf Number: 120155

Author: Howard League for Penal Reform Title: Access to Justice Denied: Young Adults in Prison Summary: The Howard League for Penal Reform legal service provides a unique body of evidence which shows that unaddressed legal problems lead to social exclusion and further economic and social cost. This cycle of unmet need and related cost underlies our call for young adults to have meaningful access to justice. Young people need to understand and develop the confidence to assert their rights through good quality lawyers. Our ‘access to justice’ service has revealed: the gaps in the provision of legal services for young adults in prison; the need for appropriate working methods for legal practitioners; and the need to ensure that services are targeted to the needs of young people. This briefing coincides with Ministry of Justice’s policy analysis of publicly-funded legal services. It makes the case for access to justice to be promoted at a time when all areas of public services face savage cuts; good quality legal services save costs and protect against the risk of injustice. Details: London: The Howard League, 2010. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 2, 2010 at: http://www.howardleague.org/fileadmin/howard_league/user/online_publications/Access_to_Justice_Denied.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Assistance to the Poor Shelf Number: 120157

Author: Sebba, Judy Title: Evaluation of UNICEF UK's Rights Respecting Schools Award Summary: Teaching children about their rights can reduce exclusions and bullying, improve behaviour and teacher-pupil relationships, raise attainment and make for more mature, responsible students according to new research published today by UNICEF UK. This evidence is highlighted in a three year qualitative study of UNICEF UK’s Rights Respecting School Award (RRSA). UNICEF UK’s Rights Respecting School Award recognises achievement in putting children’s rights at the heart of all of a school’s planning, policies, practices and ethos. The aim of the evaluation was to assess the impact of the initiative on the well-being and achievement of children in 31 schools participating in RRSA across English Local Authorities. At a Rights Respecting School, students’ are taught to distinguish between wants, needs and rights. Children learn that with rights come responsibilities and develop, with teachers, classroom and school charters of how to act within the classroom and school environment. Rights and responsibilities also becomes a central theme to many parts of the curriculum and students are encouraged to participate in how the school is run outside of the classroom. The research shows that this approach has a very positive impact on students’ attitude to learning, their behaviour in lessons and the respect they have for teachers and each other. Details: London: UNICEF UK, 2010. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 5, 2010 at: http://www.unicef.org.uk/tz/teacher_support/RRSAevaluationWEB.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 120193

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice Title: Compendium of Reoffending Statistics and Analysis Summary: The Compendium of reoffending statistics and analysis is a new publication designed to answer an array of statistical questions that are not covered in existing statistical publications on reoffending. The focus of the Compendium is to address commonly asked questions by the media and practitioners; it shows the relative effectiveness of different disposals given prior to or in court, reoffending figures by individual prisons, detailed breakdowns of published material, long-term time series on reoffending, and international comparisons. It also presents, for the first time, analysis of reconviction of prisoners from the Surveying Prisoner Crime Reduction. This survey allows detailed analysis of an offenders’ reconviction behaviour according to their early life experiences, pre-prison accommodation, education and employment, substance use and mental health needs. The key findings from this Compendium are outlined in the following seven sections: long-term trends in reconviction rates; effectiveness of different disposals and interventions; reoffending rates not previously reported; reconviction and prisoners’ lives and needs; adult and juvenile comparisons; international comparisons; and other reoffending analyses. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2010. 158p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 5, 2010 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/compendium-of-reoffending-statistics-and-analysis.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 120195

Author: Sadlier, Greg Title: Evaluation of the Impact of the HM Prison Service Enhanced Thinking Skills Programme on Reoffending Outcomes of the Surveying Prisoner Crime Reduction (SPCR) Sample Summary: This research examined the impact of the Enhanced Thinking Skills (ETS) programme on the one-year reconviction outcomes of 257 prison-based participants between 2006 and 2008. Radius propensity score matching was used to match a comparison group that had no statistically significant difference (at the means) to the treatment group on any matching characteristic. ETS was found to significantly reduce both the reconviction rate (six percentage points) and frequency (60 reoffences per 100 released prisoners) of general reoffending of participants. No statistically significant impact was found on the severe offences reconviction rate. Almost identical impacts were found for completers. A stronger reduction in reconviction was found for participants meeting the suitability criteria. Though the programme has been shown to be effective in practice, the findings suggest that a stricter application of the targeting criteria might have further enhanced the effectiveness of the programme. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2010. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Research Series 19/10: Accessed November 5, 2010 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/publications/docs/eval-enhanced-thinking-skills-prog.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 120196

Author: Quilgars, Deborah Title: Meeting the Needs of Households at Risk of Domestic Violence in England: The Role of Accommodation and Housing-Related Support Services Summary: This study explores the extent, scale and regional distribution of a wide range of housing related support for those at risk of domestic violence. It explores access to housing advice, refuge provision, other specialist accommodation, access to settled accommodation and the role of floating support. Details: London: Department for Communities and Local Government, 2010. 193p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 27, 2010 at: http://www.communities.gov.uk/documents/housing/pdf/1778600.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Abused Wives Shelf Number: 120286

Author: Kaye, Robert Title: Fitting the Crime: Reforming Community Sentences: Mending the Weak Link in the Sentencing Chain Summary: Community sentences are the focus of renewed attention from UK politicians faced with unsustainable demand for prison places and the perceived cost and ineffectiveness of short-term prison sentences. Successions of Ministers in recent years have attempted to reform community disposals to make them more effective and to address legitimate public concern that they do not prevent reoffending and are not appropriate punishments. Before the mid 1990s, community sentences in England and Wales were focused on rehabilitation and designed for first time, less serious offenders. They are now a much more common form of disposal and are routinely used in response to serial recidivists. This mission creep has not been accompanied by systemic reform of community sentences to create a clearly defined and credible punishment. Instead, these sentences continue to suffer from a historic handicap that keeps them linked with rehabilitation instead of punishment, undermining them in the eyes of sentencers and the public. Current community sentences fail because they are fundamentally flawed, poorly administered and confused in their purpose. There is no contradiction between being “tough” and being “effective”. To be made better, community sentences first need to be refocused back to their core function of punishment and then radically reformed to improve compliance and reduce reoffending. Details: London: Policy Exchange, 2010. 111p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 27, 2010 at: http://www.policyexchange.org.uk/images/publications/pdfs/Fitting_the_Crime_-_Nov__10.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 120290

Author: Talbot, Jenny Title: Seen and Heard: Supporting Vulnerable Children in the Youth Justice System Summary: It is well established that high numbers of children who come to the attention of UK youth justice services have complex support needs. It is further acknowledged that addressing these needs helps to prevent a range of negative outcomes and reduces reoffending. How staff from youth offending teams (YOTs) identify and support children with particular impairments and difficulties who come to the attention of youth justice services, and what support they receive, was the primary focus of this study. The study shows significant variations between local youth justice services, to the extent that children with impairments and difficulties receive treatment and support as much on the basis of where they live, as on need. Especially concerning was the view, held by most YOT staff, that children with learning disabilities, communication difficulties, mental health problems, ADHD, and low levels of literacy who offend were more likely than children without such impairments to receive a custodial sentence. Although the overall picture from this study was mixed there were many examples where the support needs of children were being identified and met; where youth justice programmes and activities were being thoughtfully and skilfully adapted to include children, and where routine training and support for YOT staff took place. Details: London: Prison Reform Trust, 2010. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 27, 2010 at: http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/uploads/documents/SeenandHeardFINAL.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Justice Systems Shelf Number: 120291

Author: Marie, Olivier Title: Police and Thieves in the Stadium: Measuring the (Multiple) Effects of Football Matches on Crime Summary: During large sporting events criminal behaviour may impact on criminal behaviour via three main channels: (i) fan concentration, (ii) self incapacitation, and (iii) police displacement. In this paper I exploit information on football (soccer) matches for nine London teams linked to detailed recorded crime data at the area level to empirically estimate these different effects. My findings show that only property crime significantly increases in the communities hosting football matches but that they experience no changes in violent offences. These results are robust to controlling for a large number of game type and outcome characteristics. There is no evidence of temporal displacement of criminal activity. Our conceptual model suggests that the away game attendance effect on crime is due to voluntary incapacitation of potential offenders. I argue that the police displacement effect of hosting a match increases property crime by 7 percentage point for every extra 10,000 supporters. Details: London: Centre for Economic Performance, London School of Economics and Political Science, 2010. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: CEP Discussion Paper No. 1012: Accessed November 29, 2010 at: http://cep.lse.ac.uk/pubs/download/dp1012.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Hooliganism Shelf Number: 120292

Author: Donovan, Catherine Title: Evaluation of Early Intervention Models for Change in Domestic Violence: Northern Rock Foundation Domestic Abuse Intervention Project, 2004-2009 Summary: In 2004 the Northern Rock Foundation (NRF) Domestic Abuse Intervention Project (DAIP) provided £3.5 million to two Multi-Agency (MA) partnerships to address domestic violence in innovative ways. The aims were to provide holistic, early intervention, specialist services to victim/survivors of domestic violence, their children and perpetrators. New services were created to act as a hub to liaise with and coordinate MA working with the eleven partner agencies that, together with the new service, constituted each Project. In Gateshead the new service was developed within an existing one, Safer Families. In Cumbria the Project was set up as a pilot in rural Carlisle and Eden with Letgo as the new service. The objectives were to improve the health and wellbeing of victim/survivors and their children, increase perpetrator accountability and promote MA working by focusing on early intervention at crisis. In the Gateshead Project this resulted in the police being the sole referrer to the new service. In the Cumbria Project this meant that the police were the primary but not the only referral source. Both Projects provided tailored, one-to-one support to victim/survivors, both one-to-one and group work for children and voluntary perpetrator programmes. Independent Domestic Violence Advisors (IDVAs) undertook a risk assessment (RA), offered safety planning and undertook an assessment of need, the outcome of which resulted in referrals to, and acting as an advocate with, appropriate partner agencies. Contact with victim/survivors varied in frequency and type depending on need. IDVAs also provided emotional and practical support and undertook regular reviews of victim/survivors’ risk. This evaluation report provides detailed information about the impact of services in this area. It contains evidence both about what works well and about what works less well and we commend this as a contribution to the growing body of knowledge in this area, upon which we know others will build. Details: Newcastle upon Tyne, UK: Northern Rock Foundation, 2010. 166p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 29, 2010 at: http://www.nr-foundation.org.uk/downloads/DAI%20-%20full%20evaluation%20report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 120293

Author: Han, Lu Title: Economic Analyses of Crime in England and Wales Summary: This thesis includes three empirical studies detecting the determinants of crime in England and Wales. We firstly apply time series analyses to look for cointegrating relationships between property crimes and unemployment as well as law enforcement instruments. We extend our study by employing panel data and corresponding techniques to control for area-specific fixed effects as well as the endogeneity of law enforcement variables. In our third study, we allow crime rate to have spatial spillover effect, in other words, the crime rate in one area is affected by, in addition to its local crime-influential factors, the crime rates and crime-related factors in its neighbouring areas. We demonstrate this result by constructing a theoretical model and testing it by applying spatial analysis regressions. Our main findings can be summarized as follows: First, property crimes are better explained by economic models of crime than violent crimes. Second, law enforcement instruments always have negative effects on both property and violent crimes, indicating their deterrence and incapacitation effects as predicted. Third, social-economic factors, such as unemployment and income level, have two effects on property crimes: opportunity and motivation. Their net effects on property crime rates depend on the type of crime as well as the time period being examined. And finally, there is indeed spillover effect existing in crime rate. For burglary, theft and handling, and robbery, the crime rate in one area is positively and significantly correlated with the crime rates from its neighbouring areas. Furthermore, the crime rate of sexual offences of one area is negatively related to such crime rates in neighbouring areas. Details: Birmingham, UK: Department of Economics, Birmingham Business School, College of Social Science, University of Birmingham, 2009. 261p. Source: Internet Resource: Doctoral Thesis: Accessed November 29, 2010 at: http://etheses.bham.ac.uk/584/3/han10PhD.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Economics of Crime Shelf Number: 120294

Author: Bowen, Edward F. (Sheriff Principal) Title: The Independent Review of Sheriff and Jury Procedure Summary: The report presents the final report of an independent review of the procedures for sheriff and jury criminal court cases in Scotland. The main recommendations are: To only cite witnesses to give evidence in a case once it is known the case will proceed to trial - this will result in significant savings, both in reducing inconvenience to witnesses and in the cost of citing witnesses; To introduce a 'new compulsory business meeting' to bring together the Crown and defence to discuss cases at an early stage of proceedings- this will result in parties being better prepared for court appearances and produce a higher number of pleas of guilty at an early stage in proceedings; To enhance the current statutory provisions and require the Crown and defence at First Diet to be able to inform the court about their preparation of the case and allow the court to resolve any issues to be addressed at that stage- this will mean that First Diets should work as intended as a clearing house for cases going to trial; To allow a longer period between the indictment of the case and the first diet - this will allow for outstanding issues to be resolved before First Diet, thereby minimising the need for continued First Diets; To accommodate these procedural changes, it is proposed that the statutory time limits for commencing trials in sheriff and jury cases be extended for custody cases to 140 days, this is in line with the High Court time limit. The report also proposes that legal aid provision for sheriff and jury cases should be reviewed so that it supports early resolution of cases, as it does in the High Court and in summary justice. Alongside the recommendations for changes to procedure, the report also makes a number of practical recommendations. These include considering wider use of TV links between courts and prisons, greater use of standby arrangements for witnesses, continuity of sheriffs involved in individual cases and sheriffs taking a more rigorous approach to the issue of persons not attending for jury duty without excuse. Details: Edinburgh: The Independent Review of Sheriff and Jury Procedure, 2010. 145p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 29, 2010 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Publications/2010/06/10093251/17 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Courts (Scotland) Shelf Number: 120309

Author: de Viggiani, Nick Title: Police Custody Healthcare: An Evaluation of an NHS Commissioned Pilot to Deliver a Police Custody Health Service in a Partnership Between Dorset Primary Care Trust and Dorset Police Summary: This evaluation was sponsored by Dorset Primary Care Trust and the South West Strategic Health Authority to examine the local commissioning relationship established to provide police custody healthcare across Dorset's three 24/7 custody suites, located in Poole, Weymouth and Bournemouth. This initiative has the status of a national pilot, and the evaluation is expected to carry lessons for a wide range of audiences in and beyond Dorset. A police custody medical service has operated within Dorset for many years using General Practitioners contracted on a part-time basis as Forensic Physicians (previously referred to as Forensic Medical Examiners or Police Surgeons). Historically, this has been customary practice in the UK, where GPs have been contracted to the police on a part-time basis, although increasing numbers are specialising in forensic work and work as full-time Forensic Physicians, particularly since the establishment of the Faculty of Forensic and Legal Medicine in 2005. The switch to provision commissioned by the NHS was introduced to Dorset in 2008, as a Department of Health/Home Office national pilot. Its purpose was essentially to examine the efficacy of the NHS taking a strategic lead in commissioning police custody healthcare, and, more specifically, to pilot the transfer of commissioning and budgetary responsibility from Dorset Police to Dorset Primary Care Trust. Throughout this trial period, the service has continued to be contracted to an independent provider but is now governed by a partnership agreement between the NHS commissioner and Dorset Police, as the two lead organizations, and through a local partnership board. This shift to mainstream health provision likely reflects the following key areas of thinking: a) concern that a disproportionate number of people entering the criminal justice system present in police custody with significant complex health and social care problems, particularly involving mental illness and/or drug or alcohol dependency, and often require urgent treatment and care; b) perception that the former medical approach to police custody healthcare was inadequate in terms of addressing the complex needs of people entering the criminal justice system, particularly in preventing deaths in custody, a source of intensifying political and professional concern; c) successful reform of prison healthcare, with the shift of commissioning and provision to the NHS in 2006; and d) an emerging "offender pathway‟ health policy focus, led by the Department of Health, that is advocated by the Bradley Report, into which this Dorset pilot fed its experience, and which implies a continuous and integrated approach to the management of health and social needs of people who move through the criminal justice system, between community and custody settings. At the heart of this innovation is the principle of health and social care as a fundamental citizen right. Furthermore, the Audit Commission's 1998 review of the provision of forensic medical services to the police concluded that the service needed to be reformed for the following reasons: [1] difficulties recruiting Forensic Physicians; [2] variable standards of service around the country; [3] inadequate clinical facilities within some custody suites; [4] poor communication and feedback; [5] lack of formal contractual arrangements in some areas; and [5] lack of clear management structure and scrutiny. The service delivered through this pilot represents a shift from the more traditional forensic medical service to one led predominantly by custody nurses. In place of physicians on call, the pilot, as agreed between the NHS Commissioner and Dorset Police required a 24 hour, 7 day nurse presence in each custody suite. An innovative feature of the pilot was the aspiration to link constant nursing presence to a broad triage service, linking police custody detainees to a range of integrated community-based services to address alcohol and drug dependency and other mental and physical healthcare needs. The focus of the evaluation was to understand the commissioning relationship and its impact, given that the key innovative aspect of the Dorset scheme was the introduction of NHS commissioning via an NHS organization (a Primary Care Trust). This particular case of commissioning involves the NHS contracting services on the premises and in the area of action of another public sector service. All Primary Care Trusts are now required to operate as "commissioners‟ in procuring and developing health services, and they are held accountable for their effectiveness as commissioners. Details: Bristol, UK: School of Health and Social Care, University of the West of England, 2010. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 30, 2010 at: http://eprints.uwe.ac.uk/8253/1/PC_Evaluation_final.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 120318

Author: de Viggiani, Nick Title: Music in Time: An Evaluation of a Participatory Creative Music Programme for Older Prisoners Summary: This evaluation was developed as a research collaboration between the University of the West of England (UWE), Bristol and a Community Interest Company, Superact, which is affiliated with the south west regional branch of an arts charity, Live Music Now! The funding for the project was awarded by the former Department for Innovation, Universities and Skills (the Transformation Fund) to support the development of a creative music educational programme for older prisoners. Superact CIC and Live Music Now! have extensive experience of delivering music education programmes for prisoners. UWE was invited to provide research expertise in terms of developing and conducting the evaluation. The evaluation took a formative, qualitative approach to enable the creative music programme provided by Superact CIC to be evaluated from the points of view of prisoners across a range of establishments in the south west of England. This report describes the aims and objectives of the evaluation, provides an overview of the context, describes the methodology and fieldwork processes and reports on the findings. It is hoped that the information in the report can help inform future developments of creative arts programmes in this field. Details: Bristol, UK: University of West England, 2010. 101p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 30, 2010 at: http://eprints.uwe.ac.uk/8255/ Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 120319

Author: Great Britain. Audit Commission Title: Protecting the Public Purse 2010: Fighting Fraud Against Local Government and Local Taxpayers Summary: This report identifies and considers the main areas of fraud risk and pressures facing UK councils as well as identifying good practice in fighting fraud. The report describes the action takes by some councils to tackle fraud and provides links to tools to help councils improve their counter-fraud defences. Details: London: Audit Commission, 2010. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 1, 2010 at: http://www.audit-commission.gov.uk/SiteCollectionDocuments/AuditCommissionReports/NationalStudies/271010protectingthepublicpurse.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Fraud Shelf Number: 120323

Author: Napo: The Trade Union and Professional Association for Family Court and Probation Staff Title: Armed Forces and the Criminal Justice System Summary: A survey conducted by Napo during the summer of 2009 found that 12,000 former armed service personnel were under the supervision of the Probation Service in England and Wales on either community sentences or on parole. Research published by Napo last year found that 8,500 former veterans were in custody at any one time in the UK, following conviction of a criminal offence. There are therefore twice as many veterans in the criminal justice system than are currently serving in military operations in Afghanistan. Indeed the total number of men and women in active service in all locations on 31-05-09 was 13,400 (not including Iraq). The Probation Service caseload on 31-12-08 was 243,000 including 165,000 on court order supervision and a further 47,000 on pre or post release from prison supervision. During the course of 2008, 205,000 persons started supervision. Napo’s survey would suggest therefore that at least 6% of those currently under supervision are former veterans. The custodial study of 2008 concluded that 8.5% of the prison population had an armed service record. Previous studies by the Home Office and the Ministry of Defence had found that the proportion of those in prison with a service record varied from between 4-6% (Home Office) to 16.7% (MOD). A 2007 study carried out by Veterans in Prison, based on prisoners self certification, concluded that 9% of all inmates were veterans. Details: London: Napo, 2009. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 1, 2010 at: http://www.napo.org.uk/publications/Briefings.cfm Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Armed Forces Shelf Number: 120328

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice Title: Providing Anonymity to Those Accused of Rape: An Asessment of Evidence Summary: This report brings together findings from previous reviews and primary research studies as well as statistics to present a summary of evidence relevant to the issue of whether or not to provide anonymity to those accused of rape. It examines a number of key areas to determine whether the likely impact of anonymity can be identified from existing evidence. These include: the legal position on anonymity in rape cases; reporting and investigation of rape; false allegations; convictions and offending histories; and media coverage of criminal cases. Findings will be of wider interest to those concerned with criminal justice policy, the offence of rape and violence against women and girls. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2010. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Research Series 20/10: Accessed December 1, 2010 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/anonymity-rape-research-report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Rape Shelf Number: 120330

Author: Fossey, Matt Title: Under the Radar: Women with Borderline Personality Disorder in Prison Summary: Women in prison are particularly vulnerable to mental health problems and self-harm. It is estimated that around a fifth of women in custody fulfil criteria for borderline personality disorder (BPD), making it a significant issue for the prison health service and an expensive drain on limited prison management resources. Despite the principle of ‘equivalence of care’ in prison health care, guidelines for the management of BPD are rarely observed in prisons. In addition to health care deficits, the prison environment can be traumatic for women with BPD due to the hostile, punitive environment and the experience of incarceration. Family environments are significantly disrupted for all women on custodial sentences, with children frequently relocated and one in ten sent into social care. Women with BPD often have unstable family environments prior to being taken into custody, compounding the effect of this disruption. Looking ahead to future generations, this upset to family life may contribute to the effects of ‘transgenerational transmission’ of criminal behaviour and mental health problems. We recommend: Increased screening and appropriate diversion should be implemented to avoid custodial sentences where possible for women with BPD; Prison staff could benefit from increased training to raise awareness and improve the quality of care in prison; Where custodial sentences are necessary, evidence-based therapeutic interventions should be available to support women with BPD in prison; Where appropriate, evidence-based family interventions should be made available. Details: London: Centre for Mental Health, 2010. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 2, 2010 at: http://www.centreformentalhealth.org.uk/pdfs/under_the_radar.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 120341

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary Title: Stop the Drift: A Focus on 21st-Century Criminal Justice Summary: The report “Stop the Drift” finds that more needs to be done to explain to the public why some offenders never end up in court. HMIC found that the system would work better if justice agencies stop it growing, improve wasteful processes, and make the most of innovation. But all agencies must pull together The system has grown, with 14 pieces of legislation added to the criminal justice process over the last 15 years. It takes around 1,000 steps to deal with a simple domestic burglary. This slows down the process and consumes resources, reducing the number of officers available to help the public. All criminal justice agencies should sign up to a smarter approach, which reduces bureaucracy and duplication. HMIC found that the number of offenders dealt with outside the courts through cautions, penalty notices, and formal warnings has risen by 135% over five years. Nearly half of the 1.3 million cases solved in 2008/9 were dealt with in this way, although the proportion varies significantly between forces. This has been accompanied by an increased reliance on restorative justice approaches. There are signs that some of these approaches increase victim satisfaction, however the public should be better informed of their effectiveness. This would help eliminate the perceived injustice of different ways of dealing with offenders in different parts of the country. HMIC found an example of a shoplifter charged by police and sentenced at court just two hours later. But the average is 12 days. Whilst 67% of defendants eventually plead guilty, 41% do so when they get to the trial. This results in huge amounts of unnecessary paperwork and also causes further distress to victims. HMIC found that getting defendants to court quickly, providing good quality information to the prosecutor and firm case management could reduce late guilty pleas, improve victim satisfaction and save cost, in the region of £40m a year. Some forces take innovative approaches, with police and prosecutors pooling resources in London to create one process that reduces duplication, potentially saving £16m over 10 years. But innovation is challenging. No data exists for all agencies to refer to that shows the cost benefit of working collaboratively, and the fragmented system means that no single leader can authorise and commit to change. Details: London: HMIC, 2010. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 2, 2010 at: http://www.hmic.gov.uk/SiteCollectionDocuments/Thematics/THM_20101103.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 120348

Author: Cavener, John Title: Sexual Exploitation: 'Internal Trafficking' of Chidlren and Young People at Risk in the North East and Cumbria Summary: This report explores the internal trafficking of children and young people for the purpose of sexual exploitation across the North East and Cumbria. The project was funded by the Northern Rock Foundation, and took place across a 16-month period beginning in August 2008. The main aims and objectives of this project were to highlight: · What factors make children and young people vulnerable to sexual exploitation within the region; · What factors facilitate the internal trafficking of children and young people at risk of sexual exploitation within the region; · What range of sexually exploitative activities children and young people within the region are engaged in; and · What levels of professional awareness, range of interventions, gaps in provision and models of practice exist among agencies engaging children and young people at risk. Details: Newcastle upon Tyne, UK: Northern Rock Foundation, 2010. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 2, 2010 at: http://www.nr-foundation.org.uk/downloads/Sexual%20Exploitation%20-%20Internal%20Trafficking.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 120349

Author: Barefoot Research and Evaluation Title: Hidden Markets: Sex Work in Northumberland and Tyne and Wear Summary: This is a report about the sex market in Northumberland and Tyne and Wear in 2007. To arrive at the findings presented here, we mapped the knowledge of professionals across the area and we also drew heavily on peer-led research that was carried out by the Voices Heard group. We found a hidden market which is characterised by mostly off-street sex work which can roughly be categorised in three sections; high, middle and low. The high section includes workers attached to escort agencies or independent workers who charge high fees. The middle section (reported to make up the majority of sex workers in the area) includes independent workers, those attached to escort agencies and those working in most brothels. The low section includes problematic drug users, failed asylum seekers and those working on the streets and in crack houses. In each area we found evidence of a range of types of sex work being undertaken by a variety of different people. We found: sex workers advertising on the internet and in newspapers, belonging to escort agencies and brothels and selling sex as individuals (both male and female); brothels throughout the region and between nine and 25 brothels in each local authority area. In one, there were reports of up to eight crack houses where sex was traded; soliciting and street markets reported in several areas. Street-based sex work was reported to be taking place in car parks, bus interchanges, around hostels, pubs and on the streets; reports from services about their clients being involved in sex work for example at contraceptive and sexual health services, harm reduction services, drug treatment and support services, GUM clinics and housing providers. We also looked at how people were paid for sex, where sex work took place, methods of advertising, the prices of sex and how people became sex workers. A number of important themes emerged from the findings and strong links were found between sex work and issues such as drug misuse, mental and physical health and the use of services. A key theme was that many sex workers suffered economic, housing, health, social and physical vulnerabilities. These themes have implications for local statutory and voluntary services. We then explored the response of services to sex work in the area and we found some excellent examples of good practice, some from the voluntary sector and others from statutory authorities. Case studies are detailed in the report. Details: Newcastle upon Tyne, UK: Northern Rock Foundation, 2009. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 2, 2010 at: http://www.nr-foundation.org.uk/downloads/Think%204.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prostitutes (U.K.) Shelf Number: 120350

Author: Barefoot Research and Evaluation Title: Keeping Prisoners and Their Families Together Summary: This report is a follow-on from research that was completed in 2005 that looked at what prisons in the North East were doing to support relationships between parents in prison and their families. This research is intended to: contribute to the work in the region’s prisons that supports the children and families of prisoners; and inform the wider Reducing Re-offending Strategy and Delivery Plan. This research has a number of objectives. It seeks the reaction to the original research findings from the prisons that were involved and invites detailed feedback. It also provides these prisons with the opportunity to indicate what developments there have been in their establishments in relation to work with prisoners and their families; It invites national agencies and academics to comment on the findings in relation to their own experiences, which serves as a national peer review; It gathers the reactions of the voluntary and community sector (VCS) organisations who are part of the FSSP and determines their needs; It reviews current national and regional policy and practice; and It looks at the FSSP in relation to the other Pathways in the context of the RRAP. Details: Newcastle upon Tyne, UK: Northern Rock Foundation, 2007. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 2, 2010 at: http://www.nr-foundation.org.uk/downloads/NRF%20PrisonersFamilies%20Report.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children of Inmates Shelf Number: 120351

Author: Scribbins, Matthew (Ed.) Title: Public Perceptions of Policing, Engagement with the Police and Victimisation: Findings from the 2009-210 British Crime Survey Summary: This bulletin is the first in a series of supplementary volumes that accompany the main annual Home Office Statistical Bulletin, 'Crime in England and Wales 2009/10. These supplementary volumes report on additional analysis not included in the main annual publication. Figures included in this bulletin are from the British Crime Survey (BCS), a large, nationally representative victimisation survey of approximately 46,000 adults resident in households in England and Wales. Since 2001/02 the BCS has run continuously with interviewing being carried out throughout the year. Adults aged 16 and over are asked about their experiences of crime-related incidents in the 12 months prior to interview. BCS respondents are also asked about their attitudes towards different crime-related issues such as the police, criminal justice system, perceptions of crime and anti-social behaviour. This bulletin presents findings from additional analyses on public perceptions of policing, people's engagement with the police and their perceptions of the likelihood of becoming a victim of crime, based on the 2009/10 BCS. Details: London: Home Office, Research, Development and Statistics Office, 2010. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Home Office Statistical Bulletin, 19/10: Accessed December 2, 2010 at: http://rds.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/pdfs10/hosb1910.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 120363

Author: Omand, David Title: Omand Review: Independent Serious Further Offence Review: The Case of Jon Venables Summary: Following the conviction of Jon Venables on 23 July this year for possessing and distributing indecent images of children, the Lord Chancellor and Secretary of State for Justice commissioned Sir David Omand GCB to undertake an independent review into the management of Jon Venables, from his release from local authority detention in June 2001 until his recall to custody on 24 February in 2010. This reviews examines the supervision of Jon Venables who was accused in the murder of James Bulger. Details: London: Sir David Omand GCB, 2010. 115p. Source: Internet Resource: http://www.justice.gov.uk/publications/docs/omand-review-web.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 120371

Author: Plotnikoff, Joyce Title: Measuring Up? Evaluating Implementation of Government Commitments to Young Witnesses in Criminal Proceedings Summary: This report follows on from an earlier report by the same authors on the experiences of 50 young witnesses, which demonstrated that at that time, reforms were urgently needed to improve the way young people are treated when giving evidence in court. Measuring up? considers whether the “implementation gap” between policy and practice has narrowed. It is based on a much larger sample of 182 young witnesses across England, Wales and Northern Ireland, aged between five and 19, who were interviewed, along with most of their parents, between May 2007 and October 2008. Information was also gathered from the managers of 52 Witness Services, seven young witness support schemes, and from each organisation that referred a young witness to the research project. The study compares recent government policies and guidance with children’s experiences before, during and after trial to evaluate: •how well criminal justice organisations identify young witness needs; whether support for young witnesses is made available consistently and appropriately; the treatment of young witnesses by the criminal justice system; and the experiences of young witnesses in the context of the desired Every Child Matters outcomes of “being healthy” and “staying safe” (in terms of the risk of secondary abuse from the court process) and “making a positive contribution” (in terms of the requirement to perform a public service). Details: London: National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children, 2009. 200p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 3, 2010 at: http://www.nspcc.org.uk/Inform/research/findings/measuring_up_report_wdf66579.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Witnesses (U.K.) Shelf Number: 120378

Author: Bunting, Lisa Title: Sexual Abuse and Therapeutic Services for Children and Young People in Northern Ireland: The Gap Between Provision and Need Summary: Research with young adults in the UK has found that 16 per cent (11 per cent of males and 21 per cent of females) reported experiences of sexual abuse in childhood. Childhood sexual abuse has been associated with both short- and long-term mental health problems such as anxiety, phobic reactions, guilt, substance abuse, difficulty trusting others, low self-esteem and dissociation, and depression and even suicide. The Corston Report (Home Office, 2007) highlights criminality as a very real potential consequence of these problems, revealing that a high proportion of female inmates have a history of sexual abuse. Research also suggests that individuals with a history of sexual abuse and victimisation are at a greater risk of re-victimisation. More recently Finkelhor et al found that a significant number of children experience more than one type of violence (referred to as “poly-victims”). Therapeutic services aim to address the mental health issues arising from such abuse. However, across the UK there are significant information gaps in the area of service provision for child sexual abuse victims and little is known about the availability and accessibility of support and therapeutic services for this group. This research, which was generously funded by the Private Equity Foundation, aimed to address this gap in our current knowledge by mapping the availability of therapeutic services that support children and young people affected by sexual abuse across the United Kingdom. This report details the UK-wide findings from the research, as well as providing a comprehensive review of the research literature relating to sexual abuse and therapeutic service provision. The current report specifically examines the policy and service framework and research findings as they relate to the Northern Ireland context. Details: London: National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children, 2010. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 6, 2010 at: http://www.nspcc.org.uk/Inform/research/findings/sexual_abuse_therapeutic_services_ni_report_wdf74633.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse (Northern Ireland) Shelf Number: 120384

Author: Littlechild, Brian Title: The Introduction of Restorative Justice Approaches in Young People's Residential Units: A Critical Evaluation Summary: In 2000, Hertfordshire County Council's Youth Justice and Children, Schools and Families (CSF) services successfully introduced restorative justice in one of its young people's residential units. Following this introduction and its evaluation, this report looks at the widespread introduction in 2002 of restorative justice into all four of the county council's young people's residential units, including a home for children with disabilities. Restorative justice was introduced as a way of dealing with interpersonal conflicts, as well as with residents' criminal and anti-social behaviour. This report evaluates the influence of restorative justice on young people and staff, and their experiences of its effects as a means of dealing with residents' criminal acts, anti-social behaviour and interpersonal conflicts. It also analyses the effect that its introduction had on police call-outs to the four residential units. One of the key aims of the evaluation project was to analyse the impact of restorative justice on bullying. A previous evaluation had found that bullying was the most challenging form of antisocial behaviour for staff and young people to deal with. Details: London: National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children, 2010. 2010. 98p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 6, 2010 at: http://www.nspcc.org.uk/Inform/research/findings/restorative_justice_report_wdf72979.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 120385

Author: White, Geoff Title: Interim Evaluation of Flying Start Summary: The evaluation reports on the achievements of Flying Start in terms of the conditions necessary for the effective delivery of support for disadvantaged children. The report considers the extent to which positive outcomes have been achieved for children and families in Flying Start areas in qualitative terms. Details: Cardiff: Welsh Assembly Government Social Research, 2010. 132p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 6, 2010 at: http://www.assemblywales.org/100715interimevaluationen.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Delinquency Prevention (Wales) Shelf Number: 120393

Author: Skinns, Layla Title: An Evaluation of Bristol RAiS Summary: Since April 2007, the programme, Restorative Approaches in Schools (RAiS), has been implemented in four schools in the South of the Bristol. The aims of this evaluation of the program were: To describe how school leaders and teachers incorporate restorative approaches in the development of school policies and processes; To examine to what extent the use of whole-school restorative approaches can produce positive changes in pupil and staff perceptions of the climate for learning; To examine whether and how restorative processes impact on attendance levels of the pupils involved in restorative conferences or across the whole of the school; To examine whether and how the use of restorative conferences can reduce school term exclusions (permanent and fixed-term): and To examine whether and how restorative processes impact on educational attainment levels of the pupils involved in restorative conferences or across the whole of the school. Details: London: Institute for Criminal Policy Research, King's College London, 2009. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 7, 2010 at: http://www.restorativejustice.org.uk/Resources/Research/Schools/RAiS%20Bristol%20Full%20Evaluation.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Restorative Justice Shelf Number: 120398

Author: Davison, Tonia Title: Process Evaluation of Data Sharing Between Emergency Departments and Community Safety Partnerships in the South East Summary: The report summarises a process evaluation of an initiative to encourage data sharing between hospitals and local Community Safety Partnerships (CSPs) in the South East. Data sharing between EDs and CSPs is complex and covers several distinct, but linked stages: data collection, extraction, sharing, analysis and application. When each of these stages is undertaken successfully, the full benefits can be realised. Across many areas in the South East, various aspects of the data sharing process were not working or barriers existed to successful implementation. However, interviewees stressed the potential of the schemes. The effort required by EDs to collect and process data is often considerable and the short-term benefits seem to be more clearly realised by the CSP. Details: London: Home Office, 2010. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Home Office Research Report 46: Accessed December 7, 2010 at: http://rds.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/pdfs10/horr46c.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Assaults Shelf Number: 120400

Author: Ipsos MORI, Social Research Institute Title: Police Accountability and Governance Structures: Public Attitudes and Perceptions Summary: This report presents the findings from qualitative research designed to explore public perceptions of police governance structures, and more specifically who the public feel should hold the Police to account. The research took place in four Police Force regions across England and Wales during the week commencing 23rd August 2010. Within each Police Force region one workshop took place. Workshops were deliberative in nature and were designed to allow participants to explore different options, including those proposed in the ‘Policing in the 21st Century – Reconnecting Police and the People’1 consultation paper. Qualitative research is designed to be exploratory and to enable in-depth understanding of views, not to be statistically representative. Conclusions therefore are indicative and not generalisable to the wider population. The research clearly showed that there is a general desire for greater visibility in police accountability. Participants felt a sense of reassurance in knowing the Police were currently and would continue to be held to account, and as such they wanted to be made more aware of any future model of governance. This translated into a strong preference for a visible and named figurehead for police accountability in each area. Participants thought that this figurehead should not only provide an element of visibility, but should also be a symbol of transparency and independence. Indeed, the need for independence was a particular focus for participants throughout discussions. Firstly, there was strong feeling that the role of a figurehead could not be carried out by someone with an obvious political allegiance. Secondly, it was felt that the role of the Police themselves in accountability needed to maintain a balance between ensuring their experience and expertise is maximised, while not allowing them to appear self-regulating in any sense. Linked to this the role of the Chief Constable was seen to be of great importance as providing a crucial link between Police Forces and the individual or body holding the Police to account. Despite participants having a strong preference for a local ‘figurehead’, only a minority of participants wanted an individual who would be solely responsible for holding the Police to account. The most common preferences for where responsibility should fall were either through a structure similar to that currently in place, or through a named-individual plus a scrutiny panel. Participants favouring this latter option envisaged that a scrutiny panel would work alongside a figurehead in both an advisory and scrutiny role. Interestingly, the desire for visibility and transparency did not necessarily translate into support for greater democratic involvement. Factors, such as a preconceived cynicism towards any Government devolving responsibility, and a questioning of the knowledge base on which an electorate would begin to decide who should take responsibility, made participants question this. For example, concerns were raised about possible divisive or corrupt candidates and as such there were calls for stringent vetting processes should it be decided that elections should take place. Participants also raised concerns about the cost burden of a formal election process. There was also a general consensus that those with relevant experience and expertise could be trusted to make suitable appointments for commissioner or panel roles. What mattered more to participants in terms of lay involvement would include: being able to feedback their experiences and opinions on crime in their local area to Police Officers through regular meetings, which those holding the Police to account would attend; making sure community members are in some way represented on an advisory or scrutiny panel, possibly through a process of election; and making sure the voices of key lay individuals are included in decision-making. This included groups such as victims of crime and young people. The future of police accountability. Based on the above key findings, it is possible to build a structure of police governance that summarised the consensus view of workshop participants. Details: London: Ipsos MORI, 2010. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 7, 2010 at: http://www.ipsos-mori.com/DownloadPublication/1387_sri-crime-police-accountability-and-governance-structures-september-2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Accountability (U.K.) Shelf Number: 120401

Author: Firmin, Carlene Title: Female Voice in Violence Project: A Study Into the Impact of Serious Youth and Gang Violence on Women and Girls Summary: The Female Voice in Violence Project report draws on face-to-face research with 352 friends, relatives, victims or perpetrators of gangs and gang violence. Ranging in age from 13-52, the experiences of these women and girls highlight lessons for policy makers and those working to prevent serious youth violence. The research highlighted concerns about the lack of appropriate services available to those females caught up in gangs, the use of sexual violence by gang members, and the impact of serious violence on their sexual and mental health. It highlights ways of supporting women and girls to exit the lifestyle and culture of serious violence - whether as sisters, mothers or girlfriends of gang members, or gang members themselves. The role of local, regional and national policy in supporting this agenda is also examined. Details: London: Race on the Agenda (ROTA), 2010. 136p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 7, 2010 at: http://www.rota.org.uk/downloads/FVV%20PARTNERSHIP%20REPORT%20FINAL_no%20case%20studies.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Gang Members Shelf Number: 120403

Author: Anderson, Zara Title: Evaluation of the Lancashire Polycarbonate Glass Pilot Project Summary: Glassware used in pubs, bars and nightclubs can be a major cause of injury to customers and staff. Glasses and bottles are used in 4% of all violent incidents in England and Wales and are the most common weapons used in violence occurring in drinking environments. Such violence can result in serious and sometimes fatal injury, placing major burdens on individuals and public services, including health and criminal justice agencies. Accidental breakage of glassware is also a significant cause of unintentional injury in licensed premises. One study found that, in just six months, 26% of bar workers were injured by broken glasses. A third of unintentional injuries suffered by customers in a major UK nightclub were caused by broken glass. To prevent glass-related violence, police and licensing authorities in many areas have encouraged or mandated the use of safer drinking vessels, including polycarbonate glassware (PCG) in licensed premises. Such moves have often been met with resistance by both the alcohol industry and drinkers, through concerns around negative impacts on trade and drinking experience. However, the quality of PCG has improved in recent years and little information is available on the impacts of introducing high quality PCG in licensed premises. To address this, a project was undertaken in Lancashire by police, health services and academics to provide high quality PCG to licensed premises and assess its impacts on injury, perceptions of safety and violence, and its acceptability to customers and the licensed trade. Details: Liverpool: Centre for Public Health, Liverpool John Moores University, 2009. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 8, 2010 at: http://www.cph.org.uk/showPublication.aspx?pubid=561 Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime and Disorder (U.K.) Shelf Number: 120413

Author: Hedderman, Carol Title: Building on Sand: Why Expanding the Prison Estate Is Not The Way To Secure The Future Summary: This briefing argues that the UK government's analysis of factors driving up the prison population is `inadequate' and `highly misleading' . It argues that the contrary to claims in Lord Carter's Review of Prisons that the increased use of imprisonment is not due to more offences being brought to justice; that prison reconviction rates have escalated as the population has increased; and that the public appetite for prison is more limited and susceptible to reasoned arguement than the government acknowledges. Finally it suggests a number of possible policy reforms to slow the rise in prison numbers. Details: London: Centre for Crime and Justice Studies, King's College London, 2008. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Briefing 7: Accessed December 9, 2010 at: http://www.crimeandjustice.org.uk/opus733/Builtonsandbriefing.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prisoners Shelf Number: 120431

Author: van Staden, Lauren Title: A Qualitative Study of a Dedicated Sexual Assault Investigation Unit Summary: This report presents the findings of a research study looking at the perceptions of those working in a dedicated sexual assault unit, set up as a pilot project for six months in September 2008. The Unit included dedicated police and non-police staff and was responsible for the processing, investigation and charging of sexual assault cases and victim care. Perceived benefits of the Unit focused predominantly on the improved quality of investigations and enhanced victim care. Many perceived these improvements to have been facilitated by the creation of dedicated and co-located posts, which allowed for a faster and more focused service. However, despite the perceived benefits of a dedicated team, few of those working in the Unit felt that the team had contributed to improved case outcomes. Details: London: Home Office, 2010. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Home Office Research Report 48: Accessed December 9, 2010 at: http://rds.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/pdfs10/horr48c.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Investigations Shelf Number: 110834

Author: Finer, Stephen Title: Review the Priority 44 Programme: A Process Evaluation of a Home Office Crime Reduction Initiative Summary: In late 2006, a group of 44 Community Safety Partnerships (CSPs) was identified as having the potential to make a significant contribution to the delivery of the then Home Office target (Public Service Agreement [PSA] 1) to reduce crime as measured by the British Crime Survey (BCS) by 15 per cent, comparing 2007/08 with the baseline year of 2002/03. The Home Office initiated a programme of work with these partnerships designed to maximise performance against the target, which became known as the Priority 44 Programme (P44). The initiative lasted until the end of the target period in March 2008. This qualitative research study explored the perceptions of a sample of practitioners and policy makers involved in the management and execution of the Priority 44 Programme. It sought to understand key elements of the initiative and how they translated into ‘action on the ground’; map the range and diversity of practitioners’ perceptions of the initiative; and understand and explain the reasons behind these perceptions in order to inform the development and implementation of future initiatives. Details: London: Home Office, 2010. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Home Office Research Report 47: Accessed December 9, 2010 at: http://rds.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/pdfs10/horr47c.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Safety Partnerships Shelf Number: 113853

Author: Steel, Nerissa Title: Information Sharing Aimed at Reducing Violent Crime: A Survey of Community Safety Partnerships Summary: This report describes findings from a survey of Community Safety Partnerships (CSPs) across England and Wales on the extent and nature of information sharing arrangements that were introduced to prevent and reduce violence and other crime types. The questionnaire investigated the types of information sharing arrangements in place, CSP’s understanding of and adherence to the legislative framework surrounding data sharing, and levers and barriers of effective data sharing. The findings suggest that, at the time of the survey (late 2009), arrangements involving the sharing of either anonymised or personalised data were being widely used by CSPs to prevent and reduce crime. In general, personalised information sharing arrangements were perceived to be working effectively. In comparison, some anonymised information sharing arrangements – particularly the sharing of data on assault related attendances at Emergency Departments - may require further development in order to become widely effective tools for violence and crime reduction. Details: London: Home Office, 2010. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Home Office Research Report 45: Accessed December 9, 2010 at: http://rds.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/pdfs10/horr45c.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Safety Partnerships Shelf Number: 117765

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice Title: Breaking the Cycle: Effective Punishment, Rehabilitation and Sentencing of Offenders Summary: The safety and security of the law-abiding citizen is a key priority of the Coalition Government. Everyone has a right to feel safe in their home and in their community. When that safety is threatened, those responsible should face a swift and effective response. We rely on the criminal justice system to deliver that response: punishing offenders, protecting the public and reducing reoffending. This Green Paper addresses all three of these priorities, setting out how an intelligent sentencing framework, coupled with more effective rehabilitation, will enable us to break the cycle of crime and prison which creates new victims every day. Despite a 50% increase in the budget for prisons and managing offenders in the last ten years almost half of all adult offenders released from custody reoffend within a year. It is also not acceptable that 75% of offenders sentenced to youth custody reoffend within a year. If we do not prevent and tackle offending by young people then the young offenders of today will become the prolific career criminals of tomorrow. Details: London: The Stationery Office, 2010. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 13, 2010 at: http://www.official-documents.gov.uk/document/cm79/7972/7972.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 120447

Author: Great Britain. National Audit Office Title: Criminal Justice System Landscape Review Summary: Under the current constitution and structure of government, there can be no single 'owner' of the criminal justice system. The system is complex, responsibilities cross different departments and involve a wide range of delivery partners, and it involves a wide range of activities and objectives. This 'Landscape Review' is aimed at providing an overview of recent criminal justice performance and practice. Our findings are based on the evidence that we have collected in the course of recent value for money studies, and also on the wealth of documentary evidence in the public domain. Our aim is to inform the debate on future developments in the criminal justice system and especially on how the government can achieve better services for less expenditure. Details: London: National Audit Office, 2010. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 15, 2010 at: http://www.nao.org.uk/publications/1011/criminal_justice_landscape_rev.aspx Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 120513

Author: Giangrande, Richard Title: The Lawful Society Summary: The sterile debate on crime and police numbers has obscured a major shift in the public's response to crime. Britons have become "passive bystanders", uninformed about crime and punishment and less likely to participate in maintaining justice than people in other countries. Lacking the real facts, the public has demanded "something is done", resulting in Robocop justice, ever more centralised and technocratic. This move has made Britain the most expensive country to police in the world and has rendered citizens incapable. When violence has increased as a proportion of all recorded crime from 8 per cent in 1997 to 20 per cent in 2008, it is unsurprising that these "passive bystanders" call for action. Without the federal systems or alternative bulwarks of local power other countries have, crime has been nationalised and politicised with the Home Secretary and sometimes the Prime Minister taking responsibility for every assault. The UK spends the largest amount on law and order as a proportion of total government spending, and as a percentage of GDP, of any other country in the OECD, overtaking the US in the last decade. The failings of Robocop have been recognised by the political parties who have all attempted to spell out a localist agenda. In practice though this approach is one of the "colouring book", with national politicians dictating parameters and targets for local action with only a small amount of autonomy allowed. Radical decentralisation has been consistently blocked by politicians and police keen to maintain their national power base. A new way forward is required to transform Britons from passive bystanders to active citizens. In order to do this there must be an information revolution with details on prosecution strategies, offenders and correctional programmes available to the public on a granular level, as well as a full extension of existing crime mapping programmes. There should be locally elected Justice Commissioners, who people can hold accountable for the maintenance of order and pay for through local taxes. This must be balanced by the establishment of a National Bureau of Investigation. Maintaining lawfulness should be seen as part of the duty of every citizen, whose role should be to hold agents accountable and participate in the justice process. These radical changes would unlock long overdue innovation. Local services could evolve, pooling the resources currently divided between prevention, prosecution, policing and correction. Local areas will experiment with different styles of policing and offender management. Local people will engage in a rich debate about the appropriate policies for their areas. Eventually criminal justice policy could be subsumed within a wider quality of life and wellbeing area. Details: London: Reform, 2008. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 15, 2010 at: http://www.reform.co.uk/Research/CriminalJustice/CriminalJusticeArticles/tabid/113/smid/378/ArticleID/635/reftab/74/t/The%20lawful%20society/Default.aspx Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 120515

Author: Page, Leon Title: 2009/10 Scottish Crime and Justice Survey: Main Findings Summary: The Scottish Crime and Justice Survey ( SCJS) is a large-scale continuous survey measuring people's experience and perceptions of crime in Scotland, based on 16,000 face-to-face interviews conducted annually with adults (aged 16 or over) living in private households in Scotland. Crime and victimisation surveys have been carried out in Scotland since the early 1980s. The current survey was launched in April 2008 as the Scottish Crime and Justice Survey ( SCJS) and represents a major shift in design and methodology from previous surveys, principally involving a large increase in sample size and a move to continuous interviewing using a rolling reference period for the victimisation module. As a result, care should be taken if comparing the results from the SCJS with sweeps from previous Scottish crime surveys. The increase in sample size enhances the statistical reliability of the estimates produced by the survey. The SCJS 2009/10 provides a complementary measure of crime compared with police recorded crime statistics. The survey provides information on the criminal justice system and on adults' experience of civil law problems and their perceptions and experience of crime. It also provides estimates of progress for two of the 45 national indicators in the Scottish Government's National performance framework. At the same time, the SCJS does not aim to provide an absolute count of crime and has notable exclusions. As with any survey, the results can only represent the experience of the adults in the sample who take part and the results, like the results of other sample-based surveys, are subject to sampling error. In spite of these limitations the results of the SCJS 2009/10 provide the best available indicator of rates of adult victimisation in Scotland. This report presents the initial findings from the SCJS 2009/10. It includes estimates for the majority of questions contained in the survey questionnaire and some simple one-to-one relationships between survey variables. The report does not include in-depth, multivariate statistical analysis that would explore the more complex underlying relationships within the data. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2010. 184p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 15, 2010 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Publications/2010/11/01090437/0 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics (Scotland) Shelf Number: 120516

Author: Meadows, Linda Title: Investigating the Prisoner Finance Gap Across Four Prisons in the North East Summary: This research investigates the Prisoner Finance Gap (PFG) – the gap between leaving prison and gaining sustainable income (usually benefits) – in four prisons in the North East of England. The report presents the findings of a literature review and semi-structured qualitative interviews with nine strategic and policy stakeholders, 34 staff from prison, probation, voluntary sector agencies and Jobcentre Plus, 51 prisoners (21 of whom had follow up interviews post release), and an online survey. The research was carried out between April 2009 and May 2010. The research aims were to investigate the systems and processes in place to address the financial exclusion of prisoners across four different prison types in the North East, to look at the extent to which pre-release inputs impact on financial inclusion following release, to evaluate the relationship between the prison and Jobcentre based elements within the prisons, and to identify obstacles and barriers to the take up of inputs. The main findings are: Financial issues, compounded by low levels of awareness and a reluctance to seek advice, constituted a significant problem for the vast majority of prisoners and ex-prisoners. There are a number of initiatives in place to address some of the financial issues identified. Prisoners and ex-prisoners were positive about much of the contact they received in these prisons. They indicated that Freshstart had facilitated early contact with Jobcentre Plus but had not closed the PFG and there were still issues around timing. There was no impact reported by ex-prisoners from financial capability training or signposting to other services. The Finance, Benefit and Debt pathway was seen to have a lower priority and fewer resources than some of the other resettlement pathways. Good relationships between all agencies involved in prisoners’ resettlement on release are key. Joint activities between DWP and MoJ are facilitating cross-departmental working. Some Voluntary and Community Sector organisations reported that the overlap in remit between DWP and MoJ could impede joined up working. Strategic initiatives such as Integrated Offender Management have potential to create stronger linkages between pathways and organisations. At operational level staff relationships and communication were effective. Details: London: Department for Work and Pensions, 2010. 83p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 16, 2010 at: http://research.dwp.gov.uk/asd/asd5/rports2009-2010/rrep715.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Employment (U.K.) Shelf Number: 120523

Author: Pleace, Nicholas Title: Delivering Better Housing and Employment Outcomes for Offenders on Probation Summary: This research examined the delivery of suitable settled accommodation and paid employment for offenders on probation. The study explored good practice in counteracting homelessness and in helping offenders on probation into paid work, including the roles of education and training services and Jobcentre Plus. The research had a particular concern with the sharing of personal and sensitive information about offenders between organisations. Those practices and processes that facilitated and inhibited the proper sharing of information were a key focus of the research. The study involved fieldwork in six probation areas, a national level conference and consultation event and a small number of interviews with strategic level staff in central government. Details: London: Department for Work and Pensions, 2009. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report No. 610: Accessed December 16, 2010 at: http://research.dwp.gov.uk/asd/asd5/rports2009-2010/rrep610.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 120524

Author: Armstrong, Sarah Title: What Do the Punished Think of Punishment? The Comparative Experience of Short Prison Sentences and Community-Based Punishments Summary: Scotland is currently engaged in one of the biggest penal reform projects in a generation, seeking to fundamentally change its approach to punishment, which is characterised by high use of imprisonment compared to other parts of Europe, and the use of very short prison sentences. In Scotland around three quarters of prison sentences handed down by the courts are for six months or less. But because short sentences are seen as minimally intrusive compared to long-term or life sentences, there has been, until now, little research on their effects. This study sought to fill this gap in knowledge by speaking with those serving short prison sentences or a community-based sentence (the main proposed alternative on the reform agenda). The researchers spoke with 35 men and women ranging in age from 19 to 55 about their experiences of punishment. The aim was to accurately describe the experience for offenders of doing a short sentence, in prison or the community. In summary, the key findings of the report are the following: •Short prison sentences in Scotland are a form of ‘doing life by instalments’. Most of the people interviewed counted the times they had been in prison not in terms of numbers but as frequencies, that is, by how many times per year they are in prison. •It is the cumulative effect of doing many short sentences, more than the experience of any single sentence, which carries the largely negative impacts of short-term imprisonment. For many people short prison sentences have become a regular life activity, and the constant coming and going between community and prison interrupts the ability to deal with drug and alcohol issues, strengthen family relationships, and become employable. •The extensive use of short sentences is a function mainly of drug and alcohol dependency. For nearly everyone interviewed, the offending which led to their imprisonment was motivated by drug and alcohol use. Common offences were shoplifting (to pay for drugs) and minor assaults (while under the influence of drugs or alcohol). This finding suggests that prison and the criminalisation of addiction have become primary strategies of dealing with drug and alcohol problems, particularly for those in the most marginalised socio-economic groups. •Prison has produced positive life changes for some but in a way that is almost impossible to predict. Some people reported that it was during their short prison sentence they had achieved the resolution to abstain from drugs. In one case this resolution came after only serving two brief sentences in prison, while for another it took nearly twenty years of serving short sentences to make this step towards recovery. The finding suggests prison is an expensive and unpredictable technique of getting people to change. •Contrary to prior research, nearly everyone would prefer a community-based sentence to a prison sentence. Past research showed many people would choose a short period in prison over a longer period on probation. Armstrong and Weaver found the opposite: most people would prefer serving their time in the community, largely to preserve links to family and work. However, the preference was affected by the state of an addiction problem, suggesting reforms to community-based sentences need to develop effective means of addressing drug and alcohol dependency. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Centre for Crime and Justice Research, 2010. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: SCCJR Research Report, No.4: Accessed December 16, 2010 at: http://www.sccjr.ac.uk/documents/Report%202010%2004%20-%20User%20Views%20of%20Punishment.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternative to Incarceration Shelf Number: 120525

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: Northern Ireland Prison Service Corporate Governance Arrangement: An Inspection of Corporate Governance Arrangements within the Northern Ireland Prison Service Summary: The vast majority of prisoners in Northern Ireland will be released. What happens inside a prison has a real impact on what happens outside a prison. The extent to which behaviours are challenged, prisoners are given purposeful activity, assisted with resettlement into the community and the nature of officer/prisoner engagement, all make a major contribution to reducing reoffending and helping to increase public protection against criminal activity in the future. The estimated cost of re-offending in the United Kingdom is around £11 billion, in Northern Ireland it is in the region of £80 million. The Prison Service is not a bit player in the criminal justice system, it is an essential component of the success of the system overall. The Northern Ireland Prison Service (NIPS) is shaped by the legacy of the past. Its culture, ethos, working practices and management processes reflect in many ways a different era, and a different agenda for what we want our prisons to do. It has remained largely untouched by the reforms of the criminal justice system. The NIPS is a relatively well resourced public service in Northern Ireland. Certainly its operating budgets are higher than comparable institutions elsewhere in the United Kingdom. Management within the Prison Service recognise the need for change and have made efforts in the past number of years to deliver a more cost-efficient and effective organisation. The Prison Service has embarked on a series of changes to try and develop a new approach to prison management – with a clear emphasis on promoting a secure and humane environment that challenges offending behaviours. The Prison Service can rightly point to a series of initiatives (for example, development of the prison estate) that provide evidence of a new approach. The recent inspection of Magilligan Prison shows that local management can make a difference and change the ways in which the regime operates. Throughout the inspection work undertaken by CJI we have continually made reference to the many committed staff we have seen as part of the different inspection reports and have noted the important contribution they make to the positive work of the NIPS. At the same time the level of scrutiny of the Prison Service has been intense. CJI and Her Majesty’s Inspectorate of Prisons (HMIP) inspection reports – the 2010 Magilligan inspection report excepted – have shown a series of deep problems around delivering better outcomes for prisoners in terms of time out of cell, access to work, education and other purposeful activity, and a need for a more constructive form of engagement between prisoners and prison officers. Other reports have shown a major disconnect between the strategic intent of the Prison Service and its capacity to deliver real change on the ground. There is real dissonance therefore between the stated intent of the Prison Service – the initiatives that it highlights – and operational activity as it exists on the ground. This picture is confirmed by other work that has been completed on the Prison Service including that undertaken by the Prisoner Ombudsman for Northern Ireland (PONI) and the Pearson Review Team. The purpose of this inspection was to examine why this should be the case and to highlight those aspects of Prison Service operations that have an impact on delivering the Prison Service of the future. As the Prison Service itself recognises, the devolution of policing and justice has altered the landscape and the future financial environment will create its own dynamic that will fundamentally require change in all aspects of Prison Service operations. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2010. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 16, 2010 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/3d/3ddfc1cc-64b9-43da-ad86-88950db136ee.PDF Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 120528

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: Domestic Violence and Abuse: A Thematic Inspection of the Handling of Domestic Violence and Abuse Cases by the Criminal Justice System in Northern Ireland Summary: Domestic violence occurs regardless of gender, social group, class, religion, race, age, disability or sexuality. The problem is significant, with one domestic violence incident reported every 21 minutes. Whilst domestic violence and abuse has been found to significantly impact on women and children, men can also be victims of domestic violence and it also occurs in same sex relationships. This inspection considered the response of the criminal justice system to cases of domestic violence and abuse from initial reporting of the incident through to its investigation, prosecution and eventual court disposal. Tackling incidents of domestic violence is a complex problem for which there are no quick fix answers. As with other difficult crime areas, there are issues around the number of crimes reported to the police and the extent to which they are followed through the justice system. There is a clear need for justice organisations to ensure that victims of domestic violence and abuse receive the best possible service throughout Northern Ireland. The report identifies improvements in the approach adopted by justice agencies with a movement away from attitudes of ‘just another domestic’. This is to be welcomed as experience has shown that incidents of domestic violence and abuse if not dealt with appropriately, can escalate to often very tragic conclusions. This inspection did not find there was one single issue arising from the work of the system that would significantly improve its overall performance. Instead the report focuses on a series of steps that each of the justice agencies could undertake to improve the overall support provided to victims and ensure justice. The inspection identified some good practice including the links between the justice agencies and the voluntary and community sector and the service provided by the Police Service of Northern Ireland (PSNI) Domestic Abuse Officers. At the same time, the inspection identified areas for improvement including the need to provide greater consistency of service across PSNI Districts, the need to improve the quality of prosecutions presented in Court and the need for Independent Domestic Violence Advisors to advocate for and provide greater support to victims throughout the process. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2010. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 16, 2010 at: http://www.prosenteret.no/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=218:foreign-prostitution-in-oslo-pro-sentret-v-bjrg-norli-2006&catid=17:prostitusjon&Itemid=60 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Battered Women Shelf Number: 120530

Author: Ahmad, Naureen Title: Evaluation of the Cashback for Communities 'Schools of Football' Programme Summary: In 2002 the Proceeds of Crime Act ( POCA) was passed, whereby monies acquired by criminal activity could be seized by the state. The Act allowed the government to take the money and any assets that had been gained by illegal means such as drug trafficking, theft and fraud etc. In June 2007 Ministers announced that they would use the funds recovered from criminals under the Proceeds of Crime Act in a positive way by launching CashBack for Communities, a programme providing a range of positive activities for young people. The Scottish Government is committed to providing opportunities to all young people in Scotland, which it is hoped will enable them to become successful learners, confident individuals, effective contributors and responsible citizens. The 'CashBack for Communities' programme has been running since 2008. The aim of the 'CashBack for Communities' programme is to use the proceeds of crime to expand young people's horizons and increase the opportunities they have to develop their interests and skills in an enjoyable, fulfilling and supported way. The Government's intention is to support an expanded range of activities for young people that helps their long-term personal and physical development. The activities provided are, where possible, open to all young people, but resources are focussed in those communities which are at most risk of anti-social behaviour and crime. The activities seek to increase the levels of participation in diversionary activities which will aim to help increase the positive long-term outcomes for those who take part. This report presents the findings of an evaluation of the Schools of Football pilot programme. The aims of the SoF, which runs in areas of high deprivation, is to improve attendance, attainment and discipline through providing daily football coaching to young people who are most likely to benefit from participating. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2010. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 17, 2010 at: Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Delinquency Prevention (U.K.) Shelf Number: 120542

Author: Gangoli, Geetanjali Title: Forced Marriage and Domestic Violence Among South Asian Communities in North East England Summary: This study looks at forced marriages and domestic violence within South Asian communities in Newcastle, Sunderland and South Tyneside, and examines the following research questions: • Experiences, hopes and perceptions of marriage among South Asian women and men. • Experiences of domestic violence in arranged, forced and love marriages, and links between forced marriage and domestic violence. • Identification of areas for positive development for agencies and organisations. The report is divided into six sections. The first section places the report in the context of current debates on the subject, and explains the methodology. Section 2 concentrates on the mapping and assessment of domestic violence services for Black and Minority Ethnic (BME) communities in Sunderland and forced marriage services in Sunderland, Newcastle and South Tyneside. Section 3 examines the experiences of married women and men. Section 4 analyses the experiences and expectations of single women and men and young people. Section 5 examines the views of community leaders. Section 6 concludes the report by drawing out recommendations for action and research from this study and points to gaps in services and knowledge. Details: Bristol, UK: School for Policy Studies, University of Bristol; London: Northern Rock Foundation, 2006. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 17, 2010 at: http://www.bris.ac.uk/sps/research/projects/completed/2006/rj4334/rj4334finalreport.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence (U.K.) Shelf Number: 120544

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary Title: Anti-Social Behaviour: Stop the Rot Summary: In Spring 2010, HMIC carried out a review of anti-social behaviour (ASB) in England and Wales. This included an Ipsos MORI survey in which ASB victims were asked about their experiences and what happened when they called the police. HMIC also inspected the quality of the processes that forces use to tackle and respond to the problem. Working with the Universities Police Science Institute at Cardiff University, HMIC used these results to identify how the police can best tackle ASB. What works? Forces have the best chance of providing victims with a good service if they do three key things: Brief all relevant officers and staff (including neighbourhood policing teams, officers who respond to emergencies and CID officers) regularly and thoroughly about local ASB issues; Regularly gather and analyse data and information about ASB places, offenders and victims in their area, and use this information to allocate resources to tackle the problems; and Provide their neighbourhood policing teams with the right tools and resources to tackle ASB, and then monitor the plans the teams put in place to resolve local ASB issues. This report presents an overview of project findings. Details: London: HMIC, 2010. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 23, 2010 at: http://www.hmic.gov.uk/SiteCollectionDocuments/Anti-social_behaviour_2010/ASB_SPE_20100923.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 120590

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice Title: Virtual Court Pilot: Outcome Evaluation Summary: The Virtual Court (VC) was piloted between May 2009 and May 2010 in one magistrates’ court and fifteen police stations in London and one magistrates’ court and a police station in North Kent. In the Virtual Court qualifying defendants did not have to physically attend the first hearing in the magistrates’ court, but remained in the police station with a video link to the court. The intention was to reduce costs by reducing the time between the charge and the first hearing in the piloted magistrates courts and police stations. The pilot assessment considered the cost effectiveness, speed and justice outcomes of the pilot sites compared to the traditional courts over the period from January to April 2010, as well as the implications of rolling out the scheme nationally. The findings indicate that the pilot was successful in reducing the average time from charge to first hearing, failure to appear rates and prisoner transportation and police cell costs. However, these savings were exceeded by costs of the pilot, particularly those associated with the technology used. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2010. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Research Series 21/10: Accessed December 23, 2010 at: https://www.justice.gov.uk/publications/docs/virtual-courts.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 120624

Author: Ipsos MORI Title: A Feasibility Study for a Survey of Migrants Summary: The Analysis, Research and Knowledge Management Directorate (ARK) in the UK Border Agency commissioned Ipsos MORI and the Institute of Education to undertake a feasibility study for a large-scale face-to-face survey of migrants in the UK. The purpose of the feasibility study was to inform the design of a survey of migrants, looking at how to design and interview a statistically robust sample and the appropriate questions to adopt in such a survey. The feasibility study involved: 1. workshops with the UK Border Agency and other stakeholders to identify survey requirements; 2. the development of a definition of ’migrant’ for use in the survey; 3. the development of a sample design; 4. testing fieldwork recruitment and data collection methods to be used; and 5. the development of a questionnaire, including cognitive testing in several languages. This report focuses on the sampling and field methods aspects of the feasibility study. A separate technical report provides details on other issues, including question development. Details: London: Home Office, 2011. 57p.; Technical Report; Questionnaire Source: Internet Resource: Occasional Paper 92: Accessed January 31, 2011 at: http://rds.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/pdfs11/occ92.pdf Year: 0 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 120637

Author: Richards, Patsy Title: Summary Justice Reform: Evaluation of Fiscal Work Order Pilots Summary: Fiscal Work Orders ( FWOs), introduced under Summary Justice Reform ( SJR) are the first community-based (unpaid work) disposals that can be issued by procurators fiscal in Scotland, as an alternative to prosecution in the courts. The disposal was also introduced as an alternative to financial penalties where means to pay was at issue; it was implemented on a pilot basis. This RF sets out findings from the evaluation of the first two years of FWO pilots, in relation to the SJR intended outcome - fewer minor cases going to court unnecessarily and the overarching SJR objective - a summary criminal justice system that is fair, efficient, effiective and quick and simple. This report presents the following findings: 1. In two years the pilots received 608 FWO referrals. The orders were run on an 'opt-in' basis and only two-thirds (422) of those referred attended for assessment. Most (404) who attended assessment were deemed suitable for a FWO, however only 345 people went on to start work placements. The two-thirds attrition rate was mostly due to non-attendance, although 35 people declined to take part. 2. A report for all non-attendance and non-compliance was submitted to fiscals for prosecution, those who declined the offer were also returned and 174 returned cases have been prosecuted to date. Completion rates for those who started an order were very high at 75% (259 orders). Although comparisons are not straightforward completion and non-completion rates compared well to other community-based disposals. 3. The efficiency of the pilots was reduced by low and patchy referral rates. This was attributed to the pilot design where only one fiscal office referred to each pilot; during staff absence or turnover, referrals fell (to zero in one instance before recovering). The target of 100 work orders per pilot per year was not achieved. 4. FWOs were regarded favourably by the majority of professionals and participants. The pilots ran work placements flexibly. Joint working between social work and fiscals was a key outcome. 5. In general FWOs were seen as FAIR, EFFECTIVE, QUICK AND SIMPLE. EFFICIENCY would have been improved had more fiscals been referring to each pilot. In fact as they operated on a fixed funding basis and all pilots said they could have handled more referrals unit costs could have been halved had the target of 100 orders per year been met. Notwithstanding, unit costs were still only half that of (longer and higher tariff) Community Service Orders. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2011. 61p.,; Summary Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 31, 2011 at: Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 120633

Author: Northern Ireland Policing Board Title: Human Rights Thematic Review: Children & Young People Summary: This report examines how well the police service in Northern Ireland met its human rights obligations when working with children and young people. The Review looks specifically at how the PSNI meet their human rights obligations in some key areas relating to children and young people. Details: Belfast: Northern Ireland Policing Board, 2011. 137p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 1, 2011 at: http://www.nipolicingboard.org.uk/human_rights_thematic_enquiry_children___young_people_final_pdf.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 120650

Author: Kerr, Jane Title: The Dedicated Drug Courts Pilot Evaluation Process Study Summary: Since 2004, six pilot Dedicated Drug Courts (DDCs) specialising in dealing with drug-misusing offenders were introduced in magistrates' courts in England and Wales. This process evaluation used qualitative and quantitative research methods to map the implementation of the DDC model and explore the factors underpinning the potential for DDCs to reduce drug use and associated offending. The findings indicated that the Dedicated Drug Court model was perceived to be a useful addition to the range of initiatives aimed at reducing drug use and offending. Continuity of judiciary when working with drug-misusing offenders was a key element of the model. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2011. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Research Series 1/11: Accessed February 1, 2011 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/publications/docs/ddc-process-evaluation-study.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Courts (U.K.) Shelf Number: 120642

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice Title: Breaking the Cycle: Effective Punishment, Rehabilitation and Sentencing of Offenders Summary: The Ministry of Justice Structural Reform Plan published in July 2010 set out a commitment to introduce a 'rehabilitation revolution' and conduct a review of sentencing policy. This consultation sets out the resulting proposals which aim to break the destructive cycle of crime and protect the public, through more effectively punishing and rehabilitating offenders and reforming the sentencing framework. Details: London: The Stationery Officer, 2010. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 1, 2011 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/consultations/docs/breaking-the-cycle.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy (U.K.) Shelf Number: 120654

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Users' Views of the Points-Based System Summary: This report presents a summary of findings from research conducted with applicants, sponsors and UK Border Agency staff regarding their experiences of the new Points-Based System (PBS), which was introduced in February 2008. The PBS is described in more detail in section 1 of the main report. The aim of this research was to explore how the PBS was being received by those using it in its early stages and to identify potential areas for improvement. The UK Border Agency was keen to gather evidence from a range of different users, including Tier 1, 2 and 5 applicants who had applied to work in he UK, as well as their sponsors and representatives, and UK Border Agency staff. Details: London: Home Office, 2011. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 49: Accessed February 2, 2011 at: http://rds.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/pdfs11/horr49c.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 120656

Author: Great Britain. Criminal Justice Joint Inspection Title: Restriction and Rehabilitation: Getting the Right Mix. An Inspection of the Management of Sexual Offenders in the Community Summary: The proportion of sexual offenders who are reconvicted of further offending is known to be low. Nevertheless, their subsequent crimes understandably cause considerable public concern. In taking this inspection forward, we wanted to see how far the police and probation services were able to fulfil their different roles in controlling and restricting the offender, whilst at the same time offering them help to change their behaviour. In other words, whether they were able to maintain the right mix, so necessary for public protection, between Restriction and Rehabilitation in work with registered sexual offenders. We were aware, from our Offender Management Inspections of all probation trusts, that work with offenders assessed as an increased Risk of Harm to others was generally of a higher standard than that with other offenders. We were therefore not surprised to find many examples of good practice by both police and probation. These related particularly to the restrictive elements of work with sexual offenders and included: consolidating practice relating to the notification requirements for registered sex offenders; use of the sexual offences prevention order; monitoring licence conditions; and the multi-agency public protection arrangements (MAPPA) with more serious cases. The inspection, nevertheless, revealed a number of areas where practice by both police and probation could be improved. In our opinion the three main issues, all key to public protection, threatened to undermine the efficacy of work with registered sexual offenders by both the police and probation services. These were: 􀀛 engagement: some probation offender managers did not engage well with those sexual offenders who were not required to attend a Sexual Offender Treatment Programme 􀀛 communication: formal channels of communication, both within and between police and probation services, needed to be improved 􀀛 MAPPA: specifically the identification and management of level 1 cases, i.e. those subject to ‘ordinary agency management’. Details: London: Criminal Justice Joint Inspection, 2010. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 3, 2011 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/inspectorates/hmi-probation/docs/Sex_Offenders_Report-rps.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Supervision Shelf Number: 120682

Author: All Party Parliamentary Group on Women in the Penal System Title: Women in the Penal System: Second Report on Women with Particular Vulnerabilities in the Criminal Justice System Summary: The report reveals that while many of Baroness Corston’s original recommendations have been implemented, there are a number of outstanding concerns. The first Corston report’s most significant recommendation to shut down women’s prisons and replace them with a limited number of small, multi-functional custodial centres, is yet to be resolved. The APPG is also concerned that there are still too many women in prison for non-violent offences, and too many women being remanded into custody. The previous government committed £15.6m to invest in the provision of additional services for women at risk of offending. The money was aimed at creating centres providing “one-stop-shop” support services and developing bail support to meet the needs of women. These centres have no dedicated funding past March 2011 and the APPG recommends that the progress they have achieved is sustained. Details: London: The Howard League for Penal Reform, 2011. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 3, 2011 at: http://www.howardleague.org/fileadmin/howard_league/user/pdf/Publications/Women_in_the_penal_system.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Inmates (U.K.) Shelf Number: 120693

Author: Kinsella, Brooke Title: Tackling Knife Crime Together - A Review of Local Anti-Knife Crime Projects Summary: This report highlights the factors which make a project successful and relevant to today’s young people, and identifies some of the underlying causes of knife crime. Findings and recommendations are based on visits made across the country as well as the views of a panel of young people selected from different organisations around the country, which provided a cross section of the 13-24 age range. Details: London: Home Office, 2011. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2011 at: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/crime/tackling-knife-crime-together/tackling-knife-crime-report?view=Binary Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Knives and Crime Shelf Number: 120708

Author: Southern, Rebekah Title: Evaluation of the Prolific Offenders Resettlement through Co-ordinated Housing (PORCH) Project Summary: The Prolific Offenders Resettlement through Co-ordinated Housing (PORCH) Project was launched, following a six month developmental phase, as a pilot project in the Summer of 2006. The premise of the pilot was that the provision of appropriate accommodation and support for prolific offenders would have a positive effect on reducing their offending behaviour. Its primary aim was to reduce the number and seriousness of crimes committed by prolific offenders. Secondary and tertiary aims were to maximise the effectiveness of existing housing services and to intervene more proactively at key points including arrest, remand, sentencing and release from prison to ensure that housing needs are addressed. Since coming to power in 1997, the Labour Government has focused on crime reduction and an important element of this has been the development of the Prolific and other Priority Offender (PPO) strategy. Within the overall approach there are three complementary strands namely, ‘prevent and deter’, ‘catch and convict’ and ‘rehabilitate and resettle.’ The PORCH Project is situated within the ‘rehabilitate and resettle’ strand in relation to PPOs. Many studies have illustrated the importance of accommodation in reducing re-offending. Within the Region, the South West Reducing Reoffending Delivery Plan 2006-08 sees improving the housing outcomes of PPOs as a key priority. Thus the Project also fits within the regional agenda. This evaluation has followed the lifetime of the Project, encompassing a baseline setting, interim evaluation and final evaluation stage. This report presents the key evaluation findings from the final stage of the evaluation. Details: Plymouth, UK: SERIO, Research and Innovation, University of Plymouth, 2008. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2011 at: http://www.serio.ac.uk/resources/files/Evaluation%20of%20the%20Prolific%20Offenders%20Resettlement%20through%20Coordinated%20Housing%20PORCH%20Project.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Habitual Offenders (U.K.) Shelf Number: 120751

Author: SQW Consulting Title: The Contribution of Nieghbourhood Management to Cleaner and Safer Neighbourhoods Summary: This report assesses the contribution the Round 1 Pathfinders made to improving community safty and environmental conditions. These areas have generally experienced an improvement in resident perceptions of community safety and environmental conditions over the period 2003-2006. This was a period when the Pathfinders were particularly active in exercising their neighbourhood management role. This report considers the evidence on whether the Pathfinders contributed to the improved safer and clearner outcomes and, if so, in what ways. Details: London: Department for Communities and Local Government, 2007. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 36: Accessed February 11, 2011 at: http://www.sqw.co.uk/nme/downloads/Research_Report_36-NM_safer_&_cleaner.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Safety Shelf Number: 107694

Author: Barnardo's Title: Puppet on a String: The Urgent Need to Cut Children Free From Sexual Exploitation Summary: This report outlines what is known about the scale and nature of sexual exploitation across the UK and points to some worrying new trends identified by Barnardo’s 22 specialist services. Emphasising that child sexual exploitation is a child protection issue, the report calls for the secretary of state for education to appoint a minister to take forward a national action plan to tackle this crime against children. Details: Ilford, UK: Barnardo's, 2011. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 16, 2011 at: Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 120808

Author: Quinton, Paul Title: The Impact of Information About Crime and Policing on Public Perceptions: The Results of a Randomised Controlled Trial Summary: The National Policing Improvement Agency (NPIA) carried out a randomised controlled trial to test the impact of crime maps and policing information. The public’s reaction to information about crime and policing was positive; a large majority thought it was informative and trustworthy. Importantly, the study was able to challenge the myth that sharing information with the public would increase the ‘fear of crime’. In fact, information was found to improve people’s perceptions of their neighbourhood and of the local police. The results of the study suggest that crime and policing information is a promising intervention in terms of improving the views of the public and, potentially, enhancing police accountability. The evidence, therefore, indicates that an investment of police resources in making information available to the public is worthwhile, particularly when integrated within a broader neighbourhood policing approach. Details: Bramshill, UK: National Policing Improvement Agency, 2011. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 16, 2011 at: http://www.npia.police.uk/en/docs/Full_Report_-_Crime_and_Policing_Information.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Mapping Shelf Number: 120809

Author: Barry, Monica Title: Serious Violent Offenders: Developing a Risk Assessment Framework Summary: This research aimed to evaluate current and developing research, policy and practice in order to inform a possible framework for assessing risk of violence in Scotland, not only within MAPPA but also across the board within criminal justice agencies. The study utilised two main methods: a literature review and qualitative interviews with 24 key personnel in all the relevant agencies, including SPS, the Police, Social Work, victim agencies and Mental Health. These interviews explored differing definitions of risk of violence, current and potential policy and practice in assessing risk of violence, the strengths and limitations of MAPPA, organisational issues (including multi-agency working), and the key issues for agencies in assessing violence risk. The literature review explored similar themes both to complement and inform the qualitative data. Details: Paisley, Scotland: Risk Management Authority Research, 2007. 116p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2011 at: http://www.rmascotland.gov.uk/try/research-papers/ Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Risk Assessment Shelf Number: 120821

Author: Davidson, Julia Title: Current Practice and Research into Internet Sex Offending Summary: This report seeks to explore the current and recent practice of Scottish, English, Welsh and international governments, organisations and agencies in assessing risk and managing and treating internet sex offenders. The research aims were addressed via a literature review, documentary analysis of key legislation, policy and practice documents and semi-structured interviews with a small number of key respondents with expertise in the area and representatives from criminal justice agencies (N=15). Details: Paisley, Scotland: Risk Management Authority, 2007. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2011 at: http://www.rmascotland.gov.uk/try/research-papers/ Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 120822

Author: Bradford, Ben Title: Diversion from Prosecution to Social Work in Scotland: A Snapshot of Current Patterns and an Examination of Practice in Three CJAs Summary: This report was commissioned by the Scottish Government as a result of concerns raised by the diversion working group of the Pre-Disposal Programme Implementation Board. The numbers of cases diverted from prosecution have fallen in recent years (2006 onwards) and it was felt there was a need to investigate the issue further. To facilitate this, the Scottish Government requested that the Scottish Centre for Crime and Justice Research (SCCJR) undertake a small-scale research study on the use of social work related diversion schemes by Procurators Fiscal in Scotland. This report presents the findings of this study. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Centre for Crime and Justice Research, 2011. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report No. 01/2011: Accessed February 19, 2011 at: http://www.sccjr.ac.uk/documents/Diversion%20from%20prosecution.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Diversion Shelf Number: 120690

Author: Burman, Michelle Title: Responding to Gender-based Violence in Scotland: The Scope of the Gender Equality Duty to Drive Cultural and Practical Change Summary: This research, undertaken for the Equality and Human Rights Commission by the Scottish Centre for Crime and Justice Research explores some of the arguments for and against a gender aggravation in Scots criminal law before considering the evidence thus far of the impact the Gender Equality Duty (GED) has had on Scotland's criminal justice system, and makes a number of useful recommendations for the future. This research has its roots in well-established policy debates in Scotland. Following the passage of the Criminal Justice (Scotland) Act 2003, which introduced a new statutory aggravation for crimes motivated by religious prejudice, the then Scottish Executive convened a working group to explore and make recommendations on whether there was a case for similar provision for other social groups. The report and recommendations of the Hate Crime Working Group, published in 2004, recognised that the debate to introduce gender aggravation was one of the most contested issues which it had looked at, but it did not believe that at that stage it could recommend introducing such a provision. These debates re-emerged with Patrick Harvie's member's bill which was to become the Offences (Aggravation by Prejudice) (Scotland) Act 2009. The Equality and Human Rights Commission, along with many organisations in the women's sector in Scotland, stated in its evidence on the bill that it did not believe that a statutory gender aggravation would be an effective additional criminal justice response to identifying and tackling crime motivated by gender prejudice. This of course begs the question about what is required to better address these types of crime. This piece of research aims to be a useful contribution to this debate. It explores some of the arguments for and against a gender aggravation in Scots criminal law before considering the evidence thus far of the impact the Gender Equality Duty (GED) has had on Scotland's criminal justice system, and makes a number of useful recommendations for the future. The EHRC subscribes to a gendered model of violence against women, which sees it as both a cause and consequence of wider gender inequality. We hope this report can help inform ongoing policy debate on criminal justice agencies' response to violence against women, particularly in light of the new single equality duty which Scottish Ministers will in due course place on Scottish public authorities under powers conferred on them by the Equality Act 2010. We believe that the appropriate regulatory framework for public bodies working in this area is one of the prerequisites for further improving on Scotland's record of identifying and tackling gender-based crime. Details: Edinburgh: Equality and Human Rights Commission, 2009. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2011 at: http://www.equalityhumanrights.com/uploaded_files/Scotland/Research/responding_to_gender-based_violence_in_scotland_report.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 120833

Author: Lobley, David Title: Working with Persistent Juvenile Offenders: An Evaluation of the Apex CueTen Project Summary: The CueTen project for persistent juvenile offenders was established in Glenrothes in October 1995, with funding for 3 years from The Scottish Office. Managed by Apex Scotland, it aimed to reduce offending by changing young people's attitudes to training and employment. The principal objectives of the CueTen programme were to develop employment-related skills and to introduce persistent juvenile offenders to the world of work and further training. These were to be pursued over a 26-week programme, the first half based in the project, the second half providing increasing opportunities for the independent exercise of the skills acquired. Main Findings include: The CueTen project worked with 86 young people in total (73 young men and 13 young women) and largely succeeded in working with its intended target group of the most persistent juvenile offenders in Fife; Seventy of the young people were aged 15 when they started at CueTen, and the rest were almost 15; Sixty-nine (80%) of the young people had been charged with crimes of dishonesty, 47 (55%) with miscellaneous offences, mostly minor assaults and public order offences, and 46 (53%) with offences of fire-raising and vandalism; These 3 offence categories accounted for about 87% of all charges against the young people in the year before they started at CueTen; The 26-week programme at CueTen proved too demanding for many of the young people; Fifty-five per cent completed the first block of 13 weeks, and only 40% completed the entire programme; Twenty were excluded from the project for violence, drug use, or seriously disruptive behaviour; Another 26 stopped attending for other reasons, usually associated with difficulties in their home lives; Those who completed the programme tended to be those who had been charged less frequently during the previous 12 months; Only one of the 12 young people with more than 15 charges in the previous year completed the programme and 13 of the 24 who completed the programme had 5 or fewer charges in this period; The offending records of the group who completed the programme showed more improvement in the 12 months after starting at CueTen than the records of the group who failed to complete and of a comparison group (N=39); The difference was not statistically significant; There were indications that the subsequent offences committed by the group who completed the programme were less serious than those committed by the other 2 groups; CueTen did not deliver an overall cost-saving to the criminal justice or child care systems during the 3 years covered by the evaluation, but this does not mean that it was less cost-effective than other interventions; and It is likely that the project produced modest long-term savings, through diverting young people from adult criminal careers. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Office Central Research Unit, 1999. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 21, 2011 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/Doc/156722/0042127.pdf Year: 1999 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Offenders (U.K.) Shelf Number: 120834

Author: Millie, Andrew Title: Anti-Social Behaviour Strategies: Finding a Balance Summary: Anti-social behaviour (ASB) has a significant impact on the lives of a minority of people in Britain, particularly in areas of social deprivation and inner cities. But it has little or no effect on the quality of life of the majority of the population. The general population tends to equate ASB with problems they associate with young people, including graffiti, drug use or simple rowdiness. Two-thirds favour preventive action over tough action against ASB perpetrators. In the local neighbourhoods, people were mainly concerned with three issues: general misbehaviour by children and young people; visible drug and alcohol misuse; and neighbour disputes and ‘problem families'. Residents often regarded ASB as a symptom of social and moral decline. Local agencies tended to explain it in terms of social exclusion – especially of young people from deprived backgrounds. Some people, however, thought that much of the behaviour now labelled as ASB simply showed that ‘kids will be kids’. These different perspectives on ASB implied different solutions. Those who saw it as a consequence of declining moral standards tended to favour tougher discipline. Those who saw it as a result of deprivation preferred prevention and inclusion. In all three case-study sites, local ASB strategies have been adopted that balance enforcement with preventive work, and emphasise the need for a graduated and proportionate approach to enforcement. This contrasts with the stronger national emphasis on enforcement. We conclude that both national and local ASB strategies should aim for a balance between enforcement and prevention and that more care is needed in defining ASB and in deciding the limits on the use of civil remedies. Details: Bristol, U.K.: Policy Press for the Joseph Rowntree Foundation, 2005. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2011 at: http://www.jrf.org.uk/sites/files/jrf/1861347774.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 120835

Author: Atkinson, Roland Title: The Use of Civil Legal Remedies for Neighbour Nuisance in Scotland Summary: The vast majority of complaints to social landlords of anti-social behaviour are successfully resolved by housing management action. However, there is little use of mediation as an alternative to legal remedies. Except where there were convictions for drug-dealing, cases were only taken to court where the offending behaviour continued, despite repeated warnings from the landlord. However, in a number of cases the tenants could be regarded as vulnerable due to mental health, serious alcohol abuse and 'out of control' children. This raises concerns that eviction action was not the most appropriate response to the problem. The way complaints are managed is crucial both to the successful use of legal remedies, and the prospects of resolving complaints without going to court. In that regard there was considerable variation in the nature and effectiveness of links between housing staff and other agencies and/or departments. Eviction is by far the commonest legal remedy used against anti-social behaviour, but there are substantial variations in the extent to which it is used by social landlords. Most eviction summonses result either in eviction or other outcomes which are acceptable to the landlord. The substantive law on eviction already covers all situations in which landlords might reasonably seek to evict. The most important obstacle is the difficulty of proving allegations stemming from the reluctance of potential witnesses to give evidence. Delay is a serious problem. However, there is considerable scope for reducing the extent of delay in eviction actions through changes in practice in both landlords and the courts. Interdict is much less commonly used than eviction as a remedy for anti-social behaviour, and misperceptions of its scope were not uncommon. However, landlords are almost invariably successful in obtaining interdict and find it a speedy remedy, except where there are proceedings for breach of interdict. There is some cause for concern over the appropriateness of the outcomes in both eviction and interdict cases in the courts, given the high proportion of cases in which the defender does not attend or is not represented. Other remedies (specific implement, title conditions, by-laws) are little used. Landlords were not convinced that anti-social behaviour orders will make a substantial contribution to dealing with anti-social behaviour. This research was commissioned by the Scottish Courts Administration (now Civil Justice and International Division, Courts Group, Justice Department) in response to a recommendation of the Scottish Affairs Select Committee, which called for research into delay in eviction cases, and the effectiveness of other legal remedies to deal with anti-social behaviour. The aims of the research were to: · to establish the extent to which, and the way in which, the available legal remedies are used to deal with anti-social behaviour and neighbour disputes; · to establish how effective the legal remedies are in practice · to establish the extent to which particular factors contribute to the ineffectiveness (or effectiveness) of the legal process · to assess how existing processes might be used or managed differently, and consider the need (if any) for reform of law and/or practice of parties and/or courts; · and to analyse the economic costs associated with the legal process. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Executive Central Research Unit, 2000. 257p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 21, 2011 at: http://www.scie-socialcareonline.org.uk/repository/fulltext/nuisance.pdf Year: 2000 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 120836

Author: Brown, Alison P. Title: The Role of Mediation in Tackling Neighbour Disputes and Anti-Social Behaviour Summary: The aims of the study are to provide evidence about mediation and alternative approaches to the resolution of neighbour disputes, and to draw conclusions about the effectiveness and costs of mediation compared to legal remedies such as actions for repossession and anti-social behaviour orders. An additional objective was to investigate the reasons for refusing to take part in mediation. In the study, the main research methods used were analysis of 100 cases from two community mediation services and two local authority mediation services, and 50 legal proceedings cases (eviction, anti-social behaviour order and interdict) from local authorities. In addition, parties to mediation were interviewed to compare their view of outcomes with those recorded by mediation services. Housing officers who make referrals to mediation, and a small number of people who had opted not to take part in mediation, were also interviewed. The main methodological challenges were the difficulty in obtaining data from environmental health, police and housing services, and to a lesser extent from mediation services; the reasons for this included data protection considerations, and lack of time recording. Specialist investigation teams provided the most robust data, but few areas of Scotland have such teams therefore these costs may not be typical. In general, the mediation cases examined involved mildly anti-social behaviour or serious personality or lifestyle clashes. In most cases, the main presenting issue was noise, either noise of domestic appliances, children, dogs, and other 'normal' living, or noise of parties and loud music. A smaller number of disputes originated in disputes between children, with which parents had become involved, or disputes over boundaries and upkeep of common areas. Cases remained live in mediation services generally for between two weeks and two months. Half of the cases included at least one non-council-tenant party. In 61 percent of cases, the outcome recorded by the mediation service was either full or partial agreement or some improvement in the situation. In just under half of these cases (in 28 percent of all cases), the mediation service recorded an agreement on all presenting issues. Mediators themselves, however, suggest that there are likely to be positive outcomes in terms of changed awareness, which cannot easily be measured, even in 'unsuccessful' cases. The profile of interventions, outcomes and costs varied significantly between mediation services. From the perspective of participants, however, outcomes recorded at the close of a case are not necessarily a reliable guide to the longer-term outcomes. Although outcomes are not always worse than those recorded, the proportion of positive outcomes recorded by some mediation services appears not necessarily to reflect the experience of participants. Participants' views demonstrate some of the challenges facing mediation, but show a generally positive view of the process, even where it does not bring the desired outcome. A number of participants, however, have found the mediation process more traumatic than might be expected. All legal action cases studied involved serious and protracted anti-social behaviour, often including fighting, verbal abuse, swearing and damage to property. In most cases, it involved the perpetrator and visitors or family members, and in all cases it affected more than one neighbour. In many cases, there was a history of criminal convictions and/or mental health and/or alcohol-related problems. These cases in general were quite different to those found in mediation services. The seriousness of the behaviour was reflected in the length of time from decision to take legal proceedings to an outcome; this was usually several months and often one or two years. The majority of perpetrators were local authority tenants. In terms of outcomes of legal cases, it is particularly difficult to assess the long-term outcomes of evictions and transfers, which were the short-term outcome in half of the cases. In the short term, several cases were 'solved' by the perpetrator moving away, being imprisoned, or being offered a community care package. In only two cases were proceedings dropped due to evidence of improvement in the situation. The majority of anti-social behaviour orders examined were breached, some of which breaches were then prosecuted. From the 100 mediation cases studied, the average cost of handling a case was 121, which rose to 204 when face-to-face or shuttle mediation was involved; and the maximum case cost was 484. Costs for local authority mediation services were, on average, slightly lower, but this reflects a higher proportion of cases where no contact was made with parties to the dispute. From the 50 legal cases, the average cost was 3,546, with a range from 339 to 13,692 for a very complex eviction case. These are net costs, however, and would be considerably higher if overheads were included. Average costs of ASBOs and repossession actions were approximately 2,250 and 9,000 respectively. These figures should be read in the context of the diverse organisational arrangements found; that is, the costs depend on the proportion of work carried out by a specialist team with its own budget, or by housing managers, where costs are likely to be absorbed. In terms of unwillingness to take part in mediation, or to see the process through to a conclusion, the main reasons given by refusers themselves were: unwillingness to engage with the other party; fear of reprisals; belief that the other party did or would manipulate the process or the mediators; fear of an escalation of the dispute; and the desire for a definitive judgement on their case. Lack of knowledge about mediation or of confidence in mediation services did not appear to be a significant factor. Legal action costs far more than mediation, due to the seriousness of disputes, but also to the procedures required in order to prepare a case for possible court action. There are local variations in the amount of evidence generally thought to be necessary for a strong case. Although mediation will not be sufficient to deal with serious anti-social behaviour, which is associated with alcohol and drug abuse, mental health problems or criminal activity, its cost effectiveness suggests that there is considerable scope to extend mediation in the area of neighbour disputes. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Executive Social Research, 2003. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 21, 2011 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/Doc/47176/0025566.pdf Year: 2003 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior (Scotland) Shelf Number: 120837

Author: Cavanagh, Ben Title: A Review of Dispersal Powers Summary: Dispersal powers were introduced in Scotland under the Antisocial Behaviour etc. (Scotland) Act 2004. Their introduction reflected the aim of the then Scottish Executive to address the antisocial behaviour of groups in public spaces. This had consistently been rated as one of the main concerns of communities in Scottish Crime Surveys. Dispersal powers allow police to designate a “dispersal area” in a location where there has been a history of antisocial behaviour caused by groups congregating in public spaces. From this area, for a 3-month period, they can disperse groups of two or more individuals whose presence or behaviour, in the view of police officers, is causing or is likely to cause alarm or distress to members of the public. Dispersed individuals (who do not live in the dispersal area) are not allowed to return to the designated area for 24 hours. The breach of an order to disperse is a criminal offence and is liable on conviction to a maximum £2500 fine or imprisonment or to both. This study was designed to consider a wide range of issues around the main questions of how dispersal powers have been administered and how far they represent an effective means of providing relief to communities affected by the antisocial behaviour of groups. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2007. 89p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 21, 2011 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/Doc/201001/0053723.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior (Scotland) Shelf Number: 120838

Author: Detica Title: The Cost of Cyber Crime. A Detica Report in Partnership with the Office of Cyber Security and Information Assurance in the Cabinet Office Summary: "Few areas of our lives remain untouched by the digital revolution. Across the world, there are now nearly two billion internet users and over five billion mobile phone connections; every day, we send 294 billion emails and five billion SMS messages. Over 91 per cent of UK businesses and 73 per cent of UK households have internet access and £47.2 billion was spent online in the UK alone in 2009. Our society is now almost entirely dependent on the continued availability, accuracy and confidentiality of its Information and Communications Technology (ICT). We need it for our economic health, for the domestic machinery of government, for national defence and for our day-to-day social and cultural existence. As well as significant benefits, the technology has also enabled old crimes to be committed in new and more subtle ways. In its National Security Strategy, cyber threats are recognised by the Government as one of four ‘Tier One’ risks to the UK’s security. But estimates of the cost of cyber crime have until now not been able to provide a justifiable estimate of economic impact and have failed to address the breadth of the problem. Therefore, the Office of Cyber Security and Information Assurance (OCSIA) worked with Detica to look more closely at the cost of cyber crime in the UK and, in particular, to gain a better appreciation of the costs to the UK economy of Intellectual Property (IP) theft and industrial espionage. Further developments of cyber crime policy, strategies and detailed plans will thus benefit from this insight." Details: London: U.K. Cabinet Office, 2011. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2011 at: http://www.cabinetoffice.gov.uk/sites/default/files/resources/the-cost-of-cyber-crime-full-report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 120839

Author: Independent Commission on Youth Crime and Antisocial Behavior Title: Time for a New Hearing: A Comparative Study of Alternative Criminal Proceedings for Children and Young People Summary: Time for a new hearing is the report from a comparative examination of alternative youth justice hearings and systems in the United Kingdom and other parts of the world. It concludes that the mainstream use of restorative justice in England and Wales, based on the youth conferencing system in Northern Ireland, would be likely to reduce reoffending, improve victims’ confidence and result in considerable savings in court time and the costs of custody. Details: London: The Police Foundation, 2010. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 28, 2011 at: http://www.youthcrimecommission.org.uk/attachments/095_PF%20Time%20for%20a%20New%20Hearing%20Report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Court Shelf Number: 120880

Author: Mair, George Title: Doing Justice Locally: The North Liverpool Community Justice Centre Summary: This research project examines the changes brought about at the North Liverpool Community Justice Centre - the first and the most ambitious site of community justice in the UK. Opened in 2005 and inspired by the Red Hook Community Justice Centre in Brooklyn, the North Liverpool Centre is implementing key aspects of community justice in the UK. This includes a problem-solving approach, greater partnership working, local community engagement, and having a single judge with the capacity to review the progress of those sentenced to a community-based order. This report draws on data collected by the Centre as well as interviews with Centre staff, representatives of the agencies working at the Centre, defendants, and members of the local community to examine the innovations which have taken place. Details: London: Centre for Crime and Justice Studies, 2011. 105p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 8, 2011 at: http://www.crimeandjustice.org.uk/opus1828/Doing_justice_locally.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternative to Incarceration Shelf Number: 120910

Author: Southern, Rebekah Title: Evaluation of the ESP Funded Warbarth Project in Cornwall Delivered by Working Links Summary: The UK’s National Action Plan to Reduce Re-offending (RAAP, 2004) reported that 75% of prisoners leave prison with no paid employment to go into, whilst 55% of individuals serving community sentences are unemployed at the start of their orders. Moreover, 52% of male and 71% of female adult prisoners start their sentences with no qualifications, which is compounded further by a limited capacity for learning at many UK prisons. There is poor uptake of education post-release because of a lack of support and advice, and incompatibility between education provision in prison and the community, and between course start dates and offenders’ release dates. Many offenders (as well as those working with them) experience difficulties choosing between the range of available provision, miss out on accessing existing job-seeking support, and find that employers and education colleges are often reluctant to accept people with a criminal record (Ministry of Justice, 2004). To facilitate offenders’ ability to access education, training and employment, the Warbarth project formed in May 2006 as a joint venture between Working Links and DCPA. It is overseen by the Warbarth Project Management Group, and financed through the European Social Fund’s (ESF) Objective One funding, with match funding from DCPA and Working links, until June 2008. In terms of service delivery, Warbarth drew on the experience of two existing projects: ‘Connect’, which primarily focuses upon removing barriers to employment for adults who have received short-term custodial sentences in West Mercia, Staffordshire, Warwickshire and the West Midlands; and the Working Links ‘Progress2Work’ programme, which again aims to remove barriers to employment for people aged between 16 and 65 years old who have experienced drug dependency. In the spring of 2007, the Social Research & Regeneration Unit (SRRU) at the University of Plymouth was commissioned by Devon & Cornwall Probation Area (DCPA) and Working Links to conduct an evaluation of the Warbarth project. This report presents the key evaluation findings. The report begins with an introductory section which provides a description of the Warbarth project, the evaluation objectives, and the research methods that were employed during the evaluation. Section Two elaborates on the findings of the evaluation in terms of clients’ expectations of Warbarth, the referral process, various aspects of service delivery and its impact upon clients. Section Three concludes the report by making suggestions for future development based on the findings. Details: Plymouth, UK: Social Research & Regeneration Unit, University of Plymouth Centre of Expertise, 2007. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2011 at: http://www.serio.ac.uk/resources/files/Evaluation%20of%20the%20ESF%20Funded%20Warbarth%20Project%20in%20Cornwall%20Delivered%20by%20Working%20Links.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 120958

Author: Easton, Helen Title: An Evaluation of the Prolific and Priority Offender Scheme in Four London Boroughs Summary: This report presents the findings of a qualitative study of 37 Prolific and Other Priority Offenders (PPOs) and 18 practitioners working with PPOs in four London boroughs. The research has been commissioned by London Probation with funding from Government Office for London to examine good practice in each of the four schemes and to provide information to CDRPs within London about the ways in which the PPO scheme has an impact on the PPOs behaviour and attitude to offending. This study is intended to compliment the recent national evaluation of the PPO scheme which indicated that PPOs on the scheme had significantly reduced their offending when compared to a non-PPO cohort. The first section of this report describes the background to the PPO scheme in England and Wales, the national PPO cohort and some of the findings of a recent evaluation of the national PPO scheme. It then goes on to review some of the literature associated with re-offending and desistance and a review of some of the good practice in relation to initiatives and practices with prolific offenders. Details: London: London South Bank University, Crime Reduction & Community Safety Research Group, 2007. 93p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessehttp://www.gos.gov.uk/497417/docs/247610/PPO_Report_FINALDRAFT_101007.docd March 14, 2011 at: Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prolific Offenders (London) Shelf Number: 120997

Author: Roberts, Colin H. Title: Continuing to Display Effectiveness: An Evaluation Report on Three Years of the IRIS Project Summary: This research report is a follow-up to earlier reports on the progress of and outcomes from the IRIS project. The first was a much longer reported completed in September 2005 (Roberts, 2005) on the first year of the IRIS project, which related to the first twenty offenders on IRIS and a small comparative sample of matched offenders. A second and briefer report which included some additional qualitative and quantitative analysis and which briefly summarised the first report was published in January 2006, entitled Displaying Effectiveness (Roberts, 2006). This report is based on the first, second and third years of the IRIS project and follows the progress of the first thirty five offenders who were given IRIS status. Each offender was followed up for twenty four months each after they commenced on IRIS, to identify their re-offending, compliance with court orders and their time at liberty in the 24 month period. It also includes an analysis of the estimated costs of IRIS in these first three years of operation and estimates its probable cost-benefits in respect of these thirty five prolific offenders. Details: Oxford, UK: Centre for Criminology, University of Oxford, 2007. 39p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 120931

Author: Jacobson, Jessica Title: 'Double Trouble'? Black, Asian and Minority Ethnic Offenders' Experiences of Resettlement Summary: The background to the study was the recognition of the critical importance of resettlement provision for offenders, and the evidence of continuing direct and indirect racial discrimination across the criminal justice system as a whole. The study addressed the following questions: 1 What are the major resettlement needs of offenders from BAME (Black, Asian and Minority Ethnic Offenders) groups? 2 How do BAME offenders’ needs differ from those of non-BAME offenders? 3 What are BAME offenders’ experiences of resettlement services? 4 Should specialist resettlement services be made available for BAME offenders? The study had two elements: first, a literature review and, second, qualitative fieldwork. The fieldwork involved semi-structured interviews and focus groups with a total of 113 BAME individuals, of whom 65 were serving prisoners, 28 were on licence and 20 were no longer on licence but had previously been in prison. In addition we conducted interviews and focus groups with 83 representatives of service providers, including prison and probation staff and staff from community and prison-based voluntary agencies. Details: York, UK: Clinks; London: Prison Reform Trust, 2010. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2011 at: Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Discrimination Shelf Number: 120920

Author: Scotland's Commissioner for Children and Youth People Title: Scotland: A Safe Place for Child Traffickers? A Scoping Study into the Nature and Extent of Child Trafficking in Scotland Summary: Children who are affected form a particularly vulnerable group, with additional needs that cannot be met without first establishing a clearer picture of the nature and extent of the phenomenon. This underscores the essential need for this scoping exercise of child trafficking into, within and possibly out of Scotland. It is only by identifying the children who are suspected of being trafficked; their country of origin; their age, gender, locations within Scotland; the nature of the activity for which they have been trafficked; and how they were identified and subsequently supported that an appropriate response can be developed. The absence of information as to why a child is giving cause for concern does not, of course relieve any individual from making a child protection response. This scoping study on the extent and nature of child trafficking in Scotland was commissioned by Scotland’s Commissioner for Children and Young People (SCCYP). The purpose of the study was to provide the Commissioner with an understanding of child trafficking which would allow his office to make recommendations for policy, practice and legislative change and to use the results to raise awareness, among professionals and key stakeholders, of child trafficking. Details: Edinburgh: Scotland's Commissioner for Children and Young People, 2011. 96p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 16, 2011 at: http://www.sccyp.org.uk/publications/adults Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Trafficking Shelf Number: 121017

Author: Great Britain. HM Inspectorate of Probation Title: A Joined-Up Sentence? Offender Management in Prisons in 2009/2010 Summary: This report is the first to be published from our joint Prison Offender Management Inspection programme and reflects our findings from the first 13 establishments inspected. In these inspections we have examined how well prisoners are being managed under Phases II and III of the National Offender Management Service (NOMS) Offender Management Model. We have also examined a number of cases which fell outside the model. Although in this report we have aggregated our findings, we found that practice varied widely. This is perhaps inevitable given the different nature of the establishments, and it is worth adding here that these 13 were not necessarily representative of all the prison establishments in England and Wales. Nevertheless, some common themes emerged. • The NOMS model envisaged that offender managers in the community would be responsible for assessing the prisoner and for driving the management of the case. In practice we found that this was rarely happening. Offender supervisors were often expected to take on this role but some lacked the appropriate training and little guidance was available. For those who were prison officers, other operational duties sometimes took priority. • Some prisons had worked hard to ensure that all relevant prisoners had an OASys assessment, even where these should have been prepared by the offender manager. The quality of these assessments varied, and they were rarely seen as a key document within the establishment. Sentence planning was often driven more by the availability of activities than by the assessment. Objectives were rarely outcome-focused and this meant that progress was measured by the completion of activities rather than by evidence of change. • We were disappointed to find that few establishments made strategic use of the OASys database to identify and provide for key areas of need in the prisoner population. • Information about prisoners was held in different locations within the establishment. Worryingly, public protection information was sometimes kept separate from offender management. The fragmentation of records impeded the safe and effective management of prisoners. P-NOMIS had the potential to act as an integrated recording system, but implementation had been delayed and there needed to be a culture shift to ensure that it was used routinely to record significant events and contact with prisoners. • Despite these criticisms, we found some Offender Management Units which were well integrated into the establishment and where core custodial functions sat effectively alongside offender management. However, there needs to be considerable progress across the custodial estate before the NOMS vision of a ‘joined up sentence’ is realised and Offender Management Units operate as a hub within the establishment. Details: London: Criminal Justice Joint Inspection: 2011. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Prison Offender Management Inspection 2: Accessed March 16, 2011 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/inspectorates/hmi-probation/docs/A_Joined_Up_Sentence-rps.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prison Administration Shelf Number: 121039

Author: Smallridge, Peter Title: Report on Implementing the Independent Review of Restraint in Juvenile Secure Settings Summary: This presents a progress report on how the U.K. government has implemented the recommendations from the Independent Review of Restraint in Juvenile Secure Settings from 2008. It is based upon observations over the two year monitoring period. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2011. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 16, 2011 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/publications/docs/report-implement-review-restraint-juvenile-secure-settings.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 121040

Author: Loureiro, Tania Title: Perspectives of Children and Young People With a Parent in Prison Summary: This report presents the findings of a small-scale pilot study to explore the experiences of children and young people who have had a family member sent to prison. Scotland’s Commissioner for Children and Young People (SCCYP) commissioned Families Outside to undertake the work between October and December 2009. Effects of a family member’s imprisonment on children parallel children’s experiences of bereavement. This includes deterioration in behaviour, in physical and mental health, and in social and financial circumstances. Imprisonment can also impact children’s housing and care arrangements, schooling, victimisation, substance misuse, and risk of future offending. Each year in Scotland, more children will experience a parent’s imprisonment than a parent’s divorce. This affects an estimated 16,500 children in Scotland annually. A key recommendation in a report from Scotland’s Commissioner for Children and Young People was for Child Impact Assessments to be conducted in court. A review of the literature in Part I examines some of the key themes of trauma, Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) and other consequences liable to arise from parental imprisonment. Part II, through a series of qualitative interviews with children, young people and some carers, explores experiences of a parental imprisonment; what input they would want into the decisions that affect them, and how they would want to provide this input; their thoughts about the arrest, trial, and imprisonment; whether their views were taken into account; and what effects the experience had on them. These questions are important because feedback from children about this traumatic event is not always considered. Part III draws together some discussion from the literature review and the interview findings. Details: Edinburgh: Scotland's Commissioner for Children and Young People and Families Outside, 2010. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2011 at: http://www.familiesoutside.org.uk/content/uploads/2011/02/child-impact-statements-stage2.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children of Prisoners (Scotland) Shelf Number: 121044

Author: Feasey, Simon Title: An Evaluation of the Sheffield PPO Premium Service Summary: The aims of this evaluation were to: Undertake a needs and service assessment for Prolific and Priority Offenders in the Sheffield District; Identify gaps and obstacles to the provision of an integrated framework of delivery that supports the development of the Premium Service; Examine opportunities for the greater alignment of early interventions (Catch and Convict) with Rehabilitate and Resettle (R&R) and provide recommendations to enhance the governance, management and delivery of the PPO programme. Within the overall research aims a number of key research questions were identified: How effective are the selection and de-selection processes and to what extent do they reflect policing and community safety priorities? How do early interventions relate to R&R processes and what developments are required to improve an integrated approach? In terms of responding to the criminogenic needs of the PPOs, what are the gaps in service availability and delivery and how can this be addressed? What lessons can be learnt from the research of other PPO programmes previously undertaken and how might these be applied to the Sheffield context? How do PPO's experience their engagement with the programme and does this indicate specific areas of service delivery development? What strengths and areas of development are identified by partner agencies? What strengths and areas of development are identified by practice staff working directly with PPOs? Details: Sheffield, UK: Hallam Centre for Community Justice, Sheffield Hallam University, 2009. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2011 at: http://shura.shu.ac.uk/996/1/fulltext.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Priority Offenders Shelf Number: 121052

Author: Feasey, Simon Title: The Wakefield District Prolific and Priority Offender Needs Analysis and Business Case ; Final Report Summary: The Hallam Centre for Community Justice (HCCJ) at Sheffield Hallam University was commissioned by the Wakefield District Community Safety Partnership (WDCSP) to undertake a needs analysis of the Wakefield Prolific and Priority Offender Scheme (Rehabilitate & Resettle) and to develop a business case incorporating proposals and recommendations with regard to the future management and delivery of the scheme. The specified aims of this project were to: • undertake a needs and service assessment for Prolific and Priority Offenders (PPOs) in the Wakefield District • facilitate and develop a partnership business case for a pilot to enhance the existing approach for PPOs, in particular around the rehabilitate and resettle agenda • provide recommendations for the development of rehabilitate and resettlement services more generally The Home Office Development and Practice Report 46 ("Early Findings from the Prolific and Other Priority Offenders Evaluation") indicated that nationally early results from the PPO programmes were promising; significant reductions in reconvictions, the development of more intensive packages of intervention, benefits associated with partnership working and data sharing were all identified as positive indicators of effectiveness. However it is also apparent that programme implementation and development has varied considerably both at a regional and local level and final conclusions about best practice models have not been reached. The final report of the Home Office evaluation was published in February 2007 and includes useful recommendations drawn from empirical data but it is also apparent that local implementation needs to be defined by the specific and particular needs of local PPOs, the nature of existing collaborative partnerships and the capacity and capability of agencies to respond to the seven key pathways identified within the Reducing Re-offending Action Plan 2005. This research project investigates the local circumstances that pertain to the management of PPOs within the Wakefield District Community Safety Partnership and subsequently makes recommendations and proposals to support the development of a pilot which will enable best practice to become embedded within the rehabilitate and resettle agenda. It is anticipated that the research and subsequent preferred model of delivery will additionally provide good practice guidelines which can contribute to the improvement of generic rehabilitation and resettlement across the district. Details: Sheffield, UK: Hallam Centre for Community Justice, Sheffield Hallam University, 2007. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2011 at: http://shura.shu.ac.uk/991/1/fulltext.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Priority Offenders Shelf Number: 121053

Author: Vennard, Julie Title: The Bristol Prolific Offender Scheme: An Evaluation Summary: This report presents the results of an evaluation of the Bristol component of the Avon and Somerset Prolific Offender Scheme (ASPOS). Avon and Somerset Constabulary commissioned the evaluation. The Bristol Prolific Offender Unit (POU) was set up in April 2002 under the auspices of the Bristol Crime and Disorder Partnership. It is a joint police, prison and probation initiative which targets the most prolific offenders in the Bristol area. The scheme as implemented and delivered in Bristol was extended throughout Avon and Somerset during 2003-2004. Details: Bristol, UK: University of Bristol, 2004. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2011 at: http://www.bristol.ac.uk/law/research/centres-themes/offender/offend-rep.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Priority Offenders Shelf Number: 121054

Author: Offender Health Research Network Title: A National Evaluation of Prison Mental Health In-Reach Services Summary: This report describes a study evaluating prison mental health in-reach, comprising three inter-linked, yet discrete, elements. * A national survey of prison in-reach teams: consisting of a national survey of in-reach team leaders, concentrating on considerations of team size and professional composition; team functioning; barriers to successful operation; and relationships with the wider NHS. * Case studies of in-reach teams: consisting of detailed case studies of the operation of in-reach services in eight prisons. * Longitudinal cohort study of prison in-reach services: identifying a cohort of prisoners received into custody with severe and enduring mental illness and tracking their progress in prison, examining whether they were assessed and/or taken onto the caseloads of in-reach services. In addition, a "snapshot" view was taken of the caseloads of the in-reach teams at each of the study sites, to establish the diagnostic breakdown of their clientele. Details: Manchester, UK: Offender Health Research Network, 2009. 159p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2011 at: http://www.ohrn.nhs.uk/resource/Research/Inreach.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Inmates (U.K.) Shelf Number: 121066

Author: McIvor, Gill Title: Understanding the Drivers of Female Imprisonment in Scotland Summary: Across jurisdictions, offending by women differs in a number of important ways from offending by men: it is less common, less frequent and less serious. Women are typically convicted of relatively minor crimes that pose little public risk and, because they are usually convicted of offences that are less serious than those committed by men, the sentences they receive are also different: for example, women are less likely than men to receive sentences of imprisonment. However, female imprisonment has increased dramatically in most western jurisdictions, including Scotland, over the last 15-20 years as evidenced by increases in the numbers of women given sentences of imprisonment, in daily female prison populations and in the rate of imprisonment of women. Moreover, because the rise in women’s imprisonment has outstripped parallel increases in the imprisonment of men, women now make up a greater proportion of prisoners. While the growth in female imprisonment is undisputed, what is less clear is what has fuelled it, particularly since it does not appear to have been solely – if at all - a reaction to increases in female crime. The analyses presented in this report aim to explore the factors driving the increase in female imprisonment in Scotland, where the number of women imprisoned has reached unprecedented levels. The growth in female imprisonment is of particular policy concern given the well documented impact of imprisonment on vulnerable women and their children and in light of recent policy initiatives to reduce the use of short custodial sentences in Scotland. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Centre for Crime and Justice Research, 2011. 80p. Source: Internet Resource:Report No. 02/21ii: Accessed March 18, 2011 at: http://www.sccjr.ac.uk/documents/Report%202011%2001%20-%20Female%20imprisonment.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Crime Shelf Number: 121067

Author: McCoard, Shirley Title: Scoping Study of Interventions for Offenders with Alcohol Problems in Community Justice Settings Summary: This report presents the findings of a scoping study of alcohol problems among offenders in the community justice setting. It is one of three studies that make up the portfolio of the Alcohol and Offenders Criminal Justice Research Programme which is led by NHS Health Scotland and funded by the Scottish Government. The overarching aim of the portfolio is to understand better the extent and nature of alcohol problems in offenders, and which effective interventions can address them, recognising that the criminal justice setting is an opportunity to detect and intervene in an often ‘hard to reach’ population. This research sought specifically to inform policy and practice by mapping plans, arrangements and procedures in place within local areas throughout Scotland to identify and intervene with offenders with alcohol problems, as part of the criminal justice process or otherwise, in community settings, including identifying emerging good practice. It also sought to establish what is known about the effectiveness of interventions for this group. Details: Edinburgh: NHS Health Scotland, 2011. 130p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2011 at: http://www.healthscotland.com/uploads/documents/15007-Scoping%20Study%20of%20Interventions%20for%20Offenders%20with%20Alcohol%20Problems.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse (Scotland) Shelf Number: 121075

Author: Parkes, Tessa Title: Prison Health Needs Assessment for Alcohol Problems Summary: Alcohol problems are a major and growing public health problem in Scotland with the relationship between alcohol and crime, in particular violent crime, increasingly being recognised. The consequences affect individuals, their families, the health and emergency services, and wider society. The current policy context includes a strategic approach to enhancing the detection, early intervention, treatment and support for alcohol problems across Scotland, as well as efforts to reduce re-offending. This study is part of a wider Scottish Government funded alcohol research programme in criminal justice settings which also includes a pilot of the delivery of alcohol brief interventions and a scoping study of alcohol interventions in community justice settings. It is anticipated that the study findings will inform broader health service development such as the integration of prison health care into the NHS and the update of core alcohol treatment and support services. These developments are set within a policy and practice context which acknowledges alcohol problems in the population and increasingly so the alcohol problem in offenders, along with the importance of applying a person-centred, recovery orientated approach underpinned by the NHS commitment to quality of services. The aim of this study was to undertake a needs assessment of alcohol problems experienced by prisoners and provide recommendations for service improvement including a model of care. The central objectives were to: 1. Conduct a rapid review of the relevant literature on effective interventions for identifying and treating offenders with alcohol problems in prison. 2. Report on the epidemiology of alcohol problems experienced by prisoners in Scotland compared to the general population and other offenders. 3. Undertake an assessment of alcohol problems among offenders within an individual prison. 4. Map current models of care in the Scottish Prison Service (SPS) and how they interface with community care models, including assessing aspects of treatment continuity and finding examples of best practice. 5. In a case study setting, explore and report on attitudes towards the delivery and effectiveness of current alcohol interventions. 6. Conduct a gap analysis between current service provision, best practice, effective interventions and national care standards for substance misuse. Details: Edinburgh: NHS Health Scotland, 2011. 199p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2011 at: http://www.healthscotland.com/uploads/documents/15105-Prison%20Health%20Needs%20Assessment%20for%20Alcohol%20Problems.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse (Scotland) Shelf Number: 121076

Author: Great Britain. Department for Communities and Local Government Title: Tackling Anti-Social Behaviour: Tools and Powers -- Toolkit for Social Landlords Summary: Anti-social behaviour and nuisance continues to be a problem in many communities, and public expectations continue to rise in relation to the role social landlords play in addressing anti-social behaviour. Recent U.K. legislation provides social landlords and their partner agencies with even greater tools and powers with which to continue to improve anti-social behaviour services. For some landlords with geographically dispersed stock, or stock in rural areas, developing a strategy that is responsive to the demands of different areas can be complex. Effective community engagement and local partnership arrangements are essential in developing an approach to tackling anti-social behaviour, that can identify and respond appropriately and proportionately to the diverse problems each area presents, and which reflects local concerns. Social landlords have a responsibility to work closely with partner agencies, local authorities, the police, residents and community organisations to tackle the cause and effect of anti-social behaviour in communities. This involves developing a holistic approach which includes multi-agency working, early intervention and prevention work, support for victims and perpetrators, as well as using the full range of enforcement tools and powers available to landlords. The key aims of the guidance are to: • Raise social landlords’ awareness of the full range of powers and tools available to them to tackle anti-social behaviour and its underlying causes • Support the delivery of an appropriate level of response to anti-social behaviour by landlords, that accurately reflects local priorities and circumstances • Assist landlords to utilise the full range of powers and enforcement tools available to them to act promptly and effectively to reduce levels of anti-social behaviour • Encourage greater community confidence in social landlords’ ability and commitment to tackle anti-social behaviour and its causes • Support partnership working between local authorities, the police, other agencies and social landlords at a local level to establish the most effective methods of managing anti-social behaviour, crime and nuisance. Details: London: Communities and Local Government, 2010. 132p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2011 at: http://www.communities.gov.uk/documents/housing/pdf/1530807.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 121087

Author: Charlton, Michelle Title: Exploring Public Confidence in the Police and Local Councils in Tackling Crime and Anti-Social Behaviour Summary: This report provides findings from discussion groups held with local residents across England and Wales on the reasons underpinning responses to a question in the British Crime Survey (BCS) that measures public confidence in the police and local council to tackle crime and anti-social behaviour (ASB). Eighteen groups took place between 18 January and 3 February 2010. Participants were given a questionnaire to complete at the beginning and end of each discussion group which included the BCS question; responses were then used to prompt discussion during the course of the groups. The main implications for how to improve public confidence are as follows. ● Increasing awareness of the role and work undertaken by the police and council in tackling crime and ASB is perceived to be key to improving public confidence. This is particularly important with respect to Neighbourhood Policing and understanding the role of the local council. Passive communication, using a channel that people are already engaged with, e.g. radio, is perceived to be effective in building this awareness. ● Engaging the public with the police and council should be made as straightforward as possible to encourage community involvement. Engagement activities need to be taken to residents in environments in which they are comfortable or through existing channels. ● Providing prompt feedback on the outcomes of cases was seen as an important means of providing reassurance that action is being taken. ● Any local agreement setting out public standards of service should: be concise and user-friendly; be firm in its promises, therefore underlying the intention to fulfil them; provide guidance on how to hold the police and/or council to account. ● More information could be provided on: the council’s role in dealing with crime and ASB; the activities being undertaken to address these issues; the impact of community consultation on the council’s ASB policy; and a clear guide on who to contact in the council and expected response times. ● Local councils can play a role in facilitating greater dialogue between residents and the police. People appear to be engaging with the council through meetings, newsletters and other forums, and these means can be used to provide feedback on crime and ASB issues. Neighbourhood Policing appears to fit the public’s desired model of policing but awareness needs to be improved if Neighbourhood Policing is to be effective in raising confidence. Participants said they would welcome the opportunity to meet their Neighbourhood Policing Teams in person, in informal settings, as well as to have a greater involvement in local priority setting. ● Participants were unconcerned with the mechanics of local partnerships; they were more interested in the outcomes. One of the most popular initiatives appeared to be a single non-emergency number. While this was felt to simplify the reporting of issues, it needed to result in clear action being taken for it to have the potential to raise confidence. Details: London: Home Office, 2011. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 50: Accessed March 22, 2011 at: http://rds.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/pdfs11/horr50c.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 121094

Author: Innes, Martin Title: Rethinking the Policing of Anti-Social Behaviour Summary: This study develops an evidence-led perspective on the police response to antisocial behaviour (ASB). By starting with the views of victims and the public about the effectiveness of the police management of ASB and working back from these, the research is able to develop new insights in terms of what the police can do to reduce the social harm caused by ASB within and across communities. It is based upon an analysis integrating data from a survey of 5699 ASB victims, the British Crime Survey and Her Majesty’s Inspectorate of Constabulary’s assessment of police system quality. The analysis identifies two major issues for the police in that: • Aspects of the systems and processes used in many police forces for managing ASB have a negative impact upon victims and the public. In particular, where police seek to manage demand for their services through a robust ‘graded response’ policy, this can be interpreted very negatively by the public when they call the police about ASB issues. • Relatedly, some community safety partnerships appear to be too inward facing and are failing to deliver services that meet the needs of ASB victims in terms of stopping problems in a reasonable time-frame. These findings directly challenge some key tenets of current thinking about responding to ASB within the police service and across the criminal justice sector. In addition, the research identifies ‘what works’ in managing ASB. Those police forces who performed best in the eyes of ASB victims and the public: • Brief Neighbourhood Policing teams, response officers and CID thoroughly about ASB issues, and specific local problems; • Use systematic intelligence processes to manage and co-ordinate their responses to ASB; • Ensure that Neighbourhood Policing teams are equipped and resourced to engage in tactical and strategic problem-solving of ASB issues. When people bring ASB to the attention of the police, more often than not, it is because it is harming them, and they want someone to take action to stop it and quickly. There is a clear and consistent pattern of evidence that where police do not attend and respond adequately to ASB issues this has a strongly negative impact upon public confidence and satisfaction. Details: London: Her Majesty’s Inspectorate of Constabulary, 2010. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 22, 2011 at:http://www.hmic.gov.uk/SiteCollectionDocuments/Anti-social_behaviour_2010/ASB_ACA_20100923.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 121091

Author: Rogers, Ben Title: The Woolwich Model: Can Citizens Tackle Anti-Social Behaviour? Summary: This essay speaks to just one particular challenge: that of anti-social behaviour. It argues that while public concern for low-level disorder remains high, citizens have, for a number of reasons, withdrawn from day-to-day intervention. At the same time, policy has tended to focus on top-down, professionally-centred approaches to tackling the problem. This report argues that great gains could be made by taking a different approach – modelled on first aid – where people, including those with direct responsibility for managing the local public realm, are trained in basic community safety skills. Giving people the capacity to respond to anti-social behaviour and defuse conflict could, if pursued alongside continuing support for other forms of community policing, help reduce the problem and people’s concerns, while bringing wider benefits. Details: London: RSA, 2010. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Essay 2: Accessed March 22, 2011 at: http://www.thersa.org/__data/assets/pdf_file/0004/327082/0882RSA_21CE_benrogers_web.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 121098

Author: Hannan, Maria Title: Deaths In or Following Police Custody: An Examination of the Cases 1998/99 - 2008/09 Summary: Deaths in or following police custody are a controversial area of policing, and they represent some of the most high profile cases handled by the IPCC. They impact on trust and confidence in the police, particularly in Black and minority ethnic communities. The number of deaths in or following police custody is relatively small, but each death represents a tragedy. Despite the high profile nature of this area relatively little research has been conducted into it, or were carried out some time ago. Forces have a statutory duty to refer all deaths following police contact, including those that occur in or following police custody, to the IPCC. The IPCC reports on these deaths as part of our annual statistics into deaths during or following police contact. This study examines deaths in or following custody over an extensive period in order to identify trends, and, most importantly, the lessons that can be learnt for policy and practice to prevent future tragedies. The research used completed investigations to gather data on all 333 deaths which occurred between 1998/99 and 2008/09. The study looks at trends in the incidents, and examines a range of themes – the use of restraint, mental health and suicide, alcohol and drugs, risk assessment and medical provision, and investigation and investigations outcomes. The final report makes a series of recommendations for police forces and the health service which aim to improve policy and practice in this area. Details: London: Independent Police Complaints Commission, 2010. 93p. Source: Internet Resource: IPCC Research Series Paper:17: Accessed March 23, 2011 at: http://www.ipcc.gov.uk/Pages/deathscustodystudy.aspx Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Deaths in Custody (U.K.) Shelf Number: 121103

Author: Firmin, Carlene Title: This Is It. This Is My Life... Female Voice in Violence Final Report On the Impact of Serious Youth Violence and Criminal Gangs on Women and Girls Across the Country Summary: This report presents a follow-up to ROTA (Race on the Agenda) Female Voice in Violence report that discovered the use of "rape as a weapon of choice" against women and girls in London finds more weapons, less choice for females suffering from serious violence across the country. Girls and women across the country who disclose experience of rape, torture, abuse, exploitation and manipulation as a result of their relationships with gang-associated male family members and peers are at risk of repeat abuse and victimisation. The report draws on face-to-face research with 352 friends, relatives, victims or perpetrators of gangs and gang violence. Ranging in age from 13-52, the experiences of these women and girls highlight lessons for policy makers and those working to prevent serious youth violence. The research highlighted concerns about the lack of appropriate services available to those females caught up in gangs, the use of sexual violence by gang members, and the impact of serious violence on their sexual and mental health. Details: London: Race on the Agenda (ROTA), 2011. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2011 at: http://www.rota.org.uk/downloads/ROTA_FVV_FINALREPORT_LoRes.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 121105

Author: Jones, Jackie Title: Trafficking of Women and Children in Wales 2010 Summary: This report centres around the lived experience of victims of trafficking, be they men, women or children. It focuses on responses to the victims of trafficking as this is the area in which WAG has the most room to enact effective, rights-based policies. To this end, the report surveys the literature and legal instruments on trafficking in human beings. Much has been written about trafficking, much more needs to be said about trafficking in Wales. The literature reveals a clear lack of understanding about the issues involved in trafficking. For example, the relationships between trafficking and smuggling, forced labour and irregular work, the link between prostitution and trafficking, the link between marijuana consumption and child forced labour. There are gaps in knowledge over issues of identification of victims of trafficking and responses once identified as well as specialist provisions of services, despite the recent creation of a refuge for trafficked women in Wales. Gender-specific and child-friendly policy initiatives are at the heart of effective enforcement and protection strategies. These need to be tailored to the particular needs of local communities in Wales. Strategies that reflect the different landscapes – rural, urban, language, cultural – all require co-ordination in a national (Welsh) centre for trafficking. From that multi-agency point, training, awareness-raising, advocacy and many other services can be provided and tailored for the needs of the people in Wales. Details: Bristol, UK: Bristol Law School, University of the West of England, 201o. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Center for Legal Research, Working Paper No. 1: Accessed March 23, 2011 at: http://law.uwe.ac.uk/pdf/trafficking.pdf Year: 0 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 121108

Author: Watson, Joyce Title: Knowing No Boundaries: Local Solutions to an International Crime Summary: The trafficking of women and children both from abroad into Wales and internally across the country is a crime which surrounds us all; there is no region in Wales which is exempt from the shadowy tentacles of this inhumane activity. calls for the establishment of a post which would bring together the knowledge and expertise of relevant authorities such as the police, social services and the UK Border Agency, the Children‟s Commissioner for Wales and voluntary organisations. Far from there being a uniform picture of trafficking across the country, each region and community has its own identity and circumstances which affect the trafficking trade. The holder of the new post would be responsible for developing community-specific strategies which reflect an area‟s landscape – rural, urban, linguistic and cultural and raise awareness of local people so more traffickers and victims could be uncovered. Details: Cardiff, Wales: National Assembly for Wales, Cross-Party Working Group on Trafficking of Women and Children, 2010. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2011 at: http://epoliticsdesigns.co.uk/trafficking/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/Local-Solutions-to-an-International-Crime-Trafficking-of-Women-and-Children-in-Wales-20100.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Trafficking (Wales) Shelf Number: 121109

Author: GLE Consulting Title: The 2012 Games and Human Trafficking: Identifying Possible Risks and Relevant Good Practice From Other Cities Summary: This report reviews the potential impact of the 2012 Olympic and Paralympic Games on trafficking, in the context of a possible increase of people entering the UK due to human trafficking. While international and national laws are in place to combat trafficking, London boroughs and other organisations offer services that aim to mitigate the impact. Local organisations highlight good practice and the value of multi-agency working, close cooperation between agencies and maximising existing resources. This report briefly outlines the international and European legal and policy frameworks that exist to counter human trafficking, and summarises the laws, mechanisms and organisations that play a role in tackling trafficking and supporting its victims, which are relevant to, or active in, London. Multi-agency work and knowledge sharing is essential for offering support to victims. This research offers a framework for future European funding applications in the area of trafficking, which could complement existing services of boroughs and their partners. In addition, whereas many London local authorities already have expertise in tackling trafficking and supporting its victims, this research can assist those boroughs with less experience in the area. Details: London: London Councils, 2011. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2011 at: http://www.londoncouncils.gov.uk/policylobbying/crime/publications/2012humantrafficking.htm Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 121112

Author: Harris, Daryl Title: Understanding the Psychology of Gang Violence: Implications for Designing Effective Violence Interventions Summary: This study employed a qualitative approach in which 44 male gang-affiliated prisoners convicted of violent offences were interviewed about their experiences of gang affiliation. The analysis suggested that participants held different views about the nature of gangs and there was a lack of consensus about what constituted a gang. This study identified several important psychological motivations contributing to gang affiliation and highlighted ways in which criminality reinforces gang affiliation and identity. The meaning of violence for participants was explored and the authors identify practical implications relating to assessment and intervention with gang affiliated offenders. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2011. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Research Series 2/11: Accessed March 28, 2011 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/publications/docs/research-gang-violence.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 121123

Author: Glover, Jane Title: No Fixed Abode: The Housing Struggle for Young People Leaving Custody in England Summary: The last 10 years have seen a welcome decrease in the numbers of young people entering the youth justice system and those being held in youth custody in England. However, despite significant investment, resettlement remains an intractable problem and reoffending rates are shockingly high, at 74 per cent. Research shows that having suitable accommodation arrangements in place significantly reduces the risk of reoffending. The previous Government’s Social Exclusion Unit (SEU) reported that stable accommodation can reduce offending by as much as 20 percent. Barnardo’s experience of providing floating support and supported accommodation for homeless young people, including those leaving custody, has convinced us that having the right level of support at the right time is crucial to ensuring adherence to the terms of a community licence, engaging with education and training, and accessing vital support services. Accommodation was one of the top five issues of concern for young people using Barnardo’s advocacy service inside the secure estate in 2009-10, so this research set out to examine the realities of accommodation and support for young people leaving custody and whether adaptations to statutory guidance in recent years have had any impact. We also calculated the savings that can be made if a young person is well supported on their release from custody. The report documents the journeys of five young people – Liam, Daniel, Amy, Chris and Robbie as they prepare for release and move into the community. Their stories, backed up by research interviews with professionals from the community and the secure estate, demonstrate how gaps in provision during the crucial transition from custody to the community can significantly hamper a young person’s ability to get their life back on track. This results in a costly cycle of unsuitable accommodation and offending that could have been averted. Details: Ilford, UK: Barnardo's, 2011. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2011 at: http://www.barnardos.org.uk/no_fixed_abode_february_2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Housing Shelf Number: 121142

Author: Tippett, Neil Title: Prevention and Response to Identity-Based Bullying Among Local Authorities in England, Scotland and Wales Summary: The overall aim of the report is to establish the extent and effectiveness of local authorities’ and schools’ actions to prevent and respond to prejudice-based bullying of young people both inside and outside of school, on the grounds of disability, gender, gender identity, race, religion or belief or sexual orientation. Summary of Findings: 1.‘Identity-based’ (or ‘Prejudice-based’) bullying is widespread and continues to blight the lives of many young people, affecting educational attainment and having a long term impact on their life chances. A common cause is children’s, and sometimes teachers’ poor understanding of diversity; 2.Schools (and local authorities) need to know the extent of the problem and reasons for any bullying. Recording incidents of the different types of prejudice-based bullying is therefore crucial. Without the appropriate baseline data it is impossible to know the extent of bullying, or monitor the impact of interventions and progress on tackling the problem, or direct resources where they are most needed. Our survey revealed support for a statutory requirement to record and report incidents of prejudice-based bullying, in order to understand the problem and target action and resources where it is needed most. 3.Greater guidance and support is needed to help schools take action against prejudice-based bullying. Our research shows that guidance plays a crucial role in directing anti-bullying work and focussing attention on particular areas. Central government guidance, such as ‘Safe to Learn’ has been well received and more practical guidance from government and non-government organisations was asked for by some respondents. 4.In order to effectively tackle this form of bullying, specific preventative strategies must be adopted such as a ‘whole school approach’ which considers all the equality strands, and focuses on tackling prejudice. Focus within: whole school policies, equality action plans, assemblies, PHSE and citizenship curriculum. Preventative measures are crucial as bullying of this type is a response to prejudice and may happen due to poor understanding of diversity. Bullying of LGB young people and disabled children, including those with learning difficulties shows a particularly strong relationship to prejudiced attitudes held throughout the school. Details: London: Equality and Human Rights Commission, 2010. 147p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 64: Accessed March 28, 2011 at: http://www.equalityhumanrights.com/uploaded_files/research/64_identity_based_bullying.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bullying (U.K.) Shelf Number: 121079

Author: Great Britain. HM Inspectorate of Probation Title: Core Case Inspections of Youth Offending Work: Aggregate Findings Across Four English Regions and Wales, Including Findings by Diversity Summary: This report provides aggregate findings across four English regions and Wales from HMI Probation’s Core Case Inspections (CCI) of key aspects of Youth Offending work by Youth Offending Teams, which are covering all 157 YOTs over a three year period from April 2009. The findings in this report cover the 79 YOT areas inspected so far. • Overall, these findings indicate that much sound work is being undertaken with young people who have offended, but that there is scope for further improvement, among other things in Public Protection work, in a number of YOTs. • On the main elements of work inspected in the CCI – Safeguarding and Public Protection: - the overall average percentage of Safeguarding work, that HMI Probation judged to have met a sufficiently high level of quality, was 67% - the overall average percentage of work to keep to a minimum each young person’s Risk of Harm to others, that HMI Probation judged to have met a sufficiently high level of quality, was 62% - the overall average percentage of work to make it less likely that the individual young person would reoffend, that HMI Probation judged to have met a sufficiently high level of quality, was 70% • In 88% of the cases the YOT worker actively motivated and supported the young person throughout the sentence. • In 73% of cases delivered interventions in the community were of good quality. In only 55% of all cases were they reviewed appropriately. • In 64% of cases where the young person did not comply with the supervision the authority took enforcement action sufficiently well. • When analysed by diversity characteristics, for the main elements of work overall, and for the majority of key specific aspects of work, there were no statistically significant differences. However, where there were differences, work was done sufficiently well: - with girls and young women somewhat more often than with boys and young men - on some aspects of work, including some on Risk of Harm, a little more often with white young people compared to black and minority ethnic (BME) young people - with individuals under 16 years of age somewhat more often than with the older age group - with individuals with no identified disability somewhat more often than those with an identified disability • Overall, there were no major differences in the quality of work between children and young people of different diversity characteristics, but the figures indicate that certain specific matters may require attention. Details: London: HM Inspectorate of Probation, 2011. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed March 28, 2011 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/inspectorates/hmi-probation/docs/CCI_aggregate_report_March_2011-rps.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Disability Shelf Number: 121146

Author: Dillane, Jennifer Title: Evaluation of the Dundee Families Project: Final Report Summary: The Dundee Family Project was established with Urban Programme funding to assist families who are homeless or at severe risk of homelessness as a result of ‘antisocial behaviour’. Previous ways of tackling this problem were seen as expensive and ineffective. The Project is run by NCH Action for Children Scotland in partnership with Dundee Council Housing and Social Work Departments. The Project works with families deemed to have exhibited a range of anti-social behaviour, with the aim of enabling them to avoid eviction or be restored to satisfactory tenancy arrangements. This also helps to prevent the breakdown of vulnerable families, and to re-unite separated families. The Project follows a systemic approach to family difficulties and offers a range of services through individual and couple counselling, family support and group work. The service makes available support 24-hours a day all year. Staff run after-school and young persons’ group activities, while groups for adults have covered cookery, parenting skills, anger management and tenancy issues. Users access the service in 3 main ways: i. by residence in a ‘core block’ comprising accommodation for 3-4 families ii. in dispersed tenancies, iii. on an outreach basis. The staff currently consists of the following: Project Manager, 1 Depute, 7 Social Care Workers, 4 Relief Social Care Workers, 1 Administrative Assistant, and 1 Domestic. The Project established an admissions panel, which assesses referrals and reviews cases. The membership includes representatives from the Project, NCH and Dundee City Council Housing and Social Work. A Project Advisory Group was also set up to provide guidance and feedback from service users and local residents. This study of the Dundee Families Project was intended to evaluate the processes, outcomes and costs of the Project, using primarily qualitative methods. Data were gathered from case records, adult and child service users, Project staff, and key stakeholders. In addition, due to the initial controversial response by the media and local people, the views of residents in the immediate vicinity of the Project were also obtained. Finally, a partial cost benefit analysis of the Project was conducted. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Stationary Office, 2001. 129p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2011 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/Doc/158814/0043122.pdf Year: 2001 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior (Scotland) Shelf Number: 121148

Author: Han, Lu Title: Understanding the Determinants of Property and Violent Crime in England and Wales: A Panel Data Analysis Summary: We examine various determinants of property and violent crimes by using police force area level (PFA) data on England and Wales over the period 1992-2008. Our list of potential determinants includes two law enforcement variables namely crime-specific detection rate and prison population, and various socio-economic variables such as unemployment rate, real earnings, proportion of young people and Gini Coefficient. By adopting a fixed effect dynamic GMM estimation methodology we attempt to address the potential bias that arises from the presence of time-invariant unobserved characteristics of a PFA and the endogeneity of several regressors. There is a significant positive effect of own-lagged crime rate. The own-lagged effect is stronger for property crime, on an average, than violent crime. We find that, on an average, higher detection rate and prison population leads to lower property and violent crimes. This is robust to various specifications. However, socio-economic variables with the exception of real earnings play a limited role in explaining different crime types. Details: Unpublished Paper, 2011. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 1, 2011 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1773913 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 121220

Author: User Voice Title: Young People’s Views on Safeguarding in the Secure Estate Summary: This report by User Voice was commissioned by the Youth Justice Board and the Office of the Children's Commissioner to seek the views of young people on safeguarding in the secure estate for children and young people. The report focuses on four areas: the complaints system, use of separation, full searches and helplines. The views of young people given in this report are being used to directly inform the YJB's work in these four areas. Details: London: Youth Justice Board for England and Wales, 2011. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2011 at: http://www.yjb.gov.uk/publications/Scripts/prodView.asp?idproduct=493&eP= Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Detention (U.K.) Shelf Number: 121233

Author: Penhale, Bridget Title: Intimate Partner Violence Against Older Women. National Report - United Kingdom Summary: Intimate partner violence against older women (IPVoW) is a serious issue, which has received increasing attention over the past decade. However, the majority of this research has been conducted in the United States and there is a paucity of research investigating IPVoW in Europe. Research has largely neglected to investigate the issue of double marginality (age and gender) and the intersections between these forms of marginalization: research on elder abuse has focused on age and largely neglected considerations of gender, whilst research from within the sphere of domestic violence has not fully considered aspects relating to age. Therefore, the main aim of this national study was to investigate the extent and nature of the problem of partner violence against older women in the UK. The study formed part of a larger international research project which investigated the problem of IPVoW in six European countries which included: Austria; Germany; Hungary; Poland; and Portugal, as well as the UK, with the German Police University (DHPol) in Muenster German coordinating the international research project. All of the partner organizations contributed to the design of the research and employed the same methodological approaches to investigate the problem of IPVoW in their respective national contexts. The current research project had a multi-method and multi-perspective approach and consisted of five distinct research phases: 1. A review of existing literature was conducted to develop knowledge of the prevalence and incidence of intimate partner violence against older women. 2. An institutional survey was conducted to investigate key organizations’ experiences of providing support to older female victims of IPV. 3. Interviews with older female victims of IPV were carried out to explore older women’s experiences of partner violence and their help seeking behaviour. 4. Interviews with staff, that had experience of supporting older women and/or survivors of IPV, were also conducted to investigate their experiences and perspectives on this issue. 5. A national network of experts was convened, with representatives from national organizations (e.g. from the field of violence against women, law enforcement agencies and policy-makers). These networks supported data collection and contributed to the recommendations for further research/data collection, service development and policy. Chapter 2 of this national report appraises international research on IPVoW and provides a summary of research and policy relevant to this issue at the international level. Chapter 3 discusses the social and cultural issues relating to IPVoW and highlights key developments, which have occurred over recent decades that have been influential in how this problem is conceptualised and managed within UK society. Although the issue of elder abuse was first recognized in the UK in the mid 1970s, it was not until some 15 years later that the issue was fully iden- tified as a social problem in need of attention. The first policy guidance on the issue was produced in England in 1993 although this was somewhat limited in scope. Subsequent guidance was produced in England and Wales in 2000 and related to all adult service users who might be vulnerable to differing forms of abuse rather than specifically older people. The policy guidance in both nations is currently under review. Over the past decade the discrete nations of the UK have developed somewhat different approaches to the issue of abuse of vulnerable adults. Generally, the issue of IPVoW has not been considered separately to that of other adult service users of community and social care services, but is conceptualized as an element of the abuse of vulnerable adults (known as adults at risk in Scotland). Domestic violence has mostly been considered in relation to younger adult women and is dealt with differently to the issue of adult abuse. There has been rather limited attention to the issue of IPVoW within domestic violence services and provision until recent years. Chapter 4 presents the findings from the review of existing UK data. A series of information sources were reviewed including police and crime statistics and information provided by a range of support services. The data available on IPVoW was critically evaluated and suggestions regarding how some of the limitations of data collection methods could be overcome were presented. The review of existing data revealed that there is currently a shortage of accurate data relating to the prevalence, extent and nature of intimate partner violence against older women in the UK. The research also highlighted key areas, which warrant further investigation. It was suggested that in order to gain an understanding of the prevalence of IPVoW, methods which investigate the prevalence, as well as incidence, of partner violence against older women should be employed, routine collection of demographic information of service users by support services (older adult services, domestic violence agencies and adult safeguarding/protection teams) is required and women aged over 59 years should be included within the self completion module of British Crime Survey on domestic abuse. It is also proposed that future research needs to explore the perspectives and experiences of those older female victims of partner violence who have not engaged with support services. Chapter 5 describes the findings from the national institutional survey. Informa- tion obtained from the institutional survey revealed information on the extent to which older women have been engaging with support services for older people and/or services for victims of domestic violence in the past 4 years. Thus the survey was a first step in exploring the extent of case knowledge about IPVoW within relevant agencies; coupled with the interviews held with professionals about their knowledge and understanding of such situations and experiences of working in this field, a greater depth of information and understanding about the issue and about service responses to older women who experience IPVoW has been obtained. The survey also collected information on the types of support provided to older female victims of partner violence by the different agencies. The survey was sent out in the autumn of 2009, and unfortunately, only obtained a low response rate (19%). Some of the reasons for this low rate are discussed in the chapter, together with other limitations of this element of the study. Just under half of the respondents (46%) were from local authority Social Services and over one third (35%) were from domestic violence agencies. Of the responding agencies, 85% reported that they had knowledge of cases of IPV and older women in the relevant time period (2006-2009). Most of the respondents provided information about cases of IPVoW that their organization had been involved with between 2006 and 2008, some were also able to provide information pertaining to 2009. Almost three-quarters of responding agencies (73%) provided information covering the entire period of 2006-2009. Apart from one national organization, which reported relatively high numbers of cases known to them, most agencies reported modest numbers of cases that had been known to them, with a range between 0 and 331 cases of women over 60 years who had experienced IPV during 2006-2008 and a range between 0 and 121 such cases relating to the first nine months of 2009. The majority of cases known to agencies during this period concerned women in the age range of 60-74 years. Whilst 96% of responding agencies reported that they had knowledge of cases relating to older women aged between 60 and 74 years during the time period, only 82% of agencies indicated such knowledge about cases relating to older women who were older than 75 years. Chapters 6 and 7 describe findings from the series of interviews, which were conducted with 10 women who had experienced IPV and 35 professionals who had provided support to older women/survivors of domestic abuse. Victims’ and professionals’ experiences and perspectives relating to partner violence against older women were explored. One of the main findings from these series of interviews was that partner violence does not appear to decrease or stop as women enter into ‘older age’. Interestingly, however, in some cases the type of violence women were subjected to did change. Situations were described where perpetrators who were no longer capable of physical violence (e.g. due to physical frailty) resorted to using alternative methods of abuse (e.g. increased psychological abuse). Women felt that it was fear that had often caused them the greatest difficulties when it came to leaving their violent relationship, considering leaving the situation or accessing help for the violence they had experienced. Fear of other people’s reactions, fear that the violence would get worse if they tried to leave/sought help and fear they would not be able to support themselves financially were all significant barriers to leaving and even help seeking in more general terms. The findings seemed to suggest that a proportion of older women may be at an increased vulnerability because of the dependence on their partners for financial security and/or their health care needs (and that in some situations a double dependency may occur, which may further heighten risk). Both the staff and women interviewed felt that there was limited information available to older female victims of IPV regarding the help and support which is available to older women who have experienced partner violence. One of the main recommendations which emerged from the interviews with the female victims of IPV and the support service professionals, was that organizations (domestic violence and older adult services) need to raise older women’s awareness about the services and support they can offer for older female victims of intimate partner violence. This requires the adjustment of terminology used in publicity / campaigns so that it is more widely understood by this group of women (e.g. avoidance of terms such as ‘domestic violence’). Materials need to be developed in the languages that are used in local communities so that these campaigns are both inclusive and effective. It was also proposed that staff from services, which have regular contact with older women (e.g. health services, domiciliary care providers, housing services) should have training in the recognition, identification and management of intimate partner violence in older people. Another key recommendation was that there needs to be increased collaboration between specialist domestic violence agencies and organizations that provide support for older people/vulnerable adults, including relevant local authority teams, so that the sharing of experiences and knowledge transfer can be established, to the benefit of all (including most centrally older women who experience IPVoW. It was argued, by women and staff alike, that the provision of a variety of mobile interventions (e.g. floating support, support groups, ‘buddying’ schemes) and improved emergency accommodation, which is appropriate and accessible for older women, is also essential. An additional recommendation was that older women need to be able to access financial support if they choose to leave a violent relationship. It was suggested that financial support needs to be available for older women who are dependent on their abusive partners for financial security, and that this should include access to emergency financial support in cases of urgent need. In cases where women are not eligible for community care grants or housing benefits (because of savings or pensions) these women should be eligible for alternative sources of financial support, this may be particularly important in cases where women do not have access to their financial assets. Chapter 8 details how a national network of interested individuals and organizations was convened over the course of the two-year research study. A detailed account of how the national network contributed to the current research project and helped develop the final series of recommendations is outlined. Finally, chapter 9 discusses the findings from all of the different phases of the research study and presents the comprehensive list of recommendations relating to future research, policy and practice. Whilst it is recognised that some of the recommendations are specific to older female victims of IPV it is proposed that a number of these recommendations would benefit all victims of domestic violence and/or vulnerable older women. It is suggested that the recommendations made within this national report need to be given due attention by all those who are involved with this issue at policy, research or service levels so that older women are not left to suffer from partner violence in silence and that their voices may be heard. Details: Sheffield, UK: School of Nursing and Midwifery, University of Sheffield, 2010. 243p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2011 at: http://www.ipvow.org/images/stories/ipvow/reports/IPVoW_UK_englisch_final.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 121243

Author: SOLACE Study Group Title: The Role of Local Authorities in Addressing Human Trafficking Summary: This SOLACE report explores how Local Authorities can improve their response to the crime of human trafficking, in particular in the area of identifying and assisting victims. This is a timely study, as the Council of Europe Convention on Action against Trafficking in Human Beings entered into force in the UK on 1 April 2009, providing victims of these crimes – both adults and children - with minimum rights and protection. The report draws on the work of the SOLACE Study Group on Human Trafficking who studied the response of Local Authorities across Europe to human trafficking and identified relevant practice examples for the UK. The study group developed a competence and evidence framework for Local Authorities to assess their own performance in responding to the challenges of human trafficking. This framework identifies five core competences that Local Authorities need to focus upon if they are to improve their response to these challenges; this report expands upon each of these competences, demonstrating how they can be developed in practice. Details: London: Solace, 2009. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2011 at: http://lastradainternational.org/lsidocs/role%20of%20local%20authorities%20in%20thb(1).pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Trafficking Shelf Number: 121246

Author: Ipsos MORI Title: Behaviour Management Across the Secure Estate for Children and Young People Summary: This study explores aspects of the use of restraint across the secure estate for children and young people, in conjunction with behaviour management approaches such as separation and adjudications. Qualitative in-depth interviews were carried out with staff and young people in young offender institutions (YOIs), secure training centres (STCs) and secure children’s homes between February 2010 and May 2010. In total, 33 interviews were carried out with young people and 35 with staff. The young people who were chosen to be interviewed had recently experienced restraint within establishments which had recorded a high number of restraints. The qualitative findings are summarised in this report. Details: London: Youth Justice Board for England and Wales, 2011. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 7, 2011 at: Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Corrections (U.K.) Shelf Number: 121265

Author: Silvestri, Arianna, ed. Title: Lessons for the Coalition: An End of Term Report on New Labour and Criminal Justice Summary: In a collection of essays by leading UK thinkers and commentators, the report Lessons for the Coalition, critiques the many innovations and the numerous failings on criminal justice during Labour's period in office. It also offers pointers to the coalition government of what not to do and on what needs changing. Professor Andrew Sanders of the University of Birmingham warns that one third of the prison population is likely to be serving indefinite prison sentences by 2012. His concerns are shared by the President of the Prison Governors Association Eoin McLennan-Murray, who describes Indeterminate Sentences for Public Protection (1) as a `stain on our criminal justice system' that has left an `indelible scar on the prison service'. McLennan-Murray also critiques the original structure of Labour's National Offender Management Service (2) as `a dysfunctional duplicate of already large prison service headquarters' that has been `very successful at increasing the level of bureaucracy'. Professor Andrew Ashworth of the University of Oxford also expresses concern about Indeterminate Sentences for Public Protection, describing them as `a policy-making disaster'. He calls on the coalition to undertake some `fundamental re-thinking' on sentencing. This should include a reassessment of the roles of the police, Crown Prosecution Service and magistrates' courts; a reaffirmation of the right to a fair trial; a re-examination of justifications for the UK's high imprisonment rate and a commitment to evidence-based policy. On the coalition's plans for a `rehabilitation revolution', David Faulkner, a former senior Home Office civil servant, argues that `no connection have been made between the "rehabilitation revolution" and the social conditions... which would enable it to take place, including the consequences which might follow from the government's programmes in other areas of social policy such as employment, housing and support for families'. Faulkner goes on to argue that `one of the test for the coalition government... will be the extent to which it can bring together the political vision of a "big society" and the professional and managerial wisdom that is needed to "make things work"'. Other contributions to Lessons for the coalition include: •Professor Rod Morgan, former chair of the Youth Justice Board, predicts that `cut-backs in "law and order" expenditure during the period 2011-2014 will almost certainly see a continuation of, possibly an increase in, the policy of imposing criminal sanctions out-of-court by the police and CPS'. •Dr Annette Ballinger of Keele University concludes that Labour's initiatives on violence against women were failures `leaving women exposed to unchallenged and unchecked male violence'. •On control orders (3) Professor Andrew Sanders argues that in most cases they have been used to disrupt `groups with only the most speculative and tangential relationship with terrorism'. •Professor Tim Hope of the University of Salford argues that Labour's `achievement with the crime trend has been less to do with its efforts and more to do with its skill in rigging the examination system'. •Professor Reece Walters of The Open University argues that `the so-called environmental successes under New Labour are already threatened by the proposals of the coalition... where environmental issues, such as green house gas emissions have been overshadowed by economic recovery and fiscal restraint'. Details: London: Centre for Crime and Justice Studies, 2011. 87p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2011 at: http://www.crimeandjustice.org.uk/publication_download_form_1830.html Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 121296

Author: Neyroud, Peter Title: Review of Police Leadership and Training Summary: This Review was commissioned by the Home Secretary in the light of the Coalition Governments reform agenda on policing. The Government’s consultation document, ‘Policing in the 21st Century: Reconnecting police and the people’, which was published in July 2010 set out ’the most radical change to policing in 50 years’. The first part of this reform agenda, specifically the Police Reform and Social Responsibility Bill, was set before parliament on 1 December 2010. The paper contained three key themes; the first is reconnecting the police with the public. There are two key step towards this: the ‘transference of power back to the people’, principally through the election of local Police and Crime Commissioners (PCCs’); transferring power away from government by doing away with national targets and leaving PCCs’ instead to create local Crime and Disorder Plans. Both of these are the main subject of the Police Reform and Social Responsibility Bill. Alongside this, the second theme is institutional change: the creation of the National Crime Agency (NCA) to provide a stronger national approach to serious and organised crime; the phasing out of the National Policing Improvement Agency. The third theme is severe fiscal constraint, with police forces facing ‘serious and difficult’ financial choices. Finally, running through the whole document is a recognition of the ‘golden thread’ needed to connect policing at all levels – local, national and international – if policing is to be effective in the 21st century. Alongside growing demand for policing at all levels, from neighbourhood action on anti-social behaviour to national efforts to tackle serious, organised crime and terrorism, these reforms provide immense challenges for police leaders. As the lead for the Review, I was, therefore, asked to carry out a ‘fundamental review of the current approach’, whilst examining in particular, how leadership and professional standards could be taken forward by a ‘repositioned Association of Chief Police Officers (ACPO)’, how talent can be developed to meet the new challenges and how the national functions currently delivered by the NPIA could be transitioned into the future. The eight key points of the Terms of Reference are set out below: 1. How ACPO can own and develop a shared vision in the service which engages practitioners, with PCCs’ locally and nationally with Government and other organisations such as the new National Crime Agency, for the standards of leadership and the development of the profession, building on learning from the Leadership Strategy: 2. How to develop an ACPO capacity to deliver leadership development, and assessment/accreditation, supported by the Superintendents’ Association, the Police Federation and others, which brings a cohesive approach to the leadership landscape: 3. Areas of focus nationally and locally for the leadership and talent management challenges – for example to identify key transitions and talent pools, including to increase diversity and respond to the Value For Money and operational skills challenges of the service: 4. The legal framework for assessment, for example for the promotion processes. 5. How the NPIA leadership functions can be transitioned effectively, in the context of the need for very substantial budget reductions: 6. The need to respond to the Government’s priority of reducing the unsustainable national deficit, including alternative funding models for leadership that both reduce and recover cost: 7. The potential role of other providers in training delivery, including other public sector leadership academies, the private sector, and other institutions: 8. The implications of the strategic direction for the leadership estates and infrastructure.’ I begin the Review by identifying the principles that need to underpin the approach to policing and police leadership in the future mapped out by the consultation document: 1. Democratically accountable: This is more than simply about the introduction of PCCs. It is about the link between police and civil society, between local police officers and their neighbourhoods’. It is also about the way in which the standards that guide police practice are the product of democratic debate. 2. Legitimate: There is a growing body of evidence to support the importance of the police performing their duties in ways that develop and maintain public perceptions of fairness and ethical behaviour. The research for the review reinforced the importance of such an approach in providing authority to the police and supporting law keeping by the public 3. Evidence-based: A growing body of evidence has been built up around effective police practice over the last 30 years5, which means that policing, professionally applied, works. 4. Nationally (and internationally) coherent: The more that policing is localised for delivery, the more important it is to be clear on the areas where interoperability and national standards are vital to protect the public 5. Capable, Competent and cost-effective: building on the 1964 Police Act’s principle of ‘efficiency and effectiveness’, Policing needs both to deliver desired outcomes and do so in a progressively more cost-effective way. Details: London: Home Office, 2010. 196p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 12, 2011 at: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/consultations/rev-police-leadership-training/report?view=Binary Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 121314

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary Title: Demanding Times: The Front Line and Police Visibility Summary: Forces must organise their resources so that the highest possible proportion of officers and other police staff are available to meet the needs of the public. At no time in the past has this been more important than now: in this age of austerity, the police will have to make hard choices about how they use their resources. It is important that these are informed choices. In this report, HMIC therefore opens the books of policing, enabling both the police and the public to see how resource choices differ from force to force: • Section 1, ‘The police workforce and the “front line”’, identifies and categorises the different police roles, quantifies each category and examines which roles might comprise the front line. • Section 2, ‘Where are the police?’, outlines the proportion of police officers and police and community support officers (PCSOs) who are visible and available to the public at key times of the day. • Section 3, ‘Demands on the police’, uses findings from three new case studies to illustrate the range of demands on the police, and the variety of resources needed to meet these demands. Details: London: HMIC, 2011. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 12, 2011 at: http://www.hmic.gov.uk/SiteCollectionDocuments/Thematics/THM_20110330.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 121319

Author: Clarke, Alan Title: Describing and Assessing Interventions to Address Anti-Social Behaviour Summary: This report explores how interventions for anti-social behaviour (ASB) are used in some local areas and the nature of the ASB. It pulls together two strands of work: a quantitative strand using data from local areas to look at Crime and Disorder Reduction Partnerships’ (CDRPs) use of ASB interventions and a qualitative investigation of the context in which ASB interventions are made, focusing on persistent adult perpetrators. The study has provided information about those who receive interventions for ASB and what interventions were received. The findings are in line with other research, for example about half of those receiving interventions in the study areas were young people aged under 18 and most interventions were lower level with few people getting more than one intervention in the study period. The detailed consideration of cases of persistent ASB by adults highlights the complex needs of many of the perpetrators and the challenges faced by practitioners in dealing with these types of ASB. Both the e quantitative and qualitative aspects of the research raise issues for practitioners in effectively dealing with ASB. ●● Current ASB data-collection practice does not tend to generate the kinds of data-sets which can underpin robust assessments of the effectiveness of ASB interventions, although there are practical steps which could be taken to help move ASB practice in a more focused (and perhaps cost-effective) direction. ●● Data management systems were often not designed to enable easy access to information by multi-agency groups involved in ASB work. This could lead to delays in the decision-making process and duplication of service provision. ●● Data sharing was one of the most contentious aspects of ASB practice. Not only were practitioners uncertain about both informed consent and the requirements of the Data Protection Act but also many commented on the reluctance of some partner agencies to share information. Details: London: Home Office, 2011. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report No. 51: Accessed April 12, 2011 at: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/science-research-statistics/research-statistics/crime-research/horr51/horr51-report?view=Binary Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 121320

Author: Berry, Geoff Title: The Effectiveness of Partnership Working in a Crime and Disorder Context: A Rapid Evidence Assessment Summary: Partnership approaches are largely built on the premise that no single agency can deal with, or be responsible for dealing with, complex community safety and crime problems. There are a range of ways of describing what constitutes a partnership approach; however it can be described in simple terms as a cooperative relationship between two or more organisations to achieve a common goal. Partnership approaches to tackling crime are now strongly embedded in the way in which local areas in England and Wales approach community safety. The Crime and Disorder Act (1998) defines the core group of agencies involved in these partnerships as well as their functions and role at the local level. However, as yet, there have been no systematic attempts to review the social research evidence base around partnership working, and synthesise the evidence base in a way which makes it easily available for practitioners and policy makers. This rapid evidence assessment (REA) represents an attempt to address this gap. An REA provides a robust method of synthesising evidence by adopting systematic review methods to search and critically appraise avaliable research in a subject area. The approach is made more “rapid” then traditional systematic reviews by limiting the breadth or depth of the process whilst maintaining the same level of quality criteria in assessing the avaliable evidence. This REA sought to address two questions; i) “Are partnerships more effective and efficient in achieving crime-related outcomes than alternatives?” and ii) “What factors have been identified as making partnerships work effectively and efficiently in delivering crime-related outcomes?” Details: London: Home Office, 2011. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report No. 52: Accessed April 12, 2011 at: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/science-research-statistics/research-statistics/crime-research/horr52/horr52-report?view=Binary Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime-Reduction Partnerships Shelf Number: 121321

Author: Fielder, Charlotte Title: An Evaluation of Social Work Posts in Young Offender Institutions Summary: The YJB is an executive non-departmental public body which oversees the youth justice system. It works to prevent offending and reoffending by children and young people under the age of 18, and to ensure that custody for them is safe and secure. It also addresses the causes of their offending behaviour. It is responsible for placing young people aged under 18 years who have been sentenced or remanded to custody. There are three types of secure custodial accommodation: 􀂃 secure training centres (STCs), run by private operators, are purpose-built centres for young offenders up to the age of 17 􀂃 secure children’s homes (SCHs), run by local authorities, are generally used to accommodate young offenders aged 12 to 14, girls up to the age of 16, and 15 to 16-year-old boys who are assessed as vulnerable 􀂃 young offender institutions (YOIs). YOIs are facilities run by the Prison Service and accommodate 15 to 21-year-olds, although under-18s are held in discrete establishments or young people’s wings. YOIs have lower ratios of staff to young people than STCs and SCHs and generally accommodate larger numbers of young people. The specific responsibilities that local authorities have towards such children have been set out in a Department for Education and Skills circular (DfES, 2004). These are: 􀂃 services in relation to children in need 􀂃 action where there are concerns that a child is suffering or likely to suffer harm 􀂃 action when a child dies in a juvenile secure establishment 􀂃 services in relation to looked-after children. In order to support the development of this work it was decided that social work posts should be established in YOIs specifically to undertake tasks relating to the duties listed above. It was felt that, in addition to fulfilling the specific requirements of the DfES circular, such posts would make progress towards addressing some of the broader underlying issues, which were identified by a range of national stakeholders. These issues include: 􀂃 recognition that many young people in custody have a high level of need, and that a significant number of young people in custody are looked-after children 􀂃 concern that previously young people in custody had been ‘neglected’, ‘forgotten’ or ‘sidelined’ by local authorities, even when statutory obligations existed; this meant that young people’s needs were being met neither in custody nor on release 􀂃 concern that prisons were not sufficiently child-centred – for example, prison staff were thought to be unlikely to understand issues relating to looked-after children, or to be equipped with the skills or time to deal with welfare issues. The overall aim of the evaluation was to explore the process and perceived impact of creating children’s social work posts within young people’s YOIs, with a view to informing the future planning and development of the role. More specifically the evaluation addressed the following questions: 􀂃 What activities have been undertaken by the YOI social workers and how is this monitored? 􀂃 How does this relate to their remit as planned? 􀂃 What barriers or challenges were encountered and how (if applicable) were these overcome? 􀂃 What different ‘models’ of implementation are in evidence, and which have been most successful? 􀂃 How do young people who have had contact with a YOI social worker perceive the role? 􀂃 How do other professionals/practitioners (both internal and external to the YOI) perceive the YOI social worker’s role? 􀂃 What perceived impact, if any, has the presence of the posts had on inter-agency working within youth justice and children’s services? 􀂃 What impact, if any, has the role perceived to have had on the safety and welfare of young people? These questions are considered directly in the conclusions and recommendations. section. Details: London: Youth Justice Board for England and Wales, 2008. 70p. Source: Online Resource: Accessed April 13, 2011 at: http://www.yjb.gov.uk/publications/Resources/Downloads/An%20evaluation%20of%20social%20work%20posts%20in%20YOIs_final.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Detention (U.K.) Shelf Number: 121331

Author: Innes, Martin Title: Assessing the Effects of Prevent Policing: A Report to the Association of Chief Police Officers Summary: “This report provides an assessment of the effects of Prevent policing. Informed by analyses of the British Crime Survey and ninety five in-depth interviews with Muslim community members (n=53) and police involved in delivering Prevent (n=42), it seeks to develop an evidence-led account of what Prevent policing has and has not achieved since its inception in 2003. The interview data clearly capture that community participation in co-­‐productive working to solve problems is involving both organizations that are formally funded by Prevent, but also more ‘organic’ forms of activism. However, reflecting a key finding of the earlier report, it remains the case that Muslim communities continue to express a preference for using their own informal social control resources to solve a problem when this is (or at least is believed to be) feasible. The evidence suggests that many Muslims hold quite complex and sophisticated views about the Prevent programme. Frequently, across the course of a single interview, community representatives talked both positively and negatively about their encounters with Prevent. Many of the reservations expressed about Prevent policing centred upon the means sometimes implemented. In particular, objections were registered about how Prevent funding had gone to groups who were not delivering much practical benefit. These concerns were reinforced by the wide-­‐ranging disposition of the Prevent programme and the tendency for it to define Muslims’ relations with key state agencies, such as the police. Overall, the attitudes and perceptions of people belonging to Muslim communities can be divided into three main positions: Some are fundamentally ‘anti--Prevent’ and anti-police. This stance views the entire Prevent agenda as flawed and misconceived. Whilst this ‘strong critique’ of Prevent policing has achieved some political traction, the evidence collated suggests that it is not a mainstream or majority view within Muslim communities. At the other end of the continuum are people who are ‘advocates’ of Prevent. They accept the premises of Prevent and are often actively engaged in helping to deliver it, either within or outside of formal programme structures. In between these two positions are a large group of ‘non-aligned’ Muslims, whose views shift according to the unfolding of events. For many of these, a ‘weaker’ critique of Prevent does have some resonance in that they disagree with how some aspects of it have been delivered, but accept that ultimately there is a problem that needs to be confronted. Their concerns are pragmatically grounded in terms of how interventions should and should not be delivered. The police role in Prevent appeared to be viewed more positively than the wide-ranging remit afforded to the local authority based ‘Preventing Violent Extremism’ element. Overall though, there was a strong sense in the data of Prevent being a ‘tainted’ brand’. Such views have been strongly influenced by the legacy of how Prevent was initially introduced in a hurry without establishing clarity of mission, or testing of appropriate tactical and strategic interventions. These concerns notwithstanding, appropriately configured targeted policing interventions did receive community support and backing. Taken as a whole, Muslims express higher levels of trust and confidence in the police than do the general population. This is in spite of them reporting crime and disorder impacts more negatively upon them than do the general population. This is an important finding because it challenges the oft repeated claim that Muslim communities in the UK are being profoundly alienated and disenchanted by the workings of the Prevent programme. The evidence available for this study suggests that the actual situation is somewhat more complex. Time trend analysis of a number of general policing indicators contained within the BCS covering the period in which Prevent has been implemented shows that Muslim community perceptions of the police have been remarkably stable, and largely positive. It is thus concluded that Prevent policing does not appear to be causing widespread damage to police and Muslim community relations.” Details: London: The Association of Chief Police Officers, 2011. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 14, 2011 at: http://www.acpo.police.uk/documents/TAM/2011/PREVENT%20Innes%200311%20Final%20send%202.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 121337

Author: Beuret, Kris Title: Offenders and Post-court Disposal Courses Summary: The Road Safety Act 2006 makes legal provision for a post-court educational intervention for four serious traffic offences. These four offences are speeding, careless and inconsiderate driving, ignoring traffic signs and using a special road contrary to scheme or regulation. For each of these offences the courses would be offered to: 1. people who attend court for the above offences and for which the court, having decided that an x number of points and a y amount of fine is imposed, puts the total endorsements on the driver’s licence at between 7 and 11 points; and 2. people who attend court for the above offences and for which the court decided that they will be disqualified from driving for at least one year. On completion of the course, offenders would be offered a reduction in their endorsement points or disqualification period. In anticipation of the possibility of these new courses, the Department for Transport commissioned this research to provide a detailed exploration of the person characteristics of likely course attendees, as well as general views of police and magistrates as to the contribution such a course could make to road safety. Details: London: Department for Transport, 2010. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Road Safety Research Report No. 118: Accessed April 14, 2011 at: http://www.dft.gov.uk/pgr/roadsafety/research/rsrr/theme2/offenderspostcourtcourses/pdf/rsrr118.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Road Safety (U.K.) Shelf Number: 121349

Author: Vandrevala, T. Title: Medication and Road Safety: A Scoping Study Summary: Medications may influence the skills and processes required for safe driving, both positively and negatively, and this impact may differ among drivers. The aim of this project was to examine the influence of prescription medication on driving, focusing on the impairing effects of different medications, individuals’ awareness of any impairment, and whether individuals taking medication alter their driving behaviour. The project consisted of three activities: a brief, broad review of research abstracts in the relevant driving and psychopharmacological literatures; the development of a simplified diagram representing the factors influencing the effect of medication on driving; and a classification exercise to develop a medication risk table, with the intention of identifying priority areas for further consideration. Details: London: Department for Transport, 2010. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Road Safety Research Report No. 116: Accessed April 14, 2011 at: http://www.dft.gov.uk/pgr/roadsafety/research/rsrr/theme3/report16review.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drugged Driving (U.K.) Shelf Number: 121350

Author: North, Peter Title: Report of the Review of Drink and Drug Driving Law Summary: The Review of Drink and Drug Driving law was requested by the Secretary of State for Transport to carry out a study into the legal framework in Great Britain governing drink and drug driving. It was asked to consider, in particular: • the legal framework applying to drink and drug driving in Great Britain; • the evidence on the nature of the drink and drug driving problems which the nation faces; • the evidence on the impact of potential measures to reduce drink and drug driving casualties; • discussions with, and representations received from, interested groups and individuals. In carrying out the Review, fundamental principles were considered: • drink and drug driving are clearly activities which endanger public safety and more should be done to detect and deter those driving while impaired by drink and drugs; • there should be a focus on practical steps which can deal with a significant part of the problem of drink and drug driving – the best must not be the enemy of the good; • the law should command respect among the general public and the public should understand both the law and the effects of drugs and alcohol upon driving; • the law and penalties imposed should be focussed on road safety (not on enforcement of wider law or policy on drugs and drink) and should reflect the degree of risk caused by impairment; • the procedures involved in enforcing the law should be fair to both the citizen suspected of the offence and to the wider public who are at risk from drink and drug driving; • the evidence of both the level of drink or drugs in a suspect’s body and the level of impairment should provide the best practicable indication of the levels at the time of driving; • the penalties for the offences should be a deterrent, adequate punishment for the offence and should safeguard the public; • any changes to the law or legal procedure need to be accompanied by appropriate and complementary campaigns of public information and enforcement. Details: London: Department for Transport, 2010. 285p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 14, 2011 at: http://fflm.ac.uk/upload/documents/1276856098.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 121352

Author: Hopkin, Jean Title: A Qualitative Study of Drinking and Driving: Report on the Literature Review Summary: In the light of the need to reinvigorate road safety strategy and policy and drink-drive campaigns, the Department for Transport commissioned a qualitative research project on drinking and driving to provide new insights. The project was designed to provide more in-depth understanding of the attitudes, behaviour and motivation of individuals who drive after drinking, whether or not they are knowingly over the prescribed limit. The research consisted of a literature review and a qualitative study: 1. The literature review was designed to inform the details of the qualitative research design, and to provide background and context for the findings of the qualitative study. 2. The qualitative study involved in-depth individual interviews that provided a confidential setting for detailed exploration of the patterns and circumstances of driving after drinking behaviour and the reasons why it occurs. Two reports summarise the project outcomes: this report covers the literature review, while the results of the qualitative study are reported in Sykes et al. (2010). The review analysed what is already known or understood about the characteristics, behaviour and attitudes of people who drink and drive (and drink drivers), and was used to generate a reasoned framework for the design of the qualitative research, including the composition of the sample, selection of sample members, and a topic guide. It focused on literature that is relevant to driving over the limit and driving after drinking generally, but included some studies on drug driving to identify parallels and overlaps, and also some key sources on drinking attitudes and behaviour in general. The review was confined to UK literature and most of the sources included were published or made available since 2000. Some 60 documents were identified, of which over 30 were summarised in the review. Details: London: Department for Transport, 2010. 95p. Source: Internet Resource: Road Safety Research Report No.113: Accessed April 14, 2011 at: http://www.dft.gov.uk/pgr/roadsafety/research/rsrr/theme3/report13review.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 121355

Author: Great Britain. Comptroller and Auditor General Title: The Youth Justice System in England and Wales: Reducing Offending by Young People. Ministry of Justice Summary: In England and Wales, young people between the ages of 10 and 17 can be 1 held criminally responsible for their actions. Provisional data shows that young people committed 201,800 offences in 2009‑10. Although they make up only 11 per cent of the population above the age of criminal responsibility, in 2009 people in this age group were responsible for 17 per cent of all proven offending. The youth justice system manages young offenders and contributes to preventing young people committing crimes in the first place. The system is overseen by the Youth Justice Board (the Board), an executive non-departmental public body of the Ministry of Justice (the Ministry). On 14 October 2010 the Ministry announced its intention to take over the functions of the Board. This is subject to Parliamentary approval. Some 60 per cent of proven young offending is dealt with in court, with the 2 remainder handled by the police through reprimands and final warnings. In 2009‑10, the cost of managing young offenders, not including police and court costs, was £800 million, of which £500 million was spent through the Board. Most is spent on young offenders with court sentences. Although only three per cent of offences by young people brought to justice result in a custodial sentence, in 2009‑10 38 per cent of youth justice system expenditure was incurred on custodial places in secure establishments. We estimate that, in 2009, offending by all young people cost the economy 3 £8.5‑£11 billion. Young offenders, as with adults, are most commonly convicted of theft and violence. Although they have had a shorter time to offend than adults, a third of those dealt with each year have previously been reprimanded, warned or convicted in relation to an offence. They also have a high reoffending rate: 56 per cent of those receiving court sentences are proven to reoffend within a year. For all young offenders – that is, those who are convicted in court or receive reprimands and final warnings, collectively known as disposals – the reoffending rate is 37 per cent. Family breakdown, educational underachievement, substance abuse, mental illness 4 and other problems commonly affect young offenders. They are also more likely to have difficulty controlling their behaviour and understanding its impact on others. The youth justice system works on the basis that addressing such risk factors during the course of a sentence is the best way to reduce a young person’s risk of reoffending. The overall goal of the youth justice system is to prevent offending by young people. Local and national government both play important roles in the system. There are 157 Youth Offending Teams in England and Wales, which are multi-agency partnerships with statutory representation from local authorities, the police, probation, health and social services. Youth Offending Teams are responsible for the delivery of youth justice services such as the assessment of offenders and supervision of community-based sentences, with the assistance of their statutory partners and other organisations. Details: London: The Stationery Office, 2010. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2011 at: http://www.nao.org.uk/publications/1011/reoffending_by_young_people.aspx Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 121359

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: The Use of Consultants by the Criminal Justice System Summary: The use of external consultants is an important source of expertise and experience for the public sector. Effective use of consultants can provide innovative thinking, professional insight and technical skills beyond what is available in many public sector organisations. This can assist with the delivery of complex assignments to time and to established budgets, providing value for the organisations who engage them and ultimately, the end user of the services provided. The best consultancy firms invest heavily in training and the development of their staff. It is right and appropriate that the public sector utilise this experience to the benefit of service delivery. The past decade has been a period of significant change within the criminal justice system, most particularly in terms of the modernisation of the police and the establishment of the Public Prosecution Service for Northern Ireland (PPS). All organisations have experienced the challenge of change to some degree. This has entailed the use of consultants including the greater use of external support under job/staff substitution arrangements. This is only to be expected. It is important that staff substitution continues to be monitored along side spending on consultancy. Consultants are expensive resources and there is a responsibility on agencies to maximise the contribution made by consultancy support and the benefits it provides. There is a need to ensure that their use is planned for and appropriately procured, to ensure value for money. There should be a targeted use of consultancy support based on business need. Their assignments should be managed appropriately and the quality of what they deliver - as with any supplier of goods and services to the public sector - should be rigorously examined. This inspection examined the use of consultants across the criminal justice sector in Northern Ireland. Our inspection found that in general, the use of consultants followed practices similar to those which existed elsewhere in the public sector. Indeed, many of our recommendations repeat the findings of similar reviews undertaken by the Audit offices in Scotland, England andWales and Northern Ireland. While we did not find any major areas of concern around the overall process of procurement, there were some issues around the letting of individual contracts and the need to sharpen practice as a consequence. We did find the need to strengthen the planning and management of consultancy support. In particular, there is a need to widen the pool of suppliers for the justice system as there was evidence of dependence on a relatively small number of key suppliers and barriers to access to new suppliers. We also found the need to strengthen the post-benefit review stage that assesses the value of the support provided. Clarity of information and transparency on the processes followed, would also improve the overall management of consultancy support. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2010. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2011 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/aa/aa38053b-44bb-4d7e-a72a-166110447208.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Consultants Shelf Number: 121363

Author: Helyar-Cardwell, VickiTransition to Adulthood (T2A) Title: Young Adult Manifesto: The need for a distinct and radically different approach to young adults in the criminal justice system; an approach that is proportionate to their maturity and responsive to their specific needs. Summary: A report containing 10 recommendations aimed to make the way in which we deal with young adult offenders more effective, fairer and less costly. Details: London: T2A Alliance, 2010. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2011 at: http://www.t2a.org.uk/publications Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Justice Reform Shelf Number: 119283

Author: Dolev & Associates Title: No Boundaries: The Tayside Domestic Abuse and Substance Misuse Project: Final Research Report Summary: In 2006, the Scottish Government (then Scottish Executive) established the Multiple and Complex Needs Initiative with the aim of improving public services for people with multiple and complex needs. One of the objectives of the initiative was to understand the processes by which people with multiple and complex needs engage with services to resolve their problems, and to determine how service providers might better facilitate this process. With this objective in mind the Social Inclusion Division (formerly Social Inclusion and Voluntary Issues) provided funding for a series of pilot / demonstration projects in specific sectors which would work to address multiple needs. A pilot / demonstration project was established in August 2006 in Tayside by a consortium of partners from the domestic abuse and substance misuse sectors. The project was set-up to target women experiencing domestic abuse who also have substance misuse issues, and their children (if any). The first phase of this project consisted of a six-month research programme which aimed to validate existing anecdotal knowledge and to identify priority areas for the development of services. The project was undertaken on a Tayside wide basis, covering the three local authority areas of Perth and Kinross, Dundee City and Angus. Partners in delivery included three Domestic Abuse Forums, three Drug and Alcohol Action Teams (DAATs), and various other organisations (including Voluntary Sector organisations, Tayside police, NHS Tayside and others). The aim of the research element of the project was to identify depositional and organisational / institutional factors that positively and negatively affect the progression of women who are affected by domestic abuse and their own substance misuse at each stage of their service use (from access to outcomes), with a view to establishing: • Evidence of a link between domestic abuse and substance misuse • Incentives/barriers to accessing services • Experiences of service provision in both sectors • Experiences of partnership working between the two sectors • Links to other needs (i.e. homelessness, mental health issues). This report presents the results of a secondary analysis of data collected for the Tayside Domestic Abuse and Substance Misuse Project by a different research team. The secondary analysis was conducted by Dolev & Associates, with funding from the Scottish Government Multiple and Complex Needs Initiative. An attempt was made to identify the depositional and organisational factors which shape the experiences of women who are affected by domestic abuse and their own substance misuse at each stage of their service use from the existing data set. It is important to note, however, that this was not fully achievable due to some limitations of the data collected during the initial research project. The findings presented in this report include a review of the literature on the links between domestic abuse and substance misuse, and secondary analysis of (a) service users questionnaire; (b) Interviews with service users, and (c) Interviews with domestic abuse and substance misuse service providers. Details: Dundee, UK: Dundee City Council, 2008. 109p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2011 at: http://lx.iriss.org.uk/sites/default/files/resources/Report%20FINAL.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Abuse Shelf Number: 117820

Author: Weaver, Beth Title: User Views of Punishment: The Dynamics of Community-­‐ based Punishment: Insider Views from the Outside Summary: This report explores the experience of community sentences from the perspective of those subject to them and is part of a larger project on ‘User Views of Punishment’ in which we attempt to document what the punished think of punishment: how it works, what it means and how it fits into the larger context of a person’s life. Where a previous SCCJR research report (No.04/2010) explored research findings with a particular focus on the experience and effects of short prison sentences from the perspective of those serving them, this research report provides highlights of findings from the analysis with a specific focus on the experience and effects of both prison and community sanctions from the perspective of those currently subject to community sanctions, whose penal experience includes short prison sentences. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Centre for Crime & Justice Research, 2011. 35p. Source: Internet Resoruce: Research Report No. 03/2011: Accessed April 18, 2011 at: http://www.sccjr.ac.uk/documents/Report%202011%2003%20User%20Views%20of%20Punishment-1.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Imprisonment Shelf Number: 121373

Author: Beirness, Douglas J. Title: An Investigation of the Usefulness, the Acceptability and Impact on Lifestyle of Alcohol Ignition Interlocks in Drink-Driving Offenders Summary: Significant inroads have been made in the past two decades in the fight against drink driving. Many types of countermeasures have been developed and implemented. Despite the dramatic reduction in drink driving and the dramatic change in societal attitudes related to this behaviour, drink driving is still a significant cause of accidents and casualties. One of the relatively recent countermeasures is the alcohol ignition interlock, a technological solution that prevents engine operation if a sample containing alcohol above a set level is provided by the driver. This research project reviewed existing interlock programmes and examined the practical issues that arise from setting up and operating a programme that involved the use of this technology by convicted drink drivers. The report describes the technology, the existing interlock programmes and their effectiveness in reducing drink driving, and reports on the results of a longitudinal experimental research study carried out in the UK. Details: London: Department for Transport, 2008. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 19, 2011 at: http://www.dft.gov.uk/pgr/roadsafety/research/rsrr/theme3/investigation.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Ignition Interlock Devices Shelf Number: 121400

Author: Mason, Sunita Title: A Balanced Approach: Independent Review Summary: The debate around what criminal records should be held on the Police National Computer (PNC) , and for what length of time, started to surface more clearly in 2009 when the issues were raised in a case commonly referred to as the “Five Constables Case”. The case arose from action taken by the Information Commissioner against five police forces in relation to information held on five individuals which, he argued, should have been deleted from the PNC because they involved relatively old and minor criminal records. The information held in one of those instances related to a reprimand that was recorded when the individual was 13. In the other four cases the individuals were convicted in court of what, it could be argued, were relatively minor offences. They became aware that these details were recorded on the PNC when in one case the individual requested details to support a visa application and in the other cases the information was disclosed to prospective employers as part of pre-employment checks. The main feature with all five cases referred to the fact that the information was held and subsequently disclosed to the detriment of the individual, which it was argued, was not proportionate. The Information Commissioner took these cases up on behalf of the individuals as breaches of the 3rd and 5th Data Protection Principles. He argued that the data was irrelevant and excessive for the purposes for which it was being held and that it was not being used for the purposes for which it was being collected. This was contrary to the police view that criminal records are critical for core police purposes and for other areas of the criminal justice system such as providing full antecedent history to a court. The case culminated with a Court of Appeal hearing in July 2009 and a judgment was handed down in October 20093. The judges were unanimous in giving a strong view that the police should determine what information is kept and agreed that deletion was not required in the cases at issue. They agreed that retention in these cases did not contravene the Data Protection Principles because it was consistent with the purposes specified by the police. Although the judges recognised that criminal record information should be retained by the police on the PNC, they did recognise that there is a real and different set of issues around access to and disclosure of these records. Given the subject of the appeal the judges did not feel that it was their role to discuss or pass judgment on these issues. Similarly to the judges, the Information Commissioner was also concerned with the issue of disclosure because he felt the information held was being used for purposes beyond that for which it was being collected therefore breaching data protection legislation. This report presents a review of PNC retention and disclosure arrangements to provide an independent perspective on whether a more proportionate approach could be taken. Details: London: Home Office, 2010. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 19, 2011 at: http://library.npia.police.uk/docs/homeoffice/balanced-approach-criminal-record-information.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Records (U.K.) Shelf Number: 118316

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Alcohol Arrest Referral: A Guide to Setting Up Schemes Summary: This document has been produced to assist commissioners of services e.g. Drug and Alcohol Action teams (DAATs) and project teams who are considering establishing or further developing Alcohol Arrest Referral (AAR) schemes. Arrest referral is a term generally used to describe the process of engaging in terms of a brief intervention with a detained person in a police custody suite and facilitating their referral into treatment or some other diversionary channel. This is typically done by conducting a brief intervention with the offender. Alcohol Arrest Referral schemes specifically look at individuals committing alcohol related offending and so are quite different from interventions designed to improve the health of an individual. This guidance provides a summary of some of the issues that have been identified in the Home Office Alcohol Arrest Referral pilot schemes that have been established primarily to examine the effectiveness of brief interventions in a criminal justice setting. Equally, and no less importantly, it also includes some of the experiences drawn from other locally funded projects that try to deliver a broader range of intervention. Details: London: Home Office, 2009. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 19, 2011 at: http://ranzetta.typepad.com/files/arr-ho-guidance-09.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 121403

Author: Cossar, Jeanette Title: Don't Make Assumptions: Children's and Young People's Views of the Child Protection System and Messages for Change Summary: The aim of this research, commissioned by the Office of the Children’s Commissioner and carried out by a team from the University of East Anglia, was to seek children and young people’s views of the child protection system and to consider how those views might contribute to improving responses to abuse and neglect. It aimed to gather the views of children and young people living with their parents, who all had a child protection plan in place. The research is timely as it comes during a period when the child protection system in England is being reviewed. We hope that the findings will be of interest to children and families involved in child protection, as well as to professionals working with children and to policy makers. Details: London: Office of the Children's Commissioner, 2011. 93p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 21, 2011 at: http://www.childrenscommissioner.gov.uk/content/publications/content_486 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 121238

Author: Winsor, Thomas P. Title: Independent Review of Police Officer and Staff Remuneration and Conditions: Part 1 Report Summary: The independent review of pay and conditions of service for police officers and staff began on 1 October 2010. The Home Secretary has asked the reviewer, Tom Winsor, to ensure that police pay and conditions and the structures around them are the best they could be given the challenges facing the police service, which will see forces being required to achieve more with less, while also being fair to officers and staff. The first report, published on 8 March 2011, covers: the deployment of officers and staff (including shift allowances, overtime and assisting other police forces); post and performance related pay (including special priority payments, competence related threshold payments for constables and bonuses at all ranks); and how officers leave the police service. Details: London: The Stationery Office, 2011. 326p. Source: Internet Resource: Cm 8024: Accessed April 22, 2011 at: http://review.police.uk/documents/police-remun-and-conditions/first-report?view=Binary Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 121389

Author: Las Casas, Lucy de Title: Measuring Together: Improving Prisoners' Family Ties: Piloting a Shared Measurement Approach Summary: Families are important to anyone - but for prisoners, family ties can make all the difference to rehabilitation. Prisoners who are visited by a relative are 39% less likely to re-offend within a year of release than those who receive no visits. Good relationships between prisoners and their families can also help by boosting employment prospects, improving children's well-being, and reducing homelessness. There are many charities working with prisoners and their families to build and maintain these relationships. They provide visitors centres, run activities to bring families together, train prison staff, and even help prisoners record bedtime stories for their children. But measuring the difference these activities make is difficult - the outcomes are largley intangible and the criminal justice system complex. To try to tackle some of these problems, NPC used a shared measurement approach, working with experts in the field and six charities to understand how different activities can improve family relationships, and how this can be measured. This report recommends how government, funders and charities can strengthen measurement in the sector and help to improve family relationships. The visitor experience and family relationships questionnaires developed as part of this project have helped to start establishing a framework for more standardised measurement in the sector. However, both tools are at an early stage in their development, and need to be developed and refined in light of the pilot, and tested at a greater scale in more diverse settings, before being made available more widely. Details: London: New Philanthropy Capital, 2011. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2011 at: http://www.philanthropycapital.org/download/default.aspx?id=1144 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 121481

Author: National Confidential Inquiry into Suicides and Homicides by People with Mental Illness Title: A National Study of Self-Inflicted Deaths in Prison Custody in England and Wales from 1999 to 2007 Summary: The study of self-inflicted deaths by prisoners is a collaborative project between The National Confidential Inquiry into Suicide and Homicide by People with Mental Illness (University of Manchester), Offender Health (Department of Health) and the Safer Custody and Offender Policy Group (Ministry of Justice). A comprehensive national sample of self-inflicted deaths by prisoners in England and Wales was identified by the Safer Custody and Offender Policy Group. In each case, 2 questionnaires were sent to the prison where the death occurred. One was sent to the prison governor, the second to prison healthcare staff. If a psychiatrist had assessed the prisoner, a third questionnaire was completed. The period covered by data collection was between January 1999 and December 2007. The sample was therefore a 9 year consecutive case series, defined by date of death. Key findings -- Number of self-inflicted deaths  Seven hundred and sixty-six self-inflicted deaths occurred among prisoners in 110 prisons, averaging 85 deaths per year. Forty six prisons had 6 or more self-inflicted deaths  Nine (1%) self-inflicted deaths occurred under the care of the Prison Escort Custody Service and the majority of these were in court cells.  Seven hundred and five (92%) self-inflicted deaths were by hanging or self-strangulation  The most common ligature point was window bars and the most common ligature used was bedding (489; 64%). Details: Manchester, UK: University of Manchester, 2011. 114p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2011 at: http://www.medicine.manchester.ac.uk/mentalhealth/research/suicide/prevention/offenders/reports/prisoncustodyselfinflicteddeaths.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Inmate Deaths (U.K.) Shelf Number: 121483

Author: Yapp, Jamie Richard Title: The Profiling of Robbery Offenders Summary: This thesis has investigated the offence of robbery. Specifically, the semi-systematic review analysed commercial armed robbery, grouping offenders in terms of an apparent scale of professionalism to amateurism. Within armed robbery, target hardening strategies appear to have reduced opportunities for professionals, with a corresponding increase in amateur armed robbers fuelled by drug habits. The empirical study found that levels of interaction used by an offender with a victim increased with offender age. Interaction was lower for a robbery committed in an external location and for offenders with previous convictions for offences against the person and property. The violence facet could not be labelled as a specific discriminatory predictor. The findings from the research and semi-systematic review distinguished between two types of robbery offender; a career professional and an amateur antisocial robber. A career professional is older and more experienced, more likely to offend in a commercial location, commit the crime in a planned and controlled manner, use high levels of interaction and lower levels of violence. An amateur antisocial robber is more likely to commit an offence outside, have previous convictions for offences against the person and property and/or be under the influence of an illegal substance. The offence is likely to be opportunistic and chaotic, characterised by high levels of violence and low levels of interaction. The Inventory of Offender Risk, Needs and Strengths (IORNS) psychometric measure was analysed. It has the potential to provide an assessment of a robbery offender's ongoing treatment and risk management. However, it requires further validation and reliability analysis before it is deemed appropriate in doing so. The case study highlighted the impact of cannabis misuse on a robbery offender's behaviour pattern and mental illness. Implications for offender treatment needs, future therapeutic intervention and risk management are discussed along with the need for further validation of the proposed model. Details: Birmingham, UK: The Centre for Forensic and Criminological Psychology, The University of Birmingham, 2010. 279p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed April 25, 2011 at: http://etheses.bham.ac.uk/1059/1/Yapp10ForenPsyD.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Armed Robbery Shelf Number: 121489

Author: Flint, John Title: An Evaluation of the Sanction of Housing Benefit Summary: In September 2007, the Centre for Regional Economic and Social Research at Sheffield Hallam University and the Centre for Housing Policy at the University of York were commissioned by the DWP to undertake an evaluation of the sanction of HB being piloted in eight local authority areas in England. This report provides an account of the main findings and issues emerging from the evaluation. Chapter 2 describes the policy background to the sanction of HB pilot. Chapter 3 provides information about the aims of the evaluation and the research methods used. Chapter 4 summarises the background context and delivery structures developed and established in the eight local authority areas at the commencement of the pilot in October 2007. Chapter 5 provides an account of the delivery and operation of the sanction of HB pilot until its conclusion on 31 October 2009. Chapter 6 presents findings on the use and impacts of warnings about the potential use of a sanction of HB. Chapter 7 summarises the key findings and conclusions of the research. Appendix 1 provides further information about the background housing, anti-social behaviour and policy contexts in each of the eight local authority pilot areas. Appendix 2 provides further information about the stakeholders interviewed during the research. The aim of the research was to evaluate the implementation, operation and impacts of the sanction of HB during the two year pilot period in each of the eight pilot local authority areas. The objectives of the research were specifically to: • Monitor and gather information on the implementation and scoping of the local schemes during their initial stages (November 2007 to April 2008). • Capture and evaluate how each of the pilot schemes had operated during the pilot period. • Provide an in-depth profile of the households eligible for sanction (including those sanctioned and not sanctioned). • Identify and understand why households had or had not been sanctioned. • Identify and understand the housing outcomes of as many individuals and households eligible for sanction (including those sanctioned and not sanctioned) as possible. Details: London: Department for Work and Pensions, 2011. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report No. 728: Accessed April 25, 2011 at: http://research.dwp.gov.uk/asd/asd5/rports2011-2012/rrep728.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 121490

Author: Wales. National Assembly for Wales. Communities and Culture Committee Title: The Potential Impact of the UK Government’s Police Reform and Social Responsibility Bill for Community Safety in Wales Summary: The report explains that the "evidence provided raised a number of significant concerns as to whether the UK Government‘s proposals will, in Wales, deliver the democratic accountability it is seeking. Moreover, it raises significant questions about the wider financial implications and transparency of the UK Government‘s intended Commissioner model, issues which could have significant implications for community safety in Wales." The report recommends that the Welsh Government has a dialogue with the UK Government to persuade it to defer introducing those aspects of the bill related to the abolition of Police Authorities, and establishment of Police Commissioners and Police Crime Panels in Wales, at least until the effectiveness of their impact in England has been assessed. Details: Cardiff Bay: Communities and Culture Committee, National Assembly for Wales, 2011. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 27 2011 at: http://www.assemblywales.org/bus-home/bus-guide-docs-pub/bus-business-documents/bus-business-documents-doc-laid/cr-ld8429-e.pdf?langoption=3&ttl=CR-LD8429%20-%20Communities%20and%20Culture%20Committee%20Report%20-The%20potential%20impact%20of%20the%20UK%20Government%26%238217%3Bs%20Police%20Reform%20and%20Social%20Responsibility%20Bill%20for%20Community%20Safety%20in%20Wales Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Systems (Wales, U.K.) Shelf Number: 121232

Author: Newlove, Baroness Title: Our Vision for Safe and Active Communities Summary: This report details what residents, businesses, local agencies and central government can do to begin a generational shift in the country’s approach to activism and tackling neighbourhood crime. The report, ‘Our Vision for Safe and Active Communities’, calls for a change of culture so neighbourhoods no longer see crime, antisocial behaviour (ASB) and disorder as ‘someone else’s problem’; and for services to go beyond simply asking communities what their problems are and see them as equal partners in resolving those issues. Baroness Newlove’s recommendations for local areas to take forward include: 'Community Reward' – where information provided by the community leads to a conviction the community is given a reward to spend on crime prevention work; 'Bling Back' – where money made from selling local drug dealers’ assets is handed back to the neighbourhood they blighted; letting communities set their own local speed limits; taking crime maps to the next level so people can use them to report crime and ASB and agencies can publish details of what action was taken against offenders; giving the public a single point of contact through the roll out of the 101 number to report ASB; providing council tax rebates, or vouchers for local businesses and services, for people who take part in activism; asking Police and Crime Commissioners to commit at least one per cent of their budget to grass roots community groups to use or have a say on. Details: London: Home Office, 2011. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 27, 2011 at: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/crime/baroness-newlove-report?view=Binary Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 121510

Author: Rigby, Paul Title: Child Trafficking in Glasgow. 2 - The Views of Professionals Summary: This is the second phase of research in Glasgow to explore the issue of child trafficking and establish a more robust evidence base about the backgrounds, characteristics, exploitation and experiences of trafficked children. Sixteen experienced front line professionals and managers were interviewed to ascertain their perceptions and views, both positive developments and the barriers to effective practice. The emergent themes, while only indicative of practice and challenges in the city, were varied and highlighted the complexities surrounding the protection of children who may have been trafficked. The positive multi-agency approach and commitment of front line staff were considered to be positive aspects of work and four key themes were identified as potential barriers to improving future practice: • The impact of trauma and fear experienced by trafficked children on their engagement with agencies and provision of services • The challenges of identification, assessment and service delivery when information about children is invariably limited and children often do not understand the roles of agencies within either the immigration or child protection systems • Relationships as a key factor in effective practice, including the recognition of a child’s relationship with traffickers • The importance of taking into account children’s cultural experiences and how these impact on notions of victimhood, exploitation, rehabilitation and support. The findings from this research complement that of the phase 1 case file analysis and indicate that while there have been substantial improvements in Glasgow, awareness and understanding of the multi-faceted and complex components of child trafficking remains limited, compromising the potential to provide appropriate protection and support to children. The complexities of the trafficking trade, and how the many inter-related factors may affect service delivery for a group of particularly vulnerable children, are beginning to be identified. However, as elsewhere, developments are constrained by the absence of a clear evidence base that can fully inform effective policy and practice. Details: Glasgow: Glasgow Child Protection Committee, 2010. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2011 at: http://www.glasgowchildprotection.org.uk/NR/rdonlyres/C3597A7A-8D4C-4F98-B846-76A6F7CB1D1C/0/GCPC_child_traffic_research2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Trafficking (Glasgow) Shelf Number: 121560

Author: Rigby, Paul Title: Child Trafficking in Glasgow: Report of a Social Work Case File Analysis of Unaccompanied Asylum Seeking Children Summary: This research is the first phase of work in Glasgow to explore the prevalence of child trafficking in the city and to establish a knowledge base about children who may have been trafficked. A sample group of 75 unaccompanied asylum seeking children (UASC) known to the social work asylum assessment team in 2007 was identified and data gathered via a two stage retrospective case file analysis. To address any immediate practical, ethical and child protection issues a multi-agency steering group guided the research. The sample consisted of 38 females and 37 males, aged between 12 and 17 on their first contact with social work services in Glasgow. Indirect indicators were used to identify those children with potential concerns about trafficking and a data collection form was developed to gather additional background and journey details. Following the two-stage process of data collection and analysis the presence of indirect indicators in social work records suggests that 28% of UASC children have probably been trafficked, with a further 15% presenting with ‘suspicions’ suggesting a possibility of trafficking. Due to the understandable reluctance of victims to speak about their experiences and methodological challenges, not least utilising records of one agency, details about the children’s backgrounds and journey details are partial. Despite the limited information available it was apparent that children had a variety of background circumstances and had experienced multiple exploitative situations on their journeys, indicating that attempts to categorise children by background or type of exploitation will be problematic. The children with the highest concerns regarding trafficking are from a variety of countries, with West Africa and East Asia being the largest source regions. A number of children had been in the UK for considerable periods before becoming known to the authorities, with accompanying concerns about where they had been and what may have happened to them. Following referral to social work services in Glasgow the children received practical help and support in relation to various issues including education, health, accommodation and asylum applications. Psychological support and input to specifically address trafficking issues was limited, partly due to the reluctance of children to engage with counselling and also the absence of agencies dealing specifically with child trafficking. Few children were identified in practice as possible trafficking victims and child protection procedures were commenced in only two cases. This probably reflects the absence of national or local guidance and limited awareness of trafficking indicators amongst practitioners at the time of the research. Once identified as UASCs, children under the age of 16 were all, except one, initially accommodated in social work care. Those over 16 years of age were accommodated elsewhere with social work support, although this has potential implications for monitoring and safeguarding practice if they have been trafficked. This exploratory case file analysis is the first study in Scotland to systematically investigate child trafficking and while there are limitations due to inherent methodological challenges of trafficking research, it has provided baseline data to inform local and national policy and practice. While the actual numbers of UASCs presenting in Glasgow is small, when compared to other areas of the UK the evidence indicates the proportion of UASCs who may have been trafficked is higher than previously identified. Details: Glasgow: Glasgow Child Protection Committee, 2009. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2011 at: http://www.glasgowchildprotection.org.uk/NR/rdonlyres/F4470FF7-1586-4ADB-8217-03A0E45EA07A/0/GCPC_child_traffic_2009.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Trafficking (Glasgow) Shelf Number: 121562

Author: Youssef, Shlar Title: Immigration Prisons: Brutal, Unlawful and Profitable Summary: The government's decision to end child detention for immigration purposes in 2010 was the result of long years of campaigning by dedicated grassroots activists, as well as detainee support groups, NGOs and mainstream media. The end of this cruel and inhumane practice has, however, served to somehow legitimise the detention of adults. Fewer people now appear to have the political will to argue that immigration detention should be stopped altogether. Using Yarl's Wood, where children and their families were incarcerated, as a case study, this briefing is intended to demonstrate that the impact of immigration prisons on adult refugees and migrants is no less cruel, inhumane and, in many cases, unlawful. The authors of this briefing believe that no matter what findings and recommendations such reports may make, the immigration authorities will not listen, much less act, unless they are compelled to. As the references and sources of this briefing show, there have been tens of similar reports highlighting these same issues. What has come out of these reports? Unfortunately very little, except for superficial 'improvements' here and there, often to make the detention system more efficient. The institutional racism inherent in the immigration and asylum regime, supported by racist political rhetoric and mainstream media coverage and coupled with the cost-cutting policies of the profit-driven contractors running these immigration prisons, often make it difficult for many ordinary people to see what's wrong with this system. But many do and will continue to fight for real justice. Details: London: Corporate Watch, 2011. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2011 at: http://www.corporatewatch.org/?lid=3930 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 121564

Author: Bandyopadhyay, Siddhartha Title: An Analysis of Crime and Crime Policy Summary: Crime and crime policy are never far from the public policy domain. There is heated debate among politicians, policy makers, law enforcement officers and the general public about what is the best approach for tackling crime. Even within the same political party there is disagreement. For example, in what was his first major speech since he took office, the Justice Secretary Ken Clarke said prison was often ‘a costly and ineffectual approach that fails to turn criminals into law-abiding citizens’. He went on to talk about the need to address the underlying causes (economic and sociological) of criminal behaviour. This view was immediately contested by his fellow Conservative and former Home Secretary Michael Howard (who said he stood by his long standing view that ‘prison works’). In this note, I try to provide an analysis of some empirical findings on what deters crime based on some recent research in which I have been involved. I then go on to point out what we don’t know and point out fresh challenges that law enforcement may face from deep budget cuts and having to comply with EU legislation. In the concluding section, I summarize our findings and touch briefly on complementary methods of crime fighting such as citizen reporting which have not been rigorously examined. Although this analysis does not provide an overview of recent work in the economics of crime (that would fill an entire book!), it explains some key issues of my recent research. Details: London: CIVITAS: Institute for the Study of Civil Society, 2011. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2011 at: http://www.civitas.org.uk/crime/crimepolicyMarch2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 121566

Author: Allardyce, Stuart Title: The Risks of Young People Abusing Sexually at Home, In the Community or Both: A Comparative Study of 34 Boys in Edinburgh with Harmful Sexual Behaviour Summary: This study sought to establish whether it is meaningful to think about sibling incest as a discrete type of adolescent sexual abuse and whether a boy who has abused his younger sibling might then also be considered a risk to the wider community and vice versa. The study, therefore, was undertaken to begin to find ways towards answering some of these questions around risk assessment, seeking to determine whether or not it is in fact meaningful to think about sibling incest as a discrete type of adolescent sexual abuse and in particular to answer the following questions:  When a child has abused a younger sibling, what factors may be associated with an increase or decrease in the likelihood that he will go on to abuse more widely in the community?  When a child has abused in the community, what factors may be associated with an increase or decrease in the likelihood that he may pose a risk to his younger sibling? Details: Edinburgh: Criminal Justice Social Work Development Centre for Scotland, 2009. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Towards Effective Practice, Paper No. 8: Accessed April 28, 2011 at: http://lx.iriss.org.uk/sites/default/files/resources/The%20risks%20of%20young%20people.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Acolescent Sex Offenders Shelf Number: 121568

Author: Rigby, Paul Title: Girls and Young Women in the Youth Justice System - Vulnerable or Risky? Summary: This short briefing paper examines the complexities around identification and effective intervention for girls and young women viewed as vulnerable and who may be at risk of future offending. The CJSW Development Centre’s National Development (Champions) Group for vulnerable girls and young women undertook a profiling exercise in an attempt to obtain a better understanding of the needs and vulnerabilities of girls and young women involved in, or on the periphery of, the youth justice system. While limitations of the data collection tool and methodology preclude wide generalisations, the complexities in attempting to identify individuals who may be at future risk of offending based on assessment of present and past needs and vulnerabilities is apparent. Despite the identification of often substantial vulnerabilities and needs in a sample of 12 to 16 year olds, it appears the majority of girls and young women were not involved in serious or persistent offending behaviour. The findings have implications for policy and practice development, which are now focussed on the development of effective and early interventions for all young people considered to be at risk of future offending. Details: Edinburgh: Criminal Justice Social Work Development Centre for Scotland, 2011. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Towards Effective Practice Paper 12: Accessed April 29, 2011 at: http://www.cjsw.ac.uk/cjsw/files/TEP%2012.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 121561

Author: Howard, Sharon Title: The Use and Effectiveness of Anti-Bullying Strategies in Schools Summary: This project aimed to examine which strategies schools in England use to deal with episodes of bullying, which are supported by local authorities, why schools choose these strategies, and how choice of strategy varies by sector and type of bullying. It also aims to evaluate the effectiveness of a range of strategies, from the perspective of the anti-bullying lead, pupils and other school personnel. Details: Runcorn, UK: Department of Education, 2011. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2011 at: https://www.education.gov.uk/publications/eOrderingDownload/DFE-RR098.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bullying (U.K.) Shelf Number: 121575

Author: Independent Police Complaints Commission (U.K.) Title: Stockwell One: Investigation into the Shooting of Jean Charles de Menezes at Stockwell Underground Station on 22 July 2005 Summary: This document is the report of the IPCC's investigation into the fatal shooting of Jean Charles de Menezes by officers of the Metropolitan Police Service at Stockwell Underground Station on 22 July 2005. The report is in three parts: • The main investigation report that was completed and submitted within six months by 19 January 2006. • The operational recommendations arising from the incident that were completed and submitted by 14 March 2006. • A short addendum to the main report that sets out the results of further enquiries requested by the Crown Prosecution Service (CPS) which was submitted in June 2006. C. The primary purpose of the report was to meet the statutory obligations of the IPCC following an investigation of this kind. These are to advise the CPS of any criminal offence that may have been committed and to provide it with the evidence necessary to come to its decision about any prosecution; to enable the 'responsible authorities' of the officers concerned, in this case the Metropolitan Police Service (MPS) and Metropolitan Police Authority (MPA), to consider what action they may need to take in relation to discipline or other matters; in cases of exceptional gravity such as this, to inform the Home Secretary of the circumstances; and finally, to assist the Coroner in relation to any Inquest. Details: London: Independent Police Complaints Commission, 2007. 170p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2011 at: http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/shared/bsp/hi/pdfs/08_11_07_stockwell1.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Misconduct (U.K.) Shelf Number: 121606

Author: Great Britain. Law Commission Title: Expert Evidence in Criminal Proceedings in England and Wales Summary: This project addressed the admissibility of expert evidence in criminal proceedings in England and Wales. In a criminal trial, a jury or magistrates' court is required to determine disputed factual issues. Experts in a relevant field are often called as witnesses to help the fact-finding body understand and interpret evidence with which that body is unfamiliar. The current judicial approach to the admissibility of expert evidence in England and Wales is one of laissez-faire. Too much expert opinion evidence is admitted without adequate scrutiny because no clear test is being applied to determine whether the evidence is sufficiently reliable to be admitted. This problem is exacerbated in two ways: •First, because expert evidence (particularly scientific evidence) will often be technical and complex, jurors will understandably lack the experience to be able to assess the reliability of such evidence. There is a danger that they may simply defer to the opinion of the specialist who has been called to provide expert evidence. •Secondly, in the absence of a clear legal test to ensure the reliability of expert evidence, advocates do not always cross-examine experts effectively to reveal potential flaws in the experts' methodology, data and reasoning. Juries may therefore be reaching conclusions on the basis of unreliable evidence. This conclusion is confirmed by a number of miscarriages of justice in recent years. Details: London: The Stationery Office, 2011. 219p. Source: Internet Resource: HC 829: Accessed May 4, 2011 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/lawcommission/docs/lc325_Expert_Evidence_Report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Courts Shelf Number: 121612

Author: ECOTEC Research & Consulting Title: A Report on the Young Runaways Situation in London: for the Government Office for London Summary: The aim of this research is to provide Government of London and other stakeholders with an up to date picture of the situation for young runaways in London. This approach was informed by a review of relevant research and qualitative interviews with key stakeholders, including strategic bodies, local authorities, police, third sector organisations, and organisations representing young people. This is particularly important piece of research given the high risks to children and young people who run away. Not only the risks to the young people whilst running away such as: sleeping rough or in unsafe places; sexual exploitation; physical or sexual assault; and/or criminal behaviour. But also the long term problems such as increased likelihood of substance misuse, mental health problems, teenage pregnancy, longer-term involvement in crime, as well as increased detachment from school and homelessness. Details: London: ECOTEC, 2010. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2011 at: http://www.londonscb.gov.uk/files/2010/resources/runaways/london_young_runaways_report.doc Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Homelessness Shelf Number: 121614

Author: Independent Police Complaints Commission (U.K.) Title: Stockwell Two: An Investigation Into Complaints about the Metropolitan Police Service’s Handling of Public Statements Following the Shooting of Jean Charles de Menezes on 22 July 2005 Summary: The following report deals with the second Independent Police Complaints Commission (IPCC) investigation into matters arising from the shooting of Mr Jean Charles de Menezes at Stockwell Underground Station in London on 22 July 2005. This investigation has been referred to as ‘Stockwell 2’ to distinguish it from the first IPCC investigation into the circumstances of the shooting itself. This second investigation followed allegations from the family of Mr de Menezes that the Commissioner of the Metropolitan Police, Sir Ian Blair, and others had knowingly made public inaccurate information or failed to correct inaccurate information placed into the public arena. The report is written in a way intended to help the reader understand the sequence of events. The report highlights who knew what, and when, throughout the relevant period and within discrete areas of activity, at the scene of the shooting, at New Scotland Yard (NSY), the Home Office and other places within the Metropolitan Police area. Details: London: Independent Police Complaints Commission, 2007. 142p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2011 at: http://www.statewatch.org/news/2007/aug/ipcc-menezes-report.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Complaints Against Police Shelf Number: 121615

Author: Metropolitan Police Authority Title: MPA Stockwell Scrutiny Summary: The shooting dead of Jean Charles de Menezes was a tragedy that should never have happened, whatever the circumstances were at the time. And there is no doubt the circumstances were unprecedented. Suicide bombers had successfully attacked London on 7 July, there had been another attempt on 21 July, and police were urgently following up leads in their attempt to prevent further atrocities. The operation that led to the death of Mr de Menezes was one of many complex operations that had to be run simultaneously absorbing resources from across the country. The purpose of this report was not to re-examine the events leading up to this tragedy – the Metropolitan Police Authority (MPA) is not empowered to do this – but to reassure ourselves, and Londoners, that the Metropolitan Police Service has responded appropriately to the recommendations made by the IPCC, so that the sequence of events that led to the fatal shooting does not reoccur. Details: London: Metropolitan Police Authority, 2008. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2011 at: http://www.justice4jean.org/Stockwell-Scrutiny-Report.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Complaints Against Police Shelf Number: 121616

Author: Great Britain. HM Inspectorate of Probation and HM Inspectorate of Prisons Title: A Joined-Up Sentence? Offender Management in Prisons in 2009/2010 Summary: The National Offender Management Service (NOMS) aims to provide a structure to manage certain more serious or prolific offenders through their custodial sentence with probation staff in the community acting as offender managers. An offender manager’s role is to assess the risk of harm to others each offender poses and the likelihood of them reoffending, and then to produce a sentence plan accordingly. By the end of 2006, offender management units had been created in prisons to manage those arrangements in custody. This report, A Joined-Up Sentence?, reflects findings from the first 13 prison establishments inspected. Inspectors found that, even taking account of the different nature of the 13 establishments, some common themes emerged:  despite considerable progress, there is still too much variation in the way in which prisoners are managed by the Prison and Probation Services;  NOMS envisaged that offender managers in the community (probation officers) would be responsible for assessing the prisoner and for driving the management of the case, but this was rarely happening, and some offender supervisors (prison officers) were expected to take on this role, often without appropriate training or guidance, and sometimes with competing operational duties;  some prisons had worked hard to ensure that all relevant prisoners had an OASys assessment, even where these should have been prepared by the offender manager, but the quality of these assessments varied, and they were rarely seen as a key document within the establishment;  sentence planning was often driven more by the availability of activities than by the assessment;  few establishments made strategic use of the OASys database to identify and provide for key areas of need in the prisoner population, which was disappointing; and  information about prisoners was held in different locations within the establishment and, worryingly, public protection information was sometimes kept separate from offender management, which impeded the safe and effective management of prisoners. Despite these criticisms, the inspection found some Offender Management Units which were well integrated into the establishment and where core custodial functions sat effectively alongside offender management. However, there needs to be considerable progress across the custodial estate before the NOMS vision of a ‘joined up sentence’ is realised and Offender Management Units operate as a hub within the establishment. Details: London: HM Inspectorate of Probation and HM Inspectorate of Prisons, 2011. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Prison Offender Management Inspection 2: Accessed May 5, 2011 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/inspectorates/hmi-probation/docs/A_Joined_Up_Sentence-rps.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Supervision Shelf Number: 121653

Author: Marie, Olivier Title: The Effect of Early Release of Prisoners on Home Detention Curfew (HDC) on Recidivism Summary: This report presents evidence that suggests offenders who receive Home Detention Curfew (HDC) under the current provision, are no more likely to engage in criminal behaviour when released from prison, when compared to offenders with similar characteristics, who are not eligible for HDC. The evidence also points towards the importance of certain factors taken into account when selecting prisoners for HDC. This study used centrally held data on 499,279 discharges from prison between January 2000 and March 2006, with 63,384 discharged receiving HDC. Offender criminal histories and reoffending information were extracted from the Police National Computer to evaluate the effectiveness of HDC in terms of reducing reoffending. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2011. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Summary 1/11: Accessed May 9, 2011 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/research-and-analysis/moj-research/effect-early-release-hdc-recidivism.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 121661

Author: Toy, Jonathon Title: Die Another Day: A Practitioner's Review with Recommendations for Preventing Gang and Weapon Violence in London in 2008 Summary: Whilst this issue of gang and weapon violence is nothing new, the changing dynamics of gang and weapon violence, in particular the involvement of younger offenders and victims, has made this one of the key priorities facing statutory and voluntary agencies. Most importantly it is at the heart of the fear of crime in our communities and is dictating the behaviour of individuals, families and the interpersonal relationships of some young people, particularly in the key age range of 14-25. Unlike recent research on the issue of gang and weapon violence, this is a practitioner led review with resulting recommendations rather than an academic piece of research. It draws on the experiences of frontline practitioners, families and community members who are dealing with individuals involved in gang and weapon violence every day. The review tests the hypothesis that the current definitions of gangs do not reflect the current structure of serious gang violence. The review makes a number of recommendations that if implemented would make a significant difference in addressing gang and weapon violence. Locally, regionally and nationally the paper draws on the latest analytical evidence and academic research. Recent analytical research indicated that there are three dominant factors related to serious violence, in particular homicide.  Illegal economy – linked to organisational gangs, illegal drug markets, fraudulent goods, trafficking.  Personal conflict – dispute led or heated arguments.  Feuds – territory based assertion, respect and retribution. Based on the analytical findings, combined with the practitioners’ knowledge, the review identifies a polarisation of group led violent behaviour. The review identifies the key motivational factors or influencers which create the interrelationships between urban street groups and organisational gangs. It describes how these influencers can impact upon an individual and their behaviour, particularly when combined with the personal or psychological factors from early years development and through violent experiences or the lack of empathy. We also discuss the important dynamic that women and families play for both organisational gang members and those involved in urban street groups. Most importantly we highlight the motivational factors for change for those involved in urban street groups and organisational gangs. The review highlights that although the overall strategic framework for delivering interventions may be the same, different approaches need to be adopted to achieve the successful outcomes. Details: London: Metropolitan Police Service, 2008. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2011 at: http://aashaproject.files.wordpress.com/2008/08/dieanotherday-jonothan-toy-practicioners-review2.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gangs (London) Shelf Number: 121687

Author: Howard, Philip Title: Hazards of Different Types of Reoffending Summary: The study examined patterns of reoffending using combined Offender Assessment System (OASys) and Police National Computer (PNC) data. Reoffending patterns were studied in terms of their hazards: the chance of reoffending in a given time period if reoffending had not occurred in an earlier time period. The results demonstrated that the hazards for all types of reoffending were highest in the first few months following sentence/discharge, but some types of reoffending had a much more persistent hazard than others. The value of the OASys reoffending predictors in segmenting different types of reoffending according to risk was also demonstrated. The findings could be combined with existing literature on offender treatment to inform the delivery of interventions and supervision designed to reduce reoffending. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2011. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Research Series 3/11: Accessed May 10, 2011 at: http://www.ohrn.nhs.uk/resource/policy/Hazardsofreoffending.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Treatment Shelf Number: 121691

Author: Morrish, Dawn Title: A Health Needs Assessment of the Hertfordshire Probation Trust Caseload Summary: There is much literature about the health, particularly mental health of prisoners, but very little about the health needs of offenders in the community. Offender Health Care Strategies concluded that offenders in the community would have similar needs to prisoners, mainly physical health, mental health and substance misuse needs. Whereas, at the end of March 2010 there were 85,184 people (80,894 males and 4,290 females) in custody in England and Wales a rise of 2,200 from March 2009. Amongst the remand population, the largest change since March 2009 by offence group was for drugs offences, which were up by 10%. One of the biggest requirements for community orders and suspended sentence orders from Q4 2008-Q4 2009 was for alcohol treatment, up by 13%. Compared to sentenced offenders there were 241,504 offenders being managed in the community by the National Probation Service as at end December, 2009. For Hertfordshire Probation Trust this figure was 3,487 compared to a prison population of 768 at HMP The Mount, Hertfordshire’s Category C male prison. If offender health is to be effectively addressed, the focus needs to widen to address offender health needs rather than emphasis on health care for prisoners. In the community many offenders seem to have difficulty accessing mainstream health services, and tend to overuse Accident and Emergency centres, but have very little provision of preventive health care or health promotion. The physical and mental health care needs of offenders in the criminal justice system have long been subject to calls for reform. Improving outcomes for this group is important both in terms of re-offending rates and successful rehabilitation. Offenders are subject to considerable health inequalities. They are much more likely to experience mental health problems or have a learning difficulty and are more likely to have problems with drugs and alcohol. Details: Hertfordshire, UK: Hertfordshire Probation Trust and National Health Service Hertfordshire, 2011. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2011 at: http://www.ohrn.nhs.uk/resource/policy/NeedsassessmentHertfordshireProbation.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 121693

Author: Mai, Nick Title: Migrant Workers in the UK Sex Industry: Final Policy-Relevant Report Summary: The main aim of the project is to improve the understanding of the links between migration and the UK sex industry and migration in the UK, by drawing on the ways in which migrants themselves described their experiences and analysed their histories. The links between migration and the sex industry are predominantly addressed in current public debates in terms of trafficking and exploitation. Interviews with 100 migrant women, men and transgender people working in all of the main jobs available within the sex industry and from the most relevant areas of origin (South America, Eastern Europe, EU and South East Asia) indicate that approximately 13 per cent of female interviewees felt that they had been subject to different perceptions and experiences of exploitation, ranging from extreme cases of trafficking to relatively more consensual arrangements. Only a minority, amounting approximately to 6 per cent of female interviewees, felt that they had been deceived and forced into selling sex in circumstances within which they had no share of control or consent. Contrary to the emphasis given in current public debates about cases of trafficking and exploitation, the evidence gathered in the context of this project shows a great variety of life and work trajectories within the sex industry, which were influenced by key factors such as: social-economic background; educational aspirations and achievements; immigration status; professional and language skills; gender and sexuality; family history; and individual emotional history. Interviewees were from privileged, average and underprivileged socio-economic backgrounds, from structured as well as problematic families and their experience of education varied between elementary to post-graduate. In the majority of cases, the decision to migrate is based on the perception of a lack of opportunities of personal and professional development at home, with particular reference to the field of education. Most migrants did not work in the sex industry before coming to the UK and decided to do so after a long string of work experiences in other sectors, which were seen as comparatively less rewarding both in terms of remuneration and of the working conditions offered. The majority of interviewees were introduced to the possibility of working in the sex industry through friends and colleagues they met in other settings and decided to take up the opportunity after they saw positive examples in their everyday lives, both when they were home and in the country of origin. The stigma associated with sex work was the main problem for almost all interviewees, who felt that it had negative implications for their private and professional lives. Most interviewees complained that they found it difficult to reconcile working in the sex industry and having stable romantic relationships and that having to lead a double life with their partners, families and friends impacted negatively on their wellbeing. A majority of interviewees also underlined the way the stigma associated with sex work was implicated in legitimating violence against sex workers from a small minority of clients and from petty criminals. Almost all interviewees felt that the most advantageous aspects of their involvement in the sex industry were the possibility of earning considerably more money than in other sectors, the availability of time and the possibility of meeting interesting people, travelling and experiencing new and challenging situations. In most cases by working in the sex industry migrants were able to bridge an important gap in their aspirations to social mobility and felt that they were able to enjoy better living and working conditions. Most interviewees underlined that they enjoyed respectful and friendly relations with colleagues and clients and that by working in the sex industry they had better working and living conditions than those they encountered in other sectors of employment (mainly in the hospitality and care sectors). The research shows that most interviewees consciously decided to work in the sex industry and that only a minority felt that they had been forced to. The research findings strongly suggest that vulnerability, particularly to trafficking and exploitation, results from migrants’ socio-economic conditions, lack of information about their rights and entitlement to protection in the UK, their personal family and emotional circumstances, but, most of all, from their immigration status in the UK. Details: London: Institute for the Study of European Transformations, London Metropolitan University, 2010. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2011 at: http://www.londonmet.ac.uk/fms/MRSite/Research/iset/Migrant%20Workers%20in%20the%20UK%20Sex%20Industry%20Policy-Relevant%20Findings2.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Migrants (U.K.) Shelf Number: 121725

Author: The Children's Society (U.K.) Title: What Have I Done? The Experiences of Children and Families in UK Immigration Detention: Lessons to Learn Summary: This report examines the experiences of 32 families detained prior to the coalition’s pledge, in May 2010, to end the immigration detention of children. The research emphasises the importance of safeguarding issues around the use of immigration detention and the impact on children’s physical and emotional health. Some of the most shocking experiences, and those that the government should be most keen to avoid in future, include: •Children witnessing traumatic events, including hunger strikes and suicide attempts and the use of restraint on their parents. •High levels of stress, fear, confusion, and feelings of hopelessness and degradation experienced by family members in detention. •Many children did not eat, or lost weight, during detention. Families had medication removed upon arrival or missed important medical appointments as a consequence of detention. One child was detained for a second time despite suffering from post traumatic stress disorder after her first detention. •The majority of children experienced emotional distress during detention, including sleeplessness, nightmares and constant crying. •After release from detention, the majority of families experienced on-going and persistent effects on their mental and emotional health. The Children's Society is concerned that the UK Border Agency’s new pre-departure accommodation could replicate some of these experiences. Families can still be held for up to a week in ‘exceptional circumstances’. Questions about the potential impact on children of separating families during the returns process also remain. Recommendations in the report include: •There should be no attempts to split families in order to detain parents without their children. •For those families who will be held in pre-departure accommodation, the health and welfare of children should be monitored and the risks of harm carefully managed. •Asylum seekers should receive good quality legal advice earlier on in the process. •Children’s views should be taken into account on all issues that affect them. The Children's Society’s Chief Executive, Bob Reitemeier, said: 'The Children's Society is delighted that children will no longer be detained in Yarl’s Wood for long periods of time. The government has made progress so far by reducing the numbers of children detained and the length of detention since the pledge was made in May 2010. 'It remains to be seen how exactly the new arrangements will be used. We will be paying particular attention to whether detention in pre-departure accommodation will be used as a genuine last resort, for the shortest time possible, and in the most exceptional cases. It is not yet clear if it will be just another form of detention that harms children. Details: London: The Children's Society, 2011. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 17, 2011 at: http://www.childrenssociety.org.uk/sites/default/files/tcs/research_docs/immigration%20experiences_full%20report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Illegal Migrants Shelf Number: 121730

Author: Birdwell, Jonathan Title: Taking Drugs Seriously: A Demos and UK Drug Policy Commission Report on Legal Highs Summary: Since first coming to public prominence at the end of 2009, legal highs have posed a major challenge to existing legal and legislative structures designed to deal with drugs. With the market in manufactured psychoactive substances like mephedrone moving faster than public policy can accommodate, this report asks whether the assumptions enshrined in the 40-year-old Misuse of Drugs Act are still valid when applied 21st century drugs market. Bringing together stakeholders from across all areas involved in drugs policy - including frontline practitioners such as medical professionals, youth workers and law enforcement - Taking Drugs Seriously brings bold, innovative responses to an area too often dominated by stale rhetoric. The report points a way forward for public policy, taking account of the opportunities for new thinking presented by the challenges of the modern drugs market. Details: London: Demos, 2011. 155p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 19, 2011 at: http://www.demos.co.uk/files/Taking_Drugs_Seriously_-_web.pdf?1305207826 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse Policy (U.K.) Shelf Number: 121748

Author: Anderson, Sarah Title: The Social Care Needs of Short-Sentence Prisoners Summary: In late 2010 Revolving Doors was commissioned by the North East Public Health Observatory, on behalf of the Directorate of Social Care in the North East, to undertake a literature review into the social care needs of prisoners sentenced to less than twelve months in prison. Short-sentence prisoners are the archetypal ‘revolving doors’ group. Our previous research and recent development work in HMP Lewes, HMP Styal and HMP Everthorpe have highlighted their multiple needs. The exceptionally high rate of reoffending among this group is a particular concern of the current coalition Government. The current climate of dramatic reductions in public spending is likely to have a widespread impact on the ability of services to meet these needs. Nevertheless, we have significant reasons to be optimistic, not least the renewed Government focus on rehabilitation. This group is particularly in the spotlight, with ‘payment by results’ approaches forming a key component of the proposals to reduce reoffending among this group. The early findings from our Financial Analysis Model highlight the huge expense to the public purse that this group generates and the potential for real savings to be made through offering better targeted support. Details: London: Revolving Doors Agency, 2011. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2011 at: http://www.revolving-doors.org.uk/documents/the-social-care-needs-of-short-sentence-prisoners/ Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Recidivism Shelf Number: 121749

Author: Beatbullying Title: Child-on-Child Violence in the UK: A Retrospective Survey Summary: This report indicates that more than a third (37%) of young people report having suffered a severe physical or sexual attack during childhood by a fellow young person – over a quarter of which involved the use of a weapon. The severity of bullying is significant, 52 per cent having sustained physical injuries from the attack, 28 per cent threatened with a weapon and almost a tenth (7%) knocked unconscious, reported the 16 – 25 years olds questioned. A further quarter of those respondents who had suffered child-on-child violence were subjected to a sexual attack by a peer; of these victims 19 per cent were young girls. The research details the emotional and social implications of bullying, revealing that of those who suffered child-on-child violence 15 per cent were also in trouble with the police, compared to just four per cent who were not under any physical attack. Details: London: Beatbullying, 2011. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2011 at: http://www2.beatbullying.org//pdfs/CoCV%20Evaluation.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bullying (U.K.) Shelf Number: 121750

Author: Cross, Emma-Jane Title: Virtual Violence: Protecting Children from Cyberbullying Summary: The latest figures from Beatbullying reveal that nearly one-in-three 11-16 year olds has been deliberately targeted, threatened or humiliated by an individual or group through the use of mobile phones or the internet. For a quarter of these the experience was ongoing, meaning that 1-in-13 children were persistently cyber bullied. What we mean by persistent cyberbullying is bullying that is happening day in, day out, over a period of months or sometimes years. It is continuous cyberbullying by the same person or group. As expected, children who were persistently cyber bullied experienced a longer duration of bullying. Around a third of those persistently bullied said it lasted a year or more, or else was still going on. Another fifth said it had lasted months. The consequences of cyberbullying are no less traumatic than those that follow face-to-face bullying. The media has picked up on a number of high profile cases in which children have committed suicide following relentless online hate campaigns waged on Bebo and Facebook. These are only the most extreme manifestations. Academic research is beginning to document the increased isolation, poor educational attainment and self-destructive behaviour that readily follow cyberbullying. Cyberspace has also made possible new forms of social interaction and bullying. One worrying aspect relates to ‘sexting’, in which children produce and circulate sexual content amongst themselves. A third of children have received an unwanted or nasty message and a quarter received an unwanted or “nasty” image on the subject of sex. While a small proportion of these ‘sexts’ were from an unknown source or were spam, the vast majority were identified as a peer of the young person. In certain cases, these sexts have acted as a catalyst for mass bullying and even statutory rape. Our survey of over 2,000 secondary school pupils shows that cyberbullying is of increased concern for certain ‘high risk’ groups of children. • Pupils with Special Educational Needs, (have a learning difficulty or disability) are 16% more likely to be persistently cyber bullied over a prolonged period of time. • Pupils receiving free school meals, (an agreed universal indicator of increased deprivation, limited/ing social mobility, poverty and educational under-achievement) are 13% more likely to be persistently cyber bullied over a prolonged period of time. • White non-British ethnic background all reported a higher incident of this intense form of cyberbullying. Critically, in terms of resourcing intervention and targeting behaviour change campaigns, girls experienced twice as much persistent cyberbullying as boys and some 48% of all young people admitted to having undertaken some sort of cyberbullying. In terms of the specific websites on which cyberbullying has being taking place, the MSN instant messenger service and the Bebo social networking site were the worst offenders. This was the case for both children who had been bullied and for children who had witnessed others being bullied. The video-sharing site YouTube was also identified as a common place where footage of bullying was proliferated. Details: London: Beatbullying, 2009. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2011 at: http://www2.beatbullying.org/pdfs/Virtual%20Violence%20-%20Protecting%20Children%20from%20Cyberbullying.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 121751

Author: Page, Anna Title: Counting the Cost: The Financial Impact of Supporting Women with Multiple Needs in the Criminal Justice System Summary: This report focuses on the financial impact of supporting women with multiple needs in the criminal justice system. Funded by the Corston Independent Funders’ Coalition, the report focuses on findings from our women-specific Financial Analysis Model, and shows that an investment of £18 million per year in women’s centres could save the public purse almost £1 billion over five years. The women-specific Financial Analysis Model is based on the idea that individuals in contact with the criminal justice system go through different distinct stages or situations, which are characterised by different patterns of service use. The model identifies nine different stages typically experienced by women with multiple needs in contact with the criminal justice system. The cost of each stage is calculated by establishing the cost and likelihood of each service contact. Patterns of service use are based on analysis of client data and interviews with service users and staff at three women’s centres: Anawim in Birmingham, Women Outside Walls in Newcastle (a Cyrenians project) and ISIS Women’s Centre, Gloucester (run by the Nelson Trust). Workshops were also held at Alana House, Reading (a PACT project) and Women Ahead at Jagonari, London to test findings. The model considers 14 different types of service contact, including arrest, court, prison, probation, ambulance, methadone prescribing, housing support, benefits and children being taken into local authority care. It shows that the likely total cost of contact with these services is dramatically higher when women are living chaotic lives characterised by substance misuse and crime. The costs to the criminal justice system are particularly high. The model shows that when women do not receive support to address the underlying causes of this chaos and crime, they are likely to continue costly patterns of service use resulting in a quickly escalating bill to the public purse. However, when women successfully move away from these patterns of chaos, crime and repeat prison sentences, the cost to public purse can fall dramatically. The model estimates that an investment of £18 million per year would provide gender-specific support to more than 13,000 women across the country. Without support, these women would be likely to cost public services more than £2 billion over five years. However with investment in women’s services, this cost could be almost halved. Details: London: Revolving Doors Agency, 2011. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2011 at: http://www.revolving-doors.org.uk/news--blog/news/counting-the-cost/ Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cost Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 121752

Author: Lalani, Mumtaz Title: Ending the Abuse: Policies That Work to Protect Migrant Domestic Workers Summary: From June 2010 to January 2011 the London-based charity Kalayaan conducted research on the ‘Overseas Domestic Worker’ (ODW) visa system in the UK. Drawing on a combination of quantitative and qualitative data, the research identifies the importance of a legal channel of migration for migrant domestic workers (MDWs) to the UK and confirms that the ODW visa route is working as intended and as such has a negligible impact on net migration to the UK. It also demonstrates the effectiveness of the ODW visa in protecting the rights of MDWs and emphasises the need for similar protections to diplomatic domestic workers. Finally, the research findings indicate that the measures in place to identify and assist trafficked domestic workers in the UK could in no way act as an alternative system of protection to the protections currently afforded to MDWs through the visa. Home Office data for the period from January 2003 to August 2010 shows that 41 per cent of MDWs cited types of abuse or exploitation as their reason for changing employer. The right to change employer thus enables MDWs to escape from abusive employers. Interviews conducted by Kalayaan indicate that this right facilitates workers to negotiate fairer terms and conditions in their future employment, remaining visible in the UK whilst continuing to support their families by sending remittances home. The visa’s portability provision also plays a crucial role in facilitating domestic workers to pursue legal remedies against their employers. Indeed, between May 2009 and December 2010, 53 domestic workers brought employment tribunal cases against their employers; 34 of these cases had been concluded by December 2010. Taking such action would be unthinkable if the worker had to continue working for their employer and residing in their household and would be impossible if workers lost their right to remain in the UK when they fled from an abusive employer. Further, the protections afforded to MDWs under UK employment law, and in particular, the right to legal remedy, arguably help to reduce the incidence of trafficking and forced labour among MDWs. Indeed, in 2009 the Home The overwhelming majority of MDWs accompany their foreign employers to the UK for a finite period of time. Estimates using United Kingdom Border Agency (UKBA) figures show that less than 5 per cent of domestic workers who enter the UK on an ODW visa go on to settle. In 2009, MDWs accounted for a mere 0.5 per cent of the individuals who were awarded settlement in the UK, thus showing that this immigration route has a negligible impact on net migration to the UK. For the few domestic workers who remain in the UK, the route to settlement rids them of their underlying vulnerability by removing their dependency on employers to maintain their immigration status and facilitates their integration into UK society. Details: London: Kalayaan, 2011. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 19, 2011 at: http://www.kalayaan.org.uk/documents/Kalayaan%20Report%20final.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Workers (U.K.) Shelf Number: 121759

Author: Great Britain. Parliament. House of Commons. Home Affairs Committee Title: Forced Marriage: Report, Together with Formal Minutes, Oral and Written Evidence Summary: Forced marriage is "a marriage conducted without the valid consent of both parties where duress (emotional pressure in addition to physical abuse) is a factor". It is not an arranged marriage into which, while families may be involved in choosing the marriage partner, both parties probably, on the whole, enter freely; nor is it a religious practice. While our predecessors observed that forced marriage has historically been practised in many different communities, they found that in 2008, due to their relative size within the UK population, forced marriage was most common amongst Pakistani, Bangladeshi and Indian communities. At the time of the inquiry the Government’s Forced Marriage Unit handled around 300 cases of forced marriage each year but it was considered that this was likely to represent “only the tip of the iceberg.” Subsequent research commissioned by the then - Department for Children, Schools and Families, at the Committee’s behest, estimated that the national prevalence of reported cases of forced marriage in England was between 5,000 and 8,000. The number of cases of forced marriage dealt with by the Forced Marriage Unit rose to 430 in 2008 and remained at around 400 in 2009 and 2010, with the ratio of male to female victims also remaining stable over this period at around 86% female to 14% male. Jasvinder Sanghera told us that Karma Nirvana had recently become aware of instances of forced marriage taking place in a broader range of communities than before, citing cases from Egypt and an increase in at-risk dual heritage children. Karma Nirvana reported a rise in callers to their national Honour Network Helpline since 2008, peaking at 5,599, and in particular an increase in the number of males reporting; the ratio of callers is now 70% female to 30% male. The increase in the number of cases handled by the Forced Marriage Unit and the number of calls made to the Honour Network Helpline since our predecessor Committee’s inquiry in 2007–08 demonstrates that forced marriage remains a serious concern, affecting thousands of young people in the UK. The fact that more young women and, increasingly, young men are coming forward to seek help is encouraging but underlines the requirement for sufficient support mechanisms to be in place to meet their needs. Details: London: The Stationery OFfice, 2011. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Eighth Report of Session 2010-12: Accessed May 19, 2011 at: http://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201012/cmselect/cmhaff/880/880.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Forced Marriage (U.K.) Shelf Number: 121762

Author: Harvin, Judith Title: The Family Drug & Alcohol Court (FDAC) Evaluation Project Final Report Summary: This report presents the findings from the evaluation of the first pilot Family Drug and Alcohol Court (FDAC) in Britain. FDAC is a new approach to care proceedings, in cases where parental substance misuse is a key element in the local authority decision to bring proceedings. It is being piloted at the Inner London Family Proceedings Court in Wells Street. Initially the pilot was to run for three years, to the end of December 2010, but is now to continue until March 2012. FDAC is a specialist court for a problem that is anything but special. Its potential to help break the inter-generational cycle of harm associated with parental substance misuse goes straight to the heart of public policy and professional practice. Parental substance misuse is a formidable social problem and a factor in up to two-thirds of care cases. It is a major risk factor for child maltreatment, family separation and offending in adults, and for poor educational performance and substance misuse by children and young people. The parents’ many difficulties create serious problems for their children and place major demands on health, welfare and criminal justice services. For these reasons, parental substance misuse is a cross-cutting government agenda. FDAC is distinctive because it is a court-based family intervention which aims to improve children’s outcomes by addressing the entrenched difficulties of their parents. It has been adapted to English law and practice from a model of family treatment drug courts that is used widely in the USA and is showing promising results with a higher number of cases where parents and children were able to remain together safely, and with swifter alternative placement decisions for children if parents were unable to address their substance misuse successfully. The catalysts for the FDAC pilot were the encouraging evidence from the USA and concerns about the response to parental substance misuse through ordinary care proceedings in England: poor child and parent outcomes; insufficient co-ordination between adult and children’s services; late intervention to protect children; delay in reaching decisions; and the soaring costs of proceedings, linked to the cost of expert evidence. The aim of the evaluation was to describe the FDAC pilot and estimate its costs, identify set-up and implementation lessons, compare FDAC with ordinary care proceedings including a comparison of costs, and indicate whether this new approach might lead to better outcomes for children and parents. Details: London: Brunel University, 2011. 197p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 20, 2011 at: http://www.brunel.ac.uk/7067/FDAC/FDACEVALUATIONFINALREPORTMay2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 121776

Author: Neale, Joanne Title: Recreational Drug Use and Driving: A Qualitative Study Summary: The behaviour of individuals who drive whilst under the influence of illegal drugs is now a major concern in many countries. This has generated a large amount of epidemiological and experimental research examining various aspects of drug-driving behaviour. Within Scotland, however, there has been a lack of information on the nature and extent of the drug-driving problem. Responding to this gap in knowledge, the Scottish Executive (in association with the Scottish Road Safety Campaign) commissioned a programme of research to examine both quantitative and qualitative aspects of recreational drug-driving. A national household survey by System Three Social Research has provided quantitative information on the prevalence of this behaviour among 17-39 year-old drivers in Scotland. The research reported here complements this survey by providing more in-depth qualitative information on the links between recreational drug use and driving. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Executive Central Research Unit, 2000. 103p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2011 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/Doc/156503/0042020.pdf Year: 2000 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Driving Under the Influence of Drugs Shelf Number: 121784

Author: Ormston, Rachel Title: Evaluation of the Drug Driving TV Advert Summary: This report presents the findings of research evaluating a recent TV advert aimed at discouraging people from driving under the influence of drugs (‘drug driving’). The evaluation was carried out by NFO Social Research on behalf of the Scottish Executive and the Scottish Road Safety Campaign between July and September 2002. The research consisted of three elements. Firstly, questions were included in the Scottish Opinion Survey (SOS) in June 2002 to establish baseline levels of awareness and understanding of the advert. Secondly, a separate survey of Scottish drivers was carried out between late July and early September 2002 to provide more detailed data on reactions to the advert and on individual experiences of drug driving. Finally, a series of qualitative interviews, including both paired depth interviews and peer focus groups, were carried out with 17-24 year-olds in September 2002 to explore attitudes towards the advert in more detail. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Executive Social Research, 2003. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 24, 2011 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/Doc/47032/0013895.pdf Year: 2003 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Driving Under the Influence of Drugs Shelf Number: 121791

Author: Oliver, J.S. Title: Monitoring the Effectiveness of UK Field Impairment Tests Summary: The Field Impairment Test (FIT) is used by UK police officers at the roadside. It aids the officer in the decision to arrest a driver stopped because of observed impairment of driving, and who, during the interaction with the officer, raised suspicion that drug use may be the cause. Under these conditions, the driver may be asked to perform the test, and if performance is unsatisfactory the officer may decide to arrest a driver on suspicion of driving while unfit through drugs. After such an arrest, enforcement procedures require the driver to be brought into a police station to be seen by a Forensic Medical Examiner (FME). If the FME certifies that the driver’s condition may be due to drink or drugs, a biological sample is obtained from the driver for drug analysis. This study was undertaken to assess the effectiveness of FIT. In part, this was achieved by assessing the level of concordance between police officers’ judgements at the roadside following the use of FIT and the results of drug analysis of biological samples obtained from drivers. In addition oral fluid was obtained on a voluntary basis from drivers who were released at the roadside following the use of FIT. The contribution of each component of FIT to the correct identification of drivers impaired by drugs was also assessed, and additionally, the nature and extent of drug use in this group of drivers was recorded. The performance of FIT as part of the police enforcement process was judged against an objective measure: the presence of drugs in the biological specimens (blood, urine or oral fluid) obtained from drivers who had been assessed by FIT. The majority of biological samples from those arrested were blood, and all specimens from those released at the roadside were oral fluid. While the mere presence of drugs in blood or oral fluid does not indicate impairment per se, the occurrence of toxicologically significant concentrations of drugs supports the presumption of impairment when supported by the officer’s record of impaired driving. The analysis in this study was based on information from a database set up to record the results of the FIT tests carried out by the 22 participating police forces and the results of laboratory analysis of biological specimens for cases proceeding under Section 4 of the Road Traffic Act. Additional information was obtained from supplementary forms completed during FIT by the officer and from analysis of oral fluid specimens voluntarily donated by the drivers who were stopped but not arrested at the roadside, and therefore assumed to be not impaired through drugs. In total, 991 appropriate cases were reported during the study period. Of these, 334 cases had the information required for the evaluation process (performance in FIT and the presence or absence of drugs in biological samples). For these cases the information was used to calculate the sensitivity (the proportion of true positive cases detected), specificity (the proportion of true negative cases detected) and accuracy (the proportion of cases that were correctly diagnosed in the study sample). The study results demonstrate that oral fluid can be used to identify drugs in drivers. Donation and collection of oral fluid specimens presented no operational hazard to police officers and was acceptable to drivers, including those who were drug positive. From the results obtained from the analysis of blood, urine and oral fluid, the nature and extent of drug use by drivers was found to be similar throughout the study areas, and reflected drugs misuse rather than the therapeutic usage of prescribed medicines. In relation to the use of FIT, the assessment of impairment by a police officer using the test was supported by the clinical examination performed by the FME in 77% of the cases. Biological samples were received and analysed in only 65% of this group but significant drug use was confirmed in 94% of them. Consequently, where there is initial suspicion of drug impaired driving supported by the use of FIT and the medical investigation, the procedure as a whole has demonstrated a high positive predictive value (94%). Overall, the roadside application of FIT demonstrated a sensitivity of 65%, a specificity of 77% and an accuracy of 66%, meaning that FIT identifies the majority of drug positive and drug negative cases. Consequently, FIT in its current form is useable for screening purposes. However, further development is required to improve its performance. The drug recognition skills of the police officers were generally good. Within the battery of tests that forms FIT, the pupillary examination contributed very little. Despite the positive results described above, there were several areas of concern. We were unable to obtain biological specimens from drivers where the FME did not corroborate the opinion of the arresting officer (23% of cases). From the significant number of drug positive cases found from the analysis of oral fluid provided by drivers released by the police officer prior to the involvement of the FME, there is concern that in these disputed cases there might be a high number of drug positives. Additionally, although we had only a small number of specimens volunteered at the roadside by those who were stopped but were judged to be unimpaired by the police officer, a significant number of these were drug positive (71%). This is of some concern as the majority of drugs detected in these specimens were indicative of drug misuse. This highlights the possibility that the current roadside procedure is not sensitive enough to detect all those impaired through drugs, or that there is a possible training issue for the police officer or that driver tolerance to the effects of the drug may explain this finding. Finally, there is no absolute definition of driving impairment nor is there an objective, validated method by which driving impairment (and FIT) can be assessed. Details: London: Department for Transport, 2006. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Road Safety Research Report No. 63: Accessed May 24, 2011 at: http://www.dft.gov.uk/pgr/roadsafety/research/rsrr/theme3/monitoringtheeffectiveness.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Driving Under the Influence of Drugs Shelf Number: 121794

Author: Allamby, Les Title: Forced Labour in Northern Ireland: Exploiting Vulnerability Summary: In 2009 the British Government passed a law criminalising exploitation through forced labour, however this remains a poorly understood issue and has not been regarded as a significant problem in Northern Ireland. This report reviews migrants’ experiences in a range of employment sectors, in which serious forms of exploitation, including indications of forced labour, have come to light. The report: identifies problems of forced labour among migrants working in • the fishing, mushroom and catering industries and among Filipino and Romanian Roma migrants; highlights the links between vulnerability and a lack of English • language skills, limited access to social networks and a lack of local knowledge; shows that people will put up with very poor working conditions • and exploitation because the situation at home is worse; explains the importance of migrants’ legal status;• shows the importance of community-based support networks • and access to advice and information for exploited migrants; and finds a need to raise awareness of the issues of forced labour • among trade unions, employers’ bodies and within key government departments. Details: York, UK: Joseph Rowntree Foundation, 2011. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 27, 2011 at: http://www.jrf.org.uk/sites/files/jrf/forced-labour-Northern-Ireland-full.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Forced Labor (Northern Ireland) Shelf Number: 121867

Author: Prior, David Title: Maturity, Young Adults and Criminal Justice: A Literature Review Summary: The focus of this review was on young adults aged 18-24 years in relation to three major bodies of literature considered relevant to maturity and young adults: neurological, psychological and criminological. The key findings are: 1. The research supports the T2A position that the level of maturity exhibited by a young adult offender should be considered within the legal and sentencing process. 2. The research points emphatically to the inappropriateness of an arbitrary age limit as the key factor for determining the judicial response that an offender should receive. 3. Neurological research identifies that brain development continues into early adulthood; the human brain is not 'mature' until the early to mid-twenties. 4. The research identifies the significant maturity factor as 'temperance', which continues to influence antisocial decision-making during young adulthood. 5. Young adulthood is a critical period when many individuals will naturally 'grow out of crime' Details: Birmingham, UK: University of Birmingham, Institute of Applied Social Studies, School of Social Policy, 2011. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2011 at: http://www.iass.bham.ac.uk/documents/maturity-final-literature-review-report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime and Age Shelf Number: 121869

Author: Cerise, Somali Title: A Different World is Possible: A Call for Long-Term and Targeted Action to Prevent Violence Against Women and Girls Summary: Violence against women and girls continues to have devastating and often dehumanising consequences for millions of women and girls across the world. Yet, despite this, we too often assume that this violence, and the inequality which it is linked to, is somehow inevitable. This seeming acceptance of the status quo not only damages women’s lives and limits men’s, but creates a barrier for practitioners and policy makers who seek to make a real difference in this area. This report aims to address attitudes and positions that are often normalised and even ‘held dear’ within all of our communities and within our societies generally. We ground our recommendations in Carol Hagemann-White’s innovative model of perpetration which represents the most comprehensive review of evidence to date on the root causes, including individual life experiences and choices, of violence and abuse. Whether we work in schools, in communities, with the media or other institutions, our aim is to shift the landscape from one which tolerates the violation of women and girls’ human rights, to one in which women’s safety and gender equality is the norm. Details: London: End Violence Against Women, 2011. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2011 at: http://www.endviolenceagainstwomen.org.uk/data/files/a_different_world_is_possible_report_email_version.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 121878

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Prisons Title: Resettlement Provision for Children and Young People: Accommodation and Education, Training and Employment Summary: Resettlement is one of the main tests against which the Inspectorate judges the health of a prison. This thematic review, commissioned by the Youth Justice Board, examines accommodation and education, training and employment (ETE) resettlement provision for sentenced young men aged 15 to 18 in young offender institutions. It reports on the work carried out in custody to prepare young people for release, using survey data as well as indepth interviews with 61 sentenced young men, their case supervisors and follow-up information on what happened to them on release. The heads of resettlement and learning and skills in each institution provide an establishment perspective. Ensuring that young people have suitable and sustainable accommodation and ETE on release from custody is a vital first step to reduce reoffending and enable young people to successfully reintegrate into the community. This is no small task – in our sample of 61 young men more than eight out of 10 (84%) had an accommodation and/or ETE need identified. In our survey almost half of young men said they were under 14 when they were last at school and 86% said they had been excluded at some point. All establishments had a strategy to drive forward resettlement work but in most cases these did not involve external agencies and had not been informed by a recent needs analysis of the population. The training planning process should be central to coordinating work to address young people’s individual needs, with targets set for a young person’s time in custody and plans for their release. We found from our fieldwork that several establishment case supervisors, who oversaw the training plan, had a good knowledge of the young people in their caseload. Most young men reported that training plan targets had been discussed with them, although less than two-thirds in our case sample knew what their targets were and only half said they had had a say in the targets set for them – this then had a real impact on whether they tried to achieve them. In custody, the range and quality of education and training provision was generally satisfactory and it was clear that, where possible, a young person’s preferences had been taken into account when allocating them to ETE. Most, although not all, young men said they were involved in some form of ETE at the time of interview and three-quarters said they had received or were working towards a qualification – 62% thought that these would be useful on release. Although it could often have been better tied to resettlement planning, at several establishments the use of release on temporary licence (ROTL) was improving, with some good quality work placements on offer. Case supervisors realised the importance of accommodation and ETE in resettlement work and reported that these issues were considered from the point of a young person’s arrival in custody. However, training planning targets often placed the onus only on the young person and did not specify what resources would be put in place or how they would be helped to achieve them. The main focus was on how they spent their time in custody and there were few long-term targets aimed at those responsible for ensuring plans were in place for their release. Establishments reported that this was the responsibility of youth offending teams (or social workers for looked after children). At the Heron unit at Feltham young people also had a resettlement broker who was involved in resettlement planning while young people were in custody, but who also offered intensive support to them for at least six months following release. Despite their key role, the attendance of social workers at training planning meetings for looked after children was poor. In contrast, relationships with community-based youth offending teams (YOTs) were well developed and YOT case managers normally attended training planning meetings. However, plans were not always finalised in time for the pre-release meeting which, understandably, worried young people and frustrated case supervisors. Two of the 61 young men interviewed said that not having accommodation had prevented their early release, but no establishments monitored this. It was not evident that discussions were taking place about whether accommodation arrangements set up at the point of release were suitable and sustainable. In our case sample, 61% of young men said they would be living with family on release and the majority were optimistic about it as they felt their family’s support was the key to their successful resettlement. Although establishments realised the importance of young people maintaining contact with family where appropriate and encouraged it, more structured work needed to be done to rebuild or maintain relationships while young people were in custody. This left two-fifths of our sample who required accommodation to be arranged for their release, which was a vital step before other release plans could be put in place. Case supervisors reported a range of barriers to finding suitable accommodation, including a limited supply of local authority housing and issues around the young person’s behaviour or offence. They also reported a range of barriers to arranging ETE for release, including limited availability in the community. At the time of interview, only 14 of the 48 young men who said they wanted to continue education had a place arranged. Worryingly, of the 42 young men who said they wanted to work (either full-time or part-time alongside education), only nine reported that they had a job arranged on release – and for seven of these it had been arranged through family, without help from the establishment or the YOT. Follow-up information was requested from case supervisors on what happened to the young men in our case sample on release and a month later, with information received for 41 and 37 of the young men respectively. Only 13 young men (32%) had both suitable accommodation (as assessed by case supervisors) and ETE on release. Two, including a looked after child, were forced to report as homeless. One in five were placed in accommodation assessed as unsuitable by case supervisors; this included three young men who had had to go into bed and breakfast lodgings – one was still there a month later – and two who were living with family where this was a cause for concern. Only a third of young men had an ETE placement arranged on release, only half of these were still attending a month later and only a fifth of those who had not got a placement on release had one confirmed a month later. Where ETE placements had fallen through, case supervisors felt this was due to unstable accommodation, a lack of family support, the young person’s lack of motivation or problems due to the timing of course start dates. A month after release six of the young men were in custody and one was ‘on the run’ – three of the young people who had returned to custody were looked after children. This report raises a key question – how effective is the resettlement work conducted in custody in terms of the actual outcomes for young people? This was not monitored by establishments and our follow-up information highlights the need to look beyond the gate in order to evaluate the effectiveness of resettlement work. Overall the outcomes for our sample were very disappointing. The Heron unit, although we can make no conclusions based on our small sample, seemed a promising initiative, as did the resettlement consortia, although the young offender institutions involved were not visited for this report. These are being formally evaluated and we look forward to seeing the results. Although our recommendations are to the Ministry of Justice, Youth Justice Board and National Offender Management Service we recognise that, to ensure all young people have suitable accommodation and ETE on release from custody, a joint approach with other government departments and external agencies is required. The starting point should be an acceptance that vulnerable young people released from custody are children in need. This would go some way toward focusing the joint effort that is needed to prevent them from returning to custody and becoming entrenched at an early age in a life of crime. Details: London: HM Inspectorate of Prisons, 2011. 118p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2011 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/inspectorate-reports/hmipris/Resettlement-thematic-june2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 121879

Author: Youth Justice Board for England and Wales Title: Review of Full Searches in the Secure Estate for Children and Young People Summary: The Youth Justice Board for England and Wales (YJB), as commissioner of secure accommodation for children and young people, takes as its starting point that the use of full searches should be kept to the minimum required to ensure the safety of young people and staff. The YJB, furthermore, considers this issue in relation to the rights of children and young people, and the balance that needs to be struck between those rights and the absolute requirement to ensure the safety and wellbeing of young people and staff in secure establishments. This review outlines the current use and purpose of full searches in the secure estate for children and young people. It provides an overview of the legislative and policy context, both centrally and at establishment level, and details monitoring arrangements in these areas. In addition, the review highlights examples of emerging good practice. Twelve establishments were visited, and interviews with key members of staff, including governing governors, directors and safeguarding managers, were conducted. The views of young people were also sought and analysed. A detailed methodological overview is provided at the end of this report. The review did not consider the young women’s young offender institution (YOI) estate, as this would complement work already conducted as a result of the publication of The Corston Report. In conducting this review, the YJB is fulfilling obligations made in response to previous reviews into this area of practice. This will include assessing the implications of the findings on existing contracts and monitoring arrangements. Findings from this review form part of YJB-led work that has followed the publication of the Carlile Inquiry and the YJB’s Review of Safeguarding in the Secure Estate for Children and Young People. When reviewing this area of operational practice in the secure estate for children and young people, the different legal, statutory and cultural contexts characterising each sector needed to be taken into account. An overview of the legislative contexts governing full searches is provided in Annex 1 of this document. The reviewers found that full-searching practice was consistent across all sectors and underpinned by clear guidelines. These guidelines ensure that young people are at no time fully undressed, and that they are searched by staff of the same sex. However, the location where a full search is carried out varies. Inevitably, the quality of reception areas and procedures varied between sectors and establishments. While full-searching practice was fairly similar across the estate, levels of full searches conducted varied significantly. The main factor determining the number of full searches conducted was the relative number of the remand population. Other factors included the number of young people on Release on Temporary Licence (ROTL) or mobility. YOIs routinely carried out full searches beyond the extent required by the rules for the sector. In principle, the YJB believes that full searches should only be used following an assessment of risk. This principle should be the starting point for practice in all secure units. Only in circumstances where this risk-led approach can be shown to be unable to ensure the safety of young people and staff should routine fullsearching take place. In secure children’s homes, it is not envisaged that any routine full-searching should be necessary, due to their ability to supervise individual young people closely. In larger establishments, such as some secure training centres (STCs) and YOIs, it may be necessary to routinely full search young people on first reception into the establishment, if the numbers of young people being received is high, and subsequent pressures on the service adversely affect the ability to ensure the safety of young people and staff. Secure establishments should be able to justify a decision to routinely full search on reception, and should strive to achieve a position where it is minimised. It is considered that all other full searches – such as on return from ROTL/mobility, on transfer or discharge – as well as full searches following room searches or visits – should be based on prior risk-assessment. In very exceptional circumstances, force is used to full search a young person. While these incidents are very rare, differences in recording and reporting processes remain both at establishment level, as well as centrally. The recording of full searches is highlighted as an area in need of improvement to ensure young people are adequately safeguarded and that the use of force is kept to a minimum. Details: London: Youth Justice Board, 2011. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2011 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/guidance/youth-justice/improving-practice/Review-of-Full-Searches-in-the-Secure-Estate-forChildren-and-Young-People.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 121883

Author: Welsh Assembly Government Title: Safeguarding Children and Young People from Sexual Exploitation - Supplementary guidance to Safeguarding Children: Working Together Under The Children Act 2004 Summary: This guidance is designed to assist practitioners in preventing child sexual exploitation (CSE), protecting children and young people who are at risk of abuse or are abused through sexual exploitation, and disrupting and prosecuting those who perpetrate this form of abuse. Details: Cardiff: Welsh Assembly Government, 2011. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2011 at: http://wales.gov.uk/docs/dhss/publications/policy/110107guidanceen.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse Shelf Number: 121884

Author: Berelowitz, Sue Title: 'I Think I Must Have Been Born Bad': Emotional Wellbeing and Mental Health of Children and Young People in the Youth Justice System Summary: This report illustrates the importance of addressing the mental health and emotional wellbeing of young people in juvenile detention facilities in the UK. The report is based on a year-long observational study of 19 establishments and services. The report concludes that there is a lack of consistency and wide variation in the type, level and quality of measures put in place to support the emotional wellbeing and good mental health of children in the youth justice system and specifically, in the children and young people’s secure estate. It report recommends that: •children should be placed in units of no more than 150 •staff-child ratios should be small enough to ensure meaningful relationships with key workers •all children should have a health screening assessment on entering custody •re-settlement plans should ensure children are well supported when they leave custody •all children’s prisons should be inspected by an inspectorial body with expertise in inspecting closed institutions. Details: London: Children's Commissioner, 2011. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2011 at: Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 121885

Author: Corrigan, James Title: Use of Legal Services by the Criminal Justice System Summary: The criminal justice system is the largest purchaser of legal services in the public sector. Over the three year period 2007-10, the cost of criminal legal aid was £155 million. The cost of the Public Prosecution Service (PPS) was £106 million. In addition the legal services necessary to support the operational and corporate activities of other justice organisations was £36 million over the same period. The purpose of the inspection was to assess the manner in which legal services were identified and resourced, determine the breakdown of legal expenditure and review procurement arrangements for external legal services. The inspection did not consider criminal legal aid in detail as this has recently been subject to work by the Northern Ireland Audit Office. The inspection report has identified a number of changes required regarding the ways in which legal services are provided. In particular the purchasing of legal services lacks the discipline used and expected for other professional services. Standard competitive arrangements are embryonic (used mainly for the services of solicitors) with costs determined by a range of different fee structures which have lacked transparency and predictability. Many justice organisations were unaware of the actual costs until completion of the work and this can exceed the original estimates. This practice is generally considered unacceptable in other commercial environments, where the supplier of a service would be expected to provide an estimate of the costs of service provision and to justify and explain variations from these estimates. The inspection report also highlighted the differential payments made to defence and prosecution counsel. There is a need to develop a common approach to achieve a convergence between the level of prosecution and legal aid fees. A significant and sustained improvement in value for money across the justice system requires a more co-ordinated and consistent approach by public sector buyers. The current fragmented approach linked to a plethora of different fee arrangements/schemes for different types of services (for example, criminal legal aid, civil work, prosecution and defence work) has hindered progress. The Department of Justice (DoJ) is best placed to take the lead in this regard. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2011. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 29, 2011 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/50/503670ba-f0a8-4fc8-9842-725c09c0100e.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Courts Shelf Number: 121895

Author: Appleby, Louis Title: The National Confidential Inquiry into Suicide and Homicide by People with Mental Illness: Suicide and Homicide in Northern Ireland Summary: Suicide is a highly complex issue and continues to present a growing challenge for our society despite strenuous efforts across the statutory, community and voluntary sectors together with inspirational support from bereaved families. The individual circumstances for each person represented in the statistics presented in this report are unique. Nevertheless, to reduce the risk of suicide it is important, where possible, to identify common themes and patterns. We are all aware that people are now facing increasing pressures that can threaten their mental health and wellbeing. Substance misuse is a more common feature of modern life, particularly in areas of social and economic disadvantage; secure employment opportunities are not as plentiful; personal debt is rising; the gap in educational attainment remains; and stable family life is not as dominant a feature in society as it once was. This report demonstrates the link between mental ill health and suicide with the finding that 29% of people who died by suicide had been in contact with mental health services in the previous 12 months. However, this figure also indicates that many people who are suicidal, and therefore likely to have mental health difficulties, are not accessing statutory mental health services. Covering a nine year period from January 2000 to December 2008 during which there were 1,865 suicides and probable suicides in Northern Ireland, the report presents detailed data that looks behind the headline statistics. By presenting a better understanding of these deaths, the report will assist in fine tuning policy and practice for the care of people within mental health services and help to prevent deaths. The remit of the Inquiry also covers homicide by people who have been in contact with mental health services and the report notes that 15% of perpetrators of homicide were confirmed to have been in contact with mental health services in the 12 months before the offence. As with homicide in the general population, in most of these cases the perpetrators and victims were known to each other and, more importantly, none of the “stranger homicides” over the review period was committed by a mental health patient. Perceptions around the issue of serious violence by mental health patients can increase the fear and stigma that mentally ill people encounter. The evidence from this report reinforces the important point of the low risk to the general public from mental health patients which should be highlighted in initiatives to combat stigma. The report highlights areas where practice can be improved and presents a series of recommendations covering policy and practice. Work is already progressing that will help put many of the recommendations in place. This includes: the development of updated policy on suicide prevention and the promotion of positive mental health; the development of the second action plan for implementation of the Bamford Review of Mental Health and Learning Disability; ongoing implementation of the “Card Before You Leave” protocol at Emergency Departments; and work with the Department of Justice to improve support for people with mental illness in the criminal justice system. Overall, the report increases our understanding of the risks of suicide in people with mental illness and of how to respond more effectively to those risks. This will help in taking further action to reduce suicide by people who use mental health services in Northern Ireland. Details: Manchester, UK: University of Manchester, 2011. 112p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 30, 2011 at: http://www.medicine.manchester.ac.uk/mentalhealth/research/suicide/prevention/nci/northern_ireland/northern_ireland_full_report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Homicide Shelf Number: 121920

Author: Ward, Liz Title: An Assessment of the Tackling Knives and Serious Youth Violence Action Programme (TKAP) – Phase ll Summary: The Tackling Knives Action Programme (TKAP) ran initially from June 2008 until March 2009 and aimed to reduce teenage knife crime in ten police force areas in England and Wales. TKAP Phase II was then launched and the programme re-branded into the Tackling Knives and Serious Youth Violence Action Programme. Phase II ran from April 2009 to March 2010 in 16 police force areas (the original ten TKAP forces and six new areas) and aimed to reduce all serious violence involving 13- to 24-year-olds using a range of enforcement, education and prevention initiatives. The Home Office Research and Analysis Unit was asked to form an assessment of the success of TKAP Phase II in reducing serious youth violence. A secondary aim of the programme was to improve public confidence around serious youth violence in the 16 police force areas. As the TKAP areas were partly selected due to their high levels of violent crime, a randomised experimental design could not be used to assess the impact of the programme. Instead, a quasi-experimental methodology was applied using a variety of analytical techniques to compare what happened in the TKAP areas during TKAP Phase II with the previous year (2008/09) and before the start of the programme (2007/08). Wherever possible, comparisons were also made with a group of forces not involved in the programme (non-TKAP areas). The findings provide encouraging evidence that serious violence involving 13- to 24-year-olds declined across the country between 2007/08 and 2009/10. However, given that the reductions were not specific to or consistently greater in the TKAP areas (compared with the non-TKAP areas), and taking into account various methodological limitations described in the report, it is not possible to directly attribute reductions in the TKAP areas during Phase II to TKAP activities. Details: London: Home Office, 2011. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 53: Accessed June 30, 2011 at: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/science-research-statistics/research-statistics/crime-research/horr53/horr53-report?view=Binary Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Reduction Shelf Number: 121923

Author: Child Exploitation and Online Protection Centre Title: Out of Mind, Out of Sight: Breaking Down the Barriers to Understanding Child Sexual Exploitation Summary: CEOP has carried out a rapid assessment of ‘localised grooming’ in the UK. This is a form of sexual exploitation, previously referred to as ‘on street grooming’ in the media, where children have been groomed and sexually exploited by an offender, having initially met in a location outside their home, usually in a public place (such as a park, cinema, on the street or at a friend’s house). Offenders often act in concert, establishing a relationship with a child or children before sexually exploiting them. Some victims of ‘street grooming’ may believe that the offender is in fact an older ‘boyfriend’, introducing peers to the offender group who may also be sexually exploited. Abuse may occur at a number of locations within a local area and on several occasions. ‘Localised grooming’ has been subject to considerable media attention following a number of prosecutions of adult males for the grooming and sexually exploitation of children and young people in various towns and cities in the UK. Several NGOs have reported that large numbers of victims of this type of child sexual exploitation have accessed their services across the UK. However, there have been comparatively few prosecutions, and there is a general lack of knowledge of grooming and sexual exploitation in the UK and the threats posed to children and young people. In order to inform responses to ‘localised grooming’, a rapid assessment of the intelligence and information held by police forces, local authorities, LSCBs, NGOs and local service providers, on this particular form of sexual exploitation, has been undertaken. Information gathered during this assessment demonstrates the difficulty of measuring the scale of the issue, provides an opportunity to highlight good practice in a number of areas of the UK and the gaps which remain, and enables the recommendation of a number of measures for improving the UK’s response to child sexual exploitation. This thematic assessment was undertaken with four principle objectives: 1. Assess the size and scale of ‘localised grooming’ in proportion to the overall known picture of sexual exploitation of children under the age of 18 in the UK 2. Establish any patterns of offending profile or victim experience 3. Assess the effectiveness of processes which might help identify such offending or potential victims 4. Recommend action to be taken to reduce the risk in future, including any urgent action that becomes apparent It was aimed to determine the known extent of child sexual exploitation, based on intelligence and information held by relevant agencies, and to determine the proportion of cases which fit the profile of ‘localised grooming’. This assessment therefore represents an audit of the current knowledge of the scale of child sexual exploitation among those police forces, LSCBs, children’s services and service providers who responded to the request for information. Details: London: Child Exploitation and Online Protection Centre, 2011. 122p. (Full Report) Source: Internet Resource: CEOP Thematic Assessment: Accessed July 1, 2011 at: http://www.ceop.police.uk/Documents/ceopdocs/ceop_thematic_assessment_executive_summary.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse Shelf Number: 121943

Author: Ross, Andy Title: Prevention and Reduction: A Review of Strategies for Intervening Early to Prevent or Reduce Youth Crime and Anti-Social Behaviour Summary: There have been a number of recent publications highlighting some of the inherent failures of the current system for dealing with youth crime and anti-social behaviour in England. Most notable are concerns regarding the levels of expenditure on enforcement, courts and the use of prisons. Despite a recent fall in youth imprisonment it still remains substantially higher than 20 years ago. This review is aimed at providing a comprehensive understanding of the key characteristics of what works in terms of early interventions to prevent or reduce youth crime or anti-social behaviour. By drawing on evidence from the international literature, primarily the US where the evidence base is especially strong, this review is able to provide a critical evaluation of youth crime interventions in England, where the scientific evidence is less robust. This collation of the best evidence and expert opinion will support the development of the strongest and most promising approaches. At the same time it identifies gaps in the evidence and makes recommendations for further research. Includes: •Introduction •International evidence •Tackling Youth Crime in England •Key themes emerging from the UK •Implementation and going to scale •Summary and conclusions •Bibliography Details: Runcorn, UK: Department of Education, 2011. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report DFE-RR111: Accessed July 2, 2011 at: https://www.education.gov.uk/publications/eOrderingDownload/DFE-RR111.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 121957

Author: Choudhury, Tufyal Title: The Impact of Counter-Terrorism Measures on Muslim Communities Summary: This report aims to develop and deepen understanding of the impact of counter-terrorism legislation on Muslim communities. Using in-depth interviews and focus groups, it finds that when it comes to experiences of counter-terrorism, Muslims and non-Muslims from the same local areas who took part in this research appear to live ‘parallel lives’. Many participants in the study, while not referring to specific laws or policies, feel that counterterrorism law and policy generally is contributing towards hostility to Muslims by treating Muslims as a ‘suspect group’, and creating a climate of fear and suspicion towards them. Details: Manchester, UK: Equality and Human Rights Commission, 2011. 125p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 72: Accessed July 2, 2011 at: http://www.equalityhumanrights.com/uploaded_files/research/counter-terrorism_research_report_72.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Counter-terrorism (U.K.) Shelf Number: 121958

Author: Frampton, Martyn Title: The Return of the Militants: Violent Dissident Republicanism Summary: Since the Belfast Friday Agreement of 1998, the security situation in Northern Ireland has improved immeasurably. The Provisional IRA and the main loyalist terrorist groups have called an end to their campaigns and their weapons have been decommissioned under an internationally monitored process. In recent years, however, dissident republican groups in Northern Ireland – such as the Continuity IRA and the Real IRA, who continued to oppose the peace process – have grown stronger. Given the understandable focus on Al Qaeda-inspired terrorism in recent years, much less attention has been given to such groups. However, in the government’s National Strategic Defence and Security Review, published in October 2010, ‘residual terrorism linked to Northern Ireland’ was identified as a Tier One risk to national security: ‘There is a calculated campaign of violence from small dissident republican groups. Despite continuing political progress, their activities have increased in the last 18 months and the security situation is unlikely to improve in the short-term. There have been 37 attacks this year, compared with 22 in all of 2009. The ongoing recruitment of experienced terrorists and a younger generation will contribute to a continued high level of threat in Northern Ireland, as well as in Great Britain where the threat level was recently raised from Moderate to Substantial, meaning that an attack is a strong possibility.’ This report, the first of its kind in the public domain, analyses the origins and the nature of the threat posed by violent dissident republicans over the last two years. Details: London: International Centre for the Study of Radicalisation and Political Violence (ICSR), 2010. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 5, 2011 at: http://www.icsr.info/publications/papers/1289498383ICSR_TheReturnoftheMilitantsReport.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Political Violence Shelf Number: 121970

Author: Howard League for Penal Reform Title: Business Behind Bars: Making Real Work in Prison Work Summary: Market research company ICM has polled 1,000 respondents on the U.K. government’s proposals to introduce real work into prisons. 51 per cent of the public support the government’s plans to make it easier to bring private companies into jails to employ prisoners in regular nine-to-five jobs. While only a quarter opposed it, 19% neither supporting nor opposing the policy and 4% recorded as ‘don’t knows’. But digging further down into public opinion reveals that: · 87% agree that if such a proposal were adopted, prisoners employed by private companies should pay tax and national insurance on their earnings; · 82% agree that prisoners employed by private companies should contribute a proportion of their wages to a fund for victims; · 74% agree that prisoners employed by private companies should contribute a proportion of their wages to their families on the outside; · 79% agree that prisoners employed by private companies should put aside a proportion of their wages to save towards their return to the community; · 74% agree that prisoners employed by private companies should be paid the national minimum wage to avoid the prison workforce undercutting the local labour workforce. The Howard League has given the report, Business Behind Bars: Making real work in prison work, to senior officials in government who are keen to implement some of the ideas. The coalition government is committed to cutting the prison population through fewer shorter sentences and improving the rehabilitation of offenders through better training. The report explains that if implemented properly, real work in prison could result in up to 11 prisons hosting work and over 12,000 prisoners working and being given the chance to contribute to society. Details: London: Howard League, 2011. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 6, 2011 at: http://www.howardleague.org/fileadmin/howard_league/user/online_publications/Business_behind_bars.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 121974

Author: Bryan, Ruth Title: Research Support for a Consultation on the Future of Policing in Scotland Summary: This report presents an analysis of the responses to the consultation on the future of the police service in Scotland. The report also includes analysis of focus groups held to explore the views of the public on the consultation. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2011. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 6, 2011 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Publications/2011/06/20115001/0 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Reform Shelf Number: 121977

Author: Peck, Mark Title: Patterns of Reconviction Among Offenders Eligible for Multi-Agency Public Protection Arrangements (MAPPA) Summary: Multi-Agency Public Protection Arrangements (MAPPA) were established in 2001 under the Criminal Justice and Court Services Act 2000 and are considered an integral part of the Criminal Justice System in dealing with serious violent and sexual offenders. The Act charged the chief officer of police and the then local probation board for each area to assess and manage the risk posed by these offenders. Home Office guidance (2001) encouraged a widening of this partnership, so that a number of statutory and voluntary agencies would assist in this process. Later, the Prison Service joined the Police and Probation Service as the ‘responsible authority’ for MAPPA under the Criminal Justice Act 2003. The MAPPA process involves an assessment of risk posed by an offender, upon which a risk management plan is subsequently based. This can include, for example, setting appropriate licence conditions, applying for Sexual Offences Prevention Orders (SOPOs), or identifying accommodation within local authority housing. Offenders posing the highest risk are referred to a Multi-Agency Public Protection panel meeting, a forum in which the offender’s risk and management plan can be discussed in detail with the participating agencies. MAPPA evolved from professional practice during the 1990s in dealing with dangerous offenders. The emergence of Public Protection Panels (PPPs) and multi-agency work to manage registered sexual offenders (following the Sex Offenders Act 1997) was central to this evolution and, accordingly, much of the work focused on sexual offenders. The Criminal Justice and Court Services Act 2000 sought to standardise this existing multi-agency work and provided the opportunity to widen the scope to include non-sexual violent offenders. There have been three key process evaluations of MAPPA (Maguire et al, 2001 Kemshall et al, 2005; and Wood and Kemshall, 2007). These illustrated improving standards and greater consistency of MAPPA during its early implementation. Data on Serious Further Offences, breaches and recall are provided in the MAPPA annual reports (see Ministry of Justice 2010b) but are difficult to compare over time, and date back only to 2005/6. This piece of research aimed to address this knowledge gap. It has explored whether reconviction rates of ‘MAPPA-eligible’ offenders released from custody into the community changed in England and Wales since the introduction of MAPPA in 2001. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2011. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Research Series 6/11: Accessed July 6, 2011 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/research-and-analysis/moj-research/patterns-reconviction-mappa.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Interagency Collaboration Shelf Number: 121980

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: Pre-Sentence Reports Summary: The Probation Board for Northern Ireland (PBNI) is best known for the supervision of offenders. An equally important but less obvious aspect of its work is the delivery of Pre-Sentence Reports (PSRs) to the courts. A PSR provides the court with an assessment of the nature and causes of a defendant’s offending, the likelihood of re-offending, the risk of harm to the public, information on the range of appropriate disposals, areas to be addressed and additional measures. These reports have a major impact on the outcomes for the offender pre and post-sentence as well as for the public at large. The PBNI prepares around 6,000 PSRs each year. The demands on the Probation Board in the production of PSRs are increasing and it is important that they are completed within a robust quality assurance framework and that they are positively received by the court in deciding their sentencing options for offenders. The purpose of the inspection was to consider how the Probation Board assures quality control of PSRs, identify areas of good practice and make recommendations aimed at improving service delivery. The overall conclusion from the inspection was that there were clear arrangements in place for the quality control of PSRs and that there was a high degree of concordance between sentencing options and the options given in the PSR. The inspection confirmed the competency of the on-going quality control mechanisms. The quality of the PSRs produced by the Probation Board were held in high regard by the courts. The inspection made a number of recommendations aimed at improving current arrangements, including the need to increase the use of Specific Sentence Reports, where appropriate, and the need to engage with the Department of Justice (DoJ) concerning the use of PSRs as a vehicle towards influencing Community Sentence Orders. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2011. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 6, 2011 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/7d/7d0d4159-4e96-4991-968e-0ef24365c699.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Pre-Sentence Reports Shelf Number: 121981

Author: Khan, Furzana Title: Evaluation of Includem’s Intensive Support Services Summary: In 2005 Includem commissioned a two-year evaluation of its intensive support services provided to young people as part of the Intensive Support and Monitoring Service in Edinburgh, Glasgow, Dundee, East Dunbartonshire, and West Dunbartonshire. Over two years Includem’s provided intensive support, normally around 15 hours per week plus access to Includem’s 24-hour crisis helpline, to over 200 young people, including 69 young people with a Movement Restriction Condition ('electronic tag'). Details: Glasgow: Includem, 2007. 150p; summary. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 6, 2011 at: http://www.strath.ac.uk/humanities/socialwork/glasgowcentreforthechildandsociety/publications/ and http://www.includem.org/file/2 Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Electronic Monitoring (Scotland) Shelf Number: 121987

Author: Deuchar, Ross Title: The Impact of Curfews and Restriction of Liberty Orders (RLOs) on Young Gang Members in Glasgow Summary: This exploratory study focused on the impact of curfews and electronic monitoring (EM) on a small sample of young people in the West of Scotland who had a history of gang involvement and who had progressed to more serious criminal offending. It sought to explore the perceived impact of such spatial and temporal restrictions on the social capital, wellbeing, agency and citizenship experienced by both the young offenders themselves and their families and carers. It also sought to explore the motivations underpinning young offenders’ patterns of compliance and short-term desistance from offending. Drawing upon data from the Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation 2006 (SIMD), three communities with particularly high proportions of multiple deprivation were identified. Open-ended interviews were conducted with local gatekeepers such as social workers and youth workers, and these gatekeepers facilitated contact with young people and families. Semi-structured interviews were conducted with ten young men1 between the ages of 16 and 21 across the focused communities, all of whom were either currently assigned to a curfew or had been assigned to one in the past two years. Interviews were also conducted with members of the young offenders’ immediate support units, such as parents, carers or partners. Through a process of snowball sampling, the researcher subsequently gathered further intelligence from local gatekeepers about young men who belonged to each of the identified communities but who were serving prison sentences in Polmont Young Offenders’ Institution in Scotland. Through a subsequent process of liaison with the Scottish Prison Service (SPS), a further six young men agreed to participate in interviews. This allowed a comparative element to emerge, which focused on the perceived severity of different sanctions associated with the restriction of young people’s liberty. Details: Strathclyde, UK: University of Strathclyde, School of Education, 2010. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 7, 2011 at: http://www.uws.ac.uk/schoolsdepts/education/documents/TheImpactofCurfewsandRestrictionofLibertyOrders.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Curfews Shelf Number: 122003

Author: End Violence Against Women Coalition Title: A Different World is Possible: A Call for Long-Term and Targeted Action to Prevent Violence Against Women and Girls Summary: Violence against women and girls continues to have devastating and often dehumanising consequences for millions of women and girls across the world. Yet, despite this, we too often assume that this violence, and the inequality which it is linked to, is somehow inevitable. This seeming acceptance of the status quo not only damages women’s lives and limits men’s, but creates a barrier for practitioners and policy makers who seek to make a real difference in this area. End Violence Against Women is a coalition of individuals and organisation who are united in believing that violence against women and girls is neither acceptable nor inevitable. We know that achieving a safe and equal world for all women and girls means first accepting that violence against women and girls is preventable. This report aims to address attitudes and positions that are often normalised and even ‘held dear’ within all of our communities and within our societies generally. Details: London: End Violence Against Women Coalition, 2011. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed july 7, 2011 at: http://www.endviolenceagainstwomen.org.uk/data/files/a_different_world_is_possible_report_email_version.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Family Violence Shelf Number: 122004

Author: Sykes, Wendy Title: A Qualitative Study of Drinking and Driving: Report of Findings Summary: The Department for Transport commissioned qualitative research to provide in-depth understanding of the experiences, behaviour and attitudes of people who mix drinking and driving. The findings were to inform Department for Transport policy on drinking and driving, drink-drive campaigns, and quantitative surveys of drink driving. Fifty respondents were interviewed in-depth in June 2009, in six areas of England, which varied in terms of region and urban/rural location. Respondents included 20 drivers stopped over the limit within the previous three months, as well as 30 people who had driven after drinking at least once in the preceding six weeks – 18 who thought they were probably over the limit and 12 who thought they were probably under. The sample was skewed in favour of men and younger drivers under 30, but women and older drivers were well represented. Details: London: Department for Transport, 2010. 106p. Source: Internet Resource: Road Safety Research Report No. 114: Accessed July 8, 2011 at: http://www2.dft.gov.uk/pgr/roadsafety/research/rsrr/theme3/report14review.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 122008

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary Title: Exercising Discretion: The Gateway to Justice. A study by Her Majesty’s Inspectorate of Constabulary and Her Majesty’s Crown Prosecution Service Inspectorate on cautions, penalty notices for disorder and restorative justice Summary: In 2009, 38 per cent of the 1.29 million offences ‘solved’ by police were dealt with outside of the court system. We found that the use of out-of-court disposals has evolved in a piecemeal and largely uncontrolled way. An earlier public survey conducted on behalf of HMIC confirmed general public support for giving first-time offenders a second chance – which out-of-court options certainly offer; but this public support ebbs away when they are used for persistent offenders. Our work also suggested that victim satisfaction is high when offenders take part in RJ approaches. RJ, used appropriately, may also reduce re-offending. The substantial growth in the use of out-of-court disposals has created some disquiet among criminal justice professionals over inconsistencies in their use, in particular for persistent and more serious offending. We found wide variations in practice across police force areas in the proportion and types of offences handled out of court. In view of the growth and wide variations in practice, and the consequences for offenders and victims as well as for public confidence in the criminal justice system, we believe the time has come to formulate a national strategy to improve consistency in the use of out-of-court disposals across England and Wales, and we have made this our primary recommendation. We hope that such a strategy will draw on the good practice identified in this report, promote understanding and reduce excessive variations and inconsistencies. The strategy should be based on what works to improve victim satisfaction, reduce re-offending and provide value for money. It should take into account not only the nature of offending and offenders, but how best to achieve transparency and reassurance for the public. In making this recommendation, we are acutely aware of the challenge that a national strategy may increase the bureaucratic burdens of prosecutors and police officers. We do not believe that such increases are an automatic consequence of this recommendation. In contrast, there are more definite consequences to decisions about whether someone enters the formal criminal justice system or receives an out-of-court disposal: an individual’s chance of getting a job or travelling abroad can be affected, for instance, and there may be wider implications for public confidence. It is therefore imperative that the principles of openness and fairness are applied to the use of out-of-court disposals. This will necessarily rely on record-keeping, since confidence in a system of justice that is delivered outside the courtroom is dependent on the ability of police and prosecutors to publish information about their use, enabling the public to see how out-of-court disposals are managed locally. This record-keeping must be proportionate and can be based on existing systems. Details: London: HMIC and HMCPSI, 2011. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 11, 2011 at: http://www.hmic.gov.uk/SiteCollectionDocuments/Joint%20Inspections/CJI_20110609.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Penalty Notices Shelf Number: 122023

Author: Committee on the Administration of Justice (Northern Ireland) Title: Human Rights and Dealing with Historic Cases - A Review of the Office of the Police Ombudsman for Northern Ireland Summary: In recent years, a number of concerns have been raised about the capacity of the Office of the Police Ombudsman for Northern Ireland (OPONI) to investigate historic cases due to the length of time taken, the quality of the reports it has published, and the conclusions reached. The most recent reports into historic cases published by the Office of the Police Ombudsman have contributed towards a questioning of the Office’s ability and commitment to undertake robust and impartial analysis. A growing lack of confidence in the Office is further exacerbated by the experiences and perceptions of some of those who have referred complaints to OPONI, in particular, those families involved in historic cases due to the death of a loved one. Under Article 2 of the European Convention on Human Rights, where complaints against the police relate to violations of the right to life, the UK government is obliged to conduct independent, effective, prompt, and transparent investigations. The UK government has argued during examinations before the Committee of Ministers of the Council of Europe (the body empowered to monitor compliance with judgments of the European Court of Human Rights) that OPONI fulfils its obligations under Article 2 of the European Convention on Human Rights. This report therefore reviews the Office of the Police Ombudsman on how well it discharges its duties in accordance with the requirements of Article 2 of the European Convention on Human Rights: effectiveness, efficiency (promptness), transparency and independence. Details: Belfast: Committee on the Administration of Justice, 2011. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 11, 2011 at: http://www.caj.org.uk/files/2011/06/16/OPONI_report_final1.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Investigations Shelf Number: 122024

Author: Hopkins, Matt Title: Exploring the Links Between Homicide and Organised Crime Summary: This report summarises research that explored the links between homicide and organised crime. The study was commissioned in the summer of 2009 as part of the commitment to reduce serious and violent crime and aimed to identify what proportion of homicides involve organised crime and the nature of the relationship between organised crime activity and homicide. The findings are based on analysis of Home Office Homicide Index data for 2005-06 and in-depth interviews with police senior investigating officers. Key findings: Six per cent of all recorded non-terrorist homicides in England and Wales in 2005-06 were assessed as having some link to organised crime. In 13 cases (2% of all non-terrorist homicides), organised crime groups with some recognisable structure were involved in the homicide. However, there was little evidence to suggest that these were large-scale criminal enterprises of the kind associated with populist notions of organised crime such as the Mafia or Mob. In homicide cases overall, victims and suspects were predominantly male and fell within the 18-to-29 age group. These patterns were even more pronounced in cases linked to organised crime. There was also a far higher proportion of Black victims and suspects in organised crime homicides than in homicides which were not linked to organised crime. Homicides linked to organised crime occurred mainly on the street, whereas incidents that were not related to organised crime more commonly occurred in the victim's home. Victims in organised crime homicides were more likely to be stabbed or shot than victims in non-organised crime cases, where other methods (such as beatings and strangulation) were more common. Significantly fewer homicides linked to organised crime were detected compared to those homicides not linked to organised crime. Details: London: Home Office, 2011. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 54: Accessed July 12, 2011 at: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/science-research-statistics/research-statistics/crime-research/horr54?view=Binary Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Homicides Shelf Number: 122029

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Reforming the Notification Requirements of Registered Sex Offenders (Part 2 of the Sexual Offences Act 2003): A Targeted Consultation Summary: This targeted consultation seeks views on four key proposals to reform the notification requirements for registered sex offenders. The aim of the proposals is to ensure that the police are provided with important intelligence, allowing them to manage registered sex offenders more effectively and robustly, and prevent them from exploiting gaps in existing legislation to cause harm both in the UK and overseas. Details: London: Home Office, 2011. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 12, 2011 at:http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/about-us/consultations/notification-sex-offenders/notif-sex-offenders-consult?view=Binary Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Sex Offender Notification Shelf Number: 122033

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Impact Assessment: Increasing the Notification Requirements of Registered Sex Offenders Under Part 2 of the Sexual Offences Act 2003 Summary: Under existing legislation (Part 2 of the Sexual Offences Act 2003) registered sex offenders are required to notify their name, address, date of birth, national insurance number, and travel outside the UK of a period of 3 days or longer to the police annually or whenever their details change. Not having to notify travel outside the UK of less than 3 days has been identified as a loophole. Additionally, the police will be able to more effectively manage registered sex offenders if they are required to notify weekly if registered as having 'no fixed abode', notify if living in a household with a child under the age of 18, notify passport and bank account details, and provide proof of identification at each notification. Government intervention is necessary to prevent offenders from exploiting gaps in the system and provide the police with the information they need to manage registered sex offenders more robustly. Public safety will always be a top priority for the Government. Where we can take further action to protect the public we will. The preferred policy option outlined within this Impact Assessment and the consultation paper: Reforming the Notification Requirements of Registered Sex Offenders (Part 2 of the Sexual Offences Act 2003): A Targeted Consultation, will strengthen the notification requirements regime. It will provide the police with important intelligence, allowing them to manage registered sex offenders more effectively and robustly, and prevent them from exploiting gaps in existing legislation to cause harm both in the UK and overseas. Details: London: Home Office, 2011. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 12, 2011 at: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/about-us/consultations/notification-sex-offenders/notif-sex-offenders-ia?view=Binary Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Sex Offender Registration Shelf Number: 122034

Author: Hansbury, Sarah, ed. Title: Evaluation of the Intensive Alternatives to Custody Pilots Summary: The Intensive Alternatives to Custody (IAC) pilot programme ran from 2008/09 to 2010/11 to test the use of intensive community orders in diverting offenders from short-term custodial sentences. The IAC pilots enabled courts to use existing community sentencing options in new ways by combining intensive probation supervision with a mix of demanding requirements and interventions delivered by partner agencies. Seven areas were chosen to pilot the orders: Derbyshire, West Yorkshire, South Wales, Dyfed-Powys, Manchester and Salford, Merseyside, and Humberside. Each area had a degree of flexibility in terms of the approach they took, and there was an emphasis on providing an appropriate intervention package that was both demanding and purposeful, with offenders carrying out unpaid work at an accelerated rate. The pilot areas were very positive about the IAC programme, and they have each investigated ways to either mainstream provision or to expand delivery. At the time of publication, IAC provision had been rolled out and mainstreamed across Wales, while Greater Manchester Probation Trust hoped to include IAC as part of the Transforming Justice pilot which is based on justice reinvestment. This report presents the main findings from a range of research that was undertaken to examine the use of IAC orders as a viable alternative to custody, and to explore the lessons that can be learnt from the pilots. Feedback was gathered from a range of stakeholders, such as offenders, sentencers, court legal staff, project leads, project board members, mentors, offender managers, partner representatives and Pre-Sentence Report (PSR) writers. There were also observations in court and observations of offender manager contact sessions. Quantitative analysis of a range of administrative data sources was also undertaken to get a detailed profile of the individuals and the IAC orders. These sources included the Police National Computer (PNC), Offender Assessment Systems (OASys) data, Pre-Sentence Reports (PSR), and case files. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2011. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Summary 3/11: Accessed July 13, 2011 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/research-and-analysis/moj-research/intensive-alt-custody-research-summary.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration (U.K.) Shelf Number: 122047

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary Title: Policing Public Order: An overview and review of progress against the recommendations of Adapting to Protest and Nurturing the British Model of Policing Summary: After a period of relative quiet in public order terms, we have seen increasing protest activity in size, frequency and spread across the United Kingdom. During 2009, and following the G20 protests that April, causes such as animal rights and climate change have continued to feature regularly in the national public order calendar. In the latter part of 2009, the Defence League protests1 and the United Against Fascism (UAF) counter protests gathered momentum – a momentum that has continued throughout 2010 and into 2011. The most recent dimension to public order policing has included the UK Uncut protests directed through Twitter2 and the protests over tuition fees; in particular, the student protests in London during November and December 2010. The schedule on page 12 is just a sample of the events taking place – evidences the change in reach and tempo. Following the student protests in London on 10 November 2010, where greater numbers gathered than had been anticipated by police, and the incursion of the Conservative Party headquarters in Millbank, the Metropolitan Police Commissioner Sir Paul Stephenson stated that ‘the game has changed’3. The character of protest is evolving in terms of: the numbers involved; spread across the country; associated sporadic violence; disruption caused; short notice or no-notice events, and swift changes in protest tactics. After a few, relatively quiet years, this is a new period of public order policing – one which is faster moving and more unpredictable. Foreseeing the character of events will prove more difficult and, in some cases, their nature and mood will only become apparent on the day. What seems evident is a willingness to disrupt the public and test police. Police tactics have to be as adaptable as possible to the circumstances to keep the peace for all of us. The fine judgement required to strike the right balance between competing rights and needs is getting harder. HMIC’s approach has been to review the progress made in public order policing since the publication of Adapting to Protest in July 2009, and to raise further questions in relation to the need to adapt (which we will re-visit in the course of 2011). Such questions arise from the present flux in public order demands. The issues need to be aired openly, and reflected upon carefully, as they test some of the fundamentals of policing, not least the British practice of policing protest amongst the people - ‘toe to toe’. Details: London: HMIC, 2011. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 14, 2011 at: http://www.hmic.gov.uk/SiteCollectionDocuments/PPR/PPR_20110209.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Demonstrations Shelf Number: 122052

Author: Armstrong, Sarah Title: Evaluation of the Use of Home Detention Curfew and the Open Prison Estate in Scotland Summary: Home Detention Curfew (HDC) came into use in Scotland in 2006 and allows prisoners, mainly on shorter sentences, to serve up to a quarter of their sentence (for a maximum of six months and a minimum of two weeks) on licence in the community, while wearing an electronic tag. Open prisons have been in existence much longer, and are facilities without the secure perimeter fences of traditional, ‘closed’ prisons, and allow prisoners to gradually take on the responsibility of freedom through home leaves and other activities. The research evaluates the effectiveness of HDC and the prison system’s Open Estate in terms of their ability to ‘improve the management of offenders’ and facilitate their ‘reintegration into the community’, specifically by: (1) Investigating the implementation process and associated costs and benefits of the HDC scheme and open prison, and, (2) Developing an in-depth understanding of factors which may impact on effectiveness of the schemes. The research focused on the period when people were on an HDC licence or in open prison, and does not include analysis of the period after a person returns to full liberty. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2011. 128p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 14, 2011 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/Doc/353769/0119214.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 122058

Author: Cordis Bright Consulting Title: Research into Multi-Agency Risk Assessment Conferences (MARACs) Summary: MARACs are multi-agency meetings where statutory and voluntary agency representatives share information about high risk victims of domestic abuse in order to produce a coordinated action plan to increase victim safety. The role of the MARAC is to provide a forum for effective information sharing and partnership working amongst a diverse range of adult and child focussed services in order to enhance the safety of high risk victims and their children. There are currently around 250 MARACs in operation across England and Wales. This study was commissioned by the Home Office as part of a wider review of MARACs which aimed to improve understanding of how MARACs are working and potential areas of development, including the case for putting MARACs on a statutory basis. The full review can be accessed at http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/science-research/research-statistics/publications/home-office-research-reports/ (Home Office Research Report 55 “Supporting high risk victims of domestic violence: a review of Multi-Agency Risk Assessment Conferences (MARACs)”) This report presents: Findings from the national survey of MARACs. A summary of key findings from the case study research. Details: London: Cordis Bright Limited, 2011. 109p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 15, 2011 at: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/science-research-statistics/research-statistics/crime-research/horr55/horr55-technical-annex?view=Binary Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 122069

Author: Anderson, David M. Title: Khat: Social Harms and Legislation: A Literature Review Summary: This paper summarises the findings of a literature review focused on drawing together existing evidence on the reported ‘social harms’ of khat to consumers in the UK. It also provides a commentary on the legislation brought in to control and prohibit khat in other countries. The review found a general lack of robust evidence on the link between khat use and social harms. Social harms associated with khat remain a concern among the UK’s immigrant Somali, Yemeni and Ethiopian communities but there was little evidence of a clear causal relationship to support this view. There is a much stronger evidence base for the medical harm associated with khat which suggests that the dangers of khat consumption are relatively low. Details: London: Home Office, 2011. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Occasional Paper 95: Accessed July 15, 2011 at: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/science-research-statistics/research-statistics/crime-research/occ95?view=Binary Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 122072

Author: Nicholas, Sian Title: Supporting High-Risk Victims of Domestic Violence: A Review of Multi-Agency Risk Assessment Conferences (MARACs) Summary: Multi-agency risk assessment conferences are multi-agency meetings where statutory and voluntary agency representatives share information about high-risk victims of domestic abuse in order to produce a co-ordinated action plan to increase victim safety. The agencies that attend MARACs will vary but are likely to include, for example: the Police, Probation, Independent Domestic Violence Advisers (IDVAs), Children's Services, health and housing. There are approximately 250 MARACs currently in operation across England and Wales. This report brings together evidence from a range of sources in order to explore: existing evidence for effectiveness and cost effectiveness of MARACs; how the MARAC model currently operates within the wider response to domestic violence; variation in current practice amongst MARACs; and potential areas for future development. Details: London: Home Office, 2011. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 55: Accessed July 15, 2011 at: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/science-research-statistics/research-statistics/crime-research/horr55/horr55-report?view=Binary Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 122073

Author: Griesbach, Dawn Title: Managing the Needs of Drunk and Incapable People in Scotland: A Literature Review and Needs Assessment Summary: The purpose of this research was to carry out a needs assessment, to identify what need there is in Scotland for services for people who become drunk and incapable in public. This involved not only estimating the size and nature of the problem, but also looking in detail at how the needs of this population are currently being addressed, both in Scotland and elsewhere, and how those needs may be addressed most effectively. The term “drunk and incapable” is used to refer to persons who are intoxicated to such a level that it is impossible for them to look after themselves. Thus, these individuals are vulnerable and at risk of harm to themselves and / or at risk of harming others. This research is intended to help to inform the planning and provision of services at a local level across Scotland, to ensure the safety of this vulnerable group, while at the same time reducing any unnecessary burden on emergency services. The study made use of both qualitative and quantitative methods. Secondary data from the police and NHS was analysed to identify the size and nature of the problem facing emergency services in Scotland. A literature review was carried out to explore how the needs of this population are met in other parts of the world, and to identify good practice in providing services. Interviews were also undertaken with stakeholders and service providers in Scotland, and a survey was carried out of all Alcohol and Drug Action Teams (ADATs), to identify any existing services and the need for services in Scotland. Finally, focus groups were undertaken with service users to obtain their perspectives on the need for services. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2009. 98p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 15, 2011 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/Doc/289905/0088834.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Disorderly Conduct Shelf Number: 122064

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation Title: To Get the Best Results: A Joint Inspection of Offending Behaviour, Health and Education, Training & Employment Interventions in Youth Offending work in England and Wales Summary: This thematic inspection is one of several which, with the Core Case Inspections, form the three year Inspection of Youth Offending programme coordinated by HMI Probation. The team for this inspection included inspectors from HMI Probation, the Care Quality Commission, Estyn, the Healthcare Inspectorate Wales and Ofsted – inspectorates that have a direct interest in the subject matter. The inspectors visited six Youth Offending Teams and examined individual cases where thinking and behaviour or attitudes to offending, health and education, training and employment issues had been identified as being linked to offending. We spoke with young people about their experiences of the services they had received and also with practitioners and managers, along with representatives from partner agencies. We found that strategically, both nationally and locally, not enough attention was being given to the planning, delivery and evaluation of interventions that tackle offending behaviour. Youth Offending Teams need to access and make more use of information about ‘What Works’ in making interventions more effective. We found that although YOTs sometimes achieved some success in practice they were often not clear themselves how they had achieved this. Better understanding of the information and research would enable them to achieve better results in future. In particular, we found that thorough assessments that address offending behaviour, health and education, training & employment were often being done, but these did not always lead to clear planning and delivery of the right interventions with the right individuals in the right way at the right time. Better case planning was needed, as was training and development for practitioners. Therefore, although it was pleasing to note many examples of good practice, there were aspects that still required improvement by managers. Details: Longon: Ministry of Justice, 2011. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 18, 2011 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/inspectorate-reports/hmiprob/interventions-thematic-report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Offenders (U.K.) Shelf Number: 122080

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice Title: Options for Dealing with Squatting Summary: Squatting is a form of trespass. It usually involves the deliberate entry and occupation of a building without the consent of the owner or the occupier of that property. At present there is very little information held centrally about the number of people who squat, their reasons for doing so or the types of buildings that tend to attract squatters, but the level of public concern about this issue has led the Government to believe this may be a growing problem in residential and non-residential property. Although trespass is not in itself a criminal offence (it would normally be regarded as a civil wrong) there are already a range of offences in place to deal with the criminal activities of squatters. Owners and occupiers of property can also pursue civil procedures to get them evicted. The Government recently published new guidance on the Direct-Gov and Department for Communities and Local Government websites for people seeking to evict squatters from their properties, but it recognises that more may need to be done to reassure the public that the law is on their side. The purpose of this consultation is therefore twofold: to gather more information about the nature and extent of squatting in England and Wales; and to invite views on whether, and how, existing criminal and civil mechanisms should be strengthened to deal with it. Criminalising squatting is one option that the Government is considering, but depending on the views of consultees there may be other options that could be explored. For example, the Government could consider whether existing offences and civil mechanisms relating to squatting could be strengthened or whether the problems caused by squatters would diminish if existing offences, such as criminal damage and burglary, were rigorously enforced. The extent of the problem caused by squatters is discussed in more detail in chapter 1. The existing law is summarised in chapter 2; possible options for dealing with squatters are set out in chapter 3; and the potential impact of these options on the enforcement authorities and other organisations is discussed in chapter 4. The consultation focuses on squatters who occupy buildings and their immediate surroundings. It does not concern unauthorised encampments on open land which raise different questions of law and practice and are already subject to legislation – in particular, sections 61-62E of the Criminal Justice and Public Order Act 1994. The consultation is aimed at anyone who might be affected by these proposals; anyone who has been the victim of squatting; and anyone who has experience (positive or negative) of using the current law or procedures to get squatters evicted. The views of the law enforcement agencies, local authorities, housing associations, homeless charities or other organisations which might be affected by these proposals would also be particularly welcome. Details: London: Home Office, 2011. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Consultation Paper CP 12/2011: Accessed July 18, 2011 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/consultations/options-dealing-with-squatting.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Homelessness Shelf Number: 122081

Author: Bracken, Carolina Title: Bars to Learning: Practical Challenges to the ‘Working Prison’ Summary: Without effective rehabilitative intervention, prison offers no long-term social remedy for reducing reoffending. A spell in prison can cost an individual their home, contact with their family, their job, and leave them entirely unable to break the pattern of offending behaviour. Nonetheless, custody can provide a stable, controlled environment, in which prisoners are empowered to take personal responsibility for their behaviour and its consequences. The question is not whether prison can work, but how we can make prison work more effectively. In light of strong evidence of the link between employment and reduced reoffending, the recent Ministry of Justice green paper ‘Breaking the Cycle: Effective Punishment, Rehabilitation and Sentencing of Offenders’ plans to create a new ‘working prison’, in which ‘hard work and industry’ are ‘central to the regime’. The paper promises a renewed and revitalised commitment to enhancing offenders’ employability, as part of its far-reaching ‘rehabilitation revolution’. Details: London: Civitas: Institute for the Study of Civil Society, 2011. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 18, 2011 at: http://www.civitas.org.uk/crime/barstolearning.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 122082

Author: Bandyopadhyay, Siddhartha Title: An Analysis of the Factors Determining Crime in England and Wales: A Quantile Regression Approach Summary: We examine how socio-economic and police enforcement variables affect property and violent crimes at different points of the crime distribution in England and Wales over the period 1992-2007. By using data from 43 police force areas, we examine how the effect of real earnings, unemployment, crime detection rate, income inequality and proportion of young people varies across high and low crime areas. Six crime categories are examined - burglary, theft and handling, fraud and forgery, violence against the person, robbery, and sexual assault. Using a quantile regression model, we find that there are statistically significant differences in the impact of explanatory variables on various crime rates for low and high crime areas. For example, not only does unemployment increase crime but it does so more in high crime areas. Higher detection rates reduce crime rates and the effect is stronger in low crime areas. There are also differences in distributional impact on crime rates for real earnings, income inequality and proportion of young people. Thus, our work points to the need to look beyond the usual mean effects of policing and socio-economic factors on crime and consider their impact on the entire distribution of crime rates. This will enable us to tailor policies that are particularly effective at different points in the crime distribution. Further, given the differential impact of earnings and unemployment across high and low crime areas this provides insight into why paradoxically recessions may have no impact on crime or even lower it. Details: Birmingham, UK: University of Birmingham, Department of Economics, 2011. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Department of Economics Discussion Paper 11-12: Accessed July 18, 2011 at: ftp://ftp.bham.ac.uk/pub/RePEc/pdf/11-12.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 122083

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice Title: Competition Strategy for Offender Services Summary: The Competition Strategy for Offender Services sets out our ambition for encouraging greater involvement of the private and voluntary sectors in the rehabilitation of offenders to cut re-offending and to improve outcomes and efficiency. Competition between providers will be used to drive efficiency, reform services and encourage innovation. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2011. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 18, 2011 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/policy/moj/competition-strategy-offender-services.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Rehabilitation Shelf Number: 122084

Author: CIFAS - The UK's Fraud Prevention Service Title: Digital Thieves: A Special Report on Online Fraud Summary: In Digital Thieves, CIFAS and a wide range of fraud prevention experts have combined not only to focus on identity fraud and account takeover, but also to explain specifically the online dimension to these crimes. There are tips on staying safe online and protected from fraud; stories from the victims of fraud; a series of maps laying bare the true, alarming, scale of these crimes; an examination of how businesses can fall victim; and articles looking at how internet crime has developed and what may, or may not, happen next. Details: London: CIFAS, 2010. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 18, 2011 at: http://www.cifas.org.uk/secure/contentPORT/uploads/documents/CIFAS%20Reports/Digital_Thieves_October2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 122091

Author: CIFAS - The UK's Fraud Prevention Service Title: Staff Fraudscape: Depicting the UK's Staff Fraud Landscape Summary: This report examines and assesses the staff fraud cases identified by CIFAS Member organisations during previous years and 2010 to ascertain any key differences between the typology of the frauds seen. It looks at all frauds identified by the type of fraud committed and the product involved. Details: London: CIFAS, 2011. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed July 18, 2011 at: https://www.cifas.org.uk/secure/contentPORT/uploads/documents/reports/2._CIFAS_Staff_Fraudscape_2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Employee Fraud (U.K.) Shelf Number: 122092

Author: Burgess, Gemma Title: Domestic Violence -- Assistance for Adults Without Dependent Children Summary: Anecdotal evidence has suggested that adults who are fleeing domestic violence are often not accepted as being vulnerable and having priority need, and consequently the help they get from a local authority may be limited to advice and assistance to help them secure accommodation for themselves. Concern has been expressed that such a response may put these people at risk of having to return to a violent situation. This study aimed to gather firm evidence on the extent to which adults without dependent children who have to leave their homes as a result of domestic violence, and who seek housing assistance from a local authority, receive sufficient assistance to ensure they do not have to return to accommodation where they would be at risk of violence. The study sought to consider and provide evidence on the provision of both statutory and non-statutory assistance, provided directly by local authorities and partner providers. Where adults without dependent children do not receive a response that ensures they do not have to return to accommodation where they would be at risk of violence, this study aimed to establish why this is the case, and to identify the consequences for these adults. It gathered evidence to establish whether there are any particular groups of adults who are more likely to receive appropriate help to ensure they do not have to return to accommodation where they would be at risk of violence, and whether there are particular groups who may be at greater risk of not getting the assistance they need. The four key objectives of this study were to establish: 1. Estimates of the number and circumstances of adults who have to leave their home because of a risk of violence, who seek housing assistance from a local authority and who receive sufficient assistance to ensure they do not need to return to accommodation where they would be at risk of violence. 2. Estimates of the number and circumstances of adults who have to leave their home because of a risk of violence, who seek housing assistance from a local authority and who do not receive sufficient assistance to ensure they do not need to return to accommodation where they would be at risk of violence. 3. The types of housing assistance being provided to such adults, both statutory and non statutory. 4. Where such adults are not getting the assistance they need to ensure they do not need to return to accommodation where they are at risk of violence, what are the reasons for this, and the implications? Do they, for example, return to a violent situation, or do they make alternative arrangements? Details: London: Department for Communities and Local Government, 2011. 153p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 18, 2011 at: http://www.cchpr.landecon.cam.ac.uk/Downloads/DV%20final%20report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence (U.K.) Shelf Number: 122093

Author: Clutterbuck, Lindsay Title: Exploring Patterns of Behaviour in Violent Jihadist Terrorists: An Analysis of Six Significant Terrorist Conspiracies in the UK Summary: The aim of this research was to see whether the groups/cells and their 38 core individuals who had taken part in the six most serious terrorist conspiracies and attacks in the UK between 2004 and 2007, all of which were driven by the ideology of violent Jihadism as espoused by Al Qaeda, exhibited any specific types of behaviour. In each case the terrorists successfully launched or unsuccessfully attempted an attack, or were arrested and convicted of conspiring to carry out a terrorist attack. The research provides a detailed examination of the behaviours exhibited by violent Jihadist groups/cells and the individuals within them. The report outlines the history and background before examining the organisation, characteristics and behaviour of the groups/cells involved. It also examines individual behaviours carried out on behalf of the group/cell and individual behaviour more broadly. It demonstrates there are certain distinctive behavioural characteristics displayed with their planning, preparation and implementation of an act of terrorism. The six UK case studies show three categories of behaviours, from "radicalisation" into "transition to violent Jihad" and finally to "terrorist attack planning and preparation". These findings open up the possibility of identifying through their behaviour individuals and groups engaged in the planning and preparation of a terrorist attack, thus allowing such attacks to be prevented or disrupted before they can be implemented. However, additional refinement and testing will be necessary to identify substantive "signal indicators" of potential use to police and security forces. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2011. 116p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2011 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/technical_reports/2011/RAND_TR923.sum.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Jihadist Terrorists Shelf Number: 122105

Author: Allen, Rob Title: Last Resort? Exploring the Reduction in Child Imprisonment 2008-11 Summary: The number of children under 18 who are imprisoned in England and Wales has fallen by a third over the last three years, from about 3,000 in the first half of 2008 to around 2,000 in the first part of 2011. This unexpected fall represents the largest decline in custody for children since the 1980’s. It does not reflect a broader trend in the use of custody, which has risen for adults. The fall has been largely brought about by fewer children being sentenced to Detention and Training Orders with particularly marked declines in the numbers of younger children and girls. Declines have been particularly marked in large conurbations. The falls have not applied as much to black and minority ethnic children as to white. Details: London: Prison Reform Trust, 2011. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2011 at: http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/Portals/0/Documents/lastresort.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 122106

Author: Gabhann, Conn Mac Title: Voices Unheard: A Study of Irish Travellers in Prison Summary: The Travellers in Prison Research Project, (TPRP), an initiative of the Irish Chaplaincy in Britain, (ICB), conducted research across prisons in England and Wales during the period August 2010 to March 2011 in order to establish an accurate picture of prisoners from an Irish Traveller background. The culmination of this research, Voices Unheard, is the first study of Irish Travellers in prison in England and Wales. It is first and foremost a presentation of data regarding Irish Travellers in prison. By accurately describing the situation of Irish Travellers in prison, it is hoped that the report proves to be a catalyst for effective monitoring of this prisoner group and consequently, the efficient re-deployment of available resources for Irish Travellers in prison. Effective service delivery to Irish Travellers in prison can result in a reduction in re-offending amongst this group and a corresponding reduction in the harm done to society in general. Voices Unheard, thereby, can represent a positive way forward for both the Irish Travelling community and wider society. Since 2003, HM Prison Service has been aware of the failure to adequately address the needs of Irish Travellers in prison in England and Wales. Irish Travellers suffer unequal hardship in prison. Poor levels of literacy, mental illness, limited access to services, discrimination and prejudicial licence conditions for release, disproportionately affect Traveller prisoners. Despite official recognition of these issues and the size of the Traveller population perhaps being as high as 1% of the overall prison population, little intervention has taken place to encourage rehabilitation amongst this group. Without appropriate strategies for Travellers in prison, society will continue to bear the social and economic burden of warehousing an ethnic group who cannot access education courses because they cannot read; a group that cannot complete rehabilitation programmes because they cannot write; and a group that cannot file their grievances because they cannot complete forms. Irish Travellers are members of a legally recognised ethnic group which has been a part of British society for centuries. Irish Travellers were, until the 1950s, an integral part of the rural economy in Britain, providing a wide range of skills and labour. Urbanisation, mass production of plastics, the mechanisation of agriculture and the bureaucratisation of society have undermined the traditional basis of the Traveller economy. Irish Travellers, as a result, have become marginalised economically and in turn, have become increasingly marginalised socially. A hostile media and definitively anti-nomadic legislation such as the Criminal Justice and Public Order Act 1994, have exacerbated the precarious condition of this group. Irish Travellers have not always adapted to the dynamics of contemporary life in Britain. Committed to retaining their strong family bonds and nomadic way of life, many Travellers have refused to assimilate into British society. On occasion, maintaining the Traveller way of life, has, for some Travellers, meant living apart from mainstream society. Experiences of pervasive prejudice from within mainstream society, for example, in terms of accommodation or educational opportunities, have conditioned some in this community to become less concerned with society’s rules and more interested in their own survival and prosperity. TPRP found that this narrative frequently results in the imprisonment of Irish Travellers. Overall, TPRP found that prisons are ill-prepared to deal with this distinctive prisoner group, failing to address the needs of Irish Traveller prisoners and consequently, failing in broader ambitions to reduce recidivism. Voices Unheard enumerates the challenges facing Irish Travellers in prison and makes initial recommendations for the improved delivery of services to this prisoner group, for the benefit of the Irish Traveller community and wider society. Details: London: Irish Chaplaincy in Britain, 2011. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2011 at: http://www.iprt.ie/files/Voices_Unheard_June_2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Ethnic Groups Shelf Number: 122109

Author: Hunter, Janine Title: An Analysis of Independent Custody Visiting in Scotland Summary: The Scottish Institute for Policing Research was commissioned by the Independent Custody Visiting Association (ICVA) in March 2010 to complete an evaluation of independent custody visiting in Scotland. Independent custody visiting (ICV) involves appointed members of the public (custody visitors) making unannounced visits to police detention facilities in order to establish that detainees are treated humanely and that the detention environment is adequate. ICV also provides an opportunity to scrutinise police practice and procedures in custody facilities and therefore provides a mechanism of accountability and reassurance to the public. The aims of this report are to: 1. Review the infrastructure for supporting independent custody visiting in Scotland at a national and local level 2. Provide an audit of the current operation of independent custody visiting in Scotland and identify any significant changes over time or differences of approach between police force areas 3. Carry out a case study analysis of the operation of independent custody visiting in one police force area 4. Provide a summary of main findings and recommendations for future development. Details: Dundee, UK: Scottish Institute for Policing Research, University of Dundee, 2010. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed July 20, 2011 at: http://www.sipr.ac.uk/downloads/Research_Summaries/Custody_Visiting_Report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Detention Facilities Shelf Number: 122128

Author: Gill, Aisha K. Title: Exploring the Viability of Creating a Specific Offence for Forced Marriage in England and Wales: Report on Findings Summary: On 26 May 2011, the Forced Marriage Unit held a non-governmental organisation (NGO) round-table to discuss the Home Affairs Select Committee’s report of 17 May 2011 on whether to criminalise forced marriage. The report argued in favour of forced marriage being recognised as a specific criminal offence: therefore, it recommended that new criminal legislation be developed. As a result of the round-table meeting, a number of NGOs requested that the independent survey on the feasibility of criminalisation, conducted by Roehampton University, be extended so that they could respond as the HAC report did not reflect the views of those present and others involved in addressing forced marriage in England and Wales. This study represents detailed information about the views of NGOs and community groups working on forced marriage and related issues. The respondents generally agreed that legislation alone would have a limited impact and that more holistic support mechanisms, a sustained training programme aimed at relevant professionals, and an equally comprehensive awareness-raising campaign aimed at affected community and the wider population would be necessary to combat the problem of forced marriage. Details: London: University of Roehampton, 2011. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 22, 2011 at: http://www.avaproject.org.uk/media/68857/forced-marriage-legislation-survey_report-of-findings_gill_13july_final.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Forced Marriage (U.K.) Shelf Number: 122146

Author: Park, Graham Title: Through the Gates: Improving the Effectiveness of Prison Discharge - First Half Year Evaluation August 2008 to January 2009. Summary: Through The Gates describes itself as a scheme to reduce re-offending by prisoners by ensuring they are supported before release, on the day of release and for some weeks after release if necessary by engaging them with housing, benefits, specialist agencies and pobation. It aims to fill the gap between prison-based and community-based support services, carrying peole through the difficult post release period and linking them to support and supervision in the community before closing the case. Tis report covers the first six months of the St.Giles Through The Gates 2008/2009 expanded service. It follows a 2007/2008 pilot service in Lambeth and Southwark only. The purpose of the report is to ascertain whether the service might reasonably be recommissioned by London Probation or be funded in another way, and to inform St.Giles on their own performance and amendments they might wish to make to various aspects of their practice. Both quantitative (numbers) and qualitative (experiences and opinions) data are presented. Details: London: Graham Park Consulting; London: St. Giles Trust, 2009. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 22, 2011 at: http://hlg.org.uk/home/resources/Criminal-Justice---Offending/Homelessness-Code-of-Guidance-(2).aspx Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Supervision Shelf Number: 122148

Author: Boyce, Isabella Title: St. Giles Trust Peer Advice Project: An Evaluation Summary: St Giles Trust’s Peer Advice Project is an innovative project focusing on the resettlement of offenders. It has three key elements. First the project aims to advance the skills and employability of prisoners by offering a recognised qualification (NVQ [National Vocational Qualification] Level 3 Advice and Guidance). Second, the Trust provides a housing advice service to a number of prisons in London and the South of England, training and supervising serving prisoners to deliver the housing advice. Third, as well as peer advice in prison, St Giles Trust offers employment experience for offenders on their release from custody via their involvement in mentoring schemes, including ‘Through the Gates’ project to support the resettlement of their peers. The Peer Advice Project tests out the concept that prisoners themselves can be an important resource in the rehabilitation and resettlement processes, and thus serves as a counterbalance to the widespread belief that programmes are something that are “done” to offenders by specialists. Consistent with desistance theory, the Project emphasises prisoners’ ‘agency’ – where giving up offending is an active choice made by offenders – as an important ingredient of success. An important feature of the St Giles Trust Project is that there is a ‘multiplier effect’ whereby benefits that accrue to individuals from their work as Peer Advisors are matched by benefits to the recipients of their advice. This report presents the results of a ‘process evaluation’. That is, it was conducted to help the St Giles Trust develop and fine-tune the prison Peer Advice Project and its community services by describing how the scheme was working in practice. It was not conceived of as an experiment to quantify the service’s impact in terms of crime reduction. Nevertheless, many of the findings point to the importance and value of the work of St Giles Trust. The evaluation of the service has included following a cohort of Peer Advisors over time, interviewing clients and volunteers in the community, collating project activity data and highlighting operational issues via observation and interviews with staff, Peer Advisors and key stakeholders. Details: London: St. Giles Trust, 2009. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 22, 2011 at: http://eprints.bbk.ac.uk/3794/ Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mentoring Shelf Number: 122149

Author: Cornaglia, Francesca Title: Crime and Mental Wellbeing Summary: Most estimates of the cost of crime focus on victims. Yet it is plausible that an even larger cost of crime occurs via its indirect impact on the mental wellbeing of non-victims. To test how crime affects individuals’ mental outcomes, we exploit detailed panel data on mental wellbeing, allowing us to observe the relationship between changes in crime in a local area and changes in the mental wellbeing of resident non-victims in that area (controlling for changes in local economic conditions). Our results suggest that increases in crime rates have a negative impact on the mental wellbeing of residents, with the biggest impacts arising from violent crime. We also find that local press coverage of criminal activity enhances the effect of crime on mental well-being. Details: London: London School of Economics and Political Science, Centre for Economic Performance, 2011. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: CEP Discussion Paper No 1049: Accessed July 27, 2011 at: http://cep.lse.ac.uk/pubs/download/dp1049.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Crime (U.K.) Shelf Number: 122175

Author: Munro, Emily R. Title: Scoping Review to Draw Together Data on Child Injury and Safeguarding and to Compare the Position of England with That in Other Countries Summary: Statistical data on the proportion of children identified as likely to suffer significant harm, cases of substantiated abuse and neglect and the number placed in public care vary between regions and countries, as do placement types and service responses. Comparing the situation in England with that elsewhere and exploring similarities and differences in the approaches adopted to safeguard children from harm allows current policy and practice to be benchmarked against others. To make meaningful comparisons of data on child death, injury and safeguarding, it is first necessary to ascertain what data are already routinely collected by different countries and how comparable these datasets are. This report presents the findings from a small scale scoping review undertaken between July and December 2010 to explore some of these issues. The overarching aim of the study is to scope the existing international data on safeguarding children from physical abuse, sexual abuse, emotional abuse, neglect and exposure to intimate partner violence and from child death and injury. The objective is to consider how different institutional and cultural approaches to safeguarding children and different forms of provision and support may influence trends in the incidence and nature of abuse and neglect and similarities and differences in the responses of public authorities. The study focuses on ascertaining the availability of data on preventable child death and injury and safeguarding; and identification of a core set of variables to facilitate exploration of the comparability of these data. Details: London: Department for Education, 2011. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report DFE-RR083: Accessed July 27, 2011 at: https://www.education.gov.uk/publications/RSG/AllPublications/Page1/DFE-RR083 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect (U.K.) Shelf Number: 122181

Author: Child Exploitation and Online Protection Centre (CEOP) Title: Scoping Report on Missing and Abducted Children Summary: This scoping report provides an overview of what is known about the nature and scale of the multifaceted series of problems collectively known as ‘missing children’ and what the current response is, both locally and nationally. It also explains what role the Child Exploitation and Online Protection (CEOP) Centre will play in supporting the good work already being undertaken in the statutory and voluntary sectors and how it will work with practitioners in those sectors to protect and safeguard more children and tackle those who would seek to abuse them. CEOP intends to bring a different approach to this problem; one that seeks to use the limited resources available nationally to target problems that have a national/international complexion; require specific oversight and coordination; suggest some form of serious and/or organised criminality; and recognises that it is more economic to provide specialist resources at a national level to support local activity. Our approach will be partnership-driven, working with existing national and local organisations that already do valuable work and identifying new partners who may be able to help. Our aim will not be to replicate that already being done but to deliver complementary activity. The new CEOP capability will provide:  educational resources and awareness for children and their parent/careers;  training for the police;  support to police operations through targeted research and analysis (for example development of problem profiles on nature and scale of the issues and emerging trends);  operational support for forces and missing children by extending the CEOP ‘one stop shop’ to include online missing children resources; and  assurance that co-ordination arrangements and capability are in place to manage complex or high profile missing children cases. A missing child is a child at risk from harm, irrespective of the length of time they are away from home or a caring environment. The causes are many, whether that it is simply losing them in a crowd or a busy shopping centre, through to family breakdown, becoming detached from society, looking for a better life in another country, being abducted from the street or lured by a ‘stranger’ on the internet. In 2009/10 there were an estimated 360,0001 missing person incidents, of which approximately 230,000 (64%) related to a child under the age of 18. In a CEOP child trafficking report from 2010, of the 287 children identified as potentially trafficked, 17% (50) of those children had gone missing from care at some point and 15% (42) were still recorded as missing. In 2004, a Home Office study of 768 incidents that were recorded as child abductions, 56% (447) involved a stranger and 23% (183) involved a parental dispute. Details: London: CEOP, 2011. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 27, 2011 at: http://www.ceop.police.uk/Documents/ceopdocs/Missing_scopingreport_2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abduction (U.K.) Shelf Number: 122182

Author: Child Exploitation and Online Protection Centre (CEOP) Title: Hidden Children: The Trafficking and Exploitation of Children Within the Home Summary: The trafficking and exploitation of children can take many forms, both commercial and non-commercial. To date, however, there has been comparatively little focus on hidden children in the UK who are exploited on a non-commercial basis, in domestic servitude. This can be attributed to the fact these crimes are indeed hidden and the number of cases known to law enforcement is limited. In this ‘Hidden Children’ report, the Child Exploitation and Online Protection (CEOP) Centre identifies examples of modus operandi and techniques used by offenders in this form of exploitation. The report also outlines, identifies and profiles the trends and characteristics of this form of abuse, which has resulted in the development of recommendations with UK-wide significance. CEOP’s ‘Hidden Children’ report demonstrates that instances of child abuse through domestic servitude occur throughout the UK, with case studies used to illustrate the nature of the abuse. The report also shows that, in some instances, domestic servitude can occur in tandem with the commercial and economic exploitation of that child. This can take the form of forced labour, begging and pretty crime, and sexual exploitation. Details: London: CEOP, 2011. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 27, 2011 at: http://www.ceop.police.uk/Documents/ceopdocs/CEOP_Hidden_Children_report_2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Begging Shelf Number: 122185

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: Youth Diversion: A Thematic Inspection of Youth Diversion in the Criminal Justice System in Northern Ireland Summary: Youth diversion in Northern Ireland is an important element in the overall approach to youth justice. Preventing young people from becoming involved in offending behaviour, or diverting them away from the formal justice system is not just an issue for the criminal justice system but one for the whole of society. It also involves a wide range of Government departments including Education, Health and Social Services. This inspection examined the role of the criminal justice agencies in dealing with young people who have offended and who meet the criteria for diversion as an alternative to prosecution. In Northern Ireland a lower proportion of young people under 18 convicted of committing crimes receive custodial sentences in comparison with England and Wales. The inspection found that criminal justice agencies were using restorative practice as the principal means of avoiding criminalising young people early in their lives. Youth diversion based on restorative practices is well embedded in policing principles through the system of informed warnings and restorative cautions. The Youth Justice Agency (YJA) takes the lead in restorative practice and the Youth Conference Service (YCS) is well established and has gained international repute. The appointment of specialist youth prosecutors by the Public Prosecution Service (PPS) should help to ensure that decisions taken about the method of disposal are done so with cognizance to all relevant issues. However, to deliver the best outcomes for young people as regards offending behaviour, there needs to be a co-ordination of effort across departments. There should be cross-departmental governance of the justice element of the 10-year Strategy for Children and Young People to achieve better buy-in and co-ordination of effort. The strategy should also be used to routinely draw together the justice agencies and other relevant public sector organisations as part of an overall approach. We will be returning to this theme in our forthcoming inspection of Youth Interventions. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2011. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 28, 2011 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/84/84f3c172-d935-4938-944c-7aca7b6ab679.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration (Juvenile Offenders) Shelf Number: 122193

Author: Scotland. Inspectorate of Prosecution in Scotland Title: Thematic Report on Knife Crime Summary: In 2005/06 882 people received a custodial sentence for ‘handling an offensive weapon’ and spent an average of 117 days in custody. Over half (54%) of these received sentences of 3 months or less, 41% were sentenced to between 3 and 6 months behind bars and the remaining 5% got between 6 months and 2 years. In 2009/10 the same statistics show that whilst those sentenced for the same crime rose slightly to 916, the length of sentence had increased dramatically. Only 16% received a sentence of less than 3 months, 38% received between 3 and 6 month sentences and 42% were in the 6 month to 2 year category. [In the future this trend may be affected by new provisions in the Criminal Justice and Licensing Act of 2010 3 that create a presumption against the court passing sentences of imprisonment (for any offence) of 3 months or less unless it considers that no other method of dealing with the person is appropriate.] Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government, 2011. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 29, 2011 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/Doc/353265/0119014.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 12226

Author: Hamilton-Smith, Niall Title: An Evaluation of Football Banning Orders in Scotland Summary: The aim of this research was to investigate the operation and effectiveness of Football Banning Orders in Scotland. This involved investigating the interpretation and application of legislation; the use of operational procedures to give effect to that legislation; stakeholder understanding and perceptions of FBOs; the effectiveness of FBOs in preventing further offending; and examining – and , if appropriate, learning lessons from – the application and use of FBOs in England and Wales. In pursuing these complex aims, it was intended that this evaluation should generate lessons and recommendations as to how the FBO scheme might be enhanced in Scotland. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2011. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 1, 2011 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/Doc/354566/0119713.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Football, Soccer (Scotland) Shelf Number: 122244

Author: Mills, Helen Title: Community Sentences: A Solution to Penal Excess? Summary: This paper examines the use of community sentences as a mechanism for reducing reliance on custody in England and Wales since the late 1990s. It is an up-to-date assessment of successive attempts to manage prison demands by reforming community sentences over the past two decades and an assessment of the implications and challenges for penal reformers going forward. Details: London: Centre for Crime and Justice Studies, 2011. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 2, 2011 at: http://www.crimeandjustice.org.uk/rssasolutiontopenalexcess.html Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 122245

Author: Lanning, Tess Title: Redesigning Justice: Reducing Crime Through Justice Reinvestment Summary: The Coalition government has initiated what it describes as a ‘rehabilitation revolution’, aimed at ‘breaking the cycle’ of offenders leaving prison, only to go back into the community and reoffend. ‘Justice reinvestment’ is one important way of achieving this goal of more effectively rehabilitating offenders. It is a process through which resources currently spent on incarcerating offenders in prison can be redirected into community-based alternatives that tackle the causes of crime at source. This report demonstrates how a process of justice reinvestment could be made to work in the context of England and Wales. The report comes in three parts: 1. The costs of prison Using the London Borough of Lewisham as a case study, chapter 1 examines who goes to prison, how effective it is and how much it costs the taxpayer, focusing on convicted adult offenders. We demonstrate both the cost of prison and, by implication, the sort of budgets that could be made available to local areas through justice reinvestment. We find that a total of 518 adult offenders were released into Lewisham over the course of 2009/10 having served less than 12 months. Using the figure of £45,000 a year, we calculate that their combined prison sentences cost the state £2.8 million in 2009/10, or an average of £5,386 per sentence. At odds, perhaps, with public perception, the majority of the crimes committed by these offenders were non-violent offences. It cost the taxpayer £2.5 million in 2009/10 to send non-violent and non-sexual offenders from Lewisham to prison for periods of less than a year. The funds that could be made available to local agencies to prevent reoffending through a process of justice reinvestment are therefore considerable. 2. Local alternatives to prison Chapter 2 explores how some of these offenders could be diverted from prison and managed locally in Lewisham. We describe reparative options in the borough and draw on wider evidence to explore effective alternatives to custody. We argue that the government should change the sentencing guidelines to enshrine a presumption against the use of short-term prison sentences, with community-based punishments used instead. We map existing rehabilitative services in Lewisham and examine their capacity to absorb more offenders. We find that local services are confident about their ability to manage offenders locally, but that widespread cuts to local agencies risk weakening the supportive infrastructure that effective rehabilitation requires. We argue that local alternatives are cheaper and more effective than custody, but that they must be properly resourced and better coordinated to deal effectively with offenders. 3. Making justice reinvestment work Chapter 3 outlines a commissioning structure to bring justice reinvestment into practice. Good local policymaking requires strong, democratically accountable local institutions to coordinate policy and practice on the ground. We argue that local authorities should be given a key role in the criminal justice system because they are best-placed to coordinate and manage correctional services in the community. Details: London: Institute for Public Policy Research, 2011. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 2, 2011 at: http://www.ippr.org/images/media/files/publication/2011/07/redesigning-justice-reinvestment_July2011_7786.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 122248

Author: Gojkovic, Dina Title: Offender Engagement with Third Sector Organisations: A National Prison-Based Survey Summary: This paper is the second in a series that investigates the involvement of the third sector in the resettlement of prisoners. Working paper 57 found that nearly 20,000 third sector organisations reported engagement in work with offenders through seven resettlement pathways. The current paper scopes prisoners’ experiences of these organisations by presenting key findings of an all-prisoner short survey distributed in eight prisons nationally. The findings indicate that prisons engage with an average of 20 organisations, but respondents are aware of an average of only four organisations and report engaging with no more than one. There is an apparent mismatch between the stated involvement of TSO in work with offenders in prisons and prisoners’ awareness and use of their services. The main policy and practice implications of these findings are discussed, including one proposed solution to introduce more systematically third sector co-ordinators in prisons, who could improve marketing as well as access to these services. Details: Birmingham, UK: Third Sector Research Centre, University of Birmingham, 2011. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper 61: Accessed August 2, 2011 at: http://www.tsrc.ac.uk/LinkClick.aspx?fileticket=unbXHcQkUCs= Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prisoner Reentry Shelf Number: 122249

Author: Dillane, Jennifer Title: A Study of Sexual Exploitation of Looked After and Accommodated Young People: Final Report Summary: This report provides an account of a study of sexual exploitation of looked after and accommodated young people in and around the Glasgow area. The fieldwork for the study was carried out from December 2004 to mid-February 2005. The study consists of a sample of 28 young people, fourteen males and fourteen females. It involved gathering retrospective data from the young people by way of a semi-structured interview questionnaire and a psychometric measure. Details: Ilford, UK: Barnardo's, 2005. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 2, 2011 at: http://www.barnardos.org.uk/se1-3.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Prostitution Shelf Number: 122254

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary Title: Adapting to Austerity: A review of police force and authority preparedness for the 2011/12 – 14/15 CSR period Summary: It has never been more important for forces and authorities to make effective decisions on how to manage their resources and improve their efficiency. Therefore in Spring 2011 HMIC carried out an inspection into the preparedness of forces and authorities to cope with the financial challenges of the CSR period. This provided an external challenge to forces by testing their assumptions and approach, and aimed to share knowledge and provide assurance to police authorities in the lead-up to publication of their medium term financial plans. This review incorporates the overall findings from our preparedness inspection, and examines:  the plans forces and authorities have made;  what this means across England and Wales as a whole;  how different forces compare;  whether frontline numbers will reduce;  the impact of this on crime and police visibility; and  the need to transform the efficiency of support functions. Details: London: HMIC, 2011. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 3, 2011 at: http://www.hmic.gov.uk/publication/adapting-austerity-review-police/ Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 122296

Author: van Staden, Lauren Title: Tackling Organised Crime Through a Partnership Approach at the Local Level: A Process Evaluation Summary: Existing research suggests that multi-agency approaches can be particularly effective in tackling complex crime and disorder problems (Berry et al., 2011; Rosenbaum, 2002). However, our understanding of what can be achieved by tackling organised crime through multi-agency working is limited; a recent review of the evidence on the effectiveness of partnership working in tackling crime did not identify any studies which focused primarily on organised crime and criminal activity (Berry et al., 2011). In England and Wales a partnership approach to tackling crime and disorder at the local level has been present in various guises since the 1960s, and has been a statutory requirement since the Crime & Disorder Act (1998). While the predominant focus of Community Safety Partnerships (CSPs) is crime and disorder, they are unlikely to regularly share information on, or develop a multi-agency action plan against, organised crime, unless it is identified as a priority through their local strategic assessment. A partnership approach to tackling organised crime has recently been evident at both the national and regional level. The Organised Crime Partnership Board (set up in 2008) brings together a range of national agencies with the aim of strengthening the co-ordinated response to organised crime across the law enforcement and criminal justice community. At the regional level, multi-agency task forces have been in place since 2009. The aim of these groups is to address cross-border serious and organised crime in a more systematic way (HMIC, 2009). However, this has not extended through CSPs to the local level where tackling organised crime is still considered, in the main, to be the role of the police. In February 2010 the Home Office set up an initiative to explore whether or not local partnership working could contribute to tackling organised crime. The initiative was developed in response to a recommendation included in the Cabinet Office (2009) review of organised crime ‘Extending Our Reach’ which focused on the development of a better understanding of the role that CSPs can play in tackling lower-level organised crime. Although not prescribing the mechanisms involved, the review proposed a partnership approach to tackling organised crime involving the sharing of relevant information between agencies for the purposes of targeting criminals and/or criminal activity. The review suggested that while not all those identified as being involved in organised crime would be suitable for targeting through a partnership approach, it was likely that a proportion would be known to both the police and partner agencies and could therefore potentially be tackled more effectively by co-ordinating activity (Cabinet Office, 2009). This study presents the findings from a process evaluation of 12 pilot sites set up as part of this initiative jointly run by the Home Office Community Safety Unit and the Home Office Strategic Centre for Organised Crime. Details: London: Home Office, 2011. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 56: Accessed August 5, 2011 at: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/science-research-statistics/research-statistics/crime-research/horr56/horr56-report?view=Binary Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 122305

Author: Blazek, Matej Title: Plusone Mentoring: Evaluation Summary: plusone mentoring is an early intervention programme that uses a voluntary mentoring approach to engage with young people aged mainly 8 to 14 years who are deemed at high risk of future offending. It combines the School, Social Work, Police and Community model with a youth work model which emphasises community involvement and responsive practice in work with young people. plusone mentoring operates with a theory of change that draws on evidence that there are key risk factors for future offending that can be tackled at a young age (such as aggression and violent behaviour, disruptive family and personal relationships, perception of self and others, poor self-esteem, or challenging behaviour in home, school or community). The nature of such risks means that long-term and client-centred approaches to mentoring are required. Multiagency referral groups in three locations in Scotland (Bellshill, Perth and Kirkaldy/Levenmouth), which comprise Police, Social Work, NHS, Education, Community Wardens and other agencies refer young people who are assessed as having high or very high risk of future offending to the plusone mentoring programme, which is based at local YMCA centres. Programme managers for plusone mentoring, based at the YMCA, recruit and trains volunteer mentors, match them to work with young people and supervise the mentoring process. Over the first full year of plusone mentoring: • 47 young people had been involved in mentoring; • Young people gave the experience of mentoring a high value and identified mentors as having important roles in providing support, undertaking activities which provided alternatives to boredom and antisocial behaviour, providing advice, and acting as mediators to other institutions; • Among young people who had been involved in plusone mentoring for at least six months, there was evidence of considerable improvement across the range of risk factors, with improvement particularly marked in relation to young people’s behaviour, their attitudes to offending, the risk for the young people associated with their neighbourhood, and the young people’s skills and positive relationships; • 80 adults had been recruited and trained as volunteer mentors; • Volunteer mentors have been drawn from a range of social and geographical backgrounds to work with the young people; • Mentors valued opportunities to develop their skills in working with young people, to deepen their understanding of the complex situations in which many young people find themselves, and to develop their attitudes in a non-judgemental way. Undertaking volunteer mentoring was also a means by which many volunteers developed skills which they saw as being of positive use in a variety of social and caring professions; • Established networks and local reputation of the YMCA were central in recruiting volunteers and in encouraging families to let the young person participate in plusone mentoring. Our evaluation of plusone mentoring is that it has had a positive impact on the lives of young people at a high level of risk of offending. It has effectively adopted a youth work approach using volunteer mentors, and demonstrates a range of best practice in mentoring, including: • Long-term, frequent and regular engagement • Careful attention to how mentors and mentees are matched • Young people understand the voluntary nature of their participation and the focus on their needs • Detailed monitoring and supervision of mentors • Successful targeting of young people fitting the scope of the programme so mentoring does not aim to replace other specialised services where these are more appropriate. Details: Dundee, UK: University of Dundee, 2011. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2011 at: http://lx.iriss.org.uk/sites/default/files/resources/plusone_evaluation1.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 122314

Author: Wood, Jason Title: The Operation and Experience of Multi-Agency Public Protection Arrangements (MAPPA) Summary: This research was undertaken as part of the Home Office’s review of the way in which offenders convicted of sexual offences against children are managed. The research had two primary aims. 1. To identify and assess specific operational practices in relation to sexual offenders subject to Multi-Agency Public Protection Arrangements (MAPPA) Level 2 and 3 in terms of risk assessment, supervision, surveillance, interventions, enforcement, compliance, breach, recall and so on. 2. To identify and assess the experience of subjection to MAPPA Level 2 and 3 and the impact of this on offending-related behaviour of Registered Sexual Offenders (RSOs) convicted of offences against children. To be explored from the viewpoint of both offenders and those working within those agencies represented at MAPPA Level 2 and 3. The study was qualitative in nature and included interviews with a range of practitioners involved in the MAPPA process, and offenders, and a number of focus groups with members of Level 2 and 3 panels and Strategic Management Boards. The study was small-scale, conducted within three MAPPA Areas and therefore does not represent a comprehensive examination of MAPPA effectiveness. Rather, it is an exploration of current practices within MAPPA across the three Areas and how these are understood and experienced by those involved. Details: London: Home Office, 2007. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Home Office Online Report 12/07: Accessed August 8, 2011 at: http://www.caerdydd.ac.uk/socsi/resources/MAPPA1207.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 122319

Author: Senior, Paul Title: Process Evaluation of Five Integrated Offender Management Pioneer Areas Summary: A qualitative process evaluation of five Integrated Offender Management (IOM) pioneer areas was undertaken to assess implementation of IOM, identify approaches to implementation and capture the lessons learnt. The findings indicated that IOM enabled structural changes, transforming the delivery of offender management. There was considerable commitment and enthusiasm for IOM at the sites, whilst acknowledging barriers to development such as definition, resourcing, governance and clarity of agency roles. Since the evaluation took place, the political and criminal justice landscape has changed somewhat, supporting a more locally driven approach which can draw on the learning directly from the pioneers which were shaped and delivered locally. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2011. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Series 4/11: Accessed August 8, 2011 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/research-and-analysis/moj-research/evaluation-integrated-offender-mgt-pioneer-areas.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 122322

Author: Royal Society for the Protection of Birds Title: The Illegal Killing of Birds of Prey in Scotland in 2009 Summary: In 2009 a white-tailed eagle, two golden eagles, four red kites, and 21 buzzards were confirmed by the Scottish Government as being victims of illegal poisoning. Baits laced with highly toxic and illegal poisons continued to be deliberately laid out in the open in Scotland’s countryside. A red kite was shot and a further four buzzards were confirmed as shot or trapped. Peregrines and hen harriers nesting on driven grouse moors again “disappeared” in circumstances that suggested deliberate human interference. These shocking statistics can be added to the catalogue of shame documenting the last 20 years of relentless human killing of Scotland’s protected bird of prey species. During this period, more than 450 birds of prey have been killed by illegal poisoning, with a further 320 confirmed as shot, trapped or with their nests destroyed. It is therefore no surprise that there are substantial areas of suitable habitat in Scotland currently unoccupied by breeding birds of prey as a direct result of such illegal activity. The scientific literature now has many authoritative reports and papers which document the impact such illegal killing is having on the Scottish populations of iconic species, such as golden eagle, hen harrier and red kite. This RSPB Scotland report documents known incidents of the illegal killing of birds of prey in 2009; it outlines the evidence that illustrates that the crimes recorded here represent a fraction of the actual total; and makes recommendations towards improving the detection of these crimes and the successful prosecution of the perpetrators. Details: Edinburgh: RSPB Scotland, 2010. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 17, 2011 at: https://www.rspb.org.uk/Images/illegalkillingscotland_tcm9-256571.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Birds of Prey Shelf Number: 122423

Author: Laureus Sport for Good Foundation Title: Teenage Kicks: The Value of Sport in Tackling Youth Crime Summary: This report assesses the economic value of three sports projects aimed at tackling gang violence and youth crime in the UK. Each project is using sport to reach out to and engage young people at different stages along the criminal pathway. The results of the study clearly demonstrate that sport is not only a successful mechanism; it is also a cost-effective way to tackle the problem of youth crime and gang violence. Take the Boxing Academy in Tottenham, which is a sports-based alternative to ‘Pupil Referral Units’ (centres for children who are not able to attend a mainstream or special school). The ethos of the Academy is to instil discipline and respect through the experience of structured physical activity, shared goals and positive peer groups. It works in partnership with other youth support and social welfare organisations in the area and there are a number of local mentors and role models in the coaching team. Our new report found that young people attending this project are more likely to achieve qualifications than their peers in Pupil Referral Units, and less likely to reoffend. What’s more, the Boxing Academy costs half as much to run as a traditional Pupil Referral Unit, despite achieving better results. Details: London: Laureus Sport for Good Foundation, 2011. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2011 at: http://www.laureus.com/files/Teenage%20Kicks_Report_FINAL.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 122430

Author: Great Britain. HM Inspectorate of Probation Title: Not Making Enough Difference: A Joint Inspection of Youth Offending Court Work and Reports Summary: A team of Inspectors visited six locations in England and Wales to assess how well children and young people (under 18) were being managed through the court process by the Youth Offending Team (YOT) and other staff - from the point of charge by the police to sentence. We were looking for a service that was not only timely but also good quality - enabling magistrates and judges to make the best possible decisions at all points in the whole court process. The YOT role in court is complex and requires confidence, knowledge and considerable skills. It is the YOT's 'shop window', the place they put forward their professional view about what will best influence that young person to desist from offending, whilst acknowledging the need to protect the public and the individual's vulnerability. We found many examples of good practice, but overall our view was that there was considerable room for improvement. Too much of the time, YOT staff were too passive, both in contacting defendants and their parents/carers before court, and on the day of court itself. Too often the reports for court that we read were of insufficient quality. Although some local variation in service can be desirable when the variations represent different ways of doing it well, what we encountered was that the work to 'make a difference in court' just wasn't being done well enough often enough. Most of the improvements we recommend can and should be made locally, but we do also think that there is an 'enabling' role that would best be carried out nationally, such as to devise training packages that can be deployed locally to improve the skills of local staff. Details: London: Criminal Justice Joint Inspection, 2011. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2011 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/inspectorate-reports/hmiprob/Court_Work_and_Reports_Thematic_Report-rps.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Courts (U.K.) Shelf Number: 122440

Author: McKeganey, Neil Title: Key Findings from the Drug Outcome Research in Scotland (DORIS) Study Summary: This occasional paper brings together for the first time the key findings arising from the Drug Outcome Research in Scotland study. The difficulties of conducting randomised controlled trials of drug treatment services have led to the endorsement of cohort studies (i.e. repeated follow-up interviews with a cohort of drug users receiving treatment in a range of different treatment modalities) as a pragmatic alternative research design for investigating treatment effectiveness. The DORIS study is the largest ever such cohort study of Scottish drug users, being a sample of 1007 drug users recruited from 33 drug treatment agencies (including five prisons) from across Scotland in 2001/02 and followed up at eight months (DORIS2), 16 months (DORIS3) and 33 months (DORIS4). At DORIS4, 70% of eligible respondents were re-interviewed, a follow-up rate which compares favourably with those of follow-up studies of the UK general population. The DORIS sample is almost sociodemographically identical to the population of Scottish drug users entering treatment in 2001 (and recorded in the Scottish Drugs Misuse Database). Concordance of self-reported drug use and oral fluid test data was high and attrition bias (i.e. differential loss to follow-up) was low. The main findings and implications from the research are presented in this report. Details: Glasgow: University of Glasgow, Centre for Drug Misuse Research, 2008. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2011 at: http://www.gla.ac.uk/media/media_101969_en.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction (Scotland) Shelf Number: 122441

Author: Gojkovic, Dina Title: Scoping the Involvement of Third Sector Organisations in the Seven Resettlement Pathways for Offenders Summary: The role of the third sector in the resettlement of offenders has become a prominent issue in recent years, and is increasingly recognised as being essential to efforts to reduce re-offending. A reasonable amount of knowledge already exists about public sector organisations which engage in work with offenders through the seven ‘pathways’ of resettlement: accommodation; education, employment and training; health; drugs and alcohol; finance, benefit and debt; children and families; and attitudes, thinking and behaviour. Determining the number and nature of third sector organisations involved in work with offenders is more complex. This paper aims to map out the landscape and extent of third sector involvement in the resettlement of offenders, with a specific focus on the seven pathways. Using existing datasets, it looks at the properties of third sector organisations working with offenders, more specifically their size, number, geographic area of operation and total income. It is estimated that nearly 20,000 third sector organisations work with offenders in England and Wales, and that they rely predominantly on public sector funding for survival. Compared to the figures for all third sector organisations there is over representation of organisations providing accommodation services, health care and family-support services to offenders. The implications of these and other findings are also discussed. Details: Birmingham, UK: Third Sector Research Centre, University of Birmingham, 2011. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper 57: Accessed August 23, 2011 at: http://www.tsrc.ac.uk/LinkClick.aspx?fileticket=JnJy2cVtYx0%3d&tabid=500 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 122468

Author: Forsyth, Alasdair J. Title: An Investigation into the Environmental Impact of Off-license Premises on Residential Neighbourhoods Summary: In recent times there has been a great deal of concern about levels of anti-social behaviour across the UK (Home Office, 2005; House of Commons, 2005; Scottish Parliament, 2003). Several reports have investigated the role of alcohol as a potentially important contributor to this problem (Babb, 2007; Engineer et al, 2003; Finney, 2004; Home Office, 2001; Matthews et al, 2006; Richardson & Budd, 2003; Travis, 2004). These fears have led to a raft of legislative reaction, from both national governments and local authorities, which has included measures such as the banning of irresponsible promotions (e.g. ‘happy hours’) and the introduction of alcohol / anti-social behaviour dispersal / disorder ‘zones’ (e.g. see Academy of Medical Sciences, 2004; Hetherington, 2004; ‘Nicholson Committee Report’, 2004; Prime Minister’s Strategy Unit, 2004). However, to date these policies have tended to be focused more towards alcohol-related disorder associated with on-trade licensed premises (i.e. public houses and nightclubs), particularly those located in city centre night-time economies, rather than towards the off-trade sector or residential neighbourhoods. Consequently it has recently been identified that there has also been a paucity of research into these latter issues (e.g. Human Factors Analysts Limited, 2007; Jayne et al, 2006). This oversight seems odd given that the off-trade sector is indicated as the source of the current rise in alcohol consumption across the UK over the past 20 years. For example, statistics released by the Department for Environment Food and Rural Affairs revealed that compared with 2002-2003, the period up to 31st of March 2004 saw a 5.5% decrease in on-trade purchases of alcohol compared with a 9.0% increase in purchases for home consumption (DEFRA, 2005a). Similarly, according to the Scottish Beer and Pub Association (SBPA, 2005), since 1980 there are 14% more licensed public houses compared with 25% more off-licences, this set against a background where progressively more pub income is being generated from food provision and where progressively larger off-trade premises (major supermarkets) are selling alcohol alongside ‘basic’ provisions rather than small ‘traditional’ designated off-licenses. Additionally, whereas it is true that alcohol in general has become steadily more affordable over the past two decades, this masks great differences between the off-trade and on-trade sectors, with for example off-trade beer prices actually falling since the millennium, such that by 2005 the off-trade price of beer was under 1.5 times that of the late 1980s, compared to nearly 2.5 times for on-trade beer (Godfrey, 2007). The view that off-licenses are a major cause of (alcohol-related) anti-social behaviour is not only unfashionable but controversial. There are number of ways in which off-trade outlets (i.e. off-licences) may be thought to have the potential to be a greater cause of alcohol-related harm in the community than on-trade outlets (i.e. pubs or clubs) including: • Off-trade prices tend to be cheaper (BBPA, 2007;Godfrey, 2005) and have to date largely escaped policy initiatives aimed at curbing irresponsible promotions such as deep price discounting (‘Daniels Report’, 2004), which may encourage immodest consumption (e.g. Kuo et al, 2003). This is unfortunate, as off-trade sales are known to be more price responsive, since a portion of on-trade sales are deemed to be spent towards the social setting (e.g. BBPA, 2007; Prime Ministers Strategy Unit, 2004). • The alcohol products sold by some off-licenses are those which have been identified as encouraging immodest consumption, such as super-lagers, white ciders, tonic wine and other fortified beverages (e.g. Brain & Parker, 1997; ‘Daniels Report’, 2004; Forsyth et al, 1997; Galloway et al, 2006; Hughes et al, 1997). • Despite surveys indicating that off-trade outlets, rather than on-trade premises, are the main source of alcohol consumed by younger under-age drinkers, either directly or indirectly via third party (agent) purchase (e.g. Boreham & McManus, 2003; Bradshaw, 2003; Corbett et al, 2005; Forsyth & Barnard, 2000; Maxwell et al, 2007; Toomey et al, 2004; Willner et al, 2000), concerns have been raised that little has been done to tackle this, with for example only 905 prosecutions of off-sales premises for licensing offences, in Scotland during 2001, resulting in only 100 convictions (‘Daniels Report’, 2004) and only three under-age drinkers being prosecuted in the Lothian (Edinburgh) region during 2004 (Stow, 2005). • Off-trade purchases can involve a very large amount of alcohol being purchased with no control over who actually drinks it or the consequences of this consumption (e.g. see Galloway et al, 2006; Human Factors Analysts Limited, 2007). By way of contrast, on-trade purchases involve measured doses with consumption being continually monitored by serving staff (e.g. see Forsyth et al, 2005; Forsyth, 2006; Graham et al, 2005). In short, on-trade consumption is supervised by those with a vested interest in ensuring that it is consumed sensibly, off-trade consumption is not (the same principle applies to the supply of methadone to illegal drug consumers at pharmacies, e.g. see Royal Pharmaceutical Society, 2007). • In the extreme, there is some evidence serious crimes of violence are more likely to be associated with off-trade alcohol consumption in residential areas than with the much more high profile alleged ‘binge drinking’ problems associated with city centre pubs and clubs (Norstrom, 1998; Scribner et al, 1999). For example, during 2002 in the Strathclyde Police area, which includes Glasgow, the city with the highest homicide rate in Western Europe, there were 81 murders, none of which occurred within the city centre, despite 44% of these accused being described as drunk at the time of the killing (Lawson, 2003; Scottish Executive, 2003). This research will address these issues by focusing upon licensed convenience stores (grocers / newsagents) operating in residential areas. Unlike on-trade premises, these outlets (community off-sales) often provide a broad range of services for the wider community, not just drinkers or the over-18s. Unlike city centre weekend binge drinking, the impact of such premises on residents is likely to be continuous and long-lasting, affecting the whole community. For many residents, including children, these premises and their alcohol purchasing clientele offer their only exposure to the consequences of (anti-social) drinking. Details: Glasgow: Scottish Centre for Crime & Justice Research and Glasgow Centre for the Study of Violence, Glasgow Caledonian University, 2007. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 26, 2011 at: http://www.aerc.org.uk/documents/pdfs/finalReports/AERC_FinalReport_0041.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol-Related Crime, Disorder (Scotland) Shelf Number: 122558

Author: Brown, Jennifer Title: Connections and Disconnections: Assessing Evidence, Knowledge and Practice in Responses to Rape Summary: The Stern Review was announced by the Government Equalities Office on 22nd September 2009, in part as a response to concerns raised by the Reid and Worboys cases. In these cases, the Independent Police Complaints Commission (IPCC) found the Metropolitan Police Service (MPS) responsible for various investigative failures when responding to complaints by rape victim-survivors. John Yates, an MPS Assistant Commissioner and the, then, Association of Chief Police Officers (ACPO) lead for rape noted that notwithstanding a raft of changes and innovations in the investigation and prosecution of rape the response had been “policy rich and implementation poor.” This literature review is a question led, adapted Rapid Evidence Assessment (REA) designed to support Baroness Stern’s review. This method was chosen largely because time constraints precluded the undertaking of a full systematic review of the literature (which can take up to a year to complete). REAs provide quick summaries of what is already known about a topic and use systematic review methods to search and evaluate the literature. The Government Social Research Unit has produced an REA toolkit which was followed in preparing this overview of the relevant research literature. In short, criteria for searching for published research papers were set and a strategy was established for searching for the unpublished (grey) literature. Details: London: Government Equalities Office, 2010. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 31, 2011 at: http://homeoffice.gov.uk/equalities/ Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Rape (U.K.) Shelf Number: 122572

Author: Sotiropoulos, Alexis Title: Making Time: Freeing Up Front-Line Policing Summary: Police officers don’t join the service to work as facilities managers. The public expects warranted officers to specialise in law enforcement, not IT support. In their efforts to free up the time of front-line officers, police forces have increasingly turned to civilian specialists to provide back-office services. ‘Making Time’ documents the changes that have been taking place in British policing over the past decade as Chief Constables have shifted resources from the back office to the front line, given police greater visibility and arranged technological and administrative support to enable them to stay on the streets longer. Details: London: The Serco Institute, 2008. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 31, 2011 at: http://www.serco.com/Images/making_time2a%20(Single%20pages)_tcm3-29348.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 122578

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: Governance Inspection of the Parole Commissioners for Northern Ireland Summary: The Parole Commissioners for Northern Ireland (hereafter the Parole Commissioners) are a very important element in the delivery of criminal justice in Northern Ireland. The Parole Commissioners make life-changing decisions about the safe release of offenders back into the community. Originally constituted as the Life Sentence Review Commissioners, the role of the Parole Commissioners is now significantly changed with the Criminal Justice Order 2008 introducing Extended Custodial and Indeterminate Custodial Sentences and making the Parole Commissioners responsible for Determinate Sentence recalls. The Parole Commissioners were established as an independent body with judicial character. Two considerations should be taken into account when reading this inspection report. Firstly, the impact of the Brooke judgement which defined the independence of parole boards, and secondly the Reilly judgement, which consolidated the court-like status of parole boards. The importance of these rulings is manifold in defining the remit of this inspection, the role of the sponsoring body and the nature and extent to which accountability and the trappings of accountability may be exercised. The work of the Parole Commissioners is driven by the number of prisoners considered for release in any one year. In 2008-09 46 cases were referred to the Commissioners and 40 were heard. It was in anticipation of a significant increase in the number of prisoners to be considered (estimates showed a projected increase from 88 in 2009-10 to a potential 407 in 2014-15; 162 cases were referred in 2010-11) that the number of Commissioners was increased from 24 to 40. The Parole Commissioners, led by a Chief Commissioner, make the decision whether or not to release prisoners. Commissioners are paid for their participation in casework decisions and for work ancillary to casework. Their work is supported by a Secretariat that provides assistance in relation to case administration, payment arrangements and other provisions. The current structure of the Parole Commissioners in Northern Ireland is unique. Unlike other arms length bodies within Northern Ireland, it is not an executive agency, a non-departmental public body, a commission or a tribunal. It also differs from the structural arrangements that underpin the work of the Scottish Parole Board and the Parole Board for England and Wales. The Department of Justice (DoJ) have adopted a standard model of governance with an Accounting Officer ostensibly held responsible for decision-making and financial management of the arms length body and set reporting procedures, but this does not happen in practice. The Chief Commissioner is not the Accounting Officer of the Parole Commissioners; is not the Chief Executive, and whilst supported by the Secretariat, is not their line manager. The Accounting Officer role is assigned to an Official within the DoJ reporting to the Permanent Secretary. The Official is the line manager for the Head of the Secretariat. The work of the Parole Commissioners is not subject to oversight by the Secretariat or the DoJ. The DoJ have developed a benefits realisation plan (Appendix 3) but this is a measure of the general effectiveness of the Sentencing Framework Initiative, and as it has not been agreed with the Chief Commissioner, it is not to monitor the work of the Commissioners. Additionally, the normal framework of accountability, as set out in a management statement and financial memorandum, do not apply in this instance due to the independent nature and judicial status of the Commissioners. The central issue in understanding the work of the Parole Commissioners in practice is the question of independence from the Executive in relation to decision-making. An issue is the importance of both real and perceived independence with regard to the work of the Commissioners. This issue has shaped both the establishment of the Parole Commissioners and subsequent formation. A key component of the debate is the Brooke judgement. The Brooke case was a judicial review that dealt with the issues of accountability and independence governing the Parole Board for England andWales. In this instance, the Court of Appeal found that the sponsoring department curtailed the independence of the Parole Board by exercising too much control over the appointment and tenure of the Commissioners by specifying the use of funding, by not adequately segregating support services and by including a policy element in the role of the Commissioners. The ruling extends not only to the decision-making but also the processes and arrangements that support decision-making. Although the Court of Appeal found that the ‘normal’ relationship between a ‘sponsoring department and its sponsored parole body did not automatically create a conflict of interest or automatically infringe the independence of the body’ the implication is that the relationship between a sponsoring body and its parent department may create a conflict. The subsequent ruling in the Reilly application (another judicial review) confirming the court-like status of the Parole Board strengthens the independence of the Commissioners and demands clear water between the Commissioners and the Executive – a situation not best met by the current arrangements. A straightforward comparison with the costs of cases in Northern Ireland and in England and Wales shows the former to be considerably higher. The average cost per referral was just under £8,000 in 2010-11. The comparable figures in England and Wales, and Scotland, are around £2,500, thus Northern Ireland is around three times as expensive. The Northern Ireland Parole Commissioners do not enjoy the economies of scale of the other jurisdictions (England andWales have almost 30,000 referrals per year). The development of the support structures, policies, procedures, recruitment and training of Commissioners and Secretariat staff incurred significant costs. This should reduce over the coming years and alongside increasing numbers of cases should see the unit cost decrease. There is a low level of delay in the cases heard by the Parole Commissioners and no judicial reviews of their decisions (both significant factors following the increase in cases in England and Wales). The Northern Ireland approach has incurred costs, although the achievement of timely hearings, the very low level of lifer recalls or judicial reviews indicate a high quality service. Our inspection has found that there is an inevitable conflict between any governance model proposed by the DoJ and that which complies with the legal rulings in a series of cases culminating in Brooke and Reilly. The thrust of these judgements was to emphasise the independence of the parole bodies and create a governance framework within which the sponsoring authorities must operate. The resulting impracticality of the current sponsorship arrangements with the potential legal ramifications arising from the Brooke judgement requires a rethink of the existing arrangements. The inspection recommends a strengthening in the governance arrangements underpinning the work of the Commissioners – within the constraints set by the Brooke judgement. Reconstituting the Commissioners as a tribunal accompanied by a transfer to the Northern Ireland Courts and Tribunals Service (NICTS) and listing the Chief Commissioner under Schedule 1 of the Justice (Northern Ireland) Act 2002, would provide a more suitable environment for a body of judicial character. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2011. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 3, 2011 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/03/03b77ef8-d196-447c-8d8d-52875dda6dcc.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Parole (Northern Ireland) Shelf Number: 122628

Author: Edgar, Kimmett Title: Time Well Spent: A Practical Guide to Active Citizenship and Volunteering in Prison Summary: There is a huge scope for prisoners to take on responsibility, engage in constructive work, and contribute to the life of the prison community. We describe these roles as active citizenship. Examples include volunteering, peer support, charity work, and prisoner representative duties. We define active citizenship as follows: Prisoners are active citizens when they exercise responsibility by making positive contributions to prison life or the wider community. Main findings -- There are five types of active citizenship roles in prisons: • Peer support schemes, whereby prisoners help and support their fellow-prisoners • Community support schemes involving work with or on behalf of people outside the prison • Restorative justice programmes, whereby prisoners are encouraged to acknowledge the harm they have caused and to make amends • Democratic participation in prison life, for example involving membership of prisoner councils or other forums • Arts and media projects such as prison-based radio-stations or newspapers, or performing arts programmes. This report is based on evidence derived from a survey of prisons and interviews with prisoners and staff involved in active citizenship schemes. It documents the imaginative and effective work that has been pioneered in some prisons. Most prisons, from young offender institutions to high security prisons, provide opportunities for prisoners to be active citizens. Prison staff have demonstrated their expertise in managing risk by developing an array of roles and activities for prisoners that bring out the best in them. Details: London: Prison Reform Trust, 2011. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 3, 2011 at: http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/Portals/0/Documents/Time%20Well%20Spent%20report%20lo.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 122646

Author: Boyd, Edward Title: Cost of the Cops: Manpower and Deployment in Policing Summary: The Great Police Expansion (2001-2010)...  The backdrop to the current debate around police funding is clear: the police service in England and Wales has never been better resourced. The last decade has seen an unprecedented rise in police expenditure: in nominal terms police expenditure has increased by 56% between 2001-2 and 2009-10 reaching more than £14.5 billion – up 25% in real terms since 2001.  The increases over the last decade dwarfed even the large increases that the police enjoyed in the 1980s and taxpayers in England and Wales have never spent as much on policing as they do today. In 2010, each household was paying £614 per year for policing, up from £395 in 2001.  Policing in England and Wales is among the most expensive in the developed world. A comparison of policing revenue expenditure as a proportion of gross domestic product (GDP) for a number of comparable, Common Law jurisdictions shows that UK police expenditure in 2010 was higher than the USA, Canada, New Zealand and Australia.  The decade of expansion in police funding also consisted of more local funding (including through business rates) with all police forces seeing significant increases in the police precept on council tax. Share of police funding raised from the precept increased from around 12% in 2001-2 to 23% at the end of the last decade.  At force level, elements of police personnel expenditure saw marked increases, including in overtime paymentswhich rose from £289million in 2000-1 to £381 million in 2009-10, having peaked at £437 million in 2007-8. The increase occurred concurrently with a 12% increase in officer numbers, suggesting that poor management drove the increase in overtime rather than under-resourcing (See: Police Overtime Expenditure, Policy Exchange, February 2011).  Total police officer strength rose 15% from 123,476 at March 2001 to 141,631 at March 2010. The number of Special Constables (volunteer officers) also increased 22% from 12,738 to 15,505, having dipped briefly to under 11,000 at March 2004. The increase in officer numbers was principally fuelled by the creation of The Crime Fighting Fund (CFF) in 2000, which provided a Home Office grant “designed to maintain/increase the number of police officers.”  The result of increased expenditure tied to schemes like the CFF was a large rise in recruitment and subsequently an increase in officers at every policing rank. Between 2001 and 2010 the greatest absolute increase in personnel occurred at the level of constable (12,000 were added to the ranks), yet the make-up of officers tilted in favour of more senior ranks and proportionally there were more significant increases in the middle management of police forces.  Increased spending since 2001 also translated into a large increase in the number of civilian staff (made up of police staff, PCSOs, Designated Officers and Traffic Wardens), who increased 73% from 57,104 to 98,801 over the decade. The number of civilians now employed means that there are seven civilian staff members for every ten police officers.  The number of Police Community Support Officers (PCSOs) in particular has grown since they were first piloted in 2003, reaching 16,685 in 2010, as have the number of designated officers (first introduced in 2005), who have increased to 3,809. PCSOs were a critical component in facilitating the roll-out of Neighbourhood Policing – one of the most important policing reforms of recent history – by creating a more visible and available police service.  If the police were a single company, they would be a significantly bigger (22% bigger) employer than Tesco Plc in the UK (Tesco Plc employed 196,604 FTE in 2010 (UK), the police service employed 240,432 FTE). The Next Four Years...  In this context budget reductions over the next four years will be from a high base and in this regard, policing in England and Wales is in a comparatively strong position: more officers than ever before, better supported by historically high numbers of civilian staff and new technology, and facing reduced crime demand after more than a decade of reductions in volume offences (as measured by the British Crime Survey).  The reductions planned for 2010-15 are large historically, and they will be challenging, but they are not excessive. Viewed in context, they do no more than reduce annual police funding to the level that would have been reached in 2015 if the trend rate of growth 1979-2001 had continued. The expansion after 2001 took police funding far higher than the trend increases of previous decades, and the funding agreed in the 2010 CSR will act to correct this unprecedented “surge”. The 20% budget reductions from the 2010 high amount to 14% over four years once local funding is taken into account.  By the end of the period (2014-15), we will still be spending more than £12 billion on policing each year, or £500 per household in England and Wales – more than what was spent in 2004 and £100 more than was spent in 2001 when funding totalled £9 billion.  Some forces – mostly in the north of England and the Midlands – as HMIC have noted, are facing more significant challenges, particularly if their total share of funding from central government is higher. It is certain that police forces will be smaller in 2015 than they were in 2010. Post the personnel reductions planned by forces up to 2015 there will still be 210,000 police employees in England and Wales – the same number as at March 2004. Details: London: Policy Exchange, 2011. 106p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 6, 2011 at: http://www.policyexchange.org.uk/images/publications/pdfs/Cost_of_the_Cops_-_Sep__11.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 122651

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice Title: Monitoring Places of Detention: First Annual Report of the United Kingdom's National Preventive Mechanism 2009-10. Cm. 8010 Summary: In the UK and elsewhere there has been growing recognition of detainee's vulnerability and the need for robust, independent mechanisms to protect them from ill-treatment. This view was given formal recognition by the United Nations when it adopted the Optional Protocol to the Convention against Torture and other Cruel, Inhuman or Degrading Treatment or Punishment (OPCAT) and its ratification by the UK in 2003. As detailed in 'Monitoring Places of Detention (Cm. 8010)', the basic premise of OPCAT is that protections for those who are detained can be strengthened by a system of regular visits to all places of detention. OPCAT requires the designation of a National Preventive Mechanism (NPM) to carry out such visits and to monitor treatment. The UK NPM was established in March 2009 when it was decided that the functions of the mechanism would be fulfilled by the collective action of 18 existing bodies with the HM Inspectorate of Prisons as co-ordinator. This is the first annual report from the NPM in the UK. It details the individual and collective activities of its members in the period 01 April 2009 to 31 March 2010. As well as providing background information on OPCAT and the role of the NPMs, it outlines the role of the individual members and their detention-related activities. The NPM also makes its first collective recommendation that the UK government identifies any places of detention not visited by the NPM and ensures that those gaps are addressed. Details: London: The Stationery Office, 2011. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 6, 2011 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/guidance/inspection-monitoring/National_Preventive_Mechanism_Annual_report_2009-2010(web).pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 122662

Author: Harkins, Corinne Title: Evaluation of the Use of Alcohol Treatment Requirements and Alcohol Activity Requirements for Offenders in Cheshire Summary: Alcohol misuse is strongly related to crime and disorder including domestic abuse, anti-social behaviour, public disorder, sexual assault and road traffic accidents. Reducing alcohol-related offending and re-offending is a national government priority. In order to address such issues, Alcohol Activity Requirements (AARs) and Alcohol Treatment Requirements (ATRs) were introduced by Cheshire Probation Trust. AARs are aimed at those whose alcohol use is linked to their offending and are drinking above the recommended weekly limits. They form a structured package of extended brief interventions to provide offenders with a better understanding of alcohol, and to help them develop strategies to reduce consumption. The intervention is delivered by trained probation staff over a period of up to two months. Offenders are eligible for an AAR if they score 16-19 on AUDIT and their level of drinking is presenting a risk to their health or behaviour. The ATR provides a tailored treatment programme. It can consist of motivational interviewing, cognitive behavioural therapy, counselling, education and preparation for medical detoxification. It is usually delivered by local treatment services such as Alcohol and Drug Services over six months to two years. Offenders would be eligible for an ATR if they scored 20 or more on AUDIT and were either moderately or severely dependent on alcohol. Cheshire Probation Trust commissioned the Centre for Public Health, Liverpool John Moores University, to evaluate the impact of AARs and ATRs on offenders in Cheshire. Details: Liverpool: Centre for Public Health, Liverpool John Moores University, 2011. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 6, 2011 at: http://www.cph.org.uk/showPublication.aspx?pubid=721 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 122664

Author: Halliday, Donna Title: Anfield Victim Champion: Final Evaluation Report Summary: The Victim Champion project was implemented in Liverpool in 2010 to improve the level of support provided to victims and witnesses of anti-social behaviour (ASB) across the city. In addition to this, the role of the Victim Champion coordinator was to deliver the Making WAVES project (Anderson et al, 2008) in the Anfield area. Evaluations of the Making WAVES projects implemented in other areas across Liverpool (Anderson et al, 2008; Eckley et al, 2011; Quigg et al, 2011; Warren et al, 2011) have shown them to be successful in: providing tailored support to intimidated victims and witnesses, encouraging them to enter and progress through the criminal justice system; facilitating a multiagency approach to tackling crime and providing support; and building trust between the community and local agencies. The Making WAVES strand of the Victim Champion project was introduced in Anfield, an area where residents were subjected to high rates of crime and intimidation (Harrison et al, 2010a). The Centre for Public Health at Liverpool John Moores University has been commissioned to conduct a process and outcome evaluation of the Victim Champion project, specifically the Anfield Making WAVES element. In 2010, a community crime and witness intimidation survey was conducted to inform the development of the project (Harrison et al, 2010a). An interim process evaluation report was produced in November 2010, providing recommendations for project development in its early stages (Harrison et al, 2010b). This report provides the overall evaluation, including: caseload analysis; key partner and project user views on the project; and an assessment of the impact of the project on crime and intimidation in the local community. Details: Liverpool: Centre for Public Health, Liverpool John Moores University, 2011. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 6, 2011 at: http://www.cph.org.uk/showPublication.aspx?pubid=729 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Victim Services Shelf Number: 122665

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: An Inspection Into the Independence of the Office of the Police Ombudsman for Northern Ireland Summary: This inspection arose because of concerns raised in relation to a lowering of the operational independence of the Office of the Police Ombudsman for Northern Ireland (OPONI). The purpose of the inspection was to assess the operational independence of the OPONI and examine any issues that could be said to undermine its independence. In the context of Northern Ireland the perception of independence as well as its reality is critical as it impacts directly on the confidence of those who engage with the organisation. In this inspection we have considered whether the independence of the OPONI has been or can be reasonably seen to have been reduced in terms of its decision-making capacity. The inspection report makes a number of findings. Firstly, that the legislative base for the work of the Police Ombudsman’s Office is solid and provides the necessary framework for the operation of an independent police complaints body. Moreover, there are a number of operational protocols in place that help define the nature of the relationship between the OPONI and the Police Service of Northern Ireland (PSNI). Again these help to secure the nature of the work of the organisation in relation to, for example, how complaints are dealt with. During the course of the inspection – with some exceptions – we did not hear any significant concerns over the ways in which the OPONI deals with current cases. This work comprises the vast majority of the work of the Police Ombudsman’s Office. The inspection did however identify a number of significant concerns over the ways in which the OPONI conducts investigations into historical cases. They include an inconsistent investigation process, a varied approach to communication with stakeholders and differences in quality assurance. In addition, we found a senior management team divided around the production of reports in this area and a fractured approach to governance and decisionmaking. The handling of sensitive material was also considered problematic. These issues have undermined confidence in the OPONI among some key stakeholders within the Non- Governmental Organisation (NGO) sector and a range of staff within the organisation. What is clear from the inspection is the flawed nature of the investigation process used in historical cases which seems to be buffeted from a number of different directions. This has led to a lack of confidence among many of those involved in the process including some investigators themselves, victims’ families and their representatives, and the police. The way in which the OPONI deals with the investigation of historic cases has led to a lowering of its operational independence. The investigation of historic cases has the capacity to undermine the entire work of the OPONI and serve to decrease public confidence in the work that it undertakes. It is essential that these issues are addressed in response to this report. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2011. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 7, 2011 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/18/18e1304a-9a19-4b5a-a1f8-faf1a5e807d6.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Ombudsman (Northern Ireland) Shelf Number: 122672

Author: Kirby, Amy Title: Engaging Substance Misusing Offenders: A Rapid Review of the Substance Misuse Treatment Literature Summary: The Offender Engagement Programme (OEP) seeks to investigate the hypothesis that one-to-one work with those under probation supervision can be a powerful vehicle for facilitating behavioural change. By establishing what supports effective engagement and better understanding how to overcome the barriers which hinder these processes, the aim of the OEP is to better enable practitioners to reduce reoffending and change probationers’ lives through their one-to-one engagement with them. Here we report findings of a rapid review about engagement in the substance misuse treatment and criminogenic literature. Details: London: Institute for Criminal Policy Research, 2011. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 7, 2011 at: http://www.icpr.org.uk/media/31487/Rapid%20review%20-%20engaging%20and%20retaining%20substance%20users%20final.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 122676

Author: Derby Community Safety Partnership Title: Derbyshire's Alcohol Diversion Scheme Evaluation: Tackling the Binge Drinking Culture, March 2010 - April 2011 Summary: The Alcohol Diversion Scheme was created to deliver an effective brief intervention within a prevention model achieving behaviour and attitude change towards alcohol consumption with binge drinkers. The primary target group is young people 18-25. Derbyshire Constabulary have to be congratulated on their vision in developing a multi layered approach to their alcohol strategy. This scheme has demonstrated significant success in engaging this group. Arrest referral in Derbyshire predominantly delivers brief interventions to no-chronic drinkers. Only 180 of the 1500 clients they see are referred to treatment. The ADS achieves success in engaging the young binge drinking population. The success is built on the premise that binge drinkers are able to exercise relative control over their consumption and believe harm is related only to chronic drinking problems. Where this scheme demonstrates success it further evidences innovative thinking, complex integrated working practices with Derbyshire Constabulary result in a simple route to engage binge drinkers with an educational programme achieving behaviour and attitude change. The scheme is unique with its engagement technique; individuals issued with a fixed penalty notice £80 are enticed onto an educational programme for half the price £40. Their motivation for engagement is to save £40; it has nothing to do with seeking advice or information on alcohol use, however once engaged the educational programme built on a cognitive behaviour therapy (CBT) foundation achieves the aims and objectives. Behaviour and attitude change has repeatedly been proven. Where this scheme again demonstrates innovation is the financing. The scheme requires only set up costs. Once established Druglink assertively market the scheme to all individuals issued with a PND, their attendance finances the cost of embedding the intervention. The scheme is not dependent on an annual grant. Druglink manage the data transfer, marketing ,booking and delivery, it has a robust performance management and quality assessment framework. It is this internal driving mechanism which pre dates the Government’s current thinking around social engagement and payment on success; in this case the offender is paying, not the Public Purse, success provides a self sustainable intervention accessing a significant population at high levels of risk associated with health and offending. The cost of alcohol misuse to the Public purse is damaging , NHS is in excess of £2.5 billion, crime and public disorder £7.3 billion, £6.4 billion in the workplace and an unquantifiable amount to social and family networks. The Derbyshire Alcohol Diversion scheme was launched in March 2010, during the past year 97 individuals completed 13 courses, 82% were male, 55% were under 25 of which 37% were aged 18-21. 78% had been a victim of alcohol related violence, 88% had been involved in an alcohol related physical altercation. One of the learning outcomes of the course is the significance of receiving an alcohol related PND and potential consequences. Following the course 98% believed they would receive a conviction possibly resulting in a custodial sentence for a subsequent alcohol related offence. Prior to attending the course they viewed their PND as inconsequential as a parking ticket. 96% stated they now understood the link between alcohol and their offending, 39% reported they had previously knowingly driven a car whilst under the influence of alcohol; post course no such incidents were reported. Other learning outcomes include the physical and psychological harms of alcohol—98% reported the course had significantly increased their knowledge of the harms and dangers associated with binge drinking. Experimentation with alcohol occurred most commonly 59% between 13-15 years old with 53% of this age group experiencing alcohol intoxication for the first time. The average alcohol consumption pre course was 36 units per week, this was reduced to 15 post course, well within the Government’s safe drinking guidelines (21 units weekly for a man and 14 units weekly for a woman). Frequency of drinking pre course was 4 days a week; this was halved post course to two days a week. There was a total of 84 alcohol related admissions to A&E pre course; post course there were zero admissions. 66% had an alcohol related sexual encounter one night stand, 38% had accessed the GUM clinic and 13% has been treated for an STI. Post course there were no reported one night stands. The scheme compliments local alcohol strategies, effectively engaging binge drinkers and delivering meaningful behaviour and attitude change, resulting in significant health and offending improvements. Currently this is the only effective model for engaging young binge drinkers that evidences reduction on consumption and frequency in consumption it provides an innovative technique employing sophisticated learning tools. During the last decade we are seeing chronic drinkers in their thirties and late twenties , a decade previous they were in their forties. If we are to redress this deeply concerning trend we must engage young binge drinkers with a prevention model. The Alcohol Diversion Scheme achieves this objective. The scheme appears simple on the surface, however there are sophisticated monitoring and data transfer processes which maintain the consistency of the learning process ensuring careful management of PNDs within the CJS. Details: Hemel Hempstead, Herts, UK: Druglink, 2011. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 12, 2011 at: http://www.druglink.co.uk/Uploads/Editor/Shared%20Folders/file/Download%20PDF%20Evaluation%20of%20Derbyshire%20Alcohol%20Diversion%20Scheme.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 122723

Author: Metropolitan Police Authority. Civil Liberties Panel Title: Protecting the Innocent: The London Experience of DNA and the National DNA Database Summary: The MPA Civil Liberties Panel, which reports to the MPA Full Authority, was set up as a part of Met Forward, the MPA’s strategic plan. It was established as a means of improving public confidence in policing and ensuring the MPS maintains public trust. The use of DNA in policing is arguably one of the biggest advances in crime investigation since fingerprinting was first used in the early 20th Century. DNA is also highly emotive; it is personal and unique to an individual and when taken allows a significant amount of information to be known about a person. This means the public need to be confident that the police and the government use DNA and DNA records in a way that respects their fundamental right to privacy and protects their civil liberties. With this in mind, the panel have chosen to focus only on DNA that is taken from an individual by the police, for the purposes of investigating crime, including the operation of the DNA Database. Therefore, this review is not concerned with DNA that is obtained from crime scenes (for example, traces of DNA have been found on cigarette butts which have helped secure a conviction for murder). The panel does not dispute the need to take and retain DNA taken from a crime scene in order to assist with the investigation and identification of suspects, nor does it have concerns about the manner in which this is done and processed. The Panel prioritised ‘DNA’ because of the following: • The UK has a higher percentage (8.4%) of its population on a DNA database compared to anywhere else in the world. On 31st July 2010, the estimated total number of individuals retained on the DNA Database was 5.1 million. • The DNA Database contains the DNA profiles of all those convicted for a recordable offence since 1996. However, a change in legislation in 2001 allowed for the retention of DNA on arrest. The DNA Database currently holds all DNA profiles indefinitely, irrespective of whether they have been convicted of committing an offence. Approximately 1 million people or 1 in 5 of those on the DNA database have not been convicted of any offence. • 16% of DNA profiles on the DNA Database are from non-white ethnic groups. The 2001 census identified that 7.9% of the UK population comprised of non white ethnic groups4. Ethnicity monitoring in relation to the DNA Database is based on police ethnic appearance codes (please see Glossary for details) which require the police officer to make their own judgement of an individual’s ethnic appearance on the basis of 6 categories. This differs to the self defined ethnicity codes (please see Glossary for details) used throughout the criminal justice system. A total of 118,990 DNA samples were taken by the Metropolitan Police during 2009/10. There are no records held centrally regarding the total number of DNA samples taken by UK police forces in 2009/10. Of the DNA samples taken by the MPS in 2009/10: • 50% of these samples were taken from white people (71% of London’s population is white6); 49% were taken from black and Asian ethnic groups7 (23% of London’s population comprises of black and Asian ethnic groups). The largest age group represented was 25-44yrs old (45%). Nearly 20% of samples were taken from young people aged 10-17. Public concerns have been raised about the disproportionate representation of some groups and communities on the DNA Database. In December 2008 the European Court of Human Rights (ECHR) ruled in the case of S & Marper v The United Kingdom that indefinite retention of DNA profiles and samples on the National DNA Database was in breach of Article 8 of the European Convention on Human Rights, the right to respect for private and family life. The government has recently introduced the Protection of Freedoms Bill which sets out to balance civil liberties and the protection of the public, and in doing so address the issues outlined above. A recent decision by the Supreme Court echoes the ECHR decision in the case of S & Marper. Her Majesty’s Inspectorates for both the Police and the Prison Service are also conducting joint inspections of police custody facilities as part of a six year programme commencing in 2008. Some of the inspections undertaken across England and Wales, including a number of MPS boroughs in London have exposed deficiencies in relation to the management and storage of DNA within custody, including DNA samples not being correctly processed and labelled and on one occasion, DNA samples being stored alongside foodstuffs. The overarching purpose of this review is to ensure that DNA is managed and handled appropriately by the MPS with the necessary safeguards in place in order to strengthen public confidence. Our review has focused on the experience of Londoners, including many who have had their DNA taken by police. Our report provides an illustration of what happens to DNA when it is taken by police from an individual, through to its inclusion on the National DNA Database. As part of our review we examined this whole process in detail, focusing on the impact on individuals and on specific groups, on their perceptions, fears and concerns. Details: London: MPA, 2011. 99p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2011 at: http://www.mpa.gov.uk/downloads/committees/mpa/110630-04-appendix01.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Civil Liberties Shelf Number: 122726

Author: Maruna, Shadd Title: Youth Conferencing as Shame Management: Results of a Long-term Follow-Up Study Summary: The Northern Ireland Youth Conferencing Service (YCS) was launched in December 2003 in response to recommendations made in the Belfast Agreement of 1998. The YCS conferencing process involves a meeting between the young person (between 10 and 18) who offended, the victim, and others who have been affected by the crime. The focus is on all parties resolving how the young person can both make amends for the crime, and also ensure that future offending is avoided. This report presents the findings from a qualitative, process evaluation of the long-term life outcomes for a small sample (N=26) of young people involved in this process due to the commission of a crime. Participants were interviewed at least one year after their initial involvement with the YCS in order to discern whether the conference has had any lasting impact on their lives and their self-understandings. Interviews were transcribed and coded for patterns in the participants’ reflections on the conferencing process, their postconference lives, and their involvement with criminality and risky behaviours. Details: Cambridge, UK: ARCS Ltd., 2011. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2011 at: http://www.youthjusticeagencyni.gov.uk/document_uploads//SHAD_MARUNA_STUDY.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Offenders (U.K). Shelf Number: 122730

Author: Kurland, Justin Title: Late Weekend Kick-Offs at Premier Football Matches and Their Possible Link to Increased Levels of Alcohol-Related ASB and Disorder Summary: The main objective of this study, which was commissioned by the Government Office for London, was to determine whether late weekend kick-offs at premiership football clubs in London were associated with increased levels of alcohol-related crime and disorder. A comprehensive literature search was mounted to identify relevant previous studies. Only one that was directly related to the issue was identified. This compared two local derbies played between Portsmouth and Southampton, where the later Saturday kick-off appeared to be associated with higher levels of alcohol-related crime and disorder. For the study reported here a wide range of data were collected from British Transport Police, the Metropolitan Police Service, the London Ambulance Service, and the UK Football Policing Unit. These referred to crime and disorder related incidents, crimes and arrests in and around grounds where games were played. The data encompassed records over the four seasons, beginning with 2005-6. In all some 580 games were included in the analysis. Two methods were used to interrogate the data. The first approach identified all late Saturday kick-offs that occurred for the identified clubs in London in the period covered by the research and paired these games with matching games played between the same sides at other times of the week, where possible (for 8 games) earlier on a Saturday. The patterns of crime and disorder associated with the late Saturday kick-off and other games were compared. No consistent difference was found. The second method involved a multiple regression and drew in data from all 580 games that involved the relevant clubs or their grounds taking into account a wide range of variables that may have plausibly been associated with alcohol-related crime and disorder in and around grounds. Substantially it came to the same conclusion as the matched game analysis. No systematic empirical support for the notion that late Saturday kick-off games are associated with elevated levels of alcohol-related crime and disorder emerged. It may, of course, be that the data used failed to capture real differences between later Saturday kick-off games and others, but there was nothing positive to suggest that this is the case. It appears more possible, however, that the late Saturday games were not marked by especially high levels of crime and disorder because of the influence exerted by the police over which games are played with a late kick-off on a Saturday. Where problems are expected the police oppose the scheduling of games at this time. The findings of this research may be read as vindicating police decision-making over which games to agree to although some might argue that this hypothesis should have been tested more directly. The multiple regression looked at the data to see if there were other reliable predictors of levels of crime and disorder at football matches. The most marked finding was that derby matches (matches between two London teams) were associated with higher levels of arrests and that league matches tend to have lower levels of crime and disorder than other games. It is difficult to generalize these findings to other games played in other leagues or to games played outside London. It might be useful to extend the analysis to these. Moreover, further work to identify predictors from crime and disorder at football matches might be fruitful, drawing on a wider range of matches. Details: London: Department of Security and Crime Science University College London, 2010. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2011 at: http://www.asbonline.org.uk/upload/documents/webpage/ASB%20Board/UCLfootballreportforGOL.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 122743

Author: Wainer, Lisa Title: Understanding the Extent and Nature of Serious Sexual Violence in the London Borough of Hackney Summary: Recent increases in the levels of serious sexual violence (SSV) in the London Borough of Hackney prompted its Community Safety Partnership (CSP) to commission – with financial assistance from the Home Office – a research project to look at this crime problem in more detail. More specifically, we were tasked to find out more about the real extent and nature of these offences in the Borough, through the analysis of various data sources. The main concern was that, due to high levels of under-reporting, any information that could be gathered from police recorded data alone would be limited. This is why we combined the analysis of these data with information provided by various partner agencies, who not only gave us an insight into the type of scenarios they were dealing with (and how often these occurred – sometimes supplemented with their own recorded data) but also offered their views as to what the barriers to reporting may be. This document, the final report, summarises the findings from these analyses. First, a brief overview of the literature is provided, which aims to set the research in context and give an indication of what is already known about this crime problem and why it is often under-reported. We then describe the data sources employed in the research, within the Methodology section. After this, the findings from the analyses of, first, the police recorded crime data and, second, the interviews are presented. The last section of the report offers a set of summary and conclusions, which incorporate recommendations for policy and practice. Details: London: UCL Department of Security and Crime Science Jill Dando Institute, 2011. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 11, 2011 at: http://www.ucl.ac.uk/scs/publications/downloads/hackney-march2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 122745

Author: Eckley, Lindsay Title: Speke. Making Waves. Final Evaluation Report Summary: Following the successful development and implementation of the Making WAVES pilot project in Breckfield, Liverpool (Anderson et al, 2008), in 2009 the project was established in Speke to facilitate local multi-agency work in identifying intimidated witnesses and supporting them through the criminal justice system (CJS) and beyond (Anderson et al, 2008). At that time, there were high levels of crime in the neighbourhood and residents were reluctant to report crime to any agency due to the fear of reprisals and of being labelled a grass (Furness et al, 2009). The Speke Making WAVES project was implemented to help alleviate such issues by acting as a neutral and confidential route for reporting crime and providing access to support services. The Centre for Public Health at Liverpool John Moores University was commissioned to conduct a process and outcome evaluation of the project. This report summarises the overall evaluation, including: project implementation and development; project benefits and impact; caseload analysis; key partner and project user views on Making WAVES; and project recommendations. Details: Liverpool: Liverpool John Moores University, Centre for Public Health, 2011. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 16, 2011 at: http://www.cph.org.uk/showPublication.aspx?pubid=728 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Victim Services Shelf Number: 122749

Author: Warren, Ian Title: Princes Park: Making WAVES. Final Evaluation Report Summary: The Making WAVES (Witness and Victim Encouragement and Support) project has been established in several areas in Liverpool to facilitate local multi-agency work in identifying and supporting intimidated witnesses (Anderson et al, 2008). Witness intimidation is often perpetrated by individuals with the intention of preventing a crime being reported to the police or preventing evidence being given in court. It can take many forms, from low-level threats to organised operations aimed at scaring victims and witnesses (Fyfe and McKay, 2000). Intimidation may also occur at a community level, with a general fear of reporting crime due to the risk of reprisals by the offender or the perception that the authorities will not do anything (Healy, 1995; Anderson et al, 2009; Warren et al, 2009). Furthermore, the stigma attached to being labelled a ‘grass’ deters victims and witnesses from reporting crimes (Yates, 2006). The consequences for the victim or witness can be serious in terms of the potential for physical harm as well as social and emotional distress (Home Office, 1998). To inform the development of the Making WAVES projects that have been implemented across Liverpool, the Centre for Public Health at Liverpool John Moores University was commissioned to conduct a suite of process and outcome evaluations. This report presents the findings from the evaluation of the Princes Park Making WAVES (Witness and Victim Encouragement and Support) project. The evaluation was split into three stages. In 2009, a community crime and witness intimidation survey was conducted to inform the development and implementation of the project (Warren et al, 2009). A focus group was also conducted with members of the black and minority ethnic (BME) community to complement this survey. The project area has a sizeable and diverse non-white population and the aim of the focus group was to gather their opinions on crime and witness intimidation in their community (Warren et al, 2010). The focus group explored the residents’ perceptions of levels of crime and witness intimidation in Princes Park. During stage two, an interim report was produced that provided recommendations for the development of the project in its early stages (Warren et al, 2010). The report presented here brings together the overall evaluation (stage three), including: project set up and implementation; caseload and key stakeholder and project user (cases) views on project implementation. Details: Liverpool: Liverpool John Moores University, Centre for Public Health, 2011.40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 16, 2011 at: http://www.cph.org.uk/showPublication.aspx?pubid=727 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Victim Services Shelf Number: 122750

Author: Wood, Sara Title: Injuries and Violence: Local Authority Indicators for the North West Summary: This report brings together a range of data sources available at a local authority (LA) level to explore the extent of injury and violence across the North West. It is an accompaniment to the recent series of eleven pocket booklets on injury and violence prevention published by the UK focal point for violence and injury prevention, and available to download at www.preventviolence.info. Reflecting the key injury and violence types covered by the booklets, this report explores data on:  Road traffic accidents  Falls in older people  Burns  Sports injuries  Childhood injuries  Child maltreatment  Youth violence  Sexual violence  Intimate partner violence  Elder abuse  Self harm and suicide Seven data sources have been utilised: police reports, fire and rescue service data, ambulance callouts, accident and emergency department data, hospital admissions and deaths. Data sources and analyses are described in more detail in Table 1. This report presents data sheets (population-based rates or numbers) for each local authority. Data sheets are colour coded, highlighting where levels are statistically higher or lower than the North West average and where there are current gaps in data collection or availability. The data contained in this report is currently being developed into an online tool, which will allow more detailed information to be accessed by local authorities such as indicator rankings within the North West. Details: Liverpool: Liverpool John Moores University, Center for Public Health, 2011. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 16, 2011 at: http://www.cph.org.uk/showPublication.aspx?pubid=710 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Injuries Shelf Number: 122751

Author: Radford, Lorraine Title: Child abuse and neglect in the UK today Summary: This report presents new research findings from the NSPCC on child maltreatment in the United Kingdom, looking specifically at the prevalence and impact of severe maltreatment. We found that the rates of child maltreatment reported by young adults aged 18–24 were lower in 2009 than in 1998, suggesting maltreatment may be less prevalent today. However, significant minorities of children and young people in the UK today are experiencing severe maltreatment and this is associated with poorer emotional wellbeing, self-harm, suicidal ideation and delinquent behaviour. In 2000 the NSPCC published ground breaking research on the prevalence of child maltreatment in the UK. The research was based on a household survey of 2,869 young adults’ memories of childhood abuse (Cawson et al, 2000). In the past 11 years a lot has changed in children’s lives and in methods of research. The new research aimed to provide up to date information on the prevalence and impact of child maltreatment in a nationally representative sample of children and young people living in the UK, and to compare rates of childhood experiences reported by young adults interviewed in 2009 with rates reported in 1998-9. This study looked at children’s and young adults’ experiences of childhood maltreatment at home, in school and in the community. This first report presents the findings from this research on the prevalence, impact and severity of child maltreatment. Details: London: National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children, 2011. 205p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 19, 2011 at: http://www.nspcc.org.uk/Inform/research/findings/child_abuse_neglect_research_PDF_wdf84181.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect (U.K.) Shelf Number: 122773

Author: Coy, Maddy Title: Boys Think Girls Are Toys?: An Evaluation of the NIA Project Prevention Programme on Sexual Exploitation. Final Report Summary: This report presents an evaluation of a prevention programme focussing on sexual exploitation for both young people and professionals. The programme was delivered across London by the nia project, in partnership with the Children's Society from September 2007 to December 2010, with three broad aims: - To increase the number of young people at risk of being abused through sexual exploitation accessing appropriate support; - To increase the number of professionals that are able to identify young people at risk of sexual exploitation and take appropriate action; - To increase the number of agencies aware of the issue and able to address it. Recommendations from the evaluation include: the integration of sexual exploitation prevention work in schools/youth settings, and training for a range of professionals, commissioned by Local Safeguarding Children Boards and delivered by specialised organisations. Details: London: Child and Woman Abuse Studies Unit, London Metropolitan University, 2011. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2011 at: http://www.cwasu.org/ Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Date Rape Shelf Number: 122791

Author: Carter, Rachel Title: Stella Project Evaluation: September 2006 Summary: Through innovative and positive approaches, the Stella Project works to promote, at practice and policy level, the development of inclusive, integrated service provision for survivors and perpetrators of domestic violence who experience problematic substance use. The Stella Project supports drug, alcohol and domestic violence agencies to effect sustained change in service delivery and outcomes. At a strategic level, the project works to influence and support policy development with the view of catalysing change on the ground. Underlying the project’s approach is the belief that where domestic violence and substance use overlap, interventions undertaken in partnership across the sectors will improve the safety of clients and prevent ineffective repeat interventions. This report summarises the findings of an evaluation of the effectiveness of the training and events which the Stella Project has delivered over the past four years. In addition, it provides recommendations for future directions for the work of the Stella Project. Section one introduces the history and achievements of the Stella Project. This is followed by a description of the aims, objectives and activities of the Project including a detailed outline of the different training programmes offered. Section two outlines the purpose of the evaluation and the methodology used which includes post training and conference evaluation forms, email questionnaires for past trainees and semi-structured telephone interviews. 704 post training evaluations, 73 post conference evaluations and 32 email questionnaires were returned. In addition 8 semi-structured interviews were conducted. Section three presents the findings of the evaluation. Overall, the findings reveal there is a high level of satisfaction with the range of services offered by the Stella Project. Details: London: The Stella Project, 2006. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2011 at: http://www.avaproject.org.uk/media/24057/stella%20evaluation%202006.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Battered Women Shelf Number: 122792

Author: Kelly, Liz Title: Islands in the Stream: An Evaluation of Four London Independent Domestic Violence Advocacy Schemes Summary: This report presents the results of an evaluation of four Independent Domestic Violence Advocacy (IDVA) schemes in London, which are based in different settings: in a police station; hospital A&E department; a community based domestic violence project; and a women-only violence against women (VAW) organisation. The evaluation was commissioned by the Trust for London (formerly known as City Parochial Foundation) and the Henry Smith Charity to run alongside their joint special initiative on IDVAs, under which grants totalling £900,000 over three years, increased to £1.6 million with statutory funding, were made to the four schemes with the aim of strengthening the impact of this recent innovation in service provision. The current national definition of IDVA devised by Co-ordinated Action Against Domestic Abuse (CAADA)[1] is: The main purpose of an IDVA is to address the safety of high risk domestic abuse victims and their children. Serving as a victim’s primary point of contact, IDVAs normally work with their clients from the point of crisis to assess the level of risk, discuss the range of suitable options and develop co-ordinated safety plans. IDVAs are pro-active in implementing the safety plans, which include practical steps to protect victims and their children, as well as longer-term solutions. These plans will include actions from the Multi-Agency Risk Assessment Conference (MARAC) as well as sanctions and remedies available through the criminal and civil courts, housing options and services available through other organisations. IDVAs offer independent support and work over the short- to medium-term to put victims on the path to long-term safety (CAADA, n.d.) The practice principles for IDVAs combine practical and emotional support based on a ‘care pathway’ developed by CAADA (2006) and subsequent Westminster government guidance (Home Office, 2008) define the key elements of IDVA schemes as: independent, professional and trained;• aware of all safety options; • able to offer crisis intervention and risk assessment; • work in partnership; • delivery of measurable outcomes (e.g. reduced repeat victimisation, fewer withdrawals and • increased reporting of children at risk from harm). It is with these criteria in mind, that this evaluation of the four schemes – DVSS (Barnet), REACH (Lambeth/Southwark), and IDVA posts at the nia project (Hackney) and NAADV (Newham) was undertaken. Details: London: Child and Women Abuse Studies Unit, London Metropolitan University, 2011. 149p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2011 at: http://www.cwasu.org/ Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence (U.K.) Shelf Number: 122799

Author: Barnardo's Title: An Assessment of the Potential Savings from Barnardo's Interventions for Young People Who Have Been Sexually Exploited Summary: This report presents the findings from research undertaken by Pro Bono Economics on behalf of Barnardo’s into the potential savings from Barnardo’s interventions for young people who have been sexually exploited. The research sought to determine the effectiveness of Barnardo’s interventions in reducing the risk of sexual exploitation and associated risk factors, and estimated the fiscal rate of return of such interventions – that is, the saving to the taxpayer for every pound spent by Barnardo’s on the intervention. Statistical methods were employed to measure the effect of Barnardo’s interventions on the severity of sexual exploitation and its associated risk factors. The cost of sexual exploitation was estimated for varying degrees of severity using a range of secondary sources. These estimates were then combined to calculate the gross financial benefit of the intervention, and compared to the cost of the intervention to give an overall fiscal rate of return. Two models are presented – one which assumes that the level of risk remains unchanged in the absence of the intervention, and one which provides an estimate of how the level of risk changes in the absence of an intervention. Both highlight that the benefits to the taxpayer of Barnardo's interventions for young people who have been sexually exploited substantially outweigh the costs, with a potential saving of either £6 or £12 for every £1 spent depending on the assumptions made, in addition to a substantial (non-costed) reduction in the risk of sexual exploitation. Details: London: Barnardo's, 2011. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2011 at: http://www.barnardos.org.uk/an_assessment_of_the_potential_savings_from_barnardo_s_interventions_for_young_people_who_have_been_sexually_exploited_-_full_research_report__final_.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 122912

Author: Cornish, Paul Title: Cyber Security and the UK's Critical National Infrastructure Summary: Government cannot provide all the answers and guarantee national cyber security in all respects for all stakeholders. As a result, Critical National Infrastructure enterprises should seek to take on greater responsibilities and instil greater awareness across their organizations All organizations should look in more depth at their dependencies and vulnerabilities. Awareness and understanding of cyberspace should be 'normalised' and incorporated and embedded into standard management and business practices within and across government and the public and private sectors Cyber terminology should be clear and language proportionate to the threat. It should also encourage a clear distinction to be made between IT mishaps and genuine cyber attacks Research and investment in cyber security are essential to meeting and responding to the threat in a timely fashion. However, cyber security/protection should not be the preserve of IT departments but of senior executive boards, strategists and business leaders and it should be incorporated into all levels of an organization. Details: London: Chatham House, 2011. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2011 at: http://www.chathamhouse.org/sites/default/files/public/Research/International%20Security/r0911cyber.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Critical Infrastructure Shelf Number: 122923

Author: Wood, Marsha Title: ‘Standing on my own two feet’: Disadvantaged Teenagers, Intimate Partner Violence and Coercive Control Summary: This report from the University of Bristol and the NSPCC represents the first UK research to focus on disadvantaged young people’s experiences of violence and control in their intimate relationships. The study builds on the authors’ previous landmark school-based research (Barter et al 2009) which provided a detailed picture of the incidence and impact of teenage partner violence on the lives of young people. However, as this research was undertaken in schools, young people no longer attending mainstream education, such as teenage mothers or pupils who had been permanently excluded, were omitted. In addition, the experiences of some disadvantaged young people, for example young people living in foster or residential care, were not adequately represented. To overcome these limitations, the NSPCC in association with the University of Bristol conducted the current research project focussing specifically on intimate partner violence in the relationships of English disadvantaged teenagers. The aims of this research were to develop a better understanding of the nature and dynamics of violence in vulnerable teenagers’ intimate relationships; to examine the impact of physical, emotional and sexual violence on young people’s well-being; and to identify appropriate responses. The study set out to explore if some disadvantaged groups experienced greater vulnerability to intimate partner violence than others, and if so, to develop a better understanding regarding the factors that may contribute to this susceptibility. The research aimed to contribute to the development of more appropriate prevention and intervention services for different groups of vulnerable young people. Details: London: National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children, 2011. 114p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 4, 2011 at: http://www.nspcc.org.uk/Inform/research/findings/standing_own_two_feet_PDF_wdf84557.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Dating Violence Shelf Number: 122985

Author: Harwin, Judith Title: The Family Drug & Alcohol Court (FDAC) Evaluation Project: Final Report Summary: This report presents the findings from the evaluation of the first pilot Family Drug and Alcohol Court (FDAC) in England and Wales. FDAC is a new approach to care proceedings, in cases where parental substance misuse is a key element in the local authority decision to bring proceedings. It is being piloted at the Inner London Family Proceedings Court in Wells Street. Initially the pilot was to run for three years, to the end of December 2010, but is now to continue until March 2012. The work is co-funded by the Department for Education (formerly the Department for Children, Schools and Families), the Ministry of Justice, the Home Office, the Department of Health and the three pilot authorities (Camden, Islington and Westminster). The evaluation was conducted by a research team at Brunel University, with funding from the Nuffield Foundation and the Home Office. FDAC is a specialist court for a problem that is anything but special. Its potential to help break the inter-generational cycle of harm associated with parental substance misuse goes straight to the heart of public policy and professional practice. Parental substance misuse is a formidable social problem and a factor in up to two thirds of care cases. It is a major risk factor for child maltreatment, family separation and offending in adults, and for poor educational performance and substance misuse by children and young people. The parents’ many difficulties create serious problems for their children and place major demands on health, welfare and criminal justice services. For these reasons, parental substance misuse is a cross-cutting government agenda. FDAC is distinctive because it is a court-based family intervention which aims to improve children’s outcomes by addressing the entrenched difficulties of their parents. It has been adapted to English law and practice from a model of family treatment drug courts that is used widely in the USA and is showing promising results with a higher number of cases where parents and children were able to remain together safely, and with swifter alternative placement decisions for children if parents were unable to address their substance misuse successfully. The catalysts for the FDAC pilot were the encouraging evidence from the USA and concerns about the response to parental substance misuse through ordinary care proceedings in England: poor child and parent outcomes; insufficient co-ordination between adult and children’s services; late intervention to protect children; delay in reaching decisions; and the soaring costs of proceedings, linked to the cost of expert evidence. Details: London: Brunel University London, 2011. 197p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 5, 2011 at: http://www.brunel.ac.uk/research/centres/iccfyr/fdac Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Courts Shelf Number: 117329

Author: Centre for Mental Health Title: Mental Health Care and the Criminal Justice System: Revised and Fully Updated 2011 Summary: The population in custody has soared in the last decade and a significant proportion of those who end up in the criminal justice system have a mental health problem. Responsibility for prison health care lies with the NHS. It aims to give prisoners access to the same quality and range of health services as the general public receives in the community. This is an enormous challenge. Many prisoners have a combination of mental health problems, substance misuse and personality disorder, as well as a range of other issues to deal with. But the costs, both financial and social, of containing people in prison without access to appropriate health care are high. The Government has committed to developing diversion services to identify people with mental health problems in courts and police stations. This is vital to reduce the number of people with mental health difficulties in custody and to improve community services for offenders of all ages. Resettlement and rehabilitation are also essential to improve health and reduce further offending. Help with health, housing and employment make a big difference to offenders’ lives. This briefing paper examines the provision of mental health care for adults in the criminal justice system. It looks at what has been achieved to date and identifies priorities for further work. Details: London: Centre for Mental Health, 2011. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Briefing 39: Accessed October 6, 2011 at: http://www.centreformentalhealth.org.uk/pdfs/briefing_39_revised.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 122996

Author: Rix, Andrew Title: Youth Restorative Disposal Process Evaluation Summary: The Youth Restorative Disposal (YRD) was piloted in eight police forces in England and Wales between April 2008 and September 2009. Developed by the Youth Justice Board (YJB) in partnership with the Association of Chief Police Officers (ACPO), the Department for Education (the then Department for Children, Schools and Families (DCSF)) and the Ministry of Justice, it aims to offer operational police officers and Police Community Support Officers (PCSOs) more discretion. The YRD is intended to be a quick and effective means for dealing with low-level, anti-social and nuisance offending, offering an alternative to arrest and formal criminal justice processing. By doing so, it was also intended to provide a more efficient use of police time than current disposal options, carry public support and provide Youth Offending Teams (YOTs) with an early opportunity to provide support and intervention to young people who may be at risk of becoming further involved in criminal or anti-social behaviour. A YRD can be applied to young people between the ages of 10 and 17 who have not previously received a Reprimand, Final Warning, or Caution. A young person may only receive one YRD. Any future offence reverts to an established criminal justice measure. Serious crimes, such as weapons, sexual and drug offences are excluded. Both the victim and offender need to agree to participate in the YRD, which is facilitated by an authorised police officer or PCSO trained in restorative techniques. Children’s Services and the YOT are informed after the YRD is issued to provide an opportunity to identify early risk factors and get the right agencies to step in and provide appropriate support to the young person. YRDs are recorded locally against the young person’s name to ensure that young people are not issued with a further YRD and to avoid disproportionate criminalisation that would result from being recorded on the Police National Computer (PNC). The process must be resolved within a reasonable time (e.g. on the street or shortly thereafter). The policy backdrop to the YDR is one of growing evidence that early and appropriate intervention can have a significant impact on the likelihood of reoffending. There is also some evidence, both from the UK and elsewhere, that restorative approaches can have a positive impact on offenders, are popular with victims, and help to improve public confidence in the Criminal Justice System (CJS). In some cases they have also been found to reduce the frequency of reoffending. This research report is based on analysis of locally held management information and a small number of interviews with key people and delivery partners in each of the eight participating pilot areas. Across all the pilot areas, a total of 10 interviews were conducted with pilot leads, 56 with police officers, 17 with YOT workers and five with other stakeholders. These interviews were supplemented by case studies in four of the pilot areas and included interviews with victims (12), offenders (seven), parents/guardians (10). Six observation sessions were conducted in two of the case study areas. The report is based upon an exploratory and largely qualitative research into the processes involved in implementing the YRD across eight of the police force areas in which the YRD was piloted. The number of interviews conducted was small and the findings reported may not be representative of all views. Also, it is important to note that the pilot forces had very different starting points and contexts with regard to using restorative justice (RJ). Two had long histories of using RJ in general, across a broad spectrum of crime and non-crime issues, some introduced YRD forcewide, others more locally, and some had implementation issues caused by demographic or organisational factors. Finally, one of the eight police forces dropped out of the pilot (and the evaluation) after the initial interviews, as they felt that their priorities differed from those of the YRD pilot. Therefore, the data presented in this report should be viewed as indicative and this should be taken into account when interpreting findings. Details: London: Youth Justice Board for England and Wales, 2011. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 6, 2011 at: http://www.yjb.gov.uk/publications/Resources/Downloads/Youth%20Restorative%20Disposal%20Process%20Evaluation.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behaviors Shelf Number: 123001

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Prisons Title: The Care of Looked After Children in Custody: A Short Thematic Review Summary: Children in the care of the local authority, or ‘looked after children’, are overrepresented within the custodial population. This thematic review, commissioned by the Youth Justice Board, reports on the care of looked after children aged 15 to 18 in young offender institutions. It examines the experience of these children, using survey data and in-depth interviews. Case supervisors, advocates and representatives from safeguarding teams provide an establishment perspective on how the needs of looked after children are met in custody and in preparation for their release. Of the representative sample of young people we surveyed across young offender institutions over a quarter said that they had spent some time in care. With no central record held by the Prison Service or Youth Justice Board, our survey data is one of the best estimates of the overall proportion of looked after children in custody. Although most YOIs held an up to date list of looked after children, establishments seemed largely to rely on information arriving with the child to identity whether he/she was looked after. Several did not feel confident that they were all correctly identified, the first step to ensuring their needs were met. On the basis of our survey, we estimate that there are around 400 children in custody at any one time who have spent time in care. The most common reasons for children going into care are abuse, neglect or family dysfunction. It is perhaps unsurprising that in our survey those who said they had spent time in care reported more vulnerability and greater need than those who had not. To meet the complex needs of looked after children – not only to ensure their wellbeing in custody but also to support their successful reintegration on release – there must be collaboration between everyone involved in supporting them, which must include the involvement of social workers from the looked after children service of the local authorities responsible for their care. The looked after child’s social worker should support them during their time in custody and be involved in their preparation for release. However, custody safeguarding teams said that the involvement of local authorities was often dependent on the commitment of individual social workers and, worryingly, a third felt that some social workers tried to end their involvement while the young person was in custody. Attendance by social workers at training planning meetings was said to be poor, despite their key role. However, many establishments also needed to improve how they involved local authorities. In contrast, links with youth offending team workers were much better developed and their attendance at training planning meetings was good. Adequate and early planning for release was a key concern of establishment staff and young people. Several establishments viewed it as the local authority’s responsibility to make arrangements for looked after children and were not clear about their own role. Accommodation was often not confirmed until close to the young person’s release or, occasionally, even the day of release. This affected young people’s opportunity for early release and meant that some ended up in unsuitable accommodation. Only two young people of the 12 we interviewed had employment and/or education plans confirmed for release. They all knew what they wanted to do but needed support to arrange it. Despite these issues, young people, particularly those who did have plans in place, were optimistic about their release. Yet they rightly realised the importance of support from their social worker, youth offending team worker and other agencies. However, the follow-up information provided was concerning: one of the 12 looked after children was released without an address and one to unsuitable bed and breakfast accommodation. Two had an education or employment placement to start on release. A month later, only one child was attending education and three were back in custody. Local authorities have statutory responsibilities towards looked after children and have their own review and care planning processes. Although establishments said that staff would try to ensure that reviews were conducted on time, there was no formal monitoring and only seven of the 12 looked after children interviewed said they had had a review during their time in custody. Links between local authority care planning and young offender institution planning were poor. Only half of the young people said they had had a visit from their social worker or that they had received financial support or clothing. Although establishments are not accountable for the responsibilities of local authorities towards looked after children, they need to facilitate this process and should ensure that the entitlements of looked after children are being met. At several establishments, staff were unclear about the entitlements of looked after children. They pointed to the loss of internal social workers and a lack of national guidance for establishment staff setting out the roles and responsibilities of the young offender institution, local authority and youth offending team. Only four establishments had a dedicated or specialist lead for looked after children. Establishments without a lead felt this adversely affected the support looked after children received. In my view, the state has few responsibilities greater than its statutory responsibility towards looked after children. Even allowing for the damage they have sustained before coming into the state’s care and the challenging behaviour they may present when they do, that so many end up in custody is a cause for real concern. Our very limited follow-up information suggests that many looked after young people leave custody with inadequate support. This report sets out some of the reasons that might be so. Others have reached similar conclusions. Details: London: HM Inspectorate of Prisons, 2011. 98p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed October 7, 2011 at: http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/+/http://www.justice.gov.uk/inspectorates/hmi-prisons/docs/Looked_after_children_2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 123005

Author: Hart, Di Title: Into the Breach: The Enforcement of Statutory Orders in the Youth Justice System Summary: This report summarises the findings of a project concerning children under the age of 18 who are in breach of their anti-social behaviour or criminal justice order. The aim of the project was to increase our understanding of the way statutory orders are enforced and to make recommendations for change. Children who fail to comply with the conditions of a statutory order may be returned to court and sentenced for the breach, regardless of whether they have committed further offences or anti-social acts. Youth offending teams (YOTs) are expected to bring breach proceedings after three instances of non-compliance with a youth justice order, although there is management discretion to depart from this in exceptional circumstances. Where a child is subject to an anti-social behaviour order (ASBO), however, there is a presumption that every instance of breach will be prosecuted. The courts have a range of options open to them when considering their response but sentencing guidelines state that sentencers are not obliged to impose a punitive penalty even if the breach is proved, and custody is meant to be a last resort. Little research has been done on the impact of enforcement but there is some evidence that action to achieve compliance does not necessarily have a positive effect on reconviction rates. Although reconviction rates amongst children are reducing, those subject to the greatest level of intervention, such as intensive community orders or custody, remain the most likely to be reconvicted. Some commentators have also stressed the importance of distinguishing between superficial compliance and real engagement, where the person being supervised is genuinely committed to the purpose of the order even if they do not manage to fully comply. There is some evidence to suggest that the children who have the most difficulty in complying with the conditions of their order are not the most serious offenders but those who offend persistently, often strongly associated with disadvantage. In relation to breach offences, some children may have difficulty in understanding what is required of them or be living such chaotic lives that they cannot comply. Data published by the Ministry of Justice (MoJ) and Youth Justice Board (YJB) suggests that breach of statutory order now constitutes 6% of all proven offences, double the proportion in 2002/03. There is currently no available data on the proportion of total orders that are breached, except for Intensive Supervision and Surveillance Programmes (ISSP), about one third of which have resulted in breach action, and ASBOs, where 68% of all those given to children since 2000 have been breached. Most likely to be returned to court for breach of a statutory order are older boys, and those of mixed ethnicity. Breach offences, however, account for a disproportionate number of younger children, girls and those of white ethnicity in custody. There are also regional variations in the use of breach proceedings. Around 20% of children in custody have been found guilty of a breach offence and in 2009/10 an average of 9% of children were in custody solely for breach of a statutory order, usually a community sentence. There are gaps and discrepancies in the data that make analysis difficult. It would be particularly useful to be able to analyse the relationship between enforcement activity and reoffending. Details: London: Prison Reform Trust, 2011. 83p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 7, 2011 at: http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/Portals/0/Documents/Into%20the%20Breach.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behaviour Orders Shelf Number: 123006

Author: Myhill, Andy Title: It's a Fair Cop? Police Legitimacy, Public Cooperation, and Crime Reduction. An Interpretative Evidence Commentary Summary: This paper is an interpretative commentary rather than a straightforward summary of research findings. The paper draws on robust research evidence, but does not review or formally assess the quality of all the available evidence. • The next few years will be challenging for a police service expected to reduce crime with fewer resources. Forces will inevitably have to make hard choices on what to prioritise in order to achieve this goal. Ideally, these decisions should be based on a clear understanding of how crime can be prevented, and which policing activities are cost-effective. • New research by the National Policing Improvement Agency (NPIA) and London School of Economics suggests a policing approach that motivates the public to cooperate with the police and to not break the law could have significant benefits. As this approach seeks to encourage people to become more cooperative and socially responsible on a voluntary basis, by ‘winning hearts and minds’, it potentially offers a cost-effective way of reducing crime. • The NPIA study is in line with a growing international body of research. This research arguably has particular relevance to England and Wales because the relationship between the police and public has historically been defined in terms of ‘policing by consent’ – the idea that the police can only function because of the support given to it by the public. As public support is conditional and unlikely ever to be universal, ‘policing by consent’ raises important questions about the role the police are expected to perform and how officers are expected to act. This idea has continuing relevance to present day policing as it helps define the remit of the police service and mark out an important way in which it can fulfil its ‘core mission’. • The NPIA study – based on a robust national survey of the public – explored what motivated people to cooperate with the police (e.g. reporting crime and suspicious activity, and providing information to help catch offenders) and not breaking the law. Analysis found that the most important factor motivating people to cooperate and not break the law was the legitimacy of the police. When people thought the police were on the ‘same side’ as them, they were significantly less likely to say they had committed an offence and more inclined to say they would help with the police. Crucially, police legitimacy had a stronger effect on these outcomes than the perceived likelihood of people being caught and punished for breaking the law. • Trust and shared values were found to be key aspects of legitimacy. These attitudes were largely fostered by the perception of police fairness and not by the perception of police effectiveness (in terms of responding to emergencies, preventing and detecting crime, and keeping order). In other words, the legitimacy of the police in the eyes of the public was primarily based on people thinking officers would treat them with respect, make fair decisions and take time to explain them, and be friendly and approachable. • These findings have important implications for the police service. They show that fair decision-making and positive public interaction are not only important in their own right, but are also crucial for crime reduction in the longer term. The research suggests that the way officers behave is central to policing as it can encourage greater respect for the law and foster social responsibility. As the effect on crime would be largely preventive and rely on voluntary public cooperation, improved public encounters could help the police avoid the financial costs associated with enforcing the law, detecting crime, and processing offenders. • When forces decide how best to reduce crime with fewer resources, they should consider whether their proposed approach would enhance or undermine police legitimacy in the eyes of the public. While a narrow focus on enforcing the law might appeal to traditional ‘cop culture’, it was not found to have the strongest effect on cooperation and compliance, and might even be counter-productive in the longer-term if it is perceived to be unfair. • Widespread cultural change is likely to be required if the police are to capitalise on public cooperation. Other research by the NPIA on the police use of time, for example, has highlighted a prevailing view among officers that visible patrol is key to being effective, and that less value was place on interacting positively with the public. To help address these wider issues, the NPIA is currently providing support to two forces to understand the role leadership plays in shaping the values of frontline officers, and to evaluate the impact of innovative training on police contact with crime victims. Details: London: NPIA (National Policing Improvement Agency), 2011. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 17, 2011 at: http://www.npia.police.uk/en/docs/Fair_cop_Full_Report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Legitimacy Shelf Number: 123036

Author: McLean, Fiona Title: An Observational Study of Response and Neighbourhood Officers Summary: Reducing the bureaucratic burden on frontline police officers has been a recurring theme in the context of increasing efficiency. The drive for efficiency in policing has been given new impetus by the 2010 October Spending Review. The Home Office Business Plan 2011-15 included as Coalition priorities cutting police bureaucracy and improving value for money. The current study was carried out to provide police stakeholders with an up-to-date indication on how officers spend their time, to identify likely sources of inefficiency and bureaucracy in frontline policing and potential areas for improvement. The study found the following: • Public facing work in the community accounted for approximately forty-four per cent of the observed response and neighbourhood officers’ time, including responding to incidents and taking statements, foot patrol and community engagement. • Administrative activity, mainly paper or computer-based work required after incidents or to build case files for court, amounted to twenty-seven per cent of officer time – around 2.5 hours per shift. Another twenty-seven per cent was spent in the custody suite or at court, in training, briefings or meetings, travelling or on breaks. Observers had not recorded codes for officer activity for the remaining two per cent of their time. • Observers felt there was an opportunity for greater efficiency in over half the shifts observed (56%; 108 shifts) and noted more issues during response shifts than neighbourhood shifts. Overall, initiatives that impact on the response function appear to have more potential to increase police efficiency. Details: London: NPIA (National Policing Improvement Agency), 2011. 89p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 18, 2011 at: http://www.npia.police.uk/en/docs/An_observational_study_of_response_and_neighbourhood_officers.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 123039

Author: Orr, Kate Skellington Title: Delivering Alcohol Brief Interventions in the Community Justice Setting: Evaluation of a Pilot Project Summary: This report presents the findings of an independent evaluation of the feasibility and potential effectiveness of using Alcohol Brief Interventions (ABIs) in the community justice setting. It describes the set up and operation of a pilot of ABIs introduced into three Local Authority areas in Scotland, which was operational between January 2010 and April 2011. The pilot was set in the context of an increasing policy and research focus on the relationship between alcohol, offending and health inequalities in Scotland and the UK. It arose from a commitment set out in the Scottish Government’s framework for tackling Scotland’s alcohol misuse problems, ‘Changing Scotland's Relationship with Alcohol: A Framework for Action’, to fund research on the delivery of ABIs in settings outwith the NHS, such as in criminal justice. This report is the third of three projects that were funded as part of the Alcohol and Offenders Criminal Justice Research programme (2009-2011) led by NHS Health Scotland on behalf of the Scottish Government. Although ABIs have been widely researched in primary health care settings, there is little evidence to date of their effectiveness in the community justice setting. The purpose of the study, therefore, was to contribute to the evidence base for ABIs through assessing the feasibility, barriers and potential implications of using the ABI model in day-to-day practice in community justice for recently convicted offenders. Details: Edinburgh: National Health Service Scotland, 2011. 118p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 18, 2011 at: http://www.healthscotland.com/uploads/documents/16981-alcoholBriefInterventionsCriminalJusticeSystem.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse (Scotland) Shelf Number: 123040

Author: Prisons and Probation Ombudsman for England and Wales Title: Learning from PPO Investigations: Violence Reduction, Bullying and Safety Summary: This report is focused on themes of violence, bullying and safety in custody. It has been produced as a result of the finding that 20 per cent of the PPO’s fatal incident investigations into self-inflicted deaths in custody have found evidence that the deceased was subject to bullying or intimidation by other prisoners in the three months prior to their death. This finding is placed within the wider context of violence in prisons, by exploring official statistics and considering prisoners’ own perceptions of safety. The national approach and local responses to violence in custody are then considered. Looking specifically at 42 self-inflicted death investigations, the PPO found that staff responses to allegations of bullying, assaults and other related incidents could have been better in 17 cases. The study found slightly higher proportions of self-harm history, mental health needs and suicide prevention measures at the time of death in cases where evidence of bullying or intimidation was found compared to cases where it was not. Whilst issues around bullying or intimidation by other prisoners were encountered more often in Young Offender Institutions (YOIs) and women’s prisons, learning could be found across all functional types. Seven fatal incident investigations are summarised as case studies, with learning highlighted. The cases covered address specific themes including: • Dynamic security and collating security information about safety concerns • Implementation of local violence reduction strategies • Locating vulnerable prisoners • Approaching the subject of intimate relationships formed between prisoners • Abusive shouting through cell windows • Defining and investigating bullying • The learning identified is categorised into three groups: the importance of recording and sharing information, improving understanding of violence reduction and the importance of protecting prisoners at specific risk of victimisation. Details: London: Prisons and Probation Ombudsman, 2011. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 18, 2011 at: http://iapdeathsincustody.independent.gov.uk/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/PPO-Report-on-Violence-Reduction-Bullying-and-Safety-October-2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Deaths in Custody (U.K.) Shelf Number: 123044

Author: Jago, Sue Title: What’s going on to Safeguard Children and Young People from Sexual Exploitation? How local partnerships respond to child sexual exploitation Summary: This research project has explored the extent and nature of the response of LSCBs to the 2009 government guidance on safeguarding children and young people from sexual exploitation. Where the guidance is followed, there are examples of developing and innovative practice to protect and support young people and their families and to investigate and prosecute their abusers. However, the research has found that the delivery of that dual approach to child sexual exploitation is far from the norm. There are three areas that cause particular concern: • only a quarter of LSCBs in England are implementing the guidance • young people, their families and carers receive awareness raising in less than half of the country • the prosecution of abusers is rare and, where criminal proceedings take place, young people’s experience of court is intolerable. These and related findings are set out below together with recommendations on how to ensure that action is taken, locally and nationally, to address this form of child abuse. Details: Bedford, UK: University of Bedfordshire, 2011. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 18, 2011 at: http://www.beds.ac.uk/__data/assets/pdf_file/0004/121873/wgoreport2011-121011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 123047

Author: Dublin Archdiocese Commission of Investigation Title: Report into the Catholic Diocese of Cloyne Summary: The Dublin Archdiocese Commission of Investigation was established in March 2006 to report on the handling by Church and State authorities of a representative sample of allegations and suspicions of child sexual abuse against clerics operating under the aegis of the Archdiocese of Dublin over the period 1975 - 2004. The report of the Commission was published (with some redaction as a result of court orders) in November 2009. Towards the end of its remit, on 31 March 2009, the Government asked the Commission to carry out a similar investigation into the Catholic Diocese of Cloyne. During the Cloyne investigation the Commission examined all complaints, allegations, concerns and suspicions of child sexual abuse by relevant clerics made to the diocesan and other Catholic Church authorities and public and State authorities in the period 1 January 1996 – 1 February 2009. This report deals with the outcome of the Cloyne investigation. In Chapters 2 – 8, the report outlines how the Commission conducted the investigation; the organisational structures of the Diocese of Cloyne and the relevant State authorities, that is, the Gardaí, the Director of Public Prosecutions (DPP) and the health authorities; and the general background to the handling of complaints including an outline of the canon law and procedures involved and the financing of the costs involved. Chapters 9 – 26 describe the cases of 19 clerics about whom there were complaints, allegations or concerns in the period 1 January 1996 – 1 February 2009. Details: Dublin: Stationery Office, 2011. 421p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 18, 2011 at: http://www.irishtimes.com/indepth/cloyne/index.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Catholic Church Shelf Number: 123054

Author: Thwaites, Greg Title: An Assessment of the Potential Savings from Barnardo’s Interventions for Young People Who Have Been Sexually Exploited Summary: This report presents the findings from research undertaken by Pro Bono Economics on behalf of Barnardo’s into the potential savings from Barnardo’s interventions for young people who have been sexually exploited. The research sought to determine the effectiveness of Barnardo’s interventions in reducing the risk of sexual exploitation and associated risk factors, and estimated the fiscal rate of return of such interventions – that is, the saving to the taxpayer for every pound spent by Barnardo’s on the intervention. Statistical methods were employed to measure the effect of Barnardo’s interventions on the severity of sexual exploitation and its associated risk factors. The cost of sexual exploitation was estimated for varying degrees of severity using a range of secondary sources. These estimates were then combined to calculate the gross financial benefit of the intervention, and compared to the cost of the intervention to give an overall fiscal rate of return. Two models are presented – one which assumes that the level of risk remains unchanged in the absence of the intervention, and one which provides an estimate of how the level of risk changes in the absence of an intervention. Both highlight that the benefits to the taxpayer of Barnardo's interventions for young people who have been sexually exploited substantially outweigh the costs, with a potential saving of either £6 or £12 for every £1 spent depending on the assumptions made, in addition to a substantial (non-costed) reduction in the risk of sexual exploitation. Details: London: Pro Bono Economics; Barnardo's, 2011. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20, 2011 at: http://www.probonoeconomics.com/wp-content/uploads/Barnados-report-final.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 123057

Author: Fenwick, Tara Title: Rural Policing: Understanding Police Knowledge and Practice in Rural Communities Summary: This pilot study, conducted in partnership with Northern Constabulary, examined the dimensions of rural policing practice and knowledge in Scotland. Interviews and focus groups were conducted with 34 frontline, supervisory and senior officers, ranging in rank from Constable to Chief Constable. The two main questions addressed were: What unique demands are encountered by the police service in different rural contexts in Scotland?; and What unique approaches to policing have been developed? Officers drew upon their years of experience in urban, rural and island communities in Northern Constabulary, as well as in other Scottish and UK jurisdictions. Data revealed that rural policing has a fundamentally different nature to urban policing, requiring active community engagement to be effective. While the nature of crime is not dramatically different from urban centres, the frequency of crime is much reduced, and as a result officers routinely take on the work of higher ranks and specialist units. Overall the study found that rural policing makes unique demands on officers and supervisors, and fulfils unique functions in strengthening communities and inter-professional linkages. Details: Dundee, UK: Scottish Institute for Policing Research, School of Social Sciences, University of Dundee, 2011. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: SIPR Research Summary No. 10: Accessed October 20, 2011 at: http://www.sipr.ac.uk/downloads/Research_Summaries/Research_Summary_10.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Policing, Rural Areas (Scotland) Shelf Number: 123058

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Inspectorate of Probation Title: Thematic Inspection Report: Equal but different? An inspection of the use of alternatives to custody for women offenders Summary: There is a great deal of information about women offenders in England and Wales. Generally, it tells us that offending is less common amongst girls and women than amongst boys and men and that women offenders often have complex multiple needs, linked to drug and substance misuse and poor mental health. A significant proportion of women in prison are the mothers and sole carers of dependent children. The increase in the female prison population between 1997 and 2000 caused such concern that it triggered a review of the existing initiatives for working with women. The subsequent report signalled the introduction of the Women’s Offending Reduction Programme which aimed to link strategic initiatives across government departments to address women’s offending and pursue alternatives to custody. In 2005, the Together Women Programme was launched and funding set aside for projects to divert from custody women who seemed likely to offend. This work was given further impetus by the review undertaken by Baroness Corston following the self-inflicted deaths of six women within a 13 month period at Styal Prison. Her subsequent report set the agenda for working with women offenders. The government accepted 40 of the 43 recommendations made by Baroness Corston and created a cross-departmental Criminal Justice Women’s Strategy Team to manage and coordinate their response to her report; it also placed further time-limited funding into the diversion programme. These measures appeared to have had an impact. The number of first receptions of women sentenced to immediate custody fell by 9% between 2008 and 2009. The overall number of women in prison in England and Wales also decreased slightly between 2008 and 2009. Most women sentenced to custody in 2009 received relatively short sentences, generally under 12 months, and were consequently not subject to any form of statutory supervision on release. One of the most striking features on considering the profile of the female prison population was the high proportion of women offenders imprisoned for breaching a court order, often imposed for offences which might not, of themselves, have attracted a custodial sentence. In 2009, this group represented 13% of all women received into prison on an immediate custodial sentence. This inspection focused on women who had either been sentenced to a community order or released from prison on licence. Its purpose was: to consider the extent to which non custodial options are being put forward and taken up in respect of women offenders. We therefore looked primarily at community orders and considered their credibility, as demonstrated by the courts in imposing such orders and by the women offenders themselves in complying with their requirements. Details: London: Criminal Justice Joint Inspection, 2011. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20, 2011 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/inspectorate-reports/hmiprob/womens-thematic-alternatives-to-custody-2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 123070

Author: Alexander, Kate Title: The Experiences of Children Participating in Organised Sport in the UK Summary: This is the report of a major three year study of children and young people’s experiences of participating in organised sport in the UK. Conducted between 2007 and 2010, the study had two elements: • An online survey of students (aged 18–22) in higher and further education institutions across the UK exploring their experience and retrospective views of participating in organised sport as children (aged up to 16). The survey yielded 6,124 valid responses • In-depth telephone interviews with young people who identified themselves in the survey as having experienced some harm in sport and who were willing to be interviewed. Eighty nine interviews were conducted. Many children participate in sport at every level: as elite or club athletes; recreationally; as helpers – ball boys and girls, mascots; and as spectators (Sport England, 2005 ). The Football Association (FA) estimates four million children in England participate in football alone (The Football Association, 2010). The benefits to children of participating in sport are well known and publicised (Scottish Executive, 2003). These include enhancement of self-confidence and self-esteem, physical and mental health, and wellbeing (Scottish Executive, 2003). However, evidence also suggests that a significant minority of children participating in sport face negative and harmful experiences, ranging from minor misuse of power and bullying to sustained and systematic physical and sexual abuse of the most serious kind. Children’s negative experiences of sport was the main focus of this study. Examples of negative experiences highlighted in the literature include (Brackenridge, 2001, Fasting, 2005): • Authoritarian, abusive, aggressive and threatening behaviour • Disrespectful treatment, including criticism and mockery of the child’s performance, and victimisation • Over-training and excessive physical demands • Ill treatment by over-aggressive and undermining parents • Bullying • Physical abuse • Emotional abuse • Grooming by paedophiles • Serious and sustained sexual assault and abuse. This study set out to investigate these issues and develop a greater understanding of the potential negative treatment of children in organised sport in the UK. Funded by NSPCC, the study was important because: • While the family is the setting for most maltreatment and abuse of children by adults, physical abuse, emotional abuse, and, in particular, sexual abuse, are all experienced outside the family in other settings (Radford et al., 2011 ). Sport is an activity engaged in by many children in the UK (Sport England, 2003b, Sports Council Wales, 2006, Sports Scotland, 2008a) and therefore, it is important to examine negative and harmful experiences of children in this setting • Prior research has been conducted on aspects of child maltreatment in sport in the UK (Brackenridge, 2001, Myers and Barret, 2002, Gervis and Dunn, 2004, Hartill, 2005, Stirling, 2008). However much of it has tended to focus on particular forms of harm, or on particular sports, or on the experience of elite athletes. Research examining the range of negative experiences that may be faced by children across sports and at all levels of participation is limited • Research in the UK focusing on children’s and young people’s views about the negative experiences of sport is also limited. The study aims were to: • Address the gap in the literature about harm to children in specific settings, in this case sport • Investigate the range of maltreatment and negative experiences children might face in sport settings • Explore the negatives of participating in sport • Provide information to assist in the development of policy about child abuse in sport • Provide information to Sports Governing Bodies and others involved in the delivery of sport to children about the harm to children and young people in organised sport (club level and above), enabling them to more effectively target policy, resources, training and support. Details: Edinburgh: University of Edinburgh/NSPCC Centre for UK-wide Learning in Child Protection, 2011. 202p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2011 at: http://www.nspcc.org.uk/Inform/research/findings/experiences_children_sport_main_report_wdf85014.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 123087

Author: Disley, Emma Title: Map the Gap: A Critical Review of the Literature on Gambling-Related Harm Summary: This report, commissioned by the Responsible Gambling Fund (RGF), aims to 'map the gaps' in the current evidence base relating to harmful gambling. It sets out findings from a Rapid Evidence Assessment of academic and 'grey' literature, describing the quantity and quality of existing research in this field, and highlighting areas in which evidence and knowledge are sparse or lacking. This report looks at: •The prevalence of problem gambling among prisoners, the homeless and members of the armed forces •The effectiveness of preventative measures, treatment, and other interventions including self-exclusion, self-limitation, and support by those working in the gambling industry or in health professions •The evidence on situational features (the geographical density, clustering and distribution of gambling venues or machines) and of structural features of electronic gaming machines (such as speed of play, lights and sounds, stop buttons and whether the player can use notes or coins). The conclusion from this REA is that the evidence available to policy- and decision-makers in Britain on problem gambling is limited. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2011. 133p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2011 at: http://www.rand.org/pubs/technical_reports/TR1013.html Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gambling Shelf Number: 123089

Author: Rush, Howard Title: Crime Online: Cybercrime and Illegal Innovation Summary: With the growing sophistication and use of information technology, the past decade has seen a major growth in cybercrime. Broadly described, cybercrime refers to all types of crime that exploit modern telecommunications networks, in which computers or computer networks are used for criminal activity. This report focuses exclusively on financial cybercrime, specifically credit card fraud and identity theft. Financial cybercrime has increased dramatically in recent years and looks set to increase further as the proliferation of communications technology proceeds apace and reaches regions of the world with many underemployed poor people with information technology skills who can take advantage of cybercrime opportunities. The current global recession will likely increase this trend still further. Details: Brighton, UK: CENTRIM, University of Brighton, 2009. 97p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2011 at: http://eprints.brighton.ac.uk/5800/ Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 123116

Author: Big Brother Watch Title: Big Brother Is Watching: The First Comprehensive Analysis of the Number of CCTV Cameras Controlled by Local Authorities in Britain in 2009 Summary: The Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) camera has become a ubiquitous feature on Britain’s streets. The most frequently quoted figure for the number of CCTV cameras in the UK (c.4 million) is based on a loose estimate generated by a walk taken down a single street over a decade ago. Whilst virtually impossible to count the precise number of privately owned CCTV cameras, this report seeks to establish the full extent of Britain’s local authority-controlled surveillance. This report does not therefore include the many cameras controlled by private individuals and companies, by central government, on our nation’s motorways, or those controlled solely by Transport for London and situated on the bus, tube and tram network. Big Brother Is Watching is the first report to bring together the various arguments against CCTV and place them alongside a definitive list of the number of CCTV cameras operated by Britain’s 428 local authorities. Through Freedom of Information requests sent to every single local council in Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Big Brother Watch has arrived at a figure of 59,753 CCTV cameras controlled by councils in the UK – up from 21,000 ten years ago. Details: London: Big Brother Watch, 2010. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 24, 2011 at: www.bigbrotherwatch.org.uk/cctvreport.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: CCTV Cameras Shelf Number: 123119

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: An Overview of Recorded Crimes and Arrests Resulting from Disorder Events in August 2011 Summary: This report presents an analytical overview of the disorder that occurred in parts of England in August 2011. It reports on 5,175 recorded crimes and 4,105 arrests across 19 police forces that were affected by the disorder. The analysis covers where and when the disorder took place; the types of crimes recorded by the police; and the characteristics of suspects arrested by the police. The statistics are based on police recorded crime and arrestee data and present a snapshot of the picture as at early September 2011. The report also summarises statistics released separately by the Ministry of Justice on the characteristics of suspects going before the courts. Details: London: Home Office, 2011. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 24, 2011 at: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/science-research-statistics/research-statistics/crime-research/overview-disorder-aug2011/ Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Arrest and Apprehension Shelf Number: 123120

Author: Haddock, Eleanor Title: Perceptions and Risk Factors of Gang Association in a UK Sample Summary: The thesis reviewed research around gang membership in adolescents, particularly difficulties defining gangs and the impact this has on quantifying the gang problem and gang crime. Moreover, risk factors associated with gang membership and violence was discussed. The thesis also attempted to explore individual and family risk factors in a UK sample in order to ascertain the consistency of such findings. The research aimed to compare different levels of gang membership based on criteria to define gangs, types of gang crime and motives for joining a gang. There was generally consistency between the groups in these areas. Moreover, the groups were compared on a number of psychological characteristics including violent cognitions, self-esteem and attachment to peers and parents. There were significant differences between the group acquainted with gangs and those with no affiliation on the Machismo subscale, and Father Alienation, Mother Trust and Communication, and the Personal and Parental Self-esteem subscales. All but the Machismo and Father Alienation subscales demonstrated lower scores for the acquainted group. However, the Machismo subscale scores and the Father Alienation scores were higher in the acquainted group compared to the not affiliated group. The psychometric properties of the Inventory of Parent and Peer Attachment (IPPA) were found to have adequate to excellent properties but also a number of limitations. Finally, the case study provided an example of successful interventions when working with gang-involved individuals. The utility of the findings are discussed in relation to future research and future intervention and prevention strategies. Details: Birmingham, UK: School of Psychology, University of Birmingham, 2011. 173p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed October 25, 2011 at: http://etheses.bham.ac.uk/1499/5/Haddock11ForenPsyD.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 123123

Author: Great Britain. Commissioner for Victims and Witnesses in England and Wales Title: Victims’ Views of Court and Sentencing Qualitative research with WAVES victims Summary: This report is based on research exploring victims’ qualitative experiences of the Criminal Justice System (CJS) for crimes reaching court and resulting in a sentence. The research was conducted between January and March 2011, at the time the Government was consulting on its recently launched Green Paper Breaking the Cycle: Effective Punishment, Rehabilitation and Sentencing of Offenders. The Green Paper contained proposals of direct relevance to victims of crime and, therefore, it was an opportune time to consider the detailed experiences of victims and their receptiveness to changes that might affect them. Over the last ten years, there has been much talk about placing victims closer to the heart of the CJS, and ‘rebalancing’ the system in their favour. Yet, in this time, there has not been a concomitant amount of research relating to the victim experience of the CJS process, attendance at court, or what the outcome and sentence means for individual victims. The most significant survey in recent times on victims’ experiences of the CJS in post‐charge cases has been the Witness and Victim Experience Survey (WAVES). WAVES was a large‐scale quantitative survey with a focus on measuring levels of victim and witness satisfaction with the CJS, gauging the type of contact they experienced, as well as the provision of information, services, and support. However, WAVES has not provided more detailed qualitative information about victims’ views of their experience. This research seeks to help address this by, for example, exploring why victims were satisfied or dissatisfied, and what their detailed reaction was to the sentence passed in their case. This research looks at victims’ relationship with the CJS process, their views on the sentencing and how these factors affected them. It also considers aspects of the system where victims have the potential to be most closely involved, namely as a recipient of reparation (through financial compensation), through the opportunity to have a voice in the process (through a victim personal statement), and communicate directly with the offender (through restorative justice). Details: London: Commissioner for Victims and Witnesses in England and Wales, 2011. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 25, 2011 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/news/press-releases/victims-com/victims-views-court-sentencing1011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Victims of Crimes (U.K.) Shelf Number: 123142

Author: Ramsey, Malcolm Title: The Early Years of the DSPD (Dangerous and Severe Personality Disorder) Programme: Results of Two Process Studies Summary: This summary is based on two linked studies of an innovative programme which took place between 2006 and 2009. The first focused on the treatment delivered to and experienced by Dangerous and Severe Personality Disorder (DSPD) prisoners/patients. It was called IDEA (Inclusion for DSPD: Evaluating Assessment and Treatment). The second study was concerned with management and staffing of the four high-secure DSPD units for men. It was called MEMOS (Management, Organisation and Staffing of DSPD). More detailed reports on each of these studies are available on request through the Personality Disorder website http://www.personalitydisorder.org.uk (Burns et al., 2011a; Burns et al., 2011b); Trebilcock and Weaver, 2011a). The conclusions showed the following results:  There was a significant reduction in Violence Risk Scale (VRS) scores (which are known to be associated with subsequent violent offending) over time, but it is not possible to conclude that these were the result of treatment delivered under the DSPD programme.  Sites delivered productive treatment, but organisational and therapeutic practice varied widely.  Findings from both studies suggested that prison units were better placed to provide the right context for treatment delivery and with a lower ratio of staff to prisoners.  Pathways out of the units were not well defined, and it was not clear how progress towards discharge was assessed.  Good multi-disciplinary working was crucial to the success of the units. Good working relationships between staff and the treatment population helped reinforce the formal treatment provided.  The units were successful in enabling the men to live well together, without resorting to institutional hierarchies, and irrespective of offending histories. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2011. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Summary 4/11: Accessed October 25, 2011 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/research-and-analysis/moj-research/early-years-dspd-programme-research-summary.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Treatment Programs Shelf Number: 123143

Author: Cavanagh, Ben Title: A Review Of Reinvestment In Financial Investigation From The Proceeds Of Crime Summary: In January 2010, the Scottish Government provided matched funding of £1 million (£500k from Scottish Government and £500k from the police) to 3 forces to improve their capacity for financial investigation, the range of uses to which it is applied and its overall impact. The funding was intended to increase the number of financial investigators working in police forces with the objective of targeting community level criminal activity. Decisions about the nature of the posts, where they would be based and how they would be tasked and managed, were left for forces to make in light of local needs and priorities. There were however important reference points for senior managers in Force Investigation Units (FIUs) to help inform these decisions. These included a joint Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary for Scotland (HMICS) and Inspectorate of Prosecution in Scotland (IPS) report about proceeds of crime and financial investigation, with recommendations for the improvement of financial investigation and Proceeds of Crime Act (POCA) systems. They also included a number of training and guidance manuals developed by the National Policing Improvement Agency (NPIA). The stated aims for the reinvestment project were to ‘improve financial investigation’ and ‘increase the number of financial investigators in local force divisions with the objective of targeting community level criminal activity.’ The assessment of the impact of the extra funding is therefore conceived in a number of ways related to these aims including: consideration of how far the new funding supported the achievement of the HMICS/IPS recommendations for POCA and financial investigation, the extent to which police forces realised their own hopes for the local development of financial investigation, and, how far the funding has helped it make its maximum and most efficient contribution to policing outcomes beyond those most directly related to the use of ‘proceeds of crime’ legislation. The research included interviews with senior managers, financial investigators, and officials from other parts of the financial recovery systems, including the Crown Office’s National Casework Division (renamed in March 2011 as the Serious Organised Crime Division) and Civil Recovery Unit, who use the products of financial investigators in their asset recovery work, as well as the collation of available administrative and management data, and analysis of apparent trends. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2011. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 25, 2011 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Publications/2011/10/20092612/10 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Asset Forfeiture Shelf Number: 123144

Author: Lovett, Jo Title: Rape in the 21st Century: Old Behaviours, New Contexts and Emerging Patterns Summary: Home Office statistics show a continuing decline in the conviction rate for rape over the last three decades, which reached a low of 5.27 per cent in 2003. Building on an existing data set, this project seeks to explore how far the construction of ‘real rape’ – committed by strangers, occurring in outdoor locations and involving weapons and injury – operates as a template from which all other types of reported cases are judged. This stereotype serves to disguise the social realities of rape – that perpetrators are invariably known and that it takes place in the complexity of daily life and everyday routines. Drawing on a dataset of 3,500 cases and linked qualitative data, the project will involve developing analytical frames to assess the extent to which decision-making by complainants, police, prosecutors and judges at all stages of the process can be predicted through the elements of real rape, and whether the concept needs adapting for the 21st century. The findings will add to our understanding of the attrition process and the justice gap. Details: Swindon, UK: Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC), 2007. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 25, 2011 at: http://www.esrc.ac.uk/my-esrc/grants/RES-000-22-1679/read Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Rape (U.K.) Shelf Number: 123145

Author: Kelly, Liz Title: A Missing Link? An Exploratory Study of the Connections Between Non-Consensual Sex and Teenage Pregnancy Summary: Teenage pregnancy has been a policy priority traversing health, education and crime agendas at national and local levels for a decade. In 1999 a twin track strategy for England and Wales was introduced that aimed to halve teenage conception rates among under 18s by 2010, whilst simultaneously reducing social exclusion among teenage parents (SEU, 1999). Although the 1999 strategy identifies sexual abuse as a risk factor for teenage conception, this link is not evident in annual reports and evaluations of the strategy. Moreover, whether or not teenage pregnancies are a result of non-consensual sex has yet to be specifically addressed in the substantial UK evidence base on risk factors, conducive contexts, interventions and outcomes. That said, international research findings demonstrate connections between sexual abuse, coercion and intimate partner violence and teenage conception rates. The potential links are reiterated in the public consultation on the Teenage Pregnancy Strategy (DCSF, 2010) 2010 and Beyond and the NHS Taskforce on Violence against Women and Children refers to teenage pregnancy as one of many impacts of abuse. This report presents findings from the first contemporary UK study to focus on this association. Details: London: London Metropolitan University, Child & Woman Abuse Studies Unit, 2010. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: http://www.cwasu.org/publication_display.asp?pageid=PAPERS&type=1&pagekey=44&year=2010 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Date Rape Shelf Number: 123153

Author: Johnson, Hanna Title: Unlocking Value: The Economic Benefit of the Arts in Criminal Justice Summary: Re-offending costs the government between £9.5bn and £13bn each year. Two in five adult prisoners are convicted again within a year of release. Yet many charities are successfully harnessing the transformative power of art to help reduce these numbers. The arts have long been used to help rehabilitate offenders or improve the life chances of those at risk of getting involved in crime. There are plenty of stories of people whose lives have been changed by their involvement with arts organisations, yet arts charities traditionally struggle to provide hard evidence of the difference their work makes. The criminal justice sector in particular is often targets-driven, and arts charities working with prisoners and ex-offenders are under increasing pressure to provide evidence of their impact. This report looks at three charities using art to work with prisoners and ex-offenders: Clean Break, Only Connect and Unitas. It calculates the money these charities' work saves the criminal justice system, putting forward the economic case for investment in arts charities. Details: London: New Philanthropy Capital, 2011. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 28, 2011 at: http://www.philanthropycapital.org/publications/community/unlocking_value.aspx Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Art Therapy Shelf Number: 123158

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: An Inspection of Prisoner Resettlement by the Northern Ireland Prisons Service Summary: The purpose of ‘resettlement’ is to help prisoners deal with problems that have contributed to their offending. These can include issues such as health, education, criminal attitudes, relationships and employment. Resettlement services are therefore an important part of helping to reduce re-offending behaviours and it is a considerable challenge for the Northern Ireland Prison Service (NIPS) to deliver them effectively. This inspection is a follow-up to the last report on the Northern Ireland Prisoner Resettlement Strategy completed in 2007. The context for resettlement has changed considerably with the commencement of the Criminal Justice (Northern Ireland) Order 2008. It requires prisoners to address their offending behaviours if they are to persuade the Parole Commissioners for Northern Ireland (PCNI) that they can be safely released. In turn the NIPS need to provide more opportunities for these prisoners to undertake offending behaviour programmes that will enable them to resettle successfully. The inspection report shows the resettlement process has benefitted from the resources that were provided to implement the Criminal Justice Order. Improvements have been indentified in relation to the appointment of additional staff, co-located offender management teams that were working well together, a better environment for some life sentence prisoners, better engagement with the voluntary and community sector and greater effort to address the resettlement needs of short-term and remand prisoners. Whilst the resettlement process had improved, better outcomes for prisoners were less obvious. This was partly a reflection of the NIPS inclination to measure inputs rather than outcomes which are the real test of whether services are being delivered successfully. In addition the successful delivery of resettlement remained hampered by working practices within the Service and its dominant security ethos. Every aspect of prisoner life contributes to the resettlement agenda and it is important that the Strategic Efficiency and Effectiveness (SEE) programme currently being developed by the Prison Service to enable reform, explicitly deals with the resettlement agenda. Our recommendations for change need to be folded into the reform agenda. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2011. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed October 28, 2011 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/c2/c2d298bb-f13b-45ce-91e4-b040074e1383.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Ex-Offenders, Rehabilitation Shelf Number: 123160

Author: Reeve, Kesia Title: Squatting: A Homelessness Issue. An Evidence Review Summary: This report synthesises research commissioned by Crisis and other organisations about the nature and extent of squatting. It was commissioned to inform debate about squatting, particularly in the context of current Government proposals to criminalise squatting. The key conclusions, and recommendations which flow from them, are as follows: Squatting is a common response to homelessness, with evidence suggesting that 40 per cent of single homeless people squat (6 per cent on any one night). Most homeless people who squat try other avenues for resolving their housing problems before turning to squatting. They approach local hostels and shelters but find there are no spaces in the hostels, or they are not eligible, and that the assistance provided does not help them resolve their housing problem. The majority of those who approach a local authority are recognised as homeless. However, most are not entitled to housing because they are not recognised as being in priority need or are deemed intentionally homeless. Many squat as a last resort, when the only alternative is rough sleeping. The evidence suggests that the majority of squatters were sleeping rough immediately prior to squatting. Squatting, then, typically reflects a lack of other options, a scarcity of provision, and inadequate support and assistance to single homeless people. Many squatters have significant welfare needs including mental and physical health issues and other vulnerabilities. The evidence shows consistently that homeless people who squat have higher levels of needs than those who do not. The most recent study, for example, found that 34 per cent of homeless people who squat had been in care, 42 per cent had physical ill health or a disability; and 41 per cent reported mental ill health (compared with 19 per cent, 27 per cent, and 32 per cent respectively of homeless people who had not squatted) Homeless people who squat occupy empty, usually disused or abandoned property, not other people’s homes. Strengthening laws or enforcement activity against squatters in occupied buildings is likely to have minimal impact on levels of squatting but significant impact on squatters themselves. Squatting, then, is a homelessness and welfare issue, not a criminal justice issue. There is a need to acknowledge squatting as a manifestation of housing need and as a product of inadequate and insufficient support for single homeless people. Squatting needs to be debated within this context. Criminalising squatting will criminalise a vulnerable homelessness population and is likely to increase the number of rough sleepers. Instead, government and service providers should consider the following: Summary of findings and recommendations 1. Do not introduce further squatting related criminal offences. Squatting is not a criminal justice issue but a housing and welfare one and any change to the existing law risks harming an already very vulnerable population. 2. Improve the evidence base so fully informed debate can take place and appropriate interventions developed. At present, no national data are available and studies tend to be small scale. 3. Raise awareness and dispel some of the myths about squatters. Squatting needs to be recognised as a homelessness issue. 4. Provide support and outreach services targeted at squatters. Many want and require assistance but, for various reasons, are disengaged from support services. 5. Protect homelessness services from cuts, and increase homelessness provision. Many people squat because they have no other options. Squatting is likely to escalate if homelessness services are cut. 6. Ensure all local authorities provide effective ‘advice and assistance’ when single homeless people approach a local authority. Many homeless people who squat approach a local authority first but the assistance they receive does not help them resolve their housing problems. Details: London: Centre for Regional Economic and Social Research, Sheffield Hallam University, and Crisis, 2011. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 28, 2011 at: http://www.crisis.org.uk/data/files/publications/Crisis_SquattingReport_SEPT2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Homeless Persons Shelf Number: 123163

Author: Chiaradia, Alain Title: Spatial Economics of Crime: Spatial Design Factors and the Total Social Cost of Crime Against Individuals and Property in London Summary: Combining two original pieces of research, the first on the spatial attributes of two types of crime and the second on the total social cost of the same crime, this paper proposes a methodology to evaluate the total socio-economic cost of spatial attributes related to robbery and burglary. Only recently have studies started to focus on particular types of crime, and extract their built environment characteristics. Most of these studies focus on burglary and robbery as it is the type of crime with the best record of location. Re-using the extensive amount of data from a case study area in London which demonstrates the link between street robbery and property burglary occurrences and spatial design factors, this paper sets out to evaluate burglary and robbery risk as a cost in spatial planning and design. Details: London: Space Syntax Limited, 2009. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 28, 2011 at: http://www.sss7.org/Proceedings/08%20Spatial%20Configuration%20and%20Social%20Structures/017_Chiaradia_Hillier_Schwander.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Burglary Shelf Number: 123167

Author: Belfast Drug and Alcohol Working Group Title: Scoping Report on Drugs and Alcohol Services in Belfast Summary: This report presents a substantial insight into the current situation in relation to drugs and alcohol use and more importantly, it gives an overview of service provision currently in place to tackle substance misuse in the Belfast area. The drive behind this scoping report began in late 2009 when a number of community and statutory sector individuals came together to voice their concerns, especially in a North Belfast context, around drug and alcohol issues impacting on local communities and the need for a more Belfast-focussed co-ordinated approach. This small group felt it was timely to take an innovative Belfast-wide approach to this area of work. Initial meetings were held with John McGeown, Assistant Director of Mental Health Services in the Belfast Health and Social Care Trust; Billy Hutchinson of Mount Vernon Community Development Association; Frances Black and Brian Allen of the RISE Foundation and Mary Black, Assistant Director of Public Health, Health and Social Wellbeing Improvement in the Public Health Agency along with Irene Sherry from the Bridge of Hope in order to consider the issues facing agencies in Belfast. However, it soon became clear that more stakeholders should be invited to participate in order to ensure a fully inclusive collective approach was adopted. Throughout 2010 representatives from a number of key statutory organisations and community/ voluntary providers met to undertake an initial scoping exercise. From this initial analysis, it was clear that there was a lot of work being funded or commissioned but that awareness of services and, more importantly, linking up of service provision was not always in place or as effective as it needed to be. With this in mind the group agreed that it would be worthwhile to spend some time looking at the gaps and issues locally and analyse the situation with a view to creating an overview report with recommendations for consideration, primarily by the Public Health Agency and the Eastern Drugs and Alcohol Coordination Team, but also by other statutory agencies with a responsibility for, or interest in, addressing drugs and alcohol misuse. Our recommendations focus on longer term planning and more cohesive partnership working as well as simplifying access to and participation in existing service provision. It is acknowledged that whilst many agencies are delivering services in this area, there is a lack of awareness of provision both within the health and social care sector itself and outside in the wider community/voluntary sector. Our recommendations focus on longer term planning and more cohesive partnership working as well as simplifying access to and participation in existing service provision. It is acknowledged that whilst many agencies are delivering services in this area, there is a lack of awareness of provision both within the health and social care sector itself and outside in the wider community/voluntary sector. Details: Belfast: Public Health Agency, 2011. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 29, 2011 at: http://www.drugsandalcohol.ie/16010/1/Scoping_Belfast.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse (Belfast) Shelf Number: 123172

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice Title: Proven Re-offending Statistics Quarterly Bulletin January to December 2009, England and Wales Summary: This report provides key statistics on proven re-offending in England and Wales. It gives proven re-offending figures for offenders who were released from custody, received a non-custodial conviction at court, received a caution, reprimand, warning or tested positive for opiates or cocaine between January and December 2009. Proven re-offending is defined as any offence committed in a one year follow-up period and receiving a court conviction, caution, reprimand or warning in the one year follow up. Following this one year period, a further 6 months is allowed for cases to progress through the courts. Between January and December 2009, there were just under 700,000 offenders who were cautioned, convicted (excluding immediate custodial sentences) or released from custody. Just over 180,000 of these offenders committed a proven re-offence within a year. This gives a one-year proven re-offending rate of 26.3 per cent. These re-offenders committed an average of 2.79 offences each - around 510,000 offences in total – 79 per cent were committed by adults and 21 per cent were committed by juveniles. •just over half of these offences were committed by offenders with more than 25 previous offences •0.7 per cent (around 3,400) were serious violent/sexual proven re-offences. This report presents the proportion of offenders who re-offend (proven re-offending rate) and the number of proven re-offences those offenders commit by age group, gender, ethnicity, criminal history, offence type, serious proven re-offending, prolific and priority offenders and drug misusing offenders. Also included are proven re-offending rates for different types of sentence and by individual prison, probation trust and youth offending team. Latest figures for 2009 are provided with comparisons to 2008, results are also compared to 2000 to highlight long-term trends; 2000 is the earliest re-offending data that exists on a comparable basis. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2011. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 31, 2011 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/statistics-and-data/reoffending/proven-reoffending-jan-dec09.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 123187

Author: Hosking, George Title: The WAVE Report 2005: Violence and What To Do About It Summary: Our seminal work - this report represents the culmination of 9 years of research into and study of the root causes of violent behaviour. The rising tide of violence in the UK, and elsewhere, is neither inevitable nor universal. Violence is a preventable disease. While it is one that is difficult to cure, prevention is relatively simple. Children who are loved well in infancy do not become violent teenagers or adults. Violence and what to do about it offers specific solutions designed to foster parental attunement to the needs of children, and the development of empathy in children towards the feelings of others. WAVE's research shows that the recommended interventions make a real and beneficial difference. A society that ignores such findings must be bent on self-destruction. The social costs of violence are some £20 billion a year - and countless damaged lives. This is a social evil that demands attention. This Report says what needs to be done, and who should do it. Details: Croyden, UK: WAVE Trust Limited, 2005. 97p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 31, 2011 at: http://www.wavetrust.org/sites/default/files/key_publications/wave_report_2005.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Violence (U.K.) Shelf Number: 114872

Author: Dolev & Associates Title: No Boundaries: The Tayside Domestic Abuse and Substance Misuse Project: Final Research Report Summary: The aim of the research project was to identify depositional and organisational/institutional factors that positively and negatively affect the progression of women affected by domestic abuse and their own substance misuse at each stage of their service use (from access to outcomes), with a view to establishing: · Evidence of a link between domestic abuse and substance misuse · Incentives/barriers to accessing services · Experiences of service provision in both sectors · Experiences of partnership working between the two sectors · Links to other needs (i.e. homelessness, mental health issues). The remainder of the report is set out as follows: · Chapter 2 outlines the methods used both in the initial data collection stage (carried out by a different research team) and in the secondary analysis of data (carried out by the author of this report). · Chapter 3 provides a brief overview of the literature on domestic abuse and substance misuse. · Chapter 4 examines the link between domestic abuse and women’s own substance misuse. · Chapter 5 looks at the experiences of service provision at various stages: accessing, using and leaving. · Chapter 6 explores multi-agency work between domestic abuse and substance misuse services. · Chapter 7 examines the links to other needs, in particular housing, mental health and General Practitioners. · Finally, chapter 8 discusses the main themes and issues that have emerged from the information and evidence presented in this report. Details: Tayside, UK: Dolev & Associates, 2008. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 31, 2011 at: http://www.avaproject.org.uk/media/25320/tayside%20domestic%20violence%20and%20substance%20misuse%20research%20(2008).pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 117820

Author: Kagan, Carolyn Title: Experiences of Forced Labour Among Chinese Migrant Workers Summary: This report reveals the experiences of Chinese migrant workers in the UK. It looks at forced labour and exploitation, the role of family and social relationships, and how far migrants are able to exercise control over their lives. The report: • outlines contemporary patterns of migration for work from China to the UK; • explores the complex relationship between migration, work and family; • employs a continuum of exploitation (from decent work to forced labour) to describe the working conditions and patterns of employment of Chinese migrant workers in the UK; • considers those factors that render low-skilled migrant workers from China vulnerable to forced labour; and • identifies actions that can be taken by government, civil society organisations, trade unions and employers. Details: York, UK: Joseph Rowntree Foundation, 2011. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 2, 2011 at: http://www.jrf.org.uk/sites/files/jrf/Chinese-labour-EBOOK.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 123221

Author: Morrell, Gareth Title: The August Riots in England Understanding the Involvement of Young People Summary: In early August 2011, there were outbreaks of significant crime and disorder in some of England’s major cities. The riots and disturbances began in Tottenham in North London on Saturday 6 August following a peaceful protest in response to the police handling of the shooting of Mark Duggan. An apparent incident between a young girl and police sparked clashes which escalated to wide-scale rioting. Windows were smashed and offices, shops and homes set on fire. Looting broke out in the early hours of Sunday in neighbouring Wood Green and Tottenham Hale. Over the course of the next few days, similar disturbances occurred in other parts of London and in other cities. Different areas of London experienced varying levels of violent protest, vandalism and looting. In some areas like Peckham (8 August), clashes between police and groups of largely local young people sparked violence that turned into looting. Events took a different course in other areas, such as around Clapham Junction station in Battersea (8 August). Here, looting by local people, and others from surrounding areas, was not preceded by any significant protest or clashes with police and continued for several hours before police could arrive in sufficient numbers to halt proceedings. Similar events took place outside London. In Birmingham, looting in the city centre followed by clashes between police and rival groups in suburban areas took place across two nights (8–9 August). In Salford (9 August), events followed a similar pattern to Peckham, with initial aggression towards the police developing quickly into looting. NatCen was commissioned by the Cabinet Office to conduct an independent study into the motivations of young people involved in or affected by the riots - the report is the first, and currently only, major study to be based on what young people themselves have to say. The report focuses on the motivations of young people in five areas affected by the riots, and two areas which were not affected by the riots. It analyses how young people's motivations were shaped by a dramatic and unfamiliar set of circumstances. Whilst examining the background to the riots, the report retains a clear focus on the moral and practical decisions made by different people. The study was delivered by an experienced team of qualitative researchers at NatCen who conducted interviews and focus groups with young people, business owners, youth workers and community leaders in affected and non-affected areas, speaking both to those directly involved and those who chose not to be. The evidence-based analysis provides Cabinet Office, wider government departments and the Independent Riots Communities and Victims Panel, with a deeper understanding of the contributing factors for the sequence of events which took place this summer. Details: London: NatCen, 2011. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 4, 2011 at: http://www.natcen.ac.uk/study/the-august-riots-in-england- Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crowd Control Shelf Number: 123227

Author: Bartlett, Jamie Title: Inside The EDL: Populist Politics in a Digital Age Summary: The English Defence League (EDL) is the biggest populist street movement in a generation. Yet the make-up of the group and what its members believe remain a mystery because it has no formal joining procedures or membership list and much of its activity takes place online. While leaders of the EDL claim they are a pluralistic, liberal movement that is fighting Islamic extremism, chants heard at demonstrations and the vitriol frequently posted on the EDL’s chat forums suggest otherwise. It is in this context that we have undertaken the first ever large-scale empirical study of the EDL, which comprises responses from 1,295 sympathisers and supporters, and includes data on their demographics, involvement in EDL activity, political attitudes and social views. The results show that, although the EDL is usually understood as an anti-Islamic or anti-Islamist demonstrating group, the reality is more complex. Supporters are characterised by intense pessimism about the UK's future, worries about immigration and joblessness. This is often mixed with a proactive pride in Britain, British history and British values, which they see as being under attack from Islam. Although their demonstrations have often involved violence and racist chants, many members are democrats who are committed to peaceful protest and other forms of activism. The collection of large amounts of data from social media presents new opportunities for social research to understand the relationship between off- and online activity. As more movements combine – and blur – virtual and real protest, these questions will become increasingly urgent and important. These surveys, collected through Facebook using a new methodology, offer new ways forward in exploring this challenge. Details: London: Demos, 2011. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 4, 2011 at: http://www.demos.co.uk/files/Inside_the_edl_WEB.pdf?1320079341 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Extremist Groups (U.K.) Shelf Number: 123228

Author: Victim Support Title: Summing Up: A Strategic Audit of the Criminal Justice System Summary: This audit looks at the performance of the principal justice agencies through the eyes of the victims and witnesses who use them. There are many aspects of our justice system that are very positive – for example, the fall in crime and anxiety, and rise in public confidence – but this audit shows that despite these changes, victims and witnesses are still not treated as well as they should be. Victimisation remains a common reality for many – one in five are victimised every year – and is clustered around specific groups, such as young people and those living in deprived areas. The justice system gets less than 5% of government spending and less than 1p in every £1 of the Ministry of Justice (MoJ) budget is spent on victims and witnesses directly. This low level of funding does not reflect a low level of need: more than one in five victims wants some form of support, but at least three out of ten do not get the support they need. The public has very low confidence in how the criminal justice system (CJS) treats victims: just over a third (36%) of the general public feel that the CJS meets the needs of victims. Moreover, victims in particular are less satisfied with the justice system and have a poorer opinion of the police than non-victims, suggesting that interaction with the CJS actually reduces rather than improves confidence. However, contact with Victim Support can help reverse this situation. New research shows that those who have had contact with Victim Support have more confidence in the CJS, are more likely to think that the police do an excellent job, have a greater satisfaction with the police’s handling of their case and greater trust in the fairness of the CJS. Unfortunately, access to victims’ services is predominantly through the police, yet less than half of victims report the crime to the police. Moreover, the police response to victims of crime varies considerably depending on where they live. Referral to support services ranges from 20% to 100%, and those living in London are less than half as likely to recall being given the opportunity to make a victim personal statement (VPS) than those living in Northumbria. Details: London: Victim Support, 2011. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 7, 2011 at: http://www.victimsupport.org.uk/sitecore/content/RSS%20Feeds/~/media/28B7772DE9174CB9819CFDA9052ED40D.ashx Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Victim Services Shelf Number: 123252

Author: St. Mungo's Title: Battered, Broken, Bereft: Why People Still End Up Sleeping Rough Summary: Three out of five outreach workers across the country say they are seeing an increasing number of rough sleepers, according to new research published today by homelessness charity St Mungo's. Moreover, almost three quarters (71%) of those surveyed did not believe that there was enough emergency accommodation for rough sleepers in their area The figures come from a new report ‘Battered, broken, bereft - why people still end up rough sleeping' - Battered broken bereft St Mungos rough sleeping report October 2011 This includes findings from the first ever survey of outreach workers across England as well as statistics from St Mungo's survey of its 1,500 clients - the largest survey of homeless people of its kind. The report highlights relationship breakdowns, domestic violence and mental health conditions as three of the main traumas leading people to sleep rough on the streets today: •Relationship breakdown is the largest single trigger of rough sleeping cited by outreach workers, leading to 42% of male rough sleeping. •Among women, 35% slept rough after leaving home to escape domestic violence. •Perhaps the most shocking finding is that 57% of outreach workers believe that the number of rough sleepers in their area with mental health problems has increased over the last five years. Details: London: St. Mongo's, 2011. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 8, 2011 at: www.mungos.org/documents/7269 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 123259

Author: Great Britain. Department for Children, Schools and Families Title: Safe from Bullying on Journeys Summary: Young people and parents say bullying is among their top concerns. Bullying can make the lives of victims a misery; it undermines their confidence and self esteem and destroys their sense of security. Every year ChildLine, the UK’s free 24-hour helpline for children and young people, speaks to almost 33,000 callers about bullying. Bullying can have a life-long negative impact, limiting the places where children and young people feel safe to go and reducing their ability to become successful, independent adults. At worst bullying has been a factor in suicide. Bullying does not only happen in schools. It can happen anywhere, including on journeys to and from home, school and other activities. To tackle bullying successfully, the whole community and all services for children and young people need to work together to change the culture so that bullying is unacceptable. The government has made tackling bullying a key priority. This guidance discusses bullying on journeys and public transport, and the different forms it can take, and sets out ways in which different partners can work together to prevent bullying on journeys, and respond effectively when bullying occurs. It is part of a suite of guidance on preventing bullying outside of schools that includes guidance on tackling bullying in: - Play and leisure - Extended services in and around schools - Children’s Homes - Further education colleges, and - Youth activities. Each of these guidance documents is designed to be used in conjunction with a set of training resources. Because we know that bullying can follow children between different settings, this suite of guidance also includes guidance for local authorities and others who are in a position to coordinate anti-bullying activities at a local level. This suite of guidance builds on the existing guidance on bullying in schools: ‘Safe To Learn’, a suite of materials which includes supplementary guidance on Racist bullying, Homophobic bullying, cyberbullying and bullying involving children and young people with Special Needs and disabilities, and will shortly include bullying related to gender and gender identity. Although Safe to Learn focuses on tackling bullying in school, it contains a large amount of detailed information on tackling different forms of bullying, which may be useful to those involved in tackling bullying on journey. Details: Nottingham, UK: Department for Children, Schools and Families, 2009. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 8, 2011 at: http://www.4children.org.uk/uploads/information/8218-DCSF-SafefromBullying-Journeys.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bullying (U.K.) Shelf Number: 123262

Author: Wood, Sara Title: Evaluation of the Youth Crime Action Plan (YCAP) in Liverpool Summary: The Youth Crime Action Plan (YCAP) was developed in 2008 and involves a three tier approach to tackle anti‐social behaviour and crime committed by youths. Comprising seven programmes or strands, it aims to reduce offending and re‐offending rates among young people by earlier prevention, tougher enforcement and punishment, and non‐negotiable support. YCAP is being delivered by sixty‐nine local authorities across the country, including Liverpool. The Centre for Public Health (CPH) was commissioned by Liverpool City Council to evaluate the six main YCAP projects implemented across Liverpool, and to report on a seventh strand in which YCAP funding was provided to various agencies to help support young victims of crime: 1. Reparation in leisure time (RLT). 2. Operation Staysafe (OS). 3. Street‐Based Teams (SBTs). 4. After School Patrols (ASPs). 5. Family Intervention Project (FIP). 6. Triage in custody suites 7. Supporting young victims. This report provides findings from all evaluations and studies, which were conducted between April 2010 and March 2011. Details: Liverpool: Centre for Public Health, Liverpool John Moores University, 2011. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 8, 2011 at: http://www.cph.org.uk/showPublication.aspx?pubid=723 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 123264

Author: Baldwin, Helen Title: Evaluation of the Alcohol Treatment Requirement in Five Sites Across the Lancashire Probation Area Summary: An Alcohol Treatment Requirement can be mandated by Courts as part of a community sentence. It requires offenders to attend structured alcohol treatment for a set number of hours a week over a fixed period of time (in this case 6 months). This paper outlines the findings from an evaluation of the delivery and effectiveness of the Alcohol Treatment Requirement in Lancashire. Delivery of the partnership working between Probation and alcohol treatment services was generally excellent and was underpinned by good quality communication. There were positive outcomes for offenders including reductions in alcohol consumption and improved health and relationships Details: Liverpool: Centre for Public Health, Liverpool John Moores University, 2010. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 8, 2011 at: http://www.cph.org.uk/showPublication.aspx?pubid=712 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Treatment Programs Shelf Number: 123265

Author: Marshall, Ben Title: Rationalisation of Current Research on Guns, Gangs and other Weapons: Phase 1 Summary: The Home Office report that the number of crimes involving a firearm increased year on year from 1997/98 to 2003/041. Much of this increase is widely seen to be the result of armed gangs competing for a lucrative drug market. However, there is also evidence of the emergence of a weapon carrying culture among young people with nearly one in four 15 to 16 year old boys admitting to having carried a knife or other weapon in the past year. Significant resources have been invested which have funded a number of research projects and police operations targeting gangs, guns and other weapon-related crime. The Jill Dando Institute of Crime Science has been commissioned to review the findings emerging from these projects in order to rationalise what work is currently being done and to contribute to the development of a strategy to guide future research and interventions. In particular, it aims to: • highlight consistencies and tensions in findings between selected projects; • clarify social and demographic trends from the existing research, identifying consistent risk and protective factors; and • identify gaps in existing knowledge and suggest areas for future research. This project represents one part of a larger programme of work being undertaken by the Home Office Police Standards Unit to provide guidance to law enforcement agencies in tackling guns, gangs and weapons. The report begins by outlining the methods employed in conducting the review and briefly describes the nature and scope of the projects included. Section three then discusses the emerging findings from the projects, in order of complexity. This starts with a discussion of what these projects tell us about ‘gang’ phenomena followed by the findings surrounding the use of firearms and then moves on to a discussion of the relationship between these issues. Finally, the emerging consistencies and unresolved issues are summarised, gaps in knowledge identified and potential avenues for further research highlighted. Details: London: Jill Dando Institute of Crime Science, University College London, 2005. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 9, 2011 at: http://www.ucl.ac.uk/scs/downloads/research-reports/gangs-and-guns-report Year: 2005 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Firearms and Crime Shelf Number: 123271

Author: Kelly, Liz Title: Into the Foreground: An Evaluation of the Jacana Parenting Programme Summary: The Jacana Parenting Service was a pilot programme developed and delivered in partnership between the nia project and Domestic Violence Intervention Project (DVIP) to support parents affected by current and historic domestic violence (DV) in Hackney. The programme offered separate interventions for men as perpetrators and support to women as victim-survivors, using individual and group work, and was funded by the Parenting Fund. The programme emerged out of the relative neglect of the mother-child/father-child relationship within much existing direct work with victim-survivors and perpetrators, although these themes have been addressed in social research. Lessons from the pilot were to be integrated into specialised DV support and intervention, and hopefully extend into wide parenting programmes where DV is often not addressed explicitly. Specifically, the aims were to: · develop a model that synthesises international best practice to address parenting in the context of abusive relationships; · improve the parenting skills of women and men involved in abusive relationships; · enable parents to understand violence/abuse from the child’s perspective and to minimise its impacts; · work with mothers/carers and children to create safety plans; · risk assess abusive fathers to better enable practitioners to minimise and manage risks; · share best practice with practitioners. The programme for women victim-survivors was based on the twin pillars of safety and the impact of domestic violence on mothering. Work with men aimed to extend current models of perpetrator programmes to deepen the content on fathering, although the aim to change men’s abusive behaviours is not explicitly stated. Success criteria were articulated by both developers and deliverers as: increased safety of women and children; enhanced relationships between mothers and children and fathers and children; enhanced capacity to parent in a child-centred way. In short, addressing the relational legacies of domestic violence. This evaluation was commissioned by the nia project to explore both processes and outcomes of the pilot programme. While data for the latter is limited and outcomes in themselves not straight forward to establish, the experiences of women and men who participated in the programme are drawn on to illustrate how Jacana enabled change and new beginnings. A key part of the evaluation was assessing the process of implementing the programme, and what lessons can be gleaned about development, delivery, practice, and negotiating multi-agency responses. Details: London: Child and Woman Abuse Studies Unit, London Metropolitan University, 2011. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 10, 2011 at: http://www.ccrm.org.uk/images/docs/10.2ainto%20the%20foreground%20-%20jacana%20evaluation%20report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Abusers, Male Shelf Number: 123306

Author: Froundigoun, Liz Title: Evaluation of the Turnaround Service Summary: This research was commissioned to evaluate Turnaround, a new criminal justice service, which provides a community intervention service as an alternative to short term prison sentences for young men, aged 16-30, who are persistent low tariff offenders with drug and/or alcohol addictions and other issues, and have failed or are failing in other community-based alternatives. Turnaround is a partnership service, managed by Turning Point Scotland and delivered with Apex and the Venture Trust, which aims to provide a holistic approach to tackling the complex needs of this service group through a range of interventions to stabilise their addictions, reduce their offending, and through a range of programmes to increase their social and employability skills. It operates from four community bases in Irvine, Kilmarnock, Greenock and Dumbarton and since July, 2009, a 10 bed residential unit in Gleniffer Braes, Paisley. Methodology There were three stages to the research. Stage one involved a review of the existing academic and Turnaround literature, and introductory visits to the service to establish context and background. Stage two involved interviews with all staff in each of the four community day centres, all staff who were available to be interviewed at the residential unit and a sample of service users. All members of the advisory group were invited to participate in a telephone interview to clarify and expand on issues that arose either from our meeting with them or in the evaluation process. In stage three an analysis of statistical data provided by Turnaround from their data base was undertaken. This report documents and analyses the experience and views of the development of the service from the perspective of those strategically involved in its delivery through to frontline staff and service users. It is based on data obtained from interviews carried out in each of the five locations: Greenock, Dumbarton, Irvine, Kilmarnock, and the residential unit in Gleniffer Braes. Of particular interest to this study are the young men’s experiences and perceptions of the service. The research was conducted in line with the ethical guidelines of the British Sociological Association, The British Society of Criminology and Glasgow Caledonian University. Summary Findings 1. The service provided by Turnaround is much needed to support this service user group in desisting from offending and addiction behaviour. 2. All staff were well trained and committed in their belief of community-based person-centred interventions as an effective approach in dealing with these service users. 3. Service users are particularly enthusiastic in their appraisal of the service. In total 1306 referrals have been made to the service with 474 (36%) actively engaging in the programme through the community bases (see Table 2). This includes some service users who have had more than one period of engagement with the service. 4. The person-centred approach, they report, enables them to make effective transitions to recovery from a life of crime and addiction by addressing their most pressing needs. 5. All service users interviewed reported improvements in their quality of life: reduced offending, stabilisation of their addictions, improved family relationships including re-establishing contact with their children, access to training and skill building in readiness for employment. 6 Turnaround, where it is used as an alternative to short-term custodial sentences, is likely to produce significant financial savings and, as stated above, more likely to impact positively on the lifestyle, addiction and offending behaviours of their clients. Good Practice 7. Turnaround should be commended in five main areas:  Partnership working with APEX and the Venture Trust in service delivery has allowed for a more holistic service to be provided.  The person-centred approach to service delivery is unique in that its flexibility allows for clients to individualise their recovery programme.  Flexibility and an open door policy were stressed by service users as invaluable.  Staff training and induction are comprehensive and undertaken prior to working in either the community bases or residential unit.  Turnaround’s data base is centrally maintained and contains extensive clients’ records; however, it has limited applicability for monitoring their progress. Lessons Learned 8 Delivering such a service is a lengthy process from identifying and defining the concept through to locating suitable premises, furnishing offices, training staff and opening the doors to service users. 9 Filling staff vacancies quickly is central to maintaining staff morale and ensuring the continued development of the service. 10 Time-limited funding is an issue for the development of new services and would appear to have been a contributing factor to staff moving on from Turnaround in the last year. 11 Meeting the requirement imposed by funders should be reviewed, as their expectations of ‘hard’ evidence cannot always be realised. 12 Developing links with referring agencies such as the Courts, Reliance and CJSW needs to be pro-active in order to establish an identity and awareness of Turnaround’s services. Areas for Development 13 A clear protocol for sharing of information across agencies is essential to ensure the smooth transition of service users between Turnaround and other service providers. 14 Opportunities to develop peer support should be considered. 15 Service users would like to see more support or a staged programme to exit using all drugs and/or alcohol rather than being on a stabilisation programme of methadone. 16 Service users would also like to see more day activities – swimming walking, canoeing, and abseiling - provided by Venture Trust rather than the 3-day or week long programmes that they have been able to access thus far. Outcomes 17 Where Turnaround is used as an alternative to the traditional, costly short-term custodial sentences so characteristic of the service users’ history, this is likely to provide significant financial savings. 18 The programme is impacting positively on the lives of its service users’ and on their offending behaviours and addiction issues, and in supporting them into stable lifestyle patterns, as well as improving social and employability skills. 19 The community bases are well established and despite the geographical difficulties of the Irvine base it is running well. All were found to be very effective and supportive from the service users’ point of view. 20 The service is not always running at its capacity especially at the residential unit; however there was little evidence to suggest that this was impacting on the quality of the service and as it develops the perception is that service user participation will increase. 21 While the service is delivered by highly qualified and committed staff some of the services delivered were compromised due to staffing shortages. 22 The majority of service users have been referred to Turnaround from the Courts, Reliance and CJSW. However, referrals from the Courts and Reliance show a lower uptake of Turnaround’s services than those referred from CJSW. Recommendations 1 Funding should be secured for another 3, preferably 5, year period, to allow the service to develop its potential without struggling with a constant turnover of staff. 2 Funding streams should be re-examined to see if there is any way of negotiating a staged or staggered approach to extending the funding period with the Scottish Government and the various charitable organisations currently supporting this project. 3 Referral routes and processes should be re-examined especially in relation to the Courts, Reliance and CJSW. The provision of clearer guidelines or criteria for selection of young offenders for referral to Turnaround may help to reduce the lower up-take of referrals from the Courts and Reliance. 4 The role of APEX workers should be reviewed. Currently they are working as support or project workers but as the service develops it is important that their role as Employment Development Advisors is retained. 5 The role of the Venture Trust should be re-examined. It is felt, amongst service users and staff, that there is considerable scope to develop their involvement to the benefit of the service and enhance the service users’ experience and skills. 6 There is the desire for more physical activities amongst the service users, for example, swimming, canoeing, abseiling, walking, football, and in the residential unit for supervised access to the gym. Consideration should be given as to the best way to provide these activities in ways which allow service users to develop and build on their inter-personal, communication and team-work skills. 7 Consideration should be given to extending the age range to 16-40 and also to including girls and young women in service provision. While this may be problematic, staff experiences suggest that there is an unmet demand from girls and women and from older men whom they currently cannot accommodate. Suggestions proffered by staff included splitting the service delivery into two categories - a young person service 16-25, with another to focus on the older group 25-40. 8 Communication strategies should also be reviewed. In relation to staffing, morale and identity of the service, a clear communications strategy and more all-staff meetings are needed to encourage a homogenised service and the exchange of good practice between the various community bases and the residential unit. 9 Exit procedures should also be reviewed and protocols set in place with partnership agencies to ensure a smooth transition between support services for service users. 10 Peer support opportunities should be considered to widen the service range. Some service users report that contact with ex-service users is helpful and indeed some of the current service users feel they could offer peer support to those who have just come to Turnaround. Details: Glasgow: Glasgow Caledonian University, 2011. 95p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 11, 2011 at: www.turningpointscotland.com/documents/6618 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 123312

Author: Froundigoun, Liz Title: Tackling Youth Offending and Violence: Intensive Policing and/or Dispersal Orders Summary: This research for Strathclyde Police was supported by a small grant from the Scottish Institute for Policing Research (SIPR). The research was requested by Strathclyde Police to examine two specific policing initiatives – The Enhanced Policing Plan and Dispersal Orders - for dealing with youth on-street disorder and violence in B Division; historically these neighbourhoods have been characterised by the endemic problem of youth on-street disorder, violence and gang activity. It set out specifically to examine if there was evidence of any long-term benefits from the Enhanced Policing Plan (EPP), an innovative partnership approach to policing in BD sub-division - Shettleston, Baillieston and Greater Easterhouse - which ran in the 6-month period from October, 2007 to February, 20081; and to examine the implementation and efficacy of Dispersal Orders in the neighbouring BA sub-division – Dennistoun, Parkhead and Bridgeton. The EPP was developed in accordance with ACPOS Public Reassurance Strategy and delivered in conjunction with Community Planning Limited (CPP) through a multi-agency approach2 following the ethos for the Community Planning and Community Regeneration Fund. It drew on the principles of the Glasgow City Centre Policing Plan, Operation Reclaim, Operation Phoenix, and Glasgow Anti-Social Behaviour Task Force where intensive policing and the delivery of diversionary activities, were found to have had a significant impact on the levels of reported crime, violence and gang activity. It was structured specifically to increase public reassurance through intensive policing by addressing on the one hand local concerns about youth and gang activity; and on the other the needs of these youths through the delivery of a combination of educational and diversionary activities. Dispersal Orders had been implemented in various areas of BA sub-division prior to the introduction of the EPP, around the same time as the EPP was running, and again during the period of this study, September 2009 – January 2010, to address alcohol-related on-street disorder and violence. Scottish Police Forces were given the power to introduce Dispersal Orders in the Anti-Social Behaviour etc. (Scotland) Act 2004. These controversial orders (Crawford & Lister, 2007) confer on the police the discretion to disperse groups of 2 or more individuals whom they deem to be likely to cause anti-social behaviour. The perception on the part of the police service in Scotland is that, in comparison to England and Wales, the nature and activities of youth on-street disorder and gang membership in Scotland are based on ‘territorialism’, a distinction which is generally perceived as being the most significant characteristic, whereas the relationship with organised crime that is said to characterise the criminality of gang membership in other locations in the UK is thought to be less significant in these locations. Therefore, after the deployment of these two approaches aimed at encouraging desistence from criminality associated with gang membership and on-street youth disorder, it is important to re-examine the perceptions, concerns and needs of the local communities, particularly those of the young people, and the police on: the effects the initiatives have had for on-street disorder and violence, gang activity and territorialism; perceptions of policing; and young people’s perceptions of diversionary activities and local facilities available to them in the communities in which they live. The research accordingly aims to establish what can be learned from these two diverse policing approaches and to identify any changes: in crime levels during the period when Dispersal Orders were implemented; in crime levels since the end of the period of implementation of the EPP; in the views of the police, community planning partners, youth workers and young people about what it is like living in the East End of Glasgow; in the effect gang and violent behaviour has had/is having on their neighbourhood; in the community views and perceptions of the effectiveness of the EPP and Dispersal Orders in tackling these behaviours, and in increasing public reassurance within the area; in what youths identify they need to encourage them to make attitudinal changes in making life choices; and in the working partnerships of the CPP and the police. Details: Glasgow: Glasgow Caledonian University, 2010. 89p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 11, 2011 at: http://www.sipr.ac.uk/downloads/Youth_offending_2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Related Crimes, Disorder Shelf Number: 123313

Author: Spottiswoode, Clare Title: Improving Police Performance: A New Approach to Measuring Police Efficiency Summary: The police service is one of the most important of all the public services. Effective policing is fundamental to a safe and secure society, and to everyone’s sense of wellbeing. The police are central to the Government’s programme to reduce crime and the fear of crime. It is a difficult and complex job. Best Value is the central plank in the drive to improve police performance. A systematic measure of police efficiency – where “efficiency” is a measure of the police’s performance in meeting their overarching aims and objectives for the money spent – is crucial if Best Value is to work effectively. There is a plethora of indicators and information about police outputs and outcomes. But, to date, it has not been possible to draw this information together to build a comprehensive or systematic measure of relative police efficiency in meeting their ultimate objectives of promoting safety and reducing crime, disorder and the fear of crime. This is a serious gap in the Best Value strategy. This gap hits police authorities and forces the hardest because: • they lack good measures to fulfil their Best Value obligations comprehensively to compare performance (including efficiency) with others. • police authorities and forces themselves do not always know what the scope for efficiency gains is or even where they should be looking for them. • efficiency targets should take into account the actual position of each force, and thus the gains made in recent years. The Government cannot do this if it lacks a systematic efficiency measure. So, to date, the Government has set uniform, across-the-board efficiency targets. Resolving these issues through the provision of good comparative efficiency measures will always be problematic and controversial. Reliable comparative efficiency measures are technically hard to construct and rely on assumptions and simplifications that could always be challenged or objected to. Searching for the perfect approach would be fruitless. The task is to identify the best available approach, recognise its strengths and weaknesses, build on the strengths and establish approaches to limit the downsides. This study takes this approach. It recommends the joint use of two of the most advanced relative efficiency measuring techniques – Stochastic Frontier Analysis and Data Envelopment Analysis. These techniques have been used for measuring the relative efficiency of regulated private sector industries, and are increasingly being used in the public sector in other countries. This report outlines how these techniques would be integrated with the existing Best Value outcome performance information. Used this way, these techniques would effectively benchmark police authority and force performance in meeting police objectives for the resources that each authority and force has. They would help identify which authorities and forces put their resources to the best use. As a result, they would help to spread good practice and to reduce variations in police performance. The resulting comparative efficiency measures would fit seamlessly into the Best Value framework. Comparative efficiency would be measured using the key outcome measures from the existing suite of Best Value Performance Indicators. A programme of analysis, review and inspection is recommended to understand the raw comparative efficiency measures – and to adjust them as necessary. This will identify the key actions that police authorities and their forces need to take. Differentiated efficiency targets – to improve the level of outcomes for the available budget – can be drawn up to reduce, over time, the variations in performance. Details: London: Public Enquiry Unit, HM Treasury, 2000. 52p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 15, 2011 at: http://archive.treasury.gov.uk/pdf/2000/pspp17400.pdf Year: 2000 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 123348

Author: Hadfield, Phil Title: Lost Orders?: Law Enforcement and Alcohol in England and Wales Summary: Alcohol misuse is generally recognised as being a significant problem in the UK and is associated with various types of social and health harms. Laws are in place to discourage alcohol misuse and thus minimise these harms. These include, for example, laws designed to prevent drunkenness and drinking by under-18s. The laws in question may apply to the drinker or to those that supply the alcohol. In respect of one form of alcohol misuse, drink-driving, effective law enforcement combined with sustained educational campaigning is believed to have been responsible for a positive transformation in attitudes and behaviour during the late 20th century. This suggests that effective enforcement of relevant laws may be a necessary requirement if UK society is to achieve positive attitudes and behaviour concerning alcohol consumption more generally. The question is whether those laws, particularly in relation to drunkenness and drinking among under-18s, are being enforced effectively and, if not, how this might be achieved. This research examines whether the laws in the UK relating to the sale and consumption of alcohol are 'fit for purpose' and are being effectively enforced. If not, what is preventing their effective enforcement? Details: London: Portman Group, 2011. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 15, 2011 at: http://www.portmangroup.org.uk/assets/documents/Law%20Enforcement%20and%20Alcohol%20in%20England%20and%20Wales,%20Measham%20and%20Hadfield%202011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse (U.K.) Shelf Number: 123358

Author: Rees, Gwyther Title: Still Running 3: Early Findings from our Third National Survey of Young Runaways, 2011 Summary: A quarter of child runaways in the U.K (26 per cent) have been the victim of a harmful or dangerous experience, reveals shocking new research from The Children’s Society. Still Running 3, the first comprehensive picture of running away for under 16s for six years, also shows that one in five child runaways have begged, stolen or done 'other things' to survive. One in nine (11 per cent) was hurt or harmed on the last occasion they ran. One in six (18 per cent) children said they had slept rough, or stayed with, someone they had just met. Yet teachers, social workers, police and other professionals are not stepping in and supporting the vast majority of young runaways. Around two-thirds of children who run away are not 'visible' to professionals. The research also exposes, for the first time, that there is a very strong link between family relationships and running away. Children who have experienced family change are more than three times as likely to have run away in the past year as those who have not. Children who have experienced high family conflict are around six times as likely to have run away in the past year. Seven in ten runaways were not reported missing to police the last time they ran away. A quarter of child runaways were forced to leave home. Details: London: The Children's Society, 2011. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 15, 2011 at: http://makerunawayssafe.org.uk/sites/default/files/tcs/u24/Still-Running-3_Full-Report_FINAL.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Missing Children Shelf Number: 123361

Author: Formby, Eleanor Title: Tackling Homophobia and Transphobia in Settings Supporting Young People: What are the Barriers and Facilitators? Findings from a South Yorkshire Study Summary: Existing research has identified the prevalence of homophobic and transphobic bullying in schools, and the impact this can have on lesbian, gay, bisexual and trans (LGBT) young people’s mental health and wellbeing, as well as their educational achievement (Guasp, 2009; Hunt and Jenson, 2007; McDermott et al, 2008; Mitchell and Howarth, 2009; Rivers and Noret, 2008; Tippett et al, 2010; Warwick et al, 2004). However, less research is available on how LGBT issues are supported within youth work provision. This study aimed to gather data in South Yorkshire about views and experiences of the inclusion of LGBT issues within schooling and youth work, with an explicit focus on barriers and facilitators. This summary includes findings from both young people and professionals who work with them, and suggests some recommendations for future practice. It also provides further information in the form of signposting to additional resources and references. The data is drawn from three sources: • a self-completion questionnaire for young people, to which there were 146 responses from young people aged 13-21 • eight in-depth group discussions with young people aged 11-20, involving 65 participants in total. Two of these took place within schools and six took place within youth work settings • nine in-depth interviews with professionals. Four of these were teachers and five were youth workers. Each of these elements included participants who identified as heterosexual and lesbian, gay or bisexual (LGB). Details: Sheffield, UK: Sheffield Hallam University, Centre for Education and Inclusion Research, 2011. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 19, 2011 at: http://www.shu.ac.uk/_assets/pdf/ceir-homophobia-full-report-Formby2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias Motivated Crime Shelf Number: 123369

Author: Great Britain. HM Government. Violent and Youth Crime Prevention Unit Title: Ending Gang and Youth Violence: A Cross-Government Report including further evidence and good practice case studies Summary: Gangs and youth violence have been a blight on our communities for years. The disorder in August was not caused solely by gangs but the violence we saw on our streets revealed all too vividly the problems that sometimes lie below the surface and out of sight. Over the years successive government interventions, initiatives and funds have failed to stop the problem. A concerted, long-term effort is now needed. Since August, a group of senior ministers – led by the Home Secretary, working closely with the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions – has undertaken a thorough review of the problem of gang and youth violence. They have visited a range of projects working to stop youth violence; heard from international experts about what works in the United States and elsewhere; consulted with senior police officers and local authority officials; and talked to young people themselves. Several key messages have emerged. Firstly, the vast majority of young people are not involved in violence or gangs and want nothing to do with it. Secondly, the small number of young people who are involved have a disproportionately large impact on the communities around them in some parts of the UK. It is clear that gang membership increases the risk of serious violence. And thirdly, this small minority of violent young people is not randomly distributed and does not appear out of the blue. Some areas suffer significantly greater levels of violence than others; some individual and family risk factors repeat themselves time and time again. The police and other agencies need the support and powers to protect communities affected by gangs and to bring the violence under control. But gang and youth violence is not a problem that can be solved by enforcement alone. We need to change the life stories of young people who end up dead or wounded on our streets or are getting locked into a cycle of re-offending. Only by encouraging every agency to join up and share information, resources and accountability can these problems be solved. The Government has already set in motion a number of far-reaching reforms to address the entrenched educational and social failures that can drive problems like gang and youth violence. Our welfare reforms will give young people better opportunities to access work and overcome barriers to employment. Our education reforms will drive up pupil performance and increase participation in further study and employment. The new Localism Bill will give local areas the power to take action and pool their resources through Community Budgets. Our plans to turn around the lives of the most troubled families will also be crucial. A new Troubled Families Team in the Department for Communities and Local Government, headed by Louise Casey, will drive forward the Prime Minister’s commitment to turn around the lives of 120,000 troubled families with reduced criminality and violence key outcomes for this work. Not every area will have a problem of gangs or youth violence, so our focus will be on the areas that do. We will offer them support to radically improve the way their mainstream services manage the young people most at risk from gangs or violence. At every stage of a young person’s life story, the mainstream agencies with which they have most contact – health visitors, GPs, teachers, A&E departments, local youth workers and Jobcentre Plus staff – need to be involved in preventing future violence. That means simple risk assessment tools, clear arrangements for sharing information about risk between agencies, agreed referral arrangements to make sure young people get the targeted support they need, and case management arrangements which bring agencies together to share accountability for outcomes and track progress. This Report sets out our detailed plans for making this happen. Providing support to local areas to tackle their gang or youth violence problem. We will: • establish an Ending Gang and Youth Violence Team working with a virtual network of over 100 expert advisers to provide practical advice and support to local areas with a gang or serious youth violence problem; • provide £10 million in Home Office funding in 2012-13 to support up to 30 local areas to improve the way mainstream services identify, assess and work with the young people most at risk of serious violence, with at least half this funding going to the non-statutory sector; and • invest at least £1.2 million of additional resource over the next three years to improve services for young people under 18 suffering sexual violence in our major urban areas – with a new focus on the girls and young women caught up in gang-related rape and abuse. Preventing young people becoming involved in violence in the first place, with a new emphasis on early intervention and prevention. We will: • deliver our existing commitments on early intervention, which research shows is the most cost-effective way of reducing violence in later life. We will double the capacity of Family Nurse Partnerships and recruit 4,200 more health visitors by 2015 and will invest over £18 million in specialist services to identify and support domestic violence victims and their children (who themselves are at particular risk of turning to violence in adulthood); • assess existing materials on youth violence prevention being used in schools and ensure schools know how to access the most effective; • improve the education offered to excluded pupils to reduce their risk of involvement in gang violence and other crimes; and • support parents worried about their children’s behaviour by working with a range of family service providers to develop new advice on gangs. Pathways out of violence and the gang culture for young people wanting to make a break with the past. We will: • continue to promote intensive family intervention work with the most troubled families, including gang members, with a specific commitment to roll out Multi-Systemic Therapy for young people with behavioural problems and their families to 25 sites by 2014; • set up a second wave of Youth Justice Liaison and Diversion schemes for young offenders at the point of arrest, which identify and target mental health and substance misuse problems. These will be targeted at areas where there is a known and significant gang or youth crime problem; • work, through the Ending Gang and Youth Violence Team, with hospital Accident and Emergency (A&E) departments and children’s social care to promote better local application of guidance around young people who may be affected by gang activity presenting at A&E; • explore the potential for placing youth workers in A&E departments to pick up and refer young people at risk of serious violence; • support areas, through the Ending Gang and Youth Violence Team, to roll out schemes to re-house former gang members wanting to exit the gang lifestyle; • explore ways to improve education provision for young people in the secure estate and for those released from custody; and • implement new offending behaviour programmes for violent adult offenders in prison and under community supervision, including new modules on gang violence. Punishment and enforcement to suppress the violence of those refusing to exit violent lifestyles. We will: • extend police and local authority powers to take out gang injunctions to cover teenagers aged 14 to 17; • implement mandatory custodial sentences for people using a knife to threaten or endanger others – including for offenders aged 16 and 17; • introduce mandatory life sentences for adult offenders convicted of a second very serious violent or sexual crime; • extend the work that the UK Border Agency undertakes with the police using immigration powers to deport dangerous gang members who are not UK citizens, drawing on the success of Operation Bite in London; and • consult on whether the police need additional curfew powers and on the need for a new offence of possession of illegal firearms with intent to supply, and on whether the penalty is at the right level for illegal firearm importation. Partnership working to join up the way local areas respond to gang and other youth violence. We will: • issue clear and simple guidelines on data sharing that clarify once and for all the position on what information can be shared between agencies about high risk individuals on a risk aware, not risk averse, basis; • promote the roll-out of Multi-Agency Safeguarding Hubs (MASH), which co-locate police and other public protection agencies, to cut bureaucracy and make it easier to share information and agree actions; • deliver on our commitment that all hospital A&E departments share anonymised data on knife and gang assaults with the police and other agencies and pilot the feasibility of including A&E data on local crime maps; • encourage the use of local multi-agency reviews after every gang-related homicide to ensure every area learns the lessons of the most tragic cases. This Report marks the beginning of a new commitment to work across government to tackle the scourge of gang culture and youth violence. An Inter-Ministerial Group, chaired by the Home Secretary, will meet on a quarterly basis to review progress, including by the Ending Gang and Youth Violence team. We will also establish a forum of key external organisations to meet regularly with Ministers and hold the Government to account on delivery. And we will ensure the views of young people themselves are heard too. Details: London: UK Stationery Office, 2011. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Command Paper 8211: Accessed November 19, 2011 at: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/crime/ending-gang-violence/gang-violence-detailreport?view=Binary Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 123400

Author: Great Britain: HMI Probation Title: Thematic Inspection Report: Putting the Pieces Together An Inspection of Multi-Agency Public Protection Arrangements Summary: This inspection of the of the Multi-Agency Public Protection Arrangements (MAPPA) was agreed by the Criminal Justice Chief Inspectors Group and formed part of the Joint Inspection Business Plan 2011-2013. It was led by HM Inspectorate of Probation, supported by HM Inspectorate of Constabulary. Its purpose was to assess the effectiveness of MAPPA in reducing the potential risk of harm to others presented by identified offenders in the community through joint working and the exchange of relevant information. We visited six areas and looked at a sample of cases managed through MAPPA. We examined the referral process and the plans to manage these offenders in the community drawn up at the MAPPA meetings. We then assessed the extent to which the agencies involved with the offenders took action and coordinated activity in response to the decisions made at the meetings. We also carried out a separate audit of the Violent and Sexual Offender Register (ViSOR), the database that contains information about most MAPPA eligible offenders. Overall findings -- The introduction of MAPPA placed, on a statutory basis, what previously had been a series of ad hoc arrangements for criminal justice agencies and other organisations to manage offenders deemed to present a risk of harm to others. It meant that staff in all agencies had, over time, to learn to share information and work collaboratively in order to assess and manage offenders who posed a risk of harm to the public. The subsequent development of MAPPA improved the assessment and management of these offenders. Despite the significant challenges in dealing with such individuals, the level of cooperation amongst criminal justice and other agencies, as shown by this inspection, was impressive. We found a culture of trust and openness in the agencies involved that encouraged the thoughtful exchange of information between staff working with the offenders. We also saw much good practice in the way in which staff tried to balance the needs of communities and victims with those of the offender. Given the nature of the offenders within MAPPA, it could be argued that all the cases should have been managed to the highest possible standard. Although, our findings were broadly positive, the inspection revealed a number of key areas for improvement which, in our opinion are crucial if MAPPA are to ensure that all reasonable action is taken to manage the risk of harm presented by an offender to others in the community. Lead Agency -- The national guidance, that sets out the way in which MAPPA are to operate, requires that a lead agency should be identified for each MAPPA eligible offender. We found that, despite this clear guidance, the concept of one agency taking the lead for an offender within MAPPA, whilst acknowledged by staff, was underdeveloped and did not impact on the way in which cases were managed. In practice, each agency involved with a case tended to act in isolation from one another other and used the MAPPA meetings mainly to update partners and exchange information. A clearer focus on a specified lead agency would promote a more coordinated approach to the management of each offender. Risk Management Planning -- We found that MAPPA rarely produced a comprehensive risk management plan. In accordance with the national guidance, MAPPA should agree a risk management plan for each offender subject to multi-agency management. We found that this very rarely happened in a comprehensive way. In some cases, a list of short-term actions was identified; in others, actions were too vague or simply not identified at all. We did not see any examples of a jointly agreed MAPPA risk management plan, specifying how all the relevant agencies would work together to manage the individual’s risk of harm to others, including contingency arrangements. Furthermore, actions for agencies identified by MAPPA were not always well integrated into the records of the relevant agency. Most of the cases we saw were managed through a range of restrictive interventions, including curfews, approved premises, exclusion zones and surveillance. There was little question that these interventions were necessary, but they needed to be balanced by a focus on protective factors such as involvement in positive activities and constructive interventions designed to reduce the level of risk presented by the offender in the longer term. Offender managers and MAPPA as a whole paid little attention to what would happen to the offender at the end of supervision. Active Management -- Emphasis was too often placed on information exchange within MAPPA, rather than on the active management of an offender. MAPPA meetings to review and plan work with offenders were well attended and held at the right frequency. The chairs of the meetings worked hard to ensure that all the participants were able to make a contribution. However, in many meetings, the emphasis was more on the exchange of information between agencies rather than on the development of strategies actively to manage the risk of harm presented by the offender. As a result, the chair did not always hold agencies sufficiently to account for their actions. In order to do this, chairs of meetings not only needed to be knowledgable about process and procedures, they also needed to be assertive and have well developed skills in chairing and managing meetings. Documentation Minutes of MAPPA meetings were often not fit for purpose. Minutes recording the details of MAPPA meetings were generally poorly written and presented. In many instances, there were delays in distribution and we found numerous examples of minutes that contained out of date information, or information that was wrong. Some were lengthy and difficult to read because discussions had been transcribed verbatim. In one area, the minutes contained pages of action points, whilst in others, there were almost none. As a result, the minutes were rarely used as a working tool and staff tended to develop their own recording systems. The poor quality of the minutes meant that the agencies within MAPPA would not always be able demonstrate that they had made defensible decisions in the event of a challenge. ViSOR -- We also undertook a detailed audit of the ViSOR records held on the offenders in the inspection sample. Our findings were disappointing. We found that ViSOR was not used as a shared working tool by police and probation staff, mainly because, whilst ViSOR was reasonably accessable to police staff, access by probation staff was severly constrained. In addition, the quality of the information held on the system was not always of a high standard. Conclusion -- In order to work well, all the participants in MAPPA need to work together to develop a shared view about the nature of the risk presented by an individual offender to the public, draw up a plan to manage that risk and then ensure that the plan is implemented, reviewed and updated in response to events. In this report, we identify a number of areas where these elements of MAPPA work can be improved and we make a range of recommendations to address these findings. Details: London: Criminal Justice Joint Inspection, 2011. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 19, 2011 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/inspectorate-reports/hmiprob/mappa-thematic-report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Agency Collaboration (U.K.) Shelf Number: 123404

Author: Malloch, Margaret Title: Interventions for Drug Users in the Criminal Justice System: Scottish Review Summary: The purpose of this review was to examine the available research evidence on criminal justice interventions in Scotland in terms of „effectiveness‟, (measured by rates of reconviction/reoffending, and reductions in drug use) and costs. The review also recognises the current policy emphasis on „recovery‟, which requires a wider acknowledgement of the possible mechanisms for measuring „success‟ and a wider vision for the process of recovery itself. The review was undertaken between August and November 2010. This review found that there are a number of difficulties in determining effectiveness in the area of drug interventions - sample numbers within evaluations are often small, the nature of interventions make it difficult to identify control groups and therefore to isolate factors making an impact or indeed, to measure the overall impact of the intervention itself; change often comes from a number of different factors; different methods are often used to measure different outcomes over different periods of time making it impossible to compare effectiveness across interventions. The existence of major gaps in the evidence base for drug interventions is acknowledged internationally. In spite of these limitations, some broad observations can be made from the evidence currently available and which has been considered as part of this review. The rationale for providing drug interventions through the criminal justice system is to fast-track individuals whose criminal activity is directly related to problem drug use into treatment. Evidence on treatment outcomes suggests that the benefit-cost ratio for structured interventions makes such intervention cost-effective (ranging from 2.5:1 to 9.5:1 depending on methods used) making drug treatment in general an economically viable option in terms of costs and benefits. Evidence from Scotland suggests that the total social and economic cost of illicit drug use is just under £3.56 billion (around £61,000 per problem drug user). Estimated costs of crime are reduced significantly for individuals in treatment (from £12,713 for individuals with no intervention in place; to £1,536 for those in treatment for more than one year). Reductions in re-offending appear to be consistent features of evaluations of interventions (where this outcome is available) along with reductions in drug use for individuals who engage with the interventions. Where re-offending continues, evidence suggests that there is a reduction in the rate of re-offending from levels of re-offending prior to the intervention. There is evidence to indicate that retention in treatment and a consequent „good‟ outcome is consistently predicted by the relationship between readiness for treatment and change, motivation and commitment, and the therapeutic relationship. There does not appear to be any significant difference in outcome between those who access treatment through the criminal justice system and those who access it voluntarily. While this highlights the viability of coerced treatment, it would equally suggest that diverting individuals into treatment may be as effective as intervening through the criminal justice system. In order to avoid „net-widening‟, it is important that intensive interventions are used for „high tariff‟ individuals and ensuring that community resources can be accessed outside the criminal justice system. Qualitative evidence, gathered from both professional respondents and service users, provides some positive elements from the Scottish evaluations of criminal justice interventions for drug users; however in terms of outcome and cost effectiveness, there is limited data from which conclusions of overall effectiveness can be drawn: There is currently no evidence to indicate that mandatory drug testing of arrestees provides any benefits, although it does provide some indication of the incidence of drug use among those tested and can provide a basis for directing individuals to appropriate services. Evaluations of arrest referral schemes are unable to provide evidence of benefits beyond the immediacy of the intervention, largely due to lack of evidence on longer-term outcomes including take-up of onward referrals. However, the recent evaluation of the arrest referral intervention for persistent offenders in Glasgow does provide some evidence of reductions in reconviction rates and benefits in terms of cost when individuals engage with services. Drug Treatment and Testing Orders (DTTOs) and Drug Courts are both associated with reductions in drug use and reoffending, with improved outcomes for those who complete Orders. Drug Courts appear to be slightly more successful in terms of reconviction rates than DTTOs. Evidence on the effectiveness of lower tariff DTTOs (DTTO IIs) is inconclusive, however international literature on the use of intensive interventions mitigates against the use of intensive interventions for individuals who are low tariff offenders. Combined residential and community-based interventions such as the 218 Centre and Turnaround have much to offer in promoting recovery, given the holistic nature of the intervention; however although cost data is available there is currently no corresponding data on rates of reoffending/reconviction with which to measure cost-effectiveness. While prison may be an effective point of intervention for some problem drug users, evidence from Scotland is limited, with no reconviction analysis of prison-based drug related interventions currently available. Levels of re-offending on release from prison appear to be directly related to the availability of aftercare provision. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Centre for Crime & Justice Research, 2011. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report No. 05/2011: Accessed November 19, 2011 at: http://www.sccjr.ac.uk/documents/SCCJR%20REVIEW%20OF%20EFFECTIVENESS.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 123364

Author: McCoard, Shirley Title: Summary Justice Reform: Lay Justice Evaluation Summary: The research is part of a wider package of work to evaluate summary justice reforms (SJR) in Scotland as a whole, as well as a number of other individual areas of reform. This report focuses solely on the reforms to lay justice, and is the third publication in the series of SJR evaluation reports. The overarching objectives of SJR were to achieve a summary justice system that is fair to victims, witnesses and the accused; effective in deterring, punishing and helping to rehabilitate offenders; efficient in the use of time and resources; and quick and simple in delivery. The specific policy objectives of the reforms to lay justice were to ensure fair and open recruitment of Justices of the Peace (JPs) from across the community; enable the more extensive use of better trained, more professional lay Justices; ensure that the share of business in the JP courts would be, at the least, similar to the level in the district courts; make better use of the JP courts in terms of the profile of cases dealt with; and ensure that the ability of the public and professionals to access signing services remained stable or improved post-reform. In summary, the evaluation focused on the type and volume of cases that JPs deal with; the impact (and perceived impact) of changes to recruitment, training and appraisal; and the relation of the above to the overarching objectives and intended outcomes of SJR as a whole, in particular the intended outcome ‘appropriate allocation of case to forum, including sufficient use of better-trained lay Justices’. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2011. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 21, 2011 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Publications/2011/11/14103952/0 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Courts (Scotland) Shelf Number: 123415

Author: Social Market Research (U.K.) Title: Views and Experiences of People with Learning Disability in Relation to Policing Arrangements in Northern Ireland Summary: This report aimed at helping to promote the rights of one of the most vulnerable groups in local society - people with learning disabilities. The report is the outcome of a major research project co-funded by the Police Ombudsman’s Office and the Policing Board into the issues faced by people with learning disabilities when dealing with the police and policing organisations. Almost 300 people with learning disabilities, along with key workers and organisations in the learning disability sector, and representatives of the police, policing organisations and criminal justice bodies were consulted during the project. The study found that people with learning disabilities had largely positive views and experiences of the police. But it also found that many instances of bullying and harassment of people with learning disabilities were likely to go unreported because the victims did not realise that they had been a victim of crime, or were unwilling to report it. The report makes a total of 24 recommendations to help ensure that the police and policing organisations respond appropriately to the needs of people with learning disabilities, and also to help combat disability hate crime. Details: Belfast: Police Ombudsman for Northern Ireland and Northern Ireland Policing Board, 2011. 251p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2011 at: http://www.nipolicingboard.org.uk/learning_disability_research_final_report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Hate Crimes Shelf Number: 123447

Author: Cavanagh, Ben Title: Religiously Aggravated Offending in Scotland 2010-11 Summary: Section 74 of the Criminal Justice (Scotland) Act 2003 states that an offence is aggravated by religious prejudice if: (a) at the time of committing the offence or immediately before or after doing so, the offender evinces towards the victim (if any) of the offence malice and ill-will based on the victim's membership (or presumed membership) of a religious group, or of a social or cultural group with a perceived religious affiliation; or (b) the offence is motivated (wholly or partly) by malice and ill-will towards members of a religious group, or of a social or cultural group with a perceived religious affiliation, based on their membership of that group'. Some information about these offences was published by the Crown Office and Procurator Fiscal Service (COPFS) in May 2011 in their report titled ‘Hate Crime in Scotland 2010-11’. The report included statistics on racially and religiously motivated crime, as well as figures on the three recently introduced categories of hate crime (disability, sexual orientation and transgender identity.) It showed that there were 693 charges with a religious aggravation reported in 2010-11. Over the last five years the overall total number of these charges has been relatively stable, fluctuating between 600 and 700 charges reported each year. In the five financial years between 2006-07 and 2010-11 there were 696, 609, 667, 632 and 693 religious aggravation charges respectively. The number of reported charges in 2010-11 was however 9.7% higher than in 2009-10 and the highest number of charges since 2006-07. To provide a greater insight into the nature of religious offending in Scotland this report presents a further breakdown of the charges reported to COPFS in 2010-11 including information about when and where these incidents took place, the nature of the religious belief that was targeted through the offensive conduct, the victims of the conduct and more information about the accused. The research sought to find out the age and sex of the accused; who the offensive conduct was directed towards; where incidents took place; if they were related to alcohol/drugs/football/marches; which religions were targeted and the final court outcomes for these charges. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2011. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 26, 2011 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/Doc/362943/0122956.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crimes Shelf Number: 123452

Author: Scotland. Violence Reduction Unit Title: The Violence Must Stop: Glasgow's Community Initiative to Reduce Violence: Second Year Report Summary: The initiative is a focused deterrence strategy modelled on the Boston Ceasefire project and the Cincinnati Initiative to Reduce Violence. The CIRV model establishes a partnership among police, social services, education, housing and community safety services along with the local community and delivers a clear message to established street gangs: the violence must stop. Following the success of such strategies internationally, Scotland’s national Violence Reduction Unit, together with the Scottish Government, has been testing the concept in Glasgow’s east end since October 2008, extending the project to the north of the city during 2009. CIRV, the VRU’s groundbreaking gangs’ initiative has helped reduce gang violence in Glasgow by almost 50%. To date, 400 gang members have signed up to CIRV, which operates in Glasgow’s east end and north side. Latest figures show violent offending by those who have signed up to CIRV has reduced by 46%, rising to 73% amongst those who undertook CIRV’s most intensive programmes. Details: Glasgow: Community Initiative to Reduce Violence, 2011(?). 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 26, 2011 at: http://www.actiononviolence.co.uk/content/cirv-helps-reduce-glasgow-gang-violence Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 123455

Author: Scotland. Equality and Human Rights Commission Title: Inquiry into Human Trafficking in Scotland Summary: The Commission undertook to inquire into the nature and extent of human trafficking in Scotland focusing mainly, but not exclusively, on trafficking for the purpose of commercial sexual exploitation. Other main purposes such as forced labour, domestic servitude and criminal exploitation were also investigated. The Commission also sought to inquire into the factors that give rise to human trafficking in Scotland. The role played by demand for cheap and exploitable labour, particularly relating to commercial sexual exploitation, along with push factors such as poverty and inequality in source countries, was therefore central to the Inquiry. The Inquiry further considered how policy and practice in Scotland compared to international anti-trafficking obligations, particularly in relation to: The investigation, prosecution, and monitoring of traffickers; The identification and treatment of victims; The extent and quality of statutory and specialist services and accommodation for victims. Finally, the Inquiry sought to identify good practice, particularly in relation to prevention and prohibition of trafficking, prosecution of traffickers, and protection of victims. The Inquiry’s findings led to a series of recommendations detailed within this report. These recommendations, aimed at the various institutions and agencies with a role to play in tackling human trafficking in Scotland, are designed to help prevent human trafficking and improve responses to it. The Inquiry also suggests that institutions and agencies have regard to two other recent reports on trafficking in Scotland. These are the report in December 2010 of the previous Equal Opportunities Committee, ‘Inquiry into Migration and Trafficking’, and ‘Scotland: a safe place for child traffickers’ by Scotland’s Commissioner for Children and Young People, published in March 2011. Details: Edinburgh: Equality and Human Rights Commission, 2011. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 30, 2011 at: http://www.equalityhumanrights.com/uploaded_files/Scotland/Human_Trafficking_in_Scotland_/inquiry_into_human_trafficking_in_scotland-full-report_pdf_.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 123490

Author: Smith, Robert Title: Tackling Youth Gang Issues on Campus - A Case Study Summary: Youth gang crime is a topical and pervasive issue in contemporary Scotland. It is normally considered to be an urban street problem and seldom is the phenomenon framed in an educational context. This practice note discusses how one of Scotland’s longest serving campus officers dealt with youth gang issues on campus at a Secondary School in West Central Scotland. In the first part of the note, the authors provide some theoretical underpinnings to explain the importance of this policing approach. In the second part the authors present a case study which describes the effectiveness of some very practical policing strategies and why they proved to be so. Part three identifies key factors and draws conclusions. Details: Dundee, Scotland: Scottish Institute for Policing Research, 2011 Source: Internet Resource: Scottish Institute for Policing Research Practice Notes No. 1: Accessed on December 6, 2011 at: http://www.sipr.ac.uk/downloads/Practice_Notes/Campus_Officer_1.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 123498

Author: Ministry of Justice, Department for Work and Pensions Title: Offending, employment and benefits - emerging findings from the data linkage project Summary: The Offending, employment and benefits ad-hoc statistics release contains emerging findings from a project to share administrative data between the Ministry of Justice (MoJ), the Department for Work and Pensions (DWP) and Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs (HMRC). The aim of the data-share is to improve the evidence base on the links between offending, employment and benefits to support policy development. Details: United Kingdom: Ministry of Justice, Department for Work and Pensions, 2011. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on December 7, 2011 at: http://statistics.dwp.gov.uk/asd/asd1/adhoc_analysis/2011/offending_employment_and_benefits.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Diffusion of Benefits Shelf Number: 123502

Author: Cuthbert, Chris Title: All cabies count: Prevention and protection for vulnerable babies Summary: The NSPCC has produced a report highlighting the importance of early intervention to help children get the best possible start in life. The report sets out the evidence by drawing on research, consultation and original analysis to examine the disproportionate vulnerability of babies; the causes and consequences of infant abuse and neglect; and effective and promising interventions during pregnancy and the baby’s first year. The report includes new analysis into the number of babies under one year who are affected by parental substance misuse, mental illness and domestic abuse which are all important risk factors for abuse and neglect. Details: London, UK: National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children (NSPCC), 2011. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on December 8, 2011 at: http://www.nspcc.org.uk/Inform/resourcesforprofessionals/underones/all_babies_count_pdf_wdf85569.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 123534

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary Title: The Rules of Engagement: A Review of the August 2011 Disorders Summary: Following the August 2011 riots, the Home Secretary wrote to HMIC to request “further work to support clearer guidance to forces on the size of deployments, the need for mutual aid, pre-emptive action, public order tactics, the number of officers (including commanders) trained in public order policing and an appropriate arrests policy”. HMIC found police need to be better prepared, trained and ready to protect the public if they are to improve upon their response to public disorder. Details: London: HMIC, 2011. 123p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 13, 2012 at: http://www.hmic.gov.uk/media/a-review-of-the-august-2011-disorders-20111220.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crowd Control Shelf Number: 123598

Author: Northern Ireland. Department of Justice Title: A Review of the Youth Justice System in Northern Ireland Summary: This Review was launched in 2010 by the Minister of Justice, David Ford, in furtherance of the Hillsborough Castle Agreement. Undertaken by an independent team of three people, its terms of reference were to critically assess the current arrangements for responding to youth crime and make recommendations for how these might be improved within the wider context of, among other things, international obligations, best practice and a fi nancially uncertain future. The Review Team consulted a wide range of stakeholders, including children and young people and members of the communities where they lived. Off ending by children tends to be less serious than adults; as with the pattern in other jurisdictions, common off ences include criminal damage, theft and common assault. Around 10,000 young people come into contact with the criminal justice system at some level during the course of a typical year. Like other developed countries, Northern Ireland has a separate justice system for children, from age 10 to 17 inclusive, underpinned by statutory aims to prevent off ending, protect the public and secure the welfare of the child. Details: Belfast: Northern Ireland Department of Justice, 2011. 128p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 13, 2012 at: http://www.drugsandalcohol.ie/16000/1/report-of-the-review-of-the-youth-justice-system-in-ni%5B1%5D.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Childrens Rights Shelf Number: 123610

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: The Care and Treatment of Victims and Witnesses in the Criminal Justice System in Northern Ireland Summary: The criminal justice system has a responsibility to ensure victims and witnesses feel safe, are supported and are consequently able to give evidence. Victims and witnesses also have a right to expect a straightforward and co-ordinated service from the criminal justice agencies. They are often the primary or sole witness of an offence, and they merit vigilant attention by all those involved in the criminal justice process. In addition, the needs of families of victims also have to be taken into consideration. Victims of some serious crime, and their families, are often subject to very traumatic events which change the course of their lives forever. It is important that the criminal justice system treats them sensitively and that their needs are taken into consideration in the design and delivery of justice services. Furthermore, the requirements of victims are often complex and need effective integration between not only the justice system, but other Government departments, such as health and the voluntary and community sector (VCS). The aim of this inspection report was to ensure that effective mechanisms were in place to increase the confidence of victims and witnesses so that they would fully participate within the criminal justice system in Northern Ireland. The inspection considered the experiences of victims and witnesses, as well as interagency working and governance arrangements for victims and witnesses services at a strategic level. It is axiomatic that if fitting services are provided by the criminal justice system, together with links to support systems from the voluntary sector, then more people may voluntarily come forward to report crime and give evidence in court. Individuals and their families will also be able to access appropriate services at the right time. This report is the third inspection into the experiences of victims and witnesses conducted by CJI since 2005. In terms of progress, Inspectors can report that of the 37 recommendations made by CJI in its 2005 report only two (5%) remain outstanding in their totality. This is a creditable performance and represents much good work and effort on the part of the criminal justice agencies and others. Details: Belfast: Northern Ireland Criminal Justice Inspection, 2011. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 13, 2012 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/ba/ba2a6e4b-0e39-4e1f-af17-c6165a7c827f.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Victim Services Shelf Number: 123611

Author: Bradshaw, Paul Title: Summary Justice Reform: Evaluation of the Reforms to Fine Enforcement: Final Report Summary: This report presents the findings of a formative evaluation of the new system that introduced changes to the processes for collecting and enforcing financial penalties in Scotland introduced under Summary Justice Reform (SJR). The overall aim of SJR is the establishment of a summary justice system which is: fair to the accused, victims and witnesses; effective in deterring and punishing offenders; efficient in the use of time and resources; and quick and simple in delivery. The policy objectives of the fines enforcement (FE) reforms were to: improve the collection and enforcement of fines by increasing the methods of payment and extending enforcement actions; reduce police and judicial involvement in fines recovery; reduce rates of imprisonment for fine default; and ensure, through an effective enforcement system, that fines are viewed as credible and suitable disposals. The FE reforms, introduced in March 2008, saw responsibility for the enforcement of financial penalities for criminal offences in Scotland transfer to the Scottish Court Service (SCS), the creation of a new post dedicated to the recovery of unpaid fines – the Fines Enforcement Officer (FEO) – and the provision of enforcement powers to the FEO. At the same time, restrictions were made to the availability of imprisonment as a sanction for fine default. The position of FEO, and its functions and powers, are defined by s55 of the Criminal Proceedings etc. (Reform) (Scotland) Act 2007. FEOs have a range of actions, powers and tools at their disposal, the majority of which are made available through the attachment to the fine of an Enforcement Order (EO). The EO allows the FEO to change the payment terms of a fine, arrest a defaulter’s bank account, arrange for fine payments to be deducted directly from employment earnings, or seizure of a vehicle belonging to the defaulter. FEOs can also make a request to a Justice of the Peace (JP)/Sheriff to arrange to have fine payments deducted from the defaulter’s benefits. They may also refer the case to court. Although formative in nature one key fines enforcement outcome has emerged from the research, that since the introduction of FEOs, defaulters are now actively and consistently pursued. With respect to findings concerning processes (the key aim of formative evaluation) the research demonstrates the complexity of the implementation stages of the reformed fines enforcement processes and identifies the key barriers to effective enforcement in the new regime. The barriers include a significant increase in the volume of fines following the introduction of police Direct Measures (DMs), large numbers of unpaid fines carried forward from the previous system, and a staged unification process which impacted on volumes. However, even as these factors begin to recede there are further barriers that will need to be addressed if the rates of fine collection are to rise significantly. These include the lack provision of accurate information on defaulters in general and the lack of a process for the police to provide relevant information in particular, the circumstances and nature of defaulters 2 who are often either unable or unwilling to pay and ultimately the lack of a final sanction for non-payment. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2011. 97p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 13, 2012 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/Doc/363926/0123607.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Fines Shelf Number: 123612

Author: Wilson, Edith Title: Assessing the Predictive Validity of the Asset Youth Risk Assessment Tool Using the Juvenile Cohort Study (JCS) Summary: Asset is a structured risk assessment tool for young people, used by all youth offending teams in England and Wales. This research was commissioned to inform the Youth Justice Board’s (YJB) review of assessment and intervention planning. Using data from the Juvenile Cohort Study, it aimed to evaluate how well Asset predicts future proven re-offending over a one-year period. The predictive validity of Asset was also compared against the Offender Group Reconviction Scale (OGRS 3) and a combination of static and dynamic components of Asset. Asset was found to be a good predictor of one-year proven re-offending: those with higher Asset scores were more likely to re-offend, to commit more re-offences, to commit more serious re-offences, and were more likely to receive a custodial disposal (compared to those with lower Asset scores). Asset plus OGRS 3 was the best predictor of proven re-offending of those tested. As a predictor of re-offending, OGRS 3 was as good as Asset, but it did not perform well as a standalone measure for Final Warnings. The results generally support the application of OGRS 3 in the youth justice system for predicting proven one-year re-offending, which was proposed as part of the YJB review of assessment and intervention planning (although more detailed assessments may still be required for intervention planning). Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2011. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Research Series 10/11; Accessed January 17, 2012 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/research-and-analysis/moj-research/assessing-predictive-validity.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 123630

Author: Social Care Institute for Excellence: City of London Police Title: Assessment: Financial Crime Against Vulnerable Adults Summary: The report highlights the current and potential future threats to vulnerable adults in relation to economic crime. It covers the wide spectrum of financial abuse and exploitation against vulnerable people by family members, care workers and unscrupulous individuals within our society. Economic crime can have a significant impact on the victim and this assessment articulates the devastation it can cause for individuals. The work of the professionals who work to protect vulnerable people must not be overlooked. This assessment seeks to highlight the true scale of this issue, to identify the existing gaps in financial safeguarding and to ascertain the work required to improve safeguarding practice. The assessment aims to raise awareness of the threat to vulnerable adults and to consider ways to improve safeguarding arrangements. Details: London: Social Care Institute for Excellence, 2011. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: SCIE Report No. 49; Accessed January 17, 2012 at: http://www.met.police.uk/fraudalert/docs/financial_crime_against_vulnerable_adults.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Elderly Victims Shelf Number: 123631

Author: Great Britain. Crown Prosecution Service Title: CPS Pilot on Forced Marriage and So-Called 'Honour' Crime: Findings Summary: On 1 July 2007, the CPS implemented a pilot project to identify and monitor forced marriage and so-called ‘honour’ crime cases for the first time. The aims of the pilot were: a) To identify the number and pattern of cases b) To identify issues facing prosecutors in accurately identifying, managing and prosecuting these cases c) To inform the development of any national guidance and training for prosecutors. The pilot ran in four CPS Areas: Lancashire, London, West Midlands, and West Yorkshire. Within London there were four participating Boroughs (Newham, Brent, Tower Hamlets and Ealing). The pilot ran for nine months and concluded on 31 March 2008. Within each Area, in advance of the pilot, nominated prosecutors (known as specialist prosecutors) were selected, provided with guidance and trained to lead and advise colleagues on the prosecution of these cases in their respective Areas. A new monitoring system was also implemented as part of the pilot. This involved specialist prosecutors forwarding to a lead advisor any suspected case of forced marriage and/or so-called ‘honour’ crime in order for its status to be confirmed and a monitoring ‘flag’ to be applied. The lead advisor also acted as a direct point of contact for guidance and advice for prosecutors in relation to identifying, managing and prosecuting these cases during the pilot. The CPS also initiated a research project in support of the pilot. The research adopted a mixed method approach involving qualitative and quantitative methods. It was also, in some respects, longitudinal in design. Data was collected in three stages: 1) pre-pilot; 2) during the course of the pilot; and 3) post-pilot. The key findings from the research project are presented in this report. Details: London: Crown Prosecution Service, 2008. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 18, 2012 at: http://www.cps.gov.uk/publications/docs/findings_from_cps_pilot_on_forced_marriage.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Forced Marriage (U.K.) Shelf Number: 123653

Author: Jolliffe, Darrick Title: Re-offending Analysis of Women Offenders Referred to Together Women (TW) and the Scope to Divert from Custody Summary: Together Women was a community-based holistic intervention aimed at socially excluded women who were ‘offenders’ (with a recent or past criminal conviction) or ‘at risk’ of offending, although neither category was prescriptively defined. Issues about data monitoring, the definitions of needs and outcomes which were highlighted in previous reports continued to hamper a robust evaluation of TW meaning only a limited quantitative assessment of the impact of TW could be undertaken. The results suggested that there was no difference in the prevalence or frequency of proven re-offending among women referred to TW and comparable women who were supported by the Probation Service. These findings should be interpreted cautiously given the limited number of TW service users identified (as a proportion of those referred), the limited number of TW service users recorded as having received support from TW, and the reliance on criminal records data to equate the TW and comparison group. Interviews with sentencers, particularly magistrates, suggested that while most considered TW to be a useful supplement to the range of non-custodial options, its availability rarely influenced the decision to divert from custody. There was some evidence that this could change if TW was used as a specified activity on a community order. However, some sentencers thought this would undermine the essential TW ethos of empowering women to take control of their lives. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2011. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Research Series 11/11: Accessed January 18, 2012 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/research-and-analysis/moj-research/women-offenders-referred-together-women.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 123655

Author: Armitage, Rachel Title: The Impact of Connectivity and Through-Movement within Residential Developments on Levels of Crime and Anti-Social Behaviour Summary: This briefing note focuses upon the impact of levels of connectivity and through-movement (within residential housing developments) on levels of crime and anti-social behaviour (ASB). The note is one of a series of themed papers which reports the findings from a collaborative project funded by the Home Office and managed by the Commission for Architecture and the Built Environment (CABE). The project set out to strengthen and update the evidence base on the impact of residential design on a range of crime types – with a specific focus on housing developments acclaimed for their innovative design and award winning architecture. It should be highlighted that although this briefing note is designed as a summary document, the findings and recommendations are based upon a seven month project conducted by a consortium of universities including experts within the field of designing out crime, statistical modelling, urban design and Geographical Information Systems (GIS). The project was overseen by an expert Steering Group who ensured that the research was conducted to the required standards in terms of independence and methodological rigour. The main aim of the research was to establish which features of residential design impact upon crime (either positively or negatively) and whether these design features are those being promoted as good practice within planning policy and guidance. In terms of connectivity and through-movement, this includes questions such as:  Are culs-de-sac safer than through roads?  Are some cul-de-sac designs safer than others?  Can footpaths be included within a development without increasing crime risks?  How safe are gated developments? Recent and imminent changes in both planning policy and policing provision, increase the importance of ensuring that research findings are conveyed in a clear and comprehensible format. Practitioners (with increased workloads and reduced numbers) and newly formed community and locally based bodies need to be able to extract the relevant implications and apply these to proposed developments within their area. For this reason, this series of briefing notes will not dwell on the complex research methodology or detailed analysis; rather it will focus upon the key recommendations for policy and practice. Details: Huddersfield, UK: University of Huddersfield, 2011. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 19, 2012 at: http://www.hud.ac.uk/media/universityofhuddersfield/content/image/research/hhs/acc/Briefing%20Notes%20-%20The%20Impact%20of%20Connectivity.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 123660

Author: Armitage, Rachel Title: The Impact of the Design and Layout of Car Parking on Crime and Anti-Social Behaviour Summary: This briefing note is one of a series of themed papers which reports the findings from a collaborative project funded by the Home Office and managed by the Commission for Architecture and the Built Environment (CABE). This note focuses upon the impact of the design and layout of car parking on crime and anti-social behaviour (ASB) within residential housing. The project set out to strengthen and update the evidence base on the impact of residential design on a range of crime types – with a specific focus on housing developments acclaimed for their innovative design and award winning architecture. It should be highlighted that although this briefing note is designed as a summary document, the findings and recommendations are based upon a seven month project conducted by a consortium of universities including experts within the field of designing out crime, statistical modelling, urban design and Geographical Information Systems (GIS). The project was overseen by an expert Steering Group who ensured that the research was conducted to the required standards in terms of independence and methodological rigour. The main aim of the research was to establish which features of residential design impact upon crime (either positively or negatively) and whether these design features are those being promoted as good practice within planning policy and guidance. In terms of car parking, this includes questions such as:  Are properties with garages safer than those without?  Where garages cannot be provided, what is the safest form of parking?  How safe is underground parking?  What impact are planning policies designed to remove the car from the street scene having upon crime and ASB? Recent and imminent changes in both planning policy and policing provision, increase the importance of ensuring that research findings are conveyed in a clear and comprehensible format. Practitioners (with increased workloads and reduced numbers) and newly formed community and locally based bodies need to be able to extract the relevant implications and apply these to proposed developments within their area. For this reason, this series of briefing notes will not dwell on the complex methodology or detailed analysis; rather it will focus upon the key recommendations for policy and practice. Details: Huddersfield, UK: University of Huddersfield, 2011. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 19, 2012 at: http://www.hud.ac.uk/media/universityofhuddersfield/content/image/research/hhs/acc/Briefing%20Notes%20-%20Car%20Parking%20on%20Crime%20and%20Anti-Social%20Behaviour.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 123661

Author: Armitage, Rachel Title: Assessing the Impact of Residential Design on Crime: A Guide to Conducting Case Studies Summary: This briefing note aims to guide the reader through the task of conducting a case study to assess the impact of residential design on crime. It is part of a series of themed papers which report the findings from a collaborative project funded by the Home Office and managed by the Commission for Architecture and the Built Environment (CABE). The project set out to strengthen and update the evidence base on the impact of residential design on a range of crime types – with a specific focus on housing developments acclaimed for their innovative design and award winning architecture. This research was commissioned by two agencies (Home Office and CABE) who were interested in updating the evidence base on the impact of residential design on crime and to ensure that future policy and guidance reflected the findings of a comprehensive and up to date study. The research itself was conducted by an independent consortium of academics with expertise in conducting research yet with no vested interest in the outcome of the study. Although this is an ideal scenario, recent budget cuts have limited the likelihood of agencies such as police, local authorities or Registered Social Landlords (RSLs) being in a position to outsource research. For this reason, this briefing note is designed to guide the reader through the task of conducting a case study. It looks at issues such as sample selection, data collection and analysis as well as problems and issues which may arise. It is hoped that practitioners can use this as a guide to conduct their own research and to inform the planning and development of residential areas to minimise crime risks. Details: Huddersfield, UK: University of Huddersfield, 2011. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 19, 2012 at: http://www.hud.ac.uk/media/universityofhuddersfield/content/image/research/hhs/acc/Briefing%20Notes%20-%20Conducting%20a%20Case%20Study.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Case Studies Shelf Number: 123662

Author: Great Britain. Equality and Human Rights Commission Title: How Fair is Britain? Equality, Human Rights and Good Relations in 2010. The First Triennial Review Summary: Britain is a country where we despise prejudice, embrace equality and believe in the fundamental right of the individual to make the most of his or her talents in a free society. We are increasingly at ease with diversity of all kinds, and intolerant of discrimination of any kind. Yet all too many of us remain trapped by the accident of our births, our destinies far too likely to be determined by our sex or race; our opportunities far too often conditioned by the fact that our age, or disability, our sexual preferences, or deeply held religion or belief make us lesser beings in the eyes of others. And far too many of us are still born into families without the material or social capital to give us the right start in life. In short, we twenty-first century Britons are a largely fair-minded people. But we are not yet a fair society. And we know that no individual can be truly free to realise their potential, or to exercise their inalienable human rights as long as they are imprisoned by the invisible, many-stranded web of prejudice, inertia and unfairness that holds so many back. This Review of our society’s progress in equality, human rights and good relations is the first comprehensive picture of its kind, enumerating the gaps between our ambitions for fairness and the actuality. There is much here that should make us hopeful; many of the old biases are, if not vanquished, on their way out. But there is also a great deal still to be done; and there are new challenges emerging. The Review is not a prescription for change. But it does aim to do three things. First, to amass objective evidence that will help us to decide where best to focus our resources and energies as a society, particularly at a time when we need to husband both carefully. Second, to provide a transparent, non-partisan account of where we stand now so we can judge whether decisions taken now might reduce fairness in the future. The Review’s findings provide benchmarks against which we can measure the impact of our actions, whether as members of public, private or voluntary bodies, or sometimes just as citizens. And finally, the picture here will, we hope, provide the basis for further debate and concerted action to decrease inequality, and increase fairness throughout our society. Details: London: Equality and Human Rights Commission, 2010. 751p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 19, 2012 at: http://www.equalityhumanrights.com/uploaded_files/triennial_review/how_fair_is_britain_-_complete_report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias Shelf Number: 123670

Author: Radford, Lorraine Title: Meeting the Needs of Children Living with Domestic Violence in London: Research Report Summary: The motivation for the research was to provide knowledge that could be used to improve children’s wellbeing. The aims were to explore the types of help given to children living with domestic violence in London, identify any gaps in knowledge and in services, and share learning about positive responses. In the 12 months to August 2011, the police recorded 47,297 domestic violence offences in London. Domestic violence accounts for 29 per cent of violent crime in London. One in seven (14.2 per cent) children and young people under the age of 18 will have lived with domestic violence at some point in their childhood. This is equivalent to at least 260,400 of London’s children and young people. Although not all will be affected in the same way, living with domestic violence can adversely affect children’s healthy development, relationships, behaviour and emotional wellbeing. Awareness has grown about the harm that can be caused to children in this way. Seeing or overhearing violence to another person in the home is recognised by law as potentially detrimental to children’s welfare. Research has shown that domestic violence is a central issue in child protection, being a factor in the family backgrounds of two-thirds of the serious case reviews (SCRs) where a child has died. It is also increasingly recognised that experiences of living with domestic violence vary and, although all children need to be safe, their need for support and help will vary. Over the last 10 years, changes have been made in policy and practice to cater for a continuum of children’s needs, ranging from preventative measures, to protect children from having to live with domestic violence, to the care and support of children who have suffered harm. Under the previous Government, ‘integrated children’s services’ were to bring together statutory services (such as child protection, education, social housing and health) with community and voluntary sector services to provide a range of coordinated support for children and their families, especially those most vulnerable or socially excluded. More differentiated and targeted responses have developed, where levels of support are designed to fit better with varied levels of need, including: • emphasis on early identification and intervention for vulnerable children • investment in Sure Start children’s centres • services for families with the combined problems of domestic violence, drug or alcohol abuse and poor mental health • Think Family approaches, which link adult and children’s services. However, Lord Laming’s report11 and Eileen Munro’s review of the child protection system both found that despite these changes, children living with domestic violence have not been given sufficient priority. Children’s needs tend to be overlooked when the focus is on the needs of the parent, while a focus on child protection can result in the impact of domestic violence on the abused parent being overlooked, highlighting the need for research into what help children living with domestic violence are given and what is effective for supporting both the child and the abused parent. The capital city presents particular challenges, but also some unique opportunities: • It has a diverse, mobile and changing population. • It includes areas of relative wealth as well as others of considerable deprivation. • The diversity of the population and the tendency of families to move from area to area, crossing borough boundaries, particularly when presenting to different services, places pressure on services working together to safeguard children and raises the risk of children falling through the gaps. • On the other hand, London has played a role in innovating and leading change, especially on coordinating approaches and on bringing together evidence and practice. Refuge and the NSPCC were each aware of examples of developing practice where knowledge could be shared. Details: London: NSPCC, 2011. 258p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 19, 2012 at: http://www.nspcc.org.uk/Inform/research/findings/domestic_violence_london_pdf_wdf85830.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 123671

Author: Beckett, Helen Title: 'Not a World Away': The Sexual Exploitation of Children and Young People in Northern Ireland Summary: Although the sexual exploitation of children and young people has previously been identified as an issue of concern within Northern Ireland (NI), little has been known about the scale and nature of the issue, or indeed ‘what works’ in preventing and responding to it. This has inevitably limited the degree to which we can effectively protect children and young people from this form of sexual abuse. Chapters one and two of the report set the context of the research. This chapter presents the aims and objectives of the work, a brief review of the existing body of sexual exploitation literature within the United Kingdom (UK) and an overview of the legislative and policy context within which the research occurred. Chapter two outlines the methodology employed within the research and the sample of participants and cases included within it. Chapters three to five present the quantitative findings of the research and a brief discussion as to the significance of these in relation to the extent of sexual exploitation among different populations of young people within NI. Chapter three presents information on reported cases of concern within a sample of 1,102 young people known to social services. Chapter four presents assessed levels of risk within the same group, calculated on the basis of a sexual exploitation risk assessment model from Wales. Chapter five considers risk within the wider youth population, presenting findings on self-reported experiences of sexual exploitation by the 786 16-year-olds who completed the 2010 ARK Young Life and Times (YLT) Survey. Chapters six to eight present findings from the qualitative aspects of the research, namely interviews with professionals and young people, and case file reviews. Commentary on the significance of these findings is woven throughout the chapters where relevant. Chapter six considers the different types of sexual exploitation known to be occurring within NI. Chapter seven presents information on the types of people perpetrating this abuse and the types of young people affected by it. Chapter eight explores the adequacy of current responses to the issue, highlighting both examples of promising practice and areas in which further progress is required. Chapter nine concludes the report with a brief synopsis of the key findings of the work and a series of recommendations on the way statutory bodies within NI can better respond to this issue in the future. Details: Belfast: Barnardo's, 2011. 106p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 19, 2012 at: http://www.barnardos.org.uk/13932_not_a_world_away_full_report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 123675

Author: Barnardo's Title: Cutting Them Free: How is the UK Progressing in Protecting Its Children from Sexual Exploitation? Summary: The report appraises the progress made in policy and practice over 2011 and sets out evidence from the latest survey of our 21 specialist sexual exploitation services. The results are alarming: - acknowledgement and recognition of the issue remains patchy at a local level - The number of sexually exploited children Barnardo's works with has grown by 8.4% to 1,190 but vital awareness-raising work has reduced by 30% due to funding cuts - 1 in 3 services have seen a marked increase in exploitation by other young people - Organised exploitation and internal trafficking of children within the UK is still a big concern; 1 in 6 service users have been moved from town to town and city to city. Furthermore, our research found that nearly half (44%) of the children our services work with have gone missing from home or care in the past, and that 1 in 10 of those who were exploited were boys. Details: Barkingside, Ilford, UK: Barnardo's 2012. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 19, 2012 at: http://www.barnardos.org.uk/cuttingthemfree.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 123674

Author: Malleson, Nick Title: Evaluating an Agent-Based Model of Burglary Summary: An essential part of any modelling research is to evaluate how a model performs. This paper will outline the process of evaluating a new agent-based model that is being developed to predict rates of residential burglary. The model contains a highly detailed environment which is representative of Leeds, UK. Following Castle and Crooks (2006), the process of evaluating the model will be segregated into three distinct activities: verification, calibration and validation. Verification refers to the process of establishing whether or not the model has been built correctly. This can be an extremely difficult process with complex models. Here, verification is accomplished by “plugging-in” different types of virtual environment which enables the researcher to limit environmental complexity and thus isolate the part of the model that is being tested. Following verification, calibration is the process of configuring the model parameters so that the output match some field conditions. However, this is a non-trivial task with models that are inherently spatial as it must be decided how to compare the two data sets. To this end, the paper will explore a number of spatial techniques and statistics that can be used to compare spatial data before documenting the process of calibrating the model. After calibration, it is necessary to ensure that the model has not been over-fitted to the calibration data (a process termed validation). Here, this is accomplished by running the model using environmental data from a different time period and comparing the results to the corresponding crime data. Details: Leeds, UK: School of Geography, University of Leeds, 2010. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper 10/1: Accessed January 20, 2012 at: http://www.geog.leeds.ac.uk/fileadmin/downloads/school/research/wpapers/10_1.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 123684

Author: Kongmuang, Charatdao Title: SimCrime: A Spatial Microsimulation Model for the Analysing of Crime in Leeds Summary: This Working Paper presents SimCrime, a static spatial microsimulation model for crime in Leeds. It is designed to estimate the likelihood of being a victim of crime and crime rates at the small area level in Leeds and to answer what-if questions about the effects of changes in the demographic and socio-economic characteristics of the future population. The model is based on individual microdata. Specifically, SimCrime combines individual microdata from the British Crime Survey (BCS) for which location data is only at the scale of large areas, with census statistics for smaller areas to create synthetic microdata estimates for output areas (OAs) in Leeds using a simulated annealing method. The new microdata dataset includes all the attributes from the original datasets. This allows variables such as crime victimisation from the BCS to be directly estimated for OAs. Details: Leeds, UK: School of Geography, University Leeds, 2006. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper 06/1: Accessed January 20, 2012 at: http://eprints.whiterose.ac.uk/4982/1/SimCrime_WorkingPaper_version1.1.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Analysis (U.K.) Shelf Number: 123688

Author: Malleson, Nick Title: Simulating Burglary with an Agent-Based Model Summary: Understanding the processes behind crime is an important research area in criminology, which has major implications for both improving policies and developing effective crime prevention strategies (Brantingham and Brantingham, 2004; Groff, 2007a). In order to test modern opportunity theories it is essential to be able model the complex, dynamic interactions of the individuals involved in each crime event. However, studies to date are limited in their ability to provide consistent support for these theories due to an inability to model complex micro-level interactions (Groff, 2007a). Agent-based modelling (ABM) represents a shift in the social sciences towards the use of models that work at the level of the individual. Using the ABM paradigm, human agents can be implemented with realistic human behaviour who interact with each other and their environment to create a dynamic system which mimics a real scenario. This paper presents the development and application of an ABM for simulating the occurrence of residential burglary at an individual level. Experiments are conducted investigate the effectiveness of burglary reduction strategies and criminology theories. The model is able to demonstrate that a commonly used crime-reduction initiative is ineffective at removing crime hotspots. Details: Leeds, UK: School of Geography, University of Leeds, 2009. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper 09/3: Accessed January 20, 2012 at: http://www.geog.leeds.ac.uk/fileadmin/downloads/school/research/wpapers/09-03.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 123689

Author: Oakley, Robin Title: Are you saying I'm Racist? An evaluation of work to tackle racist violence in three areas of London Summary: Racist violence continues to be a serious problem in Britain. In 2010/11 more than 51,187 racist incidents were recorded by the police in England & Wales, of which 9,464 (18%) occurred in London and the British Crime Survey estimates that the actual number of such incidents is around 200,000 annually. A recent study by the Institute of Race Relations indicates that more than 90% of perpetrators are white, 85% are male, and 60% are perpetrated by children or young adults under 25. The emergence of the English Defence League, and signs that inter-ethnic violence between minority groups may be increasing, both underline that this is an issue that continues to need to be addressed, especially through work with young people. Current approaches, however, do not seem to be proving effective. Focusing on tackling the problem primarily through responding to incidents once they have occurred is too limited an approach. ‘Zero tolerance’ as a response to racism in work with young people (e.g. by teachers excluding pupils for such behaviour from school) fails to address the underlying causes of their attitudes and behaviour. There is little reason to believe that reactive and repressive responses will bring about the necessary change: a more proactive response that draws out the problem and confronts it with the aim of prevention is needed. Three projects in London have been developing ways of working with young people to prevent them becoming involved in racist violence. The Trust for London initiated and funded this initiative after research had shown that, although young people tend to be the main perpetrators, there was little preventive work being targeted directly at those at risk of such involvement. The projects developed a variety of innovative approaches, engaging mainly with groups of young people in neighbourhoods and schools. Most of the young people the projects worked with were white, but some were black or from other minority ethnic groups. Some were linked with gangs, but most were not, and the project workers found that racist attitudes were widely held among young people in their areas, and that being ‘at risk’ of involvement in racist violence was widespread rather affecting only a special few. Their experience shows that face-to-face work with young people at the local level by skilled practitioners can have a significant impact on racist attitudes and behaviour, thus reducing ethnic tensions and promoting integration among young people with different backgrounds and identities. There is an urgent need, however, to integrate the lessons from this initiative into mainstream policy around youth and community issues, and also into the core training and everyday practice of youth and community workers and staff in schools. Details: London: Trust for London, 2011. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 21, 2012 at http://www.trustforlondon.org.uk/PVR_Full%20Report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Hate Crimes Shelf Number: 123715

Author: Caring Solutions (UK) Title: Review of the Medical Theories and Research Relating to Restraint Related Deaths Summary: The Independent Advisory Panel (IAP) which forms the second tier of the Ministerial Council on Deaths in Custody, commissioned this review of the medical theories and research relating to restraint related deaths. This report seeks to clarify research from national and international literature to ascertain any common findings in order to provide guidance for staff on safe and effective restraint techniques where there is no other resort in the management of violent and aggressive individuals. The methodology used was a literature review, a gap analysis and gathering expert opinion. There were 21 relevant international studies identified and 7 UK studies. There were 38 UK restraint-related deaths identified through NEXIS, INQUEST and a previous survey (which covered the period of 1979 to 2000). Of these 38, 7 were individuals detained under the Mental Health Act and 4 were informal patients in mental health care settings. Throughout the literature there is evidence that certain groups are more vulnerable to risks when being restrained, whether because of biophysiological, interpersonal or situational factors or attitudinal factors. These groups are those with serious mental illness or learning disabilities, those from Black and Minority Ethnic communities, those with a high body mass index; men age 30-40 years and young people (under the age of 20). The physiology of deaths under restraint in any setting where there is a duty of care on the state, is difficult to investigate as internationally the numbers of restraint-related deaths are small and classification by pathologists varies in different countries. Findings from experimental studies are not completely valid as there is limited generalisabilty to the real situation. The studies in this review which have increased validity are those with large numbers of retrospective case histories and autopsies but these are mostly published in literature from the USA. The frequency and acceptance of excited delirium syndrome as a cause of death in restraint incidents in this body of literature, and the use of ‘hobble’ restraint methods as the most common technique in these cases, make inferences and associations with UK deaths in custody more problematic. Simply restraining an individual in a prone position may be seen as restricting the ability to breathe, so lessening the supply of oxygen to meet the body’s demands. Restriction of the neck, chest wall or diaphragm can also occur when the head is forced downwards towards the knees. Laboured breathing and cessation of resistance may demonstrate collapse and indicate a medical emergency rather than cooperation from the individual. Other theories, besides positional asphyxia, were examined. These included acute behavioural disturbance and excited delirium, stress-related cardiomyopathy and the role of alcohol and drug abuse. Six of the thirty eight deaths noted in this report involved individuals with pre-existing conditions that may have increased the risk of cardiac arrest: e.g. ischaemic heart disease, diabetes and four people suffered from epilepsy. Sixteen cases had a history of mental illness, specifically psychosis. Positional asphyxia appears to be implicated in at least twenty six deaths (whether or not given as a verdict) because of struggle/physical stressors prior to restraint, number of staff involved and, in particular, because of the length of time of the restraint and position of the individual. Expert opinion and reviews were sought. There was consensus that there was a gap in reporting restraint-related deaths. Overall concerns were raised as to whether direct cause and effect can be determined in deaths as they often involve a mixture of complex factors and situations. The general view was that it should be assumed that everyone is at a potential risk rather than try to profile individuals only medically at risk. This is a class of death not fully understood and is multifactorial. Finally, a gap analysis was developed, including training and risk assessment issues, and implications for practice were discussed as a result of the expert opinion. Details: United Kingdom: Independent Advisory Panel on Deaths in Custody, 2011. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 22, 2012 at http://iapdeathsincustody.independent.gov.uk/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/Caring-Solutions-UK-Ltd-Review-of-Medical-Theories-of-Restraint-Deaths.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Deaths in Custody (United Kingdom) Shelf Number: 123733

Author: Prison Reform Trust. All-Party Parliamentary Penal Affairs Group Title: Too Many Prisoners. The All-Party Parliamentary Penal Affairs Group January 2008 - March 2010 Summary: With the prison population at an all time high of around 85,000 and plans for further considerable expansion of the estate despite radical cuts elsewhere in public expenditure, there has never been a greater need for an active and informed group. This report revives the title of the group’s first publication in 1980 Too Many Prisoners. At that time the prison population in England and Wales stood at 44,000, a level that the then Home Secretary described as “dangerously high”. In a speech to the Conservative Central Council Willie Whitelaw said: “...we must ensure that prison is reserved for those whom we really need to contain in custody and that sentences are no longer than necessary to achieve this objective...” These are sentiments that remain relevant today. With an imprisonment rate of 154 per 100,000 England and Wales has become the top incarcerator in Western Europe. Rates in more moderate France and Germany are 96 and 88 per 100,000. Fevered prison building, at £170,000 per place, is now set to propel us past most of our Eastern European neighbours. It is hoped that this review will prove helpful in allowing parliamentarians an opportunity to pause and reflect on both the pace and nature of change. The report includes the presentation of each speaker in the past two years. Each meeting had a separate theme. It provides a clear indication of concerns – for the public in whose interest prisos exist, for prisoners, staff and those responsible for various aspects of the prisons in England and Wales. Details: London: Prison Reform Trust, 2010. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 23, 2011 at: http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/Portals/0/Documents/APPPAG2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prisoners Shelf Number: 118600

Author: Enticott, Gareth Title: Techniques of neutralising wildlife crime in rural England and Wales Summary: Within rural studies, there have been few attempts to critically analyse crimes against nature. This paper addresses this gap in the literature by providing an analysis of farmers’ reasons for illegally culling badgers in the United Kingdom. Drawing on Sykes and Matza’s (1957) concept of neutralisation techniques, the paper shows how farmers rationalise this activity in a number of ways. Using in-depth interviews with 60 farmers in the England and Wales, the paper shows how they justify badger culling through discursive strategies that claim the activity is necessary, denying victims or the necessity of the law, condemning the condemners, and appealing to higher communitarian loyalties. However, the paper also argues that neutralisation techniques should be seen as components of a broader argument in support of rural space and identity. In the case of badger culling; neutralisation techniques combine together to defend a particular rural identity and way of living. As much as they are attempts to rationalise criminal behaviour, neutralisation techniques should therefore be seen as spatial discourses, demarcating the boundaries of cultural identity and space. In conclusion, the paper discusses potential solutions to the problems of wildlife crime. Details: Cardiff, United Kingdom: The Centre for Business Relationships, Accountability, Sustainability & Society (BRASS), Cardiff University, 2010. 33p. Source: BRASS Working Paper Series No. 61: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 23, 2012 at http://www.brass.cf.ac.uk/uploads/WP61.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Behavior Shelf Number: 123742

Author: Moon, Debbie Title: Perceptions of crime, engagement with the police, authorities dealing with anti-social behaviour and Community Payback: Findings from the 2010/11 British Crime Survey Summary: This bulletin is the first in a series of supplementary volumes that accompany the main annual Home Office Statistical Bulletin, ‘Crime in England and Wales 2010/11’ (Chaplin et al., 2011). These supplementary volumes report on additional analysis not included in the main annual publication. Figures included in this bulletin are from the British Crime Survey (BCS), a large, nationally representative, face-to-face victimisation survey in which people resident in households in England and Wales are asked about their experiences of crime in the 12 months prior to interview. Since 2001/02 the BCS has run continuously with interviewing being carried out throughout the year. Until recently the BCS did not cover crimes against those aged under 16, but since January 2009 interviews have been carried out with children aged 10 to 15. BCS respondents are also asked about their attitudes towards different crime-related issues such as the police and criminal justice system, and about their perceptions of crime and anti-social behaviour. BCS figures in the main body of this report are limited to adults aged over 16 as in previous years, but experimental statistics for children are shown separately in Chapter 1. This bulletin presents findings from additional analyses based on the 2010/11 BCS on people’s contact and engagement with the police, their views of how the authorities in the local area are dealing with anti-social behaviour, their awareness and perceptions of Community Payback and their perceptions of crime. Details: London: Home Office Statistics, 2011. Source: Supplementary Volume 1 to Crime in England and Wales 2010/11. Internet Resource: Accessed on January 23, 2012 at http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/science-research-statistics/research-statistics/crime-research/hosb1811/hosb1811?view=Binary Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 123748

Author: Home Office Title: Local to Global: Reducing the Risk from Organised Crime Summary: Organised crime is a real problem that affects real people. Organised crime costs the UK between £20 and £40 billion every year – its impact is felt by the state, businesses, communities, families and individuals. On 28 July 2011, the government launched its new organised crime strategy, 'Local to global: reducing the risk from organised crime'. Through the strategy, the government has set out clear proposals for bringing together for the first time the work of those in the UK with a responsibility for tackling organised crime. On 8 June the government published its plan for the creation of a new National Crime Agency (NCA). When established, in 2013, the NCA will result in a step change in fighting organised crime, by creating the right structure at a national level to combat this threat. 'Local to global' outlines how we will oversee improvements before the establishment of the NCA, and through to 2015, and how the work of the police service, the Serious Organised Crime Agency, HM Revenue & Customs, the UK Border Agency and the intelligence agencies will become increasingly coordinated, more effective and more efficient. The overall aim of the organised crime strategy is to reduce the risk to the UK and its interests from organised crime by reducing the threat from organised criminals and reducing vulnerabilities and criminal opportunities. The key elements of our response are based on three themes: stem the opportunities for organised crime to take root strengthen enforcement against organised criminals safeguard communities, businesses and the state. The strategy also sets out how the public has a key part to play and how communities will be supported to play a greater role in ensuring that organised criminals cannot keep themselves, and their criminal assets, out of the reach of law enforcement. Taken together, the new approach and actions set out in this strategy will enable us collectively to reduce the risk to the UK and its interests from organised crime. Accountability and implementation: We will also put in place clear accountability arrangements and a transparent set of indicators so the public can judge success. Overall implementation of the organised crime strategy will be overseen by the National Security Council with implementation coordinated by the strategic centre for organised crime in the Home Office. Details: London: Home Office, 2011. 44. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 23, 2012 at http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/crime/organised-crime-strategy?view=Binary Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Organized Crime (U.K.) Shelf Number: 123757

Author: Office of the Sentencing Council Title: Drug 'mules': twelve case studies Summary: This document describes the key features emerging from case study interviews undertaken by the Office of the Sentencing Council with a small number of women imprisoned for unlawful importation of drugs: many acting as drug ‘mules’. This work focused on women in response to documented concerns over the circumstances that may lead to the offending, the roles they tend to play in these types of offences and the impact of imprisonment on women and their families, particularly those with caring responsibilities. These issues have been raised specifically in relation to foreign national prisoners, with stories of women living in poverty who either need the money generated through carrying drugs, or are coerced into it, and for whom imprisonment may be particularly difficult, given their location in a different country and language and cultural differences. The aim of the interviews with the women involved in this exercise was therefore to discuss the background and circumstances leading up to their offence, their reactions to the sentence they received and the impact this has had on their lives and that of their families: essentially we wanted the women to ‘tell their story’ (seeAppendix A for these accounts) - to provide a greater insight and understanding into some of the potential reasons for involvement in these offences and to highlight the type of roles they may play. The information generated through this work has helped inform the Sentencing Council’s development of a draft sideline on sentencing drug offences and has complemented a larger research study recently undertaken, examining public attitudes to the sentencing of drug offences more generally. Details: United Kingdom: Office of the Sentencing Council, 2011. 23p. Source: Analysis and Research Bulletin. Internet Resource: Accessed on January 23, 2012 at http://sentencingcouncil.judiciary.gov.uk/docs/Drug_mules_bulletin.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Case Studies Shelf Number: 123758

Author: Department for Children, Schools and Families Title: Safeguarding children and young people who may be affected by gang activity Summary: There are a number of areas in which young people are put at risk by gang activity, both through participation in and as victims of gang violence. Safeguarding procedures can provide a key tool for all agencies working with young people to assist them when working together to prevent young people from being drawn into gangs, to support those who have been drawn into the margins of gangs; and to protect those who are at immediate risk of harm either as members or victims of gangs. This practice guidance is addressed to those who work in voluntary and statutory services across the children’s workforce, social care, crime prevention, the police, prisons and probation, offender management, health, education and all others whose work brings them into contact with children and young people. It is intended to help agencies and practitioners respond effectively to the needs of children and young people – girls and young women, as well as boys and young men – who are at risk of gang-related violence and harm. To that end, the guidance outlines factors for agencies and practitioners to consider and processes to follow in terms of identification, referral, and assessment and support for young people who may be affected by gang activity. It also looks at the reasons young people become involved in gangs, the particular risks associated with gang membership for the young people and the risks of being affected by gang activity in other ways. Details: London: Home Office, Department for Children, Schools and Families, 2010. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 23, 2012 at https://www.education.gov.uk/publications/eOrderingDownload/DCSF-00064-2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 123759

Author: Walby, Sylvia Title: Physical and Legal Security and the Criminal Justice System: A Review of Inequalities Summary: The focus of this report is physical and legal security in relation to the Criminal Justice System. The main areas of physical security include: homicide; other violence against the person, including domestic or intimate partner violence, sexual violence and hate crime; and physical security in institutional settings. The main areas of legal security include the extent to which offences are brought to justice and equal treatment in and by the Criminal Justice System. Emphasis is placed on evidence and the analysis of objective outcomes as opposed to subjective attitudes and perceptions, primarily because of the robustness of the former in comparison to the latter, but also because the selection of outcomes corresponds to the prioritization recommended by the Equalities Review (2007). The report addresses all the protected equality strands, as well as other disproportionately affected groups wherever there is available and relevant evidence. Due to the current unevenness in data collection and availability across the strands, the majority of evidence presented relates to gender, disability and race/ethnicity. Data on other equalities groups is drawn upon where available (often from small scale studies rather than surveys). The report addresses data and research primarily at the level of Great Britain (England, Wales and Scotland), reflecting the Equality and Human Rights Commission’s geographical remit. The report reviews the evidence of the extent to which there are inequalities in physical and legal security. The sources used include large surveys (e.g. the British Crime Survey) and administrative data (e.g. police recorded crime), as well as evidence from smaller scale research projects, including those carried out by academia, civil society organisations and governmental commissions and agencies. Details: United Kingdom: Equality and Human Rights Commission, 2010. 172p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 26, 2012 at http://www.equalityhumanrights.com/uploaded_files/triennial_review/triennial_review_cjs_review.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias Crime Shelf Number: 123774

Author: Brooker, Charlie Title: A Health Needs Assessment of Offenders on Probation Caseloads in Nottinghamshire and Derbyshire - Report of a Pilot Study Summary: This study was commissioned by the Care Services Improvement Partnership (CSIP) in the East Midlands to investigate the health needs of a sample group offenders managed by The Nottinghamshire and Derbyshire Probation Services. This study has shown that offenders have significantly worse health than the general population and that their health needs are different, in a number of respects, to those of prisoners. It also shows that offenders will consent to a health assessment and that this sort of assessment could be fitted into face-to-face contact with offenders on probation. The key finding to emerge from the study, perhaps, is that whilst community-based offenders seem to access healthcare at the same rate as the general population their health needs are likely to be significantly higher. Thus, supply is much lower than this needs assessment would indicate is appropriate. A much more rigorous research study should be undertaken that: Assesses the validity of offenders’ self-report of access to health services; obtains a representative sample; examines prospectively the relationship between health status, health care and reoffending; estimates the cost of healthcare to community-based offenders and the possible tradeoff obtained in reducing the costs of re-offending. Details: Lincoln, United Kingdom: Center for Clinical and Academic Workforce Innovation, University of Lincoln, 2008. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 26, 2012 at http://eprints.lincoln.ac.uk/2534/1/Probation_HNA.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 123777

Author: Brooker, Charlie Title: Mental Health Services and Prisoners: An Updated Review Summary: The broad aim of the 2001 review, as originally commissioned, was to undertake a systematic review of the primary and secondary research related to the mental health of prisoners. This was to appraise work relevant to the development of prison primary care services, NHS community mental health services in-reaching into prisons, the clients to be referred and the services provided. The review was to identify gaps in knowledge that might inform a prison mental health services research agenda. The original proposal in 2001 had bid for a three-phase approach to include a review of reviews; a review of the effectiveness literature and a review of models of good practice. The Steering Group modified this approach to include an epidemiological review of mental disorders in prisons and a review of effective mental health interventions to be obtained from relevant up to date review and syntheses. In addition, a stakeholder conference was arranged to consult on the findings and to add clarity to the recommendations. The review’s final structure emerged as the literature search proceeded. Over, 2,500 papers were identified and following blind selection by three reviewers 392 papers were obtained, reviewed and categorised. This led to further changes. The review of reviews was abandoned due to insufficient material. The section on ‘Good Practice’ was extended and renamed ‘Service Delivery and Organisation’. This review was then updated in 2006 by a team at the University of Lincoln who identified a further possibly relevant 4335 papers then obtained 198 of them, which they reviewed and categorised under the original headings. Details: Lincoln, United Kingdom: Centre for Clinical and Academic Workforce Innovation, University of Lincoln, 2007. 130p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 26, 2012 at http://eprints.lincoln.ac.uk/2523/1/Systematic_Review_(FINAL).pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mental Health, Inmates (U.K.) Shelf Number: 123778

Author: Brooker, Charlie Title: Health Needs Assessment of Short Sentence Prisoners Summary: East Midlands CSIP Office commissioned a health needs assessment of prisoners serving short sentences in East Midlands’ prisons. Nationally, this group constitute 17% of all those in prison and 60% will have 10 or more previous convictions. Prisoners serving short sentences suffer multiple social disadvantages they are likely to: have truanted from school; half are unemployed and possess no formal qualifications; 15% were homeless or in temporary accommodation; nearly all used illegal drugs in the 12 months prior to a sentence and 40% were problem drinkers. Those serving short sentences are a diverse group encompassing gender, age and ethnicity. They are likely to have a series of needs on release (especially for accommodation) but unless they are under 21 are highly unlikely to be released to the supervision of probation services. The chances of re-offending are high (61%of men and 56% of women). The chances of participating in prison-based education and rehabilitation schemes are diminished because of the nature of the short sentence. One important national study aside (Stewart, 2008) the health needs of this group have not been focused on. Details: Lincoln, United Kingdom: University of Lincoln, 2009. 48p. Source: Project Report. Internet Resource: Accessed on January 26, 2012 at Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 123779

Author: Brooker, Charlie Title: Trends in self-inflicted deaths and self-harm in prisons in England and Wales (2001-2008): In search of a new research paradigm Summary: No one would dispute that offenders, whether in prison or elsewhere in the criminal justice system, are an alienated group where it would be predicted that self-inflicted deaths (SIDs) rates are higher than for the general population. This paper will examine recent trends in SIDs and self-harm in English and Welsh prisons and discuss the implications of such data for future research across the whole offender pathway in England and Wales. Details: Lincoln, United Kingdom: The Criminal Justice and Health Group, University of Lincoln, 2010. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed in January 26, 2012 at http://www.lincoln.ac.uk/cjmh/SIDS%20and%20Self%20harm%20pub%20Lincoln.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Deaths in Custody Shelf Number: 123780

Author: HMIC (Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary) Title: The crime scene: A review of police crime and incident reports Summary: This review by Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary (HMIC) of police crime and incident reports in England and Wales considers the quality of crime and incident data, and the arrangements in place to ensure standards are maintained and improved. The findings from this review are derived from evidence gathered from an examination of key documents; a relatively small number of incident logs and crime reports; interviews with staff; and visits to police stations and police control rooms. The data collected was largely qualitative in nature. Any quantative results should be viewed as indicative only. Details: London: HMIC, 2012. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 27, 2012 at http://www.hmic.gov.uk/media/review-police-crime-incident-reports-20120125.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics (U.K.) Shelf Number: 123836

Author: Prison Reform Trust Title: Old Enough To Know Better? A briefing on young adults in the criminal justice system in England & Wales Summary: This briefing by the Out of Trouble programme, a five year campaign run by the Prison Reform Trust, to reduce the number of children and young people in prison, highlights the reforms needed to address the issue of 18- to 20-year-olds in the criminal justice system. According to the briefing, while 18- to 25-year-olds make up one in ten of the population as a whole, they account for a third of those sent to prison each year. Nearly two thirds of young people released from custody in the first quarter of 2008 reoffended within the year. The report argues that the criminal system is both failing to divert young men and women from falling into a pattern of offending in the first place, and then doing little to help them turn their lives around when they do. For the sake of future victims of crime, it argues, a more focused and intensive approach to rehabilitating young offenders in this age group is needed. The briefing calls on the government to build in its decision to reprieve the Youth Justice Board and apply its multi-agency approach to young adults as well as children, and makes a series of recommendations, including: introducing a robust community sentence, tailored to the specific needs of this age group; diverting first-time and low-level offenders out of the criminal justice system through the use of restorative pre-court disposal similar to the Youth Restorative Disposal; expanding the age-remit of youth offending teams (YOTs) to engage with 18-20 year-olds; developing sentencing guidelines specific to young adults; establishing specialist services for young adults both in the community and in prison that reduce alcohol and drug misuse as drivers to crime; ensuring that the new diversion and liaison schemes at police stations and courts are equipped to respond to the particular needs of young men and young women with mental health problems or learning difficulties and learning disabilities. Details: London: Prison Reform Trust, 2012. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 27, 2012 at http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/Portals/0/Documents/OldEnoughToKnowBetter.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Detention (U.K.) Shelf Number: 123838

Author: English Heritage Title: Theft of Metal From Church Buildings, September 2011 replacing the 2008 guidance note Summary: This guidance note sets out English Heritage’s response to the epidemic of lead theft which is affecting historic buildings and, in particular, parish churches. We recognise that any theft brings frustration, expense and inconvenience to congregations. Preventing future thefts is paramount, but dealing with the unfortunate aftermath in an appropriate way is also very important. This guidance is in two parts: the first outlines English Heritage’s approach and our advice for congregations on the significance of lead, how to protect it, and how to respond to thefts; the second offers detailed practical information about selecting the material to be used for historic church roofs and making it secure. Details: London, UK: English Heritage, 2011. 25p. Source: English Heritage Guidance Note: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 27, 2012 at http://www.english-heritage.org.uk/content/publications/docs/theft-metal-church-buildings.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Churches Shelf Number: 123843

Author: Botcherby, Sue Title: Equality groups' perceptions and experience of crime: Analysis of the British Crime Survey 2007-08, 2008-09 and 2009-10 Summary: The Equality Act 2010 introduces a new equality duty requiring public authorities to show due regard to the need to eliminate unlawful discrimination, harassment and victimisation; advance equality and foster good relations across all the protected characteristics. The Act defines harassment as ‘unwanted conduct related to a relevant protected characteristic’ which violates a person’s dignity or creates ‘an intimidating, hostile, degrading, humiliating or offensive environment’. This briefing uses British Crime Survey (BCS) data to understand the different equality groups’ expectations about being insulted and their experience of intimidation, threats, violence and crime. It also analyses the experience and reporting of hate crime, that is, crime motivated by the offender’s attitudes to the victim’s age, gender, ethnicity, religion, sexual orientation or disability compared to other crime not motivated by prejudice. The briefing finds that there is widespread expectation of being insulted or intimidated in public places amongst most minority equality groups. Younger age groups, men, and lesbian, gay and bisexual (LGB) respondents are more likely to report being a victim of crime, and experiencing threats or deliberate use of violence than older age groups, women and heterosexual respondents. Ethnic minority groups are more likely than White groups to report being a victim of crime, but the Mixed and White groups are most likely to experience violence. People over sixty, ethnic minority groups and LGB respondents are most likely to report experiencing crime motivated by the offender’s attitude to their identity. Victims of hate crime are more likely to inform police of such incidents than victims of otherwise motivated crimes. Details: Manchester, United Kingdom: Equality and Human Rights Commission, University of Lancaster, 2011. 26p. Source: Research Briefing Paper 4: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 27, 2012 at http://www.equalityhumanrights.com/uploaded_files/research/bp4.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias Crime Shelf Number: 123844

Author: Lloyd, Charlie Title: Sinning and Sinned Against: The Stigmatisation of Problem Drug Users Summary: This report by Charlie Lloyd (University of York) aims to summarise what the research evidence has to tell us about the stigmatisation of problem drug users; to explore the nature of this stigmatisation, its impacts and why it happens. These considerations raise some fundamental issues about the nature of addiction and the extent to which it is seen as a moral, medical or social issue. They also raise important questions about autonomy and the blame attached to addiction. The report is the first instalment of a wider research project, funded by the Paul Hamlyn Foundation with additional funding from the Scottish Drug Recovery Consortium, which will also include: i) a public attitudes survey (modelled on the Department of Health annual attitudes to mental illness survey) ii) with a study of the experiences of users and families iii) an analysis of how drug users are portrayed in the media. Details: London, United Kingdom: The UK Drug Policy Commission (UKDPC) Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 27, 2012 at http://www.ukdpc.org.uk/resources/Stigma_Expert_Commentary_final.pdf Year: 0 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse (U.K.) Shelf Number: 123845

Author: Bradford, Ben Title: Different Things to Different People? The Meaning and Measurement of Trust and Confidence in Policing Across Diverse Social Groups in London Summary: One of the first actions of the new Home Secretary was to scrap public confidence as the single performance indicator of policing in England and Wales. But public trust and confidence will remain important to policing policy and practice. Trust and confidence can (a) encourage active citizen participation in priority setting and the running of local services, (b) make public bodies more locally accountable and responsive, and (c) secure public cooperation with the police and compliance with the law. Analysing survey data from London we find that overall 'public confidence' condenses a range of complex and inter-related judgements concerning the trustworthiness of the police. This is the case across different population groups and those with different experiences of crime and policing. Even recent victims and those worried about crime seem to place less priority on police effectiveness compared to police fairness and community alignment when responding to summary confidence questions. We argue that confidence summarises a motive-based trust that is rooted in procedural fairness and a social alignment between the police and the community. This social alignment is founded upon public assessments of the ability of the police to be a 'civic guardian' who secures public respect and embodies community values (Loader & Mulcahy, 2003). By demonstrating their trustworthiness to the public, the police can strengthen their social connection with citizens, and thus encourage more active civic engagement in domains of security and policing. Details: Unpublished, 2010. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 28, 2012 at http://ssrn.com/abstract=1628546 or doi:10.2139/ssrn.1628546 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Collective Efficacy Shelf Number: 123854

Author: National Centre for Policing Excellence (NCPE) Title: Practice Advice: Introduction to Intelligence-Led Policing Summary: The concept of intelligence-led policing underpins all aspects of policing, from neighbourhood policing and partnership work to the investigation of serious and organised crime and terrorism. Within the framework of the National Intelligence Model, the effective and efficient collection, recording, dissemination and retention of information allows for the identification of material which can be assessed for intelligence value and enables decision-making about priorities and tactical options. Where information has been derived from human sources, whether members of the public, criminals or police staff, additional risks and considerations arise about the management of such material. It is, therefore, important that staff understand the role that they play in the intelligence-led policing process, and how they can achieve the best results through knowledge of the following key aspects: the National Intelligence Model (NIM); the collection of information, including Covert Human Intelligence Source (CHIS) issues and; the national Information/Intelligence Report (ie, the 5x5x5 process). This practice advice assumes no previous knowledge or experience of intelligence-led policing. It is designed as a quick reference guide for staff who are not intelligence specialists, but require an understanding of intelligence-led policing processes as part of their day-to-day duties. This includes team leaders/managers who have a key role ensuring that staff are fully briefed on their specific responsibilities. Staff involved in specialist intelligence roles, however, may also find the publication useful as an aide-memoir. Staff engaged in a training capacity can use the content to inform training products in relation to intelligence-led policing. This includes such national programmes as the Initial Police Learning and Development Programme (IPLDP), the Core Leadership and Development Programme (CLDP) and neighbourhood and community policing training. Details: Bedfordshire, United Kingdom: National Centre for Policing Excellence, Association of Chief Police Officers, 2007. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 28, 2012 at http://www.npia.police.uk/en/docs/Intelligence_Led_Policing_PA.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Intelligence Gathering Shelf Number: 123858

Author: Mills, Helen Title: Reducing the numbers in custody: Summary: This is the second and final paper in the Reform Sector Strategies project funded by the Esmée Fairbairn Foundation. The two papers produced as part of this work intend to generate debate among those committed to reducing the prison population on how to tackle prison expansion in England and Wales and bring about a reduction in the prison population in the longer term. The first paper in the series, Community Sentences: a solution to penal excess?, was published earlier this year. The paper reflected on the limitations of attempts to reduce prison numbers by reforming community sentences, one of the major interventions undertaken by those opposing the high numbers imprisoned in England and Wales in the period since the late 1990s. The paper concluded that attempts to reduce the numbers in prison to below 80/85,000 would require looking for solutions outside the confines of a debate about more and better community sentences. This second paper moves from ‘looking back’ to ‘looking forward’ to what might inform a debate about how to reduce the use of custody in the future. Its main aim is to contribute to such a debate by considering the potential of a perspective which suggests that the challenge of addressing prison numbers can be assessed rather differently than it is in many campaign strategies challenging the use of imprisonment, that of socio-economic explanations for the numbers we imprison. The term ‘socio-economic explanations’ is used to describe an account that locates answers to the question of why we imprison the numbers we do in a wider set of social arrangements and conditions. Its innovation is in bringing together two fields typically regarded as peripheral or even of separate concern to each other: wider socio-economic circumstances and the use of imprisonment. The intention here is to consider a perspective that locates prison and criminal justice system as institutions among a wider set of social and economic arrangements. Socio-economic explanations are also applied to questions about those caught up in the criminal justice system, such as why some people are more (so called) ‘criminal’ than others or why some individuals and not others end up in the criminal justice system. These are not the questions explored here. Locating the challenges for criminal justice change in a wider social context is something the Centre for Crime and Justice Studies (CCJS) has had an interest in for a number of years. This paper is a further conntribution to understanding this perspective and focuses on the new question of what the implications of this perspective are for those engaged in work to reduce the use of custody. Details: London: Centre for Crime and Justice Studies, 2012. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 29, 2012 at http://www.crimeandjustice.org.uk/opus1899/Reducingthenumbersincustody.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Sentences Shelf Number: 123880

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: Avoidable Delay: A Progress Report Summary: In June 2010 Criminal Justice Inspection (CJI) published a report into avoidable delay in the Northern Ireland Criminal Justice System. The report highlighted the scale of the problem and made a series of recommendations to support change. It was agreed that CJI would provide an annual progress report to the Minister. This is the first of these reports. As this progress report shows, however, progress has been slow in a number of areas and performance has deteriorated for Crown Court cases and also for Magistrates’ Court cases which commence through report and summons. This is particularly problematic for youth cases as this group requires an immediate and effective response in order to challenge offending behaviours and ensure that they are dealt with effectively by the criminal justice system. The most recent average of 289 days from informed of a prosecution through to disposal by a court is simply too long and it is disappointing that this is 30 days longer on average compared to 2010-11. The key message arising from this first progress report is that continued focus and effort is required to make a difference. Much good work has been done and this needs to continue. At the same time new issues will emerge and it is important that the justice organisations respond flexibly to ensure the system overall does not suffer. This is an on-going challenge and one which requires constant monitoring and corrective action at an operational level. This report highlights the detrimental impact that one particular issue (i.e. summonses) can have on overall performance. Next year it may be another issue. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2012. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 29, 2012 at http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/ac/acb5da11-f045-4242-bd16-d51118549113.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Courts (Northern Ireland) Shelf Number: 123881

Author: Niven, Stephen Title: Jobs and homes - a survey of prisoners nearing release Summary: 2,011 prisoners in the last three weeks of their sentence were interviewed in November and December 2001 about their expectations concerning employment, training and housing after release. The main aim of the survey was to identify the proportion of prisoners expecting to take up employment or training soon after release. It also examined related factors such as previous employment, qualifications, housing plans and activities in prison. This Findings summarises the key results of this ‘Resettlement Survey’. Details: London: Home Office, 2002. 4p. Source: Findings 173: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 31, 2012 at Year: 2002 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 123913

Author: Independent Police Complaints Commission Title: Corruption in the Police Service in England and Wales - Part I Summary: The Independent Police Complaints Commission has published the first part of its report regarding corruption in the police service. The report, which was requested by the Home Secretary earlier this summer, outlines the various aspects of behaviour by police officers and staff that can be considered as corrupt. It also has information about the number of referrals the IPCC receives and examples of some corruption cases the organisation has investigated. The report also contains a review of learning and recommendations made in individual corruption investigations. This identified some common themes such as supervision and leadership; misuse of computer systems and policies and procedures - the latter being particularly related to the claiming of expenses and use of corporate credit cards. IPCC Interim Chair Len Jackson, said: "This report sets out, in high level terms, what the IPCC's experience of investigating corruption within the police service of England and Wales has been so far. During its lifetime the Commission has received corruption related referrals from police forces that have resulted in a number of investigations; some of these have been particularly high profile and involved officers of the highest rank. "It is clear that allegations of corruption against any rank of officer, such as those we have seen in the last few months, severely damages the reputation and standing of all forces and officers. "Our second report, which will follow before the end of this year, will provide further analysis of referrals and identification of issues and lessons to be learned for the police service as a whole. It will also comment on the public's views of police corruption and its impact on wider confidence in policing, as well as exploring what further powers and resources would be required if the IPCC were to take a greater role in the investigation of corruption issues in the future.” Police forces and police authorities are required by law to refer complaints or conduct matters to the IPCC if the allegation includes serious corruption. This includes any attempt to pervert the course of justice, passing on confidential information in return for payment or other benefits, and the supply of seized controlled drugs, firearms or other material. In 2009, the Commission took the decision that it would increase its oversight of corruption matters and would develop its capacity to provide greater oversight of such cases. As a result during the last two to three years the Commission has managed, rather than supervised, the investigation of more cases and conducted independent investigations in a small number of high profile cases. Of the approximate 2,400 referrals received by the IPCC in 2010/11 that cover all types of allegations, more than 200 were classified as serious corruption. A similar number of corruption referrals were also received in both 2009/10 and 2008/9. The report was ordered by the Home Secretary, under powers set out in the Police Reform Act 2002, in a statement to the House of Commons in July 2011. The statement followed allegations concerning corrupt relationships between the police and the media generated by the News of the world phone hacking story. Details: London: IPCC Independent Police Complaints Commission, 2011. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 31, 2012 at http://www.ipcc.gov.uk/Documents/Corruption_in_the_Police_Service_in_England_Wales.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 122968

Author: British Retail Consortium Title: Retail Crime Survey 2011 Summary: Retail crime was thrust in to the public eye following the August riots in 2011. This highlighted the importance of tackling retail crime at an early stage. This criminal behaviour had a significant impact on retail businesses but most importantly, on retail staff and customers. While reassuring to see so many of those involved remanded in custody and given custodial sentences, the high percentage of those who had previous convictions remains a matter of significant concern. Despite a reduction in offences the cost of retail crime has significantly risen. The overall cost of retail crime has increased by 31 per cent to £1.4 billion. This is equivalent to 130,000 retail jobs. A worrying trend this year is the increase in threats and verbal abuse to retail staff which has increased by 83 per cent when compared to last year. Robberies have also increased by 20 per cent with retailers reporting an increase in the use of weapons and violence. Despite a reduction in theft and burglaries reported in this year's survey the value of these offences has increased significantly. Retailers have invested heavily to protect against low-level offending, however, the increase in costs associated with these offences is a likely indication of an increase in more serious and organised offending. While the BRC supports the Government's proposal to introduce locally elected Police and Crime Commissioners later this year, we are concerned that the lack of appropriate measurement for retail crime, combined with greater reliance on crime maps to determine local crime priorities, will make it exceptionally difficult for retailers to influence the local crime agenda. As we move towards more locally based policing, it is imperative that retail is seen as a cornerstone to safe and vibrant communities and that retailers are genuinely involved in setting local crime priorities. Details: London, UK: British Retail Consortium, 2012. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on February 3, 2012 at http://www.brc.org.uk/brc_show_document.asp?id=4324&moid=7614 Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Armed Robbery Shelf Number: 123930

Author: Towers, Jude Title: Measuring the impact of cuts in public expenditure on the provision of services to prevent violence against women and girls Summary: A report by leading academic Professor Sylvia Walby, UNESCO Chair in Gender Research, and Jude Towers at Lancaster University, raises concern about the implications of public expenditure reductions for the provision of local violence against women services. This report, commissioned by the Northern Rock Foundation and Trust for London, examines the impact of public expenditure cuts on services to prevent violence against women and girls. The data was drawn from around 20 published and previously unpublished sources. Details: Newcastle upon Tyne, United Kingdom: Northern Rock Foundation, 2012. 58p. Source: Report for Northern Rock Foundation and Trust for London: Internet Resource: Accessed on February 3, 2012 at http://www.nr-foundation.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/Measuring-the-impact-of-cuts-in-public-expenditure-on-the-provision-of-services-to-prevent-violence-against-women-and-girls-Full-Report-2.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 123940

Author: Thiara, Ravi K. Title: Domestic Violence, Child Contact and Post-Separation Violence: Issues for South Asian and African-Caribbean Women and Children: a Report of Findings Summary: This report details research undertaken with South Asian and African-Caribbean mothers who had experienced domestic violence and have since separated from their partners. The research reviews the knowledge base around domestic violence and child contact and looks at the particular issues experienced by women in these communities. It reports on the findings from interviews with 19 children, 45 women, and 71 professionals. Details: London: NSPCC - National Society for the Prevention of Cruely to Children, 2012. 160p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 3, 2012 at This report details research undertaken with South Asian and African-Caribbean mothers who had experienced domestic violence and have since separated from their partners. The research reviews the knowledge base around domestic violence and child contact and looks at the particular issues experienced by women in these communities. It reports on the findings from interviews with 19 children, 45 women, and 71 professionals. Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children, Crimes Against Shelf Number: 123953

Author: Orr, Skellington Kate Title: Summary Justice Reform: Victims, Witnesses and Public Perceptions Evaluation Summary: There was mixed awareness and understanding of the summary justice reforms. While professionals had some awareness, members of the public and victims and lay witnesses knew little of the reforms or the Scottish summary criminal system overall. When explained, most of the reforms were viewed positively by professionals and members of the public alike, and there was general agreement that the changes were a move in the right direction. There remained some scepticism about whether some of the specific reforms would meet the desired outcomes over time. Though not the aim of the summary justice reforms, better communication about what is required of victims and witnesses involved in the system may be needed and, for victims, overall experiences seem to be heavily determined by having case progress and case outcome information. For members of the public, confidence in the system is driven by proportionate sentencing and fair treatment of victims and witnesses. Details: Edinburgh, Scotland: Scottish Government Social Research, 2012. 85p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 3, 2012 at http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/0038/00386764.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform (Scotland) Shelf Number: 123954

Author: Chandaria, Karishma Title: Short changed: Protecting people with dementia from financial abuse Summary: The ways in which we can manage our money is rapidly changing, and this can pose serious challenges for people living with dementia. People with dementia and their families may need support to manage their money and stay safe from financial abuse. Alzheimer's Society undertook the largest ever survey carried out on this subject, and analysed responses from 104 carers and 47 people with dementia - as well as focus groups and interviews with professionals - to find out more about this issue. The report reveals that 15% of people living with dementia - an estimated 112,500 people - have been victims of financial abuse such as cold calling, scam mail or mis-selling. 62% of carers reported that the person they care for had been approached by cold callers or doorstep sales people, and 70% reported that telephone callers routinely targeted the person they care for. Not only have people lost money, but they and their families have also been suffering stress, exhaustion and frustration as a result. The report also highlights the challenges people with dementia can face when managing their money. 76% of people reported having trouble managing their money, with a range of issues highlighted such as the challenges of bank's security procedures, and a lack of dementia awareness in banks and other financial services organisations. The report calls for improved community support services for people with dementia to help them manage their money. Details: London: Alzheimer's Society, 2011. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 3, 2012 at http://alzheimers.org.uk/site/scripts/download.php?fileID=1296 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Elder Abuse (U.K.) Shelf Number: 123955

Author: Smith, Robert Title: Tackling Youth Gangs Issues on Campus - A Case Study Summary: Youth gang crime is a topical and pervasive issue in contemporary Scotland. It is normally considered to be an urban street problem and seldom is the phenomenon framed in an educational context. This practice note discusses how one of Scotland’s longest serving campus officers dealt with youth gang issues on campus at a Secondary School in West Central Scotland. In the first part of the note, we provide some theoretical underpinnings to explain the importance of this policing approach. In the second part we present a case study which describes the effectiveness of some very practical policing strategies and why they proved to be so. Part three identifies key factors and draws conclusions. Details: Dundee, Scotland: Scottish Institute for Policing Research, 2011. 9p. Source: SIPR Practice Notes No. 1: Internet Resource: Accessed February 4, 2012 at http://www.sipr.ac.uk/downloads/Practice_Notes/Campus_Officer_1.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Response Shelf Number: 123969

Author: The Centre for Social Cohesion Title: Crimes of the Community: Honour-Based Violence in the UK - Second Edition Summary: In recent years, honour crimes have received an increasing amount of interest from the media, the police and politicians. This has been fuelled by the extensive coverage of the murder of several young Kurdish and Pakistani women by their families. This growing public concern has been largely welcomed by women’s groups and has prompted the government to take steps to tackle these crimes. However the media’s focus on honour killings and, to a lesser extent, forced marriages and Female Genital Mutilation (FGM) has obscured the true scale of honour-based crime. Honour killings represent only the tip of the iceberg in terms of violence and abuse perpetrated against women in the name of honour. This study shows that honour killings, domestic violence, forced marriage and FGM are not isolated practices but are instead part of a self-sustaining social system built on ideas of honour and cultural, ethnic and religious superiority. As a result of these ideas, every day around the UK women are being threatened with physical violence, rape, death, mutilation, abduction, drugging, false imprisonment, withdrawal from education and forced marriage by their own families. This is not a one-time problem of first-generation immigrants bringing practices from ‘back home’ to the UK. Instead honour violence is now, to all intents and purposes, an indigenous and self-perpetuating phenomenon which is carried out by third and fourth generation immigrants who have been raised and educated in the UK. This report focuses on four aspects of honour-based violence: forced marriage, domestic violence, honour killings, and female genital mutilation. Many of these problems are common to all societies. Domestic violence and ‘crimes of passion’ exist worldwide. However, honour crimes differ significantly from other outwardly similar crimes. While typical incidents of domestic violence involve men using force against their wives, honour-based abuses regularly involve a woman’s own sons, brothers and sisters, as well as members of their extended family and in-laws. Similarly, the pre-planned and ritualised nature of much of this violence (particularly in the case of honour-killings and FGM) makes such behaviour distinct from other ad-hoc forms of violence against women. This study explains how and why many British women, and indeed many men, are told that they are not allowed the right to be independent, to have control over their own bodies and who are being denied, often through force, an opportunity to choose their own destiny. The report concludes with recommendations on what the government can do to prevent these abuses. Details: London: The Centre for Social Cohesion, 2010. 169p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 4, 2012 at http://www.socialcohesion.co.uk/files/1229624550_1.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 123971

Author: Brandon, James Title: Crimes of the Community: Honour-Based Violence in the UK Summary: In recent years, honour crimes have received an increasing amount of interest from the media, the police and politicians. This has been fuelled by the extensive coverage of the murder of several young Kurdish and Pakistani women by their families. This growing public concern has been largely welcomed by women’s groups and has prompted the government to take steps to tackle these crimes. However the media’s focus on honour killings and, to a lesser extent, forced marriages and Female Genital Mutilation (FGM) has obscured the true scale of honour-based crime. Honour killings represent only the tip of the iceberg in terms of violence and abuse perpetrated against women in the name of honour. This study shows that honour killings, domestic violence, forced marriage and FGM are not isolated practices but are instead part of a self-sustaining social system built on ideas of honour and cultural, ethnic and religious superiority. As a result of these ideas, every day around the UK women are being threatened with physical violence, rape, death, mutilation, abduction, drugging, false imprisonment, withdrawal from education and forced marriage by their own families. This is not a one-time problem of first-generation immigrants bringing practices from ‘back home’ to the UK. Instead honour violence is now, to all intents and purposes, an indigenous and self-perpetuating phenomenon which is carried out by third and fourth generation immigrants who have been raised and educated in the UK. This report focuses on four aspects of honour-based violence: forced marriage, domestic violence, honour killings, female genital mutilation. Many of these problems are common to all societies. Domestic violence and ‘crimes of passion’ exist worldwide. However, honour crimes differ significantly from other outwardly similar crimes. While typical incidents of domestic violence involve men using force against their wives, honour-based abuses regularly involve a woman’s own sons, brothers and sisters, as well as members of their extended family and in-laws. Similarly, the pre-planned and ritualised nature of much of this violence (particularly in the case of honour-killings and FGM) makes such behaviour distinct from other ad-hoc forms of violence against women. This study explains how and why many British women, and indeed many men, are told that they are not allowed the right to be independent, to have control over their own bodies and who are being denied, often through force, an opportunity to choose their own destiny. The report concludes with recommendations on what the government can do to prevent these abuses. Details: London: Centre for Social Cohesion, 2008. 170p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 4, 2012 at http://www.civitas.org.uk/pdf/CrimesOfTheCommunity.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 123972

Author: Walsh, Julia Title: Who's looking out for the children? A joint inspection of Appropriate Adult provision and children in detention after change Summary: In this inspection we examined a child or young person's journey from the point they arrive at the police station through to charge (and sometimes beyond). We were looking at two aspects of this process: the role of the Appropriate Adult, and whether children and young people who had been charged and were waiting to appear in court were being placed in suitable local authority accommodation. The arrangements for Appropriate Adults were introduced under the same legislation that placed reasonable restrictions on the length of time any individual could be held by the police before being charged and taken to court, and thus provided protective measures important for us all. Under its terms, the presence of an Appropriate Adult is required before the police can interview and (where appropriate) charge any unaccompanied children or young person or vulnerable adult to ensure that their rights are met, in effect acting in the role of parent or concerned adult. The need for such a role is self evident. Police station custody areas can be very frightening places for adults, and are all the more so for young people. Children brought into police custody may be traumatised or distressed, or under the influence of alcohol or drugs (or their after-effects). A significant number have communication, learning, language or health needs, and many do not understand what is happening to them or the terminology used. Whatever the intentions behind the legislation, we found that the procedure didn‟t really consider the needs of the children and young people. It was apparent that the role of the Appropriate Adult had evolved over time to become increasingly focussed on process rather than safeguarding the interests of the child and promoting their welfare. Overall, the lack of clarity about both the role of the Appropriate Adult and the arrangements whereby a child or young person could be transferred to local authority accommodation meant that children and young people were spending longer in an unsuitable and potentially detrimental environment than was needed. The system put in place to protect their interests was not working. Like many aspects of youth justice, this work requires an effective partnership between the police, the youth offending team, health and children‟s services to operate effectively. We saw little evidence of the Local Safeguarding Children Board overseeing this area of work. Strategic leaders need to provide greater leadership, direction and supervision to enable their staff to properly understand their duty to safeguard and promote the welfare of children and young people, wherever they are. Details: London: Criminal Justice Joint Inspection, 2011. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 5, 2012 at http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/inspectorate-reports/hmiprob/whos-looking-after-children.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 123981

Author: Hallsworth, Simon Title: Urban Disorder and Gangs: A Critique and a Warning Summary: We’ve already learnt a great deal from this summer’s catastrophic riots. We’ve mostly learnt what we do not know; we do not know why so many people thought that they would be justified in using the opportunity to indulge in burning and looting; we do not know what role inequality in general and racial inequality in particular played in rioters motivations; and we do not know what needs to be done to ensure that riots of this kind do not happen again. For social policy researchers, the riots should have been humbling and led to revisiting some of the assumptions we had been making about our society. Instead, we’ve also had confirmed for us the challenge in our current political climate of making policy decisions based on evidence. Instead of an approach which sought to gather and understand the evidence, we had a near immediate rush to off-the-shelf theorizing. The riots, it seems, have been all things to all people and have only served to confirm existing views rather than being an opportunity for reflection. This rush has led to a number of myths about the events of the summer; rioters were all ‘criminal, pure and simple’, these riots were nothing to do with racial injustice, criminal gangs were key players, young people are out of control, family structures in our cities are not providing the necessary moral framework, black culture is pathological, etc. The lack of evidence has created a vacuum into which these competing theories have been thrown, and the government’s initial rejection of a public inquiry in favour of a more poorly resourced select committee review and a public engagement ‘victims panel’, may not provide us with the understanding that will cut through the miasma of opinion to discern what really happened and how we make sure it does not happen again. The policy responses to the summer’s riots are coming thick and fast, with reformers emboldened to dust off their pet projects. It is crucial in this period that we make decisions based on evidence rather than speculation, and consider carefully the implications of the decisions made. Instead of trying to understand the riots in order to ensure that social breakdown of this kind does not happen again, we are at risk of allowing the myths to drive the policy agenda. The chances of lasting solutions are in danger of eluding our grasp. Here Simon Hallsworth and David Brotherton highlight the dangers of rushing to ‘gang talk’ to explain the riots or to suggest solutions. The implications of poor policy making in this area are likely to have serious implications for those already marginalised groups within our society. In shaping the responses to the riots it is crucial that we do not merely add fuel to the fire but seek to find lasting solutions to ensure that destructive riots do not scar our neighbourhoods again. Details: London: Runnymeade, 2011. 28p. Source: Runnymeade Perspectives: Internet Resource: Accessed February 5, 2012 at http://www.runnymedetrust.org/uploads/publications/pdfs/UrbanDisorderandGangs-2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Civil Disorders Shelf Number: 123983

Author: Joseph, Ian Title: Gangs Revisited: What's a Gang and What's Race Got to Do with It? Politics and Policy into Practice Summary: Gangs and youth violence are strangely fascinating topics for researchers, politicians, the media and the public. This perhaps reached its high tide mark with the Prime Minster declaring ‘a concerted, allout war on gangs and gang culture’ in a speech at a youth centre in Witney, his Oxfordshire constituency in late August 2011 following the summer riots. Gangs remain very much on the political agenda. Yet the more we write and talk about them, the less we seem to understand. For this reason, ‘gangs’ are useful vehicles to identify how we negotiate the complexities around youth and crime. There appears to be no consensus as what ‘gangs’ actually are or if they even exist, let alone how and why they form. However, as Runnymede has argued in previous publications – A Tale of Two Englands: ‘Race’ and Violent Crime in the Press and (Re)Thinking Gangs: Gangs, Youth Violence and Public Policy – it is clear that the public debates around gangs and youth violence are viewed and projected through the lens of race and ethnicity. The August Riots have thrown this into stark contrast. It is hard to find a better example of this than the historian and broadcaster Dr David Starkey’s view that ‘the problem is that the whites have become black’ (Newsnight, BBC Television, 13 August 2011) – one of many examples within the rightwing press that linked crime with race and young people. We challenge this view, rather saying that a combination of high unemployment, low school attainment and an absence of a stake in society felt among young people in some communities was creating the conditions where conflict might erupt. Furthermore, in two recent reports (Passing the Baton: Inter-generational Conceptions of Race and Racism in Birmingham and Fair’s Fair: Equality and Justice in the Big Society), the Runnymede Trust had even named Croydon and Birmingham – sites of conflict in these riots – as potential flashpoints. Joseph and Gunter are right to point out that liberal left anti-racists (Runnymede included) have failed to develop a convincing counter-argument to these cultural explanations popular with politicians and the right-wing press which link violent crime to young people. Perhaps consequently, we find ourselves in a position where anti-racist campaigners deny any role of culture in crime patterns, whereas the right-wing press revels in asserting over and over again that black cultures are inherently criminogenic. The authors helpfully suggest that we need to strike a balance between acknowledging the problem and not being hysterical about it. In order to find that balance, we need a frank debate on the relationship between structure and culture, and how particular aspects of this discussion have influenced policy for better or worse. This challenging paper throws up several important questions on where the debate is currently going, and why the authors think we have reached an impasse. Perhaps finding solutions would be best done by an amended policing presence, ‘better’ parenting or whatever policy suits your ideological slant. Still, within this chorus of opinions, it is hard to hear the voice of young people themselves. There’s a lot of good work being done with disaffected youth, as the authors know well by virtue of being involved in this work themselves, but young people’s voices are conspicuously absent from policy making. Campaigns such as 99 Per Cent and the Stopwatch Youth Group are seeking to rectify this. These youth led campaigns show that when young people have a platform to voice their opinions, they demonstrate a nuanced understanding of why they and their peers do what they do. Whilst this need to understand does not condone, it does set a context for ensuring that events such as the riots in August do not happen again and lessons are learnt. It must be worth acknowledging that a way out of this impasse identified in these papers is to enable young people to do the talking and policy makers to listen to them. Details: London: Runnymeade, 2011. 32p. Source: Runnymeade Perspectives: Internet Resource: Accessed February 5, 2012 at http://www.runnymedetrust.org/uploads/publications/pdfs/GangsRevisited(online)-2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gangs (U.K.) Shelf Number: 123984

Author: Ipsos MORI, Scotland Title: Best Value in the Police: Research report for Audit Scotland and Her Majesty’s Inspectorate of Constabulary for Scotland Summary: Ipsos MORI was commissioned by Audit Scotland (on behalf of the Accounts Commission for Scotland) and Her Majesty’s Inspectorate of Constabulary for Scotland, to conduct an independent review of the pilot Best Value Audit and Inspections of Police. The research covered the following themes: attitudes towards joint audit and inspection; the set up and overview process; the on-site audit and inspection process; the audit and inspection team; and the audit and inspection report. The review was conducted through in depth interviews with chief constables, senior police officers and elected members in pilot police forces and authorities, as well as with national stakeholders. Additionally, a workshop was held with members of the audit and inspection teams. All fieldwork was carried out between February and April 2010. Details: Edinburgh: Audit Scotland, 2010. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 6, 2012 at: http://www.audit-scotland.gov.uk/docs/best_value/2010/bv_100823_police_evaluation.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 123994

Author: O'Brien, Rachel Title: The Learning Prison Summary: In recent years there has been significant progress in the area of offender learning and skills, including an increased emphasis on employment and technology use. There have been significant changes aimed at building a more consistent approach to young offenders, including the creation of the Joint Youth Justice Unit in 2007. The aim of the Network was not to undermine these important steps; our objective was to explore ways in which this quiet evolution could be celebrated and built upon in the context of prison overcrowding. The Learning Prison aims to reflect the views and experiences of the people involved including the discussions we held with prisoners. Details: London: The Royal Society for the encouragement of Arts, Manufactures and Commerce, 2010. 101p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2012 at http://www.thersa.org/__data/assets/pdf_file/0006/278925/RSA_The-Learning-Prison-report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 124007

Author: Prince's Trust Title: Making the Case for one-to-one support for young offenders Summary: This document makes the case for a more systematic and unified mentoring community to help reduce youth crime and prevent re-offending. As the prison population of 16-25 year olds has risen by more than a third during the past decade, one-to-one support makes sense. For young offenders, it provides positive role models they can grow to trust and believe in; for mentors, the positive impact on young people’s lives provides a real sense of worth, while for society at large it is one way of helping to reduce offending. Mentoring is not something that professionals are trying to impose on young people; it is something that is welcomed and sought after. A Prince’s Trust survey found that 65% of young offenders under the age of 25 said that having the support of a mentor would help them to stop re-offending; 71% said they would like a mentor who is a former offender and 85% said that starting mentoring whilst in custody would be welcome. We anticipate that this report will build on the work already done in this field by giving added momentum to embed mentoring into the rehabilitation of young offenders throughout the country. Details: London: The Prince's Trust, 2008. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2012 at http://www.princes-trust.org.uk/pdf/Making%20the%20Case.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Surveys Shelf Number: 124008

Author: Prisoners' Education Trust Title: Brain Cells: Listening to prisoner learners Summary: Being in prison is tough. Yet, it does offer opportunities for those prisoners who want to reform and find a path towards a crime-free life. One of the key areas of opportunity is in prison education. Learning new skills, acquiring new qualifications or knowledge can have a profound impact for those prisoners who engage in education. Education, as this report shows, changes prisoners and enables them to plan a different future for life after release. Providing education and training to meet the needs of all prisoners is extremely demanding. Prisoners come from all walks of life, have a variety of social and life experience and represent all races, cultures and religions. The age range in a prison classroom may vary from 22 to over 70. Some prisoners will have drug or alcohol dependency problems or mental health conditions. More than 50% of male prisoners and more than 66% of female prisoners have no qualifications at all. This might be the result of a traumatic home life, undiagnosed learning difficulties or social alienation. The end result is that many prisoners are likely to have been disproportionately disadvantaged in relation to education and learning before entering the prison system. There are severe problems in making prison education work. Some are the inevitable results of prison regimes which must give priority to security. Others arise from the current levels of overcrowding across the prison estate. Prisoners can be moved at short notice, classes or courses can be interrupted and the same curriculum is not always available at the next prison. Some learning records may not be transferred. Access to books, learning equipment and information and communication technology (ICT) varies from prison to prison. Most prisoners have little access to the telephone, no email communication with tutors and no internet access. Distance learning might be the right option, but it may not be possible to get funding to pay for it. Despite these problems, education happens in prisons and it does work. This report gives a snapshot of attitudes and activities and includes some very positive themes. Prisoners affirm strongly the support they receive from prison education staff. Many prisoners act in voluntary roles supporting other learners with many aiming to continue learning after release. This report also highlights the challenges facing education in prisons. In particular, the need to encourage prison officers in their support for prisoner learning, the need to ensure continuity of learning when prisoners are transferred and the need to make better use of ICT as a tool for learning. The findings in this report are important because they enable us to hear the voice and experience of prisoners themselves. Education cannot and should not be a passive transfer of knowledge. The participation and response of the learner is crucial to its success. So we need to hear what prisoners think and how they experience education inside, finding ways to work with them to make prison education as effective as it can possibly be. Prisoner voice should also be an essential element in framing policy about prisoner learning. They are in a position to give feedback on the effectiveness of present policy and their experience can point out the strengths and weaknesses of what is provided. This report is a contribution towards building a constructive, lively and robust account of how prisoners view education inside. Details: Surrey: Prisoners' Education Trust, 2009. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2012 at http://www.prisonerseducation.org.uk/fileadmin/user_upload/doc/Learning_Matters/BRAIN_CELLS._THE_REPORT.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 124010

Author: HM Prison Service Title: The Impact of IMPACT - Overcoming Barriers to Employment for Ex-offenders: A collection of articles highlighting the experiences, successes and learning of working with the European Social Fund to address disadvantage Summary: This report contains a collection of articles highlighting the experiences, successes and learning of working with the European Social Fund to address disadvantage. The report outlines and explains the materials developed by IMPACT and tested for their usefulness in getting people into work. The report also offers the benefit of the learning gained within the project; it records what has worked well, what pitfalls and difficulties were overcome during the life of the IMPACT research project and what could have been done better. Details: London: HM Prison Service, 2008. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2012 at http://www.equal-works.com/resources/contentfiles/5072.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 124018

Author: Department for Business, Innovation and Skills Title: Making Prisons Work: Skills for Rehabilitation - Review of Offender Learning Summary: Re-offending blights lives and communities, carrying personal, social and economic costs of between £9.5 billion and £13 billion a year. Enabling offenders to have the skills that will make them attractive to employers so that they can find and keep jobs on release or whilst serving a community sentence – becoming an asset rather than a burden to society – makes sense. Whilst our investment in giving offenders the skills they need to help them get and keep jobs is significant, it is a fraction of the prize on offer to all of us if we can prevent the creation of future victims of crime, with the associated economic and social costs, by cutting their reoffending. Skills for Sustainable Growth set out the reforms that will help bring renewed economic growth, improve people’s chances to achieve social mobility, secure greater social justice, and build the Big Society. It recognised that learners need help with support and information to make the right decisions about their future. For offenders, those decisions must be focussed on developing the skills and aptitudes that will secure employment, helping to put offenders on the right path. Breaking the Cycle: Effective Punishment, Rehabilitation and Sentencing of Offenders puts work for offenders at the centre of punishment and rehabilitation, both in custody and the community and, like Skills for Sustainable Growth, enables decision-making and accountability to move decisively away from the centre of government. Both documents put a premium on local-level autonomy and on local-level discretion. This review of offender learning takes us down the same path, setting out our view that we will achieve the most effective results by making offender learning an authentic part of the skills and employment systems that operate at that same local level. Details: London: Department for Business, Innovation and Skills, 2011. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2012 at http://www.bis.gov.uk/assets/biscore/further-education-skills/docs/m/11-828-making-prisons-work-skills-for-rehabilitation Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 124019

Author: Poland, Fiona Title: Stairway Profiles Research: Out of Crime Key Enablement Tools (SPR:OCKET) Summary: A research study by the University of East Anglia for Broadland District Council to look at effective longer-term reduction of offending. The study examined the concerns and views of a wide range of people and organisations. Case studies demonstrated the long term need for bridging of services through mentoring with mentors to support ex-offenders into education and training. Details: Norwich, UK: University of East Anglia, 2007. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2012 at http://www.broadland.gov.uk/stairway_report.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Justice Shelf Number: 124024

Author: Poland, Fiona Title: Evaluation Research Study of Ipswich Street Prostitution Strategy 2007-8 Summary: An innovative strategy to tackle prostitution in Ipswich has made a good start, but needs to address a number of challenges, according to an independent research team from the University of East Anglia. Their report, evaluating the first year of the strategy’s implementation, finds evidence of early success in the complex matters of helping sex workers to change their lives and reducing kerb-crawling. The evaluation was commissioned to give the Joint Agency Prostitution Steering group independent information about how well the strategy was put into action and its effects in its first year. The strategy aims to address five key areas: preventing on-street prostitution, reducing demand, developing routes out of prostitution, preventing young people from being abused through sexual exploitation and providing a good flow of information between the community and other strategy partners. The emphasis is for enforcement action to be taken against kerb-crawlers rather than the sex workers, who are helped to rebuild their lives and find ways out of prostitution. The new strategy led to 137 arrests for kerb-crawling in Ipswich between March 2007 and February 2008, compared with only 10 in the previous year. Most of those arrested in 2007-8 were given Police Cautions with an Acceptable Behaviour Contract. This intense increase in police action to apprehend kerb-crawlers, together with the disposals provided, has proved to be a highly effective deterrent to those seeking to pay for sex on the streets of Ipswich. For the first time, women involved in street sex work are offered co-ordinated support from different agencies combined with "assertive outreach", whereby committed staff repeatedly contact the women to offer them support. Health problems, drug habits and violent partners may make it difficult for women involved in sex work to take up support without this repeated contact. In just a few months, over 33 women have been helped to make positive changes in their lives. This includes reducing drug use, staying in stable accommodation and getting more regular access to health treatment. Regular, well-attended public meetings have proved to be a good means of communication between local residents and strategy group partners, especially the police. This has allowed local residents to highlight the issues of most concern to them, such as personal safety, harassment near their homes and the need to know how these issues are being addressed. The work has been demanding and challenges remain to be addressed in the later years of the strategy, not least financial issues. The flexibility and creativity of voluntary organisations such as Iceni and Coastal Housing Action Group have been important for finding the new solutions required, yet such organisations are especially vulnerable to funding uncertainties. Without knowing if their funding will continue, it is difficult for such organisations to guarantee the longer-term work needed to deal with the complex problems these women face, the report says. There is also still a need to research and tackle the reasons why men seek on-street sex. This is vital for identifying the levels of risk they pose to the women and to the wider community. Details: Norwich, UK: University of East Anglia, 2008. 205p. Source: EVISSTA Study: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2012 at http://www.ipswich.gov.uk/downloads/EVISSTAUEAstreetprostitutionreport.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Reduction Shelf Number: 124025

Author: Brandon, Marian Title: A Study of Recommendations Arising from Serious Case Reviews 2009-2010 Summary: To enable lessons from serious case reviews to be disseminated and implemented effectively, 'Working Together' (2010) advises that recommendations should be few in number, focused and specific. Most analyses of recommendations assess whether they are or can become Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and Timely (SMART). Other learning about recommendations reflects more of a tension between, on the one hand, finding ways to act quickly on easy to audit learning before the impetus dissipates, and on the other hand, striving for more considered, deeper learning to overcome the perennial obstacles to good practice. This small study presents a critical, thematic analysis of recommendations from 33 of the serious case reviews (cases of child death or serious injury through abuse or neglect) completed in 2009-2010. The central aim of the study was to consider what part recommendations can play in aiding agencies and individuals to learn lessons to improve the way in which they work both individually and collectively to safeguard and promote the welfare of children. Details: Runcorn, Cheshire, UK: Department of Education, 2011. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report DFE-RR-157: Accessed February 10, 2012 at: https://www.education.gov.uk/publications/standard/Download?DownloadPublicationReference=DFE-RR157&DownloadItemReference=A%20study%20of%20recommendations%20arising%20from%20serious%20case%20reviews%202009-2010%20PDF(DfES%20Online%20Store)&DocumentType=PDF&Url=%2Fpublications%2FeOrderingDownload%2FDFE-RR157.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124031

Author: May-Chahal, Corinne Title: OffGam: An Evidence Informed Approach to Addressing Problem Gambling in Prison Populations: Summary Report Summary: A pilot study of men and women in two English prisons shows that prisoners have significantly higher levels of gambling problems than the general population. The study found that offending and gambling problems were frequently connected and suggests that at least 5% of offending could be reduced if gambling problems were effectively addressed. The pilot study found that 5.4% of all male and 3% of all female prisoners considered their current offence was linked to gambling. If representative this equals 5.275% of the total prison population at the time they responded to the study questionnaire. The prevalence of problem gambling in the two prison populations is more in line with international estimates than previous UK studies suggest. Over a quarter of male prisoners and just under a fifth of female prisoners were rated as medium risk and problem gamblers. In the two prisons which took part in the pilot study, 17.4% of males and 12.2% of females were defined as medium risk for problem gambling, and 10.4% of males and 5.9% of females were defined as problem gamblers. Total combined risk and problem gambling rates were 27.8% for men and 18.1% for women, bringing findings in England and Wales more in line with findings from other prison populations elsewhere in the world. The three-year pilot study by a research team at the University of Lancaster was funded by the Responsible Gambling Fund (RGF), the national charity that distributes funds for gambling research, education and treatment. A second study, funded by RGF and the Economic and Social Research Council, examining the questions raised by the pilot in more depth, is now under way. Almost 60 per cent of male and nearly 40 per cent of female prisoners had taken part in some form of gambling before going to prison. Researchers also found that attitudes to gambling were broadly comparable with the national averages in the British Gambling Prevalence Survey. However, prisoners tended to be more in favour of people having the right to gamble whenever they want and to be against banning gambling altogether. There was a significant difference between total attitudinal scores for women in prison and those in the community, with those in prison having more favourable attitudes towards gambling overall. There were no significant differences between the two male populations. Prisoners told researchers of some of the links prisoners made between gambling and their current crime. These included arguing with a partner and selling drugs to get money to gamble; stealing from family members to gamble; and getting into fights over gambling. One prisoner believed there is a link between her being a 'street working young woman' and gambling. Another regarded gambling in prison as a guilty pleasure, while recognising that it sometimes leads to potentially violent confrontations between prisoners. Details: London: Responsible Gambling Fund, 2011. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 10, 2012 at: www.rgfund.org.uk Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gambling (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124033

Author: Prison Reform Trust Title: Public Want Offenders to Make Amends Summary: As the full social and economic cost of the recent riots in English cities is revealed, people will be looking to our courts to deliver justice in the weeks and months ahead and to nationally and locally elected politicians to agree on how best to prevent crime and disorder in future. The results of an ICM telephone poll of 1,000 members of the public across Great Britain, conducted one month after the disturbances, show overwhelming popular support for constructive ways in which offenders can make amends to victims for the harm they have caused. A huge majority of those surveyed (94%) support opportunities for offenders to do unpaid work in the community, as part of their sentence, to pay back for what they have done. Restorative measures, giving victims the opportunity to inform offenders of the harm caused and a say in how the offender can best make amends, attracted strong support. Lower income groups, who are more likely to be victims of crime, are most in favour of adopting community payback and a restorative justice approach. While 84% feel that better supervision of young people by parents would be effective in preventing crime and disorder, and the vast majority back better mental health care (80%) or making amends to victims (79%), fewer than two thirds (65%) believe a prison sentence would be effective. One in four feels expressly that it would not be effective in preventing crime and disorder. A clear majority of people surveyed by ICM is in favour of the courts having a range of measures available for offenders to make amends to victims. With a justice bill before parliament, the poll indicates that there is scope for a profound change in the way we respond to crime that would both improve victim satisfaction and reduce reoffending. Details: London: Prison Reform Trust, 2011. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 10, 2012 at: http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/Portals/0/Documents/Riots%20poll%20briefing%20lo.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 124035

Author: Begikhani, Nazand Title: Honour-based Violence (HBV) and Honour-based Killings in Iraqi Kurdistan and in the Kurdish Diaspora in the UK Summary: This Final Report to the Kurdistan Regional Government addresses 'honour'-based violence (HBV), and killings in the name of family 'honour,' in Kurdish communities, particularly in Iraqi Kurdistan but also in the UK. 'Honour'-based violence is a wide-spread and distressing form of family and gender violence occuring in many countries in the world. In 2008, the Iraqi Kurdistan Regional Government (KRG), on the initiative of the former PM, Mr. Nechirvan Barzani, took the unprecedented step of commissioning an international research project on 'honour'-based violence in Kurdistan and within the Kurdish Diaspora. The KRG is to be congratulated on taking this step to start to address the issue, as one part of a wider Government strategy, including the setting up of the Government Honour-based Violence against Women. These initiatives were designed to contribute to the committed democratization and modernization process currently underway in Iraqi Kurdistan, including the integration of gender issues into social and public policy. The study commissioned by the KRG was a pioneering and unique piece of research, breaking new ground for social researchers in Kurdistan Region. It was carried out between 2008 and 2010 by a consortium of senior researchers from the Centre for Gender and Violence Research, School for Policy Studies, University of Bristol, UK, and Roehampton University, UK, working in partnership with the Kurdish women's organization, Kurdish Women's Rights Watch (KWRW) which is based in London with an office in Iraqi Kurdistan. The research was a practice and policy analysis, which aimed to enable social development and change in response to this pervasive form of violence, but also to evolve new theoretical insights. The aim was to follow best practice in trans-national research on gender issues, consciously attempting to avoid ethnocentrism and the imposition of Western ideas, and to understand and respect cultural issues and traditional practices, while working towards modernization. The team also took the view throughout that HBV is a wide-spread phenomenon and that Kurdish society and communities must not be singled out or stigmatized in this respect. Nevertheless, it is important that the issue is addressed in Kurdish communities, as well as others, to lead to social development and to address harmful social practice where they exist. The research was investigated in detail and then approved by the Ethics Committees of both the University of Bristol and Roehampton University. The Universities provided financial and project management and ethical oversight throughout, and also developed comprehensive risk assessment agreements, and security arrangements and procedures, which were complied with by all participants across the duration of the study. Details: Bristol, United Kingdom: Centre for Gender and Violence Research, University of Bristol, UK; Roehampton University, UK; Kurdish Women's Rights Watch, 2010. 166p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 10, 2012 at http://www.bristol.ac.uk/sps/research/projects/reports/2010/rw9038reportenglish.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gender-Based Violence Shelf Number: 124000

Author: Bradford, Siân Title: The decision-making process at parole reviews (indeterminate imprisonment for public protection sentences) Summary: Research summary giving high-level findings from Ministry of Justice and Parole Board research on the decision-making process at parole reviews of indeterminate sentences of Imprisonment for Public Protection (IPP). It involved analysing data collected from parole review dossiers and interviews with Parole Board members. Key findings demonstrated that: • parole decisions correlate strongly with offender manager recommendations to the panel •sentence progression is an important factor in release decisions • prisoners released had often spent time in open conditions •the importance of good quality risk management plans; and • Parole Board members were frustrated that more resources were needed in certain areas. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2012. 10p. Source: Research Summary 1/12: Internet Resource: Accessed February 10, 2012 at Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Parole (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124077

Author: Great Britain. Crown Prosecution Service. Title: Violence against Women and Girls Crime Report 2010-2011 Summary: We have changed the format of the 2010-11 VAWG report to reflect the move within the CPS to focus more on the quality of our prosecutions, moving away from assessing our prosecution outcomes solely by attrition rates. We no longer set targets, but focus more on the trend in prosecution performance locally in each Area, compared with the national average, alongside the quality of prosecutions. This report focuses more on an analysis of the key prosecution issues in each VAWG strand of crimes - domestic violence, rape, sexual offences, human trafficking, prostitution, forced marriage, honour based violence, female genital mutilation, child abuse and pornography. A number of case studies are used to illustrate some good practice from Areas. In line with government policy, we publish the underlying data used in our reports. The underlying data for this report can be found on the CPS website, in the Publications section under Equality and Diversity. VAWG VAWG continues to be a top priority for the CPS, as part of the cross government commitment to tackling VAWG, overseen by the Inter-Ministerial Group, including the Solicitor General and Attorney General representing the CPS. Since the introduction of the CPS VAWG strategy we have seen the volume of VAWG prosecutions rise year on year, from 68,930 in 2006-07 to 95,257 this year, a rise of 38%. Not only are we prosecuting more cases, but we are prosecuting those cases successfully - the volume of convictions rising by 52%, from 44,836 to 68,154. The proportion of charged defendants convicted has risen from 65% to 72% during that time. In 2010-11 alone there has been an 11% rise in the volume of both prosecutions and convictions. This is against an overall drop in the volume of cases heard at magistrates’ courts of 3.6% - where the majority of VAWG crimes are heard. The Core Quality Standards were introduced in 2010-11, including a new VAWG validation measure and assessment of a sample of rape cases. In January 2011 a specific qualitative VAWG Assurance system was set up – Areas report bi-annually to the Director of Public Prosecutions (DPP) on their VAWG performance, including detailed assessment of approximately 25% of their rape cases. The focus has moved from a centralist to a local assessment, with specified actions. Areas are supported by local VAWG coordinators, who advise on VAWG prosecutions. They work with local community groups through Hate Crime Scrutiny Panels and Community Involvement Panels, which were streamlined and rationalised in 2011 to establish Local Scrutiny and Involvement Panels. Victim issues identified through CPS in 2010-11 were integrated into work across government through the cross-government VAWG action plans and implementation of the Stern rape review. Details: Great Britain: Crown Prosecution Service, 2011. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2012 at http://www.cps.gov.uk/victims_witnesses/bereaved_families_leaflet_2011_final.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Victims Shelf Number: 124091

Author: Sherman, Lawrence W. Title: Restorative justice: the evidence Summary: This is a non-governmental assessment of the evidence on restorative justice in the UK and internationally, carried out by the Jerry Lee Center of Criminology at the University of Pennsylvania for the Smith Institute in London, with funding from the Esmée Fairbairn Foundation. The purpose of this review is to examine what constitutes good-quality restorative justice practice, and to reach conclusions on its effectiveness, with particular reference to reoffending. The review employs a broad definition of restorative justice (RJ), including victim-offender mediation, indirect communication through third parties, and restitution or reparation payments ordered by courts or referral panels. Much of the available and reasonably unbiased evidence of RJ effects on repeat offending comes from tests of face-to-face conferences of victims, offenders and others affected by a crime, most of them organised and led by a police officer; other tests cited involve court-ordered restitution and direct or indirect mediation. Details: London: The Smith Institute, 2007. 96p. Source: Jerry Lee Program of Randomized Trials in Restorative Justice: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2012 at http://www.smith-institute.org.uk/file/RestorativeJusticeTheEvidenceFullreport.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Evaluative Studies Shelf Number: 124094

Author: Phippen, Andy Title: Sharing Personal Images and Videos Among Young People Summary: These findings, which come from a survey conducted by South West Grid for Learning and the University of Plymouth (full details at end), will horrify many teachers, parents, police, and virtually everyone else who deals with young people. Among the main findings are the fact that around 40% of respondents say that they know friends who have been involved in sexting. Over a quarter (27%) of respondents said that sexting happens regularly or all of the time. Over half (56%) of respondents were aware of instances where images and videos were distributed further than the intended recipient, but only 23% believe this distribution is intended to cause upset. Put another way – the majority of respondents knew that these images and videos were sent on beyond the people for whom they were intended. And yet, despite 30% of young people knowing someone who had been adversely affected by sexting, only a minority (27%) believe that young people need more support and advice related to the issue. The survey clearly shows a population fully aware of the concept of sexting and a significant subset who are actively engaged in the practice. It is also a closed community. 70% said they would turn to their friends if they were affected by issues related to sexting. Only around a quarter (24%) of young people would turn to a teacher for help if they were affected by issues related to sexting. Andy Phippen of Plymouth University says, “Our research shows that this is a significantly larger problem than we had first imagined. What is also clear is that such practices lead to a desensitization of young people to issues of intimacy. We would strongly support the SWGfL’s call for wider awareness and education initiatives to bring this issue out of hiding.” As David Wright of SWGfL says, “What is particularly worrying is the somewhat blasé attitude to the subject. Only a minority of respondents believe that the extended distribution of explicit images of an individual is done to cause upset, and few feel that young people need further support in this area.” It is immediately apparent that such practices are cause for concern. It shows a population who are unconcerned about intimacy or privacy yet are ill-equipped to understand the implications of their actions. Given that there is evidence that sexting forms part of a wider on-line relationship which young people have with each other, it is clear that schools and other bodies need to incorporate sexting within the wider eSafety education practice. “But the approach taken in raising awareness of issues needs careful consideration,” warns David Wright of SWGfL who organized the survey. “Our data shows that young people are unlikely to turn to teachers for help directly, so we would suggest that sexting awareness be adopted into wider peer-education schemes if they are to achieve high levels of success.” Details: Exeter, Great Britain: South West Grid for Learning, 2009. 8p. Source: eSafety document: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2012 at http://www.swgfl.org.uk/Staying-Safe/Files/Documents/sexting-detail Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 124097

Author: Booth, Andrew Title: Alcohol pricing and criminal harm: a rapid evidence assessment of the published research literature Summary: This rapid evidence assessment (REA) of the published research literature provides a specific Home Office focus after previous independent reviews on the effects of pricing and taxation on alcohol consumption and alcohol-associated harms. It looks specifically at the effects on crime-related outcomes. The REA covers primary studies examining a direct association between alcohol pricing/taxation and crime–related outcomes (4,975 studies were reviewed and 36 papers met the inclusion criteria); review-level evidence for associations between pricing and consumption and between consumption and crime (58 reviews or meta-analyses); new primary research examining the association between pricing and consumption. The latter two areas provided an update to the recent review by Booth et al. (2008). This report examines the first of the three areas, and attempts to answer the following research question: To what extent does the research evidence support a direct association between the price of alcohol and crime, disorder and anti-social behaviour? An REA is a tool in the systematic review methods family and is based on comprehensive electronic searches of appropriate databases, internet sources and follow-up of cited references. To complete REAs in a short timeframe, researchers make some concessions in comparison with a full systematic review. Exhaustive hand searching of journals and textbooks is not undertaken, and searching of ‘grey’ literature is necessarily curtailed. This shortened timeframe is essential for policy makers to meet deadlines, but increases the risk of publication bias. Details: United Kingdom: University of Sheffield, School of Health and Related Research, 2010. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2012 at http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/alcohol-drugs/alcohol/alcohol-pricing/rapid-evidence-assessment?view=Binary Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Law Enforcement (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124107

Author: Centre for Social Justice. Youth Justice Working Group Title: Rules of Engagement: Changing the Heart of Youth Justice Summary: The link between social breakdown and crime is well established. In the CSJ’s seminal report Breakthrough Britain, we identified five common drivers of poverty and social breakdown – educational failure, family breakdown, addiction, worklessness and economic dependency, and debt. Addressing these pathways must be a priority if offending is to be tackled successfully. Of equal importance is the successful rehabilitation of those who fall within the auspices of the youth justice system. Thus, in February 2010 the CSJ launched a review of the youth justice system to identify how it might be reformed to improve outcomes for young people, victims and society. We have spoken with over 200 professionals from the youth justice field, conducted many visits and convened over 70 hours of evidence hearings, ensuring that our findings and recommendations are robust and grounded in the experiences of those who work in youth justice on a daily basis. It is clear that there have been a number of improvements in recent years, yet there is still further work required to build on this progress and some glaring inadequacies remain. We have identified four key shortcomings, which must be addressed if outcomes are to be improved: „„ The youth justice system continues to function as a backstop: sweeping up the problem cases that other services have failed, or been unable, to address; „„ The system is often operating in a way which promotes rather than reduces offending; „„ There continues to be too much focus on functional process at the expense of lifechanging outcomes; and „„ The importance of relationships to preventing offending and facilitating rehabilitation, emphasised to us consistently in our evidence hearings, continues to be overlooked. Here we summarise the key messages and recommendations that have emerged from our evidence gathering across eight major aspects of the youth justice system: „„ Prevention; „„ Out-of-court activity; „„ Court procedure; „„ Community sentencing; „„ Custodial sentences and the juvenile secure estate; „„ Resettlement; „„ Delivery; and „„ The minimum age of criminal responsibility (MACR). Details: London: Centre for Social Justice, 2012. 241p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2012 at: http://www.centreforsocialjustice.org.uk/client/downloads/CSJ_Youth_Justice_Full_Report_WEB%20(2).pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Delinquency Shelf Number: 124130

Author: United Kingdom. Crown Prosecution Service. Title: Hate crime and crimes against older people report 2010-2011 Summary: This is the fourth Crown Prosecution Service (CPS) hate crime annual report, and brings together information on CPS performance in prosecuting racist and religious hate crime, homophobic and transphobic crime, crimes against the older person and disability incidents. The format for the 20010/11 annual report has changed to reflect the move from quantitative targets to the quality of prosecutions. The shift can be seen in the increased significance of trends over time and Area performance compared with the national which both contribute to overall effectiveness. The report makes use of casework to highlight positive outcomes and provides examples of successful practice often supported by the contributions of others. The policy development, research and guidance that supports these outcomes, plays a critical role in improving performance and for that reason is also included. In line with government policy, we publish the underlying data used in our reports. The underlying data for this report can be found on the CPS website data section at www.cps.gov.uk/data/hate_crime/. Details: London: Crown Prosecution Service, 2012. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 17, 2012 at http://www.cps.gov.uk/publications/docs/cps_hate_crime_report_2011.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias Crime Shelf Number: 124150

Author: Barton, Adrian Title: Screening and Brief Intervention in the Charles Cross Custody Suite - Final Report Summary: Inappropriate and problematic use of alcohol by sections of the population which leads to alcohol related crime and disorder is acknowledged as being a major and growing problem in the UK. In response, the government has launched two sets of initiatives each with different aims. One set are aimed at the drinkers themselves and seek to change behaviour and the other set are criminal justice led and aimed at using the criminal justice agencies to address alcohol related crime and disorder. One such example is the Alcohol Misuse Enforcement Campaigns (AMEC). Whilst police led campaigns have delivered some success they tend to prioritize a situational approach to the problem and ignore the individual and motivational aspect of the hazardous and harmful use of alcohol. This is to be expected as very few police forces or police officers are trained or equipped to offer advice about harmful or hazardous drinking to individuals. Moreover, in the context in which schemes such as AMEC are delivered there is little scope for the officers to meaningfully engage with problem drinkers at a level which they can address motivation – indeed it is often the case that police officers and hazardous and harmful drinkers will be in conflict when they meet. However, as the Drug Interventions Programme (DIP) has demonstrated the criminal justice system can be a very effective vehicle through which substance mis-users can access information and treatment and this, in part, led to the development of the Screening and Brief Intervention programme (SBI) being piloted in Plymouth. Details: Plymouth, UK: University of Plymouth, 2008. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 17, 2012 at http://www.plymouth.ac.uk/files/extranet/docs/SSB/Alchohol%20Intervention%20final%20report.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 124151

Author: Schofield, Gillian Title: Looked after children and offending: Reducing risk and promoting resilience Summary: The research was prompted by concerns about the relationship between the care system and the risk of offending. Although a small minority of looked after children aged 10-17 offend in any one year (7.9 %), this is more than twice the rate of children in the community (3%) (Department for Education, 2011). But also of concern is the fact that between a quarter and a half of children in custody have been looked after (HM inspectorate of Prisons /YJB, 2009). Among adult prisoners, it is estimated that 27% have been looked after at some time (Social Exclusion Unit, 2002). But it is important to bear in mind that these adults may only have spent a brief period in care, and have come into care in adolescence, when they may already have committed offences. There are also concerns that children in care are inappropriately criminalised by being brought to court for behaviour that should be dealt with outside of court. Almost all children in care are from backgrounds of deprivation, poor parenting, abuse and neglect, factors that together create risk for a range of emotional, social and behavioural difficulties, including anti-social and offending behaviour. However, repairing harm and promoting resilience through high quality care can occur at all stages in a child’s development, and especially in adolescence, thus providing windows of opportunity for change. The project was designed to contribute to improving the life chances of looked after children at risk of offending and criminalisation through the following aims: to identify risk and protective factors which increase or decrease the likelihood of offending by young people in care; to identify resilience factors that can be promoted in looked after children to reduce the likelihood of offending; to identify features of the care and justice systems which may increase/reduce the likelihood of offending and criminalisation of looked after children; to identify the key transitional/turning points which are opportunities for interventions to divert children from offending; to develop an evidence-based typology of looked after children and offending; to make recommendations for policy and practice. Details: London: Centre for Research on the Child and Family, University of East Anglia, 2012. 185p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 17, 2012 at http://www.uea.ac.uk/swp/research/centre/crcfnews/Looked-after-children-offending-report Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 124160

Author: Sivarajasingam, V. Title: Violence in England and Wales in 2010: An Accident and Emergency Perspective Summary: This report concerns levels and trends in violence in England and Wales which resulted in hospital treatment in Emergency Departments (EDs) and Minor Injury Units (MIUs) in the year ending 31st December 2010. This is the 10th annual report of the National Violence Surveillance Network (NVSN) which uses an objective health measure of violence in contrast to traditional crime and justice measures (police records and the British Crime Survey (BCS)). NVSN was developed to bring clarity to national trends in violence which, from official Home Office measures, had often been contradictory. Attending an ED depends on the presence of injury deemed to require medical treatment and not on the perception that a crime has been committed. Furthermore, this measure is not susceptible to changes in recording practices and does not rely on recall that violence has been committed (as in the BCS – a BCS interview can be as long as twelve months after a violent incident). Previously the BCS did not include the experiences of children but since January 2009 the survey has been extended to include a sample of children aged 10 to 15. Measuring violence from injury records is not without its limitations however. Violence which results in hospital treatment represents the most serious violence and does not include violence which does not result in injury or which results in injury deemed not to require hospital treatment. According to the BCS and police records, around half of violent incidents identified by these methods result in no physical injury. Annual NVSN studies of trends in violence in England and Wales found no significant national trends in the period 1995 to 2000, and year on year overall decreases in violence from 2001 to 2009, except in 2008 when a 7% increase was identified. The aim of the study reported here is to identify overall gender and age-specific violence-related injury rates and violence trends in England and Wales for the period ending 31st December 2010. Details: Cardiff, Wales: Violence and Society Research Group, Cardiff University, 2010. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 17, 2012 at http://www.vrg.cf.ac.uk/nvit/NVIT_2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Emergency Services Shelf Number: 124163

Author: Nicholson, Linda Title: Keeping Scotland Safe and Strong - A Consultation on Reforming Police and Fire and Rescue Services in Scotland: Analysis of Consultation Responses Summary: The Scottish Government is committed to ensuring that the police and fire and rescue services in Scotland deliver against several of the National Outcomes by focusing on the frontline. Progress has been good in recent years with recorded crime at its lowest level in 35 years and the number of fire related deaths and injuries steadily reducing. Severe financial challenges facing the public sector along with new threats to safety have led to debate over how to secure such frontline policing and fire and rescue services in a financially sustainable way. Two written consultation exercises were run by the Scottish Government between February and May 2011 which proposed options for reform. These were followed by extensive engagement with stakeholders across Scotland about the future of the Scottish Police and Fire and Rescue Services. The Government has introduced legislation which will create a single Scottish Police Service and a single Scottish Fire and Rescue Service. To inform the development of the legislation, a further written consultation paper, “Keeping Scotland Safe and Strong: A Consultation on Reforming Police and Fire and Rescue Services in Scotland”, was published on 8 September 2011 which set out proposals for how best to establish these single services. Comments were invited by 2 November 2011 to help shape the final proposals and related legislation. 145 written responses to the consultation were submitted. These responses have been made publicly available on the Scottish Government website unless the respondent has specifically requested otherwise. The consultation document was divided into 2 parts. Part 1 focused on police service reform and posed 12 questions on this topic; Part 2 focused on fire and rescue service reform, asking another 14 questions. Views were also invited on the partial Equality Impact Assessment (EQIA) and the partial Business and Regulatory Impact Assessment (BRIA) undertaken as part of the proposals for reform. 145 responses to the consultation were submitted and analysed. Whilst responses from police bodies (e.g. police forces, Police Authorities/Joint Boards) and fire bodies (e.g. Fire and Rescue Services, Fire and Rescue Authorities/Joint Boards) tended to address the questions relating to police or fire respectively, local authorities and many individual respondents addressed topics on both police and fire and rescue issues. The presentation of the analysis of the comments submitted to the consultation follows the order of the questions set out in the consultation document. Details: Scotland: Scottish Government Social Research, 2012. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2012 at http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/0038/00387506.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Administration Shelf Number: 124207

Author: Franklyn, Ramona Title: Satisfaction and willingness to engage with the Criminal Justice System - Findings from the Witness and Victim Experience Survey, 2009-10 Summary: Ensuring that victims and witnesses are supported to participate in the Criminal Justice System (CJS) and are satisfied with their contact with the CJS is important for the delivery of justice. This report examines the experiences and perceptions of victims and witnesses involved in cases of violence against the person, robbery, burglary, criminal damage and theft and handling stolen goods in which someone was charged. It provides an overview of their experiences, before examining the factors most strongly associated with victim and witness satisfaction and their willingness to engage with the CJS again in future. The findings are based on analyses of the Witness and Victim Experience Survey (WAVES), a large-scale survey of such victims and witnesses, undertaken in England and Wales. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2012. 116p. Source: Ministry of Justice Research Series 1/12: Internet Resource: Accessed February 21, 2012 at http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/research-and-analysis/moj-research/satisfaction-willingness-to-engage-with-cjs.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police-Community Relations Shelf Number: 124213

Author: Hardy, Jeff Title: Understanding Crime in Urban and Rural Areas Summary: The Rural and Urban Area Classification 2004 provides a method of identifying issues specific to rural areas. The classification defines each census output area as urban, town and fringe, village or hamlet and isolated dwelling. Using this classification in conjunction with recorded crime data, arson data, the Leicester Shire Business Survey and Leicestershire County Council’s Citizens’ Panel enables a comparison of crime issues between the urban and rural areas of Leicester, Leicestershire and Rutland. Between 2002/03 and 2004/05 the total number of offences recorded by the police in Leicester, Leicestershire and Rutland had decreased. The largest percentage decrease was in the hamlet and isolated dwelling areas. The only increase in recorded offences was within the urban areas of Leicestershire County. The recorded offence rate per 1,000 resident population shows the likelihood of being a victim of crime in the most rural areas of Leicestershire and Rutland to be virtually the same as in the urban areas of the county (excluding Leicester City). Three-quarters of the population of Leicester, Leicestershire and Rutland live in urban areas, concentrated in a relatively small geographical area. More than three-quarters of offences recorded by Leicestershire Constabulary occur within these urban areas of the city and county. The report highlights that even though the volume of recorded offences is much higher in urban areas there are some clear differences in the crime issues that affect the urban and rural areas of Leicester, Leicestershire and Rutland. Violence against the person is a growing problem across Leicester, Leicestershire and Rutland, being a bigger problem in urban areas compared to rural areas. The larger percentage increases in reported violence against the person offences suggest it is a growing problem outside the city urban areas. Vehicle crime is a relatively bigger problem for rural areas, with theft from motor vehicles accounting for double the proportion of offences in hamlet and isolated dwellings compared to city and county urban areas. Vehicle crime had the largest percentage decrease of all offence types across all of Leicester, Leicestershire and Rutland during the three year period. Rural areas had the largest percentage decrease in theft from motor vehicle offences over the three year period. Damage offences are a bigger problem in both county and city urban areas and town and fringe areas compared to more rural areas. There has been a considerable decrease in the number of reported damage offences in city urban areas in the last three years. In comparison, there is an upward trend in the recording of damage offences outside the city urban areas. Burglary other than dwelling offences have decreased across Leicester, Leicestershire and Rutland during the last three years. Burglary other than dwelling is a relatively bigger problem for rural areas, though the largest percentage decreases are outside the city urban areas. Theft offences account for the highest proportion of offences within villages, hamlets and isolated dwellings. Rural businesses are less likely to have been a victim of crime in the last 12 months compared to businesses located in city or county urban areas. The perceived likelihood of being a victim of violence against the person or burglary is a lot higher than the actual risk. The perceived risk of burglary in county urban areas is thirty times higher than the actual risk. The disparity between the perceived likelihood of being a victim of violence is greater in urban and town and fringe areas compared to villages, hamlets and isolated dwellings. Details: Leicester, UK: Leicester County Council, 2005. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 21, 2012 at http://www.leics.gov.uk/index/your_council/council_services_contacts/about_leicestershire/statistics/rural_crime_report.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Burglary Shelf Number: 124225

Author: Scottish Centre for Social Research Title: Summary Justice Reform: Evaluation of Reforms to Fines Enforcement Summary: Reforms to fines enforcement, introduced under Summary Justice Reform (SJR) saw responsibility for the enforcement of criminal financial penalties in Scotland transfer to the Scottish Court Service, the creation of a new post dedicated to the recovery of unpaid fines – the Fines Enforcement Officer (FEO) – and the provision of enforcement powers to the FEO. This evaluation assessed the extent to which they met their policy objectives and contributed to the SJR overarching objective – a summary justice system that is fair, efficient, effective and quick and simple in delivery. Details: Scotland: Scottish Centre for Social Research, 2011. 4p. Source: Research Findings No. 35/2011: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2012 at http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/Doc/363903/0123572.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Court Fines Shelf Number: 124231

Author: Blades, Rachel Title: Care - a stepping stone to custody? The views of children in care on the links between care, offending and custody Summary: Less than 1% of all children in England were looked after at March 2011. Compare this with the fact that up to half the children held in young offender institutions are, or have been previously, looked after and you need to ask the question: is care a stepping stone to custody? If so, how and why does this happen and what can be done to help children in care avoid getting into trouble and ending up in custody? Looked after children and care leavers have long been over-represented in our prisons. Research published by the Social Exclusion Unit in 2002 suggested that 27% of the adult prison population had once been in care. Annual surveys of 15-18 year olds in prison suggest that anywhere between a quarter and a half have been in care at some point previously. This is likely to be an under-estimate. Research on children in the youth justice system generally, and those who end up in custody in particular, has demonstrated the links between offending and vulnerability. A census of every child imprisoned over a 6 month period in 2008 highlighted this in stark detail: 76% had an absent father; 47% had run away or absconded; 39% had been subject to a child protection plan and/or experienced abuse or neglect; 27% had been or were looked after; and 13% had experienced the death of a parent or sibling. For children in care, these indices of disadvantage are likely to be heightened, as we know three quarters of looked after children are in care as a result of abuse, neglect or family dysfunction. Concerns at the involvement of looked after children in the youth justice system are not new. Government statistics have consistently shown that rates of known offending by children in care far outstrip those of their peers, and practice in some placements, especially children’s homes, has been criticised for bringing children in care into the justice system unnecessarily. In the year ending March 2010, 7.9% were given a reprimand, warning or conviction, compared with just 3% of all children. Yet, as we have seen, abuse and family breakdown are by far the most common reasons why children are taken into care, rather than offending. If we are better to understand the relationship between care and offending, and tackle the disproportionate number of children in custody who are, or have been, looked after, we need to understand the factors affecting looked after children’s chances of offending, and the relationship between them. We believe children with direct experience of being looked after are best placed to identify, and comment on, aspects of the care system which protect against, and those that increase the risk of, criminalisation. This research seeks to place the voice of looked after children at the heart of the debate on care and crime and proposes a blueprint for preventing offending which draws on their contributions. This report presents the findings of research carried out by the National Children’s Bureau (NCB) Research Centre to explore the views of children with relevant experiences. The research was commissioned by Out of Trouble, the Prison Reform’s Trust’s five year programme to reduce child and youth imprisonment, which is supported by The Diana, Princess of Wales Memorial Fund. This qualitative study, set in the context of current research and policy, involved 23 indepth face to face interviews with children in care who were aged between 13 and 17 years old. Their experience of, and involvement in, the youth justice system varied. Some had no formal experience, having never been cautioned or convicted. Others had, and the majority were either in custody at the time of interview (including on remand) or had been previously. In partnership with VOICE (www.voiceyp.org), a children’s advocacy organisation for children living away from home, we set up an advisory group to support the research, more details of which can be found on page 63. This group of ten young people in care and care leavers helped to guide the research at three important points: design, analysis, and reporting. Details: London: Prison Reform Trust, 2011. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2012 at http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/Portals/0/Documents/careasteppingstonetocustody.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 124233

Author: Briggs, Stephen Title: Safeguarding Children's Rights: exploring issues of witchcraft and spirit possession in London's African communities Summary: Trust for London created the Safeguarding Children’s Rights initiative to invest in community-based work tackling child abuse linked to beliefs in witchcraft and spirit possession. This is the summary of an independent evaluation, undertaken by the Centre for Social Work Research. Key findings include: 1. Belief in spirit possession and witchcraft is widespread amongst many African communities but current knowledge indicates that the incidence of abuse linked to such beliefs appears to be low; 2. These beliefs occupy a broad spectrum, and the effects range from harmless to harmful. Belief in spirit possession and witchcraft is not of itself evidence of maltreatment; 3. Where there is abuse of children accused of possession or witchcraft, this abuse can be understood using one or more of the four identified forms of child abuse: physical, sexual and emotional abuse and neglect. Assessing for physical and emotional abuse is particularly important; 4. Using the existing child protection framework is effective when assessing cases where children have been accused of witchcraft and spirit possession; 5. Knowledge and understanding of culture and faith is critical to effective assessments of harm undertaken by professionals in this field. However, culture and faith should not be used as an excuse to abuse and must never take precedence over children’s rights; 6. Faith organisations have a critical role in many African communities, where poverty, inequality and lack of access to key resources can impact negatively on children. While many offer help and support, some unscrupulous faith leaders are in a position to exploit vulnerable individuals; 7. Community organisations can be an important source of advice and support to London’s African communities, and may counterbalance the power of some faith organisations; 8. Engaging communities in discussion and debate about human rights can be used as a touchstone for change. The promotion of young people as agents of change is particularly powerful; 9. Community-led approaches to promoting child safeguarding are scarce and have been shown to be critical in engaging socially excluded communities; and in changing attitudes and behaviour; 10. Faith leaders have a pivotal role to play in developing children’s rights within African communities. A shared faith has been very valuable in engaging these leaders – cutting across ethnic and national boundaries; 11. Training has been effective in beginning to address a lack of knowledge of child protection principles and practice among many African faith leaders in London; 12. A broader approach – promoting child safeguarding and well-being – is more effective for engaging communities and churches than a narrow focus on witchcraft and spirit possession. This also led to improvements in wider child protection including through changed practice and disclosures. Details: London: Trust for London, 2011. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2012 at http://www.trustforlondon.org.uk/Safeguarding%20final%20report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124234

Author: Great Britain. National Audit Office Title: The Cost of a Cohort of Young Offenders to the Criminal Justice System. Technical Paper Summary: This paper follows on from our 2010 value for money study on the youth justice system. It examines 83,000 young offenders who committed their first proven offence in 2000, in England and Wales. We analysed the offending behaviour of this cohort for the period 2000 to 2009, based on data from the Police National Computer. Our analysis provides details of sex, age, ethnicity, types of offences and reoffending patterns over time. We also estimated the cost of proven offending to the criminal justice system, including the costs of police, courts, offender management teams, and custody. Our conclusion is that, on average, each young offender costs £8,000, per year, to the criminal justice system. On the same basis, each of the most costly 10 per cent costs £29,000. Details: London: National Audit Office, 2011. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 27, 2012 at: www.nao.org.uk Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 124280

Author: Great Britain. Parliament. House of Commons. Home Affairs Committee Title: Policing Large Scale Disorder: Lessons from the Disturbances of August 2011 Summary: This presents the submissions to the Committee regarding the disburbances of August 2011. The committee concluded: What ultimately worked in quelling the disorder was increasing the number of police officers on duty and flooding the streets with police. The committee regrets that this did not happen and regards the operation to police the disorder in many towns and cities, and particularly in London, as flawed. Although all the events are grouped together in the public mind as the "August riots", they were different phenomena in different cities and even in different parts of the same city, making it difficult to draw generalised conclusions. The single most important reason why the disorder spread was the perception, relayed by television as well as social media, that in some areas the police had lost control of the streets. Some of those who took part in the disturbances undoubtedly did use social media to communicate with each other, but television also played a part in spreading the disorder. The death of Mark Duggan was a significant factor in the disorder that took place in Tottenham. A potentially tense situation was made worse by failures of communication on the part of the Metropolitan Police and the Independent Police Complaints Commission. All police forces should have a communication strategy in place so that if it is decided that there is a credible threat of severe public disorder, all business in the affected area are given early and consistent advice about what action they should take. This did not happen in August. The Government should urgently clarify whether police authorities will be able to recover the total cost of policing the riots. The August disturbances were an exceptional series of events and, at a time when police authorities are being asked to make significant savings quickly, they should be assisted in meeting the cost of the policing operation. The victim's surcharge, which is currently payable at a flat rate of £15, should be reviewed to consider whether it should be increased for public order incidents where the Riot (Damages) Act 1886 could be invoked. The Government should speed up the process of reimbursing people under the Riot (Damages) Act 1886. The committee commended police forces that made positive use of social media to inform and reassure the public during the disorder. It would be unhelpful to switch off social media during times of widespread and serious disorder. Details: London: House of Commons, 2011. 85p. Source: Internet Resource: Sixteenth Report of Session 2010-12: Accessed February 27, 2012 at: http://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201012/cmselect/cmhaff/1456/1456vw.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Disorderly Conduct Shelf Number: 124281

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Missing Children and Adults: A Cross Government Strategy Summary: There are an estimated 360,000 reports of people going missing in the UK each year amounting to approximately 200,000 missing people. Children and young people make up approximately two thirds of the missing reports and although the vast majority of people who go missing return, or are found quickly, many vulnerable children and adults suffer harm and exploitation whilst missing and some never return. Identifying and ensuring the safest return possible for these vulnerable children and adults is a key part of the police service’s child protection and wider safeguarding role. However, tackling this issue requires a multi-agency response and co-ordination across a range of policy areas and operational partners including the police, local authorities and the health sector. This strategy document sets out a small number of strategic objectives which we believe provide the right foundations for any effective local strategy and which provide a framework for local areas to put in place their own arrangements which seek to ensure we do all we can to prevent people going missing in the first place but that we also ensure we reduce the harm to vulnerable children and adults when they do go missing, focusing on those most at risk, and ensuring that families are supported. Details: London: Home Office, 2011, 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 27, 2012 at: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/police/missing-persons-strategy?view=Binary Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 124282

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Protecting Crowded Places: Design and Technical Issues Summary: The UK faces a significant threat from international terrorism. The current assessed threat level to the UK can be found on the MI5 website1 where more information can also be found on what threat levels mean, who decides the level of threat and how the threat level system is used. Whilst there have been attacks against well protected targets around the world, experience shows that crowded places remain an attractive target for terrorists who have demonstrated that they are likely to target places which are easily accessible, regularly available and which offer the prospect for an impact beyond the loss of life alone (for example, serious disruption or a particular economic/political impact). The purpose of this guide is to give advice about counter-terrorism protective security design to anyone involved in the planning, design and development of the built environment from the preparation of local planning policy to the commissioning, planning, design and management of new development schemes through to detailed building design. Whilst it draws largely on good practice examples from England and refers to legislation that applies to England, this guide will be of interest to the Devolved Administrations. This guide will also be of interest to designers/architects, town planners, engineers, highway engineers and police Counter-Terrorism Security Advisers (CTSAs) and Architectural Liaison Officers (ALOs). It will also be of interest to those who have responsibility for ongoing management and maintenance of public spaces and streetscapes and to conservation officers in the context of development in Conservation Areas. The guide gives practical advice on how best to incorporate counter-terrorism protective security measures into proposed new development schemes whilst ensuring that they are of high design quality. The advice that is set out is generic and cannot address the plethora of varying circumstances and degrees of risk which apply to different facilities. Consideration should first be given to the relevance of such measures and whether or not they can be appropriately achieved through the planning system in any particular case. If so, the measures should be appropriate, proportionate and balanced with other relevant material considerations. The aim of the guide is to equip the reader with a better understanding of the links between the counter-terrorism dimension of crime prevention and the built environment, so that reducing the vulnerability of crowded places to terrorist attack can be tackled in an imaginative and considered way. The guide is not a manual to be applied by rote or a substitute for using skilled designers. Details: London: Home Office, 2012. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 27, 2012 at: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/counter-terrorism/crowded-places/design-tech-issues?view=Binary Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 124283

Author: Hall, Maximilian J.B. Title: The Economic Efficiency of Rehabilitative Management in Young Offender Institutions in England and Wales Summary: This paper analyses the efficiency of English and Welsh Young Offender Institutions (YOIs) during the period 2007-08 to 2010-11 accounting for the fact that prisons can both promote good behaviour but also generate undesirable outcomes. With these problems in mind, a new non-parametric program is estimated that allows both good and undesirable outputs/outcomes to determine the ‘best practice’ YOIs, giving policy-makers a basis for implementing cost reductions within the Criminal Justice System by using the ‘best practice’ YOIs as a beacon for good management of public resources. Apart from identifying such ‘frontier’ institutions, we show that, although the smallest YOIs are typically the most efficient, the size-efficiency relationship is quite complicated. This calls into question the wisdom of building ‘titan’ prisons in England and Wales which, perversely, might decrease the efficiency of rehabilitating young offenders. Details: Nottingham, UK: Nottingham University Business School, 2012. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: NUBS Research Paper Series No. 2012-04: Accessed February 27, 2012 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1992468 Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 124284

Author: Great Britain. National Audit Office Title: Agricultural Fraud: The Case of Joseph Bowden Summary: A National Audit Office report today highlights the lessons arising from the case of a farmer who committed one of the largest known frauds by an individual claiming subsidy under Common Agricultural Policy schemes in England. In October 2000 Joseph Bowden was sentenced to 30 months imprisonment for nine charges relating to false accounting and deception in respect of some £131,000 of public money and private insurance claims of some £26,000. Most of the charges were in respect of duplicate claims in 1994 to 1997 under the Arable Area Payments Scheme, administered by the Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food (now the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs) and the Fibre Flax Subsidy Scheme, administered by the Intervention Board Executive Agency (now the Rural Payments Agency). Checking carried out by the Ministry and the Board at that time did not identify problems with the claims. For example: •map references included in documentation relating to fibre flax, meant some of the areas of land claimed for were not on the UK mainland, but in Iceland, Greenland or in the North Sea; •claims or declarations were made under the Arable Area Payments Scheme and the Fibre Flax Subsidy Scheme for harvested crops which in part covered the same areas of land; and •an ineligible claim for grant for building a barn under a European programme for encouraging business in rural areas only came to light, and payment was only prevented, through the chance transfer of one of the Ministry’s staff from the branch handling arable crop claims to the branch handling the rural business scheme. Mr Bowden's activities (involving claims under EU schemes and insurance policies amounting in total to some £600,000 over a 3 year period) started to come to light in May 1996 after a tip-off was passed to the Ministry. Whilst the tip-off was inaccurate, the field inspector sent to check the arable area claim was the same officer who the previous year had visited in connection with a fibre flax claim. An investigation by the Intervention Board's Anti-Fraud Unit began in 1996 and eventually led to charges in 1999. In 1996, the Ministry decided to delay recovery proceedings until after the outcome of any Court case. In November 1998 Mr Bowden was in financial difficulties and entered into an Individual Voluntary Arrangement with his creditors. By March 2000, MAFF had recovered only £1,325 under this arrangement. No further monies were received or expected and the Ministry has written off some £111,000 (amounts actually paid plus accrued interest) in respect of the offences on which he was found guilty. The Department and the Agency have introduced new controls over the operation of Common Agricultural Policy schemes to help prevent similar frauds in future. For example, there is now a single system which enables cross checks to be made for duplicate claims for the same areas of land; and map grid references are checked as a matter of routine. New systems under development by the Agency should increase the level and ease of automated checking. The report identifies the lessons from the case. These include: •the need for data matching and greater joined-up working where more than one branch or agency of the same government body are paying subsidies and awarding grants on common criteria, for example land usage; and •as far as data protection laws permit, staff responsible for administering schemes in other parts of the Department and its agencies should be notified at the earliest opportunity of suspicions about a claimant, and cross checks carried out to identify whether the person has submitted suspect claims under related schemes. Details: London: The Stationery Office, 2002. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 28, 2012 at: http://www.nao.org.uk/publications/0102/agricultural_fraud.aspx Year: 2002 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Agricultural Crime (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124301

Author: Prison Reform Trust Title: No Way Out: A briefing paper on foreign national women in prison in England and Wales Summary: Foreign national women, many of whom are known to have been trafficked or coerced into offending, represent around one in seven of all the women held in custody in England and Wales. Yet comparatively little information has been produced about these women, their particular circumstances and needs, the offences for which they have been imprisoned and about ways to respond to them justly and effectively. This Prison Reform Trust briefing, drawing on the experience and work of the charity FPWP Hibiscus, the Female Prisoners Welfare Project, and kindly supported by the Barrow Cadbury Trust, sets out to redress the balance and to offer findings and recommendations which could be used to inform a much-needed national strategy for the management of foreign national women in the justice system. An overarching recommendation of Baroness Corston’s report published in 2007 was the need to reduce the number of women in custody, stating that “custodial sentences for women must be reserved for serious and violent offenders who pose a threat to the public”. She included foreign national women in her report, seeing them as: A significant minority group who have distinct needs and for whom a distinct strategy is necessary. However, when the government response and then the National Service Framework for Improving Services to Women Offenders were published the following year, there were no references to this group. Four years further on little progress has been made. "In spite of their evident needs”, The HM Chief Inspector of Prison’s Annual Report for 2008-9 pointed out that: Support for foreign national women, a significant proportion of women prisoners, is still not well developed in many prisons. If anything, due to the government’s focus on ensuring that “foreign criminals” do not have rights to remain in the country, the expansion of the Immigration Removal Centre (IRC) estate and a focus on fast track removals, the plight of this group has worsened. One of the key elements of the UK Borders Act 2007, which came into force in January 2009, was automatic deportation of non-British citizens who have been sentenced to a period of imprisonment for 12 months and over. The intolerance of any non-UK national who breaks the law remaining in the country is further emphasised in the most recently published UKBA five year strategy which talks of: Considering with partners, including the Crown Prosecution Service, the most effective use of out of court disposals such as cautions together with immigration powers, to remove low level foreign national offenders as an alternative to prosecution. This comes at a time when an increasing percentage of foreign women, who come to the attention of the criminal justice and immigration systems and who end up in custody, have been living in the UK long enough for their children to consider this country as home. Drawing on Hibiscus’ records of its work with foreign national women, this report attempts to gain a better understanding of the current situation for these women, see this in the context of changes over the last few years and outline what needs to be done. Details: London: Prison Reform Trust, 2012. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 28, 2012 at http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/Portals/0/Documents/NoWayOut.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 124309

Author: Cross, Emma-Jane Title: Virtual Violence II: Progress and Challenges in the Fight against Cyberbullying Summary: This UK report finds that 28% of 11-to-16-year-olds have been deliberately targeted, threatened or humiliated by an individual or group through the use of mobile phones or the internet. The latest findings from Beatbullying reveal that 28% of 11-to-16-year-olds have been deliberately targeted, threatened or humiliated by an individual or group through the use of mobile phones or the internet. For over a quarter of these, this experience was ongoing, meaning that the individual was continuously targeted for bullying by the same person or group over a sustained period of time. This suggests that one-in-13 secondary-aged school children have experienced persistent and intentional cyberbullying. Given that there are approximately 4,377,780 secondary-aged children in the UK (Office for National Statistics (ONS), 2011), these figures can be projected to suggest that 350,222 children may have suffered persistent and insidious bullying inflicted via technology. These findings closely mirror Beatbullying’s first Virtual Violence study delivered in November 2009 (Cross, Richardson, Douglas & von Kaenel-Flatt, 2009), and give us significant insight into the nature of this form of bullying in the UK. Of those young people who reported being persistently cyberbullied, just under a quarter (23%) said that it lasted for a year or more and two-in-five (40%) said that it lasted for months or weeks. Over a quarter (26%) said that the bullying happened more than 10 times, over a tenth (14%) between six and 10 times, and a third (29%) between three and five times. The findings also present an interesting insight into where the bullying originates. For those ‘persistently cyberbullied’, a quarter (26%) said that the bullying first happened online, but 44% said that it started offline (that is, the person was first targeted face-to-face and the bullying then continued online). While this indicates that ‘persistent cyberbullying’ still tends to originate offline and then follows the victim online, there is a notable decrease in how often this is occurring when compared to the original Virtual Violence study carried out in 2009 – which found two-thirds (62%) of those who were ‘persistently cyberbullied’ were first bullied offline. Indeed, within the total sample of those who had experienced cyberbullying, only two-in-five (20%) said that their experience was an extension of offline bullying, with a quarter (27%) saying that the bullying they had experienced had started online. Therefore, this would indicate that bullying is becoming an increasingly more common phenomenon that starts online, paving the way for more relentless attacks. Details: London: Beatbullying, 2012. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 28, 2012 at http://www2.beatbullying.org//pdfs/Virtual-Violence-II.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 124313

Author: Hirschfield, Alex Title: National Evaluation of New Deal for Communities, Scoping Report: Review of Major Policy Developments and Evidence Base: Crime Domain Summary: The evidence base review for the Crime Domain examined some of the leading theories used to explain the manifestation of crime (i.e. what makes some neighbourhoods and places more vulnerable to crime than others), presented information on levels of reported and unreported crime and discussed current policy initiatives aimed at preventing and reducing crime. Particular attention was paid to developments relevant to Area Based Initiatives (ABIs). The extent of the evidence base on ‘what works’ in crime prevention was then examined. Variations in the quality and robustness of the evidence base was discussed and examples of best practice were identified drawing upon the Home Office’s ‘Toolkits’ for crime prevention and a comprehensive review of crime prevention evaluation studies carried out for the US National Institute of Justice. The latter identified crime prevention strategies that work, those that are promising and those that demonstrably do not work (Sherman et al 1998). Current and forthcoming evaluations of crime prevention initiatives that NDC Partnerships might draw lessons from were identified and efforts to build a comprehensive evidence base on effective crime prevention measures (the Campbell Collaboration – www.campbell.gse.upenn.edu) were outlined. Lessons were identified for the NDC evaluation teams in terms of known problems and pitfalls in conducting crime prevention evaluations and in obtaining consistent crime data. Lessons for partnerships were also defined, particularly, in relation to project management, maximising the positive impacts of crime prevention interventions and partnership working. Where feasible and appropriate, the review also sought to identify the extent to which local authority areas with NDC programmes had been successful in securing funds through the Home Office’s Crime Reduction Programme. Particular attention was paid to the Reducing Burglary Initiative, Targeted Policing and the CCTV programme. Details: Sheffield, UK: New Deal for Communities Evaluation, Sheffield Hallam University, 2001. 125p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 29, 2012 at http://extra.shu.ac.uk/ndc/downloads/reports/Crime%20Review%20of%20Evidence.pdf Year: 2001 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 124324

Author: Burrows, John Title: Research into the nature and effectiveness of drugs throughcare Summary: The aims of this study were to: describe the nature of throughcare procedures for prisoners with serious drug misuse problems; and gauge the impact of interventions on offenders’ drug taking, and offending behaviour, following their release from prison. A principal objective of the study was to establish what constitutes good practice in drugs throughcare, with a view to disseminating the lessons learnt. A range of different agencies and organisations share the responsibility for organising and delivering drug throughcare services for released prisoners, including the Prison Service, the Probation Service, Health Authorities, Social Service Departments, Drug Action Teams and – of course – both statutory and independent drug services. Indeed, in this complex network, knowing ‘where the buck stops’ is not clear in every case – particularly for those who are not released under statutory supervision (remand or short-term prisoners). Aside from the very real human costs to drug users themselves, the problem addressed by this research imposes substantial costs on the wider community. These are best viewed as ‘opportunity costs’, where substantial savings may be made as a result of appropriate intervention. It can be estimated that 8,000 sentenced offenders might be released from prisons in England and Wales each year with a significant drug dependency – if no action has been taken to break drug habits. However, if drug throughcare could effect a 40 per cent reduction in drug dependency amongst ex-prisoners, the number of crimes expected to be committed by these individuals each year would fall from some 5 million to 3 million. The costs incurred by victims of crime might reduce from some £250 million to about £150 million. There would, in addition, be many other savings realised in the criminal justice system, health service and elsewhere. Details: London: Home Office, Research, Development and Statistics Directorate, 2001. 64p. Source: RDS Occasional Paper No. 68: Internet Resource: Accessed February 29, 2012 at http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20110218135832/http://rds.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/pdfs/occ68-dtc.pdf Year: 2001 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124326

Author: Great Britain. Department for Transport Title: Using legal system to reduce crime and anti social behaviour on public transport Summary: Many public transport operators and providers feel that the criminal justice system does not meet their needs in tackling crime and offenders on public transport. An enormous amount of staff time and effort is required to gather evidence in order to secure a successful prosecution. They find it particularly frustrating if the sentence imposed is, in their view, risible in comparison. For some time public transport operators and providers have been investing their efforts in civil law remedies such as obtaining injunctions. More recently this has been extended to working to secure Anti Social Behaviour Orders (ASBOs), and some anecdotal evidence is available about the degree to which these have proved a useful too. There have been a number of Government policy initiatives and legislative changes in recent years that provide public transport operators and providers - along with other bodies who are the victims of crime and anti social behaviour - the opportunity to obtain an appropriate legal remedy. While many operators and providers are generally aware of these, most feel somewhat overwhelmed by the options and under-equipped to fully exploit the legal remedies available. In December 2004 the Department for Transport's Mobility and Inclusion Unit commissioned this study, the aim of which is to: identify the key crimes and forms of anti social behaviour that most concern transport operators; explain and explore the current legal remedies available to operators and evaluate their success generally, particularly in the context of public transport; develop guidance for operators on the evidence they need for a successful prosecution or successful application for a civil law orders. The study covers England and Wales and the fieldwork took place during 2005. Details: London: Department for Transport, 2006. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 29, 2012 at http://www.dft.gov.uk/groups/dft_control/documents/contentservertemplate/dft_index.hcst Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124327

Author: Cooper, Christine Title: Exploration of local variation in the use of anti-social behaviour tools and powers Summary: This study examined the differences and similarities between Crime and Disorder Partnerships (CDRPs) in their use of anti-social behaviour (ASB) interventions, focusing on their experiences of the process of: implementing interventions; local and national influences; and the perceived effectiveness of interventions. The information was collected through an online survey of ASB co-ordinators in CDRPs and a series of focus groups with ASB practitioners in local areas conducted by Ipsos MORI. The research highlighted the key part played by the local community in setting the agenda for ASB interventions, illustrating the need for local agencies to inform communities about what is being done locally in tackling ASB and for the Home Office to address perceptions of levels of ASB – the Home Office is working with some local areas to draw out promising approaches in informing communities about action to tackle ASB. Details: London: Research, Development and Statistics Directorate, Home Office, 2009. 40p. Source: Research Report 21: Internet Resource: Accessed February 29, 2012 at http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20110218135832/http://rds.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/pdfs09/horr21c.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 124329

Author: Mason, Mark Title: Analysis of Police Community Support Officer (PCSO) Activity Based Costing (ABC) Data: Results from an Initial Review Summary: This report summarises analysis into activities undertaken by Police Community Support Officers (PCSOs) while on active duty, and explores whether these activities match the Home Office guidance on the role of PCSOs. The report is based on findings from a snapshot analysis of PCSO Activity Based Costing (ABC) data from 2006/07. ABC data are collected from each force over a two-week period every year. The data used in this analysis are therefore representative at the national level. However, ABC data may yield different results between and within forces due to differences in local priorities and variations in how individual activities are recorded. Grouping similar or related activity codes into meaningful categories will help mitigate the effects of any local variations in recording. Analysis of Activity Based Costing data found that despite local variation in the amount of time spent on individual activities, PCSO activity corresponds well to Home Office role guidance, with PCSOs spending the majority of their time being highly visible within the community, dealing with minor offences and supporting front-line policing. Details: London: Home Office, 2008. 3p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 8: Accessed March 2, 2012 at: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/pdfs08/horr08.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 124334

Author: Stephen, Christine Title: Evaluating Crannog Summary: The Crannog service is intended to offer support to 12-16 year olds who are experiencing repeated exclusion from school or are at risk of repeated exclusion or who are at risk of being referred to a residential school. This document reports on an external evaluation by Stirling University, drawing on quantitative evidence about the service, the outcomes recorded and the costs incurred; the perspectives of other professionals who are involved with the young people or the commissioning of the service; the ways in which young people and their families experience Crannog. Details: Stirling, UK: University of Stirling, Institute of Education, 2003. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 2, 2012 at: http://www.aberlour.org.uk/evaluatingcrannog.aspx Year: 2003 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Delinquency Prevention (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124339

Author: APS Group Scotland Title: Responding to Forced Marriage: Multi-Agency Practice Guidelines Summary: These practice guidelines aim to inform frontline practitioners who are responsible for protecting children and adults from the abuse associated with forced marriage. They do not require significant changes in practice. You should use existing structures, policies and procedures designed to protect children, adults at risk and those experiencing domestic abuse. But, in doing so, you must be mindful of the specific risks and dangers associated with forced marriage. Risks to victims may be increased by all forms of family counselling, mediation, arbitration and conciliation; by failing to share or store information appropriately or safely; by involving families; and by breaches of confidentiality. Given the nature of forced marriage, no single agency can meet all the needs of someone affected by forced marriage. These practice guidelines, therefore, aim to encourage practitioners to work together safely to protect victims. This approach is also consistent with the Scottish Government's emphasis on a multi-agency response to tackling domestic abuse and responding to children and adults at risk of harm. There are multi-agency partnerships for violence against women in all local authorities. They are a good source of information and support for multi-agency working on these issues. Other relevant partnerships include Community Planning; Community Safety; Multi-Agency Risk Assessment Conferences; Multi-Agency Public Protection Arrangements; Child Protection and Adult Protection Committees. Although forced marriage is primarily an issue of violence against women, the guidelines provide information relevant to practitioners assisting both male and female victims. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government, 2011. 142p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 2, 2012 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Publications/2011/12/22165750/0 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Marriage Shelf Number: 124342

Author: Orr, Kate Skellington Title: Summary Justice Reform: Undertakings Evaluation Summary: In December 2009, the Scottish Government commissioned an independent evaluation of reforms to undertakings, the findings of which are presented here. The research is part of a wider package of work to evaluate summary justice reform (SJR) in Scotland, and sits alongside five other evaluations of individual areas of reform, namely direct measures; criminal legal assistance and disclosure; fines enforcement; and lay justice. An evaluation of the impact of the whole package of reforms on the experiences and perceptions of victims and witnesses, and the perceptions of the general public was also commissioned. The reforms to undertakings were evaluated in tandem with a number of changes to bail which, although were part of the same Act, and occurred at roughly the same time (i.e. December 2007), were not directly part of SJR. The evaluation of the reforms to bail are the subject of a separate report with this report focusing solely on the reforms to undertakings. The main aim of the research was to evaluate how far the reforms to undertakings had met both the overarching aims and objectives of SJR, as well as a number of specific policy objectives. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Social Research, 2012. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 2, 2012 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/0038/00388998.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Administration Shelf Number: 124343

Author: ECPAT UK Title: On the Safe Side: Principles for the Safe Accommodation of Child Victims of Trafficking Summary: This report details 10 principles for the safe accommodation of child victims of trafficking.It is a vital resource for those providing accommodation for child victims of trafficking and acts as a clear, easily accessible guide to safe accommodation that is aimed to reduce the number of child victims of trafficking going missing from local authority care. It brings together a wealth of research so that practitioners are able to successfully meet the required standards of safe accommodation, while taking into account the complex needs of a child victim of trafficking, putting the child at the heart of the model. Details: London: ECPAT UK, 2011. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 2, 2012 at: http://www.ecpat.org.uk/sites/default/files/on_the_safe_side.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 124346

Author: Lo, Sandy Title: Chinese Migrants: Their Experiences in Their Own Words Summary: What is life like for Chinese migrants who come to the UK? As part of a project on Chinese migrant workers, this collection of stories lets them describe their experiences in their own words. It explores: - what draws people from China to the UK; - how they made the move; - their experiences when they get here; - how they build a new life. It shows: - how difficult it can be to move to better jobs here; - how vulnerable they are; and - reveals the impact on family and relationships. Finally, it examines how people decide if they should stay or leave, and what stops them escaping exploitation. Details: York, UK: Joseph Rowntree Foundation, 2011. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed March 2, 2012 at: http://www.jrf.org.uk/sites/files/jrf/chinese-migrant-experience-full.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Chinese Migrants (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124349

Author: Templeton, Lorna Title: Think Family Safely: Enhancing the Response of Alcohol Services to Domestic Abuse and Families Summary: Alcohol misuse and domestic violence are strongly correlated, but significant gaps remain in effective working between the alcohol and domestic violence sectors. Funded by the Big Lottery Fund, the three year Embrace Project (2008-2011) was set up to develop and evaluate a new model of good practice for alcohol services, to raise awareness of these overlapping issues at a national level, and to develop resources and learning which can be disseminated across the alcohol, domestic abuse and family sectors. This is the final evaluation report for the Embrace Project. The external evaluation offers a broad, independent evaluation of work of the Embrace Team, the work at the nine pilot sites, and the extent to which the Embrace project achieved a wider dissemination of the Embrace model. This final report covers the full period of the project and is based on a range of data collected during that time. This includes documentary evidence, qualitative data collected by the Embrace Team, 31 interviews conducted for the external evaluation, case studies submitted by the pilot sites, and evaluation data collected by the Embrace Team from the Can of Worms training events. Details: London: Alcohol Concern, 2011. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 2, 2012 at: http://www.alcoholconcern.org.uk/assets/files/Embrace/Yr%203%20Eval%20report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124350

Author: Child Exploitation and Online Protection Centre Title: Child Trafficking Update - October 2011 Summary: Child trafficking is a form of child abuse and modern day slavery. Children trafficked into the UK are exploited for many different purposes, from the cultivation of cannabis and criminal exploitation, to sexual exploitation and domestic servitude. The UK government has outlined its strategy for tackling human strategy1, focusing on four key areas: (i) improved victim care arrangements; (ii) enhanced ability to act early, before the harm has reached the UK; (iii) smarter multi-agency action at the border; and (iv) better coordination of law enforcement efforts within the UK. The strategy notes that children trafficked into the UK are particularly vulnerable. The Child Exploitation and Online Protection (CEOP) Centre, the UK Human Trafficking Centre (UKHTC) and the Child Trafficking Advice and Information Line (CTAIL) are jointly committed to tackling child trafficking. Following previous Child Trafficking Strategic Threat Assessments published by CEOP, this update report gives an overview of the scale and scope of child trafficking in the UK over the period 1 January 2011 to 15 September 2011. Details: London: CEOP (Child Exploitation and Online Protection Centre), 2011. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 2, 2012 at http://ceop.police.uk/Documents/ceopdocs/child_trafficking_update_2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Exploitation Shelf Number: 124357

Author: The Howard League for Penal Reform Title: Life inside 2010: A unique insight into the day to day experiences of 15-17 year old males in prison Summary: This report was developed in conjunction with young people currently in custody and released into the community. Through a series of workshops and one to one work, young people identified the topic of this report, the issues they wanted discussed and key lessons for policy makers and practitioners. Through the process we have developed Life Inside 2010 – a unique insight into the day-to-day experiences of 15-17 year old males in prison. Despite the 22% reduction in the total number of young people in custody over the last three years, the same proportion of 15-17 year old males are still incarcerated in prisons that do not work: the reduction in custody numbers has not been used as an opportunity to lower the percentage placed in the most basic form of custody. 75% of these young people reoffend within a year of their release. Children in custody come in the main from the most disadvantaged families and communities, whose lives are frequently characterised by social and economic deprivation, neglect and abuse. It is clear that children in custody are extremely vulnerable, yet they are locked away in prisons that, as is evidenced by the high reoffending rates, do not work. This report explains young men’s experiences and opinions of key areas of prison life. Details: London: The Howard League for Penal Reform, 2010. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 2, 2012 at http://www.urboss.org.uk/downloads/publications/Life_Inside_2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Adolescent Males (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124358

Author: Turnbridge, R.J. Title: Recognising drug use and drug related impairment in drivers at the roadside Summary: It is apparent from the large number of negative breath tests and the small number of drug driving submissions, that in the case of a negative result from a breath test for alcohol police officers are not considering whether that person may be impaired through drugs. This may be in part due to a lack of skills in identifying the signs of drug use in a driver. Drug Influence Recognition Training (DIRT) for police officers has recently been initiated. Police officers from six forces received training in drug influence recognition and also in the administration of a standardised Field Impairment Test (FIT). These officers then applied their training in a real world setting for a period of two months. As a comparison, specially trained TRL interviewers have also used these techniques at two city locations. People exiting clubs and public houses were invited to provide a saliva sample and perform the tests involved in DIRT/FIT. All samples (from both the police and TRL trials) have been analysed by independent forensic laboratories. Results show that the DIRT/FIT techniques are very useful in identifying impairment and the likely drug group responsible. This paper reports the results of both sets of trials and provides a list of recommendations based on experiences of the police and the TRL team. Details: United Kingdom: Transport Research Laboratory, 2000. 30p. Source: TRL Report 464: Internet Resource: Accessed March 2, 2012 at http://www.trl.co.uk/online_store/reports_publications/trl_reports/cat_road_user_safety/report_recognising_drug_use_and_drug_related_impairment_in_drivers_at_the_roadside.htm Year: 2000 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Driving Under the Influence (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124360

Author: APS Group Scotland Title: Victims in the Criminal Justice System: Phase II Summary: This is the second joint inspection by the Inspectorate of Prosecution in Scotland (IPS) and Her Majesty’s Inspectorate of Constabulary for Scotland (HMICS) into how victims are treated within the criminal justice system in Scotland. The first joint report, covering cases where no court proceedings were commenced, was published in October 2010. In 2001 the Scottish Government document ‘The Scottish Strategy for Victims’ hereinafter called the Strategy was launched. It was developed in response to developments throughout Scotland, Europe and internationally, including the United Nations declaration of basic principles of justice for victims of crime and abuse of power. The Strategy was strengthened by the development of National Standards for Victims of Crime which was launched by the then Scottish Executive in 2005. The three main objectives of the Strategy are: 1. To ensure information provision to victims (both in respect of the criminal justice system generally but also concerning the case in which they are involved); 2. To ensure provision of emotional and practical support to victims; 3. To achieve greater participation by victims in the criminal justice system. The Scottish Police Service and Crown Office and Procurator Fiscal Service (COPFS) have both committed to the Strategy which, as with our first report, provided the baseline for our inspection. This phase of our inspection deals with cases in which court proceedings were commenced at a summary level either in the Sheriff Court or Justice of the Peace Court. The writing of the report is ‘timeline’ based from the initial reporting of a crime to the police through to prosecution and post trial handling. We examined two types of crime namely assaults and thefts including housebreaking. Three police forces and their associated Procurator Fiscal Areas were examined during the fieldwork phase. These were Lothian and Borders (City of Edinburgh), Dumfries and Galloway and Fife. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government, 2011. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 2, 2012 at http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/Doc/362303/0122607.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Assaults Shelf Number: 124364

Author: Great Britain. Comptroller and Auditor General Title: Mobile Technology in Policing Summary: A programme to equip frontline police officers with mobile devices, such as BlackBerrys and personal data assistants, has achieved a basic level of benefits. However, as the benefits for most forces do not extend beyond this basic level, then value for money has not yet been achieved from the £80 million of expenditure. According to the National Audit Office, while in many forces mobile devices enable officers to spend more time out of their stations, cash savings have been limited and only one in five forces have used the devices effectively to improve their business and operational processes. The business case for the Mobile Information Programme, funded by the Home Office and managed by the National Policing Improvement Agency under the direction of a programme board, focused upon the swift delivery of mobile devices and, by December 2010, around 41,000 had been rolled out, considerably ahead of schedule. Although, in reality, the Agency cannot mandate forces and has little control over each force's investment decision, not enough consideration was given to how forces would use the mobile technology, how much local spending was required or how realistic were the announced deadlines. The programme has not yet added the ability to check fingerprints to its mobile information devices. The programme has on average increased the visibility of police officers to the public and officers spend more time out of the station, an estimated 18 minutes a shift, although there is considerable variation. While the Mobile Information Programme did not explicitly set out to deliver cashable savings, these should have followed from objectives to reduce bureaucracy, increase efficiency and contribute to better policing. Of the 32 forces responding to an NAO survey, only ten claimed some form of cashable savings and these are relatively minor. However, some forces are predicting greater savings in the future, for example, by reducing control room costs. In some instances, process improvement aligned with the use of mobile technology is improving efficiency and reducing bureaucracy. Officers are using their devices to complete and submit crime and intelligence reports and less time is spent obtaining information from control rooms over their radios. However, 22 forces responding to the survey cited drawbacks with mobile technology projects. According to today's report, the experience of implementing mobile technology reinforces the challenge of achieving convergence of ICT across 43 police forces, each with bespoke systems supporting individual business processes. Details: London: The Stationary Office, 2012. 40p. Source: HC 1765 Session 2010-2012: Internet Resource: Accessed March 2, 2012 at http://www.nao.org.uk//idoc.ashx?docId=851b1f0c-f88d-43b1-b743-41d1ef055892&version=-1 Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cell Phones Shelf Number: 124366

Author: Scott, Stephen Title: How is parenting style related to child antisocial behaviour? Preliminary findings from the Helping Children Achieve Study Summary: Anti-social behaviour is a major problem in childhood and beyond. More severe, persistent forms affect 5-10% of children in developed western countries and are linked to future adult crime, drug and alcohol misuse, unemployment, poor physical health, and mental disorders. A major risk factor is parenting style, in particular harsh and inconsistent parenting, which research has shown is associated with child behaviour problems. Other factors that feed into this directly and indirectly include domestic violence, parental drug abuse, maternal depression, family poverty, parents with low levels of education, stressed families and single parent status. This research report presents the findings from a study that examined the relationship between parenting styles and a range of family factors and child anti-social behaviour. The study examined in detail 278 families living in inner city areas who had children at higher risk of poor social and academic outcomes due to anti-social behaviour. The children involved in the study were aged four to seven. Details: London: Department for Education, 2012. 20p. Source: Research Report DFE-RR185a: Internet Resource: Accessed March 4, 2012 at https://www.education.gov.uk/publications/eOrderingDownload/DFE-RR185a.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 124380

Author: O'Brien, Marita Title: "A Total Indifference to our Dignity" Older People's Understandings of Elder Abuse Summary: Elder abuse is recognised increasingly as a socially and culturally constructed phenomenon. However, older people’s understandings of abuse and how these understandings affect their interactions with existing support services remain relatively unknown. Supports and services in response to this issue have traditionally been developed by professionals and practitioners. The current project addressed this gap in knowledge by being the first study carried out in the island of Ireland to directly consult older people on their perceptions of elder abuse. This report documents the findings of eight focus groups which were carried out across Ireland between October 2010 and February 2011. A total of 58 people aged 65 years and over took part in the research. Details: Dublin: Age Action Ireland Limited, 2011. 94p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 6, 2012 at http://www.cardi.ie/userfiles/A%20Total%20Indifference%20to%20our%20Dignity%20-%20Older%20People's%20Undersantandings%20of%20Elder%20abuse%20(June%202011).pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Elder Abuse (Ireland) Shelf Number: 124386

Author: Northern Ireland. The Regulation and Quality Improvement Authority Title: Roe House (Landing 4): Maghaberry Prison: Unannounced Inspection of Infection Prevention and Hygiene - 8 July 2010 Summary: RQIA conducts a programme of infection prevention and hygiene inspections at acute, community, independent and mental health and learning disability hospitals across Northern Ireland. These inspections are carried out using the Regional Healthcare Hygiene and Cleanliness Audit Tool and associated Standards. The focus for this inspection to the Roe House of Maghaberry Prison was to assess the hygiene standards and infection prevention and control practices in place and to assess if the conditions within the Roe House have implications in respect of inhumane or degrading treatment. The joint inspection was undertaken as a consequence of concerns raised with RQIA/CJI around the possibility of infectious disease arising from the protest currently being undertaken by separated prisoners located in Roe House. The area to be inspected was the downstairs landing of Roe 4. It has an integrated small laundry and kitchen room, one empty cell with hair cutting facilities, one empty cell for ironing (currently being used as a cleaning store for outside cleaning contractors) and in cell sanitary facilities, one classroom and an ablutions area. There is an integrated recreation room which is currently being refurnished and an outside exercise yard area. Details: Northern Ireland: The Regulation and Quality Improvement Authority, 2010. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2012 at http://www.rqia.org.uk/cms_resources/Roe%20House%2008072010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Administration (Northern Ireland) Shelf Number: 124397

Author: Orr, Skellington Kate Title: Impact of Bail Reforms on Summary Justice Reform Summary: The research has shown that there have been fewer bail orders granted over time. This may reflect wider summary justice system changes as well as a drop in court workloads per se. Convictions for breach have increased overall, contrary to the aim of the reforms to reduce breach. This perhaps suggests that bail is not being taken seriously by accused, though it may also reflect a tougher approach to breach on the part of justice professionals. There has, however, been some reduction in failure to appear in summary courts, though it is unclear if this numerical drop represents a proportional drop. Many repeat attendees at court were familiar with bail conditions and the consequences of breach, however, the current system of providing ‘ordinary language’ explanations in court does not seem to be offering the level of clarity required for those who have not had previous involvement in the court system. These accused welcomed the prospect of more targeted information, which may also make the system more efficient and effective. This information seems to be required on the system as a whole, not just on bail. Although, procedurally, changes to the bail appeal system were welcomed, there may be scope to further improve this specific component of the bail system by ensuring that members of the judiciary receive feedback on the quality and usefulness of the reports that they prepare. Overall, while almost all of those interviewed viewed the current system of bail as fair, they questioned its effectiveness, especially in terms of deterring future breach amongst repeat offenders. Details: Scotland: Scottish Government Social Research, 2012. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2012 at http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/0038/00389437.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bail (Scotland) Shelf Number: 124402

Author: McCracken, Katie Title: Evaluation of Alcohol Arrest Referral Pilot Schemes (Phase 2) Summary: Occasional Paper 102 presents findings from an evaluation of the second phase Alcohol Arrest Referral pilots which operated between 2008 and 2010 in eight police forces. Brief interventions to tackle alcohol-related offending were offered to adults, arrested and deemed to be under the influence of alcohol. Alcohol is frequently involved in violent offences; victims believed the offender(s) to be under the influence of alcohol in 44 per cent of all violent incidents (Chaplin et al., 2011) and it is estimated that alcohol-related crime costs the economy of England and Wales between £8 billion and £13 billion per year (Home Office, 2010). Research has consistently shown links between crime and disorder, ‘binge’ drinking and the night-time economy (Allen et al., 2003; Hobbs et al., 2003; Matthews and Richardson, 2005). Alcohol Arrest Referral (AAR) pilots were first introduced by the Home Office in 2007 in four police forces in England as a means of tackling the link between alcohol and offending, in particular in the night-time economy. A second phase of pilots started in in eight new police force areas in November 2008 and was funded until September 2010. The pilots built upon positive evidence from healthcare settings, which found that brief interventions helped to reduce alcohol consumption. The aim was to see whether this benefit could extend to a criminal justice setting and specifically, be used to also reduce re-offending. AAR involves offering a brief intervention to individuals arrested and deemed by a police officer to be under the influence of alcohol. An AAR intervention typically involves one brief intervention session with an AAR worker, but, in some cases ‘follow-up’ sessions are offered. The majority of interventions were delivered on a voluntary basis, with first sessions tending to be held in custody settings. This report presents findings from an evaluation of the second phase of AAR schemes. The evaluation took place between March 2009 and June 2010, and includes a six month follow-up of clients (until December 2010). The main aims of the evaluation were: to analyse the profile of those engaged by the schemes; to establish whether alcohol interventions had an effect on re-offending rates; to provide evidence on the cost effectiveness of the schemes; to seek evidence of any change in alcohol consumption and wellbeing indicators for those receiving alcohol interventions; to identify implementation and delivery lessons that can be applied to any future AAR schemes. Details: London: Home Office, 2012. 74p. Source: Occasional Paper 102: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2012 at http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/science-research-statistics/research-statistics/crime-research/occ102?view=Binary Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124405

Author: Blakeborough, Laura Title: Summary of findings from two evaluations of Home Office Alcohol Arrest Referral pilot schemes Summary: Alcohol Arrest Referral (AAR) pilot schemes were set up to test whether providing brief alcohol interventions in a criminal justice setting could impact on re-offending. Two phases of Home Office-funded AAR pilots were set up across 12 police forces in total over the period October 2007 to September 2010. Both phases were evaluated separately using similar methodological approaches. This report provides a summary of the key findings from the two evaluations, focusing mainly on the combined results for schemes within each of the two phases of pilots. Stand-alone, more detailed reports for each phase are available on the Home Office website (phase one: http:// www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/science-researchstatistics/ research-statistics/crime-research/occ101, phase two: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/scienceresearch- statistics/research-statistics/crime-research/ occ102) and they include further breakdowns of analyses by scheme and other variables. Details: London: Home Office, 2012. 13p. Source: Research Report 60: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2012 at http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/science-research-statistics/research-statistics/crime-research/horr60?view=Binary Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124406

Author: Wade, Jim Title: Missing Out - Young Runaways in Scotland Summary: Missing Out is the most extensive piece of research yet undertaken into young people under 16 who run away or are forced to leave home in Scotland. It is the first research that gives an overall picture of the scale and extent of the problem and suggests strategies for responding to the needs of this very vulnerable group of young people. The research was commissioned by the Aberlour Child Care Trust and the Children's Society and was carried out in partnership with the University of York. Details: Stirling, UK: Abelour Child Care Trust, 2002. Source: http://www.aberlour.org.uk/FileAccess.aspx?id=350 Year: 2002 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Runaways (Scotland) Shelf Number: 124413

Author: Khan, Sadiq Title: Punishment & Reform: How Our Justice System Can Help Cut Crime Summary: ‘Tough on crime, tough on the causes of crime’ was more than a clever soundbite; it was a successful approach to criminal justice policy that left crime 43 per cent lower when Labour departed office than when it entered. The challenge now is to build on this legacy and further reduce crime, but within the tough spending constraints imposed by straitened times. To inform the conclusions of the Labour Party policy review, Sadiq Khan MP brings together a group of experts from across the criminal justice field to investigate reform. Their essays do not represent Labour Party policy, but are suggestions and inspiration from some of the most respected figures in the area. The authors think creatively about how to get the balance right between deterrent, punishment and rehabilitation and how to create a criminal justice system that lowers crime and protects communities whilst breaking the cycle of re-offending. One aspect that is often overlooked is the experience of the victim. Victims should be at the heart of our criminal justice system, not only because they deserve to be treated with respect and dignity, but also because their co-operation and trust is vital for it to function effectively and bring offenders to justice. But victims are often treated as mere bystanders as their cases proceed through the courts. This needs to change. In Punishment and Reform: How our justice system can help cut crime, Lord Victor Adebowale, Baroness Jean Corston, Shauneen Lambe, Paul McDowell, Kevin McGrath, Barry Mizen, Dame Helen Reeves, Professor Robert Reiner, Professor Julian V Roberts, Matthew Ryder QC, Lord Norman Warner and Phil Wheatley CB consider what changes could be made to support victims and ensure justice is served more effectively in our country. Details: London: The Fabian Society, 2011. 122p. Source: Fabian Ideas 630: Internet Resource: Accessed March 10, 2012 at http://www.fabians.org.uk/images/Punishment_and_Reform_WEB.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 124421

Author: Great Britain. Department for Transport Title: Estimated costs to society of crime on public transport in England 2006/07 Summary: The key findings on estimated numbers of crimes committed on public transport and the estimated costs of particular crimes committed on public transport. Transport Minister Norman Baker: "I want to see more and more people using public transport – one of the key ways of encouraging this is to make sure it is a safe option." "Passengers and staff rightly expect to travel safely and securely. Thankfully this research shows that crime on public transport is rare. However one incident is obviously one incident too many, but at its worst it can lead to reduced patronage, damaged vehicles, high staff turnover, and ultimately the withdrawal of services." "Today’s round table discussion brings together representatives from across the transport and crime spectrum – Home Office, passenger groups, transport operators, police groups – to discuss how we can further support all the work already dedicated to tackling crime on public transport." Details: London: Department for Transport, 2010. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 10, 2012 at http://www.dft.gov.uk/publications/estimated-society-costs-public-transport-crime-england-2006-07/ Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Crime (U.K.) Shelf Number: 119390

Author: Balch, Alex Title: Regulation and Enforcement to Tackle Forced Labour in the UK: A Systematic Response? Summary: This programme paper forms part of an interconnected series of research papers funded by the Joseph Rowntree Foundation (JRF) into forced labour. The aim of the research is to examine the extent to which forced labour in the UK is influenced/ exacerbated by specific factors. This paper focuses on the problems that exist in terms of enforcement and regulation in the UK context. Two forthcoming papers look at business practices and the role of immigration policies. The purpose of this piece of work is to provide a critical analysis of the legislative framework and organisational field and how this affects regulation and enforcement. The approach is systemic in that it aims to locate the legal measures and organisational environment within the broader context of the protection of workers’ rights in the UK. The paper considers the legislative framework around forced labour, the organisations that are charged with regulating and enforcing the rules, and problems of knowledge and expertise within those organisations. The findings demonstrate how loose and complex the structural coupling is between the legislative system and the organisational field when it comes to forced labour. The UK government has decided against joining some international agreements that could help to tackle the problem, and there are questions over implementation with those it has opted to join. The system of protection for workers’ rights is patchy and inconsistent, partly due to the lack of a coherent regulatory authority or system of monitoring employment practices. It is likely that there are varying levels of awareness across all front-line staff. Large-scale multi-agency enforcement operations have been successful in harnessing the combined expertise and resources of the various organisations that can act to stop forced labour, but there have been mixed results in the courts. There are also questions over the capacity to carry out such operations in the future. The paper ends by developing a series of recommendations for improving the operation of the current system, proposing points of action in the light of findings and making suggestions for future research. Details: Liverpool: Joseph Rowntree Foundation, University of Liverpool, 2012. 65p. Source: JRF Programme Paper, Forced Labour: Internet Resource: Accessed March 11, 2012 at http://www.jrf.org.uk/sites/files/jrf/forced-labour-regulation-full.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Forced Labor (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124447

Author: ECR Europe Title: Identifying the Top 50 Products in the Fast Moving Consumer Goods Sector in the UK Summary: This study is the first attempt to delve much deeper into the actual products that suffer disproportionally high levels of shrinkage – the real ‘hot’ products. It is not based upon perception data but on actual shrinkage data from retailers. As such, this is a ground-breaking study and offers retailers and manufacturers new insights into those products that are most vulnerable to shrinkage. This has not been easy (as will be highlighted below) as each company tends to adopt slightly different ways of measuring and recording shrinkage in their business and hence developing a composite hot list has proven to be fraught with complications. Hence it makes use of a relatively limited data set (just three companies from the Fast Moving Consumer Goods sector in the UK and only looking at three categories of product – Food, Health and Beauty, and Beers, Wines and Spirits) and so readers need to be cautious in how they interpret and use this data. However, it contains some fascinating insights into those products that are most vulnerable to loss. At this stage it has not been possible to go beyond simply presenting a description of the data – this report describes the what but not the why. This is likely to be the focus of future work but it was thought important to publish this data in its present format to better inform the retail community about those items that are currently most vulnerable to shrinkage in this particular geographical location and retail segment. Details: Brussels: ECR Europe, 2010. 26p. Source: ECR Europe White Paper: Internet Resource: Accessed March 11, 2012 at http://ecr-all.org/projects/current-ecr-projects/shrinkage/ Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Retail Crime (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124454

Author: Wales. National Assembly. Communities, Equality and Local Government Committee Title: Disability related harassment in Wales Summary: The terms of reference for the inquiry were: to specifically look at the findings of the Equality and Human Rights Commission’s (EHRC) inquiry into disability-related harassment in Wales. The Committee also explored: how public authorities in Wales can improve their approaches to tackling disability-related harassment, particularly those in housing, education, health and transport; the effectiveness of multi-agency approaches, including information-sharing and good practice guidance; and the potential for public authorities to include actions to reduce disability-related harassment in their equality strategies, as required by the new specific equality duties in Wales. Details: Cardiff Bay, Wales: Communities, Equality and Local Government Committee, National Assembly for Wales Commission, 2011. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 11, 2012 at http://www.senedd.assemblywales.org/documents/s4895/Disability%20related%20harassment%20in%20Wales%20Report%20-%20December%202011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Reporting (Wales) Shelf Number: 124461

Author: Scotland. Mental Welfare Commission for Scotland Title: Mental Health of Prisoners: Themed Visit Report into Prison Mental Health Services in Scotland Summary: This themed visit was focused on the support and treatment that prisoners with a mental disorder receive in the Scottish Prison system. The aim of national themed visits is to enable us to assess and compare care and treatment for particular groups of people across Scotland. Our aim is to help services learn from good practice and to respond to any issues that are identified. This report details our findings from our visits to all 15 Scottish Prison establishments which took place between January and March 2011. The focus for our visits was not about whether these people should be in prison but about the care and treatment they receive. The services prisoners receive in prison have a big impact on the individual's capacity to recover. Details: Edinburgh: Mental Welfare Commission for Scotland, 2011. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 11, 2012 at http://reports.mwcscot.org.uk/web/FILES/Visiting_Monitoring/MWC_Mental_Health_of_Prisoners.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Inmates, Mental Health(Scotland) Shelf Number: 124462

Author: Blazey, Laura Title: Reducing the risk, cutting the cost: An assessment of the potential savings from Barnardo's interventions for young people who have been sexually exploited Summary: Across the UK, thousands of vulnerable girls and boys are being groomed and then abused, often for years on end, leaving them deeply traumatised and scarred for life. This is why we asked for Pro Bono Economics’ support in trying to understand the cost implications of child sexual exploitation and to explore the financial benefits of providing interventions for young people affected by this form of abuse. In 2006, Barnardo’s published the findings of a two-year research study which sought to evaluate the success of our specialist sexual exploitation services in achieving positive outcomes for young people who have been sexually exploited.1 This was the first study of its kind to demonstrate quantitatively the positive impact that this type of support can have on the lives of young people. Five years on, the need for charities to demonstrate the effectiveness of our interventions has become all the more compelling in the light of increased pressure on public finances and voluntary sector funding. We know that the effect of sexual exploitation on the lives of the young people we work with is hugely damaging and often has a significant effect on their mental, emotional and physical wellbeing, well into adulthood. However, we know very little of the wider impact of sexual exploitation on society. While there is a very clear moral case for responding to the needs of young people who have suffered this horrific form of abuse, what are the cost implications for the taxpayer? On behalf of Barnardo’s, Pro Bono Economics enlisted a team of volunteers from the Bank of England to undertake research to help us understand the wider impact of sexual exploitation and to quantify the savings made by society as a result of providing specialist interventions for young people at risk of sexual exploitation. This briefing sets out the key findings from the research and highlights the implications of the research for responding to the needs of young people who have been sexually exploited. Details: Essex: Barnardo's, 2011. 16p. Source: Research Briefing: Internet Resource: Accessed March 11, 2012 at http://www.barnardos.org.uk/reducing_the_risk_cutting_the_cost__final_.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124463

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary Title: Without fear or favour: A review of police relationships Summary: This year's extensive scrutiny of how the police handled the phone hacking affair has understandably led to concerns about police integrity and corruption. Police checking systems and processes have identified a small number of other high profile cases which include allegations of inappropriate police relationships – some involving senior officers. These cases either have been or are being dealt with properly, but amplify concerns about police corruption and have the potential to undermine public trust in the Service. The subject of police integrity has received wide coverage recently but HMIC did not undertake this review with any preconception of the likely findings. Rather, we have been guided by the evidence available to us and have assessed it carefully before coming to our conclusions and making our recommendations. As part of the review we asked the public about the extent and nature of police integrity and corruption. The majority do not think corruption is common and trust the police to tell the truth. However, about a third of those surveyed think there is some problem with corruption. The public also told us that they associate integrity with being treated fairly; the Service must, therefore, be absolutely transparent not only in being fair but also in being seen to be fair. Concerns that inappropriate police relationships represent endemic failings in police integrity are not borne out by the evidence available to HMIC. However, this review does not give the Police Service a clean bill of health. We found few forces and authorities had these issues on their radar. In addition, understanding of boundaries, checking mechanisms, governance and oversight in police relationships with others (including the media) varies hugely across the Service. Our benchmarking exercise suggests that few organisations have resolved these issues well for the modern world (in terms of managing controls around integrity issues). However, the Police Service needs to do so in order to safeguard their impartiality and, as importantly, the perception of their impartiality. HMIC is concerned that the lack of controls in some areas, which are not always considered by the police as „corruption‟, can allow a slippery slope to develop in relationships which leaves forces and authorities unsighted and vulnerable to significant risk. One such risk area is the potential for misuse of corporate purchasing and credit cards (of which we estimate there are 2,700 in circulation across England and Wales, in addition to the 2,712 owned by the MPS): the public rightly expects the Police Service to make best use of the public money it receives, and to put effective controls in place to ensure that it is spent appropriately and that the maximum value is derived from it (especially in a period of austerity). Other examples of risk areas include the lack of clarity around the acceptance of gifts and hospitality; and around conflicts of interest, tax and other legal implications of police officers and staff having second jobs or other business interests. A key factor in meeting the challenges to police integrity lies in the quality of the leaders of the Service: not only in ensuring that systems and processes are in HMIC (2011) Without fear or favour: A review of police relationships 6 place and work effectively to provide appropriate checks and balances, but importantly in the example they set through their own behaviours in reinforcing high standards of conduct, thus promoting integrity. The Service cannot afford to be complacent and we look to senior leaders in the Service to show that they understand the importance of acting quickly and effectively to further strengthen integrity and to give the public cause to have high levels of confidence that the police will act without fear or favour in delivering a responsive and accountable service. Governance matters enormously in reinforcing these issues. We intend to revisit the matters highlighted in this report by October 2012. Police authorities have a role in ensuring that the work to address the issues raised in the report is expedited as a matter of urgency. Incoming Police and Crime Commissioners, as a key part of their role, will need to assure themselves that forces have embedded integrity considerations in all that they do, supported by effective checks and balances. They would be assisted in this if these checks and balances were consistent throughout England and Wales. Details: London: Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary (HMIC), 2011. 71p Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 11, 2012 at http://www.hmic.gov.uk/media/a-review-of-police-relationships-20111213.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Corruption Shelf Number: 124467

Author: Mowlam, Alice Title: UK Study of Abuse and Neglect of Older People: Qualitative Findings Summary: This qualitative study forms part of a wider programme of research involving a literature review, focus groups with service-providers and stakeholders, a national survey of over 2000 older people and a feasibility study for researching elder mistreatment in care homes. The study involved 36 follow-up interviews with older people who had responded to the survey and three interviews with older people accessed through specialist BME organisations. Twenty-two of these involved incidents where the perpetrator was a family member, paid carer or close friend. The remaining cases involved neighbours, acquaintances and, exceptionally, strangers. Three interviews were also carried out with family members who had supported the older person. This study explored a wide variety of different experiences of mistreatment. All five types of mistreatment addressed in the survey (neglect, physical, psychological, financial, sexual) were included. These categories are based upon descriptions of the behaviours of perpetrators. Other categories describing the experience rather than perpetrators’ behaviours were found to be better at grouping and distinguishing between cases, particularly where these experiences involved multiple types of abuse. For the cases covered in this study, these categories were: spousal mistreatment, abuse and conflict; family mistreatment, abuse and conflict; mistreatment and abuse experienced in the course of caring for the perpetrator; conflicts and disputes with neighbours and acquaintances; theft, financial exploitation and financial disputes; institutional neglect and service failure; and, sexual harassment and abuse. There was also a broad diversity of cases represented in the sample in terms of the nature, severity and duration of the mistreatment or abuse experienced as well as the contexts within which the incidents occurred. Details: London: National Centre for Social Research and King's College London, 2007. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2012 at http://assets.comicrelief.com/cr09/docs/older_people_abuse_report.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Elder Abuse and Neglect (U.K.) Shelf Number: 110507

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Chief Inspector of Constabulary Title: A review of national police units which provide intelligence on criminality associated with protest Summary: In 2010, revelations about the activities of Mark Kennedy, a police officer working undercover for the National Public Order Intelligence Unit (NPOIU), led to the collapse of the trial of six people accused of planning to shut down a large power station in Ratcliffe-on-Soar, Nottinghamshire. Later that month, Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary (HMIC) announced a review of the systems used by the NPOIU to authorise and control the development of intelligence. This report outlines our findings and recommendations. The NPOIU was created in 1999 as part of the Police Service's response to campaigns and public protest that generate violence and disruption. Located within the Metropolitan Police Service (MPS), it was funded by the Home Office to reduce criminality and disorder from domestic extremism and to support forces managing strategic public order issues. The unit gathered and coordinated intelligence that enabled the police to protect the public by preventing crime and disruption. HMIC has reviewed: the supervision of undercover officers deployed by the NPOIU; the activities and supervision of Mark Kennedy specifically; the issues of management and supervision that arise from the case of Mark Kennedy, and how these might be strengthened; the ACPO definition of "domestic extremism"; the history, remit and governance of the NPOIU; and links between the NPOIU and the MPS Special Demonstration Squad (SDS). This report considers undercover police tactics when used to develop intelligence, rather than to obtain material specifically for a criminal prosecution. Conclusions and recommendations are made with regard to the level of intrusion into people's lives; the use of these tactics to tackle domestic extremism as well as to inform public order policing; and the extent to which the risks inherent to undercover deployments are justified and controlled. Details: London: HMIC, 2012. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2012 at http://www.hmic.gov.uk/media/review-of-national-police-units-which-provide-intelligence-on-criminality-associated-with-protest-20120202.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Terrorism (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124501

Author: Wong, Kevin Title: Increasing the voluntary and community sector's involvement in Integrated Offender Management Summary: Integrated Offender Management (IOM) aims to reduce re-offending through local agencies taking a partnership approach to the management of repeat offenders. As part of an undertaking to increase voluntary and community sector (VCS) involvement in service delivery, the Home Office set up an initiative to provide small grants to VCS organisations to work with IOM partnerships. The initiative used the expertise of the national VCS umbrella body, Clinks, to develop and administer the grants scheme. This ‘hands-off’ approach to delivering centrally funded resources was considered to be innovative within a criminal justice setting. The Home Office commissioned an evaluation of the initiative which aimed to: explore the strengths and weaknesses of the funding model; identify perceived barriers and facilitators to voluntary and community sector involvement in IOM; explore how the Home Office might best work with the VCS to encourage and support their capacity to work in partnership with statutory agencies; and identify any implications for the delivery of future similar projects. Details: London: Home Office, 2012. 31p. Source: Research Report 59: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2012 at http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/science-research-statistics/research-statistics/crime-research/horr59/horr59-report?view=Binary Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Participation (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124518

Author: Gojkovic, Dina Title: Accommodation for ex-offenders: Third sector housing advice and provision Summary: Links between homelessness and offending are well-established in literature with about a third of offenders being without a home either before or after imprisonment. Housing has been recognised as one of the key factors that can reduce re-offending and is one of the seven Reducing Re-Offending Pathways established by the Reducing Re-Offending National Action Plan in 2004. The identification of housing as one of the Pathways and the move towards partnership working with third sector organisations (TSOs) to reduce re-offending have led to a number of initiatives which involve housing-related TSOs. These organisations are typically contracted into prisons to provide housing advice and support, or provide offenders with access to temporary accommodation in short-stay hostels and Approved Premises. Despite the involvement of housing-TSOs, offenders and ex-offenders still face numerous challenges when trying to secure accommodation. The prescribed criteria for assessing homelessness, local nomination and allocation policies and the presence of a criminal and prison record are all factors which can delay or prevent provision of housing for ex-offenders. This paper draws on a qualitative study in eight prisons and one probation area and a short survey of 680 offenders to examine the role of the third sector in assisting offenders and ex-offenders to find suitable accommodation. The results show that there have been several positive developments in the last ten years, with many prisons now having a dedicated housing advisor and important links with TSOs and housing providers. There remain, however, numerous barriers to effective housing advice and provision. Factors include: lack of available housing stock; difficulties of partnership working, where partners differ on whether they view housing for ex-offenders with urgency; restrictions on the types of offenders likely to be prioritised and local exclusion policies. The paper also discusses the limitations of recent policies to increase the use of the private rented sector in housing homeless people, and the limitations of Social Impact bonds and Payment by Results. It emphasises the need for a more transparent housing priority assessment system in increasing housing opportunities for marginalised groups, such as short-sentenced prisoners and young offenders, but notes that provisions for greater flexibility, discretion and conditionality in social housing lettings following the Localism Act move things in precisely the opposite direction. Details: London: Third Sector Research Centre, 2012. 27p. Source: Working Paper 77: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2012 at http://www.tsrc.ac.uk/LinkClick.aspx?fileticket=%2fiNuwlxyJIU%3d&tabid=890 Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Ex-Offenders (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124524

Author: Sloman, Anne Title: Church Buildings Council: Report of the working party on metal theft Summary: Metal theft, and in particular the theft of lead from church roofs, is the most serious problem facing the maintenance of the nation’s historic legacy of church buildings at the moment. There are no national police statistics and so our best source of information is Ecclesiastical Insurance Group (EIG), the main insurer of Anglican churches. In the past eight years they have seen an increase in claims from 6 to 1763 a year, the annual cost rising from £18,000 to £3.3m, a dramatic increase. Nearly £23m over the past 5 years. The cost of the claims reflects just a fraction of the cost of the crime. In recent years Ecclesiastical has had to put a cap on the amount that it will pay out on claims for lead theft to prevent it from becoming an uninsurable risk. Collateral damage caused during the crime and afterwards, for example from rain water, is considerable. The cost of metal theft to the UK as a whole is estimated to be at least £770m. This is not a victimless crime. The victims are those very people the government are trying to encourage to embrace the vision of the Big Society. They are churchwardens and members of Parochial Church Councils (PCCs) who are at the heart of their communities working hard to maintain historic buildings, to keep them open for worship and available to serve the areas where they live in a whole variety of ways. Coping with one theft of a church roof is disheartening, coping with successive thefts, as is often the case, is heart breaking, particularly when water pouring causes irreparable damage to the building and its contents. The Institute of British Organ Building has reported for three years now the number of organ restorations following water damage consequent on lead theft. Over thirteen such cases were noted in 2010, including a significant historic organ at St Hilda, South Shields, only recently restored. The widespread perception that the police are indifferent to this crime is not helpful to the social cohesion of these communities. For example, of four churches in the Oldham area that had lead stolen, some with repeat thefts, the police were extremely slow to respond, in two instances taking more than a week and on one occasion the response was to issue a crime number, without visiting the site. There has never been a requirement for forces to keep specific data on metal theft as there is no distinct crime code (with the exception of the British Transport Police). Metal theft is currently recorded under a range of categories, ranging from ‘other theft’ to criminal damage. We urge the Home Office to look at this. The lack of prosecutions compounds the problem. There are instances of the CPS failing to prosecute even when a thief has been caught committing a crime. This report was prepared by a working party of the Church Buildings Council, a Statutory Body with responsibility for the care, development and use of Church of England churches. The working party was chaired by Anne Sloman, Chair of the Council. It included senior representatives from Ecclesiastical Insurance and dioceses affected, and took evidence from a range of interested parties including the Second Estates Commissioner, Tony Baldry MP, the police and the scrap metal industry. Its remit was the problem of lead theft from Churches, but as Ministers will be aware the problem is not confined to churches. Network Rail, British Telecom, schools, local authorities, and the gas and electricity networks are also suffering extensively from this crime. The group makes eight recommendations for Government action and commits the Church to good practice over reporting crime and the threat of crime as well as cooperating with basic security measures. This is a serious crime which at times of financial stringency is costing the country a huge amount of money and urgently needs to be addressed nationwide by Government action led by the Home Office. Details: London: Church Buildings Council, Archibishops' Council, The Church of England, 2011. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2012 at http://www.churchcare.co.uk/pdf_view.php?id=246 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Churches (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124530

Author: Kalaga, Halina Title: A Review of Literature on Effective Interventions that Prevent and Respond to Harm Against Adults Summary: This report presents a review of literature on interventions relating to different types of harm against adults (physical; psychological; financial; sexual; discriminatory; and neglect), highlighting interventions used at 3 stages in relation to abuse (in brief: prevention, responding to allegations, and remedying harm), and falling within 2 broad categories of intervention - legal and welfare. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2007. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2012 at http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/Doc/203554/0054266.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention (Scotland) Shelf Number: 124534

Author: Munton, Tony Title: An evidence assessment of the routes of human trafficking into the UK Summary: This report presents the findings from an evidence assessment conducted in 2008 designed to address three questions:  By what routes and methods of entry do victims of human trafficking reach the UK?  Are these routes the same for adults and child victims?  What are the economic dimensions (in terms of costs and benefits) of human trafficking into the UK? Literature and electronic searches identified 180 studies as potentially relevant; key findings from the 32 studies that met the scope of this review are presented. Data are summarised with regards to the routes of human trafficking, the number of people trafficked, the characteristics of victims and traffickers, and the drivers, costs and benefits of human trafficking. Both adult and child victims travel through multiple transit countries en route to the UK. Evidence suggests traffickers operate according to rational economic principles. Details: London: Home Office, 2012. 38p. Source: Occasional Paper 103: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2012 at http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/science-research-statistics/research-statistics/immigration-asylum-research/occ103?view=Binary Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Trafficking (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124536

Author: Kennedy, Alistair Title: Evaluation of Alcohol Arrest Referral Pilot Schemes (Phase 1) Summary: Brief interventions have been used with some success in the health sector and the National Alcohol Strategy identified arrest referral as another means of reaching harmful and hazardous drinkers. Brief interventions are not homogenous but are typically characterised by their length. They are a means of helping people identify harmful and hazardous drinking patterns and they establish ways of reducing alcohol intake through techniques such as motivational interviewing. The Home Office commissioned four Drug and Alcohol Action Teams (DAATs), in areas suffering high levels of alcohol-related crime and disorder, to run pilot alcohol arrest referral (AAR) schemes using brief interventions for 12 months from October 2007 to October 2008. The pilots aimed to reduce harmful and hazardous drinking and reduce re-offending by targeting individuals arrested for alcohol-related offences. Clients were identified within custody suites and referred to alcohol workers for a brief alcohol intervention. Three of the schemes delivered the interventions in the custody suite, although two of these had originally planned to deliver interventions in the community – the change in approach being necessary to increase the number of referrals. The fourth scheme relied heavily on Conditional Bail to encourage attendance and was more successful in delivering interventions away from the custody suite. The evaluation sought to test the aims of the pilots as well as learning lessons about the delivery and implementation of AAR and the cost-effectiveness of the schemes. This report presents the evaluation findings based on: interviews with people involved in delivering the interventions and a cross-section of clients; observing the delivery of interventions and comparing this against best practice in motivational interviewing; analysing data collected by the schemes on Alcohol Intervention Records1 (AIRs) about clients. Follow-up AIRs were also used to determine the impact of the interventions on alcohol consumption; assessing the impact on re-offending by comparing the change in the arrest rate for clients receiving the intervention to a retrospective matched comparison group from within the same police area; and analysing the cost of delivering the interventions and using this to conduct a break even analysis. Details: London: Home Office, 2012. 67p. Source: Occasional Paper 101: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2012 at http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/science-research-statistics/research-statistics/crime-research/occ101?view=Binary Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124551

Author: Stenning, Philip Title: Gender-based Violence, Stalking and Fear of Crime: Country Report United Kingdom Summary: Due to their age and lifestyle, female students as a group are especially at risk from various forms of sexual violence – the aim of the three-year European-wide research project “Gender-based Violence, Stalking and Fear of Crime” (2009-2011) is to verify this hypothesis and to collect, analyse and compare relevant data in five European countries. By analysing the qualitative and quantitative data in a comparative survey it aims to rising awareness for the victimisation of female students. In the consequence this will support universities in their efforts to decrease sexual violence at universities, to help victims and to implement adequate instruments of prevention and intervention. The EU project, which has been funded through the programme “Prevention of and Fight Against Crime” initiated by the EU Commission on General Justice, Freedom And Security, is being coordinated at the Department of Criminology at Ruhr University Bochum in Germany. Besides the German university the consortium covers the University of Bologna, Jagiellonian University in Cracow/Poland, Universitát Autonoma de Barcelona/Spain and Keele University/U.K.. The UK NUS (2010) study has suggested that in order to raise awareness, challenge inappropriate behaviour and attitudes and make students feel safe on campus, awareness of violence against women must be raised amongst staff and students. Sloane (2011) has suggested that student unions, potentially via equality officers, take responsibility for running educational campaigns, and that such campaigns should be commonplace. Campaigns should include information around the acts that constitute gender-based sexual violence, the accountability of perpetrators, its prevalence and impacts on survivors (NUS, 2010; Sloane, 2011). Such work is likely to help faculty staff, women and friends who are told about victimising experiences recognise how to respond effectively. Sloane (2011) suggested that such training be made available to all staff throughout the university, to ensure they are made aware of the relevant institutional policies and procedures on how to address harassment and violence when it is reported. Indeed, the NUS (2010) argued that gender-based sexual violence issues must be supported by strong institutional policy on the topic. Policy must be linked to meaningful outcomes, such as reducing instances of harassment, abuse and stalking, through educational or rehabilitation methods. Policy must also address the actions that institutions will take against perpetrators and specify how they will be supported to address their behaviour. Other recommendations made by the NUS (2010) study and closely echoed in the recommendations of Sloane (2011), include ensuring there are clear channels of communication for reporting offences to the university/police and for seeking counselling and support. Counselling services should provide a free, quality service which 35% 42% 43% 43% 46% 56% 59% 61% 75% 88% To be advised without a third party To have a person allocated to me To be advised without bureaucracy To be advised anonymously To be able to contact someone 24 hrs a day To get an appointment straight away To be treated with compassion No pressure into making a complaint To be advised for free To be listened to and taken seriously Students' wishes (n=626) 45 ensures confidentiality, 24-hour cover, female support workers and is easily accessible. Emphasis was also placed on ensuring women feel believed when they relay their accounts and that the university can effectively refer to other agencies if need cannot be met by the institution. As such, strong links between universities, student unions, police, National Health Services and victim services must be developed and fostered. The NUS also recommend peer-led self-help groups for those who have experienced victimisation as well as the option of one-to-one counselling. The support services that are available need to be widely promoted and contact information should be included on student union websites (NUS, 2010; Valls et al., 2007). Services must also remain sensitive to the particular needs of international students including language barriers and religious factors which may impact on the victimisation experience (Sloane, 2011). Details: Bochum, Germany: Ruhr-University Bochum, 2012. 50p. Source: EU-Project 2009-2011: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2012 at http://vmrz0183.vm.ruhr-uni-bochum.de/gendercrime/pdf/gendercrime_country_report_united_kingdom_english.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Colleges and Universities Shelf Number: 124577

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspectorate Title: Learning and Skills provision by the Northern Ireland Prison Service Summary: Criminal Justice Inspection (CJI) and the Education and Training Inspectorate (ETI) have longstanding concerns about the quality and impact of the Learning and Skills provision for prisoners in Northern Ireland. This report summarises the main issues and proposes a solution that requires consideration by the Department of Justice and the Department for Employment and Learning. While there are some pockets of excellent and innovative practice, Inspectors have raised concerns about the outdated curriculum offer, information technology deficits, generally low levels of participation and attendance, the often poor library provision, regime restrictions including frequent class cancellations and the adverse impact of industrial action on education classes. These and other inadequacies mean that learning outcomes for prisoners are often poor; as a result, many of them become frustrated and disengage with the provision. The education and skills deficits are significant. Data provided by the Northern Ireland Prison Service (NIPS) shows that over 60% of prisoners are below the minimum required level in their essential skills of literacy and/or Introduction CHAPTER 1: numeracy. Despite this, too few prisoners are being helped to address their deficits and are therefore not being adequately prepared to compete for employment on release. The extent of vocational skills provision offered in each prison is both limited and dated, and too little of it is provided at the level required by employers, namely Level 2. The vocational provision is particularly poor for women and younger prisoners, while Open University students need to be especially resilient in order to sustain and complete their programmes of study. Within the context of poor outcomes the NIPS Learning and Skills provision also represents poor value for money: the 2011–2012 budget is £5.1 million. The most current evidence comes from inspections at HydebankWood (March 2011), Magilligan (March 2010) and Maghaberry (January 2009) Prisons, plus follow-up visits undertaken by ETI and CJI in September 2011. It comprises discussions with prisoners, managers and staff, analysis of documentary evidence, including a draft internal review of the NIPS Learning and Skills provision, the annual self-evaluation reports provided by each Learning and Skills department across the prisons, and internal assessments of Information Technology (IT) provision. There has been some progress such as the appointment of some new Heads of Learning and Skills; the establishment of an Activity and Scheduling Office in Maghaberry Prison in July 2011 “to improve the coordination and delivery of resources to all prisoners…” which was beginning to raise the profile of learning and skills; good, well-established partnerships with the Open University and the NorthWest Regional College (NWRC); and the high levels of commitment and enthusiasm by individual Heads of Learning and Skills, teachers and instructors. However, none of these steps have yet been able to address sufficiently the fundamental failings. ETI and CJI concerns are amplified in the three sections below – Strategy, Delivery, and Outcomes. These are followed by supporting evidence from the previous inspections and the findings of the Prison Review Team which reported in October 2011. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2012. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2012 at http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/2a/2ab943de-df2e-4240-8c7e-bffb08178df7.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Education (Northern Ireland) Shelf Number: 124584

Author: Firmin, Carlene Title: Building Bridges Project: A report by the Young People of London, facilitated by Race on the Agenda (ROTA) providing evidence-based recommendations to tackle Gangs and the use of Weapons Summary: When the new Deputy Mayor for Young People was appointed, he stated: ‘We have to talk to young people and find out what affects them and what interests them’ (Children and Young People Now, 2008). In addition, in May 2007 the Home Affairs Select Committee stated: ‘In drawing up a strategy on young black people’s overrepresentation (in the Criminal Justice System), the Government should ensure young people themselves are consulted, and that local and national organisations ensure young people’s views are systematically taken into account in forming and evaluating policy’. Most recently, The Street Weapons Commission’s Report, Guns, Knives and Street Violence concluded that ‘It is important not to oversimplify these issues…Local contexts, especially, young people’s experiences and perceptions would seem to be a necessary starting point’ (June 2008). There seems to be, therefore, an interest both on a national and regional level, to hear what young people identify as criminal justice problems and furthermore, what they would like to see as solutions. The use of weapons amongst young people, and the existence of gangs, seems to be increasingly a key concern in the public domain; in both media accounts and political rhetoric and policy. However, these have been concerns of local communities in London for years, if not decades; and it is the Third Sector who has been responding to this. Given current political interest in this area, most recently with the report Tackling Gangs published in May 2008 by the Home Office, it is vital that the voices of those who are affected most directly by these issues, and by the policies put in place to address them, are heard – namely young people. ROTA’s Building Bridges Project (BBP) is a youth led and youth owned volunteer research project. It aimed to produce a report and materials providing policy recommendations for tackling gangs and weapon use in London. The recommendations were based purely on the views of young people in the light of the current political climate and research that has preceded it. For the past two years ROTA has acted as a facilitator of the project; however the entire project, from funding bids to youth and volunteer funds, to research and through to the production of the report, film, launch event and monitoring has been led, owned and delivered by a team of young people from London, from across boroughs, age ranges, gender and ethnic groups. The recommendations made in this report have followed research into what we have termed the culture/s within which the use of weapons and the existence of gangs exist. Our concern is why we as young people may choose to arm ourselves and/or join a gang; not just the fact that we do; therefore, our recommendations seek to address the ‘why’ and are preventative rather than reactive. It is significant that when asked what recommendation they would make to government if they had the chance, not one young person responded with reference to the criminal justice system. As young people, we are concerned with preventing what is happening, by asking why it is; and furthermore alongside accepting responsibility for the role that we play in the existence of these cultures, we are asking that as a society we take a collective responsibility to see through the recommendations made in this report and build on the work already being done in the communities affected to make a change. Details: London: Race on the Agenda (ROTA), 2008. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2012 at http://ventura.xssl.net/~rotaadmin/?q=webfm_send/52 Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Evidence-Based Practices (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124117

Author: Armstrong, Sarah Title: User Views of Punishment: The comparative experience of short prison sentences and community-based punishments Summary: Despite a substantial knowledge base about experiences of prison, there is scant research on the most common penal experience in Scotland – doing a short prison sentence (but see Criminal Justice Forum, 2003). Short prison sentences are one of the characteristic features of imprisonment in Scotland, where the vast majority of custodial sentences issued in a year (ranging anywhere between 75% and 80%) are for six months or less (Scottish Government, 2010). The current Government is pursuing an agenda to reduce the short sentence culture in Scotland, by expanding the use of community-based forms of punishment and creating a legal presumption against the use of very short stays in prison. In addition, there is also growing belief that bringing the voices of ‘users’ into policy deliberations and development are essential for the effective design and delivery as well as the credibility of public services (Weaver, 2010). Prisoners and offenders – like victims, communities, and criminal justice professionals – are a key user group of criminal justice services, and the Government has expressed interest in learning more about the perspectives of various users. In light of these developments, we sought the views of people experiencing typically brief jail sentences as well as the views of those who have experience of community-based sanctions, the intended alternative. This research was proposed to begin filling our gap in knowledge as well as to provide relevant information to policy makers and others involved in or affected by the current reform programme. This report highlights emerging themes of the analysis with a particular focus on the experience and effects of imprisonment. A forthcoming research report will focus on the experiences and effects of community sanctions. We are continuing to review interview transcripts as well as explore the relevant theoretical frameworks being used to interpret the voices of offenders and would be happy to present this work to interested groups. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Centre for Crime & Justice Research, 2010. 35p. Source: Research Report No. 04/2010: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2012 at http://www.sccjr.ac.uk/documents/Report%202010%2004%20-%20User%20Views%20of%20Punishment.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Imprisonment Shelf Number: 124589

Author: Great Britain. HM Treasury Title: New responses to new challenges: Reinforcing the Tackling Tobacco Smuggling Strategy Summary: Tobacco smuggling is not a victimless or harmless crime. Smoking kills half of all smokers, and organised criminal gangs that smuggle tobacco provide a cheap and unregulated supply which undermines the Government’s policy of using tax to maintain the high price of tobacco and help reduce smoking, especially among the young. Tobacco smugglers also undermine law-abiding businesses and often use the proceeds to fund other forms of organised crime. Maintaining the stability of the public finances is an essential foundation of a strong economy, and at the heart of our stable public finances is a tax system based on the principle that everyone should pay their fair share. When people evade taxes, they undermine that principle and increase the burden on honest taxpayers. Our commitment to tackling fraud and smuggling in all its forms is therefore integral to maintaining a fair tax system, safeguarding the stability of the public finances and protecting the revenue available for investment in our public services. The Government launched its innovative strategic approach to tackling tobacco smuggling in 2000, investing more than £200m in new staff and new technology. The strategy has successfully halted and reversed the rapid growth in cigarette smuggling, safeguarding around £6 billion of public money. The UK is now recognised as an international leader in its approach to analysing and tackling tobacco smuggling. Despite this success, 1 in 6 cigarettes and around half of hand-rolling tobacco smoked in Britain are still illicit. And there is a growing threat from illegal counterfeit cigarettes, which may pose additional health risks to smokers. With smugglers constantly changing their tactics to try and maintain their profits, the Government constantly needs to anticipate and adapt to new threats and challenges. This document summarises the progress made in tackling tobacco smuggling since the launch of the strategy in 2000, and analyses how the smuggling problem has changed. It also sets out clear targets for the next phase of the strategy and plans for new staff, technology, legislation, publicity and cooperation with tobacco manufacturers to reinforce the further clamp down necessary on tobacco smuggling. Details: London: HM Treasury, 2006. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2012 at http://www.thecre.com/ccsf/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/New_responses_to_new_challenges_reinforcing_Tackling_Tobacco_Smuggling_Strategy.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Illegal Trade (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124614

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspectorate Title: The Treatment of Vulnerable Prisoners by the Northern Ireland Prison Service: A follow-up review of inspection recommendations Summary: CJI published a report on the NIPS management of vulnerable prisoners in December 2009. Inspectors made only ten recommendations in order to avoid restating recommendations that had previously been made elsewhere. The NIPS published an action plan a fortnight later, accepting six of the recommendations in full and four in part. In April 2010 CJI reported again by letter to the Minister of Justice in respect of six specific concerns that were outstanding from the December 2009 inspection. These included staff double-jobbing, emergency access to cells at nights and heating levels in observation cells. This follow-up review was conducted in August 2011 by CJI and RQIA and was scheduled to allow opportunity for the 2009 recommendations to be implemented. Inspectors conclude that, of the ten recommendations made in December 2009: 2 have been achieved; have been partially achieved; and 2 have not been achieved. Within a context of an overall increase of some 350 prisoners the NIPS had made good progress in some areas: Opening the Donard Centre for vulnerable prisoners at Maghaberry Prison was a major achievement; There was less usage of observation cells and anti-ligature clothing and more individualised assessment of vulnerable prisoners; Managerial oversight had improved and there was more robust self-audit; and Practical steps had been implemented to provide emergency cell access at nights and lockable in-cell cupboards. Improvements in the wider prison environment enhanced the regime for everyone, including vulnerable prisoners: There was closer management of night custody staff; 140 prisoners had been granted “walker” status at Maghaberry Prison since May 2011. This meant they could move freely within the confines of the prison without staff escorts; and Collaboration with the South Eastern Health and Social Care Trust (SEHSCT) was helping to bolster safer custody provision by introducing new staff and ways of working. Despite these improvements, inadequate governance within the NIPS continued to provide a poor context for delivery of safer custody. This included underperforming staff not being held accountable; important policy areas such as security and safer custody not cross-referring; cumbersome planning – Maghaberry Prison’s business plan for 2011-12 was predicated (in August 2011) on corporate and business plans that were still only in draft form; there was very little dynamic security and no effective anti-violence strategy. At operational level the NIPS regimes entailed too much lock-up time, insufficient education and activity, and in the case of HydebankWood Young Offenders’ Centre andWomen’s Prison an underperforming healthcare department. As it is impossible to ever conclude that the SPAR process is always being properly implemented by all members of staff, the NIPS will have to continuously monitor and challenge quality of practice and recording in this area. Other areas for improvement include poor quality living environments for most vulnerable prisoners; and Inspectors again noted cynicism of some staff and distancing from prisoners, though it was encouraging that managers were more challenging of such attitudes than in the past. The consequences of all this for prisoners were both emotional and practical. They included regularly feeling that they were not being treated with respect, boredom, delays in mail delivery, shortened visits and limited phone access. Such frustrations were significant for someone who was locked up and added to existing vulnerabilities. These deficiencies have been widely-reported in the past. The NIPS has acknowledged them and initiated the SEE Programme in response. It was launched in June 2011 with the aim of professionally developing the role of all prison officers. Inspectors fully endorse the aims of the SEE programme, which are of necessity far-reaching. However it carries considerable risk as it is expected to significantly reduce staff numbers. The implications of this are concerning for vulnerable prisoners and we urge that their needs should be prioritised. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2012. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2012 at http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/73/73452cca-bbe1-493c-84ee-9cd16eb73d76.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mentally Ill Inmates (Northern Ireland) Shelf Number: 124617

Author: Great Britain. Parliament. House of Commons. Home Affairs Committee Title: Roots of Violence Radicalisation. Volume I: Report, together with formal minutes, oral and written evidence. Summary: On 7 July 2005, 52 people were killed and more than 770 others injured in attacks on the London transport network carried out by four men from West Yorkshire who had been radicalised by the ideology and rhetoric of Al Qa’ida. The nature of the current, deadly threat facing the UK from home-grown terrorism was fully exposed for the first time. This was only one of a number of terrorist plots which caused the British authorities to shift their attention over the past decade from external threats to national security to those lying within the UK borders. Radicalisation is one of four strategic factors identified in the Government’s counter-terrorism strategy, known as CONTEST, that have enabled terrorist groups to grow and flourish. Yet four years after 7/7, the reasons why some British-born and raised individuals are vulnerable to violent radicalisation remain unclear. On taking office in 2010, the Coalition Government announced a wholesale review of the Prevent Strategy (often referred to simply as “Prevent”), which was drawn up to tackle violent radicalisation in the UK in the wake of the 7/7 bombings. The original strategy had attracted criticism for its alleged exclusive focus on Muslim communities, spying, and unhealthy conflation of law enforcement with integration policy. The outcome of the Prevent Review was published in June 2011. In anticipation of this, we decided in May 2011 to launch an inquiry that would test the evidence base for the Prevent Review and explore issues regarding its implementation. We undertook to examine the root causes of violent radicalisation in the UK, the individuals and groups particularly vulnerable to radicalisation and the locations where this radicalisation tends to take place, in relation to the primary terrorist threats facing the UK. Specifically, we intended to: • determine the major drivers of, and risk factors for recruitment to, terrorist movements linked to (a) Islamic fundamentalism (b) Irish dissident republicanism and (c) domestic extremism; • examine the relative importance of prisons and criminal networks, religious premises, universities and the internet as fora for violent radicalisation; • examine the operation and impact of the current process for proscribing terrorist groups; • consider the appropriateness of current preventative approaches to violent radicalisation, in light of these findings, including the roles of different organisations at national and local level; and • make recommendations to inform implementation of the Government’s forthcoming revised Prevent strategy. Details: London: The Stationery Office Limited, 2012. 184p. Source: Internet Resource: Nineteenth Report of Session 2010-12; Accessed March 21, 2012 at: http://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201012/cmselect/cmhaff/1446/1446.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Radical Groups Shelf Number: 124124

Author: Haines, A. Title: Evaluation of the Youth Justice Liaison and Diversion (YJLD) Pilot Scheme: Final Report Summary: In 2007 the Department commissioned a pilot programme of six pilot schemes for improvement in health provision within the youth justice system and provision of help for children and young people Getting it right for children, young people and families with a range of health needs including mental health and developmental problems, speech and communication difficulties, learning disabilities. These young people were screened for health needs, supported into services, and where possible diverted away from the formal youth justice system. The pilot programme was managed in partnership with the Centre for Mental Health and pilot schemes were based in Lewisham, Halton and Warrington, Peterborough, Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelesa, South Tees and Wolverhampton. Liverpool University was commissioned to produce an independent academic evaluation of the pilots, to measure their effectiveness in improving health and reduce offending behaviour. The final report, published in March 2012, will inform the National Liaison and Diversion Programme, as part of the Government’s commitment, to ensure that liaison and diversion services for all ages should be available on a national basis from 2014. Details: Liverpool, U.K.: University of Liverpool, 2012. 201p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2012 at: http://www.dh.gov.uk/prod_consum_dh/groups/dh_digitalassets/@dh/@en/documents/digitalasset/dh_133007.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Diversion Shelf Number: 124627

Author: Nwabuzo, Ojeaku Title: The Riot Roundtables: Race and the riots of August 2011 Summary: The civil unrest that took place across England’s cities and towns in August 2011 was unprecedented; an experience not felt for at least a generation. Mark Duggan’s death is widely seen to be the spark that ignited those furious days of destruction and the Independent Police Complaints Commission investigation into the circumstances surrounding his death continues. Five people are known to have been killed during the course of the civil disturbance. The impact of the lives lost and the families traumatised as the civil unrest spread across London and the rest of England will take some time to heal. The level of destruction and looting on the streets of England was exceptional. The claims for loss and damage stand between £200-300 million in London alone. When the cost of police overtime and the drafting in of officer reinforcements are included, some reports indicate a total cost of more than £370 million. The streets that were so marked by devastation in August 2011 have largely been refurbished but many shop owners still await their insurance awards and some local business will sadly not reopen. In the aftermath of the civil disturbance, there was quite rightly a condemnation of the violent and destructive activities but there was also a reluctance to understand why it had happened. The disturbances witnessed in Tottenham following the death of Mark Duggan bore a close resemblance to violent unrest that arose from injustices felt by the African Caribbean community in the 1980s. However, as the disturbances spread across London and further, the events unfolded into something less recognizable. In the absence of a full government inquiry, the Runnymede Trust was concerned that ethnic inequality and racial injustice, as potential factors in the civil unrest, were too quickly dismissed and marginalised from public discussions. The Runnymede Riot Roundtables project brought together key local decision-makers, professionals, young people and members of the community to find out what happened during the riots and what can be done to prevent similar riots happening again. Most significantly the project aimed to find out if race played a role in the riots. Roundtables were held in Birmingham, Bradford, Coventry, Croydon, Lewisham and Westminster; young people were trained to work as peer-topeer researchers and the general public were interviewed in local community hubs. This report aims to highlight the complex ways in which race and racial inequality played a role in the events of August 2011 and provides an alternative narrative for why the civil disturbances occurred. Without a doubt the disturbances emerged and developed from particular local contexts but there are discernible patterns; the disturbances in each of the areas we visited shared some characteristics. The research participants spoke of community tensions with the police; a general rebelliousness amongst ‘disaffected’ young people; and criminal opportunism. It appears that there was not one reason for the civil unrest but many. However, we heard of various examples of racial injustice and racial inequality and what emerged from the Riot Roundtables project is that racial injustice can be seen to be a significant factor in the civil unrest of 2011. This report is organised into four key chapters. Chapter Two, ‘What happened?’, includes a timeline of events; information on who was brought before the courts; and a discussion of the initial responses to the civil unrest. Chapter Three focuses on the reasons for the civil disturbances and is discussed in the light of respondents’ reflections on race relations, racism and racial inequalities. Chapter Four explores the possible reasons why Bradford, a city that has in recent history experienced ‘race riots’, remained peaceful during those days in August 2011. The final chapter of this report includes our conclusions and the policy recommendations that have emerged from this project. Details: London: Runnymeade, 2012. 46p. Source: Runnymeade Report: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2012 at http://www.runnymedetrust.org/uploads/publications/pdfs/RiotRoundtables-2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124632

Author: Great Britain. National Health Service Title: The Impact of Drug Treatment on Reconviction Summary: This study compares the differences in the conviction rates of known offenders during the two years before their initial assessment for drug treatment and the two years after. It presents the results of an analysis of data from the National Drug Treatment Monitoring System and conviction records from the Police National Computer. The data is drawn from a cohort of people who started a new course of drug treatment in 2006-07 and who had at least one conviction during the two years prior to their start date. The study was limited to trigger offences and soliciting (i.e. prostitution). Findings include: The individuals retained in treatment for the entire two-years (4,677) showed an average 47% reduction in convictions; Those who completed treatment successfully after being retained in treatment for six months or more showed virtually the same average reduction (48%) as those retained in treatment for the full two years; Those retained for the full period reduced their convictions by three times more than those who dropped out of treatment, who achieved just 15%; and For all those who both completed treatment successfully and did not return during the period, the observed reduction in convictions is 61%. While these figures cannot be interpreted as direct, quantifiable measures of a causal effect of drug treatment, the results suggest that exposure to treatment reduces recorded convictions and therefore offending, as the greater the successful engagement in treatment, the greater the observed reduction. This is most noticeable in opiate and/or crack cocaine users, who make up the majority of the cohort. By focusing on engaging clients and promoting successful completions, drug treatment can help to maximise reductions in offending by individuals receiving help for their addiction, particularly if they use opiates and/or crack cocaine. Details: London: National Treatment Agency for Substance Abuse, National Health Service, 2012. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2012 at: http://www.nta.nhs.uk/uploads/theimpactoftreatmentonreconviction.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Conviction Rates (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124633

Author: Schmitz, Klara Title: Racism and related discriminatory practices in the UK Summary: ENAR’s yearly Shadow Reports are a compilation of information and data collected by its member organisations, a vast network of NGOs working on anti-racism, the protection of human rights and the provision of legal and other support to those facing discrimination, unequal treatment and marginalisation in the European Union. The ENAR Shadow Reports are produced yearly to fill the gaps in the official and academic data, to offer an alternative to that data and to offer an NGO perspective on the realities of racism with the EU and its Member States. NGO reports are, by their nature, based on many sources of data, official, unofficial, academic and experiential. This allows access to information which, while sometimes not backed up by the rigours of academic standards, provides the vital perspective of those that either are or work directly with those affected by racism. It is this that gives NGO reports their added value, complementing academic and official reporting. Racism is still a significant barrier in the lives of too many people from ethnic minority backgrounds in the UK. Whilst different ethnic groups experience various forms of racism in different ways, ethnic minority communities, including migrants, asylum seekers, and refugees, have poorer outcomes than the general population with respect to employment, education, housing and health. The on-going issues of racist violence, poor representation in government, negative portrayal in the media and the over-representation of ethnic minorities in all stages of the criminal justice system, mean that ethnic minority groups in the UK are still experiencing many barriers to equal participation in society. This report concludes that, despite the many forms of racism and discrimination that ethnic minorities in the UK face, the current government is not only demonstrating a lack of commitment and leadership in tackling these ethnic inequalities, but many of the government’s policies and proposals have the potential to actually exacerbate the inequalities that already exist. Details: Brussels: European Network Against Racism (ENAR), 2012. 69p. Source: ENAR Shadow Report 2010-2011: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2012 at http://cms.horus.be/files/99935/MediaArchive/publications/shadow%20report%202010-11/26.%20UK.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Racial Discrimination (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124635

Author: Aston, Helen Title: Protecting Children Online: Teachers' Perspectives on eSafety - Full Report Summary: This report provides an analysis of the responses to 11 questions from a bespoke NFER online teacher survey, using NFER's Teacher Voice Panel, that took place in January 2012. Supporting information about the survey is also provided. The questions covered the topics of e-safety, cyberbullying, pupil use of mobile phones and social networking. We present the results by school phase (primary and secondary) in the main body of the report, and provide a regional breakdown of data in the appendix. More detailed analysis is available on a set of interactive web-based tables produced separately (in Pulsar Web). The report commissioned by the Department for Education's Vital Programme (delivered by the Open University) and compiled by NFER will be used to inform communications about teachers' professional development and content for courses as Vital aims to help educational establishments use IT to add value to lessons and find new ways to engage learners. A Vital role is to support teachers in extending and sharing their expertise, and re-taking ownership of teaching as a discipline. Michael Gove recently commented: One of the greatest changes can be seen in the lives of children and young people, who are at ease with the world of technology and who communicate, socialise and participate online effortlessly. Clearly, schools have an important role to play in introducing children and young people to technology and teaching them to navigate it and capitalise on the opportunities it offers in a safe way. As the use of technology increases -- and use of the internet and smartphones (among 12 -- 15 year olds) has increased since 2010 according to OFCOM2 -- it becomes ever more important to ensure that teachers are equipped to teach e-safety skills to pupils. The survey data that we have collected provides a nationally representative snapshot of teachers' views about e-safety. Details: Slough, U.K.: National Foundation for Educational Research, 2012. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2012 at http://www.nfer.ac.uk/nfer/publications/95001/95001.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cyberbullying (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124642

Author: Shepherd, Peter James Title: Neighbourhood profiling and classification for community safety Summary: This thesis presents a new neighbourhood classification, the Leeds Classification for Community Safety (LCCS). This is used to demonstrate the usefulness of area classifications for providing area context information to crime analysis, and for identifying neighbourhoods with atypical crime profiles - given their neighbourhood type. The work can be seen as a development of the classifications produced by the Home Office for comparative performance purposes, but at a smaller, neighbourhood scale. There has been a recent trend among practitioners to use commercial geodemographic products for this task, but these tools are primarily designed for consumer segmentation applications and little is revealed about the way in which these classifications are constructed, or their ability to discriminate geographies of crime and disorder. The research presented in this thesis discusses critically both these issues. The research draws upon academic and policy literature on the geography of crime, environmental criminology and community safety policy, and describes the types of task undertaken by community safety analysts. Existing knowledge about the causes and motivations for crime are used to select variables from new national and local sources. The final partition was created using the fuzzy c-means clustering technique, but alternative techniques were also employed and levels of agreement between the different results were measured. The design process also involved measuring the ability of different partitions to discriminate neighbourhood crime rates. Numeric comparisons were made between the LCCS and existing general purpose classifications, and these show that the task-specific approach was better overall at discriminating crime rates. Practical applications of the LCCS are also demonstrated using recorded crime data for criminal damage and domestic burglary. Furthermore, variations in response to burglary target hardening are analysed using the LCCS, and the cost benefit to neighbourhoods of different types is shown. These practical demonstrations of the LCCS go to reinforce the assertion that area classification can be useful, practical tool to aid in the analysis and understanding of spatial patterns of crime and disorder. Details: Leeds, UK: The University of Leeds, 2006. 374p. Source: PhD Thesis: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2012 at http://etheses.whiterose.ac.uk/374/1/uk_bl_ethos_436430.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Safety (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124648

Author: Baird, Vera Title: Everywoman Safe Everywhere: Labour's Commission on Women's Safety Summary: Everywoman Safe Everywhere, Labour’s Commission on Women’s Safety was established in November 2011 in response to concerns that, not only were government policies disproportionately impacting upon women economically, but may be risking their safety too. In the last three months the Commission has held 14 evidence gathering sessions in different towns and cities; has engaged with more than 100 organisations and experts, and received upwards of 160 submissions from women and men around the country on the status of services which safeguard the personal safety of women. We have also analysed up-to-date background literature. A wide range and breadth of issues were discussed, but a number of consistent factors were repeatedly raised. In the course of these discussions, participants have raised many distinct and diverse concerns, from the provision of services for those who are victims of rape or domestic violence, to the impact of cuts in street lighting, station staffing and car parking charges on how safe women feel. Alongside identifying specific decisions taken by the Government that put them at risk, women also spoke of longstanding inequalities and their frustration at a lack of progress in addressing these. In particular, the Commission heard repeatedly from women of all ages of the discomfort they feel about the way in which women are portrayed in modern culture, which many felt made them more vulnerable to harassment and violence, as well as causing them to feel restricted in their everyday lives. This report seeks to capture these discussions and identify the increasing risks to the personal safety of women in Britain. It paints a compelling picture of the cumulative impact of changes to the law and public service provision which are undermining recent progress in keeping women safe in Britain, as well as a failure to deal with both new and old forms of inequality which scar the lives of too many in our society. Just as there is now overwhelming evidence that women have borne the brunt of the economic recession, so too it is clear that the services designed to keep them safe are now also under threat too. This document sets out the evidence the Commission has gathered in just the first three months, along with the growing signs of serious concerns across the country. But we are clear that more research, evidence and analysis is needed. Details: London: Labour Party, 2012. 70p. Source: First Interim Report: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2012 at http://www.labour.org.uk/uploads/455bf616-f048-b184-e903-c9629a67745a.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Safety (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124721

Author: Millar, Tim Title: The Drug Data Warehouse: Linking data on drug misusers and drug-misusing offenders Summary: The Drug Data Warehouse provides a unique overview of drug misusers’ activity across the Criminal Justice System and drug treatment in a way which has not been done before. This is the first report using the Drug Data Warehouse. It provides information about this new resource and summarises the findings from initial, descriptive analysis. The analysis focuses on drug misuse (and not alcohol misuse) and in particular, the use of opiates and crack cocaine, as heroin and crack cocaine are the drugs associated with the highest levels of harm and account for 99% of the £15.4 billion social and economic cost of drug use. The report provides information on: levels of drug use of different groups of individuals within the Drug Data Warehouse; and the different treatment and criminal justice groups individuals have contact with and their movement within these groups. This report will be of interest to policymakers and practitioners both locally and nationally, as well as researchers interested in the potential the Drug Data Warehouse offers for further analysis. Details: London: Home Office, 2012. 13p. Source: Research Report 63: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2012 at http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/science-research-statistics/research-statistics/crime-research/horr63/horr63-report?view=Binary Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124724

Author: Mills, Helen Title: A life sentence really? The resettlement of ex-prisoners with a conviction for a sexual offence and the role of a housing support charity in this process Summary: This report explores the transition from prison for those with a conviction for a sexual offence, a group that faces and poses considerable challenges in the community after their prison release. Based on interviews with ex-prisoners convicted of a sexual offence, staff and volunteers at a specialist hostel for this group and representatives from local statutory agencies, the report considers three resettlement issues- housing, employment and community reintegration - and explores the dilemmas that arise for professionals involved in the lives of ex-prisoners with a conviction for a sexual offence. Details: London: Centre for Crime and Justice Studies, 2012. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 24, 2012 at http://www.crimeandjustice.org.uk/opus1917/A_life_sentence_really.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Ex-Offenders (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124732

Author: Holmes, Lucy Title: Missing People Information Sharing Protocol Westminster Pilot: Evaluation Report Summary: This report presents findings from a six month pilot of an information exchange protocol to improve the joined up response to missing vulnerable adults in the City of Westminster. The protocol allows the charity Missing People and partner organisations to share information to try to locate missing adults and to identify unidentified service users, where there are concerns for their mental wellbeing. The protocol functions by allowing information to be shared in two directions: 1. Requests to Trace vulnerable missing adults may be made by Missing People to one or more of the partners to the protocol where there are reasonable grounds to believe the person may have made contact and where there are concerns for their mental wellbeing. 2. Requests to Identify may be made by protocol partners to Missing people to assist identify or find vulnerable adults, where there are specific concerns about their mental health. The Prime Minister‟s Missing Persons Taskforce, convened in 2009, recommended that “Department of Health (DH) will work with partners to develop an approach to managing risks related to adults with mental illness, learning disability or dementia who go missing” (Home Office, 2010: 16). Whilst this project pre-dated the Missing Persons Taskforce, the development of this protocol marks an important step towards meeting this recommendation. Details: London: Missing People, 2011. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 24, 2012 at https://www.missingpeople.org.uk/component/option,com_docman/Itemid,131/gid,31/task,doc_download/ Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Evaluative Studies Shelf Number: 124734

Author: Penhale, Bridget Title: Partnership and Regulation in Adult Protection: The effectiveness of multi-agency working and the regulatory framework in Adult Protection Final Report Summary: This study examined issues relating to partnership working arrangements in adult protection across England and Wales and explored perceptions of the impact of regulation (and regulatory practices) on adult protection. An important issue in adult protection is the way in which different regulatory authorities, professionals and providers of care and support engage with each other to ensure the protection of vulnerable adults. The study examined the extent and nature of inter-agency work in this field and explored perceptions of regulation and legislation pertinent to the area. This research provides a firm evidence base from which to develop policy and practice in adult protection. Details: Sheffield, United Kingdom: The University of Sheffield, 2007. 187p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 25, 2012 at http://www.prap.group.shef.ac.uk/PRAP_report_final_Dec07.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Adults (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124735

Author: Sumner, Keith Title: No Secrets: The Protection of Vulnerable Adults from Abuse: Local Codes of Practice: Findings from an analysis of local codes of practice Summary: The Centre for Policy on Ageing was commissioned by the Department of Health to undertake an analysis of the local council codes of practice for the protection of vulnerable adults. The aims of the study were to: look at the extent of the development of local strategic partnerships charged with the implementation of the guidance; determine the extent to which a number of the key requirements and recommendations of 'No Secrets' have been achieved; identify and comment on examples of good practice in operation in particular areas to enable sharing of effective models of operation; identify areas where insufficient progress has been made and highlight the need to address these areas; and comment on the state of readiness of local councils and their partner agencies to fulfil their obligations to vulnerable adults in their locality. Details: London: Centre For Policy on Ageing, 2002. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 25, 2012 at http://www.dh.gov.uk/prod_consum_dh/groups/dh_digitalassets/@dh/@en/documents/digitalasset/dh_4074541.pdf Year: 2002 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Public Policy (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124736

Author: Social Care Institute for Excellence Title: Protecting adults at risk: London multi-agency policy and procedures to safeguard adults from abuse Summary: Protecting adults at risk represents the commitment of organisations in Greater London to work together to safeguard adults at risk. The procedures aim to make sure that: the needs and interests of adults at risk are always respected and upheld; the human rights of adults at risk are respected and upheld; a proportionate, timely, professional and ethical response is made to any adult at risk who may be experiencing abuse; all decisions and actions are taken in line with the Mental Capacity Act 2005. The procedures also aim to make sure that each adult at risk maintains: choice and control; safety; health; quality of life; dignity and respect. The policy and procedures are for different agencies and individuals involved in safeguarding adults, including managers, professionals, volunteers and staff working in public, voluntary and private sector organisations. They represent the commitment of organisations to: work together to prevent and protect adults at risk from abuse; empower and support people to make their own choices; investigate actual or suspected abuse and neglect; support adults and provide a service to adults at risk who are experiencing abuse, neglect and exploitation. According to the No secrets government guidance (DH, 2000), local authorities have the lead role in coordinating work to safeguard adults. However, the guidance recognises that successful responses need multi-agency and multi-disciplinary working. Each local partnership is asked to adopt this policy and procedures so that there is consistency across London in how adults at risk are safeguarded from abuse. However, some local partnerships may want to adapt some aspects of the procedures to meet their local arrangements. For example, some boroughs may have a slightly different approach to thresholds for Safeguarding Adults action. Local partnerships could add an appendix to this policy and procedures, outlining any variations. Individual organisations may also wish to have internal guidelines for their staff. Again, organisations are encouraged to adopt these procedures as their main guidance, but to add an appendix outlining internal arrangements such as contact details. These procedures should also be used in conjunction with partnerships’ and individual organisations’ procedures on related issues such as domestic violence, fraud, disciplinary procedures and health and safety. The priority of the organisations involved in developing this report was taking action to safeguard adults. This report is therefore in two main parts: policy and procedures. The first part outlines the policy underpinning the procedures, including detailed definitions and information on related processes. The second part outlines the procedures to respond to suspected or actual abuse of an adult at risk. The procedures outlined here are seen as one stage in an ongoing process to improve the London-wide response to abuse of adults at risk. They will be constantly reviewed and revised to further improve this response. Details: London: Social Care Institute for Excellence, 2011. 120p. Source: Adults' Services SCIE Report 39: Internet Resource: Accessed March 25, 2012 at http://www.scie.org.uk/publications/reports/report39.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124742

Author: Great Britain. Department of Health and Home Office Title: No secrets: Guidance on developing and implementing multi-agency policies and procedures to protect vulnerable adults from abuse Summary: This document gives guidance to local agencies who have a responsibility to investigate and take action when a vulnerable adult is believed to be suffering abuse. It offers a structure and content for the development of local inter-agency policies, procedures and joint protocols which will draw on good practice nationally and locally. Details: London: Department of Health, 2000. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 25, 2012 at http://www.dh.gov.uk/prod_consum_dh/groups/dh_digitalassets/@dh/@en/documents/digitalasset/dh_4074540.pdf Year: 2000 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124743

Author: Wilson, Carole Title: Supervised Bail in Scotland: Research on Use and Impact Summary: This report outlines findings on the use and impact of supervised bail in Scotland from a research project which included analysis of operational data, economic analysis, a workshop with bail workers, surveys of the judiciary and Procurators Fiscal, and interviews with people who have been on supervised bail. The research found that, when used in ‘borderline’ remand cases, supervised bail can support accused to comply with bail conditions, and can assist them in the process of desistance, as well as having positive impact in terms of family relationships, mental health and employability. Successful completion of supervised bail was also found to encourage members of the judiciary to impose a community sentence rather than a prison sentence. The number of bail supervision orders in Scotland has declined in recent years. The research suggests that two things could increase use of supervised bail: increased awareness of, and buy-in to, supervised bail amongst police, defence agent, PFs and the judiciary; and the embedding of good processes for suitability screening of individuals for supervised bail in courts across the country. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2012. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2012 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/0039/00390604.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bail (Scotland) Shelf Number: 124756

Author: Smith, Kevin (ed.) Title: Hate Crime, Cyber Security and the Experience of Crime among Children: Findings from the 2010/11 British Crime Survey: Supplementary Volume 3 to Crime in England and Wales 2010/11 Summary: This bulletin covers three topic areas. These are: The extent of and perceptions towards hate crime -- This chapter contains analysis of figures from the 2009/10 and 2010/11 British Crime Surveys, including extent and reporting of hate crime, its effects on victims and victim satisfaction with the police. It also looks at a range of public perception measures relating to hate crime. Questions were asked of adults aged 16 or over in England and Wales. Use of the internet and cyber security -- This chapter contains information from the 2010/11 British Crime Survey on levels of internet use, concerns people may have about using the internet, and any measures taken to protect personal details when using the internet. Variations by age and sex are highlighted throughout the chapter. Questions were asked of adults aged 16 or over in England and Wales. Experimental statistics on the experience of crime among children aged 10 to 15 -- This chapter is based on data collected from 10 to 15 year olds who took part in the 2010/11 British Crime Survey. Questions were asked of children in England and Wales who had experienced a crime about the circumstances of the incident, any details on the offender(s) and their views of the incident. Experimental statistics is a designation for statistics still in a development phase. Details: London: Home Office, 2012. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Home Office Statistical Bulletin: Accessed March 29, 2012 at: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/science-research-statistics/research-statistics/crime-research/hosb0612/hosb0612?view=Binary Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children, Crimes Against Shelf Number: 124757

Author: Riots Communities and Victims Panel (U.K.) Title: After the Riots: The Final Report of the Riots Communities and Victims Panel Summary: The independent Panel set up to explore the causes of the riots in England last year has presented its final report to the Prime Minister, Deputy Prime Minister and Leader of the Official Opposition. The report makes wide-ranging public policy recommendations which the Panel argue must be enacted together, to ensure the risk of future riots seen on the scale of last August can be significantly reduced. The cross party Panel’s findings are based on research in communities, and consultation with third sector organisations and social enterprises, local authorities, and private sector employers. Many people the Panel spoke to shared a concern about a lack of opportunities for young people, poor parenting, a lack of shared values and sense of responsibility among some, an inability of the justice system to prevent re-offending, concerns about brands and materialism and issues relating to confidence in the police. The wide ranging issues and recommendations tackled in the Panel's final report include: •Families aren’t getting the support they need. The Panel supports the Government’s Troubled Families Programme, but found that the overlap with rioters is limited. Government and local public services should develop a strategy incorporating the principles of the Troubled Families Programme to help 500,000 ‘forgotten families’ turn their lives around. •Communities told the Panel that young people need to build character to help them realise their potential and to prevent them making poor decisions, like rioting. Schools should assume responsibility for helping children build character. •Children are leaving school unable to read and write – one fifth of school leavers have the literacy skills of an eleven year old, or younger. Where schools fail to teach children to read and write they should pay a financial penalty, used to help the pupil ‘catch up’. •Communities and young people told the Panel that having a job is key to people feeling that they have a stake in society. Government and local public services should fund together a ‘Youth Job Promise’ scheme to get young people a job, when they have been unemployed for a year. Details: London: Riots Communities and Victims Panel, 2012. 148p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2012 at: http://riotspanel.independent.gov.uk/wp-content/uploads/2012/03/Riots-Panel-Final-Report1.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Economic Conditions Shelf Number: 124765

Author: York Consulting LLP Title: Allegations of Abuse Against Teachers and Non-Teaching Staff Summary: This report presents the findings from the research into the scale and nature of allegations of abuse made against school teachers and non‐teaching school staff and the processes for handling these at the Local Authority (LA) and school level. This report presents the findings from the research into the scale and nature of allegations of abuse made against school teachers and non‐teaching school staff and the processes for handling these at the Local Authority (LA) and school level. Key findings • There is variability in the processes adopted by local authorities for handling allegations of abuse, particularly where the allegation is of a less serious nature or where there is not a clear child protection concern. This is affecting the culture of referral and the extent to which trends in the numbers reported can be analysed. • According to the LADO survey, 2,827 allegations of abuse were made against school teachers in 2009/10. This constitutes almost a quarter of the total number of allegations referred to LADOs. • The total numbers of allegations reported to LADOs appear to be on a rising trend. This is thought to be due more to better recording and increased referral of cases to local authorities, rather than an increasing volume of incidents. • The majority of allegations of abuse made against school teachers and non-teaching staff were physical in nature (56%). • The LADO role in supporting schools deal with allegations of abuse is highly valued by headteachers, but variable in approach and resourcing across LAs. • The use of staff suspension pending investigation of an allegation is generally regarded as a last resort option where there is a clear risk of harm to a young person from the individual remaining in post. However, almost a fifth of school teachers (18%) and almost a third of non-teaching staff (29%) were suspended whilst the allegation was being investigated. • Nearly three-quarters of investigations (74%, n=3,183) were concluded within three months or less: this falls below DfE target guidelines (90% to be concluded within three months). Timescales for investigating allegations are influenced strongly by the complexity of the case and whether or not there is a police investigation. • Almost one-third (32%) of allegations against teachers were found to be substantiated. Approximately one-fifth (19%) were considered to be unfounded (no evidence or proper basis which supports the allegation being made); 2% deemed malicious; and around one quarter were determined to be unsubstantiated (not implying guilt or innocence). The outcome of 21% of cases referred to LAs was unknown. • The support available to members of staff subject to allegations is variable. There is evidence suggesting that teachers and non-teaching staff accused of allegations would benefit from additional personal support and assistance. Details: London: Department of Educations, 2012. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report DFE-RR192: Accessed March 30, 2012 at: https://www.education.gov.uk/publications/eOrderingDownload/DFE-RR192.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: School Crimes (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124767

Author: Crookes, Lee Title: "The Long and Winding Road": Pathways to Settled Accommodation for Offenders in the North West Summary: The purpose of the qualitative research presented in this report was to examine the barriers encountered by adult offenders (over the age of 21) in accessing social housing and other settled forms of accommodation in North West England. The report is divided into two parts. Part I comprises two introductory chapters (including the current chapter) which introduce and contextualise the research. Chapter I provides a description of the research and the methodological approach. Chapter 2 reviews the theoretical background and policy context for offender accommodation. Part II presents our research findings. The literature review and findings suggested a format where the evidence on the barriers facing offenders was presented in terms of five ‘routes’ to settled accommodation. Chapters 3 to 7 therefore ‘unpack’ the accommodation pathway to focus separately on these five routes: - Keeping existing accommodation - Supported accommodation, including family support - Homelessness applications - General needs social housing - The private rented sector These five routes are not rigidly determined and individuals may switch between different routes over time. Resettlement workers may well have to work through all five to access accommodation for offender clients. Some of the routes lead to different tenure outcomes. Nevertheless, this routes-based approach provides a logical and convenient way for organising the research findings, focusing attention on particular areas of concern and, ultimately, providing a possible framework for action, the reporting and monitoring of progress and increased levels of accountability. The research also identified several broader issues that cut across the specific routes. These cross-cutting issues are described in Chapter 8. Chapter 9 summarises the research findings and presents our conclusions and recommendations. Details: Manchester, UK: Manchester Metropolitan University, 2010. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2012 at: http://www.hssr.mmu.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2010/10/Long-and-winding-road-full-report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Ex-Offenders, Homelessness Shelf Number: 124777

Author: ODS Consulting Title: Housing Registered Sex Offenders: A Literature Review Summary: ODS Consulting was commissioned in August 2008 by the Glasgow and West of Scotland Forum of Housing Associations (GWSF) to undertake a literature review. The aim was to build a clear picture of the research that has been undertaken in relation to housing registered sex offenders. We have considered all the research that has been quoted in a series of important documents that have shaped the way that housing sex offenders is dealt with in Scotland. These include: ! Scottish Executive - Expert Panel Chaired by Lady Cosgrove, (2001), Reducing the Risk: Improving the Response to Sex Offending; ! Chartered Institute of Housing Scotland, (2007), Housing Sex Offenders: Implementing the Scottish Executive’s National Accommodation Strategy for Sex Offenders; and ! Scottish Executive, (2007), National Accommodation Strategy for Sex Offenders We have examined and reported on the research literature relating to evidence about the impact of housing registered sex offenders in particular communities. We have set out to use source evidence (and comment on the context and methods used in the original research). We have tried to make sure that we do not to report as evidence any assumptions, assertions or second (or third) hand reporting. Details: Glasgow: ODS Consulting, 2008. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2012 at: http://www.gwsf.org.uk/uploads/hm005_nasso_literature_review_report_for_gwsf_november_2008.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Ex-Offenders, Housing (Scotland) Shelf Number: 124792

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Providing Anonymity to Those Accused of Rape: An Assessment of Evidence Summary: This report brings together findings from previous reviews and primary research studies as well as Home Office and Ministry of Justice statistics to present a summary of evidence relevant to the issue of whether or not to provide anonymity to those accused of rape. A number of areas have been examined to determine whether the likely impact of anonymity can be identified. These include: the legal position on anonymity; reporting and investigation of rape; false allegations; convictions and offending histories, and media coverage of criminal cases. Overall, the report found insufficient reliable empirical findings on which to base an informed decision on the issue of whether or not to provide anonymity to those accused of rape. Details: London: Home Office, 2010. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Research Series 20/10: Accessed April 3, 2012 at: http://www.engender.org.uk/UserFiles/File/VAW/Rape%20anonimity%20report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: False Allegations Shelf Number: 124803

Author: Association of Police Authorities (UK) Title: Safe and Confident Neighbourhoods Strategy: Next Steps in Neighbourhood Policing Summary: On Monday, March 1 2010 the Government published its Safe and Confident Neighbourhood Strategy, showing how neighbourhood policing has transformed the way communities are policed and setting out what is needed to sustain a policing style that is truly focused around the citizen. Chief Constable Peter Neyroud, Chief Executive of the National Policing Improvement Agency, said: “Neighbourhood policing continues to be a success in every community in England and Wales. Today, every area has its own neighbourhood policing team (NPT), tackling the issues that matter most to people in that area. The sight of police officers and police community support officers patrolling the streets has become the accepted and expected local policing style of recent years. “Through its recent research entitled ‘Public Confidence in the Police’ (2009), the NPIA has found that providing a high quality service to citizens across all aspects of policing is crucially important in improving public confidence locally. Any unsatisfactory service of any kind has the potential to have a significant negative impact on public confidence more widely. “That is why, using neighbourhood policing as the model, other policing teams and units should continue to support NPTs to deliver a truly responsive policing style that helps to improve the confidence of the public. On 2 March 2010, the NPIA with the Association of Chief Police Officers, will publish the National Contact Management Strategy, Principles and Guidance, to help forces improve how they treat people during the first contact they have with them – whether via contact centre, police station reception or on the street. It is vital that all members of the police family – not just those officers and staff on NPTs - realise the part they play in shaping public confidence. “Our research has shown that keeping people informed about what is happening in their area and how it is being policed can help improve public confidence. The national Crime Map, which has just had its one millionth visitor to the site, is just one way in which the NPIA is helping the service to keep people informed. We intend to further enhance the national crime map, adding more content that the public wants to see. “It seemed an ambitious prospect seven years ago to introduce a neighbourhood policing team in every neighbourhood in the country. Today, there are over 3,000 in existence, tackling local issues and crime. Now our challenge is to go even further, by forging stronger links with partners and by strengthening our neighbourhood policing principles so they extend to the whole service. Our pay-off? A public that is confident in the service it receives from all officers and staff in their area. There can be On Monday, March 1 2010 the Government published its Safe and Confident Neighbourhood Strategy, showing how neighbourhood policing has transformed the way communities are policed and setting out what is needed to sustain a policing style that is truly focused around the citizen. Chief Constable Peter Neyroud, Chief Executive of the National Policing Improvement Agency, said: “Neighbourhood policing continues to be a success in every community in England and Wales. Today, every area has its own neighbourhood policing team (NPT), tackling the issues that matter most to people in that area. The sight of police officers and police community support officers patrolling the streets has become the accepted and expected local policing style of recent years. “Through its recent research entitled ‘Public Confidence in the Police’ (2009), the NPIA has found that providing a high quality service to citizens across all aspects of policing is crucially important in improving public confidence locally. Any unsatisfactory service of any kind has the potential to have a significant negative impact on public confidence more widely. “That is why, using neighbourhood policing as the model, other policing teams and units should continue to support NPTs to deliver a truly responsive policing style that helps to improve the confidence of the public. On 2 March 2010, the NPIA with the Association of Chief Police Officers, will publish the National Contact Management Strategy, Principles and Guidance, to help forces improve how they treat people during the first contact they have with them – whether via contact centre, police station reception or on the street. It is vital that all members of the police family – not just those officers and staff on NPTs - realise the part they play in shaping public confidence. “Our research has shown that keeping people informed about what is happening in their area and how it is being policed can help improve public confidence. The national Crime Map, which has just had its one millionth visitor to the site, is just one way in which the NPIA is helping the service to keep people informed. We intend to further enhance the national crime map, adding more content that the public wants to see. “It seemed an ambitious prospect seven years ago to introduce a neighbourhood policing team in every neighbourhood in the country. Today, there are over 3,000 in existence, tackling local issues and crime. Now our challenge is to go even further, by forging stronger links with partners and by strengthening our neighbourhood policing principles so they extend to the whole service. Our pay-off? A public that is confident in the service it receives from all officers and staff in their area. There can be On Monday, March 1 2010 the Government published its Safe and Confident Neighbourhood Strategy, showing how neighbourhood policing has transformed the way communities are policed and setting out what is needed to sustain a policing style that is truly focused around the citizen. Chief Constable Peter Neyroud, Chief Executive of the National Policing Improvement Agency, said: “Neighbourhood policing continues to be a success in every community in England and Wales. Today, every area has its own neighbourhood policing team (NPT), tackling the issues that matter most to people in that area. The sight of police officers and police community support officers patrolling the streets has become the accepted and expected local policing style of recent years. “Through its recent research entitled ‘Public Confidence in the Police’ (2009), the NPIA has found that providing a high quality service to citizens across all aspects of policing is crucially important in improving public confidence locally. Any unsatisfactory service of any kind has the potential to have a significant negative impact on public confidence more widely. “That is why, using neighbourhood policing as the model, other policing teams and units should continue to support NPTs to deliver a truly responsive policing style that helps to improve the confidence of the public. On 2 March 2010, the NPIA with the Association of Chief Police Officers, will publish the National Contact Management Strategy, Principles and Guidance, to help forces improve how they treat people during the first contact they have with them – whether via contact centre, police station reception or on the street. It is vital that all members of the police family – not just those officers and staff on NPTs - realise the part they play in shaping public confidence. “Our research has shown that keeping people informed about what is happening in their area and how it is being policed can help improve public confidence. The national Crime Map, which has just had its one millionth visitor to the site, is just one way in which the NPIA is helping the service to keep people informed. We intend to further enhance the national crime map, adding more content that the public wants to see. “It seemed an ambitious prospect seven years ago to introduce a neighbourhood policing team in every neighbourhood in the country. Today, there are over 3,000 in existence, tackling local issues and crime. Now our challenge is to go even further, by forging stronger links with partners and by strengthening our neighbourhood policing principles so they extend to the whole service. Our pay-off? A public that is confident in the service it receives from all officers and staff in their area. There can be On Monday, March 1 2010 the Government published its Safe and Confident Neighbourhood Strategy, showing how neighbourhood policing has transformed the way communities are policed and setting out what is needed to sustain a policing style that is truly focused around the citizen. Chief Constable Peter Neyroud, Chief Executive of the National Policing Improvement Agency, said: “Neighbourhood policing continues to be a success in every community in England and Wales. Today, every area has its own neighbourhood policing team (NPT), tackling the issues that matter most to people in that area. The sight of police officers and police community support officers patrolling the streets has become the accepted and expected local policing style of recent years. “Through its recent research entitled ‘Public Confidence in the Police’ (2009), the NPIA has found that providing a high quality service to citizens across all aspects of policing is crucially important in improving public confidence locally. Any unsatisfactory service of any kind has the potential to have a significant negative impact on public confidence more widely. “That is why, using neighbourhood policing as the model, other policing teams and units should continue to support NPTs to deliver a truly responsive policing style that helps to improve the confidence of the public. On 2 March 2010, the NPIA with the Association of Chief Police Officers, will publish the National Contact Management Strategy, Principles and Guidance, to help forces improve how they treat people during the first contact they have with them – whether via contact centre, police station reception or on the street. It is vital that all members of the police family – not just those officers and staff on NPTs - realise the part they play in shaping public confidence. “Our research has shown that keeping people informed about what is happening in their area and how it is being policed can help improve public confidence. The national Crime Map, which has just had its one millionth visitor to the site, is just one way in which the NPIA is helping the service to keep people informed. We intend to further enhance the national crime map, adding more content that the public wants to see. “It seemed an ambitious prospect seven years ago to introduce a neighbourhood policing team in every neighbourhood in the country. Today, there are over 3,000 in existence, tackling local issues and crime. Now our challenge is to go even further, by forging stronger links with partners and by strengthening our neighbourhood policing principles so they extend to the whole service. Our pay-off? A public that is confident in the service it receives from all officers and staff in their area. There can be no bigger measure of success." Details: London: Association of Police Authorities, 2010. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 5, 2012 at: http://www.acpo.police.uk/documents/LPpartnerships/2010/201003LPPSCN01.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 124850

Author: Sharp, Cathy Title: We Thought They Didn’t See: Cedar in Scotland - Children and Mothers Experiencing Domestic Abuse Recovery: Evaluation Report Summary: Cedar (Children Experiencing Domestic Abuse Recovery) in Scotland is a psycho-educational, multi-agency initiative for children and young people who had behavioural, emotional and social difficulties as a consequence of their experience of domestic abuse. Cedar provided a therapeutic 12- week group work programme for children and young people in recovery from domestic abuse, alongside a concurrent group work programme for their mothers. It was an evidence-based approach which has now been piloted and evaluated in Scotland. This report presents the findings of the evaluation. The Cedar group work model was based on the Community Groupwork Treatment Programme (CGP) originally developed in Ontario, Canada. This was initially introduced and evaluated in the London Borough of Sutton and is now being rolled out across London and in Australia. There is continuing interest in the Cedar approach in Scotland and elsewhere across the UK and this report is written with that broader audience in mind. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Women's Aid Charity, 2011. 190p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 5, 2012 at: http://www.scottishwomensaid.org.uk/assets/files/publications/general/Evaluation%20Report%20DOWNLOAD.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children and Family Violence Shelf Number: 124851

Author: Dickson, Anne Title: The Use and Effectiveness of Exclusion Orders Under the Matrimonial Homes (Family protection) (Scotland)Act 1981 in Preventing Homelessness Summary: An exclusion order is a civil legal remedy that removes an abuser from a family home and, together with other legal remedies, should enable women to remain in their own home, living safely apart from an abuser. Very little is known about how often women use these orders and whether they are effective when used. Exclusion orders were introduced into Scots Law by the Matrimonial Homes (Family Protection) (Scotland) Act 1981, as part of a range of civil legal remedies intended to protect women from abusive partners. Exclusion orders offer women the option of removing the abuser from the home as an alternative to leaving and seeking rehousing. Since their introduction, there have been many changes in the response to domestic abuse and rehousing as a homeless person. One policy shift in recent years has been a focus on prevention of homelessness and in this context, exclusion orders may have a role to play as an alternative to rehousing through homelessness services. Exclusion orders could prevent homelessness for women and their children, if women choose to stay in the home and remove the abuser. However, there is no clear evidence from central or local data that establishes whether exclusion orders, nearly 30 years after their introduction, present an effective, sustainable alternative for women who do not want to leave their home. This is a report of the findings of research commissioned by ScottishWomen’s Aid to consider how effective exclusion orders are in preventing homelessness of women, children and young people in the context of domestic abuse. In this study, effectiveness is defined to include consideration of whether exclusion orders are used and, when used, whether they operate to keep women in their home, safe and protected from further abuse, without any future period of homelessness. This research is concerned with one legal remedy which may have a role to play in the prevention of homelessness: an assessment of its current contribution to the prevention of homelessness and the reasons why women use it; barriers to using it; and what changes, if any, may be required to expand its contribution to the prevention of homelessness. Initial scoping of the research with women’s aid groups and in local courts identified that there is little use of exclusion orders. The research then focused primarily on identifying why women are not using exclusion orders as a remedy. This involved identifying those factors that influence women as they decide whether to leave the home and seek rehousing elsewhere, or stay in the home with or without exclusion orders. Our focus in identifying these factors was to consider what changes, if any, would be required to make exclusion orders a more viable alternative and accessible to women. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Women's Aid, 2010? 80p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed April 5, 2012 at: http://www.scottishwomensaid.org.uk/assets/files/publications/research_reports/ExclusionOrderReport.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Civil Protection Orders Shelf Number: 124852

Author: Galvani, Sarah Title: Supporting Families Affected by Substance Use and Domestic Violence Summary: Domestic violence and abuse is more likely than not to occur within intimate partner relationships where one partner has a problem with alcohol or other drugs (see Galvani 2010 for review). High numbers of people presenting to alcohol, drug and domestic violence services have children (ACMD 2003, Manning et al. 2009) and live within families whose members are doubly exposed to these potentially negative and damaging behaviours. Furthermore family members, be they partners, parents or children, can also be the perpetrators of domestic violence and abuse. At a time when Government policy is to ‘Think Family’ (DCSF 2009), it is vital that there is evidence from the people living and working with the overlapping issues of domestic abuse and substance use on which to base policy and practice development. This collaborative two-stage project between Adfam, Stella Project, and the University of Bedfordshire is designed to build the research evidence base with two groups of family members whose needs have not yet been adequately recognised; young people and adult family members who also provide family support services (Family Member Support Providers (FMSPs)). Stage 1 is the research project reported here, stage 2 is the development of resources for and with children and young people. The aims of the research project were: To explore the views and perspectives of family members of substance users on the relationship between alcohol, drugs and domestic abuse To develop practice and policy recommendations based on these findings and the wider literature To establish what support and resources family members need on these issues. Details: Bedfordshire, UK: Tilda Goldberg Centre for Social Work and Social Care, University of Bedfordshire, 2010. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 6, 2012 at: http://www.adfam.org.uk/docs/adfam_dvreport.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol and Violence Shelf Number: 124857

Author: Baxter, David Title: Innovation in Justice: New Delivery Models and Better Outcomes Summary: Continued budgetary pressure and associated austerity measures are forcing a rethink of how justice services are delivered in the UK. Police forces, courts, probation trusts, prisons and community organisations must continually reduce their spending in the coming years. In this environment, innovation can and should play a major role in driving efficiency, meeting cost targets and developing new and better ways of delivering justice services. While these organisations are required to cut back, the social impact of austerity brings further challenges. New and quite different forms of criminal activity are emerging, from the riots this summer to developments in cyber-crime. Innovation has thus now become absolutely essential if organisations are to ‘square the circle’ and rise to the challenge of delivering more, lowering costs and ensuring criminal justice services can continue to protect the values and integrity of society. It is not enough to simply recognise that innovation is important, a number of hurdles must be overcome to implement new ideas in justice organisations. It is widely recognised that successful innovation in the public sector is difficult. However, the barriers to innovation are all the more acute in justice. Public protection by its nature obviously prefers to avoid taking risks that might lead to high profile failures endangering citizens and communities. Given its increasing importance, and appreciating the challenges and barriers, we undertook a major study to investigate the key success factors for effective innovation in criminal justice services. Twenty eight senior leaders were surveyed in diverse justice organisations across the UK, Netherlands and Czech Republic, and four detailed case studies of successful justice innovation were undertaken: Warwickshire Justice Centres, Restorative Justice in the Greater Manchester Police, Detention Centre Rotterdam and the Roma Mentoring Programme in the Czech Republic. Important insights from the research •Breakthrough improvements are possible by taking innovative approaches, in particular by engaging offenders, communities and the private sector in new forms of service delivery: new processes, new services and new business models. In the current climate, successful innovation will involve combinations of these three. •Although there are significant examples of innovation in the justice sector, it appears that innovation is not systemic, ie there are no innovation frameworks that exist from a justice perspective and as a result it is not visibly and deliberately managed. Innovation needs to become integral to service delivery. Policy makers and managers need to be more proactive in creating formal mechanisms for stimulating, managing and implementing ideas. There are significant lessons to be learned from the commercial sector’s approach to managing innovation but these ideas will need to be adapted to make them effective in the justice sector. •Acute barriers to innovation exist in the justice sector. Innovators have to contend with organisational silo structures, a reluctance to deviate from established performance targets and a general culture of risk aversion. These barriers call for an approach that challenges existing ways of working. •Effective leadership is important at all stages in the innovation process. At the early stages, senior managers must be seen to be open to new ideas and thinking, and demonstrate that new ideas will be considered. During development, leaders play a key role in defining how new ideas relate to existing performance measures and governance structures. During implementation, sponsorship and continued support of the project team is critical. The willingness of senior leaders to fight for local initiatives in a national setting also emerged as a key success factor. Wide Range of Successful Innovations The published literature does not reflect the true breadth of innovation currently taking place in justice. The authors have discovered a wide range of successful innovations and yet awareness of these across the sector seems limited. Innovators in the justice sector need to publicise initiatives more effectively and this includes clear articulation of the benefits achieved. Publicising success will allow other organisations to consider adopting similar initiatives. Central departments and policy makers should reward innovation that addresses local challenges in addition to the development and assessment of national targets. However, ‘bottom-up’ innovation is only part of the solution. The centre also needs to find a way to effectively promote and scale up innovation without being overly prescriptive. Funding mechanisms are an area for improvement because they can hinder innovation that works across traditional boundaries. It is recommended that the way justice services are funded should be reviewed, better value for money could be achieved by starting with locally relevant outcomes and allocating funding accordingly. In conclusion Innovation is now critically important in ensuring that criminal justice services can meet new and increasing demands, and protect the values and integrity of society. Successful innovation in criminal justice appears to be more about effective leadership and creating the right environment for new ideas to be developed and adopted, and less about the centre dictating ‘best practice’ and demanding adherence to performance metrics. The challenge is about maintaining the space for ideas to be developed, accepting and learning from failure and encouraging organisations to adopt new approaches. This can be achieved by developing an innovation strategy supported by systematic methods to identify, assess and implement new ideas. Details: Bedfordshire, UK: School of Management, Cranfield University, 2011. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 6, 2012 at: http://www.steria.com/uk/fileadmin/assets/yourBusiness/homelandSecurity/files/Innovation_in_Justice.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 124882

Author: Sveinsson, Kjartan Pall, ed. Title: Criminal Justice v. Racial Justice: Minority Ethnic Overrepresentation in the Criminal Justice System Summary: The conviction of some of the perpetrators of the murder of Stephen Lawrence at the start of 2012 has led to a renewed focus on the institutional racism in our criminal justice system; institutional racism that meant that the Lawrence family had to wait over 18 years for any form of justice. Media comment has focused on the headline grabbing disparities in the use of stop and search, recruitment and retention in the police service, and access to justice for victims of racist violence. These are crucial issues that are addressed in this volume. Solving these disparities is an essential step in improving the lives of people from minority ethnic communities in our society by enabling them to be confident in our justice system. These are necessary steps, but not sufficient ones in reaching solutions to the ongoing and persistent racial inequalities related to crime, policing, prisons and resettlement. As Kjartan Sveinsson notes in his introduction, there are three young African Caribbean men in prison for every one at a Russell Group university. Shocking statistics like this put into perspective the scale of the challenge that we face in addressing racial inequality in our society. When we commissioned these papers at the end of 2010, we wanted to address the scope of racial inequality in the criminal justice system by encouraging contributors to think about the range of solutions available to us. These solutions range from improved monitoring and accountability for decisions, and enabling cultural change within policing, to moving beyond rhetoric in developing human rights approaches in criminal justice, and reducing economic inequality. Steps that have seen little progress (and retrenchment in some cases) over the past two years. Addressing the ongoing disproportionalities in our criminal justice system will take a relentless focus on discrimination – both personal and institutional – and the damage that it does to the system’s effectiveness at protecting victims and dealing with criminals. It will also take a broader effort to reduce inequality in our society. As Danny Dorling (Chapter 3) reminds us “greater equality does not cure racism. . .what greater equality does do is reduce the racism endemic within a society, and the crime committed and suffered by those who are a part that society”. The debate about racism in our criminal justice system needs to include a way of addressing the broader structural inequalities that delineate the opportunity structure for crime. Inequalities in education, employment, health, housing and voice form a backdrop to the way in which ‘race’ influences criminal justice. If we are to change the pattern of racial inequalities in criminal justice, we also have to be alive to the broader patterns of inequality (racial, gender and class-based) in which they are situated, and build the necessary coalitions and partnerships that it will take to address them. Details: London: Runnymede, 2012. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed April 6, 2012 at: http://www.runnymedetrust.org/uploads/publications/pdfs/CriminalJusticeVRacialJustice-2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Race and Crime Shelf Number: 124885

Author: Athwal, Harmit, Bourne, Jenny Title: Racial Violence: The Buried Issue Summary: For most politicians raw, crude racism is over. The Macpherson report, it is said, dealt with it. Our research shows the hideous fact that since Stephen Lawrence’s death in April 1993, eighty-nine people have lost their lives to racial violence – an average of five per year. And this is just the worst aspect of a huge problem which has, far from going away, increased its impact in new areas across the UK. Whilst the main parties are in denial about the extent and severity of racial violence and popular racism (unless it manifests itself in lost votes to the British National Party) their racist domestic and foreign policies and the terms of the race debate – that immigration is indeed a problem, that British jobs are for British workers – are helping to fuel the misinformation and disaffection that can lead to such violence. The first part of this report analyses murders with a racial element since Stephen Lawrence’s – from the attack on the street to the convictions of assailants in the courts. The second part, analyses data on 660 cases of racial violence collated for 2009. In the appendices, Lee Bridges examines official statistics on racial violence and A. Sivanandan is interviewed about Islamophobia and anti-Muslim racism. Details: London: Institute of Race Relations, 2010. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: IRR Briefing Paper No. 6: Accessed April 6, 2012 at: http://www.irr.org.uk/pdf2/IRR_Briefing_No.6.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias Crimes Shelf Number: 124886

Author: Wood, Rebecca Title: Youth Deaths: The Reality Behind the 'Knife Crime' Debate Summary: The media portrayal of, and government response to, the ‘knife crime epidemic’ created a distorted image of the reality on the ground, according to new research undertaken by the Institute of Race Relations (IRR). The evidence suggests that, whilst some marginalised young people are carrying knives, the image of violently nihilist, feral, often Black or ethnic minority teen gangs armed with knives and guns is, at best, only a snapshot of the grim reality for a very small minority. At worst, this kind of imagery, replicated unchallenged and unqualified on our screens and from the dispatch box, leads to a punitive and misguided political climate which may ultimately fail the very teenagers it aims to reach. Here, the IRR publishes a summary of its key findings for 2008. It aims to provide a description of who was killed and by whom and in what circumstances – a factual description which was largely missing from much media and political evaluation at the time. Details: London: Institute of Race Relations,2010. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: IRR Briefing Paper No. 5: Accessed April 6, 2012 at: http://www.irr.org.uk/pdf2/IRR_Briefing_No.5.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 124887

Author: Great Britain. Office of the Children's Commissioner for England Title: “They Never Give Up On You”: Office of the Children’s Commissioner School Exclusions Inquiry Summary: This report is the result of the first formal Inquiry by a Children’s Commissioner for England using powers in the Children Act 2004. It follows eight months of work by a small team of staff from my office, supported by an expert panel. We travelled throughout England and listened to hours of formal evidence as well as taking account of written evidence submitted by adults and children alike. Why this subject, and why now? Firstly, in 2010 we asked researchers to gather the views of a representative sample of 2,000 children and young people on what makes school a triumph, a challenge or a disaster. Eight out of 10 said they had experienced disrupted learning caused by the bad behaviour of a minority. Yet nine out of 10 insisted schools should never exclude a child, but should help them deal with their problems. Even more surprising, only one in seven said that their school always got exclusion decisions right. We were struck by their opinions held in spite of having their learning disrupted by peers who were potential candidates for exclusion. They seemed worthy of further investigation. Our second reason is that, while exclusion is a sanction used in England, it is not used in much of mainland Europe. This report recognises that exclusion may be a necessary last resort in rare cases, but argues that all exclusions must: • be fair and transparent; • listen to the views of the child concerned; • lead to high quality alternative provision for the child excluded; and • be within the law. Exclusion usually happens because of a child’s behaviour. Schools, Academics and Ministers have recognised such behaviour often originates in troubled home lives which spill over into school. We were keen to know how schools exclude, why, using what systems of escalating sanctions, in whose interests, listening to whose evidence, with what consistency of approach and with what results. Thirdly, despite our claims of being an equal society that treats children on their merits, some groups of children are far more likely to be excluded from school than others. These are children who are vulnerable because of who they are, and because of the challenges already present in their lives. They are: • boys rather than girls; • children with some types of special needs; • children from some specific ethnic backgrounds, and • the children of the poor. One stark figure should make us all want to confront this scandal. In 2009-10, if you were a Black African-Caribbean boy with special needs and eligible for free school meals you were 168 times more likely to be permanently excluded from a state-funded school than a White girl without special needs from a middle class family. This figure comes from official government statistics. Exclusions have fallen overall in the last few years, but these stark gaps remain. It is high time, on the basis of equality, natural justice and the inalienable right of every child to an education that we act to close those gaps. This report celebrates good practice. Its title comes from something a teenager – to quote him, “a bit of a handful” – said to us during our fieldwork. We found schools of all types in a wide range of circumstances all over the country working together and with other agencies. They could prove they had saved the educational and life chances of their communities’ children and young people. Their young citizens knew they were lucky. The adults they worked with were passionate advocates of schools as places of safety and ambition, calm and standards. We have included as many of their stories in this report as space allows. Details: London: Children's Commissioner, 2012. 118p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 9, 2012 at: http://www.childrenscommissioner.gov.uk/content/publications/content_561 Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Education Shelf Number: 124896

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Focus on the Victim: Summary Report on the ASB Call Handling Trials Summary: During 2011, the Home Office worked with eight police force areas to trial a new approach to handling antisocial behaviour calls from the public and then manage their cases. The aim was to improve the ability of forces to identify victims most at risk and to respond appropriately with their local partners. The trials represent a 'bottom-up' effort to shift practitioners' focus to protecting victims and communities, rather than just logging types of antisocial behaviour. This summary report explains the five key principles to call-handling and case-management and how the trial forces adapted them to suit their local circumstances. It summarises the results and lessons learned from the trials. The report includes annexes with sample call-handler question-sets, information-sharing agreement between the police and local agencies and case studies. Details: London: Home Office, 2012. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 10, 2012 at: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/crime/asb-focus-on-the-victim?view=Binary Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124917

Author: Dubourg, Richard Title: DNA Retention Policy: Results of Analysis Relating to the Protections of ‘the Scottish Model’ Summary: This paper presents the results of the analysis on the protections provided by the Scottish policy on DNA retention. The analysis considered the length of time for which the offending risk of a group of individuals who might be subject to the retention policy is above the level observed in the general population. This was taken to provide an initial indication of the retention period which might be prima facie justified on this restricted criterion. Factors such as the costs of retention and the non-quantifiable effects on individual privacy would be expected to point towards a shorter, rather than longer, retention period, especially where statistical error gave a range of possible retention periods to be considered. Due to a lack of suitable information, it was not possible to consider these factors formally as part of the analysis. Details: London: Home Office, 2011. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 58: Accessed April 11, 2012 at: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/science-research-statistics/research-statistics/other-science-research/horr58/horr58-summary?view=Binary Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: DNA Fingerprinting Shelf Number: 124925

Author: Rix, Andrew Title: Improving Public Confidence in the Police: A Review of the Evidence Summary: It is important that the public feel confident in the police and other crime-fighting agencies. We know that crime has fallen considerably in the last ten years but the public are not feeling the impact of this and believe crime is rising. In 2008 the Government published the Green Paper From the neighbourhood to the national: policing our communities together which proposed a single top-down target to replace the multiple targets previously used to monitor police performance. The single target is to improve levels of public confidence that the police and local councils are dealing with the crime and anti-social behaviour issues that matter locally, as measured by the British Crime Survey. Individual targets were set for each police force and published in March 2009. To inform evidence-based guidance to forces on how to improve performance, a literature review was commissioned to summarise the best available evidence on ‘what works’ in terms of improving public confidence in the police and to identify what other interventions look promising and merit further exploration. Details: London: Home Office, 2009. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 28: Accessed April 11, 2012 at http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20110218135832/http://rds.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/pdfs09/horr28c.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 124929

Author: Wilcox, Aidan Title: Tackling the Demand for Prostitution: A Rapid Evidence Assessment of the Published Research Literature Summary: Researchers from the University of Huddersfield were commissioned to conduct a Rapid Evidence Assessment (REA) of the published research literature in a selected number of countries, including the United Kingdom (UK) to answer specific questions about the characteristics of the people who procure sex, the context and setting for procuring sex, the related reasons, drivers and motivations and what has been tried elsewhere to deter or hinder those who procure sex and what works in tackling demand for prostitution. Details: London: Home Office, 2009. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Home Office Research Report 27: Accessed April 11, 2012 at: http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20100113210150/http:/crimereduction.homeoffice.gov.uk/crimereduction052.htm Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 124930

Author: Barnard, Matt Title: The Drug Treatment Outcomes Research Study (DTORS): Qualitative Study Summary: The DTORS qualitative research involved in-depth interviews with both service providers and service users. Qualitative research is a key means of carrying out research in sensitive areas and is a way of collecting data that are capable of centralising the participants own experiences, being responsive to participants and remaining flexible and reflexive. Participation in the research was voluntary. Participants' were initially identified and invited to participate in the research using purposive sampling methods. In all elements of the qualitative research, this means that samples were designed to include range and diversity in all the dimensions likely to affect experiences, behaviour and attitudes, and to include all key sub-groups and constituencies. Research interviews lasted for approximately 1.5hrs and were carried out using topic guides. The data was analysed using the Framework method of analysis (Ritchie & Lewis, 2003). The qualitative research provided a rich understanding of participants' experiences and perceptions of treatment and the decisions they made about remaining in or leaving it. In the broadest terms, the research also explored: service users' pathways into treatment; service providers' experiences and views of treatment services; the factors perceived to influence service users' different pathways through treatment; and to understand the wider range of personal and social factors that may impact on different treatment outcomes for service users. Research with service providers and service users took place in 2006/07. Details: London: Home Office, 2009. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Homes Office Research Reprot 26: Accessed April 11, 2012 at: http://www.dtors.org.uk/reports/DTORS_Qualitative_Main.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 124933

Author: Davies, Linda Title: The Drug Treatment Outcomes Research Study (DTORS): Cost-effectiveness Analysis Summary: The objectives of the CBA were to: estimate the costs of treatment; descriptively compare the costs and outcomes of drug treatment overall and by treatment centre; estimate the monetary value of the outcomes measured by the DTORS and the overall net benefit of treatment. The economic evaluation used cost consequences analysis to descriptively compare the costs and outcomes of drug treatment. Cost benefit analysis was used to estimate the net benefit (cost) of drug treatment. The cost estimates included the fixed and variable costs of the treatment centres, the costs of services accessed or used by service users and families as part of treatment or as a consequence of treatment. These data were collected from a review of centre accounting and information systems, service user records (where these existed) and interviews and questionnaires completed by care and support staff and service users. The outcomes included: •Quality adjusted life years; •Engagement in drug related behaviours; •Severity of drug dependence; •Offending behaviour; •Employment. Details: London: Home Office, 2009. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Home Office Research Report 25: Accessed April 11, 2012 at: http://www.dtors.org.uk/reports/DTORS_CostEffect_Main.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 124934

Author: Jones, Andrew Title: The Drug Treatment Outcomes Research Study (DTORS): Final Outcomes Report Summary: This report summarises follow-up data from the Drug Treatment Outcomes Research Study (DTORS): a longitudinal study that explores the outcomes of drug treatment in England. The overriding finding is that treatment reduces the harmful behaviours that are associated with problem drug use. The majority of treatment seekers received carecoordinated treatment, expressed satisfaction with their care, were retained in treatment beyond three months, reported significant and substantial reductions in drug use and offending, and improvements in mental well-being and social functioning. DTORS has measured a broad range of outcomes. Where comparable, the positive DTORS outcomes are equivalent to, or better than, those observed a decade ago by NTORS, the previous national outcomes study. Alongside the fact that the number of people in contact with treatment services has more than doubled over the last decade, this suggests that the drug-treatment system has been responding effectively by increasing numbers in treatment and improving treatment effectiveness. Most improvements occur within the first few months of entering treatment. The changes in behaviour observed at first follow-up (three to five months after initial interview) are mainly only sustained at second follow-up (11 to13 months), although there are some additional improvements during this later stage of treatment. This may suggest that there are opportunities to further capitalise on the early gains that are achieved. Further work is needed to establish whether these gains are sustained once treatment has stopped. Levels of drug use declined rapidly within the first three months of starting treatment, and then continued at the same rate, for up to six months. These findings support the validity of the national performance indicator of retention in treatment for at least three months, but suggest potential value in longer measures of retention than currently employed as well as the need for treatment facilities to focus on a continuing process of change. Details: London: Home Office, 2009. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Home Office Research Report 24: Accessed April 11, 2012 at: http://www.dtors.org.uk/reports/DTORS_Final_Main.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction (U.K.) Shelf Number: 124935

Author: Malloch, Margaret Title: A Scoping Study of Services for Young Runaways Summary: This study was undertaken to examine responses to young people in Scotland. The aim of the study is to examine the provision of services to young runaways by local authorities and Area Child Protection Committees. 1 in 9, The Scottish Coalition for Young Runaways identified the objectives of the study as being to: explore the level of awareness of young runaways among local authorities and to review the extent to which they have identified young runaways in their Children’s Services Plans; establish how many local authorities have (a) adopted protocols for responding to runaways in line with the Executive Guidance and (b) to identify how commissioners, managers and providers are utilising these protocols; consider the extent to which protocols, where they exist, meet their objectives and in particular, address the needs of the young people; identify what action has been taken to provide services for young runaways; and explore any existing plans to identify gaps and develop services. who run away from home or substitute care. The study, commissioned by 1 in 9, The Scottish Coalition for Young Runaways, originated from concerns about the experiences of young people who run away or are forced to leave where they live and aimed to find out more about the responses currently in place to address the needs of these young people. While this study will focus specifically on the Scottish context, links have been established between 1 in 9, The Scottish Coalition for Young Runaways and the Children’s Society, who have recently conducted a national survey of services for children who run away and go missing in England and Wales (not in Scotland). It is expected that there will be future opportunities for dialogue and information sharing on the existence and development of services across the UK. Details: The Scottish Centre for Crime and Justice Research, University of Sterling, 2007. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2012 at http://www.sccjr.ac.uk/documents/files/aberlour_malloch.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Runaways (Scotland) Shelf Number: 124963

Author: Dicker, James Title: Payment-by-Outcome in Offender Management Summary: Half of adult prisoners released in England and Wales between January and March 2008 were reconvicted within 12 months of release. This appalling figure is behind the Government’s drive to implement payment-by-outcome in this area. Through analysis of pilots and proposals, this case study explores some of the tools that have been used to overcome the challenges in moving towards paying providers for reductions in re-offending rates. Details: London: 2020 Public Services Trust at the RSA, Public Services Trust, 2011. 33p. Source: Case Study 2: Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2012 at http://clients.squareeye.net/uploads/2020/documents/OM%20case%20study.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Management (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125000

Author: London Criminal Justice Partnership Title: An evaluation of the Diamond Initiative: year two findings Summary: This report presents the findings of a two-year evaluation of the London Diamond Initiative (DI). It presents insights into both the implementation and the impact of the DI - a multi-agency offender management approach aimed at reducing reoffending among key groups of offenders in some of London’s most challenging areas. The report sets out to capture the learning generated over the course of the scheme and to contribute to the evidence-base available for policy makers and practitioners to develop and deliver effective offender management within London and beyond. Details: London: London Criminal Justice Partnership, 2011. 106p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2012 at http://www.londoncjp.gov.uk/publications/diamond_year2_FINAL_050511.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Evaluative Studies Shelf Number: 125014

Author: Metropolican Police Service (U.K.) Title: 4 Days in August: Strategic Review into the Disorder of August 2011 Summary: This report details the key issues that the Metropolitan Police Service (MPS) experienced during the disorders of August 2011 and outlines what went well and what did not, what developments have occurred and further changes that need to be made. In compiling this report the MPS has sought to take a comprehensive view, to provide an accurate reflection of events and identify opportunities to improve as an organisation. Whilst this is the final report of this review, extensive work will continue within the MPS in order to develop its findings and take the recommendations forward under the direction of Assistant Commissioner Specialist Crime and Operations. The MPS has already taken forward a significant amount of work as a result of its review. Findings, areas of work underway and further work commissioned as a result of the review are summarised under themed headings. Details: London: Metropolitan Police Service, 2012. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 19, 2012 at: http://content.met.police.uk/cs/Satellite?blobcol=urldata&blobheadername1=Content-Type&blobheadername2=Content-Disposition&blobheadervalue1=application/pdf&blobheadervalue2=inline;+filename%3D%22145/595/co553-114DaysInAugust.pdf%22&blobkey=id&blobtable=MungoBlobs&blobwhere=1283551523589&ssbinary=true Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crowd Control Shelf Number: 125029

Author: Newton, Andrew Title: Evaluation of Licensing Act: Measuring Crime and Disorder in and around Licensed Premises Summary: The Licensing Act 2003 (hereafter referred to as the Act), which came into effect on 24th November 2005, represented a major change to the sale of alcohol in England and Wales, by potentially allowing licensed premises to sell alcohol for up to 24 hours, 7 days per week. The introduction of the Act brought with it a range of additional measures. These included an expansion of police powers to close areas or particular premises, specific offences relating to the sale of alcohol to children and a new mechanism for reviewing the granting of licenses that takes into account crime prevention, public safety public nuisance and child protection. The rationale behind the Act was that by removing fixed and artificially early closing times, the numbers of people exiting licensed premises would be dispersed over a longer time period. The expectation was that this would reduce binge drinking, violent behaviour, damage to property and disorder. At the same time, concerns were voiced that the Act would lead to greater alcohol consumption, increased levels of violence and more pressure on accident and emergency units. In October 2005, the Applied Criminology Centre (ACC) at the University of Huddersfield was commissioned to carry out an evaluation of the impact of the legislation on changes in crime and disorder. The study examined baseline conditions and subsequent change occurring in the town centres of five case study areas, namely, Blackpool, Birmingham, Croydon, Guildford and Nottingham. The overall aims of the research were to provide a baseline indicator of levels of crime and disorder in and around licensed premises, and to examine the impact of the Act on patterns of crime and disorder in and around licensed premises, in each of the five case study areas. A number of specific research questions were formulated to guide this research. These were as follows: • What patterns of crime and disorder exist in and around licensed premises? • What other local factors may explain the prevalence of crime and disorder in and around licensed premises? • Has the introduction of the Act, and the granting of additional opening hours to licensed premises, led to a change in violence and disorder at these licensed premises? • Have overall levels of crime and disorder within town and city centres changed following the Act? • Have the peaks of crime and disorder displaced to later or earlier periods? • Has the profile of crime and disorder in and around licensed premises and associated ‘hot spots’ changed in relation to venues with additional opening hours? • Has the Act resulted in unintended consequences such as geographical displacement or diffusion of benefits to surrounding areas? Details: Huddersfield, UK: University of Huddersfield, Applied Criminology Centre, 2008. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 19, 2012 at: http://core.kmi.open.ac.uk/display/52423 Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125031

Author: Lyness, D. Title: Northern Ireland Youth Re-offending: Results from the 2007 Cohort Summary: This bulletin documents the results from the 2007 cohort on youth re-offending in Northern Ireland. The key findings are as follows: The overall one-year re-offending rate for persons aged 10 to 17 (including those given diversionary youth conference plans) was 32.7% in 2007 compared with 41.8% in 2006; The one-year rate for all youths discharged from custody was 71.7%; Looking collectively at non-custodial sanctions, the one-year re-offending rate was 31.3%; The one year re-offending rate for community-based disposals (including combination order, community service order, probation order, attendance centre order, community responsibility order and reparation order) was 44.1%; The court ordered youth conferencing cohort had a re-offending rate of 38.3%; the rate for diversionary youth conference plans was 22.0%; Within six months of discharge from custody almost three fifths (58.5%) had reoffended on at least one occasion; the equivalent proportion for those on community orders was 34.2% and 29.5% for the court ordered youth conference order; 44.0% of the 2007 cohort were aged 17 and of this group, 32.2% re-offended within one year. However, those aged 16 had the highest re-offending rate at 35.7%; 34.5% of males went on to re-offend within the year whilst the rate for females was much lower at just over a fifth (22.0%). Details: Belfast, U.K.: Statistics & Research Branch, Youth Justice Agency, 2011. 20p. Source: Statistical Bulletin 1/2011: Internet Resource: Accessed April 23, 2012 at http://www.youthjusticeagencyni.gov.uk/document_uploads/Statistical_bulletin_1_2011-Northern_Ireland_Youth_Reoffending_results_from_the_2007_Cohort.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Offenders (Northern Ireland) Shelf Number: 125035

Author: McKeaveney, Patricia Title: Review of 10 - 13 Year Olds Endtering Custody Summary: This report presents the findings from a review of 10–13 year olds who were admitted to custody in the Juvenile Justice Centre between January 2003 and August 2004. It focuses on the service provision and systems/mechanisms which may have influenced or impacted on the identified children and their families/carers. The Criminal Justice Review, reporting in March 2000, stated that 10-13 year old children “should not be drawn into the juvenile custodial system and that the presumption should be that they will be diverted away from prosecution unless they are persistent, serious or violent offenders… We recommend that children aged 10-13 inclusive who are found guilty of criminal offences should not be held in juvenile justice centres, and that their accommodation needs should be provided by the care system.” Details: Belfast, U.K.: Youth Justice Agency, 2005. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2012 at http://www.youthjusticeagencyni.gov.uk/document_uploads/Review_of_10-13_Year_Olds_entering_Custody.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Detention (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125036

Author: Grace, Kerry Title: Public Annoyance and Complaints about the Police: findings from the 2006/07 British Crime Survey Summary: This study examines the results from the questions that form part of the ‘Experience of the police; attitudes to the police’ module in the British Crime Survey (BCS). This focuses on the respondents’ interactions and perceptions of the police and includes a number of questions around ‘annoyance’ with, and complaining about the police. Past studies looking at these issues tend to be dated or focus on people’s attitudes to complaining rather than their experiences. This study sheds new light on this area by examining up to date, actual experiences of members of the public. The main focus of the research report is primary analysis of the 2006/07 BCS. A statistical technique called ‘logistic regression’ was also used. This indicates what characteristics are more likely to exhibit a certain outcome to provide further insight into the factors associated with annoyance and complaining about the police. In addition, there is a short trend analysis of the BCS data between 2001/02 and 2006/07 to explore changes in responses, including a look at changes by ethnic group over the six year period. The study explores the respondents’ demographics, lifestyle, attitudes towards the police and contact with the police. The aim of the study was to inform thinking about the public’s use of the police complaints system and to specifically look at three issues: The first of these concerned the extent to which members of the public have felt ‘really annoyed’ about the behaviour of a police officer and if they have decided to make a complaint; The second concerned why people do not complain after such an experience and whether awareness of how to make a complaint and other access issues have a significant role in a complaint being made; The third concerned the experiences of those who did make a complaint and specifically whether they were satisfied with the way their complaint was handled. Details: London: Independent Police Complaints Commission, 2009. Source: IPCC Research and Statistics Series, Paper 16: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2012 at http://www.ipcc.gov.uk/Documents/ipcc_bcs_report.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: British Crime Survey Shelf Number: 117833

Author: The Royal Society Title: Brain Waves Module 4: Neuroscience and the law Summary: The human brain is not viewed in the same way as other organs. The brain holds the key to mind and behaviour, and so to most it has a ‘special’ status. The relatively young fi eld of neuroscience is the study of the brain and nervous system. Neuroscientists seek to determine how brain function affects behaviour. The law is concerned with regulating behaviour, and so it is reasonable to ask whether and if so how, neuroscience could, or should, inform the law. The Royal Society, the UK’s national academy of science, has sought here to set out where neuroscience might offer insights to the law, and current limits to its application. Many questions have been asked about what neuroscience might offer for the law. For instance, might neuroscience fundamentally change concepts of legal responsibility? Or could aspects of a convicted person’s brain help to determine whether they are at an increased risk of reoffending? Will it ever be possible to use brain scans to ‘read minds’, for instance with the aim of determining whether they are telling the truth, or whether their memories are false? It has been suggested that ‘for the law, neuroscience changes nothing and everything.’ This report takes a different position: that discoveries in neuroscience (or in genetics or psychology) will not completely revolutionise the theory and practice of the law in the near future; but there are already some important practical implications of recent neuroscientifi c discoveries, which should impact on the law, and there will certainly be many more over the next few years. For example, fi ndings from neuroscience may raise questions over the age of criminal responsibility. Although the potential is at present unclear, it is possible that neuroscientifi c information could be used as part of risk assessments. It is also possible that imaging studies may in the not too distant future provide evidence of the nature of pain. This would be relevant to many civil cases, concerned with whether a claimant’s suffering and pain are real or exaggerated. In addition, neuroscience may also be used further to strengthen the diagnosis of ‘Shaken Baby Syndrome’ or ‘Non Accidental Head Injury’ (NAHI). While there are examples, such as those above, of where neuroscience may provide useful insights, it is worth sounding a note of caution: claims that murderers can be identifi ed by imaging studies of their brains, or that there is a gene for psychopathy or for violent or antisocial behaviour are completely wide of the mark. If neuroscience is to feed usefully into the law, there are a number of challenges to its use that must fi rst be overcome. Some of these might apply to the intersection of science and law more broadly; however this report has focused on neuroscience. The report makes a number of recommendations for bridging the gap between legal professionals and neuroscientists to better communicate relevant fi ndings; for training and education; and for building applied research capacity. Details: London: The Royal Society, 2011. 46p. Source: RS Policy document 05/11: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2012 at http://royalsociety.org/uploadedFiles/Royal_Society_Content/policy/projects/brain-waves/Brain-Waves-4.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Age of Criminal Responsibility Shelf Number: 125043

Author: Wilson, Carole Title: Experiences of Supervised Bail: Interview Findings Summary: This report outlines the findings of interviews with 10 people who have been on supervised bail. These interviewees were recruited through their bail workers, so are likely to have had more positive expereinces than others who did not participate in the research. For the bailees interviewed, four things emerged as leading to a positive impact of supervised bail. First, being out in the community rather than in prison was greatly appreciated, and motivated some to comply with supervised bail. Second, having a good relationship with their supervisor – seeing them as someone who was like ‘a normal person’, someone they could talk to and ‘have a laugh’ with. Third, flexibility of timing and frequency of meetings was useful to some bailees, as was flexibility around types of support provided depending on bailee needs. Fourth, positive feedback in the form of praise and rewards during supervised bail, and in bail worker reports and from the judiciary when the case came to court. All interviewees except one talked about a positive change in their behaviour over time, and some attributed this change to supervised bail. Overall, the impact of supervised bail on the lives and behaviour of bailees varied across the sample, from being inconvenient and embarrassing, to having a profoundly positive effect on behaviour and life ambitions, and almost all bailees reporting positive effects on their lives and behaviour. This varied according to the relevance of the four factors outlined above, as well as depending on the attitude and circumstances of the bailee. Details: London: Scottish Government Social Research, 2012. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 24, 2012 at http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/0039/00390653.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bail (Scotland) Shelf Number: 125049

Author: National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children (NSPCC) Title: Child cruelty in the UK 2011: An NSPCC study into childhood abuse and neglect over the past 30 years Summary: The main aim of the study was to provide the NSPCC with an accurate estimate of the prevalence of child abuse and neglect, along with bullying and witnessing domestic violence in the UK. The study built on knowledge gained from an earlier survey undertaken by the NSPCC in 1998-99. By comparing the responses of today’s 18-24 year olds, we can see how child abuse and neglect has changed over the last 30 years, from when the respondents in the first study were born. And by looking at the experiences of 11-17 year olds, it gives us a fuller picture of what’s happening to children today. TNS-BMRB, the specialist social research division within TNS International, was commissioned to conduct the fieldwork interviews using computer-assisted self-interview techniques. The NSPCC research team designed the survey and completed all the data analysis. Fieldwork took place from 9 March to 15 November 2009; 1,761 interviews with young people aged 18-24 and 2,275 interviews with children aged 11-17 were undertaken. The survey was carried out across the UK with households randomly selected using postcode data. The sample was comparable to the general population. Care was taken to minimise any harm, offence or upset to children, young adults and parents. In exploring the childhood experiences of 11-17 year olds in greater depth, we looked specifically at the prevalence of severe forms of maltreatment which are likely to raise child protection concerns both among the public and professionals working with children. Details: London: National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children, 2011. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 24, 2012 at http://www.mars.stir.ac.uk/resources/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/NSPCC-2011-Child-cruelty-in-the-uk-2011-An-NSPCC-study-into-childhood-abuse-and-neglect-over-the-past-30-years.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125062

Author: Qa Research Title: Children and Gangs: Summary report for Children & Young People Now magazine Summary: ‘Children and Gangs’ is a targeted study undertaken by Qa Research (Qa) on behalf of Children & Young People Now magazine. The resulting report examines the experiences of young people who are gang-affiliated or who have witnessed street gang activity. The views of professionals who support young people associated with gangs are also presented. Details: Brackenhill, York, U.K.: Qa Research, 2011. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 24, 2012 at http://www.qaresearch.co.uk/index.php?/component/option,com_rokdownloads/id,60/task,download/view,file/ Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gang Violence (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125063

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Chief Inspector of Constabulary Title: Anti-social Behaviour: Inspection Findings Summary: In Spring 2010, Her Majesty’s Inspectorate of Constabulary (HMIC) carried out a review of anti-social behaviour (ASB) in England and Wales. This included asking victims about their experience of reporting ASB to the police, and inspecting the quality of the processes that forces use in tackling and responding to the problem. Working with the Police Science Institute at Cardiff University, we then used the results to answer the question of how the police can best tackle ASB. Details: London: Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary, 2010. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 24, 2012 at http://www.hmic.gov.uk/media/anti-social-behaviour-inspection-findings-20100923.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125064

Author: Lalani, Mumtaz Title: Forced Labour in the UK: The Business Angle Summary: This paper: • examines the business structures, processes and pressures that may drive or facilitate the use of forced labour in the UK; • considers policies that may be used in response to these; • makes recommendations to the business community, government and trade unions and migrant community organisations to help reduce exploitation and forced labour in the UK. Details: York, UK: Joseph Rountree Foundation, 2012. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: JRF Programme Paper: Accessed April 27, 2012 at: http://www.jrf.org.uk/sites/files/jrf/forced-labour-and-business-full.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Business Practices Shelf Number: 125074

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: The Use of Special Measures in the Criminal Justice System in Northern Ireland Summary: It is widely accepted that many people who are victims of, or witnesses to crimes, find the criminal justice process stressful. Certain classes of witnesses have particular needs by reasons of age, personal circumstances or fear of intimidation. These witnesses may need help to overcome the many anxieties of the criminal justice process and trial. In an acknowledgement of the needs of vulnerable and intimidated witnesses (VIWs) ‘special measures’ were introduced to assist certain categories of witnesses to give their best evidence in court with as little stress as possible. They include the screening of witnesses in court, the use of closed circuit television, the removal of wigs and gowns, and video evidence. The use of special measures is particularly important in cases involving children and sexual offences. The Department of Justice (DoJ) has been reviewing the effectiveness of the statutory special measures to assist vulnerable and intimidated witnesses and invited Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland (CJI) to undertake a formal inspection into the area as part of the review process. The aim of the inspection was to examine the use of special measures and its effectiveness in achieving best outcomes for witnesses. The findings and recommendations of Inspectors broadly underpin and reinforce the work of the DepartmentalWorking Group in this area. The inspection found that special measures are of vital importance in helping vulnerable and intimidated witnesses give their best evidence. Inspectors heard positive feedback from victims and witnesses about the assistance they received and the impact it had on preparing them for giving evidence in court. Witnesses were found to give better evidence when they had a choice about the ways in which it was given. The support to victims and witnesses was regarded as invaluable. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2012. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 27, 2012 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/e6/e684b2e9-231e-4c06-b496-5b744e10c0cb.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Victims of Crimes Shelf Number: 125076

Author: Cowen, Nick Title: Rehabilitating Drug Policy: What Can We Do Better to Reduce Offending by Drug Addicts? Summary: This report examines what is currently working in drug rehabilitation, and what could be done better, with specific reference to the criminal justice system and criminal justice outcomes in England and Wales. The following sections attempt to answer two key questions: 1. What drug interventions are effective? 2. How should effective drug interventions be delivered? The primary evidence is a series of open-ended interviews with practitioners and advocates in the field of drug addiction. In addition, this report attempts to distil some of the implications of current empirical evidence on treatment. Greater weight is given to systematic reviews of the evidence where they have been carried out. Details: London: Civitas, 2012. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 30, 2012 at: http://www.civitas.org.uk/crime/RehabilitatingDrugsPolicy2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125097

Author: Social & Market Research Title: Research into the Views and Experiences of People Involved in Neighbourhood Watch Schemes in Northern Ireland Summary: This report presents the findings from research into Neighbourhood Watch schemes in Northern Ireland. The aims of the research were to establish the views and experiences of key partners and local stakeholders in relation to the impact and effectiveness of Neighbourhood Watch in: preventing crime and anti-social behavior; reducing the fear of crime; assisting local police in detecting crime; enhancing the relationship between the police and the community; and promoting community spirit. Details: Belfast: Northern Ireland Policing Board, 2007. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 30, 2012 at: http://www.nipolicingboard.org.uk/neighbourhood_watch_evaluation_final_report_-_nov._2007.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 125100

Author: Sergeant, Harriet Title: The Public and the Police Summary: Expenditure on the police force is at record levels. In terms of numbers and budgets, it has never been so large. In spite of this there is widespread public dissatisfaction resulting in a steep increase in com‐plaints against the police, with many coming from law‐abiding, middle‐class people who complain of rude‐ness and neglect of duty. It is hard to get the police to respond to reports of crime and anti‐social behaviour. Investigations are lacklustre and often abandoned. The police, in their turn, complain of being short of resources. Although police numbers in England and Wales are historically high, compared with other developed countries they are low. Furthermore, crime rates in England and Wales are amongst the highest in the developed world, so the workload of officers is unmanageably large. Officers have been submerged by a flood of paperwork, so that only 14 per cent of their time is spent on patrol. This paperwork is done at the expense of officers on the beat and responding to crimes. The public have no power to influence policing. All decisions are taken by politicians and their appointees, but there is no accountability within the system. Since the Police Act 1964 successive governments have accrued power to the centre. Centralisation has led to politicisation and the introduction of targets. Bonuses are paid to senior officers based on compliance with targets. In order to achieve the required level of detections, police officers pursue those who will yield easy convictions, such as The target the public would most like to see met is the absence of crime—the first of the Nine Principles of Policing laid down for the Metropolitan Police on their foundation in 1829. To this end, police officers need to be visible in their communities. The decision to prosecute is taken by the Crown Prosecution Service, which has its own targets to achieve in terms of successful prosecutions. This makes the CPS unwilling to prosecute cases where they are not convinced the evidence is rock solid. This leads to many potential prosecutions being dropped, leaving the public feeling let down and allowing criminals to feel they have ‘got away with it’. Prison overcrowding has created pressure for non‐custodial sentences. Many criminals, including burglars, rapists and violent attackers, get no more than a caution. Often they continue to offend, and it becomes progressively more difficult for the police to catch them as they learn by their experience of the system. Police officers swear an oath of allegiance to the Queen, not the Prime Minister. Unlike many other police forces, British police were not intended to be servants of the state, but of the communities they serve. Their powers are personal, used at their own discretion and derived from the crown. This essential feature of British policing—policing by consent—is now in jeopardy. Details: London: Civitas: Institute for the Study of Civil Society, 2008. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 30, 2012 at: http://www.civitas.org.uk/pdf/PublicAndThePolice.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 125105

Author: McClure, Lesley Title: Research into Recent Crime Trends in Northern Ireland May 2007 Summary: This report examines whether the increase in recorded crime in 2005/06 is an accurate reflection of greater criminal activity and experiences of crime within Northern Ireland or evidence of increased reporting of crime within communities traditionally perceived to be non-supportive of the police and whether this can be attributed directly to increased confidence in policing within these communities. Details: Belfast: Northern Ireland Policing Board, 2007. 97p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 1, 2012 at: http://www.nipolicingboard.org.uk/recent_crime_trends_research_by_ipsos_mori_may_2007-2.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics (Northern Ireland) Shelf Number: 125110

Author: Rogerson, Michelle Title: The Impact of Target Hardening on Burglary in Liverpool: A Report to Liverpool Citysafe Summary: The purpose of this study was ‘to improve the understanding of the cost benefits of target hardening in Liverpool, and to inform strategic and operational planning and investment for future burglary prevention work’. The report examines the impact of target hardening on domestic burglary in Liverpool between July 2005 and December 2007. Information on target hardening was supplied by Liverpool Citysafe. Three sources of target hardening funding were identified, namely, Liverpool Citysafe, Liverpool Housing Market Renewal Initiative (HMRI), and Liverpool Neighbourhood Renewal Initiative (NRI) The research questions fell into four categories, and these were: • Description of the characteristics of the location of burglary and target hardening • Assessment of the relationship between burglary and target hardening • Examination of the impact of target hardening on burglary • Priorities for the future deployment of target hardening. Details: Huddersfield, UK: University of Huddersfield, 2009. 87p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 1, 2012 at: http://eprints.hud.ac.uk/9627/1/Microsoft_Word_-_TH_Final_Report_June_2008_Liverpool_Citysafe.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Burglary (Liverpool) Shelf Number: 125111

Author: Baldwin, Helen Title: Evaluation of Liverpool's Criminal Justice Alcohol Treatment Pilot: Final Report Summary: The Centre for Public Health at Liverpool John Moores University undertook an evaluation of Liverpool's Criminal Justice Alcohol Treatment Pilot, commissioned by Liverpool DAAT. The pilot encompassed the Alcohol Treatment Requirement (ATR), a court mandated requirement to attend alcohol treatment for a six-month period and the Alcohol Treatment Programme (ATP), a voluntary programme for offenders contacted through arrest referral or on non-ATR Probation supervision. The Lighthouse Project was responsible for the provision of alcohol treatment to offenders who accessed the scheme via these two referral pathways. The pilot aimed to engage offenders who had committed an alcohol-related offence, and who were identified as alcohol dependent, in treatment specifically designed to tackle their alcohol misuse and in turn reduce the likelihood of them re-offending. Measures of clients' drinking, offending, health and related behaviours were recorded at initial assessment, at three-month review and upon completion at six months. Comparison of measures between these stages revealed desirable outcomes for the client group, including a statistically significant reduction in AUDIT scores. Improvements were largely attributable to the relationships built between clients and their alcohol treatment workers and in many cases, their Probation offender managers. One-to-one discussions were fundamental in promoting positive changes in clients' attitudes and behaviours. The consistency and dependability of workers were also important factors. A stakeholder consultation gave insight into the processes and running of the scheme. Communication between Probation and Lighthouse staff was effective although role boundaries appeared to overlap. While clients were confident and optimistic about their ability to tackle their alcohol problems beyond the treatment period, a formal framework for aftercare needed to be established in order to ensure continued support was available to those who required it, to minimise risks of relapse and further conviction. The short time period for the pilot limited numbers and therefore made conclusions around the potential success of the scheme on a wider scale difficult to draw. Assessment of re-conviction over a substantially larger period would be necessary in order to form any concrete conclusions on the schemes effectiveness in tackling offending. Details: Liverpool: Centre for Health and Applied Social Sciences, Centre for Public Health, Research Directorate: Liverpool John Moores University, 2009. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 1, 2012 at: http://www.cph.org.uk/showPublication.aspx?pubid=637 Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 125112

Author: Khanom, Husnara Title: A Missed Opportunity? Community Sentences and the Mental Health Treatment Requirement Summary: The Mental Health Treatment Requirement (MHTR) is one of 12 options (‘requirements’) available to sentencers when constructing a Community Order or a Suspended Sentence Order. The MHTR can be given to an offender with mental health problems who does not require immediate compulsory hospital admission under the Mental Health Act. If they give their consent, the MHTR requires them to receive mental health treatment for a specified period. At least 40% of offenders on Community Orders are thought to have a diagnosable mental health problem. Yet there has been very little uptake of the MHTR in England and Wales since its introduction in 2005. Only 686 MHTRs commenced in the year to 30 June 2008 out of a total of 221,700 requirements issued with Community Orders across the country. This compares with 12,347 requirements for drug rehabilitation and 3,846 for alcohol treatment. This report is based on an exploratory research project; the first to examine the way in which the Mental Health Treatment Requirement is issued and the processes involved. We interviewed 56 professionals working in the courts, in probation and in health services about their experiences and knowledge of the MHTR. Appropriate use of the MHTR depends on probation officers, defence solicitors and psychiatrists all being both familiar with and confident in using it. Our interviews have indicated that this is far from being the case in practice. Many professionals lacked direct experience of the MHTR, and some were not aware of it at all. Court and probation professionals varied widely in their knowledge of mental health issues and their confidence in dealing with them. Many did not feel the courts should get involved in mental health issues. Professionals had varied views about the purpose of the MHTR. Some felt it should help offenders who had fallen out of touch with mental health services to get back into contact. Others thought this was inappropriate, or that the MHTR should only be considered where mental illness had led the person to commit the offence of which they had been convicted. The criteria for who should receive an MHTR were not clear to the professionals we interviewed. Many felt that the MHTR was not suitable for people with personality disorders or those with depression or anxiety. The biggest barrier to the creation of an MHTR is the need for a formal psychiatric report. These are subject to lengthy delays as well as difficulties with costs. Some psychiatric reports do not provide the offer of treatment from local mental health services that is vital for the creation of an MHTR. Once an MHTR has begun, the main concern among professionals is about how to determine when an offender has breached the requirement and how to manage this. Missed appointments were widely held to constitute a breach of the MHTR, but non-compliance with treatment was more contested. Many court professionals were concerned about the impact of making an MHTR more onerous if it was breached. The MHTR relies on good communication between the courts, probation and health services. Poor communication between health and probation services can hinder its effectiveness. Yet the court diversion and liaison teams that we encountered rarely played an active role in the operation of the MHTR. For offenders with a dual diagnosis of drug misuse and mental health problems, the courts were much more likely to make a Drug Rehabilitation Requirement (DRR) than an MHTR. This is because they are more familiar with the DRR, it has a dedicated staff team and the process for making and managing a DRR is clearer. Despite the challenges presented by the MHTR, we conclude that it has unfulfilled potential to offer offenders with mental health problems a robust alternative to a short prison sentence. That potential can be harnessed through practical improvements to the way the MHTR works on the ground and through improved communication between health and criminal justice agencies. Our recommendations include: Central government should provide practical guidance for criminal justice and health professionals on how to construct and manage MHTRs. Primary care trusts should commission services that enable the courts to issue MHTRs. The National Offender Management Service should provide detailed information for probation officers on how to manage the MHTR. Protocols need to be developed between the courts, probation and health services to enable the appropriate use of the MHTR. Diversion and liaison schemes should be involved in the MHTR to organise timely psychiatric reports and make sentencing recommendations. Details: London: Sainsbury Centre for Mental health, 2009. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 1, 2012 at: http://www.centreformentalhealth.org.uk/pdfs/Missed_Opportunity.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Treatment Shelf Number: 113925

Author: Taylor, Avril Title: An Evaluation of Post-Incident Management of Police and Prison Service Staff Occupationally Exposed to Blood and/or Body Fluids Summary: The aim of the evaluation was to describe and evaluate post-incident management services for preventing psychological and physical harm in police and prison staff exposed to blood-borne viruses in the work context. The objectives were:  To ascertain how many police and prison staff notified their Occupational Health (OH) and Health and Safety (H&S) departments about an exposure to blood and/or body fluids over the study period;  To collect data on each incident reported to OH departments in relation to the circumstances and care given by all those involved; and  To evaluate current service provision in relation to post-incident advice and interventions to reduce psychological and physical harm and whether appropriate guidelines were followed. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2009. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 1, 2012 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/Doc/268965/0079957.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Health Care, Police and Prison Staff Shelf Number: 113929

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Call to End Violence Against Women and Girls Summary: There were over 1 million female victims of domestic abuse in England and Wales in the last year. Over 300,000 women are sexually assaulted and 60,000 women are raped each year. Overall in the UK, more than one in four women will experience domestic abuse in their lifetime, often with years of psychological abuse, Worldwide violence against women and girls can be a problem of pandemic proportions. This is unacceptable. The vast majority of these violent acts are perpetrated by men on women. In 2009/10, women were the victim of over seven out of ten (73%) incidents of domestic violence. More than one third (36%) of all rapes recorded by the police are committed against children under 16 years of age. This is unacceptable. Internationally, findings in a number of developing countries suggest that violence against women and girls is significant and is often endemic. Between 40% and 60% of women surveyed in Bangladesh, Ethiopia, Peru, Samoa, Thailand and Tanzania said that they had been physically and/ or sexually abused by their close partners. This is unacceptable. Details: London: Home Office, 2012. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 1, 2012 at: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/crime/call-end-violence-women-girls/vawg-paper?view=Binary Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 125114

Author: Senior, Jane Title: Liaison and Diversion Services: Current Practices and Future Directions Summary: Liaison and diversion services designed to divert people with mental illness away from the criminal justice system have proliferated in England and Wales over the last twenty years. They are universally regarded to be a “good thing”, but there is no robust body of research evidence to support the belief that they improve the health, social and criminal outcomes of people who are in contact with them. Current government policy supports the continued development of liaison and diversion services if they can prove a significant contribution to reducing criminal recidivism and improvements to both individual and public health. Offender Health at the Department of Health commissioned the Offender health Research Network to review current practices around liaison and diversion and make a number of recommendations for future service development. We concluded that liaison and diversion schemes provide a service for clients who are currently not always well served by mainstream health and social services, but there appear to be opportunities for service improvement through a standardisation of approach; a national model of practice; improved data collection; and more consideration to the conduct of ongoing evaluations into service impact and outcomes. Details: Manchester, UK: Offender Health Research Network, Centre for Mental Health Risk, 2011. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2012 at: http://www.networks.nhs.uk/nhs-networks/health-and-criminal-justice-liaison-and-diversion/documents/OHRN%20L-%20D%20Report%20-%20Nov%202011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 125126

Author: Senior, Jane Title: Alternatives to Custody for People with Mental Health Problems Summary: Current government policy is working toward the reduction of short term custodial sentencing where suitable community alternatives exist which both suitably and appropriately punish offenders and reduce the likelihood of re-offending. The Offender Health Research Network was commissioned by Offender Health at the Department of Health to examine the impact of a potential change in sentencing practices in terms of health and criminal justice services‟ responses to people with mental health problems who are in contact with the criminal justice system, making recommendations for improving current service provision. We conclude that the Mental Health Treatment Requirement, available as part of the Community Order, has not been fully adopted by sentencers or mental health and criminal justice service professionals as a mechanism through which to better engage mentally ordered offenders with treatment services. The reasons for this are discussed and we suggest a number of adaptations to the current legislation and associated working practices which are designed to increase the uptake of, and benefits from, the Requirement. Details: Manchester, UK: Offender Health Research Network, Centre for Mental Health and Risk, 2011. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2012 at: http://www.networks.nhs.uk/nhs-networks/health-and-criminal-justice-liaison-and-diversion/documents/OHRN%20-%20Alternatives%20to%20Custody%20Report%20-%20Dec%202011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 125130

Author: McCoy, Ellie Title: A Consultation with Young People About the Impact of Domestic Violence (Abuse) in their Families and their Formative Relationships Summary: Domestic abuse (often referred to as Intimate Partner Violence) is a recognised global public health concern. It is often defined as behaviour that involves physical, psychological or sexual harm within an intimate relationship and can also include youth violence, child maltreatment, elder abuse and sexual violence. Domestic abuse can also occur within the family; the Department of Health estimates that 750,000 children experience domestic abuse annually. Research examining domestic abuse tends to focus on adult relationships; however it is important to consider young people and their relationships. Adolescence is an important time as this is often when people begin to form intimate and formative relationships. It is therefore an essential stage for initiating domestic abuse prevention work. There is a body of UK research on adult female’s experiences, and a smaller amount on children’s experiences, but little is known about adolescent’s experiences of partner violence and the research that has been conducted tends to originate from the USA. Research suggests that it is essential to include this through detailed examination of young people’s views and experiences in order to recognise young people’s views and actions in their own right. The Coalition Government has recently launched a paper ‘A call to end violence against women and girls’ outlining how they plan to tackle violence against females, with the vision of creating a society in which no female should have to live in fear of violence. Domestic abuse is also a priority locally. In Liverpool, Citysafe (Liverpool’s Community Safety Partnership) prioritises a number of key issues to tackle, one of which is to reduce serious violence, which includes domestic abuse, and to develop an understanding of the issues young people feel affect them in relation to domestic abuse. Citysafe therefore commissioned the Centre for Public, Liverpool John Moores University, to undertake a consultation, to speak with young people around their views and experiences of domestic abuse. The objectives of the research were: • to learn what the issues are for young people in relation to domestic violence (abuse); • to understand how young people view domestic violence (abuse) (in all its forms) in family and intimate partner relationships; and • to use the findings from the project to inform an education programme through ‘It’s Not Okay’. A qualitative study was undertaken to fulfil the research objectives through a series of focus groups with young people. Agencies across Liverpool providing services to young people were contacted and a total of 119 young people aged between 14 and 24 years were invited to attend the focus groups. Each focus group lasted approximately one hour and was conducted by two researchers. Verbal and written consent was obtained to digitally record each focus group session, and the young people were asked to complete a basic demographic questionnaire. In total, 93 young people attended the 14 focus groups. Just over half of participants were male (n=52, 55.9%) with the majority aged 16 and 17 years (n=22 and n=25 respectively). The majority defined their ethnicity as White English (n=72, 77.4%). However minority groups were represented. Ten percent of participants stated that they had a disability. Almost a third (30.1%, n=28) stated they had religious beliefs, 43.0% (n=40) stated that they had no religious beliefs and 26.9% (n=25) preferred not to say. The majority of the young people stated their sexual orientation as Heterosexual (n=70, 75.3%), 17.2% (n=17) preferred not to answer and 7.5% (n=7) stated their sexual orientation as Bisexual, Gay or Lesbian. Overall, the young people involved in the consultation had a good understanding of what domestic abuse is, they could state different types of abuse and who they thought it could happen to. They recognised that it could involve physical, psychological and sexual abuse. In acknowledging these different forms of abuse, the young people felt it should be referred to as domestic abuse rather than domestic violence. At all groups the young people acknowledged that domestic abuse can occur within the family and they placed an emphasis on it being something happening within a house, hence the word domestic. They believed domestic abuse could happen to anyone; however they felt that it is portrayed as happening more often to women. Young people viewed domestic abuse at home as having devastating effects on children; leaving them scared and affected by their experiences into later life. Although participants believed that the effects in adulthood largely depended on the person and how they handled their experiences. It was discussed that children affected by domestic abuse could become perpetrators and victims themselves when in adult relationships, however, the young people also acknowledged that witnessing domestic abuse could make you more determined to not act in this manner yourself. The young people’s knowledge appeared to be gained from what they had seen on TV and from their own personal and friends’ experiences. Not many of the young people had been given any formal training or teaching on the subject, although many of them thought it would be beneficial to have learnt about it. Although there was good knowledge on some areas of domestic abuse, there did appear to be a lack of awareness around the more subtle aspects, such as controlling behaviour. Many of the young people did not see certain controlling behaviours as abusive. The young people also demonstrated a lack of knowledge about where to go for advice; many were not aware of any domestic abuse services and many would not go to a professional for help. Therefore, it appeared that most young people would rather seek support from someone they know or are comfortable with, rather than access a website, ring a help line or speak to a stranger. Learning about domestic abuse was viewed as important and school was thought to be the best setting in which to teach it. The young people expressed preferences on programme content and length; they thought domestic abuse issues should be covered in lessons over a number of weeks and that programmes should incorporate all aspects of domestic abuse, not just the physical violence aspects. Young people expressed mixed views on whether they should be taught about healthy relationships. Some young people thought this was essential whereas others thought you could not teach young people how to have good relationships. Interactive material and activities such as group discussions, DVDs and talks by people affected by domestic abuse were viewed as approaches that would help them learn most effectively and felt that a programme should be realistic and modern in order to hold their attention and allow them to speak freely. Details: Liverpool: Centre for Public Health, Liverpool John Moores University, 2011. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2012 at: http://www.cph.org.uk/showPublication.aspx?pubid=754 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children, Exposure to Violence Shelf Number: 125135

Author: Papadopoulos, Georgios Title: Are Immigrants more Criminal than Natives? An Application of some Estimators for Under-reported Outcomes using the Offending, Crime, and Justice Survey Summary: This paper mainly studies the individual level relationship between immigration and property crime in England and Wales. For this purpose, the Offending, Crime, and Justice Survey is used, a representative national survey of self-reported crime. Models that account for under-reporting are used, as this is the major concern in selfreports. These models indicate that under-reporting is considerably large and depends on respondents' characteristics. However, our findings suggest that, if anything, immigrants tend to under-report less than natives. Binary choice models reveal that, after controlling for under-reporting and for basic demographic characteristics, the probability of committing a crime is lower for immigrants, but the difference is statistically insignificant. This finding is evident in count data models as well, as being an immigrant (insignificantly) decreases the mean number of crimes. Furthermore, violent crime results indicate that the immigrant-crime association is also negative for violent crime. Interestingly, a decomposition of immigrants by regions reveals that different regions attract immigrants of different criminal behavior, or that immigrants adapt differently across regions. Finally, the results also show that immigrants of different ethnic groups exhibit disparate criminal behavior. Details: Colchester, UK: Department of Economics, University of Essex, 2010. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2012 at: http://www.webmeets.com/files/papers/SAEE/2010/21/Job%20Market%20Paper-Are%20immigrants%20more%20criminal%20than%20natives-An%20application%20of%20estimators%20for%20under-reporting%20using%20the%20OCJS.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Immigrants and Crime Shelf Number: 125141

Author: Lyness, D. Title: Northern Ireland Youth Re-offending: Results from the 2008 Cohort Summary: This report presents an analysis of youth (10-17) re-offending in Northern Ireland for those given a diversionary youth conference plan, receiving a non-custodial court order, or discharged from immediate custody in the calendar year 2008. A re-offence is defined as any offence committed in the one-year follow up period proven by a court conviction or by an out-of-court sanction. Some key findings: Using new methodology, which includes out-of-court sanctions (diversionary youth conference plans, restorative cautions or informed warnings) within the re-offence definition for the first time, the overall 2008 one-year re-offending rate was 37.4%; Analysis of the 2008 cohort using pre-2008 methodology (that is, excluding reoffences attracting an out-of-court sanction) shows that the overall youth reoffending rate was 31.7%, very similar to the 2007 rate (32.7%); Looking solely at court ordered disposals across the two years (excluding diversionary youth conference plans from the calculations) the 2008 rate is slightly higher at 40.0% compared with 37.9% in 2007; The 2008 one-year re-offending rate for all youths discharged from custody was 68.3%; Looking collectively at all non-custodial sanctions, the 2008 re-offending rate was 36.0%; The one year re-offending rate for community-based disposals (including suspended custody, combination order, community service order, probation order, attendance centre order, community responsibility order and reparation order) was 53.5%; The court ordered youth conferencing cohort had a one-year re-offending rate of 45.4%; Diversionary youth conference plans had a one year re-offending rate of 29.4%; Of the 507 individuals who re-offended in the 2008 cohort, a fifth (19.5%) were dealt with for their first re-offence by way of a court ordered youth conference. A further fifth (19.1%) were given an out-of-court sanction. Just over a tenth (12.8%) received immediate custody for their first re-offence; Within six months of discharge from custody 63.3% had re-offended on at least one occasion; the equivalent proportion for those on community orders was 41.9% and 32.8% for the court ordered youth conference order; 47.5% of the 2008 cohort were aged 17 or over, and of this group, 34.9% reoffended within one year. However, those aged 15 had the highest re-offending rate at 42.9%; 83.8% of the 2008 cohort were male and of this group, 40.6% went on to re-offend within the year compared with 20.5% of females; and 70.8% of the 2008 cohort had no previous court convictions; and this group had the lowest one year re-offending rate at 30.3%. Almost a tenth (8.8%) of the cohort had nine or more previous court convictions and of this group, just over two thirds (68.9%) re-offended within the one year follow-up period. Details: Belfast, U.K.: Statistics & Research Branch, Youth Justice Agency, 2011. 25p. Source: Statistical Bulletin 2/2011: Internet Resource: Accessed May 6, 2012 at: http://www.youthjusticeagencyni.gov.uk/document_uploads/NI_Youth_Re-offending-Results_from_2008_cohort1.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Offenders (Northern Ireland) Shelf Number: 125162

Author: Meadows, Pamela Title: The Costs and Consequences of Child Maltreatment: Literature Review for the NSPCC Summary: This report is the first stage of a review of the costs and consequences of child maltreatment. It reviews a wide range of recent literature covering prevalence of different types of maltreatment of children and young people and the impact the maltreatment has on them. There is almost no literature covering costs, either in terms of the costs of the interventions or in terms of the costs of the consequences. Thus, the second stage of the review will combine the information from the literature review with other information about the impact on life chances of some of outcomes which are observed for children who have been maltreated. For example, maltreated children have poorer school performance than nonmaltreated children. The effect of this poor performance is likely to be similar to the effect of poor performance among other groups of children who have not been maltreated. The lifetime consequences of maltreatment are not therefore confined to the outcomes of maltreatment as identified in the literature. Rather, they include the consequential impact on their adult lives as well. This consequential impact has costs for the children themselves, for their families, and for the wider society, both in terms of ongoing support costs, and in terms of the costs of the behavioural consequences for a small minority. Details: London: National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children, 2012. 148p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2012 at: http://www.nspcc.org.uk/Inform/research/findings/costs_and_consequences_pdf_wdf88910.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125170

Author: Skilling, Gordon Title: Unusually Persistent Complainants against the Police in Scotland Summary: Recognising the difficulties that unusually persistent complainants pose to the police bodies in Scotland, the PCCS commissioned the University of the West of Scotland to undertake a short scoping study to review the literature on the subject and make recommendations on how to develop an effective solution (Louden and Best, 2010). Following the scoping study, the PCCS invited the School of Forensic Mental Health (SoFMH) to tender to undertake an improvement project to explore what models and techniques could be introduced across Scotland to ensure the effective management of unusually persistent complainants against the police. Details: Edinburgh: School of Forensic Mental Health, 2012. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2012 at: http://www.sipr.ac.uk/downloads/PCCS_querulous_complainers.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Complaints Against Police Shelf Number: 125174

Author: Great Britain. Durham Constabulary Title: Crime Reduction Toolkit for Service Stations Summary: Today’s service stations do much more than just sell petrol to motorists. They are an important neighbourhood asset providing a wide range of goods and services both during and outside normal shop opening hours. Oil companies, petrol retailers and police forces alike are clamping down on criminal activity on UK forecourts. This determination to prevent the activities of lawless individuals, coupled with advances in technology and changes in criminal legislation means that there is no better time to introduce practical measures to address crime, identify the criminals and continue to make service stations safer places for both staff and customers. Key in the fight against service station crime are the various BOSS Forecourt Watch schemes. Forecourt Watch initiatives operate in over 70 areas across the UK. Under these schemes BOSS, the British Oil Security Syndicate works in partnership with petrol retailers, local police forces and other agencies to reduce crime and the fear of crime. Many Forecourt Watch schemes during recent times have seen service station crime tumble by more than 50%. Following on from these successes similar force-wide schemes are now being planned by the majority of forces in the UK. This toolkit has been produced by Durham Constabulary in partnership with BOSS, and takes cognisance of successful initiatives employed by police forces and private retailers in combating service station crime. It offers a menu of practical measures, which can be tailored to meet individual service station crime problems. Through use of the toolkit and increased partnership working we can look forward to targeting further reductions in crime on Britain’s network of petrol service stations. Details: Durham, U.K.: Durham Constabulary, Undated. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2012 at http://www.righttoride.co.uk/documents/CRttoolkit.pdf Year: 0 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125203

Author: Fitzpatrick, Rob Title: A label for exclusion: Support of alcohol-misusing offenders Summary: The development of alcohol interventions for offenders is a challenging area with implications for both health and criminal justice agencies. Effective responses are complicated by the fact that, unlike drugs, the use of alcohol is both legal and widely socially sanctioned and that there are complex links between alcohol misuse and offending. Nevertheless, the misuse of alcohol has major implications for public health, mental wellbeing, community safety and reoffending, as well as costs to wider society. This policy paper identifies areas and practical examples of how, in a changing and uncertain policy and commissioning landscape, the joint commissioning and delivery of alcohol interventions for offenders in the community might be productively developed. It is intended to be read by all who are responsible for the commissioning or delivery of alcohol services whether from health, criminal justice or other agencies. The paper has been produced in partnership with the Department of Health South West and based on extensive interviews and focus groups with commissioners, managers, front line workers and the users of services within the South West, with input from central policy leads within the National Offender Management Service, the Department of Health, the Ministry of Justice and other specialist national agencies. Details: London: Centre for Mental Health, 2010. 20p. Source: Centre for Mental Health Policy Paper: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2012 at http://www.centreformentalhealth.org.uk/pdfs/label_for_exclusion.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125206

Author: Packham, Claire Title: Violence at work: Findings from the 2009/10 British Crime Survey Summary: This report presents findings from the 2009/10 British Crime Survey (BCS) on violence at work. It provides an overview of the extent of violence at work in England and Wales and examines the nature of these incidents and the risk factors that may affect victimisation. Details: London: Health and Safety Executive, 2011. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2012 at http://www.hse.gov.uk/statistics/causdis/violence/british-crime-survey2009-10.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Aggression in the Workplace (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125211

Author: Tilley, Nick Title: An overview of attrition patterns Summary: This analysis was undertaken as background to a study that tracked investigation and attrition processes in detail across 3,000 volume crime cases randomly selected from eight high-crime family BCUs, and should be read alongside the report of that study (Burrows et al., 2005). The primary purpose of this paper is to outline the patterns of detection for four volume crime types across England and Wales – domestic burglary; non-domestic burglary; theft of motor vehicles (TOMV) and theft from motor vehicles (TFMV). These four crime types were the focus of the sister study and will be described as ‘volume crimes’ in this report. The analysis that follows is principally undertaken by force and by Basic Command Unit (BCU) family. The paper also identifies some of the factors that seem to explain variations in attrition patterns, in particular in the proportions of offences with sanction detections excluding offences ‘taken into consideration’ (TICs). Broad trends and patterns in detection rates are summarised annually in the publication Crime in England and Wales. This has generally shown a downward trend in detection rates since 1980. As Simmons and Dodd (2003) put it, “in simple terms, the number of detections achieved has failed to keep pace with the rise in recorded crime…or when crime numbers have fallen, the number of detections has fallen more”. The overall detection rate stood at 23.5 per cent in 2002/3, which was very slightly higher than the rate for the previous year (23.4%). The 2002/03 figure was however unadjusted for the effect of the National Crime Recording Standard (NCRS), which is thought to have depressed the detection rate. In 2004/05, the overall detection rate stood at 26 per cent (Nicholas et al., 2005). Crime in England and Wales summarises the overall variation in detection rates between forces, but does not provide a detailed comparison because it recognises that the ‘crime mix’ differences between forces limit the value of overall detection rates as a good comparative measure of police performance (this factor was identified as the primary influence on variations in overall detection rates by Burrows and Tarling, 1982). On this basis it recommends that comparisons are better directed at detections for particular offence groups, which is the focus of the current exercise. Details: London: Home Office, 2005. 26p. Source: Home Office Online Report 45/05: Internet Resource: Accessed May 13, 2012 at http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/pdfs05/rdsolr4505.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 125251

Author: Great Britain. National Health Service. National Treatment Agency for Substance Misuse Title: Estimating the Crime Reduction Benefits of Drug Treatment and Recovery Summary: The Home Office estimates that drug related crime costs £13.9bn per year and that offenders who use heroin, cocaine or crack cocaine commit between a third and a half of all acquisitive crimes. As a result, reducing drug-related crime is one of the main objectives of the government’s drug strategy. This recognises that the provision of good quality drug treatment, combined with stable housing and employment, can be very effective in preventing high volume acquisitive offending. Drug addicted people often develop a tolerance through daily compulsive use, which can result in an expensive addiction. For instance, the estimated average value of drugs used in the four weeks prior to treatment among participants of the Drug Treatment Outcomes Research Study (DTORS) was £1,2964. With little income they may resort to crime to pay for their drug use. This might include acquisitive crimes such as shoplifting, burglary or robbery, or other financially motivated crimes such as soliciting and begging. Drug treatment is designed to reduce people’s need for drugs, which in turn reduces the driving force behind their drug-related offending. The National Treatment Agency for Substance Misuse (NTA) has worked closely with economists in the Home Office (HO) and the Department of Health (DH) to build a Value for Money (VFM) model in response to the National Audit Office recommendation to develop a framework for evaluating value for money in relation to the previous drug strategy. The VFM model estimates the crime prevention and health improvement benefits of treatment and recovery. This is the first time such estimates have been made at a national level. This report sets out a detailed explanation of how the estimates were calculated for the crime component of the VFM model and has been endorsed by HO. It will be followed by a publication later this year on the health improvement benefits of drug treatment, presenting our work with DH on the potential improvements to Quality Adjusted Life Years (QALYs) from drug treatment and recovery. Crime prevention and health improvement are not the only potential benefits of drug treatment. There are a variety of different harms associated with drug use and we hope to look at other potential benefits of treatment and recovery in relation to these in the future. We estimate that drug treatment and recovery systems in England may have prevented approximately 4.9m crimes in 2010-11, with an estimated saving to society of £960m in costs to the public, businesses, the criminal justice system and National Health Service (NHS). We also estimate that approximately 19.6m crimes may be prevented over the course of the Spending Review 2010 period (SR10) (2011-12 to 2014-15), with an estimated saving to society of £3.6bn. In addition we estimate that up to a further 4.1m offences may be prevented over a nine year period (from 2011-12 to 2019-2020), because we estimate that 13,702 people who left treatment in 2010-11 will go on to sustain long term recovery, with an estimated value of £700m. We also estimate that continued investment in drug treatment over the SR10 period could lead to up to an estimated 54,000 former clients sustaining long term recovery which may prevent up to 16.6m more offences with an estimated value of up to £2.6bn by 2023-24. The model also helps us to estimate the potential impact of disinvestment in adult drug treatment. We estimate that, all else being equal, for every £1m taken out of the system there could be an increase of approximately 9,860 drug-related crimes per year at an estimated cost to society of over £1.8m. These findings are based on an empirical analysis of data from the National Drug Treatment Monitoring System (NDTMS) linked to conviction records from the Police National Computer (PNC) and on self reported offences data from DTORS. Details: London: National Treatment Agency for Substance Misuse, 2012. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2012 at: http://www.nta.nhs.uk/uploads/vfm2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 125256

Author: Great Britain. National Health Service. National Treatment Agency for Substance Misuse Title: Breaking the Link: The Role of Drug Treatment in Tackling Crime Summary: The relationship between problem drug use and crime is complex. Even so, all the evidence indicates that problem drug users are responsible for a large percentage of acquisitive crime, such as shoplifting and burglary. As a direct consequence of the crime they commit, these problem drug users are highly likely to end up in the criminal justice system at some point. Some will serve community sentences, others will be sent to prison. In either case, the criminal justice system now compels them to confront their drug problems. Drug treatment for offenders in the community has improved enormously over the past decade, in terms of availability and quality. Prisons are now catching up, with the introduction of a new treatment regime – the Integrated Drug Treatment System (IDTS). The NTA is now responsible for implementing IDTS in prisons, and this report, in part, looks at the progress that has been made so far. Prisons are logical places to engage problem drug users in effective treatment. The aim is to break the link between their drug use and criminal behaviour, so that they don’t reoffend on release and have the opportunity to recover and reintegrate with society. In this way, effective treatment can liberate them, their families, and the communities that suffer as a result of drug-related crime. Drug treatment has been available in prisons for some time, but this is the first time there will be an evidence-based, individual-focused system offering consistent treatment in all prisons in England. IDTS seeks to ensure that problem drug users in prisons have access to the same quality of treatment as those in the community, and the same chance to rebuild their lives. This report is therefore about the positive impact drug treatment can have towards reducing crime, cutting the cost of drug-related harm to society, and making communities safer for everyone. Details: London: National Treatment Agency for Substance Misuse, 2004. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2012 at: http://www.nta.nhs.uk/uploads/nta_criminaljustice_0809.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 125261

Author: White, George Title: Illegal Logging: Cut It Out! The Uk's Role in the Trade in Illegal Timber and Wood Products Summary: Illegal logging exists because enormous profits can be made. These profits are most easily realised in countries with endemic corruption, lax law enforcement and poor social conditions, where there is little incentive to change forestry practice. Many of the countries supplying timber and wood products to the UK have high levels of foreign debt, poor governance systems, high levels of poverty and unsustainable forest management, and are experiencing loss of some of the world’s most biodiverse forests at an alarming rate. These factors – which by no means comprise an exhaustive list – contribute to the illegal and unsustainable trade in timber and wood products. Arguably the problems associated with illegal activities are most acute in developing countries, those countries with emerging economies and in the transitional economies of Russia and eastern Europe. These are areas of the world where weak political institutions and weak regulatory enforcement in the forested regions are often the norm, and where corruption is common. This report attempts to estimate the volume of illegal wood entering the UK and to identify which sectors of the UK market utilise this wood and fibre. It identifies various processes involving the UK government as a purchaser or specifier, as well as national and international governmental processes and market-based mechanisms that are in place to counter illegal logging. It identifies their effectiveness and weaknesses and makes a series of recommendations. Details: Godalming, Surrey, UK: WWF-UK, 2007. 103p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 15, 2012 at: http://assets.wwf.org.uk/downloads/logging_full_report01.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Illegal Imports Shelf Number: 125278

Author: Helyar-Cardwell, Vicki, ed. Title: Delivering Justice The Role of the Public, Private and Voluntary Sectors in Prisons and Probation Summary: The number of people in the criminal justice system has increased extraordinarily over the last two decades. The focus is often on rocketing prison numbers – quite rightly lambasted as one of the worst features of this extraordinary growth. But, so too have the numbers on community sentences increased over the last two decades; the probation service now manages some 230,000 offenders in the community. This huge increase in scope of the justice system come at a significant financial cost. For example, investment in prisons has increased by nearly 40% in real terms between 2003-04 and 2008-09, from £2.52bn to £3.98bn a year. Despite this, capacity has not been able to meet demand, and as a result the prison system is severely overcrowded. So too in the community, the challenge of high probation caseloads is well known. As well as questions about whether the size and scope of our criminal justice system, in particular the custodial estate, is necessary and appropriate, to which the answer is surely no, there is also debate about how the government intends to financially sustain the functions of the justice system whilst maintaining historic low crime rates, and what the respective roles of the private, public and voluntary sectors should be in delivering these functions. Private prisons were first introduced to the UK in the 1990s and represent part of the move from the 1980s onwards towards greater competition across a range of public services. The catalyst for prison privatisation was to address overcrowding, reduce costs and to some degree improve standards. The involvement of private companies in building, financing and operating custodial facilities has been endorsed and expanded by the former Conservative administration, New Labour and now the Coalition government. Despite being strongly against private prisons in their time in opposition in the 1990s, once elected, the Labour government, faced by a spiralling prison population, quickly announced that they would be allowing private companies to bid for the running of new prisons, and that existing private prisons would not be taken back into the public sector. A consensus had now been reached amongst the major parties in support of privately-run prisons. Despite this political consensus, there has been a consistent critique, including from academics (Teague, 2010), the penal reform lobby (Neilson, 2009) and sections of the media (Monbiot, 2009). Following this initial foray in the 1990s, the next major step towards privatization was the establishment of the National Offender Management Service (NOMS) in 2004, with the intention of introducing ‘contestability’ throughout the prison and probation services. The review by Patrick Carter (2003), on which the structure of NOMS was based, argued for ‘greater use of competition from private and voluntary providers’ (p.5), and called for this to be extended to existing prisons. It was clear that Carter, and subsequently the Government, envisaged a much greater role for the private and voluntary sector in the criminal justice system, and that the introduction of NOMS was seen as a way of facilitating this. The second important development was the announcement in 2008 that a number of charities were bidding in partnership with private sector companies for prison contracts. While the voluntary sector has long worked in both public sector and privately-run prisons, delivering services to prisoners, this was seen as a significant change in the landscape. There are now charities and private companies running prisons and delivering large-scale payment-by-results contracts within prisons. Perhaps the most significant ‘step change’ has occurred over the last year or so. Although the majority of the UK prison estate is managed by the public sector, there are now currently 14 private or ‘contracted out’ prisons. Last year Birmingham was the first public sector prison transferred to private sector management, and the government is currently tendering out a further nine prisons. At the same time probation services are being radically reshaped. The majority of probation functions are being competed out, with advice to courts and the management of high risk individuals retained in public sector. Probation Trusts will inevitably merge to form fewer, larger entities and become commissioners of services at local level, although it is questionable how ‘local’ this will be. Clearly, cuts in public spending are a significant cause of the current quickening in the pace of the privatisation of the prison estate, based on the (contested) belief that privately-run prisons are cheaper than their public sector equivalents. As NOMS Business Plan 2012-2013 makes clear, the stated aim of government is to drive down prison place costs (MoJ, 2012). The Probation Service has undergone a 19% real terms budget cut since 2008-09, and this pressure on cost is set to continue. While the ongoing debate about competition is sometimes presented as peripheral to the overall future of criminal justice policy, it is in fact highly significant. The issue of who delivers criminal justice services is important, and must be informed by full and accurate analysis of the benefits of different approaches. This collection of essays is intended to be a contribution to this debate. Details: London: Criminal Justice Alliance, 2012. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2012 at: http://www.criminaljusticealliance.org/delivering_justice.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Systems (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125314

Author: Association of Chief Police Officers. Race and Diversity Working Group Title: Hte Crime: Delivering a Quality Service. Good Practice and Tactical Guidance Summary: Hate crime scars its victims beyond the legacy of any physical injury. If it is not professionally and successfully countered by the agencies of social control, its pervasive effect is to create alarm and fear as it chips away the mortar of social cohesion. This document therefore provides comprehensive step-by-step guidance to forces as they revisit and develop their own policy approaches and tactical options. It is not the product of speculative thinking as the sections are constructed on proven good practice in particular areas of activity by various forces across England, Wales and Northern Ireland. It is a textbook therefore for the Police Service to learn from its own experience. Details: London: Home Office and the Association of Chief Police Officers, 2005. 104p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 19, 2012 at: http://revroland.law.officelive.com/Documents/hatecrimeguide.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias Crimes Shelf Number: 125261

Author: Iganski, Paul Title: Hate Crimes Against London's Jews: An Analysis of Incidents Recorded by the Metropolitan Police Service 2001-2004 Summary: In Aprit 2004 the House of Commons debated the apparent rise of antisemitic incidents and the prevailing antisemitic ctimate in Britain. Responding on behalf of the Government, Home offlce Minister Fiona Mactaggart M. P. reported that 'together with the lnstitute for Jewish Policy Research, the Metropolitan Police is conducting research into such incidents to get a more accurate feel for their nature and to develop a more effective response to them. This highly informative book presents the findings of that joint research project with a view to understanding more clearly the dynamics of antisenitic incidents recorded by the police in London. For the first time in published form, Metropotitan potice service records of antisemltic incidents in London are analysed and placed in the context of the attention drawn to the increasing problem of street-level antisemitism reported by the European Union Monitoring Centre on Racism and Xenophobia (2004) and the U.S. State Oepartment (2005). Drawing from crime reports for the calendar years 2OO1-ZOO4, the book discusses the nature and location of incidences, and the charateristics of victims and offenders, and uses qualitative information in the crime reports to theorise about the social context and potential motivations behind incidents. Details: London: Institute for Jewish Policy Research, 2005. 131p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed May 19, 2012 at: http://www.jpr.org.uk/downloads/Hate_Crimes_against_Londons_Jews.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias Crimes Shelf Number: 125262

Author: Great Britain. Home Office. Secretary of State Title: Putting Victims First - More Effective Responses to Anti-Social Behaviour Summary: 'Putting victims first – more effective responses to antisocial behaviour'. It sets out the government's plans to deliver on the commitment to introduce more effective measures to tackle antisocial behaviour, and puts them in the wider context of the our reforms to the policing and criminal justice landscape and work to turn round the lives of the most troubled families. The term 'antisocial behaviour' masks a range of nuisance, disorder and crime which affects people's lives on a daily basis: from vandalism and graffiti; to drunk or rowdy behaviour in public; to intimidation and harassment. All have huge impacts on the lives of millions of people in this country. None are acceptable. Many police forces, local authorities and social landlords are working hard to to deal with these problems. However, too often, the harm that antisocial behaviour causes, particularly when it is persistently targeted at the most vulnerable people in our society, is overlooked. At the heart of our new approach is a fundamental shift towards focussing on the needs of victims, rather than the type of behaviour. We know what victims of antisocial behaviour want. First and foremost they want the behaviour to stop, and the perpetrators to be punished for what they've done. They want the authorities to take their problem seriously, to understand the impact on their lives and to protect them from further harm. They want the issue dealt with swiftly and they don’t want it to happen again. The mistake of the past was to think that the government could tackle antisocial behaviour itself. However, this is a fundamentally local problem that looks and feels different in every area and to every victim. Local agencies should respond to the priorities of the communities they serve, not to those imposed from Whitehall. From November this year, directly elected police and crime commissioners will be a powerful new voice for local people, able to push local priorities to prevent antisocial behaviour from being relegated to a 'second-tier' issue. The government does, however, have a crucial role in supporting local areas. We will do that by: focusing the response to anti-social behaviour on the needs of victims - helping agencies to identify and support people at high risk of harm, giving frontline professionals more freedom to do what they know works, and improving our understanding of the experiences of victims empowering communities to get involved in tackling anti-social behaviour – including by giving victims and communities the power to ensure action is taken to deal with persistent antisocial behaviour through a new community trigger, and making it easier for communities to demonstrate in court the harm they are suffering ensuring professionals are able to protect the public quickly – giving them faster, more effective formal powers, and speeding up the eviction process for the most antisocial tenants, in response to recent consultations by the Home Office and Department for Communities and Local Government focusing on long-term solutions – by addressing the underlying issues that drive antisocial behaviour, such as binge drinking, drug use, mental health issues, troubled family backgrounds and irresponsible dog ownership It is vital that those who will be affected by these changes, from the professionals who will use the new powers, to victims seeking protection from targeted abuse, can continue to shape the reforms so that we get them right first time. We will therefore publish a draft bill for pre-legislative scrutiny before introducing legislation. Details: London: Home Office, 2012. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2012 at: http://www.official-documents.gov.uk/document/cm83/8367/8367.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125269

Author: Turley, Caroline Title: Delivering Neighbourhood Policing in Partnership Summary: This report describes the nature of neighbourhood policing partnerships between neighbourhood policing teams (NPTs), partner agencies and residents in six local areas which were identified as having a strongly embedded partnership approach. The research is based on interviews with local partners and focus groups with residents conducted in these six areas between January and August 2010. The report sets out the perceived benefits of delivering neighbourhood policing in partnership and offers some advice to practitioners on how to work effectively in partnership, and how to overcome key barriers. The findings may also be informative for Police and Crime Commissioners in thinking about how local policing can best be delivered. Details: London: Home Office, 2012. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 61: Accessed May 23, 2012 at: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/science-research-statistics/research-statistics/crime-research/horr61?view=Binary Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 125315

Author: Charlton, Michelle Title: Practitioners' Perceptions of the Role of Neighbourhood Crime and Justice Co-ordinators Summary: Thie study provides findings from interviews held with community safety and criminal justice practitioners in 9 of the 60 local authority areas where Neighbourhood Crime and Justice co-ordinators were introduced. The purpose of the study was to identify what benefits the Neighbourhood Crime and Justice co-ordinators had delivered, and what made the role effective. In general, the research has suggested that the role was perceived as having a positive effect, with practitioners identifying a range of benefits of the role, though this was not a universal view. Whilst central funding for the role is no longer available, some partners suggested that the most useful aspects of the role could continue by being absorbed into other posts. A number of recommendations emerge from the study, which may help to inform local areas and Police and Crime Commissioners on how best to set up an NCJ co-ordinator or a similar role to maximise its effectiveness. Details: London: Home Office, 2012. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 62: Accessed May 23, 2012 at: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/science-research-statistics/research-statistics/crime-research/horr62?view=Binary Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 125316

Author: Alliance Against IP Theft Title: Proving the Connection: links between intellectual property theft and organised crime Summary: Ever since the Alliance officially launched in the Summer of 1999, announcing £6.4 billion lost to the UK economy through counterfeiting and piracy, we have made references to links between intellectual property (IP) theft and organised crime. Although anecdotal, we knew that these links existed because of the evidence which our members’ anti-piracy units were turning up in the course of enforcing the intellectual property rights (IPR) within their industries. However, none of it was being systematically documented. Then, for the first time, the National Criminal Intelligence Service (NCIS) listed intellectual property theft in its 2000 National Threat Assessment and accorded it a high impact assessment. The report also stated that “money laundering is integral to practically all criminal activities that generate high volumes of cash proceeds.” The connection was reinforced in the following year’s National Threat Assessment, but there were issues surrounding the sharing of confidential operational information which caused a real lack of coordination of any hard facts. The Alliance believed that in various files dotted about industry’s antipiracy units were useful case histories accumulating amongst the miscellaneous press cuttings covering their operational successes. So we set about unearthing this information to produce solid examples to support our claims of the growing attraction of the low risk activity of counterfeiting and piracy to organised crime groups. This report is our first attempt at publishing our findings. It represents the tip of the iceberg. It is indicative of the global nature of the problem that two similar reports have just been published in France and the USA. Details: London: Alliance Against IP Theft, Undated. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 7, 2012 at http://www.allianceagainstiptheft.co.uk/downloads/reports/Proving-the-Connection.pdf Year: 0 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Money Laundering Shelf Number: 125331

Author: Sutton, Rupert Title: Challenging Extremists: Practical frameworks for our universities Summary: Islamism-inspired activism and extremism on UK university campuses receives increasing policy and media attention in the wake of the 7 July 2005 bombings. Freedom of speech has special legal status at universities, and must be upheald for students, lecturers and any visiting speakers. However, universities also have a legal duty of care to students. The question of how to address extremism on campuses is highly emotive and characterised by competing rights and obligations. This report demonstrates that Islamist ideology is promoted to students in three ways. It focuses on the role of external speakers invited to address students and occations when student society social media is used to share violent or extremist material. It also profiles a small number of students and recent graduates across London who promote Islamist political activism and diseminate Islamist or Islamist-sympathetic material. The report goes on to provide universities, student unions, relevent government departments and student societies with practicle recomendations for challenging the types of extremism highlighted while preserving an open environment on campuses. Details: London: The Henry Jackson Society, 2012. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Accesssed June 7, 2012 at http://henryjacksonsociety.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/SRSocialMedia.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Colleges and Universities (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125340

Author: Great Britain. Parliament. House of Commons. Home Affairs Committee Title: Roots of violent radicalisation Summary: This is the Government Response to the Nineteenth Report from the Home Affairs Committee Session 2010-12 HC 1446. This response contains details on the new Prevent strategy and plans in regards to the identification and removal of suspect website dealing with terrorism. Details: London: The Stationary Office, 2012. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2012 at http://www.official-documents.gov.uk/document/cm83/8368/8368.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Radicalization (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125359

Author: Muir, Rick Title: Open Justice: Empowering Victims Through Data and Technology Summary: Digital technology has already transformed the way we live and work. This paper explores the implications of these changes for how the criminal justice system serves the victims of crime. First, it shows how this ubiquitous digital environment has the potential to make public services such as the criminal justice agencies more accountable, participatory, collaborative, accessible, responsive and efficient. Second, it assesses the degree to which such technologies have so far been utilised within the criminal justice system and reports what victims think of them. It finds that poor communication is a major driver of dissatisfaction among victims, and it is critical to improving the quality of the service they receive. Third, it makes a number of recommendations for policymakers, the police and the courts, including: a crime-tracking app to enable all victims in their area to follow their case through the system; interactive crime maps that display real-time information; increased referral of victims to online peer support networks; and, publication online of case judgments and transcripts by the courts. Details: London: Institute for Public Policy Research, 2012. 25p. Source: IPPR Report: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2012 at http://www.ippr.org/images/media/files/publication/2012/05/open-justice_June2012_9191.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Mapping (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125360

Author: Great Britain. Department for Communities and Local Government Title: Strengthening Powers of Possession for Anti-Social Behaviour: Summary of responses to consultation and next steps Summary: On 3 August 2011 the Government published a consultation paper on proposals to introduce a new mandatory power of possession to enable landlords to take swifter action to evict their most anti-social tenants. On 15 August, following the rioting and looting across England between 6 August and 10 August, the consultation was broadened to seek views on whether the existing discretionary ground for possession should be extended to include convictions for riot-related offences committed by the tenant or members of their household, wherever they took place within the United Kingdom. In respect of the proposed new mandatory power, the consultation paper sought views on how this should be designed; the principles that should underpin it; in what circumstances landlords should be able to use the mandatory power; and, how often in practice they might seek possession using the mandatory power rather than on existing discretionary grounds. We have now considered all the responses received. Sections two and three of this document summarise responses to the consultation. Section four sets out final proposals and next steps in the light of consultation responses. Details: London: Department for Communities and Local Government, 2012. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2012 at http://www.communities.gov.uk/documents/housing/pdf/2148929.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125364

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation Title: It's Complicated: The Management of Electronically Monitored Curfews - A follow-up inspection of electronically monitored curfews Summary: Over the last six years, the use of court-ordered curfews has more than doubled. The maximum period of confinement is now likely to be extended from 12 to 16 hours per day, in an effort to increase public confidence in community sentences. Depriving someone of their liberty is a serious matter, whether this is done by sending them to prison or confining them to their home. The period of detention, in whatever way it is applied, should therefore be proportionate to the seriousness of the offence. Sentencing may properly contain an element of punishment but to be effective in reducing offending, it should also promote change and reform. It has become clear that electronically monitored curfews are now being used as an additional punishment for people convicted of minor offences that would not normally attract a prison sentence. Even at this level, however, punishment comes at a price. If the cost of electronically monitored curfews is to be fully justified, they need to be used more creatively and more effectively. This means providing targeted control and restriction and helping offenders to change their behaviour. Our latest inspection shows that curfews applied in recent years have only rarely been used to best effect. In the vast majority of cases in our sample, the curfew was unrelated to the circumstances of the offence. We saw very few instances where it had been imposed specifically to stop the individual from doing something, or was part of a strategy to address their behaviour. Such an approach would require thorough assessment at the pre-sentence stage, something which now only appears to happen in a limited number of cases. As in our earlier inspection, we remain concerned at the enforcement thresholds. Despite our previous comments, these continue to fall far short of what we think the public has the right to expect. We recognise that more rigorous thresholds, as we have advocated, could increase the numbers of minor offenders sent to custody for breach. A greater emphasis on compliance and the proposed introduction of other non-custodial options for breach, as proposed in the current sentencing review, would mitigate such an undesirable outcome. This latest inspection also exposed continuing inaccuracies in information conveyed by courts to the probation service or the electronic monitoring provider. These inaccuracies are sufficiently serious to undermine the efficient management of cases – an even more urgent concern if the Government approves proposals to extend the number of external providers of probation services. The matters raised in this report must be discussed and acted upon. Electronic monitoring, if used effectively, can be used both to punish and to promote change. Right now, it may do the former but rarely the latter. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2012. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 20, 2012 at http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/hmiprob/joint-thematic/electronic-monitoring-report-2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Curfews (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125385

Author: Roy, Sumanta Title: The Missing Link: A Joined Up Approach to Addressing Harmful Practices in London Summary: This study was commissioned and funded by the Greater London Authority to address a knowledge gap on the needs of black, minority ethnic and refugee (BMER) women experiencing harmful practices (HPs). The specific aim of the study was to provide a document which would help to engage commissioners, funders, policy-makers and frontline practitioners to improve the way London responds to HPs. The study was carried out between December 2010 and March 2011. There is no universal definition nor is there an exhaustive list of harmful practices. The term ‘harmful traditional practices’ was used by the World Health Organisation in 1979 at a regional seminar held in the Sudan as a less contentious cover for raising the subject of female genital mutilation. It was used at a time when the issue was considered to be too controversial to be raised as a single issue. Henceforth, other practices, including early marriage and forced feeding, along with female genital mutilation were referred to as harmful traditional practices. Historically, there are practices that would not be considered to be gender-based violence within the evolving definition of HPs. The United Nations has defined harmful traditional practices as: "forms of violence that have been committed against women in certain communities and societies for so long that they are considered part of accepted cultural practice. These violations include female genital mutilation or cutting (FGM), dowry murder, so-called ‘honour killings,’ and early marriage. They lead to death, disability, physical and psychological harm for millions of women annually" (UNFEM 2007). In addition to the above list, acid attacks would also be a type of HP (UN 2009:4). There are a number of reasons why these forms of violence may occur. First, harmful practices, as forms of violence against women, are rooted in gender inequality. Other reasons cited often include ‘traditional’ values, such as the authority and wisdom of parents and children’s duty of obedience. However, the commonality between these forms of violence tends to be the existence of established hierarchical power-relationships between men and women and between parents and children. Despite their harmful nature and their violation of international human rights laws, such practices persist because they are not questioned and take on an aura of morality in the eyes of those practicing them (UN, Office of the High Commissions for Human Rights, undated).The United Nations recognises that “the ways in which culture shapes violence against women are as varied as culture itself” (UN 2009:7). For example, some writers have referred to the phenomenon of ‘date rape’ as a cultural norm although it is not always labelled as such. Some academics have argued that there is inadequate focus on harmful practices in western societies. Jeffreys (2005), for example, argues that prostitution and pornography are harmful practices yet are rarely discussed in the context of cultural practices. Furthermore, it is evident that new HPs are constantly developing, and existing HPs have altered as a result of globalisation, migration and practices against women (UN 2009:7,11). For this study, the term ‘harmful practices’ was used instead of ‘harmful traditional practices’. The use of the word tradition was considered to be inappropriate for a number of reasons. By framing violence in certain communities as a custom, tradition or within a religious context it implies that violence against women and girls (VAWG) is an accepted norm or practice and makes it difficult to understand and challenge from within the VAWG framework. In addition, ‘traditional’ reinforces the ghettoisation of violence against women in BMER communities. Details: London: Greater London Authority, 2011. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 27, 2012 at: http://www.imkaan.org.uk/index_htm_files/The%20Missing%20Link%20Full%20Report%20September%202011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Genital Mutilation Shelf Number: 125422

Author: Erooga, Marcus Title: Towards Safer Organisations II: Using the Perspectives of Convicted Sex Offenders to Inform Organisational Safeguarding of Children Summary: This research presents the findings of research undertaken by an NSPCC Research Team from 2008– 2010 with 27 adults convicted of sexual offences against children committed whilst in organisational positions of trust. Developed from an earlier review of the literature (Erooga, 2009) which identified the absence of the perspective of offenders themselves in how children could be better protected from such abuse it is a qualitative investigation of organisational processes, unique in its focus on using the offender’s perspective. The primary aims of the research were to identify organisational risk factors and the way in which convicted sex offenders accessed organisations, in order to propose good practice in recruitment and within work settings with children and young people so that they can be better safeguarded against abuse and exploitation. Details: London: NSPCC (National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children), 2012. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed June 29, 2012 at: http://www.nspcc.org.uk/Inform/resourcesforprofessionals/sexualabuse/safer-organisations-report_wdf89440.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 125433

Author: Scott, Sam Title: Experiences of Forced Labour in the UK Food Industry Summary: The report is an empirical study of ‘forced labour’ among low-wage migrants within the UK food industry. Forced labour became a criminal offence via the 2009 Coroners and Justice Act (Section 71) in England, Wales and Northern Ireland and the 2010 Criminal Justice and Licensing Act (Section 47) in Scotland. For at least the past two decades there has been considerable concern at a policy level that the UK food industry harbours significant levels of exploitation that in its extreme may constitute forced labour. Using in-depth interview evidence from 62 exploited migrant workers across five study sites (south Lincolnshire and the Wash area, east-central Scotland (encompassing Dundee, Angus, Fife, and Perth and Kinross), Bristol and the south-west of England, London and Liverpool), forced labour is identified as an issue. Analysis is four-staged and focuses on forced labour indicators (Chapter 2), forced labour contexts (Chapter 3), forced labour practices (Chapter 4), and forced labour outcomes (Chapter 5). For the purposes of the study three areas of the food industry are examined: agriculture, food processing and minority ethnic catering. Details: York, UK: Joseph Rountree Foundations, 2012. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 29, 2012 at: http://www.jrf.org.uk/sites/files/jrf/forced-labour-food-industry-full.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Food Industry Shelf Number: 125427

Author: Anderson, Sarah Title: Big Diversion Project Current State Analysis of Diversion Services in the North East Region – Final Report Summary: This report forms part of the North East’s Big Diversion Project. It outlines findings from an analysis of current regional provision of ‘diversion’ services for those with mental health problems or learning disabilities. As well as the six Criminal Justice Liaison and Diversion (CJLD) in the region, the research also considered a range of other practice and provision for the identification and support of those with mental health problems or learning disabilities across the criminal justice pathway. Research involved interviews with regional stakeholders and national experts, focus groups, surveys and an analysis of documentary evidence and available data. Regional provision and key issues are mapped across the criminal justice pathway and overarching themes for service development were identified. CJLD services need to extend their coverage geographically, across the pathway and in terms of operational hours. They need to provide a broader response by opening up care pathways into a wider range of services. Courts need increased support and information from CJLD services to inform decision making. Responses to mental health crisis in the community require improvement through improved joint working between police and health agencies. There is poor awareness of service provision and referral pathways among a range of agencies. Data collection and monitoring requires significant improvement to inform service development. Finally, responses to learning disability, autism and related conditions need to be improved across the criminal justice pathway. The research also maps regional provision for service user involvement across a range of services that might be utilised in forthcoming work and a financial analysis of the potential impact of particular service changes is provided. Details: London: Revolving Doors Agency, 2012. 243p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 29, 2012 at: http://www.revolving-doors.org.uk/documents/final-report-bdp/ Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Diversion from the Criminal Justice System Shelf Number: 125334

Author: T2A (Transition to Adulthood) Title: Pathways from Crime: Ten Steps to a More Effective Approach for Young Adults in the Criminal Justice Process Summary: Pathways from Crime emphasises that the transition to adulthood is a process rather than a result, which implies that tailored services and support should not fall away once individuals turn 18. The report identifies a pathway through the criminal justice system, in which a more rigorous and effective approach can be delivered to young adults making the transition to adulthood (16-24). The 10 stages are policing and arrest, diversion, restorative justice, prosecution, sentencing, community sentences, managing the transfer process, custody, resettlement, and enabling desistance from crime. This T2A pathway has been tested in three pilot projects since 2009 in Birmingham, West Mercia, and London. The summative evaluation of the T2A pathway tracks 34 young adults over a six-month period and demonstrates some remarkable findings (e.g. only three were reconvicted of a new non-violent offence, only three breached their community order or licence, and the number of the sample in employment has trebled). The report concludes that the T2A pathway is an effective and rigorous approach that can be applied to young adults throughout the criminal justice process. In each stage of the process, criminal justice agencies can make interventions with young adults more effectively. The pilots have established how an effective approach can be put into practice and have highlighted changes that can be made to the way that services are designed, commissioned, and delivered. Details: London: Barrow Cadbury Trust, 2012. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 29, 2012 at: http://www.t2a.org.uk/t2a-pathways-from-crime-report-launched/ Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 125434

Author: Bradford Metropolitan District Council (U.K.) Title: Reducing Reoffending and Young People in Custody Summary: Bradford has a young population, with 28 per cent of the population under 20 years of age, compared to 24 per cent nationally. It also has relatively high levels of both youth offending and of youths breaching community sentences so that they end up in custody. To address these issues this project set out to utilise customer insight to better understand and engage with young people ultimately hoping to divert them away from offending and improve compliance with court orders. In addition to the obvious benefit this will bring, both for the individual young people themselves and for their families, it will also help to reduce overall costs through lower expenditure on policing; court appearances and short custodial sentences and it should contribute to lower levels of crime within the locality. By gaining a deeper insight into this client group, they would be enabled to deliver more differentiated and targeted youth offending services, as well as removing duplication as different agencies currently work across each other to support his group. The project also set out to profile the wider community and consider their attitudes to youth offending. It sought to identify opportunities to support wider work on community cohesion and identify localities where Big Society initiatives could be used to reduce youth offending. This part of the project sought to provide better information on youth crime to local area committees, providing a vehicle for local residents to determine which preventative services should be delivered in their locality. The principle aim of the project was to reduce youth crime and anti-social behaviour through the delivery of the following objectives:  a reduction of breaches through better compliance with court orders  a reduction in prolific offenders  support to those local social enterprises activities that target crime and anti-social activity  improvement of prevention activity, by understanding how targeted activities work best for different groups  profiling of offenders and anti-social behaviour order information  mapping the frequency of reoffending of young people in custody and patterns to help prevent reoffending.  mapping the impact of breaches of orders  increasing levels of cohesion between youths and the wider community. The project had the following targets, which it recognises are ambitious considering the current economic climate and the increase in youth unemployment:  a 5 per cent reduction in detected offences committed by young offenders  a 5 per cent reduction in young people sentenced to custody  a 3 per cent reduction in the breach of court hearings It was estimated that these would provide the following financial savings:  £448,000 reduction in detected offences committed by young offenders  £203,200 reduction in the costs of providing annual custody for offenders  £12,600 reduction in the cost of preparing for court appearances This is a total potential direct saving of £665,800. Additional benefits are more difficult to quantify and relate directly back to the project, however, these are likely to include those „societal costs‟ that are difficult to measure in financial terms. For example, costs from reoffending in terms of resident well-being (e.g. reduced levels of fear of crime and associated mental health benefits) and local authority and partner provider savings from more effective targeting and delivery of prevention services, avoiding the duplication of services. Details: Bradford, UK: Bradford Metropolitan District Council, 2012. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 2, 2012 at: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/effective-practice/crime-effective-practice/other-crime-types/Reducng-Reoffding-and-Yng-People?view=Binary Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 125455

Author: Conway, Ellie Title: Uncertain Legacies: Resilience and Institutional Child Abuse - A Literature Review Summary: This literature review was undertaken in response to a recommendation of a report on a Pilot Forum, Time to be Heard which recommended that research should be carried out to identify factors which seemed to increase resilience in some survivors. Time to be Heard was a Pilot Forum set up to hear evidence from adults who had been looked after in Quarrriers children's homes in the latter half of the twentieth century many of whom had experienced abuse while in the homes. The aim of the study was to review the academic literature (published between 1990 and 2011) to identify the definitions and the factors associated with resilience, and how this knowledge might contribute to our understanding of adult survivors of childhood abuse while in residential care. The literature reviewed identified resilience as a process rather than an individual character trait or a particular outcome. Two elements were apparent in all the proposed definitions: they described 'positive personal responses' in the face of 'adverse external events'. Much of the literature reviewed related to young people’s experiences in institutional care, but institutional child abuse is a significant and under-researched problem. Disclosure of any form of abuse can often be difficult and challenging, and in the case of institutional child abuse, this has implications for the sort of support offered to survivors who take part in public inquiries and investigations. This merits further attention. Nuturing individual resilience means focussing on strengthening resources available to an individual at personal, social and environmental levels. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2012. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 2, 2012 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/0039/00395793.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125460

Author: Mallender, Jacque Title: Final Report: An Economic Analysis of Alternatives to Short Term Custody Summary: The objective of this research was to generate evidence on the economic benefits of providing Intensive Alternatives to Custody (IAC order) as an alternative to short term custodial sentences. An IAC order is a comprehensive community based intervention which focuses on reducing the risk of reoffending. Typically an IAC order involves a combination of intensive supervision and a variety of requirements such as unpaid work, curfews, mandatory hours of structured activity per week, and enrolment in accredited programmes. The nature of the IAC order varies, however, between recipients and models of delivery. Practitioners of IAC orders maintain a high level of confidence in the programmes they are running and believe they make a measurable impact on reoffending. However, to date no evaluation has been done on the effect of IAC orders on reoffending. In this context, Matrix Evidence was commissioned by Make Justice Work to estimate the economic benefits of providing an IAC order in two pilot sites – Manchester and Bradford – in comparison to providing short term custodial sentences. The report then attempted to take these findings and consider what economic benefits could be generated if the IAC order were rolled out nationally. Specifically the economic benefits are estimated in terms of cost savings due to both reduced intervention costs and reduced reoffending. Details: London: Make Justice Work and Matrix Evidence, 2012. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 5, 2012 at: http://www.matrixknowledge.co.uk/Documents/Matrix%20MJW_updated%20Final%20Report_June%202012%20(2).pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125475

Author: Freeman, Marilyn Title: University Responses to Forced Marriage and Violence Against Women in the UK: Report on a Pilot Study Summary: Violence against women (VAW) and forced marriage (FM) affect students in post-secondary education but little is known about how these issues present to staff working at colleges and universities and how the institutions respond. The purpose of this pilot study was to gather initial evidence about these matters and explore how institutional responses can be enhanced, considering both internal procedures and links with specialist services in the community. We use the term post-secondary education as an umbrella term for higher education universities and colleges, and further education colleges. The term higher education institutions (HEIs) is used mostly in reference to UK institutions that typically draw students 18 years and older and prepare them for professional or research-oriented jobs. Further education (FE) colleges refers to UK institutions that typically draw students 16 to 18 years old and prepare them for vocational and technical jobs. In addition, we use the terms universities and colleges interchangeably when referring to HEIs in the United States, which we do on occasion for comparative purposes. We use the different terms in order to acknowledge the variety of legal, social and cultural contexts post-secondary education institutions constitute. This report is informed by feedback gathered in 16 stakeholder interviews with staff at two HEIs in the southeast of England, local police officers, and local community-based specialist service providers1. Data collection was restricted to two HEIs, due to the exploratory nature of this research and the limited financial support and time-frame we had available for securing institutional participation. Note that students were not interviewed as our main focus in this pilot study was on staff and institutional perspectives. The pilot study used a small non-random sample, which may not necessarily be representative of HEIs in the UK. Nonetheless, we believe that the evidence gathered is useful and can inform university policy and future research in this area. This report presents aggregated findings across the two participating HEIs. We found that individual front line staff members see up to 15 cases per year of VAW students, mostly domestic violence but also sexual assault, and cases in which family members other than an intimate partner abuse the student. Cases of FM appear to be almost invisible to university staff but specialist service providers in the community stated that they worked with victims of FM who were students. The ‘institutional response’ appeared to be a matter of individual staff member expertise and commitment. Systematic institutional policies or response protocols dedicated to the issues were lacking. Managerial support for front line staff varied considerably; acquiring specialised training depended on individual staff motivation and the supportiveness of individual line managers. Referrals within the HEIs were not formalised but appeared to work well within the immediate peer context of front line staff; referrals to community-based services were not formalised and depended on how well individual staff knew the local community and relevant national services and resources. Staff members expressed interest in more specific training on VAW/FM and on cultural sensitivity. Details: London: London Metropolitan University, Child & Woman Abuse Studies Unit, 2012. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 5, 2012 at: http://www.londonmet.ac.uk/fms/MRSite/acad/lgri/CFLP/2168_LMU_Forced_Marriage_WEB.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Forced Marriage (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125476

Author: Social Research Unit Title: Investing in Children: Technical Report Summary: Building on the model developed by the renowned Washington State Institute for Public Policy in the United States (WSIPP), Investing in Children has taken an approach to cost-­‐benefit analysis that is consistent across policy areas, cautious in its estimates and relevant to the real world of public and private sector investments in child health and development. The first two Investing in Children reports focus on Youth Justice and Early Years and Education respectively.1 This Technical Report should be read in conjunction with those reports. The Technical Report gives a brief overview of the two main approaches used in economic evaluation and summarises the cost-­‐benefit approach originally developed by the WSIPP. It also describes the sources and assumptions that the SRU used in the cost-­‐benefit model to estimate the economic value of programmes and approaches to reduce juvenile delinquency and improve educational outcomes for children. Details: Darlington, UK: Social Research Unit, 2012. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 6, 2012 at: http://www.dartington.org.uk/sites/default/files/IiC%20Technical%20Report%20April%202012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cost Benefit Analysis (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125483

Author: Firstcare Consultancy Title: Evaluation of Enfield Community Help Point Scheme Summary: The Community Help Point Scheme (CHPS) was launched in March 2007 under the umbrella of Enfield’s Safeguarding Children’s Board following consultation with teenagers by Enfield Children & Young people’s Service and Police Youth & Partnership Team. Two significant findings emerged from this consultation exercise, the perceived or real risk to young people as they make their way around the borough and how this risk impacts on disabled young people and their parents’ concerns about safety and vulnerability. In order to address the issue, a small multi-agency steering group was established to look at the possibility of developing a scheme locally that could address these factors made up of: PS Neil Standring (Police), Janet Leach (Joint Disability Service), Barbara Atkinson (Children’s Fund), Anne Stoker (Integrated Support and Safeguarding) and Claire Whetstone and Shafiqul Karim (ECYPS). The overall aims of the scheme (originally called the Emergency Help Point Scheme) are as follows: · To support young people in raising their awareness of personal safety issues. · To keep children and young people safe as they move around within Enfield. · To facilitate the safe travel of young people with diverse support needs · To raise awareness of safeguarding children and young people within the community · To strengthen relationships between the adult community and young people. It was decided to set up ‘safe havens’ for children and young people as they make their way around the borough. Business and other premises would be asked to display the CHPS logo and, after appropriate training and CRB checks, be able to support vulnerable young people or refer them appropriately to the relevant support services. Children are made aware, through presentations in schools, that they can ask for help where the logo is displayed if they are at risk, lost or feel frightened/ intimidated. Details: London: Home Office, 2010. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 7, 2012 at: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/effective-practice/crime-effective-practice/antisocial-behaviour/Comm-Help-Point-Scheme-Enfield?view=Binary Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125495

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary Title: Policing in Austerity: One Year On Summary: In spring 2011 Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary (HMIC) carried out an inspection into the preparedness of forces and authorities across England and Wales to make savings over the four years of the spending review period (2011/12–2014/15). We provided an independent commentary on the estimated scale of the challenge, and on how forces and authorities planned to meet it. The results were published in Adapting to Austerity. In this report we shine a light on whether forces and authorities have achieved their goals for the Year 1 of the spending review, and on how they now plan to meet the remaining challenge as they enter Year 2 (2012/13). Our review contains data and analysis which enables the public, their elected representatives and the police to see how their force compares with others. HMIC found that:  Forces are balancing their books by cutting the workforce and reducing their spending on goods and services;  The front line is being protected, although not preserved;  The nature of the front line is changing;  Service to the public has largely been maintained; but  There are some concerns around sustainability. Details: London: HMIC, 2012. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 7, 2012 at: http://www.hmic.gov.uk/media/policing-in-austerity-one-year-on.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 125497

Author: Commission on Women Offenders (Scotland) Title: Commission on Women Offenders: Final Report 2012 Summary: The Commission's report attempts to address the urgent need to take action to reduce the number of women reoffending and going to prison in Scotland. In so doing it makes some radical proposals which are specific to women. The Commission recognises that other reforms will also benefit male offenders and should therefore be applied across the whole of the offending population. The Commission makes 37 recommendations under the headings of (i) service redesign (ii) alternatives to prosecution (iii) alternatives to remand (iv) sentencing (v) prisons (vi) community reintegration and (viii) making it work (leadership, structures and delivery). It advocates the replacement of Scotland’s prison for women – Cornton Vale – with a “smaller specialist prison for those women offenders serving a statutory defined long-term sentence and those who present a significant risk to the public”. In order to divert many vulnerable women with mental health problems from prison it also proposes alternatives to prosecution, remand and changes to sentencing. This will include the pilot of a problem solving court for “repeat offenders with multiple and complex needs who commit lower level crimes”. The pilot scheme will be run for both male and female offenders. The report also suggests the establishment of a new national service – the Community Justice Service – “to commission, provide and manage adult offender services in the community.” The report also makes recommendations on community reintegration covering access to safe accommodation and establishing effective throughcare and aftercare services. Details: Edinburgh: The Commission, 2012. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 9, 2012 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/0039/00391828.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 125510

Author: Equality and Human Rights Commission Title: Race Disproportionality in Stops and Searches under Section 60 of the Criminal Justice and Public Order Act 1994 Summary: The Equality and Human Rights Commission’s Stop and think report looked at police use of stop and search using the Police and Criminal Evidence Act 1994 (PACE). It highlighted that the police carry out a disproportionate number of stops and searches on black and Asian people compared to white people relative to the ethnic profile of the population. New government data shows that people who are black, Asian or of a mixed ethnicity are also disproportionately stopped and searched when the police use the Criminal Justice and Public Order Act 1994. Section 60 of this Act gives the police the power to stop and search any pedestrians or vehicles for offensive weapons or dangerous instruments within a specified area and during a specified period of time. The Commission asked all 40 police forces in England to disclose the grounds for authorisations using this power from 1 April 2008 to 31 March 2011. It asked for data on the number of authorisations made, the time, place and rationale for those authorisations, the number of stops and searches and effectiveness in terms of weapons found and arrests. The response to these questions showed that police forces do not have the data easily available. It found discrepancies between the data provided to the Commission and information published annually by the government. This suggests that police forces could improve their processes for recording and reporting the use of this power to Government. The Commission found evidence that people from some ethnicities are stopped significantly more often than other people. The Metropolitan, Merseyside, Lancashire, Greater Manchester, West Midlands and British Transport Police forces each carried out more than 2,000 Section 60 stops and searches in 2008-11. Of these six forces, Greater Manchester, West Midlands and the British Transport Police had the highest black/white and mixed/white disproportionality ratios. The West Midlands also had the highest Asian/white disproportionality ratio. Cumbria Police found the most weapons (26 during 2008-11) and Warwickshire found the most weapons on average per authorisation (5.25). The Metropolitan Police reported the most arrests for weapons (20 during August–September 2010 alone). Some of the authorisations were directed specifically at criminal activity involving particular minorities. However, the authorisations did not always say if or why a particular ethnic group was to be targeted. This lack of transparency makes it more difficult for the police to justify the disproportionate number of black, Asian and mixed ethnicity people they stop and search. Any activity that creates a disproportionate and unfavourable effect on any ethnic minority (or any other ground protected by the Equality Act 2010) must have a legitimate justification to be lawful. Improving the transparency of their decisions should protect the police from allegations of race discrimination if the reasons for stopping and searching people with a specific ethnic background is legitimate. It will help England’s police forces to meet their pledge to improve in this area. Details: Manchester, UK: Equality ahd Human Rights Commission, 2012. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Briefing paper 5: Accessed July 9, 2012 at: http://www.equalityhumanrights.com/uploaded_files/ehrc_-_briefing_paper_no.5_-_s60_stop_and_search.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Discretion Shelf Number: 125511

Author: Northern Ireland Criminal Justice Inspection Title: The Management of life and Indeterminate Sentence Prisoners in Northern Ireland Summary: The management of life sentence prisoners is essential for public protection and public confidence in the criminal justice system. It is important that life sentence prisoners are subject to thorough assessment and testing before they can be considered for release as they have been convicted of the most serious offences. This inspection examined progress in implementing the recommendations of Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland’s 2009 review1 of how life prisoners were prepared for release. We also assessed the Probation Board for Northern Ireland’s (PBNI) supervision of released life prisoners in the community. The 2009 CJI review made a total of 18 recommendations: 13 for the Northern Ireland Prison Service (NIPS) and five for the Parole Commissioners for Northern Ireland (PCNI). There were no recommendations for the PBNI. This inspection does not revisit matters that were addressed in CJI’s recent report on corporate governance in the Parole Commissioners.2 It does however, deal with the administration of the PCNI’s business and their operational engagement with other agencies. On this occasion Inspectors found strengths in a number of important areas. They were as follows: • the legislative basis for managing indeterminate sentenced prisoners in Northern Ireland was good, and had been informed by serious pitfalls that arose in England and Wales. The PBNI and the PCNI had comprehensive rules and standards to guide Probation Officers and Parole Commissioners in the detail of their work; • the NIPS had improved their response across a number of areas, including: - the NIPS arrangements for indeterminate sentence prisoners to progress and regress within the prison system were more systematic and transparent than in 2008; and - a dedicated lifer house at Maghaberry Prison was providing a better environment for many of the prisoners held there; • the Parole Commissioners administration and operational level contact with criminal justice agencies was much improved. This was leading to better case management; and • life licensees were being carefully supervised in the community by the PBNI. The inspection report did find a number of areas for improvement: • the NIPS Prisoner Assessment Unit (PAU) had serious problems and needed fundamental re-design. No effective action had been taken in respect of previous NIPS internal reviews or inspection recommendations into the PAU, and it was suspended in April 2011 when things reached crisis point. A pre-release scheme based at a step-down facility is a very important element of preparing life prisoners for release and continuing suspension of the PAU was a major problem; • current methods of delivering psychology services within the NIPS were not greatly valued. There were not enough psychologists to undertake all the forensic assessments, and while Offending Behaviour Programme (OBP) delivery had improved, external substitution was required and was proving costly; • there was scope to further develop prison lifer regimes, for example, for staff to actively engage with lifers at an earlier stage in their sentence, to better identify and respond to the needs of potential lifers, and to transfer more lifers to Magilligan Prison; and • the PBNI needed better access to victims’ relatives in order to offer a valuable service. This report makes a total of 14 recommendations. The three main strategic recommendations are for the NIPS and others to urgently establish a new step-down facility for lifers; to reconfigure the respective roles of the PBNI and the NIPS psychology; and to improve delivery of OBPs in the prisons. If properly implemented these should significantly enhance the quality of risk management and prisoner resettlement, while also delivering financial savings. While there were areas in which operational practice can be significantly improved, CJI’s overall conclusion is that indeterminate sentence prisoners were being well-managed in Northern Ireland, both in prison and while under supervision in the community. The improvements we recommend should be quite manageable in a small jurisdiction which has singular prison, probation and parole organisations. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2012. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 9, 2012 at: http://www.dojni.gov.uk/de/index/ni-prison-service/nips-publications/nips-cjini-inspection-reports/cjini-report---the-management-of-life-and-indeterminate-sentence-prisoners-in-northern-ireland-july-2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Life Imprisonment Shelf Number: 125521

Author: Northern Ireland. Department of Justice Title: Research Paper Investigating the Issues for Women in Northern Ireland Involved in Prostitution and Exploring Best Practice Elsewhere Summary: Prostitution is occurring in towns throughout Northern Ireland: PSNI intelligence over a six month period indicated that 18 of the 29 police areas in Northern Ireland had reported incidents of prostitution. However, Belfast, in particular South Belfast, remains the main problem area. In 2010 the PSNI suggested that there were approximately 40-100 women involved in prostitution at any one time in Northern Ireland. However, the common opinion of those interviewed for this research is that it is extremely difficult to obtain an exact figure for the number of women involved, given the covert nature of the activity. Moreover, street prostitution has declined in Northern Ireland and off-street prostitution has increased, making it harder to track. Research indicates that Northern Ireland is a destination country as well as a transit country for victims of human trafficking for sexual exploitation. Prostitution is occurring in towns throughout Northern Ireland: PSNI intelligence over a six month period indicated that 18 of the 29 police areas in Northern Ireland had reported incidents of prostitution. However, Belfast, in particular South Belfast, remains the main problem area. In 2010 the PSNI suggested that there were approximately 40-100 women involved in prostitution at any one time in Northern Ireland. However, the common opinion of those interviewed for this research is that it is extremely difficult to obtain an exact figure for the number of women involved, given the covert nature of the activity. Moreover, street prostitution has declined in Northern Ireland and off-street prostitution has increased, making it harder to track. Research indicates that Northern Ireland is a destination country as well as a transit country for victims of human trafficking for sexual exploitation. It is common for these victims to be moved across the border from Northern Ireland to the Republic of Ireland and back again. Many of the women who have been trafficked into Northern Ireland and forced into prostitution were under the illusion that they would be working as nannies, seamstresses, hairdressers or that they would be receiving an education. These women, who are believed predominantly to be Chinese or from Africa or South America, are commonly subjected to violence and threats. It is important to note that women involved in prostitution in Northern Ireland will not always be trafficked from other countries. Some may be Northern Ireland women who have got caught up in the sex industry because of problems that they have experienced in their lives. Internal trafficking can also take place where a woman who is a native of the country is sold and trafficked around Northern Ireland. The age of those involved in prostitution in Northern Ireland can range from younger than 15 to 50 or more years of age. There is anecdotal evidence which suggests that prostitution in Northern Ireland is linked to organised crime gangs and drug use. Details: Belfast: Northern Ireland Department of Justice, 2011. 129p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 9, 2012 at: http://www.dojni.gov.uk/index/publications/final_research_paper_-_women_in_northern_ireland_involved_in_prostitution.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 125523

Author: Easton, Helen Title: Evaluation of the Inspire Women’s Project Summary: Women offenders in Northern Ireland have similar experiences and needs to those of their counterparts in England and Wales and Scotland, that is, they face a range of vulnerabilities in relation to their health and wellbeing, family relationships, children and addictions. A significant proportion have also experienced serious and sustained violence or sexual violence either as adults or as children. While the number of women offenders in Northern Ireland is relatively small compared to the number of men, it is recognised that responding to women’s offending will have an impact on targets to reduce reoffending both now and in the future. The Inspire Women’s Project was established in Belfast on 27 October 2008. It aimed to ensure that gender specific provision was available for women offenders in Northern Ireland following increasing awareness that the needs of women and men in the criminal justice system are different and that equality of outcomes is not necessarily achieved by equality of treatment (Corston, 2007). This report presents the findings of the Evaluation of the Pilot Inspire Women’s Project. Details: London: London South Bank University, 2011. 111p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 10, 2012 at: http://www.dojni.gov.uk/index/foi/foi_publication_scheme_page/inspire_women_s_project_evaluation_report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Offenders (Northern Ireland) Shelf Number: 125527

Author: Gyngell, Kathy Title: The Phoney War on Drugs Summary: The Government has repeatedly declared that it is fighting a War on Drugs. But this has been a Phoney War, shows Kathy Gyngell in The Phoney War on Drugs published on Monday 18 May 2009 by the Centre for Policy Studies. For the UK now has one of the most liberal drug policies in Europe. Both Sweden and the Netherlands (despite popular misconceptions) have a more rigorous approach – and far fewer problems with drugs. Kathy Gyngell shows how the Labour Government has taken a new direction for drug policy. Its new “harm-reduction” strategy aimed to reduce the cost of problem drug use. The focus was switched from combating all illicit drug use to the problems of PDUs. Cannabis was declassified. Spending on methadone treatment increased threefold between 2003 and 2008. The aim of treatment for drug offenders was no longer abstinence but management of their addiction with the aim of reducing their reoffending. In practice, this meant prescribing methadone. But this harm-reduction approach has failed. It has entrapped 147,000 people in state-sponsored (mainly methadone) addiction. Addicts leaving government treatment programmes clean of drug use are at the same level as if there had been no treatment programme at all.   The UK now faces a widening and a deepening crisis. Over the last 10 years, Class A consumption and ‘problem drug use’ have risen dramatically, drug use has spread to rural areas and the age of children’s initiation into drugs has dropped. 41% of 15 year olds, and 11% of 11 year olds, have taken drugs. Drug death rates continue to rise and are far higher than the European average. The UK has 47.5 deaths per million population (aged 15 to 64) compared to 22.0 in Sweden and 9.6 in the Netherlands. There are over ten Problem Drug Users (PDUs) per 1,000 of the adult population, compared to 4.5 in Sweden or 3.2 in the Netherlands. Weak enforcement and prevention The UK drugs market is estimated to be worth £5 billion a year. In comparison, the Government is spending only £380 million a year – or 28% of the total drugs budget – attempting to control the supply of drugs (over £800 million is spent on treatment programmes and reducing drug-related crime). Only five boats now patrol the UK’s 7,750 mile coastline. The numbers of recorded offences for importing, supply and possession of illicit drugs have all fallen over the last 10 years. At the same time, seizures of drugs have fallen and drug prices have dropped to record low. The quantity of heroin, cocaine and cannabis that has been seized coming into the UK has fallen by 68%, 16% and 34% respectively. Both Sweden and the Netherlands have far more coherent and effective drugs policies. All illicit drug use is targeted. Treatment is clearly aimed at breaking addiction. Drug laws are clearly understood and enforced. And, unlike in the UK, the majority of the drugs budget of both countries is spent on prevention and enforcement. As Kathy Gyngell demonstrates, these principles have been lost sight of over the last 10 years in the UK. A successful UK drug policy would in contrast: bear down on the illicit use of all drugs, not the harms caused by drug use; abandon the harm reduction approach; focus treatment on abstinence and rehabilitation; include a tougher, better-funded enforcement programme to reduce the supply of drugs. Details: London: Centre for Policy Studies, 2009. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 10, 2012 at: http://www.cps.org.uk/files/reports/original/111026175647-thephoneywarondrugs.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 107669

Author: Bandyopadhyay, Siddhartha Title: Acquisitive Crime: Imprisonment, Detection and Social Factors Summary: This report measures the impact of several factors determining crime rates in 43 Police Force Areas in England and Wales between 1993 and 2008. They use new local sentencing data released by the Ministry of Justice following a Freedom of Information request. The report estimates that a one-month increase of the average sentence length for each offence type in a typical year would prevent, in the following year: •4,800 recorded burglaries •4,700 recorded frauds The report also estimates the effect of a radical change in the current policy of early release at the half-way stage. If offenders were made to serve two-thirds of their sentence in custody by default rather than the current half, England and Wales would see in the following year: •21,000 fewer recorded burglaries •11,000 fewer recorded frauds Details: London: Civitas, 2012. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 11, 2012 at: http://www.civitas.org.uk/crime/crimeanalysis2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 125538

Author: Hutton, Linda Title: Circle's Families Affected by Imprisonment Project: Throughcare for Female Offenders Summary: SUMMARY OF KEY FINDINGS The profile of those 59 clients who have worked with Circle during the first 3 years of the Families Affected by Imprisonment (‘FABI’) project confirms that these women have multiple needs and complex histories. Their profile is as follows:  Aged between 17 and 46 at first contact;  Have between 1 and 7 children, predominantly cared for by grandparents;  Almost one-quarter (24%) self-refer to the service;  Most have multiple needs: 62% have drug misuse issues; 27% alcohol misuse issues; 54% mental health issues; and over half have experienced physical abuse;  The approximate age at which offending careers had begun ranged from 10 to 39 years, with the highest proportions having their first offence recorded at age 15 or less (38%) or 16 to 21 years (33%);  Offending ‘careers’ prior to contact with Circle ranged from 2 to 26 years, with 57% having offending careers of ten years or more;  The highest proportion (43%) are serving their first custodial sentence, with the remainder serving between their 2nd and 7th custodial sentences;  First custodial sentences had been received between the ages of 17 and 44, with 32% receiving their first custodial sentence at age 31 or older;  Those who had received prior custodial sentences had received total terms of between 1 and 41 months over all such sentences;  For the sentence being served at the time of first contact with Circle, clients had received sentences of between 2 and 48 months;  The most common offending profile is one of violent offences (34%), followed by crimes of dishonesty (22%);  One-third of clients (34%) received no visitors while in custody; over half (56%) received no visits from their children. In spite of this profile, outcomes for those working with the FABI project are incredibly positive, with 79% of those released from custody having received no further custodial sentences. To summarise:  Of the 52 clients released from custody, 79% have received no further custodial sentences;  Effective engagement was achieved with 85% of clients after their release from custody;  Of the 33 clients with custodial sentences prior to that which brought them into contact with Circle, 58% received no further custodial sentences;  Of the 25 clients with no prior custodial sentences, only 1 received a further custodial sentence; ii  With regard to further custodial sentences, a decrease in longer sentences (over 12 months) and an increase in shorter sentences (12 months or less) was evident in comparing pre- and post-service figures;  A decrease between pre- and post-service figures with regard to number of custodial sentences was also evident;  Those who engaged with Circle appeared much more likely to receive no further custodial sentences (81%) than those who did not engage (56%).  Those who self-referred to the service were marginally less likely to receive further custodial sentences (8%) than those who did not (27%). With regard to client interviews, findings from these support the positive outcomes shown in the quantitative data. For example:  All 42 clients interviewed would recommend Circle to others;  Clients reported having been supported to make positive changes with regard to drug and alcohol misuse;  Clients were also supported to resolve issues related to housing and debt;  The ability of the Circle workers to help maintain and improve family relationships was highly valued by clients, as was the provision of practical support;  The provision of emotional and practical support during the transition from custody to community was important to clients;  Clients identified that the ability of Circle to be both gatekeeper and advocate in relation to other services was that which sets Circle apart from other agencies;  In relation to their children, clients often felt deprived of information in their regard and treated with little respect by statutory services;  The provision of timely and accurate information to clients was considered important, and the of Circle workers in facilitating this was greatly appreciated. Details: Glasgow: The Robertson Trust, 2011. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 11, 2012 at: http://www.therobertsontrust.org.uk/ Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 125539

Author: Hayes, David Title: The Experiences of Young Witnesses in Criminal Proceedings in Northern Ireland Summary: In April 2010, the Department of Justice commissioned a research team from Queen's University Belfast and the NSPCC to undertake a study on the experiences of young witnesses giving evidence in courts in Northern Ireland in order to inform policy and practice in this jurisdiction. The methodology for the research involved structured interviews with young prosecution witnesses who received a service from the NSPCC’s Young Witness Service (YWS) and their parent/carer, analysis of referral forms completed by YWS staff in relation to the young witnesses who participated in the study and a survey of all YWS volunteers and Children’s Services Practitioners (CSPs). The report of the findings provides a useful insight into the views of young people and also makes a series of recommendations for improving current processes and provisions. Details: Belfast; Northern Ireland Department of Justice, 2011. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 11, 2012 at: http://www.dojni.gov.uk/index/statistics-research/stats-reseach-publications/the_expierences_of_young_witnesses_in_criminal_proceedings_in_northern_ireland.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Witnesses (Northern Ireland) Shelf Number: 125540

Author: Great Britain. Office for Standards in Education, Children's Services and Skills (Ofsted) Title: No Place for Bullying: How Schools Create a Positive Culture and Prevent and Tackle Bullying Summary: A wide body of research indicates that bullying is a problem for many young people, and that some of this takes place in schools. The aim of this survey was to evaluate the effectiveness of the actions that schools take to create a positive school culture and to prevent and tackle bullying. A large part of the survey focused on pupils’ own experiences and understanding of bullying and its effects. Details: Manchester, UK: Ofsted, 2012. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 12, 2012 at: http://www.ofsted.gov.uk/resources/no-place-for-bullying Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: School Bullying (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125592

Author: Wilson, Carole Title: The Public and the Justice System: Attitudes, Drivers and Behaviour - A Literature Review Summary: This literature review examines evidence on what public attitudes to the justice system are, what drives these attitudes, what effect these attitudes have on behaviour, and what works to improve such attitudes. People’s attitudes to the justice system are complex, and vary depending on whether the focus is confidence, satisfaction, trust or legitimacy, and what part of the system or aspect of performance is in question. The most important drivers of people’s attitudes to the justice system are personal experience. This includes direct contact with justice system professionals, seeing or hearing from local police, experience and perceptions of the local neighbourhood, and stories about the experiences of other people. It is crucial that people feel that the justice system, as represented by people such as the police, demonstrates ‘procedural justice’ - that is that they value and care about individuals and the community, and behave fairly, respectfully, neutrally and take seriously the things that matter to people. Research shows that experiencing such procedural justice leads to higher satisfaction, confidence and perceived legitimacy of justice system professionals, which in turn is associated with people being more compliant and cooperative when they interact with the justice system. For parts of the justice system that fewer people have direct or vicarious personal experience of, such as sentencing, people make judgements from other information available to them, which may include media sources. The impact on people’s attitudes depends on which media sources they use, and the degree to which information from the media aligns with their existing attitudes and experiences. Four broad types of activity have been found to improve public attitudes: procedurally fair treatment of system users, visibility of police and engagement with the public, improving neighbourhood conditions, and written communication. The key message from the evidence is that people’s personal experiences of the justice system and of their local area is the most important influence on their attitudes to the justice system. Factors such as knowledge about the system, and the media, do not have the large direct influence that some might expect. The evidence shows that building responsive relationships between justice system professionals and individuals and communities can improve attitudes to the justice system, and by doing so may also improve people’s engagement with the justice system and their wider behaviour. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2012. 87p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 13, 2012 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/0039/00396342.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Systems Shelf Number: 125606

Author: Northern Ireland. Department of Justice Title: Women's Offending Behaviour in Northern Ireland: A Strategy to Manage Women Offenders and Those Vulnerable to Offending Behaviour 2010-2013 Summary: Women make up only a small proportion of those who offend or who exhibit offending behaviour in Northern Ireland. However, their experiences of the criminal justice process, and the interventions and services available, can have a disproportionate impact, particularly on children and families. The problems underlying women’s offending are often complex. Issues such as poverty, homelessness, mental illness, abuse, domestic violence, and addictions are often the prime motivators underlying a woman’s involvement in crime. To reduce offending, ways to address the factors contributing to women’s offending need to be developed, within the community where possible. Details: Belfast: Northern Ireland Department of Justice, 2010. 83p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 13, 2012 at: http://www.pbni.org.uk/archive/News%20items/2010%20News/Women%20Strategy%20launch/Final%20-%20A%20Strategy%20to%20Manage%20Women%20Offenders%20291010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 125615

Author: Great Britain. House of Lords. European Union Committee Title: Money Laundering and the Financing of Terrorism Summary: In the United Kingdom alone the turnover of the most serious forms of organised crime is perhaps £15 billion a year, two thirds of which is laundered through banks and other bodies. Much of this constitutes the proceeds of drug trafficking. The problem is global, and so must be the response. More than 180 countries are involved as members of or by being associated with the Financial Action Task Force (FATF), which recommends the action they should take to counter money laundering and the financing of terrorism, and promotes the monitoring of their compliance with those standards. The European Commission has been a member of the FATF from the outset, and the Community has been in the forefront of the fight. For the Member States, the FATF policy is implemented by a Directive which sets out in detail what is expected of them. The first requirement is that they should implement the Directive, and not all have yet done so. The United Kingdom has done so very effectively, but in other respects the Government have been slow. Astonishingly, they have not even signed, much less ratified, the Warsaw Convention on Money Laundering and Terrorist Financing, which would extend to all Council of Europe States arrangements through which to access financial information on money laundering and terrorist financing, and information on assets held by criminal organisations, including terrorist groups. The Warsaw Convention, if in force, would also help with recovery of the proceeds of crime, especially through civil proceedings. This is vital for the prevention and deterrence of drug trafficking and other serious crimes. Freezing the assets of suspected terrorists is another essential weapon, but it must not be abused; those whose assets are frozen have a right to know why, to make representations, and to have them considered. The European Court has led the way to progress in the EU; the United Nations still has some way to go. Details: London: The Stationery Office, 2009. 2 vol. Source: Internet Resource: 19th Report of Session 2008–09. Accessed July 16, 2012 at: http://www.coe.int/t/dghl/monitoring/moneyval/activities/UK_Parlrep.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Financing of Terrorism Shelf Number: 115780

Author: Harding, Rachel Title: Sex Work: Abuse or Choice? The Experiences of Framework's Women Residents Summary: ‘Sex work: abuse or choice’ was in response to the concern that sex working women were regarded only as anti-social behaviour problems. Anecdotally, Framework staff had said that the sex working women resident at projects had typically experienced significant and traumatic abuse, and were presenting at services with complex needs. The study set out to test the hypothesis that the sex working women had indeed experienced abuse, and were presenting with complex needs. In particular, it sought to find out whether a woman’s experience of abuse influenced her decision to sex work. In devising the study and making recommendations following the findings, Framework and POW2 have worked together to raise awareness of the issues faced by sex workers, promote appropriate support and service provision, and seek to establish a safe house for sex working women in Nottingham. The study found much disturbing information about the abuse and the complex needs of the women interviewed. The detailed findings of the report, and especially the statistics, can make shocking reading. However, what cannot be forgotten is that the findings each tell a story of the women interviewed, for whom life has been, in some cases, unbelievably difficult. It is hoped that this research report will be a means of understanding the problems some women have lived, and what effects these have had on them and their ability to cope now. It is therefore important to consider which appropriate response and at what appropriate pace is to be made to the enormous need presented by the women interviewed, some of which they spoke about for the first time. Details: Nottingham, UK: Framework, 2005. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2012 at: http://www.ndvf.org.uk/files/document/1043/original.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Abused Women Shelf Number: 125623

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary Title: A Step in the Right Direction: The Policing of Anti-social Behaviour Summary: Around 3.2 million incidents of anti-social behaviour were recorded by the police in England and Wales in 2010/11. Accessible, transparent and regular information on what works best in tackling the problem will help the police to meet the needs of ASB victims, and to assess whether progress is being made. In Spring 2010, Her Majesty‟s Inspectorate of Constabulary (HMIC) therefore conducted a review to determine how well forces understood and responded to their local ASB problems. We also surveyed more than 5,500 members of the public who had recently reported ASB to the police (taking a sample from each force area), to find out about their experiences. We committed at the time to repeating the review in 2012, to check on progress. This report summarises the national picture; individual force reports and the 2010 review is available on the HMIC website (www.hmic.gov.uk). Our 2012 survey found that victims are more satisfied than in 2010 with several aspects of the way the police dealt with the specific ASB incident they reported. Over half of victims are satisfied with how well the police deal with ASB in the local area, and almost two thirds with the overall way the police dealt with the incident they reported. Inspection work also revealed a marked improvement in terms of police leadership around ASB, and overall grip of the issue. Performance management and the use of intelligence and analysis has improved across the service, with the result that forces are now far more aware of the ASB issues facing them and their communities. We also found improvements in the way staff are briefed about ASB, and in how neighbourhood policing teams are resourced and monitored. But more needs to be done, particularly in relation to identifying and categorising different forms of ASB correctly (especially those that are personally targeted), and considering any ASB forming part of or linked to recorded crime as part of the whole ASB picture. This is currently not happening in most forces and represents a significant gap in knowledge. In addition, while all forces now have IT systems in place to help identify repeat and vulnerable victims (by automatically flagging up if they have called before), no force consistently bolsters this functionality by ensuring that tactful and targeted questioning of the caller takes place. This means they are missing an opportunity to establish if, for instance, the victim has suffered repeatedly, but has only just plucked up the courage to phone the police; or if a change in circumstances means they should now be considered vulnerable. Some of the callers who most need the police‟s help are therefore not getting the extra support they need. For this to improve, forces must ensure that call-handlers consistently check for repeat victimisation and vulnerability; and more widely, that their technology, systems and people all work seamlessly together to get help to those who need it most. In general though, there is a lot to commend. The group of 43 forces as a whole has improved its understanding and response to ASB since 2010. But when looking in more detail, the picture is mixed and there is substantial variation in practices and performance. Every force has improved in some aspects of what they do, but some more than others. And in concentrating on improving on some issues, some forces have taken their eye off the ball in respect of others. For instance, over half of forces have improved their follow up contact with victims, whilst over a third have fared less well than in 2010 in relation to checking the quality of call takers‟ performance. But overall, victims are getting a better service: and the survey results show that they have noticed. Details: London: Home Office, 2012. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2012 at: http://www.hmic.gov.uk/media/a-step-in-the-right-direction-the-policing-of-anti-social-behaviour.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125626

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice Title: Swift and Sure Justice: The Government’s Plans for Reform of the Criminal Justice System Summary: This White Paper sets out the Government’s programme of reforms to the criminal justice system in England and Wales. It is in part a response to the commitment given by the Prime Minister to learn the lessons from the highly effective and rapid reaction of the criminal justice agencies to last summer’s disturbances. The Paper sets out reform programmes already in train across the criminal justice services to tackle delay and waste, increase accountability and transparency and improve public confidence. The public has a right to expect the justice system to be swift and sure:  swift: so that the low-level, straightforward and uncontested cases, where a quick response is appropriate, are dealt with promptly and efficiently; and  sure: so that the system can be relied upon to deliver punishment and redress fairly and in accordance with the law and public expectation. A criminal justice system which fails to command public confidence in this way has fallen at the first hurdle. Too often the public view the criminal justice system as complex and remote, with processes that seem obscure. Target chasing has replaced professional discretion and diverted practitioners’ focus from delivering the best outcomes using their skill and experience. The system is in need of modernisation, with old fashioned and outdated infrastructures and ways of working that suit the system rather than the public it serves. The wheels of justice grind too slowly. Too often the system tolerates unnecessary work and hearings which do not go ahead on time. This comes at a great cost to the taxpayer: over £20 billion each year. A large proportion of this is spent processing offenders, rather than on early, targeted interventions which help to prevent problems escalating. Many of those working in or around the criminal justice system will recognise these problems and there is a real appetite for improvement. The response to last year’s disturbances showed what was possible: a quick and flexible response, dispensing justice in some cases in a matter of hours and days, rather than weeks and months. In this White Paper we set out how we intend to reform criminal justice by: creating a swift and sure system of justice; and making it more transparent, accountable and responsive to local needs. In this way, we will transform criminal justice from an uncoordinated and fragmented system into a seamless and efficient service. Details: London: The Stationery Office Limited, 2012. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 17, 2012 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/policy/moj/swift-and-sure-justice.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 125650

Author: Oxford Economics Title: Cost of Crime in Northern Ireland With Supplementary Annex The Costs of Crime against Government Departments in Northern Ireland Summary: The Statistics and Research Branch of the Northern Ireland Office (NIO SRB) has requested that Oxford Economics prepare a report on the costs of crime in Northern Ireland (NI). In accordance with the terms of the study brief (outlined in Appendix 2), this report has provided estimates of: • the total costs of crime in Northern Ireland; • unit costs of crime associated with the main categories of crime against individuals, households and businesses; and • costs of crime to individual Departments, public and private bodies arising from different categories of crime. This report estimates that the total cost of crime in NI in 2006-07 was some £2.9 billion. Details: Belfast: Northern Ireland Department of Justice, 2010. 184p. Source: Internet Resource: DOJ Research and Statistical Series: Report No. 1; Accessed July 17, 2012 at: http://www.rethinking.org.nz/assets/Cost%20of%20Crime/N%20Ireland%20Costs%20of%20Crime%202010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Crime (Northern Ireland) Shelf Number: 125651

Author: Khan, Sabena Title: Initial Analysis of the Impact of the Intensive Alternatives to Custody Pilots on Re-offending Rates Summary: The Intensive Alternatives to Custody (IAC) pilot programme ran from April 2008 to March 2011 to test the use of intensive community orders in diverting offenders from short-term custodial sentences. The Ministry of Justice have undertaken initial analysis to compare re-offending rates for offenders receiving IAC with a well-matched control group receiving short custodial sentences and a well-matched control group receiving court orders. This paper summarises the key findings. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2012. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Summary 5/12: Accessed July 17, 2012 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/research-and-analysis/moj-research/iac-impact-evaluation-research-summary.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternative to Incarceration (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125658

Author: McVie, Susan Title: Animal Abuse Amongst Young People Aged 13 to 17: Trends, Trajectories and Links with Other Offending Summary: The aims of this report are four-fold: to examine the prevalence and frequency of animal abuse during adolescence and compare this with involvement in other forms of both violent and nonviolent delinquent behaviours; to investigate a broad range of characteristics amongst those who get involved in animal abuse, other violent behaviour, non-violent offending and nonoffenders; to identify how offending trajectories of abuse against animals develop over time and compare this to trajectories of interpersonal violence; and to isolate those characteristics that best explain different animal abuse offending trajectories. This report is based on detailed analysis of data collected by the Edinburgh Study of Youth Transitions and Crime. The Edinburgh Study is a prospective, longitudinal study of criminal offending amongst a large cohort of young people in the Scottish capital. The main aim of the study is to investigate the factors and processes that lead some young people to become involved in serious and persistent criminal offending, with a particular emphasis on gender differences. The study involves a cohort of around 4,300 young people who started secondary school in the city of Edinburgh in the autumn of 1998, when they were aged 12 on average. The design of the study includes six annual sweeps of self-report data collection from cohort members and collection of data from a range of official agencies, including police, social work, the Children’s Reporter and schools. The analysis for this report draws on both self report data and information held by official agencies. Details: Edinburgh, Scotland: School Law, University of Edinburgh, 2007. 55p. Source: Report prepared for the RSPCA Resource: Accessed July 18, 2012 at: http://www.law.ed.ac.uk/cls/esytc/findings/RSPCA.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Animal Abuse (Scotland) Shelf Number: 109050

Author: Smith, David J. Title: The Edinburgh Study of Youth Transitions and Crime: Key Findings at Ages 12 and 13 Summary: The rise in crime is one of the most striking social changes since the Second World War. Police recorded crime rose dramatically between 1950 and the mid 1990s in all developed countries (except Japan) and, because of the shape of the age-crime curve, this is to a large extent the result of an increase in misconduct and ordinary crimes committed by young people (Smith, 1995). This increase in problem behaviour among young people has also been paralleled by post-war increases in other psychosocial disorders during the teenage years, such as suicide, eating disorders and personality dysfunctions (Smith & Rutter, 1995). These major societal changes have meant that youth crime, and indeed issues in relation to young people in general, have become a salient political issue As a result of these societal and political developments, studies into changes in criminal offending over the life course are critical to contemporary criminology. By far the most important previous British study in this field is the Cambridge Study of Delinquent Development, a major longitudinal study which continues to study the determinants and predictability of criminal offending among a group of people who were 8 years old in 1961 (Farrington and West, 1990). However, the origins of this study are somewhat outdated and contemporary studies are needed, combining both psychological and sociological approaches, to focus on a substantially different set of intellectual and policy questions. The Edinburgh Study of Youth Transitions and Crime is a major longitudinal of around 4,300 young people who started their first year of secondary school in the City of Edinburgh in August 1998, when most of them were around 11½ and 12½ years of age. The study aims to further our understanding of criminal behaviour among young people by studying them over a key period of development. There are four key objectives underpinning the study: To investigate and identify the factors which impact on young people’s offending behaviour and the processes which are involved; To examine these factors and processes within 3 main contexts: individual development through the life course; the impact of interactions with formal agencies of social control and law enforcement; the effect of the physical and social structure of the individual’s neighbourhood; Within each of the above three contexts, to examine the striking differences between the extent and patterns of criminal offending between males and females; and To contribute towards the development and empirical evaluation of theories which explain people’s involvement in criminal offending behaviour, particularly those who go on to become serious and persistent offenders. Details: Edinburgh, Scotland: School of Law, University of Edinburgh, Centre for Law and Society, 2001. 202p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 17, 2012 at http://www.law.ed.ac.uk/cls/esytc/findreport/wholereport.pdf Year: 2001 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Demographic Trends (Scotland) Shelf Number: 91566

Author: Smith, David Title: Gender and Youth Offending Summary: There is a substantial difference between boys and girls in levels of serious delinquency, but a relatively small difference in levels of broad delinquency, including trivial as well as serious incidents. Among young people included in the Edinburgh Study, delinquency increased sharply through sweeps 1 to 3 (age 12 to 14) but then started to decline. The increase was greater among girls than among boys, so that the gender gap in offending was smallest around the age of 14, and then began to increase again. Girls are involved in certain specific forms of delinquency—theft from home, writing graffiti, and truancy—more often than boys. Certain specific forms of delinquency—carrying a weapon, housebreaking, robbery, theft from cars, cruelty to animals—are much more common among boys than girls. The explanations for delinquency involve many different factors in at least six different domains of explanation. For the most part the explanatory model for broad delinquency is much the same among boys and girls. The explanatory factors captured by the Edin-burgh Study explain all of the difference in broad delinquency between boys and girls at the age of 15. The high rates of broad delinquency among boys compared with girls are largely ex-plained by situational opportunities and peer influence, higher rates of crime victimiza-tion, and weakened tutelage and moral beliefs. By contrast, boys remain much more likely to be involved in serious delinquency at the age of 15, even after taking account of 20 explanatory variables captured by the Edin-burgh Study. This finding suggests that the difference in serious delinquency between boys and girls is caused by a factor not measured in the study. In spite of some broad similarities, there are substantial differences between the models needed to explain serious delinquency in boys and girls. The findings are consistent with the theory that broad delinquency tends to be limited to adolescence, whereas serious offending is more likely to persist throughout the life course, and to be caused by deep-seated neuropsychological deficits, which are more common in boys than girls. Details: Ediburgh, Scotland: Centre for Law and Society, The University of Edinburgh, 2004. 24p. Source: The Edinburgh Study of Youth Transitions and Crime, Report Number 2: Internet Resource: Accessed July 18, 2012 at http://www.law.ed.ac.uk/cls/esytc/findings/digest2.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Demographic Trends (Scotland) Shelf Number: 102905

Author: Bradley, David Title: The Extent of Crime and Anti-social Behaviour Facing Designated Heritage Assets: Final Report Summary: Heritage crime has been defined as any offence which harms the value of England's heritage assets and their settings to this and future generations. There has been growing concern at the risks of crime and anti-social behaviour faced by designated heritage assets, but the true extent of heritage crime had remained difficult to measure. This study collated and analysed data on damage from criminal behaviour to heritage assets in England. The report provides a review of the data collection procedures undertaken by the study to identify those that are most effective in building understanding of the scale and nature of heritage crime. The report then tries to answer a series of key questions about heritage crime. Finally there are some conclusions and selective recommendations aimed at improving future understanding of heritage crime. This study has trialled five main different data collection processes, aiming to find ‘what works’ for potential repeat research in future years:  stratified survey of heritage asset owners and guardians  web searches  e-survey of interested organisations and others  survey of local authorities in relation to unlawful development  collation of other data. These innovative heritage crime data collection activities yielded an unprecedented volume of information, which have been processed into two main data types:  responses from the stratified sample of heritage asset owners/guardians to a phone survey  collated database of individual heritage crimes. The primary value of the crime database is in its provision of extra, more qualitative, information beyond that obtainable from the stratified survey. The empirical material is drawn on to answer in turn the specific questions that the study has addressed. How prevalent is heritage crime in different types of area?  heritage assets located in central urban areas face the risks common to all buildings in such areas  heritage crime risk does not vary very consistently between broad areas of the country  in areas with few heritage assets (eg. many deprived areas), assets face higher heritage crime risk  in-depth research is needed to assess further the true level of unauthorised developments to assets What type of heritage crime is most prevalent?  criminal damage makes up the bulk of all heritage crime  the risk of criminal damage to heritage assets is substantially greater in more deprived areas  the frequency of metal theft also warrants separate consideration  metal theft is higher where historic assets are few, and in particular in the North What types of heritage asset are most affected by crime?  variation in overall heritage crime risk was slight between most heritage asset types  criminal damage is the main heritage crime risk for Listed Buildings and in Conservation Areas  damage by owners due to unauthorised changes is a non-trivial element of the total picture  metal theft is not a great risk to buildings in Conservation Areas that are not individually designated  Scheduled Monuments are different to other heritage assets, in being at rather low risk of metal theft and criminal damage, and higher risk of other crime such as unauthorised metal detecting What type of heritage crime most affects each type of heritage asset?  criminal damage is the main heritage crime risk for all use types of heritage assets except farms  religious buildings stand out with their higher risk of criminal damage and, most notably, metal theft  some of the evidence points to a higher risk for buildings that are unoccupied for more of the time  otherwise the risk ‘profile’ by heritage crime types and ASB does not vary greatly by building usage What can be said on the extent of different types of impact of heritage crime?  variation in risk of higher impact crime was slight between most heritage asset types  criminal damage is the main risk leading to impact on all asset types  arson is infrequent but can have huge monetary costs and damaging impacts on the fabric  metal theft can also have significant ‘secondary’ effects beyond the direct cost of replacement  evidence on BT Listed call boxes shows repair costs per incident varying little by area, but incidence varies in the ways seen before (higher in more urban, more deprived and less historic areas) What is known about links between socio-economic trends and recent trends in heritage crime?  the trend itself remains uncertain  little is confidently known of factors ‘driving’ heritage crime trends generally  it appears that metal theft is a growing problem, and this is linkable to wholesale metal price trends  overall acquisitive crime levels may have changed little, but a ‘diversion‘ to metal theft may also mean a ‘diversion’ towards heritage crime because of the amount of lead on historic roofs The final part of the report draws together observations and recommendations about ‘what worked’ in the data collection processes, and then sketches a small number of reflections on the data needed by those tackling heritage crime, and some further research which may assist them. Is it possible to instigate common practices in heritage crime data recording? The most directly relevant enhancement of official crime recording could be the introduction of a specific question as to whether a heritage asset was involved in the crime. Agreed terminology allows keyword searches to be efficient and to yield robust results, and a new terminology has been devised for the collated crimes database of this study. An ideal development would be for all future British Crime Surveys to include an indicator of the heritage status (or otherwise) of the location of each respondent. Are there implications from the study for broader issues related to heritage crime? The most fundamental question – which has not been addressed by this study – is whether “heritage crime” should be specifically recognised in law, rather than be covered either directly or in part by a large number of separate strands of legislation. Should there be continual or repeated heritage crime data collection? Several of the sources accessed in this study are, for various reasons, unlikely to produce statistical data from which robust estimates of national prevalence can be produced. Heritage Asset owners and guardians 6 could be re-surveyed on a regular basis, but other data gathering efforts would incur lower cost and could be a valuable way of keeping aware of emerging concern. There are also non-statistical reasons for further information gathering, where this is a focus of partnership building activities. Are there other opportunities for improving intelligence on heritage crime? Police Forces have the technical skills required to perform analysis on data they already have, but this would be helped if heritage asset owners and guardians were to consistently report incidents: this study found that 1 in 3 of the heritage crimes recalled in the survey had not been reported. Should there be other heritage crime research studies following up points raised here? Crimes on heritage assets in a marine environment will only be adequately researched by a separate dedicated study. Another type of heritage crime requiring a specific study would be the use of metal detectors for illegal activities detrimental to archaeology. The study also leads to the suggestion of research on the scale of unlawful developments to heritage assets by their owners or guardians. Finally there is the possibility of comparative research to assess whether the patterns in heritage crime found in this study are limited to England, although such studies would need to take into account the variations in legislation between different jurisdictions in the British Isles. Details: Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK; Newcastle University, 2012. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2012 at: http://www.english-heritage.org.uk/content/imported-docs/p-t/researchpaper.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antiquities Shelf Number: 125679

Author: Byng, Richard Title: COCOA: Care for Offenders, Continuity of Access. Summary: The project aims to inform policy on improving health and reducing recidivism for offenders by examining access to, and continuity of, healthcare for people in contact with criminal justice agencies. Focus: The project has investigated the impact of health and criminal justice agencies on access and continuity of care. We carried out a multi-method investigation into the continuity of healthcare for offenders; interviewed 200 offenders; carried out 8 organisational case studies; developed a peer offender research group; and developed theory related to offender continuity of care. Key findings: Access and continuity of care for mental health problems was very low in comparison with care for substance misuse. Bothe the organisation of services and also offenders' beliefs and priorities contribute to poor engagement with initial and on-going mental health care. However, models of good practice can be found in isolated pockets across the UK. It is recomended that services for mental health care are best positioned in probation and as individuals leave prison in order to maximise chances of sustained engagement. The study population (prisoners and probationers), were predominantly male, white, skewed to 18-25 age range. Many had partners and children. 23% were employed and 20% homeless. Twenty seven percent had been in prison more than five times. Within the previous six months 37% rated their current health as poor. Fifty three percent reported drug misuse, 36% alcohol misuse, 15% severe and 59% moderate mental health problems. Only 4% believed they had no physical problems. Co-morbidity was typical. The majority of offenders were happy for health services to know about their CJS contact (79%), were willing to share medical information between services (82%), and preferred one person to have an overview of all their healthcare needs (81%). There were significantly more healthcare contacts in probation than in other CJS settings; predominantly for heroin, dependence forming 40% of all health contacts. However for physical problems, healthcare contact rates were significantly higher for prison when compared to other CJS settings. Overall contact rates for mental health problems were low, particularly for those without heroin misuse. Treatment recommended by health services for current health issues across the whole sample was received for the majority of dependency related (74%) and physical health (71%) problems, but for only 50% of the mental health problems reported. Participants in prison rated the quality of their healthcare contacts as significantly lower than in other contexts. Quality was rated higher for drug and mental health services. Participant reports and healthcare records of healthcare contacts were similar. Generally, participants recall was better for substance misuse services than others. Details: London: NIHR (National Institute for Health Research), 2012. 265p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2012 at: https://wombat.pcmd.ac.uk/document_manager/documents/files/primary_care/cocoa/COCOA_FINAL_REPORT.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 125682

Author: Bradshaw, Paul Title: Underage Drinking and the Illegal Purchase of Alcohol Summary: The Scottish Executive Central Research Unit (now SE Social Research), on behalf of the Nicholson Committee, commissioned research on the under-age drinking behaviour of young people, and the extent to which alcohol is purchased illegally in pubs and clubs, supermarkets and shops, off-licenses and other, illegal, sources. The research was undertaken within the context of The Edinburgh Study of Youth Transitions and Crime, a large-scale, longitudinal study of approximately 4,300 young people currently aged around 15, and attending schools within the City of Edinburgh. The Edinburgh Study already collects substantial information on alcohol consumption among the cohort using annual Sweeps (since the age of 12), and to facilitate the research included a specific question on the purchase of alcohol in the most recent questionnaire. Key findings from the study were as follows: • Drinking alcohol was found be a commonplace activity for the majority of the sample. Just over 51% of young people admitted to drinking alcohol when they were around 13 years old, and this figure rose to almost 84% by the time they were aged 15. • Drinking alcohol was also found to be a regular activity among young people. Almost half (49%) drank at least monthly or more often, with half of these (a quarter of the whole cohort) drinking on a weekly basis. • Just under half (49%) of the respondents had purchased alcohol illegally from at least one source in the previous year. • The most common source of alcohol for these respondents was a small, licensed grocer or corner shop with 33% having purchased alcohol from one of these outlets. • 35% of respondents had purchased alcohol from more than one source, and 15% had bought it from 4 or more sources. • Those who had purchased alcohol were more likely to drink more frequently. 42% of alcohol buyers drank on a weekly basis compared to 8% of nonbuyers. Furthermore, a higher number of sources where alcohol had been purchased correlated with a higher frequency of drinking in the sample. • Many respondents had also experienced the adverse effects of drinking alcohol. 49% could not remember some of things they had done on at least one occasion, and 46% reported being drunk at least once in the last year. • Purchasing alcohol was also found to be strongly related to involvement in delinquent behaviour and, further, was a better predictor of delinquent behaviour than frequency of drinking. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Executive Social Research, 2003. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2012 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/Doc/47032/0025168.pdf Year: 2003 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 125686

Author: Airs, Jennifer Title: Electronically Monitored Curfew as a Condition of Bail – Report of the Pilot Summary: The presumption of innocence is central to our criminal justice system and is reflected in the statutory right to bail enjoyed by unconvicted defendants. However, there is also a need to ensure i) that any criminal proceedings progress swiftly and without interference; and ii) that the public is protected from any danger posed by the defendant awaiting trial. These two factors need to be weighed in the balance by the police and the courts who determine whether a defendant is released or detained. The police must make this decision whenever they charge a suspect and if they decide to release him/her on bail they may attach conditions to ensure that the suspect does not present a bail risk. If they decide to detain the suspect they must bring him/her swiftly to court, usually within 24 hours. The court must then, and at each stage of proceedings thereafter, decide whether the defendant should be remanded on bail or in custody. As with the police, the court may decide to attach conditions to bail. This study looks at electronically monitored curfew (bail curfew) as an alternative to court remand in custody. It built on an earlier study in 1989 and 1990 (Mair and Nee 1990) where there were severe problems with equipment. The new pilot ran at two sites, Manchester and Norwich, between April 1998 and August 1999. A sample of 9,000 remand decisions (affecting 5,200 defendants) was collected from Manchester City and Norwich magistrates’ courts to provide a snapshot of remand in the courts at the heart of the study. Various characteristics of defendants receiving the main types of remand (in custody, conditional bail, and unconditional bail) were identified to provide a yardstick for bail curfew. These characteristics were used to measure the likeness/unlikeness of defendants granted bail curfew with other groups of defendants. We collected information from courts and the electronic monitoring contractors. We also interviewed many representatives of criminal justice agencies, 24 offenders and 31 members of their families. In all, 198 bail curfews were made on 173 individuals. Very few women were curfewed. Most men curfewed were aged between 17 and 35. Take-up was lower than planned: partly because the measure was not used by all magistrates and judges in the pilot areas, and partly because there were comparatively few defendants who could meet the residence requirements and be considered sufficiently trustworthy to be released from custody. New violation procedures were developed to ensure that early action was taken against defendants who broke or violated their curfew in some way (for example, by damaging the equipment or by being absent during the curfew period). Two-thirds of defendants violated their curfews: 95 had lesser violations recorded (these were typically a few minutes absence at the start of the curfew period) and these did not trigger breach action. Forty-two defendants had breach action taken against them: in all 24 were remanded in custody. We know that three defendants had serious violations recorded against them but were not reported for breach action and that a further seven were arrested by the police on suspicion of re-offending. A total of 11 defendants absconded. In all, 142 defendants completed their bail curfew – some after being breached and having their bail curfew continued. A number of problems arose during the period of the study, many of them because of lack of interagency communication. It is clear from some of the problems that have arisen that it has not been easy for criminal justice agencies to apply or administer this new measure. We also found inequalities in use by magistrates and judges: including variable application and use of the measure, and treatment of breach. The police were concerned that defendants, who would otherwise have been in custodial remand, were again within police jurisdiction. They were also concerned that they had no right of access to a defendant’s home when a curfew violation was reported. Other criminal justice agencies had concerns about the potential for domestic violence not being identified during the limited curfew assessment produced for the remand decision – we found no evidence of domestic violence although there were reports of aggression. Electronic monitoring contractors had concerns about retrieving equipment from defendants after the bail curfew ceased. The bail curfew was generally popular with defendants and their families (until they found themselves sentenced to custody and regretted losing the remission that custodial remand would have attracted). The role of women was found to be crucial to the successful operation of many of the bail curfews. It is clear from comments made during interviews that many women made personal sacrifices for the family as a unit and there would have been fewer successful bail curfews, particularly for young defendants, if women had not done so. There were reports of aggression and increased tension within families, although some reported improved relationships. There were some problems with the equipment although these were less severe than those of the first bail pilot. An alternative to custody? There was no consistent evidence that a bail curfew provided a true alternative to custodial remand. There were strong indications that it had been used in place of custodial remand for some defendants, but there were equally clear indications that bail curfew had been used as an additional bail condition for others. After weighing up the evidence we concluded that bail curfew had been used as a true alternative for over half those curfewed under the trial. Costs Costs of the new measure will depend on how widely it is used. Estimates based on the use made of it in Manchester and Norwich provided a base to calculate likely take-up in metropolitan and non-metropolitan areas. The calculations for bail curfews are based on a fixed price per curfew since curfew orders are currently charged at a fixed rate regardless of their length. We have compared the cost of bail curfew with the cost of remand in custody, taking into account the likelihood of a longer period on bail curfew than in custody, and the lack of remission for any sentence from bail curfew. Overall we estimate that savings to the prison population will be outweighed by the cost of adding electronically monitored bail to the list of conditions available to courts. Assuming  that only half the estimated number of electronically monitored bail orders made were for defendants who would otherwise be remanded in custody (about 2,500 at magistrates’ courts and about 100 at the Crown Court), and  the remaining 2,500 from magistrates’ courts and 100 at the Crown Court would otherwise have been granted conditional bail the cost of a national roll-out (to England and Wales) would be £1.53 million. We also estimate that if this measure were used only for defendants who would otherwise be remanded in custody, then the saving from a lower unsentenced prison population would outweigh the cost of bail curfew orders. These figures are volatile and do not included full costs of breach action because not all the information needed was available. Conclusions We concluded that:  Low use of the measure might be due, at least in part, to a small target population because few defendants have the type of accommodation needed for the equipment, or because of the nature of the alleged offence, or because of the defendants’ previous record.  Bail curfew had been used as a true alternative to custodial remand for at least half those curfewed although there was some evidence of net widening with bail curfew being used as an additional bail condition for some defendants.  Bail curfew worked as an alternative to custodial remand.  Although some defendants absconded, this was a lower proportion (6%) than recorded as absconding from conditional bail in available national and local statistics. National statistics show 12 per cent of bailed defendants abscond from magistrates’ court and nine per cent from Crown Court.  Breach action was not correctly taken in all cases. This was partly due to poor differentiation between bail curfew and curfew as a sentence by the contractors.  Good procedures were developed by all agencies for the trial but were found to fall short in some areas because of staff turnover, insufficient training, overlooked or forgotten procedures, and unforeseen circumstances.  There are three options for bail curfew: to extend the pilot (which has now finished), to roll-out nationally, or to do nothing. Details: London: Home Office, 2000. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2012 at: http://library.npia.police.uk/docs/homisc/occ-bail.pdf Year: 2000 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration125693 Shelf Number: 125693

Author: Hedderman, Carol Title: Empty Cells or Empty Words? Government Policy on Reducing the Number of Women Going to Prison Summary: The current Conservative/Liberal Democrat government (U.K.) generally prides itself on the differences between its social policies and those of its Labour predecessor. However, one area of agreement seems to be a shared desire to see the number of women in prison fall. This is because much of the increase which has occurred over the last two decades appears to be the unintended consequence of other policies rather than a response to changes in the volume or seriousness of women’s offending. As prison is the most severe and the most expensive disposal a court can use, the only way such an increase could be justified is on the grounds of increased public protection. However, rising reconviction rates following short prison sentences suggest that this has not been the result. It is hard to see a drawback to using custody less for women. Unfortunately, while the current government has offered some, albeit reduced, support for the community-based services for women funded by its Labour predecessor, the Coalition seem to be operating on the assumption that offering sentencers better community alternatives will be sufficient to reduce their recourse to custody. This shows scant regard for the history of introducing new community alternatives for women or men. It also ignores evidence about the way sentencers think about the decision to use custody. In these circumstances, the prospects for making significant and lasting inroads into the use of prison for women remain bleak. This report begins by considering how the female prison population has increased, why this has happened and what the consequences have been. This is followed by a review of the way the Labour government sought to reduce the number of women going to prison and the very limited impact its policies had in practice. The report concludes by considering what the current government has achieved during its first two years in office; and what changes might be needed if the number of women entering prison is really to fall. Details: London: Criminal Justice Alliance, 2012. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 20, 2012 at: http://www.criminaljusticealliance.org/docs/CJA_WomenPrisonReportFINAL.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Inmates (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125699

Author: Guasp, April Title: The School Report: The Experiences of Gay Young People in Britain's Schools in 2012 Summary: Key findings: Homophobic bullying continues to be widespread in Britain’s schools. More than half (55 per cent) of lesbian, gay and bisexual pupils have experienced direct bullying The use of homophobic language is endemic. Almost all (99 per cent) gay young people hear the phrases ‘that’s so gay’ or ‘you’re so gay’ in school and ninety six per cent of gay pupils hear homophobic language such as ‘poof’ or ‘lezza’ Three in five gay pupils who experience homophobic bullying say that teachers who witness the bullying never intervene Only half of gay pupils report that their schools say homophobic bullying is wrong, even fewer do in faith schools (37 per cent) Homophobic bullying has a profoundly damaging impact on young people’s school experience. One in three (32 per cent) gay pupils experiencing bullying change their future educational plans because of it and three in five say it impacts directly on their school work Gay people who are bullied are at a higher risk of suicide, self-harm and depression. Two in five (41 per cent) have attempted or thought about taking their own life directly because of bullying and the same number say that they deliberately self-harm directly because of bullying Details: London: Stonewall, 2012. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 20, 2012 at: http://www.stonewall.org.uk/at_school/education_resources/7957.asp Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias Motivated Crime Shelf Number: 125705

Author: McLeod, Rosie Title: Understanding the Progression of Serious Cases through the Criminal Justice System: Evidence Drawn from a Selection of Casefiles Summary: There is wide interest in understanding how cases progress through the Criminal Justice System (CJS). This project was commissioned to improve understanding of attrition for serious offences, in order to inform future policy development. The project focused on four serious offences: rape, sexual assault, grievous bodily harm (GBH) with intent and GBH without intent. A random sample of 1,149 casefiles from eight police force areas was collated and a database was compiled using information that was present in the casefiles. This report summarises some initial findings in relation to the criminal justice process from allegation to outcome, re-grading of offences, decision making at key stages, false allegations and the circumstance of victims and suspects. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2012. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Research Series 11/12: Accessed July 21, 2012 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/research-and-analysis/moj-research/understanding-progression-serious-cases.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Case Processing Shelf Number: 125712

Author: Daniel, Brigid Title: A Review of Child Neglect in Scotland Summary: This Scottish review builds on the first review in a series of UK wide reviews of child neglect undertaken by Action for Children in partnership with the University of Stirling and addresses three questions:  How many children are currently experiencing neglect in Scotland?  How good are we at recognising children who are at risk of, or are experiencing neglect?  How well are we helping children at risk of, or currently experiencing neglect? We gathered evidence for the review by:  collation of published statistics and a review of policy developments  analysis of findings from survey questionnaires distributed to all Child Protection Committee Lead Officers in Scotland, with a return rate of over 75% (n=25)  analysis of findings from telephone interviews with a small number of voluntary sector representatives  summary of discussions from 15 multi-agency focus groups with practitioners and managers in six areas of Scotland including an urban, rural and island mix  further consideration of a UK-wide poll undertaken by YouGov in 2011, which asked a range of questions about child neglect of 2,062 adults in the general public and 2,174 professionals. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government, 2012. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 23, 2012 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/0039/00397132.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect (Scotland) Shelf Number: 125715

Author: Bolognani, Marta Title: A "Community Criminology". Perceptions of Crime and Social Control Amongst Bradford Pakistanis Summary: Despite the undeniable significance of the `race and crime' stream in criminology, knowledge held by minority ethnic groups on these matters is still much overlooked. It is this gap in the literature that this thesis begins to fill, based on both fieldwork and documentary research. The case-study through which the importance of minority ethnic views is investigated is a Bradford Pakistani one. The neglect by academic criminological accounts of a systematic analysis of minorities' views, and their cultural specificities, may be imputed in part to the fear of pathologisation. On the other hand, many media accounts seem to look at alleged `dysfunctionalities' of certain groups. After September 11th 2001 and July 7th 2005, Muslim communities seem particularly susceptible to negative stereotyping. The research looks at `cultural agency', avoiding ill-fitted generalisation and stereotypes based on an imposed essentialisation of the Bradford Pakistani community. This thesis analyses Bradford Pakistanis' perceptions of crime and its production, construction, sanctioning and prevention, through an `emic' approach. Thus, emic units are discovered by the analyst in the specific reality of a study and the social actors, rather than created by her/him a priori, or by imposing universal categories created for other settings. Through collecting perceptions around crime ethnographically, the research revealed that Bradford Pakistanis' perceptions of crime and control are a combination of the formal and informal, or British and `traditional' Pakistani, that are no longer separable in the diasporic context. The emic of cultural agency can be said to legitimise the term community criminology, but not in the sense that Bradford Pakistanis possess exclusive and monolithic criminological discourses, labelling, preventive strategies and rehabilitation practices. Rather, they engage with mainstream criminological and policy discourses in a way that might well be considered a kind of reflection representative of the position of their diaspora: community for them does not only include their traditional structures but all the intracommunal and intercommunal relations that are meaningful to them, both as resources and constraints. Details: Leeds, UK: University of Leeds, 2006. 317p. Source: Dissertation Available at the Gottfredson Library of Criminal Justice Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias Shelf Number: 125717

Author: Great Britain. HM Inspectorate of Probation and HM Inspectorate of Prisons Title: Second Aggregate Report on Offender Management in Prisons Summary: This report is the second to be published from our joint Prison Offender Management Inspection programme, in which we have examined how well work with prisoners is being carried out during their time in custody. The assumption underlying the criminal justice system is that imprisonment should not only punish those who have offended by containing them, and thereby provide some form of deterrence to others whilst at the same time protecting the wider community, but also reform them. In order to achieve this, work with individual prisoners needs to address effectively their attitudes, behaviour and lifestyle. We were disappointed to find that, with some notable exceptions, this is not happening to any meaningful extent. Our inspections found that many prisons paid good attention to the ‘resettlement’ needs of the prisoner, i.e. their personal and social circumstances including education, employment, health etc. Such work plays an important part in reducing the likelihood of reoffending on release, but needs to be underpinned by work which encourages and sustains changes in attitudes and behaviour. There are still insufficient places across the prison estate on accredited programmes which deal with thoughts and attitudes. As a result some prisoners, notably sex offenders, are not always able to access the treatment programmes they need to change their behaviour before they are released. We saw many committed staff in Offender Management Units in prisons who clearly wanted to work effectively with individual prisoners and were frustrated when deployed to other duties because of operational demands. There was insufficient guidance about their role and some felt inadequately trained. Professional supervision by line managers is not generally a part of the prison culture and oversight of work with individual cases, even the most serious, was limited. Although we found some examples of good public protection work, we were concerned that, overall, the work on both public protection and child protection issues was not of a sufficient standard. Too often the separation of offender management and public protection functions within the prison meant that information critical to public protection did not inform offender management decisions. Given the lack of priority afforded to offender management work it was not surprising to find that prison staff outside the Offender Management Unit had little appreciation of its work. The electronic case record P-NOMIS has the capacity to address some of our concerns by capturing and communicating information about an individual prisoner, including their progress towards achieving sentence plan objectives. However, despite the investment in the roll-out of the system, it was not being used effectively to support offender management. Sentence plans were generally inadequate. Too often they were based on the interventions that were available rather than on what were required. This has had the effect of masking the true level of need across the prison estate. Objectives were rarely outcome focused, so it was not surprising that progress and change were insufficiently recorded. These failings raise problems for offender managers in the community, as well as staff in prisons, as they are responsible for preparing risk assessments to inform progress through the prison system and ultimately release. A period of incarceration offers an opportunity to tackle a prisoner’s entrenched behaviour and attitudes, and moreover to observe and capture on a day-to-day basis whether the necessary changes are taking place prior to release. Failing to capitalise on that opportunity is a waste of an expensive resource. Details: London: Criminal Justice Joint Inspection, 2012. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 23, 2012 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/inspectorate-reports/hmiprobation/adult-inspection-reports/omi2/omi2-aggregate-report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 125740

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: Northern Ireland Courts and Tribunals Service: An Inspection of the Adequacy of the Courts Estate Summary: An effective and efficient court estate is a critical dimension of the administration of justice in Northern Ireland. It also comes at a high cost. The value of the courts estate in 2010-11 was estimated at £203 million, with maintenance costs at an average of £1.5 million per annum, and requiring £44 million of capital investment in the last eight years. The broad aim of this inspection was to examine the adequacy of the current courts estate in meeting the requirements of court business and to consider the Northern Ireland Courts and Tribunals Service (NICTS) approach to managing its estate in addressing the future delivery of court business within a changing environment. The analysis of the current courts estate shows considerable variations in the quality of the facilities available. Using the NICTS own assessment criteria of the 21 court facilities in operation in Northern Ireland, five are assessed as ‘high quality’, eight assessed as ‘medium quality’ and eight assessed as ‘poor quality’. There are also significant variations around the utilisation of court venues and the cost of court business. All of this information points to the need for an estate strategy which considers the overall nature of court provision and the different options that might be suitable going forward. In an effort to address this issue the NICTS commissioned a consultancy report which highlighted a preferred option involving the development of three ‘super courts’ and six ‘satellite’ venues at a cost of £75 million. The development of the NICTS Estate Strategy has however, been overtaken by events including the devolution of policing and justice and the integration of the NICTS within the Department of Justice (DoJ). It is clear from discussions with officials that the amount required to address the strategic needs of the courts will not be available within the current financial climate and because of competing demands upon the DoJ capital investment programme. What is not clear is given that Plan A is not acceptable (the preferred option), what is Plan B? The current process of addressing the localised nature of ongoing maintenance and intermittent upgrading of facilities when monies are available, do not seem to Inspectors to be feasible, and run the risk of good money being poured after bad. It is essential that the NICTS and the DoJ address the strategic issue of the courts estate and identify a clear plan of action for the development of the estate now and in the future. Details: Belfaast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2012. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 23, 2012 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/47/473220da-9885-4d8e-b27a-194ddcb36e80.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Courts (Northern Ireland) Shelf Number: 125745

Author: Hutton, Linda Title: Evaluation of the Pilot Aberlour Mother and Baby Project at HMP Cornton Vale: 10-Month Report Summary: This report covers evaluation findings from the first 10 months of the 1-year pilot Aberlour Mother and Baby Project being operated at HMP and YOI Cornton Vale, from January 2011 to November 2011. The Project was established to assist those prisoners in the Mother and Baby Unit to develop or enhance the skills required to adequately parent with children, although this had now been extended to include women with other children. Details: Glasgow: The Robertson Trust, 2012. 40. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 24, 2012 at: http://www.therobertsontrust.org.uk/files/5113/4096/6339/Aberlour%20Mother%20and%20Baby%20Project%2010%20Month%20Report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 125762

Author: Liebling, Alison Title: An Exploration of Staff-Prisoner Relationships at HMP Whitemoor: 12 Years On Summary: This original research represents a significant milestone in our understanding of the role of an effective prison officer and the crucial ways in which prison staff contribute to positive relationships with offenders. While it represents a snapshot shot of one high security prison at one particular point in time, its findings present National Offender Management Service with an opportunity to reflect on the impact of changes within the high security estate, and beyond, of demographics, sentence management, power dynamics, faith issues and the particular challenges posed by extremism and concerns around radicalisation. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2012. 201p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 25, 2012 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/research-and-analysis/moj-research/staff-prisoner-relations-whitemoor.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Corrections Officers Shelf Number: 125763

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: Early Youth Interventions: An inspection of the contribution the criminal justice agencies in Northern Ireland make to preventing children and young people from entering the criminal justice system Summary: Early intervention can be described as the policies and programmes which are aimed at tackling the problems emerging for children and young people and their families most at risk. There is clear evidence to show that channelling funds to young children is likely to generate more positive changes than spending money on an older child. Many of the problems that contribute to criminal behaviour are already formed long before the young person reaches the criminal justice system. A snap-shot study on the backgrounds of young people detained in the Woodlands Juvenile Justice Centre in November 2011 shows over a third were ‘looked-after’ or voluntary accommodated children within the care system; 82% were identified as coming from a single parent family and 34% had experienced domestic violence in the home environment. In relation to educational attainment, 38% of the sample had a statement of learning needs whilst 14% had a recognised learning disability; 80% of the sample had issues relating to school exclusion or absconding from school. The vast majority of young people (92%) had misused drugs or alcohol, while 32% had self-harmed. The profile of young offenders as those coming from dysfunctional families who have become detached from the formal education system, and who have developed chaotic lifestyles abusing drugs and alcohol is depressingly familiar. While the problems are well known, and the benefit of youth interventions are well understood, the practical difficulties of ensuring that this determines the allocation of resources and focus of work across the various Northern Ireland Executive departments are enormous. Inspectors could not get a complete picture of the number, types and funding of early intervention programmes available in Northern Ireland. They found there was a myriad of providers, target participants, silo funding streams and delivery and evaluation methodologies. In relation to the situation in Northern Ireland generally, and the justice system specifically, there was a lack of co-ordination, a risk of duplication and a lack of evaluation which made it difficult to assess effectiveness and value for money. What is clear is that for many young people it was a case of ‘too little too late’. All too often interventions attempt to deal with social problems that are already well entrenched. This is not only ineffective in helping those young people with issues that contribute to criminal behaviour, it is also more expensive. The path to the youth justice system is a well-trodden one, yet we as a society seem incapable of helping some young people to move off it. Ultimately the question of whether to fully commit to an early interventions approach is one for Ministers. There needs to be consensus and co-operation between those responsible for health and social care, education, criminal justice, social development, employment and learning and the environment. If there is a desire for a move to early interventions then a joined up system of governance, accountability, funding, delivery, evaluation of outcomes and ultimately a shared vision of success is essential. This report calls for a clear commitment to such an approach. The challenge is immense. The alternative is a continued failure, as a society, for our most vulnerable children. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2012. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 25, 2012 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/a3/a33b7bdf-05a2-4574-b7a1-3b6c8eeea978.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 125775

Author: Gannon, Theresa A. Title: The Evaluation of the Mandatory Polygraph Pilot Summary: This report presents findings of research commissioned to examine the impact of mandatory polygraph testing for adult sexual offenders. The research sample of offenders were released on probation licence, having served a prison sentence of 12 months or more for a sexual offence. The evaluation compared polygraph sample offenders with a matched control group, and combined quantitative and qualitative methods alongside a preliminary cost-effectiveness analysis. The findings from the research indicated that mandatory polygraph testing can be an effective tool in the management of adult sexual offenders and may help to elicit more clinically significant disclosures. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2012. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Research Report 14/12. Accessed July 25, 2012 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/research-and-analysis/moj-research/evaluation-of-mandatory-polygraph-pilot.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Lie Detection Shelf Number: 125778

Author: Turley, Caroline Title: Early Learning from Victim Support’s Homicide Service Summary: This research assessed the implementation, delivery and effect of Victim Support’s Homicide Service during its first 14 months of operation. Qualitative research was conducted involving Homicide Service staff, the police, other organisations involved in service delivery, and bereaved families. Performance management data was also analysed. The research found that the Homicide Service had a positive effect on bereaved service users; however, there was considerable pressure on resources to deliver the service. This could be alleviated through more effective use of volunteers, and improvements to technology and training. The performance management data could also be improved to better monitor service delivery. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2012. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Research Series 2/12: Accessed July 25, 2012 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/research-and-analysis/moj-research/early-learning-victim-support-homicide-service.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Homicides (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125779

Author: Booth, Lucy Title: North Liverpool Community Justice Centre: Analysis of Re-offending Rates and Efficiency of Court Processes Summary: Based on Community Justice principles, the North Liverpool Community Justice Centre (NLCJC) brings together a range of criminal justice agencies as a one-stop-shop for tackling offending in the local area. Adding to the findings from previous evaluations of the NLCJC, this evaluation assessed the impact the court had on re-offending and the efficiency of court processes. Though the NLCJC had no impact on re-offending rates, breach rates among offenders receiving court orders there were higher than elsewhere. The efficiency findings were mixed, providing evidence of both positive and negative performance at the court. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2012. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Research Series 10/12: Accessed july 25, 2012 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/research-and-analysis/moj-research/liverpool-community-centre.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Justice Centers (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125781

Author: Farmer, Elly Title: Beyond Violence: Breaking Cycles of Domestic Abuse Summary: This report argues that domestic abuse is a shocking and disturbingly prevalent hallmark of social breakdown – yet it exists inside every community. Very serious forms of domestic abuse are not uncommon in the UK: on average two women are killed every week by their partner or ex (in the year 2009/10, 94 women were killed and 21 men were killed by their partner or ex). Domestic violence and abuse can also lead to fractured bones, extensive bruising, severe burns, chronic pain, stillbirths and suicide. One in four women and one in seven men report being abused by their partner or ex; and one in four young adults lived with domestic abuse when they were children. Domestic abuse accounts for approximately eight per cent of the total burden of disease in women aged between 18 and 44 years, and is a larger contributor to ill health than high blood pressure, smoking and weight. Even after the violence is over, victims are more likely to suffer from coronary heart disease, gastrointestinal problems, sexually transmitted infections and chronic pain. Mental scars can lead to post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), depression, anxiety and substance misuse. Less obvious but equally serious effects are isolation, lost opportunities and wasted potential. It impacts upon victims’ employment, takes years off their lives and increases their vulnerability to further abuse. The cost of all forms of abuse is approximately £15.7 billion per year. Abuse ranges from physical violence used by both partners in a couple during conflict to a strategic pattern of control, torture and subjugation inflicted by one partner upon the other. Although abuse that conforms to a pattern of coercive control inflicts particular harm on victims, it is not clear whether controlling forms of violence have more of an impact upon children living in the household than violent fights between parents. Through its threat to their caregiver(s), all violence and abuse between parents profoundly threatens a child’s sense of safety. Our findings, analysis and solutions are the result of in-depth examination of the research literature, consultation with people in the field of domestic abuse, work with adults and children who have suffered its impact, and original polling. The report applies a comprehensive, relationship-based understanding of domestic abuse to find solutions that have radical potential to end the problem and its harms. We do not address forms of domestic abuse specific to ethnic, sexual orientation, age, immigrant or other groups. Nor is this an exhaustive review of existing good practice, although reference is made to many such examples upon which our solutions are designed to build. For them to be most effective they need to be embedded within a wider, in-depth response to social disadvantage and family dysfunction. Details: London: The Centre for Social Justice, 2012. 159p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 26, 2012 at: http://www.centreforsocialjustice.org.uk/client/media/DA%20Full%20report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Abused Wives Shelf Number: 125785

Author: Wong, Kevin Title: Intensive Alternatives to Custody Process Evaluation of Pilots in Five Areas Summary: A qualitative process evaluation of five Intensive Alternative to Custody (IAC) pioneer areas was undertaken to assess implementation of IAC, identify approaches to implementation and capture the lessons learnt. The findings indicated that many of the persistent offenders (those with at least 29 prior convictions) targeted by pilots were positive about the IAC order. Although intensive, it provided order and stability, allowing them to move away from a criminal lifestyle. Sentencers welcomed the order as a viable alternative to custody. Probation staff and partners were equally positive about its efficacy. Only one in four IAC orders were revoked because requirements were breached, which suggests that the pilots had managed to engage many of the offenders. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2012. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Research Series 12/12: Accessed July 30, 2012 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/research-and-analysis/moj-research/iac-process-evaluation-pilots-five-areas.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125793

Author: Clark, Rebecca Title: Process Evaluation of Manchester and Salford Intensive Alternatives to Custody Pilot Summary: The Intensive Alternatives to Custody (IAC) order was introduced to provide a credible alternative to a short custodial sentence. The order, based on emerging desistance and compliance theories (McNeil, 2009; Bottoms, 2002), was designed to punish and rehabilitate through the application of Criminal Justice Act 2003 (CJA) order requirements alongside additional services. The Manchester and Salford IAC pilot ran for two years, from April 2009 to March 2011. The order was co-designed and co-commissioned across the public, private and voluntary sectors, and thus offered the opportunity to pilot an innovative approach to local commissioning and integrated service delivery. A co-located, dedicated resource of Offender Managers (OMs) and partner agency staff operated from a site in Manchester City centre. Partner staff included employment focussed mentors (Work Solutions), a family support worker (Partners of Prisoners) and Group 4 Security (G4S) outreach staff to support compliance. The Manchester model was targeted at 18–25 year old men at risk of a short custodial sentence (often due to breach of previous community sentences). Offenders sentenced to an IAC order received a 12 month Community Order with between three and five requirements. During the first three months of the order, contact between the offender and the OM was intensive, with up to four appointments a week. These reduced over the course of the order. The requirements included:  Supervision  Curfew  Community Payback  Offending behaviour programmes  Attendance centre  Activity requirements (to deliver employment and victim awareness interventions, amongst others) The process evaluation of the Manchester and Salford IAC pilot was commissioned by the MoJ in April 2009.1 The key aims were to critically assess:  The design and implementation of the IAC order;  The process of identifying suitable offenders;  The role of pre-sentence reports (PSRs);  The views of court stakeholders on the viability of IAC as an alternative to short-term custody;  The management and supervision of IAC offenders;  The work undertaken to sustain motivation and secure compliance on the IAC order; and,  The role of interagency work in the delivery of the IAC order. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2012. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Suimmary 6/12: Accessed July 30, 2012 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/research-and-analysis/moj-research/process-evaluation-manchester-salford-iac-pilot.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125794

Author: Wong, Kevin Title: Process Evaluation of Derbyshire Intensive Alternatives to Custody Pilot Summary: The Derbyshire Intensive Alternatives to Custody pilot ran from 2008 to 2011 to test the use of intensive community orders to divert offenders from short-term custodial sentences. The pilot was delivered through dedicated Offender Managers (OMs) in Derby City, and through OMs with wider caseloads in rural Derbyshire county. IAC orders targeted offenders at risk of short-term custody and represented a repackaging of existing and new requirements, which aimed to both punish and rehabilitate. The Derbyshire IAC model consisted of five mandatory requirements:  electronic curfew;  twice-weekly probation supervision;  intensive unpaid work;  weekly mentoring contact; and  monthly court reviews (for the first three months). In addition, other requirements such as Thinking Skills programmes were sometimes included along with prohibited activity and exclusions requirements.1 Derbyshire was unique among the pilots for including curfews for all IAC offenders and paid mentoring. The order was characterised by three stages, defined by levels of contact and intensity which reduced over the (normally) 12 months order. The process evaluation of the Derbyshire IAC pilot was commissioned by the MoJ in December 2008.2 The key aims were to critically assess:  resourcing and staffing;  the process of identifying suitable IAC offenders;  the role of pre-sentence reports;  views of sentencers on the viability of IAC as an alternative to short-term custody;  the management and supervision of IAC offenders, including mentors, interventions and activities; and,  factors influencing compliance with an IAC order; and the role of inter-agency working in the delivery of the IAC order. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2012. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Summary 7/12: Accessed July 30, 2012 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/research-and-analysis/moj-research/process-evaluation-derbs-iac-pilot.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125795

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: Answering the Call - An Inspection of the Police Service of Northern Ireland Contact Management Arrangements Summary: THE Police Service of Northern Ireland (PSNI) has made significant improvements in dealing with the public and its handling of emergency and non-emergency calls, however the Contact Management Strategy of the PSNI must be continuously reviewed to ensure user satisfaction in the long term. This is the conclusion of a Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland report – ‘‘Answering the Call’ – An inspection of the Police Service of Northern Ireland’s contact management arrangements. The inspection report, which covered an extended period from February 2011, until January 2012 found that abandoned call rates had dropped significantly under the new contact management arrangements from around 20% to 3.7%. This had represented a significant improvement in service delivery. In addition, the PSNI had performed reasonably well on their targets of answering emergency calls within the 10 second target. Performance figures showed an overall achievement rate across the new contact centres of 88.8%. While the inspection report found that the move to a four-centre model had produced improvements, problems remained, some generated as a result of the swiftness of the roll out, such as variation in staff skills and service delivery. The report found that there had been no organisational strategy to employ non-police in the role of Dispatcher. Given the benefits to the public of returning more Officers to front line duties, CJI recommends that the PSNI should actively pursue the deployment of non-police members of staff as Dispatchers to reduce its dependence on serving Officers within contact management centres. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2012. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 30, 2012 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/b4/b47fcf0b-f40c-48ca-9cf1-e09f7819f34b.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 125796

Author: Includem Title: Gangs Pilot Interim Impact Report - January 2010 to March 2011 Summary: In 2008 Strathclyde Police approached Includem to discuss a mechanism to refer young people who they identified as being on the periphery of, or involved with, gang violence directly to Includem’s Intensive Support Service. The Police recognised they have primarily an enforcement role, and that this process was not having enough of an impact on reducing gang violence or the number of victims it created. They acknowledged that the enforcement role they provided would be more effective alongside an intervention to work with the young people to challenge their behaviours and attitudes that led to them perpetuating crime. It was from this starting point that funding was secured to deliver a partnership response to young people who were causing a disproportionate amount of crime within specific geographical locations in Glasgow. The young people referred presented multiple and complex support needs, most commonly a combination of behavioural issues including offending, problematic personal and social relationships, disengagement with education, family issues and substance misuse. Their offending behaviour was focused around gang activity and violence within the east or the north of Glasgow. Includem provided planned, structured support focusing on these identified support needs and tailored to the individual young person. Each contact usually covered 2 or 3 of these issues and the linkages amongst them. Includem’s support package also adapted to respond to any changing support needs, for example to respond to the incarceration of a parent and the loss experienced by the young person. Working within the essential framework of a trusting relationship, staff draw on a structured evidence informed series of practitioner modules – A Better Life - to tailor individual programmes of work to constructively address problems in attitude, behaviour, skills and relationships. Includem’s sustained monitoring and evaluation over 10 years confirms a pattern of consistent outcomes for young people who have the typical characteristics of young people in secure care or prison. This report provides an overview of activity for the first 15 months (January 2010 to March 2011). Project Aim -- To reduce offending of young people involved in gang behaviours, and the number of victims created, through delivery of intensive support and supervision at times of risk and supporting young people to (re)engage with services and opportunities which will build skills and resilience for positive choices and lifestyles. Details: Glasgow: Includem, 2012. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 30, 2012 at: http://www.includem.org/file/1239 Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 125800

Author: Quigg, Zara Title: Violence-Related Ambulance Call Outs in the North West of England 2010/2011 Summary: Data summary  In 2010/11, the North West Ambulance Service (NWAS) recorded 30,236 violence-related call outs, accounting for 3% of all ambulance call outs.  The majority of patients were male and aged 18 to 34 years old.  Peaks times for violence-related call outs were between 10pm and 3.59am on Fridays/Saturdays and Saturdays/Sundays.  Overall, 13% of violence-related ambulance call outs were recorded as involving a weapon. Over a fifth (6%) were identified as domestic violence.  The crude rate of violence-related ambulance call outs per 1,000 population across the North West was 4.4.  Violence-related call out rates were significantly higher than the regional average in Blackburn with Darwen, Blackpool, Burnley, Halton, Liverpool, Manchester, Preston, Rochdale, St. Helens and Tameside.  For call outs recorded as stab/gunshot, Blackpool, Knowsley, Liverpool, Manchester and Salford had significantly higher rates than the regional average (0.3 per 1,000 population).  Six in ten of all violence-related call outs were transferred to another healthcare provider (e.g. emergency department) for further assessment, and treatment if required.  With the average cost of an emergency ambulance journey being around three hundred pounds, it is estimated that violence-related call outs cost NWAS over five million pounds in 2010/11. Details: Liverpool: North West Public Health Observatory, 2012. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 30, 2012 at: http://www.nwph.net/nwpho/Publications/NWAS%20violence%20call%20outs%20March%202012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Emergency Calls, Ambulances Shelf Number: 125803

Author: Rigby, Paul Title: A Report on Child Trafficking and Care Provision: Towards Better Survivor Care Summary: Child trafficking in the UK has attracted increasing political, media, academic, policy and practice interest recently, with a developing literature base providing comment on the extent of the problem and possible responses under the UKs obligations to international law. Until recently, trafficking was perceived primarily as an immigration issue; a view which has not altogether dissipated, resulting in children being slotted into existing services for separated and asylum seeking children. Often children received no service, without or with limited assessment of continuing risk and needs. The aim of this review is to examine the most effective models of care and support for children who arrive in the UK and are identified as trafficked. While the components of models of good practice may also apply to UK children who have been moved and exploited, the focus of this review is on non-UK nationals. The commercial and sexual exploitation of children within the UK is a serious concern; while models of good practice are developing in this area that have much to offer responses to trafficked children, the review maintains a focus on trafficking which requires the elements of both movement and exploitation to meet with international definitions. The review draws on the provisions of the Council of Europe Convention on Action against Trafficking in Human Beings and the EU Directive on Human Trafficking, highlighting international obligations in relation to the care and support of child victims. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Centre for Crime & Justice Research, 2012. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 30, 2012 at: http://www.sccjr.ac.uk/documents/A_Report_On_Child_Trafficking_&_Care_Provision2.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Exploitation Shelf Number: 125809

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice Title: Proven Re-Offending Statistics: Definitions and Measurement Summary: The Ministry of Justice launched a statistical consultation on improvements to the transparency and accessibility of our information in 2010 and a response to the consultation was published in March 2011. One aspect of the consultation was the measurement of proven re-offending. Responses have supported the proposals to move to a single framework for measuring re-offending where adult and youth data can be provided at the national and local level on a consistent basis. The response to the consultation is available here: www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/consultations/improvements-moj-statistics-consultation-response.pdf Prior to this consultation there were six different measures of proven re-offending:  national adult proven re-offending;  local adult proven re-offending;  national youth proven re-offending;  local youth proven re-offending;  Prolific and other Priority Offending (PPO); and  drug-misusing proven offending. The current framework for measuring proven re-offending integrates these approaches into a single framework. This allows users to:  form a clear picture of proven re-offending at national and local levels;  compare adult and youth results, and enable other work on transition between the youth and adult system;  understand how results for different offender groups (such as those managed by the prison and probation services, those under the PPO schemes, drug-misusing offenders, first time entrants, etc) fit in to the overall picture on proven re-offending; and  continue to be able to analyse proven re-offending behaviour of particular types of offender. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2012. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 30, 2012 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/statistics/reoffending/proven-reoffending-definitions-measurement.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125810

Author: Jacobson, Jessica Title: Public attitudes to youth crime - Report on focus group research Summary: This paper reports the findings of a series of focus groups set up to explore public attitudes to youth crime. The topics included the respondents‟ views of: the extent of crime and anti-social behaviour (ASB) in the local community and the perceived causes of these; restorative justice; and volunteering and the role of the community in preventing crime and in supporting youth justice. One hundred and twenty five participants took part including: 57 men and 68 women aged 18-76 years old. Around one-third were parents of secondary school-aged children and just over two-thirds were White. A focus group methodology was used to look at the range and diversity of public attitudes to youth crime, and the reasons behind these views. The findings are not representative of the general population, but explore complex issues across a broad cross-section of the general public. Details: London: Home Office, 2012. 33p. Source: Occasional Paper 105: Internet Resource: Accessed August 1, 2012 at http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/science-research-statistics/research-statistics/crime-research/occ105?view=Binary Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125834

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Assessing young people in police custody: An examination of the operation of Triage schemes Summary: Occasional Paper 106 examines the operation of Triage schemes. Triage schemes are based in police stations and aim to identify the needs of young people as they enter the youth justice system. A key objective of the schemes is to address offending behaviour by diverting young people who have committed less serious crimes away from the formal youth justice system and into restorative interventions and other services. The report highlights a number of lessons that can be learnt about the design, implementation and delivery of Triage schemes from the experiences of the seven local areas where the study was carried out. There was insufficient data available from the areas to establish the effectiveness of Triage schemes. This report sets out the findings of an evaluation of Triage schemes. The project was set up to assess the impact of Triage schemes on the numbers of young people entering the youth justice system and rates of re-offending, alongside a process evaluation of the operation of the schemes in different areas. However, there were insufficient data available from the areas to establish the effectiveness of Triage schemes. So, this report examines the operation of Triage in different areas, drawing out good practice Triage schemes were set up to assess young people as they enter the youth justice system, and to ensure that their needs are identified. Triage schemes are based in police stations and a key aim is to divert young people who have committed less serious crimes away from formal sanctions and towards restorative justice interventions and other services. A key worker, usually from the youth offending team, works in partnership with police officers from the custody suite to identify and engage young people who have been arrested. Details: London: Home Office, 2012. 39p. Source: Occasional Paper 106: Internet Resource: Accessed August 1, 2012 at http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/science-research-statistics/research-statistics/crime-research/occ106?view=Binary Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Evaluative Studies Shelf Number: 125835

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Learning from the Neighbourhood Agreements Pathfinder Programme Summary: Neighbourhood Agreements are voluntary agreements between local service providers and residents. They are designed to improve local neighbourhoods and increase public satisfaction with local services. The Agreement identifies and sets out agreed priorities for a local area, assesses how services and residents can work to address these priorities, and sets out standards of service. In March 2010, under the previous Government, the Home Office and Department for Communities and Local Government (CLG) provided funding and support to trial Agreements in 12 areas, known as ‘Pathfinders’. Occasional Paper 107 supports residents and service providers who wish to put in place a Neighbourhood Agreement in their local area, summarising the key recommendations and learning from research into design, delivery and development of Agreements in five Pathfinder areas. The research involved focus groups with local residents, interviews with service providers, and a street survey. The paper sets out several suggestions that will help those interested in developing a Neighbourhood Agreement approach in their local area. In particular it provides guidance to practitioners on planning an Agreement, how to monitoring its effectiveness, and how to sustain local resident engagement. Details: London: Home Office, 2012. 19p. Source: Occasional Paper 107: Internet Resource: Accessed August 1, 2012 at http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/science-research-statistics/research-statistics/crime-research/occ107/occ107?view=Binary Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125836

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: User Guide to Drug Misuse Declared: Findings from the Crime Survey for England and Wales Summary: The annual statistical release ‘Drug Misuse Declared’ examines the extent and trends in illicit drug use among a nationally representative sample of 16 to 59 year olds resident in households in England and Wales. The latest release is based on results from the 2011/12 Crime Survey for England and Wales (CSEW, formerly the British Crime Survey) including trends since the 1996 survey (see http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/science-research-statistics/research-statistics/crime-research/drugs-misuse-dec-1112/). As a household survey, the CSEW provides a good and robust way to measure general population prevalence of drug use amongst users contained within the household population. However, estimates from the CSEW must be considered within the context of survey methodology and the operational challenges of obtaining information from respondents on self-declared drug use. The User Guide to Drug Misuse Declared is designed to be a useful reference guide with explanatory notes regarding the issues and classifications which are key to the production and presentation of the drug misuse statistics. The User Guide to the Drug Misuse Declared release is a useful reference guide with explanatory notes on the drug misuse statistics. Details: London: Home Office, 2012. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 1, 2012 at http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/science-research-statistics/research-statistics/crime-research/user-guide-drugs-misuse-dec?view=Binary Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 125837

Author: Powis, Beverly Title: Exploring the Treatment Integrity of Custodial Addiction Therapeutic Communities Summary: The aims of the study were to explore current delivery in four prison addiction therapeutic communities (TCs) in England, to show that they are operating as they should and are conforming to the TC treatment model. TCs are an intense form of treatment where participants live together in a drug-free environment and the community itself is the key agent of change. The communities are hierarchical with treatment stages that reflect increasing levels of personal and social responsibility. While there is good international evidence that addiction TCs are effective in facilitating positive change in drug using offenders, there is limited evidence of their effectiveness in the UK. Concerns have also been raised over the difficulties of maintaining treatment integrity in such regimes. It is therefore important to establish whether communities are functioning as intended and adhering to their model of change. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2012. 57p. Source: Ministry of Justice Research Series 9/12: Internet Resource: Accessed August 1, 2012 at http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/research-and-analysis/moj-research/treatment-integrity-custodial-addiction.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Treatment, Communities (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125838

Author: Boorman, Richard Title: Prisoners' criminal backgrounds and proven re-offending after release: results from the Surveying Prisoner Crime Reduction (SPCR) survey Summary: This paper complements the range of Surveying Prisoner Crime Reduction (SPCR) papers already published, based on a longitudinal cohort study of up to 3,849 prisoners sentenced in England and Wales in 2005 and 2006. Other papers focused on the SPCR prisoners’ childhood circumstances and backgrounds prior to custody including education, employment and accommodation, and demonstrated how many of these factors were associated with re-offending on release from prison. This paper is important to set these findings in context as this research confirms previous studies which have shown that previous offending is the factor most strongly associated with further re-offending, when all factors are considered together. The aims of this report were to: explore the relationship between previous offending and re-offending for the SPCR cohort; validate these findings alongside published National Statistics; and, explore the relationship between self-reported re-offending from the survey and proven re-offending from Police National Computer (PNC) records. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2012. 8p. Source: Research summary 8/12: Internet Resource: Accessed August 1, 2012 at http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/research-and-analysis/moj-research/proven-re-offending-after-release.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crimes Statistics (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125840

Author: Great Britain. HM Inspectorate of Prisons Title: Remand Prisoners: A Thematic Review Summary: At any one time, remand prisoners make up about 15% of the prison population – about 12,000–13,000 prisoners. Women and those from black and minority ethnic and foreign national backgrounds are over-represented within the remand group. In 2010, 17% of defendants proceeded against at magistrates’ courts or tried at the Crown Court were acquitted or not proceeded against, and 25% received a non-custodial sentence. In total, approximately 29,400 prisoners were released after trial. This review examines the experience of young adult and adult remand (unconvicted and convicted unsentenced) prisoners in local prisons against the Inspectorate’s four healthy prison tests: safety, respect, purposeful activity and resettlement. It incorporates findings from survey data and inspection reports for 33 local prisons. Fieldwork was also conducted at five prisons and included focus groups with remand prisoners. Interviews with residential and resettlement managers gave an establishment perspective. We found that remand prisoners enter custody with multiple and complex needs that are equally, if not more, pervasive than among sentenced prisoners. However, despite a long-established principle that remand prisoners – who have not been convicted or sentenced by a court – have rights and entitlements not available to sentenced prisoners, we found that many had a poorer regime, less support and less preparation for release. Remand prisoners are at an increased risk of suicide and self-harm and nearly a quarter (23%) in our survey said they had felt depressed or suicidal when they arrived at prison. Over three-quarters of remand prisoners reported a welfare problem on arrival, and a third or more said they had a drug or mental health problem. Some prisoners in our groups had experienced high levels of stress and anxiety while their trial was in progress and they were uncertain about the outcome. However, in both the survey and focus groups, remand prisoners showed little awareness of support services available at the prison. Although most said they had received an induction, many prisoners in our groups felt that they had been given too much information to absorb at such a turbulent time. The Prison Rules 1999 set out legally binding entitlements for remand prisoners which recognise they have not been convicted or sentenced. However, within Prison Service policy a considerable amount of discretion is permitted to governors on implementing these entitlements. There is also an unresolved disjuncture between the Prison Rules and Prison Service policy, with the latter permitting remand prisoners to share cells with sentenced prisoners if they have consented, and the former appearing to suggest that remand and sentenced prisoners should under no circumstances be required to share a cell. Although sharing residential accommodation and cells with sentenced prisoners was the norm, few in our groups recalled being asked for their consent. Those in our groups felt that staff were unable to distinguish between remand and sentenced prisoners on the wings, and prisoners in our groups and staff we spoke to had limited or no knowledge of their entitlements. The right of remand prisoners to vote had not been facilitated at two of the five prisons visited. Remand prisoners were allowed to wear their own clothes at most establishments, but this was often hindered by complicated and prohibitive processes. Few in our groups knew about the bail information officer at their establishment, and nearly half of remand prisoners in our survey reported difficulties with obtaining bail information. Bail services varied considerably between establishments and in many cases were not visible or active enough to ensure all who needed the support received it. Remand prisoners also reported difficulties in maintaining contact with solicitors, which was mainly due to difficulties accessing phones and affording calls. The video link facility for court appearances was considered a positive development by prisoners in our groups, although they felt more use could be made of it. Remand prisoners are, other than in exceptional circumstances, held within the local prison estate. Many local prisons are large, old buildings within urban locations. This and the transient nature of the local prison population – for example, the average period spent on remand is nine weeks – make it harder to offer a decent and purposeful regime. Remand prisoners reported poorer access than sentenced prisoners to services and an inferior regime. In our survey, over half of unconvicted prisoners said they spent less than four hours out of their cell on a weekday. Although unconvicted prisoners have the right to choose whether to attend work or education, they should all be offered the opportunity to do so. Most in our groups said they wanted to take part in activity as this increased their time out of cell and ability to earn money, but a lack of places and/or the prioritisation of sentenced prisoners meant some were unable to do so. Remand prisoners have certain entitlements for state benefits intended to mitigate the impact of their imprisonment while they are awaiting a verdict (which can, of course establish innocence) or sentence (which may not be custodial). Again, remand prisoners in our groups had little or no awareness of this and there were examples of where they had been misinformed by staff or were excluded from accessing services until sentenced. In our groups, some prisoners said they had lost or relinquished their housing arrangements and faced homelessness on release – in our survey, 39% expected to face housing problems on their release. Some also reported losing employment during their remand period, and of those who had their own businesses, none had received help or been made aware of the entitlement to receive assistance to maintain business activities. Although remand prisoners' welfare needs were assessed on arrival into custody, little was done to follow these up and address identified needs. In the majority of local prisons there was little or no case management or custody planning for remand prisoners. Remand prisoners were initially to be included in the layered offender management model and there were good examples of remand custody planning in prisons piloting it. However, remand prisoners have now been excluded from this process, which continues to leave a gap in their case management. There is also a marked lack of key data collected by the National Offender Management Service on the needs and outcomes for remand prisoners. There has been little focus on the remand population since we published the Unjust Desserts thematic review in 2000, which highlighted similar findings: that remand prisoners have a distinct set of needs and receive poorer provision than sentenced prisoners. Remand prisoners have very similar needs to unsentenced prisoners. They have either not been convicted or are yet to be sentenced and there is a long standing principle that they should be accorded rights and entitlements that are not available to convicted and sentenced prisoners. Yet far from being treated more favourably, this thematic review has shown that they all too often receive less support and help than convicted and sentenced prisoners. The specific circumstances and needs of remanded prisoners need to be much more clearly and consistently recognised, both in policy and operational practice, so that they are held in custody for the shortest time possible and while there are given at least the same support as convicted and sentenced prisoners. This is not just a question of addressing injustice in the treatment of the individuals concerned, but ensuring that costly prison places are not used unnecessarily and that everyone is given the chance to leave prison less likely to commit offences than when they arrived. Details: London: HM Inspectorate of Prisoners, 2012. 126p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 3, 2012 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/inspectorate-reports/hmipris/thematic-reports-and-research-publications/remand-thematic.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Pretrial Detention Shelf Number: 125852

Author: Marie, Olivier Title: The Best Ones Come Out First! Early Release from Prison and Recidivism A Regression Discontinuity Approach Summary: There is strong evidence that incarceration has a general deterrent effect on individuals on the margin of crime. The impact of the experience of incarceration on future criminal behaviour, self deterrence, is more controversial. It is becoming a pressing issue in view of the large increases in the prison population of past decades. A main question is if harsher or more lenient sentences are more efficient in reducing future recidivism? The fact that offenders with different criminal profiles are treated differently makes it difficult to answer. The best behaved and least dangerous inmates are, for example, more likely to be selected for an early release programme. These characteristics will also influence their future offending behaviour making it difficult to identify the impact of time spent in prison. In this paper we exploit an administrative rule which makes offenders sentenced to less than three months in prison ineligible for the Home Detention Curfew (HDC) scheme in England and Wales to estimate the impact of early release on recidivism using a regression discontinuity (RD) approach. We have access to detailed data on all prisoners released between 2000 and 2006 and their past and future criminal history. We first obtain estimates controlling and matching on observable characteristics which find that the policy reduced recidivism by about 9 percent. The RD methodology takes into account the potential importance of unobservable characteristics. We find that the policy impacts remain relatively unchanged. However, when taking into account prison establishment unobserved characteristics, our results are weakened but still suggest that early release on electronic monitoring can reduce the likelihood of future arrest by 5 to 7 percent. Details: London: Department of Economics, Royal Holloway University of London, 2009. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 3, 2012 at: http://www.coll.mpg.de/economix/2009/Marie.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Early Release (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125856

Author: Hunter, Janine Title: Police and Community Perceptions of the Operation and Impact of the Community Engagement Model in Fife Summary: In 2008 Fife Constabulary introduced the Community Engagement Model (CEM), a new community policing model based broadly on the Chicago Alternative Policing Strategy (CAPS) and its core elements of community engagement meetings, decentralization of responsibility, and the adoption of a problem‐solving approach. A dedicated Community Policing Division and specific community policing teams were established across the force area, each area having one or two dedicated community officers who hold regular community engagement meetings at which local priorities are determined, and actions to resolve problems are reviewed. This report combines the findings of two phases of research into the CEM. Phase one, an examination of police officers’ perceptions of the operation and impact of the community engagement model, was carried out between January and April 2011. Based on interviews with officers in two adjacent but contrasting case study areas (North East Fife and Levenmouth), this qualitative study provides an insight into officers’ perceptions of where and why the CEM is working well and identifies areas where they have concerns. Phase two, carried out between June and December 2011, sought to examine community perceptions of the operation and impact of their Community Engagement Model, again using Levenmouth and North East Fife as case study areas. The part of the report is based on largely qualitative data drawn from observations at 18 CEM meetings, semi‐structured interviews with 11 community participants, a self‐completion questionnaire for CEM meeting attendees (completed by 130 attendees) and analysis of attendance sheets for seven meetings in eight locations (56 meetings in total) and other Fife Constabulary data. Details: Dundee, Scotland: Scottish Institute for Policing, 2012. 70p. Research, 2012. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 6, 2012 at: http://www.sipr.ac.uk/downloads/FifeCEM.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 125870

Author: Davidson, Neil Title: An Evaluation of the ‘Positive Futures Programme’ Summary: This research was commissioned by Inverclyde Council to evaluate their Positive Futures Programme (PFP). Within Inverclyde, youth unemployment, anti-social behaviour, vandalism, youth disorder and underage drinking were identified as being a concern within specific local community areas1. Inverclyde is also identified as being one of the most deprived areas in Scotland. The 2009 Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation (SIMD) shows that 45% of datazones in Inverclyde are in the 20% most deprived quintiles and there are increasing numbers of datazones in the 5%, 10% and 15% most deprived. According to the SIMD Inverclyde has the second highest percentage of employment deprived people in Scotland. Furthermore, the Scottish indicates that 21% of the population of Inverclyde are income deprived compared to the national average of 16%. It is in this context that the PFP has emerged. The programme was developed by Inverclyde Council’s youth workers to provide a range of early intervention and diversionary programmes and activities for young people – aged 15 to 17 years of age – who are at risk of becoming or are disengaged from the education system and other youth orientated services. The programme is part of Inverclyde Council’s Safer and Inclusive Communities project and has evolved from, and in conjunction with, other similar programmes, including Guardian Angels and New Horizons. The aim of the PFP is to work with disengaged young people who have chaotic lifestyles and to provide them with alternative forms of education and opportunities. A range of ‘taster’2 workshops, fitness sessions, and personal development classes are provided to develop self-esteem, team building and communication skills, and physical and mental well-being. The programme is tailored to each young person involved in the programme and to accommodate their individual needs. The programme runs for 16 weeks twice a year. Young people are referred to the programme predominately via the education system as part of a Flexible Learning Package (FLPs) but can also be referred through social services. Once referred, young people attend anything from one day a week to five days a week, according to their specific needs. Many of them are known to the staff and have already been in contact with other agencies in the area. The desired outcomes for the young people are a return to the education system, a reduction in offending and anti-social behaviour, and the promotion of good citizenship. As well as these, the young people are encouraged to participate in workshops and activities that will provide them with a level of accreditation that may assist them in securing future employment or signpost them to other agencies to continue their development and improve their life chances. This programme is consistent with the current Scottish Government’s strategies More Choices, More Chances (MCMC) (2006) and Get It Right for Every Child (GIRfEC) (2008). MCMC’s overall objective is to “eradicate the problem of NEET [not in education, employment or training]” amongst young people and in order to do so “demands action from a range of agencies in every local authority area in the country”). GIRfEC is a guide relevant to all those involved or working with children and young people who need to be aware how the approach can “have a positive impact for all children and young people” so that they can be “successful learners, confident individuals, effective contributors and responsible citizens”. This evaluation has sought to critically assess the following: The impact of the programme on the young people; Examples of effective/good practice; What, if anything, could be improved, added to or removed from the programme in the future; Next steps and recommendations. Details: Glasgow: Glasgow Caledonian University and Scottish Institute for Policing Research, 2012. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 7, 2012 at: http://www.sipr.ac.uk/downloads/PFP_Report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Delinquency Prevention (Scotland) Shelf Number: 125875

Author: Rooney, Johnathan Title: Assaults in the Home in Lancashire: An Analysis of Emergency Department Data, January 2009 to December 2011 Summary: Domestic violence remains an important public and social health concern in the UK. The British Crime Survey from 2010/11 reports that around 30% of women and 17% of men aged 16-59 had experienced some form of non-sexual partner abuse (emotional or financial abuse, threats or physical force) since the age of 16, and 7% and 5% respectively in the past year. The effects of domestic violence can be severe and widespread for the victims and their family. In addition it has been estimated that domestic violence costs the UK economy around £23 billion per year. The prevention of domestic violence is therefore a continued focus for criminal justice and public health bodies. This report provides an indication of the burden of assaults in the home on emergency departments (EDs), and residents of Lancashire over the three-year period January 2009 to December 2011. It uses data on assaults in the home from all EDs in Lancashire. Details: Liverpool: Centre for Public Health, Liverpool John Moores University, 2012. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 7, 2012 at: http://www.nwph.net/nwpho/Publications/LancashirehomeApril%202012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125891

Author: Warren, Ian Title: Assaults in the Home in Greater Manchester: An Analysis of Emergency Department data, 2009 to 2011 Summary: 1 Domestic violence remains an important public and social health concern in the UK. The British Crime Survey from 2010/11 reports that around 30% of women and 17% of men aged 16-59 had experienced some form of non-sexual partner abuse (emotional or financial abuse, threats or physical force) since the age of 16, and 7% and 5% respectively in the past year (1). The effects of domestic violence can be severe and widespread for the victims and their family. In addition it has been estimated that domestic violence costs the UK economy around £23 billion per year (2). The prevention of domestic violence is therefore a continued focus for criminal justice and public health bodies (3). This report provides an indication of the burden of assaults in the home on EDs in Greater Manchester for the 3-year period from January 2009 to December 2011. Data is provided for all attendances to EDs in Greater Manchester which have been recorded as assaults and occurred in the home. Details: Liverpool: Centre for Public Health, Liverpool John Moores University, 2012. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 7, 2012 at: http://www.nwph.net/nwpho/Publications/Manchesterhome%20April%202012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125892

Author: Bellis, Mark A. Title: Changes in Young People’s Alcohol Consumption and Related Violence, Sex and Memory Loss: 2009 – 2011 North West of England Summary: In 2009, the Chief Medical Officer (CMO) launched guidance to address alcohol-related harms in children and young people (those under 18 years of age). These recommended that an alcohol free childhood is the most desirable option. However, if this cannot be achieved, onset of drinking should be delayed for as long as possible (at least until 15 years of age). Further, that if 15-17 year olds do drink, they should do so only under the supervision of a parent/carer, should not drink more than once a week, and should not exceed the maximum daily units for adults (females: 2-3 units; males: 3-4 units). Since the CMO guidance was published, a number of initiatives and interventions have been launched to complement existing measures to tackle underage drinking and raise awareness of the harms caused by alcohol. This report investigates whether any change has been observed in risky drinking behaviour since the guidance was implemented. It compares data from the 2009 and 2011 Trading Standards surveys of 15-16 year olds in the North West of England. Details: Liverpool: North West Public Health Observatory, and Centre for Public Health, Liverpool John Moores University, 2011. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 7, 2012 at: http://www.cph.org.uk/showPublication.aspx?pubid=771 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime and Disorder (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125893

Author: Homeless Link Title: Better Together: Preventing Reoffending and Homelessness Summary: Homelessness and re-offending have a complex link where, for many individuals, each is both a cause and a result of the other. Among people who are homeless there is a vast over-representation of offending backgrounds. Over 75% homelessness services in England support clients who are prison leavers. One in five clients using homelessness services has links with the probation service. In turn, homelessness increases the chances of re-offending. Ex-prisoners who are homeless upon release are twice as likely to re-offend as those with stable accommodation. Offenders who are homeless upon entering prison have a much higher reconviction rate within one year of release, with 79% being reconvicted, compared to 47% who have accommodation. While the links between homelessness and offending have been well documented, less attention has been given to the role that the homelessness sector plays in preventing reoffending, or their working relationships with the criminal justice sector. Too often the homelessness sector has been viewed as synonymous only with ‘housing’ rather than for the wider role that it plays in addressing a whole range of other needs, including preventing re-offending. Our aim was to explore these issues, along two key strands:  How the homelessness sector can play a more active role in supporting clients with offending histories, and in preventing re-offending; and  Ways to build strong partnerships between the homelessness and criminal justice sectors, in order to reduce the re-offending rate of homeless clients. Details: London: Homeless Link, 2011. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 7, 2012 at: http://homeless.org.uk/criminal-justice-project Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: - Housing Shelf Number: 125894

Author: Davies, Helen Title: Sexual Violence in London - A Needs Assessment to Inform the Review of the London Havens Sexual Assault Referral Centres Summary: The London Sexual Violence Needs Assessment was commissioned by the NHS in London (through the Specialised Commissioning Group) and the Metropolitan Police Service (Operation Sapphire). The NHS and MPS jointly fund Sexual Assault Referral Centre (SARC) provision for people who have been raped or sexually assaulted in London. Commissioners initiated the needs assessment process as part of a review of Havens services eleven years since the first London Haven was established. This is the first London-wide Sexual Violence needs assessment, and its purpose is to: - quantify and better understand the needs of Londoners who have experienced sexual assault; - identify / estimate the levels and nature of unmet or partially met need; - map supply and uptake of sexual assault services, including the Havens; - identify gaps between need and SARC supply in London - identify issues related to quality of services and/or equity of access - support consideration of options for improving Londoners’ access to appropriate SARC provision - influence decisions regarding future commissioning priorities for the London Havens. Details: London: MBARC, 2012. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 7, 2012 at: http://www.avaproject.org.uk/media/99053/final-needs-assessment.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Rape Shelf Number: 125898

Author: Gormally, Brian Title: Thematic Evaluation of Funded Projects: Politically-motivated Former Prisoners and their Families Summary: This thematic evaluation focuses on the work of projects which work in the border areas with politically motivated ex-prisoners and their families. Many of these projects have already been individually evaluated in terms of the details of their work and indeed those evaluations form part of the key data drawn upon in the current report. However, the function of this report is to draw out more general themes of broader applicability in assessing the peace and reconciliation outcomes and the impacts of the projects. This review encompasses nine, separate -- indeed sometimes very different -- projects providing services and support for the ex-prisoner community of the Border Region of Ireland and beyond. The projects reviewed include seven, primarily local projects in the border area: Abhaile Aris based in Letterkenny; Expac based in Monaghan; Failte Abhaile based in Dundalk; Failte Chluain Eois based in Clones; La Nua based in Ballinamore, Co Leitrim; Tus Nua Sligeach based in Sligo; and Teach na Failte based in Strabane. In addition, the thematic review also covers the all-Ireland work of Coiste na n-Iarchimi, the central co-ordinating organisation for Republican ex-prisoner projects, as well as The Educational Trust, a project run by the Northern Ireland Association for the Care and Resettlement of Offenders that offers grants to individual ex-prisoners or their family members enabling them to take accredited educational courses throughout Ireland. Details: Belfast: Institute of Criminology and Criminal Justice School of Law Queen’s University Belfast, 2007. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 7, 2012 at: http://www.seupb.eu/Libraries/Peace_Network_Meetings_and_Events/PN__Thematic_Evaluation_of_Funded_Projects_Politically_motivated_former_prisoners_and_their_families__020210.sflb.ashx Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Educational Programs Shelf Number: 125902

Author: Albertson, Katherine Title: Tackling Health Inequalities Through Developing Evidence-based Policy and Practice with Childbearing Women in Prison: A Consultation Summary: The overall aim of this consultation was to scope and map the health needs and health care of childbearing women in prison, using the Yorkshire and Humberside region as a case study. In order to approach this we designed consultation exercises to: • Critically examine how prisons interact with health care agencies to meet the needs of childbearing women both inside and outside prison • Obtain the views of key stakeholders around improving practice and tackling barriers to equity of health care for childbearing women in prison • Identify existing good practice in this area • Produce an evidence base to inform future policy development and practice in this area • Use this local pilot work to inform the development of future research in this field This report contains key findings based on consultation data from the following sources: • A brief scoping review • Two Mother and Baby Unit (MBU) practitioner focus groups • Five MBU Manager interviews • Three activities undertaken by a web-based expert panel • A multidisciplinary final event Details: Sheffield, UK: The Hallam Centre for Community Justice, Sheffield Hallam University; York, UK: The Mother and Infant Research Unit, Department of Health Sciences, University of York, 2012. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2012 at: http://yhhiec.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2012/06/Microsoft-Word-Mothers-in-Prison-Consultation-report-2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 125937

Author: Ipsos MORI Title: Evaluation of the London Youth Reducing Re-offending Programme (Daedalus). Interim report – process evaluation Summary: There has been a long history of studies within the UK highlighting the impact of custodial regimes on the resettlement needs of young people. For example, Her Majesty’s Inspectorate of Prisons and the Youth Justice Board’s (YJB) joint report, ‘Children and Young People in Custody 2008-2009’ (2010), examined young people’s views on what would help them once released from custody. The report found that there were a number of issues surrounding the extent to which young people felt prepared for release. Only 37% of young people felt they had done anything while in custody that would make them less likely to offend in the future, compared with 42% in the previous reporting period. In terms of being prepared for their release, only 45% believed they had done something useful during their time in custody that would help them get a job, while even fewer said they had spoken to someone about going back into education or had received help in finding accommodation (37% and 23% respectively). The report highlighted the need for more resettlement work around finding employment for young people once leaving custody: 73% felt that getting a job would be the experience most likely to prevent them from re-offending in the future, yet only a quarter (23%) had a job to go to on release. However, studies have also shown that when additional focus is placed on care, treatment and through-care, the outcomes for young offenders can be notably improved. For example, in 1992, Ditchfield and Catan compared the regimes of Young Offender Institutions (YOIs) and Local Authority Secure Units (LASUs) and found that young people in LASUs had lower rates of reconviction. They attributed this directly to the focus of LASUs on care and treatment, compared with the security or control ethos in YOIs. In 1991 and 1996, Professor Gwyneth Boswell also conducted research which compared the experiences of Section 53 offenders in two high-quality Youth Treatment Centres (which have subsequently closed) with those in YOIs, and reached similar conclusions to Ditchfield and Catan. In 2003, she also carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the regimes for Section 90/91 young people at Feltham YOI and at the enhanced Carlford Unit at Warren YOI. The Carlford Unit was found to address the criminogenic needs of the young offenders, due primarily to the injection of extra resources which were used in part to develop a wide range of activities and educational opportunities for those in custody. However, much of the resettlement research to date lacks sufficient information on statistical effectiveness. Additionally, studies have tended to examine the experiences of those aged 18 years or older, and not the youth justice population. Where information is available about young people, it is limited and relates to very small numbers. In light of the impact that focused resettlement work has been shown to have on young offenders, there are several projects currently being under-taken in London. The London Criminal Justice Partnership (CJP) is carrying out a Criminal Justice System (CJS) youth review with support from the Mayor’s office and the YJB. This is a review of the Criminal Justice System relating to young people across London. The review looks at the end-to-end ‘journey’ for young people within the criminal justice system, identifying key points of interaction within the system and the process improvements that are most likely to contribute to public safety, reducing re-offending, and helping young people realise a positive future. The review commenced in June 2010 and a final report was produced in February 2011, with the aim of making practical recommendations on how to shape and inform the future direction of CJS youth strategies in London and how to deliver better co-ordination of activity. Details: London: Ipsos MORI, Social Research Institute, 2011. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed August 10, 2012 at: http://www.londoncjp.gov.uk/publications/ipsos_MORI_Interim_Report_Final_Version_20_04_2011_internal_use_only.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Justice System Shelf Number: 125949

Author: Armitage, Rachel Title: Re‐evaluating Secured by Design (SBD) Housing In West Yorkshire Summary: The report presents the findings of a re‐evaluation of SBD housing within West Yorkshire conducted between January and March 2009. The research builds upon the original evaluation of SBD housing in West Yorkshire, which was conducted in 1999. The project utilised a variety of methods to collect the data presented within the report. These were:  A review of the literature relating to SBD and the principles upon which it is based;  An analysis of police recorded crime on three separate samples. The aim of this section of the report was to establish whether SBD estates experience less crime than their non‐SBD counterparts. 1) SBD Versus West Yorkshire (16 SBD developments compared with West Yorkshire as a whole); 2) Same Street Analysis (11 developments which contained both SBD and non‐SBD properties) and 3) Matched Pairs Analysis (16 SBD and 16 non‐SBD matched pairs located as close as possible to each other.  An analysis of self‐reported crime, disorder and fear of crime on 16 SBD and 16 non‐SBD matched pairs in an attempt to establish whether SBD residents experience less self reported experiences, fears and perceptions of crime and disorder than their non‐SBD counterparts.  Visual audits at 16 SBD and 16 non‐SBD sites in an attempt to establish whether SBD estates experience less visual signs of disorder than their non‐ SBD counterparts.  Re‐visiting a sample of two developments from the original (1999) evaluation to establish whether the performance of SBD has improved, deteriorated or remained the same. The results were extremely positive with the findings from each strand of the analysis suggesting that SBD developments outperform their non‐SBD counterparts in terms of the reduction of crime, fear of crime and visual signs of disorder. Details: Huddersfield, UK: University of Huddersfield, 2009. 101p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 10, 2012 at: http://www.fldoca.com/meeting/Re-evaluating-SBD-Housing-in-West-Yorks.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Design Against Crime Shelf Number: 125950

Author: London. Assembly. Health and Public Services Committee Title: Too Much Too Young? Alcohol Misuse Among Young Londoners Summary: Alcohol misuse by young people is a serious concern. Eleven to fifteen year olds in London now drink the equivalent of 180,000 bottles of lager a week, and the amount they drink is increasing. In particular, young women aged 11-15 drink significantly larger quantities of alcohol than they were a few years ago, and they now have drinking habits similar to those of their male peers. However, young women tend to have a lower tolerance for alcohol than young men, which explains why hospital admission rates for 11-15 year old women are almost double those for young men of the same age. Young people from Pakistani and Bangladeshi communities are more likely to drink than they were a few years ago. Although young Londoners from these communities are still less likely to drink than young people from other groups, the Committee is concerned that these recent increases could be the start of an ongoing trend. Young people’s drinking is putting increasing pressure on health services. The number of hospital admissions for young Londoners almost doubled between 2002 and 20063. In 2007-08 the London Ambulance Service NHS Trust dealt with 8,126 alcohol-related calls for 11-21 year olds, which is a 27 per cent increase on 2004-05. The cost of responding to these calls in 2007-08 was around £1.3 million. Despite the growing problem of young people’s alcohol misuse and its increasing impacts on public services, a lack of senior leadership both locally and regionally means that efforts to reduce alcohol harm are not always effectively prioritised or coordinated. The Committee therefore believes that the Mayor and local leaders need to focus more effort on tackling alcohol misuse. Details: London: Greater London Authority, 2009. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 10, 2012 at: http://www.london.gov.uk/archive/assembly/reports/health/alcohol-misuse.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 125956

Author: Pearce, J.J. Title: Youth Gangs, Sexual Violence and Sexual Exploitation. A Scoping Exercise for The Office of the Children’s Commissioner for England Summary: This report outlines the findings of a scoping exercise on Youth Gangs, Sexual Violence and Sexual Exploitation undertaken for the Children's Commissioner for England. The data collected for this scoping exercise is derived from two main sources: o A literature review using key words/phrases including: gangs; young people; sexual violence; sexual violence against girls and young women; sexual violence against boys and young men; sexual exploitation in gang-affected neighbourhoods. It has accessed scholarly literature, central and local government reports and policy documents (e.g. Manchester City Council Child Protection Scrutiny Committee report, West Yorkshire Police Authority Gang Culture Scoping Exercise report) the publications of relevant think tanks (e.g. Centre for Social Justice), pressure groups (e.g. Race on the Agenda) and children's charities (e.g. NSPCC, Barnardo‟s, St Michael‟s Fellowship, The Children‟s Society). The remit of the review includes literature published before the end of January 2011; Appendix one includes brief reference to a number of key documents published after this point. o Interviews with lay and professional „key informants‟ with experience of living and working in gang-affected neighbourhoods and of working with sexual violence (including sexual exploitation) directed against children and young people. Details: Bedford, UK: University of Bedfordshire, Institute for Applied Social Research; London: Children's Commissioner for England, 2011. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 10, 2012 at: http://www.beds.ac.uk/__data/assets/pdf_file/0003/127371/OCC_Uni-of-Beds-Literature-Review_FINAL.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gangs (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125957

Author: London. Assembly. Transport Committee Title: Crime and Disorder on London's Buses Summary: There is less than one crime for every 50,000 passenger journeys on London’s buses, and yet evidence suggests that people feel less safe on them than on any other form of the capital’s public transport. TfL’s own research and responses to our investigation suggest some bus passengers are fearful of crime and intimidated by anti-social behaviour. The reasons for the apparent difference between actual levels of crime and the fear of it are complex. One reason is that recent reductions in crime on buses have not yet had an effect on people’s perceptions of it. Figures provided to the Committee by TfL show bus related crime increased in absolute terms and per passenger journey between 2004 and 2006. There have also been changes to the passenger experience. There has also been an increase of 22.5 per cent in ridership on the bus network since 2002, with nearly two billion passenger journeys last year. The introduction of Oyster cards, whilst increasing the ease and speed of boarding a bus, has reduced contact between staff and passengers; an important factor in passengers’ perceptions of safety. The police and many of those who submitted views to our investigation identified the introduction of free travel on buses for under-16s as a factor in the levels of crime and perceptions of it. Most young people behave responsibly on buses and are more likely to be victims of crime than any other group. However, subsequent policy decisions by TfL and the allocation of police resources suggest the potential effect of the free travel policy on other bus passengers was not adequately considered at the time. We welcome many of the recent initiatives introduced by TfL to increase the uniformed presence on buses and use technology to prevent and solve crime. We have examined these in detail and have made a number of recommendations intended to improve further the way technology and uniformed staff are used to police the bus network. In doing so we have sought to identify lessons that could be learned from best practice elsewhere on the transport network. In particular, we propose: • Increasing the uniformed presence on the bus network using as best practice the example of the DLR where more than six times as much money is spent on security staff than in parts of the capital’s bus network • Exploring the potential for integrating the roles of revenue protection inspectors and Safer Transport Teams • Using the new i-Bus system to ensure that new technology is exploited to explore the potential for live CCTV feeds and better use of PA systems to improve communication between drivers and passengers • Measures to help drivers maintain order and a pleasant environment for bus passengers. Crime and anti-social behaviour will always impinge on the transport network of a large city; it is the responsibility of all relevant public bodies to minimise the extent to which this happens. Our report aims to make a positive contribution to assisting TfL and the police to reduce crime and anti-social behaviour on buses and thereby enhancing the passenger experience. Details: London: London Assembly Transport Committee, 2008. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 10, 2012 at: http://legacy.london.gov.uk/assembly/reports/transport/crime-disorder-buses.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Buses Shelf Number: 125967

Author: Nottingham City Homes Title: The ‘Secure Warm Modern’ Programme in Nottingham: Decent Homes Impact Study: Crime Report Summary: The Broxtowe and Bells Lane estates were some of the first areas to have all their single glazed windows replaced with double glazed 'secured by design' windows in 2008/09. This was done as part of the Secure, Warm, Modern programme. The first part of the Decent Homes Impact Study has been to look at how this has affected the level of burglary on these estates, and found: • Burglaries have reduced by 41% since the Secure work was completed, compared to a 21% reduction across the city as a whole • There are now 62 fewer burglaries per year to NCH properties, compared to 33 fewer burglaries to non-NCH properties within the estates • There is less burglary via a window to NCH properties where the new windows have been fitted. The level of burglaries that occur by forcing a window has halved since the windows were fitted • Residents report that they feel safer in their homes since the windows were replaced. They also find that their home is warmer, has less condensation and is quieter • Residents and officers working in the area have noticed a difference on the estates- it looks cleaner, better and makes the area feel like it is valued. Details: Nottingham, UK: Nottingham City Homes, 2010. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2012 at: http://www.nottinghamcityhomes.org.uk/documents/modern_warm_secure/impact_studies/ntu_crime_report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Burglary Shelf Number: 125976

Author: Teedon, Paul Title: Secured By Design Impact Evaluation: Key Findings Summary: The Caledonian Environment Centre was commissioned by Glasgow Housing Association, Strathclyde Police and the Association of Chief Police Officers Crime Prevention Initiatives to carry out quantitative and qualitative analysis of the impact of Secured By Design (SBD) door and window installation within GHA housing stock. The evaluation was also supported by the Scottish Government. The primary aim of this commission was to investigate the impact of SBD installations on the level of crime, primarily housebreaking, in areas where the installations have been implemented; and to explore tenant and LHO perspectives on potential related effects, such as satisfaction with the installations and perceptions of safety within the home and surrounding area. Details: Glasgow: Caledonian Environment Centre, School of the Built and Natural Environment, Glasgow Caledonian University, 2009. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2012 at: http://www.securedbydesign.com/professionals/pdfs/SBD-Evaluation-Key-Findings-2009.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Burglary Shelf Number: 125977

Author: Jones, Lisa Title: The Economic and Social Costs of Alcohol-Related Harm in Leeds 2008-09 Summary: Alcohol plays an important role in society, being consumed by the majority of adults and making an important contribution to the economy. However, the consumption of alcohol has health and social consequences borne both by individuals and their families, and by the wider community - the cost of alcohol in Leeds to the NHS alone has been estimated to be in excess of £20 million per year. The purpose of this report is to present estimates of the wider economic and social costs of alcohol-related harm in Leeds. Identifying the costs of alcohol-related harm is essential in informing decision-making across government and multi-agency partners regarding alcohol policy, investment in and commissioning of alcohol interventions at a regional and local level, and at an individual level, influencing lifestyle behaviour. Using cost of illness methodology this report attempts to identify and quantify, in economic terms, the impact of alcohol-related harm in Leeds through expenditure on: • The costs of health and social care for people with alcohol-related ill health, including services provided by NHS Leeds and Leeds City Council; • Criminal justice system costs for alcohol-specific and alcohol-related crimes; • The costs of productivity losses in the workplace due to absenteeism, reduced productivity and premature mortality; and • An estimate of the intangible or human costs, representing the wider impacts of premature death. Alcohol also makes an important contribution to the economy, for example through the key role it plays within the leisure and tourist industry, and the report considers the contribution that the production, distribution and sale of alcohol makes to the Leeds economy. The methods used to estimate the economic and social costs of alcohol-related harm in Leeds were based on approaches used in other costing studies, in particular those related to alcohol misuse. These methods aim to identify and measure all costs related to alcohol misuse, including the direct costs, indirect costs in the form of production losses, and intangible or ‘human’ costs. Estimates of the economic and social costs of alcohol-related harm in Leeds in 2008/09 totalled £438.0 million across the four categories as follows: Health and social care; Criminal justice system; Workplace and lost productivity; and Wider social and economic costs. Details: Liverpool: Centre for Public Health, Faculty of Health and Applied Social Sciences, Liverpool John Moores University, 2010. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2012 at: http://www.cph.org.uk/showPublication.aspx?pubid=713 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 125985

Author: Moore, Simon Title: A Multi-Agency Community-Based Intervention to Reduce Excessive Drinking in Cardiff City Centre Summary: This project’s purpose was the reduction of alcohol-related harm in Cardiff city centre through a sustainable community-based intervention. The project devel­oped existing methodologies (Holder 2000) to examine levels of intoxication in Cardiff city centre, audit hotspot city centre locations and individual drinkers for binge drinking and disorder and to share this information with key partners. The project used three strategies to reduce alcohol-related problems in Cardiff city centre: Development and implementation of city centre and individual risk assessments (including an alcometer survey). Improvement of the regulation of licensed premises and reduction of alcohol miss-selling through feedback of risk assessments to licensees and the Cardiff Community Safety Partnership (CCSP: including the licensing committee). Provision of funded licensed premises server training to staff. Drinker and environmental surveys were carried out between the hours of 11 pm and 3am on one Friday and one Saturday each month for twelve months. Survey­ors questioned and breathalysed respondents, and audited the immediate environ­ment for evidence of disorder and risk. The project brought together licensees, South Wales Police, Cardiff Substance Misuse Action Team and Cardiff University to tackle alcohol misuse and disorder in Cardiff city centre in the context of existing, well-developed partnership activity. The project successfully engaged the local community, including bar staff, through a positive media campaign and targeted server training. The public campaign emphasised the positive aspects of Cardiff and how disorder and alcohol misuse were being successfully targeted through this and other community interventions. Details: London: Alcohol Education and Research Council, UK: 2006. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2012 at: http://alcoholresearchuk.org/downloads/finalReports/AERC_FinalReport_0036.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 125990

Author: Smith, Chloe Title: Grippa Evaluation Trial Strategy: Iteration One Report Summary: The relationships between disorder, crime and alcohol have been widely researched and represent a complex and multifaceted set of interactions (Richardson & Budd, 2003). Several themes have emerged demonstrating associations between alcohol and assault (Mattinson, 2001); alcohol and burglary (Bennett & Wright, 1984); and, alcohol and domestic violence (Leonard, 2004). The current research deviates from this and examines associated problems in venues that sell alcohol. In particular, it considers the problem of licensed premises as what Clarke and Eck (2003) refer to as ‘risky facilities’ and what contributes to this status. In the United Kingdom, perhaps more so than other European countries, ‘public house culture’ is an ever increasing phenomena in terms of both popularity and business (Jackson et al. 2000). In terms of criminogenic characteristics, licensed premises have the clear potential to both generate crime, as large numbers of people congregate within them, and attract crime as offenders will quickly learn about venues which offer good opportunities for crime with acceptable risks of detection. In contrast to other types of locations at which people congregate, alcohol can play a contributory role in enhancing victimisation risk, lowering victims awareness of security, and potentially reducing offender’s perceptions of risk or their consideration of it. The aim of the current research was to examine the impact on crime of a crime prevention intervention implemented in a licensed environment. Before discussing the intervention, a brief review of the research literature concerned with those factors that contribute to the risk of victimisation will be presented with a particular focus on crime in bars. Details: London: Jill Dando Institute of Crime and Science University College London, 2005. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2012 at: http://www.grippaclip.com/wp-content/uploads/Grippa-Phase-1-Report.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder (U.K.) Shelf Number: 125993

Author: London. Assembly. Time for Action Panel Title: Time to Reflect: The Development of Time for Action, the Mayor's Strategy to Tackle Serious Youth Violence Summary: The Time for Action strategy is a set of programmes aimed at reaching young people in London who may be at risk of becoming a victim, or perpetrator of crime. The Time for Action Panel welcomes the Mayor’s focus on addressing some of the causes of serious youth violence by expanding young people’s opportunities to participate in constructive activities and improve their life chances. It is important that the Mayor shows leadership by supporting programmes which can act to improve young people’s life chances and reduce youth violence. Final evaluation reports for the programmes have not yet been produced so it is too early to make an assessment of overall effectiveness. Some programmes have been fully worked up and are operational but others have been slow to get going. While the overall strategy has been led by the Deputy Mayor for Policing, other Mayoral Advisors have led on other programmes at different times. There are many lessons to be learnt by the GLA from its work in this area as the Mayor considers future interventions and further roll out of these programmes. In developing the programmes it is important to better understand the causes and drivers of serious youth violence and there is more the Mayor can do to commission and publish research which would support his interventions. This is vital to ensure effective programme design and targeting of resources. Our focus has been on three particular areas where the Mayor has intervened and significant GLA resources have been expended: to support offender rehabilitation, to support looked after children and to support mentoring of young black boys. The Panel has looked in detail at the creation of the Heron Unit at Feltham Young Offenders Institute that seeks to deliver intensive rehabilitation for young men who have stepped forward for a second chance. Our impression of the work of the Unit has been very positive and there is now some quantitative data to suggest that the Unit may be able to improve the chances of successful rehabilitation once the young men leave. We look forward to the final evaluation report in the summer and to hearing from the Mayor what further support the GLA will be offering to the Unit. The local authority is the corporate parent for looked after children but there are important strategic interventions that the Mayor can make to support these children. His work to support looked after children has shifted focus from boosting school attendance and achievement to supporting looked after children make the transition from school to university and to help raise aspirations. His intervention has been welcome but there is more that can be done through a campaign for more foster parents and by providing support into employment through ring-fencing apprenticeships in the GLA group. The Mayor’s mentoring programme has not met its delivery targets and there are concerns amongst some Panel members about the capacity of the consortium to create sufficient numbers of successful mentoring relationships. Part of the reason why the mentoring programme is behind schedule may be due to the way the appointment of the delivery consortium was made and the subsequent problems with the winning bid’s delivery partners. Details: London: Greater London Authority, 2012. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 13, 2012 at: http://dera.ioe.ac.uk/13977/1/12-03-16-Time-to-Refelct.Pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 125994

Author: London. Environment Committee Title: Booming and Fuming: Noise Nuisance from Car Stereos and Mini-Motorbikes Summary: Mobile nuisance noise caused by loud car stereos is on the increase and making life a misery for some people in the capital, according to respondents to a snapshot survey published in our report. The investigation found some Londoners affected by noise from car stereos and mini motos suffer from stress and experience frustration that, at least in the case of car stereo noise, authorities are unable to tackle the problem effectively. The report makes a number of recommendations to address the problems of mobile urban nuisance noise: The Metropolitan Police Service (MPS) should work with councils to improve understanding of the scale and location of nuisance from loud car stereos, create practical guidance for officers tackling the problem and pilot enforcement in hotspots. The MPS should provide local police teams with the existing information about the best methods for tackling inappropriate mini moto use. The Department of Transport should specifically address nuisance noise caused by mini motos as part of their review of off-road motorcycles. Details: London: Greater London Authority, 2008. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 13, 2012 at: http://www.london.gov.uk/who-runs-london/the-london-assembly/publications/safety-polici/booming-and-fuming-noise-nuisance-car-stereos Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Noise Control (London, U.K.) Shelf Number: 126002

Author: Nevill, Camilla Title: Impact measurement in the youth justice sector Summary: Charities working in the field of youth justice have good reason to take impact meaurement seriously. Many of these charities receive a very high proportion of their funding from statutory sources - 78% of Nacro's funding and 89% of Catch-22's funding come from the government - and in the face of budget cuts it is more vital than ever for them to prove their approach works. This report is part of NPC's Measuring together series which aims to help charities to overcome barriers to impact reporting by working together and sharing methods and approaches. Most youth justice charities aim to reduce re-offending and agree that this is the outcome they need to measure. But they also need to consider interim outcomes, such as improved relationships or gained qualifications, on the path to understanding what works. The report includes recommendations for improving impact measurement in the youth justice sector. Charities can collect data from the young people they work with, and work closely with other charities to coordinate measurement efforts. Funders need to invest in charities that measure their results. And the government needs to make it easier for charities to access the data they need to measure successsfully. Details: London: New Philanthropy Capital, 2011. 30p. Source: Measuring Together Series: Internet Resource: Accessed August 13, 2012 at http://www.philanthropycapital.org/download/default.aspx?id=1145 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Measurement (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126019

Author: Edwards, Sarah Title: All Change: Preventing Trafficking in the UK Summary: All Change: Preventing Trafficking in the UK is the new report from The Anti-Trafficking Monitoring Group. It is the result of research carried out between 2010 and 2011 with the aim of examining trafficking prevention in the UK in accordance with the Government’s obligations under the Council of Europe Convention on Action against Trafficking in Human Beings. In particular, it assesses measures instigated by the UK Government to prevent trafficking/re-trafficking and how these measures are coordinated across departments and civil society. It also highlights good practice in prevention programming and offers recommendations to strengthen the UK’s ability to prevent trafficking in the future. Details: London: The Anti-Trafficking Monitoring Group, 2012. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2012 at http://www.antislavery.org/includes/documents/cm_docs/2012/a/atmg_all_change_prevention.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126026

Author: Anderson, Ross Title: Measuring the Cost of Cybercrime Summary: In this paper we present what we believe to be the rst systematic study of the costs of cybercrime. It was prepared in response to a request from the UK Ministry of Defence following scepticism that previous studies had hyped the problem. For each of the main categories of cybercrime we set out what is and is not known of the direct costs, indirect costs and defence costs { both to the UK and to the world as a whole. We distinguish carefully between traditional crimes that are now `cyber' because they are conducted online (such as tax and welfare fraud); transitional crimes whose modus operandi has changed substantially as a result of the move online (such as credit card fraud); new crimes that owe their existence to the Internet; and what we might call platform crimes such as the provision of botnets which facilitate other crimes rather than being used to extract money from victims directly. As far as direct costs are concerned, we nd that traditional oences such as tax and welfare fraud cost the typical citizen in the low hundreds of pounds/Euros/dollars a year; transitional frauds cost a few pounds/Euros/dollars; while the new computer crimes cost in the tens of pence/cents. However, the indirect costs and defence costs are much higher for transitional and new crimes. For the former they may be roughly comparable to what the criminals earn, while for the latter they may be an order of magnitude more. As a striking example, the botnet behind a third of the spam sent in 2010 earned its owners around US$2.7m, while worldwide expenditures on spam prevention probably exceeded a billion dollars. We are extremely inecient at ghting cybercrime; or to put it another way, cybercrooks are like terrorists or metal thieves in that their activities impose disproportionate costs on society. Some of the reasons for this are well-known: cybercrimes are global and have strong externalities, while traditional crimes such as burglary and car theft are local, and the associated equilibria have emerged after many years of optimisation. As for the more direct question of what should be done, our gures suggest that we should spend less in anticipation of cybercrime (on antivirus, rewalls, etc.) and more in response { that is, on the prosaic business of hunting down cyber-criminals and throwing them in jail. Details: Berlin: Workshop on the Economics of Information Security, 2012. 31p. Source: Conference Report: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2012 at http://weis2012.econinfosec.org/papers/Anderson_WEIS2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Computer Crime (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126027

Author: Edwards, Adam Title: Evaluation of the Cardiff Night-TIme Economy Co-ordinator (NTEC) Post Summary: This evaluation of the role of Night-Time Economy Co-ordinator (NTEC) for Cardiff was a requirement of funding for the NTEC post, which Cardiff Community Safety Partnership (subsequently, ‘Safer Capital’) received from the Home Office Tackling Violent Crime Programme (HOTVCP). This post was funded out of this programme in recognition of the particular problems of alcohol-related violence against the person and public disorder that have accompanied the rapid expansion of the night-time economy in Cardiff and the pressures this has placed on public health and safety in the City. The regulatory deficit created by this expansion, given the limited police resources available for controlling the consumption of alcohol, provided the initial rationale for the NTEC post. The post and the evaluation commenced in December 2007, the period of funding for the NTEC post from the HOTVCP ran until March 2009. This evaluation covers activities undertaken by the post-holder in seeking to address the regulatory deficit during this period. The evaluation had an action-research element built into it, insofar as the evaluator was invited to participate in the steering group for work undertaken by the NTEC and to help define the core objectives of this post for the duration of its funding from the HOTVCP. Four objectives were agreed amongst the steering group, which also included representatives of the regional Home Office who had commissioned both the NTEC post and its evaluation. They were: 1. Creation of a unified measurement of performance and enforcement arm for the regulation of the night-time economy (NTE); 2. Engage local authority service areas with an identifiable role in preventing or reducing violence in the NTE; 3. Establish a late-night transport system that is easily accessible and clearly sign-posted for clientele; and, 4. Enhance the surveillance capacity for reducing violence in the NTE. The conjecture underpinning these four objectives was that the regulatory deficit confronting Safer Capital could be reduced in a relatively short period of time by improving intelligence and surveillance on the concentration of violence and disorder in particular places (‘hot-spots’) and times (‘hot-times’) and by targeting measures to reduce the situational opportunities for such behaviour in these places and at these times by tasking all those agencies thought to have a role in situational crime reduction. It was agreed that the principal focus of the evaluation would be on the process of defining such objectives and assessing the progress of the NTEC in putting them into action; specifically, the possibilities for, and barriers to, co-ordinating the multiplicity of agencies whom the steering group believed could make a contribution to the reduction of violence and disorder in Cardiff’s NTE. As such, the focus of this evaluation has not been on the outcomes of multi-agency interventions on patterns of alcohol-related violence and disorder, although some inferences about this are included in Section 6 (and Appendices three, four and five). Details: Cardiff Centre for Crime, Law and Justice, Cardiff University, 2012. 80p. Source: Working Paper 133: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2012 at http://www.cardiff.ac.uk/socsi/resources/wp133.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126029

Author: FMR Research Title: Final Report May 2009: Evaluation of Nite Zone Summary: This report is a study evaluating the Nite Zone programme implemented by the Glasgow City Centre Alcohol Action Group (GCCAAG). This report highlights the findings of the evaluation and offers recommendations regarding improvements for the project. The evaluation was undertaken during January to April 2009. Glasgow city centre can host between 70,000 to 100,000 people on a Friday or Saturday night which creates challenges when looking at protection and control issues around alcohol. This led to the establishment of the Glasgow City Centre Alcohol Group (CCAAG) in 2003 to tackle alcohol related harm in the City Centre. GCCAAG is a partnership between Strathclyde Police, Glasgow City Council, Glasgow Community & Safety Services and NHS Greater Glasgow and Clyde. The remit of the group is to develop actions around a range of activities to reduce alcohol-related harm and promote a safer environment by co-ordinated action; with the implicit recognition that at all levels alcohol-related harm cannot be tackled without multi-agency effort. Nite Zone draws together a number of community safety strands which helps to facilitate the prompt and safe exit of users of the Glasgow city centre night time economy. While initially focusing on the area around Glasgow Central Station when the project was established in December 2005, the project was extended to Sauchiehall Street in June 2006. Nite Zone‟s main aims are to get people who are using the night time economy quickly and safely out of the city centre with a positive impact on violent crime, disorder, anti-social behaviour and the fear of crime. 1.2 Objectives The overarching aim of this evaluation was to evaluate and report on the contribution that Nite Zone had made with regard to reducing violence in the City Centre as well as reviewing the success of the specific strands of the Nite Zone initiative. These include: increasing the capacity of night taxi ranks; amending traffic sequences to reduce congestion at night; provision of public street white lighting; developing a radio network involving night clubs and other late night premises; providing Taxi and Bus Marshalls; increasing CCTV operators and providing Public Help Points; and providing first aid to people in taxi queues. Details: Glasgow: FMR Research, 2009. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 16, 2012 at: www.shiftingthebalance.scot.nhs.uk Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorders Shelf Number: 126047

Author: Hughes, Gordon Title: Research Project Report: Status Dogs, Young People and Criminalisation: Towards a Preventative Strategy Summary: The Royal Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals (RSPCA) has anecdotal and, to some degree, internal statistical evidence to suggest that in recent years there has been a dramatic increase in individuals owning and using dogs in harmful or criminal behaviour in the UK. In the financial year 2009-10 the Metropolitan Police Service (London) reported that they had seized and dealt with 1152 prohibited and dangerous dogs (RSPCA 2010a) an increase of 60% on the previous year. Between 2004 and 2008 the RSPCA saw a 12-fold increase (ibid) in calls reporting dog-fighting. Some 55% of the calls to the RSPCA in 2009 concerning 'dog fighting' referred to youths or 'hoodies' fighting their dogs in the street or park. These so-called 'status dogs' are of certain breeds/types - both legal and illegal - and often have the label of 'dangerous' referring, it would appear, both to other dogs and to humans. Anti-social behaviour with dogs is a widely reported issue that affects many people, mainly in urban areas, and is occasionally associated with 'gang' crime and more generally young people and their peer groups 'on the streets'. The RSPCA's core business is to prevent cruelty to animals and the organisation is the primary, albeit nongovernmental, enforcer of animal welfare legislation in England and Wales. The Society's Inspectorate have reported an increase in the numbers of these types of dogs; changes in the situations in and purpose for which they are being kept; and who the owners are. Animal centres have noticed a significant increase in status dog breeds which in itself has presented 'kennel blocking' and re-homing problems. Meanwhile animal hospitals and clinics have seen a worrying increase in the numbers of these dogs presented for fighting injuries which perhaps backs up the anecdotal evidence that ad hoc street dog fighting - referred to as 'rolling' = is indeed on the increase. Thus far the work of the RSPCA on the issue of status dogs has concentrated on mapping the Society's own experiences, developing a network of enforcers and influencing relevant policies with housing providers. In addition in March 2009 the Metropolitan Police set up a Status Dogs Unit to which the RSPCA ensured an officer worked alongside this Unit specifically on this issue. The Society is also running a re-homing campaign designed to educate the public on the suitability of some of these dogs as pets (RSPCA 2011). In addition ten 'hot spots' have been identified using RSPCA data and reviewed by adding in local authority and police data (such as strays and seizures) across England and Wales where special project groups are being set up across these three bodies to pilot locally designed responses to the use of status dogs in anti-social behaviour. This builds on work already developed in and around the London area and it is hoped by the RSPCA that such interventions can be better evaluated and different models tested. Details: Cardiff, Wales: Cardiff Centre for Crime, Law and Justice, Cardiff University; Horsham, UK: Royal Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals, 2011. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 16, 2012 at: http://politicalanimal.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2014/09/Hughes-Maher-Lawson-Status-Dogs-report-2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Animal Abuse Shelf Number: 126050

Author: Great Britain. Local Government Association Title: Metal Theft Survey 2012 Summary: In February 2012 councils in England and Wales were invited to take part in a survey which asked whether they had been affected by metal theft since April 2009, what the consequences were if they had been and for their opinions on how to tackle the problem. The survey found seven out of ten (71 per cent) of councils had suffered metal thefts over the period and only 12 per cent had not had any thefts. The most commonly stolen items were gully/drainage/manhole covers which were taken from one third of respondents (32 per cent), followed by roofing material which were stolen from a quarter (24 per cent). These thefts cost councils up to £117,500 in 2009/10, although this figure was slightly lower at £100,000 in 2010/11. The median amount of costs incurred by councils was £11,125 in 2009/10, this increased by 26 per cent in 2010/11 to £14,000. Six per cent of councils have been sued as a result of metal theft and major consequences included a member of the public falling down a gully and the closure of a main road. Four in ten councils (39 per cent) have prosecuted thieves and/or scrap metal dealers over the past three years. In three quarters of cases (76 per cent) they were prosecuted for metal theft and in just under half (48 per cent) the legal action was brought for handling stolen goods. Councils are taking steps to tackle the problem by using non-metallic alternatives and by using anti-theft measures such as CCTV and the use of smart water marking. Over half of the survey respondents thought that they should be given powers to deal with unscrupulous scrap metal dealers, including closure of illegally trading sites, the introduction of a cashless payment system and a requirement for better record keeping. There was also strong support for dealers to be licensed by councils and three quarters (75 per cent) of those in favour felt that councils should be able to set the license fees based on a full cost recovery basis. Details: London: Local Government Association, 2012. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 21, 2012 at http://www.local.gov.uk/c/document_library/get_file?uuid=2065cc75-537d-400f-a4b4-26d65b3c8a32&groupId=10171 Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Closed-Circuit Television (CCTV) (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126072

Author: Monchuk, Leanne Title: Re-evaluating the Secured by Design (SBD) scheme 10 years on Summary: Secured by Design (SBD) is an award scheme which aims to encourage housing developers to design out crime at the planning stage. The scheme is managed by the Association of Chief Police Officers Crime Reduction Initiatives Limited (ACPO CPI Ltd.) whilst the day-to-day delivery of the scheme is conducted by Architectural Liaison Officers (ALOs) or Crime Prevention Design Advisors (CPDAs) working for individual police forces throughout the United Kingdom. The scheme sets standards for compliance which developments must meet to be awarded SBD status. This paper presents the findings of research conducted over a ten-year period (1999 to 2009) into the effectiveness of the SBD scheme as a crime reduction measure. Utilising a variety of methods, the research aims to establish whether residents living within SBD developments experience less crime and fear of crime than their non-SBD counterparts. Whether SBD developments show less visual signs of crime and disorder than their non-SBD counterparts, and finally, whether properties built to the SBD standard are able to sustain any crime reduction benefits over a ten-year period. Details: Huddersfield, UK: University of Huddersfield. Source: Presentation: Available at Don M. Gottfredson Library of Criminal Justice, Acc. # 126076. Year: 0 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Design Against Crime Shelf Number: 126076

Author: Ipsos MORI Title: Evaluation of the London Youth Reducing Reoffending Programme (Daedalus) - Emerging Findings Summary: The London Youth Reducing Reoffending Programme (Daedalus) (LYRRP (Daedalus)) aims to support young people due to be released from custody by moving them into sustainable education, training or employment and to ensure that they have suitable accommodation upon release. Offering such support is expected to lead to better re-integration into their communities and access to mainstream and specialist support services; and consequently a reduction in youth re-offending rates and serious youth violence in London. The London Criminal Justice Partnership (London CJP) has commissioned Ipsos MORI to evaluate the LYRRP (Daedalus). The research aims to identify the means to which the enhanced resettlement programme which commences within the Heron Unit, at Feltham YOI, and offers continued support in the community by the Resettlement Brokers, contributes to a reduction in re-offending and addresses the risk factors associated with offending behaviour. This report covers some of the emerging findings from the evaluation, with a specific focus on the experiences of young people. The interim evaluation report due in late 2010 will cover in detail the process of the programme (set up and delivery) as well as building on the findings around the experiences of – and outcomes for – the young people. The final report is due in March 2012, and will include a reconviction study and a cost benefit analysis. Details: London: Ipsos MORI, 2010. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 21, 2012 at http://www.londoncjp.gov.uk/publications/2010_06_02_LYRRPEmergingFindingsRpt.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Evaluative Studies Shelf Number: 126081

Author: Association of British Insurers Title: Securing the Nation: The Case for Safer Homes Summary: Domestic burglary also has a high social cost. It has a disproportionate impact on the most vulnerable in society, who also have the least home security protection and the least ability to bear the financial impacts of a burglary. Households without any security devices (such as deadlocks, window locks, security lights, CCTV and burglar alarms) are more than four times as likely to be burgled than those with. There is a role for proportionate crime reduction measures to be designed into homes at the very first stages of development and during refurbishment, rather than added as an optional extra after the fact. Building Regulations on security should be developed now so that current opportunities – a relatively benign economic cycle and a push for growth in housing (the London Plan alone identifies the need for 345,000 new homes to be built in London by 2016) – are not lost. The Sustainable and Secure Buildings Act 2004 offers a unique opportunity to address the heavy ongoing costs of crime through developing and implementing a new Part S on minimum standards of security to Building Regulations. An established and well-regarded base – the Association of Chief Police Officers’ initiative Secured By Design (SBD) – already exists from which regulation and supporting guidance should be developed. In particular, SBD’s physical security measures on external doors and windows (the most used points of entry by burglars) provide an appropriate basis for regulation and already provide cross-compliance with existing regulation (such as Part L on energy conservation). In addition to setting a minimum standard for security, Building Regulations can ensure a proportionate response to differing and changing crime risks by requiring a risk assessment and by developing guidance to, and a technical specification of, higher standards. This would also encourage the consideration of the Government’s planning system advice in ‘Safer Places’. Details: London: Association for British Insurers, 2006. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2012 at http://www.securedbydesign.com/professionals/pdfs/Securing%20the%20Nation%20-%20the%20case%20for%20safer%20homes.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention through Environmental Design (CPT Shelf Number: 126083

Author: Great Britain. Positive Futures Team, Home Office Title: Positive Futures: impact report: End of season review Summary: Positive Futures is a national sports-based social inclusion programme, managed up to the end of March 2006 from within the Home Office Drug Strategy Directorate. It is currently delivered through 115 local partnership projects located throughout England and Wales. This is the third impact report produced by Positive Futures. It provides details of the programme’s progress in the final year of its three-year strategy, and looks at what the future holds as Positive Futures moves into its next phase of development. This report looks at Positive Futures’ success in meeting the commitments set out in the strategy document before addressing the delivery of programmes and associated achievements of the young people involved. Following this, it outlines the wider work undertaken to build an infrastructure for the ongoing delivery of sportsbased social inclusion work. Finally, as the third phase of the programme’s development comes to a close, the report looks at the new opportunities presented as Positive Futures moves into its next phase of development. Details: London: Treatment and Young People Drugs Unit, Positive Futures Team, Home Office, 2006. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2012 at http://dera.ioe.ac.uk/6207/1/pf-impact-report%3Fview%3DBinary Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior, Juveniles (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126088

Author: mruk Research Title: Thurrock Council Citizen's Panel: Parks and Fear of Crime Survey Summary: This report presents the key findings from a survey with residents of Thurrock who belong to the Citizen’s Panel. The survey was carried out by mruk research limited, an independent market research company. The survey aimed to assess resident’s views on parks in their local area and explore their views on crime and anti-social behaviour in the area. Details: London: mruk research, 2007. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2012 at http://www.thurrock.gov.uk/i-know/consultation/pdf/con_park_survey_200706.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126092

Author: Williams, Nigel Title: Alcohol and Crime Summary: Alcohol impinges on crime from several directions. Some offences are defined in relation to alcohol, concerning the degree or manner of consumption permitted. Other offences are increased in frequency by the effect of alcohol on the perpetrator or, in some cases, the victim. Strategies to reduce alcohol-related crime can attempt to alter the behaviour of society so that fewer people drink enough to transgress, or to address problem drinking in known offenders. Estimates of the cost to the NHS depend to some extent on attributing a set proportion of the blame for each type of illness or accident to alcohol. On that slightly crude basis, the Department of Health estimated £2.7 billion (2006/7 prices) annually. Details: London: CIVITAS Institute for the Study of Civil Society, 2012. 6p. Source: CIVITAS Crime Factsheets: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2012 at http://www.civitas.org.uk/crime/factsheet-alcoholcrime.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126096

Author: Greater London Authority Title: Weapon dogs: The situation in London Summary: London has, and continues to experience, a serious rise in the number of dangerous and status dogs. These are increasingly being used in crime and as weapons for intimidation - ‘weapon’ dogs. There has been an increase in attacks on young people and Londoners feel that it is only a matter of time before someone is killed. The media regularly reports attacks on people and incidents in parks; rumours circulate about dog-fights and chain fighting; and residents are concerned about damage to trees from dogs being trained to be aggressive. Action needs to be taken to develop and deliver solutions that will eliminate this abhorrent feature of London life that blights neighbourhoods, terrorises residents and is linked to serious crime. Weapon Dogs: The Situation in London sets out the action that we are already taking, and will need to take in the future, to eliminate weapon dogs from our great city. Details: London: Greater London Authority, 2009. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2012 at http://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/Weapon%20dogsfinal.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Animal Welfare Shelf Number: 126097

Author: Great Britain. House of Commons. Science and Technology Committee Title: Malware and cyber crime Summary: Malware comes in different forms. A novel way cybercrime is being perpetrated on individuals is through the use of artificial dialogue systems that are flirting chatbots, such as CyberLover. This kind of malware penetrates instant messaging platforms (eg MSN Messenger) and Internet chatrooms. The unaware individual is tricked into believing they are chatting to a human in cyberspace when in fact a social engineering attack is taking place in an attempt to steal identity and conduct financial fraud. This kind of threat will increase as the sophistication of artificial dialogue systems improves. Detecting deception by this type of malware is crucial. Through recognition of “human conversation” and identification of artificial dialogue, the risk of identity theft can be mitigated preventing loss of funds, and reducing psychological misery. Details: London: The Stationary Office, 2012. 2 vols. Source: Twelfth Report of Session 2010-12: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2012 at http://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201012/cmselect/cmsctech/1537/1537vw.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Computer Crimes (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126101

Author: Cooper, Karen Title: Keeping Young People Engaged: Improving education, training and employment opportunities for serious and persistent young offenders Summary: In 2002, the Youth Justice Board (YJB) secured funding from the Government spending review to establish the ‘Keeping Young People Engaged’ (KYPE) initiative. A partnership project led by the YJB and the Connexions Service, KYPE was intended to support the existing capabilities of youth offending teams (YOTs) to provide relevant education, training and employment (ETE) services for all young offenders, but particularly for individuals subject to Detention and Training Orders (DTOs) and those serving community sentences of Intensive Surveillance and Supervision Programmes (ISSPs). The YJB and Connexions established a joint target to ensure that at least 90% of young offenders would be in suitable ETE during and at the end of their sentence. The main objective of the project was to enhance the resources available to local partnerships so that performance improvements would be achieved in pursuit of the 90% target. In 2003, eight Connexions frontrunner areas were selected to receive KYPE funding. In the projects’ second year, a further five YOT cluster areas were allocated funding. In undertaking the evaluation, three key aims provided an overall focus and a framework within which to draw up research activities. These aims were: to determine the effectiveness of resource funded by the project in successfully placing young offenders in ETE; to assess key components, approaches and practices to help develop an understanding of ‘what works’; and to capture learning from the project in a way that would best develop the wider knowledge base on ETE and provide evidence for policy development. Details: London: Youth Justice Board, 2007. 206p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 23, 2012 at: http://dera.ioe.ac.uk/6703/1/Keeping_Young_People_Engaged_(Full_Report)-2.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Educational Programs Shelf Number: 126110

Author: Hughes, Jenny Title: Doing the Arts Justice: A Review of Research Literature, Practice and Theory Summary: Doing the Arts Justice: A Review of Research Literature, Practice & Theory was commissioned by Arts Council England, the Department for Culture, Media and Sport and the Offenders’ Learning and Skills Unit at the Department for Education and Skills, as core partners in the Research into Arts and Criminal Justice Think Tank (REACTT). REACTT was established by the Unit for the Arts and Offenders in late 2002, with the aim of establishing partnership research in the arts in criminal justice sector; developing a research programme to distill high quality evidence of outcomes from arts interventions in criminal justice settings; and feeding the results of research back into the development of a coherent evaluation framework for arts activities in criminal justice settings. Researched and written by Jenny Hughes, and Edited by Andrew Miles and Angus McLewin, the review includes chapters on: • What works in preventing offending by young people; • Interventions in custodial and community settings; • Relevance of the arts; • Quality assessment criteria for research design and methodology; • Facilitating re-engagement and attainment in education; • Challenging offending behaviour; • Sponsoring personal and social development; • The impact of the arts on social exclusion; • The impact of arts in the criminal justice system upon society; • Challenging prejudice and raising awareness in the community; • Enhancing and enriching the prison curriculum; • Coping with imprisonment and reducing anger and aggression; • The arts in resettlement; • Arts as a cultural right; and • Arts in prevention. Through surveys, case studies and more, the review demonstrates that "the arts have the capacity and potential to offer a range of innovative, theory-informed and practical approaches that can enhance and extend provision of educational, developmental and therapeutic programmes across the criminal justice sector." Details: London: Arts Council, Unit for Arts and Offenders, Centre for Applied Theatre Research, 2005. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 27, 2012 at: http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/+/http://www.culture.gov.uk/NR/rdonlyres/D4B445EE-4BCC-4F6C-A87A-C55A0D45D205/0/Doingartsjusticefinal.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Arts in Prisons Shelf Number: 126111

Author: Johnston, Les Title: Snakes & Ladders: Young People, Transitions and Social Exclusion Summary: The research project (Young people, transitions and social exclusion) on which this report is based aimed to: • explore the causes, extent and consequences of socioeconomic exclusion for a diverse sample of young people in one particularly disadvantaged locality; • examine and understand the range of ‘mainstream’ and ‘diverse’ careers that young people develop in this context; • suggest what policy and practice interventions might ‘work’ in terms of securing ‘inclusive’ careers for disadvantaged youth and to explore the extent to which these can be extended further to other groups of young people. The project, funded by the Joseph Rowntree Foundation under their Young People Programme, began in October 1999 and concluded in March 2000. The first chapter discusses the research site and the rationale for its selection, outlines the theoretical and policy context of the study and describes the project’s design and methodology. Chapter 2 looks at six cameos of individuals drawn from the larger sample. The stories revealed in these cameos exemplify the events, problems and processes typically experienced by young people as they grow up in Willowdene. In Chapter 3 we draw on these cameos – and, where appropriate, on data from interviews with other young people – to identify the key analytical themes which aid the understanding of youth transitions in a context of social exclusion. Finally, in Chapter 4 we summarise the main findings of the research and consider some of its policy implications. Details: York, UK: The Policy Press and the Joseph Rountree Foundation, 2000. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 27, 2012 at: http://www.jrf.org.uk/sites/files/jrf/jr090-young-people-exclusion.pdf Year: 2000 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Delinquency Prevention (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126112

Author: Flint, John Title: Evaluation of Intensive Intervention Projects Summary: As part of the previous government's Children's Plan and Youth Taskforce Action Plan, 20 Intensive Intervention Projects (IIPs) were established, delivered by a range of public and third sector organisations. The IIP programme was allocated £13m of funding between April 2009 and 2011. The IIPs aimed to turn around the lives of up to 1,000 of the most challenging and problematic young people aged 8-19, each year through addressing a range of risk factors, using a contractual approach combining support and sanction. The Department for Education (formerly the Department for Children, Schools and Families) commissioned a qualitative and cost-benefit evaluation of IIPs to complement the evaluation of IIPs being conducted by the National Centre for Social Research (NatCen). The evaluation included longitudinal case studies of 15 young people and economic analysis in five IIPs and interviews with key stakeholders involved in the national IIP programme. Key findings • The presenting problems of young people and their families were extensive and complex and were underpinned by five underlying factors: learning difficulties; violence (domestic and neighbourhood); bereavement; family break up; and (linked) mental health issues. These factors needed to be addressed in order to facilitate transformative and sustainable change. • Progress for the young people was complicated and seldom linear, but rather was characterised by periods of advance and regression, influenced by fluid family and neighbourhood situations and moments of crisis. Many young people and/or their families continued to require support in the period following IIP interventions. • In two thirds of the case studies, 'hard' transformative outcomes had been achieved, including cessations or reductions in offending or anti-social behaviour and improvements in education. These outcomes were also reported by stakeholders across the national programme. The 'distance travelled' by young people should be an important measure of assessment. • IIPs often achieved 'soft' transformative outcomes including reduced risky behaviours, enhanced psychological wellbeing and social and parenting skills, and improved domestic environments (emotional, social and physical). IIPs had also achieved crisis management or the stabilisation of young people and families which were essential to the further achievement of transformative outcomes. • The IIPs represent good value for money. The average cost of a successfully closed case was about £35,000. The IIP intervention generated average savings from prevented expenditure over five years with an average present value of about £280,000 per person for a sample of young people with positive outcomes from the case study sites. With a return of £8 of savings per £1 spent, these figures indicate significant quantifiable cost-benefits from the intervention (as well as the many qualitative benefits for the young people and their families). • The strengths of the IIP model included: the perceived independence of IIPs; the use of key workers; a holistic whole family approach; relatively small case loads and flexible working hours; ability to effectively engage and assess young people and families and support them over a significant period of time; the use of personalised budgets; the diversity of IIP workers' roles; and co-ordination of multi-agency support. • The relationship between IIP workers, young people and other family members or social peers was the central and most significant factor in achieving positive change. This was based upon a persistent, non-judgemental and assertive approach. This relationship and the use (or withholding) of informal rewards and incentives were more important than formal enforcement action or sanctions in affecting change. • Partnership working was essential to the effectiveness of IIPs. This required access to specialist services and flexibility in statutory provision, combined with support for families to engage effectively with a range of agencies. • IIPs faced a series of challenges, including the scale and complexity of young people's and families' problems; ensuring and maintaining the engagement of young people and other family members; issues around funding and case loads; and tensions and difficulties in partnership working, including securing post IIP exit support packages. Details: London: Department of Education, 2011. 140p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report DFE-RR113: Accesssed August 27, 2012 at: https://www.education.gov.uk/publications/eOrderingDownload/DFE-RR113.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 126113

Author: Burnett, Ros Title: Found in Transition? Local Inter-Agency Systems for Guiding Young Adults into Better Lives: Final Report of the Formative Evaluation of the T2A Pilots Summary: Three Transition to Adulthood (T2A) pilots were introduced as part of a movement to give prominence and priority to services for ‘young adults’ in the criminal justice system, recognising that this is a stage in life when the adjustments and passages in the life-course are at their most challenging and when those already involved in offending are at risk of becoming the most prolific. The Barrow Cadbury Trust has been at the forefront of this movement, funding a commission of inquiry, an alliance of interested organisations and three pilots to pioneer appropriate services in their locale. The broad purpose of the T2A movement has been to put ‘young adulthood’ on the map used by criminal justice and community services so that it is more conspicuous as a distinct area of need, and to achieve a more joined-up approach across the age divide separating services, and across the different sectors. Categories of young adults with different needs or additional challenges – ethnic minority, female, disabled, mentally ill, substance addicted – are particularly within the ambit of the initiative, because of their combined vulnerabilities. The pilots are in London, Birmingham, and Worcestershire respectively. Two are led by voluntary sector services: the St Giles Trust runs the one in South London as part of its SOS project, and YSS (not an abbreviation) runs the one in Worcestershire. The third one, in Birmingham, is delivered by the Staffordshire and West Midlands Probation Trust. They commenced operation as T2A teams during the period December 2008 and July 2009, though the two voluntary sector teams were able to embed this work within existing projects. Still with one year to run, in effect they have a dual function: on an operational level, they are demonstrating effective work with young adults at risk; on an institutional level, they are blazing a trail for inter-agency policies that will bridge gaps between services and ensure joined up provision for young adults. The pilots have made great progress in putting into practice the purposes set for them by BCT’s Commission for Transition to Adulthood and the subsequent T2A Alliance. The inroads they have made are on two main fronts: their present work with service users (that is, at the beneficiary level) and their more future oriented strategic planning with other agencies (that is, at the institutional level). The work on these two fronts includes many strands. They add up to a complex package which – especially with reference to continuity in the future – might be summed up as the development of local inter-agency systems for guiding young adults into better lives. Details: Oxford, UK: University of Oxford, Centre for Criminology, 2010. 119p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 27, 2012 at: http://www.t2a.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/Oxford-CfC-Final-Evaluation-Report-2011.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 126114

Author: Crimmens, David Title: Reaching Socially Excluded Young People: A National Study of Street-Based Youth Work Summary: This study explores the contribution of detached and outreach youth work to the involvement of socially excluded young people in relevant and accessible education, training and employment in England and Wales. In particular it considers how detached and outreach youth work might articulate with the Connexions initiative. The research sought to: • explore the nature, range and geographical spread of street-based youth work with socially excluded young people in England and Wales; • identify the effectiveness of agency strategies and practice interventions in developing significant and sustainable educational, training and vocational opportunities; and • establish how street-based youth work can best contribute to and articulate with the Connexions Service and the ‘key agencies’ that constitute Connexions Partnerships. Details: Durham, UK: Durham University, 2004. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 27, 2012 at: http://dro.dur.ac.uk/6409/1/6409.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 126116

Author: Northern Ireland Executive Title: Pathways to Success: Preventing Exclusion and Promoting Participation of Young People Summary: The issue of young people disengaging from education, training and employment is one that Northern Ireland has faced, in common with other regions globally, for many years. The term ‘NEET’, meaning young people not in education, employment or training, was coined during the late 1990s and is widely recognised internationally. When used inappropriately, the term can carry possible negative connotations. However, it has gained widespread currency and its use in this document is intended to facilitate more precise thinking and strategic decision making about young people who spend a substantial amount of time outside education, employment or training. For the purposes of this strategy, it is helpful to consider three groups of young people for whom different types of Government intervention are appropriate: • those under 16, where the focus is on work to prevent young people becoming NEET; • those aged 16 to 18 who are not at school, college or in training, including those who face specific barriers to participation, where the focus is on measures to re-engage young people with education and training; and • young unemployed people aged 18 to 24, who are unemployed or economically inactive and who may or may not be in receipt of Job Seekers Allowance or other benefits, where the focus is on engaging young people with employment opportunities. In developing ‘Pathways to Success’, we have considered the three groups on an ‘end to end’ basis, from childhood all the way through to employment. There already exists a wide variety of existing public service provision to meet the needs of young people in all these groups, but one of the key issues identified through consultation was that the different programmes are not sufficiently joined up, leaving young people at risk of dropping out, particularly at key transition points. A main purpose of ‘Pathways to Success’ is, therefore, to help bring coherence to existing provision, while considering the need for new interventions to fill gaps, to signpost and to support young people in taking up the various programmes. Details: Belfast: Northern Ireland Executive, 2012. 85p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 27, 2012 at: http://dera.ioe.ac.uk/14668/1/del-pathways-to-success-june-2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Delinquency Prevention (Northern Ireland) Shelf Number: 126120

Author: Howard League for Penal Reform Title: Young, Adult and No Support: The Entitlements of Young Adults to Care in the Community Summary: Since 2002 the Howard League has provided a legal service to children in prison. In 2007 the Howard League expanded its service to provide the only dedicated legal service for young adults in prison. ‘Young adults’ are defined by the prison service as a prisoner between the ages of 18 and 20 years. This report is produced by the Howard League’s young adult legal team based on the experience and evidence from our casework. Our young adult team undertake groundbreaking work which begins to assert and clarify the rights and entitlements of this neglected and ignored group. A considerable part of our work has focused on ensuring that there is an appropriate and detailed plan for the young person when she or he returns to the community. This transition is known as ‘resettlement’ and the right plan can be critical to obtaining release from custody and a safe return to the community. This publication is intended to be a guide for any practitioners who work with vulnerable young adults. We hope that this will be a useful guide for people to understand the rights and entitlements of young adults and assist in enabling practitioners to promote access to suitable support for young adults. Details: London: Howard League for Penal Reform, 2010. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 27, 2012 at: http://www.t2a.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/Howard-League-Young-Adult-and-No-support.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Homelessness Shelf Number: 126121

Author: Great Britain. Prisons and Probation Ombudsman Title: Learning from PPO investigations: Natural cause deaths in prison custody 2007-2010 Summary: This report presents analysis of data collected from 402 PPO [Prison and Probation Ombudsman] investigations into deaths in custody from natural causes conducted between 1 January 2007 and 31 December 2010. Details: London: Prisons and Probation Ombudsman, 2012. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 28, 2012 at http://www.ppo.gov.uk/docs/learning_from_ppo_investigations-natural_cause_deaths_in_prison_custody.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Deaths in Custody (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126157

Author: Law, Vincent Title: Is Reaction to Terrorist Attacks a Localized Phenomenon? Summary: Research found that the terrorist attack of 9/11 was associated with a temporary decline in US Arab and Muslim men’s weekly earnings and real wages of around 9 to 11 per cent. This has been interpreted as an increase in discrimination against those groups following the attack. However, other evidence shows that in Sweden the terrorist attack did not change Middle East immigrants’ job-searching behavior because of increased discrimination from employers. A possible explanation is that, since 9/11 occurred in the US, the reaction against Arab and Muslim men was more severe there than elsewhere, even though nationals from 90 other countries were also killed. Against this background, the purpose of this paper is to examine the labor market experiences of UK-based Arab and Muslim immigrants. They could have been affected by either 9/11 (that killed 67 UK nationals) or the London bombings of 7th July 2005 (that killed 52 UK nationals), or both. Using Quarterly UK Labor Force Survey data, we explore the labor market outcomes of UK-based Arab and Muslim immigrants following both 9/11 and the London bombings. We estimate two difference-in-differences models — one for 9/11, and the other for the London Bombings and carry out the analysis separately for men and women. The results suggest that, while 9/11 had a lesser impact on the labor market outcomes of UK Arab and Muslim women, the London bombings had a statistically significant negative impact. These findings suggest that physical distance does matter for reaction to terrorist attacks. Details: Canberra: Crawford School of Economics and Government, Australian National University, 2011. 33p. Source: Crawford School Research Paper No. 10: Internet REsource: Accessed August 28, 2012 at http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1933631 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Discrimination (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126158

Author: Dennis, Judith Title: Not a minor offence: unaccompanied children locked up as part of the asylum system Summary: This report discusses the situation of children detained as part of the asylum process because a decision has been made to treat them as adults. It explains how the Refugee Council Children’s Section helps these young people to get out of these harmful situations and includes examples of young people who have been detained and found to be children. The report makes recommendations for policy and practice to improve the situation for other young people. Details: London: Refugee Council, 2012. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 28, 2012 at http://www.refugeecouncil.org.uk/Resources/Refugee%20Council/downloads/Not%20a%20minor%20offence.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Asylum (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126159

Author: Ipsos MORI Title: Anti-Social Behaviour: People, Place and Perceptions Summary: By definition, the scale and impact of anti-social behaviour can only be measured by gauging the perceptions of those whose lives are affected by such behaviour. These survey measures continually show anti-social behaviour issues to be at the forefront of local concerns, surpassing the more traditional responsibilities attached to relevant local public service providers. The 7-strand anti-social behaviour index aggregates the extent to which residents classify different local issues as being problematic in their local areas. These range from environmental-related concerns of rubbish and litter lying around and abandoned or burnt out cars, through to vandalism, graffiti and other deliberate damage, people being drunk or rowdy, people using or dealing drugs, teenagers hanging around on the streets and noisy neighbours or loud parties. It is this 7-strand index measure that we use as the key perceptual indicator in our analysis. Details: London: Ipsos Mori,2007. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 28, 2012 at: http://www.ipsos.com/public-affairs/sites/www.ipsos.com.public-affairs/files/documents/anti-social_behaviour.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behaviour (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126162

Author: Selman, Julia E. Title: New Deal for Communities Youth Inclusioin Programme: Early Outcomes in West Ham and Plaistow Summary: This report is based on research of the New Deal for Communities Youth Inclusion Programme (NDC YIP) in the West Ham and Plaistow area. It presents findings on the early impacts of the NDC YIP project on service users. The purpose of our research was to find out what impact, if any, participating in the activities at the NDC YIP core project had on the anti-social and offending behaviour of the young people who regularly attended. We also aimed to find out about the processes of change behind the impact. At a project level we looked at how the project defined the problems and needs of the young people and how well the project responded to these problems. At the participant’s level we looked at the needs and problems of the young people as defined by them. This helped us to understand if the project may provide a solution to some of their problems. We spoke to some of the young people about their perceptions and experiences of participating in the project. Due to budgetary constraints, as well as low levels of attendance, we have been unable to undertake as much research as we would have liked. The findings presented in this report therefore only give partial insight into the impact of the NDC YIP. At the same time, the findings have identified some good practice at the NDC YIP in West Ham & Plaistow which may be beneficial for the programme as a whole. Details: London: Centre for Institutional Studies, University of East London, 2006. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: CIS Research Report 4: Accessed August 28, 2012 at: http://www.uel.ac.uk/cis/documents/report4.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126163

Author: Aston, Elizabeth Title: Evaluation of Glasgow Housing Association's Youth Diversionary Programme Summary: Glasgow Housing Association (GHA), in addition to its role in social housing provision, is engaged in a wider range of activities intended to promote safe, inclusive and sustainable environments and enhance tenant and resident wellbeing. GHA co-funds these activities principally through its Wider Action Fund (WAF), working in partnership with tenants and homeowners, local housing organisations (LHOs) and other registered social landlords (RSLs) and a range of other agencies. Youth diversionary projects are one dimension of the WAF programme, others include health improvement, employability, and financial inclusion initiatives. Youth diversionary projects supported by GHA vary in terms of their aims, scope, coverage, content and stage of development and range from strategic partnerships at national and citywide level to more localised level initiatives. To assist with funding decisions in this area and to build an evidence base, GHA commissioned an evaluation of a selection of its youth diversionary programmes in 2007. This evaluation was conducted between October 2007 and November 2008 as a nested study within the wider GoWell research programme. The evaluation combined qualitative and quantitative research methods, studying three youth diversionary projects with different characteristics. The evaluation comprised of interviews and focus groups with project participants, local residents and stakeholders (both directly involved in the projects and others). The evaluation also involved a survey of participants and the analysis of several sources of secondary data on crime and anti-social behaviour (ASB). This incorporation of the views of local residents, young people, and project stakeholders on the performance and effects of the projects is a particular strength of the evaluation. From the 22 Youth Diversionary projects run by GHA we selected three to study in detail: Operation Reclaim (OR): Operating in five sites across the North-East of the city since summer 2007 providing coached sporting and physical activities for large numbers of young people, plus mentoring support for education, training and progression towards employment. Participate (P8): Operating in the Shawbridge Estate in the South-West of the city since January 2008 providing individual level support for personal, social and educational development to ten ‘disaffected’ young people. Jedworth Avenue (JA): Operating in the Drumchapel Estate in the North-West of the city, completing in summer 2007 providing individual level activities for six young offenders, including cognitive behavioural therapy and training opportunities. Details: Glasgow: Glasgow Community Health and Wellbeing Research and Learning Programme, 2010. 114p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 28, 2012 at: Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 126164

Author: ARCS (UK) Ltd, Title: RESET Evaluation -- Final Report Summary: RESET was an ESF EQUAL (European) funded programme aiming to establish a best practice model of resettlement of young offenders in England. It was designed to challenge the lack of integration and cohesion between the agencies involved. It ran for 2 years from July 2005, with an initial setting-up phase before this date. It was led by the charity Rainer, with over 50 partner organisations contributing assistance, expertise and match funding. The partners included Government departments, Regional Government offices, the Prison Service, YJB, Metropolitan Police, Commission for Racial Equality, Connexions, housing providers and voluntary organisations working with young people. The Programme had international partners in Holland, Poland, and Spain, although the programmes in these countries differed significantly from that in England. The project was initiated as a response to research, policy and practice recognition of the need for better resettlement for young offenders. As an early RESET document noted: A previous evaluation of Detention and Training Orders (DTOs) for young people, which included researchers from this evaluation (Hazel, Hagell, Liddle, Archer, Grimshaw and King, 2002), identified several problems with “throughcare” for young people in England and Wales. These problems began even before release, when there was found to be little preparation for release, and minimal communication between prison and community agencies. After release, there was little involvement of agencies other than youth offending teams (YOTs). There was only limited education, training and organised leisure, with problems also identified in relation to accommodation. Good practice, based on research in the USA and the UK, is considered to contain the following elements (Hagell, 2004): 􀂾 continuous case management from the start of sentence (or earlier) to the end of the community supervision period (or longer?), with direct links between custody and the community; 􀂾 commitment and continuity of staff; 􀂾 preparation for release while in custody; 􀂾 a highly structured and assisted transition to the community; 􀂾 both surveillance and enhanced service delivery in the community, with a balance of incentives and graduated consequences for behaviour; 􀂾 services to meet a range of the needs, with sufficient numbers of qualified staff in both the institution and the community; 􀂾 the intensity of the programme tailored to the level of risk of reoffending; and 􀂾 effective links between services, staff and teams in both settings. RESET was intended to explore ways in which this research knowledge could be integrated into policy and practice in England and Wales in order to address problems such as those identified in the DTO evaluation. The specific aims of the evaluation (with relevance to this report) were: 􀂾 to assess the effectiveness of the RESET programme in improving outcomes for young offenders sentenced to custody (including reduced offending behaviour and engagement in a positive lifestyle); 􀂾 to assess the detailed activities and achievements of the programme, in order to identify the key elements that contributed to the outcomes; 􀂾 to assess the direct and indirect costs of RESET, distinguishing between the ‘one-off’ transitional costs and the continuing costs of running the programme (since carried out and published separately by Judith Renshaw); 􀂾 to assess the effectiveness of the RESET programme on particular groups of young offenders, including young women and refugees/asylum seekers/foreign nationals, and 􀂾 to draw some conclusions about the overall contribution of the RESET approach and programme, including its impact on national policy and practice, its ability to be transferred to the mainstream and the effectiveness of the management partnership. Details: Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 28, 2012 at: http://www.commonwealhousing.org.uk/data/files/reset__final_report_final_version.pdf Year: 0 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Offenders (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126167

Author: Sport England Title: Positive Futures: A Review of Impact and Good Practice - Individual Project Reports Summary: In September 2001 Leisure Futures was commissioned by Sport England to carry out a “Review of impact and good practice” on a range of revenue funded schemes included in two of its main ‘branded’ programmes - Active Communities and Positive Futures. The aim of the research was to: Carry out a ‘short and sharp’ review of the sporting and broader social impacts of the Active Communities and Positive Futures projects that will provide evidence of what has been achieved to date, identify good practice, and inform and help to shape future investment decisions in these and related programmes. The more specific objectives of the research were: To provide a report of achievement for each project against its stated objectives relating these as far as possible to Sport England’s evaluation framework and key indicators; Based on the evidence available, identify good practice and make practical recommendations on how this can be extended more widely to both existing and future projects; To provide a summary report that identifies achievements across the programmes generally using a thematic issues based approach; and To learn lessons and make recommendations that will help to shape Sport England’s longer-term approaches to evaluation and impact assessment. Details: London: Sport England, 2002. 69p. Source: Library Resource: Available at Don M. Gottfredson Library of Criminal Justice. Year: 2002 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior, Juveniles (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126169

Author: Sigona, Nando Title: Being children and undocumented in the UK: A background paper Summary: This background paper offers a critical review of key terms, concepts and evidence which will inform our ongoing qualitative study on the situation of undocumented migrant minors in the UK. The paper first addresses issues related to the definition of the target group, considering in particular the dichotomy legal/illegal immigration and showing how it fails to acknowledge two important aspects: the layered nature of legal status and entitlements, and the mobility between different statuses over time. It then introduces the debate on children in migration and illustrates some of the tensions that the migration of children produces, both discursively and in policy terms. It goes on to consider the legal and policy context in which children and families without legal status are embedded in Britain. It discusses the complex and contradictory position of this group as revealed in policy documents and existing immigration and child-related legislation. It focuses in particular on issues such as access to health and education services, and employment of undocumented migrants under 18. Finally the paper outlines the main trends in the migration of children, providing a preliminary mapping of the numbers and locations of undocumented children in Britain. Details: Oxford: Centre on Migration, Policy and Society, University of Oxford, 2010. 46p. Source: ESRC Centre on Migration, Policy and Society Working Paper No. 78: Internet Resource: Accessed August 30, 2012 at http://www.compas.ox.ac.uk/fileadmin/files/Publications/working_papers/WP_2010/WP1078%20Nando%20Sigona%20A.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Trafficking (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126170

Author: Colquhoun, Tessa Title: Valleys Inclusion Project: Final evaluation report Summary: Established as a pilot project in 2006, the Valleys Inclusion Project (VIP) sought to prevent homelessness by addressing antisocial behaviour and social exclusion. It was the first specialist project in Wales that provided a floating support service to households faced with homelessness as a result of antisocial behaviour. An independent evaluation team was established within Shelter Cymru in order to determine the effectiveness of the project. The project evaluation adopted a multimethodological approach, incorporating: Analysis of case files; Interviews with service users at home; Semistructured telephone interviews with service users not available for home visits; Questionnaires with representatives of partner organisations; Discussion group with the VIP internal steering group; and Detailed interviews with project staff. Details: Swansea, Wales: Shelter Cymru, 2007. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 30, 2012 at http://www.sheltercymru.org.uk/images/pdf/VIPFinalEvaluation.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior (Wales) Shelf Number: 126171

Author: Meek, Rosie Title: The Role of Sport in Promoting Desistance from Crime: An Evaluation of the 2nd Chance Project Rugby and Football Academies at Portland Young Offender Institution Summary: More than half of all crime is committed by people who have previously been through the Criminal Justice System (Home Office, 2006) and reoffending rates within the young adult prisoner population are among the highest. Prison therefore presents a critical opportunity to engage with offenders through interventions and programming. Previous research has identified a clear need for specialist delivery and carefully planned methods of motivating offenders to make positive life changes, and sport presents a unique opportunity to engage with even the most challenging of young people caught up in a cycle of offending and imprisonment. This report summarises the evaluation findings of the 2nd Chance Project football and rugby academy, a two year initiative at HMP YOI Portland which uses sport as a way of engaging with young adult male prisoners in identifying and meeting resettlement needs and facilitating the transition from custody to community. The report is made up of eight key sections: Chapter 1 provides a contextual overview of the role of sport as a crime prevention initiative; Chapter 2 outlines the background to and delivery of the sports academies at Portland Young Offenders Institution; Chapter 3 introduces the evaluation process. Chapters 4-5 present the qualitative and quantitative research findings, and Chapter 6 is dedicated to a discussion of the key results. Chapter 7 explores the key recommendations generated by the research, and Chapter 8 summarises the suggested future research directions. The report concludes with a series of illustrative case studies presented in Chapter 9. Details: Southampton, UK: University of Southampton, 2012. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2012 at: http://assets.sportanddev.org/downloads/42541_rugby_football_report_under10mb.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prisoner Rehabilitation Shelf Number: 126178

Author: O'Connell, Fiona Title: Prisoners and Mental Health Summary: This paper is a scoping paper on issues concerning prisoners with mental health problems. Section 1 sets out the structure of the paper, outlining the content of the sections. Section 2 of the paper provides statistics, highlighting the prevalence of mental illness in the criminal justice system. Section 3 of the paper sets out the legal framework governing the admission into hospital, detention and treatment of individuals subject to criminal proceedings or under sentence. The section identifies some gaps in the legislation, in particular that the legal framework does not include personality disorder within its scope. The Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland comments that this has implications for prisons who are coping with too many personality disordered offenders. Section 4 of the paper provides information on initiatives, services and policy developments in relation to mental health and prisons. The section highlights that there have been a number of positive developments indicating an awareness of the links between mental health and offending including a diversion scheme in Musgrave Street police station, the transfer of responsibility of healthcare to the health service, policy developments on vulnerable women offenders and a consultation seeking views on community sentences. Section 5 of the paper considers research reports focusing specifically on mental health and criminal justice. The reports identify a number of issues that need to be addressed including the need for more diversion schemes, problems in information exchange between the agencies, lack of high secure facilities for the most dangerously disordered offenders, inadequate services in the community and in prisons, the need for a therapeutic environment for women offenders, and a lack of hostel accommodation for low risk offenders who require support in release. The section also identified resettlement problems for offenders with mental health issues. Section 6 of the paper highlights a number of initiatives for other jurisdictions. These include court diversion schemes in England and Wales and Australia, mental health courts in the United States and a prison in-reach and court liaison scheme in the Republic of Ireland. These schemes have had positive outcomes in diverting offenders to appropriate health services and reducing offending rates. In some jurisdictions such as Canada, diversion is used for minor offences and not violent offences. The Republic of Ireland scheme targets remand prisoners. Section 7 of the paper makes concluding remarks and highlights key issues for further consideration. Details: Belfast: Northern Ireland Assembly, 2011. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Research and Library Service Research Paper: Accessed September 1, 2012 at: http://www.niassembly.gov.uk/Documents/RaISe/Publications/2011/Justice/4611.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 126179

Author: Jacobson, Jessica Title: Tackling Anti-Social Behaviour: A Critical Review Summary: Over the past decade, anti-social behaviour (henceforth referred to as ASB) has become a focus of much policy-making and debate within central and local government and the police. Clear definitions of ASB are lacking, but the term is usually understood to refer to relatively minor criminal activity and non-criminal ‘nuisance’ behaviour that affects the social and/or physical environment of public or semi-public places. The term ASB is frequently used synonymously with ‘disorder’, and is sometimes associated with the concept of ‘incivilities’. This study emerged out of the recognition that despite the depth of policy interest in ASB in the UK, there is a lack of clarity in many of the policies and strategies (both national and local) that address the issue. Certainly, many of the specific problems associated with ASB are extensively documented, in national policy literature and in local CDRP audit and strategy documents. And strategists and practitioners across the country are engaged in the task of designing and implementing measures that target the problems of ASB in an enormously wide variety of ways. However, notwithstanding this profound commitment to addressing the problems of ASB, it appears that there are gaps in understanding of the phenomenon. Policymakers have not engaged in rigorous thinking about the inter-relationships between ASB and other problems – particularly crime, structural inequalities, and the loss of social capital within the most deprived families and neighbourhoods. Hence, for example, there has been little analysis of how local and national work on ASB can contribute to current programmes on civic renewal and neighbourhood regeneration, although it is usually taken for granted that these different agendas are closely interlinked. Those responsible for the ASB agenda – particularly within the Home Office and its Anti-Social Behaviour Unit (ASBU) – have driven it forward on the conviction that ASB, because it causes misery for a lot of people, must be stopped by all means available (which has tended to mean through enforcement). A typical statement of the TOGETHER campaign reads: The campaign represents a commitment, by everyone involved, to take a stand, to be accountable for their actions and to uphold standards of decency and behaviour. Above all, the TOGETHER campaign is about taking action. By working together, we can deliver change in our communities (Home Office, 2004c) To some extent, this represents a refreshingly vigorous and focussed approach to a deep-seated and often very serious problem. However, the lack of critical and analytical thinking on ASB carries certain risks, particularly that the action will fail if it does not involve understanding of the root causes as well as the symptoms of ASB; being tough on ASB and tough on the causes of ASB if you will. Elsewhere we have called for a balanced approach to ASB strategies (Millie et al., 2005b), where strategies consider prevention as well as enforcement options. Without integrating such work there is a danger that those involved in dealing with these causes on the ground will be alienated because their work is under-valued and under-resourced, that different strands of action relating to ASB and wider issues will work against rather than complement each other. In recognition of the existing gaps in understanding of ASB we initiated this study in order to look at one aspect, namely the rationales of current work on ASB. On the face of it, it seems wholly sensible to tackle ASB simply because ASB is ‘a bad thing’; but what are policy-makers and practitioners seeking to achieve by tackling ASB? This key question raises in turn a number of supplementary questions about rationales for ASB work, including:  To what extent is work on ASB (at national and local levels) underpinned by explicit rationales?  Are there different rationales, and to what extent do they conflict with or complement each other?  Do different rationales for action on ASB imply different forms of action?  Are the aims and expectations associated with work on ASB realistic?  To what extent are rationales for work on ASB informed by relevant research? Details: London: Institute for Criminal Policy Research, School of Law, King’s College London, 2005. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2012 at: https://dspace.lboro.ac.uk/dspace-jspui/bitstream/2134/3791/1/2005%20Jacobson%20Millie%20%20Hough%20report.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126181

Author: Ipsos MORI Title: Policing Anti-Social Behaviour - the Public Perspective: Wave 2. Research Study for HMIC: Final Report Summary: This is the second wave of research into attitudes towards anti-social behaviour and the police's response, commissioned by Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary to complement its inspection of how forces are tackling the problem. It sets out the perceptions of people who contacted the police to report anti-social behaviour - their understanding of 'anti-social behaviour', its impact on their lives, their perceptions of how the police and other agencies deal with it, and how they may react to similar occurrences in the future. Interviews were conducted by telephone in February-March 2012 with a random selection of 9,311 people in England and Wales who called the police to report an incident of anti-social behaviour in September 20112 ('callers' in this report). Findings are compared with those from wave one of the research which was undertaken in May-June 2010 with people who reported anti-social behaviour to the police in September 2009. Details: London: Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabularly, 2012. 104p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2012 at: http://www.hmic.gov.uk/media/policing-anti-social-behaviour-the-public-perspective-wave-2.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126182

Author: Mackie, Alan Title: Evaluation of the Youth Inclusion Programme: Phase 2 Summary: The Youth Inclusion Programme incorporated 72 projects located in many of the most deprived neighbourhoods in England and Wales. The purpose of the programme was to reintegrate into mainstream society young people most ‘at risk’ of school or social exclusion, truancy or offending. The programme identified and worked with 50 of the young people deemed by local agencies to be most at risk in each neighbourhood. In addition to working with this core 50, projects also sought to engage a wider group of young people in the area. Participation was entirely voluntary. The overall objective of the programme during Phase 2 was ‘to reduce youth crime within the neighbourhood’. To help the programme achieve this objective, the Board set four supporting targets. These included two process targets, which related to how the programme should operate: • to ensure that at least 75% of the identified core group were engaged • to ensure the core 50 who were engaged received at least five hours of appropriate interventions per week. In addition, there were two outcome targets, which related to what the programme should deliver: • to reduce arrest rates among the core group by 70%, compared with the 12 months prior to their engagement • to ensure that 90% of those in the engaged core group were in suitable fulltime education, training or employment (ETE). This report presents the findings of the evaluation of Phase 2 of the programme, which ran from April 2003 to the end of April 2006. As such, the report describes the programme in its second phase and the findings relate to the time of writing, May 2006. The evaluation was tasked with describing the operation of the programme and also measuring its success in meeting its targets, but did not aim to address the impact of the programme in reducing youth crime. Details: London: Youth Justice Board, 2012. 164p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2012 at: http://dera.ioe.ac.uk/8444/1/Evaluation_of_the_Youth_Inclusion_Programme_-_Phase_2_%28Full_report%29.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-Risk Youth (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126183

Author: Parr, Sadie Title: Anti-social Behaviour Intensive Family Support Projects: An Evaluation of Six Pioneering Projects Summary: The Government’s strategy to develop sustainable solutions to anti-social behaviour (ASB) is based on a ‘twin track’ approach involving both action to address the underlying causes of problem behaviour and the use of appropriate sanctions to support and protect the wider community. This report addresses the former of these concerns and presents the findings from a two-year evaluation of six Intensive Family Support Projects (IFSPs) pioneering a new way of working to support ASB ‘perpetrators’ to change their behaviour. The research, funded by the Office of the Deputy Prime Minister, now the Department for Communities and Local Government (DCLG), was undertaken by a team of specialist researchers at Sheffield Hallam University. The study draws on a wide range of quantitative and qualitative data to evaluate the six intensive family support projects in terms of effectiveness, costs and benefits and lessons for wider dissemination. During 2003, six pioneering local authorities, working closely with housing associations and charities, established a number of dedicated ASB intensive family support projects. While each of the schemes was developed in response to locallyidentified needs, they share a number of common features: • All the projects formed part of local well developed, comprehensive ASB strategies that recognised the inter-related nature of prevention, enforcement and resettlement action and have been designed specifically to help support families, who have been evicted, or who are under threat of homelessness, due to ASB displayed by themselves or visitors to their homes, change their behaviour. • The project interventions aim to break the cycle of poor behaviour and homelessness; bringing families back into mainstream housing; helping children and young people who are perceived to be out of control; and/or providing an alternative solution where other ASB interventions have failed. • The model of provision is based on the work developed by the Dundee Families Project run by NCH in partnership with Dundee City Council (Dillane, 2001). Projects provide a range of services including some or all of the following types of intervention: – outreach support to help families address behavioural and other problems in order to maintain their existing accommodation; – outreach support in dispersed tenancies managed by the project; – intensive support in core residential accommodation managed by the project. Five of the six projects have been developed by NCH (North West) in partnership with authorities in Blackburn with Darwen, Bolton, Manchester, Oldham and Salford, to deliver an outreach, preventative service to reduce the dependency on legal remedies to tackle ASB exhibited by families. Services provided in Bolton and Manchester also include a core residential unit for families considered to be in need of more intensive support and it is proposed that a further core residential unit will be opened in Salford during 2006/07. The sixth project included in the evaluation was established by Sheffield City Council. The dedicated ASB high support service provides both core residential accommodation and dedicated outreach support mainly to families living in dispersed tenancies. Sheffield City Council is thought to be the first local authority in the country to develop this type of intervention and its inclusion in the evaluation provides an opportunity to explore the impact of different models of service provision. The findings in the report are based on an analysis of statistical data collected from project case files in relation to 2562 families, consisting of 370 adults and 743 children, who had worked with the six projects during the period 2003-2005. This quantitative data have been supplemented by qualitative data drawn from interviews with a sample of service users (both adults and children), project staff, referral agencies, and other key stakeholders. Detailed analysis of the costs and benefits of the projects has also been facilitated by scrutiny of project records and accounts. Details: London: Department for Communities and Local Government, 2006. 188p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2012 at: Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126215

Author: Stephenson, Martin Title: Access, Participation and Progression in the Arts for Young People on Detention and Training Orders Summary: Arts Council England commissioned a research study in 2002 from the Nottingham Trent University (NTU) to look at access, participation and progression in the arts by socially excluded young people and young people on Detention and Training Orders (DTOs). The research was conducted between September 2002 and April 2003. The fieldwork was carried out by ECOTEC Research and Consulting, working in partnership with NTU. The aim of the research was to examine the extent to which young people on DTOs had access to, and participated and progressed in, the arts. The main objectives of the research were to: • establish benchmarks for access, participation and progression in the arts for young people on DTOs • identify what young people perceive as the critical barriers to their participation and progression in the arts • explore what associated professionals perceive to be the critical barriers to the participation and progression of the young people with whom they work within the arts • establish how far arts interventions are used in the community part of the Detention and Training Order through Youth Offending Teams (Yots) The research consisted of: • a desk study of relevant literature • structured face-to-face interviews with 109 young people on DTOs in custody • a survey of 176 socially excluded young people • a comparison group survey of a nationally representative sample of 471 young people • structured telephone interviews with 33 Yot practitioners • structured face-to-face interviews with seven education managers and nine arts practitioners in secure establishments. This report presents findings from the interviews carried out with young people on DTOs, as well as interviews with education managers, and arts and Yot practitioners. The report also incorporates findings from the control group survey. Details: London: Arts Council England, 2005. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 38: Accessed September 1, 2012 at: http://www.artscouncil.org.uk/media/uploads/documents/publications/detentionandtrainingorderspdf_phpIVpLCa.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Arts in Prisons Shelf Number: 126216

Author: Barnes, Matt Title: Understanding Vulnerable young People: Analysis from the Longitudinal Study of Young People in England Summary: The Department for Education (DfE) wants to improve the aspirations and achievement of vulnerable young people. Of interest are young people who experience substance misuse, emotional health concerns, teenage parenthood, low attainment, those who are NEET and those involved in crime. The Department has a wealth of evidence on each of these issues and the ways in which young people are disadvantaged. However, there is less evidence on how these disadvantages overlap for some young people and the outcomes for those affected by multiple disadvantage. Investigating multiple disadvantage is important in understanding the experiences of vulnerable young people. Whilst the experience of a single disadvantage can create difficulties for young people, multiple disadvantages can interact and exacerbate one another, leading to more harmful and costly outcomes for both the young person and society as a whole. A significant evidence gap exists in understanding the extent to which problems faced by young people overlap. This information is needed to be able to estimate the potential numbers of vulnerable young people who are the most in need of targeted, supportive interventions and on what areas these interventions should focus. This research, using data from the Longitudinal Study of Young People in England (LSYPE), helps fill this evidence gap by addressing the following research questions: • How many young people face multiple disadvantages at age 16/17? • What types of disadvantages do young people experience? • What level of contact do vulnerable young people have with services? • What school-age factors increase the risk that young people end up disadvantaged? • What are vulnerable young people’s ’outcomes’ at age 18/19? Details: London: Department for Education, 2011. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report DFE-RR118: Accessed September 1, 2012 at: https://www.education.gov.uk/publications/eOrderingDownload/DFE-RR118.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 126217

Author: Kenrick, James Title: The Outcomes and Impact of youth Advice: The Evidence. Key Research Evidence on the Difference Made to Young People's Lives by Social Welfare Advice Services Summary: This report is intended as a one-stop evidence resource for anyone wishing to understand the adverse impact of social welfare problems and the beneficial impact of youth advice services on young people‟s lives. It is hoped that it will be used by: providers developing advice services for young people to inform their models of delivery and to refer to the most relevant evidence in their applications for funding; policy-makers in the legal and youth sectors to inform their policies, priorities and strategies; funders to ensure they focus their limited funding on projects that have been designed on the basis of the evidence available; researchers with an interest in the subject to inform further research. The report may be particularly relevant in the current context of widespread local authority cuts to youth advice services and Government plans to reduce the scope and funding of civil legal aid. This report focuses on the outcomes and impact of advice provided: to young people between the ages of 13 and 25 (although with a greater focus on 16-25 year olds); by advice agencies targeting young people; primarily youth information, advice, counselling and support services (YIACS), but also Citizens Advice Bureaux, Law Centres and other independent advice agencies providing advice services to young people; in relation to social welfare rights-based issues, such as housing, homelessness, welfare benefits, debt, employment rights, education rights, social services and discrimination. Details: London: Youth Access, 2011. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2012 at: http://youthaccess.org.uk/uploads/documents/TheOutcomesAndImpactOfYouthAdvice-The-Evidence_FINAL_1.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-Risk Youth (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126218

Author: Vien, Anh Title: An Investigation Into the Risk and Protective Factors Associated with Youth Offending Summary: This thesis examines risk and protective factors associated with youth offending and how these have been applied to legislation, prevention and intervention. The first chapter provides an introduction to the thesis and reviews current trends in youth offending and approaches to treatment and interventions with young offenders. The second chapter provides a thematic review of the current literature on risk and protective factors to youth offending and how this has radically changed the Youth Justice System. The risk and protective factors paradigm is then applied to an empirical research study in the third chapter. The aim of which is to establish whether risk and protective factors are associated with young offenders completion or non-completion of a community based sentence. Findings from the empirical research study suggest that completers and non-completers of a community based programme differ in terms of their anger levels and their current educational status. The fourth chapter applies the risk and protective factors paradigm to a qualitative case study in order to demonstrate the intrinsic relationship between risk and protective factors and the applicability of the paradigm to interventions. Chapter five presents a critique of the Children’s Nowicki-Strickland Internal External (CNSIE) locus of control scale, as internal locus of control has been identified as protective factor to youth offending. However, findings from the empirical study and case study suggests that locus of control is not a protective factor for the current sample. Chapter six provides an in depth discussion of all the work completed in the thesis. The main conclusion derived from the thesis is identification of risk and protective factors associated with youth offending is relatively simple. However applying and implementing protective factors in intervention is much more difficult in reality. This has implications for future initiatives aimed at preventing youth offending. Details: Birmingham, UK: Centre for Forensic and Family Psychology, School of Psychology, The University of Birmingham, 2009. 159p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed September 1, 2012 at: http://etheses.bham.ac.uk/852/1/Vien10ForenPsyD.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 126219

Author: Great Britain. Office of the Deputy Prime Minister. Social Exclusion Unit Title: Transitions: Young Adults with Complex Needs: A Social Exclusion Unit Final Report Summary: Transitions is the Social Exclusion Unit's final report looking at 16 - 25 year-olds with complex needs. It examines the problems faced by young people as they move from adolescence to adulthood; it explores the areas of thinking and behaviour, age boundaries and holistic services and the trusted adult and sets out the principles of effective service delivery for young adults. The report ends by outlining the actions the Government will take to address the problems of service delivery to young adults with complex needs. Details: London: ODPM, 2005. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2012 at: http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/+/http://www.cabinetoffice.gov.uk/media/cabinetoffice/social_exclusion_task_force/assets/publications_1997_to_2006/transitions_young_adults.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-Risk Youth (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126220

Author: Hirst, Julia Title: An Evaluation of Two Initiatives to Reward Young People Summary: This study examines two pilot schemes in Bradford and York designed to increase young people’s self esteem and stimulate a greater appreciation of the positive contribution they can make to their communities. The two schemes rewarded young people for positive behaviour and taking part in practical community-based activities. The context for the schemes was one of intergenerational tensions, with incidences, or perceptions, of anti-social behaviour a concern for residents. This report: n analyses a range of qualitative and quantitative data, including a literature review; presents the findings of a 20-month evaluation of the two schemes; looks at how the two schemes were shaped by their different local contexts; and outlines some key questions and provides checklists for groups and agencies thinking of setting up a reward scheme for young people. Details: Layerthorpe: York Publishing Services and the Joseph Rowntree Foundation, 2007. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2012 at: http://www.jrf.org.uk/system/files/2119-reward-young-people.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126221

Author: Bynner, John Title: The Impact of Government Policy on Social Exclusion Among Young People: A Review of the Literature for the Social Exclusion Unit in the Breaking the Cycle Series Summary: In Summer 2003, the Social Exclusion Unit commissioned a series of literature reviews examining the impact of Government policies and initiatives to tackle social exclusion policies across the lifecourse. John Bynner and Mary Londra from the Institute of Education and Gill Jones from Keele University were commissioned to undertake the literature review among young people. The aim of the review was to critically examine published evaluation evidence of the impact of government programmes since 1997 on social exclusion of young people aged in England between 13–25 years of age. Given the very extensive and wide range of policies affecting young people the research team focused on four main policy areas relating to social exclusion: education, training and employment; teenage pregnancy and parenthood; housing and homelessness; and youth offending. Many of the evaluations are of pilot projects and the findings relate more to design issues and implications for delivery, than to policy impact. The research for this review was conducted between August 2003 and February 2004, although where possible later publications have also been included in this review. Details: London: Office of the Deputy Prime Minister, 2004. 119p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2012 at: http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/+/http://www.cabinetoffice.gov.uk/media/cabinetoffice/social_exclusion_task_force/assets/publications_1997_to_2006/impact_young_people.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 126222

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: National Strategy for Neighbourhood Renewal. Report of Policy Action Team 8: Anti-Social Behaviour Summary: Anti-social behaviour is a widespread problem. It is a problem that is more prevalent in deprived neighbourhoods. Its effects are often most damaging in communities that are already fragile and where services are overstretched. Serious hard-core perpetrators are small in number but their behaviour has a disproportionate impact on large numbers of ordinary people. There is no one accepted definition and anti-social behaviour can range from dropping litter to serious harassment. The lack of hard facts compounds the problem, but it is known that anti-social behaviour: is perceived to be twice as high in deprived areas than nationally; is considered to be a medium-to-large problem by three-quarters of social landlords, with some landlords recording figures of up to 285 complaints a year per 1,000 tenancies; and appears to be increasing, with reports to the police of disorder offences increasing by 19 per cent from 1995–96 to 1997–98 and complaints to environmental health officers about neighbours rising by 56 per cent from 1993 to 1997. Tackling anti-social behaviour should be a high priority and should be seen as a prerequisite for the success of the overall National Strategy for Neighbourhood Renewal. All agencies will need to be fully engaged in the fight against anti-social behaviour. Central government needs to support local government in doing this. This can be delivered through the following measures: clear responsibility. Given that the action will be based within Crime and Disorder Partnerships, the Home Office (HO) should co-ordinate the process nationally, working very closely with the Department of the Environment, Transport and the Regions (DETR) and other Government departments. LAs should name a person to co-ordinate action; targeting anti-social behaviour to be a distinct and separate part of crime and disorder strategies. All agencies should state what their role will be in delivering this; improving performance. Developing a set of key indicators for measuring anti-social behaviour and putting in place corresponding Best Value Performance Indicators. At present anti-social behaviour is no one agency’s priority and so risks their collective neglect. No one agency is responsible for pulling together action in Whitehall or at local authority and neighbourhood level and little information is collected on the number and severity of incidents. This has lead to poor implementation and some real policy gaps. To remedy this the Government has agreed the recommendations in the report, which cover five broad areas: assigning clear responsibility for tackling anti-social behaviour to the Home Office nationally and to Crime and Disorder Partnerships locally; promoting prevention by involving local residents and putting in place measures to create a physical and social environment where anti-social behaviour is less likely to arise in the first place; enforcement: intervening earlier, making better use of current powers such as Anti-Social Behaviour Orders and tackling the hard core; 5 resettlement: breaking the cycle of repeated anti-social behaviour and minimising perverse outcomes of exclusion such as homelessness; and combating racial harassment: putting action to combat racism at the centre of anti-social behaviour strategies. In addition, the report identifies two outstanding issues for further public consultation which will be taken forward by the Home Office and the Department of the Environment, Transport and the Regions. These are: ensuring that there are effective sanctions in place against perpetrators who are living in private rented or owner-occupied accommodation; and preventing perpetrators repeating their behaviour in new accommodation or in different neighbourhoods after eviction. Details: London: Home Office, 2000. 121p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2012 at: http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/+/http://www.cabinetoffice.gov.uk/media/cabinetoffice/social_exclusion_task_force/assets/publications_1997_to_2006/pat_report_8.pdf Year: 2000 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behaviour (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126223

Author: Lloyd, Cheryl Title: Monitoring and Evaluation of Intensive Intervention Projects for Young People Summary: A total of 20 Intensive intervention projects (IIPs) were set up in 2008 to work with young people aged 8 to 19 with the most complex needs. These projects applied the intensive family support model (formerly Family Intervention Projects) to address the behaviour and other problems of the young people. The key difference between an IIP and an intensive family intervention being that the primary focus was on the young person (rather than the whole family). Other family members, however, are included in an IIP where it is appropriate to address the inter-connectedness between the young person and other family members’ problems. This report presents the monitoring evidence of young people referred to an IIP between April 2009 and 21 January 2011. Key findings • As of 21 January 2011, 1,836 young people had been referred to an IIP. Of these, 61 per cent were accepted for an IIP and had a Contract in place; six per cent were put on a waiting list; and 33 per cent were turned down for an IIP. • Just under a half (49 per cent) of young people who had left an IIP were recorded by IIP staff as having successfully completed their intervention and achieved a positive outcome. A further 21 per cent of young people left the intervention because their circumstances had changed and they were no longer eligible for an IIP. Thirty per cent of young people either refused to continue working with an IIP themselves or their carer refused to allow them to continue. • Results for the 790 young people who had exited an IIP or been working with an IIP for at least eight months included in the outcomes analysis provide positive evidence of the success IIPs are having: 􀂾 60 per cent of young people had fewer crime and ASB issues between starting and leaving the IIP. 􀂾 65 per cent of young people and their families were reported by IIP staff to have improved the way their family functioned (by reducing disengagement between the young person and their family, addressing parenting issues or domestic violence) between the Contract and Exit stage. 􀂾 63 per cent of young people had reduced the number of their health risks recorded between the start and end of their IIP intervention. This included addressing mental health issues, drug or alcohol misuse as well as reducing the risk of becoming a teenage parent. 􀂾 Young people were least likely to address their education and employment issues. A total of 46 per cent of young people had reduced their education and employment issues between the Contract being put in place and leaving the intervention. Details: London: Department for Education, 2011. 87p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report DFE-RR112: Accessed September 1, 2012 at: http://dera.ioe.ac.uk/3592/1/3592_DFE-RR112.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-Risk Youth (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126224

Author: Mackie, Alan Title: Evaluation of the Challenge and Support Programme Summary: The Challenge and Support programme was established by the Youth Taskforce in 2008 in response to growing concerns about anti-social behaviour amongst young people. For example, a report from the National Audit Office, published in 2006, estimated that responding to anti-social behaviour was costing government agencies around £3.4 billion every year. Its aim was to ensure that young people in receipt of an enforcement for anti-social behaviour were provided with appropriate support. At its core, the programme aimed to support services such as Youth Offending Teams, Community Safety Partnerships and Children’s Trusts in sharing information and coordinating service delivery to stop anti-social behaviour and improve the lives of young people. To understand its impact, the Department commissioned research to evaluate the use and effectiveness of support measures alongside anti-social behaviour enforcement action for young people in areas with C&S projects. Includes: •Key implications for decision makers •Executive summary •Context •Results •Implications •Knowledge gaps •References Details: London: Department for Education, 2011. 87p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report DFE-RR138: Accessed September 1, 2012 at: https://www.education.gov.uk/publications/eOrderingDownload/DFE-RR138.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behaviour (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126225

Author: Walker, Janet Title: Intervening to Improve Outcomes for Vulnerable Young People: A Review of Evidence Summary: Concerns about the number of young people who fail to reach their potential at school, or get into trouble, or are not in education, employment or training (NEET), underpin the continuing commitment to end child poverty in the UK by 2020, and the Coalition Government’s pledge to increase the focus on supporting the neediest families and those with multiple problems. A strong policy commitment to improving the life chances of vulnerable young people has in recent years led to the testing of a number of initiatives. In December 2009, Professors Janet Walker and Cam Donaldson were tasked with reviewing the evidence from the national evaluations of ten of these initiatives so as to draw out the implications for future policy and practice with respect to vulnerable young people and their families. The focus in all the programmes reviewed was on prevention and early intervention and on the provision of multi-agency support to tackle a range of risk factors in a young person’s life. The programmes had complex and ambitious objectives and in some areas many overlapped and ran concurrently. Some young people and their families received interventions from several of the initiatives, making it difficult for programme evaluators to isolate the impact of any one programme or intervention. The review sought to identify: the common barriers to the effective implementation of new initiatives; elements of effective practice in the delivery of multi-agency services for vulnerable young people and their families; the costs associated with integrated service delivery; the outcomes that can be achieved; and whether fewer and more targeted initiatives might offer better value for money, particularly during a period of fiscal reform. Details: London: Department for Education, 2011. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report DFE-RR078: Accessed September 1, 2012 at: https://www.education.gov.uk/publications/eOrderingDownload/DFE-RR078.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behaviors Shelf Number: 126226

Author: McSweeney, Tim Title: Young People, Cannabis Use and Anti-Social Behaviour Summary: This report by the Institute for Criminal Policy Research, King’s College London, presents findings of a study on young people, cannabis use and anti-social behaviour. To date few research studies have focused on the question of whether young people’s cannabis use has any influence on the incidence or frequency of any anti-social behaviour or criminal activity they may engage in. This research intended to yield a more nuanced understanding of young people’s cannabis use and any associations this use may have with anti-social behaviour. The study found that: · Most of the sixty-one young people questioned acknowledged the potential for harm posed by cannabis, but felt capable of making rational and informed decisions about its use. · Most young people, and around half of the eighty community respondents, knew that cannabis had been reclassified from a Class B to a Class C drug. Two in three professionals opposed the decision to reclassify. · Most of the nineteen professionals interviewed felt that young people smoking cannabis in public caused problems for local residents. However, less than half of young people saw this as anti-social, and two-thirds of residents said they were unaffected by this behaviour. · Almost all young people believed that their age group was routinely accused of acting in an anti-social way, even when they had not been. · Young people believed ASB could be reduced if there were more opportunities and facilities for them. Respondents to the community survey also thought under-investment in local facilities had exacerbated the area’s problems. · Young people wanted a clearer definition of what constituted ASB and better advertising and education about cannabis use. Some professionals supported this, and favoured an integrated approach to tackling deprivation, education, training and employment, and sexual health as well as drugs and ASB. · Opinion amongst residents was divided on whether there is a link between young people’s cannabis use and ASB. Less than half of the professionals thought that cannabis use predisposed young people to anti-social behaviour. · Many community respondents believed that the burden of tackling young people’s cannabis use and ASB should not rest with any single agency. Professionals supported a multi-agency approach to tackling ASB but questioned local agencies’ ability to do this. Details: London: The Institute for Criminal Policy Research, King’s College London, 2007. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2012 at: http://www.icpr.org.uk/media/5590/young%20people%20cannabis%20use%20and%20ASB.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 126229

Author: James, Nalita Title: Theatre As A Site for Learning: The Impact of Drama on the Development of Oracy Among Young Adult Offenders Summary: This report documents the development of, and findings from, a nine month pilot project joint funded by the Department for Education and Skills (DfES) and Arts Council England. The project explored and evaluated the use of theatre as a site for learning, and the methods and processes of drama as ‘learning tools.’ Of particular interest was the impact of theatre and drama in supporting the personal and social development of young offenders, with particular emphasis on the development of oracy. The project was developed in response to the research gap in exploring the impact that drama and its creative processes can have on young adults at risk of offending, particularly in relation to oracy. Further, this project will explore the under-researched area of the role drama plays in young offenders’ resettlement. The project is situated within the current policy context, which seeks to reduce young adults’ exposure to risks of offending and re-offending, and simultaneously increase their social inclusion. A key strand of this policy development is the recognition of the potential of the arts to engage young adults and positively contribute to their personal and social development. Simultaneously, skills development particularly around literacy, language and numeracy is also seen as an effective response to (re)engaging young offenders with learning and education, and in contributing to a reduction in re-offending. Many art forms such as drama offer excellent opportunities for promoting expression and communication, and are increasingly being used as an explicit means of skills development among young offenders. The project team worked with two groups of young male offenders held in a prison estate in the East Midlands. The young men were aged between 16-25 and were either on remand or had been sentenced to custody at Glen Parva YOI, Leicester. A central element of the research project was engaging the young men in a dedicated ten-week drama programme run once a week in the custodial estate. A grid was created that enabled a shared comprehension and context within which the research team could reflect upon the demonstration and situational appearance of elements drawn from the speaking and listening framework within the Adult Literacy Core Curriculum. The findings demonstrated that:  Theatre provided the young men with an informal site for learning. It offered them an environment for learning that involved creativity, and enabled them to challenge preexisting behaviours, beliefs and experiences within a supported, inclusive and managed context.  The skills required to access the theatre making process are absolutely concerned with effective communication. The activities the young men were involved in during the drama sessions involved a rich diversity of opportunities to speak and listen.  The informality of theatre gave the young men an opportunity to invest themselves in a creative process of discovery; to identify with real situations and draw on their own personalities and experiences in shaping the drama scenes. The creative processes involved in drama provided an opportunity for the young men to shape their identity and skills by reinventing or drawing upon existing personal identities and life experiences.  The young men recognised that they were not just learning ‘how to be actors’, but also developing a range of other transferable skills and qualities.  The young men’s ‘journeys’ through the drama programme, and following the development of oracy, were never linear. Critically, the drama programme allowed them the time and space to reflect upon their own speaking and listening, as well as explore issues and experiences relevant to their own lives. This had introduced new perspectives and knowledge about themselves specifically in terms of what was achievable for them in employment and/or education, and also in attitudes and behaviour towards other people. In other words, the drama programme had acted as a ‘structural enabler’ in the young men’s learning transitions.  The artists’ role to facilitate and support the learning process as a ‘creative facilitator’ as opposed to being a ‘teacher’ was an important approach to learning that underpinned the drama programme, and one which the artists continually reflected upon, and evaluated as part of their practice.  The effectiveness of theatre as a site for learning, and the methods and processes of drama in developing the young men’s oracy and personal and social development, contributed to developing an understanding of the processes of their identity formation, and the transition pathways the young men took. This is evident in the (re)engagement of the young men in both the learning taking place throughout the drama programme and the future learning the young men could imagine for themselves. Details: London: Arts Council and the Department for Education and Skills, 2006. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2012 at: http://shop.niace.org.uk/media/catalog/product/d/r/drama-final-report.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Arts in Prisons Shelf Number: 126230

Author: Knight, Rosina Title: Working with Repeat Users of the Youth Criminal Justice System Summary: The Urban Regeneration Evaluation Research Team at the Centre for Institutional Studies (CIS), University of East London, was commissioned by the London Borough of Newham (LBN) to undertake an evaluation of Youth Justice Projects and Interventions. The research was conducted over a period of eighteen months, from October 2002 to February 2004. The findings below draw on the following research: • Interviews with sixty-five youth criminal justice workers, in addition to numerous informal chats. • Seventy-eight in-depth semi-structured interviews with young people, typically lasting from forty-five minutes to an hour and a half. Six of these young people were on bail and fifty were serving a referral order, community sentence, Detention and Training Order (DTO) or Intensive Supervision and Surveillance Programme (ISSP). Young people from all of the (now former) strands have been interviewed. Twenty-two of these seventy-eight interviews were second interviews, intended to follow up on the young peoples’ progress through the Youth Offending Team (YOT). • Nine interviews with individuals from key partner agencies. • Attendance at interventions at the YOT (including the street robbery project), Mentoring Plus, Newmartin Community Youth Trust (NCY) and the Attendance Centre. • Shadowing a YOT police officer who was delivering final warnings and reprimands. • Shadowing an NCY worker acting as an appropriate adult in Plaistow police station. • Observation of a court session. • Attendance at YOT, NCY and Youth Action Programme (YAP) team meetings, children’s fund delivery team meetings and some Green Street and Canning Town community forums. • Prison Visits alongside YOT staff and peer researchers. • Several visits to Oxford to visit the ‘Street Dreams’ Project. • An interview with a Youth Justice Board (YJB) effective practice manager. • Attendance at conferences. This study is neither comprehensive nor wholly systematic. It has taken shape through an organic process and is primarily an exploratory study. There has been on-going feeding back at management, whole team and individual staff levels. The first section of this report, entitled ‘Understandings of Youth Crime’ sets the scene for the remaining sections. It is important to first of all map out the ways in which youth justice workers and young people understand the problem of youth crime. This gives an indication of the understandings which both workers and young people take to the experience of participating in the youth justice process. The second section, entitled ‘Working with young people’ will illustrate both effective and ineffective ways of engaging young people in the criminal justice process with a view to achieving active change in or for them. The third section; ‘Multi-agency working’ looks at the issues involved in the YOT’s role as an inherently multi-agency service, mapping out the attitudes and practices of strategic partners, young people and workers in turn. Details: London: Centre for Institutional Studies School of Social Sciences, Media & Cultural Studies University of East London, 2006. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: CIS Research Report 2: Accessed September 4, 2012 at: http://dspace.uel.ac.uk/jspui/handle/123456789/275 Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Interventions Shelf Number: 126231

Author: Fletcher, Del Roy Title: Qualitative Study of Offender Employment Review: Final Report Summary: The Department for Work and Pensions (DWP) commissioned the Centre for Regional Economic and Social Research (CRESR) to undertake a qualitative study of offender employment services, with a specific focus on the progress made in the implementation of the recommendations of the joint DWP/Ministry of Justice (MOJ) offender employment review. The key objectives of the study were to: • identify how well the recommendations of the review have been implemented; • identify the extent to which the changes implemented have contributed to improved offender employment services; • establish what further reforms should be developed to maximise the employment outcomes for offenders; • assist in developing future policy for the offender group; • consider the role of drug treatment services in the offender employment journey. The DWP and MOJ provide a range of support to offenders through their delivery organisations such as Jobcentre Plus and the National Offender Management Service (NOMS). The Skills Funding Agency (SFA) commissions the Offender Learning and Skills Service which provides the majority of prison education in the public sector and seeks to ensure that offenders have the skills and qualifications needed to hold down a job and play a positive role in society. In 2009, the Permanent Secretaries of the DWP and MOJ launched a joint strategic review of offender employment services. The aim was to ‘improve offender employment support by conducting a strategic review of current services offered by DWP and MOJ and implementing improvements to make services more coherent and effective without increasing resources’. Details: London: Department for Work and Pensions, 2012. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report No 784: Accessed September 4, 2012 at: http://research.dwp.gov.uk/asd/asd5/rports2011-2012/rrep784.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 126238

Author: Kilsby, Mark Title: Independent Evaluation of the Vulnerable Learners Apprenticeship Project Summary: The Vulnerable Learner Apprenticeship Project (VLP) is a pilot funded through Kent County Council (KCC) focussing on early intervention for 4 groups of vulnerable people aged 16 to 24 years, considered ‘NEET’. The cohorts are i) Young Parents ii) Young People with Learning and/or Physical Disabilities and/or Mental Health Issues iii) Young Offenders iv) Looked After Children Leaving Care. The VLP intervention aimed to enable 20 young people from each group to access local apprenticeship opportunities and help them to engage/re-engage more fully in the labour market. KCC paid the salary of each young person (£105pw) for 12 months with the support of local specialist teams. Ten Training Providers delivered the assessment and training aspects of the apprenticeships. This evaluation covers the progress of the project for the first 19 months from September 1st 2010 to March 31st 2012. Details: Cardiff: Kilsby/Allan Consulting, 2012. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 4, 2012 at: http://base-uk.org/sites/base-uk.org/files/knowledge/Evaluation%20of%20the%20Vulnerable%20Learner%20Apprenticeship%20Project/final_vlp_eval_july2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 126239

Author: Bray, Liz Title: Green Spaces...Safer Spaces: Anti-Social Behaviour in Green Spaces Summary: Crime, the fear of crime, disorder and anti-social behaviour in green spaces are some of the things that most worry people and put them off using and enjoying the spaces for relaxation and recreation. The activities of a few offenders affect almost everyone who uses or would like to use green space. Crimes and various types of anti-social behaviour such as vandalism, graffiti, under-age drinking, sex offences and assaults, do occur in parks and green spaces. People can see for themselves the effects of vandal damage, fly tipping, spray painting, discarded bottles, cans and glue containers, trampling and wheel ruts and they are put off using the areas most badly or most frequently abused. Some spaces have a worse reputation than others and they are often areas that are underused by the rest of the community. Tall, dense shrubbery and lack of lighting also attract undesirable activities. 1.2 The fear of crime is a very strong factor for many people and word travels fast when serious incidents happen. Crime, particularly serious crime, is extremely rare in parks and other public places. When it does happen it is usually very widely reported at the time, but most users of Newcastle’s green spaces will not experience crime. 1.3 During the Green Spaces Strategy preparation we carried out extensive consultation and the following came up as major concerns over and over again. (See Para 2.1) Details of the consultations are on the Parks and Green Space web page. In a 2002 survey the top bad points were as follows with crime and anti-social behaviour accounting for five out of the seven. 1. litter (32%) 2. dog fouling (26%) 3. not well maintained (19%) 4. unsafe (15%) 5. vandalism (11%) 6. insufficient green space (10%) 7. threatening youths (10%) In specific consultations with young people and disabled people, personal safety was among their top concerns. Details: Newcastle City, UK: Newcastle City Council, 2004. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 4, 2012 at: http://www.newcastle.gov.uk/wwwfileroot/legacy/ns/leisure/greenspaces/Antisocialbehaviouringreenspaces.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behaviour (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126240

Author: Shannon, Douglas Title: Where Outdoor Education and Youth Justice Meet: Researching the Effectiveness of a Social Problem Solving Programme for Young People at Risk of Offending, Delivered Using an Outdoor Education Approach Summary: This paper represents the research carried out into the effectiveness of a programme delivered by Glasgow City Council’s Outdoor Resource Centre, to young people at risk of offending. The programme delivered was purposeful in its approach, and drew on previous knowledge from both the Outdoor Education and the Youth Justice worlds. The focus of the programme was to deliver a skills based approach to teaching social problem solving. Previous Outdoor Education programmes for offenders have depended upon either a diversionary approach, an intensive counselling approach, a character trait approach or have relied on the ‘challenge’ aspect of Outdoor Education to suggest a punitive component to their programme. The evidence for their effectiveness in reducing offending is poor, and is losing support from a Youth Justice field that is becoming increasingly evidence based. Two measures of social problem solving were examined. The component parts, known as process measures, and the practical application, known as outcome measures. Both quantitative and qualitative data were collected to establish these measures. These were obtained through a process of behavioural observations made by the staff delivering the programme, and through semi-structured interviews with purposefully selected participants and their parents, teachers and social workers. Overall it was found that the programme was very effective, particularly, in terms of process measures. The data regarding the outcome measures showed that young people took the skills and applied them to some very important life decisions. Some weaknesses were noted in how certain components of social problem solving were applied in practice; these require further investigation. This research considers one possible meeting place between the worlds of Outdoor Education and Youth Justice. The meeting place was, in this case, very fruitful. More exploration of other possible meeting points would seem to be an area worthy of further enquiry. Details: Edinburgh: University of Edinburgh, 2006. 101p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 4, 2012 at: http://www.education.ed.ac.uk/outdoored/research/dissertation_shannon.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-Risk Youth (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126241

Author: Armitage, Victoria Jane Title: The Inbetweeners: Young People Making Sense of Youth Anti-Social Behaviour Summary: Beginning with the Crime and Disorder Act 1998, the UK government’s ‘Anti-social Behaviour Agenda’ has served to label all young people as potentially anti-social. This study describes and analyses young people’s accounts of anti-social behaviour and the impact of anti-social behaviour legislation on young people living in a rural context. Through semi-structured interviews with eighteen teenagers in a rural northern town who had undertaken anti-social behaviour but were not subject to any individual control measures, the research explores the participants’ perceptions of their (informal) identification as anti-social, their interactions with institutions of social control and how these factors impacted on their sense of self. In particular, it explores the strategies that the respondents utilised to avoid internalising a deviant identity and through doing so examines the relationship between anti-social behaviour and youth as a transition. Whilst none of the respondents considered themselves to be anti-social, they had all been subject to informal control measures including being ‘moved on’ and having their details taken by the police. The findings indicate that for these young people, anti-social behaviour is inexorably tied to their liminal position as ‘youths’ and this allows their identities to be fluid and constantly changing. The respondents understand their social position/s as ‘inbetween’ a variety of statuses, and it is postulated that the widely acknowledged vague nature of ASB definition and their identities as ‘youths’ allows them to negotiate the space between a pro- and anti-social identity without internalising either. They therefore construct anti-social behaviour as a normal part of conventional youth, and something which they will certainly ‘grow out of’. Details: Durham, UK: Durham University, School of Applied Social Sciences, 2012. 275p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 4, 2012 at: http://etheses.dur.ac.uk/3581/1/Victoria_Armitage_Doctoral_Thesis_May_2012.pdf?DDD34+ Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126242

Author: Briggs, Sarah Title: Offender Literacy and Attrition from the Enhanced Thinking Skills Programme Summary: A sample of 39 offenders identified as having literacy problems was compared with a sample of 50 offenders for whom no literacy problems were identified. · The samples were broadly similar with respect to gender, ethnicity, history of breach, broad categories of index offence, and OGRS risk of reconviction scores. · Offenders with identified literacy problems were more likely to drop out at every stage between sentence and final completion of post programme psychometric tests · We can be at least 90% confident that there is a significant difference in programme retention between the literacy problems group and the control group. Confidence in the finding is enhanced by repeated observation of an apparent literacy problem effect at each of the stages observed. · There was also an effect of age on attrition, with younger offenders more likely to be retained. This enhances confidence in the finding of an effect of literacy problems, since the literacy problems group tended to be younger on average. · Psychometric test papers examined in the course of this research showed a consistent low level of literacy. This raises the question of whether systematic identification of literacy problems takes place, and whether the number of offenders with these problems is higher than we are currently aware. Details: West Yorkshire, UK: West Yorkshire Probation, 2003. 10p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2003 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cognitive Skills Shelf Number: 126243

Author: Arnold, Leah Title: 'Breaking the Cycle of Violence': A Quantitative Evaluation of an Educative Intervention Aimed at Improving the Self-Concepts and Behaviours of Vulnerable Adolescents Summary: The present research offers an evaluation of the LINX Programme; an intervention for young people who have been exposed to domestic violence and ultimately have severe self-concept and violence related issues. The methodology primarily consists of quantitative likert-scale surveys which are administered to the participants both before they begin the programme and 12 weeks later upon its completion. Therefore the data collection has been a longitudinal process. Additionally, reoffending data has been collected from past LINX participants and is used in conjunction with the survey data. For a significant statistical majority of young people, both self-concepts and behaviours had improved following the LINX Programme. Likewise, to highlight further the achievement of this intervention, no significant variance of scores was found across either gender or age. This suggests that the programme has been consistently delivered and is applicable for the majority of young people in attendance; however due to certain limitations other alternative explanations for this statistical outcome are discussed. This study has an extensive rationale due to the currently very limited academic focus on intervention efforts. Particularly minimal are studies which adopt a quantitative approach. Furthermore, this investigation takes an original approach by developing very informative regional comparisons where the same intervention is employed within four different counties of the United Kingdom. Beyond its contribution to social psychological research, this study has implications for the LINX Programme itself, by effectively applying social scientific knowledge to the evaluation of an existing intervention. In conclusion to the project, recommendations for extensions to the present research and the future development of the LINX Programme are identified. Details: Southampton, UK: University of Southampton, 2011. 51p. Source: Dissertation: Internet Resource: Accessed September 4, 2012 at http://www.hamptontrust.org.uk/what_we_do/linx/la_dissertation_breakingthecycleofviolence.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Adolescents Shelf Number: 126254

Author: Geoff Berry Associates Title: Evaluation of WMTTS Mediation Project in Birmingham Summary: The West Midlands Mediation and Transformation Service (WMMTS) was established in late 2004 and emerged from dialogue between police and community regarding the escalation of gun related violence. The scheme is now an integral part of an overall strategy designed to address gang violence across Birmingham. The aims of the scheme seek to both facilitate a cessation of gang related shootings and provide a pathway for those who wish to exit the gun and gang culture to do so. Operating with a team of six mediators, all trained and accredited, the scheme has three broad strands, namely; Proactive intervention: to facilitate negotiation between factions; Post-event intervention: To mediate and prevent retaliation and escalation; and, Facilitate delivery of support: to encourage those who wish to exit the gun and gang culture to do so. A critical identified weakness of the West Midlands Mediation and Transformation Services mediation project is the lack of any formal evaluation of the project or any processes for monitoring progress on an ongoing basis. This places the project at a particular disadvantage when trying to provide evidence of its impact and in discussions with prospective funders. This report outlines the findings from a comprehensive evaluation of the project and builds on the initial “quick and dirty” review carried out late in 2005. Formal monitoring processes have now been established for the project which will enable progress to be checked on a rolling basis. It will also inform future evaluations. Details: Stafford, UK: Geoff Berry Associates, 2006. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 4, 2012 at https://wmmts-secure.com/images/uploads/WMMTS%20Evaluation.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Evaluative Studies Shelf Number: 126255

Author: Webb, Sarah Title: The Contribution of Financial Investigation to Tackling Organised Crime: A Qualitative Study Summary: Financial investigation is one of many specialist investigative approaches employed by law enforcement when tackling organised crime, and it is an increasingly well-established discipline. Financial investigators typically operate within the legal framework of the Proceeds of Crime Act 2002 (POCA), which introduced a number of asset recovery powers, including the use of restraint orders1 and post-conviction confiscation orders and cash seizure and civil forfeiture/recovery. Related policies include the Asset Recovery Incentivisation Scheme, which allows frontline agencies to keep a proportion of assets recovered. Knowledge about, and understanding of, the role that financial investigation can play in tackling organised crime has been identified as a key evidence gap. The current research therefore explores the contribution of financial investigation as one of the specialist investigation approaches used by law enforcement agencies to tackle organised crime. The report sets out its use and benefits, as well as the barriers and implications, for policy and practice. The research explored 60 cases where financial investigation was used to tackle organised crime. Methods were qualitative; 149 semi-structured interviews were carried out with practitioners including financial investigators, investigating officers and Crown Prosecution Service (CPS) representatives. An additional eight interviews were completed with practitioners working in a confiscation order enforcement role. Key Findings -- Financial investigation was used across all aspects of organised crime cases, from identifying criminality, developing intelligence and case building, through to prosecution and confiscation order enforcement. Financial investigations were rarely used to identify organised criminality in the first instance. Financial investigation techniques were applied in more than one-half of the cases studied during the pre- and post-arrest investigation and case-building phase. Where used, financial investigation contributed to the process of case building through: - identifying organised criminality in the first instance; - identifying the extent of an organised crime group; - locating assets owned or used by organised crime group members; - identifying ownership and use of properties; - uncovering evidence of the lifestyle led by those targeted; - tracking the movements of individuals; - placing people at particular places at particular times, thereby linking them to criminality or particular criminal groups; and - identifying additional offences and offenders. In one-half of the cases examined, evidence from the financial investigation was considered to have influenced the prosecution's case. - In 12 cases, a conviction would not have been possible without the financial investigation (these were mainly money laundering or fraud cases). - In 14 cases the financial investigation was able to demonstrate the greater involvement of the accused in the criminal activity. - In five cases the financial investigation revealed additional members of the organised crime group who could be brought into the prosecution. - In seven cases additional offences (particularly money laundering) were brought into the prosecution. Interviewees also suggested that greater collaboration between enforcement and prosecution teams, or even co-location, could improve enforcement understanding of the criminality of organised crime groups. Details: London: Home Office, 2012. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 65: Accessed September 5, 2012 at: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/science-research-statistics/research-statistics/crime-research/horr65?view=Binary Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Financial Crimes Shelf Number: 126256

Author: Scott, Kevin Title: A Study Of Anti-Social Behaviour on Dublin Bus Routes Summary: The area under investigation was the phenomenon of criminological behaviour occurring on Dublin Bus Routes. Research questions were based around: 1) what anti-social behaviour is occurring on buses, 2) when is this behaviour occurring, 3) who is perpetrating this behaviour and 4) how is anti-social behaviour on buses being tackled? Two problematic bus routes and one control route were selected based on geographic spread and the comparative ratio of criminal incidents involved (the 78A, 77 and the control case: 46A). A statistical analysis of existing information from Dublin Bus surrounding anti-social behaviour on these routes was conducted. The researcher then performed equivalent systematic observation over a period of three weeks on the proposed routes. This data was supplemented with four semi-structured interviews obtained from members of the Dublin Bus Zero-Tolerance Unit. The data garnered from the observation and the interviews was then cross-examined against the statistical analysis of existing data to see how comparable it was. The results showed a bias in the reporting of more serious crime with a lot of minor incidents never being recorded. The findings were used to inform academic recommendations for future research with regard to the nature of anti-social behaviour on buses and how it is policed. Practical solutions to effective management strategies in dealing with crime were also suggested. Details: Dublin: Dublin Institute of Technology, 2008. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 5, 2012 at: http://arrow.dit.ie/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1005&context=aaschssldis&sei-redir=1&referer=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.google.com%2Furl%3Fsa%3Dt%26rct%3Dj%26q%3D%2522a%2520study%2520of%2520anti-social%2520behaviour%2520on%2520the%2520dublin%2520bus%2520routes%2522%26source%3Dweb%26cd%3D2%26ved%3D0CCkQFjAB%26url%3Dhttp%253A%252F%252Farrow.dit.ie%252Fcgi%252Fviewcontent.cgi%253Farticle%253D1005%2526context%253Daaschssldis%26ei%3D44VHUOTZEYjZ0QGY8YCACQ%26usg%3DAFQjCNFgQcwg4vFVTSiVdF-i68fgJJGNDQ#search=%22study%20anti-social%20behaviour%20dublin%20bus%20routes%22 Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126261

Author: Green, Anne E. Title: Keeping Track: Mapping and Tracking Vulnerable Young People Summary: The notion of social exclusion, and the need for its existence and effects to be addressed and combated by government social policy, has gained great prominence in recent years, as illustrated by the establishment and work of the Social Exclusion Unit (SEU). One of the issues of particular interest and concern to policy makers and practitioners has been the fortunes of ‘vulnerable’ young people, especially those who become detached from ‘mainstream’ youth transitions. Such transitions have tended to become longer, more ambiguous or uncertain and more diverse as a plethora of different pathways into the labour market and other domains of adulthood have emerged. The acknowledgement of the problems posed by the existence in successive cohorts of young people of a significant proportion who could be categorised as ‘vulnerable’ or ‘disaffected’, has led to a range of policies designed to support young people at risk. Increasing participation in and access to education is a central element in support of the goal of building a fair and prosperous society. Careers services have been charged with prioritising work with vulnerable young people, and with developing better systems for identifying and keeping in touch with them – usually in collaboration with other agencies, in light of the recognition that a multi-agency response is required. The emphasis on partnership working and joined-up policy delivery has led to the development of the Connexions strategy, with the Connexions service, a support service for all young people, as its centrepiece. Connexions is a new advice, guidance and support service for all young people aged 13-19 years, phased in across England from April 2001. It is designed to integrate existing careers advice and support services for young people, creating a single point of access through personal advisers who will be able to give advice and guidance on learning opportunities and careers, and help young people overcome barriers to a successful transition to adult life. The intention is that the Connexions service will ensure that access to all the support services that a young person might need is coordinated through a personal adviser (DfEE, 2000a). the advantages and limitations of ‘mapping’ and ‘tracking’ methodologies, identifying examples of good practice and the difficulties which agencies have encountered in building reliable, accurate, up-to-date and robust systems. Scope In order to achieve this aim, the study involved: • identifying a range of attempts to develop systems of mapping and tracking vulnerable young people, from across different types of agencies; • comparing and contrasting different approaches to mapping and tracking; • highlighting difficulties (both conceptual and practical) encountered, and key issues arising, in the course of the development of mapping and tracking systems; • identifying examples of interesting and good practice; • outlining implications for policy and making recommendations for future practice. It is hoped that the findings from the study will influence the debate concerning, and contribute to the agenda for, the Connexions service, as well as raise issues of wider relevance to the research agenda on young people, partnership working, and mapping and tracking methodologies. Mapping and tracking initiatives in England form the focus of this study, although some evidence was gathered from other parts of the United Kingdom. This additional evidence included some Social Inclusion Partnership projects in Scotland and various projects concerned with working together to tackle the problems of exclusion of young people from the labour market supported by the European Social Fund (ESF) under the YOUTHSTART strand of the EMPLOYMENT community initiative. This extra material has informed the discussions and conclusions presented in this report. Details: Bristol, UK: The Policy Press and the Joseph Rowntree Foundation, 2001. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 5, 2012 at: http://www.jrf.org.uk/system/files/jr096-vulnerable-young-people.pdf Year: 2001 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-Risk Youth (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126262

Author: Beckford, James A. Title: Review of the Evidence Base on Faith Communities Summary: This report reviews the evidence base relating to the demographic, socio-economic and cultural characteristics of ‘emerging’ faith communities, specifically the Hindu, Muslim and Sikh populations together with the likely future trends within them. The evidence base that was reviewed was selected according to: its relevance to the ODPM’s strategic priorities of Housing Supply and Demand; Decent Places to Live; Tackling Disadvantage; Delivering Better Services; and Promoting the Development of the English Regions, and its bearing on the relationship between faith and other equalities strands in terms of ethnicity, gender, sexuality and disability. This report primarily reviews relevant publications and ‘grey’ literature produced during the past ten years. In some instances, where the work concerned illustrates a more recent development, or where the research concerned was particularly seminal and/or has not been superseded by more up-to-date research, older research and publications are also referred to. In addition, the members of the project team have manipulated and analysed available data sets, also drawing on some of their own primary research. Finally, a number of semi-structured interviews were conducted with key community informants and academic experts in order to inform awareness of the key issues within the evidence base. Details: London: The Office of the Deputy Prime Minister, 2006. 118p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 5, 2012 at http://www.communities.gov.uk/documents/corporate/pdf/143816.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Demographic Trends (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126265

Author: Mortimer, Rhian Title: Risk Factors for Offending: A Developmental Approach Summary: A plethora of research has been conducted to identify the risk and protective factors for offending in low-risk samples, particularly juveniles. However, to date this research has not extended to high security adult offenders who engage in serious offending behaviour, represent the most significant risk to society and are detained in conditions of high security. This thesis utilised previously researched risk factor models to identify how risk and protective factors develop throughout an individual’s lifespan, to increase the likelihood of following an offending pathway in adulthood. This thesis includes a systematic review and review of a psychometric tool, in addition to both an individual case study and a research paper, which identify specific factors relevant to types of high security offenders. The findings demonstrated that aggression and substance misuse were among the most common risk factors, which began in adolescence and continued into adulthood. Therefore, adult high security offenders could be partially retrospectively mapped onto established juvenile risk factor models, thus suggesting that the factors identified in high risk samples are primarily developmental in nature. Further qualitative and quantitative research is recommended to develop these findings; however tentative results demonstrate that interventions with at-risk adolescents may be beneficial in reducing the risk of future high security offenders. In conclusion, the findings support previous research, which suggests that experiences of increased risk factors in conjunction with few protective factors increases the likelihood of individuals being involved in offending behaviour. Therefore, pro-active and reactive measures should be targeted towards such at-risk individuals. Details: Birmingham, UK: Centre for Forensic and Criminological Psychology, University of Birmingham, 2010. 228p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed September 10, 2012 at: http://etheses.bham.ac.uk/415/1/Mortimer10ForenPsyD.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Adult Offenders (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126279

Author: Robinson, Emma Title: Achieving Learner Retention in Basic Skills: findings from a study of offenders in West Yorkshire Summary: The general education level of those coming before the courts is low. It is estimated that ‘nearly 60 per cent of prisoners have poor literacy and communication skills and as many as 75 per cent have poor numeracy skills’ (Uden, 2004, p.9). These are levels of skills low enough to exclude them from 96 per cent of available jobs. Fifty-two per cent of men and 71 per cent of women prisoners have no qualifications at all, compared with 15 per cent of the general population. The National Institute of Adult Continuing Education (NIACE) published ‘Education and Training for Offenders’ in 2003 which charted a change in the ways that education and training are delivered in prisons. Whilst its initial focus was on prisons and prisoners, the focus of attention has broadened to concern offenders more generally. Indeed, there has been an increasing acceptance within the Criminal Justice System of the role of education and training in reducing re-offending. A number of recent Basic Skills Pathfinder Projects carried out between 1999 and 2002 tested out procedures for offenders on probation including screening of clients for basic skills needs, assessment, provision and arrangements to encourage take-up of basic skills opportunities by offenders. Findings from the pathfinder showed that 50% of the sample had no qualifications at all and only 26% had a level 2 qualification or above (McMahon et al, 2004). Approximately 35% of the sample were assessed as likely to have a basic skills need. Another important finding from the evaluation was the attrition that occurred at every stage of the process, resulting in only a small number of offenders receiving basic skills tuition. The highest rate of attrition occurred following the screening process with only 19% of the sample subsequently attending for assessment. This has led to an increased emphasis on the role of case managers in attempting to ensure attendance during the course of supervision. The Probation Service now plays a key role in identifying the learning needs of individuals, the provision of information and advice, and in referral to appropriate learning opportunities. Similar to the ‘core curriculum’ delivered in prisons with its associated targets, the Probation Service concentrates overwhelmingly on basic skills for which it has agreed the following targets in a Service Delivery Agreement: · 6,000 starts on basic skills programmes and 1,000 qualifications (at any level) for 2002/3 · 12,000 qualifications (2,000 at Entry level, 8,000 at Level 1 and 2,000 and Level 2). This report is the culmination of 12 months’ research into basic skills provision in West Yorkshire (April 2004 – March 2005). A range of internal and external projects have been drawn upon which include: · An internal research project looking at the implementation of DISC’s mentoring service for offenders. · An internal report examining the provision of basic skills for diverse offender groups, staff awareness of basic skills provision, and staff training needs. · Results from a series of internal throughput reports focusing on four particular offender groups: female offenders, minority ethnic offenders, offenders residing in hostels and drug misusing offenders subject to a Drug Treatment and Testing Order (DTTO). · An internal evaluation of the early roll-out of Guided Skills Learning in West Yorkshire. · Results from an external research project led by the National Research and Development Centre for adult literacy and numeracy (NRDC). West Yorkshire was one of two pathfinder areas involved in the Maths for Life: Talking up Numeracy offender pathfinder. · Key findings from two internally commissioned improvement projects set up in response to a low conversion rate for basic skills starts to awards. The projects comprised: a Learning Improvement Project (LIP) focusing on meeting the area awards target for 2004/5, and an improvement project in Leeds West focusing on the district awards target. Details: West Yorkshire, UK: West Yorkshire National Probation Service, 2005. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 10, 2012 at: http://www.westyorksprobation.org.uk/pdfs/BasicSkills_2004-5_FullReport.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Educational Programs Shelf Number: 126280

Author: Briggs, Sarah Title: SMARTstarts Programme Conditions Pilot – Evaluation Report Summary: Within West Yorkshire, several Performance Improvement Projects have been established to employ the skills and knowledge of various staff members in order to generate ideas and make recommendations for change. These projects harness knowledge of ‘what works’ in other probation areas and districts within West Yorkshire. The ‘SMARTstarts conditions pilot’ is one such project aimed at making the processes from order commencement to programme start ‘smarter’ and more efficient in order to increase the number of offenders starting programmes. At the point of commissioning this work, the main premise was that the sooner an offender can be offered a start date, the more likely they are to start the programme attached to their order, thus targeting starts whilst their motivation is likely to be high. Since then, other subsidiary aims have come to light such as identifying a clearly defined process, and identifying and removing barriers to programme starts. However, this piece of work did not set out to evaluate these. A ‘Process Summary Chart’ (see appendix 1) detailing these new processes has been piloted in Bradford and Calderdale from 30th June to 22nd September 2003. The chart is designed around a National Probation Service target of getting offenders from order commencement to programme start within 20 working days. The programmes included in the pilot are: Enhanced Thinking Skills (ETS), Drink Impaired Drivers (DID), Addressing Substance Related Offending (ASRO), and Duluth Domestic Violence (DV). The overall intention is for the processes to be rolled out to the remaining districts within the area over the next few months. Details: West Yorkshire, UK: (West Yorkshire) National Probation Services, 2003. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 10, 2012 at: http://www.westyorksprobation.org.uk/documentlist.php?type=1&year=2003 Year: 2003 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cognitive Behavioral Skills Shelf Number: 126281

Author: Meek, Rosie Title: Fit for Release: How Sports-Based Learning Can Help Prisoners Engage in Education, Gain Employment and Desist from Crime Summary: Sport has long been recognised as an effective incentive, or way of increasing motivation among those who might otherwise be reluctant to participate in other activities. Although most of the attention in this area focuses on the positive use of sport in a community context, a growing body of research has explored the role of sport in prison settings. This research shows that carefully planned and skilfully delivered sports-based activities can be an especially effective way to reduce violent incidences, improve relationships between staff and prisoners, identify resettlement needs, and ultimately create opportunities for individuals to desist from crime following their release from custody. Details: Middlesborough, UK: Teesside University, School of Social Sciences and Law; Mitcham, UK: Prisoners Education Trust, 2012. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 10, 2012 at: http://www.prisonerseducation.org.uk/fileadmin/user_upload/doc/Learning_Matters/PET_Fit_for_Release_Report_WebVersion.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prison Programs Shelf Number: 126284

Author: Northern Ireland. Department for Employment and Learning Title: Pathways to Success: Establishing an initial broad strategic direction and supporting cross- Departmental actions to reduce the number of young people most at risk of remaining outside education, employment or training (NEET) Summary: The issue of young people not in education, employment or training is a high priority for me, for Executive colleagues, for the young people themselves and for our society as a whole. While my Department initially took the lead on the earlier Scoping Study I have developed this suggested strategic approach on behalf of the other main Government Departments which have a key role to play in reducing the numbers of young people most at risk who fall into this category. Although this problem has been around for many years I am determined to ensure that the draft strategy is forward looking, comprehensive and will provide the foundation for the development of an approach to deal successfully with this issue. I clearly see the need to intervene early to engage young people in learning and address the risk factors that might cause them to disengage. I recognise that this issue needs to be considered in the context of cross departmental work and particularly with the Department of Education. Confirming the work in the Scoping Study, the recent Assembly Employment and Learning Committee Report, which I welcomed, stressed that the NEETS group is not a homogenous group and the barriers faced by these young people can be myriad, complex and, in many cases, interwoven and multi-layered. The report recommends that a strategy tackling the issues they face must be about coordination, co-operation, multi-agency working, referral and collective accountability, requiring all stakeholders to work together within a framework. Executive Departments, the community and voluntary sector, the different sectors of education, employers and businesses all have a role to play. The suggested strategic focus is in two interlinked parts, designed as an integrated package of active measures to prevent young people from becoming NEET; and to focus on re-engaging those young people, particularly in the 16-19 age group, who are already outside education, employment and training, and who are most at risk of remaining there. In addition to a range of actions it is recognised that we will need to put in place structures or mechanisms to co-ordinate and make these more effective. These structures will begin to set and monitor the detailed outcomes sought and adjust these as required and as new information comes to light. With all our combined good practice, experience and goodwill we are confident we can make a difference to the lives of our young people who are most at risk. (from the Minister for Employment and Learning Forward) Details: Balfast: Northern Ireland Department for Employment and Learning, 2011. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 10, 2012 at: http://www.delni.gov.uk/pathways-to-success-consultation-document.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-Risk Youth (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126285

Author: Great Britain. HM Inspectorate of Prisons Title: Remand Prisoners: A Thematic Review Summary: At any one time, remand prisoners make up about 15% of the prison population – about 12,000–13,000 prisoners. Women and those from black and minority ethnic and foreign national backgrounds are over-represented within the remand group. In 2010, 17% of defendants proceeded against at magistrates’ courts or tried at the Crown Court were acquitted or not proceeded against, and 25% received a non-custodial sentence. In total, approximately 29,400 prisoners were released after trial. This review examines the experience of young adult and adult remand (unconvicted and convicted unsentenced) prisoners in local prisons against the Inspectorate’s four healthy prison tests: safety, respect, purposeful activity and resettlement. It incorporates findings from survey data and inspection reports for 33 local prisons. Fieldwork was also conducted at five prisons and included focus groups with remand prisoners. Interviews with residential and resettlement managers gave an establishment perspective. We found that remand prisoners enter custody with multiple and complex needs that are equally, if not more, pervasive than among sentenced prisoners. However, despite a longestablished principle that remand prisoners – who have not been convicted or sentenced by a court – have rights and entitlements not available to sentenced prisoners, we found that many had a poorer regime, less support and less preparation for release. Remand prisoners are at an increased risk of suicide and self-harm and nearly a quarter (23%) in our survey said they had felt depressed or suicidal when they arrived at prison. Over threequarters of remand prisoners reported a welfare problem on arrival, and a third or more said they had a drug or mental health problem. Some prisoners in our groups had experienced high levels of stress and anxiety while their trial was in progress and they were uncertain about the outcome. However, in both the survey and focus groups, remand prisoners showed little awareness of support services available at the prison. Although most said they had received an induction, many prisoners in our groups felt that they had been given too much information to absorb at such a turbulent time. The Prison Rules 1999 set out legally binding entitlements for remand prisoners which recognise they have not been convicted or sentenced. However, within Prison Service policy a considerable amount of discretion is permitted to governors on implementing these entitlements. There is also an unresolved disjuncture between the Prison Rules and Prison Service policy, with the latter permitting remand prisoners to share cells with sentenced prisoners if they have consented, and the former appearing to suggest that remand and sentenced prisoners should under no circumstances be required to share a cell. Although sharing residential accommodation and cells with sentenced prisoners was the norm, few in our groups recalled being asked for their consent. Those in our groups felt that staff were unable to distinguish between remand and sentenced prisoners on the wings, and prisoners in our groups and staff we spoke to had limited or no knowledge of their entitlements. The right of remand prisoners to vote had not been facilitated at two of the five prisons visited. Remand prisoners were allowed to wear their own clothes at most establishments, but this was often hindered by complicated and prohibitive processes. Details: London: HM Inspectorate of Prisons, 2012. 124p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 10, 2012 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/inspectorate-reports/hmipris/thematic-reports-and-research-publications/remand-thematic.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Pretrial Detention Shelf Number: 126290

Author: Ives, Richard Title: Evaluation of the Junior Youth Inclusion Programme Summary: Youth Inclusion Projects (YIPs) cover children aged 13-16 who are either at high risk of offending or have already begun to offend. They provide a tailored intervention package to address each child’s key risk factors. Interventions include diversionary activities such as sport and structured advice sessions on drugs, health, education and employment. (HM Treasury 2004, paragraph 5.146) Junior YIPs operate similarly, covering the younger age-range of eight to 13 years. This report describes an evaluation of the Junior YIP (Youth Inclusion Project) in LB Camden. This evaluation was undertaken as an additional evaluation task by the CCF Local Evaluators with support from the JYIP Project Manager. The report is structured so that most of the detail of the evaluation at the end. This part of the report provides a succinct account of the work; the sections that follow give more detail about each aspect of the evaluation. There is also a section giving some theory about tackling the problems of children and young people at risk. Details: Kettlestone, UK: educari, 2007. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 11, 2012 at: http://www.castlehaven.org.uk/reports/Educari%20Report.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-Risk Youth (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126294

Author: Meadows, Linda Title: Evaluation of the South Yorkshire Restorative Justice Programme Summary: This is the final report of the evaluation of South Yorkshire Restorative Justice Programme (SYRJP), undertaken by the Hallam Centre for Community Justice at Sheffield Hallam University. The SYRJP was developed in partnership between South Yorkshire Police and the Local Criminal Justice Board (LCJB) with the aim of implementing a county wide model of Restorative Justice (RJ) for use in neighbourhood policing and other community applications. It is aimed at tackling low level crime and anti-social behaviour in neighbourhoods and gives police officers the discretion to use Youth and Adult Restorative disposals as an alternative to prosecution for low level offending behaviour where offenders have no previous convictions, make an admission of guilt and where both offender and victim consent to the RJ process. The first phase of implementation involved training 1700 front line police officers in the use of RJ disposals and the second phase delivered enhanced training in Restorative conferencing to 160 officers. The third phase is ongoing and has extended RJ into Hate Crime and Integrated Offender Management. Since the inception of the Programme in March 2010 until February 2012 a total of 3,357 RJ interventions have been undertaken across the County. The evaluation was primarily qualitative and involved: interviews with eight magistrates, 34 victims and 29 offenders and 10 police officers; observation/focus group activities in five community meetings; a survey of police staff, a community survey and two victim surveys. A quantitative element was added during the course of the evaluation and involved analysing the reconviction rates for a cohort of offenders who had received an RJ disposal and a comparator cohort. Findings from these activities are organised around three key themes: The RJ Model; the RJ Process and the Impact of RJ. The RJ Model currently in operation has changed from the model originally envisaged at the outset of the program. What has emerged is a continuum of approaches which incorporates Street/Instant RJ and RJ conferencing but also includes hybrid approaches which fall somewhere between the two. While there may be advantages to a more flexible and wider application of RJ, this is not without risk, including consistency and clarity of understanding amongst police officers. Overall, the concept of RJ is well embedded across the force and there were high levels of satisfaction with the relevance of the training and the level of skills it provided. Police officers were generally confident in the use of RJ and the empowering opportunity it provided for professional discretion. Senior level support was strong though issues were raised about levels of understanding amongst custody sergeants/inspectors who are involved in the decisions to use RJ. Use of conferencing is less well embedded and police officers identified a range of structural and cultural barriers which had impeded its use. Victims are positive about the processes surrounding RJ which were seen as straightforward. Victims felt that communication prior to becoming involved was clear and effective and they were positive about the support they received both during and after the event. Occasions were identified where the RJ process broke down which provide potential pointers for the future development of the programme.Victims were generally satisfied with the outcome of their involvement with RJ. They reported feeling empowered by their experience of RJ and indicated that it gave them a greater sense of control. Many also indicated that RJ had increased their confidence in the police force and that they felt that RJ had had a positive effect on the offender. There were some encouraging indications that offenders who had received an RJ disposal were less likely to be reconvicted than offenders who had received an alternative disposal. Though the results of the reconviction analysis were not statistically significant, they were close to the 0.1 level that is traditionally used as a guide. The qualitative fieldwork also supported these findings and indicated that RJ had had a significant impact on many of the offenders involved. The following key recommendations were indicated by the findings of the evaluation: - Communicating and embedding changes in the model to ensure greater consistency in the application of RJ- Additional training for inspectors/custody sergeants who make decisions about whether or not to proceed with RJ- Clarifying and potentially extending the role of PCSOs- for example in the administration of RJ processes, especially relating to RJ conferencing - Clarifying the role of RJ conferencing and addressing the structural and cultural inhibitors to its use - Developing a community communications strategy to increase awareness - Ensuring victims and offender understanding of the RJ process and effective communication throughout. - Developing guidance for police officers on appropriate compensation for victims - Clarifying processes relating to follow up and non-compliance. Redesigning guidance/processes/ paperwork to support the use of RJ with non-crimes - Refreshing guidance for police officers on the status of RJ disposals in enhanced CRB checks. - Conducting further reconviction analysis - Conducting further research into the costs/time taken for restorative conferencing. Details: Sheffield, UK: Hallam Centre for Community Justice, Sheffield Hallam University, 2012 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 12, 2012 at: http://www.cjp.org.uk/publications/ngo/evaluation-of-the-south-yorkshire-restorative-justice-programme-17-08-2012/ Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 126302

Author: Sharpe Research Ltd. Title: Public Attitudes to the Deployment of Surveillance Techniques in Public Places: Qualitative Research Report Summary: The main aim of the research was to investigate informed public attitudes towards current and planned public surveillance activities, and establish the limits of public acceptability and confidence, to provide understanding of where the boundary might lie between personal privacy and society’s ability to intrude into an individual’s affairs. This involved investigation of the following: • levels of spontaneous knowledge and awareness about: - the extent and prevalence of CCTV and other surveillance technologies - the purposes for which video surveillance is deployed - which authorities and other organisations use video surveillance - how the recordings are used or processed - how long recordings are kept - who can see them, and in what circumstances - the effectiveness of video surveillance in preventing and/or detecting crime • sources of knowledge and awareness, including personal experience; • reactions to prompted information on - licensing/authorisation - covert vs. overt installations - new surveillance technologies - new ‘purposes’, such as road pricing - ‘sensitive’ personal data, in the data protection context • factors underlying public confidence in video surveillance; • the perceived applicability of the 8 data protection principles to the deployment and use of surveillance technology; • perceived risks of unlawful or criminal violations of privacy arising from video surveillance, looking both at likelihood and potential severity of consequences to the individual; • what rules ought to control the deployment and use of video surveillance in public places, and who should set and enforce those rules; • information needs – what members of the public want to know about video surveillance and its regulation. Details: London: Information Commissioner's Office, 2004. 89p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 12, 2012 at: http://www.ico.gov.uk/upload/documents/library/corporate/research_and_reports/public_attitudes_research.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 126303

Author: Phillips, Liz Title: Evaluation of the YJB Pilot Resettlement Support Panel Scheme Summary: The Youth Justice Board (YJB) made funding available in July 2009 to enable six selected Youth Offending Teams (YOTs) in Wales to expand resettlement for young people aged 12 to 17 who are leaving custody. The funding is also aimed at preventing young people from entering custody in the first place. The pilot resettlement schemes are a new approach to addressing the issues faced by young people in custody. They fit in with the priorities of the All- Wales Youth Offending Strategy (AWYOS) Delivery Plan, in particular, reducing reoffending and the use of custodial sentences, and increasing effective resettlement. The pilot resettlement schemes are a new approach to addressing the issues faced by young people in custody. They fit in with the priorities of the All- Wales Youth Offending Strategy (AWYOS) Delivery Plan, in particular, reducing reoffending and the use of custodial sentences, and increasing effective resettlement. The RSPs’ main objective is to coordinate multi-agency support for the resettlement of young people through addressing substance misuse, accommodation problems, mental health and education issues. The Panels also assist young people in accessing education, employment and training opportunities, mediate with families and peers, and encourage more appropriate use of leisure time. Developing young people’s life skills, budget management, healthy living, and raising their self-esteem and confidence to facilitate positive decision-making are also RSP objectives. RSPs typically have membership from social services, education, health (particularly Child and Adolescent Mental Health Services (CAMHS), the police, local authority housing department, housing providers, careers advisers, YOT personnel, Young Offenders’ Institutions (YOIs), and Youth Services. The six Welsh LAs who took part in the evaluation were Bridgend, Caerphilly and Blaenau Gwent, Conwy and Denbighshire, Gwynedd and Ynys Mon, Merthyr Tydfil and Wrexham. All RSPs are required to review the delivery of resettlement support plans and outcomes for participating children and young people. Bridgend and Wrexham, however, have an enhanced review function. This means that they are required to scrutinise individual cases to ascertain whether resettlement support could have been delivered differently to offer a more effective community-based alternative to custody. The aims of the evaluation are to conduct a: Process evaluation which examines: • the setting up and functioning of the RSPs particularly with regard to ‘buy in’ from member agencies, and working together • the role and impact of the resettlement support worker and the supervision support worker • the role and effectiveness of the review body, and an: Outcome evaluation to determine: • the effectiveness of the scheme in improving outcomes for young offenders • the extent to which partners commit resources to resettlement support plans. Recommendations for more effective implementation of the scheme based on the conclusions are also included. Details: Cardiff, Wales: Welsh Government Social Research, 2012. 149p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 12, 2012 at: http://www.nfer.ac.uk/nfer/publications/WYJT01/WYJT01.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 126318

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Positive Futures Impact Report: Staying in Touch Summary: This is the second impact report produced by Positive Futures. It provides details of the programme’s progress in the second year of its current three-year strategy, as described in Cul-de-sacs and gateways. What is Positive Futures? Positive Futures is a national sports-based social inclusion programme managed within the Home Office Drug Strategy Directorate. It is currently delivered through 108 local partnership projects that are located throughout England and Wales. Launched in March 2000, Positive Futures is now in Phase 3 of its development. During this phase there has been considerable expansion in the number of projects and range of activity and a broadening of the national support structures. While last year’s impact report focused primarily on the programme’s achievements in engaging with young people in the first year of the new strategy (which coincided with an expansion of the programme from 67 to 108 projects), this report is principally concerned with the nature and strength of the relationships subsequently established with participants and how these relationships have been sustained. Positive Futures defines itself as a ‘relationship strategy’, which uses sport and other activities to establish relationships with young people who are regarded as being ‘socially marginalised’. This report focuses on the following elements of the relationship building process: • engagement • sport and other activities • moving beyond sport • ensuring continuity. In doing so, this report aims to provide an assessment of the programme’s overall achievements while also conveying a deeper sense of the relationship building process that lies behind those achievements. Details: London: Home Office, Positive Futures Team, 2006. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2012 at: Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-Risk Youth (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126324

Author: Edgar, Kimmett Title: Out For Good: Taking Responsibility for Resettlement Summary: Enabling prisoners to take responsibility for their own resettlement is key to helping them address the challenges they will face on release and reduce their risk of reoffending, according to a new report by the Prison Reform Trust. Effective resettlement - the successful re-integration of people after prison - is a linchpin for reducing reoffending and a key element of the Coalition Government’s rehabilitation revolution. However, while prisoners hope to be out for good, almost half of adults released from prison are reconvicted within one year of release; the rate is 57% for those serving sentences of less than 12 months. Factors linked to re-offending help to explain these high rates: •79% of offenders who are homeless at the time they go to prison are reconvicted, compared to 47% who have accommodation •Over half of prisoners report that their drug-taking is a factor in acquisitive offences such as shoplifting, vehicle crime and theft •Only 36% of people leaving prison go into a job, educational course or training •48% of prisoners are at, or below, the level expected of an 11 year old in reading, 65% in numeracy and 82% in writing Drawing on the views and experiences of prisoners, along with prison governors and staff and voluntary sector providers, the Prison Reform Trust, supported by the Pilgrim Trust, conducted applied research to determine what makes for effective resettlement. The reports’ authors visited nine prisons, held discussion groups with about 40 prisoners and 30 staff, and interviewed 34 individual prisoners, and a wide range of staff from the prison service and the voluntary sector. Out for Good: taking responsibility for resettlement, also draws on data provided by the Prisoners Education Trust, from its Inside Time survey of 532 prisoners on their plans for resettlement. Key to effective resettlement was a commitment by prison staff to work closely with the prisoner not just to do things to, or for them. Alongside controlling risk and managing cases, prison staff and support services needed to share responsibility with the person preparing for his or her resettlement. Prison staff should enable offenders to make choices about the practical challenges they will face on release, and support those choices with appropriate help and advice. The prisoners interviewed as part of the study advocated a new set of priorities for resettlement work while in prison. These include: • An individual approach to each prisoner • Provision of information prisoners need to make reasoned decisions • Enhanced communication with the outside • Extended use of Release on Temporary Licence • Training focused on employable skills • Improved contact with family and involvement of families in preparation for release Most of the solutions to effective resettlement do not lie behind bars. The report recommends that the Ministry of Justice should work across government departments and local authorities to put in place housing, employment, health and social care and family support which are pivotal to successful rehabilitation. The report also recommends that prison managers should place the concept of sharing responsibility for resettlement between staff members and individual prisoners at the heart of their resettlement strategy. Every resettlement team should develop links to community-based organisations with the expertise prisoners need, including housing, finance and debt, family support and employment. Details: London: Prison Reform Trust, 2012. 99p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2012 at: http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/Portals/0/Documents/OutforGood.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 126332

Author: TRANSCRIME Title: Plain Packaging and Illicit Trade in the UK: Study on the Risks of Illicit Trade in Tobacco Products as Unintended Consequences of the Introduction of Plain Packaging in the UK Summary: This study analyses the risks of the illicit trade in tobacco products (ITTP) which may arise as the unintended consequences of the introduction of plain packaging of tobacco products in the UK. The tobacco market is a dual market. It consists of a legitimate and an illegal part, which implies that changes to the legal market may affect the illicit market as well. The ITTP is a threat to the effectiveness of tobacco control policies aimed at curbing smoking and its dangerous effects on human health. Details: Trento, Italy: Transcrime - Joint Research Centre on Transnational Crime, 2012. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2012 at: http://transcrime.cs.unitn.it/tc/fso/pubblicazioni/AP/Transcrime-Plain_packaging_and_illicit_trade_in_the_UK.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Counterfeit Products Shelf Number: 126346

Author: Meenagh, Ann Title: Leisure, Organised Sport and Antisocial Behaviour an Examination of Youth’s Involvement in Leisure, Organised Sports and its Effect on Antisocial Behaviour Summary: Over the last ten years national strategies and policies placed youth at the forefront of their developments. Particular attention has been placed on antisocial behaviour and the appropriate punishments and rehabilitation methods. Programmes have been developed with the objective to deter antisocial behaviours with little empirical support to justify them. This study aims to determine whether youth’s involvement in leisure and sport has any effect on their involvement in antisocial or delinquent behaviour. This is mainly achieved through the quantitative research method of a survey. Sixty-five people aged between 14-20 years old from two contrasting educational institutions in Dublin were surveyed. The survey was designed based on other surveys conducted in this field of study. The research found that males were more likely to be involved in antisocial and delinquent behaviour than females. The research also found that participant’s who were involvement in organised sports were less likely to be involved in antisocial behaviour compared to participant’s who were not involved in organised sports. Further research in this area of study is recommended in order to improve current programmes and to develop new programmes. Details: Dublin: Dublin Institute of Technology, 2011. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Masters Dissertation: Accessed September 14, 2012 at: http://arrow.dit.ie/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1031&context=aaschssldis&sei-redir=1&referer=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.google.com%2Furl%3Fsa%3Dt%26rct%3Dj%26q%3Dmeenagh%2520%2522leisure%252C%2520organised%2520sport%2522%26source%3Dweb%26cd%3D2%26ved%3D0CCYQFjAB%26url%3Dhttp%253A%252F%252Farrow.dit.ie%252Fcgi%252Fviewcontent.cgi%253Farticle%253D1031%2526context%253Daaschssldis%26ei%3DfC1TUNjZNZKc8gSMq4Fw%26usg%3DAFQjCNE5NqaLEpJT5APzlda7Fc6wxs7SHg#search=%22meenagh%20leisure%2C%20organised%20sport%22 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 126348

Author: Hoel, Helge Title: The Cost of Violence/Stress at Work and the Benefits of a Violence/Stress-Free Working Environment Summary: This report explores the issues of stress and violence at work with the aim of establishing the costs these problems may present to the individual, the organisation and society. A number of socio-economic factors are identified which together appear to exacerbate the problems. Economic globalisation has led to processes such as downsizing and restructuring with increasing pressures on people at work as a result. Demographic changes within the workforce, e.g. increasing female participation and increased diversity also heighten the vulnerability of particular groups. Details: Manchester, UK: University of Manchester Insitute of Science and Technology, 2001. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 16, 2012 at http://www.ilo.org/wcmsp5/groups/public/---ed_protect/---protrav/---safework/documents/publication/wcms_118190.pdf Year: 2001 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Violence Shelf Number: 126351

Author: Burman, Michele Title: Time for Change: An Evaluation of an Intensive Support Service for Young Women at High Risk of Secure Care or Custody Summary: The Time for Change Young Women’s Project (TfC) provides dedicated and gender-specific services for vulnerable girls and young women aged 15 to 17 years at referral (18 only if exceptionally vulnerable on account of care listing) who are at high risk of secure care or custody, and for whom other mainstream options have proved unsuitable. TfC was set up to include those who were chaotic and extremely vulnerable in transition from secure accommodation and prison and in response to concerns regarding the very limited service provision for girls and young women who either offend or are at risk of offending in Scotland, and against a backdrop of an increasing female prison population (McIvor and Burman 2011). Scottish Government turned down the initial bid but changed their view after the SOPHIE report on Secure Accommodation and the number of 15-17 year olds in prison. In reality, by the time TfC started there were no 15 year olds and most girls were 17 years of age. A key change to Scottish youth justice policy and practice which also serves as important background context for TfC has been the implementation of the ‘whole system approach’ to dealing with under 18 year olds who offend. This is founded on the principles of early intervention and is designed to seek opportunities to engage young people more productively in education, skills and positive activity, by putting in place a more streamlined and consistent response that works across all systems and agencies to achieve better outcomes (Scottish Government 2011). The principles of early, and effective intervention that is timely, supportive and appropriate, and the linking of risk taking behaviour to the expression of unmet need, together with the aim of the prevention of custody and secure accommodation, were encapsulated in the development of TfC. The key aims of TfC are to: provide dedicated intensive, relationship-based, support of young women and girls in order to minimise the escalation their offending and /or involvement with the youth and adult criminal justice systems; to assist them resolve current or past conflicts or trauma, familial difficulties and emotional issues associated with their offending behaviours, and to: enhance their positive social relationships, interests and access to suitable education, in line with research findings on resilience and desistance and with an asset-focused, strengths-based approaches to practice. The TfC service is delivered on an outreach basis and includes elements of practical support, partnership, one to one focused work and an on-call help-line. TfC also has access to facilities for residential placements, through the Up-2-Us parent organisation resource team which provides respite to vulnerable young people in times of crisis. TfC key workers respond to all calls for service provision, with managerial support, via a duty on-call system. TfC also offers consultation and advice to other agencies. The evaluation of TfC was conducted by researchers from the Scottish Centre for Crime and Justice Research (SCCJR) between 2009 and 2011. The evaluation utilised a mixed method approach, and included data from semi-structured interviews with: TfC key workers and manager, criminal justice social workers, children’s and families social workers, and other stakeholders, and with young women service users. It also included analysis of case file information and the TfC data-base which records information on referral source, reasons for referral, key presenting issues (e.g. health, addiction), familial circumstances, legal status, history of anti-social or offending behaviour, and current accommodation, as well as any history of statutory involvement. The evaluation sought the views and experiences of TfC staff, stakeholders and service users, in order to: · gain understanding of the complexities of the client group, both in regard to levels of need and risk, and the practice challenges encountered by TfC; · obtain feedback from service users and stakeholders on key elements of the TfC service and its collaboration with other agencies, including the model of service delivery and principal practice approaches; · examine the impact of TfC on the young women using the service, and; · ascertain how the work of TfC and its model of service delivery could be improved. Details: Glasgow: Scottish Centre for Crime & Justice Research, 2012. 93p. Source: Internet Resource: Reprot No. 02/2012: Accessed September 18, 2012 at: http://www.sccjr.ac.uk/documents/FINAL%20Time%20for%20Change%20Report%2003%2004%202012%20kh.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-Risk Youth (Scotland) Shelf Number: 126367

Author: Blok, David Title: The gendered nature of policing among uniformed operational police officers in England and Wales Summary: In recent years, notable reforms have occurred in the structure and ethos of the Police Service. Significant efforts have been made to address diversity and integration in the workplace. Being traditionally viewed as a ‘male’-oriented occupation, an important challenge to the Police Service has been the dismantling of the gender divide in the recruitment and subsequent deployment of police officers. Past research had reported differential deployments of men and women officers. Physical strength, typically deemed a male attribute, was informally considered a primary policing skill. Work on police competencies recognised the wider range of abilities required when dealing with policing tasks, including frontline duties. The well-conducted constable needs a variety of social, emotional and cognitive skills such as the ability to negotiate and to demonstrate empathy. Through legislation and organisational change, considerable efforts have been exerted to integrate female officers into the Police Service and ensure that they both have equal opportunities to engage in the functions of policing at every level as well as influencing the style of policing by their presence. The University of Surrey undertook some research on behalf of British Association of Women in Policing (BAWP) that examined the public and police officers’ perceptions of the skills thought desirable to undertake various policing task, men and women officers’ assessment of their skills and the public’s preferences for gender of officer to attend different deployments. The study is based on the responses of 101 operational uniformed police constables and 150 members of the public. Details: Surrey, UK: Forensic Psychology Research Unit, University of Surrey, 2005. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2012 at http://www.bawp.org/Resources/Documents/Surrey%20Uni%20research%201205.doc Year: 2005 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Police Officers (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126376

Author: Ipsos MORI (London) Title: National Study of Neighbourhood Crime and Anti-Social Behaviour - Technical Report Summary: In 2005, Ipsos MORI was commissioned by the Audit Commission to conduct a survey to assess the experiences of households about neighbourhood crime and anti-social behaviour. The survey provided research data for the Audit Commission's national study of how public services and local people are working together to achieve community safety at a neighbourhood level. The survey was designed to provide details of what influences local residents' perceptions of crime, anti-social behaviour, personal safety, and reassurance. Details: London: Ipsos MORI, 2005. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2012 at http://www.ipsos-mori.com/Assets/Docs/Archive/Polls/auditcommission-techeport.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126378

Author: GoWell Title: Who says teenagers are a serious problem? GoWell's findings on householder perceptions of youth related problems in deprived areas of Glasgow Summary: Glasgow, Scotland’s largest city, is receiving significant investment in regeneration aimed at improving and transforming disadvantaged homes, neighbourhoods and communities. GoWell is a research and learning programme that aims to investigate the impact of investment in Glasgow’s regeneration on the health and wellbeing of individuals, families and communities over a ten-year period. In 2006 GoWell researchers surveyed 6,008 adult householders (aged 16 years or over) in 14 relatively deprived Glasgow neighbourhoods to obtain an initial picture of what people thought about their homes, neighbourhoods and communities. One of the findings that stood out was that just over half the householders we spoke to perceived teenagers hanging around the street to be a problem in their local area. It was the kind of finding that could attract headlines – but we know that many people are critical of headlines that encourage negative stereotyping of young people. The United Nations Committee on the Rights of the Child (2008) described a ‘general climate of intolerance and negative public attitudes toward children, especially adolescents’ in the UK. Nonetheless, policies associated with antisocial behaviour often focus on young people: for example the most recent Scottish Government Framework on preventing anti-social behaviour makes over 100 references to young people. We have therefore produced a briefing paper to consider the findings in more detail (this is only the first part of a much larger programme of analysis into the issue). Details: Glasgow, Scotland: GoWell, 2010. 12p. Source: Briefing Paper 8: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2012 at http://www.gowellonline.com/index.php?option=com_docman&task=doc_view&gid=145&Itemid=67 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior (Scotland) Shelf Number: 126381

Author: GoWell Title: Intolerance and adult perceptions of antisocial behaviour: focus group evidence from disadvantaged neighbourhoods of Glasgow Summary: The United Nations Committee on the Rights of the Child recently singled out the UK for its ‘general climate of intolerance and negative public attitudes towards children, especially adolescents’. In this paper, we explore adult perspectives on intolerance and antisocial behaviour (ASB) using focus groups involving residents of disadvantaged neighbourhoods in Glasgow. This study was conducted as part of the GoWell Programme which investigates experiences and impacts of urban regeneration in Glasgow. The findings were analysed to address four key questions summarised within. Details: Glasgow, Scotland: GoWell, 2011. 20p. Source: Briefing Paper 15: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2012 at http://www.gowellonline.com/index.php?option=com_docman&task=doc_download&gid=214&Itemid=218 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior (Scotland) Shelf Number: 126382

Author: GoWell Title: Young people's experience of intolerance, antisocial behaviour and keeping safe in disadvantaged areas of Glasgow Summary: The view that intolerance towards young people is rife in the UK has been widely advanced. UK surveys show that a substantial minority of adults describe teenagers as a serious problem in their local area. The United Nations Committee on the Rights of the Child recently singled out the UK for its ‘general climate of intolerance and negative public attitudes towards children, especially adolescents’. In this paper, we explore young people’s own perspectives on intolerance and antisocial behaviour (ASB) using interviews and focus groups involving young residents of disadvantaged neighbourhoods in Glasgow. We found evidence that young people believed they were the object of conscious and unconscious stereotyping by adults. In addition, young people held negative perceptions of other young people in their neighbourhood and used similar stereotypes to the adults in the neighbourhood. We also found evidence of young people experiencing ASB and taking steps to secure their own safety within the neighbourhood. We conclude that while young people may be the object of adult intolerance, they are also actively developing their own social attitudes about their peers and community that at times appear unsafe to them. Therefore, policy and practice in this area need to reflect two broad interpretations of young people’s ASB: one that emphasises the involvement of young people in such behaviour and another that focuses on negative attitudes towards young people. Details: Glasgow, Scotland: GoWell, 2011. 12p. Source: Briefing Paper 16: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2012 at http://www.gowellonline.com/index.php?option=com_docman&task=doc_download&gid=215&Itemid=218 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior (Scotland) Shelf Number: 126383

Author: Luby, Jane Title: Finding and Sustaining a Home in the Private Rented Sector: The Essentials. A Guide for Frontline Staff Working with Homeless Offenders Summary: The aim of this guide is to provide frontline Prison Service and Probation Trust staff with the knowledge and tools to help people with a history of offending find, and keep, a home in the private rented sector (PRS). It provides a combination of detailed guidance and practical tools, as well as case study examples that can help you find suitable and sustainable homes in the PRS for former offenders. It will help you to better understand: • What is different about the PRS compared to other types of accommodation; • The pros and cons of the PRS compared to other types of accommodation; • The barriers to accessing the PRS and how you can help offenders overcome them; • What you need to do to give offenders the best possible chances of getting landlords to take and keep them as tenants; • How you need to tailor your support for people with specific needs, such as women, MAPPA offenders, people with no recourse to public funds, and those with substance misuse problems or mental health needs; • How to create partnerships with others and/or develop your service where there are gaps in what you currently deliver; and • How to access other national and local resources. Details: London: Crisis, 2012. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 21, 2012 at: http://www.crisis.org.uk/data/files/publications/SupportingOffendersInThePRS.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Ex-Offenders (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126395

Author: Gelsthorpe, Loraine Title: Deaths on Probation: An Analysis of Data Regarding People Dying Under Probation Supervision Summary: The study, Deaths on Probation, reveals that between 2005 and 2010, 2,275 men and 275 women died while under probation supervision. Of these, just a quarter were reported as having died of natural causes, with suicide accounting for at least one in eight and alcohol issues one in thirteen. Evidence in the report suggests that probation staff are recording deaths simply as a bureaucratic exercise rather than to help them understand why people are dying under their supervision and what can be done to prevent future deaths. One in eight deaths under supervision was listed as of ‘unknown cause’, suggesting valuable information is being lost. The report calls for a return to the core values of what it means to supervise people who have committed crime: making bureaucracy less of a priority and making looking after some of the most vulnerable people in our society their number one objective. This means not just helping them to turn their backs on lives of crime, but also caring for their welfare needs and giving them some hope for the future. The report highlighted specific examples of people who had been let down while under supervision. These included a man murdered after not having been given permission to travel out of an area where his life was known to be under threat and a suicidal homeless man who was found dead in a park three weeks after his release, despite the fact multiple agencies knew of his problems. Details: London: Howard League for Penal Reform, 2012. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 21, 2012 at: http://d19ylpo4aovc7m.cloudfront.net/fileadmin/howard_league/user/online_publications/Deaths_on_probation.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Probation Officers Shelf Number: 126398

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary Title: Facing Up To Offending: Use of Restorative Justice in the Criminal Justice System. A joint thematic inspection by HMIC, HMI Probation, HMI Prisons and the HMCPSI Summary: Much of the research on Restorative Justice (RJ) has found that such an approach can have a positive effect on victim satisfaction and re-offending rates. This has led to a renewed focus on RJ (which has been used in the criminal justice system since the 1980s). As a result, it features as a priority in current plans to reform sentencing. RJ can be used at each stage of the criminal justice system: from informal resolutions on the street, when the police decide to resolve low-level crime and antisocial behaviour in a common-sense manner without resorting to judicial process, to RJ conferences, when a victim meets the offender face to face (sometimes in prison after the offender has been convicted). Although RJ outcomes are not recorded nationally, our inspection showed that informal resolutions administered by the police have shown a marked increase in number. More formal RJ approaches involving a meeting or conference between he offender and victim are much smaller in number by comparison, whether utilised before or after conviction and remain in development. It is the impact of RJ conferences on reoffending behaviour and victim satisfaction that most academic research has been focussed. Conferencing aims to help victims recover from the impact of the crime; to ensure the offender understands the implication of his or her actions; and to provide an opportunity for the offender to make amends. Less is known about the impact of informal resolutions on the street. 5 This flexibility in how and where it can be used is a benefit; but in the absence of a clear strategy, it also introduces the risk that RJ approaches will be applied inconsistently. This could mean that people are being treated differently depending on where they live or what criminal justice agency they are involved with; and this could lead to the perception of unfairness. The criminal justice joint inspectorates therefore committed to reviewing practices across the system, to ensure the benefits RJ offers are being fully exploited, and the risks minimised. The aim of this review was to identify the benefits of restorative justice practices across the criminal justice system. It was a joint inspection, carried out by Her Majesty‟s Inspectorate of Constabulary (HMIC), Her Majesty‟s Inspectorate of Probation (HMI Probation), Her Majesty‟s Crown Prosecution Service Inspectorate (HMCPSI) and Her Majesty‟s Inspectorate of Prisons (HMIP). Details: London: Criminal Justice Joint Inspection, 2012. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed September 21, 2012 at: http://www.hmcpsi.gov.uk/documents/reports/CJJI_THM/VWEX/RJ_CJJI_rpt_Sept12.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 126401

Author: Victim Support Title: Out in the Open: What Victims Really Think About Community Sentencing Summary: Confidence in the criminal justice system among victims remains far too low. The rule of law rightly demands that victims do not dictate justice or sentencing, but the engagement and confidence of victims in it is nevertheless vital. Victims and witnesses have been historically marginalised in the field of sentencing. While this has begun to change and the need to consider victims’ perspectives is acknowledged more widely, the views of victims continue to be misrepresented and misunderstood. These issues are of particular importance at a time when significant changes are underway in sentencing and the wider criminal justice system. Sentencing policy has been singled out by the coalition Government as a priority for reform. A key aspect of this is reduction in the use of short – term prison sentences for lower level offences and the increased use of community sentences as an alternative. Reforms of community sentences are proposed in order to make them more effective and to gain the confidence of victims and wider society. If this process is to be successful it must take account of victims’ views and concerns. Against this background Victim Support and Make Justice Work decided to investigate the attitudes of victims of crime towards community sentencing. Our report shows that victims are more open to the use of alternatives to custody, more than is widely supposed, but that they also have serious misgivings about their effectiveness. This report poses a challenge to policy makers – to demonstrate to victims of crime that community sentences are robust and credible and to ensure their voices are heard. We believe the conclusions and recommendations made in light of these findings reveal how effective changes can be made. Details: London: Victim Support, 2012. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 25, 2012 at: http://www.victimsupport.org/About-us/News/2012/09/~/media/Files/Publications/ResearchReports/MJW%20and%20VS%20report%20-%20FINAL Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 126445

Author: Hudson, Patricia Title: Men and Boys: Selling Sex in the Bradford District Summary: This report provides a summary of key findings from a study commissioned by Yorkshire MESMAC exploring the experiences and needs of men and boys who are involved in selling sex in the Bradford district. This study consisted of three related projects outlined below. Project A: Survey of Agencies in the Bradford Area The first author conducted an interviewbased survey of 31 representatives from 21 local statutory and voluntary sector agencies exploring their perceptions of the issue of men and boys involved in selling sex, and considering ways in which local services could best respond to their needs. Responses indicated that: - 78% of agency representatives believed that young men selling sex in the Bradford area was an issue that needed to be addressed. - 52% of agency representatives had direct evidence of young men who were involved in selling sex in the Bradford area. - 87% felt that action should be taken to address the issue of young men involved in selling sex in the Bradford area. Suggestions offered are outlined on page 9. Project B: Local Awareness of Men Selling Sex Thirty-seven men under the age of 40 completed a short questionnaire (Appendix 2) exploring their levels of awareness and possible involvement in selling/purchasing sexual services. Results indicated that: - Adverts for men selling sex had been observed by gay/bisexual and heterosexual men in the Bradford district. - One-third of gay/bisexual men and one young heterosexual man had been approached by a man and offered sex for money on more than one occasion. - 10% of the gay/bisexual men surveyed reported having sold sex. Executive Summary - Reasons for offering sexual services or receiving payment for sex included being pressurized to perform in pornographic videos or pictures, or receiving shelter/accommodation for the night. Project C: Men Selling Sex Seven men who sell or have sold sex in the Bradford area were interviewed by the first author using a structured interview schedule (see Appendix 3). Responses suggested that: - Sex with young men under the age of 16 is sought by men in the Bradford area. - Men who sell sex on the streets have less control over the types of sex for which payment is offered than those who are house/flat/hotel-based. - Men who sell sex on the streets face much more violence than those who sell sex from a house/flat/hotel. - Selling sex on the streets often follows a chance encounter with an exploitative older man during teenage years. - Selling sex from a house/flat tends to be a deliberate decision by older men. Recommendations - Provision of a local support service responding to the needs of men and boys who are involved in selling sex. - Commission further research exploring the issues highlighted in the report. Details: York, UK: York St. John College of the University of Leeds, 2002. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Social Inclusion & Diversity: Research into Practice, No. 1: Accessed September 25, 2012 at: http://bura.brunel.ac.uk/handle/2438/2706 Year: 2002 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Male Prostitutes Shelf Number: 126453

Author: Hillsborough Independent Panel Title: Hillsborough: The Report of the Hillsborough Independent Panel Summary: On 15 April 1989 over 50,000 men, women and children travelled by train, coach and car to Hillsborough Stadium, home of Sheffield Wednesday Football Club, to watch an FA Cup Semi-Final between Liverpool and Nottingham Forest. It was a sunny, warm, spring day and one of the high points of the English football season. Hillsborough was a neutral venue, like so many stadia of its time a mix of seated areas and modified standing terraces. As the match started, amid the roar of the crowd it became apparent that in the central area of the Leppings Lane terrace, already visibly overcrowded before kick-off, Liverpool fans were in considerable distress. In fact, the small area in which the crush occurred comprised two pens. Fans had entered down a tunnel under the West Stand into the central pens 3 and 4. Each pen was segregated by lateral fences and a high, overhanging fence between the terrace and the perimeter track around the pitch. There was a small locked gate at the front of each pen. The crush became unbearable and fans collapsed underfoot. To the front of pen 3 a safety barrier broke, creating a pile of people struggling for breath. Despite CCTV cameras transmitting images of distress in the crowd to the Ground Control Room and to the Police Control Box, and the presence of officers on duty on the perimeter track, it was a while before the seriousness of what was happening was realised and rescue attempts were made. As the match was stopped and fans were pulled from the terrace through the narrow gates onto the pitch, the enormity of the tragedy became evident. Fans tore down advertising hoardings and used them to carry the dead and dying the full length of the pitch to the stadium gymnasium. Ninety-six women, men and children died as a consequence of the crush, while hundreds more were injured and thousands traumatised. In the immediate aftermath there was a rush to judgement concerning the cause of the disaster and culpability. In a climate of allegation and counter-allegation, the Government appointed Lord Justice Taylor to lead a judicial inquiry. What followed, over an 11-year period, were various different modes and levels of scrutiny, including LJ Taylor’s Interim and Final Reports, civil litigation, criminal and disciplinary investigations, the inquests into the deaths of the victims, judicial reviews, a judicial scrutiny of new evidence conducted by Lord Justice Stuart-Smith, and the private prosecution of the two most senior police officers in command on the day.Despite this range of inquiry and investigation, many bereaved families and survivors considered that the true context, circumstances and aftermath of Hillsborough had not been adequately made public. They were also profoundly concerned that following unsubstantiated allegations made by senior police officers and politicians and reported widely in the press, it had become widely assumed that Liverpool fans’ behaviour had contributed to, if not caused, the disaster.In 2009, at the 20th anniversary of the disaster, Andy Burnham, Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport, announced the Government’s intention to effectively waive the 30-year rule withholding public records to enable disclosure of all documents relating to the disaster.In July 2009 the Hillsborough Family Support Group, supported by a group of Merseyside MPs, presented to the Home Secretary a case for disclosure based on increasing public awareness of the circumstances of the disaster and the appropriateness of the investigations and inquiries that followed.The Home Secretary met with representatives of the Hillsborough Family Support Group and in January 2010 the Hillsborough Independent Panel, chaired by James Jones, Bishop of Liverpool, was appointed. The remit of the Hillsborough Independent Panel as set out in its terms of reference was to:• oversee full public disclosure of relevant government and local information within the limited constraints set out in the Panel’s disclosure protocol• consult with the Hillsborough families to ensure that the views of those most affected by the tragedy are taken into account• manage the process of public disclosure, ensuring that it takes place initially to the Hillsborough families and other involved parties, in an agreed manner and within a reasonable timescale, before information is made more widely available• in line with established practice, work with the Keeper of Public Records in preparing options for establishing an archive of Hillsborough documentation, including a catalogue of all central Governmental and local public agency information and a commentary on any information withheld for the benefit of the families or on legal or other grounds• produce a report explaining the work of the panel. The panel’s report will also illustrate how the information disclosed adds to public understanding of the tragedy and its aftermath. The structure of the Panel’s Report The Hillsborough Independent Panel’s Report is in three parts. The first part provides an overview of ‘what was known’, what was already in the public domain, at the time of the Hillsborough Panel’s inaugural meeting in February 2010. The second part is a detailed account, in 12 substantial chapters, of what the disclosed documents and other material ‘adds to public understanding’ of the context, circumstances and aftermath of the disaster The third part provides the Panel’s review of options for establishing and maintaining an archive of the documents made available by over 80 contributing organisations in hard copy, many of which have been digitised and are now available online. Finally, the Report includes a set of appendices: the Panel’s full terms of reference; how the Panel has consulted with bereaved families and their representatives and how it responded to well-publicised events during its work; the process of disclosure; and the research methodology adopted in analysing the documents. Details: London: The Stationery Office, 2012. 389p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 26, 2012 at: http://hillsborough.independent.gov.uk/repository/report/HIP_report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crowd Control Shelf Number: 126454

Author: Geoghegan, Rory Title: Future of Corrections: Exploring the Use of Electronic Monitoring Summary: Future of Corrections shows that the current system of tagging is in desperate need of reform. A more effective use of tagging, where police and probation officers are directly involved in keeping track of offenders and recommending to prison governors and the courts which criminals should be tagged, could save hundreds of millions of pounds of taxpayer money and help the Coalition achieve its goal of stabilising the prison population by 2015. The current procurement system is outdated and offers poor value for money to the taxpayer. Since tagging was first introduced in the UK in 1989, there have been three private sector suppliers each enjoying a monopoly position with little competitive pressure. This has led to a lack of innovation in technology and programmes with the majority of criminals wearing tags confined to night time curfews which do little to prevent them from reoffending during the day. The report notes that in other countries, in particular the US, ankle bracelets have become smaller, smarter and more durable. The most advanced forms of tags are now GPS-enabled allowing the police to pin point someone’s exact location at all times. However, the lack of competition and the current nature of the contracts in the UK market means the taxpayer is losing out. If England and Wales replicated the US system, where providers simply hand over the technology to the police and probation officers to monitor and fit the tags, £883million could have been freed up over the past 13 years. This money could have created 2,000 probation or more than 1,200 police officers. The report makes a number of recommendations including: Creating a real market by giving suppliers and customers the freedom to design, develop and contracts services that work for and address local priorities and needs. Devolving powers to locally elected Police and Crime Commissioners to decide on how much money, if any, should be spent on tagging and who should provide the services. Give the police a much greater say by asking officers to recommend the most effective use of tagging to prevent and detect crime. Details: London: Policy Exchange, 2012. 89p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 26, 2012 at: http://www.policyexchange.org.uk/publications/category/item/future-of-corrections-exploring-the-use-of-electronic-monitoring Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternative to Incarceration Shelf Number: 126455

Author: Watson, Greg Title: From Wild Living to Living Wild: The Use of wilderness as part of an overall intervention strategy in programmes for young offenders in Scotland Summary: This study set out to investigate the use of wilderness as part of an alternative intervention programme for young offenders aged 16-24. The Venture Trust had recently adjusted their course from a residential base to a wilderness-based expedition journey called Living Wild. My rationale for this study was to answer the primary research question of whether the wilderness “works” and, or if has an effect on participants. A secondary purpose was to ask those who referred participants and those who worked with those participants how important they felt wilderness was in relation to the overall intervention programme. The author‟s full time work with the Venture Trust offered an opportunity to observe at first hand the effect of the wilderness environment upon participants. Over ten courses were used during a research study period between October 2008 and October 2009. Diary observations were made in the wilderness and narrative vignettes were written for each course. In addition over ten interviews were undertaken with representatives across the organisation as well as with key funders and referrers; including the Scottish Minister for Justice, sheriffs, probation officers and social workers. The main recurrent themes that appeared from the data collection supported the idea of wilderness as “working” were “offering a different perspective”, “involving real choices and consequences” and finally wilderness as “a catalyst” or “stressor”. This third and final theme was the hardest to quantify and yet it was the most pertinent and central to my rationale for the research the notion that the wilderness itself could have an effect on participants. Whilst other factors, such as facilitated personal and social development were acknowledged as been part of the overall intervention programme, the importance placed on wilderness was varied; there was consensus that the wilderness “offered a different perspective”, but it was less than conclusive on whether or not wilderness “involved real choices and consequences”. In relation to idea that wilderness could be “a catalyst”, the difference was a very subtle one of emphasis between those who saw the wilderness as a mere stage or “setting” and others who saw wilderness as more central to the process. There have been some concerns that wilderness based programmes can fail to address the social problems that they set out to solve. The results of this research suggests that the wilderness does at least offer a different perspective to people that are willing to begin the process of change and in some cases it may even be the catalyst for that change. Details: Edinburgh: Moray House School of Education, University of Edinburgh, 2011. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed September 26, 2012 at: http://www.education.ed.ac.uk/outdoored/research/dissertation_watson.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 126457

Author: Jones, Anwen Title: Addressing Antisocial Behaviour: An Independent Evaluation of Shelter Inclusion Project Summary: Shelter Inclusion Project represents a new approach to tackling antisocial behaviour and social exclusion. The scheme was launched in 2002 in partnership with Rochdale Metropolitan Borough Council. The project was designed to provide an alternative model to present enforcement policies and residential schemes by offering a specialist floating support service to help households identify and deal with the causes of their behaviour and learn how to resolve their situations. Shelter Inclusion Project illustrates how meeting the support needs of households involved in antisocial acts can impact positively on their behaviour and reduce the risk of homelessness and social exclusion. An independent evaluation of the pilot model, funded by the Housing Corporation and undertaken by the Centre for Housing Policy, University of York, found that: the project succeeded in ending or improving antisocial behaviour in seven out of ten households that had completed their time with the project. Among the 45 ‘closed case’ households, 60 per cent no longer exhibited any antisocial behaviour. A further 11 per cent were reported as showing improvements in their behaviour. high levels of tenancy sustainment were achieved, with 84 per cent of closed cases assessed as no longer being at risk of homelessness following contact with the project. there was a high level of service engagement, with users accepting targeted work to address antisocial behaviour. Most service users reported that the project had made a significant difference to their lives, helping them to regain confidence, control and self-respect. Over its three-year duration, the project supported 74 households containing a total of 230 individuals. The households had been subject to a total of 149 actions for antisocial behaviour, including written and verbal warnings, eviction, injunctions and Anti-social Behaviour Orders. The most common antisocial acts were noise and youth nuisance. The majority of the households, 67 per cent, contained children. Lone parent households formed the most common type of household at 43 per cent. However, in 70 per cent of cases, antisocial behaviour was being committed only by an adult in the household. The households were almost all economically inactive at the point of referral. Only three per cent of the service users were in work. Nearly half (45 per cent) were carers for dependent children. Children were often experiencing disruption to their education, including truanting and exclusion, at the point of referral. Twenty-four per cent of the children were either temporarily or permanently excluded, or missing significant amounts of school. Many households had high levels of selfreported health and support needs. More than half the households contained an adult with depression and other mental health problems. Just under one third of the households contained someone with a limiting illness or disability. Drug and alcohol dependency among adults was a problem in 23 per cent of the households. Details: York, UK: Shelter, The University of York and The Housing Corporation, 2006. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 26, 2012 at: http://england.shelter.org.uk/__data/assets/pdf_file/0019/38611/Inclusion_Project_Evaluation_Addressing_antisocial_behaviour.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126458

Author: Council of Europe. Group of Experts on Action against Trafficking in Human Beings (GRETA) Title: Report concerning the implementation of the Council of Europe Convention on Action against Trafficking in Human Beings by the United Kingdom. First evaluation round Summary: The Council of Europe’s Greta (Group of Experts on Action Against Trafficking in Human Beings) says reports suggest a “significant” number of trafficked children in local authority care go missing and some end up rejoining those who exploited them in the first place. As far as the prevention of THB is concerned, GRETA welcomes the awareness-raising measures already taken and stresses the importance of having their impact assessed in order to better target future actions. More should be done to raise awareness about internal trafficking and the risks of British nationals trafficked abroad, with a special emphasis on trafficking in children. As regards child victims of trafficking, GRETA is concerned by reports according to which a significant number of unaccompanied children who are placed in local authority care go missing. GRETA urges the British authorities to take further steps to improve the identification of child victims of trafficking, and to ensure that all unaccompanied minors who are potential victims of trafficking are assigned a legal guardian and are provided with suitable safe accommodation and adequately trained supervisors or foster parents. GRETA stresses the importance of partnerships for combating THB at the national and international level. In this context, GRETA considers that the British authorities should continue improving the co-ordination, co-operation and partnerships among governmental departments, law enforcement agencies, NGOs and other parts of civil society in the UK. Details: Strasbourg, France: Council of Europe’s Group of Experts on Action against Trafficking in Human Beings, 2012. 115p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed Spetember 26, 2012 at: http://tdh-childprotection.org/documents/report-concerning-the-implementation-of-the-council-of-europe-convention-on-action-against-trafficking-in-human-beings-by-the-united-kingdom Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Trafficking Shelf Number: 126459

Author: Marsh, Kevin Title: An Economic Analysis of Alternatives to Long-Term Detention Summary: The objective of this research was to determine the cost savings associated with the timely release of migrants pending removal who are currently detained for long periods only to be released back into the community. The UK Border Agency (UKBA) recommends that detention only be used for the shortest period necessary, pending resolution of immigration cases, i.e. removal or the determination of outstanding appeals (Home Office, 2011a). However, in practice, a significant number of individuals are held in detention for long periods before, ultimately, being released back into the community without resolution of their cases (Home Office, 2011b). Around 26,000 migrants enter detention per year. It is estimated that nearly 11 per cent of individuals entering detention spend greater than 3 months in detention, and 2 per cent spend greater than a year (Home Office, 2011b). Almost 40 per cent of detainees who spend more than 3 months in detention are eventually released into the community with their case still outstanding (Home Office, 2011b). The UKBA currently carries out a risk assessment of ex-offenders prior to the decision to detain (UKBA, 2011a). The scope of this risk assessment could be extended in order to identify those individuals who cannot be deported within a reasonable and lawful period of detention, and who will, therefore, eventually be released back into the community. Early identification and timely release of these individuals would save the cost of their protracted and fruitless detention. This more efficient use of detention space would mean that the same numbers of removals could be achieved using a reduced number of detention spaces. The analysis summarised in this report estimates that an improved risk assessment could result in cost savings of £377.4 million over a 5-year time period. This estimate comprises:  £344.8 million in detention cost savings over 5 years.  £37.5 million in avoided unlawful detention payments over 5 years.  Minus £5.0 million in the extra cost of Section 4 support, including housing and living costs, for the additional time that migrants spend in the community. When analysing the savings over time, it is estimated that improved risk assessment could result in cost savings of £71.5 million, £81.2 million, £78.1 million, £74.9 million, and £71.6 million in each of the next 5 years, respectively. This amounts to average savings of £75.5 million per year, which could result in cost savings of £377.4 million over a 5 year time period. To contextualise these savings, it costs roughly £20 million per year to run a detention centre (UKBA, 2011b, Home Office, 2011b). Based on these costs, the analysis indicates that, by providing timely release for migrants, the UKBA could save the equivalent of the cost of running at least three detention centres over the next 5 years. A proportion of the expected savings could be reinvested in more intensive community-based support, which can be expected to generate increased rates of case resolution and voluntary return. For example, in Australia, migrants who would in the past have been detained are provided with case management support to resolve their immigration cases. The evidence from Australia suggests that case management is effective in increasing uptake of voluntary return. Currently in the UK, interventions are being piloted that replicate elements of Australian case management, although they have not been used as alternatives to detention. The analysis suggests that providing case management in the UK to all the migrants who would be released promptly in the above analysis would cost around £164.2 million, about 44 per cent of the savings made as a result of avoided detention. However, as voluntary returns are far cheaper than enforced removals, this could lead to further savings as well as increased overall numbers of returns. Details: London: Matrix Evidence, 2012. 26p, Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 26, 2012 at:http://detentionaction.org.uk/wordpress/wp-content/uploads/2012/09/Matrix-Detention-Action-Economic-Analysis-0912.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126465

Author: Northern Ireland. Committee on the Administration of Justice Title: Prisons and Prisoners in Northern Ireland -- Putting Human Rights at the Heart of Prison Reform Summary: A great deal has been written and said over the past number of years in relation to the Northern Ireland Prison Service (NIPS). Hundreds of recommendations for change have been made, and although many of them have been taken on board, there exists a mass of unimplemented recommendations. The nature of the proposals made by the Northern Ireland Human Rights Commission, the Northern Ireland Affairs Committee, the Prisoner Ombudsman for Northern Ireland, Criminal Justice Inspection and others, imply that considerable deficiencies remain unaddressed. CAJ believes that the approach to improving the prison system as a whole has been both insufficient and piecemeal, and what is needed is a comprehensive and systemic review. Having considered some 40+ reports and reviews relating to prisons in Northern Ireland written since 2002, what is most startling is the repetition of themes and issues which have significant human rights implications and which remain insufficiently addressed. The report therefore groups together into broad themes the recommendations which have been made over the past number of years by numerous review and inspection reports in order to help identify the overall issues which remain unsatisfactorily addressed, and facilitate a human rights analysis upon which a review could be premised. The same concerns in relation to a number of themes have frequently been raised in 7 or more of the 40 review/inspection reports referred to in this report, thus demonstrating that many recommendations to the prison service are not effectively, efficiently or consistently acted upon. It seems clear that the prison system in Northern Ireland is in a state of crisis – the number of reports and recommendations and the frequency with which recommendations are repeated alone are evidence of this. What has happened repeatedly in the prison system over the years has been that that each ‘crisis’ is treated with a plaster, without ever dealing with the root causes of the problem. The focus and response by the prison service to these issues - which dwells on the numbers of recommendations and the development of paper-exercise policies and action plans, fails to recognise and address the bigger problems underlying the recommendations themselves. The problems identified are not simply operational matters that can be addressed by an action plan; rather what is required is a focus on the issues and problems behind the recommendations. In short, what is needed is widespread cultural and systemic change. Details: Belfast: Committee on the Administration of Justice, 2010. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2012 at: http://www.caj.org.uk/files/2011/01/17/prisons_report_web2.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 126475

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Iinspectorate of Constabulary Title: Valuing the Police: Policing in an Age of Austerity Summary: In times of increasing budgets, the police in England and Wales were successful in achieving the measures set for them – reducing crime and improving public confidence. This report considers the effect of budget cuts on policing, and in particular the impact on sustaining the number of police who are visible and available to the public. Police forces receive between 50 and 90% of their funding from central government, with most of the remainder coming from Council Tax. The Emergency Budget on 22 June 2010 announced that on average there would be a 25% cut in central government budgets between now and 2013/14, and that Council Tax would remain stable for a year. We will not know what this means for policing until it is announced by the Government later this year. However, we do know that a fixed percentage cut applied to all forces would impact disproportionately on those forces that receive a higher proportion of their funding from central government. Our report with the Audit Commission, Sustaining Value for Money in the Police Service, also published today indicates that cost cutting and improvements in productivity could, if relentlessly pursued, generate a saving of 12% in central government funding (see the ‘Re-design’ section below). But we should not underestimate the challenge in reducing costs and, importantly, retaining a police service that is visibly effective in the eyes of the public. Details: London: HMIC, 2010. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2012 at: http://www.hmic.gov.uk/media/valuing-the-police-policing-in-an-age-of-austerity-20100720.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 126479

Author: Firmin, Carlene Title: Female Voice in Violence: Introductory Report: Phase 1: A Cross-Regional Study on the Impact of Gangs and Serious Youth Violence on Women and Girls Summary: Since 2008, the social policy think-tank Race on the Agenda (ROTA) has conducted research on the impact of serious youth and gang violence on women and girls. Their Female Voice in Violence project assesses the impact of serious youth violence, gangs and serious group offending on women and girls. In particular it addresses the policy context of violence against women and girls, and serious youth violence, at a national, regional and local level; and assesses the capacity of the third and statutory sector to respond to the needs of gang affected women and girls. This project has so far been London focused, but from 2010-2011 ROTA will develop cross regional research in Liverpool, Manchester and Birmingham. In preparation for this fieldwork ROTA has produced this introductory report to introduce the National Research Programme. It details the introductory report research strategy, outlines the current gaps in policy and practice, and describes the current approaches taken across regions to address both serious youth violence and sexual violence. Details: London: Race on the Agenda, 2010. 50p., bibliography Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Sexual Violence Shelf Number: 126482

Author: Royal College of Psychiatrists Title: Prison Transfers: A Survey from the Royal College of Psychiatrists Summary: In his review of people with mental health problems and intellectual disabilities in the criminal justice system, Lord Bradley highlighted unacceptable delays in transferring acutely unwell prisoners to hospital. He recommended the government develop a new minimum target for the National Health Service (NHS) of 14 days to transfer a prisoner with acute, severe mental illness to an appropriate healthcare setting. The Department of Health is currently working to identify some of the key barriers that have an impact on timely transfers. The Royal College of Psychiatrists consulted with its members who work within prisons and secure healthcare settings across England and Wales. The purpose of this consultation was to explore the issues around prison transfers (Section 47 and Section 48 of the Mental Health Act 1983) with the view to: 1 gauging whether a national 14-day transfer target was considered reasonable 2 identifying key barriers and possible solutions to timely prison transfers. This consultation concentrated on a number of key areas within the prison transfer process including assessments, information-sharing, bed management, remittance and commissioning. Although a clear majority of psychiatrists agree that 14 days is a reasonable target to transfer a prisoner with acute, severe mental illness to an appropriate healthcare setting to secure treatment as quickly as possible, there were some reservations about how this could practically be achieved. Many of the problems identified as contributing to the delays in the prison transfer process appear to be administrative, such as information-sharing, poor communication, etc. However, these administrative problems can lead to significant cumulative inefficiencies within the system, which can be costly and result in delays. The consultation was designed to elicit problems and barriers associated with the prison transfer process and did not explore why psychiatrists thought the target was reasonable, or why they did not think provider assessments were always necessary. So although the majority considered the target reasonable, their reasons were not given. This is an area of great concern for many psychiatrists who participated in this consultation. Therefore, a follow-up questionnaire explored these issues with some participants and their responses are included here. The College would like to build on this work and explore further some of the issues raised as a result of this consultation. Details: London: Royal College of Psychiatrists, 2011. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Occasional Paper OP81: Accessed September 27, 2012 at: http://www.rcpsych.ac.uk/pdf/PRISON%20TRANSFERS%20OP81.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 126483

Author: Barefoot Research and Evaluation Title: Study into the Extent and Characteristics of the Sex Market and Sexual Exploitation in County Durham Summary: This study, which was commissioned by Northern Rock Foundation under its Safety and Justice Programme, investigates the extent and dynamics of the sex market and sexual exploitation in County Durham. It presents a snapshot of information between December 2008 and December 2009. Using a qualitative knowledge mapping approach, we interviewed 160 professionals from over 30 different organisations. We asked professionals a standardised series of questions about their knowledge of the extent, characteristics and magnitude of the sex market and exploitation. Our research has identified evidence of people involved in sex work (what would generally be understood as prostitution), sexual exchanges (exchanging sex for resources such as accommodation, drugs, alcohol, debt repayments, etc.) and sexual exploitation (under 18 year olds exchanging sex for alcohol, drugs, money and other resources). We found evidence of a number of adult females and some males involved in sex work or regular sexual exchanges. We also found evidence of female and male children being sexually exploited. The numbers involved are not great, but the vulnerabilities of many involved are significant, and include vulnerabilities of health, housing, finances, safety and substance misuse. There are also apparent problems of people’s very low selfesteem and poor decision making which means they put themselves at a high risk of harm, both from a health point of view and from physical violence. Details: Newcastle upon Tyne: Northern Rock Foundation, 2010. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2012 at: http://www.nr-foundation.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Sex-markets-in-County-Durham-summary-report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 126486

Author: Great Britain. National Audit Office Title: Restructuring of the National Offender Management Service Summary: The U.K. National Offender Management Service, an Executive Agency of the Ministry of Justice, faces substantial financial and operational challenges, including a vulnerability to unexpected changes in the prison population, and will find it more difficult to meet its savings targets following decisions to drop some sentencing reforms designed to reduce the size of the prison population. The National Offender Management Service achieved value for money in 2011-12, as it hit its savings target of £230 million while restructuring its headquarters and it has broadly maintained its performance, such as in reducing reoffending. As a result of some sentencing reforms not going ahead, the Ministry of Justice lost around £130 million of savings. Given the loss of these reforms, the prison population is now unlikely to fall significantly over the next few years. This limits the Agency’s plans to close older, more expensive, prisons and bring down costs. The Agency’s savings target for 2012-13 of a further £246 million is challenging and it currently projects it will spend £32 million more than its budget. Its cumulative annual savings target increases to over £880 million by 2014-15. The Agency currently has a £66 million shortfall in the £122 million needed over the next two years to fund early staff departures aimed at bringing long-term reductions in its payroll bill. The Agency has restructured its headquarters, reducing staff numbers by around 650 from around 2,400. Despite having fewer staff at its headquarters, prison governors, probation trust chief executives and other stakeholders consulted by the NAO generally regarded the restructure positively, considering it produced a more efficient organization with greater clarity on accountability. The Agency relies on the probation profession to deliver reforms and to reduce costs, but there are some tensions in the relationship. The NAO found that the Agency has done much to ensure knowledge of probation is captured at its headquarters but has recommended the Agency continue to engage with probation trusts to address their perception it lacks understanding of probation issues. The Agency’s responsibility for offenders means that its core business is managing risk. It has strong risk management mechanisms at its headquarters and in the oversight of prisons. However, there are gaps in how the Agency consolidates the recording of risks from prisons at a regional level, meaning the Agency may be unaware of risks in different areas. Details: London: The Stationery Office, 2012. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: HC: 593, 2012-2013; Accessed September 29, 2012 at: http://www.nao.org.uk/publications/1213/restructuring_noms.aspx Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 126489

Author: Humphreys, Cathy Title: Prevention not Prediction? A preliminary evaluation of the Metropolitan Police Domestic Violence Risk Assessment Model (SPECSS+) Summary: The implementation of The Metropolitan Police Domestic Violence SPECSS+ Risk, Identification, Assessment and Management model (SPECSS+ model) is at an early stage. The emphasis of this report has been on a process evaluation which can shed light on how the implementation of the SPECSS+ risk assessment model is proceeding; what lessons can be learnt to inform future phases of implementation; and whether and under what circumstances it could be recommended to other forces. The evaluation team was asked to address the following questions in relation to the SPECSS+ risk assessment model: • Does it comply with the ACPO guidelines on risk assessment? • Does it address victims’ needs in terms of risk? • Does it complement safety planning? • Can the model be managed within force limitations? • Can it be applied irrespective of geography, community or policing variables? The SPECSS+ risk assessment model was developed through a series of consultations between the Met and multi-agency partners based on the evidence from the London multi-agency murder reviews and serious sexual and physical assaults (Richards, 2004; Richards, 2003). It is a three-stage model which involves an initial response, an assessment of risk and intervention to manage the risks identified. The assessment of risk is based on six prominent risk factors outlined in SPECSS+ (Separation (child contact), Pregnancy (new birth), Escalation, Culture (community isolation and barriers to reporting), Stalking and Sexual Assault). A further six additional factors are also included as prompts for front-line (FL) officers to consider (abuse of children, abuse of pets, access to weapons, either victim or perpetrator being suicidal, drug and alcohol problems, jealous and controlling behaviour, threats to kill, and mental health problems). To support the implementation of the risk assessment model the 124D form was developed for use in London, the VIVID data collection system for use in West Yorkshire, and the MPS Domestic Violence Policy and Standard Operating Procedures written. Risk assessment and risk management processes also need to comply with the ACPO Guidance on Investigating Domestic Violence (2004), which provides operational, tactical and strategic advice – the priorities of the police service in responding to domestic violence. Evaluation design To meet the evaluation brief a multi-methodological design was adopted by the evaluation team. Research was conducted in both The Met and West Yorkshire police forces. In each area, two police divisions were chosen as the evaluation sites. The following process was then undertaken: • Semi-structured interviews with 10 ‘key informants’ who were either currently or recently involved with the development of the risk assessment model. • 71 structured interviews with FL officers. • 20 face-to-face interviews with senior and specialist officers. • 7 interviews with partner agencies. • 4 interviews with victims. • Analysis of 120 case files drawn from the 4 different research sites. • Aggregate data analysis provided by West Yorkshire and the two London sites on specified variables such as: total number of incidents; total number of arrests; number of cases at each risk assessment level. • Documentary analysis of the ACPO risk assessment guidance was undertaken to assess the extent of harmony or contradiction between the guidance and the implementation of the SPECSS+ model. Details: Coventry, UK: Centre for the Study of Safety and Wellbeing, University of Warwick and Child and Woman Abuse Studies Unit, London Metropolitan University, 2005. 88 p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 29, 2012 at: http://www2.warwick.ac.uk/fac/soc/shss/swell/research/acpo_final_report.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence (U.K.) Shelf Number: 103422

Author: Coombes, Mike Title: Youth Inclusion and Support Panels : Preventing Crime and Antisocial Behaviour? Summary: In 2002, the Youth Justice Board (YJB) set out its commitment to develop and pilot pre-crime at-risk panels, later renamed Youth Inclusion and Support Panels (YISPs). The new panels were designed to identify and support young people aged 8–13 who are at high risk of offending and antisocial behaviour before they enter the youth justice system, and were regarded as a key component of the Government’s campaign to prevent crime and combat antisocial behaviour. The YISPs were described as multi-agency planning groups which seek to prevent offending and antisocial behaviour by offering voluntary support services and other complementary interventions for high risk children and their families. Pilots were established to test the development of YISPs, paid for by the Children’s Fund under the auspices of the Department for Education and Skills (DfES).1 In 2003 we were commissioned by the DfES to evaluate thirteen new pilot YISPs, located in Barking & Dagenham, Birmingham, Ealing, Greenwich, Knowsley, Lancashire, Liverpool, Nottingham, Salford, Sheffield, Southwark, Tower Hamlets, Walsall, and Wigan. The Youth Justice Board (YJB) provided detailed guidance to the pilots relating to implementation and operation of YISPs. It was assumed that, in most cases, the Youth Offending Teams (YOTs) would act as the lead agency for the YISP on behalf of the Children’s Fund and the local authority. Providing high-quality services for children and for their families has been regarded as an essential step in preparing young people for the challenges and stresses of everyday life and giving them opportunities to achieve their full potential and thereby contribute positively within diverse, multicultural communities. Increasingly, in recent years, the focus has been on prevention and early intervention, particularly with respect to children deemed to be at high risk. The Government has set out five outcomes for children which now provide the core outcomes framework for all government policy relating to families and to youth justice, including YISPs. They are that children and young people should: be healthy; stay safe; enjoy and achieve; make a positive contribution; and achieve economic well-being. Youth justice agencies are important partners in the delivery of children’s services which focus on early prevention of antisocial and criminal behaviour. The emphasis is on multi-agency approaches which tackle the risks associated with offending. Clearly, the key to prevention lies in being able to target effectively children and young people most at risk of becoming involved in crime and antisocial behaviour. Using a matrix of the risk and protective factors which may lead young people into, or protect them from, crime, the YISPs were tasked with constructing a personally tailored package of support and interventions, summarised in an integrated support plan (ISP) designed to facilitate the kind of provision which will prevent the young person moving further towards crime. Central to the concept was the role of keyworkers, who are responsible for assessing risk and co-ordinating and monitoring the package of interventions, thereby ensuring that children and their families receive mainstream public services at the earliest opportunity. It was considered essential that the YISPs should provide accessible services which reflect the diversity of the local population and which take account of ethnicity, religion, disability, sexual orientation, gender, age and race. Involvement in YISPs is voluntary. Children and their families are asked to consent to referral and assessment for consideration by a panel, and to co-operate with the ISP. One of the core principles of YISPs is that children and their parents/carers should be involved as much as possible in each stage of the process. At the centre of YISPs is the multi-agency panel, which should include representatives from a wide range of agencies. The expectation is that the panel will be involved in prioritising cases, considering detailed assessments and designing ISPs. Panels are not specifically required to oversee compliance with ISPs but are expected to monitor and review the child’s progress and satisfaction with the interventions offered. Details: Newcastle upon Tyne, UK: Institute of Health and Society, Newcastle University, 2007. 204p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report DCSF-RW018: Accessed September 29, 2012 at: http://dera.ioe.ac.uk/6644/1/DCSF-RW018.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 107711

Author: Youth Justice Board for England and Wales Title: Young People and the August 2011 Disturbances: Observations from the Youth Justice Board Consultation with Young People and Youth Offending Team Staff Summary: This report presents findings from a consultation with young people and youth offending team practitioners on the disturbances that took place across London and then England between 6 and 11 August 2011. In particular, it presents findings on the views and experiences of a small group of: young people under 18 sentenced to community and custodial sentences in the immediate aftermath of the disturbances; youth offending team staff about their role and experiences during the disturbances. Details: London: Youth Justice Board, 2012. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2012 at http://yjbpublications.justice.gov.uk/en-gb/Scripts/fileDownload.asp?file=Young+people+and+the+August+2011+disturbances%2Epdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126525

Author: Coles, Deborah Title: Learning from Death in Custody Inquests: A New Framework for Action and Accountability Summary: For thirty years INQUEST has monitored inquests into deaths in custody. One of the striking features of this work has been our repeated experience of attending inquest after inquest where the same issues are identified as possibly contributing to the death. A number of factors explain this including: the narrow and restricted remit of the inquest; the prevention of discussion or reference to previous similar deaths; and the lack of an effective mechanism to ensure action is taken on the basis of inquest findings. This feature of our work has contributed to the development of our critical analysis of the investigation of deaths in custody and also to our work to improve the current system. This report aims to be part of that process. While the coronial service can and does make a vital contribution to the prevention of deaths and the conditions of safe custody, that input is at risk of being critically undermined by the failure (1) to recognise the value of properly-collected data; and (2) to monitor compliance with and/or actions based on the findings and reports that emerge from inquests. The essential argument of this report can be expressed in compressed form: the more effective use of narrative verdicts and Coroners Rule 43 reports1 is overwhelmingly likely to assist in the saving of lives. This matter is not simply a technical question, nor one of mere procedure, but rather a matter of foremost importance that goes to the heart of the United Kingdom’s treaty obligations as a signatory to the European Convention on Human Rights (ECHR) to foster, maintain and scrutinise its article 2 ECHR duties in mediating the relationship between the state and the citizen. The critical evaluation and onward dissemination of the combined findings of the inquest – both the verdict and rule 43 report – constitute a powerful tool for harm prevention embedded within the inquest system. This report identifies and explains why this tool has proved largely ineffectual historically. In short, this is because the existing system is flawed. The lessons to be learned from the contents of these verdicts and reports are far too frequently lost: they are analysed poorly or ignored; misunderstood or misconstrued; dissipated or dismissed. Consequently, there is an overwhelming case for the creation of a new mechanism. The indispensable constituent parts of this fresh structure are that there should be a central oversight body tasked with the duty to collate, analyse critically and report publicly on the accumulated learning from coronial narrative verdicts and rule 43 reports. Further, there must be public accountability, accessibility and transparency. The conclusions of this report are based on a critical review of the evolution of the law and practice relating to narrative verdicts and the use by coroners of rule 43 powers in inquests into deaths in prison and in police custody or following police contact and a unique analysis of a sample of narrative verdicts and coroners’ rule 43 reports arising from such inquests. The report presents the data in a range of formats to demonstrate and illustrate the detail included in narrative verdicts and rule 43 reports. The report also documents recent developments and changes in law and practice. Whilst this report does not include the outcomes of inquests into deaths in mental health detention, we think the conclusions and recommendations are equally applicable to these deaths and would be usefully read by those involved in relevant regulation and inspection bodies including the Care Quality Commission. Most deaths in state detention or involving state agents take place within a system of dependency and control. There is a body of statutory and common law authority that recognises the special role of an inquest when someone dies in situations where they are dependent upon or subject to the control of the state. In addition the Human Rights Act 1998 (HRA) obliges the coroner to consider whether the deceased died as a result of the state violating her or his right to life (article 2) and whether the state subjected the deceased to inhuman or degrading treatment (article 3). Deaths in custody represent the extreme end of a continuum of near deaths and injuries and a proactive post-inquest strategy in response to verdicts and reports can not only avert deaths but also risks to custodial health and safety generally. In the past, narrative verdicts and/or rule 43 reports produced by inquests have informed changes to custodial policies and practices. However, such positive developments have been piecemeal and often in spite of rather than because of the current system. This report argues that this vital learning – the accumulated knowledge we as a community have gleaned collectively when contact between the citizen and the state has ended in disaster, death or tragedy – must be put on a more secure footing. We have before us an unmatched opportunity to make changes for the better in this intensely sensitive and important area. We urge that the opportunity is not squandered. Details: London: INQUEST, 2012. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 3, 2012 at: Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Deaths in Custody (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126546

Author: Barrow Cadbury Commission on Young Adults and the Criminal Justice System Title: Lost in Transition: A Report of the Barrow Cadbury Commission on Young Adults and the Criminal Justice System Summary: The gap in meeting the needs of young people who are making the transition to adulthood emerged as a central concern for the groups we support. In particular the criminal justice system which chooses to demarcate a young person from an adult at the arbitrary age of 18 has emerged as one of the starkest examples of where vulnerable young people are being failed. Given that almost 10 per cent of young people aged between 18 and 24 have been cautioned or arrested by the police, this is a key omission in policy. To the many communities that Barrow Cadbury supports the links between growing up in poverty and the routes into crime are clear. Critically for Barrow Cadbury and for many of our communities the over-representation of African Caribbean young men, and increasingly Muslim young men in the criminal justice system signifies the need for an overhaul of a system which so clearly puts criminal justice before social justice in the pathway to adulthood. Forming a Commission was an appropriate way to highlight and develop innovative and workable solutions to the problems that young adults face in growing up in the criminal justice system. The report which has emerged from our distinguished group of Commissioners emphasises the devastating impact that imprisonment has on a young person’s life chances and the futility of a criminal justice system that sees nearly three quarters of 18 – 20 year olds reconvicted after release from the prison system. The role of the Commission was to develop a way in which the criminal justice system can recognise the importance of the transition between adolescence and adulthood, to develop ideas about how the system can promote natural desistance from offending in young adults in transition, and to find a way in which the criminal justice system could better promote the life chances of young adults. The Commission began its work in summer 2004. A wide range of stakeholders were invited to submit written evidence or were consulted through one-to-one or roundtable discussions about the issues facing young adults in transition and what the solutions could be. Commissioners also made a number of study visits to projects aimed at helping young adults in transition, in the UK, in Europe and in North America. The recommendations contained in the report have been informed by the consultations and the visits. Details: London: Barrow Cadbury Trust, 2005. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 5, 2012 at: http://www.iprt.ie/files/barrow_cadbury_trust_youth_report.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 126566

Author: Allen, Rob Title: Lost in Transition: Three Years On Summary: The purpose of this pamphlet is twofold; first to consider developments in policy and practice with young adult offenders in the three years since the publication of the Barrow Cadbury Commission’s Lost in Transition report, (Barrow Cadbury Trust 2005), and second to offer reflections on the challenges that lie in the way of better policies on young adult offenders in the future. Details: London: Barrow Cadbury Trust, 2008. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 5, 2012 at: http://www.prisonstudies.org/info/downloads/Lost_in_Transition-3_Years_On-FINAL.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 126567

Author: Wright, Gillian Title: Review of Housing Related Anti-Social Behaviour Policies and Interventions in the UK Summary: This report is a review of housing related anti-social behaviour (ASB) policy and interventions in the UK. This report examines how ASB is defined, the tools available for tackling it within housing and seeks to review any existing evaluation to assess the effectiveness of ASB measures in the UK. Section 1: Introduction -- Section 1 provides a brief overview of the purpose of the paper, the background to the development of ASB policies, as well as an overview to any evaluation that has taken place. This section also outlines the Government’s position on ASB. Section 2: Defining Antisocial Behaviour -- Section 2 concentrates on the debate surrounding the definition of anti-social behaviour in the policy arena. It has not been possible to provide a neat definition, given the extensive range and spectrum of anti-social behaviour, but this section compares definitions in use across the UK and seeks to establish an agreed definition upon which policy decisions could be made. Section 3: Antisocial Behaviour in Housing -- Section 3 outlines the impact of ASB in housing and the different approaches that are required by social and private housing providers. Section 4: Tools & Initiatives -- Section 4 sets out a number of tools that are available to landlords to tackle ASB, these include: Antisocial Behaviour Contracts and Orders (ABC / ASBO); Scottish Short Secure Tenancies (SSST), etc. This section also outlines the Government’s new proposals for tackling ASB, outlined in their recent consultation document ‘More Effective Responses to Anti-Social Behaviour’. Section 5: Measuring the Costs -- Section 5 provides some data on the costs of tackling ASB and what should be considered when estimating the costs for particular initiatives e.g. Family Intervention Programmes. Section 6: Prevention, Intervention & Enforcement -- This section looks at the core principles in tackling ASB of prevention, intervention and enforcement. The section assesses the difficult balance between preventing, changing and punishing bad behaviour. Section 7: Conclusion & Recommendations -- Section 7 draws some conclusions on the effectiveness, or otherwise, of current definitions and initiatives used to tackle ASB. Section 8: Recommendations -- Section 8 puts forward a number of recommendations, both short-term measures and long-term strategic initiatives to tackle some of the identified problems. Details: Belfast: Department for Social Development, Housing Directorate, 2011. 125p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Paper BRT 1/2011: Accessed October 5, 2012 at: www.dsdni.gov.uk Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126568

Author: Revolving Doors Agency Title: Ending the Revolving Door: How the First Generation of Police and Crime Commissioners Can Cut Crime by Working in Partnership to Address Multiple Needs Summary: With nearly half a million crimes committed by former offenders in the year ending June 2010, repeat offending and anti-social behaviour is causing serious damage to communities, taking up valuable police resources, and placing a major burden on the public purse. A significant proportion of this crime is committed by people with multiple needs, who are falling through gaps in services and failing to get the help they need to stop offending. This briefing highlights to police and crime commissioner candidates the importance of dealing effectively with this group of ‘revolving door’ offenders in order to reduce crime and maintain an efficient police force, and offers solutions for them to consider locally. Details: London: Revolving Doors Agency, 2012. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2012 at http://www.revolving-doors.org.uk/documents/ending-the-revolving-door/ Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 126640

Author: Brooke, Michael Title: Design and Access Statements: How to Use Them to Prevent Crime Summary: One of the biggest problems that the field of planning for crime prevention has faced is the fact that, too often, crime prevention when it is considered at all in the design process is merely an afterthought. The consequence of this, very frequently, is that the scope for reducing the opportunity for crime to be committed via the design process becomes limited. Experience suggests that, once design ideas get established, developers and their agents are often unwilling to change them very significantly to incorporate something that hasn’t been thought about properly up to that point, and of course to incur the extra costs associated with undertaking further design work. And the consequence of this is that, unfortunately, the opportunity to incorporate crime prevention concerns into a development layout has often not been taken as fully as it could have been. But it doesn’t need to be like this, and Design and Access Statements provide an opportunity for the development community to face this issue more effectively than has often been the case to date. The key to this is thinking about the kinds of crimes that the type of development being proposed is likely to be subject to right at the start of the development process (which can be established from crime statistics and from police advice), and then creating strategies to reduce the likelihood of these crimes occurring as an integral part of initial design thinking about the project rather than as a later consideration. This guide gives lots of helpful advice about the kinds of things that developers and their agents need to think about when tackling the issue of planning for crime prevention in this manner. Adopting this approach in turn should mean that the requirements of paragraph 132 of Communities and Local Government’s publication ‘Guidance on Information on Requirements and Validation’ (March 2010) can readily be met when preparing a Design and Access Statement. Details: London: ACPO Secured by Design, 2010. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2012 at http://www.securedbydesign.com/pdfs/Design%20and%20Access%20Statements%20-%20How%20to%20use%20them.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 126646

Author: British Retail Consortium Title: Counting the Cost of E-Crime - Executive Summary Summary: Findings from the first e-crime study undertaken by the British Retail Consortium (BRC) are based on responses to a quantitative survey conducted between April and May 2012. The survey was conducted online and supplemented with a series of follow-up qualitative interviews. Respondents were members of the BRC drawn from a selection of key retailing types including supermarkets, department stores, fashion, health and beauty and mixed retail. Taken together, the retailers questioned constitute around 45 per cent of the UK retail sector by turnover. Recent data from the Office for National Statistics (ONS 2011) has highlighted the increasing significance of e-commerce for the UK economy, with an estimated value of online retail sales of £25 billion in 2011. This had increased from £21 billion in 2010. Overall, internet sales growth averaged 15 per cent in 2011 and the sector represented around 10 per cent of total retail spending in the 2010-11 period. Other commentators have put this figure even higher, for example recent research conducted by the Centre for Retail Research suggested that online sales were worth £50.34 billion in 2011. This represents around 12 per cent of the UK retail trade based on their wider definition of retail activity (CRR, 2011). The research suggested that rapid growth in online sales is likely to continue. The majority of respondents (80 per cent) projected growth of between 10 and 40 per cent for 2012-13. Even higher growth was projected for 2013-14, with 21 per cent saying this would rise to 25 per cent or above and 14 per cent saying it would be 40 per cent or higher. The strength of e-commerce in the UK will inevitably be accompanied by increased criminal activity focused on exploiting these new channels. The purpose of this research is to quantify the cost and impact that these offences have on the retail sector. The challenge for all concerned is to respond effectively to this type of crime. Details: London: British Retail Consortium, 2012. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2012 at http://www.martinfrost.ws/htmlfiles/aug2012/counting-cost-ecrime.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Computer Crimes (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126648

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: Policing with the Community: A Follow-up Review of Inspection Recommendations Summary: The Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland (CJI) report into PWC had been published in April 2009. It made three strategic recommendations specific to the PSNI and three other recommendations, as well as 12 suggestions for improvement directed specifically at the police. Whilst CJI had not inspected the Northern Ireland Policing Board (NIPB), the report made two further suggestions for improvement to be considered by the NIPB. The fieldwork for this follow-up review had been conducted over two years following the publication of the original report, and evidence had been collected during fieldwork from other inspection activity up to the end of March 2012. This had enabled the collection of evidence from multiple sources including community representatives, a wide spectrum of Police Officers and some short observation periods of Neighbourhood and Response Officers whilst on patrol. This summary sets out Inspectors’ findings with regard to the three strategic recommendations and three other recommendations made in the CJI report of April 2009. Of the three strategic recommendations made for the PSNI to progress, all had been assessed as partly achieved. There had been substantial progress with each of these recommendations. Two of the other recommendations had been assessed as having been achieved whilst the remaining recommendation were partly achieved. Further detail of the evidence gathered during inspection fieldwork underpinning these findings is set out in Chapter 2. Progress with the suggestions made for improvement is set out in detail in Chapter 3, and an appendix to this report contains the PSNI 2020 Strategy. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2012. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2012 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/50/50fd48fb-5a98-4d85-992f-b39680b6a99a.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Policing (Northern Ireland Shelf Number: 126653

Author: Heap, Victoria Title: Understanding Public Perceptions of Anti-Social Behaviour: Problems and Policy Responses Summary: Anti-social behaviour (ASB) has emerged as a major community safety concern over the past decade. Reducing the number of incidents of ASB and lessening the impact these have upon the publics’ quality of life have become key components of criminal justice policy. The British Crime Survey has provided evidence of the types of ASB being experienced and quantified the proportion of people perceiving high levels of ASB in their local area. This research suggests strong links between high levels of deprivation and perceiving high levels of ASB. Attempts have also been made to determine what factors drive these perceptions, in order to produce evidence-based ASB reduction policies. This thesis builds upon existing research into public perceptions of ASB by exploring public perceptions in-depth, using a mixed methods strategy. A three phase, explanatory sequential design was employed. Phase one quantified public perceptions in selected hardpressed ACORN areas. These findings were utilised to inform the topics for further qualitative elaboration in phase two. The third phase qualitatively explored how practitioners address public perceptions of ASB. Inferences were generated from all three phases of data collection, providing a holistic, coherent and contextualised discussion of potential policy implications of the findings. The findings presented within this thesis uncover new attitudinal based factors that are statistically and independently associated with public perceptions of ASB. In addition, primary and secondary drivers of public perceptions were qualitatively identified in the hardpressed areas studied. New insight has also been provided into the methods practitioners use to address public perceptions, particularly into the difficulties associated with measuring perceptions and the reciprocal relationship that exists between practitioners and the public. The inferences generated suggest that public perceptions of ASB are complex, with the factors influencing perceptions often interconnected. This thesis calls for greater strategic clarification regarding the role perceptions play in ASB policy, in order for accurate, locally applicable perception measurement to be achieved and a reduction in perceived high levels of ASB to be obtained. Details: Huddersfield, UK: University of Huddersfield, 2010. 318p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 9, 2012 at: http://eprints.hud.ac.uk/9209/ Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126656

Author: Sturrock, Rachel Title: Supporting Transitions: A Summative Evaluation of the Transition to Adulthood Pilots Summary: This summative evaluation examines the outcomes for young adults benefitting from a ‘T2A approach’ through three pilot projects funded by the Barrow Cadbury Trust (BCT). This approach is a new way of working with 18 to 24-year-olds in the criminal justice system which takes into account their distinct developmental needs. It is part of a wider initiative funded by the Trust – the Transition to Adulthood Alliance (T2A) – which is campaigning on this issue. This is the third evaluation of the T2A pilots’ work commissioned by the Barrow Cadbury Trust. The Oxford Centre for Criminology conducted a formative evaluation which explored the work as it developed (Burnett et al; 2010) and Matrix Evidence carried out a break-even analysis (Matrix; 2011). Details: Catch22, 2012. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2012 at: http://www.t2a.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/T2A-Summative-Evaluation-Catch22-2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Recidivism Shelf Number: 126662

Author: Debbonaire, Thangam Title: The Pilot of the Respect/Relate/CAFCASS Domestic Violence Risk Identification Tool: Evaluation Report Summary: Domestic violence risk identification, assessment and management are all developing in various ways and for various purposes in different organisations in the US, Australia, UK and elsewhere. Police, probation, social work and specialist domestic violence services are using various forms of risk assessment and identification tools and systems to guide their work with perpetrators and victims of domestic violence and their children. These tools and systems have developed over the years, gradually bringing more specific factors identified as affecting risk to the attention of professionals working with either perpetrators or victims or both in order to assist them to carry out various different activities. In 2006/07 staff from Respect, CAFCASS and Relate came together to consider a risk assessment tool that: 1. Can be used within practitioners’ current workload; 2. Can convey information from a range of sources – even and especially where the alleged perpetrator may be one source of information and where there may be huge contradictions in versions of events; 3. Takes into account the key risk factors – assuming information not only from criminal justice sources or about recent incidents; 4. Does not simply add to the dizzying range of different assessment tools already out there. The CAADA risk checklist was developed in Cardiff to support multiagency information sharing around 2000. It has since become the checklist used by Independent Domestic Violence Advisors and within MARACs (Multi Agency Risk Assessment Conferences) which are spreading rapidly across the UK. MARACs aim to pool available information on victims who have been identified by key agencies as at medium or high risk, to plan interventions and monitoring in order to reduce the risk of continued domestic violence. Evaluations of MARACS identify the benefits for victims of this approach to protection, which include most significantly reductions in rates of recidivism. There is an implication here that this form of risk management may also be contributing to the prevention of serious injury and death – future research will be in a better position to explore this. During 2007, specialist staff in all three agencies worked together to produce an amended version of the tool, with support from CAADA. Relate, CAFCASS and Respect organisations all piloted the tool. Details: London: Children and Family Court Advisory and Support Service (CAFCASS), 2008. 28p Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 11, 2012 at: http://www.cafcass.gov.uk/PDF/7195_Review%20of%20the%20risk%20id%20tool%20pilot%2018th%20August%2008%20FOR%20PUBLICATION.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 126669

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: Anti-Social Behaviour: An Inspection of the Criminal Justice System's Approach to Addressing Anti-Social Behaviour in Northern Ireland Summary: Anti-social behaviour can vary in scale from simply being a source of irritation, to being the bane of people’s lives. In its worst form it can lead to the victimisation and intimidation of individuals, families and whole communities, and as such will require a full and rigorous response from the criminal justice system. Equally, there can be times when the behaviour falls short of a breach of criminal law and a more thoughtful problem solving approach is called for. The police have become more focussed on this issue as our society normalises, and the strengthening of Neighbourhood Policing Teams together with the integration of Youth Diversion and Community Safety Officers, has improved the effectiveness of police response. Early and targeted interventions can make a real difference and we have already reported on the need for a clearer, more cohesive strategy in dealing with young people who are at risk of coming into contact with the criminal justice system. The proportionate use of Anti-Social Behaviour Orders (ASBOs) has continued, though we make a recommendation to ensure that in so far as they are applied to young people, they should be subject to review every six months. A partnership approach is advocated, and with responsibilities and action now vested in the new Policing and Community Safety Partnerships, we believe that there is an opportunity to build on the previous good work of their predecessors, the Community Safety Partnerships. It is too early to assess how effective they can be without the glue of a statutory duty for public bodies, though we make a strategic recommendation to the Department of Justice (DoJ) to continue to encourage the fulsome participation of both justice and non-justice agencies in helping deliver the Community Safety Strategy. There are some innovative, effective individual schemes operating in parts of Northern Ireland, and it is important that they become exemplars of best practice in order that they can be replicated in other areas. We make a small number of operational recommendations for the Police Service of Northern Ireland (PSNI), the Northern Ireland Courts and Tribunals Service (NICTS) and, under the auspices of the DoJ, the Policing and Community Safety Partnerships. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2012. 95p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 11, 2012 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/3e/3e02e6eb-f2bd-446e-a3fe-5b72d4ee8a85.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behaviour (Northern Ireland, U.K.) Shelf Number: 126670

Author: Independent Police Complaints Commission Title: The Abuse of Police Powers to Perpetrate Sexual Violence Summary: The legal powers given to members of the police service, such as arrest and detention, provide status and influence as well as allowing coercive actions. The public expects police officers and staff to protect them; that is their role. Allegations that they have failed to protect, or indeed have abused, someone who is in a vulnerable position are therefore particularly serious. There are many ways in which such abuse might occur. This report, and the work that has informed it, was prompted by recognition of the fact that a number of cases involving sexual exploitation by police officers and staff who have abused the powers given to them are investigated every year. There was a need to examine how they might be prevented in future. One such recent case resulted in PC Stephen Mitchell of Northumbria police being convicted of five sexual offences and six counts of misconduct in public office. He received two life sentences. While this case was unusual in its seriousness it was by no means an isolated one. No one would wish to believe that this behaviour exists, in a service which seeks to help and protect, or where it is found can be attributed to no more than ‘one bad apple’. We do not know precisely how many people have been victims of police officers or staff abusing their powers; we are only aware of the individuals who have had the confidence to come forward. There is no evidence to suggest it is commonplace. However, the police service does have a responsibility to recognise it as a distinct area of corruption, and take steps to reduce its occurrence, identify as soon as possible if it occurs, and effectively deal with such cases. This report has been produced to raise the profile of cases involving the abuse of powers by police officers and staff to perpetrate sexual abuse or violence. Supported by a number of case study examples, the report includes a checklist of questions for the police service about the prevention, prediction, and investigation of this conduct. Details: London: Independent Police Complaints Commission, 2012. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 11, 2012 at: http://www.acpo.police.uk/documents/reports/2012/201209AbPPtPSV.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Misconduct (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126672

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary Title: Taking Time for Crime: A Study of How Police Officers Prevent Crime in the Field Summary: This paper sets out the key findings of a short observational study of individual uniformed and detective officers in 36 shifts across six police forces conducted by HMIC, with some accompanying data analysis. The study was designed to examine how frontline officers actually carried out their policing role in the field. Crucially, observers looked at how they were supported in doing this by organisational systems and structures such as technology, intelligence, supervision, or training. The study is intended to trigger discussion about the development of policing that deals with the needs of austerity. It seeks to identify opportunities to shift policing from a reactive to a preventive approach. A preventive policing approach is critical because it reduces crime and the demands that go with it. This study found that an absence of clarity around the mission for policing, together with weaknesses in operational support and limitations in training, are barriers to the majority of constables taking time to prevent crime. This will pose a real difficulty in achieving what the future requires – more for less. Details: London: HMIC, 2012. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 11, 2012 at: http://www.hmic.gov.uk/media/taking-time-for-crime.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126674

Author: Bennington, Jude Title: Scoping Study on Violence Against Women. Report for the BIG Lottery Fund Summary: This Report presents findings from a scoping study on violence against women commissioned to help inform the BIG Lottery Fund of potential areas of intervention. The research was commissioned by the BIG Lottery Fund in March 2012 and was conducted by a team of researchers from the Centre for Regional Economic and Social Research (CRESR) at Sheffield Hallam University. The scoping study was conducted in spring 2012 and involved two key research tasks: a literature review of existing evidence; and interviews with key stakeholders engaged in the provision of services aimed at combating violence against women. The study sought to identify evidence on the following broad issues:  domestic violence linked to sporting events  violence among girls and young women involved in gang-related activities  domestic violence in pregnancy. This report should be seen as a synopsis which aims to identify and examine some of the key issues rather than provide an in-depth and comprehensive review of all that has been researched and written about violence against women. Details: Sheffield, UK: Center for Regional Economic and Social Research, Sheffield Hallam University, 2012. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 11, 2012 at: http://www.biglotteryfund.org.uk/er_violence_against_women.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 126677

Author: McKenna, Katharine Title: Rolling Out the Police Single Non-Emergency Number (101): Research into the Public's and Practitioners' Views Summary: In 2010, the Government set out its commitment to establish a national non-emergency police number for England and Wales which would provide a single, memorable non-emergency number for contacting the police (101). This study reviewed the extent to which the 101 service was operating as intended in some of the first forces to implement 101. The study also examined call handling of non-emergency incidents more generally, including public perceptions and expectations of how non-emergency incidents should be dealt with. Interviews with Home Office and Association of Chief Police Officers staff responsible for managing the roll out of 101 and members of staff in each police force as well as members of the public who had used the 101 service were undertaken. These were supplemented by focus groups with the public to understand wider attitudes to contacting the police. On balance the evidence from this early research suggests the 101 service was operating as intended in the first forces to implement it and that users were largely satisfied. The main recommendations from the research are to address misapprehensions amongst the public over use of 101. These misapprehensions discourage some members of the public from reporting non-emergency incidents, or lead to inappropriate use of the 999 system. Future awareness campaigns should: ●● emphasise that non-emergency call handling is done to the same level of professionalism as 999 and accurate records are made for all relevant calls made to the police; ●● clarify and give examples to the public about the circumstances where non-emergency contact with the police would be encouraged; and ●● emphasise that calling 101 will put you through to your local force. Details: London: Home Office, 2012. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 11, 2012 at: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/science-research-statistics/research-statistics/police-research/horr66/ Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Emergency Procedures Shelf Number: 126682

Author: Ray, Kathryn Title: Perceptions of the Policing and Crime Mapping 'Trailblazers' Summary: The aim of the research was to examine public perceptions of ‘Trailblazer’ initiatives across seven areas. These initiatives aim to increase transparency in policing and criminal justice, through enhancing or building on the national www.police.uk website. Qualitative research collected data from telephone interviews with policymakers and practitioners involved in the development and implementation of the initiatives, and from focus groups with members of the public. This enabled a detailed exploration of views, to provide feedback to the Home Office and local sites, and to inform future developments on transparency. The findings suggest a number of implications for future policy in this area. There is a need to think carefully about future enhancements to www.police.uk and related initiatives. The findings suggest that more information is not always desirable and can be counter-productive. Information needs to be high quality, relevant, usable and intelligible. The type of enhancements that should be made to www.police.uk depend upon the purposes for which the site is to be used: - to aid in crime prevention, enhancements could include more frequent updates and more details about individual crimes; for the public to use the site for holding the police to account, more aggregated data are required, namely trend data and comparisons of crime rates across areas. The findings suggest that information provision alone is unlikely to stimulate greater public engagement in police accountability, without wider activity to educate members of the public on how they might use the information to do this effectively. The initiatives need a 'hook' to keep people returning to them. Encouraging users to create an account and sign up for alerts, tailored to individual location and interest, would be useful for maintaining engagement. Details: London: Home Office, 2012. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 67: Accessed October 11, 2012 at: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/science-research-statistics/research-statistics/police-research/horr67/horr67-report?view=Binary Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Information Sharing Shelf Number: 126683

Author: Flint, John Title: Evaluation Study of Reidvale Housing Association Community Policing Initiative Summary: It is important that the community policing initiative continues to be conceived as one part of a wider range of interventions to both prevent and manage anti-social behaviour, with clear roles here for the housing association, police, schools and local youth facilities and organizations. There is overwhelming support from residents, police and housing officers for extending the additional policing initiative. In part this recognises its successes and also the costs associated with ending the initiative. Continuing the initiative is now rated a top priority by a majority of local residents in the survey, although over 80 percent of them believe responsibility for tackling anti-social behaviour lies with the police. A strong argument may also be put forward for the cost-benefits of the initiative arising from falling levels of anti-social behaviour. It is important to note that these benefits will accrue to the police, other agencies and other residents as well as to Reidvale Housing Association and its tenants. Details: Glasgow, Scotland: Department of Urban Studies, University of Glasgow, 2005. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 14, 2012 at http://www.reidvale.org.uk/file/policerep/ Year: 2005 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior (Scotland) Shelf Number: 126698

Author: British Retail Consortium Title: Future Online Security: Tackling eCrime and Fraud Summary: The growth of e-commerce and corresponding opportunities for increasing fraudulent behaviour should not be underestimated. Retailers need to be sure that as they seek to expand their businesses via e-commerce the customers they attract will be well protected. Retailers invest significant resources in protecting their customers. But too often, the current law enforcement response to eCrime and fraud is inadequate. The BRC is calling for a dedicated national unit tasked to investigate and respond to the increasing levels of eCrime. Engagement between the private sector and law enforcement agencies should be focused on finding the most effective way to achieve a better response to eCrime and fraud. The focus must be on finding ways in which the public and private sectors can work more effectively together to reduce the level of offending and to raise consumer confidence. The value of internet retailing in 2009 was £18.5 billion. The value for 2010 to date (January to the end of October 2010) was £17 billion. This was a 21 per cent increase when compared to the same period in 2009. The BRC has undertaken this study to ensure that this important growth area of the economy is adequately policed and protected. Details: London: British Retail Consortium, 2010. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 14, 2012 at http://www.brc.org.uk/trct/downloads/Future%20Online%20Security.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 126699

Author: Pleasence, Pascoe Title: Civil Legal Problems: Young People, Social Exclusion and Crime Summary: This briefing presents findings from the 2010 wave of the Civil and Social Justice Panel Survey (CSJPS), alongside supplementary findings from the earlier (but larger) 2006-9 Civil and Social Justice Survey (CSJS). The 2010 survey indicates that young people (aged 16 to 24) experience civil legal problems at a rate similar to that of the population as a whole, although problems are most common for those between their mid-twenties and mid-forties. Young people report high levels of certain types of problems, including those concerning rented housing, welfare benefits and debt. Young people ranked civil legal problems concerning education as the most severe, followed closely by family problems. Young people pointed to lack of money being a cause of problems more often than others, with loss of income and employment problems also commonly mentioned. Young people also indicated violence to be a cause of problems more frequently than others. Stress-related illness was commonly mentioned as being both a cause and consequence of problems. In all, 24% of problems faced by young people led to illness of some description, with knock on demand on health services. Loss of income and loss of confidence were also common consequences of problems for young people, and they were much more likely than others to point to negative impact on their education. Some problems experienced by young people were interlinked. One visible problem cluster involved problems concerning rented housing, crime victimisation, anti-social neighbours and consumer issues, further linked to money, debt and employment problems. Reported levels of crime victimisation were similar for all people under the age of retirement, though the youngest respondents to the 2010 CSJPS more often reported having been victims of robbery and assault. Within young people as a whole, lone parents, victims of crime, those who had recently had contact with the police, those with mental health problems, those who admitted drug use, those who were socially isolated and those not in education, employment or training reported civil legal problems more often. In all, 80% of all young people reporting civil legal problems fell in one category of vulnerability. Young people falling into multiple categories of vulnerability became increasingly more likely to report problems. Vulnerable young people also tended to report problems of greater severity. The types of problems reported by vulnerable young people were different to those reported by other young people. For example, those not in education, employment or training reported high levels of housing problems and relatively high levels of debt and family related problems. Those recently arrested reported high levels of homelessness and problems concerning money and rented housing. Young people more often did nothing to resolve problems and less often obtained formal advice. This was despite young people reporting many benefits of advice. In all, 62% of young respondents to the CSJPS reported that formal advice from another person or organisation led to improvements in their life circumstances, compared to 43% in the case of older respondents. Details: London: The Law Centres Federation and Youth Access, 2011. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 14, 2012 at http://youthaccess.org.uk/uploads/documents/Advice%20Publications/Civil_Legal_Problems_Social_Exclusion_and_Crime_FINAL.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 126703

Author: Independent Police Complaints Commission Title: The Abuse of Police Powers to Perpetuate Sexual Violence Summary: In January 2011 former Northumbria police constable Stephen Mitchell was jailed for life for a number of serious sex attacks against women he met through his job. The abuse of police powers for purposes of sexual exploitation, or even violence, is something that fundamentally betrays the trust that communities and individuals place in the police. It therefore has a serious impact on the public’s confidence in individual officers and the service in general. It is essential to ensure that systems are in place to prevent, monitor and deal swiftly with any individual who exploits that trust. For that reason, and in the light of the Mitchell conviction, the IPCC and the Association of Chief Police Officers (ACPO) separately began examining this type of case. This joint report draws from both pieces of work. Both organisations recognised the value of sharing findings and identifying common themes, to increase public confidence that there is a commitment to tackle this kind of abuse and to assist the police service as whole and individual forces to identify and prevent it. It is not possible to know precisely how many people have been victims of police officers or staff abusing their powers. There is no evidence to suggest it is commonplace, but nor can we be confident that all such cases are reported. Each of the cases in this report represents a serious betrayal of the trust and confidence that individuals should have in the police. Together, they reveal a number of themes that underlie this kind of behaviour. They include the need to ensure robust standards of vetting, including for sensitive or vulnerable posts; provide effective supervision to identify worrying trends, ensure proper boundaries and respond to reported concerns; effectively use and manage intelligence; and review individual cases in order to identify lessons. The report includes a checklist of questions for the service as a whole and for individual forces. The behaviour described in this report has parallels with abuses carried out by other professionals, such as those in healthcare and social work and the clergy. All are people who are in a privileged position of power – and trust – within society. In the context of the police service, however, this behaviour is also a form of corruption and it should be dealt with as such. The police service has a responsibility to do everything in its power to prevent such abuse, identify as soon as possible if it occurs, deal with it effectively and learn lessons quickly. The report urges senior leaders in the police service to be alert and determined to root out this kind of abuse of power. All cases of serious corruption cases should be referred to the IPCC. That includes all cases involving sexual exploitation by officers or police staff, which the IPCC will prioritise and investigate independently wherever possible. Work in this area has been greatly assisted by a leading academic and two voluntary sector organisations who have specialist knowledge in this area: Professor Liz Kelly of London Metropolitan University, Davina James- Hanman of Against Violence and Abuse and Dianne Whitfield of Coventry Rape and Sexual Abuse Centre and Rape Crisis (England & Wales). Their insight and practical suggestions have been invaluable in the development of our thinking. There is no doubt that the specialist knowledge and services offered by these and many other national and local voluntary sector organisations could be used by the police service to assist with cases involving sexual exploitation by police officers and staff – for example, in supporting victims and encouraging reporting. This report therefore recommends that police forces establish or improve relationships with organisations that have specialist knowledge of sexual exploitation and abuse. This report is a first step in understanding the scale and nature of the problem and setting out the way forward. More work and resources are needed to build on this foundation, learning from experience and the recommendations and insights in this report. Both ACPO and the IPCC are committed to doing so. Details: London: Independent Police Complaints Commission, 2012. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed 14, 2012 at http://www.ipcc.gov.uk/Documents/investigation_commissioner_reports/abuse_of_police_powers_to_perpetrate_sexual_violence.PDF Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Complaints Against the Police (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126704

Author: Lowe, Kevin Title: Sharing the Learning: The Drug and Alcohol Transitions Project for Young Adults Derby City 2009-12 Summary: The aim of this report is to tell the story of the Addaction Drug and Alcohol Transitions Project for Young Adults in Derby City. This project carried out successful, innovative work, helping young adults aged 17-24 to end, or substantially reduce, their substance misuse. The approach was highly cost effective and makes a powerful case for age-appropriate services for young adults. This report is designed for a diverse audience. It will enable practitioners, commissioners and policy-makers working in the substance misuse field to learn the lessons from the project’s work and will also be valuable for all agencies concerned about how best to meet the needs of vulnerable young adults.1 The report has been written by external consultants who interviewed the project staff and some of the young adult clients. Information has also been drawn from the project’s records. It covers: • an overview of the project • a timeline of the project’s activities • the community outreach work and individual treatment in detail • what the focus on young adults meant in practice • finance and value for money • The main messages from the project’s work. There are also several appendices which cover the project’s clients, information about the changing nature of young adulthood, and national data on the use of drugs and alcohol by young adults. The interview material provides the kind of detail that is necessary to bring the work alive. It shows what the staff actually did and contains their reflections on what worked and what was less successful. The young people also tell about what made a difference to them at a crucial stage in their lives. This report is not a formal evaluation of the outcomes of the project’s work; however, it paints a picture of a very effective project that broke new ground in work with young adults. Details: London: Addaction, 2012. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 15, 2012 at: http://www.addaction.org.uk/news.asp?section=408§ionTitle=Addaction+in+the+media Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 126730

Author: Great Britain. HMI Probation Title: Transitions: An Inspection of the Transitions Arrangements from Youth to Adult Services in the Criminal Justice System Summary: This inspection of the quality of the work undertaken to promote effective transition of young people from youth-based services to adult-based provision was agreed by the Criminal Justice Chief Inspectors’ Group, following consultation with key stakeholders, as part of the Joint Inspection Business Plan 2010-2012(1). The process of transition from youth to adult services is important because when managed well it can promote continuity in service provison and lead to the delivery of more effective services. The involved visits to Youth Offending Teams and Probation Trusts in six areas of England and Wales, and four Young Offenders Institutions, to establish what practitioners did to help young people in custody and under community supervision make an effective transition, at or around the age of 18. We gauged the quality of front line practice by speaking to young people (those aged under-18) and young adults (those aged 18 and over) about their experiences, as well as inspecting case records. We also held discussions with practitioners and managers from criminal justice agencies, and others, such as health and education, training and employment who worked in partnership with them to provide interventions. During the inspection we were looking for evidence that young people had experienced consistency and continuity in their work with youth-based and adult-based services; and that the achievement made in youth-based services had been consolidated after transfer. For these outcomes to be achieved, practitioners needed to keep young people informed; prepare young people for work throughout the whole sentence; share information with other services about ongoing needs and risks; ensure that offending-related factors identified in youth-based services continued to be addressed in adult-based services, and be responsive to the needs of the individual young person at a time of change. Although we found examples of individual good practice, work to promote effective transition of young people from youth-based to adult-based services did not always receive sufficient attention. In the community, some young people were not identified as eligible for transfer and, in those cases which were identified, transfer was often undertaken as a procedural task. Young people were not as informed or involved as they should have been. Overall, there was insufficient timely sharing of information between the youth-based and adult-based services to enable sentence plans to be delivered without interruption. The situation was similar in custody, where insufficient forward planning and communication led to a hiatus in sentence planning and delivery of interventions after young people had transferred to an over-18 YOI/prison. Positively, there were examples of local written arrangements for transition in the community although they needed to be better understood and used by practitioners. There was little sharing of information between education, training and employment staff in YOTs and their counterparts in Probation Trusts. Although health staff had not been heavily involved in transfers of young people between YOTs and Probation Trusts there were indications that local policies encouraging greater attention to the transition of young people were starting to have a positive impact on practice. Details: London: Criminal Jsutice Joint Inspection, 2012. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 19, 2012 at: http://www.hmcpsi.gov.uk/documents/reports/CJJI_THM/OFFM/cjji-transitions-thematic.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Justice Services Shelf Number: 126750

Author: Jacobson, Jessica Title: Public Attitudes to the Sentencing of Drug Offences Summary: This study explored public attitudes to the sentencing of a variety of drug offences. The study used a qualitative methodology, involving focus groups conducted in various locations across England and Wales. A short pre-discussion questionnaire was also used to collect basic demographic information on participants and to gauge early views on the sentencing of drug offences. The findings provide valuable insights into public reactions to this issue, although they should not be regarded as necessarily representative of the views of the wider population. The key findings from the research are presented below. • Participants did not generally wish to see custodial penalties for drug possession offences; nor did they necessarily want substantial custodial penalties for small-scale supply and small to medium-scale importation offences. • However, they wanted lengthy custodial sentences for medium to large-scale supply and large-scale importation offences. • They tended to favour sentences that were more punitive than current practice, although this may have been a function of the group dynamics within the focus groups; however, their preferences for medium-scale importation offences were often more lenient. • The punitiveness of attitudes towards serious supply and importation offences reflects a focus on the harm caused by this kind of offending, which was expressed through concerns with: - the distinction between possession offences and other kinds of drug offences; - the impact of different types of drug on users; and - the quantity of the drug(s) involved in a given offence. • Overall, notions of offender culpability played a lesser part than harm in participants’ sentencing preferences; nevertheless offences were deemed to be substantially more serious where: - the offender made a large amount of profit from the offence; - the offender had previous convictions; or - minors were exploited in the offence. • Participants expressed a wide range of views on the relevance of personal factors that may aggravate or mitigate a sentence, and some were resistant to the general principle of taking the offender’s personal circumstances into account in sentencing. Details: London: Sentencing Council, 2011. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Sentencing Council Research Series 01/11; http://sentencingcouncil.judiciary.gov.uk/docs/Drugs_research_report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 126754

Author: Dawes, William Title: Attitudes to Guilty Plea Sentence Reductions Summary: This report presents findings from research Ipsos MORI carried out for the Sentencing Council to examine attitudes towards guilty plea sentence reductions. It consisted of a face-to-face quantitative survey with the general public, discussion groups with the general public, interviews with those who had been a victim of crime or who had witnessed a crime and interviews with offenders. Key findings include:  The public often perceive sentencing as too lenient. They feel that too often it can work in favour of offenders, rather than providing justice for victims. For the public, sentence lengths given to offenders are an important indicator of justice being served.  The public in this research had limited knowledge of the workings of the Criminal Justice System (CJS), especially sentencing, and they reported their views as being highly influenced by the media and word of mouth. Whilst the quantitative survey revealed a degree of familiarity with the principles of guilty plea sentence reductions, qualitative discussions indicated awareness was based on the broad concept of sentences receiving reductions, with participants less certain of the role guilty pleas played in determining sentence outcome. Therefore, the public were generally unaware of the nuances of the guilty plea reductions principle and initially tended to be generally unsupportive of reductions in sentencing for those entering a guilty plea.  Those who had a better understanding of the system and how it works were more likely to report confidence in the system and in sentencing policies. As such those who had been a victim or who had witnessed a crime were more likely to be supportive of sentence reductions than a broader general public audience.  While the general public’s view of justice being served centred largely on the sentence handed down, victims and witnesses tended to have a more holistic view. They gave consideration to offender circumstances and whether the punishment allowed for rehabilitation and support as well as closure for victims and witnesses. For many, re-offending was a key concern and so there was support for punishments that acted as a deterrent and changed offender behaviour. Indeed, both the general public and victims and witnesses thought that persistent offenders, through their actions, have forfeited their right to a reduction.  The public assume that the key motivation for the guilty plea sentence reduction is to reduce resources (time and money), but they prefer the idea of it as something which helps prevent victims having to give evidence and experiencing emotional trauma whilst doing this. There is a strong sense that the drive for cost savings should not impact on a system effectively delivering justice.  There is more support for sentence reductions if the guilty plea is entered at an early point. The benefits – both economic and emotional – are more tangible at this point, and both the public and victims and witnesses are less likely to feel that the offender can ‘play the system’. On the other hand offenders say they are less likely to enter an early plea, but prefer to weigh up the evidence against them first.  There is generally little support for a reduction for a guilty plea made at the court door or once the trial has started amongst the public and many victims and witnesses, although the small number of victims of more serious offences included in this study often felt that reductions at this stage could be acceptable. There was an indication that the prospect and reality of attending court proved more traumatic for this group, and they therefore may be more open to late reductions.  For the general public, there was weak support for higher levels of reductions beyond the current guideline range of up to 33% and a fifth (20%) felt that there should be no reduction at all. Supporting this, when survey respondents were asked whether the reduction should be increased from a third if an offender pleads guilty at the earliest opportunity, 58% disagreed and only 22% agreed. A small number of victims of more serious offences were, however, more supportive if it spared them having to testify in court.  The public (and some victims and witnesses) do not like the idea of a universal approach to reductions – in fact, the public in the survey were less likely to say that an offender pleading guilty to an offence should be given a more lenient sentence in most/all cases (21%) and more likely to say it never should result in a more lenient sentence (29%). They instead think that this should depend on certain factors/circumstances relating to the offender or offence type. For instance, views were often much more punitive towards violent crimes as opposed to those against businesses, and likewise towards repeat offenders versus first time offenders.  The language and discourse of the reductions did not sit well with people. They were very resistant to the idea of an offender being ‘rewarded’ for admitting they were guilty of an offence; rather they spontaneously suggested that defendants should be further penalised for not admitting guilt if they are subsequently found guilty.  Offenders in this study were often unsure what their sentence was likely to be when weighing up how to plead, and felt that decisions on sentence lengths were inconsistent. This made it difficult for them to calculate exactly what the impact of a set reduction to their sentence would be. Offenders also questioned the extent to which reductions for early guilty pleas were actually being applied, with a number feeling that it was very difficult to understand exactly how their final sentence had been determined. However, when probed on the level of reductions, offenders in this study were broadly content with the current discount of a third for an early guilty plea, and felt that without the reduction there was little incentive to admit guilt.  The main factor determining whether or not offenders plead guilty was the likelihood of being found guilty at trial. The key ‘tipping point’ here was when offenders realised that the chances of them being found guilty were greater than being found not guilty. Weight of evidence and advice from solicitors/barristers were pivotal in offenders’ assessments of whether they were likely to be found guilty and therefore crucial in determining when a guilty plea was entered. There was little evidence from the research that increasing the reduction further would encourage more offenders to plead guilty at an earlier stage, given the reduction only becomes a driver of entering a guilty plea at such a point that an offender considers a conviction to be the likely outcome. Details: London: Sentencing Council, 2011. 89p. Source: Internet Resource: Sentencing Council Research Series 02/11; Accessed October 19, 2012 at: http://sentencingcouncil.judiciary.gov.uk/docs/Attitudes_to_Guilty_Plea_Sentence_Reductions_(web).pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Guilty Pleas (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126755

Author: Amnesty International Title: Left in the Dark: The Use of Secret Evidence in the United Kingdom Summary: Over the past decade, there has been an ever increasing reliance on secret evidence by the UK government in the name of national security. Amnesty International believes that this growing resort to secrecy undermines basic standards of fairness and open justice, can result in violations of the right to a fair trial and the right to effective remedy for victims of human rights violations, as well as contributing to failures by the UK to meet its obligations to hold those responsible for human rights violations to account and to refrain from sending people to a real risk of serious human rights violations at the hands of another state. This report examines the increased use of what is described as a “closed material procedure”, which allows the government to rely on secret evidence presented to the court behind closed doors, in a range of non-criminal judicial proceedings in the UK. Closed material procedures are usually invoked in cases involving persons suspected of terrorismrelated activity. Such a procedure allows a court or tribunal to sit in a closed (i.e. secret) hearing in order to consider material presented by UK authorities. Closed material is information that the government claims would be damaging to national security or otherwise harmful to the public interest if it were to be disclosed. This material is withheld for the entire case (and indeed perhaps forever) from the individual(s) whose interests are at stake in the case, her/his lawyer of choice, and the public, none of whom has access to the closed hearing.1 As a result of their exclusion from the closed hearing, they do not know the content of that material, even though the court can rely on it to determine the facts and outcome of the case. “Closed material” is essentially a form of secret evidence and marks a radical departure from what traditionally are understood to be basic requirements of fairness in civil and criminal procedures. Details: London: Amnesty International Publications, 2012. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 19, 2012 at: http://www.amnesty.org/en/library/asset/EUR45/014/2012/en/546a2059-db83-4888-93ba-8b90cc32a2de/eur450142012en.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Evidence (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126758

Author: UK Drug Policy Commission Title: A Fresh Approach to Drugs: The Final Report of the UK Drug Policy Commission Summary: We all have an interest in knowing which policies work in tackling problems associated with drug use. Many members of the public, and many politicians, believe that our drug policies are not working. But the debate about how we address the challenges of mind-altering drugs is polarised in a way not seen in most other policy areas. The UK Drug Policy Commission was established to address these problems in a different way. Its aim has been to show how independent scrutiny of evidence can produce both better results and more effective use of resources in drug policy and practice. Existing drug policies have struggled to limit the damage drug use can cause, and now new challenges are emerging. The rapid development of new drugs is changing drug markets too quickly for the traditional methods we use to control drugs to be effective. The economic crisis may be impacting on the nature of drug use and drug problems and, with fewer resources, the capacity of services to respond will be limited further. Added to that, the speed and scale at which services are being devolved to a local level may create increasing and unpredictable variations in the kind of services offered in different parts of the UK. In this report, UKDPC proposes a radical rethink of how we structure our response to drug problems. It provides an analysis of the evidence for how policies and interventions could be improved, with recommendations for policymakers and practitioners to address the new and established challenges associated with drug use. UKDPC aims to foster a fresh approach to drug policy: one in which evidence takes priority, creating light rather than heat in the debate on drugs, so that we can create an environment that works to reduce dependence on drugs, safeguards communities and delivers value for money. Details: London: UK Drug Policy Commission, 2012. 89p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 19, 2012 at: http://www.ukdpc.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/a-fresh-approach-to-drugs-the-final-report-of-the-uk-drug-policy-commission.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126760

Author: Shapland, Joanna Title: The Quality of Probation Supervision -- A Literature Review Summary: This review focuses on what research has revealed is seen as ‘quality’ in probation supervision. It is written to assist the National Offender Management Service (NOMS) and to link into their Offender Engagement Programme, so it is principally concerned with England and Wales, but literature from other countries has also been searched and is included to compare and contrast with the experience in England and Wales. Ideas as to what is ‘quality’ depend of course on what the key purposes for probation and for supervision within probation are thought to be. These have changed over time and with ideas of what the criminal justice system as a whole is intended to do, and they are also affected by the deep-seated legal cultural traditions of that country and the history of its probation service. As we shall see, research has only rarely addressed ‘quality’ per se, whether from the perspective of those managing the service, those supervising or those being supervised. However, ideas of ‘quality’ are intrinsically tied up with ideas of ‘effectiveness’, ‘best practice’ and the often deeply felt, but rarely articulated views about ‘what we are really here to do’. We have, therefore, cast our net wide in terms of what to include, though we try to bring the discussion back to ‘quality’ and what it is at each point. The review follows on from the review by McNeill and Weaver (2010), also for NOMS, which looked at the literature on desistance, or what affects offenders1 stopping offending, and so we have not repeated those lessons here. This review is though very much influenced by the desistance literature, because current views about quality in probation generally are strongly influenced by what is linked to helping to stop offenders offending. The research indicates that desistance is affected by offenders’ own agency (decisions on desistance and offending), their personal and social context, and being able to surmount practical obstacles to successfully leading a non-offending life in the community (obtaining money legitimately, having somewhere to live, growing social ties to prosocial others). Some of the literature on surmounting practical obstacles stems from areas outside criminology, such as dealing with people with multiple social problems, what helps in getting people generally into work or housing the homeless, or referring people to other agencies. We have deliberately sought to bring together these studies into the review, even if they have not been used in probation previously, but have tried to link them into what may be helpful in probation practice at the end of each section. Details: Sheffield, UK: University of Sheffield, Centre for Criminological Research, 2012. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Occasional Paper 3; Accessed October 19, 2012 at: http://www.sheffield.ac.uk/polopoly_fs/1.159010!/file/QualityofProbationSupervision.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Supervision Shelf Number: 126761

Author: Hughes, Nathan Title: Nobody Made the Connection: The Prevalence of Neurodisability in Young People Who Offend Summary: Childhood neurodisability occurs when there is a compromise of the central or peripheral nervous system due to genetic, pre-birth or birth trauma, and/or injury or illness in childhood. This incorporates a wide range of specific neurodevelopmental disorders or conditions, with common symptoms including: muscle weakness; communication difficulties; cognitive delays; specific learning difficulties; emotional and behavioural problems; and a lack of inhibition regarding inappropriate behaviour. This report presents a review of published evidence in relation to the following research questions: • What is the prevalence of various neurodevelopmental disorders amongst young people within the youth justice system secure estate? • What are the key issues for policy and practice associated with these levels of prevalence? The report has several key audiences, from national government departments and bodies, to local strategic partnerships and agency leads, to practitioners working with young people with potential neurodevelopmental difficulties. Details: London: Office of the Children's Commissioner for England, 2012. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 24, 2012 at: http://www.childrenscommissioner.gov.uk/content/publications/content_633 Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Developmentally Disabled Shelf Number: 126786

Author: Haldenby, Andrew Title: Doing It Justice: Integrating Criminal Justice and Emergency Services Through Police and Crime Commissioners Summary: As new Reform research shows, the most successful criminal justice organisations integrate services to deliver a better service to communities and end-to-end rehabilitation for offenders. In Glasgow, joint working between police, local government and health services within the Violence Reduction Unit has transformed a city previously blighted by violent gang crime. By working together to target gang members, agencies have reduced violent crime by 38 per cent since 2006 and improved police detection rates by a fifth. Serious assaults have fallen by 42 per cent and murders have fallen by nearly a third. In Warwickshire, a similar approach has been used to improve services for victims and the community. The creation of two Justice Centres has brought police, prisons, courts, youth offending teams and victim support under the same roof, delivering a more coordinated service and higher satisfaction for users. Police and Crime Commissioners, as a single point of accountability and budgetary control, offer a vehicle to make this type of approach the rule, rather than the exception. There is another, even more pressing, imperative for the criminal justice system: austerity. Police and justice services are currently halfway through one of the most stringent Spending Reviews in their history, in which the Home Office and the Ministry of Justice must reduce real terms spending by 23 per cent each by 2014-15. Yet even as they reduce spending by a fifth by 2015, services are facing up to the prospect of further cuts thereafter. If healthcare spending is protected in line with GDP, as seems likely, criminal justice spending will fall by a further 3.4 per cent a year between 2014-15 and 2016-17. As Her Majesty’s Inspectorate of Constabulary and the National Audit Office have shown, the “burning platform” of cuts is already driving innovation and better value for money, but efficiencies are time-limited and new models of delivery will be needed to ensure the fiscal sustainability in the future. With wider powers, PCCs would be well placed to achieve such sustainability. Already joint emergency control centres, such as the Tri-Service centre in Gloucestershire, are reducing costs while improving responsiveness. Leading fire services such as Greater Manchester have shown how to reduce costs and make communities safer at the same time, by shifting their resources into fire prevention. The achievement of lower crime and greater safety will enable sustainable reductions in spending, in particular on costly prison places. Commissioners would have a clear incentive to save money since they will be able to pass on savings to their electorates through reductions in the precept portion of local council tax. Such integrated models could be complimented by more creative commissioning and greater use of alternative providers, including private companies. The success of private provision in prisons and police support should give candidates confidence to extend competition elsewhere, for example to fire and rescue, ambulance services and probation. In the UK, private companies already provide fire and rescue services, for example at airports. Privately managed prisons, such as HMP Parc and HMP Doncaster, have shown the value of private sector expertise in integrating through-the-gate services to improve prisoner resettlement and reduce reoffending. Those PCC candidates who have rejected the use of the private sector before they even take office may find themselves unable to effect real change when they are elected. Police and Crime Commissioners are a significant step in the right direction, but they risk losing the confidence of the public if they do not have the tools to effectively address the causes of crime. Of the 43 force areas, more than half have similar boundaries to local probation and fire and rescue authorities, meaning there is already a ready-made framework for integration and local accountability that could be extended to remaining areas with minimal restructuring. If the Government is serious about criminal justice reform, it should take this flagship reform to its logical, local conclusion and devolve power and budgets for all criminal justice and emergency services to PCCs. Details: London: Reform, 2012. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 24, 2012 at: http://www.reform.co.uk/resources/0000/0498/DoingItJustice.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Consolidation Shelf Number: 126790

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty’s Inspectorate of Prisons Title: Expectations: Criteria for Assessing the Conditions for and Treatment of Immigration Detainees Summary: This is the third edition of our Expectations for immigration detention– the criteria we use during our inspections to assess the treatment and conditions of those held in immigration removal centres, short-term holding facilities, family detention and under escort, both within the UK and overseas. These Expectations were drawn up after extensive consultation and are based on and referenced against international human rights standards. They are part of the process by which UK fulfils its obligations as a signatory to the Optional Protocol to the Convention Against Torture and other Cruel, Inhuman or Degrading Treatment or Punishment (OPCAT). They reflect that immigration detainees are not held because they have been charged or convicted with a criminal offence and their detention has not been authorised through any judicial process. These changes are part of a systematic revision of our expectations for all the establishments we inspect to ensure they focus squarely on the outcomes for those held, rather than simply checking process and procedure. However, we recognise that the administrative nature of this type of detention means that procedural safeguards and processes have a particular importance, and our inspections will continue to examine and report on their implementation. Expectations are brigaded under four healthy prison tests – safety, respect, activities and preparation for release. These reflect the tests we apply in all our inspections, adjusted to reflect the nature of immigration detention. Each expectation is underpinned by a series of ‘indicators’, which describe the evidence that will normally indicate to inspectors whether the outcome is likely to have been achieved or not. Expectations describe the standards of treatment and conditions we expect an establishment to achieve. Indicators suggest evidence that may indicate whether the expectations have been achieved. The list of indicators is not exhaustive and these do not exclude an establishment demonstrating the expectation has been met in other ways. Details: London: HM Inspectorate of Prisons, 2012. 142p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 24, 2012 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/about/hmipris/immigration-expectations.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 126791

Author: Bewley, Helen Title: The Effectiveness of Different Community Order Requirements for Offenders Who Received an OASys Assessment Summary: The study used propensity score matching to explore the impact of different community order requirements on the re-offending rate and frequency of re-offending within two years of the initial offence. The analysis used data from the Offender Assessment System, probation and re-offending records and administrative data on employment and benefit receipt. The study found no evidence to suggest that increasing the punitive element of community orders would have a detrimental effect on re-offending, for the combinations of requirements considered. However, combining other types of requirement, such as supervision, with a punitive element, can increase the effectiveness of the community order. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2012. 135p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Research Series 17/12: Accessed October 24, 2012 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/research-and-analysis/moj-research/niesr-report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 126796

Author: Edmundson, Anna Title: Fatally Flawed: Has the State Learned Lessons from the Deaths of Children and Young People in Prison? Summary: The inquests and investigations into the deaths of children and young people in prison between 2003 and 2010 reveal that they were often very vulnerable and that none received the level of support and protection they needed. In many of the cases, the fact that they were in prison in the first place can be seen as symptomatic of failures by agencies within and outside the criminal justice system to address their multiple, often complex, needs. The detailed stories of six of the children and young people who died in prison which feature in this report vividly illustrate the extent of their vulnerabilities and the shortcomings of their treatment both within the justice system and by agencies outside. The information and evidence collated for this report revealed common themes in the experiences and treatment of children and young people who died in prison between 2003 and 2010. These overlapping findings included that they: 1 were some of the most disadvantaged in society and had experienced problems with mental health, self-harm, alcohol and/or drugs; 2 had significant interaction with community agencies before entering prison yet in many cases there were failures in communication and information exchange between prisons and those agencies; 3 despite their vulnerability, they had not been diverted out of the criminal justice system at an early stage and had ended up remanded or sentenced to prison; 4 were placed in prisons with unsafe environments and cells; 5 experienced poor medical care and limited access to therapeutic services in prison; 6 had been exposed to bullying and treatment such as segregation and restraint; 7 were failed by the systems set up to safeguard them from harm. Our analysis also found there had been: 8 inadequate institutional responses to the deaths of children and young people in prison. Our findings indicate there have been failures in how the state treats children and young people in conflict with the law and that the learning and recommendations from inquests and investigations into previous deaths have not been properly implemented. The question this report addresses is whether the State can learn lessons from the deaths of children and young people in prison and act now to put right the flaws identified in order to prevent further deaths in the future. Details: London: Prison Reform Trust and INQUEST, 2012. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 25, 2012 at: http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/Portals/0/Documents/Fatally%20Flawed.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Deaths in Custody (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126797

Author: Brodie, Isabelle Title: Exploring the Scale and Nature of Child Sexual Exploitation in Scotland Summary: The report provides a summary of known evidence about the scale and nature of child sexual exploitation in Scotland, based on existing statistics and research and workshops with practitioner experts. The study had three aims: to review existing research, policy and practice literature from the UK regarding the scale and nature of child sexual exploitation, and trafficking for sexual exploitation, focusing on Scotland; to review key Scottish statistics regarding the scale and nature of child sexual exploitation in Scotland; and to gather preliminary and exploratory information from key professionals regarding their perceptions of the scale and nature of child sexual exploitation in Scotland. Establishing the prevalence of sexual exploitation is very difficult. The problem is not visible, and its existence is difficult to uncover. Specific problems include: growing but still limited awareness of the issue; differences in the ways in which the issue is defined by young people, parents and carers and professionals; and differences in the way in which policy and practice is developed at local level. UK studies of child sexual exploitation have highlighted a number of difficulties associated with establishing prevalence, including different levels of awareness resulting in varying expertise in identifying the issue and a lack of local scoping exercises. The research evidence indicates vulnerability across a range of deprived groups, including those excluded from school, those looked after and those who are delinquent or gang-involved. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2012. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 26, 2012 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Publications/2012/10/9300 Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 126811

Author: Great Britain. Inter-Department Ministerial Group on Human Trafficking Title: First Annual Report of the Inter-Departmental Ministerial Group on Human Trafficking Summary: This report sets out an assessment of human trafficking in the UK by the Inter-Departmental Ministerial Group on Human Trafficking (IDMG), recognising that human trafficking is an international crime that touches people and communities all over the world. The IDMG comprises representatives from the UK Government, the Scottish Government, the Northern Ireland Executive and the Welsh Government. All IDMG members have agreed the content of this report. Fuelled primarily by those who seek to make a profit from the misery of others, human trafficking is the vilest of crimes and equates to modern day slavery. Men, women and children from across the world are exploited and forced into performing services or other work against their will. In some instances the exploitation can be experienced over a prolonged period of time. Those who are exploited may face years of sexual abuse, forced labour, or domestic servitude and, in many instances never fully recover from their traumatic experience. A range of socio-economic factors (including poverty, poor education, and poor employment opportunities) mean that some individuals are more susceptible and vulnerable to exploitation. The ease of international travel allows more and more people to move and settle elsewhere: from villages and towns to cities; from one city or region to another; or across international boundaries; either through necessity or for want of a better life. This increased mobility can be positive both economically and socially but it can also open up greater opportunities for vulnerable people to be exploited. Human trafficking is a global phenomenon and the nature of the crime is such that no one country or agency acting on its own can tackle it effectively. The key to eradicating trafficking is partnership working – at a local, national and international level. The desire of organised criminals to make a profit means that they are constantly changing and evolving their modus operandi to maximise the exploitation of others and to evade law enforcement. The UK must remain alive to this and adapt its response accordingly. The International Labour Organization (ILO) estimates that the profits of traffickers world wide are in excess of 32 billion US$ each year. Anti-trafficking actions must therefore seek to recover victims, reduce the profits of traffickers, and increase their risk of capture, prosecution and conviction. Details: London: Stationery Office, 2012. 107p. Source: Internet Resource: Cm 8421: Accessed November 2, 2012 at: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/crime/human-trafficking-report?view=Binary Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 126815

Author: Nicholls, Carol McNaughton Title: Attitudes to Sentencing Sexual Offences Summary: This report outlines findings of research conducted by Natcen Social Research on victim/survivor1 and public attitudes to sentencing sexual offences. This research was conducted on behalf of the Sentencing Council for England and Wales, to inform their current review of guidelines on sentencing sexual offences, and in accordance with their statutory duties to “produce analysis and research on sentencing”, “promote a clear, fair and consistent approach to sentencing”, and “work to improve public confidence in sentencing.”2 An evidence review was completed as phase one of the research, and suggested that there was a need for up-to-date and methodologically robust research on public and victim/survivor views and sexual offences sentencing. The review identified that new research was needed to explore a range of offences and that not only concentrated on offences such as rape. Qualitative research was the favoured methodology as it allowed research participants the opportunity to provide explanations for the reasons given for suggested sentences, discuss their level of awareness of sentencing, and in the case of research with victim/survivors, enabled interviews to be conducted that were responsive and tailored to personal experience. There are, however, limits to the scope of any research project and this study is no exception – the focus here was on exploring public and victim/survivors’ attitudes and experiences of the sentencing of different sexual offences, and there was not scope to explore a range of additional issues, such as views on the existing sentencing guidelines for sexual offences or the effectiveness of different sanctions. Aims and objectives In this context the aims and objectives of the research were to:  map awareness of the various sanctions for sexual offences that are available;  understand what are considered to be appropriate sanctions and sentences for a range of sexual offences, the reasons for this and the relative gravity of sexual offences against each other and in comparison to other offences;  identify the range of aggravating and mitigating factors that influenced the nature of participants’ responses to the appropriate type and length of sentence, including which factors are more or less important when considering the sentence; and  discuss the purpose of sentencing sexual offences. And in addition, with victim/survivors of sexual offences and their family:  describe the experiences of people affected by sexual offences and the seriousness and harm of the offence; and  where relevant, understand their experience of the sentencing process and the personal impact of the sentence. Details: London: Sentencing Council, 2012. 118p. Source: Internet Resource: Sentencing Council Research Series 01/12: Accessed November 2, 2012 at: http://sentencingcouncil.judiciary.gov.uk/docs/Attitudes_to_Sentencing_Sexual_Offences_(web).pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Public Attitudes Shelf Number: 126817

Author: Bellis, Mark A. Title: Protecting People, Promoting Health – A Public Health Approach to Violence prevention in England Summary: Preventing violence must be seen as a priority for public health, health care and multi-sectoral working in England. Violence is a major cause of ill health and poor wellbeing as well as a drain on health services and the wider economy. However, it is preventable using measures that save much more money than they cost to implement. Interventions, especially those in early childhood, not only prevent individuals developing a propensity for violence but also improve educational outcomes, employment prospects and long-term health outcomes. Abuse in childhood increases risks of violence in later life, but also risks of cancer, heart disease, sexually transmitted infections, substance use, and a wide range of health conditions that are currently stretching health care resources (see chapter 3). Moreover, without safe and secure communities, measures to encourage people to exercise, socialise or adopt more sustainable lifestyles (e.g. using public transport) are more likely to fail as people feel trapped in their houses and cars and unable to engage with local communities. Even broader economic inequalities can remain stubbornly entrenched when investment in the poorest communities is inhibited by risks of violence to staff and customers. The breadth of individuals and organisations affected by violence and the number that need to be coordinated in order to prevent it mean that public health is uniquely positioned to lead programmes on violence prevention, support the implementation of violence prevention activity by partner agencies and make a major contribution to integrated multi-agency working for violence prevention. This document is designed as a resource for those that wish to rise to this challenge. Details: London: Department of Health, 2012. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 2, 2012 at: https://www.wp.dh.gov.uk/publications/files/2012/11/Violence-prevention.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 126821

Author: Simon, Antonia Title: A Rapid Literature Review of Evidence on Child Abuse Linked to Faith or Belief Summary: In early 2011, following a consultation on child abuse relating to a belief in witchcraft and spirit possession, a working group was set up by the DfE to understand better the principal issues. It was agreed that stronger coordination of activity was needed both nationally and locally to raise awareness, develop the skills of practitioners and to support communities themselves in combating and resisting such abuse. Since then, the working group has worked at both national and regional levels to produce a national action plan for England to tackle child abuse linked to faith or belief (DfE, 2012). The action plan focuses on four themes: engaging communities; empowering practitioners; supporting victims and witnesses; and communicating key messages. The DfE requested that the Childhood Wellbeing Research Centre (CWRC) conduct a small-scale review of previous research in this area. This would be used to help inform future policy. Details: London: Childhood Wellbeing Research Centre, Institute of Education, 2012. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: CWRC Working Paper No. 15: Accessed November 2, 2012 at: https://www.education.gov.uk/publications/RSG/AllPublications/Page1/CWRC-00115-2012 Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126850

Author: The Centre for Social Justice Title: Time to Wake Up: Tackling Gangs One Year After the Riots Summary: In 2009 the Centre for Social Justice published Dying to Belong, a landmark review of street gangs in the UK. We argued that gang culture is symptomatic of even deeper social problems: chaotic families; absent fathers; young people cut adrift and lacking purpose; and a revolving door criminal justice system which does nothing to change lives. In Dying to Belong we argued that without concerted action to mend our broken society more violent and appalling disorder will rear its ugly head. There is nothing more dangerous than a group of people who feel they have nothing to gain and nothing to lose. This truth was loudly confirmed when last summer’s riots erupted. Gangs played a significant role in the riots and it is dangerous to pretend otherwise – in London at least one in five of those convicted was known to be part of a gang. One year on, we have talked to members of our UK-wide Alliance of small, frontline organisations and charities asking them how they feel gang culture has changed in the light of the government response. Worryingly, many have drawn us a picture of little or no progress, despite the publication of a positive political strategy. Some have even suggested that the problem is becoming worse with increased violence amongst younger gang members and growing numbers of girls joining gangs. There is also deep concern that the Government is not serious about making a long-term commitment to tackling gang culture and its roots. Many in Whitehall regard the riots as a random one-off and mistake the quashing of the disorder as control of the streets. They could not be more wrong.The alarming fact is that many streets across the country are besieged by anarchy and violence. There is no control in such neighbourhoods. Gangs policy cannot be allowed to drift. To do so would be to give up on children and young people who have already been badly let down. It would leave communities ever more vulnerable to even larger, more active gangs in the future. The Government must rediscover the momentum and commitment it once had to tackle gangs. Without a reversal of the social breakdown and disorder that characterises too much of life in our most deprived communities, we will continue to see wasted generation after wasted generation. And countless other young people will lose their lives to this tragic and pointless violence. In the aftermath of last year’s riots, the Prime Minister declared ‘an all-out war on gangs and culture’ in response to claims that such groups played a significant role in the disorder. Over the past 12 months their part has been continually called into question. Elements of the media have leapt upon the finding that, outside of London, fewer than one in ten arrestees were gang members, citing this as proof that gangs were not pivotal. Statistics revealing that one in five of those arrested in London was a known gang member have been downplayed. Details: London: The Centre for Social Justice, 2012. 15p. Source: Policy Paper: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2012 at http://www.centreforsocialjustice.org.uk/client/images/Gangs%20Report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 126862

Author: Scott, Kenneth B. Title: Research Report: Evaluation of the Strathclyde Extended Deployment of Taser Pilot Summary: In June 2009 the Chief Constable of Strathclyde Police approved the establishment of a pilot project to extend the use of Taser to specially trained officers attending operational incidents involving violence or threats of violence. The aim of the Extended Deployment of Taser (EDT) Pilot was to assess the effectiveness of deploying Specially Trained Officers (STOs), who are not authorised firearms officers, on the front-line with Taser X26 devices as an additional tactical option in operational policing situations requiring the use of force. The Pilot ran from 20 April to 20 October 2010 and thirty response officers from two sub-divisions were selected for specialist training as STOs for the purpose of carrying Taser during their regular periods of duty.This evaluation sought to determine compliance of Specially Trained Officers with the Standard Operating Procedures for the deployment of Taser and reviewed in detail both the small number of incidents in which Taser was deployed within the Pilot (see 1 below), and a number of identified incidents in which STOs decided not to deploy Taser (see 2 below). It concluded that Specially Trained Officers complied with the Procedures and adhered to the requirement to use Taser in ways which were measured, justifiable and proportionate. Details: Dundee, Scotland: The Scottish Institute for Policing Research, 2012. 5p. Source: SIPR Research Summary No. 12: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2012 at http://www.sipr.ac.uk/downloads/Research_Summaries/Research_Summary_12.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Conducted Energy Weapons Shelf Number: 126866

Author: Great Britain. Crown Prosecution Service Title: Violence against Women and Girls Crime Report: 2011-2012 Summary: This CPS Violence Against Women and Girls (VAWG) Crime Report is the fifth edition published by the CPS. As in previous years, it covers a range of VAWG strands: • domestic violence • rape and sexual offences • human trafficking, with a focus on trafficking for sexual exploitation • prostitution, • forced marriage, honour based violence and female genital mutilation • child abuse • pornography. The report provides data and commentary in separate sections on each of the VAWG strands, including a number of case studies and good practice. Key issues that were identified in 2011-12 have been highlighted within each section and may differ according to strands. The CPS collects data14 to assist in the effective management of its prosecution functions. The CPS does not collect data which constitutes official statistics as defined in the Statistics and Registration Service Act 200715. Equality profiles of defendants, by gender and ethnicity, are assessed and reported on in this report. Data on victims are reported where available and are still under further development. Details: London: Crown Prosecution Services, 2012. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 5, 2012 at: http://www.cps.gov.uk/publications/docs/cps_vawg_report_2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse Shelf Number: 126876

Author: Great Britain. Parliament. House of Commons. Environmental Audit Committee Title: Wildlife Crime. Third Report of Session 2012-13. Summary: Wildlife protection laws in the UK are fractured and are being inconsistently applied in the courts, according to a report by Parliament's cross-party environmental watchdog. Wildlife legislation has become so complex that prosecutions fail and even specialist enforcement professionals struggle to implement it effectively. Hundreds of birds of prey have been deliberately poisoned with substances such as carbofuran that have no legal use. The Government could easily make possession an offence under legislation that has been on the statute book since 2006. The lack of sentencing guidelines on wildlife offences means that some offenders are being neither punished nor deterred in the courts. The CPS is failing to train its prosecutors to handle complex wildlife cases. The inflexible implementation in UK law of international agreements covering the trafficking of endangered species squanders limited resources. For example, a vet might have to be present when samples are taken from imported endangered species, which includes not only living animals but mahogany furniture. Internationally, the report examines how the rhino, tiger and elephant are being driven to extinction by growing demand for illegal wildlife products in south-east Asia and China. It calls on the Government to exert robust diplomatic pressure in favour of the development and enforcement of wildlife law at the next CITES (the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora) meeting in March 2013. In particular, the Government should focus attention on the damaging effect of ‘one-off’ sales of impounded ivory, which has been found to actually fuel demand for ivory products, and seek an unequivocal international ban on all forms of ivory trade. Details: London: The Stationery Office Limited, 2012. 2 volumes Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 9, 2012 at: http://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201213/cmselect/cmenvaud/140/140.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Animal Poaching Shelf Number: 126897

Author: Holly, Jennifer Title: Promising Practices: Mental Health Trust Responses to Domestic Violence Summary: The links between experiences of trauma and psychological distress are well understood, with much research having been undertaken to explore the mental health sequelae to experiencing abuse in childhood, being the victim of sexual assault and rape, or witnessing violence in conflict settings (Golding, 1999; Harold and Howarth, 2004; Rees et al, 2011: Tanielian and Jaycox, 2008). In terms of domestic violence, the last decade has seen a significant growth in the understanding of survivors’ mental health problems being a “symptom of abuse” (Humphreys and Thiara, 2003). Female survivors of domestic violence experience markedly higher levels of depression, anxiety, eating disorders, self-harming and suicidal ideation than the general female population (Campbell, 2002; Dutton et al, 2005; Howard et al, 2010a). Unsurprisingly, reported rates of lifetime experiences of domestic violence among psychiatric patients is higher than the general population. Despite the high prevalence of domestic violence in the lives of the people who use mental health services, experiences of abuse are not routinely enquired about (Howard et al, 2010b). Furthermore, practice-based evidence collated through the Stella Project Mental Health Initiative, a three-year project funded by the Department of Health to look at models of supporting survivors who have mental health and/or substance use problems, suggests that neither the links between experiences of abuse and service users’ current mental health problems nor the risk of further abuse are routinely assessed within mental health services in England. This research was completed to ascertain what Mental Health Trusts in England are currently doing to address domestic violence and to identify areas of good practice. Details: London: AVA ( Against Violence and Abuse), 2012. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2012 at http://www.avaproject.org.uk/media/106656/promising%20practices%20-%20mental%20health%20trust%20responses%20to%20domestic%20violence.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126915

Author: Great Britain. Serious Organised Crime Agency Title: UKHTC: A Baseline Assessment on the Nature and Scale of Human Trafficking in 2011 Summary: The UK Human Trafficking Centre has produced an assessment to give an indication of the nature and scale of human trafficking during 2011. This is the first time an attempt has been made to describe the full extent of human trafficking in the UK. The assessment explores the number of potential victims, their country or origin, exploitation types, recruitment techniques and transport methods. Information received by the centre suggests that 2,077 potential victims of human trafficking were identified in the UK, and the two most prevalent exploitation types were sexual and labour. David Dillnutt, Head of the UKHTC, said: “Human trafficking is a complex crime and the true scale of it – and the number of victims – is largely hidden. “What this assessment gives us though, for the first time, is a better understanding of the extent of human trafficking. It aims to inform the UK’s response at a government, law enforcement, and non-governmental organisation level. “Investigating this type of crime is a challenge to us all as victims are often kept locked away and unseen by society. We need the public to help us too and I urge anyone with information on a potential victim of trafficking to share it with the authorities.” The UKHTC provides tactical advice to police forces and other law enforcement agencies, and works with a wide range of partners, including NGOs, to support victims of all forms of trafficking. Details: London: United Kingdom Human Trafficking Centre; Serious Organized Crime Agency, 2012. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2012 at http://www.soca.gov.uk/about-soca/library/doc_download/400-soca-ukhtc-baseline-assessment Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Trends (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126921

Author: Guasp, April Title: One Minority at a Time: Being Black and Gay Summary: There are over 400,000 black and minority ethnic lesbian, gay and bisexual people living in Great Britain. They are Chinese, Indian, Pakistani, Black Caribbean and a whole host of other identities. Some are open about their sexual orientation living, socialising and even praying with heterosexual friends and family. Some are not open. Some worry about how they might be treated if people were to know about their sexual orientation. For many, the decision about whether to be open about their sexual orientation is one that requires a great deal of thought and consideration. All gay people consider whether people will reject them when they learn about their sexual orientation. As a society we have decided that our public services should serve all citizens; black, white, straight or gay. This report highlights where we may not yet be getting this right and suggests some actions that service deliverers could take to match our aspirations with the needs and experiences of lesbian, gay and bisexual service users from black and minority ethnic backgrounds. This report has been produced by Stonewall, the lesbian, gay and bisexual charity and Runnymede, the UK’s leading independent race equality think tank. Researchers from Stonewall and Runnymede have spoken to over 50 lesbian, gay and bisexual people from black and minority ethnic backgrounds. They have shared their experiences about being gay as well as their experiences of accessing public services. The Equality Act 2010 places a duty on public bodies to proactively consider the needs and experiences of their lesbian, gay and bisexual service users. A similar duty has existed in relation to race since 2002 and although some progress has been made to understand the experiences of black and minority ethnic people very few public bodies have taken into account the fact that some black people are also gay or disabled or indeed both. Details: London: Runnymede Trust; Stonewall, 2012. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2012 at http://www.stonewall.org.uk/documents/one_minority_at_a_time_final.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Black British Shelf Number: 126924

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Statutory Guidance: Injunctions to Prevent Gang-Related Violence Summary: This statutory guidance on injunctions to prevent gang-related violence draws on the experience and knowledge of the police service, local authorities and a wide range of local partners involved in dealing with violent gangs. It has been developed and approved by partners across the Criminal Justice System, as well as local practitioners. It has been produced after consultation with the Lord Chief Justice and the Master of the Rolls, and has been laid before Parliament by the Home Secretary. The Policing and Crime Act 2009 (‘the 2009 Act’) contains provision for injunctions to prevent gang-related violence to be sought against an individual; the Crime and Security Act 2010 contains provision for breach of an injunction to be enforced against 14–17 year olds. This document provides guidance on the use of injunctions for those aged 18 and over only. It is envisaged that injunctions to address gang-related violence for 14-17 year olds will be piloted in 2011 and that this guidance will be updated accordingly. Details: London: The Stationery Office, 2010. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 20, 2012 at: http://www.official-documents.gov.uk/document/other/9780108509599/9780108509599.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 126933

Author: Coy, Maddy Title: Picking Up the Pieces: Domestic Violence and Child Contact Summary: Whilst a minority (one in ten) of parental separations reach family courts in England and Wales as a means of settling disputes over the residence of, and contact with, children (ONS, 2008), domestic violence is the most common welfare issue raised in proceedings (Hunt & Macleod, 2008). Concern about how the family justice system responds to children having contact with fathers who have abused their mothers is not new. Specialist women’s support services have long highlighted that it is problematic to presume that the relationship between a child and abusive parent is unaffected by violence, and that contact proceedings are frequently invoked by perpetrators as a means of seeking to continue to control women and children. A wide range of studies has shown that judicial decisions about contact which fail to take safety into account endanger women and children physically and emotionally (e.g. Radford et al, 1997; Mullender et al, 2002; Harrison, 2008; Thiara, 2010; Thiara & Gill, 2012), and in some cases where courts have allowed unsupervised contact with violent men, children have been killed (Saunders, 2004). Yet a presumption that contact is always in the best interests of the child, combined with an increasing focus on fathers’ rights, casts long shadows over legal judgements, policy frameworks and individual cases. The research on which this report is based examines child contact proceedings as a legal process, to identify if, how and when domestic violence was presented before the court and then factored into judicial decision making. Drawing on in-depth interviews with women who had recently completed, or were currently undergoing, proceedings and a survey of legal professionals, the project built on an existing rich body of knowledge about child contact to highlight specific points where private law Children Act proceedings can enable women to protect themselves and their children, or facilitate perpetrators’ attempts to continue power and control. The recommendations we make highlight where the current legal process could be revised in order to make a significant difference to women and children’s safety and wellbeing. We also point to promising practices that could be integrated into systems and processes. A second aim of the research was to investigate the financial impact of involvement in proceedings for women who may have already been impoverished through financial abuse by their ex-partners and/or the expense of leaving their homes. Access to justice through family law remedies – whether in response to proceedings initiated by violent ex-partners or as a possibility for women to create safety buffers through the protection of court orders – is fundamentally dependent on available and sufficient resources. This is especially topical since reductions in central Government funding for legal aid will mean a reduction in the availability of legal aid for family law cases from April 2013, creating a further barrier to and burden on women. For women from minority communities, who may have fewer socio-economic and social resources, the diminished availability of legal aid has even more acute implications (Thiara & Gill, 2012). While explicitly asking about funding for legal representation, we also explored wider financial impacts here; to what extent preparing for court, attending hearings and facilitating contact affected women’s employment and income. This report is structured through the journey of contact proceedings, beginning from histories of violence and separation and ending with the aftermath. First we present a brief overview of the current evidence base on domestic violence and child contact to contextualise our own research. Details: London: Rights of Women and Child and Woman Abuse STudies Unit (London Metropolitan University), 2012. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 20, 2012 at: http://www.rightsofwomen.org.uk/pdfs/Policy/Picking_Up_the_Pieces_Report_final.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 126944

Author: Scotland. Auditor General Title: Reducing Reoffending in Scotland Summary: This audit looked specifically at reducing reoffending. The overall aim was to assess the efficiency and effectiveness of approaches taken to reduce reoffending. The audit focused on what happens to adult offenders sentenced in court. We did not look at preventative work designed to stop people offending in the first place or measures to prevent low-level offenders going to court, such as police warnings or fines imposed by a procurator fiscal. We identified the scale and nature of reoffending, the range of options for sentencing and the amount of money spent on reducing reoffending. We also assessed the effectiveness of partnership working, including the role of CJAs. We did not include young people referred back to the children’s hearing system by a sheriff. Evidence for this audit is based on an analysis of national and local data; information from SPS, the Scottish Government, CJAs and criminal justice social work services; and interviews with a wide range of people who work with offenders. In addition, we commissioned a series of focus groups to gather views of people currently serving a community or prison sentence; and a review of evidence on levels of reoffending in other countries. This work is published in two supplementary reports available on our website www.audit-scotland.gov.uk. A detailed description of our methodology is provided in Appendix 2 and details of our advisory group in Appendix 3. We have developed a series of questions for CJA board members to use to help them improve the effectiveness of the CJA in reducing reoffending. These are included in Appendix 4. Our report is in four parts: • Reoffending in Scotland (Part 1). • Expenditure on reducing reoffending (Part 2). • Services to reduce reoffending (Part 3). • Effectiveness of current arrangements (Part 4). Details: Edinburgh: Audit Scotland, 2012. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2012 at: http://www.audit-scotland.gov.uk/docs/central/2012/nr_121107_reducing_reoffending.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Recidivism Shelf Number: 126952

Author: Sapouna, Maria Title: What Works to Reduce Reoffending: A Summary of the Evidence Summary: This paper has been prepared to support the next stage in the development of the Reducing Reoffending Programme led by the Justice Directorate in the Scottish Government. Its aim is to review the evidence on the effectiveness of different approaches to reduce reoffending or, in other words, promote desistance from crime among young people and adults. The term “desistance” is used extensively in the paper and refers to an extended period of refraining from further offending. However, there is considerable disagreement among researchers about how long an offender must be crime-free before being considered a “desister”, with some researchers claiming that “true desistance” can be determined with certainty only after offenders die. In most evaluations, a two-year follow-up period is used to differentiate desisters from recidivists. The review did not consider studies that assessed the effectiveness of criminal justice interventions in achieving outcomes other than reduced reoffending such as increased public confidence in the criminal justice system and justice to victims. Where available, information on value for money of interventions is provided. The timescales for completing this piece of work were very tight and precluded a comprehensive search of the literature. The review draws heavily upon some key sources of evidence from within Scotland, the rest of the UK and other countries that were easily accessible, mainly systematic reviews of “what works” to reduce reoffending and qualitative studies investigating offenders’ own perceptions of the desistance process and the factors that facilitated or hindered a sustained abstinence from offending. It is hoped, however, that this paper will remain a work in progress that will be updated as additional evidence becomes available. The paper was subject to peer review from analytical and policy officials in the Scottish Government, academics and other experts whose contributions greatly enhanced its quality. This paper also includes a review of ‘what works’ with women offenders. Despite a wealth of studies of male offenders there is a paucity of research which can provide answers to ‘what works’ to reduce reoffending in women. Only three studies in a review by Harper and Chitty (2005) of ‘what works’ with offenders included women, while for their meta-analysis of interventions with female offenders, Dowden and Andrews (1999) were only able to identify 26 studies solely (16) or predominantly (10) involving women. Although there are very few robust outcome studies in the UK that disaggregated by gender, the search of the literature did find a small number of international studies which did measure differences in recidivism. The review also draws evidence from qualitative research which elicits the views of women offenders to gain insights into their perceptions of the offending and desistance pathway. It is important to note that this review does not claim to provide a “gold-standard” solution to the problem of reoffending that can successfully fit all offenders as desistance from offending is a complex, subjective process and what may work for some may not work for others. However, it is hoped that the review will provide some direction to policy makers on the type of interventions that have, overall, proven more effective in reducing reoffending. Details: Edinburgh: Justice Analytical Services Scottish Government, 2011. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2012 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/0038/00385880.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Desistance from Crime Shelf Number: 126953

Author: Williams, Kim Title: Prisoners’ Childhood and Family Backgrounds: Results from the Surveying Prisoner Crime Reduction (SPCR) Longitudinal Cohort Study of Prisoners Summary: This report examines the childhood and family background of prisoners, their current family relationships, and associations between these characteristics and reoffending. It also estimates the number of children in England and Wales who experience parental imprisonment. It is based on Wave 1 of a longitudinal cohort study (Surveying Prisoner Crime Reduction (SPCR)). SPCR tracked the progress of newly sentenced prisoners in England and Wales. The report finds that many prisoners came from problematic backgrounds, and that prisoners with background experiences such as having been in care, been abused, or been excluded from school, were more likely to be reconvicted than those without. The report also finds that many prisoners have children and value their families now, and see the support of their families as important in stopping them from reoffending in the future. Based on prison data and SPCR data, the report estimates that approximately 200,000 children were affected over the course of 2009 by a parent being in, or going to, prison. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2012. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Research Series 4/12; Accessed November 24, 2012 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/research-and-analysis/moj-research/prisoners-childhood-family-backgrounds.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Background, Prisoners Shelf Number: 126986

Author: Children's Rights Alliance for England Title: Ending Violence against Children in Custody: Findings from research with children and young people Summary: Children in custody, like all children, have the right to be free from all forms of violence. This report presents the findings of research carried out with children and young people with experience of custody. It highlights the views and opinions of children and young people about their personal experiences of violence in custody and their recommendations for how it can be reduced or eradicated. This report is published as part of the Ending Violence against Children in Custody project, coordinated by the Children’s Rights Alliance for England (CRAE). Details: London: Children's Rights Alliance for England, 2012. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 24, 2012 at: http://www.violencefreecustody.org.uk/site/assets/files/1113/crae_report_ending_violence_against_children_in_custody_in_england_final_nov_14.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Detention (U.K.) Shelf Number: 126991

Author: Malloch, Margaret Title: Care and Support for Adult Victims of Trafficking in Human Beings: A Review Summary: This evidence and practice review was commissioned by the Scottish Government to examine the care and support needs of victims of human trafficking and what works to meet those needs. This review is not an evaluation; rather it provides an overview of the identified care and support needs of victims of different forms of human trafficking exploitation; considers good practice in recent adult victim care by identifying different models of care and support in a range of jurisdictions; and considers the extent to which existing evidence is able to provide an indication of what works to meet the needs of different victims. The review also aims to consider how effectively the needs of different adult victims of trafficking are met in Scotland, on the basis of review of international evidence; and to highlight any existing gaps in services and support provision. While acknowledging the interconnection of other issues such as provision of compensation and repatriation, this review is limited to the provision of crisis and short to mid term care and support services. The review is based on an extensive search of local, national and international documentary data including research reports, evaluations, practice guides, policy documents and website data collection. Until recently, the main sources of information on trafficking came from reports produced by international organisations and Non-Government Organisations (NGOs), often reporting on their experiences in practice and focused upon outlining the extent and nature of trafficking. More recently, attention has been given to the support and protection of trafficking victims. However, as this review highlights, there is a distinct lack of evidence-based data which provides a basis from which the most appropriate and/or cost-effective interventions can be determined. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2012. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 26, 2012 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/0040/00404917.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Trafficking (Scotland) Shelf Number: 127002

Author: Orr, Kate Skellington Title: Perceptions of Summary Criminal Justice in Scotland Summary: In July and August 2011, three deliberative research workshops were held with members of the public in Scotland: one each in Ayr, Livingston and Aberdeen. This was part of a wider evaluation to explore the impact of Summary Justice Reforms (SJR) on victims and witnesses, as well as to gauge public perceptions of the summary justice system, and the reforms overall. This report focuses specifically on participant’s understanding, perceptions and expectations of the Summary Criminal Justice System in Scotland; how people view justice per se; and what could be done to improve or maximise public confidence in the system. The research found that there was limited and often inaccurate knowledge of the criminal justice system in Scotland among participants in this research. Participants did, however, want to know more about the system and there was a desire for fewer barriers to information, including the removal of jargon in the system, to make it more accessible. Participants wanted to see greater respect for victims and witnesses in the system, including better treatment at court and the receipt of case progress information at all stages of the justice process. The public court experience was perceived to be intimidating and not easy to understand, and this was compounded by perceptions that professionals working within the court system (including defence and prosecution agents) were unsympathetic to how daunting the experience may be for members of the public. Participants perceived the current system to treat the accused better than victims and witnesses, and believed that the court and prison system was not taken seriously by some offenders. Views on sentencing were complex. Community sentences and community payback were generally well supported by all participants as a means of delivering ‘visible justice’, which directly benefited those affected by the crimes. Views on custodial sentences were more varied with views expressed that while prison sentences needed to be imposed in a fair and consistent manner, they also needed to be sufficiently tough that offenders would be deterred from committing further crimes. Restoring and improving social values of respect for justice and authority overall was seen as a key underlying challenge to improving public confidence in the future. There was no suggestion, however, that responsibility for this should necessarily sit with the justice system. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2012. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 26, 2012 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/0040/00405883.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Courts Shelf Number: 127004

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice Title: Statistics on Women and the Criminal Justice System 2011 Summary: This report provides information about how females and males were represented in the Criminal Justice System (CJS) in the most recent year for which data were available, and, wherever possible, across the last five years. Section 95 of the Criminal Justice Act 1991 requires the Government to publish statistical data to assess whether any discrimination exists in how the CJS treats people based on their gender. These statistics are used by policy makers, the agencies who comprise the CJS and others (e.g. academics) to monitor differences between females and males, and to highlight areas where practitioners and others may wish to undertake more in-depth analysis. The identification of differences should not be equated with discrimination as there are many reasons why apparent disparities may exist. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2012. 160p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 26, 2012 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/statistics/criminal-justice-stats/women-cjs-2011/statistics-women-cjs-2011-v2.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 127007

Author: Cavanagh, Ben Title: Religiously Aggravated Offending in Scotland 2011-12 Summary: There has been an increase in the number of recorded religious aggravation charges in 2011-12 compared with previous years. For this report, 876 charges with a religious aggravation reported in 2011-12 were analysed, compared with 693 charges in 2010-11. This is an increase of 26%. As COPFS have suggested, this increase may be partly due to increased awareness, reporting and recording of these crimes, following several incidents which received media attention during 2011-2012. A substantial proportion (40%) of all charges were in Glasgow, 93% of the accused were male and 58% were between the ages of 16 and 30. Fifty-seven percent of all charges were reported by the police as being alcohol related. Glasgow was one of the four local authority areas where there was a reduction in the number of aggravations compared to the previous year. The data analysed in this report did not however allow for further explanations of regional differences. Although the number of football-related charges rose in the last year by 16% (from 231 to 267) the proportion went down from 33% to 31% of charges. The number of charges occurring in football stadiums also decreased from 90 (13%) to 67 (8%). This reduction in charges may in part be explained by the increased focus on football-policing and supporter conduct through the work of the Joint Action Group on Football, established in 2011. Roman Catholicism and Protestantism were most often the religions that were the subject of abuse. The proportional spread of the religions that were targeted was similar to the previous year: 57.7% in 2010-11 and 58.1% in 2011-12 for Roman Catholicism; and 36.5% in 2010-11 and 40.3% in 2011-12 for Protestantism. Police officers were the most common target of religiously aggravated offending, in over half (51%) of all charges. The occasions when religious abuse targeted people within the ‘general community’ and not a particular individual, represented 30% of all charges, a proportional reduction since 2010-11. There has been a slight rise since 2010-11 in the use of custody for religiously aggravated offences. The figures show that 43% of charges resulted in fines in 11-12 (42% in 10-11), 22% community penalty in 11-12 (25% in 10-11), 20% custody in 11-12 (18% in 10-11) and 14.9% ‘other’ in 11-12, which is exactly the same as 10-11. Although this research provides insight into the nature of religious offending and will enable comparisons for analysis of trends in future years, there are, as noted in chapter 3 of this report, a number of qualifications for the understanding of this information which means that this report presents only a partial view of the nature of religiously motivated offending in Scotland. To understand changes in the number of charges with a religious aggravation, there is a need to know more about the enforcement strategies of the police. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2012. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2012 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/0040/00408745.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 127014

Author: Barrow Cadbury Trust Title: Coping with Kidulthood: The Hidden Truth Behind Britain’s Abandoned Adolescents Summary: The T2A Alliance is a coalition of organisations and individuals working to improve the life chances of young adults between the ages of 18 and 25 who are at risk of falling into the criminal justice system. This report will feed into our work over the coming year and provides the first building block in the creation of a campaign manifesto planned for 2009. The report is based on two pieces of new empirical research commissioned exclusively for the T2A Alliance: • The first, by the public opinion research company Populus, consists of focus group research comparing the life experiences of a group of male young offenders with a group of male university students. • The second, by the market research company Com Res, is the result of opinion polling carried out among 1001 young people to test their attitudes towards a broad set of policy initiatives related to youth justice. • Of the 1001 young people polled 83% say that getting work experience and having good job opportunities is a key factor in helping young people move away from crime. • 76% also believe that ensuring access to youth clubs and community centres for young people so that they can socialise and interact was important in countering youth crime. • 82% believe that it is important going to a school that does not tolerate bad behaviour and instils discipline and personal responsibility in its pupils. • For young people who have drug or alcohol problems 78% think that immediate and regular support by social services is an important way of tackling the problem. Details: London: The Transition to Adulthood (T2A) Alliance, 2009. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2012 at: http://www.bctrust.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/T2A-Kidulthood_Report-Barrow_Cadbury_Trust-2009.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 127015

Author: Levi, Michael Title: eCrime Reduction Partnership Mapping Study Summary: High quality data on eCrimes are hard to find, both nationally and internationally. This makes rational policy decisions for both public and private sectors – which anyway are interdependent in both directions – even more difficult than they would otherwise be, as nation states grapple falteringly with transnational crimes and with transnational legal processes, priorities and scarce resources. • The majority of eCrime data collection practices adopt sub-standard methodologies that produce a very partial picture of the problem. Large government surveys, such as the Crime Survey for England and Wales (formerly the British Crime Survey), the Offending, Crime and Justice Survey and Commercial Victimisation Survey only intermittently include questions that relate directly to eCrimes, though the CSEW and the Scottish Crime and Justice Survey have looked regularly at card and identity crimes, and fear of them, and have found that identity thefts arouse more concern than do other crimes. Identity thefts can occur offline, but it seems plausible that when responding, people will be thinking about online data ‘theft’ from hacking or social engineering. eCrime questions in European surveys, such as the Community Surveys on ICT Usage, have been found to be unreliable. Vendor sources, such as private security surveys, are often based on breach data identified by vendor software, resulting in partial datasets. Official criminal justice related datasets rely on both reported and officially recorded incidents of eCrimes, while even good administrative data in the private sector (e.g. UK Payments, CIFAS Fraud Prevention Service) cannot avoid excluding unidentified eFrauds (for example in the large category of ‘bad debt’). In the UK only the Oxford Internet Surveys and the Information Security Breaches Survey (pre-2010) produce eCrimes data that are of gold-standard methodologically: however neither of them survey or estimate direct or indirect economic losses from eCrimes. • The introduction of security breach notification requirements to some UK public and private sector organisations in May 20111 may provide a more robust evidence base on eCrimes breaches. It is however too early to assess the quality of this new data stream that is only recently under the coordination of the Office of Communications (Ofcom) and the Information Commissioner’s Office (ICO). • Based on the best data available, an upward trend is evident for both domestic and business related eCrimes. The Information Security Breaches Survey (2010) indicates a sharp upward trend in all business eCrimes compared to 2008 data. While less extreme, the upward trend in domestic data as recorded by the Oxford Internet Survey (2011) applies to all eCrimes other than obscenity. • Independent of actual levels of fraud, there is high public anxiety about eCrimes, and such anxieties require ‘reassurance policing’ that contains both real responses to experienced crimes and a range of public and third party measures to guide sound as well as just profitable risk-reduction practices. Details: Cardiff, Wales: Cardiff Centre for Crime, Law and Justice Cardiff School of Social Sciences, 2012. 85p. Source: Iinternet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2012 at: http://dpalliance.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2012/09/20120910-eCrime_Reduction_Partnership_Mapping_Study.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Computer Crime (U.K.) Shelf Number: 127027

Author: Berlowitz, Sue Title: I thought I was the only one. The only one in the world. The Office of the Children’s Commissioner’s Inquiry into Child Sexual Exploitation In Gangs and Groups Summary: Imagine that within three medium sized secondary schools every pupil was being subjected to sexual violence on a routine basis over months, and sometimes years, by multiple perpetrators; or that within 20 medium sized secondary schools every child was displaying behaviours which indicated they were at significant risk of being sexually exploited, and only a small number of staff acted on these warning signs. The equivalent of this is true. Based on evidence submitted to the CSEGG Inquiry, at least 16,500 children were identified as being at risk of child sexual exploitation during one year and 2,409 children were confirmed as victims of sexual exploitation in gangs and groups during the 14-month period from August 2010 to October 2011. Evidence to the Inquiry indicates that in any given year the actual number of children being abused is far greater than the 2,409 that have been confirmed. Interviews with children and young people, evidence collected during site visits and gathered at hearing sessions all indicated that many children who were sexually exploited either remained unseen by professionals or, even when known, were not recorded in the call for evidence submissions received by the OCC. 16,500 children from across England were identified as being at high risk of child sexual exploitation during the period April 2010-March 2011. This figure is based on children who displayed three or more signs of behaviour indicating they were at risk of child sexual exploitation. These are the main findings of the Inquiry into Child Sexual Exploitation in Gangs and Groups (CSEGG) by the Office of the Children’s Commissioner (OCC). Details: London: Children's Commissioner, 2012. 138p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2012 at: http://www.childrenscommissioner.gov.uk/content/publications/content_636 Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse (U.K.) Shelf Number: 127028

Author: Matrix Evidence Title: Break-Even Analysis of T2A Intervention for Young Adults Summary: Young adults, aged between 18 and 24, account for a disproportionate amount of offending, providing a prima facie case for providing services aimed specifically at reducing the level of reoffending by these young people. However, the Criminal Justice System (CJS) does not distinguish between the needs of young adults and older adults when implementing interventions aimed at reducing reoffending. The youth justice system applies to young people up to age 17, but once young people reach 18 years old they are considered adults and essentially treated the same as older adults. The Barrow Cadbury Trust’s ‘Transition to Adulthood’ (T2A) programme funds several pilot schemes that provide services to young adult offenders with the ultimate aim of reducing the likelihood of reoffending. We undertook a ‘break-even’ analysis of the T2A programme. In other words, we identified the impact that the programme would need to have on reducing reoffending in order to pay for itself. The key findings are • If set-up costs of the programme pilot are excluded, the programme would have to reduce of reoffending of 6.1% to pay for itself. This equates to between one and two offences per average young adult (specifically a reduction of 1.4 offences from approximately 39 offences over the future lifetime to 37 after the intervention). • If set-up costs are included, the required reduction in reoffending would need to be to 7.3% (or a reduction of 1.7 offences per average young adult). • A comparison of these reductions with those found in a previous study we conducted suggests that such impacts (6.1% and 7.3%) are feasible. These levels are equivalent to 1,540 (excluding set-up costs) and 1,828 (including set-up costs) offences being prevented over the lifetime of the 1,071 young adults benefiting from the pilot. These result in an average saving per young adult over their future lifetime due to the T2A programme of £1,416 and £1,680 respectively. The actual break-even point required might actually be different to that estimated in our model for several reasons, such as: • where the young adult is in the CJS, if at all; • the level of risk of the young people who participate in the T2A programme; and • whether costs of volunteer time in would need to be paid for. Details: London: Barrow Cadbury Trust, 2009. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 1, 2012 at: Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 127085

Author: Sturmey, Tony Title: Plant Theft in the UK & the Industry Response Summary: Construction Equipment (usually referred to as Plant) is commonly found at building sites and roadworks. The term “Plant” covers a variety of equipment from handheld portable tools to large earthmoving equipment and mobile cranes. There are many types of plant covering a wide variety of uses including such items as generators, excavators, and access platforms. As technology progresses, Plant has become more compact. A side effect of this is that Plant has become easier to steal. Like anything which has value and for which there is a ready market, machinery and equipment is highly susceptible to theft. For Plant, the risk is greater, as most items can be either carried away or, in the case of a large proportion of mobile plant, started with the use of a single common key. The precise extent of the problem in financial terms is open for dispute, but it is accepted the problem is commonplace in the UK costing in the region of £1.5 million every week, with mini-diggers alone producing annual estimated losses of around £20.0 million. The principal victims of Plant theft are the contractors, the Insurers, banks and financial institutions. Uninsured losses to the Plant owner are estimated to be twice the value of the item stolen and reflect the cost of delays and administrative expenses that arise following the theft. Once stolen, equipment is rarely recovered. Until recently, the recovery rates for Plant were in the region of 5%. This compares to 70% for other vehicles such as cars. There are numerous causes for this wide discrepancy, not least of which is the lack of any uniform and centralised data registration system for recording Plant identification. In fact, even when it is recovered, items of Plant often remains unidentified by Insurers who lack specific details of what was insured and Owners who, having received monies from their Insurers, have already replaced the stolen items. In the UK Insurance market it is common practise to write policies on a “blanket” or unspecified basis. As a result Insurers often do not have the specific details of the Plant they are covering, no idea if the declared New Replacement Value is accurate and very little idea how it’s being protected against Theft. Only in situations when the Plant is hired out do Insurers retain, at least some possibility of recouping their losses under Hire Conditions that may make the Hirer responsible for loss or damage. In an effort to combat theft, the “Plant Theft Action Group” (PTAG) was formed in 1996 as a Home office advisory body under the auspices of the Vehicle Crime Reduction Team (VCRAT). The Home Office produced the first version of its Security Guidance Document in 2002. Despite the efforts of this and other industry groups, until recently little progress had been made, as Insurers, manufacturers and users failed to find a common basis to move forward. The picture that emerges is that overall Plant is poorly protected, with mini-excavators and trailer/towed Plant being particularly vulnerable. Details: International Association of Engineering Insurers, 2010. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 2, 2012 at http://www.imia.com/downloads/external_papers/EP44_2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Burglary Shelf Number: 127100

Author: Spalek, Basia Title: Preventing Religio-Political Extremism Amongst Muslim Youth: a study exploring police-community partnership Summary:  Counter-terrorism policing in the UK is undergoing a steep learning curve due to the introduction of overt community policing models. As a result, efforts need to be made to examine the extent to which policing efforts are community focussed and/or community-targeted.  Accountability towards communities is increasingly a feature or indeed a challenge for policing: community focused, problem-oriented policing requires police to be responsive to citizens‟ demands, and as such, counter-terrorism police officers working with and within communities must also be accountable to them.  Accountability is not only about being accessible and visible to communities, it is also about police officers being open about the fact they are counter-terrorism officers.  A key aspect of this accountability is information-sharing, and currently police officers are grappling with what information to release to communities regarding terrorism and counter-terrorism related issues, how to go about sharing this and to whom this should be made available. They are attempting to change the secretive culture of traditional counter-terrorism policing to see how this can be made more visible and open.  Overt counter-terrorism policing models can be used to gain valuable information from communities that may have, traditionally, been obtained through covert policing strategies. This highlights the real value of an open approach by police and highlights the importance of considering the balance and links between overt and covert approaches. Police-community partnership  Our study highlights the importance of relationship building between police officers and community members. It is important to stress that this study suggests that relationship-building in a counter-terrorism context presents particular challenges, and therefore requires added sensitivity.  Information-sharing is seen as a key way of building trust.  In areas deemed at „high risk‟ of violent extremism – by the authorities or communities - it is likely that both overt and covert policing is taking place. This creates a tension and challenge for community members who may be engaging with overt police officers whilst also believing that they are the subject of covert observation and other operations.  Given the sensitivities around counter-terrorism, it may be that police officers working overtly should be specially selected for their skills in engaging with communities. Additionally, police officers may need to consider that counter-terrorism is distinct from other areas of policing due to the historical legacy and wider socio-political context.  Community members can play a crucial role in helping to risk-assess those individuals who have come to the attention of the police or other agencies for a perceived vulnerability to violent extremism, for there may be aspects to individuals‟ lives that only community members can witness, understand and evaluate.  It is crucial that partnership is pursued as a goal in relation to intelligence/information sharing between communities and police and other agencies. There may be a danger that statutory agencies enter into relationships and agreements with community members that may prioritise the risk and other needs of those agencies rather than the risks and the needs of community members themselves.  The need to acknowledge and address the risks to communities as well as state agencies highlights the fundamental connection between state and community securities.  This study found multiple layers to risk. One key issue relates to the identification of risk: who decides whether a set of vulnerabilities constitutes risk of violent extremism and how this is managed. In a situation where risk is being assessed by different agencies, it is important to consider whose voice carries most weight and whether there is a danger that community voices are marginalised. Details: Birmingham, UK: University of Birmingham, Religion & Society, 2011. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 3, 2012 at: http://www.religionandsociety.org.uk/uploads/docs/2011_04/1302685819_preventing-religio-political-extremism-spalek-april2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Counter-terrorism (U.K.) Shelf Number: 127111

Author: Nacro Title: Reducing Offending by Looked After Children Summary: Nacro, the largest crime reduction charity in the UK, has published a new guide for practitioners working with looked after children. This essential guide examines some of the key issues in relation to looked after children and the prevention of offending. Highlighting the principal legislative provisions relating to looked after children, it also addresses the main strategic and operational issues for youth offending teams and children’s services arising from this area. It then considers key decision making points in the criminal justice system which can influence outcomes for looked after children and the importance of using diversionary approaches where appropriate. Examining the particular problems that looked after children can face when remanded or sentenced to custody, the guide also sets out the arrangements for professional support from children’s services, independent reviewing officers and youth offending teams before finally considering the importance of good leaving care services in preventing offending. Equipped with useful checklists for practitioners, this guide to reducing offending by looked after children will be of interest to local authorities, youth offending teams and those working with looked after children in foster care and children's homes. Details: London: Nacro, 2012. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 7, 2012 at: http://www.nacro.org.uk/data/files/reducing-reoffending-by-looked-after-children-998.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 127145

Author: Independent Advisory Panel on Deaths in Custody Title: Independent Advisory Panel on Deaths in Custody: Statistical Analysis of All Recorded Deaths of Individuals Detained in State Custody Between 1 January 2000 and 31 December 2010 Summary: The Independent Advisory Panel has published their statistical analysis of all recorded deaths in state custody between 1 January 2000 and 31 December 2010. This represents an important piece of work for the Panel as this is the first time that all recorded deaths in state custody will be broken down by ethnicity, gender, age and cause of death, and presented together in a single format. The statistical analysis covers deaths in: Prisons, Young Offender Institutes (YOIs), Police custody, Immigration Removal Centres, Approved Premises, Secure Children’s Homes, Secure Training Centres. Whilst not specifically a custodial sector, the report also contains data on the deaths of patients who died in hospital whilst detained under the Mental Health Act. The report found that: In total, there were 5,998 deaths recorded for the 11 years from 2000 to 2010. This is an average of 545 deaths per year. Of these deaths, 72% (N=4,291) were of males and 28% (N=1,676) were of females. A total of 607 deaths were reported in 2000 compared to 512 in 2010 (this represents a 16% reduction between the beginning and the end of the reporting period). Deaths of those detained under the Mental Health Act (MHA) and those in prison custody, account for 92% (N=5,511) of all deaths in state custody, at 61% (N=3,628) and 31% (N=1,883) respectively. Sixty-six percent (N=3,974) of deaths were recorded as natural causes. Of these, 71% (N=2,814) of deaths were of patients detained under the MHA. Nine percent (N=553) of the 5,998 deaths were of individuals from Black and Minority Ethnic (BME) groups, with 5% (N=305) classified as Black, 3% (N=184) as Asian, 1% (N=52) as Mixed Ethnicity and 0.2% (N=12) as Chinese. Eighty-seven percent (N=5,192) were classified as White. Ethnicity was either not known, or not stated in 3% (N=180) of cases, 1% (N=76) were classified as ‘Other’. These figures need further analysis to understand whether there is any disproportion between race and ethnic identity and types of death. In 0.3% (N=19) of deaths, the application of restraint by custodial staff was attributed to the cause of death during the Coroner’s inquest. This publication will be developed in future years to provide more of an in-depth analysis. Details: London: Independent Advisory Council on Deaths in Custody, 2011. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 16, 2012 at http://iapdeathsincustody.independent.gov.uk/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/IAP-Statistical-Analysis-of-All-Recorded-Deaths-in-State-Custody-Between-2000-and-2010.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Deaths in Custody (U.K.) Shelf Number: 127225

Author: Choudhury, Tufyal Title: Impact of Counter-Terrorism on Communities: UK Background Report Summary: This report provides a background context to the United Kingdom to support discussion of potential research into the impact of counter-terrorism measures on minority communities. While recognising that the focus of anti-terrorism policies and policing in the UK has, until recently, related to political violence in Northern Ireland and Irish communities in Britain, this report focuses on ethno-cultural minorities, in particular Muslim communities, that have, since 9/11, been the focus of counter-terrorism policies and policing responding to Al Qaeda (AQ) related or inspired terrorism. Key sections of this report develop and build on the Equality and Human Rights Commission research report, The Impact of Counter Terrorism Measures on Muslim communities in Britain (Choudhury and Fenwick, 2011). Part One provides an overview of the community context. It outlines the demographic and socioeconomic profile of Muslims and minority ethnic groups that are the focus of recent anti-terrorism policing. Their low socio-economic position is noted as important, since communities and individuals that experience social marginalisation are more likely to be concerned about increased state policing powers. It also notes a number of civil society campaigns challenging the increase and use of counterterrorism powers. Some have been led by mainstream human rights organisations, while others have been led by Muslim organisations. Despite such campaigns, analysis of polling evidence shows broad public support for a wide range of counter-terrorism powers and measures. The section notes a number of specific mechanisms that have been created for cooperation and dialogue between the state and Muslim organisations and communities. Part Two outlines the legal framework within which counter-terrorism law and policy operates. The starting point for this is the Terrorism Act 2000 (TA 2000). The provisions of this Act have, however, been amended and added to by new legislation passed in six out the last ten years. The broad definition of terrorism in the TA 2000 remains a central issue. The section outlines changes in the legal powers to stop and search individuals in the streets and at ports and airports. Immediately after 2001, additional legislation and policy focused on threats from foreign nationals. However, after 2005, new measures responded to the involvement of British citizens in AQ-related terrorism. New offences were created that allowed individuals to be charged at earlier points in time before an attack was underway. The new offences included acts preparatory to terrorism, attending a place used for training for terrorism, and the indirect encouragement of terrorism. Part Three outlines the wider policy and policing context of counter-terrorism. Details are given of the four strands to the overarching counter-terrorism strategy, CONTEST. Anti-radicalisation policy falls largely in the Prevent strand of CONTEST. The paper outlines the roles and relationships between the different government departments and policing structures that have responsibility for overseeing and implementing counter-terrorism policy and policing. It then sets out the mechanisms for individuals or communities to seek cooperation, dialogue and accountability. Any exploration of the impact of counter-terrorism measures needs to be placed in the context of the threat from terrorism; this is explored in Part Four. This includes assessment of the level of threat from terrorism made by the government and security agencies, as well as the evidence of the threat from the number of individuals that have been arrested, charged and convicted of terrorism-related offences. The section also notes a number of high-profile policing operations relating to counter-terrorism that also influence public discussion and assessment of the threat level. Counter-terrorism policies are not encountered or developed in a policy vacuum, but are influenced by, and in turn shape, the wider political and policy discourse. Part Five therefore explores the wider political context. In particular, it explores the interplay with debates on multiculturalism, integration and immigration and identity. Finally, Part Six outlines some of the existing academic and policy research on the impact of counterterrorism policing and policy Details: London: Institute for Strategic Dialogue, 2012. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 16, 2012 at http://www.strategicdialogue.org/UK_paper_SF_FINAL.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Counter-terrorism (U.K.) Shelf Number: 127226

Author: Cherti, Myriam Title: The UK's Response to Human Trafficking: Fit for Purpose? Summary: In recent years, there has been a growing concern about a potential link between major sporting events and an increase in human trafficking for the purposes of forced labour and prostitution. At the very least, it is clear that events like the Olympics provide an opportunity for host countries to reassess their anti-trafficking strategies. The aims of this short briefing paper are threefold: to provide a short overview of the available evidence about the scale of human trafficking in the UK; to review the general UK policy response to trafficking and the more specific measures designed for the London 2012 Olympic and Paralympic Games; and to examine areas within the current UK strategy that could be improved, with reference to international good practice. Quantifying the scale of trafficking to the UK is a significant challenge: estimates of the number of people trafficked to the UK have varied widely, from a few hundreds to tens of thousands. The UK’s response to trafficking has developed rapidly, and policy has come a long way from the days of ad hoc police raids and support solely through charitable-funded voluntary sector agencies. Now the UK has, in the UKHTC, a dedicated agency tasked with coordinating the British response. However, the UK continues to face significant challenges in responding to trafficking and its approach still falls short of international best practice. There are four key challenges facing the UK: identifying victims; balancing immigration management and victim protection; oversight and scrutiny; and addressing demand for trafficking and exploitation. Details: London: Institute for Public Policy Research, 2012. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 16, 2012 at http://www.ippr.org/images/media/files/publication/2012/07/beyondirregularity-trafficking_July2012_9382.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Trafficking (U.K.) Shelf Number: 127229

Author: Adfam Title: Between A Rock and A Hard Place: How Parents Deal with Children Who Use Substances and Perpetrate Abuse Summary: Previous research commissioned by Adfam and AVA found that the problem of child to parent violence (CPV) was under recognised and under supported by services. It found that many groups which offered support for families affected by drugs and alcohol came into contact with parents who reported high levels of violence from their drug or alcohol using children which in many ways was similar to what is widely considered domestic violence under the definition of intimate partner violence (IPV). The purpose of this stage of the project, therefore, was to consult parents affected by CPV, find out what their experiences of seeking support had been, identify areas of deficiency in support and make corresponding recommendations to address them and build relationships between the family, domestic violence and drug and alcohol sectors. This stage of the project consisted of facilitating nine focus groups throughout England with 88 parents affected by CPV. In these focus groups parents were consulted on to their experiences of CPV – what form it took, when they first realised what was happening, which services they turned to first, and which services were the best in providing support. The focus groups were conducted in a safe and confidential manner by an experienced facilitator, with Adfam and AVA providing a confidentiality protocol and a consent form for parents taking part. The second stage of the project will provide training for family support groups and a series of briefings on CPV. The focus groups were organised with the help of family support groups throughout England – organisations often run by parents–turnedpractitioners who have used their personal experiences of having a drug or alcohol user in the family to provide support for other parents and family members. Details: London: Adfam and Ava, 2012. 41p. Source: Project Report: Internet Resource: Accessed December 20, 2012 at http://www.adfam.org.uk/docs/Between_a_rock_and_a_hard_place_-_Project_report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Family Violence (UK) Shelf Number: 127238

Author: Great Britain. HM Inspectorate of Probation Title: Core Case Inspection of Youth Offending Work in England and Wales: Report on Youth Offending Work in Lewisham Summary: This Core Case Inspection of youth offending work in Lewisham took place as part of the Inspection of Youth Offending programme. We have examined a representative sample of youth offending cases from the area, and have judged how often the Public Protection and the Safeguarding aspects of the work were done to a sufficiently high level of quality. We judged that the Safeguarding aspects of the work were done well enough 75% of the time. With the Public Protection aspects, work to keep to a minimum each individual’s Risk of Harm to others was done well enough 68% of the time, and the work to make each individual less likely to reoffend was done well enough 80% of the time. A more detailed analysis of our findings is provided in the main body of this report, and summarised in a table in Appendix 1. These figures can be viewed in the context of our findings from Wales and the regions of England inspected so far. We also found against a difficult backdrop that included gang rivalry, drugs and knife crime, the staff in Lewisham worked constructively with children and young people. Improvements were needed, however, to improve the quality of work related to the Risk of Harm to others and to some aspects of how the vulnerability of those children and young people known to the service could be reduced. Overall, we consider this a creditable set of findings. Details: London: HM Inspectorate of Probation, 2012. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 20, 2012 at http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/inspectorate-reports/hmiprobation/youth-inspection-reports/core-case/lewisham-cci-2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Disability Shelf Number: 127241

Author: Great Britain. House of Commons. Committee of Public Accounts Title: Tackling Anti-Social Behaviour Summary: Anti-social behaviour by a small proportion of individuals and families brings misery and despair to local communities. Responding to reports of anti-social behaviour in England and Wales costs government agencies around £3.4 billion a year. There are also significant indirect costs to local communities and businesses, as well as emotional costs to victims and witnesses. In 2003 the Home Office formed the Anti-Social Behaviour Unit with an annual budget of £25 million to design and implement the Government’s policy on antisocial behaviour. In September 2005 the Government announced the creation of the cross government Respect Task Force to take forward the anti-social behaviour agenda and in January 2006 the Government published the Respect Action Plan. Anti-social behaviour measures were first introduced in the mid 1990s, and since this time more powers and measures have been added to give local authorities, the police and others a toolkit of measures with which to tackle incidents of anti-social behaviour. People’s perception of the level of anti-social behaviour varies by gender, area and age, with people most likely to perceive high levels in areas of greatest social deprivation. Comparable local areas use different approaches to dealing with anti-social behaviour and there has been no comparative evaluation of the success of these approaches. Nor has there has been a comprehensive evaluation of the use and success of the different measures and powers, making it difficult for the Home Office, the Respect Task Force and those dealing with anti-social behaviour to assess what works best. On the basis of a Report by the Comptroller and Auditor General, the Committee examined the Home Office and the Respect Task Force on evidence emerging from the sample of 893 cases of individuals receiving anti-social behaviour interventions reviewed by the National Audit Office. Of this sample, around 46% related to people aged under 18 and 54% were over 18. In the absence of central data and national evaluations, the National Audit Office had used the sample to determine the apparent impact of the intervention applied in each case, in terms of whether there was evidence of further anti-social behaviour within the period covered by the case file review, and if so, after how long and what further intervention then occurred. Some 65% of the people in the sample received only one intervention. The National Audit Office review also found, however, that a small core of people engaged repeatedly in anti-social behaviour with around 20% of their sample cases receiving over half of all interventions issued. The Committee also questioned the Home Office about its recent disclosure that a backlog of 27,500 notifications of convictions of British citizens abroad had been passed to the Association of Chief Police Officers for checking and entering on the Police National Computer in March 2006 after being allowed to build up over several years. Details: London: The Stationery Office, 2007. 53p. Source: Forty-Fourth Report of Session 2006-07: Internet Resource: Accessed December 21, 2012 at http://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm200607/cmselect/cmpubacc/246/246.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 127252

Author: Clinks Title: Going for Gold: Developing Effective Services for Young Adults Throughout the Criminal Justice Process Summary: This guide sets out how to develop services for young adults throughout the criminal justice process. It is based on a set of guiding principles and rules of engagement which can be applied flexibly within different local contexts. Demographics, offender profiles, types of crime, resources and available services will vary from place to place. But while the detail of how the service is delivered can change, the approach remains consistent: evidence-based, holistic, supportive and voluntary. Some young adults, for a variety of reasons, experience difficulties in making the transition from youth to adulthood. Most young adults have supportive families, positive experiences of education and good health to help them to successfully navigate the journey to independence. However, for those youngsters who have had troubled lives characterised by fragile or damaging relationships, unstable families, poor health, poverty or the experience of violence and abuse, the journey is difficult. Young adults may experience significant changes in the way that services are delivered once they reach the age of 18, because of the different ways that youth and adult services are delivered. They may experience a sudden loss of contact with workers with whom they have built up relationships and will have to engage differently with services. This can be tricky but there is a way of minimising the potential for disruption and securing successful transitions. This resource has a simple aim; to aid the development of services that support this transition. It seeks to persuade commissioners that an approach which recognises young adults as a specific group will achieve better outcomes and lower costs. It provides an overview of why such an approach is necessary, highlighting the benefits of multi-agency collaboration, and gives a step by step guide to how such an approach can be developed. Importantly, the guide offers suggestions as to how T2A services can be introduced with different levels of resources. This resource is targeted at senior managers and local commissioners from organisations such as Local Authorities, Youth Offending Services, Probation Trusts, Prisons, Health and Wellbeing Boards, and the offices of police and crime commissioners. This resource is based on the success of three T2A pilots, funded by the Barrow Cadbury Trust, which have operated since 2009 in London, Birmingham and West Mercia. The pilots have been subject to a range of indepth evaluation and scrutiny, with detailed learning available to aid replication of the approaches. This resource focuses on a particular period of a young person’s life, because it is a time when the risk of offending is highest and when support changes profoundly. The transfer from the youth justice system to the adult offender management system is potentially destabilising, but the T2A pilots have shown this transition can be managed smoothly. Young people who are trying to negotiate their way to independence can be supported more effectively if senior managers and commissioners ensure that the gaps between youth and adult services are minimised. Details: London: Clinks, 2012. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 21, 2012 at http://www.clinks.org/assets/files/PDFs/Going%20for%20gold%20guide%20-%20final.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 127254

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation Title: Looked After Children: An inspection of the work of Youth Offending Teams with children and young people who are looked after and placed away from home Summary: The inspection of children and young people who are looked after, placed away from home and supervised by YOTs was agreed by the Criminal Justice Chief Inspectors’ Group, as part of the Joint Inspection Business Plan 2010-2012. It was led by HM Inspectorate of Probation, with support from Ofsted and Estyn. Its purpose was to assess the effectiveness of YOT work with this group of children and young people in promoting their rehabilitation and maintaining their links with their family and home area (where appropriate) and to identify barriers to effective YOT work. We visited six areas where we asked the YOT to identify, where possible, ten cases, five of which they were supervising on behalf of other local authorities and five of their own cases being supervised by other YOTs. We then assessed the quality of joint work carried out by the agencies involved. The data was supplemented by information gathered from a number of YOTs which were not part of the main fieldwork. Overall findings This inspection looked at a very specific group of children and young people, who are looked after, who were placed away from home and also subject to supervision by YOTs. This group is extremely vulnerable. Some also pose a high risk of causing harm to others, not least the children and young people with whom they are placed. Concerns had been raised about these children and young people by many of the YOTs we visited during our regular inspection programme of YOT work, particularly those located in areas with a high number of children’s homes. From them we heard about lack of contact by home areas, delays in receipt of information about vulnerability and risk posed to others and difficulties in communication between agencies. This significantly impacted on the work by the host YOT to help children and young people to stop offending. This thematic inspection clearly revealed the fragmentation of these children’s lives and how the fact of being looked after could escalate a child or young person into the criminal justice system. It also showed how the two factors - being in care and offending – exacerbated each other. Many of the children and young people whose cases we examined during the course of our inspection had been placed in a succession of children’s homes. It was difficult to track them precisely, but we saw one young person with 31 placements and one placement that lasted less than 24 hours. Nearly one-third had had more than three placements outside their home area and 18% had had more than five (that were recorded); 63% were living more than 50 miles from their home and 24% more than 100 miles. (Regulations stipulate that, where reasonably practicable, placement should be within the home local authority area and as near to the child or young person’s home as possible). Four-fifths of those in the sample had been moved during the period of YOT supervision and one-quarter being moved more than three times. It was evident that the children and young people in our sample were amongst the most damaged and difficult to place. All had experienced considerable family difficulties, and they continued to struggle with the consequences. We found a significant number had been subjected to abuse - sexual, physical and emotional and/or neglect. Many had witnessed, or been the victims of domestic violence. A high number had emotional or mental health problems. Nevertheless, it was not apparent in many cases, from our inspection of YOT work, how the needs of the child were being promoted or safeguarded by a placement so far away from their home area. A significant number were still in contact with their families and continued to drift back to them, whether or not children’s social care services promoted or even allowed contact. In 55% of cases YOTs worked actively with the child or young person’s parent/carer to maintain contact. In most cases, the breakdown in family relationships was further exacerbated by the frequency of changes in the professional relationships the child or young person was required to make, through social workers moving on, placements changing, disrupted education and different specialist agencies being called in. Details: Source: London: Criminal Justice Joint Inspection, 2012. 44p. Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 127281

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice Title: An Overview of Sexual Offending in England and Wales Summary: This report brings together, for the first time, a range of official statistics from across the crime and criminal justice system, providing an overview of sexual offending in England and Wales. Most of the information presented in this report has been previously published in other official statistics bulletins. The report is structured to highlight: the victim experience; the police role in recording and detecting the crimes; how the various criminal justice agencies deal with an offender once identified; and the criminal histories of sex offenders. Providing such an overview presents a number of challenges, not least that the available information comes from different sources that do not necessarily cover the same period, the same people (victims or offenders) or the same offences. For example, the results from the Crime Survey for England and Wales (CSEW) are based on self completed questions from a representative sample of adults (aged 16 to 59), asking about an individual’s experiences of sexual offences in the last 12 months. The police recorded and court information cover all sexual offences, as legislated for in law, committed against any individual irrespective of age or when the crime took place, but exclude the large volume of crimes not reported to the police.. O ther issues that prevent direct comparisons include:  the CSEW focusing on the most recent experience of adults as a victim of sexual offence in the previous 12 months (thus, for example, does not include sexual offences experienced by children or those aged 60 or over);  police recorded crime figures being based on offences per victim (i.e. for each victim in a given incident, a crime is recorded) in the year the crime was reported, irrespective of when the offence took place;  the criminal justice outcome information (e.g. cautions and convictions) being on an offender basis at the date of the final outcome, again irrespective of when the crime took place. The latter two points mean that figures between the police and court sources will differ, as there will be crimes involving more than one victim or more than one offender, or possibly multiple victims and offenders relating to a single crime. It is not currently feasible to track individual cases from initial recording by the police through the CJS. When interpreting the flows of offences and offenders through the CJS, it is important to note the various stages of attrition and the inherent challenges associated with detection and prosecution of crime, in particular with sexual offences. Second, the issue of ‘downgrading’ of offences (when a decision is made by the Crown Prosecution Service, between the initial hearing at the magistrates’ court and the first hearing at the Crown Court, that the initial charge is incorrect and should be changed to another offence) as they move through the system presents analytical challenges and requires careful consideration when interpreting the statistics. For example, one method of calculating rape conviction rates often used by commentators shows the number of people convicted of rape as a proportion of all rape crimes recorded. Given the different currencies of the two number and the effect of downgrading of offences through the CJS mentioned above, this method is incorrect and misleading in terms of presenting evidence on convictions for rape. For the purposes of this report, the results from the last three years’ CSEW have been combined to provide a large enough sample to enable more reliable findings to be presented. Elsewhere, the report mainly covers the period 2005 to 2011(for police recoded crime 2005/06 to 2011/12), as 2005 was the first full year following the introduction of the Sexual Offences Act 2003. Where readily available, longer time series have been provided. Detailed statistical tables are provided in the spreadsheets alongside this bulletin. Tables referenced in the text are included within the bulletin, whereas others referenced are found only within the spreadsheets. I t is acknowledged that any sexual offence will be a traumatic experience for the victim. For ease of reference however, throughout the report, sexual offences have been referred to as falling into two groups:  “Most serious sexual offences”, covering all rape, attempted rape and sexual assault offences; and  “Other sexual offences”, which includes sexual activity with minors (excluding rape and sexual assaults), exposure, voyeurism etc. A full description of the offence types included, with reference to the relevant legislation, is included in the glossary in the spreadsheet tables accompanying Chapters 3 and 4. A number of summary sexual offences, such as kerb crawling and letting premises for use as a brothel, have been considered outside the scope of the publication. Within each chapter, introductory information is provided (in italics) to give a overview of the chapter content, the basis of the statistics included, and the relevant data sources. Further background information can be found in the ‘Background to the criminal justice system’ and ‘Data sources and quality’ sections of this bulletin. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2013. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Statistics Bulletin: Accessed January 17, 2013 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/statistics/criminal-justice-stats/sexual-offending/sexual-offending-overview-jan-2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 127286

Author: Great Britain. HM Inspectorate of Prisons Title: The Effectiveness and Impact of Immigration Detention Casework: A Joint Thematic Review Summary: On any given day during the first quarter of 2012, around 3,500 people were detained under immigration powers, either in immigration removal centres or prisons. More than 40 people held in immigration centres had been held for over two years. While the courts have held that detention with a view to removal is only lawful if there is a realistic prospect of this occurring within a reasonable period, there is no statutory time limit on how long someone can be detained. A consistent finding of previous HMIP inspection reports and research is that detainees experience heightened levels of anxiety and distress as a result of their uncertain futures. Each individual detained costs nearly £40,000 a year. Against this background our respective inspectorates worked together on this, the first thematic inspection conducted jointly by HM Inspectorate of Prisons and the Independent Chief Inspector of Borders and Immigration (ICIBI). Inspectors from both organisations examined in detail the quality and effectiveness of immigration casework and the human experiences that lay beneath the files and targets. In total, 81 detainees were interviewed, and their case files assessed. They included people held under immigration powers for both under and over six months to obtain a representative sample of cases. The most prominent themes to emerge from the interviews with detainees were physical and mental health problems, lack of contact with families, and the stress of long-term detention in the context of difficulties faced in accessing good quality legal services. An examination of case files helped us to understand the reasons for initial and continued detention. In most cases we examined, the decision to detain was defensible and properly evidenced, and most were progressed diligently and in line with legal and policy guidelines. However, given the importance of the decision to remove a person’s liberty, we were concerned to find that in a quarter of the cases we reviewed, insufficient progress had been made with the person’s case. Most of our sample comprised ex-prisoners. Of these, we identified a number of instances where more could have been done to resolve their cases before the end of their custodial sentences. This is particularly disappointing given the ICIBI’s finding in its report on the United Kingdom Border Agency (UKBA)’s handling of foreign national prisoners, that delays in decision making were potentially resulting in individuals being detained for longer than necessary.1 In some cases, we also found that decisions to detain a person, or to maintain their detention, had not been made with reference to all relevant factors. In addition, monthly progress reports to detainees in some cases repeated information previously provided, rather than giving a meaningful update on what, if any, progress had occurred. Detainees experienced considerable difficulties in obtaining good quality legal advice and many had not applied for bail to an immigration judge. Decisions to detain ex-prisoners were made at lower management level, while decisions to release had to be authorised by a member of the UKBA board. We remain concerned that UKBA has not implemented the recommendation in the ICIBI’s report on foreign national prisoners that it should change the level of authorisation required to release such individuals in line with its own policy, which presumes release at the end of their custodial sentences. We were also disturbed to find cases where there was a failure to consider evidence of posttraumatic stress and mental disorder in case reviews. This is in the context of recent judgments against UKBA establishing that four people suffering from mental illnesses were unlawfully detained and subject to inhuman and degrading treatment under Article 3 of the European Convention on Human Rights. There was little evidence of the effectiveness of Detention Centre Rule 35 procedures, which are supposed to provide safeguards for vulnerable detainees, including those who have experienced torture and have mental illnesses. In one case a torture survivor was detained without it being at all clear what the exceptional circumstances were that led to his detention. We identified a similar case involving a victim of trafficking. Despite much effort at improving the system, we believe that further work is required. It is questionable whether the length of detention in some cases was necessary or proportionate to the legitimate aim of maintaining immigration control. The evidence of poor casework needs to be addressed at every level; casework must be appropriately skilled and resourced, and subject to more effective quality assurance. Although all immigration detainees have a right to apply for bail to the courts, there is currently no routine independent system of reviewing cases that can identify and correct what we found during this thematic inspection. We have therefore recommended that an independent panel should be established to review the cases of all individuals who are held for lengthy periods. Where the panel recommends release, UKBA would be required to review the case and publish its response. We believe this would motivate change in the system, and ensure that some of the shortcomings that we have identified here are addressed. Details: London: HM Inspectorate of Prisons and Independent Chief Inspector of Borders and Immigration, 2012. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 17, 2013 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/inspectorate-reports/hmipris/thematic-reports-and-research-publications/immigration-detention-casework-2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 127287

Author: Boyd, Edward Title: Policing 2020: What Kind of Police Service Do We Want in 2020? Summary: Policing 2020 looks at the landscape of policing over the next ten years, calling for a return to Sir Robert Peel’s core principles of crime prevention. It proposes: The formation of Crime Prevention Officers (CPOs). CPOs would replace neighbourhood police officers who make up around 15% of total police force personnel. They would be more highly trained and equipped and be made directly responsible for crime prevention in their area and held to account through monthly meetings with their local Commander. Citizen Police Academies should be set up to train the public – using a mixture of police officers and voluntary groups with relevant expertise – on how to play their part in the fight against crime. They would be taught everything from how to perform citizen’s arrests safely to how to avoid danger when walking home alone. Polling for the report also found that the public support the police working with independent organisations, such as private businesses and social enterprises, to free up police officers’ time: •Three quarters of people supported the idea of independent organisations providing IT support and carrying out administrative functions •56% of people thought they should be able to answer calls from the public •47% backed them being able to police crime scenes compared to 38% who opposed the idea. Details: London: Policy Exchange, 2012. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 23, 2013 at: http://www.policyexchange.org.uk/images/publications/policing%202020.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 127355

Author: Thornton, Alex Title: Commercial Victimisation Survey 2012: Feasibility Report Summary: The 2012 Commercial Victimisation Survey (CVS) is the first of a new series of surveys run by the Home Office, designed to measure crime against businesses in England and Wales. This new series, currently scheduled to run in 2012, 2013 and 2014, builds on the two previous Home Office CVS surveys carried out in 1994 and 2002. Both previous surveys were limited to small and medium sized businesses in the retail and manufacturing sectors with interviews carried out by telephone. The two surveys are regarded as among the most comprehensive studies of crime against business in England and Wales measuring crime at premises rather than enterprise level1. The 2002 CVS also included a smaller postal survey of head offices (primarily to collect information about the financial impacts of crime) although, due to a very low response rate, data from this was not included in the 2002 report. In 2012 it was agreed that the CVS would focus on data at the premises level, collecting information on experience and costs of crime, responses to victimisation, insurance and crime prevention measures, local policing and business characteristics. Compared with previous CVS surveys, the 2012 survey was widened to cover four business areas; retail, manufacturing, the service sector and transport and distribution. The 2012 survey would again be conducted through telephone interviews. This report provides a summary of various stages of feasibility work carried out by TNS BMRB between April and July 2012. Work was carried out to develop the survey methodology and questionnaire for the 2012 CVS and consisted of three main stages: 1) A comprehensive review of the CVS sample design. This included making a recommendation of the survey population, obtaining the most accurate business population counts, and developing a process for looking up telephone numbers for sampled premises 2) Cognitive interviews with respondents at a range of individual business premises to fully test the draft questionnaire 3) A robust dress rehearsal of 100 interviews designed to test comprehensively all aspects of the survey processes. This provided an opportunity to test the questionnaire produced from the feasibility study and amend it prior to the main stage survey. The report is divided into the three sections outlined above. In addition to these three stages, a stakeholder workshop was carried out on 19th June with members of the CVS Steering Group and Virtual Reference Group. The purpose of the workshop was to discuss emerging findings from the early stages of the feasibility work with key stakeholders from outside the Home Office research team. Details: London: Home Office, 2012. 191p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 23, 2013 at: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/science-research-statistics/research-statistics/crime-research/cvs-feasibility-report-2012?view=Binary Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Commercial Crimes Shelf Number: 127359

Author: Martynowicz, Agnieszka Title: "She's a Legend": the Role of Significant Adults in the Lives of Children and Young People in Contact with the Criminal Justice System Summary: The experience of children and young people who come into contact with the criminal justice system in Northern Ireland is an issue which is of particular interest to the Northern Ireland Commissioner for Children and Young People (NICCY), as it engages key children's rights and raises significant issues concerning their wellbeing and best interests. Research indicates that many children and young people in conflict with the law have been affected by a myriad of issues, including poverty and social exclusion, family breakdown, mental health problems, drugs and alcohol and domestic violence. Significant proportions of children and young people are also care-experienced and have been or remain on the child protection register. Young people in Northern Ireland who come into contact with the criminal justice system share a range of difficulties experienced by young people in other jurisdictions, but added to this are issues related to the legacy of the Northern Ireland conflict, including experiences of violence and a lack of safety in communities. Many of these children and young people are therefore extremely vulnerable and the potential impact of contact with different adults on their lives can be very significant. Children who have experience of the justice system are likely to come into contact with a range of adults who may play a supportive role, apart from parents or carers or other adult family members. These may include social workers, youth workers, community workers, community educators, teachers and volunteer mentors. Research has highlighted the positive impact that supportive relationships with 'significant adults' can have and children and young people themselves have identified the importance of adults in providing mentoring, guidance and support. In February 2012, NICCY commissioned a study to look at the role that these adults can play in the lives of children who come into contact with the criminal justice system. Of particular interest to NICCY was how supportive, affirming relationships with 'significant adults' can positively influence different aspects of young people's lives and the extent to which they can support them in areas such as personal and emotional development, education or training and diversion from the criminal justice system. Many of the children and young people who participated in this research are amongst the most marginalised in society. Against a backdrop of often complicated family situations, they can struggle to engage in education and training, are often excluded from the job market, face difficulties with physical and mental health and can find it difficult to develop and sustain positive relationships with adults and peers. This research has highlighted the important role that significant adults can play in helping young people to access their rights, for example, to appropriate accommodation, education, training and employment and health, welfare and leisure services. Young people value this support and stated that assistance is important in helping them make more positive choices about their lives. Young people want the significant adults to be trust-worthy, reliable, 'straight talking' and honest and they value adults' commitment to the relationship with them. They also like the adults to be fun to be with. Children and young people felt that they were negatively labelled by the media and politicians. They felt it was important that those adults who were significant to them believed in their positive qualities, recognised their potential and were consistent in their support. The report concludes that one-to-one support is crucial for young people who have had little assistance in their lives and that projects which provide such help to young people play a very important role in that respect. While recognising the importance of mentoring and other individual work, this report argues that such support should be provided alongside universal services and advocacy for social justice for children and young people. Details: Belfast: Northern Ireland Commissioner for Children and Young People, 2012. 99p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 24, 2013 at: http://dera.ioe.ac.uk/16176/1/NICCY%20Significant%20Adults%20Report%2011%20Dec%2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 127387

Author: Gray, David Title: 'Giving Victims a Voice' A joint MPS and NSPCC report into allegations of sexual abuse made against Jimmy Savile under Operation Yewtree Summary: The report, 'Giving Victims a Voice', details the work of Operation Yewtree based on the accounts of the hundreds of victims who have come forward since Jimmy Savile was exposed as a sex offender in October 2012. Police and the NSPCC have concluded that Savile was a prolific, predatory sex offender and the scale of his abuse is believed to be unprecedented in the UK. It is believed Savile was able, through his celebrity status, to 'hide in plain sight' while abusing children and adults over six decades. Details: London: NSPCC and Metropolitan Police, 2013. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 24, 2013 at: http://www.nspcc.org.uk/news-and-views/our-news/child-protection-news/13-01-11-yewtree-report/yewtree-report-pdf_wdf93652.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse U.K.) Shelf Number: 127389

Author: Bath, Chris Title: Unlocking Credit Unions: Developing Partnerships Between Credit Unions and Criminal Justice Agencies Summary: Financial exclusion compounds the social and economic disadvantage of people within the criminal justice system who are seeking to desist from crime and re-establish themselves in society. Since the mid-2000s, many prisons and banks have developed partnerships which enable people to open a bank account prior to release. However, some prisons have turned to credit unions to provide financial services both post release and during a sentence. This report is based on a research study undertaken by Unlock and the Research Unit for Financial Inclusion in 2012 into the benefits, barriers and strategic options for credit unions in the development of financial services for people in the criminal justice system in England and Wales. It identifies how credit unions, prisons, probation and other agencies can work together to support the reduction of re-offending. Credit unions, prisons and criminal justice agencies Credit unions are not banks, but rather are not-for-profit financial co-operatives with a mission to serve their members and a culture based in community engagement. The appeal of credit unions to prisons and criminal justice agencies was their wide experience of the needs of low income individuals and of assisting people excluded from the mainstream financial system on a pathway to financial stability and security. A small but growing number of credit unions offer savings accounts and/or current accounts to people in and leaving prison, as well as a wider range of financial services to people serving community sentences and to the families of people in the criminal justice system. In total the study identified 22 credit unions engaged with criminal justice agencies. Credit unions were prepared to offer savings accounts to people in prison. All 13 credit union and prison partnerships in the study promoted the value of saving for release in order to financially support the return to society. It is often a lack of funds to manage the first few weeks out of prison that leads many people to re-offend. About a third of credit union and prison partnerships offered a current account to people on release or in open prisons. Others were able to offer savings accounts that could receive any mix of wages and welfare benefits. Around two thirds of credit unions working with prisons saw the most important benefits of the partnership in terms of the reduction of the risk of re-offending and the improvement of their rehabilitation and resettlement services. Details: Snodland, UK: Unlock, 2013. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 25, 2013 at: http://www.unlock.org.uk/userfiles/file/creditunion/unlockingcreditunions.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Credit Unions Shelf Number: 127401

Author: Nicholles, Natalie Title: Women's Community Services: A Wise Commission Summary: By helping women to make positive changes their lives, women’s community services can help reduce demands on state services including police, courts and offender management, prisons and social services, primary and emergency healthcare, and housing. They can also improve the long-term outcomes for the children of their clients. This report aims to support local commissioners and decision-makers in meeting the needs of vulnerable women efficiently and effectively. Its findings are the outcome of a year-long research collaboration between nef consulting and five women’s community services, which was funded by the Ministry of Justice (MoJ) and the Corston Independent Funders Coalition (CIFC) through the Women’s Diversionary Fund (WDF). It presents the views of clients and staff on the ways in which the services facilitate change by undertaking activities that improve women’s well-being. It offers primary evidence on the demonstrable impact services have on well-being and explores secondary evidence about how these impacts may contribute to reduced reoffending, improved health, and better outcomes for children. Details: London: New Economics Foundation, 2012. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 25, 2013 at: http://www.neweconomics.org/sites/neweconomics.org/files/A_Wise_Commission_webReady.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 127409

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Crime Against businesses: Headline Findings from the 2012 Commercial Victimisation Survey Summary: The 2012 Commercial Victimisation Survey (CVS) is the first of a new series of Home Office surveys covering crime against businesses, with plans to repeat the survey in 2013 and 2014. The CVS was a recommendation from the National Statistician’s review of crime statistics to address the significant gap in crime statistics that existed for crimes against businesses. These are not covered by either of the two main sources of data on crime: the Crime Survey for England and Wales (CSEW) and crimes recorded by the police, both of which are published by the Office for National Statistics (ONS). While police recorded crime does include crimes against businesses, it does not separate these out from other crimes (other than for offences such as shoplifting which, by its nature, is against businesses) and also only includes those crimes that are reported to, and recorded by, the police. The CSEW is a survey of crime against households and individuals living in those households and so does not cover crime against businesses at all. Details: London: Home Office, 2013. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 29, 2013 at: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/science-research-statistics/research-statistics/crime-research/crime-business-prem-2012/crime-business-prem-2012-pdf?view=Binary Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Commercial Crimes Shelf Number: 127413

Author: Wilkinson, Peter Title: Benchmarking Police Integrity Programmes Summary: The ‘Benchmarking Police Integrity Programmes’ report sets out TI-UK’s views on what constitutes good organisational integrity practice and how this could be applied to the police. The paper then comments on how the ACPO review, ‘Managing Police Integrity’, compared with TI-UK’s view on good practice. It identifies recommendations for improvement in policy integrity programmes. The core finding identified in TI-UK’s report is that there is considerable variability in the quality of integrity systems and governance in police forces in England, Wales, and Northern Ireland. ACPO therefore needs to ensure that: • common standards, that are robust, clear and consistent, are embedded across Forces; • those standards should be characterised by clarity and consistency. In addition, TI-UK made eight other recommendations: • Model integrity code: ACPO should build on its work in developing a model police integrity code supported by tools and resources to be applied in a consistent manner across Forces; • Clarity and consistency: All those who manage integrity programmes or are governed by them should be able to easily understand their roles, obligations, procedures and rights, and the integrity programmes should also be clear to the public and other stakeholders; • Positive integrity management: ACPO should assist Forces to move from a reactive approach to a stance of active promotion of integrity, based on the principle of zero tolerance of corruption; • Common systems: Forces should implement common robust systems supported by guidance and tools to ensure that risks are identified, monitored, and managed; • Governance: ACPO must consider how necessary independent oversight can be brought into and embedded within the governance process; • Disciplinary measures: Further consideration should be given to disciplinary measures in the context of The Police (Conduct) Arrangements of 2008 - a good practice integrity programme should be founded on a zero tolerance approach to integrity violations. Any relaxation of disciplinary measures could undermine an effective integrity programme; • Public reporting: ACPO should take the lead in developing a common nation-wide standard for public reporting by Forces; • Comprehensive and continuous approach to risk assessment: The risk assessment process should be reviewed and strengthened to ensure that the process is robust, comprehensive and up-to-date in capturing emerging or changing risks such as those related to outsourcing, procurement, secondary employment and post-service employment. Details: London: Transparency International UK, 2012. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 29, 2013 at: http://www.transparency.org.uk/our-work/publications/10-publications/473-benchmarking-police-integrity-programmes Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Corruption Shelf Number: 127421

Author: London Assembly. Police and Crime Committee Title: Duty of Care: Improving Support for Victims of Crime Summary: Providing a good quality service to victims is a crucial aspect of the police and other criminal justice agencies’ roles. However, victims in London do not always get the service they deserve from the MPS and other statutory services. The Committee heard concerning evidence showing that not all victims are treated with respect or sensitivity by police officers when they report a crime. We also found that victims are not always given information they need about the progress of their case, and can be frustrated by different statutory agencies failing to work together effectively. As a result, victim satisfaction with the MPS is the lowest in the country, and the further victims get into the criminal justice system, the less satisfied they become. The Committee found examples of good practice in victim care in parts of the MPS. We heard from some victims who were impressed by the service they had received from the MPS and felt that they had been provided with all the information, support and advice they needed. However, the MPS must make sure frontline officers and staff get the training they need to provide every victim with this level of service. The MPS should involve organisations that support victims in the development and delivery of its victim care training to ensure the quality of the training, and to effectively challenge some officers’ preconceptions about certain groups of victims. The MPS must also improve the quality and accessibility of the information provided to victims about the progress of their case. Victims of crime need to receive a consistently better service as they progress through the criminal justice system. Criminal justice agencies including the London Probation Trust and Crown Prosecution Service are working to improve some aspects of the victim experience. However, criminal justice agencies must develop better and more efficient information sharing systems so that victims receive the information and protection they need, when they need it. The Committee recommends the establishment of a multi-agency task group to improve information sharing, and to drive forward improvements throughout the victims’ journey. The Mayor’s Office for Policing and Crime (MOPAC) has responsibilities for engaging with victims, and for holding the MPS to account. One of the key measures of MOPAC’s success will therefore be how it oversees improvements in the service the MPS provides to victims. In order to achieve these improvements, MOPAC must set the MPS challenging annual targets for increasing victim satisfaction, and assess success using a balanced evidence base. MOPAC will also be taking on responsibilities for commissioning victim care services across the capital over the next few years. The Committee recommends that MOPAC uses this opportunity to improve the currently patchy and inconsistent provision of support services across London. The MPS is implementing Total Victim Care, a new corporate strategy to improve the service victims receive. This strategy has the potential to make a positive difference to victims’ satisfaction. However, at the same time, the MPS is undergoing a major change programme: restructuring its frontline and back office functions, with cuts to the number of administrative staff and supervisors, and neighbourhood teams taking on investigative responsibilities. It is essential that these changes do not have a negative impact on victim care. Details: London: Greater London Authority, 2013. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 29, 2013 at: http://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/13-01-23-victim-care-final-report-NON-Embargoed.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Victim Services Shelf Number: 127428

Author: Hales, Liz Title: The Criminalisation of Migrant Women Summary: The work of a number of key organisations, including the International Organisation for Migration, has led to awareness of the extent of national and international people trafficking and exploitation by smugglers and agents of people seeking to leave their country to seek work or asylum. Within the UK, public knowledge has been influenced by the setting up of the UK Human Trafficking Centre in October 2006, the work of a number of human rights organisations, and media interest in some cases. However, to date, there has been no formal recognition of the numbers of potential victims in custody on criminal charges, nor systematic prison based research that provides evidence on how these individuals have been managed within the Criminal Justice System and by the United Kingdom Border Agency, at a time when the percentage of foreign women in the prison estate continues to increase. Our research on the criminalisation of migrant women, funded for 18 months by the ESRC, aimed to fill this knowledge gap. The research was carried out between May 2010 and November 2011 with migrant women in prison and the immigration holding estate in the South-East of England. The key aims were to gather information in relation to the numbers of migrant women being processed through the criminal justice and immigration systems within England and Wales. Within the context of this picture we aimed to see whether there were any women who were victims of trafficking, smuggling and ‘work under duress’ in custody, and by examining case management identify the extent of compliance in relation to the European Convention on Trafficking and the Convention of Human Rights. Key findings  In 2009 there were 2,454 foreign national receptions into the female prison estate and during the period of the research foreign national prisoners accounted for 19 per cent of the population in custody and 26 per cent of new untried receptions. In four of the five prisons, where the majority of interviews were carried out, the average population was 30 per cent, rising to 31 per cent in HMP Holloway and HMP Bronzefield in the final month. Analysis of data from fpwp/Hibiscus, a key organisation working with foreign women in custody, showed that 41 per cent of their caseload in 2009 involved women charged with offences such as deception and fraud in relation to their immigration status and related offences of use of false documentation to access work or benefits, or pass through customs on entry or exit from the UK. Prison data gathered in the context of the research indicated that 26 per cent overall were arrested in relation to these offences with an additional 4 per cent arrested on offences such as street robberies and sale of counterfeit goods (offences potentially linked with trafficking). Within the immigration estate in 2010, 4,337 women were taken into detention, of which there were 2,799 receptions at Yarl’s Wood IRC, where monthly figures showed that 112 women, one third, were being held post completion of a prison sentence.  In the context of interviews with 103 migrant women in the prison and immigration holding estate, detained or arrested on charges that are potentially linked with entry to or exit from the UK or work under the control of others, evidence gathered indicated that 43 were victims of trafficking, of whom two were formally re-assessed as children whilst in the adult estate.1 An additional five women had entered the country independently, but had then been worked in slavery or servitude like conditions and 10 had entered the UK in the hands of agents and had been arrested resultant on the theft of their relevant documents by their smugglers.  The progress of these 58 women within the target group (that is, those who might have been trafficked or smuggled or made to work under duress) was then monitored in terms of their management within the criminal justice and immigration systems. This was carried out by 59 follow up interviews in custody and 14 more in the community, observations of 33 court appearances, ongoing communication by letter and examination of relevant paper documentation held by the interviewees, their legal representatives and others, wherever this was feasible.  38 of the 48 women within the target group (58) for whom there is data on employment were involved in non-skilled work before departure and, for those who were complicit in the decision to travel to the UK, reasons for migration were a mixture of economic necessity and a need for asylum. For all but eight it was their first move from home. Eight of those trafficked did not travel directly to the UK, but were first moved to other countries to work en route. Five had been trafficked as children and one of the children had been re-trafficked to the UK after being deported back to Africa from the first destination country. Twenty of the women trafficked were forced to work in prostitution and fifteen in cannabis production. Eight worked in domestic servitude, two were acting as drug mules and eight were involved in street robberies and the sale of fake goods. An additional five women were forced into these areas of work after entering the country independently of those who controlled them in the work.  The common experience of all the women within this target group was one of disempowerment and for those trafficked or smuggled this process started from the point of recruitment. All of those interviewed indicated that they had been victims of physical and/or emotional abuse. Twenty-four women disclosed in interview that they had experienced multiple rapes and for an additional two this had been an ongoing threat. For those who migrated to seek asylum, disclosures indicated that these experiences started prior to their move and were thus the key reasons for migration. For others, disclosures in interview indicated that it was integral to the relationship they had with those who brought them to the UK, who worked them under duress and to whom they had been sold. For many, the hold and threats made by those who had recruited, moved and controlled them did not disappear on arrest.  The women’s experiences led to them to report that they felt socially isolated, vulnerable, traumatised, subject to flashbacks, ashamed to tell others what had happened and finding difficulty in knowing whom to trust. They indicated that all of this was exacerbated by the experience of imprisonment and uncertainty about the future and it is not insignificant that being handed over to the police or immigration was a common threat used by those who had held them.  In terms of the offences for which they had been arrested, the two key offence groups were in relation to the use of false identity documentation and the production of cannabis. Within the target group of 58, 20 of the primary charges were for use of false instrument with intent and 14 for the production of a controlled drug (cannabis).  Of the 43 who were identified as victims of trafficking by the researchers, only 11 were processed through the National Referral Mechanism (NRM) and this did not happen for two of these women until their sentence was completed. Four other women were advised that this option was open to them. Three declined as they were serving short sentences and their goal was to return home as soon as possible, and the fourth was too frightened of the potential implications both to herself and her daughter in making full disclosure of her experiences.  With four of these cases, the Conclusive Grounds decision made on their victim status by UKBA (which acted as the competent authority) was negative. To date, one of these decisions has been overturned following a successful judicial review; such a review was being considered for a second. Even where referrals were made to the NRM that resulted in a positive decision and non-prosecution, the victims spent on average four months in custody. For the other 37 there was no formal recognition of their victim status and no access to appropriate support or temporary protection from deportation other than going down the route of applying for asylum. Of equal significance is the fact that, to date, in only one of the cases did victim disclosures result in a full police investigation in relation to the actions of the perpetrators.A key question of this research is therefore why so few of those whose disclosures at interview with the researchers, which exemplified all the key indicators of being a victim of trafficking, had not been identified as such within the criminal justice system. Similarly we looked at why those arrested on offences committed under duress, in ignorance or resultant on the action of those who had controlled them were held entirely responsible for their actions. Details: Cambridge, UK: Institute of Criminology, University of Cambridge,, 2012. 128p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 29, 2013 at: http://www.crim.cam.ac.uk/people/academic_research/loraine_gelsthorpe/criminalreport29july12.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 127432

Author: Easton, Helen Title: Breaking Down the Barriers: A Study of How Women Exit Prostitution. Executive Summary Summary: This research demonstrates that women can and do wish to leave prostitution. This is the case for women involved in on-street and off-street locations. There are striking similarities between the circumstances of women in both groups. This report is the result of a joint Eaves and London South Bank University (LSBU) two-year research project to assess the effectiveness of different interventions designed to support women who want to leave prostitution, including those involved on-street, off-street and those trafficked into prostitution1. Its goal is to understand the nature, scope and efficacy of existing approaches to exiting prostitution with the aim of promoting a sustainable, nationwide framework of good practice. An additional outcome of the research has been to develop a better understanding of the complex realities of these women’s lives, their needs, the context in which choices are made, and their motivations to exit. The research aimed to investigate: 1. Which initiatives and interventions work best for which groups of women involved in prostitution? 2. What specific conditions and motivations affect women’s capacity to benefit from exiting interventions and what is the process of change in this respect? 3. What role does peer involvement play in supporting women to exit2, and how effective is it? Details: London: Eaves and London South Bank University, 2012. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 30, 2013 at: http://i1.cmsfiles.com/eaves/2012/11/Breaking-down-the-barriers-a37d80.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prostitutes (U.K.) Shelf Number: 127439

Author: Scott, Gael Title: The Mental Health Treatment Requirement: Realising a Better Future Summary: The Mental Health Treatment Requirement (MHTR) is one of twelve options available to magistrates and judges when they make a Community Order - a sentence served by an offender in the community. Given the prevalence of mental health problems within the criminal justice system, there has been a surprisingly low uptake of the MHTR to date - it represents fewer than 1% of all requirements made as part of Community Orders. The MHTR has unfulfilled potential to offer offenders with mental health problems the option of a sentence in the community which will enable them to engage with appropriate treatment and support. Wider use of the MHTR could result in improved health outcomes and reduced reoffending, cutting the costs of crime for the wider community. There have been a number of barriers to its effective use, including uncertainty as to who should receive an MHTR, how breaches of the order are managed and the need for a formal psychiatric report. Recent changes to the legal framework for the MHTR offer hope that it will become more flexible and therefore more effective as a form of diversion and rehabilitation. But there are concerns that the impact of other changes in policy and the current pressures on public spending may create further barriers to the effective use of the MHTR. This briefing examines these barriers and how they can be overcome. At a time where both the criminal justice and health systems are undergoing reform against a backdrop of significant cuts to public spending, the Criminal Justice Alliance and Centre for Mental Health believe now is an opportune time to raise the profile of the MHTR and consider how professionals can be supported to use the requirement effectively. Executive Summary This paper makes seven key recommendations to achieve this transition in the light of recent changes to health and criminal justice services. • The Government should develop clear guidance on the MHTR. • More training and information on mental health, including the MHTR, should be made available to criminal justice staff. Health professionals should also have more information on the MHTR and their role in delivering it. • For each local area, Her Majesty’s Court Service should work with the relevant mental health commissioners and service providers to establish an agreed protocol on the provision of mental health assessments and advice to the courts. • The Government should monitor levels of uptake of the MHTR. • Liaison and diversion schemes in courts should provide information to the courts for sentencing and support criminal justice professionals in responding appropriately to individuals with mental health problems. • Health and Wellbeing Boards and Clinical Commissioning Groups must consider how local commissioning plans will meet the mental health and other related needs of offenders. • There should be investment in research focusing on the mental health needs of offenders serving community sentences and how such individuals can be supported to reduce offending and improve their mental health. Details: London: Centre for Mental Health and Criminal Justice Alliance, 2012. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 30, 2013 at: http://www.centreformentalhealth.org.uk/pdfs/MHTR_2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Based Corrections Shelf Number: 127445

Author: Russell, Susan L. Title: Summary of a Review of Prison Healthcare in Northern Ireland Summary: In April 2008, responsibility for the commissioning and delivery of healthcare services in prisons passed over to the DHSSPS, through the Health and Social Care Commissioning Board (HSCB) and the South East Health and Social Care Trust (SE Trust). This is a summary of a review of prison healthcare in Northern Ireland carried out by Susan Russell in March 2011. It reflects the situation at that time, three years after the transfer of healthcare commissioning and provision to the Health and Social Care Board and the South East Health and Social Care Trust. Prisons need to provide a range of health services, based on community primary care services, similar to that found in local GP surgeries, with additional services that would be available in larger GP practices or health centres in the community, such as community dentistry, pharmacy and optical services. Due to the need to provide a secure environment, many enhanced primary care services also include clinics that in the community would normally be referred by GPs to secondary care services. They may include dermatology, x-ray services, genito-urinal medicine, general medicine, forensic psychiatry and physiotherapy, depending on the health needs of the population. Hydebank Wood prison and young offender centre (for women and young adults) and Maghaberry prison are expected to provide for a population that includes new committals, recalls to prison, fine defaulters, those on remand and sentenced prisoners. Magilligan prison holds sentenced and recalled prisoners. They usually have more stable health needs, but still have significant needs that can be resource intensive and need to be planned for. They should however have been identified before or on transfer and new or existing treatment plans implemented in a planned way. Each of these establishments needs to provide healthcare that meets the needs of its specific population and the groups within it: adult men, young adults and women, as well as those who have a disability and those who are foreign nationals or from black and minority ethnic communities. This will require both an accurate assessment of actual need, and an agreed improvement plan to ensure this is met. The primary care and GP services need to be provided in partnership with the prison in order to minimise any regime limitations that may impact on service delivery. There should be a range of nurse-led clinics to support health promotion and GP services, and regular audits to evidence the level and activity of the services provided. Access to secondary and specialist services should be available when clinically indicated in all establishments, and links to and from community services are essential to ensure continuity of care. The overall finding of the review was that, while there had been some progress, and more was planned, the services provided were basic, and still reminiscent of prison health delivery before the transfer of responsibility for health services. In summary, the reviewer found that both the primary care and mental health pathways were not developed, that medical and nursing staff were not used effectively, and that services were not sufficiently geared to assessed need. Reviews and inspections have chronicled some of these deficiencies, most recently at Hydebank Wood, and show that there is considerable unmet need, in terms of both mental and physical health. In developing services, it may be useful to draw upon the work done in England and Wales by the Kings Fund in the Enhancing the Healing Environment (EHE) programme in prisons. Currently, 40 prisons have participated in the programme, which has covered all populations and ages. Details: Belfast: Prison Review Team, 2011. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 30, 2013 at: http://www.prisonreviewni.gov.uk/summary_of_a_review_of_prison_healthcare_in_northern_ireland_-_carried_out_by_s_l_russell__march_2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 127451

Author: Advisory Council on the Misuse of Drugs (U.K.) Title: Khat: A Review of Its Potential Harms to the Individual and Communities in the UK Summary: Khat is a herbal product consisting of the leaves and shoots of the shrub Catha edulis. It is chewed to obtain a mild stimulant effect and is a less potent stimulant than other commonly used drugs, such as amphetamine or cocaine. Khat is not controlled under the Misuse of Drugs Act 1971 and is currently imported and used legally in the UK. Khat is imported into the UK from the main khat growing regions of Kenya, Ethiopia and Yemen. Generally, khat chewing is a social event which takes place within family homes, community parties and at khat cafes. Traditionally khat has been used as a medicine and was widely perceived to be a food, not a drug. There are no international comparable prevalence estimates for use of khat and no reliable published evidence as to the rates of khat use in European countries. However within Europe khat use is primarily amongst BME immigrants from the Horn of Africa countries. Rates of khat use appear high among the general populous in Somalia, Yemen and Ethiopia. However prevalence of khat use is far less among the Somali community living in the UK than in the population living in Somalia. Based on VAT data from HM Revenue and Customs there has been a reduction of importation of khat to the UK since 2005. During this period the relevant BME population in the UK has increased by 18.4%. This strongly indicates that khat use within the same UK population has decreased. Northern Ireland and Scotland do not report any figures on prevalence or treatment data of khat users engaging with the NHS. Only 6 referrals are recorded on the Welsh National Database for Substance Misuse since 2009. The NHS data for England for 2010/11 shows 112 clients began treatment for the first time citing involvement with khat at any point in their past. The ACMD is cognisant that NHS and other data may not fully represent the treatment needs of khat users due to the difficulties in engaging with all groups within communities. Anecdotal evidence reported from communities in several UK cities link khat consumption with a wide range of social harms. Research into these concerns has been undertaken but no robust evidence has been found which demonstrates a causal link between khat consumption and any of the harms indicated. Somali groups that made representations to the ACMD claimed khat use was a significant social problem within their local areas and in domestic settings. In contrast it was asserted that the Yemeni community had no problem with khat use, as it takes place within the family setting and is integrated into other social domestic events. The majority of this group use khat in an unproblematic manner. Existing legislative frameworks in health, police and council partnerships working with relevant BME Communities have shown they can successfully address anti-social behaviour concerns voiced. The comparative research undertaken in London and Minneapolis draws attention to the ongoing support upon arrival provided to those arriving in the USA, and how this enhanced employment opportunities, where employment was a key determination for social well being. There is no evidence of khat consumption being directly linked with serious or organised criminal behavior in the UK or to support the theory that khat is funding or fuelling crime. This is unsurprising given khat is not an illegal drug, is not a high value substance and therefore attracts very little profit from the UK market. In regard to international crime the ACMD has not been provided with any evidence of Al Shabaab or any other terrorist group‘s involvement in the export or sale of khat despite consultation with national and international official bodies. Evidence presented to the ACMD by researchers found no link between gang crime and khat use. Without the necessary data and robust evidence to support proportionate intervention, the ACMD does not recommend that khat be controlled under the Misuse of Drugs Act 1971. The ACMD considers that the ‗coalescence of concerns‘ around the use of khat can be addressed through the recommendations made. Details: London: Advisory Council on Misuse of Drugs, 2013. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 30, 2013 at: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/agencies-public-bodies/acmd1/ACMD-khat-report-2013?view=Binary Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 127454

Author: Granville, Sue Title: Making Justice Work for Victims and Witnesses Summary: The Scottish Strategy for Victims was published in 2001 and set out an action plan based on three core principles; that victims should be provided with generic and case specific information; that they should receive appropriate support; and that they should have their voice heard. Subsequently in 2005 the National Standards for Victims of Crime set out the level of service that victims and witnesses should expect in their dealings with the criminal justice and children’s hearing systems. Much of the work on witnesses in recent years has focused on implementing the Vulnerable Witnesses (Scotland) Act 2004, phased in between 2005 and 2008; and providing greater focus on the needs of witnesses when giving evidence. The Scottish Government is planning to introduce a Victims and Witnesses Bill, to improve the support available to victims and witnesses and in May 2012 issued a consultation to obtain views on a number of proposals to improve the experience of such individuals. The consultation contained 54 questions in relation to a number of key proposals: • Introducing a victim surcharge so that offenders pay towards the cost of supporting victims; • Requiring the courts to consider compensation in every case where a victim has suffered injury, loss or distress; • Creating a duty on relevant public agencies to set clear standards of service for victims and witnesses; • Creating an automatic right to special measures for victims in cases involving sexual offences and domestic abuse; • Commissioning a feasibility study into how the SG can provide much better information for victims and the public about specific cases; • Improving the way cases are managed so that victims and witnesses can have far greater confidence that, where they are required to give evidence, the case will go ahead on the day as planned; • Victims should be able to make oral representations to a member of the Parole Board so that they can contribute effectively to decisions about parole for criminals subject to life sentences. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2012. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 5, 2013 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/0041/00412912.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Victim Compensation Shelf Number: 127479

Author: Innes, Martin Title: Mapping and Measuring the Social Harms of Crime and Anti-Social Behaviour; Towards an Outcomes-Based Approach to Community Safety in Wales Summary: This document reports findings from an exploratory study designed to conceptually and empirically develop the concept of ‘social harm’. Social harm is defined as the negative collective impacts associated with an illegal or disorderly act, or social control intervention. The study had three key aims: 1) To establish a more robust conceptual definition of social harm in relation to the impacts of crime and disorder; 2) Reflecting this definition, to develop a more sophisticated method of measuring the distribution and intensity of social harm; 3) Apply these measures to test what insights they may afford in relation to how crime and disorder affects communities and neighbourhoods. Engagement with these aims is set against a backdrop where harm has become an increasingly influential idea in some areas of the criminal justice system. In particular, it is commonly used in relation to illegal narcotics and has acquired some traction in relation to measures designed to address serious and organised crime. These developments notwithstanding, wider uptake and use of the concept of harm has been inhibited by difficulties in deriving robust and stable measurements, as well as a lack of clarity in thinking about what precisely constitutes harm and how it differs from other measures. The work conducted for this study suggests that harm can be differentiated from several other allied concepts of risk, threat and vulnerability. Examining these helps to define and clarify the unique conceptual space occupied by the idea of harm. Orthodox approaches to measuring risk are based upon determining the likelihood of an event occurring in conjunction with its relative impact. Risks become threats when they are less prospective and more immediate. Vulnerability is concerned with the likelihood and capacity to be harmed. These ideas can be combined in order to identify the ‘risk of harm’ or ‘vulnerability to harm’. However, it can be seen that harm is unique in focusing upon actual negative impacts. The defining quality of a harm based framework is then that it attends to the impacts or effects of problems or issues. So whereas more orthodox measures of crime and disorder tend to be weighted towards prevalence, that is the amount of that issue that is occurring, focusing upon harm shifts attention to impact and consequences. The significance of this is that it recognises that in terms of understanding and mitigating the harms of crime and disorder, there might be a small number of incidents that impact quite heavily upon the public. Likewise, just because there is a highly prevalent issue in an area, it cannot be assumed that it is the ‘market mover’ in terms of shaping public attitudes and opinions. There are of course different kinds of harm that can be generated and experienced. Crime and disorder receives attention (at least in part) because of the harm that is done to victims. Whilst this form of individual harm is important, herein, the focus is explicitly upon the ‘social’ harm of crime. Adopting this approach reflects findings from an accumulating body of research evidence, that crime and disorder can be extremely consequential at the collective level in terms of negatively shaping the security, well‐being and resilience of communities and/or neighbourhoods. Details: Cardiff, Wales: Universities Police Science Institute, 2011. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2013 at: http://wales.gov.uk/docs/caecd/research/130121-mapping-measuring-social-harms-crime-anti-social-behaviour-en.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior (Wales, U.K.) Shelf Number: 127530

Author: Barefoot Research and Evaluation Title: Support for Women Around Northumberland. Project Evaluation Summary: Support for Women Around Northumberland (SWAN) is one of two projects in the North East which have received funding from the Ministry of Justice under their Diverting Women from Custody Programme. The objectives of SWAN are to reduce the re-offending of female offenders or those at-risk of offending through providing a range of diversionary and preventative interventions. The project became operational in February 2010 and has received funding until March 2011. SWAN is delivered by a partnership of voluntary sector organisations in Northumberland - ESCAPE Family Support (the lead agency), the Women’s Health Advice Centre (WHAC), Fourth Action and Relate. The original project document stated that between February 2010 and March 2011, the project would undertake needs assessments and create support plans for 80 women. It also stated that over the course of the project, a total of 50 women will consistently engage with the project. Between February and November a total of 120 women have been referred into SWAN. At the time of writing this evaluation report, a total of 70 women have been assessed with a resultant support plan. Of these, a total of 50 women have engaged regularly with the project. The project has resulted in a 70 percent reduction in the rate of re-offending of the women who have engaged with the project. There has also been a significant reduction in the number of charges (73 percent) made by the Police and the number of convictions (81 percent) amongst engaged female offenders. There has also been a 72 percent reduction in appearances before Magistrates. Details: Barefoot Research and Evaluation, 2010. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed February 7, 2013 at: http://www.barefootresearch.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/SWAN-Report-Single-Pages.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Offenders (U.K.) Shelf Number: 127537

Author: Convery, Ian Title: Study Into the Extent and and Characteristics of the Sex Market and Sexual Exploitation in Darlington Summary: This study, which was commissioned by Northern Rock Foundation under its Safety and Justice Programme, investigates the extent and dynamics of the sex market and sexual exploitation in Darlington, UK. It presents a snapshot of information between December 2008 and December 2009. Using a qualitative knowledge mapping approach, we interviewed 60 professionals from over 30 different organisations. We asked professionals a standardised series of questions about their knowledge of the extent, characteristics and magnitude of the sex market and exploitation. Our research has identified evidence of people involved in sex work (what would generally be understood as prostitution), sexual exchanges (exchanging sex for resources such as accommodation, drugs, alcohol, debt repayments, etc.) and sexual exploitation (under 18 year olds exchanging sex for alcohol, drugs, money and other resources). We found a total of 82 adult females and 27 males involved in sex work or regular sexual exchanges. We also found evidence of a total of eight female children and two male children being sexually exploited. The numbers involved are not great, but the vulnerabilities of many involved are significant, and include vulnerabilities of health, housing, finances, safety and substance misuse. There are also apparent problems of people’s very low selfesteem and poor decision making which means they put themselves at a high risk of harm, both from a health point of view and from physical violence. Many of these vulnerabilities are associated with substance misuse. In relation to this, Darlington has a comprehensive drug treatment service including a safe injecting service and indeed some of those involved were identified through these centres. It would appear that some of those involved in sex work or exchanges who are in treatment are already in receipt of services to tackle the root of those vulnerabilities. However, there are other women who are involved in sex work or exploitation who are problematic drug users who are not accessing these centres. Such cases have been reported by other services, such as accommodation providers, who recognise behaviour but struggle to deal with it. Such agencies require a level of specialist professional support either to advise them on what action to take or to take their referrals. An issue which represents a key barrier to the provision of services was the consistent issue raised by respondents of the normalisation of sex work or exchange behaviour. Some clients or service users were said to “have become de-sensitised to it”. Indeed, it was reported that most women involved would not recognise they were being sexually exploited and “if you’d say it to them they would be really offended”. Details: Newcastle-upon-Tyne: Northern Rock Foundation, 2010. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2013 at: http://www.nr-foundation.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Sex-markets-in-Darlington-summary-report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prostitutes (U.K.) Shelf Number: 127540

Author: Hough, Mike Title: Intelligent Justice Balancing the Effects of Community Sentences and Custody Summary: The debate over whether ‘prison works’ seems interminable. The Howard League for Penal Reform has well established views on this topic, but political realities make revisiting this question, and perhaps deconstructing assumptions on both sides of the argument, both timely and valuable. The prison population in England and Wales has more than doubled since the mid 1990s. While the latest projections over the coming six years suggest that this growth may be slowing, there is no suggestion that the number of men, women and children incarcerated on any one day will drop below 80,000. Statisticians’ most optimistic assessment suggests numbers could at most drop to the level first reached in 2007 – an increase of 86 per cent compared to the prison population in 1991. At the same time, the realities of running a justice system during an age of austerity are becoming ever clearer. The Ministry of Justice must achieve £2bn annual savings by March 2015 and the failure to deliver sentencing reforms originally proposed by Kenneth Clarke has meant that around £130m of potential savings have been lost. A recent report by the National Audit Office found that the agency in charge of prisons and probation is now projected to overspend by £32m in 2012-13 alone. If that is the difficult context for policymakers, then this paper provides a framework for new thinking that might provide an escape from the current prisons crisis. The Ministry of Justice does not have the funds to build its way out of the overcrowding in the system, and there is little scope for further efficiency savings without endangering key principles of security and giving up on any pretence of a ‘rehabilitation revolution’. As the Chief Inspector of Prisons wrote in his most recent annual report, “if a rehabilitation revolution is to be delivered, there is a clear choice for politicians and policy makers – reduce prison populations or increase prison budgets.” This paper begins by examining the perennial arguments around the efficacy of community sentencing over short spells in custody. An even-handed analysis concedes that the picture is not a simple one, and that indeed it is the very complexity of the problem that necessitates a value-based approach to penal policy. It suggests that any cost-benefit analysis must take into account the long term impact of dramatic increases in imprisonment, which bring with them increases in a number of social problems that themselves sow the seeds for future crime: be it family breakdown, drug and alcohol addiction or poor physical and mental health. In the United States for example, this has seen the creation of a system “that feeds upon itself” and which has left many individual states near bankruptcy. 4 The authors conclude by asking for a new emphasis on not simply the prevention of reoffending through deterrence or incapacitation, but on constructing a penal system which seeks to encourage compliance with the law. This idea that people respond best when buying into behaviour such as abiding by the law, rather than being constantly compelled or cajoled into doing so, has powerful implications for future policymaking. It suggests, for example, that a narrow focus on paying providers by their results using the limited picture of reconviction rates may not be the best way to structure prisons and probation. It also suggests that an overweening focus on containing risk, essentially basing a system on a fear of failure, precludes redemptive narratives that promise more success in changing lives and reducing crime. Is the penal system to be based on unaffordable expansion and a fear of failure, or shall it live within its means and celebrate success? This is a question that must be answered sooner rather than later. Details: London: Howard League for Penal Reform, 2012. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2013 at: http://www.sccjr.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2013/02/Intelligent_Justice.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 127550

Author: Buckley, Paul Title: Violence at Work. Findings from the British Crime Survey 2011/12 (England and Wales) Summary: Work related violence remains a low risk in the workplaces of England and Wales in 2011/12. The trend in workplace violence remains on a downward trajectory and this has been a stable trend over the last number of years. However with 643’000 estimated incidents of violence in the workplace it is clear that there remain a high number of incidents occurring annually. The risk to both genders remains broadly similar in 2011/12 and this is relatively stable over a number of recent survey years. The occupations at highest risk remains stable also with protective service , health and education having they highest risks of experiencing violence at work. Again this has been broadly stable over the survey series. A considerable proportion of individuals are subject to repeat victimisation which may pertain to the nature of the job situation or an endemic problem within a particular area of work. In many cases individuals are likely to know the offender; however respondents are generally unclear if the offender is under the influence of drugs and alcohol. Whilst the majority of injuries sustained in a violent incident are classified as minor injuries it remains the case that a proportion are of a more serious nature with consequences both physically and psychologically for the individuals involved. For incidents of assault in the workplace 59% resulted in no physical injury whilst 41 resulted in a physical injury. Of these physical injuries minor bruising or a black eye was the most common injury at 29%. Severe bruising from heavier trauma was suggested in 12% of physical assaults in the workplace. Details: Bootle, UK: Health and Safety Executive and Office for National Statistics, 2013. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2013 at: http://www.hse.gov.uk/statistics/causinj/violence/violence-at-work.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 127559

Author: Barefoot Research and Evaluation Title: Study Into the Extent and Characteristics of the Sex Market and Sexual Exploitation in Cumbria Summary: This study, which was commissioned by Northern Rock Foundation under its Safety and Justice for Victims of Abuse Programme, investigates the extent and dynamics of sex markets and sexual exploitation in Cumbria. The study was carried out by Barefoot Research and Evaluation and the University of Cumbria using a knowledge mapping approach; we interviewed a total of 120 professionals from over 40 different organisations across Cumbria. It presents a snapshot of information between 2010 and 2011. We found evidence of a number of different types of sex markets and exploitation across Cumbria where both adults and children were involved. Adult markets included: • Female sex workers who work for escort agencies from the North West of England travelling up along the M6 corridor to work from hotels. • Females who work as independent sex workers who live across Cumbria who offer incalls and outcalls. • Females who work in brothels • Females engaged in survival sex work, exchanging sex for essential resources from money to accommodation. • Heterosexual males advertising as sex workers across Cumbria who offer services to females or male and female couples. • Homosexual males advertising as sex workers across Cumbria who offer services to males. • Homosexual males engaged in survival sex work. We make a distinction between formal sex work and survival sex work (though we fully accept that the boundaries between formal and survival sex work are often blurred). The difference between the two is generally the motivation for the work and whether the work is full time or occasional, Formal sex work, undertaken by escorts or independent sex workers, is often done as a full-time form of employment. Survival sex work tends to be occasional and is done when the individual needs either money for essential resources or often exchanges sex directly for those resources. Survival sex work is commonly associated with problematic substance misuse, for example, heroin or alcohol or other complex needs such as homelessness and mental ill health. Details: Newcastle upon Tyne: Northern Rock Foundation, 2012. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2013 at: http://www.nr-foundation.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/Study-into-sex-markets-and-child-sexual-exploitation-in-Cumbria-summary.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 127562

Author: Gullberg, Sofia Title: The State of the Estate. Women in Prison’s Report on the Women’s Custodial Estate 2011-12 Summary: Five years on from the Corston report and two years since the Bangkok Rules, Women in Prison’s flagship report “The State of the Estate” is the first of its kind and a unique piece of research. It provides accessible, like-for-like data on all 15 women’s prison in the UK and is intended to serve as a useful tool for researchers, policy makers and criminal justice practitioners alike. This first report will stand as a benchmark to measure future developments against. The section titled “What the women say: A day in the life of a woman prisoner” is a collection of first-hand accounts from women across the prison estate. This section complements the statistical parts of the report and provides us with a human account of the day-to-day reality of life in prison today. The report also looks at the UK female custodial estate from a human rights perspective. It provides the first evaluation of the UK Government's compliance with the UN Rules for the Treatment of Women Prisoners and Non-custodial Measures for Women Offenders (known as the Bangkok Rules). This section outlines and explains the Rules in terms of both theoretical policy and practical application while evaluating progress. Another key part of the report is a “spotlight issue”. The focus we have chosen for the 2011-12 report is mental health - an issue that really goes to the core of questioning the extent of custodial sentencing for women with mental health issues. Details: London: Women in Prison, 2013. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2013 at: http://www.womeninprison.org.uk/userfiles/file/StateoftheEstateReport.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 127564

Author: Pitman, Ivan Title: The Prevalence of Traumatic Brain Injury among Adult Male Offenders in the UK Summary: This study, the largest in the UK to consider the possible causal link between traumatic brain injury (TBI) and offending behaviour in adult males, showed that almost half (47%) of the men screened on admission to HMP Leeds had a history of TBI. With almost three quarters of offenders receiving their first injury before their first offence, a possible causal link between experiencing a TBI and offending was a key finding. In comparison with a group of offenders with no history of TBI, those offenders who had suffered a TBI had spent more time in prison, had been in and out of prison more often and were likely to experience higher rates of anxiety and depression. Routine screening, coupled with increased awareness, staff training and effective support, could prove vital to reducing recidivism as well as improving the health and well-being of significant numbers of offenders with a history of TBI. Details: Burgess Hill, West Sussex, UK: Disabilities Trust Foundation, 2012. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Briefing: Accessed February 12, 2013 at: http://www.vodg.org.uk/uploads/pdfs/The%20Disabilities%20Trust%20Foundation%20-%20Briefing%20on%20Brain%20Injury%20and%20Offending.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Brain Injuries and Offending (U.K.) Shelf Number: 127594

Author: PEER Research Team Title: Exploring the Lives of Sex Workers in Tyne and Wear Summary: The overall aim of the PEER project is to provide a robust evidence base regarding the experiences and service needs of women engaging in sex work in Tyne and Wear, in order to inform local knowledge, policy and practice in this area. Specifically, the research objectives are: • To document the lives and experiences of women selling sex in Tyne and Wear • To explore the women’s experiences of service provision in Tyne and Wear • To consult stakeholders about their knowledge and involvement in strategic decision-making and service provision in the context of sex work, and • To produce a number of targeted recommendations in relation to local policy and service provision in the context of sex work. The research was conducted using a peer-led methodology; 36 interviews were completed by peer researchers with women working as escorts (n=14), women engaged in opportunistic or survival sex work (n=20) and one women who had been trafficked for the purposes of sexual exploitation. One interview was also completed with a male escort. In addition 15 stakeholder interviews and one focus group were completed by the peer researchers in partnership with the academic research team. Details: Newcastle upon Tyne, UK: Northern Rock Foundations, 2013. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed FEbruary 13, 2013 at: http://www.nr-foundation.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/PEER_finalreport_full_v1_2.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 127600

Author: British Retail Consortium Title: Retail Crime Survey 2012 Summary: This year’s Retail Crime Survey was completed by 44 retailers, employing 1.4 million staff and between them representing 58 per cent of total retail turnover. This marks the most extensive coverage of the survey since its inception over 10 years ago. Retail crime cost UK retailers £1.6 billion in 2011-12, equivalent to almost 135,000 full-time entry level jobs in retail1. This is a 15.6 per cent increase in the value of crime affecting the retail sector compared with the previous year. This year’s survey showed a rise in incidents of crime across a number of categories including customer theft, employee theft, burglary, criminal damage and fraud. Some categories also recorded a rise in the average value of crime per incident. Despite the increase in the number of incidents and the overall cost of crime, there has been a significant reduction in the number of offences being reported to the police. The sector continued to invest heavily to better protect their businesses against all types of crime and anti-social behaviour. Expenditure on crime and loss prevention rose by 7.1 per cent in 2011-12, with a median expenditure of £750,000 per retailer. The average level of shrinkage as a proportion of sales was estimated at 1.21 per cent, down on 1.55 per cent last year. The key challenges over the next year are to: 1 Continue to tackle the under-reporting of offences so that the true extent and impact of crimes affecting the retail sector is more visible and thus ensure a more effective response to rising crime affecting retailers. 2 Secure more effective local engagement between Police and Crime Commissioners (PCCs), police and retailers to ensure that the effective role that retail plays in delivering safe and vibrant communities is better understood and drives the delivery of quantifiable results. 3 Ensure that there is better co-ordination of police activity to identify and detect offences that cross police force borders. This will involve working with the Association of Chief Police Officers as it continues to find more effective ways to measure crimes affecting business. 4 Provide ongoing evidence to highlight the cost and impact of e-crime on the retail sector to support our campaign for an enhanced policing response to e-crime. Details: London: British Retail Consortium, 2013. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 13, 2013 at: http://www.brc.org.uk/brc_show_document.asp?id=4389&moid=7842 Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crimes Against Businesses Shelf Number: 127609

Author: Great Britain. HM Inspectorate of Probation Title: Examining Multi-Agency Responses to Children and Young People who Sexually Offend: A joint inspection of the effectiveness of multi- agency work with children and young people in England and Wales who have committed sexual offences and wer Summary: This inspection focuses on the small but significant group of children and young people who commit sexual offences. These children and young people form a very small proportion of the overall cohort of those who offend but current estimates suggest that their behaviour could account for more than one-tenth of all sexual offending. Their behaviour can be extremely damaging, often involving other children and young people as victims. Yet the evidence from our inspection is that these children and young people do respond to intervention from the Youth Offending Teams and can be rehabilitated before developing entrenched patterns of behaviour. We were, therefore, very concerned to find that a sizeable number of them had been referred on previous occasions to children’s social care services but the significance of their sexual behaviour was either not recognised or dismissed. This, to us, represented a lost opportunity, both for the children and young people themselves and their potential victims. Once these children and young people had been identified and picked up by the justice system, their chances for rehabilitation dramatically improved. Many displayed a range of problems and clearly benefited from the additional attention given to their various needs and from the close working relationship they developed with the multi-disciplinary group of staff who make up Youth Offending Teams. However, the process was disturbingly slow, with cases taking on average eight months between disclosure and sentence. Although we saw many examples of good practice in direct work with young people, we found that too often the case management process supporting that work was characterised by poor communication between the relevant agencies, with inadequate assessment and joint planning. It appears to us that the lessons learnt from working with adults about the importance of developing a shared responsibility for the early identification and management of high risk cases across all the agencies involved, manifest in comprehensive, coordinated, multi-agency work, have still to permeate work with children and young people. Some basic improvements in process would bring considerable dividends. This report contains a number of recommendations to promote that end. Details: London: Criminal Justice Joint Inspection, 2013. 49p. Source: Internet Resousrce: Accessed FEbruary 15, 2013 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/inspectorate-reports/hmiprobation/joint-thematic/children-yp-who-sexually-offend-report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sex Offenders (U.K.) Shelf Number: 127623

Author: Great Britain. Comptroller and Auditor General Title: The UK Cyber Security Strategy: Landscape Review Summary: A National Audit Office review of the Government’s strategy for cyber security indicates that, although it is at an early stage, activities are already beginning to deliver benefits. The cost of cyber crime to the UK is currently estimated to be between £18 billion and £27 billion. Business, government and the public must therefore be constantly alert to the level of risk if they are to succeed in detecting and resisting the threat of cyber attack. The UK Cyber Security Strategy, published in November 2011, set out how the Government planned to deliver the National Cyber Security Programme through to 2015, committing £650 million of additional funding. Building on ten years’ experience of seeking to protect government information, systems and networks, the strategy placed greater emphasis on the role of the public and industry in helping secure the UK against attacks and also the opportunities to UK business from a growing market in cyber security. Among progress reported so far, the Serious Organised Crime Agency repatriated more than 2.3 million items of compromised card payment details to the financial sector in the UK and internationally since 2011, preventing a potential economic loss of more than £500 million. In the past year, moreover, the public reported to Action Fraud over 46,000 reports of cyber crime, amounting to £292 million worth of attempted fraud. The NAO identifies six key challenges faced by the Government in implanting its cyber security strategy in a rapidly changing environment. These are the need to influence industry to protect and promote itself and UK plc; to address the UK’s current and future ICT and cyber security skills gap; to increase awareness so that people are not the weakest link; to tackle cyber crime and enforce the law; to get government to be more agile and joined-up; and to demonstrate value for money. The NAO recognizes, in particular, that there are some challenges in establishing the value for money of the cyber security strategy. There is the conceptual problem that, if cyber attacks do not occur, it will be difficult to establish the extent to which that was down to the success of the strategy. There is also the challenge of determining the relative contribution to overall success or otherwise of different components of the strategy. And there is the challenge of assigning a value to the overall outcome, to set against the cost of the strategy. The Government has work underway to measure the benefits of the strategy. The report is designed to set the scene in an area likely to be of continuing interest to the Committee of Public Accounts. Although the Committee has not specifically examined the issue of cyber security, it raised concerns about cyber security in relation to the government’s plans for smart meters, which will enable energy suppliers to collect meter readings over the internet, as well as pointing to a lack of detail on cyber security plans in the Government’s 2011 ICT strategy. Details: London: National Audit Office, 2013. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 15, 2013 at: http://www.nao.org.uk/publications/1213/cyber_security.aspx Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 127624

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: The Use of Early Guilty Pleas in the Criminal Justice System in Northern Ireland Summary: Facilitating an offender who fully admits their guilt to be fast tracked through the criminal justice process should be relatively straightforward. Unfortunately, that is not always the case with significant numbers of pleas being entered late in the process as this inspection clearly shows. Entering an early guilty plea and getting the case to court for hearing and disposal has become a complex and protracted process. While we fully appreciate the right of an accused person to plead as they wish, more needs to be done to ensure that those who want to plead guilty are encouraged and facilitated to do so. The Department of Justice (DoJ), the police, prosecution and court service realise the benefits that can be achieved for victims, witnesses and offenders and have taken significant steps to try to move this issue in the right direction. Getting this right has the potential to lessen the impact on victims, deal with the offending behaviour sooner, save money and reduce the pressures on the courts and the judiciary. We accept that it will take a joint approach to improve the current situation and it is clear that the Minister of Justice and the Department are focussed on the critical issues of: • changes to criminal legal aid payments; • the development and delivery of a co-ordinated criminal justice wide early guilty plea scheme; and • other legislative reform including committals and statutory case management (which we have recommended on previous occasions). This report makes two strategic recommendations for the DoJ and a number of operational recommendations for criminal justice agencies to facilitate the progress of this important issue. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2013. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 15, 2013 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/6b/6bf65923-3cab-4dee-a2a3-717cee809e80.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Courts Shelf Number: 127626

Author: Benson, W. Title: The Effectiveness of Enforcement of Environmental Legislation Summary: The Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (Defra) is seeking a stakeholder consensus on the nature and scale of problems which may be affecting enforcement of environmental regulations. As part of that process in September 2005 it commissioned WRc to: • gather and analyse evidence to identify and define obstacles to efficient and effective enforcement of environmental regulations in England and Wales; • describe, in an objective way, any significant obstacles; and • establish criteria which possible solutions would need to achieve to overcome such obstacles. In addition to underpinning productive discussion of the issues, the assessment was also intended to assist the production of Regulatory Impact Assessments (RIAs) for any proposals for regulatory change. To cover a range of enforcement processes, regulators and regulated activities in a structured and systematic way, the study focused on five carefully selected Case Study Areas (CSAs): • Integrated Pollution Prevention & Control (IPPC), Integrated Pollution Control (IPC) and Local Authority Pollution Control (LAPC). • Water Quality. • Waste Management. • Noise. • Wildlife (species and habitat protection). The legislative framework, identifying the specific offences and regulatory powers that are relevant to the CSAs, is set out in Appendix A. Relevant previous work on the effectiveness of, and barriers to, enforcement was identified by literature search. Additionally, further data (both on the five CSAs, and of more general relevance) were sought and analysed, covering: • pollution incidents and actions taken (data from the Environment Agency); • fly-tipping (data from Defra); and • prosecutions and sentences (data from the Home Office and other sources). A number of statistical and other analytical techniques were applied to these data, as described in detail in appendices to the report. The information gained was examined, not only to obtain specific information about the five CSAs, but also – in the light of that obtained about environmental enforcement generally – to identify common themes and issues. Details: Swindon, UK: Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs, 2006. 163p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 21, 2013 at: http://archive.defra.gov.uk/environment/policy/enforcement/pdf/envleg-enforce-wrcreport.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Environmental Crimes Shelf Number: 127657

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice Title: Transforming Youth Custody: Putting Education at the Heart of Detention Summary: This consultation seeks views from staff and young people in youth custodial establishments, service providers in justice, education, detention and security, health, children services and wider social services, the judiciary, voluntary and community organisations and all those with an interest in young people. We also invite members of the public to respond. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2013. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Consultation Paper CP4/2013: Accessed February 21, 2013: http://www.official-documents.gov.uk/document/cm85/8564/8564.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Programs, Juveniles Shelf Number: 127686

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: Report on an Announced Inspection of Maghaberry Prison 19 - 23 March 2012 Summary: Maghaberry Prison is a complex and challenging establishment. It holds 1,000 men including remand prisoners, fine defaulters, lifers and a small number of separated paramilitary prisoners. A significant number have mental health problems and learning difficulties, while others are vulnerable because of their offences or disputes with other prisoners. Previous inspections have been very critical of the way Maghaberry responded to these challenges. On this occasion significant weaknesses remain, but we found areas of improvement and assess the prison as having progressed by one level in three out of the four healthy prison tests, while respect remained the same. Despite these improvements the prison still has a long way to go. The number of self-harm incidents was not high and arrangements for the support of those at risk of suicide or self-harm had improved, though were inconsistently applied. The Donard Day Centre opened in 2011, and its multi-disciplinary team provided excellent care for some very vulnerable prisoners, and in many ways it was the jewel in Maghaberry’s crown. Record-keeping by staff was poor but professional relationships between staff and prisoners were better and delivered more dynamic security intelligence. While the Care and Support (Segregation) unit regime was reasonable for those who were there for short periods, it was completely inadequate for prisoners who stayed for longer periods. There was a good induction programme for new arrivals, but some were missed. Some important features of prison life, such as the Progressive Regime and Earned Privileges scheme, were overly-punitive. Security could be overbearing and did not sufficiently relate to individual risk assessments. Nevertheless the introduction of ‘free flow’, which enabled most prisoners to move freely within the prison during the core day, was a major improvement and helped to normalise the atmosphere. The Dedicated Search Team, which we had grave concerns about during the last inspection, was no longer the pernicious influence it had once been. Many prisoners told us they had felt unsafe in the prison at some time. There was no effective monitoring of violent incidents to identify when and where they were likely to occur or how they could be prevented. Despite high staffing levels, association and exercise areas were not adequately supervised. We remain concerned that the prison does not provide a sufficiently safe environment for those held there. The introduction of mandatory drug testing was a good initiative and the structural arrangements for delivery of health services had improved. Unfortunately Maghaberry’s health care department was disorganised and beset by staff shortages when we inspected, and this was having an adverse impact on clinical outcomes. We were concerned about the lax management of divertible medication and managers told us this was a significant cause of bullying in the prison. Very poor drug treatment processes were dangerous for prisoners. At the time of the inspection, some separated Republican prisoners in Roe House were engaged in a dirty protest. The resulting conditions posed a threat to the health of prisoners and staff, but hygiene arrangements were being carefully managed and nobody had suffered any ill effects at the time of writing. The rest of Maghaberry was clean but suffered from considerable overcrowding. At the time of the inspection, 538 prisoners (more than half of the population) were sharing small, cramped cells that were designed for only one person. Maghaberry’s own statistics confirmed there were unequal outcomes for Roman Catholic prisoners in several important respects, yet this sensitive issue was not being effectively addressed. There were insufficient activity places available and prisoners spent too long locked in cells. A fully-employed prisoner could spend about nine hours a day out of cell on weekdays, but too many of those working were employed in unchallenging orderly roles, which offered nothing like a normal work environment. It was unsatisfactory that the 50% of prisoners who were unemployed spent up to 20 hours a day in their cells. The new Learning and Skills Centre is an excellent resource so it was frustrating that staffing shortages meant it was considerably under-used. The learning and skills curriculum was too narrow and was not aligned to local labour market needs. Otherwise, there were more hopeful signs – the quality of teaching, training and learning was generally good, as was the provision of basic literacy and numeracy and English for Speakers of Other Languages; there was some innovative use of mentors in education; the library was a good resource and physical education was very good. Resettlement was the most positive aspect of Maghaberry Prison. Despite the range of prisoners held, there were good attempts to address the behaviour of both short and long-term prisoners including some prisoners on remand, and to meet the basic practical needs of those who were about to be released. Public protection arrangements were functioning better than when we last inspected. Some aspects of provision for lifers had improved, although the closure of the Belfast ‘step down’ facility for testing long-term prisoners in a less secure environment was a big loss and should be urgently redressed. Provision of offending behaviour programmes had improved since the new Offender Management Unit took over co-ordination, but not all needs were met. The visitors halls were cramped and noisy and visits did not start on time, although other support for prisoners’ families such as the Quakers Visitor Centre, was very positive. Maghaberry remains a prison which does not yet provide a sufficient level of safety and respectful treatment, with too many prisoners having little purposeful activity to do. Nevertheless, this inspection found signs of real improvement. Some excellent work was being done by individual staff in a context where professional relationships overall were improving, and investment in new facilities had created opportunities for further improvement. At a time of major reform throughout the Northern Ireland Prison Service, these improvements now need to be embedded in the culture and processes at Maghaberry so that the progress that has been made is built on further. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2012. 174p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 21, 2013 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/b5/b561aa96-c6b8-417f-9c70-a736713315e8.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Maghaberry Prison Shelf Number: 127692

Author: Great Britain. HM Inspectorate of Probation Title: Aggregate Report: Offender Management Inspection 2009-2012 Summary: • This report provides aggregate findings across the nine English Regions and Wales from HMI Probation’s second round of Offender Management Inspections (OMI 2) which was completed in November 2012. The findings in this report cover the 36 Probation Trust areas1 inspected in the programme and are based on close scrutiny of representative samples of cases in each area. • Overall, these findings indicate that a great deal of good work is being undertaken with adult offenders, but that there remains scope for further improvement in specific aspects. • On the main “headline” elements of work inspected in OMI 2: o on average, HMI Probation judged that 75% of work to keep each offender’s risk of harm to others to a minimum was of a sufficiently high level of quality o on average, HMI Probation judged that 74% of work to make each individual less likely to reoffend was of a sufficiently high level of quality o on average, HMI Probation judged that 79% of compliance and enforcement work (aimed at ensuring that each individual offender serves their sentence) was of a sufficiently high level of quality For each of these elements there were considerable gaps between the highest and lowest scores between individual Trust areas, but no Trust received a score which required a reinspection. • In 74% of all cases (and in 79% of high risk of harm cases) all reasonable action was taken to keep risk of harm to others to a minimum. • In 66% of all cases (but in 79% of high risk of harm cases), risk of harm to identifiable, or potentially identifiable, victims was effectively managed. • In only 51% of all cases (but in 71% of high risk of harm cases) was there management involvement in child safeguarding issues. • In 81% of all cases, interventions were delivered according to the requirements of the sentence. • In 76% of all cases, constructive interventions encouraged and challenged the offender to take responsibility for their actions and decisions related to offending, while in the community. • In 85% of all cases, effective action had, where necessary, been taken to secure compliance with all interventions. • In 76% of all cases (and in 84% of high risk of harm cases), breach action or recall was instigated on all occasions when required. • In general, the quality of work with cases assessed as high risk of harm was better than that for all cases as a whole. • When analysed by diversity characteristics, there was no evidence of any major difference in quality of work by gender, ethnicity, or reported disability. However, where there were differences, in respect of age, there was evidence that some aspects of work were done sufficiently well with older offenders somewhat more often than with younger adult offenders. Details: London: HM IOnspectorate of Probation, 2013. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 26, 2013 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/inspectorate-reports/hmiprobation/adult-inspection-reports/omi2/omi2-aggregate-findings-feb-2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Management Shelf Number: 127718

Author: Tanner, Will Title: The Case for Private Prisons Summary: The U.K. Government made two major announcements on prisons at the end of 2012: the effective abolition of whole prison contracting to private companies and the decision not to introduce local pay in the prison system. Instead the Government will pursue a “new approach” limiting competition to rehabilitation and ancillary services. It will introduce an “efficiency benchmark” for public sector prisons. It will maintain national pay scales in prisons. The evidence shows that the Government’s new approach is mistaken. The Ministry of Justice rates prison performance under four headings (“domains”). New Reform analysis of this data shows superior performance by the private sector against comparable public sector prisons: >>Resource management and operational effectiveness: 12 out of 12 privately managed prisons are better than comparable public sector prisons >>Decency: 7 out of 12 privately managed prisons are better than comparable public sector prisons >>Reducing re-offending: 7 out of 12 privately managed prisons are better than comparable public sector prisons. >>Public protection: 5 out of 12 privately managed prisons are better than comparable public sector prisons Reform has also conducted new research into reoffending rates by prison, which also show superior private sector performance: >>10 out of 12 privately managed prisons have lower reoffending rates among offenders serving 12 months or more than comparable public sector prisons >>7 out of 10 privately managed prisons have lower reoffending rates among offenders serving fewer than 12 months, compared to public sector prisons. Existing research has shown that flexible terms and condition are one of the key reasons why private operators have been able to deliver better performance. Flexible working conditions have resulted in better staff-prisoner relationships, more positive prison environments, higher staff satisfaction and a more diverse workforce. Existing research has made clear that the threat of competition has itself been a spur for innovation in public sector prisons. 2 The evidence therefore suggests that a different approach is needed, based on the following recommendations: >> Market test all prisons. Market testing has been limited to just 17 of the 131 prisons in the estate. >> Introduce fixed term contracts for all prisons. >> Publish comparable cost and performance data for all prisons. >> Give prisons flexibility over pay and conditions. Details: London: Reform, 2013. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Reform Ideas No. 2: Accessed February 27, 2013 at: http://www.reform.co.uk/resources/0000/0635/Reform_Ideas_No_2_-_The_case_for_private_prisons.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prison Administration Shelf Number: 127727

Author: Great Britain. HM Inspectorate of Constabulary Title: Revisiting Police Relationships: Progress Report Summary: In 2011, we published Without Fear or Favour, which looked at instances of undue influence, inappropriate contractual arrangements and other abuses of power in police relationships with the media and other parties. While we found no evidence of endemic corruption in police relationships, we did not issue a clean bill of health. This revisit found that, while forces have made some progress, particularly around putting in place processes and policies to manage threats to integrity, more needs to be done. Details: London: HMIC, 2012. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 1, 2013 at: http://www.hmic.gov.uk/media/revisiting-police-relationships.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Corruption Shelf Number: 127742

Author: Landale, Sarah A. Title: Trajectories, Transitions and Turning Points: Sports, Substance Misuse and Desistance Summary: Despite well-established health benefits of physical exercise (Department of Health 2004; 2010; Pang et al., 2008), sport has played relatively little part in adult alcohol and drug treatment programmes. Limited research examines the contribution sporting programmes may make to people in their recovery from addiction. However, natural recovery research (overcoming addiction without formal treatment) identifies that meaningful activities are a key part of resolving alcohol and drug problems. At six-month intervals, this study conducted three individual, in-depth interviews with 19 male adults with substance misuse problems. They were engaging regularly on Second Chance, a sports programme for socially excluded groups, as part of their recovery from addiction. The study identified two patterns of behaviour. One group were desisting. In addition to Second Chance they had occupations which provided them with networks of support, and their narratives reflected hope and self-efficacy. The second group had few occupations, low self-efficacy, and high levels of anxiety, and their time was spent with other similarly situated people. Employing a developmental, life course theory of informal social controls (Laub and Sampson 2003), this study prospectively examined desistance from substance misuse in the context of Second Chance. The theory suggests that desistance and persistence from crime can be meaningfully understood by examining individuals’ routine activities, informal social controls and agency. Turning points are a key concept in life course theories, defined as change in the long term pathway which was initiated at an earlier point in time (Elder 1998). This study suggested that Second Chance was a “window of opportunity for change” (Groshkova and Best 2011:33), within which a turning point was being experienced by some of the interviewees. The turning point was an identity transformation, and this was facilitated through a confluence of meaningful routine activities, informal social controls, and, personal agency. Details: Durham, UK: Durham University, School of Applied Social Sciences, 2011. 277p. Source: Internet Resource: Theses: Accessed March 1, 2013 at: http://etheses.dur.ac.uk/3623/1/Thesis_-_landale,_s..pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 127746

Author: Davies, Toby P. Title: A Mathematical Model of the London Riots and their Policing Summary: In August 2011, several areas of London experienced episodes of large-scale disorder, comprising looting, rioting and violence. Much subsequent discourse has questioned the adequacy of the police response, in terms of the resources available and strategies used. In this article, we present a mathematical model of the spatial development of the disorder, which can be used to examine the effect of varying policing arrangements. The model is capable of simulating the general emergent patterns of the events and focusses on three fundamental aspects: the apparently-contagious nature of participation; the distances travelled to riot locations; and the deterrent effect of policing. We demonstrate that the spatial configuration of London places some areas at naturally higher risk than others, highlighting the importance of spatial considerations when planning for such events.Wealso investigate the consequences of varying police numbers and reaction time, which has the potential to guide policy in this area. Details: London: University College London, 2013. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Scientific Reports: Accessed March 1, 2013 at: http://www.nature.com/srep/2013/130221/srep01303/pdf/srep01303.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crowd Control Shelf Number: 127748

Author: Newman, Robert Title: Turning Young Lives Around: How health and justice services can respond to children with mental health problems and learning disabilities who offend Summary: Children in the UK who offend - the facts: • 85,300 children were supervised by Youth Offending Teams in 2010/11, a reduction of 20% from 2009/10 • Around 25% of children who offend have very low IQs of less than 70 • 43% of children on community orders have emotional and mental health needs, and the prevalence amongst children in custody is much higher • 60% of children who offend have communication difficulties and, of this group, around half have poor or very poor communication skills • Around 33% of all children accessing local drug and substance misuse services are referred from the youth justice system • 27% of children and young people who offend are not in full time education, training or employment at the end of their period of youth justice supervision. This briefing paper seeks to encourage effective joint working between Health and Wellbeing Boards and youth justice services, in particular, to ensure that local strategies reflect the needs of children and young people who offend, especially those with mental health problems and learning disabilities. It outlines a practical action agenda and provides examples of good practice to help turn these young lives around. Details: London: Prison Reform Trust, 2013. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Briefing Paper: Accessed March 1, 2013 at: http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/Portals/0/Documents/turningyounglivesaroundFINAL.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 127753

Author: Hoggett, J. , Redford, P. , Toher, D. and White, P. Title: Police identity in a time of rapid organizational, social and political change: A pilot report, Avon and Somerset constabulary Summary: This project was developed by a research team at the University of the West of England (UWE) under the direction of the Principal Investigator (PI) Dr. James Hoggett. Dr Hoggett initially approached the Constables Central Committee (CCC) of the Police Federation in November 2011 to discuss the possibility of developing a project to look at police officer perceptions about a range of changes occurring within the police service and how these changes may be impacting on police officers lives. The Constables Central Committee agreed to help facilitate the research project. In May 2012 the PI attended the annual Police Federation conference in Bournemouth to conduct focus groups with officers to enable the identification of the issues and changes that matter most to the police. These focus groups formed the basis for the development of a questionnaire survey which was constructed using the online survey software package Qualtrics in collaboration with Drs Redford, Toher and White of the University of the West of England, Bristol. A draft of the questionnaire was reviewed by members of the CCC who agreed to its format and content. With the assistance of the CCC, Avon and Somerset Constabulary volunteered to act as the pilot force for the research project. All officers from the rank of Police Constable to Chief Inspector were emailed the questionnaire survey via their work PNN email address (a total of 3017 officers). A total of 1400 officers completed at least 98 of the 108 survey questions (a response rate of 46%) and the statistical results in this report are based on the responses from these officers as of 16:00 on 01/11/2012. Three focus groups were also conducted with officers from the Avon and Somerset Constabulary. These focus groups addressed issues raised within the survey and also examined officer’s views about being a police officer in 2012/13 and the issues which impact upon them. These focus groups were conducted by the PI at police stations or Federation buildings within the Avon and Somerset force area. A number of key themes were identified from the questionnaire survey and focus group analysis which form the basis of this report. In summary, these themes are that the role of the police in 2012/13 is multifaceted and reducing the role to simply that of a crime fighter is overly simplistic and potentially problematic for the police and the public as it may affect the nature of interactions between them. The report also identifies the police in Avon and Somerset have a strong sense of organisational identity. In other words, being a police officer is a fundamental part of their self concept (who they are) and what affects one officer impacts on other officers. In relation to the current social, economic and political changes impacting upon the police service a number of themes were identified, ranging from issues about the government and the Winsor reviews in general to more specific issues of pensions, retirement and redundancy, fitness testing, direct entry and educational requirements, privatisation and police and crime commissioners. The report identifies that officers in Avon and Somerset have a negative view of recent and proposed changes to the police service and also have negative opinions about the Winsor reviews. Issues identified of most concern for officers were changes to pensions, retirement age and privatisation, while those of comparatively less concern were fitness testing, changes to the promotion system and changes to role and skill based pay. The report also illustrates that police officers are not against the idea of the need for change and reform in the police service in general. However, the report identifies that officers believe that any change processes should be made in collaboration with the police and be independent of politics. The report highlights that officers believe that issues of police morale, the sacrifices made to be officers and the goodwill of the police are vitally important to the police service. The report identifies that current police morale is low at both an individual and organisational level. In other words, officers believe that their own morale and that of their colleagues is low. The report also illustrates the sacrifices officers believe they make to be in the police service. For example, the negative impact that it has on their life when they are not at work and the impact that it has on the lives of their family and identifies that a majority of officers no longer believe that the sacrifices they make for the job are worth it. The report shows that officers believe that goodwill is essential to the success of the police because it forms the bedrock of policing and the police service could not function without it. It also identifies that officers believe that the changes occurring to the police service will erode this goodwill. Despite this concern the research identifies that goodwill is still present within Avon and Somerset constabulary and that it is linked to officers unifying sense of police identity. The final part of the report identifies that officers are concerned about the future of the police service, particularly in terms of the uncertainties they face and the lack of support they feel they are receiving at a local and national level from senior management. Moreover, the report identifies that officers suggest that this uncertainty is leading them to consider whether alternative forms of employment would be better for them and their families’. Details: Bristol, UK: University of the West of England, 2013. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 1, 2013 at: http://eprints.uwe.ac.uk/19068/1/Police%20Federation%20Pilot%20Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Officers (U.K.) Shelf Number: 127754

Author: Spalek, Basia Title: Key Evaluation Findings of the West Midlands (WM) 1-2-1 Mentoring Scheme Summary: This report presents key findings from an evaluation of the West Midlands One-to-One (WM 1-2-1) mentoring project. The project arose from a concern that there is a shortage of easily accessible and quality assured, accredited and vetted mentors who can provide one-to-one support to people assessed to be at risk of violent extremism (Al Qaeda influenced, extreme Right Wing and Animal Rights). The initial focus of the project was to design a structure for selection and recruitment of a suitable pool of mentors, with agreed professional daily rates; as well as to develop a governance plan to sustain the process after the first phase of recruitment. Dr Basia Spalek, Professor Lynn Davies and Dr Laura Zahra McDonald from the University of Birmingham were commissioned to undertake an evaluation study of the scheme. This focussed on examining whether the WM 1-2-1 mentoring project was addressing its key objectives and whether it had a sustainable business model. It therefore looked at the managerial structure, the concept of mentoring, the support and training needs of mentors, risk, the measurement of success and how the project would enhance understanding of radicalisation and de-radicalisation. The methodology comprised interviewing in depth 16 people across the different management components of the scheme (Project Board, Steering Group, Mentor Selection Panel), observing meetings of these Boards and analysing documentation. The evaluation is qualitative, presenting the views of participants, seeking patterns of agreement as well as debate, and relating to existing literature and research. Details: Birmingham, UK: University of Birmingham, Institute of Applied Social Studies, 2010. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 4, 2013 at: http://www.birmingham.ac.uk/Documents/college-social-sciences/social-policy/IASS/news-events/west-midlands-1-2-1-evaluation-findings.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mentoring (U.K.) Shelf Number: 127815

Author: Chana, Rajinder Title: The Prevent Initiative: A Review of Local and National Prevent Work. What Can Yorkshire and Humberside Probation Region Learn? Summary: Yorkshire and Humberside Probation Region has been responsible for supervising offenders convicted under the Terrorism Act (TACT) or for terrorist related offences. It is predicted that these numbers will potentially increase as will the number of offenders on the Trust’s caseload that may be at risk of radicalisation. A recent evaluation (Harris, 2010) looked at the training, consultancy, and support work developed and offered to assist Offender Managers at West Yorkshire Probation Trust (WYPT). Staff feedback from the evaluation found that they felt more confident in such work. The purpose of the current research is to assess what work is being developed and undertaken, both locally and nationally, with radicalised offenders on probation and those identified as susceptible to radicalisation. The key research questions are: 1. What work is currently undertaken nationally and locally with radicalised offenders on probation and those susceptible to radicalisation? Does this differ across areas? 2. What does the literature suggest as to what makes an individual become radicalised or susceptible to radicalisation? 3. What interventions have been or are being developed for such individuals locally and nationally? Does this differ across areas? 4. Are there any emerging trends or evidence since the initiative began of what can be applied to such individuals for what we can prescribe as an intervention? 5. Are there any issues relating to the new risk assessment tool1 that is being piloted by NOMS? The research will be used to inform the development of interventions within Yorkshire and Humberside Probation Region. Details: Wakefield, UK: West Yorkshire Probation Trust, 2010. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 4, 2013 at: www.westyorksprobation.org.uk Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Probation Shelf Number: 127817

Author: West Yorkshire National Probation Services' Cocker, Sarah Title: Using Reconviction Data to Explore the Usefulness of Community Penalties in West Yorkshire Summary: • This study is based on two samples of offenders. The first (Community Penalties) comprised 343 offenders sentenced to a Community Punishment Order, a Community Rehabilitation Order, or a Community Punishment and Rehabilitation Order. The second sample (Comparison) consisted of 215 cases that had a proposal for one of the three community penalties in their Pre-Sentence Report (PSR) but who received a lesser sentence at court (i.e. no period of supervision by the probation service). • The two samples were not found to be well matched in terms of age, risk of reconviction (OGRS), and index offence. The samples were also taken from differing time periods. This makes it difficult to draw conclusions about the effectiveness of West Yorkshire community penalties based on this data alone. • The actual reconviction rate for the Community Penalties sample was 45.2%; this is 0.3% higher than the predicted rate of 44.9%. In contrast, the actual reconviction rate for the Comparison sample was 31.6%; this is 5.5% lower than the predicted rate of 37.1%. • The actual reconviction rate for the Community Penalties group was 8.1% lower than the recent national figures for community sentences (53.3%). The two studies used different counting methods and are therefore not directly comparable. • Those who were reconvicted in both the Community Penalties and Comparison samples tended to be younger and had higher predicted reconviction rates than those who did not re-offend. • Younger offenders were also found to have higher actual reconviction rates than older offenders in both samples. Offenders aged between 16-20 years had actual reconviction rates of 65.4% (Community Penalties sample) and 63.6% (Comparison sample) whilst offenders in the 35+ age bracket had reconviction rates of 19.2% and 20.3% respectively. • Analysis of reconviction rates by risk band (OGRS) showed that the reconviction rate increased with each risk band. For example, cases with an OGRS score between 0-25 had reconviction rates of 14.0% (Community Penalties) and 11.4% (Comparison) compared to reconviction rates of 83.8% and 77.8% respectively for cases with OGRS scores between 76-100. This suggests that OGRS is a useful predictor of risk of reconviction for both samples. • Cases with index offences of an ‘acquisitive’ nature had the highest reconviction rates in both the Community Penalties (68.4%) and Comparison (50%) samples. • Cases with a Community Punishment Order (CPO) had the lowest reconviction rates (33.8%) of those in the Community Penalties sample. Those with a Community Rehabilitation Order (CRO) had the highest rate (57.9%) whilst those with a Community Punishment & Rehabilitation Order (CPRO) had a reconviction rate of 36.4%. This rate is lower than anticipated although this may be due to the small number of cases with a CPRO and should be used with caution. • Reconviction rates for those who did and did not complete their community order were significantly different; the reconviction rate for those who completed was 33.2% (n=76) compared to a reconviction rate of 70.3% (n=71) for those who did not complete. However, those who completed their order had a much lower predicted reconviction rate (38.6%) than those who did not complete (59%). • In terms of first re-offence, a larger proportion (+12.4%) of cases that did not complete their community order committed an offence which was of a more serious nature than those who completed their order (47.9% compared to 35.5% respectively). • By the six month stage, 23% of the Community Penalties sample had been reconvicted of an offence and 52% of those who were reconvicted within the two year period had already done so. By 12 months 35% of the sample had been reconvicted and 77% of those who were reconvicted had already done so. • In contrast, by the six month stage, 16% of the Comparison sample had been reconvicted and 51% of those who were reconvicted in this sample had done so by this stage. By 12 months, 22% of the Comparison sample had been reconvicted and 69% of the Comparison sample who were reconvicted had done so by this stage. These findings suggest that the first few months after sentence are critical in terms of reducing the risk of further reconviction. • A larger proportion of the Comparison sample (52.9%, n=66) were convicted of only one offence within two-years compared to the Community Penalties sample (42.6%, n=36). Similar proportions of offenders in the Community Penalties (40%, n=62) and Comparison samples (38.2%, n=26) had two, three or four reconvictions within two-years. However, a much larger proportion (17.4%, n=27) of offenders in the Community Penalties sample had between 5 & 11 reconvictions compared to the Comparison sample (8.8%, n=6). Details: Wakefield, UK: National Probation Service (West Yorkshire), 2006. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 3, 2013 at: http://www.westyorksprobation.org.uk Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 127818

Author: Graham, John Title: Policing Young Adults: A Scoping Study Summary: This report presents the findings of a small scoping study on the policing of young adults. Its main aim is to highlight key issues and challenges and identify a future agenda for research, policy and practice. It draws on a small number of interviews with young adults, police officers and individual experts (e.g. policy makers, community safety experts and relevant literature). The study focuses on encounters between young adults and the police, particularly those involving stop and search and the night-time economy, and how well the police handle – and are trained to handle – such encounters. Details: London: Police Foundation, 2013. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 5, 2013 at: http://www.police-foundation.org.uk/uploads/catalogerfiles/policing-young-adults/policing_young_adults.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 127846

Author: Sharp, Nicola Title: Still Hidden? Going Missing as an Indicator of Child Sexual Exploitation Summary: In 2011-12, 128 of the children and young people who contacted Missing People were identified as either experiencing or being at risk of child sexual exploitation. Analysis of the cases for which details of age and gender were known revealed that all the victims were female and the majority were aged between 13 and 17.3 This reflects what is understood nationally about the profile of sexually exploited children and young people (CEOP, 2011; Jago et al. 2011; Berelowitz et al. 2012). The experiences of exploited young people further reflect recognised methods of coercion, including being coerced by people and/or by circumstances to exchange sexual acts for accommodation, grooming and use of the internet. Exploitation was initiated by strangers, older ‘boyfriends’, relatives and networks of perpetrators. The number of children and young people affected by child sexual exploitation and receiving support from the charity is almost certainly an underestimate. As Jago et al. (2011) note, sexually exploited young people are often described as ‘hidden’. Their experiences can go unrecognised or be misunderstood, particularly in the case of older teenagers. This is because the coercive nature of exploitative relationships may hide or confuse what is really going on for practitioners and young people alike. In addition, the exploitative process may lead young people to display behaviour that masks their vulnerability. As a consequence, a key principle in responding to the exploitation of children and young people is to take a proactive approach (Pearce, 2009; Jago et al. 2011). This includes increasing recognition of the indicators of child sexual exploitation and being able to respond appropriately. The Office of the Children’s Commissioner for England notes this in its interim report on chid sexual exploitation in gangs and groups and urges that immediate action is taken in relation to circulating details of the warning signs to all professionals who come into contact with children and young people (Berelowitz et al. 2012). Of the 11 warning signs identified by the inquiry report, ‘missing from home or care’ is noted as representing ‘particular concern’. Details: London: Missing People, 2012. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 7, 2013 at: https://www.missingpeople.org.uk/missing-people/latest-news/missing-people-launches-report-to-safeguard-vulnerable-children Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 127853

Author: Kelman, Steven Title: Are There Managerial Practices Associated with Service Delivery Collaboration Success?: Evidence from British Crime and Disorder Reduction Partnerships Summary: Little empirical work exists measuring if interagency collaborations delivering public services produce better outcomes, and none looking inside the black box at collaboration management practices. We examine whether there are collaboration management practices associated with improved performance of Crime and Disorder Reduction Partnerships, a crossagency collaboration in England and Wales. These exist in every local authority in England and Wales, so there are enough of them to permit quantitative analysis. And their aim is crime reduction, and crime data over time are available, allowing actual results (rather than perceptions or self-reports) to be analyzed longitudinally. We find that there are management practices associated with greater success at reducing crime, mostly exhibited through interaction effects such that the practice in question is effective in some circumstances but not others. Our findings support the arguments of those arguing that effective management of collaborations is associated with tools for managing any organization, not ones unique to managing collaborations: if you want to be a good collaboration manager, you should be a good manager, period. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard University, John F. Kennedy School of Government, 2011. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: HKS Faculty Research Working Paper Series RWP11-011, John F. Kennedy School of Government, Harvard University: Accessed March 7, 2013 at: http://nrs.harvard.edu/urn-3:HUL.InstRepos:4723208 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 127864

Author: Holmes, Lucy Title: Living in Limbo: The experiences of, and impacts on, the families of missing people Summary: Every year police forces in the UK receive in the region of 210,000 reports of missing people. Whilst most are resolved relatively quickly, other disappearances continue for prolonged periods, leaving family members to cope with the pain of not knowing where their loved one is, or what has happened to them. In 2007/08, the charity Missing People recorded nearly 30,000 enquiries about missing people and opened over 1,000 actively managed missing people family support cases. However, despite the high number of people who go missing in the UK each year, relatively little is known about the day to day experiences of the families they leave behind. In the absence of any UK based research conducted directly with families of missing people about their experiences, this research study has been designed to explore the issues such families face. This small scale, exploratory study aimed to provide a rich and deep account of the ways in which a disappearance can affect a missing person’s family members. Qualitative in-depth interviews were conducted with 22 adult participants from 20 families of currently missing adults, all receiving services from Missing People. The missing family members ranged in age from 18 to 70, and the durations for which they had been missing ranged from several months to more than 30 years. Missing incidents may be characterised by the degree of ‘intent’ on the part of the missing person (who may have left intentionally or unintentionally) and the role of external factors (including other people). This is demonstrated by both Payne’s typology of ‘runaways’, ‘throwaways’, ‘pushaways’, ‘fallaways’ and ‘takeaways’, and Biehal et al’s ‘missing continuum’ (Payne, 1995 and Biehal et al, 2003). In many cases, the missing person’s intention may not be fully known or understood by the family members left behind. While this study did not adopt either typology for the purposes of sampling, the distinction between intentional and unintentional absences informed the analysis of the relationship between family members’ perceptions of the disappearance and their subsequent emotional experience. While the experiences of families when someone goes missing are under-researched, there has been some work that has developed relevant concepts. Boss has written extensively on the treatment of families experiencing ‘ambiguous loss’; either as a result of a family member going missing and their fate remaining unknown, or an individual being physically present but having lost their personality, for example through dementia (Boss 1999, 2002, 2007). The concept of ambiguous loss provides a framework for analysing stressors, coping strategies and psychosocial impacts (including how family members’ mental health and subsequent behaviour is affected by the experience). The research has identified three key domains of experience faced by the families of missing people: emotional and social experiences; financial, legal and other practical impacts; and experiences with service providers and the media. Details: London: Missing People, 2008. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2013 at: www.missingpeople.org.uk Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Missing Persons (U.K.) Shelf Number: 127910

Author: Pease, Ken Title: Home Security and Place Design: Some Evidence and Its Policy Implications Summary: In August 2011 the National Housing Federation stated that ‘rises in private rental sector costs, increased social housing waiting lists, price booms and a 'chronic under-supply' of new homes that has seen 105,000 built in England in 2011, threaten to plunge the market into an 'unprecedented crisis', Housing Minister Grant Shapps promised ‘… despite the need to tackle the deficit we inherited, this government is putting £4.5 billion towards an affordable homes programme which is set to exceed our original expectations and deliver up to 170,000 new homes over the next four years. 'The Government aims to reduce the regulatory burden and where possible the cost of development for house builders. This commitment takes a number of forms, including a ‘one in one out policy’ where any increase in regulation in one area must be matched by a decrease in another, with an explicit approach of ‘regulation as a last resort’. In 2013 additional regulatory burdens are to fall on house builders. These will have to be offset somehow. The Home Office has already signalled its unwillingness to offer offsetting deregulation. Complementing the aspiration to reduce nationally imposed regulation is the localism agenda. The core policy aspiration to create a ‘Big Society’ focuses attention on the generation of local structures and associations. Policy almost always involves a trade-off between, on the one hand, personal and organisational freedom and on the other, longer-term social objectives; between the freedom of mothers to dispense bags of chips through school railings at lunchtime and the long-term health costs of the obesity epidemic; between freedom from security checks and possible terrorist action. The trade-off between freedom in place design and consequent crime represents such a dilemma. Security has a cost at the point of build or refurbishment. Such benefits as it may confer come later. The means by which such benefits may best be conferred require discussion. This report attempts to discuss the benefits (direct and indirect) against the costs, and (given that security is concluded to have benefits), to decide how these benefits may be realised. Details: Leicester, UK: Perpetuity Research & Consultancy International (PRCI) Ltd, 2011. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2013 at: http://www.securedbydesign.com/professionals/pdfs/Home-Security-and-Place-Design.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Burglary Shelf Number: 127917

Author: Brandon, Marian Title: Neglect and Serious Case Reviews. A report from the University of East Anglia commissioned by NSPCC Summary: This study provides a new contribution to our learning about neglect by exploring the circumstances in which neglect can be catastrophic and have a fatal or seriously harmful outcome for a child. It provides a systematic analysis of neglect in serious case reviews (local multi-agency reviews of child deaths or serious injury where abuse or neglect is known or suspected) in England, between 2003–2011. It draws on anonymised research information from over 800 cases from the four government commissioned national biennial analyses carried out by the authors, offering further analysis of the neglect cases that formed part of the most recent biennial analysis (Brandon et al 2012). While this examination of neglect in serious case reviews provides important new learning, it is essential to be clear about the limitations of the study. Serious case reviews are not a reflection of typical child protection practice. The constellation of neglect-related events and characteristics that came together in these cases to produce an outcome of fatality or grave injury cannot be distilled into a check list of risk factors that predict such an outcome. In most cases with similar characteristics, a child will not come to such catastrophic harm. Yet there is learning here about how risks of harm accumulate and combine and the points at which intervention might successfully have helped to contain these risks. The learning is as important for children known to universal services, where they do not see a social worker, as for children with known child protection risks. Details: London: National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children, 2013. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2013 at: http://www.nspcc.org.uk/Inform/resourcesforprofessionals/neglect/neglect-scrs-pdf_wdf94689.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect (U.K.) Shelf Number: 127921

Author: Goodwin, Matthew Title: The Roots of Extremism: The English Defence League and the Counter-Jihad Challenge Summary: While right-wing extremism and populist extremist parties have been the subject of growing attention in Europe and North America, the emergence of ‘counter- Jihad’ groups has been relatively neglected. Campaigning amid fiscal austerity and ongoing public concerns over immigration, these groups are more confrontational, chaotic and unpredictable than established populist extremist political parties, yet not enough is known about who supports them – and why. Widely held assumptions about their supporters – which often stress economic austerity, political protest and Islamophobia as the key drivers – are challenged by new survey data on public attitudes towards the ideas of one leading counter- Jihad group, the English Defence League. The data indicate that supporters of such groups are not necessarily young, uneducated, economically insecure or politically apathetic. They are not simply anti-Muslim or overtly racist, but xenophobic and profoundly hostile towards immigration. They are more likely than others in society to expect inter-communal conflict and to believe that violence is justifiable. And their beliefs about the threatening nature of Islam have wider public support. Few mainstream voices in Europe are actively challenging counter-Jihad narratives, or the surrounding reservoir of anti-Muslim prejudice among the general public, but this is an essential part of any successful counter-strategy. Details: London: Chatham House, 2013. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Briefing Paper: Accessed March 12, 2013 at: http://www.chathamhouse.org/sites/default/files/public/Research/Europe/0313bp_goodwin.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 127923

Author: Centre for Social Justice. Slavery Working Group Title: It Happens Here: Equipping the United Kingdom to Fight Modern Slavery Summary: The Centre for Social Justice fights for people trapped in social breakdown and poverty. We seek to understand the root causes of deprivation and promote transformative solutions. This report exposes the shocking plight of those who are trapped in modern slavery in the UK. The national response to this problem is currently inadequate to the task of eliminating it. Our review seeks to breathe new life into the fight against modern slavery. It proposes a revitalisation of every aspect of our country’s approach, including by: „„Injecting new and effective leadership to match the seriousness of the crime; „„Developing better information about the extent and pattern of modern slavery in the UK in order to bring clarity and transform our national and local responses; „„Equipping those on the frontline to recognise modern slavery and act; „„Offering more compassionate and radical support to rebuild the lives of survivors; „„Ensuring that the business community plays its part to stamp out this crime, including by ensuring transparency in their global supply chains. Details: London: Centre for Social Justice, 2013. 224p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2013 at: http://www.centreforsocialjustice.org.uk/UserStorage/pdf/Pdf%20reports/CSJ_Slavery_Full_Report_WEB(5).pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Exploitation Shelf Number: 127925

Author: CRG Research Limited Title: Positive Activities for Young People: National Evaluation: Final Report Summary: Positive Activities for Young People (PAYP) was launched in July 2003 in response to growing concerns over high levels of youth crime. It was a multi-department programme for those “at risk” aged 8-19 years. Methodology -- The research involved the evaluation of a representative sample of 22 Lead Delivery Agencies (LDA) based on data collected at set intervals over a three year period. The evaluation employed a multi-tiered approach to assess the structure and impact of PAYP including at the strategic level, operational level, with young people, non-participant observation, and an interrogation of the national Management Information System database to review referral, age, gender, activities, and outcomes for young people. Conclusions -- Finds that PAYP was viewed as being successful in delivering a targeted programme to a hard to engage client group. 290,000 young people participated, of which 85% were classed as “at risk”. The short lead-in time at the commencement of PAYP had an negative impact upon its delivery. Highlights the key worker role as central to the success of PAYP. Partner agencies reported improvements in capacity, business processes, partnership working, and their own service delivery. Details: Moorfoot, Sheffield, UK: Department for Education and Skills, 2006. 114p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2013 at: http://www.eukn.org/United_kingdom/uk_en/E_library/Social_Inclusion_Integration/Integration_of_Social_Groups/Young_People/Positive_activities_for_young_people_national_evaluation_final_report_UK Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-Risk Youth (U.K.) Shelf Number: 127930

Author: King, Samuel Joshua Title: Going Straight On Probation: Desistance Transitions and the Impact of Probation Summary: This thesis explores primary desistance as a transitional phase between offending and crime cessation. Recent work has explored desistance within an integrated theoretical framework, combining elements of both structure and agency theories, and this thesis builds upon this by exploring the initial transitions towards desistance, and the prospective strategies to sustain it, among a group of adult male offenders under Probation supervision. Where agency has been employed in such accounts its conceptualisation has tended to be vague, and this thesis seeks to address this by examining agency as the temporally located reflexive deliberations of adult offenders upon their future goals and present social environment. This allows for the identification of individuals’ future goals in relation to desistance and the strategies that they intend to pursue to achieve them, in relation to their personal and social contexts. The thesis finds that recent Probation policy has delimited the role of supervising officer towards that of Offender Manager, which inhibits the relationship between officer and offender such that would-be desisters tend to revert to past repertoires of thought and action in their strategies. This is likely to sustain the social contexts that led to offending in the past, and is likely to hinder desistance in the future. Details: Birmingham, UK: School of Social Policy, College of Social Sciences, The University of Birmingham, 2010. 353p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed March 14, 2013 at: http://etheses.bham.ac.uk/3172/5/King_11_PhD.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Desistance (U.K.) Shelf Number: 127936

Author: St. James-Roberts, Ian Title: National Evaluation of Youth Justice Board Mentoring Schemes 2001 to 2004 Summary: Between 2001 and 2004, the Youth Justice Board for England and Wales (YJB) supported 80 community mentor projects distributed across England and Wales. The projects set out to deliver mentor programmes to young people who had offended or were at risk of doing so. This report evaluates the projects’ effectiveness and costs in achieving their aims. Details: London: Youth Justice Board for England and Wales, 2005. 190p. Source: Internet Resource: http://dera.ioe.ac.uk/7757/1/National%20Evaluation%20of%20Mentoring%20Projects%202001%20to%202004%20web%20ready.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 127938

Author: Wolff, K. Title: Driving Under the Influence of Drugs Summary: Sir Peter North’s review of drink and drug driving law in Great Britain which reported in 2010 confirmed that there is a significant drug driving problem. He carried out a thorough analysis of the problems regarding drug driving and set out a road map for action which included the recommendation to create a new offence. The Government accepted the recommendation and in the 2011 Department for Transport (DfT) Strategic Framework for Road Safety, the Government committed to explore the case for introducing an additional offence of driving with a specified controlled drug in the body, without the need for proving impairment. The proposed new offence would be a strict liability offence, in the same way as the offence of driving with more than the prescribed amount of alcohol in the body. In spring 2012, the Department for Transport convened an expert Panel to provide technical advice related to a new offence on drug driving. The Crime and Courts Bill, which was introduced into Parliament in May 2012 makes provision for a new offence of driving, attempting to drive or being in charge of a motor vehicle with a specified controlled drug in the body above the level specified for that drug. It also includes a power for the Secretary of State in relation to England and Wales, and Scottish ministers in relation to Scotland, to specify the controlled drugs and the limit for each in regulations. The Panel’s advice will specifically inform these regulations. The introduction of the new offence reflects increasing evidence that drug driving is a significant road safety problem, and that the existing offence (in section 4 of the Road Traffic Act 1988) is insufficient to deal with it effectively. Impairment by drugs was recorded as a contributory factor in about 3% of fatal road accidents in Great Britain in 2011, with 54 deaths resulting from these incidents. This compares to 9% or 156 fatal road incidents, with 166 deaths, which have impairment by drink reported as a contributory factor. Some evidence suggests drug driving is a much bigger road safety problem than reported and may be a factor in 200 road deaths per year. Contributory factors are recorded by police officers attending the scene of an accident. The factors are largely subjective, reflecting the opinion of the reporting officer, and are not necessarily the result of extensive investigation. Contributory factor data are likely to underestimate the true scale of the issue. Based on coroners and breath test data, the provisional estimate for the number of people killed in drink drive accidents was 280 in 2011 (15 per cent of all road fatalities). Details: London: Department for Transport, 2013. 205p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 15, 2013 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/118803/drug-driving-expert-panel-report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 127962

Author: Gyateng, Tracey Title: Young People and the Secure Estate: Needs and Interventions Summary: This report, by the Institute for Criminal Policy Research (ICPR), Birkbeck, University of London, and Ipsos MORI, was commissioned by the Youth Justice Board for England and Wales (YJB) in 2008. It provides an in-depth examination of the identified needs of children and young people within the secure estate and the interventions they received, based on fieldwork conducted over the course of 2010 to early 2011. The research encompassed the three types of establishment that make up the secure estate for children and young people: secure children’s homes (SCHs), secure training centres (STCs) and young offender institutions (YOIs). The key aims of the research were to:  identify what types of interventions young people received within secure establishments  describe the extent to which interventions were matched to identified needs  elicit and describe young people’s experiences within the secure estate  outline the views of staff within the secure estate regarding interventions. Methods The following research methods were used:  a survey of 1,245 young people approaching the end of a custodial sentence (827 in YOIs, 229 in STCs and 189 in SCHs)  an analysis of the administrative records, where available, for the surveyed young people (713 in YOIs, 211 in STCs and 181 in SCHs: 1,105 in total)  forty-two in-depth qualitative interviews with secure estate staff across five establishments (two YOIs, two STCs and one SCH). Young people who were serving a custodial sentence were included in the study if they had a release date within four months after completion of the survey at the end of 2010. Young people were surveyed in six phases over the course of 2010. They were initially selected for participation in the survey on a random basis. However, since the population of young people in custody was consistently falling, phases two to six of the survey took the form of a census of all young people exiting custody within the defined timeframe. The analysis of administrative records involved an on-site case file review; and, to complement this, data were collected from the eAsset system at the YJB headquarters. However, both data collection methods found inconsistencies across the secure estate in the recording of details of interventions received by individual young people, such as the frequency and intensity of interventions, and levels of completion and achievement. Ten YOIs (including one female YOI), four STCs and eight SCHs participated in the study. Establishments were chosen to ensure that the sampled population covered 94% of the secure estate yearly throughput in YOIs5 and SCHs, and 100% in STCs. The following limitations need to be borne in mind when interpreting the findings:  survey of young people Young people on longer sentences such as detention for public protection (section 226/228), where the release date could not be provided, were not included in this study. As they comprise only 4% of the sentenced custodial population, it is likely that the exclusion of this particular group of offenders will have had only a minimal impact on the yearly throughput.  administrative data The completeness and quality of data varied both within and between establishment types. Unfortunately complete data were rarely available on each individual. Some form of administrative data were collected for 1,105 of the young people who participated in the survey. This sub-sample was broadly representative of the wider survey sample.  in-depth interviews with secure estate staff Interviews were conducted with 42 staff from five secure establishments. It should be noted that findings from these interviews may not represent the views of all staff working within the secure estate. Key findings The research encompassed two main themes:  young people’s general experiences of the secure estate and their relationships with staff at the secure establishments  the interventions or programmes the young people received in relation to education, training and employment; offending behaviour; substance misuse; and resettlement into the community. Details: London: Youth Justice Board for England and Wales, 2013. 122p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2013 at: http://www.icpr.org.uk/media/34265/young-people-secure-estate.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 127994

Author: Feilzer, Martina Title: The Impact of Value Based Decision Making on Policing in North Wales Summary: This report summarises research examining the impact of value based decision making on front line policing practice; as well as its impact on front line policing staff‟s perception of their work. The research also considered the impact of value based decision making on the local community‟s evaluation of policing and the perception of police legitimacy; and the likelihood of the adoption of value based decision making increasing public confidence in the police. Value based decision making was introduced and rolled out to the whole of the North Wales Police force area in 2010. North Wales Police invested heavily in training all police staff and in total 76 training sessions were delivered and approximately 1,200 staff trained. Value based decision making is a decision making process and, in an organisational setting, has come to mean that all decisions made should be based on the values of the organisation. The process is designed to help deal with legitimate value conflicts or ambiguous situations in front line policing, such as conflicts between crime control focussed decisions and avoiding criminalisation where it serves no public interest. The research was carried out between October 2010 and August 2011 and consisted of number of research methods, including secondary data analysis, repeat interviews, and observational work. We observed training sessions for North Wales police staff; carried out repeat interviews with ten members of North Wales Police, a total of 30 interviews; analysed victim satisfaction surveys and the British Crime Survey; analysed a total of 45 sample cases dealt with under VBDM; and reviewed press coverage of North Wales Police. The introduction of value based decision making in North Wales Police mirrored a wider national trend to move away from a detection driven target culture and to return a degree of discretion to front line policing. The rationale for this shift in emphasis was to ensure that the scarce resources of policing are used to their best effect. North Wales Police implemented value based decision making as a formal decision making process with the aim of ensuring that discretion in front line policing was not completely unfettered but that there was discretion „with rules‟. The introduction of value based decision making which allowed front line police officers to make decisions and not to always act formally upon offences „detected‟ was seen to signify a culture change by senior North Wales Police management. While police staff generally welcomed an officially condoned return of discretion to the front line, their assessment of whether or not it constituted a culture change was mixed and generally more cautious. Some staff felt that they had always been able to use discretion and therefore considered the introduction of VBDM simply as confirmation as what they had been doing all along; others considered it to be a significant shift from the detection culture but one that they did not trust entirely. Police staff‟s understanding of VBDM was generally poor and some of this was due to the vague nature of the concept as well as the implementation process including the structure and content of the training sessions. Assessing the impact of value based decision making on those subjected to policing, as victims, offenders, or the general public is difficult. North Wales Police has not advertised the use of VBDM widely as far as could be ascertained from our exploratory media analysis. Additionally, only few members of the public would be exposed to VBDM in practice, mainly victims and offenders involved in minor crimes. As a result, it is unlikely that the effects of VBDM will be measurable in general public opinion surveys. However, it may be worthwhile monitoring user satisfaction surveys to assess whether non-detection under VBDM has an effect on levels of satisfaction with services received and, in particular, whether the rate of respondents indicating that „nothing had been done‟ increases. The impact of the introduction of value based decision making can be seen in a slight fall of the overall detection rate but its impact on police staff‟s assessment of their working practices was limited. A significant impact on public ratings of public confidence in North Wales Police is unlikely but there may be some measurable impact on user satisfaction. This is yet to be seen. Details: Gwynedd, Wales: School of Social Sciences, Bangor University, 2012. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed Mardh 18, 2013 at: http://wales.gov.uk/docs/caecd/research/130122-impact-value-based-decision-making-policing-north-wales-en.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Decision-Making Shelf Number: 128008

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary Title: "Mistakes Were Made." HMIC's review into allegations and intelligence material concerning Jimmy Savile between 1964 and 2012 Summary: HMIC's review of allegations made against Jimmy Savile during his lifetime finds mistakes were made by the police; and while policies and practices designed to improve the experience of child victims are now available, we raise serious concerns over why so many victims felt unable to come forward and report what had happened to the authorities. Details: London: HMIC, 2013. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2013 at: http://www.hmic.gov.uk/media/review-into-allegations-and-intelligence-material-concerning-jimmy-savile.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 128010

Author: Fox, Claire L. Title: From Boys to Men: Phase One Key Findings Summary: The research found evidence of young people experiencing domestic violence both within relationships and at home. Young people had been victims, witnesses and perpetrators of violent or controlling behaviours. Those who experienced abusive behaviour, either as a victim or witness reported a reluctance to report such experiences to an adult or figure of authority. Boys were more likely than girls to think it was ok for a man/woman to hit his/her partner. 34% of young people reported witnessing abuse involving an adult who looks after them. Girls reported witnessing more abuse than boys. 27% of young people witnessed emotional abuse or controlling behaviour. 19% of young people witnessed physical violence. 45% of young people reported having experienced at least one of the types of domestic abuse listed in the questionnaire. 38% reported experiencing emotional abuse and controlling behaviours. 17% had experienced physical abuse. 14% had experienced sexual coercion. Half of those who had been victimised had also been abusive. Girls reported more sexual victimisation than boys. Details: London: From Boys to Men Project, 2012? 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 22, 2013 at: www.boystomenproject.com Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 128079

Author: Great Britain. Inspectorate for the Crown Prosecution Service, Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary Title: Living in a Different World: Joint Review of Disability Hate Crime Summary: This joint review considered how the police, Crown Prosecution Service (CPS) and probation trusts deal with the complex area known as disability hate crime. This has involved a consideration of not only the policies/procedures and actions of the three agencies, but also social attitudes and barriers that exist in relation to disabled people more generally. They are linked together. Whist disability hate crime is one of the five hate crime strands, (the others being race, religion, sexual orientation or transgender identity) there needs to be an acknowledgment that it has a unique position and requires additional status, simply to ensure that it is treated on an equal footing to the other strands. Disability is an area where social attitudes are still ill informed. Key findings Identification and reporting of disability hate crime Whilst definitions and guidance have been issued, this review reveals that there is a lack of clarity and understanding as to what constitutes a disability hate crime and confusion between policy definitions and the statutory sentencing provision contained within section 146 of the Criminal Justice Act 2003 (s.146 CJA 2003). (This is the statutory provision that allows the court to regard the defendant’s behaviour as an aggravating feature if (a) the offender has demonstrated hostility based on a disability or (b) the offence was motivated by hostility towards persons who have a disability - see paragraph 2.3.) This causes difficulties not only for practitioners in the identification and recording of disability hate crime but also for members of the public, including victims who are disabled. Improvements need to be made by the police and CPS in how they identify and record disability hate crime. All police, CPS and probation staff need to be fully aware of the statutory provision in s.146 CJA 2003 and there needs to be a common policy definition that is universally recognised and applied at ‘ground level’, that is simple to interpret. The under reporting of disability hate crime remains a significant concern and needs to be addressed. Whilst a number of initiatives have been put in place, further steps need to be taken to improve the confidence of disabled people to report matters to the police. A variety of effective reporting mechanisms are required. Once reports are made to the police, practitioners need to ensure that any disabilities are identified (including hidden impairments). Victims must then be supported sufficiently, their evidence given in the most effective manner and kept fully informed of what is happening in their case. Whilst community engagement projects are currently undertaken by the police and CPS, these need to be jointly co-ordinated, and have specific aims. The immediate priority should be increasing reporting of disability hate crime. Probation trusts also need to increase their awareness of disability issues through engagement with disabled members of our community. The police investigation and prosecution process The police are failing to fully consider disability hate crime issues in day to day investigative work. This review reveals examples of poor understanding of different types of disabilities by officers and in addition there is frequently a failure to examine the offender’s motivation for committing offences. As a consequence, insufficient evidence is obtained to support the requirement set out for the court to regard the defendant’s actions as an aggravating feature under s.146 CJA 2003. There is also a failure by the police to identify disability hate crimes to the CPS when seeking charging advice and a lack of provision of appropriate information to the CPS by the police. Whilst CPS lawyers demonstrated the ability to identify disability hate crimes on occasion, they did not necessarily ensure that the police provided all of the required evidence and did not always analyse the disability hate crime issue sufficiently. There was also a lack of clarity displayed by CPS lawyers as to what essential information should be included within the initial charging advice. The CPS needs to ensure that disability hate crime cases are correctly identified on its case management system. The number of administrative errors needs to be reduced substantially and lawyers need to identify cases against clear and understandable criteria. A process also needs to be in place to ensure that on every relevant file a decision is made whether the prosecutor will put forward s.146 CJA 2003 to the court. Clear records need to be maintained of the results of those cases where s.146 CJA 2003 is raised. The CPS needs to improve its performance in relation to the quality of case preparation to ensure that disability hate crimes are effectively prosecuted. At court and post-conviction Whilst inspectors witnessed examples of CPS lawyers raising s.146 CJA 2003 at court, it was of concern that all of the members of the judiciary who were interviewed as part of the review were of the view that they were not being invited to consider s.146 CJA 2003 on anything but a very exceptional basis. It does not appear that s.146 CJA 2003 has been embedded within the sentencing process. The quality of CPS and police information supplied to probation trusts was limited and insufficient for the preparation of a pre-sentence report and there was an over reliance on information provided by the offender, who minimised the seriousness of the offence. This lack of provision of key information also impacted on probation trust offender managers carrying out the role effectively and resulted in a culture of accepting the offender’s account, rather than placing the focus on the victim. Training and leadership As the Equality and Human Rights Commission (EHRC) report Hidden in plain sight - Inquiry into disability-related harassment (the EHRC report) states, ‘many people can simply feel uncomfortable about disability’ and the practitioners who are dealing with these cases will have widely varying levels of experience of interaction with disabled people. This is a difficulty that is not generally present when dealing with other crimes. There needs to be put in place an effective and comprehensive training programme for practitioners. Whilst progress has been made in relation to disability hate crime, the leaders of the police, CPS and probation trusts need to regard it as a key strategic priority. The relatively low numbers of disability hate crimes currently recorded should not be allowed to be used to devalue the importance of these types of crimes. There are reasons why the current figures are so low and many relate to the inability of the criminal justice system to combat prevalent social attitudes and to deal effectively with cases that can have inherent complexities. Given the demands on staff, without determination on the part of the leadership to achieve real change, there is unlikely to be any significant progress. Conclusion, recommendations and good practice Conclusion Disability hate crime is a complex area and has a number of unique features. In many ways it is the hate crime that has been left behind. The Government report Challenge it, Report it, Stop it - The Government’s Plan to Tackle Hate Crime (March 2012) highlights the importance of dealing with hate crime appropriately, not only for the individuals and their families, but also because of the negative impact these types of crimes have on communities in relation to cohesion and integration. It also sets an agenda for the criminal justice agencies to improve their performance in relation to all hate crimes and this presents a unique opportunity for the police, CPS and probation trusts to contribute to tackling the underlying prejudice and ignorance that drives hate crime. A new impetus that focuses on (a) improving awareness of what disability hate crime is, (b) increasing the reporting of disability hate crime and (c) embedding disability hate crime processes within the routine working practices of police, CPS and probation trust staff is required. The report concludes with a number of recommendations. Details: London: HMCPSI, HMIC; HMI Probation, 2013. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Criminal Justice Joint Inspection: Accessed March 22, 2013 at: http://www.hmic.gov.uk/media/a-joint-review-of-disability-hate-crime-living-in-a-different-world-20130321.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias Crimes Shelf Number: 128084

Author: Livingstone, Sonia Title: In Their Own Words: What Bothers Children Online? with the EU Kids Online Network Summary: Nearly 10,000 children told us about what upsets them and their friends online. Their responses were diverse, revealing a long list of concerns. Pornography (named by 22% of children who told us of risks) and violent content (18%) top children’s online concerns. Overall, boys appear more bothered by violence than girls, while girls are more concerned with contact-related risks. Violence receives less public attention than sexual material, but many children are concerned about violent, aggressive or gory online content. They reveal shock and disgust on seeing cruelty, killings, abuse of animals and even the news – since much is real rather than fictional violence, this adds to the depth of children’s reactions. As children told us, video-sharing websites are often associated with violent and pornographic content, along with a range of other contentrelated risks. Among the children who linked risks to specific internet platforms, 32% mentioned video-sharing sites such as YouTube, followed by websites (29%), social networking sites (13%) and games (10%). Children’s mention of risks rises markedly from nine to 12 years old. Younger children are more concerned about content and other risks. As they get older they become more concerned about conduct and contact risks. These are linked in many children’s minds to the use of social networking sites such as Facebook. Concern about risks is higher among children from ‘high use, high risk’ countries. Policy implications are identified and discussed. Details: London: London School of Economics, 2013. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 25, 2013 at: http://www2.lse.ac.uk/media@lse/research/EUKidsOnline/EU%20Kids%20III/Reports/Intheirownwords020213.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 128122

Author: Great Britain. Parliament. House of Commons. Home Affairs Committee Title: Undercover Policing: Interim Report. Thirteenth Report of Session 2012–13. Report, together with formal minutes, oral and written evidence Summary: Introduction 1. At the beginning of 2011, the Crown Prosecution Service halted criminal proceedings against six people who had been due to stand trial at Nottingham Crown Court on charges related to a conspiracy to sabotage a coal-fired power station at Ratcliffe-on-Soar. The CPS was concerned that Nottinghamshire Police had failed to comply with their pre-trial disclosure obligations. The convictions of another 20 activists who had been involved in the same protest were quashed by the Court of Appeal in July of that year.[1] The material which had not been disclosed related principally to the work of an undercover police officer, Mark Kennedy, of the National Public Order Intelligence Unit.[2] It was PC Kennedy, who had spent seven years living undercover among various environmental and other activist groups, who had alerted police to the proposed action against the power station.[3] The Court of Appeal found that PC Kennedy "was involved in activities which went much further than the authorisation he was given", which "appeared to show him as ... arguably, an agent provocateur".[4] 2. In the days following the collapse of the Nottingham case, it became clear that activists had themselves identified PC Kennedy as an undercover officer in October 2010.[5] It subsequently emerged that PC Kennedy had had at least one long-term, intimate sexual relationship with a woman involved with one of the groups he had infiltrated. Throughout this relationship, his partner knew him by his adopted persona of "Mark Stone"; this was not just a false name, but a completely fabricated persona (or "legend") invented by Mr Kennedy, with a false back-story, identity and cover occupation. 3. In the following months, further allegations of undercover police officers either acting beyond their authorisation, or taking action which was authorised but should not have been, appeared in the media. It was alleged that several officers had long-term, intimate relationships with members of the groups they had infiltrated. One officer was said to have fathered a child in such a relationship before disappearing. It was reported that an undercover officer had planted a bomb on behalf of an animal rights group and that another had been prosecuted under his assumed persona, had given evidence on oath, and had participated in confidential lawyer-client discussions with his co-defendants. 4. These claims related to the work of three police units, dating back to at least the 1980s: a) The National Public Order Intelligence Unit (NPOIU), formed by the Metropolitan Police Service in 1999 to address campaigns and public protest which generate violence and disruption. b) The National Extremism Tactical Co-ordination Unit, which was established by the Chief Constable of Cambridgeshire in 2004. c) The Special Demonstration Squad (SDS), formed by the Metropolitan Police in 1968 to focus on anti-nuclear and anti-Vietnam-war protest, as well as Irish terrorism. The Squad was disbanded in 2008. In 2006, these units were placed under the control of Association of Chief Police Officers' newly-appointed National Coordinator for Domestic Extremism (under the umbrella title of "National Domestic Extremism Unit"), before being transferred to the Metropolitan Police in 2010, in response to concerns from HM Inspectorate of Constabulary and ACPO itself about weak governance and oversight. 5. In October 2011 and January 2012, five women who had had intimate, sexual relationships with undercover police officers, and one man whose partner had had such a relationship, brought claims in the High Court against the Association of Chief Police Officers, the Metropolitan Police and South Wales Police. The claims were made under the Human Rights Act and under common law. In January 2013, Mr Justice Tugendhat ruled that the claims under the Human Rights Act fell within the jurisdiction of the Investigatory Powers Tribunal (IPT), but that the claims for damages at common law did not. Proceedings in the High Court were stayed pending the determination of proceedings in the IPT.[6] 6. We make no comment on the lawfulness or otherwise of the actions of the officers in these cases, but the terrible impact on the lives of those women who had relationships with undercover officers is beyond doubt. The committee invited the women involved to give evidence and they requested that they give evidence in private. Exceptionally, the committee agreed to do so. One witness told us that I have, for the last 13 years, questioned my own judgment and it has impacted seriously on my ability to trust, and that has impacted on my current relationship and other subsequent relationships. It has also distorted my perceptions of love and my perceptions of sex, and it has had a massive impact on my political activity.[7] Another witness described her feelings on discovering that her former partner was a police officer: It felt like the ground had shifted beneath me and my sense of what was reality and what wasn't was completely turned on its head.[8] 7. The officers themselves were not unaffected by these relationships. As one witness told us: It is my feeling that there was psychological damage caused on both sides and that there was very little regard shown for anybody's psychological welfare in this situation, apart from the person making the operational decisions who was distant enough from it.[9] 8. These cases raise troubling questions about public policy and the legal framework within which undercover police operations are authorised, which we believe require urgent action by the Government. We are therefore producing this short, interim report to highlight our concerns, although we propose to return to the subject in due course. Details: London: The Stationery Office Limited, 2013. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 26, 2013 at: http://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201213/cmselect/cmhaff/837/837.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Misconduct Shelf Number: 128130

Author: SQUASH: Squatters' Action for Secure Homes Title: The Case Against Section 144 Summary: SQUASH has collected and analysed information to produce a six-month impact analysis of the criminalisation of squatting in residential properties (S144, Legal Aid, Sentencing and Punishment of Offenders Act, 2012). Relevant literature and reports on the current housing crisis, empty properties, homelessness and squatting in England and Wales have been used to provide a context for a wider analysis of the after-effects of S144. The report’s findings suggest the major concerns with criminalisation that arose during the government’s consultation process have manifested, with homeless and vulnerable people disproportionately affected. The lack of data being kept by councils and Police forces is deeply troubling, and suggests many of these people have been forced into even more precarious forms of hidden homelessness. Given the magnitude of the housing crisis and the huge rise in homelessness we are currently facing, this law has critically narrowed the options for many, and is sending homeless people to prison for seeking shelter in empty buildings. The report is divided into four main sections that analyse different aspects of S144. 1) The Undemocratic section takes into consideration the process that led to this new criminal law. Our research highlights the unusually short parliamentary process, which gave very little time for scrutiny, and the government’s consultation process, which saw 96% of the respondents being ultimately ignored. 2) The Unjust section, by exposing the irrefutable link between squatting and homelessness, shows who the law is most harshly affecting. Case studies of people arrested and prosecuted in the past six months are presented in order to give concrete examples of the law enforcement. 3) The Unnecessary section outlines the prior adequacy of the Criminal Law Act 1977 for dealing with squatting, and raises some concerns about the enforcement of the new offence and the lack of data being collected. 4) Finally, the Unaffordable section analyses the financial aspects associated with S144. By taking into account direct (e.g. evictions, arrests and prosecutions) and indirect (e.g.rehabilitation and housing benefits) enforcement costs the analysis provides some up-to-date figures on the financial impact of the law. As a result of these findings, SQUASH are launching a campaign calling for a repeal of S144 LASPO and at the very least we are calling for a full independent impact assessment before further criminalisation is even discussed. The situation at the moment is dire, and with substantial cuts to welfare provision taking effect from April 1st, things can only get worse. Details: UK: SQUASH, 2013. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 27, 2013 at: http://www.squashcampaign.org/repeal-law/the-case-against-section-144-2/ Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Homeless Persons Shelf Number: 128147

Author: Cambium Advocacy Title: Inquiry into Human Trafficking in Scotland - Follow on Report Summary: The ‘Human Trafficking Inquiry Follow On’ report builds on the EHRC Scotland’s formal Inquiry of 2011, which looked at the nature and extent of human trafficking in Scotland, its underlying influences and causes, as well as how policy and practice needed to improve. The Inquiry made a series of ten recommendations designed to help develop and inform a response to human trafficking which was both strategic and comprehensive. One year on, this report looks at how far and how effectively the Scottish Government, law enforcement and prosecution services, victim support organisations, local authorities and the private sector have paid regard to the recommendations and where urgent attention is still needed. It sets out positive developments, highlighting where there has been progress, but also where further work needs to be done to meet the original recommendations. Details: Glasgow: Equality and Human Rights Commission, 2013. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 27, 2013 at: http://issuu.com/equalityhumanrights/docs/ht_follow_on_final_web Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Trafficking (Scotland, U.K.) Shelf Number: 128148

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: A Review of the Voluntary and Community Sector’s Involvement in the Northern Ireland Criminal Justice System Summary: This review examined the Voluntary and Community Sector (VCS) organisations’ contribution to the Northern Ireland criminal justice system. It concentrated on organisations that received or administered core funding for a criminal justice purpose - Community Restorative Justice Ireland (CRJI), Extern, NIACRO, Northern Ireland Alternatives (NIA), Quaker Service, Victim Support Northern Ireland (VSNI), the Department of Justice (DoJ), Northern Ireland Housing Executive (NIHE), Northern Ireland Prison Service (NIPS), Probation Board for Northern Ireland (PBNI) and Youth Justice Agency (YJA) – but also sought and received helpful views from a range of other organisations. Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland’s (CJI) last review in 20061 found ‘a well-developed voluntary and community sector…’ The situation here compared favourably with elsewhere in the United Kingdom (UK), and while there were tensions, these were mostly healthy. There have been some important contextual changes since we last reported. These include: • justice powers were devolved to the Northern Ireland Assembly in April 2010, and local politicians have become more engaged in formulating policy and in overseeing the criminal justice system than previously; • much of the Northern Ireland Office had been restructured into the new DoJ. The internal structures are different from its predecessor and new liaison arrangements were reported as positive for most of the VCS organisations that the DoJ sponsored; • the recession and changes to funding arrangements (there was more competitive tendering and less grant-inaid) were having an impact; • the Charity Commission for Northern Ireland had been established. While it had yet to become fully operational, organisations were gearing up to meet the governance requirements which it will superintend; and • Government policy in England and Wales envisaged a greater role for the private sector and VCS organisations in delivering criminal justice services. This was being tested by initiatives such as Payment by Results and Social Impact Bonds (SIBs). Some positive features from our 2006 review were still evident. The VCS continued to attract substantial monies from other sources to supplement local statutory funding; it could provide flexibility and innovation; and volunteering was a useful way of engaging ordinary citizens in the criminal justice system. There had also been improvements which included: • the involvement of VCS organisations with formal criminal justice structures was better than when we last inspected, not only in helping reduce offending, but also in improving access to justice, and examples were provided of VCS participation in relevant consultations and working parties; • the DoJ had protected its sponsored VCS organisations from financial cuts. Whereas statutory criminal justice agencies were subject to 5% cuts, the Minister of Justice had requested that cuts to the VCS be limited to 1.5% as he was keen to minimise the impact on them; and • restorative justice schemes had become more secure and had developed good relationships with operational agencies. Individual members of restorative projects and other VCS organisations were represented on relevant bodies such as Policing and Community Safety Partnerships (PCSPs), where they were considered to be making a valuable contribution. Not everything was positive. The existence of a wide variety of funding streams and methodologies created practical problems for VCS organisations as well as anxiety for funding bodies about possible duplicate funding. Short-term and piecemeal funding remained problematic, and some organisations had to manage without letters of offer for up to six months into a new financial year. These features mitigated against any possible centralised monitoring of total amounts paid out and there was no consistent measure of the impact and contribution of the VCS to the criminal justice system. An agreement known as the ’Concordat‘ had been put in place in 2011 to regulate engagement between Government and the VCS, and there was a Joint Forum to oversee operation of the Concordat. While the model of engagement was well designed and reported as working effectively in most sectors, several VCS organisations were less positive about its benefits in the criminal justice environment. There were mixed views about other Government departments’ contribution to justice issues. Devolution had helped and the DoJ was involved in areas such as health and education. However there was no statutory duty on all departments to enhance community safety which was considered a missed opportunity to deliver a truly cross-cutting approach. There were lots of relevant strategies, but not always action plans to support their delivery and it was hard to assess their progress. There were also logistical difficulties for operational justice organisations in being aware of, and where necessary able to influence, the funding decisions of other departments that affected them. Some VCS organisations were struggling for survival as philanthropic funding declined and pressures on Government expenditure increased. The option of providing lots of small grants was attractive for funders as it could purchase local goodwill, though some recipients did not really grasp the criminal justice rationale for the funding they received and it was impossible to assess the long-term impact of providing such monies. The accountability arrangements that were applied to VCS organisations varied considerably, depending on who allocated the monies. They mainly comprised measurement of inputs and activities to provide assurance to funders. Large organisations were by now well-used to extensive and varying levels of demand for feedback about their finances and practice and they had systems in place to deliver these. However there was scope for a more proportionate response, particularly with lower risk organisations. Likewise the requirement for VCS organisations to commission evaluations of programmes seemed excessive when many of these programmes were already extensively audited. Less compliance for its own sake would enable a reduction in bureaucracy with consequent savings in Government departments. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection, 2013. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2013 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/82/8253a731-9fb3-4ca7-81b4-24fabd7b0f8f.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Systems (Northern Ireland) Shelf Number: 128162

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: Police Custody - A follow-up review of inspection recommendations Summary: This is a follow-up review of inspection recommendations to our 2009 report, ‘Police Custody: The detention of persons in police custody in Northern Ireland’. The custody and care of some 27,000 detained persons represents a considerable challenge to the police. Often detainees present with challenging behaviours fuelled by alcohol and drug abuse, and many have underlying mental health issues. The Police and Criminal Evidence Act 1984 (PACE) Codes of Practice and the Association of Chief Police Officers (ACPO) Guidance, and the Corporate Manslaughter and Corporate Homicide Act all place significant responsibilities onto police custody staff, many of whom are civilians employed on a managed services contract. Of the original 12 recommendations only three have been achieved, six have been assessed as partially achieved and three have not been achieved. Custody services have, in general, been delivered to an acceptable standard, when compared to the criteria for assessment. However, the limited progress in respect of some recommendations, particularly in relation to the moving to a centralised model, and in achieving a consistency of service delivery across the custody estate, is disappointing. Inspectors also found shortcomings in relation to the storage and retention of out-of-date medication and forensic samples, both of which suggest inadequate supervision. It is essential that all of the outstanding recommendations in respect of custody provision and healthcare are fully implemented. In view of the limited progress made to date, Inspectors plan to carry out a full inspection in the next financial year. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2013. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2013 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/a3/a3b7be9b-2f34-4f03-bcc6-966912a02ffd.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Detainees Shelf Number: 128163

Author: Bartlett, Jamie Title: Policing in an Information Age Summary: Policing is an information intensive business. This means that changes in the way people create, share and use information present new challenges to the task of policing a democratic society. The widespread adoption of social media is one such change. Social media allows the police to engage and include the public in law enforcement in new, potentially transformative ways. But it also makes these engagements more difficult to control, and open to misuse and reputational damage. It allows the police to gather powerful, recent and possibly decisive intelligence – social media intelligence or ‘SOCMINT’ - in the interests of public safety. But there is a risk that this will be done in a way that is unsound, unsafe, and radically undermining of public trust. Social media is a new source of evidence for enforcement purposes, but also a new theatre of crime. For at least the last five years, dealing with these opportunities and challenges has become increasingly important to police forces. The initial doubts which many may have had about the relevance of social media platforms to police work were largely dispelled by the August 2011 riots. Since then, police interest in and use of social media has increased rapidly against a background of greater pressure on police budgets and the beginnings of a decline in police numbers. All forces in the UK have some presence on Twitter, with accounts for senior police officers, central communications, neighbourhood, helicopter, road and football policing teams. Some police officers tweet in a private capacity. West Midlands Police for example has accounts for individual officers, force football teams and even the police dog. Other social media platforms – Facebook, YouTube, Flickr, Pinterest, Google +, Audiobook – are also used, often linked to Twitter accounts. Most forces have formal social media policies and strategies, and most use social media as a basis for investigation or as evidence. In this short paper, we summarise the key opportunities and difficulties social media presents for engagement, intelligence and enforcement. It is far from comprehensive and offers only an overview of each. Nevertheless, it seems to us that the police will now certainly need to use social media to engage with the public, collect intelligence, and investigate crime, both on- and offline. This needs new settlements – in doctrine, resource allocation, operation, capability, regulation and strategy – that allow it to be done in accordance with the principles at the heart of the British model of policing: legitimacy, accountability, visibility, compliance with the rule of law, proportionality, the minimal use of force and engagement with the public. Details: London: Demos, 2013. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2013 at: http://www.demos.co.uk/files/DEMOS_Policing_in_an_Information_Age_v1.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Information Technology Shelf Number: 128164

Author: Great Britain. Comptroller and Auditor General Title: Police Procurement Summary: Although the 43 police forces in England and Wales and the Home Office are making savings in the procurement of goods and services for the forces and are implementing initiatives to improve value for money, many opportunities remain unexploited. Police forces procure a wide range of goods and services, from uniforms and police vehicles to estate and facilities management services such as cleaning, spending some £1.7 billion in 2010-11. The Department oversees the police service, and central government provides most of its funding, but individual forces have traditionally bought many goods and services independently. With central government funding being reduced by some £2 billion in real terms over the spending review period, however, the Home Office has taken a role in providing leadership and support to help forces improve their procurement and make savings. Many forces are now working with others to improve their buying power and make administrative savings, but most collaborations involve few forces and nearly half of all forces still have independent procurement teams. Some forces have set up regional or national approaches to purchase common goods and services which many other forces take advantage of. However, common specifications for many types of goods and services do not exist, which reduces scope for collaborative buying. The NAO found at least nine separate specifications for each of five common types of equipment used by police officers, such as boots, body armour and high-visibility jackets. The NAO estimates forces could save up to a third of their costs in such areas, for example by agreeing a common specification for a uniform, such as that agreed by the Prison Service. The Home Office’s efforts so far have been hampered by the lack of timely, accurate and detailed data, with national level data collection enjoying limited success and expenditure data up to two years out of date. This makes it difficult for it to target its interventions. Forces also reported mixed views about the support the Department provides. It has set up frameworks for body armour and vehicles which forces are legally compelled to use, and forces are on the whole positive about these, but it has been slow to build on this despite support from two-thirds of forces for further mandatory frameworks. There are also tensions between the Department’s strategy to increase procurement at a national level, and its reforms to increase local accountability, such as the introduction of Police and Crime Commissioners. The Department, forces and Commissioners will need to work together more effectively to identify and deliver further savings, particularly given the need to minimize the impact that cost reductions have on frontline policing. Details: London: National Audit Office, 2013. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2013 at: http://www.nao.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/10092-001-Police-procurement.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 128165

Author: Light, Miriam Title: Gender differences in Substance Misuse and Mental Health Amongst Prisoners. Results from the Surveying Prisoner Crime Reduction (SPCR) longitudinal cohort study of prisoners Summary: This research explored substance misuse and mental health of male and female prisoners, using the Surveying Prisoner Crime Reduction (SPCR) longitudinal survey of 1,435 newly sentenced prisoners in England and Wales in 2005 and 2006. The sample consisted of 1,303 male and 132 female prisoners. Other surveys and management information were used as secondary sources. The research examined: drug and alcohol use; rates of self-harm and suicide; the presence of specific mental health disorders; and links to reconviction. The number of women was relatively small (132), reflecting the relative size of the female prison reception population. Results based on the female prisoners’ sample are less likely to be representative than those from the larger men’s sample. The women’s sample may be too small to allow some smaller gender differences to be detected. These limitations should be taken into account when interpreting the findings in this report. The main findings were:  Patterns of alcohol consumption did not differ substantially by gender. The rate of alcohol use overall amongst prisoners was slightly lower than in the general population, when comparing those who said they drank alcohol in the last year. However, amongst those prisoners who drank alcohol in the four weeks before custody, the amount of hazardous drinking was higher than in the general population and amongst offenders on community orders. Male and female prisoners both reported high levels of hazardous drinking (reporting drinking with similar frequency and consuming similar volumes of alcohol).  Alcohol use amongst prisoners was associated with reconviction on release, although to a lesser extent than drug use. Associations between daily drinking and reconviction were observed for both male and female prisoners, and, notably, there was a higher reconviction rate amongst female binge drinkers (compared to female prisoners who did not binge drink). This association was not found amongst male prisoners.  Rates of illegal drug use amongst both male and female SPCR prisoners were higher than for offenders on community orders, the general population, and an earlier prisoner survey (the 1997 Psychiatric Morbidity Survey (PsyMS)). There were no differences in the proportions of male and female SPCR prisoners reporting ever having used drugs, nor were there any gender differences detected in overall drug use in the four weeks before custody.  Female prisoners did however report more Class A drug use in the four weeks before custody than male prisoners, and were also more likely to report that their offending was to support someone else’s (as well as their own) drug use.  Drug use was strongly associated with reconviction on release from prison (this did not differ by gender).  Reports of first use of heroin in prison by heroin users were lower in SPCR (covering interviews from 2005/6) compared with the 1997 PsyMS (19% and 30% respectively). Male and female SPCR heroin users were equally likely to report having used heroin in a prison before (55%), and there was evidence that male prisoners were more likely than female prisoners to use heroin for the first time in a prison.  Female SPCR prisoners reported poorer mental health than both women in the general population and male SPCR prisoners. This was true in relation to self harm, suicide attempts, psychosis, and anxiety and depression.  Female prisoners suffering from the combination of anxiety and depression were significantly more likely to be reconvicted in the year after release from custody compared to female prisoners without such symptoms (this relationship was not found amongst male prisoners). Both male and female prisoners suffering from depression were however more likely to be reconvicted in the year after release from custody.  Male prisoners with symptoms of psychosis were more likely to be reconvicted in the year after custody. This relationship was not found amongst female prisoners, despite more female prisoners reporting symptoms indicative of psychosis. There were some important differences between male and female prisoners’ substance misuse and mental health, but also areas of similarity. The greatest differences were observed between the general population and the prisoner population rather than between male and female prisoners. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2013. 36p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Analytical Series: Accessed April 2, 2013 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/research-and-analysis/moj-research/gender-substance-misuse-mental-health-prisoners.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 128192

Author: Peacock, Jo Title: The TurnAround 2007 Project Summary: There are approximately 6.7 million young people aged 15-24 in England and a disproportionate number of these live in deprived, urban areas. The prevalence of adolescent problem behaviour has steadily increased with drug, tobacco and alcohol abuse, aggressive and anti-social behaviour, violence, teenage pregnancy and suicide rates becoming growing problems. Adolescents commonly face choices requiring pressurised decisions about gang involvement, violence, alcohol, drugs, sex and pregnancy, that potentially place them ‘at risk’. This cohort of ‘youth at risk’ are also subjected to other interactive environmental stressors, such as domestic violence, parental drug and alcohol abuse, physical and sexual abuse, family stress/poorly parented, divorced/single parent families, neglect or school failure. A lack of informed choice often leads to poor decision making and these youth at risk become labelled as underachievers, disadvantaged, marginal, underprivileged and remedial. They become socially inept, lack trust and teamwork skills, have poor emotional regulation and have low self esteem. Unless this issue is actively and positively addressed the number of out of work and unmotivated young people will increase along with a concomitant rise in drug and alcohol abuse, criminal activity and general anti-social behaviour, leading to social and economic problems in the community and diversion of police, court, social benefits and social worker resources to deal with the problem. A wide range of international research has evidenced key health benefits experienced for many people after spending time in the natural environment and a link between nature and health seems to be clearly emerging. Health benefits include reduced stress levels, improved mood; enhanced psychological wellbeing and improved attention and concentration. Natural places facilitate stress recovery, encourage exercise participation, stimulate development in children and provide opportunities for personal development and sense of purpose in adults. Partaking in physical activity in natural surroundings - “green exercise”- may also have therapeutic properties and collectively, such therapeutic approaches have been referred to as “green care”. Many different organisations and services are starting to show an interest in green care including: healthcare professionals; social services providers; Local Authorities; offender management teams; probation services, youth services; education authorities and farmers. Although the area of green care is very diverse, the common linking ethos is the contact with nature, which generates the health, social or educational benefits. Wilderness therapy is an emerging green care intervention which uses a systematic approach to work with adolescents with behavioural problems. Although this is not the only cohort that can benefit from the outdoors, wilderness therapy is most often used with youth at risk to help them address any emotional, adjustment, addiction or psychological problems. Wilderness therapy programmes typically provide healthy exercise and diet through hiking and physical activity, individual and group therapy sessions, educational curricula, primitive skills, group-living with peers, opportunities for solo time and reflection leadership training and challenges resulting from ‘back-to basics’ living. The rationale for these interventions involves separating disaffected young people from daily negative influences and placing them in safe outdoor environments. Spending time in a natural setting enables participants to access those aspects of their self that may elude them in more conventional personal development or therapeutic settings. The Wilderness Foundation UK, initiated a pilot social project called ‘The TurnAround 2007 Project’, which was designed to help vulnerable young people in social care in Chelmsford and the mid-Essex area. The Wilderness Foundation UK is a registered charity which raises awareness of the need to preserve and restore wilderness areas, offers wilderness experiences and is involved in various social programmes to demonstrate how wilderness exposure facilitates the education and health of both individuals and the wider society. The Turnaround 2007 project, a pilot stage of a longer 3 year project, targeted youths aged 15-18 years old who were considered to be ‘at risk’ and were in danger of drifting into a life of petty crime, drug & alcohol abuse and general anti-social behaviour. Details: Colchester, UK: Centre for Environment and Society, Department of Biological Sciences, University of Essex,, 2008. 115p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2013 at: http://www.essex.ac.uk/ces/occasionalpapers/Kerry/TurnAround%202007%20Final%20Report.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 128204

Author: Wood, Carly Title: The TurnAround Project - Phase 3 (2011/12) Summary: This report is a follow‐on from two preceding TurnAround (TA) reports and should be read in conjunction with previous information. UK Youth crime and anti‐social behaviour is a continuing problem, estimated to cost the UK economy £4 billion per annum. Young offenders exhibit some of the highest re‐offending rates, with 40% of young offenders re‐offending within one year, increasing to 75% in those who receive a custodial sentence. Attention has been turned towards the use of interventions to tackle youth crime, anti‐social behaviour and re‐offending, due to the increasing costs associated with the criminal justice system and the ineffectiveness of custodial sentences. Evidence suggests that therapeutic interventions providing skills and mentoring are effective at changing behaviour and protecting against risk factors such as low self‐esteem, substance addiction and low IQ, which are often the root cause of these problem behaviours. The aim of TA 3 was to assist small groups of vulnerable and challenging youth in Essex to make positive life choices and overcome barriers to social inclusion and financial self sufficiency. The programme ran from April 2011‐January 2012 and comprised of skills workshops and outdoor activity days, weekly one‐to‐one mentoring and two wilderness trails. The main objective of the programme was to intervene to the young peoples problem behaviours at an early stage; thus preventing further crime, problems at school and escalation of negative behaviour. The programme used outdoor activities and wilderness experiences to i) break down the physical and emotional barriers that inhibited social competence; ii) improve self‐esteem, self‐confidence, emotional regulation, communication and problem solving abilities; iii) instil a sense of accountability to themselves and others; iv) build trust and team‐working skills; v) educate young people to make positive life choices; vi) generate employment and training opportunities and/or further education prospects. Details: Colchester, UK: Essex Sustainability Institute, School of Biological Sciences, University of Essex, 2012. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2013 at: http://www.greenexercise.org/pdf/TA3%20final%20July%202012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-Risk Youth (U.K.) Shelf Number: 128205

Author: McCoy, Ellie Title: Evaluation of the Liverpool Women’s Turnaround Project Summary: Offending is less common amongst females, and women offenders often have complex multiple needs. The majority of women sentenced to prison are convicted of non-violent offences and are most often sent to prison for acquisitive crimes. Women offenders are likely to have multiple presenting problems including drug and alcohol misuse, accommodation needs, education and training needs, employment needs and financial needs and are often victims of domestic abuse. A significant proportion of women in prison are mothers and the sole carers of dependent children. A review of women with vulnerabilities in the Criminal Justice System was published in 2007 (the Corston report) and considered the needs of females inappropriately placed in prison and those outside of prison who were at risk of offending. The review highlighted the need for a new approach for working with women. Provision is traditionally focused on the needs of male offenders and does not meet the needs of females. There is a need for community provision to meet the needs of women, which requires a multi agency, women centred, holistic approach. Following the review, funding was made available to develop community provision aimed at diverting women away from custody. The Turnaround Project is part of the organisation PSS (Person Shaped Support, formerly known as Liverpool Personal Service Society). It is a female only service for Liverpool residents (and has now been expanded to cover Knowsley residents) who are already involved or at risk of becoming involved with the Criminal Justice System. The project is commissioned by Merseyside Probation Trust with additional funding from Liverpool Primary Care Trust. The Turnaround Project provides a service that fits the needs of women to help them tackle the reasons why they commit crimes and to reduce the risk of further offending and is designed to address attitudes and behaviours that may contribute to offending. The project is designed to divert women away from prison and therefore aims to reduce the number of females in prison, which will in turn work towards reducing family breakdown and the number of children taken out of the care of their mothers. The project is made up of a team of experienced staff who work with women who have practical, personal and emotional difficulties. The project offers a number of services, including legal advice, mediation and advocacy, housing, benefit and debt management, employment, education and training opportunities, drug and alcohol abuse, offending behaviour, domestic abuse, reading, IT, health, cooking and counselling. This research evaluation was commissioned by Liverpool PCT. The evaluation provides information on the Turnaround Project, activities and interventions undertaken and the outcomes achieved by the females accessing the project. This evaluation highlights good practice and makes recommendations for improvement of the project. The findings from the evaluation will be used to inform future commissioning decisions. Details: Liverpool: Centre for Public Health, Liverpool John Moores University, 2013. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2013 at: http://www.cph.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2013/02/Evaluation-of-the-Liverpool-Turnaround-Project.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternative to Incarceration Shelf Number: 128214

Author: Upton, Val Title: Violence-related Accident & Emergency Attendances by English Local Authority Area Summary: This report details the first full national violence-related Accident & Emergency (A&E) first attendance dataset by local authority in England. The report outlines the methodology used to create an experimental complete national dataset using the HES A&E Attendances in England (experimental statistics). This work has been undertaken to address data quantity and data quality issues in the HES A&E dataset. • A&E departments see many individuals involved with assaults that are not reported to the police. Therefore, this experimental national dataset has been created to enhance existing intelligence on police recorded violent crime at the local authority level using A&E department data, and explore the geographical inequalities in violence-related A&E attendances across England. • This resident based experimental analysis provides new intelligence for a variety of agencies working in violence prevention (local authorities, police, NHS Trusts, community safety partnerships, public health research, and the voluntary sector). • Across England, based on HES A&E (experimental) and imputed values, the model estimates that in the 12 month period April 2010 to March 2011 there were 189,672 violence-related A&E first attendances (360.1 per 100,000 resident population). • At the regional level, violence-related A&E first attendances are higher in the north of England compared to southern regions (with the exception of London). Across the English Regions the estimates range between 224.9 per 100,000 in the East of England and 512.2 per 100,000 in the North West. • The estimates highlight wide geographical variation in violence-related A&E first attendances across English local authorities, ranging from 54.9 per 100,000 in East Devon to 994.8 per 100,000 in Liverpool. • Residents of larger cities, smaller provincial towns and coastal towns experience higher levels of violence-related A&E first attendances (e.g. Preston 806.2 per 100,000; Middlesbrough 809.4 per 100,000; Blackpool 696.6 per 100,000) than less densely populated areas (e.g. Mid Devon 64.4 per 100,000; West Somerset 99.0 per 100,000). • There is a strong positive correlation between deprivation and violence-related A&E attendances (r = 0.74; p<0.001) indicating that A&E attendances rise with increasing levels of deprivation. • The relationship between levels of urbanity and violence-related A&E attendances is significant albeit weaker than for deprivation (r = 0.53; p <0.001) indicating that higher numbers of attendances are not exclusive to more densely populated areas, and that some predominantly rural areas experience high levels of violence-related attendances (e.g. Allerdale 310.6 per 100,000). However, at the local authority level, areas with the lower violence-related A&E first attendance rates were predominantly rural (e.g. West Devon 60.3 per 100,000; South Lakeland 69.4 per 100,000). a The data used in this study are restricted to ‘first attendances’ to avoid duplicates (e.g. a patient may attend A&E subsequent to their first attendance as a planned follow up appointment to have a dressing changed, or as an unplanned follow up attendance relating to the original reason for the first attendance). • Approximately 59% of the variance in A&E attendance rates across England can be explained by levels of deprivation or levels of urbanity, with deprivation (ß = 0.63) having a much greater influence on violence-related A&E attendances than population density (ß = 0.23). • There is a strong positive correlation between violence-related A&E attendances and police recorded violence against the person (with injury) figures (r = 0.86; p <0.001) indicating a close link between the rate of A&E assault attendances and more serious police recorded violence. There are more A&E assault presentations per police recorded assault with injury in the most deprived areas of England, compared to more affluent areas. The process to derive these estimates has identified both data quality and quantity issues (e.g. missing data, invalid data) within the published HES A&E national dataset (experimental). With increased use of the data (e.g. to inform local policy and target local interventions to prevent violence) reporting should improve and the data will become a valuable resource for public health and health care planners as well as for multi-agency working with police and other services. The NHS Public Health Outcomes Framework (PHOF) 2013-16 proposes the use of violencerelated hospital admissions as an outcome measure of violent crime. Using hospital admissions data (HES) for the outcome measure does identify more serious violence-related incidents however A&E attendances could be more informative. Hospital admissions data has been used as part of this model using linear regression to predict missing and invalid A&E attendance data. As a key finding, the analysis in this report identifies that hospital admissions data are a strong predictor of A&E attendances, legitimising the use of violence-related hospital admissions as an interim PHOF measure while A&E data quality and quantity improves. The government is committed to the use of A&E department data to achieve a reduction in violence. A range of evidence based and cost effective violence prevention interventions can be delivered to at risk communities by health, educational and social support services. A&E data can form a critical part of targeting such interventions as well as providing additional intelligence to inform criminal justice activities. Details: Liverpool: North West Public Health Observatory, Centre for Public Health, Liverpool John Moores University, 2012. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2013 at: http://www.cph.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/Violence-related-Accident-Emergency-Attendances-front-page.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Emergency Calls, Ambulances Shelf Number: 128255

Author: Great Britain. Parliament. House of Commons. Home Affairs Committee Title: Drugs: Breaking the Cycle. Ninth Report of Session 2012–13 Summary: Key facts • England and Wales has almost the lowest recorded level of drug use in the adult population since measurement began in 1996. Individuals reporting use of any drug in the last year fell significantly from 11.1% in 1996 to 8.9% in 2011–12. There was also a substantial fall in the use of cannabis from 9.5% in 1996 to 6.9% in 2011–12. • The prevalence of drug use among 11 to 15 year olds has also declined since 2001. In 2010, 18% of pupils reported that they had ever taken drugs and 12% said they had taken drugs in the last year, compared with 29% and 20% in 2001. • Around four in five adults (78%) who had taken any illicit drug in the last year thought it was very or fairly easy for them to personally get illegal drugs when they wanted them: around a third (34%) thought it was very easy and 44% thought it fairly easy. Adults who had not taken any illicit drug in the last year perceived a slightly lower level of ease of obtaining illegal drugs if they wanted them (75% perceived it to be very or fairly easy to obtain drugs compared with 78% of those that had taken drugs in the last year). • Around 50% of all organised crime groups are involved in drugs and 80% of the most harmful groups are involved in drugs predominantly in importation/supply of class A drugs. • Drugs account for some 20% of all crime proceeds, about half of transnational organized crime proceeds and between 0.6% and 0.9% of global GDP. Drug-related profits available for money-laundering through the financial system would be equivalent to between 0.4% and 0.6% of global GDP. Details: London: The Stationery Office Limited, 2012. 149p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2013 at: http://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201213/cmselect/cmhaff/184/184.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 128257

Author: Great Britain. Office for Standards in Education, Children's Services and Skills (Ofsted) Title: Missing Children Summary: Children represented approximately two thirds of the estimated 360,000 missing person incidents in 2009–10. Children in care are three times more likely to go missing from their home than children who are not in care. However, due to the unreliability of available data, it is likely that the true scale of the problem is not fully understood. A number of recent high-profile court cases concerning child sexual exploitation and high-profile inquiries have highlighted the vulnerability of children who go missing, and the associated risks of sexual exploitation. The government published proposals to tackle child sexual exploitation in November 2011 and announced urgent action to look at the quality of residential care for looked after children in July 2012. This report explores the effectiveness of arrangements to safeguard children and young people, including those who are looked after by the local authority, who are at risk of going missing or running away from home. Inspectors visited a sample of 10 local authority areas. The report draws on evidence from 105 cases and from the views of children and young people, carers, and professionals from the local authority and from partner agencies. The complex and varied reasons identified on a national basis why children go missing were reflected in the nature of the cases seen by inspectors. Children’s histories included inadequate parenting, past or current abuse, bullying and domestic violence. Some children who were looked after had experienced several placement moves. Children who went missing were subjected to considerable associated risk, most often from sexual exploitation, drug and alcohol abuse, and becoming the victim or perpetrator of crime. Inspectors saw evidence of some tenacious partnership working across relevant agencies to safeguard children at risk of going missing. Information was generally shared effectively when children were reported missing and there were some persistent efforts by professionals to engage children. However, some inconsistency and gaps in practice meant that professionals were not always fully attuned to the needs of children who went missing. For example, it was not often clear whether checks, usually undertaken by police officers, to ensure that children were safe and well after returning home had been undertaken. When they had been, the outcomes of the checks were often not routinely shared with carers and professionals. Similarly, more in-depth return interviews with children by an independent person to explore the reasons why they had run away and to identify any support needs were rarely evident. Updated risk management plans that identified specific actions to be taken to prevent children from running away and to keep them safe were rarely evident in the cases seen by inspectors. The lack of routine attention to learning from the experiences of children also contributed to a generally weak understanding at a senior level of the reasons why children go missing. Strategic planning of services to reduce the number of children who go missing was underdeveloped in most local authorities and was hindered further by some poor record management and unreliable data systems. There was, however, an increasing awareness of several related issues, particularly sexual exploitation, which was supported by relevant training. Nearly all of the cases tracked by inspectors displayed a sensitive and child-centred approach to protecting children who went missing. However, some evidence heard by inspectors about some professionals’ attitudes suggests there is no room for complacency. Details: Manchester, UK; Ofsted, 2013. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2013 at: http://www.ofsted.gov.uk/resources/missing-children Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 128261

Author: Great Britain. Office for Standards in Education, Children's Services and Skills (Ofsted) Title: Running away Young people’s views on running away from care Reported by the Children’s Rights Director for England Summary: We asked children and young people in care or living away from home in residential education for their views at a big consultation event we held in the north of England. We invited children from different local authorities across the country, and did not just choose children we already knew or who were already in local participation groups or Children in Care Councils. We asked the children for their views in a series of discussion groups. At the same event, we ran other discussion groups to ask children and young people for their views on two other subjects for our next reports. These were keeping out of trouble and the use of physical restraint. We also visited a group of children at a northern local authority to discuss running away from care. Some of the children we met had run away from care themselves, some had thought about running away but had decided not to run. Some knew about running from care from other people, and others had no experience of their own about running from care, but gave us their thoughts on the subject. We did not ask children to declare to us or in front of others whether or not they had themselves run away from care – but many told us they had, and gave us their experiences. Altogether we held 10 discussion groups on the subject of running away. Each group was led by a member of the Office of the Children’s Rights Director, and another member of our team took notes of the views the children gave. Parents, carers, staff members and other adults who had brought children and young people to our discussion groups were not with the children during the discussions, so that the children could freely talk about their views. The only exception to this was that two members of staff of the local authority we visited did stay with the discussion group there. We gave children a shopping token to thank them for taking part in our discussions, and they were also able to take part in activities for young people at the activity centre where we held all but one of our discussions. At that centre, we also set up some electronic screens on which children could enter more views while they were waiting for our groups, or waiting to join activities, or during the lunch break. The answers typed on to those screens have been used in this report alongside what was said in the discussion groups. As in all our discussion groups, we asked open questions for discussion, but did not suggest any answers. We told the children and young people that they did not have to agree on any ‘group views’, but could give different views, could disagree without having to argue for their views against anyone else, and we would write down all their different views. We asked many of the same questions that we had asked six years before, for our 2006 report on running away, to see whether children’s views and experiences were different now and then. What is in this report is, as far as we could note them down, all the views given by the children and young people in the discussion groups, not our own views. We have not added our comments. We have not left out any views we might disagree with, or which the government, councils, professionals or researchers might disagree with. Where we have used a direct quote from what a child or young person said, this is either something that summarises well what many had said in a group, or something that was a clear way of putting a different idea from what others had said. As with all our reports of children’s views, we have done our best to write this report so that it can be easily read by young people themselves, by professionals working with young people and by politicians. Details: Manchester, UK: Ofsted, 2012. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2013 at: http://www.ofsted.gov.uk/resources/running-away-2012 Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 128262

Author: Starks, Louise Title: Reach: A New Model of Intervention for Children Before, During and After They Run Away Summary: For the past 15 years, Railway Children have worked to support children around the world who live on the streets, or are at risk through running away from home or care. In the UK, they support local projects in England and Scotland and work to raise awareness and improve support among services in the community. They also play an important role in shaping policy and practice in the support of young runaways. The Reach model has been developed by Railway Children to provide services for young people before, during and after episodes of running away. The concept of the Reach model was developed from previous research funded by Railway Children that evidenced a lack of support for young people who run away from home or care. The Reach model includes awareness raising and preventative support, as well as more tailored, one-to-one support with young people and their families or carers. The Reach model has seven distinct elements that encompass both prevention and support: 􀀀 Preventative education: working in partnership with schools, youth clubs, social care residential homes and community centres to raise awareness of the risks of running away among young people. 􀀀 Detached street work: taking the service to the streets with dedicated detached street workers, delivering sessions to introduce their service to potentially vulnerable young people. 􀀀 Local helpline: providing information and support 24 hours a day, seven days a week through telephone, web access and text services. 􀀀 Refuge7/safe place: emergency, safe accommodation for young people unable to be accommodated elsewhere for a maximum of 14 consecutive nights. 􀀀 Missing person return interviews (MisPer): conducted by an independent agency with the young person who has run away to help identify the reasons why they ran away and prevent it happening again. 􀀀 One-to-one casework: support for the young person from a dedicated key worker who helps them identify the reasons why they run away and reduce the likelihood of repeat running. 􀀀 Family support: for the parents/carers of the young person who is running away to help address the issues and concerns within families that may be causing the young person to run away. Details: Sandbach, UK: Railway Children, 2012. 106p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2013 at: https://www.railwaychildren.org.uk/media/90291/reach_-_full_report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Runaways Shelf Number: 128263

Author: Rennison, Claire Title: Evaluation of Safer Relationships Activity (SRA) Summary: The Safer Relationships Activity is a domestic abuse course that was introduced in West Yorkshire in August 2010. It was originally aimed at 18-30 year olds who were low to medium risk of harm and who were early in their offending careers. The aim was to address their behaviours and attitudes before this became entrenched. The criteria for domestic abuse programmes was changed in January 2011 so that only those of high risk of serious harm or complex cases where there were child concerns were eligible for IDAP. This has meant that the majority of cases have been given SRA since this change was introduced. It was originally intended for seven groups to run between September 2010 and April 2011 with a target of 80 completions for the year. Due to the low number of completed questionnaires and course completions the evaluation period was extended till the end of August 2011, with 15 groups completing. At the end of this period, all groups which had completed (n=17) were included in the evaluation. Since the Safer Relationship Activity started 501 individuals have been sentenced to it as part of their Order/Licence. Out of these, 188 individuals had started a SRA group of whom 53% (n=100) had successfully completed. The number of participants who started groups ranged between 11 and 18, with an average of 12 participants. The number of participants who successfully completed ranged between four and ten, with an average of six participants finishing a group. The total and average number of starts increased with each cohort. This increase did not have an effect on the numbers who completed which remained steady regardless of the number of people who started. The average number of participants who attended each session decreased, with a drop in numbers at session 2 and again at session 10. This again seems to support anecdotal evidence from tutors that if you have people engaged by the half way stage, then the majority will go on to successfully complete SRA. The percentage of absences recorded as being acceptable increased, with Cohort 3 having over a quarter (26%, n=10) and Cohort 4 having just under a quarter (24%, n=6) of the absences being classed as acceptable by Offender Managers. This appears to support anecdotal evidence from tutors who felt that in the latter groups more absences were being classed as acceptable. The number of sessions run for groups ranged between 14 to 16. The majority of groups appeared to be run for 15 sessions made up of the orientation session followed by 14 sessions. This was despite the guidance describing SRA as 16 sessions. The groups that ran for only 14 sessions including the orientation had appeared to combine sessions together due to the groups being held on a Monday and being disrupted by the Bank Holidays in April 2011. The majority of groups were run on an evening. Further investigation would be needed and more groups would need to run at alternative times in order to see if the time of the group had an impact on the numbers that completed. The number of starts after the criteria was opened up increased (n=92 starts before the change in criteria versus n=107 after the change in criteria). However a smaller proportion of people went on to successfully complete. After the change the percentage completion rate fell from 57% (n=52/92) to 45% (48/107). Details: West Yorkshire Probation Trust, 2012. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Report Number 5 2011/12: Accessed April 5, 2013 at: www.westyorksprobation.org.uk Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence (U.K.) Shelf Number: 128265

Author: Chana, Rajinder Title: A Local Evaluation of the Intensive Alternative to Custody Pilot in Leeds Summary: This local evaluation aimed to examine the extent to which the Intensive Alternative to Custody (IAC) pilot was implemented in Leeds, capture any issues and areas of good practice, measure whether it was fulfilling its aims, and to measure throughput, compliance, and completion levels. It also sought to capture re-offending rates. There are seven pilots nationally, each aimed at offenders who are on the cusp of custody. The Order is proposed for eligible offenders at the pre-sentence stage and sentencers can select from a range of punitive and rehabilitative requirements to create a tailored community-based intervention with intensive management. There are five enforceable weekly contacts for a minimum of the first 16 weeks. Post-16 week intensive appointments are at the offender manager’s discretion based on progress made. Thereafter, the Order reverts to a Community Order. The Leeds IAC is co-located with two voluntary partnership organisations; Crime Reduction Initiative (CRI) and Developing Initiatives Supporting Communities (DISC). Along with these and the Together Women Project, outreach work and interventions are offered alongside punitive elements such as a curfew or community payback requirement. Restorative Justice (RJ) is another element of the Order. Data was obtained from questionnaires administered to offenders during the Order; a data monitoring spreadsheet; CRAMS and OASys systems; Police re-offending systems; gatekeeping forms; and from interviews with offenders and stakeholders including the project manager. The purpose of this data collection and analysis was to answer the following questions. 1. Was the project delivered as planned? What were the barriers to delivery and how could they be overcome? 2. What are the views of project stakeholders (including offenders, their family, and victims) and how well do they think the project has been implemented? What impact do they think it may have had? 3. What are the views of offenders who fail to complete the Order? Details: Wakefield, UK: West Yorkshire Probation Trust, 2011. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 5, 2013 at: http://www.westyorksprobation.org.uk/documentlist.php?type=1&year=2011 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration (U.K.) Shelf Number: 128266

Author: Rennison, Claire Title: ViP- Volunteering in Probation Evaluation of the Kirklees Mentoring Project Summary: The Kirklees Mentoring Project was a 12 month pilot partnership between West Yorkshire Probation Trust and Foundation. Its aim was to improve the successful completion rates of Community Orders in Kirklees, to break down barriers to compliance and assist offenders to build pro-social links within the community. It also aimed to provide positive role models from members of the local community some of whom are ex-offenders themselves. This report is an evaluation of the partnership. Data was collected and analysed via pre and post mentoring questionnaires, file reads of mentee case files and interviews with offenders, Offender Managers, volunteers and Foundation representatives. The report presents the findings gained from this information and recommendations for practice. Details: Wakefield, UK: West Yorkshire Probation Trust, 2011. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 5, 2013 at: http://www.westyorksprobation.org.uk/documentlist.php?type=1&year=2011 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mentoring Shelf Number: 128267

Author: Robinson, Emma Title: What Women Want? An Evaluation of the TWP/EVOLVE partnership with West Yorkshire Probation Summary: This research was commissioned to evaluate the partnership arrangements between West Yorkshire Probation Trust, WomenCentre and the Together Women Project (TWP). Within these partnerships, a percentage of WYPT’s female offenders are co-supervised by Offender Managers and Project Workers at partner premises in Calderdale (WomenCentre), Leeds and Bradford (both TWP). The aim of the evaluation was to follow-up cases referred to both TWP and WomenCentre The evaluation sample comprised 150 women who have been supervised by either of the two agencies. Interviews were also conducted with offenders, project staff, and offender managers co-located at the partner agency premises. Details: Wakefield, UK: West Yorkshire Probation Services, 2010. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 5, 2013 at: http://www.westyorksprobation.org.uk/documentlist.php?type=1&year=2010 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community-based Corrections Shelf Number: 128268

Author: Robinson, Emma Title: The Alcohol Treatment Requirement: A more responsive way of working with alcohol-misusing offenders Summary: The overarching aim of the evaluation was to give some early indications of the success of the Alcohol Treatment Requirement in West Yorkshire, in terms of offender compliance and completion levels, changes in alcohol dependency and whether the ATR better meets the needs of alcohol misusing offenders. With this in mind there were three main research strands: a case file-read of offenders on the ATR to investigate levels of compliance; a pre and post programme offender questionnaire designed to capture feedback on levels of alcohol consumption; and interviews with offenders and treatment provider staff to ascertain feedback on the ATR in terms of meeting offender needs and partnership working. The file-read analysis revealed that compliance to ATR appointments was lower than the compliance rate of the comparison group (of offenders with an alcohol need in OASys prior to the introduction of the ATR). However, the ATR group did not have a high level if ‘unacceptable’ (and therefore enforceable) absences for appointments with the treatment provider. Indeed the number of ‘unacceptable’ absences for actual ATR appointments (n=29) was lower than that for probation appointments in both the ATR group (n=43) and the comparison group (n=41). The comparison group also had a much higher number of acceptable absences which may reflect the chaotic nature of offenders with alcohol misuse problems and therefore confirms the need for a dedicated programme of treatment and support for this group. The file-read analysis appears to suggest that it is compliance to probation appointments, and in particular a high number of ‘acceptable’ absences for these appointments, that is bringing the compliance level down amongst the ATR sample. It may be that the ATR appointments are afforded some priority amongst this group, since they are specifically ‘aimed at ‘treating’ their alcohol misuse. Greater efforts might be made to attend these appointments over other probation appointments which are perhaps less likely to meet offender’s immediate needs in terms of addressing entrenched patterns of alcohol abuse. The number of successful completions for the ATR sample was 8 (27%), compared to a total of 19 (63%) in the comparison group. However, this was not a straightforward like-for-like comparison as within the ATR group, there were 7 cases that still had an order ongoing at the time of data analysis. A total of 12 offenders (40%) completed their ATR requirement and went on to successfully complete their order. Therefore the conversion rate from ATR completion to order completion is actually 8 from 12 (67%) for this sample. Details: Wakefield, UK: West Yorkshire Probation Services, 2010. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 5, 2013 at: http://www.westyorksprobation.org.uk/documentlist.php?type=1&year=2010 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Misusing Offenders Shelf Number: 128269

Author: Robinson, Emma Title: A Fresh Perspective: Working with Offenders and Families - why it matters Summary: It is estimated that there are around 160,000 children with a parent in prison each year. 60% of these children affected by parental imprisonment are likely to offend themselves. Studies of prisoners’ children also suggest that there can be a number of adverse outcomes for children caused by parental imprisonment. However, support for children and families is lacking. Where support is available, this is often fragmented due to the conflicting aims of the services involved. Recent policy developments suggest a move towards providing better support and provision for families, with authorities being encouraged to ‘think family’. Publications such as the ‘Every Child Matters’, The ‘Children of Offenders Review’ and ‘Families do Matter’ stress the role of the family in supporting desistance from re-offending. This research was commisioned to identify exactly what work is being undertaken with families within the West Yorkshire districts and determine the effectiveness of this work. Details: Wakefield, UK: West Yorkshire Probation Service, 2010. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 5, 2013 at: http://www.westyorksprobation.org.uk/documentlist.php?type=1&year=2010 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children of Prisoners (U.K.) Shelf Number: 128270

Author: Robinson, Emma Title: One-to-One Process Evaluation Summary: This evaluation sought to look at the implementation and delivery of One to One in four research areas: West Yorkshire, Northants, West Mercia and Cambridgeshire. The main aim of the research was to highlight how the programme is being implemented, in what circumstances it is used, and the types of offenders it is being targeted at. Method The research has used both quantitative and qualitative data sources to address this aims. Briefly the three main samples comprised: an IAPS data extract of referrals in each of the areas between 06/01/05 and 31/05/06 (n=237); interviews with 14 OTO delivery staff and a further 8 interviews with offenders at varying stages of the programme. Background information was gathered from each of the Areas in order to provide information on referral processes, delivery and staffing. There were differences between the areas in how the programme is implemented and delivered. In West Yorkshire OTO is only delivered in hostels by Residential Officers who have undertaken the tutor training. Two areas (West Mercia and Northants) deliver across a widely dispersed area and reported having had significant waiting lists for the programme. Cambridgeshire felt that their referral process was rather more ‘ad-hoc’ with tutors identifying appropriate participants whenever they have space to deliver the programme. Throughput Results The throughput data from IAPS appeared to correlate with the above background information. Referral rates were much higher in Northants (n=81) and West Mercia (n=122). Cambridgeshire had 32 referrals but as there were only two tutors delivering the programme in this time period their commencement rate was very low (22%). There were only 2 cases in the IAPS extract for West Yorkshire and these were both lost between the referral and assessment stage. There was little difference in the type of offenders being referred between areas, with the exception that Cambridgeshire had almost a 50/50 split of male and female referrals to the programme. West Mercia and Northants had higher proportions of Male referrals (88% and 78% respectively). Proportions of offenders from different ethnic groups were roughly similar in each area and overall, Offenders referred to the programme were predominantly ‘White:British’ (n=225, 95). Across the 4 areas, the completion rate was 35%, suggesting that offenders referred to OTO might be one of the most difficult client groups to engage and motivate. This was confirmed by feedback from tutors who commented that OTO offenders tend to have more inherent problems compared to other offender groups (e.g. mental health issues). An interesting finding from the IAPS extract was with regards to the average number of sessions completed by offenders who commenced the programme. The average across the four areas was 13 sessions. Feedback from both tutors and offenders suggested that it was the latter stages of the programme (sessions 13-20) that needed the most improvement. It was commented that these sessions can be very repetitive and in some cases unnecessary. These figures appear to suggest, when considered alongside the interview feedback, that the programme could perhaps be shortened. Feedback from Staff and Offenders The majority of tutors felt that referrals to the programme are made appropriately though there was some feeling that a minority of cases are referred to OTO purely because they are unsuitable for any other programme and don’t necessarily fit any of the other referral criteria for POTO. Northamptonshire area felt that their referral process had been greatly improved by introducing a Single Point of Contact (SPOC). All potential referrals have to be talked through with the SPOC before they are instigated and this was seen to have improved targeting and reduce the waiting lists in this area. Tutor feedback suggested that OTO is less well promoted in areas than other Accredited Programmes, and is often seen as the ‘quiet’ programme, poorly advertised with few staff outside of programmes teams aware of it’s value. This seems unfortunate given the wealth of comments from tutors and offenders on the value of the programme, and the examples given where OTO has had a significant impact on offenders Tutors also felt that it would be worthwhile looking at reconviction data for those who have been through the programme as it was felt that these cases had not gone on to re-offend. The programme was seen as needing a large amount of preparation time and tutors reported having to juggle their time as best as possible, especially if they had responsibility for delivering other programmes. The two hostel tutors in West Yorkshire found it particularly difficult to fit in OTO delivery alongside running the hostel and dealing with their normal caseloads. There was also some suggestion that at times, the tutor role can encroach onto more of an Offender Management role due to the difficult client group that they are dealing with. All Areas had tried to maintain an effective support network between tutors following the initial tutor training, with some having introduced ‘development days’ where tutors could discuss cases and share good practice. However, it appeared that not many Areas are not keeping these going as regularly as originally intended despite that fact that they are considered very useful, particularly for those tutors who work in very dispersed areas and can feel more isolated, not having another tutor nearby to ‘debrief’ with. There was some agreement between tutors and offenders as to which parts of the programme are more successful. The Offence Analysis work was considered to be particularly useful, especially as this was an area that offenders felt they would have difficulty discussing in a group situation. The role play/role rotation exercises were explicitly mentioned several times as an area of the programme that offenders dislike and is difficult for tutors to deliver. It was also felt that parts of the programme manual are quite badly written and difficult for tutors to understand and then translate into a programme session. Motivation of offenders on the programme appears to be tied to several factors. Rapport with the programme tutor appears to be one of the more important elements but also some buy-in to the programme appears to come from the fact that the programme is structured in such a way as to allow participants to see how far they have progressed. Details: Wakefield, UK: West Yorkshire Probation Service, 2007. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 5, 2013 at: http://www.westyorksprobation.org.uk/documentlist.php?type=1&year=2007 Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Probation (U.K.) Shelf Number: 128271

Author: Turner, Russell Title: Thinking about Re-offending: Reductions in reconviction rates for offenders on the Enhanced Thinking Skills (ETS) programme. Summary: The Enhanced Thinking Skills (ETS) programme has been operating in West Yorkshire for over 5 years and 2005/6 saw 882 offenders ordered to attend the programme. This is a sizeable investment in accredited programmes as a method to tackle general offending behaviour. National research on the effectiveness of programmes such as ETS is still in its infancy and at present gives mixed results. How well an area delivers its programmes may in part cause this. There has been much local research in West Yorkshire on programme implementation and delivery but none on the impact on reconviction. This report aimed to provide data on the impact upon reconviction during a two-year follow-up period on a sample of 298 offenders ordered to attend the programme mainly during 2002/3 as part of a Community Rehabilitation Order (CRO) or Community Punishment & Rehabilitation Order. Reconviction data was also obtained on a comparison group of 182 offenders who were either eligible to attend the programme or likely to have been eligible to attend, but were given a CRO without an ETS condition during the same period. Reconviction data from the Home Office could not be matched for 11% (n=51) of the cases: 9% (n=28) from the ETS sample and 13% (n=23) from the comparison group. The remaining samples – 264 ETS offenders and 157 comparison offenders – differed on several key aspects. Predicted reconviction rates, as given by the Offender Group Reconviction Scale (OGRS), were lower for the comparison sample at 50.5, compared to 63.6 for the ETS sample. The comparison sample was on average slightly older with an average age of 28.6 compared to 26.4, and proportionately had more women: 29% (n=46) compared to 13% (n=34) in the ETS sample. Lower predicted rates were also found for the comparison group when men and women were considered separately. The relationship between these factors - OGRS, age, and gender - and reconviction is complex but taken together strongly suggests that we would expect the comparison sample to have lower reconviction rates than the ETS sample, even if the ETS sample do better than expected using their predicted reconviction rate. Conversely, the ETS sample had a lower actual reconviction rate than the comparison sample: 60.6% were reconvicted within two years compared to 66.2% of the comparison sample, a difference of 5.6%. This difference was not sufficient to be statistically significant with this sample and may have arisen due to chance. The actual reconviction rate for the ETS sample was also 3% lower than their predicted rate, whilst the rate for the comparison group was 16% higher than their predicted rate. A ‘true’ reduction for the ETS group, from predicted to actual reconviction rate, is very likely to be between 0.6% and 5.4%, based on this sample. Clearly, this ranges between a negligible effect to one in line with national targets, i.e. the Government’s 5% reduction in reconviction. The 3% difference found for this West Yorkshire sample might be indicative of a ‘real’ difference in the behaviour of these offenders, compared to what was expected. However, these rates are based on all offenders sentenced to ETS. The reconviction rate halves to 33% for those offenders who complete the programme, compared to 73% for the combined non-completers. This difference is statistically significant and also stands when differences in predicted reconviction rates between the completers and non-completers are taken into account. Additionally, the completers’ actual reconviction rate is 25% points lower than their predicted rate, whereas the non-completers do show any improvement effect. This strongly suggests that the ETS programme in West Yorkshire helps reduce reconviction providing offenders complete the programme. What this research does not address however is the relationship between a ‘treated’ offender profile (see Friendship et al., 2003) and reductions in reconvictions, i.e. to what extent did ETS change offenders’ thinking, and their subsequent behaviour? A third of offenders sentenced to ETS had OGRS scores over 75. These offenders may have had additional conditions imposed to address their risk of re-offending, as opposed to simply being poor-targeting. When different risk-bands are considered separately, only the medium-high risk offenders reconvict less than expected. The medium-low offenders’ reconviction rate is 5.5% higher than that given by OGRS, although it is 9% lower than the comparison group. The medium-high risk offenders, on the other hand, have an actual rate some 8% lower than the predicted rate and 25% lower than the comparison group. Whilst this implies that ETS has a stronger effect on medium-high risk offenders, it reaffirms the need for correct targeting. Whilst reconviction rates for each age-band in the ETS sample are between 2% and 7% lower than the comparison sample, they are not lower than the predicted rates in all age-bands. Indeed, only the 18-20 age-group shows a reliable effect with the reconviction rate for this group being nearly 9% lower than predicted. The other three age-groups do not show any notable effect. This suggests that the ETS programme in West Yorkshire had a greater impact upon reconviction rates for younger offenders. It may well be the case that the older a recidivist offender gets, the more likely they have experienced ETS or a similar intervention, and the less effective a repeat experience will be. The ETS offenders who did reconvict had, on average, higher OGRS scores than those who did not, but did not differ in age from offenders who did not reconvict. This again highlights the need for correct targeting of offenders for ETS: nearly half (48%) of the cases who did reconvict had OGRS scores of 75 and over, whereas of those who did not reconvict only 16% had high OGRS scores. Given that offenders who complete the programme have much lower reconviction rates, it would be useful to see if the effects of age and risk upon reconviction found in this study on all offenders sentenced are also found for completers and non-completers. Much larger samples of completers than obtained in this study would be necessary to run reliable statistical analyses. The ETS offenders had lower actual reconviction rates for both men and women. These differences were too small to be found statistically significant with these samples and may have arisen due to chance. The difference between the comparison and the ETS samples’ actual reconviction rates is larger for the men: -7.6% compared to -2.1% for the women. When actual reconviction rates are compared against the predicted rates, it appears that only men in the ETS sample reconvict less than expected. Much caution is needed with the difference for the women due to the low numbers of women in the samples overall but this might suggest that although receiving ETS is better than not for both sexes, the programme in West Yorkshire is less effective with women than with men. Further research with larger samples of women is needed. The average on-set time to the first reoffence was 189 days for the ETS sample and 233 days for the comparison sample. This difference was not statistically significant suggesting no real difference in how quickly the two samples began reoffending again. However, during the first year the comparison group’s reconviction rate was lower than the ETS group’s rate, at a maximum of 6.5% lower 5 months after being sentenced. This trend reversed at approximately 8-9 months when the ETS group’s reconviction rate began to slow, falling below the comparison group’s rate after one year. By 18 months the ETS group’s reconviction rate was at its maximum difference of 6.6% lower than the comparison group. Poor targeting may in part cause this: offenders with higher OGRS scores reoffend faster in both samples and the ETS sample had higher proportions of these offenders. However, we can also theorise that the decrease in reoffending rate at the 8-9 month point is linked to offenders completing the programme, as the average time to completion was 7 months and offenders who complete have lower reconviction rates than predicted. A criticism of reconviction studies is that just one reconviction is necessary, perhaps for a relatively minor offence, for the offender to be counted as ‘reconvicted’. Considering the volume or frequency of reconvictions over a two-year period and the seriousness of these provides another more sensitive measure of reconviction. To look at frequency and seriousness however, each offender needs to have an equivalent period of two-years at liberty to reoffend, i.e. not in prison. Due to the time-frame of this study, this resulted in 90 offenders being excluded from frequency and seriousness analyses as they were in custody. Cases ‘lost to custody’ – 23% (n=70) from the ETS sample and 12% (n=21) from the comparison group – had higher OGRS scores than the remaining cases: 11% and 12% points for the comparison and ETS samples respectively. This suggests that the remaining ETS sample used in this part of the study is slightly skewed towards medium-high risk offenders and actual figures should be used with much caution. However, as the difference in OGRS scores between cases lost to custody and the final sample was proportionately the same the comparison between the two samples is not necessarily jeopardised by the exclusion of these cases. The ETS sample was responsible for more reconvictions and offences, on average per reconvicted offender. The ETS sample had an average of 2.26 reconvictions, compared to 2.05 for the comparison sample, although this difference is not sufficient to be statistically significant. The comparison sample also had a higher proportion of offenders with only 1 reconviction, this being 54.1% of those who reconvicted, compared to 41.5% in the ETS sample. It might be the case that more offences were committed by the ETS sample but done so by a smaller number of offenders. However this conjecture cannot be statistically confirmed or refuted due to the smaller number of offenders who actually did reconvict. For the purpose of this study, a quick and systematic method was used to gauge the seriousness of a reconviction using the courts’ view of seriousness as determined by the disposal given. This enabled a robust comparison between the two samples; it was not intended to make a theoretical point about offence seriousness per se. Approximately 39% of both samples’ reoffences were more serious than the index offence, whilst the ETS group had slightly higher proportions (+6.5%) of less serious reoffences than the comparison group. The comparison group had similarly higher proportions of same-seriousness reoffences. This implies that the reoffending committed by the ETS sample is no worse than that of the comparison group. Details: Wakefield, UK: West Yorkshire Probation Service, 2006. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 5, 2013 at: http://www.westyorksprobation.org.uk/documentlist.php?type=1&year=2006 Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community-Based Corrections Cognitive Skills Shelf Number: 128272

Author: Robinson, Emma Title: Added Value? HIMMAT in Halifax Evaluation Report Summary: Currently Himmat are contracted to work with South Asian offenders in Halifax. This evaluation forms part of a best value review and investigates whether the Himmat service adds value over and above the standard offender management practice. Specifically the evaluation looks at whether Himmat helps to improve order compliance and completions, whether it reduces the likelihood of breach and if offenders value the service. This study combined quantitative and qualitative approaches in order to address the question of whether the HIMMAT service adds value above that of standard offender management practice in Halifax. The aims of the research where to assess whether HIMMAT helps to improve order completions and compliance, whether it reduces instances of breach and whether the offenders themselves value the service. Quantitative data was obtained from CRAMS and Performance Information packs for West Yorkshire. A file-read was also conducted on the first 34 cases who had contact with the HIMMAT service. Interviews were also conducted with Offender Management staff (n=5) who have worked with HIMMAT in producing SDRs on their cases, and offenders (n=5) who had been in contact with HIMMAT for at least 6 months. Compliance and breach figures were analysed for the first 6 months (26 weeks) of the order/licence for each offender, this matching the process which is used for area auditing on these measures. Data was obtained for 2006/7 and 2007/8 on the number of National Standards appointments kept and instances of breach. The file-read results were very positive and revealed an average compliance rate of 90% for offenders in the sample. Only 3 cases (9%) had any breach action recorded in the first 26 weeks of their order. A total of 21 offenders (88%) went on to complete their order successfully. When compared to data for Calderdale (61%) and Area figures (61%), these results were statistically significant. These results were compared to those for Asian offenders in other districts and offenders across the area as a whole by using Nsmart data held by the Performance Information team. The results for 2006/7 showed that overall, Asian offenders in Calderdale have performed better on compliance with National Standards appointments and matched the results from the file read with a 90% compliance rate. The overall compliance rate for offenders in Calderdale was 79% in 2006/7, which showed that offenders in Calderdale are only slightly more compliant then the total caseload (76%), thus suggesting that there is indeed a high rate of compliance amongst Asian offenders in this district rather than the results being a product of Calderdale being a more compliant district in itself. The figures for 2007/8 were much closer between the districts. Although Calderdale has maintained a high compliance rate, it appears that the other districts have drive up their compliance during this period, thus they are now more on a par with Calderdale. Breach is also monitored for the first 26 weeks of an offender’s order/licence. Results are recorded by means of a ‘pass’ or ‘fail’ for each individual. The breach data was less conclusive with regards to the impact of HIMMAT when looking at results for Asian offenders in other districts. The percentage success rate for Asian offenders was fairly consistent across West Yorkshire districts in 2006/7. Data for this year showed that the average success rate for Asian offenders was 68% (compared to 63%) for the total caseload, suggesting that Asian offenders performed better on breach measures. Data for 2007/8 showed that there had been improvements across the area on breach for Asian offenders (now ranging from 75% to 87%). The average rate for Asian offenders in this time period was 80%, an improvement of 12% on the previous year. This is likely to be, in part, a result of performance improvement projects that were implemented across the area in order to improve compliance figures. However, there were some significant findings when comparing results for the HIMMAT offenders against area figures. In 2006/7 the pass rate for breach was 65% for the area (1590/2447). When compared to the HIMMAT sample results, Chi Square testing showed the better performance of the HIMMAT sample to be a statistically significant result (p=0.003). In 2007/8 the rate was 67% (1528/2267) for the area compared to the 91% for HIMMAT offenders. Again, this was a statistically significant result (p=0.007). All offenders interviewed spoke positively about the value of HIMMAT both in terms of the flexibility offered around appointments and also the way in which HIMMAT staff can help them to address often multiple issues which may have cultural implications. Offender Managers also talked about the value of HIMMAT to the offenders they supervise. Overall comments appeared to be linked to they way in which HIMMAT can assist Asian offenders in dealing with issues linked to relationships, employment, family and health whilst taking into account the offenders culture. Offender managers talked about the value of HIMMAT in terms of being able to have someone they can consult with regarding a case but also someone who can challenge offenders on things that they might not feel confident approaching themselves. Some staff members gave examples of where HIMMAT had challenged an individual in the early stages of their order and this had impacted positively on engaging that individual in supervision. There were few suggestions as to how the service could be improved. Where suggestions were made these tended to relate to whether the service could be expanded out to other districts or whether HIMMAT could offer a wider range of services (i.e. whether HIMMAT could offer support to drug misusing offenders). Offender Management staff also felt that the service could be used more by their own colleagues as it was considered that use of the service could be variable at present. Details: Wakefield, UK: West Yorkshire Probation Service, 2008. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 5, 2013 at: http://www.westyorksprobation.org.uk/documentlist.php?type=1&year=2008 Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Asian Offenders Shelf Number: 128273

Author: Robinson, Emma Title: Piloting an all-female ETS group in Bradford. Evaluation Report Summary: The initial part of the research was concerned with outcomes from males and females across all accredited programmes in West Yorkshire. Logistic regression techniques were applied in much of the analysis to try and pick out the key predictive factors for completion of any accredited programme then more specifically, ETS. Initial analysis of the data-set revealed that overall, in the 15-month period under review, females were just as likely to start an accredited programme as males. Completion figures were also very similar for males and females. Logistic regression analysis on this data showed that predictive factors for completion of an accredited programme were: Tier, Age and OGRS2 score. Offenders in the ‘too high’ OGRS band were less likely to complete an accredited programme as were Tier 3 and 4 cases. The likelihood of completion also appears to increase with age. The data revealed that a proportion of offenders had been inappropriately allocated to ETS on the basis of their OGRS2 score. However, whereas those in the ‘too high’ category were less likely to complete an accredited programme overall, this did not hold true for the ETS sub-sample as 72% of those in this category who started, then went on to complete the programme. This suggests that other factors may influence programme completion. A total of 12 females completed ETS in a fifteen month period in West Yorkshire. Four of these completers (33%) were singleton females. The all-female ETS pilot achieved two completions from 6 starts (33%), with a further individual attending catch-up sessions at the time of writing. Logistic regression analysis showed that when all other variables were controlled for, Gender and Age were significant predictors of the completion of ETS. The throughput showed that males were twice as likely to complete ETS than females and that the likelihood of completing the programme increases with age. Although a full set of psychometric test scores was not available, some preliminary analysis has been undertaken on the pre and post scores for the mixed ETS attendees and those post scores for the two completers of the pilot group. Overall, the data revealed some differences in scores pre to post programme for the mixed group, and on two of these measures, the post scores mean for the ETS female pilot were lower still. This may indicate some positive results for the female pilot, but without the pre-scores (which were not administered at the start of the course) it is not possible to confirm this. If further groups are to be run, it will be useful to ensure that these tests are administered in order to compare these groups against the mixed ETS programmes. The completers of the pilot group spoke positively about their experience of the programme and their engagement with the other group members. One of the completers indicated that she had no preference towards being in an all-female group or a mixed ETS group. Indeed, this was a common feeling among the respondents in this research as offenders in mixed groups did not necessarily feel that they would have been more comfortable in an all-female group. The pilot group achieved two completions, with a further female having dropped off the group at the very end. This was comparable to the number of ETS completion for females in the previous 15 months across West Yorkshire. Perhaps the group dynamics in the ETS pilot, for instance the supportive atmosphere and the use of real-life examples linked to the material does have an impact on engagement with the programme, but this did not in this instance impact on completion. The group dynamics may not be picked up on by the participants themselves having not been on a mixed group previously, and for those in mixed groups not having experience an all-female group. Both groups of respondents talked positively about the programme itself, and this did not appear to be affected by the composition of the group they were on, perhaps suggesting that females might engage with the programme more than males, and therefore there are other factors preventing females from completing ETS. It was thought that issues such as childcare might be one of these barriers, which was addressed by providing the creche service at the TWP. However, only one of the females used the creche service, so it is difficult to assess the impact of this link-in at this stage. If a further group is run, this may provide more data by which to assess the ‘added value’ of running the programme from TWP premises. The two programme tutors felt that although the creche facility was a useful resource for those attending the programme, it was issues linked to confidence that had made the group responsive to the needs of the women who took part. Confidence was picked up as a major factor for three of the women who were attending due to various issues around alcohol use and domestic violence relationships. As the women had an opportunity to use these real life examples and link them to the material covered in ETS, it was felt that the course had helped to boost their confidence This appeared to tie in with feedback from females on the group who suggested that it was not necessarily the absence of males on the group that was important, rather it was the opportunity to share experiences and talk with other females in a supportive environment. However, given this perceived better engagement of the women tutors had some unanswered questions about the low number of completions from the programme. The reasons for this are difficult to pinpoint and it was felt that organisational issues and an inadequate setting of programme boundaries might have played a part in this. This appears to have been a well-received pilot programme, as both offenders, tutors and staff at TWP spoke very positively about the experience and where hopeful about running further groups in the future. However it did not create significantly higher levels of completion, nor objective data to support the effectiveness of the programme. Details: Wakefield, UK: West Yorkshire Probation Service, 2008. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 5, 2013 at: http://www.westyorksprobation.org.uk/documentlist.php?type=1&year=2008 Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cognitive Skills Shelf Number: 128274

Author: Gallagher, Margaret Title: Helpline Highlight: Northern Ireland: A year in review April 2011-March 2012 Summary: The NSPCC has provided a helpline in Northern Ireland for the last 25 years, as part of a UK-wide service. The helpline protects children by providing advice and information to adults and professionals, and by making referrals to trusts and the police when necessary. People can get in touch by telephone, text, email or online. Those who are deaf or hard-of-hearing can make contact by textphone or webcam. In 2011/121, over 44,000 people across the UK reported concerns about children, a 29 per cent increase on the previous year. This report, however, explores the data available for Northern Ireland. It identifies the numbers of adults in Northern Ireland who contacted the helpline, the nature of the concerns they had about children, the length of time they waited before getting in touch, and the number of cases the helpline had to refer to Northern Ireland children’s services or police. These topline statistics have been supplemented by an in depth review of 200 Northern Ireland contacts that resulted in a referral to social services or police. This report features anonymised quotes from some of these contacts, to provide the reader with a sense of the nature and content of these cases. Key findings • In 2011/12 the helpline responded to 691 contacts from people in Northern Ireland. • This is an increase of 58 per cent on the previous year. • 353 of the contacts in 2011/12 resulted in referrals – involving 717 children – to children’s services or the police in NI (1.7 per cent of all referrals made by the helpline across the UK). • 338 were contacts where helpline counsellors2 provided information or advice, helping an estimated 676 children (1.6 per cent of the total number of advice calls dealt by the helpline across the UK). • Neglect was the leading cause for referrals (138 cases, 39 per cent); it accounted for 12 per cent of cases where we offered advice (40 contacts). • 14 per cent of referrals (50) were about sexual abuse. This is higher than the UK average, which was 10 per cent. • 289 children (45 per cent) involved in referrals were under six years old3. • In total, 138 people contacting us from Northern Ireland reported that they had concerns for more than a month, with 68 of these being so serious we had to make referrals. • In cases where the concerns were so significant we had to make referrals, 41 people (32 per cent)4 had waited more than six months before getting in touch (compared to 26 per cent for the rest of the UK). • The majority of contacts leading to referrals came from members of the public, not from family members or professionals. Details: London: NSPCC, 2013. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 5, 2013 at: http://www.nspcc.org.uk/Inform/research/helpline/helpline-highlight-northern-ireland-pdf_wdf94910.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect (Northern Ireland) Shelf Number: 128291

Author: Scottish Parliament. Justice Committee Title: 5th Report, 2013 (Session 4): Inquiry Into Purposeful Activity in Prisons Summary: 1. The Justice Committee believes that the effective rehabilitation of offenders is vital in order to reduce crime levels, reduce the economic and social costs of crime and help create a safer Scotland. It also enables those individuals who have offended, for a variety of reasons, to choose a better life for themselves, their families and communities. 2. A key element of rehabilitation is the recognition of those factors which cause some people to offend and the appropriate level of support to help them develop the skills, experiences and confidence to address these factors and change their behaviour. The Committee recognises that this process takes time and resources. The Committee also recognises, however, that evidence shows this process works. In addition, the Committee believes that this time and those resources can be justified given the significant time and resources currently spent by the police, courts, prison service and wider criminal justice system in connection with reoffending. 3. The Committee believes that, as well as punishing offenders by taking away their liberty, the prison system has an important role to play in rehabilitating offenders. In fact, rehabilitation must start in prison and, to be most effective, must also continue after release when, most often, offenders are back in the environment where they committed their crimes. 4. Purposeful activities, of an educational, counselling, work nature and such others as family contact, are a fundamental element of the rehabilitation process. They can help prisoners address any personal issues that may have contributed to their offending behaviour and help develop the working routine, education, skills and experience necessary to find employment on release and lead a stable, non-offending life. 5. The recommendations of the Committee are included. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Parliament, 2013. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 6, 2013 at: http://www.scottish.parliament.uk/S4_JusticeCommittee/Reports/jur-13-05w.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 128301

Author: Innes, Helen Title: Personal, Situational and Incidental Vulnerabilities to ASB Harm: a follow up study. Summary: This study makes a significant contribution to the evidence base around the impacts of antisocial behaviour (ASB) upon victims and „what works‟ in terms of police responses to such problems. It extends and elaborates some of the findings originally set out in 2010 in the Universities‟ Police Science Institute‟s (UPSI) report „Rethinking the Policing of Antisocial Behaviour‟ that advocated a shift towards a more victim-centred and harm-based approach. This influenced HMIC‟s „Stop the Rot‟ report of that year. In 2012 HMIC inspected all police forces to check their progress in implementing reforms based upon the findings of the 2010 work. The Inspectorate concluded that whilst progress had been made by all forces in improving their responses to ASB, opportunities for further improvement remained. Accordingly, the analysis set out herein seeks to clarify these opportunities and what police can do to better protect repeat and vulnerable victims of ASB Driven by an empirical analysis of a survey of nearly 10,000 ASB victims (the largest dataset of its kind) and HMIC police performance assessments, we focus in particular upon the concept of vulnerability. This recognises that some people and communities are more liable to being negatively impacted by ASB because they lack social, economic and psychological resilience to withstand the negative effects associated with such experiences.  Informed by analysis of the data we identify three main types of vulnerability: 1. Personal vulnerability – results from an individual or group‟s characteristics, identity or status. In effect, there are certain individual characteristics that shape susceptibility to being negatively affected by a victimisation experience. For example, mental or physical health status. 2. Situational vulnerability –where the impact of any ASB is amplified by some aspect of the context in which it occurs. For example, neighbourhoods that are socially or economically stressed may be more harmed by the occurrence of ASB. Similarly, areas with low levels of social capital or high crime rates may be negatively impacted by events that, if they occurred in different circumstances, would be less influential. 3. Incidental vulnerability – our analysis demonstrates that there are certain forms of antisocial incident that are likely to induce harmful effects for victims. Most notably, this includes repeated occurrences, but also incidents perceived by victims to be personally targeted.  When different combinations of vulnerability are profiled, we find differences in their prevalence and social distribution. For example, repeat and vulnerable victims are disproportionately drawn from poor socio-economic circumstances, whereas repeat, but not vulnerable, victims are not.  Police forces differ from each other in the profile of their callers on characteristics of vulnerability and repeat victimisation. Health vulnerability, for example, is present in approximately 25 percent of callers in Dyfed Powys compared to 8 percent in City of London. A better knowledge of local victim profiles is therefore central to understanding the underlying nature of the ASB problem. Our analysis of victim satisfaction and its links with police performance data enable us to highlight a number of areas where there are gains to be made in meeting the needs of ASB victims.  The most challenging cases are where victims are both repeat and vulnerable. The complex and ever-changing circumstances associated with ASB and the victim means that there is no substitute for inter-personal communication at the point of report. Technological „solutions‟ can identify some, but not all, vulnerable victims.  All victims want to feel listened to, taken seriously, and to know what police action was taken as a result of their call. However, because some victims are more vulnerable and at risk than others, they do not all share the same „starting place‟. Whilst the needs of repeat or vulnerable victims may be generally well met by police, the repeat and vulnerable victim is most likely to „fall through the net‟. The percentage of victims who viewed their call to police as having made „no difference‟ was greater for the most acute category of repeat and vulnerable victim at 45 percent compared to 35 percent for victims who were neither repeat nor vulnerable.  The identification of vulnerability and risk should prompt police to consider ‘doing more’ with the victim or ‘doing different’. This does not have to be resource-intensive; it could be offering greater reassurance, taking more time to communicate or communicating more frequently.  Better police performance is unlikely to ‘drive down’ the overall volume of calls on ASB, but it can improve victim satisfaction and public reporting of this type of crime. The available evidence suggests that reductions in the number of ASB reports may not be a reliable indicator of performance improvements in this domain. In fact, somewhat counter-intuitively, better performing forces were more likely to see the public report issues to them and forces with a high public need tended to have more effective police systems in place. Our analysis suggests that area level deprivation drives call volume; in areas of high deprivation 60 percent could be classified as repeat callers of three times or more, compared with 38% in low deprivation areas. The key operational implications of our analysis are summarised in an ASB Call Template or ‘ACT’ model. This model proposes four key stages in the process from receiving an ASB call through to completed action feedback to the victim. These stages are: 1. The primary ‘inter-personal’ stage: the use of probing questions at every point of report to establish and record who, where, and why the victim is reporting. 2. The secondary ‘I.T’ stage: linking this victim information with any previous contacts, with area data or previous intelligence to add depth and context to the victim report. 3. Action Planning: identification of risk and the deployment of resources. This necessitates a degree of „tailoring‟ responses according to the needs of the victim. 4. Communicate Action: timely and appropriate feedback to the victim about what the police response was to their call with due consideration of the needs of the victim. Details: Cardiff, UK: Universities' Police Science Institute, Cardiff University, 2013. 99p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 9, 2013 at: http://www.hmic.gov.uk/media/personal-situational-and-incidental-vulnerabilities-to-anti-social-behaviour-harm-a-follow-up-study.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 128323

Author: Levitt, Alison Title: Charging Perverting the Course of Justice and Wasting Police Time in Cases Involving Alledgedly False Rape and Domestic Violence Allegations Summary: The Crown Prosecution Service has come a long way in dealing with cases involving violence against women and girls (VAWG). In the last year (2011-12) we have seen the conviction rate rise to 73%, delivering the lowest attrition rates ever recorded. This report is the product of the first ever study, by the Crown Prosecution Service, of the number and nature of cases involving allegedly false allegations of rape or domestic violence, or both. This is in many ways a trailblazing report, the first time we have clear evidence about the prosecution of this important issue. The report outlines the key findings of that review and the steps that we plan to take in response. In recent years both the police and prosecutors have put a great deal of effort into improving the way we investigate and prosecute sexual offences. The results of the changes and improvements which have been made are encouraging. Our committed and specialist staff have prioritised performance in these important and difficult cases. We have bolstered training, policies and guidance for rape and domestic violence specialists. Closer working with the police and specialist services has helped to address the types of ingrained practices which can ignore, or even add to, the victimisation of women and girls. We are not complacent, however, and in particular, events over the last 12 months show that there is still more that we must do to improve. In recent years we have worked hard to dispel the damaging myths and stereotypes which are associated with these cases. One such misplaced belief is that false allegations of rape and domestic violence are rife. This report presents a more accurate picture. Details: London: Crown Prosecution Service, 2013. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 9, 2013 at: http://www.cps.gov.uk/publications/research/perverting_course_of_justice_march_2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 128332

Author: Brake, Tom Title: Upholding the Queen’s Peace: towards a new consensus on policing Summary: The Police Federation of England and Wales represents over 130,000 police officers up to and including the rank of chief inspector. We ensure that their views on all aspects of policing, including their welfare and efficiency, are accurately relayed to government, opinion formers and key stakeholders. In doing this, the Federation has evolved from being a voluntary, unfunded organisation in its early years, to a modern, professional staff association that covers all subjects and issues that affect the police service, including issues such as training, promotion, discipline and professional standards. These are challenging times for the police service. Regarded by many – including some of the contributors to this collection of essays – as an inherently conservative institution, the service is in fact no stranger to change. An organisation can adapt to the changes that occur around it, in the society it polices; it can adapt to increases in demand or greater constraints on its resources. It can even adapt to changes in policy and legislation implemented by the government of the day. The question, though, is whether, when an institution is faced with a combination of these challenges, it can continue to operate on the basis of the same principles which have guided it throughout its existence. As the Police Federation seeks to influence and negotiate on behalf police officers and the interests of the wider public to provide a police service which values diversity, respects work-life balance and is responsive to the needs of the communities it serves, we have asked a number of respected politicians, stakeholders and commentators for their perspective on the challenges facing the police service. The all-embracing question for many of us is whether the traditional consensus around policing in England and Wales stills holds, even against this backdrop of change, or whether we need to develop a new policing consensus. These essays do not necessarily provide all of the answers, but they do mark the beginning of that debate. Details: London: Police Federation, 2013. 124p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 12, 2013 at: http://www.polfed.org/documents/Upholding_The_Queens_Peace_Essay_book.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Reform Shelf Number: 128339

Author: Harker, Lisa Title: How Safe Are Our Children? Summary: This report compiles the most robust and up-to-date child protection data that exists across each of the four nations in the UK. It sets out 19 different indicators and each indicator looks at the question from a different perspective. These indicators will be regularly updated as new statistics are published. The report allows us not only to understand how many children are being abused and neglected, but also to track progress so that society can be held to account for its responsibility to children. Only by monitoring the extent of child abuse and neglect in the UK can we judge whether efforts to prevent maltreatment and to protect children are working. The report finds that in some ways today's children are safer from abuse and neglect than those of previous generations but worrying levels of abuse still remain. Even though there has been an increase in the number of children being made subject to child protection plans or registers, the report finds that: "for every child subject to a child protection plan or on a child protection register in the UK, we estimate that there are likely to be around eight other children who have suffered maltreatment." The report also looks at nine key risk factors that can put children at an increased risk of maltreatment. Details: London: NSPCC, 2013. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2013 at: http://www.nspcc.org.uk/Inform/research/findings/howsafe/how-safe-2013-report_wdf95435.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect (U.K.) Shelf Number: 128427

Author: Williams, Huw Title: Repairing Shattered Lives: Brain injury and its implications for criminal justice Summary: Traumatic Brain Injury (TBI) is the leading form of Acquired Brain Injury (ABI) and is considered a silent epidemic. The condition most frequently occurs in young people, resulting predominantly from falls, sporting injuries, fights and road accidents, and is the major cause of death and disability amongst this group. Both sexes are equally affected when very young, however males are much more at risk than females in teenage years and adulthood. The consequences of brain injury include loss of memory, loss of concentration, decreased awareness of one’s own or others emotional state, poor impulse control, and, particularly, poor social judgment. Unsurprisingly behavioural problems such as conduct disorder, attention problems, increased aggression, and impulse control problems are prevalent in people with ABIs. The brain during childhood, adolescence and young adulthood is rapidly growing and its connections are shaped and strengthened by experience. It is these developing connections and pathways which enable it to pass information and drive the processes necessary to respond to and sustain life. An injury to the brain before these areas have fully developed may cause them to never entirely evolve or ‘misfire’. Recent research has shown that skills that are developing at the time of injury may be the most vulnerable to being disrupted, while already established skills may be more robust. This report explains the connection between acquired brain injury (ABI) and increased contact between children, young people and young adults with criminal justice processes, with a particular focus on the impact of ABI upon developmental maturity. This report combines a review of current studies on the subject with recommendations for commissioners and practitioners. Details: London: Barrow Cadbury Trust, Transition to Adulthood, 2013. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2013 at: http://www.bctrust.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2012/10/Repairing-Shattered-Lives_Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Brain Injury Shelf Number: 128429

Author: Brooker, Charlie Title: An Investigation into the Prevalence of Mental Health Disorder and Patterns of Health Service Access in a Probation Population Summary: This study was funded by an East Midlands Research for Patient Benefit grant. The research is divided into three stages, each of which is presented separately below. Stage 1 aimed to investigate the prevalence of mental health disorders, substance misuse, needs and patterns of service access amongst offenders under probation supervision in Lincolnshire, through one-toone clinical interviews with a stratified random sample of offenders. A sub-study was included in this stage which investigated the use of a brief screen for ‘likely caseness’ of Personality Disorder (PD) (SAPAS) with a probation population. This is reported here as ‘Stage 4’. Stage 2 investigated the extent to which probation staff were aware of, and recording, offenders’ mental health and substance misuse problems, and the nature of any action taken by the probation service to address these issues. In Stage 3, qualitative interviews were undertaken in order to investigate the experiences of probation staff when trying to facilitate access to health services for offenders, and the experiences of offenders trying to access health services. This stage of the study aimed to highlight models of good practice in service provision for offenders, and barriers to service access for this hard-to-reach group. This stage also includes recommendations on how access to services could be improved for offenders under probation supervision. The over-arching aim of the research is to pilot a methodology for assessing the prevalence of mental health disorder and substance misuse amongst offenders under probation supervision. In addition, the study aims to gather data which will be shared with a multi-agency steering group and used to inform both probation practice and health service provision for this hard-to-reach group. Details: Lincoln, UK: University of Lincoln, Criminal Justice and Health Research Group, 2011. 172p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2013 at: http://www.cepprobation.org/uploaded_files/RfPB-final-report-17-9-11.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse Treatment Shelf Number: 128431

Author: Snowdon, Christopher Title: The Crack Cocaine of Gambling? Gambling Machines in the UK Summary: This paper assesses the claims made about gambling machines in British betting shops, in particular ‘fixed-odds betting terminals’. These machines are routinely dubbed ‘the crack cocaine of gambling’ and it is said that players can lose £18,000 in an hour. They are blamed for a rise in problem gambling and it is alleged that Britons lose £42 billion on the machines every year. It is also claimed that betting shops have proliferated as bookmakers scramble to cash in on the popularity of the machines. •The ‘crack cocaine of gambling’ label has been attached to virtually every new gambling product since the late-1980s. It is never attributed to any named individual and is akin to anti-gambling folklore. Such rhetoric is used by campaigners to attract media attention. •The number of betting shops in Britain began to decline in the late 1960s and reached an all-time low at the turn of the century. Since then, there has been a slight resurgence, with numbers rising by 4.5 per cent between 2000 and 2012. These figures are not consistent with the claim that there has been a ‘dramatic proliferation’ of betting shops. Contrary to popular belief, the bookmaking industry’s gross gambling yield has fallen slightly in recent years. •There is some anecdotal evidence that there is ‘clustering’ of betting shops in areas where the four machine limit is insufficient to meet demand. Insofar as this oversupply of betting shops is an issue, it can best be addressed by raising the limit. •Existing evidence does not support the claim that fixed-odds betting terminals have led to a nationwide rise in problem gambling, nor do the data suggest that these machines are uniquely ‘addictive’ or seductive. •The campaign against virtual gaming machines in betting shops closely resembles previous moral panics about new gambling products. The reliance on anecdotal evidence, well-worn rhetoric and unsubstantiated claims about ‘addiction’ is characteristic of similar panics which were subsequently abandoned when it became clear that the new activity was neither especially pernicious nor particularly contagious. • Like other parts of the gambling sector, the bookmaking industry has responded to the market shifting towards virtual gaming. Opponents of fixed-odds betting terminals are aware than a severe reduction in stakes and prizes would reduce consumer appeal and amount to a de facto ban. Over-regulation would push customers to the less regulated online market and would probably lead to a surge in the black market. This would have a detrimental impact on employment in the industry and would significantly reduce tax revenue. Better regulation of the domestic gambling industry should focus on providing greater flexibility for new technology and larger stakes and prizes for venues which are higher up the regulatory pyramid. Details: London: Institute of Economic Affairs, 2013. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: IEA Current Controversies Paper No. 41: Accessed April 25, 2013 at: http://www.iea.org.uk/sites/default/files/publications/files/Gambling%20machines_for%20web.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Betting Shops Shelf Number: 128440

Author: Daykin, Norma Title: Evidence Review: Music Making with Young Offenders and Young People at Risk of Offending Summary: This review was commissioned by Youth Music in March 2011 with the purpose of identifying evidence concerning the impact of music making on young people within the youth justice system. It seeks to add to the knowledge base on the effects of music-based work with young people by providing an up-to-date synthesis of published research and evaluation of music projects in youth justice settings. The report draws on three areas of work: 1. A systematic evidence review of the published, English language international literature on music-making with children and young people in justice settings. 2. An evidence and best practice review of the ‘grey’ literature including UK project reports focusing on music-making in the youth justice system. 3. A review of projects with young offenders funded by Youth Music since 1999. Details: London: Youth Music, 2011. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2013 at: http://www.youthmusic.org.uk/assets/files/Research/YM_YoungOffenders_web.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 128320

Author: Campbell, Sarah Title: Fractured Childhoods: The separation of families by immigration detention Summary: Under s55 of the Borders, Citizenship and Immigration Act 2009, the UK Border Agency has a duty to safeguard and promote the welfare of children. However, this report presents evidence of cases in which the Border Agency repeatedly failed to safeguard children when making decisions to detain their parents, with appalling consequences for the children concerned. Research was carried out into the cases of 111 parents who were separated from 200 children by immigration detention between 2009 and 2012. 85 of these children were in fostering arrangements or local authority care during their parents’ detention. Parents were detained without time limit, for an average of 270 days. In 92 out of 111 cases, parents were eventually released, their detention having served no purpose. In 15 cases, parents were deported or removed from the UK without their children. It is difficult to imagine any other situation where children in the UK could be separated from their parents indefinitely and have such scant attention paid to their welfare. From 1st April 2013, Legal Aid ceased to be available to the vast majority of people making immigration claims. The complexity of immigration law means that it is extremely unlikely that parents will be able to successfully represent themselves. Bail for Immigration Detainees (BID) therefore anticipates that we will be dealing with very many more cases where parents are separated from their children by detention and removal from the UK. Details: London: Bail for Immigration Detainees, 2013. 126p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2013 at: http://www.cypnow.co.uk/digital_assets/WEB_VERSION_FULL_REPORT.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Welfare Shelf Number: 128490

Author: Trude, Adeline Title: The Liberty Deficit: Long-term detention & bail decision-making A study of immigration bail hearings in the First Tier Tribunal Summary: Over 5 months in 2011-12 and with the assistance of pro bono counsel and trained observers from The Law School at City University , BID carried out observations and detailed analysis of 80 immigration bail hearings. In half of these cases the applicant's case was prepared by BID as their legal representative, and they had the benefit of pro bono counsel. The other cases were brought by detainees preparing their application and representing themselves. The research sought to examine whether the immigration bail system serves the needs of the long term detainees who form the majority of BID’s clients. We take ‘long-term’ in this report to mean continuous administrative detention of a period of 6 months or more, in line with the guidance to First Tier judges on bail (2012) which states: “The senior courts have been reluctant to specify a period of time after which the length of detention will be deemed excessive and as a result that bail should be granted. Each case turns on its own facts and must be decided in light of its particular circumstances. However, it is generally accepted that detention for three months would be considered a substantial period of time and six months a long period. Imperative considerations of public safety may be necessary to justify detention in excess of six months” (HMCTS, 2012: para 19) Our research suggests that the First Tier Tribunal Immigration & Asylum Chamber is not equipped to deal with matters of criminal risk and release, which have come increasingly to the fore since the foreign national prisoner scandal and the introduction of ‘automatic’ deportation. There is an overwhelming failure on the part of the UK Border Agency to substantiate assertions made before the Tribunal in relation to the risk of re-offending, serious harm, or absconding, matched by a failure of the Tribunal to seek this evidence from the Border Agency. The amount of time made available by the Tribunals Service for barristers to take instructions, for the hearings themselves, and for comprehensive interpretation has not responded to the increasing number of detainees with complex and lengthy immigration histories. We believe that the First Tier Tribunal IAC is not using its powers sufficiently to ensure that detention does not become unnecessarily prolonged; for example to adjourn with directions to parties to avoid the need for a further bail application. Details: London: Bail for Immigration Detainees, 2012. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2013 at: http://www.biduk.org/817/news/new-bid-research-report-on-bail-decision-making-and-longterm-detention-the-liberty-deficit-longterm-detention-and-bail-decisionmaking.html Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 128491

Author: Oakley, Sharon Title: Working Against the Clock : Inadequacy and injustice in the fast track system. Based on research by Bail for Immigration Detainees at Harmondsworth Immigration Removal Centre in March 2006 Summary: Bail for Immigration Detainees (BID) is an independent charity that aims to improve access to bail for all immigration detainees, to ensure that detention is subject to regular, independent, automatic review, and to end arbitrary detention in the United Kingdom. BID opposes the increasing use of detention in the UK. Where detention is to be used, BID calls for changes to bring the UK into line with human rights standards so that individuals are protected from arbitrary and prolonged detention by effective and accessible legal safeguards. Appeals for help from immigration detainees provided the primary incentive for this research. In the months preceding this study, BID was contacted by hundreds of men and women detained at Harmondsworth and Yarl’s Wood Immigration Removal Centres (IRCs) while their cases were ‘fast-tracked’ under the Asylum and Immigration Tribunal (Fast Track Procedure) Rules 2005. An increasing number of these immigration detainees were appealing to BID for help and complaining about the inadequacies and injustices of the fast track system. Working against the clock is a unique research project commissioned by BID and carried out largely by volunteers. It is the first piece of research to present a focused analysis of the fast track system at Harmondsworth IRC, based upon court observation and interviews with detainees and legal representatives. The Government carried out an evaluation of the pilot phase of the fast track procedure at Harmondsworth IRC in September 2003. The results of the evaluation were not made available to the public, but BID was able to obtain a copy of the evaluation by filing a Freedom of Information (FOI) disclosure request. Unfortunately, a significant amount of the report was blacked out, rendering the contents of the report obscure and its findings largely unfathomable.1 Working against the clock presents an analysis of the fast track system, using a small sample of cases to illustrate a range of issues, whilst providing a forum for the voices of immigration detainees and their legal representatives. The findings set out in this report present deplorable inadequacies and injustices in the fast track process. The concluding recommendations to the Immigration Service, Legal Services Commission, Immigration Judges, legal representatives, the public and detainees represent a powerful call for radical changes to this system. Details: London: Bail for Immigration Detainees, 2006. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2013 at: www.biduk.org Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 128496

Author: Cutler, Sarah Title: “Refusal Factory”: Women’s experiences of the Detained Fast Track asylum process at Yarl’s Wood Immigration Removal Centre Summary: This report by BID is a very welcome piece of research giving testimony to the experiences of many hundreds of women who are subject to the Home Office Super Fast Tracking procedure. Many of these women’s voices would otherwise go unheard, silenced in this country as they have often been in their own countries. The UK has committed to a “fair, fast and firm” asylum policy, however the detention and fast tracking of women has serious implications for the equity of the asylum process.As shown in the report many women are denied access to quality legal representation from within detention centres. Women are frequently denied access to appropriate health care. Medical and psychological consequences of grave human rights violations often remain undetected and many women fear to disclose histories of sexual assault and rape from within detention. All of the above impact upon the judiciousness of the asylum process. As such the quality of initial decision making will inevitably be influenced, as indeed will the ability of decision makers to make a judicious decision in the absence of a full and carefully prepared account of events. Amnesty International has already identified serious problems with the quality of initial decision making (Amnesty International, 2004) and there is a wealth of research pointing towards delayed disclosures in the aftermath of sexual violence (Henry, N.M. 2005 Disclosure, sexual violence and international jurisprudence.University of Melbourne). The dangers of the DFT system highlighted in this report are in line with The Helen Bamber Foundation’s own experience of working with women who have been through the DFT.Many of the women with whom we are currently working, following arduous legal wrangles to release them from the DFT process, are survivors of horrific human rights violations, including rape, torture, sex trafficking, gender specific violence, genocide and war related violence.Their experiences of the DFT have often been experienced as a continuation of abuses already endured in the form of a denial of respect for their humanity. In our experience, disclosure is inhibited by the detention environment, access to essential healthcare services is patchy and women’s health complaints frequently go undiagnosed. In particular, symptoms of post traumatic stress disorder often remain undetected and women’s mental health frequently deteriorates in the detention environment. Women seeking asylum have endured multiple bereavements and separations. Within detention any relationships established are likely to be severed, either by deportation or release. As such, women who remain for long periods in detention find it very difficult to form and maintain relationships for fear that any sense of camaraderie will abruptly come to an end. Furthermore the deprivation of liberty of innocent people runs against the fundamental principle of our rule of law. The UK has a responsibility to protect survivors of torture and we call upon the government to take this responsibility seriously. Effective border control should not detract from this responsibility. This report should make essential reading for government policy makers, Home Office decision makers,members of the judiciary and the voting public. Details: London: Bail for Immigration Detainees, 2007. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2013 at: Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 128497

Author: Kelly, Liz Title: ʻItʼs Just Like Going to the Supermarketʼ: Men buying sex in East London Summary: This exploratory study extends the limited knowledge base on men who pay for sex. The research explores the decision-making processes of men who pay for sex in the borough of Tower Hamlets, an area of London that has a well-established and visible street soliciting area. The original target group were men arrested during kerb crawling operations. This was, however, supplemented by men recruited through other access routes. Quantitative and qualitative data were analysed. Details: London: Child and Woman Abuse Studies Unit (CWASU) at London Metropolitan University, 2007. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 1, 2013 at: http://www.cwasu.org/publication_display.asp?pageid=PAPERS&type=1&pagekey=44&year=2007 Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 106732

Author: Children's Rights Director for England Title: Keeping Out of Trouble: Children’s views reported by the Children’s Rights Director for England Summary: For this report we asked children and young people for their views and experience about what can keep a child or young person from getting into trouble with the law. We asked both children and young people who had been in trouble with the law and those that had not. This report therefore gives the children’s view of what makes the difference for a child. We asked for the views of children and young people in two very different situations. We asked children and young people in care, and we also asked young people living in two different secure training centres. We asked the children and young people in care for their views at a big consultation event we held in the north of England. We invited children from different local authorities across the country, and did not just choose children we already knew or who were already in local participation groups or Children in Care Councils. We asked the children for their views in a series of discussion groups. At the same event, we ran other discussion groups to ask children and young people for their views on two other subjects for other reports. These were running away and physical restraint. Altogether we held nine discussion groups on the subject of keeping out of trouble. Each group we ran was led by a member of the Office of the Children’s Rights Director, and another member of our team took notes of the views the children gave. Parents, carers, staff members and other adults who had brought children and young people to our discussion groups were not with the children during the discussions, so that the children could freely talk about their views. We gave children a shopping token to thank them for taking part in our discussions, and they were also able to take part in activities for young people at the activity centre where we held all our nine discussion groups. At that centre, we also set up some electronic screens on which children could enter more views while they were waiting for our groups, or waiting to join activities, or during the lunch break. The answers typed on to those screens have been used in this report, alongside what was said in our discussion groups. As always in children’s discussion groups we run, we asked open questions for discussion, but did not suggest any answers. We told the children and young people that they did not have to agree on any ‘group views’, but could give different views and could disagree without having to argue for their views against anyone else. We would write down all their different views. We used a secure web survey to ask young people at the two secure training centres for their views on keeping out of trouble. As always with our web surveys, we gave young people secure login details and passwords, so they could complete the surveys themselves. This report contains, as far as we could note them down, all the views given by the children and young people in the web survey and discussion groups, not our own views. We have not added our comments. We have not left out any views we might disagree with, or which the government, councils, professionals or research people might disagree with. Where we have used a direct quote from what a child or young person said, this is either something that summarises well what others had said as well, or something that was a clear way of putting a different idea from what others had said. Details: Manchester, UK: Ofsted, 2013. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 1, 2013 at: http://www.ofsted.gov.uk/resources/keeping-out-of-trouble Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Delinquency Prevention (U.K.) Shelf Number: 128505

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: A Corporate Governance Inspection of the Public Prosecution Service for Northern Ireland Summary: One of the most radical reforms advocated by the ‘Review of the Criminal Justice System Northern Ireland’ in March 2000 arose from their recommendations to create the PPS. The Review Team made proposals to transfer all prosecutions from the police to the prosecution service with consequences for the resources, independence, structure and accountability of the new PPS. In many ways the Review set the strategic direction for the service for a number of years, dependent upon how long it would take to implement structural change, complete recruitment and training, as well as the impact of the future devolution of justice. Now that most of the major changes have occurred, the PPS management team should be less cautious in implementing change and strive to be more influential within the wider criminal justice system and specifically in developing more effective joint working with other agencies. Inevitably the early challenges facing the PPS shaped its assessment of success towards capacity and process in the shape of regional offices opened, numbers of files received, decisions made and prosecutions actioned. In many respects the PPS made good headway and recent Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland (CJI) inspections and follow-up reviews charted substantial progress in a number of areas. Throughout this period the PPS delivered a very high quality of legal decision making - a testimony to the professionalism and commitment of its staff. On paper the governance structures meet the accepted models of good governance, including risk management, procurement policies and a management board with overall responsibility for setting the direction of the organisation. An independent audit report gave the governance arrangements of the PPS a satisfactory level of assurance and this was complemented by the annual PPS Audit Committee report that provided additional assurance to the Director covering governance and risk management. Whilst acknowledging the adequacy of the structural and procedural aspects of governance, CJI adopted the ‘Treasury’s Code of Good Practice’ with its wider emphasis on ‘the way in which organisations are directed and controlled... the distribution of rights and responsibilities among the different stakeholders and participants in the organisation... the rules and procedures for making decisions on corporate affairs, including the process through which the organisation’s objectives are set, and... the means of attaining those objectives and monitoring performance.’ Thus, the overall assessment of the inspection team was that the governance structures and associated processes within the PPS provided a sound governance framework to introduce further improvements and deliver their ultimate aim of providing a first class prosecution service. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2013. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 1, 2013 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/1b/1b8e142e-9f17-41b5-8674-fec5c0521706.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Courts Shelf Number: 128507

Author: Great Britain. Parliament. House of Lords. European Union Committee Title: Eu Police and Criminal Justice Measures: The UK's 2014 Opt-out Decision Summary: Under Protocol 36 to the EU Treaties, the Government must decide whether or not the UK should continue to be bound by around 130 EU police and criminal justice (PCJ) measures which were adopted before the Treaty of Lisbon entered into force in 2009, or whether it should exercise its right to opt out of them all. That decision must be made at the latest by 31 May 2014. If the Government do not opt out, on 1 December 2014 these measures will become subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Justice of the European Union (CJEU) and the enforcement powers of the European Commission. If the Government do exercise the opt-out, the PCJ measures will cease to apply to the UK on 1 December 2014. The CJEU’s jurisdiction and the Commission’s enforcement powers will then apply in relation to the measures for all the Member States except the UK. The UK may later rejoin any of the measures subject to conditions set out in the Protocol. On 15 October 2012, the Home Secretary said the Government’s “current thinking” was that the UK should opt out of all the pre-Lisbon measures and negotiate to rejoin individual measures where that is in the national interest. Shortly after this announcement we commenced our inquiry into the decision that needs to be taken by the Government. The Government have undertaken to consult both Houses of Parliament before it reaches a final decision, and this report is intended to support that process. The decision on the opt-out is one of great significance, with far-reaching implications not only for the UK but also for the other Member States and the EU as a whole. Cross-border cooperation on policing and criminal justice matters is an essential element in tackling security threats such as terrorism and organised crime in the twenty-first century. In the course of taking evidence from a wide range of witnesses, we found that supporters of the opt-out have several areas of concern, including:  The risks associated with extending the jurisdiction of the CJEU in relation to the pre-Lisbon PCJ measures to include the UK, including the risk of “judicial activism” and the potential for undermining the UK’s common law systems;  The loss of national control over areas of police and criminal justice policy;  Many of the PCJ measures are of little use or are defunct;  Many of the areas of cooperation could be achieved by non-legislative means or through alternative arrangements; They also wish the UK to use the opt-out to promote the reform of certain measures, in particular the European Arrest Warrant (EAW). Opponents of the opt-out, on the other hand, considered that:  The pre-Lisbon measures are in the UK’s national interest and some are vital to our internal security;  The measures are beneficial to UK citizens who may become the victims of crime or are suspected of committing a crime in another Member State and also in permitting the rapid extradition of criminals from other Member States who have come to the UK;  The CJEU’s jurisdiction would provide the benefits of legal clarity and the stronger and more consistent application of EU measures across the EU;  There is no risk to the UK’s common law systems and there has been no evidence of any harm caused to those systems from any PCJ measures or judgments;  Withdrawing from some of those PCJ measures would result in the UK having to rely upon less effective means of cooperation;  The UK would lose influence over existing and future EU police and criminal justice policies and agencies. We conclude that the concerns of proponents of opting out, in particular as regards the role of the CJEU, were not supported by the evidence we received and did not provide a convincing reason for exercising the opt-out. We have failed to identify any significant, objective, justification for avoiding the jurisdiction of the CJEU over the pre-Lisbon PCJ measures in the UK and note that the Government appeared to share that view in respect of the number of post-Lisbon PCJ measures to which they have opted in. Indeed, we believe that the CJEU has an important role to play, alongside Member States’ domestic courts, in safeguarding the rights of citizens and upholding the rule of law. It would be theoretically possible for the UK to continue cooperating with other Member States through alternative arrangements, but we found that these would raise legal complications, and result in more cumbersome, expensive and less effective procedures, thus weakening the hand of the UK’s police and law enforcement authorities. The negotiation of any new arrangements would also be a time-consuming and uncertain process. The most effective way for the UK to cooperate with other Member States is to remain engaged in the existing EU measures in this area. The European Arrest Warrant is the single most important of the measures which are subject to the opt-out decision. In some cases, the operation of the EAW has resulted in serious injustices, but these arose from the consequences of extradition, including long periods of pre-trial detention in poor prison conditions, which could occur under any alternative system of extradition. Relying upon alternative extradition arrangements is highly unlikely to address the criticisms directed at the EAW and would inevitably render the extradition process more protracted and cumbersome, potentially undermining public safety. The best way to achieve improvements in the operation of the EAW is through negotiations with the other Member States, the use of existing provisions in national law, informal judicial cooperation, the development of EU jurisprudence and the immediate implementation of flanking EU measures such as the European Supervision Order. If the opt-out is exercised, the UK may seek to rejoin individual PCJ measures but this process would not necessarily be automatic or straightforward. Witnesses who opposed exercising the opt-out were concerned that the procedures for rejoining measures are uncertain and depend on the decisions of the Commission and the other Member States; about timing (whether it would be practicable to rejoin measures without any hiatus in their application); and about cost (the potential to incur financial consequences assessed by the Commission, and sunk costs, for example, substantial multi-million pound contributions to the development of second generation Schengen Information System (SIS II) if the UK did not rejoin that system). Watertight transitional arrangements would have to be agreed, and there is a clear risk that gaps and legal uncertainties would arise. We are unable to form a firm view on the merits and adequacy of any list of measures that the Government might seek to rejoin, were the opt-out to be exercised, since they have not provided us with any list of measures they might seek to rejoin, nor even a summary of the reactions of the other Member States to the Government’s intention to exercise the opt-out, which may be critical in assessing the potential success or otherwise of the UK’s negotiations to rejoin particular measures. A proper assessment by Parliament of whether or not the optout should be exercised is necessarily linked with the measures which the Government wish (or are able) to rejoin. In light of the evidence we have received, including a preponderant view among our witnesses from the legal, law enforcement and prosecutorial professions, we conclude that the Government have not made a convincing case for exercising the opt-out and that opting out would have significant adverse negative repercussions for the internal security of the UK and the administration of criminal justice in the UK, as well as reducing its influence over this area of EU policy. Details: London: The Stationery Office Limited, 2013. 151p. Source: Internet Resource: HP Paper 159: accessed May 1, 2013 at: http://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/ld201213/ldselect/ldeucom/159/159.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy (U.K.) Shelf Number: 128591

Author: Livingstone, Sonia Title: Disadvantaged Children and Online Risk Summary: Educational/economic disadvantage -- 27% of children have parents with lower secondary education or less. These children report fewer online risks than average, but are more upset by risk, less skilled and less helped by parents to cope with risk. 25% of children have parents who do not use the internet. They report fewer online risks but are more upset and have few skills to cope. Their parents lack confidence, lack support from friends and family, and wish the school would guide them. 7% of children use the internet less than once per week. Again reporting fewer risks but more upsetting experiences than the average, these children‟s digital skills are lowest of all, and though their parents do not think their children well prepared to cope with the internet, they do not plan to do more than others. Psychological disadvantage -- 41% of children have parents who say they are very worried about their safety online. These children have not encountered or been upset by more risks than average. Nonetheless, their parents lack confidence, think they should do more. Children and parents have and want more safety information. 34% of children - the top third in terms of psychological difficulties report more online risks and more harm. Their parents lack confidence but are likely to have adjusted their approach after something upset their child online. 12% of children have experienced something upsetting on the internet. These children report many more risk and upsetting experiences. Their skills are above average, suggesting a readiness to learn. Their parents too have changed their approach after an upsetting experience, and wish for more safety information from all sources. Social disadvantage -- 6% of children have a mental, physical or other disability. These children report raised risk levels, and find meeting new online contacts offline more upsetting than average. Their parents are less confident that their child can cope, and they wish to receive more from ISPs and websites. 4% of children belong to a discriminated-against group. These children report more online risk. Their parents lack confidence in themselves and their children in terms of coping, receive less support from friends and family, and wish for safety information from the government. 4% of children speak a minority language at home. These children are more upset by bullying and „sexting‟. Their parents lack confidence in their and their child‟s ability to cope, they think they should do more to support their child online, and they receive less safety information from all sources than average – they prefer to get this from the child's school, from TV or friends and family. Details: London: EU Kinds Online Network, London School of Economics and Political Science, 2011. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 1, 2013 at: http://www2.lse.ac.uk/media@lse/research/EUKidsOnline/EU%20Kids%20II%20(2009-11)/ShortReportDisadvantaged.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 128599

Author: National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence (U.K.) Title: Alcohol-Use Disorders: Preventing Harmful Drinking. Costing Report: Implementing NICE Guidance Summary: This costing report looks at the costs associated with alcohol-use disorders for the following: healthcare crime and antisocial behaviour employee absence potential savings achievable by preventing hazardous and harmful drinking. It uses the most accurate data available and was produced in conjunction with the technical team at NICE and consulted on with external experts. Details: London: NICE, 2010. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2013: http://www.nice.org.uk/nicemedia/live/13001/49071/49071.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alchol Abuse Shelf Number: 128616

Author: Great Britain. Parliament. House of Commons. Justice Committee Title: Youth Justice. Seventh Report of Session 2012–13. Volume I: Report, together with formal minutes, oral and written evidence. Additional written evidence is contained in Volume II, available on the Committee website at www.parliament.uk Summary: The Youth Justice Board, youth offending teams and their partners have made great strides towards a more proportionate and effective response to youth offending which prioritises prevention. We strongly welcome the substantial decrease since 2006/07 in the number of young people entering the criminal justice system for the first time, and are particularly encouraged that agencies in many areas are using a restorative justice approach to resolve very minor offending. However, looked after children have not benefited from this shift to the same extent as other children and we make recommendations to ensure that local authorities, children’s homes and prosecutors have appropriate strategies in place to prevent them from being criminalised for trivial incidents which would never come to police attention if they took place in family homes. There is a limit to what criminal justice agencies can achieve in preventing offending: young people in the criminal justice system are disproportionately likely to have high levels of welfare need and other agencies have often failed to offer them support at an early stage. We are therefore disappointed that the Government does not plan a significant shift in resources towards early intervention and recommend more research into the contributory factors to the reductions in the number of young people entering the criminal justice system, to enable better decision-making about the distribution of funding. Out-of-court disposals can provide a proportionate means of dealing with offending that deserves a criminal justice response but is not serious enough to warrant prosecution, but we suggest some safeguards in response to concern amongst sentencers and the wider public that their use is not always transparent or appropriate. Where young people come before the courts, we make recommendations to protect the right of young offenders with speech, language and communication needs and/or a learning disability to a fair trial and to provide a mechanism for young people with exceptional welfare needs to be referred to the family court. In relation to sentencing, we commend the collaboration between the Youth Justice Board, youth offending teams and the judiciary to bring about a significant reduction in the numbers of young people in custody since 2008. In order to cement these gains, ensure we meet our international obligations for custody to be used only in cases of genuine last resort, and reduce the huge financial burden the secure estate places on the state, we recommend a statutory threshold to enshrine in legislation the principle that only the most serious and prolific young offenders should be placed in custody; devolving the custody budget to enable local authorities to invest in effective alternatives to custody; and more action to reduce the number of young people who breach the terms of their community sentences and the number of young black men in custody. We welcome the Government’s commitment to restorative justice; however we believe more should be done to make it integral to the youth justice system. We describe our vision for a complete reconfiguration of the secure estate to one comprising small, local units with a high staff ratio where young offenders who require detention can maintain links with their families and children’s services. We highlight three very serious issues in the custodial estate that require action. First, it is imperative to draw together and act upon lessons arising from the deaths of vulnerable young people in custody. Secondly, we are concerned that the use of restraint, which has been linked to at least one of these deaths, rose considerably last year and press for a fundamental cultural shift across the secure estate. Thirdly, we recommend more and better co-ordinated support for looked after children and care leavers in custody, who are all too often abandoned by children’s and social services. In contrast with their success in other areas, the Youth Justice Board and local agencies have failed to make any progress in reducing the binary re-offending rate. We endorse the Secretary of State’s aim of improving the basic literacy of offenders but we are not convinced that it is most useful to focus resources on the secure estate, given that the average length of stay is currently 79 days. The greater focus should be on improving transition between custody and the community, and on improving provision in the community and incentivising schools and colleges to take back difficult students. There is a need for better data about which interventions work best to reduce re-offending; better assessment for impairments, vulnerabilities and health issues and follow-up interventions, including more access to speech and language therapists; and better resettlement support, particularly in relation to suitable accommodation. Finally, earlier planning, better information sharing and a smoother transition between youth and adult provision would ensure that progress is not lost when an offender turns 18. Details: London: The Stationery Office Limited, 2013. 224p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2013 at: http://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201213/cmselect/cmjust/339/339.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenil Offenders (U.K.) Shelf Number: 128617

Author: Innes, Martin Title: Rebooting the PC: Using innovation to drive smart policing Summary: When Neighbourhood Policing was first introduced in England and Wales, many senior police leaders and experts publicly dismissed the idea, arguing that providing reassurance and focusing on the public’s crime priorities would not cut crime or improve public confidence – with some adding that the policy was conceived by people who had no real knowledge about the front-line. Now that it has helped to sustain record reductions in crime and is held up as a beacon of best practice around the world, the Neighbourhood Policing model is fiercely protected and promoted by senior officers, ACPO, the Home Office and all major political parties. It is, perhaps, the best example of a successful innovation in British policing. The journey from conception to world-famous innovation (in policing circles, at least) was not an easy one, made harder by an institutional resistance to change and a cop culture that often sees promising ideas rejected because they were ‘not invented here’. This conservatism is understandable. The police often deal with situations and issues which can result in serious harm to victims, and so they can be understandably risk averse. And police officers are highly pragmatic, practical people who solve problems creatively every day – meaning that they are often happy to ‘satisfice’ with processes, kit or technology that are just good enough to do the job. This is best summed-up by the oft-repeated policing phrase, “we’re not trying to build a Rolls Royce, we only need a Mini”. Innovation involves risk. In fact, it often requires it. So we should expect a degree of resistance from an organisation like the police. But with the growing social and financial challenges facing the country’s forces, there is no part of policing that can be immune from a re-examination of what has hitherto simply been received wisdom or accepted practice. This report is all about how to hardwire innovation into the structures and cultures of policing. It examines why policing can be culturally and institutionally resistant to innovation, identifies the ‘engines of innovation’ which can sometimes break through this inertia, demonstrates why embedding processes of innovation should be a deliberate goal of policy, and calls for the creation of new collaborative networks specifically designed to foster innovation. Details: London: Policy Exchange, 2013. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2013 at: http://www.policyexchange.org.uk/images/publications/rebooting%20the%20pc.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Neighborhood Policing Shelf Number: 128657

Author: Jackson, Emily Lindsay Title: Broadening National Security and Protecting Crowded Places - Performing the United Kingdom's War on Terror, 2007-2010 Summary: This thesis critically interrogates the spatial politics of two ‘fronts’ of the UK’s on-going war on terror between 2007-2010: first, broadening national security, the extension of national security into non-traditional social and economic domains; and second, security in ‘crowded places’, counter-terror regimes in the UK’s public spaces. It responds to the neglect within security studies of the spatial politics of this conflict by considering the spatial performativities enabling these two contemporaneous iterations of national security. The first part applies critical geopolitics and biopolitics frameworks to a case study of the new National Security Strategy of the United Kingdom. It argues that UK national security reiterates the ‘interconnecting’ performativities of neoliberal norms as a ‘broadening’ understanding of national security which licenses a ‘broadening’ register of coercive policy responses. The second part carries out an exploratory case study of one such coercive policy response: security at the ‘crowded place’ of the BALTIC Centre for Contemporary Art in Gateshead. It identifies crowded places security as reliant on practices of emptying out and ‘zero-ing’ space, pre-emptive 'zero tolerance' risk imaginaries, and extensive surveillance – both electronic and ‘natural’. In other words, counter-terrorism is becoming increasingly important in shaping daily life in the UK through a diverse range of spatial control practices. The thesis uses an innovative methodological and conceptual strategy combining Foucauldian discourse analysis of security policies, participant observation of situated security practices, with theoretical frameworks from political geography, international relations and visual culture. It also develops Judith Butler’s theory of performativity as a conceptual tool to critique the materialisation of contemporary spaces of security and counter-terrorism, from the meta-imaginative geographies of national security to the micro-spaces of counter-terrorism in UK public space. In sum, this thesis points towards new avenues for understanding the on-going encroachment of the war on terror into everyday spaces in the UK Details: Durham, UK: Durham University, Department of Geography, 2012. 265p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 4, 2013 at: http://etheses.dur.ac.uk/3498/1/Emily_Lindsay_Jackson_PhD.pdf?DDD14+ Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 128666

Author: Bateman, Tim Title: Resettlement of Young People Leaving Custody: Lessons from the literature Summary: This literature review aims to set out the research and practice evidence about effective resettlement services for children and young adults and can be used to inform future policy and practice to ensure service delivery is evidence based. The findings of the review will help to steer the focus of Beyond Youth Custody’s research over the duration of the programme and act as a baseline to assess how our understanding has advanced in terms of what works in facilitating the transition from youth custody to the community and beyond. In addition, the review highlights some examples of good practice, as well as the emerging key principles of effective resettlement provision. This literature review presents the findings of an analysis of research and practice literature about resettlement services for young people when they leave custody. It will act as a baseline to assess how the Youth in Focus delivery projects have advanced our knowledge of what works within youth resettlement following custody. The review also highlights some emerging principles of effective practice that will be useful for practitioners, policymakers and commissioners to ensure resettlement services are designed and delivered in a way which meets the needs of young people and consequently which reduces reoffending. The headline findings of the literature review are: •Custodial sentences have the highest reconviction rates, but more effective and better coordinated resettlement provision and planning can significantly reduce offending and public costs. •The reduction of numbers in custody has brought additional challenges in relation to resettling these remaining young people. •The transition from custody to community is an opportunity for positive change for young people, but is impeded by system failures in joint working between community stakeholders and the institution. •Key principles to inform effective practice include: ensuring continuity between custody and community; adequate preparation for release; ensuring support immediately on release; proactive engagement and collaboration with the young person; and a focus on co-ordinating partnerships of stakeholders across sectors. •Priority issues for further exploration include: continuity across the transition to adulthood; sustained engagement to and beyond the end of the licence; ensuring support without increasing licence requirements; meeting diversity in the custodial population; managing an exit from support; extending resettlement provision to the remand population; and critical consideration of alternative aims and measures for long-term resettlement success. Details: London: Beyond Youth Custody, 2013. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2013 at: http://www.beyondyouthcustody.net/resources/publications/lessons-from-the-literature/ Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Offenders (U.K.) Shelf Number: 128679

Author: Care Inspectorate (Scotland) Title: A Report Into the Deaths of Looked After Children in Scotland 2009-2011 Summary: Any time a looked after child dies, local authorities must inform the Care Inspectorate, which is charged with reviewing the circumstances of the death. The report shows that 30 looked after children in Scotland died between 2009 and 2011. The report examines the causes of death, praises hospices for their care of children with life-limiting conditions and makes specific recommendations to ensure looked after children can access substance misuse treatment and local psychological services as necessary. The Care Inspectorate also recommends that all staff involved in the care of looked after children be confident in recognising and managing suicide risk factors. Details: Dundee, Scotland: Care Inspectorate, 2013. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2013 at: http://www.scswis.com/index.php?option=com_docman&task=doc_details&gid=940&Itemid=378 Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Deaths Shelf Number: 128683

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: An Inspection of Community Supervision by the Probation Board for Northern Ireland Summary: Supervising offenders in the community represents a significant proportion of the overall work of the probation service, and is carried out by probation officers and probation service officers across the whole of Northern Ireland. A small number of these offenders when released from prison continue to pose a significant risk to the community, and it is essential that they are being supervised effectively to support their rehabilitation. This inspection assessed the performance of the Probation Board for Northern Ireland (PBNI) in supervising offenders in the community. The inspection also sought to ensure that there was a legacy of both personal and organisational learning by involving probation managers and probation officers/probation service officers in the review of case files, together with the assessors from Her Majesty’s Inspectorate of Probation (HMI Probation). We also sought to benchmark the performance of the PBNI in comparison with other probation services and practice in England and Wales. The inspection shows the PBNI to be an effective organisation which delivers its services against challenging standards which compare to, and on many occasions exceed, those being delivered in England and Wales. The results of the case file reviews, feedback from stakeholders from within the criminal justice system and third sector, as well as offenders and victims, reflects the approach of an organisation which understands and accepts its role in delivering public safety and reducing offending. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2013. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2013 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/78/78040759-0c4f-449b-b36b-647dd986eb51.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 128691

Author: Robertson, Caroline Title: Current Issues in the Treatment of Sexual Offenders Summary: This thesis investigates the debate around sex offender treatment efficacy. Numerous methods are utilised to explore this topic, including a meta-analysis (N =15,931), empirical research (N =322) and a single case study. Chapter 1 reviews the efficacy of sex offender treatment in relation to study design, treatment type, and treatment setting. Results indicate a positive effect of treatment in reducing both sexual and general recidivism for treated versus untreated offenders. However, treatment effects varied greatly according to the study design used, with no significant effect of treatment found for randomised controlled trials. Within Chapter 2, survival analysis and logistic regression are used to examine the impact of treatment dose (‘Risk Principle’) on reconviction and within-treatment change. Results indicate that whilst controlling for Risk Matrix 2000 (Thornton, Mann, Webster, Blud, Travers, Friendship & Erikson, 2003) classification, treatment dose does not influence treatment outcome. The results are discussed in light of the need to consider the way that sexual offenders interact with the amount of treatment received. Chapter 3 uses a single case design to explore assessment and low-dose intervention with an internet offender. The case study explores practice based issues, including the difficulty in applying pre-existing knowledge of contact sexual offenders to internet offenders. Chapter 4 provides a critique of Risk Matrix 2000 (Thornton et al., 2003). Chapter 5 discusses the practical and theoretical implications of this thesis, explores limitations of the thesis, and provides recommendations for future research. Details: Birmingham, UK: Centre for Forensic and Criminological Psychology of the University of Birmingham, 2010. 161p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 13, 2013 at: http://etheses.bham.ac.uk/857/1/Robertson10ForenPsyD.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Recidivism Shelf Number: 128716

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Empowering Communities, Protecting Victims. Summary report on the community trigger trials Summary: The community trigger will give victims and communities the right to demand that agencies deal with persistent anti-social behaviour. Long-running problems can destroy a victim’s quality of life and shatter a community’s trust in police and other agencies. It is often targeted at the most vulnerable people in our communities. A recent report published by HM Inspectorate of Constabulary (HMIC) showed that repeat and vulnerable victims are disproportionately exposed to and harmed by anti-social behaviour, and that vulnerable people who suffer repeat incidents are most likely to fall through the net. This could be as a result of low level anti-social behaviour being dealt with on a case by case basis without the full impact on the victim being considered, or reports to a number of agencies resulting in isolated responses that do not fully deal with the issue. We do not expect there to be large numbers of triggers as a duty already exists on local agencies to deal with every report of anti-social behaviour. As the trials have shown, even where a very low threshold is set, the number of triggers received was consistent with other areas, showing that where there is effective partnership working fewer victims have to resort to activating the trigger. We know it is rare for victims to report the first incident of anti-social behaviour, often waiting for something to happen several times before contacting agencies. The community trigger will build on existing good practice and encourage the police, councils, housing providers and other agencies to work together to tackle anti-social behaviour, particularly where the victim is vulnerable. We want the community trigger to give victims, regardless of where they live, the confidence that their reports of anti-social behaviour will be dealt with quickly and effectively. It will ensure that no-one has to suffer persistent, targeted anti-social behaviour over a prolonged period of time before agencies take action. Anti-social behaviour is very different from one area to the next and the response has to be decided locally. We do not propose to spell out in legislation exactly how local areas should implement the trigger. Instead, police, local authorities, housing providers and health agencies will be required to work together to design their community trigger. This degree of local flexibility means that it will be tailored to meet the needs of victims in the local area. We trialled the community trigger in four areas to test it on the ground and to explore some of the ways in which the community trigger could be implemented. Trials started on 1 June 2012 in Manchester, Brighton and Hove, West Lindsey and Boston (Lincolnshire), with a further trial starting in the London Borough of Richmond upon Thames on 17 August 2012. These areas have assessed their trials and their reports are published alongside this summary. Their reports include a description of each community trigger received and how agencies responded. This report highlights the lessons identified by the trial areas, and is intended to be used by agencies setting up their own community trigger procedures. For ease of reference, the key lessons are covered in more detail at the end of the report. Details: London: Home Office, 2013. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 13, 2013 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/197639/Community_trigger_trials_report_v2.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 128717

Author: Independent Commission on Mental Health and Policing Title: Independent Commission on Mental Health and Policing Report Summary: The Independent Commission on Mental Health and Policing was set up in September 2012 at the request of the Metropolitan Police Commissioner. Terms of reference and membership are attached at Appendix 1 on page 68. The Commission’s brief was to review the work of the Metropolitan Police Service (MPS) with regard to people who have died or been seriously injured following police contact or in police custody and to make recommendations to inform MPS conduct, response and actions where mental health is, or is perceived to be, a key issue. While reports like this cannot take away the anguish families have suffered, it is the hope of the Commission, and the duty of those who receive this report, to ensure that the recommendations are implemented in the name of the families as citizens who have lost loved ones in terrible circumstances. By doing so, a level of reassurance can be given to the families that others may not suffer the same loss. Although the Commission was focused on the MPS, the issues identified are national and the recommendations are likely to be applicable to all forces across the country. The Commission independently examined 55 MPS cases covering a five-year period (September 2007 — September 2012). As some cases are still to receive judicial findings in those reviewed, we have been careful to avoid making any comments that would prejudice future findings. All cases, therefore, have been made anonymous. We focused on the roles and responsibilities of the MPS in dealing with issues of mental health in custody, at street encounter and in response to calls made to police, including call handling processes when dealing with members of the public where there is an indication of mental health. 2 Cases within the report are referenced by numbers, rather than initials, to protect the identity of the individuals and families involved. Everything which follows in this report must be seen through the lens that mental health is part of the core business of policing. The role of the police is not a clinical one but mental health issues are common in the population and will often be found in suspects, victims and witnesses. A person may commit an offence or cause a public disturbance because of their mental health issues. In addition, the police may be first on the scene of a person in mental health crisis or a potential suicide. It therefore cannot be a periphery issue, but must instead inform every day practice. As existing guidance states: ‘Given that police officers and staff are often the gateway to appropriate care — whether of a criminal justice or healthcare nature — it is essential that people with mental ill health or learning disabilities are recognised and assisted by officers from the very first point of contact. The police, however, cannot and indeed are not expected to deal with vulnerable groups on their own.’ Details: The Commission, 2013. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 15, 2013 at: http://www.wazoku.com/wp-content/uploads/downloads/2013/05/Independent_Commission_on_Mental_Health_and_Policing_Main_Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mentally Ill Offenders Shelf Number: 128728

Author: Bradford, Ben Title: Policing and Social Identity: Procedural Justice, Inclusion, and Cooperation between Police and Public Summary: Accounts of the social representation of policing and of the relationship between police and citizen converge on the idea that police behaviour carries important identity-relevant meaning. Opinions of and ideas about the police are implicated in the formation of social identities that relate to the social groups it represents – nation, state and community. Procedural justice theory suggests that judgements about the fairness of the police will be the most important factor in such processes. Fairness promotes a sense of inclusion and value within the group. Furthermore, positive social identities in relation to the police should on this account promote cooperation with it. This paper presents an empirical test of these ideas in the context of British policing. Data from a survey of young Londoners are used to show that perceptions of police fairness are indeed associated with social identity, and in turn social identity can be linked to cooperation. Yet these relationships were much stronger among those with multiple national identities. Police behaviour appeared more identity relevant for people who felt they were citizens of a non-UK country, while for those who identified only as British there was a weaker link between procedural fairness and social identity, and legitimacy judgements were the main ‘drivers’ of cooperation. Policy and theoretical implications are discussed. Details: Oxford, UK: University of Oxford, 2012. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Oxford Legal Studies Research Paper No. 06/2012: Accessed May 15, 2013 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1994350 Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police-Citizen Interactions Shelf Number: 128729

Author: Cyrenians Title: MAP: Exploring the Lives of Male Sex Workers in Tyne and Wear Summary: It has been a long held belief in the Tyne and Wear region that there are no red light districts where the sale of sex could occur. This is in direct contrast with many other comparable areas or cities around the UK and is often seen as especially unusual for a city the size of Newcastle (population 280,000). The apparent lack of a visible sex market throughout the Tyne and Wear conurbation (North & South Tyneside, Sunderland, Gateshead and Newcastle - total population 1.1 million) does not mean that the sex industry is not well established; it has developed mainly off-street and is dominated by the many escort agencies and independent escorts who rely on the internet for custom. The current perception is that there are many more women selling sex than men. Details: Newcastle upon Tyne, UK: Northern Rock Foundation, 2013. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 20, 2013 at: http://www.nr-foundation.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/map_report_lores.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Kerb-crawling Shelf Number: 128748

Author: Quinton, Paul Title: Risk, Bureaucracy and Missing Persons: An evaluation of a new approach to the initial police response Summary: Three forces piloted a new approach to missing persons for a three month period. While officers were previously required to attend all incidents as the default initial response, the pilot introduced a new risk assessment process and ‘absence’ category. During the pilot, this category of incidents (involving a person who was not where they were expected to be but not thought to be at risk of harm) were to be monitored by police call handlers without officers being deployed immediately. The evaluation found promising qualitative evidence of the pilot having achieved its primary aim – to make the initial police response to missing persons reports more proportionate to risk. It was thought – as a side benefit – that a more proportionate approach might also help free up police capacity. The evaluation found consistent evidence of the pilot having achieved this secondary aim. Did the pilot result in a more proportionate and risk-based response? • The qualitative research found a widespread perception among officers that the pilot had helped to better identify those at risk, and ensured that higher risk incidents received the attention they required. • This result was not reflected in some of the survey findings. Based on officer descriptions, a high proportion of incidents in the pilot sites were assessed to be low risk. Did a more proportionate response help free up police capacity? • Despite an increase in the number of recorded incidents in the pilot sites, around a third were classified as absences and, thus, did not require officers to attend. • By being more proportionate, the pilot forces were able to target resources better and free up capacity. A saving of 200 shifts over the three month period was estimated as a result of officers not attending absences. The amount of time spent on the initial response to missing persons was also reduced in the pilot sites (-23%) relative to the comparison sites (-3%). In theory, these resources could be redirected towards higher risk incidents. Did the pilot improve officer attitudes and job satisfaction? • Most response officers and supervisors who were interviewed welcomed the pilot, and said their attitudes about attending missing persons incidents had improved. • A survey of officers, however, did not reveal a consistent pattern of attitude change. How did partners view the pilot? • There was widespread view among partners that the police should move away from a ‘one size fits all’ approach to missing persons. • About two-thirds of respondents were positive or neutral about the pilot. A third were more critical, mainly raising concerns about the application of the new category. • The quality of the engagement partners reportedly received from the police before implementation seemed to affect their level of support for the pilot. • The reduction in missing person coordinators in the pilot forces – an organisational change that was unconnected to the pilot – was potentially regarded as a greater problem. How was the pilot perceived to have affected police safeguarding work? • There was no evidence to suggest the pilot had undermined forces’ ability to carry out proactive safeguarding work (though it was a perceived concern for some partners). • The reduction in missing person coordinators in the pilot forces reportedly would have placed pressure on monitoring and partnership work after the pilot (though it continued). Details: Ryton-on-Dunsmore, Coventry, UK: College of Policing, 2013. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 20, 2013 at: http://www.college.police.uk/en/docs/130320_Missing_persons_PUBLICATION_PQ.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Missing Children Shelf Number: 128750

Author: Khan, Lorraine Title: A Need to Belong: What Leads Girls to Join Gangs Summary: This report follows the largest study of its kind, analysing risk factors related to offending from more than 8,000 young people screened as part of the newly developed youth point of arrest health screening initiative. Entrants to the youth justice system were screened for 28 different risk factors and health issues including histories of poor mental health, family conflict, homelessness and victimisation. On average, young women involved with gangs had more than double the number of vulnerabilities than the other girls who were screened after arrest. The results of the screening shows clear evidence of the psychological vulnerability of gang involved young women. Just over a quarter were identified as having a suspected mental health problem and 30% were identified as self-harming or at risk of suicide. Details: London: Centre for Mental Health, 2013 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 22, 2013 at: http://www.centreformentalhealth.org.uk/pdfs/A_need_to_belong.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Gang Members Shelf Number: 128783

Author: Centre for Social Justice Title: Can Secure Colleges Transform Youth Custody? Transcript from a roundtable discussion on Secure Colleges Summary: The case for change is clear. Last year more than 3,500 young offenders were sentenced to custody and more than 70% of them went onto reoffend within a year, despite an average of around £100,000 per annum being spent on their detention. There is an urgent need to improve the educational attainment of children in custody, reduce the sky-high levels of reoffending, and turn around the lives of these young people for their own sake and for the sake of the communities that are blighted by the crime they commit. The CSJ has long argued for education to play a central role in the rehabilitation of young offenders. We were delighted to host a roundtable on Secure Colleges with the Minister for Prisons and Rehabilitation, Jeremy Wright MP, and leading voices from the criminal justice and education sectors. Our aim was to bring together key individuals and organisations that can help the Coalition Government make the idea of Secure Colleges a successful reality in the UK. Details: London: Centre for Social Justice, 2013. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 25, 2013 at: http://www.centreforsocialjustice.org.uk/publications/can-secure-colleges-transform-youth-custody Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Educational Programs Shelf Number: 128796

Author: Dustin, Holly Title: Deeds or Words? Analysis of Westminster Government action to prevent violence against women and girls Summary: In order to analyse action by the Westminster Government to deliver on its priority objective to prevent Violence Against Women (VAWG) in the domestic context, we wrote to the Home Secretary on 7th August 2012 to inform her that we would be carrying out this work (Appendix A). We said that we would be reviewing the prevention initiatives, against the ten key areas of action set out in A Different World is Possible, within the strategy, accompanying action plans, and UK Government’s 7th Periodic State Report to the UN CEDAW Committee. We requested any other documents or further evidence of action held by the Home Office or any other Government Department so that we could consider this in our analysis. We received a response from the Home Office VAWG strategy team on 20th September 2012 (Appendix B). Although our request should have been dealt with under the Freedom of Information Act, we were disappointed that we did not receive any supporting documentation and that the response did not appear to comply with the Act. The analysis and scoring was carried out by members of the Prevention Network. The Network includes expertise from across all areas of VAWG including sexual and domestic violence, child sexual abuse, sexualisation and violence that disproportionately impacts on Black and Minority Ethnic women and girls such as Female Genital Mutilation (FGM), forced marriage and ‘honour’ based violence. It includes frontline service providers, academics, NGOs and campaign organisations so draws on a breadth of expertise and knowledge from across different sectors. The analysis considered the evidence/documentation we had against each of the ten areas for action set out in A Different World is Possible, with a scoring range of 0-10: giving each area a score out of ten. Where we knew that work was taking place to prevent VAWG but had no evidence, we have tried to include this, however, we relied primarily on the published documents and the information disclosed under the Freedom of Information request. We gave a score in each section, 0-3 where there was little evidence of work being carried out, 4-6 where there was some evidence, and 7-10 for strong evidence. The score was particularly low where there was evidence of regression in action to prevent VAWG. Details: London: End Violence Against Women Coalition, 2013. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 25, 2013 at: http://www.endviolenceagainstwomen.org.uk/data/files/resources/57/Deeds-or-Words_Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 128832

Author: Paine, Colin Title: Solvability Factors in Dwelling Burglaries in Thames Valley Summary: This study replicates previous research aimed at identifying those factors associated with solved residential burglaries. This study analyses all cases of residential burglary in Thames Valley between 1st March 2010 and 31st October 2011. Analysis identified a host of factors correlated to solved cases, but of these just 12 are recognised as effective solvability factors. This study confirms the findings of previous studies in identifying the following variables as effective solvability factors, a) fingerprints recovered; b) offender seen; c) witness recorded; d) offender’s vehicle sighted; e) offender disturbed; f) description of the suspect is recorded. However, this study advances the list of known solvability factors further by identifying six new variables that were traditionally overlooked and some of which result from advances in science, these are a) footwear marks; b) DNA; c) citizens’ reports on the burglary being in progress, d) the stolen property is recovered; e) articles left the scene by the offender and f) whether a vehicle was stolen in the crime. The magnitude of these effects, measured with standardised mean differences, suggest that the presence of these factors is strongly associated with solvability, some with very large effect sizes often exceeding Cohen’s d = 1.0. The analyses suggest that over 50% of all burglaries had one or more solvability factors present, and having one or more of these solvability factors was associated with over 60% accuracy in detection. If used as a screening tool, this solvability analysis approach Thames Valley Police would be required to investigate just over 40% of cases for investigation, as all other cases are unlikely to be solved. The policy implications of using solvability factors analysis is clear; implementing this approach as a screening tool enables police leaders to choose a suitable cut-off point that will allow an optimal balance between resource usage and detection levels. Sensitivity analysis identified that the geographical distribution of burglary solvability factors across Thames Valley is not even. The policy implication being that differential targets may offer a fairer and more effective incentive to police area commanders instead of force wide targets. Details: Cambridge, UK: University of Cambridge, 2012. 153p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed May 29, 2013 at: http://library.college.police.uk/docs/Burglary-Solvability-2013.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 128847

Author: Ringrose, Jessica Title: A Qualitative Study of Children, Young People and 'Sexting' Summary: Sexting has been conventionally defined as ‘exchange of sexual messages or images’ (Livingstone et al., 2011) and ‘the creating, sharing and forwarding of sexually suggestive nude or nearly nude images’ (Lenhart, 2009) through mobile phones and/or the internet. The legal interest has been in under-aged sexually explicit images which are a form of child pornography. Quantitative research on sexting has found rates as wide as 15% to 40% among young people, depending on age and the way what is understood as sexting is measured. However, quantitative research alone cannot offer in-depth understandings about the nature or complexity of technologically mediated sexual expression or activity via mobile or online media. Many teenagers do not even use the term ‘sexting’ indicating a gap between adult discourse and young people’s experiences. The purpose of this small scale qualitative research was to respond to and enhance our understandings of the complex nature of sexting and the role of mobile technologies within peer teen networks. It was designed as a pilot study – to investigate a phenomenon whose nature, scale and dimensions were unknown. Thus the research itself also was small in scale and exploratory in nature and also culturally and geographically specific. We conducted focus group interviews with 35 young people years 8 and 10 in two inner city London schools. At the focus groups we asked participants to friend us on Facebook, with a research Facebook profile. We then mapped some of their activities online and returned for 22 individual interviews with selected case study young people. We also interviewed key teachers and staff at the schools. While we believe that the findings that emerged are far from unique to the two year groups studied in two schools, considerable caution is needed before making any generalisations to other groups. This also underscores the urgent need for expanding the research with a broader scoped study (outlined in policy recommendations). Details: London: National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children, 2012. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 30, 2013 at: http://www.nspcc.org.uk/Inform/resourcesforprofessionals/sexualabuse/sexting-research-report_wdf89269.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 128875

Author: Allgeier, Rosemary Title: Literature Review: Pharmaceutical Services for Prisoners Summary: The purpose of the literature review is to provide an overview of the evidence for effective pharmaceutical services to prisoners. The review aimed to identify formal guidance and published studies of effective pharmaceutical services for prisoners. It also provided evidence to support the recommendations that will be made as part of a pharmaceutical needs assessment that is being carried out by Public Health Wales for HMP Swansea and will be published in November. Pharmaceutical services are not limited to the supply of medicines, they also include providing advice and support to improve medicine taking, and support for health and well being. Wherever possible, prisoners are responsible for storing and taking their own medicines “in-possession”. This means that they do not need to collect and take their medicines a dose at a time under supervision. Prison pharmacists have a key role in deciding which medicines can be allowed “in-possession” and in developing risk assessments to help decide when this is not appropriate. The Department of Health guidance, “A pharmacy service for prisoners”, that forms part of the review, recommended that prison pharmaceutical services should be more patient-focused, based on identified need, and support and promote self-care. Prisoners should receive the same range and quality of pharmaceutical services as are available to people in the community butthey may need be delivered in a different way in the prison setting. Details: Cardiff: Public Health Wales, 2012. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 30, 2013 at: http://www2.nphs.wales.nhs.uk:8080/pharmaceuticalphtdocs.nsf/61c1e930f9121fd080256f2a004937ed/a02a47e888fa3c6d80257a9a003f13f0/$FILE/LitRev%20PharmSevices%20Prison%20Final%20V1a%2008Oct2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Medicines Shelf Number: 128881

Author: DrugScope Title: Making the Connection: Developing integrated approaches to domestic violence and substance misuse Summary: LDAN/DrugScope’s Domestic Violence project, funded by London Councils, took place over a four-year period, and focused on the development of a cross-sectoral network bringing together domestic violence and drug and alcohol services. As statistics set out in this briefing indicate, there are clear – though complex – links between domestic violence and substance misuse. However, services have not always worked effectively to address these links. The project aimed to tackle this gap, and to improve the quality of service provision for those affected by domestic violence and substance misuse, by bringing the two sectors together to discuss issues of common interest, provide practical information and support, and facilitate collaboration and partnership. At the heart of the project was an overall objective of supporting organisations to achieve a reduction in the impact and occurrence of domestic violence, abuse and repeat victimisation. Details: London: DrugScope, 2013. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 1, 2013 at: http://www.drugscope.org.uk/Resources/Drugscope/Documents/PDF/Policy/DVReport.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence (U.K.) Shelf Number: 128895

Author: Button, Mark Title: Fraud and Punishment: Enhancing Deterrence Through More Effective Sanctions. Main Report Summary: This research was commissioned by the Midlands Fraud Forum, Eversheds and PKF with the aim to ‘assess how sanctions are used against fraudsters and how this can be made easier so as to maximise deterrence.’ Fraud is becoming much more transparent in society as a problem that causes significant harm. The recent National Fraud Authority’s Annual Fraud Indicator estimate of a £73 billion1 problem establishes it as, in all probability, the most expensive crime to UK Plc. There is also evidence that some criminals are moving from traditional acquisitive crime to fraud. Clearly more needs to be done to reduce fraud, and sanctions form an important element of that strategy. There has been interest in sanctions for fraud and related areas in recent years in Government backed reviews and strategies2. However, academic research in this area has been sparse and tended to focus upon specific types of fraud3. This research addresses some of that gap by delving deeper into the sanctions used to counter fraud. The aim was to look for inspiration from a range of other sectors, with a view to making recommendations for the more effective use of sanctions against fraudsters, building upon some of the other work undertaken in this area. The report is based upon documentary research, 39 interviews drawn from organisations across the criminal and civil justice systems, public and private sectors. Additionally a survey was also conducted for this research which secured 397 responses. This is the summary report and full findings can be found in the main report (“the Report”) and survey report documents. Details: Portsmouth, UK: Centre for Counter Fraud Studies, University of Portsmouth, 2012. 127p. Source: Internet Resource: http://www.port.ac.uk/departments/academic/icjs/centreforcounterfraudstudies/documents/filetodownload,161060,en.tmp Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Business Crimes Shelf Number: 128913

Author: Open Society Justice Initiative: StopWatch Title: Viewed with Suspicion: The Human Cost of Stop and Search in England and Wales Summary: Police forces across England and Wales are using stop and search more than ever. Last year alone, the police carried out over two million stops, and a million stop and searches. But at the same time, the proportion of these stops and searches that lead to an arrest has declined significantly. Data also shows that Black people are stopped at seven times the rate of White people. Asians are stopped at twice the rate of Whites. The statistics are alarming. But what do they mean? What does this “disproportionality” mean in terms of people’s lives? How does it affect relations with the police and society as a whole? The Open Society Justice Initiative conducted interviews with nine people whose lives have been directly affected by stop and search. The nine individuals come from London, Leicester, and Manchester. They are a small sample, but their stories echo those repeated day after day in the lives of ordinary people who happen to fit the stereotypes that feed ineffectual policing. For those not on the receiving end of stop and search, it is easy to dismiss the experience as a minor inconvenience, something necessary to make everyone safer. Many are in denial about the real cost of stop and search. Failure to heed the warnings in these stories risks fostering a more damaged, more divided, and more dangerous society. Details: New York: Open Society Justice Initiative; London: StopWatch, 2013. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2013 at: http://www.opensocietyfoundations.org/sites/default/files/viewed-with-suspicion-human-cost-stop-and-search-in-england-and-wales-20130419.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Discrimination Shelf Number: 128919

Author: Marder, Ian Title: Restorative Justice for Young Adults: Factoring in Maturity and Facilitating Desistance Summary: Drawing on primary evidence in the form of interviews with criminal justice practitioners and young adult offenders, as well as the existing literature, the aim of this report is to broaden our understanding of how restorative justice can be used with young adults (both victims and offenders) throughout the criminal justice process, considering the relevance of the maturation process, its implications for restorative practitioners working with this age group, and why restorative justice might be effective at encouraging desistance from crime. The main findings are as follows: • Although technically considered to be adults, victims and offenders between the ages of 18 and 25 may not be fully mature. This has many implications for restorative practice, of which facilitators and other criminal justice professionals must be aware; • There are a number of theoretically- and empirically-informed ways in which participation in a restorative process might encourage desistance and otherwise have a significant impact on young adult offenders. For example, it can be argued that it helps to develop a sense of personal responsibility and self-efficacy, is conducive to the building of social bonds and attachments and encourages compliance by being perceived by participant offenders to be more procedurally-just than court-based processes. Depending on the offender, restorative justice might either instigate the desistance process or provide additional motivation for those who have already chosen or begun to desist; • It is possible for service managers to integrate restorative practices into their work with 18-25 year old victims and offenders at any stage of the criminal justice process. The key recommendations are as follows: • Restorative justice should be offered to all victims irrespective of the age of the offender; • Restorative practitioners who work with young adults should be aware of the practice implications of a lack of maturity; • Restorative practice should be used to develop maturity and facilitate desistance among young adults who offend. Details: London: Restorative Justice Council, 2013. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2013 at: http://www.restorativejustice.org.uk/resource/t2a-985/#.UayXHDXD_cs Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 128926

Author: Barbour, Aaron Title: Supporting People to Legitimise Their Informal Businesses Summary: There is evidence that an increasing number of people are engaged in informal work, and the scale of these activities makes them an important part of the UK’s local and regional economies. Government policy responses could include a laissez-faire approach, deterrence or encouraging compliance, but have, in the main, been punitive. There needs to be better understanding of the most effective ways to tackle the informal economy in order to choose the best combination of policies. The report: • presents the scale and range of the informal economy in the UK; • defines what is meant by formalisation and current practices; • examines the activities involved in formalisation, the length and cost of the service and the key characteristics needed by the supporting organisation; and • presents a model of a formalisation service that organisations might replicate to help informal entrepreneurs to legitimise their businesses. Details: York, UK: Joseph Rowntree Foundation, 2013. 112p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2013 at: http://www.jrf.org.uk/publications/supporting-people-informal-businesses Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Business Crimes Shelf Number: 128959

Author: Schneider, Friedrich Title: The Shadow Economy Summary: Summary: • Measurement of the shadow economy is notoriously difficult as it requires estimation of economic activity that is deliberately hidden from official transactions. Surveys typically understate the size of the shadow economy but econometric techniques can now be used to obtain a much better understanding of its size. • The shadow economy constitutes approximately 10 per cent of GDP in the UK; about 14 per cent in Nordic countries and about 20–30 per cent in many southern European countries. • The main drivers of the shadow economy are (in order): tax and social security burdens, tax morale, the quality of state institutions and labour market regulation. A reduction in the tax burden is therefore likely to lead to a reduction in the size of the shadow economy. Indeed, a virtuous circle can be created of lower tax rates, less shadow work, higher tax morale, a higher tax take and the opportunity for lower rates. Of course, a vicious circle in the other direction can also be created. • Given this relationship, the high level of non-wage costs (averaging 39 per cent of total labour costs) and the penalty on individuals who move from earning one third to two thirds of the median wage (averaging 58 per cent of the increase in earnings for a one-earner couple) in the European Union should be a matter of real concern. The latter figure is 79 per cent in the UK and thus low-paid UK workers have a huge incentive to supplement their incomes in the shadow economy. • The number of participants in the shadow economy is very large. Although up-to-date figures are not available, at the end of the twentieth century up to 30 million people performed shadow work in the EU and up to 48 million in the OECD. Reliable detailed studies are not available for many countries. In Denmark, however, the latest studies suggest that about half the population purchases shadow work. In some sectors – such as construction – about half the workforce is working in the shadow economy, often in addition to formal employment. Only a very small proportion of shadow economy workers can be accounted for by illegal immigrants in most countries. • In western Europe, shadow work is relatively prevalent among the unemployed and the formally employed. Other non-employed (for example, the retired, homemakers and students) do relatively less shadow work. This has implications for policy in terms of the importance of social security systems that reduce the opportunities for shadow work among the unemployed and the importance of tax systems that do not discourage the declaring of extra income. • Policies focused on deterrence are not likely to be especially successful when tackling the shadow economy. The shadow economy is pervasive and made up of a huge number of small and highly dispersed transactions. We should also be wary about trying to stamp out the shadow economy as we may stamp out the entrepreneurship and business formation that goes with it. • There are, however, huge potential benefits from allowing the self-employed and small businesses to formalise their arrangements. Businesses cannot flourish if they remain in the shadow economy. They might be reluctant to formalise, however, if it involves admitting to past indiscretions. Worthwhile policies include: reducing business compliance regulation; amnesties; providing limited tax shelters for small-scale informal activity such as the provision of interest-bearing loans to relatives and friends; and allowing businesses to formalise using simple ‘off the shelf’ models. Such policies have been successful in other countries – and to a limited extent in the UK – with high benefit-to-cost ratios. • Given that the shadow economy constitutes a high proportion of national income, and varies between less than 8 per cent of national income and over 30 per cent of national income in OECD countries, official national income statistics can often be misleading. Comparisons are made even more difficult because some countries adjust figures for the shadow economy (for example, Italy) and others do not. • In less developed countries, the informal sector constitutes typically between 25 and 40 per cent of national income and represents up to 70 per cent of non-agricultural employment. In such countries, informal activity often arises because of the inadequacies of legal systems when it comes to formalising business registration. Details: London: Institute of Economic Affairs, 2013. 184p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 5, 2013 at: http://www.iea.org.uk/publications/research/the-shadow-economy Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Commercial Crimes Shelf Number: 128963

Author: Snowdon, Christopher Title: Drinking in the Shadow Economy Summary: Executive summary: • One in ten bottles or cans of beer sold in the UK have not had duty paid on them and there are growing reports of counterfeit spirits being sold by licit and illicit retailers. HMRC seized almost ten million litres of non-duty paid alcohol in 2010/11, a rise of 30 per cent in two years. The UK loses more revenue from the cross-border movement of alcohol than any other EU state. The aim of this paper is to identify the factors that encourage the production, distribution and purchasing of alcohol in the shadow economy. • Unrecorded alcohol encompasses smuggled alcohol, commercially manufactured counterfeit alcohol, domestic brewing and distilling, surrogate alcohol, alcohol fraud and cross-border shopping. Failing to deal with alcohol’s shadow economy threatens not only the public finances, but also public health and public order. Counterfeit spirits and surrogate alcohol frequently contain dangerous levels of methanol, isopropanol and other chemicals which cause toxic hepatitis, blindness and death. Alcohol smuggling and counterfeiting is linked to other illegal activities, including drug smuggling, prostitution, violence, money-laundering and terrorism. • Factors which lead to shadow economic activity include high taxes and social security payments, low tax morale, complex tax systems, low Gross Domestic Product, weak institutions and corruption. Evidence shows that the illicit alcohol market is also closely associated with high taxes, corruption and poverty. The affordability of alcohol appears to be the key determinant behind the supply and demand for smuggled and counterfeit alcohol. Affordability is low in some countries due to low incomes (e.g. Eastern Europe) and in others because of high alcohol duty (e.g. Scandinavia). The price of alcohol in neighbouring markets also influences rates of unofficial consumption. • Demand for alcohol is relatively inelastic and drinkers have a series of options available to them when real prices increase. They can do as the government hopes and drink less, but they can also do any of the following: (1) make savings elsewhere in the household budget, (2) switch from the on-trade to the off-trade, (3) downshift to cheaper drinks, (4) shop abroad, (5) brew or distil their own alcohol, (6) buy counterfeit or smuggled alcohol, and finally (7) buy surrogate alcohol (e.g. methanol, antifreeze, aftershave). The extent to which consumption patterns change depends on personal income and the affordability of alcohol. • Our analysis indicates that the affordability of alcohol does not have a strong effect on how much alcohol is consumed. Once unrecorded alcohol is included in the estimates, it can be seen that countries with the least affordable alcohol have the same per capita alcohol consumption rates as those with the most affordable alcohol. • Alcohol duty provides significant income to European governments, but maximising these revenues carries significant risks in terms of health, crime and secondary poverty. Lessons can be learnt from countries which have low rates of unrecorded alcohol. We conclude that economic prosperity, moderate taxation and minimal corruption are essential for a country to minimise the size the alcohol black market. Without these preconditions, efforts to tackle the illicit alcohol supply through education, deterrence and enforcement are unlikely to succeed. Details: London: Institute of Economic Affairs, 2012. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: IEA Discussion paper no. 43: Accessed June 5, 2013 at: http://www.iea.org.uk/publications/research/drinking-in-the-shadow-economy Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Industry Shelf Number: 128964

Author: Becker, Gary S. Title: The Challenge of Immigration: A Radical Solution Summary: Executive Summary: • Despite substantial economic growth in underdeveloped countries, there are still huge differences in wage levels between poorer and richer countries. • Low fertility, especially in Europe, is also likely to lead to pressures that will encourage migration in future decades. • Net migration has grown dramatically in recent years. In 1980, net migration to the UK was approximately zero and by 2005 the figure was 190,000 per annum. In the same periodnet migration to the USA more or less doubled to 1.1 million per annum. • There were very substantial migration flows in the late nineteenth century but the USA imposed restrictions from the 1920s onwards. Those restrictions are onerous and involve bureaucratic controls. • Given the extent of welfare states in countries with higher incomes, it would be difficult to go back to a policy of free migration. • There would be many advantages to a policy of charging immigrants a fee. If a fee of (say) $50,000 were charged, it would ensure that economically active migrants who had a real commitment to the country were most attracted. This fee could be used to lower other taxes. • Charging a fee would be a much more efficient way of controlling economic migration than the use of quotas and other bureaucratic systems of control. • Even a fee of $50,000 would allow people on relatively low earnings to enter the USA if there were skill shortages. Given the level of wage differentials, such a fee could be paid back in a few years or in a decade or so. • Certain categories of migrant might be allowed to benefit from a loans system to enable them to pay the fee over a period of years. This could operate rather like a student loans system in higher education. • One advantage of using a fee rather than administrative controls would be that illegal immigrants would have a strong incentive to regularise their status – and would be allowed to do so legally. Such people would have to pay the required fee but would then be free to choose much more remunerative occupations. As such, the use of the price mechanism in migration policy could alleviate the scourge of illegal immigration. Details: London: Institute of Economic Affairs, 2011. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 5, 2013 at: http://www.iea.org.uk/publications/research/the-challenge-of-immigration-a-radical-solution Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Economic Analysis Shelf Number: 128965

Author: National Audit Office (U.K.) Title: Progress in Tackling Tobacco Smuggling Summary: HMRC’s renewed strategy for tackling tobacco smuggling is logical and includes a wide range of complementary measures, but the Department does not yet have an integrated approach to deterring and disrupting the distribution of illicit tobacco within the UK, according to the National Audit Office. Today’s report identifies some good progress in building intelligence overseas, with the expansion of HMRC’s network of intelligence officers. HMRC estimates that these officers helped overseas authorities seize goods equivalent to a prevented revenue loss of £658 million between 2011-12 and 2012-13. However, HMRC has limited powers to carry out an independent verification of the volume of seizures, which is reported by foreign customs authorities. HMRC met all but one of its key operational targets for tobacco in 2011-12 but failed to meet any of its targets in 2012-13. HMRC is unlikely to achieve its plan to prevent £1.4 billion in revenue being lost to tobacco smuggling from investment in new tobacco initiatives over the spending review period. Key initiatives funded as part of its spending review settlement have been delayed or cancelled, including one designed to tackle the over-supply of genuine tobacco overseas, as the proposed approach was abandoned because of legal concerns. HMRC achieved £328 million by the end of 2012-13 from these new initiatives, less than two-thirds of the benefit expected so far (£527 million). HMRC recognizes the need for better intelligence on distribution networks, if it is to target its domestic enforcement activities efficiently. It also lacks a good understanding of the volume of prosecutions and other sanctions needed to deter effectively the trade in illicit tobacco. HMRC is concerned that supplies of certain brands to specific countries are higher than legitimate local demand. Supply chain legislation was introduced in 2006 but HMRC analysis shows a continuing problem of over-supply of genuine tobacco products. Tobacco manufacturers have a legal obligation not to facilitate smuggling so far as is reasonably practical, and HMRC has worked with them to review supply chain policies. However, so far it has issued only one warning letter and no penalties. Details: London: NAO, 2013. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 6, 2013 at: http://www.nao.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2013/06/10120-001-Tobacco-smuggling-Full-report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Tax Evasion Shelf Number: 128979

Author: Great Britain. HM Inspectorate of Constabulary Title: Stop the Drift 2 – A Continuing Focus on 21st Century Criminal Justice (a joint review by HMIC and HMCPSI) Summary: Much of the debate in recent times has centred on the bureaucracy surrounding the criminal justice system. Our review in Stop the Drift: A Focus on 21st Century Criminal Justice (October 2010) revealed a number of bureaucratic processes that kept officers in police stations longer than necessary, especially when dealing with people detained at police stations and processing case files for prosecutions. Unnecessary bureaucracy should not be confused with effective management and good quality record keeping. The former has the effect of tying police officers down when they should be out, protecting the public from harm: the latter enables the police service to demonstrate compliance with the law, where the rights and interests of vulnerable people, suspects, victims and witnesses are protected and upheld. Effective management and good quality record keeping generate good quality assessments of risk, particularly when suspects are detained at police stations. The interests of justice are better served when good quality information is conveyed to other agencies in the criminal justice system so that decisions can be made about bringing criminal proceedings, supporting victims and witnesses throughout the trial, and ensuring that victims are compensated for injury and loss. Much can be done, for example, to streamline the process from arrest or detention to release from the police station or disposal at court, particularly in the area of IT, where, despite many years of effort, a citizen in possession of a smart phone is likely to have more functions at his disposal than a police officer equipped to patrol the streets. Having said that, there is no getting away from the fact that good quality policing depends on the effective management of the police contribution to the criminal justice process and good quality record keeping. Getting the right information to the right person at the right time is therefore a vital function. Enabling police officers and staff to carry out that function efficiently and effectively, however, requires more than a review of the number of forms required. A more fundamental approach must be taken if blockages are to be removed to pave the way for a more streamlined approach that removes purposeless activity but promotes the production of good quality information. This review provides, we hope, some insights on how police officer time might be freed up while improving performance within the criminal justice system. We believe the time has come to act decisively, with renewed focus and determination to streamline the process and banish the spectre of unnecessary bureaucracy that has been, for far too long, an impediment to progress. Details: London: HMIC, 2013. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 6, 2013 at: http://www.hmic.gov.uk/media/stop-the-drift-2-03062013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Policies (U.K.) Shelf Number: 128980

Author: Kearns, Ade Title: SHARP Survey Findings: Social and Community Outcomes Summary: 1. The Scottish Health, Housing and Regeneration (SHARP) study is a longitudinal study of the health and social effects on tenants of moving into new-build socially rented housing. The primary aim was to investigate the impacts of being rehoused in new-build socially-rented property on housing conditions, neighbourhood and social outcomes, and the health and well-being of tenants. 2. Three waves of household surveys were conducted. Waves 1 and 3 involved face-to- face interviews with 334 households who had been rehoused (the Intervention Group) and 389 households who were not rehoused (the Control Group)1. Wave 2 was a postal survey involving only the Intervention Group. In addition, in-depth interviews were conducted with a small number of those people rehoused. The findings of the survey analysis are presented in a number of separate reports. This report presents the results relating to social and community outcomes. 3. Rehousing per se did not prompt an increase in the rate of usage of local amenities, which fell over time in both study groups. Relocation to a different neighbourhood appeared to stimulate local engagement since among this sub-group, the mean number of local optional amenities identified increased over time, and the mean number of local participations also increased compared to a reduction among those who were rehoused in the same area. On the other hand, moving from a flat to a house and acquiring a garden were associated with reductions in local participation, suggesting that such moves might result in changes in attitude to the local community, with less desire or need for forms of organised local engagement. 4. Rehousing did not impact negatively upon people’s social networks or sources of social support. There were no differences at Wave 3, or in terms of change over time, between the Intervention and Control Groups either in the size of their social networks, nor the range of forms of recent social contact. Furthermore, at both points in time, the majority of those rehoused would have recourse to local sources of social support in most situations. Neighbouring behaviours however increased over time in the Intervention Group compared with little or no change in the Control Group. Those rehoused were more likely by Wave 3 to engage in neighbouring behaviours than members of the Control Group, particularly to visit their neighbours homes; engagement with neighbours seems to be stimulated by rehousing in new developments. Moving neighbourhood as part of rehousing had no negative impacts upon social relations for the Intervention Group and may in fact have had a slight stimulating effect upon neighbouring behaviours. 5. Sense of community including belonging, cohesion and empowerment increased significantly over time. Thus, rehousing itself did not impact negatively on people’s sense of community: they either maintained or quickly developed their sense of community after moving house. Moving neighbourhood (relocation) had no effect upon the average change over time in sense of community. However, we cannot tell how many people had a prior familiarity with the neighbourhood they moved to, although the qualitative research indicates that quite a few ‘relocators’ moved to an area which they had prior experience of. 6. Sense of safety and of informal social control (collective efficacy) increased over time among the Intervention Group: safety rose by a fifth and collective efficacy by a tenth, although safety was lower to start with and still lower than collective efficacy by Wave 3. Whether or not people had moved neighbourhood made no difference to these outcomes. People moving out of flats gained more in terms of safety and collective efficacy than those moving out of houses, particularly if they moved into a house. However, informal social control had similarly risen in the Control Group; thus, we cannot say that rehousing itself boosted people’s sense of informal social control. However, we are able to say that moving house and moving neighbourhood had no detrimental effect upon people’s sense of safety and of informal social control, both of which improved despite moving, and possibly partly because of it. 7. Some aspects of community were rated higher in Social Inclusion Partnership (SIP) areas at Wave 1 (participation, belonging and empowerment) and other aspects were rated lower in SIP areas (safety, collective efficacy and cohesion). In relation to 2 aspects of community, change over time was significantly different in SIP areas than elsewhere: participation in organisations and clubs fell in SIP areas over time, compared to an increase elsewhere; whilst people’s sense of community cohesion (perceived trust, harmony and reciprocity among neighbours) increased three-fold in SIP areas compared to elsewhere. This latter finding may be related to the fact that across the entire Intervention Group, we found positive trends of association between identified neighbourhood improvements and people’s sense of cohesion, safety and collective efficacy. 8. Moving house and moving neighbourhood to some degree stimulate local engagement with neighbours and with local groups, so that the policy emphasis upon residential stability has to be tempered with the realisation that a degree of mobility within and between communities can have beneficial outcomes. However, it would be worth investigating whether these effects hold true for rehousing into existing housing as well as into newly built housing. 9. Privacy and quiet at home are important for individual well-being but also for perceptions of the community. Therefore, we would recommend a more comprehensive assessment of these outcomes across Scottish communities and an evaluation of the sufficiency of housing and neighbourhood management in this regard. Lastly, we would encourage further consideration of localised governance structures that give communities more involvement and influence over local area improvements and services, since these things are positively associated with people’s sense of security and community. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2008. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 7, 2013 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/Doc/249200/0071708.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Fear of Crime Shelf Number: 129006

Author: Driscoll, Helen Patricia Title: Sex Differences in Aggression: The role of inhibitory control. Summary: Women engage in far less direct aggression and crime than men. Given the potential rewards of aggression, women’s desistance requires explanation. This thesis examined Campbell’s (2006) proposal that sex differences in aggression are mediated by women’s greater fear and inhibitory control. Campbell (1999) argued that women are more fearful of activities associated with risk of physical harm due to high fitness costs incurred by offspring as a result of maternal death or injury in the ancestral environment. In a large adolescent sample (Chapter 3), harm avoidance emerged as the primary mediator of sex differences, though inhibitory control was a significant partial mediator. Campbell’s theory has been extended to explaining sex differences in experiences of aggression (‘social representations’). Women’s more expressive experience (as a loss of control) may represent an accurate ‘readout’ of their experience, whereby superior inhibitory control of anger results in behavioural expression at a higher level of arousal. Chapter 2 reports the results of a confirmatory factor analysis, which confirmed the superior psychometric status of the Revised Short Expagg (which measures the experience of aggression); This measure was incorporated into the study reported in Chapter 3. Women’s lesser aggression was also explained by their relatively more expressive representation, providing support for the ‘readout’ theory. Research which has established sex symmetry in partner-directed aggression (Chapter 4) presented a critical test of Campbell’s theory. It was proposed that women experience a reduction in fear and inhibitory control in intimate relationships. To test this, a context-specific measure of inhibition was developed (Chapter 5). Women from community samples reported significantly less inhibition than men on this measure (Chapters 5 & 6). In the study reported in Chapter 6, women’s perpetration of partner aggression was associated with lower inhibition on one measured domain (the tendency to express honest appraisals rather than engage in tactful dishonesty). Women’s aggression was associated with an instrumental experience, indicative of control motives. However, fear was positively associated with aggression perpetration, though it was unclear whether fear was a precursor to, or a consequence of aggression. Implications for avoidant and appetitive theories of sex differences are discussed in Chapter 7. Details: Durham, UK: Durham University, 2011. 336p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 7, 2013 at: Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Offenders Shelf Number: 129009

Author: Great Britain HM Revenue and Customs Title: Tackling Tobacco Smuggling–building on our success Summary: The Government believes that tobacco smuggling must be tackled head on. Tobacco fraud costs taxpayers over £2 billion a year, depriving the general public of revenue to fund vital public services that support us all. The availability of illegal tobacco products undermines public health objectives and impacts on the health of both individuals and wider communities; circumventing health labelling requirements and age of sale restrictions. Since Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs’ (HMRC) “Tackling Tobacco Smuggling” Strategy was first introduced in 2000 the size of the illicit cigarette market has been cut by almost half with more than 20 billion cigarettes and over 2,700 tonnes of hand-rolling tobacco seized. There have been more than 3300 criminal prosecutions for tobacco offences following action by our officers. The smuggling of cigarettes and hand-rolling tobacco is also a key business for organised criminal gangs who use the proceeds of this crime to fund the smuggling of drugs, weapons and also human beings. It harms the overwhelming majority of law-abiding businesses who sell tobacco products legally, diverting revenues from retailers all over the country. This Government is committed to stepping up action to deal with this problem and “Tackling Tobacco Smuggling –building on our success” shows how HMRC with the support of UK Border Agency will work together to ensure that those who think that this is a quick, easy and above all profitable crime are targeted, tackled and punished. Details: London: HM Revenue & Customs and the UK Border Agency, 2011. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2013 at: http://customs.hmrc.gov.uk/channelsPortalWebApp/channelsPortalWebApp.portal?_nfpb=true&_pageLabel=pageLibrary_MiscellaneousReports&propertyType=document&columns=1&id=HMCE_PROD1_031246 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 129011

Author: Canton, Rob Title: Outside Chances: Offender Learning in the Community: Final Report Summary: Offenders have fewer educational and employment skills than the general population and fewer opportunities to access the services they need. Since education and qualifications help people to gain employment, and since employment is often central to desistance from crime, enhancement of services could contribute significantly to a reduction in reoffending. To understand how services are provided at the moment and how they are experienced by the users themselves, the City & Guilds Centre for Skills Development commissioned De Montfort University to interview offenders and to collate and interpret their experiences and their opinions. Research approach De Montfort interviewed 127 service users in four Probation Trust Areas. More than 30 professionals were also interviewed in a range of different roles, including offender managers in the probation service, and education providers/tutors. While interview schedules were used to ensure that the necessary areas of inquiry were covered systematically, interviewers encouraged participants to express their own views about what mattered to them – foregrounding the user voice – and a great deal of rich data were gathered. There has been quite a lot of research about learning opportunities in prison, but much less is known about provision in the community. The needs profile of offenders subject to community orders is likely to be very similar to that of prisoners, but the context of provision is very different, as are the accessibility and quality of learning as perceived by service users, and the incentives and barriers to participation. Key findings Offenders involved in learning have an enormous diversity of experience, aspirations and motives. For example, some were unable to read or write; others were educated to degree level. This needs to be taken into account by those undertaking assessment, as well as by those designing and delivering the programmes. A very common experience is under-achievement at school, for many and often inter-related reasons, and a subsequent disaffection from education which leaves offenders anxious and apprehensive about learning. Busy offender managers may fail to recognise doubts – for instance a reluctance to participate in educational programmes or even to acknowledge their needs – and therefore give priority to more obviously criminogenic factors in planning their work with offenders. Almost all respondents were subject to a community order. There seems rarely to have been a specific requirement to participate in education. The majority were attending education either as part of their supervision or on unpaid work. The experience of unpaid workers is mixed: many take it up to work off their hours more quickly or as what they perceive to be an easier option. While some may then participate enthusiastically, many do not and struggle to engage with the learning experience. There are different models of provision. Systems and procedures for the assessment of offenders and the delivery of education and learning vary considerably between Trust areas. Whilst there is scope for improvement in some places, there is considerable innovation and commitment to offender education across the areas. This research points to strengths and drawbacks of various arrangements, with some aspects of ‘best practice’ identified, but overall finds no one model to be superior to another. Assessment is variable. Despite the professionals’ insistence that assessment instruments were efficiently and routinely deployed, many offenders do not recall processes of assessment (which is not to say that they did not take place) and some say that they had to raise the matter of learning themselves. Although qualification and employment are often mentioned by offenders, there is a wide range of other motives to participate in education, including the value of learning for its own sake, intellectual stimulation, personal fulfilment and a wish to contribute to the learning of their own children. These are all worthy motives and should be valued for their own sake, as well as for the contribution that they are likely to make to the living of a ‘good life’ with which desistance is typically associated. Some offenders and offender managers explain that service users cannot usefully participate in education until they have addressed other challenges in their lives – for example, drug misuse and other criminogenic factors. Other professionals, on the other hand, and some service users say that learning has helped them to deal with those very problems, by giving them purpose, improving their skills of personal organisation and increasing their confidence. Even where it has been decided that an individual is not in a position to benefit from education for the time being, this should be reviewed periodically and not be forgotten. Providers typically offer encouragement, enthusiasm, patience and considerable educational skill. Even offenders who were relatively unimpressed with the programmes themselves tended to speak very highly of the tutors with whom they worked, whether probation employees, partners – mainly from Further Education colleges – or others. As well as supporting educational attendance, especially where this is voluntary, the quality of engagement with tutors seems likely to contribute to the general experience of probation and enhance compliance. This is another way in which educational provision might support reduced reoffending. Where employment is a principal motivation, in many cases offenders express disappointment that much available provision is too basic and offers no very clear pathway to work. A common criticism was that programmes were too elementary and there were insufficient opportunities to progress, at least through probation provision. Many offenders felt that there was very little choice available. Where learning programmes were individualised, this is valued and enables people to develop – both those at higher/faster levels and those who need more basic support and input. Motivation and attitude seem much the most important factors in determining participation. Crucially, the reasons for continuing in education may not be the same as those that led to participation in the first place. Offender managers may need to develop their skills in initial motivation. Once offenders have begun learning, their achievements often bring their own reward and reinforcement and tutors contribute invaluably in this process. There are practical constraints to educational participation. Probation and its partners are generally creative and supportive in overcoming many practical difficulties around times and location for educational provision. On the other hand, fear, lack of confidence, pessimism about employment prospects and a lack of funding to develop education beyond that provided by probation can further undermine the commitment of even the most motivated offenders. Many professionals are anxious about economic uncertainties. There is a worry that high unemployment will further prejudice the position of a profoundly disadvantaged client group. There is also great concern about the funding of future provision. Many professionals are worried that their projects may not be able to continue, despite their meeting of the targets set for them and the demonstrable value of the work. Several professionals said that much time was spent trying to find funding which might better be spent on developing the quality of offender learning. Generally the most appreciated programmes were characterised by: ● the personal qualities of the tutors ● a positive learning environment ● the active and continuing interest of the offender manager ● the provision of learning on familiar and accessible premises ● the opportunity to follow individualised learning programmes at the person’s level and pace ● connections between the learning and other concerns and interests in the service user’s life ● the intrinsic interest of the materials ● some opportunities for peer support in learning. Since educational programmes have several objectives and can bring many gains, different criteria and methods must be used to evaluate their effects. This challenges the idea of ‘payment by results’. No research findings have been able to establish a clear causal association between participation in education and reduced reoffending (with or without the intervening influence of employment), but the role of learning as one aspect of desistance, its value as a precondition of social inclusion and its indirect effects on self-esteem, confidence, problemsolving and personal relationships make it one of the most important services accessible through a community order. Details: City & Guilds Centre for Skills Development; De Montfort University: Community and Criminal Justice, 2011. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2013 at: http://www.skillsdevelopment.org/PDF/Outside%20Chances%20full%20report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Educational Programs Shelf Number: 129022

Author: Knight, Victoria Title: A Study to Identify How 16 + Young Offenders across Leicestershire Engage with Education, Training or Employment Summary: This research is in response to Leicestershire Youth Offending Service’s (YOS) targets with respect to 16+ year old young offenders’ educational, training and employment (ETE) status. They have found that a high proportion of this cohort is failing to engage or partially engage with ETE. Using information that is already collected by the YOS, De Montfort University’s Community and Criminal Justice Division were asked to explore how this might inform their practice and identify risks about this particular group. This report is divided into sections which include context of the study, and includes some literature, methodology, findings and conclusions. The conclusion also offers a summary of the findings with also some potential indicators about ETE amongst 16 + young offenders, which might offer guidance for practitioners. Details: Leicester, UK: De Montfort University, Community and Criminal Justice Division, 2010. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2013 at: https://www.dora.dmu.ac.uk/ Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Educational Programs Shelf Number: 129025

Author: Knight, Victoria Title: Evaluation of the Restorative Approaches Project in Children’s Residential Homes across Leicestershire: Final Report 2011 Summary: The Project- Restorative approaches was introduced to eight pilot homes across Leicestershire from 2007-2010. A Restorative Project Officer (RPO) was appointed to train and support staff in restorative models. The overall aim of the pilot was to reduce and minimise criminalisation of looked-after children who enter residential settings because it had been observed that looked-after young people were over-represented in the criminal justice system compared to the wider young offender population. Restorative work with young people more generally in both youth justice, in schools and a few residential settings had achieved many successes. Leicestershire YOS (also endorsed by other agencies) secured funds from The Treasury to implement restorative techniques and models to assist residential staff in their practice and care of young residents. The Evaluation- The Community and Criminal Justice Division at De Montfort University were commissioned to conduct the evaluation of this pilot. From the onset of the pilot in October 2007 to the close of the pilot the evaluation team carried out a number of investigations in line with the pilot’s aims. Many staff, key stakeholders and a limited number of young residents were invited to participate in focus groups and interviews in order to capture the views and perspectives of those people experiencing the pilot. Alongside this analysis of information about all of the young residents (82 in total) including criminal and care histories was carried out. A review of relevant literature and local and global policies including behaviour management protocols and Ofsted reports were also examined. The findings were presented thematically. Details: Leicester, UK: De Montfort University, Community & Criminal Justice Division, 2011. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2013 at: Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Behavior Modification Shelf Number: 129026

Author: McPhillips, Stuart Title: "I Wanted to Make it Work" - Knowledge and Experience from Probation Practice Changes Summary: The years from 1998 to 2010 were a prolific period for policy initiatives in community corrections. From ‘what works’ initiatives to intensive supervision schemes, performance targets to ‘modernisation’, major policy initiatives sought to reshape practice. What was their real impact on practice? How did probation staff experience those changes? What contributed to success or failure? In this initial study, the team focussed on the experience of three key ‘communities of practice’– practice staff, middle and senior managers in six Probation Trusts. Their accounts, analysed using qualitative research methodology, provide fascinating insights into the real world experience of management and practice. Their learning is relevant to all involved in policy development and implementation in community corrections. Key points from the report include: 1. Successful change strategies engage and mobilise the contribution of positive staff. A devolved approach to national changes enables local leadership and high staff engagement. 2. Tensions for practitioners and managers arose from resource and cost awareness and management which were not well developed. 3. Probation staff who were directly involved with partners were positive about that experience and worked through differences - cultural, ethical or arising from different ‘ways of working’. 4. Performance targets focus attention and priority but sometimes impact negatively on practice. For only a minority of developments were the fundamentals of sound project management in place. 5. Most changes were not subject to research or evaluation, robust monitoring or capture of lessons learned – key features of evidence-informed practice. Many staff did offer positive evidence of the impact of the work and were keen to share learning and experience. Details: Sheffield, UK: Sheffield Hallam University, Hallam Centre for Community Justice, 2012. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2013 at: http://www.cjp.org.uk/publications/academic/i-wanted-to-make-it-work-knowledge-and-experience-from-probation-practice-changes/ Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Corrections Shelf Number: 129027

Author: Equality and Human Rights Commission (U.K.) Title: Stop and Think Again: Towards race equality in police PACE stop and search Summary: In March 2010 the Equality and Human Rights Commission published Stop and think which showed that the police in England and Wales conducted about a million stops and searches of members of the public every year, the great majority under the Police and Criminal Evidence Act 1984 (PACE) and similar laws requiring officers to have ‘reasonable grounds for suspicion’. The power has always been controversial, and when Stop and think was published, Asian people were stopped and searched about twice as often as white people, and black people about six times as often. Stop and think also identified geographical differences; for example, little race disproportionality in much of the north of England, and relatively high levels in some southern forces. There were also wide ranges year on year between some neighbouring similar forces, and also between comparable London boroughs. The report concluded that unless forces could convincingly evidence that their race inequalities were justified their practice would be unlawful and discriminatory. Following the report the Commission applied criteria, including extent of disproportionality and trends, to identify five forces for further inquiries. It found that their explanations were not firmly substantiated by evidence, nor could they define how much of their force’s disproportionality might stem from these factors. The Commission therefore initiated legal compliance action against two forces, Leicestershire and Thames Valley, which in each case was subsequently succeeded by a formal agreement detailing a programme of action over 18 months (spring 2011–autumn 2012). Dorset Police and the Metropolitan Police (initially in one borough) had arranged to implement the service’s own ‘Next Steps’ programme for securing best practice in stop and search, so the Commission decided to take no action so as to identify what impact on race disproportionality Next Steps might have without influencing the outcome. West Midlands Police drew together its own programme of measures and again the Commission agreed to scrutinise its progress rather than intervene. Leicestershire and Thames Valley’s agreed programmes included a revised policy, training for all officers, detailed statistical ethnic monitoring down to local level, scrutiny by senior management group meetings and a community reference group, and leadership by an ACPO rank officer. Each force appointed a middle-ranking officer to engage with local commanders regarding the race patterns in their areas, and extended monitoring down to the level of individual officers. The Commission engaged closely with the process and was impressed in both cases with the quality of delivery. The Commission engaged with Dorset and the Metropolitan Police after their short intensive programme with the national Next Steps team, to assess changes in practice and outcomes. The Next Steps programme focused on securing full recording (inter alia to eliminate distortions in race patterns), practice based on reliable intelligence not ‘hunch’, eliminating formal or tacit numerical performance targets encouraging mass usage, and fostering a clear understanding of what does and does not constitute ‘reasonable grounds’. West Midlands Police’s programme included a revision of stop and search policy, training for all officers, the creation of local scrutiny panels and clear action to eliminate performance targets encouraging prolific rather than carefully judged usage. They also pursued analyses to demonstrate the element of disproportionality that could be accounted for by skews towards areas recording high crime levels and towards young people. Outcomes The race disproportionality ratios were necessarily calculated on a different basis from the figures in Stop and think because (i) 2001 census figures were used as a base since they were broken down to local level, which more recent population estimates were not, and (ii) they were based on self-classification instead of officer perception, which became national practice for data after those used in Stop and think. Thames Valley zz From March 2011 to August 2012 Thames Valley Police’s black: white disproportionality fell from 3.5 to 3.2, and its Asian: white figure from 2.5 to 1.9. zz The overall number of stops and searches recorded in the same period fell from 5916 in the first quarter to 4758 in the sixth quarter. zz Meanwhile the downward direction in recorded crime in the force’s area continued uninterrupted. Leicestershire zz From April 2011 to October 2012 Leicestershire Constabulary’s black: white disproportionality began and ended at 4.2, and its Asian: white figure rose from 1.5 to 1.9. zz However, falls in disproportionality amongst the most prolific users at the end of the period suggested imminent falls in the overall figures, and this was subsequently confirmed (April– November 2012, 3.9 and 1.7). zz The overall number of stops and searches recorded in the same period also fell steeply from 4183 in the first quarter to 1660 in the sixth quarter, while the downward direction in recorded crime in the force’s area continued uninterrupted. In both force areas negative drug searches formed a large proportion of the total and appeared to be a major driver of race disproportionality. Dorset zz In summer 2011 Dorset Police’s disproportionality ratios remained unchanged at approximately 6.0 for the black: white figure and close to parity for the Asian: white one. The national Next Steps team assessed that this was justified – and exaggerated – by incoming non-resident drug dealers in Boscombe. zz In late 2012, however, the Commission calculated from Dorset’s raw data that black: white disproportionality had fallen from 5.5 in 2008-09 to 4.4 in 2009-10 and 3.9 in 2010-11, despite no reduction in Boscombe drug dealers. zz Overall usage also fell from 7048 to 6847 in this period. zz Both usage and disproportionality subsequently rose but not back to previous levels. The Commission assessed that Next Steps had been thoroughly implemented and underpinned with training and intensive scrutiny of local unequal race patterns. The Metropolitan Police zz By autumn 2012 race disproportionality in the London borough of Lewisham, which had implemented Next Steps, had increased. The explanation given was a new focus, following public consultation, on gang activity. zz The Commission, however, identified elements present in Dorset ‘Next Steps’ – training, and the challenging of localities/officers with more racially skewed patterns – that were not undertaken in Lewisham, and recommended that this be remedied in the next borough to implement Next Steps. zz Meanwhile, however, the Metropolitan Police introduced a force-wide programme called StopIt which did include elements of training and scrutiny. Annual black: white disproportionality fell from 4.0 to 3.7 from 2011/12 to 2012/13 and while the Asian: white figure rose it stood at parity when re-calculated on the new census population data. zz Usage also fell from around half a million in 2009/10 to around a quarter of a million in January–September 2012. West Midlands zz West Midlands Police took concerted action to discourage use of stop and search as a quantitative performance indicator, and in 2010/11 its usage fell to only 15,000, half the already modest total in 2007/08. zz Its action on disproportionality was, however, limited, for example training was repeatedly delayed, albeit on plausible grounds, and effort focused on justifying not challenging patterns. Race disproportionality did not significantly change over the period. Conclusions Overall the Commission concluded that where firm action had been taken to reduce race disproportionality, and/or overall usage of the power, it had succeeded, without prejudice to falling crime levels. Key steps taken to reduce disproportionality appeared to be: targets for reduction, and for reducing negative drug searches; training in ‘reasonable grounds’ for, and proportionate use of, the power; steps to ensure intelligence-led practice rather than practice based on ‘hunches’ or generalisations about groups; micro-monitoring to identify local or individual racially skewed patterns and challenging them; and senior level commitment and leadership. Details: London: Equality and Human Rights Commission, 2010 Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2013 at: http://www.equalityhumanrights.com/uploaded_files/raceinbritain/stop_and_think_again.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Discrimination Shelf Number: 129038

Author: Medical Justice Title: Expecting Change: The case for ending the detention of pregnant women Summary: This report presents an analysis of the immigration detention of pregnant women. The results show that the current policy of detaining pregnant women is ineffective, unworkable and damaging. The Home Offce does not know how many pregnant women are detained. Without knowing or recording how many are detained, it is diffcult to see how the Home Offce is able to implement its own policy of detaining pregnant women in only very exceptional circumstances. The primary purpose of detention is removal, yet this research and a previous Medical Justice audit show that only around 5% of pregnant women were successfully removed. This is because in the majority of cases, there is no medically safe way to return them. Following the case of Chen earlier this year, the Home Offce is now unable to use force on pregnant women, save to prevent harm to the woman herself. Given that the use of force, which the Home O"ce had deemed essential, is now unlawful, pregnant women should no longer be detained as there is now an even smaller prospect of removal. Experts agree that travel to malarious areas should be avoided because pregnant women have an increased risk of developing severe malaria and a higher risk of fatality compared to non-pregnant women. Home O"ce policy outlines that women should be o!ered malaria prophylaxis prior to their removal. In all the cases where anti-malarials were o!ered, Yarl’s Wood healthcare team failed to follow the relevant medical guidance. The data results show that the healthcare pregnant women receive is inadequate. There is evidence that the level of care falls short of NHS equivalence and the National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE) standards. Immigration detention introduces discontinuity in women’s care and the stress of detention can impact on their mental health and their pregnancy. Asylum seeking women have poorer maternity outcomes than the general population. Many women in the sample were victims of rape, torture and tra"cking. However, there appeared to be no appreciation by Yarl’s Wood healthcare sta! that even without complications, this is a group of vulnerable women who need to be managed as complex cases. People can be held in immigration detention inde#nitely and the decision to detain is not subject to automatic judicial oversight. Self-harm, hunger strikes and reports of assault and racism are common. In four separate cases in the past two years, the High Court has ruled that the care of four detainees amounted to inhuman and degrading treatment. Detention is no place for a pregnant woman. According to the Independent Monitoring Board, 93 pregnant women were held in Yarl’s Wood in 2011. With limited prospects of removal, it is our recommendation that the government should stop detaining them. Detention is not serving any purpose: the costs are great and the damage to women’s health can be dramatic. This recommendation is in line with Asylum Aid’s Charter of Rights of Women Seeking Asylum that is supported by 337 organisations, including the Royal College of Midwives. Details: London: Medical Justice, 2013. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2013 at: http://www.medicaljustice.org.uk/images/stories/reports/expectingchange.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 129031

Author: Meadows, Linda Title: Evaluation of Sheffield City Council's Community Justice Panels Project Summary: This report is the output of an evaluation commissioned by Sheffield City Council and undertaken by the Hallam Centre for Community Justice at Sheffield Hallam University. The evaluation was undertaken during October and November 2009 with the objectives of assessing the effectiveness of the Community Justice Panels project so far and providing recommendations for future development. The evaluation used an action research methodology and included documentary analysis, semi-structured interviews with strategic partners and stakeholders, wrongdoers and harmed persons, facilitator focus group and observation of the Panels. Community Justice Panels were introduced in Sheffield in June 2009, following approval from Sheffield City Council with the objectives of: • Reducing re-offending and involvement in anti-social behaviour and low-level crime; • Improving victim satisfaction and community engagement; • Making communities safer; and • Increasing volunteering; • Reducing police administration time. The model adopted was based on the implementation of Community Justice Panels in Chard, Somerset. Initially conceived as a pilot covering Ecclesfield and Broomhill Safer Neighbourhood Areas, the project was extended in August to cover the whole of Sheffield. Community Justice Panels are a possible disposal for first-time, low-level offences can involve both criminal and anti-social incidents and can be referred from sources including police, and registered social landlords. They bring together the wrongdoer and harmed person, along with supporters, to discuss what has happened, how it has affected them and how all parties can move forward. Outcomes usually involve some form of reparation on behalf of the wrongdoer, to make good for the harm caused. The objectives of the Panels themselves are to: • Provide face to face contact between the wrongdoer and harmed person; • Give victims a voice • Provide an opportunity for the wrongdoer to apologise; • Enable agreement of reparation to mitigate the harm caused to the harmed person Although there are other examples of similar projects in the UK, including the Chard model on which this was based1, the pilot is particularly innovative in the UK context in its implementation in a city of the size of Sheffield. At the time of the evaluation, the project had only been operational for a period of five months. Although clearly at a very early stage, the project has already made some significant achievements including: • Roll out of the project across the whole of Sheffield • Successful engagement at a strategic and operational level of key stakeholders and partners from a range of agencies • Establishment of effective working practices and information sharing protocols • Recruitment and training of 23 high quality facilitators from a diverse range of backgrounds • Recruitment of a professional, committed and effective Community Justice Panels staff team • Achievement of 20 referrals and five panels. This is in line with expectations based on the Chard model and co-ordinators have recently reported significant increases • Well run, and effective Panels which were perceived as fair by participants • Positive responses to most aspects of the Panels process by wrongdoers and harmed persons, including the quality of facilitation and support prior to and during the Panel; • Positive impact of participation on wrongdoers and the majority of harmed persons, including (in the wrongdoers' case) an impact on future behaviour The evaluation identified a number of key areas for development at both a strategic and operational level and these are summarised in the recommendations section below: Details: Sheffield, UK: Hallam Centre for Community Justice, Sheffield Hallam University, 2010. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2013 at: http://shura.shu.ac.uk/7053/ Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Justice Panels (U.K.) Shelf Number: 129033

Author: Lockyer, Kevin Title: Future Prisons: A radical plan to reform the prison estate Summary: Future Prisons calls for the government to shut more than 30 run-down and poorly-located prisons and replace them with 12 state of the art ‘Hub Prisons’, containing up to 3,000 inmates. The new prisons would lead to huge costs savings, a reduction in reoffending rates and a better quality of life for prisoners and prison staff. The report says that the Ministry of Justice (MoJ) could meet its entire 2015/16 spending commitment by ‘swapping old for new’ and financing the construction of new, large prisons to replace expensive, hard-to-maintain and poorly-located older prisons. In operational costs alone, this plan would save more than £600 million a year on completion – fully 20% of the prison budget. This is equivalent to around 9% of the MoJ’s entire departmental budget. Taking construction into account, which could be financed through public sector borrowing, private finance or development finance, the savings would amount to around £10 billion over a 25 year repayment period. The report, written by Kevin Lockyer, a former prison governor and deputy director in the MoJ, argues that trying to simply cut prison numbers and closing down prisons is not the right way to reduce the prison population or protect the public. Instead the focus must be on how to reduce the cost per prisoner. Costs vary widely across the country from £108,000 per place at HMP Kennet to £26,000 at Wayland. Brand new analysis comparing establishments with the same functions, shows for the first time that age is the key determinant of a prison’s effectiveness, rather than size: newer prisons had lower reoffending levels, a greater respect between staff and prisoners and a better quality of life and safety measures than older prisons. It argues that the Conservatives and penal lobby were correct to dismiss Labour’s 2007 plans to build new Titan ‘super’ prisons, proposed to facilitate a large expansion of the prison estate without evidence of effectiveness. However, the new proposal greatly differs from the Titan scheme in that Policy Exchange is not suggesting an expansion of the prison estate but merely the replacement of old for new establishments. The report shows that a quarter of prisons are Victorian or older while a further quarter were built in the 1960s and 1970s, often to poor standards and designs with poor materials. Hub Prisons would also be materially different to Titans. To date, a campus-style approach centred around a shared-service hub has been considered expensive in terms of the staff required for it to run securely and safely. But the Policy Exchange proposal, with its use of innovative technology, makes this kind of approach affordable. Hub Prisons would contain relatively small, self-contained, housing units and plenty of open spaces. They would include a range of accommodation types, with more traditional radial-style houseblocks for remand prisoners and assessment and induction purposes, and with smaller living units for longer sentenced prisoners The report recommends: •Closing more than 30 run down and dilapidated prisons and constructing 10-12 state of the art Hub Prisons. •Locating the prisons on brownfield sites near to main transport routes and to hold more prisoners as close to home as possible. •Constructing the prisons using cutting-edge architecture, with technologies such as biometric security systems. Halfway houses would be located inside the prison estate and the sites would include courts to cut the cost of transferring prisoners for trial. •Allowing private providers to compete on a level playing field with the public sector to manage and run the new establishments. Details: London: Policy Exchange, 2013. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2013 at: http://www.policyexchange.org.uk/images/publications/future%20prisons.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 129034

Author: Wood, Martin Title: Offender Management Community Cohort Study (OMCCS) Baseline Technical Report Summary: The Offender Management Community Cohort Study (OMCCS) was a longitudinal study that brought together a wide range of data to describe the cohort of offenders aged 18 and over who started Community Orders between October 2009 and December 2010. The Ministry of Justice (MoJ) commissioned NatCen Social Research and Get the Data (GtD) to carry out the OMCCS. The broad aims of the study were:  to assess the effectiveness of interventions in reducing offending behaviour; and  to evaluate aspects of offender management. In its initial conception, the OMCCS comprised three main stages:  Baseline (Wave 1) – which would describe the commencement of Community Orders and offenders’ position at an early stage in their sentence;  Mid-order (Wave 2) – which would describe the implementation of Community Orders, including what was delivered and to whom, and;  End of Order (Wave 3) – a final stage that would explore the outcomes for the cohort, particularly in relation to breach of the Community Orders and reoffending. Although there were changes to the design as the study progressed, this remained the basic approach. This is the first of three technical reports on the OMCCS and it focuses on the baseline stage. Research design The OMCCS used a dataset based on three data sources:  A longitudinal survey of a representative sample of 2,919 offenders, drawn from ten Probation Areas. This provides information on their perceptions and experiences of Community Orders, their backgrounds, attitudes and needs, and how these change over time. The first survey (the baseline survey) was carried out around three months after the start of the offender’s Community Order, with subsequent surveys carried out seven months, on average, into the sentence and following its expected end point.  Central administrative records for all those offenders starting a Community Order during the period (144,407 offenders) describing the sentence received, offences and the risks and needs of offenders as assessed by practitioners. This includes: FORM 20 data detailing Community Order commencements and terminations; Offender Assessment System (OASys) data, containing details of the needs and risks that offenders present with; and Interim Accredited Programmes System (IAPS) data on offenders’ attendance on accredited programmes.  Local administrative records from the same ten Probation Areas selected for the survey (covering 48,943 offenders), which describe how offender management operates and how offenders complete or breach their sentences. The survey and administrative data sources were combined to form a ‘Universal Dataset’. Structure of the report This technical report covers the baseline data collection, comprising the first survey interview and the initial round of data collection from the central and local administrative data sources. Many of the same processes were followed for the subsequent stages of the study, and further details about these later stages will be included in future technical reports on the OMCCS. Following this introductory chapter, the structure of this report is as follows:  chapter 2 discusses the sample design and selection for the survey, and the coverage of the administrative data collection;  chapter 3 describes the fieldwork for the face-to-face survey of offenders;  chapter 4 sets out the response to the survey and the challenges faced;  chapter 5 details the administrative data collection;  chapter 6 deals with the weights that were developed for the survey to deal with differences in selection probabilities and to correct for non-response bias;  chapter 7 describes the approach to a ‘Universal Dataset’ that brought the different data sources together for the cohort. The report does not contain results from the study; the Assessment and Sentence Planning report, which describes the characteristics of the whole cohort of offenders on Community Orders, their sentences, assessments of their needs and their sentence plans, is available on Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2013. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2013 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/206735/omccs-baseline-technical-report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Orders Shelf Number: 129035

Author: Cattell, Jack Title: Results from the Offender Management Community Cohort Study (OMCCS): Assessment and sentence planning Summary: This report uses the Ministry of Justice’s Offender Management Community Cohort Study (OMCCS), a longitudinal cohort study of offenders who started Community Orders between October 2009 and December 2010. This is the first, baseline, report from the study, and explores which offenders are sentenced to Community Orders, which offenders on Community Orders have their needs assessed, and what their needs are; and sentence planning and how sentences are tailored for these offenders. Community Orders, for offenders aged 18 and over, were introduced in England and Wales in 2005 to enable judges and magistrates to tailor sentences according to the particular nature of the offence and the offender. Community Orders comprise a ‘menu’ of possible requirements, such as unpaid work or treatment for drug problems, which can be imposed by the courts individually or combined.1 Offenders serving sentences in the community are assessed to identify the risk of harm that they pose to the community. A proportion of them also go through a formal process to identify the needs they have that may lead to further offending. Identifying needs associated with an offender’s risk of reoffending2 allows resources to be directed towards those needs, optimising the reduction of harm. This assessment is the first step in the National Offender Management Model (NOMM). The role and effectiveness of Community Orders have come under renewed scrutiny recently. The Ministry of Justice consultation ‘Punishment and Reform: effective community sentences’ (MoJ, 2012) proposed that there was a lack of public confidence in Community Orders that might be addressed by increasing their punitive content. This has led to changes to ensure that every Community Order contains a punitive requirement unless there are exceptional circumstances. A subsequent consultation, ‘Transforming Rehabilitation: A revolution in the way we manage offenders’ (MoJ, 2013), set out proposals for reforming 1 At the time the OMCCS was carried out there were 12 requirements. This has now been increased to 14 requirements under The Legal Aid, Sentencing and Punishment of Offenders Act 2012. 2 Known as ‘criminogenic’ needs; these are needs which are known to influence offending behaviour for an individual. the provision of services in the community to reduce reoffending and deliver improved value for money. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2013. 109p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Analytical Series: Accessed June 21, 2013 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/206734/results-omccs.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Orders Shelf Number: 129036

Author: Smith, Connie Title: Provision for Young People Who Have Displayed Harmful Sexual Behaviour Summary: Over the past few decades, children and young people who have sexually harmed others have attracted increasing attention from researchers and policy makers. Although it is known that they form a small, but significant group, there are difficulties in gaining a clear indication of incidence since much of the existing research has involved small and heterogeneous samples, many of which were not UK-based and lack of control groups for comparison. Furthermore, many incidents of sexual abuse are likely to go unreported. The nature, extent and significant negative consequences of harmful sexual behaviour for the victims and perpetrators, make this an important issue for policy development and research investigation. Overall, research and knowledge in this important area are still accumulating and much remains to be confirmed. Although recent decades have seen a movement towards greater understanding of the issue of harmful sex behaviour, a gap remains. The purpose of the project was to help address this gap in knowledge. The aim of the project was to gain an understanding of contemporary service provision for young people displaying harmful sexual behaviour in a UK context. The specific objectives were to: • Build a profile of the scope and nature of current service provision in the UK for young people displaying harmful sexual behaviour, focusing on: • profile of service users and changes over time; • referral sources, assessment, intervention, case management; • staff training and support. • Investigate the part that local and national guidance and procedures play in supporting service provision for young people displaying harmful sexual behaviour in relation to assessment, intervention, case management and staff training/support. • Identify the key principles that underpin good practice in relation to service provision for young people displaying harmful sexual behaviour. • Make recommendations for practice, policy and service provision in relation to young people displaying sexually harmful behaviour. Details: Edinburgh: The University of Edinburgh/NSPCC Child Protection Research Centre, 2013. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 25, 2013 at: https://www.nspcc.org.uk/Inform/resourcesforprofessionals/sexualabuse/harmful-sexual-behaviour-pdf_wdf95465.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Sex Offenders (U.K.) Shelf Number: 129149

Author: Newiss, Geoff Title: Taken: A Study of Child Abduction in the UK Summary: This study gives an account of the current knowledge stock on child abduction. In July 2011, the ‘strategic and operational lead’ on missing and abducted children was transferred to the Child Exploitation and Online Protection Centre (CEOP). Understanding what is known – and not known – about child abduction should equip CEOP and its partners with a good sense of what the priorities are for protecting children from abduction. This knowledge could also contribute to establishing how best to respond when a child is abducted. There is no single, comprehensive definition of child abduction in the UK. Different laws in different parts of the UK criminalise various acts which involve the taking of a child. This study examines different types of child abduction including; • parental abduction (often resulting in a child being taken overseas). • abduction by a stranger. • abduction resulting from exploitation, revenge or financial gain. The Aims of this Study -- 1. To examine the number of abductions of children which occur in the UK. 2. To establish the different types of child abduction and provide information on the circumstances in which they occur. 3. To explore how data collection on child abduction can be improved so as to provide an effective measure of trends. 4. To identify any immediate policy and practice issues in response to child abduction. Details: London: Parents and Abducted Children Together (PACT) and Child Exploitation and Online Protection Centre, 2013. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 25, 2013 at: http://ceop.police.uk/Documents/ceopdocs/TAKEN_Final%20Copy.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abduction (U.K.) Shelf Number: 129157

Author: Stevenson, Olivia Title: Geographies of Missing People: Processes, Experiences, Responses Summary: Missing people have a presence and an impact in our everyday lives. A person in the UK is recorded as missing by the police approximately every two minutes and a wealth of agencies – police, charities, health, social workers – are charged with searching for, and supporting those left behind. However, there is a paucity of UK based qualitative research conducted directly with adults reported as missing about their experiences. The Geographies of Missing People research study has been designed to explore why adults leave, but more particularly, where they go and what happens while they are missing. The overall intention of the research is to create a new space of enquiry around missing experience, with direct reference to the people who experience its profound effects (and see also Parr et al (forthcoming) ‘Searching for missing people: families and missing experience’). Details: Glasgow: University of Glasgow, 2013. 118p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 26, 2013 at: http://www.geographiesofmissingpeople.org.uk/downloads/Stevenson-et-al.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Investigation Shelf Number: 129164

Author: Frondigoun, Liz Title: The Scottish Campus Officer: Past, Present and Future Summary: Campus Officers were first deployed in Scottish Schools in 2002. The Violence Reduction Unit (VRU) provides a hub for information sharing and training of Campus Officers. However, the appointment and deployment of Campus Officers currently lies with the individual Police Force in which the officers serve (Frondigoun, Smith & MacLeod, 2013). However, to date there has been little empirical academic research in Scotland into the role of Campus Officers (Smith & Frondigoun, 2011). This report results from our SIPR1 sponsored two year research project into Campus Officers in Scotland. Our initial interest stemmed from a smaller project in which we tried to initiate a ‘Practice Note’ series of studies into Community Policing practices. Practice notes are a powerful medium for promulgating occupational skills and knowledge. We co-­authored one such practice note with a Campus Officer (see Smith & Frondigoun, 20112). Although a variety of academic issues interfered with our plans to further that project, we were so impressed by the work of the Campus Officer we worked with that we re-­thought our research strategy and decided to concentrate our efforts on a study of Campus Officers in a Scottish context. Since producing our first practice note in 2012 we have forged links with the VRU Campus Officers Forum. While the original aim of a series of briefing sheets has not been shelved, the quality and quantity of material gathered has grown substantially. In Scotland, prevention, intervention, diversion, and partnership approaches lie at the core of current youth justice thinking in relation to the policing of troubled and troublesome young people, reducing antisocial behaviour and increasing public reassurance. This research was developed in relation to one of SIPR’s aims: to promote the dissemination of policing policy and practice through ‘high quality, independent research [...] to make evidence-­based contributions to policing policy and practice. Details: Dundee: Scottish Institute for Policing Research, 2013. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: http://www.cypnow.co.uk/digital_assets/The_Scottish_Campus_Officer.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Campus Police (Scotland, U.K.) Shelf Number: 129165

Author: INQUEST Title: Preventing the Deaths of Women in Prison: The need for an alternative approach Summary: INQUEST’s monitoring of deaths in custody in England and Wales over the last 30 years has been central to the identification of emerging trends and patterns, including the sharply upward trend of women’s deaths in prison between 1998 and 2003. INQUEST’s specialist casework, research and evidence based policy work was critical in generating public and parliamentary debate on women’s deaths in prison and directly influenced the Government’s decision to commission Baroness Corston’s review1 following the deaths of 6 women at Styal prison in a twelve month period. INQUEST’s unique statistics, casework and research discussed in this report highlight the shared characteristics and experiences of the 100 women who have died in prison over the last decade (from 2002 to date) and focuses in particular on the 38 deaths that have occurred in the six years since the Corston report was published in March 2007. Behind these figures are stories of preventable tragedies. To develop a more in-depth understanding of the context in which the deaths of women occurred, and the special vulnerability of women in prison, this report contains the individual stories of six of the women who have died in prison since March 2007. Although there has more recently been a welcome fall in the number of deaths of women in prison, INQUEST’s casework and research shows that the underlying issues remain stubbornly familiar and go beyond the prison walls, regimes and conditions to which women are subjected. Rather, the roots of the problem are situated in the inequality and injustice that characterise women’s lives. Many of the deaths highlighted raise issues that should impact on wider policies on social exclusion and poverty, drug and alcohol use, homelessness, mental health, childcare and family disruption and racism.2 The government has not implemented the Corston report’s key recommendation – the dismantling of the women’s prison estate. As a result, there has been little structural change which would address the “sadly familiar patterns” in the deaths of women in prison that INQUEST and Baroness Corston have identified. Though the vulnerabilities and needs of women prisoners are well established, the criminal justice system continues to sentence them to custody in unsafe institutions that are ill equipped and under resourced to deal with their complex needs. The continuing, high levels of self harm and the deaths of 4 women in 2012 and 3 deaths in 20133 underline how harm, damage and death are persistent features of women’s experiences in prison. This report highlights the failure of the government to ensure fundamental changes to policy and practice following the Corston review and the inability of the prison estate to learn from previous investigations and inquests. In light of this, and in order to prevent further deaths, we make recommendations for a way forward including a complete rethink of the way women are treated in the criminal justice system. Details: London: INQUEST, 2013. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 1, 2013 at: http://www2.ohchr.org/english/bodies/cedaw/docs/ngos/INQUEST_UK_ForTheSession_UK_CEDAW55.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Inmates (U.K.) Shelf Number: 129213

Author: Bartlett, Jamie Title: @metpoliceuk: How Twitter is Changing Modern Policing: The Case of the Woolrich Aftermath Summary: Major events – natural disasters, football matches, terrorist attacks – are increasingly accompanied by a complex, varied and evolving cloud of reaction on Twitter: questions, interpretations, condemnations, jokes, rumours and insults. This surge of online information, shadowing the event itself, is often called a ‘twitcident’. This new kind of aftermath opens new opportunities and challenges for policing.i Inherently amenable to collection, measurement and analysis, they can be harnessed as sources of social media intelligence – ‘SOCMINT’ – in a number of ways to keep society safe: as important sources of evidence; as situational awareness in contexts that are changing rapidly, as a way of crowd-sourcing intelligence, and to answer a backdrop of strategic research questions, such as how society will change in result of the event itself.ii Twitcidents do not just provide intelligence for the police, however. They also put pressure on the police themselves to provide information, intelligence and, where possible, public assurances. As we have argued elsewhere, social media is an increasingly important aspect of modern policing, particularly for intelligence collection and communication.iii It is now apparent that social media is an important part of any large incident or emergency response. As people continue to transfer their social lives onto these digital-social spaces, the benefits of effectively harnessing and responding to twitcidents will increase, and so will the risk of failing to do so. To understand the specific challenges and opportunities this presents, we have chosen to dissect in detail the tweets directed at @metpoliceuk immediately before, during and after the alleged murder of Lee Rigby by two individuals – believed to be Islamist extremists – in Woolwich at 14:20 on 22nd May 2013. After the murder, the alleged assailants remained at the scene, and spoke to, and were filmed by, bystanders. First unarmed, then armed police arrived and, following an exchange of fire, the two men were wounded and taken to hospital. As of May 29th the Metropolitan’s Police Twitter account (@metpoliceuk) was the most followed police account in the UK, with 114,369 followers. Up to the afternoon of the 22nd, the account was lively. Two online petitions were driving tweets to the police account, one to demand additional information be released from the McCann investigation, and the other demanding the arrest of the self-exiled Pakistani politician Altaf Hussain. BBC Breaking News’ Twitter account tweeted at 3.50pm that: Police officers called to incident in Woolwich, south-east London at 14:20 BST, @metpoliceuk confirm. No further details at present Quickly, news of the attacks began to circulate on Twitter, and video footage of the assailants – including one of the suspects talking to a bystander – was uploaded onto YouTube and other platforms. By the late afternoon, members of the English Defence League took to Twitter to organise a flash demonstration in Woolwich to express outrage at the murder; and by the early evening around 100 supporters clashed with police before being dispersed at around 11pm. In order to understand how people reacted on Twitter to these events, from May 17th to May 23rd, we ‘scraped’ all 19,344 Tweets that contained the identifying ‘@tag’ - @metpoliceUK. A Twitter scrape is the result of filtering the recent public Twitter timeline with a set of query terms through Twitter’s ‘Search Application Programming Interface’. All Tweets matching @metpoliceuk were in this way accessed, and downloaded into a MySQL database. With this corpus of collected tweets three simple analyses were conducted:  Overall rates and volumes of tweets over time;  A qualitative analysis of tweets to create overall ‘types’. Several thousand Tweets were manually placed into categories until ‘saturation’ – wherein new tweets neither required new categories to be created, or the boundaries of existing categories to be revised;  The formal coding of 500 randomly selected tweets into these categories to establish the proportional breakdown of the dataset overall. This was done twice, the first, over the 24 hours of the 22nd, the second over the entire four days period during which the data was collected. This was in order to provide some broader analysis and comparison. Details: London: Demos, 2013. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 1, 2013 at: http://www.demos.co.uk/files/_metpoliceuk.pdf?1371661838 Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Information Technology Shelf Number: 129230

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty’s Inspectorate of Constabulary, Her Majesty’s Inspectorate of Prisons, the Care Quality Commission and Healthcare Inspectorate Wales Title: A Criminal Use of Police Cells? The use of police custody as a place of safety for people with mental health needs Summary: The police have powers under section 136 of the Mental Health Act 1983 to take individuals who are suffering from mental health issues in a public place to a ‘place of safety’ for their protection, and so they can be medically assessed. This review examines the extent to which police custody is used as a place of safety under section 136; and identifies the factors which either enable or inhibit the acceptance of those detained under section 136 into a preferred place of safety, such as a hospital or other medical facility. The joint inspection was carried out by HMIC, Her Majesty’s Inspectorate of Prisons, the Care Quality Commission and Healthcare Inspectorate Wales. Details: London: HMIC, 2013. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 1, 2013 at: http://www.hmic.gov.uk/media/a-criminal-use-of-police-cells-20130620.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mentally Ill Persons (U.K.) Shelf Number: 129234

Author: Elvins, Martin Title: Provision of Healthcare and Forensic Medical Services in Tayside Police Custody Settings: An evaluation of a partnership agreement between NHS Tayside and Tayside Police (2009-2011) Summary: In January 2009 a three-year partnership agreement between Tayside Police and NHS Tayside came into effect, providing for the delivery of the following services by NHS-contracted staff: • Forensic medical services serving police requirements • Nurse-led healthcare for detained persons (welfare or therapeutic) The partnership agreement instituted some notable, substantive innovations in the delivery of medical services in Tayside Police custody settings. The most significant of these was the decision to establish a dedicated team of NHS nurses employed to operate solely within secure police custody areas (generally termed custody suites) on a round-the-clock basis, working from medically equipped rooms. A defining characteristic of the ‘pilot’ service brought in under the agreement was that it was nurse, rather than a medical or police-led service. In the period immediately prior to the ‘pilot’ partnership agreement the requirement for healthcare services by Tayside Police was serviced through a contractual arrangement with a private healthcare provider. In 2008 Her Majesty’s Inspectorate of Constabulary for Scotland (HMICS) found that Scottish police forces reported an 85-15 per cent split respectively between welfare (therapeutic) and forensic examinations carried out in connection with their day-to-day operations; the former occurring in custody suites. Around 12,500-13,000 detentions in Tayside Police custody suites occur annually. Research studies have established that detainees typically have proportionately higher health needs than the population as a whole, whilst having below average engagement with NHS services (for instance around 30 per cent of detainees are not thought to be registered with a General Practitioner). With an overall reconviction rate within two years of 42.4 per cent (2007-08 offender cohort) in Scotland it is clear that police custody affords a unique environment in which to deliver healthcare to a difficult to reach sector of the population. Such an approach also correlates with the objective of the 2007 Scottish Government Better Health, Better Care: Action Plan to address what it termed unscheduled care through ensuring that patients get the services they need in the places that they need them. The research study aimed to provide a basis to evaluate the impact of the new ways of working between NHS Tayside and Tayside Police brought in through the partnership agreement. The study was designed to test three key questions: 1. What has worked for Tayside Police and its staff and why has it worked? 2. What has worked for detainees and why has it worked? 3. What has worked for NHS Tayside and its staff and why has it worked? Unified by a realistic evaluation approach (focused on finding out ‘what works?’) the two-year study brought together researchers with specialist knowledge of both policing and healthcare (including mental health) and with methodological specialisms covering qualitative and quantitative research, as well as a specialist health economist. Primary data collection and data analysis took place in two phases, Phase 1 (2010) and Phase 2 (2011), and was undertaken through quantitative questionnaires, audit data and extensive interview-led qualitative study of the service from the perspective of healthcare and police professionals. A (more limited in scope) qualitative, interview-led study of the service from the perspective of persons detained in police custody was also undertaken. Details: Dundee: Scottish Institute for Policing Research, 2012. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 3, 2013 at: http://www.sipr.ac.uk/downloads/Healthcare_Custody.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 129240

Author: DrugScope Title: The Challenge of Change: Improving services for women involved in prostitution and substance use Summary: Women involved in street-based prostitution who misuse drugs and/or alcohol are one of the most marginalised and stigmatised groups in our society. However, they are rarely discussed in these terms, and too often they are absent from policy and practice addressing the needs of the most vulnerable. At a time when 'sex work' can be normalised, and even glamourised, the reality is that women involved in prostitution often use drugs and/or alcohol to cope with selling sex (and the violence and abuse in their lives) and often sell sex to support addiction. It is a vicious circle. The focus of this research study has been on policy and practice to address the drug and alcohol treatment needs of women involved in street-based prostitution. Tackling substance misuse is fundamental to reducing harm and supporting women to exit prostitution. So, what kinds of interventions work best? How widely are they available? And, critically, what do the women themselves say about their expectations and experiences of services? We found that while there are good services and positive stories, there remains a lot to be done. Many women involved in prostitution see no alternative; no other viable future for themselves; and no support for 'recovery', or prospect of ‘a normal life'. Currently, appropriate support that addresses substance misuse in the context of 'sex work' can be difficult to access. With evidence that a significant proportion of women seeking help for drug and alcohol problems (and many others who are not accessing help) have been involved in prostitution in some form, this is the 'challenge of change' identified in the report's title. Many of the women we spoke to recognise and accept this challenge on a personal level, but need more and better support from policy makers, planners and commissioners, and from services on the ground. Details: London: DrugScope, 2013. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 3, 2013 at: http://www.avaproject.org.uk/media/128481/challenge%20of%20change_full%20report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 129242

Author: Jones, Denis W. Title: Conditions for Sustainable Decarceration Strategies for Young Offenders Summary: Between 1978 and 1992 the number of juvenile offenders aged under 17 in England and Wales who were removed from home under sentence and sent to institutions such as detention centres, borstals, youth custody institutions or residential Community Homes with Education fell from 14,000 to 1,800. This thesis documents how this significant decarceration came about, and why it has been given little attention in the criminological literature, placing it in context of developments in juvenile justice legislation and practice between 1965 and 1996 and theories of policy change. It suggests that the key development was the funding of charity and voluntary sector organisations to provide Intensive Intermediate Treatment programmes to juvenile courts as an alternative to custody, and the development of a small group of practitioners willing to act as campaigning advocates for young offenders in court. Interviews with key politicians, civil servants, academics and practitioners from this period are used to explore these trends in more detail, and consideration is given to the respective roles of the Home Office and the Department of Health and Social Security and the tensions between them over responsibility for young offenders. The development is then situated within theories and examples of decarceration, deinstitutionalization, abolitionism and reductionism, drawing on attempts to close institutions or to reduce institutionalization in the fields of youth justice, mental health and learning difficulties in the UK and other countries. Alternative explanations of what happened in juvenile justice in England and Wales are considered and challenged. Conclusions are then drawn as to the conditions that are necessary for any decarceration strategy to be successful and sustainable. Details: London: London School of Economics and Political Science, 2012. 524p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 3, 2013 at: http://etheses.lse.ac.uk/238/ Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 129247

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice Title: Transforming the CJS: A Strategy and Action Plan to Reform the Criminal Justice System Summary: There is much that we can be proud of in our criminal justice system (CJS). It is admired and emulated across the world. Its workforce is dedicated and highly skilled and has made a significant contribution to the Government’s deficit reduction programme by developing new and more efficient ways of operating, whilst at the same time delivering a 5% fall in crime in the last year alone. But there are also aspects of the CJS in which we can take rather less pride. It remains cumbersome, there are too many complex procedures and archaic working practices, its use of technology lags behind other public services, and it is still characterised by unacceptable delays, complexity which leads to blurred accountabilities, and huge amounts of time and effort unnecessarily going into straightforward cases. Her Majesty’s Inspectorate of Constabulary’s (HMIC) report Stop the Drift identified 70 rubbing points for a standard domestic burglary case where it was difficult to make progress because one agency or practitioner required information from another and at least seven occasions on which data had to be transferred. For victims and witnesses, despite some improvement in recent years, the CJS can be baffling and frustrating, and their experience all too often falls below the standards they might expect from a modern public service. This Government is committed to transforming criminal justice into a modern public service that provides a swift, determined response to crime, treats victims and witnesses with the care and consideration they deserve, and provides much better value for money to the taxpayer. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2013. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 3, 2013 at: http://www.crimeline.info/uploads/docs/digital2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 129251

Author: Great Britain. Law Commission Title: Hate Crime: The Case for Extending the Existing Offences Summary: This project came to the Law Commission by a reference from the Ministry of Justice, following the Government’s publication of its three-year hate crime action plan in 2012. Our terms of reference ask us to look into: (a) extending the aggravated offences in the Crime and Disorder Act 1998 to include where hostility is demonstrated towards people on the grounds of disability, sexual orientation or gender identity; (b) the case for extending the stirring up of hatred offences under the Public Order Act 1986 to include stirring up of hatred on the grounds of disability or gender identity. As part of this work, we also examine the current sentencing regime applicable to cases where hostility is established, as this already applies to all five groups and involves similar elements to the aggravated offences (though it is applicable to a wider group of offences). In this consultation, we analyse the case for reforming the existing offences to bring greater coherence and protection for all five groups. We ask: •Do existing criminal offences provide adequate protection against the types of wrongdoing occurring against members of the protected groups? •Do the Courts’ existing sentencing powers provide a sufficient response in all cases? •Would extending the offences create uncertainty or have other unintended consequences? Details: London: Law Commission, 2013. 136p. Source: Internet Resource: Consultation Paper No 213: Accessed July 8, 2013 at: http://lawcommission.justice.gov.uk/docs/cp213_hate_crime_amended.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crimes Shelf Number: 129271

Author: Karn, Jacqui Title: Policing and Crime Reduction: The evidence and its implications for practice Summary: The ‘Police Effectiveness in a Changing World’ project was initiated at a time of rapid, fundamental changes both within the police service and beyond. New forms of police accountability, a renewed emphasis on fighting crime alongside substantial cuts in budgets present considerable challenges at a time when globalisation, rapid developments in technology and major changes in the way individuals, families and communities live their lives are substantially changing patterns of crime and victimisation. The role and function of the police is changing accordingly. The police mission has become broader and more complex, embracing functions more commonly associated with other agencies. Yet politicians and the public still expect and demand a police service that focuses on fighting crime. The ‘Police Effectiveness in a Changing World’ project addresses these different challenges by identifying and delivering better police-led approaches to reducing crime. This paper provides the evidence base on which the project will draw. Details: London: The Police Foundation, 2013. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 8, 2013 at: http://www.police-foundation.org.uk/uploads/catalogerfiles/policing-and-crime-reduction/police-foundation-police-effectiveness-report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention (U.K.) Shelf Number: 129274

Author: Great Britain. Parliament. House of Commons. Home Affairs Committee Title: Leadership and Standards in the Police Summary: There are two sides to public perceptions of the police and to the image the police portray to us. Every day, thousands of officers show absolute commitment to their work and go beyond the call of duty to safeguard the public, prevent crime and catch criminals. The speedy and heroic response of officers to the brutal murder of Drummer Lee Rigby on 22 May is a spotlight on the kind of everyday excellence we have come to expect from the police service, attested to by many of our witnesses. This kind of crisis response underlines the deep-rooted faith accorded to the service by the public. Trust in the excellence of British policing is projected on the international stage—the desire to work with British police shown by our colleagues in Romania, on our recent visit to Bucharest, is just one example. We have no doubt that the British police service will continue to shine as one of the most impressive police forces in the world, while maintaining its civilian character and the principle of policing by consent. Behind the reputation, however, there are problems. There is a flip-side to public perceptions of the police prompted by examples of misconduct and criminality within their ranks, including a number of investigations which have come about as a result of historical police failings, such as Operations Yewtree and Elveden, and there is an undercurrent of discontent within the service itself, as reform and spending cuts affect the sense of worth of ordinary officers. The Government has begun a process of fundamental reform of the landscape of institutions that structure British policing. New institutions like the College of Policing and the National Crime Agency (NCA) will be crucial in cutting crime at reduced cost. As Keith Bristow, chief executive of the NCA, told us this is a chance to join up law enforcement, tackle threats more effectively and cut crime. We set out a simplified version of the new division of labour in policing in Annex I. At the same time, however, morale among many police officers has sunk to its lowest ebb in recent memory. A concatenation of crises risks damaging the quality of lawenforcement: public faith in policing has been tested by episodes such as the findings of the Hillsborough Panel Report, the “plebgate” incident, and the first dismissal of a chief constable in 30 years. At the same time, spending cuts have prompted a review of police pay and pensions and a freeze on recruitment which is slowing down efforts to promote diversity and renewal. In addition there has been the use of A19 to require the resignation of service officers with 30 or more years service. When we held our International Conference on Leadership and Standards in the Police on 14 January 2013, over a hundred ordinary officers travelled to London and others wrote to us, many with a message of warning about the future of policing. As many reminded us, policing is a vocation that can sustain officers through all kinds of trials, but there is a limit to what can be asked and waning police morale could have a direct effect on operational effectiveness. The visceral response of many officers to Tom Winsor’s Independent Review of Police Officers’ and Staff Remuneration and Conditions and the London march of more than 30,000 officers on 10 May 2012 were clear demonstrations of discontent. Nor can problems of integrity and morale be addressed easily in a “top-down” fashion. Although the police is a hierarchical organisation, chief constables do not issue orders to be followed to the letter by other officers. The independence of the office of constable means that “policy, law and other forms of direction are refracted through an enduring occupational culture”. Police actions derive from a mix of the professional instincts of officers, the directions of their superiors within a force, the directions of bodies such as the Association of Chief Police Officers (ACPO) and the culture of policing—“police commonsense”. This means that leadership is spread widely across the police service and its ranks and a high degree of independence and responsibility remains with officers at all levels. Team leaders—sergeants and inspectors—have a powerful influence over the effectiveness and integrity of large numbers of officers, but there is little leadership training at sergeant and inspector level. As Nigel Lloyd put it, “whilst people need a driving license to drive and regular training for taser, firearms and unarmed defensive tactics, you can be in charge of a shift of police officers without any formal training whatsoever”. The police officer is the bedrock of enforcement of English Law: a servant of the Crown, sworn into the Office of Constable. The office entails personal responsibility for the protection of life and property, the prevention and detection of crime, the maintenance of law and order and the detection and prosecution of offenders. While the Government has great vision for the new landscape of policing a number of pieces of the policing puzzle are still missing. It is not yet clear what is happening with the Police IT Procurement Company, what exactly the College of Policing is responsible for and where integrity registers, such as the Chief Constables’ register of interests, will be held. The landscape of policing is being redrawn with great potential to benefit the public. However, amidst this change, the Government risks leaving behind one critical element— police officers themselves. For policing to be effective, change must command the support of police officers and build the capabilities of all officers as independent professionals. It must win the backing of police staff (who are not warranted police constables), who are ever-more integral to policing operations. It must also command the support of the public, whose faith in the police is fundamental to their effectiveness. For these objectives to be fulfilled, the Government must match its reform of the institutional landscape of policing with a renewal of the police themselves: a new emphasis on professionalism, integrity and individual responsibility. The College of Policing will be at the heart of that change. There are three areas where the College will be key to developing an effective service: a) Renewing public confidence by setting out a new code of professional conduct, removing grey areas, with inescapable sanctions for misconduct. b) Rebuilding flagging police morale by elevating the craft of policing to a modern profession with an emphasis on the independence and responsibility of each officer. c) Refashioning the make-up of the police force so that it really represents the public, so that the contract of trust which underlies effective policing can be restored. The College of Policing must create a police service more confident in the professional judgement and discretion of individual officers. To do so, it must unify policing standards for the first time, setting out clear metrics of competency and clear principles of good conduct, at every level from constable to chief constable. New national benchmarks must be laid out for recruitment, so that the same level of performance applies across the land. Partnerships with universities must be regularised and rolled out, so their insights can be shared across the service. Grey areas of conduct must be eliminated and a list of those who are struck off must be established to restore faith in officer integrity. Not only will this help the public to have confidence in the police, it must also improve police professional independence. The lack of clarity in conduct cases has led to a quagmire of complaints, which we described in our Report on the IPCC, leaving officers bogged down in standards cases. Too often, officers go through the motions of policing, following standard procedures to cover their backs, where a commonsense approach would be better. With new clarity set out in a code of ethics, and new confidence and authority from professional training, we expect that the College will empower officers to get on with their jobs. Details: London: The Stationery Office Limited, 2013. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Third Report of Session 2013–14: Accessed July 9, 2013 at: http://www.parliament.uk/documents/commons-committees/home-affairs/HC%2067-I%20Leadership%20Report%20FINAL.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 129332

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: A Review of the Criminal Justice System’s Preparedness for Exceptional or Prolonged Public Disorder Summary: This report assesses how the criminal justice system is preparing to deal with the potential of serious, prolonged and widespread disorder associated around controversial parades, the flying of the Union flag, the G8 summit and other significant events which are due to take place in Northern Ireland during the next six months from June 2013. Our history is littered with significant outbreaks of public disorder, which on occasions has verged on anarchy. In response, policing in Northern Ireland has developed a history and tradition for managing the impacts of such violence, and the wider criminal justice system has, to varying degrees, dealt with the eventual consequences. However we are in a different era where successful public sector organisations now invest heavily in developing their strategic planning capability. It is no different for the police, and risk assessment and risk management processes are key influences in developing an overall strategy for dealing with significant events which may result in public disorder. There is an expectation that the strategic planning for such eventualities should be both extensive and up-to-date, and that issues such as capability, capacity and resilience are considered, together with the development of a broad range of contingency plans. This report finds that significant effort is being applied by the Police Service of Northern Ireland (PSNI) in preparation for the forthcoming parading season and specific events. The PSNI has increased its own capacity, and has trained and equipped officers to step up into this specialist activity. In addition, police officers from other parts of the United Kingdom were, at the time of fieldwork, to be deployed in support of the PSNI to deal specifically with the G8 summit. The planning and negotiation required to arrive at this position was extensive and while more work needed to be done prior to the summit, we were satisfied with the progress that had been made. The report highlights the need for an effective response from the wider criminal justice system to support the rule of law and to provide reassurance to the public that the agencies are working together to protect them and deal expeditiously with those who seek to destabilise our society. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2013. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed July 9, 2013 at: Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crowd Control Shelf Number: 129342

Author: Northern Ireland. Department of Justice: Northern Ireland Policing Board Title: Evaluation of Neighbourhood Watch: Final report Summary: The Neighbourhood Watch Steering Group consisting of Police Service of Northern Ireland (PSNI), Northern Ireland Policing Board (NIPB) and Community Safety Unit, Department of Justice (CSU, DOJ), commissioned Perceptive Insight to conduct qualitative research with residents of Neighbourhood Watch Schemes. This work was undertaken alongside quantitative surveys, conducted by the Policing Board’s statisticians who are on long-term loan from the Northern Ireland Statistics and Research Agency (NISRA), to obtain the views of residents, co-ordinators and other stakeholders. A further study was conducted by Dr. John Topping , University of Ulster to map Neighbourhood Watch Schemes across Northern Ireland1. The aim of the research was to assess the views and experiences of residents on the impact and effectiveness of Neighbourhood Watch in relation to the following areas: Reducing crime, the fear of crime and antisocial behaviour; Assisting the local police in detecting crime; Enhancing the relationship between the police and the community and other partner agencies; Promoting community spirit; and How Neighbourhood Watch in Northern Ireland should be developed. The qualitative research consisted of a total of eight focus group discussions with residents and co-ordinators of Neighbourhood Watch schemes. Three in-depth interviews were conducted with each of the organisations responsible for managing Neighbourhood Watch. Overall 1,561 households were included in the sample for the residents’ survey of which 309 residents responded (20% response rate). In addition a second survey was conducted with scheme co-ordinators from which we received 289 responses and stakeholders including NPT (90), DPP (21) and CSP managers (20) from which we received 139 responses (this included 8 who did not provide details of their role). A total of 428 stakeholders and co-ordinators completed the survey. Details: Belfast: Department of Justice, 2012. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 10, 2013 at: http://www.dojni.gov.uk/index/publications/publication-categories/pubs-policing-community-safety/neighbourhood-watch-evaluation-survey.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Crime Prevention Programs Shelf Number: 129360

Author: Freel, R. Title: The Night-Time Economy: Findings from the 2009/10 and 2010/11 Northern Ireland Crime Surveys Summary: Respondents to the Northern Ireland Crime Survey (NICS) were asked about their perceptions and experiences of visiting their local high street or town centre in the evening to socialise. This might include going to pubs, clubs, restaurants, cinemas, theatres or concerts, meeting up with friends or attending community events and, within the context of the NICS, is referred to as the "night-time economy" (NTE). Over half of both NICS 2009/10 (53%) and 2010/11 (55%) respondents stated that they had not visited the night-time economy in the month preceding interview, with the most commonly cited reason being that they didn't really need or want to go (NICS 2009/10; 77% and NICS 2010/11; 84%). Findings from NICS 2010/11 suggest a relationship between frequency of visits to the night-time economy and age of the respondent, with younger age groups more likely than older age groups to socialise at least once per week (aged 16-24; 40% aged 75 plus; 3%). When age and gender are considered jointly, it is apparent that young men aged between 16 and 24 (50%) were most likely to frequent the NTE displaying a rate almost four times that of the NICS 2010/11 average (13%). NICS 2010/11 results also show a statistically significant increase since 2009/10 in the proportion of respondents who felt "very safe" (from 26% to 30%) and a subsequent decrease in those who felt a bit unsafe(15% to 11%) when socialising in their town centres in the evening. Over a third of respondents (38% in 2009/10; 37% in 2010/11) claimed that the presence of CCTV in the night-time economy made them feel safer whilst 16% of NICS 2009/10 respondents and 14% of NICS 2010/11 respondents were not aware of any CCTV cameras in their town centre. The most common method of transportation usually made for getting home from the NTE was public transport (43% in NICS 2009/10 and 45% in NICS 2010/11) which includes taxis, buses and trains. Findings show a statistically significant reduction in the proportion of NICS respondents who felt a bit unsafe whilst waiting for public transport in the NTE, falling from 23% in 2009/10 to 19% in 2010/11. Around two-fifths of NICS respondents considered people drinking or being drunk in public as the single most serious problem within the night-time economy (40% in 2009/10 and 38% in 2010/11). Over two-thirds of respondents felt that alcohol-related anti-social behaviour (ASB) is a very or fairly big problem in the NTE (69% in NICS 2009/10 and 67% in NICS 2010/11). Results from both sweeps of the survey show that around a third of respondents felt alcohol-related ASB had increased during the previous 12 months (33% in NICS 2009/10 and 31% in NICS 2010/11), with less than a tenth (7% and 8% respectively) of the opinion that the problem had decreased. Details: Belfast: Northern Ireland Department of Justice, Statistics and Research Branch, 2012. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Research and Statistical Bulletin 3/2012: Accessed July 11, 2013 at: http://www.dojni.gov.uk/index/statistics-research/stats-research-publications/northern-ireland-crime-survey-s-r/nics-2009-10-2010-11-night-time-economy-bulletin.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics (Northern Ireland, U.K.) Shelf Number: 129364

Author: Bryan, Mark Title: Drug-related Crime Summary: We provide a critical discussion of the concept drug-related crime and review methods for estimating its volume, emphasising the importance of an appropriately defined counterfactual. We then construct new estimates for England and Wales in 2003-6, combining data from the Arrestee Survey and Offending Crime and Justice Survey to ensure adequate coverage of prolific offenders/drug users and non-household residents, who are under-represented in household surveys. We find, first, that the volume of drug-induced acquisitive crime linked to heroin use is high, but there is no significant evidence of violent crime linked directly to heroin use. Second, we find no evidence at all of any drug-induced crime committed by people who use cannabis (but not heroin or cocaine). Third, we find evidence that supplying cannabis leads to a small volume of crime. The mechanisms linking cannabis supply to criminal activity merit further investigation. Details: Colchester, UK: Institute for Social and Economic Research, University of Essex, 2013. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: ISER Working Paper Series, No. 2013-08: Accessed July 11, 2013 at: https://www.iser.essex.ac.uk/publications/working-papers/iser/2013-08.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 129367

Author: Aliverti, Ana Title: Immigration Offences: Trends in Legislation and Criminal and Civil Enforcement Summary: This briefing analyses immigration offences in British immigration and asylum legislation, and trends in legislation and in criminal and civil enforcement against offenders. The briefing deals specifically with violations of the laws governing the UK system of immigration control and with enforcement of those laws in criminal and civil courts. It does not discuss data on crimes committed by migrants that do not involve the immigration system itself, such as thefts committed by migrants. Details: Oxford, UK: The Migration Observatory, University of Oxford, 2013. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Briefing: Accessed July 11, 2013 at: http://www.migrationobservatory.ox.ac.uk/sites/files/migobs/Briefing%20-%20Immigration%20Offences_0.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Immigrants and Crime Shelf Number: 129370

Author: Hewitt, Anthony Title: Report on Substance Misuse Treatment in the Prisons of Northern Ireland Summary: This report is designed to inform the wider review of the Northern Ireland Prison Service, specifically in regard to the area of substance misuse treatment. It assumes a familiarity with the Northern Ireland prisons, with substance misuse and associated interventions, and specifically with good practice guidance on substance misuse interventions in prison. The findings have been informed by visits to the three prisons, interviews with a range of relevant stakeholders (see list at end), examination of strategy and policy, and consideration of operational and clinical protocols and pathways. The timescale involved did not permit interviewing uniformed staff or prisoners and the report does not specifically deal with measures to monitor or reduce the supply of drugs in prison. Details: Belfast: Northern Ireland Prison Service, 2011. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 13, 2013 at: http://www.prisonreviewni.gov.uk/report_on_substance_misuse_treatment_in_the_prisons_of_northern_ireland_-_review_undertaken_by_anthony_hewitt_march_2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse Treatment Shelf Number: 129383

Author: Knopwood, David Title: Operation Newgreen - West Yorkshire Police Summary: On 5th October 2012 Operation Yewtree was established by the Metropolitan Police Service to investigate allegations of sexual abuse committed by the late Sir James Savile. Since that date, West Yorkshire Police (WYP) has worked with Operation Yewtree to investigate these allegations and support the victims of Savile’s abuse. On 7th November 2012 the Home Secretary commissioned Her Majesty’s Inspectorate of Constabulary (HMIC) to conduct a review to assess the police knowledge of and response to the historical allegations made against Savile and related individuals between 1964 and 2012. West Yorkshire Police fully cooperated with that review, which resulted in the publication of the HMIC report “Mistakes were made”. In line with that report and comments from the Crown Prosecution Service, WYP has considered how best to consider the status of the allegations of those who have reported them. On the basis of recent assessments, there appears to be a general acceptance that Savile was a prolific sex offender and a paedophile, but he was never convicted of any offence during his lifetime. Although mindful of that fact, we have nevertheless taken the decision to refer to his “crimes” and “offending” rather than his “alleged allegations made against Savile have not been and never will be tested in a criminal law court. However, the substantial number of victims who have come forward, apparently unknown to one another for the most part, is an indication of a pattern of criminal behaviour by Savile that overwhelmingly suggests, if alive, he would have many cases to answer. There are currently 76 crimes involving 68 victims committed in the West Yorkshire area relating to Savile. None of these cases were previously reported to WYP prior to Savile's death. It is a stark and shocking fact that there are over 214 crimes nationally relating to Savile with only five coming to light during Savile's lifetime. There is no doubt that police forces made mistakes in relation to sharing and keeping information relating to Savile so no single clear picture of his offending could be made. As Savile’s home police force, WYP would have been the obvious place to collect all such information, but investigation has shown that much of the available information during Savile’s lifetime was never shared with WYP and when it was WYP, did not connect the events to recognise a potential pattern of offending. We must do everything we can to understand why that was, to ensure it does not happen again. Whilst victim care remains the focus, the investigation and review by West Yorkshire Police has also examined in detail the relationship WYP had with Savile. To conduct this investigation, Operation Newgreen was established comprising of a dedicated investigation team, to review all past contact between WYP and Savile. Each matter identified through this process has been investigated in detail to provide a thorough understanding of each. Details: Wakefield, UK: West Yorkshire Police, 2013. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 13, 2013 at: http://www.westyorkshire.police.uk/sites/default/files/files/reports/savilereportfinalwyp.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Jimmy Savile Shelf Number: 129385

Author: Vine, John Title: A Thematic Inspection of How the UK Border Agency Manages Foreign National Prisoners Summary: 1. The UK Border Agency is responsible for deciding, in accordance with the law, whether foreign national prisoners should be deported from the UK. Where deportation is being considered, it also decides whether a person should be detained at the end of their prison sentence or released into the community with a requirement to report to the Agency if deportation has not occurred prior to the end of the prison sentence. This inspection assessed the effectiveness and efficiency of the Agency in managing foreign national prisoners. 2. Between 2007 and 2010, a total of 20,360 foreign national prisoners were deported from the UK. In 2010, 5,235 foreign national prisoners were deported. More than 2,500 (49 per cent) of these left the UK under a Facilitated Returns Scheme, which provided a cost-effective method of deportation. Greater emphasis had been placed on this scheme by the Agency with 19 per cent more foreign national prisoners deported than in 2009. A proportion of these people had been deported prior to the end of their custodial sentence under an Early Removal Scheme with consequent reduction in the cost of detention. 3. There was evidence of some good practice in decision-making with case owners proactively obtaining information from other public service agencies to ensure that decisions reflected all available evidence. However, the Agency had also made decisions to deport before foreign national prisoners had sufficient chance to make representations and, in five cases of our file sample, decisions to deport had been taken without the reasons being provided to the foreign national prisoner. 4. We found a significant disparity between the Agency’s and the courts’ interpretation of whether a foreign national prisoner should be entitled to remain in the UK on human rights grounds. Between March and December 2010, the Agency’s decisions to deport had been overturned in 425 cases by the First-Tier Tribunal – the overwhelming majority on human rights grounds. This contrasted with figures showing 151 foreign national prisoners being granted permission to remain on initial consideration by the Agency. In the 12 months to February 2011, 32 per cent of appeals lodged by foreign national prisoners against deportation had been successful. 5. There were a growing number of people whom the Agency had decided to deport, but had not done so, primarily because of difficulties in enforcing returns to particular countries, including the availability of travel documents. In 52 cases of our file sample (39%) the foreign national prisoner had yet to be deported. In May 2011 there were 3,775 foreign national prisoners in the community who had not been removed at the end of their custodial sentence. There was consistent awareness by staff and managers of the difficulties in obtaining travel documents, but no evidence that the issues and timescales were factored systematically into the handling of each case. 6. The Agency continues to rely on accurate referral of foreign national prisoners from prisons and the courts. Work had taken place to reduce the risks of incorrect referrals although the Agency was still seeking to locate 12 people who had been released directly from court or who had not been referred correctly. 7. By January 2011, over 1,600 foreign national prisoners were detained under immigration powers at the end of their custodial sentence, pending deportation. The average length of detention had increased from 143 days in February 2010 to 190 days in January 2011, and 27 per cent of all foreign national prisoners who were detained after their custodial sentence had been detained for longer than 12 months. 8. The Agency’s policy presumes the release of foreign national prisoners at the end of their sentence subject to an assessment of the risk they pose to the public and the risk of absconding. However, foreign national prisoners had remained in detention in 94 out of 97 cases sampled (97 per cent), where they had completed their sentence and where deportation was being pursued. Release needed to be authorised at senior Board level, in contrast to a decision to detain, which could be taken by lower management. 9. There was genuine fear and reluctance to release, given the potential implications of a foreign national prisoner committing a further offence, but no evidence that a detailed assessment of the risk of reoffending had taken place in each case. There was also a disparity between the number of people released from detention by the Agency and the number released on bail by the courts. Between February 2010 and January 2011, the Agency released 109 foreign national prisoners from detention compared with 1,102 released on bail by the courts. 10. The Agency had increased the amount of contact with foreign national prisoners who were serving their custodial sentence. However, there were no minimum standards for the level of contact that case owners should have, and consequently there were variations in practice. The Agency had not carried out an assessment to determine whether greater contact would be beneficial in terms of timeliness or accuracy of decision-making. 11. The standard of file management varied, with some containing documents arranged in a logical order, while others lacked information explaining actions that had been taken. In 11 of the cases sampled (8 per cent), information relating to people other than the foreign national prisoner was held on file with no explanation as to why this had happened. In addition, there was a risk that data obtained for foreign nationals who had been acquitted of an offence would be retained unlawfully in the absence of a clear retention or destruction policy. 12. The Agency received 144 complaints from foreign national prisoners between February 2010 and January 2011; the overwhelming majority relating to the standard of service provided by the Agency, and 31 of these had been substantiated. There was an inconsistent understanding amongst staff of what constituted a complaint, with the risk that some complaints were not being identified. Senior managers received feedback on the nature of complaints, although we found no evidence of specific operational changes that had occurred as a result. 13. The Agency routinely monitored the number of foreign national prisoners deported, the number detained following completion of their sentence and the length of detention. It had assessed the likely numbers and costs of foreign national prisoners remaining in detention or living in the community, and monitored risks at senior Board level. 14. Staff changes arising from measures to reduce costs were being introduced with a likely short-term drop in the number of deportations as new staff received training. Details: London: Independent Chief Inspector of the UK Border Agency, 2011. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 13, 2013 at: Independent Chief Inspector of the UK Border Agency Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Offenders, Foreign Nationals Shelf Number: 129386

Author: Brogden, Mike Title: Abuse of Adult Males in Intimate Partner Relationships in Northern Ireland Summary: 1. The study revealed that the experiences of male victims in Northern Ireland were similar to those reported in studies in other local jurisdictions. Male respondents reported a variety of abuse – from emotional to serious physical assault, including occasional serious sexual assaults by their female partner. 2. Male partner experiences were similar to those reported in cognate studies. Nearly all respondents considered that the emotional effects of abuse were the most serious. 3. What is absent from other studies is the recognition that such abuse may be continued into extra-familial domains – respondents were particular concerned about their experience with the legal process and consequences in relation to their employment and to their accommodation. 4. Most studies fail to reveal the various devices that male respondents utilise to cope with or to manage the abuse. A variety of such strategies were noted – from physical exercise to deliberate absence from home. Such solitary coping strategies were invariably unsuccessful. 5. Unique to males is the effect of patriarchal images on the question of reporting. Traditional images of masculinity appeared to be the primary reason for the failure of the respondents to report injuries to friends, and to voluntary and statutory agencies. 6. As in other studies, a minority of men attempted to utilise the available support agencies. Experiences were mixed, although the respondents universally proffered the view that reporting to the police would produce unsupportive reactions. The male respondents also argued that a similar lack of support was found within other institutions, legal process and from the legal professions. The respondents also held the view that this was in contrast to the support that reports of female victimisation would elicit. 7. There were a limited number of respondents in same-sex relationships and consequently evidence of gay victimisation in partner relations was limited. However, the small number who did participate reported similar experiences to men in abusive heterosexual relationships. Details: Belfast: Equality Research & Information - Northern Ireland Statistics and Research Agency, 2004. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2013 at: http://www.equality.nisra.gov.uk/Abuse%20of%20Adult%20Males%20in%20Relationships.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Abused Men (Northern Ireland) Shelf Number: 129407

Author: Annison, Rachel Title: In the Dock: Examining the UK's Criminal Justice Response to Trafficking Summary: In the Dock is The Anti-Trafficking Monitoring Group’s (ATMG) third report. The ATMG continues its unique task of monitoring and evaluating the UK’s performance in implementing the Council of Europe Convention on Action against Trafficking in Human Beings and the EU Directive 2011/36/EU on preventing and combating trafficking in human beings and protecting its victims. This report examines the effectiveness of trafficking investigations and prosecutions through the UK Criminal Justice System (CJS) in terms of law, policy and practice. In particular, the report focuses on: • Obstacles that impede an effective criminal justice response to trafficking; • The UK’s ability to ensure its obligations to protect trafficked persons participating in criminal proceedings; • Adherence to the requirement not to criminalise trafficked persons; and • Presenting examples of good practice from within the UK and abroad wherever possible. The ATMG was pleased to find examples of localised good practice and outstanding work by the police, prosecutors and judges that led to trafficking convictions. We found that successful trafficking prosecutions are commonly linked to areas where specialism is developed within the police and other criminal justice actors, or where multi-agency and international partnerships were put into place. The research found that such examples were often the product of individual efforts, dedication and deeper understanding of the problem. Unfortunately, these excellent examples do not represent the situation overall in the UK, as the CJS is yet to develop an efficient response to trafficking that tackles this egregious crime as a priority. The ATMG concludes that the UK is at risk of losing the fight against human trafficking unless it urgently develops a systematic criminal justice response. In particular, the ATMG is concerned that: 1. Human trafficking is not a policing priority despite the Government’s commitment to make the UK a hostile environment for traffickers; 2. There is no unified law against human trafficking in the statute books, often leaving criminal justice actors uncertain about how to identify the crime and prosecute traffickers; 3. Despite the steady increase in the number of potential trafficked persons identified, the number of traffickers punished for trafficking offences has decreased; 4. In comparison, evidence suggests that many trafficked persons are prosecuted for crimes they were compelled to commit while their traffickers enjoy impunity; 5. The impact of trafficking on victims is often misunderstood by criminal justice actors, resulting in inappropriate responses that hamper the trafficked persons’ ability to act as a witness and may potentially cause them further harm. Details: London: Anti-Trafficking Monitoring Group, 2013. 162p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2013 at: http://www.ecpat.org.uk/sites/default/files/in_the_dock_atmg_2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Trafficking Shelf Number: 129417

Author: Kelly, Elaine Title: Policing Cannabis and Drug Related Hospital Admissions: Evidence from Administrative Records Summary: We evaluate the impact of a policing experiment that depenalized the possession of small quantities of cannabis in the London borough of Lambeth, on hospital admissions related to illicit drug use. To do so, we exploit administrative records on individual hospital admissions classied by ICD-10 diagnosis codes. These records allow the construction of a quarterly panel data set by London borough running from 1997 to 2009 to estimate the short and long run impacts of the depenalization policy unilaterally introduced in Lambeth between 2001 and 2002. We nd the depenalization of cannabis had signicant longer term impacts on hospital admissions related to the use of hard drugs, raising raising hospital admission rates for men by between 40 and 100% of their pre-policy baseline levels. Among Lambeth residents, the impacts are concentrated among men in younger age cohorts, and among those with no prior history of hospitalization related to illicit drug or alcohol use. The dynamic impacts across cohorts vary in prole with some cohorts experiencing hospitalization rates remaining above pre-intervention levels six years after the depenalization policy is introduced. We nd evidence of smaller but signicant positive spillover eects in hospitalization rates related to hard drug use among residents in boroughs neighboring Lambeth, and these are again concentrated among younger cohorts without prior histories of hospitalizations related to illicit drug or alcohol use. We combine these estimated impacts on hospitalization rates with estimates on how the policy impacted the severity of hospital admissions to provide a lower bound estimate of the public health cost of the depenalization policy. Details: Unpublished paper, 2012. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 17, 2013 at: http://www.homepages.ucl.ac.uk/~uctpimr/research/health.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Decriminalization Shelf Number: 129420

Author: Rasul, Imran Title: Crime and the Depenalization of Cannabis Possession: Evidence from a Policing Experiment Summary: We evaluate the impact on crime of a localized policing experiment that depenalized the possession of small quantities of cannabis in the London borough of Lambeth. Theory suggests such a policy will: (i) impact the size of the market for cannabis in Lambeth as well as neighboring boroughs as drug users move to Lambeth to purchase cannabis; (ii) allow the police to reallocate effort towards other types of crime. We investigate whether such changing crime patterns are observed during and after the depenalization policy is introduced in Lambeth using administrative records on criminal offences by drug type, by specific drug offences that proxy demand and supply side criminal activities, and for seven types of non-drug crime. We find that depenalization in Lambeth led to an increase in cannabis possession offences that persisted well after the policy experiment ended. Half of the increase is attributable to drugs tourism into Lambeth from neighboring boroughs after depenalization. We find little evidence that the policy caused the police to reallocate effort towards Class-A drug crime, rather the evidence suggests the police in Lambeth reallocate their effort towards non-drug crime: there are significant reductions in five non-drug crime types, and significant improvements in police effectiveness against such crimes as measured by arrest and clear-up rates. These nuanced results provide new insights for the current policy debate on the regulation of illicit drugs markets. Details: London: University College London, 2011. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed July 17, 2013 at: http://www.ucl.ac.uk/~uctpimr/research/depenalization.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Decriminalization Shelf Number: 129421

Author: Muir, Rick Title: Tomorrow’s Prisons: Designing the future prison estate Summary: With much of the prison estate far too old to meet modern needs, there is an urgent need for fresh thinking about what we do in our prisons – and how they should be designed to facilitate those objectives. This project, of which this paper is the first output, aims to provide such new thinking by setting out a challenging but achievable agenda for change. We see two alternative futures for the prison estate: •We can continue on our present course, expanding the estate by building ever larger prisons based on standard designs. This might seem like the politically safer course, but it is a highly costly one and will do little to address the challenges identified. •We can embrace an ambitious but practical agenda of prison modernisation, which would create a more diverse range of penal institutions that are smaller, locally rooted, specialised and focused on rehabilitating prisoners. The report sets the scene for the second phase of the project, which will set out in detail what that alternative scenario could look like and how the political, financial and practical challenges to it can be overcome. Details: London: Institute for Public Policy Research, 2010. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 18, 2013 at: http://www.ippr.org.uk/images/media/files/publication/2011/05/Tomorrows_prisons_web_1789.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternative to Incarceration Shelf Number: 129448

Author: Gossop, Michael Title: After Five Years: The National Treatment Outcome Research Study: Changes in substance use, health and criminal behaviour during the five years after intake Summary: Drug misuse and drug dependence are major problems for individuals and for society. They lead to serious unhappiness and illnesses for individuals, and necessitate vast expenditure from society to respond to the associated health and crime problems. Finding effective responses to such problems is a priority. One of the enduring myths about the addictions is that treatments for these disorders are ineffective. This myth persists despite a vast and increasing body of evidence to the contrary. The NTORS project was established to gather information in this country about the treatment outcomes of a large sample of drug misusers who had been treated within the existing national system of treatment services. This report presents a concise, non-technical summary of the implementation of the study and focuses on the headline findings at 5-years. Details: London: National Addiction Center, 2001. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 18, 2013 at: http://www.addictiontoday.org/addictiontoday/files/ntors_5.pdf Year: 2001 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction (U.K.) Shelf Number: 129453

Author: Mawby, Rob C. Title: Probation Workers and their Occupational Cultures Summary: This report presents key findings from a study of probation cultures funded by the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC grant reference: RES-000-22-3979) and facilitated by the Probation Chiefs Association (PCA)1. The study began in April 2010 and its main aims were to identify some of the characteristics of contemporary probation cultures and to examine how probation workers construct their occupational identities. During the course of the fieldwork we interviewed sixty former and current probation workers across England and Wales and we gratefully acknowledge their contribution to this work. We have anonymised the participants in the text that follows, using four acronyms: (1) ‘PWs’ are current probation service officers, probation officers and senior probation officers (n = 26); (2) ‘TPOs’ are trainee probation officers (n = 10); (3) ‘COs’ are chief officer grades, namely assistant chief officers and chief executive officers (n = 16); and (4) ‘FPWs’ are former and retired probation workers (n = 8). Details: Leicester, UK: University of Leicester, Department of Criminology, 2011. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 18, 2013 at: http://www2.le.ac.uk/departments/criminology/documents/Final_report_Nov_2011%20-17%20Nov%202011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Probation Officers (U.K.) Shelf Number: 129457

Author: Howard League for Penal Reform Title: Life Outside: Collective Identity, Collection Exclusion Summary: Much of the subsequent debate has singled out the involvement of children and young people in the looting and violence, although in reality the age range and backgrounds of those convicted in the courts have been considerably more diverse than was initially suspected. The debate has split in part over an emphasis on the criminal justice response to be made, and partly over an emphasis on causes. While not developed with these terrible events in mind, Life Outside makes a contribution to both aspects of this debate. Life Outside is the second substantive policy report to be produced from participation with children and young people in the criminal justice system as part of U R Boss, a five year project supported by the Big Lottery Fund. The first report, Life Inside, explored the experience of teenage boys in prison. This report picks up the story after children and young people leave custody. Taken together, the two reports spell out the failures of our current approach to youth justice. The youth justice system, dealing with children under the age of 18, has received a great deal of investment and the last Labour government introduced a network of youth offending teams up and down the country, as well as sentencing innovations such as the Detention and Training Order. Child custody numbers duly exploded and interventions previously rooted in the welfare system became increasingly punitive and linked to a culture of compliance and control that pays little heed to the chaotic nature of these young people’s lives, and which has little or no purchase over the deep and complex social problems which form the underlying causes of youth crime. Unsurprisingly, reoffending rates among children remain the highest of any age group in the penal system. The young people we spoke to make clear why the various stages of life after custody are all too often opportunities to fail, rather than a sure pathway to success. Much of what they told us confirmed the Howard League’s longstanding view that the funding directed into the youth justice system would be better directed into a welfare approach, and that downward pressure should be exerted on the system through measures such as raising the minimum age of criminal responsibility. What the young people we spoke to particularly emphasised, however, was the issue of identity and the way in which the current system sets out to reinforce the feelings of disenfranchisement and detachment from society that erodes these children’s hopes of a positive future. At its very foundation, the youth justice system is predicated on mistaken assumptions that doom those within its ambit from the very start. And the relevance of this to the public debate now raging? The collective exclusion that young people feel may well have played its part in why disorder flared on the streets of London and elsewhere this summer. But we would be wise to think twice before perpetuating responses that simply serve to exacerbate that exclusion and which fail to unpick the reasons why young people commit crime in the first place. Details: London: Howard League for Penal Reform, 2011. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2013 at: http://www.urboss.org.uk/downloads/publications/HL_Life_outside.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Aftercare Shelf Number: 129464

Author: Howard League for Penal Reform Title: On Our Side? Young People and the Police: Can the police and crime commissioners lead the way for change? Summary: U R Boss is the Howard League’s youth participation project for young people in the criminal justice system. We work with young people to tackle their concerns through legal support and policy and campaigning work. • We have worked with young people across the country who have had varying levels of contact with the police. Participation work has been carried out with young people’s community groups, youth offending teams (YOTs) and young people who are currently or have been in prison. There have been common attitudes, opinions and concerns amongst all the young people we have worked with. • U R Boss has highlighted a number of serious concerns about the police. Some young people find that the police are seen as not caring about young people and some young people experience racism or serious bad practice. Young people are also concerned about being identified as ‘the usual suspects’ and experience inappropriate and intrusive stop and search practices. • We want to improve the purpose and quality of interactions between young people and the police, built on a base of mutual respect. Key to improving relationships is the need for regular and meaningful engagement with young people. • The landscape for policing is changing dramatically with the introduction of Police and Crime Commissioners (PCCs). This is a unique opportunity to make sure community voices, especially those of young people in contact with the criminal justice system, are heard, listened to and acted on to improve practice. • As gatekeepers for much of the criminal justice system, the police occupy a unique position to use their discretion, innovation and intelligence-led policing to use more direct and proportionate responses. A time of austerity and forces facing cuts to their budgets offers an opportunity to reassess the most effective way that resources can be used. • We are asking local PCC candidates to pledge to consult with young people in contact with the criminal justice system when developing their police and crime plans. • We are working with police at all levels to improve practice in their contact with young people. During the campaign, we are building on this by working with young people to identify and collate examples of good practice in policing. After the elections we will offer to work with successful candidates to develop meaningful ways of consulting young people and embed good practice. Details: London: Howard League for Penal Reform, 2012. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2013 at: http://www.urboss.org.uk/downloads/publications/On_our_Side_FULL_document.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 129465

Author: Lewis, Hannah Title: Precarious Lives: Asylum seekers and refugees' experiences of forced labour Summary: The overall aim of this research is to gain an in-depth understanding of the experiences of forced labour among asylum seekers and refugees (AS/R) based in England. This new evidence base will contribute to ongoing academic and policy debates on the causes of, and solutions to, forced labour in the UK among AS/R. The research focuses on a group of migrants whose susceptibility to forced labour in the UK remains under researched ie AS/R. Whilst it has been widely recognised that the lives of many AS/R are characterised by high unemployment, poverty, social exclusion and destitution there is no robust research documenting their experiences of forced labour and the reasons why they may be engaged in it, despite much anecdotal evidence that AS/R are touched by forced labour. The concept of precarity (ie lived experiences that are characterised by uncertainty and instability) will be used to help understand the key factors and processes that render AS/R vulnerable to forced labour. A range of qualitative methods will be used from socio-legal mapping, interviews with key informants working with agencies and in-depth semi-structured interviews with AS/R themselves. Findings will be disseminated to policy makers, users and academic and migrant audiences. Details: Leeds, UK: University of Leeds, 2013. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 22, 2013 at: http://precariouslives.files.wordpress.com/2013/07/precarious_lives_main_report_2-7-13.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Asylum Seekers (U.K.) Shelf Number: 129483

Author: Smeaton, Emilie Title: Running from hate to what you think is love: The relationship between running away and child sexual exploitation Summary: Since the 1990s research focused on running away, child sexual exploitation (CSE) and youth homelessness has documented that an intrinsic relationship exists between running away and CSE. A review of this research literature (Smeaton, 2011)1 reveals that: - None of the research projects addressing running away have explored the issue of CSE in depth. A 2009 study (Smeaton, 2009) exploring the experiences of particularly vulnerable and marginalised young people who become detached from parents and carers for four weeks or more offers the most in-depth exploration of the relationship between running away and CSE. However, these findings cannot be applied to all young people who run away. - While sexual exploitation is experienced by some children and young people who run away, research findings suggest that the majority of young runaways do not experience CSE. - The limited evidence relating to practice responses to young people who run away suggest that, while there are examples of good practice, because of the challenges involved in working with young people who experience both running away and CSE, it can be difficult to achieve positive outcomes. - Previous research has started to explore the relationship between running away and CSE but there is need for research that explicitly explores this relationship. In recognition of this gap in learning, Barnardo's and Paradigm Research developed a proposal to undertake an action research study to address the relationship between running away and CSE in England, which was funded by Comic Relief. This report presents our findings. Details: Ilford, UK: Barnardos, 2013. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 23, 2013 at: http://www.barnardos.org.uk/15505_cse_running_from_hate_2l_web.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 129497

Author: Roberts, Colin Title: Understanding Who Commits Hate Crime and Why They Do It Summary: This study was commissioned by the Welsh Government to explore and assess what is known about the perpetrators of hate crimes and their motivations. By providing a critical analysis of the existing research evidence-base in this area, the study contributes to a more comprehensive and informed understanding of this kind of offending in order to improve policy and practice responses to it. Based upon a detailed review of the literature in terms of what is known about hate crime offenders and offending nationally and internationally, it is intended that the findings should frame and steer subsequent more detailed empirical analysis of hate crime data. The available data shows that of the 43,748 hate crimes recorded by the police in England and Wales in 2011/12: • 35,816 (82%) were race hate crimes; • 1,621 (4%) were religious/belief hate crimes; • 4,252 (10%) were sexual orientation hate crimes; • 1,744 (4%) were disability hate crimes; and • 315 (1%) were transgender hate crimes. In that year, there were 1,809 hate crimes recorded in Wales with a broadly similar pattern of offences: • 1,368 (76%) were race hate crimes; • 54 (3%) were religious/belief hate crimes; • 244 (13%) were sexual orientation hate crimes; • 122 (8%) were disability hate crimes; and • 21 (1%) were transgender hate crimes. Reflecting the harm associated with crimes of this type over the past two decades or so, there has been a rapid growth in the amount of policy and research attention paid to it as an issue. A significant proportion of this work has focused upon victims and victim perspectives. Far less research has been conducted into those responsible for causing harm to the victims. Details: Merthyr Tydfil, Wales: Welsh Government Social Research, 2013. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Social Research, No. 38/2013: Accessed July 24, 2013 at: http://wales.gov.uk/docs/caecd/research/130711-understanding-who-commits-hate-crime-and-why-they-do-it-en.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias Motivated Crimes Shelf Number: 129498

Author: Independent Drugs Commission for Brighton & Hove Title: Independent Drugs Commission for Brighton & Hove Report Summary: There are an estimated 60,255 people in Brighton & Hove who have used illegal drugs. This represents 36% of all adults. The figures are extrapolated from the nationwide British Crime Survey – last conducted in 2011/12 - that reports on the percentage of adults (aged 16-59). Around a quarter of these ‘lifetime users’ report using in the last year, and one eighth report using in the last month. The most popular illegal drug, as in all areas of the country, is cannabis. There is also widespread use of heroin, cocaine and amphetamines, with recent increases in the use of a wide range of new psychoactive substances, some illegal and some not controlled under the Misuse of Drugs Act. It is important to remember that alcohol remains the most widely used psychoactive substance. A study conducted in 2010 identified just over 2,000 heroin and cocaine users in the city who could be identified as problem drug users – i.e. that they were dependent on one or more drugs, or were experiencing health or social problems, or were committing crimes, related to their drug use. This figure does not include those experiencing problems with drugs other than heroin or cocaine. A total of 1,442 individuals attended treatment services in the city in the financial year 2011-12. The main problem drugs reported by this group were heroin, crack cocaine, powder cocaine, and cannabis. The age profile is spread from teenagers to people in their 50s, but in general opiate and cocaine users were an older cohort than users of other drugs. The majority of treatment clients were male (71%) and white (89%). Drug related deaths have been high in Brighton & Hove, but with signs of a recent reducing trend. 50 residents of the city died in this way in 2009, but this figure had reduced to 35 in 2010, and early indications are that this reducing trend is being continued through 2011 and 2012. There are indications that this welcome decline is arising from positive action by local services in response to recommendations in coroners’ reports. Sussex police made 760 arrests for drug offences in Brighton & Hove in the financial year 2011/12. Just over half of these were for possession offences, around 40% were for supply or importation, and 5% were for production. Details: Brighton, UK: The Commission, 2013. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 24, 2013 at: http://www.safeinthecity.info/sites/safeinthecity.info/files/sitc/IDC%20draft%20recommendations.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 129500

Author: Weightman, John Title: ‘Slopping out?’ A report on the lack of in-cell sanitation in Her Majesty’s Prisons in England and Wales Summary: The age-old practice of ‘slopping out’ - referred to at the time by penal reform groups as the ‘single most degrading element of imprisonment this century’ 2 - was officially brought to an end on Friday April 12 1996. On that day, the last plastic pot was ceremoniously discarded at Armley Prison in Leeds, West Yorkshire. Flushing lavatories were then, apparently, installed for all. This heralded the end of queues of men and women to empty their pots of waste in the sluice rooms. There would be no more stench and no packages of excrement lobbed out of windows: an attempt to make the atmosphere within the cell bearable to the detriment of that in the grounds. However, this report found the following: • In-cell Sanitation does not exist in some 2000 prison cells across 10 prisons • An electronic unlocking system exists in these prisons but excessive queuing and limited access time cause further unplanned problems. • The use of buckets continues at night-time causing the practice of slopping out to continue, despite the formal termination of this system some 14 years ago. • There are particularly serious concerns where elderly and disabled prisoners are placed in these cells. • There is evidence that some prisons cope with the management of this issue better than others. • In many instances, the night sanitation system is unreliable and frequent breakdowns are reported. Details: London: Independent Monitoring Boards, 2010. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 24, 2013 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/prison-probation-inspection-monitoring/In-Cell_Sanitation_Report_V2_Aug_10.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prison Sanitation Shelf Number: 129506

Author: Dugan, Emily Title: Forced Labour and Human Trafficking: Media Coverage in 2012 Summary: The press identified significantly fewer victims of forced labour than the official figures. This analysis of media coverage of forced labour in 2012 gives insight into how many victims of forced labour there are in the UK and shows trends in human trafficking and forced labour. ◾Analysis of 2,770 media articles captured by LexisNexis in 2012 found 263 victims of forced labour and human trafficking were identified by the UK media in Britain last year. ◾The press identified significantly fewer victims than the official figures. The United Kingdom Human Trafficking Centre (UKHTC) found 1,186 potential victims of forced labour and trafficking in 2012. ◾Gaps in newspaper reporting often reflect gaps in law enforcement; the sources of articles are often court cases or tip-offs from the police or other officials. This paper analyses 2,770 articles captured by LexisNexis in 2012. Details: York, UK: Joseph Rowntree Foundation, 2013. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2013 at: http://www.jrf.org.uk/sites/files/jrf/forced-labour-media-coverage-full.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Forced Labor (U.K.) Shelf Number: 129514

Author: Wilkinson, Katherine Title: An Evaluation of The Prison Radio Association's Activity: Final Report Year 1. The West Midlands Prison Radio Taster Project Summary: The Prison Radio Association (PRA) was set up in 2005 and achieved charitable status in 2006. The PRA continues to contribute to the reduction of re-offending by capitalising on the opportunity prison provides to stop people offending for good. The Association is committed to the ways in which prison radio can provide a unique and innovative way to engage offenders (regardless of age, ethnic origin, gender or faith) in education; particularly those hard to reach offenders disenfranchised by the educational system. The PRA currently works with over 40 prisons across England and Wales. In 2007, the Prison Radio Association and partners developed a two week taster course in radio production for delivery in six prisons across the West Midlands, entitled: the West Midlands Prison Radio Taster Project. The objectives of this project were firstly, overall project delivery, which consisted of the recruitment of a radio trainer, developing a radio training course which embeds basic skills and the delivery of the taster courses in six prisons. The wider objectives concerned raising awareness of the potential of radio training to embed basic skills and to examine sustainability within prison service education. The findings of the external evaluation conducted by the Hallam Centre for Community Justice are presented in this report. Details: Sheffield, UK: Hallam Centre for Community Justice Sheffield Hallam University, 2008. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2013 at: http://www.cjp.org.uk/publications/academic/ Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prison Rehabilitation Shelf Number: 129521

Author: Wilkinson, Katherine Title: An Evaluation of the Prison Radio Association's Activity, Year 3: The Way Forward Summary: The PRA developed a strategic three year activity plan (2007- 2009) which has been evaluated annually by the Hallam Centre for Community Justice at Sheffield Hallam University. In 2009, key PRA objectives were to continue to provide prisons with support to set up their own radio projects, to host the Second Annual Conference and Awards Ceremony, to develop a National Prison Radio Service (NPRS) and to develop a sustainable funding strategy and press strategy. The findings of the evaluation of these three activity areas are contained within the main body of this report. Details: Sheffield, UK: Hallam Centre for Community Justice, Sheffield Hallam Unviersity, 2010. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2013 at: http://www.cjp.org.uk/publications/academic/ Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prisoner Rehabilitation Shelf Number: 129522

Author: Great Britain. House of Commons. Home Affairs Committee Title: Child Sexual Exploitation and the Response to Localised Grooming Summary: The report 'Child Sexual Exploitation And The Response To Localised Grooming (HC 68-I)' examines the results of an inquiry into the sexual exploitation of children, and the failures of agencies appointed to protect them. The quality of the response to instances of child sexual exploitation is often dependent on the area in which it occurs; the failures in these cases have been both systemic and cultural, with rules and guidelines not being followed. The Committee recommends that officials who fail to act must not be allowed to evade responsibility through early retirement or resignation for other reasons, and should not be paid compensation of any kind. Suggested reforms to the court processes include: • section 28 of the Youth Justice and Criminal Evidence Act 1999 should be implemented; • the introduction of specialist courts either for child sexual exploitation cases or for sexual offences as a whole; and • the Lord Chief Justice should recommend specific training on child sexual exploitation cases to be developed and provided to the Judicial College. The police, social services and the Crown Prosecution Service must all bear responsibility for the way in which vulnerable children have been left unprotected by the system. Details: London: The Stationery Office limited, 2013. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Second Report of Session 2013–14: Accessed August 5, 2013 at: http://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201314/cmselect/cmhaff/68/68i.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 129523

Author: Independent Police Complaints Commission (IPCC) Title: Report on Metropolitan Police Service Handling of Complaints Alleging Race Discrimination Summary: Race has been an extremely sensitive, and at times toxic, issue for the Metropolitan Police Service (MPS). The disorders that began in Brixton in 1981, and then spread to other parts of the UK, led to Lord Scarman’s report, which found that: “a major cause of the hostility of young black men towards the police was loss of confidence by significant sections of the Lambeth public in the police. The reasons included... distrust of the procedure for investigating complaints against the police; and unlawful and in particular racially prejudiced conduct by some police officers.” Steps were taken to respond to Lord Scarman’s many recommendations. Yet, twelve years later, the ineffectual response to the racist murder of Stephen Lawrence signalled a further lack of confidence in policing by the black community and led to the Stephen Lawrence Inquiry. It found that institutional racism had played a part in the failure and that: “there is a striking and inescapable need to demonstrate fairness, not just by Police Services, but across the criminal justice system as a whole, in order to generate trust and confidence within minority ethnic communities, who undoubtedly perceive themselves to be discriminated against by "the system"... The need to re-establish trust between minority ethnic communities and the police is paramount. Such distrust and loss of confidence is particularly evident in the widely held view that junior officers discriminate in practice at operational level, and that they support each other in such discrimination.” Both inquiries clearly led to changes in policing policy, practice and training, not just in the MPS but nationwide. In its 2009 report ‘The Macpherson Report - Ten Years On’, the Home Affairs Select Committee noted that all witnesses recognised that the police service had made progress towards tackling racial prejudice and discrimination since 1999, including significant improvements in training and handling of cases involving hate and race crimes across London. Nevertheless, the concerns and the lack of confidence of black and minority ethnic communities in policing – and the consequences of this – have been highlighted in more recent official reports since the Macpherson and Scarman inquiries. The report of the independent panel set up to examine and understand why the riots of August 2011 took place said that: “Black and minority ethnic happiness following contact with the police is significantly worse than it is for white people – 64% compared to 77%... the Metropolitan Police… were cited in particular as having issues around positive or ‘quality’ contact. In our view, by improving the quality of minor encounters, the Met can dramatically improve their relationships with communities.” The IPCC’s review of complaints against the MPS’s Territorial Support Group, published in December 2012, highlighted allegations of racial discrimination against young black men as a continuing area of concern. The IPCC itself, and its predecessor body, the Police Complaints Authority, owe their existence to the Macpherson and Scarman inquiries respectively, in order to introduce an element of independence and transparency into the handling of complaints against the police. Nevertheless, the most recent IPCC survey of public confidence in the complaints system (2011), showed a marked lack of confidence in the complaints system from ethnic minority respondents, 43% of whom feared that their complaint would not be taken seriously, and 40% of whom feared that they would suffer harassment if they complained. The comparative numbers for white respondents were 35% and 17%. It was therefore of great concern that during 2011-12 there was a spate of allegations of racist behaviour by officers or staff in the MPS. This included allegations of overt racism and racially aggravated assault in some high profile cases referred by the MPS to the IPCC, which the IPCC later passed on to the Crown Prosecution Service to consider criminal prosecution. These cases are particularly sensitive and have the capacity to seriously affect public confidence in policing among London’s diverse communities. Because of this, the IPCC launched a review of the MPS’s handling of complaints involving allegations of racism. Details: London: IPCC, 2013. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2013 at: http://www.statewatch.org/news/2013/jul/uk-ippc-report-met-racism.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Complaints Against Police Shelf Number: 129536

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary Title: Stop and Search Powers: Are the police using them effectively and fairly? Summary: The public expect the police to protect them from harm by using the powers granted to them by Parliament in an effective and fair manner. Arguably, some of the most intrusive and contentious powers are those of stop and search. For decades the inappropriate use of these powers, both real and perceived, has tarnished the relationship between constables and the communities they serve, and in doing so has brought into question the very legitimacy of the police service. Thirty years after the riots in Brixton, concerns about how the police use stop and search powers were again raised following the riots in England in August 2011. Over a million stop and search encounters have been recorded every year since 2006 but only 9% of these led to an arrest in 2011/12. Statistics also showed that members of black and minority ethnic groups were stopped and searched more than white people (compared to the resident population). Whilst there is strong public debate about the disproportionate use of the powers on certain groups, there is surprisingly little attention paid by either the police service or the public to how effective stop and search powers are in reducing or detecting crime. In a society where policing is based upon the principle of consent, the police service needs the support of the public in order to be effective. By using their powers fairly and in a way that is effective in keeping the public safe, the police can build community confidence and encourage people to be more socially responsible in helping to reduce crime and disorder. Her Majesty‘s Inspectorate of Constabulary (HMIC) is an independent inspectorate. It has a legal responsibility under section 54 of the Police Act 1996 to inspect forces in England and Wales, and to report on their efficiency and effectiveness. The objectives for this inspection were:  to determine how effectively and fairly the police service is using the powers of stop and search in the fight against crime;  to establish whether operational police officers know how to use stop and search powers tactically as part of evidence-based practice to fight crime; and  to identify how the powers can be used in a way that builds the public‘s trust in the police, supporting the legitimacy of the service rather than eroding it. Details: London: HMIC, 2013. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2013 at: http://www.hmic.gov.uk/media/stop-and-search-powers-20130709.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Discrimination Shelf Number: 129537

Author: Feasey, Simon Title: The Resettlement of Offenders and ex-Offenders in Doncaster: Developing an Integrated Framework Summary: The Hallam Centre for Community Justice (HCCJ) was commissioned by Doncaster Metropolitan Borough Council (DMBC), to undertake an evaluation of the existing processes and arrangements that underpin the delivery of services to offenders and ex-offenders within the district. From this evaluation a needs and gap analysis has been completed which informs the identification of a set of key proposals which underpin the development of an Integrated Framework for Resettlement. In order to progress this piece of research the HCCJ developed a four component methodology which included a range of evaluation methods which were designed to ensure that both quantitative and qualitative data sources from a broad range of agencies were analysed to ensure that diverse and divergent perspectives were identified and discussed. This Final Report includes the analysis of data across the four components which included: • An analysis of current provision and service and offender needs; • A Gap Analysis that identifies the gap between offender needs and the provision of services; • A Directory of Services to provide an information bank for service providers; • An Integrated Framework for Multi-agency Delivery. Within these four components were specified a number of approaches including: • Focus groups with offenders within custodial and community settings; • Semi-structured interviews with key managers, practitioners and policy makers; • An on-line survey across the community justice sector with the district; • The analysis of desk top materials including strategy documents and statistical data; • The completion of three Consultative Workshops to debate and explore emerging themes and proposals. Details: Sheffield, UK: Hallam Centre for Community Justice, Sheffield Hallam University, 2008. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2013 at: http://shura.shu.ac.uk/998/1/fulltext.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 129544

Author: Wilkinson, Katherine Title: The Doncaster Desistance Study Summary: The Hallam Centre for Community Justice conducted two evaluations of the DoVeS Counselling Service at HMP Doncaster, which supports offenders who have had experiences of domestic violence. These reports showed the positive affects of accessing the service on their client's attitudes to their own offending behaviour and demonstrated the challenges of collecting robust data to reflect on service efficiency post release. The Doncaster Violent Crime Theme Group wanted to fund the service, however required evidence that the service affected re-offending rates. Demonstrating effectiveness quantitatively through reconviction/reoffending follow-up studies with a comparable control group with this population would prove complex and expensive. Therefore, this study was developed as an alternative way of examining the affects of DoVeS service engagement post release on desisting from offending. A desistance approach was adopted, given the previous evaluation findings that individual identity shifts featured highly in DoVeS service user narratives. A qualitative narrative approach was therefore adopted as an appropriate method to explore desisting positions and identify the impact of CJS interventions on respondent's adopting non-offending lifestyles. By adopting this approach, this small research project hopes to move beyond evaluating reducing reoffending programmes from a quantitative, positivist stance, to focus on how interventions may work to foster or support desistance. This study therefore identifies the transition and sequencing of desistance from criminal activity of a sample of sentence serving offenders who were in custody at HMP Doncaster in 2006. 20 men who were interviewed twice regarding accessing the DoVeS counselling service were invited to take part in this project. The research team successfully contacted and interviewed five (ex) offenders who had been desisting from offending for up to 3 years. Details: Sheffield, UK: Hallam Centre for Community Justice, Sheffield Hallam University, 2009. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2013 at: http://shura.shu.ac.uk/997/1/fulltext.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Counseling Services Shelf Number: 129545

Author: Youth Justice Board for England and Wales Title: Youth to Adult Transitions Framework: Advice for managing cases which transfer from Youth Offending Teams to Probation Trusts Summary: The point of transfer from youth to adult justice services is a critical time for a young person and for the justice professionals who must work to ensure that a young person’s welfare is properly safeguarded and that any risks they pose to the public are minimised. Improving the transition from youth to adult services will produce better outcomes for young people as they are supported through the process during a fragile time in their lives. Making improvements in the way that information is shared between Youth Offending Teams (YOTs), under-18 YOIs and probation trusts and young adult YOIs will lead to more informed assessments, continuity in interventions and advances in addressing the needs of young people. There is evidence to suggest that improved practice in this area may also have an impact on reoffending rates. This framework has been developed by the Youth Justice Board for England and Wales (YJB) in conjunction with the National Offender Management Service (NOMS). It provides advice to YOTs and local probation trusts that manage the transition of young people from youth to adult justice services in the community. It contains information about the essential elements of the transition process and seeks to empower local agencies in finding creative solutions and developing systems to aide transition. In addition, it promotes current good practice and encourages YOTs and probation trusts to consider this when agreeing an appropriate local approach. National Standards for Youth Justice Services require YOTs to have a local transition protocol in place. This should be developed in a way that builds on the content of this framework and takes into account local arrangements. Details: London: Youth Justice Board for England and Wales, 2012 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 7, 2013 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/youth-justice/youth-to-adult-transitions/youth-to-adult-transitions-framework Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Offenders (U.K.) Shelf Number: 129572

Author: Hester, Marianne Title: From Report to Court: Rape cases and the criminal justice system in the North East Summary: This research was commissioned by the Northern Rock Foundation to examine progression of individual cases relating to rape through the criminal justice system, from reporting to conviction, across three police force areas in the North East of England. The study came about due to concerns within the criminal justice sector in the region that little is known about the detailed pattern of progression, attrition or related criminal justice system practice in rape cases. Nationally the data on rape cases progressing through the criminal justice system is unable to provide a clear picture of what happens to individual cases from policing through to court outcomes (MoJ et al. 2013). A few previous studies have examined progression of individual cases, however one of these was prior to the Sexual Offences Act 2003 (which came into force in 2004) (Kelly et al. 2005), and none were concerned with the North East (Metropolitan Police 2007; McMillan 2010). The current research thus provides a unique picture of the nature of rape cases reported to the police in the early 2010s in the North East of England and adds considerably to our understanding of the progression of individual cases through the criminal justice system. Details: Bristol, UK: Bristol: University of Bristol in association with the Northern Rock Foundation, 2013. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2013 at: http://www.nr-foundation.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/From-Report-to-Court-final-5-july-13.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gender-Related Violence Shelf Number: 129579

Author: Bindel, Julie Title: Capital Exploits: A Study of Prostitution and Trafficking in London Summary: This report examines changing trends and patterns in prostitution and trafficking for the purposes of prostitution across London. The study, published by Eaves for Women was commissioned by the Mayor’s Office for Policing and Crime (MOPAC) in the context of their Violence Against Women and Girls strategy, and is based on six months of intensive research in the capital. Some of its key findings include the following: There is an inconsistent police and local authority approach to addressing prostitution across London which has a negative and harmful impact on the women involved. Services often fail to identify that a woman accessing support may be involved in prostitution and therefore do not refer her to specialist support. Local residents are increasingly calling on police and local authorities to switch tactics and to target pimps, gangs and controllers instead of targeting and criminalising the women being exploited. There has been an increase in non-British women and girls selling sex on-street. The gap between street and off-street prostitution is narrowing. Many women are involved in both. Girls under 18 have been identified as being prostituted and trafficked within some London boroughs. In some boroughs trafficked women are now being controlled by criminal gangs in on-street prostitution as well as off-street. The study finds plentiful evidence that London continues to have a thriving sex industry, with prostitution clearly in evidence in almost every borough. It also identifies a huge variation and often contradictory approaches to addressing the issue – with some boroughs tackling prostitution as violence against women and providing those involved with support to exit, whilst others arrest and criminalise women, and some take measures to challenge men’s demand for prostitution. Details: London: Eaves, 2013. 99p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2013 at: http://i1.cmsfiles.com/eaves/2013/06/Capital-Exploits-June-2013.pdf-da8819.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 129582

Author: Great Britain. House of Commons. Home Affairs Committee Title: E-crime: Fifth Report of Session 2013-14 Summary: 1. We live in a world where terms like "Cyber crime" no longer belong in the realm of science fiction. Modern devices such as smart phones and tablets have brought the internet not only to our fingertips but to our bedsides, our pockets and to our children. And yet there is strong evidence that access to such technology, with all its opportunities and benefits, can put our businesses and our families at increasing risk of exploitation and internet-based crime (E-crime). 2. Identity theft, industrial espionage, credit card fraud, phishing, child exploitation - criminals use the internet as a means to commit a wide range of crimes. Perpetrators range from lone hackers, activist groups, Nation States sponsoring industrial espionage and organised criminal gangs. Victims include individuals who fall prey to scams and password theft to multinational companies such as, famously Sony. The financial details of 23,000 users of Sony Online Entertainment were stolen when its networks were breached by hackers in March 2011. The cost of the clean-up was reportedly $172m and the events caused a 9 % share price drop. 3. The internet has also been used to great effect by criminals to trade their cyber wares. Investigators have uncovered sophisticated black market operations such as DarkMarket and ShadowCrew who use the internet to trade cloned credit card data and bank account details, hire botnets (infected networks of computers) and deliver hacking tutorials. Although difficulties in establishing precise figures about the rate and the cost of cyber crime are acknowledged there is general agreement on its rapidly growing scale. Norton have calculated its global cost to be $388bn dollars a year in terms of financial losses and time lost. This is significantly more than the combined annual value of $288bn of the global black market trade in heroin, cocaine and marijuana. 4. UK governments have had a centralised approach to cyber crime and wider cyber threats since the launch of the UK's first Cyber Security Strategy in June 2009 and the corresponding National Cyber Security Programme (NCSP) launched in November 2011. In the course of this inquiry we have looked specifically at the Home Office's remit under its much heralded Cyber Security Strategy. Details: London: The Stationery Office Limited, 2013. 165p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2013 at: http://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201314/cmselect/cmhaff/70/70.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Computer Crime Shelf Number: 129591

Author: Catch22 Title: The Heart Programme: Final evaluation report Summary: This report is an evaluation of the Healthy Relationships Training (HEART) pilot programme. HEART was designed to support vulnerable young people and improve their relationships with both peers and prospective partners. The primary focus was on reducing the risk of young women either committing or being subject to serious violence, particularly gang-related and sexual violence, with a view to reducing victimisation and crime levels. The programme was co-ordinated by the Metropolitan Police Service (MPS) and implemented by the charity Foundation4Life (F4L) in the London Boroughs of Lewisham, Newham and Waltham Forest, with Croydon as a later addition. The model comprised several strands: group training (both universal and targeted), mentoring, a website and a helpline. Coreplan UK developed programme content and trained F4L facilitators and mentors to deliver it. Catch22 and Analytica Consulting were commissioned to carry out the evaluation, beginning in November 2011 and following the life of the programme until December 2012. The evaluation focused on the targeted strands of the programme, the ‘distance travelled’ by those on the targeted training and mentoring strands, and the process and implementation of these strands. The evaluation used an ‘outcomes star’ (see Appendix II), a purpose-designed selfassessment tool, to track individuals’ progress towards planned outcomes related to healthy relationships or ‘distance travelled’. Further relevant qualitative information was collected through interviews and focus groups with key stakeholders, including the young participants themselves. Details: London: Catch22, 2013. 101p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2013 at: http://www.catch-22.org.uk/Files/HEART-edited-final-draft-17-04-13.pdf?id=ffe84458-5f05-422a-a3c8-a1ac00e3d308 Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-Risk Youth (U.K.) Shelf Number: 129602

Author: Bowers, Len Title: Inpatient violence and aggression: a literature review. Report from the Conflict and Containment Reduction Research Programme Summary: Mentally ill people in hospital sometimes behave aggressively. They may try to harm other patients, staff, property or themselves. In the UK, the National Audit of Violence found that a third of inpatients had been threatened or made to feel unsafe while in care [Royal College of Psychiatrists 2007]. This figure rose to 44% for clinical staff and 72% of nursing staff working in these units. Such aggression can result in injuries, sometimes severe, to patients or to staff, causing staff absence and hampering the efficiency of the psychiatric service. The ways in which aggressive behaviour is managed by staff is contentious and emotive, and there is little evidence or agreement about their effectiveness. This review aims to describe the available research literature on the prevalence, antecedents, consequences and circumstances of violence and aggression in psychiatric hospitals. Our previous research has focussed on how to reduce of conflict and containment on acute wards. By conflict we mean those things that threaten patient and staff safety, such as aggression, rule breaking, drug/alcohol use, absconding, medication refusal, self-harm/suicide etc. By containment we mean those things the staff do to prevent these things occurring, or reduce the amount of harm that occurs, such as giving extra medication, intermittent observation, constant observation, show of force, manual restraint, coerced injections of medication, seclusion, time out, locking of the ward door, and other security policies. This research indicates a complicated relationship between conflict behaviours and containment, and that the behaviour and attitudes of staff may influence both. It led to the development of the ‘City model’ describing the ways in which staff factors can reduce rates of conflict and containment on wards. Three processes are posited to create low conflict and containment: positive appreciation of patients (kindness), emotional self-regulation of anger and fear (tranquillity), and an effective structure of rules and routines for patients based upon an ethical (not punitive) stance (orderliness). In addition to an analysis of the research literature, therefore, each chapter considers the evidence for and against the City Model and suggests lessons for future research. Details: London: Section of Mental Health Nursing, Health Service and Population Research, Institute of Psychiatry, Kings College London, 2011. 196p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 10, 2013 at: http://www.kcl.ac.uk/iop/depts/hspr/research/ciemh/mhn/projects/litreview/LitRevAgg.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Aggression Shelf Number: 129604

Author: Geddes, Alistair Title: Forced Labour in the UK Summary: Forced labour in the UK is a significant, though hidden, and probably growing problem. The study reviewed data on forced labour, human trafficking and workplace exploitation, and found that the UK has to do more to tackle forced labour. ◾Available evidence suggests the number of people in the UK experiencing forced labour may run into thousands. Many are entitled to work here, being EU migrants and UK citizens. ◾Likely elements within forced labour include low-skill manual and low-paid work; temporary agency work; specific industrial sectors; and certain non-UK migrant workers. ◾The definition and scope of forced labour are poorly understood, including differences between human trafficking, slavery and exploitation. Consensus is needed on forced labour indicators for assessing the scope and scale of forced labour in the UK, and to assist legal proceedings. Relatively little case law exists. ◾Forced labour and trafficking form part of more general labour exploitation, requiring effective criminal justice and workplace rights interventions, and not being seen as an immigration issue. ◾A strategic approach is needed to tackle forced labour, ensuring that the most vulnerable workers and sectors are properly protected. Details: York, UK: Joseph Rowntree Foundation, 2013. 164p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 10, 2013 at: http://www.jrf.org.uk/sites/files/jrf/Forced%20Labour%20in%20the%20UK%20FINAL%20prog%20paper.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Forced Labor (U.K.) Shelf Number: 129605

Author: Disley, Emma Title: Lessons learned from the planning and early implementation of the Social Impact Bond at HMP Peterborough Summary: At a time when government finances are stretched there is growing interest in finding new ways to fund public services which improve social outcomes. One new funding model currently being tested is a Social Impact Bond (SIB). A SIB is a form of payment by results (PBR) in which funding is obtained from private investors to pay for interventions to improve social outcomes. If these interventions succeed in improving outcomes, this should result in savings to government and wider benefits to society. As part of a SIB, the government agrees to pay a proportion of these savings back to the investors. If outcomes do not improve, investors do not receive a return on their investment. In September 2010 the first ever SIB was launched in the UK. Approximately £5 million of investment funding from private individuals and charities is being used to pay for interventions for offenders serving short prison sentences (less than 12 months) at HMP Peterborough, a prison in eastern England. RAND Europe has been commissioned to evaluate the development, implementation and operation of this first ever SIB. This report is the first output from the evaluation. It identifies early lessons from the development and implementation of SIB at HMP Peterborough. Such lessons may inform future SIBs or wider payment-by-results (PBR) pilots under consideration by the Ministry of Justice and other government departments. Details: Cambridge, UK: RAND Europe, 2011. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 10, 2013 at: http://www.rand.org/pubs/technical_reports/TR1166.html Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 129617

Author: Mulheirn, Ian Title: Paying for Results? Rethinking probation reform Summary: In May this year the Ministry of Justice (MoJ) produced the blueprint for its planned reforms of probation. This briefing note examines the detailed proposals for the payment by results element of the scheme. Payment by results, by which non state providers are supposed to be rewarded according to how much progress they make in cutting re-offending, is an essential part of the Ministry of Justice’s plan to improve the effectiveness of rehabilitation services as they face deep budget cuts. We use a financial simulation to examine the MoJ’s proposals as they look to an investor considering the chances that they will make a return on their investment in rehabilitation services. This demonstrates the problems posed by statistical uncertainty around measured levels of reoffending. Our results, using generous assumptions, show that: • Under the MoJ’s proposed payment structure, providers risk making losses if they spend money on rehabilitative services. • Providers can only be confident of being rewarded for their efforts if they achieve reductions in reoffending that are larger than the available evidence suggests is achievable, even with greater resources than are likely to be on offer under the new scheme. • The payment mechanism encourages providers to cut spending on services and allow reoffending to drift marginally upwards. • The proposed regime therefore creates strong perverse incentives: the opposite of how a PbR scheme should operate. • As they stand, the plans would offer poor value for money for taxpayers and should be radically revised before the scheme is rolled-out. We propose a number of solutions that would resolve the problems identified, improve incentives on providers, and offer much better value for money to the taxpayer. • The reward scheme should be simplified to pay (or penalise) on a per-person basis for any observed reduction (or increase) in re-offending below the baseline level of reoffending. This would ensure that providers have unambiguous incentives to invest in services that cut reoffending. Details: London: Social Market Foundation, 2013. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 12, 2013 at: http://www.smf.co.uk/files/7413/7603/8981/20130808_PBR_paper_FINAL.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 129621

Author: Criminal Justice Alliance Title: Prosecuting Young Adults The potential for taking account of maturity at the charge and prosecution stage of the criminal justice system Summary: Within Criminal Justice policy there has been an increasing recognition of the role of maturity as a factor in the commission of crimes, particularly for the young adult group, and there is a new interest in how a more rigorous and effective approach for young adults in the transition to adulthood (aged between 16 and 24) can be delivered. This focus is important for a number of reasons, not least the high numbers of young adults who come into contact with the police and go on to be prosecuted in the courts. Significantly, since 2011 the Sentencing Council for England and Wales has included - Age and/or lack of maturity where it affects the responsibility of the offender - as an express mitigating factor in their sentencing guidelines for adults. In 2013 the Crown Prosecution Service published a new Code, which for the first time explicitly included taking the maturity of an individual into account as part of the "public interest test", alongside other more established factors such as learning difficulties and mental health problems. This development represents a new opportunity for prosecutors to more explicitly and transparently consider the maturity of young adults, as is currently the case within the youth justice system. This research study investigates how the inclusion of the concept of maturity will work in practice, using the expertise of prosecutors to help us to understand how the concept of maturity is currently applied within the youth justice system and what lessons can be learnt to ensure the successful implementation for young adults. This research has found that within the Crown Prosecution Service there is a significant level of expertise in, and experience of, working with issues around maturity, but that in order for the new measure within the code to be implemented in way which ensures both its consistent and correct application a number of further changes are required. We therefore recommend: 1. Training and guidance about maturity should be available to the CPS, Police, and defence lawyers. 2. Protocols should be developed between the Police, CPS and other local agencies for gathering and sharing information. 3. Agencies should strengthen and maximise the use of the Conditional Caution for young adults. 4. There is scope to explore the introduction of problem solving approaches in the Courts, where maturity is identified at the prosecution stage. Details: London: Criminal Justice Alliance, 2013. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 19, 2013 at: http://criminaljusticealliance.org/cps&maturity.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Court Transfers Shelf Number: 129653

Author: Armitage, Rachel Title: It Looks Good, but What is it Like to Live There? Exploring the Impact of Innovative Housing Design on Crime Summary: This paper reports on the findings of a collaborative project (funded by the Home Office and managed by the Commission for Architecture and the Built Environment - CABE) which was conducted in late 2009 and early 2010. The project set out to strengthen and update the evidence base on the impact of design on a range of crime types – with a specific focus upon housing developments acclaimed for their innovative design and award winning architecture. This paper presents the findings of an in-depth assessment of the impact of housing design features on crime. Utilising a comprehensive data collection exercise, the specific design features of thousands of homes were collated and assessed against police recorded crime data. The design features were based upon the key elements of Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) including road layout, house design, surveillance, territoriality, car parking, communal space, management and maintenance and physical security. The unique and painstaking methodology not only provided an excellent dataset for analysis, but also highlighted the need both for greater conceptual clarity within CPTED and for crime-risk assessments to be based on the careful operationalisation and measurement of CPTED factors. As well as assessing the impact of specific (and combined) design features upon crime, the research also resulted in the production of a new data collection tool designed to address the weaknesses of existing checklists in assessing innovative contemporary developments, which are often unconventional in nature. The paper explores the degree of conflict and/or synergy between the traditional principles of CPTED and contemporary directions in architecture and design. Finally the paper considers the extent to which traditional CPTED principles remain relevant within contemporary residential developments and explores whether areas of revision are required. Details: Huddersfield, UK: Applied Criminology Centre, University of Huddersfield, 2011. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 19, 2013 at: http://eprints.hud.ac.uk/9356/ Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Car Parks Shelf Number: 129662

Author: Atkins, Helen Title: ‘What Judges Think About Prostitution’: Assessing the considerations and measures employed by members of the judiciary for sentencing women who sell sex Summary: Criminal justice responses to prostitution have existed in Britain for centuries. In recent decades, the landscape has transformed dramatically and continues to do so at a rapid pace. The advancement of mobile communications and transnational travel, the feminisation of globalisation – women migrants outnumbering their male counterparts, shifting attitudes towards sexuality and paid sex, and the evolution of a contemporary counter‐trafficking movement have all contributed to the composition of the early 21st century sex industry. Despite the confluence of these unequivocally modern elements, an ancient debate concerned with the legitimacy and morality of prostitution persists unabated. Interpretations of choice and coercion, how these factors impact upon entry into and departure from the sex industry, and how they should be measured, analysed and incorporated into policy and practice dominate the philosophical and practical terrain. It is not the purpose of this report to examine legal, social or political issues within the parameters of a wider ethics debate, but rather to focus upon one critical aspect of justice in relation to prostitution. Through their analysis and application of the law, judges are uniquely positioned to affect outcomes for women who pass through the criminal justice system as a result of prostitution. The role of the judiciary is therefore central in securing appropriate responses for women who sell sex. Details: London: The Griffins Society, 2010. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Paper 2010/02: Accessed August 22, 2013 at: http://www.thegriffinssociety.org/Griffins_Report_2010_02_FULL%20-%20updated_Apr13.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Judges Shelf Number: 129668

Author: Batley, Richard Title: Evaluating Measures to Improve Personal Security and the Value of their Benefits Summary: Recent national passenger surveys have shown that satisfaction associated with personal security on the railways in Great Britain has been consistently lower than the overall satisfaction level of rail passengers. To address these concerns, and to improve personal security on the railways, the industry has implemented various security measures and schemes. However, in the absence of a value or a set of values to robustly quantify such measures, making a case for investment becomes very difficult. The Rail Personal Security Group asked RSSB to address this knowledge gap. To this end, the project has evaluated the Secure Station and Park Mark schemes implemented by the industry to improve personal security. The aims of the research, which have been fulfilled, were to establish whether the schemes are fulfilling their objectives and to estimate the value of the benefits accrued from their introduction. The project has quantified the schemes’ benefits through increased patronage and crime reduction, as well as identifying wider social and economic benefits. Additionally, the research has delivered a well developed and informed framework to assess the societal and economic benefits of investing in personal security, as well as recommendations on the effectiveness of the schemes. The knowledge gained through this work may be used in the Passenger Demand Forecasting Handbook, the New Approach to Appraisal guidelines; and individual train operator and Network Rail business case frameworks. The outputs will help make better investment and deployment decisions associated with personal security on the railways. Details: London: Rail Safety and Standards Board, 2012. 288p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2013 at: http://www.rssb.co.uk/sitecollectiondocuments/pdf/reports/research/T954-rpt-final.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Railroad Safety Shelf Number: 129675

Author: McAleenan, Dawn Title: Is There a Difference in the Perception of Risk: Between IPP prisoners and members of the parole board' Summary: Background -- The IPP sentence is the fastest growing sentence in the UK. This growth in the population is due to large numbers of offenders being sentenced to IPP sentences and then becoming stagnant in the prison population, as they are unable to reduce their risk sufficiently and progress through the penal system. Despite this, few studies have explored risk in relation female IPPs and how this relates to public protection. Aim -- The aim of the research is to explore perception of risk as it applies to female prisoners sentenced to imprisonment for public protection (IPP). Method -- This research was conducted using semi-­structured interview with ten female prisoners serving a sentence to imprisonment for Public Protection, two Legal Advisors and one Senior Member of the Parole Board. Conclusion -- The research found that there was a clear difference in the perception of risk from the female IPP prisoners and the Parole Board. These differences potentially have a profound effect upon the identification of risk factors and the way in which they are reduced. Details: London: The Griffins Society, 2012. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Paper 2012/01: Accessed August 22, at: http://www.thegriffinssociety.org/Research%20Paper%202012-01.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 129676

Author: Haggerstone, John R. Title: A Study of the Moral Development, Beliefs and Relationships of the Criminal Entrepreneur Summary: The thesis focuses on 'criminal entrepreneurs,' i.e. those individuals who behave in an entrepreneurial manner who have chosen a life of crime to obtain an income or create wealth rather than setting up and running their own legitimate businesses. The research is based on male prisoners, predominantly fraudsters and drug dealers, and was motivated by the assertion that by understanding why they have chosen this way of life it may be possible to encourage such people to use their entrepreneurial skills in a legitimate context thereby reducing recidivism. Based on an epistemological constructivist approach, the methodology used was a phenomenological one and included a moral dilemma, an ethics questionnaire and personal construct psychology linked with case studies. This is a novel approach in that it uses Kelly's (1955) personal construct theories and repertory grid techniques in order to identify the criminal entrepreneurs' constructs and the moral stances that they adopt when making sense of their world. The findings showed that moral reasoning theories with respect to offenders do not offer a reliable guide to moral or ethical behaviour and ignore relationships which were an important feature of the criminal entrepreneur's life. For instance a strong bond was found to exist between some of the respondents and their parents, particularly the mother, and role models were important in their lives. Some cultural differences were detected: West African participants became drugs traffickers because they were seizing an opportunity to be able to provide for their families, whereas those from UK origins tended to come from socially or economically deprived families. It was anticipated that most criminals would reason at the lower levels of Kohlberg's progressive stages of moral development (Palmer, 2003:100-101) where offending may be justified if punishment can be avoided, but most achieved higher levels (Stages 2 and 3). (At Stage 2 offending is justified if the rewards outweigh the risks and Stage 3 implies that offending is justified if it maintains relationships.) Caring and ambition were important key constructs in making sense of their world, but circumstances such as migrant status, dysfunctional family backgrounds and discrimination meant that they had to apply these constructs in a limited criminal world, rather the broader legitimate one. To use Fisher's (2006: 205) idea they work in a narrow ethical horizon rather than a broad one. The findings suggest that criminal entrepreneurs have constructs that would be applicable to a legitimate activity and emphasise the need for counselling and seamless mentoring which is currently absent from most prison educational programmes. This thesis contributes to an increased knowledge of entrepreneurial offenders, their beliefs and relationships and offers prison education providers with an enhanced understanding of how to meet their clients' needs. Details: Nottingham, UK: Nottingham Business School, 2010. v.p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 18, 2013 at: http://irep.ntu.ac.uk/R/?func=dbin-jump-full&object_id=197724&local_base=GEN01 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Business and Crime Shelf Number: 131380

Author: Great Britain. Department of Justice Title: Second Report of the Inter-Department Ministerial Group on Human Trafficking Summary: This is the second report of the Inter- Departmental Ministerial Group on human trafficking. The report provides an assessment of human trafficking in the UK building on the first report of the Group which was published in October 2012. Human trafficking remains a threat to the UK. It is an evil crime which is difficult to detect because of its hidden nature. It is a crime affecting communities throughout the world. In many instances it is committed by organised criminals preying on individuals and exploiting their vulnerabilities, for their own personal gain. As a global phenomenon human trafficking requires a strong, coordinated and consistent response from the international community. The UK is committed to tackling this evil by working with partners and agencies at a local, regional, national and international level. This will be done by identifying the threat, seeking out criminal networks to deter and disrupt their activities, and to bringing the perpetrators to justice. Assessment of human trafficking in the UK - the scale of the problem Identifying the victims of human trafficking is a vital part of developing the UK's response, along with ensuring appropriate law enforcement action against perpetrators wherever possible. In 2012, 1,186 potential victims of human trafficking were referred to the National Referral Mechanism (NRM), which is a 25% increase on the number of referrals in 2011. Of these, 786 were females and 400 were males; 815 were adults and 371 were children. The source countries for the greatest number of potential victims referred into the NRM were Nigeria, Vietnam, Albania, Romania and China. Amongst adult referrals, sexual exploitation remained the most common form of abuse identified through the NRM, although reporting of labour trafficking and other forms of criminal exploitation continued to rise. For child victims, both sexual exploitation and forced labour featured prominently. The UK Human Trafficking Centre (UKHTC) Strategic Assessment for 2012 estimated that there are up to 2,255 possible victims of human trafficking in the UK. Details: London: The Stationery Office, 2013. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Cm 8731: Accessed October 28, 2013 at: Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 131489

Author: Ashworth, Andrew Title: What if Imprisonment were Abolished for Property Offences? Summary: As part of our 'What if?' series, Professor Andrew Ashworth, Vinerian Professor of English Law at All Souls College, Oxford University, asks 'What if imprisonment were abolished for property offences?' He argues that deprivation of liberty is a disproportionate response for an offence that deprives people of their property. The paper considers both fines and community sentences as alternative sentencing options. In essence, the paper argues for fair and proportional sentencing, which, if the proposal were adopted, would have far-reaching consequences for the penal system, and a significant impact on the size of the prison population in England and Wales. Details: London: Howard League for Penal Reform, 2013. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 28, 2013 at: http://www.howardleague.org/propertyoffences/ Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration (U.K.) Shelf Number: 131491

Author: x:talk project Title: Human Rights, Sex Work and the Challenge of Trafficking: Human Rights Impact Assessment of Anti-Trafficking Policy in the UK Summary: This report was produced by the x:talk project and the main findings reflect the experiences and views of people working in the sex industry in London. The x:talk project is a grassroots sex worker rights network made up of people working in the sex industry and allies. In addition to providing free English classes to migrant sex workers, we support critical interventions around issues of migration, race, gender, sexuality and labour, we participate in feminist and anti-racist campaigns and we are active in the struggle for the rights of sex workers in London, the UK and globally. The x:talk project has been developed from our experiences as workers in the sex industry. x:talk is sex worker-led not because we think that being a 'sex worker' is a fixed identity, but because we believe that those who experience the material conditions of the sex industry are in the best position to know how to change it. This report demonstrates that for the human rights of sex workers to be protected and for instances of trafficking to be dealt with in an effective and appropriate manner, the co-option of anti-trafficking discourse in the service of both an abolitionist approach to sex work and an anti-immigration agenda has to end. Instead there needs to be a shift at the policy, legal and administrative levels to reflect an understanding that the women, men and transgender people engaged in commercial sexual services are engaged in a labour process. The existing focus in anti-trafficking policy on migration, law enforcement and on the sex industry does not address the needs, choices and agency of trafficked people, whether they work in the sex industry or elsewhere, and prevents migrant and non-migrant people working in the sex industry from asserting fundamental rights. Details: London: x:talk project, 2010. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 28, 2013 at: http://www.xtalkproject.net/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/reportfinal1.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Rights Shelf Number: 131492

Author: Revolving Doors Agency Title: Inside Hope: Mental Health Projects in the Criminal Justice System Summary: In 2009, the Trusthouse Charitable Foundation funded ten projects across the UK under its themed grant programme of mental health projects in the criminal justice system. In 2011 Revolving Doors Agency1 was commissioned to undertake research with the beneficiaries of five of the projects - to extract learning from those projects and increase understanding of the dynamic between common mental health problems, social exclusion and offending through first-hand accounts. As a result of this work, we are able to deepen our knowledge of how activities focused on improving mental health may have a wide range of positive outcomes for participants. The five projects examined were: - Throughcare Project run by HOPE, Glasgow - Outlook Project run by New Pathways in Merthyr Tydfil - Bridge the Gap Project run by Plymouth and District Mind, Channings Wood Prison - Community Link Project run by Wish, London and Essex - Get into Reading Project run by the Reader Organisation, Greater Manchester. The research entailed six key strands of work that supported the successful completion of peer researcher interviewing across the five projects: - Peer researcher interview skills training - Visits and information gathering from the projects - Collection of questionnaire responses from project beneficiaries - Focus groups with project beneficiaries - Individual interviews with project beneficiaries - Peer researcher supervision and collection of feedback. Details: London: Revolving Doors Agency, 2013. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 28, 2013 at: http://www.revolving-doors.org.uk/documents/hope-inside/ Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 131500

Author: Nortern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: Domestic Violence and Abuse: A Follow-Up Review of Inspection Recommendations Summary: This is a follow-up review to our 2010 inspection of how domestic violence and abuse was being dealt with by the criminal justice system. The original report made 13 recommendations designed to support existing initiatives, and to develop a more proactive response in supporting victims to follow through with complaints. Incidents of domestic violence and abuse continue to rise as indeed do reported crimes, some of which have resulted in the death of victims. With detection rates falling, fewer perpetrators are being brought before the courts. This is happening at a time when reported crime has fallen to its lowest level for many years, and the issue is getting the focus it deserves from wider Government so that it is not simply seen as a criminal justice issue. The report finds that the criminal justice agencies are working more effectively together and integrating the support of the voluntary and community sector organisations into supporting victims. In addition, the establishment of Victim and Witness Care Units will improve the experience of those victims who come forward. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2013. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 30, 2013 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/34/34118bcc-00c5-4071-bf2f-5397e6b20332.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence (Northern Ireland) Shelf Number: 131574

Author: Champion, Nina Title: Through the Gateway: How Computers Can Transform Rehabilitation Summary: The Prison Reform Trust and Prisoners Education Trust have worked together to identify more effective ways of using information communication technologies (ICT) in prison, and the benefits that are likely to come from expanding their use. ICT for education, resettlement and family ties can be an important tool in reducing reoffending. In this report, ICT refers to computers, telephones, video conferencing tools, wingbased pc terminals, e-readers, internet and intranet technology. In December 2012, the Ministry of Justice issued a strategy that highlights the importance it gives to ICT in the way it operates as a modern department of government: "This means wherever possible our services, including information and transactions, will be delivered through digital channels, rather than face-to-face, phone or post. It will involve changing the way we work, and transforming our processes and practices. Most importantly, digital services will be designed around the needs of our users, whether public, practitioners, staff, partner organisations or stakeholders. Those who may struggle to access or use these services by themselves will be given support so they're not excluded by these changes." (The Right Honourable Chris Grayling, MP, 2012) This study considers to what extent the strategy could benefit prisoners' rehabilitation and what more could be done to use ICT in prisons to help reduce reoffending after release. This report is based on a survey of prisons, sent to all governors and directors in England and Wales, visits to nine prisons, and three expert roundtables: on education, family ties, and resettlement. It is also based on a survey of prisoners' families and a focus group of prisoners' families. Details: London: Prison Reform Trust; Mitcham, Surrey, Prisoners Education Trust, 2013. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 6, 2013 at: http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/Portals/0/Documents/Through%20the%20gateway.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Computers Shelf Number: 131589

Author: Catch Title: Violence Prevention, Health Promotion: A public health approach to tackling youth violence Summary: The publication of Ending Gang and Youth Violence: A Cross- Government Report in 2011 heralded a change of policy direction. Unlike traditional approaches to tackling gang and youth violence, which placed responsibility within the hands of the Home Office and the criminal justice community, the Government's report recognised gang and youth violence as a public health issue. This report is designed to help us understand emerging practice and to inform the design of future services and public health funding. A public health approach holds a number of benefits. For example, taking a more holistic approach to the planning and delivery of services enables agencies to work together more effectively and improve the quality of support young people receive. Success in reducing the number of incidences of violence can also help to reduce the costs to the NHS, which is currently estimated at L2.9 billion per year. The Ending Gang and Youth Violence report emphasised the role of the new public health system and local health and wellbeing boards, established under the Coalition Government's Health and Social Care Act 2012, in tackling gang and youth violence. These reforms aim to localise public health and allow communities to use public health funding to tackle the issues that most affect them. The health and wellbeing boards are central to achieving these aims. Having come into effect in April 2013, they provide a local forum where leaders from the health and care system can work together to improve the health and wellbeing of their community - including through crime prevention. Details: London: Catch 22, Dawes Unit and MHP Health, 2013. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 6, 2013 at: http://mhpccom.wpengine.netdna-cdn.com/health/files/2013/10/Violence-prevention-health-promotion.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 131595

Author: Pettitt, Bridget Title: At Risk, Yet Dismissed: The criminal victimisation of people with mental health problems Summary: Background Public perception is that people with mental health problems are offenders, and historically, policy, research and clinical practice has focused on the risk they pose to others. However, in recent years a body of work has explored the victimisation of people with mental health problems and the impact it has on them. This study was designed to understand experiences of victimisation and engagement with the criminal justice system among people with mental health problems. The main questions the study sought to answer were: - What proportion of people with severe mental illness had been a victim of violent or non-violent crime in the past year, and how does that compare to the general population? - What are the barriers and facilitators for people with mental health problems, who have been victims of crime, in reporting crime, progressing through the criminal justice process, and accessing support? The study was conducted in two main parts, a quantitative survey and qualitative interviews and focus groups. The survey used a modified version of the Crime Survey for England and Wales (CSEW) with a random sample of 361 people with severe mental illness (SMI) using community mental health services in London. The findings from this sample were compared with those from the general population who took part in the CSEW survey over the same time period in London. We also gained information from clinical notes, and professionals involved in the participants' care.(See appendix 1 for details). For the qualitative research we interviewed 81 individuals who had mental health problems and had been victims of crime in the last three years. The profile of these interviewees was slightly different, with a broader range of mental health problems, and a third were not using community mental health services. The interviews explored their experience of crime, its impact and their engagement with the criminal justice system. We also conducted focus groups and individual interviews with 30 relevant professionals from a range of different backgrounds including police officers and mental health care coordinators. Experience of crime The findings of the survey showed that people with mental health problems experienced high rates of crime, and were considerably more likely to be victims of crime than the general population. - Forty-five percent of people with severe mental illness (SMI) were victims of crime in the past year. - One in five people had experienced a violent assault; a third were victims of personal crime and a quarter were victims of a household crime. - People with SMI were five times more likely to be a victim of assault, and three times more likely to be a victim of household crime, than people in the general population, after taking into account sociodemographic differences. Women were 10 times more likely to be assaulted. - They reported very high rates of sexual and domestic violence, with 40% of women reporting being a victim of rape or attempted rape in adulthood, and 10% being a victim of sexual assault in the past year. - Victims with SMI were up to four times more likely to be victimised by their relatives or acquaintances than those from the general population. - Nine percent of the victims described crimes in psychiatric inpatient settings. Impact of crime It took two months to recover from [being assaulted] because I was having nightmares and stuff and I was finding it hard to sleep as well. Int21, male, assault] Compared to victims who did not have mental health problems, victims with SMI were more likely to suffer social, psychological and physical adverse effects as a result of the crime, and were more likely to perceive the crime as serious. The impact of domestic or sexual violence was particularly serious with 40% of women and a quarter of men who experienced this having attempted suicide as a result. In the qualitative interviews, participants explained how being a victim of crime affected many aspects of their lives including: their financial and material situation; personal relationships and behaviour; physical health; housing situation; emotional well-being; and mental health. The most common negative effect of crime was on their emotional well-being. Many described their mental health deteriorating as a result, with some individuals going into crisis and being admitted into hospital. Risk factors One of the aims of this study was to find out who, among people with SMI, was most at risk. We found there were three key risk factors: less engagement with services, drug misuse and a history of being violent. Compared to those with good service engagement, people with medium and poor engagement had a five-fold and seven-fold higher risk of victimisation respectively. Drug misuse and violence perpetration were associated with a two to three-fold higher victimisation risk which is similar to those reported in the general population in other published studies. The perceived association between mental health and victimisation In the qualitative interviews, many participants felt that having a mental health problem was a factor in their victimisation. They gave examples of perpetrators picking up on visible signs of vulnerability and distress, and known perpetrators preying on them when they were unwell and less able to protect themselves. Some felt perpetrators targeted them because they understood that people with mental health problems are more easily discredited and commonly disbelieved when they report. A few said they felt perpetrators were motivated by hatred and hostility towards their mental health status. The nine participants victimised in psychiatric inpatient wards described the environment as unsafe and a place where they felt both under threat from staff and other patients as well as less able to access other sources of help. The survey supported this sense of people being targeted for their identity, where 37% felt the incident was motivated by their identity and 25% felt this was specifically because of their mental health status. Details: London: Victim Support and Mind, 2013. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 6, 2013 at: http://www.victimsupport.org.uk/~/media/Files/Publications/ResearchReports/1390_MHJR_final_lores.ashx Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Shelf Number: 131596

Author: Allen, Rob Title: Young Adults in Custody: The Way Forward Summary: In her review of the Prison service in Northern Ireland, Dame Anne Owers described the young adult population as in many ways a forgotten group in the penal system. This is true, the report continued, of young adults throughout the United Kingdom, for whom much statutory support and protection fall away at age 18.1 This report focuses on the forgotten group and aims to consider the best arrangements for dealing with these young people and what might be done to improve the current system of imprisonment for this age group in England and Wales. It is timely given the recommendation made by the Chief Inspector of Prisons following a highly critical report about Feltham Young offender Institution that the National Offender management Service: Since its formation, the T2A Alliance has largely concentrated its efforts in finding and promoting effective ways of dealing with young adult offenders outside the prison setting. Whatever the success of work to develop community based measures to prevent and respond to crime committed by young adults, there are always likely to be some young people who will have to be deprived of their liberty. The paper is in four parts. Part one starts with some background information about policy developments relating to young adults in custody while part two describes the current arrangements. Part three looks at lessons from selected jurisdictions. Part four contains proposals for reforming the system. Details: London: Transition to Adulthood Alliance and the Barrow Cadbury Trust, 2013. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 6, 2013 at: http://www.barrowcadbury.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2013/10/Young-Adults-in-Custody_V3.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Detention Shelf Number: 131598

Author: Bryan, Mark Title: Licensing and Regulation of the Cannabis Market in England and Wales: Towards a Cost-Benefit Analysis Summary: We agree with David Cameron's observation on drugs policy that "it would be very disturbing if some radical options were not at least looked at". Among the radical options that are often proposed is the creation of a system of licensed cannabis supply subject to taxation and regulation of supply and demand sides of the market. In this study, we consider a hypothetical reform of this kind and identify a long list of possible sources of net social cost and benefit that could result. We attempt to quantify them, using the concept of net external benefit as an evaluation criterion. Net external benefit is the total value in cash-equivalent terms of the costs and benefits that cannabis use imposes on society outside the user him/herself, and it therefore excludes the potential net benefits ('enjoyment') accruing to cannabis users in a reformed market. Our evaluation is consequently conservative in that it contains an inherent bias in favour of the prohibitionist status quo. In our view, it is impossible with available UK evidence to produce a credible estimate of net consumption benefits. Despite the bias this entails, it gives a far more reliable picture of the policy question than the many widely-cited estimates of the "social cost of drug use", which include internal costs (potential harms to drug users) but ignore completely the internal benefits which are the reason that recreational drugs are used in the first place. The estimates underpinning our evaluation should not be seen as predictions of what would happen if such a policy were to be introduced in some future period, since they relate to the market situation as it existed in England and Wales in 2009/10, and they abstract from any transitional adjustments (and any accompanying transitional cost). We have not attempted to extend the evaluation to cover Scotland or Northern Ireland, since most of the data resources available to us cover England and Wales only. In constructing the estimates, we consider a wide range of evidence and the difficulties involved in drawing conclusions from that evidence. We provide simple, largely subjective, quantitative indications of the degree of uncertainty involved in our estimates, some of which should be regarded as illustrative calculations rather than formal estimates. Our aim is not to produce a definitive cost-benefit analysis of a licensed and regulated cannabis market - which we believe to be impossible in the present state of knowledge - but to set out clearly the range of considerations that need to be considered in forming a view about this policy, and to indicate which aspects of the evaluation are likely to be critical to the outcome of a full cost-benefit analysis. Details: London: The Beckley Foundation; Colchester, UK; Institute for Social and Economic Research, University of Essex, 2013. 156p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 11, 2013 at: http://www.beckleyfoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/09/BF-CANNABIS-CBA-REPORT.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cannabis Shelf Number: 129956

Author: Centre for Social Justice Title: The New Probation Landscape: Why the voluntary sector matters if we are going to reduce reoffending Summary: The Ministry of Justice is in the process of implementing an extensive programme of reform for the delivery of probation services across England and Wales. As part of this agenda, which is designed to reduce 'stubbornly high rates of reoffending', work with approximately 236,000 low- and medium-risk offenders will be contracted out to private and voluntary organisations and statutory support will be extended to prisoners on short sentences. If these reforms are to be successful they will need to consist of strong and resilient partnerships between the private and voluntary sectors. This paper is designed to inform those partnerships and sets the nature of the organisations that make-up the sector; why they're important; and what they think about the reforms. Details: London: Centre for Social Justice, 2013. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 11, 2013 at: http://www.centreforsocialjustice.org.uk/UserStorage/pdf/Pdf%20reports/landscape.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Partnerships Shelf Number: 131625

Author: Chambers, Max Title: The Pioneers: Police and Crime Commissioners, one year on. A collection of essays Summary: One year ago, the first Police and Crime Commissioners (PCCs) were elected across England and Wales. Charged with setting strategic policing priorities, holding Chief Constables and forces to account and improving public confidence in law enforcement, the 41 new PCCs form an integral part of the Government's wideranging police reform agenda. Policy Exchange has consistently argued that single, democratically-elected figures have the potential for renewing the police governance model and revitalising the relationship between the public and the police. As these important reforms continue to bed in and the pioneers get to grips with their new roles, we asked a cross-party group of PCCs to share their perspectives on their first year in office, highlight the key initiatives they are leading, outline the challenges and opportunities facing policing, and describe how their new leadership can help the service to succeed. Details: London: Policy Exchange, 2013. 89p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 11, 2013 at: http://www.policyexchange.org.uk/images/publications/the%20pioneers.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 131632

Author: Rowe, Sophie Title: New Bridge Befriending Service: Evaluation Report Summary: The New Bridge Foundation has been supporting offenders for over 50 years. The charity connects prisoners with the community via a national network of volunteers, with the intention of improving well-being and ultimately contributing to a reduction in reoffending. This report is the culmination of an exercise to formally evaluate the Befriending Service, its impact upon the wellbeing of prisoners and to highlight any changes in attitude and behaviour that may make a contribution to reducing reoffending. This review of New Bridge's Befriending Service comes at a time when the government is attempting to balance high levels of imprisonment with a "rehabilitation revolution". The Prime Minister's recent speech from the Centre for Social Justice reiterated the need for rehabilitation and integration in the community to begin in prison. The move to further introduce a system of payment by results means evidence of impact is crucial for voluntary sector contributors. Through a questionnaire administered to prisoners and volunteers, this report documents the importance of creating links between the offender and the community for successful rehabilitation and provides an evaluation of the impact on those involved. Based on responses from 153 prisoners and 67 volunteers, this report is able to conclude that the befriending scheme has promoted a number of positives outcomes. In relation to offenders the dominant ones are:  Increased motivation to re-establish contacts with those in the community, including family, friends and those working within support organisations  Improved self-esteem and confidence  The opportunity to challenge their thinking about criminal behaviour  More positive thinking about their current and future lives  A move towards a more positive sense of personal identity These outcomes indicate that long-term befriending of prisoners helps them to work towards successful re-integration into the community and reduce the likelihood of reoffending. Details: London: New Bridge Foundations, 2012. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 13, 2013 at: http://www.newbridgefoundation.org.uk/assets/files/NB-EvaluationReport.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mentoring (U.K.) Shelf Number: 131645

Author: Francis, Brian Title: Understanding Criminal Careers in Organised Crime Summary: Organised crime is a dangerous and constantly evolving global phenomenon (Europol, 2011). In recent years the Home Office has made considerable efforts to combat this threat under the auspices of its national strategy Local to Global: Reducing the Risk from Organised Crime (HM Government, 2011). A significant gap in the UK evidence base on organised crime is around the offending careers of serious and organised criminals. - provide a profile of the characteristics of offenders involved in organised crime in England and Wales; The aim of this study is to increase understanding of the criminal careers of organised offenders and, in doing so, inform the development of policy and law enforcement responses. The research aims to: - chart the criminal careers of organised crime offenders; and - establish whether offence-based risk factors can be identified that may support early identification of organised crime offenders. Details: London: Home Office, 2013. 120p. Source: Internet Resource: Home Office Research Report 74: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/246392/horr74.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Career Criminals Shelf Number: 131656

Author: Harrington, Richard Title: Mental Health Needs and Effectiveness of Provision for Young Offenders in Custody and in the Community Summary: Although there is growing literature on the mental health needs of adolescents in the youth justice system, there remain many unanswered questions. Epidemiological cross-sectional studies have revealed high levels of mental health and social needs. However, many of these studies have been small, focusing on specific populations - for example, those in secure care. These young people frequently move within the youth justice system between community and secure sites, but there have been few longitudinal studies describing how their needs change. Such studies - although difficult to conduct - are vital when considering what mental health resources are necessary to meet changing needs. What is also unclear is how the different professional organisations can work together in order to provide effective interventions, both to reduce offending behaviour and also improve the mental health and wellbeing of young offenders. The research described here was conducted during a period of rapid change in the youth justice system. For example, our previous study commented on the lack of mental health and educational provision in secure facilities (Kroll et al, 2002). At the time of the study, youth offending teams (Yots) had only just been established. However, since then, there have been numerous changes. Yots are now well established, with their own national standards and targets, and the sentencing of young offenders has changed considerably - for example, with the introduction of the Intensive Supervision and Surveillance Programme (ISSP) and Detention and Training Orders (DTOs). There is also increasing emphasis on mental health screening, and providing interventions to reduce offending. In this context of continuing change, the Youth Justice Board commissioned us to conduct a national study on the mental health needs of young offenders in custody and in the community. We were also asked to describe models of service provision, and to comment on examples of good practice - particularly, what interventions work to reduce mental health needs and offending behaviour. The specific aims of the study were: 􀂃 to describe the overall mental health and psychosocial needs of young offenders - both in custody and in the community - and to identify how needs vary according to gender, ethnicity and placement (custody versus community) 􀂃 to describe models of mental health provision available for young offenders, and examples of good practice 􀂃 to evaluate continuity of care, and how needs change as young offenders move from custody into the community 􀂃 to identify whether mental health needs predict future offending 􀂃 to assess financial costs for service provision for young offenders 􀂃 to evaluate the effectiveness of interventions to reduce offending behaviour and address mental health needs. This report is divided into three sections. a. current models of service provision and principles of good practice b. costs and needs data from the research survey c. a summary of what works with young offenders in addressing mental health needs and offending behaviour. Details: London: Youth Justice Board for England and Wales, 2005. 103p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 13, 2013 at: http://www.yjb.gov.uk/publications/Resources/Downloads/MentalHealthNeedsfull.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Offenders (U.K.) Shelf Number: 131658

Author: Lewis, Cath Title: Health Needs Assessment of Young Offenders in the Youth Justice System on Merseyside Summary: This is a health needs assessment (HNA) of young offenders aged 10-19 on Merseyside. It covers the areas of Liverpool, Knowsley, Sefton, St Helens, Wirral, and, Halton. It includes young offenders in secure children's homes (SCH), secure training centres (STC), and young offender institutions (YOI), as well as those who are being managed in the community by Merseyside Youth Offending Services (YOSs). The National Institute for Clinical excellence (NICE) defines health needs assessment (HNA) as 'a systematic method for reviewing the health issues facing a population, leading to agreed priorities and resource allocation that will improve health and reduce inequalities'. A HNA is a vital part of planning and commissioning health care and other services and support to promote well-being. It builds up a clear baseline of current needs and services, so that decisions can be made about how to reduce any mismatch between what is needed and what is provided. Background information This HNA assessment covers young people up to the age of 19, as some 18 year olds remain in the secure estate for children and young people until the age of 19 if they only have a short period of their sentence still to serve. According to the Youth Justice Board, in November 2012, 1,692 children aged 18 or under were in custody, with 1,551 of these under the age of 18. 96% of the latter were male, and 4% were female, so males are over-represented in this population. Young people from ethnic minority backgrounds are over-represented among children in custody - 58.6% of these young people were white, 20.5% were Black, 8.2% were of Mixed ethnicity, and 7.0% were Asian. Young offenders experience health that is worse than other people of their age, particularly in terms of behavioural and mental health problems. The Bradley Report highlighted the disproportionately high number of people with learning disabilities and mental health problems in the criminal justice system. Of prisoners aged 16-20, around 85% show signs of a personality disorder and 10% show signs of psychotic illness, which is far higher than in the population as a whole. Details: Liverpool: Liverpool Public Health Observatory. 2013. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Liverpool Public Health Observatory report series number 92: Accessed November 13, 2013 at: http://www.liv.ac.uk/PublicHealth/obs/publications/report/92%20Health%20needs%20assessment%20for%20young%20offenders%20on%20Merseyside.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Health Services Shelf Number: 131659

Author: Lewis, Cath Title: Health Needs Assessment of Adult Offenders Across the Criminal Justice System on Merseyside Summary: Liverpool Public Health Observatory was commissioned by Merseyside Directors of Public Health to carry out a health needs assessment (HNA) of adult offender health across the criminal justice system on Merseyside. HNA is a systematic method for reviewing the health issues facing a population, leading to agreed priorities and resource allocation that will improve health and reduce inequalities. The HNA covers the 3 prisons on Merseyside: HMP Liverpool, Altcourse and Kennet, as well as offenders on probation and in police custody across Merseyside. Because the majority of female offenders from the Merseyside area who are sent to prison are sent to HMP Styal, Styal was also included. This HNA covers offenders aged 18 and upwards. A health and wellbeing needs assessment of young offenders aged 10-18 is due for completion in December 2012. As part of the health needs assessment, quantitative data on prevalence of mental and physical health problems, as well as a wide range of other measures, were collected from the 4 prisons, as well as from Merseyside Probation Service. In addition, fifty eight interviews were carried out with key stakeholders, including offenders and key health care staff. Background information Research has demonstrated that the health of offenders is in general significantly worse than that of the population as a whole, particularly in terms of mental health problems, addictions and blood borne virus. Health of female offenders is particular poor, as highlighted in the Bradley Report, and when women are sent to prison families are far more likely to break down. Other ways in which imprisonment exacerbates health problems include many offenders losing their accommodation and/or employment whilst in prison. Prisoners are more likely to be from minority ethnic groups than the general population, and the proportion of foreign national prisoners has also increased steadily over the past decade. Although less research has been done with offenders who are on probation, research shows that health needs of those on probation are similar to those of the prison population. Details: Liverpool: Liverpool Public Health Observatory, 2013. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Observatory report series number 87: Accessed November, 2013 at: http://www.liv.ac.uk/PublicHealth/obs/publications/report/87_Health%20needs%20assessment%20of%20adult%20offenders_210612.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 131660

Author: Parents Against Child Sexual Exploitation (Pace) Title: Are Parents in the Picture? Professional and parental perspectives of child sexual exploitation Summary: Educating children in secondary school and providing parental support and information are considered the top ways of preventing cases of CSE. Professionals consider a lack of parental knowledge as the main barrier in identifying and preventing cases of CSE with half of professionals (51%) disagreeing that parents have the right information and knowledge they need to safeguard their children from CSE. For a minority of children in England, parents are the individuals that a child needs to be protected from; but for the majority of children their parents are their main safeguarders from risks including sexual exploitation. These survey results are important as parents are currently on the peripheries of statutory safeguarding strategies with often only passing mention to them in recommendations. For children to be protected from sexual exploitation parents need to brought more into the centre of the prevention picture. Working through schools, community groups and local public campaigns, parents with age appropriate children can be effectively and efficiently identified and provided with information that will enable them to safeguard their children. At least 70% of the parents interviewed said they would attend such a briefing at their child's school. Families with children already identified at particular risk could be given extra support and information to assist in safeguarding their child. Parental awareness of child sexual exploitation -- 1. Six out of ten of parents (63%) and professionals (60%) think that society in the UK acknowledges CSE but it should be more openly discussed. 2. Parents continue to focus more on stranger danger than risks from family or friends. 3. Six out of ten parents know 'something' about CSE and would most likely turn first to the police for support and advice. One in ten (13%) admit that they know 'not very much' about the dangers of CSE. Over half of parents (56%) are concerned that cases of CSE may occur in their local area. 4. It appears parents are aware of sexual exploitation but over half (53%) of professionals think that parents do not understand what CSE is. This professional concern is supported by the fact that 40% of parents stated that they would not be confident in recognising the difference between indicators of child sexual exploitation and normal challenging adolescent behaviour. Details: London: YouGov, 2013. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2013 at: http://www.paceuk.info/wp-content/uploads/2013/11/YouGovReport-Parents-in-the-Picture-FINAL-for-release-19112013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 131663

Author: Williamson, Derek Title: A Review of the Cost and impact of Dealing with the Past on Criminal Justice Organisations in Northern Ireland Summary: A new report by Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland (CJI) has indicated the financial cost borne by criminal justice agencies in Northern Ireland in terms of dealing with the past is estimated to exceed L30m per year. The inspection report also found that while the cost of dealing with legacy issues had largely been absorbed by the criminal justice agencies, this had negative consequences for current day criminal justice issues. "CJI undertook this inspection to provide information on the costs and impacts for the criminal justice system in dealing with the past," said Brendan McGuigan, Chief Inspector of Criminal Justice in Northern Ireland. "The report looked at the estimated total costs which may exceed over L187m in five years time, and the implications and risks that legacy issues can create in terms of reduced public confidence in the criminal justice system and the ability of criminal justice agencies to deliver effective and efficient services now and in the future." Mr. McGuigan said the Inspection found a willingness and commitment existed among leaders and criminal justice organisations to meet and manage their individual and collective obligations in relation to the past. Yet this resolve was undermined by delay as the various agencies sought to ensure individuals with the correct skills were allocated to addressing legacy issues. The Chief Inspector added that it was the view of Inspectors that the criminal justice system had not been structured to deal with the past nor could it provide a comprehensive solution to legacy issues. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2013. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2013 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/8b/8b89d447-fb32-41d7-ae26-57b18509c8a2.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice (Northern Ireland) Shelf Number: 131692

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Domestic Violence Disclosure Scheme (DVDS) Pilot Assessment Summary: In 2012/13, a 14 month pilot to test a national Domestic Violence Disclosure Scheme (DVDS) took place across four police force areas (Gwent, Wiltshire, Greater Manchester and Nottinghamshire). This report sets out the findings from an assessment of the pilot. Within existing legislation and common law, police have the power to disclose information to an individual, if it might help protect them, about previous violent offending by their partner. The DVDS pilot aimed to introduce a consistent process for this. The pilot tested two processes for disclosing this information, "Right to Ask‟ where a disclosure request is triggered by a member of the public directly contacting the police about a partner, and "Right to Know‟ where a disclosure request is triggered by police or partner agencies based on information that an individual is at risk of harm from their partner. Requests are subject to police checks before potentially being referred to a local multi-agency decision-making forum, where a decision is made about whether to make a disclosure. The forum must justify that there is "pressing need‟ for disclosure, and that a disclosure is lawful, necessary and proportionate to protect the potential victim from future crime. Aims and Approach This assessment aimed to capture views of the pilot to help understand how the process was working in practice and identify lessons learnt to inform any decisions about roll-out of the process. The assessment was not designed to consider any impact the scheme may have had on domestic abuse victims or estimate the "value for money‟ of the scheme. Specifically, the assessment aimed to understand: the nature of cases going through the scheme, including the volume and characteristics of applications and disclosures; perceptions of police officers and partner agencies involved in implementing the scheme, to capture lessons learnt; and experiences of those who requested and/or received a disclosure. This assessment drew on pilot police force monitoring data, focus groups with practitioners who delivered the scheme and a small number (38)2 of questionnaires completed by those who had applied for and/or received a disclosure. Further details on these methods are provided in the main report. Details: London: Home Office, 2013. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 27, 2013 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/260894/DVDS_assessment_report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence (U.K.) Shelf Number: 131720

Author: Kelly, Liz Title: Evaluation of the Pilot of Domestic Violence Protection Orders Summary: Domestic Violence Protection Orders (DVPOs) were piloted in three police force areas in 2011-12. DVPOs are a new civil provision designed to provide immediate protection for victim-survivors of domestic violence where no other enforceable restrictions can be placed upon the perpetrator. This evaluation of the pilot suggests that DVPOs were generally seen positively by practitioners and victim-survivors and were associated with a reduction in re-victimisation, particularly when used in 'chronic' cases. While a negative cost impact was found over the pilot period, there are likely to be further benefits that the evaluation could not quantify (e.g. preventing escalating violence), and over the long term the benefits increase relative to costs. The evaluation recommends wider roll out of DVPOs. Domestic abuse or violence is a crime and should be reported to the police, there are also other organisations who can offer you help and support. Call 999 if it's an emergency or you're in immediate danger. The police take domestic violence seriously and will be able to help and protect you. If it's not an emergency, contact your local neighbourhood policing team. Details: London: Home Office, 2013. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Home Office Research Report 76 : Accessed November 27, 2013 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/260897/horr76.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence (U.K.) Shelf Number: 131721

Author: Birdwell, Jonathan Title: Sobering Up Summary: Britain has a complicated relationship with alcohol. Despite the tabloid hysteria, the evidence shows that overall we are drinking less than we were a decade ago. At the same time, it is clear that some communities suffer from severe problems related to underage drinking, the harms of binge drinking and dependent street drinkers. The Government has not brought forward a strong national policy and in its absence, local authorities and Health and Wellbeing Boards who hold responsibility for public health will now lead the way. Sobering Up investigates what is already happening in communities across the UK and highlights best practice in the hope it will become wider spread. The research looks particularly at the role of shops and incorporates the views of local councillors, council officers, public health representatives, police, trading standards, alcohol support charities and shop owners and workers. It also includes case study areas - Blackpool, Ipswich, Manchester, and Kent - chosen for their mix of alcohol-related problems, as well as their geographical and demographic range. The report argues that each problem, in each community, is different and should be treated as such. However, some examples of best practice stand out. It recommends tackling the growing problem of proxy-purchasing through greater community policing of the offence and tougher punishments for those caught, and that city centres troubled by binge-drinking should do more to restrict access to those already very drunk. It also advocates more local partnerships to ensure local authorities, police and retailers are joined up - and that real effort is made to engage small retailers as well as the large chain retailers. Each of these measures could make a real contribution to tackling the alcohol-related harms that Britain still faces. Details: London: Demos, 2013. 104p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 4, 2013 at: http://www.demos.co.uk/files/DEMOS_sobering_up_report.pdf?1385061889 Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 131741

Author: Hallsworth, Simon Title: Confronting London's Violent Street World: The Gang and Beyond Summary: Over the last decade a new 'folk devil' has come to prominence in British society. This, the urban street gang is believed by many to be the instigator of the most serious violence in the UK today. The threats allegedly posed by this group range from public fears of young people 'hanging around' to stories of 'gang rape', violent territorialism, gun and knife related violence, the use of 'weapon dogs' and the importation and distribution of illegal drugs. Cumulatively the impression promoted by the media, politicians and many enforcement agencies, is that structured organised gangs are more prominent today and the offences in which they engage have become more serious. Drawing upon recent and relevant research this report explores the 'gang' situation as it pertains to London. While the report identifies gangs and gang violence as a real threat, the report is nevertheless critical of the way the term 'gang' is often used and is particularly critical about attempts to conflate into terms like 'the gang' and 'gang culture' social problems that need to be addressed in their own right. Whilst confronting gangs remains an important issue, the report argues for an approach which locates intervention effort within a wider appreciation of the violent street periphery where gangs are found. Gangs are certainly part of this world but other groups and criminally involved individuals inhabit this world as well. These, the report argues, need to be understood in their own right and as they intersect together. If the aim of intervention effort is to prevent such violence then effort must address this totality in a measured and proportionate way and not focus on one part of it at the expense of the whole. The report begins by briefly profiling the evidential base on which this review is conducted; it then examines some recurrent problems in the way the term 'gang' has been popularly used and abused by examining gang myths and stereotypes. A framework for defining gangs and differentiating these from other groups that have some involvement in crime and violence is then developed. This involves distinguishing gangs from delinquent peer groups and both of these groups from more organised crime groups. The following section examines the extent to which serious violence involving the use of weapons in London can be attributed to gangs. As this section shows, gangs are violent by nature and weapons can be used in certain contexts which the report identifies. As this section makes clear, other groups, including volatile individuals who are not in gangs, are also responsible for much of the violence that is being attributed to the gang, while some problems being attributed to the gang turn out, on inspection, not to be gang related. The second section draws the implications of this analysis together arguing for an approach to serious violence which looks beyond the gang. Rather than privilege a particular group as the object of intervention, the report argues instead that intervention effort needs to be directed at the spaces where gangs and other groups are located; this constitutes the volatile periphery of a violent street world. A framework for understanding this world is then developed. The report concludes by examining the principles that should inform the intervention effort directed to address the violence of the street periphery and profiles a range of interventions that can be mobilised to confront the different risks and dangers peer groups and gangs types of group pose. Details: London: Centre for Social and Evaluation Research London Metropolitan University, 2010. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 4, 2013 at: https://londonfunders.org.uk/sites/default/files/images/LondonGangsfinal.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 131745

Author: UK Cabinet Office Title: The Report of the Detainee Inquiry Summary: On 6 July 2010, the Prime Minister told the House of Commons that the government was establishing an independent, judge-led inquiry - The Detainee Inquiry - to be chaired by Sir Peter Gibson, a former senior Court of Appeal Judge, that would: - look at whether Britain was implicated in the improper treatment of detainees, held by other countries, that may have occurred in the aftermath of 9/11. On January 18, 2012, the then Lord Chancellor and Secretary of State for Justice, Rt. Hon Kenneth Clarke QC MP statement to the House announced: - following consultation with Sir Peter Gibson, the Inquiry Chair, we have decided to bring the work of his Inquiry to a conclusion. We have agreed with Sir Peter that the Inquiry should provide the government with a report on its preparatory work to date, highlighting particular themes or issues which might be the subject of further examination. The government is clear that as much of this report as possible will be made public. This is the report of The Detainee Inquiry on its preparatory work. It highlights particular themes and issues that the Inquiry Panel believe might merit further examination. The Rt Hon Kenneth Clarke QC MP made a statement to Parliament about it on 19 December 2013. Details: London: Cabinet Office, 2013. 119p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 13, 2014. Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Counterterrorism Shelf Number: 131753

Author: Wilson, Edith Title: Youth Justice Interventions - findings from the Juvenile Cohort Study (JCS) Summary: This report aims to provide a broad overview of 'what Youth Offending Teams (YOTs) do' in terms of planning and delivering interventions to young people (aged 10-17 years) who are under their supervision in the community. The study was conducted to fill a gap in the youth justice evidence base by assessing the range of interventions delivered by YOTs and how these relate to young people's offending-related risks, needs and future re-offending. This study is the first of its scale as previous research was based on small samples or focused on specific types of interventions. The main aim of the Youth Justice System (YJS) in England and Wales is to prevent young people from offending. Within the YJS, a YOT's primary role is to co-ordinate the youth justice services in the local area, and work with young people who have come into contact with the police or have been given a criminal justice disposal. In order to support the young person to desist from further offending, the YOT practitioner assesses their offending-related risks and needs via a standard youth assessment tool called Asset. The findings from this assessment inform the production of the intervention plan, which sets out the aims and nature of the interventions that will be delivered by the YOT to help the young person to stop offending. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2013. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 13, 2014 at: Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Interventions Shelf Number: 131757

Author: Straub, Christina Title: Evaluation Report: Embedding RESTORE into the fabric of YOI Ashfield - Qualitative analysis of impact and effectiveness - Summary: Ashfield HMP & YOI is a managed Young Offenders Institution caring for 400 male juveniles aged 15-18 years. Interventions are designed around the needs of the individual, with an emphasis on drugs and alcohol as well as violence and anger management. Over the last two years the most significant change in the make-up of the prisoner population at YOI Ashfield was the increase in offences of violent crime often involving weapons. Gang affiliation was closely related to this. Since previous work of the Forgiveness Project in the establishment had been very effective in the prevention of violence, further cooperation was sought by the prison. Funding granted through the Home Office's CAGGK (Communities Against Guns, Gangs & Knives Crime) Fund made this possible. As a result the RESTORE programme operated at Ashfield YOI for two years (July 2011 - March 2013) with support from the CAGGK fund. As well as working towards implementing the above named practical outcomes, the work also focused on developing an in-depth approach to further embed RESTORE in the fabric of the prison. Further funding was received in 2013 to undertake a qualitative evaluation looking at the impact and effectiveness of the RESTORE programme in a broader sense. Data gathered throughout the 2-year implementation period at YOI Ashfield has been analysed3 to provide an in-depth insight into the way this intervention operated, how it affected participants, and where its key strengths lay. Details: London: The Forgiveness Project, 2013. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 16, 2014 at Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Intervention Programs Shelf Number: 131774

Author: Great Britain. National Audit Office Title: Police Accountability: Landscape Review Summary: This report from the National Audit Office has identified a number of gaps in the Home Office's policing oversight framework, which could limit the public's ability to hold elected police and crime commissioners to account. However, even though it has been in place for only a year, the new framework has the potential to be an improvement on the system it has replaced. The Home Office introduced police and crime commissioners in November 2012 as a major reform to how police forces are governed. The Home Office set out an accountability framework for policing with the aim of balancing an increase in local autonomy with the Home Office's own need to obtain assurance that police forces are securing value for money from the funding it gives them. The NAO finds that gaps in this framework - such as the limited effectiveness of police and crime panels, and HM Inspectorate of Constabulary's lack of authority to carry out routine inspections of commissioners or their offices - could limit the degree of assurance the Home Office can take from the new accountability structure. Because police and crime panels, who scrutinize commissioners, lack powers to act on the information they receive, there are few checks and balances on commissioners between elections. The NAO report finds that the introduction of both commissioners, who hold chief constables to account, and police and crime panels, who do the same for commissioners, has increased the potential for local tensions. Nationally, six commissioners share a chief financial officer with their force, raising a potential conflict of interest. Shared chief financial officers might struggle to provide unfettered advice to both the chief constable and commissioner when they disagree. Those in the sector to whom the NAO spoke to believe that elected commissioners are potentially better able to hold police forces to account and drive value for money than the unelected police authorities they replaced. According to elected commissioners, so far there has been a significant increase in engagement with the public compared to the previous situation under police authorities. The NAO also reports that commissioners are not publishing all the data that the Police Reform and Social Responsibility Act 2011 requires, limiting the public's ability to hold commissioners to account. Furthermore, being able to take performance data at only face value limits the public's ability to hold commissioners to account. The Home Office and HM Inspectorate of Constabulary are now working together to agree how to provide better information to the public. Details: London: The Stationery Office, 2014. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: HC 963, Session 2013-14: Accessed January 24, 2014 at: http://www.nao.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/Police-accountability-Landscape-review.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 131796

Author: Youth Justice Board for England and Wales Title: National Evaluation of the Restorative Justice in Schools Programme Summary: In May 2000, the Youth Justice Board of England and Wales launched a pilot initiative to test the impact of restorative justice conferences in two Lambeth schools. Following early signs that restorative justice conferences showed promise in addressing bullying and other forms of anti-social behaviour, the Board was successful in attracting funding for three years from the Treasury's Invest to Save fund to extend the programme to other areas of London in April 2001. Borough partnerships were invited to tender for these initiatives through the local Youth Offending Teams (Yots). By the end of May 2001, three other boroughs joined the initiative, following the tender process: Hackney, Hammersmith and Fulham, and Islington. However, by the summer of 2002, only one of the new boroughs (Hammersmith and Fulham) had made any progress towards implementing a programme of restorative justice work in schools, and the Board decided to take back the funds that had been allocated to Hackney and Islington. The remaining funding was repackaged into a national programme, and Yots in England and Wales were invited to apply for funds to implement restorative projects within schools in their local area. Due to the lack of progress in implementing projects in Hackney and Islington, bids had to demonstrate that Yots already had relationships with the schools in their area. Seven Yots were successful in this bidding process: Barnet, Blackpool, Medway, North Lincolnshire, Oxford, Rhondda Cynon Taff and Somerset. The projects spanned a range of different approaches to introducing restorative practices into schools, including restorative justice conferences. Chapter 3 of this report details these approaches. The newly recruited Yots had only 18 months to develop and implement their projects (because of considerably smaller budgets, ranging between $15,000 and $44,000, and the timespan of the Treasury grant) rather than the three years that the Hammersmith and Fulham, and Lambeth projects had had to implement their projects. As such, the Restorative Justice in Schools programme consisted of nine local Yots working across 26 schools (20 secondary and 6 primary). The contract to evaluate these initiatives was awarded to Partners in Evaluation, a specialist agency with a multi-ethnic team of researchers and a national reputation for conducting evaluations in the fields of health, education, social exclusion and regeneration. The evaluation was intended to explore the following research questions: 1. What are the levels of victimisation, bullying and robbery in the schools in the study? 2. How are restorative justice approaches introduced into the schools? 3. To what extent are participants in restorative justice conferences (victims and offenders) satisfied with the process at the time of the conference? Details: London: Youth Justice Board for England and Wales, 2004. 99p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 24, 2014 at: http://www.restorativejustice.org.uk/resource/national_evaluation_of_the_restorative_justice_in_schools_programme/ Year: 2004 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 131797

Author: Clinks Title: Integrated Offender Management Cymru All Wales Youth to Adult Transition Model Summary: This report summarises the views of criminal justice and Voluntary, Community and Social Enterprise (VCSE) Sector practitioners working in Wales. These stakeholders were asked about their views in relation to service provision for young adults (16-25 year olds) in the Criminal Justice System (CJS), and specifically how Integrated Offender Management (IOM) could be utilised to support a new approach. The IOM Cymru board initiated this work to establish how an all-Wales IOM strategy could support young adults (16-25 years old) in the CJS. Young adults were recognized by IOM Cymru as a priority group within the system, with distinct needs, for whom a number of gaps exist between youth and adult services. This report has been written by Clinks (www.clinks.org) and is supported by Transitions to Adulthood Alliance (www.t2a.org.uk), a broad coalition of organisations and individuals that promotes the need for a distinct and radically different approach to young adults in the CJS. The views and opinions represented are that of practitioners from across Sectors who work with young adults in the CJS. Over 200 practitioners attended three events, as well as three separate online surveys targeted at different stakeholders providing a further 48 responses. The responses from practitioners and service managers provided us with two broad strands of information: - an overview of young adult services, and - the role of IOM in supporting young adults. These two strands have provided Clinks and IOM Cymru with a wide range of existing good practice, some clearly identified development needs, a view on the role IOM Cymru could play in designing services, and how IOM could practically deliver targeted services for young adults. We have supplied 17 recommendations as a result of the consultation exercise. These represent an opportunity to improve services for young people in their transition to adulthood, hopefully diverting them away from crime and helping them to positively contribute to their communities and wider society. There is overwhelming support from practitioners for a new approach that recognises young adults as an important and distinct service user group. Much can be achieved without the need for legislative change and without the need for large-scale investment in new services. They look at an approach which is about inter-agency cooperation, better service design, responsive approaches, a better understanding of maturity and how to support clients transitioning from youth to adult services which so often radically differ from one another. It is also clear that IOM is seen as a good vehicle through which to implement a different, multi-agency, and more coherent approach to supporting young adults in the CJS. The recommendations in this report are intended to spur on change in Wales. We recommend that stakeholders with an interest in the young adult agenda consider their priorities in relation to this report's recommendations and assign appropriate resources to assist in the undertaking of these activities. This will require human resources to take forward, and if possible should not be left to chance but should invest in the development of better services at this early stage in the development of IOM services for young adults so as to ensure the best possible outcome. Details: London: Clinks, 2013. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 31, 2014 at: http://www.t2a.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2013/12/Clinks_2013_IOM__young-adults-in-Wales_CONSULTATION.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Management Shelf Number: 131817

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Ending Gang and Youth Vioelnce: Review 2012-13 Summary: This report supplements findings presented in the Ending Gang and Youth Violence Annual Report 2013. The original Ending Gang and Youth Violence report was published in November 2011 following the riots earlier in the summer. The subsequent programme re-prioritised $10 million of Home Office Funding for 29 areas identified as facing the biggest challenges in relation to youth violence and gangs to help these areas build their capacity to respond effectively to their particular local issues. These areas were also provided wider support and a peer review (which set out local strengths and recommendations for action). This report provides an overview on what happened in the 29 areas during the 2012-13 programme period, and how the programme performed. Details: London: Home Office, 2014. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/265463/Ending_gang_youth_violence_12-13__3_.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 131836

Author: Chainey, Spencer Title: Stop and Search, the Use of Intelligence and Geographic Targeting: Findings from Case Study Research Summary: This report presents findings from research carried out in the mid-2000s to examine the role played by intelligence in police stop and search practices. As earlier research has suggested that the effective use of intelligence in stop and search can help improve the effectiveness and the fairness of the power (Quinton et al 2000), the study focused on three main questions: 1. To what extent was intelligence used by police in their routine use of stop and search? 2. To what extent were statistical and geographical patterns of searches consistent with the application of intelligence to search practices? 3. What were the potential implications of the application of intelligence for race disproportionality in stop and search? To address these questions, the study relied on in-depth interviews with operational officers from two case study police forces, and statistical and geographical analysis of search records from a further five case study sites. It should be noted that, since the work was conducted, police practices may have changed in the case study sites and across the wider service. Nevertheless, the research remains of relevance to policy-makers and practitioners because of the high profile nature of stop and search, and the continuing absence of robust empirical research on its effectiveness. More importantly, there is scope for forces to build of the analysis presented here due to: new statistical techniques becoming available; and the expanded use of mobile devices allowing search records to be geocoded automatically. Details: London: NPIA (National Policing Improvement Agency), 2012. 97p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 11, 2014 at: http://www.college.police.uk/en/docs/Stop_search_geographic_targeting_Report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Geographic Profiling Shelf Number: 131849

Author: Design Council Title: Reducing Violence and Aggression in A&E through a Better Experience Summary: Working with designers and the NHS, the Reducing violence and aggression in A&E: Through a better experience Design Challenge sought to address non-physical aggression and hostility towards staff by improving the A&E experience. A multi-diciplinary design team led by PearsonLloyd produced three design solutions: The People solution, The Guidance solution and a design toolkit. The Guidance and People solutions were installed and piloted at two A&E departments: Southampton General Hospital and St George's Hospital, London. A comprehensive evaluation was carried out by Frontier Economics and ESRO to test their impact which found: - 75% of patients said the improved signage reduced their frustration during waiting times - Threatening body language and aggressive behaviour fell by 50% post-implementation - For every $1 spent on the design solutions, $3 was generated in benefits Details: London: Design Council, 2011. 153p., 9p. summary Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 11, 2014 at: https://www.designcouncil.org.uk/sites/default/files/asset/document/AE_evaluation_summary_1.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Aggression Shelf Number: 131851

Author: McGuire, Mike Title: Cyber Crime: A Review of the Evidence. Summary of Key Findings and Implications Summary: This review focuses on evidence relating to cyber-dependent crimes (for example, the spread of viruses and other malware; hacking and DDoS attacks) and cyber-enabled crimes (for example, cyber-enabled fraud and theft; and sexual offending against children, including grooming and indecent imagery). The review also considers the available evidence regarding victims, offenders and the costs of cyber crime. The final chapter highlights various challenges with the cyber crime evidence base, and proposes further steps for improving the measurement of cyber crime. Details: London: Home Office, 2013. 30p. Summary, and four separate reports. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 75: Accessed March 11, 2014 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/cyber-crime-a-review-of-the-evidence Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Computer Crime Shelf Number: 131859

Author: Girma, Marchu Title: Detained: Women Asylum Seekers Locked Up in the UK Summary: In 2012, 6,071 women came to the UK seeking asylum in their own right and 1,902 women who had sought asylum were detained. For this report, Women for Refugee Women talked to 46 women who had sought asylum and had been detained, mainly in Yarl's Wood Immigration Removal Centre, about their experiences. The report also includes new official statistics on women who have sought asylum and been detained, supplied by the Home Office to Women for Refugee Women. Persecution We found that 33 women, or 72%, said that they had been raped, 19 women, or 41%, said that they had been tortured. 40 women, over 85%, had been either raped or tortured. More than half of the women we spoke to said that they had been persecuted, 'Because I am a woman.' Eight women, or 18%, were persecuted because they are lesbians. 'When the big door closed it brought back everything that had happened to me back home when I was in prison. I thought that I was going to be raped. The fear overtook me. I felt that I was not strong enough to go through anything like that again.' Despair All of the women in our sample told us that detention made them unhappy, 93% felt depressed, 85% felt scared, and more than half thought about killing themselves. Ten women, more than one in five, had tried to kill themselves. One third had been on suicide watch in detention. 'Living is not worthwhile anymore. Being dead would be much better.' Time Within our sample, the shortest stay in detention was three days, the longest stay was 11 months and the average was nearly three months. Home Office statistics show that of the 1,867 women who had sought asylum and left detention in 2012, 735, or 40%, had been detained for more than a month. 'The most depressing thing is that you don't know how long you're going to be here or if you'll still be here tomorrow.' Staff 40 women said they had been guarded by male staff and 70% of these said this made them uncomfortable. 50% said a member of staff had verbally abused them. Three women said they had been physically assaulted and one said she was sexually assaulted. 'They are verbally abusive in here... They just see you like animals.' 'The way they treat you. They want to get rid of you. You feel neglected and unwanted.' Detained Fast Track 12 women in our sample were held in the Detained Fast Track, in which the whole asylum case is heard in detention at accelerated speed. All but one said they were victims of rape or torture. In 2012, 429 women who had sought asylum were taken into the Detained Fast Track, of whom 20, or fewer than 5%, were granted leave to remain at the initial decision. 'Fast track makes you feel nervous and unsafe. Constant worrying and heartache.' Outcomes Home Office statistics released for this report show that of the 1,867 women who had sought asylum and who left detention in 2012, only 674, or 36%, were removed from the UK. The others were released into the UK. Our research suggests that this unnecessary detention has an ongoing impact on the mental health of vulnerable women. 'When I left detention, Yarl's Wood followed me to Manchester. Sometimes I feel like I'm in a trance, I feel I hear the footsteps of the officers, I hear the banging of the doors and the sound of their keys. Even though I'm out of detention, I'm not really out - I still have those dreams.' Recommendations We believe that detention has no place in the asylum process and that women who seek sanctuary in the UK should not be detained while their cases are being considered. Their cases can be heard while they are living in the community at much less cost and with less trauma to the asylum seekers themselves. For more detailed recommendations see page 43. Details: London: Women for Refugee Women, 2014. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2014 at: http://refugeewomen.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/WRWDetained.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Asylum, Right of Shelf Number: 131860

Author: Northern Ireland. Prison Review Team Title: Review of the Northern Ireland Prison Service: Conditions, Management and Oversight of All Prisons Summary: An effective prison system, capable of reducing crime, is crucial to creating a safer society in Northern Ireland, and this report begins by describing what such a system would look like and why. It also sets out the crucial role of other departments and civil society, with some innovative examples of multi-agency work that need to be supported and extended. The interim report in February identified significant and long-lasting problems in the Northern Ireland Prison Service and called for a programme of change and transformation of culture, approach and working practices. Yet little has changed in practice in the succeeding eight months, despite the launch of the Strategic Efficiency and Effectiveness programme, a new sense of purpose at the top of the service, and support from the Justice Minister. The endemic and systemic problems identified in the interim report remain unresolved, and public money is being wasted. Incremental improvements are not enough, and there needs to be a determined cross-party approach to driving through the whole package of change. Details: Belfast: Prison Review Team, 2011. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2014 at: http://www.dojni.gov.uk/index/ni-prison-service/nips-publications/reports-reviews-nips/owers-review-of-the-northern-ireland-prison-service.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 131871

Author: Markovich, Julia Title: The Social and Distributional Impacts of Transport: A Literature Review Summary: Despite the widely acknowledged significance of the social impacts of transport in political and public life and their distributional effects across various segments of society, this issue has received less policy attention relative to economic and environmental impacts. The aim of this working paper is to synthesise and critically evaluate the currently disparate literatures pertaining to the social impacts and equity of transport, transport disadvantage as it pertains to different social groups, and the wider interactions between transport poverty and social exclusion. It summarises what is known about these issues at the present time, identifies gaps in the knowledge base and draws attention to opportunities for further research. Details: Oxford, UK: University of Oxford, School of Geography and the Environment, Transport Studies Unit, 2011. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper No. 1055: Accessed March 12, 2014 at: http://www.tsu.ox.ac.uk/pubs/1055-markovich-lucas.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Public Transportation Shelf Number: 131872

Author: Youth Justice Board for England and Wales Title: Deaths of Children in Custody: Action Taken, Lessons Learnt Summary: The death of any child is a tragedy. When that child is in custody, the death also raises important questions for the state in respect of its duty to keep the child safe. In 2000, the Youth Justice Board for England and Wales (YJB) took responsibility for commissioning places in the secure estate for children and young people in England and Wales, and for placing children in secure units after they had been sentenced by the courts. Sixteen boys have died in custody since the YJB took responsibility for placements and commissioning in the secure estate in April 2000. With the exception of Gareth Myatt, all of the boys' deaths are thought1 to have been self-inflicted. Analysis of the available records from inquests, Prisons and Probation Ombudsman (PPO) investigation reports, Serious Case Reviews and one government-commissioned inquiry (Lambert, 2005) suggests that the YJB has been the direct recipient of about 120 recommendations. This report describes how these recommendations have been implemented. Details: London: Youth Justice Board for England and Wales, 2014. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2014 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/youth-justice/monitoring-performance/deaths-children-in-custody.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Deaths in Custody Shelf Number: 131873

Author: Hogget, James Title: Challenge and Change: Police Identity, Morale and Goodwill in an Age of Austerity Summary: This project was developed by a research team at the University of the West of England (UWE) under the direction of the Principal Investigator (PI) Dr. James Hoggett. The project adopted a mixed methods approach, comprising an on-line survey questionnaire utilising both quantitative closed and qualitative open questions. These questions were used to elicit self-report data from 13,591 police officers from the rank of Police Constable to Chief Inspector from the 43 police forces in England and Wales. This is a response rate of an approximate one-in-ten when judged against figures from Her Majesties Inspectorate of Constabulary (2013) which suggests an eligible population size of 128,199. Statistical tests were used to identify whether there was any geographical clustering on response profiles and whether these profiles differed between police forces or between the ranks of Constable, Sergeant, Inspector and Chief Inspector. It was found that differences in responses between forces and ranks are small, and there is no extensive geographical clustering of responses. The lack of differences between forces and ranks and the absence of any substantive clustering is in-keeping with a consistent set of responses suggesting a common voice across the sample. The self-report data contained in this report cover a number of issues. These issues include officers police/professional identity (how they perceive their roles and duties and whether being a police officer is an integral part of who they are), contextual issues currently impacting on the police profession (i.e. participants' views on the changes and challenges they face in relation to issues such as the government spending cuts and Winsor reviews), issues of police morale, sacrifice and goodwill and finally officers hopes and concerns for the future of the police service. Key findings include; - 79.6% of respondents agree or strongly agree that policing is a vocation rather than a job. - Only 1.6% of respondents agree the current government supports the police and only 1.1% positively report confidence in long-term government plans for policing. 95.8% disagree that cuts will not affect police resilience, 89.8% agree or strongly agree that the police are under resourced while only 6.4% of officers agree or strongly agree that the cuts will not impact on their ability to do their job. A further 80.4% agree or strongly agree that the current proposals, if implemented, will give criminality the upper hand - 84.0% of respondents either agree or strongly agree that some police reform is needed and 87.6% that some change is needed. Additionally 92.5% agree or strongly agree change and reform should be independent of politics while 96.3% are similarly in agreement that change should be made in collaboration with the police. - 83.8% of respondents agree or strongly agree that the Winsor reviews will negatively impact on their ability to do their job while 92.6% disagree or strongly disagree with the statement - The aim of the Winsor recommendations is not to save money but to create a more efficient, productive, motivated and highly skilled workforce. - 80.5% of respondents agree or strongly agree that the support of the general public positively impacts on their job. However, only 8.9% agree or strongly agree that the general public understands what the police do. 81.2% agree that the proposed changes in the Winsor review will negatively impact on the police's relationship with the public and only 1.7% agree or strongly agree that the changes being made to the police service are in the public's best interest - Only 11.9% of the sample respondents agree or strongly agree that they would join the police today if starting afresh. A further 64.9% of respondents agreed or strongly agreed that they would consider looking for alternative employment and 44.2% agreed or strongly agreed that they would consider voluntary severance. - Only 9.6% of respondents reported that their morale was high while only 1.9% reported that the morale of their colleagues was high. - 96.0% of respondents agree or strongly agree that they make sacrifices to be a police officer while only 18.9% agree or strongly agree that the sacrifices are still worth it. Additionally 96.9% of respondents agree or strongly agree that officer goodwill is essential to the success of the police, while only 11.3% agree or strongly agree that the changes occurring to policing will not erode this goodwill. The report also identifies that the police service is an organisation which creates a strong sense of identity for its members. Being a police officer forms a fundamental part of an individual's self-concept, therefore what happens to the police is of great importance to them and subsequently can have both positive and negative impacts which transfer beyond when officers are on duty. Interestingly the report also identifies that police organisational identity is important as it underpins officers' organisational citizenship behaviour (goodwill). In other words it appears that the behavioural norms and rules that are consonant with police organisational identity are based on officer's willingness to go above and beyond what is contractually expected in order to get the job done. If police organisational identity is threatened or changed it could change the normative rules of police behaviour from that based on goodwill to that based on work to rule. Finally the report suggests that senior management engagement and the development of management procedures to address the uncertainty created by current changes is important so that officers feel both supported and protected by the senior ranks. By supporting and encouraging active engagement from officers in the change process itself senior management may be able to strengthen police organisational identity and thus increase police organisational citizenship behaviour. Details: Bristol, UK: University of the West of England, 2014. 170p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2014 at: http://eprints.uwe.ac.uk/22392/9/Challenge%20and%20change%20police%20identity%20morale%20and%20goodwill%20in%20an%20age%20of%20austerity.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Job Satisfaction Shelf Number: 131902

Author: Independent Police Commission (UK) Title: Policing for a Better Britain Summary: Policing for a Better Britain, the final report of the Independent Police Commission (IPC) presents a bold and radical vision of how to deliver fair and effective policing in these economically difficult times. The report aims to provide a roadmap for the professional evolution of the policy force and sets out 37 recommendations covering eight key themes: A social justice model of neighbourhood policing; Creating effective partnerships; Achieving better democratic governance; A new deal for police officers and staff; Building a police profession; Raising standards and remedying misconduct; A structure fit for purpose; and Making savings and efficiencies. Details: London: The Commission, 2013. 226p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2014 at: http://independentpolicecommission.org.uk/uploads/37d80308-be23-9684-054d-e4958bb9d518.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 131907

Author: Christmann, Kris Title: Preventing Religious Radicalisation and Violent Extremism: A Systematic Review of the Research Evidence Summary: The purpose of this systematic review is to examine the scholarly literature on the process(es) of radicalisation, particularly among young people, and the availability of interventions to prevent extremism. The review was undertaken to inform the national evaluation of the Youth Justice Board for England and Wales' (YJB) preventing violent extremism programmes within the youth justice system, and as such, represents one of the research outputs from that study. The full evaluation report, Process Evaluation of Preventing Violent Extremism Programmes for Young People, is to be published by the YJB alongside this review. The review found that the evidence base for effective preventing violent extremism interventions is very limited. Despite a prolific output of research, few studies contained empirical data or systematic data analysis. Furthermore, although a growing body of literature investigating the radicalisation process is emerging, the weight of that literature is focused upon terrorism rather than radicalisation. As such, the evidence is concerned with that smaller cohort of individuals who, once radicalised, go on to commit acts of violence in the pursuit of political or religious aims and objectives. This introduces a systematic bias in the literature, away from the radicalisation process that preceeds terrorism, including radicalisation that does not lead to violence. Despite these limitations, the systematic review found that Islamic radicalisation and terrorism emanate from a very heterogeneous population that varies markedly in terms of education, family background, socio-economic status and income. Several studies have identified potential risk factors for radicalisation, and, among these, political grievances (notably reaction to Western foreign policy) have a prominent role. The review found only two evaluated UK programmes that explicitly aimed to address Islamic radicalisation in the UK. These were outreach and engagement projects running in London: the Muslim Contact Unit (MCU) and the 'Street' Project. In addition, the review drew heavily upon the Department for Communities and Local Government's (DCLG) rapid evidence assessment, Preventing Support for Violent Extremism through Community Interventions: A Review of the Evidence (Pratchett et al, 2010). This advocated the adoption of capacity building and empowering young people, and interventions that "challenge ideology that focus on theology and use education/training". The Netherlands-based Slotervaart Project was identified as an exemplar of the outreach/community-based approach recommended by the DCLG review. The review also considered a number of de-radicalisation programmes operating in several Islamic countries and programmes tackling right-wing radicalisation. These programmes provide some potential learning points for future UK programmes, chiefly around the need for those engaging with radicalised individuals to carry authority and legitimacy, and to be equipped with profound ideological knowledge. Details: London: Youth Justice Board for England and Wales, 2012. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2014 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/research-and-analysis/yjb/preventing-violent-extremism-systematic-review.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Extremism Shelf Number: 131942

Author: Gray, Emily Title: What Happens to Persistent and Serious Young Offenders When They Grow Up: A Follow-Up of the First Recipients of Intensive Supervision and Surveillance Summary: In 2001, the Youth Justice Board for England and Wales (YJB) launched the Intensive Supervision and Surveillance Programme (ISSP). Targeted at persistent and, later, serious young offenders, it aimed to tackle the underlying needs of young people, reduce reoffending, and reassure the community. In 2008, the Criminal Justice and Immigration Act put ISSP on a statutory footing as one of a range of interventions that could be attached to a Youth Rehabilitation Order. To reflect this change, ISSP was renamed ISS. Ten years on from the initial pilots, this report revisits the cohort (who are now adults) from the original evaluations of ISSP (Moore et al, 2004; Gray et al, 2005). It represents a summary of a broader joint-funded study by the Economic and Social Research Council and the YJB on what happens to persistent and serious young offenders when they grow up. The wider project will form a doctoral thesis (Gray, forthcoming). Details: London: Youth Justice Board for England and Wales, 2013. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2014 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/research-and-analysis/yjb/issp-follow-up-report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Intensive Supervision Shelf Number: 131943

Author: Mytton, Julie Title: The Feasibility of Using a Parenting Programme for the Prevention of Unintentional Home Injuries in the Under-Fives: A Cluster Randomised Controlled Trial Summary: Most injuries in preschool children occur at home, and many are preventable. Parenting programmes,supporting parents to make changes to their behaviour, have been shown to improve outcomes in children. This study explored whether or not a parenting programme could prevent home injuries in preschool children. We were asked to target parents whose child had recently been injured. We were concerned that parents asked to take part would fear that they were considered poor parents. We know that parents are interested in learning first aid, so we developed a programme to include first aid and safety advice to make it more appealing. To find out if it would be feasible to run a trial of the parenting programme, we tried to recruit 96 parents from eight children's centres to a small study with four randomly chosen centres providing the programme and four not doing so. After 10 months we had recruited only 40 parents, so we opened the study to all parents, whether or not their child had been injured. This helped us engage another 11 parents over 2 weeks. We ran the programme four times and 15 parents completed the course. Based on our experience we have made improvements to the programme and made recommendations about how a future trial could be run, including making it available to all parents using children's centres in disadvantaged areas. We have advised how to measure the number of injuries in children, and how to find out if the programme provides value for money. Details: Southampton, UK: National Institute for Health Research, Health Technology Assessment (HTA) Programme, 2014. 212p. Source: Internet Resource: Health Technology Assessment, 18(3): Accessed March 20, 2014 at: http://www.journalslibrary.nihr.ac.uk/__data/assets/pdf_file/0009/98451/FullReport-hta18030.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 131982

Author: Bradford, Ben Title: Self-Legitimacy, Police Culture and Support for Democratic Policing in an English Constabulary Summary: When do police officers feel confident in their own authority? What factors influence their sense of their own legitimacy? What is the effect of such 'self-legitimacy' on the way they think about policing? This paper addresses these questions using a survey of police officers working in an English constabulary. We find that the most powerful predictor of officers' confidence in their own authority is identification with their organization, itself something strongly associated with perceptions of the procedural justice of senior management. A greater sense of self-legitimacy is in turn linked to greater commitment to 'democratic' modes of policing. Finally, we find that this sense of legitimacy is embedded in a matrix of identities and cultural adaptations within the police organization. Details: Oxford, UK: Centre for Criminology, University of Oxford, 2014. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Oxford Legal Studies Research Paper No. 14/2014; Accessed March 20, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2406350 Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Culture Shelf Number: 131984

Author: Guy, Jonathon Title: Early Intervention in Domestic Violence and Abuse Summary: Domestic Violence and Abuse is the first in a series of reports on different aspects of Early Intervention. We chose to focus on domestic violence and abuse in our first report because it is an important cause of long-term problems for children, families and communities. The damaging impacts of witnessing domestic violence and abuse on children can cast a long shadow with inter-generational consequences sometimes leading to a repetition of abusive and violent behaviours. Moreover, domestic violence and abuse is not confined to a small section of the population but highly prevalent with 30% of women having experienced any domestic abuse since the age of 16 and 1.2% of people aged 16-59 having experienced partner abuse involving severe force in the last year. It also comes with immense costs - it is estimated that the overall costs to society of domestic violence and abuse stands at over L15.7bn. There must be more effective ways of preventing domestic violence and abuse and protecting children and families from its long-term effects. The Early Intervention Foundation's (EIF) focus is on the flow of evidence between research, practice and policy, with the goal of driving improvements to children's outcomes and breaking intergenerational patterns of disadvantage and dysfunction. Our approach is characterised by three roles: to assess the evidence of what works, to advise on the best Early Intervention approaches and to advocate for a shift in the culture from late to early intervention. A pre-emptive, early approach not only has the potential to improve the lives of children and families, but also represents an intelligent approach to spending - with possible long term savings as a result. A particular focus of the EIF is on ensuring children and young people have the bedrock of social and emotional skills, resilience and capability they need to function as effective, responsible adults with good levels of autonomy and well-being. In that context Early Intervention refers to the programmes and practices provided to babies, children, young people and their families to help achieve these outcomes. Many such Early Intervention services focus on supporting parenting as a key driver of success. EIF also provides advice to all interested in Early Intervention including practitioners, Local Councils, Schools, Police and Crime Commissioners, Clinical Commissioning Groups, the voluntary sector and Government on the causes of poor outcomes for children and young people and what has been shown to work to tackle these. We are working initially with 20 Pioneering Early Intervention Places including 18 Local Councils and 2 Police and Crime Commissioners across the country to help make Early Intervention a reality on the ground. Domestic violence and abuse is an issue that has been recurrently highlighted by local commissioners as an issue of serious concern and one which requires improved services. Many practitioners are looking at how to identify at risk groups in the population, better equip local workforces and provide more integrated services that respond to domestic violence and abuse alongside other issues that families may be facing. This report is not intended as a systematic and exhaustive review of 'What Works' in addressing and preventing domestic violence and abuse. The purpose of this report is to assess the extent to which evidence on domestic violence and abuse indicates Early Intervention Foundation that it can be an important cause of long term problems for children and families, and the role of Early Intervention in pre-empting this. The report combines our 3 'A's - assessment, advice and advocacy. It assesses a suite of preventative programmes for children and young people, Early Intervention initiatives for families at risk of domestic violence and abuse and perpetrator programmes. It reflects the feedback we have had from our 20 Pioneering Places and wider research to provide advice for local commissioners and others. It goes on to advocate for specific actions and tangible recommendations for government and other agencies. Details: London: Early Intervention Foundation, 2014. 103p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2014 at: http://www.eif.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/Early-Intervention-in-Domestic-Violence-and-Abuse-Full-Report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children and Violence Shelf Number: 131987

Author: Mews, Aidan Title: Updated Analysis of the Impact of the Intensive Alternatives to Custody Pilots on Re-offending Rates Summary: The Intensive Alternatives to Custody (IAC) pilot programme ran from April 2008 to March 2011 to test the use of intensive community orders in diverting offenders from short-term custodial sentences. The Ministry of Justice have undertaken updated analysis to compare re-offending rates for offenders receiving IAC orders in 2009 and 2010, with matched offenders receiving short custodial sentences and court orders. The analysis assesses the effectiveness of Intensive Alternatives to Custody (IAC) orders in reducing re-offending compared with a) short-term custodial sentences and b) court orders. Offenders starting an Intensive Alternative to Custody (IAC) order in 2009 or 2010 were matched to similar offenders receiving these disposals and their re-offending was compared. This report updates previous analysis published in July 2012 by including a larger sample (due to 2010 re-offending rates becoming available), using Propensity Score Matching (PSM) methodology as opposed to variable by variable matching, and by including additional offender information from Offender Assessment System (OASys), Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs (HMRC) and Department of Work and Pensions (DWP) data sources. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2014. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Analytical Summary: Accessed March 20, 2014 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/289369/updated-analysis-impact-of-intensive-alternatives-to-custody-pilots-on-re-offending-rates.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternative to Incarceration Shelf Number: 131989

Author: Wheller, Levin Title: The Greater Manchester Police Procedural Justice Training Experiment: Technical Report Summary: This technical report outlines the design, methods and results of a two-group randomized control trial undertaken in Greater Manchester Police (GMP) between September 2011 and June 2012. It follows the CONSORT 2010 structure for reporting trials. In parallel with this report the College of Policing is publishing a practitioner paper with a greater focus on the high level findings, key implications and practical considerations for policing that arise from this work. Greater Manchester Police (GMP) decided to introduce a new training programme on communication skills following concern among Chief Officers that the force was underperforming compared to its most similar group of forces with regards to levels of victim satisfaction. An opportunity was identified through ongoing collaboration with the Research Analysis and Information Unit (RAI) to evaluate the impact of any new training intervention in GMP. Through discussions with RAI, GMP became interested in piloting an innovative training programme focussed on enhancing practical communication skills of frontline uniformed officers. The College of Policing has worked in collaboration with GMP to design the evaluation methodology, and - drawing on findings from a recent review of training and behavior change - the scenario based learning element of the course. An external provider developed the classroom content of the training course in collaboration with GMP. The trial was also a good opportunity to add to the growing body of research on the procedural justice model, which looks at the reasons why people cooperate with the police and do not break the law. While the relationships in the procedural justice model have been examined in survey data gathered from a range of different contexts (e.g. Australia, Ghana, Jamaica), relatively little attention had previously been paid so far to how to improve public perceptions of police procedural fairness. Given this gap in the research evidence, and the potential benefits of the police adopting a more procedurally just approach, this trial offered a valuable opportunity to test the impact of a communication skills training on the way officers interact with members of the public and to establish if training could lead to improvements in public perceptions of procedural fairness. Details: Ryton-on-Dunsmore, UK: College of Policing, 2013. 74p.; Practitioner Paper Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2014 at: http://www.college.police.uk/en/docs/Technical_Report_Final.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Communication Skills Shelf Number: 131991

Author: Winters, Lyn Title: Sexual Violence Needs Assessment For Merseyside: Final Report Summary: This sexual violence needs assessment aims to ensure that provision meets actual need and to reduce organisational barriers. The needs assessment reviews current activity in sexual violence services in Merseyside utilising data from police, third sector and health and social care agencies for those aged 13 years and above. Intelligence on need is supplemented from the British Crime Survey. The review also summarises the factors associated with sexual violence. The findings from this review will inform the strategic review of the commissioning arrangements for the provision of the Sexual Assault Referral Centre (SARC) services for the population of Merseyside. It will ensure that all people will receive optimum high quality care when they need it, not being dependent on their age or area of residence within Merseyside. Details: Liverpool: Liverpool Public Health Observatory, University of Liverpool, 2011. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Observatory Report Series No. 85: Accessed march 20, 2014 at: http://www.liv.ac.uk/media/livacuk/instituteofpsychology/publichealthobservatory/85_Final_Report_Sexual_Violence_Needs_Assessment_for_Merseyside.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Rape Shelf Number: 131992

Author: Ubido, Janet Title: Prevention Programmes Cost-Effectiveness Review: Alcohol Summary: Alcohol harm cost the NHS $2.7 billion in 2006/07 (DH, 2008). Hospital inpatient and day visits are the greatest expense (1,190 million), followed by Accident and Emergency (A&E) visits (645.7 million) and ambulance services (372.4 million). NICE estimate that alcohol-related disease accounts for 1 in 26 NHS bed days nationally, and up to 40% of all A&E admissions nationally are thought to be alcohol related (HDA, 2005). Alcohol-related hospital admission rates are strongly associated with deprivation, with higher rates in more deprived local authorities (Morleo et al, 2010). The North West has six out of the top ten local authority areas with the highest rates of hospital admissions for alcohol related harm in people aged sixteen or over (NWPHO, 2010). The review: This cost effectiveness review on alcohol presents evidence on interventions at three levels: - primary prevention (including education programmes); - secondary prevention, to detect the early stages of alcohol misuse (e.g. screening and brief interventions) and - tertiary prevention, including prevention or minimisation of relapse The review does not cover drug treatments when used exclusively, or surgical interventions. Direct NHS interventions, such as screening for alcohol harm in primary care, and indirect NHS interventions, including lobbying the government for a minimum unit price for alcohol, are included. Details: Liverpool: Liverpool Public Health Observatory, University of Liverpool, 2010. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Observatory Report Series, number 84 Cost effectiveness review series, number 2: Accessed March 20, 2014 at: http://www.liv.ac.uk/media/livacuk/instituteofpsychology/publichealthobservatory/84_alcohol_cost_effectiveness_FOR_WEBSITE.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 131993

Author: Independent Commission on Youth Crime and Antisocial Behaviour (UK) Title: A Fresh Start to Tackling Youth Crime: A Briefing for Police and Crime Commissioners Summary: Two decades of falling crime have presented Police and Crime Commissioners (PCCs) with an unprecedented window of opportunity to secure a low-crime future for children and young people in England and Wales. This briefing identifies ways that PCCs can play a leading part in reducing crime and antisocial behaviour by children and young people while helping them grow into successful adults and law-abiding citizens. It is published by the Independent Commission on Youth Crime and Antisocial Behaviour. In 2010, the Commission, chaired by Sir Anthony Salz, published Time for a fresh start, its influential blueprint for reform, based on three underlying 'pillars of principle': Prevention - tackling antisocial behaviour, crime and reoffending through families, schools, communities and knowledge of children's underlying needs. Restoration - ensuring children and young people who break the law face meaningful consequences that hold them accountable for the harm caused to victims and the wider community. Integration - striving to retain young people who offend within mainstream society or re-connect them wherever possible. Positive policy and practice developments in the past three years have demonstrated the central importance of these guiding principles. Their value is also apparent in guiding responses to crime issues affecting children and young people that are especially challenging today. These range from 'smart' phone thefts and online 'cyber-bullying' to sexual exploitation and organised gang cultures. This briefing describes how PCCs, working with police forces and their partners in local government and the youth justice system, can apply the principles to take cost-effective, local action to reduce antisocial behaviour and young people's involvement in crime. Details: London: The Commission, 2013. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 31, 2014 at: http://www.police-foundation.org.uk/uploads/holding/projects/fresh_start_to_tackling_youth_crime.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 103026

Author: RSA Action and Research Centre Title: Police Federation Independent Review: Final Report Summary: This progress report is an initial analysis of the evidence that the Independent Review Panel has received since April. This evidence comes from Police Federation members, representatives, and a range of stakeholders throughout the policing world. An Ipsos-MORI survey with around 12,500 respondents from within the Police Federation was conducted in September. Some of the results from this survey are presented in the report. The clear message that has emerged is that there is a strong desire both within the Police Federation and amongst external audiences for significant change. The Panel will, consequently, recommend significant reform. The report indicates the Panel's conclusions on the key characteristics that this reform should encompass if the Federation is to serve its members effectively. A final report will follow in January detailing what precise form these changes should take. Details: London: RSA, 2014. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 31, 2014 at: http://www.thersa.org/__data/assets/pdf_file/0006/1534191/RSA_Police_Federation_progress_report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Reform Shelf Number: 132027

Author: Criminal Justice Alliance Title: Prosecuting Young Adults: The potential for taking account of maturity at the charge and prosecution stage of the criminal justice system Summary: The Criminal Justice Alliance has produced a paper, funded by the Barrow Cadbury Trust, looking at the Crown Prosecution Service and prosecuting young adults. The CPS published a new Code, which for the first time explicitly included taking the maturity of an individual into account as part of the 'public interest test', alongside other more established factors such as learning difficulties and mental health problems. This development represents a new opportunity for prosecutors to more explicitly and transparently consider the maturity of young adults, as is currently the case within the youth justice system. This research study investigates how the inclusion of the concept of maturity will work in practice, using the expertise of prosecutors to help us to understand how the concept of maturity is currently applied within the youth justice system and what lessons can be learnt to ensure the successful implementation for young adults. The document is available here. Details: London: Criminal Justice Alliance, 2013. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 31, 2014 at: http://criminaljusticealliance.org/cps&maturity.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Justice Reform Shelf Number: 132031

Author: Moran, Patricia Title: What Works in Parenting Support? A Review of the International Evidence Summary: This is a summary of a review of the international (English language) evidence regarding the effectiveness of parenting support programmes, carried out by the independent Policy Research Bureau on behalf of the DfES. In the light of research evidence from recent decades linking various aspects of parenting with outcomes for children, many programmes have sprung up aimed at helping parents to enhance their ability to parent, in the hope that outcomes for children may ultimately improve. At the same time, a body of literature documenting the scientific evaluation of parent support programmes has also accumulated, assessing its effectiveness. The current study set out to review this growing body of literature. The task involved collating, grading, sorting and summarising parenting support evaluation literature (both published and unpublished) in order to delineate what is known about 'what works' both in the UK and elsewhere, and to distil key messages for policy makers regarding practice, research and overarching national policy. Details: London: Department for Education and Skills, 2004. 206p. Source: Internet source: Research Report RR574: Accessed March 31, 2014 at: http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20130401151715/https://www.education.gov.uk/publications/eOrderingDownload/RR574.pdf.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 132034

Author: Centre for Social Justice Title: Girls and Gangs Summary: This report shines a light on the harrowing reality of gang life for girls and young women. In conducting this research, the CSJ and XLP have engaged with a wide range of individuals and organisations involved in gangs from across the UK, drawing on the expertise of the CSJ's 350-strong Alliance of poverty-fighting charities. We spoke to many girls and young women who are or have been gang-associated and more than 30 organisations working to tackle gang problems. The stories we have heard shocked us, and reveal a parallel world that too few policy makers understand. We have heard about the toll gang life is taking on their education, and their families, friends and communities; the horror of sexual exploitation; and of an increase in criminal activity. Yet we also found several things that can be done to help girls exit gang association such as mapping the problem, and taking advantage of specific 'windows of opportunity' to access girls. We hope that this research gives policy makers and community leaders an insight into a world that has been long-neglected, and empowers them to help support girls to exit gang association. Details: London: Centre for Social Justice, 2014. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 7, 2014 at: http://www.centreforsocialjustice.org.uk/UserStorage/pdf/Pdf%20reports/Girls-and-Gangs-FINAL-VERSION.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Gang Members Shelf Number: 132044

Author: Barefoot Research and Evaluation Title: Sex Markets in Teesside Summary: This is a study into the extent and dynamics of the adult sex market in Teesside, covering the four local authority areas of Middlesbrough, Stockton, Redcar and Cleveland and Hartlepool. It presents a snapshot of information between 2012 and 2013. This work was commissioned by Northern Rock Foundation under its Safety and Justice Programme. Sexual exploitation is a priority in this programme and the Foundation wished to better understand how related issues manifested themselves in this area. This first study focuses exclusively on adults; a second report will be published in 2014 looking at the sexual exploitation of children across Teesside. The study makes a series of key findings: - Prostitution takes place across all four local authority areas, with the highest numbers in Middlesbrough and Stockton. There are local differences including on street sex markets in Middlesbrough and Stockton and off street markets in all areas. - There is both male and female prostitution in all local authority areas: there are more women involved in survival sex than in commercial prostitution (n=268 and 221 respectively); there are more men involved in commercial prostitution compared to survival sex (n=107 and 35 respectively). - There are different age profiles of women involved: younger women tend to be involved in commercial prostitution (most within the 18 to 25 age bracket); and older women tend to be involved in survival sex (most within the 26 to 35 age range). There are no significant differences in male age patterns. - Most survival sex is linked to substance abuse. Patterns of abuse (i.e. decline or increase usage) across Teesside are mostly unchanged since 2006 (there may be a small increase in usage). - The most prominent themes associated with prostitution are: substance misuse; the experience of violence (in many cases this is severe violence); poor accommodation or homelessness; poor health; removal of children into care; and debt. - Many of those involved in survival sex were first sexually exploited when they were under 16 years of age. - It is difficult to exit prostitution, with the influencing factors being: addictions; lack of money earning potential and debt; regular punters; partners/pimps; and poor accommodation (often with partners/pimps). - The strongest service need for women involved in prostitution is suitable accommodation, followed by drug treatment, counselling and employment and training. Details: Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK: Northern Rock Foundation, 2013. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 19, 2014 at: http://www.nr-foundation.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/Sex-Markets-in-Teesside-Public-Document.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 132064

Author: Beckett, Helen Title: Tackling Child Sexual Exploitation: A Study of Current Practice in London Summary: In autumn 2013, London Councils and the London Safeguarding Children Board commissioned a team of researchers from the University of Bedfordshire to map current responses to child sexual exploitation (CSE) across London. The study was conducted in October/November 2013. The findings are drawn from an in-depth quantitative survey (completed by 30 London boroughs and local safeguarding children boards) and eight semi-structured interviews with statutory and voluntary sector providers. The report provides a snapshot of current responses to CSE across London, in relation to: - Local scoping of the issue; - Local policies and procedures; - Training and awareness raising; - Identification and early intervention (re. victims and perpetrators); - Responding to cases of CSE (re. victims and perpetrators); and - Overarching reflections on progress and challenges. Although there is still much progress to be made, the report encouragingly demonstrates that significant work is underway. Details: London: London Councils, 2014. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 19, 2014 at: http://www.londoncouncils.gov.uk/policylobbying/children/safeguardingchildren/csefinalandsummaryreports.htm Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 132067

Author: Broadhurst, Kate Title: Consultation with Young People/Parents and Carers in Leicestershire Summary: As part of the Every Child Matters guidance, public funded bodies must now demonstrate how children and young people participate in the design, delivery and evaluation of the services they use. Leicestershire YOS commissioned Perpetuity to consult with young people and their parents/carers to understand how best to actively engage them in the planning and commissioning of substance misuse services. The YOS was also provided with key findings on service users' experience of the service they received, their awareness of services, as well as recommendations for improvement in a succinct report. Details: Leicester, UK: Perpetuity Research & Consultancy International, 2008. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 19, 2014 at: http://perpetuityresearch.com/778/youth-offending-service-consultation-with-young-people-parents-and-carers-in-leicestershire/ Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 132071

Author: DrugScope Title: State of the Sector 2013 Summary: The report, State of the Sector 2013 (1), contains the findings from a survey of nearly 170 drug and alcohol services, from across England's four Public Health England regions. It finds the drug and alcohol sector in a period of flux and facing a number of challenges: - Respondents highlighted significant problems in their ability to offer clients support to improve recovery capital, particularly employment, housing and mental and physical wellbeing; - The picture on engagement with Health and Wellbeing Boards (HWBs) and Police and Crime Commissioners (PCCs) is mixed, with positive examples, but other services reporting a lack of engagement; - 35 per cent of drug and alcohol services surveyed reported a decrease in funding, against 20 per cent reporting an increase and 33 per cent no change; - Just over half reported a large increase in caseloads in the last year, against 27 per cent reporting a decrease; - Almost half reported that they were employing fewer frontline staff and 6 out of 10 services reported an increase in the use of volunteers. The research comprised an online survey, a series of regional summits and telephone interviews with chief executives of treatment providers. It was carried out in the autumn of 2013, nearing the end of a pivotal year for drug and alcohol services in which many funding and commissioning structures were replaced with new and in some cases substantially different organisations. It is intended that further research will be carried out in 2014 to investigate how services are coping with these changes, using these findings as a baseline. Details: London: DrugScope, 2014. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 19, 2014 at: http://www.drugscope.org.uk/Resources/Drugscope/Documents/PDF/Policy/SOS2013_Main.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 132076

Author: Powis, Beverly Title: Drug Recovery Wings Set Up, Delivery and Lessons Learned: Process Study of First Tranche DRW Pilot Sites Summary: Drug Recovery Wings (DRWs) were launched in five adult prisons in June 2011. Their core aims were to: - Target those serving short sentences of three to twelve months and who are dependent on drugs/alcohol (including problematic use); - Offer a route out of dependency for those who are motivated to change but need intensive support whilst in the initial stages of their recovery; - Increase the number of short sentenced offenders participating in recovery-focused interventions whilst in custody; and - Improve continuity of care, support and treatment between prisons and the community. The National Offender Management Service (NOMS) Interventions Unit carried out a process study to describe the defining characteristics of the regime at each pilot site and explore the challenges and lessons that can be learned from setting up a DRW pilot project. The research fieldwork took place between November 2011 and June 2012. The report therefore recognises that the pilots were still at varying stages of implementation and that this study does not reflect the full scale of progress made to date or the range of services that may now be available across pilot sites since fieldwork was undertaken. Semi-structured interviews were conducted with members of staff and wing participants. These included DRW staff (thirty-six), organisations working in partnership with NOMS both in the prison itself and in the community on release (twelve), staff from the wider establishment (sixteen), current participants of the DRW (forty-four) and those who did not start or complete their stay on the wing (seven). In addition, documentation produced by the wings was obtained and analysed. The study described the regime at each establishment at the time of the fieldwork. All the wings were found to be operating well. They were successfully delivering varied, recovery-focused interventions and had established links to services in the community which provided continuity of care upon release. Staff from the wings, wider establishment and partnership organisations generally spoke positively about the drug recovery regimes. In addition, nearly all the DRW participants interviewed reported a positive change in their attitudes and behaviour from their involvement with the wing. Details: London: National Offender Management Services, Ministry of Justice, 2014. 94p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Analytical Series: Accessed April 19, 2014 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/286040/Drug-recovery-wings-process-study.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse Treatment Shelf Number: 132078

Author: MacQueen, Sarah Title: Support and Services for Parents: A Review of the Literature in Engaging and Supporting Parents Summary: This literature review aims to draw together existing knowledge on assessing and evaluating parenting interventions. In conducting the literature review, the research team was interested in re-examining the historical policy context to locate the rationale for the introduction of Parenting Orders and the apparent under use of the provisions; to re-examine the evidence of risk and protective factors and the interrelated issues of antisocial behaviour and child care; alongside effective approaches to family service provision. These themes set the context and framework for examining the evidence on the practice of engagement with clients and the use of compulsion. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2007. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 19, 2014 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/Doc/218819/0058780.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 132081

Author: Shuker, Lucie Title: Evaluation of Barnardo's Safe Accommodation Project for Sexually Exploited and Trafficked Young People Summary: - The Safe Accommodation Project piloted the use of specialist foster placements for young people at risk, or victims, of sexual exploitation and/or trafficking, for the first time in England,as well as providing training to foster carers and associated professionals, and 1-1 support to young people in other care settings. - Warm, trusting relationships are at the heart of creating safe and stable specialist foster placements. These take time to develop but unlock a series of other positive outcomes. - Effective specialist placements are supported by a team around the child which shares a common safeguarding approach and attitude toward a young person's level of risk. - There is clear potential for specialist placements to be cost-effective, particularly where they deter young people from unstable care pathways and being referred to residential care. - Where specialist placements are offered in line with the model developed in the evaluation, sexually exploited and/or trafficked young people can be effectively protected and can continue to go on to recover from abuse. - Specialist placements appear to be meeting a need amongst young people at risk, or victims, of sexual exploitation and/or trafficking. As such it is recommended that this model of specialist foster care should continue to be provided, drawing on the learning generated from the evaluation, in order to ensure that more young people can benefit from such specialist provision. Details: Bedfordshire, UK: University of Bedfordshire, Institute of Applied Social Research, 2013. 161p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 19, 2014 at: https://www.beds.ac.uk/__data/assets/pdf_file/0016/305314/Barnardo27s-SA-Project-Evaluation-Full-Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 132083

Author: Sebire, Jacqueline Title: Love and Lethal Violence: An Analysis of Intimate partner Homicides Committee in London, 1998-2009 Summary: On the evening of 31st October 2003, North London, four hours and six miles separated two homicides. A man ran over his fiancee meanwhile a woman stabbed her lover. The circumstances of these murders are different but both involve the death of intimate partners. This research examines whether there is any difference in the way men and women kill their lovers. The question is answered through three levels of analysis. Firstly an assessment of quantitative gender differences by examining 207 intimate partner homicides committed in London between 1998 and 2009. Secondly through a series of nonparametric tests on victim, suspect, relationship and offence characteristics to establish any variables are associated with or predictive of perpetrator gender. Finally results were considered in light of feminist criminology and evolutionary psychology, the preeminent theories of intimate partner homicide. The answers were not as simplistic as the question. Female offending was associated with quarrels, intoxication, self-defence, killing by stabbing and the presence of step-children. Male offending was motivated by infidelity or separation. Men exhibited more varied means of killing and were likely to kill themselves and others. A couple's age discrepancy and level of intoxication were key elements of intimate partner homicide. What was unexpected was the non-significant influence of precursor relationship violence. The results were at odds with both feminist and evolution theory which seat female violence within on-going male abuse. This study placed female offending within an immediate situational context rather than antecedent violence. This study is unique as it is based on privileged access to original Metropolitan Police case files. Such detailed analysis providing a view of London's Intimate Partner Homicide landscape had never conducted prior to this study. It is therefore of value to those professionals operating within the fields of domestic violence and homicide investigation as well as those who research it. Details: Leicester, UK: University of Leicester, 2013. 311p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 22, 2014 at: https://lra.le.ac.uk/handle/2381/28380 Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Homicide Shelf Number: 132107

Author: Buckley, Laura Title: An Evaluation Activity Undertaken by Crime and Disorder Reduction Partnerships in the North West Which Aim to Engage Young People in Crime Prevention and Reduction Initiatives Summary: In 2009 the ten Neighbourhood and Home Watch (NHW) regions in England and Wales were awarded a small sum of money by the Home Office to spend on developing the capacity of the movement regionally to better engage with the communities they serve. Neighbourhood and Home Watch North West decided to look specifically at the engagement of young people and, as part of this strategy, commissioned the International School for Communities, Rights and Inclusion at the University of Central Lancashire to undertake a small scale evaluation of existing activity undertaken to engage young people in crime reduction and crime prevention initiatives. It was agreed that there would be three strands to this work: 1. A brief literature review of published and grey literature relating to the engagement of young people in crime reduction activity to identify any best practice with respect to the engagement of young people in crime reduction and crime prevention initiatives; 2. A survey of Crime and Disorder Reduction Partnership (CDRP) leads for the North West to identify examples of successful engagement practice. 3. The production of a report identifying best practice and making practical and strategic recommendations for future Neighbourhood Watch activity across the North West. This research proposal was reviewed by an Ethics Committee at the University of Central Lancashire in order to ensure compliance with appropriate standards of ethics and procedures. This report sets out the findings and recommendations from the work and is split in to three parts. Part 1 - the literature review Part 2 - findings from the survey data Part 3 - discussion and recommendations for Neighbourhood and Home Watch North West Details: Lancashire, UK: University of Central Lancashire, 2010. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2014 at: http://www.ourwatch.org.uk/uploads/general/Research_Paper_on_engagement_with_young_people_in_crime_prevention_initiatives_by_CDRPs_in_the_North_West_region.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 132117

Author: Mannan, Ruksana Title: A Multi-Agency Approach to Tackling Gangs in Bromley - Summary Report Summary: This report presents an assessment of the impact of gangs and gang membership on the borough in order to identify a cross-departmental response to minimize negative consequences. Details: London: Borough of Bromley, 2012. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2014 at: https://www.yumpu.com/en/document/view/17297848/tackling-gangs-in-bromley-appendix-item-58-pdf-440-kb Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 132127

Author: Ramsay, Jean Title: Interventions to Reduce Violence and Promote the Physical and Psychosocial Well-Being of Women Who Experience Partner Violence: A Systematic Review of Controlled Evaluations Summary: Our aim was to evaluate the effectiveness of interventions relevant to health care for the reduction of violence or improvement of the physical and psychosocial well-being of women who have experienced or are experiencing partner violence. The review was concerned with an examination of the evidence provided by (1) controlled intervention studies, and (2) interventions that targeted only the women who have been abused (an not the perpetrators), or the organisations and professionals that may have contact with abused women. Details: London: Barts and The London, Queen Mary's School of Medicine and Dentistry, 2005. 178p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2014 at: http://www.equation.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/Interventions-a-systematic-review-of-controlled-evaluations.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 132133

Author: Turley, Caroline Title: Process Evaluation of the Neighbourhood Justice Panels Summary: Neighbourhood Justice Panels (NJPs) are a form of restorative justice (RJ) conferencing. NJP meetings aim to bring local victims and perpetrators together, using restorative and reparative approaches. The panel meetings are facilitated by trained local volunteers. Fifteen areas in England and Wales were involved in a Ministry of Justice (MoJ) two-year test. Some test areas accepted referrals from May 2012, while for others this was slightly later. Although each area had autonomy to deliver their NJPs according to local need, the scope of offences was defined by the MoJ and included behaviours which were suitable for informal resolution, such as non-criminal activity like anti-social behaviour (ASB) and neighbour disputes. Out-of-scope offences included indictable cases, domestic abuse/domestic violence (DA/DV), hate crime, dishonesty offences, assault, and cases where a more formal out-of-court disposal was required. This summary sets out the findings of the qualitative process evaluation commissioned by the MoJ to explore the set-up, delivery and perceived effects of the NJPs. The findings have implications for policy-makers and staff involved in NJP delivery and other RJ approaches. They also offer an evidence base for areas that are considering setting up their own NJPs. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2014. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Analytical Series: Accessed April 23, 2014 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/294247/neighbourhood-justice-panels.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Justice Panels (U.K.) Shelf Number: 132148

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice Title: Transforming Rehabilitation: A Summary of Evidence on Reducing Reoffending (Second Edition) Summary: This evidence review has been produced to support policy makers, practitioners and others who work with offenders. It summarises key evidence on approaches to offender management and how to work effectively with offenders, and then considers the evidence on specific interventions such as drug and alcohol treatment, offender behaviour programmes, mentoring and restorative justice. The first version of this review, published in September 2013, has been updated by a second edition, published in April 2014, in order to include recently published and emerging evaluation evidence. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2014. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Analytical Series: Accessed April 23, 2014 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/243718/evidence-reduce-reoffending.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 132150

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: An Overview of Hate Crime in England and Wales Summary: There are two main official sources for the number of hate crime offences in England and Wales: the Crime Survey for England and Wales (CSEW) and police recorded crime. The survey estimate is the higher of the two - some of the crimes reported in the survey will not come to the attention of the police. While the CSEW provides estimates of the volume of hate crime incidents, because of the small numbers of hate crime victims captured by the survey there are large margins of error around these estimates. These figures do, however, help to provide a broader context in which to view hate crime data from other sources. Based on combined data from the 2011/12 and 2012/13 CSEW, there were an estimated 278,000 hate crimes on average per year for the five monitored strands. The most commonly reported motivating factor in these hate crime incidents was race, with an average of 154,000 incidents a year according to the 2011/12 and 2012/13 surveys. The second most common motivating factor was religion (70,000 incidents per year). The majority of hate crime incidents were accounted for by incidents of assault (with minor injury or no injury) and incidents of vandalism, which together made up around two-thirds of the CSEW hate crime estimate. The combined 2011/12 and 2012/13 CSEW estimated that 40 per cent of hate crimes came to the attention of the police, a similar level to overall CSEW crime. However, the level of reporting to the police for hate crimes has fallen from 51 per cent in the combined 2007/08 and 2008/09 surveys. This fall is likely to be in at least part due to a change in the profile of hate crime offences experienced, away from more serious offences (such as robbery) to less serious offences (such as assault without injury). These less serious offences tend to have a lower reporting rate. The most common reason for not reporting the incident to the police was because the victim believed that the police would not or could not do much about it (43% of hate crime incidents in the CSEW that were not reported). In the process of recording a crime, the police can 'flag' an offence as being motivated by one or more of the five centrally monitored strands. The police recorded 42,236 hate crime offences in 2012/13, around one per cent of all recorded crime. Comparing this with estimates from the CSEW implies that far fewer hate crime offences came to the attention of the police than the 40 per cent indicated by the survey. There are a number of possible reasons to explain this discrepancy; for example, that the victim may not have mentioned the motivating factor when they reported the incident to the police. Comparisons between the CSEW hate crime estimates and the police recorded crime figures are explored in more detail in the main report. Details: London: Home Office, Ministry of Justice and Office for National Statistics, 2013. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 24, 2014 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/266358/hate-crime-2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crimes Shelf Number: 132155

Author: London Assembly. Police and Crime Committee Title: Falling Short: The Met's Healthcare of Detainees in Custody Summary: Our investigation into healthcare in custody found that the Metropolitan Police are struggling to provide adequate medical staffing to assess and treat detainees in their custody suites. The Police and Crime Committee report Falling short: The Met's healthcare of detainees in custody , calls for swift action to tackle the more than 60 per cent shortfall in nurses providing medical assessments and care for people held in police custody. As of November 2013 the Met had 78 nurses working in custody suites against a planned total of 198. In the current financial year (2013-14) more nurses have left the service than have been recruited. As of November 2013, 23 nurses left the service while 15 were recruited. While the report welcomes plans to transfer commissioning of custody healthcare to the NHS by 2015, it makes a series of recommendations to address shortcomings in custody care in the short term including: - A new strategy for increasing the number of custody nurses and an independent review of the nature, content and appropriateness of their training - Establish a clear timetable for the transition of commissioning for custody healthcare to the NHS by 2015 - The Met and MOPAC should provide a plan showing how the new Detention Command will be developed, consulted on, implemented and overseen. - MOPAC should demonstrate a clear process for making best use of information provided by Independent Custody Volunteers, including publishing a quarterly report of problems identified during visits and action taken as a result. - The Met should establish a formal consultative group to respond to the immediate concerns raised by Forensic Medical Examiners, and consult with them about current nurse training practices and any future changes to custody arrangements. Details: London: London Assembly Police and Crime Committee, 2014. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 24, 2014 at: http://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/14-01-27-Falling%20short%20the%20Met%27s%20healthcare%20of%20detainees%20in%20custody_Jan%202014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Detainees Shelf Number: 132157

Author: Hutton, Linda Title: Support and Services for parents: A Review of Practice Development in Scotland Summary: Parenting Orders were introduced across Scotland following commencement of the 2004 Act on 4 April 2005 as part of a three year national pilot intended to focus on systems and practice for their successful implementation and operation. A proposal to evaluate the Parenting Orders pilot in Scotland was accepted by the Scottish Executive in 2005, the five main aspects of which were: A baseline mapping of existing parenting services; A two-fold process evaluation, the first stage of which would examine the set up and preparation stages necessary to implement a Parenting Order; The second stage of the process evaluation, which would examine the steps from consideration of a Parenting Order through to application and implementation; A review of the way in which the effectiveness of parenting services used during commission of a Parenting Order were evaluated by local authorities; A cost assessment of implementing Parenting Orders The baseline mapping of existing parenting services was to be achieved through analysis of responses to a mapping exercise required of local authorities by the Scottish Executive; a report on findings from this exercise was submitted to the Scottish Executive in early 2006. The second objective of the evaluation was to examine the set up and preparation stages necessary to implement a Parenting Order; to be achieved by re-visiting of the mapping exercise. Each local authority was asked to consider their original mapping submission in light of any changes that had been made to facilitate POs. This objective was ultimately revised in agreement with the Scottish Executive and will be discussed below. The final 3 objectives were dependent upon POs being applied for/implemented. At the time of reporting (November 2007) no POs have been applied for. In the absence of Parenting Order applications, a revised approach to the study was necessary. It was agreed that the research team would conduct interviews in each local authority to discuss universal parenting service provision. From these interviews it was intended that an overall picture of service provision related to parenting needs would be obtained, including factors such as agency views on engagement of parents with services and how particular needs were served. Information and opinions around the use and value of Parenting Orders themselves would also be sought, although it was recognised that much of this would have to be on a hypothetical basis. In relation to revisiting the mapping exercise, analysis of the original mapping submissions had revealed considerable disparity in the responses given by local authorities. It was clear that different local authorities had interpreted the mapping exercise in different ways, with some detailing only those intensive services that parents subject to or at risk of a Parenting Order might be offered; others detailing very general services that were not documented as providing direct parenting or family support. Given the disparity in responses, and the remit of the exercise to help local authorities plan and develop the parenting support provision, it was proposed that the original mapping strategy be altered to allow each LA the opportunity to revise their mapping submission in order to present the most complete and accurate picture possible of parenting services in their area. This replaced the original proposal to revisit the mapping exercise to track changes in provision over the pilot period, with a new aim of obtaining as complete a picture as possible of parenting service provision across Scotland. In addition, a literature review (MacQueen et al, forthcoming) was conducted to inform the analysis of strategic planning. This included an examination of the PO policy context, effective approaches to family service provision, engagement of parents and families with services and the use of compulsory measures as a means to secure engagement. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2007. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 24, 2014 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/Doc/218833/0058781.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 132166

Author: Hurry, Jane Title: Improving the Literacy and Numeracy of Young People in Custody and In the Community. Summary interim report of the first 18 months of the study Summary: The Moser report (DfEE, 1999) stated that too many adults were not functionally literate and had problems with numeracy, which cramped their lives and undermined national productivity. Moser made wide-ranging recommendations which are now having a major impact on adult basic skills. Younger people (16 to 20-year olds) were seen as a particular priority and this is endorsed by the criminal justice system since recent Home Office statistics show that young men aged between 10 and 20 commit 42 per cent of all indictable offences (Kurtz, A. 2002 What works for delinquency, Journal of Forensic Psychiatry, 33, p 672). Offenders have also been identified as a group requiring attention 'as a matter of urgency' (Skills for Life: The national strategy for improving adult literacy and numeracy skills, focus on delivery to 2007, DfES, 2003) because their numeracy and literacy skills are under-developed compared with those of their peers. One of the measures being explored to reduce youth offending is the provision of education and training. The purpose of this study is therefore twofold:  To explore ways of improving the literacy and numeracy skills of young offenders with underdeveloped basic skills;  To see what impact literacy and numeracy have on economic activity and offending over time. In this interim report we provide snapshots of basic skills issues for this group, both in community and secure settings. Understanding these issues is likely to be the key to engineering long-term positive outcomes. Details: London: Institute of Education, University of London, 2005. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 24, 2014 at: http://eprints.ioe.ac.uk/4831/1/Hurry2005Improving.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 132167

Author: Blowe, Kevin Title: Olympic Policing During the 2012 Security Games Summary: In the months before the start of the 2012 Olympics in Stratford in east London, there was a growing anxiety amongst Londoners about the prospect of snipers in helicopters and RAF fighters in the skies, missile launchers on tower blocks and repeated predictions that Newham would experience lockdown during peak periods. Newham Monitoring Project had also been receiving enquiries from across east London for months from local residents, particularly those working with young people, who were concerned about the massive proposed policing operation and its impact at street level. London 2012 seemed to deserve its reputation as the first 'Security Games'. The Olympics presented the largest peacetime military and security operation since 1945, with a policing and security budget of around L553m. From 2010, the number of security personnel required by Olympic organisers rose sharply to an estimated 23,700 on the busiest days, more than double the original predictions, with up to 12,000 police from forces across the country and the Ministry of Defence providing more troops deployed (in uniform) to work during the Games than were then stationed in Afghanistan. Even more CCTV was installed in a city that already had the highest level of surveillance of its citizens than anywhere in the world, whilst around $80 million was spent on the construction of an 11-mile long 5000-volt electric fence around the Olympic zone. The reason for this extraordinary level of security, the Home Office argued in its March 2011 publication 'Olympic and Paralympic Safety and Security Strategy,' was primarily the threat from terrorism: it promised 'maximum use of existing national security and intelligence structures' with the threat-level raised from 'substantial' to 'severe' (which assumes 'an attack is highly likely'). A secondary threat was public disorder, heightened by the perception of a weak police response to rioting the previous summer that followed the death of Mark Duggan in August 2011. The International Olympic Committee had made it clear after the riots that it expected the British government, the Metropolitan police and other domestic agencies to ensure that the Olympics passed off without incident. Arrangements were made to fast-track the trials of people accused of offences linked to the Olympics in the same highly controversial way that had followed the disorder of the previous year, with Alison Saunders, the chief CPS prosecutor for London, explicitly linking these measures to 'the lessons of the summer riots.' With a climate of fear slowly building through state institutions and the media, we were also aware of the significant pattern of racialised social "sanitisation" and exploitation that have been a hallmark of sport mega events globally, particularly where they have been held in poorer and developing areas. Activists and academics from countries including South Africa and India, which have both hosted major sport events in recent years, travelled to the UK to share their experiences of human rights abuses and 'sweep up operations' in their localities. These had had a massively detrimental and often devastating impact on the lives of local people, leaving them homeless, unemployed or vulnerable to excessive policing or criminalisation, with a legacy of property developers and real estate owners benefiting most. These were real life stories behind the promises of employment and regeneration that had been made in each host city. We recognised that an atmosphere of intensive security, focused on the borough where Newham Monitoring Project has worked for over thirty years, had the potential to negatively impact on local people. Most military and all private security personnel would work inside the 'ticketed areas' of the event venues, but in the streets surrounding the Olympic Park in Stratford and the ExCel Centre in Canning Town, it was the prospect of a massive policing operation that was our greatest concern. Newham is one of London's poorest and most ethnically diverse boroughs with the second highest Muslim population in the UK, one that had experienced long-term state surveillance, suspicion and incidents like the bungled anti-terrorism raids in 2006 on two families living in Forest Gate, who endured a terrifying ordeal based on faulty intelligence. The borough also has one of the youngest populations in London, with 23.6% of residents in 2011 aged between 10 and 24,6 coupled with a long history of difficult relationships between young people and the police. This is particularly the case over the use of stop and search powers. Details: London: Newham Monitoring Project, 2013. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 24, 2014 at: http://netpol.files.wordpress.com/2013/12/monitoring-the-security-games-final-report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Event Security Shelf Number: 132168

Author: Earle, Jenny Title: Brighter Futures: Working Together to Reduce Women's Offending Summary: This briefing is intended to: Raise awareness among justice, community and health service providers and commissioners about the characteristics and needs of women who come into contact with the criminal justice system, and their obligations to meet those needs. - Provide an overview of multi-agency approaches, such as Liaison and Diversion services and Integrated Offender Management (IOM) arrangements, and illustrate improved outcomes for women and their families as a result of effective local partnerships. - Ensure women-specific provision is included in the commissioning of Liaison and Diversion and other early intervention services. - Inform and encourage the development of alternatives to prosecution where these are proportionate and effective responses to women who offend. - Provide examples of good practice where women are enabled to take responsibility for their lives, and continue caring for their children and other dependants wherever possible. - Help inform current practice and encourage agencies to continue to develop services and approaches that meet the needs of women, and build a robust evidence base on what works. - Encourage the development of co-ordinated local strategies and services to support women with multiple needs, including those being supervised in the community. Women account for a minority of all those coming into contact with criminal justice agencies, and their specific circumstances and needs are often overlooked or misunderstood by a system which has largely developed in response to men's offending profile and behaviour. Most women who enter custody under sentence serve short prison sentences for petty but sometimes persistent offending, and many have themselves been victims of domestic violence and sexual abuse. Many are mothers so the consequences of criminal sanctions rebound on their children. Some have been trafficked and coerced into offending but not identified as victims of trafficking and given the help to which they are entitled. The briefing highlights the specific needs of women, profiles existing initiatives and partnerships that seek to deal more effectively with women's offending, and provides links to other useful resources. It should be of interest to those with policy, funding, commissioning and service delivery responsibilities. Details: London: Prison Reform Trust, 2014. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 24, 2014 at: http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/Portals/0/Documents/Brighter%20Futures%2025314web.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 132174

Author: Coy, Maddy Title: "Sex without consent, I suppose that is rape": How young people in England understand sexual consent Summary: This research into young people's understanding of consent to sex was conducted by the Child and Woman Abuse Studies Unit (CWASU) at London Metropolitan University for the Office of the Children's Commissioner, as part of its national Inquiry into Child Sexual Exploitation in Gangs and Groups (CSEGG). How young people make sense of sexual consent emerged as a key issue of concern during the first year of the CSEGG Inquiry (Berelowitz et al, 2012). The aim of this study was to explore young people's perceptions of consent, and what informs, influences and constrains their understandings and decision-making processes. Details: London: Office of the Children's Commissioner, 2013. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 24, 2014 at: http://www.childrenscommissioner.gov.uk/content/publications/content_744 Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Rape Shelf Number: 131978

Author: Great Britain. House of Commons. Culture, Media and Sport Committee Title: Online Safety. Sixth Report of Session 2013-14 Summary: The internet has revolutionised communications and information sharing. It provides an ever increasingly important platform for creativity and economic growth. Online social media services are providing new ways of interacting and keeping in touch. Online communications enable expressions of human behaviour both positive and negative; sometimes downright criminal. Our inquiry has focused on three disparate aspects of online content and behaviour, all of which are of widespread concern: illegal content, especially images of child abuse; harmful adult content being made freely available to children; bullying and harassment on social media. Both the publication and possession of child abuse images are rightly illegal. While these offences are bad enough, it must not be forgotten that such images represent crime scenes, often of the most horrific kind. There is a clear need to ensure that the police have adequate resources to track down and arrest online paedophiles in sufficient numbers to act as a meaningful deterrent to others. If necessary, additional funding should be provided to recruit and train a sufficiently large number of police officers adequate to the task. The Child Exploitation and Online Protection (CEOP) Command, now part of the new National Crime Agency, has a well-deserved reputation as a lead body in tackling child abuse. It has been increasingly effective not least because it is not solely a criminal justice organisation: its education and social care work has also been very important in increasing public understanding of the problem of child abuse and in offering means of countering abusers. All three elements of its mission - education, social care and criminal justice - need to be actively pursued and publicised. The Internet Watch Foundation, too, has played a crucial role in removing and blocking child abuse images online. We very much welcome their new commitment to embark on proactive searching for online child abuse images. The sooner these can be found and removed, the better. However, we are concerned that the additional staff resources being allocated to this task could prove woefully insufficient to achieve substantial progress towards what must be an important intermediate goal: the eradication of child abuse images from the open internet. Tracing paedophiles who share images on peer-to-peer networks and the so-called hidden internet continues to challenge both the police and the internet service providers; it is a challenge that, by working together, they must overcome. Legal adult pornography is widely consumed. This includes explicit "hard core" material that attracts an R18 certificate from the British Board of Film Classification. Parents and carers clearly have a key role, not to mention interest, in preventing harmful material of this kind becoming available to children. However, they should have access to more information and help where and when they need it. In the off-line world, it is the newsagent, not the parent, who voluntarily places some adult magazines on a top shelf out of reach of children. It is the local authority, not the parent, which administers the licensing of sex shops selling R18 pornography to which children may not be admitted. Some level of analogous protection ought to be provided in relation to online material. At the moment, little is. Legal adult sites could restrict access by children in a number of ways. In general a robust age verification process should be in place; as part of this, sites could use a combination of the following: requiring payment by a credit card linked to an adult; shielding the content behind a warning page; attaching metadata to the website to make it easier for filters to operate and for search engines not to return the material when operating in a safe search mode. Filters may not be failsafe, but they continue to improve and are an important way of protecting children from harmful content. We very much welcome the introduction of whole home filtering solutions that prompt account holders with a choice to apply them. The main internet service providers should have contacted all their customers by the end of the year to offer this valuable service. We want to see all other ISPs following suit. Publishing adult pornography in a way that makes it readily available to children is likely to be an offence under the Obscene Publications Act 1959. We do not believe the police should be deterred from bringing to book publishers of adult pornography who make little attempt to shield children from their product. While acknowledging that the enforcement of obscenity legislation is fraught with difficulty, not least in the context of the internet, we believe there is scope for greater enforcement in this area to provide some deterrent effect. There may also be scope for blocking particularly harmful adult websites that make no serious attempt to hinder access by children. As part of its existing media literacy duties, Ofcom has an important role in monitoring internet content and advising the public on online safety. However, we are anxious to avoid suggesting a significant extension of formal content regulation of the internet . Among the unintended consequences this could have would be a stifling of the free flow of ideas that lies at the heart of internet communication. Rather, more needs to be done to signpost the advice and educational resources available to both parents and teachers. This is all the more pressing given the growing use of social media and its misuse by some - both adults and children. Today, one in five 12-16 year-olds think being bullied online is part of life. Social media providers should offer a range of prominently displayed options for, and routes to, reporting harmful content and communications. They should act on these reports expeditiously, keeping the complainant and-where appropriate-the subject of the complaints informed of outcomes and actions. Given that Facebook and Twitter are aware of the extent to which their services are accessed by younger children, thanks to age verification processes that are at best flimsy, we expect them to pay greater attention to factoring this into the services provided, the content allowed and the access to both. The same applies to other social media companies in a similar position. Some of the worst online bullies and trolls are being brought to book in the courts. Much of the abuse and bullying that takes place online is covered by existing laws, but these need to be clarified with guidance updated for the online space. Young people especially are distinguishing less and less between their lives on the internet and in the real world. Bullying that takes place in the playground can merge seamlessly with bullying on smart phones and tablets. Sometimes this ends with the tragedy of teenage suicide. It is just one reminder that staying safe off-line includes staying safe online too. Details: London: The Stationery Office, Limited, 2014. 166p. Source: Internet Resource: http://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201314/cmselect/cmcumeds/729/729.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 132037

Author: Mooney, Ann Title: The Health of Children and Young People in Secure Settings Summary: This small-scale descriptive study was commissioned by the Children and Young People's Public Health team within the Department of Health, in partnership with Offender Health, in order to inform preparation and implementation of an Offender Health Strategy document for children and young people. The overall aim was to review what is currently known about healthcare for children and young people in the secure estate, covering all three types of setting (Young Offender Institution, Secure Training Centre and Secure Children's Home) and all aspects of health, but with a particular focus on physical health since more is already known about mental health and substance misuse among young people in secure settings. The study took a multi-method approach involving a focused overview of relevant literature, interviews with key stakeholders, analysis of the most recent full inspection report (obtained for 42 of the 45 institutions holding young people under 18), and case studies of promising practice. It did not include primary research in secure settings, and a number of important caveats concerning the available data are discussed in the report. The strength of the report is that it brings together in one place information about healthcare for children and young people in the secure estate, and begins to identify key issues that need to be addressed. However, further research is needed to validate the conclusions of this study. Details: London: Thomas Coram Research Unit, Institute of Education, University of London, 2007. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2014 at: http://eprints.ioe.ac.uk/53/1/Health_children_in_secure_settings.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 132188

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Crime Against Businesses: Detailed Findings from the 2012 Commercial Victimisation Survey Summary: This is the second release of data from the 2012 Commercial Victimisation Survey (CVS), which further examines the extent of crime against businesses in England and Wales. The CVS was a recommendation from the National Statistician's review of crime statistics to address the significant gap in crime statistics that existed for crimes against businesses, not covered by either of the two main sources of data on crime: the Crime Survey for England and Wales (CSEW) and crimes recorded by the police. While police recorded crime does include crimes against businesses, it does not separate these out from other crimes (other than for offences such as shoplifting which, by its nature, is against businesses). The police recorded crime also only includes those crimes that are reported to, and recorded by, the police. The CSEW is a survey of crime against households and individuals living in those households and so does not cover crime against businesses at all. The CVS was previously run in 1994 and 2002, and is planned to be repeated in 2013 and 2014. The 2012 CVS was a premises-based survey focused on four industry sectors: manufacturing, wholesale and retail, transportation and storage, and accommodation and food. The results of the survey should not be considered to be representative of crime against businesses as a whole, only of crime against these four sectors. This release covers the following topics: Nature of crimes against businesses Experience of crime against business premises, by business and location characteristics, for the core CVS crime types Crime prevention Costs of crime against businesses Crime trends in the wholesale and retail sector between 2002 and 2012 A technical annex containing: Sensitivity analysis regarding treatment of outliers Characteristics of the 2012 CVS sample Details of logistic regression modeling Details of the calculations of costs of crime Methodology for comparison of 2002 and 2012 wholesale and retail subset Details: London: Home Office, 2013. 87p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2014 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/207818/crime-against-businesses-detailed-12.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 132189

Author: Young, Tara Title: The Role of the Family in Facilitating Gang Membership, Criminality and Exit. A Report prepared for Catch22 Summary: The role of the 'gang' in shaping and encouraging criminality has an ever-increasing profile within the criminal justice system, the third sector and across the political landscape. The growing perceived threat from the gang has occurred against the background of increasingly restrictive legislation and numerous policy documents focusing on what might be responsible for the possible rise in gang membership. One often-cited factor is the role of the family and its influence on gang membership. It is this relationship that the report explores. Research aims The overarching aim of the research was to examine the role of the family in gang formation criminality and exit in order to inform best practice for practitioners working with gang-involved families. Methodology Catch22 commissioned an exploratory piece of qualitative research based on a literature review, semi-structured interviews and focus groups (91 interviews across the study). The interviews were conducted with former and current gang members, families of gang members and practitioners working with gang-involved individuals and their relatives. The sample is broadly drawn from areas with reputations for high gang activity. In order to capture the geographical, ethnic and cultural differences in gang membership the research was conducted across three sites: London, the West Midlands (Wolverhampton and Birmingham) and Scotland (Glasgow). Findings The role of the family in gang formation - People who associate with or are in gangs come from all types of families. Irrespective of family composition, the majority of respondents described families experiencing multiple difficulties (such as economic deprivation, family separation, bereavement, domestic violence, imprisonment, and alcohol and substance misuse) that preceded their involvement with gangs. This supports findings elsewhere that suggest successful family interventions have a range of positive generic outcomes, for example gang desistance to reduction in truancy, and drug and alcohol problems. - In regard to family composition, the evidence of this report suggests that the combination of multiple family difficulties and gang involvement is more likely to occur, and will have more severe consequences, in single-parent, larger than average families. However, it should be borne in mind that gang activity was also found in dual-parent and smaller families. - The role of the family should not be overstated as a key driver of gang formation. It occasionally plays a role in driving young people into gangs but the wider socio-economic context is often as, if not more, important. The family and the influence of the gang - The gang's influence on the family should not be overstated. Gang involvement by one family member is not likely to infringe on the wider family's personal safety or mean all family members will join a gang. - The structure, influence, definition and activities of the gang are not uniform. Gangs are influenced by geography and ethnicity, therefore the consequences for and influence on the family of gang membership will differ between London, Scotland and the West Midlands. - The vast majority of families experience a member's gang involvement as an additional and significant problem in their lives that may precipitate serious consequences (physical, emotional or punitive) for the gang member. - Gang involvement is likely to increase the risk of victimisation to those family members directly involved and to their associates and friends. - Although some family members may benefit materially from the criminality of their children, these benefits are usually overshadowed by the feelings of helplessness, shame, tension and anxiety that gang-involved family members can generate. - Beleaguered families feel they lack the ability to impose appropriate boundaries and the necessary skills to address their children's gang involvement. This feeling of powerlessness is most acute when their children reach adolescence. The role of the family in desistance - Male siblings and/or wider family members play a significant role in encouraging gang membership, whilst mothers and sisters are key enablers in facilitating desistance and exit from a gang. - Leaving a gang is difficult, not primarily due to fears of gang-led reprisals or violent leaving rituals, but due to the perceived lack of viable alternatives for gang members. - Family members and networks can facilitate gang exit but success is driven by the gang member themselves. - Practitioners need to be aware of the local criminal landscape and be sensitive to multiple family issues. They will need to deploy strategies that can empower family members who are sometimes complicit, sometimes in denial and sometimes ignorant of their family members' involvement with gangs. - Despite the plethora of recent initiatives, there still remain gang-affected families and individuals who feel shunned and isolated from current attempts to engage them. - A change in physical location (family-assisted or not), away from local gangs and criminal opportunities, was seen by family members to be the most effective strategy for gang exit. Details: London: London Metropolitan University, 2013. 98p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2014 at: http://www.catch-22.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2013/06/Catch22-Dawes-Unit-The-role-of-the-family-June-2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Desistance Shelf Number: 132220

Author: Nicholls, Carol McNaughton Title: Sex Offender Management and Dynamic Risk: Pilot Evaluation of the Active Risk Management System (ARMS) Summary: This report presents findings from the Active Risk Management System (ARMS) pilot, undertaken by the National Offender Management Service in 2012. Evaluation1 of an earlier pilot of the Stable and Acute 07 (S & A) dynamic risk assessment suggested that tool was promising, but had several limitations. ARMS aimed to replicate the positive aspects of S & A (such as providing a consistent, informed approach to assessing offenders) and address some of the disadvantages (such as the complex and clinical nature of the S & A assessment process). ARMS is a structured assessment process to assess dynamic risk factors known to be associated with sexual re-offending, and protective factors known to be associated with reduced offending. It is intended to provide Police and Probation with information to plan management of convicted sex offenders in the community. With regard to how ARMS would fit within future plans for a National Probation Service, it is envisaged that it would build on existing risk management tools by providing offender managers with a consistent process to assess and monitor current factors and behaviours that are relevant to sex offender management. The pilot took place in 2012, with 20 officers from three Probation Trusts and two Police Forces using the tool as part of their routine supervision of 37 sexual offenders. Details: London: National Offender Management Service, 2014. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Analytical Series: Accessed May 3, 2014 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/308159/sex-offender-management-and-dynamic-risk.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Supervision Shelf Number: 132229

Author: Smith, Nicola Title: 'Donkey Flights': Illegal Immigration from the Punjab to the United Kingdom Summary: This report, written by journalist Nicola Smith, sketches one immigration loophole into Europe: so-called "donkey flights" by which Indian migrants obtain a tourist visa for a Schengen-zone country in order to enter the United Kingdom through the back door. The report is based on an undercover expose of Punjabi visa agencies by The Sunday Times, and from interviews conducted with migrants, law enforcement officers, and senior officials in India and Europe. The report identifies several trends. First, thousands of visa agencies operate in the Punjab region alone, with varying degrees of legality. Some agencies, while breaking no rules, charge disproportionate fees for visas that could be obtained directly from the relevant embassy. Some operate in legally grey areas, such as by advising migrants on how to bend the rules. More underground operations have links to criminal smuggling networks across Europe. Second, the scale of this migration challenge facing the UK government is considerable. Push factors such as low wages and high unemployment combine with the lure of vast earnings overseas. Many are desperate to migrate, whether legally or illegally, and are attracted by word of mouth "success stories." Even migrants who have been deported look for alternative ways to return. Third, developing effective policies is difficult. The illegal immigration industry is flexible and adaptable, responding quickly to legislative changes. By contrast, government bureaucracy can only slowly change its rules and practices. Closing one loophole can mean another is opened elsewhere. Details: Washington, DC: Migration Policy Institute, 2014. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2014 at: http://www.migrationpolicy.org/research/donkey-flights-illegal-immigration-punjab-united-kingdom Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Border Control Shelf Number: 132231

Author: Hurry, Jane Title: Improving the Literacy and Numeracy of Young People in Custody and In the Community. Research Report Summary: Young people in the youth justice system tend to have lower than average attainment in literacy and numeracy. This makes it more difficult for them to find consistent employment and heightens the chances of offending. As a result, education/training is identified as one of the promising approaches to reducing reoffending, and has been rigorously translated into policy in the UK, with a requirement that 'at least 90% of young offenders are in suitable full-time education, training and employment'. However, the young people themselves are often very reluctant students. There is a shortage of evidence as to the best methods of improving the literacy and numeracy of these young people. The aims of this present study were to: - observe the kind of provision on offer and how students responded to this provision - test the impact of either increasing discrete literacy and numeracy provision or contextualising provision. Details: London: National Research and Development Centre for Adult Literacy and Numeracy, 2010. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 5, 2014 at: http://www.nrdc.org.uk/publications_details.asp?ID=183 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 132232

Author: Jamieson, Ruth Title: Aging and Social Exclusion Among Former Politically Motivated Prisoners in Northern Ireland and the Border Region of Ireland Summary: This report describes a study investigating the well-being and social and economic inclusion of former politically motivated prisoners in Northern Ireland. They constitute an important group of Northern Ireland's ageing "conflict generation". The research was funded by the Changing Ageing Partnership, and was carried out with the assistance of both loyalist and republican prisoner support organisations. The fieldwork included a survey of 190 former politically motivated prisoners (117 republicans, 73 loyalists), focus groups, and 25 in depth narrative interviews. Almost half those surveyed were not in paid employment; this may reflect both health related disability, and continuing structural and legal barriers associated with conflict-related convictions. Over three-quarters of those surveyed had experienced financial problems since release. Fewer than half of those who were still of working age had made ten years of contributions to any kind of pension scheme and none will have built up eligibility for a full basic state pension when the reach retirement age. The lack of employment and pension entitlements have stark implications for impending poverty in old age. Over a third of respondents (39.9%) had GHQ-12 scores indicating the presence of clinically significant mental health problems, 32.6 % had received prescription medication for depression in the last year and 22.6.2% said that since release from prison there had been times when they had not wanted to go on living. Over half reported symptoms characteristic of post-traumatic stress disorder. Standardised screening measures for alcohol problems indicated that 68.8% of respondents engaged in levels of drinking that were hazardous, and 53.3% met the threshold for alcohol dependence. We found high levels of resilience and reflectiveness amongst respondents and interviewees but also areas of significant psychological harm, and they graphically described the complex personal and emotional consequences for themselves and their families that had resulted from the conflict. The research findings indicate a need for further action in relation to areas of employment, mental health, information and advice. Details: Belfast: Community Foundation for Northern Ireland, 2010. 129p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 5, 2014 at: http://www.law.qub.ac.uk/schools/SchoolofLaw/Research/InstituteofCriminologyandCriminalJustice/Publications/worddocs/Filetoupload,226499,en.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mental Health Shelf Number: 132242

Author: Greenhalgh, Stephen Title: The Police Mission in the Twenty-first Century: Rebalancing the Role of the First Public Services Summary: In common with other public services, the policing landscape in Britain has undergone unprecedented structural reform in the last few years. The police reform agenda of the Coalition Government since 2010 has instituted major changes to police governance, training, pay, conditions and pensions, which the Home Secretary is right to describe as the most significant for over 50 years. The reforms have all been controversial but they were necessary to ensure British policing could become more professional, accountable, and locally-driven. Whole new institutions - like the College of Policing and the National Crime Agency - have been created, whilst others have been reshaped or abolished. The most important reform - the introduction of elected Police and Crime Commissioners (PCCs) - was also the most contested, largely because both opponents and advocates could foresee how important it would be. Despite a rocky start, PCCs are now well established and forging important new relationships that will improve public safety. To this end it is hoped that PCCs will catalyse much wider changes to policing and other public services, with the opportunities for systemic improvements that strengthen collaboration and enhance customer service only just beginning. Policing is one public service reform programme that has been successfully landed, despite sustained opposition, when others have been scaled back or abandoned completely. But the new settlement we have now is the product of just the first phase of police reform that required new legislation, guidance and lengthy independent reviews. This first phase was all about form, not function. It created new structures; it did not change the culture. It reassigned some personnel; it did not redefine the mission. There was some rhetoric about the police role, but little new policy that actually rebalanced that role. The components of the new policing settlement are easy to identify, with PCCs the most visible part. What has been harder to gauge is what all the reforms mean for the job of policing itself, the mission that drives police officers, and the work that they do each day to deliver the first public service. Now we are entering a second phase of police reform which must be about function, not form. About what the public can realistically expect from the police, what the policing function is beyond fighting crime, and how the police can be equipped to deliver their core mission in an era of complex threats, high public demand, and shrinking budgets. The hardest question facing the police in the next decade is not whether the new settlement is the right form. That debate has ended, and none of the biggest challenges facing policing are addressed by the stale proposal of police force mergers. But rather, given the new settlement, how should the policing function adapt to the pressures of the modern world? A function - or mission - that is getting pulled and probed and tested every day by budget reductions, high public expectations, and new patterns of crime. The report's key recommendations are: - Greater clarity of the police mission which draws some boundaries and gives officers a clearer sense of their role and where they really add value. - A rebalancing of the time and effort of the police back towards crime prevention in line with public expectations, and aided by technology. - An active pursuit by the police of collaboration, to aid them in managing demand better and reducing it in the long-term. Details: London: Reform, 2014. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 7, 2014 at: http://reform.co.uk/resources/0000/1267/21st_Century_Policing_FINAL.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Legitimacy Shelf Number: 132267

Author: ERS Research and Consultancy Title: Exploring Barriers to Participation in Neighbourhood and Home Watch Schemes Summary: This report is a brief overview of the findings from a scoping study that explored barriers to participation in Neighbourhood Watch and Home Watch. The research covered nine black and minority ethnic groups/representative organisations across England and Wales and sought to gain some insight into levels of participation in Neighbourhood Watch and Home Watch, barriers to participation and how these might be overcome. Details: Newcastle upon Tyne, UK: ERS Research and Consultancy, 2010. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2014 at: http://www.ourwatch.org.uk/uploads/pub_res/NHW_Barriers_Report_2010.04.15.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 132289

Author: Matthews, Adrian Title: "What's Going to Happen Tomorrow?" Unaccompanied Children Refused Asylum Summary: This report brings together a range of concerns that the Office of the Children's Commissioner has had for a number of years about how unaccompanied children navigate the asylum system they are channelled through when seeking permission (leave) to remain in the United Kingdom. The primary focus of the research for this report was on young people who had been unsuccessful in their asylum claims and who were now young adults (or on the cusp of becoming so).These young people are expected to leave the UK and return to their countries of origin - often war zones or countries whose Governments violate the rights of its citizens. Their voices and experiences feature throughout. The report is presented in two halves. Part 1 defines what is meant by unaccompanied children, provides an overview of their numbers in Europe and the UK, and looks at what happens to those whose claims are unsuccessful. It also considers care arrangements and the impact of how losing their asylum claim affected their status in the care system. The final chapter in part 1 reviews the legal assistance available to help children and young people put their cases before decision makers. At the end of part 1 we make a series of recommendations to Government, the Legal Aid Agency and others designed to allow children to participate fully and have their voice heard in legal proceedings that affect their lives and outcomes. Part 2 focuses on what young people told us about their journey from leaving their own country to final refusal of asylum, and the barriers they face in returning home. It highlights what would be good practice for agencies in dealing with unaccompanied children in the asylum system. The conclusion of this report considers how the Government might reconfigure current arrangements for those who do not meet the stringent criteria for asylum to provide a more realistic prospect of them leaving the UK at an appropriate time. The approach builds on discussions that have emerged in Europe suggesting that young migrants should be permitted to remain in the host state to complete a life project that prepares them for return to their country of origin or moving on elsewhere. At the end of part 2 we make a series of recommendations on how this may be achieved. Details: London: Office of the Children's Commissioner, 2014. 106p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2014 at: http://www.childrenscommissioner.gov.uk/content/publications/content_794 Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 132295

Author: Iranian and Kurdish Women's Rights Organisation Title: Postcode Lottery: Police Recording of Reported 'Honour' Based Violence Summary: In undertaking the research for this report we, the Iranian and Kurdish women's rights Organisation (IKWRO), set out to ascertain the scale of reported 'honour' based violence (HBV) in the UK and to check that police forces are properly recording HBV cases. Flagging (labelling) of HBV cases is essential to enable the safeguarding of victims and those at risk. It allows the scale of the reported problem to be understood, both locally and nationally, and helps prevent under-resourcing. Once an HBV case is properly flagged, it reduces the risk of other police officers failing to identify it as HBV, not acting appropriately and endangering the victim, for example by negotiating with their family or community. It is also crucial for risk profiling and risk management. We submitted Freedom of Information Requests to every police force across England, Wales, Northern Ireland and Scotland. We were encouraged by the fact that we received a response from every police force. I would like to take this opportunity to thank each police force for their co-operation. What became apparent from the responses, is that it is not possible to establish the full scale of reported HBV. This is because a significant proportion, 20% of police forces, failed to flag all HBV cases reported to them. This failure puts lives at risk. In this report we have set out recommendations to help 'honour' based violence be tackled effectively. We hope that the government, the Association of Chief Police Officers, all police forces and Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary will commit to implementing these recommendations, to ensure the protection of those at risk of HBV. Details: London: IKWRO, 2014. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2014 at: http://ikwro.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/HBV-FOI-report-Post-code-lottery-04.02.2014-Final.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Honor Killings Shelf Number: 132298

Author: Delaney, Anne Title: Wales Anti-social Behaviour: Policy and Practice Review Summary: and the Housing and Regeneration Minister has said clearly that anti-social behaviour is unacceptable. The Welsh Government wants landlords to take a proactive approach to tackling anti-social behaviour, and for social housing providers to adopt firm and proactive policies to deal with it. Whether intentional or not, anti-social behaviour causes unnecessary worry, annoyance, and even alarm and distress. When it happens, it can harm people's health and well being, their quality of life and, in some cases, present risks to their safety. Its impact can ruin people's lives and communities too, making whole areas feel unsafe. The Welsh Government believes that anti- social behaviour is, and should be seen to be, unacceptable. They want all landlords to be proactive in preventing it from happening in the first place. If it does occur, they want landlords to tackle it early to prevent any escalation. The Welsh Government requires all local authorities and housing associations to have policies in place to deal with anti-social behaviour that include a variety of methods for tackling it, including prevention and early intervention approaches. However, current practices to tackle anti-social behaviour vary. The Welsh Government's Housing White Paper made several commitments regarding anti-social behaviour: (i) to ask the Wales Anti-social Behaviour Group to make a robust assessment of the current situation and good practice that exists, and to recommend further action for housing organisations; (ii) to take matters relating to anti-social behaviour into account in legislation relating to the private rented sector for the development of the registration and accreditation scheme; (iii) to evaluate the Wales Housing Management Standard for Tackling Anti-social Behaviour and use the findings to inform future action. This research project is the prime means of delivering the commitments in (i) and (iii) above. Details: Cardiff: Welsh Government Social Research, 2014. 146p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2014 at: http://wales.gov.uk/docs/desh/publications/140212-how-social-landlords-tackle-anti-social-behaviour-en.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 132304

Author: All-Party Parliamentary Group on Prostitution and the Global Sex Trade Title: Shifting the Burden: Inquiry to assess the operation of the current legal settlement on prostitution in England and Wales Summary: The All-Party Parliamentary Group on Prostitution and the Global Sex Trade was formed in 2008. The group's purpose is twofold: 1. to raise awareness around the impact of the sale of sexual services on those involved 2. to develop proposals for government action with a focus on tackling demand for the sex trade. The last major government consideration of prostitution law was the Home Office Review on Tackling Demand for Prostitution in 2008, which was followed by the changes brought in by the Policing and Crime Act 2009. Since then, the focus of government has been on practical approaches rather than on the law. Whilst identifying and sharing good practice is a valuable exercise, the APPG felt that more must be done at a legislative level to address the gendered imbalance of harm that exists within prostitution. Therefore the APPG felt it necessary to commission a parliamentary Inquiry to assess the operation of the current legal settlement, and to identify whether legislation to tackle demand might safeguard those in danger of exploitation and abuse. Key Findings The Inquiry received 413 submissions of evidence from individuals including those with personal experience of prostitution, those who are working to provide support through agencies and organisations, and members of Police forces and local councils. When asked about the current legal settlement, only 7% of respondents to the question considered the current laws on prostitution to be effective and consistent in safeguarding those involved in prostitution.3 When assessing the written and oral evidence, the Inquiry focused on how the law operates at four critical levels: legislation, policing and enforcement, entry into and exit from prostitution, and cultural attitudes. The Inquiry found that at each of these four levels the law is incoherent at best and detrimental at worst. The legal settlement around prostitution sends no clear signals to women who sell sex, men who purchase it, courts and the criminal justice system, the police or local authorities. In practice, those who sell sexual services coercion and violence. This serves to normalise the purchase and stigmatise the sale of sexual services - and undermines efforts to minimise entry into and promote exit from prostitution. Moreover, legislation does not adequately address the gendered imbalance of harm within prostitution, and as such is detrimental to wider strategies which pursue gender equality. Details: London: All-Party Parliamentary Group on Prostitution and the Global Sex Trade, 2014. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2014 at: http://prostitutionresearch.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/04/UK-shifting-the-burden-Mar-2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 132305

Author: Cattell, Jack Title: Implementation of Community Orders: Results from the Offender Manager Community Cohort Study Summary: This report uses the Ministry of Justice's (MoJ) Offender Management Community Cohort Study (OMCCS), a longitudinal cohort study of adult offenders who started Community Orders between October 2009 and December 2010. The report describes how Community Orders were implemented by exploring the way sentences were delivered and how this varied for different types of offender. The report also looks at offenders' compliance with their sentence. The findings from this report will be useful in the development of policy and practice of Community Orders and supervision in the community. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2014. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Analytical Series: Accessed May 8, 2014 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/295658/implementation-of-community-orders.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Orders Shelf Number: 132306

Author: Lord, Chris Title: The Role of Offender Managers in Community Orders: Results from the Offender Manager Community Cohort Study Summary: This OMCCS report looks at the role of Offender Managers in Community Orders, the relationship between offenders and Offender Managers and the impact on sentence outcomes. This report found that the majority of offenders reported having a good or excellent relationship with Offender Managers, which other research has shown is an important factor in offender rehabilitation. Additional OMCCS reports including reports looking at the implementation of Community Orders, and Community Orders with punitive requirements are also available. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2014. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Analytical Series: Accessed May 8, 2014 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/295676/role-of-offender-managers-in-community-orders.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Orders Shelf Number: 132307

Author: Hawkins, Sian Title: Women's Access to Justice: From Reporting to Sentencing Summary: The title of the report Access to Justice suggests that justice is not being served at present. Sadly, for too many women this is the case. Considerable progress has been made but too many victims of domestic violence, the majority of whom are women, suffer at the hands of a partner or former partner. On average two women a week are killed as a result, and studies have shown this constitutes a significant proportion of female homicides. Because most abuse usually takes place behind closed doors, the police are rarely called to the first incident. It takes on average 35 incidents for the police to be involved. They have a vital role to play in stopping perpetrators and holding them responsible for their actions. However, the evidence we received highlighted a lack of consistency across police force areas and within forces. The first response a woman receives can mean the difference between stopping abuse in its tracks or failure. More must also be done to break down the barriers to reporting. As parliamentarians, we have a responsibility to ensure the right legislation is in place and that tackling domestic violence remains a priority for government. The All Party Parliamentary Group for Domestic and Sexual Violence was founded to bridge the gap between theory and practice, between law makers, enforcement agencies and the frontline services that play an invaluable role in supporting survivors. The conclusions of this report and the testimony from serving officers, survivors and specialists alone will not solve the problems we have highlighted. Details: Bristol, UK: Women's Aid Federation of England, 2014. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2014 at: www.womensaid.org.uk/ Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence (U.K.) Shelf Number: 132308

Author: Sutherland, Alex Title: A Methodology for Reconviction Studies Using Police National Computer (PNC) Data Summary: This paper gives an overview of measures commonly used in reconviction studies and outlines how to use Police National Computer [PNC] data to conduct a reconviction study. It highlights the need for standardisation in how reconviction studies are conducted and openness about limitations of working with official sources of data. The paper is written for researchers, practitioners and students alike who are interested in conducting reconviction studies and/or the use of PNC data in research more widely. Details: Cambridge, UK: University of Cambridge, 2013. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2014 at: http://www.crim.cam.ac.uk/people/academic_research/alex_sutherland/how_to_work_with_pnc_data.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Technology (U.K.) Shelf Number: 132309

Author: Williams, Damien J. Title: Mentors in Violence Prevention: Evaluation of the pilot in Scottish High Schools Summary: This report outlines evaluation findings of the pilot implementation of the Mentors in Violence Prevention programme (MVP) delivered in three Scottish high schools during the 2012-13 school year: Port Glasgow and St Stephen's High Schools in Inverclyde, and Portobello High School in Edinburgh. The project utilised a mixed methods approach to undertake a process and outcome evaluation to examine the effectiveness and acceptability of MVP from the perspective of staff, mentors, and mentees. The three primary research questions were: 1. What are pupils' attitudes towards gender violence? 2. Is the MVP programme effective at shifting these attitudes, and encouraging non-violent intervention? 3. How can the programme become more effective? Details: St. Andrews, Fife, UK: University of St. Andrews, 2013. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2014 at: http://www.actiononviolence.com/sites/default/files/FINAL%20MVP%20EVALUATION%20REPORT.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 75

Author: Britton, Shane Title: First Generation: One Year On Summary: A review of how Police and Crime Commissioners are shaping local responses to young adults (18-24), people with multiple and complex needs, and other key groups. The report highlights areas of promising practice, and makes 20 recommendations for PCCs to consider. Details: London: Revolving Doors Agency, 2013. 42p. Source: http://www.revolving-doors.org.uk/documents/first-generation-one-year-on/ Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 132314

Author: Clear Plan Title: Fear and Fashion Programme Evaluation Summary: Research was commissioned in 2004 to support the Bridge House Trust to identify how it could best make a contribution to addressing the problem of knife crime and young people in London by determining: what were the key factors involved in young people deciding to carry knives and weapons? what was the scale of the problem? and what were the most effective types of intervention? 'Fear and Fashion: The use of knives and other weapons by young people' was the report which emerged, based on an examination of the available evidence. Additional primary research into the perceptions and experiences of practitioners working with young people extended this analysis. The report concluded that there were two main reasons for young people carrying knives: fear of violence from other young people, and to obtain status amongst their peers for carrying and/or being willing to use a knife. The primary recommendation of the report was the need for demonstration or pilot projects to combat the problem. Details: London: City Bridge Trust, 2010. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2014 at: http://www.citybridgetrust.org.uk/NR/rdonlyres/1C16AAF8-522A-4474-B477-B2C96CA84660/0/CBTFearAndFashionEvaluationReport.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gangs (U.K.) Shelf Number: 132321

Author: Burrows, Michael Title: The Impact of Alcohol in Greater Manchester Summary: This report identifies available alcohol intelligence from across Greater Manchester. The data are separated into six categories: consumption, health related impacts of alcohol, crime, young people, and examples of interventions to tackle excessive alcohol consumption. The report contains the latest annual and quarterly data available. Where no updates have been published, the latest data published in the last quarterly report are provided here for reference. Where data are new or updated, these are labelled as such throughout this report. In the summary updated findings are formatted in bold Key findings for Greater Manchester: 1.1 Consumption - Synthetic estimates for increasing risk, high risk and binge drinking in Greater Manchester are significantly higher than both the England and North West averages. - Using the results from the Big Drink Debate in 2008, Bolton had the highest percentage of Increasing risk drinkers (27.2%; North West average 20.4%) and Manchester had the highest percentage of high risk drinkers (9.4%; North West: 6.4%). In comparison, Rochdale (16.6%; North West: 11.2%) and Bury (62.7%; North West: 61.7%) had the highest percentage of non drinkers and sensible drinkers respectively. 1.2 Health related impacts of alcohol - In 2008/09, NI39, hospital admission for alcohol related harm increased from 2007/08 across all Local Authorities in Greater Manchester. Manchester (2577 per 100,000), Salford (2527) and Rochdale (2547) had the highest rates, above both North West and national levels. - Latest data published by the North West Publish Health Observatory through the Local Alcohol Profiles for England (LAPE 2010) are for 2008/09. Here, intelligence shows that Salford had the highest alcohol-specific (885 for males and 436 females, per 100,000) hospital admission, again Trafford had the lowest in Greater Manchester - Levels of alcohol specific admission between the local areas have varied from May to June 2010. The rate of alcohol-specific admission was lowest for males in Bolton and Salford (89 per 100,000 populations), in Bolton for females (50). Salford saw the highest rates for both males (149) and females (91). - From May to June 2010, Salford had the highest rate of hospital admission for alcohol-related mental disorders (53 per 100,000) while Bury had the lowest. Salford and Tameside and Glossop had the highest rate of hospital admission for alcohol-related liver disease for males (18 per 100,000) and Stockport had the highest for females (12). - Levels of alcohol-related hospital admission (published through LAPE) have increased in Greater Manchester from 2006/07 to 2008/09. Manchester saw highest rate per 100,000 (2042 for males and 1161 for females) Trafford saw the lowest (1425 for males and 805 for females) - In 2009, Stockport experienced the greatest percentage of fatal and serious road casualties where alcohol had been consumed (16%). In three percent of all road traffic accidents, there were positive breath tests for alcohol. - In 2007/08 Greater Manchester Fire Service recorded that 43% of victims whose deaths resulted from fire had consumed alcohol. - Greater Manchester had a higher rate for alcohol-related mortality when compared with the North West and England overall. In Greater Manchester, alcohol-related mortality is greatest for males in Manchester and females in Salford, and lowest in Trafford. Details: Liverpool: Centre for Public Health, Liverpool John Moores University, 2010. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2014 at: http://www.cph.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/the-impact-of-alcohol-in-greater-manchester.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder (U.K.) Shelf Number: 132312

Author: Owen, Natalie Title: The Start of a Criminal Career: Does the Type of Debut Offence Predict Future Offending? Summary: The primary aim of this study was to examine the relationship between an offender's debut offence and their future offending. A debut offence was defined as the offence for which an offender received their first caution or conviction (first proven offence). The study specifically looked at whether the type of debut offence committed predicted future chronic or serious offending careers, and whether the type of debut offence and subsequent re-offending had changed over time. This report builds on research from Sweden (Svensson, 2002) that showed that offenders who committed robbery or vehicle theft as their debut offence were at the greatest risk of becoming chronic offenders eight years later. Identifying and targeting offenders who are most likely to become one of the small group of chronic offenders responsible for a disproportionate amount of crime, at an early stage of their criminal career, is a promising approach to crime prevention. Details: London: Home Office, 2013. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 77: Accessed May 12, 2014 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/261222/horr77.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Career Criminals Shelf Number: 132326

Author: Prisons and Probation Ombudsman for England and Wales Title: Learning from PPO Investigations: End of Life Care Summary: This report presents a review of 214 Prisons and Probation Ombudsman (PPO) fatal incident investigations into foreseeable natural cause deaths in custody. These deaths were due to terminal or incurable diseases in prisons in England and Wales between January 2007 and October 2012. - The review of end of life care in the 214 investigations is placed in the wider context of an ageing prison population. The national and local responses to the changing prison demographic are considered. - The average age at death was 61 years old. Fifty eight per cent of these deaths were of prisoners aged 60 years and over (123 of 214). - The majority of prisoners (85%) in the sample received care which was judged by investigators and their clinical counterparts to be equivalent to that they could have expected to receive in the community. - However, the level of end of life care provided to prisoners varied between prisons. Over a quarter (29%) of prisoners in the sample did not have a palliative care plan in place to support them and their families with their terminal illness. - Eight fatal incident investigations are summarised as case studies, with learning highlighted. The cases address the following themes: - Palliative care plans - The use of restraints - Compassionate release and release on temporary licence - Family involvement - The learning identified is categorised into four groups - The importance of implementing an end of life care plan from the point of terminal diagnosis to support for the family after death. - The need for prisons to place sufficient weight on a prisoner's current health and mobility when assessing the risk they pose to justify any use of restraints. The concordat between the Prison Service and NHS should be followed by every prison to assess the level of restraint required - Where appropriate, applications for early release on compassionate grounds should be completed at the earliest possible opportunity. - The need for families to be involved, where appropriate, in the care planning and how prisons can facilitate and support this. Details: London: Prisons and Probation Ombudsman for England and Wales, 2013. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2014 at: http://www.ppo.gov.uk/docs/Learning_from_PPO_investigations_-_End_of_life_care_final_web.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Deaths in Custody (U.K.) Shelf Number: 132352

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Crime Against Businesses: Headline findings from the 2013 Commercial Victimisation Survey Summary: This is the first release of data from the 2013 Commercial Victimisation Survey (CVS), which examines the extent of crime against businesses in England and Wales. The CVS was previously run in 1994, 2002 and 2012, and is planned to be repeated in 2014. The 2013 CVS focused on premises in four industry sectors defined by the UK Standard Industrial Classification 2007 (SIC). These were sections A (agriculture, forestry and fishing), G (wholesale and retail trade), I (accommodation and food services activities) and R (arts, entertainment and recreation). Between them, these four sectors account for just over one-third of all business premises in England and Wales. Two of the four sectors included in the 2013 survey were also included in the 2012 survey. This has allowed comparisons with 2012 for the wholesale and retail and the accommodation and food sectors, while enabling a broader understanding of the types of crimes that affect other business sectors by including the agriculture, forestry and fishing sector and the arts, entertainment and recreation sector for the first time. These decisions were made following discussions with the CVS Steering Group and in response to user needs. As the development of the methodology and coverage of the CVS continues, results presented in this release comparing data from different survey years should be treated with caution due to the small sample size of the survey. All sectors have small sample sizes and, as such, have wide confidence intervals. In order to determine real changes in the business population, there would need to be large changes in estimates. It is therefore likely that true trends will only become apparent over the longer term. This release covers the following topics: Extent of crime against business premises for the core CVS crime types: burglary; vandalism; vehicle-related theft; robbery; assaults and threats; theft; and fraud. Online crime. Metal and fuel theft; chemical and livestock theft. Organised crime. Reporting of incidents to the police. Methodology of the 2013 CVS. Details: London: Home Office, 2014. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2014 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/284818/crime-against-businesses-headlines-2013-pdf.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Commercial Crimes Shelf Number: 102571

Author: Howard League for Penal Reform Title: The Never-Ending Story: Indeterminate Sentencing and the Prison Regime. Research Briefing Summary: The Imprisonment for Public Protection sentence (IPP) was poorly planned and implemented and resulted in unjust punishments, particularly for those sentenced prior to 2008. Despite the abolition of the sentence in 2012, serious implications for the prison estate remain - There are currently 5,809 people in prison serving an IPP; over half (3,570) have passed their tariff date - Urgent action needs to be taken to enable the safe release of people serving post-tariff IPPs into the community - The analysis is based on information provided by 103 senior prison governors, whose responses drew almost exclusively on their experience of working with IPP prisoners. The majority reported that IPP sentences had a negative impact on prisoners, prison staff, and the prison regime - The findings suggest that there are insufficient resources to deliver IPPs effectively. Resource shortages often lead to resentment between IPP prisoners and other prisoners and may threaten the safety and stability of the prison regime - Ninety-two per cent reported that IPPs decreased staff job satisfaction as they undermined staff credibility, prevented staff treating all prisoners fairly, and often meant staff were unable to assist prisoners in progressing through their sentences - The majority recommended that the government enable post-tariff IPP prisoners to be safely managed into the community. To achieve this, respondents said it was necessary to increase resources, enhance the role of probation, alter the release process for IPP prisoners and convert IPP sentences with short minimum terms to determinate sentences. Details: London: Howard League for Penal Reform, 2014. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2014 at: https://d19ylpo4aovc7m.cloudfront.net/fileadmin/howard_league/user/online_publications/never-ending_story_IPP.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Imprisonment for Public Protection Shelf Number: 104822

Author: Brunton-Smith, Ian Title: The factors associated with proven re-offending following release from prison: findings from Waves 1 to 3 of SPCR Summary: This study looked at risk factors before prison, experiences of prison, and outcomes on release amongst a sub-sample of SPCR which was matched to the Police National Computer (PNC). Associations between these factors and proven re-offending one and two years after release from prison were identified. These included pre-custody factors such as: employment and accommodation status; drug use; and criminal history. They also included experiences of prison: being worried/confused; attending paid work; prison punishments; contact with family; and prison interventions. Post-release outcomes such as employment and accommodation status and drug use were also explored. All the risk factors were entered into a model to test for independent associations with re-offending. Factors remaining in the model included criminal history, employment and accommodation status before custody, being worried/confused about prison, receiving additional punishments, and reporting using Class A drugs after release. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2013. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Analytical Series: Accessed May 15, 2014 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/261620/re-offending-release-waves-1-3-spcr-findings.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Recidivism Shelf Number: 132358

Author: Foster, Rebecca Title: Knife Crime Interventions: What Works? Summary: - This review of the literature sought to identify what is known about 'what works' in reducing knife carrying and knife crime. Specifically, it sought to identify the features of successful interventions for young people; summarise evidence of good practice; and examine the outcomes of successful intervention programmes. - There are a wide range of interventions seeking to tackle knife related crime available throughout the world. Scholars have repeatedly called for comprehensive evaluation to be undertaken with regard to these. This review has highlighted once more the need to remedy this. - The two chief motivators for carrying a knife are: acquisition of status and fear of crime. Fear of crime is coupled with the belief that carrying a knife is protection against victimisation. Given that these are the main causes, interventions which are the most effective in addressing knife crime are ones which so address these causes. - Diversionary activities have some potential to address knife crime. These activities, which include engagement in sport and mentoring programmes, may help prevent a young person from choosing to carry a knife. - Current research suggests that education based interventions hold the most promise for effectively addressing knife crime. Education based interventions can be supported by criminal justice responses, which also have an important role to play in addressing knife crime. - Educational interventions should aim to raise awareness about the dangers and consequences of choosing to carry a knife and engage in knife crime. Acknowledgement should be made of the very real fear many young people have of victimisation, the origins of which may be complex. This acknowledgement should involve taking young people's fears seriously. Once the fear is acknowledged, young people should be reassured that police and other agencies are working hard to ensure their safety, so rendering carrying a knife unnecessary. It should also be emphasised to young people that carrying a knife increases rather than decreases their risk of victimisation. - Educational interventions should be delivered both in schools and within the communities, in order to reach all young people, recognising that different young people have different experiences of education. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Centre for Crime & Justice Research, 2013. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Report No. 04/2013: Accessed May 17, 2014 at: http://www.sccjr.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/SCCJR_Report_No_04.2013_Knife_Crime_Interventions.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 132389

Author: Gyateng, Tracey Title: Key Predictors of Compliance with Community Supervision in London Summary: Non-compliance with court orders and subsequent breach proceedings are important factors fuelling a rising prison population: one in seven (14%) receptions into English and Welsh prison establishments during 2008 were for breach of a court order. The London Criminal Justice Partnership (LCJP) has established a Compliance and Enforcement Strategy for 2008/2011 which seeks to reduce re-offending and prison overcrowding, and lower the considerable costs of enforcement activities in the capital. This independent research study by the Institute for Criminal Policy Research (ICPR), King's College London, sought to support and inform the delivery of that strategy in achieving these aims. This study aimed to meet the LCJP's need for strategic information that would: - help probation staff target their proposals to sentencers more precisely; - identify gaps in provision which could be addressed by using packages of requirements attached to orders more creatively; - identify the key predictors of breach and compliance; and - identify the sub-groups of offenders for whom other disposals, such as fines, are the most sensible PSR proposal. Details: London: London Criminal Justice Partnership, 2010. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 17, 2014 at: http://www.icpr.org.uk/media/10306/Key%20predictors%20in%20compliance%20mcsweeney%20gyateng%20hough.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Supervision Shelf Number: 132392

Author: Howard League for Penal Reform Title: Child arrests in England and Wales 2013 - Research briefing Summary: Children can be arrested by the police from the age of 10 years, the age of criminal responsibility in England and Wales. This is low in relation to other European countries that have an average age of criminal responsibility of 14 years (Cipriani, 2009; Davies et al., 2005; Howard League, 2008). Minor wrongdoing by children in England and Wales is more likely to receive a criminal justice response than a welfare one (Jacobson et al., 2010: 1). This forces a shift in responsibility, for what can amount to naughtiness, away from parents and guardians into the remit of the state. As the primary gatekeepers to the criminal justice system, the police determine who enters. Academic research has shown that the more entrenched a child becomes in the criminal justice system, the more likely it is they will reoffend (McAra and McVie, 2007). If intervention outside the parental home is required, children should be diverted away from the criminal justice system into more effective welfare support and interventions. Generally, a child within the criminal justice system is aged 10 to 17 years old inclusive. However, in the context of the police station, until April 2013, a 17-year-old was treated as an adult. This meant that they were not afforded the additional protections offered to children when they were arrested, such as having a parent or an appropriate adult present during interviews. This was changed by a landmark judgment in the High Court, where it was acknowledged that the law was out of kilter with domestic and international provisions that recognise those aged 17 and under as children. The Howard League supported this judicial review, taken by Just for Kids Law, and it represents a major milestone in the Howard League's campaign to remove a serious legal anomaly in the Codes to the Police and Crime Evidence Act (PACE) 1984. The Howard League is concerned that too many young people are brought into conflict with the criminal justice system, with negative implications for their future lives. We monitor the levels of child arrests across the country, campaign for a reduction in child arrests and are always interested to hear how different police services are making progress in this key area of practice. This briefing sets out the latest figures for child arrests in 2013. Details: London: Howard League for Penal Reform, 2014. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2014 at https://d19ylpo4aovc7m.cloudfront.net/fileadmin/howard_league/user/pdf/Publications/Child_Arrests_2013__2_.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Arrest Statistics Shelf Number: 132402

Author: London Councils Title: Reducing Reoffending in London: Why investing in local solutions will deliver Summary: Reducing reoffending is critical to both protecting communities from crime and to delivering a more effective and economic justice system. This report argues that, to get the best outcomes, we need a system that puts assertive locally rooted co-ordination at its heart. Prison populations have steadily increased in England and Wales, from an average of 64,601 in 2000 to 86,634 in 2012. Reoffenders contribute to this. Reoffending is also costly to the public purse; handling an individual reconviction could cost the public as much as L65,000 followed by up to $37,500 per year in prison. The 2010 National Audit Office report, Managing Offenders on Short Custodial Sentences, estimated that in 2007/08, the total cost to the economy of crime committed by offenders who had served short term sentences (less than 12 months) was between L9.5 billion and L13 billion. Reducing crime and improving community safety are critical to London local government's role in building and sustaining safe and prosperous communities. A key element of this is the rehabilitation of offenders. We believe that this is best achieved through coordinated local services that are rooted in local democratic and accountability structures. More broadly, local government has a significant role in tackling crime and reducing offending. Details: London: London Councils, 2013. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 5, 2014 at http://www.londoncouncils.gov.uk/London%20Councils/Crime%20and%20Public%20Protection/LondonCouncilsReducingReoffendinginLondonreport.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Recidivism Shelf Number: 132418

Author: London Councils Title: Anti-Social Behaviour and Mental Health Summary: Tackling anti-social behaviour (ASB) is a priority for many community safety partnerships in London. ASB is also one of the three priority areas of focus for the London Crime Reduction Board this year. Boroughs have consistently raised the point that a sizable proportion of their ASB cases have a mental health dimension. Preventing and tackling ASB, and supporting people with mental health needs are two important areas of work for local authorities and their partners. Reducing crime and improving community safety are critical to London local government's role in building and sustaining safe and prosperous communities. A key element of this is preventing and tackling ASB. London Councils conducted a survey of all heads of community safety in the 32 London local authorities and the City of London exploring the issues and challenges around mental health and ASB, finding out what practical responses are delivering results on the ground and listening to what the professionals feel they need to improve work in this area in the future. Seventeen boroughs responded, of which 15 completed the survey. Data from the 15 boroughs that returned survey responses are used in this report. Following a brief introduction to each section in this report, the relevant responses from the survey are presented. Examples of borough practice are then presented where available, followed by suggestions from borough heads of community safety for ways forward. The recommendations of this report are largely drawn from these suggestions. Details: London: London Councils, 2014. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 5, 2014 at http://www.londoncouncils.gov.uk/London%20Councils/MentalhealthandASBWEB1.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 132419

Author: Fox, Chris Title: Personalisation in the criminal justice system: what is the potential? Summary: The Criminal Justice Alliance has published a policy briefing by Professor Chris Fox and colleagues on the potential for personalisation within the criminal justice system​ and lessons that can be learned from the social care sector over recent decades. This briefing highlights the key elements of personalisation which include offenders and their supervisors working together, and the need to focus on relationships, communities and offender responsibility. It goes on to discuss the need to look at an individual's strengths and skills first, before their needs and vulnerability, and the importance of encouraging individuals to become active citizens. The paper examines how a personalisation agenda could be achieved within a justice reinvestment model, focusing on community budgets, and whether the transforming rehabilitation changes are likely to help or hinder a personalised approach. Details: London: Criminal Justice Alliance, 2014. 20p. Source: Policy briefing: Internet Resource: Accessed June 9, 2014 at http://criminaljusticealliance.org/Personalisation_in_the_CJS.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Justice Reinvestment Shelf Number: 132428

Author: Northern Ireland Criminal Justice Inspection Title: Community Restorative Justice Ireland: A pre-accreditation inspection of North Belfast and South & East Belfast Community Restorative Justice Ireland schemes Summary: An inspection of two schemes run by Community Restorative Justice Ireland (CRJI) has found they provide a valuable and distinctive community work function in North Belfast and South and East Belfast. Inspectors reviewed the operation of both schemes and their case files to assess their suitability for accreditation by the Department of Justice. "The schemes were found to be operating in a similar manner to other CRJI schemes and were forming an important bridge between the community and the Police Service of Northern Ireland (PSNI) in areas where policing was not yet fully integrated," said Brendan McGuigan, the Chief Inspector of Criminal Justice in Northern Ireland. "The North Belfast scheme was found to be operating effectively with the police and other statutory providers in a very challenging environment. The contributions made by a small and dedicated staff group were positive and having a beneficial impact in fostering better relationships between the community and the police. "The South and East Belfast scheme was at an earlier stage of development and did not yet have full time staff. However, the approach and credibility of the practitioners had already been acknowledged by statutory providers, and Inspectors did not identify any concerns about the scheme's overall direction of travel," said Mr. McGuigan. "While we did not see sufficient evidence to form a firm opinion about North Belfast or South and East Belfast CRJI's ability to undertake direct mediation in relation to criminal matters, all CRJI personnel whom we met were very aware of restorative principles," he said. Mr. McGuigan stated Inspectors had identified two areas where improvements could be made to in relation to conformity in addressing data protection obligations and case management/administration procedures. "The majority of people interviewed were positive about both CRJI schemes. They enjoyed the trust and confidence of statutory providers and their relationship with the PSNI was at an appropriate level in both areas. "We therefore conclude the practice within the North and South and East Belfast CRJI schemes is of a sufficient standard for them to progress to the next stage of having their staff considered by the Accreditation Panel," concluded the Chief Inspector. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2014. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 11, 2014 at http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/d6/d68cbcfb-c6b9-4e1a-9ce9-a9f741203e30.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Justice (Northern Ireland) Shelf Number: 132434

Author: Centre for Mental Health Title: The Bradley Commission Briefing 2: Young adults (18-24) in transition, mental health and criminal justice Summary: Young adults in the criminal justice system need better help for their mental health to prevent problems getting worse, says a briefing published today by Centre for Mental Health. The briefing shows that almost all young adults in contact with the criminal justice system have multiple problems including mental ill health. Many lead chaotic lives that cause stress and distress. Yet many of the services that work with this group either end or begin at age 18, leaving young adults without effective support. The Commission did, however, find examples of services across the country that are using innovative ways of helping young adults through this difficult transition. This is the second briefing from the Bradley Commission, reporting on areas that were under-developed in the Bradley Report from 2009, beginning with the needs of black and minority ethnic (BME) communities, then this on young adults and the third will concern people with personality disorder. Details: London: Centre for Mental Health, 2014. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 12, 2014 at http://www.centreformentalhealth.org.uk/pdfs/Bradley_Commission_briefing2_youngadults.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Delinquency (U.K.) Shelf Number: 132443

Author: Choak, Clare Title: London Probation Trust's Serious Group Offending Training Evaluation Summary: The purpose of this research was to evaluate the Serious Group Offending (SGO) training - an introductory course which is being delivered to London Probation staff by Delphine Duff and Twilight Bey1 under the umbrella of the STARR project. Gangs are not a new phenomenon, neither are they in themselves criminal. The term Serious Group Offending is the phrase coined by London Probation Trust and allows the focus to be on challenging the offending behaviour rather than the gang itself. This two day course is designed for all staff who are actively working on the Serious Group Offending agenda. The target audience is; Offender Managers, Community Payback, Approved Premises Staff, and Partnership Support Staff. Details: London: London Probation Trust,2011. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 12, 2014 at http://www.starr-probation.org/uploaded_files/Rep%20STARR%20SGO.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Education and Training Shelf Number: 132445

Author: Penal Reform International Title: Pre-trial detention: Addressing risk factors to prevent torture and ill-treatment Summary: This Detention Monitoring Tool has been developed jointly by Penal Reform International and the APT. It provides analysis and practical guidance to support monitoring bodies, including National Preventive Mechanisms (NPMs), to fulfil their preventive mandate as effectively as possible when visiting police facilities or prisons. Monitoring teams may find the tools useful in a number of different ways, for example, in: developing their monitoring methodology; informing planning for their annual programme of work; helping to prepare for specific visits; and, informing their reports and recommendations. Details: London: Penal Reform International, 2013. 12p. Source: PNI Detention Monitoring Tool Factsheet: Internet Resource: Accessed June 12, 2014 at http://www.apt.ch/content/files_res/factsheet-1-pre-trial-detention.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Due Process (U.K.) Shelf Number: 132447

Author: Great Britain. Home Office. Title: Police Powers of Stop and Search: Summary of Consultation Responses and Conclusions Summary: On 2 July 2013 the Home Secretary launched a consultation on the use of the powers of stop and search. These powers included the most common ones used by the police, covering offences from theft and drugs to serious violence and public disorder. The consultation aimed to gauge the views of the public, police, campaign groups and other organisations. These views were considered under the themes of: effectiveness; balancing public protection with the preservation of personal freedoms; reducing bureaucracy; and fairness. The consultation generated considerable interest and debate and attracted over 5,000 responses from a diverse demographic. It also made use of a number of different media to engage the public and encourage as many people as possible to make their views known. The Government has now analysed the responses which are summarised in this document. As a result of the analysis and on the basis of other evidence submitted to the consultation, the Government has developed a number of proposals which it will implement. In summary, these are: 1. Revise the Police and Criminal Evidence Act 1984 (PACE) Code of Practice A to make clear what constitutes 'reasonable grounds for suspicion' - the legal basis upon which police officers carry out the vast majority of stops. The revised code will also emphasise that where officers are not using their powers properly they will be subject to formal performance or disciplinary proceedings. 2. Commission the College of Policing to review the national training of stop and search and work with Chief Constables and Police and Crime Commissioners to develop robust training for probationers, existing officers, supervisors and police leaders. Training for frontline officers should include awareness of unconscious bias in decisions concerning the use of the powers. 3. The College of Policing will consider introducing a requirement that stop and search training should be subject to assessment and refreshed on a rolling basis. Failure to pass would mean that officers could not use the powers in the course of their duties. 4. Introduce an annual review of the use of stop and search powers which could form part of Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary's (HMIC) new assessments for the public on the performance of forces. 5. Introduce a voluntary Best Use of Stop and Search scheme. Forces participating in the scheme will record the outcome of searches in more detail to show the link (or the lack of a link) between the object of the search and its outcome. This will allow the police to assess how well they are targeting their use of stop and search and using 'reasonable grounds for suspicion' in accordance with law. 6. To help achieve this additional transparency while saving as much police time as possible, the Home Office will work with Chief Constables and Police and Crime Commissioners to explore the possibility of the quick and efficient recording of information on the use of stop and search via the new Emergency Services Network and promote the practice to all forces in England and Wales. 7. In order to improve public understanding of the police and feed into best practice, forces participating in the Best Use of Stop and Search Scheme will introduce lay observation policies, whereby members of the local community can apply to accompany police officers on patrol. 8. Under the Best Use of Stop and Search Scheme, participating forces will introduce a stop and search complaints 'community trigger' whereby the police must explain to local community scrutiny groups how the powers are being used where there is a large volume of complaints. 9. Forces participating in the voluntary scheme will make clear to their communities that they will respect the case law in Roberts by making authorisations under Section 60 where it is necessary rather than just expedient to do so. In addition, forces participating in the scheme will raise the level of authorisation to a senior officer and that officer must reasonably believe that violence will take place rather than may, as things stand now. All forces, including those not in the scheme, must ensure that Section 60 stop and search is applied in accordance with case law and only used if necessary. 10. Under the voluntary scheme, police forces will limit the duration of an initial authorisation to 15 hours. They will also communicate with the communities involved in advance (where practicable) and afterwards, so that the public is kept informed of the purpose and success of the operation. 11. PACE Code of Practice A requires police forces to make arrangements for public scrutiny of their use of stop and search. The Home Secretary will write to all Chief Constables and Police and Crime Commissioners to tell them to adhere to the Code. If they do not do so, the Government will bring forward legislation to make this a statutory requirement. 12. Include stop and search data on police.uk. This will increase accountability and transparency and enable the general public to monitor the use of the powers. 13. Commission HMIC to review other stop powers, such as Section 163 of the Road Traffic Act 1988 - both the powers and their use - to make sure they are being used effectively and fairly. This will include an examination of the use of stop and search powers involving the removal of more than a person's outer clothing, including strip searches, to identify whether these searches are lawful, necessary and appropriate. Details: London: Home Office, 2014. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 14, 2014 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/307545/StopSearchConsultationResponse.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Discrimination Shelf Number: 132452

Author: Great Britain. Law Commission Title: Hate Crime: Should the Current Offences be Extended? Summary: The Government�s Hate Crime Action Plan was published in March 2012. It describes the following as �core principles� underlying the Government�s approach to hate crime: (1) preventing hate crime � by challenging the attitudes that underpin it, and early intervention to prevent it escalating; (2) increasing reporting and access to support � by building victim confidence and supporting local partnerships; (3) improving the operational response to hate crimes � by better identifying and managing cases, and dealing effectively with offenders. Police, prosecution and other agencies currently record as a �hate crime� any offence perceived to be motivated by hostility or prejudice based on any of the following five �protected characteristics�: race, religion, sexual orientation, disability and transgender identity. However, existing criminal offences dealing specifically with hate crime do not cover hostility or hatred in respect of all five of these characteristics. This project has considered whether the hate crime offences should cover all five characteristics. Details: London: The Law Commission, 2014. 230p. Source: Internet Resource: Cm 8865: Accessed June 16, 2014 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/316099/9781474104852_Web.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crimes Shelf Number: 132465

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: The Relationship Between the Police Service of Northern Ireland and the Office of the Police Ombudsman for Northern Ireland Summary: This inspection examines the overall relationship between the Office of the Police Ombudsman for Northern Ireland (OPONI) and the Police Service of Northern Ireland (PSNI) and in particular, how requests for police intelligence surrounding historical cases are handled by the PSNI and recommendations from the OPONI, are considered and implemented by the PSNI. Concerns have been expressed from nongovernmental organisations, the Northern Ireland Policing Board (NIPB) and some families of victims of the Troubles that the PSNI were being unhelpful in supporting the OPONI investigations of historical cases. Questions were raised about whether the OPONI was able to access all sensitive intelligence material held by the police in respect of historical cases and about how the police were responding to recommendations and findings of the OPONI investigations into historical cases. Founding legislation never envisaged the OPONI conducting retrospective Troubles related investigations. However, in the absence of an agreed mechanism for dealing with the past, the Office must now fulfil these statutory obligations. The use of informants and actions or inactions of the police during the Troubles has little or no relevance for many of the operational officers of the PSNI, the majority of whom were recruited after the Belfast Agreement. However, the issue continues to divide public and political opinion and fuels the call for an agreed mechanism for dealing with the past. It is in the interest of both the OPONI and the police that a mutually respectful working relationship is developed. The police need to be confident that complaints made against officers will be investigated thoroughly and fairly, and the Police Ombudsman's investigators need to be confident that the police are co-operating fully with their investigations. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2013. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 16, 2014 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/b9/b97d8f4a-295f-42d5-8e63-ecc2199307c8.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Ombudsman Shelf Number: 132471

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: An Inspection of Approved Premises in Northern Ireland Summary: The use of approved premises to assist offenders to resettle back into society helps reduce the risk of individuals reoffending and strengthens public protection arrangements in Northern Ireland. The importance of the APs' role cannot be underestimated, both in terms of their contribution to the public protection arrangements in Northern Ireland, and in providing support for the rehabilitation of offenders. One of the most significant findings of this inspection has been to tangibly demonstrate that offenders reduce their risk levels while living in APs. The inspection confirms that the criminal justice agencies, especially the Probation Board for Northern Ireland (PBNI), and the Northern Ireland Housing Executive (NIHE) give this issue significant priority. Their involvement has helped raise standards, and they support APs' staff to manage offenders more effectively. We found that the level of cooperation between the voluntary organisations which run the APs and the statutory agencies is a model of best practice, and evidence of effective partnership arrangements which are delivering significant public protection. There are several challenges - the governance standards required by funders are increasingly demanding for small charitable groups that manage APs. The larger organisations are better equipped to deal with the requirements of corporate governance, and have greater access to funds to modernise facilities, and to employ and rotate well-trained staff. It is difficult to reconcile local community concerns about the location of APs with the reality of just how difficult it is for some offenders to find suitable accommodation. The limitations imposed on offenders residing in APs through residency contracts and licence conditions are stringent, and many are returned to prison if they fail to abide by the rules. This policy is essential if public confidence in the concept of rehabilitation is to be retained. The report concludes that the APs practice have progressed since we last inspected. They continue to play a vital role in delivering public protection and providing offenders who want to change their behaviour with a new start. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2013. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 16, 2014 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/50/500620a6-e62f-4eb8-82b3-1c686eff1368.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Reentry (Northern Ireland) Shelf Number: 132472

Author: Summerfield, Amy Title: Public Experiences of and Attitudes towards the Family Justice System Summary: The Ministry of Justice is responsible for achieving the Government's vision of a supportive and effective family justice system. This analytical summary presents findings from the 2012/13 Crime Survey for England and Wales (CSEW) examining public attitudes and experiences of the family justice system, including mediation. The CSEW is a nationally representative household survey. In the 2012/13 survey, around 35,000 adults were interviewed. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2014. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Analytical Summary: Accessed June 17, 2014 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/319365/public-experience-family-justice-system.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Family Court Shelf Number: 132483

Author: Harwin, Judith Title: Changing Lifestyles, Keeping Children Safe: an evaluation of the first Family Drug and Alcohol Court (FDAC) in care proceedings Summary: This report presents the findings from an independent evaluation of the pilot Family Drug and Alcohol Court (FDAC). FDAC is an innovative approach to care proceedings where parental drug or alcohol misuse is a key feature of the case. The FDAC pilot began in January 2008 at the Inner London Family Proceedings Court in London. The pilot was funded by the Department for Education, the Ministry of Justice, the Home Office, the Department of Health and three inner-London local authorities (Camden, Islington, and Westminster) - the pilot local authorities. Since April 2012, when government funding came to an end, the FDAC specialist team has been funded by a consortium of five London authorities, including Southwark and Hammersmith & Fulham as well as the original three. The specialist team is provided by a partnership between the Tavistock and Portman NHS Foundation Trust and the children's charity, Coram. Parental substance misuse is a formidable social problem and a major risk factor for child maltreatment. It is a factor in up to two-thirds of care applications and parents with substance misuse problems are often involved in repeat care proceedings in relation to subsequent children. There has also been a rise in the number of care proceedings since 2008, so the scale of the problem is substantial. FDAC has been adapted to English law and practice from a model of Family Treatment Drug Courts (FTDCs) that is used widely in the USA and shows positive results. The US national evaluation of over 2,000 cases found that, compared to proceedings in the ordinary court, more FTDC parents and children were able to remain together safely, and there were swifter alternative permanent placement decisions for children if parents were unable to stop misusing, all of which meant savings on the cost of foster care during and after proceedings. The catalysts for the UK pilot were the encouraging evidence from the US evaluation and concerns about the response to parental substance misuse through ordinary care proceedings in England. These concerns were about poor child and parent outcomes; insufficient co-ordination between adult and children's services; late intervention to protect children; delay in reaching decisions; and the soaring costs of proceedings, linked to the length of proceedings and the cost of expert evidence. Details: Uxbridge, UK: Brunel University, 2014. 188p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2014 at: http://www.nuffieldfoundation.org/sites/default/files/files/FDAC_May2014_FinalReport_V2.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 1322487

Author: Harvey, Shannon Title: Barriers Faced by Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual and Transgender People in Accessing Domestic Abuse, Stalking and Harassment, and Sexual Violence Services Summary: In 2012, the Welsh Government began consultation on legislation to end violence against women, domestic abuse and sexual violence. Stakeholders, in early White Paper consultations, suggested that lesbian, gay, bisexual and transgender (LGBT) people may experience specific barriers when seeking support (Faraz Bhula, 2012). Alongside the development of Wales' men's domestic abuse service, some research has been conducted around gay and bisexual men's experiences of domestic abuse. However, LGBT people remain under-represented in referrals to the All Wales Domestic Abuse & Sexual Violence Helpline and Multi-Agency Risk Assessment Conferences (MARACs) across Wales, despite evidence suggesting that they experience domestic and sexual abuse at similar rates to heterosexual, cis women (Donovan et al, 2006; Henderson, 2003). Service provision in Wales and elsewhere in the UK has remained focused on the needs of heterosexual, cis women and knowledge of any differences in LGBT people's support needs is limited. Seeking to further develop policy-making and legislation in this area, the Welsh Government (2013) committed to identifying barriers faced by LGBT people in accessing domestic abuse, stalking and harassment, and sexual violence services. NatCen Social Research was commissioned in January 2014 to conduct this research. Details: Cardiff, Wales: Welsh Government Social Research, 2014. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2014 at: http://wales.gov.uk/docs/caecd/research/2014/140604-barriers-faced-lgbt-accessing-domestic-abuse-services-en.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crimes Shelf Number: 132489

Author: Brown, Laura Title: Cycles of Harm: Problematic Alcohol Use Amongst Women Involved in Prostitution Summary: Research by Eaves and London South Bank University, Breaking down the barriers (Bindel, Brown, Easton, Matthews and Reynolds, forthcoming), identified problematic drug and/or alcohol use as the most common barrier (obstacle) faced by women exiting prostitution. Following the completion of this study, Eaves obtained funding from Alcohol Research UK to explore this barrier with greater depth, focusing specifically on problematic alcohol use. This new research aimed to: - Look at why and when women involved in prostitution use alcohol problematically - Explore and compare the ways in which women involved in different aspects of the sex industry use alcohol - Explore the different ways in which women use alcohol and how this relates to their involvement in prostitution and impacts on exiting - Enable practitioners working with women involved in prostitution who have problematic alcohol use to gain a better understanding of the relationship between the two, thereby informing more effective interventions. Details: London: Alcohol Research UK, 2013. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2014 at: http://alcoholresearchuk.org/downloads/finalReports/FinalReport_0108.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 132490

Author: O'Brien, Liz Title: Accessibility of Woodlands and Natural Spaces: Addressing Crime and Safety Issues Summary: If wild lands are defined as areas in which human influence is negligible and cities as areas entirely constructed and managed by humans, then these two form environmental extremes between which exist a multiplicity of open living spaces. These vary to a large extent by the degree of management and residence imposed by humankind. Perhaps in Britain few, if any, places can be considered truly wild, though there remain some places remote enough from major human influence to be considered close to wilderness. British environments are, almost invariably, managed ones. Rural areas are managed for aesthetic appeal, conservation, leisure, forest or agriculture while in urban areas management is geared more towards large-scale residency, leisure, commerce or industry. All have their place and purpose. Human population density increases between these rural and urban extremes. Alongside that, undesirable issues, such as crime, nuisance and litigious behaviour (for which the common denominator is people), also increases. These undesirable issues have generally occurred and perhaps still do, in greater frequency where population densities are highest. However, the increased availability of mechanised transport has greatly increased people's ability to travel, individually and in groups, such as to extend their powers of criminality and nuisance over everincreasing areas. It is this concern with crime and nuisance which brings issues of access to woodlands and natural spaces to the forefront of the thinking of a wider audience of responsible landowners in both the public and private sectors. The varied list of delegates to this seminar gives some indication of organisations for which these matters have relevance. There are moral and legal issues at stake, but no one can discount the economic issues, which increasingly burden all relevant organisations or individuals. At the same time, there is increasing recognition that deprivation of human populations from natural environments can have detrimental psychological, perhaps even physiological effects, depressing spirits and leading to increasingly manic, criminally dishonest and violent behaviour. Current research suggests that open spaces in urban areas need to retain some element of the natural to help offset such effects. These are the issues which have drawn together the varied organisations towards partnerships, hopefully made manifest and stimulated by this Accessibility seminar. Details: Farnham, UK: Forest Research, 2005. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2014 at: http://www.forestry.gov.uk/pdf/fr0305_woodaccess.pdf/$FILE/fr0305_woodaccess.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Through Environment Design Shelf Number: 132509

Author: McMahon, Simon Title: Sports-based Programmes and Reducing Youth Violence and Crime Summary: It is widely accepted as common sense that undertaking sport can be beneficial in many ways. Political interest and important investments in sport and sports-based youth interventions suggest that one such benefit may be to reduce youth crime and violence. This synthesis study examines evaluations of sports-based youth interventions in London and finds different types of evidence claiming that sport can indeed reduce youth violence and crime. Sport can act as a diversionary activity distracting from violent and criminal activities and also as a hook bringing young people into contact with opportunities for achieving wider goals such as furthering their education or finding employment. Details: London: Mayor of London, 2013. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Project Oracle synthesis study 02/13: Accessed June 19, 2014 at: https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/Project%20Oracle%20Synthesis%20Study%2002-2013%20Sport%20interventions%20HQ.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 132511

Author: Duffy, John C. Title: Punishing the Majority: The Flawed Theory Behind Alcohol Control Policies Summary: Alcohol policy in Britain and many other countries aims to reduce per capita alcohol consumption in the belief that this will inevitably reduce heavy and harmful drinking. The cornerstone policies of this approach are advertising bans, licensing restrictions and higher taxes. - Campaigners cite the 'Total Consumption Model' as justification for implementing policies that affect all drinkers, rather than just the heavy drinking minority. The theory was devised in the 1950s based on a statistical correlation between average alcohol consumption and rates of harmful drinking. - As researchers have long recognised, this theory is deeply flawed and has little predictive power. Per capita alcohol consumption largely depends on the amount of heavy drinking in a population, not vice versa. The mathematical model is simply wrong. Numerous real world examples, including the UK in recent years, show that alcohol-related harm does not necessarily correlate with overall alcohol consumption. - Empirical evidence supports neither the Total Consumption Model nor the policies upon which it is based. These policies bear costs on moderate drinkers while being largely ignored by at-risk drinkers. - Alcohol policy would be more effective and equitable if it targeted excessive drinkers, alcoholics and those who require help, rather than the whole population. Details: London: Institute of Economic Affairs, 2014. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: IEA Current Controversies Paper no. 49: Accessed June 20, 2014 at: http://www.iea.org.uk/sites/default/files/publications/files/IEA%20Punishing%20the%20majority%20EMBARGOED.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 132533

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary Title: The Strategic Policing Requirement: An inspection of the arrangements that police forces have in place to meet the Strategic Policing Requirement Summary: This inspection examined how well police forces have established the arrangements that the Strategic Policing Requirement requires them to have in place to counter a number of specified threats to national security and public safety. It is based on data and documentary evidence provided by all 43 police forces in England and Wales in July 2013. It includes supporting fieldwork, conducted in 18 forces, and in nine Regional Organised Crime Units (ROCUs). Our reports on how the police service deals with threats to public order and of a large-scale cyber incident include relevant material from this report in addition to more specific information on these two themes. Details: London: HMIC, 2014. 104p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 30, 2014 at: http://www.hmic.gov.uk/wp-content/uploads/2014/04/an-inspection-of-the-arrangements-that-police-forces-have-in-place-to-meet-the-strategic-policing-requirement.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: National Securitiy Shelf Number: 132563

Author: Sohal, (Alex) Hardip Title: Identifying Intimate Partner Violence in Different Ethnic Groups in Primary Care -- A Systematic Review and Secondary Data Analysis Summary: Background Intimate partner violence (IPV), including physical, sexual and emotional violence, causes short and long term ill-health. Brief questions that can identify women from different ethnic groups experiencing IPV who present in clinical settings are a prerequisite for an appropriate response from health services to this substantial public health problem. Aim: To examine the evidence for the validity of questions trying to identify IPV in different ethnic groups and to determine whether their validity varies between ethnic groups. Methods Design: A systematic review and the secondary data analysis of a cross-sectional survey of four questions (HARK) identifying IPV in a primary care sample. Main outcome measures: Systematic review - for each set of index questions identified, diagnostic accuracy indices, correlation coefficients, reliability measures, validity evidence based on response processes and test content were analysed and interpreted. Secondary data analysis - diagnostic indices for IPV and its dimensions in three ethnic groups were calculated for the four HARK questions combined and for the individual HARK questions. 4 Results Systematic review - there is no evidence of questions valid for identifying IPV in specific ethnic groups, including white groups. Secondary data analysis - the optimal HARK cut off score of ≥ 1 was unaffected by the participants‟ ethnicity. The diagnostic indices generated using the HARK cut off of ≥ 1 remained at a high level, in all three ethnic groups. There were no significant ethnic differences in the diagnostic indices of the four combined and individual HARK questions‟ ability at identifying either IPV or its dimensions. Conclusion From the systematic review and secondary data analysis, there is no evidence that questions‟ validity for identifying IPV varies significantly between different ethnic groups. The secondary data analysis does provide evidence that four questions (the HARK) can identify IPV in self-classified UK census categories of African- Caribbean, south Asian, and white groups. Details: London: University of London, 2011. 296p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 30, 2014 at: https://qmro.qmul.ac.uk/xmlui/handle/123456789/2350 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 132566

Author: Welsh Local Government Association Title: Tackling Hate Crimes and Incidents: A Framework for Action Summary: The Framework aims to tackle hate crimes and incidents in respect of the protected characteristics under the Equality Act 2010. These include: -disability -race -religion -sexual orientation -gender identity -age. The Framework has also been developed to tackle areas of hate crimes and incidents across cyber hate and bullying, far right hate and mate crime (befriending of people, who are perceived by perpetrators to be vulnerable, for the purposes of taking advantage of, exploiting and/or abusing them). The Framework includes three objectives on prevention, supporting victims and improving the multi-agency response. It is supported by a Delivery Plan which will be updated on an annual basis. Details: Cardiff: Welsh Government, 2014. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 1, 2014 at: http://wales.gov.uk/docs/dsjlg/publications/equality/140512-hate-crime-framework-en.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crimes Shelf Number: 132580

Author: Parr, Hester Title: Families Living with Absence: Searching for Missing People Summary: The ESRC funded (Ref 062-232-492) Geographies of Missing People research project, of which this report is part, has been designed with the support of both charitable and police partnerships, the UK charity Missing People, Police Scotland and the Metropolitan Police Service (MPS). This report is structured as a response to the content of twenty-five in-depth interviews and a focus group with families of missing people, concentrating on their experience of searching for their missing relatives. This report introduces a new language around missing issues, see pg 19 for an explanation. For more information on the ethical and methodological aspects of this study, see technical appendix and for further information on the project, visit: www.geographiesofmissingpeople. org.uk. Twenty-five families took part in the research and are represented in this report through pseudonyms, so as to protect their identities. The families have a diverse range of missing experience. The interviewees are dominated by people who have had a family member missing for a relatively long time period and the majority of interviewees were parents of adult missing children, see Table one, pg 19, for further details. This report elaborates some aspects of the qualitative interviews undertaken with the twenty-five families, but adopts a deliberate emphasis on questions of search, communications and actions that take place around search and in partnership with police services. The report is also informed by the small literature that has emerged around about families of people who have been reported missing (Boss, 1999; Boss and Carnes, 2012; Edkins, 2011, 2013; Holmes, 2008; Wayland, 2007, 2013). The overall intention of the research is to create space for the development of new resources around missing issues, with direct reference to the people who experience its profound effects. The purpose of the report is thus to share words of experience and to prompt further conversations amongst multiple interest groups. Details: Glasgow: University of Glasgow, 2013. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 1, 2014 at: http://www.geographiesofmissingpeople.org.uk/downloads/familiesreport.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Missing Persons Shelf Number: 132581

Author: Brown, Jane Title: Violence in UK Schools: What is Really Happening? Summary: Newspaper reports frequently tell us that behaviour in UK schools is getting worse. Bullying is commonplace, they say, and teachers are harassed and abused on a daily basis. Internationally, according to some experts, violence in schools is a serious and growing problem. But what is the evidence? Are schools in the UK really becoming more violent places? And what do we actually mean by this? This Insight review assesses the up-to-date information on this controversial topic. There is a wealth of relevant material, but it comes from a variety of sources and disciplinary perspectives. We have brought it together in order to provide a broad, coherent and, where information is available, an accurate picture of what is happening. Some pupils, parents and teachers say that they worry a great deal about bullying and safety in schools. While these are understandable concerns, they nevertheless should be tempered by the evidence. Details: Macclesfield, Cheshire, UK: British Educational Research Association, 2010. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Insight 1: Accessed July 2, 2014 at: http://www.bera.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/Insight1-web.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: School Bullying Shelf Number: 132591

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary Title: Crime recording: A matter of fact - interim report of the inspection of crime data integrity in police forces in England and Wales Summary: In its 2013/14 inspection programme, approved by the Home Secretary under section 54 of the Police Act 1996, HMIC is committed to carry out an inspection into the way the 43 police forces in England and Wales record crime data. This inspection, carried out between February and August 2014, is the most extensive of its kind that HMIC has ever undertaken into crime data integrity. This is an interim report of that inspection. It explains the purposes and methods of the inspection and the criteria that govern crime-recording practice in the police. This report covers the inspection of 13 forces. As two of the largest metropolitan forces (the Metropolitan Police Service and Greater Manchester Police) have been inspected, the inspection has already covered approximately 60 percent of the reviews to be done. While the inspection has yet to be completed in the remaining 30 forces, we can report on a number of emerging themes. Details: London: HMIC, 2014. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 2, 2014 at: http://www.hmic.gov.uk/wp-content/uploads/2014/05/crime-data-integrity-interim-report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 132594

Author: Jacobson, Jessica Title: Crime and 'Community': Exploring the Scope for Community Involvement in Criminal Justice Summary: The promotion of 'community engagement' has been a significant and consistent theme within public policy in the United Kingdom since the late 1990s. It is a theme that, under both the Labour administration of 1997 to 2010 and the current Coalition government, has cross-cut many spheres of public policy, including criminal justice policy. The term 'community engagement' is broad and subject to differing definitions; it also overlaps with many other public policy concepts. These include community empowerment; community involvement; social action; civic or civil renewal; co-production; and active citizenship. Another related term - albeit one that has largely fallen into disuse since 2012 - is 'the Big Society', which encompassed Prime Minister David Cameron's vision of an active civil society against a backdrop of sweeping public sector spending cuts. The common thread running through all these policy concepts is the aim of fostering within communities more mutual trust, a greater sense of collective self-interest and a greater preparedness to act in this self-interest. 'Community justice' refers to the intersection between community engagement and criminal justice. It encapsulates the idea that local communities which have mutual trust and a sense of collective self-interest can and should play an active part in addressing problems of crime and disorder. This report undertakes a close and rigorous analysis of the concept of community justice. Specifically, it addresses the following three questions: - How has central government, since Labour came to power in 1997, perceived the role of local communities in tackling crime and disorder? - How do the members of local communities perceive their own role in tackling crime and disorder? - To what extent do government aspirations for community justice match those of the general public, and what are the main areas of discord between governmental and public expectations? We have addressed these questions by the following means: - A review of policy developments under the preceding and current government relating to community engagement in general and community justice in particular. - A review of existing data on volunteering and political and civic participation among the general public. - Empirical research into the scope and nature of community activism in four deprived neighbourhoods in north-east London, Bristol, Nottingham and south Wales. Details: London: Institute for Criminal Policy Research, University of London, 2014. 85p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 2, 2015 at: http://www.icpr.org.uk/media/37409/Community%20Justice%20report%2013%204%2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Justice Shelf Number: 132597

Author: Sullivan, Mary Pat Title: Use as Abuse: A Feasibility Study of Alcohol-Related Elder Abuse Summary: Alcohol-related elder abuse is largely absent from the elder abuse and domestic violence literature. Although alcohol misuse is consistently identified as a risk factor for abuse, the problem manifests itself in a variety of ways and is not well understood theoretically or in direct practice with older people and their families. Thus, it remains an important area for research to more thoroughly understand its role in elder abuse, how to prevent or remove this risk factor, and how to assess and intervene when it emerges in practice. The aim of this feasibility study was to begin to explore the alcohol-related elder abuse problem in England and begin to characterise its role in cases of elder abuse, how practitioners were responding in these situations, and identify areas for further investigation. Funded by Alcohol Research UK, this study was the first of its kind in England. The methods adopted in this investigation included a review of the literature and existing data sets, a review of case files from one local authority adult safeguarding team and in-depth interviews with a sample of safeguarding and specialty alcohol practitioners. The findings from our investigation corroborate much of the existing literature that has primarily been produced in North America. Furthermore, these insights help to illuminate the subject area in England, extend our understandings in relation to community-based interventions and identify opportunities for further enquiry. The major findings are as follows: - Alcohol misusing elder abuse victims tended to be male, slightly younger than other victims, and abused by someone outside the family system. Their vulnerability for abuse seemed to be exacerbated by issues such as declining health, social isolation and possibly longstanding problems with alcohol. - Alcohol misusing elder abuse victims were twice as likely to be financially abused than non-alcohol misusing victims. - Alcohol misusing perpetrators tended to be male and a family member. - Physical abuse was more commonly identified by practitioners in cases with alcohol misusing perpetrators. - Specialty alcohol practitioners described their role as minimising the vulnerability to misuse alcohol and thereby reducing the risks for abuse. Safeguarding practitioners reported their role as a regulated one and their priority was to respond to referrals of older alcohol misusing victims who lacked mental capacity. - Practitioners were most challenged by cases where alcohol misuse had led to self-neglect or where the perpetrator was an alcohol misusing family member. - Evidence-informed community-based interventions were not identified. We conclude that this study offers an opportunity to expand our empirical understandings of alcohol-related elder abuse with a view to further mixed methods exploration in some of the following areas: - Further definition and characterisation of alcohol misuse as a risk factor for elder abuse (e.g., constructing explanations for who is misusing, nature of the misuse and abuse, relevance in family care system, self-neglect, relationship with other risk factors); - Exploration of practitioner assessment tools in relation to alcohol misuse and elder abuse; and - Developing and testing interdisciplinary social interventions, including education and training for practitioners and older people. Details: London: Alcohol Research UK, 2014. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 2, 2014 at: http://alcoholresearchuk.org/downloads/finalReports/FinalReport_0111.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 132600

Author: Allain, Jean Title: Forced Labour's Business Models and Supply Chains Summary: This study analyses how businesses make money from forced labour. It develops a conceptual model of the business of forced labour and sets out the darker side of the labour supply chains of cannabis 'grow-ops', the construction industry and the food sector. Key points - This new conceptual model is based on the types of businesses conducting forced labour and how money is made from it. - How the UK economy functions (e.g. low business regulation and work/immigration policies) creates a pool of people who are vulnerable to forced labour. - Forced labour in the UK is not hidden. Mapping supply chains demonstrates not only where forced labour is likely to occur, but also where informality meets the formal economy. - Forced labour is associated with informality. The product and supply chains involved illustrate how informality becomes the gateway to forced labour. - Sector-specific conditions within the cannabis, construction and food industries allow for the possibility of forced labour as follows: - illegality of the product (cannabis); - volatility and self-regulation of labour providers (construction); and - seasonality (food). - Current approaches are limited in their effectiveness at preventing, detecting or prosecuting the crime of forced labour. Details: York, UK: Joseph Rowntree Foundation, 2013. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 2, 2014 at: http://www.jrf.org.uk/sites/files/jrf/forced-labour-business-full.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Economic Crimes Shelf Number: 132613

Author: DrugScope Title: It's About Time: Tackling substance misuse in older people Summary: In general, alcohol use declines with age and use of illicit drugs is less common in older people than in their younger counterparts. However, as the Royal College of Psychiatrists highlighted in its 2011 report Our invisible addicts, the number of older people with substance use problems is increasing rapidly. The European Monitoring Centre for Drugs and Drug Addiction has estimated that the number of older people with substance use problems or requiring treatment for substance misuse will more than double between 2001 and 2020. In spite of this, older people with substance use problems have historically been a marginalised group, whose particular needs have not been well met. It's about time: Tackling substance misuse in older people brings together information about older people and substance misuse - including use of alcohol, illicit drugs and prescribed and over-the-counter medications - from a range of sources, including published research and reports, service visits and a roundtable attended by academics, policy specialists, practitioners and former service users. In doing so, it aims to identify some of the key issues and problems in this area, and makes strategic and policy recommendations for change, as well as good practice recommendations for substance misuse and older people's services. Key recommendations include: - A range of interventions are needed for older people with substance use problems, from age-appropriate, non-time limited treatment and support for those who are drug and/or alcohol dependent, to brief interventions for those who are drinking at risk. Support for those with problems with prescription and/or over-the-counter medications also needs to be available. - Many of the services we visited during the research process for the briefing were delivering positive outcomes but faced a discontinuation of their funding. Independent and statutory funders and commissioners need to recognise the importance of services and interventions for older people and to consider options for sustainable funding going forward, particularly as research indicates increased prevalence and need. - Substance misuse services can implement a range of measures to help ensure the accessibility and relevance of services for older people, including specific groups or times for older people, satellite services operating out of community provision aimed specifically at older people - for instance, local support groups - and home visits. - Older people with substance misuse problems may come into contact with a number of health and social care professionals, including those working in primary care settings, older people's mental health services, residential services, and for social care providers. With particular reference to alcohol, these professionals should be trained to deliver brief interventions (IBA) and 'sensible drinking' advice to those who are not dependent, but are drinking at risk. Links with specialist support should be developed for referral of those with serious substance misuse problems. Details: London: DrugScope, 2014. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 3, 2014 at: http://www.drugscope.org.uk/Resources/Drugscope/Documents/PDF/Policy/ItsAboutTimeWeb.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcoholism Shelf Number: 132620

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary Title: Everyone's Business: Improving the police response to domestic abuse Summary: In September 2013, HMIC was commissioned by the Home Secretary to inspect the police response to domestic violence and abuse. The report, Everyone's business: Improving the police response to domestic abuse found that, while most forces and police and crime commissioners have said that domestic abuse is a priority for their areas, this isn't being translated into an operational reality. HMIC is concerned to find that, despite the progress made in this area over the last decade, not all police leaders are ensuring that domestic abuse is a priority in their forces - it is often a poor relation to other policing activity. Details: London: HMIC, 2014. 157p. Source: Internet Resource: http://www.hmic.gov.uk/wp-content/uploads/2014/04/improving-the-police-response-to-domestic-abuse.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 132022

Author: Cosgrove, Faye Marie Title: An Appreciative Ethnography of PCSOs in a Northern City Summary: Previous research regarding the emergence of Police Community Support Officers (PCSOs) has either been impact oriented (Cooper et al, 2006, Chatterton and Rowland 2005, Crawford et al, 2004) or has been concerned with their capacity to improve equality and diversity within public policing (Johnston, 2006). Despite the recent civilianisation of the patrol function (Crawford and Lister, 2004a) and increasing recognition of multiple police subcultures within the police force (Reuss Ianni, 1983, Chan, 1997, Foster, 2003), there has been little attention directed towards understanding PCSO working practices and decision making, their capacity to deliver reassurance or to the potential emergence of a distinct PCSO occupational subculture within the police organisation as a result of their differential role, remit and limited authority. This study aims to critically examine the existence and characteristics of a PCSO occupational culture and its influence upon the delivery of neighbourhood policing within a northern police force. Underpinned by an appreciative ethnographic approach (Liebling and Price, 2001), it provides an original contribution to understanding the operation of PCSOs and to existing theoretical knowledge and understanding of police (sub)cultures within the context of civilianisation and police reform. The research involved three hundred hours of participant observation of PCSO working practices, individual interviews with twelve PCSOs and two focus groups with neighbourhood police officers across two police sectors of a northern police force. The study revealed two key findings. Firstly, whilst PCSOs are able to deliver reassurance to 'vulnerable' and 'respectable' residents within target communities, the pursuit of reassurance is secondary to the demands of crime control. The pull of the performance culture and high levels of public demand for service cause PCSOs to become increasingly utilised as a reactive resource and to be deployed in tasks falling outside their remit. Second, represented as a three-fold typology of PCSO culture, the study thus provides evidence of an emerging PCSO subculture within the police organisation. Widely held aspirations to become police officers amongst PCSOs combined with an emphasis upon and value attached to crimefighting within the dominant police culture (Reiner, 2000) leads to the construction of a PCSO occupational culture that is both similar to and distinct from police officers. PCSOs endorse characteristics of the dominant culture, including suspicion, solidarity and sense of mission in their efforts to either imitate police officers or support future applications to become police officers. However, their civilian status, limited authority and differential occupational environment also lead to the construction of distinct cultural characteristics and orientations to the role. Details: Newcaastle upon Tyne, UK: Northumbria University, 2011. 354p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 7, 2014 at: http://nrl.northumbria.ac.uk/4456/1/cosgrove.faye_phd.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Culture Shelf Number: 132626

Author: Youth Justice Board for England and Wales Title: Modern Youth Offending Partnerships: Guidance on effective offending team governance in England Summary: New statutory guidance has been issued to Youth Offending Teams and local partners in England to ensure youth justice services remain effective in a changing landscape. 'Modern Youth Offending Partnerships', published today, recognises the many significant reforms both nationally and locally, which have affected YOTs and statutory partners. Recent changes include, the introduction of police and crime commissioners, the new health commissioning structures and initiatives such as 'Troubled Families'. The new guidance, replaces 'Sustaining the Success' published in 2004, and reaffirms the responsibilities YOTs, local authorities and statutory partners, including health, police and probation services, have within the youth justice system, while also recognising that local arrangements will vary to meet local circumstances. In writing the foreword to 'Modern Youth Offending Partnerships' Justice Minister Jeremy Wright said: 'The local and national youth justice landscape within which youth justice services are delivered has changed significantly since the first multi-agency YOTs were established. 'We now have increased co-ordination between YOTs and children's services, new youth sentencing provisions resulting in changes to how YOTs deal with young people who have offended, and more opportunity for YOTs to be innovative at a local level. 'Nevertheless, the primary duty of local authorities, together with statutory partners in health, police and probation - to oversee and co-ordinate the provision of youth justice services locally and to ensure that the actions outlined in annual youth justice plans are carried out effectively - remains the same. 'The time is right, therefore, to refresh and reissue guidance to statutory partners to help them, their YOTs and the young people and victims they work with. 'It's a timely reminder that although much has changed, the principal aim of all youth justice services remains the same: that of preventing offending by children and young people.' Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2013. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/319291/youth-offending-partnerships-guidance.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 132640

Author: Warburton, Jane Title: Reducing the Risk of the Sexual Exploitation of Children Summary: How the issue of sexual exploitation is framed and defined is important - on this issue probably more than most; language has reflected and influenced public and political thinking and attitudes on the subject of children who have been or are being sexually exploited. In some contexts, for example in the UK, the dominant language has changed, with the use of "child or juvenile prostitutes" becoming much less frequent, and the issue redefined "as one of child abuse." How language changes on this issue is not well understood or documented. It may respond to sympathetic media coverage, or the converse. The ways in which incidents are presented or framed can have a major influence on how professionals and non-professionals understand and engage with the issue. It seems evident that changes in language and change in attitudes and perceptions about sexual exploited children, and of course about their exploiters, are inter-twined, but how this potential for positively changing responses and reactions might be stimulated, is not well understood or explicitly employed as a tactic by most of the actors engaged in this field. There are a number of definitions for child sexual exploitation in general use. The Council of Europe defines this form of sexual abuse as "Engaging in sexual activities with a child where use is made of coercion, force or threats; or abuse is made of a recognised position of trust, authority or influence over the child, including within the family; or abuse is made of a particularly vulnerable situation of the child, notably because of a mental or physical disability or a situation of dependence." The following is an example developed by the National Working Group Network, an interagency network in the UK; "The sexual exploitation of children and young people under 18, involves exploitative situations, contexts and relationships where young people (or a third person or persons) receive 'something' (e.g. food, accommodation, alcohol, cigarettes, affection, gifts, money) as a result of performing, and/or others performing on them, sexual activities....In all cases those exploiting the child/young person have power over them by virtue of their age, gender, intellect, physical strength, and/or economic or other resources." Details: London: Oak Foundation, 2014. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 11, 2014 at: http://www.oakfnd.org/sites/default/files/Paper%204%20Reducing%20the%20risk%20of%20the%20sexual%20exploitation%20of%20children.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 132656

Author: Pew Center on the States Title: Arkansas's 2011 Public Safety Reform: Legislation to Reduce Recidivism and Curtail Prison Growth Summary: In 2011, Arkansas's prison population had more than doubled over the course of two decades, driving corrections costs up more than 800 percent. At the same time, recidivism and crime rates remained stubbornly high. Without action, the prison population would have grown by as much as 43 percent and cost Arkansas taxpayers an additional $1.1 billion over the next decade. State leaders established a bipartisan, inter-branch working group to examine the drivers of Arkansas's prison population growth. With technical assistance from the Pew Center on the States and its partners, The Arkansas Working Group on Sentencing and Corrections conducted an extensive review of state data and issued recommendations to reduce recidivism and contain corrections costs. In March of 2011, the Public Safety Improvement Act passed the Arkansas General Assembly with overwhelming bipartisan majorities and was signed into law by Governor Mike Beebe. The new law will cut Arkansas's prison population growth in half, avert $875 million in new prison costs and improve public safety by investing in evidence-based community supervision practices. Details: Washington, DC: Pew Center on the States, 2011. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Issue Brief: Accessed July 18, 2014 at: http://www.pewtrusts.org/~/media/legacy/uploadedfiles/PewArkansasbriefpdf.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternative to Incarceration Shelf Number: 114679

Author: Clifford, Jenney Lee Title: Managing a Murderous Identity: How Men Who Murder Experience Life Imprisonment and the Concept of Release Summary: In 1965 capital punishment for murder was abolished in the UK. The Mandatory Life Sentence (MLS) replaced it. The MLS is to this day a political sentence. This thesis examines the MLS in terms of law, policy, practice and management, and, considers through the discourse of prisoners and staff how men who murder experience life imprisonment and the concept of release. My research draws on in depth interviews with 18 prisoners who had experience of life in open conditions and 10 professionals. This thesis contributes to our understanding of the impact of long-term imprisonment, indeterminacy and the management of a murderous identity within open conditions and the community. Analysis of the data indicates that prisoners ascription of identities is based on their perceptions of the nature of the offence, risk, guilt and the appropriateness of the MLS. The prisoners through the implementation of spoiled, co-existing and intersecting identities mediated the impact of the MLS. The research also indicates that prisoner experience of life in closed prison did little to prepare them for the reality of open prison and life in the community. As they near the end of the sentence identities produced to cope with imprisonment become redundant. On or near release the challenge for them became how to implement and/or manage co-existing identities. My study considers how the MLS can be perceived as differentiating the prisoner from other indeterminate prisoners historically in terms of policy, in staff and prisoner�s perceptions of practice and the MLS prisoner�s reflections on their own identities. The findings also bring into question current policy and practice within open conditions and the opportunities available for MLS prisoners nearing release. Details: Bath, UK: University of Bath, 2010. 312p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 18, 2014 at: http://opus.bath.ac.uk/27501/1/UnivBath_PhD_2010_J_Clifford_iii.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Indeterminate Sentencing Shelf Number: 132714

Author: Gormley, Caitlin Title: Mapping of Active Criminal Justice Diversion Schemes for Those with Mental Health Problems in Scotland Summary: The Scottish Association for Mental Health commissioned the Scottish Centre for Crime and Justice Research to conduct a mapping exercise to identify the numbers and types of diversion schemes for people with mental health issues currently in operation throughout Scotland. This research defines "diversionary practice" in reference to formal and informal processes of assessing and identifying the needs of an accused person and diverting them from the criminal justice pathway as early as possible. Research Design All Criminal Justice Social Work service departments of the 32 Local Authorities; the 8 regional managers of Community Justice Authorities; the 14 NHS Health Boards; Police Scotland; the Scottish Prison Service; Community Mental Health Nursing Teams; and various third sector organisations were contacted by email, letter and phone-calls, where appropriate, seeking their participation in the research, they were then sent a questionnaire to complete. The questionnaire was comprised of twenty-one open- and closed-ended questions designed to uncover as much information as possible about existing diversionary schemes and practices for people with mental health issues. To achieve this, the questions were grouped under four headings: About the Scheme; Functionality; Operation of the Scheme; and Post-Intervention. The results were then exported to a spreadsheet and collated for further thematic analysis. Responses were grouped by the stage of the criminal justice system the service diverts persons with mental health problems in order to respond to specific elements of the research question. Key Findings Of the 38 responses to the questionnaire, 26 active diversion schemes were identified while 12 agencies stated that they do not operate formal or informal diversionary practices. The aims of the responding schemes can be listed in terms of general themes: reducing reoffending; preventing harm; reducing number of remands to prison; and, ensuring that appropriate care is provided. The majority of diversion schemes who responded to this study are delivered by statutory services through "Fiscal Diversion" as an alternative to prosecution. Only two responding schemes reported that they focus specifically on divertees with mental health problems. Both of these schemes are funded by the NHS and receive referrals from the Procurator Fiscal service. Police reporting procedures have a great impact on decisions made by the Procurator Fiscal which have, in turn, accounted for 17 of the 26 schemes who responded positively to this study. There are many differences among the schemes particularly in relation to the uptake of diversion schemes as well as regional and organisational differences. Although there is a wide range of activities available across the diversion schemes, there appears to be a gap in the delivery of schemes which address offending behaviour and poor mental health together. Details: Glasgow: Scottish Centre for Crime and Justice Research, University of Glasgow, 2013. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Report No. 05/13: Accessed July 19, 2014 at: http://www.sccjr.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/Mapping-of-Active-Diversion-Schemes-Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Diversion Programs Shelf Number: 132715

Author: Raab, Michaela Title: Review of Evaluation Approaches and Methods for Interventions Related to Violence Against Women and Girls (VAWG) Summary: The purpose of this review is to generate a robust understanding of the strengths, weaknesses and appropriateness of evaluation approaches and methods in the field of development and humanitarian interventions on violence against women and girls (VAWG). It was commissioned by the Evaluation Department of the UK Department for International Development (DFID), with the goal of engaging policy makers, programme staff, evaluators, evaluation commissioners and other evaluation users in reflecting on ways to improve evaluations of VAWG programming. Better evaluations are expected to contribute to more successful programme design and implementation. The review examines evaluations of interventions to prevent or reduce violence against women and girls within the contexts of development and humanitarian aid. The review team started with an analysis of 74 full evaluation reports of interventions focusing on VAWG. Subsequently, we conducted a web-based survey to assess four types of evaluation effects: (i) action effects (informing subsequent implementation of interventions on VAWG); (ii) persuasion effects (convincing others to support an intervention or the policies it advocates for); (iii) wider learning effects (influencing professionals beyond the evaluated intervention); and (iv) empowering effects on the intended beneficiaries of the intervention. A sub-set of 39 evaluations was examined using Qualitative Comparative Analysis (QCA), to identify the paths (i.e. configurations of conditions) that led to effective evaluation in the field of VAWG. We found 28 out of 39 evaluations to have generated strong effects. Each effective evaluation is linked to at least one of eight identified paths. Statistical analysis was used to assess trends and gaps regarding the methodology, quality and effects of the set of 39 evaluations. For a more nuanced understanding of the interplay of conditions, we applied Process Tracing to five effective evaluations representing four different paths. Finally, to illustrate the range of methods used in VAWG-related evaluation, 13 summaries of evaluations were prepared (in annex). Details: London: UK Department for International Development (DFID), 2014. 123p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2014 at: http://r4d.dfid.gov.uk/pdf/outputs/misc_gov/61259-Raab_Stuppert_Report_VAWG_Evaluations_Review_DFID_20140626.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 132719

Author: Caulfield, Laura Siobhan Title: Life Histories of Women Who Offender: A Study of Women in English Prisons Summary: This thesis examines the life experiences of a sample of women in English prisons. It is focused on developing a greater understanding of the experiences and needs of women in prison in areas where the research literature is lacking, or where women s experiences are not yet fully understood. The research is set within the context of significant increases in the women s prison population, developments in policy and practice relating to the treatment of women offenders, and recent reports from the Ministry of Justice that the UK government lacks a thorough understanding of the needs of women in prison. Approved by HM Prison Service National Research Committee, the research includes review of Offender Assessment System records and in-depth interviews with 43 women from three English prisons. Adopting a primarily qualitative approach, the data are thematically analysed with the aid of NVivo to explore women s experiences in childhood and growing up; adult life circumstances; parenthood; alcohol and drug use; mental health; and experiences within prison. Key findings from the research suggest that for many women in prison their past experiences are specific responsivity factors that require focused input in order to tackle the reasons underlying their criminogenic needs. Specifically, the research highlights that women in prison attribute much of their life experience and offending as related to past experiences, but that there is a need to broaden the definitions of childhood trauma and victimisation used when discussing women offenders in order to more fully reflect the lived experiences of women who offend. The research identifies a number of gender specific issues that have been previously neglected in the literature. The findings challenge some of the recent literature around the drug and alcohol use of offenders, and also highlight how poor relationships can exacerbate women s issues with drug and alcohol use. The research provides evidence of consistency in mental health problems experienced by women in prison and the underlying causes of these problems, answering questions concerning the extent to which women s mental health problems exist prior to prison. Furthermore, the research documents how prison can present an opportunity for women to engage with treatment. However, the research also highlights the failure of the prison service to fully record the scale and scope of mental health and emotional problems experienced by women in prison. The thesis concludes that there is a need for a gender-informed focus in prison in both assessment and treatment. Details: Leicestershire, UK: Loughborough University, 2012. 275p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 19, 2014 at: https://dspace.lboro.ac.uk/dspace-jspui/handle/2134/10178 Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Inmates (U.K.) Shelf Number: 132720

Author: Woodman, Jenny Title: The GP's Role in Responding to Child Maltreatment: Time for a Rethink? An overview of policy, practice and research Summary: 1. A public health approach There are increasing calls for a public health approach to child maltreatment. A public health approach prioritizes prevention and early intervention. Within healthcare services, opportunities for a public health approach are located in the contact between professionals and children or their parents or carers and are likely to be characterised by identifying and responding to parental risk factors for maltreatment and harmful parent-child interaction. Defining the spectrum as 'maltreatment-related' concerns This report focuses on the role of GPs for marginally maltreated children (in the grey area around the threshold for defining 'maltreatment') as well as for children whose experiences can obviously and definitively be labelled as maltreatment. We use the term 'maltreatment-related concern' to capture the full range of professional concern which is relevant to child maltreatment. 2. Structure and methods This overview of policy, practice and research was based on a series of literature and policy reviews and answered five questions: - Chapter 3: Why focus on GPs? - Chapter 4: How far does policy and practice guidance support GPs' direct responses to families? - Chapter 5: What do we know from research and practice about direct responses to maltreatment-related concerns by GPs? - Chapter 6: What do we know about how parents, young people, adolescents and children view the doctor-patient relationship in general practice? - Chapter 7: What is the way forward? Details: London: NSPCC, 2014. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 21, 2014 at: http://www.rcgp.org.uk/news/2014/july/~/media/Files/CIRC/Safeguarding%20Children/RCGP-GP-Role-responding-to-child-maltreatment-July-2014.ashx Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect (U.K.) Shelf Number: 131261

Author: Cumberbatch, Guy Title: Violence in UK Soaps: A four wave trend analysis Summary: 1.1.1 Headline findings - The amount of violence in soaps has varied over the years: EastEnders has shown a decline from 6.1 violent scenes per hour in 2001/2002 to 2.1 in 2013; Hollyoaks has increased from 2.1 scenes per hour in 2001/2002 to 11.5 scenes per hour in 2013; Emmerdale has shown a slight increase from 2.5 to over 4 scenes per hour; while the level of violence in Coronation Street has remained fairly steady at around 3 scenes per hour - Strong scenes (portraying violence that might make the viewer uncomfortable) were very infrequent, at 6% overall - The storyline analysis demonstrates that the antecedents to violence are quite clearly indicated, so viewers are unlikely to be surprised when the violence takes place in soaps 1.1.2 Aims of the study The main aims were: - To measure the frequency of violence in soaps and to determine whether it has increased since 2001 - To examine the portrayal of violence and assess whether the manner of representation has changed over time - To understand how violent scenes relate to the continuing extended storylines of soaps Details: Birmingham, UK: CRG UK Ltd, 2014. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 22, 2014 at: http://stakeholders.ofcom.org.uk/binaries/research/tv-research/violence/CRG_content_analysis.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Media Violence (U.K.) Shelf Number: 132729

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Anti-social Behaviour, Crime and Policing Act 2014: Reform of anti-social behaviour powers; Statutory guidance for frontline professions Summary: Anti-social behaviour is a broad term used to describe the day-to-day incidents of crime, nuisance and disorder that make many people's lives a misery - from litter and vandalism, to public drunkenness or aggressive dogs, to noisy or abusive neighbours. Such a wide range of behaviours means that responsibility for dealing with anti-social behaviour is shared between a number of agencies, particularly the police, councils and social landlords . Victims can feel helpless, bounced from one agency to another and then back again. In many cases, the behaviour is targeted against the most vulnerable in our society and even what is perceived as 'low level' anti-social behaviour, hen targeted and persistent, can have devastating effects on a victim's life. Our reforms are designed to put victims at the heart of the response to anti-social behaviour, and give professionals the flexibility they need to deal with any given situation. This is statutory guidance issued under sections 19, 32, 41, 56, 73 and 91 of the Anti-social Behaviour, Crime and Policing Act 2014 and replaces the draft guidance issued in October 2013. This guidance is written primarily for the police officers, council staff and social landlords who will use the new powers. Part 1 looks at the new measures being introduced to give victims a greater say in the way their reports of anti-social behaviour are dealt with. Part 2 then outlines the new powers. We have worked closely with frontline professionals, victims and others in the development of the legislation, and we will continue to work to ensure that this guidance helps professionals make best use of the new powers to protect the public. Details: London: Home Office, 2014. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 22, 2014 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/332839/StatutoryGuidanceFrontline.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 132730

Author: Bhairam, Robin Title: "Clark Kent drives my bus" - a study of safety and risk in public spaces through the narratives of young people Summary: This research explores the complexities of young peoples' personal understanding and experiences of violence and safety in public spaces. The research itself is constructed through establishing the interrelationships between the theories, practices and policies of safety and young people. Working through these links has facilitated an original framework for understanding by accessing data using young people's own experiences and views. There is a significant body of published research exploring young people as offenders but a real absence, especially in the UK literature, of young people as potential victims of violent crime. In particular children's own conceptualisations of risk, safety and victimisation are little understood. This research explores young people's thoughts on exactly this. The empirical research draws upon qualitative data derived from semi-structured interviews with 21 young people aged from 10 to 18 years old taken from a socioeconomically mixed area of London. The findings show that irrespective of age, the young people have constructed a very real understanding of safety and risk. Children, even at a young age have developed a myriad of personal safety strategies that involve awareness of teenagers, locations and individuals who they perceive as guardians. However, these strategies emerge without meaningful reference to police or government policy and are largely embedded in a world far away from those in reach of official community safety agents. This research suggests that there needs to be a move away from portraying young people as 'folk devils' who sit at the heart of many 'moral panics' towards involving them as significant actors and contributors to social policy making by giving them a voice on the political stage. Details: Portsmouth, UK: University of Portsmouth, 2012. 204p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 22, 2014 at: http://eprints.port.ac.uk/11967/1/Robin_Bhairam_Thesis.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children and Violence Shelf Number: 132732

Author: Morgan, Nick Title: The heroin epidemic of the 1980s and 1990s and its effect on crime trends - then and now. Research Report 79 Summary: - A variety of factors have been cited to explain the rise and fall in crime that has occurred in many nations since 1980. But as yet, no definitive explanation has been produced. In the UK context, a rise and fall in illicit drug use has not been especially prominent in this debate, perhaps due to a lack of robust data for the whole period. - This paper gathers available evidence and conducts new analysis to try to assess the effect that heroin and crack-cocaine use may have had on acquisitive crime (i.e. theft-type offences) in England and Wales since 1980. It also suggests implications for future crime trends. - Numerous sources of evidence agree that the number of heroin users increased markedly through the 1980s and early 1990s and that many also used crack as their drug-using career developed. This 'epidemic' spread from area to area but the national peak probably occurred between 1993 and 2000. Crime peaked between 1993 and 1995. - Current data, particularly from treatment providers, show that heroin/crack use has declined for at least a decade and that - as with offending - the decline has been most marked amongst younger people. This means those who began using these drugs during the epidemic still dominate the heroin/crack-using population today. - Studies agree that, in aggregate, heroin/crack users commit a large number of offences; large enough, this paper shows, to be an important driver of overall crime trends. - Studies disagree about whether it is illicit drug use that causes the criminality. This is because a sizable proportion of heroin/crack users do not resort to theft. And many were offending before taking these drugs. However, evidence suggests that, for at least some users, heroin/crack was the catalyst for offending, and for others it probably accelerated and extended their criminal career. Thus aggregate-level change in numbers of heroin/crack users is likely to affect crime trends. - An examination of the considerable regional and international variation in crime trends, particularly geographical areas where the crime drop was not marked or the peak occurred at a different time, also points to a possible causal relationship, rather than simple correlation. - Within England and Wales, the starkest example of regional variation was Merseyside, which had a recorded acquisitive crime peak five years before other police force areas. Evidence also suggests that Merseyside was one of the first areas to be hit by the heroin epidemic and the first to mount a concerted treatment response. Acquisitive (and total) recorded crime in Scotland peaked in 1991, which studies suggest is in line with the national peak in heroin/crack use. But in Edinburgh and its surrounding region (Lothian and Borders) recorded acquisitive crime peaked seven years earlier, in 1984. Data show that Lothian and Borders had a severe heroin epidemic at this time, which was not prolonged into the 1990s as in other parts of Scotland. - Like Merseyside and Edinburgh, the Republic of Ireland suffered a short, sharp heroin epidemic in the early 1980s and crime surged at this time. Northern Ireland did not have a heroin epidemic and its crime trend was much flatter over the period. - In the US all types of crime fell from 1991 but the US crime survey shows that property crime peaked over a decade earlier, in line with the US heroin epidemic. Likewise, many east European nations had a heroin epidemic about a decade after those in western Europe. Eastern Europe also had a recorded acquisitive crime peak around a decade after western Europe. - Two approaches were used in this paper to estimate the effect of heroin/crack use on crime. Both suggest that the epidemic may have had a significant impact on acquisitive crime in England and Wales. - The first approach was a police force area-level comparison of the Addicts Index and police recorded crime data from 1981 to 1996, through the crime turning point. This showed that different types of theft generally peaked together within an area. But the timing and size of these peaks varied across areas and was highly correlated with heroin use. Fixed effects regression analysis suggested that about 40 per cent of the national rise in the highest volume crime types (burglary and vehicle crime), from 1981 to the peak, can be attributed to rises in the number of heroin users. - The second approach was to model the number of heroin/crack users over time and their offending. Exploratory model results found that heroin/crack use could account for at least one-half of the rise in acquisitive crime in England and Wales to 1995 and between one-quarter and one-third of the fall to 2012, as the epidemic cohort aged, received treatment, quit illicit drug use or died. - Model results also suggested that the epidemic still affects acquisitive crime today. In the recent recession, crime in England and Wales continued to fall, which correlates with a slowly shrinking heroin/crack user population but not with economic factors. Projecting forwards, a further downward pressure on crime, of a lessening degree, might be expected as the heroin/crack cohort continues to age and get treatment. - The evidence presented shows that detecting and preventing future drug epidemics is paramount, and this requires local as well as national monitoring. Evidence also suggests that, for volume-crime reduction, it is crucial to maintain a focus on heroin/crack, despite the higher prevalence of other illicit drugs like cannabis, powder cocaine and ecstasy, and the emergence of new psychoactive substances. Specifically, it remains important to identify the minority of heroin/crack users who commit large volumes of crime during addiction periods. If that can be done, and those periods of addiction and offending can be shortened or prevented, the potential for further reductions in crime remains significant. However, many of these individuals will have been using heroin/crack intermittently for a decade or more and will have tried most current forms of treatment, so innovative approaches may be needed. Details: London: Home Office, 2014. 78 p.; Technical Report, 222p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 79: Accessed July 22, 2014 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/332952/horr79.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cocaine Shelf Number: 132733

Author: Ofcom Title: Audience Attitudes Towards Violent Content on Television Summary: The Communications Act 2003 requires Ofcom to draw up a Broadcasting Code ("the Code") which sets out standards for the content of television and radio services. The rules in the Code seek to ensure that members of the public, and in particular children, are protected from inappropriate violent material. Violence shown before the 9pm watershed must be appropriately limited and justified by the context, while violence included in a television programme broadcast at any time must comply with generally accepted standards. Ofcom's research about parents and pre-watershed television in 2011 indicated that violence broadcast before the watershed is a key concern for parents who expressed some concern about what their children had seen on TV before 9pm in the previous 12 months. Among all parents surveyed, violence was the concern most frequently mentioned (20 per cent), followed by sexually explicit content (17 per cent)1. These results were broadly confirmed by similar 2012 research. In Ofcom's latest research (published in October 2013) one in five parents of children aged 5-15 (19%) said they were concerned about what their child had seen on pre-watershed television2. The key concerns mentioned by parents included offensive language, sex and sexually explicit content and violence. The types of programme most frequently mentioned by parents were soaps, reality programmes and films. In 2013 and 2014, Ofcom also investigated some high profile cases involving material which featured violent scenes broadcast before the 9pm watershed or in the transition period immediately after 21:00. In applying the rules in the Code which relate to violent material, Ofcom must keep itself informed about viewers' attitudes to violent content. We also need to understand the contextual factors which shape viewers' opinions on the extent to which children need to be protected from violent material on television, and on how generally accepted standards should be applied in relation to this sort of content. For these reasons Ofcom commissioned for the first time a programme of qualitative research among UK audiences to provide an up to date understanding of public attitudes towards violence in pre-watershed and transition programming. Jigsaw Research carried out this study. A brief summary of the research and its main findings are set out in the Executive Summary. Further detail is contained in the main report. The main aim of this research is to understand current public attitudes towards programmes containing violence on television. The research is qualitative. It explores the views of a range of participants across the UK, including parents and young people, on a variety of examples of violent material that had already been broadcast pre-watershed or immediately after the watershed. The material includes depictions of individual acts of violence, both real and fictional, and content which has a threatening or malevolent tone. Because this research is not a quantitative study its results do not seek to provide a definitive measure of the proportion of the UK population who hold specific opinions. Overall we expect that this research report will in particular: - assist Ofcom in updating its Code guidance to broadcasters about violence on TV (Sections One and Two of the Code); - inform Ofcom's application of the Code rules when investigating broadcast material containing violence, particularly when this is shown before or soon after the watershed; and - update viewers and other stakeholders about current attitudes to and perceptions of violence on TV. Key findings - Time of broadcast is the single most important factor in the acceptability of violent content on television. - Differing demographic groups show only subtle differences in their approach to violent content, but all agree children should not be exposed to sexual violence on television under any circumstances. - Viewers have a sophisticated ability to analyse contextual factors when assessing the acceptability of violent content on television, and many confirm that violent content contributes to their experience of television. - Viewers suggested five key questions to be asked when judging the acceptability of a violent scene on television: - What time is the violent scene shown? - Who is the victim of the violence? - What is the act of violence? - How is the violence presented? - What is the purpose of the violent scene? 1.2. Aims This research provides evidence to: - establish a contextual understanding of public attitudes towards television programmes containing violence; - investigate attitudes and opinions towards individual acts of violence, violent scenes or material which is threatening or menacing in tone; - gain an understanding of generally accepted standards of violence during these pre- and the post-watershed transition periods; and - understand how reactions or levels of offence vary amongst audiences and establish what factors influence acceptability. Details: London: Ofcom, 2014. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 22, 2014 at: http://stakeholders.ofcom.org.uk/binaries/research/tv-research/violence/Violence_on_TV_Report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Media Violence Shelf Number: 132734

Author: Great Britain. Law Commission Title: Contempt of Court (1): Juror Misconduct and Internet Publications Summary: THE RATIONALE FOR THE LAW ON CONTEMPT OF COURT 1.1 The law governing contempt of court is vast and diverse. This project considers certain key aspects of the law focusing largely on contempts related to publications. Until the Contempt of Court Act 1981 ("the 1981 Act"), the law was developed almost exclusively through the common law. As a result, the law regarding contempt is piecemeal. Taken together, all the different forms of contempt make up a specialist area of law developed by the courts to protect their own procedures. Consequently, the procedures for dealing with contempt are neither truly criminal nor truly civil. 1.2 The underlying rationale for the law on contempt was set out in the report of the Phillimore Committee: The law relating to contempt of court has developed over the centuries as a means whereby the courts may act to prevent or punish conduct which tends to obstruct, prejudice or abuse the administration of justice either in relation to a particular case or generally. 1.3 The law of contempt is designed to ensure that all citizens have unhindered access to effective, unbiased courts whose authority is respected, and that public confidence in the legal system is maintained. Litigants - and the public - must have confidence that the court's decision will be based only on the evidence which was seen and tested by all parties. The law of contempt of court also aims to ensure that no-one can undermine the functions of the court, either by depriving the court of the ability fairly to decide the case or by hindering the enforcement of the court's judgment. Public confidence in the due administration of justice should be maintained as a result. 1.4 The aim of this project was therefore to respond to pressing, practical problems with certain areas of the law of contempt, with a view to recommending reforms that could maintain public confidence in the due administration of justice, whilst also making the law clear, fair, modern and practicable. Details: London: The Stationery Office, 2013. 133p. Source: Internet Resource: HC 860: Accessed July 23, 2014 at: http://lawcommission.justice.gov.uk/docs/lc340_contempt_of_court_juror_misconduct.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Contempt of Court Shelf Number: 132739

Author: Biehal, Nina Title: Keeping Children Safe: Allegations Concerning the Abuse or Neglect of Children in Care. Final Report Summary: For most looked after children and young people, foster and residential care provides a safe environment. This study has focused on the minority of children who do not always receive safe care and who, in some instances, experience abuse or neglect at the hands of those responsible for ensuring their wellbeing. Despite long-standing concerns about historic abuse in children's homes and about the implications of allegations for foster carers and their families, very little is known about the extent of these allegations. We know even less about the proportion of allegations that are substantiated, the nature of the abuse and neglect experienced by some children in care settings and the characteristics of the adults and children involved. The aim of this study was to investigate these important questions. It provides new UK evidence on:* the number of allegations against foster carers and residential social workers and the proportion of these that are substantiated * the extent and nature of confirmed abuse and neglect in foster and residential care * the characteristics of the children and adults concerned. Details: York, UK: University of York; London: NSPCC, 2014. 148p. Source: Internet Resource: Impact and Evidence Series: Accessed July 25, 2014 at: http://www.york.ac.uk/inst/spru/research/pdf/Abuseincare.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect (U.K.) Shelf Number: 132747

Author: Jordan, Paul Title: Tackling Alcohol Misuse Through Screening and Brief Interventions: A Knowledge Transfer Partnership Summary: This report sets out the work undertaken through a Knowledge Transfer Partnership (KTP) between Cardiff University and the Welsh Government (WG) in collaboration with Public Health Wales to develop and deliver an alcohol screening and brief intervention (ABI) programme in Wales. The recommendations in this report are for the WG, Public Health Wales, Cardiff University and other universities, and for other groups outside Wales wishing to establish a screening and ABI programme. They are based on a review of this partnership and formal evaluation of the programme delivered. The burden of alcohol misuse in Wales Alcohol misuse is a major preventable threat to public health. In Wales in 2009 there were nearly 13,000 alcohol-related hospital admissions and one in 30 deaths was alcohol attributable. Alcohol misuse cost the NHS in Wales $85 million in 2009. Details: Cardiff, Wales: Public Health Wales; Cardiff University, 2013. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 25, 2014 at: http://www.vrg.cf.ac.uk/Files/20140107_KTP_finalreport.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 132769

Author: Parkes, Tessa Title: An Evaluation to Assess the Implementation of NHS Delivered Alcohol Brief Interventions: Final Report Summary: Alcohol Brief Interventions (ABIs) have been identified as an effective strategy for treating people whose alcohol consumption is posing a risk to their health. As part of its Alcohol Strategy the Scottish Government established a health improvement target for NHS health boards, supported by additional funding. This required NHS Health Scotland to deliver 149,449 ABIs across three priority settings of primary care, Accident & Emergency (A&E) and antenatal care, between April 2008 and March 2011. A subsequent one year extension target was introduced. The evaluation aimed to assess the process of implementation of ABIs using both quantitative and qualitative methods. The focus was mainly on primary care but also includes some findings relating to A&E and antenatal settings. The evaluation found a considerable degree of variation across Scotland in organisational structures and models of delivery. However, a number of common features were also identified. Those which appeared to support implementation included: the availability of funding; nationally co-ordinated and locally supported training opportunities; and national, health board and setting level 'leaders' able to support and encourage implementation. Perceived barriers included: the lack of 'lead in' time to set up organisational structures; competing priorities; an initial lack of adequately trained staff and difficulties maintaining trained staff levels; and problems associated with the mechanisms for recording delivery. These within-setting and across-board differences and difficulties in recording ABI delivery made it difficult to accurately determine or compare who the programme was reaching. Nonetheless, by March 2011 most boards had met, if not exceeded, the three-year target. Details: Edinburgh: NHS Health Scotland, 2011. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 28, 2014 at: http://www.healthscotland.com/uploads/documents/16707-ABI%20Implementation%20Evaluation%20Report%20Sept11.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 132782

Author: Smith, Peter K. Title: An Analysis of the Impact of Chance UK's Mentoring Programme Summary: An analysis of the effectiveness of Chance UK's mentoring programme and followed the progress of 100 children who had had mentors over the past five years, to evaluate the short term and long term impact. The findings were extremely positive showing a decrease in hyperactivity-inattention, emotional symptoms, conduct problems and peer problems for all children, with an increase in pro-social behaviour. Children also retained many of their improvements three to five years after the mentoring ended. Details: London: Goldsmiths, University of London, 2009. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 28, 2014 at: http://www.chanceuk.com/userfiles/Goldsmiths_Evaluation_-_full_report.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 132799

Author: Calderoni, Francesco Title: The Factbook on the Illicit Trade in Tobacco Products 1 - United Kingdom Summary: This report provides the first country profile of the Factbook on the Illicit Trade in Tobacco Products project. The country profile focuses on the UK, where the illicit trade in tobacco products (hereinafter ITTP) has become an important concern since the 1990s. Although Government action since 2000 has successfully reduced the market share of illicit tobacco, the UK's illegal market is still above the average of other EU Member States. WHAT CAN BE FOUND IN THIS REPORT? This report is organised into three sections: Section one deals with the five drivers of the ITTP: society and economy, the legal market, regulation, the crime environment and enforcement. The drivers are important areas whose structures may positively or negatively impact on the ITTP. To enable comparison with other country profiles, five key indicators have been selected for each driver. Section two focuses on the four components of the ITTP: demand, products, supply, modus operandi and geographical distribution. Section three identifies the key factors of the ITTP in UK and frames the drivers in the components, analysing how different elements of the drivers influence the components of ITTP. Details: Milan, IT: Transcrime, 2013. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 29, 2013 at: http://www.transcrime.it/en/pubblicazioni/the-factbook-on-the-illicit-trade-in-tobacco-products-1/ Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cigarette Smuggling Shelf Number: 132814

Author: Easton, Helen Title: Getting There: Reducing Crime on Public Transport Summary: This briefing paper has been written as guidance for local community safety practitioners who are developing strategies and plans to deal with community safety issues on public transport. It gives an outline of government policy, the current situation and some examples of best practice. It makes recommendations for Crime and Disorder Reduction Partnerships about ways in which they can work together with local public transport operators to reduce crime and the fear of crime. Details: London: NACRO, 2003. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Briefing Paper: Accessed July 30, 2014 at: http://www.nacro.org.uk/data/files/nacro-2004120272-229.pdf Year: 2003 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Fear of Crime Shelf Number: 132844

Author: Bauld, Linda Title: Problem Drug Users' Experiences of Employment and the Benefit System Summary: This study was commissioned by the Department for Work and Pensions (DWP) to examine the issues surrounding benefit uptake in England by individuals who use illicit drugs, in particular heroin and crack cocaine. Individuals who take these drugs are termed 'problem drug users' (PDUs). In addressing these issues, the study also explores the wider context of education, training and employment for drug users as well as the role of treatment. This report has two key elements: a review of the literature on drug use and benefit uptake and a qualitative component that included face-to-face semi-structured interviews with 75 drug users and ten professionals who work with drug users to explore specific issues in detail. The research was carried out by a team from the Centre for Drug Misuse Research at the University of Glasgow and the Centre for the Analysis of Social Policy in the Department of Social and Policy Sciences at the University of Bath. Details: Norwich, UK: Department for Work and Pensions, 2010. 132p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report No. 640: Accessed July 30, 2014 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/214409/rrep640.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 132849

Author: British Academy Title: A Presumption Against Imprisonment: Social Order and Social Values Summary: The British Academy has today published a report, which urges that the UK stop relying so heavily on imprisonment as a form of punishment. Instead of imprisoning so many people for so long, the new report argues that in many cases, alternative measures will provide better, and more sustainable, long term outcomes. The report, titled 'A Presumption Against Imprisonment: Social Order and Social Values', was written by a group of academic experts including Professor Andrew Ashworth FBA, Professor Roger Cotterrell FBA, Professor Andrew Coyle, Professor Antony Duff FBA, Professor Nicola Lacey FBA, Professor Alison Liebling and Professor Rod Morgan. The report illustrates how changes to criminal law and policy have led to progressively harsher sentencing regimes, with longer periods of imprisonment imposed on persistent offenders and the increased use of mandatory minimum and indeterminate sentences for certain crimes. The prison population in England and Wales almost doubled between 1992 and 2011, rising from just under 45,000 to 88,000. Although it has fallen back to about 85,500 today, it is estimated that by 2018 the prison population could reach more than 90,000. (A similar increase has occurred in Scotland.) The report suggests a range of strategies to reduce our reliance on imprisonment, including reviewing sentence lengths, using diversion from the courts more extensively and promoting greater use of alternative forms of sentence. In addition to these strategies, the report recommends three 'overarching institutional proposals': - the creation of a Penal Policy Committee, accountable to Parliament, to formulate policies on the appropriate use of imprisonment; - greater attention by the Sentencing Council to the costs and effectiveness of different forms of sentence; - an urgent review of cases of Imprisonment for Public Protection in which the minimum term has been served, with a view to release. Details: London: The British Academy, 2014. 116p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 4, 2014 at: http://www.britac.ac.uk/policy/Presumption_Against_Imprisonment.cfm Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 132878

Author: Campbell, Annemarie Title: The Ripple Effect: How Does Alcohol Affect Communities in the City of Glasgow? Summary: This research sought to examine through direct community consultation, whether citizens of Glasgow City felt alcohol affected their community, and if so, to identify and examine these effects. Like the ripple effect created by a pebble in a pond the 'ripple effect' of alcohol is thought to go far beyond the individual and their immediate family. But does a ripple effect resulting from alcohol use occur in Glasgow City's communities? And if so, what are the effects and how widely are they felt? In order to examine this effectively, volunteers were recruited from within Glasgow City's communities to become community researchers. The community members were identified through the various alcohol and drug fora across the city which are affiliated to the Communities Sub-group of the Glasgow City Addictions Planning and Implementation Group. Key Findings The researchers consulted with 4697 people from a variety of age groups from all areas of the city: - 99% of people felt alcohol affected their area to at least some degree - 79% felt the effect to be medium to large or large Groups of people felt to be more affected: - Young People - using alcohol/or being victims of person related crime (e.g. rape, assault) - Elderly- intimidation/fear of going out at certain times - Younger children - unable to play outside or in parks safely How were communities affected? People were asked to give examples of positive ('good') effects and negative ('bad') effects of alcohol use. Overwhelmingly people offered examples of negative effects felt in their communities: - Positive effects accounted for only 5% of all example effects given and were largely said only to be true if alcohol was used in moderation - Negative effects accounted for 95% of example effects given Twenty three separate negative effects were identified from within example statements. Details: Glasgow: Glasgow City Addictions Planning and Implementation Group, Glasgow Community and Safety Services, 2013? 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 6, 2014 at: http://www.glasgow.gov.uk/CHttpHandler.ashx?id=2582&p=0 Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 126305

Author: Ipsos MediaCT Title: Sexual and sadistic violence in films. A Report for the British Board of Film Classification Summary: This research was conducted to inform a review of the British Board of Film Classification's (BBFC) sexual and sadistic violence policy. The research was commissioned because the BBFC consider an important determinant for identifying potential harm in the viewing of films with sexual and sadistic violence content, to be the insights, opinions and attitudes of the adult general public 18 years and over. The research therefore aimed to explore participant opinion on the potential moral and psychological harm or other impact that could be caused by films which contain scenes of sexual and sadistic violence. Public confidence in the classification system is also deemed to be a key measure for the effectiveness of the system. The research thus sought to establish whether public opinion on cut, uncut and rejected films is in line with the current BBFC classifications and policy. Details: London(?): Ipsos MediaCT, 2012. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 6, 2014 at: http://www.ipsos-mori.com/DownloadPublication/1524_mediact_review%20sexual%20violence%20in%20movies.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mass Media Shelf Number: 132912

Author: Anderson, Simon Title: Evaluation of the Community Reintegration Project Summary: This is an evaluation of the Community Reintegration Project (CRP), which formed part of the Scottish Government's wider Reducing Reoffending Programme (RRP) and focused on addressing the needs of offenders serving prison sentences between six months and less than four years. Executive Summary - All four prison sites operated a process that was consistent with the broad CRP model - in that it involved structured engagement with offenders through five broad stages, referral to CJSW and relevant services - but there was considerable variation in how activities were delivered. - The number of offenders eligible for - and participating in - the project was relatively small in all prisons except HMP Perth, raising questions about whether the pilot reached 'critical mass'. - Meaningful engagement with the CRP (participation in a Comprehensive Screening) appears to have happened in around half of all eligible admissions, but there was a high degree of attrition beyond this with many scheduled meetings not taking place. - Practitioners were generally supportive of the principle of the CRP but were concerned about particular aspects of the process, such as the paperwork and training. There was also evidence that systems for monitoring progress were not always effective. - There is some evidence that the CRP facilitated progress towards short and medium-term outcomes for organisations and staff, though there remains scope for further improvements in joint working and engagement and motivation of eligible offenders. At this stage there is limited evidence about the impacts of the CRP on individual offenders, though some qualitative accounts indicate the potential to achieve the intended long-term outcomes. - Key contextual factors shaping implementation and impact included the 'crowded landscape' of overlapping (and potentially competing) service provision; broad cultural and strategic shifts within SPS; and the physical and organisational contexts within specific sites. - The CRP process could be optimised through improvements to the paperwork and training; greater clarity about inter-agency roles and communication channels; a distinctive 'brand' identity for the project; and creative responses to the constraints of individual sites. - There is evidence that the CRP's underlying theory of change remains broadly plausible, but throughput needs to be increased and attrition reduced - and community-based services adequately resourced - for it to achieve impact on a significant scale. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Social Research, 2014. 115p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2014 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/0045/00456670.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Male Offenders Shelf Number: 132971

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice Title: An Overview of Sexual Offending in England and Wales Summary: This report brings together, for the first time, a range of official statistics from across the crime and criminal justice system, providing an overview of sexual offending in England and Wales. Most of the information presented in this report has been previously published in other official statistics bulletins. The report is structured to highlight: the victim experience; the police role in recording and detecting the crimes; how the various criminal justice agencies deal with an offender once identified; and the criminal histories of sex offenders. Providing such an overview presents a number of challenges, not least that the available information comes from different sources that do not necessarily cover the same period, the same people (victims or offenders) or the same offences. For example, the results from the Crime Survey for England and Wales (CSEW) are based on self completed questions from a representative sample of adults (aged 16 to 59), asking about an individual's experiences of sexual offences in the last 12 months. The police recorded and court information cover all sexual offences, as legislated for in law, committed against any individual irrespective of age or when the crime took place, but exclude the large volume of crimes not reported to the police. Other issues that prevent direct comparisons include: the CSEW focusing on the most recent experience of adults as a victim of sexual offence in the previous 12 months (thus, for example, does not include sexual offences experienced by children or those aged 60 or over); police recorded crime figures being based on offences per victim (i.e. for each victim in a given incident, a crime is recorded) in the year the crime was reported, irrespective of when the offence took place; the criminal justice outcome information (e.g. cautions and convictions) being on an offender basis at the date of the final outcome, again irrespective of when the crime took place. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2013. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Statistics Bulletin: Accessed August 11, 2014 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/214970/sexual-offending-overview-jan-2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics (U.K.) Shelf Number: 132980

Author: Imafidon, Kenny Title: The Kenny Report. How do politics and eocnomics affect gangs and serious youth violence across the UK? Summary: The word 'gang' means different things to different people: for some it may be a group of three or more people with hoodies; or a group of young people who hang about in their local estate till late in the night; or a group of people who join up to commit criminal offences. Gangs and serious youth violence have affected our country for years, especially in major cities such as London, Manchester, Liverpool and Birmingham. Gangs have been around for decades and have been constantly evolving over the years, they are far from a new problem generated by our modern society. There has been some criticism that the government has not established a single definition that can explain what a gang is for everyone else to understand. In addition, the word 'gang' is widely and loosely used in our society by members of the public, by the media, and by professionals and politicians etc. The widely accepted definition of a gang, which I agree with to a degree, is set out in the Centre for Social Justice's 2009 Report, Dying to Belong. The Centre for Social Justice 2009 report Dying to Belong defines a gang as: "A relatively durable, predominantly street-based group of young people who: 1. See themselves (and are seen by others) as a discernible group; 2. Engage in criminal activity and violence; 3. Lay claim over territory (this is not necessarily geographical territory but can include an illegal economy as territory); 4. Have some form of identifying structural feature 5. Are in conflict with other, similar gangs." Gangs and serious youth violence obviously create social disorder and have a detrimental effect on our society. The big question everyone is asking is how do we solve this gang problem, because the justice system is clearly not deterring the growth of gangs and serious youth violence in our society? At the same time there have been many inquiries, investigations and academic research to "find out about and understand the objective characteristics of gangs such as their history, territories, size, nature and the risk factors that prompt gang involvement. Thanks to all this extensive study and research we are now at a point where we can objectively understand the many dynamics of a gang. Yet all the research we have on gangs still leaves us stuck asking the same big question year after year, government after government: "How do we solve this gang problem?" Gangs consist of people, just like you and me, and yet there is very little research that sets out to understand the subjective characteristics of the people directly or indirectly involved in gangs. Too much time is spent understanding gangs as a whole and not enough time is spent tackling the root of the problem, which must surely include a deeper understanding of the individuals who make up these gangs, the people actively involved in the violence that take place in our communities every day. Understanding the individuals and not the group will enable us to better understand the socio-economic issues that these communities face. Only when we understand the relationship between socio-economic factors and gang involvement, particularly in our deprived communities, can we make the right changes, and start to get to the heart of the problem. It is not possible to solve a problem you do not understand, nor one you do not want to solve. This report asks the question: "How do politics and economics affect gangs and serious youth violence across the UK?" It is based on a highly detailed case study of an individual called Harro, who society would see as a gang member and a cold hearted villain, but who would be described by his friends and family as a decent person with good manners and a heart of gold, and who would do whatever he could for his family and friends. This central case study provides an insight into the thoughts and feelings of a single real-life individual, and the level of socio-economic deprivation he faced. A young man full of potential, who would still be alive today had the support he needed been in place when he needed it. This case study shows us how ill-informed social policy and the ongoing cuts in the youth sector have affected Harro, his family, and many others like them in their community. This case study is based on one individual but this one individual shares characteristics with many young people involved in gangs, for example feelings of hopelessness, exclusion from society, socio-economic deprivation, growing up without positive male role models and not knowing how to get out of it all and "find help to exit that lifestyle. This report analyses seven significant influences, which affect young men like Harro and which steer them in the direction of gang membership and committing serious youth violence. These areas are: education, employment prospects, positive role models, housing, health, relationships and socialisation awareness, and community support. Details: London: Safer London Foundation, 2012. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 12, 2014 at: http://www.saferlondonfoundation.org/resources.php Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 133000

Author: Great Britain. Audit Commission Title: National Fraud Initiative. National Report, June 2014 Summary: This report focuses on the outcomes from the National Fraud Initiative (NFI), the Audit Commission's data matching exercise to help prevent and detect fraud, overpayment and error. Working in partnership is vital to the success of the NFI. - The NFI involves the public audit agencies in all parts of the UK - the Audit Commission in England works with Audit Scotland, the Auditor General for Wales and the Northern Ireland Audit Office. - The NFI matches data provided by some 1,300 participating organisations from across the public and private sectors against data provided by other participants, and key data sets provided by government departments and other national agencies, to help prevent and detect fraud. - The organisations that participate in the NFI are responsible for following up and investigating the matches, and identifying fraud, overpayment and error. The NFI plays an important role in the fight against fraud. - Since the last report in May 2012 the NFI in England has identified $203 million of fraud, overpayment and error. This is made up of $144 million for 2012/13 and $59 million of outcomes not previously reported from earlier exercises. - The NFI has also identified $26 million of fraud, overpayment and error in Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland, bringing total outcomes since the last report to $229 million. - For nearly two decades, the NFI has enabled the participants to detect fraud, overpayment and error totalling $1.17 billion. This includes $152 million detected in Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland. The main categories of fraud identified by the NFI in England relate to: pensions, council tax single person discounts and housing benefit. Since the last report the NFI has found: - $74 million of pension fraud, overpayment and error; - $39 million of fraudulently or wrongly received council tax single person discount; and - $33 million of housing benefit fraud, overpayment and error. The exercise has also produced significant results in England: - 86 properties have been recovered for social housing; - 120 people employed without the right to work in the UK were identified and as a result were dismissed or asked to resign; - 571 people have been prosecuted; - 2,394 false applications have been removed from housing waiting lists; and - 21,396 blue badges and 78,443 concessionary travel passes, identified as invalid, were cancelled. Most public bodies have sound arrangements in place for managing their participation in the NFI and for investigating data matches, but there is scope for improvement. - Some participants do not make best use of the tools within the web application to help them identify high-risk matches linked to local risks. - Some participants could make better use of matches that involve more than one department and use staff resources more efficiently. - Not all participants review the quality of the data submitted to the NFI and do not identify where it can be improved. The Government has a strong focus on tackling fraud, but central government is not fully sharing in the benefits of the NFI. - Although the Audit Commission's audited bodies must participate in the NFI, central government bodies can choose whether to do so. - The Commission are pleased to report that 13 central government departments or arm's length bodies participated in the NFI 2012/13. However, some of these 13 bodies chose to submit only some of the possible datasets, or a sample. - The limited engagement in the NFI to date by central government restricts the opportunity to develop the NFI to target their specific fraud risks. Details: London: Audit Commission, 2014. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 12, 2014 at: http://www.audit-commission.gov.uk/wp-content/uploads/2008/05/NFI-national-report-FINAL-11-June-2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Financial Crime (U.K.) Shelf Number: 133002

Author: Savvidas, Dimitris Title: Male Prostitution and the Homoerotic Sex-market in Early Modern England Summary: This thesis explores male prostitution in early modern culture and calls for a reconsideration of linguistic representations of sodomy and homoeroticism in literary and historical criticism. It argues that as a variant expression of homoeroticism, its examination unfolds significant ideological and cultural implications for established perceptions of male relations. As instructed by classical textuality and misogynistic stigmatization of prostitution, the boy prostitute becomes a relational category that eludes easy classification, emerging syntactically alongside the female whore in English culture. Adopting a social constructionist approach, this dissertation traces male prostitution's ambivalent representational properties in various genres and discourses, namely poetry, plays, historical narratives, theatre historiography, defamation accounts, philosophical diatribes and lexicography. The diverse vocabulary employed to describe homoerotic relations and identities is closely scrutinised in order to expose the metaphoricity and ambiguity embedded in such terms as 'Ganymede', 'ingle', 'mignon' and 'catamite'. An analysis of the terminology demonstrates the ways in which discursive systems of language, within specific historical and cultural contexts, have facilitated the concomitant textual emergence of the sodomite with the male prostitute. The Introduction establishes the theoretical framework through which male prostitution from the medieval period until the mid-twentieth century has been discussed in twentieth-century criticism. Chapter One assesses its textual appearance in early modern Italy, France and Spain, while it sets the parameters for its examination in seventeenth-century England. Chapter Two analyses the representation of the male prostitute in Donne's, Marston's and Middleton's satires and Chapter Three examines the theatrical institution and the ways in which theatre historiography misdirects discussions on sodomy and prostitution. The penultimate chapter focuses on textual constructions of the male prostitute in educational contexts and the final chapter addresses possible interrelations between prostitution, servitude, favouritism and friendship as represented within lexicography, slanderous discourse and historical narratives on King James and Francis Bacon. Details: Brighton, UK: University of Sussex, 2011. 280p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: http://sro.sussex.ac.uk/7453/1/Savvidis,_Dimitris.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Male Prostitution Shelf Number: 133009

Author: Malloch, Margaret Title: The Elements of Effective Through-Care. Part 2: Scottish Review Summary: This review forms Part Two of an international review of through-care practice. Part One (Malloch et al, 2013) provided a review of international literature. Part Two focuses specifically on Scotland and considers the available evidence to explore practices that work effectively to support through-care. This review provides an overview of available research and through-care practice in Scotland, highlighting key issues rather than providing a comprehensive evaluation of services. It also includes views of practitioners who provide third sector through-care provision and considers their understanding of the key issues. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Centre for Crime & Justice Research, 2013. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Report No. 04/2013: Accessed August 12, 2014 at: http://www.sccjr.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2013/10/Scottish_Through-care_Review.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prisoner Reentry Shelf Number: 133011

Author: Murray, Kath Title: Stop and search in Scotland: An evaluation of police practice Summary: This report sets out selected findings from a doctoral project on the use of stop and search in Scotland. The report sets out a body of evidence on the use of stop and search between 2005 and 2010. The aims are to provide relevant data which may be used to inform public and policy debate, to identify issues and concerns which policing stakeholders may wish to engage with, and to set out a series of recommendations for police practice. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Centre for Crime & Justice Research, 2014. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 12, 2014 at: http://www.sccjr.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/Stop_and_Search_in_Scotland1.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Discretion Shelf Number: 133012

Author: Armstrong, Sarah Title: A Review of the Fife Circles of Support and Accountability Project Commissioned By Sacro Summary: This report presents an independent review of the Fife Circles of Support and Accountability (CoSA or Circles) project run by Sacro. Circles target people convicted of sex offences who are at high risk of reoffending and social isolation. They bring a group of volunteers from the community together with the offender, called the core member, to support and hold him to account. The aims of the research were to document and assess the operation and consider the progress of the Fife Circles project over the four years of its existence. The research gathered views of those involved in the Circles scheme, observed practices on site and reviewed the available literature and programme documents to assess whether the Fife CoSA supports overall risk management of a concerning group of offenders. A key question of this research is whether an offender's risk of reoffending is likely to have been affected by the involvement in a circle. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Centre for Crime & Justice Research, 2014. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Report No. 04/2014: Accessed August 12, 2014 at: http://www.sccjr.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Sacro-Fife-Circles-Final-Report-30-May-2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Recidivism Shelf Number: 133019

Author: UK Centre for Tobacco Control Studies Title: Tackling Illicit Tobacco for Better Health: Final Evaluation Report Summary: In recognition of the role of illicit tobacco (IT) in undermining tobacco control strategies and in maintaining and encouraging tobacco use among deprived communities, the North of England Tackling Illicit Tobacco for Better Health Programme (the Programme) was launched in July 20091. The main aim of this pilot Programme was to increase the health of the population in three regions (North West, North East and Yorkshire and Humber) through reducing smoking prevalence by (a) reducing the availability (supply) of IT, thus keeping real tobacco prices high; and (b) reducing the demand for IT by building on existing tobacco control measures. Prior to the launch of this Programme, IT was largely the responsibility of the agency, Her Majesty's Revenue & Customs (HMRC), which focused predominantly on supply, so the Programme marked the first large-scale attempt of the health sector to reduce IT use. The UK Centre for Tobacco Control Studies (UKCTCS) was commissioned in September 2009 to evaluate the Programme up until March 2011. The evaluation team was multi-disciplinary and included researchers from the Universities of Nottingham, Durham (including researchers from FUSE3), Stirling, Northumbria and University College London. Methods The UKCTCS used a Theory of Change approach to the evaluation as the Programme was perceived to be a complex community initiative. A "mixed-methods‟ approach was utilised involving document analysis, qualitative research interviews, ethnographic research and examination of relevant quantitative indicators: including external ones (such as calls to Customs Hotline and Crimestoppers and a national survey of trading standards services carried out by Local Government Association) and from other studies commissioned by the Programme (such as surveys of stakeholders, Trading Standards and market research by The Hub and NEMS). As the Programme could not be expected to have an impact on prevalence during the evaluation period, indicators to assess supply and demand factors needed to be identified and monitored. Details: Nottingham, UK: Nottingham University, 2012. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 13, 2014 at: https://www.newcastle.gov.uk/sites/drupalncc.newcastle.gov.uk/files/wwwfileroot/business/trading_standards/illicit_tobacco_evaluation1.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 133034

Author: McNeish, Di Title: Women and Girls at Risk: Evidence across the life course Summary: This evidence review was produced to inform a new cross-sector Alliance which aims to make a difference to the lives of women and girls at risk of homelessness, sexual exploitation, involvement in crime, drugs, mental health problems. We ask the question 'why gender matters' and highlight three sets of factors which have a gendered impact on the lives of women and girls: social inequalities, gender expectations and abuse and violence. Despite the last 40 years of feminism, girls are still born into a world structured by inequality - they earn less and enjoy less freedom than men. Poverty is more likely to affect women - and some women are more likely to be poor than others: the unemployment rates among Black, Pakistani and Bangladeshi women has remained twice that of white women since 1972. Girls and women are at greater risk of all kinds of interpersonal violence and abuse and those with multiple experience of violence and abuse across the life-course have the poorest outcomes. The idea that boys and girls are encouraged (even 'socialised') into different behaviours and choices, and that this is problematic for equality, has been out of fashion in recent years. However, there remains strong evidence that different gendered expectations have a profound effect on all our lives - and women who do not conform are often viewed as doubly deviant. The review goes on to explore risks and interventions across the life-course from early years to adulthood and considers what are potentially effective forms of support at each life stage. Despite a vast literature on the 'problems' of women and girls at risk, we found surprisingly little of the 'what works' research has paid much attention to gender differences. Much of the evidence that does exist comes from the U.S. In the UK, there is a range of undoubtedly excellent services for women that are hampered by a lack of consistent evaluation of their effectiveness. Details: North Dalton, East Yorkshire, UK: DMSS Research & Consultancy, 2014. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2014 at: http://www.dmss.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/women-girls-at-risk-v2c.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 133044

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Serious and Organised Crime Strategy Summary: Released in October 2013, the serious and organised crime strategy sets out how we will prevent people getting involved in serious and organised crime. 1.1 This is a new strategy to deal with the challenges we face from serious and organised crime. It is published to coincide with the launch of the new National Crime Agency (NCA) and reflects changes to the threats we face and the lessons we have learned from our previous work. 1.2 Organised crime includes drug trafficking, human trafficking, and organized illegal immigration, high value fraud and other financial crimes, counterfeiting, organized acquisitive crime and cyber crime. The strategy also deals with serious crime which demands a national coordinated response, notably other fraud and child sexual exploitation. 1.3 Organised crime is a threat to our national security. It costs the United Kingdom at least �24 billion each year, leads to loss of life and can deprive people of their security and prosperity. Crime groups intimidate and corrupt and have a corrosive impact on some communities. Cyber crime undermines confidence in our communications technology and online economy. Organised immigration crime threatens the security of our borders. We regard human trafficking as a pernicious form of modern slavery. Financial crime can undermine the integrity and stability of our financial markets and institutions. 1.4 Overseas, organised crime undermines good governance and the stability of countries of strategic importance to our national security. Organised crime groups overseas can facilitate or engage in terrorism. Our approach 1.5 The aim of this strategy is to substantially reduce the level of serious and organised crime affecting the UK and its interests. The strategy uses the framework we have developed for our counter-terrorist work and has four components: prosecuting and disrupting people engaged in serious and organised crime (Pursue); preventing people from engaging in this activity (Prevent); increasing protection against serious and organised crime (Protect); and reducing the impact of this criminality where it takes place (Prepare). 1.6 The strategy lists strategic objectives under each of the four areas of work. Tactical operational objectives (e.g. priority crime groups) will be set by the NCA with law enforcement agency counterparts. 1.7 Our immediate priority is the work set out under Pursue to prosecute and relentlessly disrupt organised criminals and reduce the threat they pose. 1.8 Like other threats to our national security, serious and organised crime requires a response across the whole of government, and close collaboration with the public, the private sector and with many other countries Details: London: Home Office, 2013. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Cm 8715: Accessed August 14, 2014 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/248645/Serious_and_Organised_Crime_Strategy.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Exploitation Shelf Number: 133055

Author: Berry, Vashti Title: Building Effective Responses: An Independent Review of Violence against Women, Domestic Abuse and Sexual Violence Services in Wales Summary: Independent researchers from the Connect Centre for International Research on Interpersonal Violence based in the School of Social Work at the University of Central Lancashire were commissioned by the Welsh Government in 2013 to conduct research into violence against women, domestic abuse and sexual violence services in Wales. The research aimed to inform the forthcoming Ending Violence Against Women and Domestic Abuse (Wales) Bill, implementation of the legislation and future policy more generally, as well as informing future funding decisions. The remit of the review covers: Domestic abuse, including that experienced in Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual and Transgender (LGBT) relationships and elder abuse. Violence against women, including female genital mutilation (FGM), forced marriage and honour-based violence. Sexual violence including rape, sexual assault and harassment Sexual exploitation including prostitution and trafficking1 for sexual purposes. Services for women and men who are victims or perpetrators of violence against women, domestic abuse or sexual violence. The review does not encompass criminal justice services or housing services and, with the exception of prevention work, services for children and young people in Wales were also excluded from this study. Details: Cardiff: Welsh Government Social Research, 2014. 220p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2014 at: http://clok.uclan.ac.uk/10728/1/140430-violence-against-women-domestic-abuse-sexual-violence-services-FULL%20report%20EN.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 133056

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Transforming the Criminal Justice System. Strategy and Action Plan - Implementation Update Summary: In June 2013 we published Transforming the CJS: A Strategy and Action Plan for the Criminal Justice System. It set out a vision for a modern criminal justice system (CJS) that provides a swift and determined response to crime, treats victims and witnesses with care and consideration, and provides much better value for money to the taxpayer. We have made good progress delivering this vision. Victims have a louder voice with clearer and broader entitlements, digital working by CJS staff is increasing, and the CJS is more transparent than ever, with more information available to the public and television broadcasting available from some courts. This updated version of the plan builds on these achievements and sets out what we will do to complete this transformation. The Criminal Justice Board ("the Board"), chaired by the Criminal Justice Minister, sets priorities and provides leadership for the CJS. The Board comprises the chief executives of the criminal justice agencies and senior leaders from across the system. The Board has three main priorities in 2014/15. To create a criminal justice system that cares for, and considers the needs of victims and witnesses we will: - make the Victims' Code and Witness Charter part of normal business for everyone in the CJS; - provide a more joined-up response for victims and witnesses from criminal justice system partners; - improve the services provided to support victims and witnesses; - support victims and witnesses in the criminal justice system; and - make fair and respectful treatment for victims and witnesses the norm. Details: London: Home Office, 2014. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2014 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/330690/cjs-strategy-action-plan.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Policies Shelf Number: 133070

Author: Scotland. Regulatory Review Group Title: Review of the Knife Dealer's Licensing Scheme: Report Summary: The Regulatory Review Group (RRG) works to promote and develop a culture and environment in Scotland where both business and Government, in all its forms, work together to create better regulation for all. In delivering this, the remit of the RRG includes reviewing existing regulations where this learning could help improve the regulatory landscape. On 1 June 2010 a new mandatory licensing scheme for knife dealers was introduced which applied to the sale of non-domestic knives. This was introduced as part of measures to tackle Scotland's knife carrying culture. Concerns about the implementation of this licensing scheme were subsequently brought to the attention of RRG. After discussion, RRG agreed to set up a sub group to undertake a review of the implementation of the legislation in respect of the impact on business and local authorities, and alignment with the principles of better regulation. RRG drew from its experience of previous reviews and looked to identify key aspects of better regulation. In particular, the sub group was keen to understand the extent to which any problems had been identified at an early stage in the development of legislation or whether implementation produced any unintended consequences. As well as analysing Scottish Government consultations associated with the development of the legislation, the sub group surveyed local licensing authorities. Representing licensees, the British Association for Shooting and Conservation (BASC) also surveyed their members for views on the scheme. Views were also sought from other relevant stakeholders including the Law Society of Scotland. Details: Edinburgh: Regulatory Review Group, 2013. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2014 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/0042/00423287.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 131890

Author: Harvey, Shannon Title: Case by Case: Refuge provision in London for survivors of domestic violence who use alcohol and other drugs or have mental health problems Summary: Not long after the inception of the Stella Project in 2002, a survey of Women's Aid refuges found that just 13% would always accept women with mental health or drug or alcohol needs, while another 48% said that they would sometimes take these women, depending on other factors (Barron, 2004). Over the intervening decade, we have witnessed greater recognition of the intersections between the issues and seen many examples of increased partnership working across the domestic violence, substance use and mental health sectors. Despite the many positive changes, however, one of the most persistent concerns raised by practitioners is the lack of refuge space for women who are affected by substance use and/or mental ill-health. This study aimed to provide an updated picture of access to refuge services for this group of survivors. This was achieved through: - Telephone or face-to-face interviews with London-based refuge service providers (n=30) about their policies on accommodating women with drug and alcohol and/or mental health problems. - Freedom of information requests to all London boroughs (excluding the City of Westminster) in April 2012 and August 2013 about the number of women with drug and alcohol and/or mental health problems accommodated in refuges in the borough in the previous twelve months. The key findings were: - Most boroughs (n=18) include some level of requirement to support women with drug and alcohol and/or mental health problems within service specifications for refuge provision. This sometimes a specific requirement or a more generic 'expectation' that all survivors would be supported and that problematic substance use or mental ill-health would not constitute an absolute exclusion criteria. - Only two boroughs actively exclude women with drug and alcohol and/or mental health problems from the refuges they fund. - Most refuges fulfil the requirements in their service specification by operating a 'case by case' basis for assessing the needs and risks of potential service users. - Many refuges do, however, operate a partial blanket policy relating to certain types of substance use and/or mental health problems, most commonly women using opiates (including methadone) and those who have been diagnosed with schizophrenia, autism spectrum disorder or dementia. - Only seventeen (53.1%) of 32 local authorities were able to provide full or partial information on the number of domestic violence survivors accommodated by their refuge providers in the past year who had identified problems with drugs and/or alcohol and mental health needs. - In 2012 and 2013 these 17 boroughs accommodated, at most, 239 women with identified problems in relation to alcohol or drug use or mental health. - Only 14 boroughs could provide information about the number of women with drug and alcohol and/or mental health problems were refused access to refuge accommodation in their borough. Details: London: AVA (Against Violence & Abuse) and Solace Women's Aid, 2014. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2014 at: http://www.avaproject.org.uk/media/148039/case%20by%20case%20-%20london%20refuge%20provision%20-%20final.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 132029

Author: Laxton, Clare Title: Virtual world, real fear: Women's Aid report into online abuse, harassment and stalking. Summary: In September 2013 Women's Aid hosted a conference to discuss the impact of online stalking and harassment on women - thank you to all members who attended and contributed to the conference. The conference aimed to demonstrate the intrinsic link between online abuse, harassment and stalking, and domestic violence as part of a pattern of behaviours by perpetrators. The conference also explored the fear that online abuse, harassment and stalking created and the impact it had on women. This report draws out the key themes from the conference and makes recommendations for Government, social media providers and criminal justice agencies. Key messages from the report - The violence women experience from online abuse, stalking and harassment is completely unacceptable; - The impact that this online abuse has on women's lives has been underestimated by all statutory services. It is vital that online abuse, harassment and stalking is seen and dealt with as part of the spectrum of domestic violence; - Women's Aid believes that the responses that women victims of online abuse, harassment and stalking receive from the police, criminal justice system and social media providers are currently inadequate. Key recommendations: - The update of the Government Action Plan on VAWG should emphasise that online abuse is a key part of violence against women, and state that what is a crime offline is a crime online. - Social media providers should ensure that any perpetrator of online abuse, harassment and stalking of women through their platforms is curtailed as soon as possible. This should be done through the development of online abuse, stalking and harassment policies and protocols, and creating easier reporting and blocking mechanisms to safeguard victims of abuse. - Guidance and training for all professionals engaged in VAWG cases in criminal justice agencies including the police and the Crown Prosecution Service on the nature and impact of online abuse, harassment and stalking and the need to recognise it as part of the spectrum of domestic violence perpetrated against women by men. Details: Bristol, UK: Women's Aid Federation of England, 2014. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2014 at: http://www.womensaid.org.uk/page.asp?section=00010001001400130007ionTitle=Virtual+World+Real+Fear Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Online Victimization Shelf Number: 131889

Author: Centre for Social Justice Title: No Quick Fix: Exposing the depth of Britain's drugs and alcohol problem Summary: This report lays bare the reality of substance abuse and addiction in Britain today. This ongoing challenge affects millions of people and has huge costs. Alcohol abuse costs taxpayers $21 billion a year and drugs $15 billion. While costs matter, it is the human consequences that present the real tragedy. The abuse of substances is a pathway to poverty and can lead to family breakdown and child neglect, homelessness, crime, debt, and long-term worklessness. From its impact on children to its consequences for those in later life, addiction destroys lives, wrecks families and blights communities. The scale of the problem is shocking. 1.6 million people are dependent on alcohol in England alone. One in seven children under the age of one live with a substance-abusing parent, and more than one in five (2.6 million) live with a parent who drinks hazardously. 335,000 (one in 37) children live with a parent who is addicted to drugs. The Centre for Social Justice (CSJ) has been encouraged by some of the commitments contained within the Drug Strategy 2010 and by the efforts of some reformers within government. The move to a recovery-oriented system is an important step to ensuring that harm reduction is only the first step along a path to abstinence and full recovery. Challenges persist, however, as many vested interests remain entrenched within the treatment system. Supporters of substitute treatment remain unconvinced by the possibilities of full- and long-term recovery, and are resistant to reform. Alarmingly, some commissioners are withdrawing support for effective services. The CSJ has learned that 55 per cent of local authorities have cut funding to residential rehabilitation centres whilst harm reduction services that maintain people in their addiction have been preserved under the NHS ring-fence. These rehabilitation centres, which the Prime Minister has rightly backed in the past, have proved time and again to be an effective way of breaking the cycle of addiction and must be supported. In this report, we also highlight the system's lack of ambition to tackle alcohol abuse, despite its rising cost. While two-thirds of the 300,000 drug addicts in England get treatment, only a small minority (approximately seven per cent) alcohol dependants get similar help. Furthermore, by withdrawing its plans for a minimum unit price, the Government has missed an opportunity to tackle the increased availability of super cheap, strong alcohol. Parents and children, together with addicts and taxpayers, are calling for action. In this report we outline the challenges; in the coming year the CSJ will publish policy recommendations to help solve Britain's drug and alcohol crisis. Details: London: Centre for Social Justice, 2013. 107p. Source: Internet Resource: Breakthrough Britain II: Accessed August 23, 2014 at: http://www.centreforsocialjustice.org.uk/UserStorage/pdf/Pdf%20reports/addict.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 129896

Author: Centre for Social Justice Title: Sentences in the Community: Reforms to restore credibility, protect the public and cut crime Summary: Community sentences have a particularly important role in ensuring social justice. They are the most commonly used sentence for serious crimes and have the potential to be the most powerful tool for addressing the root causes of offending behaviour. By carrying out sentences in the community, rather than prison, it is far easier and cheaper to provide support that addresses underlying issues, such as drug and alcohol addiction. Yet despite community sentences' potential, they are proving largely ineffective at changing lives. A third of offenders are caught reoffending within a year of being sentenced, committing around 150,000 further crimes. Instead of stopping offending in its tracks, community sentences have become a stepping stone on the path to prison. This was highlighted by shocking Ministry of Justice figures which showed that 37,019 (35 per cent) of those sentenced to custody in 2012 had received at least five previous community sentences. It is not difficult to see why they are failing. Offenders are not held properly to account for complying with their sentence, and our main weapon against drug addiction - the drug rehabilitation requirement (DRR) - is more likely to sanction people for whether they attend meetings than whether they come off drugs. Despite clear evidence of the importance of a positive family influence in persuading offenders to leave a life of crime, families are too often shut out from the rehabilitative process. Our proposals come at a time of significant change to the way offenders are managed in the community. The probation service has drifted from providing innovative, bespoke support for offenders to a risk-adverse, box-ticking approach. Up to three-quarters of their time is spent on work not directly engaging with offenders.8 In response the Coalition Government is implementing the Transforming Rehabilitation (TR) Programme to tackle bureaucracy and introduce innovation to the delivery of probation services. This paper seeks to contribute towards the success of these reforms by setting out the current challenges facing community sentences, and presenting ideas on how to make them more effectively at reducing reoffending. The research was informed by a large number of interviews with magistrates and judges, probation staff, private and voluntary organisations delivering community sentences, and offenders themselves. The CSJ also held a roundtable of expert witnesses in late 2013, analysed official data and conducted a number of Freedom of Information requests. Community sentences need to improve if they are to have any meaningful impact on reoffending rates. The reforms set out in this paper are a roadmap for how we can make community sentences a powerful crime-fighting tool that stops offending behaviour in its tracks and keeps communities safe. Details: London: Centre for Social Justice, 2014. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2014 at: http://www.centreforsocialjustice.org.uk/UserStorage/pdf/Pdf%20reports/CSJ_Community_Sentencing_Report_WEB-final.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration (U.K.) Shelf Number: 133131

Author: Aitken, Jonathan Title: Meaningful Mentoring Summary: The mentoring of offenders is one of the most promising pathways to rehabilitation in today's Criminal Justice System. It is about to move from the margins of rehabilitation practice to the mainstream of national policy, thanks to recent developments in the government's strategy for Transforming Rehabilitation (TR). Although mentoring is an idea whose time has come, it has so far been poorly defined and erratically implemented. Mentoring is a fuzzy concept which is in fashion but short of facts. This report attempts to portray various types and forms of mentoring now being used within the criminal justice system. We have tried to learn lessons and draw conclusions from what is happening across the spectrum of mentoring activity. Out of this spectrum we believe it is possible to identify examples and themes which constitute best practice. Once these are understood and implemented in the new TR strategy, we believe that the present free-for-all could be replaced by a coherent plan for more effective mentoring in all the geographical areas administrated by the new Community Rehabilitation Companies. Details: London: Centre for Social Research, 2014. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2014 at: http://www.centreforsocialjustice.org.uk/UserStorage/pdf/Pdf%20reports/mm.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mentoring (U.K.) Shelf Number: 133132

Author: Kurinczuk, Jennifer J. Title: Child death reviews: improving the use of evidence Summary: Local safeguarding children boards in England were statutorily required to establish local child death overview panels (CDOPs) by April 2008 to review the deaths of all children from birth up to 18 years normally resident in their area. The primary purpose of CDOPs is to review individual deaths to inform strategic planning on how best to safeguard and promote the welfare of the children in their area. To support the CDOP function and using templates provided by the Department for Education, CDOPs collect information about each child who dies including the conclusions of the panel review. The study was conducted in December 2012 through to March 2013. Questionnaires were emailed to all CDOPs to collect representative data, following which a series of telephone and face-to-face interviews were conducted with CDOPs, managers and chairs. Details: London: UK Department of Education, 2013. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2014 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/246562/DFE-RR303.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 131212

Author: Neyroud, Peter Title: Operation Turning Point: Interim report on a randomised trial in Birmingham, UK Summary: Operation Turning Point is a randomised controlled trial based in Birmingham, UK. The trial has been designed to compare the relative effectiveness and cost benefit of police prosecuting low harm offenders with a treatment, a "turning point contract", which combines a deferred prosecution with a set of conditions agreed with the offender, which are intended to support desistance. The 2 groups - control (prosecuted) and treatment (Turning Point) are allocated by random assignment by the Cambridge Gateway. The trial will be evaluated by comparing the control and treatment groups against their outcomes for prevalence and seriousness of offending and the cost-benefit of the two interventions. The trial, which has been implemented in stages, commencing in November 2011, is intended to run in the four Birmingham Local Policing Areas until Summer 2013. The research is part of a wider programme focused on reducing crime harm supported by the Monument Trust. This paper presents an interim report, describing the setting up of the trial and some emerging findings from the research. Details: Cambridge, UK: Institute of Criminology, University of Cambridge, 2013. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 28, 2014 at: http://www.crim.cam.ac.uk/events/conferences/ebp/2013/slides/Operation_turningpoint_ebp2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 129908

Author: Born Free Foundation Title: Pet Shop Primates: An Investigation into the Sale of Non-Human Primates by Licensed Pet Shops in England Summary: Many people may be shocked to discover that it is still possible to walk into a high-street pet shop in England and buy a primate. Experts agree that primates are ill-suited for private ownership, where their behavioural, psychological, and environmental needs cannot be met, and consequently we would like to see an end to the keeping of primates as pets. In 2014 the Born Free Foundation commissioned an investigation into the sale of primates in licensed pet shops in England to contribute to a better understanding of the scale and scope of problems relating to the sale and keeping of primates as pets. 22nd August 2014 marked the release of Pet Shop Primates, a report based on the findings of this investigation. The investigation focused solely on licensed pet shops with high street premises. Private sellers, online advertisers and animal dealers were not included. It is highly likely that the majority of the trade in primates occurs away from the high street. With information gathered under Freedom of Information from local authorities, Born Free was able to identify 21 pet shops in England licensed to sell primates. The Ornamental Aquatic Trade Association (OATA) has estimated that there may be as many as 43 pet shops across the UK licensed to sell primates. The key findings of the report reveal that: - Pet shops are willing to sell single primates, without at least verifying with the potential purchaser that the primate would be housed with others of the same species. - Staff at one shop did not appear to know that a marmoset was a monkey. - Pet shops were inconsistent in their advice regarding where and how to keep primates - for example, recommending that primates could be housed in a spare room or garage. - There were concerns for the welfare of some primates kept in pet shops, with monkeys in one shop on sale in cages traditionally used to keep parrots In 2010 the Code of Practice for the Welfare of Privately Kept Non-Human Primates was published by Defra. The Code of Practice applies to primates kept in private ownership and acts as a guide to meeting the requirements of the Animal Welfare Act. The Code is scheduled for review in 2015 but we believe that even if it is expanded to provide more detail, is will never be able to guarantee the welfare of primates as pets, as a consequence of the incompatibility between the animals' biology and needs and the domestic environment. Nonetheless, our investigation indicates several areas where purchasing primates from pet shops may not meet the guidelines in the Code of Practice. Furthermore, there is an urgent need to review and update the Pet Animals Act which deals with the sale of animals and the licensing of pet shops and has remained largely unchanged since 1951. We are calling on the UK government to make this a priority. Adam Roberts, Acting CEO of the Born Free Foundation said: "There is an overwhelming and increasing body of evidence and opinion that primates do not fare well as pets. The UK Government needs to move swiftly to close the loopholes that allow the sale of primates to the general public. An increasing number of other countries have taken action on: for example, the keeping of primates as pets is banned in some EU countries such as the Netherlands and Hungary, while the United States senate has started moving national legislation to end the pet primate trade". Ultimately we are convinced that no regulatory system can safeguard the welfare of primates when kept privately, and that a ban on the trade and private keeping of all species of primates should be introduced across the UK. Details: London: Born Free Foundation, 2014. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 28, 2014 at: http://www.bornfree.org.uk/fileadmin/user_upload/files/zoo_check/reports/Pet-Shop-Primates.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Animal Cruelty Shelf Number: 133156

Author: Prison Reading Groups Title: Prison Reading Groups: What Books Can Do Behind Bars Summary: In 2000 we started running reading groups in prisons in the UK: at HMPs Coldingley, Bullingdon, Wandsworth and Send. This was the beginning of Prison Reading Groups (PRG). In 2010 we were awarded an Arts and Humanities Research Council Knowledge Transfer Fellowship grant to expand our work. The goal was to start ten new reading groups. The project succeeded beyond all expectations. During the thirty months of AHRC funding we supported thirty-two groups in twenty-one different prisons, from Yorkshire to Bristol and the Isle of Wight. We have also supported groups in cognate settings, such as community centres for those with substance abuse issues and/or at risk of offending. Twenty-eight of these groups are still going strong. Since the end of the AHRC funding in September 2012 we have supported ten further groups in six new prisons. The AHRC project was evaluated in a small-scale, qualitative study which focussed on the benefits for both prisoners and volunteers. The results are presented throughout this report. The growth of reading groups has been one of the cultural success stories of recent times. Their ability to boost reading and bring people together is widely applauded. Our work in prisons over the past fourteen years has confirmed the particular benefits that reading groups offer prisoners. These include: n empathy with the lives of others through reading n critical self-reflection n mutual respect fostered in group discussion n connectedness with a wider culture beyond prison n development of soft skills vital for employability Details: London: Roehampton University, 2013. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2014 at: http://www.roehampton.ac.uk/uploadedFiles/Pages_Assets/PDFs_and_Word_Docs/PRG/PRG%20Report%20Prison%20Reading%20Groups%20What%20Books%20Can%20Do%20Behind%20Bars.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Literacy Programs Shelf Number: 129916

Author: Nicholls, Carol McNaughton Title: Research on the sexual exploitation of boys and young men: A UK scoping study summary of findings Summary: Despite growing interest in the UK and internationally in child sexual exploitation (CSE), policy-makers, practitioners, researchers and the media have tended to focus primarily on female victims. Consequently, the sexual exploitation of young males has been largely overlooked: remarkably little is known about this group, their experiences, vulnerabilities or support needs. The purpose of this document is to provide a brief synthesis of key findings from recent exploratory research on the sexual exploitation of young males in the UK. This multi-method study incorporated three complementary strands, together addressing four overarching research objectives: 1. To identify characteristics of known and suspected CSE cases involving male victims and to compare these, where possible, with those of cases involving female victims 2. To explore professionals' views on perpetration and victimisation processes in cases of male-victim CSE 3. To assess male victims' perceived support needs and the nature of existing service provision 4. To help inform future research, policy and practice. While this research represents an important contribution to the limited knowledge base on male-victim CSE, it remains an early exploration of a complex issue. Consequently, the recommendations made are necessarily tentative. These suggestions relate primarily to: n ways in which practitioners might better identify and respond to male CSE victims n future research priorities and how these might be addressed. Details: Barkingside, Ilford, UK: Barnardo's, 2014. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2014 at: http://www.barnardos.org.uk/cse_young_boys_summary_report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 133166

Author: Cockbain, Ella Title: Not just a girl thing: A large-scale comparison of male and female users of child sexual exploitation services in the UK Summary: This report covers the findings from one part of a wider collaborative research programme called "Sexual exploitation of boys and young men: A UK scoping study". This exploratory research was funded by the Nuffield Foundation and conducted by UCL (University College London), the National Centre for Social Research (NatCen) and Barnardo's. The programme had three complementary components: - A rapid evidence assessment of the international knowledge base on sexual abuse (including exploitation) of boys and young men (Brayley et al, 2014) - A large-scale comparative analysis of male and female child sexual exploitation (CSE) service users (the current report) - In-depth interviews with UK practitioners about their experiences and perceptions of the sexual exploitation of boys and young men (McNaughton Nicholls et al, 2014). In conducting the comparative analysis, our particular aims were: - to assess systematically the commonalities and differences between the characteristics of male and female CSE service users and, in doing so, - to inform future research, policy and practice. Given the general lack of prior research on this topic, we designed the research questions to be broad-based and inclusive. The two interlinked research questions were: 1. What are the characteristics of cases of male CSE service users? 2. How do these compare with the characteristics of cases of female CSE service users? Although gender is a broader construct than a male versus female dichotomy, data limitations meant we were unable to extend the study to incorporate transgender children. The term "characteristics of [CSE] cases" was deliberately broad and designed to capture various attributes related to individual children, exploitation process and official responses. We deliberately use the term "service users" rather than "victims" because the sample featured a diverse set of children supported by Barnardo's due to their involvement in CSE or risk of such involvement. "Involvement" is a broad term that covers high risk of victimisation, actual victimisation and perpetration processes (e.g. peer-on-peer exploitation). A key limitation of the study data was that it was not possible to establish to which of these categories a given child belonged, nor to assess the proportion of the overall sample who were at risk versus already involved (let alone whether they were involved/at risk of involvement in victimisation and/or perpetration processes). Consequently, the common factor uniting all members of the sample is that all can be described as "children affected by CSE" an inclusive term that is used elsewhere in this report. Details: Barkingside, Ilford, UK: Barnardo's, 2014. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2014 at: http://www.barnardos.org.uk/16136_not_just_a_girl_thing_v6.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 133167

Author: Nicholls, Carol McNaughton Title: Gendered Perceptions: What professionals say about the sexual exploitation of boys and young men in the UK Summary: Specialist frontline services designed to respond to the needs of sexually exploited boys and young men have existed in the UK for two decades, with numbers of specialist workers increasing over the past decade in particular. However, the majority of provision has continued to focus on supporting girls and young women. Through face-to-face and online interviews with 50 professionals working in the field of child sexual exploitation (CSE) across all four UK nations, this study draws together the collective knowledge of professionals to understand what is currently known about the specific experiences and support needs of male victims of CSE. The professionals interviewed were working with sexually exploited boys and young men in a broad range of services, including voluntary sector CSE services, specialist CSE units within police forces, social services, youth offending services, and specialist voluntary sector services for black and minority ethnic (BME) young people, young people with learning disabilities, young people affected by substance misuse and lesbian, gay, bisexual and transspectrum- identified (LGBT*) young people. Findings from these interviews illustrate both similarities and differences in how professionals view boys and young men who are at risk of, or experiencing, sexual exploitation, compared with how they view girls and young women in the same situations. Details: Barkingside, Ilford, UK: Barnardo's, 2014. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2014 at: http://www.natcen.ac.uk/media/539628/16145-cse-interview-with-professionals_v5.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 133170

Author: DrugScope Title: Business as usual? A status report on new psychoactive substances (NPS) and 'club drugs' in the UK Summary: Since 2008-2009, there has been a significant increase in interest in, and probable use of, a new breed of synthetic drugs, which can be grouped together under the term New Psychoactive Substances (NPS). The Advisory Council on the Misuse of Drugs (A) defines NPS as "psychoactive drugs which are not prohibited by the United Nations Single Convention on Narcotic Drugs or by the Misuse of Drugs Act 1971 and which people in the UK are seeking for intoxicant use". Some definitions, particularly from outside the UK, also include so-called 'club drugs' such as ketamine and GHB/GBL that are not included in the UN Convention on Psychotropic Substances. This brief, status report, encompasses both NPS and 'club drugs' and gives an overview of current sector knowledge and experience on these substances, with consideration given to: - how and why NPS developed; - what we know (and don't know) about prevalence and patterns of use; - early warning systems in place for information sharing; - enforcement and legislative responses; - health impacts and drug-related deaths; - public health information and harm reduction interventions; - case studies of existing treatment and service-level responses. The report is intended to be of use to frontline drug and alcohol workers, managers and commissioners, as well as policy makers. Details: London: DrugScope, 2014. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 10, 2014 at: http://www.drugscope.org.uk/Resources/Drugscope/Documents/PDF/Policy/BusinessAsUsual.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Club Drugs Shelf Number: 133268

Author: Brayley, Helen Title: Rapid Evidence Assessment - the sexual exploitation of boys and young men Summary: In recent years, there has been an increased policy and media focus on the sexual exploitation of children in the UK. This interest follows several high-profile police investigations which led to groups of offenders being charged and convicted for sexual offences against multiple child victims. Practitioner groups such as the police and local safeguarding children boards have been criticized for failing to prevent this form of victimisation. Although there has been an upsurge in activity to address child sexual exploitation (CSE), the recent focus has been almost exclusively on female victims and male offenders. The majority of the literature on CSE has either ignored or only briefly acknowledged the experiences of boys and young men as victims rather than offenders. This rapid evidence assessment, part of a wider Nuffield Foundation funded project, provides an overview of the current literature addressing the experiences of boys and young men who are CSE victims. Details: Ilford, UK: Barnardo's, 2014. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 10, 2014 at: http://www.barnardos.org.uk/16144_su_cse_rapid_evidence_report_v5.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 133272

Author: University of Leicester Title: The Leicester Hate Crime Project: Findings and Conclusions Summary: Over a two-year period from 2012 to 2014 the Leicester Hate Crime Project team conducted groundbreaking research into acts of hate, prejudice and targeted hostility. Funded by the Economic Social and Research Council, this research - Britain's biggest ever study of hate crime victimisation - uncovered new insights into the nature and forms of these acts and their impact upon victims, families and wider communities. The broad aims of the Leicester Hate Crime Project were to examine people's experiences of hate, prejudice and targeted hostility; to understand the physical and emotional harms suffered by individuals and their families; and to identify ways of improving the quality of support available to victims. The study used a deliberately broad and inclusive definition of hate crime in order to capture the experiences of anyone, from any background, who felt that they had been victimised specifically because of their identity or perceived 'difference'. This framework enabled us to expand upon the range of victim groups and experiences typically covered within conventional studies of hate crime. Rather than focusing solely upon the five strands of victim identity (race, religion, disability, sexual orientation and transgender status) which are monitored by criminal justice agencies, we wanted to give a voice to victims who have tended to be peripheral or 'invisible' within academic research and official policy but whose victimisation can often bear all of the hallmarks of recognised hate crimes. The city of Leicester has an extraordinarily diverse population. It is home to substantial minority ethnic populations that are both newly arrived and well-established, as well as a wide range of faith, sexual and other minority communities, and it is this rich diversity which made Leicester a highly appropriate site in which to explore experiences of hate, prejudice and targeted hostility. This is a study which clearly has relevance to local policy, practice and activism, but which also has broader implications for other multicultural environments within the UK and further afield. This report presents the findings from the Leicester Hate Crime Project and has been structured to outline victims' experiences and expectations collectively, although where significant variations between and within groups have emerged, these have been identified. In addition to the comprehensive findings and recommendations included in this report, we have produced an Executive Summary, a series of themed briefing papers and a Victims' Manifesto for organisations to pledge support to. The briefing papers include the following: Briefing Paper 1: Disablist Hate Crime Briefing Paper 2: Gendered Hostility Briefing Paper 3: Homophobic Hate Crime Briefing Paper 4: Racist Hate Crime Briefing Paper 5: Religiously Motivated Hate Crime Details: Leicester, UK: University of Leicester, 2014. 86p., and five briefing papers Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 11, 2014 at: http://www2.le.ac.uk/departments/criminology/research/current-projects/hate-crime/our-reports-1 Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias-related Crimes Shelf Number: 133279

Author: Jay, Alexis Title: Independent Inquiry into Child Sexual Exploitation in Rotherham (1997 - 2013) Summary: No one knows the true scale of child sexual exploitation (CSE) in Rotherham over the years. Our conservative estimate is that approximately 1400 children were sexually exploited over the full Inquiry period, from 1997 to 2013. In just over a third of cases, children affected by sexual exploitation were previously known to services because of child protection and neglect. It is hard to describe the appalling nature of the abuse that child victims suffered. They were raped by multiple perpetrators, trafficked to other towns and cities in the north of England, abducted, beaten, and intimidated. There were examples of children who had been doused in petrol and threatened with being set alight, threatened with guns, made to witness brutally violent rapes and threatened they would be next if they told anyone. Girls as young as 11 were raped by large numbers of male perpetrators. This abuse is not confined to the past but continues to this day. In May 2014, the caseload of the specialist child sexual exploitation team was 51. More CSE cases were held by other children's social care teams. There were 16 looked after children who were identified by children's social care as being at serious risk of sexual exploitation or having been sexually exploited. In 2013, the Police received 157 reports concerning child sexual exploitation in the Borough. Over the first twelve years covered by this Inquiry, the collective failures of political and officer leadership were blatant. From the beginning, there was growing evidence that child sexual exploitation was a serious problem in Rotherham. This came from those working in residential care and from youth workers who knew the young people well. Within social care, the scale and seriousness of the problem was underplayed by senior managers. At an operational level, the Police gave no priority to CSE, regarding many child victims with contempt and failing to act on their abuse as a crime. Further stark evidence came in 2002, 2003 and 2006 with three reports known to the Police and the Council, which could not have been clearer in their description of the situation in Rotherham. The first of these reports was effectively suppressed because some senior officers disbelieved the data it contained. This had led to suggestions of cover-up. The other two reports set out the links between child sexual exploitation and drugs, guns and criminality in the Borough. These reports were ignored and no action was taken to deal with the issues that were identified in them. In the early 2000s, a small group of professionals from key agencies met and monitored large numbers of children known to be involved in CSE or at risk but their managers gave little help or support to their efforts. Some at a senior level in the Police and children's social care continued to think the extent of the problem, as described by youth workers, was exaggerated, and seemed intent on reducing the official numbers of children categorised as CSE. At an operational level, staff appeared to be overwhelmed by the numbers involved. There were improvements in the response of management from about 2007 onwards. By 2009, the children's social care service was acutely understaffed and over stretched, struggling to cope with demand. Seminars for elected members and senior officers in 2004-05 presented the abuse in the most explicit terms. After these events, nobody could say 'we didn't know'. In 2005, the present Council Leader chaired a group to take forward the issues, but there is no record of its meetings or conclusions, apart from one minute. By far the majority of perpetrators were described as 'Asian' by victims, yet throughout the entire period, councillors did not engage directly with the Pakistani-heritage community to discuss how best they could jointly address the issue. Some councillors seemed to think it was a one-off problem, which they hoped would go away. Several staff described their nervousness about identifying the ethnic origins of perpetrators for fear of being thought racist; others remembered clear direction from their managers not to do so. In December 2009, the Minister of State for Children and Families put the Council's children's safeguarding services into intervention, following an extremely critical Ofsted report. The Council was removed from intervention thirteen months later. The Rotherham Safeguarding Children Board and its predecessor oversaw the development of good inter-agency policies and procedures applicable to CSE. The weakness in their approach was that members of the Safeguarding Board rarely checked whether these were being implemented or whether they were working. The challenge and scrutiny function of the Safeguarding Board and of the Council itself was lacking over several years at a time when it was most required. In 2013, the Council Leader, who has held office since 2003, apologised for the quality of the Council's safeguarding services being less than it should have been before 2009. This apology should have been made years earlier, and the issue given the political leadership it needed. There have been many improvements in the last four years by both the Council and the Police. The Police are now well resourced for CSE and well trained, though prosecutions remain low in number. There is a central team in children's social care which works jointly with the Police and deals with child sexual exploitation. This works well but the team struggles to keep pace with the demands of its workload. The Council is facing particular challenges in dealing with increased financial pressures, which inevitably impact on frontline services. The Safeguarding Board has improved its response to child sexual exploitation and holds agencies to account with better systems for file audits and performance reporting. There are still matters for children's social care to address such as good risk assessment, which is absent from too many cases, and there is not enough long-term support for the child victims. Details: Rotherham, UK: Rotherham Metropolitan Borough Council, 2014. 159p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 11, 2014 at: http://www.rotherham.gov.uk/downloads/file/1407/independent_inquiry_cse_in_rotherham Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 133285

Author: Gohir, Shaista Title: Unheard Voices: The Sexual Exploitation of Asian Girls and Young Women Summary: The purpose of this pilot study is to uncover the hidden experiences of Asian / Muslim girls and young women so that we may better understand how to support and protect them. It is important to stress that this study is not suggesting that sexual exploitation is more of a problem in Asian and / or Muslim communities. In any case the scope of this research does not enable us to make such propositions. In fact, this research shows that sexual grooming is not about race but about vulnerability, the exploitation of that vulnerability and opportunism. By raising awareness that Asian / Muslim girls and young women are also victims of sexual exploitation, it is hoped that they will not continue to be overlooked by service providers and support agencies and that their experiences are also taken into account when determining new policies and resources to tackle this issue. It is important that vulnerable girls and young women from all backgrounds are helped and supported. Details: Digbeth Birmingham, UK: Muslim Women's Network UK, 2013. 126p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 12, 2014: http://www.mwnuk.co.uk//go_files/resources/UnheardVoices.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Asians Shelf Number: 129920

Author: Kelly, Liz Title: Finding the Costs of Freedom: How women and children rebuild their lives after domestic violence Summary: Whilst crisis interventions for women and children experiencing domestic violence are well developed, little is known about the process of rebuilding lives, including what longer term support needs might be. Women's organisations have lacked the resources to follow up service users. The Research Grants Programme run by the Big Lottery provided an exciting opportunity to do just that. Working in partnership with the Child and Woman Abuse Studies Unit (CWASU) at London Metropolitan University, Solace Women's Aid successfully applied for funds that enabled us to track 100 women and their children over a three year period (2011-2014). Women were recruited into the study after exiting a range of domestic violence services provided by Solace and, through four waves of interviews, we followed their onward journeys. The overarching aims of the project were to identify: - What factors support long term settlement, how do they interrelate and at what points in the process are they particularly important? - When do obstacles to resettlement occur and how can they be overcome? - How can community resources best be developed and integrated for long term support of survivor resettlement and independence? Through a multi-layered research methodology we explored how women and children are able to grow their 'space for action' (Kelly, 2003) after physically removing themselves from the 'coercive control' (Stark, 2007) exerted by the perpetrator over their everyday lives. We also measured post-separation abuse in Wave Three, experience of services and the legal system, changes in housing situation and how their informal networks facilitated or interfered with efforts to create safety and freedom. Details: London: Solace Women's Aid, 2014. 244p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 12, 2014 at: http://solacewomensaid.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/SWA-Finding-Costs-of-Freedom-Report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence (U.K.) Shelf Number: 133296

Author: Kerr, Jacqueline Title: The [re]settlement of women prisoners in Northern Ireland: From rhetoric to reality Summary: Penal practices in Northern Ireland are fashioned around the legacy of civil unrest and the imprisonment of politically affiliated prisoners. Women represent a small percentage of the prison population, and most are sentenced for minor 'offences', including non-payment of fines. Women exiting prison share histories of severe social exclusion and complex unmet needs in relation to housing, employment, income, education, training, and mental and physical health. Recently, the introduction of a strategy for the management of women who offend, gender specific standards for working with women prisoners and the establishment of the probation-led Inspire Women's Project, have marked an acknowledgement of women's penality by the Department of Justice. This paper draws upon primary qualitative research data on women's resettlement experience in Northern Ireland to consider the correlation between gender responsive measures and the increasing criminalisation and imprisonment of severely disadvantaged and marginalised women. It explores the failure of gender responsive initiatives to reduce the Northern Ireland female prison population, it examines professional discourse which privileges the responsibilisation of women and the language of choice and reflects upon the up-tariffing of women on the basis of their unmet need rather than the seriousness of their offending. Details: London: Howard League for Penal Reform, 2014. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Howard League What is Justice? Working Papers 8/2014: Accessed September 12, 2014 at: https://d19ylpo4aovc7m.cloudfront.net/fileadmin/howard_league/user/pdf/Research/What_is_Justice/HLWP_8_2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Offenders (Northern Ireland) Shelf Number: 133300

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Chief Inspector of Constabulary Title: Core Business: an inspection into crime prevention, police attendance and the use of police time Summary: This report examines all 43 police forces in England and Wales. It looks at three principal aspects of day-to-day policing: the prevention of crime; how crime is investigated and offenders are brought to justice; and freeing up and using police time more efficiently (which includes the use of modern technology). The report merges three complementary inspections into a single assessment. Details: London: HMIC, 2014. 159p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2014 at: http://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmic/wp-content/uploads/core-business.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 133304

Author: Corr, Mary-Louise Title: From Boys to Men: Phase Two Key Findings Summary: This document reports on the findings of the second phase of The From Boys to Men Project. This entailed thirteen focus group discussions with 69 young people, aged 13-19. The focus groups explored young men's attitudes to domestic abuse by inviting responses to a government anti-violence publicity campaign and a series of hypothetical vignettes. Groups were selected on the basis that they may have a potentially distinctive relationship to violence and/or intimacy and so included young people who had completed a school-based domestic abuse prevention programme; young people who were attending an alternative education programme; school students attending an anger management programme; two groups of young men undergoing Youth Offending Team supervision, one with a history of violence towards their girlfriends; young gay men; young Asian men; young men attending a substance use programme; and young men who had witnessed violence at home. Differences between the groups in terms of their attitudes towards violence, however, were not as overt and consistent as might have been expected. For example, in general terms at least, there was broad consensus in every group that abuse in relationships is wrong. Abuse encompassed controlling behaviour, including the exercise of emotional control, as much as physical and/or sexual violence. Participants' initial reactions to televised scenes of domestic abuse were universally condemnatory. Despite this broad condemnation, it was quite common for participants to justify the use of controlling behaviour - and in fewer cases, physical violence - where low levels of trust were identified in a relationship. While trust was regarded by the young men we spoke to as a fundamental feature of any good relationship, romantic relationships lacking in trust were described as not worth having, even if providing sexual gratification. Leaving a relationship lacking in trust was regarded as a better option than violence. But some young men thought a breach of trust, for example when a partner has been - or has the potential to be - unfaithful, justified controlling behaviour. Others viewed controlling behaviour as necessary to protect naive young women from the risks posed by dangerous men, or even to avoid a report to the police if accusations of rape might be made. Insecurities - either generally felt or linked to current or past relationships - were highlighted as an underlying cause of some young men's controlling behaviours and attitudes. In some instances, it was evident that participants could 'see themselves' in the anti-violence publicity shown, and that this recognition was difficult to admit to, generating defensive victim-blaming responses in some instances. Insecurities were commonly projected onto women who 'dressed like slags', whose behaviour many thought ought to be moderated, even if misguided in motive. They were also disowned and attributed to 'control freaks', 'scumbags', 'mad men' 'Muslims', 'Somalians' 'chavs', 'gang' members, drunks and drug addicts, even 'poofs'. In other words, imagined out-groups of men, deemed lesser in terms of their social standing and respect for women. Retributive violence could be justified against them, not only to protect vulnerable women and girls, but also to distinguish oneself as different and better. Such dynamics highlight the distinction between what young men know about domestic abuse, i.e. that it involves emotional, verbal and financial components as well as controlling and threatening behaviours that can take place between partners or ex-partners of any age, and the working assumptions that come into play when the experience is personal. Even those who had recently undergone a programme of relationship education tended to lapse periodically into the assumption that 'real' domestic abuse only happens in adult relationships where men repeatedly assaulted women, if not because they are 'freaks', then because of the pressures engendered by work and family related stresses. Participants from all groups struggled to suggest ways of preventing and responding to domestic abuse, whether perpetrated in the families of young men, or by a young man who had pushed a girl in his school and called her a 'slag'. No-one doubted that in the latter scenario the boy would get excluded, though opinions varied on whether or not this was either a sufficient response or an overreaction to something trivial - the latter view most articulated by those who had been in trouble themselves for this kind of behaviour. When prompted, most young men welcomed initiatives to provide preventative domestic abuse education in schools and specialist advice and counselling provision for victims, witnesses and perpetrators alike. Young people were, however, more cautious about social service intervention, and generally sceptical about whether criminal justice responses would achieve intended results. Confronting perpetrators with physical violence was a reaction that emerged repeatedly and spontaneously in many of the discussions, however, suggesting that policy and practice interventions construed in terms of 'challenging men' risk unwittingly accentuating the connections between masculinity and violence in some instances. Some young people with histories of school exclusion pointed out that classroom-based learning consistently fails to reach those whose attendance is minimal. This might include those living in care, many of whom would have lived with abusive parents. While none of the participants commented on the potential of social marketing, our discussions revealed that exposure to material from a recent government anti-violence campaign was sufficient to get most young people talking about the complexity of the issue of domestic abuse. Exposure to this material evoked a range of reactions: condemnation and outrage; self-reflection and defensiveness; the desire for vengeance and empathy and understanding; and a willingness to intervene amidst limited knowledge of what effective intervention might entail. The extent to which exposure to such campaigning creates opportunities for reorienting young men at risk of becoming prone to perpetrating domestic violence merits further research. Details: London: From Boys to Men Project, 2012. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2014 at: http://www.boystomenproject.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/Phase-Two-Key-Findings.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Abusive Men Shelf Number: 133314

Author: Gadd, David Title: From Boys to Men: Phase Three Key Findings Summary: This report presents the findings of the third phase of the From Boys to Men study. The aim of this phase of the research was to understand the experiences of young men affected by domestic abuse. We were specifically interested in how some young men become victims or perpetrators of domestic abuse. In-depth interviews were undertaken with 30 men, aged 16-21, who had been affected by domestic violence, having experienced it as either a victim, witness or as a perpetrator. Participants were recruited through youth offending services, probation, an alternative education programme and family support services. Accounts were sometimes guarded, though most participants provided detailed accounts of violence, in some cases despite the discomfort this caused them. Most disclosed a range of personal vulnerabilities and multiple forms of social disadvantage, including: Histories of institutional care; Poor mental health and alcohol and substance misuse. School exclusions, learning difficulties and attention deficits; Involvement in crime, periods of imprisonment, community based supervision and electronic surveillance. Details: Manchester, UK: University of Manchester; 2013. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2014 at: https://www.escholar.manchester.ac.uk/api/datastream?publicationPid=uk-ac-man-scw:225724&datastreamId=FULL-TEXT.PDF Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 133315

Author: Pritchard, David Title: Streetchance: Understanding the role StreetChance can play in reducing youth crime and anti-social behaviour Summary: The StreetChance programme is a partnership between the Cricket Foundation and Barclays Spaces for Sports which runs weekly cricket sessions for young people in some of the most deprived areas of the UK. The sessions are often supplemented by informal education classes that address topics such as gangs, knife crime and drug abuse, delivered by partner charities and individuals with experiences relevant to these issues. In some areas representatives of the local police force participate in the sessions. To date, more than 38,000 children and young people have participated in StreetChance projects. This paper discusses the potential benefits of StreetChance in the three outcome areas that are related to StreetChance's theory of change-namely its impact on community cohesion, crime and anti-social behaviour, and health. As well as reporting on surveys of participants, it also includes recommendations for programme design. Details: London: New Philanthropy Capital, 2014. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2014 at: http://www.thinknpc.org/publications/streetchance/ Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 133318

Author: Great Britain. Parliament. House of Commons. Northern Ireland Affairs Committee Title: Fuel Laundering and Smuggling in Northern Ireland Summary: The Northern Ireland Affairs Committee inquired into fuel laundering and smuggling. There are several criminal activities associated with fuel in Northern Ireland. Fuel is smuggled across the border to exploit the differential in duty rates. Fuel is stretched by the addition of other low duty fuels such as kerosene. Fuel can also be laundered so low duty fuels such as red diesel are adulterated and passed off as a higher duty fuel Details: London: The Stationery Office Limited, 2012. 154p. Source: Internet Resource: Third Report of Session 2010-12: Accessed September 17, 2014 at: http://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201012/cmselect/cmniaf/1504/1504.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Fuel Fraud Shelf Number: 133333

Author: Lightowler, Claire Title: Youth Justice in Scotland: Fixed in the past or fit for the future? Summary: During any meaningful conversation about youth justice in Scotland it is all but inevitable that The Kilbrandon Report will be mentioned given that it continues to act as a touchstone for practitioners, policymakers, researchers and politicians. As noted by Professor Stewart Asquith in the Preface to the reprinted version of the report, "The Kilbrandon Report was, and still remains, one of the most influential policy statements on how a society should deal with - children in trouble" (Asquith, 1995: vi). The release of this briefing paper falls, by chance, almost exactly half a century on from the presentation to Parliament by the Secretary of State for Scotland of The Kilbrandon Report in April 1964. At such a significant juncture it seems apposite to take stock of the state of youth justice in Scotland. - How successful is the youth justice system? - Have we translated the aspirations of the Kilbrandon Committee into meaningful support for children and young people? - What have been the recent developments in youth justice in Scotland? - Is there a shared vision for the future of youth justice in Scotland, and what might this look like? From the outset it is important to note that the very term "youth justice" poses a definitional challenge. For the purposes of this paper, we understand the youth justice system in Scotland to encompass the individuals, institutions and services with which young people up to the age of 18 come into contact as a result of their involvement in offending behaviour. However, we operate now in the world of Getting It Right For Every Child (GIRFEC) and the Whole System Approach (WSA), initiatives focused on the whole person and the whole system. Both terms would have seemed foreign to Lord Kilbrandon but one imagines that the principles and ethos which underpin them would have met with his approval. Nevertheless, one wonders what his assessment of the strengths, weaknesses, achievements and limitations of the youth justice system in Scotland might be 50 years on. While looking back to the work of the Kilbrandon Committee on the one hand, 2014 is also a hugely important year to look to the future, with a referendum scheduled that will decide whether Scotland becomes an independent nation state or remains part of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland. Values have moved to the forefront of the debate, just as consensus around specific values drove the work of the Kilbrandon Committee. People are beginning to ask deeply challenging questions of themselves and others: not least, what are Scotland's values? Part of the purpose of this paper is in one sense to capture the zeitgeist. In part we want to reflect on the way values (whether stemming from Kilbrandon or other influences) can and might shape the youth justice system. We suspect that without a broad, societal consensus about the way in which offending behaviour by children and young people should be dealt with, it will remain a challenge to deliver the kind of youth justice system envisioned by the Kilbrandon Committee and latterly promoted by the Scottish Government through initiatives such as WSA. The stark reality is that talk is cheap. It is easy to talk about a commitment to the Kilbrandon philosophy but harder to carry through the policy changes that might be required to bring such a philosophy to life. Any politician is beholden to the electorate. It is less controversial for politicians to talk about the indivisible nature of "needs" and "deeds" and the importance of a welfare-oriented approach when making a speech to a supportive audience but much harder to articulate the merit of such an approach when faced with 3 an angry constituent in a drop-in surgery who is irate about youth crime and disorder in his local community. This paper is structured into three parts. Firstly, we examine some of the discernible trends in relation to youth offending patterns over the course of the last decade. Then we examine the interplay of politics, policy, research and practice in post-devolution Scotland as they relate to youth justice. We also explore some of the broader sociological and cultural trends that might account for some of the changes in relation to offending by young people. Lastly, we turn to the question of values and how these shape the current youth justice system. We conclude by outlining five practice and policy improvements which we believe would more effectively realise and update the Kilbrandon vision, building on youth justice developments and progress to date. We hope these suggestions stimulate further discussion and debate about the future of youth justice in Scotland. Details: Glasgow: Centre for Youth & Criminal Justice, 2014. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2014 at: http://www.cycj.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2014/09/Youth-Justice-in-Scotland.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Justice Reform Shelf Number: 133387

Author: Burgess, Cheryl Title: Women in Focus: An Evaluation Summary: Women in Focus was introduced in South West Scotland as a partnership between Criminal Justice Social Work Services and Barnardo's, aimed at supporting women on court orders to complete these orders and to avoid custody through breach. Support workers from Barnardo's were located in criminal justice social work offices, and using a mentoring-style approach, Women in Focus provided support for women to meet the requirements of court orders and to access community resources aimed at supporting them in the longer-term. The development and operation of Women in Focus resulted from the concerns that many practitioners, policy-makers and others have expressed in relation to the increasing imprisonment of women in Scotland (and internationally). The report sets out the mentoring approach introduced and examines issues arising from the implementation and operation of the service. The report also attempts to evaluate the effectiveness of the service in terms of increased community re/integration and reductions in breach and reoffending. However, innovative attempts, while making a significant difference to the individual women who are able to access them, are introduced and required to operate within, a wider social, political and economic context that can influence how services operate (i.e. short-term funding imposes its own constraints) and how 'effective' these innovative services can be seen to be. Details: Stirling: Scottish Centre for Crime & Justice Research, 2011. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2014 at: http://www.sccjr.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2012/11/Women_in_Focus_FINAL_REPORT.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Services Shelf Number: 133389

Author: Easton, Helen Title: Evaluation of the 218 Service: Examining Implementation and Outcomes Summary: 1.1. The 218 Service opened in Glasgow in December 2003 in response to growing concerns about the needs and treatment of women offenders in the criminal justice system. Since this time, the service has provided holistic, women centred support for adult women offenders through a partnership between Turning Point Scotland (TPS) and Glasgow Addiction Service (GAS). This report presents a summary of the findings of a second evaluation of the service and provides an estimate of key outcomes for women offenders and the cost benefits of the service. Main Findings 1.2. The 218 Service has continued to evolve and remains a highly regarded, holistic, 'person centred' residential and day service for adult women offenders. The maximum period of engagement permitted has changed to six months for the Residential Service and 12 months for the Day Service. The programme has also been updated to focus on offending behaviour and to incorporate a recovery focussed model of change (Prochaska and DiClemente, 1982) which provides increased flexibility, improved measurement of change, and has potential to increase levels of engagement. 1.3. Police-recorded offending reduced by 21% following contact with the service among the cohort of 320 women referred to the service between 1 June 2007 and 31 May 2008. Among women engaging with the service beyond their assessment overall offending reduced by 31% and dishonesty offences by 44%. 1.4. A conservative estimate of the cost benefit established that for every $1 invested in the service there was a potential saving of $2.50 per year. Further savings are likely if longer term impacts such as the impact on women offenders' children are taken into consideration. 1.5. Most referrals to the service are made by the courts (43%) or Criminal Justice Social Work (CJSW)(16%) and are aged 25-39 years (66%). From 2007 to 2009 there was a reduction in referrals of women aged 20-34 (71% of referrals reducing to 57%) and an increase in referrals of women aged 35-44 years (21% increasing to 33%). CJSW referrals had declined slightly from 19% to 16% of the total over the same period. 1.6. The number of assessments increased slightly from 198 in 2007 to 214 in 2009. A total of 439 women were assessed 630 times by the service. Multiple assessments accounted for half (51%) of all assessments compared to two thirds (67%) of referrals. 1.7. Over half (54%) of all referrals were assessed. Referrals from the Drug Court, Social Work, CJSW, and Community Addiction Teams were more likely to be assessed than referrals from other sources. 1.8. The combination of decreasing numbers of referrals, increasing numbers of assessments and lower numbers of multiple assessments than referrals could suggest an improvement in the quality of referrals made to the service. 1.9. Over half (52%) of the women offenders assessed engaged with the service. Those aged between 25-39 years and referred by CJSW, the Sheriff Court, CATs, Social Work and the Drugs Court were more likely to engage. Details: Glasgow: Scottish Government Social Research, 2010. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2014 at: https://www.glasgow.gov.uk/CHttpHandler.ashx?id=9497&p=0 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 133390

Author: Hasselberg, Ines Title: An ethnography of deportation from Britain Summary: In the past decades, immigration policies have been refined to broaden eligibility to deportation and allow easier removal of unwanted foreign nationals. Yet how people respond to a given set of policies cannot be fully anticipated. Studying the ways people interpret, understand and experience policies allows for a better understanding of how they work in practice. Drawing on ethnographic fieldwork conducted in London, this thesis examines experiences of deportation and deportability of migrants convicted of a criminal offence in the UK. It finds that migrants' deportability is experienced in relation to official bodies, such as the Home Office, the Asylum and Immigration Tribunal, Immigration Removal Centres and Reporting Centres, and becomes embedded in their daily lives, social relations and sense of self. The lived experience of deportation policies emphasizes the material and human costs associated with deportation and highlights its punitive and coercive effects. Deportability marks migrants' lives with chronic waiting and anxiety. As a result, migrants awaiting deportation make use of four coping strategies: enduring uncertainty, absenting and forming personal cues (Agard & Harder 2007), and also re-imagining their futures. In turn, migrants' understandings of their own removal appear incompatible with open political action and with the broader work of Anti-Deportation Campaign support groups. Resistance is thus enacted as compliance with state controls (such as surveillance and immobility), which are perceived as designed to make them fail, rendering them ever more deportable. By enduring this power over them, migrants are resisting their removal and fighting to stay. The thesis concludes that the interruption of migrants' existence in the UK is effected long before their actual removal from the territory. It is a process developing from the embodiment of their deportability as their present and future lives become suspended by the threat of expulsion from their residence of choice Details: Brighton, UK: University of Sussex, 2012. 179p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 24, 2014 at:http://sro.sussex.ac.uk/43788/1/Hasselberg%2C_Ines.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Deportation (U.K.) Shelf Number: 133402

Author: Rickey, Benedict Title: Unlocking Offending Data: How access to offending data could help charities improve outcomes for offenders Summary: Oak Foundation often asks charities to demonstrate the lasting change they have brought about in people's lives. Their impact might be helping someone who has been sleeping rough to secure stable housing, or supporting someone to give up a life of crime. Unfortunately, charities often struggle to capture and demonstrate this type of impact. As a funder, we often feel that charities are doing a good job, but lack the hard data to prove it. NPC is seeking to change this. In this report, NPC finds that providing better access to offending data through a 'Justice Data Lab' would have huge benefits. The government's recent introduction of payment by results contracts means charities are under renewed pressure to prove their impact on things like reoffending. But the lab would not just be about payment by results - it would have three other major benefits for charities: It would help charities to prove their impact on reoffending, by showing how their users' offending behaviour changes over time, and assessing whether reductions in offending were due to the charity's support; It would help charities to improve their impact, for instance by identifying groups that continue to reoffend in spite of support, and may need more attention; and It would help charities to identify what works, by analysing the impact different services have on offending to identify which is most effective at reducing reoffending. In an era where government cuts to services are commonplace, the potential benefits of knowing what works are significant. If the Justice Data Lab proves a success, the concept could be adopted by other government departments in the UK and abroad. This could mean providing access to data in areas such as drug use, mental health, and housing, where there is a real need to improve our knowledge of what works. Establishing a Justice Data Lab will be complex and certainly will not happen overnight. However, we are heartened by the commitment of the Ministry of Justice and the contributions of the charities that have been involved so far. We also appreciate the tenacity of NPC in supporting the Ministry of Justice to take this challenging work forward. We are optimistic that the Justice Data Lab can be turned from concept into reality, bringing us one step nearer to the long term transformation in data sharing and improving services that we all want to see.. Details: London: New Philanthropy Capital, 2012. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 24, 2014 at: http://www.oakfnd.org/secure/sites/default/files/Unlocking-offending-data-FINAL.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Charitable Foundations Shelf Number: 133403

Author: Radcliffe, Polly Title: The development and impact of community services for women offenders: an evaluation Summary: This evaluation examined six services developed in third sector partnerships for women offenders in the community. The study was designed to capture best practice in services which were known to be at risk of funding cuts. The research which included interviews with staff, stakeholders and service users, examination of project documents and the collection of monitoring data, took place in 2011/2012, one year into an initiative to extend the limited network of 'one stop shop' services for low risk women offenders. A number of evaluations had already established the value of providing holistic services to women offenders in women-only settings, particularly for those who have suffered sexual and physical violence. There has however continued to be a shortage of evidence about the impact of these services on reoffending outcomes. As we describe, a combination of factors, including a lack of any common measurement system, has meant that reoffending data have not been consistently collected in the services that took part in our evaluation. We make recommendations for ways in which such services might in the future map women's interim progress; progress that is so richly described in the qualitative accounts of service users, staff and stakeholders. In many ways this evaluation charts the opening of a 'policy window' that we very much hope will not be closed in the new environment of Payment by Results contracts in England and Wales. Deaths of women in custody; lobbying by campaigning groups and charitable organisations; the publication of a series of influential reports describing the exponential rise in the imprisonment of low-risk women offenders and an increasing body of evidence that showed that such imprisonment served to exacerbate the psychological strain, substance misuse and anguish that accompanies so much of women's offending, had created a consensus that made government action possible. Short-term government funds were found for the extension of an existing model of one-stop-shop service for low-risk women offenders. The new network of services was developed in hastily constructed third sector/statutory sector partnerships with the hope that they would become integrated into mainstream commissioning arrangements. As we will show, these new services have been innovative in their linking of third and statutory sector, criminal justice, health and welfare and women-specific agencies. They have achieved much within short timescales and in many ways have presented new challenges in multiagency working. In the current climate of economic austerity and belt tightening, we hope that our report will provide evidence of how such challenges can be overcome and contribute to existing learning on the provision of services for women offenders in the community. Details: London: The Institute for Criminal Policy Research, School of Law, Birkbeck College, 2013. 94p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 24, 2014 at: http://www.icpr.org.uk/media/34025/ReportNuffieldfinal.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Organizations Shelf Number: 133406

Author: Kirkwood, Steve Title: Supported Accommodation Services for Offenders Summary: This paper examines the links between homelessness and offending and provides a description of supported accommodation services provided by Sacro for offenders in Scotland and a summary of some of the main findings from research on the impact of supported accommodation for offenders. Finally, the paper identifies a set of 'critical issues' for the consideration of practitioners that arise from the research and which may hinder the ability of the ex-offender to 'move on'. These critical issues are: the financial insecurity of many offenders; the relevance of family breakdown; multiple deprivation; over-dependence; the negative effects of hostel accommodation; and offender diversity. These issues highlight the need for more research to explore the short and long-term effectiveness of supported accommodation services in Scotland, taking into account different models of service provision, the individual circumstances of homeless ex-offenders and the social and economic contexts of their lives. Details: Edinburgh: University of Edinburgh, 2008. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: CJSWDC Briefing Papers, 11: Accessed September 24, 2014 at: http://www.research.ed.ac.uk/portal/files/9848060/KIRKWOOD_2008_supported_accomodation_services_for_offenders.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Ex-Offenders (U.K.) Shelf Number: 133407

Author: Kirkwood, Steve Title: Evidencing the Impact of Criminal Justice Services on Re-offending Summary: From 2003 to 2006, Sacro undertook a quantitative evaluation of five of its Criminal Justice Services, using reconviction rates in an attempt to measure the impact on re-offending. This research illustrates the limitations of evaluating Criminal Justice Services in terms of the impact on re-offending using reconviction data alone. This report discusses the implications for policy, recommends the use of other research methods that are in line with the aims and objectives of specific services and organisational values, while highlighting some of the limits of any criminal justice system in relation to addressing harm in society. Details: Edinburgh: University of Edinburgh, 2008. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 24, 2014 at: http://lx.iriss.org.uk/sites/default/files/resources/Evidencing%20the%20impact.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Interventions Shelf Number: 133408

Author: Hutton, Linda Title: 'Moving On': Throughcare for Young Male Offenders in Renfrewshire. A report on outcomes in relation to the 3-year service evaluation Summary: Moving On Renfrewshire' started as a partnership between Action for Children, Fairbridge and the Prince's Trust as a response to the significant number of individual voluntary organisations working in Polmont YOI. Eligible young people are identified as soon as possible after they enter custody. A 'youth work' approach is taken to support the young offenders and linkages are made with other services both during and after custody. The evaluation of the project notes high levels of voluntary engagement with 81% of the young people who were referred to the project engaging with it in prison and 75% continuing to engage with it post-release. The project was found to contribute towards reductions in reoffending rates, improved physical and mental wellbeing and improved personal relationships. Details: Glasgow: Robertson Trust, 2011. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 24, 2014 at: http://www.therobertsontrust.org.uk/index.php/publicationstemp/offenders-and-their-families/ Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Aftercare Shelf Number: 133409

Author: University of Edinburgh Title: Evaluation of Routes Out of Prison: Summary Report Summary: The Wise Group's Routes out of Prison project helps prisoners get the life, social and employment skills they need to rejoin family life and society. Life Coaches, being ex prisoners themselves, use their own experiences in turning their life around to help others do the same. Life Coaches: - work with prisoners serving three month to four year sentences, for four weeks before they leave prison - prepare an action plan for release including arranging help with housing, debt, benefits, addiction, training, education and work experience - provide one-to-one support after release to help people gain life, social and employment skills Details: Edinburgh: University of Edinburgh, Criminal Justice Social Work Development Centre for Scotland, 2011. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 25, 2014 at: http://www.thewisegroup.co.uk/content/mediaassets/doc/RooP%20Evaluation%20Summary%20Report%202011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Ex-Offenders (Scotland) Shelf Number: 133417

Author: Oxford Economics Title: Cyber-attacks: Effects on UK Companies Summary: Gary Becker's seminal 1968 paper on the economics of crime shaped the way economists think about crime policy and is still applied in many contexts today. Becker explored the decision making function of rational criminal actors, suggesting that criminals choose to engage in illicit activity based on their own assessment of the costs and benefits. Rational criminal actors weigh up the potential yield from a criminal act, the risk of being caught and the severity of the punishment. The decision making process of state-sponsored cyber-attacks differs from that of ordinary criminals in important ways, which may potentially limit the direct applicability of the traditional economic models of crime such as Becker's. State-sponsored attackers are characterised by the very fact that a "non-profit" state entity is involved (as opposed to Becker's individual "for profit" criminals), potential information asymmetry, a perception of immunity from prosecution and the intangible value attributed to acts of patriotism (which does not figure in traditional economic approaches to crime, such as Becker's). At the same time, there is value in understanding the economic theory of crime, as advanced by Becker. States are unlikely to change their activities in the short term, particularly because of non-pecuniary/distorted concepts of returns. However they may do so in the long term, especially if deterred by adequate security measures and changes in operational procedures, (i.e. if the costs of cyber-attacks rise) and as they realise that the returns to cyber-attacks may be mixed at best . This again points to a need for firms to understand the nature of - and threat posed by - current attacks, so as to raise the costs of cyber-attacks for nation-state perpetrators in order to help deter future attacks. Apart from the implications for individual firms, cyber-attacks impact on the UK economy as a whole in two major ways: - Increasing the cost of doing business - Distorting the pattern of long run investment ("dynamic effects") Survey work on the nature of cyber-attacks in the UK undertaken by Oxford Economics and the Ponemon Institute found the following: - Cyber-attacks are a common problem. 60% of respondents had experienced a cyber-attack within the last 12 months. - Loss estimates were highest for damage to reputation/branding. All other costs were reported with raw averages around the $2 million mark, with adjusted means slightly under half that and medians of $175,000. However, the raw average reputation/branding loss estimate was $2.9 million. - Intellectual property and commercially sensitive data is stolen in all sectors, but by no means happens to everyone. With this in mind it is interesting to note that 80% of respondents reported that they had not experienced any IP or commercially sensitive information loss in the last 24 months. - The majority of firms who did suffer a loss of IP or commercially sensitive information felt they were damaged by it. 61% said that they had experienced a loss of competitive advantage due to the loss of IP. 59% said that they had experienced a loss of competitive advantage due to the loss of commercially sensitive information. - The most common loss of competitive advantage came in the shape of "compromised negotiations or business ventures" (31%), followed by the "appearance of copied products or practise" (20%) and the "emergence of new competition" (19%). - While only a minority of companies suffer IP/commercially sensitive information losses, the cost of such losses is considerably higher than is the case for "day to day" losses. The adjusted mean loss of IP was valued at $13.2 million and the adjusted mean loss of commercially sensitive business information was valued at $12.8 million. In addition to the survey of UK firms, which identifies the direct costs incurred as a result of cyber-attacks, Oxford Economics has undertaken an event study to analyse the potential reputational loss firms may suffer. As a proxy for reputational damage we use negative stock market returns that may be experienced immediately around the public disclosure of a cyber-attack. Although further confirmatory analysis would be useful, our results suggest that publicised cyber-attacks do generally have impacts on stock market valuations and, by extension, upon corporate reputations. If this is the case, it means that the investment companies make in IT security to prevent these attacks may maintain shareholder value for these companies. Details: Oxford, UK: Oxford Economics, 2014. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 25, 2014 at: http://www.cpni.gov.uk/documents/publications/2014/oxford-economics-cyber-effects-uk-companies.pdf?epslanguage=en-gb Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Commercial Crimes Shelf Number: 133418

Author: Farrall, Stephen Title: Intelligent Justice: Balancing the effects of community sentences and custody Summary: The paper draws on evidence from the United States, where research has shown that imprisoning a large number of people for longer periods causes crime to fall in the short term but rise in the long term when they are eventually released. Places where many people are jailed see a range of negative consequences, including increased rates of sexually transmitted diseases, teenage births and serious juvenile delinquency. This results in more people being imprisoned and creates a system 'that feeds upon itself', exacerbating the very social problems that led to increases in crime. The pamphlet states that prison's effect of deterring people from committing crime can be overestimated. The key factor which prevents most people from offending is how likely they are to be punished, rather than how severe the punishment is. Crime reduction caused by prison taking offenders out of the community can also be overestimated, the pamphlet adds. For example, evidence suggests that, in some cases, imprisoning one person creates a 'job vacancy' for another to take their place and commit offences. The paper illustrates that, by the Ministry of Justice's own admission, current data such as reconviction statistics do not reliably measure the true impact of probation supervision and offender management programmes. This has important ramifications for the government's desire to use payment by results in prisons and probation. Finally, the pamphlet offers suggestions on how people who have committed crime should be reintegrated into society. Emphasising the importance of redemption, the paper says that it is usually more effective - and cheaper - to get people to 'buy into' behaviour rather than compel or cajole or supervise them into it. Details: London: Howard League for Penal Reform, 2014. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2014 at: https://d19ylpo4aovc7m.cloudfront.net/fileadmin/howard_league/user/online_publications/Intelligent_Justice.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 133450

Author: Radcliffe, Polly Title: Imagining penal policy for women: The case for Women's Community Services Summary: The Women's Community Services (WCSs) established in 2009 in England and Wales were based on the model of one-stop-shop, women-only provision endorsed by the 2007 Corston report. In this paper we discuss the development of WCSs as part of a governmental/voluntary sector initiative that was arguably an attempt to re-imagine penal policy for women offenders in the community, and explore themes emerging from interviews carried out with 30 women attending six WCSs between April 2011-2012. We argue that WCSs have filled a gap in provision for low risk women offenders by providing a range of social capital opportunities that are not available in mainstream, mixed-gender community punishment provision. We highlight the gendered processes of desistance; the understanding of which, we argue, is vital in making provision for women offenders in the new contracting landscape. Details: London: Howard League for Penal Reform, 2014. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Howard League 'What is Justice?' Working Papers 4/2014: Accessed September 27, 2014 at: http://www.icpr.org.uk/media/37856/HLWP_4_2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternative to Incarceration Shelf Number: 133459

Author: Sherbert Research Title: Children's Online Behaviour: Issues of risk and trust - qualitative research findings Summary: Sherbert Research was commissioned by Ofcom to conduct qualitative research on how children think about and manage online risks, and if and how they decide what sources to trust online. Ofcom has a statutory duty to further the interests of citizens in relation to communications matters, and is guided by a regulatory duty to promote media literacy, including among children. Ofcom conducts regular research on how children use telecommunications services. To date, there has been little in-depth research on children's critical thinking skills online, and this research furthers understanding in this important area. The research was designed to address the following core questions relating to children's critical thinking: - Do children understand the issues and risks around their personal data and their wider online activity and what, if any, strategies do they employ to manage these issues and risks? - How do they decide which external information sources to trust online, and what authentication approaches do they use? The study focused on a cross-section of children and young people aged 8 to 17 across the UK. A triangulation-based research approach was used, consisting of groups of three friends (termed 'friendship triads' in this research), one-to-one 'accompanied surfs' and filmed, unmoderated sessions. In total, 54 individual respondents took part in 36 research sessions. Fieldwork was conducted in February and March 2014. Details: London: Ofcom, 2014. 97p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 29, 2014 at: http://stakeholders.ofcom.org.uk/binaries/research/research-publications/childrens/report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Internet Shelf Number: 133465

Author: Great Britain. National Crime Agency Title: National Strategic Assessment of Serious and Organised Crime 2014 Summary: If there is a single cross-cutting issue that has changed the landscape for serious and organised crime and our response against it, it is the growth in scale and speed of internet communication technologies. The online streaming of real-time child sexual exploitation and abuse is a growing threat. Cyber techniques have proliferated and are used ever more extensively by wider serious and organised crime groups to commit 'traditional' crimes (see Section 1: Cross-cutting issues for cyber-enabled crime). As more government services go online, including tax collection, there is an increasing risk of online attacks and fraud against the public sector. Large scale attacks on public as well as private online services erode consumer confidence, which affects the UK's social and economic well-being and reduces the attractiveness of the UK as a place to do business. 84% of all cases of identity fraud are delivered by the internet. The pace of development of deployable criminal tools is such that we anticipate an increase in the targeted compromise of UK networked systems, more ransom-ware attacks and distributed denial of service (DDOS) attacks against business-critical systems. Corruption is another key cross-cutting issue, the impact of which is disproportionate to the level and frequency at which it occurs, with serious ramifications in terms of confidence towards the public and private sectors and in undermining trust in government. Proceeds of corruption and bribery amounting to millions of pounds from some international politically exposed persons (PEPs) have been laundered through UK financial systems including banks and investment property. The scale of the laundering of criminal proceeds, despite the UK's leading role in developing international standards to tackle it, is a strategic threat to the UK's economy and reputation. Some of the same financial transfer systems used by serious and organised criminals in the UK are also used by terrorist groups both domestically and overseas. The UK and its dependent territories are believed to have been the destination for billions of pounds of European criminal proceeds. We assess that the supply of heroin from Afghanistan, amphetamine processing/production in the UK and the supply of new psychoactive substances are all likely to increase, and that the supply of cocaine from South America is likely to remain at a high rate. The impact of the illegal drugs trade in the countries where they are sourced and those through which they are trafficked can be significant and undermines states and government structures. In some cases it has the potential to damage UK strategic partnerships. Human trafficking is widely recognised as a significant global problem. Work to scope the extent of criminality behind the trafficking of human beings continues in order to improve the understanding of modern slavery. We assess that irregular migrants already in the UK will continue to provide a pool of people that serious and organised criminals can exploit by selling them forged or counterfeit documents to support fraudulent applications for leave to remain in the UK. We also assess that criminal exploitation of the legitimate supply of firearms to the UK marketplace will increase. There is also a concern that weapons, whether from illegal or legitimate sources, might find their way into the hands of extremists. All of the most serious crime threats are transnational. Commodities of all types - including, for example, trafficked people destined for modern slavery, intangibles targeted in fraud and cyber crime - either come from or transit through often unstable countries. Corruption in these countries both feeds off the proceeds of the crime and contributes in turn to instability. The criminal exploitation of corrupt and unstable governments or countries can directly threaten UK national security. Details: London: National Crime Agency, 2014. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 29, 2014 at: http://www.nationalcrimeagency.gov.uk/publications/207-nca-strategic-assessment-of-serious-and-organised-crime/file Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Exploitation Shelf Number: 133466

Author: Northern Ireland. Department of Justice Title: First Time Entrants to the Criminal Justice System in Northern Ireland 2011/12 Summary: The bulletin presents information on first time entrants (first offences) to the criminal justice system disaggregated by age, gender, offence category and disposal type for 2011/12. Key findings - There were 13,225 first time entrants (first offences) to the criminal justice system in 2011/12. Of these, 11.8% (1,564) were in the 10 - 17 year old age group and 31.2% (4,130) in the 18 - 24 year old age group. - First offences made up 32.3% of all offences in 2011/12. Of all first offences, 40.1% (5,309) were dealt with by way of diversionary disposal, compared to 59.9% (7,916) which were dealt with by conviction. - First offences accounted for 42.5% of all instances where a conviction or diversion was issued to the 10 - 17 age group. - First offences accounted for 51.3% of all instances where a conviction or diversion was issued to females in 2011/12. By comparison, first offences accounted for only 28.4% of all instances where a conviction or diversion was issued to males in 2011/12. - 51.8% of all first offences in 2011/12 were for Motoring offences. Of all instances where a conviction or diversion was issued for offences in that category in 2011/12, 41.2% were for first offences. - First offences accounted for 57.6% of all instances where a diversionary disposal was issued in 2011/12. People in the 10 - 17 year old age group were most likely (90.9%) to receive a diversion for a first offence. - First offences accounted for 34.4% of all instances where a monetary penalty was imposed in relation to a conviction or diversion in 2011/12. However, of all instances where imprisonment was imposed as a penalty in 2011/12, first offences accounted for only 5.6%. Details: Belfast: Northern Ireland Department of Justice, 2014. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Research and Statistical Bulletin 9/2014: Accessed October 1, 2014 at: http://www.dojni.gov.uk/index/statistics-research/stats-research-publications/prosecutions-and-convictions/first-time-entrants-to-the-justice-system-in-ni2011-12.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 133514

Author: Authority for Television On Demand Title: For Adults Only? Underage access to online porn Summary: The Authority for Television On Demand ("ATVOD") is the independent co-regulator for the editorial content of UK media services which have as their principal purpose the provision of 'tv-like' programmes on-demand. Statutory rules enforced by ATVOD include the requirement that a regulated service offering content which might seriously impair the development of under-18's can do so only if the material is made available in a way which secures that children and young people will not normally see or hear it. In common with others, ATVOD considers that 'hardcore porn' content comparable to the BBFC R18 classification 'might seriously impair' under 18's and consequently requires effective age verification measures and access control mechanisms on regulated UK based services to protect children and young teenagers, preventing their normally accessing this level of pornography. However, ATVOD is acutely aware of the limitations of this protection. Under-18's can still access internet hardcore porn provided by services based offshore. In many countries no comparable protection is required. ATVOD is powerless to take any action against those services, even though they may be directed at the UK, may be freely accessed by children of any age and may be among the most prolific providers of pornography which on a DVD could be sold only in a licensed sex shop in the UK. Some on-line providers offer content which would be banned altogether from distribution in Britain on DVD. Despite this, little is known about the scale of underage access to adult websites. ATVOD has therefore commissioned an analysis of research data held by Nielsen Netview in order to throw more light on the issue and to establish the extent to which the adult websites young people use are operated from (and therefore regulated in) the UK. Crucially, the figures are based on the actual online activity of a panel of approximately 45,000 UK internet users, using methodology broadly similar to the measurement of television viewing. This offers a significant advantage over other research: rather than basing findings on what respondents say they did, this study derives its data from measuring what participants actually did. However, despite this high level of veracity, it is very likely that the scale of use remains under-stated. This is because, for technical reasons, the research measures only online activity through a PC or laptop and excludes access though a smartphone, tablet or other device: the results are therefore likely to underestimate significantly the number of underage visits. The research reveals that - 44,000 primary school age children (aged 6 - 11) in the UK visited an adult website from a PC or laptop in December 2013. - The figure rises to 200,000 for children aged 6 - 15 and to 473,000 for those aged 6 - 17. - In all, one in twenty UK visitors to an adult website during that month was underage. - One website alone - Pornhub.com - was visited by 112,000 UK males aged 12 -17 using a PC or laptop in December 2013. Pornhub.com provides instant, free and unrestricted access to thousands of hardcore pornographic videos featuring explicit images of real sex. ATVOD has verified that 23 of the top 25 adult websites visited by UK internet users (including Pornhub.com) provide instant, free and unrestricted access to hardcore pornographic videos and still images featuring explicit images of real sex. The videos were equivalent to, or stronger than, those passed R18 by the British Board of Film Classification for DVD release. R18 DVDs can only be sold to adults who visit a licensed sex shop, yet the websites made equivalent (and stronger) material available to any visitor, of any age. The business model on which much of the international online adult industry operates revolves around offering unrestricted on-line access to hardcore pornography, free of charge, as a 'loss leader' designed to encourage users to sign up to pay-per-view or subscription services. Therefore, whilst ATVOD's interest lies in protecting under 18's from exposure to hardcore porn online, the data analysis included details on usage of adult websites by over 18's which may help inform the formulation of public policy initiatives. In particular the data revealed how the UK is clearly a significant market for the worldwide adult industry. A total of 9.4m people in the UK accessed an adult website at least once from a PC or laptop in December 2013. Those visitors spent on average 2 1/2 hrs on adult websites over 10 visits during that month - an average of 15 minutes per visit - and clocked up a total of more than 1.4 billion minutes. Details: Windsor, Berkshire, UK: Authority for Television On Demand (ATVOD), 2014. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 1, 2014 at: http://www.atvod.co.uk/uploads/files/For_Adults_Only_FINAL.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Internet Pornography Shelf Number: 133516

Author: Bail for Immigration Detainees Title: Denial of Justice: the hidden use of UK prisons for immigration detention Summary: Being detained and losing one's liberty is bad enough when a person is held in an immigration removal centre, but immigration detention in a prison is unfair and unjust from the start. Detainees held in the prison estate suffer from multiple, systemic, and compounding barriers to accessing justice, with an often devastating effect on their ability to progress their immigration case, seek independent scrutiny of their ongoing detention from the courts and tribunals, and seek release from detention, as well as on their physical and mental wellbeing. This report describes these practical barriers, which include but are not limited to: - No automatic access to on-site immigration legal advice like that provided for detainees in IRCs. - The existence of financial disincentives to legal aid providers who wish to work with detainees in prisons under current Legal Aid Agency contracts. - Immigration detainees routinely held under serving prisoner regimes. - Prison regimes and restrictions that preclude the holding of mobile phones, adequate access to wing telephones during working hours, and a slow internal postal system in prisons, which delay and frustrate timely communication with legal advisers, the courts, and the Home Office. - Lack of internet access in prisons which hinders legal research for unrepresented detainees, and makes cooperation with the Home Office redocumentation process very difficult - Home Office escorting failures resulting in failure to produce detainees at bail hearings. - Time limited videolink connections to prisons. - Delays in receipt of Home Office bail summaries as a result of slow internal mail in prisons. - Loss of grants of Home Office Section 4 (1)(c ) bail accommodation as a result of production failures and listing delays, sometimes after several months waiting for a grant of a bail address. - Home Office failure to provide travel warrants enabling detainees held in prisons and produced in person at hearing centres to reach their Home Office Section 4(1)(c) bail address if granted bail. - Failure to fit electronic tags within the prescribed two working days resulting in extended detention in prison. Details: London: Bail for Immigration Detainees, 2014. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 1, 2014 at: http://www.biduk.org/162/bid-research-reports/bid-research-reports.html Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 133519

Author: Loucks, Nancy Title: Evaluation of the 218 Centre Summary: One of the most striking penal phenomena in Scotland during the last decade has been the steady increase in the numbers of women in custody. This, combined with a series of suicides at Scotland's only prison for women, HMP and YOI Cornton Vale, resulted in a wide-ranging review of the use of imprisonment and non-custodial sentences for female offenders. The review concluded that the backgrounds of women who offend and the circumstances which lead to their offending meant that prison was, for the most part, an inappropriate and potentially damaging disposal for this group. It produced a number of recommendations aimed at keeping women out of prison where possible and at improving the conditions for those who were, by necessity, detained. An Inter-Agency Forum was set up to establish services for women in the criminal justice system. The Inter-Agency Forum recommended, among other things, the creation of 'Time Out' Centres to provide residential and non-residential support services for women. The theory was that female offenders should be able to get 'time out' of their normal (chaotic) environment without resorting to 'time in' custody, where many of them were being placed. The work of the Forum was subsequently taken forward by The Ministerial Working Group on Women's Offending. The 'Time Out' Centre, or 218 as it is now called, was established in August 2003 with funding from the Scottish Executive and opened its doors to women in December 2003. The research summarised here evaluated the initial stages of 218. The aims of the research were to: - evaluate the operation and effectiveness of 218; - highlight examples of good practice and identify areas for improvement; - determine the extent to which addiction and offending can be addressed together; - assess the success of 218 in linking women into mainstream services on departure; - assess and determine the effectiveness of the Centre in relation to costs, outcomes and overall effectiveness in achieving its stated objectives. The evaluation was conducted through an analysis of material from documents and project records; focus groups and individual interviews with service users; and interviews with project staff and key stakeholders, with interviews repeated after one year where possible. In total 5 focus groups and 66 individual interviews were conducted with service users. Twenty-four interviews were conducted with staff at 218, and an additional 80 interviews were conducted with key stakeholders. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Executive Justice Department, 2006. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 1, 2014 at: http://www.sccjr.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2009/02/Evaluation_of_the_218_Centre.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 133524

Author: Krafchik, Max Title: Evaluation of Young and Safe Project: London Borough of Lambeth Summary: Programme outline 1.4 The Young and Safe programme grew out of Lambeth's determination to reduce the level of serious youth violence in the borough. The programme was established in 2009, with its role and approach evolving since then as understanding of the issues and potential responses has developed. 1.5 The programme's action plan for 2010-2013, Help if you want It, consequences if you don't, sets out the approach currently adopted. As well as emphasising the message conveyed by the title, the plan has as its core strands: a focus on young people involved in gangs and violent offending along with a first point of contact role in prevention and early intervention; targeted use of Young and Safe resources, avoiding duplication with other agencies; and a recognition of the vulnerability of their target group. 1.6 The programme works with young people aged 8-19 who are at significant risk of involvement or are involved with criminal activity, gangs and violence. The various interventions it supports are intended to help individuals avoid future involvement or to withdraw if they are already engaged. 1.7 The programme has become increasingly sophisticated in identifying which young people it should prioritise for support and the role that the programme should take in working with them. The programme has devised a risk and vulnerability framework, reflecting its experience of work with young people, and directs its support to those at high or medium risk against these criteria. 1.8 The programme has also spelt out how its role fits in alongside other agencies, especially the Youth Offending Service, children's social care and anti-social behaviour teams. In summary, this is based on the following approach: i) Young and Safe takes responsibility for the assessment, supervision and provision of services to young people who have entered the criminal justice system but do not have a current community supervision order ii) Young and Safe provide access to its services for other young people who have entered the criminal justice system and are under the supervision of the Youth Offending Service, as well as to young people who are the responsibility of children's social care either as child looked after, child in need or having a child protection plan iii) Young and Safe also provides access to its services for young people who are identified as at significant risk of entering the youth justice system and are at medium / high risk on the vulnerability criteria. Inspira Consulting was commissioned by Lambeth's Young and Safe programme in August 2010 to undertake an external evaluation of the programme. This report provides an overview of the work that has been commissioned by Young and Safe, presents feedback from young people and project staff, and reports on interviews with professionals in key agencies who work alongside Young and Safe and refer young people to them. Details: Dudley, UK: Inspira Consulting, 2011. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 2, 2014 at: http://moderngov.lambeth.gov.uk/mgConvert2PDF.aspx?ID=31339 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 133547

Author: Matczak, Anna Title: Review of Domestic Violence policies in England and Wales. Summary: Violence against women was recognised as a fundamental infringement of human rights in the 1993 United Nations Declaration on the Elimination of Violence against Women and was a major topic at the 1995 Beijing Fourth World Conference on Women (UN Women, 1995). The serious consequences of domestic violence have also been recognised by the World Health Organisation (Krug et al. 2002). Over the past 30 years there have been major changes in the national policy and comprehension of domestic violence in the United Kingdom driven and in response to advocacy and campaigning by the women's movement and non-governmental organisations providing services to abused women (Harvin, 2006). In the shadow of policy developments, since the late 1980s, the criminal justice system, in particular the police service has been involved in configuring justice responses to the problem of domestic violence (ibid.). Responses followed in the health and social care services policy arena. Many government and non-government institutions started commissioning research on domestic violence and formulating policy recommendations. At the end of the 1990s two events had a particular influence on the development domestic violence policy in the United Kingdom; first, the increasing interest in aligning UK policies with the strategic objectives agreed in the Beijing Platform for Action (UN Women, 1995) to promote the human rights of women, and secondly New Labour taking power in England (1997) with a manifesto commitment to take forward policy development to combat domestic violence. During the period between 1997 and 2010, the main focus of policy and legislation on domestic violence was on implementing measures based on prevention, protection and justice and the provision of support for victims of domestic abuse, to be implemented by partnerships of service providers at local and national levels. Interestingly, in formulating policy, the government defined domestic violence in a gender-neutral way. Since 2010, following the election of a Coalition government (Conservatives and Liberal Democrats), there is a shift in policy direction with increased focus on a more broad gender-based agenda to "end violence against women and girls" (Home Office, 2010). Each of the four countries of the United Kingdom develops their own domestic violence strategy. Scottish policy is outlined in the Scottish Government and the Convention of Scottish Local Authorities (2009), 'Safer Lives: Changed Lives a Shared Approach to Tackling Violence against Women in Scotland' and focuses on Prevention; Protection of victims; Provision of services and Participation of all agencies to ensure policy making and practice development around violence against women is informed by those who use domestic violence services. Recent initiatives in relation to domestic violence in Scotland are framed within meeting gender equality priorities. In Northern Ireland, the current strategy is set out in "Tackling Violence at Home - A Strategy for Addressing Domestic Violence and Abuse in Northern Ireland" (DHSSPNI, 2005) and is supported by Action Plans up to 2012. In 2008 the Northern Ireland government published "Tackling Sexual Violence and Abuse - A Regional Strategy" (2008). These two strategies run in tandem and it planned that in March 2012 a joint Domestic and Sexual Violence and Abuse Action Plan will be published taking forward actions on a collaborative basis. In 2005 the Welsh Assembly Government published its first national strategy Tackling Domestic Abuse: The All Wales National Strategy supported also by yearly action plans. This was superseded in 2010 with the publication of "The Right to be Safe" which is six year integrated strategy for tackling all forms of violence against women and has an increased focus ensuring that "the whole violence against women agenda is tackled effectively" (Welsh Assembly Government, 2010, p.3). This report details and focuses on England and aims to present the findings from the literature review of policy development and implementation in the last two decades in England. The development of national measures (legislation and policy) to combat domestic abuse is addressed chronologically. Responsibility for providing services to domestic violence victims is divided between a range of government bodies and other agencies featured in the report. Some of the obstacles in achieving an integrated domestic violence policy in England are highlighted. Details: London: Kingston University and St George's, University of London, 2011. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 2, 2014 at: http://eprints.kingston.ac.uk/18868/1/Matczak-A-18868.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence (U.K.) Shelf Number: 133551

Author: Ipsos MORI Scotland Title: Public Perceptions of Organised Crime in Scotland Summary: 1.1 To help explore public perceptions of organised crime in Scotland, the Scottish Government commissioned a module of questions in the spring wave of the Ipsos MORI Scottish Public Opinion Monitor, a quarterly telephone survey carried out among a representative sample of c.1,000 adults (18+) in Scotland. 1.2 The Scottish Public Opinion Monitor is a multi-client survey carried out by telephone among a random sample of adults across Scotland every quarter. Respondents are selected using random digit dialling and, to ensure the achieved sample is broadly representative of the Scottish adult population (18+), sample quotas are set on age, sex and working status and region. All interviews are conducted using Computer Assisted Telephone Interviewing (CATI). 1.3 For this wave, a total of 1,001 respondents across Scotland were interviewed between 29th April and 5th May 2013. 1.4 The data are weighted to match the known profile of the Scottish population by age, sex and working status using census data; tenure using Scottish Household Survey data; and public-private sector employment using Scottish Government Quarterly public sector employment series data. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2013. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 6, 2014 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/0043/00434422.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Organized Crime (Scotland) Shelf Number: 133569

Author: Williamson, Emma Title: Evaluation of the Phoenix Programme: On Behalf of NADA and the Novas Scarman Group Summary: The aim of the Phoenix Programme is to assist women to recognise abusive behavior and how it can impact on their, and their children's, lives. Based on the findings of this evaluation this aim appears to have been achieved. Women reported higher levels of confidence and self esteem at the end of the intervention compared to pre intervention measurements. The women reported feeling happier and more content at the end of the programme than at the beginning. The largest change in the measurement of well-being was that feelings of anger increased for the participating women. Whilst anger is an important emotion which may well reflect women's move from blaming themselves to attributing blame for abuse on the shoulders of perpetrators it may also be linked to the lack of change in feeling safe. It would be helpful for facilitators to focus on these two issues at the final session to ensure that safety is maintained post intervention. The number of women who reported having an invisible disability was relatively high and supports the use of pre-engagement interviews which is a requirement of engaging with the phoenix programme. The only negative comment from participants related to the volume of information contained within the individual sessions. Women sometimes felt overwhelmed by the amount of information which may justify the inclusion of an additional session which allows women to reflect on what they have learnt throughout the programme. The majority of women on the programme had a combined household income of less than $10,000 per year. It would be useful therefore for the programme facilitators to consider how low income status might impact on women's choices. Finally, this evaluation has shown that the Phoenix Programme has a positive impact on the lives of the women who engage with the programme and as such provides a service to assist women move on from abusive relationships and to be aware of potential abuse within future relationships. The programme also includes specific elements relating to the relationship between abused women and their children. Those women who commented on this aspect of the programme stated that they found the programme helpful in identifying how patterns of abuse had affected both them and their children. These women found the programme helpful in identifying more positive ways to interact with their children following experiences of abuse. This is a positive outcome. Details: Bristol, UK: University of Bristol, 2011. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2014 at: http://www.bristol.ac.uk/sps/research/projects/completed/2011/rj5332/phoenixfinalreport.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence (U.K.) Shelf Number: 134221

Author: Centre for Social Justice Title: Ambitious for Recovery: Tackling drug and alcohol addiction in the UK Summary: Addiction to drugs and alcohol takes a heavy toll on society. In 17 years running BAC O'Connor I have seen the impact, from crime, worklessness and strains on the NHS, to the price paid by individuals and their families. I have witnessed, however, people overcome their addiction and progress to lead full lives as contributing members of society. Provided with a little support to become drug and alcohol free, I have watched people transform their lives and become productive members of society. Recent falls in drug and alcohol use in the wider population conceal a rising cost of addiction: more alcohol-related admissions and readmissions, more prescription drugs issued, and, a surge in use of 'legal highs'. This is a social justice issue. Addiction can strike anyone but the harm of this situation is felt most keenly in poorer communities. Our interim report, No Quick Fix, laid bare the costs, extent and changing nature of drug and alcohol addiction in the UK. We outlined how the Government's 2010 Drug Strategy marked a welcome shift from a policy of maintaining addicts on substitute drugs to an ambition to help people lead drug-free lives. We have seen a rise in the use of mutual aid and the rhetoric of recovery now pervades strategy. Yet while some of the rhetoric has been good, action has been poor. Abstinence from drugs and alcohol, which is key to achieving lasting recovery but is still not the marker by which we measure our success. Equally, rehabs are the most effective route to abstinence for many yet are still the preserve of the wealthy or the lucky few. Making the situation worse, we now have 'legal highs', often more dangerous and addictive than the drugs they seek to imitate, available to buy on high streets across the UK. Our report lays out a programme for whoever next enters government, to tackle addiction and reduce its costs to society. We argue that priorities for the next Parliament should include: a small treatment tax of a penny on a unit is introduced by the end of the next Parliament to provide proper rehabilitation; reform to the welfare, criminal justice and health services to address the addiction problems which drain resources; and, a proper response to 'legal highs'. Details: London: Centre for Social Justice, 2014. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Breakthrough Britain II: Accessed October 9, 2014 at: http://www.centreforsocialjustice.org.uk/UserStorage/pdf/Pdf%20reports/CSJJ2073_Addiction_15.08.14_2.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcoholism Shelf Number: 133925

Author: Great Britain. Parliament. House of Commons. Transport Committee Title: Security on the Railway. Fifth Report of Session 2014-15 Summary: Crime on Britain's railways decreased year-on-year over the past decade. That trend shows the effectiveness of the specialist rail policing provided by the British Transport Police (BTP). We were impressed by the BTP's commitment to tackling crime while minimizing delays for the travelling public. Despite the welcome decline in overall crime, we identified areas where the BTP could improve its performance. The British Transport Police Authority (BTPA) is the body with responsibility for setting the BTP challenging but achievable targets to tackle crime on the railway. The BTPA must fulfil its remit and avoid any perception that it is too close to the people whom it should be holding to account. We concluded that the BTP model of developing specialist policing skills and securing funding from transport providers might usefully be applied to other transport modes, such as aviation. Such an approach could minimise delays, maximise security and reduce the cost of policing to taxpayers. In the course of our inquiry, we heard that vulnerable children and young people are often found in and around railway stations. We were therefore surprised to learn that the BTP currently has no targets in relation to child protection. The Department for Transport, the BTPA, the BTP and the charity sector should work together to tackle this emerging issue by examining the available data and reviewing current practice. Details: London: The Stationery Office, 2014. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2014 at: http://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201415/cmselect/cmtran/428/428.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Public Transportation Shelf Number: 133927

Author: Barnardo's Title: Hidden in Plain Sight: A scoping study into the sexual exploitation of boys and young men in the UK - Policy Briefing Summary: The sexual exploitation of boys and young men is a much bigger problem than many people realise. With the support of Barnardo's, research led by UCL has found that almost one in three in a sample of the sexually exploited young people supported by Barnardo's since 2008 were male (see full reports below). The research also suggests that perceptions about 'masculine behaviour' - with victimisation being seen as a sign of weakness; may make boys particularly reluctant to seek support for the abuse that they have suffered. Professionals can be instinctively less protective of boys than girls meaning opportunities to safeguard boys are missed. The aims of the research were to: 1. Identify known characteristics of CSE cases involving boys and young men and compare them with those involving girls and young women 2. Explore professionals' views on perpetration and victimisation processes 3. Assess perceived support needs and the nature of existing service provision 4. Help inform future research, policy and practice." Details: Ilford, Essex, UK: Barnardo's, 2014. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2014 at: http://www.barnardos.org.uk/hidden_in_plain_sight-4.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 133628

Author: Brown, Ashley Title: Call to keep children safe from sexual abuse: A study of the use and effects of the Stop it Now! UK and Ireland Helpline Summary: Child sexual abuse is recognised by policy makers and the general public as a significant threat to the safety and long-term wellbeing of children. Alongside revelations about "historical" abuse, there is evidence about the ongoing prevalence of sexual abuse committed by adults and between children themselves. Research, interventions and prosecutions all illuminate the scale and significant harm of child sexual abuse - showing the many ways it can occur and the widespread effort and vigilance which are required to keep children safe. Responses to child sexual abuse focus on child protection and offender management. These are essential elements of any comprehensive response, but there is also growing interest in a broader "public health" approach to prevention. Responding to child sexual abuse as a public health matter highlights the role that can be played by a much wider set of agencies and individuals, making child protection something to which all adults can contribute. This report presents findings from research conducted on a project (run by the Lucy Faithfull Foundation) which takes a public health approach to preventing child sexual abuse: Stop it Now! UK and Ireland. It sets out the research on the Stop it Now! UK Helpline, which provides free information, advice, guidance and support to people concerned about child sexual abuse, and is delivered over the telephone and by email. The research assessed its operation and impacts on three sets of users who can play a key role in protecting children: - adults concerned about their sexual thoughts, feelings or behaviour towards children; - adults concerned about other people posing a sexual risk towards children; - professionals. The research involved qualitative research and a feedback questionnaire with Helpline users, investigating use of the service and its ability to protect children from sexual abuse. It received ethical approval from the NatCen Research Ethics Committee, in line with ethics requirements of the Economic and Social Research Council and Government Social Research Unit Research. The study was part of a wider research project examining how the Stop it Now! programmes in the UK and in the Netherlands can contribute to protecting children from sexual abuse. The research was financially supported by the Daphne III programme of the European Union1 and was conducted by NatCen Social Research in the UK and by de Waag in the Netherlands. There were four components to the research project: - Assessing the operation of the Stop it Now! UK and Stop it Now! Netherlands Helplines - Identifying the potential of these Stop it Now! Helplines to change behaviour of actual and potential abusers, and to contribute to protecting children from sexual abuse. - Presenting an economic analysis of Stop it Now! UK and Stop it Now! Netherlands. - Providing a "toolkit" for developing and implementing a child sexual abuse prevention Helpline in other European countries. Details: London: NatCen Social Research, 2014. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October, 13, 2014 at: http://www.natcen.ac.uk/media/338805/stop-it-now-uk-findings-.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 133990

Author: Bowles, Roger Title: Economic analysis of the Stop it Now! UK and Stop it Now! Netherlands Helplines: Summary Summary: The report summarises findings from a review of economic aspects of the Stop it Now! UK and Ireland Helpline run by the Lucy Faithfull Foundation (LFF) Stop it Now! Netherlands Helpline run by de Waag with Meldpunt Kinderporno. The Helplines' objectives in relation to the reduction of child sexual abuse (CSA) and the organisations providing them, can be broad and they vary across the organisations reviewed here. The target groups may be different as may routes of referral to support services and the style of call handling. The report reviews the range of possible benefits that might be anticipated and then comments on the scale of activities conducted by the two Helpline programmes and the associated costs and benefits. We note that each programme's focus will likely reflect the context within which they are funded and delivered. Tackling CSA can be approached from many angles including mental health based service provision, work with individuals who are (or will be) charged with an offence and victim/survivor support. Details: London: NatCen Social Research, 2014. Source: Internet Resource: accessed October 13, 2014 at: http://www.stopitnow-evaluation.co.uk/media/828428/stop%20it%20now!%20economic%20analysis.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 133889

Author: Smith, Stephanie Title: Supporting Forth and Fife Valley: Pathways into prison and supports available to young people from Fife and Forth Valley Summary: This report presents the findings of a small-scale research project which examined the social work reports of 32 young men aged between 17 and 21 from the Fife and Forth Valley areas who were serving sentences in HM Young Offenders' Institution (HMYOI) Polmont. Additionally, the research included semi-structured interviews with 12 of the young men who agreed to speak to researchers. The fieldwork was carried out during December 2013 and January 2014. The population selected for inclusion comprised young men who entered Polmont during the year October 2012 to September 2013. Young men who are in prison are there for a variety of reasons and present with multiple issues and needs. Many have been involved in offending over a considerable period of time, while others have committed a serious offence that resulted in custody. Many have difficulties with substance misuse, mental health, and are not in employment or training. Research in this area highlights that many of the disadvantages that young people faced before custody are compounded on release (e.g. offending behaviour, homelessness, substance misuse, low educational attainment, unemployment, ill health and family breakdown) resulting in them being more vulnerable and susceptible to reoffending. Research questions The research was guided by two research questions as follows: 1) What do the social work reports of young men in HMYOI Polmont reveal about their pathways into and out of custody? 2) What types of support were made available to young people before entering and while in HMYOI Polmont? Details: Glasgow: Centre for Youth & Criminal Justice, 2014. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 13, 2014 at: http://www.cycj.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2014/09/Supporting-Forth-and-Fife-Valley.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Inmates Shelf Number: 133642

Author: Bateman, Tim Title: Resettlement of Girls and Young Women: Research Report Summary: This report addresses a worrying gap in the knowledge about the effective resettlement of girls and young women. Reviewing research literature in a number of relevant areas, it cross-references evidence of what works in the resettlement of young people with what we know about the wider need of girls and young women. This iterative synthesis approach thus provides a gender-sensitive approach to inform policy and practice development in resettlement for this specific group. Introduction: addressing the resettlement needs of an ignored constituency - Recent years has seen an increasing focus on the resettlement of young people after custody, with a number of initiatives designed to address stubbornly high reoffending rates. However, the specific needs of girls and young women have received little attention in policy and practice. This is a worrying gap because research with adult female offenders consistently warns that what works with male offenders is unlikely to work with females. - The resettlement needs of girls and young women have been ignored partly because they make up a small proportion of the custodial population, and partly because they usually offend less frequently and seriously than young males. - Academics have also largely ignored the needs of this group in resettlement. This is reflective of relatively limited numbers of studies on women in the criminal justice system more generally, but with even less known about younger females, and less still around custody. - This report provides gender-sensitive perspective of the established gender-neutral principles of what works in resettlement with young people. The report first considers the contemporary policy context for the resettlement of girls and young women, specifically in relation to Transforming Youth Custody. Literature searches then focused on reasons behind female youth offending, reviews judicial responses to this group, details the characteristics of young females in custody, and reflects on lessons from interventions with older females. Finally, the report draws on any resettlement studies or interventions that have previously included some focus on girls or young women's specific needs. Details: London: Beyond Youth Custody, 2014. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 13, 2014 at: http://www.beyondyouthcustody.net/wp-content/uploads/421_research-report_04_8_w-front_cover.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Offenders Shelf Number: 133886

Author: Epstein, Rona Title: Mothers in Prison: The sentencing of mothers and the rights of the child Summary: Of the women in prison 66 per cent are mothers of dependent children. Imprisonment of a father or mother entails the forcible separation of a child from its parents and therefore impacts on the child's rights under Article 8 of the European Convention of Human Rights. Thus sentencing courts are required to obtain information on dependent children and then conduct a balancing exercise weighing the rights of potentially affected children against the seriousness of the parent's offence. Do the courts always obtain information about the affected children, and are the rights of the child in fact considered by the criminal courts? This is a matter of significance for the welfare of children and for our system of justice. I have undertaken research to explore to what extent, if at all, the required balancing exercise is being carried out in the English criminal courts. The research covered 75 cases of the imposition of custody (suspended and immediate) on mothers who care for a dependent child. My research found that, in general, the rights of the child were not considered when their mothers were sent to prison. I argue that this is a flaw in our legal process, which should be rectified on social, legal and moral grounds. Details: London: The Howard League, 2014. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Howard League What is Justice? Working Papers 3/2014: Accessed October 13, 2014 at: http://socialwelfare.bl.uk/subject-areas/services-client-groups/adult-offenders/howardleagueforpenalreform/162422HLWP_3_2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 133885

Author: Rehal, Manjit Title: The Price of Honour: Exploring the Issues of Sexual Violence within South Asian Communities in Coventry Summary: Sexual violence is an appalling crime that constitutes a serious public and human rights problem. It can devastate the lives of victims, survivors and their families and inspire fear in our communities. It has both short and long-term consequences for victims and survivor's physical, mental, sexual and reproductive health and wellbeing. It also has significant consequences for the public purse and for the economy. This report highlights some of the key issues that have prevented victims of sexual violence, from Asian communities within Coventry, disclosing or reporting their abuse. In particular it highlights how victims can be silenced by a culture of so called honour and shame. This has resulted in many victims being unable to access support and pursue justice for the abuse which they have experienced. Details: Coventry, UK: CRASAC, 2014. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed October 15, 2014 at: http://www.crasac.org.uk/uploads/2/1/6/0/21603882/the_price_of_honour_full_report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Rape Shelf Number: 133923

Author: Long, Iain W. Title: Recruitment to Organised Crime Summary: Organised crime is unique within the underground economy. Unlike individual criminals, criminal organisations can substitute between a variety of inputs; chiefly labour and effort. This paper considers the effect of several popular anti-crime policies in such an environment. Using a profit maximisation framework, I find that certain policies may cause the organisation to reduce its membership in favour of more intensive activity. Others may lead to increases in membership. Consequently, policies designed to reduce the social loss suffered as a result of criminal activities may actually increase it. Results prove robust to differences in hiring practices on the part of the criminal organisation. Details: Cardiff: Cardiff Business School, 2013. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper No. E2013/10: Accessed October 16, 2014 at: http://business.cardiff.ac.uk/sites/default/files/E2013_10.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Careers Shelf Number: 133960

Author: Clancy, Anna Title: Defining and Profiling Serial Domestic Abuse Perpetrators: An All-Wales Feasibility Review. Interim Report Summary: The Integrated Offender Management (IOM) Cymru partnership commissioned this research to investigate the feasibility of developing a shared definition and common multi-agency recording process for serial domestic abuse perpetrators across Wales. This report sets out findings from phase one of the research which included a qualitative mapping exercise (interviews with Police, Probation, and third sector agency representatives) along with a quantitative analysis of n=6642 anonymised domestic abuse perpetrator records provided by Wales Probation Trust. The qualitative evidence obtained for this report indicated substantial variability within and across agencies, which undoubtedly impacts upon the way in which serial abusers are identified, targeted and managed across Wales: - The four Welsh police forces have a definition of serial domestic abuse in place, but each varies slightly, as do their recording systems and reporting processes. - The data currently held by Probation do not enable 'serial perpetrators' to be easily identified, and the two IT systems used by Wales Probation Trust to manage information about domestic abuse perpetrators are not used consistently across Wales. - There is not currently a systematic process in place to ensure serial perpetrators are routinely identified and flagged across all relevant third sector agencies. The quantitative case files analysis indicated the following: - Roughly three-quarters of perpetrators fell into the 'medium' risk category (as defined in OASys or SARA). - MAPPA arrangements were in place for only a small proportion (17.5%). - Analysis of the risk judgments indicated significant variation across Wales (e.g., some regions had twice as many perpetrators deemed to be at 'high' risk). It is not possible to ascertain whether this reflects a true difference in the risk profile of perpetrators, or different assessment practices amongst Offender Managers across the regions, or a combination of these. Both the qualitative and the quantitative findings have implications for the feasibility of implementing a system for the routine identification of 'serial' domestic abuse perpetrators across Wales. The main recommendation arising from this research is that Police, National Offender Management Service (NOMS) in Wales, and third sector partners should work towards a commonly agreed definition of 'serial domestic abuse' and amend their recording systems so that these individuals may be easily identified (a full set of recommendations is provided at the end of this report). By developing an agreed profile and a shared definition of serial domestic abuse perpetrators, interventions and services can be targeted more effectively to reduce re-offending and protect victims. Details: Cardiff: Cardiff University, 2014. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 16, 2014 at: http://orca.cf.ac.uk/63750/1/Clancy%20Robinson%20%26%20Hanks%20%282014%29%20Defining%20serial%20perpetrators%20report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Abuse Shelf Number: 133959

Author: Long, Iain W. Title: The Storm Before the Calm? Adverse Effects of Tackling Organised Crime Summary: Policies targeted at high-crime neighbourhoods may have unintended consequences in the presence of organised crime. Whilst they reduce the incentive to commit crime at the margin, those who still choose to join the criminal organization are hardened criminals. Large organisations take advantage of this, substituting away from membership size towards increased individual criminal activity. Aggregate crime may rise. However, as more would-be recruits move into the formal labour market, falling revenue causes a reversal of this effect. Thereafter, the policy reduces both size and individual activity simultaneously. Details: Cardiff: Cardiff Business School, 2014. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper No. E2014/8: Accessed October 16, 2014 at: http://business.cardiff.ac.uk/sites/default/files/working-papers/E2014_8.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Careers Shelf Number: 133957

Author: Great Britain. HM Inspectorate of Prisons Title: People in Prison: Gypsies, Romany and Travellers Summary: This findings paper is part of a series which focuses on people in prisons and other types of custody. The series explores the differing needs and experiences of different sub-groups within the prison and custody population. We hope these findings papers will build into a useful resource on the backgrounds and experiences of groups within the prison population who might otherwise be overlooked, and encourage further research and the development of services to meet their needs. This findings paper summarises the literature concerning people in prison who consider themselves to be Gypsy, Romany or Traveller. It draws on evidence from prisoner surveys1 and inspections2 undertaken by HM Inspectorate of Prisons. It aims to provide an overview of the potential issues faced by Gypsy, Romany and Traveller prisoners and whether these differ from those faced by the general prisoner population, and to review the resources available to those in prison identifying as Gypsy, Romany or Traveller. Details: London: HM Inspectorate of Prisons, 2014. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: A Findings Paper: Accessed October 17, 2014 at: http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/inspectorate-reports/hmiprobation/joint-thematic/gypsies-romany-travellers-findings.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gypsies Shelf Number: 133734

Author: Hudson, Kirsty Title: Evaluation of the 'Going Straight Contract' Pilot Project. Final Report Summary: The Going Straight Contract was first mentioned in the Social Exclusion Unit's report - Reducing Re Offending by Ex-Prisoners (2002:7). In line with recent developments in the management of offenders (NOMS 2005), the report stipulated that prisoners who engaged with the Going Straight Project should be given the opportunity to obtain direct access to services to address their needs both in and out of custody, as well as being offered continued contact with project staff after release. In response to the Social Exclusion Unit's recommendations, the Home Office produced the 'Reducing Re-Offending National Action Plan' (July 2004) setting out a clear plan for delivery, including action points for implementation of a 'Going Straight' Pilot Project. A sub-regional GSC Pilot Project was thus developed by South West Integration (SWing), in partnership with the Home Office and Her Majesties Prison and Young Offender Institution Guys Marsh (HMP & YOI Guys Marsh), in an attempt to utilise and test this 'end to end' resettlement strategy. This report presents an evaluation of the Going Straight Contract, in which a total of 168 prisoners took part. Structure of the report The report is structured as follows. The remainder of this chapter provides a descriptive overview of the organisational structure of the GSC and the arrangements that surrounded its implementation within HMP & YOI Guys Marsh. It also sets out the methodology used to evaluate the pilot project. Chapter 2 presents findings that relate to how successfully the GSC was integrated within the prison as a whole. First, attention is paid to attempts to integrate the ideals surrounding the Going Straight Contract across the prison as a whole, through changes in the induction process and the use of motivational training, and then ways in which the Pilot Project itself was integrated into the prison, for example, through the incorporation of the personal Officer Scheme. Chapter 3 then presents a profile of the type of prisoners who engaged with the GSC Pilot Project. Details presented include their age and ethnicity, offending behaviour, initial CRIME-PICS II assessment scores, and their problems and needs, as measured by the South West - Offender Management Record (SWOMR - these research tools will be discussed in more detail later in this chapter). Chapter 4 looks at the role of offender management as tasked by the project's Intensive Support Worker (ISW). This chapter also explores how successful the ISW was at linking up with other agencies working in the area of resettlement both in custody and in the community. In doing so it provides further evidence of how well the Project was integrated within the rest of the prison and within the local community. Unlike in chapter two, particular attention will be on the different agencies working relations with the pilot and their perceived advantages of the pilot for offenders. Chapter 5, by an analysis of interviews with prisoners , then focuses on the offenders' views of the pilot as a whole. Chapter 6 presents findings relating to the impact and outcomes of the pilot. This includes levels of continuity of service (as already discussed in chapter 4), as well as changes in crime related attitudes and self assessed problems as measured by the CRIME-PICS II instrument, and changes in employment and accommodation status following intervention by the GSC Pilot Project, as measured by the SW-OMR. Finally, chapter 7 draws together the main research findings from the study and offers some broad conclusions. It also provides recommendations in relation to the future delivery of the national offender management model (NOMM) that could eventually be absorbed (without major upheaval) into the NOMS system. Details: Cardiff: Cardiff University, 2007. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 17, 2014 at: http://www.cardiff.ac.uk/socsi/resources/GSC.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Management (U.K.) Shelf Number: 133736

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Anti-social Behaviour, Crime and Policing Act 2014: Reform of anti-social behaviour powers. Statutory Guidance for frontline professionals Summary: Anti-social behaviour is a broad term used to describe the day-to-day incidents of crime, nuisance and disorder that make many people's lives a misery - from litter and vandalism, to public drunkenness or aggressive dogs, to noisy or abusive neighbours. Such a wide range of behaviours means that responsibility for dealing with anti-social behaviour is shared between a number of agencies, particularly the police, councils and social landlords. Victims can feel helpless, bounced from one agency to another and then back again. In many cases, the behaviour is targeted against the most vulnerable in our society and even what is perceived as 'low level' anti-social behaviour, when targeted and persistent, can have devastating effects on a victim's life. Our reforms are designed to put victims at the heart of the response to anti-social behaviour, and give professionals the flexibility they need to deal with any given situation. This is statutory guidance issued under sections 19, 32, 41, 56, 73 and 91 of the Anti-social Behaviour, Crime and Policing Act 2014 and replaces the draft guidance issued in October 2013. This guidance is written primarily for the police officers, council staff and social landlords who will use the new powers. Part 1 looks at the new measures being introduced to give victims a greater say in the way their reports of anti-social behaviour are dealt with. Part 2 then outlines the new powers. We have worked closely with frontline professionals, victims and others in the development of the legislation, and we will continue to work to ensure that this guidance helps professionals make best use of the new powers to protect the public. Details: London: Home Office, 2014. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20, 2014 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/352562/ASB_Guidance_v8_July2014_final__2_.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 133746

Author: Scottish Government. Justice Analytical Services Title: Crime and Macroeconomic Performance in Scotland Summary: This paper analyses the relationship between macroeconomic performance and crime in Scotland. Economic theory suggests there may be a link between macroeconomic conditions and the prevalence of crime. This relationship is based upon the idea that crime (especially acquisitive crime) may become more attractive when there are fewer opportunities to engage in legitimate activities. This paper presents the findings from Scottish Government research examining the relationship between crime rates and the macroeconomic variables of unemployment and national output. This includes a substantial literature review and analysis of Scottish specific evidence. It finds that the evidence of a short run link between these macroeconomic variables and crime rates is ambiguous at best, and emphasises that Solidarity, along with sustainable economic growth, forms one of the key foundations of a Safer and Stronger society. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government, 2010. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20, 2014 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/Doc/933/0107229.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Economics and Crime Shelf Number: 133783

Author: Great Britain. National Audit Office Title: Managing the Prison Estate Summary: The National Offender Management Service (the Agency) is an executive agency of the Ministry of Justice (the Ministry). It is responsible for the prison system in England and Wales. It runs some 130 prisons, which vary considerably in age, type, size and the resources required to operate them. Since 2010, through an estate strategy, the Agency has made major changes to its land and buildings. It has closed some prisons, expanded others and built more on new sites. This report looks at the value for money of these changes, considering whether they have: - reduced resource costs (Part Two); and - improved quality and performance (Part Two) - in terms of security, safety, decency, and providing 'purposeful activity'. We also examine how estate changes may be affecting the prison system overall (Part Three). Finally, we consider how the Agency, working with other government bodies, might reduce the prison population by managing key offender groups better. In particular, we consider those serving indeterminate sentences and foreign national prisoners (Part Four). We carried out fieldwork between May and September 2013. This included: reviewing the Agency's estate strategy, prison closure methodology and business cases for new capacity; statistical and financial analysis; and interviews with officials. We visited prisons, including some that were closing and others that had recently opened. Details: London: NAO, 2013. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2014 at: http://www.nao.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2013/12/10304-001-Full-Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Administration (U.K.) Shelf Number: 133792

Author: Great Britain. National Audit Office Title: Managing and removing foreign national offenders Summary: Despite increased resources and tougher powers, the Home Office has made slower progress than expected in managing foreign national offenders (FNOs) in the UK and in removing them to their home countries. Today's report by the National Audit Office highlights the fact that the number of FNOs in prison and the number deported from the UK have remained broadly unchanged since 2006. Over that period, the number of foreign nationals in prison in the UK increased slightly (by 4%) from 10,231 to 10,649, despite a tenfold increase in the number of the Department's staff working on FNO casework. After an initial surge in the number removed from 2,856 in 2006-07 to 5,613 in 2008-09 (following the problems in 2006 when the Department found that 1,013 FNOs had been released without being considered for deportation), removal numbers have declined to 5,097 in 2013-14. With regard to prevention and early action, the Government did relatively little before December 2012 to tackle the problem of potential FNOs entering the UK. A new 2013 action plan has focused efforts on this aspect of prevention but it lacks a structured and informed approach. The Department is looking at better use of intelligence databases and has changed its immigration rules, but progress in modernising its border information system - the Warnings Index - has been slow. The NAO estimates that $70 million could be saved each year if all early identification opportunities were seized and acted upon. Today's report recognizes that the barriers to removal are considerable; these include FNOs exploiting legal and medical obstacles to removal. However, the spending watchdog identifies measures and opportunities for making progress which are not being maximized. NAO analysis of 1,453 failed removals in 2013-14 indicated that at least a third might have been avoided through better co-ordination of the bodies involved and fewer administrative errors. Following a change of approach from April 2013, all FNOs are now considered for deportation. This has increased removals from 4,722 in 2012-13 to 5,097 in 2013-14. The time taken to deport FNOs has also reduced from 369 days on average in 2012-13 to 319 days in 2013-14. According to the NAO, however, because of delays in starting cases and an over-reliance on form-filling, there is considerable scope to speed up the process. Greater use of early removal schemes could also save money. The NAO estimates that the 37% of FNOs who left as part of the Early Removal Scheme in 2013-14 saved L27.5 million, by reducing the average number of days spent in prison by 146. The Department and Ministry of Justice do not use cost data to manage FNOs. The NAO estimates that, in 2013-14, public bodies spent $850 million on managing and removing FNOs - around $70,000 per FNO. The Department has made limited progress since 2006 in removing FNOs who have completed their sentences. At the end of March 2014, more than one in six FNOs living in the community (760) had absconded, up 6% since 2010. Furthermore, 395 absconders have been missing since before 2010, of which 58 are high harm individuals. Despite the 2006 crisis, the Department did not keep records of FNOs released without consideration for deportation before January 2009, and estimates 151 FNOs have been released without consideration since then. Details: London: NAO, 2014. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2014 at: http://www.nao.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2014/10/Managing-and-removing-foreign-national-offenders.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Deportation Shelf Number: 133797

Author: Bateman, Tim Title: Engaging Young People in Resettlement: Research Report Summary: One of the prerequisites of effective resettlement intervention with young people leaving custody is that they are fully engaged with the services provided to them. The evidence base in relation to the engagement of marginalised young people is relatively slim. This briefing reports on research undertaken by Beyond Youth Custody that aims to contribute to an understanding of effective engagement in a resettlement context. Details: London: Beyond Youth Custody, 2013. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2014 at: http://www.beyondyouthcustody.net/wp-content/uploads/Engaging-young-people-in-resettlement.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Aftercare Shelf Number: 133800

Author: Minson, Shona Title: Mitigating Motherhood: A study of the impact of motherhood on sentencing decision in England and Wales Summary: This is an exploratory study of the impact of motherhood on mitigation in sentencing decisions in England and Wales. Previous studies have explored the influence of personal mitigation on sentencing decisions but little is known about the way in which judges interpret motherhood in this context. A growing number of children are separated from their mothers by imprisonment, and the state has a duty to protect them from discrimination or punishment suffered as a consequence of the actions of their parents. This study is a preliminary study exploring the visibility of these children in the sentencing process, and examining whether the caring responsibilities of a defendant mother are treated as personal mitigation to reduce sentence length. The study adopts a qualitative and mixed methods approach, combining semi-structured interviews with sentencing transcripts analysis to provide a multi-faceted view of this complex area. The findings highlight that discretion in the application of mitigation leads to inter and intra judge inconsistency. Personal factors including knowledge and experience influence a judge's use of pre-sentence reports. The defendants' sentence was more likely to be mitigated by motherhood if the judge had considered a pre-sentence report, regardless of whether the judge agreed with the recommendations of the report. Details: London: Howard League for Penal Reform, 2014. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2014 at: https://d19ylpo4aovc7m.cloudfront.net/fileadmin/howard_league/user/pdf/Publications/motherhood_and_sentencing.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 133801

Author: Northern Ireland Criminal Justice Inspection Title: The Safety of Prisoners held by the Northern Ireland Prison Service - 22 October 2014 Summary: The safety of prisoners is not just about preventing deaths in custody. It is a significant issue in the prison setting and vulnerable individuals need to be protected and supported in a therapeutic environment. Effective strategies are required to address the inter-linked areas of suicide and self-harm, the availability of illicit and prescription drugs, bullying, and the access to healthcare. This inspection found that the NIPS and the SEHSCT needed to work closely together to strengthen the strategic approach to, and the operational management of, these areas to improve safety and outcomes for prisoners. Northern Ireland's prisons house a complex mix of prisoners. The health profile of prisoners, the high levels of mental ill-health, personality disorder, drug and alcohol addiction, the proportion of prisoners on medication, and in numerous cases a combination of these factors, all create a concentration of need within the prison establishments. This requires a high degree of communication, co-ordination and joint action between the NIPS and the SEHSCT to deliver the appropriate levels of prisoner care, safety and healthcare provision. Inspectors would wish to comment on the work of prison officers and healthcare staff who, on a daily basis, deal with some very difficult and damaged individuals. Many caring interactions were witnessed with the most vulnerable prisoners, and Inspectors are aware of a number of occasions where prison and healthcare staff acted quickly and decisively to save the lives of prisoners in critical and potentially life-threatening situations. The procedures to protect and support prisoners at risk of suicide or self-harm are governed through the Supporting Prisoners at Risk (SPAR) process and an associated safer custody meeting structure. The report highlights concerns about the management and implementation of safer custody at therapeutic arrangements for the most vulnerable prisoners are managed by the NIPS and the SEHSCT. Bullying is a significant issue in the prison environment. It can be due to a number of factors including drugs and may be offence-related. Bullying and anti-social behaviour can take a variety of forms, much can be subtle and most is unreported. Many prisoners lack confidence in the investigation process. It is the view of Inspectors that the strategy needs to be reviewed to more effectively challenge bullying, to implement a robust process to investigate allegations and reported incidents, to address under-reporting, and increase confidence in the system. The quantity and availability of drugs within prisons is concerning. Drugs are a high value currency in prisons. They have been responsible for a number of deaths in custody and other serious incidents, and are a cause of a significant proportion of the bullying which takes place. This is true both for illicit and prescription drugs. The NIPS is in the unenviable position of being powerless to totally prevent illicit drugs entering prisons until the development of search technology which allows the safe and effective detection of drugs which have been swallowed or secreted within a body cavity. A recent initiative with the police at Maghaberry Prison has had success detecting smuggled drugs. This inspection report highlights that more needs to be done to address this issue, and recommends that the NIPS, in conjunction with the SEHSCT, should review the strategy to more effectively address areas of supply reduction, demand reduction and throughcare. The report makes comment about the prescribing and management of medicines. It found that these areas needed to be reviewed to take account of the risk-assessment process for prisoners' in-possession medications; the control of medications to prevent diversion; the supervised-swallow arrangements for benzodiazepine stabilisation or withdrawal; and the recording and use of the SEHSCT's management information. The complexity and health needs of the prison population demand a co-ordinated response from the two principal organisations responsible for prisoner safety and care. The inspection found that the newly-introduced formal governance structures between the NIPS and the SEHSCT were effective at the more senior levels, but communication and joint-working at landing-level needed to be developed to increase effectiveness and improve outcomes for prisoners. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2014. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 27, 2014 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/67/677ac123-4a48-43c3-8170-c2c73d2282a4.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prison Conditions Shelf Number: 133819

Author: Bateman, Tim Title: 'Nothing's really that hard, you can do it' . Agency and fatalism: the resettlement needs of girls in custody Summary: This report presents the results of a qualitative study, funded by the Sir Halley Stewart Trust, of the resettlement needs of 17-year-old young women in a single young offender institution in England and Wales. Using in depth qualitative interviews with 16 girls in custody and two follow up interviews in the community, the study aimed to give expression to the girls' views on what support they thought would be required, both while in prison and in the form of resettlement provision on release, if they were not to reoffend. The sample size, while small, is equivalent to the capacity of the young offender institution where field work was conducted and to around one third of the total female population of the secure estate on any one day. Field work was conducted between December 2011 and November 2012. Girls constitute a small proportion of children below the age of 18 in custody and have consequently tended to be 'invisible' from a research perspective. Yet girls in prison are among the most vulnerable young people in society and recent falls in youth imprisonment have tended to amplify that vulnerability, as less serious cases have been diverted to community based interventions. Such developments have posed additional challenges for the already difficult task of providing effective resettlement. Details: Bedfordshire, UK: University of Bedfordshire, 2013. 106p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed October 27, 2014 at: https://www.beds.ac.uk/__data/assets/pdf_file/0019/245134/Nothings-really-that-hard.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 133822

Author: Rigby, Paul Title: Young People and MAPPA in Scotland Summary: The majority of young people in Scotland involved in offending behaviour are dealt with via the Children's Hearing system, which provides an integrated approach to addressing both welfare needs and offending or criminal deeds. While a small minority who are involved in sexual offending will be processed through the criminal courts and become subject to supervision and monitoring under Scotland's Multi-Agency Public Protection Arrangements (MAPPA), international guidelines and best practice indicate that children (all persons under the age of 18 years) should not be prosecuted in adult court and processed in the same systems as adult offenders. The present research was an exploratory study to provide a baseline for future investigation of the responses across Scotland to children and young people involved in sexual offending and sexually harmful behaviour, and to examine comparative profiles and practices in MAPPA and Child Protection/Children's Hearing arrangements to establish shared principles for effective risk management. The aims were to: - Profile the needs and risks presented by young people subject to MAPPA - Establish a coherent overview of risk management practices and processes - Understand how risks and needs of children and young people under 18, and the protection of the wider community, are managed A multi-methods approach was adopted for the study, and due to the sensitive nature of the work, developed through a staged process of ethical and methodological approval. In conjunction with staff at Scottish Police Services Authority a data collection tool was developed to collate data from the secure Violent and Sex Offender Register (ViSOR) electronic record system. A second tool was also designed to collect data from local authority staff working with young people subject to MAPPA. Nine follow up interviews were also held with social work staff. Mid November 2011 was the agreed date for accessing the data. Details: Edinburgh: Centre for Youth & Criminal Justice, 2014. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 27, 2014 at: http://www.cycj.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2014/09/Young-people-and-MAPPA-final.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Offenders (Scotland) Shelf Number: 133825

Author: Smith, Stephanie Title: Young Men in Custody: A report on the pathways into and out of prison of young men aged 16 and 17' Summary: The broad purpose of this report was to examine young men's journeys into and out of custody. The Centre for Youth & Criminal Justice (CYCJ) was invited to undertake research to look at the pathways of young men under 18 currently in custody as identified in the action plan of the Reintegration & Transition Champions Group. This report draws together the findings of a review of mainly prison psychology files, along with some social work reports, for a total of 125 young men. These young men were aged 16 to 17 at the time of entering HMYOI Polmont during the year prior to data collection (October 2012 to September 2013) and semi-structured interviews were carried out with 11 young men who were serving sentences at the time of the data collection. Details: London: Centre for Youth & Criminal Justice, 2014. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 27, 2014 at: http://www.cycj.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2014/09/Young-men-in-custody-research-report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Adolescents Shelf Number: 133830

Author: All Party Parliamentary Group for Children Title: "It's All About Trust": Building good relationships between children and police Summary: During this inquiry, the All Party Parliamentary Group for Children took evidence from children and young people, organisations working with children and young people, and representatives from police forces across the country. The inquiry heard that children and young people's attitudes towards the police are often characterised by feelings of mistrust and sometimes fear. The majority of those giving evidence were clear that more work is needed if there are to be strong and positive relationships between children, young people and the police. There are examples of good practice, reflecting the work of police leaders and officers who are dedicated to improving the way they work with children. However, these examples of good practice are not replicated across the country. Key findings Section one of this report summarises the views and experiences of children and young people involved with the police, based on evidence given to the inquiry by children and young people themselves and those who work with them. Section two examines current police practice with children and young people, and the policy and legislative framework that governs the work of police forces. Overall, the inquiry found that: There is a lack of trust in the police among many children and young people. Some children and young people fear the police. Encounters between the two groups are often characterised by poor and unconstructive communication and a lack of mutual respect. Experts told the APPGC that it takes time and hard work to change these ingrained attitudes and behaviours. It is critical that in every encounter with the police, under 18s are be treated as children first, with all officers having regard for their welfare, safety and well-being, as required under sections 10 and 11 of the Children Act 2004 and the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. Certain groups of children and young people, many of whom are likely to have higher levels of contact with the police, share similar feelings and attitudes. Children in care, who are over-represented in the youth justice system, can have negative early experiences of the police and do not always get the support and protection they need. The additional vulnerabilities of children with special educational needs, a language or communication difficulty, or mental health needs can be overlooked or exacerbated in encounters with the police. The way in which the police treat children who have been trafficked or experienced sexual abuse was described as a 'postcode lottery' - these children are often confused by police processes and report being treated with a lack of respect. First contact with the police is important in shaping children and young people's attitudes, yet for a significant number of children and young people this experience is a negative one. There are examples of positive school and community initiatives that help children and young people encounter the police in a positive context. However, for many, the first contact will be as a victim or suspected offender. Therefore the way in which the police carry out processes - such as the way they use stop and search or the way they treat children who are arrested and detained - is vital for building trust and respect. Many children and young people will first have contact with the police when they are stopped and searched. While young people understand why the police need to use stop and search, they feel they are stopped too often and for insufficient reason, that they are not treated with respect, and that the police do not explain the process or reason for the stop. For those who are arrested and detained, the experience can be traumatic and upsetting, with very vulnerable children often exposed to a space designed for adults, usually without separate or designated facilities for children. Some children and young people are involved in police initiatives through their schools and communities, such as Safer School Partnerships or Voluntary Police Cadets, which help break down barriers and negative perceptions. These examples of positive engagement are, however, not found in all schools or communities and are being threatened by reductions in police budgets. There are examples of police forces which work hard to listen to and engage with children and young people in a variety of contexts, and to treat them, first and foremost, as children in all aspects of the police process. However, these positive approaches are not reflected across the country. Greater effort is needed nationally to assist local police forces in identifying and implementing good practice examples from other parts of the country. Training and professional development for police officers should enable them to understand how they can improve their practice to meet the needs of children and young people. The policy and legislative framework governing the work of the police does not pay sufficient attention to the needs of children and young people or address the specific considerations of working with this age group. In particular: o the rights and specific needs of children must be reflected in guidance relating to the stop and search process, and searches should only take place, particularly on younger children, when absolutely necessary; o 17 year-olds should have the same rights and entitlements as younger children in legislation and guidance relating to police processes; o police forces should have designated or separate custody facilities for children and young people, and provide access to youth liaison and diversion to identify and address needs; o a focused effort is needed to ensure that all children and young people who are refused bail after being charged are transferred to local authority accommodation, as is required by law; and o nationally endorsed guidance and protocols should be put in place for the purpose of reducing the criminalisation of children in care. Details: London: All Party Parliamentary Group for Children, 2014. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 30, 2014 at: http://www.ncb.org.uk/media/1164355/appgc_children_and_police_report_-_final.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 133842

Author: Hopkins, Kathryn Title: Prisoners' experience of prison and outcomes on release: Waves 2 and 3 of SPCR Summary: This report presents the findings from Wave 2 (in-custody, pre-release) and Wave 3 (post-custody) of Surveying Prisoner Crime Reduction (SPCR), a longitudinal cohort study of male and female adult prisoners sentenced to between one month and four years in England and Wales between 2005 and 2007. Prisoners were interviewed in prison and in the community between 2005 and 2010 and re-offending was followed-up using police records for two years after release. The report describes prison routine, prisoners' expectations of life after custody and actual outcomes on release, including employment, accommodation, drugs and alcohol, and finance, benefits and debt. It is not an exhaustive account of SPCR Wave 2 and 3 data, but rather aims to summarise the key results from these waves. Results from Wave 1 of the survey (administered on reception to custody) have already been published. This report is based on self-reported survey questions from a representative sample (SPCR Sample 1) of 1,435 prisoners, most of whom (76%) were sentenced to less than 12 months. Some missing data (due to survey attrition) has been recovered, and some supplementary material from longer-sentenced (18 months to four years) prisoners (SPCR Sample 2) is also reported. Comparisons with earlier prisoner surveys are also made. Prisoners were asked about their time in custody during the Wave 2 interviews, which were conducted shortly before release, and about their outcomes on release during the Wave 3 interviews, which were conducted shortly after release. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2014. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Analytical Series: Accessed November 3, 2014 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/368164/prisoners-experience-of-prison-and-outcomes-on-release-waves-2-and-3-spcr.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Longitudinal Cohort Study (U.K.) Shelf Number: 133937

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary Title: An inspection of undercover policing in England and Wales Summary: In a letter dated 27 June 2013, the Home Secretary commissioned Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary (HMIC) to inspect the effectiveness of the arrangements in place in all police forces to carry out, manage and scrutinise undercover operations. Our inspection was to include all regional and national policing units, and the National Crime Agency. This was not an inquiry into the past events that have caused widespread concern about the way the police use undercover tactics; these past events fall to others to examine. Our inspection has examined how well undercover policing is carried out now. HMIC is an independent inspectorate which has responsibility under section 54(2), Police Act 1996 to inspect on the "efficiency and effectiveness of every police force maintained for a police area" in England and Wales. It also has statutory responsibility to inspect the National Crime Agency. We were invited to include Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs in our inspection. In order to provide a comprehensive picture, the British Transport Police, the Home Office Immigration Enforcement and the Royal Military Police - all of which may also carry out undercover operations - were included in our inspection. This is the first time that HMIC has inspected all law enforcement agencies that have the capability and capacity to deploy undercover officers. Details: London: HMIC, 2014. 202p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 13, 2014 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmic/wp-content/uploads/an-inspection-of-undercover-policing-in-england-and-wales.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Effectiveness Shelf Number: 133941

Author: Prison Reform Trust Title: Bromley Briefings Prison Factfile: Autumn 2014 Summary: The facts and figures about the deteriorating state of our prisons and the poor state of people in them present a stark and disturbing picture. Strip away the political rhetoric, public relations gloss, and popular media misrepresentation. Discount the vested interest of those who profit from growing a market in incarceration. And you are left with a public prison service cut by $263million in three years, struggling to cope with the loss of more than 12,500 (28%) of its staff since 2010 and an ever-rising prison population. Warning signs reveal a prison system under unprecedented strain. There has been a sharp drop in individual prison performance and a marked increase in staff sickness levels. Detailed reports by HM Chief Inspector of Prisons chart a decline in standards and much reduced opportunities for rehabilitation and resettlement. Serious assaults, prisoner on prisoner and prisoner on officer, have risen in adult male establishments along with concerted indiscipline. Saddest of all, for the first time in over five years, the number of deaths by suicide has risen drastically. Every effort is being made to reverse what could so easily become a trend, rather than a spike, in numbers of tragic self-inflicted deaths. People in prison are particularly vulnerable. Compared to the general population where 6 percent have attempted suicide, 21 percent of men and 46 percent of women in prison have tried to kill themselves at some point in their lives. No one wants to see the painstaking gains made by safer custody staff and prisoners working as Samaritan listeners, improved support, training, first night arrangements, better assessment and management of risk, all swept away by reduced staffing levels, harsher regimes and increased uncertainty and hopelessness. The scale and driving pace of change in the justice system mean that mistakes are inevitably being made at every level. Prison population figures are being hastily recalculated upwards to reflect the rise in custodial remand and the increased numbers of sexual offenders sentenced by the courts as well as the unquantifiable impact of a Justice Secretary determined to promote 'proper punishment' and increased use of imprisonment. A rushed benchmarking process followed hard on the heels of the massive work and pay restructuring exercise curiously entitled 'fair and sustainable'. Outcomes are as yet untested because so many prisons are operating well below new minimal staffing levels due to a combination of unfilled vacancies and long term absence on sick leave. Too many establishments, particularly in London and the South East are reliant on a small army of reservists, former staff recruited from the North who will not know their prisoners in the jails into which they are parachuted, and remaining exhausted, governors and staff working excessive hours. From the outside it looks as if the prison service is taking a pounding in return for its disciplined approach and capacity to cope with adversity. From the inside, people in prison endure worsening conditions, less time out of cell, reduced contact with staff, new mean and petty restrictions and unjustified curbs on release on temporary license. Overcrowding means that people awaiting trial are mixed in with sentenced prisoners regardless of their innocent until proven guilty status and young people are held with adults notwithstanding their developmental stage. One young man told the Prison Reform Trust's advice and information service that "he is hearing voices and they are scaring him. He says he phones his mum sometimes when the voices are scaring him, but can't always get to phone when she's around." Prisons are less safe and less decent than they were even a year ago when we published our Autumn 2013 compendium of facts and figures. An incoming administration of government in May 2015 must not accept this deterioration in prison standards and conditions as the new normal. It should rebuild confidence in a vital public service and acknowledge painstaking gains made by staff and the responsible prisoners who manage to effect reform from within. It must turn its attention to the new demographic and changing needs of a rapidly ageing prison population. It must re-establish the defining principle that people are sent to prison as a punishment rather than for punishment. And from the wreckage it must create a just, fair and effective penal system. Details: London: Prison Reform Trust, 2014. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 3, 2014 at: http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/Portals/0/Documents/Bromley%20Briefings/Factfile%20Autumn%202014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 133949

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: Serious and Organised Crime: An inspection on how the Criminal Justice System deals with Serious and Organised Crime in Northern Ireland Summary: Criminal justice agencies urged to maintain focus on serious and organised crime The efforts of criminal justice agencies to tackle serious and organised crime in Northern Ireland have been commended by Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland (CJI) in a new report published today (12 November 2014). The inspection found that many criminal justice agencies have invested heavily in responding to the threats posed by serious and organised crime. "Serious and organised crime ranks among the most serious risks of harm to the community," said Brendan McGuigan, Chief Inspector of Criminal Justice in Northern Ireland. "Organised crime gangs operate at local, national and international levels. They have been responsible for the growth of the illegal drug trade and the exploitation, murder and misery associated with their activities, is a constant concern. "Inspectors found strong evidence within the criminal justice system of partnership working, focus and determination to tackle criminal activity of this type which can be further strengthened through the implementation of a number of strategic and operational recommendations," said the Chief Inspector. Mr McGuigan said while Inspectors were supportive of the coordinating work undertaken by the Organised Crime Task Force, the collective efforts of government and criminal justice agencies could be improved by focusing on effective activities and outcomes linked to jointly agreed priorities. The report also recommends that police Districts, working in collaboration with the Police Service of Northern Ireland's Crime Operations Department, need to take greater ownership and responsibility for tackling serious and organised crime. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2014. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2014 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/4e/4e668867-6095-4687-9bf5-61fb05973478.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Trafficking Shelf Number: 134025

Author: Darke, Sacha Title: Crime and Disorder Summary: This thesis investigates growing use of civil and public law orders as tools of crime control by crime prevention partnerships. This development has been little explored in criminology. The proliferation of crime prevention partnerships is viewed by many criminologists as forming part of a bifurcation in criminal policy between serious crime and anti-social behaviour, in which the 'enforcement approach' of the criminal justice system is being focused upon the former and a non-legal 'partnership approach' advanced for the control of the latter. It is argued that the 'partnership approach' runs a risk of becoming an extension of and not an alternative to the 'enforcement approach' of the criminal justice system. In investigating this risk, it is intended that this thesis should contribute to criminology in two ways. The first contribution is an investigation of the theoretical potential for the local to become a site of authoritarian crime control. The second is an investigation of the extent this potential is being realised in England and Wales. Empirical research centred on the development of crime prevention strategies in implementing the Crime and Disorder Act 1998. Fieldwork focused on the development of metropolitan borough strategies in twenty-one London boroughs, and a police sector and two social housing estate strategies in the borough of Westminster. Resort to civil and public law orders was found to be significant to the approach taken by the majority of London boroughs studied, including Westminster. One of the estate strategies at Westminster was found to be as authoritarian as the borough strategy, but the other estate strategy and the police sector strategy were not. Punitive views were not encountered among local practitioners on any of the three sites. Punitive views were encountered among local residents on the police sector, but not on either of the estates. Once the peculiarities of the institutions and areas studied were taken into account, it was concluded that there is a significant risk that crime prevention partnerships will take an authoritarian approach to crime control unless they are located in areas where there is a strong sense of geographical community, and their policies are shaped by local practitioners and local residents. Details: London: University of Westminster, 2007. 248p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 12, 2014 at: http://westminsterresearch.wmin.ac.uk/8506/1/Darke.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 134041

Author: Pascoe, Tim Title: Predicting the targets of household burglars -- developing risk-based models from a case study of recent experience in Redditch, United Kingdom Summary: The aim of the research project was to produce a model showing how elements of the built environment could be used to predict the chances of a home being burgled. The literature review identified elements related to the built environment that influenced the selection of burglary targets. But no study had assessed the relative importance of each element, and in some cases the evidence about the importance of an element was conflicting. That confusion was and is reflected in current policy guidance. The majority of the existing guidance on crime prevention is a simple catalogue of measures from which the designer is expected to select. There is no guidance on the effectiveness of any one measure or combinations of measures. What seemed to be required was a study, which addressed all known burglary cues, and investigated their relative importance in predicting the incidence of burglary. This paper presents the results of such a study. A town in central England (Redditch) was chosen to investigate which aspects of the built environment would influence whether a home was selected for burglary or not. Within that town, every tenth home was surveyed. The investigation consisted of a physical survey from the pavement outside the home (i.e. what a burglar might see when assessing a target from the road) and a self-completion questionnaire delivered to the home in question. This resulted in 2413 physically surveyed homes and 1286 self-completion questionnaires returned i.e. a response rate of 53%. The resulting analysis used two different modelling techniques, the Burgess method and Logistic Regression, to produce two models which both proved powerful predictors of the chance of a home being selected for burglary. Finally, the future potential for these models is discussed especially their possible application as public policy management tools to reduce the risk of crime to building users. Findings could be applied to building regulations and police crime prevention work. Details: Cranfield, UK: Cranfield University, 1998. 315p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 12, 2014 at: http://www.veilig-ontwerp-beheer.nl/publicaties/predicting-the-targets-of-household-burglars Year: 1998 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Built Environment Shelf Number: 134054

Author: Schroeder, Kari Britt Title: Local norms of cheating and the cultural evolution of crime and punishment: a study of two urban neighborhoods Summary: The prevalence of antisocial behavior varies across time and place. The likelihood of committing such behavior is affected by, and also affects, the local social environment. To further our understanding of this dynamic process, we conducted two studies of antisocial behavior, punishment, and social norms. These studies took place in two neighborhoods in Newcastle Upon Tyne, England. According to a previous study, Neighborhood A enjoys relatively low frequencies of antisocial behavior and crime and high levels of social capital. In contrast, Neighborhood B is characterized by relatively high frequencies of antisocial behavior and crime and low levels of social capital. In Study 1, we used an economic game to assess neighborhood differences in theft, third-party punishment (3PP) of theft, and expectation of 3PP. Participants also reported their perceived neighborhood frequency of cooperative norm violation ("cheating"). Participants in Neighborhood B thought that their neighbors commonly cheat but did not condone cheating. They stole more money from their neighbors in the game, and were less punitive of those who did, than the residents of Neighborhood A. Perceived cheating was positively associated with theft, negatively associated with the expectation of 3PP, and central to the neighborhood difference. Lower trust in one's neighbors and a greater subjective value of the monetary cost of punishment contributed to the reduced punishment observed in Neighborhood B. In Study 2, we examined the causality of cooperative norm violation on expectation of 3PP with a norms manipulation. Residents in Neighborhood B who were informed that cheating is locally uncommon were more expectant of 3PP. In sum, our results provide support for three potentially simultaneous positive feedback mechanisms by which the perception that others are behaving antisocially can lead to further antisocial behavior: (1) motivation to avoid being suckered, (2) decreased punishment of antisocial behavior, and (3) decreased expectation of punishment of antisocial behavior. Consideration of these mechanisms and of norm-psychology will help us to understand how neighborhoods can descend into an antisocial culture and get stuck there. Details: PeerJ 2:e450; DOI 10.7717/peerj.450. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 13, 2014 at: https://peerj.com/articles/450.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior (U.K.) Shelf Number: 134072

Author: Cunniffe, Charles Title: Estimating the prevalence of disability amongst prisoners: results from the Surveying Prisoner Crime Reduction (SPCR) survey Summary: This Research Summary estimates the proportion of newly sentenced prisoners in prisons in England and Wales who are disabled using screened answers to survey questions about perceived disability, physical health, and anxiety and depression. It also provides an overview of the problems and needs of disabled prisoners as a group, compared to non-disabled prisoners. Data for this report come from Surveying Prisoner Crime Reduction (SPCR), a longitudinal cohort study of 1,435 adult prisoners sentenced to between one month and four years in prison in 2005 and 2006. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2012. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Summary 4/12: Accessed November 13, 2014 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/278827/estimating-prevalence-disability-amongst-prisoners.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Disability Shelf Number: 134080

Author: Ward, Jenni Title: Are problem-solving courts the way forward for justice? Summary: Problem-solving courts are not a new innovation, but their use and implementation appears to be growing across a number of jurisdictions, including the UK. This development suggests there is belief in the 'therapeutic jurisprudence' approach that underpins this style of criminal court adjudication; moreover their growth fits within the discourse which points out traditional criminal justice mechanisms too often leave the offender out as an uninvolved actor in the process (Nolan, 2001; Berman and Fox, 2009; Braithwaite, 1989). Processes that draw people in more closely, making them accountable for their actions, and playing an active role in their rehabilitation are more likely to achieve success at reducing reoffending and assisting people to live altered and reformed lives (Hoyle, 2012). This working paper provides some background detail on problem-solving courts and the central guiding principle of therapeutic jurisprudence, and argues court structures that assist people to construct positive self-identities and reintegrate into purposeful lives, and which empower people to play a role in their rehabilitation demonstrate a criminal justice model that has well-being at its core, and puts a human face to the delivery of justice. Details: London: Howard League for Penal Reform, 2014. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Howard League What is Justice? Working Papers 2/2014: Accessed November 15, 2014 at: Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 134117

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Serious and Organised Crime Local Profiles: A Guide Summary: 1.1 In its National Security Strategy in 2010 the Government made clear that serious and organised crime (SOC) is a national security threat which needs an effective cross-government and law enforcement response. 1.2 Serious and organised crime includes: trafficking and dealing in drugs, people, weapons and counterfeit goods; sophisticated theft and robbery; fraud and other forms of financial crime; and cyber crime and cyber-enabled crime. It also includes modern slavery and child sexual exploitation. 1.3 Law enforcement agency estimates tell us that over 30,000 people are engaged in serious and organised crime in this country, operating in over 5,000 groups. We think that the cost to government from their activities is at least $24 billion each year and likely to be very much more.1 That figure does not include costs to the private sector: to protect itself from serious and organised crime the financial sector alone spends $10 billion each year. 1.4 In 2010 the Government made a commitment to develop a new national law enforcement organisation - the National Crime Agency (NCA) - to co-ordinate work against serious and organised crime in this country. The NCA was launched in 2013. 1.5 At the same time the Government published a new strategy to deal with serious and organised crime which was agreed by all the ministers represented at the National Security Council. The strategy and a high level summary are available online at: www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/248646/Serious_and_organised_crime_strategy_pamphlet.pdf. 1.6 The strategy deliberately uses the framework developed for counter-terrorist work and has four main objectives (the 4Ps): - PURSUE: prosecuting and disrupting people engaged in serious and organised crime; - PREVENT: preventing people from engaging in serious and organised crime; - PROTECT: increasing protection against serious and organised crime; - PREPARE: reducing the impact of this criminality where it takes place. 1.7 The strategy starts from an important assumption. Neither the police nor the NCA on their own can tackle the breadth and complexity of the threat from serious and organised crime. 1.8 Like other threats to our national security, serious and organised crime requires a response across the whole of government, and close collaboration with the public, the private sector and with many other countries. 2.1 This guidance provides an overview of the development, distribution and effective use of Local Profiles on serious and organised crime. 2.2 Police forces will continue to conduct most law enforcement work on serious and organised crime. They should be supported by new local, multi-agency partnerships, including representatives from local authorities, education, health and social care, and Immigration Enforcement. The effect must be to ensure that all available information and powers are brought to bear locally against serious and organised crime. 2.3 These local partnerships will need a common understanding of the threat from serious and organised crime and how it impacts upon local communities. Reflecting relevant learning from counter-terrorism (notably the development of what are known as Counter-Terrorism Local Profiles or CTLPs) and existing good practice in serious and organised crime, we want police forces and the NCA to develop and share Local Profiles of serious and organised crime. 2.4 CTLPs have been produced since 2009, and have been subject to a comprehensive national review of their production and delivery process as well as a stakeholder survey.2 The review identified both examples of good practice and key areas for improvement. The findings were positive and provide a useful evidence base 2 National Counter-Terrorism Local Profile Review (December 2009) and Ipsos Mori (January 2010) for the content of this guidance. Key findings were that CTLPs: - are a useful and engaging resource and a catalyst for closer partnership working and local action; - are generally well received and valued, and briefings are - and should - become 'business as usual' for many force areas; - need to contain information that is relevant, up to date and localised; - should provide practical recommendations that partners can own and progress; and - should be shared more widely and with greater consistency. 2.5 This guidance is aimed particularly at the police and local partnerships that should be using Local Profiles to inform their action plans to tackle serious and organised crime. It should also be shared with other serious and organised crime partners where appropriate. Much of the information it contains will also be helpful to non-Home Office police forces, other enforcement agencies and partners in devolved administrations which are responsible for reducing the level of serious and organised crime. Details: London: Home Office, 2014. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 18, 2014 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/371602/Serious_and_Organised_Crime_local_profiles.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: National Security Shelf Number: 134120

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Review of the National Referral Mechanism for Victims of Human Trafficking Summary: The National Referral Mechanism Review was commissioned by the Home Secretary in April 2014 as part of the Government's wider commitment to eradicate slavery and protect victims. The Review's starting point has been the victim and their experiences; the lens we have used has been focused on them. We have been enormously helped by a wide range of practitioners, Parliamentarians, campaigners and crucially victims who have been willing to talk and tell us of their appalling experiences. Between its inception in 2009 and September 2014 approximately 6,800 people were referred to the National Referral Mechanism (known as the NRM). It is a complex mechanism, involving a wide group of dedicated professionals, statutory and voluntary organisations. The Review was asked to examine and make recommendations to the Home Secretary on six key areas: - identification of victims - how they access support - the level of support that victims receive - decision making - governance of the NRM - collection and sharing of data In recognition of the specific issues affecting children we have investigated and provided recommendations focused on them and their particular needs. The Review found many areas of good practice; however, we also saw a disjointed system where awareness of human trafficking was often low and of the NRM processes still lower. We heard of the difficulties faced by support providers in moving people on from the support provided under the victim care contract. There were many critics of decision making, the quality and communication of decisions and the ability to manage and share information effectively in the best interest of victims. Details: London: Home Office, 2014. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 18, 2014 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/372960/Review_of_the_National_Referral_Mechanism_for_victims_of_human_trafficking.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Trafficking (U.K.) Shelf Number: 134127

Author: Anderson, Sarah Title: Street Talk: An evaluation of a counselling service for women involved in street based prostitution and victims of trafficking Summary: Street Talk is a small charity providing psychological interventions ('talking therapies') alongside practical support, primarily to two groups of women: women who have been the victims of trafficking and those women involved in or exiting street based prostitution. In 2012, Revolving Doors Agency was asked by Street Talk founder and director, Pippa Hockton, to conduct both a process and outcome evaluation of the Street Talk service. Field work for the evaluation commenced at the end of October 2012 and concluded in June 2013. Evaluation aims - Describe Street Talk model - Describe service user base and other key stakeholders - Determine extent to which service activities were delivered as intended and aligned to service aims and objectives - Describe processes of: building and maintaining partnership working arrangements; development of shared aims and objectives; target group identification and access; and client engagement and service delivery - Examine facilitators and barriers to project implementation within each host organisation - Identify perceived value and outcomes for partner host organisations and users of the service - Identify and describe Street Talk's "theory of change". Details: London: Revolving Doors Agency, 2013. 99p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 20, 2014 at: http://www.revolving-doors.org.uk/documents/street-talk-evaluation/ Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 134163

Author: Great Britain. House of Commons. Justice Committee Title: Women offenders: after the Corston Report Summary: Five years after the March 2007 publication of Baroness Corston's report A review of women with particular vulnerabilities in the criminal justice system (hereafter "the Corston Report"), which made a series of recommendations to drive improvement in the women's criminal justice agenda, we decided to hold an inquiry to review progress and examine current strategy and practice with respect to female offenders and those at risk of offending. In particular we sought to explore: - The nature and effectiveness of the Ministry of Justice's strategy for women offenders and those at risk of offending; - The nature and effectiveness of Ministry of Justice governance structures for women's offending; - The extent to which work to address the multiple and complex needs of women offenders is integrated across Government; - The extent to which the gender equality duty has become a lever for mainstream service commissioners "outside of the criminal justice system" to provide services which tackle the underlying causes of female offending; - The suitability of the women's custodial estate and prison regimes; - The volume, range, quality, and sustainability of community provision for female offenders, including approved premises; - The availability of appropriate provision for different groups of women offenders, including: under 18s, women with children, foreign nationals and Black, Asian and minority ethnic women, and those with mental health problems. Details: London: The Stationery Office Limited, 2013. 229p. Source: Internet Resource: Second Report of Session 2013;V14: Accessed November 20, 2014 at: http://www.parliament.uk/documents/commons-committees/Justice/Women-offenders.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Corston Report Shelf Number: 134164

Author: Han, Lu Title: Determinants of violent and property crimes in England and Wales: a panel data analysis Summary: We examine various determinants of property and violent crimes by using police force area level (PFA) data on England and Wales over the period 1992-2008. Our list of potential determinants includes two law enforcement variables, crime-specific detection rate and prison population, and various socio-economic variables such as unemployment rate, real earnings, proportion of young people and Gini Coefficient. By adopting a fixed effect dynamic GMM estimation methodology we attempt to address the potential bias that arises from the presence of time-invariant unobserved characteristics of a PFA and endogeneity of several regressors. We find that, on average, higher detection rate and prison population leads to lower poverty and violent crimes. However, socio-economic variables play a limited role in explaining different crime types. Details: Birmingham, UK: University of Birmingham, Department of Economics, 2013. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Department of Economics Discussion Paper 10-26R: Accessed November 20, 2014 at: ftp://ftp.bham.ac.uk/pub/RePEc/pdf/10-26.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Economics and Crime Shelf Number: 134171

Author: Independent Police Complaints Commission (IPCC) Title: Review of the IPCC's work on investigating deaths: final report Summary: In 2012 the IPCC began a review into the way that we investigate deaths following police contact, with the aim of identifying and implementing changes to ensure that our work in this key area is: - thorough, transparent and effective - sensitive to the needs and expectations of bereaved families - able to build and sustain public confidence We have consulted widely with those affected - in particular those who have been critical of our approach to this important work or of the outcomes of our investigations. We published a progress report in September 2013, detailing the issues and concerns raised, and our response to them. This final report summarises all that we were told, our responses, and most importantly the actions we have taken or are planning to take. Details: London: IPCC, 2014. 111p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 20, 2014 at: http://www.ipcc.gov.uk/sites/default/files/Documents/deaths_review/Review_of_the_IPCCs_work_in_investigating_deaths_2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 134180

Author: Flint, John Title: Tackling anti-social behaviour in Glasgow: An evaluation of policy and practice in the Glasgow Housing Association. Final Report Summary: Tackling anti-social behaviour is a key priority for the Scottish Executive. Registered social landlords, including the GHA, are required to develop and implement a strategy, policies and procedures for tackling anti-social behaviour, and are further required to contribute to multiagency anti-social behaviour strategies covering their local authority area. Neighbour and neighbourhood problems, including anti-social behaviour, were a key concern for tenants in Glasgow prior to the stock transfer that led to the formation of the Glasgow Housing Association. National survey data suggests that levels of perceived neighbourhood problems and direct experience of anti-social behaviour are higher in both Glasgow and amongst social housing tenants than the Scottish average. Previous research commissioned by the GHA, including tenant satisfaction surveys and a study into tenancy sustainment, revealed that anti-social behaviour is a serious problem in many GHA neighbourhoods and has a substantial impact on the quality of life of GHA tenants. Although Local Housing Organisations (LHOs) do not systematically collate figures for the number of cases they deal with, it has been estimated that LHOs receive between 5,500 and 6,000 complaints relating to neighbour relations problems and anti-social behaviour each year. Tackling neighbour relations problems is a key priority for the GHA. The GHA produced a Neighbour Relations Policy in November 2002 and this was subsequently revised and updated in October 2005. In November 2003 the GHA established the Neighbour Relations Team (NRT), a dedicated service unit which develops procedural guidance to LHOs and tackles the most serious and protracted cases of anti-social behaviour. The GHA also plays a key role in delivering Glasgow's anti-social behaviour strategy. The GHA commissioned this research to provide an evidence base on the scale and extent of neighbour relations problems and to evaluate the procedures and impacts of its Neighbour Relations policy and procedures. This research aims to inform the future development of a GHA strategy leading to the implementation of an action plan aimed at tackling anti-social behaviour. The principal objectives of the research, as set out in the project brief, were to: 􀂃 Establish the scale, nature and spatial distribution of the neighbour and neighbourhood problems in GHA stock 􀂃 Assess how Local Housing Organisations (LHOs) deal with complaints about neighbours and neighbourhood problems in practice 􀂃 Evaluate the effectiveness of the work of the Neighbour Relations Team, including 'Hot Spot' initiatives 􀂃 Assess the extent and effectiveness of design, management and legal measures in addressing anti-social behaviour 􀂃 Assess the effectiveness of GHA partnership working with Glasgow City Council and Strathclyde Police 􀂃 Make recommendations for improvements to the service 􀂃 Provide the basis for a GHA Neighbour Relations Strategy. In addressing these objectives a variety of research methods were utilised, including a review of relevant documentation, statistical databases and case files; semi-structured interviews with 23 key stakeholders representing a range of agencies in Glasgow; semi-structured interviews with 14 tenants whose complaints about neighbour relations problems were investigated by LHOs and/or the NRT; and case studies of six LHOs, including interviews with LHO officers, focus groups or interviews with LHO tenants and interviews with local community police officers. The research was conducted between October 2006 and February 2007. Details: Glasgow: Glasgow Housing Association, 2007. 115p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 25, 2014 at: http://www.gha.org.uk/content/mediaassets/doc/ASBFinalReport9Mar07.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 134230

Author: Huschke, Susann Title: Research into Prostitution in Northern Ireland Summary: This report is based upon findings that were obtained by an online survey with sex workers in which there were 171 respondents and an online survey of clients that produced 446 respondents. We also undertook face-to-face interviews with 19 sex workers and 10 clients. Other methods included scraping data from websites that advertise prostitution, 18 interviews with experts and service providers, phone interviews with representatives of 9 councils across Northern Ireland, questionnaires for providers of support services for sex workers as well as a review of policies regarding prostitution in other societies. Details: Belfast: Northern Ireland Department of Justice, 2014. 241p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 25, 2014 at: http://www.dojni.gov.uk/index/publications/publication-categories/pubs-criminal-justice/prostitution-report-nov-update.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 134231

Author: de Lacy, Elen Title: Predictors of tobacco smuggling in the South Wales Valleys Summary: In the space of one week in November 2008, Welsh Trading Standards officers in twelve South East Wales authorities conducted authenticity checks on over 54,000 packs of cigarettes and hand rolling tobacco. As a result of this work, over 45,000 cigarettes and 144kg of hand rolling tobacco were seized. There are different types of illicit trade in tobacco products. These include large scale smuggling, bootlegging and counterfeit smuggling. Not all smuggling involves counterfeit products. Smuggled products may also be UK manufactured tobacco products that have been diverted to the black market. Definitions - Smuggling is the illegal transport and distribution of tobacco products, usually without payment of correct government taxes. Smuggling can be large scale or small bootlegging operations. - Counterfeiting is the illegal production of "fake" brand cigarettes without the consent of the brand owner. Cheap and illicit tobacco undermines price (tax) and other tobacco control measures such as age of sale regulations. The criminal activities of smuggling, and increasingly, counterfeiting, lead to the availability of tobacco at less than half the tax-paid price in many deprived areas. This maintains smokers in their addiction and encourages young people to start smoking. It is estimated that 11.6% of all internationally traded cigarettes are smuggled, equivalent to 657 billion cigarettes a year, causing losses to government revenue worldwide of US$40.5 billion. In the UK by the late 1990s, cigarette smuggling had reached epidemic proportions. The tobacco industry estimated that 25%-30% of the total market was made up of illegally imported cigarettes15 although Customs & Excise estimated the figure to be no more than 21%16. Tobacco smuggling was costing the Government more than L3 billion a year in lost revenue. Cutting tobacco tax cannot solve the problem of smuggling. Even if all countries levelled exactly the same level of taxes and had identical prices, smuggling would still continue at a large scale. The total illicit cigarette market in high income countries is 9.8% compared to 16.8% in low income countries. It has been estimated that if the global illicit trade were eliminated, governments would gain at least $31 billion, and from 2030 onwards would save over 160,000 lives a year. Details: Cardiff: ASH Wales, 2011. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 25, 2014 at: http://www.ashwales.org.uk/creo_files/upload/default/report_of_predictors_of_smuggling_in_the_south_wales_valleys.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cigarette Smuggling (U.K.) Shelf Number: 134237

Author: Lord Carlile of Berriew Title: Independent Parliamentarians' Inquiry into the Operation and Effectiveness of the Youth Court Summary: The Parliamentary Inquiry into the Operation and Effectiveness of the Youth Court was launched in September 2013. It seeks to determine whether the system of criminal courts for children who offend is meeting its stated aim of preventing offending and having regard to the welfare of the children that appear before them. The inquiry received a total of 55 written submissions and heard from 43 witnesses; these included academics, practitioners, policy makers and young people. Challenges and opportunities - We heard that reductions in the number of children entering the system and coming to court as well as closures of courts has created particular challenges. A key issue of concern is that children are increasingly likely to appear in adult magistrates' courts when they are detained overnight and over the weekend, because there will be no youth court sitting. We were informed too that the youth courts are seeing a greater concentration of children with complex needs in court, likely due to the success in reducing the number of children coming into the system for low level matters. However, the decrease in critical mass offers an opportunity to better focus resources on improving the system for child defendants, victims and their families. Diversion - There was wide support for high levels of diversion among inquiry respondents, with many referring to the strong body of evidence that contact with the criminal justice system can increase the likelihood of offending. There was concern that out-of-court diversion schemes share some of the same negative features as formal system contact, such as Disclosure and Barring Service disclosures, and that this was often not made sufficiently clear to children. Most believed that diversion was effectively preventing children from entering the criminal courts system unnecessarily. However a number of responses argued that some children were still "falling through the net", leading to unnecessary prosecution, particularly children in care. Addressing underlying needs - Submissions emphasised that children's offending flows from a wide range of needs. There was a widely held view that welfare services are often failing to address such needs, which results in children falling into the youth justice system, and struggling to free themselves from it. Particular concern was expressed that resource constraints on children's social services are such that only the most acute cases receive support - typically babies and young children - while vulnerable older children are left out. Involvement of Youth Offending Teams (YOTs) frequently has the effect of further raising the threshold for support, as there is often a perception that YOTs should be the sole body tackling the welfare needs of children who offend. A number of organisations reported that there had been some improvement in children's services involvement with children who offend following the introduction of new remand arrangements. However, it is often the case that courts are only able to focus on the offence, and not the child and the wider circumstances contributing to their behaviour. Lack of engagement and understanding - Submissions highlighted young people's lack of understanding of proceedings or language, owing to the prevalence of neuro-developmental disorders and other problems, that hinder participation and the lack of any systematic court processes to identify these. Additional factors that impede child defendant's understanding include their young age and developmental immaturity and the fact that the cohort of children in the youth court have had fewer educational opportunities. Specialisation - Magistrates and District Judges in youth proceedings must undergo specialist youth training, yet there are no such requirements for defence practitioners or Crown Court judges. Youth specialist prosecutors are only used for part of the court process. To compound the issue, the youth court is often used as a place for legal practitioners to "cut their teeth" and Crown Court judges tend to have little experience of dealing with youth cases. Respondents were virtually unanimous in their belief that all practitioners in youth proceedings should have youth specialist training; many believed that this should be a mandatory requirement. Crown Court - The overwhelming majority of responses argued that the Crown Court was inappropriate for children; its intimidating nature and lack of youth specific expertise was said to prevent effective sentencing and participation and, ultimately, contravene the right of children to a fair trial. There was subsequently strong support for a presumption retaining youth cases in the youth court. The role of the youth court - The prevailing view was that youth proceedings are struggling to meet their principal aim of preventing offending and their duty to have regard to the welfare of the child. Criminal courts do not possess the means to address the wide range of welfare issues that so often underlie a child's offending. There was subsequently wide support for the adoption of a more problem-solving approach to children who offend. Key recommendations - - We recommend that Her Majesty's Courts and Tribunal Service direct all magistrates' courts to introduce a rota system, to ensure that a senior youth magistrate or youth ticketed District Judge is always sitting in the adult magistrates' court when the youth court is not in session - Children who have committed non-serious and non-violent offences, who have stopped offending, should have their criminal record expunged when they turn 18. - We recommend that all legal practitioners representing children at the police station and practising in youth proceedings be accredited to do so. - There should be a clear presumption "in law" that all child defendants are dealt with in the youth court. - We recommend the piloting of a problem solving approach in court for children, which would include judicial monitoring and continuity in cases, and powers to ensure children's underlying needs are met. - We advocate building upon the existing referral order to place greater emphasis on the involvement of victims as well as the participation of families and wider support services to enable the process to address the harm of the offence as well as its underlying causes. The "Problem Solving Conference" would be available to under-16s coming to court and should be initially piloted. Details: London: National Children's Bureau, 2014. 85p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 25, 2014 at: http://www.ncb.org.uk/media/1148432/independent_parliamentarians__inquiry_into_the_operation_and_effectiveness_of_the_youth_court.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Court System Shelf Number: 134242

Author: Great Britain. National Offender Management Service Title: Stocktake of Women's Services for Offenders in the Community Summary: - In April 2013, the National Offender Management Service (NOMS) provided an additional L3.78 million to Probation Trusts in England & Wales, specifically to enable them to enhance the provision of services they commission or deliver to promote the rehabilitation of female offenders. To assess the impact of this extra investment, we conducted a stocktake of services in the community for female offenders, and this is our report. - NOMS is an executive agency of the Ministry of Justice (MoJ). The main objectives of the agency are to protect the public and reduce reoffending. Where offenders are given a community sentence by the courts, or released from custody on licence, these objectives are at present taken forward by the 35 Probation Trusts in England and Wales, which are responsible for the delivery of services at local level. - Probation Trusts deliver offender services in partnership with a wide range of public, private and third sector providers. They also commission services - sometimes jointly with partners - from other providers. NOMS has a contract with each Probation Trust. It is through contract management arrangements that NOMS ensures that the intentions and plans put forward by Probation Trusts during commissioning rounds are translated into the practical delivery of services in local communities. - In future, these offender services in the community will be delivered by the Community Rehabilitation Companies (CRCs) and (for higher-risk offenders) by the new National Probation Service. This stocktake describes how services for female offenders are delivered at present - and new providers will clearly be very interested in the practice it describes. More specifically, the report examines the impact of the additional L3.78 million provided this year. The aim of this extra investment was to enable Trusts to access additional services for women under their local commissioning arrangements, taking into account the requirement to ensure that services contribute to the overall objectives of the National Offender Management Service. - The extra funding does not represent the total spent by Probation Trusts on services for female offenders: Trusts routinely provide these services through their mainstream delivery. While our main aim in this report has been to identify the new initiatives and services funded from the additional provision, we also briefly highlight the way in which Probation Trusts have used their core funding to strengthen and improve services for female offenders. And wherever possible, we have identified resources contributed by other parties - though this is not always easy to do precisely. Details: London: NOMS, 2013. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 25, 2014 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/252837/stocktake-wcs.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Treatment Programs Shelf Number: 134248

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice Title: Peterborough social impact bond: HMP Doncaster: payment by results pilots: final re-conviction results for cohorts 1 Summary: This statistics bulletin presents the final outcomes for cohorts 1 of the Payment by Results (PbR) pilots for both the Social Impact Bond (SIB) at HMP Peterborough and the PbR pilot at HMP Doncaster. The frequency of re-conviction events for the Peterborough SIB cohort 1 is 8.4% lower compared to a matched national control group (142 re-conviction events per 100 offenders in Peterborough's cohort 1 compared to 155 re-conviction events per 100 offenders nationally). This means that the provider is on track to achieve the 7.5% reduction target for the final payment based on an aggregate of both cohorts, but that the pilot did not achieve the 10% reduction target for cohort 1. The cohort 1 re-conviction rate for offenders released from HMP Doncaster was 5.7 percentage points lower than the 2009 baseline year (from 58.0% in the 2009 baseline year to 52.2% in cohort 13). This is a successful outcome for the provider, Serco, because the 5.0 percentage point threshold has been achieved, and they therefore retain the full core contract value for this pilot year. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2014. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Statistics Bulletin: Accessed November 26, 2014 at: http://socialwelfare.bl.uk/subject-areas/services-client-groups/adult-offenders/ministryofjustice/166708pbr-pilots-cohort-1-results.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Adult Offenders (U.K.) Shelf Number: 134258

Author: Fawcett, Jo Title: Development of Electronic Monitoring in Scotland - Analysis of Consultation Responses Summary: Background 1.1 The consultation paper 'Development of Electronic Monitoring in Scotland: A Consultation on the Future Direction of the Electronic Monitoring Service' was launched in September 2013, seeking views on the operation of the current electronic monitoring service in Scotland as well as options for future development of the service which could include satellite tracking and remote alcohol monitoring. 1.2 The consultation response form comprised 21 open questions covering the broad themes of radio frequency monitoring, GPS, and other electronic monitoring issues. The final question asked for any other comments that had not been covered elsewhere. 1.3 Forty-eight responses were received from organisations in the public, private and third sectors as well as other independent and professional bodies and academic institutions. Overview of responses 1.4 A majority of the organisations responding to the consultation were broadly supportive of the development of electronic monitoring to be integrated better into the rehabilitative journey. The key themes in responses related to the need for electronic monitoring to be part of a rehabilitative, person-centred 'package' of support, the need for interaction and integration between statutory services and the service provider and the need for effective information sharing between organisations. 1.5 Whilst the current system for handling breach of orders was broadly supported by some organisations responding to the consultation, there were more widespread suggestions for improvements. The main suggestions for improvements focused on further improving speed of response, simplification of the system, the need for greater clarity regarding consequences of breach and improved communication and information sharing. 1.6 The main barriers to greater use of electronic monitoring related to a perceived lack of understanding and awareness generally, public perceptions of electronic monitoring as a 'soft' punishment, the need for evidence on the effectiveness of electronic monitoring in terms of reducing reoffending and concerns about the appropriateness of offenders' living arrangements when under electronic monitoring. A small number of respondents also cited privacy and human rights issues as an area of potential concern. 1.7 Responses to the consultation indicate a degree of positive support, notably from but not limited to CJAs, for the concept of developing the scope of electronic monitoring. Many of the suggested areas for development and improvement reaffirmed the themes identified above. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2014. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 8, 2014 at: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Resource/0046/00462137.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 134275

Author: Wanless, Peter Title: An Independent Review Of Two Home Office Commissioned Independent Reviews Looking At Information Held In Connection With Child Abuse from 1979-1999 Summary: 1. The Home Secretary appointed us to conduct an independent review of two previous pieces of work commissioned by her Permanent Secretary. Review 1 had been invited to consider: What, if any, material was provided to the Department [Home Office] in relation to alleged organised child abuse; and What, if any, action was taken in relation to such allegations and whether relevant materials were passed to the police or law enforcement body to investigate; and Whether any member of Home Office staff was alleged or found to be involved or implicated in organised child abuse and what action was taken. 2. Review 2 looked into whether the Home Office ever directly or indirectly funded the Paedophile Information Exchange [PIE]. 3. The initial acceptance by the Home Office that 114 files were 'missing' without further information fuelled speculation that something untoward had occurred. Having considered and been permitted to make public much more detailed information about those files, it will be apparent why, in our consideration of Review 1, we did not confine our work to a straightforward repeat of the initial reviews but wanted to consider material beyond that held at the Home Office itself. 4. Although we have summarised our findings, it is important to consider the full extent of our work alongside the detail included in Review 1 and not consider any part of either review in isolation. Details: London: Home Office, 2014. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 8, 2014 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/372915/Wanless-Whittam_Review_Report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect (U.K.) Shelf Number: 134283

Author: Williams, Kim Title: Accommodation, homelessness and reoffending of prisoners: Results from the Surveying Prisoner Crime Reduction (SPCR) survey Summary: This report summarises the accommodation backgrounds and needs of newly sentenced prisoners, and the links between these and reoffending on release. Data for this report come from Surveying Prisoner Crime Reduction (SPCR) (a longitudinal cohort study of 1,435 adult prisoners sentenced to between one month and four years in prison in 2005 and 2006), the Police National Computer (PNC), and the 2003 general population survey - the Offending, Crime, and Justice Survey (OCJS). Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2012. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Summary 3/12: Accessed December 9, 2014 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/278806/homelessness-reoffending-prisoners.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Homelessness Shelf Number: 130130

Author: Perpetuity Research and Consultancy International Title: Tackling Knife Crime: A Review of Literature on Knife Crime in the UK. A report for the Royal Armouries Museum Summary: This study involved a systematic review of the literature and research pertaining to knife crime in the UK. It was found that a wealth of information was available but often this was contradictory, inaccurate and misleading. Perpetuity produced a review that identified the reliability and credibility of all data sources relating to knife crime, highlighted gaps in knowledge and provided recommendations on how to progress towards obtaining a comprehensive and measurable understanding of knife crime in the future. Details: Leicester, UK: PRCI, 2007. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 9, 2014 at: http://perpetuityresearch.com/811/royal-armouries-museum-tackling-knife-crime/ Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 134290

Author: Barnes, Tim Title: What's littering Britain? A survey of British litter Summary: This survey was undertaken to answer two questions: "What's littering Britain? and more specifically "What brands are littering Britain?". Litter is a significant environmental problem and an understanding of what types of products are most likely to be littered is an important step to developing effective prevention strategies. Equally, identifying the most frequently littered brands is a significant step to developing greater producer responsibility for the problem. Volunteer litter pickers from across the country were invited to participate in the survey. The litter pickers were asked to: - pick up 1-2 large sacks of litter; - sort the litter by type, i.e. cans and bottles, crisp packets, fast food, and then by brand; - count the number items for each brand; - record the results on a survey form. The survey form and instructions provided to the litter pickers are contained in Appendix 1 and 2. The survey was conducted in September and October of 2009. Details: Litterheroes.co.uk, 2010. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 9, 2014 at: http://www.litterheroes.co.uk/WhatslitteringBritain.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Litter (U.K.) Shelf Number: 134296

Author: Bradford, Ben Title: Obeying the rules of the road: Procedural justice, social identity and normative compliance Summary: Why do people comply with traffic laws and regulations? Road traffic policing tends to be premised on the idea that people comply when they are presented with a credible risk of sanction in the event of non-compliance. Such an instrumental model of compliance contrasts with the normative account offered by procedural justice theory, in which compliance is encouraged by legitimate legal authorities. Comparing these two accounts, we find evidence that both instrumental and normative factors explain variance in motorists' self-reported propensity to offend. Extending the standard procedural justice account, we also find that it is social identity - not legitimacy - that forms the 'bridge' linking procedural fairness and compliance, at least according to a definition of legitimacy that combines felt obligation and moral endorsement. Fair treatment at the hands of police officers seems to enhance identification with the social group the police represent, and in turn, identification seems to motivate adherence to rules (laws) governing social behavior. These findings have implications not only for understandings of legal compliance, but also our understanding of why procedural justice motivates compliance, and the role of procedural justice in promoting social cohesion. Details: Unpublished Paper, 2014. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 10, 2014 at: http://www.lse.ac.uk/methodology/pdf/JonJackson/Obeying-the-rules-of-the-road-SSRN-Nov2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Procedural Justice (U.K.) Shelf Number: 134297

Author: Sutherland, Alex Title: WIRE Project Offending, Risk and Need Profile: Report for St. Giles Trust Summary: This report provides an overview of the nature, frequency and severity of offences committed by women working with the St. Giles Trust (herein `St. Giles') Women's Information and Resettlement for Ex-offenders (WIRE) project from April 2010 to early 2012. In addition, it also sets out assessment information from the probation and prison services which relate to WIRE participants, highlighting those areas which have been highlighted as `offending related'. This report complements other work completed for the St. Giles Trust on the WIRE project by providing an insight into the offence, risk and need prole of those women who have participated in the project to date. Further details on the process and administration of the WIRE project can be found in the main report which accompanies this report. Details: Cambridge, UK: University of Cambridge, 2012. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 10, 2014 at: www.stgilestrust.org.uk Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Offenders (U.K.) Shelf Number: 134301

Author: Social Innovation Partnership Title: Unlocking Offending Data (Women's Information and Resettlement for Ex-offenders): Evaluation Report Summary: The evaluation, carried out by The Social Innovation Partnership (TSIP), in conjunction with academics at the University of Cambridge and London Metropolitan University, tracked the reconviction rates of 104 women who engaged with the service and for whom offending history data was available. The results indicated that the women's offending rate halved in the 12 month period after engagement with WIRE. It has also highlighted: - The high levels of demand for WIRE - A highly flexible, needs-led approach - Intensive work with clients in the early stages from the moment of release - A possible need to resource a longer term service for the clients to aid long-term resettlement The researchers also gathered the perspectives of clients and partner agencies as a part of their research. These concluded that clients regarded WIRE as playing a vital role in helping them resettle into the community. Partner agencies valued WIRE's ability to relieve some of their pressures and work effectively with some of their most chaotic clients. The service was perceived as being particularly successful in sourcing accommodation for women who are generally difficult to house. Details: London: St. Giles Trust, 2012. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 10, 2014 at: http://www.stgilestrust.org.uk/stats-and-info/p192682-support-for-female-prison-leavers-reduces-re-offending.html Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Offenders (U.K.) Shelf Number: 134302

Author: Barnsley, Ken Title: Report to Salford SRB 5 Executive. Integrating and Sustaining Communities Salford's SRB 5 Final Programme Evaluation Summary: This document presents Quaternion's evaluation of the Salford SRB Round 5 Programme, Integrating and Sustaining Communities. The overall purpose of the evaluation was to look at the initial conditions of the area, covering the issues the programme set out to tackle; the schemes, objectives and strategy; an analysis of the outputs and outcomes of the programme; the process of regeneration and neighbourhood renewal; the overall achievements of the scheme and the main lessons learned that can be taken forward for future regeneration in Salford. The programme aimed to target Seedley and Langworthy and to address economic and social needs across Salford. At the time of the bid Seedley and Langworthy was a small residential area with a concentration of 3000 or so terraced houses, with significant problems of decline in the housing market, high levels of unemployment, high crime and anti-social behaviour. Other parts of inner city Salford experience similar issues in terms of high levels of unemployment, poor educational attainment and high levels of social exclusion and poverty; these areas being targets for the Social Inclusion programme. In addition to these issues there was a need to provide support to local businesses and ensure that people from deprived communities were able to benefit from job opportunities in Salford and the surrounding labour market; issues that were tackled through the Economic Development Programme. The programme had five strategic objectives and achieved most of the significant outcomes it aimed for in 1999: - Reducing unemployment and increasing business growth, improving educational attainment as the contribution to SO1: Enhancing Employment Education and Skills - There was a reduction in poverty across the City and positive impacts on communities experiencing exclusion as the contribution to SO2 Tackling Social Exclusion - The programme set about and achieved the start of sustainable regeneration in Seedley and Langworthy, introduced new methods of managing the housing stock and innovative approaches to improving the environment for SO3: Sustainable physical regeneration - It assisted in the stabilisation of the housing market in Seedley and Langworthy and helped businesses to grow and invest as part of SO4: Economic Growth - It increased the confidence to report crime and reduced both crime and the fear of crime as its contribution to SO5: Improving Community Safety In addition to making progress towards the outcomes, the programme more than achieved in terms of target outputs: with more than twice as many jobs created as set out in the bid; many more community and voluntary organisations supported; almost 250 new businesses established and thriving and many more people than anticipated benefiting from community safety initiatives. Some of the most dynamic impacts and achievements have been realised in Seedley and Langworthy and key stakeholders cited improvements to the physical fabric of the area in terms of the housing and environment and equally important, improvements in community spirit and the involvement of local people in their area. Details: Manchester, UK: QUARTERNION, 2007. 155p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 10, 2014 at: http://www.salford.gov.uk/d/srb5-evaluation1.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Safety Shelf Number: 134310

Author: ODS Consulting Title: Flexible Research Contract: Evaluation in the Community Safety Unit. Body Worn Video Projects in Paisley and Aberdeen: Self Evaluation Summary: 1.1 Body worn video (BWV) camera systems are now used by a significant number of police forces and warden services across the UK. In 2010 they were being used in more than 40 police force areas. The systems are hands free and provide video and audio recording which are time and date stamped. They make it possible to record offences and to capture evidence. 1.2 In Renfrewshire, body worn video cameras were trialled (using just three head mounted cameras) in 2006/07. A larger scale approach (using 38 cameras) was introduced in June 2009 and is still in operation. This programme was reviewed by Strathclyde Police after the first eight months of operation (June 2009-January 2010).1 1.3 In Aberdeen, a pilot programme using body worn videos started in June 2010. This was reviewed after three months of operation.2 Since the review, the programme has been extended. 1.4 Those involved in the two areas (Strathclyde Police; Renfrewshire Council Environmental Warden Service; and Grampian Police) sought support to assist them to scope and evaluate the business benefits of using body worn video cameras. 1.5 They applied to the Scottish Government‟s Community Safety Unit for evaluation support from their Evaluation Support Framework Contract. The application was successful and the Community Safety Unit appointed ODS Consulting to provide an agreed modest level of evaluation support. 1.6 The evaluation work was overseen by a Project Board, made up of senior staff from Strathclyde Police, Grampian Police and the Crown Office and Procurator Fiscal Service. A Project Team, including operational staff from each of these organisations and from Renfrewshire Council, led in the evidence gathering to support the evaluation. 1.7 The evaluation draws together information from the previous reviews which have been undertaken; information produced in Scottish Government reports; fresh information gathered in each area; and information from the Criminal Justice Board‟s Management Information System. Details: Glasgow: ODS Consulting, 2011. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 15, 2015 at: http://www.bwvsg.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/BWV-Scottish-Report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras (Scotland) Shelf Number: 134405

Author: Northern Ireland Criminal Justice Inspection Title: Policing and Community Safety Partnerships: A review of governance, delivery and outcomes Summary: Although PCSPs have delivered successful projects and events at a local level, the absence of reliable performance indicators limited the assessment of their overall impact. Working relationships with community partners were more successful than those with statutory agencies and police accountability meetings were most successful when operating in an open and transparent manner. At the end of the current four-year cycle, the efficiency and viability of PCSPs should be reviewed against baseline performance measures. The contribution made by Police and Community Safety Partnerships (PCSPs) in Northern Ireland to improving community safety in local areas and addressing concerns around policing issues, has been examined in an independent inspection report published today (4 December 2014). The report by Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland (CJI) which looked at governance, performance and accountability, found a lack of reliable performance information meant it was difficult to establish the overall impact of PCSPs. It also identified that current governance arrangements were too bureaucratic and that on average 43% of the $5.5m funding provided annually to PCSPs, was being spent on administration costs. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2014. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 15, 2015 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/aa/aacda6ac-11fa-4d0a-944a-4ba2cd4eed28.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Partnerships Shelf Number: 134410

Author: Morse, Amyas Title: Reforming the UK Border and Immigration System: report Summary: The Home Office (the Department) has been directly responsible for managing the UK's immigration and border operations since April 2013. The Department aims to ensure the flow of people and goods through the system is efficient, while working towards its target to reduce net migration. In 2013-14, nearly 112 million people arrived in the UK. Before 2013, the former UK Border Agency (the Agency) managed the Department's immigration and asylum work. The Home Secretary separated border operations from the Agency in March 2012, setting up Border Force as a directorate within the Department. In March 2013, the Home Secretary abolished the remaining Agency and brought its work into the Department under two new directorates: UK Visas and Immigration and Immigration Enforcement. The Home Secretary did this because of the Agency's troubled history, including its large size and conflicting cultures; inadequate IT systems; the problematic policy and legal framework it worked in; and the resulting lack of transparency and accountability. The three directorates now working within the Department each have a different focus. UK Visas and Immigration decides on applications to visit and stay in the UK with a strong customer focus. Immigration Enforcement's remit is to enforce the law for those who break immigration rules. Border Force secures the UK border, through immigration and customs controls. The Department's new corporate centre, comprising finance, human resources, IT and performance reporting, supports the directorates. We reported progress in cutting costs and improving performance in the Agency and Border Force in July 2012. We also reported progress in Border Force in September 2013. After our 2012 report, the Committee of Public Accounts (the Committee) wrote to the Department expressing concerns, including: delays to the former Agency's transformation programme; the risk that a flagship IT programme would not deliver intended benefits; significant backlogs; poor workforce planning and skills strategy; inadequate demand modelling; and an insufficient focus on improvingperformance management. This report focuses on the progress the two new directorates have made in addressing the Committee's concerns and the Home Secretary's reasons for abolishing the Agency. Details: London: National Audit Office, 2014. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 20, 2015 at: http://www.nao.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/Reforming-the-UK-border-and-immigration-system.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 134415

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Tackling Youth Knife Crime: Practical Advice for Police Summary: The Tackling Knives Action Programme (TKAP) was developed by the Home Office, working closely with other government departments and key stakeholders including local government, police forces, community groups and practitioners in affected local areas. TKAP will sustain and build on existing cross-government and community work; this includes the lessons learned and success achieved by the Tackling Gangs Action Programme and Youth Crime Action Plan (YCAP) to reduce the number of teenagers killed or seriously wounded and increase public confidence that our streets are safe. The first phase of TKAP was launched by the Prime Minister and Home Secretary on 5 June 2008. In the first nine months we focused nearly $7 million of resources on rapid, concentrated work to tackle teenage knife crime in 14 areas of the country. In March 2009 TKAP was extended for a further year, with an extra $5 million to tackle knife crime and increase targeted police action to tackle the minority of young people who commit serious violence, regardless of the weapon involved. TKAP has been extended to include 13- to 24-year-olds (previously 13- to 19-year-olds), and to a further two forces, taking the total to 16 forces. This work runs alongside the Youth Crime Action Plan. The guide will help police to engage with key partners including: - the local community; - Crime and Disorder Reduction Partnerships (CDRPs) and Community Safety Partnerships (CSPs); - children's services, schools, colleges and Safer School Partnerships; - health services; and - trading standards. This guide will help you to: - share and use available data effectively; - identify an emerging knife-carrying population/knife crime problem; - identify the range of partners you should work with in your area; and - consider options for tackling the problem (including prevention-based, targeted work with at-risk individuals, risk assessment, mediation, enforcement and community reassurance). The nature and extent of knife crime varies across England and Wales, so the approaches discussed in this guide are not prescriptive. The guide reflects learning from around the country and is designed to be used as a starting point for developing strategies to address your local issues. Details: London: Home Office, 2009. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 21, 2015 at: http://www.knifecrimes.org/youth087a.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 134426

Author: Chapman, Chip Title: An Independent Review of the Police Disciplinary System in England and Wales Summary: There is a danger that another report on police discipline is seen as no more than a Potemkin village. The status quo always has an army to protect it. I was tasked by the Home Secretary to put forward proposals for a reformed police disciplinary system that is clear, public-focussed, transparent and more independent. The terms of the review included giving consideration to both the police and staff systems and how they might be brought more closely together. Police performance, conduct and misconduct (including what arises from the complaints procedure) have been surveyed and scanned more than most other aspects of policing. This is not just in England and Wales, but in almost all those jurisdictions around the world that follow a similar policing inheritance to the UK, and those that aspire to our level of legitimacy. This report follows in the footsteps of, for example, the Morris Report (2004) and the Taylor Report (2005). There are consistent themes in all previous reports in all jurisdictions. These include: - A requirement to harmonise the disciplinary arrangements, as far as possible, with those of other public sector employers. - Balancing the focus of sanctions between punitive and rehabilitative action. - A requirement for the lowest level decision-making in disciplinary matters. - A requirement to formally link managerial and disciplinary systems. - A requirement to speed up processes with simple systems. - A requirement to streamline dismissal procedures. - A requirement to streamline review and appeals procedures. I have attempted to navigate within these themes. "The police service is constantly in the news, often glamorised, often vilified" : not my words but of those debating the last Royal Commission in to policing in 1962.1 The Royal Commission followed a number of high profile scandals that might also resonate in 2014. A key change from 1962 has been the decentralisation of control and accountability back to the Police and Crime Commissioners (PCC) via the Police Reform and Social Responsibility Act 2011. In business process terms, this is akin to the relationship between the "Chairman" of a Board (the PCC) and the "CEO" (Chief Officer) and defines where leadership and managerial accountability should lie at that level. I have been mindful of this distinction and the need to allow police forces "to manage their business" as one would expect of a CEO. It is right that authority and responsibility should predominantly lie with the police leadership: what is then done with those two features is even more important. Where there are recommendations that counter this, it is because of the need for transparency, removal of opaqueness or the requirement for increased trust by the public in the internal mechanisms of the police disciplinary system. That is, helping the police to help themselves. At the heart of the issue throughout this report is not discipline at all: it is the sum of governance, leadership, management, ethos, ethics, training, culture and behaviours. With the time constraints allocated to me, I have not been able to delve in to all of these areas as I might have liked. Details: London: UK Government, 2014. 94p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 22, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/385911/An_Independent_Review_of_the_Police_Disciplinary_System_-_Report_-_Final....pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Corruption Shelf Number: 134437

Author: Priestley, William Title: Police Use of Discretion Incorporating Penalty Notices Summary: The use of discretion by the Police Service of Northern Ireland (PSNI) to deliver a proportionate and swift response to minor offending has been examined in a new inspection report by Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland (CJI). The report, which is published today (28 January 2015) examined how the PSNI used discretionary disposals along with fixed penalty notices and penalty notices for disorder, to deal with less serious offences that did not have to be referred to the Public Prosecution Service for Northern Ireland (PPS) or the courts. "Discretion is one of the most powerful tools available to police officers in Northern Ireland. It is commonplace in many jurisdictions and viewed as a valuable extension to the formal criminal justice system," said Brendan McGuigan, Chief Inspector of Criminal Justice in Northern Ireland. "When used in a judicious manner, discretion is an important building block in establishing police legitimacy and assists in the delivery of faster, fairer, justice for victims and offenders while freeing the courts to focus on more serious matters. "But with great power comes great responsibility. It is therefore imperative the PSNI works to ensure individual officers throughout Northern Ireland apply discretion in an equitable, consistent manner that is in keeping with the ethos and parameters of the initiative," said Mr McGuigan. The inspection revealed that since discretionary disposals were introduced in 2010 as an alternative to prosecution, higher numbers of low level offences have been dealt with by this route than anticipated. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2015. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 28, 2015 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/a5/a508de4d-18de-49dd-9c29-65a2212b8676.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Misdemeanor Shelf Number: 134479

Author: Morgan, Nick Title: An evaluation of government/law enforcement interventions aimed at reducing metal theft Summary: Executive summary - While most acquisitive crimes have fallen consistently over the past five years, metal theft increased between 2009 and 2011 in line with a sharp rise in global metal prices. It then fell during 2012 and 2013. - This paper summarises results of analyses which aimed to test whether the decline from 2012 was caused primarily by the government/law enforcement interventions launched to address metal theft, or was simply due to metal prices falling back from their peak. - The analysis is based mainly on data for metal thefts held by the Energy Networks Association (ENA), though data from British Transport Police (BTP) are also used to verify the main results. The phased roll-out of Operation Tornado across England and Wales helps to identify the specific impact of the interventions, as distinct from other factors that might have contributed to the fall in metal thefts. - The analysis found that metal thefts recorded by the Energy Networks Association and by British Transport Police fell to levels far lower during 2012 and 2013 than would be expected from the drop in metal prices alone. - This implies that the interventions launched during that period, Operation Tornado and cashless trading at scrap metal dealers (described below), did contribute to a substantial reduction in the number of offences. - Analysis showed a large, statistically significant effect for the interventions even when controlling for metal prices and other factors driving acquisitive crime. - Scotland, which did not receive the interventions, had a rising trend in metal theft during the post-intervention period, according to the Energy Networks Association data. This adds further weight to the main finding, and suggests that some metal theft may have been displaced north of the border. - As with most retrospective evaluations, there are necessary limitations with both the data and the methodology employed, but these findings are in line with the limited existing evidence from other nations. Details: London: Home Office, 2015. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 80: Accessed January 28, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/398511/horr80.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 134480

Author: Mullen, Jess Title: The Young Review: Improving outcomes for young black and/or Muslim men in the Criminal in the Criminal Justice System. Summary: The disproportionately high numbers of black, Asian and minority ethnic (BAME) offenders and the poor outcomes they face in the Criminal Justice System (CJS) have been drawn to the attention of successive governments, voluntary and public sector agencies for decades. The situation has frequently been the subject of independent scrutiny and attempted institutional reform. Yet despite this, poor results persist; arguably, we have now reached a critical point. The figures should be of great concern to all those with an interest in crime prevention and reduction and the rehabilitation of offenders. For example: - There is greater disproportionality in the number of black people in prisons in the UK than in the United States. - 13.1% of prisoners self identify as black, compared with approximately 2.9% of the over 18 population recorded in the 2011 Census. - Similarly Muslim prisoners account for 13.4% of the prison population compared with 4.2 % in the 2011 Census. - This figure has risen sharply since 2002 when Muslim prisoners were 7.7% of the prison population. Starting its work in October 2013, one of the main aims of the Young Review has been to consider how existing knowledge regarding the disproportionately negative outcomes experienced by black and Muslim male offenders may be applied in the significantly changed environment introduced under the Transforming Rehabilitation (TR) reforms. We convened a Task Group comprising ex-offenders and representatives from the voluntary, statutory, private and academic sectors to advise and help shape the Young Review. We set up discussion groups with service users, in prison and community settings, along with organisations that provide services to them. We also met with a range of representatives from statutory agencies and independent providers in the CJS. Our findings and recommendations are based on these discussions and meetings, and an examination of the available literature and data relating to young black and/or Muslim offenders. In focusing on this particular demographic, we are immediately presented with the challenge of current methodologies employed in collecting and analysing information. Most existing data and research focuses on all people of BAME origin and of all ages and/or faiths. Where data is disaggregated, broad categories such as 'mixed origin' or Muslim are used, when neither group is culturally or ethnically homogeneous. In addition, not all criminal justice agencies use the same categories for ethnic origin data. BAME representation in the prison population is heavily influenced by age with many more young BAME male prisoners than older ones. In addition in the youth estate BAME disproportionality is even starker with 43% of 15-17 year olds coming from such backgrounds; this is a concerning sign for the potential future make up of the adult prison population. Whatever the shortcomings of the data, there is ample evidence demonstrating the high proportions of young black and/or Muslim men at all stages of the CJS compared to all other groups reporting the least positive perceptions of prison life8 and referring to the negative impact of being perceived through racialised stereotypes. The poorer outcomes we highlight for these young men exist within a wider context of over representation for this group at the earlier stages of the CJS and a pattern of multiple disadvantage in other areas of social policy. Details: London: Barrow Cadbury Trust, 2014. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 28, 2015 at: http://www.clinks.org/sites/default/files/basic/files-downloads/clinks_young-review_report_final-web_0.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Male Offenders (U.K.) Shelf Number: 134481

Author: Soroptimist International Title: Transforming Lives: Reducing Women's Imprisonment Summary: In december 2011 the Soroptimist International UK Programme Action Committee (UKPAC) took the decision to work in partnership with the Prison Reform Trust to reduce women's imprisonment across the UK. The decision reflected concern that women who have committed petty and non-violent offences are unnecessarily and disproportionately imprisoned when community solutions are often more effective and less damaging for children and families. The project also ties in with Soroptimists' flagship project Violence Against Women - Stop It Now, as abusive and coercive relationships are a significant driver to women's offending, and a majority of women in prison report having been abused at some point in their life. This report, based on information gathered by Soroptimists across the UK in 2013-14 about what happens in their local areas to women who offend, or are at risk of offending, highlights progress and good practice whilst identifying constraints, gaps and shortcomings in local service provision. We are grateful to the hundreds of Soroptimists who have done so much to raise awareness of the over-imprisonment of women in the UK and the consequences for children and families, and contribute to progress towards a more effective and humane approach to women's justice. Details: London: Prison Reform Trust, 2014. 128p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 28, 2015 at: http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/Portals/0/Documents/transforming%20lives.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 134485

Author: Haines, Alina Title: The role of automatic number plate recognition surveillance within policing and public reassurance Summary: This Thesis examines the role that Automatic Number Plate Recognition surveillance plays within policing and public reassurance. The thesis is improvement orientated, exploring how ANPR could become a more effective policing tool and highlights implications for future policies and practice. The first two chapters set the context for the research, explaining what ANPR is, its place within criminology and gaps in research addressed in the Thesis. The literature review calls for a better understanding of ANPR's potential and role as an investigative tool and an examination of the public's views about ANPR surveillance. In the third chapter, reference is made to available methods used to address such objectives. Chapters Four, Five and Six present the results emerging from the empirical work in this Thesis. Chapter Four is concerned with police perceptions regarding current ANPR practice. The thesis highlights the complexity of translating policy into practice in the current political and economic climate, where objectives and priorities dictated by the government are constantly shifting. Continuing its improvement orientation, Chapter Five covers public perceptions about ANPR and outlines ways to address the balance between privacy and security without endangering both. The potential impact of ANPR on crime and ways to measure it is the topic of Chapter Six, which argues that establishing a causal link between ANPR and crime is not a straightforward process. The concluding chapter talks about the implications of the study and any interesting future avenues for research. The emerging findings from this research sit uncomfortably with the opinions and predictions of both supporters and opponents of ANPR alike and shed light not only on the management and use of ANPR by the police in Britain, but also on many of the ethical issues raised by the emergence of new surveillance technologies. Details: Huddersfield, UK: University of Huddersfield, 2009. 335p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed January 29, 2015 at: http://eprints.hud.ac.uk/8760/1/FinalThesis.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Automatic Number Plate Recognition (U.K.) Shelf Number: 134488

Author: Mews, Aidan Title: The impact of short custodial sentences, community orders and suspended sentence orders on re-offending Summary: Community orders and suspended sentence orders represent a substantial proportion of sentences given in England and Wales - about 13 per cent of all adult sentences imposed in 2013. This study examined the impact on adult re-offending outcomes of these court orders and requirements imposed as part of those orders. It also looked at the effects over different follow-up periods to explore the impact over time. The study builds on previous analyses of community requirements, using more data, a more thorough matching process, and examining more combinations of requirements. Approach Offender data from 2008 to 2011 (inclusive) were used. A propensity score matching approach was followed, matching offenders given particular sentences with other, similar ones given other sentences. This method used data from Offender Assessment System (OASys) assessments, probation and re-offending, and tax and benefits systems. This is a well-tested approach to looking at impact, but one that cannot decisively discount the potential for an unmeasured factor to influence results. Key findings - - Short-term custody (less than 12 months in prison, without supervision on release) was consistently associated with higher rates of proven re-offending than community orders and suspended sentence orders ('court orders'). Over a 1 year follow-up period, a higher proportion of people re-offended having been sentenced to short term custody than other, similar people given a community order (around 3 percentage points higher) or a suspended sentence order (7 percentage points higher). In addition, short term custody was associated with up to 1 more re-offence per person on average than both community and suspended sentence orders. - However, the impact appeared to vary over different follow-up periods. Over a three year period, while it was still the case that more people re-offended having been sentenced to short term custody rather than a 'court order', this difference decreased. The benefits of the 'court orders' on reducing re-offending were felt predominately in the first year of follow-up. - The benefit of 'court orders' over short term custody was seemingly increased when OASys variables were not used in the matching method, suggesting that these variables include influential factors associated with re-offending and/or the likelihood of being given a particular sentence. The analysis indicates that it is important to include OASys scores in the matching process, and that their omission leads to an upward bias in the estimate of impact. They should therefore be used routinely in similar analyses, even though that entails limiting the analysis to the subset of cases for which an OASys assessment is available. - There was evidence of particular requirements and groups of requirements having greater benefits in terms of reducing re-offending compared to short term custody. - Supervision requirements were generally associated with reduced proven re-offending where they were used. - There were examples where activity requirements and accredited programme requirements were associated with reductions in re-offending, but overall the impact was uncertain. However, these requirements were examined collectively, and particular activities / programmes may have had a more positive impact on re-offending. In addition, using proven re-offending as a sole outcome measure may not pick up all potential benefits of these requirements. - The impact of using combinations of requirements together was difficult to predict. Sometimes, the impact of requirements changed when used with certain others. For example, activity requirements had an uncertain impact when used with a curfew on community orders. When supervision was added to the activity as well, a significant reduction in re-offending was found. However, when a programme requirement was added to this, the impact returned to being uncertain. - There may be differences in impacts associated with suspended sentence orders and community orders, with outcomes mostly non-significant for suspended sentence orders. Some characteristic of either or both of these orders may make particular requirements more / less effective (the data used in this study do not allow a full explanation of what precisely is driving the effects). Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2015. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Analytical Series: Accessed January 29, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/399389/impact-of-short-custodial-sentences-on-reoffending.PDF Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 134491

Author: Wood, Martin Title: Re-offending by offenders on Community Orders: Results from the Offender Management Community Cohort Study Summary: This report is one of a series summarising findings from the Offender Management Community Cohort Study (OMCCS), a longitudinal cohort study of offenders aged 18 and over, who started Community Orders between October 2009 and December 2010. The report focuses on re-offending by these offenders, using a measure of proven re-offending. Proven re-offending is defined as any offence committed in the 12 months following the start of the Community Order that received a court conviction or caution in that 12 months or within a further six month waiting period. It examines the factors associated with re-offending, such as offenders' needs, attitudes and their relationship with their Offender Manager. The report will help inform policy makers and providers about the key characteristics of this group of offenders and will be useful in the development of practice in the delivery of Community Orders and supervision in the community. Preliminary findings on re-offending levels among offenders on Community Orders from the OMCCS were published in July 2013 (Wood et al., 2013a) using incomplete re-offending data. This report presents updated analysis on levels of re-offending and therefore findings may vary from those previously published. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2015. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Analytical Series: Accessed January 29, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/399388/reoffending-by-offenders-on-community-orders.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 134492

Author: Hughes, Karen Title: The mental health needs of gang-affiliated young people Summary: Executive summary - Research is beginning to expose the high burden of mental illness faced by young people involved with gangs. Gang members are at increased risk of a range of mental health conditions including conduct disorder, antisocial personality disorder, anxiety, psychosis and drug and alcohol dependence (section 2) - The links between gang-affiliation and poor mental health can operate in both directions. Poor mental wellbeing can draw young people to gangs while gang involvement can negatively impact on an individual's mental health (section 3) - Violence is an inherent part of gang culture and gang members are at increased risk of involvement in violence as both perpetrators and victims. Long-term exposure to violence is associated with psychological problems including depression, conduct disorders and post-traumatic stress disorder (section 3) - Poor mental health and gang-affiliation share many common risk factors, often relating to young people's early life experiences and the environments in which they grow up. The more risk factors young people are exposed to the greater their vulnerability to negative outcomes (section 4) - Girls involved with gangs can be particularly vulnerable to mental health problems resulting from sexual and intimate partner violence (section 5) Preventing the development of risk factors and promoting mental wellbeing in young people requires a life course approach that supports parents and families and encourages healthy development from the very earliest stages of life (section 6) - Programmes such as home visiting, parenting programmes, preschool programmes and school-based social and emotional development programmes can protect children from the risk factors for gang involvement and poor mental health, including parental stress, exposure to violence and behavioural problems (section 6). - Evidence-based, relevant, accessible and non-stigmatising community interventions should be available in gang-affected areas to promote health and emotional wellbeing, support recovery from mental illness and help young people move away from harmful gang-related activities (section 7) - Gang-affiliated young people may experience particular barriers to engaging with mental health and other services. Novel approaches are required, including the provision of holistic support in young peoples' own environments and the use of key workers or mentors who are able to build trusting relationships with young people involved with gangs (section 7). - Effectively addressing the relationships between gang-affiliation and poor mental health requires a strong, collaborative approach that co-ordinates services across a wide range of organisations. Health services, local authorities, schools, criminal justice agencies and communities all have an important role to play in promoting healthy social and emotional development in children and young people and ensuring vulnerable young people affected by gangs and poor mental health receive the support they require. Details: London: Public Health England, 2015. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 3, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/398674/The_mental_health_needs_of_gang-affiliated_young_people_v3_23_01_1.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gangs (U.K.) Shelf Number: 134520

Author: Independent Restraint Advisory Panel Title: Implementation of the Minimising and Managing Physical Restraint System Summary: In August 2011, the Restraint Advisory Board (RAB) presented its report titled 'Assessment of Minimising and Managing Physical Restraint (MMPR) for the Children in the Secure Estate', to the Restraint Management Board (RMB) in the Ministry of Justice. The report made 37 recommendations that were designed to assist the responsible authorities to implement the new system and included "changes to deeply held working practices (which) can take years to overcome" (Williamson and Smallridge). Subsequently, the Ministry of Justice (MoJ) formed a new group of experts. The new group was named the Independent Restraint Advisory Panel (IRAP). It contained several members who were members of the RAB previously. IRAP was established with two main purposes. They were to: - Assess the quality and safety of systems of restraint commissioned for use with children in Secure Children's Homes (SCHs). The report on this aspect of IRAP's role has also been completed (A Review of Restraint Systems Commissioned for use with Children who are Resident in Secure Children's Homes, June 2014). - Support the implementation of MMPR in Young Offender Institutions (YOIs) and Secure Training Centres (STCs). As we describe in Section 1, the introduction to this report, a Memorandum of Understanding was agreed relating to the second of IRAP's tasks. This task is the subject of this report and it was carried out by a sub-group of the panel. Members of IRAP carried out a comprehensive range of activities in order to discharge its tasks. As Section 1 shows in more detail, they: made visits to two STCs and two YOIs; conducted meetings during visits to the STCs and YOIs with managers, staff, national and local trainers, YJB monitors, healthcare staff and young people resident in the STCs and YOIs; provided reports to the YJB and MoJ; attended meetings with national trainers and the YJB's staff to review cases that had been reported as exceptions; reviewed data on the use of MMPR as well as documents provided by the STCs and YOIs; and attended meetings with the Restraint Management Board and officials employed to work in the YJB and MoJ. In particular, the members of IRAP undertook visits to STCs and / or YOIs to both observe and take part in some or all of events as a part of the roll-out prior to implementation of MMPR. Overall, IRAP members noted that the quality of training was very high with a heavy emphasis on a child-centred approach and evident professionalism (Section 4). IRAP members also undertook visits to STCs and YOIs following implementation of MMPR (Section 5). IRAP fully acknowledges, and in no way underestimates, the considerable challenge for both the MMPR trainers and all staff at all levels who work in the secure establishments in introducing a wholly new system of child-centred restraint. IRAP draws attention to its extant concerns in this report (see Section 9 for summaries) and it makes practical suggestions on how to address them. IRAP acknowledges the solid progress made in improving the governance of the restraint system used in the STCs and YOIs with the introduction of a much improved data collection, analysis and feedback system that has accompanied the introduction of MMPR. IRAP recognises how accurate feedback loops can reduce risk gaps and create a culture of learning and improve delivery of timely change to minimise the risks that are associated with physical restraint of children (Section 6). IRAP strongly reaffirms the recommendation of the RAB report that a specially recruited and dedicated team within the National Offender Management Service (NOMS) should undertake training of staff on MMPR. Moreover, having observed tangible progress to date, IRAP strongly recommends that this core specialist team should be retained and maintained. IRAP's opinion is that to do otherwise would jeopardise the progress that has been made to date. Details: London: The Advisory Panel, 2014. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 3, 2015 at: http://socialwelfare.bl.uk/subject-areas/services-client-groups/young-offenders/ministryofjustice/168563irap-mmpr-final-report-2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Detention (U.K.) Shelf Number: 134521

Author: Kelly, Liz Title: Domestic Violence Perpetrator Programmes: Steps Towards Change Summary: As we complete this study there is more conversation about what is to be done with perpetrators of domestic violence than for some time - a conversation which ricochets across police, social services, women's support services, multi-agency groups, policymakers, commissioners, media commentators and academics. At issue are two key questions: Do domestic violence perpetrator programmes (DVPPs) actually work in reducing men's violence and abuse and increasing the freedom of women and children? How do we hold more perpetrators to account, since even if DVPPs do work, their limited capacity means the majority of men do not access them and criminal justice interventions alone are clearly not creating the change that all stakeholders seek? This report can offer evidence with respect to the first question and will engage with the second. Details: London and Durham: London Metropolitan University and Durham University, 2015. 52p. Source: Accessed February 3, 2015 at: https://www.dur.ac.uk/resources/criva/ProjectMirabalfinalreport.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence (U.K.) Shelf Number: 134525

Author: Losel, Friedrich Title: Risk and protective factors in the resettlement of imprisoned fathers with their families Summary: Parental imprisonment can be one of the most critical life events for families. It can disrupt marital and family relationships, have negative outcomes for children, and aggravate material and social problems. Furthermore, adjusting to life after prison is challenging for ex-prisoners and their families. Approximately one-half of prisoners are fathers of children under the age of 18, yet prisoners' children and families seem to be an 'invisible group' in our society (Ministry of Justice/Department for Schools, Children and Families, 2007). How families adjust to the return of an imprisoned partner or parent, the stress these events place on parents and children, and the support systems and coping mechanisms of family members have been rarely addressed in research. Most of past research has focused on parental imprisonment as a risk factor in the development of families and, in particular, the children (e.g., Murray & Farrington, 2008). On the other hand, families with strong ties can also be 'a resource, which is part of the solution' (Ministry of Justice, 2007, p. 17). Such relationships may help to protect the children of prisoners from negative outcomes and enable ex-prisoners to desist from further offending. To provide more detailed knowledge on both risk and protective factors and processes, the present study has been carried out in a collaboration between Ormiston Children and Families Trust and the Institute of Criminology at the University of Cambridge (funded by a grant from the Big Lottery Fund). The project is the first prospective longitudinal study in the United Kingdom and Europe to investigate risk and protective factors in the resettlement of imprisoned fathers and their families that gathered data from family sets of parents and children. It has addressed the quality of family relationships, contact during imprisonment, communication and problem solving, parenting and care-giving, informal social support, experiences of stigmatisation, finances, employment, accommodation, participation in support programmes, health issues, social behaviour, resilience and other factors that may be linked to positive or negative outcomes for parents and children. The research has been undertaken not only to increase our knowledge of such processes, but also to assist the National Offender Management Service (NOMS) and third sector organisations working to support families to develop more effective interventions for imprisoned fathers, their (ex)partners and their children. Details: Cambridge, UK: University of Cambridge, 2012. 125p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 5, 2015 at: http://www.crim.cam.ac.uk/research/fathers_in_prison/final_report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 134544

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Chief Inspector of Constabulary Title: Integrity Matters: An inspection of arrangements to ensure integrity and to provide the capability to tackle corruption in policing Summary: In our 2014/15 inspection programme, HMIC committed to carry out an inspection of police integrity and leadership. In March 2014, the Home Secretary asked HMIC to look at the anti-corruption capability of forces as part of the inspection, including the ability of professional standards departments to gather regular, actionable, intelligence on corruption matters. In April 2014, the Home Secretary wrote again to HM Chief Inspector of Constabulary in relation to reports into past investigations of corruption carried out by the Metropolitan Police Service, and asked that these reports be considered fully in this inspection. This report sets out our findings, and considers previous counter-corruption work in the Metropolitan Police Service. Details: London: HMIC, 2015. 226p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 5, 2015 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmic/wp-content/uploads/police-integrity-and-corruption-2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 134551

Author: Newburn, Tim Title: Literature review - Police integrity and corruption Summary: There is a sizeable body of literature that attempts to wrestle with the thorny issue of how 'corruption' might be defined. There is little need to review it all here, though the matter cannot be ignored entirely. What follows is a brief outline of why the issue of definition is of some concern, and an outline of the key terms used throughout this short review. In short, there have been two main ways of approaching the issue of corruption. One looks at the different forms of behaviour and attempts to distinguish those actions that might be considered corrupt. The second seeks to construct a definition that can be used to separate corrupt from non-corrupt acts. In truth neither is entirely satisfactory. The problem is that corruption is fundamentally an ethical issue. The simple but uncomfortable fact is that complex ethical problems are an inherent part of policing. The consequence is that complete clarity around conduct is impossible. However, recognising this, and being prepared to discuss openly the problems and the complexities necessarily involved in policing, is an important part of the process of developing coherent administrative policy responses to such issues. Details: London: HMIC, 2015. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 5, 2015 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmic/wp-content/uploads/pic-literature-review.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 134552

Author: McGuinness, Paul Title: The use and impact of the Rehabilitation of Offenders Act (1974): Final Report Summary: 1. This research arises from a current Government review of the Rehabilitation of Offenders Act (1974). It considers how recent changes to it may affect offender rehabilitation and employment opportunities, and how employers and ex-offenders perceive and are affected by the law. 2. Criminal convictions are an issue for a considerable portion of the Scottish population. Scottish Government analysts have analysed data from the Scottish Offenders Index to produce actual and estimated numbers of persons within the Scottish population having a criminal conviction. This analysis showed that over 38% of men and 9% of women born in 1973 are known to have at least one criminal conviction. Extrapolating to the population as a whole, at least one-third of the adult male population and nearly one in ten of the adult female population is likely to have a criminal record. 3. Criminal records checks are now a regular experience for many people. Currently over one million applications for basic disclosure of criminal convictions are processed every year by Disclosure Scotland. Recent changes have included the creation of a heightened checking scheme for people working with vulnerable groups. 4. Research and review have increasingly raised questions about the ability of the Act to support the smooth integration of people with historical criminal convictions. Rehabilitation periods set out in law have been criticised as too long in light of research on the declining risks of recidivism over time as well as research on the stigmatising effect of waiting for a criminal record to expire. Amendments to the Act have increased the range of professions and situations that are exempted from the Act. 5. Employment is one of the most strongly correlated predictors of reduced reoffending. Not only does it help establish financial stability, but also roots a range of positive social relationships and bases of identity. However, amendments to the ROA which increasingly exempt professions in health and social welfare sectors may be exacerbating barriers to employment for ex-offenders in a labour market where such professions are expanding relative to industrial and manufacturing jobs. 6. Surveys of employers regularly show a lack of knowledge about the ROA and a bias against recruitment of ex-offenders, although there are important exceptions to this particularly where an employer has had prior experience of interviewing or hiring ex-offenders. Most employers who have taken the time to interview or have employed ex-offenders reported positive experiences and a willingness to further recruit from this group. 7. Ex-offenders report experiences of feeling discouraged, stigmatised and being wrongly questioned about their backgrounds when attempting to gain access to employment and education. These perspectives show how legislative frameworks and employer attitudes which affect recruitment of ex-offenders have an effect not only on the employment rates of people trying to reintegrate into society but also on their long-term psychological and general well-being. 8. This report sets out three possible approaches to reform, graduating in the degree to which they would alter existing practices and presumptions. The most minimal modification of the Act's rehabilitation periods would reduce the passive waiting time. Providing a certificate of rehabilitation would create a more active mode of acknowledging restoration of a person's status as a welcomed member of society. Judicial imposition of occupational disqualification shift focus onto the specific exclusion from certain jobs where a case by case analysis determines this is appropriate. Details: Glasgow: Scottish Centre for Crime and Justice Research, 2013. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Report No. 02/2013: Accessed February 7, 2015 at: http://www.sccjr.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/SCCJR-ROA-Final-Report-26-June-2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Ex-Offender Employment Shelf Number: 134557

Author: Crowley, Annie Title: Football and Domestic Abuse: A Literature Review Summary: Introduction Tackling domestic abuse is a key priority for the Scottish Government and its partners. There is evidence of a correlation between the occurrence of certain football matches in Scotland and increased reports of domestic abuse. There is, however, limited evidence that explains this link. This literature review was commissioned by the Scottish Government to examine existing evidence about the relationship between domestic abuse and football. Football and domestic abuse -- - There are very few studies in the Scottish and wider UK context that specifically address the relationship of football to domestic abuse. - The studies that do exist mainly compare prevalence of domestic abuse (as recorded either by police, other emergency services, or hospital accident and emergency departments) on the days that football games take place with various comparators. All of these studies show what appears to be a link between domestic abuse and football. - Existing studies within the Scottish context are all quantitative analyses, based upon incidents reported to the police. These studies found that relative to various comparators, there was an increase in recorded domestic abuse incidents on the day that Old Firm fixtures were played. This was reported as being between 13% and 138.8%, depending on a number of variables: the day of the week the match took place; the comparator day / event; and the salience / outcome of a match. - The studies that used other football matches as a comparator found examples of apparent relationships between recorded domestic abuse incidents and the existence of the football match. However, these were generally less pronounced patterns, and smaller increases. - Caution should be exercised in interpreting the findings of quantitative studies that document a correlation between domestic abuse and football. Specifically, correlation should not be interpreted as causation. Findings may be impacted upon by the times of day measured, and whether matches took place at weekends where both alcohol consumption and reports of domestic abuse made to the police are known to increase substantially. - Caution should also be exercised regarding the use and interpretation of police recorded crime and complaints figures, and crime surveys, as these do not always provide a reliable measure due to the methodological issues associated with collection and recording. - Despite the limitations of these studies, they do demonstrate a relationship between the days of certain football matches (particularly Old Firm fixtures), and the number of recorded domestic abuse incidents. However, the nature and characteristics of these domestic violence offences are not known, nor who reported them, the gender of the perpetrator and victim, or whether they were repeat offences. - There is no qualitative research exploring the perspectives of the victims, perpetrators or practitioners in Scotland. This is a significant omission in existing research evidence. Details: Glasgow: Scottish Centre for Crime and Justice Research, 2014. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: REPORT No.6 /2014: Accessed February 7, 2015 at: http://www.sccjr.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2014/11/Football-and-Domestic-Abuse_Literature-Review_25-NOV-2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Related Violence Shelf Number: 134558

Author: Mews, Aidan Title: Analysis on the impact of absconding incident history as a predictor of future absconding incidents Summary: This analytical summary presents findings on the relationship between prisoners' previous absconding history and absconding incidents committed during a two year period up to 30 May 2014. The analysis assesses the impact of previous absconding incidents (including all absconds, temporary release failures, escapes and attempted escapes) on predicting the likelihood of future absconding incidents of 23,701 prisoners during the two years up to 30 May 2014, 1.5 per cent of whom (347) had an absconding incident during this period. To make this assessment, adjustments were made to take account of offender, offence and prison level characteristics including gender, age, ethnicity, the qualifying offence, criminal history and type of prison. Absconding incident history was available from 2004 for temporary release failures and absconds, and from 1997 for escapes and attempted escapes. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2014. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Analytical summary: Accessed February 9, 2015 at: http://socialwelfare.bl.uk/subject-areas/services-client-groups/adult-offenders/ministryofjustice/169862analysis-of-prison-incidents.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Absconding (U.K.) Shelf Number: 134578

Author: Brown, Alison Title: A social history of Scottish homicide, 1840-69 Summary: This project is a qualitative examination of homicide in Scotland during the period 1836-1869, putting homicide in geographical, environmental and social context. Using the quantitative research in the history of crime in nineteenth-century Scotland as a point of departure, and engaging with the Scottish criminal justice system, the Lord Advocate's Precognitions, consisting of declarations of the accused and witness statements for homicide cases reaching Scotland's High Court of Justiciary, are used to demonstrate the ways in which specific social structures and social interactions provided greater opportunity for conflict and higher propensity for unlawful killing. It is argued that these scenarios were more likely during the period of rapid industrialization and social dislocation occurring in Scotland in the mid-nineteenth century. Details: Leicester, UK: University of Leicester, 2013. 300p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed February 9, 2015 at: https://lra.le.ac.uk/bitstream/2381/31387/1/2013_BROWN_AB_PhD%20.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Historical Studies Shelf Number: 134584

Author: Great Britain. Department of Health Title: Clinical management of drug dependence in the adult prison setting including psychosocial treatment as a core part. Summary: This document describes how clinical services for the management of substance misusers in prison should develop during the next two years as increasing resources permit. The aim is to address the current challenges facing the care and treatment of substance misusers in prisons. These include: - the vulnerability of drug-using prisoners to suicide and self-harm in prison, and to death upon release from custody due to accidental opiate overdose; - prison regime management problems related to illicit drug use in prisons; - the impetus to provide clinical services that correspond to national (NTA 2003) and international good practice; - the need to provide clinical interventions that harmonise with practice in community and other criminal justice settings (NOMS 2005); - the need to integrate further healthcare and Counselling, Assessment, Referral, Advice and Throughcare (CARAT) services in prisons, to create multi-disciplinary drug teams. Details: London: Department of Health, 2006. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed February 9, 2015 at: http://www.drugsandalcohol.ie/11496/1/Clinical_management.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Offenders (U.K.) Shelf Number: 134586

Author: Burrell, Amy Michelle Title: Behavioural case linkage in personal robbery Summary: Case linkage uses crime scene behaviours to identify series of crimes committed by the same offender. The research presented here tests the underlying assumptions of case linkage (behavioural consistency and behavioural distinctiveness) by comparing the behavioural similarity of linked pairs of offences (i.e. two offences committed by the same offender) and unlinked pairs of offences (i.e. two offences committed by different offenders). It was hypothesised that linked pairs would be more behaviourally similar than unlinked pairs thereby providing evidence for these two assumptions. Logistic regression and receiver operating characteristic analyses were used to explore which behaviours can be used to reliably link personal robbery offences using samples provided by two police forces (one urban and one rural). The method of generating unlinked pairs was then refined to reflect how the police work at a local level, and the success of predictive factors re-tested. This research provided evidence supporting the assumptions with linked pairs displaying more similarity than unlinked pairs across a range of behavioural domains. Inter- Crime Distance and Target Selection emerged as the most useful linkage factors with promising results also found for Temporal Proximity and Control. No evidence was found to indicate that either the Approach used or the Property stolen were useful for linkage. The addition of extra behaviours into domains improved performance in some instances but not substantially. The potential impact of group offending on the assumptions was also tested. Although there were some differences found between group and lone robberies, the research demonstrated that case linkage remains feasible provided that the offences under examination are either group or lone in nature rather than a mixture of the two. A supplementary study gathering the views and experiences of police crime analysts regarding case linkage helped put these new quantitative findings into operational context. Details: Leicester, UK: University of Leicester, 2013. 296p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed February 11, 2015 at: https://lra.le.ac.uk/handle/2381/27687 Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 134590

Author: Brandon, Marian Title: Missed opportunities: indicators of neglect - what is ignored, why, and what can be done? Summary: Neglect is the most common form of child maltreatment in England (Department for Education, 2013; Radford et al, 2011) and the USA (Sedlak et al., 2010). In England, almost half (43%) of child protection plans are made in response to neglect, and it features in 60% of serious case reviews (Brandon et al., 2012). Radford and colleagues' study for the NSPCC found that 9% of young adults had been severely neglected by parents or guardians during their childhood (Radford et al, 2011). Yet a number of high profile child deaths (see Laming, 2003; Lock, 2013) have shown that it is extremely difficult for professionals with safeguarding responsibilities to identify indicators of neglect, to assess whether what they have observed is sufficiently serious for them to take action, and to decide on the most appropriate course of action. The purpose of this report is to help practitioners understand the research evidence and practice learning concerning indicators of actual, current neglect and risk factors that are associated with a likelihood of actual harm or future harm in very young children. The report is also intended to inform new guidance for social workers and all other professionals involved with parents and their children. The broad research questions established at the beginning of the project were as follows: 1. To help practitioners understand the research and practice related evidence concerning risk factors in the environment, the parent and the child that are associated with a likelihood of actual harm or future harm in very young children. 2. To help practitioners understand the research and practice related evidence about indicators of actual, current neglect in very young children. This report was prepared by members of an expert advisory group which met three times and was convened by the Department for Education. The purpose of the project was to discuss and reach a consensus on these research questions and draw on the learning from numerous existing literature reviews rather than setting out exhaustive new searches. The research and literature reviewed in this report is all in the public domain and has not raised ethical issues. Appendix 1 explains the search strategy and the contributions of the members of the expert group who were supported by the researcher Clare Lushey. The report has been subject to independent peer review. Details: London: Department of Education, 2014. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2015 at: http://www.cwrc.ac.uk/documents/RR404_-_Indicators_of_neglect_missed_opportunities.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect (U.K.) Shelf Number: 134592

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary Title: Increasing efficiency in the Police Service: The role of collaboration Summary: Police collaboration is not a new phenomenon. Forces in England and Wales have always looked to share resources and to outsource some parts of their business in order to increase their operational resilience. Sharing resources can also result in significant savings. This makes collaboration - whether with another force, the public or private sector - one option available to the police as they work to close the 20% savings requirement outlined in the October 2010 Spending Review (SR). However, when Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary (HMIC) last asked about this, only 29 of the 43 forces across England and Wales had identified how savings could be made through collaboration. HMIC therefore took a further snapshot of collaborative activity in winter 2011 to see if progress had been made. This report describes what we found, and includes the projected financial savings from collaborative activity over the spending review period - the first time these comparative data have been collected or published. It also includes case studies of how different forces are collaborating (and with whom); and provides data and analysis to enable forces and their governing bodies to make informed choices when considering the value of future collaborations. We end with some key questions that might be useful to forces in making these decisions. Details: London: HMIC, 2012. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2015 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmic/media/increasing-efficiency-in-the-police-service.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Partnerships Shelf Number: 134594

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary Title: Private Sector Partnering in the Police Services Summary: 1 Police forces in England and Wales have contracted with the private sector for several decades. However, this activity has increased over the last two years as the service responds to the budget reductions required by the 2010 spending review,1 with more forces agreeing high‑value, long-term contracts. 2 Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary (HMIC) has reported on this increase in police/private sector partnering in three publications: Adapting to Austerity (2011), Increasing Efficiency in the Police Service (2012); and Adapting to Austerity: One Year On (2012). These found that: OO private/public partnerships can help forces develop new and more efficient approaches to providing services, but the service was not yet fully exploiting the benefits, and there are also associated risks (Increasing Efficiency in the Police Service); and OO there is a lack of good quality, comparative information on the potential benefits from different private or public sector collaborations (Adapting to Austerity). 3 As a result, HMIC identified a pressing need to share good quality, comparative information on the potential benefits of different private/public sector initiatives. 4 The National Audit Office (NAO) has produced numerous reports examining arrangements between the public and private sector in providing public services. These range from in-depth examinations of specific private finance initiative (PFI) contracts to wider reviews looking at thematic issues such as financing and tendering. The NAO also has a role in scrutinising the value for money of the grants that central government makes to the police service - for example, the NAO published a report looking at police procurement in March 2013. This report described the various types of collaboration forces entered into, including with private sector providers, and made recommendations for how further savings could be achieved. Details: London: HMIC, 2013. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2015 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmic/media/private-sector-partnering-in-the-police-service-20130705.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 134600

Author: Farrall, Stephen Title: Using Ideas Derived from Historical Institutionalism to Illuminate the Long-term Impacts on Crime of 'Thatcherite' Social and Economic Policies Summary: In this working paper, we outline our thinking on a very large and complex undertaking; namely the assessment of the ways in which the Thatcher governments of the 1980s may have had quite unintended consequences on crime via some of the policies which they set about pursuing for quite separate reasons, but which, nevertheless contributed to amongst other things, the upswing in crime in the 1980s. Our thinking is not heavily informed by theories commonly examined by criminologists; instead our thinking about both the causal antecedents of these governments and their approach to re-engineering society, and the causal antecedents of crime are informed by thinking inspired by historical institutionalist scholars writing within political science, and sociological and economic theories of crime causation. We outline historical institutionalism and identify the ways in which it may be of use to ourselves. Details: Sheffield, UK: University of Sheffield, 2014. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper. ESRC Long-term Crime Trends, 1 (1): Accessed February 12, 2015 at: http://eprints.whiterose.ac.uk/77483/1/Working%20Paper%201%20%28Historical%20Institutionalism%29.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Policies Shelf Number: 134602

Author: Fives, Allyn Title: Evaluation of the Restorative Practice Programme of the Childhood Development Initiative Summary: This report presents the key findings of an independent evaluation, undertaken by the UNESCO Child and Family Research Centre at the National University of Ireland, Galway, of the Restorative Practice Programme, part of the Childhood Development Initiative's (CDI) Community Safety Initiative (CSI). The study comprises (i) a process study evaluation of programme implementation under the headings of programme utilisation, programme organisation and programme fidelity; and (ii) an outcomes study evaluation of programme impact on participants' work, lives, organisations and family, and also the wider impact on community building and collaborative action. Restorative Practice Restorative Practice (RP) is 'the science of restoring and developing social capital, social discipline, emotional wellbeing and civic participation through participatory learning and decision-making' (Wachtel, 2005, p. 86). Restorative programmes promote dialogue between wrongdoers and harmed persons. CDI initiated the RP training programme in Tallaght West, which constitutes the four communities of Brookfield, Fettercairn, Killinarden and Jobstown. Despite many positive developments in the past two decades, the area is highly vulnerable in terms of socio-economic disadvantage. It has a young population, a high rate of public housing, a relatively weak social class profile and a high rate of joblessness (CSO, 2011). The RP training programme as implemented by CDI had a number of overarching targets to be achieved by the end of 2011, in particular relating to participation of young people, residents and professionals working in Tallaght West in the three levels of RP training: Phase 1, awareness raising; Phase 2, facilitation skills training; and Phase 3, training for trainers. Details: Dublin: Childhood Development Initiative, 2013. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2015 at: http://www.drugsandalcohol.ie/20224/1/cdi_restorative_practice_report_july_2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Conflict Mediation Shelf Number: 134605

Author: Alcohol Concern Title: One on every corner: The relationship between off-licence density and alcohol harms in young people Summary: England is a country that increasingly chooses to drink at home. This is due, at least in part, to the difference in price between alcohol bought from on and off-licensed premises. Over the past 30 years there has been more than a 25% increase in the number of off-licensed premises, such as convenience stores and supermarkets that sell alcohol for consumption elsewhere. Off-licensed sales are the predominant direct and indirect source of access to alcohol for young people under-18- years-old and growing international evidence links off-licence density with various negative alcohol-related consequences. Alcohol Concern's Youth Policy project commissioned Dr Nikki Coghill, Senior Research Fellow at the University of the West of England, to conduct some statistical analysis into the density of off-licensed premises and alcohol harms in young people in selected areas of England. As far as we are aware, this is the first study of its kind in this country to focus on the links between off-licence density and harms in under-18s. The analysis uncovered a moderate but statistically significant relationship between the density of off-licensed premises and alcohol specific hospital admissions in young people under-18- years-old per 100,000 of population. Our findings suggest that the greater the availability of alcohol, the greater the risk of young people suffering alcohol harm. Therefore, the changing nature of where we buy and consume alcohol may have an impact on the risk of harms to young people. Limitations in the recording of alcohol-related conditions in hospitals and A&E departments means that the results from this study are likely to be an under-representation of the true picture of harms impacting on young people. Effective harm prevention therefore not only requires targeting education, information and support at an individual level among young people, but control of the concentration of alcohol outlets at a community level. Details: London: Alcohol Concern, 2011. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2015 at: http://www.alcoholconcern.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/woocommerce_uploads/2014/12/one-on-every-corner.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder (U.K.) Shelf Number: 134607

Author: Hole, Arne Risa Title: The impact of the London bombings on the wellbeing of young Muslims Summary: This paper uses the timing of the London bombings, occurring midway through a nationally representative survey of English adolescents, to identify the impact of an exogenous shock to racism on the wellbeing of young Muslims. We extend Lechner (2011) to apply the method of difference-in-differences to ordered response data. Difference-in-differences using non-Muslim adolescents as controls, and a before-after comparison across Muslims alone, both show a decline in the wellbeing of Muslim teenage girls after the bombings, particularly for those facing high levels of deprivation and segregation. No corresponding effects are found among Muslim teenage boys. Details: Sheffield, UK: University of Sheffield, Department of Economics, 2015. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: https://www.sheffield.ac.uk/polopoly_fs/1.432877!/file/serps_2015002.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crimes Shelf Number: 134512

Author: Jarman, Neil Title: Forced Labour in Northern Ireland: An Update Summary: This research updates a 2011 study for the Joseph Rowntree Foundation called Forced labour in Northern Ireland. It investigates the prevalence of forced labour over the past few years and looks at how the issue is being addressed. The research: ◾finds evidence of exploitation in more employment sectors than the 2011 report identified, suggesting the number of people affected by forced labour in Northern Ireland is growing; ◾identifies what progress has been made in tackling forced labour since 2011 and what challenges remain; ◾makes a number of recommendations to government, including specific changes to policies and approaches. Details: York, UK: Joseph Rowntree Foundation, 2014. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2015 at: http://www.jrf.org.uk/sites/files/jrf/Forced-Labour-Northern-Ireland-FULL.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Forced Labor (Northern Ireland) Shelf Number: 134618

Author: Rowland, Andrew Graeme Title: Living on a Railway Line: Turning the tide of child abuse and exploitation in the UK and overseas Summary: This report makes key recommendations to improve the safeguarding of vulnerable children in the United Kingdom and beyond. In light of events in Northern England that have been widely reported in the media, including the child sexual exploitation cases in Rochdale and Rotherham, this report is crucial to professionals working with children and families as well as to policy and law makers at a national level in the UK. It includes 10 key recommendations for the UK, together with 25 associated and enabling recommendations and 7 international recommendations. All of the recommendations are designed to build strong and healthy communities with children at their hearts. Details: London: Winston Churchill Memorial Trust, 2014. 338 p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 16, 2015 at: http://www.wcmt.org.uk/fellows/reports/living-railway-line-turning-tide-child-abuse-exploitation-uk-overseas Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect (U.K.) Shelf Number: 134624

Author: Kendrick, Andrew Title: Protecting and Safeguarding Children in Care : A Review of Developments in Services for Children in Care in Scotland Summary: This review will focus on developments to protect and safeguard children and young people in residential and foster care that have happened, for the most part, over the past 25 years, although it will touch on longer term developments when necessary. It will complement and update the Shaw Historical Abuse Systemic Review (1). It will bring together existing evidence on changes in legislation, policy and practice which have been aimed at improving the quality and safety of residential and foster care, and it will identify gaps in existing knowledge. This review does not focus specifically on the abuse of children in care but rather the developments in care practice which have been triggered by reviews and inquiries into abuse in care. Previous work on the abuse of children in care settings has identified three key aspects of residential and foster care practice which have been linked to the safety and protection of children in care: recruitment, selection, support and training of carers; inspection, monitoring and standards; and listening to children and children's participation (2). This review will use these three areas as a framework to discuss developments in residential and foster care in Scotland. Details: Glasgow: University of Strathclyde, Centre for Excellence for Looked After Children in Scotland, 2014. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 16, 2015 at: http://strathprints.strath.ac.uk/50417/1/Kendrick_2014_Protecting_and_safeguarding_children_in_care.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect (Scotland) Shelf Number: 134630

Author: Lerpiniere, Jennifer Title: The Sexual Exploitation of Looked After Children in Scotland: A scoping study to inform methodology for inspection Summary: In December 2012 the Centre for Excellence for Looked After Children in Scotland (CELCIS) was awarded the tender for a research project to investigate the sexual exploitation of looked after children in Scotland. The research was commissioned by Social Care and Social Work Improvement Scotland also known as the Care Inspectorate and related in particular to children in Scottish care services for which the Inspectorate has responsibility. To comply with funding arrangements and operational imperatives, the Care Inspectorate required this research to be conducted and reported within a very short timescale (three months), and within a fixed budget. Researchers often face restrictions such as these and must find creative ways to work within these limitations whilst also being honest about what is possible and what might realistically be achieved within the limits that prevail. CELCIS has over-lapping areas of interest with the Care Inspectorate; this has allowed the study to be somewhat more intensive than would otherwise have been possible, it will also facilitate any necessary follow-on work. This allows us to meet the requirements of the Care Inspectorate and to ensure that the research is conducted in a robust and responsible way. This report draws together research related to sexual exploitation of looked after children in Scotland from four strands of this study and from earlier work done by others. This information will inform the work of the Care Inspectorate. Some strands of the study will continue to receive information via on-going participation in the various research activities already initiated. These data will be used to develop a more detailed and nuanced picture which will be made available to the Care Inspectorate in the form of an 'Update Report' in due course. The full analysis will also be used to inform CELCIS's work and that of partners across the looked after children's sector. Details: Glasgow: University of Strathclyde, Centre for Excellence for Looked After Children in Scotland, 2013. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report RR-2013-05: Accessed February 16, 2015 at: http://www.celcis.org/media/resources/publications/Sexual-Exploitation-of-Looked-After-Children.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 134631

Author: Beckett, Helen Title: Suffering in silence: Children and unreported crime Summary: This report presents the findings of a Scoping Inquiry into the hidden victimisation of children and young people, undertaken on behalf of the All Party Parliamentary Group (APPG) for Victims and Witnesses of Crime. The Inquiry was commissioned in response to findings from the most recent Crime Survey for England and Wales which indicates that less than one-fifth of children and young people who experience theft or violent crime report this to the police. The charity Victim Support, who provides the secretariat to the APPG, undertook research for the Inquiry in partnership with the University of Bedfordshire. Evidence was gathered in four ways: - a short review of existing literature; - an analysis of relevant data sources including the Crime Survey for England and Wales; - a rapid call for evidence from charities, service providers, statutory bodies and campaigners; and - three focus groups with children and young people. Details: London: Victim Support, 2014. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 16, 2015 at: Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children, Crimes Against (U.K.) Shelf Number: 134632

Author: Christie, Christine Title: The Child Sexual Exploitation Service and Missing children service for young people in Stoke-on-Trent: A Review Summary: This report presents the findings from a high level independent review of two separate service areas which currently operate across Stoke-on-Trent. The service areas are: - Child Sexual Exploitation (CSE); and - Missing Children The report is organised as follows. It opens with a description of the policy background and methodology for the review. It presents key issues from published material providing a framework for a good practice response to CSE and missing children; and examines Stoke-on-Trent documentation in order to form a baseline in terms of the current local strategy, systems, policy and practice. The report then considers current services for sexually exploited and missing children and young people in Stoke-on-Trent. It does this in the light of the requirements for good CSE and missing children responses as described in the national CSE guidance - Safeguarding Children and Young People from Sexual Exploitation, Supplementary guidance to Working Together to Safeguard Children (the DCSF, 2009 CSE guidance); and the Statutory guidance on Children who Run away or Go missing from Home or Care (the DfE, 2014 Missing children guidance). It looks at current training for Stoke-on-Trent staff. The report draws conclusions from the review as a whole, and finally, makes a series recommendations for action over the short and longer term. Details: Bedfordshire, UK: University of Bedfordshire, 2014. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 16, 2015 at: http://www.beds.ac.uk/__data/assets/pdf_file/0011/449948/CSE-Missing-Service-Review-Stoke-on-Trent.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 134633

Author: Coles, Deborah Title: Deaths in Mental Health Detention: An investigation framework fit for purpose? Summary: INQUEST is the only charity working directly with the families of those who die in state detention and has a unique overview of the investigation and inquest process. For over 30 years INQUEST has drawn attention to the lack of public information about the number and circumstances of deaths in mental health settings and the closed nature of the investigation process. This is not a new problem but one largely hidden from public scrutiny, and the absence of transparency and accountability is a major cause for concern. INQUEST provides advice and assistance to an increasing number of bereaved families whose relatives have died in mental health detention and who are concerned about the treatment and care of the deceased and the lack of rigour of subsequent investigations and inquests. This report collates statistics, evidence and individual stories from INQUEST's monitoring, casework, research and policy work. It documents concerns about the lack of a properly-independent investigation system and the consistent failure by most NHS Trusts to ensure the involvement of families in investigations. Ultimately, it highlights the lack of effective public scrutiny of deaths in mental health detention that frustrate the ability of NHS organisations to learn and enact fundamental changes to policy and practice to protect mental health in-patients and prevent further fatalities. The report identifies three key themes: 1. The number of deaths and issues relating to their reporting and monitoring. 2. The lack of an independent system of pre-inquest investigation as compared to other deaths in detention. 3. The lack of a robust mechanism for ensuring post-death accountability and learning. Details: London: INQUEST, 2015. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2015 at: http://inquest.gn.apc.org/pdf/reports/INQUEST_deaths_in_mental_health_detention_Feb_2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Deaths in Custody Shelf Number: 134643

Author: Horvath, Miranda Title: "It's a lonely journey": A rapid assessment on intrafamilial child sexual abuse Summary: A report into child sexual abuse in the family environment published today reveals alarming gaps in knowledge about its prevalence, effects, and how best to prevent it. Concern about the findings has led the Deputy Children's Commissioner for England to use the Children's Commissioner's legislative powers to today launch a national inquiry into this troubling form of child sexual abuse. The report, "It's a lonely journey" A Rapid Evidence Assessment on Intrafamilial Child Sexual Abuse is based on an examination of 57,226 research studies into child sexual abuse commissioned by the Office of the Children's Commissioner from Middlesex University. It found glaring omissions in what is known about child sexual abuse in family environments. This includes an almost complete lack of research directly looking into children and young people's experiences of what would help to prevent it or to support those who have been abused. The report highlights a particular lack of knowledge about the experiences of disabled children and those from minority ethnic groups. It also finds that most services to support people who have experienced child sexual abuse within a family context are targeted at adult survivors rather than children. Worryingly, little is known about the prevalence of long-term psychological and physical harm caused by sexual abuse in family environments and almost nothing about the economic cost this places on society. The Office of the Children's Commissioner's two-year national Inquiry into Child Sexual Abuse In The Family Environment will seek to determine how widespread it is, what must be done to support the victims, and how it can best be prevented. The Inquiry will investigate children's experiences of this type of sexual abuse and make recommendations on how services should respond. It will examine evidence of what works well to prevent it from occurring, as well as how children who have experienced it should be helped. The forced marriage of children will fall within the scope of the Inquiry as this invariably leads to child sexual abuse. Details: London: Office of the Children's Commissioner, 2014. 152p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2015 at: http://eprints.mdx.ac.uk/13688/ Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 134655

Author: Berelowitz, Sue Title: Summary: It has been one year since the Office of the Children's Commissioner (OCC) published the final report of our ground-breaking Inquiry into child sexual exploitation in gangs and groups. Using our unique statutory powers, we gathered a huge body of evidence and published six influential reports covering children in care; the prevalence and nature of child sexual exploitation in gangs and groups; the impact on children of viewing adult pornography; young people's understanding of consent; sexual exploitation in gang-involved neighbourhoods; and the final report which set out a framework for tackling this crime and supporting victims. This report sets out the progress that has been made in tackling child sexual exploitation (CSE) in England since the Inquiry. There is encouraging evidence that many of the Inquiry recommendations are being taken seriously. We are pleased to see that there are areas and agencies across the country where progress is being made. The strong leadership from the Home Office is also welcome. At the same time, much remains to be done. There are still too many places where those who have responsibility for the protection of children are failing to face up to the realities of CSE. In other areas, while strategic leaders are committed and determined, the messages have not filtered to the frontline so good intentions are not yet leading to better practice. In addition, the Government's promised revision of the definition of sexual exploitation and a myth busting guide on information sharing have not been delivered. Limited understanding of sexual exploitation and failure to share information means children are still slipping through the net. Despite calls from young people and experts, the Department for Education (DfE) has failed to make relationships and sex education compulsory in all schools. Details: London: Office of the Children's Commissioner, 2015. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2015 at: http://www.childrenscommissioner.gov.uk/content/publications/content_920 Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 134656

Author: Allnock, Debbie Title: No one noticed, no one heard: a study of disclosures of childhood abuse Summary: This report describes the childhood experiences of abuse of 60 young men and women and how they disclosed this abuse and sought help. These young people experienced high levels and different kinds of violence, including sexual abuse and family violence.1 It is often asserted that young people who experience abuse do not talk about it. The face to face interviews for this study show that a majority of young people did attempt to disclose their abuse to at least one person although this information was not identified in the surveys for this study. Eighty per cent - 48 of the 60 young people we spoke to - attempted to disclose the abuse before they were 18 years old. Some of these disclosures led to protective action and some did not. Research2 has suggested that sexual abuse is unlikely to be disclosed - and yet 38 of the 44 young people (86 per cent) who suffered from sexual abuse3 did disclose during childhood; 66 per cent attempted to disclose when the abuse was happening. However, just like many high profile cases, not all of these disclosures were "heard" or acted upon. Young people generally made more than one disclosure. Of the 203 disclosures in childhood that were made, 117 disclosures (58 per cent) were acted upon by recipients. Suffering from abuse is a distressing experience. It should be no surprise that disclosures that were ignored, denied or badly handled added to the negative experiences of the young people in this study. Details: London: National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children (NSPCC), 2014. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2015 at: https://www.nspcc.org.uk/globalassets/documents/research-reports/no-one-noticed-no-one-heard-report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect (U.K.) Shelf Number: 134658

Author: Houghton, Claire Title: Voice Against Violence: Young people's experiences of domestic abuse policy-making in Scotland Summary: This study, undertaken from a feminist and children's rights perspective, emerged from the growing body of literature on children's experiences of domestic abuse, the challenges of childhood studies and the opportunities arising out of the changed socio-political landscape of Scotland since devolution. It examines, with children and young people experiencing domestic abuse, their own solutions to improve help for children and young people, their perspectives on real and tokenistic participation in Scotland's policy-making and, their self-defined ethical and participatory standards to make sustained participation possible. Combining innovation in methodology and co-production of new knowledge with children and young people, the researcher contributes the three E's of Enjoyment, Empowerment and Emancipation to ethical principles focussing on safety, and recommends a new ethical approach to consent that recognises children's agency in their own lives and in deciding their own best interests. A Participatory Action Research Process over five years with 9 of the 48 young people, resulted in young people themselves becoming change agents to begin to tackle the issues that emerged from the wider study's qualitative first part, also action-orientated through children's political activism. For example, the lack of help, awareness and stigma attached to domestic abuse was tackled through their production of a public online awareness raising campaign and film; their critique of the previously most revered of services, Women's Aid specialist support, resulted in a multi-million fund and their analysis became the conditions of grant; the lack of respect for and inclusion of young people in policy-making they challenged through defining their terms of engagement which are explored here, sanctioned and legitimised by their emerging 'critical friendship' with Ministers. Unusually the young people participating in the study made a significant impact on Scotland's domestic abuse policy and practice, as well as repositioning children and young people in the democratic process. Details: Coventry, UK: University of Warwick, 2013. 400p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 23, 2015 at: http://wrap.warwick.ac.uk/59089/1/WRAP_THESIS_Houghton_2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children and Violence Shelf Number: 131823

Author: Millie, Andrew Title: Employee volunteering and the Special Constabulary: a reviw of employer policies Summary: The research conducted for this study had three broad aims. The first of these was to examine the attitudes of large employers in the private sector to staff participation in voluntary work. Thus, the study was concerned with the various ways in which employers actively encourage employee volunteering, the extent to which employee volunteering is treated as an integral component of 'corporate social responsibility' (CSR), and the kinds of rationales for supporting voluntary work to which employers subscribe. The second aim of the research was to look more specifically at whether employers have provisions for or actively encourage staff involvement in the Special Constabulary: that is, the voluntary section of the local police force. Hence the research looked at the extent to which volunteering for the Special Constabulary is included within wider voluntary work policies, is specified as a particular goal, or is not covered by such policies. The third aim of the study built on the first and second: that is, the study has sought to use the research findings on volunteering to identify opportunities for the Special Constabulary to widen employer support for the organisation. By reviewing existing policies on employee volunteering, and attitudes of employers to the Special Constabulary, the intention was to consider ways in which employer support for the Special Constabulary might relate to other CSR goals, and to explore the scope for raising awareness of the Specials among both employers and employees. Details: London: Police Foundation, 2002. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 23, 2015 at: https://dspace.lboro.ac.uk/dspace-jspui/bitstream/2134/958/1/Millie%20and%20Jacobson%202002%20-%20report.pdf Year: 2002 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Policing (U.K.) Shelf Number: 131824

Author: Police Scotland Title: Equality and Diversity in Police Scotland 2013 Summary: Leadership on equality and diversity has long been recognised as critical in building the necessary cultures and behaviours within the workplace to ensure we deliver a high quality service relevant to people's needs. The ability to influence and provide guidance is necessary at all levels within the organisation, in our staff associations and also from those we regard as 'critical friends' and work in partnership with. Over the past 15 years, national governance and leadership has been at the forefront of key strategic developments in equality and diversity. The direction of the service was set by a national committee of senior executive officers, chaired by a chief constable, who met on a quarterly basis. The committee were supported in these actions by many subgroups that progressed actions and activities by issue or equality group. At a local level, within each legacy force, deputy chief constables traditionally had responsibility for championing equality and diversity. They set up governance/support structures that met their local needs and allowed them to positively influence service delivery and people matters. These structures have evolved from being bodies that focused on race issues to consideration of the protected characteristics and mainstreaming requirements. Individual forces were then held to account for delivery in equality and diversity matters by elected members of the local authority fulfilling their statutory duty as a police authority or joint police board. Since 2003, this scrutiny has come under the auspices of delivering best value, our requirement to show continuous improvement and consider equality of opportunity in all that we do. In the recently published overview report of Best Value in police authorities and police forces in Scotland, Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary for Scotland and Audit Scotland concluded that: 'Scottish police forces have demonstrated clear leadership of their equality agendas and taken actions, such as equality impact assessments, to address equality issues. This is reflected in their workforces becoming more diverse.' Details: Edinburgh: Police Scotland, 2013. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 23, 2015 at: http://www.scotland.police.uk/assets/pdf/foi-documents/diversityandequalityinpolicescotlandreportfinal?view=Standard Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Recruitment and Selection Shelf Number: 134668

Author: Bryant, Stephanie Title: Reoffending analysis of MAPPA eligible offenders Summary: Established in 2001, as an initiative to improve and strengthen monitoring of convicted sexual and violent offenders, Multi-Agency Public Protection Arrangements (MAPPA) primary focus is public protection and the prevention of serious harm through reductions in serious reoffending. This report details research that builds on a 2011 comparison study of reconviction rates of MAPPA eligible offenders between 1998 and 2004, and updates the findings using rates of proven reoffending as a more accurate indicator of offending behavior. The analysis used data from the Police National Computer (PNC) held by the Ministry of Justice (MOJ) and Prison Discharge Statistics to form cohorts of offenders from the calendar years 2000 to 2010. Findings suggest that MAPPA may be making a positive contribution to managing offenders convicted of serious offences - with reduction in serious further offences indicated. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2015. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Analytical Series: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/407139/reoffending-analysis-of-mappa-eligible-offenders.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Multi-Agency Public Protection Arrangements Shelf Number: 134672

Author: Earle, Rod Title: Men in Prison: Con-viviality, Race and Culture Summary: The body of work I present for a PhD by Publication is comprised of twelve carefully chosen papers. Below, in Part 1, I summarise each paper's development and content seeking to show how they combine to form a coherent narrative that offers a substantial and original contribution to criminological knowledge. Part 2 comprises the published papers in the order they are listed in the Table of Contents above. In Part 3 I briefly conclude and reflect on the field of knowledge to which these papers are a contribution, namely criminology and studies of prison with an emphasis on gender, ethnicity and reflexivity in the research process. Details: Milton Keynes, Buckinghamshire, UK: Open University, 2014. 106p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 26, 2015 at: http://oro.open.ac.uk/40285/3/PhD%20by%20Publication%20Men%20in%20Prison.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Male Inmates (U.I.) Shelf Number: 134673

Author: Higgs, Tamsin Title: Towards Identification of the Sexual Homicide Perpetrator Summary: A 'continuum' conceptualisation of sexual offending has been proposed (e.g Oliver et al., 2005; Proulx, Cusson, & Beauregard, 2005; Salfati & Taylor, 2006) where circumstantial violence determines whether the outcome of a sexual assault is fatal. However, so far research has failed to distinguish those sexual homicide offenders for whom homicide was a sexually motivated act, from those who killed their victim(s) incidentally, or in order to evade capture. This study identified a group of sexual homicide offenders who committed acts of post-mortem interference, which is suggestive of a sexual motivation for the killing. This group was compared to a group of offenders convicted of sexual assault, to determine whether there were any differences between them, in crime scene and psychological characteristics. The adult male sample consisted of 48 non-serial post-mortem interference sexual homicide offenders whose victims were females aged 14 years or over, and 48 convicted sexual offenders whose offences did not result in homicide, all of whom had participated in the UK Prison Service Sexual Offender Treatment Programme (SOTP). Both samples were identified from information relating to convictions between 1954 and 2012. Details: London: National Offender Management Service and Ministry of Justice, 2015. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Analytical Summary: Accessed February 26, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/406956/towards-identification-of-sexual-homicide-perpetrator.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Homicide Shelf Number: 134674

Author: Stefanska, Ewa Title: Offence Pathways of Sexual Homicide Perpetrators Summary: Offending pathways of sexual homicide perpetrators were explored with a focus on whether the pathways for those with a previous conviction for rape or attempted rape differed from those who had no such convictions. The criteria for sexual homicide was taken from the UK National Offender Management Service (NOMS) Offender Assessment System (OASys) research database, and included murders where a sexual element and/or a sexual motivation was evidenced, suspected or admitted. A total of 129 non-serial male perpetrators of sexual homicide of females where the victim was aged 14 years or over, who had been convicted and served a custodial sentence within UK Prison Service, were included. The analyses used in the study evaluated cognitive problems, sexual and behavioural interests, modus operandi and crime scene characteristics. The data was obtained from the Sex Offender Treatment Programme (SOTP) databases and the electronic Lifer files held within the Public Protection Unit Database (PPUD). Details: London: National Offender Management Service and Ministry of Justice, 2015. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Analytical Summary: Accessed February 26, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/406961/offence-pathways-of-sexual-homicide-perpetrators.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Homicide Shelf Number: 134675

Author: Carter, Adam Title: The Use of Crime Scene and Demographic Information in the Identification of Sexual Homicides Summary: It is often the case that those convicted of sexual offences find it difficult to discuss their offending and those who have committed a sexual homicide can be particularly reluctant to talk about their criminal behaviour. As a result, forensic practitioners frequently rely upon crime scene information to identify any sexual behaviour associated with a homicide. The study aimed to look for discernable patterns and victim and perpetrator characteristics that may serve to delineate sexual homicide without relying on disclosure from the perpetrators of the crime. A second aim of the study was to test the hypothesis that the majority of sexual homicide cases can be captured using Ressler, Burgess, and Douglas's (1988) definition of sexual homicide. A sample of 65 sexual killers and 64 cases of men convicted between 1966 and 2005, of what were considered on the basis of available evidence to be non-serial, non-sexual homicides were used. Details: London: National Offender Management Service and Ministry of Justice, 2015. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Analytical Summary: Accessed February 26, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/406945/crime-scene-and-demographic-information-in-sexual-homicides.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Homicides Shelf Number: 134676

Author: Girma, Marchu Title: I Am Human: Refugee Women's Experiences of Detention in the UK Summary: I Am Human, looks closely at the experiences of women detained in Yarl's Wood. It reveals that women are routinely watched and searched by male staff in the detention centre, despite Home Office denials. It is to be launched on 14 January at a conference in London with Stella Creasy MP, Richard Fuller MP, and over 100 refugee women and supporters. This report looks at the experiences of 38 women who came to the UK to seek asylum and were detained in Yarl's Wood detention centre between June 2012 and October 2014. It focuses particularly on what these women told us about how they were treated during their arrests, detention and attempted removals. We undertook this research in order to gain more insight into the way that the Home Office and their contractors treat women who come to this country seeking protection. 6396 women came to this country to claim asylum in their own right in 2013, out of 23,584 asylum applicants overall. During 2013, the Home Office detained 2038 women who had come to the UK to seek asylum. 43% were held for more than a month. (Many of those held in immigration detention are not asylum seekers, but we are only looking in our research at the experiences of those who come to the UK seeking asylum.) Details: London: Women for Refugee Women, 2015. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: http://refugeewomen.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/WRW_IamHuman_report-for-web.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 134681

Author: Great Britain. HM Inspectorate of Probation Title: An Inspection of the work of Probation Trusts and Youth Offending Teams to protect children and young people Summary: This inspection was undertaken by Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation in response to the findings from our mainstream inspection programmes of probation and youth offending work practice which suggested that work to protect children and young people carried out by Probation Trusts and Youth Offending Teams (YOTs) was not being consistently delivered well enough. The inspection focused on the work to identify those children and young people at risk of harm and to take appropriate action where necessary. We visited six Probation Trusts and YOTs to assess the quality of the work by inspecting cases and interviewing offender/case managers. In all we inspected: - 58 orders held by Probation Trusts and 83 orders held by YOTs which had commenced in the three month period prior to the inspection - 42 cases in Probation Trusts and 36 cases in YOTs where a child protection plan was or had been in place at some point during the course of the order - 48 referrals to children's social care services made by Probation Trusts and 37 made by YOTs. We also interviewed key managers, staff and partners at local and national level involved in work to protect children. Details: London: HM Inspectorate of Probation, 2014. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 26, 2015 at: http://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2014/08/Protecting-Children-Thematic-Report1.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Supervision Shelf Number: 134708

Author: Day, Mark Title: Release on temporary licence and its role in promoting effective resettlement and rehabilitation Summary: Release on temporary licence (ROTL) is a pivotal part of the process of resettlement and rehabilitation. For many people in prison, particularly those who are serving long sentences, the chance to experience ROTL and open prison conditions are a vital stage in the preparation for their safe release. They enable people to sort out jobs, housing and establish contact with families which help them to reduce their risk of reoffending. Less than 1% of releases on temporary licence fail and, of these, only 6.1% involve an arrestable offence. This is the equivalent of five arrests per 100,000 releases. The government has conducted a review into ROTL following three tragic incidents involving people on temporary release in the summer of 2013 and a small number of high profile absconds from open prisons in 2014. Interim measures have been put in place and a revised policy is expected to be introduced in February 2015. Since the start of the review, people in prison in contact with the Prison Reform Trust have reported increasing delays in obtaining access to open conditions and permission for temporary release and mounting frustration at being denied opportunities to progress their sentences. The latest Ministry of Justice statistics show that the number of releases on temporary licence has decreased by nearly one quarter since 2013. This briefing highlights the importance of ROTL for reducing reoffending and calls for a review of the government's changes to the scheme to ensure fairness and proportionality. Details: London: Prison Reform Trust, 2015. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 26, 2015 at: http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/Portals/0/Documents/InsideOutfinal.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prisoner Reentry (U.K.) Shelf Number: 134720

Author: McKee, Chris Title: Crime Outcomes in England and Wales 2013/14 Summary: BACKGROUND - THE NEW OUTCOMES FRAMEWORK - A new, broader outcomes framework was introduced in two phases from April 2013. This framework, containing 19 categories, covers the full range of ways in which the police can deal with a crime. - Full data based on this new framework are not yet available. However, in this bulletin preliminary findings based on partial data are presented, and plans for the July 2015 bulletin are outlined. 2013/14 OUTCOMES DATA The key findings from the 2013/14 outcomes data were: - Between 2012/13 and 2013/14 the proportion of all offences dealt with by a charge/summons increased from 16.5 per cent to 17.2 per cent, mainly due to an increase in the number of theft offences dealt with in this way. This is the highest rate since the introduction of the National Crime Recording Standard (NCRS) in 2002/03. - The change in the charge/summons rate varied considerably by offence type, generally reflecting the changes in recorded crime between the two years. This was indicated by the charge/summons rates remaining fairly similar. The number of charge/summons increased for theft offences (up 6%), violent offences (up 6%), and sexual offences (up 17%), but fell for robbery (down 8%) and criminal damage offences (down 4%). - Charge/summons rates vary considerably by offence type. Over two thirds (68%) of "possession of weapons" offences were dealt with via a charge/summons, while around one in nine (11%) of theft offences were. - The number of offences dealt with by a caution in 2013/14 fell for all offence types compared with the previous year, with a particularly large percentage fall for robbery offences (down 41%, from 282 to 166). This was partly due to changes in the guidance on issuing cautions. Details: London: Home Office, 2014. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Home Office Statistical Bulletin: Accessed February 26, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/331597/hosb0114.pdf.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics (U.K.) Shelf Number: 134722

Author: Equality and Human Rights Commission Title: Preventing Deaths in Detention of Adults with Mental Health Conditions: An Inquiry Summary: Our Inquiry was launched in June 2014 to examine how compliance with human rights obligations can reduce 'non-natural' deaths of adults with mental health conditions in state detention. We looked at deaths in three state detention settings - prisons, police cells and hospitals - consulting with inspectorates, regulators and others with responsibilities in this area. The Equality and Human Rights Commission's (the Commission's) Inquiry examined the available evidence in relation to the deaths of 367 adults with mental health conditions who died of 'non-natural' causes while in police cells or as detained patients over the period 2010-13, plus a further 295 who died in prison custody, many of whom also had mental health conditions. This is a large number in itself, yet for each individual who died there are family members and other loved ones who suffer as a result of these deaths. Previous inquiries, investigations, inquests and court cases have established that, too often, the circumstances surrounding deaths in detention involve breaches of people's most basic human rights - including the right to life. We wanted to establish whether a focus on increased compliance with Article 2 of the European Convention on Human Rights, including the State's positive obligation to protect people's life, would reduce avoidable deaths. One in four British adults experience at least one mental health condition, and one in six are experiencing a mental health condition at any given time. Some people will experience more than one mental health condition. While many people continue to lead productive and fulfilling lives with very little involvement from the State, the Government recognises its role to provide specific care for people experiencing mental health conditions at a time of vulnerability. Details: Manchester, UK: Equality and Human Rights Commission, 2015. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 26, 2015 at: http://www.equalityhumanrights.com/sites/default/files/publication_pdf/Adult%20Deaths%20in%20Detention%20Inquiry%20Report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Deaths in Custody (U.K.) Shelf Number: 134723

Author: Great Britain. HM Inspectorate of Probation Title: Girls in the Criminal Justice System: A Joint Inspection Summary: In England and Wales, girls comprise around 20% of the caseload of youth offending services. We know from previous inspections that girls tend to commit less serious offences than boys, and their offending is often a response to emotional well-being and issues concerning relationships with parents, partners and friends. Girls tend to have high levels of welfare needs and are vulnerable to the actions of others. Because of their relatively low number the needs of girls can sometimes be overlooked within a juvenile criminal justice system primarily designed to deal with offending by boys. There has also been significant concern recently about the prevalence of child sexual exploitation in a number of areas where vulnerable girls have been victims. The inspection This inspection was agreed by the Criminal Justice Chief Inspectors' Group and formed part of the work stream identified in the Joint Inspection Business Plan 2012-2014. The objective of the inspection was to assess the effectiveness of youth offending services, in conjunction with other organisations, in reducing the likelihood of girls offending and in reducing the risk of harm girls present to others and making them less vulnerable (with particular reference to alcohol misuse). We visited six Youth Offending Teams (YOTs) to assess the quality of work in a sample of 48 cases. We also interviewed key managers and operational staff in the YOTs and other agencies. We also interviewed 20 girls who were serving sentences in custody and custody staff. Overall findings The best work in YOTs was characterised by an approach to assessment and intervention that recognised that girls often had different needs to boys. The assessment and management of the risk of harm posed by girls to others was generally sound and there were some promising examples of interventions that were designed for girls. Unfortunately, this approach was not consistently applied. In some cases, assessments and interventions did not take into account gender differences. Many of the girls were vulnerable and presented challenges to those who worked with them. Efforts were made to reduce this vulnerability, but in too many cases there was a preoccupation with process rather than effective action. Child sexual exploitation presented a serious risk to girls in all the areas we visited. We saw some effective preventative work to help girls understand the risk in their lives and increase their resilience. However, the responses to girls who were victims of sexual exploitation were highly variable in quality and effectiveness and the links between their offending behaviour and the serious risk of harm that they faced were not always considered properly. Although all areas had multi-agency procedures to identify girls at risk of sexual exploitation, these often concentrated more on information sharing rather than targeting work to reduce risks to them. Girls in custody spoke positively about staff and their key workers. These relationships had helped them to develop good insight into what they needed to do in order to resettle successfully on release. However, work to address offending behaviour in custody was often not recognised as such by girls, and YOT workers could do more to maintain or build relationships with girls in custody in preparation for their release. More work needed to be done in monitoring performance data about girls by YOT managers in order to target interventions more effectively and improve outcomes. Details: London: Criminal Justice Inspection, 2014. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 26, 2015 at: http://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2014/12/Girls-in-the-Criminal-Justice-System.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Exploitation Shelf Number: 134724

Author: ERS Research and Consultancy Title: Showcasing Neighbourhood and Home Watch Achievements Summary: This report is an overview of the findings from research into good practice in respect of Neighbourhood and Home Watch. The main outputs of the exercise were 37 case studies, dissemination of the findings at a series of regional conferences and toolkits to assist practitioners. The research covered each of the 9 English regions plus wales, and represents a good spread of scheme priorities. Details: Newcastle upon Tyne: ERS Research and Consulting, 2010. 121p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 2, 2015 at: http://www.ourwatch.org.uk/uploads/general/Showcasing_Neighbourhood_and_Home_Watch_Achievements.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 134732

Author: All Party Parliamentary Group on Refugees Title: The Report of the Inquiry into the Use of Immigration Detention in the United Kingdom Summary: In July 2014, the All Party Parliamentary Group on Refugees and the All Party Parliamentary Group on Migration launched an inquiry into the use of immigration detention in the UK. The inquiry was held as a joint inquiry as the topic of immigration detention crosses the remits of both groups. The inquiry was formed following a number of high profile incidents within Immigration Removal Centres and amid plans to increase the size of the detention estate. The topic of detention has occasionally been the subject of debate within Parliament and has, in part, been covered by select committees in the past. However, the panel members were mindful that what scrutiny there has been has usually been narrowly focused and there was a need for a wider piece of work looking at the whole operation. The panel identified that an inquiry into the use of detention within the immigration and asylum systems was required. A call for written evidence was issued on July 17 2014 with a deadline of October 1 2014. The call for evidence asked for submissions regarding the conditions within detention centres, the impact on individuals and their families, the financial and social consequences of detention, and the future use of detention within the immigration and asylum system. This report is the result of that inquiry. Details: London: All Party Parliamentary Group on Refugees, 2015. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2015 at: https://detentioninquiry.files.wordpress.com/2015/03/immigration-detention-inquiry-report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Asylum Shelf Number: 134755

Author: INQUEST Title: Stolen Lives and Missed Opportunities: the deaths of young adults and children in prison Summary: Between 1 January 2011 and 31 December 2014, 65 young adults and children died in prison whilst in the care of the state. Of this number, 62 were young adults aged 18-24 years and three were children under 18 (one 15 year old and two 17 year olds). This report analyses the deaths drawing upon the evidence-base accumulated through INQUEST's specialist casework with bereaved families and associated policy work over the last 30 years. It supports the work of the Transition to Adulthood (T2A) programme, which, like this report, is funded by the Barrow Cadbury Trust. Moreover this report supports the independent review into self-inflicted deaths in National Offender Management Service custody of 18-24 year olds. The independent inquiry is chaired by Lord Harris and seeks to make recommendations which will reduce the risk of future self-inflicted deaths in custody. As with earlier INQUEST reports on youth custody, it exposes a litany of systemic neglect, institutional complacency and shortsighted policies which have contributed to the deaths of children and young adults. Our analysis is situated within a contextual frame which argues that understanding deaths in prison requires examining their broader social, political and economic context. It builds upon arguments developed in 2005 by Goldson and Coles and in a range of other publications. First, the number of deaths is high because prison is overused as the societal solution to a range of social problems that need to be addressed elsewhere. Second, there are so many deaths in prison because prison is by its very nature, dehumanising and violent. The limits to which they can be changed or reformed means that prison as currently constructed will continue to be a place where people lose their lives. This report argues for a fundamental rethink about the use of prison for children and young adults that requires political boldness and a more steadfast willingness to implement evidence-based change. Recent attention has been focused on the prison system following concerns expressed about the rising number of prison deaths, staff cuts and the implications of regime change. The vulnerabilities of young prisoners have been well documented, yet they continue to be sent to unsafe environments, with scarce resources and staff untrained to deal with, and respond humanely to, their particular and complex needs. At a practice level, establishments do not seem to have learned lessons from previous deaths in prisons; too many deaths occur because the same mistakes are made time and again. This in turn raises questions about the adequacy of the investigation, inspection and monitoring systems and process of accountability for institutions linked to the state. In the light of these concerns, this report considers the implications and reasons behind the prison deaths of children and young adults since 2011, stressing the need for new thinking and new strategies if such deaths are to be avoided in the future. Details: London: INQUEST and Barrow Cadbury Trust, 2015. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2015 at: http://www.barrowcadbury.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Inquest-Report_finalversion_Online.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Deaths in Custody (U.K.) Shelf Number: 134757

Author: Bennett, Paul Anthony Title: Identity performance and gendered culture: becoming and being a Neighbourhood Officer Summary: In recent years the police service has undergone a number of changes with the introduction of neighbourhood policing (NP) being one of the most significant. NP represents the latest in a long line of government endorsed attempts to introduce a more community orientated and customer focussed approach to policing. NP encourages police constables (PCs) and, the recently introduced, police community support officers (PCSOs) to spend more time engaging with the public, supporting vulnerable members of community and working in partnership with other agencies. This style of policing represents a significant departure from established understandings of policing which have become synonymous with 'response policing' with its focus on maintaining public order and arresting criminals. A great deal of research over the last 30 years has referred to the highly gendered culture of policing which has also been the subject of a great deal of criticism. This research focuses on the identity performances of NP officers and the different ways that NP is enacted within different contexts and situated interactions. My conceptual framework draws on both ethno-methodological and post-structural approaches in understanding how officers in different contexts constructed, reconstructed and resisted discourses in the performances of particular identities. This framework is therefore sensitive to how power and resistance works through discursive constructions within particular contexts. To further improve our appreciation of context, emphasis is given to the importance of cultural meanings as an important source of discursive constraint. However, the research clearly shows that while some discourses may be dominant in influencing identity performances, these are always contested and it is though the clash of competing discourses that the agency of NP officers is revealed (Holmer-Nadesan 1996). The study adopts an ethnographic methodology, using participant observation and semi-structured interviews to examine four broad NP contexts. These are the PCSO training course and the three neighbourhood teams, all of which are located in a different policing environment. Drawing on ethno-methodology, my approach focused on the front and back stage contexts of neighbourhood policing, examining the relationships between discourses and performances within these contexts. The findings reveal the strength of dominant policing discourses linked to gender, police professionalism, 'real' policing and community and also shows the ways that these discourses are also infused and subverted by different sets of meanings and ways of being. The PCs and PCSOs involved in the study were seen to manoeuvre and navigate these contested discourses in the ways they enacted NP in different contexts. The research also reveals the contested and fragmented nature of policing cultures and how these cultures may be best understood as a coexistence of multiple constructions of discourse (Mumby, 2011). The concluding discussion of the thesis presents a number of contributions in relation to the discursive construction of identities, the influence of gendered cultures as well as the challenge of introducing NP into British policing. Details: Cardiff: Cardiff University, 2011. 251p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 9, 2015 at: http://orca.cf.ac.uk/26175/ Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Neighborhood Policing (U.K.) Shelf Number: 134768

Author: Howarth, Emma Title: Safety in Numbers: A Multi-site Evaluation of Independent Domestic Violence Advisor Services Summary: This report presents the findings from a significant programme of research that was undertaken to examine the provision and impact of IDVA (Independent Domestic Violence Advisor) services for female victims of domestic abuse deemed to be at high risk of harm or homicide. Commissioned by the Hestia Fund and funded by the Sigrid Rausing Trust and The Henry Smith Charity, this study, conducted between 1 January 2007 and 31 March 2009 and involving seven services operating in England and Wales, represents the first, large scale, multi-site evaluation of IDVA services ever undertaken in the United Kingdom. Importantly, this national-level research helps us to understand both the process of delivering IDVA services and the outcomes that may be achieved for victims. Specifically, this evaluation set out to examine: 1. The profile of victims accessing IDVA services, particularly with respect to the extent and nature of the abuse they were experiencing along with their socio-demographic characteristics; 2. The specific types of interventions and resources mobilised on behalf of victims by IDVAs, as well as the intensity with which this support was offered and the potential for IDVAs to tailor their approach to the particular needs of individual victims; 3. The effectiveness of these interventions in increasing victims' safety and well-being, and the factors that increased or decreased the likelihood of achieving these positive outcomes. In addition, the research examined the extent to which these outcomes were sustained over time. This evaluation represents the result of almost 5 years of work and could not have been possible without the input of far sighted funders, the commitment of the Independent Domestic Violence Advisors themselves to gather and submit data, and the critical eye of a distinguished Expert Panel. The result of this work is a set of recommendations that, if implemented, will change the lives and futures of thousands of victims and their children and save hundreds of millions of pounds to public services. At a time when the vulnerability of our society in general and our young people in particular, appears so clear, the need to follow these recommendations is all the more pressing. Details: London: Henry Smith Charity, 2009. 162p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2015 at: http://www.henrysmithcharity.org.uk/documents/SafetyinNumbersFullReportNov09.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence (U.K.) Shelf Number: 134769

Author: Hamer, Kenneth Title: Review of the Selection and Appointments Process of Independent Members of Police Authorities Summary: This Review arises from the third round of appointments of independent members of police authorities. The Police and Magistrates� Courts Act 1994, and the Police Act 1996, made major changes in the composition of the membership of police authorities, and for the first time introduced the concept of independent members for the 41 police authorities in England and Wales outside London. The first round of appointments was made for 4 years from April 1995, followed by subsequent rounds in 1999 and 2003. There are currently 210 independent members of police authorities in England and Wales excluding the Metropolitan Police Authority, which has a different time-scale and where the next appointments round will take place in April 2004. This Review is concerned with evaluating the recent round of appointments outside London, lessons which may be drawn from the selection and appointments process, a consideration of the current legislation of provisions, and recommendations for improvements to enhance the skills base, diversity and fair practice of appointment of independent members to reflect the interests of a wide cross-section of the community in the police area. Details: London: Home Office Communication Directorate, 2004. 200p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 11, 2015 at: http://www.hendersonchambers.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/pdf/police-authorities.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Culture Shelf Number: 134890

Author: Ramirez, Debbie A. Title: The greater London experience: essential lessons learned in law enforcement - community partnerships and terrorism prevention Summary: Since the September 11, 2001 attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon, United States law enforcement has feared the sleeper cell - a small group of individuals sent from abroad by a foreign terrorist organization to live quietly in Muslim neighborhoods in the United States and wait for the signal to initiate pre-planned terrorist attacks. More recently, in large part as a result of the July 7, 2005 London attacks, United States law enforcement has recognized that similar dangers may arise from homegrown militants who are either born or raised in the United States, and who operate with little or no support from foreign terrorist organizations. Information that would likely be most helpful to exposing these potential dangers lies in Muslim communities in a small number of United States cities. United States law enforcement, however, has been slow to reach out to them for assistance and guidance and develop meaningful relationships with them. Our research has shown that a significant reason for this disconnect is that United States law enforcement does not appear to know how to effectively connect with these communities. British law enforcement is far ahead of the United States both in thinking creatively about building bridges to its Muslim communities and implementing community policing programs that produce constructive interactions between these communities and various branches of law enforcement. Because they began their efforts well before the July 7, 2005 London bombings, British law enforcement was able to see firsthand how their connections with the Muslim community, particularly in the Bradford/Leeds area of England, helped them quickly identify the bombers and develop leads that were critical to their investigation. In the wake of those bombings, British law enforcement has worked even harder to expand their community policing efforts with their Muslim communities. These efforts have proven fruitful on multiple fronts, including in August 2006, when a tip from the Muslim community helped British police thwart a terrorist plot to detonate bombs on international flights departing from London's Heathrow Airport. In short, British law enforcement is far ahead of our own in connecting with Muslim communities, even though Muslim communities in Great Britain are significantly less prosperous and more alienated from the mainstream than Muslim communities in the United States. The premise of this paper is that we have much to learn from what they have begun. Details: Boston: Northeastern University, Partnering for Prevention & Community Safety Initiative, 2011. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Partnering for Prevention & Community Safety Initiative Publications Paper no. 5: Accessed March 11, 2015 at: http://iris.lib.neu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1004&context=pfp_pubs Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 134906

Author: British Retail Consortium Title: BRC Retail Crime Survey 2014 Summary: The Annual BRC Retail Crime Survey provides valuable evidence about the impact of crime on UK retailers. A broad range of retailers participate in the survey, from large multiples to smaller retailers, representing around half of the retail sector by turnover. Key findings - There were an estimated 3m offences against UK retailers in 2013-14, directly adding $603m to retailers' costs. - Although the volume of shop theft offences declined by 4 per cent, the average value of each incident increased from $177 to $241, which was the highest average value recorded for a decade. This trend is thought to be in part a consequence of retailers being targeted by more organised, sophisticated criminal activity. - Fraud increased by 12 per cent in 2013-14 and accounts for 37 per cent of the total cost of retail crime. Retailers warned that they expect fraud to pose the single most significant threat to their business over the next two years. - Retailers reported that cyber attacks pose a critical threat to their business. - There were 32 incidents of violence and abuse per 1,000 employees in 2013-14. Details: London: BRC, 2015. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2015 at: http://www.sbrcentre.co.uk/images/site_images/14591_BRC_Retail_Crime_Survey_2014.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 134909

Author: Advisory Council on the Misuse of Drugs (U.K.) Title: Cocaine Powder: Review of the evidence of use, harms and public health implications Summary: This report looks at the evidence in the prevalence, patterns of use and harm caused by cocaine powder. The review was initiated by the A following concerns over increased consumption and a perception that the drug is safe to use. It includes a number of recommendations for police, government and health professionals. Details: London: The Advisory Council, 2015. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 16, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/411574/a_final_report_12_03_2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cocaine Shelf Number: 134921

Author: National Policing Improvement Agency (NPIA, UK) Title: Special Constabulary National Strategy Implementation Advice Summary: The Special Constabulary is a part-time, volunteer body consisting of officers with full police powers. Officers are available mainly in the evening and at weekends except in times of emergency. It has a long and impressive history and has recently benefited significantly from increased interest and investment. Numbers have grown over the past two years with considerable direct support from the Home Office, and this represents a major success for the Home Office decision to provide ring-fenced funding for the Capacity Growth Initiative. At the end of March 2007 the numbers were 14,021, or about 9% of the number of full time equivalent regular officers. The Special Constabulary is far more representative of the community than the Regular Police Service - not only by gender and ethnic background but by socio-economic group. Recruitment is further strengthening diversity, but even at this point 32% are female (compared with 21% for regular officers) and 6% are from ethnic minorities (compared with 3.5% for regular officers). The Special Constabulary is therefore an excellent bridge between the Police Service and the public, representing both the community within the Police Service and the Police Service within the community. Special Constables are highly cost-effective - the total cost per duty hour is estimated at $3.40 in the first two years and less than $3 per hour after that, or about 10% of the hourly cost of a regular officer and a fraction of the cost of a Community Support Officer. The environment in which the Special Constabulary operates is changing rapidly. New entities such as PCSOs, Highways Agency Traffic Officers, Vehicle Inspectorate Staff and even private security firms are taking over roles traditionally carried out by police officers. The Serious and Organised Crime Agency is now in place to deal with national threats to the community. Initiatives such as Neighbourhood Policing are transforming the way services are delivered locally. Against that background, a team of Special Chief Officers was given the task of determining whether there is a role for the Special Constabulary in this new structure and, if so, what that role should be. The team worked with representatives of the Home Office, ACPO, HMIC and the Neighbourhood Policing Project team, but this is essentially a Special Constabulary strategy for the Special Constabulary. The basic premise of the approach used is that the demand for policing services can be analysed like any other 'market' and providers of service can be considered in the same way as 'suppliers' in other markets. The demand for police services seems to be an expanding market with no apparent limit to its growth. However, like any other market it has recognisable segments and niches. While real progress is being made in most segments others are under-resourced and performance levels in these are not good enough to satisfy public demand. The Special Constabulary can be a key part of the solution in tackling these segments and improving both operating performance and public satisfaction with the police. As a business proposition the Special Constabulary is difficult to beat. Not only is it extraordinarily cost-effective, but it is more representative of the community (socio-economic groups and businesses) than any other body delivering policing services. It therefore brings greater involvement and improved communication with members of the public and the business community. Specials can act as a positive force for change - bringing with them an extensive pool of skills, talents, experience and local knowledge and diverse backgrounds - as well as enhancing the level of service provided by the police. The opportunity is described in this Report and Chief Officers are encouraged to use it to see the Special Constabulary in their respective Forces as a strategic resource to improve performance - wherever the need is greatest and the fit with the Special Constabulary's strengths is greatest. Details: London: NPIA, 2010. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 16, 2015 at: http://www.online.police.uk/en/docs/Imp_Strategy_updated.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Minority Groups Shelf Number: 145418

Author: Adamson, Sue Title: Evaluation of the West Yorkshire Police Community Scrutiny Panels (Stop and Search): Final report Summary: - West Yorkshire Police introduced divisionally based Scrutiny Panels for Hate Incidents and Stop and Search early in 2005 with the aim of increasing transparency and accountability of police procedures and thereby promoting public confidence. This evaluation was tasked to specifically consider the Stop and Search element of the scrutiny panels. - West Yorkshire Police produced force guidelines for the Scrutiny Panels providing common minimum standards but divisions were expected to tailor implementation to local circumstances. There is therefore considerable variation in the structure and operating procedures of the panels. However few panels had formally defined their local arrangements. This omission may contribute to lack of clarity in the understanding of panel members about their role and police expectations of their commitment. - The size and composition of the panels varies considerably. Some panels are probably too small either in the listed pool of members or in attendance to be an effective public scrutiny. Although all panels include representatives from partner agencies and community members, the balance varies considerably and some panels are light on the latter. - All panel members include representatives of minority ethnic groups. Half of the survey respondents, excluding police officers, were white, one quarter Pakistani and smaller numbers from other ethnic groups. More men than women are involved with the panels and there have been particular difficulties in reaching women of Asian background. Few panels had succeeded in including young people. It is important that the panels are representative not only of the communities they serve but of those who are most likely to be the subjects of stop and search. - Few of the panels have provided formal training to panel members although some have introduced information packs which panel members can use for reference purposes. Ensuring that panel members can work from a knowledgebase is essential to the effectiveness of the panels. - All except one panel conform to the force guidelines for monthly meetings. Panels vary in the timing and location of meetings. Some always meet in the same place (frequently the police station), some alternate between different geographic locations within their divisions and others make efforts to meet on non-police premises. Some panels meet in the afternoon, some in the evening and others alternate. These variations have been introduced to maximise attendance at meetings. - Most panels comply with the force guidance that police representation should include an inspector although there are some where the rank is lower always or sometimes. On the other hand chief inspectors attend some panels. Senior police officer input is welcomed by panel members in signalling to members and police officers the value of the panel. - Most panels are chaired by police officers although for one there is a regular lay chair and for others a revolving chair. Panel members generally though the quality of the chairmanship was more important than whether or not the chair was a police officer. - Almost all the respondents to the survey thought that the meetings were open and transparent and all that members had the opportunity to have their say. - There was some variation in the way that stop and search forms were presented, notably in whether the panel members selected the forms for scrutiny and whether they were able to examine the forms themselves. It is important for transparency that this takes place. Some panels presented stop and search statistics while others did not. - Panels vary in their recording of their proceedings. All the panels submit a monitoring form to police headquarters after each meeting but in some panels this is not available to panel members. Some panels however produce formal minutes. Some panels formally feedback on unresolved issues raised at previous meetings but in others this is more adhoc. Feedback is essential for accountability. The monitoring form/minutes can provide a useful aide memoire in providing feedback. - Few panel members thought that the panel proceedings had shown irregularities in police conduct of stop and search. Those that were expressed included insufficient grounds for stop and search and the large numbers of cases where those stopped had refused their copy of the form. - Half the respondents to the survey and most of those interviewed identified issues in the recording of stop and search. These included incomplete recording, illegibility and counter signature of faulty forms by supervising officers. - The scrutiny panels have the potential to impact on community knowledge about stop and search, improve the transparency and accountability of the stop and search process, and raise public confidence in the police, particularly among ethnic minority communities. However these impacts are restricted by issues of representativeness of the community, superficiality of scrutiny because of an insufficient knowledgebase or time constraints and feedback to the community. - The scrutiny panels can have an effect on police performance of stop and search although again this is limited because the panel sees only a record. There is however evidence that the panels are improving recording of stop and search and can identify issues of supervision and training. The panels cannot address disproportionality in stop and search but can address the perception of that disproportionality among community members. - A number of good practice suggestions and performance indicators have been identified, Details: University of Hull, Department of Criminology and Sociological Studies, 2007. 116p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 16, 2015 at: http://nrl.northumbria.ac.uk/14346/1/Cole_WYP_Stop_and_Search_Scrutiny_Panels_-_Full_Report.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 134924

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Improving police integrity: reforming the police complaints and disciplinary systems. Summary of consultation responses and next steps Summary: 1.1 The consultation document Improving Police Integrity: reforming the police complaints and disciplinary systems set out the Government's plans for reform of the police complaints and disciplinary systems, measures to strengthen protections for police whistleblowers, an extension to the remit of Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary (HMIC), and changes to the role, powers and structure of the Independent Police Complaints Commission (IPCC). The consultation presented 42 questions across four policy areas and invited comments from national, local and regional organisations, police forces, Police and Crime Commissioners (PCCs), Police and Crime Panels, frontline practitioners, staff associations, trade unions and other groups or interested individuals. Method 1.2 The consultation took place over an eight week period from 11 December 2014. 1.3 The consultation document was made available on the Home Office website, https://www.gov.uk/government/consultations/improving-police-integrity-reforming-the-police-complaints-and-disciplinary-systems. A Welsh version was available on request, as were large print and audio versions. Responses to the consultation could also be completed anonymously online, submitted via email to policeintegrityconsultation@homeoffice.gsi.gov.uk or posted to the Home Office. 1.4 To support the consultation process, three events were held to canvass opinions from policing partners and frontline practitioners. Key themes from these discussions were noted and have been reflected in the summary of responses. A list of the events is set out in the table on page 6. 1.5 The Government received a total of 170 responses to the consultation (97 were submitted by post or email, and 73 were responses to the online survey). Details: London: Home Office, 2015. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Cm 9031: Accessed March 16, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/411970/improving_police_integrity_reforming_the_police_complaints_and_disciplinary_systems.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Complaints Against Police Shelf Number: 134925

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation Title: The Contribution of Youth Offending Teams to the Work of the Troubled Families Programme in England Summary: Youth offending teams were playing an important part in the Troubled Families (TF) programme in their work to reduce reoffending by young people, but needed to address some practical issues, according to independent inspectors. The report, The Contribution of Youth Offending Teams to the Work of the Troubled Families Programme in England reflects the findings of HM Inspectorate of Probation, the Care Quality Commission, Ofsted and HM Inspectorate of Constabulary. The inspection focused on the part played by Youth Offending Teams on preventing and reducing offending and tackling antisocial behaviour by children and young people. Inspectors found many examples where the work had the potential to bear fruit and the interim reoffending patterns were positive, despite the relatively short period of time the local services had been running. However, the limited evaluation which had taken place meant it was not easy to track outcomes from the work. Inspectors also found some partner agencies, such as YOTs, children's social care services and educational services, had made a considerable investment in partnership working, and there were some innovative approaches from police and health care staff. Details: London: Criminal Justice Joint Inspection, 2015. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 16, 2015 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/cjji/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2015/01/Troubled-Families1.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 134930

Author: Internet Watch Foundation Title: Youth-Produced Sexual Content Summary: This Paper introduces the key findings of a quantitative study of youth-produced sexual content online ("the Study"). The Study took place over a three month period between September and November 2014 and used a combination of proactively sourced1 content from search engines, historic IWF data and leads from public reports to locate "youth-produced sexual content" depicting "young people". Where the content was assessed as meeting these criteria the content was analysed in accordance with IWF's standard procedures for actioning child sexual abuse content, capturing data about each image/video including image category, site type, commerciality, hosting location, device used to create the content and the assessed age and gender of the individuals depicted. During the course of the Study, 3,803 images and videos were assessed as meeting the research criteria. The key findings of the Study were as follows: - 17.5% of content depicted children aged 15 years or younger. - 85.9% of content depicting children aged 15 or younger was created using a webcam. - 93.1% of the content depicting children aged 15 or younger featured girls. - 46.9% of content depicting children aged 15 years or younger was Category A or B5 compared to 27.6% of content in the 16-20 years age range. - 89.9% of the total images and videos assessed as part of the Study had been harvested from the original upload location and were being redistributed on third party websites. Details: Cambridge, UK: Internet Watch Foundation, 2015. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Emerging Patterns and Trends Report #1: Accessed March 16, 2015 at: https://www.iwf.org.uk/assets/media/resources/Emerging%20Patterns%20and%20Trends%20Report%201%20-%20Youth-Produced%20Sexual%20Content%20website%20March%202015-1.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Pornography (U.K.) Shelf Number: 134937

Author: Lammy, David Title: Taking Its Toll: the regressive impact of property crime in Britain Summary: The police and the courts are turning a blind eye to theft, burglary and shoplifting which makes up three quarters of all recorded crime committed in England and Wales, according to the Rt Hon David Lammy MP, one of the Labour party's leading Mayoral candidates. The report highlights how large swathes of property crime goes unreported, especially among independent shopkeepers, with people having little faith in the ability of the police to bring the perpetrators to justice. A poll of 400 members of the National Federation of Retail Newsagents carried out as part of the research discovered that over half of all respondents had been the victim of two or more shoplifting incidents in the preceding three months yet over a third (35%) doubted the police's ability to successfully prosecute shoplifters. Less than 1 in 10 incidents of shoplifting is reported to the police. Other figures in the report emphasise the problem: - Only two thirds of burglaries are reported to the police - Half of burglary victims never hear back from the police after reporting a crime - 19,000 incidents of bicycle theft were reported to the Metropolitan Police in 2013-14 yet only 666 (3.5%) of these thefts were solved The paper also argues that shoplifting from smaller retailers such as newsagents has virtually been decriminalised in the eyes of the law. The Anti Social Behaviour, Crime and Policing Act 2014, set the threshold for a 'serious' shoplifting offence at good valued $200 or higher. Yet the median value of a shoplifting incident from a convenience store is around $40. The paper also highlights how the courts are failing to tackle the problem of repeat offending: - Half of all offenders sentenced for theft offences in the year to June 2014 had 15 or more previous convictions or cautions. This represents 62,000 offenders in one year alone - 45 per cent of offenders cautioned for theft offences had already received a caution or conviction for a previous offence - Half of all fines imposed by courts go unpaid - The only recourse a magistrate has to address non-payment of fines is six months imprisonment The report makes a series of recommendations to address property crime including: 1.Restoring ward-level neighbourhood policing teams consisting of a sergeant, two constables and three Police Community Support Officers and ensure they focus their efforts on preventing and solving local property crime. 2.Giving magistrates flexibility to enforce unpaid court fines through means other than six months imprisonment 3.Implementing a penalties escalator for repeated theft. Courts should be able to break the caution-fine-reoffending cycle by increasing the sentence for reoffending. 4.Making it compulsory for new police recruits to walk the same beat for at least a year - and preferably two years - after they complete training. 5.Introducing New York Compstat-style data sharing between police forces to pinpoint crime trends and hotspots 6.Establishing a Crime Prevention Academy to improve crime prevention expertise within police forces Details: London: Policy Exchange, 2015. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2015 at: http://www.policyexchange.org.uk/images/publications/taking%20its%20toll.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bicycle Theft Shelf Number: 134947

Author: Bradley, Bethany Waterhouse Title: BME and Migrant Confidence in Policing and Criminal Justice in Northern Ireland: an exploratory exercise to support the Community Safety Strategy Summary: Building community confidence in the criminal justice system has been identified as a key priority in the Community Safety Strategy and echoed through the policies and plans which support its delivery. This NISMP paper is an exploratory exercise which examines confidence in relation to minority ethnic communities in Northern Ireland. It considers how measures taken to improve confidence have impacted on these groups and how they might be delivered to further increase levels of confidence. Details: Belfast: Northern Ireland Strategic Migration Partnership, 2014. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2015 at: http://www.migrationni.org/DatabaseDocs/new_1903189__community_confidence_final_draft.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Minority Ethnic Communities Shelf Number: 134959

Author: Campbell, Sarah Title: Same Old...the experiences of young offenders with mental health needs Summary: Despite the numerous reports, enquiries, policy documents, expert reference groups, working parties, consultations, white papers, Bills, Acts of Parliament and changes of government, we are still repeating the same old story - that the provision of mental health services for young people at risk of or engaged with offending behaviour is woefully inadequate. This report sits aside from its many predecessors in that it cuts through all the policy and legislation and talks directly to those people who matter the most: the young people and the professionals that work alongside them. They told us that: - Waiting lists are too long resulting in young people self-medicating with drugs and alcohol while they wait to access services thus exacerbating their mental ill health and offending behaviour. - Rigid criteria for mental health services means young people have to be enduring a severe and debilitating mental illness before they can access any type of help or support. - There is still a gap in service provision between young people's and adult mental health services meaning many young people are slipping through the net and lacking support at a vulnerable time in their development. - If a young person manages to receive support, it is largely centred around medication. Following prescription, young people are left lacking medication reviews, support or intervention. - In the rare occasions where intervention extends beyond medication, professionals have little time for young people and a high turnover of staff means a lack of staff continuity making it difficult for the young person to establish rapport or trust. Details: London: Barrow Cadbury Trust, 2013. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2015 at: http://www.youngminds.org.uk/assets/0000/9472/Barrow_Cadbury_Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Offenders (U.K.) Shelf Number: 134960

Author: Rieken, Johannes Christian Title: Making situated police practice visible: a study examining professional activity for the maintenance of social control with video data from the field Summary: This PhD studies the professional practice of policing from a situated perspective. It explores with social psychological theories and methods how officers attend to incidents, showing that discretion exists within the ambiguity of a concrete situation that an officer interprets then and there. With Body-Worn Video(BWV), a head-mounted camera introduced into UK policing in 2007, officers record as part of their practice. Within the framework of Subjective Evidence-Based Ethnography (SEBE) (Lahlou, 2011) self-confrontation interviews of officers with their recordings allow insights into situated decision-making processes. I also became a Special Constable to train as an officer and organised a working group of police on the use of video, to gain insight into institutional factors. Hence, video use in policing is both an object of study and enabler of methodological innovation for this work. The empirical material is analysed to explore the interplay of institutions with concrete situations as displayed in officer recorded footage, focusing in particular on affordances (Gibson, 1986), connotations of action (Uexk=ull, 1956), sequential dimension (Knoblauch et al., 2006, Sacks et al., 1974) and social encounters (Goffman, 1961). The PhD develops 3 papers. Paper 1 focuses on discretion: crucial to the policing of an incident is whether it is pursued formally or informally. This categorisation occurs in a process where officers anticipate formal outcomes. They therefore often have discretion to construct an incident as warranting a formal response or not. So officers frame the situation as well as respond to it. Paper 2 expands on the formal/informal distinction to consider the trade-offs they have to make under cross constraints. Being able to simultaneously maintain an appearance of control Manning, 1977), adherence to due process, and attend to situational demands is only possible because officers have discretion in the process of co-constructing an incident in the 'correct' formats. Paper 3 discusses the relevance of seeing and visibility for policing. It also explores the impact of camera-mediated visibility on officer practice, therefore, addressing the implications of increasing visibility on policing and the biases resulting from using BWV as data for research. As the emphasis on appearance grows, officers lose the discretion that comes as part of interpreting a situation, forcing them to be more mechanistic in how they police incidents. Details: London: London School of Economics and Political Science (LSE), 2013. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed March 18, 2015 at: http://etheses.lse.ac.uk/775/ Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Law Enforcement Technology (U.K.) Shelf Number: 134966

Author: Commission on Sex in Prison (U.K.) Title: Sex in Prison: Experiences of former prisoners Summary: In England and Wales, there has been minimal research into consensual and coercive sex in prison. In order to begin to address this knowledge gap, the Howard League for Penal Reform established an independent Commission on Sex in Prison, comprising eminent academics, former and serving prison governors, lawyers, former prisoners and health experts. Over two years, the Commission received written and oral evidence from voluntary and statutory agencies, prison staff, and serving and former prisoners on all aspects of sexual activity in prison and the healthy sexual development of children. Previous briefing papers have documented this evidence. This final briefing paper reports findings from interviews conducted with 26 former prisoners during the summer of 2014. Former prisoners no longer under the supervision of the National Offender Management Service (NOMS) were invited to contact the Commission's academic consultant if they would be interested in being interviewed about 'their knowledge about or personal experience of sexual activity in prison' or 'if your experience is that sex between prisoners or with staff does not happen in prison.' People who contacted the researcher were motivated to discuss their own experiences and/or their knowledge of sexual activity among other prisoners; often with the stated intention of raising awareness of the reality of sex in prison and the health implications for those participating in unsafe sex and their sexual partners. Research aims To supplement the evidence gathered by the Commission on Sex in Prison, the aim of the primary research was to learn from former prisoners about their perspectives, experiences, and knowledge of consensual or non-consensual sexual activity and sexuality in prisons in England and Wales. Key findings - Nearly all interviewees managed their sexual needs in prison either wholly or partially through masturbation - Eight male interviewees, seven of whom described their sexuality as either gay or bisexual, had had consensual sex with other male prisoners. While these seven interviewees had been open about their sexuality in prison, they conducted their sexual activities and relationships discreetly - Some men who self-identified as heterosexual participated in same-sex activity but did not acknowledge this. Heterosexual men who engage in sexual activity with men 'out of necessity' do not perceive that this affects or alters their sexual identity - The availability of condoms varied considerably between prisons - Interviewees perceived that prison officers were sometimes aware of sexual activity but exercised their discretion not to intervene - Most interviewees thought that coercive sex rarely occurs in British prisons. Three male interviewees disclosed they had been raped in prison by other prisoners, and none of these rapes were officially reported. Rape in prison is certain to be significantly under reported - Some male prisoners had been known to trade sex in return for drugs, tobacco, food, or other valuable commodities. Recommendations - Coherently formulated and consistently applied policies, which recognize and respond to the reality of consensual and coercive sex in prison, are urgently needed. These must be set within a clear and concise ethical and operational framework which prioritises the protection of prisoners vulnerable to coerced sexual activity or unsafe sexual practice, and results in instructions to staff which are practical and enforceable - Prisoners should receive equivalent healthcare services to those available in the community and NOMS should ensure that prisoners have easy and confidential access to condoms and other forms of protection against sexually transmitted infections (STIs) - Prison staff need training and clear guidance on how to respond appropriately to consensual sexual activity and how to pro-actively prevent, detect, and respond to allegations and incidents of sexual assault - To understand better the extent of the scale of consensual and coercive sex in prison, and the issues arising from sexual activity in prison, a national, statistically representative survey of both the serving prison population and of former prisoners, eliciting quantitative and qualitative data, and fully supported by but independent of NOMS, is urgently required. Details: London: Howard League for Penal Reform, 2015. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 19, 2015 at: https://d19ylpo4aovc7m.cloudfront.net/fileadmin/howard_league/user/pdf/Publications/Sex_in_prison_web.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Consensual Sexual Activity Shelf Number: 134970

Author: Levins, Alice Title: Living among sex offenders: Identity, safety and relationships at Whatton Prison Summary: Little research has been carried out on the sociology of imprisonment for sex offenders, despite them making up 16 per cent of the sentenced adult male population in England and Wales. This report applies some of the established questions from the prison sociology tradition to the sex offender prisoner population. The research explores experiences related to safety, the management of identity, the development of hierarchies and the formation and maintenance of friendships within this institutional context. The research was based on 22 semi-structured interviews with 22 prisoners in Whatton prison. Interviews were transcribed verbatim, and the data was then coded using adaptive theory, with some themes drawn from the literature and others emerging from the data. The research found that, although prisoners reported feeling much safer in Whatton than they had elsewhere, they experienced a distinctive form of anxiety as a result of the social pressures of living solely among sex offenders. The research also found that prisoners struggled with their stigmatisation as sex offenders, and this structured their identities and relationships in various ways. The report argues that sex offenders have markedly different experiences in prison than 'mainstream' prisoners, thereby meriting separate study. Details: London: Howard League for Penal Reform, 2014. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 19, 2015 at: https://d19ylpo4aovc7m.cloudfront.net/fileadmin/howard_league/user/pdf/Publications/Living_among_sex_offenders.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Inmates Shelf Number: 134971

Author: Trebilcock, Julie Title: No winners: The reality of short term prison sentences Summary: Every year over 60,000 adults receive a short prison sentence of less than 12 months. These prisoners usually serve half of their sentence in custody and the remainder in the community. Although they can be returned to prison during the second half of their sentence if they commit another crime, they are not subject to post-release supervision or intervention from probation (unless they are aged between 18 and 21 years). While in prison, the short time available often means there is little opportunity to adequately address the needs of this population, with limited access to offending behaviour programmes, education and work (Lewis et al, 2003; National Audit Office, 2002, 2008, 2010; Social Exclusion Unit, 2002). On release, short sentence prisoners often face a number of barriers to their resettlement, highlighting that 'those serving short sentences, receive little practical support, before release or afterwards' (Social Exclusion Unit, 2002). This is despite the fact that short sentence prisoners have the highest re-conviction rates amongst adult prisoners (Lewis et al, 2003; National Audit Office, 2010). In 2009, the Commission on English Prisons Today called for 'radical and transformational change' and for short prison sentences to be replaced with community penalties (Howard League, 2009:6). In the same year a motion was passed by the Prison Governors' Association (PGA) to abolish prison sentences of 12 months and under on the basis that they do not work. Since then, a number of other key stakeholders have also expressed concern about the ineffectiveness of short prison sentences, including NAPO (the Trade Union and Professional Association for Family Court and Probation Staff) and the Howard League for Penal Reform. Following the new coalition government and Kenneth Clarke's appointment as the Justice Secretary, a full review of sentencing and rehabilitation policy was promised (Hansard, 2010) leading to the publication of a green paper entitled Breaking the cycle: Effective punishment, rehabilitation and sentencing of offenders in December 2010 (Ministry of Justice, 2010a). It is within this context that this research sought to give further consideration to the reality of short term imprisonment from the perspective of both prisoners and prison staff. In May 2010 the Howard League for Penal Reform, in collaboration with the PGA, commissioned a piece of research to consider the reality of short term imprisonment from the perspective of prisoners, prison staff and prison governors. The research was interested to explore three key research questions: - What are the day-to-day experiences and views of male prisoners serving short term prison sentences of 12 months and under? - What are the views of prison staff working with male prisoners serving short term prison sentences of 12 months and under? - What are the views of PGA members and other key stakeholders regarding short term prison sentences of 12 months and under? In order to explore these key questions the study relied on a number of interlinked investigations. These were: - an interview survey of short sentence prisoners; - an interview survey of prison staff; - an electronic questionnaire survey of PGA members; and, - an electronic questionnaire survey of other key stakeholders. This research was conducted with prisoners and prison staff in three male prisons in one National Offender Management Service (NOMS) region. The three study sites were selected on the basis that they all held male prisoners serving prison sentences of 12 months and under. At each site fieldwork was completed by an independent academic and a small team of retired prison governors. Interviews ranged from between 30 and 60 minutes. A total of 44 interviews with short sentence prisoners and twenty-five with prison staff were conducted. This report presents the findings of the interview surveys with short sentence prisoners and prison staff only. The findings from the electronic questionnaire surveys of PGA members and other key stakeholders will be reported elsewhere. Details: London: Howard League for Penal Reform, 2011. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 19, 2015 at: https://d19ylpo4aovc7m.cloudfront.net/fileadmin/howard_league/user/pdf/Publications/No_Winners.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Inmates Shelf Number: 134973

Author: Independent Police Complaints Commission (U.K.) Title: Policing handling of allegations of discrimination Summary: In 2013, the IPCC published a report on the Metropolitan Police Service's handling of race discrimination complaints, following some well-publicised cases. This revealed some significant weaknesses in complaints handling in general, which were even more acutely revealed in dealing with discrimination allegations. We therefore decided to examine the way the other three large English metropolitan forces - West Midlands, Greater Manchester and West Yorkshire - deal with allegations in relation to any kind of discrimination: including race, disability, age, gender and sexual orientation. This report sets out the findings, and they are stark. In general, and particularly in relation to complaints that come from members of the public, these complaints are poorly handled from beginning to end - in relation to the way the complaint is investigated, the conclusions drawn and, importantly, the contact with the complainant. Only 94 of the 170 complaints from the public were investigated, and none of the discrimination allegations were upheld. By contrast, where discrimination allegations had been raised by other officers, other external parties, over half of these were upheld. It is of course welcome that some police officers are themselves prepared to challenge colleagues, but allegations from the public need to be taken equally seriously and dealt with effectively. Details: London: IPCC, 2014. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 19, 2015 at: https://www.ipcc.gov.uk/sites/default/files/Documents/guidelines_reports/IPCC_report_police_handling_of_allegations_of_discrimination_June2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias Crimes Shelf Number: 134977

Author: Muir, Rick Title: Everyday justice: Mobilising the power of victims, communities and public services to reduce crime Summary: This report argues for reforms to the way the criminal justice system deals with victims, communities and offenders, in order to repair the everyday relationships damaged by crime and social exclusion. Crime is both a cause and a consequence of a breakdown in relationships: a lack of positive family and wider social relationships very often lies behind offending behaviour, while crime itself damages relationships, harming victims and fostering fear and mistrust within communities. Yet our criminal justice system does very little to repair the relationships that are damaged by crime and social exclusion. The system is set up as a confrontation between the state and the accused, rather than providing for direct reparation between the victim and the offender; it also gives local communities very little role in achieving justice and tackling the causes of crime. Furthermore, rather than providing the kind of consistent relationships with professionals that would aid rehabilitation, the system passes offenders between a range of different agencies, with too many falling between the cracks. This report proposes means to tackle the everyday, high-volume but relatively low-harm offences that make up the vast majority of crimes by mobilising the collective power of all relevant actors and institutions to ensure reparation for harm done and rehabilitation for the offender. Its recommendations cover three areas. - Offering greater direct reparation from offenders to their victims, including a right to restorative justice, to improve victims' confidence in the system while helping to reduce reoffending by bringing home to the offender the damage they have caused. - Fostering greater community involvement in the justice system, particularly through neighbourhood justice panels, to secure greater public confidence in the courts. - Providing offenders with the kind of stable and consistent relationships with criminal justice professionals that the evidence tells us are likely to promote desistance from crime, by making the justice system more integrated, and placing all young adult offenders aged 18-21 under the responsibility of the successful local youth offending teams. Details: London: Institute for Public Policy Research, 2014. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 19, 2015 at: http://www.ippr.org/assets/media/publications/pdf/Everyday-justice_Jul2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Participation Shelf Number: 134980

Author: Amey, Abigail Title: Perspectives from inside: A report from HMP Grendon and HMP Barlinnie Summary: How far do UK prisons meet the best human rights standards as set out in the Council of Europe's European Prison Rules? This was the question the Centre for Crime and Justice Studies sought to answer as part of an eight country European Prison Observatory study funded by the European Union. In 2014 the Centre held events at two prisons, HMP Grendon and HMP Barlinnie, to discuss human rights in UK prisons. Prisoners, prison staff, voluntary sector providers and researchers took part in the events, although those noting down comments paid particular attention to the observations and opinions of those who were serving sentences. Each of the one day events at Grendon and Barlinnie were divided into three workshops focused on the themes of health; work and education; and security and resolving conflicts in prison. This report brings together the main issues raised during the workshops. The Centre would like to thank Ian Whitehead and Jamie Bennett, Governors of Barlinnie and Grendon respectively, as well as the staff from both prisons for helping to run the events. Details: London: Centre for Crime and Justice Studies, 2015. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 19, 2015 at: http://www.crimeandjustice.org.uk/sites/crimeandjustice.org.uk/files/Perspectives%20from%20inside%20A%20report%20from%20HMP%20Grendon%20and%20HMP%20Barlinnie_0.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 134983

Author: Mills, Helen Title: Empower, resist, transform. A collection of essays Summary: This essay collection highlights how women facing criminalisation and gender based violence are repeatedly failed by society. Helen Mills, Rebecca Roberts and Laurel Townhead describe the shortcomings of criminal justice approaches that often replicate and reinforce inequalities rather than tackle the root causes of harm and violence. The document offers a critical and gendered analysis to the challenges of radically scaling back criminal justice. It also includes a copy of the 'Call to Action' issued by the Centre and the charity, Women in Prison. This work is part of the Centre for Crime and Justice Studies' Justice Matters initiative, motivated by the belief that the United Kingdom's over reliance on policing, prosecution and punishment is socially harmful, economically wasteful, and prevents us from tackling the complex problems our society faces in a sustainable, socially just manner. Details: London: Centre for Crime and Justice Studies, 2015. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 19, 2015 at: http://www.crimeandjustice.org.uk/sites/crimeandjustice.org.uk/files/Empower%20Resist%20Transform%20January%202015_0.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 134984

Author: Maple, Carsten Title: Cyberstalking in the United Kingdom: An Analysis of the ECHO Pilot Survey Summary: The problem of stalking has probably been around since the earliest communities gathered. Newspaper reports and television news channels have reported for many years cases in which stalking ultimately led to a fatality or serious injury, especially in cases where one of the parties was famous, or indeed infamous. However these reports were not initiated due to the concern of stalking behaviour, but rather the act that it resulted in, generally involving violence. It is only relatively recently that legislation has been introduced in the United Kingdom to address stalking and harassment, with the introduction of the Protection from Harassment Act 1997. In America the first stalking legislation was passed in California in 1990, and by 1999 every other state and the District of Columbia had passed laws that criminalised stalking. Network for Surviving Stalking is internationally recognised as the leading Registered Charity in the United Kingdom dedicated to supporting victims of stalking, free of cost or commercial gain. It aims to provide support to victims, potential victims and others affected by stalking or harassment throughout the UK, to raise awareness of the subject and to provide information about stalking and harassment to professionals, relevant agencies and the public. As we have moved into an age of electronic information and communication, stalkers have found new, more effective and efficient means to perpetrate their malicious acts; stalkers have become Cyberstalkers. Cyberstalking has become somewhat of an epidemic stretching across the globe. Network for Surviving Stalking began to notice that an increasing number of people searching for support were being stalked or harassed online, making the charity concerned as to the prevalence, nature and impact of cyberstalking. The charity commissioned a team of researchers and together developed an online questionnaire to establish answers to these questions. This report provides an analysis of the responses to the questionnaire. Details: Luton, Bedfordshire, UK: University of Bedfordshire, National Centre for Cyberstalking Research, 2011. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2015 at: http://paladinservice.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/2013/12/ECHO_Pilot_Final-Cyberstalking-in-the-UK-University-of-Bedfordshire.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cybercrime Shelf Number: 134985

Author: Beckett, Helen Title: Research into gang-associated sexual exploitation and sexual violence: Interim report Summary: This interim report outlines the progress of the ongoing research into gang-associated sexual exploitation and sexual violence in England, being conducted by The International Centre for the Study of Sexually Exploited and Trafficked Young People and The Vauxhall Centre for the Study of Crime within the Institute of Applied Social Research (IASR) at the University of Bedfordshire. The research into children and young people-s experiences of gang-associated sexual exploitation and sexual violence is exploring: - The scale and nature of the issue in the specific areas of England under study; - Pathways into gang-associated sexual exploitation and sexual violence for young people living in these gang-affected neighbourhoods; and - Potential models of response. The research is being conducted over the two-year period of the OCC Inquiry (Autumn 2011 to Autumn 2013). It has a narrower focus than the Inquiry, considering only those forms of sexual exploitation and sexual violence occurring in or related to gangs, as defined below. As the prevalence and nature of such gangs varies significantly across the country, exposure to these issues also varies significantly for young people living in different communities and locales. Fieldwork is being undertaken in six different areas of England with differing gang histories and experiences. The identity of the research sites is not being released in order to protect potential participants; they do however reflect a broad range of experiences and different demographic profiles. Details: Luton, Bedfordshire, UK: University of Bedfordshire, 2012. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2015: http://www.lscbchairs.org.uk/sitedata/files/University_of_Bedfordshire.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gangs (U.K.) Shelf Number: 134986

Author: Dobocan, Georgiana Alexandra Title: Cyberharassment and cyberbullying: individual and institutional perspectives Summary: Research on finding a relationship between institutional policy and the proliferation of cyberstalking, cyberharassment and cyberbullying in young adults, is limited. A National Institute of Justice (1998) study on a 4,446 USA student sample reveals that stalking on university campuses has a different profile than stalking nationally because of the nature of their mate-seeking age, proximity of the perpetrator to its victim and the facile way of accessing personal information. For this study, data from an undergraduate sample was gathered. Data suggests that online communication is ambiguous and there is a need for online norms, to which young people can adhere. Participants were generally not aware that the university had a policy on acceptable use of network. Moreover, participants were sensitive to being harassed and while being aware of how they were affected by the online behaviour of others, there was less certainty of the effects of their own behaviour. Details: Luton, Bedfordshire: University of Bedfordshire, 2013. 87p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed March 20, 2015 at: http://uobrep.openrepository.com/uobrep/bitstream/10547/344602/1/dobocan.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cyberbullying (U.K.) Shelf Number: 134987

Author: Great Britain. Home Office. Title: Opportunity/security as a driver of crime. A Discussion paper Summary: The opportunity/security hypothesis asserts that crime will flourish in conditions when it is easy to commit, and diminish when it is more difficult. Supporters of this view tend towards a belief that propensity to offend changes little over time, i.e. when temptation exists, human nature will always succumb to it. For them then, tackling crime is mostly about removing opportunity, either by altering routine activities to keep people away from crime-prone environments or by beefing up security. There is very strong evidence that acquisitive crime trends are affected in this way. Data repeatedly shows that as successive product innovations come to market - from car stereos in the 1980s to smartphones recently - thefts are likely to rise with ownership, as the opportunity (number of potential victims) increases. Data also shows that many security devices have been successful in helping to reverse these trends. Car immobilisers clearly helped drive down thefts of vehicles and more recently the IOS-7 I-phone operating system appears to have had a similar effect on phone thefts. Innovations in the way transactions are undertaken - credit cards and internet banking - share similar offence profiles. For these reasons we think opportunity/security should be considered one of the main drivers of crime. It offers perhaps the best explanation for trends in thefts of individual items and the growth in online activity means opportunities are likely to both change and increase in the near future - which makes the development of online security a key priority. The evidence seems less clear, though, that opportunity/security changes have been responsible for the rise and fall in crime at the aggregate level. The hypothesis is largely silent on why violence has fallen alongside theft. And for acquisitive crime, the case that better security caused the crime drop rests on the largely untested assumption that car immobilisers also prevented or deterred thieves from committing other types of theft. Data suggest the opposite is equally likely - that as one thing becomes harder to steal, thieves switch to something else. So, because all types of theft fell markedly at the same time in the mid-1990s it seems likely that a change in offender propensity for crime is more likely to provide the main explanation. Details: London: Home Office, 2015. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/398865/Opportunity_security_final_v2.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Acquisitive Crime Shelf Number: 134997

Author: Kerr, John Title: The securitization and policing of art theft in London Summary: This thesis examines the securitization and policing of art theft in London within the broader theoretical framework of security governance in a globalized risk society characterised by opportunities and insecurities (Beck 1992, Beck 2009, Giddens 1999, Lupton 1999). The securitization and policing of art can be viewed as a four way amalgam; private security, the insurance industry, the public sector and self- policing by the art world itself. Within these areas are a large number of security nodes (defined on page 11) of differing sizes and influence. Art security in London is an example of the complicated configuration of modern security in which 'hybridity' (Johnston 1992) is better replaced by 'networked' or 'nodal governance' (Johnston and Shearing 2003:18). It can also be described as a co-production of preventative security. At the heart of my research is an examination of a new policing matrix and the question: who performs, manages, governs and controls the securitization and policing? In line with Wood's (2006:230) proposed methodology, it empirically maps existing nodes and networks, assesses their operations and, lastly, proposes innovations. This has never been done before. Chapter 1 introduces the thesis by giving the background to the research, analyses what is already known about art theft and the criminals involved, and then considers the gaps in our knowledge. It finishes by examining the challenge of theorizing and researching art security. The methodology follows in chapter 2, before chapter 3 analyses the co-production of risk in the security sites and situates the threat. The subsequent four chapters examine the co-production of security. Chapter 4 analyses the public police and security, and chapter 5 private sector security, investigation and loss adjustment. Chapters 6 and 7 examine insurance as enabling risk and security, and governmental nodes enabling security beyond insurance. Chapters 8 and 9 consider the future, with chapter 8 focusing on the co-production and chapter 9 presenting final conclusions. Details: London: City University London, 2013. 300p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 20, 2015 at: http://openaccess.city.ac.uk/2995/2/Kerr,_John.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Art Theft (London) Shelf Number: 134998

Author: Vlugter, Roberta Title: Too little, too late? Parenting orders as a form of crime prevention Summary: The development of Youth Justice in the UK since the early 1990s has been informed by the belief that the family plays a key role in youth offending. In 1998 the parenting order was introduced, based on the assumption that interventions to improve parenting will have a positive effect upon offending. The availability of the order was extended in 2005, reflecting the view that parents who do not undertake parenting support are being willfully negligent of their responsibilities and must be made to take the help offered. In this thesis the assumptions justifying the parenting order and its extensions are questioned. Evidence suggests that although parenting is influential, it is one of many factors associated with the onset of or desistence from offending. Furthermore, as this thesis highlights, parents likely to receive parenting orders are often experiencing several personal and environmental 'stressors', creating high levels of need. These situational pressures and high level of need, this thesis argues, are likely to make it difficult for them to be effective in their role, or to gain long term benefit from attending a parenting programme. Furthermore, many parents have histories of unsuccessfully seeking assistance from 'helping agencies', refuting the assumption of willful neglect. This thesis considers the advantages and limitations of parenting work as a form of crime prevention and specifically looks at the use of the parenting order. An argument is presented for a wider, more holistic approach to parenting work than that offered by the parenting order as a form of crime prevention and for providing assistance to families earlier. Details: Bedfordshire, UK: University of Bedfordshire, 2009. 261p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 25, 2015 at: http://uobrep.openrepository.com/uobrep/handle/10547/326354 Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 135010

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice. Justice Data Lab Title: Re-offending Analysis: Warwickshire Youth Justice Service Summary: This analysis assessed the impact on re-offending of an intervention targeted at young offenders who had committed a violent offence, provided by Warwickshire Youth Justice Service (WYJS). The one year proven re-offending rate for 82 offenders who received the service was 38%, compared with 51% for a matched control group of similar offenders. Statistical significance testing has shown that this difference in the re-offending rates is statistically significant; meaning that we can be confident that there is a real difference in the re-offending rate for the group who received the intervention. The offenders included in this analysis all had index offences of violence against the person, and were all between 14 and 18 years of age at the time of this offence. The individuals in this analysis were receiving a statutory programme of provision, which is statutory for all young offenders who commit and are subsequently convicted of violent offences. This analysis therefore presents a comparison of the provision from WYJS against the statutory provision outside the Warwickshire area. What you can say: This analysis shows that participating in an intervention provided by Warwickshire Youth Justice Service led to a reduction in re-offending of between 2 and 24 percentage points. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2014. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 25, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/279366/warwickshire-youth-justice-service-report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 135011

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspectorate Title: The effectiveness of youth conferencing Summary: The report, 'The effectiveness of youth conferencing' examined how the Youth Justice Agency (YJA) used youth conferences to deal with young offenders in supporting them to accept responsibility for their behaviour and its impact on their victims. The inspection revealed that the youth conference process is working more effectively and efficiently than identified in past CJI reports published in 2008 and 2010. Higher risk young people had been appropriately channelled into an Intensive Supervision and Support Programme (ISSP) which provided a more robust method of ensuring young persons' needs are met in a way that helped prevent re-offending. This report identifies that around 40% of referrals involved young people who were looked-after in the care home system, and there were inconsistencies in how these young people are dealt with when they commit offences. The report calls for the development of a joint strategy between the YJA and the Health Trusts aimed at integrating restorative practices within all care homes in support of youth conferences. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspectorate of Northern Ireland, 2015. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 26, 2015 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/c3/c35d6f56-03e9-4b28-be6e-3a948107c6e9.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Intensive Supervision Shelf Number: 135058

Author: Webber, Frances Title: Hidden Despair: The deaths of foreign national prisoners Summary: This report examines recent suicides of foreign national prisoners in the UK, showing how the prison regime exacerbates the risk of self-harm and suicide through despair. A full report of the IRR's research into BME deaths in police custody, prisons and immigration removal centres, between 1992 and 2014, will be published in February 2015. Hidden despair exposes a catalogue of failure in the penal system: failures by prison staff to recognise the high vulnerability of some foreign offenders, especially young men; failures by immigration officers to communicate decisions, and failures to act on indications of suicidal intent. Details: London: Institute of Race Relations, 2014. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Briefing paper No. 9: Accessed March 26, 2015 at: http://www.irr.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2014/12/UKBP_9_Hidden_despair_FNPs.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Deaths in Custody (U.K.) Shelf Number: 135062

Author: Athwal, Harmit, Bourne, Jenny Title: Dying for Justice Summary: Dying for Justice which gives the background on 509 people (an average of twenty-two per year) from BAME, refugee and migrant communities who have died between 1991-2014 in suspicious circumstances in which the police, prison authorities or immigration detention officers have been implicated. It concludes that: - a large proportion of these deaths have involved undue force and many more a culpable lack of care; - despite critical narrative verdicts warning of dangerous procedures and the proliferation of guidelines, lessons are not being learnt; people die in similar ways year on year; - although inquest juries have delivered verdicts of unlawful killing in at least twelve cases, no one has been convicted for their part in these deaths over the two and a half decades of the research; - privatisation and sub-contracting of custodial, health and other services compounds concerns and makes it harder to call agencies to account; - Family and community campaigns have been crucial in bringing about any change in institutions and procedures Details: London: Institute for Race Relations, 2015. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 26, 2015 at: http://www.irr.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2015/03/Dying_for_Justice_web.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Deaths in Custody Shelf Number: 135063

Author: Commission on Sex in Prison (U.K.) Title: Consensual sex among men in prison Summary: Key points - There is evidence to show that sex in prison does happen - There is no prison rule prohibiting sex between prisoners but prison staff do not allow prisoners to have sex - It is difficult, if not impossible, for prison staff to be able to distinguish between consensual and coercive sexual relationships between prisoners - Prisons need to ensure that they protect the vulnerable - Prisoners should be able to access condoms confidentially to minimise the risk of sexually transmitted infections - Prisons have a duty under the Equalities Act 2010 not to discriminate against anyone because of their sexuality. Policies to prevent sex in prison can be perceived by some as discriminatory towards openly gay prisoners - The prison population is a high-risk group for sexually transmitted infections and risk-taking sexual behaviour. The need for harm reduction measures in prisons is widely recognised but they are poorly delivered - Prison staff need training on how to deal with sex between prisoners - Most prisoners will return to the community. Sexual health policies are important not just for prisoners but for wider society. Details: London: Howard League for Penal Reform, 2013. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Briefing paper 1: Accessed March 26, at: http://www.commissiononsexinprison.org/fileadmin/howard_league/user/pdf/Commission_on_Sex_in_Prison/sex_commission_final.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Consensual Sexual Activity Shelf Number: 135069

Author: Commission on Sex in Prison (U.K.) Title: Healthy sexual development of children in prison Summary: - The majority of children in custody are adolescent boys aged 15 to 17. They are likely to have reached physical sexual maturity and may be sexually active. They have not yet reached cognitive, emotional and social maturity - Children in custody are vulnerable and most will have experienced disadvantage. Some will have been sexually abused prior to custody - Prison severely restricts children's opportunities to form normal healthy relationships and can damage or delay the maturation process - LGBT children are more isolated in prison and more vulnerable to bullying or abuse by other children or by staff - Sexual abuse by other children or by staff does happen in prison - Children in prison should have access to sexual health services - The high levels of violence in prison might be a risk factor for the development of sexual aggression among boys - The needs of vulnerable children with complex needs cannot be met in large prisons with low staff to child ratios. Details: London: Howard League for Penal Reform, 2015. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Briefing paper 4: Accessed March 26, 2015 at: http://www.commissiononsexinprison.org/fileadmin/howard_league/user/online_publications/healthy_sexual_development_web1.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 135071

Author: Great Britain. Cabinet Office Title: Police and Crime Commissioners and Civil Society Summary: This report explores some of the ways that civil society organisations and police and crime commissioners (PCCs) work together. It provides examples to illustrate positive working relationships between PCCs and civil society. It has been compiled through a partnership of the Cabinet Office, Home Office and the Association of Police and Crime Commissioners (APCC). Details: London: Cabinet Office, 2015. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/416621/PCCs_and_Civil_Society_24_March_2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 135076

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation Title: Full Joint Inspection of Youth Offending Work in Trafford Summary: Reducing reoffending Overall work to reduce reoffending was satisfactory. A strong focus and priority was given to reducing reoffending. Assessment and planning were, for the most part done well, and children and young people were particularly well supported in meeting health and education needs. However, in a small number of cases, assessments and elements of plans were not satisfactory and these had not been identified through management oversight systems. Protecting the public Overall work to protect the public and actual or potential victims was good. Assessment and planning work to reduce the risk of harm was completed well in a large majority of cases. There were systems in place to ensure oversight of, and partner contributions to, the management of risk of harm. Delivery of victim work, restorative justice and reparation was well structured although evidence for the uptake of direct work with victims was lacking. Barriers to information sharing between the police and YOS, as a result of the recently reduced capacity of the seconded police officer, inhibited the use of intelligence as part of case management. Protecting children and young people Overall work to protect children and young people and reduce their vulnerability was satisfactory. Although the majority of work to protect children and young people was completed sufficiently well, we saw a small number of cases in which the assessment and planning of vulnerability was weak, and which, on further investigation, revealed a number of systemic problems. Work was child-centred and there was a positive working relationship between the YOS and children's social care in many cases. Interventions to reduce unnecessary use of custody were good. However, more complex safeguarding cases revealed deficits in the YOS's collective knowledge, levels of staff training, management oversight and governance arrangements. Ensuring the sentence is served Overall work to ensure that the sentence was served was good. Practitioners across the YOS demonstrated enthusiasm, commitment and knowledge of their cases. There was evidence of good working relationships with children and young people and their parents/carers, who were largely positive in their comments about their contact with the YOS. Diversity needs were met well and where barriers to engagement were encountered, these were generally dealt with constructively. The use of self-assessment tools was inconsistent and some children and young people felt their views were not fully taken into account. Governance and partnerships Overall, the effectiveness of governance and partnership arrangements was satisfactory. The governance arrangements for the YOS were complex, with separate board arrangements in place for oversight of performance and safeguarding. Performance against youth justice key indicators was good, although membership and attendance at the YOS Performance and Governance Board had been inconsistent from some partners. More use could have been made of available data to understand trends, drive performance improvement and provide challenge. Governance and oversight of YOS safeguarding work was not sufficiently robust, lacked prominence on key agendas and did not feature in the local Youth Justice Plan. There was, however, some strong partnership work, particularly around health, education, training and employment. Interventions Overall the management and delivery of interventions to reduce reoffending were good. We found that the YOS had a good range of appropriate and accessible interventions available to children and young people. Where provision was external to the YOS, referral systems and pathways were in place. Most offence targeted work was undertaken on a one-to-one basis, although a number of group based interventions were also available. Materials used were focused on the reduction of reoffending. In a small number of cases, required interventions were not delivered. Details: London: HM Inspectorate of Probation, 2015. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 1, 2015 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2015/02/Trafford-FJI-250215.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Interventions Shelf Number: 135081

Author: Commission on Sex in Prison (U.K.) Title: Women in prison: coercive and consensual sex Summary: Key points - Women in prison are particularly vulnerable and are more likely than men to have a history of being a victim of violence or sexual abuse. Many women seek comfort in prison to cope with their vulnerabilities - Relationships between women prisoners are very different to those found in men's prisons. Relationships with staff also differ - There is evidence that some women have sexual relationships with other women prisoners - Prison staff reported that women were more overt than men about their friendships and relationships with other prisoners - The Prisons and Probation Ombudsman found that intimate relationships between women could be a source of comfort or of bullying or abuse - Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Prisons found that there was a lack of tolerance in some prisons to non-sexual physical contact between women - Women are at greater risk than men of entering prison with a sexually transmitted infection including HIV - Women in prison have different sexual health needs to men in prison. They should have access to dental dams to prevent the spread of STIs - Some women prisoners had been coerced into sex with prison staff in return for favours such as cigarettes or alcohol - There is evidence that assaults known as 'decrotching', where women prisoners forcibly retrieve drugs hidden inside a woman's vagina, occur in women's prisons. Details: London: Howard League for Penal Reform, 2014. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Briefing paper 2: Accessed April 1, 2014 at: http://www.commissiononsexinprison.org/fileadmin/howard_league/user/pdf/Publications/Women_sex_commission.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 135101

Author: Gill, Martin Title: Insurance Fraudsters: A study for the ABI Summary: Commissioned by the Association of British Insurers, Perpetuity Research analysed previous research and interviewed people convicted of insurance fraud to gain insights into a range of insurance fraud. In this report fraudsters revealed the motivations for their offences, perceived risks, consequences and the types of opportunities they look to exploit. Key insights: ◾Insurance fraud is often opportunistic and unplanned, undertaken without full awareness of the consequences. ◾Fraudsters often make mistakes and most cases should be easily detected by well trained insurer staff. ◾However organised fraudsters look to exploit insurer weakness and public ignorance (for example ghost broking scams). Details: Tunbridge Wells, UK: Perpetuity Research & Consultancy International (PRCI) Ltd., 2015. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 1, 2015 at: http://perpetuityresearch.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/03/Insurance-Fraudsters-A-study-for-the-ABI.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crimes Against Businesses Shelf Number: 135102

Author: Sport England Title: Creating safer communities: Reducing anti-social behaviour and the fear of crime through sport Summary: This paper is one of a series of five papers aimed at policymakers and practitioners who are looking to use the 'power of sport' to help shape their local areas and to advocate the value of sport with partners to deliver local objectives. In focussing on the role sporting organisations and related projects can play in reducing anti-social behavior and the fear of crime the paper will be valuable to you because it: - highlights key national policy announcements, programmes and initiatives impacting on the environment within which community sport can be sustained, can grow and can contribute to the development of talented players; - presents the evidence to justify why community sport can contribute to a range of other shared priorities; and - shares case studies to bring to life the benefits to local communities and the enjoyment that people can get from being involved in sport. Details: London: Sport England, 2008. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 1, 2015 at: https://www.sportengland.org/media/91502/creating-safer-communities.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 135112

Author: Wrixon, Kristiana Title: Cyberstalking: the role of sex in perpetrator behaviour and victim impact Summary: Research has previously found a higher than expected percentage of male victims in cases of cyberstalking. Furthermore, it has been shown that female cyberstalking victims primarily fear physical harm and male victims primarily fear loss of reputation. This study considers why these differences exist with particular focus on the online behaviour of men and women. Using two questionnaires this study examines the behaviour of Internet users and the experiences of cyberstalking victims in order to consider whether there is a relationship between the way men and women use technology and the fears they experience if cyberstalked. It was found that men and women spend equal amounts of time online and that men do not place any more emphasis on their online professional presence than women. However, differences were found between the sexes in regards to some online anti-social behaviours and these findings did relate to the differing behaviours of male and female cyberstalking perpetrators. This study concludes that the differences between primary fears in cyberstalking victims are influenced by the online behaviour of the perpetrator and how individuals use the Internet. However these factors cannot be attributed as the sole reason for differences in cyberstalking fears in men and women. Details: Luton, Bedfordshire, UK: University of Bedfordshire, 2014. 120p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed April 1, 2015 at: http://uobrep.openrepository.com/uobrep/bitstream/10547/344622/1/wrixon.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Victims Shelf Number: 135113

Author: Owens, Catherine Title: The Essex Body Worn Video Trial: The impact of Body Worn Video on criminal justice outcomes of domestic abuse incidents Summary: Some early evaluation work undertaken in England and Wales has shown promising evidence that body worn video (BWV) can increase the proportion of criminal justice (CJ) outcomes in domestic abuse (DA) incidents, but the findings were limited. The randomised controlled trial (RCT) reported in this paper tested the impact of BWV on the CJ outcomes for domestic abuse incidents in Essex. The intervention was the issuing of BWV to officers who provided first response to incidents of DA. In total, 80 officers were randomly assigned to the treatment group (to wear body worn video cameras) - 70 eventually wore the cameras - and 238 were randomly assigned to the control group (to not receive the cameras). Randomly assigning officers to the intervention group provides a strong basis on which to draw inferences regarding the effects of BWV. Over the four month period of the trial, 308 Essex response officers attended 30,480 incidents, of which 7,609 where domestic abuse incidents; 25% of all incidents attended. Of these, at least one officer wearing a body worn camera attended 2,761 incidents (36% of all domestic abuse incidents attended). The CJ outcomes of the DA incidents attended by treatment and control group officers were analysed - both at the incident and officer level, to see if there were any difference from the presence of a camera in the outcome of the incidents. In addition, an officer survey and officer interviews were conducted to understand why any changes in outcome may have occurred and context. It was not possible to obtain victims' views, or data about the involvement of the victims or witnesses at any stage in the investigation or prosecution. The trial did not look at potential impact of BWV on victim's feelings of fairness and confidence in the way the police handled the incident, or their views on progression of the incident through the Criminal Justice System using BWV footage. Results -- There was no significant difference between whether a camera was present or not in the rate at which incidents resulted in a sanction detection (SD). However, there was evidence to suggest that use of the camera affected the type of SD. A significantly higher proportion of incidents attended by at least one officer wearing a camera resulted in one or more criminal charges rather than another SD outcome (81% of the sanction detections were charges in the treatment group compared to 72% in the control group). This finding was supported by a 5% difference in the mean for individual officer charging rates in the two groups (75% vs 80%), which although not statistically significant2 matches the pattern of findings from incidents. There was no evidence to suggest the cameras work differently for different types of officer, victim or area. However, the presence of the camera increases the probability of an individual being charged (as opposed to other forms of detection), at all risk levels graded by the control room, but the effect was most noticeable for the lower risk cases. There were no differences in incidents being recorded as crimes, or rates of arrest, and too few cases to identify impact on guilty pleas and sentencing at this time. The intention of the trial was to test the impact of BWV on CJ outcomes for DA incidents, but low usage of the cameras by officers may have had a large effect on the CJ outcomes explored in this trial. During the trial, only one in six officers surveyed reported using the camera for all DA incidents, as required by policy, and there were significant practical limitations with the equipment. This trial shows an impact of BWV in its complex 'real world' setting that enables an understanding of when and for whom it is effective. This study was, therefore, an effectiveness study, not a study of how BWV could work in ideal settings - which would need translating to the context to which it is applied. This distinction is important because interventions that lead to significant improvements in 'ideal' settings do not necessarily deliver the same results in the 'real world'. This trial found that BWV was not used as it was intended, but a difference was still seen. One explanation for the charging results could be the effect of expectations of being part of a trial, but the officer interviews and survey gave an insight into the reported difference the cameras made to their response to DA incidents. Officer Experience -- Half of those officers interviewed stated an increased confidence in getting convictions with the cameras, as they felt the cameras gave more detail than a statement could capture. The evidence, interviewed officers reported, was especially useful if it was a recording of the initial account, as it would often capture emotion and any injuries - more accurately reflecting the impact of the incident. An added benefit of the cameras was that often victims reportedly gave a great deal of information about the incident, or appeared when the officers arrived at the scene with visible injuries or clearly emotional, that they felt provided useful evidence at a later stage, particularly for evidence led prosecutions. The interviewed officers' comments all support the increased proportion of charges found. Officers interviewed felt the cameras increased accountability and made them more mindful of their behaviour. While some comments suggested officers' would be more likely to arrest than to take any other action with BWV, this was not found in the results, perhaps because of the force's prior focus on positive action, which officers usually took to mean arrest. They explained a risk aversion to inaction, and how this was amplified by the cameras. There was a feeling they would have to justify action or rather inaction to anyone looking at the footage. However, the strongest message from the survey and interviews was that the cameras had practical limitations, including failure to record, recording at the wrong angle, difficulties switching it on/off and not working in poor lighting, as well as being bulky so difficult to wear were often given as a reason officers stopped using the equipment. Details: Ryton-on-Dunsmore, UK: College of Policing, 2014. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2015 at: http://college.pressofficeadmin.com/repository/files/BWV_Report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 135131

Author: McDowall, Almuth Title: Promoting ethical behaviour and preventing wrongdoing in organisations: A rapid evidence assessment Summary: This report summarises the findings of an REA, the aim of which was to identify interventions, mechanisms and levers that might help to encourage ethical behaviour and prevent wrongdoing in organisations (i.e. comply with common professional standards or ethical principles). This review builds on the separate REA carried out by the College on the impact of codes of ethics on professional behaviour (see Brown 2014). The REA is based on a total of 57 studies carried out in policing and other professions. The review used a clear protocol to search for, sift and bring together the most relevant research papers. It reports 39 studies identified by this method, plus an additional 18 studies identified by the College of Policing or at peer review. While it was difficult to draw out overall conclusions from the literature, because the studies included in the review used a wide range of research methods to answer different questions in a variety of settings, the key findings are highlighted below. Evidence from existing systematic reviews is presented separately to that from single studies and case studies. What works and what's promising While the number of evaluated interventions and practices found during our literature search was fairly small, and sometimes not of the type required to make statements about "what works", the evidence we did find suggested that organisations can take positive steps to encourage ethical behaviour and address wrongdoing. Evidence from a systematic review - Procedural justice policing - The strongest intervention evidence we identified - based on a systematic review - explored the impact of a range of interventions on public perceptions of the police, a "positive" measure of ethical behaviour, rather than a "negative" measure of wrongdoing: - Overall, interventions that embraced the principles of procedural justice (i.e. fair decision-making and respectful treatment) - such as community policing, informal contact and restorative justice - improved public trust and confidence, and changed people's perception of the police for the better. - The review concluded there was "overwhelming support" for the police to introduce innovations that seek to advance citizen perceptions of legitimacy. Evidence from individual intervention studies or case study reviews - Body worn video cameras - One US randomised controlled trial (identified by the College outside the search protocol) showed that body worn video cameras can lead to a significant reduction in the police use of force. The effect on public complaints also appeared to be positive, but was less conclusive. - Being held to account - One quasi-experiment involving Dutch riot police suggested that reminding officers they would be accountable for their actions had a positive impact on reported attitudes (e.g. more moderate views about the police use of force). - Training - Five studies were identified exploring the effect of training in both military and policing contexts. Though the content and delivery of the training differed, the nature of decision-making and interaction skills were common elements. Each study suggested training could have a positive effect: - Training in moral decision-making (military) - A quasi-experiment, involving the Swiss military, showed that a one-week training programme on resolving moral dilemmas was effective in improving the decision-making competence of officers. - Training in procedural justice (police) - A randomised controlled trial carried out in Greater Manchester Police showed that training in practical communication skills resulted in victims perceiving the police to be fairer and more respectful. - Training in personal responsibility and control (police) - Two related studies carried out in the Nigerian Police suggested that training aimed at raising awareness of officers' personal responsibilities could change attitudes towards corruption. - Conflict resolution training (police) - One US quasi-experiment showed that three-day simulation-based training gave officers an alternative way of managing encounters, reducing the frequency and intensity with which force was used. - Ethics programmes - One before/after study carried out in an Israeli regional council suggested that the introduction of an ethics programme - in support of a code of ethics - resulted in changes to some, but not all, employee perceptions (e.g. improved perceptions of there being an ethical work climate). - Targeted problem-solving and early interventions - can potentially lead to substantial reductions on the police use of force and complaints. - One international review of before/after case studies suggested there was plausible evidence that the adoption of a problem-oriented approach by the police could reduce excessive or unnecessary uses of force. - Several individual case studies were identified that suggested the scanning and analysis of police data as ways of identifying particular officers or hotspots for target prevention activity was potentially promising. When interventions are most likely to be effective - Limited evidence was uncovered about the specific contexts in which interventions were most likely to be effective. However, studies pointed towards a need for both: - scanning and analysis of available police data, to ensure the intervention is well targeted and deals with the underlying causes of a problem; and -{ organisational commitment and leadership. Evidence from individual intervention studies or case study reviews - Body worn video cameras - One US randomised controlled trial (identified by the College outside the search protocol) showed that body worn video cameras can lead to a significant reduction in the police use of force. The effect on public complaints also appeared to be positive, but was less conclusive. - Being held to account - One quasi-experiment involving Dutch riot police suggested that reminding officers they would be accountable for their actions had a positive impact on reported attitudes (e.g. more moderate views about the police use of force). - Training - Five studies were identified exploring the effect of training in both military and policing contexts. Though the content and delivery of the training differed, the nature of decision-making and interaction skills were common elements. Each study suggested training could have a positive effect: - Training in moral decision-making (military) - A quasi-experiment, involving the Swiss military, showed that a one-week training programme on resolving moral dilemmas was effective in improving the decision-making competence of officers. - Training in procedural justice (police) - A randomised controlled trial carried out in Greater Manchester Police showed that training in practical communication skills resulted in victims perceiving the police to be fairer and more respectful. - Training in personal responsibility and control (police) - Two related studies carried out in the Nigerian Police suggested that training aimed at raising awareness of officers' personal responsibilities could change attitudes towards corruption. - Conflict resolution training (police) - One US quasi-experiment showed that three-day simulation-based training gave officers an alternative way of managing encounters, reducing the frequency and intensity with which force was used. - Ethics programmes - One before/after study carried out in an Israeli regional council suggested that the introduction of an ethics programme - in support of a code of ethics - resulted in changes to some, but not all, employee perceptions (e.g. improved perceptions of there being an ethical work climate). - Targeted problem-solving and early interventions - can potentially lead to substantial reductions on the police use of force and complaints. - One international review of before/after case studies suggested there was plausible evidence that the adoption of a problem-oriented approach by the police could reduce excessive or unnecessary uses of force. - Several individual case studies were identified that suggested the scanning and analysis of police data as ways of identifying particular officers or hotspots for target prevention activity was potentially promising. When interventions are most likely to be effective - Limited evidence was uncovered about the specific contexts in which interventions were most likely to be effective. However, studies pointed towards a need for both: - scanning and analysis of available police data, to ensure the intervention is well targeted and deals with the underlying causes of a problem; and organisational commitment and leadership. What doesn't work and evaluation gaps - No ineffective or counter-productive interventions were identified. However, there is a clear need for any intervention to be implemented thoughtfully and with care to help ensure it does not have any unintended negative consequences, and to put appropriate evaluation in place. - Limited empirical evidence was found on a number of approaches used by the police or proposed in the literature for promoting ethical behaviour and preventing wrongdoing (such as proactive investigative techniques, recruitment screening). This finding points to the need for further testing to identify "what works". The factors influencing ethical behaviour and wrongdoing We identified evidence from a number of empirical studies and literature reviews about factors associated with ethical behaviour and wrongdoing in organisations. By understanding these factors, practitioners may be better placed to design and implement more effective interventions or target them appropriately. Evidence from a systematic review - Systematic review evidence - based on 136 studies from a wide range of professional and occupational settings - suggested that ethical choices in the workplace were influenced by a range of factors at the individual, situational and organisational level. - An ethical working environment and a belief among workers that a code of conduct was well-enforced both had a positive effect on ethical decision-making. - Overall, the context of the situation in which a decision is made, particularly in terms of its perceived immediacy and magnitude of its consequences for others, was associated with workers avoiding unethical behaviour. - The influence of individual characteristics on ethical decision-making was relatively small overall: - Workers who were concerned about others, less "flexible" in their morality, less manipulative, and who took greater personal responsibility, tended to be more ethical at work. - Men and younger workers were more likely to make unethical choices overall than women and older workers. - Educational attainment was found to have no overall effect. - The range of factors associated with ethical choices suggests action at individual, situational and organisational level may be required to deal with wrongdoing and that it would be insufficient to target "bad apples", "bad cases" or "bad barrels" on their own. - Interventions focused solely on officer attitudes and intentions may not lead to improved behaviour, as the systematic review evidence suggested unethical decisions were not always based on unethical intentions. The choices made by a worker were more accurately predicted by their past behaviour than by their reported intentions. Evidence from individual studies - Organisational factors - The working environment, organisational justice and ethical leadership were all found to be "protective factors" against wrongdoing. Ethical leadership appeared to have a range of direct and indirect influences. While there was some consistency between studies on the value of role-modelling, other leadership behaviours and styles were also found to have an effect, such as openness or strictness (i.e. setting and enforcing standards). Thus, while it is clear that supervisors and leaders should - as a default - seek to be good role models through exemplary behaviour, and to encourage open discussion, there may be situations where it is important for them to set appropriate standards of behaviour and to sanction behaviour that falls short. - Situational factors - Some evidence was found on the situational factors that increased the chances of officers using improper force (e.g. the suspect being agitated or antagonistic, and having been involved in a serious offence). There was some indication that officers could sometimes be unsure whether particular activities were unethical. Several studies were also found that pointed to the existence of a "blue code of silence" - the informal pressure on officers not to report their colleagues - although its effect appeared to vary within and between organisations. - Individual characteristics - A range of individual characteristics - such as being male, younger, less experienced - were found in the literature to be associated with some types of wrongdoing. Early career misconduct and a range of social and psychological risk factors were also found to be potentially important influences, although their impact was found to be difficult to measure. The implications for practice of these individual characteristics are perhaps less clear as they are potentially related to other confounding factors and arguably harder for practitioners to influence. Conclusions and implications Taken together, the evidence in this REA raises a range of possibilities to take forward into practice. While the number of evaluated practices was fairly small, the evidence we found suggested that organisations can take steps to encourage ethical behaviour and reduce wrongdoing. Although there were no ready-made single solutions, a multi-pronged approach is likely to be needed. Notably, all the promising interventions that were identified were broadly preventive or remedial in their approach; none were purely focused on apprehending and disciplining those responsible for wrongdoing. The evidence also underlined how important leadership was within organisations. The need for strong and effective leadership - such as leaders being open, acting as role models, and also being "firm" in terms of setting and enforcing standards - was highlighted as encouraging ethical behaviour and as an essential ingredient for the successful implementation of interventions. This finding contains learning for individual leaders about how they should perform their role, but also has wider implications for the way leadership in the service is selected, promoted, developed and held to account. Moreover, leadership - and the organisational environment it helped create - were strong influences on the attitudes and (reported) behaviours of those working for them. Key here were the ideas of organisational justice (fair decision-making and respectful treatment internally) and ethical leadership. However, despite its importance, leadership was only one of several influences on ethical behaviour. A range of factors at the organisational, situational and individual level were all found to affect wrongdoing in different professional settings. While it is not clear what initiatives will "work", this finding highlights the need for action to be taken in combination at all three levels. Details: Ryton-on-Dunsmore, UK: College of Policing, 2015. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2015 at: http://whatworks.college.police.uk/Research/Documents/150317_Integrity_REA_FINAL_REPORT.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 135133

Author: Porter, Louise Title: The role of leadership in promoting ethical police behaviour: The findings of qualitative case study research Summary: Key findings This study focuses on issues of leadership and organisational ethics. It is based on 41 in-depth interviews - three with chief officers and at least five with frontline officers in each of five case study forces from England and Wales. The aim of the research was to explore the impact that senior leadership was perceived to have on ethical police behaviour, particularly that of those officers and staff in frontline roles. Its key findings were as follows: - Overall, the large majority of interviewees felt there had been a positive shift in the style of police leadership in recent years. There was a general sense leaders had moved away from an autocratic style to a more inclusive and open approach. Most current leaders in the five study forces were seen as consultative and good communicators. - Interviewees found it difficult to disentangle the factors that constituted effective leadership in general from those that specifically promoted ethical behaviour. The belief that ethical behaviour was a "natural consequence" of effective leadership was common. - A range of opinions about leadership styles were evident in all study forces, though the importance of honesty, integrity, visibility, transparency, and consistent and clear messages were emphasised, and reportedly had a clear impact on morale. - Evidence suggested that leaders were seen as both figureheads and role models for conduct. Setting values and standards, and communicating and enforcing those standards fairly, were also key themes raised in all interviews. - With the exception of autocratic leadership (which was mainly used to describe former chief officers), most interviewees felt that different styles could promote ethical behaviour. - Demonstration of transformational and participative leadership styles was seen as important, particularly by senior leaders. Visibility and communication were seen as key dimensions of leadership that offered opportunities to encourage organisational commitment, as a result of it increasing the credibility of leaders among staff and a belief in shared values and goals. - Elements of transactional leadership were also thought important for staff behaviour and morale, particularly in terms of encouraging appropriate standards through the consistent and fair application of reward and sanction within the organisation. - For many, successful leadership in fostering ethical behaviour was seen to come through flexibility and balance in leadership style. The nature of policing - with its high levels of discretion and specific vulnerabilities towards misconduct (e.g. contact with criminals) - reportedly meant leadership needed to be both transformational and transactional. - Comments from the majority of chief officers and frontline staff supported the idea that a more open and democratic style of leadership secured a better commitment to organisational values and promoted ethical behaviour. - While leadership was seen as important at all levels, first line supervisors were thought to have more of an influence than chief officers as they were the day-to-day role models for behaviour for most people. The provision of support to, and the empowerment of, frontline supervisors was, therefore, seen as particularly crucial. - The research highlighted the need for senior leaders and supervisors to be more aware of, and self-reflective about, leadership styles and processes and the impact these can have on the ethical behaviour of staff. Notably, while performance expectations need to be set and aligned with wider force priority and integrity frameworks, there was a widespread view that a narrow performance focus could have negative consequences. Details: Ryton-on-Dunsmore, UK: College of Policing, 2015. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2015 at: http://whatworks.college.police.uk/Research/Documents/150317_Ethical_leadership_FINAL_REPORT.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Administrators Shelf Number: 135134

Author: Quinton, Paul Title: Fair cop 2: Organisational justice, behaviour and ethical policing - An interpretative evidence commentary Summary: Fair decision-making and respectful treatment of the public by the police has previously been shown to foster police legitimacy, which, in turn, encourages people to cooperate with the police and not break the law. This paper provides a commentary around new survey research (Bradford et al 2013 and Bradford and Quinton 2014) that shows fairness and respect, internally within police organisations, can have a similar effect on the attitudes and behaviour of the workforce. Fairness at a supervisory and senior leadership level was associated with officers 'going the extra mile' without personal gain, following work rules, valuing the public, feeling empowered, and supporting ethical policing. These effects were largely brought about by fair treatment encouraging officers to identify with the organisation and its values, rather than a police subculture. The positive impact of fairness on attitudes and behaviour was found to exceed that of the traditional 'carrot and stick' approach, which ran the risk of fostering unthinking compliance with the rules even when officers thought it might be the 'wrong thing' to do. By linking the 'internal' organisational justice and 'external' procedural justice models together, it is possible to see how fairness and respect inside the police could, in the longer term, improve the public's perceptions of, and their voluntary cooperation with, the police. It also highlights the risk to policing of perceived unfairness within police organisations, because of its detrimental effect on staff attitudes and behaviours. Details: Ryton-on-Dunsmore, UK: College of Policing, 2015. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2015 at: http://whatworks.college.police.uk/Research/Documents/150317_Fair_cop%202_FINAL_REPORT.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 135135

Author: Hales, Gavin Title: Chief officer misconduct in policing: An exploratory study Summary: Key findings This study has examined cases of alleged misconduct involving chief police officers and staff. The aim was to describe the nature of cases that have come to light, examine the perceived pathways that led to misconduct, and suggest ways of mitigating the risks of misconduct. The study is based on interviews with key stakeholders and with investigating officers in chief officer misconduct cases since April 2008. These cases involved only a small minority of chief officers over the time-period in question. What sorts of cases have come to light since 2008? - Cases involving chief officer misconduct fell into two broad categories: those associated with professional decision-making, and those related to interpersonal conduct. - Cases involving professional decision-making included: abuses of due process and other forms of misrepresentation; suppression of information and dishonesty; abuses of force procedures relating to recruitment and procurement; material/financial misconduct; and other forms of professional misjudgement. - Cases involving interpersonal conduct included: bullying; expressions of racist or sexist prejudice; and sexual misconduct. - In around a third of cases, no misconduct was found, reflecting levels of chief officer exposure to scrutiny, vexatious or unfounded allegations, and the collective responsibility they carry for their police force. What are the routes into misconduct? - The 'ethical climate' of a police force is a key determinant of chief officer misconduct. Ethical climate is shaped by leadership styles, the organisational ethos, training and selection procedures, styles of performance management, and wider social norms. - Behaviour is shaped by individual vulnerabilities, including absence of ethical or emotional support, lack of challenge, exposure to corrupting influences, and cognitive failures in decision-making. - In a number of cases those involved in misconduct believed that their role as leaders excepted themselves from organisational rules and regulations; this cognitive failure explains why, in several cases, those involved refused to accept that they had done anything wrong. How can the risks of chief officer misconduct be mitigated? - Ethical standards will improve with greater openness of debate on police ethics. Publication of the Code of Ethics (College of Policing 2014a) may help achieve this. - There are differences between forces, and regulatory and oversight bodies about ethical standards and the thresholds between acceptable conduct, misconduct and gross misconduct, and how they are investigated. A key task is in creating a greater consensus on these issues, which requires open debate. - Police organisational responses should be commensurate with proportionality and public interest; both of which have implications for the costs involved. - Chief officers need to recognise the specific risks of cognitive failure that organisational leaders face, and the temptations of excepting themselves from rules and norms. - It is important to encourage an organisational ethos in which leaders can be challenged, and in which leaders are given the right sort of support when faced with ethical challenges. - There needs to be more recognition of the impact of selection and training processes, and of performance management systems, on the ethical climate of police organisations. - It was clear that across chief officer ranks as a whole the appetite is very much for change. Indeed, it was clear that the very change interviewees spoke of had already started to embed itself among many chief officer teams around the country. Details: Ryton-on-Dunsmore, UK: College of Policing, 2015. 95p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2015 at: http://whatworks.college.police.uk/Research/Documents/150317_Chief_officer_misconduct_FINAL_%20REPORT.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 135136

Author: Day, Mark Title: Strangeways 25 years on: achieving fairness and justice in our prisons Summary: Half of all men (49.7%) at HMP Manchester (Strangeways) are held two to a cell designed for one, a new Prison Reform Trust report reveals. Almost one quarter (23.6%) of people held across the prison estate in England and Wales are in so-called "doubled accommodation". Twenty five years after the Strangeways riot began on 1 April 1990, chronic overcrowding driven by a near doubling of the prison population over the past two decades continues to undermine standards of decency in prisons and restrict opportunities for rehabilitation, the report says. Half of people released from prison reoffend within one year of release; rising to 60% for those serving sentences of 12 months or less. When the Strangeways riot began the prison population was 45,000; today it stands at 84,000. England and Wales now has the highest rate of imprisonment in Western Europe, imprisoning 149 people for every 100,000. At the end of February 2015, 71 of the 118 prisons in England and Wales were overcrowded. Successive governments have poured taxpayers' money into expensive prison building programmes while closing smaller prisons and opening vast prisons in order to meet the demands of a growing prison population. More than four in 10 prisoners are now held in supersized jails of over 1,000 or more. HMP Manchester currently holds 1,114 men. The Strangeways prison riot, which left two men dead and 194 injured, was one of the most serious in British penal history. The riot took place against the background of a prison system which was perceived by prisoners as increasingly arbitrary and unfair and lacking in basic standards of decency. Lord Woolf's inquiry into the causes of the disturbances constituted a wide-ranging examination of conditions in Britain's prisons and represents the most important analysis of the penal system for the past 100 years. Lord Woolf, who now chairs the Prison Reform Trust, will deliver a lecture on the 25th anniversary of the Strangeways riot on 1 April 2015 at the Inner Temple in London. Lord Woolf's main recommendations and 204 proposals on matters of detail set out an agenda for comprehensive reform of the prison system. These included an end to "slopping out", whereby prisoners had to urinate and defecate in buckets in their cell; the appointment of a prisons ombudsman; and the introduction of telephones on landings so prisoners could keep in closer touch with their families. Lord Woolf also called for an enforceable limit on overcrowding and the division of prisons into smaller and more manageable secure units of 50-70 places, with no establishment exceeding 400 places. The report assesses progress made against Lord Woolf's 12 main recommendations for a more fair and just prison system. It says that many of the factors which contributed to the unrest have resurfaced today. Although the Prison Service is better able today to ensure control and security, this has threatened to set back decades of painstaking progress it has made to improve treatment and conditions. Over the past two years, independent prisons inspectorate reports and Ministry of Justice statistics reveal a marked increase in deaths in custody, a rising tide of violence and acts of concerted indiscipline, and falling rates of purposeful activity. The justice committee, in its recent report into the current government's approach to prison policy and planning, said that moves to cut costs in the prison system in England and Wales, as well as tougher prison regimes, had "made a significant contribution to the deterioration in safety." Measuring progress against Lord Woolf's recommendations, the report reveals a prison service which has made heroic strides in some areas but disturbing lapses in others. Although the official end to 'slopping out' was announced nearly 20 years ago, by the former prisons minister Ann Widdecombe, some establishments still suffer from a lack of in cell sanitation. HM inspector of prisons 2013-14 annual report said: "We continued to find - and be critical of - 'night sanitation' systems in some prisons, such as Blundeston and Coldingley, where there were no in-cell toilets and prisoners used an electronic queuing system to access external toilets. These systems sometimes break down, leaving prisoners little option than to use buckets." In 2010 there were 1,973 prison places without in-cell sanitation or open access to toilet facilities. The report says that better arrangements for monitoring prison performance could be improved by more robust and comprehensive standards and a truly independent prisons inspectorate accountable directly to Parliament Details: London: Prison Reform Trust, 2015. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2015 at: http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/Portals/0/Documents/woolf25250315FINALilo.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prison Administration Shelf Number: 135149

Author: Internet Watch Foundation Title: Emerging Patterns and Trends Report #1. Youth-Produced Sexual Content Summary: This Paper introduces the key findings of a quantitative study of youth-produced sexual content online ('the Study'). The Study took place over a three month period between September and November 2014 and used a combination of proactively sourced content from search engines, historic IWF data and leads from public reports to locate "youth-produced sexual content" depicting "young people". Where the content was assessed as meeting these criteria the content was analysed in accordance with IWF's standard procedures for actioning child sexual abuse content, capturing data about each image/video including image category, site type, commerciality, hosting location, device used to create the content and the assessed age and gender of the individuals depicted. During the course of the Study, 3,803 images and videos were assessed as meeting the research criteria. The key findings of the Study were as follows: - 17.5% of content depicted children aged 15 years or younger. - 85.9% of content depicting children aged 15 or younger was created using a webcam. - 93.1% of the content depicting children aged 15 or younger featured girls. - 46.9% of content depicting children aged 15 years or younger was Category A or B5 compared to 27.6% of content in the 16-20 years age range. - 89.9% of the total images and videos assessed as part of the Study had been harvested from the original upload location and were being redistributed on third party websites. The Study was carried out by Internet Watch Foundation (IWF) in partnership with Microsoft and was initially designed to expand upon an earlier study carried out by IWF in 2012 which provided a snapshot of the availability of self-generated sexual content featuring young people online and the extent to which control over that content is lost once it has appeared online. However, on analysis of the data it became apparent that the scope of the 2012 study and the definition of "self-generated sexual content" as used therein was inadequate in describing the observed trends. This was particularly the case in relation to methods of creation of the content and age of many of the individuals depicted. What emerged from the data in this Study is an increasing trend for the distribution of sexually explicit content produced by younger children using laptop webcams which, due to the nature of the technology used, they are aware is being shared with at least one other party. To reflect this finding, we instead propose a new definition of "youth-produced sexual content" as: "Nude or semi-nude images or videos produced by a young person of themselves engaging in erotic or sexual activity and intentionally shared by any electronic means." Details: Cambridge, UK: Internet Watch Foundation, 2015. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2015 at: https://www.iwf.org.uk/assets/media/resources/Emerging%20Patterns%20and%20Trends%20Report%201%20-%20Youth-Produced%20Sexual%20Content.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 135150

Author: SPIRTO Self-Produced Images - Risk Taking Online Title: Self-Produced Images - Risk Taking Online (SPIRTO): Quantitative analysis of identified children data Summary: This project aims to build an evidence base of the risks for adolescents posed by the increased usage of technology, in particular, mobile or hand-held devices. The focus of the project was on the risks related to the new possibilities to generate sexual content, and understanding of the different contexts behind the creation of these images and the consequences for the young people involved. Details: s.l.: SPIRTO, 2014. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2015 at: http://www.spirto.health.ed.ac.uk/download/website_files/SPIRTO_Report_Quantative_Analysis_April2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 135151

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Pre-charge bail: summary of consultation responses and proposals for legislation Summary: The Government consulted1 on a series of measures whose intended impact was to reduce both the number of individuals subject to, and the average duration of, pre-charge bail. This consultation was open from 18 December 2014 until 8 February 2015 and was complementary to that carried out by the College of Policing between 27 March and 21 July 20142, the responses to which were published on 11 December 20143. The Government published proposals to reform the statutory framework for pre-charge bail on 18 December 2014 and the consultation period closed on 8 February 2015. Exactly 300 responses were received; a statistical breakdown and list of respondents are at the end of this document. The key themes emerging from the responses were: The main benefit of introducing statutory limits for pre-charge bail durations that people expected to see was a more focussed police investigation leading to speedier justice for the victim and accused. Other commonly raised benefits were that it would be a fairer system, protecting suspects' human rights and civil liberties; that there would be a reduction in the negative effects for individuals on bail and their families, including emotional or mental trauma and financial implications. 62 respondents (including 50 from police forces) also said that they perceived no benefits from introducing a statutory limit for pre-charge bail. While 62.3% of respondents did not respond to Question 10, which asked if any other criteria should be added or substituted for the authorising of a bail extension, the most commonly raised suggestion was that matters outside of police control should be taken into account, for example Crown Prosecution Service timescales, forensic examinations (including digital) and international enquiries. Other common suggestions included consideration of the needs of victims of crime, including safeguarding requirements and where there are special interview requirements. Also raised were the need to safeguard complex investigations, and introducing a proportionality and necessity test to releasing people on pre-charge bail. Of the 119 people (40%) who provided a response highlighting resource implications of each model, the most commonly raised issues were around the need for increased resources, including greater staff numbers. A number of respondents raised the increase in time and cost that would result from the proposals, and also raised concern around safeguarding of victims and witnesses, that the proposals would reduce the ability to investigate crime and lead to more cases being marked for "no further action" resulting in a potential lack of justice. Other themes included an increased court workload, and increase in officer time spent at court. Having considered the volume data compiled on the basis of the police's data collection, the Ministry of Justice was concerned that the number of cases that would fall to be considered in the Crown Court would exceed the available capacity in Crown Court centres. Given that the overwhelming majority of cases where pre-charge bail exceeds twelve months are dealt with in large urban centres, where District Judges (Magistrates Courts) sit regularly, it would be possible for applications to be considered by professional judges in the magistrates' courts and we will work with HM Courts & Tribunals Service and the judiciary to ensure there is a presumption that this should happen with these cases. On that basis, the Government has decided to have all pre-charge bail hearings dealt with in the magistrates' courts. Responses were received from across the country, the highest response rates were received from the South East of England (27.3% of responses), Greater London (15%) and the West Midlands (11.3%). The lowest levels of response were from Wales (3.7% of responses), North East England (1.7%) and Yorkshire and the Humber (1.3%). Two thirds of respondents favoured tightening of pre-charge bail and agreed to the principle of judicial oversight. Of the 135 respondents who expressed a preference, 78 favoured Model 2 (58%). Reasons for this included the cost implications of early court hearings, given the high volumes of cases at the earliest stage, and noted that many straightforward investigations require a degree of forensic analysis that will not be completed within 28 days, but would be within three months. Concern was also expressed that, particularly with a 28-day "limit", investigations might be rushed inappropriately to the potential detriment of victims. A number of respondents argued for the 28-day review to be done by a Superintendent rather than a Chief Superintendent, as this rank is being phased out in a number of forces; we will change this. Taking account of the consultation responses and the various factors set out above, we propose to legislate to provide for Model 2 as the Government's preferred approach to the reform of pre-charge bail. However, in their response to the consultation, the police proposed a third model, which retains pre-charge bail authorisation within police forces for six months (judicial oversight thereafter) but with clear necessity and proportionality tests at 28 days and three months and with strong senior oversight. While, in the absence of legislative change, we would support all voluntary steps that police forces take to improve scrutiny and accountability for pre-charge bail decisions, the Government is clear that the police's proposed model does not go far enough. The Government also proposes to legislate to: - Enable the police to release someone pending further investigation without bail in circumstances where bail is not considered to be necessary; - Provide for a presumption to release without bail, with bail only being imposed when it is both "necessary" (e.g. where there is a need for conditions) and "proportionate" (for example, bail with onerous conditions is unlikely to be proportionate in a case where a low level non-custodial sentence would be the likely outcome, even if convicted); - Set a clear expectation that pre-charge bail should not last longer than a specified finite period of 28 days, as recommended by the College of Policing; - Set the extenuating circumstances in which that period might be extended further, and who should make that decision; - Establish a framework for the review by the courts of pre-charge bail; - Make clear that, where an individual has been released without bail while analysis takes place of large volumes of material, the police can make a further arrest where key evidence is identified as a result of the analysis of that material that could not reasonably have been done while the suspect was in custody or on bail; and - Provide in rules of court for a Public Interest Immunity-type procedure to withhold sensitive information from a suspect where its disclosure could harm the investigation, such as where disclosure might enable the suspect to dispose of or tamper with evidence, with a presumption of full disclosure at any subsequent trial. Legislation to give effect to these proposals would need to be taken forward in the next Parliament. As well as these changes in legislation, we will begin work immediately with the College of Policing and other bodies across the public sector to put in place memoranda of understanding to enable the police to access material required as part of a criminal investigation in a timely and efficient manner. We will also explore with the senior judiciary and the College of Policing what guidance might be given to custody officers and magistrates on the appropriate conditions of bail in particular circumstances. Details: London: Home Office, 2015. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 3, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/418226/150323_Pre-Charge_Bail_-_Responses___Proposals.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bail (U.K.) Shelf Number: 135152

Author: Northern Ireland Criminal Justice Inspection Title: The care and treatment of victims and witnesses in the criminal justice system in Northern Ireland, incorporating the use of special measures: A follow-up review of inspection recommendations Summary: Supporting victims and witnesses, and treating them as central to the delivery of criminal justice, has been a key political and moral objective for many years. Unfortunately in the past the rhetoric had continually fallen short of the citizens' reality as they engaged as victims and witnesses with the criminal justice system. Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland (CJI) has rightly continued to focus on this critical issue and produced a series of reports highlighting the deficits in effective service delivery and the need for greater partnership working to secure improvements. Since devolution, the political support for raising the status of victims and witnesses has injected real dynamism into the criminal justice agencies as they moved the subject further up their organisational agendas and together with the Department of Justice (DoJ), began to develop a more effective partnership approach to tackling the deficits. This follow-up review charts the very good progress made by the criminal justice agencies in response to our 2011 report 'The care and treatment of victims and witnesses in the criminal justice system in Northern Ireland' and 2012 publication 'The use of special measures in the criminal justice system in Northern Ireland'. Delivering the achievement of 96% against recommendations is a testament to the efforts of those who are striving to transform the experience of the victims and witnesses who are the mainstay of our criminal justice system. This progress is welcomed and must now become the baseline against which minimum service standards are set. We know that more can be done and I would urge that justice agencies do not become complacent or see this as 'job done', but view it as the start of a journey towards even greater public confidence. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2015. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 3, 2015 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/7c/7c2edadb-98a3-4ff8-a5f8-dd78d5bd254d.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Victim Services (Northern Ireland) Shelf Number: 135153

Author: Transparency International UK Title: Closing Down the Safe Havens: Ending Impunity for Corrupt Individuals by Seizing and Recovering their Assets in the UK Summary: Corrupt funds that are laundered through the UK represent misery for millions of people. The money has been stolen from health and education budgets, from infrastructure and law enforcement, and many other areas of public spending. This both degrades those services and removes funds that should rightfully be invested in their country of origin. The stolen funds should be identified, frozen, seized and - with proper safeguards - returned to the rightful owners. This is what the recovery of corruptly-obtained assets aims to achieve. The purpose of this paper is to describe the blocks in the system that are preventing recovery of the proceeds of grand corruption located in, or routed through, the UK. Details: London: Transparency International UK, 2013. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 7, 2015 at: http://www.transparency.org.uk/publications/15-publications/809-closing-down-the-safe-havens Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Asset Forfeiture Shelf Number: 135168

Author: Marshall, Kathleen Title: Child Sexual Exploitation in Northern Ireland: Report of the Independent Inquiry Summary: In September 2013, a Ministerial Summit was held on the theme of child sexual exploitation (CSE) in Northern Ireland. The Police Service of Northern Ireland (PSNI) referred to Operation Owl, an investigation of allegations of CSE in Northern Ireland, which had resulted in a number of adults being interviewed and some being arrested. Two weeks later, the then Minister for Health, Social Services and Public Safety, Edwin Poots, announced three actions to address this issue: an ongoing PSNI investigation focusing on 22 children and young people; a thematic review of these cases by the Safeguarding Board for Northern Ireland (SBNI); and an independent, expert-led inquiry into CSE in Northern Ireland, to be commissioned by the Minister for Health, Social Services and Public Safety and the Minister of Justice. The Minister for Education agreed that the Education and Training Inspectorate (ETI) would enjoin the Inquiry in relation to schools and the effectiveness of the statutory curriculum with respect to CSE. The Inquiry was to focus on both children and young people living at home in the community and those living in care. The Terms of Reference of the Inquiry were to: - Seek to establish the nature of child sexual exploitation (CSE) in Northern Ireland and a measure of the extent to which it occurs. - Examine the effectiveness of current cross sectoral child safeguarding and protection arrangements and measures to prevent and tackle CSE. - Make recommendations on the future actions required to prevent and tackle CSE and who should be responsible for these actions. - Report the findings of the Inquiry within one year of its commencement. In addition, the Inquiry should: - Consider specific safeguarding and protection issues for looked after children, taking into account the ongoing thematic review by the Safeguarding Board for Northern Ireland (SBNI). - Seek the views of children and young people in Northern Ireland and other key stakeholders. - Engage with parents to identify the issues they are facing and seek their views on what needs to be done to help them keep their children safe from the risk of CSE. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2014. 196p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 7, 2015 at: http://www.dhsspsni.gov.uk/csereport181114.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 135170

Author: Giacomantonio, Chris Title: Making and Breaking Barriers: Assessing the Value of Mounted Police Units in the UK Summary: While the use of mounted police (i.e. police horses and riders) can be traced back to before the advent of the modern police service in 1829, very little is known about the actual work of mounted police from either academic or practitioner standpoints. In recent years, mounted units have come under resource scrutiny in the UK due to austerity measures. Some forces have eliminated their mounted capacities altogether, while others have developed collaborative or mutual assistance arrangements with neighbouring forces. The relative costs and benefits of the available options - maintaining units, merging and centralizing mounted resources, or eliminating them in whole or part - cannot at present be assessed confidently by individual forces or by national coordinating agencies. To address this limitation in available evidence, the Association of Chief Police Officers' Mounted Working Group commissioned a project to consider ways in which the relative value of mounted police work may be measured and understood, as well as provide evidence testing the value of mounted police in various deployment scenarios. This main report details the multi-method and exploratory research undertaken for this project, and examines mounted police in neighbourhood policing, football policing and public order policing in festival and demonstration settings. The report also includes a full account of the research activities designed to understand the costs of mounted policing, and an international survey of senior mounted police in other countries. Details: Santa Monica, C: RAND; Cambridge, UK: University of Oxford, 2015. 156p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 8, 2015 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR800/RR830/RAND_RR830.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Horses Shelf Number: 135186

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Chief Inspector of Constabulary Title: The Welfare of vulnerable people in police custody Summary: Every day, the police in England and Wales are required to respond to the widest possible range of human behaviour and conditions. One moment they might be seeking a place of safety for an abandoned child, or for a person suffering from mental health problems who is confused and vulnerable; the next, they could be arresting an armed criminal. In some cases, people may be both offenders and in need of care. Vulnerability can be a trigger for crime or it can make people more likely to be victims of crime. The task that we ask of our police officers in making the distinction between the need for care and the requirements of justice is therefore both highly complex, and crucial if we are to ensure that vulnerable adults and children in our society do not become criminalised for want of a more appropriate response. The bricks and mortar of the custody suite and the police cell do not, and cannot make this distinction. As a result, some of the most vulnerable in our society may be subject to the same physical conditions and treatment as some of the most harmful. Police officers are civilians in uniform, possessing and discharging powers given to them freely by the consent of the communities they serve. There can be no greater power invested in a civilian than the power to take away the liberty of the citizen; nor can there be a stronger illustration of the power and trust invested in the police. The way that officers and staff engage with people in their custody or care therefore, has a most significant effect on the legitimacy with which the police are viewed, both by those detained, and by wider society. Future co-operation as witnesses to crime, or trust in the police as a victim of crime, may also be dependent on these contacts with the service. This being the case, the attitude and actions of the police - whether on the front line or in custody - are of paramount importance in ensuring that the very different needs of all those they encounter are met by the most appropriate agency. For those members of the public taken into custody, there are risks of harm from the experience of detention itself. They may also pose a risk to themselves and/or to others. All of these risks must be managed effectively by officers and staff with the relevant specialist expertise, who must communicate effectively, implement good standards of care, follow the law and work proactively with other agencies to ensure the right protection is put in place for vulnerable detainees, both in and following police custody. The primary purpose of the police is the prevention of crime and disorder. Other public agencies also have responsibilities in this regard. It is important to reiterate that the care of those who are vulnerable and at risk of coming to police attention is not the responsibility of the police alone. As this report emphasises, each service with a role to play in helping these individuals - including health, mental health, social and housing services - must fully and properly discharge its responsibilities, so that the police do not become the default response for vulnerable people in crisis. Details: London: HMIC, 2015. 212p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2015 at: http://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmic/wp-content/uploads/the-welfare-of-vulnerable-people-in-police-custody.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Detainees Shelf Number: 135211

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: Report on an unannounced inspection of Magilligan Prison 27 May-5 June 2014 Summary: Magilligan Prison is a medium security prison with a semi-open annex, 'Foyleview'. It holds 571 adult men from across Northern Ireland serving sentences ranging between less than one year to life, most of whom have been transferred from Maghaberry Prison and are being prepared for release. This unannounced inspection was led by Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Prisons in England and Wales on behalf of, and with the support of Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, and with the support of the Regulation and Quality Improvement Authority and the Education and Training Inspectorate. Our last inspection in March/April 2010 found the prison was performing reasonably well against all our healthy prison tests and was the strongest performing of all the Northern Ireland prisons. Magilligan still has significant strengths that compare favourably with other prisons in Northern Ireland - but this inspection found that the prison had slipped back in some important areas and action was now required to prevent a further decline. For most prisoners Magilligan was reasonably safe. Relationships between staff and prisoners were much better than we normally see in Northern Ireland, and these underpinned good dynamic security. Reception and first night procedures were good, the number of violent and self-harm incidents were low and there had been no self-inflicted deaths in the prison for many years. There was 'free-flow' movement around the prison without causing difficulty. Support for those with a substance abuse problem was good. However, there was a degree of complacency about safety which was not underpinned by solid processes that focused on outcomes for prisoners. In addition, the prison culture was risk averse and this sometimes manifested itself in an unwillingness to challenge poor behaviour. Vulnerable prisoners felt much less safe than the population as a whole, and a lack of CCTV coverage on the house blocks created insecurity. Levels of drug use were high and there were no disciplinary consequences for a positive test result. The prison had tried to tackle trading in prescribed medicines by introducing 'supervised swallow', but we were told prisoners frequently went to the washrooms to regurgitate the drug for onward sale when they returned to the units and this was not challenged by staff. We did not find evidence that this led to large scale violence and bullying - it may be that supply was so easy that it was not a source of conflict - although some prisoners told us they or their families had been subject to intimidation in relation to drugs. The prison's strategy for reducing violence was poor and insufficiently informed by analysis of data. Links with drug reduction and security strategies were weak. The regime was too often curtailed by 'suspensions in movement around the prison to manage incidents which were isolated on wings and did not require a wider response. Use of segregation was high although stays were short; governance of this was poor and we saw little evidence of any efforts to address the behaviour of the prisoners concerned. In practice this meant prisoners spending a few days lying on their bunks, in dirty cells, with nothing to do - and with no discernible effect. Use of force was low but we were also concerned that governance of this was weak and there was insufficient assurance that its use was always necessary and proportionate. Measures to prevent self-harm were not proportionate to risk and focused on the procedure rather than the prisoner. Humiliating anti-ligature clothing that consisted of baggy green tear-proof shorts and a top was used frequently. The older 'H-Block' accommodation which had no in-cell sanitation was very poor and needed to be replaced but the newer accommodation was much better. For most prisoners, good standards of cleanliness, a decent although rather bleak external environment, good time out of cell, combined with good relationships between staff and prisoners mitigated many of the weaknesses in the prison. Catholic prisoners reported more negatively than Protestant prisoners and there was some evidence to reflect worse outcomes. The prison needed to do more to understand and address this. Support for other prisoners whose needs were different from the majority also needed to be improved. Health services were good. Although prisoners had plenty of time out of the cells, there was insufficient constructive activity and little incentive for them to take advantage of the opportunities that were available. Quantity and quality of activities were very poor. Forty per cent of prisoners were unemployed, much of the work that did exist was mundane and the range of training and education was limited, unrelated to the labour market, and offered only low level qualifications. Prisoners who were working hard in some of the better workshops complained, with justification, that because the wage structure was heavily linked to the behaviour management scheme, a well behaved prisoner received practically the same 'wage' whether they worked or not. Prisoners at Magilligan were poorly prepared for work after they left the prison. In sharp contrast, real progress had been made in resettlement with some excellent and joined-up offender management driven by both the prison and probation staff. Good use was made of home leave to support re-integration and family contacts, and some decent practical resettlement support was offered. Children and families, work and the range of interventions available were particularly strong. More focus was needed to realise the potential of the semi-open Foyleview unit which, in conjunction with a linked unit in Belfast, had the potential to be a very important and innovative resettlement resource. However, that potential was not yet realised. Progress in this area should provide managers with a template of what could be achieved in improving purposeful activity, given sufficient attention and resources. Overall, this is a much more mixed picture than the last inspection. It is important that the strengths of the prison - very good relationships, reasonable levels of safety and good resettlement work - are not undermined by a risk averse culture, insufficient purposeful activity and an unwillingness to challenge poor behaviour. The prison's work on resettlement shows what can be done and provides a standard to which the prison as a whole should aspire. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2015. 109p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2015 at: http://www.dojni.gov.uk/index/ni-prison-service/nips-publications/nips-cjini-inspection-reports/cjini-report-on-an-unannounced-inspection-of-magilligan-prison-27-may-to-5-june-2014.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 135234

Author: Nadasdy, Michael Title: Hertfordshire Taxi Marshal Schemes: Evaluation Report Summary: Taxi ranks have always been reported, at least anecdotally, as a focus of disorder in the night time economy. Generally, the people that gather there do so in numbers, at the end of the evening after having consumed alcohol (often to excess). When combined with disagreements as people bump up against each other and jostle for places on the rank it is unsurprising that taxi ranks can be flashpoints for violence and disorder. Any scheme that aims to disperse groups quickly and peacefully away from the night time economy centre should be welcomed. It is widely recognised that a range of initiatives are required in order to tackle the complex issues surrounding consumption of alcohol in the night time economy - from high visibility police patrols to alcohol workers in A and E departments. Taxi Marshalls are considered a valuable part of this range of interventions. With this in mind, Taxi Marshalls were first introduced in Hertfordshire in October 2005. The first marshalled rank was located in St Albans. Subsequent schemes were rolled out in November of the same year (Watford and Hertford), January 2006 (Stevenage) and December 2006 (Hitchin). A further scheme was introduced at Batchwood Hall night club in St Albans in November 2009. The aim of Taxi Marshalls is to reduce incidents of disorder on and around the taxi rank by providing an 'official' presence. Taxi Marshalls are not accredited to the constabulary and have no formal powers however all are Security Industry Authority (SIA) affiliated. The Marshalls have been trained in many aspects of disorder and crowd control such as diffusing aggression and mediation techniques. Details: Hertfordshire, UK: County Community Safety Unit, 2011. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 16, 2015 at: http://www.stevenage.gov.uk/content/committees/55185/55780/56197/56200/Safer-Stronger-DS-12June2012-Item6-AppendixA.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol-Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 135245

Author: Bear, Daniel Title: Adapting, acting out, or standing firm: understanding the place of drugs in the policing of a London borough Summary: The number of police recorded incidents in England and Wales involving cannabis more than doubled between 2004 and 2009 even though use of the drug was in decline and official policy was geared towards tackling drugs 'that cause most harm' (Home Office 2008). Drawing on ethnographic fieldwork carried out in a single London borough during the 12 months leading up to the 2011 riots, this research examines the place of drugs within everyday policing, focusing on the working lives of street-level police officers who are not attached to specialist drug squads. The concept of bifurcation (Garland 1996, 2001) is used to make sense of, "a series of policies that appear deeply conflicted, even schizoid, in their relation to one another" (Garland 2001, pg. 110). Analysis of the ethnographic data shows how the 'structured ambivalence' of state responses is evident in relation to front-line policing, including the policing of drugs. We find that the backbone of modern policing, Response Teams, are being pulled towards a 'classic' style of policing where officers 'act out' and impose order through the visible exercise of their powers, reasserting the authority of the state. This is a far cry from officers in Safer Neighbourhood Teams who work predominantly on Community Policing efforts, adapting their working styles, engaging with community partners, and focusing on 'damage limitation' efforts. The thesis charts these different orientations in relation to officers' general activities, before going onto show how they are visible in the way each team approaches drugs policing. From here it will be argued that the increase in recorded incidents involving drugs reflects the influence of New Public Managerialism and the focus on output-based targets. These performance targets were easily fulfilled by targeting low-level drugs offences, and once met, officers were free to police as they saw fit. Instead of officers evolving their practices as the organisation evolved, NPM allowed officers to stand firm and maintain their culture, policing practice, and sense of mission. The author accompanied both Response Teams and Safer Neighbourhood Teams of the Metropolitan Police Service during their shifts, and also conducted 23 interviews with officers. This research also developed new digital ethnography methods that might be utilised by ethnographers in other disciplines. Details: London: London School of Economics and Political Science, 2013. 335p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 16, 2015 at: http://etheses.lse.ac.uk/894/1/Bear_Adapting-acting-out-or-standing-firm_understanding-the-place-of-drugs-in-the-policing-of-a-London-borough.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Enforcement Shelf Number: 135246

Author: O'Keeffe, Caroline Title: The Melting Pot: Final Evaluation Report Summary: The Melting Pot is a three year creative writing and mentoring programme, working with some of the most isolated and vulnerable prisoners at the Dangerous and Severe Personality Disorder (DSPD) Westgate Unit at HMP Frankland in Durham. This ambitious and pioneering project is the first of its kind in the UK. The Melting Pot (MP) project specialises in developing and exploring creative writing activities which are specifically aimed at the DSPD prisoner. This report contains the findings of the final phase of the Melting Pot evaluation conducted by the Hallam Centre for Community Justice and funded by Northern Rock1. Phase One of the Melting Pot evaluation was a process evaluation which sought to give a 'broad brush' account of how the Melting Pot project had progressed since its inception, highlighting key successes, challenges and learning points along the way2. Following on from this initial context setting, Phase Two of the evaluation adopted a 'short and deep' approach which focused upon replicability and routes to impact. Thus, the key aims of Phase Two were to: - Facilitate organisational learning by: - identifying those key characteristics of Melting Pot which make it successful - assessing the extent to which these are replicable in other settings; - test out an approach for measuring impact (through the development of a 'routes to impact' tool); - provide evidence of impact (through implementation of the tool over a given time period); - enable further promotion of the Melting Pot to wider stakeholders and potential future funders. - Focus group with 11 prison staff; - in depth interviews with 4 MP participants; - interviews with two Visiting Writers; - Knowledge Harvesting activity with Melting Pot Co-ordinator/Lead Writer; - interview with Melting Pot participant mother. The data collected from these activities was thematically analysed and then combined with Phase One findings as well as data from the Co-ordinator/Lead Writer's journal and interim reports. Details: Sheffield Hallam University, Hallam Centre for Community Justice, 2013. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 16, 2015 at: http://artsevidence.org.uk/media/uploads/melting-pot-final-evaluation-report---dec-2013-(2).pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Programs (U.K.) Shelf Number: 135247

Author: Bogomolov, Andrey Title: Once Upon a Crime: Towards Crime Prediction from Demographics and Mobile Data Summary: In this paper, we present a novel approach to predict crime in a geographic space from multiple data sources, in particular mobile phone and demographic data. The main contribution of the proposed approach lies in using aggregated and anonymized human behavioral data derived from mobile network activity to tackle the crime prediction problem. While previous research eorts have used either background historical knowledge or oenders' profiling, our findings support the hypothesis that aggregated human behavioral data captured from the mobile network infrastructure, in combination with basic demographic information, can be used to predict crime. In our experimental results with real crime data from London we obtain an accuracy of almost 70% when predicting whether a specific area in the city will be a crime hotspot or not. Moreover, we provide a discussion of the implications of our findings for data-driven crime analysis. Details: Unpublished paper, 2014. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 16, 2015 at: http://arxiv.org/pdf/1409.2983.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 135248

Author: Arthur, Raymond Title: Evaluation of Prince's Trust Fairbridge Programme - Holme House Prison Project Summary: The goal of the evaluation was to examine how the Prince's Trust Programme at Holme House Prison works as a rehabilitative strategy, outlining both the dynamic processes involved and their immediate/short-term and medium/longer-term impacts on the lives of participants. This model was based on qualitative feedback from participants themselves as well as an analysis of the existing literature on the rehabilitation of young people leaving custody. The programme began running in October 2012 with funding for two years. The programme is underpinned by using Kolb's Learning Theory, Choice Theory and Reality Therapy. The key findings from the research suggest that participation in the Prince's Trust programme can potentially provide the starting-block for positive change in the lives of participants. Participants experience sustained positive, emotional, psychological and behavioural improvements. Engagement with this programme provides the potential to help give young offenders a chance to become non-offenders in the future by: - acting as a catalyst for change in the lives of offenders; - significantly improving confidence, listening and communication skills, tolerance, levels of self-expression, ability to cope with stress; - enhancing participants levels of engagement with further education and training; - positively impacting on the emotional well-being of the participants; - being responsive to the particular needs of participants. Details: Newcastle upon Tyne, UK: Northern Rock Foundation, 2014. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 16, 2015 at: http://www.nr-foundation.org.uk/downloads/X_PTrust_HolmeHousePrisonEval_FinalReport_March2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 135250

Author: Sagar, Tracey Title: The Student Sex Work Project Research Summary Summary: Student Sex Work Project was carried out over a three year period (June 2012 - June 2015). The project brought together key partners and agencies/organisations to work with student sex workers to enhance understanding on student involvement in the sex industry and to develop e-health services for student sex workers, as well as guidance and training for Higher Education (HE) and external stakeholders where appropriate. Furthermore, in reaching student sex workers, the project also targeted the broader student population and provided sexual health information to this cohort. The Student Sex Work Project thus clearly entailed far more than the acquisition of new knowledge. This report however focuses on the research element of the project only. It is anticipated that the project's experiences of service provision will be incorporated into future guidance and training packages. The project had two key research aims: 1. To generate new knowledge on student sex work across Wales specifically and the remainder of the UK generally. Particularly, we were interested in the extent and characteristics of students' engagement in the sex industry as well as their motivations, experiences and needs; 2. To consider the need for policy, guidance and training to encourage the provision of appropriate assistance and support for student sex workers (through services such as student wellbeing and student support within HE in Wales). Sex work is defined in terms of 'the exchange of sexual services, performances, or products for material compensation' (Weitzer 2010:1) and thus refers to a wide range of possible activities. Throughout the report distinction is made between direct sex work (popularly understood as 'prostitution') and indirect sex work (sexual services that do not involve a direct and intimate contact with a client such as erotic dancing, webcam services, porn acting, glamour modelling). In addition organisational and auxiliary roles within the sex industry are also taken into account (such as escort manager or receptionist in a parlour) when measuring the overall extent of students' involvement in the sex industry as a whole. Details: Swansea, Wales, UK: Swansea University, 2015. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 16, 2015 at: http://www.thestudentsexworkproject.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/2015/03/TSSWP-Research-Summary-English.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Pornography Shelf Number: 135255

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Proscribed Terrorist Organisations Summary: This document lists the terrorist groups or organisations banned under UK law, and provides the criteria that are considered when deciding whether or not to proscribe a group or organisation. Details: London: Home Office, 2015. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 16, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/417888/Proscription-20150327.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 135256

Author: Skrivanikova, Klara Title: Forced Labour in the United Kingdom Summary: Forced labour is a serious crime that currently affects thousands of people across the UK - and the number of cases is growing. JRF has supported research into the nature, scale and scope of forced labour in the UK since 2010. As the UK Government, Northern Ireland Assembly and Scottish Parliament consider new legislation to tackle the issue, this round-up draws together JRF's programme of research, highlighting the most significant findings and key recommendations. Key points - The growth of forced labour has coincided with changes in the nature of the UK's labour market. Increasing casualisation of jobs and longer supply chains within big companies have led to greater potential for workers to be exploited. The government's light-touch approach to workforce regulation, weak enforcement of labour standards and immigration policies that exclude people from formal employment also make workers more vulnerable. - Forced labour can take many forms, and is not limited to immigrant workers or those who are working in the UK illegally. Interviews with those affected reveal different types of exploitation and the research explains why workers in some industries are particularly prone to it. - Improved regulation, enforcement and protection for those affected is needed, and this document recommends ways it can be provided. It stresses that forced labour will only be eradicated through greater joined-up working by the government, which must address the causes, not just the symptoms. Details: York, UK: Joseph Rowntree Foundation, 2014. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 16, 2015 at: http://www.jrf.org.uk/sites/files/jrf/Forced-Labour-United-Kingom-SUMMARY.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Forced Labor (U.S.) Shelf Number: 135257

Author: Nugent, Briege Title: Evaluation of the Theatre Nemo Pilot at HMP Addiewell Summary: Theatre NEMO' is Glasgow based charity theatre company that specialises in improving and promoting positive mental health and wellbeing through creative workshops in the community, in psychiatric hospitals and in prisons. This type of project has never been undertaken before and therefore the evaluation has the potential to bring new learning and establish good practice for working with families and widening the scope of throughcare interventions. The Evaluation has involved interviewing all participants and analysing prison officer observations of those taking part both before and after the pilot. Prison and Theatre Nemo Management were interviewed as well as observational notes taken during sessions attended by the researcher. MAIN FINDINGS - Although all participants felt that they already had good interaction, they appreciated the opportunity to do something together as a family and found the action of doing things together bonding, and also more enjoyable than simply going through the motions of a visit. - The prison officers felt that all the families who took part were interacting better and having more fun as a result, they also felt that the prisoners were calmer and happier than usual during the weeks of the course. One woman who has mental health problems said that she felt better able to cope generally during the course. The benefits of the arts to help people with mental health problems has been noted in the feasibility study and also re-emphasised in this current evaluation. The impact of the arts as this study shows goes beyond helping those with identified mental health problems, participants have felt a general improvement in levels of happiness and well being, and this significant impact should not be underestimated. - Prison management described the officers as being sceptical about the pilot, but after witnessing the positive impact on participants they were said to be 'converted' to supporting this initiative fully for the future. - All participants, but particularly the women attending had their levels of self-esteem and confidence recorded improve. - The men said that the sentence they are doing in prison is harder on their family than it is on them and they felt that there should be more in prison to involve families. Equally it was clear from the interviews with all three women that having someone in prison has made their life difficult. For example, the two partners spoke about the loss of income and the reality of bringing up children on their own on a day to day basis, these testimonies further evidence the importance of support services such as Circle and Families Outside. - The women greatly appreciated being connected to support in the community and it noted that although they want help they are often reluctant to ask for it, this shows that possibly services needed to do more to reach out to this population. - Theatre Nemo have provided transport for participants and without this in place they would have struggled to attend. Transport to prisons is an ongoing problem and the main inhibitor identified, for future projects this cost should be factored in. - The support offered by HMP Addiewell has been invaluable; Theatre Nemo and Prison Management have worked well together and established strong communication which has been a key factor in the project's success. Details: Glasgow: Theatre Nemo, 2011. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 20, 2015 at: https://lemosandcrane.co.uk/ Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Families of Inmates Shelf Number: 135267

Author: Sheffield Hallam University Title: The Melting Pot: Year One Evaluation Summary: The Melting Pot is a three year creative writing and mentoring programme, working with some of the most isolated and vulnerable prisoners at the Dangerous and Severe Personality Disorder (DSPD) Westgate Unit at HMP Frankland in Durham. This ambitious and pioneering project is the first of its kind in the UK. The Melting Pot (MP) project specialises in developing and exploring creative writing activities which are specifically aimed at the DSPD prisoner. The project is a direct result of a long-term development partnership between Writers in Prison Network (WIPN), the Writer in Residence at HMP Frankland (2002-2006), and the Learning and Skills Department at HMP Frankland. During 2007-2008, WIPN and the Sir James Knott Trust worked together to assess the impact of the Writer in Residency at HMP Frankland with a view to developing new project opportunities. This culminated in a successful bid to the Northern Rock Foundation by the Writer, with WIPN support, to deliver the three-year Melting Pot (MP) project. Thus, the concept of the MP was the creative vision of an enthusiastic Writer in Residence and was enabled by a cooperative and mutually beneficial relationship between the three key stakeholders, all of whom were keen to embrace development and innovation in working with some of the most challenging prisoners, in the most challenging of settings. Key Melting Pot project objectives are to: - offer a highly unique extra-curricular, sensitive and intelligent approach to creative writing and mentoring among DSPD prisoners; - identify and help contribute to the overall well being of men within the DSPD Unit; and - contribute to the therapeutic and rehabilitation programme within the DSPD setting. In the UK, a specific DSPD Programme operates within two high security establishments in the prison estate for men1 and specifically focuses on the rehabilitation needs of prisoners who are deemed to have dangerous personality disorders. Prisoners are encouraged to address their own personal difficulties and receive intensive therapeutic treatment programmes, along with interventions, such as education, sport, and extra-curricular meetings and visits. Details: Sheffield, UK: Sheffield Hallam University, Hallam Centre for Community Justice, 2009. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 20, 2015 at: http://artsevidence.org.uk/media/uploads/20090075-melting-pot---year-one-evaluation-report.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Programs (U.K.) Shelf Number: 135270

Author: Clarke, Rebecca Title: London Probation Trust Peer Mentoring Evaluation Report Summary: London Probation Trust (LPT), in their aim to reduce reoffending, improve compliance with supervision and provide a more holistic service for offenders decided to work in partnership with voluntary and community sector organisations to provide mentoring services for offenders in London to improve their rehabilitation prospects. The two strands of projects that were evaluated were: - A peer mentoring service for 100 young offenders aged 18-25 who were subject to Intensive Alternative to Custody orders or licenses. Mentoring was offered to support offender management, encourage motivation and enable compliance. Catch22 and St Giles Trust jointly designed and delivered this service. - A mentoring service for women and testing the 'personalisation' agenda to reduce the risk of re-offending. This included an enabling fund to allow women and their mentors to address any unmet needs that supported their rehabilitation. Catch22 designed and delivered this service. The over-arching outcomes for the services were: - Reduced re‐offending rates - Improved attendance/compliance Additional outcomes were: - Improved offender manager and sentencer understanding of the support that can be provided to offenders through mentoring - Increased positive life outcomes through practical and motivational support. - Reduced social exclusion of offenders. - Increased access to community interventions for offenders. - In the case of peer mentoring, peer mentors develop personally and socially through supporting others to develop, keeping their own focus on rehabilitation and boosting their self-‐esteem and confidence. - Develop integrated partnership working with the third sector. Key Findings In the first year: 152 referrals were made to the peer mentoring project (against a target of 150) and 71 referrals were made to the women's project (against a target of 70). - For many young men on the peer project progress in relation to the area of ETE was prioritised. Mentors supported individuals to complete steps towards being ready for and accessing work both in practical terms (with a CV, completing applications) and in relation to their motivation and/or confidence. - The availability of and access to settled and suitable housing was unsurprisingly identified as a key goal for some mentees, with mentors acknowledging the challenge in supporting progress in other areas without resolving this. Both projects recorded some very positive outcomes for service users in relation to housing, inevitably though the mentor plays a specific role support and advocacy and is reliant on other providers prioritising their clients. - The profiling information for the peer project indicated that just over one fifth of the young men referred were assessed and flagged as 'gang involved' by probation staff within their case management system. Details: Manchester, UK: Manchester Metropolitan University, Policy Evaluation & Research Unit (PERU), 2014. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 20, 2015 at: http://www.mmuperu.co.uk/assets/uploads/files/LPT_PM_Interim_report_FINAL.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 135274

Author: Thomas, Rachel Natasha Title: Using 'Equine-Assisted Therapy' to Aid the Rehabilitation of Young Offenders: An Evaluative Case Study of 'TheHorseCourse' Charity Summary: Interest in the potential of equine-assisted therapy and learning, where horses are incorporated in therapeutic, rehabilitative and learning interventions to ameliorate mental, emotional, behavioural and social issues, has increased over the past half century. Most recently, equine-assisted therapy has been adopted to aid the rehabilitation of offenders within the context of prisons. However, there is a demonstrable lack of peer-reviewed research and published evaluative studies examining the effectiveness of these emerging programmes. The purpose of this research was to produce a case study of TheHorseCourse, an equine-assisted offending behaviour programme at HMP/YOI Portland, and contribute to the evidential base regarding the programme's effectiveness. Given the infancy of research within this field, this research also aimed to contribute to the emerging knowledge base regarding the benefit of equine therapy interventions. The perceived impact and personal experiences of seventeen young offenders who participated on the course were explored. Secondary analysis of existing qualitative, semi-structured interviews with offenders following the completion of the course was conducted, drawing upon an open coding process to identify emergent themes. Results illustrated that TheHorseCourse has the potential to transform dysfunctional attitudes, thoughts and behaviour, improve engagement with the prison regime and develop skills in psychological resilience, emotion management and anger management. Based on these findings it appears possible to argue with some confidence that TheHorseCourse is an effective programme, contributing to the resocialisation and rehabilitation processes of offenders. There is a definite need for rigorous research that empirically validates the benefit of equine-assisted therapy if the programme is to be accepted and advanced. In the meantime, this research suggests that TheHorseCourse is a promising and innovative intervention, advancing further evidence of the potential value of this emerging therapeutic programme. Details: Southampton, UK: University of Southampton, 2013. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 20, 2015 at: http://www.thehorsecourse.org/docs/thehorsecourse-dissertation-rachel-thomas.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 135276

Author: Guy, Jonathon Title: Early Intervention in Domestic Violence and Abuse - Full report Summary: Domestic Violence and Abuse is the first in a series of reports on different aspects of Early Intervention. We chose to focus on domestic violence and abuse in our first report because it is an important cause of long-term problems for children, families and communities. The damaging impacts of witnessing domestic violence and abuse on children can cast a long shadow with inter generational consequences sometimes leading to a repetition of abusive and violent behaviours. Moreover, domestic violence and abuse is not confined to a small section of the population but highly prevalent with 30% of women having experienced any domestic abuse since the age of 16 and 1.2% of people aged 16-59 having experienced partner abuse involving severe force in the last year. It also comes with immense costs - it is estimated that the overall costs to society of domestic violence and abuse stands at over L15.7bn. There must be more effective ways of preventing domestic violence and abuse and protecting children and families from its long-term effects. Details: London: Early Intervention Foundation, 2014. 103p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 20, 2015 at: http://www.eif.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/Early-Intervention-in-Domestic-Violence-and-Abuse-Full-Report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Abused Wives Shelf Number: 135278

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation Title: A joint inspection of the treatment of offenders with learning disabilities within the criminal justice system Summary: The needs of many people with learning disabilities are going unnoticed when they are arrested by police, go to court and are sentenced, according to independent inspectors. They have published a report of a joint inspection into people with learning disabilities within the criminal justice system which said their needs should be recognised and addressed. The report, 'A joint inspection of the treatment of offenders with learning disabilities within the criminal justice system: phase 1 from arrest to sentence', reflects the findings of HM Inspectorate of Probation, HM Inspectorate of Constabulary, HM Crown Prosecution Service Inspectorate and the Care Quality Commission. The inspection covered activity at police stations, the prosecution and court process, pre-sentence report preparation and the assessment and planning undertaken at the start of the community order An accurate estimate of the number of people with learning disabilities within the criminal justice system is impossible because of poor interpretations, about what constitutes a learning disability and a failure to properly identify and record this issue by all the key agencies at all points in the criminal justice process. The specific findings of this inspection are to a great extent a manifestation of these problems of definition and identification. As a result, the needs of offenders with learning disabilities are often overlooked and, although there were some pockets of good practice and examples of practitioners 'going the extra mile' to ensure that these offenders received the support and treatment they needed, examples of good practice were the exception rather than the norm. Offenders with learning disabilities were not always afforded the level of service appropriate to the risk of harm they presented or their needs. Problems included a failure to recognise a learning disability, and failure to refer the offender to specialist services for assessment. We regularly found an absence of access to specialist support that would address their offending behaviour and manage the risk of harm posed to the public. We were particularly concerned to find that the processes, absence of services or a simple lack of knowledge and training often led to offenders with a learning disability being perceived as a problem to be processed, rather than an individual with particular needs requiring individual treatment. Specific findings Police custody Contact with the police is the first stage in the criminal justice system and for the majority of offenders with learning difficulties provides the first opportunity to assess their needs. Identification of learning disabilities by police custody staff is based on a combination of judgement drawn from experience, a risk assessment that does not specifically examine learning disabilities and the availability of historical information held on police systems. Risk assessment processes normally consisted of asking the detainee a series of set questions on arrival in custody. Questions regarding learning disabilities were usually general about whether the detainee had any problems with reading or writing or any mental health problems. Problems identifying learning disabilities were compounded by the physical layout of custody units. The custody facilities we saw were mainly open plan units, which afforded little privacy for detainees and reduced the likelihood of them disclosing a learning disability. We found a variety of Appropriate Adult schemes in the police forces visited; some were run by charities whilst others relied on adult social care services or commercial provision. Police forces are individually responsible for the arrangement of Appropriate Adult services, with no statutory obligation on any agency to provide them. In some areas custody sergeants said Appropriate Adults were not always available to assist with cases. Only one of the police forces we visited had a mechanism to divert offenders from custody before arrest on the grounds of identified mental health problems or a learning disability. A Community Psychiatric Nurse worked alongside officers responding to reported incidents involving people with mental health or learning difficulties, and could access medical histories and services to divert suspects away from arrest where this was appropriate. In the other areas, diversion schemes were implemented within the court building rather than before or at arrest. Earlier interventions might have avoided the need for a costly and stressful court process in some cases. Details: London: Criminal Justice Joint Inspection, 2014. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 20, 2015 at: http://www.pwd.org.au/documents/pubs/adjc/2014-Jan-LearningDisabilities.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Learning Disabilities Shelf Number: 135279

Author: Evans, Roger Title: High Street Blues: Tackling Small Business Crime in London Summary: Small businesses play a significant contributing role to London's economy and the general well-being of its local communities. According to the Federation of Small Businesses, 83 pence out of every pound spent goes directly back into the community. The British Retail Consortium found that the retail sector contributes 5% of Britain's GDP. The Mayor's Office for Policing and Crime (MOPAC) states in their Business Crime Strategy that: "London collects L5.4 billion of business rates each year, a tax take 15 times larger than that of the UK's second city, Birmingham - the income generated by the city's businesses ensures funding for public services across not only London but the entire country. This makes MOPAC's mission - and the performance of the Metropolitan Police - of national significance". However, small businesses are suffering as a result of persistent crime plaguing London's high streets. According to the Metropolitan Police's Crime Mapping data tables, 28,889 crimes were recorded against businesses in London in the financial year, 2013-14. Qualitative research conducted for this report found that 94% of shop owners have been affected by crime in the past twelve months. 47% of those interviewed have been victims of severe crimes such as burglary, verbal and physical assault. There is a lack of faith in the police's ability to deliver justice for small business owners. I contacted shop owners across a wide range of boroughs in London including, Croydon, Richmond upon Thames and Camden. 64% of shop owners I spoke to stated that when they had chosen to report a crime they found the police unhelpful. These shop owners went on to state that in future they would not bother reporting crimes to the police. For too long some shop owners have felt that when they have chosen to report a crime committed on their premises to the police, their claim has not been taken seriously. The Metropolitan Police should take an innovative approach to improving the level of information sharing between small business owners and Business Crime Reduction Partnerships to directly address the issue of under-reporting. The Metropolitan Police should take a proactive approach to tackling small business crime, focusing on crime prevention by engaging business owners as a cost effective means of addressing the issue. Details: London: Greater London Authority Conservatives, 2014. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 20, 2015 at: http://glaconservatives.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/High-Street-Blues.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 135281

Author: Police Reform Taskforce Title: Policing for the People: Interim report of the Police Reform Taskforce Summary: The central premise of this report is that, in spite of record spending on law and order, crime remains far too high. A more effective criminal justice system and social action will be important components of a new approach to fighting crime. But the police are a vital link in the chain of justice, consuming two-thirds of law and order spending. Their performance over the next decade will be essential in improving the quality of life of millions of citizens. The Government's approach to the police has been a familiar one: higher public spending combined with an ever tighter central grip. Like other public services, the police are bedeviled with national targets, interference and the bureaucracy created by central intervention. The result has been that even as resources for the police have reached record levels, officers feel unable to deliver the service they and the public want - and the gulf between the police and public is growing. The hundreds of meetings we have had with police officers over the past months have reinforced our belief that the service is full of officers with a real commitment to delivering effective policing for the public. Nevertheless, neither politicians nor the police can afford to ignore an undercurrent of public dissatisfaction about the level of policing which they are receiving. Focus groups which we conducted for the Taskforce indicated sympathy for the difficulty of the task which the police face. A general feeling, expressed by one participant, was that "their hands are totally tied - by red tape and political correctness". But there were also harsh words, reflecting an alienation from the service: "Your local bobby used to be known by everyone. He was an authority on the area and a friend. They are now obsolete". A familiar grievance was that the police appeared to pursue motorists with particular zeal: "You get pulled over for a driving offence and get treated like a complete criminal". This qualitative research is supported by quantitative evidence that trust in the police has declined and attitudes towards them are negatively related to personal experiences of the service. The most recent survey, conducted by ICM for the TaxPayers' Alliance, found that while the overwhelming majority of the public respects the police, less than a quarter think that policing in their area has improved, and less than half think that increases in council tax to pay for improvements to local policing in the last ten years have been good value for money. Large majorities of the public agree that the police spend too much time in police stations and not enough time on the beat; their hands are tied by red tape and political correctness, and they prefer to focus on easy targets like speeding motorists rather than deal with antisocial behaviour and local crime. The closure of police stations is emblematic of the withdrawal of the police from the public. On paper, police officer numbers have increased - the police workforce has grown by almost 25 per cent in the last five years. In practice, the public simply do not see it. ICM's survey found that most people think that there are fewer police on the beat than there used to be, and that nearly three quarters of the public know none of the police officers in their neighbourhood. As we demonstrate, vast amounts of police time are spent tied up in stations; the police spend more time on paperwork than on patrol, and less than a tenth of England and Wales' police officers are dedicated to neighbourhood policing. If the amount of time a police officer spends on the beat could be increased from one fifth to two fifths, this would effectively double the police presence on the streets of England and Wales without recruiting a single additional officer. For decades, an expert wisdom prevailed that high crime was inevitable and that policing could do little to prevent it. There was no point in putting police officers on the streets, the argument ran, because it would do little to reduce crime. Today such fatalism, which was never accepted by the public, has been debunked. When more police were put on the streets of central London after 7/7, crime fell. The success of New York City's reductions in crime in the 1990s - recently described by one leading academic as "by far the biggest crime prevention achievement in the recorded history of metropolitan policing" - demonstrates that good policing, which accounted for half of the 75 per cent reduction in crime in a decade, can make our streets safer. The lessons of New York are important ones. Better police performance was achieved by a combination of factors: a significant increase in police numbers on the streets, robust community policing, and powerful reforms which enhanced the accountability of managers. The changes were driven by an elected Mayor who was accountable to the people, and an inspirational police chief who innovated and led his force. Today the British police face the twin challenges of rebuilding community policing to tackle low level crime and antisocial behaviour, while at the same time strengthening the fight against serious crime and terrorism. To meet these challenges it will be vital to ensure that the police are properly resourced in the future. But they have never had so much money, so many officers or such access to technology. Furthermore, the growth of spending on public services is now slowing; indeed the Home Office budget is to be frozen from next year. The police face a new imperative to deliver value for money. Details: London: Policy Review, 2007. 241p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 20, 2015 at: http://conservativehome.blogs.com/torydiary/files/policing_for_the_people.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 135321

Author: Centre for Social Justice Title: Drugs in Prison Summary: Prisons in England and Wales have a serious drug problem - they have done for decades. There is every reason to tackle it. Prisons are straining under the violence it causes. Drug-using prisoners are suffering from physical and mental health conditions and their chances rehabilitation are slim. Society is suffering through addicted prisoners committing crime to fund their habits on release. One of the chief purposes of prison is to reduce crime. In this regard they are clearly failing. It does not have to be this way. It is very possible to change this situation and ensure prisons are a place where people battling addiction recover. Success requires a three-pronged approach: Drugs must be kept out of prisons; Demand for drugs must be reduced; Drug addicted prisoners must receive effective support into recovery. These three requirements are interdependent and failure in just one area will ultimately lead to a failure to tackle the prison drug problem. This paper sets out the Details: London: Centre for Social Justice, 2015. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 21, 2015 at: http://www.centreforsocialjustice.org.uk/UserStorage/pdf/Pdf%20reports/CSJJ3090_Drugs_in_Prison.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 135325

Author: Fleming, Jennie Title: Use your situation to change your destination: Evaluation of The Howard League for Penal Reform's U R Boss Summary: The Howard League for Penal Reform was funded by the Big Lottery to run the U R Boss project from July 2009 to 2014. The aims of U R Boss were: - to enhance the Howard League's legal service; - to campaign to change national and local policy and practice; - to change public attitudes to children and young people in the penal system. U R Boss supported young people in custody and the community by: - building on the Howard League's legal service; - involving young people in campaigning for change on issues that affect young people in the criminal justice system. What did U R Boss do? U R Boss was groundbreaking in two ways. First, it aimed to work in a deep and detailed participatory way with young people in the criminal justice system, and second, it involved young people directly in campaigning work to change policy and practice. Legal work The Howard League legal service worked to protect children's rights and ensure they understood the legal system. - Until I had a Howard League solicitor no one explained what was what and wrote me letters I could understand. She explains what is happening - explains the options and what could happen with each one. - Young advisor in custody The legal team took over 1800 calls to the telephone helpline and solicitors worked on 617 new cases with young people. In one year alone they had a 78 per cent success rate for their clients in cases they took on. Young people and professionals said the legal service provided high levels of care for vulnerable and isolated young people. Regular solicitors would not want to know. You would not ring a regular solicitor and say "I am worried about this or this is going off", they would not be bothered to do something to help you. With the Howard League you can ring with anything and they take it serious. Young advisor in community U R Boss also ran public legal education to make sure professionals and young people knew about their rights in custody and when they were released. The project ran training and made guides using the knowledge and experience of both young people and the Howard League solicitors. The partnership between the legal and participation work was crucial to what U R Boss achieved. Solicitors got to know young people and build trust, leading to some becoming young advisors. Details: London: Howard League for Penal Reform, 2014. 94p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 21, 2015 at: http://www.howardleague.org/use_your_situation/ Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Offenders (U.K.) Shelf Number: 135326

Author: Champion, Sarah, Chair Title: Report of the Parliamentary inquiry into the effectiveness of legislation for tackling child sexual exploitation and trafficking within the UK Summary: Child sexual exploitation (CSE) is a form of child abuse, which can happen to boys and girls from any background or community. It can range from seemingly 'consensual' relationships, informal exchanges of sex in order to get affection, accommodation or gifts, through to exploitation by gangs involved in serious, organised crime. We are asking the UK Government to: -raise awareness to enable early identification of CSE -improve statutory responses to CSE and access to services -increase the evidence base on the prevalence and forms of CSE -improve prosecution procedures with an emphasis on victim support. Details: Ilford, Essex, UK: Barnardo's, 2014. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2015 at: http://www.barnardos.org.uk/cse_parliamentary_inquiry_report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 135335

Author: Centre for Social Justice Title: Finding Their Feet: Equipping care leavers to reach their potential Summary: This report is about giving the most vulnerable children in society a second chance. Too often those who start life experiencing deeply dysfunctional relationships end up treading the same path their parents did before them. With 10,000 children leaving care every year and with at least one in 10 care leavers who are parents having their own child taken into care in the past year alone, it is vital this cycle of disadvantage is broken. The unavoidable truth is that the system is failing too many of the most vulnerable children in the country. Most shockingly the Centre for Social Justice (CSJ) found that 22 per cent of female care leavers become teenage parents, and 60 per cent of suspected child victims of trafficking go missing from care, many within 48 hours. These children require safe, stable and supportive relationships. Instead, it is hard not to conclude that in many cases the state is failing in its role as corporate parent. The evidence already makes clear the shocking effects the lack of functional relationships can have on children in care. Despite representing only one per cent of young people, care leavers make up 24 per cent of the adult prison population, 11 per cent of homeless young people and 70 per cent of sex workers. Whilst this can stem from lasting impacts of pre-care experiences, it cannot be avoided that more can be done to support these children. As the CSJ's previous report Survival of the Fittest? shows care leavers who are most likely to experience poor outcomes are given the least help. The report finds that siblings in care are separated at shocking levels. 95 per cent of those in residential children's homes are separated from a sibling in care and 71 per cent of looked after children. Nor is there enough emphasis on developing functional relationships with children in care and reliable extended family members. It is important the next Government takes note of hugely successful practices such as the Family Finding and Engagement model in the United States. Among the successes, the Orange County Family Finding project saw 97 per cent of young people involved increase contact with family members and 89 per cent make life-long connections. Our report also finds that too many individuals leaving the care system are unprepared for independence. The transition to adulthood is often a difficult time for most young people but without a suitable system of support the ability to gain a good education, sustainable employment and financial stability is much more of a challenge. For the past decade the number of care leavers not in education, employment or training has remained at more than double the national average. Previous action by Governments over the past decade has led to more care leavers in higher education but the next administration must focus on apprenticeships to ensure children are not left behind. Contained in this report are realistic and comprehensive recommendations that will enable the next Government to help care leavers. Details: London: Centre for Social Justice, 2015. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2015 at: http://www.centreforsocialjustice.org.uk/publications/finding-their-feet Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 135365

Author: Howard League for Penal Reform Title: They couldn't do it to a grown up: Tagging children without due process Summary: - The Howard League for Penal Reform has discovered that around 1000 children last year were given an additional punishment at the midpoint of their Detention and Training Orders (DTOs), when they could not be further detained without a court order - The punishment is known as 'intensive supervision and surveillance' (ISS). It involves 25 hours of specified activities a week, electronic monitoring and a night time curfew - The decision to release a child on ISS at this point is not made by a judge and the child has no say in it. If the child does not comply, he or she can go back to jail Tagging children without due process - Data in this research briefing is based on Freedom of Information requests made to every local authority in England and Wales - 26 local authorities tagged 10 or more children in the last year, and 26 tagged none at all. Five local authorities used this for 20 or more children - This punishment is not available for adults. It is part of a confused criminal justice system that muddles punishment with welfare for children - Private companies profit from the tagging arrangements, but the ISS does not reduce reoffending. Instead, it results in excessive punishment and sets children up to fail. Details: London: Howard League for Penal Reform, 2014. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 23, 2015 at: https://d19ylpo4aovc7m.cloudfront.net/fileadmin/howard_league/user/pdf/Publications/ISS_final.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Curfews Shelf Number: 135366

Author: Disley, Emma Title: Phase 2 report from the payment by results Social Impact Bond pilot at HMP Peterborough Summary: At a time when government finances are stretched there is growing interest in finding new ways to fund public services. One new funding model currently being tested is a Social Impact Bond (SIB). A SIB is a form of payment by results in which funding is obtained from private investors to pay for interventions to improve social outcomes. If these interventions are effective, this should result in savings to government and wider benefits to society. As part of a SIB, the government agrees to pay a proportion of these savings back to the investors. If outcomes do not improve, investors do not receive a return on their investment. In September 2010 the first ever SIB was launched in the UK. Approximately L5 million was invested by private individuals and charities is being used to pay for interventions for offenders discharged after serving short prison sentences (less than 12 months) at HMP Peterborough, a prison in eastern England. RAND Europe has been commissioned to evaluate the development, implementation and operation of this first ever SIB. This report is the second from the independent evaluation. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2014. 62p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Analytical Series: Accessed April 23, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/phase-2-report-from-the-payment-by-results-social-impact-bond-pilot-at-hmp-peterborough Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice (U.K.) Shelf Number: 135370

Author: Cook, Owen Title: Youth in justice: Young people explore what their role in improving youth justice should be Summary: The Centre for Youth & Criminal Justice (CYCJ) commissioned social enterprise and charity Space Unlimited to work with a diverse range of young people, engaging them in discussing their experiences, ideas for change based on those experiences, and their thoughts on the shape of an ongoing role for young people like themselves. The results were then evaluated in the report, entitled 'Youth in justice: Young people explore what their role in improving youth justice should be'. Claire Lightowler, Director of CYCJ, said: "At the Centre, a crucial part of our remit is to involve young people in improving youth justice services and supports. We were uncertain of the best way to do this - or if young people would even be interested in being involved. Space Unlimited have done an excellent job of working with these young people, and we have enjoyed being part of this innovative project as it has progressed. "We were extremely inspired by the young people we met, and their commitment and passion to helping improve things for others. Those involved in this project have often not had the best experience of youth justice services so it's been humbling to see how much they want to change things for the next generation. We hope that everyone reading the report will feel similarly inspired to bring about change." The report focuses on work undertaken with three separate groups of young people, through Action for Children (Moving on Scotland), the West Dunbartonshire Throughcare service and Aberlour Youth Point in Glasgow, between April and November 2014. Issues highlighted include frustration at a lack of consistency in service/interactions: "They make you go and meet with someone else who doesn't know you and who...doesn't seem that interested because they won't be working you again anyway" and at feeling judged: "The three of them (on the panel) just sat there judging me...talking about what would happen to me as if I wasn't even there". In the appendix, 'Stories of change' show how the project has influenced young people and built their confidence. 'Brogan' talks about how her involvement gave her the courage to ask questions of the Children's Panel, while Shaun Murray, a practitioner with Moving on Scotland, describes how he uses his experiences to help young people achieve their goals - "I'm there to ask the right questions and make the right prompts, helping them to do things for themselves". There are also contributions from professionals that work with the young people. Tom Philliben, Senior Operational Manager with the Scottish Children's Reporter Administration (SCRA), praises the work for proving that "young people want to be engaged in developing improvements...they want it to be real and making a difference, not just 'lip service', whilst Police Scotland's Superintendent Lesley Clark explains why she "found the experience really worthwhile...the formula for this work is innovative and should be commended and developed". This report follows on from the 'Living it: Children, young people and justice' event, which brought together young people and politicians at the Scottish Parliament, which was jointly organised by CYCJ. Details: Glasgow, Scotland: Space Unlimited, 2015. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 23, 2015 at: http://www.cycj.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2015/03/Youth-in-Justice.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 135378

Author: Great Britain. House of Commons. Home Affairs Committee Title: Gangs and youth crime. Thirteenth Report of Session 2014-15 Summary: - Prompted by the summer 2011 riots, the Government conducted a review assessing the scale and causes of gang and youth violence. The 'Ending Gang and Youth Violence' strategy, which aims to match a robust enforcement response with robust support to exit gang life and an intensive prevention strategy, has been running for three years. - The Home Office has spent over L10 million on its Ending Gang and Youth Violence programme, but has failed to effectively evaluate the project. The Home Office must undertake high-quality comparative evaluation in order to assess what works best in combating gang and youth crime and in identifying areas for improvement. - It is vital that a unified gang definition is used across the Home Office and police forces to ensure greater understanding of the scale of this issue both locally and nationally. - Every Chief Constable should appoint a lead officer responsible for combating gangs, including mentoring and training officers and addressing the needs of gang-associated individuals at risk of sexual exploitation. - The Home Office should produce a league table of gang injunctions on a six monthly basis. The lead officer on gangs in every police force should be responsible for a continuing programme of peer reviews to ensure the efficacy and increased uptake of gang injunctions. - The Committee welcomes the launch of the national voluntary scheme to reduce the number of no-suspicion stop and search powers. It is vital that forces undertake local consultation work to ensure that complaints processes are accessible to young people of all backgrounds, to help restore young people's confidence in the complaints system. - It is clear that young people feel that their experiences are not taken into account. The Home Office's annual evaluation of the gangs programme should also include statements from local lead police officers stating what work they have completed on gangs and stop and search alongside young people's responses. - We should accept that children as young as seven are at risk of gang involvement. The Committee believes that the primary school anti-gang education programme should be expanded. In every school where there is local knowledge of gangs, a senior teacher should be nominated to ensure mentoring to assist young people at risk of gang involvement. - The Committee recommends that the existing work of local organisations that are well supported and have grown from the resident communities, such as Gangsline and the SOS project, should be expanded. The Home Office should ensure that detailed evaluation is undertaken of projects deemed to be examples of best practice, in order to create models that can work for communities across the country. - Programmes with records of turning around the lives of young people in gangs and with entrenched behavioural difficulties need to be commissioned more consistently. The Government should expand support for mentoring programmes that focus on gang-affected young people. Details: London: The Stationery Office, 2015. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: HC 199: http://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201415/cmselect/cmhaff/199/199.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 135382

Author: Jaitman, Laura Title: Crime and Immigration: New Evidence from England and Wales Summary: We study a high profile public policy question on immigration, namely the link between crime and immigration, presenting new evidence from England and Wales in the 2000s. For studying immigration impacts, this period is of considerable interest as the composition of migration to the UK altered dramatically with the accession of Eastern European countries (the A8) to the European Union in 2004. As we show, this has important implications for ensuring a causal impact of immigration can be identified. When we are able to implement a credible research design with statistical power, we find no evidence of an average causal impact of immigration on crime, nor do we when we consider A8 and Non-A8 immigration separately. We also study London by itself as the immigration changes over time in the capital city were large. Again, we find no causal impact of immigration on crime from our spatial econometric analysis and also present evidence from unique data on arrests of natives and immigrants in London which shows no immigrant differences in the likelihood of being arrested. Details: London: Department of Economics, University College London, 2013. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 24, 2015 at: http://personal.lse.ac.uk/machin/pdf/lj%20sm%20iza%2019%20OCT%202013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Immigrants and Crime (U.K.) Shelf Number: 135383

Author: Richardson, Elizabeth A. Title: Alcohol-related illness and death in Scottish neighbourhoods: is there a relationship with the number of alcohol outlets? Summary: KEY MESSAGES - There are large variations in numbers of alcohol outlets within neighbourhoods across Scotland. - Across the whole of Scotland, neighbourhoods with higher numbers of alcohol outlets had significantly higher alcohol-related death rates. Alcohol-related death rates in neighbourhoods with the most alcohol outlets were more than double the rates in those with the fewest outlets. There were 34 alcohol-related deaths per 100,000 people in neighbourhoods with the most off-sales outlets, compared with 13 per 100,000 in neighbourhoods with the fewest. - Across the whole of Scotland, alcohol-related hospitalisation rates were significantly higher in neighbourhoods with the most alcohol outlets. Details: Edinburgh: Centre for Research on Environment, Society and Health (CRESH), School of GeoSciences, University of Edinburgh, 2014. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2015 at: http://www.alcohol-focus-scotland.org.uk/media/89684/cresh-research-alcohol-outlets-and-health.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse (Scotland) Shelf Number: 135392

Author: Moore, Simon Title: A brief evaluation of Cardiff Triage Summary: Triage takes an holistic approach in addressing multiple aspects of clients' lives in order to reduce the incidence of First Time Entrants to the Criminal Justice System with a view to preventing their reoffending. Actions are taken by Triage through referring youth to appropriate services in order to address and support youngsters' problems that may relate to (but are not limited to) matters concerned with their family, substance use and education. Cardiff Triage is managed by Media Academy Cardiff (MAC). MAC is a private limited company founded in May 2010 that works to engage vulnerable young people in South East Wales. In August 2010 MAC won the tender to deliver Triage in conjunction with Cardiff and Vale Youth Offending Services (YOS). Triage is primarily delivered in Cardiff Bay Police Station, the central arrest point for the city of Cardiff. The aims of Triage are to reduce First Time Entrants and reoffending among 10-17 year olds and to provide provision to support and meet the needs of young people and their families, helping them to address those risk factors that are associated with reoffending. Triage is a multiagency approach and, in its current form in South Wales, has (within two years) attracted national recognition (e.g.Cardiff Triage was nominated for the national award in the Times Educational FE awards in the "Outstanding Contribution to the Community" category and received a Careers Wales Award). Triage is delivered by the MAC Director, three case workers (all youth workers who are employed by MAC), one victim worker (who also supervises Triage staff), two volunteer family workers, a sessional worker and a half-time seconded drug and alcohol worker. Volunteers also contribute to delivery of the project. The implementation of Cardiff Triage is associated with a reduction in First Time Entrants of 65%. Having Triage Case-Workers located in the Cardiff Bay Custody Suite means referrals can be immediate and therefore saves police time and resources. Triage has been in place for just over two years and therefore data relating to long-term outcome is unavailable. Efforts should be made to capture these data, including data from clients as they transition into adulthood, so that the long-term effectiveness and likely cost-savings of Triage might be captured. Triage provides a service to vulnerable youngsters that most likely mitigate long-term risk to themselves, their families and their community's well-being. Triage successfully integrates a range of services and provides an important focus at which the community and service providers can work together towards reducing crime and the impact of crime in both the short and in the long-term. Though involving victims, offenders, the police service and service providers Triage demonstrates early opportunities for realigning resources towards a robust proactive and preventative model and away from a reactive punitive approach. The veracity of the services provided through Triage are undermined by funding uncertainties; uncertainties that diminish long-term strategic planning, training opportunities, and the further development of expertise required for closer collaboration with partner agencies and the retention of valued staff. While a reduction in reoffending in the client group is a key outcome for Triage, activity spills over into more intangible measures, including a reduction in fear of crime, improving the relationship between partner agencies, including the police and the local community, and facilitating cross agency networking and engagement. Details: Cardiff, Wales: Violence & Society Research Group Cardiff University, 2012. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2015 at: https://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/youth-justice/effective-practice-library/cardiff-triage-evaluation.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Offenders (Wales) Shelf Number: 135397

Author: Great Britain. Department for Transport Title: Bus and Coach Security Recommended Best Practice. 2nd ed. Summary: 1.1 The Department for Transport (DfT) sets and enforces counter terrorism security measures on a number of transport modes including aviation, the national rail network and the London Underground. DfT does not regulate the bus and coach sector for security, but it produced security guidance for the industry following requests for advice from some bus operators in the wake of the London bombings in July 2005. We have updated that original guidance here, reflecting developments in the terrorist threat and associated security advice. 1.2 This guidance has been developed to help you devise and maintain a range of best practice security measures to prevent/deter acts of violence against buses and coaches, and protect your staff and passengers, without impacting disproportionately either on the travelling public or the industry. It covers vehicles, stations/termini and depots, and generic security issues such as personnel security and building a security culture. 1.3 This guidance should enable you to gain a good understanding of the issues to consider and provide you with a range of options that you could implement, including basic measures that together with suggested enhancements you can draw on at times of heightened concern (e.g. if there is a bomb threat, or if the country moves to a higher level of threat). More information about threat levels is on the MI5 website. Details: London: Department for Transport, 2012. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 29, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/3261/bus-coach-guidance.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Transit Crime Shelf Number: 135408

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Review of the operation of injunctions to prevent gang-related violence Summary: The aim of a gang injunction is to prevent a person from engaging in, encouraging or assisting gang-related violence and to protect them from gang-related violence. Gang injunctions are a civil tool that enables the police or a local authority to apply to a county court (or the High Court) for an injunction against an individual to prevent gang-related violence. Gang injunctions allow courts to place a range of prohibitions and requirements (including supportive, positive requirements) on the behaviour and activities of a person involved in gang-related violence. These conditions could include prohibiting someone from being in a particular place or requiring them to participate in rehabilitative activities. Details: London: Stationery Office, 2014. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 29, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/278786/ReviewInjunctionsGangRelatedViolence.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Civil Injunctions Shelf Number: 135409

Author: Bar Council (London) Title: The Legal Aid, Sentencing and Punishment of Offenders Act 2012 (LASPO): One Year On Summary: The Bar Council, which represents barristers in England and Wales, has today published a report, based on interviews and a survey of legal practitioners, assessing the impact of the Legal Aid, Sentencing and Punishment of Offenders Act (LASPO) 2012 on our system of justice a year after implementation in April 2013. Since the introduction of LASPO, fewer people have access to free legal Representation than since legal aid was introduced in 1949. Areas of law now almost entirely excluded from legal aid include child custody, divorce, employment, education, debt, housing, welfare law and immigration (except asylum cases). Details: London: The Bar Council, 2014. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 29, 2015 at: http://www.barcouncil.org.uk/media/303419/laspo_one_year_on_-_final_report__september_2014_.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Legal Aid (U.K.) Shelf Number: 135422

Author: Omolade, Samuel Title: The needs and characteristics of older prisoners: Results from the Surveying Prisoner Crime Reduction (SPCR) survey Summary: This report summarises findings from Sample 2 of Surveying Prisoner Crime Reduction (SPCR), a longitudinal cohort study of 2,171 adult prisoners sentenced to between 18 months and four years in 2006 and 2007. It focuses on the needs and characteristics of 115 older prisoners (aged 50 and over) on reception to custody compared to 2,056 younger prisoners (18-49 years old). A degree of caution should be taken in extrapolating findings due to the small numbers in the SPCR sample and that older prisoners received into prison to serve a sentence of between 18 months and four years constituted a relatively small sub-sample of all prisoners aged over 50 at the time of the survey (15% of prison receptions between June 2006 and July 2007). However, this study is still useful in suggesting that older prisoners may have some unique needs which should be considered in targeting resources. Key findings - Older prisoners may have greater health needs than younger prisoners. Of the SPCR sample, they were more likely to report needing help with a medical problem and be considered to have a disability. Older prisoners were also more likely to report long-term sickness/disability as a reason for having been unable to work in the four weeks before custody and were more likely to have been claiming sickness/incapacity benefit in the year before custody. - A higher proportion of older prisoners reported completing a degree/diploma or equivalent or trade apprenticeship, whilst younger prisoners were more likely to report that they had been looking for work or training before coming to custody. - Older prisoners reported lower levels of drug use compared to younger prisoners, with fewer than three in ten older prisoners reporting using any drug before custody compared to the majority of younger prisoners. - Older prisoners in the SPCR sample were less likely than younger prisoners to reoffend in the year following release from custody. They reported that the most important factors in reducing their reoffending were suitable accommodation, fear of returning to prison, family contact and support and employment. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2014. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Analytical Summary: Accessed April 30, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/368177/needs-older-prisoners-spcr-survey.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Elderly Inmates (U.K.) Shelf Number: 135434

Author: Cattell, Jack Title: Community Orders with punitive requirements: Results from the Offender Management Community Cohort Study Summary: This report uses the OMCCS to describe which offenders received punitive elements as part of a Community Order, the nature of these requirements, offenders' views and the level of compliance and breach. This found that most Community Orders contained a punitive element, with unpaid work being most common, and suggests that breach and non-compliance could be addressed through Offender Managers discussing individual needs with offenders. This report is one of a series summarising findings from the OMCCS. Other reports include details of the characteristics of the whole cohort of offenders on Community Orders and the methodology for the study. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2014. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Analytical Series: Accessed May 1, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/295645/community-orders-with-punitive-requirements.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 135450

Author: Giacomantonio, Chris Title: Injury surveillance: using A&E data for crime reduction: Guidance for police analysts and practitioners Summary: The use of Accident and Emergency (A&E) data for crime reduction is a form of injury surveillance.1 The Cardiff Model for Violence Prevention is an approach to help police and Community Safety Partnerships (CSPs) make use of A&E data to identify where violent crime is taking place, which in turn allows police to target their resources to reduce violent offending. In particular, the use of A&E data through the Cardiff Model helps police identify violent crime that is unreported to police. A&E data can therefore provide a supplementary measure of violence in an area. Existing evidence on the value of this approach relates to the use of A&E data to help police, CSPs and other agencies identify and intervene in violence relating to city centres and the so-called night-time economy. Data sharing for this purpose is the focus of this guidance. This guidance is aimed at those interested in violence reduction and who do not currently use A&E data. It is based on the knowledge of practitioners who are currently involved in sharing A&E data, research into the uses of these data in the UK and internationally and expert opinion. It identifies a number of possible uses of A&E data as well as common issues associated with the sharing and use of them. The main messages from the guidance, which relate to data collection, data-sharing partnerships and using A&E data for crime prevention, are outlined below. These messages are examined in further detail within the main body of this guidance report, along with case study examples of where A&E data has been used to inform targeted action. Details: Ryton-on-Dunsmore, Coventry, UK: College of Policing, 2014. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 1, 2015 at: http://www.college.police.uk/About/What-do-we-offer/Documents/RR-851-CoP_AE_Guidance_report_final.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Emergency Services Shelf Number: 135457

Author: Fleetwood, Jennifer Title: Sentencing reform for drug trafficking in England and Wales Summary: Internationally, laws and sentencing practices tend to treat drug supply offences very harshly, often with the stated aim of deterrence. International drug trafficking is subject to the longest penalties, from 8-30 years, and up to the death penalty. Long sentences are often applied under inflexible legislation with little or no attention to individual mitigating circumstances, or the offenders' role or gains, resulting in disproportionately heavy penalties for minor offenders, such as drug couriers. This paper discusses recent changes to sentencing in England and Wales, which aim to recognise drug couriers as a distinct category, and so attribute lesser, more proportionate punishment. This innovation did not involve substantive change to drug laws, and reform has been achieved through revising sentencing practice by issuing guidelines for sentencers. This minor reform impacts on one specific group of beneficiaries only: drug couriers. Sentencing in England and Wales operates according to a complex categorisation of activities and separates possession, different types of selling and production activities, and international trafficking. This sentencing innovation is broadly a step in the right direction in that it will reduce punishments for many, but not all, drug couriers. It suggests that taking role into account offers the possibility of more proportionate sentences for drug couriers. Details: London: International Drug Policy Consortium, 2015. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Briefing paper: accessed May 1, 2015 at: https://dl.dropboxusercontent.com/u/64663568/library/IDPC-briefing-paper_Sentencing-reform-for-drug-trafficking-in-the-UK.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Couriers Shelf Number: 135488

Author: Stone, Kelly Title: Looking at bullying and cyberbullying: mapping approaches and knowledge Summary: Bullying affects how safe and respected children and young people feel and therefore preventing it - and dealing with it appropriately when it does happen - is central to their wellbeing. As cyberbullying has emerged as a pervasive issue, practitioners, policy-makers and researchers have sought to define what online bullying is, and identify appropriate responses to it. The main aims of this research were: - to explore the wider literature on bullying and cyberbullying to gain clear understandings of how the terms are defined and how they relate to each other - to identify approaches to bullying and cyberbullying, with a focus on policy and practice in Scotland - to ascertain, from the literature, children and young people's views on cyberbullying, and how they are experiencing online bullying. In addition to a review of the literature to address the above aims, information was gathered through liaison with colleagues in different sectors and agencies, and from an evidence session of the Education and Culture Committee on cyberbullying. Details: Edinburgh: Scotland's Commissioner for Children and Young People, 2014. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 1, 2015 at: http://www.sccyp.org.uk/ufiles/Looking-at-bullying-and-cyberbullying.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bullying (Scotland) Shelf Number: 135490

Author: Kingsley, G. Thomas Title: The Impacts of Foreclosures on Families and Communities Summary: The foreclosure crisis is now having dramatic effects throughout America. In mid-2008, recognizing that this phenomenon was still quite new, the Open Society Institute asked the Urban Institute to scan available research to document what we know about: (1) the way foreclosures impact families; (2) how foreclosures affect communities; and (3) the efforts now underway, or being suggested, to address the crisis, focusing on actions at the local level. This report presents the results of this review. A final section offers the authors' recommendations on priorities for additional research to fill important gaps in the knowledge base. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2009. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2015 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/alfresco/publication-pdfs/411909-The-Impacts-of-Foreclosures-on-Families-and-Communities.PDF Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Housing Foreclosures (U.S.) Shelf Number: 135500

Author: Hirschfield, Alex Title: The Health Impact Assessment of the Home Office Reducing Burglary Initiative Summary: There is an increasing body of literature, which considers not only the negative health impacts of crime on individuals and communities, but also the nature and context of fear of crime. This element, which is not easily explained by either experience or risk of crime, has only recently been further explored. The health impacts of property crimes such as theft and burglary are, however, the least well documented of all crime types. Researchers have even less frequently examined the preventive and protective effects on health of crime prevention; this is probably the first study approaching this subject directly for the area of domestic burglary. Emerging Health Impact Assessment (HIA) methods offer mechanisms for identifying and exploring the potential links between health and non-health policies, programmes or projects (Lock, 2000). The current rapid HIA study has applied an 'off-the-shelf' method for HIA, the Merseyside Guidelines (Scott-Samuel et al., 1998) to the Home Office's national Reducing Burglary Initiative (RBI), both prospectively and retrospectively in selected local case study projects. Details: Liverpool: Urban Research and Policy Evaluation Regional Research Laboratory (URPERRL), University of Liverpool, 2001. 89p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 6, 2015 at: http://www.apho.org.uk/resource/item.aspx?RID=44393 Year: 2001 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Burglary (U.K.) Shelf Number: 135522

Author: Ellis, Tom Title: Body-Worn Video: Evaluation of the Introduction of Personal Issue Body Worn Video Cameras (Operation Hyperion) on the Isle of Wight: Final Report to Hampshire Constabulary Summary: This study evaluated the impact of issuing all police officers on the Isle of Wight with Body Worn Video (BWV) cameras on 1 July 2013. It is based mainly on a series of measures in the year prior to camera issue compared to the same measures in the year after issue. These measures included data on changes in: public opinion; occurrences and crime; criminal justice processes (domestic assault) and complaints against police. In addition, there was also survey of IoW officers' views on BWV cameras and observational fieldwork. Isle of Wight public opinion on police BWV cameras - The Isle of Wight (IoW) public's trust in police to record all appropriate incidents with cameras is very high - 58% were aware of cameras after personal issue which was significantly higher than 26% in the period immediately before - Only 11% of residents in the "before" period had seen a police officer using BWV cameras which significantly increased to 29% in the "after" period - There was an overwhelmingly positive (84-96%) public attitude toward police use of cameras in: - gathering evidence - identifying criminals - increasing convictions - improving training - improving disciplinary procedures - Before personal issue, IoW public was less convinced cameras would reduce: complaints against the police; assaults on police; and crime and ASB. All ratings significantly improved after the roll out of personal issue BWV cameras - There was a significant rise (to 82%) in IoW public belief that all uniformed officers should use cameras. Isle of Wight Police Officers' views on BWV camera use - Officers' views on BWV cameras, where comparable, largely coincided with those of IoW public - IoW officers had significantly lower confidence than the public in cameras reducing assaults on police, but significantly higher confidence in them reducing complaints against them - Frontline officers were significantly more positive than non-frontline (mainly investigative) officers in valuing the deployment of personal issue BWV cameras on the IoW - The vast majority of officers agreed that all PCSOs should wear BWVs when on duty. Details: Portsmouth, UK: University of Portsmouth, Institute of Criminal Justice Studies, 2015. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 6, 2015 at: http://www.bwvsg.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/03/Ellis-Evaluation-Worn-Cameras.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Assaults Shelf Number: 135526

Author: Great Britain. Parliament. House of Lords and House of Commons Title: Violence against women and girls. Sixth Report of Session 2014-15 Summary: We undertook this inquiry to examine the United Kingdom's progress towards ratification of the Istanbul Convention. In doing so, we have heard how domestic violence transcends races, religions, communities and cultures. The scale, pervasive nature, and seemingly cross-cultural ignorance, of violence against women and girls is deeply troubling to us. Overall we think the UK is in a good position to be able to ratify the Istanbul Convention. The Home Secretary has shown personal commitment to this. Only one legislative change regarding jurisdiction is necessary in order to ratify, although several changes in practice are required to fulfil the Convention's positive obligations. Our key concern is that the Inter-Ministerial Group has insufficient powers. In addition, we have more focused concerns as set out below. We heard a great deal of evidence regarding the importance of education as part of preventing violence against women and girls. We recommend that the Government urgently prioritises prevention programmes. Prevention programmes need to be targeted and specific to communities and victims, based on evidence. We also recommend that all schools could, and should, play a greater role in tackling cultural attitudes through a requirement to teach issues surrounding gender equality and violence. This would also help prevent the use of unacceptable cultural justifications for such crimes across British culture. We heard evidence about the importance of specialist local services to victims of violence against women and girls. In January 2014, we heard assurances from the Prime Minister that the Government is happy to look at points raised by women's organisations regarding locally delivered women's services. However, witnesses told us a different story. We are concerned that devolving decisions about provision to local authorities has left women with specific needs unable to access vital help. We found that it was often those most in need and in the most vulnerable positions that were least well served. We recommend that the Government adopt a national co-ordinating role for the provision of specialist support services. The Government has introduced an amendment to the Serious Crime Bill which would create a specific criminal offence for psychological or coercive control. We are not convinced that the creation of an offence alone will result in a change of culture and we recommend that the Government consider a campaign to raise awareness of the issue and a review of training for professionals within the Criminal Justice System if Parliament creates this new specific offence. We also have concerns regarding how victims of such an offence would provide the evidence required to qualify for civil legal aid and are further concerned that the Government's Universal Credit roll-out has not sufficiently addressed the concerns of women's organisations regarding the vulnerability of victims of domestic violence: financial control is a component of coercive control. We are also troubled to hear of the prevalence of unacceptable justifications for crimes, including crimes committed in the name of so-called 'honour'. We believe this occurs in many cultures in Britain, and the Government has not done enough to tackle this. Education is a key preventative tool that the Government is not using effectively. We recommend that a standalone inquiry into these crimes is necessary. HMIC's finding that police forces responding to calls concerning domestic violence collected inadequate evidence was worrying. We also heard about the devastating or fatal impact resulting from inadequate response or risk assessment. It is the responsibility of the police to ensure they do all in their power to protect and assist those at risk. We heard particular concerns regarding victims with insecure immigration status, asylum seekers or refugees. These women and girls are often overlooked. Immigration policy isdeveloped separately from policy about violence against women and girls. We urge the Government to address the gap in service provision for women with insecure immigration status and to review the use of the detained fast track process for victims of violence against women and girls. Finally we call on the Government to prioritise ratification of the Istanbul Convention by putting the final legislative changes required (regarding jurisdiction) before this Parliament. Details: London: The Stationery Office Limited, 2015. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2015 at: http://www.equalityhumanrights.com/sites/default/files/uploads/Pdfs/VAWG.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 135539

Author: Howard, Marilyn Title: Unequal, Trapped and Controlled: Women's experience of financial abuse and potential implications for Universal Credit Summary: inancial abuse is often misunderstood but can have a devastating impact. This coercive and controlling behaviour can leave women with no money for basic essentials such as food and clothing. It can leave them without access to their own bank accounts, with no access to any independent income and with debts that have been built up by abusive partners set against their names. Underreported and poorly recognised, financial abuse affects women across the income distribution and in a range of different ways. Even those who may have a full-time salary or who share joint accounts with their partners are not safe from financial abuse. It is also important to understand that it seldom happens in isolation: in most cases perpetrators use other abusive behaviours to threaten and reinforce the financial abuse they are conducting. It is therefore vital that action is taken to improve understanding of the nature and impact of financial abuse among staff in all frontline services that may come into contact with domestic violence survivors. There is also a particular need for organisations such as banks to pay specific attention to customers who may be experiencing abuse and to support them to access money that is rightfully theirs and find safety. Universal Credit poses a particular challenge. A benefit that is set to be paid on a household basis sits uneasily with the realities of financial abuse, where men in some households use money to abuse their partners. Under current plans they will be able to do so more easily once Universal Credit is rolled out. But there is a range of ways the system could be improved to ensure that it does not collude with or exacerbate financial abuse. These include automatically paying Universal Credit to the main carer and making the payments more frequent than monthly. These changes, alongside ensuring that women fleeing violence are fast tracked to new claims and that joint claim processes include opportunities for confidential reporting, could help ensure that women experiencing abuse can be supported. Details: London: Trade Union Congress, 2015. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2015 at: https://www.tuc.org.uk/sites/default/files/UnequalTrappedControlled.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Credit Card Fraud Shelf Number: 135547

Author: Sapouna, Maria Title: What Works to Reduce Reoffending: A Summary of the Evidence Summary: This evidence review was undertaken to support strategic thinking regarding what works to reduce reoffending. The aim of the review was to examine the research into reducing reoffending, the process(es) by which individuals stop offending, and the impact of the criminal justice system in these processes. It does not consider strategies to reduce the risk of crime more generally, such as through early interventions, increasing the costs of offending or reducing opportunities to offend, as these areas are the focus of a separate Scottish Government published review of the literature on what works to reduce crime[1]. The review draws on published journal articles, books and reports from academics, government bodies and independent researchers. It is important to note that the review does not provide an all-inclusive overview of research into what works to reduce reoffending, but rather constitutes a collation of the material which could be identified and accessed within a relatively short space of time. This is the second version of the What Works to Reduce Reoffending review, and it is hoped that this paper will remain a work in progress that will be updated as additional evidence becomes available. Details: Edinburgh: Justice Analytical Services Scottish Government, 2015. 139p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2015 at: http://www.gov.scot/Resource/0047/00476574.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Desistance from Crime Shelf Number: 135654

Author: Wade, Pauline Title: The impact of school fires: a study of the wider economic and social impacts on schools and the local community Summary: The findings presented in the following summary derive from a study undertaken by the National Foundation for Educational Research (NFER) commissioned by Local Government Analysis and Research (LGAR) on behalf of the Local Government Association (LGA) and British Automatic Fire Sprinkler Association (BAFSA). The study employed a desk review of primarily qualitative data and, as primary research, case study visits to four schools, all of whom had suffered fires in recent years. The focus of the study was to provide information about key issues, such as: - What are the economic impacts of school fires for schools and the wider community, including the direct and indirect costs? - What are the educational impacts of school fires for children and young people? - What are the social impacts of school fires for schools and the wider community? - What are the emotional effects of school fires for staff and pupils? - What factors appear to be associated with the impact of school fires? - What are the key factors that school staff, LA staff and fire officers take into consideration when examining fire prevention measures and mechanisms for minimising the impact of a fire in a school? Details: Slough, UK: National Foundation for Education Research, 2007. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2015 at: http://www.nfer.ac.uk/publications/LFW01/LFW01.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Arson Shelf Number: 135687

Author: Papadopoulos, Alexandros Title: A Violent Archaeology of Dreams: The Aesthetics of Crime in Austerity Britain, c.1944-1951 Summary: In the immediate post-Second World War period, London's criminal cultures generated popular understandings of fantasy and cinematic escapism as a modern mode of life, a pleasure-seeking activity and a form of rationality. These narratives centred on increasingly visible but enigmatic genres of urban transgression: notably the phenomenon of spivery. Mixing petty crime, gambling and the black market with proletarian dandyism, urban waywardness and celebrity posturing, the cultural iconography of spivery was also associated with the deviant lifestyles of confidence tricksters, army deserters, good-time girls and mass murderers. Drawing on cinema, popular literature, courtroom drama, autobiography and psychiatry, this thesis explores how debates about the escapist mentalities of the spiv shaped the public discussions of crime as a socio-aesthetic practice. The central aim is to explore the cultural and symbolic associations between street-wise forms of deviant illusion and the cinematic representation of fantasising criminals in 1940s London. The thesis reveals how contemporary historical actors and cultural institutions understood the imagination as a popular and contested form of knowledge about the self, social change and erotic life. The method interweaves intertextual analysis of a key cinematic subgenre of crime, 'spiv films', with a historical focus on two 'true crime' stories: the cleft chin murder (1944) and the serial killings carried out by John George Haigh (1944-45). Utilising the criminals' self-confessions, trial transcripts, autobiography and popular journalism, these cases studies show how spivery was rooted in the experience and representation of everyday metropolitan life. The interdisciplinary examination of cinematic text and historical evidence emphasises how Hollywood aesthetics and indigenous national culture co-determined the public construction of 1940s crime as an embodiment of the contradictions of post-war British modernity. Details: Manchester, UK: University of Manchester, School of Arts, Histories and Cultures, 2011. 286p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed May 18, 2015 at: https://www.escholar.manchester.ac.uk/api/datastream?publicationPid=uk-ac-man-scw:125325&datastreamId=FULL-TEXT.PDF Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cinema Shelf Number: 135702

Author: Commission on Sex in Prison (U.K.) Title: Coercive sex in prison Summary: - There has been minimal research on sexual abuse in prison and the nature and extent of the problem is not known - Sexual violence in prison is hidden and under- reported - Research by Banbury (2004) found that 1 per cent of prisoners had been raped and 5.3 per cent were victims of coerced sex - Annual data from the Bureau of Justice Statistics show that 2 per cent of prisoners in the US had been the victim of a non-consensual sex act and 4 per cent had been sexually victimised - HMIP data show that 1 per cent of prisoners reported being sexually abused in prison. Extrapolating from prison population and reception figures, this means that between 850 to 1650 prisoners could be victims of sexual assault while inside - Ministry of Justice data show that the number of recorded sexual assaults in prison rose in 2013 and is now at the highest recorded level since 2005 - Gay and transgender prisoners are at higher risk of sexual assault than heterosexual prisoners - Good staff prisoner relationships are fundamental in preventing sexual abuse. Staff shortages and overcrowding can undermine professional relationships and put prisoners at risk - Investigations into sexual assaults can be slow and the police are not routinely notified about allegations of abuse - Prisons are closed institutions. It is complacent to assume that sexual exploitation and abuse by staff never happens in prison. Details: London: Commission on Sex in Prison, 2014. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Briefing paper 3: Accessed May 21, 2015 at: http://www.commissiononsexinprison.org/fileadmin/howard_league/user/pdf/Publications/Coercive_sex_in_prison_web.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prison Rape Shelf Number: 135738

Author: Duncan, L. Title: Youth Reoffending in Northern Ireland (2010/11 Cohort) Summary: This bulletin provides information on the one year proven reoffending rate for a cohort of youths who received a non-custodial disposal at court, a diversionary disposal or were released from custody during 2010/11. A youth is defined as anyone aged 17 and under at this point. Of the 3,248 young offenders included in the 2010/11 youth cohort, 772 (24%) committed a proven reoffence within a year following being released from custody, given a non-custodial disposal at court or receiving a diversionary disposal. Almost half (47%) of the 772 who reoffended committed their first reoffence within the first three months following being given a non-custodial disposal, receiving a diversionary disposal or release from custody. The number of reoffences within the year ranged from one to 55. In terms of offending history, 47% had committed previous offences ranging from one to 72 distinct offences. Reoffending rates largely increased as the number of previous offences increases. Overall, 14% of females and 27% of males had reoffended. Of the 32 youths released from custody, 25 committed a proven reoffence. The one year proven reoffending rate for youths who received a community disposal at court requiring supervision was 54%. The one year proven reoffending rate for youths who received a community disposal at court not requiring supervision was 43%. The one year proven reoffending rate for youths who received a diversionary disposal was 19%. The highest reoffending rates were found amongst those who had committed a baseline offence in the "Burglary" category (36%), followed by "Public Order" (33%). Details: Belfast: Analytical Services Group, Department of Justice, 2014. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 21, 2015 at: http://www.dojni.gov.uk/index/statistics-research/stats-research-publications/reoffending-stats-and-research/6-2014-youth-reoffending-in-ni-2010-11-cohort.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 135740

Author: Coleman, Nick Title: A Randomised Controlled Trial on Public Information Provision Summary: The NPIA's Research, Analysis and Information Unit (RAI) commissioned NatCen to design and carry out a survey based on a Randomised Controlled Trial (RCT) with members of the public. The overall aim was to assess the impact that information about crime and policing has on public perceptions. The research stems from a Home Office commitment to making maps of local data on crime and anti-social behaviour publicly available. The commitment is part of a broader strategy to increase the volume and quality of information accessible to the public on crime and policing, with a view to enhancing transparency and public knowledge, as well as fostering greater external scrutiny of police performance locally. By early 2009, all police forces in England and Wales were expected to provide information on crime mapping and neighbourhood policing on their websites, in line with the jointly-issued Code of Good Practice on local information provision The purpose of the study was to test the impact of crime maps on public perceptions, alongside other approaches to information provision. Overall, the study had four specific objectives: - To show whether crime maps have a positive impact on public perceptions when viewed under 'controlled' conditions (compared to no information). - To establish whether information about neighbourhood policing has a positive impact on public perceptions when viewed under 'controlled' conditions (compared to no information). - To find out whether a 'package' of information on crime and policing has an effect on public perception equal to, or greater than, crime maps on their own (compared to no information). - To discover whether online information and printed information have the same effect on public perceptions (compared to no information); this aim was subsequently excluded from the study at the pilot stage. Details: London: National Policing Improvement Agency (NPIA), 2009. 103p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 21, 2015 at: http://whatworks.college.police.uk/Research/Documents/Technical_Report_-_Crime_and_Policing_Information.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Maps Shelf Number: 135747

Author: Armitage, Rachel Title: Secured by design - an investigation of its history, development and future role in crime reduction. Summary: Secured by Design (SBD) is an award scheme, managed by the Association of Chief Police Officers (ACPO) and supported by the Home Office, which aims to encourage house developers to design homes so as to minimise the crime opportunities which they present. Unlike many crime reduction measures, particularly those addressing the behaviour of offenders or potential offenders, the SBD initiative is proactive - the aim being to intervene prior to a crime problem emerging as opposed to reacting after the event. The implementation of SBD requirest he co-operation of a variety of agencies from police and local authorities to architects and housing developers, and the mechanisms through which it aims to reduce crime have the potential to impact upon the victim, the offender and the location. Recent legislation, in the form of the Crime and Disorder Act 1998 and the Human Rights Act 1998, have placed crime reduction on the agenda of many agencies for whom the issue had historically been of little importance. In the current climate of multi-agency working, initiatives such as SBD have the potential to flourish, but do they actually impact upon crime, disorder and the fear of crime, and are they being used to their maximum potential? This thesis addresses the past (history), present (current practice) and future (potential refinements) of SBD. How did planning become encapsulated in to criminology? Does SBD reduce crime, disorder and the fear of crime? What are the current weaknesses within SBD and how can the initiative be improved? The findings presented within the thesis reveal that properties built to the SBD standard experience lower levels of crime (and their resident's lower levels of fear of crime) than Non-SBD estates matched according to age, housing tenure, location and environmental factors. Whilst the difference in crime rates is not strongly statistically significant, the improving performance of the scheme suggests that a more recent sample would reveal a stronger relationship between SBD status and crime levels. Having established that SBD estates confer a crime reduction advantage the thesis focuses upon identifying how the scheme can be improved as well as the enablers and constraints which exist for those within the social and private sector in deciding whether (or not) to build to the SBD standard. Areas of improvement include ensuring that the scheme implements its own principles, incorporating repeat victimisation packages in to its standards and considering the threat to revoke the scheme for estates found failing to maintain the SBD standards. Levers to encourage social and private sector developers to build to the SBD standard include enhanced funding from the Housing Corporation, the appeal of additional security for homebuyers and the savings incurred through reduced levels of crime and disorder. Continuing its improvement orientation, the thesis presents a risk assessment mechanism to be used by crime reduction practitioners as a means of identifying which properties will become vulnerable to crime if built (therefore allowing them to challenge planning applications)or in the case of properties already developed, allowing resources to be directed towards properties at most risk. The environmental factors which emerge as associated with elevated crime levels (and therefore score highly on the checklist presented)suggest that higher levels of movement past a property are generally associated with higher levels of risk. Thus in the somewhat heated debate about the role of permeability in enabling crime, the general thrust of the data suggests that high permeability (as proxied by the presence footpaths, levels of pedestrian and vehicular movement and road network) is indeed associated with higher levels of crime. Details: Huddersfield, UK: University of Huddersfield, 2004. 299p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 23, 2015 at: http://eprints.hud.ac.uk/6912/1/411895.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Burglary Shelf Number: 135759

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: A Review of the Northern Ireland Environmental Agency's Environmental Crime Unit Summary: Environmental crime impacts on all of us. It ranges from the use of unlicensed waste sites, illegal dumping of hazardous waste including the toxic by-products of fuel laundering, to providing used tires for bonfires and fly-tipping. The effects are often hidden and it can be years before the full extent and consequences are realised. These crimes are usually well planned and committed by individuals and gangs who have no regard for public safety, now or in the future. This report assesses the effectiveness of the Environmental Crime Unit within the Northern Ireland Environment Agency and the wider context of regulation and enforcement. There is a lot at stake for the criminals involved in these crimes and they are not averse to threatening and intimidating Environmental Crime Unit staff as they conduct surveillance and gather evidence to support prosecutions. It is critically important that the Unit staff are provided with the support, skills and protection to enable them to undertake their work on our behalf. Their continuing involvement in the Serious and Organised Crime Task Force will ensure that the criminal justice agencies are available to provide advice, guidance and direct assistance to them. The report concludes that there is a need for a strategic assessment of the waste sector in Northern Ireland, and that the positioning of the Environmental Crime Unit within the Northern Ireland Environment Agency, with direct linkages to departmental and agency strategies to protect the environment, should become a key priority for the Department of the Environment. We cannot afford to let environmental crime slip down the priority list for public and environmental safety, nor can we afford to let unscrupulous individuals or gangs damage our collective heritage. Details: Belfast: CJINI, 2015. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2015 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/77/776ee5fc-b3c0-4759-8fbe-18a72a8f31e5.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Hazardous Waste Shelf Number: 135764

Author: Insurance Fraud Bureau Title: Crash for Cash: Putting the Brakes on Fraud Summary: Definition: to stage or deliberately cause a road traffic collision solely for the purpose of financial gain. Costing around $400m a year, 'Crash for Cash' scams are run by fraudsters who manufacture collisions, sometimes with innocent road users, hoping to profit from fraudulent insurance claims. With claims from a single collision potentially worth tens of thousands of pounds, organised fraudsters are orchestrating scams that involve multiple collisions and can be worth millions of pounds. Details: London(?): IFB, 2014. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2015 at: https://www.insurancefraudbureau.org/media/1036/ifb_crash_for_cash_report_online.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Financial Crimes Shelf Number: 135771

Author: Campbell, Isla Title: What makes great police leadership? What research can tell us about the effectiveness of different leadership styles, competencies and behaviours. A Rapid Evidence Review Summary: The purpose of this paper is to present a review of the current evidence base on what makes a great police leader - in terms of leadership styles, behaviours and competencies. It focuses on internal police leadership for all ranks from first line-managers (sergeants) to chief executives (chief constables/ commissioners) and summarises findings from relevant UK and international research studies published in English over the last three decades (1979 - 2008.) An extensive systematic literature search was conducted to identify relevant research evidence that reported outcomes and impact of police leadership. Think pieces and research papers that did not report on such outcomes were excluded. The resulting list of 23 research studies have been reviewed by the NPIA research team and their findings summarised in this paper. Leadership is a complex research area and across all sectors there is ambiguity over which styles and behaviours are the most effective. Difficulties of linking leadership with organisational outcomes are particularly pronounced for the police, since common police performance measures are affected by multiple confounding factors. The findings of this review are, therefore, largely based on perceptions of what makes a great police leader. There is virtually no reliable evidence of what impacts police leadership styles and behaviours make on the ground. Details: National Policing Improvement Agency, 2011. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 26, 2015 at: http://whatworks.college.police.uk/Research/Documents/Great_Police_Leader_REA.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 131142

Author: Hopkins, Kathryn Title: The pre-custody employment, training and education status of newly sentenced prisoners Summary: This report provides a detailed summary of prisoners' employment status and training and education levels prior to coming into custody. It is based on the results of Wave 1 of a longitudinal cohort study (Surveying Prisoner Crime Reduction (SPCR)) of 1,435 prisoners in England and Wales newly sentenced (to between one month and four years) in 2005 and 2006. The study shows that SPCR prisoners experience unemployment, low pay, and low occupational status before custody, and demonstrates differences between men and women prisoners, young adult and older adult prisoners, and prisoners of different ethnic backgrounds. About one-third of prisoners reported needing a lot of help to find a job on release. Prisoners appeared motivated to improve their education and skills. Prison interventions may be able to exploit these circumstances to ensure that the net effect of imprisonment on employment is positive. Reduced reoffending on release was associated with higher education and employment status before custody Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2012. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Research Series 3/12: Accessed May 26, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/278832/newly-sentenced-prisoners.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Ex-Offender Employment Shelf Number: 131048

Author: Eastwood, Niamh Title: The Numbers in Black and White: Racial Disparities in the Policing and Prosecution of Drug Offenses in England and Wales Summary: This report demonstrates that the policing and prosecutions of drug possession offences in England and Wales is unduly focussed on black and minority communities. This report looks at racial disparity rates at stop and search, arrest, prosecution and sentencing and clearly demonstrates that the drug laws in the UK are a major driver of the disproportionality that exists in our criminal justice system in relation to the black community. Stop and search has increased steadily since 2001/2 from less than 750,000 to a peak of almost 1.3 million in 2010/11, more than 1.2 million of which were carried out under PACE and associated legislation. Despite a slight decline, there were still more than one million stop searches carried out in 2011/12. Half or more of these searches are for drugs. This means that every 58 seconds someone in England and Wales is stopped and searched by the police for drugs. In 2009/10 the overall search rate for drugs across the population as a whole was 10 searches per 1000 people. For those from the white population it was 7 per 1000, increasing to 14 per 1000 for those identifying as mixed race, 18 per 1000 for those identifying as Asian and to 45 per 1000 for those identifying as black. Tweet Share this on Twitter Black people were, in other words, 6.3 times more likely to be stopped and searched for drugs than white people, while Asian people were 2.5 times more likely to be stopped and searched for drugs and those identifying as mixed race were stopped and searched for drugs at twice the rate of white people. Large numbers of young people are being subject to police stop and search for drugs. In 2009/10 half the 280,000 drug stop searches carried out by the Metropolitan police were on young people aged 21 years or below. Almost 16,900 were of children aged 15 or below Details: London: Release: Drugs, The Law and Human Rights, 2013. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 26, 2015 at: http://www.release.org.uk/sites/default/files/pdf/publications/Release%20-%20Race%20Disparity%20Report%20final%20version.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 129683

Author: Janke, Katharina Title: Does Violent Crime Deter Physical Activity? Summary: Crime has been argued to have important externalities. We investigate the relationship between violent crime and an important type of behaviour: individuals' participation in their local area through walking and physical activity. We use a sample of nearly 1 million people residing in over 320 small areas in England between 2005 and 2011. We show that concerns about personal safety co-move with police recorded violent crime. To identify the causal effect of recorded violent crime on walking and other physical activity we control for individual-level characteristics, non-time varying local authority effects, national time effects and local authority-specific trends. In addition, we exploit a natural experiment that caused a sudden increase in crime - the 2011 England riots - to identify the causal impact of a large exogenous crime shock on physical activity in a triple difference framework. Our results show a substantive deterrent effect of local area violent crime on walking, pointing to important effects of violent crime on non-victims. The adverse effect of an increase in local area violent crime from the 25th to the 75th percentile on walking is equivalent in size to a 6 degrees Celsius fall in average minimum temperature. Details: Bonn: Institute for the Study of Labor (IZA), 2013. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Discussion Paper No. 7545: Accessed May 26, 2015 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp7545.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Fear of Crime Shelf Number: 129794

Author: Great Britain. National Audit Office Title: The Border Force: Securing the Border Summary: Since the UK Border Force was separated from the UK Border Agency, it has met some important objectives such as reducing queuing times both during and after the 2012 London Olympics. To provide value for money, however, it needs to perform effectively and in a sustained way across the full range of its activities. The Border Force separated from the UK Border Agency because the Home Office was not confident the Border Force was capable of responding to instructions. To address this, the Border Force has standardized how its officers check passengers, and almost 100 per cent of passengers at the border now receive full passport checks. The Border Force has also successfully reduced passenger queuing times at the border. In April 2012, just before the Olympics, it became clear that the Border Force was struggling to manage queue times. The Border Force introduced measures to deal with this and, in 2012-13, more than 99 per cent of passengers cleared passport controls within the target times of 25 minutes for European arrivals and 45 minutes for those arriving from outside the EEA. Border Force officers, however, reported that staff shortages and the requirement to prioritize full passenger checks while managing queue times often prevented their performing other important duties, such as checking freight. In addition, during the first months of 2012-13, the Border Force's performance in some of its activities, such as seizures of cigarettes and counterfeit goods, entry refusals and detecting forgeries, was below target. The Home Office's internal auditors confirmed in April 2013 that the 2012 Olympics and wider resourcing issues had an effect on the Border Force's ability consistently to resource customs controls. The Border Force's workforce lacks organizational identity. The Border Force consists largely of officers who previously worked in separate customs and immigrations agencies, who typically still identify themselves as 'ex-customs' or 'ex-immigration'. Five director-generals have been in post over the course of 18 months. To meet the demands the Home Office has placed on it, such as carrying out full checks on all passengers rather than risk-based checks, the Border Force is recruiting more staff. Despite this, NAO visits revealed continuing staff shortages at the border. The Border Force has not established whether it has the resources it needs to deliver all its objectives. The Border Force needs to deploy staff flexibly to respond to its competing demands, but is prevented from doing this as efficiently as possible because almost a fifth of its workforce is employed under terms and conditions that restrict working hours to fixed periods during the week. At Heathrow in spring 2013, less than half the workforce was contractually obliged to work before 5am without being paid additional benefits in kind, despite a significant number of long-distance flights arriving at that time. Details: London: National Audit Office, 2013. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 26, 2015 at: http://www.nao.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2013/09/The-Border-force-securing-the-border.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 129778

Author: McDermott, Shelly-Ann Title: Moving forward: empowering women to desist from offending Summary: This qualitative research explores women's experiences of empowerment, desistance and compliance. The study engages directly with seven women sentenced to woman--specific court orders delivered within London Probation. The individual and group interview data were analysed using the template analysis technique (King). The key finding is that women who offend require practical assistance alongside confidence--building support in order to move away from criminal activity. Furthermore, provision should clearly delineate between criminal justice (focused on risk and punishment) and social support (that is individualized and holistic) in order to promote desistance (SETF, 2009). Funding services in a sustainable manner would facilitate women's continued access to provisions within mainstream settings that last beyond short--lived court sentences (Gelsthorpe et al., 2007). Crucially, early and preventive interventions can effectively empower women to overcome underlying problems and pursue conventional lifestyles (SETF, 2009; Sommers et al., 2004). Details: London: Griffins Society, 2012. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Paper 2012/02: Accessed May 27, 2015 at: http://www.thegriffinssociety.org/Research%20Paper%202012-02.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Desistance Shelf Number: 129827

Author: Owens, Elizabeth Title: Exploring the experiences of Minority Ethnic Women in Resettlement: What role, if any, does ethnic culture play in the resettlement of Black (African-Caribbean) women offenders in the UK? Summary: The aim of this research project was to explore the experiences of black and minority ethnic women in resettlement in order to form a picture of resettlement from their perspective and to determine what, if any, role ethnic culture played in resettlement. Four questions were formed as guidance to achieve this aim: 1. What are the resettlement needs of minority ethnic women? 2. What role does ethnic culture play in the resettlement of African, Caribbean, Black and mixed (within these groups) women in the UK? 3. How do minority ethnic women access and understand resettlement services? Is this influenced by their ethnic culture? If yes, to what degree, and how? 4. How are some providers successfully engaging these women? What are the 'challenging' areas to work on in making services accessible and meaningful to these women? Current literature on the topic is focused on the experiences of minority ethnic women in the criminal justice system and resettlement is largely neglected. There is a lack of data on minority ethnic women in the criminal justice system in general, but particularly in regard to resettlement. Official reports and consultations stress the need for identification and evidence of minority ethnic women's experiences. Through semi‐ structured interviews with minority ethnic women in resettlement and service providers providing resettlement support to minority ethnic women, participants were asked to share their experiences. Ethnic culture was not identified by the sample as a primary concern in resettlement. Rather, both women in resettlement and service providers were more concerned with meeting 'general primary needs' that are broadly shared by individuals in resettlement, such as housing, income and child issues. In spite of this, all the participants felt that minority ethnic women had unique and different needs in resettlement than those of their white counterparts. Details: London: The Griffins Society, 2010. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Paper 2010/01: Accessed May 27, 2015 at: http://www.thegriffinssociety.org/documents/Research_Paper_2010_01.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Ethnic Groups Shelf Number: 129826

Author: Southgate, Jessica Title: Seeing differently: Working with girls affected by gangs Summary: While concern has grown in recent years about the extent of gang activity in Britain, the ways in which girls and young women are affected tends to be overlooked, simplified or distorted. Where attention is given to girls' involvement they tend to be depicted either as violent, out of control perpetrators or as vulnerable victims; reflective of a wider tendency to cast girls who offend in a 'false dichotomy' between the extremes of 'autonomous actors' or 'passive subjects' (Batchelor, 2009a). Through experience of working in organisations delivering gender-specific services to young women, I know these representations to be simplistic and rarely reflective of the complexity or reality of girls' lives. One pertinent example of the representation of gang-associated girls is the case of Samantha Joseph, dubbed the "honeytrap killer" for her involvement in the murder of Shakilus Townsend in 2008. Media coverage of the trial fixated primarily on her involvement and responsibility for "luring" Townsend to the place of his death at the hands of seven gang-associated boys. As has been noted in other media representations of women involved in murder cases (Jones & Wardle, 2008), Joseph's picture was shown more regularly and prominently than those of her male co-defendants, suggesting her ultimate responsibility. Despite some coverage which reported Joseph's boyfriend Danny McLean (for whom she had agreed to 'get Shak set' (Clements, 2009)) to have been neglectful and abusive towards her (Bird, 2009), little critical analysis was given to her role, motivation or potentially constrained choices. Both the current and previous Governments have taken a range of actions in an attempt to reduce gang activity and serious youth violence, including the "Tackling Knives and Serious Youth Violence Action Programme" (TKAP), the introduction of gang injunctions, specific funding to tackle "knife, gun and gang" related violence, and a cross-sector Ending Gang Violence team. These measures tended to have been developed without consideration of girls' and women's experiences, however, resulting in a context where they 'fall straight through the gaps at best, and at worst have their situations exacerbated, or their risk increased, due to a lack of consideration for their experiences' (ROTA, 2010:17). The recently published "Ending Gang and Youth Violence" report (HM Government, 2011b) makes a number of references to girls, and when published the Home Secretary was keen to stress that the strategy would have a "new focus" on girls and young women "caught up in gang-related rape and abuse" (Hansard, 2011). The strategy committed money to specialist sexual abuse services for gang-affected young women, and referenced positive outcomes specific to girls and young women, including increased self-esteem, early referral to support services, and reduced sexual assault, exploitation and forced miscarriage. Alongside other indications that policy-makers are considering girls' needs more, this is a step to be welcomed, however, the degree to which this translates to a shift in public discourse or enhanced local service provision remains to be seen. In comparison to the priorities outlined by practitioners I spoke to for this research, gaps in delivering appropriate support to girls and young women remain unaddressed, including having sufficient staff support or expertise, an appropriate balance between prevention, intervention and support services, and addressing attitudes that enable a culture in which violence against girls and women is permissible. Details: London: The Griffins Society, 2011. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Paper 2011/02: Accessed May 27, 2015 at: http://www.thegriffinssociety.org/Research_Paper_2011_02_(updated_May_2012).pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Gang Members Shelf Number: 129824

Author: Simpson, Stewart Title: The use of Safer Lives in Scotland with young people displaying sexually harmful behaviours Summary: This report, written by the CYCJ's Stewart Simpson (Practice Development Advisor) and Nina Vaswani (Research Fellow) considers the research literature as well as the extent and nature of the implementation of Safer Lives in Scotland, by drawing on practitioners' experiences and a small sample of cases in one Local Authority area. The Safer Lives programme was introduced in 2008 in Scotland to support individual work with children and young people under the age of 18 who are involved with harmful sexual behaviour or sexual offending behaviour. This paper set out to consider the impact of Safer Lives in Scotland in two phases. Firstly, it aimed to consider the impact of the model's delivery by practitioners across Scotland: including examining the quality of training for practitioners and their opportunities to deliver the work with young people; and where they had been involved as trainers, their opportunities to deliver the training. This was achieved through a series of surveys. Phase two, initially, aimed to examine the impact of the model on recidivism in young people with the original aim being to consider twenty cases from across Scotland's thirty-two local authority areas. Whilst it was not possible to collate data as planned, it has been possible to raise some examples of practice through analysis of the data available and compare it with the practice experience of one of the authors. The findings of the first phase concluded that practitioners tended towards the view that Safer Lives had had a positive impact on their practice, most often by adding to their available 'tool kit', but at times in a more transformative way. Practitioners also believed that to embed and further roll out Safer Lives nationally in a consistent way, it was necessary to establish a stronger evidence base and a better understanding of the outcomes achieved in using the model. Additionally, those who had experience of delivering the model and training staff were of the view that to be able to offer continuity in delivery of training and interventions, additional resources were required. This could be, for example, a dedicated pool of staff who could develop more expertise in delivering the training, offering quality assurance. Considering the data available in phase two of the evaluation, no conclusions on outcomes and recidivism could be drawn. However, examples of different methods of delivery of the model were identified and through undertaking a brief literature search, these offered theoretical perspectives that assimilate with the methods used in the assessment and intervention of young people. This work proposes that further research would be required to consider the merits of wider roll out of the model and offers a potential structure for a future study. However, the challenges of undertaking such a study in a small country with high levels of Safer Lives saturation are outlined. Details: Glasgow: Centre for Youth & Criminal Justice, 2015. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 28, 2015 at: http://www.cycj.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2015/05/The-use-of-safer-lives-in-Scotland-report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sex Offenders Shelf Number: 135792

Author: Crow, Iain Title: Does Communities that Care work? An evaluation of a community-based risk prevention programme in three neighbourhoods Summary: In the mid-1990s the Joseph Rowntree Foundation (JRF) funded the Communities that Care (CTC) prevention initiative. This early intervention programme targets children living in communities and families that are deemed to put them at risk of developing social problems. The CTC approach focuses on specific geographical areas and involves bringing together local community representatives, professionals working in the area and senior managers responsible for service management. Participants are given training and provided with evidence of the levels of risk and protection in their community. From this they design an action plan that seeks to enhance existing services or introduce new ones likely to reduce risk. Although it has become international, CTC has its origins in the USA. In commissioning the CTC programme in the UK, JRF had to develop an infrastructure to facilitate the implementation of the Communities that Care approach. This involved four main elements: � the transference and anglicising of techniques developed in the USA to a UK setting � setting up an independent charitable organisation responsible for running the CTC programme in the UK � funding three demonstration projects in the UK � funding an evaluation of these projects. This is the second evaluation report on the first three CTC demonstration projects. The first report was based on interim findings and focused on the early development and set-up of the programme. This is the final report of the five-year evaluation. In making the assessment of CTC we incorporate findings from the first interim report while looking in more detail at how the demonstration projects have developed and what impact they had between January 2000 and July 2002. Everything the reader needs to know about the findings of the evaluation is available in this report. In the remainder of this chapter we explain what the Communities that Care programme is about, and say how we set about evaluating the three demonstration projects. Chapters 2, 3 and 4 describe what happened in each of the three areas, what was delivered as a result of CTC activity and what changes, if any, took place as a result of CTC demonstration projects. In the final chapter we discuss the main findings of the evaluation, recommendations for CTC and lessons for future policy implementation in the area of early intervention and prevention for children and their families. Details: York, UK: Joseph Rowntree Foundation, 2004. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 28, 2015 at: http://www.jrf.org.uk/sites/files/jrf/1859351840.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Participation Shelf Number: 129953

Author: Duncan, L. Title: Adult Reoffending in Northern Ireland (2011/12 Cohort) Summary: This bulletin provides information on the one year proven reoffending rate for the cohort of adults who received a non-custodial disposal at court, a diversionary disposal or were released from custody during 2011/12. An adult is defined as anyone aged 18 or over at the time of disposal or release from custody. Of the 28,751 adult offenders included in the 2011/12 cohort, 5,116 (18%) committed a proven reoffence within a year following being released from custody, receiving a non-custodial disposal at court or receiving a diversionary disposal. Overall, 41% of the 5,116 who reoffended committed their first reoffence within the first three months following court sentencing, receiving a diversionary disposal or release from custody. The number of reoffences within the year ranged from one to 30 per person. In terms of offending history, 60% had committed previous offences, ranging from 1 to 576 distinct offences. Reoffending rates largely increased with the number of previous offences. Overall, 11% of females and 19% of males or other genders had reoffended. The one year proven reoffending rate for adults released from custody was 48%. The one year proven reoffending rate for adults who received a community disposal at court requiring supervision was 33%. The one year proven reoffending rate for adults who received a community disposal at court not requiring supervision was 18%. The one year proven reoffending rate for adults who received a diversionary disposal was 14%. The highest reoffending rates were found amongst those who had committed a baseline offence in the "Robbery" category (44%), followed by "Burglary" (37%). Details: Belfast: Department of Justice, Analytical Services Group, 2014. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Research and Statistical Bulletin 18/2014: Accessed May 29, 2015 at: http://www.dojni.gov.uk/index/statistics-research/stats-research-publications/reoffending-stats-and-research/18-2014-adult-reoffending-in-northern-ireland-_2011-12-cohort_.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Adult Offenders Shelf Number: 135804

Author: Longstaff, Abie Title: Willer, James; Chapman, John; Czarnomski, Sarah; Graham, John Summary: Police forces across the country are faced with difficult choices in responding to the need to make substantial budget cuts, including reviewing the role of neighbourhood policing. They are also concerned to ensure that any changes they introduce are, as far as possible, evidence-based. This summary of the relevant literature on neighbourhood policing has been commissioned by Thames Valley Police to inform their review of the future role and function of neighbourhood policing in their force. It covers the history and development of neighbourhood policing, describes the main models of neighbourhood policing, assesses its effectiveness, identifies good practice and looks at how neighbourhood policing might need to adapt in a rapidly changing world. Details: London: Police Foundation, 2015. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: http://www.police-foundation.org.uk/uploads/catalogerfiles/neighbourhood-policing-past-present-and-future---a-review-of-the-literature/neighbourhood_policing_past_present_future.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 135833

Author: Flannery, Kate Title: Police for collaboration: An independent review of the Warwickshire/West Marcia Strategic Alliance Summary: The global financial crisis in 2007 ushered in the era of austerity that now dominates much of the debate around public services - where do priorities lie, and how much of their cost can the public purse bear? For police forces the impact has been dramatic. The need to adapt policing models to meet changing and growing demands, with little real growth in income, had tested chief officers and police authorities for a number of years. But the coalition government has, since 2010, ramped up these challenges. All forces must now reduce budgets in real terms by up to 20 per cent over the five-year comprehensive spending review period, while attempting to satisfy local communities' demands for traditional/visible policing and transform operational practices to cope with internet-enabled crime that recognises no conventional boundaries. How have forces and Police and Crime Commissioners reacted to this challenge? Unsurprisingly, no silver bullet has been discovered - rather, a menu of options has emerged that encompass internal restructuring, savings programmes, outsourcing, regionalisation (mostly of specialist operations) and collaboration. HM Inspectorate of Constabulary has subjected forces' efforts to independent scrutiny and, while praising the achievement of budget reductions, has been largely critical of the failure to maximise collaborative opportunities. Indeed, it has identified some examples of retrenchment, despite the Home Office's expectation that collaboration would help forces meet the twin pressures of financial constraint and new policing demands. Against this background, the success of the collaboration between Warwickshire and West Mercia is notable. Its origins lie in discussions held in 2010 and early 2011 about the nature and extent of collaboration between the four forces in the West Midlands region. The region had a strong track record of productive working together, especially on specialist operations and protective services, but the four could not agree on how to move the agenda on. Concerned about their future prospects outside a regional collaborative framework, Warwickshire and West Mercia chief officers and police authority chairs agreed to embark on what became known as a 'strategic alliance'. After the dissolution of police authorities the newly elected Police and Crime Commissioners (PCCs) determined to continue with the alliance. Three years on, the bulk of policing and support services across the two force areas are delivered under unified leadership and processes. As a model of integrated police provision it has much to commend it, offering local people greater protection from harm and value for money. But despite a confidence in the Strategic Alliance and its impact, chief officers and the PCCs did not want to rest on their laurels and invited the Police Foundation to conduct an independent review. This looked critically at both achievements and lessons to be learnt, and identified ways in which the Alliance could progress. The work is summarised in this report, focusing on: - clarifying leadership roles; - strengthening accountability and governance; - securing a cultural identity for the Alliance without losing what is valued about Warwickshire and West Mercia as individual entities; - improving the ability to manage organisational change and - resolving anomalies in structure and processes. Our conclusion is that the Strategic Alliance forged by Warwickshire and West Mercia is a beacon of collaboration that others can learn from, notably the integration of operational policing across force boundaries and the harmonisation of finance, HR and estate services. (A note of caution, however; its success is rooted in similarities of policing environment, culture and working practice that make its full replication elsewhere less than straight forward.) Details: London: Police Foundation, 2015. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 1, 2015 at: http://www.police-foundation.org.uk/uploads/holding/projects/police_force_collaboration.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 135834

Author: Great Britain. Parliament. House of Commons. Public Administration Select Committee (PASC) Title: Caught red-handed: Why we can't count on Police Recorded Crime statistics. Thirteenth Report of Session 2013-14 Summary: Crime statistics published by the Office for National Statistics (ONS) are central to our understanding of the nature and prevalence of crime in England and Wales. They provide crucial information for the police which helps them to decide how to deploy their manpower resources. Lax supervision of recorded crime data risks reducing the police's effectiveness in their core role of protecting the public and preventing crime. Measurement of crime is based on two main statistical sources: (i) the Crime Survey for England and Wales (CSEW, formerly the British Crime Survey) and (ii) Police Recorded Crime (PRC). The CSEW and PRC provide strong evidence that the overall volume of crime has been falling. However, there is an accumulation of substantial and credible evidence indicating that the PRC data do not represent a full and accurate account of crime in England and Wales. Of most importance, we have strong evidence that PRC under-records crime, and therefore the rate of decrease in crime may be exaggerated, and this is due to lax police compliance with the agreed national standard of victim-focussed crime recording. As a result of PASC's inquiry and the evidence we have exposed, the UK Statistics Authority (UKSA) decided in January 2014 to strip PRC data of its designation as National Statistics. We conclude that the Home Office, ONS and UKSA have been far too passive in the face of concerns raised about PRC; they have repeatedly missed opportunities to ensure the integrity and quality of PRC data. The cessation of regular external audit of police force crime recording in 2007 was a mistake. We recommend the re-instatement of annual audits of crime recording practices. HM Inspectorate of Constabulary's inspection in 2013 into the Kent Police found clear evidence that targets are detrimental to the integrity of crime data. Numerical targets for individual police officers and police forces as a whole, based on PRC data, and set by senior police officers or Police and Crime Commissioners (PCCs), drive perverse incentives to misrecord crime, tend to affect attitudes and erode data quality. Some PCCs consider the perverse incentives created by targets to be so serious that they have dropped all targets. We applaud them. The attitudes and behaviour which lead to the misrecording of crime have become ingrained, including within senior leadership. This leads to the subordination of data integrity to target-chasing. This can present officers with a conflict between achievement of targets and core policing values. We deprecate the use of targets in the strongest possible terms. The Home Office, which claims credit for abolishing national numerical targets, should also be discouraging the use of such targets. The Home Office must also take responsibility and accept accountability for the quality of PRC statistics. Senior police leaders must ensure that emphasis is placed on data integrity and accuracy, not on the achievement of targets. We regard such practice as a flawed leadership model, contrary to the policing Code of Ethics. The quality of leadership within the police, and its compliance with the core values of policing, including accountability, honesty and integrity, will determine whether the proper quality of PRC data can be restored. We are convinced that this requires leadership in many police forces to place new emphasis on values and ethics, especially in the Metropolitan Police Service. We recommend that the Committee on Standards in Public Life conducts a wide-ranging inquiry into the police's compliance with the new Code of Ethics; in particular the role of leadership in promoting and sustaining these values in the face of all the other pressures on the force. Details: London: The Stationery Office Limited, 2014. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 1, 2015 at: http://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201314/cmselect/cmpubadm/760/760.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Measurement Shelf Number: 135840

Author: Great Britain. Parliament. House of Commons. Justice Committee Title: Prisons: planning and policies. Ninth Report of Session 2014-15 Summary: This is our first major inquiry on prisons planning and policies in this Parliament, and it has provided an opportunity to consider the impact of the Government's programme of reforms and efficiency savings across the prison estate. In particular we have examined two measures that have been employed by the Ministry of Justice to reduce the operational costs of the system: benchmarking; and structural reforms replacing inefficient prisons with new prisons and extra house blocks in existing prisons, the "new" programme. These policies have been implemented alongside the creation of working prisons and resettlement prisons, designed to improve the effectiveness of the prison estate in increasing employability and reducing re-offending, as well as the tightening of operational policies on earned privileges and temporary release in order to improve their public credibility. They have also come at a time when the total prison population has returned to very high levels. We express concern that that despite the Government's efforts to supply sufficient prison places to meet demand, the proportion of prisons that are overcrowded is growing, and the proportion of prisoners held in crowded conditions remains at almost a quarter, with consequent effects on the ability to maintain constructive regimes. We welcome the reduction which has taken place in the cost of a prison place, although we note that it remains high, and is unlikely to fall significantly while the pressures on estate capacity remain at current levels. We say that the new-for-old programme is a good one in principle, providing opportunity to improve the physical infrastructure of the estate, remove structural inefficiencies, and employ new technologies. But we point out that the policy of replacing older establishments with newer ones is being implemented in a way which results in the creation of large, multi-purpose prisons, while questions arising from available evidence on the relationship between the size and effectiveness of institutions do not appear to have been addressed by the Government, and we argue that reconfiguration of the estate provides an opportunity to build smaller, more specialised, establishments, for young offenders and female offenders, in line with recommendations we have made in previous reports. The benchmarking process seeks to ensure that public prisons are run in the most efficient way possible, while maintaining safety, decency, security and order. The rationale of benchmarking as a means of reducing public expenditure was widely supported, and we conclude that it is in principle an effective way of reducing expenditure more rapidly than would be possible through prison-by-prison competition. Evidence from HM Inspectorate of Prisons, the Government's own performance data, Independent Monitoring Boards, and the Prisons and Probation Ombudsman all indicate a deterioration in standards of safety and performance across the prison estate over the last two years, with fewer opportunities for prisoners to undertake purposeful work or educational activities. The decrease in safety is particularly troubling, with an increase in assaults and self-inflicted deaths. We considered it improbable that there is no link between estate reconfiguration, benchmarking, and changes in operational policy, including the Incentives and Earned Privileges scheme, and the shift in safety across the prison estate. In particular, we conclude that the fall in staffing levels stemming from redundancies and increased turnover, which at their most acute have resulted in severely restricted regimes, are bound to have reduced the consistency of relationships between officers and prisoners, and in turn affected safety. In previous Reports we have commended the Government's creation of a nationwide network of resettlement prisons. It should not, however, confuse the priorities of multiple purpose establishments, and dilute the priority accorded to resettlement needs elsewhere in the estate. Prison industries are becoming more common but it remains the case that most prisons do not have the facilities for workshops on a scale that would enable the majority of prisoners to do work which will equip them for employment on release. If support for offenders in moving from custody into the community is to work to best effect, staffing shortages and clearing the backlog of risk assessments must be resolved urgently. Both issues are likely to hamper considerably the efforts of the new providers of Community Rehabilitation Companies as they seek to implement their through-the-gate Prison governors in public sector prisons and some private sector prisons are no longer responsible for the sum total of everything that happens within their prison walls. There is a risk that the proliferation of partner organisations providing services to prisons could distract prison management teams from their core role. They are also constrained in their operational decisions when decisions are taken from the centre on such matters as the Incentives and Earned Privileges scheme, the "lights out" policy and release on temporary licence. This potential effect is all the more important when resources are such that reduced staffing levels are impinging on the safety of prisoners and staff for which Governors have ultimate responsibility. We also note that prisoners themselves have an important role to play in creating effective regimes, including through prison councils. The success of the Government's policy also depends crucially on the ability of NOMS to predict demand for places with sufficient accuracy, and to provide places accordingly. The aim of the new-for-old programme is for old and inefficient facilities to be closed as modern cheaper establishments open, yet the latest projections indicate that the prison population is predicted to continue to grow. There is a risk that as the building of new prisons inevitably takes place several years in advance of those places becoming available, by the time they are in operation it will not be possible to yield savings from further prison closures as there are insufficient places to meet demand. We conclude that the size of the prison budget, the fact that it completely dominates expenditure on crime, the importance of reducing crime, and other problems identified in this report all indicate that we need to re-evaluate how we use custody and alternatives to custody in a cost-effective way which best promotes the safety of the public and reduces future crime. Details: London: The Stationery Office Limited, 2015. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 2, 2015 at: http://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201415/cmselect/cmjust/309/309.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 135846

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Iinspectorate of Constabulary Title: Joint Review of Disability Hate Crime Follow-Up Summary: 1.1 This joint follow-up review considered how the police, Crown Prosecution Service (CPS) and probation service providers (National Probation Service (NPS)/Community Rehabilitation Companies (CRCs)) have responded to the seven recommendations contained in the Criminal Justice Joint Inspection (CJJI) March 2013 review of disability hate crime. Key findings Awareness of disability hate crime 1.2 The 2013 review highlighted the need for the three agencies to quickly (within three months) take the appropriate steps to ensure that the public and those who work in the criminal justice system (CJS) understood disability hate crime. This is a fundamental step in ensuring (a) that the level of under reporting is reduced and (b) once recognised by the CJS, that the appropriate level of service is provided to victims of disability hate crime. The casework examination undertaken as part of this review reveals continuing difficulties by the police, CPS and probation staff in identifying disability hate crime. 1.3 There are examples of good practice relating to awareness raising at national level, such as the guidance to police forces contained within the Framework for Implementation of the Equality and Human Rights Commission (EHRC) recommendations published jointly by the Association of Chief Police Officers (ACPO) and the College of Policing in 2013, and the subsequent publication by the College of Policing of the National Policing Hate Crime Strategy in 2014. At the local level awareness-raising events have taken place in different parts of England and Wales. However, neither the police nor the CPS have succeeded in significantly improving performance at operational level. Recognising this, the CPS Chief Executive has now assumed personal responsibility for driving improvement by the Service and a CPS national action plan was launched in November 2014. 1.4 Similarly, although the National Offender Management Service (NOMS) has provided direction and some probation trusts have worked with local partners to improve awareness of disability hate crime, it is still seen as a very small part of their work and is not dealt with effectively. Increased reporting of disability hate crime to the police 1.5 The number of reports of disability hate crimes to the police recorded by the Home Office remains low, at only 1,985 in 2013-145 and the gap between this and the Crime Survey for England and Wales (CSEW) estimated figure of 62,000 disability motivated hate crimes6 remains significant. It is particularly concerning that in the Home Office reporting figures for disability hate crime for 2013-14, nine police force areas had less than ten reports. 1.6 Disappointingly, inspectors found that the police forces visited had not conducted a formal review of the different methods by which information is received from the public to ensure that every opportunity is being taken to identify victims of disability hate crime. This represents a lost opportunity. Embedding disability hate crime processes within the working practices of the police, CPS and probation staff 1.7 Unfortunately, the approach to delivering effective training by the agencies has been inconsistent and slow. Without the required impetus it is not surprising that performance has not improved significantly. 1.8 The 2013 review highlighted errors in the recording of data relating to disability hate crime by the police and CPS. This follow-up reveals that whilst there have been some improvements, further progress is required. Highlights include: - Case file examination undertaken as part of this review reveals an improvement in the number of files accurately identified to the CPS as disability hate crimes by the police (when they seek charging advice from the CPS) to 20%7 (compared to 7% in the 2013 review). However, further improvement is required. - In around a third of recorded disability hate crimes the crime reports lacked information to show they complied with the agreed definition of disability hate crime, usually because it was not made explicit who had perceived the crime to be motivated by hostility or prejudice against the victim's disability or perceived disability. - Of the 107 CPS files examined inspectors were of the view that 76 (71%) were correctly identified as disability hate crime in accordance with the CPS policy (compared to 69% in 2013), 19 files (18%) involved a disabled victim but the case did not fall within the CPS definition of flagging as a disability hate crime (compared to 12%) and 12 files (11%) were flagged incorrectly as administrative or other error (previously 19%). 1.9 Whilst the CPS has reduced the number of files flagged as administrative/other errors, there is a continuing need for improvement, as the data reveals only a small improvement in the accuracy of recording disability hate crime files. 1.10 The CPS case management system has the capacity to record those disability hate crimes where the court uplifted the sentence for the aggravated element (section 146 Criminal Justice Act 2003) and the number of recorded 'uplifts' is unacceptably low. 1.11 This review also examined 21 pre-sentence reports and there was little or no evidence that disability hate crime had been awarded a higher priority within the work of those agencies delivering probation services than in 2013. There was little evidence that disability hate crime forms all but a very small part of the work of NPS/CRCs. In part this is due to the lack of reporting of these cases. However, even in those cases where there was clear evidence that they met the disability hate crime definition, in the majority there was no recognition by those providing probation services that these were disability hate crimes. Conclusion 1.12 The 2013 review highlighted that disability hate crime is a complex area with a number of unique features. It called for a new impetus that focussed on (a) improving awareness of disability hate crime, (b) increasing the reporting of disability hate crime and (c) embedding disability hate crime processes within the routine working practices of police, CPS and probation staff. The seven recommendations, if implemented effectively, would have made a substantial contribution to achieving these overarching aims. 1.13 This follow-up reveals that there has been insufficient progress made against the recommendations. An opportunity to achieve improvements in the criminal justice system for all members of society has not yet been taken. Details: London: Criminal Justice Joint Inspection, 2015. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 2, 2015 at: http://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmic/wp-content/uploads/joint-review-of-disability-hate-crime-review.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias Crimes Shelf Number: 135099

Author: Moodie, Kristina Title: I can see them being kids: an evaluation of the 'Referral Process' of Youth Advantage Outreach Summary: Youth Advantage Outreach is a collaborative venture by the Army in Scotland and Police Scotland. The purpose is to provide an adventurous and challenging course using Army experience which is targeted at youth who have come to the attention of police as a result of offending or risk-taking behaviour. Several five-day residential courses are offered each year, in different locations in Scotland for mixed-sex groups of up to 40 young people aged 14 to 17. The Centre for Youth and Criminal Justice (CYCJ) was invited by the Scottish Government to undertake a study to examine perceptions of value of the experience among a sample of referrers. Interviews were conducted with 12 individuals and one group, who work either for YAO or with YAO. This evaluation, written by Kristina Moodie (Research Associate at CYCJ), reports on the findings. Details: Glasgow: Centre for Youth & Criminal Justice, 2014. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 2, 2015 at: http://www.cycj.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/YAO-final-report-040215.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 135849

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation Title: A joint inspection of Life Sentence Prisoners Summary: Although life sentenced prisoners have committed the most serious crimes, most will be released at some point. The public, therefore, have a right to expect that this will not happen unless they can be safely managed within the community and that they will be effectively supervised and monitored. Being sentenced to an indeterminate period of imprisonment brings a unique dimension to incarceration, since it removes the certainty of release on a given date in the future. One of the key transitional phases in the life sentence is the move from the confines of closed prison to the relative freedom of open conditions. It is the stepping stone that leads towards an eventual return to the community. This inspection focused on that crucial period, given its huge importance for the prisoner, along with the equally significant release on life licence. We were interested in how well life sentence prisoners were supported in moving to open prison, preparing for release, reducing risk of harm and likelihood of reoffending, maintaining family and community links and resettling into society. Perhaps because of the length of time already spent in prison, assumptions were often made that life sentence prisoners knew all about 'the system'. This led to an underestimation in the amount of help and advice they needed, for example to prepare for moves to open prison or for Parole Board hearings. They tended to be treated very much the same as other prisoners, with little attention being given to their particular circumstances or to the importance of retaining family ties in order to support their eventual rehabilitation. As a result, some life sentence prisoners were able to serve their sentence with relatively little challenge to their attitudes and behaviour. Once in open conditions, preparation for release relied heavily upon release on temporary licence. The quality of offender assessments left room for improvement, particularly those completed in custody, and confusion abounded about who was responsible for completing these assessments at key times in the life sentence. Sentence planning was weak, in both prison and the community, and offender managers struggled to design meaningful objectives for those who appeared to have done all required work in custody. Nonetheless, the vast majority of those on life licence formed positive relationships with their offender managers, did not reoffend and, despite the stigma of the life sentence, were able to lead useful and productive lives after release. This inspection highlights the importance of both the work undertaken with the prisoner throughout their sentence to address their behaviour and the need for effective joint work between the prison and community to plan and prepare for safe release. This complementary balance is essential for rehabilitation and should inform the successful implementation of Transforming Rehabilitation. This report contains a number of recommendations to achieve this end. Details: London: Criminal Justice Joint Inspection, 2013. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 2, 2015 at: http://socialwelfare.bl.uk/subject-areas/services-client-groups/adult-offenders/criminaljusticejointinspection/158393life-sentence-prisoners.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Life Imprisonment Shelf Number: 129971

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation Title: Joint thematic inspection of resettlement services to children by Youth Offending Teams and partner agencies Summary: Context The inspection took place as the Government had just launched Transforming Youth Custody which includes plans for the improvement of resettlement work with children. The Youth Justice Board and the National Offender Management Service are tasked with taking these plans forward. The inspection This inspection was led by HMI Probation, in collaboration with partner inspectorates, in response to the findings from our mainstream inspection programme of youth offending work which suggested that services to children in custody and on release were not being delivered consistently well enough. The inspection focused on the journey and experience of the child. Their cases were tracked through the custodial period, their release and the initial phase out into the community. We talked to them and their parents/carers where possible and appropriate, about the things that made it easier for them to settle back into their community successfully and about what got in the way. We also talked to staff and managers within the Young Offender Institutions, the Secure Training Centres and Youth Offending Teams (YOTs) as well as chairs of the YOT management boards and senior managers from the organisations with oversight of this work throughout England. Overall findings The offending outcomes for many of the children whose cases we inspected were poor. Too many had been rearrested, charged or convicted of new offences within months, or even weeks, of being released. Other outcomes: accommodation, education, training or employment, substance misuse and/or physical or mental health was also poor for too many. Very often, the support to help these children to successfully stop offending and start new, law-abiding lives had not been good enough. Many of the children in our inspection were vulnerable to harm, either through their offending or from others. They led complicated and chaotic lives, often in very difficult circumstances. Much hard work was carried out in the custodial institutions but it was not linked to giving children the best chance to stop offending and make a new life. It did not meet the individual, and often complex, needs of the child frequently enough; it was restricted to what was routinely available within the institution, the provision of education and behaviour management. Key staff did not fully understand each other's roles, did not always value each other's input and did not always work together. Information sharing was inconsistent both within and between organisations. Sentence planning was not integrated across all internal services, did not always take account of previous assessments or individual need and was not genuinely linked to the community. Plans were not useful tools to drive progress; they were generic, wordy and unfocused. Planning meetings were ineffective and failed to properly engage children and their parents/carers. Over one-third of children were held over 50 miles from home. This impacted on the ability of parents/carers to visit and be involved in planning, as well as the processes for gaining accommodation and accessing constructive activities. At the custodial stage, work in the community was not proactive and in too many cases was largely about attending meetings in the institution rather than preparing for release. Sometimes, having meetings and putting plans on a database had become ends in themselves; children recognised that and had become frustrated and disengaged. The worst examples of this were the lack of suitable accommodation being considered early enough and the failure to organise appropriate, realistic education, training and employment provision or constructive activities at the point of release. These were the two main complaints from those to whom we spoke. Children did not understand why things were not in place when they had been in custody for months. Too often, children and their parents/carers were not involved or engaged to any meaningful extent in the plans for release. They were at best, merely aware of the plans and, at worst, kept in the dark. There was little preparation to help them cope with the impact of the child's release. While there are some promising local resettlement projects, resettlement work in the community often started too late. Resources and services were not in place soon enough before release, leaving the child insufficiently supported at the most crucial point. Too often, it did not take into account what had taken place in custody. Contingency planning for the period following release was almost non-existent and Release on Temporary Licence was not used to promote successful resettlement. We found that some children were released without any form of statutory supervision following recall. At every stage, we found that children were held to account for their behaviour. We did not see a corresponding rigour towards the agencies tasked with providing services to them, either inside or outside custody. Conversely, we saw some excellent work both in custody and in the community, and for a small number of children, this hard work had contributed to successful resettlement back into the community. Those children had not reoffended. They had been helped to find and maintain suitable accommodation, they were engaged in education, training or employment and they told us about how they had changed the way they thought about themselves and their future. They were determined to make a new start and to stop offending. As outlined in the foreword, there are a number of agencies and departments responsible for resettlement policy and strategy. Across England and Wales, no one individual or organisation is ultimately accountable for the improvement of resettlement outcomes, in particular the reduction in the high level of reoffending of children leaving custody. The Youth Justice Board and the National Offender Management Service are again planning to improve resettlement practice under the auspices of the Government's Transforming Youth Custody. Previous initiatives have failed to embed improvements in services to those leaving custody or substantially reduce their reoffending. Locally, we found that YOT management boards did not identify or analyse the specific needs of children leaving custody or look at the reasons for their failure to settle back into the community successfully. Nor were children's social care services and housing providers sufficiently engaged, or held to account, in relation to the resettlement needs of children. Details: Manchester, UK: Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation, 2015. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2015 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2015/03/Youth-Resettlement_report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Aftercare Shelf Number: 135863

Author: Lumsden, Karen Title: Fuelling the panic: the societal reaction to 'boy racers'. Summary: Fuelled by media coverage of reckless, irresponsible and anti-social driving, young (male) motorists are an area of concern for politicians, police and citizens more generally. In media and popular discourses the symbol of the boy racer has come to represent deviance, anti-social behaviour, criminality and risk on the roads. This paper focuses on a local moral panic concerning boy racers in the city of Aberdeen, Scotland. Five elements, which characterise a moral panic, are identified and include: concern, hostility, consensus, disproportion and volatility (Goode and Ben- Yehuda 2009[1994]). Urban regeneration played a key part in this particular moral panic in terms of class, cultural and intergenerational clashes between racers and outside groups. The moral panic was further institutionalised through the use of measures such as anti-social behaviour legislation. Moreover, it was symptomatic of wider societal concern regarding the regulation of young (male) motorists and the related governance of urban space and incivilities. The discussion draws on data collected via participant observation with the drivers, semi-structured interviews with members of the outside groups and content analysis of media reports which focus on the culture. Details: London: Brunel University, Moral Panic Research Network, 2012. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Moral Panic Studies Working Paper Series, 1, 2012: Accessed June 3, 2015 at: https://dspace.lboro.ac.uk/dspace-jspui/bitstream/2134/11671/3/Fuelling%20the%20panic-WorkingPaper2012-1.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 129957

Author: Wood, Matthew Title: From Folk Devils to Folk Heroes: Rethinking the Theory of Moral Panics Summary: The theory of moral panics, the concept of �folk devils� and processes of �demonization� have provided key analytical and conceptual tools for social scientists throughout the past 40 years. Yet, comparatively little conceptual or empirical work has focused on mirror image phenomena of collective joy, celebration and hope. By introducing a theory of �moral euphoria�, emphasizing the concept of �folk heroes�, and focusing on processes of �deification�, this article provides a fresh perspective within the moral panic literature, showing how certain actors may go from �folk hero� fame to �folk devil� infamy. Specifically, the focus falls on the politics of moral euphoria, how political leaders frequently find themselves caught up in a �boom and bust� cycle of celebratory euphoria and inflated expectations upon winning an election, followed almost inevitably by dashed hopes and post-election �demonization�. This debilitating cycle, we argue, finds its roots in the inherent tension in modern democracies between populist pressures and tough governing realities. The article uses the example of two political leaders � Tony Blair in the UK and Barack Obama in the US � to demonstrate this argument. The conclusion reflects on disciplinary boundary-crossing and the important role of scholars in societal debates surrounding �heroes� and �devils�. Details: London: Brunel University, Moral Panic Research Network, 2012. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Moral Panic Studies Working Paper Series, no. 2012/2: Accessed June 3, 2015 at: http://www.brunel.ac.uk/__data/assets/pdf_file/0009/255339/20122FromFolkDevilstoFolkHeroesWoodandFlinders.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Demonization Shelf Number: 135864

Author: Children's Society Title: Here to Listen? Return interviews provision for young runaways Summary: Running away or going missing from home or care indicates that a child may be at risk of harm. Our research shows that running away is often preceded by conflict with parents or carers; family breakdown or poor relationships; experiences of abuse and neglect; or problems at school1. There is also a risk of child sexual exploitation or involvement in crime or gangs, either as a consequence of, or a reason for, a child running away. This is why it is important that a child is offered support as early as possible to protect them from harm and to prevent the risks from escalating further. For that reason the statutory guidance for children who run away or go missing from home or care requires that local authorities provide return interviews to young runaways. A return interview is an in-depth conversation that a trained professional has with a young person following a running away episode. It aims to establish what has caused the young person to run away, what experiences and individuals the young person encountered while away and what could help resolve the issues that the child identifies. Our direct work with children who run away or go missing shows that a return interview is an effective way of identifying children at risk of significant harm. It helps reduce, and even prevent, further episodes of running away by helping children understand the risks of being away from their families and carers. It can also help disrupt sexual exploitation or abuse and provide evidence for prosecution. Although provision of return interviews for young runaways is a requirement under the statutory guidance and there are examples of good practice, evidence shows that their provision remains inconsistent and patchy across local areas. As no standardised reporting or monitoring of return interview provision currently takes place, in December 2012 we sent Freedom of Information requests (FOI) to local authorities to establish the current level of provision for children who run away or go missing from home and from care. Out of 152 local authorities in England, 134 responded to the FOI and this report contains our analysis of these responses. Details: London: The Children's Society, 2013. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2015 at: http://www.childrenssociety.org.uk/sites/default/files/tcs/here_to_listen_report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Missing Persons Shelf Number: 129818

Author: Northern Ireland Criminal Justice Inspection Title: An announced inspection of Woodlands Juvenile Justice Centre Summary: Woodlands Juvenile Justice Centre has been praised by Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland (CJI) for its role in improving the child custody system in Northern Ireland. "Woodlands Juvenile Justice Centre (the JJC) accommodates some of the most difficult and disturbed children in our society, and in doing so, prevents them from causing mayhem in their communities and in the residential care system," said Brendan McGuigan, Chief Inspector of Criminal Justice in Northern Ireland. "Since autumn 2012 all children under 18 who are sent to custody are held at the JJC. This means that no child is held in adult custody in this jurisdiction. "This is a significant achievement but the impact of older children being held within the JJC is testing the resilience of staff. It is also inappropriately used as a short term care facility for children who breach children's home rules, when parents/guardians refuse to accept them back home or on foot of Police and Criminal Evidence (PACE) proceedings," said Mr McGuigan. In order to successfully address these challenges, Inspectors have recommended the existing regime at the JJC should be redesigned to take account of the needs of older children including 17-year-olds, while maintaining its existing child-centred ethos. And they have called for the Youth Justice Agency which operates the JJC to work with its statutory partners to reduce inappropriate use of the 9.3m a year facility. "Inspectors accept that the JJC has and can provide stability in times of crisis, but committing a child to custody should be an action of last resort. Placements should not be based on expediency or - as in the case of PACE - more on proximity to the JJC rather than any other criterion," said Mr McGuigan. The Chief Inspector said Inspectors had also recommended steps should be taken to improve current arrangements for children who do not have suitable bail addresses and those who refuse to perfect their personal bail by opting to remain in custody until accommodation of their choice becomes available. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2015. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2015 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/fb/fb2b3c05-0ec8-47cc-9d63-35443b8e1d97.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 135868

Author: Paterson, John Title: Tackling Youth Crime, Violence and Disorder: A Partnership Approach Summary: The overall aims and objectives of this Fulbright Police Fellowship project were to share best practice whilst looking at ways to build upon work already carried out in respect of reducing offending by young people and consider the scalability and transferability of programmes so as to inform the policy making process and practical application of related strategies in Scotland and the United States. To achieve this, reference was made to the pioneering work carried out by Professor David Kennedy at the Centre for Crime Prevention & Control, John Jay College, New York and Professor Anthony Braga at the Harvard Kennedy School in respect of the Boston Ceasefire Project in the late 1990s and early 2000s. A key part of the research was to find out how these early programmes have developed in terms of sustainability and viability, and how they have helped to shape and inform wider criminal justice policies and operational procedures. Through visiting and working with the Boston Police Department (BPD) and the many State, private and voluntary organisations operating within the City, this Fulbright Fellowship looked at how front line services are delivered and how operational activity links into and integrates with other police, government and partnership initiatives to reduce youth crime and offending to ensure, where possible, that such activity is not undertaken in 'silos' but as part of a wider crime reduction strategy. Youth crime and violence have been clearly identified at national level as serious problems that can have lasting harmful effects on victims, their families, friends and the wider community. During the period of research, it was evident that the goal for youth crime and violence prevention policies and programmes in both countries is simple - stop it from happening in the first place. But this is easier said than done, as the solutions are often as complex as the problem. Prevention, intervention and diversion strategies should aim to reduce / remove factors that place young people at risk of committing crimes and / or acts of violence and promote factors which protect those who are at risk. In addition, these activities need to recognise and address all types of influences on young people; be it individual, familial, relationship, community or societal. Effective strategies are necessary to promote awareness about youth crime and to foster the commitment to social change. That said, discussions about ways to prevent youth crime and violence - one of the oldest studied fields - continue to advance rapidly. Many prevention tools, programmes and strategies have been developed, implemented and evaluated with a significant number found to be effective at stopping crime, violence and related behaviours among youth. The use of such evidence based programmes has been shown to deliver positive results in many communities. Details: Strathclyde, UK: Strathclyde Police, 2013. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2015 at: http://www.sipr.ac.uk/downloads/Paterson_Fulbright.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 129730

Author: Stepnitz, Abigail Title: Male-ordered The mail-order bride industry and trafficking in women for sexual and labour exploitation Summary: This report explores the concept of servile marriage and the ways in which it overlaps with trafficking and violence against women and girls, especially those brought to the United Kingdom. The report reviews the social, political and economic contexts in the UK and on a global scale that have contributed to the development and proliferation of the mail-order bride (MOB) industry, the trends that can currently be observed and the ways in which the industry promotes trafficking, slavery, prostitution, pornography, exploitation of vulnerable groups and racial and ethnic stereotyping. The report examines evidence from websites and marriage brokers as well as from men who have or intend to 'purchase' a wife. Much of this evidence reflects the disconcerting levels of racialisation, links with sexual abuse of children, and the use of deceit and coercion to lure women from their homes and communities into lives of servitude in the UK. Statistical evidence is also analysed to highlight trends in ethnic representation, region and country of origin, and the issuing of fiancee/spousal visas, reported trends in prostitution, POPPY Project referrals of women trafficked for sexual and labour exploitation, abuse of migrant domestic workers and overall rates of domestic violence suffered by women in the UK. The theme of this report - the trafficking of women and girls into servile marriage through 'mail-order bride' channels - is yet another frontier in the global struggle against contemporary slavery and the multiple ways in which women and girls are exploited. Trafficking is a primary example of the connection between poverty, development, migration, violence against women and sexual or labour exploitation. A servile marriage will be understood here to be any situation wherein a woman is in a marriage that is either legally binding or sanctioned by her community in such a way that she has no reasonable possibility of asserting that the marriage is invalid; and wherein the woman is held in domestic and/or sexual servitude that defines her role as a wife. Details: London: The POPPY Project, Eaves Housing for Women, 2009. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2015 at: http://i1.cmsfiles.com/eaves/2012/04/Male-ordered-bedd8d.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 135876

Author: Eaves For Women Title: "It's a Human Rights Abuse...End Off": A study of young people's attitudes to forced marriage and its gendered dimensions Summary: Forced marriage is a human rights violation. It is recognised as a gendered form of abuse both in terms of the prevalence of cases (82-86% of reported cases are female) and in terms of the proportionate gendered impact of the harms of forced marriage. Forced marriage can involve kidnapping, abduction, physical and emotional abuse for all victims, male or female. It also can involve rape, the abuse of sexual and reproductive rights and of personal and sexual autonomy. Forced marriage brings with it lasting traumatic and deleterious effects for the individuals involved. This can include damage to an individual�s ability (particularly women and girls) to fulfil their potential in education, employment, and social and personal lives and to gain personal financial independence. It can result in severe mental health issues and can trap individuals in abusive and violent marriages. The effects are damaging for the wider community as well. The perpetuation of forced marriage contributes to a lack of understanding of the practising community and feeds racist stereotypes and prejudice. Where individuals from certain communities are caught up in forced marriage, this can have implications for their full contribution to the wider social and economic fabric of society. Forced marriages continue to occur but the actual figures are difficult to establish definitively. In 2012, the FCO reported that they provide advice and support in some form to around 1485 queries relating to forced marriage from individuals and agencies a year. Of these some 300 may turn into full cases. Ages of victims vary hugely but the majority are young people between ages 17-25. The focus of this study is these young people, and their own views on addressing forced marriage and how it impacts on men and women. Details: London: Eaves For Women, 2014. 98p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2015 at: http://i4.cmsfiles.com/eaves/2014/01/It's-a-Human-Rights-Abuse-e06b0a.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Forced Marriage Shelf Number: 135890

Author: Kesete, Nisan Zerai Title: Destitution Domestic Violence Concession - Monitoring Research Report Summary: In the UK, many migrant women who are victims of domestic violence have insecure immigration status and some have the restriction of 'no recourse to public funds' even when they have a valid leave to stay in the county. The No Recourse to Public Funds (NRPF) rule is a condition attached to a residence permit in the UK, showing that a person who is subject to immigration control or without secure immigration status has no entitlement to most welfare benefits, tax credits or housing assistance measures that are paid by the state. This rule applies to many migrants including those on spousal or partner visas, people on student visas and their dependants, people on work visa and their dependants, refused asylum seekers and over-stayers. The NRPF restriction, therefore, has made it very difficult for many women who are victims of domestic violence to leave abusive situations. In most cases these women are forced to either remain in the abusive relationship or face destitution. Since 1992, Southall Black Sisters (SBS), a women's organisation working for and with ethnic minority women, have led an extensive national campaign calling for reforms to the immigration rules and the NRPF requirement so that women experiencing violence are not facing the stark choice between abuse, deportation and destitution. Following this campaign, in 1999, the Government announced a concession, the Domestic Violence rule, to allow those on spousal or partner visa and whose relationship has broken down as a result of domestic violence, to obtain Indefinite Leave to Remain (ILR) if they can prove that the relationship actually broke down due to domestic violence. Although this concession was a positive step forward, in terms of solving the immigration side of the problem, it still did not address the problem of destitution as the women concerned continue to have to find ways of supporting themselves financially as they remain under the NRPF rule whilst applying and waiting for an ILR decision to be made. To address this problem the Government set up the Sojourner pilot project in November 2009, a project run by Eaves, to provide financial support to those fleeing domestic violence while applying for ILR under the DV rule. In April 2012, a new scheme, the Destitution Domestic Violence (DDV) Concession scheme replaced Sojourner, mainstreaming the financial support provided to those applying for ILR under the DV rule. Following the introduction of the DDV Concession scheme, Eaves obtained funding from Unbound Philanthropy to monitor the implementation of the scheme and to provide training to professionals who work with women using the Concession across the UK. The DDV Concession scheme monitoring research project focused on four key areas: - Regularising immigration status through the scheme - Accessing financial support and benefits through the scheme - The support needs of women and the organisations supporting them through the DDV Concession scheme - Providing recommendations for future policy and practice. Details: London: Eaves For Women, 2013. 93p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2015 at: http://i2.cmsfiles.com/eaves/2013/12/DDV-Concession-Scheme-Monitoring-Report-Final-f14013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 135891

Author: de Viggiani, Nick Title: A Healthy Prison Strategy for HMP Bristol Summary: This report summarises progress in establishing a Healthy Prison strategy for HMP Bristol. It follows a period of consultancy with the prison commissioned by NHS Bristol, and carried out as follow-up to a 2007-8 Health Needs Assessment (HNA) conducted at the prison. The aims of this work were to: [1] assess and build commitment within the prison for a 'healthy prison' strategy; [2] produce a realistic and feasible plan for developing the strategy; [3] create a strategy group to lead and drive the project; and [4] form and publish key performance standards for the prison. A period of consultation preceded publication of this report, which involved interviews and meetings with a range of Prison Service and NHS stakeholders and close scrutiny of relevant reports and publications. It should be noted that work on this strategy is ongoing and now forms part of the core business of HMP Bristol. Details: Bristol, UK: University of the West of England, 2009. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2015 at: http://eprints.uwe.ac.uk/8252/1/HMP_Bristol_strategy.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 135903

Author: Panchamia, Nehal Title: Competition in prisons Summary: The Institute for Government has produced a series of short papers on the history of choice and competition in different public services. This paper traces the history of competition in the prisons sector, assesses what we currently know about its impact and draws out some lessons for those seeking to introduce greater competition in public services. Details: London: Institute for Government, 2012. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2015 at: http://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/sites/default/files/publications/Prisons%20briefing%20final.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Private Prisons Shelf Number: 135905

Author: Inskipp, Carol Title: Making a lasting impression: The impact of the UK's wildlife trade on the world's biodiversity and people Summary: Few people living in the UK are aware of how much they rely on wildlife trade. Whether we're buying bulbs from the garden centre, wood furniture from a store, or a meal from a fish and chip shop, we are not only trading in wildlife, but also making a small but lasting impression on biodiversity and communities around the world. Those who may regard this as inconsequential - there are always more fish in the sea, as the saying goes - are mistaken: many wild species used in the UK are declining, due to unsustainable harvests and trade. This threatens biodiversity, the livelihoods of those who rely on wildlife harvests as a source of income, and opportunities to use those resources in the future. This report describes the impact people in the UK have on biodiversity and livelihoods as a result of their use and trade of wild plants and animals. A general overview of the UK trade is followed by case studies on the trade in live plants used in gardening and horticulture, and in live animals for pets. The "bad news" is presented, as is the "good news" - where it exists. We also list recommendations for UK policy-makers, industry and consumers. Details: Cambridge, UK: TRAFFIC International, 2003. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2015 at: http://www.wwf.org.uk/filelibrary/pdf/lasting_impression.pdf Year: 2003 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Illegal Wildlife Trade Shelf Number: 135904

Author: CIFAS Title: Fraudscape: UK fraud trends Summary: In 2014, there were 276,993 frauds recorded by Cifas Members; an increase of 25% on 2013 levels. While fraud levels often fluctuate year by year, the overall trend is clear - recorded fraud is increasing. Cifas recorded frauds act as a sound barometer for the fraud landscape of the UK. Cifas Members span a range of sectors, including banking, grant giving, credit card, asset finance, retail credit, mail order and online retailer, insurance, telecommunications and public sector. Members report and share confirmed fraud cases using the Cifas National Fraud Database in order to detect and prevent further fraud. In 2014 Cifas Members prevented an estimated $1 billion of fraud through Cifas systems. The data included in this report gives a solid indication of the nature and scale of fraud but it is by no means the full picture. It remains the case that there is no one indicator for fraud levels in the UK, meaning that the true levels of fraud will be far higher. This report explores the key themes and trends from Cifas data in 2014. It is designed to give a simple overview of trends and recommends ideas for further specialist research. Cifas will publish a series of in-depth reports throughout 2015/16. Details: London: Cifas, 2015. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 5, 2015 at: http://www.cifas.org.uk/secure/contentPORT/uploads/documents/External%20-%20Fraudscape%20main%20report%20for%20website.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Financial Crimes Shelf Number: 135916

Author: Draca, Mirko Title: The Changing Returns to Crime: Do Criminals Respond to Prices? Summary: In economic models of crime individuals respond to changes in the potential value of criminal opportunities. We analyse this issue by estimating crime-price elasticities from detailed data on criminal incidents in London between 2002 and 2012. The unique data feature we exploit is a detailed classification of what goods were stolen in reported theft, robbery and burglary incidents. We first consider a panel of consumer goods covering the majority of market goods stolen in the crime incidents and find evidence of significant positive price elasticities. We then study a particular group of crimes that have risen sharply recently as world prices for them have risen, namely commodity related goods (jewellery, fuel and metal crimes), finding sizable elasticities when we instrument local UK prices by exogenous shifts in global commodity prices. Finally, we show that changes in the prices of loot from crime have played a role in explaining recent crime trends. Details: Bonn, Germany: Institute for the Study of Labor, 2015. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: IZA Discussion Paper No. 9109: Accessed July 8, 2015 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp9109.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Economics of Crime Shelf Number: 135924

Author: Stevens, Alex Title: Social Bias in the Policing of Illicit Drug Users in the UK and Australia: Findings from a Self-Report Study Summary: This paper uses data from the Global Drug Survey to test the hypothesis that there is social bias in the policing of drug users, in the form of stop and search for drugs. The Global Drug Survey is a self-report, internet survey. In 2012, it included a non-random sample of illicit drug users in the UK (n=5,919) and Australia (n=5,707). We discuss previous research on social bias in policing. We argue that an intersectional approach is necessary in order to analyse patterns of stop and search for drugs across drug users who have various social statuses. In order to analyse the influence of various patterns of drug use, we create an inductive typology of a wide range of drug use types and temporalities, using latent class analysis. We use these latent classes, frequency of past month drug use and indicators of drug dependency alongside sociodemographic variables in binary logistic regression analyses of the odds of reporting being stopped and searched for drugs in the past year. We use these models to test both consensus and conflict perspectives on the policing of drug users. We find support for both perspectives in both countries. Patterns of drug use do significantly predict the odds of sampled drug users reporting police stop and search, as expected by the consensus perspective. But drug users who were younger, male and of less advantaged social status (as measured by education in the UK sample, and by minority ethnicity, income and unemployment in the Australian sample) also had significantly higher odds of reporting stop and search. This supports the conflict perspective on policing and our hypothesis that there is evidence of social bias in the policing of drug users in the Global Drug Survey sample Details: Medway, UK: University of Kent, 2015. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed July 8, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2618393 Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 135927

Author: Angiolini, Elish Title: Report of the Independent Review into The Investigation and Prosecution of Rape in London Summary: The review relates only to the service provided to complainants of rape and serious sexual offences who are supported by Sapphire investigation teams. Offences that are perpetrated against children within parent or carer relationships are within the remit of the Child Abuse Investigation Teams and fall outside the scope of this report. Serious sexual offences against children falling outside of parent or carer relationships are dealt with by Sapphire investigation teams. However, the remit for this review focusses on the response to adult complainants only as the specifics of managing child complainants demand a further and distinct skill set which was outwith the scope of this review. There are, therefore two sets of data. Appendix A relates to all allegations of rape and penetration which are investigated within the Metropolitan Police Service. Appendix B relates only to rape and penetration offences investigated by Sapphire investigation teams. Sapphire crime data will include complainants who are children. 2. The review took place in three distinct phases, - Phase 1. Benchmarking of current structures, service provision and performance of both the police and Crown Prosecution Service. - Phase 2. A review in London of a broad sample of police and Crown Prosecution Service case files with a particular emphasis on any attitudinal barriers that may 'prevent an effective criminal justice response'. - Phase 3. Consultation with panels of experts, practitioners and complainants of rape in order to identify how the service to complainants can be improved. Details: London: Metropolitan Police Service and Crown Prosecution Service, 2015. 161p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 8, 2015 at: http://content.met.police.uk/cs/Satellite?blobcol=urldata&blobheadername1=Content-Type&blobheadername2=Content-Disposition&blobheadervalue1=application%2Fpdf&blobheadervalue2=inline%3B+filename%3D%22494%2F967%2FDame+Elish+Angiolini+Rape+Review+2015%2C0.pdf%22&blobkey=id&blobtable=MungoBlobs&blobwhere=1283963458477&ssbinary=true Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Investigations Shelf Number: 135967

Author: KPMG Title: Research and Evaluation of Youth Intervention Schemes: Final Report Summary: KPMG was commissioned by the Office of the First Minister and Deputy First Minister (OFMDFM) to research the effectiveness of youth intervention schemes in diverting young people away from becoming involved in sectarian activities, civil disorders or other crimes. The research aimed to:  Review existing research and evaluations of youth intervention schemes in Northern Ireland (NI) and elsewhere.  Evaluate intervention programmes in operation to determine "what works‟ in relation to deterring young people from becoming involved in disorder and crime. This could include intervention schemes currently in operation in NI and a desktop review of schemes elsewhere in the United Kingdom (UK) and Ireland.  Conduct field research to seek the views of young people who have recently been involved in summer youth intervention schemes here and also to obtain the views of young people who tend not to engage positively with voluntary, community or statutory organisations offering intervention programmes. This report provides a review of existing research and evaluations of seven youth intervention schemes in NI. Details: Belfast: Office of the First Minister and Deputy First Minister, 2009. 198p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 9, 2015 at: http://www.ofmdfmni.gov.uk/annex_a__research_and_evaluation_of_youth_intervention_schemes__final_version_march_2010_.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 135986

Author: Harris, Toby Title: The Harris Review: Changing Prisons, Saving Lives: Report of the Independent Review into Self-inflicted Deaths in Custody of 18-24 year olds Summary: The Harris review considered 87 self-inflicted deaths from 1 April 2007 to 31 December 2013. It examined the evidence about the range of vulnerabilities that apply to young adults in custody. The review concluded that more needs to be done to support young adults both before and after they have contact with the Criminal Justice System. The report calls on the government to make changes to the care and management of young adults in custody. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2015. 290p. Source: Internet Resource: Cm 9087: Accessed July 9, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/439859/moj-harris-review-web-accessible.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Deaths in Prison Shelf Number: 135989

Author: Brown, Jon Title: Preventing Child Sexual Abuse: Towards a national strategy for England Summary: For more than 15 years, child sexual abuse has increasingly been seen as a public health problem by people who work in the field. However, despite this, relatively little progress has been made by any country to deal with the issue by using a public health approach. In these times of constrained public expenditure, many are talking about prevention, and some organisations are doing excellent prevention work. However, currently in the UK there is insufficient action in the field of primary prevention. It may be that there is relatively little action because it requires spending more today to reap the benefits over decades, even generations. This cost recovery profile often does not fit neatly with our five-year political horizons. However, there is currently a body of good evidence about effective primary prevention that continues to grow. We, therefore, believe that the time for action is now. Details: London: NSPCC, 2015. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 13, 2015 at: https://www.nspcc.org.uk/globalassets/documents/research-reports/preventing-child-sexual-abuse-towards-a-national-strategy.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 136002

Author: Coffey, Ann Title: Real Voices: Child sexual exploitation in Greater Manchester Summary: The inquiry into child sexual exploitation in Greater Manchester, chaired by Ann Coffey, MP for Stockport and Chair of the Chair of the All Party Parliamentary Group for Runaway and Missing Children and Adults, has published its report, Real Voices. The inquiry was commissioned in December 2013 by Tony Lloyd, Police and Crime Commissioner for Greater Manchester, to look at the changes made in safeguarding children from sexual exploitation by Greater Manchester Police (GMP) and partner agencies since the 2012 Rochdale sexual grooming case, and at what more needs to be done in the future. Details: S.l.: Ann Coffey, 2014. 145p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 13, 2015 at: http://anncoffeymp.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/10/Real-Voices-Final.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 136012

Author: Behr, Ines von Title: Radicalisation in the digital era: the use of the internet in 15 cases of terrorism and extremism Summary: This paper presents the results from exploratory primary research into the role of the internet in the radicalisation of 15 terrorists and extremists in the UK. In recent years, policymakers, practitioners and the academic community have begun to examine how the internet influences the process of radicalisation: how a person comes to support terrorism and forms of extremism associated with terrorism. This study advances the evidence base in the field by drawing on primary data from a variety of sources: evidence presented at trial, computer registries of convicted terrorists, interviews with convicted terrorists and extremists, as well as police senior investigative officers responsible for terrorist investigations. The 15 cases were identified by the research team together with the UK Association of Chief Police Officers (ACPO) and UK Counter Terrorism Units (CTU). The research team gathered primary data relating to five extremist cases (the individuals were part of the Channel programme, a UK government intervention aimed at individuals identified by the police as vulnerable to violent extremism), and ten terrorist cases (convicted in the UK), all of which were anonymised. Our research supports the suggestion that the internet may enhance opportunities to become radicalised and provide a greater opportunity than offline interactions to confirm existing beliefs. However, our evidence does not necessarily support the suggestion that the internet accelerates radicalisation or replaces the need for individuals to meet in person during their radicalisation process. Finally, we didn't find any supporting evidence for the concept of self-radicalisation through the internet. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2013. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 13, 2015 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR400/RR453/RAND_RR453.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Extremist Groups Shelf Number: 136018

Author: Bates, Eleanor Joanne Wilson Title: Vandalism : a crime of place? Summary: Vandalism is a problem for many communities across Scotland negatively affecting the lives of people who live in them. Whilst there has been recent research into the broad phenomena of anti-social behaviour, there has been little recent research into the specific phenomena of vandalism. In particular, little is understood about why vandalism often persistently re-occurs year in year out in particular locations. Wider research into crime and place suggests that, opportunities to commit crime, levels of relative deprivation, and the capacity or belief that a community can work together (collective efficacy) may be relevant factors. Other theories suggest some areas may act as crime attractors or be more criminogenic than others. There is a strong need for a better understanding of why certain places experience persistent vandalism and others do not. This thesis seeks to redress that gap by suggesting that to understand the nature of vandalism it is best understood as a crime of place rather than property. By drawing on theoretical and methodological approaches from both criminology and geography the thesis explores whether some areas experience high and low concentrations of vandalism year on year; if patterns change over time and whether areas with differing levels of vandalism share characteristics. Exploring issues related to crime and place presents specific methodological challenges. In criminology there has been much debate about whether it is best to consider crime and place processes at the micro or macro level. This thesis contributes to this debate by contending that it is necessary to employ a multi-method approach which integrates both micro and macro levels of investigation to properly understand crime and place. The results presented here are based on secondary analysis of six years of recorded crime data on vandalism supplied by Lothian and Borders police covering the period 1 April 2004 to 31 March 2010 for a case study area within Edinburgh with a broad mix of socio-demographic contexts. The thesis investigates the value of taking an Exploratory Spatial Data Analysis approach combining GIS based Crime Mapping and LISA (Local Indicators of Spatial Autocorrelation) analysis with Group Trajectory Analysis. This is complimented by data acquired from holding focus groups with Police Officers responsible for neighbourhood policing who used shaded maps to aid discussion of characteristics of areas with high and low vandalism. Findings suggest there are distinct High, Low and Drifting areas of vandalism with particular characteristics influenced by crime attractors, routine activities, relative deprivation and collective efficacy. By using an innovative multi-method ESDA quantitative and qualitative approach, important insights into the nature of vandalism as a place crime are gained; using a multi-spatial and temporal approach was found to be crucial. Findings are somewhat confined as they relate to a single case study area and a small number of focus groups were undertaken only with police Officers and not other community actors which may limit generalisabily. These concerns are discussed along with recommendations for future policy on vandalism and theoretical and methodological approaches for researching crime and place. Details: Edinburgh: University of Edinburgh, 2013. 343p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 13, 2015 at: https://www.era.lib.ed.ac.uk/handle/1842/9587 Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 136021

Author: O'Neill, Megan Title: The Fife Division (Police Scotland) Stop and Search Pilot Evaluation Summary: In the context of increased attention and scrutiny regarding stop and search in Scotland, the introduction of Police Scotland's stop and search pilot, which aims to improve data recording practices, accountability and community confidence in the use of stop and search, is to be welcomed. Prior to this surprisingly little research or academic attention had been devoted to stop and search in Scotland, save some notable exceptions (see Background, Section 2 below). Police Scotland selected 'P' Division as the pilot site and the pilot was launched in Fife in July 2014, with support being provided by the National Stop and Search Unit. An independent academic evaluation was commissioned at the end of that month, with an expectation that the final report would be delivered in March 2015. Our tender was accepted in August 2014 and we began our work in September 2014, with our researcher arriving in mid-November 2014. We concluded our data collection period in February 2015. The aims of the stop and search pilot in Fife were (see Appendix 1 for a complete list): 1. Improving the data on which stop and search is based. This relates to the use of the stop and search database, crime rates statistics for various relevant offences, and the use of various intelligence analysis software packages. 2. Improving accountability. This includes compliance recording checks, monitoring of crime trends, dip sampling of public satisfaction, learning from complaints against the police, and independent reporting to scrutiny boards. 3. Improving confidence in the use of stop and search. Included here are issuing letters to parents of children stopped and searched; providing advice slips to persons stopped and searched; quality assurance by lay advisory groups; use of local community engagement groups; working with schools, colleges and universities; enhanced training of staff and media and social media exposure. The two main aims of our evaluation of the stop and search pilot in Fife Division were: 1. To assess the process of introducing and implementing the new methods for stop and search in Fife. 2. To assess 2. To assess the extent to which the desired outcomes for the stop and search pilot have been achieved. Details: Edinburgh: University of Dundee and Edinburgh Napier University, 2015. 141p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 13, 2015 at: http://www.sipr.ac.uk/downloads/Stop_and_Search_Pilot_Evaluation_Report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Discretion Shelf Number: 136022

Author: Nettle, Daniel Title: 'Cycle Thieves, We Are Watching You': Impact of a Simple Signage Intervention against Bicycle Theft Summary: Bicycle theft is a serious problem in many countries, and there is a lack of evidence concerning effective prevention strategies. Displaying images of 'watching eyes' has been shown to make people behave in more socially desirable ways in a number of settings, but it is not yet clear if this effect can be exploited for purposes of crime prevention. We report the results of a simple intervention on a university campus where signs featuring watching eyes and a related verbal message were displayed above bicycle racks. Methodology and Principal Findings We installed durable signs at three locations which had experienced high levels of bicycle theft, and used the rest of the university campus as a control location. Reported thefts were monitored for 12 months before and after the intervention. Bicycle thefts decreased by 62% at the experimental locations, but increased by 65% in the control locations, suggesting that the signs were effective, but displaced offending to locations with no signs. The Odds Ratio for the effect of the intervention was 4.28 (95% confidence interval 2.04-8.98), a large effect compared to other place-based crime prevention interventions. Conclusions and Significance The effectiveness of this extremely cheap and simple intervention suggests that there can be considerable crime-reduction benefits to engaging the psychology of surveillance, even in the absence of surveillance itself. Simple interventions for high-crime locations based on this principle should be considered as an adjunct to other measures, although a possible negative consequence is displacement of offending Details: PLoS ONE 7(12): e51738. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0051738 Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 15, 2015 at: http://www.plosone.org/article/fetchObject.action?uri=info%3Adoi%2F10.1371%2Fjournal.pone.0051738&representation=PDF Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bicycle Theft Shelf Number: 136054

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Injunctions to Prevent Gang-Related Violence and Gang-Related Drug Dealing: Statutory Guidance Summary: This revised statutory guidance on injunctions to prevent gang-related violence and gang-related drug dealing draws on the experience and knowledge of the police service, local authorities and a wide range of local partners involved in dealing with violent gangs. It has been developed and approved by partners across the Criminal Justice System, as well as local practitioners. It has been produced after consultation with the Lord Chief Justice, and has been laid before Parliament by the Home Secretary. The Policing and Crime Act 2009 ('the 2009 Act') contains provisions for injunctions to prevent gang-related violence and gang-related drug dealing activity to be sought against an individual; these were commenced in January 2011. The Crime and Security Act 2010 contains provisions for breach of an injunction to be enforced against 14 to 17 year olds; the Crime and Courts Act 2013 moved jurisdiction for these proceedings from the County Court to the Youth Court. The Serious Crime Act 2015 contains provisions that amend the statutory definition of what comprises a "gang", as defined in section 34(5) of Part IV of the Policing and Crime Act 2009, and expands the scope of the activity a person must have engaged in, encouraged or assisted, or needs to be protected from, before a gang injunction can be imposed to include drug dealing activity. This statutory guidance is a practical tool intended to help local partners apply for and manage gang injunctions effectively and appropriately in accordance with the statutory framework. It is for: - local authorities and police forces who are seeking to apply for an injunction to prevent gang-related violence or gang-related drug dealing activity; and - local partners who may be consulted by the applicant as part of the process. These may include, but are not limited to, registered social landlords, housing associations, transport agencies, probation and youth offending teams (where the respondent is aged 14 to 17 or has recently turned 18). Details: London: Home Office, 2015. 83p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 15, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/432805/Injunctions_to_Prevent_Gang-Related_Violence_web.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Civil Injunctions Shelf Number: 136060

Author: Youth Justice Board for England and Wales Title: Youth offending teams: making the difference for children and young people, victims and communities: final report Summary: Introduction 1.1 The YJB is a non-departmental public body created by the Crime and Disorder Act 1998 to oversee, monitor and lead the youth justice system in England and Wales. The statutory aim of the youth justice system is to prevent offending by children and young people. 1.2 Youth offending teams (YOTs) are multi-agency partnerships that deliver youth justice services locally. The YJB sets standards in youth justice services and monitors YOTs' performance. YOTs are funded by their statutory partners and receive an annual grant from central government administered and overseen by the YJB. 1.3 Over February and March 2015 YJB Board members undertook a series of visits to a representative sample of 20 YOTs in parallel with and to complement the Ministry of Justice's 'stocktake' through providing a more qualitative contextual analysis. The purpose of the visits was to deepen our understanding of how YOTs have evolved, and to explore examples of good practice and innovation. This report outlines our key findings. Details: London: Youth Justice Board for England and Wales, 2015. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 15, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/445271/Board_Visits_Final_Report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 136067

Author: Wider Impact Consultancy Title: Birmingham Based Police Youth Crime Officers: Independent Evaluation Summary: Wider Impact Consultancy has been delighted to accept this commission, the overall aim of the work being to carry out an independent evaluation of the effectiveness of the Birmingham Youth Crime Officers (YCOs) in relation to their prime objective of reducing youth offending by enforcement and intervention measures. Details of key objectives are highlighted at Section . 1.2 Methodology Our research has been undertaken in three distinct phases: 1. Desk research. 2. Field research. 3. Presentation of our final report. Desk research has included accessing and assessing key youth related national, regional, sub-regional and local policies and strategies. Field research has been extensive and has included site visits / meetings / observational studies, one to one meetings, group meetings and site visits / meeting key staff / researching "best practice" in other areas of the Country. 1.3 Key Findings The Youth Offending Service (YOS) was established by the 1998 Crime and Disorder Act, which requires each Chief Executive of a local authority to establish a local statutory multi-agency partnership involving (within Birmingham) the National Probation Service - West Midlands, West Midlands Police and Birmingham Primary Care Trusts. Based on national, regional, sub-regional and local policy and strategies, we have no doubts that the Birmingham based YCOs have a key role to play in the achievement of youth related national, regional, sub-regional and local aims and objectives. The Birmingham YCOs are extremely professional in their approach to their work, and are, on the whole, well regarded and appreciated within the multi-agency YOT offices. They provide a valuable and essential 'police presence', which is clearly best delivered by their working within YOT offices and in close partnership with fellow YOT staff members and other key multi-agency members. Their primary role has been focussed on delivering Final Warnings and associated record keeping / carrying out and arranging appropriate interventions and information sharing; including gathering intelligence on behalf of West Midlands Police. Other tasks carried out by the Birmingham YCOs include specific interventions for young people subject to Reprimands and Community Resolutions; officers designing and implementing group and individual intervention programmes; for example in response to new Government guidance on dealing with knife crime. It is apparent however, that the YCO Job Description (Appendix A), which outlines other "key main duties and responsibilities" is not being fully utilised. There is a lack of consistency across the YOS in the implementation and emphasis on such tasks, which requires attention. During our research, it has become apparent that, on the whole, operation police officers have limited knowledge of the roles of the YCOs within the YOTs and how they could enhance their front line roles of preventing and detecting crime. As will be highlighted, increased emphasis of "partnerships", as a result of Programme Paragon, and the subsequent force restructure along with our recommendations, should lead to increased awareness of and engagement with the YCOs. It has been an observation, that on the whole within the Birmingham area, there is excellent and innovative work going on within local YOTs and at operational (LPU) policing levels to deliver common objectives, which include preventing and reducing youth crime and anti-social behaviour, and improving public confidence in the Criminal Justice System. In relation to the role of the YCOs, we have noted a useful analogy, of there being a number of locally based LPU and YCO "beehives", containing valuable resources and sources of information and intelligence; with each working independently, without much input from the YCOs. It is the view of many we have spoken to that the ideal situation would be for the Birmingham based YCOs to be playing a significant role in "connecting" the "beehives" together in terms of youth related police / YOT / multi-agency intelligence coordination, information sharing and innovative partnership working. Details: Birmingham, UK: West Midlands Police and Birmingham Youth Offending Service, 2010. 112p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2015 at: http://www.widerimpact.com/docs/Birmingham-Police-Youth.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 136079

Author: Mitchell, Mary Title: Keeping Youth Away from Crime: Searching for Best European Practices Summary: Scotland is a small country with a commitment to social justice and inclusion, and public policy aims to respect the rights of children and young people. Current policy trends in Scotland include: emphasising early intervention rather than provision at the point of crisis; investing in early years services; integrated working across services for children; and holding services accountable by outcomes, rather than focusing on processes. There is much in Scottish children's services to celebrate, but equally much that is in need of improvement. Scotland is around the OECD average in terms of inequality in PISA outcomes. There is a wide gap in pupil attainment linked to social deprivation. Pupils with additional support needs and from deprived neighbourhoods are significantly more likely than others to be excluded from school. The Scottish Children's Hearings systems emphasises welfare rather than punitive approaches, and secure accommodation is used only rarely. However, the rate of imprisonment of 18-25 year olds in Scotland is one of the highest in Europe. The Getting it Right for Every Child programme emphasises inter-agency and preventative approaches, but there has as yet been no national evaluation of its effectiveness. Overall, levels of economic inequality in Scotland are high, and whilst children's services can ameliorate some of the difficulties that inevitably arise, major social change will require a fairer distribution of national economic and social resources. Details: Edinburgh: University of Edinburgh, Centre for Research in Education Inclusion and Diversity, 2015. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2015 at: http://www.docs.hss.ed.ac.uk/education/creid/Reports/33i_Providus_report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 136085

Author: Gilchrist, Liz Title: Roles of Alcohol in Intimate Partner Abuse Summary: is little available evidence relating to the measurement of alcohol use in IPV relationships (McMurran & Gilchrist, 2008). This mixed-method, multi-phase project aimed to unpick some of the complicated roles that alcohol appears to have in intimate partner abuse. The study did not set out to focus on male to female abuse but the data available resulted in this being the focus. The mixed-method design comprised three phases: Phase 1 involved secondary data, incorporating statistical analysis of cases from Strathclyde Police's databases which provided details of almost a quarter of a million police call-outs to domestic incidents. Phase 2 involved 80 quantitative interviews with three groups who were termed as follows; the 'convicted' (male prisoners - including both those convicted of domestic offence and general offenders'), the 'conflicted' (mainly female clients of agencies dealing with domestic issues - comprising those who might be considered as 'victims'/survivors of domestic problems), and the 'contented'(male community football players - envisaged to be experiencing general population levels of relationship conflict). All three groups received the same questionnaire pack which included three validated screening tools that assess alcohol and/or violence risk, specifically The Alcohol Use Disorders Identification Test (AUDIT), The Alcohol Related Aggression Questionnaire (ARAQ) The revised Conflict Tactics Inventory (CTS2) (Phase2); (Phase3). Phase 3 involved semi-structured one-to-one digitally recorded qualitative interviews with a subset of the prisoner group who had completed the questionnaire pack from Phase2. The police records phase indicated that most domestic call-outs involved alcohol use in some way (usually with the accused being recorded as 'under the influence'), with alcohol often being noted at more serious cases (those resulting in a crime being recorded, or physical violence). In the questionnaire phase, screening tool scores indicated high levels of risky alcohol use, alcohol-related aggression, and partner conflict among prisoners. Partner conflict, but not alcohol use, was also high amongst the agency clients. The qualitative interview phase indicated a high rate of problematic alcohol use in prisoners' family backgrounds, and conscious awareness of the effects of alcohol use in enabling violent behaviour and criminality. Also that participants considered alcohol to have a direct effect on their behaviour and did present alcohol as an exculpatory factor, sometimes. However multiple roles by which alcohol use may influence partner conflict were reported (not just intoxicated violence) including male entitlement to drink and alcohol spend harming limited family budgets. There were clear indications that cultural, sub-cultural, familial and contextual influences on gender and alcohol use were intertwined, for example that when women were drinking they were held more accountable for any relationship conflict (victim blaming), whilst if men were drinking they were held to be less accountable (accused excusing). We conclude that alcohol is a correlate of domestic abuse and thus does need to be addressed. The high levels of alcohol consumption in our convicted sample, and relationship conflict in our conflicted and convicted samples suggests that joint intervention might be appropriate for those experiencing relationship conflicts. However the strong beliefs in a direct causal effect of alcohol, and strong culturally shaped and gendered beliefs about men and women's drinking also demands that alcohol is addressed not as an individual risk factor but in terms of alcohol expectancies, related beliefs and as a gendered issue. Details: London: Alcohol Research UK,2014. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2015 at: http://alcoholresearchuk.org/downloads/finalReports/FinalReport_0117.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 136087

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Chief Inspector of Constabulary Title: In harm's way: the role of the police in keeping children safe Summary: Between January 2014 and June 2015, Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary (HMIC) conducted 21 inspections of different aspects of the police response to child protection issues. These comprised: - eight inspections of individual forces as part of the National Child Protection Inspection programme, which is examining the child protection work of every police force in England and Wales; and - 13 other inspections (conducted either alone, or jointly with other organisations) which contain a child protection theme. This report summarises findings from all these inspections. By drawing them together in this report, we are able to provide a comprehensive overview of the experiences of vulnerable children who come to the attention of the police, highlighting both good practice and areas for improvement. Details: London: HMIC, 2015. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 17, 2015 at: http://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmic/wp-content/uploads/in-harms-way.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 136099

Author: Morse, Amyas Title: Care Leavers' Transition to Adulthood Summary: The system for supporting young people leaving foster or residential care in England to live successful independent lives is not working effectively, according to the National Audit Office. This is despite the fact that there is a clear legal framework and an inspection regime in place. The numbers of care leavers in employment, education and training have deteriorated since 2007-08. In 2013-14, over 10,000 young people aged over 16 left care, an increase of almost 50% since 2003-04. Moreover, 33% of those aged 16 or over who left care did so before their 18th birthday. The government wants to ensure that care leavers get the same care and support that their peers would expect from a reasonable parent, such as help finding a job or setting up home. However, those leaving care may struggle to cope with the transition to adulthood and may experience social exclusion, unemployment, health problems or end up in custody. Care leavers have had these problems for a long time. Only half of children in care have emotional health and behaviour that is considered normal and this poses additional challenges when adapting to life after care. In 2013, 50% of young people were still living with their parents at the age of 22. But young people in care have to leave by their 18th birthday and some have to live independently as soon as they leave care. The cost of not moving into adulthood successfully is likely to be high to both care leavers and the public. The principal outcome measure is the number of care leavers not in education, employment or training (NEET). In 2013-14, 41% of 19-year-old care leavers were NEET compared with only 15% of their age peers. According to the NAO, the lifetime cost of the current cohort of 19-year-old care leavers being NEET would be around $240 million, or $150 million more than if they had the same NEET rate as other 19-year-olds. In 2013 the government published the Care Leaver Strategy, setting out how it planned to improve support for care leavers. In the same year the Department for Education introduced its Staying Put policy to help care leavers stay with foster carers until the age of 21. These were positive steps but it is too early to assess their effect and there is no reliable information to monitor the lives of care leavers over time. Support for care leavers comes mainly through local authorities but the quality and cost of services vary widely. Ofsted inspections of care leaver services have found that two-thirds of services inspected require improvement or are inadequate. Local authorities have no information on 17% of their 19-21 year-old care leavers even though they are often vulnerable. Local authorities spent on average $6,250 for each care leaver in 2013-14, ranging from an estimated $300 to $20,000. The NAO's analysis shows there is minimal correlation between local authorities' reported spending on care leavers and the quantity and quality of their services. Details: London: National Audit Office, 2015. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: HC: 269, 2015-16: Accessed July 20, 2015 at: http://www.nao.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2015/07/Care-leavers-transition-to-adulthood.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Aftercare Shelf Number: 136101

Author: Great Britain. Crown Prosecution Service Title: Violence against Women and Girls Crime Report, 2014-2015 Summary: The CPS developed a Violence Against Women and Girls (VAWG) strategy, not only as a result of the importance the Service places on improving prosecutions of these crimes and supporting victims, but also in recognition of the United Nations, Council of Europe and End Violence Against Women Campaign initiatives and as part of the cross-government VAWG strategy (the cross-government VAWG narrative and action plans are available from the Home Office website. Our commitment to this work is reflected in the fact that CPS includes Violence Against Women and Girls in its key priorities. This section provides links to policy and guidance reports on Violence against Women and prosecution performance information. It includes VAWG work in relation to: domestic violence; forced marriage; honour-based violence; female genital mutilation; rape and sexual offences; prostitution; trafficking; child abuse; and pornography In recognising these forms of violence against women and girls, the CPS does not neglect abuse directed towards men or perpetrated by women. Male victims will receive the same access to protection and legal redress and the gender of the perpetrator does not make any difference to the CPS approach to bringing offenders to justice. Details: London: CPS, 2015. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 20, 2015 at: http://www.cps.gov.uk/publications/docs/cps_vawg_report_2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 136102

Author: Jutte, Sonja Title: How Safe Are Our Children? The Most Comprehensive Overview of Child Protection in the UK Summary: Our report compiles and analyses the most robust and up-to-date child protection data that exists across the 4 nations in the UK for 2015. The report sets out 20 different indicators. Each indicator looks at the question of 'how safe are our children?' from a different perspective. They also include historic data, to help track progress over time Key messages More support is needed for the victims of abuse We've seen a rise in the number of people coming forward about their experiences of abuse. The support must match this increased willingness to speak out. Victims of child abuse need more therapeutic support, and age-appropriate support at every stage of the criminal justice process. We must not lose sight of neglect While child sexual exploitation is dominating the media, it's important to remember that neglect remains the most common form of child abuse across the UK. We need to continue to gather evidence into what works in tackling neglect. Early intervention is key We need to intervene early to address problems before they become more serious and entrenched. By intervening early we can protect children more effectively and save money. Key findings All 4 countries in the UK have seen the number of recorded sexual offences against children increase over the last year. There's been an increase in contacts to the NSPCC helpline and ChildLine about sexual abuse. Neglect remains the most common form of child abuse in the UK. The number of children dying as a result of homicide or assault remains in long term decline. Details: London: NSPCC, 2015. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 24, 2015 at: http://www.nspcc.org.uk/globalassets/documents/research-reports/how-safe-children-2015-report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 136151

Author: Anderson, Bridget Title: Forced Labour and Migration to the UK Summary: The disaster in which 21 Chinese migrants died picking cockles in the treacherous tides off Morecambe Bay in February 2004 has led to increased public awareness of the abusive employment relations and poor living conditions of many migrants working in the United Kingdom. Press coverage of these issues can adopt a very mixed tone. On the one hand the migrants involved are depicted as 'victims' working in Dickensian conditions; the employers and ubiquitous gangmasters as morally reprehensible and, more often than not, foreign. On the other hand migrants are also frequently portrayed as persons benefiting from undeserved opportunities. However, this short exploratory report offers a new framework with which we might begin to discuss the problem of super-exploitation in the workplace, particularly that which affects migrant workers. The report begins by answering questions such as What are the indicators of forced labour? and Why do people become vulnerable to forced labour? Focussing on four sectors - agriculture, construction, care workers and contract cleaning - the report highlights issues such as health and safety, accommodation and subcontracting. A key finding is that future discussion must begin to separate the control of immigration and the protection of workers rights. Details: Oxford, UK: Center on Immigration Policy and Society, and London: Trades Union Congress, 2004. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 29, 2015 at: http://www.ituc-csi.org/IMG/pdf/Forced_labour_in_UK_12-2009.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 136229

Author: Ellis, Clare, ed. Title: Disrupting Organised Crime: Developing the Evidence Base to Understand Effective Action Summary: Organised crime is a threat to national security. Indeed, the National Security Strategy has identified it as a tier two priority risk. Organised crime undermines the integrity of our financial system and threatens our economic prosperity; human trafficking challenges the security of our borders, while various forms of organised criminality directly facilitate terrorist activity. Organised crime is equally a serious concern for local policing. A previous conference in this series highlighted the ways in which extremism undermines community cohesion; organised crime has a similar impact, causing significant harm to the communities it touches. The importance of tackling organised crime is clear, but without the means to analyse our impact, it is difficult to determine which policies, strategies or operational tactics are effective. The scale and complexity of this challenge is further amplified by the focus of the Serious and Organised Crime Strategy on 'relentless disruption', meaning that any metric must be able to measure the impact of a diverse range of tactics. Without this evidence base, how can we allocate increasingly scarce resources efficiently? These fundamental issues were the driving force behind this conference. The challenge is complex, but the era of Big Data analytics offers new opportunities that are worth exploring. Details: Swindon: Science and Technology Facilities Council (STFC) and London: Royal United Services Institute (RUSI), 2014. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: ST FC/RUSI Conference Series No. 5: Accessed July 29, 2015 at: https://www.rusi.org/downloads/assets/201411_STFC_Serious_Organised_Crime_Web_final.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 136233

Author: Devaney, Lee Title: The Dynamics of Police Legitimacy Among Young People Summary: This report presents the findings of a longitudinal survey of 14 to 16 year-olds' experiences and perceptions of the police in Northern Ireland. It examines the nature and quality of respondents' direct encounters with police officers, as well as the effects of identification with wider society on young people's perceptions of the police and willingness to cooperate with them. Details: Belfast: Queen's University, 2014. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 29, 2015 at: http://www.ofmdfmni.gov.uk/the-dynamics-of-police-legitimacy-among-young-people.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Legitimacy Shelf Number: 136237

Author: Lazenbatt, Anne Title: Older Women's Lifelong Experience of Domestic Violence in Northern Ireland Summary: Although domestic violence in the second half of life is a common experience for approximately 15% of women aged over 55 years, little research has been given to the specific coping strategies of older women, who are experiencing, or have experienced domestic violence throughout their lifetime. Service providers and policy makers often assume that violence stops at age 55 and there is a noticeable lack of literature, research and policy guidelines on the issue. The greatest challenge for policy makers is that abuse remains hidden, with women remaining silent and finding it difficult to speak openly or seek help. This exploratory study aims to address this gap by giving older women a 'voice' through applying a theoretical model of 'sense of coherence' (SOC) or 'wellbeing' to their lived experience of domestic abuse. The main aims of the study were to increase our knowledge and understanding regarding domestic violence against older women in Northern Ireland, by allowing older women themselves to speak about their lifelong experience of living and coping with violence and abuse; and to increase our understanding of the views and experiences of professionals and service providers working to support older women experiencing domestic violence. The stories and narratives conveyed in this study provide a powerful picture of the lifelong domestic violence experienced by older women and how they make sense of their violent experiences. The major findings from the study highlight how their 'wellbeing' is weakened by living in a domestically abusive context. The required self-esteem and confidence that enables individuals to exercise control and make choices conducive to their wellbeing appeared to be different in the context of domestic violence compared to other contexts. Key findings from the research indicate that older women are less likely to seek help due to social expectations and a lack of specialist services for older victims, and that they are more likely to resort to misusing alcohol and prescription drugs in order to cope, with significant consequences for their mental and physical health. Psychological abuse had the strongest impact on their physical and mental health such as long-term depression and anxiety (94%), the use of psychoactive medication (100%), and the likelihood of becoming a heavy drinker and experiencing alcohol dependence (22%). The findings suggest that depression through the lifecourse may play some role in increasing the chance of becoming a victim of interpersonal violence, and may make it even harder to leave an abusive relationship. The majority of women revealed significant difficulty with coping and seeking help. Economic dependence and family support were cited as the most significant barriers to seeking support, or leaving an abusive relationship. Respondents cited serious lack of support from their GPs and the Police, as Police, as well as a lack of supportive programmes or settings that would allow them to 'tell their stories' safely and in private. Complicating service delivery for older women was the artificial boundaries that have been created in the service sector. Protective service systems designed for elders have few methods for dealing with domestic violence among older women, while women viewed domestic violence shelters as being unfamiliar with ageing issues and the special needs of older women, such as dealing with chronic illness, disabilities, or alcohol dependence and very few had separate programming targeting this group. Professional's failure to identify the abuse that women are suffering in later life is related to assumptions that domestic violence does not exist for this age group, through sexism or ageism. There is a need for greater professional awareness and support services that cater for the additional needs of older women as their physical health deteriorates. Development of services, support groups, and community outreach specifically suited to the needs and desires of older women who experience domestic violence is vital, such as the use of preventive health care which would allow GPs the opportunity to screen and make referrals during routine, non-emergency checkups. Professionals in all service sectors must more fully understand the help-seeking barriers that older victims face. To this end, the research community is challenged to replace myths and stereotypes about the nature and prevalence of DV among older people with research-based knowledge. Our findings have specific implications regarding psychological interventions for older women suffering domestic violence. First, the development of adaptive salutogenic coping strategies could promote psychological adjustment and, in consequence, encourage seeking of solutions to the abusive relationship. In particular, supporting women to reduce negative coping strategies could ameliorate the negative impact of violence on women's mental health and wellbeing, whereas the implementation of secondary control strategies, such as CBT, cognitive restructuring, acceptance, and positive thinking, could strengthen older victims of abuse. Details: Belfast: Queen's University, 2010. 100p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 136238

Author: Northern Ireland. Comptroller and Auditor General Title: Continuous Improvement Arrangements in Policing Summary: Background Section 28 of the Police (Northern Ireland) Act 2000 requires the Board to make arrangements to secure continuous improvement in the way in which its functions, and those of the Chief Constable, are exercised, having regard to economy, efficiency and effectiveness. The Board is required to prepare and publish a performance plan for each financial year, detailing how the continuous improvement arrangements are to be implemented. Under the Act, the Board must also prepare and publish a performance summary. This report from the C&AG reviews the systems underpinning the plan and performance summary. It is not an audit of PSNI's performance. Main Findings The C&AG gave an unqualified audit opinion on the Policing Plan for 2014-15 and the performance summary for 2013-14. - The Policing Plan 2013-14 included 28 measures of performance for PSNI, spread across four main themes. Overall, PSNI achieved 18 (64 per cent) measures, with the remaining 10 measures (36 per cent) not achieved. - Based upon the information contained within the Board's Annual Report, the C&AG said that it is difficult to form a firm conclusion as to the overall performance achieved in 2013-14. He added that he has commented in previous years on the lack of additional explanatory information provided and it is now time that this matter was addressed. - The 2014-15 Plan consists of 11 outcomes, with 29 associated performance measures. There has been a significant increase in the number of performance measures which have been expressed in quantitative terms compared to the previous Policing Plan. - There remain areas where further development of the measures is desirable. In particular, there are a number of targets which focus on measuring activities rather than outcomes, and a number of targets expressed in terms of a general level of improvement rather than specifying the level of improvement to be achieved. Details: Belfast: Northern Ireland Audit Office, 2015. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 29, 2015 at: http://www.niauditoffice.gov.uk/continuous_improvement_2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 136253

Author: Great Britain. Committee on Standards in Public Life Title: Tone from the Top: Leadership, ethics and accountability in policing Summary: 1. The public expects high ethical standards from the police that serve them. Trust in the police is vital - from the Chief Constable to the most junior police officer. Police ethics - their honesty, their integrity, their impartiality, their openness - should be beyond reproach. Above all, this requires effective accountability and leadership to create a culture where high standards of behaviour are the norm. High standards - of both conduct and accountability - also need to be demonstrated by those charged with holding the police to account. 2. The Police Reform and Social Responsibility Act 2011 (the Act) created elected Police and Crime Commissioners (PCCs) to "ensure the police respond to local priorities and are directly accountable to the public."1 PCCs set the strategic direction and aims of the police force and have responsibility for delivering community safety and reducing crime and delivering value for money. PCCs control over 12bn of police force funding.2 They have the statutory responsibility to appoint a Chief Constable as well as for their removal. In addition to the PCCs' local role, they have a regional and national role to ensure cross border resilience and capability and to meet national threats such as terrorism or organised crime. PCCs can and have entered into collaboration agreements with other PCCs and organisations to improve the efficiency or effectiveness of policing, for example by sharing back office functions. The Act also provided for the establishment of local Police and Crime Panels who have a dual scrutiny and support role in respect of the PCC and have some powers of veto on budgets and on the appointment of a Chief Constable. 3. PCCs represent a deliberate and substantial strengthening of the locally elected element of the tripartite arrangements for policing accountability. The model is one of democratic accountability "replacing bureaucratic accountability with democratic accountability" where "the public will have elected Police and Crime Commissioners and will be holding them to account for how policing is delivered through their force." The model is primarily reliant on the cycle of elections as the main means of holding PCCs to account. The average turnout for the PCC election in 2012 was 15.1%. The Committee's public research has found that knowledge of the policing accountability arrangements is not very high4 and there is a very low level of public interest in policing - 60% of respondents said they were not interested in finding out about policing issues in their local area5. Rather, for the public, the key accountability mechanism is the ability to question or challenge "their" local beat team or commander on specific areas of concern. 4. The statutory Policing Protocol, which sets out to all PCCs, Chief Constables and Police and Crime Panels how their functions will be exercised in relation to each other, makes clear that all parties will abide by the Seven Principles of Public Life - Selflessness, Integrity, Objectivity, Accountability, Openness, Honesty and Leadership. 5. The Committee believes that any accountability and governance framework for policing should similarly reflect the Seven Principles of Public Life, and operate in a way which is capable of ensuring ethical behaviour, reducing ethical risks and providing effective accountability in order to command public confidence. 6. This matters because our policing system relies on policing by consent in a way that meets the differing needs and priorities of communities. It also relies on the operational independence of the police. But operational independence does not mean that there can be exceptionalism for the police - the public is clear on what the ethical standards should be and is consistent in its expectation that those in public life should abide by them. Year on year the public has affirmed that the definition of standards set out in the Seven Principles is still relevant and should continue to apply to public office holders and all those delivering public services. 7. The Committee recognises that the role of police officer is a unique and valuable one. It does not underestimate the challenging and often unexpected situations the police face every day. "Police officers are expected to make quick but finely-calibrated judgements about when, how and how much of their power it is justified to use" and the vast majority of police officers do so with integrity. They are operating in a fast moving landscape with changing demands of crime where increased accountability, professionalisation and ethical behaviour will be key to ensuring public confidence. 8. The Committee's surveys tell us that public experience of core policing values is generally positive. They show that the majority of respondents thought senior police officers could be trusted to tell the truth and the large majority of respondents thought they would be treated fairly as a victim of crime reporting it to the police. This view is reinforced by other surveys which showed that 65% of respondents thought police officers could be trusted to tell the truth, and 63% of adults gave positive ratings of local police. Research carried out specifically for this inquiry showed that the majority of respondents believed that the police are held to account for their actions and that police deal with crime and anti-social behaviour issues that matter in their local area. 9. The democratic accountability of the PCC must not negate oversight of those who hold public office. As the government acknowledged: "the public need to have the right information to judge the Commissioner's performance and they need to know the Commissioner can be called to account with effective scrutiny and appropriate checks and balances, in particular at a local level." 10. Accountability should be tested between elections by demonstrable compliance with standards of conduct, propriety and performance. It should be tested and verified by independent scrutiny, with failure addressed with appropriate and timely sanctions. 11. The Committee is conscious that all those involved in the new local accountability arrangements have had to adapt to new relationships and ways of working, with relatively little guidance and support from central Government. PCCs in particular faced a huge task to develop their Police and Crime Plans setting out their priorities and establish their offices in a short space of time after delayed elections. The Committee has borne this in mind throughout the course of the inquiry. The Committee has found evidence of: a. recognition of the importance of the College of Policing's Code of Ethics and core policing values and diverse good practice in implementing and embedding the Code within police forces; b. increased professionalism that is ethically based and an acknowledgement of the importance of leadership in policing to support high ethical standards; c. increased visibility, greater focus on victim support and local public engagement by PCCs in comparison to the Police Authorities they replaced, but questions around the wider impact of that engagement; d. the existence of various mechanisms, of varying effectiveness, to support high standards of behaviour and propriety such as information transparency, audit committees, ethical frameworks, scrutiny plans, controls to manage conflicts of interests and arrangements to engage, promote and monitor best practice - these arrangements will need to be consistently and actively implemented with regular monitoring of compliance and impact. 13. The Committee has also identified significant standards risks including: a. confusion amongst the public and the participants about roles and responsibilities, especially in relation to where operational independence and governance oversight begin and end; b. a significant absence of a clear process to take action against a PCC whose conduct falls below the standards expected of public office holders, resulting in that behaviour going unchallenged and uncensured; c. concerns about the robustness of current selection processes for chief officers; d. PCCs not encountering sufficient constructive challenge or active support in exercising decision making powers; e. barriers to the effective operation of Police and Crime Panels as scrutinisers including support, resources and the consistency and credibility of representative membership; f. a lack of timely and accessible information being provided to Police and Crime Panels by PCCs affecting Police and Crime Panels' ability to scrutinise and support the PCC; g. potential for high risk conflict of interests in roles jointly appointed by PCCs and Chief Constables (which although relatively rare, may increase in number) and risks inherent in the combined role of Chief Executive and Monitoring Officer to the PCC; h. confusion between, and inherent tensions in the current police complaints system and the complaints system attaching to PCCs, and a gap in the expectations of the public in how complaints against PCCs would be resolved, especially when this involved unethical but not criminal behaviour. 14. Combined, these factors impact on the ability of Police and Crime Panels to ensure, "that decisions of PCCs are tested on behalf of the public on a regular basis." There are benefits for PCCs in active engagement with Police and Crime Panels as a source of local knowledge, political support and leverage. PCCs need to play their part in sustaining open and trusting relationships. There is also scope for Police and Crime Panels to develop a more strategic future focus with better forward planning. 15. The operational and strategic roles of the Chief Constable and PCC respectively are not clearly defined and this has created confusion in the minds of the public which has fed into the complaints system. The evidence has also shown that success or failure in the current framework depends not only on the skills and experience but also on the personalities of and the relationship between the Chief Constable and the PCC. Whilst this is not a substantially new issue - constructive relationships were an important factor when Chief Constables were accountable to Police Authorities - it becomes critical when it is a one-on-one relationship. 16. The risk that the balance of power will become asymmetric or dysfunctional argues for transparency in working relationships and appropriate checks and balances. The Committee is not convinced that the existing safeguards in the framework are sufficient, given that the PCC as a single individual directly controls local policing, crime strategy and a significant budget. This matters because policing in times of austerity may mean that Chief Constables will increasingly be making difficult operational decisions which may not be supported by the public or the PCC. 17. The Committee considers a minimum code of conduct for PCCs an essential component in ensuring there is clarity as to the standards of conduct and behaviour expected from the individuals concerned and in providing the public with certainty as to what is and is not acceptable conduct. This will in turn increase transparency in the complaints system and produce a common standard of conduct which could be relied upon in any future power of recall. 18. The Committee noted the establishment of Ethics Committees in some areas, but considers they are an adjunct to, not an answer to, embedding a standards culture. Nor are they part of the formal accountability for holding Chief Constables to account. The Committee believes the remit of Ethics Committees needs to be sharply focused and clearly differentiated from other groups such as Independent Advisory Groups. As new bodies in an already crowded landscape, their effectiveness should be regularly reviewed. 19. The Committee has concluded that to provide assurance that high ethical standards of behaviour are capable of being upheld and to sustain core policing values14 there needs to be a strong and continuing focus on: - clarity of responsibility and accountability; - developing a sustainable culture of embedding high ethical standards; and - robust effective ethical leadership. Details: London: The Committee, 2015. 141p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 29, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/439208/Tone_from_the_top_-_CSPL.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 136254

Author: Gormally, Brian Title: The Policing You Don't See: Covert Policing and the Accountability Gap: Five years on from the transfer of 'national security' primacy to MI5 Summary: Covert policing - the practices of communication interception, surveillance, the use of informants and undercover operations - was used extensively during the Troubles in Northern Ireland. Covert policing is argued to have prolonged the conflict and did lasting and immense damage to the rule of law. After the signing of the peace agreement, the Northern Ireland police service undertook large-scale reforms which were designed to prevent the recurrence of such abuses. Yet the secret Security Service - implicated in past abuses - has not yet undertaken such reformation but has been put in charge of a highly important area of mainstream policing. MI5 maintains primacy in covert 'national security' policing and gives 'strategic direction' to the PSNI in this area. Despite its large role in policing and its lack of reform, governmental oversight of MI5 is limited and ineffective. Limited additional accountably measures were promised in the St. Andrews Agreement but some of the most significant commitments, such as those to publish policy frameworks, have not been honoured. Instead, MI5 has been given control of one of the most sensitive areas of policing in Northern Ireland, operating undercover, without having been reformed, and without an accountability structure. This report develops a human rights based framework from international standards and the Patten Report and uses it to analyse past and present covert policing practice. This report reflects on evidence of the involvement of police informants in serious criminality, which led to recommendations to improve legality and accountability of covert policing. However, since primacy in 'national security' policing was given to MI5 five years ago (2007), the research finds that there is a growing "accountability gap" over a large part of policing. This report explains that the UK level oversight of MI5 is plainly inadequate and that the local mechanisms that hold the PSNI to account are evaded by the Security Service. It argues that this situation falls woefully short of international standards and has the capacity to undermine confidence in policing as a whole. Details: Belfast: University of Ulster, Transnational Justice Institute, 2013. 115p. Source: Internet Resource: Transitional Justice Institute Research Paper No. 13-07: Accessed July 29, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2362759 Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Covert Policing Shelf Number: 136257

Author: Krishnamurthy, Anita Title: Monitoring the early impacts of the Legal Aid, Sentencing and Punishment of Offenders Act (2012) on onward immigration appeals Summary: Background The Legal Aid, Sentencing and Punishment of Offenders (LASPO) Act 2012 outlined reforms to the provision of legal aid in England and Wales. These included the removal of the majority of immigration matters from the scope of legal aid funding. During the passage of the LASPO Bill through Parliament, concerns were raised regarding the potential impact of removing legal aid for immigration onward appeals in particular. As these appeals are only granted on the basis of an error of law there were concerns that lay members of the public would not be able to argue such points. The Government therefore committed to review the impacts of withdrawing legal aid from these cases at around one year post-implementation. The immigration appeals process An appeal can be made following a decision on an immigration application to the Home Office. Appellants can progress through a number of stages at the First-tier Tribunal and Immigration Asylum Chamber (FtTIAC) through to the Upper Tribunal Asylum and Immigration Chamber (UTIAC) and beyond to the Court of Appeal and Supreme Court. Onward immigration appeals refer to appeals heard at the Upper Tribunal or that stay in the appeals system following an Upper Tribunal hearing. Aims and methodology The overall aim of the research was to explore the effects of removing legal aid for onward immigration appeals following the introduction of the LASPO reforms in April 2013. The research consisted of analysis of management information to explore trends in the immigration appeals system using trend data pre- and post-LASPO reforms, and twenty-one qualitative interviews with key stakeholders including immigration professionals and practitioners to examine the perceived impacts of the reforms. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2015. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Analytical Series: Accessed July 30, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/449626/monitoring-early-impacts-of-LASPO-act-2012-onward-immigration-appeals.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Immigrants Shelf Number: 136258

Author: McGuire, James Title: What works in reducing reoffending in young adults? A Rapid Evidence Assessment Summary: This Rapid Evidence Assessment (REA) examined 'what works' in reducing the reoffending of young adult offenders, defined here as those aged between 18 and 25 years. Ten relevant and sufficiently rigorous studies were identified. The quality and robustness of these studies varied, and the interventions they tested ranged from Restorative Justice (RJ) schemes, to re-entry systems and structured offence-focused programmes. Several of these studies reported positive effects in changes in risk factors, and in reductions in recidivism. The strongest evidence emerged from structured parole re-entry schemes, and from offending behaviour programmes. There was more limited evidence in support of RJ interventions. Key findings - The REA identified 10 studies that evaluated interventions with young adults (aged 18-25). Six of these studies observed an impact on recidivism. - The strongest evidence of sizeable reductions in recidivism among young adults comes from two studies of structured parole re-entry systems. - There is evidence of reductions in criminal recidivism of several types following prison-based offending behaviour programmes and from a structured high-intensity detention regime. - There is some evidence that following victim-offender conferences, applying an RJ model, there are reductions in reoffending, at least when focused on property crimes. - A seventh study examining whether treatment for mental health problems had an effect in reducing criminal charges also yielded positive findings but its findings are not wholly conclusive and are difficult to interpret. - The more military-style (Military Corrective Training Centre, MCTC) detention regime, in common with other studies of this type of intervention, produced no positive outcomes. Details: London: National Offender Management Service, 2015. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Analytical Summary: Accessed July 30, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/449347/reducing-reoffending-in-adults.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Recidivism Shelf Number: 136259

Author: Stewart, Lynn Title: Effective interventions for Women offenders: A Rapid Evidence Assessment Summary: This summary presents the findings of a review of the evidence of what interventions, and targets for intervention, reduce women's reoffending. The review also examines evidence of factors that promote desistance from crime. The review was commissioned to assist the National Offender Management Service (NOMS) in designing an evidence-based commissioning strategy by summarising the evidence base into "what works" to address key areas. Key findings - Evidence suggests that the following reduces women's offending: (1) substance abuse treatment, in particular in-custody or hierarchical therapeutic community programmes that apply a cognitive-behavioural intervention focusing on skill development; (2) a gender-responsive cognitive-behavioural programme that emphasises existing strengths and competencies, as well as skills acquisition; (3) community opioid maintenance, which may reduce offending rates while the women are in treatment; (4) booster programmes that assist in maintaining treatment effects through community follow-up, which appear to contribute to improved outcomes; (5) gender-responsive approaches, which show promise relative to gender-neutral programmes. - Appropriate treatment targets for women offenders overlap with those of male offenders. Factors found to be consistently related to women's recidivism are: antisocial personality (problems with impulse control, emotion regulation and hostility), antisocial peers, antisocial attitudes and substance abuse. Targeting offenders with the most serious levels of substance abuse for treatment should be part of any strategy to reduce women's criminality. - Women's violent crime, including partner assault, is associated with alcohol abuse; acquisitive crime and soliciting are related to serious drug abuse. Very little research examines the effectiveness of programmes in reducing women's violence. - Serious mental health issues are associated with violent offending among some women offender samples. For these women, mental health needs must be stabilised prior to participation in programmes that address criminogenic need. - A prosocial personal identity may permit women to take advantage of potential opportunities to establish desistance from crime. This suggests that interventions that use motivational, solution-focused techniques, encouraging women to seek their own meaningful "hooks" for lifestyle change, could promote desistance. - Programmes for women offenders may be particularly effective if they focus on higher-risk offenders. - Single-target programmes focusing only on reducing the effects of trauma do not appear to contribute to reductions in women's reoffending. Details: London: National Offender Management Service, 2015. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Analytical Summary: Accessed July 30, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/448859/effective-interventions-for-women-offenders.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Desistance Shelf Number: 136260

Author: Liebling, Alison Title: Birmingham prison: the transition from public to private sector and its impact on staff and prisoner quality of life - a three-year study Summary: A three-year quality of life study was conducted at HMP Birmingham following its transfer from the public sector to G4S in 2011. The Prisons Research Centre team conducted detailed surveys of staff and prisoners; perceptions of their quality of life, interviews and observations, in 2011, 2012 and 2013, in order to evaluate the impact of this transition. The study found that, after an initial decline in quality of life, particularly for staff, the prison showed signs of positive progression by 2013. Seven prisoner quality of life dimensions showed statistically significant improvements from 2011 to 2013. Key findings - Seven of the 21 prisoner quality of life dimensions improved significantly from 2011 to 2013: respect/courtesy; humanity; decency; care for the vulnerable; staff-prisoner relationships; fairness; and personal autonomy. - Prisoners' overall "quality of life" score improved each year of the study, but it remained low compared to other local prisons. - In 2012 there were ten significant differences between dimension mean scores for White and Black/Minority Ethnic (BME) prisoners, where BME prisoners reported lower scores, primarily concentrated in the "harmony" and "professionalism" categories, suggesting perceived discrimination. In 2013, the only significant difference was in the overall quality of life score. Both of these groups rated their quality of life higher in 2013 than in 2012 and 2011. - For all staff, 17 of the 18 dimension mean scores moved in a positive direction from 2012 to 2013, 13 of them at a statistically significant level. In particular; attitudes towards the senior management team; recognition and personal efficacy; safety, control and security; and relationships with line management; all improved from 2011 and 2012 levels in 2013. - Overall staff quality of life improved particularly significantly from 2012 to 2013, reflecting a settling down, a stabilising of the workforce, and growing confidence in their leadership. - These improvements were accomplished against a low baseline, and major challenges in the delivery of a constructive regime remained. Details: London: National Offender Management Service, 2015. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Analytical Summary: Accessed July 30, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/449351/birmingham-prison-3-study.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 136261

Author: Williams, Kim Title: Needs and characteristics of young adults in custody: Results from the Surveying Prisoner Crime Reduction (SPCR) survey Summary: This report summarises the needs and characteristics of young adults (18-20 years old) on reception to custody. Data for this report come from Surveying Prisoner Crime Reduction (SPCR), a longitudinal cohort study of 1,435 adult prisoners sentenced to between one month and four years in prison in 2005 and 2006, and the Police National Computer (PNC). The report compares the characteristics and needs of young adults in custody with prisoners aged 21 years and over. Key findings - Young adult SPCR respondents in custody shared a number of needs and background characteristics with SPCR prisoners aged 21 and over, with all ages reporting high levels of need in terms of employment, education and substance misuse. However there were a number of differences, which included: - Young adults were more likely than older prisoners to report issues with schooling, with large proportions reporting having regularly played truant (72% compared with 57%) and having been temporarily excluded (80%) or permanently expelled (58%) from school (80% compared with 61% and 58% compared with 40%, respectively). - Young adults who reported being unemployed in the four weeks before custody were more likely to report that they were looking for work or training during this time (62%) compared with older prisoners (35%). Young adults were also more likely to state that having a job when released would stop them from re-offending (81% compared with 66% of older prisoners). - Fewer young adults reported needing help finding a place to live when released (23% compared with 39% of older prisoners). - Young adults entering custody were less likely than prisoners aged 21 and over to report needing help with a medical problem (10% compared to 20%) and less likely to be assessed as suffering from both anxiety and depression (15% compared with 27%). - Compared with older prisoners, young adults were less likely to report needing help with a drug problem (15% compared with 33%). Young adults were less likely than older prisoners to report having used a Class A drug in the four weeks before custody (31% compared with 45%). A smaller proportion of young adults than older prisoners linked their offending behaviour with drugs (25% compared with 46%). On the other hand, a larger proportion of young adults compared with older prisoners linked their offending behaviour with alcohol use (42% compared with 30%) and stated that not drinking too much alcohol would be important in stopping them from re-offending in the future (47% compared with 32%). - Reporting feeling looked after on entry to prison, treated like an individual, feeling worried and confused or feeling extremely alone, did not vary by age group. These experiences were more likely to vary according to whether the respondent had been previously sentenced to imprisonment, for both young adults and for older prisoners. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2015. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Analytical Summary: Accessed July 30, 2015 at; https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/449586/Young-adults-in-custody.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 136262

Author: Wadia, Avan Title: The Informal Mentoring Project: A Process Evaluation Summary: The Mentoring and Befriending Foundation define mentoring as "a voluntary, mutually beneficial and purposeful relationship in which an individual gives time to support another to enable them to make changes in their life". The Informal Mentoring Project was introduced by NOMS and Clinks with the aim of increasing the support available for offenders leaving prison, helping them to reintegrate into society and move towards desistance from crime. It was envisaged that the Informal Mentoring Project would: - provide short-term "light touch" mentoring so that offenders could receive one-to-one support following their release from prison and access services in the community - capacity build existing local organisations to provide mentoring for offenders and - enable offenders to build supportive, trusting relationships with local community members through using local volunteers (including ex-offenders) as mentors. Two organisations ran pilot projects, selected for their differing infrastructure models. Catch22, a national charity, worked with local providers to mentor offenders released from HMP Nottingham. Sefton CVS, a local infrastructure organisation, recruited mentors to work with offenders from HMP Liverpool resettling in the Liverpool and Sefton areas. This report summarises the findings from a process evaluation examining the set-up and implementation of the project. The evaluation ran from March 2011 to November 2012. Although the pilot and evaluation pre-date the Transforming Rehabilitation proposals, the lessons learnt are relevant for understanding the benefits and challenges of undertaking mentoring with offenders, and providing services "through the gate". Details: London: National Offender Management Service, 2015. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 30, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/448803/informal-mentoring-project.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mentoring Shelf Number: 136263

Author: Brooks, Andrew Title: An Investigation into the Effectiveness of the Focus on Resettlement (FOR) Programme: A Reoffending Study Summary: The FOR programme is a short cognitive-behavioural intervention attended by offenders in prison just prior to release and which aims to increase their motivation to engage with services providing assistance with resettlement. Initial contact is made with these agencies before release with follow up post release thus providing a bridge from custody back into the community. This study used propensity score matching (PSM) to measure the effectiveness of the programme in reducing one-year proven reoffending for the participants from 2004 when it was first implemented to June 2009. Treated and control groups of equal size were used: a male sample of 473 and a female sample of 266. The study aims to assess whether the resettlement programme can contribute to reducing reoffending. This is a historic look at data that had accumulated before significant changes to the content of the FOR programme were made, including an independent quality assurance process replacing peer audit, further training in writing objectives and a more robust framework for continuity between custody and community. Key findings There was no significant change in reoffending rates for males who attended FOR (59.5%) compared to a matched control sample (56.5%). There was no significant change in reoffending rates for females who attended FOR (40.6%) compared to a matched control sample (44.0%). There was no significant difference in the time to first offence between the FOR group and the matched control sample for either the male or female analyses. Details: London: National Offender Management Service, 2015. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Analytical Summary: Accessed July 30, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/449631/investigation-into-the-FOR-programme.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cognitive Skills Shelf Number: 136264

Author: Jansson, Krista Title: Public confidence in the Criminal Justice System - findings from the Crime Survey for England and Wales (2013/14) Summary: Public confidence in the Criminal Justice System (CJS) is an important aim for the Ministry of Justice. Ensuring the public believe the CJS is fair and effective can be important for the efficient functioning of the system, for example in securing cooperation from victims and witnesses. This report provides an overview of levels of confidence in the CJS and the extent to which perceptions and experiences of crime, disorder and local policing are related to confidence in the CJS. The report is based on the 2013/14 Crime Survey for England and Wales (CSEW) and supports existing evidence based on the survey (e.g. Smith, 2010; Hough et al., 2013) with the latest findings. Key findings - Levels of confidence in the fairness and effectiveness of the CJS increased slightly between 2012/13 and 2013/14, continuing the longer-term trends of increases in both measures. Levels of confidence in CJS fairness have been consistently higher than levels in CJS effectiveness. In the 2013/14 CSEW, 64 per cent of respondents said they were very or fairly confident the CJS was fair and 48 per cent said they were very or fairly confident the CJS was effective. - Confidence in the different CJS agencies and different aspects of CJS fairness varies. For example, while the majority of adults were confident in the police being effective at catching criminals (69%), fewer than a quarter were confident in prisons being effective at rehabilitating offenders (22%). Analysis of the 2013/14 CSEW demonstrated, in line with previous research, that levels of confidence in the CJS vary between adults depending on their experiences of crime and disorder. - Adults who had been victims of crime or witnessed certain types of crime were less likely to have confidence in the CJS than those who had not. - Adults who perceived higher levels of crime and antisocial behaviour (ASB) in their local area were less likely to have confidence in the CJS than those who perceived lower levels of crime or ASB in their local area. - Those who reported having committed theft, vandalism or violence since the age of 16 were less likely to have confidence in the CJS than those who had not. Perceptions and awareness of local police and collective efficacy were also associated with confidence in the CJS. - Those who had positive perceptions of the local police, e.g. in terms of being informed of crime and ASB issues in the area and what was being done about them, were more likely to be confident in the CJS than those who were not. A range of other measures related to police, including visibility of local police, were also associated with confidence in the CJS. - Collective efficacy, as measured by the perceived likelihood of people in the neighbourhood intervening if they saw a fight or children painting graffiti, was also positively associated with confidence in the CJS. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2015. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Analytical Summary: Accessed July 30, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/449444/public-confidence.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Legitimacy Shelf Number: 136265

Author: Moore, Robin, ed. Title: A compendium of research and analysis on the Offender Assessment System (OASys): 2009-2013 Summary: The compendium presents the OASys studies completed between 2009 and 2013, including a systematic review of the underlying evidence base, a survey of assessors' views and experiences, and analyses of various aspects of reliability and validity. Updated versions of the operational risk of reoffending predictors are presented. The findings support the continuing development of offender assessment. Details: London: National Offender Management Service, 2015. 367p. Source: Internet Resource: Analytical Series: Accessed July 30, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/449357/research-analysis-offender-assessment-system.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offenders Shelf Number: 136266

Author: Carter, Adam Title: Factors Indicative of Fantasy Disclosure by Sexual Homicide Perpetrators: An Exploratory Study Summary: Sexual fantasy has been identified as an important characteristic in theories of sexual homicide, while forensic practitioners may seek to determine whether sexual fantasy played a role in a sexual killing. Thus, fantasy can be integral to case formulation and identifying treatment targets as part of rehabilitative efforts to reduce the risk of recidivism. However, perpetrators of sexual homicides can be reluctant to talk about their fantasies due to concerns that this will raise their level of risk and prevent progression. The current research reports on two studies using the same sample. The aim of the first study was to consider the presence or absence of characteristics of perpetrators of non-serial sexual killing and whether or not there was evidence that the perpetrator had disclosed deviant fantasy. The second study aimed to determine whether or not the disclosure of fantasy could be predicted using factors identified in the first study. A sample of 100 life sentenced men convicted of homicide who had committed a non-serial sexual killing (those offenders who had killed one or two people) was used to facilitate knowledge of the factors that could indicate whether sexual fantasy needs to be considered to understand a sexual homicide. Key findings-- - A number of significant differences were found between perpetrators that had or had not disclosed fantasies according to childhood behaviour (e.g. bed wetting), offence characteristics (e.g. attacked with sexual intention), adult characteristics (e.g. in a relationship/married at time to offence) and crime scene behaviour (e.g. taking weapon to crime scene). - Several perpetrator variables - such as not the youngest of siblings, problems relating to preferred gender after age 12 years, taking a weapon to the crime scene - were significant predictors of whether the perpetrator disclosed offence related fantasy. - The findings indicate that aspects of upbringing and childhood experience could promote or foster reversions to deviant fantasy, as well as factors that could be a symptom of reliance on such fantasies. - Forensic practitioners carrying out assessments could use findings from this study to act as a signal to suggest that a perpetrator who is not disclosing offence related fantasy is possibly not being completely open about the issue. - Whilst further research is required, the findings from this study make steps towards identifying indicators for determining that deviant fantasy could be relevant to the individual concerned, and to identify sexual killers who disclose fantasy as a separate group of sexual killers from perpetrators who kill for other reasons. Details: London: National Offender Management Service, 2015. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Analytical Summary: Accessed July 30, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/449014/study-fantasy-disclosure-sexual-homicide.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Homicide Shelf Number: 136267

Author: Kenny, Tom Title: Experiences of prison officers delivering Five Minute Interventions at HMP/YOI Portland Summary: This report summarises qualitative research into the experiences of prison officers implementing the Five Minute Intervention Project (FMI) at Her Majesty's Prison and Young Offender Institution (HMP/YOI) Portland. The FMI project trained prison officers to turn everyday conversations with prisoners into rehabilitative interventions. The study was funded by NOMS to understand how FMI may contribute to a positive rehabilitative environment in custody. Ten officers trained in FMI were interviewed at six-weekly intervals between June and October 2013, and their accounts of their conversations with prisoners were compared to ten officers who were not trained in FMI. Key findings A typology defined officers as Rehabilitative, Pre-Rehabilitative, Frustrated or Disengaged, referring to their motivation and ability to engage in rehabilitative efforts with prisoners. Positive process changes over time were observed in the FMI officer group: - Officers demonstrated improvements in the skill of rehabilitative conversation that were not seen in the comparison group. - The FMI officers appeared better able than comparison group colleagues to address underlying criminogenic needs. - Some FMI officers moved type to become Rehabilitative officers. For the successful delivery of FMIs, the following were identified as key components: - A focus on building rapport with prisoners before FMIs began. - Creating opportunities as well as seizing ad hoc chances to use FMIs. - Using a range of FMI skills, other skills and clear motivations to address prisoners' issues. The outcomes associated with FMI perceived by officers were: - Improved relationships with prisoners. - Increased job satisfaction. - Observable improvements in prisoners' thinking skills. - Observable improvements in prisoners' self-efficacy and problem-solving abilities. These changes and outcomes were observed despite the project taking place at a time of considerable national organisational change, with associated anxieties for the staff group involved. Details: London: National Offender Management Service, 2015. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Analytical Summary: Accessed July 30, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/448854/portland-fmi.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Corrections Officers Shelf Number: 136268

Author: Willoughby, Maria Title: Witnessing Crime: Findings from the Crime Survey for England and Wales 2013/14 Summary: Witnesses are key to ensuring that justice is delivered and as such they play an important part in the Criminal Justice System (CJS). Understanding the extent to which people witness crime and the attitudes witnesses of crime have towards the CJS is important for the Ministry of Justice (MoJ). This report provides an overview of the extent to which people witness crime, whether witnesses go on to interact with the police and their levels of confidence in the CJS. The report is based on an analysis of the 2013/14 Crime Survey for England and Wales (CSEW). Key findings - Around a third (32%) of adults reported that they had seen at least one incident of threatening or violent behaviour, shoplifting, vandalism, burglary, theft of or from a vehicle, or someone being mugged or robbed in the 12 months prior to interview. The most commonly witnessed type of crime was threatening or violent behaviour (24% of all adults, and 74% of witnesses). - Young adults (aged 16-24 years) were particularly likely to have witnessed a crime, with 52 per cent having witnessed at least one of the crime types asked about in the 12 months prior to interview. - Adults who frequently visited pubs or bars were more likely to have witnessed a crime (52% of those visiting pubs or bars three or more times a week compared with 25% who had not visited any in the previous month), as were adults who had used illegal drugs in the 12 months prior to interview (62% compared with 37% who had not used such drugs). - Victims of crime were nearly twice as likely to have witnessed a crime (excluding the crime of which they were a victim) than non-victims (47% compared with 29%). - Of those who said they had witnessed a crime, 16 per cent had contact with the police with regard to the incident. The most commonly cited reason for not contacting the police was that a third party was already dealing with the incident - Those who had witnessed a crime in the last 12 months were less likely to say that they were very or fairly confident that the CJS as a whole is effective than those who had not witnessed a crime (42% compared with 51%) and less likely to say that they were very or fairly confident that the CJS is fair (57% and 68% respectively). Witnesses' attitudes towards the CJS did not vary by whether they had contact with the police in relation to the most recent incident they witnessed. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2015. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Analytical Summary: Accessed July 30, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/449584/witnessing-crime-findings-from-crime-survey.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Witnesses Shelf Number: 136269

Author: Bloomfield, Sinead Title: An outcome evaluation of the Integrated Domestic Abuse Programme (IDAP) and Community Domestic Violence Programme (CDVP) Summary: Two Domestic Violence interventions were delivered by the National Probation Service: the Integrated Domestic Abuse Programme (IDAP) and the Community Domestic Violence Programme (CDVP). This study evaluated the effectiveness of these two interventions in reducing three categories of reoffending (any offence, core violence and domestic violence) during a two year follow up period. The sample consisted of 6,695 offenders referred to either IDAP or CDVP between January 2002 and April 2007. A total of 4,537 had at least started IDAP or CDVP and formed the treatment group; a total of 2,158 had never started IDAP or CDVP and formed the control group. Key findings - The results indicated that both IDAP and CDVP were effective in reducing domestic violence and any reoffending in the two-year follow up period with small but significant effects; IDAP also produced significant small effects in reducing core violence reoffending. - A difference of 13.2 percentage points was observed between those who received treatment and those who did not for any reoffending across both programmes (13.3 for IDAP and 12.7 for CDVP). - A difference of 10.9 percentage points was observed for domestic violence reoffending across both programmes (11.0 for IDAP and 9.6 for CDVP). - A difference of 6.5 percentage points was observed for core violent reoffending across both programmes (7.1 for IDAP and 2.6 for CDVP, although the difference for CDVP was not significant). - For those participants who did go on to reoffend, those who received treatment took significantly longer to reoffend than the control group. - A difference of 1.3 months was observed between those who received treatment and those who did not for any reoffending across both programmes (1.3 months for IDAP and 1.8 for CDVP). - A difference of 0.9 months was observed for domestic violence reoffending across both programmes (0.9 months for IDAP and 1.8 months for CDVP). - A difference of 1.1 months was observed for core violent reoffending across both programmes (1.0 for IDAP and 0.9 for CDVP). Details: London: National Offender Management Service, 2015. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Analytical Summary: Accessed July 30, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/449008/outcome-evaluation-idap-cdvp.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 136270

Author: Travers, Rosie Title: Who benefits from cognitive skills training? Summary: The Enhanced Thinking Skills (ETS) programme was a cognitive skills training programme commissioned by NOMS for both prison and community settings with the aim of reducing reoffending. Cognitive skills training programmes teach offenders skills such as problem solving, consequential thinking, decision making, moral reasoning, perspective taking and emotional control. They have been extensively evaluated in the UK and elsewhere and have repeatedly been found to have a positive impact on reconviction rates (e.g. Sadlier, 2010; Travers et al., 2013). One previous study in Canada suggested that cognitive skills programmes may have more impact with some offenders than others. The aim of this research was to explore whether more nuanced targeting of cognitive skills programmes could improve their overall impact and thus make better use of resources. Key findings - Examining recidivism rates for around 21,000 men released from custody between 1997 and 2005 who had attended cognitive skills training while in prison showed that overall the programme was associated with significantly less reconviction than was predicted. The reconviction rate for the whole sample was 47.2%, which was 8.4 percentage points lower than predicted. - Some types of offender seem to benefit more than others, in terms of reduced recidivism rates, from cognitive skills training. The people who appeared to benefit most were violent offenders (reconviction rate 17 percentage points lower than predicted) and sexual offenders (reconviction rate 13 percentage points lower than predicted). - Prisoners with index convictions for robbery and burglary who attended cognitive skills training did not have lower reconviction rates than predicted. - Recidivism rates were lower than predicted for prisoners in all risk bands except the very lowest (where only 10% were predicted to reoffend) and the highest (where over 80% were predicted to reoffend). - These findings are consistent with a previous study of a different cognitive skills programme in Canada and therefore point to the conclusion that offence type appears to have an important influence on programme impact. It seems likely that for offenders convicted of burglary and robbery, other factors are more important to address than thinking skills. More relevant factors might be, for example, financial motivation, substance misuse, or pro-criminal attitudes. - To be sure that this is the right conclusion, further work is needed to check whether the risk predictor OGRS works equally well for different types of offenders. A control group design would also be a better way to test for any differential impact of cognitive skills training. Details: London: National Offender Management Service, 2015. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Analytical Summary: Accessed July 30, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/448751/who-benefits-from-cognitive-skills.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cognitive Skills Training Shelf Number: 136271

Author: Wong, Kevin Title: Local Justice Reinvestment Pilot: Final process evaluation report Summary: The Local Justice Reinvestment (LJR) Pilot was part of the Ministry of Justice (MOJ) commitment to test new approaches to criminal justice through Payment by Results (PbR) commissioning and has informed the government's Transforming Rehabilitation (TR) reforms. Justice Reinvestment assumes that there are significant reductions in crime and offending to be made by partners working more effectively together at the local level. Cost savings, realised through lower demand on the Criminal Justice System (CJS), can then be reinvested back into the system. Six pilot sites were established - in Greater Manchester and the London boroughs of Croydon, Hackney, Lambeth, Lewisham and Southwark - covering both the adult and youth CJS in all sites except Hackney, which covered the adult CJS only. In these sites, local partners were free to target their resources on offenders in line with their local priorities and crime and/or reoffending patterns. They received a reward payment from MOJ if the cost of demand reduced by more than 5 per cent for adults and 10 per cent for youths, up to a maximum of 20 per cent, in either of the two test years (July 2011 to June 2012, July 2012 to June 2013) measured against the baseline period (July 2010 to June 2011). The value of the reward increased in line with greater reductions in the cost of demand, up to a maximum of 20 per cent. The cost of demand was based on prices set for CJS metrics which included numbers of: custodial convictions of a specified duration; custody months for those convictions; community orders and suspended sentence orders; 'other convictions'; and probation requirements. Four sites in year 1 and five sites in year 2 achieved the targets and received reward payments based on savings which were shared between the sites and MO. A process evaluation was commissioned to identify: what actions were taken by the sites; their effect on the CJS metrics indicated above, including how this affected the overall cost of demand on the CJS; perceived strengths and weaknesses in implementation; any unintended consequences on the CJS; and implications for policy and practice. This final report draws together the findings from all the phases of the evaluation. An interim report focusing on the development and implementation of the pilot in year one, including details of interventions was published in 2013. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2015. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Analytical Series: Accessed July 30, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/449630/local-justice-reinvestment-pilot-process-evaluation-report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 136272

Author: Pearce, Simon Title: HMP Doncaster Payment by Results pilot: Final process evaluation report Summary: The Payment by Results (PbR) pilot provided 'through the gate' support to offenders released from Doncaster prison; the overall aim being to test the impact of a PbR model on reducing reconviction levels. This is the final report from the process evaluation examining the implementation of the pilot. The research explored how the introduction of PbR changed service delivery; stakeholder views on the strengths and weaknesses of the model; and areas of innovation and efficiency. Findings are based on qualitative interviews conducted in 4 phases between November 2011 and September 2014 with: -senior stakeholders -delivery staff -partner agencies -volunteers -offenders Lessons learnt have informed the delivery of the government's Transforming Rehabilitation (TR) programme, as well as future PbR projects and the commissioning of offender management services more generally. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2015. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Analytical Series: Accessed July 30, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/449494/hmp-doncaster-pbr-final-evaluation.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prisoner Reentry Shelf Number: 136273

Author: Boff, Andrew Title: Silence on Violence: Improving the Safety of Women. The policing of off-streete sex work and sex trafficking in London Summary: All evidence available demonstrates that female sex workers1 are at a far higher risk of violence than any other group of women. Active sex workers were almost 18 times more likely to be murdered than women of similar age and race in one study on the mortality rates among sex workers. The reasons for female sex workers' vulnerability are complex and manifold; but a belief by the perpetrators that their attacks and even murders will be underreported to police by prostitutes or their colleagues and families plays an important role. There is an extensive and morally equivocal debate about the rights and wrongs behind selling sexual services, reflecting different standpoints on exploitation, markets, inequality, gender roles, morality, freedom of choice, and safety. Highly personal attitudes towards sex work from all sides have made discussions and policy in this area very difficult to formulate and, as such, areas of potentially significant concern within sex work have often been overlooked. This report leaves aside, as far as possible, the debate described above, and focuses on one crucial area within sex work - the safety of the women involved. The report aims to look into two overarching areas related to women's safety within the sex industry: the policing of sex trafficking, and within that policing for the Olympics; and the general policing of sex workers. It also aims to focus on off street prostitution. This is for several reasons including the fact that evidence shows that street prostitution very rarely, if at all, involves trafficked women. Details: London: GLA Conservatives, 2012. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 3, 2015 at: http://glaconservatives.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/downloads/2012/03/Report-on-the-Safety-of-Sex-Workers-Silence-on-Violence.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: . Shelf Number: 136283

Author: Boff, Andrew Title: Shadow City: Exposing Human Trafficking in Everyday London Summary: Increasingly the authorities and many residents in London know that there is a criminal activity called human trafficking. What they don't usually know, accurately, is what human trafficking actually constitutes and what forms are taking place around them. Most London residents imagine that it does not touch directly on their lives - that the exploitation takes place in brothels run by foreign gangs controlling foreign women. But it's nearer than they think. If you have had an Irish or Eastern European traveller knocking on your door offering cut-price construction work, if you have had a manicure at a Vietnamese nail bar; if you have been to inexpensive Chinese and Indian restaurants or takeaways; passed by groups of men at mobile soup runs for the homeless; if you have taken cannabis; bumped into Latin American cleaning staff at London hotels; dealt with British or African children who play truant at school; if any of these circumstances are familiar to you, then you may well have seen or even indirectly been involved in the exploitation of a victim of "trafficking." But human trafficking is not slavery in the historic sense - this is the first misleading notion and is partly why authorities often fail to recognise, and so let down, victims of trafficking. The scare-stories about thousands of hidden slaves tied up against their will is inaccurate. What can be found in London, in higher numbers, are children and vulnerable British adults and, often irregular, migrants being relentlessly exploited, particularly by British standards and international human rights legislation. However, "choice", ambiguous as that term may be, is involved in these victims' circumstances and, in many cases these people - such as migrants from poverty stricken backgrounds or homeless British male victims - may see this life as an improvement on where they have come from. Yet some victims will experience appalling and often gruesome abuse in the UK. Sexual torture, starvation and physical abuse are not uncommon in these outwardly 'consensual' environments. However, at the other end of the scale you can find workers experiencing no physical or sexual abuse, and whose 'traffickers' have largely kept to the terms of agreement. They will be being paid less than the minimum wage, working unremitting hours, and be in unreasonably high debt bondage to criminals. They will also still live in a state of anxiety relating to those they owe money to, or those they work with, or the British authorities due to their irregular immigration status. This makes human trafficking a grey area, not black and white as is commonly presented. Details: London: GLA Conservatives, 2013. 230p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 3, 2015 at: http://glaconservatives.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/2013/10/Shadow-City.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 136284

Author: Leslie, Chris Title: Circling the Loan Sharks. Predatory lending in the recession and the emerging role for local government Summary: 200,000 people in Britain are at risk from illegal loan sharks because they cannot access credit from traditional lenders according to a new report published today (Mon). A combination of the reduction in sub-prime lending, often known as "door-step lending", and the economic downturn may lead to more people having to use illegal money lenders according to the independent think tank the New Local Government Network. The report predicts that an additional 35,000 people are likely to have to use loan sharks during the recession but admit that the figure could be even higher. The think tank is urging local authorities to put additional resources into local credit unions and even to use new Council Banks to offer affordable credit to people who can't access high-street loans. NLGN warns that the legal sub-prime market has declined since the recession. It predicts that an additional 250,000 people will lose access to doorstep lending under the downturn. This period has also seen the number of loan refusals by the Government's emergency Social Fund increase from 316,000 to 596,000. The report warns that customers who would have previously used these services may now have to turn to loan sharks. It argues that local authorities need to step in to protect vulnerable people in their local community by offering a range of support including more Credit Unions, mapping predatory lending and enhancing enforcement against loan sharks. Details: London: New Local Government Network, 2009. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 3, 2015 at: http://www.nlgn.org.uk/public/wp-content/uploads/circling-the-loan-sharks.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Financial Crimes Shelf Number: 136288

Author: West Midlands Police and Crime Panel Title: Tackling Female Genital Mutilation in the West Midlands Summary: Female genital mutilation (FGM) also known as female circumcision or cutting, is a collective term for procedures which include the partial or total removal of the external female genital organs, or injury to the female genital organs, for cultural or other non-therapeutic reasons. FGM is medically unnecessary, is extremely painful, and has serious health consequences, both at the time of the procedure, and in later life. It can also be psychologically damaging. A number of girls die as a direct result of the procedure, from blood loss or infection. In the longer term, women who have undergone some form of FGM are twice as likely to die in childbirth, and four times more likely to give birth to a still born child. The Female Genital Mutilation Act 2003 makes it - illegal to practice FGM in the UK - illegal to assist a girl to mutilate her own genitalia - illegal to take girls who are British Nationals or permanent residents of the UK abroad for FGM whether or not it is lawful in that country; - Illegal to aid, abet, counsel or procure the carrying out of FGM abroad; An offence under this act has a maximum penalty of up to 14 years in prison and/or a fine. Female genital mutilation is physical abuse, and whilst it is perceived by parents not to be an act of hate, it is harmful, it is child abuse and it is unlawful. It has long lasting significant implications for those who have the procedure performed on them. Details: Birmingham, UK: West Midlands Police and Crime Panel, 2015. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 3, 2015 at: http://westmidlandspcp.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/2015/06/WMPCP-Tackling-FGM-in-the-West-Midlands.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Cutting Shelf Number: 136294

Author: Factor, Fiona Title: Gang-Involved Young People: Custody and Beyond Summary: While there is an extensive literature on the rehabilitation of young people in general and a smaller, but substantial, literature on the onset of, and involvement in, gangs, gang crime, and serious youth violence, there remains a paucity of material on desistance from gang crime, the rehabilitation of gang-involved young people and, in particular, how their period of incarceration and return from custody might best be managed. This report synthesises what is known and draws inferences from both the literature and key 'informants' working in these fields to fill out this picture and tease out the implications for resettlement policy and practice. Details: London: Beyond Youth Custody, 2015. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 3, 2015 at: http://www.beyondyouthcustody.net/wp-content/uploads/Gang-involved-young-people-custody-and-beyond-a-research-report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gang-Related Violence Shelf Number: 136299

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary Title: Online and on the edge: Real risks in a virtual world. An inspection into how forces deal with the online sexual exploitation of children Summary: Taking, possessing and distributing indecent images of children or grooming them online, can result in the commission of serious crimes against the most vulnerable. These crimes are not necessarily confined to the online world. There is a risk that perpetrators are also committing sexual offences against children in person or may do so in the future. This report sets out the findings from fieldwork in Devon and Cornwall, Kent, Lancashire, North Wales, Northumbria and Staffordshire where HMIC inspectors reviewed a total of 124 cases selected at random, and conducted interviews with police officers and staff. Although we did not inspect every force, we anticipate that our findings and recommendations will be relevant in whole, or in part, for all police forces throughout England and Wales. The first part of this report sets the scene, looking at the reasons and background to why children are sexually exploited online. The second part sets out our findings on the police service's efforts to tackle online child sexual exploitation. Although this report does not specifically focus on the police's use of technology when dealing with this type of offending, in our annual assessment of policing in England and Wales, published in November 2014, we stressed the need for the police service to refresh and improve its capabilities on a regular basis. The police will need to make a major leap forward in capability to keep pace with the crime threat, and this is particularly true of crimes against children facilitated by online activity. In 2012, HMIC carried out fieldwork as part of an inspection on how police forces performed in their work to prevent online child sexual exploitation - facilitated and enabled by the internet. This fieldwork identified opportunities to undertake coordinated law enforcement activity to apprehend offenders across England and Wales. As a result, operation Notarise was established as a large scale police operation between the National Crime Agency and the police service. So far 745 people have been arrested, 900 premises searched, and nearly 10,000 devices capable of storing indecent images of children have been seized. Over 500 children have been identified and safeguarded as a result of this activity. From time to time, in the course of our inspection work, we come across live police operations. We do not make public any material that might compromise current operations or pending criminal trials. Details: London: HMIC, 2015. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 3, 2015 at: http://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmic/wp-content/uploads/online-and-on-the-edge.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 136301

Author: Mulvihill, Natasha Title: An Evaluation of the GDVSAP Trafficking and Grooming Project, Gloucester, UK Summary: This report was commissioned by Gloucestershire Domestic Violence Support and Advocacy Project (GDVSAP) in Gloucestershire to evaluate the Trafficking and Grooming (T&G) project established in 2011 and funded for three years by the Esmee Fairbairn Foundation. Researchers at the University of Bristol Centre for Gender and Violence Research considered: - how effective the project has been at what it actually delivered; - what learning the project offers in terms of both frontline practice with victims of grooming and/or trafficking and the wider strategic and/or policy response in Gloucestershire, and beyond. The report is structured around three sets of outcomes data: - Telephone interviews with selected practitioners in the county who have worked with the T&G project and/or are working with young people (including views of the project, its organisation, effectiveness and aims; the nature of multiagency working; and the perception of trafficking and grooming as an issue in Gloucestershire) (n=12) - The individual victim casework files (n=64) - Evaluation sheets completed by attendees at CSE training delivered by the T&G project (n= 174) Conceived originally to meet the needs of trafficked women (particularly those without recourse to public funds) and support young women being groomed in to prostitution, the T&G project evolved to focus particularly on young girls at risk of, or experiencing, sexual exploitation broadly (90% of recorded cases) and has worked with only a handful of trafficking victims (around 6% of recorded cases). Of the 64 individuals that the project has supported over the funded period, half engaged positively and two thirds of this group appeared to have a reduced CSE risk after the project's intervention. A key achievement of the project is that it has provided a service to those at risk and in need who might otherwise slip through the statutory net (adult women, for example) or who need intensive work over a period (such as the young people at risk of CSE/grooming). This has been particularly important during a period of budget cuts to statutory services. The client base is very diverse and this has required negotiating and maintaining a profile working across three different strategic remits, which is extremely resource-intensive. A county-wide 'anti-sexual exploitation' strategy which recognises the links between risk of CSE, prostitution, and trafficking, could bring together this work more coherently. Despite losing the domestic violence tender, GDVSAP maintains a strong reputation locally and the T&G coordinator has worked hard to sustain its wider remit. As such, there has been an attempt to maintain the positioning of the T&G project in the wider context of gender, power, domestic and sexual violence and coercion. The majority of the interview respondents said that the project's work with young people at risk of CSE, its specialist knowledge and BME expertise, were vital and there is concern about future funding for the service. Details: Bristol, UK: Centre for Gender and Violence Research, University of Bristol, 2014. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 3, 2015 at: http://www.bristol.ac.uk/sps/media/GDVSAP_evaluation_report_2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Exploitation Shelf Number: 136302

Author: Iringe-Koko, Ibiere Belinda Title: Illicit Tobacco: Policy Responses, Consumption and Attitudes Summary: The existence of the illicit tobacco trade has serious implications for tobacco control efforts as it encourages smoking by providing tobacco products at a cheaper price. Although this illicit trade has serious ramifications for public health in England, there is very limited data on its nature, the extent of its use and smokers' views on illicit tobacco. This thesis aimed to address this by utilising a mixed methodology approach which consisted of population based surveys of English smokers and in-depth face-to-face interviews with smokers. Prevalence of illicit tobacco use appeared to decrease between 2007-8 and 2012, but there was an increase from 2010-11 to 2012. 'Under the counter' tobacco purchases in retail shops emerged as a prominent source of illicit tobacco, although smokers were able to access a number of illicit sources. Smokers who exclusively purchased illicit tobacco paid much less for their tobacco products compared with those who reported exclusive duty-paid tobacco purchases. Report of illicit tobacco use was more likely in younger smokers, males, smokers in low socio-economic groups, smokers of 'roll your own' tobacco and those with high tobacco dependence in 2012. However, this changed with each survey, as illicit tobacco use appeared to become more widespread across socio-demographic sub-groups. Illicit tobacco users reported lower levels of motivated to quit smoking. However, smokers in the interview study reported that loss of access to illicit tobacco would drive them to think about quitting or cutting down on their smoking. The interview study revealed that smokers were able to easily access illicit tobacco in their communities and social circles. In addition, smokers viewed the illicit tobacco market and illicit traders approvingly as providing a means of accessing affordable tobacco products. Furthermore, they were unperturbed by the illegality and associated criminality of illicit tobacco trade. Due to the nature of this illegal activity, further research should investigate how the illicit tobacco market evolves in response to policy efforts. Details: London: University College London, 2013. 465p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 5, 2015 at: http://discovery.ucl.ac.uk/1463373/1/Belinda%20Iringe-Koko%20PhD%20THESIS%20%5BFINAL%5D.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cigarettes Shelf Number: 136326

Author: Edwards, Charlie Title: On Tap: Organised Crime and the Illicit Trade in Tobacco, Alcohol and Pharmaceuticals in the UK Summary: The illicit trade in tobacco, alcohol and pharmaceuticals is often more attractive to organised criminals than, for example, drug trafficking, given that it is a low-risk and high-value activity. The high profit margins associated with illicit trade are used to fund other criminal activities - a fact not widely understood by the British public. The true scale of the illicit trade in the UK is hard to determine, but not impossible to measure. On Tap is the culmination of a twelve-month study on illicit trade conducted in three regions of the UK - the northwest, east and southwest of England. It provides the first in-depth investigation of the intersection of organised crime and illicit trade in tobacco, alcohol and pharmaceuticals, and suggests a number of steps the government and other actors should take to combat the problem. Details: London: Royal United Services Institute for Defence and Security Studies, 2014. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Whitehall Report 3-14: Accessed August 5, 2015 at: https://www.rusi.org/publications/whitehallreports/ref:O54DB446798BA2/ Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Illegal Products Shelf Number: 136330

Author: Jago, Sue Title: Gathering evidence of the sexual exploitation of children and young people: a scoping exercise Summary: The original aim of the scoping exercise was to focus on the investigation process. However, almost half the areas included in the exercise were 'just starting out' to establish a multi-agency response to child sexual exploitation which includes challenging offenders. Local partnerships that are developing expertise in building successful prosecution cases initially face significant organisational issues. As a result the key messages from the scoping exercise address these issues as well as those directly related to the gathering of evidence, disruption plans and building cases for prosecution. The key findings are set out below and grouped under headings that reflect the way the report has been organised: A multi-agency approach Existing guidance1 on tackling child sexual exploitation makes clear the importance of a proactive and coordinated approach to tackling perpetrators. This section relates to the delivery of these objectives through a multi-agency partnership: - in many areas there was evidence of a lack of focus on the proactive investigation of the perpetrators of child sexual exploitation. Child protection units have been traditionally reactive but the move to inclusion in the work of PPUs is helping to develop a more proactive approach - recognising the link between missing children and vulnerability to sexual exploitation enhances the criminal justice response - raising the priority of investigating child sexual exploitation is likely to require resources as well as reorganisation - an appropriate allocation of resources to child sexual exploitation is likely to require the introduction of relevant performance indicators - the involvement of voluntary sector specialist projects in multi-agency partnerships is invaluable for the delivery of intervention packages but requires the support of the LSCB - the most robust organisational response is a dedicated unit with co-located staff - in other models the development of a virtual team and the appointment/identification of a child sexual exploitation coordinator supports effective partnership working. The foundation for effective evidence gathering Difficulties with translating information into viable evidence has been a barrier to securing prosecutions. This section relates to ways to improve the gathering, sharing and recording of information as a basis for building a case against a perpetrator: - information sharing protocols based on child protection are likely to require adaptation to meet the needs of early intervention and investigation in cases of child sexual exploitation - identifying risk factors and addressing them through early intervention demonstrates care for the young victim and builds trust to enable exploitation to be challenged - specialist agencies, particularly if seen to be non-statutory, are well placed to build trusting relationships with young victims and their parents and carers - providing support from first referral to post conviction, and beyond age 18 where required, can prevent re-victimisation and is more likely to be provided by a non-statutory specialist agency - a child sexual exploitation coordinator, working with points of contact in each agency, provides a focal point for collating information and has been a turning point for building successful cases against perpetrators - a wide range of agencies needs to be involved, including those who have not traditionally seen evidence gathering against perpetrators of child sexual exploitation as part of their role - support from the CPS to raise awareness about collecting and preserving information in an evidentially viable way can be crucial to building a sound prosecution case data collection systems for missing persons can be useful for collating information on child sexual exploitation - intelligence systems not only support individual investigations but also enable areas to map local activity to identify 'hotspots' and other common factors, and can contribute to a national picture of trends. Developing a disruption plan Disruption is not necessarily a fall-back position. Developing a disruption plan can prevent children and young people at risk from becoming involved in exploitative relationships, and can help both victims and perpetrators to recognise the criminal nature of such relationships: - coercive relationships are difficult to dislodge without a disruption plan abduction warnings can be an effective way to sever contact between victims and perpetrators - there is scope for greater use of police powers and court orders including SOPOs and RSHOs - there is scope for increasing cooperation with other enforcement agencies to disrupt the process of exploitation. Preparing a prosecution case This was at the heart of the scoping exercise. The main issue to be addressed was the general reluctance of young people to recognise or report exploitation, and the consequent difficulties of relying on their evidence: - sexual exploitation is a form of child abuse but it raises unique issues as it involves particularly challenging young people who often do not recognise the coercive nature of their relationships - creative investigative techniques help to corroborate the evidence of chaotic and/or reluctant young victims and witnesses - a key worker approach provides the best support for young people during the investigation and prosecution process - more effective outcomes are achieved where there is an early meeting between the police and the CPS - child sexual exploitation strategies can be strengthened by discussing with the CPS how to integrate their policy on prosecuting criminal cases involving children and young people. Details: Luton, UK: University of Bedfordshire, 2008. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2015 at: http://www.beds.ac.uk/__data/assets/pdf_file/0018/40824/Gathering_evidence_final_report_June_08.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 113966

Author: Child Exploitation and Online Protection Center (U.K.) Title: Threat Assessment of Child Sexual Exploitation and Abuse Summary: 1. Last year the Child Exploitation and Online Protection (CEOP) Centre published its first annual Threat Assessment of Child Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (TACSEA), which examined current and emerging threats posed to children in the United Kingdom from sexual exploitation and sexual abuse. 2. The 2013 TACSEA builds on and updates last year's document and, in line with CEOP's founding ethos that every child matters...everywhere, also examines the threat to children abroad from UK nationals. The purpose of the assessment is to enable CEOP to set its strategic priorities for the year ahead by describing the nature and extent of the threat landscape and how we assess it will change during the year. This will ensure that in a time of austerity across the public sector, CEOP resources are deployed where the threat to children is the greatest. It also provides a picture for partners to consider in their strategies and resource deployment. 3. CEOP's mission, as set out in its three year strategy, is to work with others to protect children from sexual abuse and exploitation. It is recognised, however, that many other agencies in the UK have responsibility for tackling the spectrum of child sexual abuse particularly where it occurs in the home or within the family. Whilst acknowledging the wider context of child sexual exploitation and abuse this assessment focuses on those areas, both online and offline, where CEOP can add value and where no other agency has an appreciable footprint. 4. The TACSEA is an intelligence product, the purpose of which is to enhance understanding of a particular threat area. As an exception reporting tool it highlights only significant changes to that threat during the reporting period and it should therefore be read in conjunction with the 2012 TACSEA. The assessment sets out what is currently known about the threats to children and highlights those areas where understanding is less well developed. 5. This assessment signals the start of the second year of a three year strategy in which CEOP undertakes to assess where and how children are most at risk from sexual exploitation and abuse, to communicate this widely and to develop programmes to mitigate threats. It is likely that CEOP will conduct an additional threat assessment in the autumn of 2013 to inform the setting of national priorities. 6. In October 2013, CEOP will become a command of the National Crime Agency (NCA). The NCA will be the centrepiece of the reformed policing landscape and will spearhead the national crime fighting response to serious, organised and complex crime. Within the NCA, CEOP will further develop its strategic approach to prevent child sexual exploitation and abuse, to protect children and young people who are at risk of victimisation and to pursue offenders who target children in the UK or overseas. Details: London: CEOP, 2013. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 6, 2015 at: http://ceop.police.uk/Documents/ceopdocs/CEOP_TACSEA2013_240613%20FINAL.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 131373

Author: Mills, Hannah Title: Understanding Organised Crime: Estimating the scale and the social and economic costs Summary: Understanding the costs of organised crime to the UK is an important priority, as discussed in "Local to Global: Reducing the Risk from Organised Crime" (HM Government, 2011). Estimates of the scale and social and economic costs of organised crime help us set policy and law enforcement priorities and highlight the relative potential benefits of different ways of tackling organised crime. The current research improves estimation methods, discusses a wider range of data, and ultimately provides a considerably broader and more detailed picture of the scale and costs of organised crime to the UK than has previously been available. - The social and economic costs of organised crime to the UK amount to many billions of pounds. Drugs supply ($10.7 billion), organised fraud ($8.9 billion) and organised immigration crime types ($1.0 billion) have major impacts on the UK, and other less visible crimes also cause substantial harm. This report outlines evidence on organised acquisitive crime types; organised child sexual exploitation; counterfeit currency; drugs supply; organised environmental crime; firearms; organised fraud; organised immigration crime; organised intellectual property crime; and organised wildlife crime, which all cause damage to the UK. - The scale of organised crime markets is considerable and the report considers the scale of a range of crime types including drugs, organised fraud and organised immigration crime which clearly generate substantial criminal revenues. Other organised crime types such as organised acquisitive crime, counterfeit currency, and organised intellectual property crime and others are also assessed, as these also provide substantial criminal revenues. - The report takes a cautious approach and applies high standards to the data; data is only included where there is a strong degree of confidence in accuracy. Details: London: Home Office, 2013. 137p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 73: Accessed August 6, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/246390/horr73.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cost Effectiveness Shelf Number: 131868

Author: Obokata, Tom Title: North-South Irish Responses to Transnational Organised Crime: Research Report of Findings Summary: This project was funded by the Arts & Humanities Research Council (AHRC) for the duration of two years (2012-2014). Its main objective was to critically analyse the extent to which Northern Ireland and Ireland have been successful in implementing effective action against transnational organised crime, including the observance of relevant human rights norms and principles, with particular reference to cross-border co-operation. The core research team consisted of Professor Tom Obokata (Principal Investigator), Dr Brian Payne (Research Fellow), and Professor John Jackson (Consultant). The project was overseen by an advisory board of stakeholders from both jurisdictions, representing agencies such as the Police Service of Northern Ireland, An Garda Siochana, the Department of Justice Northern Ireland, the Department of Justice and Equality in Ireland, the Organised Crime Task Force in Northern Ireland, HM Revenue & Customs, the Committee on the Administration of Justice, and the Irish Council for Civil Liberties. They provided advice on the direction of the project and identified relevant stakeholders for in-depth interviews. The research team would like to express its immense gratitude to the members of the advisory board for their support and guidance throughout the research cycle. Before the initiation of the project, the following research questions were identified: - How is organised crime defined in Northern Ireland and Ireland? Do the definitions adopted by both jurisdictions reflect the regional or international standards? If not, why not? - What are the key law enforcement strategies and measures being adopted in these two jurisdictions, including those relating to protection and promotion of human rights? - What provision is there to facilitate cross-border co-operation? - What are the factors affecting the effective prevention and suppression of organised crime? Are these factors common to both jurisdictions or particular to one? - What challenges are posed to the protection of the human rights of those suspected of organised crime and its victims as well as the general public? - Is there a strong link between organised crime and terrorism, particularly in Northern Ireland? Are the law enforcement responses adequate to address this nexus? - In light of the devolution of powers relating to criminal justice and policing in Northern Ireland, what are the key challenges facing authorities from both jurisdictions, particularly in relation to cross-border co-operation? - How are the regional (EU law) and international (UN Convention) standards implemented in practice at the national level? This final report provides answers to these research questions. In order to facilitate maximisation of impact, it also highlights numerous examples of good practice and recommendations for further consideration. Many issues discussed in this report also have wider implications beyond the island of Ireland, and it is hoped that relevant stakeholders and scholars in other jurisdictions find it useful. In relation to research methodologies, the bulk of the research was based on a desktop analysis (literature survey) of relevant national, regional, and international legislation, reports published by governmental and non-governmental organisations, and national/international cases, as well as academic literature on the subject. This desktop work was significantly supplemented by a series of semi-structured interviews with key stakeholders. The research team was granted unprecedented access to key law enforcement agencies, civil society organisations, and the legal profession in both jurisdictions, allowing it to interview over 90 stakeholders. The research team is extremely grateful to everyone who kindly offered his/her time to be interviewed as well as to the advisory board for their assistance in identifying interviewees. This report is divided into several sections. Section 1 starts with an analysis of the legal and nonlegal definitions of organised crime adopted in Northern Ireland and Ireland. Section 2 examines the legislative frameworks relating to three forms of organised crime: human trafficking, drug offences, and fiscal/excise fraud. Section 3 continues with an analysis of law enforcement practice. The major focus was placed upon the use of special investigative techniques which facilitate intelligence-led law enforcement, including surveillance and interception of communications, and provisions for formal and informal cross-border co-operation. In Section 4, issues relating to criminal proceedings and confiscation of criminal proceeds-such as trial without jury, evidential matters, and civil recovery-are explored. Section 5 looks at prevention initiatives implemented by both jurisdictions. Finally, in Section 6, appropriate benchmarks to measure the effectiveness of action against organised crime are proposed. Details: Keele, UK: Arts & Humanities Research Council, Keele University, 2014. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 7, 2015 at: http://www.keele.ac.uk/law/research/researchprojects/respondingtotransnationalorganisedcrimeintheislandofireland/AHRC%20OC%20Project%20Final%20Report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 136347

Author: Hakim, Catherine Title: Supply and Desire: Sexuality and the sex industry in the 21st Century Summary: New evidence from international sex surveys show large and continuing differences between male and female perspectives on sexuality in all cultures. Male sexual desire is manifested at least twice as often as female desire, and men would like to have sex twice as often as women. This gap in sexual desire between men and women is growing over time and cannot be dismissed as an out-dated patriarchal myth as argued by some feminists. The sexual deficit among (heterosexual) men helps to explain many puzzles, including why men are the principal customers for commercial sexual entertainments of all kinds. It is no surprise that sex workers (male and female) cater to men almost exclusively. Male demand for sex invariably outstrips female demand. Demand for commercial sex is therefore inevitable and the sex industry is likely to continue to flourish in the 21st century. Not only does male demand for sexual activity greatly outstrip non-commercial female supply, but economic growth, globalisation and the Internet facilitate access to the world's oldest profession. Several factors suggest that the male sex deficit will not disappear, and might even grow in the 21st century. Women's increasing economic independence allows them to withdraw from sexual markets and relationships that they perceive to offer unfair bargains, especially if they already have enough children or do not want any. Changes in national sex ratios towards a numerical surplus of men helps women to reset the rules in their own favour in developed societies. A key objection to the sex industry is that it damages women and that the presence of porn, lap-dancing and prostitution in a country promotes rape and other violence against women. However, although there are too few rigorous studies to draw definitive conclusions, all the available evidence points in the direction of prostitution and erotic entertainments having no noxious psychological or social effects, and they may even help to reduce sexual crime rates. In many countries, including Britain, it is perfectly legal to sell sexual services; however any third-party involvement is illegal. The aim is to prevent exploitation by pimps or madams. The effect is to criminalise the industry and brothels, to prevent girls working together in a flat for their mutual protection, to prevent anyone from lawfully supplying services to a sex worker or even rent a flat to them. The commercial sex industry is impervious to prohibitions and cannot be eliminated. Countries that criminalise buyers (such as Sweden) simply push demand abroad to countries with a more sex-positive culture. Policies that criminalise sellers directly, or criminalise third parties who supply them with services, simply push the sex industry underground, increasing risks for sex workers. The sex industry is estimated to be worth over four billon pounds to the British economy. It should be completely decriminalised. Details: London: Institute of Economic Affairs, 2015. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: IEA Discussion Paper no. 61: Accessed August 10, 2015 at: http://www.iea.org.uk/sites/default/files/publications/files/DP_Supply%20and%20Desire_61_amended_web.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 136375

Author: Casola, Luca C. Title: Black Markets: Empirical studies into the economic behaviour of the black market consumer Summary: Most attempts by governments to reduce black market activity target the supplier rather than the consumer. The current thesis, however, sees reducing the willingness of the consumer to buy such goods as crucial in reducing the market. Over three studies, I examined variables that affected consumers buying from black markets and their perceptions of black markets. Study 1 (80 participants) confirmed the hypothesis that when the need to buy from a black market was for survival it would be considered more acceptable than to save money or to buy luxury goods. Study 1 further showed it was less acceptable to buy from the black market when the victim resulting from the purchase of the good was identified as an individual, rather than an organisation or society. Age and the gender of the consumer were also significant predictors of the rating of acceptability. In Study 2,65 participants completed a series of computer simulated scenarios to measure the price they would pay for different black market goods. Results indicate that the price participants were willing to pay for black market goods varied according to who the victim was (individual, organisation or society) and the participant's age and gender. Finally, in Study 3, 64 participants completed a similar task to Study 2, but some participants were informed about the true cost of black markets. Results confirmed the previous findings as well as indicating that the type of crime committed to procure the good and whether they saw information about the true cost of the markets also affected the price they would be willing to pay. The thesis concludes with suggestions for reducing black market activity. Details: Canterbury, UK: University of Canterbury, 2007. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed August 10, 2015 at: http://ir.canterbury.ac.nz/bitstream/10092/1472/1/thesis_fulltext.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Black Markets Shelf Number: 136377

Author: Moodie, Kristina Title: Working with young people who offend: An examination of the literature regarding violence, substance misuse and harmful sexual behaviour Summary: This paper presents a review of the recent literature relating to effective practice with young people displaying harmful sexual behaviour (HSB), violence or risky substance misuse. The intention is to build upon and update the 2007 literature review Research and practice in risk assessment and risk management of children and young people engaging in offending behaviour, funded by the Risk Management Authority (RMA) and carried out by the Scottish Centre for Crime and Justice Research (SCCJR). The initial methodology identified that only experimental, or well-designed quasi-experimental studies were to be included in the review, however a broader approach has been adopted in order to more clearly identify any emerging and potentially promising interventions that would be of interest or use to practitioners. The search of the literature encompassed eight electronic databases and included search terms related to violence and harmful sexual behaviour in general, and five further needs and risk factors. These were: antisocial or violent peers; lack of social ties; substance misuse; deviant sexual arousal; and impaired social functioning. More than 1,000 articles were identified initially and over time these were filtered down to a total of 98 that fit the criteria of being of interest to practitioners. The information extracted has been organised into three main themes of Harmful Sexual Behaviour, Violence, and Substance Misuse. What came to the fore in this review is that current research in the domains of youth violence and harmful sexual behaviour seem to be comparatively rich both in terms of measuring and managing risk. However, perhaps due to interest in these particular areas of study being fairly recent, there is currently only one tool that has achieved widespread use and those few tools that do show promise have not yet been examined over a long enough period of time to make any definitive claims. Within the realms of violence and HSB research there are various forms of intervention described in peer reviewed articles, with some highlighting greater success than others. It is however evident that the area of substance misuse is one that desperately needs further attention. The lack of a validated risk measurement tool and mixed outcomes as a result of interventions suggests that this is an area of study that would benefit from a comprehensive review in its own right. Although serious and extremely worrying for families and societies, the risk posed by young people exhibiting sexually harmful behaviour and those who violently offend is proportionately much lower than the risk of young people misusing substances, yet there is not the equivalent research interest in this area that might have been expected. Similarly, despite identifying that parental involvement in family work within HSB intervention is important and yields positive outcomes, within the recent literature there were very few recent articles examining this more closely. What is also highlighted within this review are the number of risk assessment tools and measures that have not yet been validated and/or are not being used in Scotland, a pattern also seen repeated within the intervention literature. The young people who fall within these categories are complex, live chaotic lives and have multiple needs. They are individuals and need a tailored response; if there are no or few options for practitioners this will impact on the work that can be done with each person. Details: Glasgow: Centre for Youth and Criminal Justice, 2015. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 13, 2015 at: http://www.cycj.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2015/07/Working-with-young-people-who-offend-website-copy.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drugs Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 136395

Author: Kelly, Dave Title: A Profile of Potentially Vulnerable Gang Associated Girls and Women Summary: The purpose of this report is to contribute to the debate and discussion relating to the role of girls and women linked to gangs and serve as a starting point to develop a multi-agency understanding to the identification, and response to, vulnerability factors of gang associated girls and women. Specifically, this report will share an approach to identifying gang associated girls and women, underlining the importance of the need for a thorough understanding of local issues. The main body of the report provides a profile of the gang associated girls and women in relation to South Manchester street gangs. Through the findings of this study suggestions are made for practical steps to identifying and building a response to the vulnerability factors linked to gang associated girls and women. It is anticipated that this report will be a useful reference document for commissioners of services, managers and practitioners within Multi-agency Safeguarding Hubs, Law Enforcement Agencies and local politicians. Details: Manchester, UK: Greater Manchester Police and Specialist Crime Solutions, 2015. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 13, 2015 at: http://www.oijj.org/en/docs/report/a-profile-of-potentially-vulnerable-gang-associated-girls-and-women Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Gang Members Shelf Number: 136398

Author: Murray, Kath Title: Evaluation of the Whole System Approach to Young People who Offend in Scotland Summary: The Scottish Government's Whole System Approach for Children and Young People who Offend (WSA) aims to prevent unnecessary use of custody and secure accommodation wherever possible, through the availability and use of services; and to seek opportunities to engage such young people, by putting in place a more streamlined and consistent response that works across all systems and agencies (a 'whole system' approach) to achieve better outcomes for young people and their communities. This evaluation, commissioned by the Scottish Government, examines the operation of the WSA in three Scottish local authorities. It combines scrutiny of WSA policy documentation and guidance notes, with a set of 33 qualitative interviews with WSA practitioners and stakeholders, observations of WSA meetings in each case study area, and quantitative analysis of relevant management data. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Centre for Crime and Justice Research, 2015. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2015 at: http://www.sccjr.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2015/06/Evaluation-of-the-WSA-approach.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 136407

Author: Murray, Kath Title: Stop and Search in Scotland: A Post Reform Overview - Scrutiny and Accountability Summary: This report examines police stop and search practice in the first two years of Police Scotland, following the amalgamation of the eight Scottish forces under the Police and Fire Reform (Scotland) Act 2012 in April 2013. The report follows on from an earlier evaluation of stop and search published by the Scottish Centre for Crime and Justice Research which examined police practice between 2005 and 2010 (Murray, 2014). This found that by 2010, search rates in Scotland were around four times higher than in England and Wales; that seventy per cent of recorded searches were undertaken without reasonable suspicion; and that searches were disproportionately targeted towards young people in some parts of Scotland. Since its publication, the use of stop and search in Scotland has been subject to an unprecedented degree of media and political attention. Yet despite this spotlight, relatively little is known about police practice in the post-reform period. A Scrutiny Review report by the Scottish Police Authority published in May 2014 provided a snapshot of police practice in the first nine months of Police Scotland. Further cross-sectional data were provided in a review by HM Inspectorate of Policing in Scotland (HMICS, 2015b), and some statistics have been published in the media. Nonetheless, the story seems confused. On the one hand, Police Scotland Executives have pointed to a fall in searches in the post-reform period (e.g. Herald 9/4/15). On the other hand, officers have expressed concerns in relation to a disproportionate focus on stop and search, and pressure to increase the numbers of searches (HMICS, 2015a; 32, 2015b; 54). One of the objectives in this report is to untangle these different interpretations. The report examines police practice from three perspectives: national; local and comparative. At the national level, the trends seem encouraging. In the first two years of Police Scotland, the overall number of recorded searches fell by 38%. The number and proportion of non-statutory searches has fallen, and the overall trend in relation to young people is positive. In 2014/15, the number of recorded searches on sixteen year olds fell by 39% from the previous year. At the local level, the picture is mixed. The overall fall in searches was underpinned by the five ex-Strathclyde Divisions. These Divisions accounted for 83% and 81% of all recorded searches in 2013/14 and 2014/15 respectively. This means that the national picture was not necessarily representative of police practice in the remaining nine Divisions. For example, the use of non-statutory search and the proportion of searches carried out on young people varied considerably across Scotland. Taking a comparative perspective, search rates remain stubbornly high, over and above what might be expected in a small country with relatively low rates of recorded crime. Looking across the 43 forces in England/Wales and the 14 Scottish Divisions, Scottish Divisions accounted for seven of the ten highest ranking Divisions and forces, with the ex-Strathclyde Divisions taking the top five places. Search rates were also comparatively high in other parts of Scotland. For example, in 2014/15, the per capita search rate in Tayside was higher than London. The analysis shows how police practice can be viewed in different ways, each equally valid. This means that precedence should not be given to one outlook over another. Whilst the national picture appears positive, this does not necessarily reflect local policing in Scotland. Nor does the national trend reflect the fact that search rates in Scotland remained unduly high in the first two years of Police Scotland. The report suggests that stop and search rates in Scotland may be attributed to a combination of strict performance management, weak regulation, and to a lack of scrutiny and accountability prior to reform. By the same token, the recent fall in recorded searches can be linked to increasing levels of political and media scrutiny in the post-reform period. On the one hand, this engagement is both welcome and overdue. Prior to the formation of the single service the use of stop and search was not openly accounted for and remained beyond public scrutiny. On the other hand, the degree of critical attention directed towards Police Scotland has destabilized the single service at a time of huge structural change. The report concludes that one of the key challenges therefore is to make the use of stop and search formally accountable. That is, to establish robust governance processes that provide transparency, and ensure that the use of stop and search, and other key powers, are subject to rigorous scrutiny and monitoring. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Centre for Crime and Justice Research, 2015. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2015 at: http://www.sccjr.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2015/06/Stop-and-search-in-Scotland.-A-post-reform-overview-22ndJune2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 136408

Author: Hamilton-Smith, Niall Title: An evaluation of section 1 of the Offensive Behaviour at Football and Threatening Communications (Scotland) Act 2012 Summary: This summary sets out key findings from a multi-method research study to evaluate the implementation and impact of new powers introduced in Section 1 of the Offensive Behaviour at Football and Threatening Communications (Scotland) Act 2012. The research aimed to provide evidence as to the Act‟s impact on disorder and offensive behaviour at football matches. Research Objectives The objectives for the research as outlined in the Scottish Government research specification document were as follows:  To assess the implementation of the legislation and to identify any barriers that may be impeding its effectiveness;  To evaluate whether the atmosphere and behaviour at and around football matches has improved since the introduction of the Act;  Relatedly, to assess whether the Act has also resulted in a reduction in offending at and around football matches; and finally,  To examine supporters‟ perception of the legislation, in terms of their understanding of its content and acceptance of its objectives. Research Methods The key elements of the mixed methods study were:  Two online surveys of supporters of Scottish football clubs were conducted as part of the study. The first survey was "live‟ between 20 August and 20 September 2013, the second between 22 July and 5 August 2014.  The surveys of Supporters Direct Scotland members and other football supporters may be considered a reasonable basis for hypothesizing about the views of Scottish football supporters in general. In terms of sample characteristics, the vast majority were male, white and born in Scotland. There was greater diversity in terms of age. Responses were received from all 42 SPFL clubs, with the four largest Glasgow and Edinburgh clubs the best represented in the 2014 survey. There was a fairly even split between season ticket holders and non-season ticket holders.  Interviews and focus groups with those involved in the implementation and enforcement of the legislation, including Sheriffs, Procurators Fiscal, Police Officers, and Club Security Officials.  Meetings and focus groups with football fans and with representatives of supporters groups.  Analysis of secondary data sources, including data held by the Crown Office, the Scottish Government and Police Scotland.  Some limited observational research and informal interviewing in and around stadia on match days was also undertaken. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government, 2015. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: Scottish Government Social Research Series: Accessed August 14, 2015 at: http://www.sccjr.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2015/06/Evaluation-of-S1-of-OBAFATBSA.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crowd Control Shelf Number: 136410

Author: Brooks, Oona Title: Dual reports of domestic abuse made to the police in Scotland: A summary of findings from a pilot research study Summary: This research summary highlights findings from a pilot study that used Scottish police data to undertake exploratory analysis of 'dual reports' of domestic abuse. Dual reports occur when both parties in a relationship are reported to the police as perpetrators of domestic abuse at the same time. This means that both partners are reported simultaneously as the perpetrator and the victim of domestic abuse. Dual reports present a particular challenge to both conventional understandings of domestic abuse and the police response to these offences. The pilot study examined the nature of dual report incidents, how common they are, and how the police respond to these incidents. Details: Dundee: Scottish Institute for Policing Research, School of Social Sciences, University of Dundee, 2015. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: SIPR Research Summary No: 23: Accessed August 14, 2015 at: http://www.sccjr.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2015/05/Research_Summary_23.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 136411

Author: Sturrock, Rachel Title: Running the Risks: The links between gang involvement and young people going missing Summary: Children and young people experiencing gang involvement and going missing are at risk of sexual exploitation and serious violence. This research provides an overview for the first time of a group who are rarely reported, and often misunderstood. The report explores some of the key links between gang involvement, those who go missing from home and/or are at risk of child sexual exploitation (CSE), and the overarching issues affecting this group. The report examines the extent to which the experiences and needs of this group are distinct and present specific challenges for the provision of support. Details: London: Catch 22, 2015. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2015 at: http://www.catch-22.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2015/07/Catch22-Dawes-Unit-Running-The-Risks-full-report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Exploitation Shelf Number: 136412

Author: Nolan, Paul Title: The Flag Dispute: Anatomy of a Protest Summary: On 3 December 2012, Belfast City Council voted to restrict the flying of the Union flag at the City Hall to 18 designated days each year. The decision sparked a riot on the night the vote was taken, and was followed by four months of street protests. Moreover, the arguments over this particular policy have continued up to the present day. The report aims to dispassionately analyse these events to see what important lessons can be learned. This study has involved interviews with approximately 60 people (and conversations with hundreds), a comprehensive trawl of print and broadcast media, an examination of social media, statistical analysis of data provided by the Public Prosecution Service, extensive use of PSNI records, and the creation of a detailed data base of all events during the period December 2012 and March 2013. The researchers have scrutinised both the qualitative and quantitative data and critically analysed the findings in order to present this account. Details: Belfast: Queen's University, Institute for the Study of Conflict Transformation and Social Justice, 2014. 145p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2015 at: http://www.qub.ac.uk/research-centres/isctsj/filestore/Filetoupload,481119,en.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crowd Control Shelf Number: 136413

Author: Lennox, Jemma C. Title: Assessing the role that entertainers play in alcohol marketing and the maintenance of good order within on-trade licensed premises Summary: Key findings Most study participants felt that without licensed venues it would be hard to get gigs and that many venues would cease trading if they could not offer live entertainment. Interviewees felt the co-existence of live entertainment and alcohol consumption was for good reason, with each enhancing the pleasurable mood alteration produced by the other. Live entertainment is used by venues to attract specific clienteles, increase attendance, raise drinking rates and promote spending on expensive beverages. Rather than overt marketing (e.g. advertising, pricing, sponsorship etc.), entertainers more often influenced purchasing behaviours through breaks and intermissions, selected beats and tempos, and leading by example to create a party atmosphere. Work as an entertainer in licensed premises, often several nights per week, can be a risky business, financially, artistically, in terms of personal safety, and in terms of own alcohol consumption. Some interviewees felt unprepared for dealing with drunken audiences and the various financial arrangements which nightlife entertainers faced. Training better tailored to the practical needs of live entertainers could benefit them and help foster safer bars. Details: London: Alcohol Research UK, 2015. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2015 at: http://alcoholresearchuk.org/downloads/finalReports/FinalReport_0124.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 136417

Author: Greater London Authority Title: Strategic Framework for Responding to Gang-Associated Women and Girls Summary: The Mayor's Office for Policing and Crime (MOPAC) has developed this strategic framework to support London boroughs and agencies in devising their strategic and operational responses to young women and girls involved in or associated to criminal gangs. It has been developed in response to calls from London partner agencies for greater clarity on how to confront this serious problem which until recently had received very little attention. To date, approaches to tackling gang violence have been centred on the experiences and needs of men and boys. The Mayor has made a commitment to improve the way agencies identify and respond to gang-associated women and girls. This framework suggests ways in which local areas can start to tackle these issues. This is not intended to be a prescriptive and definitive guide on how to respond to gang associated women and girls. Approaches to girls and gangs are still in the early stages of development and we need more evidence about what works in practice. This document is a first step in attempting to develop a strategic response to these complex issues. It will provide pointers, checklists and minimum standards for local areas embarking upon this area of work so that London responds more effectively and consistently to gang-associated young women and girls. Details: London: MOPAC, 2013. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2015 at: https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/Gangs%20and%20girls_strategic%20framework.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Gang Members Shelf Number: 136419

Author: Ipsos MORI Scotland Title: Evaluation of Shine Women's Mentoring Service Summary: Shine is a Public Social Partnership which provides a one-to-one mentoring service for women who are serving short-term prison sentences, on remand, or subject to Community Payback Orders and at a high risk of custody. The service is designed to empower women to identify and achieve their goals - and to engage with other services which can help them do that. The ultimate aim is to help reintegrate women who offend back into the community and reduce reoffending. The Scottish Government Reducing Reoffending Change Fund provided funding for the design and development of the service (in 2012) and for the running of the service from April 2013 to March 2017. Evaluation objectives Shine commissioned Ipsos MORI Scotland to evaluate: - levels of participation in the service - whether the activities in the service logic model had been undertaken as planned - whether mentors felt equipped to deliver the activities to a high standard - progress against short and medium term outcomes. In addition, the evaluation explored 'what is mentoring?' and what might increase engagement. Evaluation Methods The evaluation was based on: - quantitative data on outcomes - qualitative depth interviews with mentees; mentors; prison champions; and Criminal Justice Social Workers who were referrers/potential referrers to the service. The fieldwork was conducted between July 2014 and January 2015. Key findings Over the first 20 months, there has been an average of 727 referrals to Shine per year. There is evidence that a considerable proportion of mentees made progress on short and medium term outcomes. This should contribute in the long term to reduced reoffending and increased integration. Shine's targets of 60% of those who engage with the service achieving improved motivation to change behaviour and 60% achieving increased engagement with other services have been met. One of the main strengths of the service is that it is personalised and tailored to the needs and goals of the individual mentee. Because of this personalisation, activities vary considerably from case to case but the following qualities, skills and behaviours were key to building relationships and were consistently demonstrated by mentors: regular contact; being non-judgmental; being easy-going; being a relaxing, calming influence; listening; encouraging the mentee to set goals; encouraging mentees to think through consequences; praising and building self-esteem; challenging; being persistent; caring; encouraging engagement with other services. The evaluation also identified a number of areas for improvement. These included better preparation of mentees for exit and, in some areas, better communication with local Criminal Justice Social Work teams. The Shine partnership is currently developing an improvement plan to address these issues. Details: Edinburgh: Ipsos MORI Scotland, 2015. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2015 at: https://gallery.mailchimp.com/119386c3f41e3eabc47e67d04/files/Evaluation_of_the_Shine_Women_s_Mentoring_Service_FV_050215_WWW_version.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Offenders Shelf Number: 136429

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Modern Slavery marketing campaign evaluation report Summary: Modern slavery is an international and largely hidden crime, which is happening on a significant scale here in the UK. The government is committed to tackling it and in 2014, the Home Office launched its Modern Slavery strategy. This included a marketing campaign to raise awareness of slavery in the UK and increase reporting of it to a new helpline and website. This report evaluates the effectiveness of the marketing campaign against its objectives. Details: London: Home Office, 2015. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 17, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/451964/150806_Modern_Slavery_Evaluation_for_publication_FINAL.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 136433

Author: Sivarajasingam, V. Title: Violence in England and Wales in 2014: An Accident and Emergency Perspective Summary: Executive Summary - A structured sample of 117 Emergency Departments (EDs), Minor Injury Units (MIUs) and Walk-in Centres in England and Wales which are certified members of the National Violence Surveillance Network (NVSN) were included in this national study of trends in serious violence. - Anonymous data relating to age, gender and attendance date of those treated for violence-related injuries were collected. - Overall, an estimated 211,514 people attended EDs in England and Wales for treatment following violence in 2014. - There were an estimated 101,519 fewer ED violence-related attendances in England and Wales in 2014 compared to 2010 - 22,995 fewer than in 2013. - According to these data, serious violence in England and Wales decreased by 10% in 2014 compared to 2013. Apart from a 7% increase in 2008 there have been decreases in every year since 2001 according to this measure. - Violent injury of males and females declined by 9.9% and 9.5% respectively in 2014, similar to the falls in 2013. - Serious violence affecting all age groups decreased in 2014 compared to the previous year; falls among children (0-10 year olds, down 18%), adolescents (11 to 17 year olds, down 18%), young adults (18 to 30 year olds, down 9%), those aged 31 to 50 years (down 9%) and those aged 51 years and over (down 4%). - As in previous years, those at highest risk of violence-related injury were males and those aged 18 to 30. Violence-related ED attendance was most frequent on Saturday and Sunday and during the months of May and July. Details: Cardiff, Wales, UK: Violence Research Group, Cardiff University, 2015. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 17, 2015 at: http://www.cardiff.ac.uk/__data/assets/pdf_file/0009/95778/nvit_2014.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Emergency Services Shelf Number: 136437

Author: UK Drug Policy Commission Title: Charting New Waters: Delivering drug policy at a time of radical reform and financial austerity Summary: The funding, commissioning, management and delivery structures for addressing the problems associated with illicit drugs in England are experiencing an unprecedented level of change. The government's 2010 Drug Strategy places considerable focus on improving the recovery outcomes for people with drug problems, alongside efforts to reduce the supply of drugs. It identifies the need for support from a range of different services such as employment, education and housing, and family networks to enable people to reintegrate into their communities. In contrast to the strong central oversight of previous drug strategies, it calls for far greater local control over service delivery by local areas and people accessing services. At the same time, substantial reductions in public spending are being implemented alongside wide-ranging public service reform, including structural changes to the NHS, policing and criminal justice reform and a drive to deliver the Big Society. These changes raise key questions, which our study set out to explore, about the ability of areas to achieve the ambitions of the Drug Strategy and around the future security of investment in drug interventions. With considerable additional resources for drug interventions over the last decade much has been achieved but there is a real risk that the current level of change will lead to the dilution of these gains, with negative consequences for drug users, their families, for wider communities, and indeed for the wider economy. Our study reveals a broad picture of upheaval and uncertainty and this summary sets out our study's main findings. The results will be relevant for national policy makers; commissioners and providers of drug treatment and recovery services; Directors of Public Health; those engaged in drug-related enforcement; and locally elected officials. Details: London: UKDPC, 2012. 119p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 19, 2015 at: http://www.ukdpc.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/charting-new-waters-delivering-drug-policy-at-a-time-of-radical-reform-and-financial-austerity.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 136484

Author: Roth, Olivier Title: A Fair Cop? Elected Police Commissioners, Democracy and Local Accountability Summary: The Coalition's White Paper entitled "21st Century Policing" argues for structural changes within the police service, in order to improve local accountability and to foster citizen engagement. The current tripartite arrangement would be replaced by directly elected Police and Crime Commissioners, who would be supported in their duties by newly created Police and Crime Panels. This research paper will analyse some of the issues and tensions that this proposal creates, and will attempt to issue a set of recommendations and principles designed to maximise the benefits that can be derived from its implementation. As a complex and multi-layered issue, policing requires cross-sectoral cooperation and collaboration. Police and Crime Commissioners will therefore have to work in partnership with local authorities and other public bodies, with citizens and communities, and with the newly created National Crime Agency in order to deliver positive policing outcomes. Police and Crime Commissioners should not be able to circumvent these partnership workings, and should therefore be required to consult and work with these entities on a regular basis. This engagement should provide further opportunities for neighbourhoods and citizens to participate in the improvement of crime outcomes. While directly elected Police and Crime Commissioners should improve police visibility and give citizens a channel through which they can address their concerns, there is a risk that electoral considerations could influence the actions and focus of Police and Crime Commissioners, and that these will become too politicised. As a repository of local democracy, Police and Crime Panels should play an important part in this process, and have their functions commensurately increased. A two-thirds majority in Police and Crime Panels should allow them to veto specific key decisions from Police and Crime Commissioners. Reducing bureaucracy is a key part of the Coalition's White Paper, which NLGN fully supports. The use of technology, and a standardisation in processes, could go a long way towards both reducing bureaucracy and collecting comparable data relating to policing outcomes. These should form the basis on which citizens would judge the work that has been done by their Police and Crime Commissioners, and allow them to focus their crime-reducing initiatives on specific problems in delimited areas. Finally, special attention will have to be paid to the costs involved in these reforms. Studies have shown that elections and new structures can be expensive to finance, and mechanisms designed to keep the costs as low as possible will be needed, for example by holding Police and Crime Commissioners elections at the same time as local ones. Details: London; New Local Government Network (NLGN), 2010. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 19, 2015 at: http://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/sites/default/files/nlgn_a_fair_cop.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 136487

Author: Robinson, Amanda Title: Development of the Priority Perpetrator Identification Tool (PPIT) for domestic abuse Summary: Our previous research into serial domestic abuse indicated the importance of shared multi-agency understanding when it comes to identification of and responses to the most serious forms of domestic abuse. Our last report, published in November 2014, questioned the prevailing assumption that serial abusers should be the focus of enhanced targeting and intervention, and instead recommended developing perpetrator-focussed responses that take into account serial alongside repeat and high-risk offending. Specifically, we recommended the development of a consistent definition and monitoring/flagging process for priority perpetrators. Informed by extensive experience and research indicating the efficacy of multi-agency responses to domestic abuse, we embarked on a project to create a Priority Perpetrator Identification Tool (PPIT), incorporating serial, repeat and high-risk offending into a single tool with input and agreement across relevant agencies (e.g., Police, Criminal Justice and Third Sector). The intention is for the PPIT to complement and draw upon other existing tools (e.g., DASH for victims, OASys and SARA for perpetrators) so that agencies can reliably identify those individuals whose offending behaviour requires priority action. The development of this tool represents the first stage of establishing a more robust identification and referral pathway for priority domestic abuse perpetrators in Wales. This report documents the development and consultation process which was undertaken January-March of this year to create the PPIT. Findings Based on the evidence collected from the consultation (n=15 participants in the stage one stakeholder event and n=25 participants in the stage two online survey), there appears to be a high level of support amongst both operational and strategic agency representatives (from a range of agencies in Wales and elsewhere in the UK), for a tool to assist with the identification of those committing the most serious and harmful forms of domestic abuse. It is noteworthy that an overwhelming majority of respondents felt that the ten items in the PPIT captured the most important aspects to consider, and the brief guidance accompanying the tool was largely fit-for-purpose. Despite the complexities of what is involved, the majority view is favourable to implementing the PPIT. Implications The PPIT is envisioned as an instrument to be used to trigger an intervention, rather than an intervention itself, and aims to support the identification of a commonly recognised priority cohort of individuals which will be the focus of the collective efforts all partners. Concept and planning work is already underway to address the 'what comes next' question raised by many of those involved in the consultation process. To maximise its efficacy and potential to be a reliable and useful tool for frontline use across a range of agencies, we recommend further testing of the PPIT. Further research is needed to assess the range of policy and practice implications likely to result from the implementation of the PPIT. Details: Cardiff, Wales: Cardiff Centre for Crime, Law and Justice, 2015. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 19, 2015 at: http://orca.cf.ac.uk/75006/1/Robinson%20%26%20Clancy%20%282015%29%20Development%20of%20the%20Priority%20Perpetrator%20Identification%20Tool%20%28PPIT%29%20for%20Domestic%20Abuse.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 136494

Author: Payton, Joanne Title: Motivating respect: A Welsh intervention into youth-perpetrated domestic abuse Summary: This report tackles the emerging issue of domestic abuse perpetrated by adolescents, explored through the experiences of Gwent Domestic Abuse Service (GDAS), a charity founded in 2003, providing support to both the perpetrators and victims of domestic abuse, delivered with a whole family approach. Domestic violence perpetrated by people under the age of 18 is an emerging problem, with violence and abuse directed towards parents and carers being a particularly prevalent but ignored issue, although violence against partners/ex-partners, siblings and peers are also found in Wales and may be under-recognised. So far, interventions to challenge abusive behaviour have overwhelmingly focussed upon adults. GDAS's pilot targeting young people is innovative, based on one-to-one encounters primarily using the techniques of Motivational Interviewing. These techniques are labour-intensive but allow for pro-active and tailored approach to young people's behavioural issues. GDAS's interventions are well-received by referring agencies and in much demand, particularly with regard to the emerging issue of the abuse of parents and carers in Wales. There is scope for development through securing reliable funding to underwrite and extend this much-needed service, and to provide additional in-house support to victims in line with GDAS's 'whole family' approach. Details: Cardiff, Wales: Cardiff University, 2015. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 19, 2015 at: http://orca.cf.ac.uk/72876/1/Payton%20%26%20Robinson%20%282015%29%20Motivating%20Respect.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 136495

Author: Vaswani, Nina Title: Exploring the Effectiveness of Multi-Agency Sexual Harmful Behaviour Risk Assessment Pilot: FIFE and Forth Valley Summary: Around one-third of sexual abuse is perpetrated by children and young people under the age of 18. The behaviour is typically aimed at young children, adolescent peers and - more unusually - adults. The behaviour can cover the full range of contact and non-contact behaviours we typically see in adult sexual offending behaviour. Defining children's sexual behaviour that harms others can be challenging as children and young people are often involved with sexual experimentation and what constitutes typical or developmentally expected behaviour is under defined. It is also often the context of the behaviour and the relationship between participants that informs whether behaviour is healthy, problematic or abusive rather than the behaviour in isolation. The majority of children and young people who display harmful sexual behaviours grow out of these behaviours over time. However, a minority will persist in this behaviour into adulthood without appropriate interventions and some who display "problematic" sexual behaviours may go on to act in more abusive ways without monitoring and support. Some children and young people who display problematic (rather than harmful or abusive) behaviour will require a limited intervention e.g. work with family around boundary setting and some input to the child about healthy sexual relationships. However for some the behaviour may be related to trauma that the child has experienced, and support to help the child make sense of their experiences as well as assistance for the child in developing new coping strategies to handle difficult feelings may be necessary. Thus accurately identifying the level of concern about a young person's behaviour at the earliest possible stage is essential for ensuring that young people receive the appropriate level of intervention, including that young people with a predominantly healthy pattern of behaviour are not drawn unnecessarily into service provision designed for high risk young people. While specialist risk assessment tools are available to develop a detailed understanding of the level of risk presented, many young people will not require this level of assessment. It became clear that Youth Justice lacked a streamlined and effective early screening tool that was accessible by a range of relevant professionals involved in decision-making about young people who have displayed concerning sexual behaviour, but who may not be experts or specialists in this field. To this effect, the Youth Justice National Development Team created a screening matrix, drawing upon the knowledge and evidence-base about sexually harmful behaviour in young people, that was designed for use with all young people aged under 18 displaying concerning sexual behaviour. Application of the screening matrix generates a category of concern about the young person's behaviour, increasing from low concern through to moderate and high concern to guide initial assessment and decision-making. The matrix is accompanied by brief guidance about how to interpret the level of concern, and is designed to be completed by professionals who have some understanding about child behaviour and development but who are not necessarily specialists in child sexual behaviour. The use of the matrix was originally intended to be piloted across the Fife and Forth Valley Community Justice Area between January and July 2013, although in effect the pilot only took place within Forth Valley. The area is coterminous with the Forth Valley Division of Police Scotland and with NHS Forth Valley and has a population in the region of 300,000. The area is geographically diverse, from large urban areas such as Falkirk to rural areas with small populations such as Clackmannanshire. Although the area comprises three Local Authority areas, in the end Stirling Council did not participate, with the result that all cases highlighted arose from either Falkirk or Clackmannanshire. Among all 32 Local Authorities, these areas were ranked 13th and 16th respectively accordingly to highest level of deprivation by the Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation 2012. The aim of the pilot was to enhance and standardise the information flow and dialogue between the Police and the SW SPOC in response to an allegation of sexually problematic or harmful behaviour against a young person. The intention was also to increase confidence in early decision-making to allow young people whose behaviour was not of major cause for concern to be diverted to appropriate interventions and processes such as Early and Effective Intervention (EEI), thereby freeing up Social Work time for the highest risk young people who may require specialist assessment and intervention. Details: Glasgow: Centre for Youth and Criminal Justice, 2013. 23p. Source: http://www.cycj.org.uk/resource/exploring-the-effectiveness-of-the-multi-agency-sexual-harmful-behavior-risk-assessment-pilot/. Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Sex Offenders Shelf Number: 136580

Author: Fontana, Alessandra Title: Making development assistance work at home: DfID's approach to clamping down on international bribery and money laundering in the UK Summary: Corruption will remain a profitable crime in developing countries as long as counterparts in rich countries are willing to hide stolen resources. Working to improve governance in poor countries will only address part of the issues. To disrupt the mechanisms that enable illicit outflows, the UK Department for International Development is funding the City of London Police, the Metropolitan Police and the Crown Prosecution Service to increase investigations on money laundered by senior political figures in the UK. In 4 years, millions of pounds have been frozen and repatriated - indicating a shift in thinking in what counts as development work in a world with global patterns of corruption. Details: Bergen: Chr. Michelson Institute, Anti- Corruption Resource Centre, 2011. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: U$ Practice Insight, 2011:5: Accessed August 25, 2015 at; http://www.u4.no/publications/making-development-assistance-work-at-home-dfid-s-approach-to-clamping-down-on-international-bribery-and-money-laundering-in-the-uk/ Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Asset Forfeitures Shelf Number: 136581

Author: Police Service of Northern Ireland Title: Cross border organised crime assessment 2014 Summary: Cross border cooperation between law enforcement agencies (of Ireland and Northern Ireland) continues to play a key role in our fight against organised crime groups who cause harm to communities on both sides of the border. Organised crime groups often operate on a cross border basis, by disregarding the border or by using it to facilitate criminality. Consequently, it is essential that authorities on both sides of the border cooperate together and with other law enforcement agencies in order to thwart the threat posed by these groups Details: Belfast and Dublin: Department of Justice and Department of Justice and Equality, 2014. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 26, 2015 at: http://www.drugsandalcohol.ie/22721/1/cross-border-crime-assessment-final.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Border Control Shelf Number: 136588

Author: Great Britain. Prime Minister's Task Force on Tackling Radicalisation and Extremism Title: Tackling Extremism in the UK Summary: The UK deplores and will fight terrorism of every kind, whether based on Islamist, extreme right-wing or any other extremist ideology. We will not tolerate extremist activity of any sort, which creates an environment for radicalising individuals and could lead them on a pathway towards terrorism. The killing of Drummer Lee Rigby in Woolwich was the impetus to look closely at whether the government was doing all it could to confront extremism and radicalisation. We know that the international terrorist threat to the UK comes primarily from those people who are inspired by Al Qa'ida's distorted interpretation of Islam and use that as justification for killing innocent people. But we must tackle extremism of all kinds, including the Islamophobia and neo-Nazism espoused by the murderer of Mohammed Saleem to justify his terrorist attacks against mosques in the West Midlands. The Prime Minister set up the Extremism Task Force to identify any areas where our current approach was lacking and to agree practical steps to fight against all forms of extremism. We have made progress since this government came to power. We have removed over 18,000 items of online terrorist propaganda and intervened more often than ever before to limit the opportunities for hate preachers to spread their messages. But we recognise that we can and should do more. This response is broader than dealing only with those who espouse violence - we must confront the poisonous extremist ideology that can lead people to violence; which divides communities and which extremists use to recruit individuals to their cause; which runs counter to fundamental British values such as freedom of speech, democracy and equal rights; which says that 'the West' is at war with Islam and that it is not possible to be a true Muslim and to live an integrated life in the UK. Details: London: HM Government, 2013. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 28, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/263181/ETF_FINAL.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Extremism Shelf Number: 136617

Author: Vaswani, Nina Title: Systemic Practice and Family Interventions: Two-Year Course Evaluation: 2013 to 2015 Summary: This report, written by CYCJ's Research Fellow Nina Vaswani, presents the findings from a two-year evaluation of the Systemic Practice in Family Interventions Course delivered by the Family Therapy Training Network. The course was, in part, funded by the Scottish Government to increase capacity and skills in family therapy among the youth justice workforce, with the aim of supporting young people and families to reduce offending and improve outcomes. Mapping on to Kirkpatrick's model of training, the evaluation explores participants' experiences, learning, impact on practice and begins to briefly consider any impact on outcomes. Details: Glasgow: Centre for Youth and Criminal Justice, 2015. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 31, 2015 at: http://www.cycj.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2015/07/SPFI-Course-Evaluation-2013-15.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 136637

Author: Nolan, Debbie Title: Youth Justice: A Study of Local Authority Reintegration and Transitions Practice Across Scotland Summary: This paper is the second of two research papers drawing on data from a survey of Whole System Approach leads in 27 of Scotland's 32 local authority areas. It aims to explore reintegration and transitions practice in these local authorities and to share practice examples. The key findings of this paper are: - Processes for sharing information with the SPS and secure care providers when a young person enters these establishments are well established. - Over 80% of respondents treated young people who are given a period of detention in secure care and had not previously been looked after and accommodated as a looked after and accommodated child. - 65% of participants stated 72 hour reviews were always held for young people aged under 18 entering secure care or custody by order of the court. The impact and purpose of these meetings was recognised but there were varying views about the interpretation of and who should attend, arrange, and chair these meetings, as well as numerous barriers to completing 72 hour reviews. - 71% of respondents stated the lead professional role was always maintained by the local authority where the child ordinarily resides while they are in secure care or custody. In addition, 70% of participants advised community based social work staff were always involved with the young person during this period, however the type and frequency of involvement varied. - All respondents advised post-release support was available to young people returning from a period of detention in secure care and custody and 77% reported that all young people have a throughcare or aftercare plan, with the type and frequency of support again varying. - 75% of respondents stated meet at the gate support was always provided if a young person under the age of 18 was not being met by a friend or family member. - Third sector agencies worked in over 90% of participants local authority areas, with the mean number of organisations 3.35. - Respondents were committed to young people remaining in secure accommodation following their 16th birthday (up until their 18th birthday) to serve the remainder or as much of their sentence rather than transferring to custody. The subsequent implications and recommendations for practice are: - Good information sharing between Social Work Services, SPS and secure care providers must continue and this should be monitored to assess quality and consistency. - All practitioners working with young people involved in offending behaviour should understand, be able to communicate and fulfil the rights and entitlements of looked after children and care leavers under the Children and Young People (Scotland) Act 2014. - 72 hour reviews should be held for every young person detained in secure care or custody and this should be monitored on a local basis and by the SPS. - The lead professional role should be maintained and fully fulfilled by the local authority for all young people in secure care and custody. - Contact by community based social work staff should be maintained. - Throughcare and aftercare plans should be in place prior to release for all young people, must incorporate the identified elements of effective throughcare, and be monitored locally. - Meet at the gate support should be provided for all young people leaving secure care or custody following a period of detention. - Efforts should be made to ensure partnership working is effective and to reduce barriers to this. - More equitable arrangement should continue to be sought between SPS, the Scottish Government, local authorities and the secure estate to ensure placement decisions for young people aged under 18 are influenced primarily by need and vulnerability rather than cost. - Training and support should continue to be made available to all practitioners involved in supporting young people in the youth justice system to understand their roles and responsibilities in respect of reintegration and transitions practice. - Further research to address the limitations of this study would be beneficial. Details: Glasgow: Centre for Youth and Criminal Justice, 2015. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 31, 2015 at: http://www.cycj.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/Youth-Justice-A-Study-of-Local-Authority-Reintegration-and-Transitions-Practice-Across-Scotland-FINAL.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Information Sharing Shelf Number: 136638

Author: U.S. Department of Education, Office of Vocational and Adult Education Title: Community-based Correctional Education Summary: Although it is known that many persons under community supervision need and eventually want correctional education programs, little is known about the providers and characteristics of these educational programs. This report provides an overview of initiatives at the national and state levels supporting new approaches to community supervision and the types of education services available to those under community supervision. It is intended for adult education and criminal justice practitioners and administrators interested in establishing a community-based correctional education program or strengthening an existing program, as well as federal and state policymakers. The report outlines the characteristics of community-based correctional education programs, including their organizational structure, target population, curriculum, instruction, instructor preparation, and partnerships. It also describes the challenges of community-based correctional education, shares collected advice on how such services can be strengthened, and discusses implications for federal and state policy. The report is based on information gathered from discussions with representatives of 15 community-based correctional education programs in 10 states - Arizona, California, Georgia, Illinois, Indiana, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, and Texas - chosen according to recommendations from researchers and practitioners in the field. In examining these community-based correctional education programs, this report provides insight regarding the following questions: The programs are listed in the box on this page. 1. What are federal and state policymakers and national organizations doing to support community-based correctional education programs? 2. What are the various organizational structures of community-based correctional education programs? 3. What target populations do these programs serve? 4. What curriculum and instructional approaches do community-based correctional education programs use and how do they prepare their instructors? 5. Who are their community partners? 6. What challenges do these programs face and how are those challenges being addressed? 7. What additional support do community-based correctional education programs need? Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Education, 2010. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 31, 2015 at: http://www2.ed.gov/about/offices/list/ovae/pi/AdultEd/cbce-report-2011.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community-Based Programs Shelf Number: 136640

Author: Cragg Ross Dawson Title: Research on Violence Reduction Summary: This report assesses the nature and extent of violence in relation to our regulatory regime and to establish what can be done to reduce it. Independent research was conducted on our behalf from March to April 2015 and comprised of three parts: 1.a review of existing literature; 2.a qualitative study involving interviews and focus groups with 81 people working in, or with a direct interest in, violence; 3.an online survey with 891 working in the private security industry Details: London: Cragg Ross Dawson, 2015. 138p. Source: Internet Resource: Prepared for the Security Industry Authority: Accessed August 21, 2015 at: http://www.sia.homeoffice.gov.uk/Documents/research/sia-violence-reduction-report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol-Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 136643

Author: Vaswani, Nina Title: Intensive Support and Monitoring Service (ISMS): ISMS and Beyond...A snapshot of the service in the last two years and a longer term follow up Summary: ISMS was launched in Glasgow, and six other Phase One sites, in April 2005, in order to provide a direct community-based alternative to secure care. An intensive, multi-agency service package is co-ordinated around each young person according to their individual needs and risks. Where necessary, a young person can be subject to a Movement Restriction Condition (MRC) that is monitored by use of an electronic tag. ISMS has been comprehensively evaluated, both locally (see www.glasgow.gov.uk) and nationally (www.scotland.gov.uk) and has been proven to be an effective way of working with high-risk young people. In response to this evidence the Scottish Government rolled-out the facility for ISMS to all 32 Local Authorities in 2008 and published best practice guidance, in which the Glasgow model is held up as one example of good practice. Since roll-out, less emphasis has been placed on the MRC element of the order (originally this was a requirement for an ISMS order), and Local Authorities now have more flexibility in the use of the MRC. In Glasgow the ISMS service has continued to develop in response to an action plan stemming from the original local evaluation published in 2007. Purpose The purpose of this report is twofold. Firstly it will comprise a short examination of the service, covering the period from 1st April 2007 to 31st March 2009 (following on from where the previous evaluation left off). This is to ensure that the service remains focused, targeted and effective at reducing offending. Secondly the report will revisit the original cohort of young people who were subject to an ISMS order during the first two years of operation (1st April 2005 to 31st March 2007), in order to establish the longer-term outcomes for young people since leaving the service. This report should be read in conjunction with the earlier evaluations, particularly for readers interested in more about the background and detail of the ISMS service in Glasgow. Details: Glasgow: Youth Justice, 2009. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 5, 2015 at: https://www.glasgow.gov.uk/CHttpHandler.ashx?id=21093&p=0 Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 136662

Author: Thomas, Jennifer Title: The importance of scientific and technical innovation in the police investigation of gun crime Summary: My original contribution to knowledge is the assessment of two ballistics analysis systems using the same bullets and cartridge cases to assess interoperability potential. The results are discussed in the context of policing issues representing a multidisciplinary approach to combating gun crime. Microscopic comparison of bullets and cartridge cases allows inferences to be made that objects bear marks from the same weapon. Parts of this process have been automated. Digital images of objects are stored in a database and correlations undertaken to find potential matches. An expert will decide on the most probable match based upon a range of potential candidates. All evidence should be utilised to the fullest extent, including data from ballistics systems. The success rate of the most widely used system has been quoted at between 50% and 95% suggesting that links to other crimes remain undiscovered. There are different ballistics systems available but research has only been conducted on one. There is no interoperability between systems. Data cannot be shared between different systems. An essential pre-requisite to any work on interoperability, is an understanding of the different systems and the data produced. The research aims were to design a methodology to enable the assessment of systems and to produce ammunition that can be used repeatedly as required. The aim was to conduct an experiment with two of the currently available systems. The results show variance between systems and their accuracy needs improvement. An error rate has been defined and applied to each system. The results suggest that complete interoperability of systems will only be possible with the full cooperation of the manufacturers. A limited form of interoperability focussing on data sharing may be possible. The results have implications for experts using the systems and suggest that a matching standard should be developed to make forensic ballistics analysis an objective discipline. Details: Huddersfield, UK: University of Huddersfield, 2011. 229p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 5, 2015 at: http://eprints.hud.ac.uk/12940/ Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Investigation Shelf Number: 136693

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Chief Inspector of Constabulary Title: Reshaping policing for the public. A discussion paper from the advisory group on the national debate on policing in austerity Summary: 1.1. The police service and law enforcement agencies in England and Wales are committed to further change so that policing best meets the needs of the public within a climate of continuing budget pressures. 1.2. Further change should be in line with a set of principles which reflect the police's mission to prevent crime and protect the public. The following principles were developed during the course of the national debate: - We will seek to protect the public and keep people safe from harm, especially the most vulnerable members of our communities. This will mean focusing as much on early action to prevent and reduce crime as reacting to crime once it has happened. - We will provide a service that is valued and supported by the public, tailoring the service to individual needs and focusing on the victim. - We will seek to protect ease of access to frontline services by a range of means, including online access and a visible local policing presence that works directly with communities. - We will enhance capabilities and achieve value for money by scaling up specialist capabilities5 and standardising functions where appropriate. This will help to maintain capability and resilience across policing but without losing agility when fighting crime. - We will work in close co-operation with all other organisations involved in public protection to keep communities safe and work with communities so they play their part alongside the police in securing their neighbourhoods. This points towards greater integration between public services, for example through the development of shared public safety plans with single leadership and shared budgets. 1.3. This suggests a possible new framework for policing where: - Local, frontline services accessible to communities provide a 24/7 response; neighbourhood policing focused on problem solving that protects people and prevents bad things from happening and getting communities involved; and local crime investigations. - Frontline services (including the safeguarding6 of vulnerable people and the management of offenders) are provided collaboratively with other local public services involved in community safety, working to a common set of outcomes as part of partnership arrangements. These arrangements should include the ability to share and prioritise time, money and people to achieve effective local outcomes. - Specialist capabilities (such as those within the Strategic Policing Requirement) and areas of operational and criminal justice support are consolidated into cross-force functions7, strategically located and operating to national standards. The most highly specialised capabilities (such as counter-terrorism) should be provided nationally. This would minimise the number of locations required to support an effective police service; allow capabilities common to different policing activities to be deployed flexibly; and preserve access to capabilities for all forces without losing the ability to deploy rapidly on the basis of threat, risk and harm. - Different arrangements for cross-force working will be appropriate depending on the nature of the participating forces. For example, in some areas a larger force might provide the location for these capabilities on behalf of the participating forces, whereas in others, shared capabilities might be added to existing arrangements such as regional organised crime units (ROCUs). This will require further work based on local circumstances and should be an iterative process, focusing first on those areas of specialist capability which should only be provided on a cross-force basis.-Business support functions are provided through greater economies of scale that reflect local circumstances, recognising the opportunities to build scale through local partners, other forces and/or with the private sector. Details: London: HMIC, 2015. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 5, 2015 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmic/wp-content/uploads/reshaping-policing-for-the-public.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 136694

Author: Buchanan, Emily Title: 'Child Neglect is Everyone's Business': Achieving a Greater Sense of Shared Responsibility for Tackling Neglect: Findings from LARC6 Summary: In essence, neglect is a failure to meet children's basic needs, to provide them with the support and care they need to thrive. Child neglect has profound negative consequences for children and young people, and even low-level neglect is harmful to children's health and development. There are thresholds against which organisations can assess the level of neglect occurring and, for cases of higher need that meet these thresholds, formal support will be put in place for a family. However, the ways in which low-level or early indicators of neglect are identified and addressed are less formalised. Local authorities have no statutory duty to address low-level neglect themselves, although the majority offer or are developing 'early help' services and signposting support. This research examined the role of families and the wider community by addressing the question: 'How can we (local authorities) work differently to identify child neglect at an early stage and encourage effective, low-cost solutions drawing particularly on the strengths of the family network and the wider community?' The research involved interviews with 271 participants, including parents1, young people, community representatives and practitioners from a range of services (such as education, health and social care services). It was carried out by nine local authorities with support from the National Foundation for Educational Research (NFER) and Research in Practice (RiP). The research found that parents and community representatives have some idea of how to identify a neglected child and most think they have a role to play in identifying and helping to address neglect, although there were mixed views about whether everyone in the wider community sees it as their role. Most of the parents who had had concerns about a child in the past had acted by speaking to the families themselves, or seeking advice from a professional. But some community members and young people said they would not know how to identify neglect or where to turn for advice if they suspected a child was suffering from neglect. Details: Slough, UK: National Foundation for Educational Research, 2015. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 5, 2015 at: https://www.nfer.ac.uk/publications/LRCN01/LRCN01.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 136700

Author: Weber, Leanne Title: Deciding to Detain: How Decisions to Detain Asylum Seekers are Made at Ports of Entry Summary: This research report is based on interviews conducted with immigration officers stationed at international air, sea and train ports in the UK in the late 1990s. It contains extensive first person quotes from immigration officers describing the factors that influence their discretionary decisions to detain asylum seekers on arrival. Both legal and extra-legal factors were found to influence these decisions. Moreover, statements made by immigration officials called into question claims made by departmental management at the time that detention on arrival was being used only as a last resort. Details: Cambridge, UK: Institute of Criminology, University of Cambridge, 2014. 136p. Source: Internet Resource: Criminal Justice, Borders and Citizenship Research Paper: Accessed September 5, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2520382 Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 136701

Author: Weber, Leanne Title: Deciding to Detain: The Organisational Context for Decisions to Detain Asylum Seekers at UK Ports Summary: This follow-up report on decisions to detain asylum seekers at UK ports in the late 1990s investigates the systematic differences in decision-making and review practices reported by immigration officers. The dynamics of decision-making are analysed in terms of individual differences in orientations to authority and aspects of legal and organisational context. Although the research did not compile data on the numbers of detentions ordered by individual officers, it was apparent from the interviews that officers who identified strongly with their border protection role were likely to detain more often, followed by rule-orientated officers who failed to question local practices. Details: Colchester, UK: University of Essex, Human Rights Centre, 2002. 145p. Source: Internet Resource: Criminal Justice, Borders and Citizenship Research Paper : Accessed September 5, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2520379 Year: 2001 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Border Control Shelf Number: 136702

Author: Washburn, Jason J. Title: Detained Youth Processed in Juvenile and Adult Court: Psychiatric Disorders and Mental Health Needs Summary: This bulletin presents results of a study of the prevalence of psychiatric disorders among youth transferred to adult criminal court compared with those processed in juvenile court. Key observations, findings, and recommendations include: - Many youth are being transferred to adult criminal court, with males, African Americans, Hispanics, and older youth significantly more likely to be processed in adult criminal court than females, non-Hispanic whites, and younger youth (even after controlling for the current charge). - The prevalence of one or more disorders among youth transferred to adult criminal court does not significantly differ from that among youth processed in juvenile court. - Among youth processed in adult criminal court, those sentenced to prison had significantly greater odds than those who received a less severe sentence of having a disruptive behavior disorder, a substance use disorder, or co-occurring affective and anxiety disorders. - Community and correctional systems must collaborate to identify and treat youth with psychiatric disorders who are transferred to adult criminal court. Youth who are transferred to adult criminal court and receive prison sentences should be considered a particularly high-risk group who are likely to require additional services. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2015. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Juvenile Justice Bulletin: Accessed September 11, 2015 at: http://www.ojjdp.gov/pubs/248283.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Co-concurring Disorders Shelf Number: 136722

Author: Young, Suzanne Title: Gender, Policing and Social Control: Examining Police Officers' Perceptions of and. Responses to Young Women Depicted as Violent. Summary: In Britain, there have been growing concerns over the increasing female prison population and treatment of girls and women by the criminal justice system (see Carlen and Worrall, 2004; Hedderman, 2004; Batchelor, 2005; Hutson and Myers, 2006; Sharpe, 2009). In particular, there has been a rising female prison population in Scotland which has been associated with greater punitive controls over the behaviour of women (McIvor and Burman, 2011). The British press have depicted a social problem of certain young women becoming more violent and have attributed this to women's liberation, particularly in the night time economy (MacAskill and Goodwin, 2004; Gray, 2006; Evening News, 2008). These concerns have attracted widespread media and political attention leading to a steady growth in academic research exploring the apparent rise of violent young women (Burman et al., 2003; Burman, 2004b; Batchelor, 2005). Despite this, there are relatively few studies that examine responses to young women with an emphasis on violent offences. Furthermore, there is a lack of research that has examined the role police officers have played in the control and depiction of young women's violence. This research investigates the perceptions of and responses to young women depicted as violent from police officers in Scotland. Thirty three qualitative interviews were carried out with front line police officers in 2008 to investigate social control mechanisms employed to regulate the behaviour of young women. The research utilised feminist perspectives to develop an understanding of how young women deemed as violent face formal and informal mechanisms of social control from police officers. The study challenges the apparent increase in violence among young women and instead argues that institutional controls have contributed to young women being labelled as violent. Changes in police practices and zero tolerance approaches towards violence have resulted in a net widening effect that has impacted on the number of young women (and men) being brought to the attention of the police for violent offences. It is argued that this mechanism of institutional control could be a contributing factor towards the rise in the number of young women being charged for violent offences. Police discretion on the basis of gender did have an influence on arrest practices for some of the officers, but there was insufficient evidence to suggest the police officers responded any harsher or more lenient towards women. However, what was apparent was that police officers believed women needed to be 'controlled'; they perceived them as more unmanageable than men and this defiance towards authority resulted in women being arrested. Women depicted as violent remain to be categorised on the basis of socially constructed gender norms and it is argued that this mechanism of discursive control continues to locate violence within the realm of masculinity. In conclusion, women who are depicted as violent are portrayed as unfeminine and in need of greater social control which is exercised through both formal and informal measures by police officers. Details: Stirling, UK: University of Stirling, 2011. 281p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 11, 2015 at: http://dspace.stir.ac.uk/handle/1893/3572#.VfMkgU9FDcs Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Offenders Shelf Number: 136723

Author: Great Britain. Comptroller and Auditor General Title: Financial sustainability of police forces in England and Wales Summary: 1 There are 43 territorial police forces in England and Wales. Since 2010, the previous government reduced funding for forces as part of its plan to reduce the fiscal deficit. The government also changed how forces are governed by introducing elected police and crime commissioners ('commissioners') in 41 of the 43 forces. Our Police accountability: Landscape review examined these arrangements. 2 Commissioners, in consultation with their chief constables: - set out in an annual police and crime plan the objectives that their police force must achieve; - allocate the funds needed to achieve them; and - hold police forces to account on behalf of the local electorate. This system encourages local variation and reduces intervention from central government. 3 The Home Office (the Department) has overall responsibility in central government for police forces. Its main responsibilities are to: - allocate grants to police and crime commissioners (who decide how much goes to police forces and how much to other crime reduction initiatives); - establish an accountability framework to assure Parliament on the regularity, propriety and value for money of police spending, and that there are appropriate checks and balances; and - intervene if chief constables or commissioners fail to carry out their functions effectively. 4 Within the accountability framework, the Department relies on HM Inspectorate of Constabulary (HMIC) to assess the efficiency and effectiveness of police forces in England and Wales. The Department also relies on the College of Policing (the College) to set standards and to identify and share good practice, which help to improve value for money locally. 5 Our report examines whether the Department, with other policing stakeholders, has effectively managed the risks of reduced police funding. It is not a contradiction to the government's policy of localism to assess whether a Department has enough information to make good decisions about the level of central funding provided. 6 The report has three parts: - Part One describes the reductions in police force funding. - Part Two examines the impact of funding reductions and the changing nature of policing. - Part Three assesses the current oversight and accountability regime. Details: London: National Audit Office, 2015. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Internet Resource: Accessed September 16, 2015 at: http://www.nao.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2015/06/Financial-sustainability-of-police-forces.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 136782

Author: National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children Title: Helpline Highlight: The Under-Reporting of Sexual Abuse Summary: Between 1 April 2011 and 31 March 2012, the NSPCC was contacted 5,360 times about child sexual abuse. This was 13% of all calls made to the NSPCC (42,755) during that period. 39% (2,071) of contacts about sexual abuse were so serious they had to be referred to social services or the police. 34% (1,800) of the contacts we received about sexual abuse came from parents or carers. This is a higher proportion than for any other type of abuse (18% of contacts about emotional abuse were from parents or carers, 14% for physical abuse and 12% for neglect). The data on contacts to the NSPCC about sexual abuse support the findings of previous studies that children may be more likely to disclose abuse to close family members and friends rather than to professionals. Adults tend to report concerns about child sexual abuse more readily than other forms of abuse but 33% of callers to the helpline waited over a month. This can have potentially devastating effects for the child or young person. Details: London: NSPCC, 2012. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2015 at: http://www.nspcc.org.uk/globalassets/documents/helpline-highlights/helpline-highlight-report-sexual-abuse.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 1136797

Author: Children's Society Title: Make Runaways Safe: The local picture Summary: Every year 100,000 children and young people go missing from home or care. Going missing is a key indicator that a child might be in great danger. When children go missing, they are at very serious risk of physical abuse, sexual exploitation and are sometimes desperate enough to rob or steal to survive. Recent cases in Rochdale and Derby have exposed how the lack of concerted efforts to protect children and identify predatory individuals early on allows abuse to continue for a long time. Children involved in these horrific cases had repeated incidents of missing for a number of hours or overnight. Many children who run away do not seek help, either because they are not aware of the help available or because they do not trust professionals and are worried about the consequences of disclosing information about what is happening in their lives. Therefore, it falls to local police and children's services to ensure the safety of children who have run away and to help ensure that they do not run away in the future. Following the launch of our Make Runaway Safe campaign, we wanted to establish how children who go missing are supported in their local areas and also identify any improvements needed to ensure they are provided with an adequate safety net. As no standardised reporting or monitoring of responses to children who run away from home or care currently takes place in the local area, we undertook a series of Freedom of Information requests (FOI) to police constabularies, local authorities and Local Safeguarding Children's Boards (LSCBs) to establish the national picture of local responses. In this report, we set out the responses we received to our requests about the services and protocols in place to keep these children safe. These responses revealed that the support available to children who go missing or run away varies greatly between local areas. Details: London: The Children's Society, 2012. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2015 at: https://www.childrenssociety.org.uk/sites/default/files/tcs/make_runaways_safe_-_the_local_picture.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Missing Children Shelf Number: 136798

Author: Children's Society Title: Make Runaways Safe: Launch Report Summary: Every five minutes a child runs away from home or care in this country. Even more shocking is that a quarter of them, that is 70 each day, are forced out of their homes by parents or carers. These children will often take great risks on the streets and many of them will be harmed or abused while they are away from home. This is the reality for many of the 100,000 children who run away over night each year1. Yet in most cases children who run away do not get the help they need. Two thirds are not reported to the police. Eight out of ten do not seek help from anybody because they do not know where to turn or feel there is no one they can trust. Our projects say that they are now working with younger runaways than ever before. The usual ages have been 13 and 14 but we are increasingly supporting children aged 11 and 12 years old. We are also working with a greater number of boys. Our projects are working with more young runaways who are at serious risk of, or already involved in sexual exploitation. Children are being actively targeted by adults in public places and also increasingly by their peers. The use of mobile phones and social networking sites has made it easier to target vulnerable children. Details: London: The Children's Society, 2011. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2015 at: http://www.childrenssociety.org.uk/sites/default/files/tcs/make_runaways_safe_report.pdf Year: 136799 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Missing Children Shelf Number: 2011

Author: National Rural Crime Network Title: The True Cost of Crime in Rural Areas: Report and Recommendations Summary: Our survey of over 17,000 people living and working in rural areas throughout England and Wales suggests the true cost of crime in rural areas could exceed $800m. This figure is 21 times higher than previous figures, dwarfing earlier estimates. The survey also indicates that hard-pressed young families and farmers are the most frequent victims of crime, with the average cost of those crimes to a household being over $2,500 and for a business over $4,000. Moreover, there appears to be a vicious circle of low expectations, leading to chronic under-reporting, anger, frustration and worry. The result is increasing fear of crime and significantly lower satisfaction levels in the police than the national average. As a consequence of these findings, we are making seven recommendations including fair funding for rural areas; more joined up working with partners and communities, building on rural resilience; embedding best practice; developing new policies and ways of working; and ensuring a more targeted approach within rural communities. The key survey results are: - Financial impact of crime on rural economy is significant - the cost of crime to rural communities is estimated to be $800 million equivalent to $200 for every household in the countryside. The average cost to rural households who are victims of crime is $2500 and $4100 for rural businesses. - Fear of crime is increasing - 39% of rural people are very or fairly worried about becoming a victim of crime, compared to 19% nationally. Even more worryingly, 32% of respondents are more fearful of becoming victims of crime than five years ago, compared to only 3% who are less fearful. Rural businesses are the most fearful of becoming victims of crime, with 51% very or fairly fearful, closely followed by younger families. - Low satisfaction rates of police performance in rural areas - just 39% of rural people rate the police as good (32.4%) or excellent (6.3%). Among rural businesses this figure was just 32%. Those figures compare to 63% nationally who think the police is doing a good job (53% Good and 10% Excellent), showing rural communities have a significantly lower satisfaction rate than their urban counterparts. - The survey showed satisfaction levels drop to just 23% when it comes to the rural public's perceptions of the police's ability to solve crime. - Crime is under reported in rural areas - more than one in four (27%) did not report the last crime of which they were a victim. This means Home Office figures of 294,000 rural crimes between April 2014 and May 2015 could be incorrect and the actual number of crimes could be as high as 403,000. - Rural communities are resilient - community spirit is clear to see in our rural communities. The vast majority feel they very or fairly strongly belong in their community, with 27% feeling that sense of belonging has increased in the last five years. 25% of people also felt that their community pulled together to improve their neighbourhood - Lessons for Local Authorities and other partners - two issues of greatest concern to the rural community were road safety (63%) - which the police play a crucial part in, but which they cannot resolve without working with partners - and fly-tipping, which is now a civil offence (61%). Details: Tavistock, Devon, UK: National Rural Crime Network, 2015. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 18, 2015 at: http://www.nationalruralcrimenetwork.net/content/uploads/2015/09/NRCN-National-Rural-Crime-Sur...pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 136808

Author: Williams, Natalie Title: Lessons to learn: Exploring the links between running away and absence from school Summary: Every year, 100,000 children run away from home or care in the UK. They often run from serious problems at home such as family breakdown, abuse, neglect or problems at school such as bullying or unmet special educational needs. When children run away they are at risk of physical abuse, sexual exploitation or being forced to resort to highly dangerous survival strategies such as stealing or begging to survive. Our research shows that children who run away are three times more likely to be absent from school. Children spend more time at school than anywhere else. It is crucial that school and education professionals are able to recognise running away as a cry for help. This report explores the link between problems at school, including absences and exclusions, and running away. It makes a series of recommendations about how young people at risk should be supported and how professionals can better meet their needs. Key messages - Children who are absent from school are more than three times as likely to have run away. - Young people usually run away because of problems at home or school. Others may run away because they are being sexually exploited or become involved in crime. - Schools professionals need to have a better understanding of the risks faced by children when they run away and the warning signs that they may be running away. - Schools and local authorities must ensure that absences are correctly recorded and analyse data for patterns of running away. - Schools should ensure they initiate an assessment of need when a young person is running away or is persistently absent from school. - Schools need to have access to multi-agency teams that can intervene early and provide holistic support to young people who run away and their parents. Details: London: The Children's Society, 2012. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 18, 2015 at: http://www.childrenssociety.org.uk/sites/default/files/tcs/lessons-to-learn_final.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Runaways Shelf Number: 136810

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Prisons Title: Report on an unannounced inspection of Yarl's Wood Immigration Removal Centre Summary: Yarl's Wood immigration removal centre in Bedfordshire held 354 detainees at the time of this inspection. Most of those held were single women but the centre also held a small number of adult families and there was a short-term holding facility for single men. The centre has been controversial since it opened in 2001 and in recent months it has been the subject of new allegations about the treatment of women held there and the conduct of staff. We last inspected the centre in June 2013 and at that time concluded that the centre was improving, although significant concerns remained and for the most vulnerable women we found the decision to detain was much too casual. This inspection found that in some important areas the treatment and conditions of those held at the centre had deteriorated significantly, the main concerns we had in 2013 had not been resolved and there was greater evidence of the distress caused to vulnerable women by their detention. We did not find evidence of a widespread abusive or hostile culture among staff - although there were some matters of concern. Women told us about, and we observed, positive attempts by staff to ameliorate the impact of detention for those in their care, although staff numbers and training gaps limited what they could do. We made some adjustments to our normal inspection methodology for this inspection. We amended our inspection criteria to reflect our new expectations for women's prisons, which incorporate the requirements of the UN 'Bangkok Rules' for the treatment of women prisoners. In addition to our normal confidential detainee survey, we asked specific survey questions to address particular issues of concern, such as inappropriate sexual behaviour. We also offered every woman in Yarl's Wood a confidential interview with a female inspector, using interpretation where necessary, and carried out confidential interviews with a sample of staff. We interviewed 92 women detainees in Yarl's Wood and a further eight who had recently been released, as well as 39 staff. The inspection was conducted over three weeks and included intelligence gathered from a variety of voluntary and community groups. Yarl's Wood is a complex and challenging place to manage and in which to work - and had become more so since the last inspection. About 12% of detainees were ex-prisoners, an increase since the previous inspection. Many women told us harrowing stories about their histories of abuse, rape, trafficking and other victimisation. At best, they were distressed and anxious about their detention and the uncertainty surrounding their possible deportation. In our survey, a disturbing 54% of the women held told us they felt depressed or suicidal when they first arrived. A new contract with reduced staffing levels was being introduced as the inspection took place and we were concerned that staffing levels were insufficient. We found that many women were relieved to have someone to listen to them while they described, in often distressing detail, what had happened to them in the past and their anxieties about the future. Staff rarely had time to do this and there was no counselling service. On top of all this, the allegations that had been made about the centre had clearly shocked staff and lowered morale, and both staff and detainees told us about a loss of mutual trust that had occurred since recent news reports. The needs of the men held on the Bunting Unit, the short-term holding facility, needed close attention in their own right. Most of the men had been detained after being found in or disembarking from lorries. Most had endured hazardous and arduous journeys and were grateful for the good care they received in Yarl's Wood. The unit was decent and clean, staff were professional and most of the men only stayed a few days. The experience of the women held was less positive. Forty-five per cent said they felt unsafe at the centre. They told us their fears arose from the uncertainty of their status in the country, a poor introduction to the centre, very poor health care and having too few visible staff on the units. Many women said that past histories of abuse affected their current feelings. The number of violent incidents had increased, albeit from a low base, and both staff and detainees thought the increase was due to the higher number of former prisoners and women with serious mental health problems. In both surveys and interviews, we asked current detainees, former detainees and staff about sexually inappropriate behaviour between staff and detainees. In our confidential survey, four women reported instances of sexually inappropriate comments from staff, one woman reported sexual contact from staff, and one reported comments, contact and abuse. None of these responses gave further details of the incidents concerned. In our interviews, no women said they were aware of staff involved in any illegal activity or sexual abuse of detainees. Three women were aware of an incident some years previously when a detainee became pregnant by an officer. Staff were emphatic they had not witnessed any rogue behaviour by colleagues and would report it if they did. Nevertheless, the whistle-blowing procedure was not sufficiently clear and some staff were not confident about using it. We did not find evidence of widespread abuse in the centre but the vulnerability of the women held, the closed nature of the institution and the power imbalance between the staff and detainees - common to any prison - made individual instances an ever-present risk. Constant vigilance was required to protect women from this risk. Given the very vulnerable and anxious state in which so many women arrived at the centre, early days processes were weak. An unacceptable 38% of detainees (excluding the Bunting unit) arrived at the centre between 10pm and 6am. The reception area was welcoming but the process took too long. Health care screening, which involved asking intimate questions, was sometimes carried out by a male nurse. Not all women received an induction briefing and the briefing did not contain all that women needed to know. Detainee 'greeters' provided positive support to most new arrivals. Levels of self-harm were high but a small number of women accounted for a significant proportion of the incidents. Women on assessment, care in detention and teamwork (ACDT - casework management for detainees at risk of suicide or self-harm) praised the support they received from staff, but other forms of support, such as links with the Samaritans, peer support and counseling were absent. Constant supervision was used for women in the most acute crisis but the use of male staff to do this when women were sleeping was inappropriate. Two detainees had died from natural causes since the last inspection, one of these during this inspection. Security was generally thoughtful and proportionate and some of the most intrusive elements of physical security had been removed. Most use of force was well managed, but we were very concerned about one incident in which an officer appeared to use excessive force. He was rightly suspended. The amount of separation had increased since the last inspection. Some but not all of this could be explained by the difficulties in managing ex-prisoners and women with acute mental health needs. The separation unit was not an appropriate therapeutic environment for women who were eventually transferred to a secure hospital and work to develop a care suite was welcome. Immediate physical safety issues were much less a concern for the women held than uncertainty about their immigration cases and the length of detention. We were particularly concerned about the length of time some women were detained and the detention of the most vulnerable women without clear reason. In the six months prior to the inspection, more than double the number of women who were removed (443) were released back into the community (894), which raises questions about the validity of their detention in the first place. A few detainees were held for very long periods. At the time of the inspection, 15 detainees had been held for between six months and a year and four for more than a year. The longest had been held for 17 months. The Home Office's own policy states pregnant women should not normally be detained, but 99 had been held in 2014. Only nine of these women had eventually been removed from the UK. Rule 35 reports should protect detainees who have been tortured or who are extremely vulnerable in other ways from being detained. The Rule 35 reports we examined at Yarl's Wood were among the worst we have seen. All were handwritten and many were difficult to read, lacked detail and were perfunctory. Some responses were dismissive. Details: London: HM Inspectorate of Prisons, 2015. 122p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 18, 2015 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprisons/wp-content/uploads/sites/4/2015/08/Yarls-Wood-web-2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 136816

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice Title: Transforming Rehabilitation: A revolution in the way we manage offenders Summary: 'Transforming Rehabilitation - a revolution in the way we manage offenders' describes the Government's proposals for reforming the delivery of offender services in the community to reduce reoffending rates whilst delivering improved value for money for the tax payer. The proposals set out in the consultation paper include: - opening the majority of probation services to competition, with contracts to be awarded to providers who can deliver efficient, high quality services and improve value for money; - commissioning to be managed centrally, with specifications informed by local delivery requirements within 16 regional contract package areas, to generate economies of scale and deliver efficiencies, whilst responding to local needs; - contract package areas to align closely with other public service boundaries, to support more integrated commissioning in the future; - more scope for providers to innovate, with payment by results as an incentive to focus on rehabilitating offenders - we expect to see increased use of mentors and an emphasis on addressing offenders' 'life management' issues; - key functions to remain within the public sector, including the direct management of offenders who pose the highest risk of serious harm. We have already consulted on the principles behind many of the proposals in the consultation paper through the 'Punishment and Reform: effective probation services' consultation. We now wish to undertake a shorter, focused consultation exercise, as although many of the underlying themes and issues are the same, our latest proposals contain some significant differences. In Part B of the paper ('Extending our reform programme'), we are seeking a wide range of views on further proposals which could support our reforms. In Part C ('System specification questions'), we set out some detailed issues on which we particularly want the views of current practitioners, sentencers and potential providers, as we finalise the operational design of the new system. Details: London: The Stationery Office Limited, 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Consultation Paper CP1/2013: Accessed September 18, 2015 at: https://consult.justice.gov.uk/digital-communications/transforming-rehabilitation/supporting_documents/transformingrehabilitation.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Rehabilitation Shelf Number: 136818

Author: McLean, Fiona Title: Factors associated with serious or persistent violent offending: Findings from a rapid evidence assessment Summary: Identification of serially violent individuals by the police could allow forces to be aware of and, where possible develop strategies to manage the risk to the public. This paper presents findings from a Rapid Evidence Assessment (REA) designed to explore the evidence base on factors associated with, or predictive of, known serious or persistent violent offending excluding domestic or sexual violence. The REA is based on 53 studies from a systematic search of 7 databases using a strictly applied set of search and assessment criteria and recommended sources by academic experts. The factors identified and discussed in this report have been found by some research studies to be predictive of repeat violent behaviour. The characteristics identified are associated with an increased relative risk of repeat violent offending - that is that offenders with these characteristics are more likely to commit a further offence compared with other offenders. An increased relative risk does not mean that all offenders with that characteristic will go on to commit further offences. Key findings from the REA The range of factors identified by the evidence reviewed as being associated with persistent violent offending is presented in the full report. Those factors identified through studies graded with the highest quality and most likely to be of use to police analysts are listed below. The evidence on factors associated with serial violent offending in women is limited; therefore the factors primarily apply to male offenders: - An offending career that begins before the age of 14 is highly predictive of later violent offending and a longer criminal career (reported in 9 studies of which 4 were graded 1). - Individuals with a long criminal career are more likely to commit violent crimes (reported in 7 studies of which 5 were graded 1). - Individuals with a history of violence are more likely to commit further violent crimes (reported in 10 studies of which 5 were graded 1). There were also several other factors where there is some evidence that suggests it may be associated with violent reoffending but that evidence is not as strong. These may be worth considering when refining the prioritisation of those identified as high risk. These factors include drug use in adolescence (4 studies), gang membership (5 studies) and antisocial behaviour at a young age or anti-social personality traits in adults (4 studies). In addition, there is some limited evidence that previous convictions for certain specific offences such as kidnapping and blackmail are associated with an increased relative risk of committing further serious offences such as homicide and rape (3 studies). A number of 'protective factors' were identified which could be used to filter any high risk population identified. These factors include: marriage, particularly a cohesive or 'good' marriage before the age of 25 (6 studies) and employment (5 studies). The REA also identified literature on many existing violent risk assessment tools that have been developed to try and predict the risk of reoffending, typically in prisons or forensic psychiatric units. Most of the tools identified use a combination of clinical and actuarial measures. Clinical data such as the offender's response to questionnaires and behavioural indicators would not be readily available to the police and so such tools have been excluded from the REA. Where the tools use actuarial data - such as age - that would be available, the factors included in the tools have been examined and found to be largely consistent with those identified separately in the REA. These tools have been discussed within the report. Details: National Policing Improvement Agency, 2012. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 24, 2015 at: http://whatworks.college.police.uk/Research/Documents/REA_violent_reoffending.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Evidence-Based Practices Shelf Number: 136853

Author: Manby, Martin Title: Exploring the Emotional Impact of Parental Imprisonment on Children through Children's, Parents' and Carers' Accounts Summary: This child-centred case study, which explored the impact of parental imprisonment on children, developed from the European COPING research project (2010 - 2012). Qualitative methods and a thematic analysis were used to review data from interviews with children, their parents/carers and imprisoned parents, in 22 families, mainly from the north of England. My findings confirmed that the quality of children's relationships with their parent/carer and other relatives is the most important protective factors for them. Children's resilience is frequently characterised by a two-way empathetic process, children being supported by their parents/carers and supporting them in return. Time is a crucial dimension in how children experience parental imprisonment. The experience of stigma was almost universal for families in this study. Children were cautious about sharing information about parental imprisonment. Paternal and maternal imprisonment impact differentially on children. Children seem more likely to experience emotional turmoil from the imprisonment of their same sex parent. Girls tend to be more resilient and boys more vulnerable. Schools are most often the agencies best placed to help children of prisoners. Parents/carers frequently gained self-confidence from successfully fulfilling their responsibilities. They re-appraised their imprisoned partner's role and status, and families developed either more open or more closed policies about handling parental imprisonment. Imprisoned parents can partially fulfil their parenting roles. Alongside the harm caused to children by parental imprisonment, a majority of families experienced some benefits. Further research should explore the differential impact of parental imprisonment on girls and boys in more detail. Details: Huddersfield, UK: University of Huddersfield, 2014. 361p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 25, 2015 at: http://eprints.hud.ac.uk/24268/1/Final_thesis_-_MANBY.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 136872

Author: National Counter Terrorism Security Office Title: Counter terrorism protective security advice for stadia and arenas Summary: Stadia and arenas may be targeted by terrorists because of the high density of people and high profile nature of events. NaCTSO has researched and produced a guide intended to give protective security advice to those who are responsible for security in stadia and arenas. Whilst the document concentrates on measures to counter terrorism, these will also work against other threats, such as theft, burglary and arson. Stadium and arena management should use the guidance to reduce the risk to as low as reasonably possible. The document contains good practice checklists intended as a guide for stadium and arena management to assist them in identifying the hazards and risks associated with stadium security planning. Details: London: National Counter Terrorism Security Office, 2006. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 25, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/375168/Stadia_and_Arenas_Reviewed.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 136883

Author: McNeil, Clare Title: Breaking Boundaries: Towards a 'Troubled Lives' programme for people facing multiple and complex needs Summary: Reviewing previous reforms to public services for socially excluded groups, this report makes the case for a locally-led and coordinated programme to support people with multiple and complex needs. While successive governments have promised to tackle the 'root causes' of social and economic disadvantage, public spending on individuals experiencing problems such as addiction, homelessness, offending and poor mental health is still largely reactive - funding expensive crisis care services rather than coordinated and preventative support. At a time when rising numbers of people are becoming socially excluded, the government is committed to finding ways to reduce the estimated $4.3 billion spent on 'troubled individuals' struggling with homelessness, addiction and mental health problem. The taxpayer is indeed meeting unnecessary costs as the result of spending that is focussed on expensive crisis care services, rather than on coordinated and preventative support that would deliver better results as well as value for money. Savings cannot be made, and outcomes cannot be improved, unless action is taken to reform the services that vulnerable and disadvantaged people rely on. Because services are set up to deal with single issues such as drug or alcohol misuse, homelessness or mental health, rather than addressing the various needs of the individual, multiple professionals are often working with the same person. The successful Troubled Families programme was developed precisely to address this problem. However, there is no framework for disadvantaged adults who do not meet the programme's criteria. In this report we examine what lessons can be learned from the successes and failures of previous attempts to reform public services for disadvantaged individuals. We review several decades' worth of reform to provide a range of insights to learn from and build on in formulating new policy approaches. Based on these lessons, we recommend that at the next spending review, the government chooses multiple and complex needs as one of a small number of priority issues for investment in local integration and service transformation. A new 'Troubled Lives' programme, based on the Troubled Families model of centrally driven but locally led reform for vulnerable groups, should be established, focussed on approximately a quarter of a million individuals who experience two or more of the following problems: homelessness, substance misuse and offending. Details: London: Institute for Public policy Research, 2015. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2015 at: http://www.ippr.org/files/publications/pdf/breaking-boundaries_Sep2015.pdf?noredirect=1 Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 136895

Author: Higgins, Andy Title: Safe as Houses? Crime an Changing Tenure Patterns Summary: The Police Foundation's Police Effectiveness in a Changing World project seeks to identify how the police, working with other agencies and the public, can effectively tackle crime at a time when both the context in which it occurs, and the resources available to address it, are changing rapidly. Working in Luton and Slough - two English towns that have felt the local impacts of global change acutely - the project aims to develop locally-tailored, evidence-based solutions to persistent crime problems, which are responsive to the local effects of socio-economic, technological and geo-political change. In doing so, it seeks to better understand the impacts these changes are having on public services tasked with tackling crime and associated social problems. The project has taken a problem-oriented approach. A preliminary scanning phase focused attention on two challenging neighbourhoods in each town and on the most relevant crime problems - violence in Slough and burglary in Luton - before a multi-method research and analysis phase sought out new insights and perspectives on these local issues, to inform new ways of responding to them. In both towns, analysis suggested that housing factors, particularly the prevalence of lower quality, privately rented accommodation, were relevant to understanding the contemporary drivers of the crime problems being faced. In Luton, higher rates of private renting were found to be associated with local area burglary rates. Although the predictive value is modest, over the longer term, the amount of private renting accounted for more of the variance in neighbourhood burglary rates than deprivation, employment, social renting or any of the other socio-demographic Census variables available for analysis. As well as deprivation and overcrowding, neighbourhood burglary rates were also found to correlate with population growth, the proportion of residents born outside of the UK and (negatively) with the proportion of households comprising families. These findings led us to consider whether there were deficits of home security at the lower-cost end of the local private rented sector and whether these transient areas with 'churning' tenant populations might lack the community resources to resist criminal predation. In Slough, analysis drew attention to the sizable proportion of violent crime that, although not domestic violence, occurred within residential dwellings. In one neighbourhood this was found to be associated, in part, with the proliferation of Houses in Multiple Occupation (HMOs), leading to the hypothesis that the particular stresses and insecurities of living in low-quality, crowded accommodation, with shared facilities and little or no choice of co-habitees, may increase the risk that incidents of violent crime occur. These considerations prompted a number of questions as the project turned to designing new crime reduction initiatives; how could Luton's private landlords be encouraged to invest in proper home security for their properties? Could anything be done to persuade landlords to value longer-term tenancies so that tenants stay in an area for longer and communities might establish firmer roots and become more resilient? How could 'tinder-box' conditions inside Slough's HMOs be defused and landlords encouraged to take more interest in - and responsibility for - what goes on within their properties and the local neighbourhood? The lack of encouraging answers, and the paucity of options available to local community safety partners faced with the task of mitigating the harmful by-products of some elements of the private rented sector (PRS), provide the 'jumping off point' for this paper. Details: London: The Police Foundation, 2015. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Police Effectiveness in a Changing World Project: Accessed September 30, 2015 at: http://www.police-foundation.org.uk/uploads/holding/projects/housing_and_crime_final.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 136896

Author: Talbot, Jenny Title: Relative Justice: the experiences and views of family members of people with particular needs in contact with criminal justice and liaison and diversion services Summary: The Bradley Report (Department of Health, 2009) recommended the introduction of liaison and diversion services in police custody suites and criminal courts, and this recommendation is being taken forward. An initial investment to support the development of liaison and diversion services was made in 2011, and in January 2014 the government announced that NHS England would begin to roll out services, across England, in police custody suites and criminal courts. An initial ten trial sites began in April 2014, and these were followed by 16 more sites in April 2015 - providing 53% population coverage across England. A service specification and operating model describe how services should be delivered (NHS England 2014a and 2014b). The expectation is to achieve national coverage by 2017, subject to the submission of the business case to HM Treasury in autumn 2015, and their approval. Liaison and diversion is a process whereby people of all ages with mental health problems, learning disabilities, substance misuse problems or other vulnerabilities are identified and assessed as early as possible as they pass through the criminal justice system. Following screening and assessment, individuals are given access to appropriate services including, but not limited to, mental health and learning disability services, social care, and substance misuse treatment. Information from liaison and diversion assessments is shared appropriately with relevant agencies so that informed decisions can be made, for example, about charging, case management, sentencing and diversion. Diversion may occur within the youth and criminal justice system or away from it, for example, into treatment and care (NHS England 2014b). To help inform the model for liaison and diversion services, NHS England commissioned the Offender Health Collaborative2 (OHC) to undertake 'a national service user consultation on the operating model', and a report was published early 2015. The OHC, in turn, invited the Prison Reform Trust (PRT) to undertake a consultation involving family members and carers3 of people with particular needs in contact with criminal justice services, and with liaison and diversion services, in particular. POPS (Partners of Prisoners and Families Support Group) worked in partnership with PRT to recruit family members, and to help organise and run the consultation. It was agreed that four focus groups would be held, involving between 24 and 48 family members, and that two focus groups would be held in the north of England and two in the south. The purpose of these focus groups, and of this report, is to inform the development of liaison and diversion services prior to national roll out in 2017. This report is for those who are concerned with the families of people with particular needs in contact with criminal justice services, and for policy makers and commissioners of liaison and diversion, and wider health and social care services, in particular. The names of family members' relatives, which appear in quotes throughout this report, have been changed to protect their anonymity. Details: London: Prison Reform Trust and POPS, 2015. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2015 at: http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/Portals/0/Documents/relative%20justice.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Diversion Shelf Number: 136898

Author: Heard, Catherine Title: Community sentences since 2000: How they work - and why they have not cut prisoner numbers Summary: Over the past decade, the Centre for Crime and Justice Studies has been charting developments in community sanctions and calling for a more ambitious approach to criminal justice policy, informed by principles of social justice. Our research has shown that the UK's increased use of community sentences has not led to any overall reduction in the number of people in prison. At best, it may have controlled the growth of short-term prison sentences. At worst, it has simply expanded the net of criminalisation and punishment, exacerbating rather than resolving social harms. This report offers a unique review of the range of alternatives to custody in the UK, from bail, through community sanctions and probation, to early release from prison. It gives an overview of how governments have attempted to control the staggering rise in prisoner numbers since 2000 by the use of so-called 'alternatives' - and largely failed to do so. The key measures are explained in Appendix 1, with supporting statistical and financial data for the separate jurisdictions of England and Wales, Northern Ireland and Scotland in Appendix 3. Probation practices under the three systems are described in Appendix 2. Details: London: Centre for Crime and Justice Studies, 2015. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2015 at: http://www.crimeandjustice.org.uk/sites/crimeandjustice.org.uk/files/Community%20sentences%20since%202000%20CCJS%20Sept%202015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 136926

Author: Aghdam, Sasan Y. Title: Application of creativity tools to enhance the design of inherently safer urban infrastructure Summary: The purpose of this research is to explore the construction of a guideline for professionals who make decisions that affect the urban environmental security. The use of creativity tools has become widespread within design sectors but has not yet reached the domain of security design. The strategy here is to find and engage suitable creative idea generation methods that can be use to develop guideline for experts who ultimately used them in the process of designing secure urban infrastructure. In pursuing this goal, this thesis provides a guideline of the fundamental principles of using the application of creativity tools in the development of plausible ideas for crime prevention interventions. The advantage of using such a method or schema is the systematic sorting of potential design solutions. Depending on the criteria required, a design tool (creativity tools) will prompt an urban security engineer to consider potential security weaknesses within an urban design project and offer a wide range of potential solutions for problems. Crime is a social problem in our society that affects people's lives. The challenge is how to generate more creative ideas to combat crime or how to engage creativity tools within security design to minimise the opportunities for crime to be committed. Existing research demonstrates that creative design in urban infrastructure can minimize the potential for crime in many cases (especially opportunistic crime). Our related research has generated a further host of solutions for potential crime-related problems extending to many areas of urban infrastructure design. The intention here is to demonstrate the implications of using this research within a context of devising creativity tools adequate to implement the results of these findings. Security auditing of urban environment threats and visual mapping of some current security weaknesses is the right approach advocated here to trace the factors behind each crime case. This thesis demonstrates that the use of visual mapping application (issue based information system (IBIS)) can effectively address the problem of data overloading and decision making in the crime prevention domain. The process of collecting data in crime prevention method can be challenging. The experts are usually able to trace one direction of crime cases at a time. The method conducted in this thesis can assist experts to see the full extent of a crime case at the same time. Therefore, they are more likely to be capable of finding the right reason behind a criminal activity. This thesis also further implements a specific approach which is developed for use on large complex security design problems. Visual mapping techniques can be a beneficial tool for security experts as argued in this thesis. It can help experts to understand and concentrate on causes of crime, as most cases of crime are interconnected puzzles and experts need to pay attention to details synergistically. For the development of creative ideas against crime, this thesis explores the outcome of a visual mapping model, and then describes the development of creative solutions for particular examples. The specific creativity tools (selected according to the nature of each crime) should be used in order to develop and generate a variety of solutions that can eliminate the opportunities for crime. The process ends when an appropriate form of creativity tool is decided upon for each crime case. A set of creative and innovative ideas was developed to deal with the diversity of potential crime generated by adaptive offenders. This thesis also indicates that a synthesis of creative idea generation methods within security design can represent a meaningful contribution towards effective design of secure urban infrastructure. Depending on the type of threat identified (again with the use of our methods), engineers can then use the particular creativity tools described, to generate several appropriate solutions for these threats. A web-based software program intended to help security engineers to understand and adapt these concepts in their design has also been developed. Details: London: Imperial College London, 2013. 123p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed October 5, 2015 at: https://spiral.imperial.ac.uk:8443/bitstream/10044/1/24764/1/Final%20Thesis%202014.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 136955

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice Title: Female Offenders and Child Dependents Summary: Previous estimates of the proportion of female offenders who have child dependents at the time of their disposal have been based on small-sample survey data rather than robust administrative information. The availability of linked data from the Department for Work and Pensions (DWP) and the Ministry of Justice has, for the first time, enabled analysis of data on Child Benefit take-up and sentencing for criminal offences, providing a better estimate of the proportion of female offenders with child dependents. This ad-hoc management information bulletin presents the analysis on the percentage of female offenders with child dependents, and the average number of child dependents in their care at the time of their disposal. The analysis is based on linked data from the police national computer (PNC) and DWP benefits data. It is an extension of the work presented in Experimental statistics from the 2013 MoJ /DWP /HMRC data share: Linking data on offenders with benefit, employment and income data, published on 30 January 2014. Table 1 provides an estimate of the percentage of female offenders with one or more child dependents and the number of child dependents in their care. A child dependent is defined as a child under 18, living in the care of an adult. The linked data was used to identify female offenders who made a child benefit claim at the time of their disposal (caution or conviction) in 2012. This information was used to provide a minimum and maximum estimate for the percentage of offenders with child dependents in their care. The real value is predicted to fall somewhere within this range. The child benefit data also provided information on the number of child dependents associated with each claim (see annex for further details of the methods used). Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2015. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/465916/female-offenders-child-dependents-statistics.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 136969

Author: Jennings, Will Title: Mega-Events and Risk Colonisation: Risk Management and the Olympics Summary: This paper uses the idea of risk colonisation (Rothstein et al. 2006) to analyse how societal and institutional risks simultaneously make mega-events such as the Olympics a problematic site for risk management while contributing to the spread of the logic and formal managerial practice of risk management. It outlines how mega-events are linked to broader societal and institutional hazards and threats but at the same time induce their own unique set of organizational pathologies and biases. In this context, it is argued that the combination of societal and institutional risks create pressure for safety and security which in turn give rise to the growing influence of risk as an object of planning, operations and communication both in organisation of the Games and governance of the Olympic movement. This is consistent with the colonizing influence of risk over time: both in the creation of formal institutions (such as risk management teams and divisions) and the proliferation of the language of 'risk' as an object of regulation and control. Details: London: Centre for Analysis of Risk and Regulation, London School of Economics and Political Science, 2012. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Discussion Paper No. 71: Accessed October 8, 2015 at: http://www.lse.ac.uk/accounting/CARR/pdf/DPs/Disspaper71.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Event Planning Shelf Number: 136978

Author: Kavanagh, Emma J. Title: The Dark Side of Sport: Athlete Narratives of Maltreatment in High Performance Environments Summary: This study provides a unique insight into the impact and experience of maltreatment in elite adult sport, which to date has had limited consideration within the sporting literature. The evidence suggests that elite adult athletes can experience maltreatment in high performance environments and such treatment has the potential to have long-term negative effects on athlete wellbeing and continued participation in sport. However, to date, much of the guidance on protecting and supporting athletes has been directed toward child athletes or those under the age of 18. There remains much to be understood about the experience of maltreatment into adulthood if adult safeguarding and protection in sport are to be enhanced. The aim of this study is to explore elite adult athletes' experiences of maltreatment in high performance sport. In order to meet the aim of this research, athlete narratives of maltreatment gained through in-depth interviews were completed in order to capture the experiences of both male and female elite athletes. The participants of this study were 12 elite athletes between the ages of 19 and 35 years (mean = 27 years), who had competed in the United Kingdom and had represented England, Wales and/or Great Britain within their chosen sport. A variety of sports and sports types were included within the sample with participants from eleven different sports (hockey, volleyball, archery, rugby, cricket, football, eventing, handball, beach volleyball, taekwondo and tennis), and both team and individual sports were represented. Five main themes were identified: becoming an athlete, being an athlete, being maltreated, the perceived impact of maltreatment and coping with maltreatment. The findings suggest that maltreatment in sport is complex and multifaceted, and has the potential to pose a significant threat to athlete wellbeing. Prior to this study, existing research had failed to explore maltreatment as an overarching phenomenon and instead sought to examine individual types of maltreatment. While this has increased understanding, the complexity of experience is lost when individual maltreatment types are explored in isolation. This study underlines the co-occurring nature of maltreatment as well as the diverse nature of the experience of maltreatment. In addition, taking a broader approach has enabled an understanding of maltreatment types that have not previously been systematically explored. This study therefore extends knowledge about and understanding of the experience of maltreatment in high performance environments. A conceptual framework is presented to demonstrate how athletes experience maltreatment in sport. This study supports the need to further explore the impact on and consequences of maltreatment for athletic experience. Implications for practice and future research directions are outlined in order to identify the scope of work yet to be explored in this area. This study makes an important contribution to knowledge as the first piece of research that seeks to illuminate the experience of maltreatment in high performance sport. Details: Poole, UK: Bournemouth University, 2014. 322p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 15, 2015 at: http://eprints.bournemouth.ac.uk/21488/1/PhD%20EK%20Final%20(2).pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Athletes Shelf Number: 136981

Author: Sutherland, Clare Title: The nature of online offending: Explored from Crown Prosecution Service case files Summary: Evidence regarding online offenders is limited and there are key gaps in knowledge around offender demographics, backgrounds and criminal careers. However, online offences and offenders are not easily identified through traditional data sources such as police recorded crime. This report therefore aims to help build understanding of online offenders and the nature of their offending by outlining findings from an analysis of case files held by the Crown Prosecution Service (CPS). The research involved analysis of offences prosecuted and convicted under the Computer Misuse Act 1990 (CMA); the Fraud Act 2006; s.127 of the Communications Act 2003 (CA); and the Malicious Communications Act 1998 (MCA). Random samples of cases were taken in December 2012 to explore: the proportion of cases that could retrospectively be identified as committed online; and the information that was held in those online cases regarding the characteristics of offenders and the nature of their offences. Details: London: Home Office, 2015. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 82: Accessed October 15, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/468067/horr82.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 136988

Author: Shaw, Oliver Title: Crime and the value of stolen goods Summary: - This paper uses the Crime Survey for England and Wales (CSEW) to investigate the value of stolen goods and its relationship to crime trends. The analysis aims to determine: - the types of stolen goods and their value, and how these have changed over time; - whether these changes have played a role in the crime drop since the mid-1990s; - the extent to which the value of goods affects what types of crimes are committed and which items stolen within these crime types; - whether there is a link between the value of stolen goods and the rate at which crime is reported to the police, i.e. are demands on the police and the wider criminal justice system affected by changes to the value of stolen goods? - The total value of all stolen goods, as reported by victims, was estimated to be $1.8bn in 2013/14. This has fallen from $6.9bn in 1995, a 74 per cent drop. There are two components to this. The number of thefts with loss has fallen by about 60 per cent. But this report shows that the average value of stolen goods from a single theft has also fallen, by about 35 per cent. In other words, the overall economic harm to victims from theft has probably declined by an even greater amount than the number of thefts. - Although there are a number of crime types not fully covered by the CSEW, notably fraud, analysis here suggests that changes in the levels of plastic card fraud have not substantially offset the reduction in overall economic harm to victims. - Theft of vehicles has been the biggest contributor to the fall in value of stolen goods between 1995 and 2013/14. This is due to both the large reduction in numbers of thefts (theft of vehicles is down by 88% since 1995) and a small fall in the mean value of the vehicles stolen. - The distribution of criminal gains from theft is heavily skewed. In 2013/14, just 2 per cent of all thefts accounted for 46 per cent of the total value of goods stolen. This means that the mean value of goods stolen per theft is markedly higher than the median value, and that the latter better represents the typical criminal gain from any one incident of theft (bold highlighted in Table 5). - There has been a high degree of stability in the types of items that are stolen. Cash is most frequently stolen with vehicle parts/accessories, the second most stolen item for every year in which the CSEW has run from 1981 to 2013/14. Of the items stolen that would feasibly be resold by a thief, just nine types of goods - vehicle parts/accessories, cars/vans, bicycles, stereo/hi-fi equipment, clothes, jewellery, tools, garden furniture and mobile phones - account for the top six most stolen items in every year. Value is clearly a factor in determining which goods are most stolen, but it is not the only factor. Details: London: Home Office, 2015. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 81: Accessed October 15, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/468003/horr81.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Trends Shelf Number: 136989

Author: Great Britain. HM Treasury Title: UK national risk assessment of money laundering and terrorist financing Summary: This is the UK's first money laundering and terrorist financing national risk assessment (NRA). In conducting this assessment the aim is to identify, understand and assess the money laundering and terrorist financing risks faced by the UK. Money laundering can undermine the integrity and stability of our financial markets and institutions. It is a global problem. The European Commission's 2013 impact assessment of the EU anti-money laundering/counter terrorist financing legislative framework points to global criminal proceeds potentially amounting to some 3.6% of GDP; around US$2.1 trillion in 2009. The best available international estimate of amounts laundered globally would be equivalent to some 2.7% of global GDP or US$1.6 trillion in 2009. Both money laundering itself, and the criminality which drives the need to launder money, present a significant risk to the UK. The laundering of proceeds of overseas corruption into or through the UK fuels political instability in key partner countries. The NCA judges that billions of pounds of suspected proceeds of corruption are laundered through the UK each year. Money laundering is also a key enabler of serious and organised crime, the social and economic costs of which are estimated to be $24 billion a year. Taken as a whole, money laundering represents a significant threat to the UK's national security. The government's 2013 Serious and Organised Crime Strategy set out plans to make it harder for criminals to move, hide and use the proceeds of crime. There is a marked overlap between money laundering and terrorist financing - both criminals and terrorists use similar methods to store and move funds. However, the motive for generating and moving funds differs. Terrorists ultimately need money to commit terrorist attacks. Unlike criminal gangs, terrorist groups involve disparate individuals coming together through a shared motivation and ideology. Finance is an essential aspect of enabling terrorist groups to function, recruit and commit terrorist acts. A lack of funds can have a direct effect on the ability of terrorist organisations and individuals to operate and to mount attacks. There is evidence of terrorist financing activity in the UK and terrorist financing poses a significant threat to the UK's national security. The UK recognises that countering terrorist financing is important in protecting national security. Countering terrorist financing forms a key part of the UK's CONTEST counter-terrorism strategy with the aim being to reduce the terrorist threat to the UK and its interests overseas by depriving terrorists and violent extremists of the financial resources and systems required for terrorism-related activity. Details: London: HM Treasury and Home Office, 2015. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 15, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/468210/UK_NRA_October_2015_final_web.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Money Laundering Shelf Number: 136990

Author: McArthur, Gary Title: Prison 'as' punishment or prison 'for' punishment: examining the views of prison officers toward prison Summary: In recent years, prison numbers have grown despite falling levels of crime. Considering the increasing use of custodial sentences, which in many ways can be attributed to the rise of penal populism, research has largely ignored the views of those best placed to offer opinion on the role which imprisonment plays: those who deal with offenders and prison life on a daily basis. Prison officers are responsible for the implementation of penal policy and have the authority to undermine or enhance the goals of the establishment where they work, yet in answering the philosophical questions underlying imprisonment; their views have rarely been sought. This study utilised a mixed-method survey to examine the views of 398 prison officers working in Scottish Prison Service establishments. The purpose of this was to identify and explore the attitudes which prison officers hold in relation to imprisonment. Specifically, respondents were questioned on what should be the main purpose of prison, whether it should be a place where offenders are sent 'as' punishment or 'for' punishment, the effectiveness of prison, and who should influence its policies. Findings revealed prison officers viewed rehabilitation as the most important purpose of imprisonment, with retribution the least important. The majority of officers believed that offenders should be sent to prison 'as' punishment for their crime; though many felt that prison should constitute a place where offenders are sent both 'as' punishment and 'for' further punishment. Prison officers were largely undecided over the effectiveness of prison; however felt that their role was critical in reducing reoffending. Furthermore, respondents felt their views were often undervalued and believed prison officers should have more authority in the determining of penal policy, whereas political and public influence should be limited. Analysis reveals the views of prison officers to be largely supportive of the organisation they represent. Findings also provide the basis for a possible divergence of thought between the punitive message politicians promote, and what the Scottish Prison Service aims to achieve. Details: Portsmouth, UK: University of Portsmouth, Institute of Criminal Justice Studies, 2014. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed October 15, 2015 at: http://www.sps.gov.uk/ Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 136991

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Review of the National Referral Mechanism for victims of human trafficking Summary: 2.1 Summary 2.1.1 The National Referral Mechanism Review was commissioned by the Home Secretary in April 2014 as part of the Government's wider commitment to eradicate slavery and protect victims. The Review's starting point has been the victim and their experiences; the lens we have used has been focused on them. We have been enormously helped by a wide range of practitioners, Parliamentarians, campaigners and crucially victims who have been willing to talk and tell us of their appalling experiences. 2.1.2 Between its inception in 2009 and September 2014 approximately 6,800 people were referred to the National Referral Mechanism (known as the NRM). It is a complex mechanism, involving a wide group of dedicated professionals, statutory and voluntary organisations. 2.1.3 The Review was asked to examine and make recommendations to the Home Secretary on six key areas: - identification of victims - how they access support - the level of support that victims receive - decision making - governance of the NRM - collection and sharing of data 2.1.4 In recognition of the specific issues affecting children we have investigated and provided recommendations focused on them and their particular needs. 2.1.5 The Review found many areas of good practice; however, we also saw a disjointed system where awareness of human trafficking was often low and of the NRM processes still lower. We heard of the difficulties faced by support providers in moving people on from the support provided under the victim care contract. There were many critics of decision making, the quality and communication of decisions and the ability to manage and share information effectively in the best interest of victims. Details: London: Home Office, 2014. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 15, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/467434/Review_of_the_National_Referral_Mechanism_for_victims_of_human_trafficking.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 136992

Author: Parker, Imogen Title: A link in the chain: The role of friends and family in tackling domestic abuse Summary: A link in the chain examines the role of informal networks (friends, family, colleagues and neighbours) in minimising domestic abuse. Despite the harm domestic abuse causes, victims struggle to acknowledge and disclose what's happening to them and seek support. They face complex personal and practical barriers to admitting abuse and accessing help, as their lives are often intricately intertwined, in terms of emotions, networks and resources, with that of the perpetrator. As individuals struggle to proactively seek help, many victims remain invisible to services, never accessing effective support. Few victims engage with police or specialist services, with abusive relationships escalating, going unrecognised and undiscussed, sometimes for years. Victims can become increasingly isolated, making the gap to trained specialist services (helplines, refuges, police or health professionals) yawn large. Friends and family can be a key link in the chain to leaving abuse behind, as these are the individuals most likely to be aware of abuse early on. Informal networks can offer help by encouraging victims to reach out to specialist services or the police (acting as a conduit), or by offering practical and emotional aid themselves (supporter), from bolstering self-esteem to providing somewhere to stay. However, informal networks face complex barriers to engaging: they may struggle to recognise abuse, and feel ill-equipped to intervene, fearful of causing problems or nervous about intruding. This report argues that to successfully minimise abuse, policy and practice must consider the social context of abusive relationships, to equip and support friends and family who may be aware of abuse. We consider how social and professional networks can help bridge the gap between victims and specialist support. This report draws on new primary data to explore: 1.what barriers prevent victims speaking up about abuse, and how these can be overcome 2.how we can widen the net of people aware and involved in aiding victims of abuse, whilst ensuring those supporters feel confident and able to engage safely and appropriately 3.what structures need to be in place to ensure there is emotional and practical specialist support in place following disclosure, both for the victim and supporter Details: London: Citizens Advice, 2015. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 19, 2015 at: https://www.citizensadvice.org.uk/about-us/policy/policy-research-topics/crime-and-justice-policy-research/a-link-in-the-chain-the-role-of-friends-and-family-in-tackling-domestic-abuse/ Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 136994

Author: Lerpiniere, Jennifer Title: Overseen but often overlooked: Children and Young People 'Looked After at Home' in Scotland. Report 2: Identifying needs and outcomes Summary: More than 5,000 children and young people are looked after at home in Scotland; this represents around a third of all looked after children. Children and young people looked after at home are subject to a compulsory supervision order, but without a requirement to be placed in a particular setting (such as kinship care, foster care, residential care, etc). This type of legal supervision order is unique to the Scottish system of child legislation, children who are supervised in this way are "looked after" by a local authority whilst still living at home with a parent or relevant person. Home supervision has been used since the Social Work (Scotland) Act 1968, a period of more than forty years. Despite this long history and extensive use, little is known about home supervision or the experiences of the children who are subject to this intervention. This study seeks to begin to remedy this situation. The study covers considerable ground, and so, a decision was taken to report the findings in three separate reports: - Report 1 in this series reports the findings of a literature review undertaken to identify what research has been conducted into the unique needs, outcomes and experiences of children and young people looked after at home. - This document is Report 2; it focuses on what we learned about the needs and outcomes of children and young people on home supervision and compares this to what was found in the literature review. This report also provides the background to the study and describes the methods used in the primary research. Details: Glasgow: Centre for Excellence for Looked After Children in Scotland (CELCIS), 2015. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 19, 2015 at: http://www.celcis.org/media/resources/publications/Overseen_but_often_overlooked-Report-2-needs_outcomes.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 137001

Author: Robinson, Gill Title: 'From Vision to Reality -- Transforming Scotland's Care of Women in Custody' Summary: The Symposium was held in Edinburgh on 27-29 May 2015. It brought together 58 academics and expert practitioners from across the UK, Europe and Canada together with stakeholders from Scotland (see Appendix A). The purpose of the symposium was: to engage in professional debate based upon international research and best practice to address identified key issues and so inform the emerging Scottish Government proposals for the future custodial estate for women. Its task was: to produce evidence and advice on practice to inform future thinking on the development and implementation of a Scottish Approach to the custody of women. 1.2 Background and context The Cabinet Secretary for Justice had announced in January 2015 that "the current plans for a prison for women in Inverclyde should not go ahead. It does not fit with my vision of how a modern and progressive country should be addressing female offending. We need to be bolder and take a more radical and ambitious approach in Scotland". At the time of the symposium, therefore, the Scottish Government and Scottish Prison Service were engaged in consultation and rethinking their approach to the custody of women. The recent history relating to the custody of women in Scotland was set out in the pre-symposium pack which can be found at www.sps.gov.uk/corporate/information/women-in-custody.aspx. The pack also contains detailed statistics about the population and characteristics of women in custody in Scotland (such as offences, sentence length, age, health, drug and alcohol use and home area). In summary, at the time of the symposium, there were 400 women in custody in Scotland in four prisons, with 100 of the women being on remand. At the time there was a proposition that the future women's custodial estate would include a small national facility for women who pose a high risk to themselves or to the community, a separate facility for young women, and a range of smaller, regional and local facilities which could include community-based residential facilities. Subsequently, on 22 June 2015, the Cabinet Secretary announced that "a new small national prison with 80 places would be created, alongside five smaller community-based custodial units each accommodating up to 20 women across the country". "The smaller community-based custodial units will provide accommodation as women serve out their sentence, with access to intensive support to help overcome issues such as alcohol, drugs, mental health and domestic abuse trauma which evidence shows can often be a driver of offending behaviour. The units will be located in areas close to the communities of female offenders so that family contact can be maintained. "There will also be more use of community-based alternatives to short-term prison sentences, including restricting liberty through the increased use of electronic monitoring, combined with support in the community, and more funding will be made available for community-based services which provide robust and effective alternatives to custody." 1.3 Symposium programme, themes and processes The programme is provided as Appendix B. On day 1, participants were offered the opportunity to visit HM Prison & Young Offenders' Institution (HMP&YOI) Cornton Vale to meet prisoners and staff and learn about current facilities, practice and support for women in custody there. The activities on days 2 and 3 involved plenary and group presentations and discussions on the following themes: - New approaches to custody for women: learning from progressive policies and practices - Services working together to support women before, during and after custody - Assessment to support decisions about a woman's needs and where she should be placed - Young women (16-21) and custody - Family and social ties - Best practice in working with women in custody - Implementing a vision for progressive change, and sustaining it The symposium used a deliberative approach, seeking to understand different social, legal and policy contexts and probing practice and policy across different jurisdictions. Keynote speakers addressed the first and last of these themes. The other five themes were considered in workshop groups. Each group heard and discussed video clips from women currently in custody and presentations from academics and practitioners. The group then identified key evidence, issues and advice which they presented to the group as a whole, followed by plenary discussions to explore issues and add further examples of practice or evidence. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Prison Service, 2015. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Women's Symposium Report: Accessed October 18, 2015 at: http://www.sps.gov.uk/Corporate/Publications/Publication-3592.aspx Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 137002

Author: Reid Howie Associates Title: HMP Low Moss Research Programme into Innovative Practice (Vol 1). Family Visits and First Time in Custody Summary: A number of innovative practices are being introduced in HMP Low Moss. These are designed to stimulate, promote and sustain cultural change, and to support prisoner rehabilitation through mentoring, pro-social examples and positive role modelling. Amongst the new developments are: - An innovative system for visits and family contact, focusing on promoting family integration in a positive pro-social environment, driven by the needs of the family and specifically the child. - A separate regime and facilities for prisoners in custody for the first time. Research was carried out in late 2012 / early 2013 to explore the implementation and impact of these new practices and the main findings are summarised below. Visits and family contact. The new approach to visits and family contact involves the visitor (rather than the prisoner) arranging the visits. There are three family and friends visit sessions per day (and two at weekends) and prisoners can take as many visits as they wish, subject to availability. Children's visits are available daily at 17:15, where prisoners can play with their children and help with homework, and all prisoners who are parents or grandparent are eligible for these. There is also an induction visit for prisoners who are new to custody, or new to Low Moss. The ethos of the prison also involves working to promote a positive environment in which positive contact can take place. Key findings The new approach to visits and family contact in Low Moss is seen to be very positive overall by prisoners, families, staff and volunteers. Both family and friends visits and children's visits are seen to be beneficial, and the approach to visits and family contact is seen as consistent with the overall ethos in Low Moss. The approach is seen to have a positive impact on enabling prisoners to maintain relationships with their families and to be involved in their lives, affecting: the actual relationships; the level of participation by prisoners in family life; and their ability to discuss important issues with their families. There is a clear view that the children's visits have a positive impact on bonding between prisoners and their children, and that they enable parents and grandparents to be involved in their children and grandchildren's growing up. While it is more difficult to identify the impact of visits and family contact upon future desistance (given, for example, the influence of other factors and the longer term timescale for such an impact), participants expressed a number of positive views which are relevant to future behaviour, with family contact seen as an important aspect of easing prisoners' transition back into the community. Aspects of the new approach to visits and family contact considered particularly positive are: - The opportunity, frequency and availability of family contact. - Flexibility in approach and the focus on enabling contact. - Pleasant surroundings and a relaxed atmosphere for the visits. - Activities and events (particularly freedom of movement at children's visits). - The staff approach. - The benefits to prisoners and families of the positive family contact. Against this background, however, there are concerns with some specific aspects of visits and family contact, which appear to impact on prisoners' and families' experiences and views. These relate to: - Practical problems with the booking system. - Timing, length and accessibility issues for some families. - Aspects of the process and rules (e.g. nature / level of security procedures). - Aspects of privacy (particularly in a small number of tables in the visit room). - Aspects of the layout and facilities for some families. - The quality and availability of toys and equipment for children. - The limited choice of refreshments and lack of hot food. - The attitudes of some staff (and variation in these). While the general approach to visits and family contact is seen to be very positive, a number of suggestions are made in the report about addressing these concerns. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Prison Service, 2014. 85p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 19, 2015 at: http://www.sps.gov.uk/Corporate/Publications/Publication-3517.aspx Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 137003

Author: Reid Howie Associates Title: HMP Low Moss Research Programme into Innovative Practice 2012-2014. (Vol 2). Relationships, Culture and Ethos Summary: There have been a number of significant changes in the SPS in recent years at strategic, policy and practice level, and in wider criminal justice policy. The new HMP Low Moss has been involved in implementing and testing innovative practice and the revised SPS operating philosophy since it opened in March 2012. A range of new practices have been introduced into the prison which are designed to stimulate, promote and sustain cultural change and to support prisoner rehabilitation within the new penal environment. A programme of research has been undertaken to explore these innovative practices in Low Moss and their impact, in the context of wider changes. This research was part of that programme, and the overall objectives of this study were to examine the quality of relationships within the regime and the nature of the prevailing culture and ethos in Low Moss. The study took an "Appreciative Inquiry" (AI) approach to identifying the key issues for those living and working in Low Moss, with a focus on identifying "best experiences" throughout/ Key Findings There were generally very positive views of the relationships, culture and ethos in Low Moss from stakeholder groups of all types. The research identified a prevalent view that Low Moss was different (and preferable) to other prisons in Scotland. Key factors included the focus in the prison on: - Relationships based on mutual respect, support and appropriate values. - Positive relationships with families. - Provision of opportunities and holistic support to prisoners, to enable change. - The overall environment, including safety and comfort. - A positive, "can-do" ethos and culture. The research found that the Low Moss regime, operating philosophy and culture were seen to have become an integral part of the prison in its first 18 months, with the approach having "bedded in". The approach was seen to have a positive impact upon stakeholders in terms of, for example: day to day well-being and satisfaction; personal development; addressing specific issues; promoting positive change among prisoners; and contributing to the likelihood of their future desistance from offending. There was found to be a shared strategic approach and "vision" at senior management level, with a high level of commitment, as well as good team-working and mutual support and a general focus on enabling and encouraging new ideas. Most staff viewed working in Low Moss favourably, with strong teamworking and generally positive views of relationships with a range of stakeholders. Staff recognised the difference in their work with prisoners implied by the Low Moss approach, and many valued the challenge. The prison was seen to have high expectations of staff, and staff were generally proud of their involvement in "making a difference". There were seen to be good opportunities for learning and development for ambitious staff. Most of the prisoners identified Low Moss as being different to other prisons they had experienced, and expressed positive views of the difference. Aspects of the Low Moss approach identified as particularly important to them included: better treatment by staff; the "family-friendly approach"; positive opportunities and support; the relaxed atmosphere; and the safe, clean, well-equipped and modern environment. Relationships between prisoners themselves were also seen to be generally good, particularly in the PIP section (for those in custody for the first time), and the provision of support by other prisoners was common. Prisoners generally felt that they were listened to, and that the staff would explain reasons for decisions more readily than in other prisons. Other stakeholders and service providers were also very positive overall about the prison, and their own experiences and involvement. There was seen to be a good level of partnership and "joined up" working, with input from other stakeholders being seen as integral to the holistic approach within the prison. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Prison Service, 2014. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 19, 2015 at: http://www.sps.gov.uk/Corporate/Publications/Publication-3520.aspx Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 137004

Author: Perkins, Andy Title: Evaluation of the High Care Needs within the Scottish Prisoner Population Summary: The 2012 High Care Needs Assessment conducted for the Scottish Prison Service (SPS) indicated that a small proportion of the prisoner population have high care needs, including severe physical disabilities, some of whom may not be able to cope with the prison regime and require assistance with activities of daily living (ADLs). In terms of the evolving appreciation of what is meant by 'High Care Needs' Prisoners the 2012 report was limited in its scope of 'describing the size of the population who find the prison regime difficult due to disability'. The report did not consider a broader base of high care needs such as those arising from: cognitive impairment; post-traumatic stress disorder; mental health issues; and conditions associated with aging. However, the report did rightly acknowledge that the challenges associated with high care needs are likely to increase in future years due to: the trend for increasingly longer sentences; people surviving longer into old age; and the older age at which some sexual offenders are sentenced. A proportion of prisoners with high care needs are eligible and wish to seek release on compassionate grounds when the end of life is anticipated and when they fit the criteria in respect of health, social and public safety grounds. Other prisoners in this predicament are: ineligible for compassionate release; not willing to contemplate release; or prefer to die in prison. Since November 2011, there has been a separation of duties of care which were previously held by the prison. Since December 2012, arrangements are now underpinned by a memorandum of understanding between the Scottish Ministers, acting through the Scottish Prison Service and NHS Scotland2. The general duty of care remains with prisons, whereas the duty of healthcare has transferred to local NHS boards. The issue of social care and support in prisons is an emerging issue, which has recently been debated at the National Prisoner Healthcare Network (NPHN) and the SPS Offender Outcome Delivery Group (OODG). Whilst SPS does not currently have a large number of prisoners across Scotland who require assistance with daily living, numbers are on the increase and there is a need to address the emerging social care issues. The lines of responsibility for social care are presently unclear with assistance currently provided by healthcare staff, prison staff and other prisoners. One particular prison in Scotland (HMP Glenochil) has procured, at their own financial cost, a social care service through a private national specialist provider. Prison models vary according to the assessed need and the prison. Against this backdrop of inconsistent practice, a number of legislative changes are being introduced in England with the introduction of new commissioning structures for prison health and relationships within regions under the Health and Social Care Act 2012. Responsibility for the social care of prisoners is to be placed with the Local Authority of residence under the Care Bill 2013 which is currently going through parliament. This will be supported by the National Offender Management Service (NOMS). At the same time, Scotland is planning the integration of health and social care through the Public Bodies (Joint Working) (Scotland) Bill 2013. The Bill provides the framework which will support the improvement of the quality and consistency of health and social care services in Scotland. However, as this Bill is not specific to offenders in custody, SPS is working in collaboration with the Scottish Government to seek an alternative policy approach to the management of prisoners with high care needs in prisons. The SPS has set up a Working Group to consider the future management of offenders with high care needs, including social care issues, across Scottish prisons. The remit of the group is to develop an agreed pathway for offenders with high care needs across the Criminal Justice System to include throughcare services between the community and prison, taking cognisance of legislative change. Details: Dundee: Figure 8 Consultancy Services Ltd., 2014. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 19, 2015 at: http://www.sps.gov.uk/Corporate/Publications/Publication-3083.aspx Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Aftercare Shelf Number: 137008

Author: Great Britain. Law Commission Title: Firearms Law: A Scoping Consultation Paper Summary: When consulting on the contents of the Law Commission's 12th Programme of Law Reform, a number of respondents suggested that the law governing the use and acquisition of firearms was deeply problematic and in need to reform. This suggestion came from both the police, CPS, and other law enforcement agencies in addition to organisations representing the licensed firearms community. The law regulating the use and acquisition of firearms is contained primarily within the Firearms Act 1968. Further provisions, however, are to be found in an additional 33 Acts of Parliament. In total therefore, to understand fully the law on firearms it is necessary to have regard to 34 Acts of Parliament. In addition to these, the law is to be found in numerous pieces of secondary legislation. Early fact finding with stakeholders suggested there was consensus on those problems that cause the most difficulties in practice. In this scoping consultation paper, the Law Commission sets out these problems and makes some provisional proposals as to how they could be remedied. By providing immediate solutions to these pressing problems, the aim is to maximise public safety whilst also providing clarity and certainty for members of the licensed firearms community. From discussions with stakeholders, it also became clear that there are more fundamental problems with the law. These problems are attributable to the fact the law has become increasing complex, inaccessible and in some instances incoherent. Given that the Firearms Act 1968 was a consolidating Act, many of its provisions have their origin in older legislative provisions, such as the Pistols Act 1903. It is questionable whether these remain fit for purpose in the 21st century. It is for these reasons the Law Commission has also examined in this scoping consultation paper whether more comprehensive reform of the law is necessary. We conclude that the law is problematic and could be improved. The consultation paper gives some examples of problems stakeholders have brought to our attention which we believe could be remedied by codifying the law. In this paper, we are asking consultees for their views on the suitability of the provisional proposals we have made to remedy the most pressing problems with the law. We are also asking consultees whether they agree with our provisional conclusion that more comprehensive reform of the law is necessary. We are equally eager to know whether consultees have any examples of unnecessary costs incurred that are attributable to the deficiencies with the current legislative regime Details: London: The Stationery Office, 2015. 116p. Source: Internet Resource: Consultation Paper No. 224: Accessed October 19, 2015 at: http://www.lawcom.gov.uk/wp-content/uploads/2015/07/cp224_firearms.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Firearms Shelf Number: 137010

Author: Human Impact Partners Title: Dignified & Just Policing: Health Impact Assessment of the Townsend Street Gang Injunction in Santa Ana, California Summary: A gang injunction is a controversial policing practice that essentially acts as a group restraining order against alleged gang members within a safety zone, a specific geographic area thought to be "controlled" by a gang. Since the 1980's, over 60 gang injunctions have been imposed in California in an attempt to curtail a historic spike in violent crime in the state (and in the nation) during the late 1980's and early 1990's, a topic we tackled in a previous blog post. The injunction in Santa Ana, the city's second, would prevent alleged gang members from associating with each other or carrying out certain illegal and legal activities within the safety zone. The injunction has stirred up heated debate in Santa Ana since June 2014, when it was first implemented, and has been a flashpoint for controversy more recently amidst allegations of police brutality. Supporters of the injunction say it will lead to decreased crime and violence for all residents, while opponents say the injunction fails to address the root causes of crime and may lead to increased police mistreatment of local youth. The HIA, which worked locally with SABHC, Chicanos Unidos de Orange County, KidWorks, Santa Ana Boys & Men of Color, Latino Health Access, UC Irvine's Community Knowledge and Community & Labor projects, and the Urban Peace Institute, examined the impact the gang injunction would have on crime, safety, community-police relationships, education and employment, and collected data on community safety through surveys, interviews and focus groups. The HIA focused on populations that may be disproportionately affected by the gang injunction, including youth, undocumented immigrants, transgender or queer-identified people, the homeless, and those with physical and mental disabilities. Members of these groups fear that increased police presence in the neighborhood will exacerbate the potential for profiling and discrimination. The HIA concluded that the injunction is unlikely to bring about significant and lasting reduction of serious crime, based on the outcomes of other gang injunctions and input gathered from residents, city officials, community organizations and police. On the contrary, the injunction could have negative effects on public safety, public health and public trust. The HIA found that: The evidence is insufficient that a gang injunction will reduce violent crime, gang activity or gang membership, or that it will improve community-police relationships. An injunction could make some in the community, particularly parents, feel more safe, but members of marginalized groups may, in contrast, feel more threatened by increased police presence. An injunction could lead to significant disruptions to education and employment opportunities for those named in the gang injunction, with immediate harm to their health and well-being and long-term harm to their chances in life. Young black and Latino men who experience repeated, unsubstantiated searches and other forms of suppression-based policing may experience higher levels of anxiety and depression than their peers. An injunction could divert funding from community programs that address the economic and social problems that are the root causes of much crime and a detriment to public health and well-being. In contrast to the mixed evidence on the effects of policing strategies on crime, there is solid evidence that correlates reductions in crime with environmental, educational and economic factors. Our findings led us to make specific recommendations for the police and other law enforcement and criminal justice agencies, city officials and community organizations. Our partners plan to use the data from the HIA in their campaigns on healthy policing practices and in upcoming court proceedings to determine whether the gang injunction will be upheld or reversed. Details: Oakland, CA: Human Impact Partners, 2015. 105p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 19, 2015 at: HealthImpactAssessmentoftheTownsendStreetGangInjunctioninSantaAna,California+ Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gang Prevention Shelf Number: 137017

Author: Miller, Sarah Title: Non-Engagement in Offender Behaviour Programmes Summary: Objective The objective of this study was to increase understanding of sexual offender lack of engagement in offender behaviour programmes. Methodology A qualitative research design was deemed appropriate because this subject matter has not been studied previously within the Scottish Prison Service (SPS). Two researchers conducted semi-structured interviews with a) 20 prisoners who had current convictions for sexual offences and who were not willing to engage in offender behaviour programmes, and, b) with 8 staff members working with sexual offenders in the SPS. All participants were recruited from HMP Edinburgh and HMP Dumfries and interviews were analysed using thematic analysis. Findings 19 of the 20 prisoners interviewed were not willing to engage in offender behaviour programmes because they denied their sexual conviction(s). Denial was dimensional in nature ranging from categorical (e.g. the offence did not happen at all) to varying forms of minimisation (e.g. the sexual activity was consensual). Analysis suggested that denial and appellant status protected participant's private and public identities by allowing them to avoid labelling and stigmatisation. Instead, denial and appellant status ensured (perceived) physical and psychological safety by allowing participants to detach from others. Prisoner interviewees had limited insight into peer influences at an individual level although they described how peers negatively influenced others. Participants were mostly ambivalent about progression and emphasised external needs, which, although relevant, indicated limited awareness of internal issues (e.g. emotional management, problem solving ability, interpersonal skills). The majority of concerns that participants had about programmes reflected those commonly expressed by other offenders (i.e. those with non-sexual convictions and those who admit their convictions), such as fears about lack of group confidentiality. Encouragingly the majority of participants described multifarious factors that would enhance their motivation to engage. Many were interested in exploring the events leading up to their conviction. Participants readily talked about problems that they had with emotional regulation, substance misuse and intimate relationships, although they did not think these factors would be problematic upon release. However, two participants struggled to identify any factors that would motivate them to engage, seemingly because of their strong detachment from others. Analyses of staff interviews revealed predominantly consistent findings to prisoner interviews increasing the validity of the findings. It is encouraging that staff and prisoners have a shared outlook. Staff participants recognised the complexity of denial, the perspectives of individuals unwilling to engage and the propensity for negative peer influences. They also expressed hope for future programme development. A minority of staff participants expressed the view that there was nothing that they could do to motivate sexual offenders who were unwilling to engage in programmes. Key considerations Findings provide support for an 'adaptational model' of offence denial in sexual offenders (Rogers and Dickey, 1991) which proposes that denial is used to manage highly adversarial settings. As such, findings do not support the separation of sexual offenders on the basis of offence denial and offence admittance as this strategy is likely to represent a repeat experience of social exclusion and increase offence denial by providing an opportunity to detach. Findings suggest a number of potential assessment and treatment approaches. Firstly, assessment procedures are likely to benefit from giving focus to all aspects of 'treatment readiness'. This could include enhancement of intrinsic motivations using motivational interviewing and adaptation of contextual/environmental factors negatively impacting on treatment readiness by running information sessions about programmes, pre-programme acclimatisation sessions and utilising positive peer influences. Secondly, as participants were able to identify factors that would motivate them to engage, it is likely that a Good Lives approach1 could be used to foster engagement and build upon existent motivations by focussing on how the individual conceptualises 'a good life' and the ways in which they can be fulfilled. Given the 'protective' function of offence denial for some offenders and the likely existence of other dynamic risk factors, that are known to be responsive to treatment, it is questionable whether focus is needed on the offence denial itself. Thirdly, attachment theory is likely to be relevant in the assessment and treatment of this offender group because of their propensity to detach from others in order to protect their private and public identities and thus 'survive' the prison setting. Given the qualitative nature of this study, these findings cannot be generalised. Further research could be undertaken by examining outcomes of larger samples of sexual offenders who engage in offender behaviour programmes and those who do not. Outcome measures could include adjudication records, reconvictions (nature and number) and parole decisions. In addition, a focus group study with those who have moved from offence denial to admittance could further inform future programme development. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Prison Service, 2012. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 19, 2015 at: http://www.hub.careinspectorate.com/media/107975/sps-sexual-offender-non-engagement-report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Behavior Modification Shelf Number: 137019

Author: Welch, Vicki Title: Overseen but often overlooked: Children and Young People 'Looked After at Home' in Scotland. Report 1: Reviewing the literature Summary: This document is the first report from a study commissioned by Barnardo's Scotland. The study explores experiences, needs and outcomes for children and young people in Scotland who are (or have been) looked after at home (ie subject to a home supervision requirement or order). The research aims to do several things: determine in what ways outcomes for this group differ from their peers, address factors which are unique to this group and which may contribute to any differences in outcomes, and investigate emerging models of practice to support young people who are, or have been, looked after at home. The study seeks to capture and summarise what is currently known, identify what the needs of this group are likely to be and recommend future actions related to services, policies and research. This first report details the findings of a comprehensive review of literature sources to identify, analyse and synthesise existing knowledge. The review was systematic inasmuch as the methods are made explicit. However, literature directly focused on home supervision is rare so we have used a two-tiered approach to identify wider material which is likely to throw light on the situation of this group of children and young people. The review process was influenced by a five-stage approach originally developed for scoping studies (Arksey & O'Malley, 2005). Identification of sources was based on a number of searches and personal requests for recommendations by those with knowledge of the field. The review was not restricted to peer-reviewed sources and other good quality sources were considered where they were sufficiently pertinent. Documents were screened according to a number of inclusion and exclusion criteria and if selected they were included in the appropriate section of the review: Section A, concerning research which specifically identifies needs, outcomes or characteristics of children and young people looked after at home, or Section B, concerning other research likely to be relevant to the needs, outcomes or characteristics of children and young people on home supervision. Details: Glasgow: Centre for Excellence for Looked After Children in Scotland (CELCIS),2014. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20, 2015 at: http://www.celcis.org/media/resources/publications/Overseen_but_often_overlooked-Report-1-literature.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 137022

Author: Young, Emma Title: Overseen but often overlooked: Children and Young People 'Looked After at Home' in Scotland. Report 3: Exploring service provision Summary: This report is part of a series of documents outlining the findings of a study funded by Barnardo's Scotland and conducted by researchers from the Centre for Excellence for Looked After Children in Scotland. This document is Report 3; it explores what we learned in this study in relation to provision of services for children and young people currently or previously on home supervision. In this document we include findings from different strands of the study including the survey, interviews and service case studies where relevant. We cover the types of services responding to the survey along with the numbers and groups of children served (including age ranges). Results include the proportion of children on home supervision or previously looked after at home who use the services, the types of outcomes that services address in their work with children and young people, and current plans to make service changes. This report is accompanied by a separate document (Annex 3a) which contains more detailed descriptions of five services which provide examples of a range of supports for children and young people on or formerly on home supervision. These small case studies are important; they provide valuable real-life context, illustrate some of the challenges faced by children and provide examples of how providers are responding to these. Details: Glasgow: Centre for Excellence for Looked After Children in Scotland (CELCIS), 2015. 39p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20, 2015 at: http://www.celcis.org/media/resources/publications/Overseen_but_often_overlooked_Report-3-Service-provision.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 137023

Author: Ross, Freya Johnson Title: Controlling money, controlling lives: Financial abuse in Britain Summary: Financial abuse is not often talked about. In cases where a partner or family member exerts excessive financial control, harm or exploitation of another, it is also difficult for both perpetrators and victims to talk with friends, family or professionals. Too often, financial institutions fail to acknowledge financial abuse. In an objective, contractual arrangement between a company and a couple, it is not easy for the company to investigate or act upon information within the privacy of a relationship or family situation. Nor is it easy for victims to approach companies and seek redress or resolution. Furthermore, up until this point, statutory and self-regulators in the financial services industry have done little to ensure banks, lenders and other financial institutions have a set of guidelines to help. Nor is financial abuse widely reported on in the media; or researched and investigated by academics, agencies or advice givers. While other forms of abuse have rightly been scrutinised, reported and acted upon, financial abuse has remained somewhat hidden. Perhaps seen as less extreme than domestic violence or sexual abuse. Perhaps less obvious in a world of joint accounts and household bills. Perhaps less understood in a world where there is no dictionary definition or line drawn in the sand. Details: London: Citizens Advice, 2014. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20, 2015 at: https://www.citizensadvice.org.uk/Global/Migrated_Documents/corporate/controlling-money-controlling-lives--1-.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Abuse Shelf Number: 137026

Author: Woodward, Catherine Title: Policing Honour-Based Violence within the UK: The Importance of an Honour-Based Violence Risk Assessment Tool and the Validity of 'DASH' Summary: Although practised in some parts of the world for centuries, honour-based violence is a relatively new and unfamiliar concept for Western law enforcement. This unfamiliarity has hampered the UK police's ability to effectively protect honour-based violence victims. This paper contextualises this unfamiliarity by describing the origins, behaviours and characteristics of honour-based violence, and the impact this has had on UK policing, in order to argue that a competent honour-based violence risk assessment tool is fundamental to the effective policing of this crime. Drawing on evidence within academic literature, the current tool, known as 'DASH' (Richards, 2009), which is endorsed by the National Police Chiefs' Council and used by UK police forces to risk assess honour-based violence victims, is then critically analysed within this paper to ascertain whether it is fit to assess honour-based violence risk. The analysis reaches the conclusion that DASH is, in fact, not fit for this purpose and recommendations will be made to remedy this deficiency, along with wider suggestions for improving the UK police's ability to effectively protect honour-based violence victims. Details: Canterbury, UK: Canterbury Christ Church University, School of Law, Criminal Justice & Computing, 2015. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed October 20, 2015 at: http://library.college.police.uk/docs/theses/WOODWARD-honour-based-violence-2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Honor-Based Violence Shelf Number: 135072

Author: Brennan, Iain Title: An experimental evaluation of an adult female triage pilot project Summary: Executive Summary: - The evaluation found a 46% reduction in the rearrest rate over a 12 month follow-up period when compared to a control group of similar female offenders. - The rearrest rate was 13.64% for women referred on to the intervention compared to 25.44% for women who were processed through the criminal justice system as usual. - Those women who were referred to the intervention and attended their appointment with TWP where less likely to be rearrested and went longer without rearrest than those women who were referred but did not attend their appointments. - The pilot project is unique insofar as it provides an early-diversion scheme for adult female offenders. - The pilot project used a modified version a youth triage assessment tool to screen low-severity adult female offenders detained in the custody suite for suitability to an early-diversion intervention. - The primary goal of the pilot project was to reduce reoffending rates amongst low-severity female offenders by offering a 'one-chance-only' opportunity to receive empowerment support work with Together Women's Project (TWP) rather than the more usual charge or caution. - The evaluation employed a natural experiment methodology and included eligible arrestees from December 2012 to July 2013 with a reoffending follow-up period of 12 months. - The evaluation used a combination of interviews, observations and documentary analysis to support and inform the statistical analysis of reoffending rates. - For the small number of women referred to the intervention who were subsequently rearrested they were rearrested more frequently than those women in the control group. The reasons for this are unknown but could be due to either assessment errors early in the project's lifespan or unknown risk factors in the women's history. - This suggests the intervention may not be suitable for a sub-group of female offenders and a further follow-up study should be undertaken to investigate this further. - A further evaluation with a larger sample who could be randomly assigned the intervention would be required to conclusively demonstrate the effectiveness of the intervention. Details: Hull, Yorkshire, UK: University of Hull, Centre for Criminology and Criminal Justice, 2015. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 27, 2015 at: http://library.college.police.uk/docs/Police-Female-Triage-Report-Hull-University-2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 137149

Author: Children's Commissioner for England Title: Isolation and solitary confinement of children in the English youth justice secure estate Summary: This research was designed primarily to look at practices whereby children in the youth justice secure estate spent 16 hours or more in any 24 hour period without social contact with their peers (i.e. excluding contact with staff and family/social or professional visits). The World Health Organisation lists the following as the most common reasons for imposing isolation during imprisonment (Shalev, 2014): - as a short term-punishment for children who break the rules; - to prevent escape; - for the person's own protection to prevent them from harming themselves or being harmed by others; - as a behaviour management tool for the safe management of difficult and challenging persons, and for the management of children belonging to certain groups (such as gang members); - while awaiting transfer to another establishment or to a hospital, or adjudication; these are temporary measures, but in some cases the child may be isolated for many weeks and sometimes months; - de facto: staff shortages, convenience or as group punishment can mean that children are confined to their cells/ rooms for an entire day or for several days at a time. In literature, isolation can be broadly classed into: - Isolation in dedicated intensive management units, often termed segregation units; - Isolation in the form of "cellular confinement". Isolation can also be a single separation or a group separation (when two or more persons are isolated together from the rest of their peers). It can be imposed by the staff or elected by the child themselves. In March 2015, the number of children in youth justice custody in England and Wales (i.e. sentenced or remanded) stood at 1,004. There are currently: - four YOIs in England housing boys aged 15-17 and some 18 year olds. They are all male establishments; - eight SCHs, which hold children 10-17 years of age. Girls and boys are usually mixed in SCHs. SCHs range in size from six to 40 beds; - three STCs, all run by private companies. STCs hold boys and girls aged 12-17. Young Offenders Institutions are the only type of youth justice establishments which have dedicated segregation units similar to those in adult prisons, where confinement - for example in order to maintain good order and discipline - can exceed 22 hours per day and last for prolonged periods. Visits are allowed by a staff member, nurse, advocacy providers and chaplains. Isolated children are allowed out of their segregation cells in order to shower, exercise or make a phone call although, as this research has shown, this practice tends to vary between establishments. In England and Wales the educational entitlement in custody has recently been increased to 30 hours per week for children (CCE, 2015). Access to education is only sporadically allowed to isolated children and is often conducted on 1:1 basis, as are consultations with the advocacy provider. The length of time spent in isolation typically ought not to exceed 72 hours before a detailed review takes place. This type of isolation is always recorded. Confinement in the child's own cell is also used in YOIs, often as a behavioural management measure following an act of aggression against a peer or a member of staff. Short spells of cell or room confinement are extremely common across the estate as they provide a 'cooling off' or 'time out' periods. The time spent in room confinement ranges from minutes to several days. STCs and SCHs typically use room confinement as a behavioural management measure, and do so for shorter periods of time than YOIs. The time spent in isolation can range from 10-15 minutes to several hours. The children are typically not left alone for prolonged periods of time and a member of staff is likely to accompany them during isolation. A child is not necessarily confined to their room: often they will be isolated in one of the common area rooms where they will have access to personal items and items of leisure. Typically, they will have access to activities/services that they would do if they were not isolated, but will need to access them apart from their peers (for instance education may need to be delivered 1:1). They may also need to miss out on those courses which are only delivered in groups, such as vocational training. Group separations are also common, where two or more children are isolated together from the rest of the group and supervised by a member of staff. When it comes to recording it as isolation, cell/room confinement is often variably understood by different types of establishments. STCs and SCHs are likely to record this information. As found in the present study, in YOIs, this practice can sometimes go unnoticed and unrecorded. This presents itself as a problem when trying to estimate the overall rate of isolation in the youth justice estate. Details: London: Children's Commissioner for England, 2015. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 27, 2015 at: http://www.childrenscommissioner.gov.uk/sites/default/files/publications/Unlocking%20Potential%20-%20supporting%20research_1.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Administrative Segregation Shelf Number: 137153

Author: Harris, Kristine Title: 'A Secret Punishment' - the misuse of segregation in immigration detention Summary: This report reveals that a disturbing number of sick immigration detainees are put in segregation indiscriminately. Medical Justice are calling for an immediate halt to the use of segregation in immigration detention. Immigration detainees may be detained indefinitely despite not having committed any crime - putting them in segregation adds to their trauma. Between 1,200 and 4,800 detainees are segregated each year in immigration detention. Alarmingly there is little central monitoring of the use of segregation. This dossier draws on the cases of 15 detainees assisted by Medical Justice. One woman became mentally ill as a result of being detained for 17 months. During this time she was handcuffed and held in segregation on many occasions to prevent her self-harming. The High Court found her detention amounted to 'inhuman and degrading treatment'. This dossier reveals that the damaging physical and psychological impact of segregation is widely recognised. Its misuse has been repeatedly criticised by official inspectorates yet the abuses continue. It is overused, applied inappropriately and often contravenes the rules. Findings include: - One detainee held in segregation for 22 months - One schizophrenic detainee died in segregation - One person was segregated eight times during 800 days of detention - One detainee was segregated for nine days purely because they were a child - One woman was assaulted with a riot shield while being taken to segregation Details: London: Medical Justice, 2015. 116p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 5, 2015 at: http://www.medicaljustice.org.uk/images/stories/reports/SecretPunishment.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Immigrant Detention Shelf Number: 137197

Author: Northern Ireland Criminal Justice Inspection Title: Report on an unannounced inspection of Maghaberry Prison, 11-22 May 2015 Summary: In a highly critical report, CJI finds Maghaberry Prison to be unsafe and unstable. The independent inspection by a multi-disciplinary team from CJI, HMIP, RQIA and ETI has revealed significant failures in local leadership combined with an ineffective relationship with senior management within the Prison Service contributed to the high security facility becoming unsafe and unstable for prisoners and staff. Details: Belfast: The Inspectorate, 2015. 197p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 6, 2015 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/a9/a98fca95-ae81-4443-88cc-1870be44250f.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 137202

Author: Mika, Harry Title: Community-based Restorative Justice in Northern Ireland Summary: The purpose of this report is to present independent evaluation findings regarding the work of Community Restorative Justice Ireland (CRJI) and Northern Ireland Alternatives (NIA) in facilitating and promoting non-violent community alternatives to paramilitary punishment attacks and exclusions relating to alleged localised crime and anti-social behaviour. A continuing legacy of the conflict in Northern Ireland (NI) has been the use of beatings, shootings and exclusions by paramilitary organisations as a response to local crime and anti-social behaviour. Over the period 1998/99 to 2004/2005, more than 1,800 paramilitary-style shootings and assaults have been recorded in NI. This report focuses exclusively on the work supported by Atlantic Philanthropies (1999-2005), particularly during the period 2003 to 2005 (Phase II) which was restricted to eight identified sites and the achievement of decreased levels of punishment attacks, leading to the end of punishment violence directed at alleged anti-social behaviour, and increased levels of reintegration into communities. Details: Belfast: Queen's University, Institute of Criminology and Criminal Justice, 2006. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 11, 2015 at: http://www.atlanticphilanthropies.org/sites/default/files/uploads/HMikaReport_0.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 137234

Author: Transparency International UK Title: Combating Money Laundering and Recovered Looted Gains: Raising the UK's Game Summary: As an anti-corruption body, Transparency International UK (TI-UK) is concerned with preventing money laundering since the facility to launder the proceeds of corruption gives rise to the commission of bribery and corruption offences in the first place. TI helped international banks to establish the Wolfsburg Principles (the global anti-money laundering guidelines for private banking) in 2000. Reports by TI-UK in 2003 and 2004 focused on corruption and money laundering in the UK and the regulation of trust and company service providers, respectively. This report focuses on the following main areas: - Strengthening the UK's defences against dirty money with particular emphasis on improving due diligence by financial and other institutions and organisations required to conduct due diligence on Politically Exposed Persons; - Criminal and civil mechanisms for the recovery of assets that are the proceeds of corruption; and - Bolstering the efforts of the UK's law enforcement agencies and improving the UK's ability to help developing countries in identifying and recovering stolen assets through more efficient processes and procedures. Details: London: Transparency International UK, 2015. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 14, 2015 at: http://www.transparency.org.uk/publications/15-publications/154-combating-money-laundering-and-recovering-looted-gains-raising-the-uks-game/154-combating-money-laundering-and-recovering-looted-gains-raising-the-uks-game Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Asset Forfeiture Shelf Number: 137766

Author: Transparency International UK Title: Gold Rush: Investment visas and corrupt capital flows into the UK Summary: In this report "Gold rush: Investment visas and corrupt capital flows into the UK" Transparency International UK highlights how the UK's Tier 1 Investor scheme can be vulnerable as a tool to launder the proceeds of corruption from around the world. In particular, it is highly likely that substantial amounts of corrupt wealth stolen from China and Russia have been laundered into the UK through the UK's 'golden' visa programme. In return for $2m of qualifying investments, a foreign investor can receive a UK golden visa and, after five years, permanent residency in the UK. Our analysis shows that, out of 3,048 golden visas granted by the UK since the scheme began in 2008, 60% have been awarded to Chinese and Russian nationals. The Tier 1 Investor scheme is open to abuse through the lack of effective, up-front and transparent checks on Tier 1 Investor visa applicants by the UK authorities. If illicit money has entered the UK economy through the golden visa scheme, there are also widespread doubts as to whether the UK's system of anti-money laundering checks can be relied on to ensure that suspicions of money laundering of corrupt wealth are reported and acted upon in an effective manner. According to the Government's own assessment, the UK's anti-money laundering system has significant weaknesses in its supervisory structure and in terms of the level of compliance and reporting standards across relevant private sectors. To help prevent corrupt wealth from entering the UK through the golden visa scheme, we recommend that the UK Government: -Establish greater integrity and transparency in the Tier 1 Investor visa scheme -Improve mechanisms for international cooperation to identify and recover corrupt assets -Improve law enforcement capacity and the effectiveness of AML supervision in the UK Details: London: Transparency International UK, 2015. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 14, 2015 at: http://www.transparency.org.uk/publications/15-publications/1347-gold-rush-investment-visas-and-corrupt-capital-flows-into-the-uk Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Corruption Shelf Number: 137767

Author: Harrell, Kim Title: The Predictive Accuracy of Hotspot Mapping of Robbery over Time and Space Summary: Police forces use hotspot mapping to provide a targeted approach to resource allocation, ensuring police officers are despatched to areas of high crime where their presence will have the most impact. Hotspot intelligence products are reliant on crime data sourced from police databases, and positional errors in this data will have an impact on the accuracy of the hotspot maps produced. The location of crime hotspots varies across both space and time. Despite this the use of temporal information is still rare because of the difficulties in pinpointing crime to an exact point in time, though crimes involving attended property provide the opportunity to record time more accurately. This research aimed to evaluate both the impact positional errors and the addition of temporal information have on the predictive accuracy of hotspot mapping of crime that inherently occurs in outdoor or public places through the utilisation of robbery data. Using robbery data recorded during a 24 month period (1st April 2011 - 31st March 2013) in the West Midlands Police Local Policing Unit of Birmingham South, the number and magnitude of positional errors present in the raw data was measured based on the Euclidean distance between recorded and actual locations of robbery offences. Positional errors ranging between 1 - 3766 metres were responsible for the suppression of a number of high intensity hotspots in the study area, and only 31% of all robberies had been allocated to the correct geographical location. To determine the influence of temporal information a mid-point measurement date was employed, and the ability of the retrospective robbery hotspots to predict the location of prospective robbery events measured, based on police shift periods, days of the week and spatial data alone. The results suggest that shift periods provide the best prospect for police forces utilising temporal information to improve the predictive ability of hotspot maps. Care needs to be taken to select a large enough dataset that will ensure sufficient clustering of crime points, and further research could be extended to incorporate different crime types. Details: Manchester, UK: University of Salford, Manchester, 2014. 159p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 14, 2015 Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 137769

Author: Warren, Rob Title: Insight into awareness and impact of the Bribery Act 2010 Summary: The Ministry of Justice (MOJ) and Department for Business, Innovation and Skills (BIS) commissioned a survey of 500 small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs); 95% of these were exporting goods. The purpose of the survey was to find: -the awareness of the Bribery Act 2010 among SMEs that export, or plan to export goods and/or services -their use of guidance and advice on bribery prevention procedures (including who supplied the advice and how much it cost) -the extent to which SMEs had put in place anti-bribery procedures and how much they cost -how the Act had affected their exports and operational behaviour overseas -any specific concerns or problems they had experienced as a result of the Act or MoJ guidance Details: London: HM Government, 2015. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 16, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/440661/insight-into-awareness-and-impact-of-the-bribery-act-2010.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bribery Shelf Number: 137305

Author: House, Stephen Title: Stop and Search: Update Report for the Cabinet Secretary for Justice Summary: Police Scotland is committed to using stop and search in 21st century Scotland to prevent and detect crime and keep people safe. By balancing individual rights and public safety. In order to do this effectively, Police Scotland recognizes that stop and search must be undertaken within a public consensus, in a manger which reflects the force values of fairness, integrity and respect, has consideration of equality and human rights at its core and meets the needs of Scotland's local communities. The purpose of this report is to update the Cabinet Secretary for Justice in relation to the practice of non-statutory or consensual stop and search and whether it should be complete ended. Details: Edinburgh: Police Scotland, 2015. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 16, 2015 at: http://www.gov.scot/Resource/0047/00474484.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Discretion Shelf Number: 137306

Author: Dryden, Ruth Title: Evaluation of sixteen women's community justice services in Scotland Summary: In 2013-15, the Scottish Government funded 16 projects proposed by criminal justice partners across Scotland to develop community services for women who offend. Developments were based on existing service provision and to ensure changes could be sustained locally at the end of the funding. Funding varied in amount and timeframes. Most of the projects were undertaken by local authority criminal justice social work (CJSW) departments with partner providers, including public and third sector agencies. The national evaluation examined how the 16 women's community justice services (WCJSs) were implemented and to what extent they contributed towards positive outcomes for women. A further aim was to build local capacity for self-evaluation in WCJSs. Findings were drawn from two phases of interviews with practitioners and women, secondary documents, and quantitative data for 1,778 women who were in the WCJSs between April and December 2014. This included outcomes data for 406 women. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government, 2015. 137p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 24, 2015 at: http://www.gov.scot/Resource/0048/00484398.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 137319

Author: Liddell Thomson Consultancy Title: The Future of the Female Custodial Estate Summary: In January 2015, the Cabinet Secretary for Justice announced that the proposed new women's prison at HMP Inverclyde would not proceed: "I've decided that the current plans for a prison for women in Inverclyde should not go ahead. It does not fit with my vision of how a modern and progressive country should be addressing female offendin. I believe we should be investing in smaller regional and community-based custodial facilities across the country, rather than a large new prison for women." Michael Matheson, Cabinet Secretary for Justice, Scottish Government Following this announcement, the Scottish Government and Scottish Prison Service developed an early proposition for the future of the female custodial estate which reflected the Cabinet Secretary's comments and the recommendations of The Commission on Women Offenders chaired by The Right Hon Dame Elish Angiolini DBE QC. This proposition includes: A national unit Regional units for the West, East and North Community-based Residential Units Young women accommodated separately from the adult population In March 2015, the Scottish Government asked each of the eight Community Justice Authorities to host a regional consultation workshop in their local area. While CJAs were asked to ensure that key stakeholders from across a number of sectors were invited to attend, the events were also open to anyone interested in discussing the early detail of the proposed model for the future of the female custodial estate. These well-attended events were held in the following locations: Glasgow, Greenock, Inverness, Dundee, Airdrie, Dalkeith, Dunfermline, and Kilmarnock. Separate sessions were held with women in custody and with Scottish Prison Service staff. The views of the families and friends of women in custody were sought by telephone or face-to-face conversations conducted by Families Outside and the Shine Women's Mentoring Service. This was managed separately from the wider consultation events. More than 600 people across Scotland took part in these animated discussions, bringing their expertise, experience and passion for improving the lives of women in custody. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government, 2015. Source: Internet Resource: Consultation Report: Accessed November 24, 2015 at: http://www.gov.scot/Resource/0048/00487229.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community-based Corrections Shelf Number: 137320

Author: Robinson, Cathy Title: Women's Custodial Estate Review Summary: The commissioning of this review outlined the Government's vision for rebalancing the custodial system in England and Wales, closing small and expensive prisons, as capacity allows and replacing them with fit-for-purpose accommodation where the prisoners could best address their offending behaviour needs and prepare for release. During the course of the review the team considered not only where, but also how women are held, so that the report includes a focus on regimes provided in women's prisons. Women represent only five percent of the prison population and are held in a small number of prisons compared with men. It is therefore necessary to ensure that their small numbers do not result in less favourable treatment, through careful consideration of their particular needs. We also need to ensure that the estate is effective, affordable and sustainable. The review recommends the establishment of strategic prison hubs, located as far as possible close to major centres of population. These hubs should be of an appropriate size to serve the courts, hold women from the surrounding region and provide a range of interventions. Moreover, they should provide an appropriate physical environment to support women's caring responsibilities through family visits, which maintain and build upon relationships with children and other family members. These hubs will enable most women to remain in their closest prison throughout their sentence and will support the Government's approach to Transforming Rehabilitation through their links to Community Rehabilitation Companies and "through the gate" support for all prisoners. They will also enable a larger number of women, subject to appropriate risk assessment, to undertake work outside of prison which can be continued after their sentence and which will further support rehabilitation and maintenance of family contact and personal responsibility. The review team has considered the recommendation of Baroness Corston for small custodial units. The team agreed with the underlying argument, that women should be held in appropriate physical conditions as close to home as possible, so that they can be supported back into their communities on release. However, women's prisons provide a wide range of services, particularly in partnership with health, to those who have significant needs when they enter prison. Women's access to this support is vitally important to their rehabilitation and reducing reoffending. Details: London(?: National Offender Management Service, 2013. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 24, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/252851/womens-custodial-estate-review.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 131845

Author: Scotland. Advisory Group on Stop and Search Title: The report of the Advisory Group on Stop and Search Summary: 27. Stop and search is an area of policing that requires constant scrutiny and oversight. It involves the use of police enforcement powers or practices that can affect general public attitudes to policing. If used proportionately and in a targeted manner, with positive outcomes by way of prohibited items being found, it can assist with public confidence. If not, it can undermine attitudes to the police, especially in deprived areas where the tactic has been used a great deal on children and young men. "Policing by consent" relies on the support and confidence of the public throughout the country, and is no less important in such areas where so much crime happens. 28. Stop and search is important but represents only a small part of policing. It has received considerable attention, in particular because of the excessive use of non-statutory stop and search. Non-statutory stop and search lacks any legal framework and is of questionable lawfulness and legitimacy, with poor accountability. 29. There are a number of complicated issues regarding consent in the context of policing, and specifically in the context of police search. In non-statutory stop and search, concerns have been expressed about how genuine and informed any "consent" has been, in view of the age and vulnerabilities of some of the individuals being asked to consent, especially given the perceived imbalance in power between the police and public. 30. Our key recommendations are that there should be a statutory Code of Practice, that the Code should be consulted on before implementation, that there should be early consultation on whether the police should have a power to search children under 18 for alcohol, that there should be a detailed implementation and training plan and that stop and search should end at the point that the Code of Practice comes into effect. We also make recommendations about data gathering, a legislative change to ensure the rights of the child are fully considered and we recommend that discussions take place between the relevant organisations on the most appropriate ways to deal with vulnerable children and adults. 31. We recommend that a statutory Code of Practice should be issued dealing with all aspects of stop and search by Police Scotland. The Code should be issued by the Scottish Ministers, subject to Parliamentary oversight prior to commencement. Thereafter the Code should be kept under review at regular intervals, again subject to Parliamentary oversight on revision. 32. We recommend that use of non-statutory stop and search should end when the Code of Practice is introduced. The group are not unanimous on this point. A minority of members preferred a precautionary approach that would wait, allow recent changes by Police Scotland to bed in, gather more evidence and ensure that there would be no unintended consequences to ending consensual search. I have attempted to in part address these concerns by recommending a period of transition and consultation. 33. A substantial focus of our work was on trying to identify any gaps in police powers, should consensual stop and search end. The majority in the group are satisfied that no significant gaps would exist. We found that officers have often relied on consensual search where other statutory and more appropriate ways to intervene existed. We recommend that before consensual stop and search ends there should be a detailed implementation plan that includes training for officers to make them better aware of the statutory powers that they have. 34. The main gap highlighted to us by the Police was the ability to search children under 18 for alcohol. We have not been able to form a concluded view on whether a gap in powers exists that could not be dealt with by existing powers, and also on whether a power to search children for alcohol would be desirable. We therefore recommend that there should be a public consultation that involves children and young people. The sheer scale of the activity around alcohol underlines Police Scotland"s view that this continues to be an area of concern and the inability to use search powers to remove alcohol from young people is a potential problem. We therefore recommend that this should be considered separately, subject to wider consultation, specifically involving children and young people. 35. If non-statutory stop and search is ended, officers of Police Scotland will still be able to carry out their duties effectively. Abolition will not result in any significant gaps. Specifically, officers will still be able to respond to any welfare or protection issues they encounter. Action will still be possible even when required on an emergency basis, whether carried out by police officers, social workers, medical staff or others. Details: Edinburgh: Advisory Group on Stop and Search, 2015. 134p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 24, 2015 at: http://www.gov.scot/Resource/0048/00484527.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 137328

Author: Shelter Scotland Title: Preventing Homelessness and Reducing Reoffending - Insights from service users of the Supporting Prisoners; Advice Network, Scotland Summary: This reports details the findings of in-depth interviews with 16 service users of the Supporting Prisoners; Advice Network about their experience of housing, homelessness and the strong link with re-offending. Key themes include: -The importance of house as home - Belongings being at risk -The importance of friends and family in helping to maintain a tenancy -The right home prevents reoffending -Fear of hostels -Stress and depression -Lack of knowledge -Communication with professionals The report makes strategic and operational recommendations based on the insights form our service users and Shelter Scotland's 15 year history of delivering specialist services to this group. Details: Edinburgh: Shelter Scotland, 2015. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 24, 2015 at: http://scotland.shelter.org.uk/__data/assets/pdf_file/0010/1185787/Preventing_Homelessness_and_Reducing_Reoffending_092015_FINAL.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Homelessness Shelf Number: 137329

Author: Children's Commissioner for England Title: Protecting children from harm: A critical assessment of child sexual abuse in the family network in England and priorities for action Summary: This is the first report of the Children's Commissioner's inquiry into child sex abuse within the family and its network. Although child sex abuse is the subject of considerable public concern, abuse within families has been largely absent from the national conversation. This is despite the fact that the majority of victims are abused by someone within their family network, which has a particular impact on the victims themselves and the entire family structure. This report is a critical analysis of the scale and nature of this form of child sex abuse, bringing to light revealing statistics about the extent of abuse known to authorities and estimates of that which goes unreported. Details: London: Children's Commissioner for England, 2015. 112p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2015 at: http://www.childrenscommissioner.gov.uk/sites/default/files/publications/Protecting%20children%20from%20harm%20-%20full%20report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 137345

Author: Wildlife Crime Penalties Review Group Title: Wildlife Crime Penalties Review Group: Report Summary: The Review Group was set up in the context of a Ministerial commitment to enhance the enforcement of wildlife crime particularly in relation to the level of penalties imposed. The Group, chaired by Professor Mark Poustie of Strathclyde University, focused its work on the wildlife crime priority areas (bat persecution, badger persecution, illegal trade in endangered species, freshwater pearl mussels, poaching and raptor persecution). The Group conducted a limited form of public engagement through an electronic questionnaire and follow-up interviews with a representative sample of respondents. It also reviewed existing wildlife legislation and the penalties which are available as well as considering the penalties which are actually imposed by the courts. It noted the extensive and fragmented legislation in the field of wildlife crime which encompasses conservation, poaching and welfare crimes and the range of penalties available. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government, 2015. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2015 at: http://www.gov.scot/Resource/0048/00489228.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Animal Poaching Shelf Number: 137346

Author: Scottish Prison Service Title: Unlocking Potential, Transforming Lives Summary: This report is a robust and intelligent appraisal of where we are now and where we need to get to in future. It is long overdue. The authors persuasively make the case for SPS becoming an ambitious organisation that has at its core skilled and professionalised people who are highly trained and continually developed. Through our people I am convinced that we will achieve and honour the ambitions to which the report convincingly encourages us to aspire: Unlocking Potential, Transforming Lives. Our exciting future is set out in the pages of this report and, as I anticipated in the 2012 annual SACRO lecture, it heralds what I believe will be a golden age for the Scottish Prison Service. The Scottish Prison Service has a strong record of service delivery, achievement and sound operational management. We need to build on these past successes and on our heritage, whilst having the courage to reflect and then decide what needs to change to meet future expectations. We need to demonstrate our effective contribution towards National Outcomes and the Strategy for Justice in Scotland. To be truly effective in this we cannot work alone. It is only by working together with other providers that we will make Scotland safer and stronger. We must focus on what we know works in reducing reoffending and provide sound evidence of our progress. We need to transform our approach to offender management and our efforts to improve wellbeing. In particular, we need to reduce reoffending amongst those 9,000 - 10,000 short-term offenders leaving our care each year. Our future Vision will focus on each individual in our care throughout their time in custody and beyond. By taking an individualised asset-based approach we will continue to address risks and needs but also build on an individual's strengths and potential. By doing this, we will empower those in our care to unlock their potential and transform their lives. This is a demanding agenda that should engage, challenge and motivate staff and offenders alike. It means we must develop our staff to be even better at what they do now and to take on the new things that they will need to do tomorrow as we operate in new and different ways, changing how we work both within and beyond the prison walls. Some of you may still be questioning why we need to change. Now, not only as an organisation but as a nation, we have high and legitimate aspirations for our generation and for those who follow. If we are going to achieve these, we have to address the seemingly intractable issue of recidivism, a burden that is a millstone around our economy's neck. To be clear, this is not a soft-touch liberal agenda; it makes hard-nosed economic sense to do so. Audit Scotland reported that the cost of crime in our country is about $3 billion every year. How many schools, hospitals, roads or houses does that represent? Moreover, for the victims of crime there can be no more powerful justification for tackling reoffending and supporting reintegration than doing so in their name to try, as best we can, to ensure that there are far fewer victims of crime in future. The recommendations set out in the report change our aspirations as a national service. Much can be done immediately, as many of the recommendations are both practical and feasible. Some are so fundamental that we need to take time to consider them, seeking agreement on how we move forward. We will also need to consider affordability and cost in prioritising the order in which we take things forward. The Organisational Review Report provides the basis of our future Road Map for change, change which will be both incremental and transformational. This change will enable our organisation to help to create a justice system in Scotland that is a model of excellence. I have accepted in principle the broad direction of the recommendations in the Report. This is a unique opportunity to deliver a singular Vision that we can all work together to achieve. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Prison Service, 2013. 254p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2015 at: http://www.sps.gov.uk/Corporate/Publications/Corporate9.aspx Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 137349

Author: El-Enany, Nadine Title: Justice, Resistance and Solidarity: Race and Policing in England and Wales Summary: This edition of Perspectives focuses on racism and policing in Britain. It brings together academics, practitioners and activists to examine, and offer their outlook on, the state of policing and its effects on black and minority ethnic communities in Britain today. In recent years the US has been in the spotlight for police killings of black men and women, including the 2014 killings of Michael Brown in Ferguson, Missouri, Tanisha Anderson in Cleveland, Ohio, and Eric Garner in New York, as well as the protest movements which have followed. Britain is no stranger to racialised police violence. Following these and other fatal police shootings, solidarity protests with the "BlackLivesMatter" movement drew attention to the long list of unaccounted-for deaths of black men and women in Britain. Systemic and institutional racism persists in policing despite its recognition in the Macpherson Report more than fifteen years ago. In Britain, black and minority ethnic people are disproportionately represented in the criminal justice system at every level, from arrests to stop and search, to imprisonment, to deaths in custody. Successive governments' counter-terrorism policies have resulted in racial profiling and over-policing of Muslim and Asian communities, and have fed a pervasive Islamophobia now affecting British and other European societies. Contributors to this collection have tackled these issues head on from multiple perspectives, incorporating the voices of those affected by racialised policing and those who campaign on their behalf, together with scholars in the field. Each of their short contributions seeks to provoke critical reflection and forward-thinking on key issues where race and policing intersect. The collection is organised into three parts. The first, Taking Stock - The State of Policing, sets out the key contemporary issues in race and policing within a historical context. The second part, Racism and Counter-Terrorism, examines the racial and religious profiling that is at the heart of counter-terror policing in Britain and examines the impact this is having on Asian and Muslim communities in particular. The final part, Considering a Way Forward, brings together accounts from grassroots and community organisations of their experiences and strategies when taking up the challenge of scrutinising and seeking accountability for police actions. Included in this part are comparative perspectives on practice and policy from across Europe. Details: London: Runnymede, 2015. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Runnymede Perspectives: Accessed November 28, 2015 at: http://www.runnymedetrust.org/uploads/Race%20and%20Policing%20v4.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Minority Communities Shelf Number: 137350

Author: Gill, Paul Title: What are the roles of the internet in terrorism? Measuring Online Behaviours of Convicted UK Terrorists Summary: Using a unique dataset of 227 convicted UK-based terrorists, this report fills a large gap in the existing literature. Using descriptive statistics, we first outline the degree to which various online activities related to radicalisation were present within the sample. The results illustrate the variance in behaviours often attributed to 'online radicalisation'. Second, we conduct a smallest-space analysis to illustrate two clusters of commonly co-occurring behaviours that delineate behaviours from those directly associated with attack planning. Third, we conduct a series of bivariate and multivariate analyses to question whether those who interact virtually with like-minded individuals or learn online, exhibit markedly different experiences (e.g. radicalisation, event preparation, attack outcomes) than those who do not. Details: VOX-Pol Network of Excellence, 2015. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2015 at: http://voxpol.eu/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/DCUJ3518_VOX_Lone_Actors_report_02.11.15_WEB.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Extremist Groups Shelf Number: 137352

Author: Heilman, Anja Title: Equally Protected? A review of the evidence on the physical punishment of children Summary: The physical punishment of children is still a common parenting practice in Scotland and the rest of the UK. Although legal reform to protect children from all physical punishment in all settings is now regarded as an obligation under international human rights law, its use is lawful in the home and in private foster care1 in all four UK jurisdictions. This means that children do not have the same level of legal protection from violence as adults. The use of physical punishment, however, is becoming more and more controversial. There is increasing recognition that physical punishment constitutes a violation of children's human rights under the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC), and research evidence on its detrimental effects on children's health and development is fast accumulating. The last decade has seen a surge in the number of research articles on the outcomes of physical punishment for children, as well as in the rate at which states across the world have legislated to prohibit all forms of physical punishment and give children equal protection. Over the same period, child policy in Scotland has increasingly been developed with reference to a children's rights framework. The Scottish Government's overarching approach to child wellbeing ('Getting it Right for Every Child') is based on the twin principles of prevention and early intervention, and clearly articulates the right of all children to be nurtured, kept safe and have the best start in life. This research project was commissioned by NSPCC Scotland, Children 1st, Barnardo's Scotland and the Children and Young People's Commissioner Scotland, with the aim of updating the findings of a previous review on physical punishment published in Northern Ireland in 2008 ('NI Review'). The current review summarises the evidence that has become available in the years since the NI Review, focusing on the following three research questions: 1. What are the prevalence of / attitudes towards different types of parental physical punishment in the UK and other OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development) countries? In particular, a. What are the trends over time? b. What evidence is there of changes in prevalence / attitudes in countries which have made physical punishment illegal? 2. What are the outcomes of physical punishment for child health and development, and later-life health and wellbeing? 3. Is parental use of physical punishment related to an increased risk of child maltreatment? Details: London: NSPCC, 2015. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2015 at: https://www.nspcc.org.uk/globalassets/documents/research-reports/equally-protected.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Maltreatment Shelf Number: 137356

Author: Prison Reform Trust Title: Bromley Briefings Prison Factfile. Autumn 2015 Summary: "Prison is a place where people are sent as a punishment, not for further punishments...Human beings whose lives have been reckoned so far in costs-to society, to the criminal justice system, to victims and to themselves-can become assets- citizens who can contribute and demonstrate the human capacity for redemption." Not the introduction to the latest Prison Reform Trust annual report, but the words of the incoming Secretary of State for Justice, Michael Gove, in July 2015, and a welcome reassertion of principles which should underpin any civilised penal system. So far so good. But he has inherited both a system that is deteriorating on internal and external measures, and a requirement to carve anything from 25% to 40% out of its budget over the next five years. The prison service will be clinging to the hope that the worst is over, that after three years of drastic cuts prisons will slowly settle into diminished routines and staffing levels-a new impoverished normality. The evidence of this briefing gives little cause for optimism. Violence and disorder have risen sharply. Suicides continue to rise, and the reductions achieved through so much effort in the previous decade have been reversed. Levels of purposeful activity were judged unacceptable in three-quarters of prisons inspected. Some individual prisons buck the trend. The Mount, Peterborough, Kirklevington Grange and others have received warm praise from inspections in 2015. Even HMP Oakwood, heavily criticised after its opening in 2013, was judged to have turned a corner. But the worst reports conjured up images of almost Dickensian squalor. Longstanding structural flaws remain. More than a quarter of prisoners live in overcrowded prisons. One in four of the country's prisoners comes from an ethnic minority-compared to one in 10 of the general population. 82% of women are in prison for non-violent offences. 20% to 30% of prisoners have a learning disability or difficulty that interferes with their ability just to understand the criminal justice system. A staggering 12,000 prisoners do not even know when they will be released. During a period when crime has fallen sharply, average sentence length has increased by a third. We continue to use prisons in implausibly remote locations. The population of prisoners over 60 has tripled, while we build prisons designed (and priced) to contain the most determined escapee. There are new threats. The introduction of a year's mandatory post release supervision for short sentences guarantees a higher turnover in the most overcrowded prisons as inadequately prepared ex-prisoners fail to keep to their licence conditions. In prisons struggling with staffing reductions and reduced regimes, the advent of new psychoactive substances could hardly have come at a worse time. Above all, the government's determination to reduce the national fiscal deficit will hit unprotected departments-including the Ministry of Justice- with disproportionate force. That extraordinary challenge, however, represents an opportunity to rethink our approach both to the use of imprisonment and to the experience it should represent. The answer to the dilemma lies in one of the few success stories of recent years. The number of children (under-18s) in custody has fallen by over two-thirds in the last seven years. Yet at the same time, the crime committed by children has also plummeted, with proven offences down by 72% from their peak in 2005-06. The number of young adults (18-20 year olds) sent to prison has also started to decline, as the conveyor belt from child offender to young adult prisoner has slowed. If we translate that determination to make imprisoning children genuinely a last resort into the adult sphere, and reverse the sentence inflation which accounts for two-thirds of the population growth of the last two decades, the possibility of making dramatic savings is real. A prison population at the level it was the last time there was a Conservative majority government would save its current successor around $1bn a year. Increasing sentence lengths has been a comfort blanket for every government of the last 20 years. To make matters worse, prison is still seen as a free good so far as local communities are concerned- the trade off between money spent on prison officers rather than nurses or teachers remains invisible to the local taxpayer. The uncomfortable truth is that most of that expensive additional prison time is both unnecessary and wasted. The litany of frustration, depression and idleness described in this publication's statistics has its physical expression in underused facilities and long, pointless, hours behind cell doors. Reinvesting a fraction of the saving from closing prisons to create a custodial experience that is both purposeful and properly intense would be a practical legacy worthy of the new Secretary of State's visionary rhetoric. Details: London: PRT, 2015. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2015 at: http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/Portals/0/Documents/Bromley%20Briefings/Factfile%20Autumn%202015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 137362

Author: Anderson, Kirsten Title: Music Education and Experience in Scottish Prisons Summary: This research presents the first empirical study of music provision in Scottish prisons and explores the potential benefits of music engagement for prisoners, with a focus on young offenders' experience. The scope of the study begins with an investigation into music provision in prisons throughout Scotland by means of a small-scale survey. This survey showed that despite a lack of documentation, music is currently present in Scottish prisons and has been previously, albeit intermittently. Music provision included a range of activity: learning how to play musical instruments, singing, music theory, song-writing and composition. Subsequently, two music intervention studies were conducted with young offenders at HM Young Offenders Institution Polmont. The first study was a ten-week project with three participant groups: a music group, an art group and a control group. Pre- and post-interviews and measures were used to assess participants' self-esteem, self-control, behaviour, literacy skills and engagement with education. Numerous difficulties were identified with conducting such research in a prison environment, including the recruitment process and using standard assessment measures. However, results from the small number of men involved showed an increase in engagement with education for all three groups during the project and a steady continued increase in education engagement for the music group after the project ended. Additionally, the music and art groups showed a small increase in mean scores for self-esteem, positive emotions reported and self-control. The second study examined two music interventions with young offenders as part of the year-long Inspiring Change pilot project. This study used interviews and session review forms with education staff and arts practitioners to document the process of the organisations involved in the planning and implementation of the projects. Focus groups with young offenders were carried out to gather their opinions of the programmes. Participants expressed that they especially appreciated the high level of professionalism of the arts practitioners, working as a group, and being recognised as making an individual contribution towards a final project. In addition to the survey and intervention studies, a Knowledge Exchange workshop was designed for music tutors in Scottish prisons to meet, learn about research on music in prisons, and exchange ideas for best practice. A workbook and afternoon workshop format was investigated in terms of its effectiveness and was found to be beneficial for music tutors in learning more about the research and practice of teaching music in prisons. This thesis contributes to the developing research on the benefits of music provision for prisoners and provides a baseline of music provision in Scottish prisons for further study. Details: Edinburgh: University of Edinburgh, 2011. 482p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 28, 2015 at: https://www.era.lib.ed.ac.uk/handle/1842/9598 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 137365

Author: Grossmith, Lynne Title: Police, Camera, Evidence: London's cluster randomised controlled trial of Body Worn Video Summary: Overall the findings suggest there are potential benefits of Body Worn Video (BWV), although those related to criminal justice outcomes were not fully realised during the timescales of the trial and need the support of criminal justice partners to be achieved. - BWV can reduce the number of allegations against officers, particularly of oppressive behaviour. Complaints related to interactions with the public also reduced and, although it did not reach statistical significance, the trend in overall complaints was consistent with these findings. - There was no overall impact of BWV on the number or type of stop and searches conducted. In addition, there were no differences in officers - self-reported behaviour relating to how they conducted stops. - No effect was found on the proportion of arrests for violent crime. When an arrest had occurred, there was a slightly lower proportion of charges by officers in a BWV team. - There was no evidence that BWV changed the way police officers dealt with victims or suspects. - The Public Attitude Survey found, in general, London residents are supportive of BWV, with their opinions of the technology positively associated with their views of how 'procedurally just' the police are, and their confidence in the MPS. - Officers reported a range of innovative uses of BWV, including professional development; use of intelligence; and sharing information with partners and the public. Details: London: College of Policing Limited and the Mayor's Office for Policing And Crime (MOPAC), 2015. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 1, 2015 at: http://whatworks.college.police.uk/Research/Documents/Police_Camera_Evidence.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras (U.K.) Shelf Number: 137399

Author: Hillier, Joe Title: The Police Use of Pre-Charge Bail: An Exploratory Study Summary: The Association of Chief Police Officers (ACPO) Reducing Bureaucracy Programme Board and ACPO Criminal Justice Business Area commissioned exploratory research on the use of pre-charge bail by police in England and Wales. The research was undertaken by NPIA Research, Analysis and Information (RAI) with support from ACPO and the Crown Prosecution Service (CPS). The purpose of the research was to help identify and explain sources of variation in processes relating to the use of pre-charge bail, in particular those leading to unnecessary work, and inform the development of force initiatives intended to improve the process. Findings are based on opinions of officers and staff involved in the bail management process, including the CPS. Due to the timescale and available resources, the scope of the study was limited to the general use of pre-charge bail in the custody suite. It does not attempt to cover issues such as youth bail, street bail, ethics and the impact of bail on suspects. Key findings Overall, there were difficulties in obtaining a clear overview of the pattern of pre-charge bail use across the policing areas. No single aspect of the bail process in particular was seen to be overly bureaucratic or inefficient, however officers did question potential over-use of bail. The research identified four aspects of the bail process that were perceived to be driving the use of precharge bail, and were potentially sources of unnecessary use: unplanned arrests, insufficient quality in initial investigations, demands on limited custody space and differing perceptions on levels of evidence required for charge leading to delays in the process. Four broad themes identified in the research which help to explain variations and potential avoidable use are set out below. Details: London: NPIA (National Policing Improvement Agency) 2012. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 2, 2015 at: http://whatworks.college.police.uk/Research/Documents/Pre_charge_bail.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 131143

Author: Bayliss, Anda Title: Risk, bureaucracy and missing persons: An evaluation of a new approach to the initial police response Summary: Key findings Three forces piloted a new approach to missing persons for a three month period. While officers were previously required to attend all incidents as the default initial response, the pilot introduced a new risk assessment process and 'absence' category. During the pilot, this category of incidents (involving a person who was not where they were expected to be but not thought to be at risk of harm) were to be monitored by police call handlers without officers being deployed immediately. The evaluation found promising qualitative evidence of the pilot having achieved its primary aim - to make the initial police response to missing persons reports more proportionate to risk. It was thought - as a side benefit - that a more proportionate approach might also help free up police capacity. The evaluation found consistent evidence of the pilot having achieved this secondary aim. Did the pilot result in a more proportionate and risk-based response? - The qualitative research found a widespread perception among officers that the pilot had helped to better identify those at risk, and ensured that higher risk incidents received the attention they required. - This result was not reflected in some of the survey findings. Based on officer descriptions, a high proportion of incidents in the pilot sites were assessed to be low risk. Did a more proportionate response help free up police capacity? - Despite an increase in the number of recorded incidents in the pilot sites, around a third were classified as absences and, thus, did not require officers to attend. - By being more proportionate, the pilot forces were able to target resources better and free up capacity. A saving of 200 shifts over the three month period was estimated as a result of officers not attending absences. The amount of time spent on the initial response to missing persons was also reduced in the pilot sites (-23%) relative to the comparison sites (-3%). In theory, these resources could be redirected towards higher risk incidents. Did the pilot improve officer attitudes and job satisfaction? - Most response officers and supervisors who were interviewed welcomed the pilot, and said their attitudes about attending missing persons incidents had improved. - A survey of officers, however, did not reveal a consistent pattern of attitude change. How did partners view the pilot? - There was widespread view among partners that the police should move away from a 'one size fits all' approach to missing persons. - About two-thirds of respondents were positive or neutral about the pilot. A third were more critical, mainly raising concerns about the application of the new category. - The quality of the engagement partners reportedly received from the police before implementation seemed to affect their level of support for the pilot. - The reduction in missing person coordinators in the pilot forces - an organisational change that was unconnected to the pilot - was potentially regarded as a greater problem. How was the pilot perceived to have affected police safeguarding work? - There was no evidence to suggest the pilot had undermined forces' ability to carry out proactive safeguarding work (though it was a perceived concern for some partners). - The reduction in missing person coordinators in the pilot forces reportedly would have placed pressure on monitoring and partnership work after the pilot (though it continued). Details: London: College of Policing, 2013. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 2, 2015 at: http://whatworks.college.police.uk/Research/Documents/Missing_persons_PUBLICATION_PQ.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Investigation Shelf Number: 128750

Author: Fleming, Matthew Hitchcock Title: An examination of the means of establishing the efficacy of asset recovery and anti-money laundering policies Summary: Asset recovery (AR) refers to the process through which criminals are deprived of the proceeds of crime. Despite strong support for AR in the policy arena, virtually no work to date has confirmed that it reduces (or should theoretically reduce) crime. This thesis seeks to fill this gap in understanding. The thesis begins with an examination of the theoretical support for AR, drawing on the economics of criminal behaviour. This chapter probes the claims made throughout the literature, illustrating how different approaches to AR should have different impacts on crime. AR powers are likely ineffective in reducing crime if offenders' spending/saving behaviour renders them with little to recover. This next chapter examines offenders' spending/saving using data from the UK's Joint Assets Recovery Database. Offenders can and will take steps to hide the fruits of their labours, and AR will be toothless if offenders can do so. Most AR regimes include anti-money laundering (AML) components to prevent offenders from hiding their proceeds. The crime-reduction efficacy of AML policies is a function of the ability of offenders to reduce their exposure to AR of banks/etc. to alert law enforcement when they know/suspect that an offender is laundering and of law enforcement to make use of the information provided. The latter two issues are considered in turn. Banks/etc. must alert law enforcement (by filing suspicious activity reports, or SARs) if they know/suspect that an offender is laundering proceeds. While this requirement likely deters some criminality, reporting does not deter all offenders. This chapter explores whether banks/etc. targeting of laundering represents more signal than noise. Finally, as the criminality of the undeterred who have been identified by banks/etc. will only be reduced if law enforcement uses the SARs sent to them, the final chapter explores the law enforcement's actual use and management of SARs. Details: London: University of London, 2008. 220p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed December 2, 2015 at: http://discovery.ucl.ac.uk/1444207/1/U591509.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Asset Forfeiture Shelf Number: 137418

Author: Great Britain. HM Inspectorate of Prisons Title: Children in Custody 2014-15. An analysis of 12-18-year-olds' perceptions of their experience in secure training centres and young offender institutions Summary: This report sets out how children in secure training centres (STCs) and young offender institutions (YOIs) describe their experience in the secure estate. It is based on the responses to surveys that were part of the unannounced inspections of every STC and YOI in 2014-15. Of the children in these establishments at the time of the inspections, 84% of them completed a survey. Survey responses do not provide a complete picture of an establishment - a key part of their purpose is to suggest the areas that need closer examination during the inspection. Similarly, this annual review raises important questions that policy makers and practitioners looking to the future of youth custody would do well to pursue. Children in STCs generally reported more positively than those in YOIs, and overall, in both types of establishment, about four in five children said staff treated them with respect. Nevertheless, a significant minority of children in both STCs and YOIs described being frightened and unhappy. Although around four in five children described feeling safe on their first night, almost a third said they had felt unsafe at some time and more than one in 10 said they felt unsafe at the time the survey took place. Two out of five children said they had been physically restrained. This report contains some analysis of what other factors children who feel unsafe or have been restrained have in common, which may suggest areas on which to focus, in order to reduce these concerns. Only slightly more than half the children in both types of establishment felt they had done anything in custody to make them less likely to offend in future. It is a significant concern that fewer boys in YOIs reported being involved in any kind of purposeful activity than at the time of any of our reports in the last five years. Details: London: HM Inspectorate of Prisons, 2015. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 11, 2016 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprisons/wp-content/uploads/sites/4/2015/12/HMIP_CP_-Children-in-custody-2014-15-FINAL-web-AW.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 137454

Author: Phillips, Stephen Title: Former members of the armed forces and the criminal justice system: a review on behalf of the Secretary of State for Justice Summary: ▪ The vast majority of those who serve in the Armed Forces return to civilian life without problem and are less likely than their civilian counterparts to commit criminal offences. ▪ A small minority have difficulties and find themselves in trouble with the law. Their offending behaviour is unlikely to have been directly caused by their service in the Armed Forces, but is sometimes contributed to by their experiences and, on occasion, made possible by their training. Many service charities offer help to these individuals. ▪ Post-traumatic stress disorder is an overused explanation for the behaviour of this cohort of offenders, but poor mental health and substance misuse often contribute to their offending, alongside other risk factors such as homelessness and unemployment. ▪ The Armed Forces Covenant, which exists to recognise the sacrifices made by those who serve, requires the identification and appropriate treatment of this offender group at the earliest possible stage, both for their benefit and that of their families, as well as the public. Offenders should in future be asked at every stage of the criminal justice system whether they have served in the Armed Forces. ▪ Policy makers have previously been hindered by the absence of robust data enabling the identification of pathways effective in pre-venting offending on the part of those who have served in the Armed Forces. Such data must in future be routinely collected. ▪ Knowledge on the part of criminal justice professionals as to the needs of former service personnel is patchy and appropriate training a matter of luck. In future, all criminal justice professionals should have access to appropriate resources and training to enable effective intervention with former service personnel who have committed criminal offences. ▪ Not every custodial facility in England and Wales deals appropriately with, or permits its officers time sufficient to deal with, prisoners who have served in the Armed Forces. This hinders rehabilitation and resettlement efforts. The same is true of probation services. In future, appropriate schemes to deal with former service personnel serving custodial or community sentences must be rolled out on a national basis, drawing on current best practice in this area. ▪ Recently introduced Liaison and Diversion Schemes (which are due to be rolled out nationally in England by 2017/18) require the identification of effective pathways to prevent offending on the part of former service personnel. These efforts are important and should form a distinct part of the evaluation and development of best practice in this area. ▪ Lord Ashcroft's Veterans Transition Review contains a series of recommendations that are likely to have a positive effect in preventing offending by former service personnel. I understand from the Government's response to his review that many of these are now likely to be implemented. ▪ Some statutory agencies in England and Wales have established initiatives to identify and prevent offending behaviour on the part of former service personnel, principally by onward referral to third sec-tor and other support agencies. These schemes appear valuable and similar provision should be implemented nationally. ▪ A lack of national guidance to statutory agencies has previously hindered effective working with offenders who have served in the Armed Forces and led to piecemeal provision across England and Wales. To ensure consistency, a senior civil servant within the Ministry of Justice should be tasked to co-ordinate national policy, with the Secretary of State reporting annually to Parliament on progress in dealing with this offender group. ▪ There is limited evidence that courts established in the United States dealing specifically with offenders who have served in the Armed Forces are effective. The likelihood is that any effectiveness is the result of focussed interventions rather than the creation of such courts. Given the court system in England and Wales and the UK's smaller Armed Forces, such special courts are unlikely to be suitable for introduction here. Details: London: UK Government, 2014. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 12, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/389964/former-members-of-the-armed-forces-and-the-criminal-justice-system.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Armed Forces Shelf Number: 137471

Author: Morgan, Nick Title: Reducing criminal opportunity: vehicle security and vehicle crime Summary: This report analyses trends in vehicle security devices and tries to determine the extent to which improved security has driven down vehicle-related theft in England and Wales and other nations. For the first half of the 20th century, few vehicle thefts were recorded and vehicle security devices were rare. Then thefts started rising in the 1960s and steering locks were introduced as a result. These checked rather than halted rising crime, leading to a 'second wave' of security devices in the 1980s and 1990s including central locking, car alarms and - most importantly - electronic immobilisers. To begin with, these devices appeared to have little effect as vehicle crime levels rose faster than ever up until 1993. But then crime began to fall sharply as many of the 'second-wave' devices spread through the vehicle fleet. Using a mixed-methods approach, this report attempts to assess the degree to which improved vehicle security might have caused the vehicle crime decline by reducing the number of opportunities for would-be offenders. Findings are supportive of a marked crime-reduction effect. But the results also suggest that security has not been universally effective, nor does it seem to be the only factor that has made vehicle crime rise and fall so sharply over the last 50 years. Details: London: Home Office, 2016. 139p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 87: Accessed January 13, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/489097/horr87.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Automobile Theft Shelf Number: 137477

Author: Shalev, Sharon Title: Deep Custody: Segregation Units and Close Supervision Centres in England and Wales Summary: Segregation units and close supervision centres (CSCs) are complex places, where some of the prison's most challenging individuals are confined alongside some of its most vulnerable people, within a small, enclosed space. These units may house a combination of people with multiple and complex needs, including some who are at risk of self harm, some who pose a risk to others, and some who are both a risk and at risk, and people with literacy problems, particular mental health needs or physical illness. Under the Prison Rules, prisoners can be removed from the main prison population and housed in a segregation unit or a close supervision centre (CSC) for a variety of reasons, with periods of confinement in them ranging from a single evening in a segregation unit while facing a charge of breaking a prison rule, to years of indefinite confinement in a close supervision centre. In this sense, segregation units and close supervision centres function as a 'continuum of exclusion'. - In January, 2015 the total segregation capacity in England and Wales was 1586 cells. Close supervision centres had a capacity of 54. - In the first three months of 2014, almost 10% of the prison population spent at least one night in segregation. The CSC population averaged 50 people. - Of those segregated, 71% spent less than 14 days in segregation, 20% spent between 14 and 42 days, and 9% were segregated for longer than 84 days. The average stay in CSCs was 40 months. - The majority (95%) of those segregated were adult males. Their average age was 29. This study set out to: examine how segregation units and CSCs are used; describe the skills and views of staff who work there; and to explore prisoners' perceptions of fair processes and their treatment. We also wanted to profile good practice. The study, supported by the Barrow Cadbury Trust, was carried out by Dr Sharon Shalev of the Centre for Criminology at the University of Oxford and Dr Kimmett Edgar of the Prison Reform Trust. Its findings are based on a survey, distributed to all prisons in January 2014, and on visits to 15 prisons, including 14 segregation units and four close supervision centres. On the visits, we interviewed 25 managers, 49 officers and 67 prisoners (50 in segregation units and 17 in CSCs). Details: London: Prison Reform Trust, 2015. 170p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed January 13, 2016 at: http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/Portals/0/Documents/deep_custody_111215.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Inmate Discipline Shelf Number: 137563

Author: Crellin, Richard Title: On your own now: the risks of unsuitable accommodation for older teenagers Summary: This report looks at the lives of 16 and 17 year olds who cannot live at home with their families and the risks they face when they are placed in accommodation provided by their local authority, intended to prepare them to live independently as adults. The report is based on an analysis of the sufficiency strategies of 102 local authorities, a survey with 118 providers of accommodation in 83 local authorities in England and focus groups with 11 young people who have experience of living in accommodation designed to prepare them for independence at the age of 16 or 17. The survey of accommodation providers included supported accommodation, foyers, supported lodgings, floating tenancy support and training flats. The findings focus on the risks these vulnerable young people face, the support they receive, how they are safeguarded, local authorities' forward planning when commissioning these types of services and critically how things change when they turn 18 and become independent adults. Case studies are included throughout. Risks identified included substance misuse, mental health and wellbeing, poverty, and eviction and unplanned moves. Local authorities failed to sufficiently plan accommodation for 16 to 17 year olds. Accommodation providers were unlikely to be integrated into local structures designed to safeguard children or staff employed often had no safeguarding qualifications. The report argues that the complex variety of different provisions for looking after these vulnerable young people combined with support, care and living arrangements that are not subject to enough scrutiny by the state have resulted in a situation which is damaging young people lives in ways that stay with them well into adult life. Details: London: The Children's Society, 2015. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 13, 2016 at: http://www.childrenssociety.org.uk/sites/default/files/On%20your%20own%20now%20-%20Appendices.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 137569

Author: Palmer, Tink Title: Digital Dangers: The impact of technology on the sexual abuse and exploitation of children and young people Summary: The internet has transformed how we all live, learn, work and communicate. Over the last twenty years the ways in which we interact and engage have evolved beyond imagination; for many people, the world online is as real as the world offline. For children - at the forefront of the digital revolution - the internet has created myriad opportunities. But it has also created risks. For every new piece of technology that can change how children access information, communicate or find entertainment, a new danger may present itself in a way that children, families and society may not immediately understand. Barnardo's is the largest provider of support to at risk and sexually exploited children in the UK, and runs specialist services in 47 local areas across the country. In 2014-15, these services supported 3,175 children, a 49 per cent increase on the preceding year. Our project workers have witnessed first-hand how the internet has transformed the nature of abuse and sexual exploitation. The concerns that we raise in this report build upon evidence that started to emerge when Barnardo's published Just one click! in 2004. This was one of the first publications in the UK to address the growing concerns amongst professionals about the ways in which children and young people may be at risk of harm online. More than a decade later, and now that the true scale of sexual exploitation of children in the UK is finally beginning to be recognised, it is even more crucial that we better understand the risks posed by the internet, and how we can address them. What is clear from the report is that the ways in which children can be sexually exploited online do not always follow the models of sexual exploitation that we are familiar with. Children at risk may be younger than those referred to services for offline sexual exploitation, and may not fit into standard definitions of 'vulnerable'. What is also clear from the report is that the problem of online sexual abuse of children impacts on the work of Barnardo's across all projects. As communication becomes ever more private and personal, due to mobile devices and instant connectivity, it can become all the more difficult to identify who is at risk, how they are at risk and where they are at risk. It is vital that policy and practice recognises the particular vulnerabilities that children now face, and respond to them. Drawing on research conducted with our services, this report makes a number of recommendations relating to service provision; training for professionals; and policy change. The recommendations are wide-ranging and emphasise the part that we can all play in protecting our children online. Details: Barkingside, Ilford, UK: Barnardo's, 2016. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 13, 2016 at: http://www.barnardos.org.uk/onlineshop/pdf/digital_dangers_report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 137575

Author: Great Britain. HM Inspectorate of Prisons Title: Behaviour management and restraint of children in custody: A review of the early implementation of MMPR Summary: In March 2013, the House of Commons Justice Committee recommended in its report on youth justice that Her Majesty's Chief Inspector of Prisons should report on the implementation of the new system of behaviour management and restraint in young offender institutions (YOIs) and secure training centres (STCs), known as 'minimising and managing physical restraint' (MMPR). This report sets out our findings on the implementation of the new system to date. The introduction of MMPR was the culmination of a long process initiated following the deaths of two boys in 2004. Gareth Myatt died after he became unconscious during a restraint in an STC. 'If you can talk, you can breathe', an officer told him when he complained. It was not true. Adam Rickwood, aged 14, hung himself after a 'pain compliance' technique was applied to him. This was the 'nose distraction technique', a painful jab under the base of the nose. MMPR is intended to change the approach to behaviour management within YOIs and STCs, placing an additional emphasis on the importance of staff using their existing relationships with children to de-escalate volatile incidents, and minimising the number of children who experience restraint. MMPR also includes a comprehensive system of national governance and oversight to not only monitor the use of restraint but also improve and promote safe practice across the estate. The implementation of MMPR is taking place against a backdrop of a substantial fall in the number of children in custody, the decommissioning of beds across both YOIs and STCs and staffing shortages across the YOI estate. This has caused significant delay in the roll out of MMPR, which is now due to be completed in July 2016 - a year behind schedule. The reduction in numbers also means that YOIs and STCs now hold an even more concentrated mix of children (almost all boys) with more challenging behaviour and complex needs than in the past. This combination of delay, resource pressures, a more complex population and concerns about overall performance means that the new MMPR system is not yet being consistently implemented or achieving the intended outcomes. At this stage in the implementation of MMPR we welcome the significant improvements that it has brought to the national oversight of restraint and the greater focus on communication and de-escalation as part of a wider approach to behaviour management. The development of a consistent approach to restraint across all secure settings is itself an important improvement. However, some of what we have found has been too variable and sometimes very poor. Nevertheless, we have seen enough of when it does work to cautiously conclude it is an improvement on previous systems and that the foundations are there to enable further improvement still. The Youth Justice Board should continue with its implementation. While it is sometimes necessary to restrain children we share the view of others that there is no such thing as 'entirely safe' restraint. MMPR attempts to change the culture of behaviour management across the secure estate so that effective relationships and communication are used as a basis to reduce the use of force. Effective relationships are more difficult to establish in YOIs, which are larger than STCs and have lower staffing levels. Staff in YOIs spoke of the difficulty in forming these relationships during short association periods. Staff shortages had led to many staff being cross-deployed within YOIs or sent on detached duty to work at other establishments. In contrast, STC staff felt they had the time to form positive relationships with the children living on their unit. This is supported by the perceptions of children in our annual survey of children in custody - a significantly higher proportion of children in STCs than YOIs reported that staff treated them with respect; 93% in STCs compared with 70% in YOIs. We found that all establishments had implemented behaviour management plans for children with more challenging behaviour. This was progress. However, the criteria for implementing a behaviour management plan were not always clear and we were not satisfied that all children who needed a plan had one. Too many of the plans we saw were of a poor standard, not demonstrating adequate assessment, relevant targets or any review of the child's progress to enable staff to manage the most challenging children expertly. Some staff also commented that if they did not have the time to get to know a particular child, a written plan was of limited use. Children with medical or other conditions that could be affected by MMPR techniques could also have restraint handling plans put in place for them. It was positive that establishments dealing with more complex cases could now seek medical advice through the expert serious injuries and warning signs (SIWS) medical panel. However, we found potentially dangerous examples of staff not adhering to these plans during restraints. In general, staff were unfamiliar with the content of the plans; this was a serious oversight that could have led to significant injuries. In the YOIs and STCs we visited many children were unable to identify any difference between their experience of MMPR and previous behaviour management systems in terms of attempts made to reduce the incidence of restraint or actual restraint practice. While the accounts of children varied, the experience remained, for many, painful and distressing. The evidence from interviews with staff and children, MMPR documentation and our review of CCTV footage indicates that too many of the concerns identified with the previous practice remain. MMPR guidance outlines techniques staff can use to slow down and de-escalate a situation. Children's own experiences of de-escalation before and during restraint varied dramatically; some spoke of staff communicating throughout and making good efforts to calm them down while others reported that little effort was made before or during an incident. Despite staff recording the use of de-escalation in use of force reports, most CCTV footage we reviewed contained evidence of poor de-escalation, and some recordings showed staff intervening too quickly in response to minor incidents. We had particular concerns about the practice relating to restraining children on the floor, the application of head holds and the use of pain-inducing techniques. MMPR does not allow staff to take children to the floor intentionally during a restraint because of the medical risks this poses to the child. In nearly half of all the incidents we reviewed however, including 70% of those in YOIs, children ended up on the floor. We also had concerns about the continued misapplication of the head hold: in addition to the incidents described in this review, the SIWS medical panel has identified the incorrect application of this technique in a significant number of incidents that have resulted in SIWS referrals. We also identified unacceptable examples of children being strip searched under restraint in YOIs. Restraint policy agreed by ministers states that staff should only use pain as a last resort to prevent an immediate risk of serious physical harm, but we found that pain-inducing techniques were used frequently in YOIs, and that in most cases staff were not compliant with this requirement. It is notable that staff in STCs dealing with similar incidents did not use these techniques. We also found underreporting of the use of pain-inducing techniques in YOIs, reducing the effectiveness of local and national safeguards. We found no evidence to justify the deliberate infliction of pain as an approved technique. Within MMPR health care staff play an important role in safeguarding a child during a restraint. It was therefore unacceptable that some establishments did not call health care staff to all incidents. This undermined their role. In some cases, health care staff did not undertake a physical examination of a child after a restraint, instead carrying out this check through a locked door, which was inadequate to ensure the child's welfare. Support for children after a restraint also required improvement; children we interviewed told us that staff did not always speak to them after an incident to ensure they were okay. Structured post-restraint debriefs with children did not always take place, and when they did they varied in quality. They did not serve the purpose of encouraging helpful discussion about the restraint or looking at ways to help the child to improve their behaviour and prevent any further incidents. During this review we found a comprehensive system of national governance and oversight, and the introduction of dedicated MMPR coordinators to drive improvements in local practice was positive. Details: London: HM Inspectorate of Prisons, 2015. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 22, 2016 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprisons/wp-content/uploads/sites/4/2015/11/Behaviour-management-and-restraint-Web-2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Detention Centers Shelf Number: 137652

Author: Ahmad, Maryam Title: Impact of the reduction in heroin supply between 2010 and 2011 Summary: This report concludes that street level heroin prices remained relatively stable, but purity levels fell. There were reports that during this time, heroin use decreased with some users switching to or increasing their use of other substances, particularly benzodiazepines and alcohol. During the period of reduced supply, new presentations to drug treatment for opiate use fell and there were no significant changes in drug related acquisitive crime, though there was a decline in heroin possession offences. Details: London: Home Office, 2016. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 91: Accessed January 22, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/494423/horr91-reduction-heroin-supply.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 137653

Author: Williams, Patrick Title: Dangerous associations: joint enterprise, gangs and racism. An analysis of the processes of criminalisation of Black, Asian and minority ethnic individuals Summary: Following the publication of Baroness Young's review Improving outcomes for young black and/or Muslim men in the Criminal Justice System in 2014, the Centre for Crime and Justice Studies commissioned the authors to write a research and policy project to explore the relationship between Joint Enterprise, gangs, and the police's gang database, and ethnicity. This study also forms part of the authors' response to a call by the House of Commons Justice Committee for a rigorous consideration of the possible relationship between the disproportionate application of collective punishments/sanctions and in particular, the Joint Enterprise (JE) upon BAME individuals and groups. The findings offer a critical analysis of contemporary responses to the 'gang', highlighting limitations in the evidence base that currently informs the pursuit of collective sanctions against alleged 'gang' members and their associates. This report reveals the dangerous associations of a series of negative constructs, signifying racialised stereotypes that endure and underpin contemporary policing and prosecution strategies in relation to serious youth violence in England and Wales. The net effect of criminal justice policies which are designed to 'disrupt' and 'end' the gang, is the disproportionate punishment of young people from minority ethnic (particularly black) groups while failing to adequately curtail levels of serious youth violence across England and Wales. Details: London: Centre for Crime and Justice Studies, 2016. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 27, 2016 at: http://www.crimeandjustice.org.uk/sites/crimeandjustice.org.uk/files/Dangerous%20assocations%20Joint%20Enterprise%20gangs%20and%20racism.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias Shelf Number: 137686

Author: Moodie, Kristina Title: Security Care in Scotland: A Scoping Study: Developing the measurement of outcomes and sharing good practice Summary: This is a scoping study designed to help identify evidence gaps regarding the outcomes experienced by children and young people placed in secure care in Scotland. Initially a brief literature review examining recent papers and articles discussing outcomes for young people both in and leaving secure care was carried out. Gaps in the literature were identified and then semi-structured interviews completed with heads or deputy heads of service within each of the five secure units in Scotland, to further clarify where the gaps and challenges are in relation to this subject. While individual units have been working to identify their own outcomes models, there is currently an evidence gap with regards to both short term outcomes and longitudinal follow up of young people leaving secure care. This is an area of enquiry that it is difficult for individual units to progress given the scale and complexity of the task. However, with the secure estate now effectively splintered and competing for business with one another, concerns were raised that not only were individual secure units no longer collaborating and sharing information, they were also not sharing good practice. This tension between competition for business and sharing good practice could potentially impede overall improvement of the service. Interviewees identified that this would be a considerable challenge for any efforts to redress the evidence gap. By examining the literature and interviews with secure care providers multiple questions were raised including: how should baselines be measured; what constitutes a positive (or a negative) outcome; when should these outcomes be measured; should it be on leaving the unit or examining where the young people have reached years down the line; and how can reaching an objective be attributed to any particular intervention or placement. Interviewees identified a range of current and significant challenges within the secure care sector and expressed a desire to see these issues explored in any future studies. The three most significant issues raised were mental health, continuity of care, and lack of care planning. Despite steps taken by the Scottish Government to ensure that the mental health of young people in residential and secure care is streamlined and coordinated to ensure the best possible mental health care and support is available, there are still some areas where this is not yet happening, resulting in disjointed care. Several secure care units themselves have identified this as a gap and a priority for the service they offer in the future, if funding allows. Continuity of care for young people transitioning out of secure was identified as a concern for secure care units. Issues described included a lack of forward planning and unanticipated short-term stays. Interviewees identified that good work can be easily undone when young people are moved without planning, a contention that is also reflected in wider literature. This lack of planning is similarly an issue when it comes to staff in the secure units being able to spend time with young people working on the aims and objectives identified on arrival. Staff are not always able to reach the point of starting to work on issues such as health and wellbeing, resilience and education. Details: London: Centre for Youth & Criminal Justice, 2015. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 27, 2016 at: http://www.cycj.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/CYCJ-Secure-Scoping-FINAL.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 137691

Author: Bajpai, G.S. Title: Crime Reduction through Situational Crime Prevention: A Study in the United Kingdom Summary: The proposal of the study 'Crime Reduction through Situational Crime Prevention-A Study in the United Kingdom' was accepted by the Commonwealth Scholarship Commission, Association of Commonwealth Universities London for session 2003-04. The Researcher was given the opportunity to carry out the study at the Department of Criminology (formerly Scarman Centre), University of Leicester. The Researcher as Visiting Commonwealth Fellow carried out the exercise from October 2003 to April 2004. The proposed study is an endeavour to understand the concept and applications of situational crime prevention (SCP) in the UK. SCP as part of Crime Reduction Programme of the Home Office, London has shown encouraging results in cutting the incidence of crimes to a significant extent. Reducing opportunity for crime by a range of measures based on managerial, environment and technological interventions is the core feature of this strategy. The study has following objectives: 1. To critically review the concept of SCP 2. To analyse the techniques of SCP 3. To look in to the performance of SCP in various programmes 4. To understand the Crime reduction initiatives 5. To explore crime and disorder partnership structure in the UK 6. To assess the applications of SCP in the Indian context Details: Leicester, UK: Department of Criminology, University of Leicester, 2004? 95p. Source: Internet Resource: www.ie.ac.uk/criminology Year: 2004 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 138122

Author: Disley, Emma Title: Local perspectives in Ending Gang and Youth Violence Areas. Perceptions of the Nature of Urban Street Gangs Summary: The aim of this study was to understand perceptions of the nature of urban street gangs and whether these gangs have changed in recent years in the 33 areas1 that make up the Government's Ending Gang and Youth Violence (EGYV) programme (HM Government, 2011a). The EGYV programme aims to improve the way that gangs are tackled locally through providing peer support to local areas to help prevent young people becoming involved in violence; providing exit routes for those already involved in gangs; and ensuring that appropriate enforcement responses are put in place to address challenges associated with gangs. The study was based on the perceptions of practitioners working on gang-related issues as well as individuals who were current or ex-gang members, or associated with, or affiliated to gangs (referred to throughout as gang associates). It investigated the extent to which there were perceived similarities or differences in the nature of street gangs in EGYV areas and whether or not gangs were thought to have changed in the last two years. It also explored the extent to which there were common or divergent trends in perceptions at national or local levels. It was not the purpose of this study to evaluate the effectiveness of the EGYV programme or local measures to address gang and youth violence. The findings, based largely on practitioners' perceptions, highlight issues and possible trends that could be more fully explored and investigated locally or nationally, using a wider range of evidence and information. Details: London: Home Office, 2016. 106p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 88: Accessed February 1, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/491802/horr88.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 137716

Author: Waddell, Stephanie, ed. Title: Preventing Gang and Youth Violence: Spotting Signals of Risk and Supporting Children and Young People: An Overview Summary: The Early Intervention Foundation has been working with the Home Office to produce these reports with the aim of helping local areas make more informed decisions about (i) how best to identify those children and young people who may be at risk of involvement in gangs or youth violence, and (ii) what types of programmes or interventions appear to work or not to work in preventing involvement in gangs and youth violence. The first report is a review of risk and protective factors based on academic studies which followed individuals, often from early childhood and collected data on risk variables at regular intervals to identify which ones correlate most strongly with later outcomes. The second report looks at the features associated with effective and ineffective interventions in delivered in the UK and abroad and examines what the evidence tells us about how best to respond to these risks. Details: London: Home Office, 2015. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 1, 2016 at: http://www.eif.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Final-R1-Overview-Preventing-Gang-Youth-Violence.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 137722

Author: O'Connor, Robyn M. Title: What Works to Prevent Gang Involvement, Youth Violence and Crime: A Rapid Review of Interventions Delivered in the UK and Abroad Summary: This report was commissioned by the Home Office to further our understanding of what works to prevent gang involvement and youth violence. Since the Government's Ending Gang and Youth Violence programme began in 2011, it has had a strong emphasis on the importance of intervening at the earliest opportunity to prevent children and young people from getting involved in gangs and youth violence, and helping them to find ways out if they do become involved (HM Government, 2011). Our goal was to provide a brief overview of the international literature on effective and ineffective approaches aiming to prevent gang involvement and youth violence, and to identify specific preventative programmes with a good evidence base through a rapid assessment of previous programme evaluations conducted by other "what works" clearinghouses. From this, we sought to summarise some common features - or "key principles" - associated with what does and doesn't work. We leave to the next stage the task of assessing the specific costs and impacts of those programmes available in the UK, and assessing and recommending specific programmes. Overall, we identified 67 well-evidenced programmes, all implemented in the USA and nearly half in the UK, which aimed to prevent gang involvement, youth violence or associated problems such as youth offending, conduct disorder and delinquency. 54 of these programmes had been assessed as effective by the clearinghouses searched, whilst 13 were classified as ineffective. The features and activities associated with these programmes were largely consistent with the findings of the key systematic reviews and evidence assessments identified through our literature review. To maximise transparency, a list of the 67 programmes identified through our search is available in Appendix 3. At the time of publication, 18 programmes are also included in EIF's online Guidebook. Some of these are discussed in more detail in Section 3 as case studies, illustrating how the key principles we have identified are implemented in practice. A rating and detailed description are not provided for every programme, because we have not yet done our own assessment of their effectiveness and input costs. Whilst the clearinghouses searched provide very useful information about specific programmes, each presents different types of information that are not always strictly comparable, and not always fully up to date. Evidence and programmes change, so until we have tested the evidence in more detail we cannot provide an explicit assessment of all the programmes in this review. In the second phase of this work, the relevant programmes identified through this report will undergo detailed scrutiny and provider consultation to enable us to confirm an EIF rating and include information about these programmes in our online Guidebook. Details: London: Home Office, 2015. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 1, 2016 at: http://www.eif.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Final-R2-WW-Prevent-Gang-Youth-Violence-final.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 137723

Author: Cordis Bright Consulting Title: Preventing Gang and Youth Violence: A Review of Risk and Protective Factors Summary: The Early Intervention Foundation (EIF) asked Cordis Bright to report on which risk and protective factors practitioners working with children and young adults should look out for when assessing the likelihood of young people becoming involved in youth violence and gangs. This report is based on the findings of academic research concerned with young people living in community settings, with a focus on risk/protective factors in relation to youth violence and gang involvement. The studies reviewed were those that repeatedly measured the risk/protective factors of the same group of young people over a long period of time. The advantage of these studies is that they are able to measure risk/protective factors before youth violence or gang involvement has taken place, meaning that we can be more confident about the association between risk/protective factors and these behaviours. Therefore this review considers the question of the risk of future outcomes rather than the question of whether someone is currently in a gang or committing offences of youth violence. The majority of findings presented in this review are from longitudinal studies based in the USA. However, these are complemented by longitudinal studies in the UK. Cross national comparisons of the findings of these longitudinal studies suggest that there are more similarities than differences in risk/protective factors for serious youth violence and gang involvement identified by studies in different national contexts. This suggests that we can have confidence in the generalisability of the findings presented in this review (see, for example, Farrington and Loeber, 1999). There is also a growing body of evidence that as well as risk/protective factors being similar between nations for offending behaviour, they are also similar across generations, i.e. there are intergenerational similarities in risk factors for offending (see, for example, Farrington, Ttofi, Crago and Coid, 2015). Details: London: Home Office, 2015. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 1, 2016 at: http://www.eif.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/R4-Risk-and-protective-factors-final.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 137724

Author: Disley, Emma Title: The payment by results Social Impact Bond pilot at HMP Peterborough: final process evaluation report Summary: Between 2010 and 2015, an intervention called the One Service operated at Peterborough Prison. This service provided 'through-the-gate' and post-release support to adult male offenders released from HMP Peterborough who had served prison sentences of less than 12 months, with an aim of reducing reoffending. The through-the-gate support provided by the One Service involved contacting offenders before release in order to introduce case workers, assess needs, and plan resettlement activities. The One Service then implemented these plans by working with offenders for up to 12 months following their release. If an offender returned to prison within this period, the One Service aimed to ensure that support services continued back in prison. The One Service was funded through a financing mechanism known as a Social Impact Bond (SIB), a form of payment by results. This is where private, non-government investors pay for an intervention, and if certain results are achieved, are paid back their initial investment plus an additional return on that investment.1 In the Peterborough SIB, the Ministry of Justice, supported by the Big Lottery Fund, entered into an agreement to pay a return to investors if targets for reducing reconvictions were achieved. This pilot was the first SIB to be established worldwide. The Peterborough SIB pilot was originally intended to operate until 2017, funding the delivery of the One Service to three cohorts of around 1,000 prisoners released from the prison. Support from the One Service was available to cohort members for a period of up to 12 months post-release, and engagement was on a voluntary basis. While the pilot operated on a payment by results basis under the SIB model for the first two cohorts of released prisoners, a third cohort received One Service support under a 'fee-for-service' arrangement, rather than under the original SIB funded payment by results model. This change to the model was due to the roll-out of Transforming Rehabilitation reforms to probation, which introduced mandatory statutory supervision for short-sentenced offenders - the target group for the Peterborough pilot - and also included a payment by results funding mechanism to incentivise providers to reduce reoffending. This meant that while the pilot was concluded early in order to avoid any duplication in services to the same population, the alternative fee-for-service funding arrangement for the third cohort enabled the pilot to continue operating until the new Community Rehabilitation Company (CRC) providers implemented their approach to rehabilitation. This report presents findings from a process evaluation of the Peterborough pilot, commissioned by the Ministry of Justice in 2010. It is the third and final output from the process evaluation, and addresses the following five research questions: 1. How, if at all, did the pilot lead to better outcomes of reduced reoffending (including the role played by voluntary and community sector organisations and partner agencies)? 2. What wider costs and benefits, if any, do stakeholders feel were incurred through the implementation of the SIB? 3. To what extent did stakeholders feel that the SIB led to greater innovation and/or efficiency? 4. What were the strengths and weaknesses of the SIB contractual model as implemented? 5. What key messages can be taken from the Peterborough pilot that offer useful learning points for future payment by results models and SIBs? Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2015. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Analytical Series: Accessed February 2, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/486512/social-impact-bond-pilot-peterborough-report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice (U.K.) Shelf Number: 137742

Author: Kohli, Ravi KS Title: Evaluation of Independent Child Trafficking Advocates trial: Final Report Summary: This report presents findings from an evaluation of a one-year trial of the Independent Child Trafficking Advocates (ICTA) service that took place across 23 local authority areas in England. The trial was part of the Government's commitment to section 48 of the Modern Slavery Act 2015, which sets out provisions for the ICTA service. The role of the independent child trafficking advocates is to provide specialist independent support to trafficked children and to act in the child's best interest across the areas of social care, immigration and criminal justice. This is in addition to the existing statutory service provision for trafficked children. Aims and approach of the evaluation This independent evaluation of the ICTA trial by the University of Bedfordshire sought to answer three questions. - How was the advocacy scheme implemented? - How did the role of the advocate work in practice? - What was the impact of the advocacy scheme for trafficked children? The trial used alternate allocation to place children identified as potentially trafficked into an advocacy group or a comparator group. The evaluation employed a mixed-methods approach comprising surveys, interviews and focus groups with a range of stakeholders and the children themselves. Case files for the children in the trial were analysed to understand the different experiences of the children in the advocacy and comparator groups. The circumstances of the trial presented considerable challenges in addressing the key questions. There were complexities in looking across 23 local authorities, each having their own policies and practices. The evaluation was set up to look in detail at the work of the advocates with trafficked children, meaning that there are more and better quality data about the children in the advocacy group than those in the comparator group. This means that there is limited information to assess the impact of the advocacy service, relative to existing provision. The report focuses on the impact of the service on trafficked children, drawing on the views of a range of stakeholders and the children. In addition, one year is a very short time to build, deliver and measure the effectiveness of a new advocacy service for trafficked children. It will take longer to establish many of the sustainable beneficial outcomes for this vulnerable group of children. Details: London: Home Office, 2015. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 86: Accessed February 2, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/486138/icta-horr86.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Trafficking Shelf Number: 137743

Author: O'Keeffe, Caroline Title: Enhancing Care for Childbearing Women and their Babies in Prison Summary: All available research suggests that the struggles of childbearing women in prison are extremely complex. And whilst their babies represent a relatively small proportion of all children affected by maternal imprisonment, they are arguably the neediest and most vulnerable group. This report documents the findings of a collaborative research project, funded by Barrow Cadbury Trust, between Action for Prisoners' and Offenders' Families (APOF) and the Hallam Centre for Community Justice (HCCJ) at Sheffield Hallam University. The project aimed to map current knowledge and research evidence on childbearing women in prison and their babies and to transfer this learning into policy and practice. All women who are pregnant or have a child below the age of eighteen months at the point of entering custody have the opportunity to apply for a place within designated living accommodation within a Mother and Baby Unit (MBU). However, in England, there is a high rate of rejection of MBU applications, MBU places are under-utilised and frequently lie empty across the women's estate. The research identified a range of factors which mitigated against an MBU application including: - women choosing to not reveal their status as mothers to the authorities and making their own 'informal' care arrangements; - women not expecting to receive a custodial sentence at court so are unprepared for making the necessary care arrangements, including MBU application; - women being traumatised when they arrive in prison creating a difficult context in which to absorb information about their child placement options; - the trauma of arrival in prison causing a mother's breast milk to dry up thus having a detrimental impact on the bond with their baby, and making it less likely that they will seek to keep their baby with them; - mothers feeling like they are 'choosing' their baby over their older children who may be living with relatives in the community, should they apply for an MBU place; - women being inadequately informed about the provision available in MBUs and the benefits of residing in one; - some social workers working within a 'pro-separation' model which focuses on finding alternative care for children rather than exploring fully the possibility of MBU placement; - mothers viewing themselves as incapable of effective parenting and their babies as being better off without them; - women may be under pressure from family members to leave their babies in the community. Details: Sheffield, UK: Sheffield Hallam University, Hallam Centre for Community Justice, 2015. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 3, 2016 at: https://www.shu.ac.uk/research/hccj/sites/hccj/files/enhancing-care-childbearing-women-babies-prison.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 137756

Author: End Violence Against Women Coalition Title: 'Just the Women': An evaluation of eleven British national newspapers' portrayal of women over a two week period in September 2012...... Summary: Women's rights advocates have long been concerned with the potential for the media to create, reinforce, perpetuate, or alternatively challenge, sexism and discrimination, and were heartened to see the Leveson Inquiry make a call for submissions which would shed light on the way newsrooms operate; the training that journalists receive; whether the general law which individuals are subject to is adequate for press regulation; and the relationship between democracy and a free press. As such, our four organisations made written submissions to the Inquiry last December and were pleased to be asked to give oral evidence in January of this year. Our submissions focused on the representation of women, and violence against women in particular, within the British press. We argued that much current newspaper reporting about crimes of violence against women promotes and reinforces myths and stereotypes about abuse (such as 'real' and 'deserving' victims, 'provoked' or 'tragic' perpetrators etc.); is often inaccurate; and does not give context about the true scale of violence against women and girls (VAWG), or the culture in which it occurs. Such reporting can tend towards the normalisation, eroticisation and even condoning of VAWG. It sends a message to survivors of abuse that they will not be believed or that what happened to them will not be taken seriously, and it tells potential perpetrators that their actions will not be sanctioned. As the Crown Prosecution Service stated shortly after we gave evidence to the Inquiry, this prejudicial reporting may seriously undermine the justice system by having an impact on jurors' decision-making. Details: London: EAVES, 2012. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 5, 2016 at: http://www.endviolenceagainstwomen.org.uk/data/files/resources/51/Just-the-Women-Nov-2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Journalists Shelf Number: 137761

Author: Women's Aid Title: Nineteen Child Homicides Summary: This report should not need to be written, that much is disturbingly obvious. First, while it is impossible to prevent every killing of a child, when the risks are known no other consideration should be more important - yet there is evidence here that other considerations were rated more highly. Second, starkly similar findings more than 10 years ago led to the publication of guidance which, if followed, would have made these killings less likely. Yet here we are. Nothing in this report should be used to blame individual professionals for the deaths of these children. Only those who killed them deserve blame. But we have a duty to the children and their families to identify what more should have been done to protect them - particularly when guidance on how to do so has been available since 2008, following the publication of Women's Aid's previous report on child homicides and child contact arrangements, a decade ago. This report shows, that whatever the stated requirements on the family courts, there is a deeply embedded culture that pushes for contact with fathers at all costs. This is supported by the testimony to Women's Aid of mothers who have survived domestic abuse and the specialist services that support them. The knowledge that severe abuse has taken place does not stop this relentless push to maintain as close a bond between father and child as possible. A father who has abused his child(ren)'s mother is routinely seen as a "good enough" dad. The impact of abuse on the whole family, particularly persistent, coercive and controlling behaviour which continues after the relationship has officially ended, is routinely misunderstood. The evidence here is a stark reminder of the dangers of power without accountability: perpetrators of abuse who have accumulated all power over their partners' and children's lives, and courts which persist in dangerous misunderstandings and assumptions, effectively colluding in the terrorising - and in some cases serious harm - of women and children. We call on Government and the senior judiciary to ensure that no more children die as a result of a simple failure to follow the guidance that exists. We call on judges to take responsibility for their own understanding of coercive control, how it works, and how it affects both women and children. And then, finally, to act on that understanding. In another ten years, we must not yet again be repeating the same investigation, with the same findings. In fact, of course, ten years is far too long. Details: Bristol: Women's Aid, 2016. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 5, 2016 at http://www.benhoarebell.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Womens-Aid-Nineteen-Child-Homicides-Jan-2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 137781

Author: Levi, Michael Title: The Implications of Economic Cybercrime for Policing Summary: London, as one of the world's leading financial centres, had a daily turnover in the foreign exchange market of L2,626 billion in April 2013 - all dependent on a highly interconnected electronic infrastructure and supporting technology. Yet this same technology that underpins and enables these global transactions also opens up businesses and individuals to new risks, in particular relating to cybercrime. The introduction of sophisticated technology has brought about a step-change in the way economic crime is committed - enabling frauds to be perpetrated at scale, at great speed, and at a distance, with no physical contact necessary between criminal and victim. It can be much harder to identify the individuals initiating crime, and often the location will be outside UK jurisdiction. These factors have resulted in a sharp escalation of such activities in recent years, bringing new challenges for policing and industry in preventing and tackling such crime. The City of London Police is the National Policing Lead for Economic Crime, and is playing a key role in proactively addressing these challenges including developing a national strategy. One major challenge has been coordinating information about criminal activity where this can be geographically widely dispersed. In addition to investigating some of the most serious frauds in the country, the City of London Police hosts the national reporting database - Action Fraud. This current research piece undertakes new analysis of data held by Action Fraud and its partner unit, the National Fraud Intelligence Bureau (NFIB) also hosted by the City of London Police. It finds that between October and December 2014 alone there were 106,681 reported fraud cases, a third of which related to banking and credit industry frauds. The median amount lost to fraudsters across all fraud types ranged from L112 lost through misuse of contracts in the telecom industry, to 38,974 lost from pension fraud. However the annual 250,000 crime reports received present only a limited view of several million crimes that are taking place within the UK annually to the cost of some $30billion. Under-reporting presents a challenge both in terms of research and policy responses. City of London Police initiatives to reduce fraud include training both the private and public sector in specialist skills through their Economic Crime Academy, piloting a focused victim care unit in London - the Economic Crime Victim Care Unit - and working closely with law enforcement across the UK to share information and co-ordinate action. Most importantly they include the formation of new national police fraud and cyber strategies focused on prevention at a national and local level. This research report highlights the necessity of working in partnership, both around primary prevention and building in security protection, and working with other agencies to disrupt criminal activities and pursue and prosecute offenders. Details: London: City of London Corporation, 2015. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2016 at: https://www.cityoflondon.gov.uk/business/economic-research-and-information/research-publications/Documents/Research-2015/Economic-Cybercrime-FullReport.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 137785

Author: National Counter Terrorism Security Office Title: Counter Terrorism Protective Security Advice for Major Events Summary: This guide is intended to give protective security advice to those who are responsible for organising major events and event security, irrespective of size and capacity and is not specific to any particular type of event. It is aimed at those events where there may be a risk of a terrorist attack either because of the nature of the event or the number or nature of the people who host or attend it. It highlights the vital part you can play in the UK counter terrorism strategy. Details: London: National Counter Terrorism Security Office, 2014. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/375117/Major_Events_Reviewed.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Counter-terrorism Shelf Number: 137789

Author: Clark, Ian Title: Reducing Reoffending Change Fund Evaluation of Year 1 - Public Social Partnership Development Summary: This research report outlines findings of an evaluation of Public Social Partnership development funded by Year One of the Reducing Reoffending Change Fund. It focuses on how the funding was used, and what was achieved by the partnerships in the first six months of the Fund. The 14 organisations awarded Development Funding in Year 1 of the Reducing Reoffending Change Fund used the funding to develop Public Social Partnerships and proposals for mentoring services. The Development Funding enabled the lead organisations to undertake a range of activities which were generally viewed as successful. Overall, interviewees felt that strong partnership working occurred during the PSP development process. They also highlighted that co-production and extensive service user consultation had a positive impact on the quality of mentoring services developed. Constructive discussions on sustainability occurred which led to commitments from some public sector partners to underwrite services in the future subject to caveats. Interviewees highlighted challenges throughout the PSP development process. The limited time for PSP development was felt to be the main issue as it was highlighted as a challenge to partnership working, service user involvement, co-production and sustainability. The challenges had not generally dissuaded interviewees from future involvement in the PSP model. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2013. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2016 at: http://www.gov.scot/Resource/0042/00422603.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 137795

Author: Curtis, Irene Title: The use of targets in policing Summary: Policing needs to change to respond to the challenges of the future, including the changing nature of crime, the increasing range and complexity of demand, continued financial constraints and the rapid pace of technological change. As forces adapt to changing circumstances, performance frameworks will also need to adapt to help the police make decisions to meet these challenges - and to understand whether or not they are succeeding. Numeric targets have seen extensive use in policing for many years, as part of both local and national police performance frameworks. The Public Service Agreements (PSAs) of the 1990s in particular created a slew of national targets in policing and across the public sector more widely. Since then, problems associated with targets such as 'gaming' and 'perverse incentives' have been well documented and targets have gradually been dropped by many forces. The last of the national targets in policing (for increasing public confidence and targets for response times, included in the policing pledge) were removed by the Home Secretary in 2010. This review aims in the first instance to understand the extent to which targets - and their associated behaviours - persist and has involved desk research, interviews, force visits and a survey of police officers and staff. Over 6,000 people completed the survey and, while methodological limitations mean the results needs to be interpreted with caution, the fact that so many officers and staff took the time to respond is telling of how strongly many feel about this subject. Details: London: Home Office, 2015. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/466058/Review_Targets_2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 137802

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary Title: The Depths of Dishonour: Hidden Voices and Shameful Crimes. An inspection of the police response to honour-based violence, forced marriage and female genital mutilation Summary: This is the first time that Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary (HMIC) has inspected and reported upon the police service's response to crimes of honour-based violence, forced marriage and female genital mutilation. Further, it is the first time that any inspectorate within England and Wales has examined the service provided to victims2 of these crimes, actual and potential, supported by the most powerful of insights, from victims themselves. It is one of the most important reports ever produced by HMIC. Crimes committed in the name of so-called honour are despicable and damaging; they may be life-changing or life-threatening; in some cases, they end in death. Forced marriage is a specific crime that is equally serious, equally damaging. Female genital mutilation is not a requirement for any religion but it is a practice that reaches across numerous cultures to ruin the lives of many women and girls. This report provides information and analysis for the public about how police forces respond to, investigate, and protect victims of these appalling and damaging crimes. It provides a baseline on which police and other public sector agencies can build to establish effective responses to victims. It should also focus the minds of those organisations to work together to prevent others from becoming victims in future. Details: London: HMIC, 2015. 191p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2016 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmic/wp-content/uploads/the-depths-of-dishonour.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Cutting Shelf Number: 137804

Author: Squires, Peter Title: Police Perceptions of Gang and Gun Related Offending: A Key Informant Survey Summary: This survey of Police officers (and civilian intelligence analyst staff) within one police force (GMP) offers an important and unusual insight into the problem of urban gun crime. Our findings reflect the perceptions of the problem of gun crime shared by a group of uniquely experienced police officers whose daily work involves dealing with, responding to and forward planning in respect of the problems of gun crime in one major British city with a particular reputation for gun crime. The particular survey itself comprises responses from 55 police personnel, ranking from detective constable to chief superintendent, (including a number of civilian intelligence analysts). Those GMP staff included in sample shared 835 years within policing, suggesting a mean duration of police service of some 15.8 years. Respondents were drawn from all of the force's separate geographical divisions. As suggested, the sample also included 20 GMP intelligence analysts, five of these working on attachment with the GMP Firearms Desk and operational gang response units. The intelligence analysts alone had a mean duration of service within GMP of between 8-9 years. Taken together, therefore, these lengths of service in the GMP suggest that our sample is appropriately drawn from an experienced and uniquely well qualified section of the police workforce, and a group we would expect to be able to speak knowledgeably, informatively and constructively about the gun crime and gang crime problems that they work with on a regular basis. There was a threefold purpose in reviewing 'key informant' perceptions of the gun crime problem within the project. First, in a wider sense it is part of our effort to get a clear perspective on how the problem is understood or constructed - this is, in a simple sense, what the 'experts' dealing with the problem think about it, the forms it takes and the means by which it might usefully be tackled. Second, in a more critical sense the survey is also very much about how these same 'experts' (or 'primary definers' (Hall et al, 1978)) help to construct the issue for the rest of us. A third issue relevant here concerns how the constructions of these 'experts' represent and yet may also 'misrepresent' aspects of the problems represented by 'gun' and 'gang' crime. For example, the particular professional preoccupations of police officers may tend to distort their perceptions of both the offence and of the offenders (or it may dwell upon some aspects of these matters at the expense of others). Or, to put it another way and recognising the "political" nature of problem definition in public policy-making, our respondents might perpetuate a perception of the gun crime problem which does not necessarily correspond with views shared by others, or they may hold views uncorroborated, for example, by research findings. All of this is, perhaps, only to be expected. Our group of respondents were selected precisely for their specialist knowledge and experience, and this knowledge and experience may lead them to see the matter in a different way. Details: Brighton, UK: University of Brighton, 2007. 87p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2016 at: http://about.brighton.ac.uk/staff/profiles/pas1-magnet.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 137807

Author: McMahon, Simon Title: Sports-based Programmes and Reducing Youth Violence and Crime Summary: This synthesis study examines evaluations of sports-based youth interventions in London and finds different types of evidence claiming that sport can indeed reduce youth violence and crime. Sport can act as a diversionary activity distracting from violent and criminal activities and also as a hook bringing young people into contact with opportunities for achieving wider goals such as furthering their education or finding employment. Details: London: Mayor of London, 2013. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Project Oracle synthesis study 02/13: Accessed February 10, 2016 at: http://project-oracle.com/uploads/files/Project_Oracle_Synthesis_Study_02-2013_Sport_interventions.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 132511

Author: Porteous, David Title: The Development of Specialist Support Services for Young People who have Offended and who have also been Victims of Crime, Abuse and/or Violence: Final Report Summary: Introduction 1. This report was commissioned to inform the development of support services for young people who have offended and who have prior experience of victimisation, including but not limited to mental, physical and sexual abuse. In 2014, the London Mayor's Office for Policing and Crime secured $400,000 from the Ministry of Justice Victim's Fund to invest in these services which will be delivered through two London Resettlement Consortia (LRC) areas, each comprising six Youth Offending Services (YOSs), one in North East London, the other in South London. 2. The research involved an online survey and follow up interviews with a sub-sample of YOS professionals, a review of existing research and knowledge on the matter and interviews with seven key informants with specialist knowledge of the issues addressed. Background 3. Existing evidence from academic and applied policy research shows that children and young people are more likely to be victims than offenders and more likely to be victimised than adults, albeit that these comparisons are not straightforward. Furthermore, children and young people known to have offended are more likely to have been a victim of crime, violence and or abuse than young people with no recorded offending history. Many will have emotional and mental health needs and vulnerabilities linked to such traumatic events and when these occur alongside or in the context of other forms of disadvantage and victimisation, young people are particularly vulnerable and find it more difficult to recover from the experience. 4. Children and young people in the youth justice system also have significantly greater speech, language and learning difficulties relative to the general population, are disproportionately likely to have a diagnosed learning disability and to have had a seriously disrupted education. Neurobiological research suggests that traumatic events in early childhood can have a detrimental impact on a range of cognitive and verbal communication skills and may find it difficult to engage productively with treatments that require a certain level of abstract reasoning such as cognitive behavioural therapy. 5. The prevalence and nature of mental health problems relating to crime, violence and abuse varies by ethnicity and gender. Young black males are over-represented in the criminal justice system and in terms of referrals to mental health services made via the CJS. Young women involved in group-related offending are significantly more likely to be victims of sexual assault. 6. There has been growing awareness and recognition of these issues at a policy level in recent times as indicated by the commissioning of the services to be developed in the LRC areas. At the same time, there is concern at a national level about the real term cuts in funding for Child and Adolescent Mental Health Services and the implications for mainstream service provision. Details: London: Middlesex University, 2015. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 10, 2016 at: https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/gla_migrate_files_destination/Final%20Report_May18th2015_0.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children and Violence Shelf Number: 137823

Author: Larkins, Cath Title: 'Just Putting Me on the Right Track': Young people's perspectives on what helps them stop offending Summary: HMI Probation (2011) found that that not enough attention has been given to the planning, delivery, and evaluation of interventions that tackle offending behaviour, suggesting that Youth Offending Teams need to access and make more use of information about what works in making interventions more effective and that better case planning is needed, together with training and development for practitioners. There is very little evidence of why particular interventions work and also a need for high quality research on "offenders" views on what helped or hindered them in giving up crime' (Sapouna 2011: 43). This research therefore aimed to: - build on existing understanding of what works in reducing reoffending - conduct participatory research to explore the relevance of these studies in the context of the lived experiences of young people in contact with YOT; - understand from young people's perspectives why particular interventions may work; - make recommendations regarding YOT practice as appropriate. The research was carried out by Cath Larkins and John Wainwright at The Centre for Children and Young People's Participation at the University of Central Lancashire School of Social Work. A literature review was presented to a core group of four young people in custody. They reflected on the themes in existing research and their own experience. They then developed participatory research activities. The researchers conducted these activities with a further 46 young people in contact with YOT. The research will be followed by an action planning process to consider how any strategic developments emerging from report might be implemented. Details: Preston, UK: University of Central Lancashire, 2014. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 10, 2016 at: http://clok.uclan.ac.uk/9483/1/Larkins%20and%20Wainwright%202014%20-%20right%20track%20PUBLISHED.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 137826

Author: Farran, Gabrielle Title: "Opening Up": How is Positive Change Made Possible for Gang-Involved Adolescents in Contact with a Mental Health Charity? Summary: This research sought to explore if, and how, being involved with a mental health charity project is helpful to gang-associated young people. There are problematic gaps in access to adolescent mental health services in the UK, and the evidence base that supports them, particularly for young people labelled 'hard to reach'. In addition, engaging adolescents is acknowledged as challenging for mental health professionals, and drop-out rates are high. Furthermore, recommended interventions do not address poverty and social disadvantage, the most salient risk factors for both adolescent mental health problems and for offending, and a blight on the lived experience of the most marginalised and vulnerable young people in UK society. Taking a critical realist stance, the current research aims to address these problems by using the qualitative methodology of grounded theory to develop a model of the positive change occurring at an innovative mental health project working with gang-involved young people. The project has developed an integrated approach that draws on different therapeutic orientations, particularly community psychology, mentalisation and attachment theory. Six young people and six professionals working at the project were interviewed. A grounded theory analysis, comprising the core category of "Opening Up" was constructed from the researcher's understanding of participants' accounts. Positive change was conceptualised as an opening up of: future possibilities; contexts for action and interaction; access to material and social resources and opportunities; the self in relationship; and ideas about the self and others. Central to the findings was the use of trust as a resource for change, and a service structure enabling professionals and young people to take "the time that it takes" to establish a therapeutic relationship facilitating positive change. In keeping with the community psychology influences at the project, a Youth Research Consultant advised throughout the research. Limitations of the findings and their implications for future research and practice at the individual, service and commissioning levels are considered. Details: London: University of East London, 2014. 179p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 10, 2016 at: http://roar.uel.ac.uk/3978/ Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 137829

Author: Montague, Richard Title: Challenging Racism: Ending Hate Summary: Migrants are often on the receiving end of negative stereotyping and scaremongering. For example, in late 2013 sections of the British media presented stories that the UK was about to be 'flooded' by a mass influx of Romanians and Bulgarians. The Sun newspaper hysterically claimed: 'a tidal wave of Romanian and Bulgarian immigrants is threatening to swamp Britain - and flood our overstretched jobs market'. Such reporting came in the advent of work restrictions being removed and allowing citizens from the A2 countries (Bulgaria and Romania) access to the EU labour market by January 2014. The arrival of newcomers did not unravel as was suggested and there has been no noticeable negative impact on jobs or public services in the UK. In fact, recent European immigrants in the UK have paid $8.8 billion more in tax than they have consumed in public services. In Northern Ireland, migration also contributes to sustaining economic growth, filling labour shortages, bringing much needed skills and enriching our society through cultural diversity. Some perceptions echo slogans such as 'British jobs for British workers'. Demanding the ring-fencing of jobs specifically for UK citizens would not only be an unlawful discriminatory exercise, it would also be counter-productive in terms of trade and investment from international businesses. It is not only political parties, politicians and the media which have reflected negative images of migrants. A 2010 study on public attitudes towards migrant workers in Northern Ireland highlighted: - 70% of respondents felt that migrants put a strain on services (e.g. social housing, education, and healthcare); - Almost half (48%) of those surveyed felt that migrant workers take jobs away from people born in Northern Ireland. Moreover, a 2014 Queen's University study of community workers who were challenging myths that aided hate crime in Belfast felt that community concerns were generally articulated around jobs and housing. In this way, racist hate crimes are often a crude way of 'defending' resources coupled with notions of protecting community identity from the 'outsider'. These opinions have underpinned certain racist attacks in Northern Ireland. Between 2013 and 2014 there has been a 43% increase in racially-motivated offences, with 70% of these occurring in Belfast.8 During the present reporting period, the PSNI has noted that racially motivated crimes in Northern Ireland have risen by more than 50%. In the context of a perceived competition for scarce resources like jobs and housing, this may provide fertile ground for racism. Therefore, the media, political parties, politicians and even our neighbours or work colleagues can fuel negative and incorrect perceptions about migrants. When these ideas take root, they can create an atmosphere of ethnic intolerance, resentment and hostility, often resulting in hate crimes. We need to challenge prejudices and continue to debunk myths about migrants. It is no coincidence that racist hate crimes tend to occur in areas of multiple deprivation where foreign nationals are blamed for economic and social ills. These are communities in Northern Ireland which have not felt the economic benefits of the 'peace process.' But while socio-economic disadvantage is not a 'myth', perceptions about threats to resources like jobs and housing are forms of myth-making when we look at the facts. It must not be forgotten that such racist attitudes are not unique to communities of need. Details: Belfast?: Unite Against Hate, 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 10, 2016 at: https://www.qub.ac.uk/research-centres/isctsj/filestore/Filetoupload,472425,en.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Hate Crimes Shelf Number: 137836

Author: Wong, Kevin Title: Youth Justice Reinvestment Custody Pathfinder: final process evaluation report Summary: The Youth Justice Reinvestment Custody Pathfinder, commissioned by the Youth Justice Board (YJB), aimed to test how local authorities could be incentivised to reduce the use of youth custody for 10 to 17 years olds. The pilot ran for 2 years from October 2011 to September 2013. This second and final process evaluation report mainly covers the implementation of Pathfinder during the final year of the pilot in the 2 Pathfinder sites. Individual end of pilot targets were set, as measured by the number of custody bed nights. At the end of the pilot, sites 1 and 2 exceeded their targets, as well as exceeding reductions seen in the rest of England and Wales. The report identifies a number of factors which appeared to have facilitated implementation in the second year. Both sites adopted a 'systems approach' that required detailed data analysis, to identify key entry points and stages in the criminal justice system where improvements in practice, processes or interventions can have the potential to deliver reductions in the use of youth custody. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2015. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Analytical Series: Accessed February 10, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/414123/youth-justice-reinvestment-custody-pathfinder-final-evaluation-report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Justice Reinvestment Shelf Number: 137837

Author: Saltman, Erin Marie Title: The Role of Prevent in Countering Online Extremism Summary: The following White Paper addresses the role of the UK government and social media companies and Internet service providers (ISP) in monitoring and policing the Internet for extremist and/or terrorism-related content. This paper seeks to analyse the effectiveness of the UK government's Prevent strategy and provide recommendations for its improvement in line with the current nature of the threat. Currently, the two biggest challenges for UK counter-terrorism are the radicalisation and recruitment of individuals by the jihadist organisation Islamic State (IS) and the use of the Internet by IS and other extremist organisations to spread unwanted and potentially dangerous ideologies and narratives internationally. This subject is of great importance, especially as government debates how best to tackle extremism and adequately implement counter-extremism measures both in real terms and online. Sections 2 and 3 discuss the framework of the government's Prevent strategy, while sections 4 through 9 detail the challenges extremism and terrorism-related content online pose. Section 10 addresses the role of Prevent in countering online extremism in the UK. Details: London: Quilliam Foundation, 2014. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: White Paper: Accessed February 12, 2016 at: http://www.quilliamfoundation.org/wp/wp-content/uploads/publications/free/white-paper-the-role-of-prevent-in-countering-online-extremism.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Counter-Extremism Shelf Number: 137849

Author: Stuart, Hannah Title: Community Policing and Preventing Extremism: Lessons from Bradford Summary: Since the 7/7 terrorist attacks in London, police forces nationally have implemented successive counter-radicalisation policies. Community Policing and Preventing Extremism, based on a series of interviews with senior police officers from the West Yorkshire Police and the North East Counter-Terrorism Unit, provides a practical perspective on the challenges of delivering preventative work at grassroots level as well as on policy debates about the remit of counter-extremism in a free society. Key findings include: ◾The police advocate building sustainable relationships with communities based on mutual trust and confidence; and recognise the need to be representative and to respond to changing community dynamics; ◾A focus on successful community policing and "quality of life issues" allows the police to proactively create resilient partnerships rather than attempting to force a relationship in response to a counter-radicalisation-related issue; ◾A strategic mechanism for supporting the ideological challenge against extremism is promoting critical thinking skills and credible voices, which builds resilience against extremism; helps isolate extremists; and promotes dialogue around other controversial issues, such as grooming; ◾Promoting safe giving is a key response to the religious injunction for charity within Muslim communities, which can increase vulnerability to fundraising for criminal or terrorist intent and to intimidating styles of fundraising that take advantage of a generous and permissive cultural attitude towards giving; ◾Police forces are well-placed to identify grievances and negative perceptions within communities. Successful work around education, internet safety and grooming demonstrates the value of promoting counter-radicalisation as a safeguarding issue rather than simply as a counter-terrorism tool; ◾Among the biggest challenges anticipated for 2015 is ensuring consistency in relation to freedom of speech and the thresholds used to measure extremism, particularly as it manifests either online or in public situations, for example at universities and during political protests. Details: London: Henry Jackson Society, 2015. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Paper No. 4: Accessed February 12, 2016 at: http://henryjacksonsociety.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Community-Policing-and-Preventing-Extremism.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 137850

Author: National Collaborating Centre for Mental Health (UK) Title: Violence: The short-term management of disturbed/violent behaviour in in-patient psychiatric settings and emergency departments Summary: The National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence (NICE) commissioned the National Collaborating Centre for Nursing and Supportive Care (NCC-NSC) to develop guidelines on the short-term management of disturbed/violent behaviour in adult psychiatric in-patient settings and emergency departments for mental health assessments. This follows referral of the topic by the Department of Health and Welsh Assembly Government. This document describes the methods for developing the guidelines and presents the resulting recommendations. It is the source document for the NICE short-form version, the Quick reference guide (the abridged version for health professionals) and the Information for the public (the version for patients and their carers), which will be published by NICE and be available on the NICE website (www.nice.org.uk). The guidelines were produced by a multidisciplinary Guideline Development Group (GDG) and the development process was undertaken by the NCC-NSC. The main areas examined by the guideline were: environment and alarm systems, prediction (antecedents, warning signs and risk assessment), training, working with service users, de-escalation techniques, observation, physical interventions, seclusion, rapid tranquillisation, post-incident review, emergency departments, and searching. Details: London: Royal College of Nursing, 2006. 135p. Source: Internet Resource: NICE Clinical Guidelines, No. 25: Accessed February 12, 2016 at: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK55521/pdf/Bookshelf_NBK55521.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alarm Systems Shelf Number: 137851

Author: National Collaborating Centre for Mental Health (UK) Title: Violence and Aggression: Short-Term Management in Mental Health, Health and Community Settings Summary: This guideline has been developed to advise on the short-term management of violence and aggression in mental health, health and community settings in adults, children (aged 12 years or under) and young people (aged 13 to 17 years). This guideline updates Violence: the Short-term Management of Disturbed/Violent Behaviour in In-Patient Psychiatric Settings and Emergency Departments (NICE clinical guideline 25), which was developed by the National Collaborating Centre for Nursing and Supportive Care and published in 2005. Since the publication of the 2005 guideline, there have been some important advances in our knowledge of the management of violence and aggression, including service users' views on the use of physical intervention and seclusion, and the effectiveness, acceptability and safety of drugs and their dosages for rapid tranquillisation. The previous guideline was restricted to people aged 16 years and over in adult psychiatric settings and emergency departments; this update has been expanded to include some of the previously excluded populations and settings. All areas of NICE clinical guideline 25 have been updated, and this guideline will replace it in full. The guideline recommendations have been developed by a multidisciplinary team of healthcare professionals, people with mental health problems who have personally experienced management of violent or aggressive behaviour, their carers and guideline methodologists after careful consideration of the best available evidence. It is intended that the guideline will be useful to clinicians and service commissioners in providing and planning high-quality care for the management of violence and aggression, while also emphasising the importance of the experience of these service users' care and the experience of their carers. Details: London: British Psychological Society, 2015. 253p. Source: Internet Resource: NICD Guideline No. 10: Accessed February 12, 2016 at: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK305020/pdf/Bookshelf_NBK305020.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alarm Systems Shelf Number: 137852

Author: Hussain, Ghaffar Title: Jihad Trending: A Comprehensive Analysis of Online Extremism and How to Counter it Summary: Online extremism and the role the Internet plays in the radicalisation process is currently being debated and discussed by journalists, academics, technologists and government officials alike. This report demystifies the topic of extremist content online and exposes the manner in which online tools are being used by Islamist extremist organisations and individuals to recruit and propagandise. Current measures to tackle online extremism are also assessed and critiqued, after which the report details a practical strategy for countering extremism online and making the Internet a less hospitable domain for extremists. The research conducted for this report focuses on 30 Islamist extremist groups operating in the UK and France, mapping their use of the Internet and what they hope to achieve through their online activities. Popular online platforms such as YouTube, Facebook, Twitter as well as chat rooms, discussion forums and static websites are analysed with a view to assessing the role online extremist messaging plays in the radicalisation process. The report also addresses the issue of censorship, assessing the effectiveness of current filtering methods available and their overall efficacy. Research for this report was based on original data collection and analyses as well as interviews with a range of experts, mentors and target audiences. Key findings in this report: - With the Internet often being accused of producing radicalisation in isolation of other factors, this report found that the vast majority of radicalised individuals come into contact with extremist ideology through offline socialisation prior to being indoctrinated online. In other words, the Internet does not radicalise in isolation of other factors and should not be targeted as the 'cause' of radicalisation. As such, the Internet's role is less about initiating the radicalisation process; rather it acts as a facilitator and catalyst for the radicalisation process by 1) indoctrinating, 2) educating and 3) socialising individuals. - Although governments are increasingly relying on censorship and filtering methods to counter online extremism, this report found that negative measures, or censorship in general, was not only ineffective and costly but also potentially counter-productive. - Positive measures, such as developing counter-extremist efforts through online counter-speech content and popularising online initiatives that fight against extremism are much more effective in challenging extremist ideologies. However, there are currently not enough materials that counter extremist content online, allowing extremists to monopolise certain issues. - We found that results from search engines rarely, if ever, provide links to content that supported Islamist extremism. It was equally rare to find content countering extremist narratives. - Research also found that available Islamist extremist content websites were most successful if they provided more subtle, non-illegal information platforms with links to active social media platforms for users. Available static websites served primarily to 1) propagate the Islamist narrative through specific interpretations of scriptures, 2) promote martyrdom and 3) solidify a 'self versus other' allegiance to Muslims, rejecting non-Muslims. This report seeks to differentiate itself from previous reports on online extremism in two ways; firstly the research itself is much more in-depth and diverse, combining qualitative and quantitative data to reach conclusions. Secondly, this report offers a comprehensive and practical list of recommendations which, if implemented fully, could unleash a new wave of online activism that will take the fight to extremists online, breaking the current monopoly they hold over certain socio-political issues. Recommendations to public, private and third party sectors based on our findings: - Establishing a forum that deals with online extremism and brings stakeholders from key sectors together in order to do so. - Improving digital literacy and critical consumption skills in schools and communities. - Encouraging the establishment of a social media outlet that clarifies government policies and debunks propaganda. - A mapping exercise that explores current efforts to tackle extremism online and identifies partners that could be given support to develop an effective online presence. - Establishing a central body that offers seed funding and training for grassroots online counter-extremism initiatives. - More research into how the far right is using the Internet to propagandise giving a broader view of 'extremism online'. The findings and recommendations of this report suggest a clearer understanding of the role the Internet plays in radicalisation process and an appreciation of the dangers of relying on illiberal censorship can contribute towards the development of a more holistic approach to tackling extremism online. Relying on the cultivation of grassroots initiatives to develop and promote counter-speech online, as opposed to censorship, could help turn the tide against current extremist efforts. However, co-operation and regular communication between stakeholders from key sectors is vital in order for the above vision to be realised and, thus, the establishment of a forum that allows this to take place is also important. Details: London: Quilliam Foundation, 2014. 132p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2016 at: http://www.quilliamfoundation.org/wp/wp-content/uploads/publications/free/jihad-trending-quilliam-report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Counter-Extremism Shelf Number: 137854

Author: Research in Practice Title: Working Effectively to Address Child Sexual Exploitation: An evidence scope Summary: This evidence scope draws on knowledge from research, practitioner expertise and young people's experience to identify the barriers to dealing with CSE, and the approaches and interventions that can make a difference to young people. The scope, accompanied by an executive summary, examines different models of CSE, how risks and needs are identified and assessed, and what interventions appear to be most promising. It offers six key principles for service design and practice development, highlighting the importance of young-person-centred practice and participatory approaches, considering what might be most effective in terms of early help and education, as well as focusing on the critical issue of how to ensure multi-agency working, and what support the workforce needs. Details: Dartington Hall, Totnes, UK: Research in Practice, 2015. 107p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 17, 2016 at: https://www.rip.org.uk/resources/publications/evidence-scopes/working-effectively-to-address-child-sexual-exploitation-evidence-scope-2015/ Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 137873

Author: Carden, Robert John Title: Car Key Burglaries: An Exploratory Analysis Summary: The emergence of a relatively new phenomenon in which cars are stolen using keys taken during a burglary has been consistently reported in the ACPO National Strategic Assessment since 2003 [National Policing Improvement Agency (NPIA), 2009]. The concerns expressed by forces regarding the emergence of a trend commonly referred to as 'car key burglary' appears to be more than justified. The publication of the ACPO National Assessment Car Key Burglary (NPIA, 2009) reported that 6 % of all dwelling burglaries in 2008 involved the taking of a vehicle. Further to this, the report highlighted the dearth of information regarding the scale and context the problem at a national level and also predicted that it was a crime that would continue to increase. Despite a 31.5% reduction in the number of recorded burglary dwellings in Merseyside between the financial years 2005/6 to 2010/, car key burglaries have continued to increase in actual terms and as a proportion of the total number of burglary dwellings. In 2010 13.3% of all recorded dwelling burglaries in Merseyside involved the removal of car keys from within a dwelling and the subsequent theft of a vehicle. In one of the six Basic Command Units (BCU) that form the policing structure of Merseyside Police, car key burglaries accounted for 18.7% of the total number of dwelling burglaries recorded in 2010. Details: Cambridge, UK: University of Cambridge, Institute of Criminology, 2012. 121p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed February 17, 2016 at: http://www.crim.cam.ac.uk/alumni/theses/Carden,%20R.PDF Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Automobile Theft Shelf Number: 137874

Author: Anwar, Shamena Title: A Jury of Her Peers: The Impact of the First Female Jurors on Criminal Convictions Summary: This paper uses an original data set of more than 3000 cases from 1918 to 1926 in the Central Criminal Courts of London to study the effect of the Sex Disqualification (Removal) Act of 1919. Implemented in 1921, this Act made females eligible to serve on English juries, providing a novel setting for studying the impact of female representation on jury verdicts. Results based on a pre-post research design imply that the inclusion of females had little effect on overall conviction rates but resulted in a large and significant increase in convictions for sex offenses and on the conviction rate differential between violent crime cases with female versus male victims. The inclusion of women also increased the likelihood of juries being discharged without reaching a verdict on all charges and the average time taken to reach a verdict. A complementary analysis of cases in which the jury was carried over from a previous trial also implies that the inclusion of female jurors on the seated jury sharply increased conviction rates for violent crimes against women versus men. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2016. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper 21960: Accessed February 17, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2732454 Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Conviction Rates Shelf Number: 137875

Author: Greater London Authority Title: Confronting Child Sexual Exploitation in London Summary: Child sexual exploitation (CSE) is not new, but recent high profile investigations and criminal trials have raised awareness of the possible widespread nature of these offences and the gravity of their impact. Professor Alexis Jay's report, the Independent Inquiry into child sexual exploitation in Rotherham (the Jay Report), and cases such as those in Rochdale, Oxford and Derby, have uncovered the previously hidden scale and organised nature of much CSE. Our investigation examines London's approach to safeguarding children in the light of the lessons that can be learned from tackling CSE in Rotherham. There is an expectation that the local response to CSE is led by Local Safeguarding Children Boards (LSCBs). LSCBs have a statutory duty to bring agencies together to safeguard and promote the welfare of children. They have a range of functions and play a key role in developing local safeguarding children policy and procedures and scrutinising local arrangements - including CSE. The multi-agency London Safeguarding Children Board provides strategic advice and support to London's 32 LSCBs. Its membership is made up of representatives from London boroughs, police, health, probation and independent, voluntary and community agencies in London. We would welcome assurance from London's Directors of Children's Services, the lead professionals responsible for the provision of children's services in London, the London Safeguarding Children Board and LSCBs that all London boroughs have robust mechanisms in place to protect London's children and young people from CSE. No one knows the true scale of CSE. The Jay Report made a conservative estimate that approximately 1,400 children were sexually exploited in Rotherham over the 16 year inquiry period. The Met anticipates it will receive between 1,800 and 2,000 referrals a year. From January 2014 to October 2014, the Met reported 1,612 referrals of CSE, including 265 positive interventions and 55 detections. High profile cases of CSE have raised concerns about how the police and other services work together to respond to CSE. The Jay Report documented a number of ways the police and partner agencies failed to prevent abuse or prioritise dealing with CSE in Rotherham and the Serious Case Review into CSE in Oxfordshire reported multiple missed opportunities by agencies to act rigorously. Rotherham had many policies and plans to tackle CSE. However, inspection reports describe how children's social care was typically understaffed, overstretched and struggling to cope with demand. Thresholds for action were identified as very high and there were significant weaknesses in scrutiny and challenge within Rotherham's governance system. Professionals ignored warnings about the scale of CSE and failed to recognise and believe victims and young people at risk of CSE. Similarly, the Serious Case Review in Oxfordshire found that it took agencies too long to recognise CSE, used language that blamed the victims, and a lack of understanding led to insufficient inquiry. Many London boroughs have made significant developments in their response to CSE over the past few years. Policies and procedures have been developed, multi-agency groups have been established, and investment in training increased. The Met has shown positive progress in developing its approach to CSE. In February 2014, the Met launched The London Child Sexual Exploitation Protocol. The protocol sets out the procedures for the Met and partner agencies for safeguarding and protecting children from sexual exploitation. Our report, Keeping London's children safe welcomed the protocol and recommended the Met should review the evidence and impact of the CSE Protocol on reporting and identifying CSE in London, and the level of resource dedicated to tackling CSE. The Met told us it has scheduled a review of the Pan-London CSE Protocol to start in January 2015 and will also publish a good practice guide. CSE is not a MOPAC 7 priority.6 We were told that as borough police are not measured on CSE it becomes less of a "priority" in some areas. This is a concern. MOPAC is establishing a performance monitoring framework for crimes that fall out of the MOPAC - However, while the Met has made progress in recording CSE data, MOPAC is yet to establish its performance monitoring framework. MOPAC must set out a clear performance monitoring framework for holding the Met to account on its safeguarding children duties, including CSE, as a matter of urgency. National guidance requires local areas to have appropriate policies and procedures in place to tackle CSE. We found that CSE is a strategic priority for London boroughs and the challenge is to ensure boroughs work together to deliver a system that can effectively implement strategies, plans and protocols to tackle CSE and safeguard children across the whole of London. Strategies, policies and procedures need to be robustly monitored and regularly reviewed to ensure effectiveness. While Rotherham had good inter-agency CSE policies and procedures, members of the Safeguarding Board rarely checked whether they were being implemented or effective. Strong leadership and full commitment from partner agencies is essential. We ask that LSCBs have robust governance mechanisms in place to ensure effective monitoring, oversight and regular review of the local response to CSE. This should include well-defined links with other safeguarding children strategies and robust reporting structures between the LSCB and the Community Safety Partnership and Children's Board. Agencies must work together to tackle CSE. While we are encouraged by local arrangements and the progress made by the police, local authorities and other partners that have come together to tackle CSE, partnership working is one area where further work is required. Details: London: Greater London Authority, 2015. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2016 at: https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/gla_migrate_files_destination/Confronting%20CSE%20in%20London%20-%20final.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 137878

Author: Great Britain. Office for National Statistics Title: Crime Statistics: Focus on Violent Crime and Sexual Offences, year ending march 2015 Summary: This release is a collaboration between ONS and Home Office analysts. It explores a variety of official statistics on violent crime and is based on interviews carried out on the Crime Survey for England and Wales (CSEW) in the year to March 2014 and crimes recorded by the police period over the same period. Trend analysis from both sources is included. This release is split into five chapters, each covering a different aspect of violent crime. The first chapter provides an overview of violent crime, summarising the extent and range of violent crime together with an analysis of long term trends. It also explores information such as the characteristics of the victim and the offender, as well as where and when incidents took place. The second chapter presents analyses of data gathered from the Home Office Homicide Index which includes murder, manslaughter and infanticide. The chapter discusses trends in homicide and puts the latest figures in the context of international comparisons. It also provides details on the characteristics of victims and suspects. The third chapter presents findings on the use of weapons in selected offences recorded by the police including firearms, knives and sharp instruments. It includes information on how they are used, and the injuries caused, as well as describing the geographical distribution of these offences. The fourth chapter uses data from a self-completion section on the 2013/14 CSEW which asks about experience of sexual and domestic violence. It describes offences occurring in the 12 months before the interview as well as those taking place since age 16. The chapter explores aspects of serious sexual assault and attitudes to sexual violence. The final chapter presents findings from the 2013/14 CSEW on violent incidents where alcohol has been a factor. Additional analysis on the nature of alcohol-related violence is also provided from the combined datasets of the 2012/13 and 2013/14 CSEW. This chapter also presents some information on alcohol-related violent crime recorded by the police. Key points - The Crime Survey for England and Wales (CSEW) continues to show steady declines in violent crime over the last 20 years. Between the 1995 and the 2013/14 surveys, the number of violent crime incidents has fallen from 3.8 million in 1995 to 1.3 million in 2013/14. - Violent crime victimisation rates have fallen by more than half since peak levels of crime in the mid-1990s. In 1995 4.8% of adults aged 16 and over were a victim of violent crime in the previous year, compared with 1.8% in the 2013/14 survey. - Homicide has also shown a general downward trend since 2002/03. The number of currently recorded homicides for 2013/14 (526) and 2011/12 (528) were the lowest since 1989 (521). The number of homicides in 2013/14 was equivalent to 9.2 offences per million population. - As in previous years, children under one year old had the highest rate of homicide (23.9 offences per million population) compared with other age groups. With the exception of those aged under one year, adults generally had higher incidence rates of being a victim of homicide than children. - The numbers of sexual offences (64,205) in 2013/14 was the highest recorded by the police since 2002/03. As well as improvements in recording, this is thought to reflect a greater willingness of victims to come forward to report such crimes. The CSEW has not seen a rise in the prevalence of sexual assault. The latest estimates show a small fall in sexual assault victimisation rates compared with the previous year. - In 2013/14, there were 7,709 offences in which firearms were involved, a 5% decrease compared with 2012/13. Offences involving knives or sharp instruments fell by 2% between 2012/13 and 2013/14 (to 25,972). These falls follow a sustained downward trend over a number of years. - The profile of victims of violent crime and sexual violence varied according to the type of offence. The CSEW showed that young men were most likely to be the victims of violence, while in contrast young women were more likely to have experienced sexual assault (including attempts). - Women were also more likely to be a victim of domestic abuse, with 8.5% of women and 4.5% of men having experienced domestic abuse in the last year, equivalent to an estimated 1.4 million female victims and 700,000 male victims. - In 2013/14, as in previous years, around two-thirds of homicide victims (65%) were male. In contrast, victims killed by a partner or ex-partner were more likely to be women. - Victims perceived the offender(s) to be under the influence of alcohol in 53% of violent incidents. This is equivalent to an estimated 704,000 'alcohol-related' violent incidents. While the volume of violent incidents that were 'alcohol-related' has fallen over time the proportion has remained relatively steady over the last ten years. Alcohol was a particularly prevalent factor in violent incidents between strangers, 64% of which were perceived to be alcohol-related. Details: London: Office of National Statistics, 2016. various pagings Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 16, 2016 at: http://www.ons.gov.uk/ons/taxonomy/index.html?nscl=Crime+and+Justice#tab-sum-pub Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol-Related Crime Shelf Number: 137883

Author: Bridgewater, Kevin Title: Don't Look, Won't Find: Weaknesses in the Supervision of the UK's Anti-Money Laundering Rules Summary: Radical overhaul of the UK's anti-money laundering system is needed, if the UK is to close the door to the billions of pounds in corrupt money coming into the country every year, according to a new report by Transparency International UK (TI-UK). A system not fit for purpose: -Poor oversight - The majority of sectors covered in this research are performing very badly in terms of identifying and reporting money laundering. Major problems have been identified in the quality, as well as the quantity, of reports coming out of the legal, accountancy and estate agency sectors. One supervisor even admitted it carried out no targeted AML monitoring at all during 2013. -Lack of transparency - 20/22 supervisors fail to meet the standard of enforcement transparency demanded by the Macrory standards of effective regulation. -Ineffective sanctions - Low fines, in relation to the amounts being laundered, failing to be effective deterrents. Of the 7 HMRC regulated sectors, that includes estate agents, the total fines in 2014/15 amounted to just $768,000. -Independence questioned - Just 7/22 supervisors control for institutional conflicts of interest, whilst 15 are also lobby groups for the sectors they supervise. The research highlights that: -A third of banks dismissed serious money laundering allegations without adequate review -In the accountancy sector, at least 14 different supervisors have some responsibility - leading to widespread inconsistency and variations. -In property, only 179 cases deemed suspicious by estate agents in 2013/14. -Just 15 suspicious cases reported through art and auction houses. Details: London: Transparency International UK, 2015. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2016 at: http://www.transparency.org.uk/publications/dont-look-wont-find-weaknesses-in-the-supervision-of-the-uks-anti-money-laundering-rules/ Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Financial Crimes Shelf Number: 137923

Author: Sandwith, Louise Title: 'Score, smoke, back on the beat': An exploration of the impact of homelessness on exiting street sex working in Manchester Summary: The purpose of this research was to explore how and why women get into sex work and the factors which lead them to continue. The research looked at the issues for women wanting to exit sex work - and considered, in particular, homelessness and how this impacts upon the choices available. The research was undertaken using qualitative methods comprising interviews with women working in the industry and with accommodation providers. Findings - The majority of the women interviewed became involved in sex work as teenagers to fund drug use or to escape poverty and were often introduced by another working woman. The majority had unsettled and damaging experiences as children such as being in care, parental neglect/violence or sexual abuse. - Drug use and sex work are closely inter-linked and all women confirmed they had sold sex to fund drug use at some point, if not throughout, their sex working 'career'. - Homelessness is a common experience for sex working women, in particular repeated homelessness. When women were sex working and homeless, this inevitably meant an increase in both drug use and sex working. - Many had spent time in custody. None of the women in adult prisons had their housing needs addressed on release and were often released to 'no fixed abode'. - Drug using sex workers need to be engaged in drug treatment but the women reported that they are unable to remain stable in treatment without suitable housing as keeping appointments was difficult when homeless. - Women felt judged and unsupported by some hostel staff. Staff from projects reported having no training around the issues and complexity of sex work. - Individuals from accommodation providers were knowledgeable and had a good understanding of the women's needs, but this was often down to their own experience and not as a result of any specific training. - A difficulty facing statutory accommodation providers is that of classing money earned from sex work as income and the consequences for housing benefit. - Most women wanting to exit sex work felt they needed suitable housing as well as drug treatment, but additionally required a source of income to alleviate poverty. Criminal records, lack of qualifications and work experience and poor health from long-term drug use all act as barriers to employment. Details: London: The Griffins Society, 2011. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Research paper 2011/01: http://www.thegriffinssociety.org/system/files/papers/fullreport/research_paper_2011_01_sandwith.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Homelessness Shelf Number: 129825

Author: National Crime Agency (UK) Title: The Nature and Scale of Human Trafficking in 2014 Summary: This assessment explores the number of potential victims of trafficking identified, their county of origin and exploitation systems, as well as enablers of human trafficking, including recruitment techniques, transport methods and documentation. It also includes regional summaries of the types of exploitation encountered, and country of origin of victims exploited within that region. Details: London: National Crime Agency, 2015. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: NCA Strategic Assessment: Accessed February 24, 2016 at: http://www.nationalcrimeagency.gov.uk/publications/656-nca-strategic-assessment-the-nature-and-scale-of-human-trafficking-in-2014/file Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Exploitation Shelf Number: 137947

Author: National Crime Agency (UK) Title: Emerging new threat in online dating. Initial trends in internet dating-initiated serious sexual assaults Summary: The National Crime Agency's Serious Crime Analysis Section (SCAS) has identified a significant increase in the number of reports to UK police forces about serious sexual assaults carried out by strangers that have been initiated through online dating. Reports indicate that these offences took place during the first face-to-face meeting between the victim and the offender after they initially met online. This emerging threat appears to be a result of the increasing popularity of online dating - including free and subscription services, dating websites, apps and 'hook up' services - combined with the behaviours and expectations fostered by an online environment. Early analysis indicates that the online dating phenomenon has produced a new type of sexual offender. These offenders are less likely to have criminal convictions, but instead exploit the ease of access and arm-chair approach to dating websites. This is aided by potential victims not thinking of them as strangers, but someone they have got to know. Details: London: National Crime Agency, 2016. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 24, 2016 at: http://www.nationalcrimeagency.gov.uk/publications/670-emerging-new-threat-in-online-dating-initial-trends-in-internet-dating-initiated-serious-sexual-assaults/file Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 137948

Author: Great Britain. Home Office. Research, Information and Communications Unit Title: Serious and Organised Crime Protection: Public Interventions Model Summary: The public interventions model maps people's vulnerability to financial and cyber crime. The research identifies: - who is at risk from cyber, fraud and financial crime - what makes them vulnerable - how government, law enforcement and cross-sector partners can better protect them from becoming victims Details: London: Home Office, 2016. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 24, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/502960/Gov.uk_Serious_Organised_Crime_deck_vF.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cybercrime Shelf Number: 137949

Author: London Assembly. Police and Crime Committee Title: The Diversity of the Met's Frontline Summary: The Met faces a significant challenge in diversifying its frontline. Before it began recruiting last year, only 11 per cent of its officers were from a Black, Asian and Minority Ethnic (BAME) background, compared with approximately 40 per cent of the population in London. Women make up a quarter of the Met's frontline, but at senior levels they are less well represented: only 18 per cent of officers ranked Inspector or above in the Met are women. Arguably, the Met's biggest concern is its representation of BAME women, where only 3 per cent of its frontline are BAME women. Faced with the challenge of diversifying its workforce, the Met has targeted its current recruitment campaign around increasing numbers of BAME and women officers. It has done away with some of the barriers that might be preventing it from recruiting a more diverse workforce, including restricting future applications to London residents only. The early signs from the Met's recruitment campaign are encouraging. However, there is still some way to go if it is to meet the Commissioner's ambition that 40 per cent of new recruits should be from a minority background. With this in mind, the majority of the Committee support the Commissioner's view that more radical solutions may be necessary unless a significant boost in the numbers of BAME officers in the Met is achieved over the next two years. Crucial to the Met's efforts to diversify its workforce is how it supports and develops its BAME and women officers. This is a challenge for all officers in the Met, but particularly Borough Commanders and line managers on borough teams. They, in many ways, hold the key to the progression of BAME and women recruits, but have been reluctant to embrace diversity initiatives in the past. Training officers to understand the importance of diversity is vital if the Met is to successfully integrate new BAME and women officers. This process should involve ensuring all BAME and women officers have access to strong mentoring and support networks. There are already a number of good initiatives being run across the organisation. The Met must build on the success of these and support those officers who often give up their time to run them. The Met must not lose sight of the impact changes to its working arrangements have had on the work-life balance of officers. Post-Olympics, the Met introduced longer shifts - including more night shifts - and reduced flexible working. At the same time, the force has seen a gradual increase of women officers leaving the force in recent years, citing work-life balance and disengagement with the organisation as the cause. While the Met has a positive approach to flexible working, it must not be afraid to innovate and learn from other organisations about how it can use flexible working most effectively. The lack of diversity on some specialist teams in the Met is concerning. Specialist units offer excellent opportunities for career progression. The Met must find ways to get more BAME and women officers into these units. For women, the male-dominated culture of some specialist teams can be a barrier to joining. The recent case of PC Carol Howard will not help the Met rectify this situation. It is right the Met is reviewing its policies in light of PC Howard's case, but it must go further by calling out discrimination and disciplining its perpetrators. The Met does not have enough BAME and women officers in senior positions. Recent internal promotion processes show this is starting to change but there are still challenges for the Met to overcome if it is to diversify its senior ranks. Negative perceptions about the lack of work-life balance of senior women officers can put some women officers off from applying for higher positions. The Met must work with its senior women officers to better articulate how they manage their work commitments. Training managers to understand how unconscious bias can prevent more BAME and women officers being promoted will also help. Ultimately, the diversity of an organisation is not just a measure of how it looks but also how it behaves. Our primary focus has been on what the Met is doing to support the recruitment, retention and progression of BAME and women officers, given this is where the Met and the Mayor's focus lies. However, we recognise the Met must have in place processes to support officers from other protected groups. The Committee discussed some of the issues pertinent to disabled and LGBT police officers. Again, the Committee is encouraged by the steps the Met is taking to mainstream diversity through the organisation. Yet, for this to succeed, it must be supported by strong leadership and a robust accountability mechanism to ensure momentum is sustained. Details: London: Greater London Authority, 2014. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 25, 2016 at: http://www.london.gov.uk/LLDC/documents/s42234/Appendix%201%20-%20The%20Diversity%20of%20the%20Mets%20frontline.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Police Officers Shelf Number: 137970

Author: Allnock, Debbie Title: What Evidence Exists about the Scale of Child Sexual Abuse in England and Wales? Evidence Briefing Summary: 1.1 This scoping review was undertaken on child sexual abuse to inform the development of an overarching National Policing Action Plan on child protection. The context, aims, methodology, policy context and background can be found in an associated document. The purpose of this briefing, and other similar briefings, is to provide the National Policing Lead for Child Protection and Abuse Investigation with evidence for consideration in the development of a national strategy. This particular briefing focusses on what is known about the scale of child sexual abuse (CSA) in England and Wales based on the range of information available. Literature pertaining to the context of child sexual exploitation (CSE) (which is recognised as a particular form of CSA) will be written up separately in order to address the characteristic patterns and dynamics that make it a unique form of CSA. 1.2 There is no single source of data on the scale of child sexual abuse in the United Kingdom (UK). Our knowledge in the UK can be derived from three main sources: 1) Self-report abuse and neglect studies (for example, population based studies such as the NSPCC study on child abuse and neglect in the UK; and to a more limited extent, self-report data from Childline) 2) The child protection system (child protection plans/registers); and 3) Recorded crime statistics on sexual offences. 1.3 All of these data sources have their own limitations that must be considered in making sense of the scale of child sexual abuse. It is widely recognised and accepted by child protection and abuse experts that all of these sources under-estimate the reality of the problem. Details: Luton, Bedfordshire, UK: University of Bedfordshire, International Centre Research Child Sexual Exploitation, Violence and Trafficking, 2015. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 26, 2016 at: https://www.beds.ac.uk/__data/assets/pdf_file/0008/484694/CSA-and-prevalence-briefing-FINAL.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect (U.K.) Shelf Number: 137980

Author: Hart, Di Title: Tell them not to forget about us. A guide to practice with looked after children in custody Summary: This guide is aimed primarily at Children's Services Authorities1 to support their work with looked after children and care leavers who are imprisoned within Young Offender Institutions (YOIs). It will also be relevant for Youth Offending Teams (YOTs) and staff in YOIs. Although the research did not include Secure Training Centres (STCs), the messages about effective planning are equally applicable. It is written in recognition of the fact that a significant proportion of children in custody have been in the 'care' system at some point and are still entitled to social work support. This guide aims to support practice by providing: - key messages from 12 case studies of looked after children in prison - a model to assist social workers, YOTs and prison/STC staff to work together - briefing notes on aspects of child care and youth justice policy, research and practice - practical exercises and checklists - examples of good practice and protocols - a list of references and sources of information - templates for information-sharing, assessment and planning that are compatible with the Integrated Children's System. Details: London: National Children's Bureau, 2006. 90p. Source: Accessed February 29, 2016 at: http://www.ncb.org.uk/media/441684/tell_them_not_to_forget_about_us_web.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Detention Centers Shelf Number: 137989

Author: Khan, Khalida Title: Preventing Violence Extremism (PVE) and PREVENT: A Response from the Muslim Community Summary: The vast majority of Muslims are against violent extremism and terrorism and would like to help to counteract it. They are as appalled by violent extremism as anyone else and reject any justification that it can be condoned by Islamic teachings. However, the government's approach to dealing with terrorism by targeting the whole Muslim community as 'potential terrorists' in its Prevent Strategy is flawed and fraught with perils. We believe that rather than creating community cohesion and eliminating terrorism it has the potential to create discord and inflame community tensions. Furthermore, we believe this unprecedented strategy constitutes an infringement of civil liberties and human rights. There is a danger that PVE is becoming a well-funded industry with vested interests. Our concern is that political considerations and frictions that have nothing to do with the Muslim community or the hundreds of people who, like us, have been working on the ground for decades are obstructing the vital work of producing communities at peace with themselves and each other. As an organisation with extensive experience of working for the welfare of Muslim families we are seriously concerned about the implications of the Prevent strategy and how it is impacting in local Muslim communities. In this paper we intend to highlight why we believe the government's approach towards its Muslim community is flawed and will offer constructive recommendations as to what the government should be doing. Details: London: An-Nisa Society, 2009. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 29, 2016 at: https://muslimyouthskills.files.wordpress.com/2010/05/pve__prevent_-__a_muslim_response.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Extremist Groups Shelf Number: 137995

Author: Great Britain. National Audit Office Title: Efficiency in the Criminal Justice System Summary: The criminal justice system (the system) in England and Wales investigates, tries, punishes and rehabilitates people who are convicted or suspected of committing a crime. In the year to September 2015, 1.7 million offences were dealt with through the courts. The system is made up of police forces, the Crown Prosecution Service (CPS) and other bodies who can bring prosecutions, HM Courts & Tribunals Service (HMCTS), alleged victims, witnesses, victims and witness services, prisons, probation services, the judiciary and lawyers. Defendants and convicted offenders are key participants. The system has evolved over time, has no single 'owner' and has been subject to regular change and reform. It incorporates a wide range of bodies with different functions and accountabilities. For it to work as efficiently as possible, each part must complete its work on time and get it right first time. There are many factors that make it difficult for the system to work efficiently. These include: - independence: organisations need a degree of independence from each other to ensure that the system is just, but each part depends on the others to allow it to function. There is a national Criminal Justice Board, which oversees the system as a whole; - discretion: the defendant and the witnesses can make choices about pleas or giving evidence, and can change their mind at short notice; - demand: although overall levels of crime are falling, the number of more complex court cases (for example, sex offences, complex fraud and terrorism) has increased; and - working practices: some parts of the system are still heavily paper-based, and all parts are operating under reduced budgets. Measuring whether the criminal justice system is achieving its many objectives is not always straightforward. Some objectives may conflict (for example, possible tension between punishing and rehabilitating offenders). Even when an objective is clear, for example ensuring that people who are guilty of an offence are convicted and innocent people are not, there is no simple way to know whether the system is achieving it. There are some elements of performance that can be measured more easily, including whether the different parts of the system are getting it right first time, whether cases are starting when they are supposed to and whether cases are being progressed reasonably quickly. Details: London: NAO, 2016. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: HC 852, Session 2015-16: https://www.nao.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/Efficiency-in-the-criminal-justice-system.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 137999

Author: Great Britain. National Audit Office Title: Fraud landscape review Summary: The exact scale of fraud within government is unknown but excluding tax credit and benefit fraud, detected fraud in 2014-15 across government was equivalent to only 0.02% ($72.9 million) of total expenditure ($306 billion) according to a report by the National Audit Office. However there is a large disparity between what fraud and error is reported and what other available estimates suggest might be occurring which needs explaining. The UK government detected fraud figure of 0.02% of expenditure is significantly lower than some estimates of 3-5% in the EU and US. While these comparisons need to be treated with caution, it suggests there could be significant fraud and error which is unreported or undetected and losses which are not being adequately addressed. Given current fiscal challenges, reducing the level of fraud is one potential way of making savings while protecting services. Government lacks a clear understanding of the scale of the fraud problem and departments vary in their ability to identify and address fraud risks. The data that does exist is patchy, inconsistent and of variable quality. The most comprehensive data relates to areas of known risk - tax credit and benefit fraud - but information across the rest of government is clearly incomplete. It is difficult to formulate solutions if the scale and nature of the problem is unknown. The Cabinet Office has recently started collecting fraud returns from departments but there are gaps and inconsistencies in the data sets. What the data does indicate though is that departments are reporting less fraud loss than expected given the scale of expenditure and range of activities. Some submitted nil returns despite reporting cases of fraud elsewhere. The Cabinet Office is attempting to improve the quality of fraud information and raise departments' ability to address fraud risks. It is difficult to assess if government action is improving fraud detection or prevention because of the lack of data and absence of measures to evaluate performance. Most central activity to date has focussed on getting departments to recognise the risks and establish governance structures and processes to better identify and address fraud, which is a necessary first step to being able to evaluate success. Among the NAO recommendations are that departments should undertake thorough fraud risk assessments of all new policies/programmes and also improve the quality and completeness of fraud data. Once Cabinet Office is confident about the quality of this data, it should publish an annual report on fraud losses across government to improve transparency and raise awareness of fraud. Details: London: NAO, 2016. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: HC 850, Session 2015-16: Accessed March 2, 2016 at: https://www.nao.org.uk/report/fraud-landscape-review/ Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Corruption and Fraud Shelf Number: 138019

Author: Great Britain. National Audit Office Title: Tackling tax fraud: how HMRC responds to tax evasion, the hidden economy and criminal attacks Summary: According to a report by the National Audit Office published today, HMRC estimates that losses to tax fraud amount to $16 billion each year. This is nearly half of HMRC's estimate of the tax gap ($34 billion): the difference between the amount of tax HMRC should collect each year and the amount it actually collects. Today's report is the first in a series of reports which will evaluate how effectively HMRC tackles different aspects of tax fraud, a longstanding problem not only for HMRC but for tax administrations around the world. Reducing the amount of tax that is lost due to tax fraud is a high priority for HMRC. To do this it will need to make better use of its data and develop its analysis. In 2014/15 HMRC reported $26.6 billion[1] additional revenue from all its compliance work, including work to tackle tax fraud but also work to tackle other parts of the tax gap like error and tax avoidance. HMRC has only partial data on how much of the total yield is derived from its work to counter tax fraud. For example it has more complete information on its work to tackle organised crime than tax evasion. We estimate that between 30% and 40% of total compliance yield is generated by HMRC's activities to tackle tax fraud, but this is an estimate based on partial evidence. HMRC assesses that two groups, smaller businesses and criminals, are responsible for 17 of the 21 biggest tax fraud risks. Of these, 8 relate to organised crime and 9 involve medium-sized, small or micro-businesses. HMRC believes these businesses are responsible for tax losses of $17 billion, almost half of the total tax gap, but does not consider its internal estimate of how much of this is the result of tax fraud robust enough for publication. HMRC has assessed that using its powers to investigate by civil means is usually the best way to recover missing tax at the lowest cost. It pursues criminal prosecution for cases where it believes it needs to send a strong deterrent message or when, given the severity of the fraud, it considers prosecution the only appropriate action. HMRC met its target to increase prosecutions by 1,000 a year by 2014-15, but recognises that it needs to better prioritise the cases it selects for criminal investigation. Although HMRC cannot demonstrate that this was the right number, the target had the effect of prompting the department to change its processes and make its investigations more efficient. This led it to focus on less complex cases, in particular a large number of prosecutions for people who had evaded income tax, VAT and tobacco duty. HMRC has recognised that it needs to prosecute cases that more closely correspond with its analysis of tax fraud risks. HMRC has more to do to understand what benefits it has achieved by increasing the number of prosecutions. In 2014-15, HMRC claimed $295 million in yield from the deterrent effect of its additional 1,000 prosecutions. However, in 2015 HMRC evaluated the deterrent effect of these prosecutions and found that it could not verify their monetary value. HMRC research found increased awareness of prosecutions but could not find evidence they led to changes in behaviour or increases in tax revenues. HMRC is now taking a broader look at its strategy by, for example, starting to shift the balance of its work, placing more emphasis on measures to prevent losses rather than relying so much on investigating them afterwards. It has also improved its assessment of risk, including what risks might occur in the future. It is also working to improve the quality and amount of data it uses as part of an ambitious long-term strategy to transform its business. [1] A significant element of the yield calculation relies on estimates of current and future benefits and is not the amount of cash generated each year from HMRC's enforcement and compliance activities Details: London: NAO, 2016. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: HC 610, Session 2015-16: Accessed March 2, 2016 at: https://www.nao.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Tackling-tax-fraud-how-HMRC-responds-to-tax-evasion-the-hidden-economy-and-criminal-attacks.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Financial Crimes Shelf Number: 138024

Author: Hunter, Gillian Title: An Evaluation of the 'What Works Centre for Crime Reduction': Year 1: Baseline Summary: This evaluation forms part of a three-year programme of work funded by the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC), in collaboration with the College of Policing, as part of the What Works Centre for Crime Reduction (WWCCR). This report covers the first year of the evaluation, which sought to establish a baseline from which to measure change over the three-year programme in the understanding, use and application of research evidence in crime reduction. The emphasis throughout is on understanding not simply what works, but how it works. Aims of the evaluation The overall aims of the evaluation are to: - Assess the impact of the WWCCR which is hosted by the College of Policing to determine whether it has appropriately engaged key stakeholders, produced tools and guidance that stakeholders find clear and easy to use, and improved stakeholder understanding and application of research evidence to inform practice and decision-making; - Chart outputs, modes of dissemination and user reactions about the WWCCR over the course of the evaluation; - Identify changes over time in the use of research evidence by key stakeholders, especially in strategic decision-making and resource allocation; - Use an action research model to provide feedback to the College of Policing and the academic partners over the course of the project. Details: London: Institute for Criminal Policy Research; University of London, 2015. 94p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 2, 2016 at: http://whatworks.college.police.uk/About/Documents/WWCEvaluation_Year_1.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 138027

Author: George, Anitha Title: Evaluation of day one mandation of prison leavers to the Work Programme Summary: The Work Programme is an active labour market programme launched in Great Britain in June 2011. Since 1 March 2012 prison leavers claiming Jobseeker's Allowance (JSA) have been mandated to join the Work Programme immediately on release from custody. This was based on the recognition that prison leavers' extensive barriers to employment suggest a greater need for employment assistance. A key feature of the policy is the facility for prisoners to make an advance JSA claim from up to five weeks pre-release. The evaluation examined the policy implementation and programme delivery of day one mandation. Key findings Advance JSA claims were seen as beneficial by payment group 9 (PG9) claimants and Employment and Benefit Advisers (EBAs). They made the process easier and quicker, as well as helping to prevent financial hardship. The introduction of PG9 did not result in substantial changes to providers' models. Providers reported lower than expected referral numbers and hence financial constraints to providing dedicated PG9 support. However, some changes did occur including: some prerelease work (though this was not extensive); the training or increased use of ex-offender specialist advisers and/or subcontractors; and greater provision of in-work support for the group (as PG9 claimants, in general, were seen to be more in need of this than other claimants). Results from the survey of claimants did not suggest intensive support for the group. Survey findings of note include the low proportion of respondents who stated having had a skills assessment (43 per cent) or drawing up an action plan (49 per cent). Respondents found seeing the same adviser all or most of the time to be helpful in order to build a trusting relationship. Additionally, prison leavers are a heterogeneous group, some of whom have extensive barriers to employment, making it difficult for them to find work in the two years of the programme. Details: London: Department for Work & Pensions, 2014. 179p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 2, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/399519/rr897-evaluation-day-one-mandation.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Employment Programs Shelf Number: 138028

Author: Great Britain. HM Chief Inspector of Prisons Title: Report on an unannounced inspection of Heathrow Immigration Removal Centre - Harmondsworth site Summary: Harmondsworth immigration removal centre (IRC) is Europe's largest immigration detention facility, holding up to 661 male detainees. It is located a few hundred metres from Heathrow Airport and is run for the Home Office by Care and Custody, a division of the Mitie Group. Since the start of a new contract in September 2014, both Harmondsworth and the adjacent Colnbrook IRC have been under the same management. The centres are now known collectively as Heathrow IRC but are not yet integrated to the extent that they can be inspected as a single entity. Harmondsworth was last inspected in August 2013, when it was run by the GEO Group. At that time, we were concerned to find that uncertainty about the future of the contract had undermined progress and created an atmosphere of drift which was having a tangible negative impact on the treatment of and conditions for detainees. Many of the concerns that we identified in 2013 have not been rectified and in some respects matters have deteriorated. The lack of investment in the last stages of the previous contract was evidenced in particular by the appalling state of some of the residential units. While the decline had been arrested by the time of this inspection, the centre had not yet recovered and we identified substantial concerns in a number of areas. The vulnerability of the detainee population appeared to have increased since the last inspection. In our survey, 80% of men said that they had had problems on arrival and nearly half said they had felt depressed or suicidal. However, despite an improved reception environment, early days risk assessment processes were not good enough and the complex mix of detainees on the first night unit made it impossible for staff to provide a calm and supportive environment for people undergoing one of the most stressful periods of their lives. More detainees than at the last inspection also reported feeling unsafe or victimised, but safer custody structures to help managers to interrogate and address such concerns were underdeveloped. While use of force was not high and subject to good governance, some detainees were segregated for too long, and we were not assured that this serious measure was always justified or properly authorised. Many men were held for short periods but well over half were detained in the centre for over a month and some for very long periods. Eighteen detainees had been held for over a year and one man had been detained on separate occasions adding up to a total of five years. The quality of Rule 35 reports was variable but nearly a fifth of these reports had identified illnesses, suicidal intentions and/or experiences of torture that contributed to the Home Office concluding that detention could not be justified. This unusually large number reflects the vulnerabilities identified in our survey. The centre has a mix of older and newer, prison-like accommodation. Some of the newer accommodation was dirty and run down but the condition of some parts of the older units was among the worst in the detention estate; many toilets and showers were in a seriously insanitary condition and many rooms were overcrowded and poorly ventilated. An extensive programme of refurbishment was underway, the impact of which we will report on in future inspections. The centre should never have been allowed to reach this state. We saw little positive engagement between staff and detainees, and staff had too little understanding of the backgrounds and needs of the people in their care. There has been little discernible change in this finding over the course of the previous three inspections, suggesting a need to address the issue through concerted long-term work. Equality and diversity work was improving but outcomes were still poor overall. Detainees had very little faith in the complaints procedure. Health care was recovering from a low base but substantial concerns remained - for example, over medicines management. The chaplaincy provided valued support for detainees and the cultural kitchen was a positive development. Given the importance of constructive activity to detainees' mental health and well-being, it was surprising that activity places were underused. Despite some improvements in access to activities, movements were still too restricted which affected detainees' ability to reach the available resources. There was less work available and poor use was made of some recreational facilities. Only a third of detainees said they could fill their time at the centre. By contrast, the centre had substantially improved preparation for release and removal, and had engaged particularly well with some third-sector agencies. Welfare work had improved and Hibiscus Initiatives offered practical assistance in preparing detainees for discharge. Visits provision was generally good and many detainees received support from the local visitors group, Detention Action. Overall, while this report describes some good work, it highlights substantial concerns in most of our tests of a healthy custodial establishment. While the state of drift that we described in our last report has been arrested and the direction of travel is now positive, it is unacceptable that conditions were allowed to decline so much towards the end of the last contract. The Home Office and its contractors have a responsibility to ensure that this is not allowed to happen again. Following the inspection, we were informed by the Home office that lessons had been learned and that a new set of principles were established to prevent a recurrence of this situation. We will assess the success of these measurements in due course. Details: London: HM Chief Inspector of Prisons, 2016. 98p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 4, 2016 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprisons/wp-content/uploads/sites/4/2016/02/Harmondsworth-web-2015.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Detention Centers Shelf Number: 138041

Author: Bywaters, Paul Title: The relationship between poverty, child abuse and neglect: an evidence review Summary: This report identifies and discusses evidence about two key aspects of the relationship between poverty and child abuse and neglect: the impact of poverty on a child's chance of being abused or neglected and the impact on adult poverty of abuse or neglect in childhood. It explores the economic costs of child abuse and neglect and outlines broad policy implications, with a particular focus on the UK. Although the evidence is limited in a number of important respects, it is clear that there is a strong association between family poverty and a child's chance of suffering child abuse or neglect. Adverse events in childhood, including abuse and neglect, are associated with a negative effect on adult economic circumstances. However, these associations have been an insufficient focus of official data-gathering, research or policy-making. This report outlines: - strengths and weaknesses in the evidence base; - UK and international evidence about the association between family poverty and child abuse and neglect; - UK and international evidence about the impact of childhood abuse or neglect on poverty in adulthood; - evidence about the costs of child abuse and neglect; - implications for policy-making. Details: York, UK: Joseph Rowntree Foundations, 2016. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 4, 2016 at: https://www.jrf.org.uk/report/relationship-between-poverty-child-abuse-and-neglect-evidence-review#jl_downloads_0 Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 138043

Author: Lammy, David Title: Low Crime for All: How to reduce crime for London's communities Summary: In a new report for Policy Exchange's London-focused research unit - the Capital City Foundation - Rt Hon David Lammy, Member of Parliament for Tottenham, and candidate in the Primary to be the Labour Party's nominee for the London Mayoral Election, makes the case for higher visibility, more targeted policing in London. In Low Crime for All: How to reduce crime for London's Communities, Lammy makes three key points about crime in London: 1.We need a more visible Police force. The Police must radically improve their visibility in those parts of the capital where crime is highest. Lammy calls for an additional 2,400 Police (1,400 additional constables and 1,000 community support officers) to combat crime in London. The report highlights official figures which show that just 1 in 10 of Metropolitan Police officers are "visible and available" to the public at any one time, the 39th lowest score of the 43 forces in England and Wales. While it is not possible for all Police Officers to be visible and available at any one time there is scope to increase this score. 2.High crime disproportionately hurts the most vulnerable. While crime has declined since it peaked in 1995, this has not occurred equally among all geographic areas and socio-economic groups. Crime is increasingly concentrated in more deprived areas and particularly affects those on low incomes. In London, residents of the 100 wards with the highest proportion of social housing suffer more than twice as much crime as residents of the 100 wards with the least social housing. 3.High rates of crime should not be accepted - crime can be reduced further. The Mayor of London should replicate the sort of approach to fighting crime adopted in New York City, where supposedly 'low level' offences were policed proactively to challenge the culture of criminality and antisocial behaviour. The report makes thirteen recommendations to address crime in London: 1.The Metropolitan Police should increase the percentage of "visible and available" officers. Foot patrols are an important tool in fighting crime. 2.As part of encouraging foot patrols, the Mayor of London should look closely at Metropolitan Police spending on Police cars, and, perhaps, sell some existing vehicles to reinvest in other means of crime prevention. 3.The Mayor's Office for Policing and Crime should attempt randomised controlled trials around London to gather evidence on which policing methods work best. 4.More Police resources should be directly invested in crime hotspots, particularly those areas recently victimised. 5.The Mayor of London should replicate the "Compstat" model in New York. At least once a fortnight, senior officers should go through crime statistics and hold borough commanders to account for any increase in crime rates or decrease in Police effectiveness. 6.The Mayor of London, Transport for London and MOPAC should sustain a particular focus on crime on public transport. 7.London local authorities should insist that new home developments incorporate "designing out crime" principles as part of the planning process. 8.The Mayor of London's environmental team should put the "greening of London" at its core, with a view to placing trees, bushes and hedges in the way of known areas of criminal activity. 9.Tenants should have the right to request that their landlord install WIDE - Window locks, Internal lights on a timer, Deadlocks or Double door locks and External lights activated by a motion sensor - target hardening measures in their home. Landlords should be obliged to do this following any tenant's victimisation. 10.The Mayor's Office for Policing and Crime could trial investing some of its budget in crime prevention by directly funding WIDE installation in the areas most consistently burgled as one of the randomised controlled trials mentioned in recommendation three. 11.As part of MOPAC's randomised controlled trials, the Metropolitan Police should roll out new technologies in some of the highest crime areas, comparing the results to areas of similar crime rates. The deployment of Smartwater shows how this can work in practice. 12.The Mayor of London should work to ensure social housing providers offer optional and low cost home contents insurance to their tenants. 13.The Metropolitan Police should offer subsidised housing in land it owns for rent or purchase by officers to encourage them to live in London. Details: London: Policy Exchange, 2015. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 5, 2016 at: http://www.policyexchange.org.uk/images/publications/low%20crime%20for%20all%20-%20how%20to%20reduce%20crime%20fo%20londons%20communities.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Communities and Crime Shelf Number: 138107

Author: Duncan, L. Title: Northern Ireland Reofffending Methodology: Methodology and Glossary Part 1 Summary: The purpose of this bulletin is to provide a detailed methodology of how recidivism is calculated in Northern Ireland. This will aid users of this information to better understand both what is meant by the findings and how to interpret them. Details: Belfast: Northern Ireland Department of Justice, 2014. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 8, 2016 at: https://www.dojni.gov.uk/sites/default/files/publications/doj/4-2014-ni-reoffending-methodology-methodology-and-glossary-part-1.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 138123

Author: Papworth, Tom Title: Harnessing Entrepreneurship to Secure Britain's Borders: The Case for Privatising the Passport and Immigration Functions of UK Border Force Summary: - The UK border is becoming increasingly busy. In 2014-15 118 million passengers entered the UK; air passengers are expected to double by 2050. - UK Border Force (UKBF) is already under strain due to its workload doubling since it has been ordered to undertake exit checks for all people leaving the country. - UKBF has not performed well recently, and its ability to meet these new challenges is questionable. Poorly managed, understaffed, and struggling with outdated and unreliable IT systems and infrastructure, UKBF is failing to secure the UK's borders. - Currently, most of the 90,000 general aviation flights a year entering the UK are not met by UKBF. The Chief Inspector of Borders and Immigration has criticised weak risk assessment and rising numbers of missed passengers. According to a 2013 PAC report, the Border Force missed eight out of 19 seizure and detection targets, six of which were missed by over 10%. Unless UKBF improves productivity, it will require a $1 billion/year increase in its budget (in 2015 pounds) to keep up with its workload. - The Government's most recent attempt to digitise border security failed catastrophically, with Raytheon, the official partner, suing the Home Office - who eventually settled out of court at a cost of potentially over $1 billion to the taxpayer. - According to the Major Projects Authority, the Digital Services at the Border programme is still facing "major risks or issues" such that "successful delivery is in doubt". - The efficient operation of the UK's borders is a core responsibility of the state, but the Home Office and UKBF have struggled to meet that requirement. UKBF and its predecessors have underperformed both as part of an arms-length agency and as an in-house directorate. - The potential cost savings from contracting out the IT and non-law enforcement operations needed to secure the border are the only way border control can be made both effective and affordable for the future. The Government should therefore contract out the border control functions of UKBF and transfer all staff to a new private sector contractor. Details: London: Center for Policy Studies, 2016. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Pointmaker: Accessed March 8, 2016 at: http://www.cps.org.uk/files/reports/original/160223111848-HarnessingEntrepreneurship.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 138126

Author: Pepper, Melissa Title: Alcohol Abstinence Monitoring Requirement: A Process Review of the Proof of Concept Pilot Summary: As part of his 2012 manifesto pledge to introduce 'compulsory sobriety for drunken offenders', the Mayor of London successfully lobbied for legislation to allow for the introduction of the Alcohol Abstinence Monitoring Requirement (AAMR). The new sentencing power, introduced as part of the Legal Aid, Sentencing and Punishment of Offenders (LASPO) Act 2012 allows courts to impose a requirement that an offender abstain from alcohol for a fixed time period of up to 120 days and be regularly tested, via a transdermal alcohol monitoring device in the form of a 'tag' fitted around the ankle, as part of a Community or Suspended Sentence Order. From July 2014, the Mayor's Office for Policing And Crime (MOPAC) conducted a 12 month proof of concept pilot in four boroughs (Croydon, Lambeth, Southwark and Sutton) which comprise the South London Local Justice Area. The aims of the pilot were: - To test how widely courts use the AAMR, and the technical processes within the criminal justice system. - To evidence compliance rates with the AAMR. - To evidence the effectiveness of 'transdermal tags' in monitoring alcohol abstinence. Utilising a range of methods including stakeholder and offender surveys, interviews with stakeholders and MOPAC officers, and analysis of performance monitoring data, this process review sets out learning from the 12 month (31 July 2014 - 30 July 2015) AAMR proof of concept pilot and helps to build the evidence base to inform discussions around further roll out of the AAMR across London and beyond. Details: London: Mayor of London, Office for Policing and Crime, 2016. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 8, 2016 at: https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/aamr_final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 138128

Author: Russell, Jonathan Title: Countering Islamist Extremist Narratives: A Strategic Briefing Summary: The majority of this report was written as part of Quilliam's evidence to the Home Affairs Select Committee's (HASC) inquiry on Countering Extremism. In addition to the analysis of the Islamist narrative and the strategic framework required to counter it, this strategic briefing includes three case studies of counter-narratives put together by Quilliam (not included in the HASC submission), and recommendations based on experience, expertise and these case studies for future counter-narrative approaches. Details: London: Quilliam, 2016. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 8, 2016 at: http://www.quilliamfoundation.org/wp/wp-content/uploads/publications/free/countering-islamist-extremist-narratives.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 138130

Author: Brunton-Smith, Ian Title: The impact of experience in prison on the employment status of longer-sentenced prisoners after release. Results from the Surveying Prisoner Crime Reduction (SPCR) longitudinal cohort study of prisoners Summary: According to survey data, around two-thirds of prisoners are unemployed both before and after custody. The importance of employment in supporting reducing re-offending has long been recognised. There is less understanding of why some prisoners are able to secure work, whilst others do not. Improving our understanding is a key priority for those involved in the management and rehabilitation of offenders. Between 2005 and 2010 a longitudinal cohort study (Surveying Prisoner Crime Reduction - SPCR) was conducted, involving face to face interviews with prisoners during and after custody, as well as matching individuals to administrative data such as criminal records. During the SPCR interviews, prisoners were asked about events and circumstances in childhood and early life and before coming into custody as well as their experiences in prison and after release. Previous reports from the SPCR study have focused on the background characteristics of 1,435 prisoners sentenced to between one month and four years in prison (SPCR Sample 1), including childhood experiences, education, employment, drug and alcohol use, health and mental health, needs and attitudes, accommodation before custody, and criminal history (MoJ, 2010a; Boorman & Hopkins, 2012; Hopkins, 2012; Williams, Poyser & Hopkins, 2012; Williams, Papadopoulou & Booth, 2012; Light, Grant & Hopkins, 2013) These reports were based on bivariate analysis and explored prevalence of these pre-custody factors and whether they were associated with higher rates of re-offending on release. In addition, a longitudinal report (Brunton-Smith & Hopkins, 2013) demonstrated which factors identified in the bivariate analyses remained independently associated with re-offending after release from prison, once all other factors were taken into account. SPCR respondents were asked about their employment status during the Wave 3 interviews, conducted a few months2 post-release from prison. The current report presents findings about the factors that are associated with employment after release, for 2,171 prisoners serving sentences of between 18 months and four years (SPCR Sample 2). These sentence lengths are not typical, as on average, most prisoners are sentenced to less than one year in prison.3 However, longer-sentenced prisoners are more likely to access programmes and interventions in prison, and this focus on longer-sentenced prisoners may allow analysis of the effects of these programmes on outcomes such as employment after release. The research first uses bivariate analysis to describe a range of factors before, during custody and after release, exploring how post-custody employment rates vary according to these factors. The analysis then focuses more specifically on identifying the factors that were most strongly associated with higher likelihood of reporting employment after release. To do so the analysis used logistic regression, developing a multivariate model to allow several factors to be tested for their association with post-custody employment at the same time. This allows us to demonstrate which factors were independently associated with employment, when all factors were considered together. Logistic regression analysis does not establish causal links between events, circumstances and re-offending. Nevertheless, the approach allows us to identify a range of factors directly associated with employment after release from prison, and to consider the relative importance of different factors to support policy makers and practitioners working with prisoners and ex-prisoners. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2014. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Analytical Series: Accessed March 9, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/296320/impact-of-experience-in-prison-on-employment-status-of-longer-sentenced-prisoners.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 138146

Author: Wheller, Levin Title: The Greater Manchester Police procedural justice training experiment: the impact of communication skills training on officers and victims of crime Summary: A growing body of research has shown that people's motivations to cooperate with the police and not break the law are shaped more by feeling the police have legitimate authority, and share the same values, than by people's perceived risk of being caught and punished. Given public perceptions of fair treatment are at the root of police legitimacy, improved police-public interactions over the long term could help reduce crime. There is limited evidence on which interventions can improve public perceptions of fair treatment by the police. The Randomised Controlled Trial (RCT) reported in this paper tested the impact of training on the perceived quality of interactions between the police and crime victims in Greater Manchester. The intervention focused on developing officers' practical communication skills. In total, 339 officers were randomly assigned to the treatment group (to receive the training) and 237 to the control group (to not receive the training). As the officers were assigned at random, differences between the groups after the training can be directly attributed to the intervention. RCTs are considered the 'gold standard' in evaluation research as they can establish 'cause and effect' relationships. Main findings Officer attitudes An online survey measured officer attitudes post-training. The intervention was found to have had a positive effect on four out of eight possible outcomes, with no effect on the remaining four. Officers in the treatment group were more likely than those in the control group to: hold positive views about delivering quality of service; recognise the value of building empathy and rapport with victims; and report making decisions that involved victims in the process. Officer behaviour Officer behaviour was assessed post-training in a realistic role-play exercise. The intervention was found to have had a positive impact, with officers in the treatment group scoring significantly higher than those in the control group on a 'quality of interaction' scale. In terms of fair treatment, these officers were more likely to give victims a choice about how the incident was to be dealt with (a 14 percentage point difference). A higher proportion were also rated as 'good/excellent' in terms of their overall performance (48% compared to 22%). Victim perceptions An existing force survey was used to measure the perceptions of crime victims who had contact with officers in the trial. The intervention was found to have had a significant positive effect on a 'quality of interaction' scale. No effect was found for overall victim satisfaction and willingness to cooperate with the police. Given that most victims were already satisfied and cooperative, it was unlikely the training could produce an effect size large enough to be detected by the survey. It is possible, therefore, that the training might have had a bigger effect in more challenging encounters where public perceptions of the police are more varied. Conclusions The trial showed that training which seeks to teach officers a series of practical techniques and improve their general communication skills can be effective at improving the victim experience. While some of the effects were relatively small, the overall pattern of results points consistently to training having had a positive impact on outcomes. Findings from across the outcome measures suggest that - rather than officers adopting specific techniques or skills they were taught on the course - training instead encouraged a more general shift in the way officers approached interactions with the public. Officers in the treatment group developed a greater awareness of the need to listen to and empathise with victims of crime - resulting in improved public perceptions. Details: Ryton-on-Dunsmore, UK: College of Policing, 2013. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2016 at: http://whatworks.college.police.uk/Research/Documents/GMP%20Practitioner_Paper_Final.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Communication Skills Shelf Number: 138148

Author: Setty, Emily Title: Gangs in Prison: The nature and impact of gang involvement among prisoners Summary: Recent years have seen an increase in policy focus on the issue of gangs in prison, and emerging research exploring the issue. Research exploring gangs in prison in a UK context is, relatively, in its infancy. But there is evidence to suggest that the more extensive US literature1 - which describes the presence of highly-structured, hierarchical gangs exercising substantial control over the prison regime - is unlikely to apply in the UK. The existing UK evidence base instead points to looser 'collectives' of prisoners formed dynamically in response to the conditions encountered in the prison environment. The evidence relating to the impact of these collectives in UK prisons has thus far been inconclusive. Whilst policy and practice to tackle gang involvement among prisoners has begun to be developed in the UK, there is limited available evidence relating to effective techniques and approaches. It is suggested that rehabilitative approaches may prove effective and there has been recognition among UK policy makers of the need to take a multi-pronged approach to the issue, with emphasis on intelligence-gathering, information-sharing, enforcement and rehabilitation. Research aims The overarching aim of this research project is to build upon the existing evidence relating to gangs in custody to support the further development of policy and practice in this area. Specifically, the research aims to explore: - the nature and impact of gang involvement among - how custodial establishments can reduce gang involvement among prisoners and respond to the negative consequences arising from gang involvement in custody. Key findings The key findings in this study relate to the nature and strength of gang allegiances in prison; the impact of gangs in prison; and managing gangs in prison and encouraging gang exit. Details: London: Catch22, 2014. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2016 at: http://www.catch-22.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2014/11/Dawes-Unit-Gangs-in-Prison-full-report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 138153

Author: Rights of Women Title: Creating a Clear Pathway for Practice: Working Towards more Effective Responses to Survivors of Forced Marriage Summary: This report documents the findings of a series of events held in Cardiff, London, Manchester and Sheffield by Imkaan and Rights of Women to reflect on local and regional responses to forced marriage in 2015. This project follows our previous analysis of legal and support responses to forced marriage reported in "This is not my destiny". Reflecting on responses to forced marriage in England and Wales (Imkaan and Rights of Women 2014). Our key learnings from these events were as follows:- Sector engagement The events attracted a range of agencies across different sectors. The types of agencies most likely to attend included violence against women and girls (VAWG) organisations and refuge providers, both mainstream and BME-led (n=20; 19 %), representatives from the criminal justice system (CJS) (n=15 at 14%) and local authorities (n=14 at 13%). Overall, there were lower rates of attendance from statutory health services and a notable absence of the education sector across all of the events. The lack of educational input, aside from an Ambassadors' network of teachers in London, was further highlighted in the workshop feedback where a number of participants identified the important role of schools and other educational institutions in crisis-based interventions, early intervention, and prevention. Challenges and barriers a) Internal: Internal organisational factors emerged in relation to development and internal management of work on forced marriage, e.g. managing priorities and workload; lack of critical reflection and supervision; failure to locate responsibility for the work with a senior enough manager or lead. Gaps in and lack of consistent partnership working were also identified as a barrier to good practice. b) Knowledge: Access to practice-based knowledge to improve current responses was raised. For example, some participants admitted not knowing what to ask victim/survivors, whom to refer them to, feeling unclear about the specific roles and responsibilities of different agencies, and to having a lack of trained staff. A lack of clarity around what 'consent' means in the context of forced marriage was also flagged up as an area where professionals would benefit from further advice or support. c) Interaction with women and girls: Organisational contact with women can still too often result in poor and inconsistent treatment of women and girls, with a number of organisations raising concerns about racism, discrimination, questioning the authenticity of young womens' accounts and experiences. d) Funding and resources: There were specific concerns about the lack of investment in and availability of frontline specialist support services across the country to address both the short and longer-term needs of women and girls, e.g. refuge provision, outreach, advocacy and support with access to housing and education. e) Under-use of current criminal offences: There were a number of concerns about the under-utilisation of the range of potential existing criminal offences, such as offences under the Protection of Harassment Act 1997. This was linked to a concern that whilst forced marriage is recognised as part of a continuum of violence against women and girls which covers a range of existing criminal offences this did not always result in action being taken by the police. This is a well-known problem for the police dealing with calls or reports of domestic violence. In addition to the new criminal offences there are a range of other offences often committed in forcing someone to marry. Participants raised concerns about the complexity of the new legislation, and the evidential difficulties for the Crown Prosecution Service (CPS) in securing a conviction, an adverse consequence of this being that some parents felt more confident about coercing women into marriage, without the fear of punishment. f) Deterrence in reporting due to the new criminal offences on forced marriage: Police officers and BME women's organisations shared their concerns about some women 'going off the radar', following initial contact with the Police. It was raised that in situations where the police had (correctly) advised women about potential prosecution of parents via the new criminal offence1 (prosecutions which could possibly proceed without her consent), women and girls had disengaged with the police officer providing support. This was often as a consequence of women's fears about the potential repercussions and feelings of conflict that inevitably arise in connection with the prosecution of close and loved family members. This highlights a serious issue around the nature of reporting and the negative repercussions of criminalisation which requires urgent consideration, as it can result in vulnerable women not accessing appropriate support and returning to situations of violence. g) Cultural assumptions/stereotypes: A number of participants described 'culture' as a challenge in their practice when thinking about the barriers to responding to forced marriage. Whilst there were some encouraging discussions to illustrate that survivors do not necessarily fall into any 'typical community' there is an on-going tendency to frame forced marriage as a problem of 'culture', and as a phenomenon which only impacts on particular Black and minority ethnic groups, i.e. specific groups within South Asian communities which can and does lead to racist/ discriminatory practice. Whilst forced marriage can have a disproportionate impact on some groups, forced marriage is more appropriately placed and dealt with by placing it on the continuum of VAWG, which highlights the interconnections with other forms of abuse that are likely to co-exist in the same family environment. In this way, professionals would be more alert to potential vulnerabilities and support needs of women and girls. A number also felt that preconceived stereotypes about 'culture' and 'community' also prevent the development of wider, more effective and inclusive strategies of community engagement. Details: London: Rights of Women, 2016. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 10, 2016 at: http://rightsofwomen.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Creating-a-clear-pathway-for-practice.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Forced Marriage Shelf Number: 138158

Author: Northern Ireland Criminal Justice Inspection Title: Police Custody: The detention of persons in police custody in Northern Ireland Summary: A new report by Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland (CJI) and the Regulation and Quality Improvement Authority (RQIA) has examined the standards and conditions of police custody arrangements in Northern Ireland. The inspection reviewed current practice within the Police Service of Northern Ireland (PSNI) against its legal requirements under the Police and Criminal Evidence (Northern Ireland) Order 1989 (PACE) and expectations designed to meet the UN OPCAT principles and human rights standards. Police custody suites are an area of significant risk for the Police Service of Northern Ireland, both at a corporate and individual level. Managing and caring for detained persons, many of whom will be drunk, drugged, aggressive, in crisis, out of control and in need of protection, often from themselves, is the constant challenge for those working within the custody environment. Details: Belfast: Northern Ireland Criminal Justice Inspection, 2016. 93p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 10, 2016 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/33/338df4a1-68d6-4bb8-9403-9888bed9ebd9.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Detention Facilities Shelf Number: 138166

Author: Orr, David Title: Movement Restriction Conditions (MRCs) and youth justice: Learning from the past, challenges in the present and possibilities for the future Summary: This paper draws on qualitative and quantitative data from a survey of youth justice practitioners' and managers' experience of the implementation and use of movement restriction conditions (MRCs) in Scotland. It aims: - to review briefly some of the international literature pertaining to electronic monitoring (EM); - to provide an historical overview of the policy and legal developments that enabled EM to be introduced through the Children's Hearings System (CHS); and, - to consider some of the learning from practice since 2005 from those who have had responsibility for the implementation of EM arrangements and related packages of support for young people under the age of eighteen. In conclusion, the majority view held by respondents to the questionnaire was that MRCs, combined with intensive support, may help to reduce the frequency and seriousness of a child or young person's offending behaviour in addition to helping them to address some of the underlying difficulties they experience while facilitating the process of change. Details: Glasgow: Centre for Youth and Criminal Justice, University of Strathclyde, 2013. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Briefing paper, No. 2: Accessed March 10, 2016 at: http://www.cycj.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2014/05/Briefing-Paper-2-David-Orr.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternative to Incarceration Shelf Number: 138170

Author: Russell, Jonathan Title: Counter-Extremism: A Decade on from 7/7 Summary: The following report seeks to present to the recently elected government a series of policy recommendations to be implemented in the new counter-extremism strategy. Essentially, it posits that a change in structure is needed to complement the fresh strategic direction of the new government. Since 2011, government has identified the need to tackle the ideology of Islamism to prevent extremism, both violent and non-violent, in order to safeguard human rights and liberal principles. However, the domestic tools at the government's disposal with which to implement this vision have proved lacking. The Prevent strategy, after its amendments in 2011, failed to offer enough to successfully challenge non-violent extremism and proffer a convincing counter-narrative around which to rally. The rapid rise of ISIL and the evolution of global jihadism, the virulence of which has accelerated the radicalisation of vulnerable individuals, has made clear the shortcomings of our current policy efforts. Put simply, a new strategy is patently overdue. The key thrust of this report is the need to create a new body within government between the hard-approach to counter-terrorism and the soft-approach of community cohesion that can act as the foundation for a clear, consistent, and comprehensive strategy for tackling extremism of all kinds. It is the space in which people sympathise with extremist ideology but do not escalate to violent activism that has been so unchallenged. This body should focus on tackling the basis of the problem at hand, engaging at the grassroots of society to tackle ideology and extremist narratives, while also using this to conduct nuanced primary prevention, targeted prevention and deradicalisation programmes. All this should be grounded on an understanding of the radicalisation process' four constituent parts: ideology; narratives; grievances; and identity crisis. The opening sections of the report deal with the debate surrounding fundamental and contentious issues in extremism and radicalisation. They attempt to clarify issues of disagreement that have long proved problematic, and evince workable solutions that can be instrumentalised within the government's newest strategic direction. The report offers a human rights-based definition and approach to extremism, as opposed to the currently ambiguous and contentious one put forward by the government that focuses on British values. It highlights the contradictions and dead-ends that arise through defining extremism in political terms but maintaining a position of protection for liberty and belief, and advocates a universal standard with which to challenge extremism openly. Moreover, it urges an approach that does not define extremism according to current threats to national security, and instead allows for all forms of extremism (Islamist, far-right , far-left or animal rights, for example) - which beyond superficial differences, is a homogeneous social malaise - to be incorporated in a strategy that is inclusive and fair. There is a strong focus placed on targeted prevention, and for those entrenched deeper in the mire of radicalisation, deradicalisation procedures. The report recommends the following: - Base all counter-extremism work around tackling extremist ideology and undermining extremist narrative to reduce the appeal of extremism, and address grievances and build resilience against identity crisis to reduce the vulnerability of individuals to radicalisation. - Define extremism in opposition to universal human rights, and apply this consistently in all counter-extremism work, including when recruiting and choosing national or local partners. - Run the counter-extremism strategy out of the Cabinet office as an Executive Non-Departmental Public Body, in turn run by a politically neutral advisory board with counter-extremism expertise. The existing Extremism Analysis Unit, along with the Research, Information and Communications Unit (RICU) could sit within this body, which should include centralised due diligence, training, funding and evaluation capabilities. - Build relationships with a broad spectrum of community partners, prioritizing underrepresented demographics and hard-to-reach minorities. - Deliver comprehensive in-house training for all relevant public sector staff to ensure effective counter-extremism efforts. - Upskill counter-extremism partners, including frontline workers and other government departments, to develop online projects to catch up with the current nature of the threat, and train computer specialists in counter-extremism. - Engage civil society to tackle all extremisms as a social ill, and to do so online as well. One way of doing this can be through building public-private-third sector partnerships. - Treat the police like any other frontline workers in this field. This desecuritisation will unburden them, allowing a concentration of resources on sharp-end counter-terrorism measures. - Train frontline workers such as teachers, university staff, police officers, prison staff, healthcare workers and leaders of religious and community organisations, to carry out primary prevention work, predicated on promoting human rights and raising awareness of radicalisation. They can be trained to spot the signs of radicalisation and made aware of the best courses of action to carry out targeted prevention. - Build resilience in vulnerable institutions and sectors such as schools, universities, prisons and charities to prevent extremist entryism, through clearer whistleblowing procedures, tougher requirements to be met for prospective staff, and raised awareness among those who work in these sectors about the dangers of extremism. - Work with universities to prevent extremist speakers being given unchallenged platforms and access to potentially vulnerable students. This can be done through clearer due diligence procedures, specific counter-extremism guidance, and increased engagement of third sector counter-extremism organizations. - Develop a clearer prison-based strategy for ideological assessment, targeted deradicalisation, rehabilitation and reintegration of terrorism-related offenders, particular in regard to returnee foreign terrorist fighters. The partners used in this regard must uphold universal human rights standards and be adequately equipped to enact this deradicalisation effectively. - Implement prison-specific primary prevention programmes to avert radicalisation of those vulnerable in prisons to stop these institutions being net exporters of extremism. - Ensure that national counter-extremism strategy trickles down to local government level, and that regional and local counter-extremism partners receive adequate training to fulfill their role. - Foster relations with a broad range of community partners to promote this strategy and understand the likelihood of any work in this area being targeted by extremists. Increase the transparency of counter-extremism efforts to ensure that Muslim communities do not feel targeted, and non-Muslims do not feel that Muslims are receiving preferential treatment by the state. - Develop the notion that Muslim communities are an important element of a wider civil society response to extremism, and have a voice and, further than this, a say in the development of counter-narratives, community-based projects, and efforts to aid vulnerable members of their communities. - Promote counter-extremism best practice, at the level of structure, strategy and delivery, to international partners, with the aim of coordinating efforts on an EU- or UN-wide scale. Likewise, we must be willing to learn from successful counter-extremism models in other countries. - Prioritise counter-extremism work overseas in Muslim-majority countries through improving primary prevention, countering ideology, and promoting human rights. Build bridges with foreign partners to build a global alliance against extremism of all kinds. While lacunae in our collective knowledge of the radicalisation process persist, this report offers a conceptual framework, and more importantly - at this critical time - practical recommendations to strengthen the UK's counter-extremism efforts. Details: London: Quilliam Foundation, 2015. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 10, 2016 at: http://www.quilliamfoundation.org/wp/wp-content/uploads/publications/free/counter-extremism-a-decade-on-from-7-7.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Caliphate Shelf Number: 138174

Author: Churchill, Gill Title: SafeCare: Parent's Perspectives on a Home-Based Parenting Programme for Neglect Summary: SafeCare is a preventative programme aimed at parents of children under six who are at risk of experiencing significant harm through neglect. The programme was developed at the National SafeCare Training and Research Centre (NSCTRC), Georgia State University (GSU), and is registered in the United States. It is an established, evidence-based parent support and training intervention designed to encourage, inform and promote improved parenting behaviours with children under six years old. It is delivered within the family home to provide natural opportunities to assess and train parents in practical skills they can use with their children. The programme is delivered by trained practitioners, called home visitors, over 18 to 20 sessions and focuses on three key areas: parent-infant/child interaction; home safety and child health. SafeCare has been implemented and evaluated at six NSPCC sites in England since 2011. The evaluation incorporates both quantitative and qualitative methods. This mixed-method approach allows for consideration of evidence from a number of perspectives (referral agency; home visitor; parent) as well as triangulation to provide a robust evaluation. The evaluation aims to contribute to the international body of evidence on the effectiveness of SafeCare, with a focus on its transportability to the UK. Details: London: National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children, 2015. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2016 at: https://www.nspcc.org.uk/globalassets/documents/research-reports/safecare-parents-perspectives-report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 138186

Author: Whalley, Paul Title: Child Neglect and Pathways Triple P: An evaluation of an NSPCC service offered to parents where initial concerns of neglect have been noted Summary: Pathways Triple P (Positive Parenting Programme) is a service for parents of children who have, or are at risk of developing, behavioural problems. Triple P aims to help parents find practical parenting strategies that improve relationships with their children and build up a strong bond. We delivered this service at home for families of children aged 2-12. We've tested the effectiveness of Pathways Triple P for the first time with families where there are concerns about neglect. We compared child outcomes with families who received an NSPCC family support service for neglect between 2006 and 2009. Our report evaluates Pathways Triple P to see how it works and whether it works effectively to improve outcomes for neglected children. Details: London: National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children, 2015. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed march 12, 2016 at: https://www.nspcc.org.uk/globalassets/documents/research-reports/pathways-triple-p-evaluation-report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 138187

Author: Haynes, Alice Title: Realising the potential: tackling child neglect in universal services Summary: Neglect is the most common reason for a child to be on a child protection plan in England. By providing early help we can prevent children suffering unnecessary harm and save resources in a child protection system increasingly under pressure. This report draws on the views of 893 health visitors, school nurses, GPs, midwives, teachers and early years practitioners, and 18 young people (aged 11-24). They told us what help is currently provided by universal services to tackle child neglect, what the barriers are to providing early help and about their ideas on how services can be better supported to provide early help. Using this research we set out a model for the provision of early help for neglect in universal services and make recommendations for what is required to get there. Details: London: National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children. 124p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2016 at: https://www.nspcc.org.uk/globalassets/documents/research-reports/realising-potential-tackling-neglect-universal-services-report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 138188

Author: Williams, Mike Title: Evidence Based Decisions in child neglect: evaluation of an exploratory approach to assessment using the North Carolina Family Assessment Scale Summary: The Evidence Based Decisions (EBD) service aims to support social workers to make the right decision at the right time when working with families where there are concerns about child neglect. NSPCC practitioners worked in partnership with local authority social workers using the North Carolina Family Assessment Scale (NCFAS-G) to focus on improving evidence, understanding and decision-making. This report describes the different ways the EBD review was used and looks at how and why it differs from everyday practice, Key Findings: Social workers felt the review helped them make the right decisions for families: with 94% of the surveys returned, the professional felt that the review had influenced decisions. Professionals found the following features of the EBD helpful: requirement to be evidence-based - the EBD review required a score in each area of family-functioning and an explanation for how the data fit the scoring criteria professional challenge - the social worker and NSPCC practitioner were able to question and challenge each other about data underpinning their scores for family functioning more time given to the family - time dedicated to the review gave social workers more time to observe parent-child interactions in the home focus on parenting strengths as well as weaknesses. Some social workers said NCFAS-G provided more concrete evidence than assessments they commonly used, such as the Common Assessment Framework (CAF) triangle, and led to a more accurate assessment. Joint working helped improve the quality of evidence and understanding. Whilst one practitioner talked to the parents, the other practitioner was able to focus on listening. Sometimes issues such as workload or a lack of focus on identifying the key concerns relevant to neglect influenced social workers' ability to get the most out of the review. Some social workers felt that having the support of the NSPCC on a way forward gave them confidence to argue for a decision. The usefulness of the EBD review was sometimes limited if social workers already had evidence and a good understanding of what was happening with a family. Details: London: NSPCC, 2015. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2016 at: https://www.nspcc.org.uk/globalassets/documents/research-reports/evidence-based-decisions-evaluation-report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 138189

Author: Churchill, Gill Title: SafeCare: Evidence from a Home Based Parenting Programme for Neglect Summary: SafeCare is a preventative programme working with parents of children under 6 years old who are at risk of experiencing significant harm through neglect. The programme is delivered in the home by trained practitioners, over 18 to 20 sessions and focuses on 3 key areas: parent-infant/child interaction; home safety and child health. SafeCare originated at the National SafeCare Training and Research Centre at Georgia State University and has been evaluated by the NSPCC in six sites across England. The evaluation has incorporated quantitative and qualitative methods, and considered evidence from a number of perspectives (referral agency, practitioner, parent). This report presents the analysis of outcome data to consider the extent to which SafeCare's intended outcomes for parents have been achieved. In addition, the results of a survey of referrers is presented and analysis of programme attrition. The key findings from the analysis presented in the report are: - Outcome data taken from inbuilt programme assessments, practitioner assessments and parent self-ratings suggest the programme has been effective in improving parenting skills and reducing neglectful behaviours. Before receiving SafeCare, 32 families were assessed by practitioners to be presenting difficulties significant enough to warrant a statutory intervention for neglect. By the end of the programme, 21 (66%) of those families had improved to a point where statutory intervention was no longer considered necessary. - All referrers responding to the survey had seen positive changes in the families they had referred, particularly in the areas of home safety, parent child interaction and health. 91% of referrers said they would refer similar families to SafeCare in the future. Some referrers would have liked more feedback about progress so they could more effectively co-ordinate the provision of services for the family. - Families referred to SafeCare (in common with many other social care programmes) exhibited high rates of programme attrition, with only 27% of parents completing it in full. Although attrition is commonly associated with negative connotations, practitioners recorded a range of positive outcomes that were achieved by families who exited the programme prior to completion. - The average case length for families who completed the programme was 42 weeks, which is significantly longer than the 18-20 weeks delivery period anticipated when the programme was implemented. It is important that future studies of SafeCare consider the reasons for extended periods of delivery as well as the implications, both for the families receiving the service and for the organisations implementing the programme. In the absence of a comparison group, it is not possible to attribute the changes reported directly to the SafeCare Programme. However, SafeCare has been the subject of various studies examining its efficacy and effectiveness in the US, including impact studies using randomised controlled trials (e.g. Chaffin et al., 2012). The NSPCC evaluation supports the existing body of evidence that SafeCare can be an effective way of promoting positive parenting knowledge and behaviours and reducing child neglect. Based on the analysis presented here, there do not appear to be any significant barriers to SafeCare having an impact within a UK context for parents who engage with the programme. Details: London: NSPCC, 2015. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2016 at: https://www.nspcc.org.uk/globalassets/documents/research-reports/safecare-evidence-evaluation-report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 138193

Author: Carpenter, John Title: Letting the Future In: A therapeutic intervention for children affected by sexual abuse and their carers: An evaluation of impact and implementation Summary: Letting the Future In is a service designed by the NSPCC for children aged 4 to 17 years who have been sexually abused. Letting the Future In helps children come to understand and move on from their past experiences through activities such as play, drawing and painting and storytelling. Parents and carers are also offered support to move on from the impact of finding out about the sexual abuse and to help their children feel safe. This independent report, from University of Bristol and Durham University, draws on information from the largest randomised controlled trial of a service for children affected by sexual abuse. It provides evidence about what works well in the service and what works less well. Findings: Letting the Future In can work to help children who have been sexually abused. Almost three-quarters (73%) of children aged 8 and over who completed 6 months of Letting the Future In had severe emotional difficulties at the start. After 6 months this dropped to less than half (46%). When taking into account the children who didn't engage or dropped out of the service early the number of children experiencing severe trauma dropped from 68% to 51%. There was no comparable change for children in the control group (a 6 month waiting list). This indicates that the positive outcomes were a result of receiving the service. Letting the Future In seems to take longer to work for younger children (aged under 8) who complete the programme. Parents reported no positive change for younger children after 6 months of the programme and this was the same for the control group. For those children remaining in the service after 1 year there was promising evidence of positive change. At the start 89% were experiencing severe levels of distress but after a year this had dropped to less than half (40%). This suggests positive outcomes may take longer for younger children. Details: London: NSPCC, 2016. 136p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2016 at: https://www.nspcc.org.uk/globalassets/documents/research-reports/letting-the-future-in-evaluation.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 138194

Author: Wood, Helena Title: The Big Payback: Examining Changes in the Criminal Confiscation Orders Enforcement Landscape Summary: The UK legislation for removing the proceeds of crime from the hands of convicted criminals, governed by the Proceeds of Crime Act 2002 (POCA), is viewed as particularly punitive due to its ability to capture a wide pool of income and assets, some of which are not linked to the indictable offence. While this is desirable in policy terms, the broad framing of the law has created unintended consequences for those charged with enforcing the orders and the system has faced increasing criticism, most prominently in a 2013 report of the National Audit Office (NAO), regarding the disparity between the levels of orders made in the courts and the amounts eventually collected from the criminal. The NAO's report and some of the wider media coverage could be criticised for their focus on revenue-raising and 'value for money' rather than the impact on criminals, and for their failure to highlight the complexity of the law and the extent to which this (and not administrative failures) has led to the backlog of uncollected confiscation orders - currently L1.6 billion and rising. However the report did make a number of valid points, including on multi-agency co-ordination, and provided a catalyst for the government to recognise the centrality of the enforcement process to the success of the confiscation-orders regime as a whole. This paper examines the legislative and systemic changes to the confiscation-order enforcement process introduced by the government in 2014 and 2015, and examines the extent to which these offer the needed shift in priority towards enforcement to reduce the current backlog and to prevent a future build-up. The paper then makes recommendations for consideration by policy-makers. Details: London: Royal University Services Institute for Defence and Security Studies (RUSI), 2016. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: RUSI Occasional Paper, February 2016: Accessed March 14, 2016 at: https://rusi.org/sites/default/files/201602_op_the_big_payback.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Asset Forfeiture Shelf Number: 138223

Author: Wood, Helena Title: Enforcing Criminal Confiscation Orders: From Policy to Practice Summary: The enforcement process for criminal confiscation orders operating under the Proceeds of Crime Act 2002 (POCA) has faced considerable criticism from both parliamentary and media commentators. The POCA was indeed a significant step forward and addressed the need to adopt effective measures to tackle the proceeds of criminal activity. However, the criminal-confiscation regime has a number of flaws, particularly in the practical challenges of enforcement. These were most prominently highlighted by the 2013 review conducted by the National Audit Office which led to calls for the development of a more effective system. The headlines make for stark reading: L1.6 billion in unenforced confiscation orders, an amount which is continuing to rise. This paper is structured around two key issues. First, it examines how the law has been framed and applied. It provides a detailed analysis of the process, shedding light on some of the weaknesses of the current legislative environment. In addressing the second issue - unenforced confiscation orders - the paper specifically examines the assets on which these orders are based. The paper's overall purpose is to assess the extent to which the law, rather than administrative failings, is the root cause of the large value of uncollected orders. In short, to what extent do real assets exist against which the authorities can take enforcement action? Details: London: London: Royal University Services Institute for Defence and Security Studies (RUSI), 2016. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Occasional Paper: Accessed March 14, 2016 at: https://rusi.org/sites/default/files/201602_op_enforcing_criminal_confiscation_orders.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Asset Forfeiture Shelf Number: 138224

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation Title: Transitions Arrangements: A follow-up inspection Summary: The objectives of the inspection were to seek to establish how far the recommendations in the 2012 joint report Transitions: An inspection of the transitions arrangements from youth to adult services in the criminal justice system had been implemented and whether improvements to practice had resulted. The previous inspection had been a multi-agency inspection; whereas this inspection was a single agency inspection and, therefore, we did not interview other providers such as health or education, nor did we visit the custodial estate during this inspection. We visited six areas and spoke to strategic and operational staff from three organisations, Youth Offending Teams, Community Rehabilitation Companies and the National Probation Service. We conducted interviews relating to 50 cases using a case assessment tool we had devised, partly consistent with the previous tool. What can or cannot be transferred? There are a variety of orders which can be imposed on a young person. At the 'lower' end, there are orders which do not get transferred to the adult world, such as referral orders, reparation orders and some youth rehabilitation orders with a specific activity requirement. At the more 'serious' end of sentencing, a detention and training order generally is not transferred. Other youth rehabilitation orders have specific activity requirements such as intensive fostering (pilot areas only), intensive supervision and surveillance or programme requirement, which can be transferred when the requirement has been completed and the young person has reached their 18th birthday. Other orders should be transferred to the adult services, for example, youth rehabilitation orders with a stand-alone unpaid work requirement or a long-term custodial sentence (under sections 90/91 of the Powers of Criminal Courts (Sentencing) Act 2000; sections 226/228 of the Criminal Justice Act 2003). A solid principle is, therefore, that it is for the Youth Offending Team, in conjunction with the National Probation Service, to consider whether a case should be transferred based on the assessed needs of the young person and the legal requirements of the order. Overall findings In our original thematic report in 2012, we noted that although we found examples of individual effective practice, work to promote the smooth transition of young people from youth based to adult based services did not always receive sufficient attention. In the community, some young people were not identified as eligible for transfer and, in those cases which were identified; transfer was often undertaken as a purely procedural task. Young people were not as informed or involved as they should have been. Overall, there was insufficient timely sharing of information between the youth based and adult based services to enable sentence plans to be delivered without interruption. The situation was similar in custody, where insufficient forward planning and communication led to an interruption in sentence planning and delivery of interventions after young people had transferred to an over-18 Young Offender Institute/prison. Positively, there were examples of local written arrangements for transition in the community although they needed to be better understood and used by practitioners. We made eight specific recommendations in the original report, and have assessed through this reinspection the progress made in addressing them by the Youth Offending Team/Youth Offending Service Management Boards, the National Probation Service and the Community Rehabilitation Companies in the areas we visited. Details: London: HM Inspectorate of Probation, 2016. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2016 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2016/01/Transitions-arrangements-follow-up-report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 138225

Author: Northern Ireland Criminal Justice Inspection Title: Monitoring of Progress on Implementation of the Youth Justice Review Recommendations Summary: Reducing the number of children entering the criminal justice system and dealing more appropriately and effectively with those that do, were the main goals of the Youth Justice Review. This report, the second of two by Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, examines whether we are any closer to the youth justice system envisaged when the review team reported in 2011. As a general observation on recent criminal justice reform programmes, it is very hard to maintain momentum on recommendations, especially those which require the collaboration and support of other Northern Ireland Executive departments. Some of the recommendations within the Youth Justice Review are less relevant now than when they were made, and some were unrealistic in expecting the delivery of both the spirit and letter of what was intended. Legislative changes envisaged by the Review Team have been frustrated by a lack of political consensus and the opportunities for progress within the lifetime of the current Northern Ireland Assembly are limited. The criminal justice system is changing before our eyes and it is important that in any assessment of progress, we factor in the fiscal challenges and current operating environment. The Department of Justice's target of 90% achievement of recommendations has not been met however, it is the nature of some that have been achieved which, in my view, deserve special mention. We should acknowledge that no child has been held in an adult prison for the last four years. Fewer children are being committed to youth custody, and the age and offending profile of those who are, means that we are dealing with the most difficult and disturbed young people. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspectorate, 2015. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2016 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/35/355260de-ceb0-43f8-ad83-e91fee363dd1.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 138226

Author: Ewins, James Title: Independent Review of the Overseas Domestic Workers Visa Summary: The government commissioned this review in March 2015 as part of its commitment to stop modern slavery in all its forms. James Ewins was asked to assess how far existing arrangements for the admission of overseas domestic workers are effective in protecting workers from abuse and exploitation, and to make recommendations. The government is carefully considering the report's recommendations and will announce its response in due course. Details: London: HM Government, 2015. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/486532/ODWV_Review_-_Final_Report__6_11_15_.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Workers Shelf Number: 138227

Author: Gilmore, Joanna Title: Report on the Policing of the Barton Moss Community Protection Camp: November 2013 - April 2014 Summary: In a collaboration between the University of York's Centre for Urban Research (CURB) and LJMU's Centre for the Study of Crime, Criminalisation and Social Exclusion (CCSE), researchers investigated the policing of Barton Moss Community Protection Camp in Salford, Greater Manchester. From November 2013 to April 2014, the camp promoted a campaign of peaceful protest to raise awareness of the potential environmental dangers of exploratory hydraulic fracturing (fracking) taking place in the area. Protest activities included 'slow walking' in front of vehicles accessing the site and other forms of non-violent direct action, as well as rallies, hosting music events, and family days. Amid conflicting media accounts of violence attributed to both protestors and Greater Manchester Police (GMP), researchers at York and LJMU made a series of visits to the camp, conducted interviews with camp residents and analysed figures from ongoing criminal justice cases of those arrested. The research aimed to provide a rare insight into the experiences of anti-fracking protesters. The report is grounded in the experiences of camp residents and supporters, and the researchers concluded that independence from GMP in this research was essential to their gaining access to the camp and the lawyers involved in the ongoing cases. Documenting concerns about the nature, function and proportionality of the policing operation at the camp, and the deployment of policing methods, the peer-reviewed report provides a range of findings and recommendations. These include: - The protest at Barton Moss was overwhelmingly peaceful and non-violent - The nature and scale of the policing operation was found to be disproportionate to the activities of the camp. Policing tactics had the effect of undermining the rights of those protesting peacefully, meaning GMP failed in their obligation to facilitate peaceful protest as stated by the European Convention on Human Rights. - GMP officers - from planning stages to conclusion - prioritised the commercial interests of the fracking company over the right of local residents and supporters to exercise their right to protest - The communication strategy of GMP focused primarily on justifying the policing operation and questioning the legitimacy of the protest rather than providing the public with clear information about the protest and policing operation. - The overwhelming majority (98 percent) of arrests made at Barton Moss were for non-violent offences. These figures cast doubt on the legitimacy of GMP's characterisation of the protest in public statements made during the policing operation. - Two thirds (66 percent) of arrested protesters have had their cases dropped, dismissed or been found not guilty by the courts. This conviction rate is significantly lower than that occurring within the criminal justice system as a whole. - Police bail powers were routinely abused in order to restrict the right to protest - Overall, the cumulative impact of these processes showcases the routine abuse of police powers at the expense of protesters' civil liberties Details: Centre for the Study of Crime, Criminalisation and Social Exclusion, Liverpool John Moores University Centre for URBan Research (CURB), University of York, 2016. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 15, 2016 at: https://curbyork.files.wordpress.com/2016/02/bm_final_170216_email.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crowd Control Shelf Number: 138244

Author: Great Britain. National Audit Office Title: Confiscation Orders: Progress Review Summary: government's administration of criminal confiscation orders has seen a greater focus on enforcing the orders, according to the NAO. Many of the fundamental weaknesses identified two years ago remain, however, and the system of managing confiscation orders has not been transformed. Confiscation orders are the main way through which the government carries out its policy to deprive criminals of the proceeds of their crimes. The spending watchdog reported on the administration of confiscation orders in December 2013, concluding that the process was not working well enough and did not provide value for money. The Committee of Public Accounts subsequently made six recommendations for the system's improvement, which were accepted by the government. Today's report found that the criminal justice bodies involved have made some progress against most of the Committee's recommendations. Despite this, the NAO considers that the only recommendation which has been fully addressed is that the sanctions for non-payment should be strengthened. The Home Office introduced new legislation which includes longer default prison sentences and powers for judges to impose travel bans for non-payers. It is too early to conclude, however, whether these changes will prove successful. Since 2014, the criminal justice bodies have improved how they administer confiscation orders, with greater focus on enforcement and better joint working across bodies including the Ministry of Justice and the Home Office. This has led to a $22 million (16%) increase in confiscated income in two years and the highest amount collected to date. The number of orders imposed, however, has fallen by 7% and are made in only a tiny fraction of total crimes. According to the NAO, more could be done to reduce confiscation order debt, which has risen by $158 million to $1.61 billion in the last two years. Much of the debt now relates to orders which are at least 5 years old and HM Courts & Tribunals Service assessed that only $203 million of this total debt can realistically be collected. There are, however, fewer financial investigators, which has reduced the capacity needed to help recover high-value orders, and the use of restraint orders to freeze an offender's assets has also fallen by 12%. Both are key to successful enforcement. There is also the potential for more collection, for example through greater involvement of the Foreign & Commonwealth Office to find and repatriate assets transferred overseas or changes in the law to stop criminals hiding illicit assets under other people's names. The Criminal Finances Improvement Plan, which set out 11 objectives covering the whole administrative process of managing confiscation orders, has helped galvanise efforts to improve the enforcement of orders since its launch in 2014. The government has not however met its ambitious targets for the plan's implementation. In addition, the plan does not set out agreed success measures nor make clear the priority of the government's objectives for confiscation. Competing priorities have also affected the push to increase the use of confiscation orders, as while the government aspires for law enforcement agencies to treat confiscation orders as a priority, most police forces do not consider asset recovery a priority compared to other areas of law enforcement, such as countering extremism. Details: London: NAO, 2016. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: HC: 886, 2015-16: Accessed March 16, 2016 at: https://www.nao.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/Confiscation-orders-progress-review.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Asset Forfeiture Shelf Number: 138254

Author: Macfarlane, Alison Title: Prevalence of Female Genital Mutilation in England and Wales: national and local estimates Summary: This report contains estimates of the numbers of women with female genital mutilation (FGM) living in England and Wales, the numbers of women with FGM giving birth and the numbers of girls born to women with FGM. Headline figures for England and Wales as a whole were published in an interim report. This full report contains estimates at a local authority level. To enable interpretation of these data, it also contains data about the extent to which FGM is practised in the women's countries of origin and about the populations of women born in these countries and living in England and Wales in 2011. Sources of data To derive these estimates, data about the prevalence of FGM were derived from reports of household interview surveys in the countries in which it is practised. Demographic data about women born in these countries and girls born to them were derived from the 2011 census and from birth registration. In the census analysis, women who had been born in countries where FGM is practised, but were members of South Asian and other populations which do not practise FGM were, as far as possible, excluded from the analyses. For analyses of birth data, it was not possible to do this directly, so multiplying factors derived from the census analyses were used to estimate the relevant numbers. Migration to England and Wales from countries where FGM is practiced The overall numbers of women aged 15-49 who were permanently resident in England and Wales but born in FGM practising countries increased from 182,000 in 2001 to 283,000 in 2011. Numbers of women born in the countries in the Horn of Africa, where FGM is almost universal and where the most severe Type III form, infibulation, is commonly practised, increased by 34,000 from 22,000 in 2001 to 56,000 in 2011. The numbers of women from countries in East and West Africa, where FGM Types I and II, clitoridectomy with or without excision of the labia minora, are very common, also increased by 10,000 over the same period. Estimated numbers of women and girls with FGM An estimated 103,000 women aged 15-49 with FGM born in countries in which it is practised were living in England and Wales in 2011, compared with the estimated 66,000 in 2001. This represented an estimated prevalence rate of 7.7 per 1,000 women. In addition there were an estimated 24,000 women aged 50 and over with FGM born in FGM practising countries and nearly 10,000 girls aged 0-14 born in FGM practising countries who have undergone or are likely to undergo FGM. These groups had lower prevalence rates of 2.3 and 2.0 per 1,000 population respectively. Combining the figures for the three age groups, an estimated 137,000 women and girls with FGM, born in countries where FGM is practised, were permanently resident in England and Wales in 2011. This represented a prevalence rate of 4.8 per 1,000 population. Estimated prevalence rates for all regions and local authority areas in England and Wales showed wide variations. Details: London: City University of London, 2015. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 16, 2016 at: http://www.trustforlondon.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2015/07/FGM-statistics-final-report-21-07-15-released-text.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Cutting Shelf Number: 138255

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Forensic Science Strategy: A national approach to forensic science delivery in the criminal justice system Summary: Vision 1. Forensic science is the application of science to a criminal investigation and court proceedings. This includes crime scene investigation and the collection, identification, analysis and interpretation of potential evidence such as DNA, fingerprints, digital evidence, drug analysis and footwear marks. 2. The Government's vision for forensic science is for a clearer system of governance to ensure quality standards and proper ethical oversight, and a cost effective service that delivers to law enforcement and the criminal justice system (CJS) robust and relevant forensic evidence, and in so doing strengthens public and judicial trust in forensic science. Context 3. Crime is falling, but it is also changing. Latest figures from the Crime Survey for England and Wales (CSEW) show that there were an estimated 6.5 million crimes in the year to June 2015. This is an 8% decrease compared with last year and the lowest estimate since the CSEW began in 1981. Police Recorded Crime shows a long-term shift away from 'traditional' volume crime, such as burglary and theft from a vehicle, and an increase in offences with a digital element, such as child sexual abuse and indecent imagery offences. The shift to digital not only enables new types of crime, but also means that traditional volume crimes can be committed in ways that leave a digital as well as a physical trail. 4. Demand for digital forensics has grown in parallel with the increased use of digital devices over the past 20 years. At the same time, there has been a decline in the demand for traditional forensic science such as DNA and fingerprints. Forensic science can make a significant contribution to improving policing outcomes and efficiency, but will only be able to meet this challenge through a whole system approach, from the crime scene to the court. Landscape 5. There are currently a variety of forensic delivery models in existence ranging from forensic teams in forces, collaborative/regional structures and some operating models linked to wider partnership approaches. All models have a combination of services delivered by forces and external Forensic Service Providers (FSP). 6. In early 2016, the police service will consider options on how best to develop a digital approach which could encompass biometrics (e.g. fingerprint bureau) or broader areas of forensics, including scene of crime officers, digital forensics and other in house forensic facilities. Scoping work setting out business case options is expected to be completed in Spring 2016. A national approach to forensic science delivery, proposed and delivered by police forces, would aim to ensure greater consistency of service quality; resilient, reliable capability and with economies of scale. Details: London: Home Office, 2016. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Cm 9217: Accessed March 16, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/506652/54493_Cm_9217_Forensic_Science_Strategy_Accessible.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Investigation Shelf Number: 138256

Author: Kenny, Julia Title: New Directions: Understanding and Improving Employment Pathways in Youth Justice in Northern Ireland Summary: In 2014, NIACRO and The Bytes Project commissioned five research papers to improve the overall understanding of the short and long-term issues affecting the thousands of young people in contact with the youth justice system or who are at risk of offending. This research project was developed in tandem with the delivery of the New Directions pilot project, a partnership between NIACRO and The Bytes Project funded by the Department for Employment and Learning through the Collaboration and Innovation Fund. New Directions aimed to enhance the education, training and employment opportunities of young people aged 16-18 years old in contact with the youth justice system. Through the work of the project in both the community and the Juvenile Justice Centre, it supported young people to change their offending behaviour and overcome barriers to effective resettlement. This innovative project, which offered tailored programmes of support and individual pathway plans, was developed in partnership by NIACRO and The Bytes Project, two organisations with a wealth of experience in working with people affected by the justice system. NIACRO is a voluntary organisation which has been working for more than 40 years to reduce crime and its impact on people and communities, working with children and young people who offend or who are at risk of offending, families, and adults in prison and in the community. The Bytes Project aims to remove individual barriers to training and employment by assisting young people to overcome extreme, social and educational disadvantage so they can make a difference in their lives, become economically active and make a positive contribution to their communities. As well as providing a valuable service to the young participants, New Directions sought to improve understanding of the complex barriers they faced and identify areas for improvement. The Youth Justice Review in 2011 highlighted how youth justice rehabilitation policy and legislation "needs to be overhauled to reflect the principles of proportionality and minimise the counter-productive impact of a criminal record on desistance from offending". Details: Dublin: NIACRO and The Bytes Project, 2015. 220p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 16, 2016 at: http://www.drugsandalcohol.ie/24302/1/New_Directions_-_Research_Papers_June_2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Desistance Shelf Number: 138261

Author: Saunders, Anna Title: Black and Minority Ethnic communities, mental health and criminal justice Summary: Four years on from the Bradley Report, the first report from the Bradley Commission, Black and Minority Ethnic communities, mental health and criminal justice, is published. The Commission asked Centre for Mental Health to report on areas that were under-developed in the Bradley Report, beginning with the needs of black and minority ethnic (BME) communities. The briefing finds that community groups are key to engaging BME groups that are disproportionately represented both in mental health care and in the criminal justice system. It appraises examples of best practice in services working with BME communities at critical points of the criminal justice pathway and looks to develop further understanding as to how the Bradley Report's recommendations can work for diverse communities. Details: London: Centre for Mental Health, 2013. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Bradley Commission briefing 1: Accessed March 16, 2016 at: http://www.centreformentalhealth.org.uk/bradley-briefing1 Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 138303

Author: Durcan, Graham Title: The Bradley Report five years on. An independent review of progress to date and priorities for further development Summary: The five years since the Bradley Report was published have seen concerted action to improve support for people with mental health problems and those with learning difficulties in the criminal justice system. The Bradley Report five years on argues that this will need to be sustained for at least another five years to put the vision into practice nationwide. The Bradley Report five years on is the final report of an independent commission chaired by Lord Bradley to review progress since 2009 and identify priorities for further development. Details: London: Centre for Mental Health, 2014. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 16, 2016 at: http://www.centreformentalhealth.org.uk/the-bradley-report-five-years-on Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 138304

Author: Youth Justice Board for England and Wales Title: The Knife Crime Prevention Programme: Process Evaluation Summary: The Knife Crime Prevention Programme (KCPP) is an intervention which aims to reduce the prevalence of knife carrying and use by young people. Young people are referred to the programme if they are aged between 10 and 17 and have been convicted of an offence where a knife or the threat of a knife is a feature. The programme is based on a national delivery framework, with flexibility for local adaptation. It was rolled out as part of the Home Office "Tackling Knives Action Programme"(TKAP). Research objectives This process evaluation was commissioned to: - provide a picture of the implementation and delivery of KCPP - explore participants' knowledge, perceptions and attitudes to knife crime before and after the programme - explore staff attitudes to the programme. Methodology The methodology adopted was as follows: - an electronic survey of 67 youth offending teams (YOTs) delivering KCPP3 - a paper-based survey of 96 young people from 13 YOTs at entry to and exit from the programme - site visits to eight YOTs, where interviews were undertaken with 33 staff/partners and 12 young people, and one focus group was undertaken with seven young people. Key findings YOT staff who were surveyed reported that the majority of young people who started KCPP in their local area completed the programme. Non-completion was reportedly most often due to the young person being taken into custody (named by 24 of 67 YOTs), being disruptive in sessions, or failing to attend. KCPP respondents spoke highly of the use of personal accounts of the consequences of knife crime from victims, families, ex-offenders or professionals. However, YOTs found this challenging and resource-intensive to arrange and, in most YOTs, case studies and recorded media were used in place of personal delivery. Where achieved, some young people felt they had increased empathy for victims' families and health professionals as a result of the programme. By the end of the programme, the majority of those young people completing the survey upon entry and exit to the programme demonstrated a correct understanding of the law. YOT staff surveyed felt that the greatest learning points for young people from the programme were 'recognising the dangers of carrying a knife' and a perceived increase in 'understanding of the consequences of knife crime'. Group work provided challenges to staff in terms of risk management and appropriate grouping of young people. The importance of appropriately skilled facilitators was emphasised by YOT staff. Staff did feel, however, that the group setting provided an opportunity for positive social interaction between young people. The majority of YOT staff surveyed (40 out of 67) said that they believed KCPP was effective. The qualitative interviews indicated that YOT staff thought that the programme was more likely to be effective for young people with a low risk of reoffending. The need to carry a knife 'for protection' was considered by young people and staff to be a key reason why some young people would continue to carry a knife. The KCPP framework did not stipulate any formal follow-on activity for those who completed the programme. Only a few of the YOTs surveyed (six) provided organised follow-on activities, depending on local availability and funding, and even when follow-on activities did take place, they were not explicitly linked to knife crime. Details: London: Youth Justice Board for England and Wales, 2013. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/395990/knife-crime-prevention-programme.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 138308

Author: Bateman, Tim Title: Criminalising children for no good purpose: The age of criminal responsibility in England and Wales Summary: In England and Wales, children are deemed to be criminally responsible, and become subject to the full rigour of the criminal law, from the age of ten. Children too young to attend secondary school may nonetheless be arrested and detained at a police station. They can be prosecuted and, if convicted, will receive a criminal record that, for some purposes, must be declared indefinitely. If a 10-year-old commits an offence considered to be a 'grave crime', he or she will be tried in the Crown Court and may be given a custodial sentence equivalent to that available in the case of an adult. Similarly, a child of that age co-accused with an adult will be subject to trial in an adult venue. The National Association for Youth Justice (NAYJ) considers that the arguments for maintaining the status quo are unconvincing: the government's rejection of calls to review the point at which children become criminally liable is motivated by an ideological commitment to appear tough on youth crime rather than a dispassionate review of the evidence. The NAYJ believes that such a review demonstrates that criminalisation of children at such a young age: represents a breach of international standards on children's rights; does not take account of children's developing capacity and imputes culpability inappropriately; and is illogical, unnecessary, and damaging. Details: UK: National Association for Youth Justice, 2012. Source: Internet Resource: Campaign Paper: Accessed March 17, 2016 at: http://thenayj.org.uk/wp-content/files_mf/criminalisingchildrennov12.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Age of Responsibility Shelf Number: 138309

Author: Baughman, Benjamin Title: A Study of Rape Investigation Files Involving Female Survivors: A Comparison of Allegations Deemed False and Genuine. Summary: Determining the veracity of a rape allegation in the absence of incontrovertible evidence is highly problematic and complicated by vagaries of surrounding issues. The purpose of the present study was to utilise a unique, multi-faceted approach with a representative US complete dataset (n=351) to identify the most prominent, distinguishing characteristics between genuine and false allegations. There are reasons to suggest that false allegations will be distinguishable from genuine rapes. The reasons include psychological dynamics such as a false allegers' (not a survivor of rape) reliance on rape myths for their fictitious account. In contrast, genuine reports of rape tend to encompass more specific behavioural details. 17% of the present population were objectively determined to be fabricated. Published results have indicated genuine rapes having a higher quantity and quality of reported actions. Smallest Space Analysis (SSA) was used to identify and categorise co-occurring behaviours, finding thematic consistency in genuine rapes. In contrast, false allegations revealed an erratic structure indicative of the fabricated stories' reliance on rape myths. Thematic structures are consistent with published findings which lends support to the grouping procedure utilised for this thesis. Additionally, a mean number of 6.6 behaviours in false allegations compared to the 9.3 behaviours controlled by the offender in genuine cases were observed. Partial Order Scalogram Analysis with base coordinates (POSAC) allows for using a combination of the most reliably distinguishing characteristics across cases. A developed model provided a unique method of exploring the qualitative and quantitative variations across cases. The eight most distinguishing behaviours were used to calculate a Behavioural Profile Score (BPS) for each incident and supported published results. As another potential means of assessing plausibility, analysis showed that genuine reports of rape contained greater detail as measured by the number of specific behaviours described. Although this thesis has various limitations, the results of three very distinctly different procedures all indicate distinguishable characteristics between genuine and false allegations. Additionally, it demonstrates the significance of myths in shaping actions and provides indications to why so many cases are indeterminate. Details: Huddersfield, UK: University of Huddersfield, 2016. 272p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 17, 2016: http://eprints.hud.ac.uk/27856/ Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Investigations Shelf Number: 138311

Author: McCandless, Rhydian Title: Do initiatives involving substantial increased in stop and search reduce crime? Assuming the Impact of Operation BLUNT 2 Summary: Stop and search is a well-established police power. Over the last decade use of the power has varied widely but at its peak, in the final quarter of 2008/09, a search was undertaken every 20 seconds on average nationwide. The evidence base on the effectiveness of stop and search on crime is limited. This paper examines whether a police initiative that involved a large increase in the number of stop and searches was effective at reducing crime. As part of Operation BLUNT 2 - a Metropolitan Police initiative aimed at reducing knife crime that began in the spring of 2008 - there was a marked increase in the number of weapons searches conducted in London. London boroughs were assigned to one of three tiers based on intelligence on their knife crime problem. Resources were prioritised to ten Tier 1 boroughs, and to a lesser extent to six Tier 2 boroughs. The ten Tier 1 boroughs recorded a more than threefold increase in the number of weapons searches, up from 34,154 in the year before BLUNT 2 to 123,335 in the first year of the operation. Over this period, the 16 Tier 3 boroughs also recorded an increase in weapons searches but on a smaller scale (up by 18,103, an 87% increase on pre-BLUNT 2 levels). Under normal circumstances, it is hard to interpret the relationship between changes in stop and search and crime rates. Because it is a form of responsive policing, trends in stop and search often mirror trends in crime, so it is difficult to establish whether stop and searches lead to a fall in crime, or simply reflect it. However, the scale of the increases in searches under Operation BLUNT 2 was less clearly the result of changes in short-term crime rates. This strengthens the robustness of the evaluation. The analysis focuses on crimes that might be affected by large increases in weapons searches, and compares changes in offence numbers across the three tiers. If a large increase in weapons searches is effective at reducing knife crime then a drop in offences in Tier 1 boroughs would be expected, compared with boroughs that recorded smaller increases in stop and searches. Nine measures of police recorded crime were used in the analysis. These included: different types of assault involving sharp instruments; robbery; weapons and drugs possession offences; and three types of acquisitive crime. A difference-in-difference regression analysis, which controlled for other factors that might affect crime trends, found no statistically significant crime-reducing effect from the large increase in weapons searches during the course of Operation BLUNT 2. This suggests that the greater use of weapons searches was not effective at the borough level for reducing crime. London Ambulance Service data on calls for weapons-related injuries were also analysed. Unlike recorded crime measures, these should be unaffected by police recording or victim reporting issues. The number of London Ambulance Service callouts for weapons injuries did not fall more in the Tier 1 boroughs than in the other boroughs. Rather, ambulance call-outs actually fell faster in those boroughs that had smaller increases in weapons searches. Knife homicides were examined separately, as the small numbers involved prevent meaningful difference-in-difference analysis. Both Tier 1 (high resource) and Tier 3 (low resource) boroughs saw reductions in knife homicides, so it is unlikely that the falls in Tier 1 boroughs can be attributed to the Operation BLUNT 2 increases in weapons searches. Overall, analysis shows that there was no discernible crime-reducing effects from a large surge in stop and search activity at the borough level during the operation. However, it does not necessarily follow that stop and search activity does not reduce crime. This study is based on data at the London borough level, with an average population of over 200,000 per borough. It is possible that there are localised crime-reducing effects of stop and search activity that are masked when analysing data on such a large geographic area. This might be a useful focus of future research. It is also possible that a base level of stop and search activity does have an effect after which there are diminishing, or even zero, returns. This current study has not been able to shed light on what that level would be. Details: London; Home Office, 2016. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/508661/stop-search-operation-blunt-2.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Reduction Shelf Number: 138320

Author: Draca, Mirko Title: It's Prices, Stupid: Explaining falling crime in the UK Summary: SUMMARY o Crime has fallen across many countries since the early 1990s. A range of explanations have been put forward, including the level of police resources, the incidence of drug epidemics, demographic factors (including the effects of abortion and lead pollution on the crime propensity of different age cohorts), and incarceration rates. o Another plausible explanation for changes in the rate of property crime, though one that has received far less attention, is prices. As the prices of commonly stolen goods change then so does the return to property crime. o This briefing paper puts forward comprehensive evidence on prices and crime for a large range of goods, focusing on monthly data for London over 2002-2012. We find that crime is responsive to prices across the large range of goods we study with elasticities in the region of 0.35-0.40. This indicates that, for example, a 10% increase in prices is associated with a 3.5% increase in crime. o We further analyse a sub-set of commodity-related goods - jewellery, fuel and metals. These goods offer a clean quasi-experimental setting to look at the effects of a pure change in price on criminal activity. Specifically, they are homogenous in their quality and supported by efficient resale markets (for example, the scrap metal recycling industry). Price changes for these goods are also exogenous since they are driven by trends in international commodity prices. o Practically, these conditions mean that price changes are unlikely to be driven by local UK economic patterns that could also be influencing crime through other channels. Overall, this further analysis confirms the existence of a significant, causal crime-price relationship, especially for metals where there was a price-induced crime boom in the mid-to-late 2000s. o We also compare the effect of a 'stolen goods price index' on crime to the effect of changes in wages. We find that the index tracks aggregate crime more closely than wages; and that over 20% of the trend fall in crime can be explained by prices at the aggregate level. o A crucial policy implication of this analysis is that, since the returns to crime matter so significantly, investments in security have potentially more leverage in reducing crime than previously thought. For example, the spread of technologies that aid device security (e.g. tracking devices such as 'find my iphone') have the effect of lowering the net returns to theft. Provided that criminals find it difficult or costly to adapt to and overcome such technologies, investments in security have the potential to kill off the incentives for theft. o Another policy implication relates to 'predictive policing'. Since crime tracks the value of goods so tightly it would be viable to begin planning police responses to theft as market prices start to rise or fall. For example, increases in metals or other commodity prices could be used as a signal to increase monitoring or patrols relating to the potential theft of these goods. Details: London: Social Market Foundation, 2016. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Global Perspectives Series: Paper 6: Accessed March 18, 2016 at: http://www.smf.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/SMF-CAGE-its-prices-stupid-explaining-falling-crime-in-uk-FINAL.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Drop Shelf Number: 138335

Author: Keohane, Nigel Title: Breaking Bad Habits: Reforming rehabilitation services Summary: Reducing this rate of reoffending is central to the Government's Transforming Rehabilitation proposals. This report analyses the Government's reforms and makes three principal points. First, it calculates the costs of reoffending to the public purse and to society and it argues that the Government should seek to be much more ambitious in the level of investment. Second, it recommends that other government schemes - such as the Work Programme and prison services - should be rolled into the rehabilitation reforms. Finally, the report provides new analysis showing that a principal rationale for the reforms - that expertise from charities and social enterprises can be brought in to help turn around the lives of offenders - is in danger of misfiring if additional safeguards are not put in place. Details: London: Social Market Foundation, 2014. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2016 at: http://www.smf.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Publication-Breaking-Bad-Habits-Reforming-rehabilitation-services.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Recidivism Shelf Number: 138336

Author: Independent Police Complaints Commission (U.K.) Title: Deaths during or following police contact: Statistics for England and Wales 2014/15 Summary: This report presents figures on deaths during or following police contact that happened between 1 April 2014 and 31 March 2015. It provides a definitive set of figures for England and Wales and an overview of the nature and circumstances in which these deaths occurred. This publication is the eleventh in a series of statistical reports on this subject published annually by the IPCC. To produce the IPCC annual statistics on deaths, the circumstances of all deaths referred to the IPCC are examined to decide whether they meet the criteria for inclusion in the report under one of the following five categories: - road traffic fatalities - fatal shootings - deaths in or following police custody - apparent suicides following police custody - other deaths following police contact that were subject Details: London: The Commission, 2015. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2016 at: https://www.ipcc.gov.uk/sites/default/files/Documents/research_stats/Deaths_Report_1415.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Complaints Against Police Shelf Number: 138350

Author: Matthews, Ben Title: Where have all the young offenders gone? Summary: Key points - The crime drop that has happened in Scotland since the early 1990s is not evenly distributed among offenders. - There has been a substantial decline in the rate of convictions of people aged 25 or under, in particular young men. - By contrast, rates of convictions for people over 26 have been mostly stable. - These changes have not occurred evenly over time. There were substantial drops in rates of convictions for young men (but not young women) between 1989 and 1999, slight increases in convictions for all age groups between 2000 and 2006, then substantial declines in conviction rates for both young men and young women between 2007 and 2012. - Examining changing patterns of age and crime in Scotland suggests that further work is required to explain this sharp decline in youth convictions. Details: Edinburgh: Applied Quantitative Methods Network, University of Edinburgh, 2014. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Briefing 4: Accessed March 22, 2016 at: https://www.aqmen.ac.uk/sites/default/files/RB4-young-offenders.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Age and Crime Shelf Number: 138370

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Modern Crime Prevention Strategy Summary: Crime has fallen rapidly over the last twenty years, as the graph on page 5 shows. It has done so in spite of economic shocks, changes in levels of employment, and evolving behaviours around drug and alcohol use, technology and social norms. As it has fallen, crime has changed: while traditional high volume crimes like burglary and street violence have more than halved, previously 'hidden' crimes like child sexual abuse, rape and domestic violence have all become more visible, if not more frequent, and there is growing evidence of the scale of online fraud and cyber crime. There are a variety of reasons for this sustained fall, but the reduction can be attributed in large part to better preventative action to stop crimes from happening in the first place. For example, Government efforts to rank vehicles by their susceptibility to theft allowed the public to make well informed decisions around purchasing better secured cars1; the expansion of drug treatment has helped reduce the numbers of heroin and crack cocaine users, who commit over 40% of acquisitive crimes2; and better home security has substantially reduced the number of burglaries.3 The evidence is clear: where Government, law enforcement, businesses and the public work together on prevention we can deliver significant and sustained cuts in certain crimes. That is good news for victims and communities and it makes clear economic sense too. Now, as crime changes, this strategy recognises the importance of strong evidence as the basis for a modern approach to crime prevention. It applies the lessons from past successes along with new research into the challenges we now face. It addresses what the evidence suggests "where Government, law enforcement, businesses and the public work together on prevention we can deliver significant and sustained cuts in certain crimes" are the six key drivers of crime - opportunity, character, the effectiveness of the Criminal Justice System, profit, drugs and alcohol - and a wide variety of crime types. It sets out proposals to make crime harder to commit, less appealing for criminals, and more unlikely in certain communities, situations or in relation to certain products. It brings to bear the latest techniques - from behavioural economics to data analytics - and coordinates a wide variety of partners, many outside Government's direct control. It aims to articulate, quite simply, what crime prevention means in 2016. Details: London: Home Office, 2016. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/509831/6.1770_Modern_Crime_Prevention_Strategy_final_WEB_version.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 138387

Author: Broderick, Roisin Title: Ethnic Minority and Foreign National Prisoner Survey 2014 Summary: This thematic Bulletin presents the key findings of the Ethnic Minority & Foreign National Prisoners Survey 2014. The survey which was undertaken over the summer of 2014 in each of the 15 Scottish prisons involved all ethnic minority and foreign national prisoners. An ethnic minority survey has been carried out since 2004 and the survey was extended to include foreign national prisoners in 2007. A total of 192 ethnic minority and foreign national prisoners from 26 countries participated in the survey with an overall response rate of 51%. This is a drop from the 2012 response rate of 59%. The 192 responses comprised: - Male 85%, Female 15%; - Average age 36 years; - Convicted 67%; - Remand 33%. Methodology Working in association with Race Relation Managers within each prison, all prisoners identified as belonging to an Ethnic Minority or Foreign National group were visited and asked if they wished to complete a questionnaire. Questionnaires were available in a number of languages - English, Polish, Punjabi, Lithuanian, Russian, Romanian and Vietnamese. As questionnaires were not available in all languages, prisoners had the opportunity to use the services of an interpreter or alternatively, access to the help of a fellow prisoner who could help them complete the questionnaire. The questions in the survey reflect some key elements of the SPS equality and diversity agenda covering issues such as access to interpreters, mental health, food, relationships with other prisoners and staff. Ethnic minority & foreign national prisoner location Although there are ethnic minority and foreign national prisoners in all SPS establishment the majority of respondents were held in Barlinnie, Edinburgh, Glenochil and Perth. Custodial History Generally, the views of ethnic minority and foreign national prisoners with regard to many aspects of prison life, e.g. relationships, atmosphere, cleanliness, visits etc. are, with minor exceptions, very similar to other prisoners. However, when compared to other prisoners, there was a substantial difference in the number of ethnic minority and foreign national prisoners with no previous experience of prison. Ethnic minority and foreign national prisoners were more likely to report "never" having served a prison sentence (66%) or being on remand (53%) compared to other groups of prisoners (31% and 27% respectively). Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Prison Service, 2015. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2016 at: http://www.sps.gov.uk/Corporate/Publications/Publication-3527.aspx Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Foreign Inmates Shelf Number: 138388

Author: Carnie, James Title: Prisoner Survey 2015 Summary: This Report describes the key findings of the Scottish Prison Service's (SPS) biennial Prisoner Survey. The Survey, which is undertaken in each of the 15 Scottish prisons, involves all Scottish prisoners.1 The average age of prisoners was 33 yrs. Of the 92% of males and 8% of female prisoners, 80% were convicted and 20% were untried. The Survey has a number of objectives: - to make use of prisoners' perceptions of service-delivery and service-quality in business planning; - to provide prisoners with an opportunity to comment on a range of issues that impact on their experience in prison; - to allow staff to get a better understanding of how the halls or areas they manage compare to equivalent areas and halls and in so doing to provide a tangible way to help share items of "best practice"; and finally, - to allow the SPS through repetition of the same questions, to track progress (or the lack of it) across the various dimensions that are included in the Survey. The Use Made of the Survey The Survey is not simply about asking prisoners for their views. The Survey is about helping inform and shape change in the SPS and is directed at improving the quality of service delivery in every prison. This approach is predicated on the well-established belief that for change to be effective it is imperative that the views of prisoners are factored into the planning equation. The remainder of this Report sets out how prisoners view their experience of imprisonment and the way the SPS goes about delivering its services. Content and Coverage The Survey is focused intentionally upon the core elements of prison life: living conditions, family contact, healthcare, relationships and atmosphere. The Survey also seeks views on such issues as perceived safety, bullying, drug use and mental health. As it is completed in a relatively short timeslot it purposely avoids detailed questions on complex issues. The Survey is distributed to all prisoners and all establishments within Scotland. In this sense, the exercise is a census. This year's Survey, the fifteenth to run since 1990, achieved an overall prisoner response rate of 55%. Of these, 92% were male and 8% were female. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Prison Service, 2015. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2016 at: http://www.sps.gov.uk/Corporate/Publications/Publication-3895.aspx Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 138389

Author: Broderick, Roisin Title: Young People in Custody 2015 Summary: This Bulletin, which deals specifically with young males held by the Scottish Prison Service in HMYOI Polmont, is one of a number of thematic commentaries presenting the key findings from the 2015 Prisoner Survey. The Prisoner Survey was introduced to the Scottish Prison Service in 1990 as a mechanism to inform and support the Service's business planning process. The focus of the Survey has expanded over the years. The Survey continues to focus upon the core elements of prison life: living conditions, family contact, healthcare, relationships, atmosphere and perceived safety. The Survey informs and shapes change by contributing to establishment and corporate business plans. The Survey was carried out between June and July 2015 on an establishment-by-establishment basis. Prisoners' views were collected by means of a self-completion questionnaire, which was distributed and collected personally by the member's prison staff. The Survey involves all prisoners and all establishments. The 15th Survey achieved an overall prisoner response rate of 55%. A total of 327 male young people participated in this survey, a response rate of 73%. Over a quarter (29%) of prisoners said that they were on remand at the time of completing the 2015 prisoner survey; 71% had been sentenced. Respondents' remand and custodial sentence history is outlined in Table 1. This shows that young people were most likely to report having been on remand between 1 and 5 times (57%), followed by having 'never' previously been on remand (31%). Four in ten young people (42%) had 'never' previously served a prison sentence, while over half (53%) had served between 1 and 5 sentences. As expected, a higher percentage of the adult population had previously served a sentence 6-10 times (12%) and over 10 times (17%). Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Prison Service, 2016. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: http://www.sps.gov.uk/Corporate/Publications/Publication-3908.aspx Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 138390

Author: Orr, Kate Skellington Title: HM YOI Polmont: Evaluation of the Implementation and Early Impact of the Peer Learning Hub Summary: Background 1.1 This report presents the findings from an independent evaluation of the Peer Learning Hub pilot that was set up in HM Young Offenders Institution (YOI) Polmont in 2014. 1.2 The purpose of the evaluation was twofold: to document and examine the set up and initial implementation of the Peer Learning Hub; as well as to consider early indications of its impact. 1.3 The evaluation focussed retrospectively on the set up and running of the pilot over the first nine months following implementation and also sought to identify and appraise changes to the pilot model that have subsequently taken place. The evaluation was intended to be formative, insofar as the findings will be used to help the pilot Hub reflect on learning and experience to date, and explore ways in which the project can continue to develop and progress in the future. Research Aims & Questions 1.4 The evaluation directly explored the following research questions: - How has the Peer Learning Hub been established? Has it been implemented as planned? What is the fidelity of implementation? - Have there been barriers to implementation? If so what were they, what was their impact, and how were (or will) they be addressed? - What is being delivered in the Peer Learning Hub? - Are activities being delivered as intended? - Are participants being reached as intended? - What are the characteristics of participants, the throughput and the attrition rates? - What are participants' views on peer mentoring? - What changes, if any, have been made to the Peer Learning Hub as a consequence of initial lessons learned? How and why have changes been made? What impact have such changes had on the success of the Peer Learning Hub? 1.5 Recognising that the Hub is also still fairly new in its implementation, and that impact data was therefore limited to the short term and would be indicative, at best, the evaluation also considered: - Whether peers are better at engaging young people in Polmont than staff members; - Whether peers are more effective at sharing and imparting information and knowledge; - Whether young offenders can act as successful role models; - If, in custodial settings, prisoners can form pro-social communities that realise wider benefits; - Whether the Peer Learning Hub increases confidence, self-esteem and self-worth of the mentors; - Whether peer mentees feel more empowered and responsible; 2 - Whether deployment of peer mentors works as a symbol and signal of a pro-social, asset building culture; - Whether peers can become ambassadors to other service users; and - The extent to which peers can improve service delivery by identifying real issues on the ground. 1.6 It is important to stress that the research did not seek to assess the effectiveness of peer mentoring per se, since the benefits of peer mentoring and other peer interventions in the custodial setting is already well documented1. It is well known, for example, that under the right conditions, peers may be better at engaging offenders than prison or other staff, that they can act as positive role models and may be more effective at communicating information and knowledge to peers than traditional teaching staff. Research has also shown that peer mentors can be effective in helping to change the behaviour of their peers, and can be especially helpful in reaching traditionally hard to reach groups. Instead, what this evaluation sought to do was to explore the specific approach being adopted at HM YOI Polmont and the suitability for the particular offender group housed there. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Prison Service, 2015. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2016 at: http://www.sps.gov.uk/Corporate/Publications/Publication-3922.aspx Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 138687

Author: Gavin, Mhairi Title: Women in Custody 2015 Summary: This Bulletin, which deals specifically with women in custody held by the Scottish Prison Service, is one of a number of thematic commentaries presenting the key findings from the 2015 Prisoner Survey. The Prisoner Survey was introduced to the Scottish Prison Service in 1990 as a mechanism to inform and support the Service's business planning process. The focus of the Survey has expanded over the years. The Survey continues to focus upon the core elements of prison life: living conditions, family contact, healthcare, relationships, atmosphere and perceived safety. This year's questionnaire also includes topics on engagement with programmes, being in care as a child, military service and accessing Prison Rules. The Survey informs and shapes change by contributing to establishment and corporate business plans. The Survey was carried out between July and August 2015 on an establishment-by-establishment basis. Prisoners' views were collected by means of a self-completion questionnaire, which was distributed and collected personally by the members of local staff. The Survey involves all prisoners and all establishments. The Fifthteenth Survey achieved an overall prisoner response rate of 55%. The reponse rate among women in custody was 66% (a total of 257 women). Of those, 19% were on remand and 81% convicted. Respondents' remand and custodial sentence history is outlined in Table 1. This shows that women in custody were most likely to report having been on remand between 1 and 5 times (41%), followed by having 'never' previously been on remand (40%). One in ten women in custody (11%) had been on remand over ten times and a small minority (8%) reported being on remand 6-10 ten times. Half of those reporting (51%) had 'never' previously served a prison sentence. One third (32%) had served between 1 and 5 sentences and one in ten (10%) female respondents had served over 10 sentences. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Prison Service, 2016. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2016 at: http://www.sps.gov.uk/Corporate/Publications/Publication-3905.aspx Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 138391

Author: Reid Howie Associates Title: Community Facing Prisons Report Summary: 1.1 This report presents the findings of research into community facing prisons which was carried out by Reid Howie Associates for the SPS between March and August 2015. 1.2 The purpose of the study, as set out in the brief from the SPS, was to focus on three prisons identified as "community facing": Addiewell; Low Moss; and Grampian1. The aim was, from the experience in these prisons: "To understand in what practical and demonstrable ways the prisons are embracing and implementing the new community facing operating paradigm in terms of throughcare and support." 1.3 The brief specified that the research should seek to understand better: - In what practical and demonstrable ways a community facing prison is providing a new model for penal practice? - While service provision purports to be community orientated, what is being delivered in practice? - In what ways can we measure the community facing element? - How can we measure that what is being done differently is having an actual (positive) impact on those involved? - What is demonstrably new about the community facing method? 1.4 The research process involved extensive discussions with senior management, staff, other organisations and people in custody in the three prisons. Discussions were also held with staff in Perth and Greenock prisons for comparison. The information gathered was entirely qualitative, to reflect the purposes of the research, and a very large amount of detailed material was gathered. It is clearly impossible, in this report, to describe all aspects of each of the prisons. Instead, common themes relevant to the research questions are identified, illustrated with examples from each establishment. 1.5 This report summarises the findings in five sections. This section provides an introduction to the research, and outlines the background to the concept of "community facing prisons." Section 2 identifies participants' views of the key features of a community facing prison. Section 3 examines how the model has been implemented, and how it is being delivered in practice. Section 4 summarises the perceived benefits and limitations of the current approach (on the basis of participants' experiences), and some of the key challenges faced. The final section sets out a number of conclusions and points to note arising from the research. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Prison Service, 2015. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2016 at: http://www.sps.gov.uk/Corporate/Publications/Publication-3919.aspx Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community-based Corrections Shelf Number: 138392

Author: Vidal, Jordi Blanes I Title: The effect of police response time on crime detection Summary: Police agencies devote vast resources to minimising the time that it takes them to attend the scene of a crime. Despite this, the long-standing consensus is that police response time has no meaningful effect on the likelihood of catching offenders. We revisit this question using a uniquely rich dataset from the Greater Manchester Police. To identify causal effects, we exploit discontinuities in distance to the response station across locations next to each other, but on different sides of division boundaries. Contrary to previous evidence, we find large and strongly significant effects: in our preferred estimate, a 10% increase in response time leads to a 4.6 percentage points decrease in the likelihood of detection. A faster response time also decreases the number of days that it takes for the police to detect a crime, conditional on eventual detection. We find stronger effects for thefts than for violent offenses, although the effects are large for every type of crime. We identify the higher likelihood that a suspect will be named by a victim or witness as an important mechanism though which response time makes a difference. Details: London: Centre for Economic Performance, London School of Economics and Political Science, 2015. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: CEP Discussion Paper, No. 1376: Accessed March 23, 2016: http://eprints.lse.ac.uk/64979/1/dp1376.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Effectiveness Shelf Number: 138396

Author: Great Britain. House of Commons. Home Affairs Committee Title: The work of Immigration Directorates (Q3 2015) Summary: In the past, the Home Affairs Committee has assessed the Home Office's performance on a quarterly basis against a number of indicators covering aspects of its work. This report covers Q3 2015 - the three months from July to September 2015 - and the data was published on 26 November 2015. The report is divided into two sections, reflecting how the work is divided in the Home Office. Part one covers the work of UK Visas and Immigration (UKVI): Visa application; Sponsors and licensing; New asylum cases; Syrian resettlement; Asylum and immigration caseload; Spouse visas; Appeals and tribunals performance; MPs correspondence; Staff numbers. Part two covers the work of Immigration Enforcement: The Migration Refusal Pool; Sponsors and suspension; Immigration detention; Foreign National Offenders. Details: London: Stationery Office Limited, 2016. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: HC 772: Sixth Report of Session 2015-16: Accessed March 24, 2016 at: http://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201516/cmselect/cmhaff/772/772.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 138398

Author: Cochrane, Ed Title: Evaluation of the Greenock Prison Throughcare Project Summary: This report represents a summary of the Throughcare Support Officers (TSO) project currently running at Greenock Prison. It is weighed against a series of evaluation criteria drawn up with Greenock Prison in the spring of 2013, with the intention that the project would run for a full year before any definitive conclusions could be drawn. The report lays out the strategic drivers that impacted on project inception as well as the specific operational environment of the Greenock Prison Pilot (GTP). As such, it contains the results from a combination of reported statistics, process reviews, structured interviews, case studies and focus groups; with specific recommendations flowing from the set evaluation criteria. The report highlights positive progress in terms of a replicable project structure, aligned to accurate and robust data collection. Positive external stakeholder engagement is evident alongside high team commitment. Client perception is positive and the impact on individual cases is marked. The link to desistance is unproven given the longer timescales needed to provide accurate measurement. Risk factors are highlighted under the categories of internal officer engagement, recruitment and review of case practice. The last of these represents the biggest opportunity to develop a pedagogy of practice, impacting immediate project success whilst shaping policy at a national level. Details: Edinburgh: University of Edinburgh, Business School, 2014. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 24, 2016 at: http://www.sps.gov.uk/Corporate/Publications/Corporate14.aspx Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Management Shelf Number: 138399

Author: Scottish Prison Service Title: Arts Review Summary: The review, written by Jennifer Hill with support from our partners from the Scottish Prisons Arts Network (SPAN), was produced in the context of the SPS Organisational Review Unlocking Potential, Transforming Lives, and the related Purposeful Activity Review (PAR). The document seeks to build on these initiatives by highlighting the contribution of the arts towards custodial rehabilitation by enabling individuals' to build on their strengths and preparing them to meet the future challenges of work, family and responsible citizenship on release. The review will also help inform the challenges for creative arts in custody by stimulating engagement and motivating formerly reluctant learners to acquire confidence and self-belief and presenting challenges for wider educational development. Governor Jim Kerr welcomed the review stating that arts were a crucial element of the educational activities for long term prisoners at the establishment. This is evident in the wide ranging impact of the multi-award winning STIR magazine which focuses on the creative arts in stimulating self-reflection and challenging individual behaviours. Concluding remarks were made by Eddie a prisoner at Shotts who informed the group that arts and education had provided him with the confidence for the future challenges of community reintegration and accessing employment. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Prison Service, 2015. 5 parts Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 24, 2016 at: http://www.sps.gov.uk/Corporate/News/News-3490.aspx Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Art Programs Shelf Number: 138400

Author: MacDonald, Morag Title: Literature Review: United Kingdom. Throughcare: Working in Partnership Summary: The following literature review for the Throughcare services for prisoners with problematic drug use will address the criminal justice systems of England and Wales in order to provide the context for the research that will take place both in Scotland and England. The key areas that will be addressed by the literature review are: 1. the current national drug situation 2. the structure of the prison systems to include drug use in prison settings and prison health systems 3. Organisation of existing throughcare 4. key debates and issues in current research on prisons and throughcare For the purpose of this literature review, it is proposed to use the definition of throughcare used by Fox and Khan (2005:49) as it encompasses the criminal justice system and the community: The term "Throughcare" refers to arrangements for managing the continuity of care which started in the community[added] or at an offender's first point of contact with the criminal justice system through custody, court, sentence, and beyond into resettlement. "Aftercare" is the package of support that needs to be in place after a drug-misusing offender reaches the end of a prison-based treatment programme, completes a community sentence or leaves treatment. It is not one simple, discrete process involving only treatment but includes access to additional support for issues which may include mental health, housing, managing finance, family problems, learning new skills and employment. Details: Birmingham, UK: Centre for Research into Quality, Birmingham City University, 2011. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 24, 2016 at: http://throughcare.eu/reports/throughcare_uk_lit_review.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Aftercare Shelf Number: 138409

Author: de Noronha, Luke Title: Unpacking the Figure of the "Foreign Criminal": Race, Gender and the Victim-Villain Binary Summary: The UK's Foreign National Prisoner (FNP) crisis' of June 2006 provides a key moment to unpack the figure of the 'foreign criminal' through. Through an analysis of media articles, Commons debates and NGO documents, I discuss the racialised and gendered stereotypes that were invoked in the construction of 'foreign criminals', as they were positioned within the victim-villain binary that characterises migration debates. In explaining the specific kinds of migrantness and criminality made to represent the FNP 'crisis', I argue that race and gender matter, and that they work through one another. The FNP 'crisis' incensed the media and politicians who framed the issue in terms of dangerous foreign men whose hypermasculinist violence presented a severe and existential threat to the British people. These images relied upon race for their intelligibility. While NGOs and advocates sought to challenge the idea that all, or even most, 'foreign criminals' deserve to be deported, they still tended to frame their arguments in terms of victims and villains. In doing so, advocates failed to challenge the gendered and racialised stereotypes that distinguish good migrants from bad ones - victims from villains. In the end, advocates and academics should retain critical distance from state categories if they are to avoid reifying these deeply entrenched narratives surrounding race and gender. Details: Oxford, UK: COMPAS, University of Oxford, 2015. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: COMPAS Working Paper 121: Accessed March 26, 2016 at: http://www.compas.ox.ac.uk/media/WP-2015-121-deNoronha_Unpacking_Foreign_Criminal.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Deportation Shelf Number: 138421

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Reducing Mobile Phone Theft and Improving Security. Paper 2 Summary: In September 2014 the Home Office and the Behavioural Insights Team published the joint paper: Reducing Mobile Phone Theft and Improving Security1. That paper used data from Crime Surveys (Crime Survey for England and Wales) conducted between 2005/06 and 2012/13, together with data from the Metropolitan Police about the theft of mobile phones in London between August 2012 and January 2014, to set out a detailed picture of how and when mobile phones are stolen and the types of phone most likely to be stolen. It also included the first Mobile Phone Theft Ratio. When we published that material, we were conscious that the picture it presented might well have changed following the widespread introduction of device based solutions by manufacturers from September 2013 onwards. They were introduced to help reduce mobile phone theft. This paper provides an updated picture of mobile phone theft, including an updated Mobile Phone Theft Ratio, to provide a more contemporary picture capturing the impact that the security features introduced by manufacturers have had on levels of theft. Our findings show: - there has been a fall in levels of mobile phone theft since the introduction of device based solutions such as Apple iOS7 and Samsung Reactivation Lock; - there has been a fall in the proportion of mobile phone thefts across all age groups and genders, except for 22-24 year old males; - 18-21 year old females remain the most vulnerable to mobile phone theft; and - methods such as pick-pocketing and snatch theft, followed by theft of unattended items such as leaving a mobile phone on a bar or restaurant table, are the most common methods used by criminals. Details: London: Home Office, 2016. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 26, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/509855/PRINT-6-1946-HO-Reducing_Mobile_Phone_Theft_and_Improving_Security_March....pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cell Phones Shelf Number: 138426

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspectorate Title: The Management of Life and Indeterminate Sentence Prisoners in Northern Ireland: A follow-up review Summary: Imprisonment for life is the ultimate sanction that the State can impose on offenders who commit the most serious criminal offences and who are deemed to represent a significant threat to the public. Reducing that risk, dealing with the underlying offending behaviour and preparing offenders for their eventual release must be the primary objective of our prison and probation services. This follow-up review has shown reasonable progress against the recommendations of our 2012 report. The opening of Burren House as a pre-release step-down facility on the fringe of Belfast city centre is critical in supporting the successful reintegration into society of life sentence prisoners nearing the end of their tariff. The facility provides one of the best examples of effective partnership working between the Northern Ireland Prison Service (NIPS), the Probation Board for Northern Ireland (PBNI), and the voluntary and community sector (VCS). We are however disappointed that the integration of psychology services between the Prison Service and Probation Board has not shown the progress that we expect and which is required, if more effective services are to be delivered. The reduced funding for probation services in prisons will now mean that prison staff need to take on a much greater role in managing life sentence prisoners. They need to be fully trained to deliver this enhanced role and that will take time. We will continue to monitor progress in this area through our work on reducing reoffending and prison inspections. Details: Belfast: Northern Ireland Criminal Justice Inspectorate, 2016. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 26, 2016 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/db/db1ad9f6-91cb-49c7-bb02-2358a45cd40c.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 138428

Author: Great Britain. House of Commons. Home Affairs Committee Title: Evaluating the new architecture of policing: the College of Policing and the National Crime Agency Summary: On 26 July 2010, the Home Office published Policing in the 21st Century: Reconnecting police and the people, proposing a series of structural changes to the bodies and organisations that are intended to enable the forces to function effectively. The Home Secretary said in her introduction that it heralded "the most radical change to policing in 50 years". In September 2011, we published a Report on these changes, New Landscape of Policing. Now, as we approach the end of the Parliament, we are taking this opportunity to follow up on that report by reflecting on those changes, with a particular focus on the College of Policing. The centrepiece of Policing in the 21st Century was the introduction of directly-elected Police and Crime Commissioners. However, it also proposed a number of structural changes to the landscape of policing at national level: - the replacement of the Serious Organised Crime Agency by the National Crime Agency; - the closure of the National Policing Improvement Agency, "reviewing its role and how this translates into a streamlined national landscape"; and - the repositioning of the Association of Chief Police Officers (ACPO) as the national organisation responsible for "providing ... professional leadership for the police service", by setting standards and sharing best practice across the range of police activities. These proposals were followed, in April 2011, by the proposal to establish the College of Policing, and three months later by the proposal to establish a police ICT company. In Annex A we have produced a landscape grid, which sets out the policing landscape in 2010, and where previous organisations' functions have been transferred to new organisations under the new landscape of policing. We have also worked with the National Audit Office to produce tables showing the budgets and staffing numbers of these organisations in the five years of this Parliament. These are included in Annexes B and C. 3. Since undertaking our initial inquiry, the Committee has kept the developments and changes to the landscape of policing under ongoing scrutiny. The heads of policing organisations have appeared before us Committee regularly, and we have produced several reports on related issues, such as Leadership and standards in the police service. Details: London: The Stationery Office limited, 2015. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Tenth Report of Session 2014-15; Accessed March 29, 2016 at: http://www.cityforum.co.uk/publications/7018/pdf/800.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 138467

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Reducing mobile phone theft and improving security Summary: The paper, drawing on results from the Crime Survey for England and Wales and mobile phone theft data in London between 1 August 2012 and 5 January 2014, sets out the most detailed evidence yet on how and when mobile phones were stolen, which types of phone were most likely to be stolen, and who is most at risk. It includes the first ever Mobile Phone Theft Ratio, based on the August 2012 to January 2014 data, which shows how likely the top makes of handsets were to be deliberately targeted. The paper recognises the work of the police to tackle mobile phone theft, and also the steps taken by mobile phone operators and manufacturers to improve phone security and reduce mobile phone theft. The paper sets out the first analysis undertaken from the available data, and we look forward to conducting further analyses over time, which will provide clearer evidence of the impact that new mobile phone security features are having on levels of theft. Details: London: Home Office, 2014. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/390901/HO_Mobile_theft_paper_Dec_14_WEB.PDF Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cell Phones Shelf Number: 138468

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Prisons Title: Court Custody: Urgent Improvement Required Summary: Anyone can end up in court custody: the guilty and the innocent; those who are a threat to the safety of others and those who are a danger to themselves; healthy adults, children and those with the range of mental health and substance misuse problems familiar from police and prison custody. This thematic review of my inspectorate's first eight inspections of court custody in England draws together findings from our inspections of 97 courthouses with custody facilities between August 2012 and August 2014. In short, we found some of the worst custody conditions we have inspected. The treatment of detainees and the conditions in custody suites were very low priorities for the different organisations involved, which failed to adequately coordinate their custody roles. We could find almost no one at local or national level who accepted overall accountability for this state of affairs or saw it as their responsibility to address our recommendations. The treatment and conditions we found were the consequence. We found filthy, squalid cells covered in old graffiti. The needs of women, children or other detainees with particular needs were often not understood or addressed. Routine security measures were often disproportionate or inconsistent. Complaint processes in most courts, in practice, were non-existent. Health care was inadequate. Of most concern and despite, in many cases, the best efforts of custody staff, we found a dangerous disregard for the risks detainees might pose to themselves or others. Court custody is an accident waiting to happen. The pockets of good practice inspectors found, and the fact that most court custody staff tried hard to treat people in court custody decently, shows it is not inevitable that poor conditions and degrading, unsafe practices will prevail. This report identifies some examples of good practice and draws together the key recommendations necessary to make the urgent improvement required. Our inspections of courts custody are part of the UK's obligations arising from its status as a party to the Optional Protocol to the Convention against Torture and other Cruel, Inhuman or Degrading Treatment or Punishment (OPCAT), which requires state parties to establish a system of independent, preventive inspection of all places of detention. We began our inspections of court custody in 2012 and developed expectations (inspection criteria) and an inspection methodology that reflect the inspection methods we use in other places of detention. Our expectations of court custody are modest. We expect there to be a clear strategy for and leadership of the custody function; that detainees are held for the shortest time possible; and that their rights are respected. While they are in custody we expect them to be safe and treated decently according to their individual needs. We expect any health needs they have to be dealt with effectively. We found that no single organisation exercised any effective leadership for court custody provision at local or national level. Management of court custody operations is spread between several organisations which do not always communicate effectively with each other. No organisation has a good overall picture of the situation and in my view this explains why, in many clusters, physical conditions were poor, with deep cleaning and decorating clearly neglected for years. The valuable insights of Lay Observers - whose independent scrutiny of court custody is of pivotal importance - are often overlooked. The contract management process, while in many ways robust, has rarely led to significant improvements in outcomes for detainees because contract monitoring is focused largely on timeliness and security. These are imperative, but detainee care needs equivalent attention. Timely delivery of detainees to court is important, but it is concerning that so little priority is given to ensuring detainees do not spend inordinately long periods in court cells after their appearance is over. Meanwhile deficits in aspects of detainee care, such as risk assessment, where poor care could result in serious harm, are allowed to remain almost entirely unaddressed. Established practices that are applied unquestioningly tend to cause the greatest disadvantage to the most vulnerable detainees. These include the longer journeys experienced by young people, the practice of transferring women on the same vehicles as men, and the handcuffing of disabled detainees in public. Little importance is placed on detainees being given information about their rights in court custody. In practice there are no workable complaint processes. Of most concern is the lack of any meaningful risk assessment when detainees arrive in court custody or are released. Custody staff often received very vague information about risks in person escort record forms, and were often reluctant to talk with detainees to help clarify concerns. A few custody staff did attempt to ask detainees how they were feeling, or about what had happened when they had harmed themselves before, but it was often clear that they lacked training in risk assessment. This meant that serious risks - including risks that detainees might harm themselves or others, lapse from sleep into coma, or become ill while in custody - were not managed. Cell sharing risk assessments, necessary at busy times when detainees had to share cells, were rarely properly conducted. Some senior custody officers were 'too busy' to do them and did not consider delegating the task to another custody officer. Important changes, such as the introduction of new cell sharing risk assessments, were often communicated to custody staff without a thorough briefing that would help to ensure their purpose was understood. The implementation of such changes was poorly monitored. On release, pre-release risk planning was unusual with, on most occasions, only a travel warrant given to vulnerable detainees. Most did not benefit from custody staff exercising any ongoing duty of care. This is in sharp contrast to our findings in police custody inspections, despite there being similar issues on release. Unlike courts, most police services recognise they have a duty of care that extends beyond the confines of the custody suite. Often, HM Courts and Tribunals Service (HMCTS) managers were unaware of how bad conditions in the cells were, or claimed that detainees only spent a couple of hours in them. In reality, we found that many detainees spent eight or 10 hours in a tiny cell with no natural light, and sometimes no heating, that might be filthy or covered in graffiti, on a hard wooden or plastic bench with nothing to do. We found some conditions that were a threat to the health of people working in or detained at the suite. Provision for people who were pregnant, elderly or disabled was almost always inadequate. Custody staff had little awareness of the needs of children: it was rare for any allowance to be made for their age and concerns and children were sometimes detained for long periods without adequate supervision and reassurance. Physical health care was poor, with treatment and medication often delayed in the belief it would be provided later in prison or police custody. The first aid equipment was often insufficient for the type of emergencies likely to occur. Mental health, often linked to what was available in the court itself, was better. These finding are not acceptable. In each section of this report we set out key recommendations from each of the eight individual court inspections we have undertaken and we continue to expect these to be addressed. Details: London: HM Inspectorate of Prisons, 2015. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2016 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprisons/wp-content/uploads/sites/4/2015/11/Court-custody-urgent-improvement-required-corrected.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Court Custody Shelf Number: 138478

Author: O'Malley, Lisa Title: Prevention practice : Learning from youth crime prevention activity teams in eight youth offending teams during 2008/09 and 2009/10 Summary: Youth crime prevention policy is based on the assumption that it is possible to change the life-course trajectories of young people by reducing risk factors that may lead to offending behaviour and building on protective factors that might help prevent offending. The purpose of the current study was to examine the characteristics and needs of a cohort of young people who completed youth crime prevention programmes, and to look at how these programmes were delivered in some localities. The study consisted of two components: 1. a small number of interviews - these were conducted with a key member of staff within seven of the eight case study youth offending teams (YOTs) 2. collection and analysis of YOT cohort administrative data from prevention programmes. These data included Onset1 risk of future offending assessment scores, key demographic characteristics and records of offences committed during the year before and the year after involvement in a prevention programme. A case study approach was taken, involving a purposively selected sample of eight YOTs operating in areas within England and Wales that had been providing youth crime prevention programmes, and which had received some funding from the Youth Justice Board for England and Wales (YJB). Overall, data were obtained for a cohort of 934 young people engaged in prevention programmes in 2008/09 and 2009/10. Data were aggregated across the eight YOTs to create a single cohort of young people. As the largest study to date looking specifically at Onset scores of young people involved in prevention programmes, this report offers practitioners in the youth justice field a useful insight into the characteristics and needs of young people completing prevention interventions, and how these programmes were delivered. Details: London: Youth Justice Board for England and Wales, 2014. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/396062/prevention-practice-learning.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 138479

Author: Great Britain. House of Commons. Justice Committee Title: Crime reduction policies: a co-ordinated approach? Summary: During this inquiry we wished to examine the nature and effectiveness of crime reduction policies over the four years since our predecessor Committee reported on the merits of justice reinvestment as a means of cutting crime. Since 2010, crime has been falling, but we found that the extent to which this can, in practice, be attributed to the success of national or local crime reduction policies is unclear. Re-offending rates which had been falling have stabilised over this period but remain relatively high, and it concerns us that last year there has been a fall in the proportion of local areas achieving a decrease in reoffending. We call on the Government to seek to recognise more explicitly where reoffending has fallen and seek to understand why. The prison population has remained high but its once inexorable growth seems to have calmed. All parts of the criminal justice system have had to cope with significant spending cuts, yet it appears to us that the Government has shied away from using the need to make significant cuts to re-evaluate how and where money is spent. This is in contrast to the approach that we saw in Texas (and over half of US states) where they concluded that any real effort to contain spending on corrections must have as its centrepiece a plan to limit the growth of, and ultimately reduce, the prison population. The Government's method of reform remains focused largely on the activity of the Home Office and the Ministry of Justice, which can over-emphasise the significance in attempting to reduce crime of measures taken entirely within the criminal justice system. Some cross-Government initiatives have been developed, such as the Troubled Families programme, to deal with sources of crime. We welcome these yet note that the resources attached to very early intervention schemes, like Family Nurse Partnerships, are tiny in relation to the prison budget and the staggeringly high costs of crime to society. For example, we were told that it is estimated that annually violent crime, 44% of which is alcohol related, costs almost $30 billion, crime perpetrated by people who had conduct problems in childhood costs about $60 billion, and drug-related crime costs almost $14 billion. There have been significant changes to the local partnership landscape for crime reduction since 2010, including the introduction of police and crime commissioners and the transfer of public health responsibilities to local authorities, reflecting the ongoing broader shift of power in this field from Whitehall to local communities. While this has resulted in an assortment of local accountability structures, our evidence highlights the clear benefits of collective ownership, pooled funding and joint priorities that have been facilitated by this approach, although there remains a considerable way to go before health can be considered a fully integral part of the crime reduction picture. In particular, we consider that addressing the funding of mental health services, the inadequacy of which costs the police, courts, probation, and prisons and victims of crime greatly, should be an urgent priority. Alcohol treatment similarly remains a Cinderella service. In our view, two major elements are missing from local partnership approaches to crime reduction: courts and prisons. We believe that a prison system which effectively rehabilitates a smaller number of offenders, while other offenders are rehabilitated through robust community sentences, has the potential to bring about a bigger reduction in crime. Additionally, seeing courts as purely instrumental institutions involved solely in processing and resolving cases, misses an opportunity for encouraging greater innovation, for example through the adoption of problem-solving approaches, which we saw in operation in Texas and in Stockport, and we believe has the potential to make broader systemic savings. The radical and controversial changes that have been made to the probation system with the intention of providing for supervision of short-sentenced prisoners will be commissioned centrally and must be carefully managed to ensure that local crime reduction activity continues to build in strength as the resources for all concerned are further diminished. What remains lacking also is still, as our predecessor observed, a rigorous assessment of where taxpayers' money can most effectively be spent in cutting crime, and a government-wide approach which recognises more explicitly that the criminal justice system is only one limited part of the system through which taxpayers' money is spent to keep people safe from crime. We do not have the right structures in place to provide a collective memory of research evidence, its relative weight, and its implications for policy-making, including the capacity to make decisions about the best direction of resources, and we call on the Government to create an independent and authoritative body to facilitate this. In addition, the Treasury should seriously question whether taxpayers' money is used in ways most likely to reduce future crime and victimisation, and develop a longer-term strategy for the use of resources in this manner. Details: London: The Stationery Office Limited, 2014. 211p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2016 at: http://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201415/cmselect/cmjust/307/307.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 138482

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Defence Title: The UK national strategy for maritime security Summary: 1.1 The UK considers 'maritime security' to be the advancement and protection of the UK's national interests, at home and abroad, through the active management of risks and opportunities in and from the maritime domain, in order to strengthen and extend the UK's prosperity, security and resilience and to help shape a stable world. 1.2 This strategy places the maritime domain in context and explains why it matters to the UK. It sets out our approach and the objectives we wish to achieve, as well as explaining how we intend to improve our efforts in future. Finally, it outlines the governance structure which will allow us to deliver effective and efficient maritime security. Details: London: HM Government, 2014. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/310323/National_Strategy_for_Maritime_Security_2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Maritime Crime Shelf Number: 138484

Author: Long, Iain W. Title: Unemployment, Crime and Social Insurance Summary: We study an individual's incentive to search for a job in the presence of random criminal opportunities. These opportunities extenuate moral hazard, as the individual sometimes commits crime rather than searching. Even when he searches, he applies less effort. We then revisit the design of optimal unemployment insurance in this environment. If the individual is more likely to remain unemployed and unpunished when he commits crime than when he searches for a job (as suggested by empirical studies), declining unemployment benefits reduce the payoff from crime relative to that from searching. Compared to the canonical models of optimal unemployment insurance, this provides a further incentive to reduce benefits over time. Details: Cardiff: Cardiff Business School, 2014. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Cardiff Economics Working Papers, Working paper No. E2014/9: Accessed March 30, 2016 at: http://business.cardiff.ac.uk/sites/default/files/working-papers/e2014_9.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Jobs Shelf Number: 138489

Author: Roberts, Colin Title: 'Soft Facts' and Spontaneous Community Mobilisation: The Role of Rumour After Major Crime Events Summary: This study examines how social media increasingly shape and frame processes of community mobilisation following major crime events. In so doing, it illuminates social reactions that are frequently 'seen but unnoticed' in the aftermath of high profile crimes. Pivoting around several case studies of community mobilization in difficult and emotionally tense situations, the analysis distils some generalisable lessons about how social media are transforming the ways contemporary social life is organised. Details: Cardiff, UK: Cardiff University, 2015. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Nesta Working Paper No. 15/08: Accessed March 30, 2016 at: https://www.nesta.org.uk/sites/default/files/soft_facts_and_spontaneous_community_mobilisation.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Media Shelf Number: 138490

Author: Great Britain. Home Office. Secretary of State Title: Counter-Extremism Strategy Summary: 1. Life in our country is based on fundamental values that have evolved over centuries, values that are supported and shared by the overwhelming majority of the population and are underpinned by our most important local and national institutions. These values include the rule of law, democracy, individual liberty, and the mutual respect, tolerance and understanding of different faiths and beliefs. 2. All people living in Britain are free to practise a faith or to decide not to follow any faith at all. We are free to build our own churches, synagogues, temples and mosques and to worship freely. We are free to establish our own faith schools and give our children - boys and girls alike - the best education possible. 3. Our values are not exclusive to Britain, nor have they been arrived at by accident, or imposed from above. They have been shaped by our history. Our acceptance of the freedom of religious choice was born of religious conflict, which taught us that the alternative to tolerance is violence and bloodshed. Our support for democracy developed over centuries as a guard against the abuse of power. Our belief in equality followed a history in which we have seen injustice, misery and damage caused by discrimination on the basis of religion, race, gender, disability or sexual orientation. 4. These values are under attack from extremists operating at a pace and scale not before seen. We will meet this challenge with a new and more assertive approach to defeat extremists. We will challenge their ideology, and defend and promote the values that unite us, not just because we are proud of these values, but because they are the means by which we have made a diverse, multi-racial, multi-faith society succeed. Our society works because we have responsibilities as well as rights. We all have the freedom to live how we choose, but in return it is vital that we respect the choices made by others. 5. The greatest current challenge comes from the global rise of Islamist extremism. We see this in the violence of Al Qa'ida (AQ) and the Islamic State of Iraq and the Levant (ISIL). The appalling attack in Tunisia in June 2015 took the lives of 38 people, 30 of them British. More than 750 UK-linked individuals have travelled to take part in the Syrian conflict. Worryingly we have seen examples of women, children and families buying into ISIL's extremist narrative and travelling to live under their brutal regime. Islamist extremists have also inspired the overwhelming majority of over 40 terrorist plots which have been disrupted since the London bombings of 2005. 6. Islamist extremism is not the only threat, as seen by the vicious actions of a number of extreme right-wing and neo-Nazi groups. In 2013 Mohammed Saleem, an 82 year old British Muslim from Birmingham, was murdered by Pavlo Lapshyn, an extreme-right fanatic who went on to bomb mosques in Walsall, Wolverhampton and Tipton. In January 2015, Zack Davies attempted to murder Dr Sarandev Bhambra in a racially-motivated attack in a supermarket in North Wales, and was sentenced to life in prison. He had claimed the attack was 'revenge for Lee Rigby', and extreme-right publications were found at his home. The Government is determined that such violence, and the Islamophobia that underpins it, will be defeated and perpetrators brought to justice. Details: London: Home Office, 2015. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Cm 9148: Accessed March 31, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/470088/51859_Cm9148_Accessible.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 138503

Author: Drew, John Title: An Independent Review of South Yorkshire Police's Handling of Child Sexual Exploitation 1997-2016 Summary: The review was announced in March 2015 by the South Yorkshire Police and Crime Commissioner, Dr Alan Billings, following the publication of reports by Professor Alexis Jay and Louise Casey that highlighted the scale of child sexual exploitation in Rotherham, and a BBC report that alleged child sexual exploitation in Sheffield had been ignored by South Yorkshire Police. All this severely damaged public confidence in the Force. The review has been commissioned to look at how the Force has handled reports of child sexual exploitation across the whole of South Yorkshire to ensure that everything that can be reasonably known about the past is known and that matters are now being dealt with in a very different manner. Led by Professor Drew, the report will establish whether South Yorkshire Police has understood and acted upon the findings of reports and inspections into matters of child sexual exploitation. It will also look at whether the Force's response to safeguarding children and young people has been adequate across all districts - Barnsley, Doncaster, Rotherham and Sheffield. In setting out the Terms of Reference, Dr Billings has considered the scope of other ongoing investigations and inspections by the National Crime Agency (NCA), the Independent Police Complaints Commission (IPCC) and Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary (HMIC) to avoid unnecessary duplication as well as the ongoing criminal investigations by South Yorkshire Police and pending prosecutions the Crown Prosecution Service. The review launched on 30 September, following a period of scoping, and will last for 3 months. A report will be presented to the South Yorkshire Police and Crime Commissioner and will be made public early in 2016. Details: The Author: 2016. 107p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 1, 2016 at: http://www.drewreview.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/SYP030-Final-report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 138523

Author: Casey, Louise Title: Report of Inspection of Rotherham Metropolitan Borough Council Summary: Rotherham Metropolitan Borough Council is not fit for purpose. It is failing in its legal obligation to secure continuous improvement in the way in which it exercises its functions. In particular, it is failing in its duties to protect vulnerable children and young people from harm. This inspection revealed past and present failures to accept, understand and combat the issue of Child Sexual Exploitation (CSE), resulting in a lack of support for victims and insufficient action against known perpetrators. The Council's culture is unhealthy: bullying, sexism, suppression and misplaced 'political correctness' have cemented its failures. The Council is currently incapable of tackling its weaknesses, without a sustained intervention. On 26th August 2014 Professor Alexis Jay published an Independent Inquiry into Child Sexual Exploitation in Rotherham. The report, commissioned by RMBC as a review of its own practices, concluded that over 1400 children had been sexually exploited in Rotherham between 1997 and 2013. The vast majority of the perpetrators were said to be 'Asian' men. In response, on 10th September 2014, the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government appointed Louise Casey CB to carry out an inspection of Rotherham Metropolitan Borough Council (RMBC) under section 10 of the Local Government Act 1999. The inspection would assess the Council's compliance with the requirements of Part 1 of that Act, considering leadership and governance, scrutiny, services for children and young people, taxi and private hire licensing, and whether the council 'overs up' nformation. The inspection team reviewed approximately 7000 documents, looked in detail at case files and met with over 200 people, including current and former staff, council Members, partners, victims and parents. Our investigations revealed: - a council in denial about serious and on-going safeguarding failures - an archaic culture of sexism, bullying and discomfort around race - failure to address past weaknesses, in particular in Children's Social Care - weak and ineffective arrangements for taxi licensing which leave the public at risk - ineffective leadership and management, including political leadership - no shared vision, a partial management team and ineffective liaisons with partners The Council does not use inspection to learn and improve. Members are overly-reliant on officers and do not challenge tenaciously enough to ensure improvements. Meeting and action plans are numerous but unproductive, with a tendency towards inertia. Some Members have not set and modelled the high standards expected of those in public life. Historic concerns around conduct have not been effectively tackled. RMBC has a culture of suppressing bad news and ignoring difficult issues. This culture is deep-rooted; RMBC goes to some length to cover up information and to silence whistle-blowers. RMBC needs a fresh start. Details: London: Department for Communities and Local Government, 2015. 157p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 1, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/401119/46966_Rotherham_Report_PRINT.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 138525

Author: Foster, Jon Title: Licensing Act 2003: Its uses and abuses 10 years on Summary: In this research project the Institute of Alcohol Studies (IAS) set out to assess the impact of the Licensing Act 2003 (hereon referred to as 'the Act') on the wider public sector 10 years after its implementation. IAS has been involved with the Act from its very beginning; while there was undoubtedly a real need for reform, at the time we cautioned that the proposals seemed: Likely to undermine rather than protect the public welfare and described the White Paper as 'confused and ambiguous.' In partnership with the Civic Trust, IAS founded 'Open All Hours?', a network of local residents' and amenity groups, to ensure their voice was heard in the policy process. This group lobbied in particular for the cumulative impact provision that was finally included in the guidance. On starting this project there appeared to be wide disagreement as to what licensing could and should to, whether it is regulatory or permissive, and whether it is narrowly administrative or guided by a wider view of the public good. We hope that this project will stimulate debate on these issues and lead to greater clarity for all involved in licensing. IAS wants to see licensing support diverse, inclusive and sustainable communities, without undermining local areas and putting undue pressure onto the public sector. Alcohol is used and enjoyed by many, but it can also be the cause of significant social and personal problems; licensing should have a key role to play in addressing and preventing many of these problems. In many respects the Act has resulted in continuity rather than change, yet this research found common complaints from local authorities who felt that it has caused them significant problems, particularly in regard to the off-trade. This report puts forward the view that the Act has been interpreted to the advantage of the licenced trade and there is a need to address some of the myths that have developed around the Act's use. Details: London: Institute of Alcohol Studies, 2016. 241p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 1, 2016 at: http://www.ias.org.uk/uploads/pdf/IAS%20reports/rp22032016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 138526

Author: Minson, Shona Title: Sentencing of mothers: Improving the sentencing process and outcomes for women with dependent children Summary: This Prison Reform Trust (PRT) discussion paper on the sentencing of mothers is intended to promote better outcomes for women offenders and their children. It reflects the emphasis in the United Nations Bangkok Rules on the need to consider alternatives to custody for women with dependent children. It contains a number of proposals to ensure primary care responsibilities are taken into account more fully in sentencing decisions. These include clearer guidance to the courts, improving the quality and timeliness of pre-sentence reports, more information and training for lawyers, judges and magistrates, and improved availability of robust community sentencing options that take account of care responsibilities. Details: London: Prison Reform Trust, 2015. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Discussion Paper: Accessed April 1, 2016 at: http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/Portals/0/Documents/sentencing_mothers.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Corrections Shelf Number: 138527

Author: Scott, Sara Title: Hidden Hurt: Violence, abuse, and disadvantage in the lives of women, Summary: Agenda, the alliance for women and girls at risk, commissioned this analysis of the experiences of women who face violence and abuse. Based on data from the Adult Psychiatric Morbidity Survey (APMS)1, it provides new and important insights into the lives and life chances of women and girls who have experienced extensive violence and abuse. The report provides evidence that women who experience the most extensive abuse and violence (both as children and adults) are more likely to face other adverse circumstances in their lives such as poor mental and physical health, disability, and substance misuse, poverty, debt, poor housing, and homelessness. It presents a picture of the scale of violence and abuse these women face, the nature of their experiences, and how their life chances differ from the rest of the population. This report builds on previous Department of Health funded latent class analysis of APMS data. The analysis identified six groups in the population with different patterns of violent and abusive experiences in their lives. Further exploration of the characteristics of these groups has now been undertaken to understand the relationship between gender, abuse and a range of types of disadvantage. Details: London: Agenda, 2016. 44p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2016 at: http://weareagenda.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Hidden-Hurt-full-report1.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Abused Wives Shelf Number: 138528

Author: Great Britain. House of Commons. Defence Committee Title: Deterrence in the twenty-first century Summary: This inquiry is the fourth of a series which have evolved from our inquiry Towards the next Defence and Security Review. These cover a number of significant strands which the Committee believe would benefit from further Defence Committee consideration. The context in which deterrence must operate has changed in recent years with the diminution in some former threats and the emergence of new ones, but in its widest sense the concept of deterrence remains as important as ever. The Committee will examine: The concept of deterrence Definitions Where deterrence sits in the continuum stretching from influence to intervention The climate in which deterrence must operate and how it has changed The targets of deterrence Is every threat potentially deterrable? The different levels of deterrence, when each might be appropriate, and the likely efficacy of each nuclear deterrence deterrence though conventional forces the link between the two The significance of Ballistic Missile Deterrence deterrence by protection of potential targets The cyber dimension The importance of credibility The sufficiency of the means The sufficiency of the will and of the ways in which it is expressed Communication of the message, including to the target How the UK Armed Forces currently contribute to deterrence and how this contribution can be improved How deterrence can be expected to change in future Details: London: The Stationery Office Limited, 2014. 2 vols. Source: Internet Resource: HC 1066: Accessed April 2, 2016 at: http://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201314/cmselect/fence/1066/1066.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 138612

Author: Tarrant, Emily Title: An evaluation of the effectiveness of the JETS Programme in changing thoughts, feelings and behaviours Summary: The JETS programme is an accredited thinking skills programme that was developed for young people aged 15 to 18. The programme aims to reduce re-offending by helping young people to develop thinking skills to enable them to deal with people and problems more effectively. The JETS programme was originally developed at HMYOI Wetherby, in consultation with members of the Operational Services & Interventions Group at NOMS. The programme is now owned by the Operational Services & Interventions Group at NOMS who provide training for the programme and oversee the delivery and development of the programme. The programme addresses six aspects of thinking, shown to be linked to offending behaviour. The six aspects of thinking addressed include: - Problem solving: Using a logical approach to solve problems - Self control: Skills to help us to slow down, stop and think, and manage emotions - Cognitive style: Developing flexible thinking to allow greater creativity in solving problems and achieving goals - Social perspective taking: Skills to understand other people's points of view - Moral reasoning: Looking at what is important to us and exploring why we hold certain values - Critical reasoning: Understanding what affects our thinking and how to challenge irrational thoughts The programme is delivered at HMYOI Wetherby to groups of eight young people and consists of 25 sessions. The programme is an integral part of the regime at HMYOI Wetherby and contributes significantly to the work of the prison in reducing re-offending. Currently there are resources for 64 young people to complete the programme each year at HMYOI Wetherby. An initial evaluation was carried out (see below) at HMYOI Wetherby. A much larger scale evaluation is currently underway which will include data from other juvenile establishments also delivering the programme. Details: York, UK: University of York, 2012. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed April 5, 2016 at: https://www.justice.gov.uk/youth-justice/effective-practice-library/the-jets-programme Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cognitive Skills Shelf Number: 138565

Author: Gyngell, Kathy Title: Breaking the habit: Why the state should stop dealing drugs and start doing rehab Summary: - The Coalition has inherited a failing and costly drug policy. The priority was to prescribe methadone to drug addicts in the hope that that this would replace their use of street drugs, reduce street crime and cut criminal justice costs. - This policy impeded and delayed addicts recovery from addiction. There are as many addicts today as there were in 2004/05. Fewer than 4% of addicts emerge from treatment free from dependency. Drug deaths have continued to rise. In the last three years, the number of referrals to rehabilitation units has fallen to an all-time low of 3,914. - It has been extremely expensive. The cost to the state of maintaining addicts on methadone has doubled since 2002/03 to $730 million a year. Drug users are estimated to receive L1.7 billion in benefits a year, while the welfare costs of looking after the children of drug addicts are estimated at a further L1.2 billion a year (the longer term inter-generational costs are unquantifiable but will probably be far higher). - This brings the total social and economic burden for this population to over L3.6 billion. - The Coalition has wisely recognised the scale of the problem it inherited. However, its proposed solution is flawed. - In particular its 'Drugs Recovery Payment by Results (PbR)' approach will only reinforce the status quo. - The PbR pilots will reward operators who can show that addicts have improved health and employment, who have not offended recently and who are not in treatment for drugs. - This is seriously misguided. Solving the drug problem means recognising the problem for what it is: one of addiction. The solution lies in freeing people from it, not by measuring proxy outcomes (which are easy to manipulate). - In addition, the tendering process is being managed by the National Treatment Agency - the organisation responsible for the previous policy. It clearly favours the current set-up. Independent small-scale rehabilitation operators have in effect been excluded from the PbR trials. Details: London: Centre for Policy Studies, 2011. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 7, 2016 at: https://www.cps.org.uk/files/reports/original/111026175000-breakingthehabit.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 138601

Author: Leon, Lucy Title: Boys Don't Cry: Improving identification and disclosure of sexual exploitation among boys and young men trafficked to the UK Summary: Knowledge and awareness of human trafficking has increased in recent years, prompting the Government to introduce a Modern Slavery Act, which received Royal Assent in March 2015, and was intended to drive a more effective response to modern slavery and human trafficking. Recognition of the scale of child trafficking into, as well as within the, UK has also grown as implementation of the National Referral Mechanism1 has revealed the numbers of children and young people being trafficked into the UK. At the same time - although as a separate development - there has been a burgeoning recognition of child sexual exploitation across the country with inquiries taking place in Rochdale, Rotherham, Oxford and other towns that have exposed the extent of a previously hidden crime. Anecdotally, professionals in the field of child trafficking have identified links between the two issues - including the movement of young people into the UK specifically for sexual exploitation, and the targeting of unaccompanied asylum seeking children who have been placed in local authority care for trafficking within the country for sexual exploitation. Despite these developments - and an acknowledgement that these children are amongst the most vulnerable in the country - there remains a danger that attention, and action, will hone in on some aspects to the detriment of others. The focus for policy and practice around child sexual exploitation and trafficking has predominantly been on girls and young women. However, recent research and our practice experience has identified a need to look at how boys and young men are affected. This report specifically focusses on the needs of boys and young men who are trafficked into the UK, not those who are trafficked within the UK. The findings presented here will improve understanding of a complex and often obscured issue and can inform the work of those who support trafficked boys and young men. Details: London: The Children's Society, 2016. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 9, 2016 at: http://www.childrenssociety.org.uk/sites/default/files/boys-and-trafficking-report-lowres-pcr059.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 138615

Author: Rice, Matthew Title: Empowering the UK to Recover Corrupt Assets: Unexplained Wealth Orders and other new approaches to illicit enrichment and asset recovery Summary: This report addresses the ongoing problem of corrupt wealth being laundered through the UK, finding that the current AML (Anti-Money Laundering) regime is not fit for purpose Details: London: Transparency International UK, 2016. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed April 9, 2016 at: http://www.transparency.org.uk/publications/empowering-the-uk-to-recover-corrupt-assets/ Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Asset Forfeiture Shelf Number: 138616

Author: Van Kalwala, Zaffar Title: A review of gangs in Brent and the development of services for prevention, intervention and exiting Summary: This task group was set up following a report commissioned by Brent's Community Safety Partnership entitled Establishing the reality of gangs in Brent. This report identified that for young people involved in gangs and gang related activity, there was insufficient activity in Brent to divert them away from involvement. Subsequently, in the summer of 2011, riots engulfed London and other cities across the UK. This task group that was formed in order to gain a greater understanding of the extent of the problem in Brent and what could be done to intervene and help young people exit such a destructive and wasteful lifestyle. The task group undertook research from the world of academia as well as those in Government and practitioners. We also heard evidence from members of the Metropolitan Police Service, voluntary and community organisations working with gang members and statutory services within the Council, such as the Community Safety Team and Youth Offending Service. In the course of the task group's investigations, we discovered that whilst some good work on this issue is being done in Brent, it is largely being done in isolation. Through the discussions with Brent's partners and with those from other local authorities, the task group have concluded that the work around tackling gangs in Brent is both uncoordinated and fragmented. Given this position, and the fact that none of the problems are too great to overcome, the task group is pleased to present its findings. Details: London: Borough of Brent, 2013. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 13, 2016 at: https://www.brent.gov.uk/media/9338053/Gangs-in-Brent-TG-Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 138649

Author: Goodrich, Steve Title: Paradise Lost: Ending the Uk's role as a safe haven for corrupt individuals, their allies and assets Summary: Paradise Lost is a thorough analysis of the UK's role in global corruption, outlining the multitude of ways in which the UK is enabling corrupt individuals to enjoy luxury lifestyles and cleanse their reputations. This includes: -The ability to buy UK property anonymously through foreign companies. -The UK's Overseas Territories offering secretive company ownership -Lack of powers for law enforcement to seize stolen assets. -Role of UK based accountants, lawyers, estate agents and other "professional enablers" in making it easy for corrupt individuals to hide their cash. -An anti-money laundering system that is easy to bypass in order to launder money with impunity. Key recommendations include: -Ensure the UK's Overseas Territories and Crown Dependencies introduce centralised public registers of beneficial ownership, and ensure corrupt individuals cannot buy UK property with impunity. -Act on unexplained wealth by increasing the capabilities of the UK's asset recovery regime to seize corrupt funds. -Fix the flaws in the UK's anti-money laundering regime - overhauling the supervision of the rules, and prosecuting complicit professional enablers. The Panama Papers and the UK's complicity: -Of the 214,000 corporate entities exposed, over half were registered in the British Virgin Islands. -Our research showed 36,000 properties in London are owned by companies registered in offshore jurisdictions. -The UK was the second most popular place for the Mossack Fonseca firm to operate. According to the ICIJ, Mossack Fonseca worked with 1,924 UK professional enablers to set up companies, foundations and trusts for customers. Details: London: Transparency International UK, 2016. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 13, 2016 at: http://www.transparency.org.uk/publications/paradise-lost/ Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Corruption Shelf Number: 138652

Author: Sidebottom, Aiden Title: Gating Alleys to Reduce Crime: A Meta-Analysis and Realist Synthesis Summary: Alley gates are a widespread burglary reduction measure in the UK, having received support from government funding, changes in legislation facilitating agreement to their installation and guidance from the Association of Chief Police Officers (ACPO). Various articles are available on the challenges associated with implementing alley gates (Armitage, 2006; Beckford and Cogan, 2000; Johnson and Loxley, 2001) as well as their impact on crime (for e.g. see Adamson, 2005; Armitage, 2006; Bowers, Johnson and Hirschfield, 2004; Hayward, Kautt and Whitakker, 2009) and on community perceptions (Rogers, 2013; Staunton, 2006; Armitage and Smithson, 2007). Presently, however, there has been no attempt to systematically review the evidence on whether alley gates are an effective crime reduction method. This is the first objective of this review. Our second objective, inspired by EMMIE (Johnson, Tilley and Bowers, 2015) and realist synthesis (Pawson, 2006), is to identify the causal mechanisms through which alley gates are expected to reduce crime and the conditions under which alley gates have been found to be effective, ineffective and/or to produce unintended negative effects. Systematic reviews that combine realism with traditional meta-analytical methods are rare in criminology and so it is our hope that the approach described here might usefully contribute to the systematic review literature. Our third objective is to review information on the costs and implementation of alley gates. Details: London: UCL Department of Security and Crime Science, University College London, 2015. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 13, 2016 at: http://whatworks.college.police.uk/About/Documents/Alley_gating.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alley Gates Shelf Number: 138660

Author: London. Mayor's Office for Policing and Crime Title: Identifying the Strategic Ambitions for London: Gangs and Serious Youth Violence: findings from the literature review and consultation Summary: To inform the development of the Strategic Ambitions document, MOPAC facilitated the following consultation: - A literature review; - An online survey which was available between 13 February 2014 and the 28 March 2014; - A youth engagement session led by the Greater London Authority (GLA) Peer Outreach Workers and supported by young people from One Big Community, LEAP, the Black Police Associations Charitable Trust project Voyage and a number of other youth organisations; - A focused session on gang exit in partnership with the Safer London Foundation, St Giles Trust and the Department of Work and Pensions; - A dedicated session on the importance of early intervention and prevention in deterring gang involvement in partnership with the London Borough of Islington; LEAP and Edmonton County School; - A roundtable discussion led by Health practitioners to explore mental and public health concerns in regards to gangs; - Sessions with London Crime Reduction Board (LCRB) Gang Strategy Local Authority and Criminal Justice System subgroups, and the LCRB Gangs Panel - A specific session for Voluntary and Community Sector organisations; - A review session with Council Leaders and the MPS Commissioner; and finally, - A wrap up session led by the Deputy Mayor of Policing and Crime, which highlighted the key findings to date, and proposed priorities. This document summarises the findings of literature review and consultation undertaken to inform the development of the Strategic Ambitions for London: Gangs and Serious Youth Violence. Details: London: Mayor's Office, 2015. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 14, 2016 at: https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/gla_migrate_files_destination/Strategic%20Ambitions%20for%20Gangs%20and%20SYV%202014_Consultation%20findings.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 138666

Author: Watt, Suzie Title: Reading drug and alcohol misuse needs assessment Summary: 1.1 The Reading Borough Council (RBC) drug and alcohol misuse needs assessment quantifies the extent of misuse of alcohol and drugs in Reading; the effect this is likely to have on people and thus on health and social care and other services, and on prevention and early interventions and, the nature of current services and treatment demand for substance misuse; and what might be done to better meet identified needs. 1.2 This needs assessment is a precursor to a revised strategy for drug and alcohol services in Reading which will be developed in the near future. 1.3 Contributors to the report include key stakeholders and partners for example, Clinical Commission Group's, Source (RBC's Young Persons Drug & Alcohol Treatment Service), IRiS (Adults Drug & Alcohol Treatment service provider), RBC's Parental Substance Misuse Service, Thames Valley Police and RBC Licensing/Trading Standards Team. Client feedback and/or experience is not reflected within the paper because this is a needs assessment and not a details proposal for how service might be changed in the light of a needs assessment. 1.4 In Reading, as in many other places, there has been a greater emphasis put on the treatment of drug misuse rather than alcohol misuse. Whilst drug-related deaths rates in the local population are higher than the England average, and in comparison to other Berkshire local authorities, the numbers remain small. In contrast, the figures in the needs assessment show that the health and social care and the wider societal effects of alcohol misuse are substantially greater than those of drug misuse. Details: Reading, UK: Reading Council, 2016. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 14, 2014 at: http://www.reading.gov.uk/media/4501/Item-15-Appendix/pdf/Item_15_Appendix.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcoholism Shelf Number: 138668

Author: Williams, Simon Alan Title: Do Visits or Time Spent in Hot Spots Patrol Matter Most? A randomised control trial in the West Midlands Police Summary: We are now in an era of policing where public expectation is greater than ever and it is only right that we are held responsible for our commitment to service our communities and protect them from harm (Foulkes, 2014). Set this against the fact that UK Policing and, in particular the West Midlands Police, are facing austerity unlike that seen by any previous generation of policing and as a result have an ever smaller workforce it is paramount that we prioritise demand reduction and tightly focus resources in an evidence based manner. This experiment is set against the backdrop of targeted place based demand reduction implementation across the West Midlands Police force area in an unprecedented time of austerity and uncertainty for those charged with delivering patrol; Neighbourhood Police Constables and Police Community Support Officers, both of which are an endangered species. This paper reports on a practitioner led randomised control trial that took place in the West Midlands Police during the summer of 2015. The main objective of this study was to assess if shorter and more frequent patrols (9 units of 5 minute patrols per day) in hot spots reduced crime and anti-social behaviour more than less frequent longer patrols (3 units of 15 minute patrols per day). The second objective of this study was to capture officers patrol outputs in order to examine which activities, if any, are high or low in frequency; do these outputs matter as much as providing visible capable guardianship? An experiment was designed in which 7 hot spots were randomly allocated to one or other patrol mode for a period of 150 days between June and November 2015. Patrol visits were tracked using patrolling officers' personal issue G.P.S (global positioning system) 'Airwave' radios where patrol information was fed back and officers help to account for the number of patrols conducted. Although this research took place over 150 days the results presented are based on 100 days of patrol as a result of a breakdown in 'geo-fencing' software during the last 50 days. Fewer units of longer duration are associated with greater crime falls, indicating that they are more effective than more frequent shorter patrols. The findings from this experiment confirm Koper's (1995) finding that longer units of 10-15 minutes duration are more effective. Additionally activity analysis of police constable and police community support officers overwhelmingly indicates that the highest frequency outputs, accounting for nearly 90% of all activity during 15 minute patrol days, do not require police powers (i.e. Community engagement and visits to high demand crime and ASB micro-locations within hot spots). Details: Cambridge, UK: Fitzwilliam College, Cambridge University, 2015. 89p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed April 15, 2016 at: http://www.crim.cam.ac.uk/alumni/theses/Simon%20Williams.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 138683

Author: Beyond Youth Custody Title: Resettlement Work with Young People: Using Individual Case Studies to Assess Costs and Benefits Summary: Effective resettlement has a wide range of benefits, both to individual young people and to wider society, but research also suggests very strongly that 'getting it wrong' can be enormously expensive to a range of stakeholders. Issues concerning costs and benefits are therefore of key importance to the field, not least because budgets continue to be under considerable pressure. There is a pressing need for evidence concerning the costs and benefits of different approaches to inform decision-making at several different levels. This briefing focuses on how individual case studies can be used to help us understand and demonstrate the costs and benefits of resettlement work with young custody-leavers. It explores specific areas that should be considered as part of a cost-benefit assessment and provides examples of costed individual case studies. The briefing ends with some comments on cost-benefit trajectories, and on the scope for using costed case studies to draw conclusions about wider groups of young offenders. Details: London: Beyond Youth Custody, 2016. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2016 at: http://www.beyondyouthcustody.net/wp-content/uploads/Resettlement-work-with-young-people-using-individual-case-studies-to-assess-costs-and-benefits.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Aftercare Shelf Number: 138686

Author: Smithson, Hannah Title: Young People's Involvement in Gangs and Guns in Liverpool Summary: There has been growing concern among policy makers and the wider public regarding high profile murders involving firearms, along with a perception that these events are a result of youth gang violence. These incidents have been taking place in major cities across the UK, including Liverpool. This perception of escalating violence among young people, frequently involving weapons, has prompted the government to make confronting what it has termed 'gun, knife and gang crime' a priority. However, relatively little information exists on 'gang involvement and 'gun crime', who is committing it, for what reasons and what might be the best ways of reducing it. Other commentators have connected gun crime to criminal gangs and a growing 'gang culture.', nevertheless, important gaps remain in our knowledge about violent crime fuelled by gangs and weapons. This research study draws upon an extensive literature review of the national and international research examining gangs and gun crime, coupled with a series of in-depth interviews with senior practitioners, senior specialist police officers, front line youth workers, and gang and gun involved young people from across Liverpool. Research Questions The research aimed to answer the following research questions: 1. What is the extent and nature of young people's involvement with gangs and guns in Liverpool? 2. What are the likely causal processes generating and sustaining the problem? a. What factors contribute increased risk of gang and gun involvement? b. What motivates young people to become involved with gangs and guns? 3. Which interventions look promising? a. What factors influence implementation? Details: Huddersfield, UK: University of Huddersfield, Applied Criminology Centre, 2009. 122p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 16, 2016 at: http://eprints.hud.ac.uk/24788/1/acc-guns-and-gangs-report.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gang-Related Violence Shelf Number: 131483

Author: Howard League for Penal Reform Title: Criminal Care: Children's homes and criminalising children Summary: - 'Looked after' children living in children's homes are being criminalised at excessively high rates compared to all other groups of children, including those in other types of care - Staff in children's homes are too frequently calling out the police, often over minor incidents - Exposure to the criminal justice system affects the already damaged life chances of these highly vulnerable children - Three-quarters of England's 1,760 children's homes are run by private companies - Lack of transparency, particularly in relation to private children's homes, means that homes are not accountable, bad practices are hidden and children suffer - These problems are widely recognised by the government, the police, local authorities, Ofsted and other relevant authorities but they are not being addressed - In 2014, 5,220 children were living in children's homes. The number of children going into care is at its highest point in 30 years Details: London: The Howard League, 2016. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 16, 2016 at: http://www.howardleague.org/fileadmin/howard_league/user/pdf/Publications/Criminal_Care.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 138692

Author: Flanagan, Andrew Title: Review of Governance in Policing: To Cabinet Secretary for Justice Summary: Andrew Flanagan, Chair of the Scottish Police Authority (SPA) has today made 30 recommendations for improvement in the practice of governance arrangements for policing in Scotland. Publishing his Review of Governance in Policing, which was commissioned by the Cabinet Secretary for Justice on 3 September 2015, Mr Flanagan's report concludes that having an arms-length body in the SPA providing a separation from politics and policing is an appropriate model for governing a national police service. His report recommends improvements to ensure representatives of local communities feel sufficiently listened to regarding local policing, are able to input effectively into the development of national policy issues, and have a way of recording their 'voice' on the quality and effectiveness of Police Scotland's engagement with them. The report's other main findings include: - SPA to strengthen its governance procedures and review with the Scottish Government and Police Scotland how working arrangements and protocols reinforce the positioning and authority of the SPA. - Clearer definition of the SPA's areas of responsibilities and how it conducts its business. - Review of the underlying systems and processes used by Police Scotland to provide information with a view to improving clarity and enhancing the quality of analysis and benchmarking. Details: Glasgow: Scottish Police Authority, 2016. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 16, 2016 at: http://www.spa.police.uk/assets/128635/337350/337362 Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Policies and Practices Shelf Number: 138693

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Prisons Title: Changing patterns of substance misuse in adult prisons and service responses Summary: Drug misuse is a serious threat to the security of the prison system, the health of individual prisoners and the safety of prisoners and staff. Its effects ripple outwards to harm prisoners' friends and families and the wider community of which they are a part. An increasing number of reports of the misuse of medication in prison and concerns that traditional supply reduction and treatment strategies were ineffective were the initial driver for this thematic inspection. However, the availability of new psychoactive substances (NPS), particularly synthetic cannabis known as 'Spice' or 'Mamba', became highly prevalent during the preparation for this report. NPS have created significant additional harm and are now the most serious threat to the safety and security of the prison system that our inspections identify. This thematic inspection examined the changing extent and patterns of drug misuse in adult prisons and assessed the effectiveness of the response to it. The inspection's remit did not include tobacco and alcohol use by prisoners, which are important issues in their own right and raise significant operational and policy challenges. Of course, there are wider questions to be asked about the legal status of drugs in the community and the historical inconsistency of legal responses to various harmful substances. This report does not address those issues. There is no prospect of any relaxation of the rules governing the substances that are permitted in prisons and so there is an urgent requirement to address the harm that substance misuse causes in prisons in that realistic context. The report draws on the evidence of 61 adult prison inspections published between April 2014 and August 2015, the 10,702 survey responses from individual prisoners that were collected as part of those inspections, and detailed field work that was conducted in eight prisons between June and November 2014. We spoke to prisoners, prison staff and managers, drugs and health workers, and other experts. We reviewed a wide range of research undertaken by other bodies. We also considered some earlier inspection findings, where relevant. The inspection was carried out by the inspectorate's research team and specialist health and drugs inspectors. Changing patterns of drug use in the community provide a useful context for understanding drug misuse in prisons. It is impossible to know for certain the extent and type of drug misuse in the community or in prisons. Nevertheless, there is a wealth of evidence to suggest that patterns of drug use are changing in the community, with drug use appearing to be reducing. The 2014-15 Crime Survey for England and Wales found that 8-9% of adults reported illicit drug use over the previous year, down from 12% in 2003-04. Cannabis remains the most widely used drug and there has been a well-evidenced decline in illicit opiate use. The reported use of prescribed medication and NPS in the community is at a relatively low level. Patterns of dug misuse vary with age, gender, geography and lifestyle. There are important differences between drug misuse in prisons and the community. A declining number of prisoners needing treatment for opiate misuse reflects trends in the community, although many of those requiring opiate treatment in prison have complex dependence, social, physical and mental health issues. Prisoners are more likely to use depressants than stimulants to counter the boredom and stress of prison life. The use of synthetic cannabis and diverted medication reflects a response to comparative weaknesses in security measures. Often, the price of drugs is higher and the quality poorer in prison, reflecting greater difficulty of supply. The combination of community influences, prisoner demographics and individual prison contexts means that the patterns of drug use will differ from prison to prison. As this report was being prepared, there was an acceleration in the use and availability of NPS. It is important to understand, however, that success in combating current challenges in prisons, such as the availability of NPS or specific medications, will lead to an increased demand for other drugs, and to be prepared for this. Details: London: HM Inspectorate of Prisons, 2015. 85p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 16, 2016 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprisons/wp-content/uploads/sites/4/2015/12/Substance-misuse-web-2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse Shelf Number: 138694

Author: Youth Justice Board for England and Wales Title: Youth Justice Statistics 2014/15: England and Wales Summary: general statistics areas covered include: - offences which have resulted in a disposal - court remands - disposals - intensive supervision and surveillance programmes - custody - key performance indicators - resources The YJS in England and Wales works to prevent offending and reoffending by young people under the age of 18. The system is different to the adult system and is structured to address the needs of young people. The YJS is far smaller than the adult system (see Chapter 11 for more details). The Youth Justice Board (YJB) is the executive non-departmental public body that oversees the YJS in England and Wales. The overall number of young people in the YJS continued to reduce in the year ending March 2015. Reductions have been seen in the number entering the system for the first time (First Time Entrants, FTEs), as well as reductions in those receiving disposals1, including those receiving custodial sentences. Compared to the year ending March 2010, there are now 67% fewer young people who were FTEs, 65% fewer young people who received a youth caution or court disposal and 57% fewer young people (under 18) in custody in the youth secure estate. The reoffending rate has increased (by 5.6 percentage points since the year ending March 2008, to 38.0% in the year ending March 2014), but there were significant falls in the number of young people in the cohort, the number of reoffenders and the number of reoffences. Details: London: Youth Justice Board and Ministry of Justice, 2016. 106p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 20, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/youth-justice-annual-statistics-2014-to-2015 Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Statistics Shelf Number: 139089

Author: Illes, Andrea Title: Wildlife Crime in the United Kingdom. An In-depth Analysis for the ENVI Committee Summary: The illegal trade of wildlife is a major problem in the UK, which is a significant transit and destination country. There is a very wide range of species affected by the illegal trade, including reptiles, endangered birds and their eggs, caviars, corals, ivory from elephant and hippo and horns from rhino. The number of seizures is high; between 2009 and 2014 UK Border Forces made 2 853 seizures in total1. Nevertheless, wildlife crime covers not only illegal trade in wildlife but other illegal actions, such as poaching. Within the UK, the other most common wildlife crimes include badger persecution, bat persecution, deer and fish poaching, hare coursing and raptor persecution (NWCU, 2014). Links between wildlife crime and organised crime groups have also been identified. Organised crime and illegal wildlife trade is known to be linked to rhino horn thefts and trade, to trade in raptors and bird eggs, and to the repeated sale of traditional medicine products (Sollund and Maher, 2015, p. 24), while poaching and raptor persecution are sometimes linked to organised crime groups. At the same time, the efforts to combat wildlife crime in the UK are wide-ranging and numerous actions taken provide good practice examples that could be followed in other EU Member States. The UK government has undertaken a large number of capacity-building and cooperative actions both within the UK and with international actors. Some of the most prominent examples include the organisation of the high-level London Conference on Illegal Wildlife Trade where the London Declaration on Illegal Wildlife Trade was adopted, the establishment of the Illegal Wildlife Trade Challenge Fund, which supports projects in the developing world focusing on the reduction of demand for endangered species, and the Government's support for the Global Tiger Initiative Multi Donor Trust Fund and the International Consortium on Combating Wildlife Crime (ICCWC). Furthermore, numerous awareness-raising campaigns have been launched with the involvement of nongovernmental organisations (NGOs). The current domestic regulation on CITES, the Control of the Trade in Endangered Species (COTES) Regulation, is under review with the aim of further strengthening enforcement. There is a well-established institutional set up with various governmental actors involved in wildlife crime related issues. The National Wildlife Crime Unit (NWCU) within the UK Police Force and the UK Border Forces specialised CITES team based at Heathrow Airport play an important role in tackling wildlife crime. Furthermore, the UK Partnership for Action Against Wildlife Crime (PAW UK), a multi-agency group comprising representatives of statutory bodies and NGOs involved in wildlife law enforcement in the UK, is also a key player. Finally, national and international NGOs, such as the World Wildlife Fund (WWF), the wildlife trade monitoring network TRAFFIC and the World Society for the Protection of the Animals (WSPA) also contribute to ending wildlife crime in the UK and to raising awareness of the issue. Details: Brussels: European Parliament, 2016. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2016 at: http://www.europarl.europa.eu/RegData/etudes/IDAN/2016/578963/IPOL_IDA%282016%29578963_EN.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Animal Poaching Shelf Number: 138728

Author: Sarver, Christian M. Title: Utah Cost of Crime. Intensive Supervision (Juveniles): Technical Report Summary: While originally designed as a cost-saving mechanism for diverting adult offenders from institutional placements, intensive supervision programs (ISP) have also been implemented with juveniles. With juvenile offenders, ISPs explicitly attend to both the rehabilitative- and surveillance-oriented goals of the juvenile justice system (Armstrong, 1991). These programs typically provide treatment and services for both offenders and their families, target offenders' interactions in peer- and school-environments, and provide structure to monitor the goals of the court (Altschuler & Armstrong, 1991; Wiebush, Wagner, McNulty, Wang, & Le, 2005). In the 1990s, the United States Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) created an intensive aftercare research and demonstration program to provide best practice guidelines for reintegrating high-risk, juvenile parolees into the community. Known as intensive aftercare programs (IAP), this model used increased supervision as one component of a structured, multi-dimensional intervention that included assessment, transition planning, case management, and graduated sanctions (Wiebush et al., 2005). Prior Research Research on juvenile offenders provides inconclusive results on the effectiveness of intensive supervision as a strategy for deterring criminal and delinquent behavior (Drake, Aos, & Miller, 2009; Henggeler & Schoenwald, 2011; Lipsey, 2009; MacKenzie, 2006). In an analysis of intensive supervision for juveniles, MacKenzie (2006) combined nine (9) effect sizes and found no difference in recidivism rates for juveniles placed in ISPs when compared to regular supervision or secure placement. Drake, Aos, and Miller (2009) also found no difference in recidivism rates between juveniles in ISPs when compared to regular supervision (three (3) studies) or secure placements (five (5) studies). In contrast, an earlier study by the Washington State Institute for Public Policy (WSIPP) found that juvenile offenders on intensive supervision had significantly lower rates of recidivism than offenders on regular supervision (Aos et al., 2001). The WSIPP analyses found no difference in recidivism when comparing ISP to incarceration; however, given cost differences between community-based supervision and a secure placement, the authors concluded that intensive supervision was cost effective when compared to incarceration (Aos et al., 2001). Increasingly, research indicates that ISPs are effective despite, rather than because of, intensive surveillance strategies (Henngeler & Schoenwald, 2011). In a meta-analysis of more than 500 studies of interventions for juvenile offenders, Lipsey (2009) found that program effectiveness-in both community and secure settings-was primarily a function of program philosophy and treatment quality. Regardless of setting, programs that were grounded in therapeutic treatment philosophies were more effective than programs that were grounded in surveillance- and control-oriented philosophies. These findings suggest that disparities in the research on juvenile ISPs might be a function of differences in treatment and service delivery rather than the nature and intensity of supervision strategies (Lipsey, Howell, Kelly, Chapman, & Carver, 2010). Details: Salt Lake City: Utah Criminal Justice Center, University of Utah, 2012. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 23, 2016 at: http://ucjc.utah.edu/wp-content/uploads/ISP_Juv_Tech_updateformat.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 138779

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Action plan for anti-money laundering and counter-terrorist finance Summary: This document sets out the government's plan to stop money laundering and the funding of terrorism. The document outlines: - actions the government will introduce to stop money laundering - when the actions are due to be completed - what the government has done so far - how the government will implement the action plan As part of the action plan, the government is seeking views on: - potential changes to legislation - options to reform the anti-money laundering and counter-financing of terrorism regime Details: London: Home Office, 2016. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/517993/6-2118-Action_Plan_for_Anti-Money_Laundering__print_.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Money Laundering Shelf Number: 138787

Author: Association of Chief Police Officers Title: Heritage and Cultural Property Crime: National Policing Strategic Assessment Summary: What is Heritage and Cultural Property Crime? Heritage and cultural property crime can be defined as any offence involving damage or loss to the historic environment, including all offences involving cultural property. Alongside a local policing approach, coordinated by police Safer Neighbourhood Teams, chief police officers are now working directly with Government departments, partner law enforcement agencies and heritage sector professionals to tackle the longer term causes and effects. In this Heritage and Cultural Property Crime National Policing Strategic Assessment, the ACPO led Heritage and Cultural Property Crime Working Group (H&CPCWG) combine a wealth of expertise from members to highlight threats and opportunities to reduce the impact of crime to the historic environment and cultural property. Why be concerned? Amongst a number of other socio-economic and demographic factors, market forces drive acquisitive crime - national crime statistics bear this out. Fluctuations in exchange rates or global commodity prices can, for example, very quickly switch demand for lead, often from historic buildings, to demand for platinum from catalytic converters. Criminals intent on converting metal into cash do not see the damage, loss or heartache they cause to communities, they simply see a commodity that will provide a tax free income or their next drug fix. These thefts are not limited to metal from church roofs or listed buildings; coping stones, floor tiles, slate, intrinsically valuable artefacts and items of intricate metalwork from war memorials are all equally valuable to those operating in the moral vacuum of what we now know as heritage and cultural property crime. In addition to commodity price fluctuation, it is known that anniversaries of significant events in history drive demand for heritage assets. As we approach the centenary of the First World War, law enforcement and heritage sector professionals acknowledge the increasingly likely risk of the theft of memorabilia from museums and battlefields. The vast majority of crimes committed against the historic environment are not intricately planned offences committed by organised criminal gangs - they are committed by individuals or small groups following the path of least resistance to easy cash. A clear example of this can be seen in the theft of Henry Moore's 'Sundial' sculpture from the Henry Moore Foundation in Perry Green, Hertfordshire. In July 2012, it is doubtful that thieves realised the shiny garden ornament they were stealing from a house adjacent to a country lane was a nationally significant work of art worth $500,000 when they later sold it to a Cambridgeshire scrap metal dealer for $46.50. As of 1 October this year, the Scrap Metal Dealers Act 2013 will make offences of this nature less appealing to offenders, who are now unable to sell scrap metal for cash; however, police and other law enforcement professionals must not be complacent in failing to identify new markets available through technological advances in online dealing. The historic environment and cultural property is vulnerable because assets are often located in isolated, sometimes rural localities or are displayed for the public to enjoy. Police officers cannot patrol every neighbourhood for every hour of every day. The delivery of intelligent and efficient law enforcement activity in financially challenging times must, therefore, include a focus on 'Collective efficacy'; law enforcement professionals working with local people and partner agencies to protect heritage assets from theft and damage to the historic environment. In addition to crimes against the historic environment, offenders are also increasingly targeting cultural property, national treasures and works of art displayed in museums, libraries, archives and private collections. A recent and well publicised example of this type of offence is provided by Operation Shrewd, a national inquiry into the theft of rhino horn, jade and Chinese artefacts (predominantly from the early Ming and Qing Dynasties) from provincial museums and private collections in the UK and Europe. As a result of this investigation, it is now known that organised criminal groups have targeted museums providing access to antiquities and artefacts valued at several million pounds. Gone are the days when organised criminal gangs focused on criminal activity such as robbing banks and safety deposit boxes, or importing drugs to further their criminal enterprise. These criminals have now accessed a rich vein of significantly higher return, and with much lower associated risk, directing offences against 'softer' targets to feed the demand from Far Eastern and South East Asian markets for rhino horn and cultural property. Details: London: Association of Chief Police Officers, 2013. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 23, 2016 at: http://www.museumsassociation.org/download?id=1038797 Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antiquities Shelf Number: 138791

Author: Langley, Brandon R. Title: A randomised control trial comparing the effects of procedural justice to experienced utility theories in airport security stops Summary: Schedule 7 of the Terrorism Act 2000 is a controversial border security power. During a recent national consultation it was perceived amongst several public rights organisations to be one of the most important factors eroding the legitimacy of the police amongst the public. But there was little scientific evidence. This study is the first ever randomised field trial within the real life setting of an international airport that compared the effects of procedural justice and experienced utility theories on levels of police legitimacy. Over 24 weeks, 781 passengers were randomly assigned to bespoke procedural justice checklist or newly invented experienced utility interventions. Research data was obtained through a validated telephone survey with a 52% response rate. The research findings confirmed that the difference between the procedural justice checklist and experienced utility interventions on the police legitimacy dependent variable was statistically significant (p< 0.1) with an overall average effect size in favour of the procedural justice checklist. The findings also confirmed a direct causal relationship between the procedural justice checklist and higher levels of public willingness to co-operate with the police in countering terrorism than experienced utility. These findings reaffirm, although at a much higher level of methodological rigour, previous findings within general operational policing. The results substantiate that passenger assessments of legitimate policing will be enhanced by policing strategies that embed the routine application of procedural justice approaches during public encounters. This research argues for the routine adoption of a procedural justice checklist within an airport security stops setting. Details: Cambridge, UK: Wolfson College, 2014. 138p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed April 25, 2016 at: http://www.crim.cam.ac.uk/alumni/theses/Langley,%20B.%20A%20randomised%20control%20trial%20comparing%20the%20effects%20of%20procedural%20justice%20to%20experienced%20utility%20theories%20in%20airport%20security%20stops.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Airport Security Shelf Number: 138806

Author: Great Britain. HM Chief Inspector of Prisons Title: Report on an unannounced inspection of HMP & YOI Bronzefield Summary: HMP Bronzefield is a complex closed women's local prison run by Sodexo Justice Services. It holds up to 527 women, with all categories represented - those remanded by the courts, those serving short sentences and a number serving life. Ages range from 18 to over 70. It is also one of two prisons in the female estate that holds restricted status women, or women who are deemed to require special management due to the level of risk they present, or the notoriety of their offences. The catchment area of the prison is huge and the mix of women held continues to present an almost unique blend of complexity and vulnerability. Around a third of women reported having a disability and 90% said they arrived with problems, including 44% who felt depressed or suicidal. For over half it was their first time in prison and a similar number had children under the age of 18. Over 40% indicated they had a problem with drugs and 66% said they had emotional wellbeing or mental health problems. The proportion of women reporting these types of problems was significantly higher than at our last inspection. It was encouraging to see, therefore, that despite this increased complexity of the challenge faced, the prison had continued the improvement we reported at the last inspection in April 2013. Arrangements to support women on arrival and during their early days at the prison were good, and for those with substance misuse problems, some of the best we have seen. Processes to keep women safe and to deal with the high levels of self-harm and vulnerability were well developed. There was little violence and few serious incidents, but despite this, many women still complained that they had felt unsafe at some time while at the prison and that they had been victimised by both other prisoners and staff. The reasons for this were not clear but, the complex mix of women held at Bronzefield, a recent tragic self-inflicted death, the first such death at the prison, allied to a zero tolerance approach being adopted to tackle poor behaviour when it occurred, were likely to be contributory factors to these perceptions. At the last inspection we were critical of some aspects of the work with the small number of women who had a combination of very challenging and sometimes dangerous behaviour and vulnerabilities, including personality disorder and mental health conditions. Work in this area had improved significantly and while we were still concerned about two women who had been managed in the separation and care unit (SCU) for over two years, the care they were receiving and specialist input to manage their progression and reintegration was good, and would be developed further with soon to be piloted interventions addressing personality disorder. Safeguarding arrangements in general were well developed and fully embedded across the prison. Security was proportionate, including for those women who were restricted status. Work in the SCU had developed since the last inspection and was now much more progressive. Use of force was not excessive, although some aspects of oversight needed attention. Substance misuse support was very good. The general environment was very good and care was taken to keep the prison decent. Staff-prisoner relationships were very good and the custody support officer scheme worked well, including effectively supporting resettlement work. Again, despite some negativity in our surveys, work to support the diverse range of women held, including the quarter who were from black and minority ethnic communities, and the 24% who were foreign nationals, was good. The mother and baby unit provided excellent care and support to those using the facility, and maternity care was very good. Health services were good overall, including for the high number of women with mental health problems. As at the last inspection the weakest outcomes were in the provision of purposeful activity. Time out of cell was reasonable although we found some women locked up during the day who could have been more purposefully occupied. The range of vocational training had improved and there were sufficient activity places for all those held. However, the quality of teaching and learning remained too variable and outcomes in the key area of functional skills needed to be better. Managers had a plan to address these deficiencies but this had not yet come to fruition. In contrast, resettlement work had improved significantly. Excellent support was now provided to women in maintaining contact with their family and friends, and also for those who had been abused, trafficked or who were sex workers. The prison had started to use release on temporary licence to support reintegration work, including for employment and family contact and relationship reasons. Offender management work had been re-organised since the last inspection and was now better than we usually see with evidence of regular and meaningful contact between women and specialist staff. Public protection arrangements were robust. The new community rehabilitation companies (CRCs) were still bedding in and there was confusion about how they worked alongside Sodexo resettlement staff. Nevertheless, support in the reducing reoffending pathways was generally strong although factors outside the control of the prison were resulting in too many women being released without settled accommodation. HMP Bronzefield was a very good and improved prison. Outcomes for the highly complex population were at least reasonably good or better in all our healthy prison tests, with the quality of respect and work to resettle prisoners particularly strong. It is a credit to the very capable leadership within the prison, and the committed and motivated staff group that the challenges they face continue to be met in such a positive and caring way. Details: London: Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Prisons, 2015. 119p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 26, 2016 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprisons/wp-content/uploads/sites/4/2016/04/Bronzefield-web2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 138822

Author: Great Britain. HM Chief Inspector of Prisons Title: Report on an unannounced inspection of HMP Lewes Summary: HMP/YOI Lewes is a medium sized local prison with an uncrowded capacity of 617. At the time of the inspection it held just over 640 prisoners, including a substantial number awaiting trial or sentence. A third of the population were convicted of sexual offences, many with long or indeterminate sentences, and about 15% were in the last three months of their sentence and located at Lewes for pre-release resettlement support. As with other establishments, the number of older prisoners was rising and there was also a significant population of young adults. This complex mix presented considerable challenges and risks, exemplified by the first night centre. Sex offenders were held there because there was nowhere else to put them, and this meant that other new arrivals were placed wherever a space could be found in the prison. Some were even placed in the segregation unit, which is a particularly inappropriate location for someone new to prison. Most staff on other units were unaware of who the new arrivals were and could not therefore provide first night support and monitoring. Moreover, during our night visit, we found that some staff did not have anti-ligature knives and could not assure us that they would act appropriately in the event of a serious self-harm incident. This was in the context of over a quarter of prisoners in our survey reporting feeling depressed or suicidal on arrival, and a third saying they had mental health problems. Levels of violence and use of force were high and oversight of both was poor. Although we have seen rising violence in most prisons inspected over the last year, at Lewes the number of assaults was even higher than at other establishments recently inspected. However, the general picture on violence was complex and needed careful analysis; prisoners reported feeling relatively safe and selfharm was also lower than we see in other prisons. The safer custody structures that could have helped to understand and address such findings were lacking; violence reduction procedures were not being implemented and safer custody staff had no time to undertake the role. Most of the prison was clean and in good condition - a considerable achievement given that it was over 160 years old. Good relationships between staff and prisoners, many of whom were from the local area, were a strength that underpinned much of the positive work in the prison. The reassurance provided by the experienced staff group may help to explain why prisoners felt safe despite the high levels of violence. Health care was reasonably good but far too many external hospital appointments were missed as a result of a lack of escort staff. The increased number of hospital visits reflected the rise in older prisoners, approximately 10% of whom were over 60, more than double the figure at the last inspection. The oldest prisoner was over 90. However, despite creditable work by paid carers, provision for older and disabled prisoners was inadequate. Overall arrangements for equality and diversity were also poor. There was little systematic support for prisoners with protected characteristics and those from black and minority ethnic backgrounds and foreign national prisoners were much more negative than others about their treatment. Purposeful activity outcomes had dipped since the last inspection, although they were improving. More short education courses were provided, which better met the needs of many prisoners, and completion and success rates on short courses and in vocational training were high. The library was well run and access to PE was good. However, far too many prisoners were still without purposeful activity. Despite a very recently introduced new regime, on some units people were routinely locked up for 23 hours and we found half of the population in their cells during our spot checks over the course of the working day. There were not enough activity places and some of the available places were unused. Details: London: HM Chief Inspectorate of Prisons, 2016. 119p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2016 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprisons/wp-content/uploads/sites/4/2016/04/Lewes-web-2015.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 138835

Author: Great Britain. National Audit Office Title: Transforming Rehabilitation Summary: The Ministry of Justice (the Ministry) is responsible for protecting the public, reducing reoffending and providing a more effective criminal justice system. It is supported by 37 agencies and public bodies, including the National Offender Management Service (NOMS). NOMS is an executive agency of the Ministry, responsible for making sure that people serve the sentences and orders handed out by courts, both in prisons and through probation in the community. Probation is the means through which offenders are supervised and their rehabilitation is pursued. Probation services exist to: protect the public; reduce reoffending and rehabilitate offenders; carry out the proper punishment of offenders; and ensure offenders are aware of the impact of crime on victims and the public. Previously, probation services were delivered by 35 self-governing probation trusts working under the direction of NOMS. From late 2013, arrangements for delivering probation and rehabilitation services to offenders underwent concurrent changes, including: - in June 2014 probation services were divided into a National Probation Service (NPS) across seven regions and 21 new community rehabilitation companies (CRCs): - The public sector NPS advises courts on sentencing all offenders and manages those offenders presenting higher risks of serious harm or with prior history of domestic violence and sexual offences. Around 20% of all cases are allocated to the NPS. - CRCs supervise offenders presenting low- and medium-risk of harm. CRCs operated as companies in public ownership until 1 February 2015 when they transferred to eight, mainly private sector, providers. Around 80% of cases are allocated to the CRCs. - As at July 2015, some 243,000 offenders were supervised by the NPS and CRCs; - supervision was extended to offenders released from prison sentences of under 12 months, as part of the Offender Rehabilitation Act 2014; and - reorganisation of the prison system to provide 'Through the Gate' services. Since May 2015 CRCs have provided offenders with resettlement services while imprisoned. Our report This report builds on our 2014 Probation: landscape review and our reports on commercial and contracting issues, particularly Transforming contract management in the Home Office and Ministry of Justice. It explores ongoing probation reforms and the extent to which changes are being managed in a way likely to promote value for money. We recognise that these changes have barely started and that it will take two years before prospects for success are clearer. In particular, success depends on achieving economic benefits to society estimated at more than L12 billion of economic benefits from reduced reoffending over the next seven years. This report has four parts: - Part One provides an overview of probation reforms and assesses the procurement for the CRC contracts. - Part Two focuses on the performance management of the 21 CRCs and the NPS. - Part Three identifies important operational issues in CRCs and the NPS. ' Part Four examines progress by CRCs and the NPS in transforming probation services, and the main challenges they face in achieving the necessary transformation. Details: London: NAO, 2016. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: HC 951 SESSION 2015-16 28 APRIL 2016: Accessed April 29, 2016 at: https://www.nao.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/Transforming-rehabilitation.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Supervision Shelf Number: 138842

Author: Great Britain. Criminal Justice Joint Inspection Title: Delivering Justice in a Digital Age. A Joint Inspection of Digital Case Preparation and Presentation in the Criminal Justice System Summary: Historically, files were transferred between the police, the Crown Prosecution Service (CPS), the courts and the defence on paper. This resulted in delays and substantial storage costs. Information was regularly duplicated, and there was a risk of information being lost or disclosed to the wrong people. Digitisation of the processes is essential if the criminal justice system (CJS) is to be effective in today's environment. The CPS and the other CJS agencies embarked on this process a few years ago. Her Majesty's Crown Prosecution Service Inspectorate (HMCPSI) and Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary (HMIC) have jointly inspected progress towards digitisation of processes in and between the police, CPS, the courts and the defence. Inspectors visited six police forces and the aligned CPS Areas between July and September 2015. They also carried out court observations in magistrates' and Crown Courts, and interviewed representatives of the police, CPS, HM Courts and Tribunal Service, the Ministry of Justice and the Home Office. Inspectors found that the criminal justice agencies are clearly committed to making improvements using digitisation. Substantial incremental progress has been made, for example: - An online charging facility which allows the police and CPS to prioritise and even out workloads - Almost all magistrates' courts casework is transferred digitally between the police and the CPS - CPS Areas can work together to save costs, with some work being done outside the Area to which the case relates - Prosecutors present magistrates' court cases from laptops and update their case records in real time using a 'prosecutor app' - Where Wi-Fi exists in court, information can be accessed without needing to adjourn or put back cases There remains significant progress to be made however. For example: - Agencies still rely on the manual input of some paper documents. Victim and witness statements are generally handwritten by the police then scanned in, which often makes the documents hard to read - Agencies' computer systems still do not directly 'talk' to each other - There is no single, national police IT system so information is transferred to the CPS in different ways, and each police force visited during the inspection has bought a different body worn video camera solution with little consideration of linking such projects together and maximising value for money - There is no reliable way of sharing CCTV, interview and 999 recordings, photos and body worn video footage digitally, so discs still have to be sent from the police to the CPS, leading to an increased risk of the misplacing of these discs - Although the CPS can send information to the defence digitally, many defence representatives do not use the necessary secure email system so the CPS has to print off a paper copy and courier it to the court - The HMCTS Court Store system was slowing down the court dramatically in cases involving multiple defendants, as the updating of more than one defendant's record at the same time wasn't possible, even if the same update applies to more than one defendant Progress has clearly been made, but the vision in the CJS Digital Business Model of a digital end-to-end CJS is still some way from becoming a reality. Details: London: NAO, 2016. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 29, 2016 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/cjji/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2016/04/CJJI_DIG_Apr16_rpt.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Case Records Shelf Number: 138843

Author: Morse, Amyas Title: Probation: Landscape Review Summary: This report summarises the arrangements for probation that were in place during the first year of the C&AG's audit. It also summarises the main elements of the reform currently under way and identifies the key issues now facing those involved in probation. The report is a landscape review, intended to inform Parliament about developments and advance its understanding of them. It is not an evaluation of progress in implementing the Transforming Rehabilitation policy. It is based on our audit of probation trusts, analysis of documents published by the Ministry of Justice (the Ministry) and other relevant bodies, and our ongoing contacts with the sector. The report covers: - the current probation system (Part One); and - proposals for reforming probation (Part Two). Details: London: National Audit Office, 2014. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2016 at: https://www.nao.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/Probation-landscape-review.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Supervision Shelf Number: 138917

Author: Arson Prevention Forum Title: Arson: A Call to Action. A 'State of the Nation' Report Summary: Fire related incidents and casualties are going down across the board, but progress is slowest in addressing deliberate fire deaths. The data shows us that the majority of these occur in single occupancy dwellings and, conversely to accidental fire deaths, tend to be the younger age groups. Fire statistics do not refer to arson, so the data used in this report predominantly reflects deliberate fires, which include, but are not limited to, arson. Deliberate fires not only endanger life, but also cost a vast amount of money. The Association of British Insurers state that their members pay out over $1bn in fire related claims each year and the larger loss fires are in non-domestic buildings. At the same time, the damage to property, business interruption and inconvenience arson causes is significant. The approach towards arson reduction is not as joined up as it could be, and the level of investment directed towards tackling arson is limited, to say the least. When investigating what is currently taking place to combat arson, a range of examples of fire and rescue services' work was provided, some of which involved the police and other agencies but examples of the work of other partners were harder to come by. It is therefore concluded that there is a need for all the various agencies with a responsibility and interest in arson to work better together; pooling resources and funding as well as expertise and knowledge. Details of successful interventions must be shared and learned from if we are to increase the downward trend in deliberate fires. Details: s.l.: Arson Prevention Forum, 2014. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2016 at: http://www.stoparsonuk.org/documents/resources/DS2014-1156ArsonReportandappendix.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Arson Shelf Number: 138923

Author: Bowen, Phil Title: Better courts: Cutting crime through court innovation Summary: The report suggests that by embracing principles of fairness, swiftness, authority and a focus on people as well as cases, our criminal courts can do more to reduce crime and make better use of resources. The report highlights 11 case studies that exemplify better court innovation. The report argues that successful innovation must be started from the local level and calls for more freedom for local courts to act on their own initiative. The report points to a range of innovations which ought to be explored as simpler approaches to resolving low-level crime and anti-social behaviour problems; a new generation of 'accountability' courts in which judges regularly supervise offenders on community sentences; courts, prosecutors and others engaging with court users to help improve the court process, and the government to explore how redesigning the current administrative structure can unlock greater frontline innovation. Details: London: Centre for Court Innovation, 2016. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 5, 2016 at: http://www.justiceideas.org/sites/default/files/documents/Better%20Courts.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Courts Shelf Number: 139637

Author: McHardy, Fiona Title: Out of Jail But Still Not Free: Experiences of temporary accommodation on leaving prison Summary: This report focuses on the experiences of ten ex-offenders, all part of the Wise Group's Routes out of Prison partnership (RooP), from across local authority areas in the west of Scotland. All were homeless on release from prison. Using a community research approach, research was conducted into their experiences of temporary accommodation on leaving prison. The research set out to: - Examine ex-offenders' experiences of temporary accommodation ; - Understand how experiences of temporary accommodation affected the transition to permanent housing ; - Discover best practice in the provision of temporary accommodation ; - Provide policy recommendations which could alleviate poverty amongst ex-offenders. The key findings of this research were: - Obtaining good housing is a cornerstone for individual well-being. - This housing must be appropriate for the individual's needs and circumstances. - Unsuitable or poor temporary accommodation impacts negatively on reintegration and rehabilitation. - Hostel accommodation is rarely suitable for exoffenders, especially for those with drug and alcohol problems. - Those whose housing circumstances had been unstable before incarceration were the most apprehensive about housing after release. - Housing services and support varied across local authorities; in general, however, support for ex-offenders was poorly integrated across service providers. - Advocacy services for ex-offenders are crucial, especially in the period immediately after release. - Delays in the welfare benefits system represent a serious failing and result in some ex-offenders having no money and or running up debts. For example, it can take between six to eight weeks before someone leaving prison receives full benefits. Details: Glasgow: Poverty Alliance, 2012? 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 5, 2016 at: http://www.povertyalliance.org/userfiles/files/EPIC/Reports/EPIC_ResearchReportROOP.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 138945

Author: Wilkinson, Mick Title: Forced labour in the UK and the Gangmasters Licensing Authority Summary: Migration and trafficking for forced labour has been fuelled over the past decade by global inequalities and by poverty, conflict and environmental degradation in developing countries. The process has been encouraged by the increase in demand by employers for low-cost, "flexible' labour in the increasingly free-market economies of developed countries, and by consumer demand for cheap goods and services. There is a demand in the UK for cheap, mobile, flexible labour across a range of sectors, including care, construction, cleaning, hospitality and catering, and food production. Surveys have consistently found that UK employers prefer to employ migrant workers, because they consider them to be hard-working and reliable, and willing to work unsociable hours. Many businesses now depend upon them, as do entire sectors of the economy - both private and public. Studies sponsored by the Home Office, the International Organisation for Migration, the Institute for Public Policy Research, and the Royal Society for Arts have all argued a net benefit to the UK economy of the order of $2bn-$3bn per annum. Such are the benefits to British industry, that the-then Director-General of the CBI, Sir Digby Jones, called in April 2005 for the government to resist any thoughts of a cap on immigration, arguing that every one per cent increase in immigration generated a 1.5 per cent increase in national wealth. He added: If it was not for immigrant labour, especially in leisure, in tourism, in agriculture, in construction, then frankly many of our businesses would not have the workers we need.- The so-called "demographic time bomb" both in the UK and other western European countries, with ageing populations, means that those active in the labour market represent a diminishing proportion of the workforce and those beyond retirement age constitute a growing proportion. The implications for the dependency ratio of economically inactive to economically active people are clear, and this is reflected in an increasing dependence on migrant workers. In short, the UK needs migrant workers. In order to meet that demand, over the past two decades UK governments have developed a programme of "managed migration". This actively encourages the flow of temporary migration in the interests of the UK economy, by expanding existing temporary worker schemes and adding new programmes. As a result, the number of work permits issued to foreign-born workers rose from 40,000 a year in the mid-1990s to over 200,000 a year in 2004. That process culminated with the Worker Registration Scheme in 2004, to facilitate the arrival of A8 Accession state nationals. Alongside this, since the early 1980s there has been a drive, across the major Western economies, to reduce business regulation to a minimum. UK governments have played a very significant role in this, both at home and in Europe. In 1973, the UK government introduced the Employment Agencies Act, under which all labour providers had to register and comply with legal standards. However, under the Conservative government of John Major, a more liberal labour policy introduced the Deregulation and Contracting Out Act 1994, through which the system of agency licensing was abolished and action against exploiters became primarily dependent upon the complaints of victims. In June 2008, a research team led by Dr Mick Wilkinson at the Contemporary Slavery Research Centre, the Wilberforce Institute, Hull University, was commissioned by Oxfam to conduct an independent evaluation of the GLA and the Act. Their remit was to: Review the operation of the GLA and Act; Assess the strengths and shortcomings of both in protecting the employment rights and wider rights (eg. to safe housing) of migrant and other vulnerable workers; and Make recommendations on how the Act could be strengthened and extended and the Authority improved to protect migrant and vulnerable workers more effectively. Details: Hull, UK: Contemporary Slavery Research Centre (CSRC), The Wilberforce Institute, University of Hull, 2010. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 5, 2016 at: http://www2.hull.ac.uk/fass/pdf/WPGLAreport.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 138949

Author: Snowdon, Christopher Title: Drinking, Fast and Slow: Ten years of the Licensing Act Summary: - Introduced in 2005, the Licensing Act allowed more flexibility in pub, bar and nightclub opening times and allowed for the possibility of '24 - It was widely predicted that the relaxation of licensing laws would lead to higher rates of alcohol consumption, more binge-drinking, more violent crime and more alcohol-related attendances to Accident and Emergency departments. In the event, none of this occurred. - Per capita alcohol consumption had been rising for many years, but peaked in 2004 and has fallen by 17 per cent since the Licensing Act was introduced. This is the largest reduction in UK drinking rates since the 1930s. - Rates of 'binge-drinking' have declined amongst all age groups since 2005, with the biggest fall occurring amongst the 16-24 age group. - Violent crime declined in the first year of the new licensing regime and has fallen in most years since. Since 2004/05, the rate of violent crime has fallen by 40 per cent, public order offences have fallen by 9 per cent, homicide has fallen by 44 per cent, domestic violence has fallen by 28 per cent and the number of incidents of criminal damage has fallen by 48 per cent. There has been a rise in violent crime between 3am and 6am, but this has been offset by a larger decline at the old closing times (11pm-midnight and 2am to 3am). - The weight of evidence from Accident and Emergency departments suggests that there was either no change or a slight decline in alcohol-related admissions after the Licensing Act was introduced. Alcohol-related hospital admissions have continued to rise, albeit at a slower pace than before the Act was introduced, but there has been no rise in the rate of alcohol-related mortality. There was also a statistically significant decline in late-night traffic accidents following the enactment of the Act. - The evidence from England and Wales contradicts the 'availability theory' of alcohol, which dictates that longer opening hours lead to more drinking, more drunkenness and more alcohol-related harm. The British experience since 2005 shows that longer opening hours do not necessarily create greater demand. - There is little evidence that the Licensing Act led to the creation of a continental cafe culture, as some proponents of liberalisation had hoped, but the primary objectives of diversifying the night-time economy, allowing greater freedom of choice and improving public order have largely been met. By relaxing the licensing laws, the government allowed consumers to pursue their preferences more effectively. In practice, this resulted in relatively modest extensions in opening hours, not '24 hour drinking'. By allowing a greater degree of self-regulation, the Licensing Act benefited consumers without creating the disastrous consequences that were widely predicted. Details: London: Institute of Economic Affairs, 2015. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Briefing 15:05: Accessed May 5, 2016 at: http://www.iea.org.uk/sites/default/files/publications/files/Briefing_1505_Drinking%20fast%20and%20slow_web.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 138950

Author: Painter, Anthony Title: Safer Together: Policing a global city in 2020 Summary: 'Safer together: policing a global city in 2020' is an analysis based on an extensive consultation, wide-ranging research, and the RSA's public service and institutional reform specialisms. It is an ambitious set of proposals to generate a public conversation about the future of London's safety - a critical component of its success as a global city. Following an extensive engagement with 500 of the most senior Met officers and others throughout the service and a consultation involving more than seventy external organisations, Safer Together establishes a shared mission. This mission involves public agencies, the voluntary sector, companies, the public and the police themselves. In a context of severe budgetary constraints and a changing pattern of crime, which is becoming more complex, the risk for London is that all those involved in its safety could be overwhelmed. The report outlines an approach that relies on deeper co-operation, better use of information and 'what works' analysis, and more extensive engagement of the police with London's communities and members of the public who need its support. The RSA proposes: - A Community Safety Index for London that will combine objective measures of crime and incidence of risk and harm with subjective measures such as feelings of safety, absence of anti-social behaviour and neighbourhood quality. - A London Policing Impact Unit that would combine operational, academic, and strategic knowledge. The Impact Unit would analyse data and learn from on-the-ground experience of 'what works'. These lessons would then be applied in the Met. A representative Citizens' Panel would inform its work. - New forms of collective impact to focus on particular challenges should be extended. These will broaden and widen the Multi-Agency Safeguarding Hub approach where agencies work in close cooperation. This means a permanent engagement on shared issues of concern such as domestic violence, mental health, or anti-social behavior. - A deepening of the Met's engagement with victims and witnesses, for example through greater deployment of restorative justice and greater analysis of victim needs and more continuous communication with them. Only through devolution of more powers over the criminal justice system to London can this take place convincingly. And there is a need for deeper community engagement - especially through the Safer Neighbourhood Boards and through the smart use of social media. 'Safer Together' is a considered yet ambitious response to the challenges of next few years in London. It provides a wider lens for current concerns on the future of public services and the public's relationship with them. It will be of interest to all those involved in changes to the public sector and those who rely on these changes succeeding - the public themselves. Details: London: RSA Action and Research Centre, 2015. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 5, 2016 at: https://www.thersa.org/discover/publications-and-articles/reports/safer-together-policing-a-global-city-in-2020/ Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Participation Shelf Number: 138955

Author: O'Brien, Rachel Title: RSA Transitions: A social enterprise approach to prison and rehabilitation Summary: The introduction of working prisons is likely to require significant changes to the workforce and renegotiations of staff contracts. The government's proposals for working prisons risk becoming a good idea turned bad. Our pamphlet, RSA Transitions, is published at the start of the bidding process for new contracts worth $2.5 billion for running nine UK prisons. Under RSA plans, prisoners would be paid to work in social enterprises while in custody. This would continue through the gate with the aim of normalising work, addressing resettlement needs and securing employment in the community. Salaries would make a contribution towards reparation to victims and individual savings towards resettlement. There would be an element of staff and service user ownership linked to performance and rehabilitation. RSA Transitions has been developed with experts from the criminal justice social enterprise fields. It is designed as a social business that would work with different social enterprises within a single framework. This would be underpinned by rigorous evaluation and involve employers, service users, local services and members of the community in its design, delivery, learning and skills content and governance. The government's criminal justice green paper proposed that prisoners will work a 40-hour week and that providers would be paid by results in relation to tackling reoffending levels. The introduction of working prisons is likely to require significant changes to the workforce and renegotiations of staff contracts. RSA Transitions welcomes the government's focus on providing paid work in custody but warns that: - A 23 percent cut to the Ministry of Justice budget increases the pressure to cut costs and maximise profit, risking British prisons becoming more like American profit-led jailhouses that exploit prisoners and fail to rehabilitate. - Prisons are not currently constructed, managed or staffed to support the work ethic. Significant changes would be needed in all these areas in order for them do so. - Prison numbers and overcrowding are at peak levels, making change more difficult. According to the prison service, last week was the eighth consecutive week where over 87,000 people were in prison. - The RSA sets out an alternative model of a not-for-profit community prison that would provide custody and rehabilitation services on a single site, working with between 500 and 700 people at any one time. - The RSA sets out an alternative model of a not-for-profit community prison that would provide custody and rehabilitation services on a single site, working with between 500 and 700 people at any one time Details: London: Royal Society for the Encouragement of Arts, Manufactures and Commerce (RSA), 2011. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 11, 2016 at: https://www.thersa.org/discover/publications-and-articles/reports/rsa-transitions-a-social-enterprise-approach-to-prison-and-rehabilitation/ Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Inmate Labor Shelf Number: 138966

Author: O'Brien, Rachel Title: Building a Rehabilitation culture Summary: This report argues that prisons will continue to struggle to rehabilitate offenders unless they are able to develop stronger, more positive links with their communities and economies. The RSA sets out an alternative model of a not-for-profit community prison that would provide custody and rehabilitation services on a single site, bringing back to life unused Moj assets adjacent to existing prisons. It proposed a model where prisoners and ex-offenders would be paid to work in social enterprises. Was there a way to benefit from the innovations and freedoms that can come with private investment and partnership, but with the ethical constraints and focus of the public and voluntary sector? We were struck by the fact that the work of prison officers and the service was largely invisible or misunderstood by the public. Whereas people would defend the NHS and schools and believed they understood health and education services, the prison service is something that happens 'out of sight', and is largely ignored, until something goes wrong. Yet in polls the public put crime at the top of their concerns. What kind of approach would better involve people, communities, and employers in helping prisons to do the work that we ask of them? These questions and more will inform the study the RSA is undertaking as we assess the potential for taking the Transitions idea to the next stage and is working with a public prison in East Yorkshire to this end. Since publication of its original 'vision' pamphlet in 2011, the RSA has secured funding to undertake a major feasibility study throughout 2013. Details: London: RSA, 2014. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 11, 2016 at: https://www.thersa.org/discover/publications-and-articles/reports/building-a-rehabilitation-culture/ Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 138967

Author: Shaw, Stephen Title: Review into the Welfare in Detention of Vulnerable Persons Summary: This is the report of an independent review by Stephen Shaw that was commissioned on behalf of the Home Secretary. It examines Home Office policies and operating procedures that affect the welfare of immigration detainees. It also includes a list of recommendations to the Home Office to improve the welfare of vulnerable persons in immigration removal centres. Details: London: Home Office, 2016. 349p. Source: Internet Resource: Cm 9186: Accessed May 11, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/490782/52532_Shaw_Review_Accessible.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Immigrant Detention Shelf Number: 138968

Author: Katwala, Sunder Title: Engaging the Anxious Middle on Immigration Reform: Evidence from the UK Debate Summary: The United Kingdom is often presented as having particularly hostile attitudes toward immigration compared to other countries. Momentum generated by those who are firmly opposed to current immigration levels was a major factor behind the call for a June 2016 referendum on UK membership in the European Union, and has also played a role in tough migration policies put forward by the coalition and Conservative governments. Certainly, immigration is an increasingly salient issue in UK politics and surveys indicate that public trust in the government's ability to manage inflows has fallen to abject levels. Immigration emerged as a key political issue in the late 1990s, and from 2013 onwards politics "caught up" with public views, as parties such as the UK Independence Party (UKIP) rose to prominence campaigning on a populist, anti-immigration platform. However, the authors of this report make the case that polls reveal far more nuanced public attitudes towards immigration and immigrants than commonly depicted in the media and political discourse. Though there are substantial minorities of strong opinion for and against immigration, most people fall into the "anxious middle." They are skeptical about the government's handling of immigration and worried about the effects of immigration on society and the economy, but are not hostile toward immigrants themselves, especially skilled ones who can contribute to the economy. This Transatlantic Council on Migration report analyzes polling data in an attempt to paint a more accurate picture of public opinion on immigration - focusing on the concerns of the anxious middle. It examines several drivers of public opinion in the United Kingdom, including media coverage of immigration, before considering how recent migration policy changes can be linked to public opinion - or, crucially, what policymakers perceive to be the public will. Details: Washington, DC: Migration Policy Institute, 2016. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 11, 2016 at: http://www.migrationpolicy.org/research/engaging-anxious-middle-immigration-reform-evidence-uk-debate Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 139001

Author: Lampard, Kate Title: Independent investigation into concerns about Yarl's Wood Immigration removal centre Summary: An independent report published today into the culture and practices at Yarl's Wood Immigration Removal Centre ('Yarl's Wood') has found there is not an endemic culture of abuse nor a hidden problem of inappropriate behaviour by staff at the centre. The report, commissioned by Serco following a series of allegations, did however find serious concerns with staffing arrangements including capacity, training, and an inadequate proportion of female officers to care for women at the centre, and has made 35 recommendations for improvement. The investigation, by Kate Lampard CBE and Ed Marsden from Verita, highlighted both the challenges of running Yarl's Wood and the concerns and experiences of the residents living there whilst their immigration applications are processed. Further specific issues identified by the investigating team as needing improvement, include: the physical environment and access to outside space; the availability of meaningful activities and education programmes for residents; weaknesses in safeguarding arrangements and policies; inconsistent policies and underdeveloped practice in relation to raising concerns and whistle blowing; the choice and quality of the food available; and training, development and appraisal of staff. In addition the report makes recommendations aimed at ensuring greater transparency and openness about Yarl's Wood, noting how there is a disparity between perceptions and the reality of how the centre is managed and run. Details: London: Verita Consultants, 2016. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 11, 2016 at: http://www.yarlswood.co.uk/news/view/an-independent-investigation-into-concerns-about-yarls-wood-immigration-rem Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 139007

Author: Osterman, Linnea Title: Making Restorative Justice Work for Women Who Have Offended Summary: Restorative justice is about direct communication between a victim and their offender, typically through a face to face conference. It holds offenders to account for what they have done, helps them to take responsibility and make amends, and also gives victims the chance to explain the real impact of the crime. While restorative justice has experienced a surge in both theory and practice of late, there remains "[a] woeful lack of evidence regarding female offenders in restorative justice conferences" (Miles, 2013: 8). The vast majority of evidence around restorative justice is gender-blind (Cook, 2006), and/or uses an all-male sample. This is despite a significant and growing evidence base showing that women1 involved in criminal justice have different offending patterns and come into the system with different backgrounds (Elis, 2005). In view of this, recent years have seen a mounting recognition in both policy and practice of the value of gender-sensitive approaches when working with women in criminal justice. This study critically questioned whether restorative justice is lagging behind other areas for criminal justice service provision in this area. The extremely limited literature that exists suggests that very low numbers of female offender cases go through to conference, and that there is a perception in the field that women who have committed an offence are more reluctant to engage in restorative justice (Miles, 2013). The reasons behind this remain unclear, though it is not wholly unlikely to be related to the particular nature and circumstances of female offending. Moreover, there are tentative suggestions in the literature that restorative justice may have a stronger effect on women who offend, especially those convicted of violent offences (Strang, 2015; Sherman et al, 2006). Again, the reasons behind these suggestions remain unclear, though theories include higher levels of empathy and a particular female 'ethics of care', positive impacts on mental health and new opportunities for engagement with services and positive networks. In contrast, some gendered risks have also been highlighted in the limited literature, including that restorative justice, if not well delivered, may exacerbate mental health problems, linked to particular experiences of shame, guilt, and a higher prevalence of vulnerability, trauma and self-harm. Details: London: Restorative Justice Council, 2016. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 13, 2016 at: http://www.t2a.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/making_restorative_justice_work_for_women_offenders_fullreport.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 139008

Author: Maslaha Title: Young Muslims on Trial: A scoping study on the impact of Islamophobia on criminal justice decision-making Summary: The report was funded by Barrow Cadbury Trust as part of the work of its Transition to Adulthood (T2A) programme and the Young Review. The Young Review, published in December 2014, identified an over-representation and a disparity in both treatment and outcome for young African, Caribbean, mixed origin and Muslim men at every stage of the criminal justice process. The report described the treatment of Muslim prisoners as being the result of "at best a lack of cultural competence and at worst prejudice and racist stereotyping." In support of recommendations from The Young Review that a range of practical and powerful tools be developed for future providers to intervene early and reverse this disproportionality, Barrow Cadbury commissioned Maslaha to undergo a scoping exercise to ascertain how criminal justice professionals can be more effective in responding to offending by young Muslim men who come into contact with the criminal justice system (CJS.) Although there has been positive change in policy and practice in recent years in relation to young adults, which includes 'lack of maturity' being considered a mitigating factor in prosecution and sentencing decisions, the growing disproportionality of young BAME men in the system, has raised the question of whether other factors might need to be taken into account. During the course of this scoping exercise we interviewed individuals at a range of bodies and agencies including representatives and employees of: - Probation services - The Law Society - Criminologists - Regional police forces - Police and Crime Commissioners (PCC) - Voluntary sector organisations and projects working with young black and/or Muslim men in the CJS. Discussion groups in London and Leicester with young Muslims who have experience of the criminal justice system. This report summarises themes emerging in the interviews, followed by a series of recommendations proposing interventions which we believe could lead to criminal justice professionals having a broader understanding of a young Muslim's life. This could have the potential to deliver more appropriate strategies for responding to offending by young Muslims, in the same way that considering maturity as a mitigating factor improves effectiveness in relation to young adults generally. Details: London: Maslaha, 2016. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 13, 2016 at: http://www.maslaha.org/sites/default/files/images/Young_Muslims_on_Trial%20%281%29_0.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Islamophobia Shelf Number: 139009

Author: Allen, Rob Title: Meeting the Needs of Young Adult Women in Custody Summary: This report looks at how best the prison system can meet the needs of young adult women. It follows T2A's 2013 report 'Young Adults in Custody: the way forward' which considered the broader issues relating to young adults in prison. That report coincided with proposals by the Coalition Government to dispense with specific young offender institutions (YOIs) and instead to detain young adults in mixed establishments - a practice that has been increasing over the last few years1. The Government's plans were put on hold pending the outcome of Lord Harris's independent review into self-inflicted deaths in custody of 18-24 year olds which reported on July 1st 2015. The Government responded to the review in December 2015. In the meantime the House of Commons Justice Select Committee has embarked on a major inquiry into young adults in the criminal justice system. Details: London: T2A Transition to Adulthood, 2016. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 13, 2016 at: http://www.t2a.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/Young-Adult-Women-in-Custody_LR2.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 139010

Author: British Bankers Association Title: Addressing Financial Abuse: A framework to help banks, other creditors and advice providers challenge financial abuse in intimate partner relationships Summary: People who are prevented from managing their own finances by an abuser can suffer serious and long-term consequences. As well as complicated financial problems, they are often at risk of other forms of violent, sexual and psychological abuse. We know that financial abuse is not very often disclosed and not well understood, and that it can be difficult for victims to get the help that they need. Organisations that provide financial services, collect payments and offer advice need to acknowledge these situations and provide appropriate help. The Addressing Financial Abuse report is a good example of firms and charities working together to improve how they respond to some of the problems faced by people in vulnerable situations. This document offers welcome information and practical proposals for firms to consider. The present framework can help steer banks, other creditors and advice providers to become more proactive in helping to support victims of financial abuse, encouraging disclosure and collectively challenging abuse. Details: London: Citizens Advice, 2016. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2016 at: https://www.citizensadvice.org.uk/Global/CitizensAdvice/Debt%20and%20Money%20Publications/Addressing%20Financial%20Abuse%20-%20AFD%20report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Financial Abuse Shelf Number: 139052

Author: Grimwood, Gabrielle Garton Title: Radicalisation in Prisons in England and Wales Summary: Many prisoners enter prison with a faith and others find one while in prison. Few of these prisoners will be "radicalized" or become involved in extremism or terrorist activity, although (obviously) those that do present huge challenges to the authorities. This Commons Library briefing describes how the Government is seeking to tackle extremism and, in particular, radicalisation in prisons. It examines -The difference between faith and radicalisation -Why people become radicalised -What is happening within prisons -How radicalisation is being countered in prisons and -Whether the National Offender Management Service is doing enough. Details: London: Parliament, House of Commons Library, 2016. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Briefing Paper no. 07487: Accessed May 16, 2016 at: http://researchbriefings.files.parliament.uk/documents/CBP-7487/CBP-7487.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prisoner Radicalization Shelf Number: 139055

Author: Strickland, Pat Title: Contracting out probation services, 2013-2016. Summary: This briefing paper charts the implementation controversial reforms to the probation service. Most offenders are now supervised by Community Rehabilitation Companies, which are mostly privately led. A new public sector National Probation Service manages high risk offenders. So what's the verdict so far? Under the Transforming Rehabilitation programme, the Coalition Government introduced major controversial reforms. These included: - Abolishing Probation Trusts - Contracting out the majority of probation work to private and voluntary sector providers in 21 new Community Rehabilitation Companies (CRCs) - Introducing a new public sector National Probation Service (NPS)to manage high risk offenders and service the courts In addition, an extra 45,000 offenders are being brought into the probation system. This is because, for the first time, those sentenced to less than 12 months in prison are going to be supervised in the community upon release. Details: London: Parliament, House of Commons Library, 2016. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Briefing Paper No. 06894: Accessed May 16, 2016 at: http://researchbriefings.files.parliament.uk/documents/SN06894/SN06894.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Supervision Shelf Number: 139056

Author: Grimwood, Gabrielle Garton Title: Safety in Prisons in England and Wales Summary: Self-inflicted deaths, homicides, self-harm and assaults in prison in England and Wales have risen. The Ministry of Justice is taking action to reduce violence, but concerns remain. Details: London: Parliament, House of Commons Library, 2016. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Briefing Paper no. 07467: Accessed May 16, 2016 at: http://researchbriefings.files.parliament.uk/documents/CBP-7467/CBP-7467.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prison Violence Shelf Number: 139057

Author: Coates, Dame Sally Title: Unlocking Potential: A review of education in prison Summary: Putting education at the heart of the prison regime 1. Education in prison should give individuals the skills they need to unlock their potential, gain employment, and become assets to their communities. It is one of the pillars of effective rehabilitation. Education should build social capital and improve the well-being of prisoners during their sentences. 2. Improved prison education can transform individual prisoners' lives, but it can also benefit society by building safer communities and reducing the significant financial and social costs arising from reoffending. The cost of current levels of reoffending has been estimated to be 9.5-13 billion per year1. 3. Recognition of the importance of education in prisons appears to have been lost. There are pockets of good practice, with examples of 'Outstanding' education provision, but these are isolated. There does not appear to be any systematic way for prisons and Governors to learn from one another. 4. Education is more than a service provided by OLASS providers in classrooms or workshops. All areas of the prison regime should be considered suitable for learning. My vision for prison education is holistic. It includes: - basic skills development in maths, English and ICT, through intensive courses, one-to-one support from other prisoners, or embedded in workshop or other work settings (e.g. kitchens and gardens); - high quality vocational training and employability skills that prepare individuals for jobs on release (e.g. through industrial work and training designed with and for employers); - Personal and Social Development (PSD), including behaviour programmes, family- and relationship-learning, and practical skills (e.g. parenting, finance, and domestic management); - proper support for the needs of prisoners with Learning Difficulties and Disabilities (LDD); - provision of arts, music and sport activities; - enterprise and self-employment support and training; - self-directed study; - learning facilitated by ICT, including distance-learning that can support qualifications from entry level up to degree level; - advice and guidance that ensures individuals make informed choices about education and future employment and career options; and 'through the gate' support so that individuals can continue to progress through education, training and employment on release, and therefore avoid reoffending. 5. The chapters of this report set out the approach I would like to see taken in seven key areas: - Chapter One covers my fundamental recommendation that Prison Governors, as leaders of a complex environment, should have autonomy in the provision of education, and be held to account for the educational progress of all prisoners; - Chapter Two discusses the need for a new 'people' culture in prisons to support leadership, build routes to attract new talent into working in prison, and ensure professional development for all staff. A large number of people are in contact with each individual prisoner day-to-day. They all have a responsibility to ensure that, in educative terms, every contact matters. This includes regional managers, Governors, the Senior Management Team in every prison, teachers, prison officers, prison instructors and peer mentors; -Chapter Three explains the personalised approach Governors should take in developing education. The offer must be meaningful for each learner, encourage personal responsibility, and meet the needs of those with learning difficulties and/or disabilities (LDD); - Chapter Four is concerned with raising aspiration. Education must offer a learning journey that enables educational progress that includes, where appropriate to the individual, industry-standard vocational qualifications and access to Higher Education; - Chapter Five sets out the case for change to be driven through improved ICT. Digital systems are crucial to enabling the delivery of high quality education to prisoners. If prisoners are, on release, to secure employment, continue to study, or otherwise contribute to society, they must be given the opportunity to use and improve their digital skills in prison; - Chapter Six explores what should happen to enable more prisoners to move into sustained employment and/or continue education on release; - Chapter Seven outlines the phased approach and timetable I believe should be taken to reform education. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2016. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/524013/education-review-report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 139067

Author: Great Britain. Home Office. Title: Controlling or Coercive Behaviour in an Intimate or Family Relationship: Statutory Guidance Framework Summary: The purpose of this guidance is to address controlling or coercive behaviour in an intimate or family relationship which causes someone to fear that violence will be used against them on at least two occasions; or causes them serious alarm or distress which has a substantial adverse effect on their usual day-to-day activities. When considering this offence, prosecutors must follow the Code for Crown Prosecutors and the CPS Domestic Abuse Legal Guidance. Note that this Legal Guidance builds on Statutory Guidance on the investigation of the offences of controlling or coercive behaviour Details: London: Home Office, 2015. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/482528/Controlling_or_coercive_behaviour_-_statutory_guidance.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Family Violence Shelf Number: 139097

Author: Carroll, Catherine Title: A Prison within a Prison: The provision of ESOL education and training for prisoners and ex-prisoners Summary: The importance of education and training as a means of reducing re-offending is widely acknowledged and there is an emerging evidence base as to what the most effective strategies are (Lukklen and Johnston 2013). Increasingly, attention from all relevant groups has been focussed on particularly vulnerable groups in prison such as those with literacy and language needs (Gregory and Bryan 2011). One identified group that has received, thus far, very little attention with respect to specific policy or research are those offenders and ex-offenders with English as a second language. The Bell Foundation commissioned this short literature review of ESOL provision for offenders and ex-offenders in order to inform the Foundation's long term programme in this field. The focus of the review was to include data on prevalence of ESOL needs within this population, ESOL needs as a risk factor for re-offending, current practice for supporting offenders with ESOL needs, challenges to effective ESOL provision and recommendations for further research. 'A Prison within a Prison' is a literature review by the Centre for Education in the Criminal Justice System at the UCL Institute of Education, which looks at the ESOL provision in the custodial setting. The report concludes that: There is no national data available on the number of individuals in the criminal justice system with ESOL needs, making it difficult to plan for provision for this group. Delivering effective ESOL in the custodial setting is challenging, due both to a lack of knowledge about the target group and due to the frequent transfers and movement restrictions of prisoners. Having ESOL needs presents a very real challenge for prisoners' experience in prison and after release. Details: London: University College of London, Institute of Education; Cambridge, UK: Bell Foundation, 2015. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 19, 2016 at: https://www.bell-foundation.org.uk/assets/Documents/APrisonwithinPrison.pdf?1423048388 Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 139106

Author: Hales, Liz Title: The Language Barrier to Rehabilitation Summary: 'The Language Barrier to Rehabilitation' by Dr Liz Hales in partnership with Hibiscus Initiatives, recommends that appropriate literacy training and English language skills contribute towards successful resettlement of offenders. Key findings from the report include: The highest level of need for Literacy and ESOL (English for Speakers of Other Languages) delivery is amongst those with a low or pre-entry literacy level. Small group tuition focusing on language relevant to everyday life is critical. Peer support is key and helps to overcome the barrier of limited resources. In the delivery of ESOL, the role of the teacher often extends beyond that of tutor to the offering of guidance, support and signposting. The new requirement for post-release supervision of all prisoners from 2014, as set out by the Government's Transforming Rehabilitation programme, provides an opportunity for better identification of need and signposting to relevant classes for those with limited English language skills. Details: Cambridge, UK: Bell Foundation, 2015. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 19, 2016 at: https://www.bell-foundation.org.uk/assets/Documents/TheLanguageBarriertoRehabilitation.pdf?1423048443 Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 139107

Author: Great Britain. Law Commission Title: A New Sentencing Code for England and Wales Transition - Final Report and Recommendations Summary: 1.1 On 1 July 2015 we published an issues paper seeking consultees' views on an aspect of the Law Commission's project to codify sentencing procedure in a New Sentencing Code. 1.2 This report summarises the responses we received to that consultation, and lists the recommendations we make in light of those responses. We also set out in a little more detail some of the practical implications of the approach that we recommend. Details: London: Law Commission, 2016. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Law Com. No. 365: Accessed May 20, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/524631/55746_HC_30_Web.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Law Shelf Number: 139117

Author: Conaglen, Philip Title: Violence Prevention: A Public Health Priority Summary: Violence is a public health priority in Scotland There are an estimated 236,000 violent crimes committed against adults in Scotland each year. In a large NHS Board, annual emergency department attendance rates relating to interpersonal violence were 3.6 per 1,000 population. In 2012-13 there were 3,386 emergency hospital admissions in Scotland as a result of assault. Beyond physical harm, violence also causes psychological, economic and social harms and its impact extends well beyond the victim and perpetrator into their relationships, communities and society. Scottish Government modelling indicates that the economic and social costs of violent crimes far outweigh the costs of all other types of crime combined, with estimated costs running into many thousands of millions of pounds. Violence and its risk factors are often both the cause and effect of health, gender, economic and social inequalities. Can there be any doubt that violence is a public health priority, requiring concerted public health action? Violence is preventable Risk and protective factors for violence exist across individual, relationship, community and societal levels. Research shows that these include such things as: being the victim of abuse, experiencing violent parental conflict, poverty and high unemployment and cultural norms which support violence. This paper provides an overview of the evidence base - the wide range of international evidence summaries and briefing papers which relate to violence and (most importantly) to violence prevention. While gaps do remain in the literature, what is there helps shape our understanding of: the scale and impact of violence; what causes violence; and what works to prevent violence and to extend better care and support to affected populations. A range of Scottish Government strategies and initiatives, for example those relating to intimate partner violence, alcohol abuse, child abuse, suicide and knife crime, aim to address the causes of violence. Violence prevention is also incorporated within a range of broader government strategies and policies as the risk and protective factors for violence are experienced across different life stages. These all provide opportunities to renew efforts to prevent violence. Details: Glasgow: ScotPHN, 2014. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2016 at: http://www.scotphn.net/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/Report-Violence-Prevention-A-Public-Health-Priority-December-2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Public Health Shelf Number: 139127

Author: Holden, Gary Title: Medway Improvement Board, Final Report of the Board's Advice to Secretary of State for Justice Summary: i. The independent Medway Improvement Board was appointed on 26th January 2016 by the Secretary of State for Justice. The Board was appointed as a response to a BBC Panorama programme on 11th January which highlighted the allegations of physical and emotional abuse of young people by staff at Medway STC. ii. The Board was asked to investigate the current safeguarding arrangements at Medway STC and report to the Secretary of State on the confidence of its members in the capability of YJB and other organisations to meet appropriate safeguarding standards at Medway in the future and on performance and monitoring arrangements. The Board was also asked to feed into the Improvement Plan that G4S were asked to put in place. iii. In the time that the Board was appointed, they spoke to 34 stakeholders in person, either as a Board or on a one-to-one basis. Stakeholders included key individuals from G4S and YJB, inspectors from HMIP and Ofsted, the Children's Commissioner, and senior staff at Medway Council. The Board also spoke to staff and children at the STC and conducted a roundtable event with stakeholders from lobby groups and charities. iv. From very early on in the investigations, the Board found problems that members found alarming. The most immediate concerns were raised in the interim advice presented to the Secretary of State on 2nd March. v. The Board found that there was a lack of clarity on the purpose of an STC and that leadership within the STC has driven a culture that appears to be based on control and contract compliance rather than rehabilitation and safeguarding vulnerable young people. The Board continues to have significant concerns that this culture and the emphasis on contract compliance may be leading to reports of falsification of records etc. that were seen in the Panorama broadcast. vi. There are blurred lines of accountability and an ambiguous management structure. A clearer child-based vision needs to be driven by strong leadership. The purpose of STCs needs to be more clearly articulated with a focus on prompting a nurturing and safe environment. The Board is recommending that an independent Governing Body be appointed to provide overall oversight and scrutiny arrangements for safeguarding in all STCs. vii. Current safeguarding measures are insufficient and outdated. There is too much emphasis on control and contract compliance and not enough on the best interests and mental wellbeing of the trainees. YJB has not done enough to change this and current policies and practices need to be reviewed. viii. The Board is not convinced that the various organisations that currently play a role in scrutinising and responding to safeguarding at Medway STC are coordinated in their approach. This increases the risk of safeguarding issues falling through a gap. These findings further support the need for an independent governing body. ix. There is a history of similar concerns being raised repeatedly in letters from whistle-blowers and former staff. The Board feels that policies which form part of the STC contract need to be reviewed to ensure that they support the overall safety of young people rather than focus on contractual penalties. Whistle-blowers and children inside of the STC need to have an effective support framework in which they feel safe to raise concerns and complaints. x. The Board noted that there is a qualitative difference between how behaviour management and Restrictive Physical Interventions (RPI) are used in the secure children's estate and in other sectors, despite the fact that in some cases staff are dealing with very similar behaviours. There is a lack of understanding of the causes and drivers of behaviour problems and too much focus on controlling behaviour rather than dealing with underlying vulnerabilities. The Board feels there needs to be a wider review of behaviour management policy and practice in STCs, across the wider youth justice system and across other sectors, with a view to developing a coherent and consistent policy on risk, restraint and behaviour management across government. xi. The Board continues to have concerns about how YJB manages their contract and monitors safeguarding at the STC. It welcomes some of the changes that have been made as a result of earlier advice in the course of the term of this Improvement Board and acknowledges that YJB are reviewing their approach to monitoring in the STC. The Board feels there is a need for formal separation of the often conflicting YJB monitoring functions of ensuring contractual compliance and monitoring safeguarding. xii. The Board feels that while the revised Improvement Plan, received from G4S on 15th March, takes on board earlier feedback from the Board, it does not go far enough. In particular it does not take into account the Board's concerns about handover and continuity if, following the announcement of their intention to sell the contract, responsibility for managing the STC and for implementing the Improvement Plan moves from G4S. Regardless of who man manages Medway STC, changes in culture, leadership and staff approaches are needed; for these reasons the Improvement Plan needs to incorporate effective mechanism for continuity of improvement, assessment of impact of improvements, and a timetable for handover. Details: s.l.: Medway Improvement Board, 2016. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/523167/medway-report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Detention Facilities Shelf Number: 139128

Author: Prison Reform Trust Title: In Care, Out of Trouble. How the life chances of children in care can be transformed by protecting them from unnecessary involvement in the criminal justice system Summary: This review was established to examine the reasons for, and how best to tackle, the over representation of children in care, or with experience of care, in the criminal justice system in England and Wales. Aiming to reduce the disproportionate number of young people who are, or have been, in public care progressing into custody is laudable. The over representation of looked after children in the youth justice system has to be challenged and changed. But it soon becomes distressingly clear that starting at the point of evidence of criminal behaviour is for many young people simply too late in the day. Remedial work and rehabilitation are essential but prevention is so much more rewarding and fruitful for the young person and wider society. It is against that background that it would be good to pause and reflect again on the importance of childhood in the social and emotional development of every young person. Good parenting entails a lifetime commitment. It creates the solid foundation on which is built the evolving unique personality that, hopefully, will in due course become the fulfilled adult. The essential ingredients are security, stability, unselfish love and an unyielding commitment to give the child the best start and hope for the future. It is in this context that young children develop self confidence, trust, personal and social values and optimism. Loss, neglect or trauma at this early stage in life often result in profound and enduring consequences. Great emphasis should be placed on early life experiences. Guidance and support through pregnancy and during the early months of parenthood should be available to all who need it. There are clear long term benefits in identifying problems at an early stage rather than delaying until a crisis. It is in all of our interests that as many children as possible are enabled to grow up to become successful, law abiding and fulfilled citizens well able to be good role models for the next generation. We all have a part to play in this, but especially the wider family. At times of difficulty steps should be taken to involve other family members and encourage their different contributions and support. Handled in the right way a crisis might be short-lived and stability restored. After all, this is a well trodden path in many families without the assistance of the state. This can be hugely satisfying work for frontline staff. Working in this way in some local authorities has already resulted in fewer children coming into care. Investing in childhood is more than a nice thing to do. It has a real value that goes beyond the child as it facilitates the future wellbeing of society. Failure to help the child and, where possible, to support the family at this stage is both costly to the child and very expensive to the state. In every way the price is high for everyone involved. In financial terms it costs over L200,000 each year to keep a young person in a secure children's home and the yearly cost of a place in a young offender institution is about L60,000. Meeting many young people in custodial institutions demonstrates all too clearly the gaps in their social development and in their basic education. It is impossible not to be moved by their experiences and the serious constraints on their life chances. For some, their anger, frustrations, inability to express themselves except through challenging behaviour and possibly violence all point to failure, for whatever reason, in their earlier years. Yet with the right help at the right time, the capacity of many children to change and their resilience in difficult circumstances is admirable. The staff in these establishments need to be equipped to demonstrate a mixture of sound professional skills and impressive personal qualities. They deserve good training, proper supervision and support. We should honour what they do on behalf of us all not least because few of us, including me, would choose to take on such challenging and at times distressing work. Remedial work can be tough, demanding and at times dispiriting. But this review has heard how good practice can achieve inspiring results. What is abundantly clear is that no one service operating alone can hope to meet the needs of these young people or their families. Each one of the key public services has a distinct and clear responsibility in law to fulfil the duties placed upon them by the United Kingdom Parliament and the Welsh Assembly. One of those duties is to work in partnership with each of the other services. Over the years there have been far too many well publicised examples of services failing to work across organisational boundaries both in the exchange of information and in day by day practice in the protection and support of vulnerable children. We have seen and heard of excellent joint working and co-located teams in places such as Leeds and Surrey to divert looked after children from unnecessary criminalisation. Good practice is achieving splendid results in other areas too. Now is the time to make it standard practice everywhere. Details: London: PRT, 2016. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 24, 2016 at: http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/Portals/0/Documents/In%20care%20out%20of%20trouble%20summary.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 139145

Author: Great Britain. HM Inspectorate of Probation Title: Desistance and Young People Summary: Desistance is the process of abstaining from crime amongst those who previously had engaged in a sustained pattern of offending. Desistance theories have had a growing influence on probation policy and practice with adult offenders. By contrast, there is more limited research and evidence about youth desistance and no unified, accepted definition. To add to the evidence base, we have assessed the effectiveness of practice in Youth Offending Teams (YOTs) across the main themes which desistance research has identified as being important in supporting children and young people's routes away from offending. In recent years, YOTs statutory workloads have reduced significantly, as has their funding and often their continuity of staff. Alongside the paucity of research, those changes may well have affected the extent to which some YOTs are able to apply themselves to youth desistance, and do so skillfully. In this inspection we found that a small number of case managers clearly had an excellent grounding and understanding of desistance theory. They were able to reference relevant research and identify some of the key ideas and implications for practice. The majority of staff, however, were not schooled in desistance theory and were unclear about how key concepts and approaches could be applied. In this report we confirm that as with adults, personalised approaches work best - those that take into account gender and ethnicity, for example. In this inspection we found that effective methods for children and young people are age-appropriate, and based on a good understanding of the individual's needs, history and circumstances, for example Looked After status. Details: London: HM Inspectorate of Probation, 2016. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 6, 2016 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2016/05/Desistance_and_young_people.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Desistance Shelf Number: 139282

Author: Berridge, Susan Title: Serialised Sexual Violence in Teen Television Drama Series Summary: This thesis examines the kinds of stories about teenage sexual violence that are enabled (or not) by US and British teen television drama series between 1990 and 2008. This genre is centrally concerned with issues of sexuality and, in particular, sexual vulnerability as teenage characters negotiate the transition from childhood to adulthood. Sexual violence narratives are common within this context. This thesis argues that a fuller understanding of representations of sexual violence is enabled by contextualising these narratives in relation to overall series' and generic contexts. I employ a structural methodology to map where these storylines occur within series' and generic structures across fourteen texts, uncovering striking patterns that point to the value of analyzing several programmes alongside one another. This then provides the starting point for a deeper textual analysis of how sexual violence functions narratively and ideologically. Through doing this, I am able to provide insights into a variety of different forces that shape how these narratives are framed. Contextualising my analysis of representations of sexual violence allows me to account for the specificities of episodic and serial narrative forms, the generic hybridity of individual programmes, the wider conventions of the teen drama series genre, the gender of the series' protagonist and US and British contexts. Additionally, I identify the genre's dominant sexual norms and explore how these norms intersect with representations of sexual violence. Details: Glasgow: University of Glasgow, 2010. 269p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 7, 2016 at: http://theses.gla.ac.uk/2326/1/2010berridgephd.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mass Media Shelf Number: 139287

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation Title: Full Joint Inspection of Youth Offending Work in Staffordshire Summary: Reducing reoffending Overall work to reduce reoffending was satisfactory. Good quality reports were produced for the courts and initial assessments were of a high standard. A new planning format had been adopted and further work was required to make sure that plans captured the issues identified in the assessment as well as reflecting the views of children and young people. Strategies for dealing with children and young people with low levels of motivation to change needed further development. Protecting the public Overall work to protect the public and actual or potential victims was good. Reports and initial assessments contained a thorough analysis of the risk of serious harm posed by children and young people. Multi-agency arrangements were good and there was a strong partnership approach to work to protect the public. Victims were well served by the YOS. Protecting children and young people Overall work to protect children and young people and reduce their vulnerability was good. Assessments were thorough and the YOS had appropriate multi-agency arrangements in place to manage vulnerability. Work to manage and reduce vulnerability was generally good, however, the reduction in health secondees to the service may reduce the ability of the service to respond to vulnerable children and young people in the future. Making sure the sentence is served Overall work to make sure the sentence was served was good. The YOS and its partners worked well to achieve positive outcomes for children and young people. Compliance was managed effectively. Barriers to engagement were identified and responded to, and children and young people together with their parents/carers were engaged meaningfully in the order. Governance and partnerships Overall, the effectiveness of governance and partnership arrangements was satisfactory. Operational management of the service was effective, there was a well trained, competent workforce and there were examples of strong partnership working. The YOS Management Board had met regularly but there had been a number of significant gaps in representation, notably health and education. Reoffending rates had risen and the Board's response was unclear. Interventions to reduce reoffending Overall the management and delivery of interventions to reduce reoffending was good. Staff had access to a wide range of resources. Outcomes achieved as a result of interventions had not yet been fully identified and evaluated. Details: London: HM Inspectorate of Probation, 2016. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 7, 2016 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2016/06/Staffordshire-FJI-report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Detention Facilities Shelf Number: 139299

Author: Care Quality Commission Title: A safer place to be: Findings from our survey of health-based places of safety for people detained under section 136 of the Mental Health Act Summary: In January and February 2014 we carried out a survey of NHS mental health trusts and social enterprise providers of health-based places of safety in England. The purpose of this survey was to examine the provision and use of health-based places of safety for people detained under section 136 of the Mental Health Act (the power that police officers have to detain people, believed to have a mental disorder, in a public place and to take them to a place of safety for assessment), especially as a means of understanding the availability and accessibility of the places of safety. The survey focused on: The availability, in practice, of health-based places of safety. Accessibility, including any exclusion criteria. Staffing and training of those involved in operating places of safety. Target times and delays in carrying out MHA assessments after people have been taken to places of safety. Governance, reporting and multi-agency working. The role of police and ambulance services. Overall we found that some places of safety are operating effectively, with innovative examples of positive practice and organisational developments. However, there was also evidence that recommended national standards are not being fully met in a range of areas. There are four key findings that we believe need to be urgently addressed: 1.Too many places of safety are turning people away or requiring people to wait for long periods with the police, because they are already full or because there are staffing problems. 2.Too many providers operate policies that exclude young people, people who are intoxicated, and people with disturbed behaviour from all of their places of safety. 3.Too many commissioners are not adequately fulfilling their responsibilities for maintaining an oversight of the section 136 pathway. 4.Too many providers are not appropriately monitoring their own service provision. This makes it difficult for those providers and their commissioners to evaluate if provision is meeting the needs of people in their local area. Details: Newcastle upon Tyne, UK: Care Quality Commission, 2014. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 8, 2016 at: http://www.cqc.org.uk/sites/default/files/20141021%20CQC_SaferPlace_2014_07_FINAL%20for%20WEB.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 139325

Author: Murray, Kath Title: Landscape Review on Stop and Search in Scotland Summary: This report presents a landscape review of academic and policy research and evidence on stop and search in Scotland. The report was commissioned by the Scottish Police Authority (SPA) via the Scottish Institute for Policing Research. It is not an exhaustive systematic evidence review. Rather the aim is to provide an overview of the key findings and themes in the existing evidence base, and relate these to the direction of police policy and practice in Scotland. The review also aims to support the Authority's commitment to building a stronger and more holistic research picture on the wider societal impact of stop and search. Details: Edinburgh: University of Edinburgh, 2015. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 11, 2016 at: http://www.sipr.ac.uk/downloads/Landscape_review_stop_search_270116.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 139394

Author: StopWatch Title: StopWatch Submission to the Consultation on Police Powers to Stop and Search Summary: The Home Office consultatio' document defines the purpose of stop and search as being to 'fight against crime'. According to Her Majesty's Inspectorate of the Constabulary (HMIC), however, most police forces have no clear approach to using stop and search powers, nor a strategy or objective for their exercise. Existing definitions of the purpose of stop and search lack the clarity and precision required to ensure appropriate regulation of police powers and evaluation of their effectiveness. The absence of circumscription heightens the risk of those powers being abused. The exercise of police powers to stop an individual in a public place, to detain them for questioning, and to search their person or their belongings, constitutes an invasion of liberty and privacy. The powers are intrusive and coercive, and the circumstances in which they are exercised are frequently embarrassing, humiliating, intimidating and frightening for the individual concerned. - Stop and search has potentially damaging effects on individuals, communities and wider society. The powers can only be justified if there is evidence that they contribute significantly to the public good and if there is no less intrusive or coercive means to achieve the same end. The evidence of effectiveness, insofar as it exists, is unconvincing and there has been insufficient effort dedicated to the development of a less costly and less invasive alternative. Stop and search powers can be abused and used arbitrarily, without proper grounds and for improper purposes. The exercise of these powers must therefore be properly supervised to ensure that they are lawful, necessary, proportionate, properly circumscribed, and subject to adequate legal safeguards against abuse. Police officers do not have a right to stop and search. They have a duty to investigate crime and contribute to community safety; to promote equality, prevent illegal discrimination; and to protect our rights and freedoms. The police are granted powers to carry out these duties. Stop and search powers require a secure base of community support. Police action must both be fair and rational, and be perceived as so being by individuals and wider society. Without community consent and legitimacy, the use of the power becomes corrosive and ineffective Details: London: Stopwatch, 2013. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 13, 2016 at: http://www.stop-watch.org/uploads/documents/StopWatch_consultation_final.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 139406

Author: Monchuk, Leanne Title: Crime Prevention through Environmental Design (CPTED): Investigating Its Application and Delivery in England and Wales Summary: This thesis has two aims. First, it examines how the principles of Crime Prevention through Environmental Design (CPTED) are practically applied by a representative sample of 28 Architectural Liaison Officers (ALOs) across England and Wales. Second, it investigates how CPTED is delivered across Greater Manchester by Greater Manchester Police Design for Security Consultancy (DFSC). The research demonstrates that when presented with a set of residential plans ALOs are, to varying extents, able to identify locations which time shows have higher levels of crime and disorder. Whilst there is a skill exhibited by ALOs, there is a wide range of performance with some ALOs tending to overstate the risks posed. The skill therefore requires finessing to ensure that ALO input is maximally useful. It is argued that those responsible for the application of CPTED should be afforded more training and resources to allow them to develop this skill. Research underpinning ALO advice also needs to be developed. The way in which CPTED is delivered across Greater Manchester is atypical when compared to other forces across England and Wales. CPTED in Manchester is applied by former built environment professionals and a fee is charged for the production of a Crime Impact Statement (CIS). The aim of the CIS is to ensure that CPTED is considered early in the design and planning process. The thesis reports on how the CIS process was delivered during a period of austerity and examines how DFSC liaise with key stakeholders in compiling the CIS. The associated police recorded crime data for four residential CIS developments is reviewed as a means of measuring the extent to which the developments experienced crime and disorder compared to the immediate surrounding area. During the period of analysis no burglary offences were recorded. Analysis reveals that the involvement of DFSC is dependent upon a client being aware of the policy requirement for a CIS to accompany major planning applications. Some clients request a CIS late in the design and planning process, which limits the time DFSC can appraise the scheme and provide a consultative service. The content and structure of the CIS' varies depending upon when and by whom the CIS is written. Whilst CPTED is an important consideration for LPAs across Manchester, it is only one consideration, amongst others, for planning officers. Details: Huddersfield, UK: University of Huddersfield, 2016. 343p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 28, 2016 at: http://eprints.hud.ac.uk/27933/ Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Built Environment Shelf Number: 139512

Author: Macfarlane, Alison Title: Female Genital Mutilation in England and Wales: Updated statistical estimates of the numbers of affected women living in England and Wales and girls at risk Interim report on provisional estimates Summary: This report contains provisional estimates of the numbers of women with female genital mutilation (FGM) living in England and Wales, the numbers of women with FGM giving birth and the numbers of girls born to women with FGM. These are headline figures for England and Wales as a whole. Further work is under way to provide estimates at a local authority level and to refine these national analyses. These will be published later in the full project report. Details: London: City University London, 2014. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 29, 2016 at: http://openaccess.city.ac.uk/3865/1/Female%20Genital%20Mutilation%20in%20England%20and%20Wales.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Cutting Shelf Number: 139536

Author: Walmsley, Edward J.L. Title: Situational crime prevention: the public's engagement with, support for, and their opinions on the effectiveness of SCP techniques and measures within a residential setting Summary: There was little previous literature assessing public opinions of specific crime prevention strategies. Therefore the aim of this study was to investigate whether or not the public engage with situational crime prevention (SCP) techniques and measures, whether they support it, and whether or not they believe it to be effective. These main three opinions were then tested against four factors: area of residence; socio-demographic features; victimisation; and fear of crime. The study used a quantitative methodology and collected survey data from 196 participants from two separate locations of opposing crime rates within Kirklees, West Yorkshire. The study found that in general the sample strongly engaged with, supported, and felt SCP techniques and measures within their area of residence to be effective, although the latter measure was unconvincing. A key finding was that all three factors had positive correlations indicating that engagement can increase support and opinions on effectiveness and vice versa. Evidence was found to show that the four factors effected opinions on the effectiveness of SCP, however, no conclusive evidence was found to show that area of residence, socio-demographic features, victimisation, and fear of crime significantly affect engagement and support of SCP. Further results did indicate though, that the public were in favour of a number of Crime Prevention through Environmental Design features, especially improved community cohesion. As a result of the findings, the study suggests a number of policy implications, such as increased community cohesion and educating the public on the positive effects and success of SCP implementation. As well as this, future research should concentrate on exploring fear of crime: in particular do security measures increase it and if so can preventative initiatives such as Designing out Crime and Secured by Design be effective in reducing it Details: Huddersfield, University of Huddersfield, 2014. 133p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed June 29, 2016 at: http://eprints.hud.ac.uk/23528/1/ewalmsleyfinalthesis.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: CPTED Shelf Number: 139537

Author: Drover, Paul Title: Leading and Testing Body Worn Video in Wolverhampton Summary: Policing faces both a crisis in public confidence and the challenge of improving effectiveness in times of austerity. Body Worn Video (BWV) is seen internationally as having the potential to reduce public complaints, police use of force and potentially to improve criminal justice outcomes. However there are very few studies currently that explore the effects of BWV. Further replication of the BWV trial in Rialto, California (Farrar, 2013) is required to develop our understanding of the effects. This research shall document a Police Leaders' implementation of a randomised control trial into the effects of BWV. The main objectives are to identify the challenges to implementing a trial and identify how they were overcome. The solutions to these challenges shall provide key lessons for future police leaders as they undertake research and implement change. This study shall break down the sections of the implementation process. It shall explore each issue from gaining support to run a trial through to the challenge of maintaining it. The main challenges encountered from devising the trial in March 2014, through to three months into random allocation in August 2014 shall be detailed. Addressing police resistance, tracking performance, working with technology and maintaining officer compliance will feature as key issues. This study found that gaining the support of police practitioners and police leaders requires both negotiation and direction. Once overcome the ability to maintain compliance with the experimental protocols of random assignment was key. A combination of nudge theory and direct accountability is required. The study identifies planning and a skilled support team as being crucial to overcoming the issues of trial implementation and management. A leader with strong communication skills who can adapt to feedback is central to overcoming the many issues encountered in the trial. Details: Cambridge, UK: Wolfson College, 2014. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed June 29, 2016 at: http://www.crim.cam.ac.uk/alumni/theses/Paul%20Drover.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 139538

Author: Northern Ireland Criminal Justice Inspection Title: Report on an announced inspection of Maghaberry Prison: 4-15 January 2016 Summary: Maghaberry prison remains a complex and challenging establishment which in the context of the United Kingdom is unique. It holds approximately 1,000 men ranging from those on remand and serving short sentences, to lifers and separated paramilitary prisoners. It is the only prison in Northern Ireland that can hold Category 'A' prisoners and for many serving longer sentences, they will spend most, if not all of their time at Maghaberry. Many of the prison population have learning difficulties, mental health issues, addiction problems and personality disorders and it was notable that in the seven months since our last inspection in May 2015, this extreme level of vulnerability had become more marked. 'Overall, this was a concerning inspection of a prison which was as bad as any we have seen in recent years. Inspectors met a number of good, motivated managers and staff who gave us some hope that with the right kind of leadership and tangible support, Maghaberry could recover and again reach a point where progress could be made. However, a significant failure in leadership was compounded by an ineffective relationship between [Northern Ireland] Prison Service (NIPS) headquarters and local management which needed to be urgently addressed. A general malaise was evident at Maghaberry, which sought to attribute blame rather than find solutions to problems. There also was an unhealthy combination of high sickness absence and poor staff morale which served to exacerbate these issues.' Given the extent of the problems we found, we made a decision to reduce the number of recommendations in the subsequent report (published November 2015) to nine key areas of concern (see Appendix 2). In the meantime we provided prison managers and the NIPS with a summary of these key findings and concerns. We also made the unprecedented decision to return to the prison for a follow-up inspection in January 2016. This not only indicated the depth of our concerns about what we had found, but was also intended to communicate the urgency of much of what we felt needed to be done, and by making the inspection announced, provided a clear timeframe and focus for senior managers to start the process of transformation that in our view was needed. Given the short timescale since the previous full inspection, we decided not to re-visit our healthy prison assessments from May 2015, but to instead concentrate on whether progress was being made, or was planned, to address our nine recommendations. Details: Belfast: The Inspectorate, 2016. 128p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 1, 2016 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/52/52198550-ec0f-41d1-bdcd-61623b6a75b0.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 139546

Author: KM Research and Consultancy Ltd. Title: Evaluation of the Caring Dads Cymru Programme Summary: 1 Executive Summary What is Caring Dads? Caring Dads Cymru (CDC) is a group work voluntary programme for men who are at risk of committing domestic viol ence and therefore, at risk of causing harm to their children. The Caring D ads programme originated in Canada but the programme content and theory wa s adapted and applied in Wales. CDC was delivered by the NSPCC and included group 'facilitators', who delivered the group work, central coordina tion and management and partner Support Workers who worked with clients' part ners or ex partners to ensure their safety and wellbeing. A central theory behind CDC is that men will be more motivated to engage in an intervention to address their abusive behaviour if the focus is ostensibly on their relationship with their children. The CDC programme was first initia ted in 2006 and funded by the Welsh Government. The programme was run by NSPCC Cymru. The Evaluation of Caring Dads Cymru The aim of the evaluation, which spanned two years of the Programme, was to establish the effectiveness of th e programme in changing men's abusive attitudes and behaviours thus preventing them from doing harm to children and children's mothers. Methods The evaluation included the following methods: - Interviews with Caring Dads facilitators and clients - Interviews with partners or ex part ners of Caring Dads clients, not necessarily connected to the client research participants - Standardised psychological measures given by CDC clients at the beginning and end of the programme - Interviews with staff who had referred men to CDC - A research and practitioner symposium to explore the purpose of Caring Dads and make recommendati ons for accreditation of the scheme. Details: Merthyr Tydfil, Wales: Welsh Government Social Research, 2012. 101p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 11, 2016 at: http://dera.ioe.ac.uk/15837/1/120706caringdadsen.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Abusive Men Shelf Number: 139498

Author: McConnell, Nicola Title: Caring Dads: Safer Children. Evaluation Report Summary: Caring Dads: Safer Children 8 keY finDings: Young people's version Caring Dads: Safer Children (CDSC) is a training course that helps fathers who bully or are unkind to their family. The NSPCC has done some research to find out if the fathers were better dads after the course. - Some children felt happier and safer after their fathers had been on the course. Other children said their fathers could still be unkind or angry. - Most fathers said that they found it easier to be a good dad after the course. - Some of the children's mothers were very unhappy before the course. After the course, some mothers were happier. - Some mothers said that the father stopped bullying or being nasty after the course. Details: London: NSPCC, 2016. 168p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 11, 2016 at: https://www.nspcc.org.uk/globalassets/documents/evaluation-of-services/caring-dads-safer-children-evaluation-report-large-text.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Abusive Men Shelf Number: 139599

Author: Metropolican Police Authority Title: Under Lock and Quay: Reducing Criminal Opportunity by Design Summary: Under Lock and Quay Foreword Londons Waterways are an accessible cult ural and environmental asset which also act as a catalyst for regeneration and inward investment. They are playing an increasingly important role in the capital's tourism industry as well as becoming popular for residential, commercial and leisure development, all of which impact substantially on the patterns of movement along the waterways and the growing number of different users. There is a growing national awareness of the added value and commercial betterment of development alongside water, and recent major schemes have demonstrated the success and potential for future development. There is a real opportunity to capitalise on this resource and British Waterways are striving to improve access to, and enhance the vitality of, the waterway network. It is important therefore that issues relating to crime and the fear of crime are tackled using positive and long-term solutions which are in keeping with the built and natural heritage of this historic transport network to encourage greater and safer use of waterside facilities. Inland waterways are an integral part of London's natural and industrial heritage as well as having a vital social role to play through the provision of publicly accessible areas for informal recreation and educational purposes. However, British Waterways and the Metropolitan Police recognise that the linear nature of the waterways, particularly canals which have a limited number of crossing points, often result in segregation of waterside areas from their surroundings and increased opportunity for criminal activities to occur. It is often the fear of crime rather than actual danger itself which discourages peop le from venturing along the towing path. Safety and security issues are inextricably bound up with enhancement, conservation and development, yet addressing the problem is often done on an ad-hoc basis once development is complete. This leads to ineffective and inappropriate treatment which can have two negative impacts upon the waterway environment: - creates an environment which can be inad vertently perceived as being unsafe; or - changes the historic charac ter of the waterway irrevocably as to make it less desirable to visit. Therefore, British Waterways and the Metropolitan Police are of the view that design measures to improve security should ideally be included at the planning stage as part of an integral approach to new development, regeneration, and environmental improvement schemes in order to design out crime. Details: London: Canal River Trust, 2000. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 13, 2016 at: https://canalrivertrust.org.uk/media/library/309.pdf Year: 2000 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Built Environment Shelf Number: 139626

Author: Thorlby, Katie Elaine Title: Global Perspectives on Sustainable Exit from Prostitution: An analysis of social enterprise approaches adopted by faith-based projects supporting women to leave prostitution. Summary: Prostitution is highly contested and extensively researched yet despite the amount of research that has been carried out there has, until recently, been little focus on how people leave prostitution. Within the literature that does exist, the complexity of leaving prostitution is widely acknowledged. Exiting is seen as a process not an event, and one which is not necessarily linear, and studies recognise that those who seek to leave face multi-faceted barriers. The role of support organisations in facilitating transitions from prostitution is acknowledged but such organizations remain largely unexamined, as do the associations with faith traditions that have been noted amongst some of these organisations. The existing literature attests to the role of alternative employment in enabling women to exit and remain out of prostitution and a small number of empirical studies have begun to explore the role of micro-enterprise development and vocational skills training in the context of prostitution. The provision of alternative employment through the operation of a social enterprise, has, however, received scant attention. This thesis contributes to understandings of the process of exiting prostitution through an exploration of the phenomenon of faith-based projects that support women to leave prostitution through the operation of social enterprises. Based on data from an internet mapping study and ethnographic research with two case studies, a project in India and a project in the US, both of which are running social enterprises, the research examines the nature of such projects; how they support women to exit prostitution; how the social enterprise models employed by these projects operate; the salience of faith in the nature and work of such projects; and the experiences of the women engaging with these projects. In doing so, this thesis contributes to knowledge in three areas: (1) exiting prostitution, (2) social enterprise, and (3) faith. Details: Durham, UK: Durham University, 2015. 351p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 13, 2016 at: http://etheses.dur.ac.uk/11072/ Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Faith-Based Programs Shelf Number: 139635

Author: Great Britain. House of Lords. European Union Committee Title: Operation Sophia: the EU's naval mission in the Mediterranean: an impossible challenge Summary: Since 2014, Europe has been struggling to respond to an exceptional number of irregular but voluntary migrants 2 seeking to cross European borders. On 19 April 2015, off-the-coast of the Italian island of Lampedusa, a boat carrying nearly 700 migrants capsized and almost all its passengers drowned. The Lampedusa tragedy changed EU policy. Four days later, the European Council pledged to take steps to prevent further loss of life at sea, fight the people smugglers and prevent illegal migration flows. In May, a new naval mission-Operation Sophia-was deployed in the central Mediterranean. It currently patrols a vast area of the high seas off the coast of Libya to Italy, gathering information, rescuing migrants, and destroying boats used by smugglers. Critics suggested that search and rescue activity by Operation Sophia would act as a magnet to migrants and ease the task of smugglers, who would only need their vessels to reach the high seas; these propositions have some validity. On the other hand, search and rescue are, in our view, vital humanitarian obligations. We commend Operation Sophia for its success in this task. The mission does not, however, in any meaningful way deter the flow of migrants, disrupt the smugglers' networks, or impede the business of people smuggling on the central Mediterranean route. The arrests that Operation Sophia has made to date have been of low-level targets, while the destruction of vessels has simply caused the smugglers to shift from using wooden boats to rubber dinghies, which are even more unsafe. There are also significant limits to the intelligence that can be collected about onshore smuggling networks from the high seas. There is therefore little prospect of Operation Sophia overturning the business model of people smuggling. The weakness of the Libyan state has been a key factor underlying the exceptional rate of irregular migration on the central Mediterranean route in recent years. While plans for two further phases would see Operation Sophia acting in Libyan territorial waters and onshore, we are not confident that the new Libyan Government of National Accord will be in a position to work closely with the EU and its Member States any time soon. In other words, however valuable as a search and rescue mission, Operation Sophia does not, and we argue, cannot, deliver its mandate. It responds to symptoms, not causes. Details: London: House of Lords, 2016. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: HP Paper 144: Accessed July 13, 2016 at: http://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/ld201516/ldselect/ldeucom/144/144.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Smuggling Shelf Number: 139636

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: The Impact of Prisoner Recalls on the Criminal Justice System in Northern Ireland Summary: The report examined how the prisoner recall system operated and sought to balance the need to provide offenders released on licence with the opportunity to make a fresh start, with the requirement to effectively manage the risk of further offending and maintaining public safety. Some offenders react positively to the opportunities being presented through early release on licence, and with the support of their families and friends, probation staff and members of their community, they make the transition to become positive contributors to society. Others who suffer from mental illness, or have limited family support, low levels of self worth, poor education, lack of employability and life skills, experience homelessness, drug and alcohol addiction, or are immature and irresponsible, struggle to keep from reoffending or breach their licence or parole conditions, are subsequently recalled to custody. At one level recall to custody is seen as a failure of, or setback in the rehabilitative process. At another level recall is seen as an effective intervention to deal with the increased risk of further offending. Balancing the risk of further offending with the opportunity for offenders to make a fresh start is one of the dilemmas facing our penal system. In response to this we have created a complex process to help manage these risks, keep the public safe and protect the rights of offenders, all of which is reported to be working reasonably well. The key to improving the reoffending rates and reducing the number of recalls to prison is in the quality of the work undertaken during custody in preparing a prisoner for their release, together with the support available to offenders in the community to assist with their transition from custody. I welcome the RESET programme which is an excellent example of where statutory agencies can work collaboratively with the voluntary sector to reduce reoffending. There is also a need for step-up and step-down facilities as alternatives to returning offenders directly to prison, where we know so little happens in the short to medium-term to reduce their risk of reoffending. Details: Belfast: Northern Ireland Criminal Justice Inspection, 2016. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2016 at: http://www.cjini.org/CJNI/files/f4/f491d48d-7c82-4459-9dc2-830223db93fc.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Parole Revocation Shelf Number: 139663

Author: Howard League for Penal Reform Title: The Carlile Inquiry 10 years on: The use of restraint, solitary confinement and strip-searching of children Summary: The report, The Carlile Inquiry 10 years on, looks at what progress has been made since the Howard League published the findings of the inquiry. In the 10 years since the inquiry concluded, there has been much progress in youth justice, not least the reduction in the number of children in custody in England and Wales. Despite this decrease in the number of children the majority of children are detained in institutions where restraint is routinely used. In relation to the three specific areas that the inquiry looked at - restraint, solitary confinement and strip-searching - there have been some improvement but fundamental concerns remain. The slow and piecemeal progress in implementing the recommendations of the 2006 inquiry means, that 10 years on, children continue to be placed in danger and, because of poor and erratic treatment, they continue to reoffend. Details: London: Howard League for Penal Reform, 2016. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 20, 2016 at: http://howardleague.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/Carlile-Inquiry-10-years-on.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 139747

Author: Martellozzo, Elena Title: "...I wasn't sure it was normal to watch it..." A quantitative and qualitative examination of the impact of online pornography on the values, attitudes, beliefs and behaviours of children and young people. Summary: The research consisted of an online survey of 1001 children and young people aged 11-16 across the UK, an online discussion forum and online focus groups. Key Findings Overall Almost half of 11-16 year olds surveyed (47%) had never seen any pornography online. At 11, the majority of children (72%) had not seen online pornography. By 15, children were more likely (65%) than not to have seen online pornography. Of those who had seen pornography online More boys (59%) view online pornography, through choice, than girls (25%). Children were as likely to stumble across pornography (28%) as to search for it deliberately (19%). Substantial minorities of older children (42% of 12-16 year olds) wanted to try things out they had seen in pornography. A greater proportion of boys (44%) wanted to emulate pornography than the proportion of girls (29%). Sending and receiving pornographic material Pornographic material had been received by a quarter (26%) of young people. A minority of young people (4%) had generated naked or semi-naked images of themselves; some of them had shared the images further. Repeated viewing of online pornography may have a desensitising effect with young people feeling less negative over time and generally less anxious or disgusted by what they are seeing. Young people's perceptions of pornography Most young people (49%) saw pornography as unrealistic however a minority rated it positively. Young people who rated pornography positively were more likely to be: boys; younger respondents; or those whose families and/or schools had not engaged with them about online pornography. Most young people thought pornography was a poor model for consent or safe sex and wanted better sex education, covering the impact of pornography. Young people wanted to be able to find out about sex and relationships and about pornography in ways that were safe, private and credible. Young people highlighted the need for materials that are age and gender appropriate. Some also touched on lack of teacher awareness of the potential additional vulnerabilities faced by young people who do not identify as either male or female in a binary manner. Details: London: Children's Commissioner and NSPCC, 2016. 87p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 21, 2016 at: https://www.nspcc.org.uk/globalassets/documents/research-reports/mdx-nspcc-occ-pornography-report-final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Online Pornography Shelf Number: 139787

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Prisons Title: HM Chief Inspector of Prisons for England and Wales: Annual Report 2015-2016 Summary: Any improvement is welcome, but it is far too soon to say whether these improvements will be maintained. They are, in any event, still at historically low levels, and in all bar one area far below where they were five years ago. Year on year comparisons are also notoriously tricky as we do not inspect the same institutions each year, and we deliberately skew our inspection programme towards those places where we assess the risk to be greatest. These are usually announced rather than unannounced inspections, designed to help the establishment make improvements within a short timeframe. There is thus a risk in placing reliance in year on year comparisons. What I have seen is that despite the sterling efforts of many who work in the Prison Service at all levels, there is a simple and unpalatable truth about far too many of our prisons. They have become unacceptably violent and dangerous places. During 2015 there were over 20,000 assaults in our prisons, an increase of some 27% over the previous year. As if that were not bad enough, within that huge increase, serious assaults have risen by even more, by 31%, up to nearly 3,000. It is hardly surprising that in the face of this surge in violence, the number of apparent homicides between April 2015 and March 2016 rose from four to six. In the face of this upsurge in violence, we should not forget the dangers faced by staff who work in our prisons and other places of detention. The tragic death of court escort officer Lorraine Barwell, killed by a prisoner at Blackfriars Crown Court in June 2015, serves as a stark reminder of this. The picture in respect of self-harm and suicide is equally shocking. Over 32,000 incidents of self-harm in 2015 is an increase of 25% on the previous calendar year, and the tragic total of 100 selfinflicted deaths between April 2015 and March 2016 marks a 27% increase. It is clear that a large part of this violence is linked to the harm caused by new psychoactive substances (NPS) which are having a dramatic and destabilising effect in many of our prisons. In December 2015 we published our thematic report Changing patterns of substance misuse in adult prisons and service responses. The report pointed out that these synthetic substances, often known as 'Spice' or 'Mamba,' were becoming ever more prevalent in prisons and exacerbating problems of debt, bullying, self-harm and violence. The effects of these drugs can be unpredictable and extreme. Their use can be linked to attacks on other prisoners and staff, self-inflicted deaths, serious illness and life-changing self-harm. The Prisons and Probation Ombudsman has recently identified 39 deaths in prisons between June 2013 and June 2015 that can be linked to the use of NPS. The situation has shown no signs of improvement since June 2015; in fact quite the reverse, and tragically the death toll will inevitably rise. During my visits to prisons I have met prisoners who have 'self-segregated' in order to escape the violence caused by these substances, and I have talked with members of staff who have described the terrifying effects they can have on those who take them. Some prisons are making every effort to mitigate the impact of these drugs by trying to disrupt the supply routes and lessen demand for them through education and targeted interventions. However, in other places the response has been more patchy, with no clear strategy in place. Details: London: HM Inspectorate of Prisons, 2016. 121p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 22, 2016 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprisons/wp-content/uploads/sites/4/2016/07/HMIP-AR_2015-16_web.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prison Conditions Shelf Number: 139792

Author: Barefoot Research and Evaluation Title: Selling Sex for Survival: Adult sexual exploitati on and prosti tuti on in the North East and Cumbria Summary: We have been researching sex work and prostitution across the North East and Cumbria since 2006 and are now able to present a regional picture1. In these studies we have found nearly 1700 people involved in prostitution in the 13 local authority areas that make up the region. If we estimate that two transactions take place each day (bearing in mind activity will vary from occasional to multiple daily transactions), it equates to 3400 men buying sex each day and over a million transactions each year in the North East and Cumbria alone. We have found that about half of the women (and some of the men) involved in prostitution do so to survive and not out of choice. Most of our research focuses on these women and men who sell sex for survival. Details: Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK: Northern Rock Foundation, 2015. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 23, 2016 at: http://www.barefootresearch.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/Selling-Sex-in-NE-Jan16.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 139796

Author: Barefoot Research and Evaluation Title: Child Sexual Exploitation in the North East and Cumbria Summary: We have been researching the sexual exploitation of both adults and children in the North East and Cumbria since 2006. The studies have been commissioned by Northern Rock Foundation's Safety and Justice for Victims of Abuse Programme and included studies in County Durham, Cleveland, Cumbria and Northumbria Police Force Areas. Their objective was to identify the characteristics and examine the extent of exploitation and also included research into adult exploitation. The findings from the studies served a number of purposes including supporting the Foundation's Safety and Justice grant programme, informing local statutory policy and services and ultimately attempting to improve awareness of, and provision for, exploited children and adults. When we started there were few places in the North East where there was any awareness of Child Sexual Exploitation (CSE), with the exception of Newcastle and Middlesbrough. Our research, which took a knowledge mapping approach, found incidents of CSE in every local authority area across the North East and Cumbria; CSE was a consistent and repetitive finding involving both female and male children, (to a ratio of approximately nine to one) and taking place with children between 12 and 17 years old. Based on our research, we identified a total of 310 females and 41 males who were victims of CSE. The numbers involved in the different local authority areas varied between a low point of 12 children in North Tyneside to a high point of 52 in County Durham. In the main body of the report we present our findings on: patterns of exploitation in the region, including online grooming and off-street exploitation; venues associated with CSE; exploitation and exchanges of resources; and the service response. We also discuss in detail the process of the research, some of the barriers and the methodology which led us to our findings. We found that CSE takes place despite a range of preventative, supportive and enforcement measures. We suspect that the more sophisticated these become, the lower the incidence of exploitation, as seems to be the case in Middlesbrough. Thus, the extent of CSE can be mitigated but not eradicated, as a result of the complex array of push factors (which are related to poverty, family relationships and education). Details: Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK: Northern Rock Foundation. 2015. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 23, 2016 at: http://www.nr-foundation.org.uk/downloads/Child_sexual_exploitation_report-Jan16.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 139797

Author: Disley, Emma Title: Evaluation of the Offender Liaison and Diversion Trial Schemes Summary: Liaison and diversion (L&D) schemes operate primarily in police custody suites and courts and aim to identify and assess people with vulnerabilities as they pass through the criminal justice system, to ensure their needs are identified. L&D services have been operating in England for at least 25 years. Not all areas have L&D services and among those that do, there is considerable variation in the nature of the services. In 2009, Lord Bradley reviewed the provision of services for people with mental health problems and learning disabilities in the criminal justice system and recommended that a national L&D model be created. Between 2011 and 2013, the Department of Health was supported by an external partner, the Offender Health Collaborative, to develop a national L&D model. The aims of the National Model are to: Improve access to healthcare and support services for vulnerable individuals and a reduction in health inequalities; divert individuals, where appropriate, out of the youth and criminal justice systems into health, social care or other supportive services; deliver efficiencies within the youth and criminal justice systems; and reduce reoffending or escalation of offending behaviours. In April 2014 a new model for L&D schemes was implemented in ten areas of England. An evaluation was commissioned by the Department of Health to look at the implementation of the new model in these sites, and to investigate any impacts on the criminal justice process, impacts on local organisations and impacts on the health and criminal justice outcomes of service users. Key Findings The implementation of the National Model for L&D had resulted in significant changes in all ten sites. - The National Model was, on the whole, implemented by the second year of operation across all ten sites. The implementation of the National Model had a range of positive benefits. - These included an increase in the total number of people being identified with vulnerabilities and an increase in relevant and timely information available to police, courts and partner agencies. New L&D support workers were seen as a strength of the National Model. - Support workers provided important 'hands-on' practical help to service users and supporting engagement and referrals. They also provided vital reassurance to service users in custody or in court and motivated them to accept support. Partnerships between police and L&D services were generally strong and the L&D service was valued in the custody suite. There were some schemes which faced implementation challenges. - These were mainly service user engagement and ensuring consistency in the quality of reports from the L&D service. Overall, the vast majority of stakeholders, across the range of partnership agencies, reported that the information provided by L&D services was useful. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2016. 157p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed July 23, 2016 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR1200/RR1283/RAND_RR1283.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Liaison Services Shelf Number: 139809

Author: Lees, Mick Title: When It Comes to Behaviour, Isn't It Time for Young People to be Seen and Heard? Summary: At the start of this research in September 2010, reported crime in general and specifically in the borough of Fairfield in London, continued to fall, and this included youth crime (Metropolitan Police 2010). Fairfield has replaced the name of the actual Borough. Despite this there was a perceived problem by many of those in authority and the community of Fairfield, of greatly increased anti-social behaviour and criminality involving young people. This resulted in anti-social behaviour orders being imposed and the increased use of exclusion zones as a tactic to reduce this behaviour. It would be unwise to go as far as to deny that the behaviour of the young is problematic; but the criminalisation of this behaviour ensures that its causes, and indeed, its objectives, recede into the background (Smith 2003: p188). To deal with this perceived level of crime there was a heavy emphasis in terms of police time and budget on catching and punishing offenders as a way of dealing with crime and anti-social behaviour as opposed to preventing the offending. There was also in the opinion of the author, but with academic support, a lack of understanding of what worked to positively influence the behaviour of young people. From talking to young people through his work this included in the home, school, and within the criminal justice system. This was combined with a belief that young people were neither consulted, nor listened to on the rare occasions they were spoken to. This work will look to answer the following questions: - Why 'society' has the perception it does about young people concerning criminal and poor behaviour. - What governments have sought to do to achieve a level of control of such behaviour through legislation and policy, the theoretical support for this, and whether these are the most effective policies considering all the factors in the young people's lives. - Finally it will look to examine what young people feel are the things that effect their behaviour in a positive or negative way in the home, in school, and in the community. The opinions of the young people were obtained through surveys conducted over three years which were analysed using SPSS, together with one to one interviews and group discussions. Taken together, this provided sufficient information on which to base analysis and conclusions concerning behaviour and the most effective interventions in Fairfield and beyond. Details: London: Middlesex University, 2016. 347p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 25, 2016 at: http://eprints.mdx.ac.uk/19060/1/MLeesThesis.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 139818

Author: Gunnell, Daniel Title: Social Network Analysis of an Urban Street Gang Using Police Intelligence Data Summary: As part of the Home Office's Ending Gang and Youth Violence programme a commitment was made to help police forces better understand their local gang issues (HM Government, 2013). This research aims to meet this commitment by testing the use of social network analysis using police intelligence data, as a tool to more systematically understand gangs and to help direct law enforcement activities. As such, the report serves as one example of how social network analysis can be used, but the approach could also be applied to other types of crime and disorder to explore the networks of people involved (such as those connected to acquisitive crime or sexual abuse). The research was undertaken in partnership with Great Manchester Police and addresses two research questions: 1. What can social network analysis tell us about gangs? 2. How useful are the social network analysis outputs for the police? For this, five individuals living in Manchester and identified as having gang links were chosen as the starting point for the network analysis. Further details about how to conduct social network analysis can be found in the 'How to guide' published as an annex to this report. Details: London: Home Office, 2016. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 89: Accessed July 25, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/491578/horr89.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 139825

Author: Bhui, Hindpal Singh Title: Can Inspection Produce Meaningful Change in Immigration Detention? Summary: Although prison inspection in the United Kingdom has a long history, inspection of immigration detention was properly established only in 2004. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Prisons (HMIP), a government-appointed independent human rights-based monitoring institution, holds this responsibility. In this GDP Working Paper, a lead HMIP inspector discusses the nature and impact of the Inspectorate's work, examining both the theory and practice of inspection. The paper places the discussion in the broader context of prison reform and debates on migration and border controls. The author argues that in liberal-democratic societies there are two broad approaches to promoting human rights reforms and challenging abuses: working from the inside to achieve progress with the risk that principles may be compromised and good intentions confounded; or promoting change from the outside, which is more uncompromising but less influential, at least in the short-term. This is a dilemma that confronts human rights based inspection of immigration detention in the UK. The main focus of HMIP is on improving the treatment of detainees and conditions in detention, not challenging the system of detention, even if immigration detention policy arguably lacks legitimacy in a way that criminal imprisonment does not. The author explores the "effectiveness" of detention inspection and whether inspection can be said to have promoted meaningful change. Details: Geneva, SWIT: Global Detention Project, 2016. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper No. 12: Accessed July 25, 2016 at: https://www.globaldetentionproject.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/bhui_gdp_working_paper_may_2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Detention Facilities Shelf Number: 139833

Author: Prison Reform Trust Title: Working it out: Employment for women offenders Summary: Executive summary - Employment outcomes for women following short prison sentences are three times worse than for men - fewer than one in ten women have a job to go to on release - Lack of childcare support, lack of qualifications, and low pay are barriers to employment for many women offenders - Employment is one of the nine pathways to reducing reoffending for women but much more can be done to tackle employer prejudice and reluctance to employ former offenders - Lack of women-only unpaid work placements constrains the use of appropriate community sentences for women - Community services such as women's centres are uniquely placed to help women offenders, and those at risk of offending, address individual barriers to employment and support them to build the skills, training and confidence they need to get ready for work - Women are more likely than men to have claimed out-of-work benefits prior to, and post, time in custody - In a recent survey of women prisoners, 61% said they would like paid employment of some kind on release, with a further 27% wanting to do voluntary work - The release on temporary licence (ROTL) scheme facilitates day-release for women in prison to undertake work and training opportunities in the community and reduces the risk of reoffending but is underused and under threat - The new statutory provision requiring probation and resettlement services to identify and address women's specific rehabilitation needs must be carefully monitored to ensure it delivers the intended improvements, particularly to employment opportunities and outcomes - The government should implement a strategy to increase employment opportunities and programmes for women with criminal convictions - this should include employer incentives. Details: London: Prison Reform Trust, 2015. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 25, 2016 at: http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/Portals/0/Documents/Women/Employmentbriefing.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Ex-Offender Employment Shelf Number: 139851

Author: Long, Iain W. Title: Essays on the Economics of Crime Summary: I present three essays on the economics of crime. The first considers an activity associated with 55% of all criminal offences in the UK: binge drinking. One group inextricably linked with such behaviour is the sports team. Members regularly engage in post-match drinking, where the team's reputation is at stake. Teams often apply peer pressure (the threat of punishment for refusal to compete) to ensure each member gets involved. Chapter 1 presents a simple model of competitive drinking, and evaluates the amount of peer pressure a team needs to apply when multiple equilibria exist. The thesis then turns attention towards criminal organisations. Chapter 2 discusses the use of initiation by protection rackets. Such rituals are widely used, and serve several purposes. Firstly, they allow initiates' skills to be assessed. Secondly, they act as an incentive to invest in skills. Thirdly, they signal to the racket's customers. The chapter derives conditions on the underlying distribution of abilities such that a racket can adjust initiation difficulty to improve its reputation. It then discusses these conditions in light of "key player" policies, suggesting they may be more effective than previously thought. Chapter 3 evaluates the impact of a variety of anti-crime policies on how a criminal gang recruits. Gangs counteract policy effects by adjusting the wage they offer and the intensity of violence they require their members to inflict. This can lead to policies backfiring; increasing the social cost of the gang. A policy which reduces the youths' incentive to join a gang leaves only hardened criminals as recruits. If gang size and violence are weak revenue complements, this causes the gang to substitute towards more violence. Policies are therefore most effective when they not only reduce the incentive to join the gang, but also increase youths' sensitivity towards inflicting violence. Details: London: London School of Economics and Political Science, 2012. 157p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 25, 2016 at: http://etheses.lse.ac.uk/416/1/Long_Essays%20on%20the%20Economics%20of%20Crime.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Binge Drinking Shelf Number: 139853

Author: Longstaff, Abie Title: Neighbourhood Policing: Past, Present and Future: A review of the literature Summary: Police forces across the country are faced with difficult choices in responding to the need to make substantial budget cuts, including reviewing the role of neighbourhood policing. They are also concerned to ensure that any changes they introduce are, as far as possible, evidence-based. This summary of the relevant literature on neighbourhood policing has been commissioned by Thames Valley Police to inform their review of the future role and function of neighbourhood policing in their force. It covers the history and development of neighbourhood policing, describes the main models of neighbourhood policing, assesses its effectiveness, identifies good practice and looks at how neighbourhood policing might need to adapt in a rapidly changing world. Details: London; Police Foundation (UK), 2015. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 29, 2016 at: http://www.police-foundation.org.uk/uploads/catalogerfiles/neighbourhood-policing-past-present-and-future---a-review-of-the-literature/neighbourhood_policing_past_present_future.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Neighborhood Policing Shelf Number: 135933

Author: Flannery, Kate Title: Police Force Collaboration: An Independent Review of the Warwickshire/West Mercia Strategic Alliance Summary: The global financial crisis in 2007 ushered in the era of austerity that now dominates much of the debate around public services - where do priorities lie, and how much of their cost can the public purse bear? For police forces the impact has been dramatic. The need to adapt policing models to meet changing and growing demands, with little real growth in income, had tested chief officers and police authorities for a number of years. But the coalition government has, since 2010, ramped up these challenges. All forces must now reduce budgets in real terms by up to 20 per cent over the five-year comprehensive spending review period, while attempting to satisfy local communities' demands for traditional/visible policing and transform operational practices to cope with internet-enabled crime that recognises no conventional boundaries. How have forces and Police and Crime Commissioners reacted to this challenge? Unsurprisingly, no silver bullet has been discovered - rather, a menu of options has emerged that encompass internal restructuring, savings programmes, outsourcing, regionalisation (mostly of specialist operations) and collaboration. HM Inspectorate of Constabulary has subjected forces' efforts to independent scrutiny and, while praising the achievement of budget reductions, has been largely critical of the failure to maximise collaborative opportunities. Indeed, it has identified some examples of retrenchment, despite the Home Office's expectation that collaboration would help forces meet the twin pressures of financial constraint and new policing demands. Against this background, the success of the collaboration between Warwickshire and West Mercia is notable. Its origins lie in discussions held in 2010 and early 2011 about the nature and extent of collaboration between the four forces in the West Midlands region. The region had a strong track record of productive working together, especially on specialist operations and protective services, but the four could not agree on how to move the agenda on. Concerned about their future prospects outside a regional collaborative framework, Warwickshire and West Mercia chief officers and police authority chairs agreed to embark on what became known as a 'strategic alliance'. After the dissolution of police authorities the newly elected Police and Crime Commissioners (PCCs) determined to continue with the alliance. Three years on, the bulk of policing and support services across the two force areas are delivered under unified leadership and processes. As a model of integrated police provision it has much to commend it, offering local people greater protection from harm and value for money. But despite a confidence in the Strategic Alliance and its impact, chief officers and the PCCs did not want to rest on their laurels and invited the Police Foundation to conduct an independent review. This looked critically at both achievements and lessons to be learnt, and identified ways in which the Alliance could progress. The work is summarised in this report, focusing on: - clarifying leadership roles; - strengthening accountability and governance; - securing a cultural identity for the Alliance without losing what is valued about Warwickshire and West Mercia as individual entities; - improving the ability to manage organisational change and resolving anomalies in structure and processes. Our conclusion is that the Strategic Alliance forged by Warwickshire and West Mercia is a beacon of collaboration that others can learn from, notably the integration of operational policing across force boundaries and the harmonisation of finance, HR and estate services. (A note of caution, however; its success is rooted in similarities of policing environment, culture and working practice that make its full replication elsewhere less than straight forward.) Details: London: Police Foundations (UK), 2014. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 29, 2016 at: http://www.police-foundation.org.uk/uploads/holding/projects/police_force_collaboration.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 135834

Author: Beckett, Helen Title: "It's Wrong...but you get used to it": A qualitative study of gang-associated sexual violence towards, and exploitation of, young people in England Summary: 1. The research was commissioned by the Office of the Children's Commissioner for England as part of its Inquiry into Child Sexual Exploitation in Gangs and Groups. The research aimed to consider: the scale and nature of gang-associated sexual violence and exploitation in six areas of England; the main pathways into gang-related sexual violence and exploitation for young people living in these neighbourhoods; and potential models for an effective multi-agency response to the issue. Details: Bedfordshire, UK: University of Bedfordshire, 2013. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 29, 2016 at: http://uobrep.openrepository.com/uobrep/bitstream/10547/305795/1/Gangs-Report-final.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Exploitation Shelf Number: 131719

Author: Great Britain. House of Commons. Home Affairs Committee Title: Prostitution Summary: One of the challenges in examining prostitution is the absence of robust data. The "facts" set out below have been submitted to the Committee in evidence but should be treated with caution and are open to dispute. Terminology is also disputed, with some opposition to the description "sex workers". Our use of the term in this report is a neutral one and refers to female, male or transgender adults who receive money in exchange for sexual services. - Around 11% of British men aged 16-74 have paid for sex on at least one occasion, which equates to 2.3 million individuals. - The number of sex workers in the UK is estimated to be around 72,800 with about 32,000 working in London. - Sex workers have an average of 25 clients per week paying an average of $78 per visit. - In 2014-15, there were 456 prosecutions of sex workers for loitering and soliciting. - An estimated 152 sex workers were murdered between 1990 and 2015. 49% of sex workers (in one survey) said that they were worried about their safety. - There were 1,139 victims of trafficking for sexual exploitation in 2014, and 248 in April to June 2015 (following implementation of the Modern Slavery Act 2015). The main legislation relating to prostitution is contained in the following Acts: - Sexual Offences Act 2003 - Policing and Crime Act 2009 - Criminal Justice and Police Act 2001 (in relation to placing of advertisements relating to prostitution) - Modern Slavery Act 2015 (in relation to trafficking for sexual exploitation) - Serious Crime Act 2015 (in relation to sexual exploitation of children). The Appendix to this Report sets out further details on existing legislation, supplied by the Home Office. Details: London: House of Commons, 2016. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Third Report of Session 2016-17: Accessed July 29, 2016 at: http://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201617/cmselect/cmhaff/26/26.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 139894

Author: Great Britain. House of Commons. Home Affairs Committee Title: College of Policing: three years on Summary: 1.The College of Policing was launched in December 2012 as a professional body to develop the knowledge, standards of conduct, leadership and professionalism required by police officers and police staff in England and Wales. The College is a company limited by guarantee and an Arm's Length Body of the Home Office. It is operationally independent of the Home Office. 2.The College was established as part of the Coalition Government's programme of wider reform of the structure of policing bodies. The College took on a number of responsibilities from the now defunct National Policing Improvement Agency and the Association of Chief Police Officers (ACPO), particularly with regard to training and the setting of policy. ACPO's replacement, the National Police Chiefs' Council, has responsibilities on the operational side. As of 31 March 2015 the College had a total of 485 directly employed staff; 51 agency/contract staff; and 152 secondees. 3.This inquiry is part of our regular scrutiny of the College of Policing. Our predecessor Committee first considered the role of the College in 2013 as part of a broader examination of Leadership and Standards in the Police Service. It then undertook a follow-up inquiry Evaluating the new architecture of policing: the College of Policing and the National Crime Agency in 2014-15. Our predecessors were concerned that the Board of the College lacked diversity and the necessary skills required for its role. The Committee heard that the College was not able to communicate directly with members of police forces and found that, partly as a result of this, there was a lack of recognition of the College amongst police officers and inconsistencies in approach to its guidance from Chief Constables. We have pursued a number of these themes in this follow-up inquiry. 4.In addition to the College of Policing witnesses, Chief Constable Alex Marshall, Chief Executive and Rachel Tuffin, Director of Research, Knowledge and Education, we took evidence from the Police Federation of England and Wales and the Police Superintendents Association of England and Wales, and Phil Gormley, Chief Constable of Police Scotland. We also benefited from the Royal College of Nursing and the Chartered Society of Forensic Sciences sharing their experience with us. We are grateful to everyone who contributed to our inquiry. Details: London: House of Commons, 2016. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Fourth Report of Session 2016-17: Accessed July 29, 2016 at: http://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201617/cmselect/cmhaff/23/23.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Education and Training Shelf Number: 139895

Author: Stubbs, Claire Title: Resilience to Re-offending: mechanisms supporting young men to oversome adversity Summary: This study investigated the mechanisms supporting young men's resilience to reoffending. Resilience was defined as "the outcome from negotiations between individuals and their environments for the resources to define themselves as healthy amidst conditions collectively viewed as adverse" (Ungar, 2004a, p.32). The philosophical approach was critical realist (Bhaskar, 1978) and the methodology used was narrative enquiry, employing content analysis (Lieblich et al., 1998) to elicit mechanisms from the data. Eight young men with previous involvement in the criminal justice system were recruited from organisations in Hastings, East Sussex. They participated in a narrative interview which explored their life stories and the mechanisms utilised to change their offending trajectory. The study used Hart and Blincow's Resilient Therapy (RT) Framework (2007), to categorise the data. Mechanisms within the framework, located within categories such as Basics, Belonging, Learning, Core Self and Coping, were applied to the young men's experience, to understand the application of RT in promoting resilience to reoffending. All categories of RT were pertinent in nurturing their pathways to resilience. Further analysis of the data elicited additional resilient mechanisms absent within RT. Proposed additions included Clothes within the Basics compartment, and Humour, an important mechanism facilitating coping and affiliation, included within the Belonging and Coping compartments. Social capital was instrumental to the young men's resilience, providing them with essential coping resources; a further recommendation was to rename the Belonging compartment "social capital". This research challenges common discourses of risk. The young men demonstrated how the experiences and environments where they encountered risk were important in cultivating their resilience to reoffending. Within counselling psychology, this reinforces the notion of focusing on the subjective experience of the individual, embracing uncertainty, bracketing assumptions and extending traditional boundaries when promoting resilience with vulnerable young men. This study corroborated existing research demonstrating resilience as the outcome of both individual and social processes (Luthar and Cicchetti, 2000; Prilleltensky, 2005; Hart and Blincow, 2007). With respect to counselling psychology practice it presents a challenge to individualised therapeutic interventions, encouraging counselling psychologists to become active participants in changing the social systems that impact on an individual's resilience, reconciling their roles as healers with their role as change agents. RT (Hart and Blincow, 2007) provides a systemic application of mechanisms targeting both micro- and macro-level processes, offering an extension to counselling psychology practice necessary to promote resilience to reoffending. Details: Middlesex, UK: Middlesex University and Metanoia Institute, 2014. 234p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 29, 2016 at: http://eprints.mdx.ac.uk/13802/1/CStubbs_thesis.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Behavioral Counseling Shelf Number: 139896

Author: Medina, Juanjo Title: Children and young people in gangs: a longitudinal analysis. Summary and policy implications Summary: A team from the University of Manchester and NatCen Social Research used data from the Offending, Crime and Justice Survey (OCJS), to explore the circumstances that lead to young people joining, remaining, and leaving gangs in England and Wales. They found that gang membership increases the chances of offending, antisocial behaviour, and drug use among young people. In light of this, the researchers conclude that the current policy approach of treating gang membership as a distinct part of crime and youth policy is the correct one. However, they also highlight the diversity within the different groups defined as 'gangs'. They warn of the dangers in adopting an overly-general conception of 'gangs', namely the risk of drawing young people unnecessarily into anti-gang policies ('net-widening'), and the widespread and counterproductive stigmatic labelling of youth. In light of this, they argue that preventative and restorative interventions should take care in differentiating between deviant youth group types. Blanket interventions may have desired consequences in some groups but create or exacerbate problems in others. Details: London: Nuffield Foundation, 2013. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 30, 2016 at: http://www.nuffieldfoundation.org/sites/default/files/files/Children_young_people_gangs.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 139899

Author: University of Manchester. Centre for Applied Theatre Research Title: The impact of Blagg on challenging and reducing offending by young people: An evaluation of a drama based offending behaviour workshop Summary: This independent evaluation highlights the potentially positive contribution drama based projects can make to the development of group work provision for young people at risk of offending. Blagg had most significant impact on young people's awareness of the effect of offending on victims, their awareness of thoughts, feelings and decision making relating to offending and their confidence and self esteem. Increased confidence and self esteem is a frequently reported outcome of taking part in drama - drama provides supervised opportunities to interact with peers and gain recognition and praise. Project description Blagg is a drama workshop developed by TiPP that employs drama tools and techniques to challenge offending behaviour. Six implementations of Blagg within two YOTS in the North West region were evaluated - data from qualitative interviews and questionnaires with participants and staff, observation of the programme and YOT records were collected and analysed. Details: Manchester, UK: Centre for Applied Theatre Research, 2003. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 30, 2016 at: http://www.artsevidence.org.uk/evaluations/impact-blagg-challenging-and-reducing-offending-yo/ Year: 2003 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Arts in Prisons Shelf Number: 139903

Author: Cursley, Jo Title: A Narrative-Based Evaluation of 'Changing Tunes' Music-Based Prisoner Reintegration Interventions Summary: The report explains the results of exploratory research into the work of the prison based charity Changing Tunes, which uses music both within and also outside prison with offenders and ex offenders. Evidence revealed that the pro social impact on the participants came as a result both of participation in music and the roles this gave them but also as a result of longevity of the support and mentoring from Changing Tunes staff which continued both inside and outside prison. Details: Bristol, UK: Changing Tunes, 2015. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 30, 2016 at: http://www.artsevidence.org.uk/media/uploads/final-report-cursley-and-maruna-changing-tunes.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Art-Based Programs Shelf Number: 139904

Author: McDonnell, Brian Title: Evaluation of Drug Prevention Communications Project for Young People Summary: This report on the findings of the evaluation of a drug prevention communications project for young people was commissioned by the Partnership Board of the Drugs Communication Team and conducted by researchers at the Centre for Institutional Studies at the University of East London. The research included a survey of young people's drug use and knowledge about drugs (156 young people). Twenty-eight focus groups to assess the effectiveness of the web-site (94 young people), and eight in-depth interviews with professions to obtain their views of the website were completed. Existing research on drug use and websites, and the project's monitoring data was collated and six steering group meetings attended. Details: London: Centre for Institutional Studies, University of East London, 2006. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 30, 2016 at: http://roar.uel.ac.uk/274/ Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 139905

Author: Bruce, Katie Title: Evaluation Report: Community Exchange project between detainees at Harmondsworth Immigration Removal Centre and young people at West London YMCA Summary: The report explores the project's impacts on participants' well-being and resilience, awareness and understanding, and musical skills. Based on observations, questionnaires, interviews and focus groups, it contains a wealth of detail about the creative process and the experience of participants. The report also looks at the project as an example of inclusive practice, examining what made it succeed and what could be done to improve outcomes further. It puts forward a number of recommendations for Music In Detention and the wider sector, broken down into three categories: concept, planning and delivery. This report follows a community exchange that took place during the months of March and April 2015 between detainees at Harmondsworth Immigration Removal Centre, Heathrow and young people at West London YMCA in Hayes. The musicians facilitating this project were: - Yiannis Zaronis, an experienced MID musician originally from Greece. Yiannis is a multi-instrumentalist who specialises in a variety of instruments, including guitar, mandolin, bouzouki and darbuka. - Yiannis was joined for four out of the six sessions by Oliver Seager, a new artist to MID on his first community exchange project. Oliver is a singer songwriter, rapper and producer releasing his own material under his stage name, Kotchin. - For the other two sessions Yiannis was joined by MID musicians Tea Hodzic and Shammi Pithia. This report seeks to profile Music in Detention's approach to working in detention centres and with vulnerable young people; assess the works' musical and social outcomes; and evaluate how this work supports inclusivity in the borough of Hillingdon, including recommendations relevant to the wider arts sector. Details: Bedford, UK: Music in Detention and Sound Connections , 2015. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 1, 2016 at: http://www.artsevidence.org.uk/media/uploads/mid-sc-evaluation-report-final.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Arts in Prisons Shelf Number: 139906

Author: Maroukis, Thanos Title: Demand in the Context of Trafficking in Human Beings in the Domestic Work Sector in the United Kingdom Summary: The British government has taken several important legislative steps in addressing THB, the modern slavery bill being the most recent one. At the same time, it has adopted a number of policies that contradict the implementation of a public policy intent at criminalising and stopping THB. The change of the overseas domestic worker visa rules putting newly arrived domestic workers in a very vulnerable position as regards their employment is a case in point. The UK also remains a country with a largely unregulated domestic work sector and without a Labour Inspectorate agency overseeing the activities of employers and businesses across the sectors of the British economy. The evidence collected in this study suggests that the main obstacles to prevent exploitative situations within the domestic work industry are: a) the strict immigration rules and political priorities of law enforcement agencies, b) the involvement of the State in the organisation and regulation of the domestic work labour market, and c) the state of the welfare regime protecting families and offering vulnerable individuals access to the rule of law. These are the structural reasons that lie behind the failure to protect domestic workers and deter abusive behaviour on the part of employers in the UK. The study's findings on national law-cases also demonstrate that the kind of work relationship established in domestic work aggravates the vulnerability of the workers and the sense of impunity on the part of the employers Details: Vienna: ICMPD, 2016. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: DemandAT Country Study No. 7: Accessed August, 1, 2016 at: http://cadmus.eui.eu/bitstream/handle/1814/41930/DemandAT_CountryStudies_2016_07.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Workers Shelf Number: 139908

Author: Fazackerley, Julia Title: Alcohol and Offenders Project: Yorkshire and Humber Region Summary: The key aims of the Project were to scope, across the Y & H region: the treatment needs of offenders with alcohol misuse problems; the available provision for offenders; commissioning arrangements; application of the Models of Care for Alcohol Misusers by services; and to provide recommendations for change to an integrated model of treatment for offenders with alcohol misuse problems. The Project ran from 1st October 2008 to March 2009 for four days per week, with some follow on and presentation work into April. This stage of the Project is now complete, however, a further Project phase has been agreed for 09/10 to carry forward the findings and recommendations of the report, and to work with the region to further develop treatment pathways for alcohol misusing offenders. The key stakeholders involved were its commissioners (HO GO YH, DH, NTA), YHIP, Lifeline, YH Prison Service, YH Police Services, YH NOMS, YH Regional Alcohol Group, regional Public Health. Other participants included PCTs, alcohol services and providers, service users, fire service, ambulance service, CDRPs and A&E departments. The main methodology included data collection. literature reviews, questionnaires, interviews and meetings. The key sections of the report are: strategic context, objectives, methodology, data findings re the treatment needs of offenders, list of current providers by locality, description of provision and commissioning by locality, application of MoCAM by services with an emphasis on assessment tools being used, staff training, improving pathways for offenders, and recommendation for change. The report also contains a suite of appendices, which includes an Executive Summary. This is available on the following hyperlink XXXXX. This outlines the key findings and recommendations of the report which focus on: High levels of alcohol misuse, at harmful levels, amongst offenders, particularly young male prisoners serving short sentences or on remand. The need for increased provision of interventions within offender settings (Police custody, Probation, Prisons). Significant gaps in provision for alcohol only users within prisons, and continuity into and out of prisons. The need for a more co-ordinated regional response to alcohol misuse, and the sharing of practices between localities and settings. Details: Manchester, UK: Lifeline Project, 2009. 146p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 1, 2016 at: http://www.lifeline.org.uk/wp-content/_old-site-docs/alcohol-offenders/Final-project-report-April.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 139935

Author: Power, Gerald Title: Illicit Tobacco in South East London: A Survey of Smokers Summary: The illicit tobacco trade is often seen as a 'Robin Hood' type enterprise with a few locals smuggling cigarettes for their friends so they can enjoy an otherwise expensive luxury. However, if this was ever true, the reality of this trade is now is very different. Criminal gangs are very heavily involved in the illicit tobacco trade and the majority of the illicit cigarettes sold are counterfeits manufactured outside the EU specifically to be smuggled into the UK in bulk. One sea container full of counterfeit cigarettes can generate well over a million pounds in profit for a gang. Also heavy tobacco consumption is now strongly associated with deprivation rather than being a luxury enjoyed by richer communities. This can be seen in all six South East London Boroughs where smoking rates for routine and manual workers within boroughs are consistently much higher than the borough averages. Furthermore, as national and regional levels of smoking and smoking related diseases fall as a result of taxation, education , support in quitting and laws limiting where people can smoke, illicit tobacco has the potential to maintain heath inequalities in communities. In recognition of this Health and Trading Standards Teams have been working together in South East London as part of an initiative to reduce the harm done by illegal tobacco in these communities. This work is aimed at joining up health and trading standards enforcement work to get the best outcomes for communities. In simple terms, if the supply of cheap illicit tobacco in to a community can be stemmed, then the investments in health and education work produce a far better set of outcomes. Limiting the trade also limits the presence of the criminal gangs that manage it. This survey of one thousand seven hundred smokers within the boroughs of Bexley, Bromley, Greenwich, Lambeth, Lewisham and Southwark was part of that joint work and aims to better understand the illicit tobacco trade and help in finding better ways of dealing with it. Details: London: South East London Illegal Tobacco Cluster, 2013. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 2, 2016 at: https://www.lambeth.gov.uk/sites/default/files/ssh-illicit-tobacco-survey-report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Counterfeit Cigarettes Shelf Number: 139950

Author: Abrams, Dominic Title: Prejudice and unlawful behaviour: Exploring levers for change Summary: This report looks at the relationship between prejudice and behaviours. It aims to identify what can be done to prevent and respond to unlawful discrimination, identity-based harassment and violence in England, Scotland and Wales. The report looks at evidence from 2005 to 2015 and focuses on three areas: the relationship between prejudiced attitudes and unlawful discrimination, identity-based harassment and violence the prevalence of unlawful behaviour based on prejudiced attitudes what is known about how to prevent or respond to unlawful behaviour related to prejudiced attitudes Details: London: Equality and Human Rights Commission, 2016. 214p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 101: Accessed August 3, 2016 at: https://www.equalityhumanrights.com/sites/default/files/research-report-101-prejudice-and-unlawful-behaviour.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias Shelf Number: 139956

Author: Walters, Mark A. Title: Causes and motivations of hate crime Summary: Report on hate crime in Great Britain, what causes it and what we know about who commits it. The report looks at the causes and motivations of hate crime based on the five protected characteristics covered by current hate crime law: disability gender reassignment race religion sexual orientation The report gives an overview of hate crime evidence to inform criminal justice agencies in their approach, with thoughts from the law, policy and social science. Details: London: Equality and Human Rights Commission, 2016. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Research report 102: Accessed August 3, 2016 at: http://statewatch.org/news/2016/aug/uk-ehrc-hate-crime-report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias Shelf Number: 139957

Author: Stewart, Glenn Title: Illicit and Illegal Tobacco in North Central and North East London: A report on smokers' perceptions, supply and demand Summary: The smoking related health burden is well-documented. It causes some 100,000 deaths a year in the UK, 86,000 deaths a year in England and for every smoking death it is estimated that there are 20 people with smoking related illnesses. Equally her Majesty's Revenue and Customs (HMRC) estimates that in 2012-13, the illicit market share for cigarettes was 9% indicating a 'tax-gap' of L1.1 billion (e.g. the gap between the tax owed and collected) and that illicit hand-rolling tobacco accounted for 36% of the market with a tax-gap of L900m. An understanding of the trade in illicit and illegal trade in tobacco products is therefore important from both a health and economic perspective In April 2013, the South East London Illicit Tobacco Group commissioned a survey of their respective boroughs (Bexley, Bromley, Greenwich, Lambeth, Lewisham and Southwark) to gain insights into the market for illegal and illicit2 tobacco in the respective boroughs. In May 2015 the boroughs of Camden, Enfield, Hackney, Haringey, Islington, Tower Hamlets and Waltham Forest commissioned the same survey in their boroughs. The same survey methodology and company was used in both instances with a few additional questions added to the survey on attitudes. The seven boroughs involved in the survey in NC NE London are very different: 2011 census data indicates that population size varies from 220,338 in Camden to 312,466 in Enfield; over-18 smoking prevalence ranges from 15.8% in Enfield to 21.7% in Islington, the 'White British' population from 48% in Islington to 31% in Tower Hamlets (compared to 80% in England and 45% in London) and the over 50's population from 28.8% in Enfield to 15.8% in Tower Hamlets. Details: London: London Borough of Enfield, 2015. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 3, 2016 at: http://www.smokefreeislington.nhs.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Illicit_and_illegal_tobacco_report_NE_NC_London_November_2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cigarettes Shelf Number: 139970

Author: Ratcliffe, Jeremy H. Title: The genius loci of crime: revealing associations in time and space Summary: In most police services the only spatial and temporal analysis of crime was conducted until recently by statisticians at the force headquarters, with little or no regard for any short term or localised patterns of crime. In recent years there has been a move towards a more decentralised, proactive style of British policing focused at the police divisional and community level. This has left an intelligence void where force level analysis techniques are neither appropriate nor subtle enough to elicit any meaningful information at a local level from the mass of crime data generated within the police service. This thesis reveals patterns in community level crime which have not been recognised previously using traditional techniques in spatial and temporal investigation which tend to lack the necessary analytical ability. Current policing considerations are recognised and the thesis concentrates on three aspects of police crime concern: accurate temporal analysis, repeat victimisation, and the identification of hotspots. A number of new techniques are presented which are designed with the needs of a crime analyst at a divisional police station in mind, an individual who has until now lacked the necessary analytical tools to perform the role effectively. Details: Nottingham, UK: University of Nottingham, 1999. 314p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 4, 2016 at: http://eprints.nottingham.ac.uk/11444/ Year: 1999 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 130040

Author: Rogers, Colin Title: Community Safety and Zero Tolerance: A Study of Partnership Policing Summary: The so-called partnership style of policing has become a political issue in the UK. That the so-called answer to the crime problem appears to lie at the local and voluntary level and in a sense moves central governments responsibility for tackling crime and disorder issues fairly away from central accountability. Details: Glamorgan, UK: University of Glamorgan, 2002. 254p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 4, 2016 at: http://ethos.bl.uk/OrderDetails.do?uin=uk.bl.ethos.395286 Year: 2002 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 130041

Author: Great Britain. Parliament. House of Commons. Justice Committee Title: Older Prisoners Summary: UK prisons are failing to cope with the rapid growth in the number of older prisoners - partly caused by the increase in convictions for historic sexual offences - the Justice Committee has found in a new report that calls on the Ministry of Justice to develop a national strategy to provide for older prisoners effectively. Sir Alan Beith MP Chair of the Justice Select Committee: "The number of older prisoners is now very high and is likely to remain so. The growth of the older prison population and the severity of the needs of that population, warrant a national strategy in order to provide for them effectively." "Older and disabled prisoners should no longer be held in institutions which cannot meet their basic needs nor should they be released back into the community without adequate support. In one case we heard of a prisoner who was a wheelchair user being released from prison without a wheelchair." "We met some excellent prison officers and charity workers who are providing essential social care but an ad hoc system means that too often older prisoners have to rely on the goodwill of officers and their fellow inmates to fulfil the most basic of care needs." "Many older prisoners are currently being held in establishments that cannot meet their needs. The lack of provision for essential social care for older prisoners, the confusion about who should be providing it, and the failure of so many authorities to accept responsibility for it, have been disgraceful." Many of our prisons were built to house young fit men, but the growth in the number of older prisoners in the last decade has exposed the inadequacy of current provision for prisoners over 50. Poor accessibility, cramped conditions and inappropriate accommodation facilities in some prisons means the basic physical needs of older prisoners are not met. Suitable social care and mental health provision for older prisoners is also poor or non-existent in some parts of the prison estate. The responsibility to adapt the prison environment so that it suits less able prisoners lies with a prison's senior management team and the National Offender Management Service (NOMS). The report recommends that NOMS conduct a comprehensive analysis of prisons' physical compliance with disability discrimination and age equality laws. NOMS should determine which prisons simply are not able to make the adaptation necessary to hold older prisoners and it should then no longer hold older or disabled prisoners in these institutions. Details: London: Stationery Office Limited, 2013. 144p. Source: Internet Resource: Fifth Report of Session 2013-14: Accessed August 5, 2016 at: http://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201314/cmselect/cmjust/89/89.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Elderly Inmates Shelf Number: 130036

Author: Brackenridge, Celia Title: Child Exploitation and the FIFA World Cup: A review of risks and protective interventions Summary: Ahead of the 2014 FIFA World Cup, a new report by Brunel University London reviews the risks of child exploitation around major sporting events, and the protective measures in place (or lacking) to prevent their occurrence. While major sporting events are not themselves a direct cause of an increase in child exploitation, their organisation gives rise to conditions that lead to child labour and child sexual exploitation, including human trafficking to this end. The report is intended not only for future host countries to recognise the need for protection policies by looking at past pitfalls, but also for global sports-related bodies such as FIFA and the International Olympic Committee to establish child protection criteria as a requirement of bidding for all major sporting events. Details: Uxbridge, UK: : Brunel University London, 2013. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2016 at: http://bura.brunel.ac.uk/bitstream/2438/10635/1/FullText.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 130033

Author: Hazel, Neal Title: Evaluation of the North West Resettlement Consortium - Final Report Summary: The resettlement consortia evaluation reports outline the latest evidence of effective resettlement models. They describe the benefits of resettlement consortia including the most effective ways to establish and sustain consortia arrangements for resettlement. The reports are aimed at youth justice and wider public sector commissioners as well as policy makers and youth justice sector practitioners. The YJB is promoting the consortia model described in the evaluation reports as an effective model of resettlement practice. Details: Salford, UK: University of Salford, Centre for Social Research and ARCS, 2012. 122p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 6, 2016 at: http://s3.amazonaws.com/academia.edu.documents/32376900/evaluation-north-west-resettlement-consortium.pdf?AWSAccessKeyId=AKIAJ56TQJRTWSMTNPEA&Expires=1470495305&Signature=MgLCFxjBfLIg9ctgTxBpfmgbvNM%3D&response-content-disposition=inline%3B%20filename%3DEvaluation_of_the_North_West_Resettlemen.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Offender Reentry Shelf Number: 139974

Author: Children's Commissioner for England Title: Barnahus: Improving the Response to Child Sexual Abuse in England Summary: In England, it is estimated that only 1 in 8 victims of child sexual abuse are identified by the authorities 1 . Children who disclose that they have been sexually abused face multiple interviews with social workers, the police and medical professionals in a variety of settings. Interviews are often the only source of evidence in sexual abuse cases, yet for many children the interviews led by the police do not enable them to provide the best possible evidence 2 . Repeat interviews can be confusing and cause children, particularly young children, to give inconsistent evidence which, i n many cases, will lead to the perpetrator not be ing charged. Children can be traumatised by having to giv e an account of their abuse to multiple professionals in multiple locations . They can also then face long waiting list s to access specialist therapeutic support 3 . The current system is not child - centred, and does not achiev e the best results, either for children or the criminal justice system . We have identified a possible way forward in the Barnahus (childr e n 's house) model in use in Iceland. Since its introduction in 1998 , the Barnahus has delivered compelling results - a trebling of the number of perpetrators charged, a doubling of the number of convictions, and better therapeutic outcomes for children and their families. T his paper outlines the potential of the model for substantially improving the response to child sexual abuse in England. Details: London: Children's Commissioner for England, 2016. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2016 at: https://www.childrenscommissioner.gov.uk/sites/default/files/publications/Barnahus%20-%20Improving%20the%20response%20to%20child%20sexual%20abuse%20in%20England.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 140029

Author: Taylor, Julie Title: The Landscape of Child Protection Research in the UK: A UK Mapping Review Summary: This study, undertaken for the NSPCC, is the first comprehensive systematic search and mapping review of research undertaken in all four nations of the United Kingdom on the subject of child protection. It covers the five year timespan January, 2010 through December, 2014 to produce a mapping review on the landscape of child protection. The research questions were: 1) How can child protection research be classified? 2) What child protection research has been published between January, 2010 and December, 2014? a. What proportion of the published research was undertaken within academia? b. Who undertakes child protection research in the UK? c. In which disciplines was the research undertaken? d. On what aspects of child protection has the research focused? e. What research designs have been used? f. What types of data have been used? g. Whose perspectives have been included? 3) Who funded the research and how much money has been allocated to the research? To answer these questions we undertook a comprehensive literature review where we mapped and categorised existing literature to determine gaps and patterns. We did not undertake quality checks on research rigour at this stage, but used a comprehensive search process with clear and replicable methods. We have provided a detailed and comprehensive portrait of the overall child protection research landscape in the UK, showing the general topography. We are not, however, claiming to have detailed every single tree and stream. Details: Edinburgh: The University of Edinburgh Child Protection Research Centre/NSPCC, 2015. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 26, 2016 at: https://www.nspcc.org.uk/globalassets/documents/research-reports/landscape-child-protection-research-united-kingdom.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 140040

Author: Royal Society for Public Health Title: Taking a New Line on Drugs Summary: 'Taking a New Line on Drugs' assesses the situation in the UK as regards rising health harm from illegal drugs, with reference to their context within the wider 'drugscape' of legal drugs such as alcohol and tobacco, and sets out a new vision for a holistic public health-led approach to drugs policy at a UK-wide level. From a public health perspective, the purpose of a good drugs strategy should be to improve and protect the public's health and well-being by preventing and reducing the harm linked to substance use, whilst also balancing any potential medicinal benefits. RSPH is calling for the UK to consider exploring, trialling and testing such an approach, rather than one reliant on the criminal justice system. Key recommendations: Transferring lead responsibility for UK illegal drugs strategy to the Department of Health, and more closely aligning this with alcohol and tobacco strategies. Preventing drug harm through universal Personal, Social, Health and Economic (PSHE) education in UK schools, with evidence-based drugs education as a mandatory, key component. Creating evidence-based drug harm profiles to supplant the existing classification system in informing drug strategy, enforcement priorities, and public health messaging. Decriminalising personal use and possession of all illegal drugs, and diverting those whose use is problematic into appropriate support and treatment services instead, recognising that criminalising users most often only opens up the risk of further harm to health and well-being. Dealers, suppliers and importers of illegal substances would still be actively pursued and prosecuted, while evidence relating to any potential benefits or harm from legal, regulated supply should be kept under review. Tapping into the potential of the wider public health workforce to support individuals to reduce and recover from drug harm. Details: London: Royal Society for Public Health, 2016. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 27, 2016 at: https://www.rsph.org.uk/our-work/policy/protecting-the-public-s-health/taking-a-new-line-on-drugs.html Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Policy Shelf Number: 140055

Author: King's College London Title: PROTECT: Provider Responses Treatment and Care for Trafficked People Summary: Human trafficking is the recruitment and movement of people - often by means such as coercion, deception, and abuse of vulnerability - for the purpose of exploitation. Trafficked people experience multiple health risks prior to, during, and following their trafficking experiences, and many suffer acute and longer term health problems. As such, National Health Service (NHS) professionals have an essential role in the identification, referral, and clinical care of trafficked people in England. Human trafficking now falls within the United Kingdom's (UK) 'Modern Slavery Act, 2015', which received Royal Assent on 26th March 2015. The Modern Slavery Act addresses both human trafficking and slavery, defining slavery as knowingly holding a person in slavery or servitude or knowingly requiring a person to perform forced or compulsory labour. Yet, despite this renewed focus, there remains extremely limited evidence to inform health service responses to human trafficking. A systematic review conducted in 2012 found that previous research into the health needs of trafficked people focused predominantly on women in low and middle income countries who had been trafficked for sexual exploitation. Very little evidence existed on the needs of trafficked children, trafficked men, and of women trafficked for domestic servitude and labour exploitation, particularly in high income country settings. Evidence was also lacking on which healthcare services were most likely to be accessed by trafficked people and under what circumstances, and on the knowledge and training needs of NHS professionals. Our research programme therefore aimed to provide evidence to inform the NHS response to human trafficking, specifically the identification and safe referral of trafficked people and the provision of appropriate care to meet their health needs. The research programme was designed based on three core objectives: (1) To synthesise evidence on the number of trafficked adults and children identified and using NHS services in England, the healthcare needs of trafficked people, and their experiences and use of healthcare; (2) to document NHS experience, knowledge and gaps about trafficked people's health care needs; and (3) to provide recommendations research-based papers and dissemination strategies to support NHS staff to identify, refer and care for trafficked people and to become a strategic partner within the UK National Referral Mechanism (NRM)1 and with other agencies. Details: London: King's College London, 2015. 190p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 27, 2016 at: https://www.kcl.ac.uk/ioppn/depts/hspr/research/CEPH/wmh/assets/PROTECT-Report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Healthcare Shelf Number: 140060

Author: Moyle, Leah Title: An Exploration of how the Social Supply and User-Dealer Supply of Illicit Drugs Differs to Conventional Notions of Drug Dealing and Consideration of the Consequences of this for Sentencing Policy Summary: The concept of 'social supply' has emerged as a term used both in the UK, and internationally, to describe drug distribution that is non-commercially motivated and almost exclusively found between friends and acquaintances. Social suppliers have increasingly been presented as actors who are qualitatively different to drug dealers (proper), in relation to their motivation and their activity. As a result, they have increasingly become identified as a group who should be distinguished as such legally (Police Foundation, 2000; Release, 2009). While social supply behaviours can be identified in wider research literature relating to recreational drug use, there is a relative gap in regard to in-depth accounts of social supply activity, and in regard to a social supply definition. In a similar way, heroin and crack cocaine user-dealers - a group who are also perhaps not best understood as profit motivated suppliers - have received insufficient academic attention, with the majority of research references failing to go beyond typologies that recognise them simply as suppliers who also use. With research indicating that social supply permeates a meaningful section of adolescent and adult drug markets, along with evidence to suggest that drug supply embodies one of limited options for addicted drug users to fund their habit, this thesis explores how far we can understand these behaviours as drug dealing (proper). Using qualitative in-depth interviews and case studies, this interpretivist research design develops existing ideas, as well as highlighting emergent social supply and user-dealing themes. Findings from this research indicate that social supply behaviours are usefully understood through a theoretical application of 'normalisation' (Parker et al., 1998) and 'drift' (Matza, 1964) and are wider in scope than those currently recognised by the literature base. The research findings also indicate the importance of the notion of 'economies of scale' - an incentive for drug users to obtain a larger quantity of substance for a cheaper price. Notions of reciprocity also feature, with group obligation providing a rationale for involvement in social supply. The findings are also suggestive of the idea that user-dealing - understood through the theoretical gaze of Bourdieu's 'Theory of Practice' (1990) - is characterised by limited distribution, minimal profit and explicated as a less harmful option than other crimes undertaken to fund drug dependence. This thesis concludes with the proposal that a conceptual shift towards 'minimally commercial supply' offers a more realistic and inclusive means of conceptualising both social supply and user-dealing activity. Possible ways forward therefore include the implementation of this term as a distinct offence that focuses on intent, thereby presenting a more proportionate approach than current policy responses for these groups allow. Details: Plymouth, UK: Plymouth University, 2013. 314p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 30, 2016 at: https://pearl.plymouth.ac.uk/handle/10026.1/3007 Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Dealing Shelf Number: 140080

Author: Al-Faris, Khamael Hasan Naji Title: Immigration policy and the role of political discourses in the relationship between foreign nationals and crime in England and wales Summary: Significant criminological attention has been given to the relationship between immigration and crime. However, this relationship has not been researched in the UK to any great extent, and consequently the information on the UK context is limited. This research investigates how the criminality of foreign nationals have been constructed by examining the nature of immigration policy, foreign criminality discourses, and the media in the UK to understand how crime in particular has been used to define, refine, and inform control of immigrants. This study refers to the legislative, policy, and political factors that underpin this process, and particularly explains how immigration policy and political debates have emphasised the criminality of foreign nationals in the UK. In order to achieve these goals, this research reviews a brief history of British immigration policy and legislation and outlines the connections made between foreign nationals and non-immigration criminal offences. In addition, secondary data from different British institutions and data collected via the Freedom of Information Act 2000 have been used to illustrate the level of foreigners' criminality as well as the type of crimes compared to the British representation. Finally, Parliamentary debates and related political discourses have been used to examine the role of politics has in reinforcing the relationship between foreign nationals and crime and elevating negative public sentiment and the relationship with media reports. This research highlights the limitations of existing data relating to the criminality of foreign nationals in offending records in England and Wales, partly due to the disorganised recording of offender nationality. This study reveals that nationality is the new racism; whilst immigration has become a central focus in political and public discourses on crime they as a group in statistical terms exhibit low levels of offending but are more likely to be imprisoned for less serious crimes. The relationship between foreign nationals and crimes is thus a political issue rather than a legal one. As such, foreign nationals supposed criminality has been used to control immigration, avoid the blame of failing policies, gain electoral votes, and facilitate changes in immigration and crime policies. Details: Plymouth, UK: Plymouth University, 2016. 366p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 30, 2016 at: https://pearl.plymouth.ac.uk/handle/10026.1/4576 Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Foreign Criminals Shelf Number: 140081

Author: Semley, Natalie Anne Title: An Evaluation of Tourism Communities and Community Responses to Tourism and Crime: A Case Study of two Cornish Destinations Summary: The growth of mass tourism has placed great pressure on British seaside destinations, and has contributed to the social costs experienced by the resident population via symptoms of changing perceptions, attitudes and behaviour towards tourism, and the presence of higher crime rates. This thesis examines the social reality experienced by residents, and determines the impacts of tourism-related crime upon two tourist communities which are experiencing high levels of crime. The comparative study of a British seaside resort and a coastal town reveals that tourism communities are influenced by individual resident opinions. Simultaneously these communities influence resident perception and behaviour towards tourism-related crime, and it is through this exchange process, that evidence of destination specific criteria has emerged. The research established that the resort community found commonality through the mutual gaze, whilst the coastal community formed closed perceptions of deviant activities through discord and the local gaze. The study concludes by arguing that a destination offering a hedonistic lifestyle will not necessarily have higher crime rates than other safer destinations. This is due to the widespread implementation of crime prevention methods in the resort, and the lack of deterrents established in the coastal town. Therefore there may be nothing criminogenic about these particular destinations. Instead, collective community perception, digressed through crime talk, has influenced community crime interpretation and individual resident evaluation of the tourism industry. Details: Plymouth, UK: Plymouth University, 2011. 489p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 30, 2016 at: https://pearl.plymouth.ac.uk/handle/10026.1/1238 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Tourism and Crime Shelf Number: 140082

Author: de Lacy, Elen Title: Illegal Tobacco: Undermining Tobacco Control Measures in Wales Summary: ASH Wales Cymru has identified illegal tobacco as a priority area for tobacco control in Wales. Around 531,000 adults, or approximately 21% of the adult population in Wales, are smokers1. Illegal (or illicit*) tobacco constitutes a serious public health risk by undermining initiatives aimed at reducing smoking rates. Smuggled tobacco is most likely to be sold in deprived areas2 where rates of tobacco consumption are already creating significant ill health in Wales. ASH Wales Cymru is committed to raising awareness of the problem of illegal tobacco among key stakeholders and the Welsh public. Article 1 of the World Health Organization (WHO) Framework Convention on Tobacco Control (FCTC) defines illicit trade as 'any practice or conduct prohibited by law and which relates to production, shipment, receipt, possession, distribution, sale or purchase including any practice or conduct intended to facilitate such activity' 3. The main forms of tobacco smuggling are: - Counterfeit - Non-Duty Paid - Cheap Whites/Illegal Whites In 2014 ASH Wales Cymru received a grant from the Tobacco Advisory Group at Cancer Research UK to commission the first ever study into the scale and problem of illegal tobacco across Wales. This study is based on similar work from the 'Tackling Illicit Tobacco for Better Health' programme which has had a measurable effect on the problem in three regions of England (North East, North West, South West)4 . ASH Wales Cymru has produced this report to set out clear recommendations to reduce the availability and consumption of illegal tobacco across Wales. An all-Wales tackling illegal tobacco stakeholder group oversaw this work. As part of this study ASH Wales Cymru commissioned two pieces of work: 1) A pan-Wales illegal tobacco survey conducted by NEMS Market Research** NEMS market research was commissioned in March 2014 to undertake a Wales-wide survey to provide a baseline on illegal tobacco use and to better understand the cheap tobacco market. 2) An enforcement report An enforcement report was commissioned in June 2014 to examine the crime and enforcement aspects of the supply of illegal tobacco in Wales. This has been produced by Steven Hay (Littleton Murdoch Ltd.) who has over 20 years of operational and managerial experience of working in Local Authority Regulatory Services. Details: Cardiff: Ash Wales; Cancer Research UK, 2015. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 30, 2016 at: http://ashwales.org.uk/assets/factsheets-leaflets/illegal-tobacco-undermining-tobacco-control-measures-in-wales-eng.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Counterfeit Tobacco Shelf Number: 140102

Author: Norman, Kate Title: "Between Two Cultures": A Rapid PEER Study Exploring Migrant Communities' Views on Female Genital Mutilation in Essex and Norfolk, UK Summary: This report shares the findings from a rapid PEER study, carried out by migrant women and men living in Norfolk and Essex, UK. Eighteen Peer Researchers, (15 women and 3 men) were recruited through local community organisations and trained and supported by FORWARD and Barnardo's to design and carry out conversational interviews with their peers focusing on life in the UK, and Female Genital Mutilation. The study focused on low prevalence areas as identified in the UK Prevalence study on FGM. The aims of this research were to: - Shed light on the lived realities of migrants from these countries and gain insights into their communities' views on FGM in the UK as well as back in their country of origin. - For the first time, research attitudes and support for FGM in predominantly white British areas that are considered "low prevalence" for the practice. - Use the findings to inform and strengthen FGM prevention programmes. - Empower those involved in the research, strengthening their voice and ensuring that they are at the centre of research and programmes that concern them. Details: London: National FMG Center, Barnado's: 2016. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 30, 2016 at: https://barnardosfgm.custhelp.com/ci/fattach/get/12/0/filename/Peer+Research+National+FGM+Centre.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Cutting Shelf Number: 140105

Author: Rosemont, Hugo Title: Public-Private Security Cooperation: From Cyber to Financial Crime Summary: Over the past two years, there has been considerable focus in the UK on developing a strategic and tactical partnership between the public and private sectors in order to achieve a step-change in the country's response to financial crime. Speaking at RUSI in June 2014, Theresa May, the then home secretary, emphasised the importance of the partnership between private sector companies and law enforcement to tackling financial crime, preventing money laundering and recovering the proceeds of crime. The result: the formation of the Financial Sector Forum and the creation of the Joint Money Laundering Intelligence Taskforce (JMLIT), a public-private partnership dedicated to collaboration in order to enhance the national response to financial crime. While this nascent effort appears to be gaining traction, and the JMLIT is being moved to a permanent footing, it is certainly not the first such initiative to be established. This paper from RUSI's Centre for Financial Crime and Security Studies considers lessons that can be learnt from the establishment of previous public-private partnerships, in particular the Cyber-security Information Sharing Partnership (CiSP). The author stresses the importance of establishing measurable objectives that are co-designed and agreed upon from the outset. Too often such partnerships, established in good faith and with undoubted commitment, fade as the initial enthusiasm wanes, staff are reassigned, and those contributing time and resources question the value of their commitment. As the UK's JMLIT emerges from its pilot phase, the longevity of this initiative will be challenged as its initial momentum fades. It is therefore critical that the JMLIT draws on the experience of other, similarly important public-private sector security partnerships in order to anticipate and address the challenges it might face as it matures. Details: London: Royal United Services Institute for Defence and Security Studies, 2016. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: RUSI Occasional paper: Accessed September 2, 2016 at: https://rusi.org/sites/default/files/op_201608_rosemont_public-private_security_cooperation1.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cybercrime Shelf Number: 140119

Author: Equality and Human Rights Commission Title: Healing a Divided Britain: The need for a comprehensive race equality strategy Summary: This report represents the biggest ever review into race inequality in Great Britain, providing a comprehensive analysis on whether our society lives up to its promise to be fair to all its citizens. It looks across every area of people's lives including education, employment, housing, pay and living standards, health, criminal justice, and participation. It examines where we are making progress, where we are stalling and where we are going backwards or falling short. Details: London: The Commission, 2016. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2016 at: https://www.equalityhumanrights.com/sites/default/files/healing_a_divided_britain_-_the_need_for_a_comprehensive_race_equality_strategy_final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Race and Crime Shelf Number: 140123

Author: Lau, W. Title: A rapid survey of UK ivory markets Summary: Although the antiques ivory market in the UK appears to have declined significantly there are still thousands of ivory items on sale in London's markets, according to surveys carried out this April by TRAFFIC. Researchers from TRAFFIC visited 13 antiques markets and two areas with antiques shops across London and also carried out online searches to record the number of ivory items on sale. Their findings are published in A rapid survey of UK ivory markets. They found a wide range of ivory items offered for sale, including figures (56%), household goods (27%), jewellery (9%) and personal items (8%); similar items were found for sale or auction online. However, compared to surveys carried out in 2004, the researchers found fewer individual market stalls offering ivory, declining from around 640 stalls in 2004 to 200 in 2016, while the total number of ivory items for sale also declined, from around 6,000 items to 3,200 over the same period. Links with the current elephant poaching crisis appear tenuous at best, as researchers found no new or raw (unworked) ivory for sale, and only one item that was reportedly after the 1947 cut-off date for antique ivory. The nationality of buyers appeared to have changed too: in 2004 they were mainly American and European tourists, while in 2016 traders reported that travellers and citizens from East Asian countries and territories, including mainland China, Japan and Hong Kong were predominant. Reasons proposed to explain the apparent physical market decline include the emergence of online sales and/or stricter legislation which, according to traders, has led to reduced prices and demand for ivory items. However, according to the study, comparisons should be made with caution as "the surveys conducted in 2004 and 2016 were not identical due to various unavoidable factors." Although the global ivory trade was banned in 1989, antique ivory (carved or "worked" products acquired before 3rd March 1947), and raw or carved "pre-Convention" ivory can be traded under certain circumstances. According to figures from CITES (the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora), between 2005 and 2014, the UK was a net (re-)exporter of ivory for commercial purposes, comprising 990 kg and ~54,000 ivory pieces, some 31% of the EU's total. However, the study found evidence of potential irregularity. Of concern was a significant imbalance between the UK's reported exports of only 17 raw tusks, but importers' records showing 109 tusks originating from the UK. Furthermore, according to UK domestic measures, only worked specimens (antique or pre-Convention), not raw ivory, can legally be re-exported for commercial purposes. According to the study "it would be essential to clarify the reasons for these discrepancies." Meanwhile seizure data "show that the UK plays a role in illegal ivory trade...in particular as a transit country, with ivory seizures...having increased in recent years." The researchers found mixed understanding amongst traders of what constitutes legal ivory sales. All traders were aware of there being a specific cut-off date for antiques and many of the stricter rules regarding ivory importation into, for example the USA and China, but some were far less knowledgeable. More worrying, some even suggested transporting ivory items in personal luggage or sending them by post, without documentation. Few dealers were able to provide proof of age or documentation to prove legal acquisition of their ivory for sale. Details: Cambridge, UK: TRAFFIC, 2016. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 3, 2016 at: http://static1.1.sqspcdn.com/static/f/157301/27217988/1472570776477/UK-ivory-markets.pdf?token=9dlmId6A55I5yg%2BP8VExwqLxWRk%3D Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Illegal Markets Shelf Number: 140135

Author: Parsonage, Michael Title: Traumatic Brain Injury and Offending: An Economic Analysis Summary: Over a million people in this country live with the consequences of traumatic brain injury, at a cost to the economy of around L15 billion a year. Funded by the Barrow Cadbury Trust as part of its Transition to Adulthood programme, this report presents an analysis of the costs of traumatic brain injury, with particular reference to the links between head injury and crime. Traumatic brain injury (TBI), also described as head injury, is any injury to the brain caused by impact, for example a direct blow to the head or a force that causes the brain to move around inside the skull. Common causes are falls, road accidents, collisions and violence. Head injuries vary greatly in severity, depending on whether and for how long they result in a loss of consciousness or post-traumatic amnesia. About 10-15% of all TBIs are classified as moderate or severe and the remaining 85- 90% as mild. Details: London: Centre for Mental Health, 2016. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 3, 2016 at: http://www.barrowcadbury.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/Traumatic-brain-injury-and-offending-an-economic-analysis.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Brain Injury Shelf Number: 140151

Author: Sidebotham, Peter Title: Pathways to harm, pathways to protection: a triennial analysis of serious case reviews 2011 to 2014 Final report Summary: A serious case review (SCR) is a local enquiry carried out where a child has died or been seriously harmed and abuse or neglect are known or suspected, and there is cause for concern about professional working together - This study is the fifth consecutive analysis of serious case reviews in England undertaken by the same research team dating back to reviews from 2003- 2005. The study considers a total of 293 SCRs relating to incidents which occurred in the period 1 April 2011- 31 March 2014. These most recent reviews are also analysed in the context of learning from SCRs over the ten years since 2003-2005. The aim of the study is to provide evidence of key issues and challenges for agencies working singly and together in these cases. It is also to provide the government with evidence of what is changing as a result of their reforms, and to identify areas where further change may be required to support organisations to learn from serious case reviews and to keep children safe. Key Findings : What do SCRs tell us about the child protection system? The pattern of serious case reviews over time shows that once a child is known to be in need of protection, for example with a child protection plan in place, the system is working well. There has been an increase in the number of serious case reviews carried out since 2012, but this has been against a backdrop of a steady year -on- year increase in child protection activity. There has been no change in the number of child deaths linked directly to maltreatment and, if anything, a reduction in the fatality rates for all but the older adolescent age group. Furthermore, only a small minority of children at the centre of a serious case review (12%) had a current child protection plan at the time of their death or serious harm - This is at a time when nationally numbers of children with a child protection plan have been rising dramatically - There are still, however, pressure points at the boundaries into and out of the child protection system, where cases are 'stepped up' from universal and targeted services and 'stepped down' from child protection and children in need. While fewer than half of SCRs revealed current involvement with children's social care, almost two thirds of the children had at some point been involved with children's social care at least to the level of child in need. With hindsight, it is apparent that m any of these children's cases had either been closed too soon or lacked the ongoing support services and monitoring that the children and families needed. This highlights the need for long- term planning and support where children have known risks or vulnerabilities and especially where they have already suffered maltreatment. Details: London: U.K. Department of Education, 2016. 277p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 6, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/533826/Triennial_Analysis_of_SCRs_2011-2014_-__Pathways_to_harm_and_protection.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 147877

Author: National Association for the Care and Resettlement of Offenders (NACRO) Title: Foreign National Offenders, Mental Health and the Criminal Justice System Summary: The mental health needs of foreign national individuals who come into contact with the criminal justice system are a neglected issue, with what discussion does exist on this subject confining itself solely to the prison system. Whilst this is to an extent understandable as this is where the concentration of foreign national individuals lies, it is also important to look at the criminal justice system as a whole (as well as its interface with the mental health and the immigration system) in any examination of the mental health needs of foreign national offenders and detainees. Foreign nationals - including those with a learning disability - often have mental health needs which go beyond (and are different to) those experienced by the general offender population, and which can be exacerbated by other factors that render them more vulnerable than other indigenous defendants or offenders. In addition to the usual health stresses that accompany being arrested and incarcerated, foreign national prisoners may experience: - mental health and welfare problems (such as isolation, separation from family, trauma and loss, particularly if they are seeking refuge or asylum) - a lack of access to information about their current experience - a lack of legal and immigration advice - language barriers and a shortage of translation facilities - a period of effectively being held in bureaucratic limbo following the serving of their sentence and prior to deportation - limited preparation for release and insufficient access to resettlement programmes - a fear of return to their home country fuelled either by a lack of affinity with that country or by other reasons. All of the above factors can impact on the experience of foreign nationals in the criminal justice process and, as such, affect their well-being and mental health. Details: London: NACRO, 2010. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: A Nacro Mental Health Briefing Paper: Accessed September 7, 2016 at: https://3bx16p38bchl32s0e12di03h-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/05/Foreign-national-offenders-mental-health-and-the-criminal-justice-system.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 147898

Author: Banks, James Title: Foreign National Prisoners in the UK: Explanations and Implications Summary: This paper examines the rapid expansion of the foreign national prison population in the UK against a back-drop of public and political anxiety about immigration and crime. It explores official data considering some of the possible explanations for the growth in the number of foreign national prisoners and the implications this has for penal management. Whilst increases in both the number of foreign nationals entering the UK and the number of foreign nationals in UK prisons has strengthened the association between immigration and crime in the public imagination, there is little empirical evidence to suggest that foreign nationals are more dangerous than British nationals. Instead, the growth of the foreign national prison population appears to stem from a number of sources that may operate alone or in tandem. Details: Sheffield, UK: Sheffield Hallam University, 2011. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 7, 2016 at: http://shura.shu.ac.uk/6803/1/Banks_Foreign_National_Prisoners.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Foreign Inmates Shelf Number: 147897

Author: Lonsdale, Jeremy Title: National Trading Standards -- Scams Team Review Summary: Mass marketing fraud (MMF) is broadly defined as a misleading or deceptive business practice in which uninvited contact and false promises are used to con people out of money. These could include lottery and prize draw scams, inheritance scams, get-rich-quick schemes and the selling of bogus products and services. Relatively inexpensive modes of communications, such as the Internet, telephone and direct mail, have transformed MMF activities in the UK and worldwide. National Trading Standards (NTS) established a Scams Team in 2012, initially as a pilot, hosted by East Sussex County Council Trading Standards. It was developed out of a desire to deal more effectively with MMF on a local, regional and national level, and to support victims. The Scams Team's activities are guided by five objectives: To identify victims of fraud To intervene and protect victims from further victimisation To investigate criminal activity To inform local authorities and agencies on how to work with and support scam victims To influence people at local, regional and national levels to take a stand against scams Goals During 2015 and 2016, NTS commissioned RAND Europe to undertake an independent review of the Scams Team to help inform its future development, delivery and effectiveness. The review included: An assessment of the Scams Team in its current form Recommendations for service improvements and future provision in the context of the Consumer Landscape Reforms, building on ideas generated by delivery partners Recommendations for existing measures and measure of consumer detriment Methodology The project team used four main sources to carry out the review: A review of academic and grey literature Interviews with partners, local authorities, Scams Team and NTS members A survey of all 200 local Trading Standards Services A review of documents and data provided by the Scams Team and NTS, which included data on 30,000 UK victims of MMF In addition, the researchers also held a 'Theory of Change' workshop with staff from the Scams Team, to examine how the Team's activities are expected to lead to the overall objectives, also to examine the Team's current methodology for measuring consumer detriment and savings. Findings Based on the analysis of data on 30,000 UK victims of MMF, it was found that these victims lost, on average, $6,744 to scams over their lifetime. The amount lost varied across victims, with the majority losing around $100 to $100; however, one per cent were found to lose more than $100,000. Older people tended to be the most prominent victims of MMF; however, no particular group should be isolated or ignored as potential victims. MMF was found to affect all members of society regardless of their age, class, occupation, socio-economic background, race or gender. Many perpetrators of MMF are based outside the UK, making it a truly global issue. In addition, these perpetrators are often linked to international organised crime, as they are selling MMF models internationally and also involved in other types of crime. There is clear evidence that the work of the Scams Team has helped to identify more victims of MMF and, through interventions with local Trading Standard Services, has helped to reduce the impact of MMF on these victims. The Scams Team has facilitated a coordinated national approach to tackling MMF in the UK, while also introducing a variety of innovative approaches and pilot projects. Based on the evidence available, the Scams Team appears to be delivering significant value for money. Through its work, it was estimated that the Team is saving $27 per $1 invested. Even when only taking into account the savings that the Scams Team is able to identify with a high degree of precision, these are still high - $12 per $1 invested over three years. Details: Santa Monica, CA; Cambridge, UK: RAND, 2016. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2016 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR1500/RR1510/RAND_RR1510.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Consumer Fraud Shelf Number: 140263

Author: Bentley, Holly Title: How Safe are Our Children? The Most Comprehensive Overview of Child Protection in the UK: 2016 Summary: Ask people what childhood should be like, and they'll say it's about playing with friends and exploring new worlds. We want our children to have a childhood full of fun and learning and love. Contrast this with the fact that, in the last year, there were more than 23,000 ChildLine counselling sessions with children about their experiences of abuse and neglect, and a rise in the number of counselling sessions with young people about suicidal feelings. This is not what we want childhood to be like. It's time to fight for the childhoods we want our children to have. That fight starts with adults knowing how to spot the signs of abuse and being prepared to take action to keep children safe. The good news is that more and more adults appear to be ready to take on this responsibility. Over the past five years we've seen increasing numbers of reports of abuse and neglect to social services, the police and the NSPCC. For example, there was a 29 per cent rise in the number of contacts to the NSPCC helpline about abuse and neglect between 2011/12 and 2015/16. Details: London: NSPCC, 2016. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2016 at: https://www.nspcc.org.uk/globalassets/documents/research-reports/how-safe-children-2016-report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 140277

Author: Great Britain. HM Inspectorate of Probation Title: Accommodation of Homeless: 16 and 17 Year Old Children Working with Youth Offending Teams Summary: In 2009, the House of Lords gave a landmark judgment clarifying the responsibilities of children's social care services for the provision of accommodation and support to homeless 16 and 17 year olds. With the impetus of the Southwark judgment , local authorities reviewed their procedures and (alongside others) produced new protocols, guidance and pathways. The prospects for homeless 16 and 17 year olds were improved as it paved the way for better access to accommodation and support services because of the judgment and the commitments that flowed from it. Six years on, this inspection revealed a mixed picture on the ground. Most distressingly, one in three 16 and 17 years olds in our inspection were housed in accommodation we considered unsuitable or unsafe. We were particularly concerned about the risks those sharing hostel or bed and breakfast accommodation with adult strangers were exposed to. No one local authority suggested to us that these shortcomings were because of a lack of funding. They appeared to stem more immediately from poor or incomplete assessment, a lack of joined-up working and recognition of children's wider needs, and a tendency to place children as though they were adults. Our inspection found that the range of suitable accommodation provision was limited and this resulted in some children being placed in accommodation that did not meet their needs. The children whose cases were reviewed had all suffered some form of trauma in their lives. Most had been previously known to children's social care services and some were subject to care orders. . They often exhibited difficult behaviour. All of those whom inspectors saw were not yet capable of successful independence and still needed some form of parenting and support. Again, we found a mixed picture on the ground. A minority received excellent support, whereas too many had been given a roof over their heads with little other than a few hours a week support from visiting professionals. An important factor in the successful transition of children to independent adulthood was the continued provision of support when they reached 18 years old. This was not available to all children, the deciding factor being whether they had become Looked After under the Children Act 1989, giving them rights as care leavers to support beyond the age of 18 years. It is not known how many 16 and 17 year olds find themselves alone and relying on their local authority for accommodation to avoid homelessness. The data and information collected locally and collated nationally3 is not sufficiently comprehensive or joined-up. In our inspection of six local authorities we saw no evidence of Local Safeguarding Children Boards exercising any scrutiny of the local situation. What is more, in areas where there were shortfalls, senior managers seemed tolerant and accepting of the state of affairs. Refreshingly, we found examples of excellent practice, and we set out specific examples in this report. In summary, two in three children were in suitable accommodation; one in three was not. The wider support they received was of variable quality - sometimes excellent, in other cases woefully inadequate. These differences are hard to comprehend, given the clear intentions of the Southwark judgment. Details: London: The Inspectorate, 2016. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2016 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2016/09/Thematic-Report-Accommodation-of-Homeless-16-and-17-Year-Old-Children.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Homeless Youth Shelf Number: 147846

Author: Great Britain. House of Commons. Justice Committee Title: Restorative Justice: Fourth Report of Session 2016-17 Summary: In this report we consider the effectiveness of restorative justice (RJ) provision across the criminal justice system. The push from the Ministry of Justice has been for high quality restorative justice to be available to victims at every stage of the criminal justice system irrespective of where they are geographically, the age of the offender or the offence committed against them and we support these objectives in this report. We have focused our analysis on the services currently available to victims. We examine the evidence base for the effectiveness of restorative justice. We conclude that while undue reliance should not be placed on the statistic that $8 is saved for every $1 spent on RJ, there are benefits in both reductions in reoffending and in providing tangible benefits to victims. Our attention was drawn to doubts around the use of restorative justice in cases of sexual offences, domestic abuse and hate crime. In particular we received submissions concerned with the appropriateness of restorative justice in cases of domestic abuse. While acknowledging the real and substantial risks, our view is that, while restorative justice will not be appropriate in every case, it should not be excluded simply by reason of the type of offence committed. We found that restorative justice provision is currently subject to a 'postcode lottery' and regional buy-in. While ring-fencing funding to Police and Crime Commissioners may appear superficially attractive, we do not believe budgets for restorative justice could be set in a reliable or sensible manner. Our other principal recommendations and conclusions can be summed up as follows: - Restorative justice is well embedded in the youth justice system, although there is further work to be done, particularly in improving victim engagement. We recommend the Ministry of Justice looks to the example of youth conferencing used in Northern Ireland. - Problems in data sharing have presented a somewhat intractable obstacle to the development of restorative justice. We recommend the creation and dissemination of a national data sharing template to help speed up the agreement of data sharing protocols. - There is evidence of mixed compliance with the requirement under the Victims' Code to make victims aware of restorative justice, and we recommend the introduction of a system to improve compliance. - The entitlements under the Victims' Code should be rationalised so they no longer vary based on the age of the offender. - The Ministry should consult with PCCs and Stakeholders to ensure there is sufficient capacity to feasibly introduce an entitlement to restorative justice under the Victims' Code. - It is too soon to introduce a legislative right to access restorative justice services but such a goal is laudable and should be actively worked towards. We believe a right to access such services should be included in the Victims' Law but that provision should only be commenced once the Minister has demonstrated to Parliament that the system has sufficient capacity. Details: London: House of Commons, 2016. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: HC 164: Accessed September 14, 2016 at: http://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201617/cmselect/cmjust/164/164.pdf?utm_source=164&utm_medium=module&utm_campaign=modulereports Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Restorative Justice Shelf Number: 147868

Author: Big Brother Watch Title: Are They Still Watching: The cost of CCTV in an era of cuts Summary: CCTV has been a mainstay of our streets and public spaces for over 20 years. 10 years ago the enthusiasm for CCTV led to the UK being classified as the most watched nation on earth. As ever where we lead, others follow, countless countries around the world are now installing cameras and surveilling their citizens. But what now for the UK, where are we currently at with this technology? Are we still rampantly installing CCTV or have we reached saturation point , and if not what might the future of street surveillance bring? Public space CCTV is maintained by a number of different bodies; the police, local authorities, private businesses and increasingly by private individuals. Local authorities use CCTV for crime detection and prevention, including watching pubs, clubs and bars at night, as well as monitoring the flow of people and traffic. Local authorities have historically been enthusiastic at installing CCTV on our streets. Between 1999 and 2012 the number of cameras installed by local authorities across the country jumped from 21,000 to over 51,000. In response to this Big Brother Watch used Freedom of Information requests to determine how much money was being spent on these systems. The report Price of Privacy (2012) revealed that between 2007 and 2011 local authorities spent $515 million installing, maintaining and monitoring CCTV cameras. A staggering sum. Five years on we present Are They Still Watching? an update of the figures outlining the money spent by local authorities on the CCTV systems between 2012 to 2015. Our findings show that nationally there has been a decrease in the money spent on the installation, maintenance and monitoring of CCTV. Whilst some parts of the country have scrapped their CCTV schemes altogether, other areas, notably London have reported over a 71% increase in CCTV coverage. Whilst we are pleased to see a reduction in spending on CCTV, we have to understand that the rationale behind the figures is not ideological. Local authorities have not suddenly woken up to privacy and acknowledged the intrusion CCTV causes. It is vital that we consider the financial pressures on local authorities during this period. It has been noted that in the 2015/2016 financial year alone, local authorities have been instructed to find $2.6 billion of savings2 we suspect therefore that our findings highlight the budgetary constraints and cuts in council coffers since 2010. Details: London: Big Brother Watch, 2016. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2016 at: https://www.bigbrotherwatch.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Are-They-Still-Watching.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Closed Circuit Television Shelf Number: 147876

Author: Baverstock, John Title: Process evaluation of pre-recorded cross-examination pilot (Section 28) Summary: This report presents findings from a process figure evaluation of a pilot of recorded pre-trial cross-examination (s.28). his includes analysis of monitoring data collected during the pilot, interviews with practitioners involved and interviews with witnesses. Section 28 (s.28) of the Youth Justice and Criminal Evidence Act 1999 (YJCEA) allows vulnerable and intimidated witnesses to video record their cross-examination before the trial. This forms part of a range of measures to support vulnerable or intimidated victims and witnesses (other than the accused) to give their best evidence and help reduce some of the anxiety of attending court. Section 28 was piloted in Leeds, Liverpool and Kingston-upon-Thames Crown Courts from December 2013 for child witnesses under the age of 16 and those eligible for assistance by reason of disability. A process evaluation was undertaken to help understand whether the pilot processes worked as intended and to help inform decisions on whether and how best to roll out s.28 more widely after the pilot. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2016. 105p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Analytical Series: Accessed September 15, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/553335/process-evaluation-doc.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Courts Shelf Number: 140300

Author: Great Britain. Crown Prosecution Service Title: Violence against Women and Girls: Crime Report, 2013-2014 Summary: This report is an analysis of the key prosecution issues in each Violence against Women and Girls (VAWG) strand - domestic violence (DV), rape, sexual offences, stalking, harassment, forced marriage, honour based violence, female genital mutilation, child abuse, human trafficking, prostitution and pornography. We recognise that most of these offences are targeted at male victims as well as female victims. A number of case studies are used to illustrate some good practice from Areas. Details: London: Crown Prosecution Services, 2014. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2016 at: https://www.cps.gov.uk/publications/docs/cps_vawg_report_2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 147889

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Action Against Hate: The UK Government's plan for tackling hate crime Summary: 1. Hate crime has a particularly harmful effect on its victims, as it seeks to attack an intrinsic part of who they are or who they are perceived to be: their race, religion, sexual orientation, disability or transgender identity. The previous Government's plan to tackle hate crime (Challenge It, Report It, Stop It, 2012) delivered real improvements in the way in which hate crime can be reported as well as improving understanding within the Police Service of the impact that hate crime can have on communities. Specific changes following that plan include: - the publication, for the first time, of detailed findings from the Crime Survey for England and Wales on the extent of hate crime victimisation in England and Wales; - an improvement in the police recording of hate crime - requiring police forces to capture data on recorded hate crimes under all five of the monitored strands, and publishing that data as Official Statistics; - the funding of a number of projects with voluntary sector organisations working with victims of hate crime under the Ministry of Justice's Victim and Witness Fund; and - amended legislation to provide for enhanced sentencing in a wider range of crimes, including for the first time a victim's transgender identity as an aggravating factor. 2. According to the independent Crime Survey for England and Wales, there were an estimated 222,000 hate crimes on average each year from 2012/13 to 2014/15. This represents a decrease of 56,000 since the previous period covered by the survey. However, despite an increase in the number of hate crimes recorded by the police - from 44,471 in 2013/14 to 52,528 in 2014/15 - the difference between police figures and the crime survey show that hate crimes continue to be significantly underreported. 3. Hate crime victims are more likely to suffer repeat victimisation, more likely to suffer serious psychological impacts as a result, and less likely than the victims of other crime to be satisfied with the police response. 4. This Action Plan focuses five key areas to tackle hate crime from beginning to end - from understanding the drivers of hate crime and dealing with its causes to providing improved support to victims: - Preventing hate crime by challenging the beliefs and attitudes that can underlie such crimes. We will work to give young people and teachers the tools to tackle hatred and prejudice, including through a new programme to equip teachers to facilitate conversations about 'difficult topics' and carry out a new assessment of the level of anti-Muslim, antisemitic, homophobic, racist and other bullying in schools to inform further action to reduce levels of such bullying. We will continue to work with community partners such as the Anne Frank Trust and Streetwise to deliver educational projects that help young people challenge prejudice and discrimination. - Responding to hate crime in our communities with the aim of reducing the number of hate crime incidents. This includes the introduction of a L2.4m funding scheme for security measures at vulnerable faith institutions, measures to tackle hate crime on public transport and in the night-time economy by providing training, raising awareness and making reporting easier, and establishing three community demonstration projects to explore new ways of tackling hate crime in local communities. We will also take action against online hate crime, including a ministerial seminar with social media companies and counter-narrative work. - Increasing the reporting of hate crime, through improving the reporting process, encouraging the use of third party reporting and working with groups who may under-report, such as disabled people, Muslim women, the Charedi community, transgender people, Gypsy, Traveller and Roma communities, and new refugee communities. We will work with the Crown Prosecution Service (CPS) to ensure that perpetrators are punished, and to publicise successful prosecutions to encourage people to have the confidence that when they report hate crime, action will be taken. - Improving support for the victims of hate crime. We will continue to improve the use of Victim Personal Statements to ensure that victims of hate crime have their voices heard. The CPS will produce new guidance on community impact statements for hate crime, reflecting that hate crime can have an impact beyond individual victims and lead to increased feelings of isolation or fear across whole communities. And to improve the experience of witnesses at court, the CPS will conduct a joint review with the police of Witness Care Units. - Building our understanding of hate crime through improved data, including the disaggregation of hate crimes records by religion. Our Extremism Analysis Unit will conduct a review into neo-Nazi networks and we will continue to develop our networks and relationships with academics to identify opportunities for collaboration, to ensure that we are able to learn from academic insights into hate crime and the ways of combating it. 5. Underlying the plan are two key themes - working in partnership with communities and joining up work across the hate crime strands to ensure that best practice in tackling hate crime is understood and drawn upon in all our work 6. The actions set out in this document have been developed through discussions with those communities most affected by hate crime. It is those communities and the organisations that represent them that often respond to hate crime at the local level, working to tackle hate crime in their area and provide support to victims. 7. This Action Plan represents a partnership between the Government, the criminal justice agencies (the Police Service, the CPS, the courts and the National Offender Management Service) and community groups representing those affected by hate crime. It has been developed with the support of the Independent Advisory Group on hate crime. 8. Delivery of the Action Plan will be overseen by a project board that brings together the criminal justice agencies and relevant government departments as well as the Independent Advisory Group on hate crime. Details: London: Home Office, 2016. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 19,. 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/543679/Action_Against_Hate_-_UK_Government_s_Plan_to_Tackle_Hate_Crime_2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias-Related Crime Shelf Number: 140352

Author: Murray, Kath Title: Understanding and Preventing Youth Crime Survey (UPYC) Early Findings: Stop and Search in Glasgow and Edinburgh Summary: This report presents data and analysis on children's experiences of stop and search in Glasgow and Edinburgh. The analysis in the report is based on data from the Understanding and Preventing Youth Crime (UPYC) survey, a UK wide project that examines children's experiences of crime, victimisation and policing. The report was commissioned by the Scottish Police Authority (SPA) in order to meet Recommendation 11 of the SPA Scrutiny Review on Stop and Search: The SPA should commission research, in conjunction with others, to establish the short and long term impact of stop and search on different groups and communities. In particular, this should cover the short and long term impact of stop and search activity on young people. (SPA, 2014; 26) The UPYC questionnaire was administered to 2,186 secondary school children in Glasgow, Edinburgh, Sheffield and Birmingham between September 2014 and December 2015. In Glasgow and Edinburgh, 1,286 pupils aged between twelve and sixteen years old took part in the survey, while in Sheffield and Birmingham, 900 children took part. This report focuses on children's experiences in Glasgow and Edinburgh (some comparisons are drawn with Sheffield and Birmingham). The report examines the overall and varying prevalence of stop and search, police effectiveness, and how children feel about being stopped and searched. The key findings are shown below. The overall and varying prevalence of stop and search - Overall, nearly a quarter of children in Glasgow and Edinburgh (23%) said that they had been stopped and searched at least once in their lifetime. - The overall prevalence of stop and search in Glasgow and Edinburgh (23%) was around three times higher than Sheffield and Birmingham (8%). - Across the four cities, prevalence ranged from 5% in Birmingham, to 26% in Glasgow. - Children in Glasgow were more likely to have been searched on multiple occasions, compared to children in Edinburgh. Amongst those children who were searched in the last 12 months, over a fifth (21%) in Glasgow had been searched on six or more occasions, compared to 2% in Edinburgh. School year/age (Glasgow and Edinburgh) - One of the strongest predictors of being stopped and searched was school year. In Glasgow and Edinburgh, 37% of children in S4 (15 and 16 year olds) had been stopped and searched on at least one occasion, compared to 11% in Birmingham and Sheffield. Gender (Glasgow and Edinburgh) - The prevalence of stop and search was slightly higher among boys than girls, at 26% and 21% respectively. - However, boys were more likely to be searched on multiple occasions. Amongst those who had been searched in the last twelve months, 20% of boys had been stopped and searched six times or more, compared to 11% of girls. - When controlling for other factors, multivariate analysis showed that boys were around 1.6 times more likely to be stopped and searched than girls. Ethnicity (Glasgow and Edinburgh) - Asian children were less likely to be stopped and searched, compared to White children. Otherwise, there were no statistically significant differences across the ethnic groups in the survey. Education and social class (Glasgow and Edinburgh) - Children who said that they did badly at school were more likely to have been searched, compared to those who said that they performed well at school. Over half (53%) of those who said that their achievement was poor or well below average had been stopped and searched, compared to 13% who said that their achievement was well above average or excellent. - When controlling for other factors, children who attended state schools were 2.6 times more likely to have been searched, compared to children who attended independent schools. However, self-reported offending rates between these two groups did not vary. Family support and involvement (Glasgow and Edinburgh) - The prevalence of stop and search was lower amongst children with higher levels of family support and involvement. Children whose parents rarely knew their whereabouts, what they were doing, or whom they were with were more likely to have been stopped and searched by the police. For example, 73% of children who said that their parents/carers seldom or never knew where they were had been searched, compared to 18% who said that their parents/carers often or almost always knew where they were. Offending behaviour (Glasgow and Edinburgh) - Half of the children (50%) in the survey said they had never taken part in a crime, rising to three quarters (75%) when excluding illegally downloading music or films from the internet. Excluding illegal downloads, 9% of children said they had committed an offence on two or more occasions in the last year. - When controlling for other factors, children who had been involved in a group fight in the last twelve months were 4.6 times more likely to have been stopped and searched, compared to children who had not. - However, other types of offending, including weapon carrying and drug misuse, were not significantly associated with being stopped and searched. - The likelihood of being searched was higher amongst children who said that they had committed an offence in the last 12 months, compared to those who had not. - However, in absolute terms, the number of children who were searched and said they had not committed a crime was higher than the number who had been searched and had committed a crime. Alcohol (Glasgow and Edinburgh) - Children who had drunk alcohol in the last month were 2.5 times more likely to have been stopped and searched, compared to those who had not. - The demographics of stop and search appeared to be out of kilter with the demographics of stop and search. In general, the prevalence of underage drinking (in the last month) was higher in Edinburgh (compared to Glasgow), amongst girls (compared to boys) and amongst children who attended independent schools (compared to mainstream state schools). Note however, that we do not know whether alcohol was consumed at home, or in public, or how the alcohol was accessed. Victimisation (Glasgow and Edinburgh) - Children who said that someone had taken, or tried to take something from them either by force or the threat of force (i.e. robbery) were 2.8 times more likely to have been searched, compared to those who had not. - Children who said that either they or a friend had been physically attacked on the way home from school on more than one occasion were 6 times more likely to have been searched, compared to those who had not. The effectiveness of stop and search (Glasgow and Edinburgh) - Overall, 13% of stop and search encounters in the last twelve months resulted in detection. This finding is consistent with Police Scotland data, which shows that between June and December 2015, 14% of stop searches involving 12 to 16 year olds resulted in detection. By contrast, Police Scotland data show that 24% of all stop searches carried out on persons of all ages in the same period were positive. - The prevalence of stop and search was higher in neighbourhoods with higher perceived levels of crime and disorder, suggesting that officers generally targeted the 'right places'. - However, at the individual level, involvement in criminal behaviour was a poor indicator for stop and search. Of those children who had been stopped and searched, 61% said that they had not been involved in offending behaviour in the last 12 months (excluding illegal downloading). How children feel about being stopped and searched (Glasgow and Edinburgh) - Children who had been stopped and searched tended to be equivocal or negative about their experiences. A third (34%) said that the officers were 'not at all' fair, compared to 14% who said that the officers were 'very fair.' - A third (35%) said the officers were 'a bit' professional, compared to around a fifth (18%) who said that the officers were 'very' polite and respectful. - Nearly a third of children in Glasgow (32%) said that the police were 'not at all' polite and respectful, compared to 18% in Edinburgh. - Half of those respondents who were searched said that the officers had explained the reason. Of these children, three quarters (75%) said that they understood the reason. - Four in ten (39%) said the officers had asked if they were happy for the search to go ahead. Most of these children (79%) gave their agreement to be searched. - Children mostly felt annoyed at being searched, rather than scared or embarrassed. A third of children (35%) said that they felt 'very' annoyed, and a quarter (25%) said they felt 'quite' annoyed. - Very few children (7%) said that being stopped and searched made them feel 'very' safe on the streets, while 70% said it did not make them feel at all safer. - The views of children who had been stopped and searched at least once tended to be more negative towards the police, compared to those who had not been searched. For example, more than a third (37%) of children who had been searched said they thought the police 'almost never' treated young people with respect, compared to 15% who had not been searched. - A third (34%) of children who had been stopped and searched thought that the police 'almost never' made fair decisions when dealing with young people, compared to 14% who had not been searched. - Over half (53%) of children who had been stopped and searched thought that the police appreciate what young people think, compared to 32% who had not been searched. Details: Glasgow: Scottish Police Authority, 2016. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2016 at: http://www.spa.police.uk/assets/128635/352708/uypcstopandsearch Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 140368

Author: Davies, Matthew Title: Driving Accountability from Within: Key lessons for newly elected Police and Crime Commissioners Summary: This first empirical study of Police and Crime Commissioners (PCCs) highlights a set of key findings and recommendations for newly elected PCCs to assist them in developing the internal capacity and key relationships that are essential to the challenging and expanding role. Details: London: Police Foundation, 2016. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 21, 2016 at: http://www.police-foundation.org.uk/uploads/catalogerfiles/driving-accountability-from-within-key-lessons-for-newly-elected-pccs/driving_accountability_final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 145629

Author: Big Brother Watch Title: Private Investigators The use of private investigators by councils, public authorities and government departments in the United Kingdom Summary: The Protection of Freedoms Act 2012 introduced important safeguards in the use of surveillance powers by local authorities. The requirement of prior judicial authorisation is an important change in the law and one we wholeheartedly support. However, as this report highlights, the scope of public surveillance using private investigators risks undermining these protections. Of particular concern is the number of cases where private investigators have been commissioned, yet their work deemed to not require RIPA authorisation, even in cases where the explanation provided appears to indicate surveillance was undertaken. The law in the UK, particularly the Police and Criminal Evidence Act 1984, is broadly drawn to allow evidence to be introduced in court that in other jurisdictions would not be deemed admissible. Contrasted with the fruit of the poisonous tree provisions in the US, and broader protection offered by the Fourth Amendment, UK law risks failing to join up the evidential admissibility process and the regulation of surveillance. Accordingly, we are seriously concerned there is a gap in UK law emerging around surveillance and the ability of third parties to conduct surveillance operations without proper regulation. As the cost of advanced surveillance technologies falls, the temptation is for a number of individuals and organisations to take advantage of the covert cameras, hidden recording devices, aerial devices and countless other gadgets that are now available in a growing market. While there are many situations where regulation is not appropriate, it is also essential to maintain legal safeguards to deter the unaccountable and improper use of such technologies. Equally, as is the risk with private investigators, the arrangement may allow techniques to be used that would require RIPA authorisation, but because they are conducted by a third party, the commissioning organisation can claim it was unaware of the specific methods employed. Whether private investigators, individual citizens or unconnected third party organisations, we believe that the law should be revised to ensure that if surveillance is undertaken and the intention is to use the material obtained in legal proceedings, if it has not been undertaken by the police then it should not be admissible if it has not been authorised under RIPA. Equally, the ongoing lack of custodial sentences for those guilty of an offence under section 55 of the Data Protection Act 1998 remains a serious issue and particularly where private investigators may be gathering information that they are not authorised to do so. With as many as 10,000 people working as private investigators in the UK, we agree with the Home Affairs Select Committee that the current legal framework is wholly inadequate. This highlights the ongoing concern that RIPA is not fit for purpose, in failing to deal with evidence and material obtained outside the legislative framework. Equally, the changing nature of surveillance - particularly the ability to search online, through social networks and through semi-public sources of information - further reinforces the need for the law to be reformed to strengthen protection against unwarranted and unauthorised surveillance becoming a frequent occurrence. Details: London: Big Brother Watch, 2013. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 21, 2016 at: https://www.bigbrotherwatch.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/Private-Investigators-Final-Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Investigations Shelf Number: 145627

Author: National Institute for Health and Care Excellence Title: Harmful Sexual Behaviour Among Children and Young People Summary: This guideline covers children and young people who display harmful sexual behaviour, including those on remand or serving community or custodial sentences. It aims to ensure these problems don't escalate and possibly lead to them being charged with a sexual offence. It also aims to ensure no-one is unnecessarily referred to specialist services. 'Young people' refers mainly to those aged 10 to 18 but also includes people up to 25 with special educational needs or a disability. This guideline does not discuss people who have experienced sexual abuse. NICE will publish a guideline on child abuse and neglect in September 2017. Recommendations This guideline includes recommendations on: multi-agency approach and universal services early help assessment risk assessment for children and young people referred to harmful sexual behaviour services engaging with families and carers before an intervention begins developing and managing a care plan for children and young people displaying harmful sexual behaviour developing interventions for children and young people displaying harmful sexual behaviour supporting a return to the community for 'accommodated' children and young people Who is it for? Social workers, social and residential care practitioners and foster carers Child and adolescent harmful sexual behaviour and mental health services Neighbourhood and community support police officers and youth offending teams Schools and youth services National adolescent forensic services Primary care, sexual health, drug and alcohol services People who exhibit harmful sexual behaviour, their families and other members of the public. Details: London:The Institute, 2016. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2016 at: https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/ng55/resources/harmful-sexual-behaviour-among-children-and-young-people-1837514975173 Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sex Offenders Shelf Number: 140436

Author: Thomas, Menna Title: 'I Never Spoke About it'...Supporting sexually exploited boys and young men in Wales Summary: This qualitative research draws primarily on in-depth, semi-structured interviews with 42 professionals working across Wales. A focus group was however carried out with 20 young people involved in a junior safeguarding board, four of whom were boys who had been sexually exploited. An adult survivor of child sexual abuse and sexual exploitation participated in an in-depth interview. Interviews with professionals The research sample of professionals was drawn from the community of personnel working most closely with high risk groups of boys and young men across the four police force areas in Wales. The interviews were conducted face to face or over the phone. The aim was to interview a representative sample of professionals working in the following sectors: - the police, - social services, - education, - sexual health services, - substance misuse services, - youth offending teams, - homelessness services, - advocacy services, - family support services, - equalities organisations - specialist services addressing; child sexual exploitation (CSE), harmful sexual behaviour (HSB). It was possible to cover all these sectors in two of the four police force areas. In the other two areas we carried out a small number of interviews with professionals who did not fit with our original target group, but who clearly had a valid and important contribution to make, such as those working in projects supporting sex workers. Interviews focussed on: - roles and responsibilities relating to young people with experience/ at risk of CSE - the SERAF assessment tool and how this is used to identify risk for boys and young men - perceptions of the features of male CSE - perceptions of how male experience of CSE compares to female experience - perceptions of risk factors for boys and young men - barriers and facilitators to identifying and engaging with at-risk boys or those with experience of CSE. Accessing the views of those with experience of child sexual exploitation (CSE) We originally aimed to interview between six and fifteen boys and young men aged between 16 and 25, who had experience of being at risk of, or involved in, CSE. This proved very difficult to achieve. The highly sensitive nature of the issue, and the low number of boys identified and referred to services, meant that even where boys were being worked with they were reluctant to engage in research interviews, or professionals working with them decided that they were too vulnerable. We approached the following services seeking the participation of boys: - Barnardo's Cymru specialist CSE and HSB services, and services working with care leavers and homeless young people - substance misuse services working with young people across Wales - private residential care organisations across Wales - an LGBTQ (lesbian gay bisexual trans questioning) service for young people When this resulted in no individuals coming forward to participate, we approached organisations who worked with young people in groups, and organisations working with vulnerable adults. These included adult substance misuse services and homeless support services in one Welsh city, and two children's organisations working with vulnerable young people in groups. The outcome of this was that we were able to engage, via a focus group, with 20 young people, both boys and girls, aged between 10 and 18, who were part of a junior safeguarding board. This group included at least four boys who had been sexually exploited, though as researchers we were not aware of their identity. It also included a girl who had been sexually exploited, and who made herself known to us. We were also contacted through an adult substance misuse service by a young adult survivor of sexual exploitation and child sexual abuse. The following issues were addressed in the interview and the focus group: - the ways a vulnerable or at-risk boy might present, and what professionals should look out for in boys - perceptions of any differences between the way boys and girls experience CSE - ideas about what approaches or environments might feel safe enough for boys to start talking about these issues - experiences boys and young men may have had of being well supported - perceptions of barriers to getting help - information and support boys might need to help them keep safe in relationships The ethical protocol for the research was approved by the Barnardo's Research Ethics Committee (BREC). Further information about the methodology and ethical protocol are included in the appendix. Summary of key findings and recommendations Key findings - Negative experiences of care and family life are known to create vulnerabilities which can lead to a higher risk of sexual exploitation as children become adolescents, for boys as well as girls. - There is concern among professionals that there may be more complacency when teenage boys go missing compared to girls, and that this explains discrepancies in reporting patterns. - Boys' routes into sexual exploitation are complicated and difficult to identify, as they are often closely aligned to criminal behaviour and/or substance misuse. - Boys can be groomed into sexual exploitation by older men, older women, and their peers, of both genders. Boys are at risk of being groomed online. - There is evidence that sexual stereotypes often play a part in the interpretation of boys' behaviour, with negative behaviour being taken at face value and not explored, or understood, as a potential response to trauma, as is more likely to be the case with girls. - Professionals are more likely to view boys as aggressors rather than victims, based on their behaviour. - There is evidence that professionals do not give some CSE risk indicators the same weight for boys as they do for girls. - Boys are viewed as being more resistant than girls to recognising and accepting that they have been sexually exploited. For this reason, it was the experience of support workers that boys needed more time to establish trusting relationships with them. - Some boys are keenly affected by sexual stereotypes, and require a practice approach which actively avoids further disempowerment. - Heterosexual boys who have been exploited by males can experience confusion about their sexuality which induces guilt, fear and distress. This can represent a significant barrier to disclosure and seeking help. - Gay, bisexual or questioning boys who are made vulnerable through discrimination within their homes and communities can be at risk of entering same-sex relationships which are exploitative. - Boys with learning disabilities which reduce their ability to understand new or complex information, learn new skills and to cope independently are at increased risk of sexual exploitation. - CSE is currently viewed as an offence primarily affecting girls and young women, and this is a barrier to the identification of boys at risk of, or experiencing, CSE Details: SANDS Cymru, The Wallich, Caer Las, Umbrella Gwent, Wales: Barnardo's, 2016 Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2016 at: http://www.barnardos.org.uk/17595_bs_i_never_spoke_about_it_cse_report_e.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 140437

Author: Alcohol Concern Title: Domestic Abuse and Change Resistant Drinkers: Preventing and Reducing the Harm Summary: The relationship between alcohol and violence is well researched, although less so in the more complex context of domestic abuse. Whilst there is evidence that alcohol use by perpetrators, and to a lesser extent by victims, increases the frequency of violence and the seriousness of the outcomes , this does not mean that alcohol use causes domestic abuse. It is neither an excuse nor an explanation. Both Alcohol Concern's Embrace Project and AVA's Stella Project have previously produced guidance on how to address domestic abuse and alcohol use. This guidance builds on the existing literature and uses the learning from reviewing domestic homicide review (DHR) reports to further our understanding of how to deal with cases of alcohol related domestic abuse, particularly more complex cases that involve change resistant drinkers. The aim of this guidance is to create a baseline of good practice for those supporting clients that have been understood to be change resistant drinkers and who are perpetrating or experiencing domestic violence. Details: London: Alcohol Concern, 2016. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2016 at: http://www.domesticabuseservices.org.uk/professionals/news/news-file/Domestic%20abuse%20and%20change%20resistant%20drinkers%20-%20learning%20lessons%20from%20domestic%20homicide%20reviews.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 146115

Author: Jacobson, Jessica Title: Joint Enterprise: Righting a Wrong Turn? Report of an exploratory study Summary: Joint enterprise is a doctrine of criminal law which permits two or more defendants to be convicted of the same criminal offence in relation to the same incident, even where they had different types or levels of involvement in the incident. For centuries, it has been an established and relatively uncontentious aspect of the criminal law of England and Wales that an individual who has intentionally assisted or encouraged another to commit an offence can be held liable for that offence; and that both individuals can be convicted even if it is not known which of them committed the essential act and which was the 'accessory'. In recent years, however, there has been growing controversy over the doctrine of joint enterprise. Strong criticisms of both principle and practice have been voiced by lawyers, members of the judiciary, academics, politicians and penal reformers, as well as by individuals prosecuted in joint enterprise cases and their supporters. These criticisms have focused on what is said to be the potential for individuals to be convicted and sentenced, under the doctrine of joint enterprise, for the most serious offences on the basis of highly peripheral involvement in the criminal acts. It is argued that in many such cases the level of participation in the offence was so slight, or the evidential threshold of conviction so low, that the conviction amounts to a substantial injustice. A related criticism is that young men from black, Asian and minority ethnic (BAME) groups are disproportionately affected or are explicitly targeted by joint enterprise convictions in cases of presumed gang-related violence. It has been argued that joint enterprise operates as a kind of criminal justice 'drag-net', sweeping up large numbers of young people into criminal prosecutions on the basis of their social networks and associations rather than any active involvement in criminality. Details: London: Prison Reform Trust, 2016. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2016 at: http://www.nuffieldfoundation.org/sites/default/files/files/Joint%20Enterprise%20Righting%20a%20Wrong%20Turn.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Court Shelf Number: 146114

Author: Cantor, Guillermo Title: Detained Beyond the Limit: Prolonged Confinement by U.S. Customs and Border Protection along the Southwest Border Summary: For some time now, U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) has been in the spotlight for its questionable practices regarding the treatment of migrants. One such practice concerns the manner in which the Border Patrol-a component of CBP-operates its holding facilities near the U.S.' southern border. Each year, hundreds of thousands of individuals are held in these facilities, which are meant to hold individuals for a short time while they undergo initial processing and until a decision is made about the appropriate next step in their case. The holding cells, which are often referred to as "hieleras" (Spanish for "freezers" or "iceboxes"), are typically small concrete rooms with concrete benches and no beds. They are not designed for overnight custody, and yet they are routinely used in this way. Government records analyzed in this report, which contain information on length of detention for all Border Patrol sectors along the U.S.' southwest border, reveal that individuals are frequently held for days and sometimes even months in such facilities. As numerous reports, media accounts, and documented complaints of former detainees have previously shown, these facilities remain wholly inadequate for any overnight detention. Moreover, the conditions are reprehensible-as consistently reported by many who were held in them-even with respect to truly short-term detention. In addition to the fact that there are no beds in the holding cells, these facilities are extremely cold, frequently overcrowded, and routinely lack adequate food, water, and medical care. This report, which is based on never-before-released government data and documents obtained by the American Immigration Council through the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), examines length of detention in nine Border Patrol sectors: Big Bend, Texas; Del Rio, Texas; El Centro, California; El Paso, Texas; Laredo, Texas; Rio Grande Valley, Texas; San Diego, California; Tucson, Arizona; and Yuma, Arizona. Between September 1, 2014 and August 31, 2015, 326,881 individuals were held in CBP facilities across the southwest border. Of the cases analyzed, which include only cases with complete data (326,728), 69,016 (21.1 percent) were women. Mexican nationals represent the largest share (57.1 percent) of those detained in CBP facilities during this period, followed by Guatemalans (16.9 percent), Salvadorans (12.7 percent), and Hondurans (9.8 percent). Looking at all sectors combined, the data reveals that a shocking 217,485 individuals (or 67 percent of the total number detained during this period) were held in CBP facilities for 24 hours or more; 93,566 (29 percent) for 48 hours or more; and 44,202 (14 percent) for 72 hours or more. The average number of hours that individuals were detained shows some variation, ranging from 65 hours at its lowest point in July 2015 to 104 hours at its peak in October 2014. Length of detention varies considerably across border sectors. For example, lengthy detention is remarkably frequent in the Laredo, Rio Grande Valley, Tucson, Yuma, and El Centro sectors. Laredo in particular shows the most disturbing numbers; 54 percent (19,000) of the 35,494 individuals held in detention facilities in Laredo were detained for at least 72 hours. A recent report by the U.S. Government Accountability Office (GAO) raises questions about the possible existence of irregularities in the way Border Patrol officers capture information on length of detention. Consequently, the data presented here should be interpreted with caution. However, the findings of our analysis are consistent with those reported in previous publications by the American Immigration Council. For example, according to a report released in May 2015, 58,083 individuals-or over 80 percent of people detained by the Border Patrol in its Tucson Sector between January 1, 2013 and June 30, 2013-were held for over 24 hours, and 10.9 percent (7,839 individuals) were held for 72 hours or more. Another report which focused on the Rio Grande Valley Sector showed that during the months of August, September, October, and December of 2013, the share of individuals detained for over 72 hours ranged from 2.3 percent of all detainees at its lowest point to 42.5 percent at its peak. Lengthy detention is especially problematic given the inhumane conditions that characterize these holding facilities. The findings presented in this report document a troublesome reality: lengthy detention is not just a random occurrence that happens to a few individuals in one or two Border Patrol sectors; it is, instead, a systemic practice that affects, to varying degrees, all the sectors along the southwest border. Details: Washington, DC: American Immigration Council, 2016. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2016 at: https://www.americanimmigrationcouncil.org/sites/default/files/research/detained_beyond_the_limit.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 146113

Author: All-Party Parliamentary Group for Runaway and Missing Children and Adults Title: Inquiry into the safeguarding of 'absent' children. 'It is good when someone cares.' Final Report Summary: In recent years missing children have been moving up the local and national policy agenda. Increased awareness of the link between going missing and child sexual exploitation, prompted by horrific cases across the country, as well as by reports from this APPG and the Office of the Children's Commissioner (OCC) have led to more concerted efforts across all agencies to disrupt exploitation and lessen the risks to children who go missing. The changes that the government introduced to improve the safeguarding response to children in residential care and the publication of the revised statutory guidance in 2014 on missing children also created opportunities to review and strengthen local responses to missing children. The greater awareness of the risks missing children face has not necessarily resulted in improved responses to missing children across the country however. Cuts to children's social care and police funding, on-going reforms and an increase in the numbers of children who require help from children's social care services has meant that often only cases identified as high risk are getting prioritised for response. It has been acknowledged in written submissions and through the roundtables for this inquiry that there are many positive examples of agencies working well together to protect missing children, particularly those identified to be at risk of harm. There is a lot more clarity around what a good response looks like when the child is recognised to be at high risk of harm and categorised as 'missing', even though a lack of consistency in the implementation of good practice prevails. It has been acknowledged in a recent HMIC report that 'in most straightforward cases the police's response is timely, proportionate and appropriate'. At the same time the inquiry heard that absent children, for whom the police establish there to be 'no apparent risk', often end up not being on the radar of other services, like children's social care, until things in their lives get much more serious. As one roundtable participant said, 'It is perverse, because children need to go up tariff, and things must become more serious before they can get a service and yet we know that early support reduces the risk of repeated missing incidents'. At one of the roundtables the National Policing Lead, Chief Constable Mike Veale voiced concerns that 'risk assessments are not completed consistently throughout the service' and that for some police forces the 'absent' category may be 'not doing very much more than recording an event'. 14 These are important concerns to address, particularly given that those in social care appear to rely excessively on the police getting the risk assessment right on every occasion and therefore believe their lack of response to absent children is evidenced When children's social care do not to properly participate in the risk assessment, such a position is not justifiable and children can be left at terrible risk which could have been prevented. Further evidence submitted to the inquiry by organisations providing return interviews questioned decision making around the use of the 'absent' category. 'In areas where we work where the absent category is used we are worried that children 'fall through the net' as they are not being properly identified and supported. Where absent episodes are not correctly referred to agencies, families and children are prevented from accessing preventative and early intervention support'. 'Whatever happens to the category of 'absent' there is going to have to be changes to what call handlers base their decisions on because we all have got examples where young people are classified wrongly'. The inquiry identified a number of issues that contribute to making the absent category unsafe. Details: London: Children's Society, 2016. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 24, 2016 at: http://www.childrenssociety.org.uk/sites/default/files/appg-absent-inquiry-final-report-may-2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 140445

Author: Pona, Iryna Title: Safeguarding children and young people who go missing in London Summary: Each year around 100,000 children and young people in the UK run away from home or care - Around 60% of all missing persons cases reported to the police involve children and young people with majority of them being adolescents aged 12 to 17. From our research and work with children and young people we know that running away is a signal that all is not well in a child's life. When things go wrong young people do not always know how, or feel able, to ask for help. Instead, many of them run away from home or care and become exposed to great risks in order to survive - staying with strangers or begging and stealing to survive. In some cases going missing signals that a child is under the influence of a predatory adult or even peers trying to exploit them, enticing them away from home with promises of fun and excitement. In recent years there has been a growing awareness of the risks of running away, particularly in relation to child sexual exploitation and, increasingly, involvement in criminal activity. Changes to national and local policies have been made aimed at improving responses to this vulnerable group of children and young people and ensuring that agencies are working together to keep young people safe. Despite the progress made, many young runaways still do not have an offer of help when they need it and continue slipping through the net of services until their cases are deemed 'high risk' or only get a tokenistic support that is not sufficient to help them resolve the issues they face. The Children's Society has over 30 years' experience of research , campaigning and direct work with children and young people who run away from home or care. In July 2015, The Children's Society launched a network of services across London to tackle the risks facing the city's vulnerable young people, specifically looking at providing responses to young people who run away or go missing in London. This report explores the scale of children running away or going missing in the capital and looks at how recent national policy changes have impacted on local responses to children who are reported as missing from home or care. The report is based on responses to our Freedom of Information requests to 33 London boroughs and the Metropolitan Police Service - Throughout the report we have also used anonymised cases studies and quotes from our direct work with young people who run away or go missing. Details: London: The Children's Society, 2016. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 24, 2016 at: http://www.childrenssociety.org.uk/sites/default/files/safeguarding-children-and-young-people-who-go-missing-in-london_reduced.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 146107

Author: Rogerson, Michelle Title: The Utility of Applying Textual Analysis to Descriptions of Offender Modus Operandi for the Prevention of High Volume Crime Summary: Police crime information systems contain modus operandi (MO) fields which provide brief text descriptions of the circumstances surrounding crime events and the actions taken by offenders to commit them. This Thesis aims to assess the feasibility of undertaking systematic analysis of these descriptions for high volume crimes. In particular, it seeks to ask the following three questions: 1) Are police recorded MO data a potential source of actionable intelligence to inform crime prevention? 2) Can techniques drawn from computer-aided text analysis be used to identify meaningful patterns in MO data for high volume crimes? 3) Do conceptual frameworks add value to the analysis and interpretation of patterns in MOs? The study focuses on a sample of theft from the person and robbery of personal property offences (n~30,000). Although existing studies have utilised similar data, they have tended to focus on crime detection and have been beset with problems of data quality. To explore these aims, it was first necessary to conduct a thorough review of MO fields to identify the challenges they present for analysis. Problems identified include various types of error but a more prominent challenge is the inherent flexibility found within natural language, i.e. human language as opposed to languages that are artificially constructed. Based on the data review, it was possible to select, and develop, appropriate techniques of computer-aided content analysis to process the data ready for further statistical investigation. In particular, a cluster analysis successfully identified and classified groups of offences based on similarities in their MO fields. The findings from the analysis were interpreted using two conceptual frameworks, the conjunction of criminal opportunity and crime scripts, both of which are informed by situational crime theories. The thesis identified that the benefits of these frameworks were twofold. As methods of analysis the frameworks ensure that the interpretation of results is systematic. As theoretical frameworks they provide an explicit link between patterns in the data, findings from previous literature, theories of crime causation and methods of prevention. Importantly, using the two frameworks together helps to build an improved understanding of offender's ability both to cope with and to exploit crime situations. The thesis successfully demonstrates that MO fields contain a potential source of intelligence relevant to both practical crime prevention and research, and that it is possible to extract this information using innovative computer-aided textual analysis techniques. The research undertaken served as a pathfinding exercise developing what amounts to a replicable technique applicable to datasets from other localities and other crime types. However, the analysis process is neither fully objective nor automated. The thesis concluded that criminological frameworks are a pre-requisite to the interpretation of this intelligence although the research questioned the strict categories and hierarchies imposed by the frameworks which do not entirely reflect the flexibilities of real-life crime commission. Details: Huddersfield, UK: University of Huddersfield, 2016. 317p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 26, 2016 at: http://eprints.hud.ac.uk/28709/ Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 140453

Author: Prison Reform Trust Title: Home truths: housing for women in the criminal justice system Summary: The failure to solve a chronic shortage of suitable housing options for women who offend leads to more crime, more victims and more unnecessary and costly imprisonment. Safe, secure housing is crucial in breaking that cycle and the harm it causes to our communities, to the women involved and to their families. Many women lose their homes while in custody and 60% of women prisoners may not have homes to go to on release. - Because women are often imprisoned further from their homes than men, they can have more difficulty in retaining a 'local connection', which is a common precondition for local authority housing. - A lack of appropriate and safe accommodation increases the risk of (re)offending - without stable housing it is harder to engage in employment and training, or to access support services. - Hostel accommodation may expose women to potentially risky situations. - Suitable accommodation options for women, especially those with children or those affected by substance misuse, mental health problems, or domestic abuse are in short supply. Black, Asian and Minority Ethnic women are over-represented in prison, and face additional barriers to housing. - There is a lack of clarity and consistency about responsibility for the housing of women offenders. - Women in prison need more timely advice about their housing options and support to sustain tenancies or apply for housing. - Communication, cooperation and joined up working between prison authorities, probation services, housing providers, and local authorities needs to be urgently improved. Details: London: PRT, 2016. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2016 at: http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/Portals/0/Documents/Home%20Truths.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Offenders Shelf Number: 146149

Author: Trickett, Loretta Title: Hate Crime training of Police Officers in Nottingham: A Critical Review Summary: The aim of this research in Nottinghamshire was to gain a police perspective on responding to hate crime in the region. The research was designed to find out how the police were dealing with hate crime, what sorts of crime and incidents they came across, how they perceived the training provided by the force, how useful they found the hate crime risk assessment forms, how they worked with other agencies, what problems and barriers they may have encountered and how these may be tackled. It was most important to find out about these issues given a number of developments including the publication of the Government's Hate Crime Strategy (HO 2012), two CJJI (2013; 2015) inquiries into Disability Hate Crime and the publication of Police Hate Crime Strategy and Operational Guidance by The College of Policing (2014). Qualitative interviews were undertaken with both response officers and those on beat teams. Details: Nottingham, UK: Nottingham Law School, Nottingham Trent University, 2016. 225p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 28, 2016 at: http://irep.ntu.ac.uk/28089/7/5642Trickett.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Hate Crimes Shelf Number: 140481

Author: Hamilton, Paul Title: Reducing Demand, Controlling Supply: Evaluating new street-level prostitution policy interventions and paradigms in Nottingham. Summary: This thesis describes and explains the impact of a number of policy initiatives intended to tackle the demand for, and supply of, street-level markets operating in Nottingham. The research triangulated survey data undertaken with 104 men attending a Nottingham-based 'Kerb-Crawler Rehabilitation Programme' (the 'Change' Programme) and interview data with twenty-two 'working girls', ten 'punters' and ten agency/Criminal Justice professionals. Current sociological and criminological writings on prostitution suggest that recent policy interventions are broadly representative of a 'paradigm shift' away from punitive-only initiatives aimed at working girls, towards the criminalisation of men that pay for (street-level) sex. Whilst these policy interventions are bedevilled by contradictions and inconsistencies, there is an inherent assumption that demand reductions can, and will, lead to a corresponding contraction in supply. In light of this, the thrust of the analysis in this thesis focused on several key questions: do policy interventions - particularly those concerned with 're-educating' punters - reduce the recidivism rates amongst identified street-level punters? Do 'new' policy initiatives deter 'new' punters into Nottingham's street-level sex markets? Do they facilitate 'exiting' for street-level working girls? And overarching all of this: can we rely upon simplistic economic assumptions about the relationship between supply and demand to street-level markets? Details: Nottingham, UK: Nottingham Trent University, 2009. 513p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 28, 2016 at: http://irep.ntu.ac.uk/164/ Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 140482

Author: Gillespie, Terry Title: Honour based violence and the Multi-Age Approach in Nottingham Response of local agencies to honour based violence Summary: The focus of the research was to gain an understanding of the current levels of HBV in Nottingham and the nature of the multi-agency response. The main aim of the research was to gain an understanding of practitioners' work with a range of issues relating to honour based violence (HBV) within partnership agencies. The revised Violence Against Women and Girls Strategy Action Plan published by the government in 2010 (Home Office, 2010) gave precedence to a co-ordinated approach to ending all forms of violence against women including HBV and forced marriage. There is a paucity of empirical research on HBV, which Gill (2011) argues is under-researched. The current literature on honour based violence demonstrates a lack of agreement regarding the definition of keys terms. It has been argued that there has been an emphasis on traditional male 'honour' which often overlooks violence that is used as a means of control over women. Therefore, Gill (2011) argues in favour of a radical departure from such 'semantic struggles', '...the notion of HBV should be overthrown entirely...the problem should be seen as a specific manifestation of VAW' (Gill, 2011, p. 219, cited in Idriss and Abbas). We address the debate on definitions of HBV in Section Two of this report. Both primary and secondary research methods were adopted for this study in order to gain an understanding of how practitioners work locally and within the context of current legislative and policy underpinnings. The primary research took the form of semi-structured interviews which were conducted with representatives from the Police, Nottingham City Council, local domestic abuse and HBV support networks, Crown Prosecution Service (CPS), Nottingham City Care, Domestic Abuse Support Unit (DASU) and a family law barrister. Key findings from the research: - There were significant issues concerning the recording of HBV at a local level. It was found that HBV is often not recorded separately from other domestic abuse. - There was an effective use of Multi-Agency Risk Assessment Conferences (MARACs) (monitoring high risk cases of domestic abuse) with cases of HBV. - Many practitioners had received some basic training on domestic abuse (DA) and HBV but most felt more was needed, particularly in relation to HBV. - It was felt that greater awareness needs to be raised amongst communities, for example, through the education of young people in schools and colleges. - The research highlighted the importance of partnership working in order to continue to provide support for survivors of HBV. - There were levels of uncertainty about how the Coalition Government's restructuring of local authority spending could affect frontline services. Recent government campaigns, endorsed in the views expressed by the participants in this study, focus on the importance attached to classifying cases as honour based (Home Office, 2011). For example, it was found from the primary research that there is a need to respond differently to these crimes and to identify a range of risks to the survivors, their friends and family. It is believed this is only possible when they are being flagged separately from other cases of domestic abuse and that practitioners are trained to identify these cases. This topical research has highlighted the need for a better understanding of the nature of HBV and the importance of multi-agency working to provide effective support for survivors. It has also raised questions about the prevention and detection of such cases and the sanctions imposed by the criminal justice system. However, the latter was not a key focus of the study and it is suggested in the Conclusion to this report that this could be an area for future research Details: Nottingham, UK: Nottingham Trent University, 2011. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 28, 2016 at: http://irep.ntu.ac.uk/16032/1/203829_FinalElectronicHBVReportDec2011%20converted.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 146162

Author: Sandhu, Jatinder Title: 'Young Adult Offender Volunteer Mentoring' Project Evaluation Summary: In early 2013, the Safer Nottinghamshire Board (SNB) through the Reducing Reoffending Delivery Board, provided Nottinghamshire Probation Trust (NPT) with funding to shape a number of 'reoffending reduction' interventions with young adult offenders. Further to consultation with members of the Young Adult Offender (YAO) Project Group and Offender Managers working in the semi-specialist young adult team within the NPT, on ideas for using this funding a decision was made to use a proportion of these monies to design and deliver mentoring interventions for a small cohort of young adult offenders. Broadly, offenders were considered in-scope of this pilot project, providing they fulfilled the following criteria: 1) Aged 18-25 (originally intended for 18-21 year olds, but due to operational considerations, this was later expanded to include 22-25 year olds) 2) County or conurbation residents 3) Referred by Offender Managers working in the semi-specialist young adult team 4) Undertaking a community order or under supervision as part of their licence conditions The project was managed by the Mentor Co-ordinator within the REACH project, who in turn was supported by NPT's Employment, Training, Accommodation and Benefits Manager. The project was a small scale scheme, which was funded at $1500 for the costs of recruitment and training of volunteer mentors but did not cover the coordination and management costs, which were added on to the existing commitments of the REACH scheme. There were three key stakeholders associated with the project - volunteer mentors (VMs), mentees and Offender Managers from the 'young adult' semi-specialist team. The intention was for individuals to be referred if they were deemed to be in need of extra coaching/support to help them in their 'journey from crime'. Importantly, this project has not been designed as a 'peer mentoring' pilot project. Instead, all mentoring interventions were to be delivered by volunteer mentors (VMs) recruited through the Nottinghamshire Community Voluntary Service (NCVS). The intention of the pilot project was to match 25 young adult offenders with ten VMs. With the project formally ending in March 2014, nine volunteer mentors had been recruited, but had only been matched with five mentees. The implication of achieving just 20 per cent of the anticipated mentee/mentor 'matches', is that the 'three way process' between the mentors, mentees and Offender Managers was not operating as originally intended (see Aims and Objectives of the project). Details: Nottingham, UK: Nottingham Trent University, 2014. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 28, 2016 at: http://irep.ntu.ac.uk/3182/1/219992_PubSub2254_Sandhu.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mentoring Shelf Number: 140491

Author: Thompson, Rebecca Title: Understanding Theft from the Person and Robbery of Personal Victimisation Trends in England and Wales, 1994-2010/11 Summary: This thesis explores the changing nature of theft from the person and robbery of personal property over a 17-year period (1994-2010/11) in England and Wales. Between 1995 and 2010/11, all crime recorded by the British Crime Survey (BCS) fell 50 per cent, with a 27 and 17 per cent fall in robbery and theft from the person respectively (Chaplin et al., 2011). Despite widespread attention, consensus regarding why we have witnessed these falls in crime has not been reached. Three specific areas are explored in relation to theft and robbery: 1. the goods stolen; 2. the characteristics of the individuals from whom goods are stolen; and 3. the circumstances in which they are taken. Fourteen sweeps of the BCS are employed to discern if any changes in their nature and composition coincide with the falls in crime. Various statistical methods are utilised including binomial logistic, negative binomial and zero-inflated negative binomial regression. There are a number of proposed contributions to knowledge from this research. Details: Nottingham, UK: Nottingham Trent University, 2014. 306p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 28, 2016 at: http://irep.ntu.ac.uk/251/ Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Property Crime Shelf Number: 140492

Author: McLean, Lavinia Title: The Effect of Violent Video Game Play on Gamer's Views of Victims of Crime Summary: This research was designed to explore the relationship between violent video game play and attitudes towards victims. As the violent genre of games become more popular and as the graphics and content becomes even more realistic and immersive, there has been concern that this media form offers a different perspective on violence to players than more passive forms of media. Much of the research in the area of violent video game research has focused on changes in players in terms of aggressive behaviour, following exposure to these games. The present research was designed to explore any changes in affect and cognition, in terms of attitudes, that may be associated with video game play, and also to explore any factors that may moderate or mediate these changes in players, with a particular emphasis on adolescents and female gamers. The overall aims of the thesis were to establish i) the attitudes of gamers towards victims of crime ii) the role of moral disengagement strategies in violent video game play iii) the nature and experience of female violent video game play. The aims were addressed through four stages of linked research utilising a multi method design including a survey of adolescents (n=206), semi structured interviews (n=50), an online and paper survey (n=605) and analysis of a female gamer online discussion posts, in order to explore the impact of violent video game play The principal findings of this thesis noted young people who played violent video games reporting less concern for victims of crime, and attributed more blame to the victims of crime, particularly non serious victims and those that could be viewed as culpable for the crimes. While moral disengagement has been proposed as a mechanism through which people may justify immoral conduct, in the current studies the video game players were less likely than sports players to endorse moral disengagement strategies. They were found however to use a specific set of moral disengagement strategies (cognitive restructuring) than sports players and this may be related to the structures of the games, both virtual and sporting. In relation to female gamers, gaming was found to be a key element of the female gamers' identity, with females discussing the integration of gaming into their daily lives on a number of different levels. Similar to previous research, the social elements of gaming was highlighted while simultaneous difficulties with Page 12 of 281 online interaction emphasised for female gamers. The results of the studies are discussed in relation to the experience of gaming and the possible mediating and moderating factors that may explain these effects. The results suggest that cognitive distortions, developmental stages, gender and differences in identification with game characters may explain differences in attitudes towards victims which were observed. These concepts are discussed in relation to risk and protective factors that may be important in understanding any relationship between violent video game play and less positive attitudes towards victims. Details: Nottingham, UK: Nottingham Trent University, 2015. 281p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 28, 2016 at: http://irep.ntu.ac.uk/27924/ Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Victims of Crime Shelf Number: 140494

Author: Jones, Alice Title: The effects of 'Secure Warm Modern' homes in Nottingham: Decent Homes Impact Study Summary: Nottingham City Homes launched the Decent Homes Impact Study in partnership with the Nottingham Business School, Nottingham Trent University in 2010. Following initial consultation with relevant stakeholders, four key themes were identified as the primary areas in which investment in social housing could have an impact on wider social outcomes: crime and security; energy efficiency and fuel poverty; health and well-being, and employment and the local economy. Details: Nottingham, UK: Nottingham City Homes, 2016. 220p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 28, 2016 at: http://irep.ntu.ac.uk/28087/1/5639_Valero-Silva.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 140495

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Prisons Title: The impact of distance from home on children in custody: A thematic review Summary: Placing children in custody miles away from their home affected how many family visits they received, said Peter Clarke, Chief Inspector of Prisons. It didn't, however, have a significant impact on other experiences of custody and could help some boys keep away from gang influence, he added. Today he published a report, The impact of distance from home on children in custody. The independent review was commissioned by the Youth Justice Board (YJB). It pulls together views and data on the impact of distance from home on children in custody. The aims of the thematic were to: - explore the impact of distance from home on aspects of daily life in custody for children, and - explore the impact of distance from home on resettlement planning and outcomes on release. The report draws on interviews with around 50 children and staff at two young offender institutions (YOIs) and one secure training centre (STC), and data provided by those establishments. It also uses data from surveys conducted at four YOIs holding 15-18-yearolds and two STCs, and recall data provided by the YJB. Key findings. - Children who were held further from home had fewer visits than those who were close to home. For each child included in our survey sample, analysis of data on visits revealed that those held further from home had significantly fewer visits from family members and friends, with cost and travel time cited as reasons for children not receiving visits. The impact of this was raised as a negative influence by children and their caseworkers during interviews. Most caseworkers and managers, when asked about the vulnerabilities of the children in their care, linked them to problems with family contact. Little was being done, bar a pilot of using Skype at one YOI, to mitigate this impact on the boys and girls concerned (see paragraphs 4.14-4.24). - Analysis of data for 595 children showed that children who were further away from home received significantly fewer visits from professionals. This mirrored what children told Inspectors in interviews (see paragraphs 4.43-4.44). - Planning for release and resettlement followed the same process irrespective of distance from home. Children saw advantages in being close to home when it came to their release and caseworkers described it as sometimes harder to put a suitable release package in place for those who were further away from home. Elements such as family mediation work and 'through the gate work' (continuation into the community of work begun in custody) were seen as more difficult when greater distances were involved. Family involvement and support post release was seen as a key element whenever there was a chance of this being available (see paragraphs 4.48-4.51). - In the sample of cases looked at, distance from home had little impact on attendance by external partners at sentence planning or remand management reviews. There was good attendance by external youth offending team (YOT) workers regardless of distance and families attended half of the reviews for children who were closer to home, and slightly fewer for those who were far from home (see paragraphs 4.34-4.36). - There was no association between distance from home and recall to detention following release. Analysis of release and recall data for a census of over 1,300 children subject to a detention and training order (DTO) who were released in England and Wales during 2013-14, showed no identifiable link between distance from home while in custody and likelihood of recall to custody post release (see paragraph 4.58). - Survey data and interviews with children showed distance from home was not a predictor of whether a child had felt unsafe in their YOI/STC. It was of concern though that nearly half of children, regardless of their distance from home, had at some point felt unsafe while in their current YOI/STC (see paragraph 4.5). Similarly, distance from home was not a predictor of whether a child reported that they had experienced victimisation from staff or other children, considered that they were treated with respect by staff, or had been restrained (see paragraphs 4.6-4.12). - Distance from home did not have a significant impact on the experiences of children in many areas of custodial life. The main exceptions to this were: visits from family, involvement of family in preparation for release and the involvement of external professionals (other than for sentence or remand planning reviews). - Arriving late at the YOI/STC, which can make it more difficult for a child to settle on their first night in custody, was not uncommon and could be exacerbated by the distances some children had to travel to get to their YOI/STC. In our Transfers and Escorts5 thematic review, we reported on the scope to make greater use of 'virtual court' that could reduce the need for children to make lengthy journeys for brief court appearances and transfers. We repeat that observation in this review. - Boys in YOIs who were close to home reported more gang problems when they first arrived at their YOI than those who were far from home. Caseworkers saw benefits for some children in being away from gang influences, or an area where their offence had attracted local attention. One child pointed to the advantage of being away from previous influences and having the chance to mature, and other children interviewed saw advantages in being further from home. It was considered easier as you were not reminded of family all the time, and knowing what was 'on the other side of the fence' could be a source of frustration for some. That young people who reported gang problems were placed closer to home than those who did not report such problems may be due to the geographical locations of YOIs and those young people involved in gangs, rather than the distances involved (see paragraphs 4.12 and 4.29). Details: London: HM Inspectorate of Prisons, 2016. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 7, 2016 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprisons/wp-content/uploads/sites/4/2016/09/The-impact-of-distance-from-home-on-children-in-custody-Web-2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 147815

Author: UK Council for Child Internet Safety Title: Sexting in schools and colleges: Responding to incidents and safeguarding young people Summary: This advice is for designated safeguarding leads (DSLs), their deputies, headteachers and senior leadership teams in schools and educational establishments in England. What does this advice cover? This advice covers: - Responding to disclosures - Handling devices and imagery - Risk assessing situations - Involving other agencies, including escalation to the police and children's social care - Recording incidents - Involving parents - Preventative education What is the status of this advice? This advice has been produced on behalf of the UK Council for Child Internet Safety (UKCCIS) a group of more than 200 organisations from across government, industry, law, academia and charity sectors, working in partnership to help keep children safe online. Details: s.l.: The Council, 2016. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/551575/6.2439_KG_NCA_Sexting_in_Schools_WEB__1_.PDF Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 145374

Author: Gooch, Kate Title: Prison Bullying and Victimisation Summary: Executive Summary i. Victimisation has long been recognised as significant problem across the young offender institution (YOI) estate. However, relatively little research has focused on the specific problem of bullying amongst young prisoners and much of the available research, both about bullying and prison violence more generally, is dated. Thus, we know relatively little about why young prisoners are more likely to engage in violence and bullying, and how the dynamics of these may have changed over time. In addition, there is little academic material on how to address and reduce the incidence of violence and bullying in prison more generally. Yet, the effects and impact of victimisation can be significant, both for the individuals concerned and the wider prison community. Thus, understanding how, when and why prison violence and bullying occurs is crucial. ii. This study was authorised by a Governing Governor in response to the high levels of bullying within a specific establishment. However, in seeking to understand the problem of bullying within a particular YOI, this report also generates findings and makes recommendations designed to address broader issues of national policy and practice. We argue that high levels of victimisation are neither inevitable nor acceptable. However, in order to reduce the incidence of victimisation, a specific anti-victimisation strategy and a 'whole prison approach' is required. iii. The aims of this study were fourfold. First, to explore the nature and dynamics of bullying amongst young prisoners aged 18-21 years old. Second, to assess how young prisoners construct and rationalise their involvement in bullying and victimisation, as well as how they conceptualise and define bullying and victimisation. Third, to explore the perceptions of prison staff and, finally, to identify areas of good practice and make recommendations. Key Findings 1. Victimisation was a widespread problem and a largely 'taken for granted' aspect of prison life. Within that context, bullying occurred frequently but it was often difficult to tease out incidents of 'bullying' from the broader range of victimising behaviours. 2. Bullying is an ambiguous, subjective and 'slippery' term and not everyone - whether staff or prisoners - had a shared understanding of precisely what constitutes 'bullying.' 3. Bullying was a form of predatory behaviour where prisoners who were perceived to be weak, vulnerable or otherwise inadequate were targeted. In this respect, bullying was distinguishable from acts of physical violence where the roles were not necessarily sharply divided and where the purpose, interests and gains varied. 4. Technological advances, operational changes, social changes and the increased availability of contraband items such as mobile telephones and new psychoactive substances (NPS, typically dubbed 'legal highs') have re-shaped the dynamics of prison bullying and victimisation. 5. Prison violence often has roots in an array of conflicts occurring in the community and spilling over into the prison environment. 6. Sexual violence, gang activity, initiation ceremonies, faith-related conflict, the misuse of prescription medication and violence directly related to the use NPS were less common forms of victimisation. 7. Perpetrators were not always 'lone rangers' and some of the worst acts of victimisation occurred when several prisoners acted in a 'joint enterprise' to assault, bully, extort or steal from others. 8. Perpetrators were often opportunistic. Thus, situational controls, effective staff supervision and good 'jail craft' are essential in limiting the instances of bullying and inter-prisoner conflicts. The structure and management of the prison regime can also either limit or increase opportunities for victimisation. 9. Prisoners were 'tested' to determine their susceptibility to extortion, exploitation and abuse. If prisoners failed to 'stand up for themselves', this often attracted sustained victimisation with little compassion or empathy from their peers. 10. The ways in which prisoners engaged in victimisation are not as narrow as previously thought. Both the behaviour and needs of perpetrators, perpetrator-victims and victims vary. Thus, understanding the individuals involved and the circumstances of their involvement is key. 11. There were marked similarities between victims and perpetrators. Looked after children, disabled prisoners and young people moving from the juvenile secure estate to the young adult YOI estate featured as both victims and perpetrators. Their needs, and the link between vulnerability and victimisation, were not always well understood by frontline staff. 12. There is no 'magic bullet' or single solution that will solve the problem of prison victimisation, however, the frequency and severity of victimisation can be reduced if a 'whole prison approach' is adopted. 13. Strong staff-prisoner relationships are central, not only in preventing victimisation but also in terms of enabling victims to disclose concerns and in supporting victims and perpetrators effectively and appropriately. 14. Perpetrators can and often do change their behaviour given the right opportunities and in the right context. Thus, any anti-victimisation strategy must be set within a context where there is an emphasis on rehabilitation and on moving prisoners from negative to positive behaviour. 15. Punishment alone is insufficient and will not necessarily lead to behavioural change. In order to engage prisoners in behavioural change, there must be more 'carrots' than 'sticks' and prisoners must be able to access more rewards through positive than through harmful behaviour. Details: Birmingham, UK: Birmingham Law School, University of Birmingham, 2015. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2016 at: http://www.birmingham.ac.uk/Documents/college-artslaw/law/Prison-Bullying-and-Victimisation.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prison Bullying Shelf Number: 145134

Author: Hampton, Elspeth Title: Coping with Imprisonment: Exploring Bullying, Safety and Social Support within Prison Settings Summary: This thesis examines prisoners' experiences of imprisonment. Initially, some of the challenges that prisoners face during imprisonment are considered, of which bullying represents a prominent feature. A systematic review of literature exploring bullying within prisons is presented, with emphasis on the nature and prevalence of bullying and the characteristics of those involved. High rates of bullying within prisons are reported, with prisoners tending to have experience in both perpetration and victimisation. The Hospital Anxiety and Depression Scale (HADS; Snaith & Zigmond, 1994) is suggested as a useful tool for measuring psychological well-being within prisoners. The measure is investigated in terms of its reliability and validity. Finally, an empirical research study exploring the influence of perceived safety and social support on the psychological well-being of prisoners in open conditions is described. The study employed a mixed-method design, using both quantitative and qualitative approaches. Results revealed relatively low levels of anxiety and depression among prisoners with high levels of perceived safety. There were some significant differences in social support according to levels of anxiety and depression but prisoners' concerns about trust and fear of being moved back to closed conditions limited the degree to which they sought support from relationships within prison. Details: Birmingham, UK: The Centre for Forensic and Criminological Psychology, School of Psychology, University of Birmingham, 2012. 201p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed October 8, 2016 at: http://etheses.bham.ac.uk/3903/1/Hampton_12_ForenPsyD.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prison Bullying Shelf Number: 145132

Author: Howard League for Penal Reform Title: Corporate crime? A dossier on the failure of privatisation in the criminal justice system Summary: 'The children and young people who were sent to secure training centres were sent there because they had acted unlawfully and to learn to obey the law, yet more of them were subject to unlawful actions during their detention. I need, I think, to say no more.' Mr Justice Foskett in a High Court ruling that children in the four privately run secure training centres were unlawfully restrained over the course of 10 years. (The Children's Rights Alliance for England v Secretary of State for Justice [2012] EWHC 8 (Admin)) G4S and Serco have been the focus of public attention as the tagging scandal and alleged multi-million pound fraud of the taxpayer has unfolded in recent months. These are companies who have track records of failure in delivering public services: the infamous fiasco of G4S not providing sufficient security for the Olympics led to 3,500 army personnel being drafted in (Telegraph, 2013); the inquest into the death of Jimmy Mubenga, who was restrained to death by three G4S guards on a deportation fight, ruled that he had been unlawfully killed (Monaghan, 2013); and Serco has been heavily criticised and had its contract curtailed for failing to meet national standards, falsifying data and a 'bullying culture' in its operation of out-of-hours GP contract in Cornwall (BBC, 2013a). Questions remain regarding how much blame can be laid at these specific companies or whether this is a systemic issue raising wider questions about the role of the private sector in delivering public services. The privatisation of justice in England and Wales began 22 years ago. Wolds prison, run by G4S, was the first private prison, opening in 1992. Altcourse, run by G4S, was the first designed, constructed, managed and financed private prison in the UK, opening in 1997. Since then, the role of the private sector in the criminal justice system has steadily increased: there are now 18 privately run prisons and private companies hold a plethora of other contracts, including prison vans, courts and electronic tagging. Privatisation of the criminal justice system shows no signs of abating. The current Secretary of State for Justice, Chris Grayling, is pushing through reforms to privatise 70 per cent of the probation service (Ministry of Justice, 2013). This is despite evidence that the probation service is one of the highest performing public sector services in the country: every probation trust was rated 'good' or 'exceptional' by the government's own performance ratings (National Offender Management Service, 2013a) and the probation service was recently awarded the British Quality Foundation's 'Gold Medal for Excellence'. It was the first time a public sector organisation has won the award (Ministry of Justice, 2011). Concerns and controversy have dogged the private sector since its role in the criminal justice system began. Most recently, G4S and Serco were found to have overcharged on its contracts for tagging, including claims for people who were dead or in prison (Hansard, 2013). They have been forced to pay back nearly L200 million, and have come under investigation from the Serious Fraud Office. Neither company is currently under investigation by the police for its role in the tagging scandal, despite it being behaviour which the chairman of G4S has acknowledged was "ethically wrong" (BBC, 2013b). Since opening in April 2012, G4S-run Oakwood prison has been bombarded with reports that it is unsafe, nothing works and prison inspectors found that 'it's easier to get drugs than soap' (HM Inspectorate of Prisons, 2013). It, alongside with Serco-run Thameside, were recently named among the country's three worst prisons, receiving the lowest performance rating possible, with the National Offender Management Service expressing 'serious concern' (National Offender Management Service, 2013b). The Prison and Probation Ombudsman identified 'serious failings' after a man was found collapsed and not breathing in his cell but staff were unable to access a defibrillator because it was locked away in a cupboard and there was no doctor on site (BBC, 2013c). In recent months there have been four rooftop protests and a riot. These were referred to by G4S and the government as not a riot, but 'concerted indiscipline' and not rooftop protests but 'working at height' (Hansard, 2014). It is a sign of the scale of the problems faced by Oakwood that both commissioner and commissioned now resort to semantics in order to defend the latest failure of outsourcing. These companies are well-resourced at the procurement stage, preparing competitive bids which put low costs before quality of service. There is, however, no evidence that they are any better at running prisons than the state (National Audit Office, 2013). Questions remain about the real cost of delivering services effectively; whether it presents value for money for the tax payer; and the effects of privatisation on the expansion of the prison system for the primary benefit of lining shareholders pockets. To make profit, the private sector needs business - there are questions to be asked about whether the aims of such companies are fundamentally at odds with the aims of reducing the prison population and reoffending. Details: London: The Howard League, 2014. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2016 at: http://howardleague.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/Privatisation-audit-full-version.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Private Prisons Shelf Number: 145131

Author: Morgan, Nick Title: New opiate and crack-cocaine users: characteristics and trends Summary: This paper uses a range of datasets and methodologies to: - obtain working estimates for the number of individuals in England who started using opiates/crack from 2005 to 2013; - examine the characteristics of these individuals. The main findings of the paper are as follows.  It is estimated that around 5,000 to 8,000 individuals started using opiates or crack-cocaine in 2013. There is a high degree of uncertainty around this figure due to the sparse data on this population, but sense-checks based on treatment and criminal justice system data suggest the true figure is unlikely to be much larger than 10,000.  Data also suggest that the number of current opiate/crack initiates involved with crime may be even lower. The number of arrestees testing positive for the first time for opiates (or for both opiates and crack-cocaine) dropped from 14,750 in 2006 to 4,281 in the first 11 months of 2013, a fall of around 70 per cent . Furthermore, of the new positive testers in 2013, only 721 were aged 18-24. Though this arrestee data will capture only a proportion of the true population, it does suggest that the number of new, young initiates involved with crime - those who have the potential to inflict most societal harm - has decreased markedly, probably just to a few thousand per year; and that this group now make up a small minority of the total number of opiate/crack-cocaine users (estimated to be 294,000 in 2011/12), most of whom are older, longer-term users.  In terms of trends in new opiate/crack-cocaine users, all available data suggest that figures have dipped by at least a fifth since 2005 and have dropped hugely since the late 1980s and early 1990s when the opiate/crack-cocaine population in the UK grew very rapidly. The current estimate works out at a rate of 0.18 per 1,000 population. During the epidemic years, published estimates of new opiate/crack-cocaine users in Manchester and Bolton show rates more than 11 times larger.  However, the findings also suggest that between 2011 and early 2014, the number of new opiate/crack-cocaine users stopped decreasing and instead stabilised at a (historically) low level. Further analysis was conducted to try and determine whether this was a precursor to a new rise in initiates. Though the data are not totally conclusive, the results suggest that a marked increase in new opiate/crack-cocaine users in the near future is unlikely. If anything, findings suggested that the downward trend may be set to resume.  Analysis also revealed some possible changes in characteristics of the new opiate/crack- cocaine initiates. There is a trend in the treatment data towards new initiates coming to treatment earlier in their drug-using careers than previous cohorts and also to have initiated use at an older age. Currently it is not possible to determine whether this is a reporting issue or a genuine shift in the age profile of new opiate/crack-cocaine users.  The report has several important policy implications. Even though numbers of new initiates involved with crime have dropped to the low thousands, putting downward pressure on crime, identification and early diversion to treatment remains paramount. Frontier Economics have estimated that the average lifetime crime cost of an injecting drug user is �445,000, so the potential for social harm - even from a small number of individuals - remains large and potentially long-lasting. This means local areas need to manage both the (relatively large) stock of current users, and the (much smaller) flow of new initiates, whose treatment needs may be different. There is no evidence of any new epidemic in this country, but given the impact of the epidemic of the 80s and early 90s on crime, ongoing monitoring of recent trends is required to spot early signs of any emerging problems. Details: London: Home Office, 2016. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 90: Accessed October 8, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/493524/horr90-opiate-crack-cocaine-users.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cocaine Shelf Number: 145133

Author: Rowlinson, Tony Title: An Observational Process Study of a Short Programme for lowerrisk Domestic Abuse Offenders under Conditional Caution in the Hampshire CARA Experiment Summary: The 2013/2014 crime survey of England and Wales found that 28% of women and nearly 15% of men had experienced any domestic abuse (DA) since the age of 16. How to prevent more victims of domestic abuse and so reduce harm is the current focus of all Chief Constables, especially as the evidence base to date suggests that progression through the formal criminal justice system post-arrest for domestic abuse does not effectively reduce DA re-offending. Project CARA is a randomised control trial which started in 2012 continuing through December 2015, and which tests the effectiveness of a conditional caution for eligible lower-risk domestic abuse offenders. Half the participants in the trial are required post-arrest to attend a particular domestic abuse prevention workshop programme designed and delivered by a charity, The Hampton Trust (who gave conditional permission for the author to observe the workshop). Subsequent reoffending by these participants was compared with offending by those not randomly assigned to the workshop programme. The experiment is not yet complete although indicative results (November 2015) are very encouraging. Even though this workshop programme appears to be effective, however, little is known about the core elements that lead to this change in behaviour for most of those who attend. The workshop has so far been a 'black box' and the principal aim of this research is to open this box, identify these core elements and to gain an understanding of the interactions between facilitators and perpetrators that promotes behavioural change. This thesis reports on this observational study. Through analysis of 1400 participant observer hours, the principles and processes of Motivational Interviewing (MI) were found to be the core elements of the workshop with the more perpetrators in the workshop group, so the higher collective effervescence observed. The study also describes the detail of the workshop parts as they were found to be key elements supporting perpetrator behaviour change. Replication of the workshop so that it may reach more perpetrators and so prevent more harm to victims of DA is made more possible as a result of this research should permission for wider dissemination of the findings be provided by the Hampton Trust. The findings of the research underpin the need for police to partner with and commission third sector providers of domestic abuse interventions which are proven to work, rather than attempt to reduce domestic violence through their traditional single agency response and the formal criminal justice system. Details: Cambridge, UK: Wolfson College University of Cambridge, 2015. 136p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed October 11, 2016 at: http://www.crim.cam.ac.uk/alumni/theses/Tony%20Rowlinson.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Conditional Caution Shelf Number: 145414

Author: Dyer, Fiona Title: Young People at Court in Scotland Summary: This paper refers to the young people appearing in adult courts in Scotland, looking at government policies, legislation and practices, before making recommendations for a legislative and policy change. The paper argues that changes need to be made to government policies, legislation and current practice to bring Scotland in line with the United National Convention on the Rights of the Child. Details: Glasgow: Centre for Youth & Criminal Justice, 2016. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 11, 2016 at: http://www.cycj.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/YoungPeopleAtCourtFINAL.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Court Transfers Shelf Number: 145401

Author: Big Brother Watch Title: Safe in Police Hands? How Police Forces suffer 10 data breaches every week and still want more of your data. Summary: A new report on data protection in the UK police. Some of their key findings for the period June 1, 2011 - December 31, 2015 were that there have been 2,315 breaches in police forces, including: 869 (38%) instances of inappropriate/unauthorised access to information 877 (38%) instances of inappropriate disclosure of data to third parties. 25 cases involved misuse of the Police National Computer 1283 (55%) cases resulted in no disciplinary or formal disciplinary action being taken. 297 (13%) cases resulted in either a resignation or dismissal. 70 (3%) cases resulted in a criminal conviction or a caution. 258 (11%) cases resulted in either a written or verbal warning The report has a breakdown by police department for those seeking more detailed information on particular departments. BBW got a 95% response rate to their freedom of information request, which is pretty impressive. Details: London: Big Brother Watch, 2016. 138p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 12, 2016 at: https://www.bigbrotherwatch.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/Safe-in-Police-Hands.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Data Breaches Shelf Number: 140661

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: The Stephen Lawrence Independent Review: Possible Corruption and the Role of Undercover Policing in the Stephen Lawrence Case Summary: The questions posed by our terms of reference must be considered in the context of the following key findings of the Stephen Lawrence Inquiry: a) The initial investigation of the murder of Stephen Lawrence was seriously flawed and deserving of severe criticism. The underlying causes of the failure were more troublesome and potentially more sinister. The impact of incompetence, racism and corruption on the investigation had been the subject of much evidence and debate. b) The Inquiry was faced with a complex task in order to determine whether corruption and collusion, racism or institutional lethargy had (alone or in combination) been causative of the seriously flawed initial investigation of the murder. Each contended force could have resulted in or contributed to the same failings. To assess the extent of the impact of any one of the forces on the investigation, it was necessary to consider that force in isolation. c) Applying the civil standard of proof to its findings, namely on the balance of probability, the Inquiry concluded that institutional racism affected the murder investigation, the Metropolitan Police Service (MPS) and police services elsewhere, as well as other institutions and organisations. d) As regards the serious allegation of corruption or collusion, the Inquiry decided that it would be wholly unfair to reach any adverse conclusion without being sure of it, applying the criminal standard of proof. Applying that standard, the Inquiry found that the evidence fell short of making it sure that corruption or collusion had infected the initial murder investigation. e) The flawed MPS Barker Review of the murder investigation in late 1993 had failed to expose the faults in the murder investigation as it should have. Equally, in the face of the Lawrence family's justified criticism, for years afterwards the MPS had wrongly insisted that the investigation had been professionally and competently carried out. This had piled more grief upon that caused by the murder itself and had misled both the family and the public. Details: London: Home Office, 2014. 2 vol., summary Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 12, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/stephen-lawrence-independent-review Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Investigation Shelf Number: 140536

Author: Great Britain. Parliament. House of Commons. Home Affairs Committee Title: Radicalisation: the counter-narrative and identifying the tipping point Summary: Key Facts - 800 UK-linked fighters are estimated to have travelled to Syria and Iraq since the conflicts began in those countries. 50% of these foreign fighters are thought to have returned. - Terrorism-related arrests in the UK were 35% higher in 2015 than in 2010. - The UK's annual counter-terrorism policing budget has risen from L594 million in 2015-16 to L670 million for 2016-17. - The Counter Terrorism Internet Referral Unit has secured the removal of more than 120,000 pieces of terrorist-related content between 2010 and 2016. On average about 100 removal requests per day contain Syria-related content, which would amount to 36,500 requests per year. - The EU Internet Referral Unit (EU IRU) made over 500 referrals in the first 16 weeks after it was established in July 2015, of which 90% were successfully removed. - Between mid-2015 and February 2016, Twitter had suspended over 125,000 accounts globally that were linked to terrorists. Google removed over 14 million videos globally in 2014 which related to all kinds of abuse. - Over 90% of Bangladeshi, Indian and Pakistani Muslims living in the UK think of themselves as British - a higher proportion than in other ethnic groups. Over 80% believe it is possible to maintain both British and other cultural/religious identities effectively. - Less than 0.5% of UK journalists are Muslim, compared to almost 5% of the national population. Details: London: House of Commons, 2016. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: HC 135: Accessed October 12, 2016 at: http://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201617/cmselect/cmhaff/135/135.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Extremism Shelf Number: 140678

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary Title: PEEL: Police legitimacy 2015: A National Overview Summary: As part of HMIC's annual inspections into police effectiveness, efficiency and legitimacy (PEEL), this programme assessed how legitimate the force is at keeping people safe and reducing crime. The inspection focused on whether forces are consistently behaving in a way that is fair, reasonable, effective and lawful, and if they have the consent of the public. HMIC has reported on legitimacy at a force level, as well as drawing out overarching themes which are set out in this national report. Details: London: HMIC, 2016. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 12, 2016 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmic/wp-content/uploads/peel-police-legitimacy-2015.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 145429

Author: Thanh, Vo Quoc Title: 6000 Cases of Missing and Absent Persons: Patterns of Crime Harm and Priorities for Resource Allocation Summary: The objectives of the study are to evaluate the existing approach to assessing the risk of harm to missing and absent people, which may affect how to police these incidents whilst taking into consideration the estimated costs involved. The study is based on 5,984 missing or absent cases during a six-month period in Thames Valley Police (TVP). Missing and absent person records were collected along with crime records and incident attendance records. The key findings are that the likelihood of death is rare, since only two out of the 3,706 individuals (0.05%) were known to have died during the period of time they were missing. Around 99% of individuals did not suffer any crime harm whilst missing. Even once non-crime harm was included, events such as: domestic non-recordable, mental health incident and child or adult protection incidents, 98% still did not suffer any type of harm. This is despite 820 (16%) cases graded as high-risk and 3,465 (68%) graded as medium-risk. Only 660 (13%) cases were graded as low-risk. Missing people were more likely to cause harm (suspect) than suffer harm (victim). The average word count for the Risk Assessment was low: with high-risk having two less words than medium for Risk Assessment One, and high-risk having one more word than medium risk for Risk Assessment Two. Consequently, officers and supervisors may be relying on their intuition to risk assess rather than the information available on the risk assessment. The minimum annual estimated police officer labour cost to TVP to police missing person enquiries is between $3.1 and $5.5 million. This is compared to $292,500 for absent person enquiries. The results of the study suggest that low-risk and the new absent category is under-utilised, reflecting a possible overly risk adverse attitude by officers. Details: Cambridge, UK: University of Cambridge, Wolfson College, 2015. 150p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed October 13, 2016 at: http://www.crim.cam.ac.uk/alumni/theses/Quoc%20Thanh%20Vo.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Missing Persons Shelf Number: 144938

Author: Hobday, Jamie Title: Targeting Reasons for Rejecting Random Assignment in an RCT Summary: The Randomised Control Trial (RCT) is seen as the 'gold standard' of evaluation work, but running such experiments with high fidelity and validity can be a challenge, especially in an operational policing environment. Researchers are continually seeking tools and methods of working that can support experimentation in front-line policing operations. An algorithmic triage approach to case selection and random allocation, utilising the Cambridge Gateway on-line tool, holds promise in this arena. This approach and tool has been operationalised in the Turning-Point Experiment, UK. Five custody suites in a busy urban police agency utilised this approach over a three year period. Case selection and random allocation was conducted by operational police officers on a 24/7 basis. Officers were instructed to use their discretion to exclude cases that were ostensibly eligible, but they felt would not have the public's support. The consistency and validity of their decisions is studied through these decisions to reject random allocation. The improving rate of rejection over the Turning-Point experiments life is investigated, and the method of project implementation is proposed as a likely explanation for improvements. Officer's rejections are categorised as either appropriate or inappropriate and inter-rate reliability is measured across four key project staff. The pattern of inappropriate rejections amongst individual officers is studied and compared to officers' characteristics identified from a survey. A moderate correlation is found between officers making better quality decisions and higher levels of educational achievement. The conclusion is reached that this model can be effective at utilising officers in case selection and random allocation roles in large scale RCTs in policing. Recommendations are made to any researchers wanting to replicate the experiment. Details: Cambridge, UK: Wolfson College, University of Cambridge, 2014. 119p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed October 14, 2016 at: http://www.crim.cam.ac.uk/alumni/theses/Jamie%20Hobday.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Case Processing Shelf Number: 144939

Author: Coleman, Nick Title: Crime and disabled people: Measures of disability-related harassment. 2016 update Summary: The Equality and Human Rights Commission (the Commission) is a statutory body established under the Equality Act 2006. It operates independently to encourage equality and diversity, eliminate unlawful discrimination, and promote and protect human rights. The Commission enforces equality legislation on age, disability, gender reassignment, marriage and civil partnership, pregnancy and maternity, race, religion or belief, sex and sexual orientation. It encourages compliance with the Human Rights Act 1998 and is accredited by the UN as an 'A status' National Human Rights Institution. An inquiry into disability-related harassment by the Commission in 2010/11 led to the report 'Hidden in Plain Sight' (Equality and Human Rights Commission, 2011). This report found that many people who experience such harassment see it as a commonplace part of everyday life, rather than as 'hate crime'. Police records provide information about the number of such crimes that are reported. However, the number of people who experience disability-related harassment may be considerably higher. The 2012 report 'Out in the open - tackling disability-related harassment: a manifesto for change,' (Equality and Human Rights Commission, 2012) which followed the initial inquiry, noted that, while data currently available do not give a full picture of disability-related harassment, national crime surveys - specifically the Crime Survey for England and Wales (CSEW) (formerly the British Crime Survey) and the Scottish Crime and Justice Survey (SCJS) - provide information on disabled people's experiences of crime, disability hate crime, and the extent to which disabled people report crime that they have experienced. The report identified a set of six measures from these surveys that can help to gauge progress over time. In 2013, research was undertaken to analyse the statistics for these measures. The findings were published in a Commission research report on 'Crime and disabled people' (Coleman, Sykes and Walker, 2013), and used to inform the Manifesto for Change Progress Report, published in the same year (Equality and Human Rights Commission, 2013). The statistical analysis has now been updated, by Independent Social Research who carried out the 2013 analysis, and the findings are reported here for five of the original measures for which data are still collected. They, in turn, form part of 'Tackling disability-related harassment: progress report 2016' (EHRC, 2016). Details: Manchester, UK: Equality and Human Rights Commission, 2016. 120p. Source: Internet Resource: Research report 103: Accessed October 14, 2016 at: https://www.equalityhumanrights.com/sites/default/files/research-report-103-crime-and-disabled-people.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Disabilities Shelf Number: 144940

Author: Geddes, Louise Title: The Prolific And Other Priority Offender Programme: in search of collaborative public management Summary: The purpose of the research was to assess the implementation and management of the Prolific and Priority Offender (PPO) programme, examining the barriers to and enabling factors for managing in partnership, whilst evaluating the settlement between three management models. The research provides evidence for a newer model of management, better suited to deliver on the shared outcomes government requires from its public programmes. Research has shown that although crime is multi-causal, a range of agencies separately intervene into service users' lives. Collaborative Public Management joins up these interventions to improve crime reduction. Details: Nottingham, UK: Nottingham Trent University, 2010. 351p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 14, 2016 at: http://irep.ntu.ac.uk/90/1/214873_Louise%20Geddes%20-Thesis.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 144807

Author: Warwick, Elanor Joan Petra Title: Defensible space as a mobile concept: The role of transfer mechanisms and evidence in housing research, policy and practice Summary: Defensible space is a contested yet influential approach to designing-out-crime on social housing estates. This thesis uses defensible space as the vehicle to explore how movement changes concepts; to extend the learning on policy mobility mechanisms; to investigate the varied cross-disciplinary nature of evidence use; and to explore the interaction of policy, the housing sector and the state. Deepening the international policy mobilities narrative, the study traces the dispersal/embedding of the concept in Britain since the 1980s by revisiting the operational and theoretical account of defensible space proposed by Alice Coleman in the Design Improvement Controlled Experiment (DICE). Drawing on interviews with planning and architecture practitioners, housing managers and elite policymakers, the thesis explores the multiple ways the concept was interpreted and implemented as it circulated from national to local level and within three London housing estates, illustrating how the transfer mechanisms worked at both a policy and practical level. Despite being a concept whose principles continue to underpin design guidance (such as Secured by Design), defensible space failed to coalesce into a single formal policy, remaining a cluster of associated disputed elements. How these conceptual elements aided or hindered transfer and take up is noted by tracking routes to acceptance, the roles of formal transfer mechanisms, informal information sharing by transfer agents traversing networks, or practitionersʼ local contextualization of generic guidance. The research demonstrates the ongoing resilience and acceptance of defensible space, despite biased evaluation, the mismatch of DICE to the politics of the time and the uncertain nature of the concept. By questioning whether positivist scientific theoretical unity is achievable in practice, it argues for greater trust in practitioner experience, and proposes a looser middle-range approach to theory building for ambiguous concepts such as defensible space. Details: London: King's College London, 2015. 347p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 14, 2016 at: https://kclpure.kcl.ac.uk/portal/files/45224699/2015_Warwick_Elanor_0641131_ethesis.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 144809

Author: Masson, Isla MacMarquis Title: The long-term impact of short periods of imprisonment on mothers Summary: This research examines how even an initial short period in prison negatively impacts mothers and their children. It involves a series of semi-structured interviews with 16 mothers during and post-custody; looking at the different ways in which multiple aspects of their lives are negatively affected for longer periods than their incarceration. It is argued that prison often increases the social disadvantages that many of the women encounter on a day-to-day basis. Based on this research it is suggested that the morally significant harms of prison need to be considered at the time of sentencing. Incarceration is not just about a temporary loss of liberty, even short terms in prison have longer multi-dimensional consequences. The thesis will begin by looking at the use of remand for women as well as examining the sentencing rationales for the use of short sentences. It will explore the problems with these forms of punishment, particularly for non-violent, and often vulnerable, women. It will be argued that these women experience multiple pains of incarceration, often compounded by the short period in which they are imprisoned. It will be suggested that their feelings of injustice may affect whether they are able to embrace any opportunities in prison and address feelings of guilt. The thesis will also examine these mothers' experiences post-custody, describing which problems are on-going, which are resolved and what new unexpected problems arise. Given that they are mothers, their understanding of the harm of the separation to their children will also be explored. It will be concluded that the punishment should be balanced against the rights of mothers and their children. As such the use of short sentences for women should be significantly reduced, however if they continue to be used there need to be a series of changes to minimise the harms caused to this group. Details: London: King's College London, 2014. 278p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 14, 2016 at: https://kclpure.kcl.ac.uk/portal/files/40829056/2014_Masson_Isla_0945442_ethesis.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 144806

Author: Acheson, Ian Title: Summary of main findings of the review of Islamist extremism in prisons, probation and youth justice Summary: 1. This summary provides an overview of the review led by Ian Acheson into Islamist extremism in prisons, probation and youth justice, namely its context, key findings and principal recommendations. 2. In September 2015 the then Secretary of State for Justice commissioned a departmental review, supported by external expertise, to:  assess the threat which Islamist Extremism (IE) and the radicalisation which sustains it pose to prisons and probation services; and  assess the capability of the National Offender Management Service (NOMS) to manage that threat. 3. The review team submitted a detailed report of their findings and recommendations to the then Secretary of State on 17 March 2016. 4. Given the nature of its content, and implications for public safety and security, the review is in the form of a classified report to the then Secretary of State. The subject matter is complex, with significant policy implications. The main findings of the review have been summarised below. 5. The then Secretary of State welcomed the review as a vital element of the MoJ's overall approach to addressing the threat presented by extremism and radicalisation in prisons and probation. Its findings will inform future policy development and operational practice, about which more will be said in the coming months. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2016. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 15, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/547032/acheson-review-summary-aug-2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Extremist Groups Shelf Number: 140760

Author: Thornton, Sara Title: Predicting Serious Domestic Assaults and Murder in the Thames Valley Summary: Thames Valley Police uses a risk assessment model to identify those cases of domestic violence where the risk of future harm is high. This study looked at all the cases on serious domestic assault and murder between 2007 and 2009 to establish how accurate the risk assessments had been in predicting the serious harm. In 55% of cases there was no prior recorded contact with the police. In only five out of 118 cases was the case assessed as high risk. Effectively there was an 80% false negative rate. In the same period 1740 other victims were assessed as high risk arguably resulting in a 99% false positive rate. A case control study was carried out to try to identify any risk factors that marked out those offenders who committed the most serious domestic assaults from other violent offenders. The case control study found that those who committed serious domestic assault and murder were less criminogenic than the risk pool of all violent offenders - contrary to the central hypothesis of escalating violence. The study also found that male offenders who committed serious domestic assaults were more than three times likely to be suicidal than other violent offenders. Details: Cambridge, UK: Wolfson College, University of Cambridge, 2011. 98p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed October 17, 2016 at: http://www.crim.cam.ac.uk/alumni/theses/Thornton,%20S.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 145094

Author: Jackson, Mark Title: Murder Concentration and Distribution Patterns in London: An Exploratory Analysis of Ten Years of Data Summary: The phenomenon of how the volume of crime varies from place to place has received significant focus over the last four decades. Previous research has identified that crime is not randomly distributed across places but clusters in areas sometimes called hot spots. This research analyses 10 years of homicide patterns across London from Local Authority Borough level down to small local neighbourhood level. Through the use of geo-coding technology to map homicide locations and victims' and offenders' home addresses, frequency analysis is conducted down to a Lower Super Output Area (LSOA) level. This provides a structure to segment London into 4761 neighbourhoods. The findings of this research are that 74% of London's LSOAs do not have a single homicide over the 10 year period. Additionally it identifies that homicide in London is concentrated in a small number of local neighbourhood locations rather than randomly spread across the whole city. These concentrations account for only 6% of neighbourhoods but contribute 42% of the homicide locations, over the 10 year period. This methodology is also applied to specific methods of homicide, e.g. domestic violence, where similar patterns of concentrations of homicides are identified. Geographical analysis of victims and perpetrators of homicide identifies that 50% of perpetrators reside within one mile of the homicide offence location. Additionally 52% of perpetrators' home addresses are clustered within 9% of LSOAs. This research will contribute to the criminological evidence-base, having both operational implications, such as the focus of policing patrol strategy, and policy implications for a significant number of agencies in how they assess the prioritisation of resources, particularly within the current difficult fiscal climate. Details: Cambridge, UK: Wolfson College, University of Cambridge, 2010. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed October 17, 2016 at: http://www.crim.cam.ac.uk/alumni/theses/Jackson,%20M.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 145099

Author: Stonewall, Sam Dick Title: Homophobic hate crimes and hate incidents Summary: Homophobic hate crimes and incidents occur commonly in the everyday lives of LGB people. Too many LGB people worry about being the victim of crime and feel at risk of being a victim of hate crime. Both the experience and fear of homophobic hate crimes and incidents have a dramatic impact on the quality of life of millions of LGB people. Details: London: Equality and Human Rights Commission, 2016. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Summary 38: Accessed October 17, 2016 at: https://www.equalityhumanrights.com/sites/default/files/research-summary-38-homophobic-hate-crime_0.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias Crime Shelf Number: 145076

Author: Chakraborti, Neil Title: Healing the Harms: Identifying How Best to Support Hate Crime Victims Summary: Every year hundreds of thousands of people in England and Wales suffer prejudice and hostility because of their identity or perceived 'difference'. This can include acts of physical violence, as well as the more 'everyday' forms of harassment and intimidation. Such victimisation is more commonly referred to as 'hate crime', which is defined by the College of Policing (2014: 3) as: 'Any crime or incident where the perpetrator's hostility or prejudice against an identifiable group of people is a factor in determining who is victimised.' The concept has come to be associated with five identity strands: namely, disability, ethnicity, religion, sexual orientation and transgender status. According to official figures, in 2014-15 the Police Service recorded 52,528 hate crimes (Corcoran, Lader and Smith, 2015). It is widely acknowledged that this number is a considerable underestimate of the actual number of hate crimes taking place within England and Wales. The Crime Survey for England and Wales, which provides an alternative measure of hate crime victimisation, estimated that 222,000 incidents took place within the same time-frame (ibid, 2015). The issue of underreporting has been further highlighted through research which illustrates that the majority of hate crime victims do not report their experiences to the police or through available third-party reporting systems (Chakraborti, Garland, Hardy, 2014; Christmann and Wong, 2010). These studies suggest that there are a number of reasons as to why hate crime victims do not report their experiences to the police or to an alternative organisation. Many victims: - 'normalise' their experiences of hate crime - feel concerned about not being taken seriously - worry about retaliatory violence or making the situation worse - have a shortage of confidence in the criminal justice system - lack the time and emotional strength required to talk to a third party about their experiences Research also highlights that the majority of hate crime victims are not aware of or know how to access support services. This is especially concerning given that a growing body of research evidence shows that acts of hate crime cause significant emotional and physical damage to the well-being of victims, their families and wider communities (Iganski and Lagou, 2015; Chakraborti, Garland and Hardy, 2014). It is because of the significant levels of under-reporting and the relatively low uptake of support services that we lack a comprehensive understanding of how best to support those affected by hate crime. This report presents the findings of a study designed to identify the support needs of hate crime victims. The research was funded by the Police and Crime Commissioner for Hertfordshire, and conducted in partnership with Hertfordshire Constabulary and Hertfordshire County Council. The specific aims of this research were: - to explore hate crime experiences in Hertfordshire; - to identify the extent to which actual and potential hate crime victims are aware of local and national support services; - to assess the actual or perceived barriers that prevent victims accessing support services; and - to provide an evidence-based template of good practice to inform the wider delivery of new and existing support services. If implemented, the recommendations included within this report have the capacity to make a sustained difference with respect to helping organisations and individuals support hate crime victims more effectively. Details: Leicester, UK: University of Leicester, Centre for Hate Studies, 2016. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 17, 2016 at: http://hertscommissioner.org/fluidcms/files/files/pdf/Victims-Commissioning/Healing-the-Harms---Final-Report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias Crimes Shelf Number: 140788

Author: Great Britain. House of Commons. Justice Committee Title: Prison safety Summary: In this report we examine the Government's response to the ongoing and rapid deterioration in prison safety in England and Wales which began in 2012. We took evidence from the Prisons Minister and the Chief Executive of the National Offender Management Service on prison safety in December 2015, and statistics published in January and April 2016 showed higher rates of self-harm and assaults than in the previous 12 months, and significant growth in the number of incidents compared to the previous quarter. We wished to reflect on the progress made by the Ministry of Justice and NOMS in their efforts to stabilise the rise in assaults against prisoners and staff, incidents of self-harm and self-inflicted deaths, and obtained the views of several key stakeholders in writing. The MoJ and NOMS have sought to improve prison safety through a wide range of legislative, operational and staff recruitment measures, including the creation of new offences of possession of new psychoactive substances and knife possession in prison and action to address violence through the use of body-worn cameras and to improve safeguarding procedures. Notwithstanding these considerable efforts, together with those of staff in prisons striving to keep prisoners and themselves secure and unharmed, overall levels of safety in prisons have not stabilised as the Ministry hoped, let alone improved and continue to deteriorate significantly. We say that this is a matter of great concern, and improvement is urgently needed. Our central recommendation is that the Ministry and NOMS together produce an action plan for improving prison safety, addressing the factors underlying the rises in violence, self-harm and suicide. Of particular concern is a major issue with staff retention which resulted in a net gain of only 440 prison officers last year following the recruitment of 2,250. This is against the fact that there are 7,000 fewer officers than in 2010, when the prison population was about 2,500 lower than it is now. We also say that we wish to receive quarterly reports over the remainder of this Parliament containing data which will enable progress against the plan to be evaluated. We will also continue discussions with HM Inspectorate of Prisons on scrutiny of NOMS' performance in managing prison safety. Details: London: House of Commons, 2016. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Sixth Report of Session 2015-16, HC 625: Accessed October 19, 2016 at: http://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201516/cmselect/cmjust/625/625.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prison Administration Shelf Number: 145897

Author: Hill, Angela Title: "This Modern Day Slavery": Sex Trafficking and Moral Panic in the United Kingdom Summary: The dissertation analyzes the discourse and development of the British anti-sex trafficking movement. Following the European Union's largest expansion in 2004, the United Kingdom experienced a surge in immigration from Eastern Europe, which was greeted by fears about losing British culture, stolen jobs, and rising criminal activity. From this welter of concerns, I argue, the issue of sex trafficking coalesced into a moral panic about the dangers of immigration and the sexual exploitation of women. Using qualitative research and discourse analysis, I examine the movement's depiction of the trafficking victim and its reliance on punitive policing and anti-immigration policies. Although anti-trafficking advocates claim the abolition of the African slave trade as their historical precedent, I contend that the conceptual roots of contemporary discourse lie in the white slavery panic of the Victorian era. Today's description of the trafficked woman as young, naive, and Eastern European recalls the figure of the white slave at the same time that it demonizes migrant sex workers who do not fit the feminized and culturally-bound profile of helpless victim. This analysis of the United Kingdom's response to a changing demographic landscape reveals how a reaction can define the phenomenon to which it ostensibly refers. In other words, the anti-trafficking campaign produces its opposing object, � sex trafficking - by delimiting the discursive field and determining the appropriate course of defensive action. In light of the political and economic crises wracking post-millennial Britain, the realm recast itself as a hostile environment for sex trafficking and inaugurated a series of unprecedented policing measures and prostitution policy shifts. To interrogate these events I perform a contrapuntal reading that troubles both the conceptual basis of the anti-trafficking movement and its legal and tactical operations. Through this analysis, my dissertation reveals that the anti-trafficking campaign is not a reaction to the sexual traffic in women; it is part of a larger socio-legal response to Eastern Europeans seeking access to the United Kingdom as full members of the European Union. This project constitutes an expansion and repositioning of studies of sex work and migration, offering a specific analysis of the British context while emphasizing the intersection between standardized narratives and cultural ruptures. Details: Berkeley, CA: University of California, Berkeley, 2011. 146p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20,. 2016 at: http://escholarship.org/uc/item/2d8113tb Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 145876

Author: Macleod, Jan Title: Challenging Men's Demand for Prostitution in Scotland: A Research Report Based on Interviews with 110 Men Who Bought Women in Prostitution Summary: Public awareness of prostitution as a human rights issue has grown in recent years, along with an understanding of the harm resulting from sexual exploitation as commercial enterprise. There is also recognition of the need to understand prostitution in its cultural contexts, and the need to understand the social structures and the psychological articulation of misogyny that stimulates and sustains prostitution as a social institution. The authors of this research report realise that although it is essential to address the urgent mental and physical needs of women and children during prostitution and after their escape, it is also imperative to address men's demand for prostitution which is at the root of the problem. Acceptance of prostitution is one of a cluster of harmful attitudes that encourage and justify violence against women. Violent behaviours against women have been associated with attitudes that promote men's belief that they are entitled to sexual access to women, that they are superior to women, and that they are licensed as sexual aggressors. Men who use women in prostitution strongly endorse such attitudes toward women (Cotton et al., 2002, Farley et al., 1998). There has been considerable debate in Scotland on how best to address prostitution and other commercial sexual exploitation, including what is euphemistically termed adult entertainment. The Routes Out of Prostitution Partnership and other projects that have challenged prostitution in Glasgow in the past decade have been informed by an understanding of prostitution as commercial sexual exploitation and as a form of violence against women. Prevention of prostitution is a key aim of this work. The findings of this research will contribute to an understanding of and strategies for challenging men's demand for prostitution. Details: Glasgow: Women's Support Project, 2008. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 21, 2016 at: http://www.prostitutionresearch.com/ChallengingDemandScotland.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Rights Shelf Number: 110473

Author: Cleary, Andrew Title: Surveying Prisoner Crime Reduction (SPCR) Wave 1 (Reception) Samples 1 and 2 Technical Report Summary: Surveying Prisoner Crime Reduction (SPCR) is a longitudinal study which aimed to track the progress of 4,000 newly sentenced prisoners in England and Wales from 2005 to 2010. At the time it was the largest survey of prisoners ever undertaken in Britain. Ipsos MORI was commissioned to carry out the survey by the Research Development and Statistics Directorate (RDS) National Offender Management Service (NOMS) at the Home Office, now Offender Management and Sentencing Analytical Services (OMSAS) at the Ministry of Justice (MoJ). The broad aim of SPCR was to explore how interventions might work in combination to address the range of prisoners' needs. More specifically, SPCR aimed to assess prisoners' problems and needs on reception, how these are addressed during and after custody and the combined effect of any interventions on offending and other outcomes, in light of prisoners' background characteristics, after release from prison. This report focuses in detail on the first stage of interviews ("reception" stage) of the study, undertaken with an overall sample of 3,849 prisoners in two parts: a representative sample of 1,435 prisoners (Sample 1) sentenced up to four years, and a sample comprising 2,414 prisoners sentenced to between 18 months and four years (Sample 2). The rationale of Sample 2 was to interview more prisoners who had been in custody long enough to undertake prison interventions. In addition to this element the study involved three further stages of interviews (a longitudinal design): - pre-release interviews, conducted shortly before release - post-release two-month interviews, conducted in the community one to two months after release - post-release six-month interviews, conducted in the community six months after release (Sample 2 only). Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2012. 135p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Research Series 5/12 : Accessed October 21, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/278843/surveying-prisoner-crime-reduction-wave-1.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Interventions Shelf Number: 131154

Author: Bateman, Tim Title: The State of Youth Custody, 2016 Summary: The National Association for Youth Justice (NAYJ) has consistently argued for a minimum use of custody for children who break the law: imprisonment should only be used as a last resort and for the shortest necessary period in those rare situations where a child's offending is such as to pose a demonstrable risk of serious harm to others and where, after thorough consideration, no other alternative is sufficient to mitigate that risk. Where deprivation of liberty is necessary, children should only be detained in child care establishments that promote their well-being and longer term development. This longstanding opposition to the use of custody is informed by a well-established, international evidence base which clearly shows that incarceration is extremely damaging to children in the short term and impedes their healthy development over the longer term. Nor is imprisonment an effective mechanism for preventing youth crime. In spite of some reduction in recent years, re-ofending rates for children following a custodial episode remain extremely high (67.1% within 12 months for those released in 2014). Analysis confrms that, controlling for range of relevant factors, children who receive custodial sentences of between six and 12 months are significantly (4% points) more likely to re-ofend than a comparison group sentenced to a high level community penalty.5 Deprivation of liberty accordingly exacerbates rather than reduces the likelihood of offending, suggesting that far from acting as a deterrent, incarceration has a criminogenic effect. This conclusion is unsurprising given the nature of youth crime. Children who break the law have rarely given careful consideration to the consequences of their actions. Neither the prospect of incarceration, nor the subsequent experience of being locked up, is likely to deter them or others from further criminal activity. International standards acknowledge the counterproductive and damaging nature of custody. Article 37 of the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child, whose tenets the UK is obliged to uphold as a signatory to the Convention, proscribes the use of child imprisonment other than as a measure of last resort. During the 1990s and much of the following decade, England and Wales was in clear breach of such obligations with child imprisonment characterised by a rapid and sustained escalation. More recently, the number of children in custody has declined sharply. In May 2008, the under-18 population of the secure estate for children was 3,006; by May 2016, it had fallen to 870, a reduction of more than 70%.8 While the precise reasons for this contraction are open to debate, it is clear that much of it can be explained as a consequence of a less punitive climate towards children in conflict with the law, permitting the development of a range of informal responses to youth crime that have, in turn, led to a substantial reduction in the number of children entering the formal parameters of the youth justice system. Such advances should, of course, be recognised, but the NAYJ considers that levels of child incarceration remain too high and continue to be out of step with more progressive youth justice practices and international standards. Moreover, as will be argued in due course, effecting further reductions in child imprisonment may be an important consideration in ensuring a humane treatment of those children who continue to be deprived of their liberty. Details: s.l.: National Association for Youth Justice, 2016. 12p. Source: NAYJ Briefing: Accessed October 24, 2016 at: http://thenayj.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/NAYJ-Briefing-State-of-Youth-Custody-2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 134828

Author: Tam, Christina Title: Behind the Model Minority: An Examination of Ethnicity, Place, and Arrests among Asian Youth in Los Angeles Neighborhoods Summary: Background and Aims. Asian ethnic groups are accompanied by diverging migration histories, cultural values, and lived experiences, and these factors play a role in their children's juvenile justice involvement. While immigrant groups initially settled in ethnic enclaves, they will relocate to ethnoburbs as they achieve higher socioeconomic status. Ethnic enclaves may protect ethnic minority youth against delinquency, but it is currently unknown if residing in an ethnoburb is related to offense type. First, this study determined whether these two ethnic neighborhoods can be differentiated for five Asian ethnic groups. Guided by the spatial assimilation model, I then explored the relationship between ethnicity, ethnic neighborhood, and offense type. Methods. This study employed secondary data analysis of administrative data from the Los Angeles Probation Department and the American Community Survey collected by the United States Census Bureau. Primary individual interviews confirmed the locations of ethnic neighborhoods in Los Angeles County. The sample consisted of 980 youth nested within 183 zip codes. Multinomial regression models assessed key relationships; a multilevel approach was used for investigating neighborhood-level effects. Results. Ethnic enclaves and ethnoburbs were classified with a categorical tree using percent ethnicity, percent poverty, and population density, and key informants confirmed these neighborhoods for their respective ethnicities. Koreans have the highest probability of being arrested for a violent crime, Chinese for weapons, Southeast Asian for property, and Japanese for substance and other types of offenses. Compared to living in non-ethnic neighborhoods, living in an ethnoburb was associated with higher risks of being arrested for weapons and substance offenses relative to violence. Finally, youth who live in ethnoburbs that match their ethnicity are at higher risk for being arrested for a weapons offense. Conclusions. That there are ethnic differences in offense type speak to the cultural underpinnings that are associated with each group within the Asian racial category, thus challenging the model minority stereotype that Asians are free of social problems. Because living in an ethnoburb was related to offense type, and especially for youth whose ethnicity matches that of the neighborhood, future research should explore the mechanisms that may explain this association. Details: Los Angeles: University of California, Los Angeles, 2016. 177p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 26, 2016 at: https://escholarship.org/uc/item/8ss3n7x6 Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Asians Shelf Number: 146017

Author: Financial Services Authority (UK) Title: Anti-bribery and corruption systems and controls in investment banks Summary: 1.1 Introduction 1 This report describes how investment banks and firms carrying on investment banking or similar activities in the UK (collectively referred to here as "firms" are managing bribery and corruption risk in their businesses and sets out the findings of our recent thematic review. We expect regulated firms in all sectors to consider our findings and examples of good and poor practice, as they may also be relevant to firms in other sectors which are subject to our financial crime rules in SYSC 3.2.6R or SYSC 6.1.1R.1 2 We require regulated firms to establish and maintain effective systems and controls to mitigate financial crime risk. Financial crime risk includes the risk of bribery and corruption. (We summarise regulated firms' regulatory responsibilities in this area in Section 2.4.) In addition to these regulatory requirements, bribery, whether committed in the UK or abroad, is a criminal offence under the Bribery Act 2010, which has consolidated and replaced previous anti-bribery and corruption legislation in the UK. We do not enforce, or give guidance on, the Bribery Act. 1.2 Findings 3 We found that, although some investment banks had completed a great deal of work to implement effective anti-bribery and corruption (ABC) controls, most had more work to do. Our key findings are set out below: a) Most firms had not properly taken account of our rules covering bribery and corruption, either before the Bribery Act or after. There are fundamental differences between the two described in this report. For example, our rules require firms to put in place systems and controls to mitigate bribery and corruption risk and we do not need to find evidence of bribery taking place to take action against firms that fail to meet our requirements. b) Nearly half the firms in our sample still did not have an adequate ABC risk assessment, although progress has been made since the implementation of the Bribery Act. c) Management information (MI) on ABC provided to senior management was poor, making it difficult for us to see how firms' senior management could carry out their oversight functions effectively. d) The majority of firms had not yet thought about how to monitor the effectiveness of their ABC controls. Only two firms had either started or carried out specific anti-bribery and corruption internal audits. e) Firms' understanding of bribery and corruption was often very limited. f) There were significant weaknesses in firms' dealings with third parties used to win or retain business, including in relation to compliance approval; due diligence; politically exposed persons (PEP) screening; ensuring and documenting a clear business rationale; risk assessment; and regular review. g) Many firms had recently tightened up their gifts, hospitality and expenses policies by prohibiting facilitation payments, increasing senior management oversight of expenses and introducing or revising limits. But few had processes to produce adequate MI, for example, to ensure gifts and expenses in relation to particular clients/projects were reasonable on a cumulative basis. h) Firms had well-established vetting processes in place when staff were recruited, but bribery and corruption risk had not usually been a factor in identifying high-risk roles which should be subject to enhanced vetting. i) Since the implementation of the Bribery Act, firms had generally provided adequate basic training to staff. But most (i) were still developing training for staff in higher risk roles and (ii) had no processes in place to assess the effectiveness of existing training. Details: London: FSA, 2012. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 26, 2016 at: http://www.fsa.gov.uk/static/pubs/other/anti-bribery-investment-banks.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Banking Industry Shelf Number: 146009

Author: Garner, Sarah Title: Organised fraud in local communities Summary: Key Messages • From a sample of frauds committed in two police force areas we found that between a third (31 per cent) and nearly half (45 per cent) of all frauds occurring locally are linked to Organised Crime Groups (OCGs), which is at least twice previous Home Office estimates. • On average, individual victims of organised fraud lose over £10,000 per fraud offence, which amounts to nearly half their annual income, compared with victims of non-organised frauds, who lose on average about £4,000. • Victims of investment frauds perpetrated by OCGs lose, on average, 137 per cent of their annual income to organised fraud, four times more than the victims of non-organised investment frauds. • OCGs involved in fraud often operate outside the UK and the response from law enforcement agencies is ineffective. • Local agencies only work together on an ad-hoc basis and systematic data sharing is virtually non-existent. • The local response to fraud needs a complete overhaul if future generations are to be protected from the harm it causes. Details: London: Police Foundations, 2016. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Reducing the Impact of Serious Organised Crime in Local Communities, Briefing 1: Accessed October 27, 2016 at: http://www.police-foundation.org.uk/uploads/holding/projects/org_fraud_in_local_communities_final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Consumer Fraud Shelf Number: 140867

Author: Open Society Foundations Title: Eroding Trust: The UK's Prevent Counter-Extremism Strategy in Health and Education Summary: Eroding Trust: The UK’s Prevent Counter-Extremism Strategy in Health and Education is the most comprehensive independent assessment to date of the workings of the UK government’s Prevent counter-extremism strategy. Established to "stop people becoming terrorists or supporting terrorism," Prevent has imposed since 2015 a statutory duty on health and education bodies to have "due regard to the need to prevent people from being drawn into terrorism." The report concludes that the strategy creates a serious risk of human rights violations and is also counterproductive. It argues that its application in schools, colleges, and healthcare institutions is damaging trust: between teachers and students; between doctors and patients; and between the police and members of the UK’s Muslim community, whose support is an essential element of counterterrorism efforts Details: New York: Open Society Foundations, 2016. 152p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 28, 2016 at: https://www.opensocietyfoundations.org/sites/default/files/eroding-trust-20161017_0.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Counter-Extremism Shelf Number: 140875

Author: Moodie, Kristina Title: "Between a rock and a hard place": Responses to Offending in Residential Childcare Summary: There is current and ongoing concern regarding the potential criminalisation of looked after young people. To address these issues, CYCJ undertook a study which aimed to: gather more data about police contact for offending by young people in children's houses; explore how practitioners make, and are supported to make, the decision to involve the police in incidents; and to survey what formal policies are in place within each local authority to aid decision making. Details: Glasgow: Centre for Youth and Criminal Justice, 2016. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 1, 2016 at: http://www.cycj.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/Responses-to-Offending-in-Residential-Childcare.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 145787

Author: Skidmore, Michael Title: Organised crime and child sexual exploitation in local communities Summary: Key Messages - Two years of police crime and intelligence records for a single city were examined to identify the victims and perpetrators of child sexual exploitation (CSE) and assess the links to organised crime. - Perpetrators that appeared to operate as a group had victimised or presented a risk to over half (58 per cent) of all young people known by local police to be at risk of CSE. - There were an estimated 43 groups linked to child sexual exploitation (CSE) perpetrated in the city, many more than the six organised crime groups (OCGs) mapped by the local police force. This meant specialist resources were not always made available to tackle them. - There was a high degree of interconnectivity between CSE and other types of serious and organised crime such as drugs supply, criminal exploitation, sexual exploitation for financial gain, and violence - Knowledge of CSE among frontline practitioners was poor and there was a lack of understanding at all levels of what constitutes an OCG involved in this area of crime. - Support agencies in communities are the frontlines for identifying and tackling the threat of CSE but information was not systematically shared between them to produce a single consolidated assessment of the threat. Details: London: The Police Foundation, 2016. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Reducing the Impact of Serious Organised Crime in Local Communities: Accessed November 1, 2016 at: http://www.police-foundation.org.uk/uploads/holding/projects/organised_crime_and_cse.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 145786

Author: Walters, Mark A. Title: Transphobic hate crime and perceptions of the criminal justice system Summary: EXCUTIVE SUMMARY - Trans* people were significantly more likely than non-trans LGB people to have been a direct victim of hate crime involving physical assaults, physical assaults with weapons, verbal abuse, and online abuse. - Trans* people were significantly more likely than non-trans LGB people to have been an indirect victim of hate crime involving physical assaults, physical assaults with weapons, verbal abuse, and online abuse. - Anti-LGBT hate crime is highly repetitive in nature for trans* people, meaning that most trans* individuals experience multiple incidents of abuse each year. - Anti-LGBT hate crime has significant impacts upon trans* people's emotions (fear, anxiety and anger) and behaviours (avoidance and proaction). - Both direct and indirect experiences of anti-LGBT hate crime effect trans* individuals' attitudes towards the police, CPS and the government more broadly. Specifically, most trans* people believed the Government should do more to combat anti-LGBT hate crimes, they felt that the police are less effective and respectful, and they have less confidence in the CPS to prosecute anti-LGBT hate crimes. Details: Brighton, UK: University of Sussex, 2015. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 1, 2016 at: http://sro.sussex.ac.uk/62234/1/Transgender%20hate%20crime%20report%20-%20HoC%20inquiry.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias-Related Crime Shelf Number: 145784

Author: Moodie, Kristina Title: Evaluation of Barnardo's Safer Choices Missing Service Summary: Research shows that children and young people who go missing from home are at a considerably higher risk of being harmed. In April 2013, in recognition of such vulnerabilities, a tri-partnership initiative between Police Scotland, Renfrewshire Council and Barnardo’s was established with the purpose of better identifying, protecting and directly supporting children who had gone missing from their home. This tri-partnership commissioned independent researchers from CYCJ in 2015 to help document the knowledge and information gathered by the service since its inception, as well as to examine the effectiveness of the service in relation to short-term outcomes for young people. This research covers the first two years of the service, from April 1, 2013 to March 31, 2015. Details: Glasgow: Centre for Youth and Criminal Justice, 2016. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 2, 2016 at: http://www.cycj.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/Safer-Choices-Evaluation.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Missing Children Shelf Number: 140989

Author: Raphael, Iain Title: Cooling hot property? An assessment of the impact of property marking on residential burglary crime reduction, crime displacement or diffusion of benefits and public confidence. Summary: or the year ending March 2014 the Office for National Statistics (ONS) estimated there were 573,000 domestic burglaries in England and Wales. Using the Home Office Integrated Offender Management Value for Money Toolkit valuation (2011) the cost to society of this is £1.9 billion. The financial and resulting emotional cost is a heavy burden for the UK. Better understanding crime prevention approaches and their impact on reducing residential burglary is of obvious relevance to policing, government and society as a whole. This study examined the wider impact of traceable liquid property marking strategies on reducing residential burglary and other acquisitive crime. It monitored levels of crime in trial areas. It observed if crime displacement or diffusion of benefits effects occurred to a distance of 750m, in 250m intervals, surrounding the trial areas. By doing so it added to the body of knowledge that surrounds situational crime prevention. It also surveyed households, which were participants of the trial, some 6 months following the deployment to measure any impact on their confidence in policing and on their fear of crime. To do this, 10 x London trial sites, comprising of 500 households areas were purposively selected that had both a persistent and a long-term chronic residential burglary offence rate. Two such sites were selected on each of five London Boroughs. The residential homes within these areas were then visited by a police officer or a PCSO and occupants had their property marked using a unique traceable liquid property marking solution. This strategy was supported by stickers saying their property had been marked being placed on external display on front and back doors and windows, signs being put up on street furniture in the surrounding area telling people they were entering a property marked area and the use of press and media releases to wider market the approach to offenders. Trap cars and houses were utilised and arrests advertised to ‘prove’ the approach to offenders. Finally control areas of similar characteristics to the trial areas were identified and observed on each of the 5 x borough sites. Once the marking had been implemented to the point of 85% saturation (where able), key data was observed over a 12-month period and compared against the previous year. These included: o Residential burglary crime levels within the target area. o Residential burglary crime levels in displacement zones of 250m, 500m, and 750m, surrounding the targeted area. o Robbery, theft of motor vehicle (M/V), theft from motor vehicle and total notifiable offences (TNO’s) offence levels within the target and displacement areas to measure displacement effects. o An online survey of the trial households of police satisfaction and fear of crime levels. o Interviews with key staff that implemented the trial. The study deduces that the following effects occurred within the trial areas: o A 45% reduction in residential burglaries, a 21% reduction in robberies, no significant change in M/V crime and 22% less TNO’s. Once offset against the control area performance the results indicated: o Overall average residential burglary was reduced by 21% with the best BOCU achieving an 88% reduction. o Personal robbery offences reduced by 16% and overall TNO’s by 20%. o There was no statistically significant change in M/V crime offence levels. o There was no significant crime or offence displacement within the target areas and indeed clear diffusion of benefits effects occurred. When the trial areas were widened to include the 250m, 500m and 750m displacement zones the following results were found to 750m: o A 23% reduction in residential burglaries, a 15% reduction in robberies, a 3% reduction in theft of M/V, 1% reduction in theft from M/V and a 9% less TNO’s. Once offset against the control area performance the results indicated: o Residential burglary reduced by 12% in the 250m-displacement zones, increased by 7% in the 500m zones, decreased by 19% in the 750m zones and cumulatively resulted in a 17% reduction. o Robbery increased by 8% in the 250m-displacement zones, decreased by 7% in the 500m zones, increased by 13% in the 750m zones and cumulatively resulted in a 5% increase. o Theft of M/V increased by 27% in the 250m-displacement zones, increased by 4% in the 500m zones, increased by 5% in the 750m zones and cumulatively resulted in a 10% increase. o Theft from M/V increased by 24% in the 250m-displacement zones, increased by 16% in the 500m zones, increased by 11% in the 750m zones and cumulatively resulted in a 15% increase. o TNO’s increased by 3% in the 250m displacement zones, decreased by 4% in the 500m zones, increased by 5% in the 750m zones and cumulatively resulted in a 1% increase. The results of the on-line survey found the following: o 51% of householders felt safer in their area. o 52% of householders felt safer in their home. o 33% had an improved opinion of the police. The study concludes that traceable liquid property marking is highly effective at reducing residential burglary. It found that when deployed with high levels of saturation to an area, diffusion of benefits effects for this crime type are likely to occur out to at least 750m from that area. This strategy led to a reduction in the fear of crime and if distributed by the police family, leads to an increase in public confidence for at least 6 months after the distribution period. However in achieving these positive impacts there will be offence displacement outside the targeted area, where offenders will move from residential burglary to other offences types. The most likely change is into theft of and from M/V crime. These crimes are arguably less harmful and impactive on crime victims and occurred at a lower rate than the residential burglary offences prevented. Details: Portsmouth, UK: University of Portsmouth, Institute of Criminal Justice Studies, 2015. 276p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 2, 2016 at: http://eprints.port.ac.uk/21031/1/Email_-_Cooling_Hot_Property_-_KP_Final_PDF.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Burglary Shelf Number: 140998

Author: Lader, Deborah Title: Drug Misuse: Findings from the 2015/16 Survey for England and Wales. Second edition Summary: This release examines the extent and trends in drug use among a nationally representative sample of 16 to 59 year olds resident in households in England and Wales, and is based on results from the 2015/16 Crime Survey for England and Wales (CSEW). The release covers the following topics: - extent and trends in drug use among adults, including separate analysis of young adults (16 to 24 year olds); - frequency of drug use in the last year; - drug use, by personal, household and area characteristics, and lifestyle factors; - use of new psychoactive substances (NPS); - perceived acceptability of use and ease of obtaining illegal drugs; - drug use within generations over time (a pseudo-cohort analysis). Details: London: Home Office, 2016. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Statistical Bulletin 07/06: Accessed November 3, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/564760/drug-misuse-1516.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 145003

Author: Great Britain. House of Commons. Justice Committee Title: The treatment of young adults in the criminal justice system Summary: Our inquiry considered a range of questions about the treatment of young adults—18 to 24 year olds—in the criminal justice system, taking into account recent research into the subject and the work of others, including the report by Lord Harris of Haringey into self-inflicted deaths in custody of 18-24 year olds. Our principal conclusions and recommendations are presented in Chapter 4 of this Report. They take the form of a blueprint for a strategic approach to the treatment of young adults, under the ownership of the Ministry of Justice (MoJ) but with the involvement of a range of criminal justice agencies. In Chapter 1 of the Report we consider evidence on the needs and characteristics of young adults in the criminal justice system, including propensity to criminal behaviour arising from factors such as their social background, and research into young people’s psychological and neurological maturation and issues such as brain development, learning disability and acquired and traumatic brain injury. Our conclusion from this evidence is that “there is a strong case for a distinct approach to the treatment of young adults in the criminal justice system” and that “[d]ealing effectively with young adults while the brain is still developing is crucial for them in making successful transitions to a crime-free adulthood” (paragraph 24). In Chapter 2 we look at the current approaches of the Ministry of Justice, the National Offender Management Service (NOMS) and other criminal justice agencies towards young adults, examining questions of governance, policy and practice. On the issue of governance, we conclude that existing arrangements are “unsatisfactory” and that “the various age definitions applied by the [MoJ] are … confusing and do not inspire [a] coherent approach …” (paragraph 32). In respect of their policies and guidance, it is our view that the MoJ and NOMS do not give sufficient weight to the implications of brain maturation for young adult men and women aged 21 to 25 (paragraph 44). We welcome the MoJ’s commitment to develop a screening tool for assessing psycho-social maturity for use in prisons and also potentially community settings, although we consider that the omission of certain factors such as mental disorders from the screening process may be a missed opportunity (paragraph 53). Similarly, we welcome the inclusion of the considerations of maturity in the Crown Prosecution Service Code and Sentencing Council guidelines, while noting that it is not clear what impact this has had in practice (paragraph 77). On the question of probation services following the Transforming Rehabilitation reforms we welcome robust measures put in place by the Youth Justice Board, the National Probation Service and NOMS to handle the transition from the youth justice system to adult services (paragraph 84). In Chapter 3 of our Report we consider the merits of various options proposed to us in evidence to improve the way young adults are treated in the CJS, such as extending the youth justice system to include young adults, improving screening tools and assessments, preventing and countering violence and self-inflicted harm, ensuring developmentally appropriate interventions designed to encourage desistance from crime, and introducing reforms to practices in courts, prisons and the community with the same objectives. Our discussion of these options informs the blueprint for a strategic approach which we present in Chapter 4 of our Report. Details: London: House of Commons, 2016. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Seventh Report of Session 2016–17: HC 169: Accessed November 7, 2016 at: http://www.t2a.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/justice-committee-report-on-young-adults-in-the-CJS-October-2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Treatment Programs Shelf Number: 145314

Author: College of Policing (U.K.) Title: Bail report. Pre-charge bail -- an exploratory study Summary: The College of Policing today released its study into pre-charge bail which looked at the reasons behind the length of bail required by police. It comes after the Government proposed legislation to limit bail, authorised by inspectors, to 28 days. The new legislation also recommends bail which is extended beyond 28 days should be authorised by a superintendent and cases where bail is extended for three months or more be agreed at magistrates' court. Police use pre-charge bail as a way for officers to question a suspect and then allow the individual to return to their normal routine while further investigations are carried out. The law also allows officers to attach conditions to bail which can protect complainants or witnesses, preserve evidence and mitigate the risk of further criminality. The legislation introduces the requirement for bail to be used only when it is necessary and proportionate - so many cases where bail is currently imposed will no longer meet the required standards and those suspects would be released unconditionally. The professional body for the police worked with nine forces over six months to gather evidence involving more than 17,000 cases. It found; The average length of time individuals spent on pre-charge bail, including extensions, was 53 days 41 per cent of all cases involving violence and sexual offences were bailed for more than 28 days Forensic analysis was one of the key drivers of long periods of pre-charge bail. The study found 60 per cent of cases involving suspects who were bailed for more than 90 days involved some form of forensic analysis Phone downloads was the most frequent type of forensic analysis given as a reason for bail Other reasons that were cited for longer periods of bail were the file being with the Crown Prosecution Service for a decision on charging and the need to obtain a professional witness statement, for example, from a medical practitioner. The study found the implications for imposing a 28 day limit could create some difficulties for officers and staff including; A significant proportion of cases that are likely to require conditions, such as violent and sex offences, are currently bailed for more than 28 days The majority of rape cases are currently bailed for more than 28 days A high proportion of cases where computer interrogation was cited as the reason for bail were sexual offences, with an average bail length of 84 days, which may be difficult to reduce A high proportion of cases where phone downloads were cited as the reason for bail were drug offences, for which the average number of days bailed was 71. Details: Ryton-on-Dunsmore, UK: College of Policing, 2016. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 7, 2016 at: http://www.college.police.uk/News/College-news/Pages/Pre-charge-bail-report.aspx Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Detention Shelf Number: 149202

Author: Adler, Joanna R. Title: Evaluation of the Forgiveness Project within prisons Summary: The Forgiveness Project (TFP) is a UK based charity that uses real stories to explore how ideas around forgiveness, reconciliation and conflict resolution can have a positive impact on people's lives. One aspect of the charity's work is a programme run within prisons, targeted at the early stages of a sentence. TFP describe their prison programme as an intensive, group based intervention that encourages prisoners to explore concepts of forgiveness and reparation in a framework that fosters greater accountability and responsibility. Every course is co-facilitated by at least one ex-offender and a victim/survivor of serious crime. The intervention can be seen as being restorative and preparatory; those who take part in the programme will tend to be relatively early on in their sentence. TFP centres on the personal testimonies of both victims and perpetrators of crime and violence. TFP is unlike many other restorative initiatives in that it has no political or religious affiliation and TFP's prison programme is similarly secular in its approach. TFP aims to facilitate changes in attitude and thinking styles of offenders. That is, to encourage prisoners and young offenders in finding their own pathways to change. In finding those pathways, they may draw on many different resources and insights. These could include personal, communal, spiritual or religious beliefs that they may have, whether or not they have previously seen those beliefs as relevant to their offending behaviours. TFP run programmes via both education and psychology units. The emphasis on individual change is also intended to differentiate TFP from prison or National Offenders Management Service interventions. This person centred, facilitative but non prescriptive approach was adopted with the intention that prisoners and young offenders would be more responsive to the intervention than they may be to other, more standardised, manual based programmes. ii Design and Participant Information This evaluation was commissioned to build on a previous qualitative examination of the work of TFP within prisons and to provide information that would begin to evaluate its impact. The aims included consideration of the extent to which TFP is meeting its objectives and assessment of whether adequate safeguards are in place for the young offenders and adult prisoners who participate in the intervention. We adopted a triangulated approach using quantitative and qualitative methodologies with: 1. A prospective, longitudinal sample of male young offenders and older male prisoners and matched control groups (a total of 20 research and 20 control group participants across two institutions, followed up over 3 months). 2. A sample of 7 prison staff drawn from the same two institutions. 3. A retrospective, cross-sectional sample of 4 adult, male prisoners from a third institution. Our key hypotheses for this evaluation were: H1: That TFP will encourage greater awareness of victims and victim empathy. H2: That TFP will encourage enhanced cognitive processing and improved thinking skills. H3: That participants will face psycho-social challenges that result in additional needs, currently unmet. These needs include increased anxiety, challenges to self-esteem and increased negative attitudes. Details: London: Middlesex University, 2012. 87p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 7, 2016 at: http://www.thebromleytrust.org.uk/Indexhibit/files/Restore%20evaluation%20final%20report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mediation Shelf Number: 150549

Author: Shalev Greene, Karen Title: Repeat reports to the police of missing people: locations and characteristics Summary: Hundreds of thousands of people are reported missing to the police each year. Out of the 313,000 reports to British police in 2011-2012 (SOCA, 2013) 64% involved children. Most research on missing persons tends to focus on the causes for going missing or the vulnerability of the people who go missing (for example, CEOP, 2011; NPIA, 2011; Rees, 2011). However, relatively little research attention has been given to the locations from which people go missing (Bartholomew, Duffy & Figgins, 2009; Parr & Stevenson, 2013; Stevenson, Parr, Woolnough & Fyfe, 2013). The current study focuses on the locations from which people are reported missing repeatedly in a one year period. Some of these locations are individual households but the majority are organisational facilities. Thus, our aim is to highlight issues surrounding the 'duty of care' and 'safeguarding' responsibilities of agencies in relation to people who go missing from organisational addresses (such as mental health establishments and children's care homes); specifically in relation to preventing them from going missing in the first place and the responsibility of the organisations helping to locate them. The data in this study was gathered from ONE Police force which uses the COMPACT database. This database holds the reports for all missing person reports where the person has been missing for over 2 hours. In 2011, 2,745 missing person cases opened and closed in this police force (or 40% of over 6,000 missing person cases overall). Given that the focus of this study is the location from which people went missing, only cases where the same address was linked to three cases or more in one year were included. Thus, the analysis in this report is based on 1,321 cases and 149 addresses. In the current study young people make up the great majority of those reported missing three times or more in a year. Missing people, in our sample, do not travel very far, usually travelling under 5 miles. In terms of missing persons vulnerability, only a minority of young people, in this sample, are categorised as 'high risk' and only a small minority report injury or harm while missing or are known to be involved in criminal activity. Proportionally, the highest risk group are older people, over the age of 50 years. However, the findings in this study raise some concerns about the risk assessment process and the extent to which the type of location from which a person is reported missing is used (or can be used) as an indicator of potential risk. The results show that people went missing from a variety of locations but that private care homes (57.1%) were the most common place. Almost all (99.5%) of those who went missing from private care homes were young people aged 18 years and under. Going missing from a home address (16.0%) was the next most common location; followed by mental health units (9.9%) and hospitals (7.7%). In 2011, 149 different addresses in the police force we examined reported people missing three times or more. The study highlights the impact that a few organisations have on police workload, with one private care home making 93 missing person reports in the year 2011. The cost to the police of responding to reports from the top 10 locations is estimated to be £482,250 to £879,060 (Shalev Greene & Pakes, 2013a). These repeat reports should raise the issue of the duty of care and responsibilities of health and social care organisations towards the vulnerable people for whom they are caring. The authors recognise that repeated incidents of going missing is often a reflection of the life situations of the people within these individual settings as they will often have personal difficulties, find it difficult being away from 'home' far from their family and friends, etc. However, the study raises the question of why organisations that report people missing so frequently do not always share with the police the responsibility of locating those who go missing. Details: Portsmouth, UK: University of Portsmouth, Centre for the Study of Missing Persons, 2014. 21 p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 8, 2016 at: http://www.port.ac.uk/media/contacts-and-departments/icjs/csmp/Repeat-reports-to-the-police-of-missing-people.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 145318

Author: Beckett, Helen Title: Evaluation of Safe Choices/PSNI Co-Located Pilot Initiative Summary: In 2012, Barnardo's Safe Choices service and the Police Service of Northern Ireland (PSNI) commenced a 20 month pilot initiative in which a specialist missing/child sexual exploitation (CSE) senior practitioner was co-located with a police Missing and Vulnerable Persons Officer (MVPO) in a Public Protection Unit (PPU) in a Belfast police station. The pilot initiative was developed in response to accumulated learning about the need for, and benefits of, multi-agency working in the fields of missing and CSE, and the specific contribution that co-location can make to the effective facilitation of this (Jago and Pearce 2008; DCSF 2009; Beckett 2011; Jago et al 2011). This report presents the findings of an externally commissioned evaluation of this pilot initiative, undertaken by 'The International Centre: Researching Child Sexual Exploitation, Violence and Trafficking' at the University of Bedfordshire. The evaluation was small-scale in nature, focusing on high level outcomes and process learning, rather than any detailed assessment of benefits to individual stakeholders engaged in the pilot initiative. That said, the triangulated approach adopted enables evidence-informed commentary on the benefits delivered to various stakeholder groups and the procedural and contextual factors that facilitated or hindered effective delivery of these benefits. The report commences with an overview of the pilot initiative and the anticipated outcomes identified by the project partners. These provide the core framework for the evaluation and consequently the structure of the report. Before reporting on outcome delivery, an overview of the evaluative approach is presented, alongside a commentary on the challenges experienced within this and the implications of these for the commentary contained within this report. The report proceeds with an overview of the identified benefits of the pilot initiative, presented by the stakeholder cohort: the project partners, young people, parents/carers and colleagues from other professions. It concludes with an exploration of potential barriers and enablers and associated learning for future similar endeavours. Details: Ilford, UK: Barnardo's, 2014. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 8, 2016 at: http://www.barnardos.org.uk/sc_pilot_initiative_revised_evaluation_report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 146282

Author: Blascak, Nathan Title: Identity Theft as a Teachable Moment Summary: This paper examines how a negative shock to the security of personal finances due to severe identity theft changes consumer credit behavior. Using a unique data set of linked consumer credit data and alerts indicating identity theft, we show that the immediate effects of fraud on consumers are typically negative, small, and transitory. After those immediate effects fade, identity theft victims experience persistent, positive changes in credit characteristics, including improved risk scores (indicating lower default risk). We argue that these changes are consistent with increased salience of credit file information to the consumer at the time of severe identity theft. Details: Philadelphia: Research Department, Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, 2016. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: RB of Philadelphia Working Paper No. 16-27 : Accessed November 10, 2016 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2859366 Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Consumer Protection Shelf Number: 146277

Author: Bilazarian, Talene Title: Countering Violent Extremism: Lessons on Early Intervention from the United Kingdom's Channel Program Summary: Executive Summary:  Countries investing in early intervention to prevent terrorism have much to learn from observing the UK’s well-established de-radicalization program and the innovative approaches being developed at the local level to challenge extremism.  Interviews with law enforcement and local government officials in UK cities reveal the importance of identifying appropriate intervention providers, educating local service professionals outside of law enforcement, recording personal data sensitively, and maintaining clear language around intervention that increases transparency.  Efforts to avoid alienating community members and include a broader range of service providers outside of law enforcement help to remove the stigma associated with deradicalization programs and increase community willingness to engage with early intervention locally. The Channel Intervention Program: Relevance for US Policymakers The United Kingdom has over eight years of experience with early intervention to prevent terrorism. Many of these efforts have centered around the Channel program, a local safeguarding panel designed to support vulnerable individuals who are at risk of being drawn into violent extremism. Channel is looked upon as a model for early intervention to counter radicalization, inspiring similar programming around the world, such as the FBI's Shared Responsibility Committees. The development of Channel has been rapid, with many hard-earned lessons gained nationally and from local experience optimizing Channel programs in diverse contexts. It is vital that practitioners outside the UK aiming to organize similar efforts learn from the UK’s longstanding experience with early intervention. Channel is an admittedly imperfect program with a checkered history--often beleaguered by a lack of transparency and varied implementation quality, particularly surrounding inappropriate referrals of British Muslims for baseless reasons. The program has featured heavily within national debates about whether counter-radicalization efforts curb free speech or discriminate against Muslim communities , a discussion which is beyond the scope of this paper. This report instead focuses on how countries investing in early intervention efforts can maximize the utility of these programs by observing the development of the Channel program, and learn from its triumphs and its mistakes, both nationally and at the local level. It will extract transferable best practice from the UK's experience with Channel in the hope that it will offer guidance to those pursuing effective intervention programming in the US and other countries. Core findings gained from interviews with law enforcement and local government officials across the UK include the importance of identifying appropriate intervention providers, educating local service professionals, recording personal data sensitively, and maintaining clear language around intervention. A sensitive approach to early intervention can avoid alienating community members and include a broader range of service providers outside law enforcement. Among other things, this will contribute towards removing some of the stigma associated with intervention, as a surveillance project maintained exclusively by police. The history of Channel demonstrates how small steps to increase transparency and include community members dramatically increases local willingness to participate in early intervention programs, advancing larger efforts to prevent violent extremism at home and abroad. Details: Washington, DC: George Washington University, Program on Extremism, 2016. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 10, 2016 at: https://cchs.gwu.edu/sites/cchs.gwu.edu/files/downloads/Channel%20UK%20Final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Deradicalization Shelf Number: 141066

Author: Crates, Emma Title: Building a Fairer System: Tackling Modern Slavery in Construction Supply Chains Summary: The Chartered Institute of Building (CIOB) is calling for greater industry collaboration to eradicate unfair labour practices. Clients and tier one organisations need to take greater responsibility for their supply chains. Priority should be given to tackling illegal recruitment fees, according to a new report Building a fairer system: tackling modern slavery in construction supply chains, launched today (Wednesday 13 July). The report, produced in consultation with a number of businesses and NGOs, including Amnesty International, Verite, Engineers Against Poverty and the Institute for Human Rights and Business, examines the root causes of slavery, and sets out priority actions for moving the industry towards greater transparency. Slavery remains a problem hidden in many sectors. The International Labour Organization estimates that there are 21 million people in forced labour around the world, generating profits in the private economy of $150 billion. Interpol estimates that only 5 to 10 per cent of cases are ever reported. With its fragmented supply chains, opaque procurement processes and high demand for migrant labour, the construction sector faces a unique set of challenges in tackling human rights abuses. It is a priority area for the UK's first Anti-Slavery Commissioner, Kevin Hyland OBE, who writes a foreword for the report. Building a fairer system examines how workers from developing countries become tricked or coerced into paying illegal and extortionate recruitment fees, and, once in debt, become vulnerable to exploitation in their place of work. Abuses range from forced or bonded labour, late payment, unsanitary living conditions, unfair deductions from wages, withheld passports and loss of freedom of movement, lack of representation, violence, intimidation and physical abuse. The report also examines how faults in the procurement process allow exploitative practices to remain hidden in building materials supply chains. It includes a series of case studies and recommendations from organisations that are working to shift cultural practices and norms: How ethical recruitment firm FSI Worldwide‘s integrated cross-border operations are eradicating illegal recruitment fees The steps that CH2M has taken to implement a new global worker welfare policy Hewlett Packard’s move to direct labour Qatar Rail’s worker welfare strategy Marshalls’ ten-year initiative to protect vulnerable children and migrant workers in stone quarrying communities Bechtel’s "bottom up" approach to tackle exploitation in metal mining. Details: Bracknell, UK:Chartered Institute of Building, 2016. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 10, 2016 at: https://policy.ciob.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/CIOB_Modern_Day_Slavery_WEB.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Construction Industry Shelf Number: 146971

Author: Haughey, Caroline Title: The Modern Slavery Act Review Summary: Questions addressed by the review • Is there sufficient awareness of the criminal justice measures contained within the Act? • How well are the measures in the Act being implemented? • Are there gaps in the provisions of the Act? • What recommendations are there to fill any gaps found? The review’s terms of reference and methodology are annexed. Findings The Modern Slavery Act has set an international benchmark to which other jurisdictions aspire. All legislation must evolve with time but the Act itself is fit for purpose and our priority should be to maximise the impact of the provisions that came into force a year ago. One year on, operational agencies are beginning to use the powers in the Act. While slavery remains under-reported, the Act and wider work have raised slavery in the consciousness of the general public and practitioners. The operational response to slavery is improving: • More victims are being identified: in 2015, 3,266 potential victims were identified and referred for support, a 40% increase on the previous year. • Better protections are in place • Increased number of proactive and reactive police investigations • Increased number of prosecutions and convictions (most still under the old offences) • Prosecutors are enhancing their understanding of the law and needs of victims through use of the vulnerable witness tools • At a judicial level awareness is increasing and training is being put in place But work to translate the Act into real world results is inevitably a work in progress. Despite stand-out examples of good practice, there is a lack of consistency in how law enforcement and criminal justice agencies deal with modern slavery. The stand-out issues are: • Training for police officers, investigators and prosecutors is patchy and sometimes absent • Insufficient quality and quantity of intelligence about the nature and scale of modern slavery at national, regional and international level, which hampers the operational response • Lack of a structured approach in operational agencies to identifying, investigating, prosecuting and preventing slavery, including learning from what works and what does not • Some complainants not being afforded the vulnerable witness protections available to them during and after the Court process Details: London: Home Office, 2016. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 10, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/542047/2016_07_31_Haughey_Review_of_Modern_Slavery_Act_-_final_1.0.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 141091

Author: Aldred, Joe Title: ' Who is my neighbour?' A Church Response to Social Disorder linked to Gangs, Drugs, Guns and Knives Summary: This report is an expression of our churches' deep concern about negative gang-related social disorder and violent crimes; their effects upon society at large, particularly the young; and the perspectives of the churches on and contributions to finding solutions. The main tools of negative gang activity are drugs, guns, and knives; the use of which has resulted in the maiming and tragic loss of many young lives, long jail sentences for the convicted perpetrators and the destabilisation of urban communities. But this phenomenon does not occur in a vacuum, its causes are complex and are linked to wider social issues.Therefore, this report is interested in the social, economic, political and environmental issues that provide the context within which gang-related social disorder and violent crimes occur. Addressing such complex context requires a holistic approach that considers both causes and effects if we are to uncover a message of faith, hope, and love of neighbour. The report aims to quantify and value the contribution of the churches in addressing gang-related social disorder, reveal gaps in thinking and provision and provide churches with guidelines of good practice. It also aims to identify partnership opportunities to better address the issue. It was commissioned by the Enabling Group of Churches Together in England (CTE)3 and prepared by the Secretary of Minority Ethnic Christian Affairs.4 As a national ecumenical instrument, CTE has a role in helping the Church make an effective contribution to the search for solutions to gang-related social disorder. In commissioning this report CTE recognises that although this issue is sometimes presented as a 'Black problem', gang-related disorder is a challenge of national proportions impacting all communities, particularly urban communities. One contributor to our discussions pointed out that "this need for information and for strategic intervention represents a massive opportunity for CTE in the context of national programs." Churches and Christian-led initiatives are already playing crucial roles in addressing these difficult issues; however, to date, there has been no national scoping of what is currently being done. During the preparation of this report Premier Radio published 'Church Consultation on Violent Crime' in association with the Metropolitan Black Police Association. Gang-related crime is of growing national concern. Last year street violence claimed the lives of 26 teenagers in London. Recent research published by NCH, the children's charity, shows that as many as 29% of young people are affected by gun and knife crime and 36% are worried about gangs in their area. The paper calls for greater recognition of the extent to which young people are the victims of crime; improvements in their access to structured activities each week; young people to have a say in shaping their local communities; and the safeguarding of services that engage the most vulnerable young people and communities through ustainable funding.The publication of 'Who is my neighbour?' comes at a time of heightened awareness of the need to give young people a voice and greater prominence in planning and funding at both local and national levels. Details: London: Churches Together in England, 2008. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 11, 2016 at: http://www.cte.org.uk/Groups/236211/Home/Resources/Pentecostal_and_Multicultural/Who_is_my/Who_is_my.aspx Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Churches Shelf Number: 147319

Author: Overview and Scrutiny Title: Partnership working to tackle gang violence in Birmingham Summary: In recent years a number of high profile murders and the accompanying media coverage have ensured the term ‘gang’ has entered common usage. Gangs are certainly not new to Britain, but the nature and scale of gang culture today is very different to that of previous generations. In this review we chose to focus on the effectiveness of partnership and multi agency arrangements for tackling gang violence in Birmingham which involved examining the Birmingham Reducing Gang Violence (BRGV) work stream of the Safer Birmingham Partnership (SBP). During the review we heard from City Council officers and external partners involved in the tackling gangs agenda. We also heard from a range of community groups and service users in the hotspot areas targeted by the partnership. Gangs and gang violence The issue of gang violence is a national one. However significant problems are restricted to a small number of areas, the majority of which are neighbourhoods in and around the major conurbations of London, Liverpool Manchester and Birmingham. Birmingham itself has a real challenge around violence committed with firearms. In 2006-07, 55% of all non-air weapon recorded firearms offences in England and Wales occurred in just three police authority areas: the Metropolitan Police Service, Greater Manchester Police and West Midlands Police. Currently, West Midlands Police estimate that there are around 400 gang members in Birmingham, of which most are concentrated in the North West of the City. Government departments, other public sector bodies, think tanks and academics have formulated a variety of definitions of a ‘gang’ but no single definition has been universally adopted. Most definitions will include some or all of the following aspects: crime and violence, identity, territory and group self-awareness. Wide ranging criminal activity and violence are also defining characteristics of gangs. However, this does not mean that a desire to be involved in crime and violence is usually the motivation for membership, but rather that membership is likely to lead to involvement of individuals in crime and violence. The term gang for the basis of the review focused on the modern street gang made up of individuals who group together based on local streets, neighbourhoods and identities and have a negative impact on the community and people around them. The focus was also on the public space violence which some of these gangs undertake, usually with an offensive weapon such as a gun or knife and which is visible to the community surrounding it. The partnership response The BRGV partnership evolved from the findings of a report into the New Year shootings of Charlene Ellis and Latisha Shakespeare in 2003. The Safer Birmingham Partnership recognised the need for a joined up approach as public violence presents an ongoing challenge not only to the Police but to all other partners. The aim of the BRGV partnership is to eradicate incidents of gang related violence. All interventions aimed at tackling gang violence are considered to ensure they support the strategic aspirations, achieve outcomes and prevent duplication of effort. Operationally the BRGV partnership exists to enforce the law, reduce harm, protect the community, offer help to those who want it and provide the community with a voice.intended Details: Birmingham, UK: Birmingham City Council, 2010. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 11, 2016 at: https://www.birmingham.gov.uk/downloads/file/470/partnership_working_to_tackle_gang_violence_in_birmingham_scrutiny_report_april_2010 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gang-Related Violence Shelf Number: 141109

Author: Institute for Criminal Policy Research, King's College Title: Preventing Knife Crime in Wandsworth Summary: In Britain today there is considerable concern about violent crime, especially knife crime and the injury that it causes. This study was commissioned by Wandsworth Teaching Primary Care Trust to determine the extent of knife crime in the borough, and to suggest ways in which the PCT could assist in tackling it. Police data show that, in 23 months to February 2009, there were 721 incidents in Wandsworth involving knives or other sharp objects. Recent particular trouble spots were in the area around Tooting Broadway. The availability of health service data in the borough is patchy, as it is nationally. Improved collection of these data, and more systematic sharing with other agencies, would be especially helpful in repeat victimization, given that explanations of knife crime often focus on reprisals. Several initiatives to tackle knife crime, or aimed at early intervention with young people, are underway or planned in Wandsworth. Many involve multi-agency input. The PCT is well placed to contribute to and coordinate some of these initiatives; however, this potential is not currently being exploited. Engaging accident and emergency staff and others involved in the provision of primary health care will assist in framing knife crime, and violent crime as a whole, as a public health issue. This has untapped potential to make a significant contribution to preventing injury and mortality arising from the use of knives. Details: London: Institute for Criminal Policy Research, 2009. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 11, 2016 at: http://www.kiyan.org/newsite/wp-content/uploads/Preventing_Knife_Crime_3-APRIL-2009.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Knife Crime Shelf Number: 141110

Author: Lai, Keith Title: Does Supervision After Release From Prison Reduce Re-offending? Summary: Currently, in England and Wales, adult prisoners serving a sentence of 12 months or more are supervised by the Probation Service "on licence" upon release from custody, whilst those serving a sentence of less than 12 months are not. This paper summarises work exploring the use of a Regression Discontinuity Design to assess the impact of this supervision on re-offending rates. The analysis compares the re-offending rates of offenders either side of the 12 month licence supervision threshold. It is based on offenders with one or no previous convictions and sentenced to around a year in custody. © Crown copyright 2013 You may re-use this information (excluding logos) free of charge in any format or medium, under the terms of the Open Government Licence. To view this licence, visit http://www.nationalarchives. gov.uk/doc/open-governmentlicence/ or email: psi@nationalarchives.gsi. gov.uk Where we have identified any third party copyright material you will need to obtain permission from the copyright holders concerned. First published July 2013 ISBN 978-1-84099-606-7 Contact info: mojanalyticalservices@ justice.gsi.gov.uk Key findings  For offenders with one or no previous convictions, the one-year re-offending rate is between 14 and 17 percentage points lower for offenders on licence than similar offenders not on licence.  Extending the analysis to a two-year re-offending rate increased the difference between the offenders on licence and offenders not on licence to between 16 and 20 percentage points.  These estimates are statistically significant at the 5% level. Whilst none of the results relating to the three-year re-offending rate were statistically significant at the 5% level, the size of the re-offending reductions are only a little smaller in absolute terms than for the one and two year re-offending reductions. More generally, the estimates are less reliable and subject to more uncertainty the longer the time period from release.  The analysis suggests that a period of probation supervision after release from custody reduces the re-offending rate of offenders sentenced to around one year in custody and with one or no previous convictions. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2013. 3p. Source: Internet Resource: Analytical Summary: Accessed November 11, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/224557/supervision-after-release.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Supervision Shelf Number: 130133

Author: Wong, Kevin Title: The development and Year One Implementation of the Local Justice Reinvestment Pilot Summary: The Local Justice Reinvestment (LJR) Pilot is testing the extent to which local partners in six pilot sites can be incentivised to work together more effectively to tackle crime and reduce reoffending. These partners receive a financial reward if they reduce adult demand on criminal justice services by 5% or more and youth demand by 10% or more in each of the two test years (July 2011 – June 2012, July 2012 – June 2013) measured against the baseline period (July 2010 – June 2011). The pilot sites are Greater Manchester and the London boroughs of Croydon, Hackney, Lambeth, Lewisham and Southwark; covering adult and youth criminal justice systems in all sites except Hackney. This report focuses on the initial findings from a process evaluation of the LJR pilot (commissioned by the MoJ) and examines the early development and implementation of the pilot in the first test year. The methodology was primarily qualitative and included: interviews with strategic and operational managers; interviews and focus groups with front line staff; workshops to map partnership and criminal justice system (CJS) changes and a focus on exemplar interventions at three sites. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2013. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Analytical Series : Accessed November 11, 2016 at: http://www.no-offence.org/pdfs/37.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cooperation Shelf Number: 130132

Author: Armstrong, Sarah Title: International Evidence Review of Conditional (Suspended) Sentences: Final Report Summary: Executive Summary Introduction, Background and Methodology i. This review presents international evidence on the effect of conditional sentences on: sentencing practices (including possible net widening effects), reo-ffending rates and public and other stakeholder perceptions. ii. A trend of rising imprisonment rates in many parts of Europe, North America and Australia and New Zealand has led to renewed policy interest in suspended sentences. Research shows use of suspended sentences has been accompanied both by rising and falling prison admissions, and the review of the evidence aims to improve the ability to understand how these different results are possible. iii. We focused our review of conditional sentences to specific sentences of imprisonment which are suspended for a period of time and never served so long as the person sentenced has displayed good behaviour and in some cases complied with additional conditions. The review further focused on jurisdictions where suspended sentences had a distinct origin in enabling legislation as well as their own penal aims. iv. There was insufficient research on deferred sentences to include them in this review. In parts of Scotland schemes of ‘structured deferred sentences’ are available to provide interventions mainly to low tariff offenders who have underlying needs, in order to avoid ‘uptariffing’ them to probation or community service. They may offer a useful tool in a wider strategy of reducing unnecessary use of prison. v. Evidence was identified through existing knowledge and research of the team involved and traditional searches of relevant publications and databases. This review is not a meta-analysis and does not evaluate the methodologies of the literature cited. Details: Glasgow: Scottish Centre for Crime and Justice Research, 2013. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: REPORT No.01 /2013: Accessed November 11, 2016 at: http://www.sccjr.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/Conditional-Sentences-FINAL-january-2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Conditional Sentences Shelf Number: 130115

Author: Gliga, Teodora Title: The 'Knife Crime' phenomenon -- A psychological perspective on youth knife culture Summary: • Many young people carry knives not with the deliberate intention to harm, but to protect themselves or to gain respect from peers. It is important to decrease fear of crime and give young people alternative strategies to build self-esteem. • Although it is not possible to predict whether and when an individual will commit a violent crime, research into the psychology of violent behaviour has uncovered those individual and social factors that increase the likelihood of a violent act. • "Norms of behaviour" are acquired through social learning from family or peers. These norms can lead to automatic behaviour choices: when aggressed, retaliation is the only response that comes to mind. • Adolescence, a period of increased sensitivity to peer pressure, heightened interest in risk taking and decreased sensitivity to punishment, adds to the risk of getting involved in violent conflicts. • To work on the adolescent brain, deterrent and corrective measures should be built on positive feedback for good behaviour instead of negative feedback for bad behaviour. • Certainty of punishment and not the harshness of punishment deters young people from crime. • To decrease recidivism custodial punishment must be accompanied by appropriate, long term, psychological and social interventions. It is possible to change a young person's social environment, or give them the cognitive tools to diminish the impact of a negative social environment. • To increase efficiency all interventions should be designed based on scientific theories and evidence. Where possible, their impact should be evaluated using golden-standard statistical methods (i.e. randomized controlled trials). Details: London: BPS Parliamentary Office, 2009. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2016 at: http://www.cbcd.bbk.ac.uk/people/scientificstaff/teodora/knifecrimereport.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Knife Crime Shelf Number: 141113

Author: Lipscombe, Sally Title: Knives and offensive weapons Summary: The criminal law sets out two main categories of offence relating to knives and offensive weapons: offences relating to possession, and offences relating to sale and supply.For example, it is an offence to possess an offensive weapon or bladed or sharply pointed article in a public place or on school premises. The Legal Aid, Sentencing and Punishment of Offenders Act 2012 introduced a new aggravated form of these possession offences,which is committed when the person in possession of the weapon uses it to threaten another in such a way that there is an immediate risk of serious physical harm to that other person.Offenders aged 16 or over convicted of the new aggravated offences will receive a mandatory custodial sentence.In June 2008 the Home Office launched the Tackling Knives Action Programme (TKAP),which focused on the police response to teenage knife crime. TKAP came to an end in March 2011. Home Office research concluded that, while there had been reductions in serious violence involving teenagers and young adults across the country between 2007 and 2010, there was little discernible difference between those areas targeted by the TKAP programme and those that were not. It was not therefore possible to directly attribute reductions in the TKAP areas to TKAP activities.In June 2010 the Government asked Brooke Kinsella, a former Eastenders actress whose younger brother Ben murdered in a knife attack in 2008, to review and assess anti-knife crime projects in place across England and Wales. The outcome of her review was published on 2 February 2011. Recommendations included greater anti-knife crime work inschools and better early intervention with younger children.On the same date as Brooke Kinsella’s review was published, the Home Secretary announced £18 million of ring-fenced funding to help tackle teenage knife, gun and gang violence. Yvette Cooper, the shadow Home Secretary, argued that the Government's announcement of new funding was "disingenuous" as it came alongside cuts to the budgets of police, local authorities and youth services. For statistics, please see Library Standard Note 4304 Knife crime statistics.This information is provided to Members of Parliament in support of their parliamentary duties and is not intended to address the specific circumstances of any particular individual. It should not be relied upon as being up to date; the law or policies may have changed since it was last updated; and it should not be relied upon as legal or professional advice or as a substitute for it. A suitably qualified professional should be consulted if specific advice or information is required.This information is provided subject to our general terms and conditions which are available online or may be provided on request in hard copy. Authors are available to discuss the content of this briefing with Members and their staff, but not with the general public. Details: London: House of Commons Library, 2013. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Standard Note: SN/HA/330: Accessed November 12, 2016 at: http://fliphtml5.com/bxkl/vsit/basic Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 141114

Author: Walsh, Mark Title: Knife Crime: The Reality and Its Implications Summary: In recent years, 'knife crime' has become a highly politicized 'signal crime' (Innes, 2004), with some even suggesting that the media fervor has primed us for a new 'moral panic' (see discussions in Squires, 2009; Squires and Kennison, 2010). While a series of high-profile stabbings have necessitated a governmental response1, the problem, as noted by Eades et. al., remains that "'it is not always entirely clear what it actually is or what they actually mean when they use the term. 'Knife crime' potentially encompasses a very broad range of offences and thus causes problems in both the definition and determination of its prevalence...Whatever the meaning, the public and political debate about 'knife crime' would benefit from both an attempt to define what is actually meant by the term and a more careful, and less sensational, use of it" (2007: 9) This report is intended to address the concerns. Its purpose is to inform the public and political debate on this topic by providing a synthesis of statistical data, pertinent legislation and relevant academic scholarship in order to define the nature, extent, motivations for and causes of knife crime in the United Kingdom. Building off this foundation, it will then engage in a critical examination of current and potential strategies, concluding that the solution lies in developing a multi-faceted, strategic, proactive approach that addresses the systemic causes of youth violence rather than a reactive, enforcement approach. Details: London: Kiyan Prince Foundation, 2011. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2016 at: http://www.kiyan.org/newsite/wp-content/uploads/Knife-Crime-The-Reality-and-Its-Implications4.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Knife Crime Shelf Number: 141115

Author: Brookes, Lorna Title: Two Qualitative Studies Reviewing the Perspective of Doubly Disadvantaged Adult Prisoners on Pursuing Education, Training or Employment (ETE) Post-Release Summary: This report combines the findings of two qualitative study conducted on behalf or IMPACT in 2006. This research focused upon two cohorts: female prisoners of working age and male prisoners aged 50 to 65 years. Both of these groups are considered to be especially doubly disadvantaged in the labour market due to their criminal records in combination with common restrictive factors pertinent to their individual populations. Details: Liverpool: Liverpool Hope University, 2007? 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2016 at: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/242535713_Two_Qualitative_Studies_Reviewing_the_Perspective_of_Doubly_Disadvantaged_Adult_Prisoners_on_Pursuing_Education_Training_or_Employment_ETE_Post-Release Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Aged Offenders Shelf Number: 146691

Author: Scotland. Independent Advisory Group on Hate Crime, Prejudice and Community Cohesion Title: Report of Independent Advisory Group on Hate Crime, Prejudice and Community Cohesion Summary: Recent events in Orlando and, closer to home, following the EU Referendum, demonstrate starkly that hatred and prejudice continue to have very serious consequences for people and communities across society. The Independent Advisory Group on Hate Crime, Prejudice and Community Cohesion was established last year by Scottish Ministers to advise on the current state of these issues in Scotland, and to suggest further steps to tackle these issues and build a Scotland where everyone matters. I have been privileged to undertake this work with my fellow group members. It is worth noting that the Advisory Group has been established some years after the introduction in Scotland of legislation to strengthen protections against hate crime. This is therefore an opportune moment to reflect on the journey Scotland has been on since then, and the impact of policy and legislation nationally on the lives and experiences of individuals and communities locally. The Advisory Group has been busy during its relatively short lifespan. Meetings and focus groups have enabled the Advisory Group to gain a direct understanding of the human cost of prejudice and hate crime in Scotland and its profound impact on personal lives and social cohesion. We were both moved and humbled to listen to many of these stories of trauma and resilience. The meetings underlined that facing prejudice and fear remains part of the everyday life of too many people in Scotland, escalating into direct personal violence and threat. We heard of people routinely abused on the street or on public transport, of people isolated in their own homes because they feared to go out and of verbal and physical abuse ranging from insults and catcalling on a daily basis to being spat on, or molested. We heard stories of bullying at school and in the workplace and of people frightened by the changing news agenda which seemed to blame everyone of one religious group or another. We heard of young people feeling isolated as the only member of a minority in small communities. It was clear to the Advisory Group that much of this experience remains hidden to the general public. Only those acts that are serious enough as to warrant criminal prosecution and with sufficient evidence ever reach the courts, and the sensationalism of such incidents through the media masks the deeper long-term impact of persistent lower level forms of abuse that are a continuing part of the day-to-day experience of too many. We heard of many cases where the victims of hate decided not to proceed for fear of drawing further violent attention to their circumstances and of many incidents where the absence of witnesses made prosecution difficult. Of greater concern is that we also heard of the acceptance by many people in these minority communities that a certain amount of abuse is just 'part of life'. Prejudice and hate have a huge impact on the quality of life of individuals the community to which they belong. Trust becomes more difficult, and whole families and groups withdraw into smaller circles of safety with huge consequences for the overall level of trust and social capital across the whole of society. Even worse, this degree of isolation and fear is a threat to the basic values of an open democratic society and undermines the rule of law and the principle of equality under the law. The long-term impact of social isolation is only beginning to be understood, but it is already clear that it leads to a degeneration of both the personal mental and physical health and wellbeing and this, in turn, leads to a disintegration of community cohesion. Even worse, alienation can lead directly to radicalisation and violence and contribute further to the stability of society as a whole and the quality of life of everyone. Addressing prejudice and hate crime is therefore not only an issue for minorities or those who are targeted but must be a priority concern for the whole of society. Change will require political leadership, including legal support and public policy, as well as changes in behaviour in attitudes in community and society. Our concern in this report is not to pretend to resolve these issues, but to reflect on the learning from our listening process, to analyse the research evidence and to suggest practical pathways to reduce hate, prejudice, violence, isolation and mistrust. Details: Edinburgh:The Advisory Group, 2016. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2016 at: http://www.gov.scot/Resource/0050/00506074.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias Crimes Shelf Number: 147847

Author: Wheller, Levin Title: Evidence Reviews: What works in Training, Behaviour Change and Implementing Guidance? Summary: This paper presents the findings of a rapid evidence assessment designed to explore the evidence base on effective training practice. The evidence assessment has been conducted within a three week period, following systematic principles, but is not exhaustive and may be biased towards published sources rather than grey literature. The time constraints have resulted in a tightly restricted scope, limited to published evidence for which electronic abstracts were available and contained within databases held by the National Police Library. . In addition, strict inclusion criteria have been applied so that only the strongest available evidence is included ; hence the focus of the searching was on systematic reviews, with the minimum requirement for inclusion of any individual studies being a pre-post test with comparison (level three on the Maryland Scale). From just over 1,000 references identified by the initial searches, only 22 papers met the inclusion criteria. In addition, 12 papers which were not received from the National Police Library or British Library by 1st October 2010 could not be included. Ten papers were finally included in this review, nine of which are full systematic reviews. Details: London: National Policing Improvement Agency, 2010. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2016 at: http://whatworks.college.police.uk/Research/Documents/What_Works_in_Training_and_Behaviour_change_REA.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 131141

Author: Fildes, Alistair Title: ACPO Reducing Bureaucracy Programme: Understanding crime recording Summary: The ACPO Reducing Bureaucracy Programme Board and the ACPO Performance Management Business Area commissioned NPIA Research, Analysis and Information (RAI) to undertake exploratory research on crime recording. The purpose of the research was to help identify and explain sources of potential unnecessary work relating to the crime recording process and to inform the development of force initiatives intended to improve the process. Findings are based on opinions of frontline police officers and officers and staff involved in the management of crime and the audit of the crime recording process. Sources of perceived unnecessary work The research identified three key sources of perceived unnecessary work relating to crime recording: reclassification, no-criming, and pursuing ‘unwilling’ victims. Reclassification takes place when an initial crime classification is believed to be incorrect. No-criming is the term used for actions taken when subsequent information establishes that a crime did not in fact occur. Repeated attempts to contact victims who do not wish to be involved in the investigation, in order to establish further detail about the nature of the incident, is in part a consequence of data requirements to support reclassification and no-criming decisions. Two overarching issues and five specific themes identified in the research help to explain perceived unnecessary work and disproportionate activity in relation to crime recording. The weighting or relative importance of these themes is difficult to assess as they often appeared to interact with and overlap each other. Overarching issues: Risk aversion and use of professional judgement Many respondents felt that their organisation was risk-averse in relation to crime recording; a risk-averse culture could explain to some extent levels of internal supervision and audit that accompany recording, reclassification, and no-criming decisions. Though many respondents saw the principles of the National Crime Recording Standard (NCRS) – the system which determines whether or not an incident is recorded as a crime – and the complexity of the Home Office Counting Rules (HOCR) – the guidelines by which crimes are classified as specific offences – as limiting their ability to use professional judgement, there appears to be scope for greater use of judgement within current structures. Details: London: National Policing Improvement Agency, 2011. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2016 at: http://whatworks.college.police.uk/Research/Documents/Understanding_crime_recording.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 131144

Author: Myhill, Andy Title: Community engagement in policing: Lessons from the literature Summary: Community engagement has become increasingly prominent in policing and wider government policy in the last five years. Initial thinking around what effective community engagement looks like for the police service appears in the police reform White Paper (November 2004). There is agreement between Home Office policy units on the core aspects of community engagement, although this has never been captured in a written, public-facing definition. Defining community engagement Concepts such as ‘engagement’, ‘involvement’, and ‘participation’ are often used interchangeably in the literature. The review uses existing typologies of community participation to suggest a typology for policing. The review also suggests the following definition of community engagement for policing policy: The process of enabling the participation of citizens and communities in policing at their chosen level, ranging from providing information and reassurance, to empowering them to identify and implement solutions to local problems and influence strategic priorities and decisions. The police, citizens, and communities must have the willingness, capacity and opportunity to participate. The police service and partner organisations must have a responsibility to engage and, unless there is a justifiable reason, the presumption is that they must respond to community input. Community engagement can operate at three principal levels – the ‘democratic mandate’ level, which sets the dominant philosophy for policing; the neighbourhood level, which focuses on local priorities and problems; and an intermediate strategic level, focusing on wider force, regional and national issues and priorities. The term 'community engagement' is used less frequently in the US, where 'community policing' is the all-encompassing philosophy, reflecting elements of both 'citizen focus' and 'neighbourhood policing' that have been adopted in the UK. The majority of evidence in the review comes from evaluations of community policing programmes in the US. Details: London: National Policing Improvement Agency, 2012 (first published 2006). 113p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2016 at: http://whatworks.college.police.uk/Research/Documents/Community_engagement_lessons.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 131145

Author: Co-ordinated Action Against Domestic Violence Title: In plain sight: effective help for children exposed to domestic abuse: CAADA's 2nd national policy report Summary: Too many children are living with domestic abuse. Almost all (97%) of the children in our dataset were exposed to domestic abuse, of which almost half (46%) was severe domestic abuse. • These experiences were not new. Some 42% of mothers and 30% of fathers had experienced or perpetrated domestic abuse in a previous relationship. • We found a major overlap between domestic abuse and direct harm of children. Two thirds (62%) of the children exposed to domestic abuse were also directly harmed, most often physically or emotionally abused, or neglected. As a proportion of the whole dataset, this means that 28% of children were physically harmed, 58% emotionally abused and 18% neglected. • In this dataset, the perpetrator of the domestic abuse was very often also the perpetrator of direct harm to the child. In 91% of cases a perpetrator was the same in both types of abuse: of these matched cases, predominantly the father (64%) or mother’s male partner (25%). • These children’s families were vulnerable in multiple ways. Our data show a clear cooccurrence between the ‘toxic trio’ risk factors of domestic abuse, substance misuse (alcohol and/or drugs) and parental mental ill health. Nearly a third of mothers (31%) and a third of fathers (32%) in these families experiencing domestic abuse disclosed either mental health problems, substance misuse, or both. • Children were suffering multiple physical and mental health consequences as a result of exposure to domestic abuse. Amongst other effects, over half (52%) had behavioural problems, over a third (39%) had difficulties adjusting at school and nearly two thirds (60%) felt responsible or to blame for negative events. • A quarter (25%) of children exposed to domestic abuse, equally boys and girls, exhibited abusive behaviours, mostly towards their mother (62%) or sibling (52%) and rarely towards their father or mother’s male partner, despite these individuals perpetrating the abuse in most of these cases. The children were were most commonly physically abusive, in 82% of cases. • The highest rates of abusive behaviour were amongst 15 to 17 year old children. • Those children showing abusive behaviour were more likely to have been victims of more severe direct harm, including neglect, physical abuse and emotional abuse. • Children were more likely to display abusive behaviour after their exposure to domestic abuse had ended, and were less likely to do so whilst still exposed to abuse Details: Bristol, UK: caada, 2014. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2016 at: http://www.safelives.org.uk/sites/default/files/resources/In_plain_sight_the_evidence_from_children_exposed_to_domestic_abuse.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 104574

Author: Okara, Umeka Akubuike Title: A Survey of Male Attendees at Sandyford Initiative: Knowledge, Attitudes, Beliefs and Behaviours in Relation to Prostitution Summary: ABSTRACT OBJECTIVES: To gain a detailed understanding of the knowledge, attitudes, beliefs, and behaviours in relation to prostitution among male attendees at a routine clinical sexual health service. DESIGN: A cross-sectional survey using purposive sampling. SETTING: The Sandyford Initiative, Glasgow. PARTICIPANTS: 241 male attendees at the GUM drop-in and Corner clinics of The Sandyford Initiative. MAIN OUTCOME MEASURES: Knowledge, attitudes, beliefs, and behaviours. RESULTS: 440 males attended the clinics during the study period. Of 346 men approached, 241 (69.7%) accepted participation. There was no statistically significant difference between the men who participated in the study and the men who did not participate in terms of their age (t=-0.638, p=0.523); deprivation area (X 2 =1.889, p=0.339); sexual orientation (X 2 =0.111, p=0.739); and diagnosis of STI (X 2 =0.561, p=0.454). The clients of prostitutes are varied and are not significantly different from non-clients except in their occupational status (p<0.001). While, non-clients were likely to show better knowledge on the level of risk involved in patronizing prostitutes, the clients show significantly better knowledge on the problems of prostitutes. Non-clients were more likely to feel that it is acceptable for a father or son to pay for sex (p=0.011); it is difficult to leave prostitution once into it (p<0.011); and that prostitution is not wrong (p<0.011). They are less likely to feel that women freely choose to be involved in prostitution (p<0.011). The motivational factors which cause men to purchase sex act are consistent with other research findings. 15.4% (n=37) of the respondents had ever paid for sex. 65.8%of the respondents had watched pornography. Greater proportion (81.1%) of those who had paid for sex had watched pornography as compared to 63.1% of those who had not paid for sex. Three quarters of the clients first paid for sex when they were 16-20 years old and a further 22.8% did that at 21-25 years. Vaginal sex was the commonest sex bought and clients were more likely to buy sex abroad. CONCLUSIONS: It is feasible to study men's perspectives of prostitution at a routine clinical sexual health service setting. The clients of prostitutes are varied and are not significantly different from non-clients except in their occupational status. Clients were more in paid employment and were less self employed or unemployed than non-clients. While, non-clients show more knowledge on the level of risk involved in patronizing prostitutes, the clients show significantly better knowledge on the problems of prostitutes. The motivational factors which cause men to purchase sex act are consistent with other research findings. 15.4% (n=37) of the respondents had ever paid for sex. Watching pornography was significantly associated with paying for sex. Payment for sex is commonly initiated before the age of 20. Vaginal sex was the commonest sex bought and clients were more likely to buy sex abroad. Details: Glasgow: University of Glasgow, Faculty of Medicine, Department of Public Health and Health Policy, 2005. 119p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 14, 2016 at: http://www.womenssupportproject.co.uk/userfiles/file/Microsoft%20Word%20-%20Project.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Pornography Shelf Number: 146674

Author: Beddoe, Christine Title: Class Acts? Examining modern slavery legislation across the UK Summary: In 2015 the Modern Slavery Act, the Human Trafficking and Exploitation (Criminal Justice and Support for Victims) Act (Northern Ireland), and the Human Trafficking and Exploitation (Scotland) Act entered into force in the UK. These Acts have introduced new offences of human trafficking and other forms of modern slavery, as well as a raft of provisions aimed at preventing modern slavery and protecting its victims. The purpose of this research was to review and compare the key provisions in these three Acts, to assess the extent to which they contribute to the UK’s implementation of the 2005 Council of Europe Trafficking Convention and EU Trafficking Directive , and the extent of their implementation to date. The report considers whether the Acts have better equipped the UK to tackle modern slavery. The research was undertaken through a combination of desk research, parliamentary questions and interviews with key stakeholders. The introduction of this legislation marks a significant development in the UK’s efforts to tackle this crime. A considerable amount of time and expertise was involved in the drafting of the legislation, and the resulting laws passed are comprehensive in scope. The Acts, and the scrutiny surrounding them, served to shine a spotlight on the issue of modern slavery and galvanise efforts to tackle it. The Prime Minister's recent announcement to continue her work on fighting modern slavery is encouraging and signals that the momentum gained in this regard will not be lost. However, the ATMG has found, through reviewing the Acts' provision, that there are significant differences in a number of key areas across the three jurisdictions of the UK, for instance in both the statutory support entitlements for adult victims and in the non-criminalisation provisions. In the majority of cases where differences occur, it is the Modern Slavery Act that falls short of its counterparts in Scotland and Northern Ireland. The ATMG is concerned that there isn’t a robust monitoring framework in place to oversee the implementation and impact of the Acts, and calibrate their success. This research highlights continuing weaknesses in data collection and the lack of a central, statutory body with the responsibility to collate and analyse data on both victims and perpetrators and to assess the interface between the various data streams across the UK. There must also be greater oversight and accountability to ensure that data on victims is stored safely and used effectively. The ATMG believes the Independent Anti-Slavery Commissioner would, with the necessary resources and independence, be ideally placed to have oversight of modern slavery data collected in the UK. However, this is currently not part of the Commissioner's role. Details: Anti-Slavery International, 2016. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 14, 2016 at: http://www.antislavery.org/includes/documents/cm_docs/2016/a/atmg_class_acts_report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Workers Shelf Number: 146646

Author: Foster, Rowan Title: Evaluation of the Employment and Reoffending Pilot: Lessons learnt from the planning and early implementation phase Summary: The evaluation of the Employment and Reoffending Pilot aims to draw out lessons learned from its design, development, implementation and delivery, including any reasons for the results it achieves, providing valuable learning to inform the implementation of Transforming Rehabilitation. This report contains findings from the first phase of the evaluation, covering the set-up and first six months of operation of the pilot. Annex D - Topic Guides used in the Employment and Reoffending Pilot Evaluation is published as a separated document alongside this report. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2013. 54p., annex. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 15, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/265287/employment-reoffending-pilot.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Ex-Offender Employment Shelf Number: 146640

Author: Cleary, Andrew Title: Surveying Prisoner Crime Reduction (SPCR): Waves 3 and 4 (Post-release): Samples 1 and 2 Technical Report Summary: Surveying Prisoner Crime Reduction (SPCR) is a longitudinal study which aimed to track the progress of 4,000 newly sentenced prisoners in England and Wales from 2005 to 2010. At the time it was the largest survey of prisoners ever undertaken in Britain. Ipsos MORI was commissioned to undertake the survey by the Research Development and Statistics Directorate (RDS) National Offender Management Service (NOMS) at the Home Office, now Offender Management and Sentencing Analytical Services (OMSAS) at the Ministry of Justice (MoJ). The broad aim of SPCR was to explore how interventions might work in combination to address the range of prisoners' needs. More specifically, SPCR aimed to assess prisoners' problems and needs on reception, how these are addressed during and after custody and the combined effect of any interventions on offending and other outcomes, in light of prisoners' background characteristics, after release from prison. 1.2 Research Design This report describes the data collection for the Waves 3 and 4 interviews, each of which was conducted after release from prison for the SPCR sentence. Wave 3 field work was conducted from April 2006 to April 2010 and Wave 4 from May 2007 to October 2010. Separate reports provide the sampling and data collection information for the Wave 1 and Wave 2 interviews (Cleary et al. 2012a; 2012b). SPCR consists of an overall sample of 3,849 prisoners in two parts: a representative sample of 1,435 prisoners (Sample 1) sentenced to between one month and four years (76% were sentenced to less than 12 months), and a sample comprising 2,414 prisoners sentenced to between 18 months and four years (Sample 2). The rationale for Sample 2 was to interview more prisoners who had been in custody long enough to undertake prison interventions. Both samples followed the same four-stage longitudinal design: 1. Wave 1 (reception) interviews, conducted shortly after prisoners' reception into custody 2. Wave 2 (pre-release) interviews, conducted shortly before release, or at the same time as the reception interview (using a "combined" version of the questionnaire) for those Sample 1 prisoners on shorter sentences (mostly sentenced to less than six months) 3. Wave 3 (post-release two-month) interviews, conducted one to two months after release 4. Wave 4 (post-release six-month) interviews, conducted six months after prisoners' release (Sample 2 only) 1.3 Structure of the Waves 3 and 4 Technical Report This report describes the methodology and processes employed during setup, field work, data processing, and data outputs processes for the Waves 3 and 4 (post-release) stages of SPCR. Survey results from Waves 3 of SPCR are available on the MoJ website (e.g. MoJ, 2010, Sadlier 2010, Williams et al., 2012a, Williams et al., 2012b, Cunniffe et al., 2012, Hopkins, 2012, Boorman & Hopkins, 2012; Light et al., 2013; Brunton-Smith & Hopkins 2013; 2014; Hopkins & Brunton-Smith 2014). It is structured into the following sections: Section 2: Sample eligibility and tracing procedures - keeping in contact with eligible prisoners. Section 3: Field work - interviewer briefings, field work procedures and survey response rates. Section 4: Waves 3 and 4 interviews - topics covered and procedures used. Annex: Waves 3 and 4 questionnaires. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2014. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Analytical Series : Accessed November 15, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/296776/spcr-waves-3-and-4-technical-report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Interventions Shelf Number: 146642

Author: Mackay, Lesley Title: Evaluation of the Regeneration of Hulme, Manchester Summary: Hulme has a disheartening past in terms of housing and development with a number of attempts to clear and re-develop it over the 20th century. This development culminated in the building in the 1960s of the now infamous yet architectural-award winning Crescents, deck-access blocks of dwellings and 13 tower blocks. By the 1980s and early 1990s major problems were becoming evident: "from heating inadequacies to pest infestation and from child safety to symptoms of depression, isolation and ill-health." (Hulme Regeneration Limited 1994) Foreword). The deck access dwellings "are inhuman in scale, forbidding in presence, unsafe and wholly unsuitable for families with children(Manchester City Council 1992 p.4 para. 4.2) and "crime rates are high" (Manchester City Council 1992 p.4 para. 5.1). In the early 1990s Hulme continued to be an area of Greater Manchester which suffered from particularly high levels of deprivation, unemployment and poor housing. The demolition of the deck access blocks (but not the tower blocks) was the start of a programme in 1992 to regenerate Hulme which continues up to the present time. But what impact have these most recent transformation had on Hulme and its residents? Has Hulme become a safer place? Is it sustainable? This case study examines the changes in crime rates and other sustainability objectives identified by the Hulme Guide to Development. Case studies of residential area will be conducted within Manchester, London and Sheffield. While case studies generally focus on city centre environments and Hulme is located approximately one mile from the centre of Manchester, this residential area is of particular interest. Using a New Urbanist approach, attempts were made to integrate the area with the city centre and create a safer environment. In this sense, the Hulme redevelopment aimed to create the type of open and permeable residential environments required for sustainability, without incurring actual or perceived increases in crime. The Hulme redevelopment is also widely quoted as an example of good practice and potentially influences government policy Details: Salford, UK: University of Salford, 2006. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: VIVACITY 2020: Work Package 3: Secure Urban Environments by Design, Case Study 2: Housing: Accessed November 15, 2016 at: www.vivacity2020.co.uk Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 145895

Author: Skidmore, Michael Title: The role and impact of organised crime in the local off-street sex market Summary: Key Messages • In a single city 65 brothels, linked to 74 offenders, were identified over a two-year period. Over three quarters (77 per cent) displayed links to organised crime groups. • There was a high level of turnover and movement of those working in brothels. In a third (29 per cent) of brothels there was evidence that sex workers' movements had been controlled. • Organised crime pervades the off-street sex market but was not prioritised for a response by local police teams. • No single agency took ownership of the problem of exploitation in the off-street sex market and there was very little proactive engagement with vulnerable sex workers. Details: London: The Police Foundation, 2016. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Reducing the Impact of Serious Organised Crime in Local Communities: Accessed November 16, 2016 at: http://www.police-foundation.org.uk/uploads/holding/projects/organised_crime_and_the_adult_sex_market.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Organized Crime Shelf Number: 144846

Author: Gerry, Felicity Title: Women in prison: is the justice system fit for purpose? Summary: This discussion paper builds upon our first paper Women in Prison: Is the penal system fit for purpose? That paper was presented at a forum hosted by Halsbury's Law Exchange on 11 November 2014. In the paper, we adopted what we considered to be a realistic approach to the issue of reform, accepting that some women will receive custodial sentences upon conviction. However drawing upon research conducted by various organisations including the Ministry of Justice, we noted that the inevitable conclusion to be drawn from the data was that the penal system is failing women. For example, it is clear that women prisoners are far more likely than their male counterparts to have mental health issues, to self-harm and be dependent on drugs. We acknowledge the commitment made by the then Minister Simon Hughes MP at the 2014 forum to address these issues and some of the efforts made by the Ministry of Justice since, including comparative statistical analysis. We note, however, that statistics on exploitation, abuse and coercion are not included as either reasons for non-prosecution or as mitigating factors at sentencing. Our 2014 paper was originally created with a view to a full report in 2015 on penal policy and rehabilitation for women. However, in the intervening period stakeholders published comprehensive reports and publications which address many of the issues we raised. We have set these out in our comprehensive bibliography but draw attention in particular to the work of the Prison Reform Trust in their women's programme and Bromley Prison briefings, and the work of the Howard League for Penal Reform and their participation in and publication of the work of the All Party Parliamentary Group on Women in the Penal System. Since our last paper, numbers of female prisoners have fallen but most women are still experiencing the devastating effects of short term sentences.8 Incidents of self-harm by female prisoners also seem to be falling but many are still reporting having experienced emotional, physical or sexual abuse as a child and domestic violence.9 The closing of HMP Holloway prison has raised concerns that the priority is selling of valuable estate rather than providing housing, family links and alternative services.10 These issues and more mean that this paper and the linked forum are still necessary to discuss the justice system and whether it is fit for purpose for women. Details: London: Halsbury's Law Exchange, 2016. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 16, 2016 at: http://blogs.lexisnexis.co.uk/halsburyslawexchange/wp-content/uploads/sites/25/2016/11/SA-1016-077-Women-in-Prison-Paper-ONLINE-FINAL.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 144848

Author: Dustmann, Christian Title: The Effect of Local Area Crime on Mental Health Summary: This paper analyses the effect of local crime rates on residents' mental health. Using longitudinal information on individuals' mental well-being, we address the problem of sorting and endogenous moving behaviour. We find that crime causes considerable mental distress for residents, mainly driven by property crime. Effects are stronger for females, and mainly related to depression and anxiety. The distress caused by one standard deviation increase in local crime is 2-4 times larger than that caused by a one standard deviation decrease in local employment, and about one seventh of the short-term impact of the 7 July 2005 London Bombings. Details: London: Centre for Research and Analysis of Migration Department of Economics, University College London , 2014. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: CReAM Discussion Paper Series, no. 28/14: Accessed November 17, 2016 at: http://www.cream-migration.org/publ_uploads/CDP_28_14.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Communities and Crime Shelf Number: 144855

Author: National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children Title: What children are telling us about bullying: Childline bully report 2015/16. Summary: Thousands of children and young people contact Childline every year for advice and support on how to deal with bullying. It is one of the most common issues that children talk to us about. In 2015/16, we delivered over 25,700 counselling sessions about bullying. Bullying is not a new problem. Many of the stories that we hear are sadly all too familiar, but we are seeing changes in how, when and where children are being bullied. Young people have talked to us about being bullied on online gaming sites, being subjected to sexual bullying online and being targeted for racist and faith-related bullying following recent high profile terrorist attacks. Bullying is an issue that younger children are more likely to talk to us about than older children. It is also an issue that boys are more likely to talk to us about than girls. Bullying can have serious and life-long effects on a child. The impact of bullying can be devastating for some children. In the immediate term, it can affect academic performance and is linked to mental and physical health problems. In a quarter of our counselling sessions about bullying, the young person also talked about mental health and well-being issues. Most organisations working with children understand how important it is to have anti-bullying strategies in place. When children report bullying to teachers, schools have clear procedures to follow to respond to the incident and support the children involved. However, as this report highlights, some children still feel unable or unwilling to report bullying to teachers or other adults. Many of the other young people who talk to us have told someone else about the bullying, but they did not feel that things had got any better for them. But we also hear from young people who have spoken out about being bullied and say that telling an adult is the best way to tackle the problem. Furthermore, we look at the advice and support from young people shared via Childline's online message boards. One of the most powerful messages shared by children and young people who have experienced bullying is that people being bullied are not alone and that things will get better. This report aims to: • increase awareness and understanding of what bullying looks like for some young people today; • help schools and other organisations working with children think about how to ensure that young people have confidence that reporting bullying behaviour will make a difference; • highlight the importance for young people of receiving support from their peers. Details: London: NSPCC, 2016. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 18, 2016 at: https://www.nspcc.org.uk/globalassets/documents/research-reports/what-children-are-telling-us-about-bullying-childline-bullying-report-2015-16.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 145084

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty’s Inspectorate of Prisons Title: Children in Custody 2015-16: An analysis of 12–18-year-olds’ perceptions of their experiences in secure training centres and young offender institutions Summary: This independent report by HM Inspectorate of Prisons (HMIP), commissioned by the Youth Justice Board (YJB), presents the findings from 767 questionnaires completed by children detained at every secure training centre (STC) (N=3) and young offender institution (YOI) (N=5; plus a separate specialist unit at one site) between 1 April 2015 and 12 April 2016. All surveys were conducted to support unannounced inspections of each establishment. The surveys enable comparisons to be made with the results from 2014–15 and between children with different characteristics or experiences. Surveys have been conducted in YOIs since 2001–02 and in some cases, where the same question has been asked consistently, we can identify trends over the full length of that period. The number of children in custody fell by 53% between 2010–11 and 2015–16, made up largely by falls observed in the number of children held in YOIs (down 59%). Over the longer term, the secure children's estate population has fallen by 66% since 2005–06. In relation to STCs, our survey findings during 2015–16 show that: • the proportion who identified as being from a black or other minority ethnic background was 41%; • the proportion who identified as Muslim was 15%; • the proportion who said they were from a Gypsy, Romany or Traveller background was 12%; • nearly a quarter of children (23%) reported feeling unsafe at some point since their arrival at the STC and 10% felt unsafe at the time of the inspection – those children who reported having ever felt unsafe also reported poorer experiences than those who had not; • almost a third of children (31%) reported being victimised by being shouted at through windows; • compared with last year, children were significantly less likely to say that it was explained to them why they were being searched on their arrival at the STC (74% compared with 86%); that the search had been carried out respectfully (85% compared with 95%); or that they had spoken to someone about how they were feeling on their first night in the centre (66% compared with 79%). In relation to YOIs, our survey findings during 2015–16 show that: • forty-seven per cent of the boys were from a black or minority ethnic background, the highest rate recorded during our time inspecting the secure estate; • those with experience of the local authority care system (37%), Muslim boys (22%), boys reporting a disability (19%) and those identifying as being from a Gypsy, Romany or Traveller background (7%) continued to be disproportionately over-represented across the YOI estate when compared with the population as a whole; • when asked if they had ever felt unsafe at their establishment, 46% of boys said they had, again the highest figure we have recorded through our surveys; • in the last 12 months there was a significant increase in the proportion of boys who reported being victimised by other detainees (35% compared with 26% in 2014–15) or members of staff (32% compared with 25% in 2014–15);• children who had ever felt unsafe were more likely than other children to report that they: considered shouting through windows to be a problem at their establishment; arrived there with gang problems; did not feel that they were treated with respect by staff; could not talk to someone when they needed to (like a chaplain, peer mentor, member of the Independent Monitoring Board (IMB), or an advocate); and had more problems upon arrival at their YOI, suggesting that strategies to help children feel safer should focus on addressing these issues; • there was a significant fall in the proportion of boys who felt YOI staff treated them with respect (only 63% compared with 70% in 2014–15); • the proportion of boys with a job in their establishment had fallen significantly in the last 12 months (16% compared with 28% in 2014–15); • the proportion of boys engaged in a job (16%), vocational training (11%) and offending behaviour programmes (16%) across the YOI estate was lower in 2015–16 than at any point since 2010–11. Comparing YOI and STC survey responses for 2015–16 showed that children held in STCs were significantly more likely to report that they felt treated with respect by staff, that complaints were sorted fairly and that the food was 'good' or 'very good'. They were also less likely to report that they had been restrained or that they had felt unsafe at the cen Details: London: HM Inspectorate of Prisons; Youth Justice Board, 2016. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 18, 2016 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprisons/wp-content/uploads/sites/4/2016/11/Children-in-Custody-2015-16_WEB.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Detention Centers Shelf Number: 147949

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Prisons Title: Unintended Consequences: Finding a way forward forward for prisoners serving sentences of imprisonment for public protection Summary: This short thematic review outlines the significant ongoing challenges of managing and progressing the large number of prisoners serving sentences of imprisonment for public protection (IPP) who remain in the prison system in England and Wales. It is widely accepted that implementation of the sentence was flawed and that this has contributed to the large numbers who remain in prison with this sentence, often many years post-tariff. It has to be recognised that some people with IPP sentences remain dangerous, and need to be held in prison to protect the public. However others present much lower levels of risk but system failures have impeded their progress. These failures have been evident since the sentence was introduced, a fact acknowledged by the Home Secretary responsible for implementing the sentence, David Blunkett MP, who has said: 'We certainly got the implementation wrong. The consequences of bringing that Act in had led, in some cases, to an injustice and I regret that.'1 In the introduction of the joint thematic report about IPP sentences (2008), the then chief inspectors of prisons and probation said: ‘This report should be required reading for all those in the criminal justice system, but particularly those who propose and put in place new sentences or are responsible for implementing them. It is a worked example of how not to do so.’ They went on to say: ‘The crisis (with the IPP sentence) has a long tail: there are thousands of prisoners already in the system who, together with the prison and probation services, will feel its consequences for a long time to come.’ These were prophetic words, given that eight years later the system is still struggling to find solutions to the legacy of the IPP sentence. Although the sentence has been abolished, a significant number of men and women are still in prison well beyond the point originally intended by the courts and politicians who legislated for the sentence. While decisions about progression and release by the Parole Board are based on the principle of risk, it is clear that significant failings in the prison, probation and parole systems are contributing to the numbers of IPP prisoners still in prison years after the end of their tariff. In addition, the number of those recalled to prison is high, which begs the question of whether preparation for release is fully effective in preparing prisoners for this step, and whether support in the community is appropriate. There are three main reasons why decisive action must be taken to improve this situation. Firstly, for many of the IPP prisoners, it is not clear that holding them well beyond their end-of-tariff date is necessarily in the interests of public protection, and therefore there are issues of fairness and justice. Secondly, the cost to the public purse of continuing to hold the high numbers of IPP prisoners is significant. Thirdly, the pressures IPPs exert on the system in terms of risk management activity, demand for offending behaviour programmes and parole processes is significant. Resources are being stretched increasingly thinly and there are risks that prisoners will struggle to access the support they need and that delays will increase still further. The problems with the legacy of the IPP sentence are well understood and there is an openness in government to find new and innovative solutions to the problem, but action does need to be taken, and taken quickly, to ensure the consequences of mistakes made in the past do not continue to resonate for many years to come. We make a small number of recommendations which we hope will assist with a decrease in the number of people with IPP sentences held beyond their tariff expiry date. Details: London: HM Inspectorate of Prisons, 2016. 107p. Source: London: Thematic Review: Accessed November 18, 2016 at: http://www.prisons.org.uk/ippTR2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 147948

Author: Beard, Jacqueline Title: Knives and offensive weapons Summary: This Commons Library briefing paper provides information on the two main categories of offence relating to knives and offensive weapons in England and Wales: offences relating to possession and offences relating to sale and supply. This briefing sets out the various offences and sentences which are contained in a number of pieces of legislation. It also describes police guidance on cautioning and charging and government policy on knife crime Details: London: House of Commons Library, 2016. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 21, 2016 at: http://researchbriefings.parliament.uk/ResearchBriefing/Summary/SN00330 Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Knife Crime Shelf Number: 140220

Author: Birmingham City Council Title: Project Champion: Scrutiny Review into ANPR and CCTV Cameras. A Report from Overview & Scrutiny Summary: 2.1 Police ANPR Strategy 2.1.1 There is a National Strategy for ANPR for the Police. It indicates the use made of the technology: The use of ANPR technology was for a period of 20 years largely restricted to counter terrorism purposes however, since 2002 the Home Office Police Standards Unit (PSU) and the Association of Chief Police Officers (ACPO) have ensured considerable development of ANPR as a core policing tool.10 2.1.2 It also states that a strategic ACPO aim is to “target criminals through their use of the roads”. 2.1.3 The primary aims which were felt to be achieved through ANPR are: reducing crime and terrorism; increasing the number of offences brought to justice; reducing road traffic casualties; making the public feel safer and more confident in the police service; and making more efficient use of police resources. The report contains a number of milestones with the last being that by March 2010 ANPR would be embedded into core police business. 2.1.4 The ACPO role in building ANPR capability has been documented: The intensification of surveillance of the motorist is set to expand rapidly. In March 2005, the Association of Chief Police Officers demanded a national network of Automatic Number Plate Recognition (ANPR) ‘utilising police, local authority, Highways Agency, other partner and commercial sector cameras’ including the integration of the existing town centres and high street cameras, with a National ANPR Data Centre, with an operational capacity to process 35 million ANPR reads every day increasing to 50 million by 2008, stored for two years.11 2.2 CCTV in Birmingham 2.2.1 In 2008, Birmingham City Council introduced a Public Space CCTV Strategy to “establish a regulatory regime that will start to drive up standards and protect the public from misuse of CCTV systems.” Whilst this was after Project Champion had been agreed, we would nevertheless have expected the key elements of the strategy to have been adhered to by the partners. 2.2.2 A number of the key strategic priorities set out in the strategy are pertinent to our Scrutiny Review of Project Champion, notably: • Priority for the introduction of future community safety public space CCTV schemes will be assessed in accordance with the ‘Operational Requirement Analysis’; • All new public space CCTV proposals will be required to complete a full ‘Operational Requirement Assessment’ and be subject to an agreed appraisal process to ensure compliance with Home Office/Association of Chief Police Officers National CCTV Standards. New systems must be appraised as fit for purpose; • It will be mandatory for all public space CCTV schemes receiving local authority funding to agree to abide by the requirements of the ‘Birmingham Public Space CCTV Strategy’; • All proposals for new, or extensions of, existing public space CCTV schemes will be required to consult with the community and fully consider their views in any decisions made; and • All public space CCTV schemes should be governed by robust Service Level Agreements (SLAs), detailing the responsibilities and guaranteeing the commitment of all partner agencies involved. 2.2.3 Whilst the strategy covers Birmingham City Council schemes, it does emphasise the need to work closely with the Police and other agencies for the full benefits to be realised. 2.2.4 The strategy also notes the development, by the Police, of ANPR technologies and states that: The Birmingham Control Centre should have full ANPR capability so that it is in a position to support any future enforcement. 2.2.5 With regards to the future of technology it also notes: Public Space CCTV systems were never designed or intended as an anti-terrorist tool, but they have proved exceptionally useful in this role, as ever-present silent witnesses! It is possible that in the future we will see Public Space CCTV cameras supplemented with dedicated anti-terrorist cameras in high profile locations, indeed that process may already have begun. Details: Birmingham, UK: Birmingham City Council, 2010. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 22, 2016 at: https://www.birmingham.gov.uk/ Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Closed-Circuit Television Shelf Number: 140242

Author: Thornton, Sara Title: Project Champion Review: An Independent Review of the commissioning, direction, control and oversight of Project Champion; including the information given to, and the involvement of, the community in this project from the initiation of the scheme up to 4 Summary: There is nothing more important to policing than its legitimacy in the eyes of the public. The concerns of the community need to be a central preoccupation of policing and transparency needs to be a constant consideration. In the course of this review I have met members of the community and have read the press reports and it is clear that many people feel that their civil liberties have been disregarded. As a consequence, the trust and confidence that they have in the police has been significantly undermined. There is a real opportunity to learn from Project Champion about the damage that can be done to police legitimacy when the police are seen to be acting in a way which prizes expediency over legitimacy. Importantly these lessons need to be learned from a counter terrorism project where the need to maintain public support is even more acute. The review has been completed in a relatively short period of time because of the need to take immediate action to restore confidence. However, this has necessarily limited the extent of my enquiries but hopefully not my conclusions. In reviewing events I have tested several hypotheses which might explain what happened. Was the threat so severe and was the activity in the West Midlands so intense that the normal considerations of policing were ignored? Or was the consultation with the community and the marketing of crime reduction benefits just a cynical ploy to cover up counter terrorist activity? Or was there a more mundane explanation – that the project was poorly conceived and managed and while there was an intention to use the technology to reduce crime nobody ever ensured that this happened? I have weighed up the information collected and drawn the conclusions in Section 4 on the balance of probabilities. Details: Kidlington, UK:Thames Valley Police, 2010. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 22, 2016 at: http://www.statewatch.org/news/2010/oct/uk-project-champion-police-report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Closed-Circuit Television Shelf Number: 147313

Author: Thornton, Amy Elise Title: Understanding Radicalisation Summary: Given the considerable amount of effort and public resources invested in countering radicalisation, achieving a clearer understanding of what radicalisation is and of its causes is arguably a worthwhile and necessary endeavour. This thesis argues that such an understanding is lacking at present. Up until recently, researchers have relied upon interviews with current or former radicals in order to try and tease out those factors which might have contributed to radicalisation. As a result of the methodological approach, the focus has been upon individuals who are radicalised and their personal backgrounds, rather than on causal factors and mechanisms which might have been at work at other levels of analysis. Utilising and developing a tripartite theory of radicalisation by Bouhana and Wikström 2011, this thesis focuses on the emergence of radicalising settings. The role of so-called macro-level, or systemic, factors, which would affect the broader ecology and explain why settings propitious to radicalisation do or do not emerge in particular environments (e.g. communities) at particular times has been largely overlooked. One explanation is that such factors are rarely accessible through interviews conducted with those who commit terrorist acts. By using a relatively new methodology in the field, agent-based modelling, simulation experiments were conducted to examine the impact of collective efficacy and social disorganisation upon the emergence and maintenance of radicalisation within a setting. Systematic reviews were conducted in order to elucidate existing data for modelling parameters, while interviews with former radicals and current deradicalisation experts were carried out in order to provide new data for the model and add to a field in which this primary data is still limited. Agent-based modelling is shown to provide the field of radicalisation studies with a methodology in which to test and refine theory, scientifically examine current hypothesis and generate more by investigating potentially unexpected results from simulation experiments. This could be of great help to practitioners who seek to understand the impact of their interventions when conducting counter-radicalisation or de-radicalisation work in the future. Details: London: University College London, 2015. 241p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 28, 2016 at: http://discovery.ucl.ac.uk/1470565/ Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Counter-Radicalization Shelf Number: 147912

Author: Royal College of Psychiatrists Title: Healthcare Commission National Audit of Violence 2006-7: Final Report -- Older People's Services Summary: This report describes the findings from the 2006/7 phase of the National Audit of Violence which was funded by the Healthcare Commission and managed by the Royal College of Psychiatrists' Centre for Quality Improvement. A total of 69 NHS trusts and independent sector organisations took part in the programme, representing 78% of all eligible participants in England and Wales. Work focused on two specialties – older people’s services and acute services. Data was collected between October 2006 and March 2007. This report presents the findings from older people's services. • The Health and Safety at Work Act (1974) states that 'It shall be the duty of every employer to ensure, so far as is reasonably practicable, the health, safety and welfare at work of all his employees'. The audit found that 64% of nurses on older people's wards reported that they had been physically assaulted. These figures were higher than any other staff group in this specialty, or in services for adults of working age. As one nurse explained, "Sometimes it feels very much part of the daily routine to be either verbally or physically abused by patients." There are many causes of violence on wards. Trusts must use their local audit findings to develop plans that address their problems. • The Government expects that ‘Healthcare services are provided in environments which promote effective care and optimise health outcomes by being a safe and secure environment which protects patients, staff, visitors and their property, and the physical assets of the organisation’ (Core Standard C20a), yet over 40% of staff did not have access to a personal alarm, and 25% of nurses described the emergency alarm system on their ward as ineffective. Many environmental precipitants to violence are amenable to improvement and should be tackled as a matter of urgency. • The NICE Guideline (2005) details the training that those involved in preventing and managing violence on wards should receive: the audit revealed that staff in older people's services were less likely than their colleagues in services for working age adults, to have been trained. For example: although almost 80% of nurses were involved in managing incidents, only 66% of those had received the recommended training; many staff complained that their training was not tailored to the particular needs of older people’s services. Trusts must deal with shortfalls in training as a priority. • The Government’s Core Standard C13a requires that healthcare organisations have systems in place to ensure that staff treat patients, their relatives and carers with dignity and respect. The audit found high levels of compliance with the associated standards: 92% of patients reported that they had been cared for in a dignified manner; only 5% felt that their religious or cultural need had not been respected. Trusts should commend their staffs’ good practice. The NSF for Older People (2001) expects that older people will be treated as individuals and enabled to make choices about their own care. The audit revealed high levels of satisfaction with their experiences: 81% of carers reported that they had been asked to share information about their relative/friend’s likes, dislikes and fears; 98% said that they had witnessed staff caring for patients in a meaningful, person-centred way. This good practice should be shared between organisations. Local and national reports have been sent out to all participating wards and regional action planning workshops were held to support local teams to take forward service improvements. A series of 'change management' workshops are also being held to train staff to lead change within their services. The full report contains detailed findings and many quotations from participants that can help those who need to take action to get to the heart of the problems. Details: London: Royal College of Psychiatrists, 2008. 146p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2016 at: http://www.rcpsych.ac.uk/PDF/OP%20Nat%20Report%20final%20for%20Leads.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Healthcare Organizations Shelf Number: 147913

Author: Ashby, Matthew Title: Using Crime Science for Understanding and Preventing Theft of Metal from the British Railway Networks Summary: Metal theft has emerged as a substantial crime problem, causing widespread disruption and damage in addition to the loss of metal itself, but has been the subject of little research. This thesis uses the paradigm of crime science to analyse the problem, focusing on thefts from the railway network in Great Britain. Two theoretical concepts are used: crime scripts and the routine-activities approach. Police-recorded crime and intelligence data are used to develop a crime script, which in turn is used to identify features of the problem a) analysis of which would potentially be useful to practitioners seeking to understand and prevent metal theft, and b) for which sufficient data are available to make analysis practical. Three such features are then analysed in more detail. First, spatial and temporal distributions of metal theft are analysed. Metal theft appears to differ from other types of acquisitive crime in ways potentially useful for prevention, for example in clustering outside (but close to) cities, and in exhibiting significant repeat victimisation over a longer period than found for other crimes. Second, the potential crime-prevention value of the market-reduction approach is analysed by testing for clusters of thefts close to the locations of scrap-metal dealers. Scrap-yard locations are found to be a significant predictor of local thefts, controlling for metal availability, area accessibility, and density of population and industry. Third, the involvement of organised crime groups (OCGs) in metal theft is tested. Due to the difficulty of defining and measuring organised crime, multiple approaches are used: all show OCG involvement to be rarer than official estimates previously suggested. The implications of these findings for practitioners are discussed. The thesis also considers the relevance of the results for the use of crime science and the analysis of OCGs Details: London: University College London, UCL Department of Security and Crime Science, 2016. 275p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: http://discovery.ucl.ac.uk/1507833/1/thesis_final_screen.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 147914

Author: Great Britain. Department for Culture, Media and Sport Title: Child Safety Online: Age Verification for Pornography Consultation Response Summary: The manifesto commitment​: 'We will stop children's exposure to harmful sexualised content online, by requiring age verification for access to all sites containing pornographic material' As was set out in our consultation, the Government's preferred approach to delivering this commitment is to establish a new law, requiring age verification (AV) controls for online pornography ­ this was the manifesto commitment, and following consideration of the consultation responses, remains the Government’s intention. To underpin this, we will also establish a new regulatory framework, and we will ensure a proportionate approach by enabling the regulator to act in a sufficiently flexible and targeted way. Following analysis of the responses to the consultation, Government will now take several next steps. We will: 1. Bring forward legislation, in the Digital Economy Bill, to establish a new law requiring age verification for commercial pornographic websites and applications containing still and moving images, and a new regulatory framework to underpin it 2. Continue to work with payments firms and ancillary companies to ensure that the business models and profits of companies that do not comply with the new regulations can be undermined 3. Maintain ongoing engagement with pornography providers, age verification providers, and other parts of the industry, to ensure that the regulatory framework is targeted and proportionate, to achieve maximum impact and to enable compliance 4. Continue to work on broader internet safety issues, including work led by the UK Council for Child Internet Safety (UKCCIS), and raising awareness and resilience Details: London: Department for Culture, Media & Sport, 2016. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/534965/20160705_AVConsultationResponseFINAL__2_.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 147419

Author: Macdonald, Geraldine Title: The effectiveness, acceptability and cost-effectiveness of psychosocial interventions for maltreated children and adolescents: an evidence synthesis. Summary: BACKGROUND: Child maltreatment is a substantial social problem that affects large numbers of children and young people in the UK, resulting in a range of significant short- and long-term psychosocial problems. OBJECTIVES: To synthesise evidence of the effectiveness, cost-effectiveness and acceptability of interventions addressing the adverse consequences of child maltreatment. STUDY DESIGN: For effectiveness, we included any controlled study. Other study designs were considered for economic decision modelling. For acceptability, we included any study that asked participants for their views. PARTICIPANTS: Children and young people up to 24 years 11 months, who had experienced maltreatment before the age of 17 years 11 months. INTERVENTIONS: Any psychosocial intervention provided in any setting aiming to address the consequences of maltreatment. MAIN OUTCOME MEASURES: Psychological distress [particularly post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), depression and anxiety, and self-harm], behaviour, social functioning, quality of life and acceptability. METHODS: Young Persons and Professional Advisory Groups guided the project, which was conducted in accordance with Cochrane Collaboration and NHS Centre for Reviews and Dissemination guidance. Departures from the published protocol were recorded and explained. Meta-analyses and cost-effectiveness analyses of available data were undertaken where possible. RESULTS: We identified 198 effectiveness studies (including 62 randomised trials); six economic evaluations (five using trial data and one decision-analytic model); and 73 studies investigating treatment acceptability. Pooled data on cognitive-behavioural therapy (CBT) for sexual abuse suggested post-treatment reductions in PTSD [standardised mean difference (SMD) -0.44 (95% CI -4.43 to -1.53)], depression [mean difference -2.83 (95% CI -4.53 to -1.13)] and anxiety [SMD -0.23 (95% CI -0.03 to -0.42)]. No differences were observed for post-treatment sexualised behaviour, externalising behaviour, behaviour management skills of parents, or parental support to the child. Findings from attachment-focused interventions suggested improvements in secure attachment [odds ratio 0.14 (95% CI 0.03 to 0.70)] and reductions in disorganised behaviour [SMD 0.23 (95% CI 0.13 to 0.42)], but no differences in avoidant attachment or externalising behaviour. Few studies addressed the role of caregivers, or the impact of the therapist-child relationship. Economic evaluations suffered methodological limitations and provided conflicting results. As a result, decision-analytic modelling was not possible, but cost-effectiveness analysis using effectiveness data from meta-analyses was undertaken for the most promising intervention: CBT for sexual abuse. Analyses of the cost-effectiveness of CBT were limited by the lack of cost data beyond the cost of CBT itself. CONCLUSIONS: It is not possible to draw firm conclusions about which interventions are effective for children with different maltreatment profiles, which are of no benefit or are harmful, and which factors encourage people to seek therapy, accept the offer of therapy and actively engage with therapy. Little is known about the cost-effectiveness of alternative interventions. LIMITATIONS: Studies were largely conducted outside the UK. The heterogeneity of outcomes and measures seriously impacted on the ability to conduct meta-analyses. FUTURE WORK: Studies are needed that assess the effectiveness of interventions within a UK context, which address the wider effects of maltreatment, as well as specific clinical outcomes. Details: London: National Institute for Health Research, 2016. 508p. Source: Internet Resource: Health Technology Assessment Volume: 20, Issue:69: Accessed December 2, 2016 at: https://www.journalslibrary.nihr.ac.uk/hta/hta20690/#/abstract Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 140266

Author: Beyond Youth Custody Title: Trauma and Young Offenders: A Review of the research and practice literature Summary: The report presents key findings from a review of the research and practice literature concerning trauma in the backgrounds of young people who offend. It aims to highlight what is currently known about trauma within the population of young offenders, and to identify the importance of this knowledge for effective resettlement practice. It focuses on: Definitions of trauma and the different ways in which trauma has been understood in the research and practice literature The prevalence of different types of traumatic childhood and adolescent experiences in the backgrounds of young offenders The effects that such trauma can have on young people in the short-term, and its longer term impacts on emotional, social, and neurological development The links between trauma and young people's behaviour, including the extent of their capacity to comply with youth justice interventions The implications that an understanding of trauma and its effects might have for resettlement work undertaken with young custody-leavers Details: London: Beyond Youth Custody, 2016. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 2, 2016 at: http://www.beyondyouthcustody.net/wp-content/uploads/Trauma-and-young-offenders-a-review-of-the-research-and-practice-literature.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Reentry Shelf Number: 147322

Author: Burton, Robyn Title: The Public Health Burden of Alcohol and the Effectiveness and Cost-Effectiveness of Alcohol Control Policies: An evidence review Summary: Alcohol is a prominent commodity in the UK marketplace. It is widely used in numerous social situations. For many, alcohol is associated with positive aspects of life; however there are currently over 10 million people drinking at levels which increase their risk of health harm. Among those aged 15 to 49 in England, alcohol is now the leading risk factor for ill-health, early mortality and disability and the fifth leading risk factor for illhealth across all age groups. Since 1980, sales of alcohol in England and Wales have increased by 42%, from roughly 400 million litres in the early 1980s, with a peak at 567 million litres in 2008, and a subsequent decline. This growth has been driven by increased consumption among women, a shift to higher strength products, and increasing affordability of alcohol, particularly through the 1980s and 1990s. Over this period, the way in which alcohol is sold and consumed also changed. In 2016 there were 210,000 license premises in England and Wales, a 4% increase on 2010. There has been a shift in drinking location such that most alcohol is now bought from shops and drunk at home. Although consumption has declined in recent years, levels of abstinence have also increased. Consequently, it is unclear how much of the decline is actually related to drinkers consuming less alcohol and how much to an increasing proportion of the population not drinking at all. In recent years, many indicators of alcohol-related harm have increased. There are now over 1 million hospital admissions relating to alcohol each year, half of which occur in the lowest three socioeconomic deciles. Alcohol-related mortality has also increased, particularly for liver disease which has seen a 400% increase since 1970, and this trend is in stark contrast to much of Western Europe. In England, the average age at death of those dying from an alcohol-specific cause is 54.3 years. The average age of death from all causes is 77.6 years. More working years of life are lost in England as a result of alcohol-related deaths than from cancer of the lung, bronchus, trachea, colon, rectum, brain, pancreas, skin, ovary, kidney, stomach, bladder and prostate, combined. Despite this burden of harm, some positive trends have emerged over this period, particularly indicators which relate to alcohol consumption among those aged less than 18 years, and there have been steady reductions in alcohol-related road traffic crashes. The public health burden of alcohol is wide ranging, relating to health, social or economic harms. These can be tangible, direct costs (including costs to the health, criminal justice and welfare systems), or indirect costs (including the costs of lost productivity due to absenteeism, unemployment, decreased output or lost working years due to premature pension or death). Harms can also be intangible, and difficult to cost, including those assigned to pain and suffering, poor quality of life or the emotional distress caused by living with a heavy drinker. The spectrum of harm ranges from those that are relatively mild, such as drinkers loitering near residential streets, through to those that are severe, including death or lifelong disability. Many of these harms impact upon other people, including relationship partners, children, relatives, friends, coworkers and strangers. In sum, the economic burden of alcohol is substantial, with estimates placing the annual cost to be between 1.3% and 2.7% of annual GDP. Few studies report costs on the magnitude of harm to people other than the drinker, so the economic burden of alcohol consumption is generally underestimated. Crucially, the financial burden which alcohol-related harm places on society is not reflected in its market price, with taxpayers picking up a larger amount of the overall cost compared to the individual drinkers. This should provide impetus for governments to implement effective policies to reduce the public health impact of alcohol, not only because it is an intrinsically desirable societal goal, but because it is an important aspect of economic growth and competitiveness. Reflecting three key influencers of alcohol consumption – price (affordability), ease of purchase (availability) and the social norms around its consumption (acceptability) – an extensive array of policies have been developed with the primary aim of reducing the public health burden of alcohol. The present review evaluates the effectiveness and cost-effectiveness of each of these policy approaches. Details: London; Public Health England, 2016. 241p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 2, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/574055/alcohol_public_health_burden_evidence_review.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 140273

Author: Nandi, Alita Title: Ethnic and racial harassment and mental health: Identifying sources of resilience Summary: The enjoyment of physical safety and civil treatment in public spaces, regardless of race, ethnicity or religion, is a core right in modern democratic societies. This right is protected in the UK Equality Act of 2010, which prohibits harassment related to one’s race or religion (among other characteristics). Current evidence, however, documents that this right is not enjoyed by all: approximately one in ten ethnic minorities report ethnic and racial harassment (ERH) in the past 12 months, for some groups (Chinese men and women, Pakistani men, Indian-Sikh men, Indian-Muslim men and Bangladeshi women) this is higher, around 15%. Following the Brexit vote on 23 June 2016, the number of officially reported hate crimes has skyrocketed. Thus now it is even more important to identify ethnic minorities who are most vulnerable to ERH, the association between experiencing ERH and their mental health, and to identify potential sources of resilience to ERH. Using the most recent nationally representative survey of UK residents, Understanding Society (2009-2014), this paper attempts to answer these questions for ethnic minorities living in England. We find that ethnic minorities with lower socio-economic status and those who were born in the UK report worse mental health than better off and non-UK born minorities. Those who report experiencing ERH also report worse mental health than those who do not: a difference in mental health that is equivalent to the difference between two identical individuals whose household incomes differ by 8%. Indeed, even if ethnic minorities did not experience ERH but only anticipated it, they were still likely to report poorer mental health, although the magnitude of this association was smaller than those who experienced ERH. We next explored several potential protective characteristics for minority mental health. We found several individual and community characteristics which were positively associated with mental health. Having a friendship network comprised of one’s own ethnic group, attending religious services more frequently, and having a strong ethnic identity were positively associated with minority mental health, as well as higher levels of certain personality traits, Conscientiousness, Agreebleness and Emotional stability. Minorities living in a community with a higher proportion of co-ethnics also reported better mental health. However, we were only able to identify two factors that protected ethnic minorities against the association between ERH and poorer mental health. Among ethnic minorities who experienced ERH those who had more close friends (of any ethnicity) reported better mental health than those who had fewer friends. Similarly, the negative association between ERH and mental health was weaker for those who scored highly on the personality characteristics Conscientiousness and Openness to Experience. Additionally, we found two factors that made ethnic minorities more vulnerable rather than being protective. UK born minorities who experienced ERH reported worse mental health if they lived in areas where there were more co-ethnics. Similarly, among ethnic minorities who experienced ERH, those who frequently attended religious services reported worse mental health than those who attended religious services less regularly. This paper highlights the mental health cost of ethnic and racial harassment and identifies specific factors which make specific minority group members more or less vulnerable to harassment and its effects on mental health. Every effort should be made by the society to prevent ethnic and racial harassment and work together to find more activities and actions that can be undertaken by individuals and communities to protect ethnic minorities who do experience ethnic and racial harassment. Details: Colchester, Essex, UK: Institute for Social & Economic Research, University of Essex, 2016. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: ISER Working Paper Series 2016-14 : Accessed December 7, 2016 at: https://www.iser.essex.ac.uk/research/publications/working-papers/iser/2016-14.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Discrimination Shelf Number: 140320

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice Title: Statistics on Women and the Criminal Justice System 2015. Summary: This publication compiles statistics from data sources across the Criminal Justice System (CJS), to provide a combined perspective on the typical experiences of women who come into contact with it. It considers how these experiences have changed over time and how they contrast to the typical experiences of men. No causative links can be drawn from these summary statistics, and no controls have been applied to account for differences in circumstances between the males and females coming into contact with the CJS (e.g. average income or age); differences observed may indicate areas worth further investigation, but should not be taken as evidence of unequal treatment or as direct effects of sex. In general, females appear to have been substantially under-represented as offenders throughout the CJS compared with males. This is particularly true in relation to the most serious offence types and sentences, though patterns by sex vary between individual offences. Females were also typically underrepresented among practitioners in the CJS and among victims of violent crime, although they were more likely than males to have been a victim of intimate violence or child abuse. Trends over time for each sex often mirror overall trends, though this is not always the case. Victimisation According to the Crime Survey of England and Wales, there was no statistically significant difference in the proportion of women and men that were victims of crime in 2015/16. Women were less likely than men to think that the CJS is fair and more likely to believe that crime is rising. Women were more likely to have been subject to abuse as children, particularly sexual assault. They were less likely to be victims of violent crime in general, but much more likely to be victims of sexual assault or domestic violence – and female homicide victims were far more likely than their male equivalents to have a current or former partner be the principal suspect for their death. Police Activity Less than a quarter of those given a penalty notice for disorder (22%) or caution (24%) were female. Women were underrepresented to an even greater extent among those arrested (16%), who are typically being dealt with for more serious offences than those dealt with out of court. For both out of court disposals and arrests, females were particularly likely to have been dealt with for theft offences. Defendants Over the last decade, the number of females prosecuted has risen by 6%, driven by increases in prosecutions for TV license evasion, while the number of males prosecuted has fallen by a third. Nevertheless, in line with police activity, females were still substantially underrepresented among those prosecuted, at just over a quarter of the total (27%). This is broadly mirrored in convictions, remands and sentencing, although women have a slightly higher conviction ratio. Women were more likely to be sentenced to fines and conditional discharges and less likely to be sentenced to custody, compared with men. They also received shorter immediate custodial sentences on average, with the gap increasing over the last decade, driven by increases in the number of prosecutions and average custodial sentence length of male sexual offenders. Offender Characteristics Females made up a quarter of first time offenders, but only one in seven of those dealt with who had a previous caution or conviction. Males were more likely to be sentenced to immediate custody and to receive custodial sentences of 6 months or longer than females with a similar criminal history. Three-fifths of offences committed by women with 15 or more previous cautions or convictions related to theft, compared with only two-fifths for men. Although males were more likely to reoffend, females had a higher number of proven reoffences on average per reoffender. Females were slightly more likely than males to reoffend following a short custodial sentence, but considerably less likely to reoffend following longer ones. Offenders under supervision or in custody Women represented only 5% of the prison population, a proportion that has fallen over the last decade. However, in line with sentencing patterns, women were typically serving shorter sentences and represented almost 9% of those admitted to custody. Female prisoners reported feeling better supported in prison, but less safe, and they were more likely to self-harm and self-harm more frequently than men. There were lower rates of assault in female prisons, but a slightly higher proportion of disciplinary incidents relative to the population. Women typically had shorter periods of probation and fewer requirements. They were also more likely than men to participate in education in prison, to be granted home detention curfew if eligible, to make a success of release on temporary license and to have their probation orders terminated early for good progress. Offence analysis A range of differences between the sexes could be seen when individual offences are examined; typical behaviours and outcomes vary between men and women at an offence level. For example, while women were more likely than men to have been prosecuted for TV license evasion, typical sentencing behaviour was the same for both sexes, whereas prosecutions for benefit fraud were close to evenly split between men and women, but males typically received more serious sentences. Trends also vary over time at an offence level: for example, women were becoming less likely to receive an immediate custodial sentence for indictable drug offence, while males were not. In line with overall trends, however, the differences that exist at offence level usually represent either less involvement or less serious involvement in the CJS for women than men. Practitioners Women were substantially underrepresented among the police and judiciary, at just over a quarter of practitioners, but represented more than half of those working in the Ministry of Justice, Crown Prosecution Service and female prison estate. In general, CJS functions involving direct contact with offenders had fewer females than males (and vice versa for those that do not), but the proportions have been slowly getting more equal since 2011. Female representation among senior staff was considerably lower than in the general workforce for all CJS organisations, but proportions have been rising. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2016. 172p. Source: Internet Resource: A Ministry of Justice publication under Section 95 of the Criminal Justice Act 1991: Accessed December 7, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/572043/women-and-the-criminal-justice-system-statistics-2015.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 147933

Author: Hanson, Elly Title: Exploring the relationship between neglect and child sexual exploitation: Evidence Scope 1 Summary: Although any young person could become a victim of sexual exploitation, some young people may be more vulnerable to the risk of CSE in part as a result of their current or earlier adverse life experiences (Berelowitz et al, 2012; Pittenger, Huit and Hansen, 2016). This scope focuses on the ways in which experience of neglect may heighten vulnerability to CSE. Why explore the role of neglect in particular? Firstly, it is found to be the most prevalent form of child maltreatment (Radford et al, 2011), so there is a particular urgency in understanding its repercussions and potential impact on later victimisation – understanding and tackling any vulnerability neglect may create has the potential to exert a large impact across society. Secondly, attention has traditionally been focused on the link between child sexual abuse and later sexual exploitation (see for example, Pittenger, Huit and Hansen, 2016), meaning that the relationships between other forms of child maltreatment and CSE have been less widely understood. Despite it being the most prevalent form of child maltreatment, the study of neglect has itself been neglected (eg, Stoltenborgh, Bakermans-Kranenburg and van IJzendoorn, 2013). There are a variety of plausible ways in which neglect might interact with and contribute to vulnerability to CSE and, so far, these have not received adequate attention, despite their potentially significant implications for preventing the occurrence and impact of child maltreatment. This scope is therefore intended to stimulate research and reflective practice, and so help shift this state of play. This scope has sought to avoid presenting a picture that contributes to mother or family-blaming for CSE, which is a danger when focusing on neglect in childhood and its potential relationship with subsequent CSE. Other risks of focusing on this area include deflecting attention away from much-needed action around perpetrator behaviour, and the inappropriate generalisation of interventions (for example, where treatments aim to tackle vulnerabilities which are only relevant to some young people). Focusing on neglect and how it might affect vulnerability to CSE is not to downplay the other significant factors at play, such as the behaviour of perpetrators (with whom the responsibility clearly lies), and wide systemic factors such as cultural values and poverty. Rather, this scope focuses on this potential relationship as it is here that practitioners and services in the children’s sector can exert most influence. Of course, efforts at preventing and tackling sexual exploitation must clearly involve a focus on perpetrators; it is perpetrators who take advantage of the vulnerabilities in order to abuse. However, a better understanding of what might exacerbate vulnerability in young people is crucial for informing prevention and early intervention efforts. Such an understanding might highlight particular groups of children in need of support who might not otherwise qualify for help. There may also be factors that not only increase the risk, and vulnerability to CSE, but also the risk of a young person becoming entrenched within it or experiencing worse impact – such an understanding will inform both efforts at prevention and interventions that seek to address the impact of CSE. The scope’s areas of focus and structure This scope is one of three linked evidence scopes commissioned by Action for Children and the National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children (NSPCC) with Research in Practice. Scope 2 considers the potential relationship between neglect and intra-familial child sexual abuse (IFCSA) (Allnock, 2016); Scope 3 considers the potential relationship between neglect and children and young people developing harmful sexual behaviours (HSB) (Hackett, 2016). This scope explores the following questions: > Does neglect (in infancy, adolescence, or throughout childhood) contribute to a vulnerability to subsequent CSE? > Does neglect in adolescence create or contribute to a vulnerability to concurrent CSE? And does experience of CSE itself contribute to vulnerability to neglect? > If neglect does contribute to a vulnerability to CSE, which factors (psychological, social, behavioural, material, systemic) might explain this relationship? In other words, what might be the underlying reasons for any relationship between neglect and CSE (including, potentially, the actions of statutory systems). > Are there factors that increase or reduce the strength of any relationship between neglect and CSE? (this brings into discussion issues of resilience). > What are the implications for practice, policy and further research? This scope does not explore how childhood neglect could contribute to becoming a perpetrator of CSE, although some of the findings discussed may be of relevance to considering such a relationship. Scope 3 also offers some relevant messages in this respect. In answering these questions, the scope explores both areas of relative consensus and ideas that are more speculative – there are some questions that can be relatively conclusively answered on the basis of current research, and many others which cannot be, but for which the research provides clues and invites hypotheses to guide future research and practice. Details: Totnes, Devon, UK: Research in Practice, 2016. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 7, 2016 at: https://www.nspcc.org.uk/globalassets/documents/research-reports/neglect-child-sexual-exploitation-evidence-scope-1.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 147938

Author: Allnock, Debra Title: Exploring the relationship between neglect and adult-perpetrated intrafamilial child sexual abuse: Evidence Scope 2 Summary: This scope aims to explore the relationship between neglect and intra-familial child sexual abuse (IFCSA). Current approaches to the study of child abuse and neglect increasingly highlight the weaknesses in solely focusing on single forms of harm in understanding prevention, identification, impact and overcoming maltreatment and victimisation. While not all children experience multiple forms of harm, the recent literature clustered under areas of study such as ‘poly-victimisation’ (Finkelhor, Ormrod and Turner, 2007), multiple adversities (Davidson, Bunting and Webb, 2012), adverse childhood experiences , multitype maltreatment (Higgins and McCabe, 2001) and revictimisation (Classen, Palesh and Aggarwal, 2005) draw attention to the cumulative nature of harm for a significant group of other children and young people. Researchers in these areas assert the importance of understanding the full victimisation profiles of children and young people in order to address the cumulative impacts of harm comprehensively. This literature has importantly highlighted the complexity of children's victimisation but is in the early phases of describing the factors that may explain these complex experiences. Neglect is one of the most common forms of child maltreatment. In England 43% of child protection plans are initiated in response to identified neglect (Department for Education, 2015a) and in other UK nations neglect is the most common reason for children being on the child protection register (Jütte et al, 2015)2 . Cases recorded in child protection systems are likely to be merely the tip of the iceberg, however; many more cases fall below the threshold for criminal intervention (Dickens, 2007) and Radford et al's general population study (2011) found neglect was the most common form of maltreatment reported within the family. The most recent triennial review of serious case reviews (SCRs)3 found that, of the 175 SCRs reviewed in detail, neglect was a factor in 62% of all cases of non-fatal harm and in 52% of cases where a child had died (Sidebotham et al, 2016). Despite its significance, neglect is one of the least researched areas of maltreatment (see Allnock, forthcoming; Stoltenborgh, BakermansKranenburg and van IJzendoorn, 2013; Stoltenborgh et al, 2015). Oral evidence submitted to the Children's Commissioner’s Inquiry into Child Sexual Abuse in the Family Environment suggests there may be considerable numbers of children who are identified as experiencing neglect where there are additional concerns around sexual abuse in the family environment (Children’s Commissioner, 2015). It is imperative, then, to think critically about the overlap between neglect and IFCSA and to ask questions of our practice and policy in this regard. Although the evidence is complex, and in some cases lacking altogether, it is important to understand co-occurrence and to think about ways of supporting families to ensure that perpetrators find fewer opportunities to target and abuse children. The scope’s areas of focus and structure This scope is the second of three linked evidence scopes commissioned by Action for Children and the National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children (NSPCC) with Research in Practice. Scope 1 considers the potential relationship between neglect and child sexual exploitation (CSE) (Hanson, 2016); Scope 3 considers the potential relationship between neglect and harmful sexual behaviours (Hackett, 2016). This scope explores three key questions: 1) Do neglect and intra-familial child sexual abuse cooccur? And if so, to what extent? 2) How might features, types and impacts of neglect increase the vulnerability of children and young people to perpetrator methods of targeting, grooming, abusing and silencing children in the family environment? 3) How might IFCSA contribute to neglect? The focus on neglect and IFCSA in this scope does not seek to locate blame for IFCSA within individual parents (and in particular mothers, which is too often the case in the discourse about neglect) and within parenting styles/behaviours (particularly mothers' parenting styles/ behaviours). Such an approach would deflect responsibility away from the perpetrator, without whom there would be no abuse in the first place. Moreover, focusing on individual parents (mothers) would be at the expense of recognising the wider social determinants of neglect, including the ‘wide range of adverse experiences’ associated with what Hooper et al (2006) call 'societal neglect'. These points will be returned to in more detail later in the scope. Additional points to note in relation to this scope include: > The focus of this scope is on concurrent experiences of neglect and IFCSA. (Scope 1 focuses on the relationship with neglect and additional separate forms of victimisation through CSE.) > The focus of this scope is on adult-perpetrated IFCSA. (Scope 3 focuses on the relationship between neglect and harmful sexual behaviours in children and young people, touching briefly on sibling-abuse.) > There is particular emphasis on the specific emotional harm associated with betrayal by a parent, guardian or other family member. This is why the focus of this scope is on the relationship with the perpetrator, rather than the setting in which abuse takes place. > The scope focuses on concurrent experiences of neglect and IFCSA across childhood to adolescence, recognising that neither IFCSA nor neglect is confined to early childhood. > This scope is not intended to be an exhaustive review of the literature; rather it is intended to begin to interrogate these associations and raise questions where relevant about the nature of these forms of harm. Constraints of the current evidence base Very few (almost no) studies were identified that specifically considered neglect and IFCSA. There are also other important limitations to the research evidence considered for this scope (these are described more fully in Appendix A). First, there are very few prospective longitudinal studies on child maltreatment, either in the UK or abroad, and it is these that would provide the best evidence for a link between neglect and IFCSA. Second, despite neglect being the most commonly reported form of maltreatment, research on CSA is far more prevalent than on neglect. Third, research studies have historically focused on one form of abuse only; while studies acknowledging overlapping forms of abuse and adversity are now emerging, this remains an early field of study. Finally, studies on neglect and CSA use varying definitions and measurements of neglect, which makes it difficult to draw comparisons, and studies commonly do not distinguish between IFCSA and other forms of CSA. Despite these limitations, however, there is enough information in the separate literature bases (on neglect and CSA) to begin some commentary on possible ways in which neglect may increase a child’s vulnerability to IFCSA, and how IFCSA might contribute to increased risk of neglect. Details: Totnes, Devon, UK: Research in Practice, 2016. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 7, 2016 at: https://www.nspcc.org.uk/globalassets/documents/research-reports/neglect-intrafamilial-child-sexual-abuse-evidence-scope-2.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 147939

Author: Hackett, Simon Title: Exploring the relationship between neglect and harmful sexual behaviours in children and young people: Evidence Scope 3 Summary: This evidence scope explores the potential associations between a background of child neglect and children and young people who display harmful sexual behaviours (HSB). For the purpose of this scope, HSB is defined as: Sexual behaviours expressed by children and young people under the age of 18 years old that are developmentally inappropriate, may be harmful towards self or others and/ or be abusive towards another child, young person or adult. (Hackett, Holmes and Branigan, 2015) This scope is the third of three linked evidence scopes commissioned by Action for Children and the National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children (NSPCC) with Research in Practice. > Scope 1 considers the potential relationship between neglect and child sexual exploitation (CSE) (Hanson, 2016). > Scope 2 explores the relationship between neglect and adult-perpetrated intra-familial child sexual abuse (IFCSA) (Allnock, 2016). So while the first two scopes deal primarily with children and young people as victims of differing types of sexual abuse, this review is specifically concerned with the challenging area of children and young people who harm or victimise others as a consequence of their sexual behaviours. A note of caution is required about this distinction, however. As will be seen in the sections that follow, children and young people who present with harmful sexual behaviours (HSB) are commonly both victimised and victimisers and in many cases their harmful sexual behaviours represent ‘one element of a range of predisposing experiences, underlying vulnerabilities and presenting problems in their lives’ (Hackett, 2014: 11). Therefore, there is considerable overlap between issues associated with HSB and the two other scopes in this series. Readers should also bear in mind that there has been an unfortunate tendency to pathologise and demonise children and young people who present with HSB. In their paper entitled Don’t shoot, we’re your children, Chaffin and Bonner (1998) warn against the punitive, aversive and absolutist tone in which ‘treatment’ beliefs have grown about children and young people with HSB. Collectively then, the three evidence scopes offer an opportunity to see beyond what at times is an arbitrary categorisation of children’s experiences of harm and harming others. They offer an opportunity to investigate the broad question of the sexual abuse of children from three distinct vantage points. Together, they seek to assess the potential associations between these three varying elements of the sexual abuse of children and the wider issue of child neglect. Aims of the evidence scope The overall aim of this scope is to explore the associations that exist between HSB and child neglect. In so doing, it seeks to answer the following questions: > How common is neglect in the backgrounds of children and young people who display HSB? > How strongly is neglect identified as a risk factor for HSB? > Is there evidence that neglect is associated with any particular subtypes of HSB? > What are the potential associations and mechanisms between exposure to neglect and the development of HSB? > To what extent is neglect included in existing explanatory and pathway models regarding the development of HSB? > How well do existing intervention responses proposed for HSB deal with the issue of neglect? In order to answer these questions, this evidence scope is structured in the following way: > Section 2 sets the context for the scope. It considers the range of terminology used in discussion of HSB and makes some important distinctions in order to clarify what we mean by HSB. Crucially, it emphasises the importance of seeing HSB as a continuum of behaviours in childhood and adolescence, encompassing problematic, abusive and violent behaviours. This section also discusses what is meant by ‘neglect’ (discussed in more detail in Scope 2). > Section 3 briefly summarises what is known about children and young people who display HSB, with specific reference to the distinction between those whose HSB is directed towards their peers and those whose behaviours target younger children. > Section 4 examines the available evidence on the maltreatment histories of children and young people with HSB, including specific evidence for the frequency of neglect. It offers some tentative conclusions about the developmental course of HSB and the role of neglect, and outlines a speculative model for understanding the possible direct and indirect ‘pathways’ to HSB. As some forms of HSB have been theorised as part of a spectrum of antisocial and offending behaviour in youth, this section also discusses evidence on the impact of neglect on antisocial behaviour. > Section 5 considers whether particular forms and impacts of neglect may be associated with particular subtypes of HSB. In order to illustrate these potential but complex associations, Section 5 hypothesises a further model depicting multiple routes from exposure to neglect, through distinct impacts, to triggers for HSB. > In Section 6 the scope concludes by considering the extent to which approaches for assessment and intervention with children and young people displaying HSB have addressed issues of neglect. Importantly, it also asks whether neglect may itself be sometimes a consequence of such approaches. Details: Totnes, Devon, UK: Research in Practice, 2016. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 7, 2016 at: https://www.nspcc.org.uk/globalassets/documents/research-reports/neglect-harmful-sexual-behaviours-evidence-scope-3.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 140333

Author: Allnock, Debbie Title: Mapping the therapeutic services for sexual abuse in the UK in 2015 Summary: About the mapping exercise 1. The International Centre: Researching Child Sexual Exploitation, Trafficking and Violence at the University of Bedfordshire was commissioned by the National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children (NSPCC) to undertake a mapping exercise – across England, Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland - of therapeutic services for children and young people who have experienced any form of child sexual abuse (CSA), including child sexual exploitation (CSE). This mapping exercise was intended to be an update, and facilitate a comparative analysis with the 2007 audit. However, different samples and the more limited nature of the exercise means that it is inadvisable to make direct comparisons. However, the current mapping exercise has revealed new insights about a broader range of services than were included in the previous 2007 audit. 2. The current mapping exercise consisted of: 1) identification of generalist and specialist services in the four nations providing therapeutic support for any form of child sexual abuse, including child sexual exploitation (n=750); 2) an online questionnaire distributed to all identified services; 3) a small number of followup telephone interviews with service providers and 4) a small number of telephone interviews with service commissioners. A total of 130 respondents provided data in the questionnaire on 149 services, giving a service response rate of 20%. Key findings There were a range of findings across funding and commissioning experiences of services, provision for children and young people, current service use and met and unmet need among the sample. Key findings include:  Obtaining full and accurate data on current service use is complex and difficult, and the task has not improved since the 2007 audit where similar difficulties were encountered. A key recommendation in that report was an improvement in the recording of data, particularly by services such as Child and Adolescent Mental Health Services (CAMHs) but the evidence suggests this has not been addressed. This makes it incredibly difficult to establish solid evidence about the need/demand for services and whether or not current provision is adequately meeting the demand.  Some of the generalist services in the current mapping exercise were unable to provide referral figures on CSA/CSE because they do not tend to disaggregate their figures on this particular issue.  The referral data provided in the current mapping exercise shows an overall gap (a 12% current gap and an anticipated gap of 17% in future) in provision across the services in this sample to children and young people who have experienced child sexual abuse / exploitation. While some children may be referred to other services, there are likely to be some children who do not receive a service, or do not receive a timely service.  The mapping exercise revealed a large number of services across the UK comprised of both specialist and generalist services which exist across statutory, voluntary and private sectors and in some case comprise multiagency initiatives.  Whilst specialist services have been identified by some commentators to be more responsive and tailored to victims of sexual violence, it is clear that in the current climate of increasing awareness and demand, generalist services are identifying and supporting children and young people who have experienced CSA / CSE.  Despite variation in the needs and support required between younger children and older children who have experienced CSA/ CSE, some services are supporting both groups. What is less clear is whether these services are effectively equipped to provide specialised support to meet the needs of children and young people experiencing different forms of CSA.  SARCs have been an important development in provision of streamlined support for victims of sexual violence, although a key finding identified both in the literature and within this mapping exercise is a lack of emotional support within these services for children and young people who have experienced child sexual abuse / exploitation.  Since the 2007 audit, there appears to have been little change in the funding environment for CSA. Greater awareness of CSE means that it is possible that there has been more attention given to funding specialist services in this area at the expense of services dedicated to other forms of CSA.  Across specialist services, funding continues to be provided through insecure and short-term funding cycles which are at odds with the nature of the provision required to adequately support children and young people with these experiences. Services continue to devote an enormous amount of time and energy to chasing new funding streams, which, they say diverts energy and time away from delivering quality services to children and young people.  Service providers and commissioners have noted how complex and confusing the commissioning environment is, creating more stress and insecurity for providers.  Service providers feel confident that they will continue to be funded but this confidence derives primarily from an optimism about their reputations and the current high priority of CSA/CSE rather than having actually secured future funding.  Some referral sources for services are more developed than others; only 50% of services are seeing/accepting referrals from the police, for example and fewer from youth justice and youth services.  CAMHs remain difficult to access and the situation appears to be declining in some areas in the face of funding cuts in recent years. Providers view CAMHs as largely difficult to access, a finding which has been identified in other studies and reviews of services.  Almost all services, however, set eligibility criteria to restrict access. Age is one of the more common criteria and the mapping exercise has shown that, at least among the current sample, services for younger children are scarce while services for older children and adolescents are in somewhat greater supply.  Although there is significant variability in the quality and amount of referral data received, the patterns of service provision suggest that it is White British girls without disabilities who comprise the largest group receiving services.  Creative therapies remain a common approach in working with children and young people who have experienced sexual abuse. The ‘therapeutic relationship’ is also very common across services which focus on child sexual exploitation as well as other forms of child sexual abuse.  Services are largely only accessible during the hours of 9 to 5 during the weekdays. For children and young people who may want and need support outside of these hours, provision is scarce.  Children and young people with eating disorders, substance abuse problems, additional mental health needs and young offenders are most likely to be referred onwards to another service for help. Details: University of Bedfordshire, The International Centre: Researching Child Sexual Exploitation, Trafficking and Violence, 2015. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 7, 2016 at: https://www.beds.ac.uk/__data/assets/pdf_file/0004/504283/mapping-therapeutic-services-sexual-abuse-uk-2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 147941

Author: Braakmann, Nils Title: The effect of the 2011 London riots on crime, policing and unemployment Summary: Using street level crime data for London from December 2010 to March 2012 merged with detailed information on crimes committed during the 2011 London riots, I show that crime in areas affected by the riots fell considerably in the months following the riots. I also investigate two potentials channels through which the riots might have influenced future crime rates, specifically unemployment and changes in police deployment. The results suggest increases in unemployment in the affected areas and no change in police deployment in the months after the riots, suggesting that crime fell for other reasons. Details: Munich: Munich Personal RePEc Archive, 2012. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: MPRA Paper No. 44883: Accessed December 7, 2016 at: https://mpra.ub.uni-muenchen.de/44883/1/MPRA_paper_44883.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 140339

Author: Sharp-Jeffs, Nicola Title: Money Matters. Research into the extent and nature of financial abuse within intimate relationships in the UK Summary: Financial abuse in intimate relationships is a way of controlling a person’s ability to acquire, use and maintain their own money and financial resources. Financial abuse is a form of domestic violence. According to financial abuse expert, Nicola Jeff-Sharp from the Child and Woman Abuse Studies Unit (CWASU) at London Metropolitan University, it is best described as an example of intimate partner violence. Domestic violence involves a pattern of behaviour that one person uses to control, undermine and obtain power over another person. Domestic abuse can include physical, sexual, psychological/emotional and financial abuse. More simply, financial abuse is a current or former partner controlling someone’s ability to acquire, use or maintain financial resources by preventing victims from earning or accessing their own money. Examples Include: Stealing money from a partner Preventing a partner from accessing their own/joint account Damaging possessions which then have to be replaced Insisting benefits are in their name Putting debts in a partner’s name Stopping a partner from going to work This abuse can also continue post-separation. Details: London: Refuge, 2016. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 8, 2016 at: http://www.refuge.org.uk/files/Money-Matters.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Financial Abuse Shelf Number: 140352

Author: Parents Against Child Sexual Exploitation (Pace) Title: Parents Speak Out: Crucial partners in tackling Child Sexual Exploitation Summary: Summary of key findings Section 1: Parents in action Evidence shows parents are often the first to identify signs that something is seriously wrong with their child. This can be months or years before statutory agencies are aware. Unfortunately, most parents in the UK do not know the warning signs of CSE and so raising awareness among all parents of the early signs of CSE is vital. The unique gift of love and commitment by the parent to the child is crucial and distinctive. For parents the word love and all the difficult emotions it encompasses are normally key to the relationship with their child. This is a critical difference between parents and practitioners. Relationship with the child is a matter of practical daily life together, rooted in the past, and looking to the future. Practitioners care for a child who is a victim of abuse but their interaction starts when the abuse becomes apparent and ends when it passes or the child becomes adult. Parents’ knowledge of the child and commitment is holistically rooted in a relation starting long before the exploitation is on the horizon; it grows and adapts with the child over years and it is still there when the exploitation has been removed. Parents are inventively, energetically proactive in protecting their child. Mobile phones, social media and apps have become a major connection between children and abusers. The role of parents in safeguarding is much harder because of the difficulties of controlling these media, which are used by sexual abusers to coerce, manipulate, threaten, control, flatter and entice children. Section 2: Sharing information with the police Because of their relation with their child, parents often get information which is useful in identifying perpetrators and enabling police and CPS to mount successful prosecutions. Parents want to work with the police to prosecute perpetrators and would like to see the police fully acknowledging the role of parents and making the most of what they offer. Successful prosecutions of CSE perpetrators have rapidly increased and continue to improve. Parents in this survey evidenced their role in proactively providing information and intelligence about perpetrators to the police. This has in many instances been a contributing factor to the recent increase in successful prosecutions of CSE perpetrators. Section 3: Quality of support from agencies This report demonstrates how vital a role parents play in seeking to safeguard their child from CSE. But parents know they cannot do it alone and need support both from statutory agencies and also from specialist organisations; all need to be open to the positive potential of parents, whatever their background, and to listen, understand, respect and value their knowledge and specific contribution. Sadly, for many parents, this report shows that this non-judgemental support is not forthcoming. Section 4: Working relations between parents and professionals This section is perhaps the most disturbing of all, as it shows that in spite of really good practice in some parts of the country, too many parents are still excluded from playing the full part that they want in relation to safeguarding their child. This happens in 4 specific ways: • Refusing parents contact with their child in residential care. Parents who care should be empowered and supported, not discouraged, in maintaining relationships with their children when they go into care. It is especially odd to obstruct this relationship when the parent has taken the initiative in asking for their child to be taken into care, because, after careful and desperate thought, the parent decides it is the safest course for their child. • Some practitioners are still barring parents from safeguarding meetings that they are entitled to attend, even when in some instances the parents have themselves asked for the meeting. • Once a child reaches 16 it often proves to be difficult to get ongoing support from statutory agencies. Young people over the age of 16 are still vulnerable and inexperienced, especially if they have been groomed and exploited for years. • For sexually exploited children who are groomed, manipulated, coerced and fed lies by abusers, the likelihood of their not always telling the truth about their parents or home life increases. It is a common tactic of the exploiters to coach their young person to allege that their parents were abusive. This makes it very hard for practitioners to work out what the truth is and for parents to potentially defend themselves against unfounded accusations. This aspect of child sexual exploitation needs to be acknowledged. It is not to blame children. Nor is it to suggest that we should not listen to children. It is simply to acknowledge that under immense psychological pressure some exploited children will speak with the voice of the perpetrator rather than their own and so tell untruths about their parents in order to protect and distract focus away from perpetrators. Section 5: Families harassed or endangered by abusers and their associates Half of the respondents said they and their other children were victims of crime instigated by the perpetrators of their child’s abuse. The shocking statistic highlights the wider impact of CSE and its effect on entire families. This reality always needs to be part of the policing response to CSE victims. Section 6: Final comments It is plain that this enquiry and report is grounded on the conviction that parents have a vital role to play in safeguarding their children, in partnership with other agencies. It also has confidence that they can be effective. This view of parents is not universally shared and meets with scepticism, drawn from experience and theory, which in turn prevents the development of trust and cooperation. The stereotype of the dysfunctional family as the cause of a child’s being vulnerable to CSE is powerful. It is easy to see how it makes professionals wary of working with parents and slow to expect much good to come from them. It distracts attention away from the perpetrators. However, the practice of Pace over nearly twenty years provides strong evidence of the viability and wisdom of working with parents, respecting them as prime front-line agents in the face of CSE. This enquiry has been conducted by a tiny sample of the hundreds of parents with whom Pace has worked effectively. Pace works with parents from all sorts of backgrounds and ethnicities. It meets parents as persons, who are not to be prejudged through stereotypes. It does not deny that there is a relatively small number of parents who are abusive. But it believes that most parents are committed to their children and want to help them. It does not pretend that parents are fully competent for all eventualities. Even the best equipped of parents tend to find themselves at their wit’s end when a child is groomed, alienated and exploited. That they want support and ask for it is no sign of incapacity or dysfunction, but rather of good sense and determination. Details: Leeds, UK: PACE, 2016. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 9, 2016 at: http://paceuk.info/wp-content/uploads/Parents-Speak-Out-final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Grooming Shelf Number: 140369

Author: Jutte, Sonja Title: Online Child Sexual Abuse Images: Doing More to Tackle Demand and Supply Summary: The production and consumption of child abuse images online is creating a social emergency. Digital technology is making it ever easier for this abuse to proliferate, damaging the many children involved in this vile trade. But by each of us playing a part, and taking collective responsibility to keep our children safe, we can find solutions. Behind each and every child sexual abuse image, abuse has occurred in the "real" world. These children are victims every time their image is viewed, and worse still, the knowledge that the image or film can be repeatedly viewed, and may never be removed, causes on-going trauma that they are forced to live with. And, to further heighten the seriousness of this abuse, we know there have been cases where the viewing of child abuse images escalates into abuse in real life. This is an issue of considerable importance to the NSPCC. The challenge we are faced with is sizeable. There are many praiseworthy endeavours, and much valuable work already happening to try to keep our children safer online. It is almost universally agreed that this material is illegal and wrong. But more must and can be done. Better understanding of the scale, nature and urgency of the challenge is vital. Ensuring that everyone - industry, government, law enforcement and charities like the NSPCC - plays their part is crucial. And a greater public understanding of the problem and its effects on children is also needed. In this report, the NSPCC explores new evidence about size of the problem and presents real, tangible solutions to reduce both the supply of and demand for these images. Children must have the right to easily remove sexual images of themselves that are shared online. More treatment and support services are needed to stop potential perpetrators in their tracks. Most importantly we must continue to seek new preventive solutions to stop these crimes from happening in the first place. This report sheds light on where we should focus our collective effort. Details: London: NSPCC, 2016. 440. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 9, 2016 at: https://www.nspcc.org.uk/globalassets/documents/research-reports/online-child-sexual-abuse-images.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 145578

Author: Great Britain. House of Commons. Women and Equalities Committee Title: Sexual harassment and sexual violence in schools Summary: The Committee urges the Government to act now to protect and empower a generation of children and young people. Key recommendations are: The Government must use the new Education Bill to ensure every school takes appropriate action to prevent and respond to sexual harassment and sexual violence. Schools will need support from Government to achieve this, including clear national guidance. Ofsted and the Independent Schools Inspectorate must assess schools on how well they are recording, monitoring, preventing and responding to incidents of sexual harassment and sexual violence. Every child at primary and secondary school must have access to high quality, age-appropriate relationships and sex education delivered by well-trained individuals. This can only be achieved by making sex and relationships education (SRE) a statutory subject; investing in teacher training; and investing in local third sector specialist support. Details: London: House of Commons, 2016. 66p.; Government Responnse (17p.) Source: Internet Resource: Third Report of Session 2016-17: Accessed December 9, 2016 at: https://www.parliament.uk/business/committees/committees-a-z/commons-select/women-and-equalities-committee/inquiries/parliament-2015/inquiry1/ Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: School Crimes Shelf Number: 140371

Author: Ghani, Nusrat Title: Now I know it was wrong: Report of the parliamentary inquiry into support and sanctions for children who display harmful sexual behaviour Summary: In recent times, the UK has woken up to the scale of child sexual exploitation, and the urgent need to keep our children safe from this horrific crime. Back in 2014, Barnardo’s supported a Parliamentary Inquiry chaired by Sarah Champion MP (Labour, Rotherham), which made a number of key recommendations, and the Government has since provided welcome leadership in this area, including through the Child Sexual Exploitation Summit on 3 March 2015, chaired by the Prime Minister. However, despite significant progress, far more needs to be done. Victims must be supported, perpetrators must be brought to justice, and crucially, there is a growing consensus that attention and resource must be directed towards prevention as well as response. Chief Constable Simon Bailey – the police chief with key national responsibility for this area – has confirmed that, in 2015, police forces in England and Wales spent £1bn investigating allegations of child abuse. This clearly underlines the economic case for prevention, but it also supports the moral case – by the time the police are involved, abuse has already occurred. We know that there is a strong link between children displaying harmful sexual behaviour at a young age going on to become perpetrators of abuse in adulthood, including child sexual exploitation. Equally, children who sexually abuse other children have often already suffered abuse and trauma themselves. In other cases, children make mistakes as they start to understand their sexuality and experiment with it. These children are unlikely to pose further risk to the public, given appropriate support, but unnecessarily criminalising or stigmatising them as a 'sex offender' at such a young age makes it more likely that they will struggle to regain a normal life, and increases their propensity to reoffend. Whilst in the most serious cases a criminal justice response is inevitable, all children in this situation must receive the high-quality therapeutic support they need to address the underlying causes of their behaviour, prevent them from causing further harm to themselves or others, and enable them to achieve positive outcomes in adulthood. Whilst harmful sexual behaviour includes very serious abuse, which can constitute a sexual offence, it also includes much more mainstream behaviours. 'Sexting, or sharing sexual images online, has become ubiquitous for the social media generation, and while it is not always harmful, it can carry significant risks for young people: once shared images can end up in the hands (or on the smartphones) of a whole school or adults seeking to groom children online. Significantly too, it is illegal, potentially resulting in criminal sanctions and a criminal record, which could severely undermine a child’s life chances. Details: Barkingside, Ilford, UK: Barnardo's, 2016. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 9, 2016 at: https://www.barnardos.org.uk/now_i_know_it_was_wrong.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Grooming Shelf Number: 140373

Author: Brodie, Isabelle Title: The Participation of Young People in Child Sexual Exploitation Services: A Scoping Review of the Literature Summary: This scoping review looks at the conceptualisation, nature and impact of participation in child sexual exploitation services, as well as what is needed for effective participatory working. The review included literature which was in the English language, UK related, published after 1989, and focused on participation in children and young people’s services. Searches were carried out via academic search engines and three specialist child sexual exploitation (CSE) databases. Following screening a total of 159 items were retrieved, with eight core studies focusing specifically on the experiences of young people in CSE services. Analysis of the findings includes coverage of the following areas: models of participation, resistance and non-participation, types of participatory involvement, the replicability of participatory models, and the importance of an organisational commitment to a participatory approach. Themes identified from the review were: that participative practice in CSE services is distinct because professionals need to have both a strong knowledge base regarding the routes into and experience of CSE; that young people affected by CSE often have considerable knowledge and skill in navigating between services, and are able to identify what is effective; and that young people have often been ignored or blamed by professionals when trying to report abuse. The review also found that young people value the way that CSE services recognise them as individuals, listen and take their views seriously, and provide a flexible and friendly approach. Details: Luton, UK: University of Bedfordshire, 2016. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 13, 2016 at: https://www.alexiproject.org.uk/assets/documents/Alexi-Project-Participation-Scoping-Review.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 146103

Author: Taylor, Charlie Title: Review of the Youth Justice System in England and Wales Summary: Context 1. In 2007, 225,000 children in England and Wales received a caution or conviction for a notifiable offence . Of these children, 106,000 were first-time entrants to the system having never before received a caution or conviction. 126,000 were prosecuted at court, and 5,800 were sentenced to custody. The average monthly under-18 custodial population for 2007 was 2,9092. 2. Since that high watermark the number of children dealt with by the youth justice system has reduced spectacularly, with consistent year-on-year falls. The number of children cautioned or convicted in 2015 was 47,000 – down 79% since 2007. Over the same period the number of children entering the youth justice system for the first time has fallen by 82%, the number prosecuted at court has reduced by 69%, and there are now around only 900 under-18s in custody. 3. In the last decade the demand for youth justice services has changed. The police and youth offending services have, rightly, increasingly sought to deal informally with minor offending by children. The diversion from the youth justice system of children who were never likely to continue offending has meant that those who remain are the most difficult to rehabilitate. 4. Among the children now in the youth justice system are high numbers of black, Muslim and white working class boys; many are in care, and mental and other health problems, and learning difficulties, are common. These groups are particularly over-represented in custody, where over 40% are from black, Asian and minority ethnic (BAME) backgrounds, a large proportion have previously been in care (38% in Young Offender Institutions, 52% in Secure Training Centres) , and more than a third have a diagnosed mental health disorder . Many of the children in the system come from some of the most dysfunctional and chaotic families where drug and alcohol misuse, physical and emotional abuse and offending is common. Often they are victims of crimes themselves. Though children's backgrounds should not be used as an excuse for their behaviour, it is clear that the failure of education, health, social care and other agencies to tackle these problems have contributed to their presence in the youth justice system. 5. Yet these are children for whom a traditional criminal justice response has been shown to be, on its own, inadequate. Sixty-four per cent of children given a Youth Rehabilitation Order by the court, and 69% of those sentenced to custody, go on to reoffend within a year. If the youth justice system is truly to protect the public, it must succeed in changing the lives of these most troubled children. To do this, a system set up almost two decades ago to tackle a different problem must evolve to respond imaginatively and proportionately to the challenges of today. Principles and aims for the review 6. It is right that children who break the law are dealt with differently to adults. Children act impulsively and often do not appreciate the consequences of their actions; they are not emotionally developed and may struggle to communicate effectively. This is particularly true of so many of the children who offend, who often have learning or speech and communication problems. But children also have great strengths on which to build and are capable of rapid and extraordinary change. There needs to be a shift in the way society, including central and local government, thinks about youth justice so that we see the child first and the offender second. Offending should not mean forfeiting the right to childhood. If children who offend are to become successful and law-abiding adults, the focus must be on improving their welfare, health and education "their life prospects" rather than simply imposing punishment. 7. Almost all of the causes of childhood offending lie beyond the reach of the youth justice system. It is vital that health, education, social care and other services form part of an integrated, multi-agency response to a child's offending, but it is more desirable that these same services intervene with at-risk children and families before their problems manifest themselves in offending. I believe this is best achieved by devolving greater freedoms and responsibility for the youth justice system to local authorities who otherwise hold the statutory accountability for educating and protecting children. By aligning these responsibilities stronger incentives can be created for a child's offending and related difficulties to be tackled promptly, proportionately and with the least cost to the taxpayer. To help professionals to exercise these functions effectively, I propose stripping back the prescription and bureaucracy associated with a centrally controlled system and creating a clearer inspection and accountability framework, so that practitioners are judged on the outcomes that they achieve rather than the processes they follow. 8. It is my view that education needs to be central to our response to youth offending. All children in England are required to be in education or training until their 18th birthday, but too often children in the youth justice system have been out of school for long periods of time through truancy or following exclusion. As a result, half of 15-17 year olds in YOIs have the literacy or numeracy levels expected of a 7-11 year old. Schools and colleges are crucial in preventing offending. If children are busy during the day, undertaking activity that is meaningful and that will help them to succeed in life, whether it be studying for exams, learning a trade or playing sport or music, they are much less likely to offend. Education and training are also the building blocks on which a life free from crime can be constructed. By forging closer links between schools, colleges and youth offending services, and by transforming youth custody into Secure Schools, drawing in expertise from the best alternative provision schools, children can be equipped with the skills, qualifications and confidence to move beyond offending and fulfil their potential. The government's new ambition to make schools in England responsible for the educational provision of pupils that are excluded is particularly welcome as it will maintain the connection with mainstream education for some of the most troubled children. 9. In reforming the youth justice system it must be recognised that, for the vast majority of children, offending is a short-lived phase. The most recent data suggest that 62% of children who receive a caution or conviction do not go on to reoffend within 12 months. Growing up involves making and learning from mistakes. It is right that the youth justice system should tackle serious and persistent offending, but it should not be the mechanism by which all childhood mistakes are redressed. The right response to childhood offending should always be to address the causes of the offending behaviour and to repair harm to victims. This does not always require a criminal justice intervention. Evidence shows that contact with the criminal justice system can have a tainting effect on some children and can increase the likelihood of reoffending. Wherever possible minor crimes should be dealt with outside the formal youth justice system, and when a criminal justice response is required children should be dealt with at the lowest possible tier. The long-term implications of formal contact with the system must also be reduced so that these do not act as barriers to rehabilitation. 10. It was concerning to see versions of the "Scared Straight" programme operating in England, in which either prison officers or prisoners themselves attempt to deter children from criminality by showing or explaining the realities of life in prison. This is despite international evidence that such interventions can increase the likelihood offending among children and young people . In general, there is surprisingly little robust evidence from the UK about which interventions are the most effective, but what is undoubtedly important is the quality of the worker who is involved with the child, and the relationship that they strike up . The evidence suggests that having one person directly involved, holding the child in mind, keeping going when things go wrong and caring about what happens to him or her, is vital in helping a child to change. 11. A more proportionate response to offending must also mean that the government and local services are prepared to invest intensive effort in turning around the lives of the most profoundly troubled children. Some children who commit persistent or serious offences have a range of problems that means criminal justice processes need to be able to adapt to individual circumstances. Professionals must have the freedom and the flexibility to make decisions about a child's rehabilitation, and to adjust these plans to recognise progress or respond to setbacks. I believe the role of the court should be enhanced so that youth magistrates can play a much more active role in designing tailored plans for children, co-ordinating the contributions of partner agencies and holding the child, their parents and these agencies to account. Similarly, for those children remanded or sentenced to custody, the head teacher of a Secure School must have the freedom to hire the right staff, commission the required services and establish a programme of activity that will engage, motivate and rehabilitate the children in his or her care. To achieve this, custody must truly be the option of last resort, and those who go there must stay for a meaningful period of time. Professionals must be equipped with sufficient powers, and then trusted to take the right decisions with the most challenging children, if they are to reduce reoffending and thereby create fewer victims. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2016. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 13, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/576383/youth-justice-review-final-report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 144913

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Domestic Homicide Reviews: Key Findings from Analysis of Domestic Homicide Reviews Summary: 1. A Domestic Homicide Review (DHR) is a multi-agency review of the circumstances in which the death of a person aged 16 or over has, or appears to have, resulted from violence, abuse or neglect by a person to whom they were related or with whom they were, or had been, in an intimate personal relationship, or a member of the same household as themselves. Since 13 April 2011 there has been a statutory requirement for local areas to conduct a DHR following a domestic homicide that meets the criteria. 2. Since April 2011, in excess of 400 DHRs have been completed. DHRs provide a rich source of information on the nature of domestic homicide, the context in which it occurs and, most importantly, in the lessons that can be learned from the tragic event. This analysis sets out what we know about domestic homicide and draws out common themes and trends and identifies learning that emerged across the sample of DHRs. 3. The purpose of this analysis is to promote key learning and trends from the sample of DHRs with the aim of informing and shaping future policy development and operational practice both locally and nationally. 4. We encourage local areas to reflect on the learning identified and to consider how this can be used to deliver improvements to practice within their local context furthering their ability to safeguard victims and prevent domestic homicide. 5. This paper also reports on what is being done nationally to tackle these issues. Details: London: Home Office, 2016. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 13, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/575232/HO-Domestic-Homicide-Review-Analysis-161206.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 146046

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation Title: A thematic inspection of the provision and quality of services in the community for women who offender Summary: The inspection The purpose of this inspection was to explore services for women who offend following the implementation of the Transforming Rehabilitation programme, and to examine the quality and effectiveness of the work with women commissioned, delivered or accessed by the Community Rehabilitation Companies and National Probation Service. Fieldwork for this inspection was conducted between November 2015 and January 2016. The inspection sample consisted of 72 cases of women who had been sentenced to a community order, suspended sentence order or released on licence. Contextual information In June 2014, under the government's Transforming Rehabilitation programme, probation services were divided into a National Probation Service and 21 new Community Rehabilitation Companies. The public sector National Probation Service advises courts on sentencing all offenders, and manages those offenders presenting high or very high risk of serious harm, or who are managed under Multi-Agency Public Protection Arrangements. Community Rehabilitation Companies supervise most other offenders presenting low and medium risk of harm. Community Rehabilitation Companies operated as companies in public ownership until 01 February 2015 when they transferred to eight, mainly private sector, providers. Around 80% of cases are allocated to the Community Rehabilitation Companies and 20% to the National Probation Service. In 2013/2014 there was £3.78m funding provided by the National Offender Management Service which was designated for community services for women. The funds were made available through Probation Trust contracts6 . The National Offender Management Service have confirmed this now forms part of the Community Rehabilitation Company funding; services for women are no longer separately identified. This means the funding of provision for women who offend is no longer ring-fenced, and hence is now discretionary and dependant upon local commissioning arrangements by Community Rehabilitation Companies, together with specific provision funded by other partners, such as local authorities and Police and Crime Commissioners. There are no contractual penalties for those who do not fund bespoke services for women. Earlier this year, in a targeted bidding process, the Ministry of Justice awarded £200k to five local areas to support the development of a 'Whole System Approach' to women in the criminal justice system. There is no published data of the total amount of funding available across England and Wales for the provision of community services for women. Details: London: HM Inspectorate of Probation, 2016. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 14, 2016 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2016/09/A-thematic-inspection-of-the-provision-and-quality-of-services-in-the-community-for-women-who-offend.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 140459

Author: Beckmann, April Louise Title: Female offending and the question of gender specificity Summary: This thesis aims to present an examination of the issue of gender specificity and how it applies to understanding female offending. For several decades, a debate has existed in the literature between two fields, the feminist criminological and 'risk-need-responsivity' camps, regarding the most appropriate way to assess and treat female offenders. A systematic review in chapter two examined factors associated with risk for reoffending in females. It demonstrated that while traditional approaches are adequate in predicting risk for recidivism, they do not appear to fully incorporate the complex presentation of females who offend. An empirical research project examining gender differences in violence subtypes in inpatients demonstrated that females who are instrumentally violent present with the most treatment needs in terms of history of victimisation and mental health needs. However, similarities are also noted between genders, with personality disorders being most predictive of instrumental violence in both males and females. Chapter four presents a critique of the Levenson Self Report Psychopathy scale (LSPS) which was utilised to help delineate gender differences in violent subtypes and is commonly used to assess self-reported traits for psychopathy. The review indicated that the LSPS may offer a reliable and valid way to assess traits associated with psychopathy. However, it is also noted that mixed findings regarding factor structure and potential gender issues suggest that tool should be used with some caveats in place. Results indicate that in the search for understanding gender differences in offending, an exploration regarding the expression of psychopathy and personality disorders across genders is integral. It is evident that the time has come to move beyond the gender specificity debate to work towards a more integrated approach to assessing and managing females who offend. Details: Birmingham, UK: Centre for Forensic and Criminological Psychology, The University of Birmingham, 2014. 266p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed December 14, 2016 at: http://etheses.bham.ac.uk/5025/1/Beckman14ForenPsyD.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Offenders Shelf Number: 140462

Author: Great Britain. National Audit Office Title: Protecting consumers from scams, unfair trading and unsafe goods Summary: The UK consumer protection system has made some progress in the last five years, with some individual bodies making good impacts. The system as a whole, however, has not yet demonstrated that it provides value for money in protecting consumers from modern scams, unfair trading, and unsafe goods according to the National Audit Office. The Department for Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy (the Department) has overall responsibility for consumer policy but does not routinely calculate the total cost of the consumer protection system. The NAO, however, estimates it to have cost £165 million in 2015-16. Local Trading Standards services received an estimated £124 million and Citizens Advice received £18 million, Although there is limited robust data on the overall scale of consumer detriment, the NAO estimates that consumers lost at least £14.8 billion in 2015, of which £4.2 billion is estimated to be hidden and unreported detriment from problems such as mass marketing fraud and counterfeit goods. The Government has created opportunities for a more preventative approach to consumer protection. The Department has ensured better co-ordination across the landscape, in particular by bringing together the consumer protection bodies in the Consumer Protection Partnership, and integrating case management across the system. National Trading Standards, which was set up in 2012 following a previous NAO report, has made a good impact into consumer protection issues, having prevented £345 million worth of detriment to consumers since April 2014, with a cost-benefit ratio of around 12.6 to 1. Funding for this is still, however, small compared with the size of the problem, and annual budgeting prevents proper long-term planning. While the system has made progress at the national level, it is not keeping pace with the growth in online consumer fraud. The UK’s E-commerce market is now the third largest globally, with over a third of non-food retails sales being conducted online. A national e-crime team has been established but Trading Standards has lost e-crime expertise at the local level. Furthermore, the interaction between the consumer protection bodies and other government agencies tackling online consumer fraud is not yet well developed. The majority of law enforcement is carried out by local authority Trading Standards services. While the consumer protection bodies have improved data on consumer threats, significant gaps remain, with some local authorities having no or few intelligence logs. At the same time, Local Trading Standards have become increasingly small, as local authorities have moved funds to other areas. Overall, local Trading Standards have lost 56% of full-time equivalent staff since 2009, with 20 services in England having funding cut by over 60% since 2011. Some services now have only one qualified officer. Despite this lack of funding, Local Trading Standards teams are expected to enforce 263 different pieces of legislation for different government departments with little direction from government on the priority of these. Local Trading Standards teams are being incentivised to prioritise local issues, in particular safeguarding, with few resources available to either undertake enforcement cases or to organise services on national priorities. The changing nature of commerce has meant more consumer issues are occurring at national and international levels, however only 7% of local trading standards teams base their priorities on nationally-advocated ones. The Competition and Markets Authority is also making good impacts in addressing market-wide consumer issues and estimates that its consumer enforcement work generates at least £74 million of direct financial benefits to consumers annually for a cost of £6 million. Details: London: NAO, 2016. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 15, 2016 at: https://www.nao.org.uk/report/protecting-consumers-from-scams-unfair-trading-and-unsafe-goods/ Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Consumer Fraud Shelf Number: 140477

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Birmingham Ending Gang and Youth Violence Peer Review Summary: 1.1 As part of the Home Office Ending Gang and Youth Violence (EGYV) initiative, 29 areas have initially been identified and subsequently invited to participate in a programme of guided reviews designed to assist them with ensuring their partnerships have effective structures and responses in place to contribute to the shared aim of Ending Gang and Youth Violence. These areas have been selected based on identified levels of gang activity and serious youth violence, in accordance with the Dying to Belong1 and Association of Chief Police Officers (ACPO) definition of a gang, namely: A relatively durable, predominantly street-based group of young people who; (1) See themselves (and are seen by others) as a discernible group, and (2) Engage in a range of criminal activity and violence They may also have any or all of the following features: (3) Identify with or lay claim over territory (4) Have some form of identifying structural feature (5) Are in conflict with other, similar, gangs. 1.2 The Ending Gang and Youth Violence Team have worked with the Local Government Association to develop an ending gang and youth violence peer review model with an innovative community dimension. The model has been designed to help areas assess the robustness of their structures and processes in tackling this issue. 2. Key overall strengths 2.1 The Birmingham Community Safety Partnership benefits from holding and articulating a strong vision on ending gang and youth violence by the council, police, political leaders and community members and a good understanding of the principal strengths and challenges in addressing the gangs and youth violence agenda. This honesty and understanding bodes well for the future. Birmingham has long-standing, well-developed and firm foundations in place. For example: High level commitment to and engagement in ending gang and youth violence by strategic leaders across the city. Strong vision, governance and accountability arrangements across the community safety partnership, the Birmingham Reducing Gang Violence Executive Board and delivery groups. The Birmingham Community Safety Partnership and Birmingham Reducing Gang Violence (BRGV) Executive Group have a clear understanding of their principal strengths and challenges in addressing the ending gang and youth violence agenda. Well established Multi-Agency Gang Unit (MAGU). Community engagement with West Midlands Police and partner agencies on the ending gang and youth violence agenda. An open and transparent commissioning process that included voluntary sector and community representatives on the Commissioning Panel. Commissioning and delivery arrangements are gender specific. 3. Summary of recommendations 3.1 Further develop the use of the Family Common Assessment Framework (FCAF) with regard to young people at risk of engagement in gang and youth violence activities. 3.2 Following the meeting of the Department for Work and Pensions/Jobcentre Plus and partners within the peer review – Jobcentre Plus to continue further exchange with the community safety partnership and development work to build on the engagement with local employers. 3.3 Build strategic links between the BRGV and the new Health and Wellbeing Board. 3.4 Build on the police gang problem profile by incorporating data from a range of partnership organisations. 3.5 Schools, health and voluntary sector organisations could contribute to an improved understanding and picture of current gangs, emerging gangs, gang tensions and other emerging issues by sharing aggregate data where appropriate e.g. the use of knives and gang-related sexual offences. 3.6 Map and analyse gang offenders and crimes including mapping of gangassociated women and girls utilising partnership data. 3.7 The BRGV Executive to consider the outcomes of the academic research currently underway on why young people join gangs in Birmingham. 3.8 Maintain the open and transparent commissioning process through „Find It In Birmingham‟ local procurement website. 3.9 Build on the approach to resettlement of gang offenders by conducting a comprehensive mapping exercise to determine the nature and scope of need. 3.10 Further develop a range of effective engagement processes i.e. community forum/consortia that include voluntary, community, faith and grassroots groups. 3.1 The following recommendations are referenced within the cross-government report on ending gang and youth violence. Readers may wish to consider the below within the context of their local partnership strategy. Map all of the different agencies that offer interventions with violent gang members and their families in the local area. Map the symptoms of local gang or youth violence problems using partner and local council data to inform better understanding of the drivers (e.g. school exclusion data; accident and emergency [A&E] admissions data). Review procedures for identifying high risk gang offenders and potential victims to improve management of risk, threat and harm. Promote the roll-out of multi-agency safeguarding hubs (MASH). (Within the Birmingham context, MAGU [Multi-Agency Gangs Unit] fulfils this function and has been in operation for a number of years.) Produce a problem profile on gang and youth violence informed by all partner data to inform understanding of the drivers of gang and youth violence e.g. school exclusion data. Encourage the use of multi-agency reviews after every gang homicide to better inform the drivers of gang and youth violence and levers to mitigate risk through a serious case review or a multi-agency Gold Group. Details: London: Home Office, 2012. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 15, 2016 at: http://birminghamcsp.org.uk/admin/resources/egyv-peer-review-report-february-2013.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 140483

Author: Hales, Gavin Title: Prioritisation in a Changing World: Seven Challenges for Policing Summary: Confronted with shrinking budgets, a wide and growing remit, and the withdrawal of Whitehall from setting priorities and targets, Police and Crime Commissioners and police forces have to decide which aspects of the police role are most important and where to prioritise their resources. And they must do so in the context of changing crime, communities and social values, while being subject to many forms of accountability, scrutiny and pressure. In this paper we draw on our observations from five years conducting research in two police forces, and our reflections on police policy developments more broadly, to identify seven challenges that confront efforts to prioritise police resources. We end with a series of recommendations. Details: London: Police Foundations, 2016. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Police Effectiveness in a Changing World, Paper 2: Accessed December 15, 2016 at: http://www.police-foundation.org.uk/uploads/holding/projects/police_prioritisation.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 140485

Author: Clifton, Jonathan Title: Prisons and Prevention: Giving Local Areas the Power to Reduce Offending Summary: Devolving responsibility and funding for the management of low-level offenders could empower local services and agencies to work more effectively to prevent crime and develop alternatives to prison that do more to rehabilitate offenders. This briefing describes how this can be achieved. England and Wales’s prison system could do better at reducing crime and rehabilitating offenders: it is currently a hugely expensive and highly inefficient arm of the public sector. As the number of prisoners continues to rise, and as the Ministry of Justice budget is faces further cuts, this is clearly unsustainable. This paper argues that reform is needed to address the inherent flaw in our criminal justice system: that the bodies that could take action to reduce offending have neither the financial power nor the incentive to do so. This is because many of the services and agencies that could act to reduce offending are organised and controlled at the local level, whereas the budget for prison places is held by central government. The challenge, therefore, is to ‘unfreeze’ the resources that are locked up in the prison system, and ensure that local services and agencies are enabled and incentivised to use those resources to both prevent crime and develop alternatives to custody. At the moment, incentives work in precisely the wrong direction: if a local authority invests in high-quality services that keep people out of prison, the financial benefits accrue to the Ministry of Justice (as it spends less on prisons as a result) rather than the local authority, which ends up meeting the costs of ever more people using their community services The recent drive to devolve power and resources to groups of local authorities and city mayors could hold the answer to this problem. The government has already successfully experimented with devolving elements of the youth justice system to local authorities, as well as granting greater powers over transport, skills and health services to some of England’s major cities and counties. In this report We propose that this approach be extended to the management of low-level adult offenders, who make up the bulk of ‘churn’ within the prison system. This would involve giving city mayors or combined authorities a budget to cover the costs of these offenders, but charging them for each night that an offender from their area is held in prison. This would give local authorities resources to invest in preventative services and alternatives to custody, and give them a strong financial incentive to ensure that these investments deliver results, while also ensuring that money and responsibility for the reduction of reoffending is located where it can best be exercised. This report presents case studies of a number of youth justice programmes in the US and England that have proven effective at reducing pressure on prisons and reoffending, drawing from them eight principles that should underpin the reform and devolution of the adult offenders budget. Bearing these principles in mind, it sets out detailed recommendations for the timings and mechanisms by which the government should pursue these reforms – which bodies should be allowed to bid for control of the custody budget, how targets should be set and oversight and accountability ensured, how funding and savings should be managed and how, in time, funding for probation services for low-level offenders should also be devolved. Details: London: Institute for Public Policy Research, 2016. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Briefing: Accessed December 15, 2016 at: http://www.ippr.org/files/publications/pdf/prisons-and-prevention_Jan2016.pdf?noredirect=1 Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 146165

Author: Police Foundation Title: The governance of supra-force specialist policing capabilities Summary: In early 2006 the Home Secretary Charles Clarke announced a programme of mandated police force mergers in England and Wales that would have seen the number of police forces reduced by about half. Clarke envisaged a police service "close, responsive and accountable to the communities it serves, supported by larger forces with the capacity and specialist expertise to protect the public from wider threats such as serious and organised crime". In May 2006 Clarke was sacked, and by July his plans had been scrapped in favour of an emphasis, in the words of Prime Minister Tony Blair, on areas where there is the scope for "far greater strategic co-operation across force lines". The advent of a new government in 2010 was followed by the introduction of Police and Crime Commissioners and the 43 force structure seems here to stay. Instead, the growing emphasis in recent years has been on increased collaboration between police forces as a means of delivering an improved service for the public while also responding to the demands of austerity and fundamental changes to the nature of crime and police demand. This has been underpinned by the statutory 'duty to collaborate' introduced by the Police Reform and Social Responsibility Act 2011, but also financial incentives in the form of the Innovation Fund and Transformation Fund. A key challenge has been to reconcile force-level statutory accountability arrangements with the need to provide effective governance of collaborated arrangements across multiple forces. A range of approaches have been adopted across what is quite a mixed economy of largely ad-hoc and in some cases multi-layered collaborations. A focus on specialist capabilities In July 2014, HMIC called for a national debate regarding police reform and in June 2015 an influential group of policing leaders published Reshaping Policing for the Public, which set out a 'possible new approach' that would see 'specialist capabilities... consolidated into cross-force functions, strategically located and operating to national standards' with 'the most highly specialised capabilities (such as counter-terrorism)... delivered nationally'. In early 2016 the PCC chaired Police Reform and Transformation Board was established, with a specific programme focused on specialist capabilities such as armed policing and surveillance. As part of that work, a governance sub group was established, chaired by PCC Paddy Tipping, which commissioned the Police Foundation to undertake a review of the governance of police services delivered above force level. The objectives of the review were three-fold: 1. To review the existing secondary literature on collaboration. 2. To give all PCCs and chief constables the opportunity to feed in their views about the governance of collaboration arrangements, which we did by way of a questionnaire and the offer of follow-up telephone interviews. 3. To apply the learning from (1) and (2) to the Networked Policing Model proposed (after the consultation had closed) in the Specialist Capabilities Programme Phase One Report, in the form of a governance proposition to form the basis for further discussion. Networked Policing Model By adopting a 'mutual mindset' in policing, the proposed Networked Policing Model encompasses three things: 1. A strategic understanding of specialist capability supply and demand across all forces. 2. A more strategic approach to the development of specialist capabilities, including their leadership, tactics and standards. 3. A brokerage service that would link police forces to capabilities beyond current force and collaborative boundaries. Consultation findings Questionnaire responses were received from 14 PCCs and 19 chief constables, and with additional telephone interviews a total of 37 respondents informed our consultation. Although only a minority of PCCs and chief constables, their responses nevertheless provide a window on the balance of views regarding the governance of existing and future collaborative models. • Collaboration is believed to have delivered efficiencies and resilience, but there are concerns that governance arrangements are often complex, which can produce bureaucracy and weaken accountability. • Confidence in collaborative arrangements is contingent on personal trust, on geographical constraints, on historical relations between forces and on similarities in their size, outlook and character. There is opposition to any centrally organised brigading of capabilities that might ignore local nuances and undermine efforts already invested in collaboration. • There is some support for more specialist capabilities being delivered through regional clusters. Nonetheless there are concerns about whether shared capabilities will be available when required and will arrive in a form sympathetic to the character of local policing. In light of this it is clear to see why a model for the future that leaves existing and emerging regional structures intact – as the Networked Policing Model does – is a pragmatic approach. That said, it is likely that the transition to a Networked Policing Model will present governance challenges. Our consultation responses suggest a lack of consensus on basic principles, including around lines of accountability and Direction and Control. Collective agreement on these basic principles would seem to be a prerequisite for the kind of Networked Policing Model envisaged by the Specialist Capabilities Programme. Details: London: Police Foundation, 2016. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 15, 2016 at: http://www.police-foundation.org.uk/uploads/holding/projects/governance_of_supra_force_specialist_policing_capabilities.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 141217

Author: Great Britain. Crown Prosecution Service Title: Violence against Women and Girls: Crime Report, 2015-16 Summary: The Violence against Women and Girls (VAWG) report is the ninth edition published by the CPS. It provides an assessment of prosecution performance on crimes that have been grouped together under the heading ‘VAWG’, as they have been identified as being committed primarily, but not exclusively, by men against women. The CPS addresses these issues within the overarching crossgovernment strategic framework of VAWG, recognising that victims of this group of crimes are disproportionally female. The approach acknowledges VAWG as a fundamental issue of human rights and women’s rights. The UK government has signed and ratified the United Nations call to all states to prevent and respond to violence against women. VAWG is recognised worldwide, and by the UK Government, as a form of offending where gender plays a part. As the United Nations2 describes it: ‘Violence against women is a manifestation of historically unequal power relations between men and women, which have led to domination over and discrimination against women by men and to the prevention of the full advancement of women, and … violence against women is one of the crucial social mechanisms by which women are forced into a subordinate position compared with men’. The CPS is committed to securing justice for all victims of crimes grouped together as ‘VAWG’. To that end, we are inclusive in our approach. All our VAWG policies are applied fairly and equitably to all perpetrators and victims of crime – irrespective of their gender. Recognising that these offences can be targeted at male and transgender victims as well as female victims, the report includes total data on all perpetrators and victims, irrespective of gender. Where possible, data is broken down, in the body of the report, by gender as well as overall volumes and proportions. The report is an analysis of the key prosecution issues in each VAWG strand – domestic abuse (DA), stalking, harassment, rape, sexual offences, forced marriage, honour based violence, female genital mutilation, child abuse, human trafficking for sexual exploitation, prostitution and pornography. The data that forms the basis of the report is derived from the CPS’ Case Management System (CMS) and its associated Management Information System (MIS) which shows the number of defendants, offences and victims or witnesses. Domestic abuse, rape, forced marriage, honour-based violence, child abuse and human trafficking cases are identified by flags applied to defendants. Stalking, harassment, sexual offences, prostitution, pornography and obscenity data can only be provided using the offences data base. Details: London: CPS, 2016. 114p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 15, 2016 at: http://www.cps.gov.uk/publications/docs/cps_vawg_report_2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 146121

Author: Ellison, Mark Title: Review of Possible Miscarriages of Justice: Impact of Undisclosed Undercover Police Activity on the Safety of Convictions Summary: The Review will initially focus on the undercover police activity of the MPS’s Special Demonstration Squad and the National Public Order Intelligence Unit (NPOIU) which, whilst not an MPS resource, worked to similar objectives. The Review will then assess whether its scope may need to be broadened to cover other undercover police activity. The Review will seek to ensure, by working co-operatively with the Home Office, Operation Herne (on behalf of the Metropolitan Police Service (MPS)), other police forces, CPS, Criminal Cases Review Commission (CCRC) and any other relevant agencies, that the following tasks are carried out: 1. Establish the relevant document retention and destruction policies adopted within the relevant organisations; 2. Identify the extent of surviving police, prosecution and court case files; 3. Establish the nature of undercover policing undertaken and the potential for undercover police activity to have been relevant to a prosecution but unrevealed to the appropriate authority; 4. Identify, using both available records and other reasonable means, any convictions where it appears there was relevant undisclosed and unrevealed undercover police activity capable of impacting adversely on the safety of the conviction; 5. Ensure that any cases falling in 4 above, where it appears the safety of a conviction may have been adversely affected, are referred to the appropriate authority for evaluation and appropriate action; 6. Ensure that any cases falling in 4 above are reviewed to establish the rationale for non revelation and to establish the extent to which the MPS and the Home Office were aware and identify the action taken as a result; and 7. Agree a protocol with the MPS (and all other police forces subsequently identified), the CPS, the CCRC and any other relevant agencies regarding the tasks that each will undertake; the availability and handling of material; and other issues as necessary Details: London: Home Office, Historic Police Misconduct & Investigations Unit, 2015. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: HC 291: Accessed December 16, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/445551/2015-07-16_HC_291_Possible_miscarriages_of_justice_-_Web_Accessible_-_FINAL.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Miscarriages of Justice Shelf Number: 140501

Author: Henriques, Richard Title: An Independent Review of the Metropolitan Police Service's handling of non-recent sexual offence investigations alleged against persons of public prominence Summary: he Metropolitan Police Service has today, Tuesday, 8 November published the key findings and recommendations from the independent review into the investigation of non-recent sexual offence allegations against public figures. That review was carried out by former High Court Judge, Sir Richard Henriques. He examined eight investigations, including cases from Operation Yewtree; Operation Midland and Operation Vincente. The report contains 25 recommendations, that are relevant to law makers and policing nationally, it also highlighted a number of 'significant failings' in Operation Midland. Details: London: Metropolitan Police, 2016. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 16, 2016 at: http://news.met.police.uk/documents/report-independent-review-of-metropolitan-police-services-handling-of-non-recent-sexual-offence-investigations-61510 Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: False Accusations Shelf Number: 140503

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation Title: Quality & Impact inspection: The effectiveness of probation work in the north of London Summary: This is our first inspection of adult probation services in the capital for some time. It is not yet comprehensive – in that on this occasion we inspected in eight boroughs in the north of London, and will return to inspect other London quadrants next year and beyond. Meanwhile we hope that our findings are of value to those responsible for probation services throughout the city. Delivering probation services in the capital is particularly challenging. The city has a diverse, mobile and relatively young population, living in 32 boroughs that each differ in the way they work with offenders. The work is unrelenting, with some 17% of all those under probation supervision nationally living in London . Probation services in London have long struggled with high workloads, and workload pressures have been a regular feature in the most notorious of cases where a supervised individual has committed a Serious Further Offence. We found the quality of work by the Community Rehabilitation Company (CRC) poor. There was some welcome good practice by individual officers and first-line managers but generally, practice was well below standard, with the public exposed unduly to the risk of harm in some cases despite lessons from the past. That is plainly not acceptable. A combination of unmanageable caseloads, inexperienced officers, extremely poor oversight and a lack of senior management focus and control meant some service users were not seen for weeks or months, and some were lost in the system altogether – something we alerted managers to early on in our inspection. This simple lack of management attention to basic attendance and supervision was the most striking and surprising finding, and again, not acceptable. Sadly and despite the heroic efforts of some staff, we found that there had been little or no likely impact on reducing reoffending. Staff were sometimes working long hours and were often 'fire-fighting' rather than enabled to deliver a professional service consistently or sufficiently well. We found the National Probation Service (NPS) delivering services better, but with plenty of room for improvement. The quality of work was mixed, but we were pleased to find that public protection work was satisfactory overall. The delivery of court services has been a rubbing point in the 'new world', and we found it stubbornly problematic here. Managers must resolve tensions between the two organisations, to improve court services. Details: Manchester: HM Inspectorate of Probation, 2016. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 20, 2016 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2016/12/North-of-London-QI-Report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Management Shelf Number: 147781

Author: Advisory Council on the Misuse of Drugs (U.K.) Title: Reducing Opioid-Related Deaths in the UK Summary: This independent report by the Advisory Council on the Misuse of Drugs investigates the increase of drug-related deaths in the UK. It looks at: patterns and trends in opioid-related deaths causes and drivers of trends in opioid-related deaths policy and treatment responses to prevent opioid-related deaths Details: London: A, 2016. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 20, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/576560/A-Drug-Related-Deaths-Report-161212.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 140543

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation Title: Quality & Impact inspection: The effectiveness of probation work in York & North Yorkshire Summary: This inspection was the second in our new Quality & Impact inspection programme, designed to assess the effectiveness of work undertaken locally by probation services with people who have offended, to implement orders of the court, reduce reoffending, protect the public and safeguard the vulnerable. We found much to be commended and, indeed, it is a pleasure to present this report. Both the local Community Rehabilitation Company (CRC) and the National Probation Service (NPS) region had gone through significant change as a consequence of the government's national Transforming Rehabilitation programme. Nonetheless, staff had maintained a pragmatic approach to the day-to-day work, focusing on responding to risks of harm posed and supporting individuals to change their lives for the better. In effect, we saw 'business as usual', with less obvious evidence of the dissonance we have seen elsewhere. That said, there was also a real sense of innovation evident across both organisations. Staff showed initiative and persistence, with the CRC introducing new innovations to aid their working practice and extend available services for offenders. Managers were frustrated, however, by not being able to judge whether probation work was making a difference, since local reoffending data was not yet available to them, albeit the quality of work we saw boded well for successful outcomes. The organisations were working well together in the face of the long-standing challenge of delivering services across a large geographical area. Working arrangements between both organisations were generally effective, supported by open and cooperative relationships between staff at all levels of both organisations. The quality of much of the work we saw was good, save that the CRC's work to manage risk of harm was not sufficiently focused, in part due to the lack of routine management oversight of practitioners' work. In contrast, the NPS was managing risk of harm with rigour. The presence of a very large army barracks at Catterick created an unusual offender group of serving and former military personnel and their families. Although probation staff were experienced in managing such cases, poor information provision by the army to probation staff in cases led to confusion as to any interventions delivered by the army, and ongoing risks. We were surprised to find no formal communications process, given that the garrison was longstanding Details: Manchester: The Inspectorate, 2016. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 20, 2016 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2016/08/York-North-Yorkshire-QI-170816.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Management Shelf Number: 146001

Author: Sharp-Jeffs, Nicola Title: Domestic Homicide Review (DHR) Case Analysis Summary: This report is our contribution to fully highlight the learning from Domestic Homicide Reviews as most of us recognise the need for national, regional and local work required to embed a true coordinated community response (CCR) to domestic abuse. Broadly, much of these findings fall into two categories. There are findings which could be characterised as implementation gaps. They are failures or missed opportunities where we understand the best practice but fail to implement it. In other areas such as mental health, adult child to family abuse, adult safeguarding practice and issues such as support for carers, more work is required to establish better, safer and more appropriate ways of working. And much of these findings are underpinned by a lack of fundamental understanding of coercive control, a lack of focus on the perpetrator and the need for more professional curiosity in thinking beyond basic policy and procedure…..” Details: s.l.: Standing Together Against Domestic Violence, 2016. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 21, 2016 at: http://www.standingtogether.org.uk/sites/default/files/docs/STADV_DHR_Report_Final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Homicide Shelf Number: 147772

Author: Newiss, Geoff Title: Police-recorded child abduction and kidnapping 2012/13 to 2013/14: England, Wales and Northern Ireland Summary: In 2014 Parents and Abducted Children Together (PACT) sent Freedom of Information (FOI) requests to each police force in the UK. The FOI requests asked forces to provide the number of parental child abductions, non-parental child abductions and child kidnappings recorded in 2012/13 and 2013/14. This statistical paper reports the key findings: Overall, child abduction and child kidnapping offences increased by 13 per cent from 2012/13 to 2013/14, to a total of nearly 900 offences across England, Wales and Northern Ireland. Non-parental child abductions increased at more than twice the rate of parental child abductions (14 per cent compared to 6 per cent). Child kidnappings increased at an even higher rate of 18 per cent over the two year period. Whilst increases in this type of offence are clearly alarming, the explanation for their increase may – at least in part – lie in changes to police crime-recording practices. There is enormous variation between regions and police forces in the number, and rate, of child abduction and kidnapping offences. Whilst the large city police forces all recorded higher rates of child abduction and kidnapping offences than the national average, some smaller forces recorded even larger increases. Details: London: Parents and Abducted Children Together (PACT), 2015. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 21, 2016 at: http://www.childabduction.org.uk/images/PACT_Child_Abduction_report_2015_final.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abduction (U.K.) Shelf Number: 147796

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation Title: Quality & Impact Inspection: The effectiveness of probation work in Kent Summary: In our March 2014 inspection of Kent we found much room for improvement in certain areas of practice, most notably assessment. Within the CRC in this inspection, we saw clear signs of improvement in some of the areas we had identified in the former Probation Trust as weak. The quality of practice overall was encouraging and (with the exception of the delivery of unpaid work) progress was noteworthy. In contrast, the quality of NPS work was mixed. Court work was being delivered to an acceptable standard, and court staff and sentencers we spoke with were content with the services being delivered. Despite this, we found an unacceptable level of cases being misallocated, meaning that offenders were too often supervised by the wrong organisation. The quality of assessments within the NPS was generally good, although subsequent work was too often insufficiently focused on addressing factors linked to risk of harm issues, and so risks to the public were not sufficiently well managed. Protecting the public CRC effectiveness We found that the assessment of the risk of serious harm individuals posed to others was generally undertaken to an acceptable standard. We found, however, that some staff managing cases that had the potential to cause significant harm did not have sufficient experience, training or managerial oversight. There had been severe and unacceptable delays in the delivery of some interventions, including the Building Better Relationships programme, designed to tackle domestic abuse. As a result, too many service users did not have an effective challenge to their behaviour quickly enough, to reduce promptly the risk of harm they posed. The situation was improving. NPS effectiveness At the pre-sentence stage, cases were generally assessed to an acceptable standard, with no noticeable difference between cases to be managed by the CRC or the NPS. There were clearly many staff with the necessary skills to work with the risk of harm NPS offenders posed, although not all staff were sufficiently alert to or focused on managing risk of harm. Nearly half of the responsible officers we interviewed felt that they had not had sufficient training to manage the cases for which they were responsible. We thought this proportion too high. Shortages in first-line managers compounded the problem, as responsible officers were not always receiving sufficient guidance or support. The CRC and NPS working together The CRC and NPS were generally working together well. There was a danger, however, that information was being lost due to insufficient NPS recording and/or onward communication of relevant information from court reports, particularly oral reports. Reducing reoffending CRC effectiveness Assessments of service users’ needs in relation to their offending behaviour were delivered to an acceptable standard in a high proportion of cases. Planning to address these needs was also sufficient in most cases. The CRC’s performance in reviewing cases, however, was poor. The organisation’s operating model necessitated the transfer of service users between two teams: the assessment team and the rehabilitation team. This could, in certain circumstances, have acted as a barrier to rehabilitation although staff were generally working hard to mitigate this possibility. Conversely, within resettlement teams the same teams of officers maintained contact with service users as they moved from custody into the community. Despite the fact there is no hard evidence of effectiveness as yet, we thought this practice looked promising. We found that there had been sufficient progress in delivering the necessary interventions within the first six months of the order in approximately half of the cases we inspected. The CRC acknowledged that not enough staff were trained to deliver programmes, and we found examples of unacceptably long waiting times for some programmes. Waiting times had reduced significantly in recent months. Substance misuse services in the county were in a state of flux at the time of the inspection. For the sample of cases we inspected, most individuals with drug or alcohol misuse needs could access an effective service. There were reasonable concerns, however, that this might not be so in future. NPS effectiveness Most pre-sentence reports were of an acceptable standard, although the lack of suitable IT equipment hindered the development of efficient practices. Feedback from sentencers and court staff indicated that those NPS staff working in courts were held in high regard. There was a problem, however, with the allocation of cases. We found several examples where staff had either not understood the complexities of the allocation procedure, or for some other reason had made errors of judgement. Overall, for cases managed by the NPS, we found that the assessment of individual offending-related needs was acceptable in a reasonable proportion of cases. Plans to tackle offending were usually sufficient. The delivery of interventions was more problematic; too many cases were being transferred between insufficiently trained temporary or inexperienced staff. This problem was compounded by a lack of oversight from middle managers who were themselves overstretched. The CRC and NPS working together Working relationships between CRC and NPS staff were generally positive. The CRC had produced high quality information leaflets about their services for courts, although NPS staff felt that there was a need for a more dynamic approach to the provision of information, so as to keep them abreast of developments within the CRC. Abiding by the sentence CRC effectiveness CRC effectiveness was mixed, but improving. The CRC had impressive arrangements to make sure that they listened to the needs of service users, captured their views and took seriously the feedback they received. There was also evidence that in most cases responsible officers had taken the time to engage offenders carefully, to establish what they wanted to achieve from probation, and to deliver interventions in ways that met their diverse individual needs. There was still work to be done, however, to better understand and deliver rehabilitation activity requirement days as intended by legislation, a common issue nationally. Most significantly, we found very poor performance with regard to the delivery of unpaid work. Despite the efforts that had been made, there had been insufficient progress on the recruitment of supervisors, leading to a totally unacceptable rate of ‘stand downs’. Consequently, offenders were sometimes prevented from abiding by the requirements of their sentence. As mentioned earlier, there were also delays in starting accredited programmes. NPS effectiveness NPS performance was acceptable. Assessments and plans drawn up by responsible officers were usually done in consultation with offenders and took account of their diverse needs. In most cases, there were good levels of contact offered and, where problems with compliance arose, these were usually dealt with effectively. The CRC and NPS working together Working relationships between CRC and NPS staff were generally positive. There was good communication between staff, and swift action taken to resolve any difficulties. Practitioners from both organisations worked together to solve problems, for example, in relation to the quality of breach reports. The problems the CRC had delivering unpaid work caused some tensions, as did the ‘fee for service’ arrangements where the CRC delivered interventions for NPS cases. Recommendations The Community Rehabilitation Company and National Probation Service should: 1. improve the exchange of information about sentencing options by supplementing the high quality information leaflets produced with other methods agreed locally 2. prepare a joint response to the health service commissioners of substance misuse services on the impact of changes in treatment opportunities. The Community Rehabilitation Company should: 3. make sure that the rate at which service users are ‘stood down’ from unpaid work placements is significantly reduced 4. monitor the waiting list for access to accredited programmes and make further progress in reducing waiting times 5. improve the availability of specialist provision for enhancing the educational, training and employment opportunities for service users 6. increase the management oversight of probation services officers, particularly during their initial training, so as to support their management of service users posing a medium risk of harm to others. The National Probation Service should: 7. seek a solution to the problems of the insufficient staff complement, recruitment and retention issues in Kent 8. make sure that the level of mis-allocations is reduced significantly 9. improve the quality of IT equipment available for use by court staff, and provide computer hardware and software that enables local staff to more easily access national online training packages 10. make sure that all new staff, whether employed directly or via an agency, have access to sufficient training to enable them to undertake the work they are given. Details: Manchester: The Inspectorate, 2016. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 21, 2016 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2016/10/Kent-QI.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Management Shelf Number: 147794

Author: Irwin-Rogers, Keir Title: Beyond the Prison Gate: Licencees' Perceptions of the Legitimacy of Power Holders Summary: In England & Wales, the number of people leaving prison subject to a period of supervision in the community has almost doubled in the last decade. The significant and consistent upward trend in the number of people 'on licence' has been accompanied by another notable trend: an increasing number of people being recalled to prison for breaching the terms and conditions of their licence. Yet, despite these two important trends, there has been a dearth of research on postcustodial supervision. This thesis explores post-custodial supervision from the perspective of those on licence. In particular, it explores licencees' perceptions of the legitimacy of probation and hostel workers, and considers how these perceptions were shaped. Understanding licencees' perceptions of the legitimacy of power holders is important, since previous research has consistently identified a relationship between people's perceptions of power holder legitimacy and their willingness to comply with rules and cooperate with those in power. Empirical fieldwork was conducted in three Approved Premises in England, including periods of observation and interviews with hostel residents and members of hostel staff. Based on this fieldwork, I identified two fundamental sources of power holder legitimacy: procedure-based and outcome-based legitimacy. Overall, I argue that licencees' perceptions of procedure-based legitimacy were pivotal, since they formed the basis of constructive relationships between licencees and power holders (e.g. probation and hostel workers). In turn, these relationships could play a significant role in helping licencees to reintegrate into their communities, thus contributing to licencees' perceptions of power holder outcome-based legitimacy. The thesis rides on a tide of legitimacy research that has already served to illuminate the fields of policing and other forms of penal sanction. While research to date has primarily utilised quantitative data to explore perceptions of legitimacy, the current research highlights the role that qualitative data can play in this regard. The thesis aims not only to increase our understanding of a neglected area of penology, but also to contribute to the development of theories of legitimacy Details: Sheffield, UK: University of Sheffield, 2015. 249p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed December 21, 2016 at: http://etheses.whiterose.ac.uk/9179/1/KIR%20Thesis%20Beyond%20the%20Prison%20Gate.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Supervision Shelf Number: 147793

Author: Grimshaw, Roger Title: Preventing Torture in the UK: A report on the National Preventive Mechanism Summary: This report was originally completed in 2014, as part of the Centre’s work as the UK representative of the European Prison Observatory (EPO). The EPO is a pan-European body composed of civil society organisations championing the adherence to international protocols against torture and mistreatment in detention. We are publishing the report now as a contribution to the current debate over how to address deteriorating conditions and escalating violence in the UK prison systems. The report concerns the activities of the UK National Preventive Mechanism (NPM). Little known of outside specialist circles, the NPM works across the four UK nations and regions to strengthen the protection of people in detention, identify practices that could amount to ill-treatment, and ensure a consistent approach to inspection, in line with international standards. The UK NPM is one of over 50 NPMs that have been established in various United Nations member countries. The UK NPM, the report points out, has made a positive contribution in some areas. These included recommendations in relation to immigration removal and to the detention of young people in police custody, as well as work highlighting the lessons of deaths in custody. As is plain from the recent rise in prison suicide, important gains can quickly be undone. The report also documents a number of areas of ongoing concern. These include the use of restraint on children in custody that is intended to inflict deliberate pain, and the use of TASERs in prisons. The indefinite detention of asylum-seekers and the lack of mental health services for people in detention are areas of concern. The United Nations Committee against Torture (CAT), which oversees the work of NPMs across the world, has called on the UK government to ‘set concrete targets to reduce the high level of imprisonment and overcrowding’. Since the CAT made this call in 2013, the situation has deteriorated markedly. People in custody are particularly vulnerable to mistreatment. While the work of inspection coordinated by the UK NPM cannot, of itself, prevent mistreatment, an independent inspection system can shine a light in the dark corners of places of detention and challenge governments and state institutions to hold to important international norms and standards. Details: London: Centre for Crime and Justice Studies, 2016. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Briefing 17: Accessed December 23, 2016 at: https://www.crimeandjustice.org.uk/sites/crimeandjustice.org.uk/files/FINAL%20CCJS_Briefing17_Dec15.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Rights Abuses Shelf Number: 147813

Author: Buck, Gillian Title: Peer mentoring and the role of the voluntary sector in [re]producing 'desistance' : identity, agency, values, change and power Summary: Despite much enthusiasm for the practice of peer mentoring by ex-offenders it has received very little empirical scrutiny. This thesis examines the micro dynamics and intimate interactions within these relationships. In doing so it highlights how mentors are often much more than functional additions to existing criminal justice systems. They are also presented as teachers, co-operators and critical agents. The narratives in this study highlight how dominant forms of knowledge often minimise or miss the lived experiences of crime and change. In contrast, peer mentors place lived experiences at the centre of their approach and in doing so they critically question exclusionary practices and re-humanise themselves and their peers. The work of peer mentors also highlights and at times challenges the hidden power dynamics that are subsumed when ‘regular’ interventions take place. But, mentoring cannot avoid or operate outside of these power relationships. It can and does generate other power dynamics. Whilst many of these complex relations remain hidden in current evaluations of the practice they are rendered visible here. Data were obtained from qualitative interviews with eighteen peer mentors, twenty peer mentees, four service coordinators and two Probation officers, who were drawn from a range of voluntary sector providers in the North of England. Observations of practice were also carried out, including: volunteer recruitment processes; training courses; and formal supervision sessions. Where possible mentors were also observed facilitating group work with their peers. The analysis of the data drew upon techniques of thematic analysis and critical discourse analysis focusing upon how mentoring was described, performed and justified by participants. As a result of this analysis five overarching themes emerged. These are: identity, agency, values, change and power. Details: Newcastle, UK: Keele University, 2016. 406p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed January 25, 2016 at: http://eprints.keele.ac.uk/2410/1/BuckPhD2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Desistance Shelf Number: 147801

Author: Revolving Doors Agency Title: Rebalancing Act: A resource for Directors of Public Health, Police and Crime Commissioners and other health and justice commissioners, service providers and users. Summary: This resource is structured around the themes of policy; prevalence; and partnership and governance. In adopting this approach, we have tried to provide an introduction to the context, the need for action, and to highlight some of the activity being undertaken now in local areas to try to address some of the challenges outlined here. The prevalence of health and social problems among those in contact with the CJS is high. This resource draws on a range of published data to illustrate this, and in doing so highlights one of the biggest obstacles in any attempt to redesign systems at a local level. Much of the data is incomplete, out of date, unpublished, or otherwise problematic. It is also widely dispersed, across Government statistical releases and reports, academic journals, and a host of other stakeholders including the police, probation, Jobcentre Plus, health services and local authorities. This highlights the importance of partnership. • The intention is that Rebalancing Act will be the first of a suite of documents; further briefings will provide the opportunity to give further consideration to matters such as NHS sustainability and transformation plans and commissioning. Due to the limited and fragmented data and intelligence, we argue that partnership is central not only to the place-based delivery of services but also to the place-based assessment of need and planning of services. While the need to break out of system siloes has long been understood, the introduction of PCCs and other recent changes, such as devolution deals, may facilitate moves towards this through moving decisions and, crucially, funding to a local level. While these new flexibilities are to be welcomed, this must be tempered with the realisation that public services are operating under serious financial constraints, and that it appears likely that this will remain in the case for the foreseeable future. This resource, of necessity, can only provide a quick tour of some of the most salient factors. This is, in part, due to the wide audience it is written for, which includes: • Police and Crime Commissioners • Directors of Public Health • Clinical commissioning groups • NHS England Health and Justice Commissioners • HM Courts and Tribunals Service • Prison governors • Local authority members • Directors of housing • Directors of adult social care • Directors of children’s and family services • Directors of education • Community Rehabilitation Companies and the National Probation Service • Chief police officers and police services • Voluntary and community sector • Jobcentre Plus managers and providers of labour market programmes • User and family representatives Once stakeholders have been identified and engaged, the call is for the following, straightforward approach to services and systems to be adopted, based on the Shewhart cycle of continuous improvement: plan, do, check and adjust: • build understanding of the specific health needs of people in contact with the criminal justice system locally; • engage with communities, including service users and those with lived experience; • commission and deliver programmes jointly with partners across the system, including developing early intervention and prevention programmes; and monitor and evaluate progress and change. Details: London: Revolving Doors Agency, 2017. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 25, 2017 at: http://www.revolving-doors.org.uk/file/2048/download?token=Y0kaa9j0 Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 147826

Author: Harwin, Judith Title: After FDAC: Outcomes 5 Years Later Summary: This report presents the findings from a continuation study of outcomes of cases heard in the first Family Drug and Alcohol Court (FDAC) in England. It builds on earlier findings reported in 20142 . It provides information on child and maternal outcomes at the end of the care proceedings using a larger number of FDAC cases than before. It also has a longer followup period, reporting on outcomes up to five years after the end of proceedings. This is the first report in which the longer term outcomes of non-reunified FDAC mothers and their children five years on are also presented. The FDAC evaluation team has been following up the same cohort of cases that entered the London FDAC between 2008 and 2012 and similar cases entering ordinary care proceedings in the same court over the same period (140 FDAC and 100 comparison). It provides a unique opportunity to track cases with the aim of finding out whether the FDAC approach achieved better substance misuse and family reunification outcomes than ordinary court and service delivery. Details: Bailrigg, Lancaster, UK: Lancaster University, 2016. 89p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 25, 2017 at: http://wp.lancs.ac.uk/cfj-fdac/files/2016/12/FDAC_FINAL_REPORT_2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 145423

Author: Firmin, Carlene Title: Towards a Contextual Response to Peer--on-Peer Abuse: Research and resources from ABUSE MsUnderstood local site work 2013 -2016 Summary: Over recent years concern has grown amongst policymakers, practitioners and academics regarding violence and abuse within young people's friendships and relationships - termed 'peer-on-peer abuse’ for the purposes of this report. In 2013 the Government amended the definition of domestic abuse to include 16 and 17 year olds in recognition of young people's experiences of partner abuse and exploitation. In 2016 a Parliamentary Inquiry was launched into sexual harassment and violence in schools and the Department for Education provided additional information on peer-on-peer abuse within its Keeping Children Safe in Education guidance. The 2016 Ofsted Social Care report made note of the increasing concerns regarding peer-on-peer abuse and the need for holistic responses to child sexual exploitation (CSE) in order to accommodate this. This growing political interest has emerged from an ever-increasing evidence base on the scale and nature of peer-on-peer abuse in the UK. In a 2009 survey of young people in England a quarter of girls and 18% of boys reported experiencing physical violence from a partner before they turned 18 (Barter, et al., 2009). Once the Crime Survey was extended to include 10-15 year olds in 2013 the ONS estimated that young people experienced 465,000 incidents of violent crime in a year, the vast majority of which (79%) had been perpetrated by another young person (ONS, 2015). Surveys over the past five years estimate that between 30 and 70% of young women have been sexually harassed at school (EVAW, 2010; GirlGuiding UK, 2014). An evidence hearing at the London Mayor’s Office of Policing and Crime in 2015 heard that the majority of identified sexual exploitation cases in the capital were peer-on-peer (MOPAC, 2015) – and nationwide a third of cases are thought to fit such a profile (Firmin, 2013). Far from being a 'new' issue, a 2011 survey of adult survivors of child sexual abuse in England and Wales found that two-thirds of them had been abused by a peer and not an adult (Radford et al. 2011). In the face of this growing concern, in 2013 the University of Bedfordshire, Imkaan and the Girls against Gangs Project formed the MsUnderstood Partnership (MSU) to support the development of responses to peer-on-peer abuse specifically, and young people's experiences of inequality, more broadly. The partnership sought to bring academic rigour, partnerships with practitioners and young people’s voices to the fore of the debate, and generate practice-based evidence to support the development of responses that engaged with young people’s lived realities of violence and abuse. We achieved this through: • A programme of work with local multi-agency partnerships to audit and develop their responses to peer-on-peer abuse (Local Site Work) • A paid internship and young people’s engagement programme • Engagement in policy consultation and influencing • The dissemination of research, practice learning and young people’s voice This report chronicles the findings and resources generated by MSU over the past three years, with specific reference to the tools and knowledge created alongside professionals through local site work. The programme of work was funded by the Esmée Fairbairn Foundation, the Samworth Foundation and Trust for London. Details: London: MsUnderstood (University of Bedfordshire, Imkaan, and the Girls Against Gangs Project), 2016. 192p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 25, 2017 at: https://www.beds.ac.uk/__data/assets/pdf_file/0006/517704/Towards-a-Contextual-Response-to-Peer-on-Peer-Abuse.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 140667

Author: Youth Justice Board for England and Wales Title: Youth Justice Statistics 2015/16: England and Wales Summary: These statistics concentrate on young people in the Youth Justice System (YJS) from 1 April 2015 to 31 March 2016 (hereafter the year ending March 2016). Following on from the recommendations in the Overcoming Barriers to Trust in Crime Statistics report18, this publication guides the user through the flows of young people aged 10-17 years in the justice system in England and Wales. The data described in this publication come from various sources including the Home Office, the Ministry of Justice (MoJ), Youth Offending Teams (YOTs) and youth secure estate providers. The Analysis Team and the Information Team in the Youth Justice Board (YJB) produce this report, under the direction of the Chief Statistician in the MoJ. Details of all of the administrative databases and bespoke collections used for this report can be found in the Explanatory Notes and Data Sources. Where data are taken from other publications, links can be found within the chapters. A separate Glossary has been published alongside this report to provide users with further information on the terminology, especially the types of disposals given to young people. As this is an annual report, the focus is on the year ending March 2016, however much of the data used in this report are drawn from quarterly publications and there may be more up to data available in these. The purpose of this report is to provide an overall summary of the YJS, allowing users to find everything in one place. All data referred to are available in the Excel supplementary tables that accompany this report. Separate tables covering YOT level information are also available. We have adopted rounding conventions in this publication to aid interpretation and comparisons. Figures greater than 1,000 have been rounded to the nearest 100 and those smaller than 1,000 to the nearest 10. Rates have been reported to one decimal place. Percentages have been calculated from unrounded figures and then rounded to the nearest whole percentage. Averages have either been rounded or reported to one decimal place, depending on the context. Unrounded figures have been presented in the Excel supplementary tables. The data in this report are compared with the previous year (the year ending March 2015 in most cases), with the year ending March 2006 as a long term comparator (10 years) and where a 10 year comparator is not available, the year ending March 2011 has been used (five year comparator). Any other reference period is referenced explicitly. This publication starts (in Chapter 1) by looking at the number of arrests of young people and the number of youth cautions (previously reprimands and final warnings). It then goes on (in Chapter 2) to look at young people who are entering the system for the first time. In Chapter 3 the publication describes the characteristics of young people who have been given a youth caution or who were convicted at court. The publication also covers the proven offences committed by young people (Chapter 4) and the sentences they received (Chapter 5). There are separate Chapters on the use of remand (both in custody and in the community) for young people (Chapter 6); details of the profile of young people in custody (Chapter 7) and behaviour management in the youth secure estate including statistics on the use of force as recorded under the Minimising and Managing Physical Restraint system (Chapter 8). Towards the end of the publication, in Chapter 9 we look at trends in proven youth reoffending; in Chapter 10 the criminal histories of young people in the system; and in Chapter 11 the differences between the trends in the youth and adult system. In addition, there are Annexes to the publication that cover key outcome measures relating to youth justice (Annex A), as well as information on budget and staffing levels in YOTs (Annex B). Annex C covers data from the Crime Survey for England and Wales for 10 to 15 year olds, while Annex D presents the average number of days from offence to completion. There are also details of the data sources used in this publication. Alongside this statistical release, we have published new information on the key characteristics and needs of young people in custody. This one off supplementary analytical paper is available at www.gov.uk/government/statistics/youth-justicestatistics-2015-to-2016. Details: London: Youth Justice Board and Ministry of Justice, 2017. 103p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 26, 2017 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/585897/youth-justice-statistics-2015-2016.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Statistics Shelf Number: 140670

Author: Gleeds Title: Rehabilitation by Design: Influencing Change in Prisoner Behaviour Summary: The decision made in the EU referendum has undeniably changed the contours of political debate in the UK. However, while the Government negotiates the conditions of 'Brexit' we simultaneously continue to face a crisis in our prison system. Before the referendum the Government made clear that our prison system is failing, and it still is. Our prisons have been left to languish somewhat, as if they and the people they house are beyond redemption. Hidden behind high walls and razor-wire topped fences, prisoners have become objects to be feared, warehoused and ultimately forgotten. More often than not, current structures and processes actively stifle the initiative, innovation and creativity of staff and prisoners alike. It is time to reassess the effectiveness of such an approach, and the Prisons and Courts Reform Bill provides the perfect opportunity to do so. In short, our prisons need to become places of hope rather than despair. First introduced by Michael Gove (former Secretary of State for Justice), responsibility for the Prison Reform Bill has now passed to The Right Honourable Liz Truss, who recently said: While there is understandably some ambiguity surrounding what the prison reform agenda will actually entail, it does appear that Liz Truss agrees with former Prime Minister David Cameron’s assertion that prisons need to be more conducive to rehabilitation; they should be places which turn “remorse and regret into lives with new meaning.” Details: London: Gleeds, 2016. 103p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 26, 2017 at: https://www.gleeds.com/assets/UnitedKingdom/RehabilitationbyDesign.pdf?1476195583 Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prison Architecture Shelf Number: 140671

Author: Cape, Ed Title: The Practice of Pre-trial Detention in England and Wales: Research Report Summary: This study of pre-trial detention (PTD) decision-making in England and Wales is part of a 10 country study funded by the European Commission, and managed by Fair Trials. The authors conducted a defence lawyer survey, observed PTD hearings, examined CPS files, and interviewed judges, magistrates and Crown prosecutors, between November 2014 and June 2015. The information obtained provides important insights into the way in which PTD is regulated and how that works in practice, and the authors make a number of significant recommendations designed to improve the decision-making process and reduce the inappropriate use of PTD. Details: Brighton, UK: University of the West of England, Centre for Legal Research, 2016. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 26, 2017 at: https://www.fairtrials.org/wp-content/uploads/Country-Report-England-and-Wales-MASTER-Final-PRINT.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Pretrial Detention Shelf Number: 140679

Author: Allen, Rob Title: The Sentencing Council of England and Wales: brake or accelerator on the use of prison? Summary: Prisons in England and Wales are facing a major crisis, with serious questions being raised about whether they can accommodate the current population safely, let alone help to reduce re-offending. Ten years ago, the Sentencing Council was conceived as a way of helping to control the growth of prison numbers. But, by the time it started work in 2010, its objectives were limited to making sentencing more effective, predictable and consistent. While prison numbers have been fairly stable over the last six years, this is mainly due to large falls in the numbers appearing in court. Those that do are more likely to go to prison, and to stay there longer. Most of the Council's work has involved the production of guidelines which require courts to take a step by step approach to sentencing, starting at the same point, and taking into account the same kinds of factors in assessing the seriousness of a particular offence. Despite some reluctance on the part of judges and magistrates, guidelines are widely accepted – unsurprisingly given the considerable range of discretion that still exists, and the courts’ ability to sentence outside the guidelines if it is in the interest of justice to do so. Guidelines have sought to reflect the existing practice of the courts, rather than recalibrate sentencing levels based on effectiveness and cost. However, in the case of assaults and burglary (the guidelines whose impact the Council has evaluated), sentence levels have risen more than anticipated. This may not have been solely a result of the guidelines, but concerns have been expressed that the Council has not done enough to challenge increasing sentence lengths, or to give more explicit assistance to courts in determining when offences are so serious that only prison will do. While the Council may have helped to make sentencing more transparent, consistent and proportionate, it has neglected its' potential to curb the ineffective use of imprisonment, adopting a narrow focus to its work. We recommend that both the membership of the Council, and its range of responsibilities, are widened. On the one hand, it could use its current remit to issue guidelines on a wider range of common issues facing sentencers, such as the weight to be attached to previous convictions, and the challenges involved in sentencing women, young adults or people with mental health problems. On the other, its mandate could be extended so that it advises more broadly on sentencing policy, projects prison numbers, and uses its guidelines to keep them in line with available prison places. In the late 2000s the government backtracked on explicitly linking sentencing levels with available resources, but now could be the time to revisit the issue. Prisons are in crisis now as then, and the increasing length of sentences is one of the causes. The Council could play a key role in reducing this population crisis. Details: London: Transform Justice, 2016. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 26, 2017 at: http://www.transformjustice.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/TJ-DEC-8.12.16-1.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Sentencing Shelf Number: 145430

Author: Phillips, Jake Title: Non-natural deaths following prison and police custody: Data and practice issues Summary: The Commission undertook this research as a follow up to our "Preventing deaths in detention of adults with mental health conditions" Inquiry. During this inquiry, we were told of concerns about gaps in knowledge about those who died shortly after leaving police or prison custody. This was outside of the Inquiry's terms of reference but we decided to take a closer look at this following publication of the Inquiry report. We commissioned Sheffield Hallam University and the University of Cambridge to undertake this work. The original inquiry made four principal recommendations. These were: -- There needs to be a more structured approach to learning lessons to implement changes identified as necessary during investigations of previous deaths and near misses, as well as learning from experiences in other institutions. -- There should be a clearer focus on getting the basics right, including implementing recommendations, improving staff training and ensuring more joined up working. -- There needs to be increased transparency to ensure adequate scrutiny, holding to account and the involvement of bereaved families. --All detention settings should use the Commission's Human Rights Framework to reduce non-natural deaths and ensure that their policies and practices meet their legal obligations under the Human Rights Act. The research into deaths following custody identified similar factors, suggesting that issues which could contribute to deaths in custody, are also relevant on release. Details: Manchester, UK: Equality and Human Rights Commission, 2016. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Research report 106: Accessed January 27, 2017 at: https://www.equalityhumanrights.com/sites/default/files/research-report-106-non-natural-deaths-following-prison-and-police-custody.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Deaths in Custody Shelf Number: 144928

Author: Roberts, Ellie Title: Family Drug and Alcohol Court National Unit: independent evaluation Summary: The Family Drug and Alcohol Courts (FDAC) aim to improve outcomes for children and families by providing an alternative way of working with parents involved in care proceedings who are experiencing substance misuse. FDAC encourages parents to believe recovery and change are possible, alongside a realistic understanding of the challenges they face. Research published by Brunel University in 2014 indicated that the FDAC model was promising; showing that a higher proportion of parents whose case was heard in FDAC had ceased misusing substances by the end of proceedings, and more FDAC than comparison families were reunited with their children. Additionally, proportionately fewer children in FDAC families experienced new neglect or abuse in the first year following reunification (Harwin et al., 2014). Following the publication of the initial research by Brunel University, careful consideration was given to how best to scale-up FDAC in order to improve outcomes for more children and families. This resulted in a successful funding application to the Department of Education’s (DfE) Children’s Social Care Innovation Programme (hereafter the Innovation Programme) to create the FDAC 'National Unit'. The National Unit was originally commissioned to support 4 new sites to set-up FDACs. However, over the course of the first month, the number of sites increased to 9 due to the inclusion of 5 West Yorkshire local authorities, and Southampton joining the community of practice. Recent research, conducted by Brunel University London, Lancaster University and RyanTunnardBrown with methodological guidance from NatCen, has found evidence of the sustained benefits of FDAC. For example, the 'After FDAC: outcomes 5 years later' study, funded by the Innovation Programme, estimated that a higher proportion of FDAC than comparison reunification mothers abstained from drugs or alcohol over the 5 year follow-up (Harwin et al., 2016). Overview of evaluation In 2015 NatCen Social Research was commissioned by DfE to evaluate the FDAC National Unit. The evaluation aimed to gather an in-depth understanding of the work and contribution of the National Unit from the perspective of key stakeholders. The evaluation was underpinned by a theory of change and involved 32 in-depth qualitative interviews with individuals from new FDAC sites and 13 interviews with other stakeholders including members of the National Unit; individuals from sites who launched their FDAC before the National Unit was established; and key government stakeholders. NatCen was also commissioned to provide independent methodological advice and guidance on 2 further studies on FDAC: • NatCen acted as a critical friend on the methodology of the 2016 evaluation of FDAC, 'After FDAC: outcomes 5 years later', funded by the Innovation Programme and conducted by Brunel University London, Lancaster University and RyanTunnardBrown (Harwin et al., 2016) • NatCen provided methodological guidance to the Centre for Justice Innovation on their research assessing the value for money of FDAC, 'Better Courts: the financial impact of the London Family Drug and Alcohol Court' (Reeder et al., 2016). Details: London: UK Department of Education, 2017. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Children’s Social Care Innovation Programme Evaluation Report 12: Accessed January 30, 2017 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/585193/Family_drug_and_alcohol_court_national_unit_evaluation.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcoholism Shelf Number: 144881

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation Title: An Inspection of Through the Gate Resettlement Services for Short-Term Prisoners Summary: Executive Summary The strategic vision for Through the Gate services has not been realised Through the Gate services had been in place for almost a year at the time of our fieldwork. Delivering the Through the Gate aspect of the Transforming Rehabilitation reforms has been a significant task. To set up and deliver a resettlement service to meet the needs of this cohort of offenders would always be difficult. Despite this, it was reasonable to expect that core services would be in place at the time of our inspection. Some of the new services that were proposed in the bids for contracts had promise, but had not been implemented. The provision that we saw was some distance from the original vision of a seamless service from the beginning to end of the sentence. We found little evidence of the anticipated creativity or innovation in the new services being delivered by the CRCs. The minimum contractual requirement is to complete and review resettlement plans for all prisoners, and this is the main driver for the activity of the CRCs. We found no evidence that payment by results was in anyway incentivising the work when compared with the direct contractual requirements. This was not altogether surprising given the comparative limited weight of payment by results and the time lag before the reoffending outcome data becomes available. In addition, the achievement of reduced reoffending is not wholly within the control of the CRC, unlike the completion of mandatory processes as part of the 'fee-for-service'. The absence of common resettlement targets for prisons, CRCs and the NPS meant that there could not be a ‘whole system approach’ to the resettlement of offenders. The needs of individual prisoners were not properly identified and planned for Most prisoners serving short sentences had multiple and complex needs. Basic custody screenings, completed at the start of sentence by HM Prison staff, drew only upon what the prisoner had said and were a wholly inadequate basis for resettlement planning. The National Offender Management Service guidance for completion of these initial screenings did not promote depth or quality. Resettlement plans, completed by CRC staff within five days of the screening, did not robustly address the most urgent resettlement needs. In too many cases, resettlement planning consisted of no more than referrals to other agencies, recorded as completed once an email had been sent. Prisoners had not been involved with setting objectives or given a copy of their plan. The emphasis on completing processes led to adverse behaviours such as the creation and review of a resettlement plan on the same day, and copying initial plans with only minimal update. Not enough was being done to help prisoners to get ready for release or to manage risks Too many prisoners reached their release date without their immediate resettlement needs having been met, or even recognised. Some CRC senior managers reported difficulties recruiting organisations to provide resettlement services in the supply chains. The need to replace organisations in their supply chains had also been disruptive to the resettlement of prisoners. Not enough assistance was given to prisoners to resolve debts. Too many prisoners were released without any accommodation. None of the prisoners had been helped into employment by Through the Gate services and we did not see examples of handover to specialist education or training resources in the community. The low number of mentors available did not match the early promise of CRC contract bids, or the numbers of prisoners who might have benefited from this type of support on release. Work at the low level of intensity that we found was unlikely to achieve the aim of resettlement and reduced reoffending. We were further concerned that the risks of harm presented to others by prisoners were not always recognised. Where they were known, CRC responsible officers did too little to manage risk of harm, which meant that victims were not always protected, particularly in cases of domestic abuse. The level of communication between staff in prisons and the community was poor and there was very little continuity between services in prison and in the community. Prospects after release None of the CRCs we visited were able to provide us with any information on the outcomes they had achieved for prisoners receiving Through the Gate services. Our sample showed concerning rates of reoffending and recall to prison and unsatisfactory initial outcomes for basic needs such as being in settled accommodation. The picture was more positive for women with more services available to help them than men. Overall, however, many responsible officers conveyed a lack of hope and an almost fatalistic acceptance of the likelihood of failure. This did not bode well for the released prisoner or the wider community Details: Manchester, UK: HM Inspectorate of Probation, 2016. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 30, 2017 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/cjji/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2016/09/Through-the-Gate.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prisoner Reentry Shelf Number: 140752

Author: Durcan, Graham Title: Immigration Removal Centres in England: A mental health needs analysis Summary: Between March 2015 and March 2016, over 30,000 people were held in UK immigration detention. Many of these people had experienced torture, trauma and oppression in their countries of origin. In response to the Shaw Report (2016) which highlighted the poor mental wellbeing of people detained in Immigration Removal Centres (IRCs), Centre for Mental Health was commissioned by NHS England to conduct a rapid mental health needs analysis of IRCs in England. The resulting review aims to support NHS England and the Home Office in planning to meet the wellbeing and mental health needs of people held in IRCs. To gain a full oversight of mental health needs in IRCs, we conducted interviews with staff and detainees, asked managers to complete a survey, and conducted observations of each IRC. Ten IRCs (or 'holding facilities') were included in the needs analysis. Mental health and immigration detention Research into the impact of detention has consistently highlighted that: • Immigration detention has a negative impact on mental health • The longer someone spends in detention, the more negative an impact it has upon their mental health • Depression, anxiety and post-traumatic stress disorder are the most common mental health problems A study conducted across four UK IRCs in 2009 found that four out of five detainees met a clinical threshold for depression. Mental wellbeing in IRCs All immigration detainees will face challenges to their wellbeing during their stay. Even if they do not reach a clinical threshold, the distress they experience is still disabling and even life-threatening. Across the IRCs in our needs analysis, the most commonly reported problem was depressed mood and anxiety problems, and the most severe reported problems were hallucinations or delusions. Most of the detainees we interviewed had experienced some form of trauma in their life before detention, e.g. fleeing a country where they were being persecuted; witnessing loved ones being killed; experiencing domestic violence, sex trafficking or female genital mutilation; or fleeing a death sentence. They also highlighted issues of mental health stigma and language barriers in discussing wellbeing. Impact of detention on mental wellbeing Detainees and staff both described the impact of detention on people's wellbeing. The challenges to wellbeing were partly caused by loss of liberty, the feeling of staying in a prison-like regime, and uncertainty about their future. Additionally, confusion about the legal procedures caused a huge amount of distress to detainees. Details: London: Centre for Mental Health, 2017. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 1, 2017 at: https://www.centreformentalhealth.org.uk/immigration-removal-centres Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 145100

Author: Public Health England Title: An evidence review of the outcomes that can be expected of drug misuse treatment in England Summary: This review gives policy makers and local areas an objective assessment of what drug treatment outcomes are achievable, and compares outcomes in England to the evidence and to other drug treatment systems It reviews the impact of housing problems, unemployment and social deprivation on treatment engagement and outcomes. The review also considers how drug treatment will need to be configured to meet future need and recommends an appropriate set of measures or indicator for treatment evaluation. Details: London: Public Health England, 2017. 158p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 3, 2017 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/586111/PHE_Evidence_review_of_drug_treatment_outcomes.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 140804

Author: Day, Laurie Title: National Evaluation of the Troubled Families Programme: Final Synthesis Report Summary: In January 2013, Ecorys was commissioned by Department for Communities and Local Government (DCLG) to lead a consortium providing an independent evaluation of the Phase One Troubled Families Programme1 . The evaluation included process, impact and economic strands of work, culminating in a set of final reports in September 2015. This report presents the overall summative findings from the evaluation. It is based on triangulated evidence from across all strands of the evaluation informing the final report series, which include:  quasi-experimental research using outcomes data from national administrative datasets, and a large-scale face-to-face survey of families, comparing families going through the programme with a matched comparison group  qualitative case study research with a purposive sample of 20 local authorities, conducted longitudinally, and  snapshot qualitative telephone interviews with a further 50 local authorities. The report also draws selectively on monitoring data collected on a self-report basis from 143 local authorities at three points in time during the evaluation, and a quantitative survey of local authorities conducted during the early stages of the programme to map the broad characteristics of local Troubled Families programmes. The synthesis report is complemented with a series of technical reports, detailing the findings from the impact analysis of the administrative data (Bewley, et al., 2016); survey data (Purdon and Bryson, 2016); process evaluation (White and Day, 2016), and qualitative research with families (Blades, et al., 2016). The series also includes shorter technical reports on the Family Monitoring Data (Whitley, 2016), and the survey of families (Panayiotou, et al., 2016). The launch of the programme followed an announcement in December 2011 of the commitment to work with the 120,000 most ‘troubled’ families. This figure was based on earlier Cabinet Office analyses of the Families and Children Study (See DCLG 2012a). This found that 120,000 families in England were estimated to meet five of the following seven criteria:  no parent in the family was in work;  the family lived in poor-quality or overcrowded housing;  no parent had any qualifications;  the mother had mental health problems;  at least one parent had a long-standing limiting illness, disability or infirmity;  the family had a low income (below 60 per cent of the median); and  the family could not afford a number of items of food and clothing. The Troubled Families Programme was subsequently launched in April 2012. As set out within the Troubled Families Financial Framework (DCLG, 2013), the administrative definition of 'troubled families' for the programme was based on households who meet the following criteria: 1. are involved in crime and anti-social behaviour 2. have children not in school 3. have an adult on out of work benefits2 4. cause high costs to the public purse Details: London: Department for Communities and Local Government, 2016. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 3, 2017 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/560499/Troubled_Families_Evaluation_Synthesis_Report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Families Shelf Number: 140806

Author: Collins, Brian Title: Cyber Trust and Crime Prevention: A Synthesis of the State-of-the-Art Science Reviews Summary: This report provides a synthesis of theoretical and empirical work in the sciences and social sciences that indicates the drivers, opportunities, threats, and barriers to the future evolution of cyberspace and the feasibility of crime prevention measures. It is based on 10 state-of-the-art science reviews commissioned by the Foresight Project. Each of the papers highlights the current state of knowledge in selected areas as well as gaps in the evidence base needed to address issues of cyber trust and crime prevention in the future. Complexity and System Behaviour The analysis in this report shows that the whole of cyberspace is subject to unpredictable and emergent system behaviour. This gives rise to considerable uncertainty about future developments and this is especially at the interfaces between the components of the system. This review of developments in cyberspace technologies and the social system demonstrates that there will be new opportunities for crime and that strategies to minimise these will involve numerous choices. The solutions for improving cyber trust and crime prevention in a pervasive computing environment will differ from those in use today. New paradigms for cyberspace security, privacy protection, risk assessment and crime prevention will be needed, together with a stronger cross-disciplinary research effort. Details: London: Home Office, 2004. 101p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 4, 2017 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/299219/04-1147-cyber-trust-reviews.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Computer Crime Shelf Number: 145875

Author: Centre for Justice Innovation Title: Better Courts: The Financial Impact of the London Family Drug and Alcohol Court Summary: The London Family Drug and Alcohol Court (FDAC) works with families which are at risk of having children removed due to parental substance misuse. Our analysis suggests that it saves the taxpayer £730,000 per year – that's £2.30 for every £1 invested. FDACs deal with families at risk of having their children permanently removed because of drug and alcohol difficulties. These problem-solving courts are different because a dedicated judge and a team of social workers, psychiatrists and substance misuse experts, monitor parents to address their drug, alcohol and parenting problems. This report examines the costs and benefits of the Family Drug and Alcohol Court. It concludes that, though it is more expensive than standard proceedings, due to the extra support provided to families, it is a good investment. Savings to the taxpayer Our report found that FDAC produces an average of £27,000 savings per case. This is more than double the £12,000 cost of the extra support. The main sources of savings are: The extra support and supervision provided by FDAC helps more children return safely to their families, meaning that an average of £17,000 less per case is spent on adoption and fostering. Parents going through FDAC are more likely to overcome their drug and alcohol problems. This saves £5,000 per case by reducing the amount that the NHS spends treating substance-misusing parents and that the criminal justice system spends prosecuting drug-related crime. Because they are less contentious and use more streamlined, FDAC court cases cost an average of £6,400 less than standard proceedings in terms of lawyers and expert witnesses There are also additional smaller savings related to fewer families returning to court with subsequent issues, and some additional costs because more FDAC families take up drug treatment. Our estimates suggest that 88% of the savings go to local authority children's services, with the remainder split between the legal aid agency, the criminal justice system and the NHS. Many of the savings are realised relatively quickly, with FDAC more than paying back its initial investment within two years. Details: London: The Centre, 2016. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 4, 2017 at: http://justiceinnovation.org/portfolio/the-financial-impact-of-the-london-family-drug-and-alcohol-court/ Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 140820

Author: GRETA (Group of Experts on Action Against Trafficking in Human Beings Title: Report concerning the implementation of the Council of Europe Convention on Act. Second Evaluation Round Summary: According to data collected by the National Crime Agency (NCA), the number of referrals of possible victims of trafficking to the National Referral Mechanism (NRM) was, respectively, 1 186 in 2012, 1 746 in 2013, 2 340 in 2014, and 3 266 in 2015.5 Out of the total number of referrals over the period 2012-2015, 60% were female, with an upward trend in the proportion of male referrals over the years (thus in 2015, there were 1 744 female and 1 518 male referrals). The number of child victims referred to the NRM has also been on the increase: from 371 in 2012 to 982 in 2015 (29% of all referrals during the period 2012-2015). Sexual exploitation was the most frequently referred type during the reporting period (36% of all referrals), followed by labour exploitation (35% of the referrals), which also includes as a subcategory the exploitation of criminal activities, and domestic servitude (13% of the referrals). Further, there were eight referrals of possible victims of trafficking for the purpose of organ harvesting during the reporting period. The type of exploitation was unknown in the remaining cases. Statistics indicate an upward trend in the proportion of referrals of victims of trafficking for the purpose of labour exploitation, which in 2015 was the most prominent type of exploitation recorded for both adult and child victims. Possible victims of trafficking were reported to originate from some 100 different countries. Albania, Vietnam and Nigeria were the most common countries of origin of the possible victims referred. Other main countries of origin were Romania, Poland, the Slovak Republic and Sudan. The number of UK nationals referred as possible victims over the period 2012 to 2015 was 451; the majority of them were children trafficked for the purpose of sexual exploitation within the UK. As regards the number of persons actually recognised as victims of trafficking (i.e. given positive conclusive decisions after referral to the NRM), it was 819 in 2013 (46.9% of all referrals), 834 in 2014 (35.6% of the referrals) and 674 in 2015 (20.6% of the referrals). The number of negative decisions was, respectively, 776 in 2013 (44.5% of all referrals), 924 in 2014 (39.5% of the referrals) and 768 in 2015 (23.5% of the referrals). The remainder of the cases were pending decisions, suspended cases and cases withdrawn from process.6 GRETA notes that trends in the percentages of positive and negative conclusive decisions are strongly influenced by the proportion of pending cases. The UK authorities have indicated that the quarterly NRM statistics that are published on the National Crime Agency website will include an update of the decision status of the 2015 NRM statistics. GRETA notes that according to a 2014 estimate of the Home Office, based on Multiple Systems Estimation and using the different sources of data collected by the NCA, there are between 10 000 and 13 000 persons who would upon detection be referred into the NRM (possible victims of modern slavery) in the UK. The proportion of those who are referred into the NRM is small but constantly growing, as illustrated by the above-mentioned figures. Details: Strasbourg Cedex, France: Council of Europe, 2016. 121p. Source: Internet Resource: GRETA(2016)21: Second Evaluation Round: Accessed February 4, 2017 at: http://www.ecpat.org.uk/sites/default/files/greta_2016_21_fgr_uk_en_final.docx_.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Exploitation Shelf Number: 145996

Author: Irwin-Rogers, Keir Title: Social Media as a Catalyst and Trigger for Youth Violence Summary: Social media now plays a central role in the lives of young people in the UK, with the vast majority of teenagers using smartphones and tablets to access online platforms throughout their waking hours. The integration of social media into the daily lives of young people has left online - offline boundaries increasingly blurred. Whilst online activity offers huge potential to enhance the quantity and quality of communication between people across the world, it also raises some serious challenges. This report focuses on one of these challenges, namely, the links between young people's use of social media and youth violence. Whilst social media platforms are being used to glamorise, display and incite serious acts of violence, this content currently drifts under the radar of responsible adults and organisations which have the potential to respond to and challenge this behaviour. The report makes for uncomfortable reading, particularly for those who work with young people and recognise the daily challenges that many face. The attitudes and behaviour of the young people discussed in this report must be viewed within the wider social and economic context of their lives. Many will have grown up in areas of socioeconomic deprivation, may be struggling to cope with serious issues around trauma stemming from early childhood experiences and are therefore exhibiting attitudes and behaviours that are tragically understandable when considered in this context. All of the findings presented in this report are intended to be read in light of the above. By highlighting the ways in which social media is acting as a catalyst and trigger for serious incidents of violence between young people in real life, the report provides a springboard for action and collaborative exchanges between a full range of stakeholders as we move forward. It identifies a number of measures aimed at preventing young people harming, and being harmed by, other young people as a result of activity on social media. Its recommendations, however, should not be taken as a fixed blueprint, but as a means of kick-starting the development of appropriate and effective policy and practice in this area. 1.1 Key findings - No holds barred online: Because social media is commonly perceived to be hidden from adults, a virtual free-for-all space has emerged in which a small minority of young people share various forms of material that both display and incite serious incidents of violence in real life. - Impact of the smartphone: Whilst some of the online activities discussed in this report have been occurring for several years, they now pose far greater challenges because of the recent developments in smartphone technology, which have radically altered both the nature and prevalence of young people's use of social media. - Growing audience: By collapsing time and space, social media platforms are providing young people with unprecedented opportunities to disrespect one another. Before the advent of these platforms, incidents of violence, disrespect and provocation were typically confined to relatively small audiences, as well as a single location and point in time. Now, however, visceral displays of violence and disrespect are being captured via photographs and videos, and may be replayed at any time as the content spreads virally over multiple platforms. In addition, the enhanced audience size facilitated by social media makes violent retaliation more likely because of the unprecedented potential for disrespectful online activity to undermine young people's perceived status and reputation. - Threats and provocation in music videos: Young people and professionals reported concerns around what they referred to as drill music videos, which threaten and provoke individuals and groups from rival areas. A clear distinction must be made between the vast majority of music videos that simply provide a raw reflection of the realities of young people's lives (content that does not provoke real-life violence), and a much smaller number of videos that go well beyond this, through displays of young people brandishing weapons, incendiary remarks about recent incidents of young people being seriously injured and killed, and explicit threats to stab or shoot specific individuals and members of rival groups. - Violent intent is the exception rather than the norm: It is important to highlight that the vast majority of young people do not want to live the violent and risky lifestyles that are being glamorised in drill music videos. Many attempt to launch careers as music artists as a means of escaping life 'on road'. In addition, these videos should not be seen as a root cause of youth violence. According to young people and professionals, however, they are acting as a catalyst and trigger for serious incidents of face-to-face violence between young people. - Daily exposure to online violence: A small minority of young people are exposed daily to social media content that displays or incites serious violence in real life. This includes uploads of photos and videos of individuals and groups trespassing into areas associated with rival groups, and serious incidents of theft and violence perpetrated against young people. Some of the latter are being taken within prison settings 5 and broadcast live over social media by prisoners with access to smartphones. Some social media accounts are dedicated entirely to archiving and sharing material that displays young people being seriously harmed, disrespected and humiliated. - Social pressures: When young people are disrespected by content uploaded to social media, this can generate significant social pressure to retaliate in real life to protect their perceived status and reputation. Moreover, when young people witness graphic displays of real-life violence involving their friends and family, this can leave them suffering from significant levels of anxiety and trauma. Those who initially upload the content disrespecting a particular individual or group become prone to retaliatory acts of serious violence and theft, which in turn are often recorded and broadcast over social media, creating a vicious cycle of retaliation. - Vulnerability of young women: Professionals and young people reported cases of girls being violently attacked and sexually assaulted by members of rival groups after appearing in content uploaded online. In addition, professionals described cases in which young women who commented on content uploaded to social media were subsequently groomed and pressured into risky activities such as holding and storing weapons or drugs. - Negative implications for education and employment: The social media accounts of some people who self-identify as being part of a street gang are being followed by tens of thousands of young people. This continuous lens into a seemingly seductive and lucrative lifestyle that glamorises violence and the pursuit of money through illegal activities such as drug distribution further undermines the commitment of some young people to education and legitimate forms of employment. Details: London: Catch22, 2017. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 6, 2017 at: http://eugangs.eu/pdf/05012017/Catch22-Report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Media Violence Shelf Number: 146029

Author: Great Britain. HM Chief Inspector of Prisons Title: Report on an unannounced inspection of HMP Exeter Summary: HMP Exeter is a category B local prison that accepts all adult and young offenders committed to prison by the courts in Devon, Cornwall and Somerset. Prisoners are also sent to Exeter from further afield, and at the time of this inspection there were 490 being held there. This inspection found that there had been a clear decline in outcomes for prisoners in three of the four healthy prison tests. The symptoms of this decline were clear to see. The number of violent incidents was far higher than at other local prisons and than at the time of our previous inspection. Too many prisoners felt unsafe in the prison, there were high levels of self-harm and there were serious concerns about some aspects of health care provision. Prisoners spent too much time locked in their cells, so that too few managed to take part in activities, and there were some real weaknesses in offender management. Nevertheless, we were impressed by the determination of the management team to lead the staff in delivering a service to prisoners in what were undoubtedly challenging circumstances. It was clear that the biggest challenge facing the prison was that at the time of the inspection there were insufficient staff to run a predictable and resilient regime. We were told that the prison was suffering a shortfall of 13 prison officers and that on the penultimate day of the inspection there were only 29 officers on duty. This situation was apparently exacerbated by the long recruitment process for new staff, which far exceeds the notice period for departing members and means that there is no prospect of immediate respite. Both the governor and chair of the IMB separately expressed frustration at the delays caused by the recruitment process. The prison had also lost staff to other local employers, including Devon and Cornwall Constabulary. The line between what was safe for prisoners and staff and what would be unsafe was a narrow one, and the management team at Exeter had to make fine judgements around this on a daily basis. The inspection found that the staff shortage was having a tangible effect on outcomes for prisoners, with too many unable to attend education or activities. We carefully considered whether the management team could have done more to mitigate the impact of staff shortages, and although there were some issues that were not directly related to this matter and could be addressed, it was difficult to see how outcomes could have been significantly better given the staffing shortfalls. If the shortage of staff provided the backdrop to the difficulties at HMP Exeter, the foreground was filled by the challenges of drugs, violence and prisoners suffering from mental health issues. These were, of course, intertwined, and each in their own way was exacerbated by the impact of staff shortages. Despite all these difficulties, the details of which are set out in the body of this report, it is notable that prisoners told us that the staff treated them with respect, and it was clear to us that the relationship between prisoners and staff was fundamentally sound. It was to the enormous credit of senior managers and staff alike that they were persisting in their determination to do what they could to provide a decent and respectful environment for the men in their care. However, there was a real and troubling concern that the situation at HMP Exeter was fragile. The reality was that outcomes for prisoners had declined markedly since the previous inspection. Unless the regime at the establishment could be improved, violence reduced and the prevalence of drugs and other contraband addressed, further declines would be almost inevitable. Details: London: HM Chief Inspector of Prisons, 2017. 121p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 6, 2017 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprisons/wp-content/uploads/sites/4/2017/01/Exeter-Web-2016.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 140835

Author: McCulloch, Lizzie Title: Black Sheep: An Investigation into Existing Support for Problematic Cannabis Use Summary: Black Sheep reveals that a legal regulated market would better support people experiencing problematic cannabis use as the sector is lacking a clear, effective strategy for linking people into support and guidance. With the current illegal and unregulated market reducing the visibility of cannabis users, practitioners have reported that "we're just fumbling around in the dark trying to find them". Among people showing signs of cannabis dependence, only 14.6% have ever received treatment, help or support specifically because of their drug use, and 5.5% had received this in the past six months. Details: London: Volteface, 2016. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2017 at: http://volteface.me/app/uploads/2017/02/BlackSheeporiginal.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cannabis Shelf Number: 145130

Author: O'Brien, Rachel Title: A Matter of Conviction: A blueprint for community-based rehabilitative prisons Summary: A Matter of Conviction: A Blueprint for Community-Based Rehabilitative Prisons In January 2016, the RSA and Transition Spaces embarked on the Future Prison project, which set out to explore how prisons in England and Wales could better support rehabilitation. This final report sets out a blueprint for a community-based rehabilitative prison and a policy framework to support such models. • The annual cost of reoffending to the taxpayer in England and Wales is estimated to be between £9.5 and £13bn. • Around 70,000 people left prison in England and Wales in 2015. • The number of adults who took their own lives in prison in the 12 months prior to June 2016, was 28 percent higher than the previous year. • The number of officer grade staff working in prisons fell by 28 percent between 2010 and 2016. • Within one year of release, 46 percent of adults are reconvicted. This rises to 60 percent for those serving sentences of less than 12 months. Conclusions • The potential impact that prisons could have on reducing reoffending and community safety has been undermined by a lack of consistent political leadership and clear purpose. • This has led to reactive policy, episodic change, an over-centralised system which has disempowered the workforce and undermined public confidence. • The government’s commitment to prison reform is welcome and must be underpinned by a long-term vision of reform capable of securing cross-party consensus and mobilising public support Details: London: Royal Society for the Encouragement of Arts, Manufactures and Commerce (RSA), 2016. 146p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2017 at: https://www.thersa.org/discover/publications-and-articles/reports/a-matter-of-conviction-a-blueprint-for-community-based-prisons Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Corrections Shelf Number: 140871

Author: McBride, George Title: High Stakes: An Inquiry into the Drugs Crisis in English Prisons Summary: Prisons are in crisis with record levels of suicides, violence and self-harm. Traditional drugs have been replaced by a family of drugs called synthetic cannabinoid receptor agonists, generically referred to as 'black mamba' or 'spice.' The government has failed to recognise the important policy implications of these new drugs, and the lack of intelligent drug policy in the new white paper risks undermining the entirety of the proposed prison reforms. This report is the first of its kind bringing together experts in drug and prison policy to examine the implications of the radical shift in prison drug markets and propose pragmatic solutions to reduce drug-related harms and improve prison safety and security. The report reviews the rise to near ubiquity of spice in men's prisons in England. These diverse and multitudinous substances have risen to prominence globally in response to international prohibition of popular illicit substances, in particular cannabis. These new substances have relatively unknown risk profiles and many induce paranoia, behavioural disturbances, violence, seizures and convulsions. They are particularly popular in prisons due to their low cost, difficulty to detect, and "bird [prison sentence] killing" effects. Too little is being done to fight drug demand within prisons. Prisoners are often left unoccupied in their cells for 23 hours a day. Many prisoners are developing drug problems during their incarceration. Overall 8% of men in prison in England and Wales report developing a drug problem since they have been in prison. In prisons with the worst regimes this is as high as 14-16%. This is increasing drug use and the frequency of dangerous incidents, which are a substantial drain on prison staff resources. This feeds a vicious cycle, further draining resources, and is leaving prisoners increasingly unoccupied and under supervised. As staff capacity is reduced this further decreases the ability of prisons to perform essential functions in disrupting the supply of drugs into prisons leaving criminal organisations able to push drugs with impunity. The supply reduction methods proposed in the White Paper are expensive distractions from the real work needed to disrupt criminal supply chains. Proposed extensions to the mandatory drug testing regime will be impracticable with the available resources, only identify a limited range of the drugs in circulation, and fail to assist in identifying those supplying drugs. New sniffer dogs will quickly become obsolete due to the rate of chemical innovation of new substances. We are currently monitoring drug use in prisons through mandatory drug testing and records of seizures. These methods give very little assistance in terms of understanding who is supplying drugs, who is using drugs, what drugs are in circulation, how drugs are getting into prisons, or the level and nature of harm associated with drug use in a given prison. Recommendations: Risk management not zero tolerance – a chasm exists between the prevailing rhetoric and policy reality. In order to manage prisons effectively efforts need to focus on disrupting supply chains, reducing demand for drugs, and improving intelligence-gathering. Reducing drug-related harms makes prisons safer places in which rehabilitation is more effective. Helping addicted drug-users who are willing to change to turn their lives around is proven to reduce re-offending rates. Reduce demand through purposeful activity – There needs to be an acceptance that supply reduction measures are there to disrupt supply, they are not there to eradicate it. A shift of emphasis towards demand reduction is required to make prisons more effective places at tackling problem drug habits and rehabilitating offenders. There is a clear link between a lack of purposeful activity and the uptake of drug use. Busy prison regimes and treatment are more effective than security measures in managing the drug problem in our prisons. The long-held emphasis on supply reduction over demand reduction creates an increased burden on staff, logistical and management difficulties, and associated difficulties in implementing new policies, supporting work, training, education and treatment schemes. These costs too often go uncounted. Overhaul monitoring of drug use – An essential part of effective management is using appropriate, reliable metrics for measuring success and failure. The Ministry of Justice’s recommendations to monitor prisons’ drug policy outcomes via drug testing prisoners on arrival and exit from prison will not provide reliable or useful data. Instead, a system should be implemented to monitor the nature and scale of the drug market and drug-related harms. Regular anonymous audits of drug use and the drug market could provide valuable information from treatment staff, prison officers, current and ex-prisoners. Overhaul monitoring of drug supply and security – Current supply-reduction and security measures are not grounded in evidence. New proposed measures focus on drones and visitors when there is no evidence that these are the primary sources of supply. There is evidence suggesting corrupt staff may be a major source of supply. Evidence gathering is needed on drug seizures to assist in determining their providence, as well as a new regional task force within the Prison Service to oversee periodic spot checks and searches of staff. Improve staff to prisoner ratio – Overseeing busy prison routines and effective treatment is a labour-intensive endeavour with no quick-fix technological solutions. In order to bring about this reform we need a better staff to prisoner ratio. To do so means that we need to either substantially reduce the prison population or substantially increase prison funding. Reducing the prison population likely has both fiscal and outcome benefits by reducing the use of a costly and ineffective intervention. Details: London: Volteface, 2016. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2017 at: http://volteface.me/app/uploads/2017/01/High-Stakes-A4-Printed-Booklet-Final-Version-1.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 144834

Author: Great Britain. Comptroller and Auditor General Title: Investigation into the Department's Approach to Tackling Fraud Summary: The NAO has conducted an investigation into DFID's approach to tackling fraud, following an increase in the potential risks after the government committed to spend 0.7% of GDP on foreign aid. The National Audit Office has today published the findings from its investigation into the Department for International Development's (DFID) approach to tackling fraud. The NAO has conducted its investigation following two major changes which have altered the risk of fraud faced by DFID. The first is the government’s commitment to spend 0.7% of gross national income on international aid, which amounted to £12.133 billion in 2015. This commitment has increased DFID’s budget by 26.5% since 2011. In addition, the 2015 Strategic Defence and Security Review committed DFID to spend at least 50% of its budget in "fragile states and regions" at least until 2020. These factors could increase the risk of fraud in DFID's budget. This investigation sets out how DFID tackles fraud across its budget, and also looks at measures put in place by the Foreign and Commonwealth Office (FCO) and the British Council. In line with the principle of conducting investigations to establish the underlying facts, the NAO do not conclude on whether DFID's counter-fraud work is value for money. Nor do we cover DFID’s wider anti-corruption programmes or overseas expenditure incurred by other government departments, such as the Ministry of Defence. The key findings of this investigation are as follows: The NAO found a clear relationship between fragile states and countries also perceived as the most corrupt. Based on DFID's fraud cases, the NAO found there were few allegations of fraud reported to DFID in some of the countries ranking among the most corrupt. In response to previous criticism by external scrutiny bodies, DFID has changed its counter-fraud strategy. It has built the consideration of fraud risk into the process that teams must follow when setting up programmes. The number of allegations of fraud reported to DFID has increased, as a result of its work to increase awareness of fraud and reporting requirements among its staff and suppliers. This is more difficult to achieve in 55% of its expenditure, which is routed through multilateral bodies, where DFID does not have direct control over all the funds it provides and relies on multilateral bodies’ systems. DFID’s central fraud team investigated 93% of the 429 fraud allegations made in 2015-16 and provided advice on the rest. DFID's fraud caseload quadrupled between 2010-11 and 2015-16 and it received 475 new allegations during the nine months to 31 December 2016. Annual gross losses owing to fraud in 2015-16 were around 0.03% (£3.2 million) of DFID's budget. Between 2003 and 2016, non-governmental organisations accounted for nearly 40% of reported fraud cases. Since 2003, DFID has recovered around two-thirds, by value, of the reported fraud loss. Externally, DFID provides less information than it used to in its Annual Report, although this is made available on its website. Neither the FCO nor the British Council provide more fraud information in their Annual Reports than DFID. Details: London: National Audit Office, 2017. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2017 at: https://www.nao.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/Investigation-into-the-Departments-approach-to-tackling-fraud.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Investigations Shelf Number: 140877

Author: Allen, Rob Title: Rehabilitation Devolution - how localising justice can reduce crime and imprisonment Summary: The new Conservative Government provides a fresh and promising context in which to reform criminal justice, by devolving power and responsibility to a more local level and learning from American "Justice Reinvestment" (JR) initiatives. The term JR has come to cover a variety of programmes/approaches, both in the UK and the USA, which aim to shift resources away from the unnecessary use of criminal prosecution and imprisonment into more local, productive and cost effective ways of preventing crime and reducing reoffending. The last few years have seen important reforms at federal and state level in the USA. More than half of states have introduced JR laws or policies which have sought to reduce the severity of sentences for nonviolent offences, and to reduce breaches of parole and supervision, in order to avert unaffordable prison growth. The extent to which these have contributed to the stabilisation or reduction in prison numbers is contested in some states, but the overall trends have changed - 2014 was the first time in 38 years that both federal and state prison populations fell in tandem. Many states have used some of the spending earmarked for new prisons to strengthen alternatives. There are four main areas for learning; first about how a much more locally based approach to criminal justice has enabled experimentation and reform, which has involved a wide range of stakeholders from different levels and branches of government, and from outside it. Second, how the politics of criminal justice has become more moderate with much of the leadership coming from conservatives who previously took a hard line, and with almost all of the JR measures enjoying bipartisan support. Third, the measures introduced to moderate prison growth have been based on comprehensive data collection and analysis which has enabled the costs, benefits and impacts to be carefully evaluated. Finally, some states embracing JR have required a proportion of the savings to be reinvested in programmes to reduce re-offending. They have also created incentives to manage low risk and low level offenders at the county rather than state level by strengthening probation supervision. JR initiatives in England and Wales have sought to test whether financial incentives can reduce the use of imprisonment for under 18’s, and encourage agencies at a local level to lower demand on the criminal justice system. Consortia of local authorities have shown that they can use financial incentives to stimulate measures to reduce the numbers of under 18s imprisoned; and localising financial responsibility for the cost of remanding under 18 year olds has coincided with falls in numbers in custody. There is enough promise in the results to warrant an expansion of JR. Details: London: Transform Justice, 2016. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2017 at: http://www.transformjustice.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/TRANSFORM-JUSTICE-REHABILITATION-DEVOLUTION.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 144829

Author: Hopkins, Tom Title: Turning Pages, Changing Lives: Evaluation of the Shannon Trust Turning Pages programme Summary: Turning Pages is a newly developed reading programme by Shannon Trust and, whilst it shares a focus on phonics with its predecessor Toe by Toe, it has many unique factors that aim to contribute to the development and acquisition of reading in adult Learners within the context of prison. This evaluation therefore aims to monitor the impact Turning Pages has on Learners and Mentors and by doing so aims to answer the following research questions: • How effective are the Turning Pages teaching methods in improving reading ability in adults? • How important are the delivery methods in prisons, the quality of provision and the impact of the one on the other? • What are the wider benefits/outcomes to Learners and Mentors of involvement in Turning Pages? The evaluation drew on multiple theoretical perspectives to address these questions and to make judgements about effectiveness. Phonological awareness and de-coding skills were assessed through the use of quantitative, standardised word and non-word reading tests undertaken over a six-month period. As Turning Pages incorporates five manuals that contain interactive learning activities for Learners, the evaluation considered the impact manual progression had on Learners’ reading ability. The impact of working with Turning Pages on the lives of Learners and Mentors was explored through semi-structured interviews and discussion groups. Key Findings How effective are the Turning Pages teaching methods in improving reading ability in adults? • Turning Pages was able to promote the word decoding skills and sight word reading of adult Learners through the application of a synthetic phonics based approach. • Significant gains in word reading and non-word reading scores were found for all Learners involved in the Turning Pages evaluation (regardless of their initial reading ability) during the first three months and from baseline to the final six-month period. • Learners reported an increase in reading confidence over the six-month period. • Learners reported a significant increase in their self-rated reading attainment, enjoyment and reading comprehension ability over the six-month period. • Learners who had either completed Turning Pages or were reading the final manual, read significantly more words and non-words compared to their peers and rated themselves as more able readers over the six-month period. • Learners and Mentors place significant value on the informal, non-institutional nature of Turning Pages and identified the adult focus of the programme, one-to-one support of Mentors and the opportunity to work at their own pace as key factors in supporting successful learning. How important are the delivery methods in prisons, quality of provision and the impact of the one on the other? • The Learner/Mentor pairing is highly valued by all parties and central to the success of the programme. The nuanced, individualised approach to support taken by Mentors (‘grounded pedagogies’) in negotiation with their Learners is seen by Learners as central to their success. • The success of Turning Pages is related to the ‘un-schooled’, social approach Turning Pages has to adult learning (i.e. occurring outside formal education) which, based upon responses in this evaluation, has been shown to attract Learners. • The number of weekly sessions Learners had with Mentors ranged from 3 to 5. The number of reading sessions was not found to have an effect on reading performance. It may be possible therefore for Learners to vary the number of sessions each week without negatively affecting reading improvement. It is still recommended, however, that the full allocation of 5 sessions is made available to all Learners. • Learners attending functional skills classes read fewer words and non-words than their peers and they were also completing the reading manuals at a significantly slower rate. However, this sub-group still showed improvement in their reading abilities. The fact that most reported having a diagnosis of dyslexia suggests that this (along with other potential learning needs) may be contributing to their slower rate of reading acquisition and manual progression. • Learners were progressing through the manuals with most having reached either the second manual or stage two of the first after the first three months and after six-months, most Learners had either completed Turning Pages or had reached the final manual. This suggests that the duration of six months at the intensity of around 3-5 weekly sessions was enough for Learners to reach the final stages of the reading programme. • Manual progression was related to perceived reading improvement and gains in reading scores, suggesting that improvement in reading over time was related to the Turning Pages manuals. • Significant positive correlations were found between perceived reading ability, perceived reading enjoyment and perceived reading comprehension ability at the six-month stage, and perceived ratings also correlated significantly with word and non-word reading scores at the three-month stage. This suggests that some importance should be weighted to the promotion of reading enjoyment, comprehension and reader confidence in the reading sessions for Learners engaged in Turning Pages. What are the wider benefits/outcomes to Learners and Mentors of involvement in Turning Pages? • Findings show that after the six-month intervention, Learners were reading more for functional participation within prison and for social engagement. This also included reading materials that Learners had reported a lack of confidence reading prior to their engagement with Turning Pages, such as legal letters, books and application forms. • Turning Pages provided Learners with productive opportunities to re-engage with learning, build confidence and work towards goals that were meaningful to their own lives. • Phase Two data suggests that working with Turning Pages provided important opportunities for Learners and Mentors to exercise a degree of choice in an otherwise highly regulated environment – this fed into a re-appraisal of their existing ideas and experiences of education and opened up opportunities for thoughtful reflection on the past, present and future. This enabled participants to begin to articulate new hopes and aspirations for the future. Recommendations For Shannon Trust • It is recommended that the reading plan model of participation (peer mentoring) continues to remain separate from formal compulsory education to maintain the un-schooled, social approach Turning Pages has to adult learning, which based upon responses in this evaluation has been shown to attract Learners. • To provide better access to more reading books (Readers) that accompany the manuals for Learners. • To consider including building opportunities for reading comprehension in to the manuals or associated materials to encourage Mentors to target reading comprehension in conjunction with the Readers. • To identify Learners with additional learning needs and Learners who are accessing literacy support to monitor their progression and provide any additional tailored support that focuses on reinforcing components learnt in the manuals. Promoting greater awareness of dyslexia and managing this through reading programmes like Turning Pages could be incorporated in the Mentor training. For the prison service and NOMS • To promote awareness of Turning Pages across all prison staff and prospective Learners and in partnership with Shannon Trust develop a standardised model to which new potential Learners are introduced and encouraged to participate in the reading programme. • Embed the Turning Pages sessions into the prison routine and other learning/educational sessions so as not to disrupt Learners’ free time and to ensure that sessions are being delivered. For research • To fully test the effectiveness of Turning Pages, any outcomes measured would need to be compared to a comparison group who are ideally also receiving a similar educational intervention. • It would be useful to gain information on the way in which Mentors creatively tailor their approach to Learners in conjunction with the resources used in Turning Pages and to identify the extent to which this contributes to a successful learning experience for Learners enrolled on Turning Pages. • To assess prison staff’s awareness of Turning Pages and its psycho-social benefits in order to highlight potential solutions for increasing awareness and Learner recruitment. • To monitor the long-term value and benefits of working with Turning Pages in a longitudinal impact study. • To monitor the implementation of any reading comprehension activities and the extent to which this aids the development of reading. Details: London: Shannon Trust, 2017. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2017 at: http://www.open-access.bcu.ac.uk/3809/1/report Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 144828

Author: Great Britain. Parliament. House of Commons. Work and Pensions Committee Title: Support for Ex-offenders. Fifth Report of Session 2016-17 Summary: The Government's own assessment of the prison system is that it fails to rehabilitate or make sure criminals are prevented from reoffending. The cost to the taxpayer of reoffending stands at around L15 billion per year. It is in society's interest to bring this cost down. Members of this Committee have assisted constituents with firsthand experience of failures in rehabilitation; individuals leaving prison with no fixed accommodation, no financial support and no prospect of finding work. Employment significantly reduces the chances of reoffending. It can also lead to other positive outcomes that have been shown to reduce reoffending, such as financial security and finding a safe and permanent home. We have heard from businesses who have successfully worked with prisons to get ex-offenders into jobs but more employers must follow suit. Individuals entering prison have a range of complex needs. Nearly one-third report a learning difficulty or disability and almost half report having no school qualifications. They enter a prison system where the landscape of education and employment support is fragmented, and good practice is patchy and inconsistent. Added to this are the challenges of rising levels of violence in prisons, a reduction in prison officer numbers and pressure on capacity. Education and employment in prison The problem of employment support in prison is partly one of coordination. Currently, there is no clear strategy for how different agencies, in different prisons, should work together to achieve the common goal of getting ex-offenders into work. We urge the Government to state clearly who has ultimate responsibility for helping prison leavers into work. The Government, charities, employers and ex-offenders themselves all agree that the 'gold standard' of employment support involves employers working in prisons and offering work placements through Release on Temporary License. Over the course of this inquiry, we have seen many examples of good practice, such as work done by Blue Sky, a company that works to understand employer's labour needs, delivers training in prisons and places ex-offenders into jobs. Details: London: House of Commons, 2016. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Fifth Report of Session 2016-17; HC 58: Accessed February 11, 2017 at: https://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201617/cmselect/cmworpen/58/58.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 145020

Author: Ford, Matt Title: Profile of Provision for Armed Forces Veterans under Probation Supervision Summary: This report builds on the Phillips Review into ex-armed forces personnel in the criminal justice system. Announced in January 2014 and published in November the same year, the Phillips Review aimed to 'identify properly the reasons for ex-service personnel ending up in the criminal justice system, to look at the support provided to them and how that support could be improved.' It covered both custody and the community, and made a series of recommendations. With respect to probation, these included: routine identification of veterans, as well as collection of data on offences convicted for and the factors and characteristics associated with their conviction; for the National Offender Management Service (NOMS) to publish guidance on how to address the needs of convicted veterans on probation within twelve months of the release of the Review; that NOMS work with service charities and other bodies to better coordinate support for veterans in criminal justice; and, that a senior civil servant within the Ministry of Justice should be appointed to have responsibility for ex-armed forces personnel involved with the criminal justice system, aiming to implement an identifiable national strategy in England and Wales for best practice in working with this group. The Phillips Review is underpinned by the Armed Forces Covenant, which states that no-one who has served in HM armed forces should face disadvantage in public or commercial services, and in some cases should receive special consideration. With respect to involvement with the criminal justice system, this would refer to how military service may relate to their conviction. Reforms to the probation service under the Government’s Transforming Rehabilitation agenda began during the period of Phillips. Under this programme the 35 old Probation Trusts were replaced by a single National Probation Service responsible for supervising 'high risk' convicted offenders, and 21 privately owned Community Rehabilitation Companies (CRCs) which would supervise ‘medium’ to 'low risk' convicted offenders. Contracts to run these CRCs were awarded in December 2014, and these providers have since been building supply chains made up of public, private, and voluntary sector organisations which are subcontracted to supply services. Details: London: Forces in Mind Trust, Probation Institute and Centre for Crime and Justice Studies 2016. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2017 at: http://probation-institute.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/Veterans-Probation-Report-Final-PDF1.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Armed Forces Shelf Number: 144822

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation Title: Quality & Impact inspection: The effectiveness of probation work in Greater Manchester Summary: The two organisations providing probation services in Greater Manchester were working well in some respects, but needed to do more to reduce reoffending, said Dame Glenys Stacey, HM Chief Inspector of Probation. The Community Rehabilitation Company (CRC) also needed to do more to protect the public, she added. Today she published the report of a recent inspection of probation work in Greater Manchester. The inspection looked at the quality of probation work carried out by the CRC and the National Probation Service (NPS) and assessed the effectiveness of work undertaken locally with people who have offended. Overall, the quality of the Cheshire and Greater Manchester's CRC's work was mixed. The CRC is applying the same innovative way of working in each of the five CRCs it owns, based on solid research into what makes people turn away from crime. Despite this, leaders were finding it hard to embed in practice. Public protection work was not good enough because policies and procedures, though commendable, were not being applied consistently enough by frontline staff to protect actual or potential victims from the risk of harm. Sickness absence rates were high in the CRC and individual caseloads had been large in the months before the inspection. This led to cases moving from one Responsible Officer to another, making it difficult to keep hold of the meaningful relationships so central to good rehabilitative work and reducing reoffending. Extra staff had recently been recruited, which should improve the quality of work and staff morale. The CRC was delivering impressive services for women, supported by additional funding from the Police and Crime Commissioner. In common with other regions, the NPS had experienced less change and was more settled. Staff morale was relatively high and good core work to protect the public was carried out, though there was more to do on delivering rehabilitation work consistently. Inspectors made recommendations which included the NPS accessing the range of accredited and non-accredited programmes and services on offer from the CRC to reduce reoffending, and the CRC providing all staff, and especially new staff, with regular supervision and training. The CRC should also improve the effectiveness of the management of unpaid work. Details: Manchester, UK: HM Inspectorate of Probation, 2016. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 16, 2017 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2017/02/Greater-Manchester-QI-report-final2.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Management Shelf Number: 146276

Author: Environmental Investigation Agency (EIA) Title: System Failure: The UK's Harmful Trade in Electronic Waste Summary: Electronic waste, or e-waste, is the common term for electronic goods at the end of their 'useful life'. Computers, mobile phones and televisions are all types of electronic goods classified as hazardous waste under the Basel Convention, an international treaty regulating cross-border trade in harmful waste. Due to the proliferation of electronic devices and accelerated technology advances, an increasing amount of e-waste is created every year. It is the fastest-growing waste stream in the UK, with more than one million tonnes generated annually. Globally, the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) estimates annual production of e-waste to be 50 million tonnes, of which only 10 per cent is recycled. E-waste can be highly hazardous to both the environment and human health due to the substances it contains. A computer processor has an array of dangerous metals and chemicals such as antimony trioxide, polybrominated flame retardants, selenium, cadmium and mercury. Cathode ray tubes (CRT) found in older-style bulky TVs and desktop computers often contains large amounts of lead. As well as potentially harmful materials, e-waste may also contain small amounts of valuable metals such as gold and copper. A range of regulations at the international, regional and national levels govern trade in e-waste. The intent is to promote safe recycling of broken electronic equipment and to enable legitimate trade in used, working equipment. In reality, huge quantities of discarded e-waste end up being illegally traded around the world. The European Union, despite strong legislation, is a major source of e-waste which is illegally exported and dumped in developing countries. An estimated 75 per cent of e-waste generated in the EU, equivalent to eight million tonnes a year, is unaccounted for. The destination countries do not have the infrastructure to recycle e-waste safely. Instead, it is processed manually in scrap yards with no consideration for health and safety. The e-waste is stripped down to components by hand. Copper wires are bundled and set alight to remove flame-resistant coatings, emitting toxic dioxins; CRT monitors are smashed with hammers, releasing plumes of lead and cadmium dust. After the useful metals are taken out, leftover parts are often dumped in landfills or rivers, or simply burnt. Poverty in countries where e-waste is illegally dumped often leads to young children being involved in breaking down the electronic goods. The potential health consequences for those involved in this kind of work are dire-reproductive and developmental problems, damaged immune, nervous and blood systems, kidney damage and impaired brain development in children. Much of Europe's e-waste ends up in West Africa, especially Nigeria and Ghana. As developing nations' economies grow so does demand for electronic goods, especially good quality secondhand equipment; yet consignments of such equipment arriving in West African ports are mostly e-waste, with about 75 per cent of the electronic units arriving found to be broken. Importers seem willing to bring in containers mostly filled with e-waste because the demand for electronics is so high that buyers are prepared to purchase untested items. The scale of this trade is enormous; in Nigeria's capital, Lagos, half a million computers arrive every month.6 Much of this export from Europe is carried out by West African nationals, often termed 'waste tourists', with family or business contacts in countries such as the UK. Details: London: EIA, 2011. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 17, 2017 at: http://www.greencustoms.org/docs/EIA_E-waste_report_0511_WEB.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Electronic Waste Shelf Number: 146294

Author: Fisher, Benjamin W. Title: School Resource Officers, Exclusionary Discipline, and the Role of Context Summary: In recent years, students have been excluded from school at consistently high rates, even as school crime rates have declined. Moreover, students of color are excluded at disproportionately high rates compared to their White peers. Although researchers have found these patterns across a variety of contexts, there has been little research that examines school-level mechanisms that may contribute to the high overall rates of exclusionary discipline and the attendant racial disparities. This dissertation focuses on two possible mechanisms that have been theoretically linked to increased rates of exclusionary discipline: school resource officers (SROs) and zero-tolerance approaches to discipline. Study 1 used 14 years of data from Tennessee high schools to model trends in suspension rates before and after the implementation of SROs using a latent growth curve modeling approach. The findings indicated that SRO implementation was associated with lower overall suspension rates and lower suspension rates for Black students, and no changes for White studentsâ suspension rates or racial disparities in suspension rates. Study 2 examined the relation between the combination of SROs and a high zero-tolerance approach and schoolsâ rates of exclusionary discipline using a nationally representative sample of public high schools. A series of three-way interaction models with an ordinary least squares regression framework indicated that schools that had SROs in combination with a high zero-tolerance approach to discipline had higher overall rates of exclusionary discipline in schools characterized by higher proportions of racial minority students and other indicators of disadvantage. Together, these studies suggest that SROs and zero-tolerance approaches to discipline may not be universally appropriate mechanisms for reducing rates of exclusionary discipline. Instead, school context is an important consideration when forming strategies to reduce student exclusions. Details: Nashville, TN: Vanderbilt University, 2016. 144p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 17, 2017 at: http://etd.library.vanderbilt.edu/available/etd-04112016-110120/unrestricted/Benjamin_W_Fisher.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Racial Disparities Shelf Number: 141077

Author: Centre for Justice Innovation Title: Point me in the right direction: Making advice work for former prisoners Summary: People released from prison face myriad obstacles on the hard road towards a new life. They will need to overcome a shortage of affordable housing, mistrust and discrimination from employers, and a complex and inflexible benefits system. Social welfare advice services such as Citizens Advice Bureaus, Law Centres and independent advice providers can help with these issues. But due to far-reaching cuts, these services often don't work for former prisoners who don't know the services, find it hard to get appointments, and face a sense of stigma about their offending past. This report looks at how we can make advice work better for people who have been in prison. Life after prison Housing and employment play a key role in helping people to build crime free lives. Prisoners who find a stable place to live shortly after release are 15% less likely to reoffend, while those who find paid work are 9% less likely. However, our research uncovered numerous examples of former prisoners encountering many obstacles with even these basics: One person was living in private rented accommodation which was so damp it was making him ill. When he complained to the landlord, he was told that his criminal background was frightening his neighbours and was pressured into leaving. A second person had been employed for several years when a change of role within her organisation triggered a new criminal record check. She was wrongly accused of lying about her convictions and dismissed. A third was required to stay in a probation hostel after leaving prison but was dependent on benefits to pay his rent. When he was sanctioned for missing an appointment he was left without income and threatened with eviction, which could mean being recalled to custody. He was left with a stark choice - reoffend to raise his rent money or risk ending up in prison. Advice for former prisoners Social welfare advice services specialise in helping people deal with these kinds of issues. They offer free advice to help people understand and defend their rights. However, our research suggests that people who have been in prison face three barriers to accessing them: Awareness: Many of the service users we spoke to were not aware of the existence of advice service or the ways that they could help. Access: Recent cuts to legal aid and other funding and increases in demand have increased waiting times and reducing the help that's on offer. Stigma: Former prisoners we spoke to felt that services would not welcome them because of their criminal past. As one put it: "as an ex-con, they'll do nothing for you." Making advice work We have identified four ways in which social welfare advice can be improved for former prisoners: Advice clinics in prison to help prisoners with issues like benefits and housing as they prepare for release. Training and resources for probation officers to help them to identify when social welfare advice can be helpful and to refer clients into these services. Better online directories of advice service can help service users find advice, and let services signal that they welcome people who have been in prison. New advice services which specialise in working with offenders and which employ people with experience of the justice system as staff and offer a more wide-ranging and long term support. However, many of these options will cost money. And even those with no direct cost may be swimming against the tide of the advice sector which, faced with an increasing gap between demand and supply, is struggling to cope with existing client groups rather than seeking out new ones. For this reason, we would urge commissioners of offender services – such as the National Offender Management Service, individual probation providers or newly empowered prison governors – to actively seek to include social welfare advice services in their commissioning processes and supply chains. Details: London: The Centre, 2016. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 17, 2017 at: http://justiceinnovation.org/portfolio/point-right-direction/ Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 146968

Author: Gibbs, Penelope Title: Justice Denied? The experience of unrepresented defendants in the criminal courts Summary: What price justice? There have always been defendants in the magistrates' courts who have appeared without a lawyer, particularly in traffic cases. But our report suggests that there has been a significant increase in the number of people representing themselves who are not choosing to do so. The main reasons are: - ineligibility for legal aid due to income or type of offence, - lack of awareness of rights to legal aid, - lack of organisation. The judges and lawyers we interviewed are concerned that unrepresented defendants are at a disadvantage, and only differed in their views of how significant that disadvantage was. As one magistrate pointed out, luck plays its part. If an unrepresented defendant appears in front of a very empathetic bench, an experienced legal adviser and a prosecutor who is also used to defending, they are likely to be patiently coached through the process. But they may instead face a busy court, with no legal adviser, where inexperienced and/ or impatient advocates and judges are under pressure to deal with cases speedily. It takes time, skill and confidence to deal with unrepresented defendants well, and involves treading a fine line between providing support and maintaining the neutrality of the court process. Unfortunately, many lawyers felt that some colleagues and court staff do not go the extra mile and, even when they do, cannot make up for the lack of a defence advocate. Executive summary There are no official figures for the number of unrepresented defendants in the magistrates' courts, though all interviewees felt numbers had recently increased. Official statistics from the Crown courts indicate numbers have remained steady at around 6% over the last five years. The lack of data means unrepresented defendants in the magistrates' courts are invisible in policy terms. But we have found that the impact on court staff, judges and advocates of dealing with unrepresented defendants is immense - cases are taking longer, and explanation skills and patience are being tested. Many advocates doubt there are genuine savings to the State in denying legal representation to reluctant defendants, but the absence of a cost benefit analysis means we don't know for certain. What is clear is the cost to justice - interviewees had witnessed unrepresented defendants not understanding what they were charged with, pleading guilty when they would have been advised not to, and vice versa, messing up cross examination of witnesses, and getting tougher sentences because they didn't know how to mitigate. Most advocates felt more and better access to legally aided lawyers was the only answer. Certainly, that is one potential remedy, but we should also look at the whole system. Lawyers and judges themselves find it hard to keep up with criminal law and procedure, and are under constant pressure to speed up cases. If we are to deliver justice, we essentially have two options - to fund lawyers for all defendants who want or need them, or to change the whole system so that the needs of unrepresented defendants are integral. Details: London: Transform Justice, 2015. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2017 at: http://www.transformjustice.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/TJ-APRIL_Singles.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Assistance to the Poor Shelf Number: 146676

Author: Morris, Marley Title: A Whole-System Approach to Offender Management Summary: The system for offender management in England and Wales is in need of serious reform. In their current configuration, offender management services – that is, prisons and probation – are overly centralised, complex, and disjointed. Adult reoffending rates remain stubbornly high. Local areas have few incentives to invest in efforts to reduce reoffending. And there is little continuity between provision in custody and provision in the community. The recent 'Transforming Rehabilitation' agenda has exacerbated these problems by introducing a new layer of complexity – in the form of community rehabilitation companies (CRCs) – onto an already fragmented system. In order to address these challenges, this report sets out a vision of a whole-system approach to offender management, where powers, resources, and decisions are transferred to the local level. In the long term, we argue that city region mayors – or outside of city regions police and crime commissioners (PCCs) – should have responsibility over probation services and custody budgets for short-sentence, young, and women offenders. In this parliament, given that CRC contracts are now ‘locked in’ until beyond 2020, there is less scope for radical reform. Where there is appetite, however, local areas should be able to bid for controls over custody budgets (for certain cohorts), commissioning of 'secure schools', and further co-commissioning powers. This programme of reform would create incentives for local areas to invest in preventative services and alternatives to custody, facilitate closer partnership working between agencies, and provide greater scope for innovative ways of reducing reoffending. KEY FINDINGS Recent years have seen limited progress in offender outcomes. Adult offending rates remain high, particularly for those on short sentences. Magistrates have little confidence in alternatives to custody and the proportion of sentences served in custody (for indictable offences) has risen. Many prisons are over-capacity. In the short term, further cuts to the Ministry of Justice (MoJ) budget are set to place greater pressure on the system. The evidence suggests that a range of factors contribute to reductions in reoffending. First, it is important to have practical support designed to help ex-offenders find employment, support family life, secure accommodation and deal with specific issues – such as substance misuse and mental health problems. Second, the evidence suggests that practical support for ex-offenders needs to be combined with a personal relationship that instills hope and a motivation to change. Context and environment are also important factors that can contribute to reducing reoffending. Inventive policies can 'design out' the risk of offences taking place by changing the environment in which crimes are committed. Police activity itself can reduce reoffending through diversionary programmes – such as the introduction of 'neighbourhood justice panels', a form of Restorative Justice where low-level offenders meet face-to-face with victims and other members of the community to address problem behaviour. Many of the policy levers for reducing reoffending lie at the local level – including housing and homelessness support, substance misuse and mental health provision, and the Troubled Families programmes. The current system of offender management is highly fragmented, involving a range of structures with overlapping geographical jurisdictions. This makes it harder for the system to work as a cohesive whole and creates a number of ‘handover’ points, where service users are passed between different agencies. The system is also highly centralised. While local areas control many of the policy levers, there is little incentive for them to invest in services to reduce reoffending, because they do not control their own custody budgets and therefore do not gain financially from fewer people going to prison. There are limited opportunities for local areas to innovate and tailor services to their own needs. Finally, offender management provision is currently disjointed, with different organisations working in siloes. The ideal of 'through-the-gate' provision for offenders as they leave custody and enter the community is still not realised in practice. The government’s 'Transforming Rehabilitation reforms have compounded some of these problems. The reforms create a two-stream probation system which comprises the National Probation Service (NPS), responsible for high-risk offenders, and 21 community rehabilitation companies (CRCs), responsible for low- and medium-risk offenders. This has added a further level of complexity onto the probation system, with additional handover points between the NPS and CRCs. The introduction of CRCs – which are nationally commissioned and mostly run by large private firms – has also impeded local partnership work and innovation. KEY RECOMMENDATIONS In order to address these challenges, central and local government need to pursue a whole-system approach to offender management. This requires a holistic understanding of the offender management and wider criminal justice system, involving prevention and early intervention services; programmes aimed at diverting low-level offenders away from the criminal justice system; credible alternatives to custody; sentencing reform to reduce time spent in prison and encourage alternative sentences; 'through-the-gate' provision from within custody and into the community; and bespoke rehabilitation services for ex-offenders. In the long term, this vision should be delivered by granting city region mayors (including the Mayor of London) responsibility for probation services for low-, medium- and high-risk offenders in their regions. Outside of city regions, responsibility for probation would fall to the PCC. City region mayors or PCCs would commission probation services in their region and would thereby be able to coordinate probation with other key services in the local area. At the same time, responsibility for the budget for prison places for young, female, and short-sentence offenders would also be devolved to the local level. This would incentivise city region mayors and PCCs to invest in efforts to reduce reoffending. Finally, responsibility for the commissioning of youth custody would also fall to city region mayors and PCCs. YOIs would be broken up into smaller custodial units that prioritise education and operate as ‘secure schools’. City region mayors or PCCs would then be free to directly commission custodial places at 'secure schools'. In the short term, reform is constrained by the agreement of CRC contracts, which last for seven years. However, some policy changes are still possible. Custody budgets for young, female and short-sentence offenders can be devolved now, depending on local buy-in. Where CRC contracts are failing, they can be renegotiated to encourage greater innovation; and, if they have to be terminated, there is scope to pilot the devolution of probation responsibilities to local areas. As part of future devolution deals, we argue for the introduction of local justice and rehabilitation boards, involving CRCs and local representatives, in order to jointly commission services. Where there is appetite, further responsibilities for youth custody and women offenders could be devolved. In particular, the Mayor of London is well-placed to deliver the Taylor review's vision by commissioning places at a new selection of 'secure schools' in the Greater London area. Finally, some of the savings from the closure of HMP Holloway should be transferred to the Mayor of London in order to set up a North London women's centre and pilot a whole-system approach to women offenders in London, based on the model used in Manchester. Details: London: IPPR, 2016. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2017 at: http://www.ippr.org/files/publications/pdf/a-whole-system-approach-Dec16.pdf?noredirect=1 Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Corrections Shelf Number: 141098

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation Title: Quality & Impact inspection: The effectiveness of probation work in Staffordshire and Stoke Summary: This is our second inspection of adult probation work undertaken in the Midlands division of the National Probation Service (NPS) and in a Community Rehabilitation Company (CRC) owned by the Reducing Reoffending Partnership (RRP). RRP is applying the same ambitious operating model in the two CRCs it owns, and it is reassuring to see the progress made since our inspection in Derbyshire just a few months ago. Implementation in Staffordshire and Stoke is almost complete - albeit case management software and systems are still pending - and the operating model is now almost fully fledged. RRP’s model provides for an extensive range of interventions and it was pleasing to see some in good use, for example, substance misuse services. We were impressed as well by RRP’s commitment to specific services for women, and commend its strategy to others. That said, the CRC is not yet delivering the full range of planned services. Delivery has been inconsistent during a period of rapid change, but there is the prospect of steadier times ahead. Individual caseloads, however, look set to stay high with some officers now responsible for up to 80 cases. High individual caseloads are becoming commonplace in CRCs. Of course CRCs must manage within anticipated resource, but the public is at greater risk when officers are spread too thinly and if quality assurance is not robust. In common with other regions, the Midlands division of the NPS has so far experienced less (and less complex) change. It was not surprising then that the organisation was more stable and effective. This is generally consistent with what we have found elsewhere. Overall, the NPS work inspected was of sufficient quality but there were notable weaknesses in places, for example in the provision of rehabilitative services. There was little evidence of the NPS purchasing services from the CRC to assist here, whereas CRC provision of services to the NPS is a key tenet of the model for probation services nationally. In practice and despite leaders' intentions, the rate card (listing services available) and/or concerns over pricing remain sticking points, here and elsewhere in the country. Both the CRC and NPS in Staffordshire and Stoke need to improve the quality and impact of their work. We hope that the findings and recommendations from this inspection will help them to do just that. Details: Manchester, UK: The Inspectorate, 2017. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2017 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2017/01/Staffordshire-and-Stoke-QI-report2.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Management Shelf Number: 141099

Author: Higgins, Andy Title: A natural experiment in neighbourhood policing Summary: Neighbourhood policing is widely considered to be the bedrock of policing in England and Wales, yet as forces have responded to changing demand and shrinking budgets, the form in which it is delivered has diversified and in some cases become diluted and diminished. In this paper we describe the implications of two starkly contrasting neighbourhood policing models for enabling the mode of police working that evidence shows to be most effective. Drawing on the findings of our five-year Police Effectiveness in a Changing World project, we argue for the on-going importance of a well informed and locally engaged, proactive, neighbourhood-level capability to tackle the new challenges and priorities confronting the police. We end by highlighting some of the key questions, including about purpose and remit, resource allocation, service integration, workforce and support structures, which will need to be addressed in developing a new neighbourhood policing, capable of delivering the Policing Vision 2025 and fit for a changing world. Details: London: Police Foundation, 2017. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Police Effectiveness in a Changing World, PAPER 4: Accessed February 18, 2017 at:http://www.police-foundation.org.uk/uploads/holding/projects/changing_world_paper_4.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Neighborhood Policing Shelf Number: 147287

Author: Burnett, Jon Title: Racial Violence and the Brexit State Summary: The explosion of racist violence that followed the announcement of the EU referendum result on 24 June 2016 has been well-documented. Though the political direction of travel in the UK on issues of immigration, race, religion and refugee policy has largely been disconnected from that violence, the sheer level of racist abuse and attacks could not be ignored. Home Secretary Amber Rudd, launching a hate crime strategy a few days after the referendum, declared that hate crimes were 'utterly unacceptable' and must be 'stamped out'. Former Prime Minister David Cameron described the situation as 'despicable', while the new one, Theresa May, said that hate 'has no place in the UK'. For Metropolitan police chief Bernard Hogan-Howe, the 2,300 (plus) racist incidents reported to the police in the thirty-eight days after the referendum, was a 'horrible spike'. This briefing paper is an attempt to restore much needed context to the 'hate crime' debate. Too many people in power, including those who supported the October 2016 Hate Crime Awareness Week, condemn racism because they pass it off as the actions of an insecure, badly-educated and thuggish minority. Verbal and physical abuse is treated almost like an act of nature or some inexplicable force – the explosive reaction of inadequate individuals. But when laws, policies and procedures are related back to explain the baseline for hateful acts, our legislators are not so keen to listen. Details: London: Institute of Race Relations, 2016. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 20, 2017 at: http://www.irr.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/Racial-violence-and-the-Brexit-state-final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crime Shelf Number: 146689

Author: McLoughlin, Peter Title: "Easy Meat": Multiculturalism, Islam and Child Sex Slavery Summary: The sexual abuse of children takes different social forms: from sporadic child abductions, to organised child pornography rings, to abuse by parents or care-home staff. All of it is awful, and none of it should be ignored. The phenomenon of gangs of men who loiter with impunity around schoolgirls, luring them into a life of addiction and prostitution is a distinct category of child sexual abuse, but a category that the authorities in Britain have deliberately ignored for 25 years. They ignored it, despite it being clearly put on the national agenda as long ago as 2003. There are some specific features and events which should have made it obvious to the authorities and the media that a new social phenomenon was occurring in Britain. What should have been of interest to the authorities? ∙ gangs of Muslim men hanging around school gates in cars ∙ schoolgirls contacting police and social services and telling them that they had been abused ∙ parents contacting police and social services with their fears and accumulated evidence ∙ extended families of Muslim men being associated with this child abuse ∙ schoolgirls being abducted or going missing for days on end ∙ stories of the men luring the girls with gifts, then turning them into addicts ∙ families having to abandon their daughters to stop the daughter luring other relatives into the clutches of the gangs ∙ connections between the grooming gangs and drug dealers What should have been of interest to the media and academics? ∙ gang violence between Sikhs and Muslims over claims about grooming ∙ Sikhs creating organisations to teach their girls what the gangs were doing ∙ reports that devout Muslim organisations were instructing Muslim men to deceive and subjugate non-Muslim women ∙ refusal of the Muslim community to condemn these crimes and their failure to inform police that they were going on ∙ international parallels between this phenomenon in Britain and its occurrence in the Netherlands Between 1988 and 2003, evidence of all of these things must have been known by many police officers, social workers, academics and journalists. Yet we will show that, with very few exceptions, these incidents were rarely publicised in the national media, by the campaigns of child-care charities, by official reports, or in academic books. On the rare occasion when the phenomenon would be discussed in more than the briefest details, political activists and the authorities would come together to stop the public from knowing more. Political correctness would be used to make sure that people did not speak about this phenomenon, enabling the perpetrators free rein to sexually abuse schoolgirls for decades. Yes, decades. We know that in an age where parents are not allowed to smack their children, this sounds unbelievable. But finally, by 2011 the conspiracy of silence was broken. And in September 2012, The Times newspaper carried an extensive overview of what had been going on. It stated that “for more than a decade organised groups of men were able to groom, pimp and traffic girls across the country with virtual impunity.” The Times went on to quote a welfare expert describing this as "the biggest child protection scandal of our time." We will show that even the coverage in The Times has understated the scale of the problem. There is far more to this story than has come out so far. The population are already outraged by what they have learned in the last year or two, but know only a fraction of the scandal. In England, this epidemic of child-rape by grooming gangs has been going on since at least 1988; moreover, the victims have not only been white schoolgirls. Despite more than a decade of disinformation by child-care professionals, academics, and political activists, the earliest claims (1988 to 2003)4 were that the gangs were overwhelmingly Muslim. Details: The Author, 2014. 333p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 20, 2017 at: http://www.mensenhandelweb.nl/system/files/documents/08%20feb%202016/Easy-Meat-Multiculturalism-Islam-and-Child-Sex-Slavery-05-03-2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 141126

Author: Brown, Elena Rosa Title: A Chance to Change: Delivering effective parenting programmes to transform lives Summary: This is the most comprehensive review to date of the implementation of parenting programmes for children with severe behavioural problems. It sets out the findings of a major study by the Centre for Mental Health based on detailed local fieldwork and a new national survey of parenting leads as well as published research. It identifies and analyses in detail the crucial factors that make some interventions far more effective than others, and considers in depth and in detail the key requirements of successful implementation and the main barriers that hamper existing efforts. The report finds that the availability of evidence-based interventions falls far short of what is needed and the quality of services is very variable. Many programmes fail to target those who need them most, take-up rates are low and drop-out rates are high. Staff are not always adequately trained or supervised. We know what works in terms of the design and content of effective interventions but we need to know far more about how to ensure these programmes are effectively delivered on the ground. The research findings presented in this report will help commissioners, providers and practitioners to bridge this gap Details: London: Centre for Mental health, 2012. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2017 at: https://www.centreformentalhealth.org.uk/a-chance-to-change Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Aggressive Behavior Shelf Number: 141148

Author: Centre for Effective Services Title: EITP Workstream 2 Parenting Programmes Review Summary: The Early Intervention Transformation Programme (EITP) is a Northern Ireland Executive/Atlantic Philanthropies Delivering Social Change Signature Programme, funded jointly by the Delivering Social Change fund, DoH, DE, DoJ, DfC, DfE and The Atlantic Philanthropies. EITP aims to improve outcomes for children and young people across Northern Ireland through embedding early intervention approaches. This report was produced for the Early Intervention Transformation Programme and funded by Atlantic Philanthropies. This report is primarily intended to inform the decision making relating to the development of the Early Intervention Transformation Programme projects. The Centre for Effective Services (CES) was asked to provide independent support to the Public Health Agency (PHA) in developing a core suite of parenting support programmes that could be implemented across Northern Ireland as a priority for investment, and to assess the readiness of Northern Ireland to implement these programmes. This report was initially intended to inform the development of this piece of work following discussion with the Workstream 2 working group. It was not originally intended for general circulation. The requirement was to develop a list of circa 10 recommended Parenting Programmes from the antenatal period to age 18. Our approach was to summarise the needs of children and families in Northern Ireland, provide an overview of current service provision of parenting support and compile preliminary information about the implementation of evidence based parenting programmes across the region. Given the scope of the exercise, it was not proposed to undertake a full audit of service provision and consequently there may be some errors and omissions. A separate document has also been produced which provides useful information for commissioning on each programme. Each programme has a one page summary which describes information such as the level of evidence, delivery setting, programme description, client group, outcomes, implementation cost and cost effectiveness where available, name of programme developer, references and a link for further information. It is available upon request. A discussion was held with the Workstream 2 working group on 31st October 2014 on the parenting programmes and how best to take this piece of work forward. Following this, work continued to develop a list of 'preferred' programmes or approaches and rate these using a RAG assessment of the degree to which Northern Ireland is ready to implement them. Details: Belfast: The Centre, 2014. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2017 at: http://www.cypsp.hscni.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/Workstream2_EITP_Parenting_Programme_Review_CES_Dec14.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-Risk Children Shelf Number: 141172

Author: Howard League for Penal Reform Title: Preventing Prison Suicide Summary: Prisons need to change to enable staff to build relationships with prisoners and reduce the risk of suicide, according to research published jointly by the Howard League for Penal Reform and Centre for Mental Health. Preventing Prison Suicide: Perspectives from the inside focuses on the views and experiences of current and former prisoners about what contributes to vulnerability and what increases or reduces their risk of suicide. It is one of a series of briefing papers by the two charities. It finds that relationships between staff and prisoners are key. Prisoners need to feel supported, cared for and able to confide in and trust staff. Prisoners reported that staff shortages, inexperience and lack of training can all increase the risk of suicide. Prisoners described a culture where distress was often not believed or responded to with compassion. Arrival, being released and being transferred were all cited as times when prisoners felt most vulnerable. Details: London: The Howard League, 2016. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2017 at: http://howardleague.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/Preventing-prison-suicide.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mental Health Shelf Number: 141187

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Review of the Use and Retention of Custody Images Summary: This document sets out the findings of our review into how police forces use, store and delete custody photographs. Custody images are a standard feature of everyday policing. The review proposes giving individuals the facility (if they have not been convicted) to apply to chief officers of police forces to have their custody image deleted. Details: London: Home Office, 2017. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 24, 2017 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/594463/2017-02-23_Custody_Image_Review.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Facial Analysis Shelf Number: 114211

Author: Shapland, Joanna Title: Developing restorative policing in Humberside, South Yorkshire and West Yorkshire Summary: The project 'Developing restorative policing' is being taken forward by the Universities of Sheffield and Leeds, together with Humberside Police and the PCC for Humberside, South Yorkshire Police and the PCC for South Yorkshire, West Yorkshire Police and the PCC for West Yorkshire, and Remedi. It started in September 2015 and will finish in June 2017. This report reflects the position in the three forces in May 2016, when the fieldwork was carried out. The aims of the project are to:  develop greater understanding of restorative justice (restorative justice) principles relevant to policing and the research evidence base that informs good practices that are sensitive to the needs of victims;  foster the means and capability to institutionalise processes and mechanisms to deliver restorative justice in relation to policing, including self-evaluation of police restorative justice practices and work with partner organisations;  assist the police in identifying means for front-line officers to assess which paths to use to facilitate restorative justice and how best to introduce restorative justice to victims. The project is hence very much concerned with developing good practice in delivering restorative justice in relation to policing. We have interpreted that to mean restorative justice at the level of the police and prosecution, in which police officers involved in mainstream policing are directly involved. This is therefore primarily concerned with restorative justice pre-court, rather than restorative justice delivered pre-sentence or post-sentence. Police officers may be involved in providing information to others delivering restorative justice in later stages of the criminal justice process, but we have not included these practices in our research. The project is concerned both with adult and young offenders. There are three inter-connected stages to the project. The first stage, which has been underway since September 2015 and is the subject of this report, involves fieldwork in all three police force areas, to set out the contemporary nature and extent of restorative policing across each area. The second stage entailed comparative work in Belgium and Northern Ireland, to inform the work with the three English forces. It was the subject of a separate report delivered in August 2016 (Shapland et al. 2016). The third stage draws on both previous stages. The intention is for each police force to develop one or more new initiatives in part (or the whole) of their force area, in the light of the proposals from the research team, and to implement these initiatives from October 2016. The research team will then evaluate selected initiatives, as far as that can be accomplished in the time-frame of the project, with fieldwork running until March 2017. The final report of the project drawing together the overall findings will be submitted at the end of June 2017. As is well known, restorative justice incorporates a variety of practices and there has been considerable discussion about how it should be defined. We have therefore needed to consider how we define restorative justice for our purposes in this project. We see restorative justice as different from the broader concept of restorative practice. We have adopted the definition, similar to that proposed by Marshall (1999), as 'a deliberative process governed by principles of procedural fairness in which the parties with a direct stake in a particular offence (or incident) come together (preferably face-to-face) in a encounter collectively to resolve how to respond to the offence (or incident) such that the harm caused is acknowledged and the implications for the future of the parties are considered with an emphasis on reparation and reintegration' . This definition implicitly includes the recognition that restorative justice should be in relation to an offence, which means a criminal offence (though we are aware that conduct can be difficult to classify between a criminal offence and anti-social behaviour). This report therefore concentrates upon criminal offences, though we also mention, where relevant, measures and structures for anti-social behaviour. We also note that the Ministry of Justice defines restorative justice as 'the process that brings those harmed by crime, and those responsible for the harm, into communication, enabling everyone affected by a particular incident to play a part in repairing the harm and finding a positive way forward'. Our definition of restorative justice therefore bounds the kinds of practices we are considering to those which involve the direct victim and offender of a particular offence. We are therefore not concerned with practices or disposals which involve only action directed to the benefit of the community as a whole, or action in relation to victims or offenders of other offences, though these may have restorative intent or outcomes. We shall use the term 'restorative practices' to refer to this more indirect work. Our definition therefore includes practices such as mediation (with victim, offender and mediator/facilitator involved), conferencing (with, additionally, victim and offender supporters present at a meeting, as well as possibly police), and panels. It includes both direct face-to-face meetings and also indirect or 'shuttle' mediation where a facilitator/mediator passes communications between victim and offender of the same offence. A brief glossary of terms and definitions is set out at the end of this chapter. Details: Sheffield, UK: University of Sheffield; Leeds, UK; University of Leeds, 2017. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 27, 2017 at: https://www.sheffield.ac.uk/polopoly_fs/1.682936!/file/developing-restorative-policing-stage1-report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police-Citizen Interactions Shelf Number: 141220

Author: Sorsby, Angela Title: Probation Staff Views of the Skills for Effective Engagement Development (SEED) Project Summary: The aim of the SEED project implemented by the National Offender Management Service (NOMS) is to provide training and continuous professional development for probation staff in relation to skills which could be used in supervising offenders, particularly in one-to-one supervisions. The SEED training package, which has been influenced by the STICS project in Canada (Bourgon et al. 2008) and the aims of the broader Offender Engagement Programme, includes relationship building, prosocial modelling, motivational interviewing, risk-need-responsivity, cognitive behavioural techniques and structuring of one-to-one supervision. The training package consists of an initial three day training programme, and three one day and one half-day follow-up training events at three monthly intervals. The initial three day training programme took place in March to April 2011 and the final follow-up events took place in February 2012. The SEED project also includes action learning sets (regular meetings of offender managers (OMs) to discuss cases) and observation and feedback on one-to-one supervision sessions from team leaders. The training package was delivered within eight Probation Trusts in total, three of which are included in this external evaluation. The three externally evaluated Trusts are London, Merseyside and Thames Valley. Within these three Trusts training was delivered to six teams: in London, Merton and Sutton OMT3 and Barking, Dagenham and Havering OMT3; in Merseyside, two teams based in the St Helens office and in Thames Valley, Milton Keynes PPU and Reading OMUB. The evaluation was designed as action research, so this progress report provides a detailed look at how practitioners viewed the training and the SEED model, which it is hoped will be helpful to those implementing and developing the training. This progress report focuses on practitioners' views of the training, and of the SEED model, as assessed by evaluation questionnaires completed by participants at the conclusion of each of the training events.. Details: Sheffield, UK: University of Sheffield, Centre for Criminological Research, 2013. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 27, 2017 at: https://www.shef.ac.uk/polopoly_fs/1.293093!/file/probation-staff-views-seed.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Supervision Shelf Number: 141221

Author: Dominey, Jane Title: Fragmenting Probation? A Qualitative Study of Voluntary, Public and Private Sectors' Interactions in Supervision Summary: The context for this dissertation is the growing use of voluntary sector organisations and private companies as providers of probation services in England and Wales. The study focusses on the everyday experience of probation supervision in an increasingly multi-agency environment and explores this experience from the point of view of probation workers and the people they supervise. The objectives of the study are to examine whether the probation service makes a distinctive contribution to this work, to investigate the interactions between supervisees, probation supervisors and workers from other agencies, to explore the purpose of different elements of community orders and to understand whether supervisees adopt different approaches to compliance with different elements of their orders. Drawing on empirical interview data, supplemented by data from probation service case records and from fieldwork notes compiled while in probation offices undertaking interviews, I identify patterns, themes and associations which help us understand the new structures and relationships. The research concludes that, for supervisees and supervisors, the involuntary nature of community supervision is significant. The supervisees in this study viewed the requirements of their community orders as legitimate because the orders were imposed by the court. They complied with these requirements in order to avoid breach proceedings, few would have volunteered for the services that they were receiving from the probation service or elsewhere. They attached more weight to instructions from probation supervisors than to those from key workers from other agencies. Supervisees viewed their orders as both a punishment and a help, without drawing a distinction between services received from the probation service and from other agencies. Thus the research makes a significant contribution to knowledge by outlining the importance of these relationships, between worker and supervisee and between worker and worker, in a new context of provision. Details: Cambridge, UK: University of Cambridge, 2016. 214p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 27, 2017 at: https://www.repository.cam.ac.uk/bitstream/handle/1810/254960/Dominey_2015_PhD.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Supervision Shelf Number: 114222

Author: Great Britain. National Audit Office Title: Investigation into the Parole Board Summary: The National Audit Office has today published the findings from its investigation into the Parole Board (The Board). The Board is responsible for deciding whether prisoners can be safely released from prison and advising on movement between closed and open prisons across England and Wales. The NAO examined the Board in 2008 and made a number of recommendations to improve efficiency, in particular to address a backlog of outstanding cases. A Supreme Court ruling in 2013 (The Osborn ruling) broadened the circumstances in which the law requires the Board to hold an oral hearing. This led to an increase demand for oral hearings by the Board. The number of outstanding parole cases increased sharply, leading to increased delays and additional costs. The key findings of the investigation are as follows: The Osborn ruling in October 2013 had an immediate impact on the demand for oral hearings conducted by the Board. There were 6,872 oral hearings conducted by the Board in 2014-15, an increase of 48% in comparison to 4,628 in 2012-13. Hearings increased to a high of 7,148 in 2015-16. The number of outstanding cases increased by more than 140% following the Osborn ruling. The Board had a backlog of cases for several years, but the number of outstanding cases increased by 143% from October 2013 to a peak of 3,163 in January 2015. Of the 2,117 oral cases outstanding in September 2016, 13% were more than a year past their target date for a hearing. A further 16% were more than six months past their target date. The Board's ability to reduce the number of outstanding cases is limited by the number of cases it is able to list in any month. For example, the Board listed 701 cases for oral hearings in September 2016, while the queue of cases waiting for a hearing date was 1,257. Once listed, 34% oral hearings were deferred, and more than half of these (21%) were deferred or adjourned on the day of the hearing. The increase in demand for oral hearings has meant that older and more complex cases have been less likely to be heard. In 2015-16, 64% of cases were provided with an oral hearing date within 90 days of being ready to list, against a 90% target. The oldest of the outstanding cases in September 2016 had an original target date in 2009, with another 404 cases having target dates in 2015 or earlier. At December 2016, 3,081 prisoners on indeterminate sentences of imprisonment for public protection (IPPs) were in prison beyond their tariff expiry date. IPP prisoners make up around half of the cases waiting more than 90 days for a hearing. Of the 3,683 IPP prisoners still in custody in December 2016, 84% (3,081) were beyond their tariff expiry date. Of these, 48% had been in prison five or more years beyond their tariff and 11% were eight years or more beyond their tariff. In July 2016, the Board announced its intention to reduce the number of IPP prisoners in prison to 1,500 by 2020. The Board has paid £1.1 million in compensation claims to prisoners since 2011-12 as a result of delayed hearings, with £554,000 paid out in 2015-16. The backlog means some prisoners may have spent longer in prison than needed. Spending on member fees increased by 43% from £4.7 million in 2010-11 to £6.7 million in 2015-16. In October 2015, the Board set a target to reduce outstanding cases to 1,200 by April 2017, but this level of outstanding cases does not reflect efficiencies it has made since 2013. In June 2016, the Board moved the date to achieve this target to the end of 2017, and has so far not set out what it expects the level of outstanding cases to be after this. Under its new chair and chief executive, the Board launched a strategy to tackle the backlog in September 2016. The strategy includes aims to prioritise the safe release of IPP prisoners and to improve workflow by listing as many cases as possible and reducing unnecessary deferrals and adjournments. In 2016, the Ministry of Justice, on behalf of the Board, launched a major member recruitment exercise for the first time in four years. The Ministry did not recruit new members between 2012 and 2016, and member numbers fell 23% between 2010-11 (284) and 2015-16 (218). In 2016 it recruited 104 members, around half starting in 2016-17 and the remainder in 2017-18. Details: London: NAO, 2017. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: HC 1013; Session 2016-17: Accessed February 28, 2017 at: https://www.nao.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/Investigation-into-the-Parole-Board.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Supervision Shelf Number: 141248

Author: Hayes, Clare Title: A Review of service user involvement in prisons and probation trusts Summary: Offenders engaged with the Criminal Justice System (CJS), whether they are in prison or under the supervision of a probation trust, are also citizens. Service user involvement refers to the process by which the people using a service become involved in the planning, development and delivery of that service to make changes and improvements. Over recent years, there have been efforts in the CJS to promote and develop the involvement of offenders in the services with which they engage. Desistance theory supports the view that playing an active role in one's community and taking on a measure of responsibility can assist in the offender journey away from crime. This review investigates the extent and nature of service user involvement in prisons and probation trusts across England & Wales and raises a number of recommendations to improve quality and ensure sustainability. Main findings Service user involvement was generally more developed in the prisons than the probation trusts in our sample. Of those prisons and trusts interviewed: The researchers interviewed staff at prisons and probation trusts to generate information on staff experiences of service user involvement and the perceived benefits and challenges of using different models. ✪ Prison and probation staff viewed service user involvement as a dynamic process with a number of benefits including voice and empowerment, a way of channelling difficult issues and reducing conflict, gaining expertise, and measuring quality of services. ✪ There was evidence of Voluntary and Community Sector (VCS) contribution to focus group and consultative committees, particularly in the prisons. However, there was uncertainty over the extent and nature of VCS provision in this area and this report calls for a further mapping exercise and improved collaboration. ✪ There was a perception that service user groups have been more successful and meaningful where they are co-designed and co-developed by the service users themselves and the offenders involved have a role in taking actions forward. ✪ More consistency is needed to ensure that service user representatives are genuinely representative and diversity is monitored. Prisons that have introduced Council elections have reported a transformation in the way that consultative bodies operate. ✪ More guidance is needed on recruitment, providing incentives and training for both service users and staff involved. ✪ Some organisations, particularly prisons, have moved beyond communication and consultation, to a more proactive model where offenders participate in taking solutions forward. Greater service user ownership precipitates a more sustainable and dynamic process. ✪ Wide-ranging changes have been seen in response to service user involvement projects. ✪ Challenges to effective service user involvement include staff apprehension, the prevailing culture of criminal justice agencies, knowledge and understanding of the service users, reluctance of offenders to be involved and decreasing resource. ✪ There is very little research on the outcomes of service user involvement in prisons and trusts. This is an area that requires development to provide evidence for the widely held perception that service user involvement is a very useful mechanism for making services more effective, improving offender confidence and self esteem and assisting on the path to desistance. The review concludes that guidance and a more systematic approach to service user involvement is required. It is essential, particularly in a time of reducing budgets and competing priorities, that the learning from evolving service users projects is shared and capitalised upon. Offenders are a source of ideas, creativity and direct experience of NOMS services and service user involvement should be a priority for every prison and probation trust. This review has raised a series of recommendations in response to the identified challenges and barriers to service user involvement and staff views on how to set up and sustain an effective service user involvement project. Details: London: Clinks, 2011. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 2, 2017 at: https://www.clinks.org/sites/default/files/Service%20User%20Findings%20Sept%2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prisoners Shelf Number: 141258

Author: La Valle, Ivana Title: Child sexual exploitation: support in children's residential homes Summary: While child sexual exploitation (CSE) has attracted considerable attention in recent years and has highlighted how residential children’s homes can be targeted by CSE perpetrators, little is known about the tailored support provided to children affected by CSE who are placed in residential care. This study was commissioned to start filling this evidence gap. More specifically, the study aimed to: • identify approaches already used in children’s homes to support children who have been sexually exploited or are at risk of sexual exploitation. • explore the perceived benefits and impact of the tailored support that has been offered. • distil what seems to work well in supporting children affected by CSE in residential care and offer conclusions on the benefits of sharing the learning more widely. Evidence for the study was gathered through: a rapid review of the international evidence on CSE support; interviews with ten residential children's homes in England that were known for their CSE expertise and high-quality provision; and case studies in four of these homes involving eight children affected by CSE. Details: Feethams, Darlington, UK Department for Education, 2016. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 2, 2017 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/582354/Child-sexual-exploitation-support-in-childrens-homes.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 141261

Author: Douse, Kirstie Title: Sex Workers and the Law Summary: "Sex Workers and the Law" outlines: the criminal offences related to sex working and the buying of sexual services; offences specific to premises used for sex working; the law around anti social behaviour orders; dealing with the police and the criminal justice system more generally; criminal records; trafficking offences; advice on tax and the rules around non British sex workers. In short, it is hoped that this publication will be a practical guide for those whose sex work and those involved in the industry as well as statutory and voluntary agencies, and other professionals who come into contact with those involved in the sex industry. Release is a charity which since 1967 has offered advocacy, education, campaigning and the only free helpline specialising in drug-related legal issues. Our advice is professional and confidential and it is our aim to promote understanding of drug-related issues and to support an often marginalised section of society. Details: London: Release: Drugs, The Law & Human Rights, 2017. 144p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 2, 2017 at: http://www.release.org.uk/sites/default/files/pdf/publications/SEX_WORKERS_%26_THE_LAW_2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 141295

Author: Traveller Movement Title: Overlooked and Overrepresented: Gypsy, Traveller and Roma children in the youth justice system Summary: This is an analysis of the Children in Custody 2015–16, HM Inspectorate of Prisons data published on the 15 November 20161 . The data for the Children in Custody report derives from surveys conducted at all Secure Training Centres (STCs) and Young Offender Institutions (YOIs) between 1 April 2015 and 12 April 2016; the response rate was 85% and 86% respectively. Separate questionnaires are used at STCs and YOIs as they are tailored to support the different inspection criteria used for each setting. In the 2015 Children in Custody report, the then HM Chief Inspector of Prisons, Nick Hardwick said in his foreword: "Both STCs and YOIs continued to hold a hugely disproportionate number of children who described themselves as being from a Traveller or Gypsy background…. a hundred times greater than the 0.1% which is the estimated proportion in the population as a whole. We have repeatedly raised our concerns about this issue – with any other group such huge disproportionality would have led to more formal inquiry and investigation into what part of their backgrounds or interaction with the criminal justice system had led to this situation. Children from a Traveller background reported greater levels of need and worse experiences in custody than other children". Sadly, Nick Hardwick's words are as true today as they were a year ago, with Gypsy, Traveller and Roma (GTR) children remaining "hugely overrepresented in the youth justice system". After Mr Hardwick's intervention, organisations in the GTR sector were hopeful that the overrepresentation in youth justice would finally become a priority to be addressed. However, almost no progress has made in addressing the experiences of GTR children in custody, nor has there been any moves toward a formal investigation as to why the numbers remain so high. In fact, compared to 2015, there was significantly less analysis of the experiences of GTR children in the 2016 Children in Custody report. To counter the lack of profile given to GTR children in STCs and YOIs, the Traveller Movement has analysed the raw data and highlighted the key issues facing these children. Recommendations  The Youth Justice Board should act, with urgency, to ensure the 18+1 ethnic monitoring system based on the 2011 census is implemented across the entire youth criminal justice system.  A formal inquiry should be launched into what has led to Gypsy, Traveller and Roma children being overrepresented in the youth criminal justice system. Details: London: The Traveller Movement, 2016. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 2, 2017 at: http://travellermovement.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/Overlooked-and-Overrepresented-Gypsy-Traveller-and-Roma-children-in-the-youth-justice-system.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gypsies Shelf Number: 141297

Author: Big Brother Watch Title: Smile you are on Body Worn Camera, Part 1 -- Local Authorities. How Councils are Using Body Worn Cameras Summary: Big Brother Watch has a long history of exposing the over-zealous use of surveillance powers by local authorities. Over the past 8 years we have found that local authorities have used counter terrorism powers to spy on dog owners, suspected fly tippers and even members of staff they employ to spot crime. We have revealed the thousands of officials able to enter our homes; often without a warrant, and we have lain bare the financial burden of CCTV on council coffers. Now in Smile you are on Body Worn Camera, Part 1 "Local Authorities, we reveal for the first time that:  54% of all local authorities across the UK are equipping members of staff or contractors with body worn cameras at a cost of £1,791,960.81.  66% of local authorities are failing to completing Privacy Impact Assessments (PIAs) before deploying the technology and  21% of councils are holding non-evidential footage for longer than 31 days; the time limit adhered to by police forces. Body worn cameras are the new tool in the surveillance arsenal. They can be deployed for multiple purposes often with little to no evidence that they are the right tool to solve the particular problem. Big Brother Watch is concerned that the rush to use body worn cameras by local authorities is not being scrutinised closely enough. When we consider that many councils have a poor track record of using heavy handed surveillance tactics and are often lackadaisical with their approach to protecting personal data, scrutiny of new capabilities should be a number one priority. We understand that deploying body worn cameras in order to protect staff from verbal or physical abuse may have validity; no member of staff should feel unsafe at work. But the decision by some councils to equip staff with the cameras in order to film people dropping litter, walking dogs, parking or to monitor people's recycling, in order to use the "evidence" to issue a fine, we would argue is a disproportionate use of an intrusive surveillance capability and a potential breach of the privacy of law abiding citizens. The privacy concerns which accompany the use of body worn cameras are two-fold. Firstly, the initial filming of people in a public space and secondly the retention of footage showing direct engagement between official and citizen, which includes a record of the citizens' face, voice, mannerisms and behaviours. Local authorities must ensure the technology is only deployed when proven to be absolutely necessary and completely proportionate to the problem they are trying to solve. Officials must then ensure the retention of any data adheres to the strongest safeguards in light of the potential sensitivity of the data being handled. If they fail to properly engage on the issue of privacy, if citizens feel as though they are being filmed for no good reason by unnecessarily intrusive officials or if stories are published which reveal poor data security, loss, breach or misuse of the footage then councils will face inevitable criticism and a public backlash. Details: London: Big Brother Watch, 2017. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 2, 2017 at: https://bigbrotherwatch.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/Smile-you-are-on-Body-Worn-Camera-Part-1-1.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 141298

Author: Prison Reform Trust Title: Why focus on reducing women's imprisonment? Summary: Key points • The women's prison population in England and Wales more than doubled between 1995 and 2010 - from under 2,000 women to over 4,000. The numbers have since declined by over 10% – from 4,279 women in April 2012 to 3,821 in April 2016. But the UK still has one of the highest rates of women’s imprisonment in Western Europe. • Women are a small minority of those in the criminal justice system, representing less than 5% of the prison population, and are easily overlooked in policy, planning, and services - they have been described as 'correctional afterthoughts'. • The drivers and patterns of women’s offending are generally different from men’s. • Most of the solutions to women's offending lie in improved access to community based support services, including women’s centres. These enable women to address underlying problems which may lead to offending but which the criminal justice system cannot solve. • The impact of imprisonment on women, more than half of whom have themselves been victims of serious crime, is especially damaging and their outcomes are worse than men's. • Most women have neither a home nor a job to go to on release. • Women are much more likely to be primary carers, with children far more directly affected by a prison sentence as a result. Details: London: PRT, 2017. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Prison Reform Trust Briefing: Accessed March @, 2017 at: http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/Portals/0/Documents/Women/whywomen.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 141301

Author: Lenhart, Amanda Title: Nonconsensual Image Sharing: One in 25 Americans Has Been A Victim of "Revenge Porn" Summary: Nonconsensual image sharing, also commonly called 'revenge porn,' is when someone shows, sends, or posts nude or nearly nude photos or videos of someone else without the consent of the person pictured. In some cases, the images are created consensually, such as when romantic partners take pictures for each other or together. In other cases, these images may be created nonconsensually, such as when someone is secretly or forcibly photographed or taped. These images are also posted online in different ways. Images are sometimes posted by a romantic partner in the aftermath of a break up or during a fight, or may be obtained by someone hacking into a private online space and stealing the images. In all cases, these sensitive images are shared with third parties without the consent of the person pictured. In 2014, nonconsensual image sharing made headlines when dozens of celebrities’ private photos were exposed. An Illinois man published over 500 photos of celebrities (almost all of them women) that he had stolen from their email and online storage accounts. He had obtained targets' login credentials through a series of phishing attacks over the course of almost a year. Victims of this hack included actresses, models, and athletes; many of the celebrities targeted have spoken out about the emotional distress they have experienced from this invasion of privacy. More recently, a Saturday Night Live castmember was targeted by hackers and trolls, who mounted a campaign of racist and sexist attacks against the comedian on social media. Later, hackers stole private information from her online storage accounts—including nude photos and images of sensitive documents, such as her driver’s license and passport. The hackers also compromised the comedian's private website, then published the stolen material and racist images on her site. The exposure of her private materials was one component of a campaign of intimidation and retribution for speaking out against her previous harassment. The harms from nonconsensual image sharing can be substantial; a single act of posting sensitive images can cause lasting and ongoing reputational damage to victims. These images are often posted alongside personally-identifying information about the victim when they are posted in online spaces, which can lead to additional harassment and threats from third parties. Even if the images are never actually posted publically, the perpetrator may use threats to post such images as a method of controlling or intimidating the victim. Until recently, victims of nonconsensual pornography often faced difficulty pursuing legal action against perpetrators. Some perpetrators and operators of "revenge porn" websites have been prosecuted under existing laws, such as the 1986 Computer Fraud and Abuse Act (CFAA), for hacking, impersonation, identify theft, and extortion. Legal scholar Amanda Levendowski has also written that because most of the images in question were originally taken by the victims themselves, they may be able to seek protection under copyright laws;12 some victims have submitted take-down requests to websites under the 1998 Digital Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA). In response to the lack of specific criminal laws against nonconsensual pornography and a growing public awareness of the issue, more than 30 states have passed legislation over the past three years attempting to define and criminalize "revenge porn" and other types of nonconsensual pornography, according to George Washington University Law professor Orin Kerr. While national legislation has yet to be passed, U.S. Representative Jackie Speier (D-CA) introduced a bill criminalizing revenge porn in mid-2016. Details: New York: Data & Society Research Institute; San Clemente, CA: Center for Innovative Public Health Research, 2016. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Data Memo 12.13.2016: Accessed March 4, 2016 at: https://datasociety.net/pubs/oh/Nonconsensual_Image_Sharing_2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Image Sharing Shelf Number: 146408

Author: Crow, Iain Title: Resettling Prisoners: A Review Summary: The resettlement of citizens coming out of prison is an important part of the Government's Reducing Re-offending Action Plan. This review looks at the available research to see what can be learned about the most promising approaches to resettlement. Concern about the resettlement of offenders goes back many years, at least to the end of the nineteenth century, and one its most constant features is the high proportion of exprisoners who re-offend, some of them returning to prison several times. Recent concern about resettlement has been fuelled both by the intractable nature of the problem, and by the increasing numbers needing to be resettled. There is particular concern about the resettlement of certain groups within the prison population, including short-term prisoners and women prisoners. Although the available research has its limitations, there are a number of pointers to the lessons that can be drawn from what we know. • Offenders often have a mixture of factors contributing to their offending behaviour. Those leaving custody are likely to have several inter-related resettlement requirements (accommodation, employment, training, health issues). Research evidence underlines the importance of multi-modal action addressing the full range of offenders' needs. • Offenders need continuity of engagement, and not just to be moved about from one person and agency to another. Good linkage between agencies is important. Integrated case management is one of the fundamental principles of NOMS, an aspiration that needs to be achieved for successful resettlement to become a reality. • Important though practical interventions are, successful resettlement is not just about practical support. Several studies refer to the importance of personal determination and resilience in resisting re-offending on release. Agencies can play a part in encouraging and reinforcing ex-prisoners’ own efforts. Not all offenders are equally capable of helping themselves, but this suggests a twin-track strategy of supporting those who have the capacity to help themselves, while targeting resources more effectively on those who are less capable. • Families and friends can play a vital role in providing supportive relationships, and the connections needed to obtain jobs. Research underlines the importance of sustaining those relationships through imprisonment, and on release. • The available literature points to the importance of not only addressing the needs of the offender, but also paying attention to the communities from which they come. Researchers point to the fact that commonly the communities to which prisoners return are disadvantaged, and need support in re-integrating offenders. This highlights the role that restorative justice might play in offender re-integration: a community which feels there has been some restoration and that there is the potential for offenders to contribute to community well being is more likely to support exoffenders. The NOMS vision agreed by the Chief Executive and Board in January 2005 refers to, ‘Engaging local communities in the management and resettlement of offenders’. In this context the voluntary and community sector has a crucial role to play, and the success of NOMS will be judged not only on how well the former prison and probation services work together, but the extent to which the VCS, and employers, become effective partners. • There is a need to extend provision for women offenders in the light of a significant increase in the numbers sent to, and leaving prison in recent years. Research highlights the need of women returning to the community for both practical support, and to repair, or sometimes avoid, damaged relationships. • For the majority of prisoners with mental health problems there is little follow-up post-release. Positive approaches to improving access to healthcare services for prisoners on release are needed. • There is a significant likelihood of people returning to drug use and crime quite soon after release if there is nothing in place at the time of release. The extent of drug misuse, and its close relationship to re-offending, means that treatment in prison needs to be linked directly to aftercare. • Recent research has focused on efforts to understand what factors have been instrumental in desistance from crime: what happens when people cease to offend. Although research in this area is still very much in progress, it indicates the importance of a holistic approach to offenders, and suggests that, as with re-entry courts in America, it is important to recognise the achievements of offenders who desist, as well as punishing failure. • A viable resettlement strategy needs to consider not only individual offenders, but also the social context in which resettlement takes place. This means combating social exclusion by ensuring that there is an adequate supply of social housing, of training opportunities relevant to the needs of offenders, and work with employers to ensure that job opportunities are available to ex-prisoners. Concern about resettlement has been fuelled by changes in sentencing and supervision in recent years, which have contributed to an increase in the numbers released from prison, from 45,557 in 1992 to 88,104 in 1999. Put simply, the larger the prison population, the bigger the problem of re-integration. Reducing the size of the prison population is therefore an important pre-requisite for a successful resettlement strategy Details: Layerthorpe, York. UK: York Publishing, 2006. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 6, 2017 at: http://canatx.org/rrt_new/professionals/articles/CROW-RESETTLING%20PRISONERS.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Rehabilitation Shelf Number: 141356

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Prisons Title: Resettlement Provision for Adult Offenders: Accommodation and education, training and employment Summary: In April 2015 far reaching changes will be introduced to 'transform' the way that offenders are rehabilitated and to reduce the risk they reoffend. Offenders serving sentences of less than one year will be subject to statutory supervision. Support and supervision of low- and medium-risk offenders will pass from the probation service to voluntary and private sector providers commissioned through regional Community Rehabilitation Companies (CRC). Higher-risk offenders will be supervised by a new national probation service. Offenders serving short sentences and those with less than three months to serve should be held in ‘resettlement prisons’, in or linked to the area in which they will be released. Resettlement services should be organised on a 'through the gate' basis, making greater use of mentors than at present and with providers paid in part according to the outcomes they achieve in reducing reoffending. The primary aim of this report is to inform the development of these new services by examining the effectiveness of existing arrangements to help offenders obtain suitable and sustainable accommodation and education, training and employment (ETE) on release as part of wider resettlement provision. The report follows a cohort of 80 offenders from prison through the gate into the community and identifies their accommodation and occupation status shortly before release, on release and one and six months later. The offenders in this study were chosen because they were already subject to statutory supervision on release as they were serving sentences of one year or more. We are confident that in the key areas there is a direct parallel with provision for offenders serving shorter sentences, although care should be taken in interpreting the results. It is important to recognise where there are differences, not least to ensure that the requirements of offenders serving longer sentences do not get overlooked in the pressure to establish the new arrangements. Many previous studies have highlighted the importance of accommodation and ETE to reducing reoffending. The Social Exclusion Report of 2002 indentified them as two of the critical resettlement pathways that have been the focus for much effort since, and the ‘Surveying Prisoners Crime Reduction’ survey a decade later unsurprisingly came to similar conclusions. Offenders themselves consistently tell us during inspections how important having somewhere secure and stable to live, and something constructive to do, is to staying out of trouble after they are released. The findings of this report are striking. Most importantly, it absolutely confirms the central importance of an offender’s family and friends to their successful rehabilitation. Of course, sometimes an offender’s family may be the victims of their crime and sometimes they may be a negative influence that contributes to their offending behaviour – we found a small number of examples of this in this inspection. However, overwhelmingly, this inspection confirmed our view that an offender’s family are the most effective resettlement agency. More than half the offenders in our cohort returned home or moved in with family and friends on release, even if this was only a temporary measure. The few who had a job on release had mainly arranged this with the help of previous employers, family or friends. Helping offenders maintain or restore relationships with their family and friends, where this is appropriate, should be central to the resettlement effort. But too often, these relationships are seen simply as a matter of visits which may be increased or reduced according to an offender’s behaviour. We found no evidence that families were involved in sentence planning for instance, even when an offender said they were relying on them for support after release. Too little account was taken of whether initial arrangements were sustainable and what continuing support might be needed. Of the 48 offenders who moved into their own home or with family and friends on release, a fifth had needed to move in with different family/friends when we checked on them after six months. What should happen, where possible, is resettlement work which helps the offender and his or her family to maintain or rebuild relationships; an assessment of any offer of support; and, where appropriate, involvement of the family in plans for release. We are concerned that work on family relationships that will continue to be provided, if at all, directly by the prison will not be integrated with work done by resettlement service providers. In contrast to the support provided by offenders’ family and friends, our findings in this report reinforce the criticism we have previously made about formal offender management arrangements in prisons1. We found that contact between offenders and offender supervisors or managers varied considerably and even where there was good contact, this had little impact on accommodation and ETE outcomes at the point of release, although contacts were more effective post-release. Sentence planning and oversight were weak and resettlement work in prisons was insufficiently informed either by an individual assessment of the offender concerned or a strategic assessment of what opportunities would be available to offenders on release, with input from relevant organisations and employers. Information sharing across prison departments was poor overall but better in open prisons and those preparing long-term offenders for release. It will be important that those prisons designated as ‘resettlement prisons’ in the new arrangements urgently begin to create the ‘whole prison’ approach to resettlement that is too often lacking at present. It would certainly help address these problems if prisons had a better understanding of current accommodation and ETE outcomes. At present they rely heavily on self-reported information from offenders at the point of release with no follow-up on longer-term accommodation and ETE outcomes, which as our findings demonstrate, is an ineffective way of judging the effectiveness of resettlement services. Offenders who posed a high risk of harm were placed in approved premises where their risk could be appropriately managed. Offenders expressed concerns to us about the adverse influence of other residents of approved premises, and two of the nine offenders who went to approved premises on release were subsequently recalled, but others had progressed six months later. Shortages of affordable rented accommodation, references, a lack of resources to pay deposits and rent in advance, and the practical problems of arranging accommodation from inside prison, meant that rented accommodation in the private or social housing sectors was not an option for any of the offenders we followed. Often offenders were able to move in with family/friends on release, even if just as a temporary measure, but the three in our sample who did not have this option were forced to rely on emergency shelter immediately after release. Access to affordable rented accommodation will be a significant challenge for new providers and it is likely that there will need to be an expansion of rent deposit and guarantee schemes and other provision if it is to be met. Some offenders in our cohort such as young adults who had been in care as ‘looked after children’ and women offenders who took over the sole care of their children after release had entitlements to housing that needed to be identified and met. Of course, finding and sustaining accommodation is not simply a question of paying the rent but also of having the skills necessary to live independently. For those who might struggle to live independently because of their age and lack of maturity, such as young adults, or older offenders who had become institutionalised by long sentences, some form of supported accommodation was necessary if they were not placed in approved premises. Details: London: Her Majesty’s Inspectorate of Prisons, 2014. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 6, 2016 at: https://socialwelfare.bl.uk/subject-areas/services-activity/resettlement/criminaljusticejointinspection/1693032014_Resettlement-thematic-for-print-Sept-2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Ex-Offender Employment Shelf Number: 141360

Author: Clinks Title: Valuing Volunteers in Prison: A Review of Volunteer Involvement in Prisons Summary: This report, commissioned at the request of Andrew Selous MP, explores how we can increase the amount and scope of prison volunteering across England and Wales. One of NOMS key priorities is supporting the use of volunteers in prisons. Clinks, NOMS, voluntary sector organisations and prisons have all been keen to identify good practice that can be used more widely to maximise the impact of volunteering and minimise any barriers that limit its use. This publication is intended to inform individuals and organisations involved with, or interested in, enhancing volunteering in prisons. It explores four connected questions: What are the benefits of volunteering in prisons? Where are there current examples of good practice, and where are there gaps? What are the key supports and barriers to effective volunteer involvement in prisons? And what actions would support the development of more effective volunteering? FINDINGS The report finds: Prison volunteering has clear benefits for stakeholders. Several factors support successful volunteering including clear strategic oversight at governor level; robust recruitment procedures; support with security vetting; and good management and supervision. Models of volunteering vary, with some prisons having a clear strategy. However, most prisons we visited did not have a whole-organisation approach to volunteer involvement. Barriers to successful volunteering include delays to recruitment, often associated with security vetting and training; a large time commitment often during office hours; and lack of support from prison staff. RECOMMENDATIONS The report makes seven recommendations including: clear roles should be identified for volunteers, and their work should be strategically integrated prisons and their partners should proactively recruit volunteers from as diverse a base as possible volunteering should receive a consistent level of coordination and support.. Details: London: Clinks, 2016. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 7, 2017 at: http://www.clinks.org/sites/default/files/basic/files-downloads/valuing_volunteering_in_prison_-_a_review_of_volunteer_involvement_in_prisons_july_2016_final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 141372

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Prisons Title: Report on an unannounced inspection of HMP Featherstone Summary: Standards have declined at HMP Featherstone, and the decline in safety was particularly concerning, said Peter Clarke, Chief Inspector of Prisons. Today he published the report of an unannounced inspection of the training prison near Wolverhampton. HMP Featherstone holds around 650 men and was last inspected in 2013. At that time, inspectors reported generally positively and it received the highest assessment in two out of four healthy prison tests. This more recent inspection found that there had been a sharp decline in three out of four areas. This was particularly concerning in the area of safety, which was assessed as ‘poor’. Of the 68 recommendations made at the last inspection, only 16 had been achieved. Inspectors were concerned to find that: levels of violence had increased considerably, and violence against staff had increased the most; 63% of prisoners said it was easy to get drugs and 22% said they had developed a drug problem while in the prison; a number of men chose to self-isolate and stay in their cells to escape the violence; the segregation unit had been damaged by prisoners over the summer and was still not able to be used, while the temporary segregation unit was in a very poor condition and not properly staffed; it seemed that not all incidents of prisoner unrest were being reported; the prison was in a poor state of repair, not helped by a failing facilities management contract; the senior leadership team did not have sufficient knowledge or oversight of some key areas, including use of force, the unregulated segregation of self-isolators and the lack of outdoor exercise for prisoners; and staff shortages had reduced the prison’s ability to deliver a full regime. However, inspectors were pleased to find that the quality of teaching, learning and assessment in education and vocational training was good. Details: London: Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Prisons, 2017. 117p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2017 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprisons/wp-content/uploads/sites/4/2017/02/Featherstone-2016.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 144457

Author: Connelly, Elizabeth Title: Rethinking 'Vulnerability' in Detention: A Crisis of Harm Summary: More people than ever before are now being detained without time limit in the UK for immigration purposes. The use of detention has become a core element of immigration policy for successive governments, despite mounting evidence that its use is both inefficient and enormously damaging to those detained. In particular, increasing numbers of very vulnerable people are now held in detention. Despite repeated and severe criticism, the UK has been unable to find an effective way to prevent this. Monitoring bodies, academics, clinicians, NGOs, and those with experience of immigration detention themselves have all expressed their concern that the UK’s immigration detention system is putting vulnerable people at risk. The High Court has found on no less than six occasions in a period of three years that the Home Office had breached its responsibilities under Article 3 of the European Convention on Human Rights (the right to freedom from torture, cruel and inhuman or degrading treatment)1 for those who are in immigration detention. Most recently, the parliamentary inquiry into immigration detention called for radical reform of the entire detention system. This report revisits the issue of vulnerability through a literature review and interviews and case studies of 31 vulnerable people. This exercise elicited three key observations which should inform a new approach to vulnerability in detention. Such a new approach would require that the Home Office think about vulnerability in a different way, in order effectively to prevent detention of vulnerable people. Details: London: The Detention Forum, Vulnerable People Working Group, 2015. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2017 at: http://detentionforum.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2015/07/rethinkingvulnerability_8july.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Immigrant Detention Shelf Number: 144458

Author: Jolliffe, Darrick Title: Peterborough Social Impact Bond: Final Report on Cohort 1 Analysis Summary: This report has two main purposes: firstly to validate the Propensity Score Matching methodology that was tested and agreed in March 2012 (see Cave et al., 2012) for the first cohort of offenders in the Peterborough Social Impact Bond pilot, under which the One Service provided interventions for adult males before and after being discharged from custodial sentences of less than 12 months; and secondly to assess reconviction data to determine whether any payment is due to investors for the first cohort. The payment mechanism is designed to ensure that MoJ pays investors, represented in this case by Social Finance (SF), only when a minimum of 10% reduction in reconvictions per cohort or a 7.5% reduction across all cohorts has occurred. The Independent Assessors, comprising analysts from QinetiQ and the University of Leicester and University of Greenwich, established and tested a method for comparing offenders released from HMP Peterborough with other comparable offenders released from other prisons in a 'dry run', based on 2008 data taken from the prisoner record system (LIDS) and from criminal records information held on the Police National Computer (PNC) (see Cave et al., 2012). The analyses in this report attempts to replicate the above approach with the first cohort of those who experienced the through-the-gates intervention at HMP Peterborough. Key findings The current study has matched 936 offenders released from Peterborough with 9,360 released from other prisons on 36 out of 38 variables. The Independent Assessors have concluded that the model is sufficiently accurate and robust to support a reconviction analysis. The analysis shows that there was a 8.39% reduction in reoffending rates within the Peterborough Cohort 1, which is insufficient totrigger payment for the first cohort. Other findings The PSM Model: The 936 men released from HMP Peterborough and 9,360 released from other prisons were successfully matched on the propensity score in terms of demographic and criminal history variables. Two differences in nature of index offence remained. However, it is reasonable to conclude that this may be due to chance as we would expect to find one statistically significant result by chance at the p<.05 level for every 20 statistical tests conducted (Cave et al., 2012) and in this case there were 2 in 38. Constructing the PSM model: Nine Peterborough cases were excluded from the PSM model because the nature of their offence remained uncertain, despite the best efforts of SF and the MoJ. 30 (3.2%) of the 936 were men on whom SF held data but MoJ did not. There is often attrition when comparisons are made using administrative data because of data quality and completeness. Replicating the method: It was not possible to precisely replicate the approach adopted in the 'dry run' because of data quality issues, including missing data pertaining to the type of offence. Although Social Finance and the MoJ made efforts to fill these gaps, some cases still had to be excluded because of missing data. There were also changes to the content and format of databases held by the MoJ. Agreeing cases for inclusion: The MoJ and SF views of who had been, and who should have been, helped in Peterborough differed. This had implications for the number of cases included in the Peterborough sample and constructing the Comparison Group. In the 'dry run' the Independent Assessors confirmed that only those who should be included in the Intervention and Comparison groups were included. For the current exercise the MoJ performed this task, thus the number of cases which were excluded cannot be reported upon, nor can the impact this had on the current sample be compared with that of the 2008 sample. For the benefit of future analysis of the second cohort of the Peterborough Social Impact Bond and of other projects, it should be noted that it took 11 months to agree the sample and obtain all the data needed to begin analysis. Comparability of those released from Peterborough and other prisons prior to matching: Following data cleaning, the sample for analysis comprised 945 individuals from Peterborough and 31,207 from other prisons. Comparing these samples prior to matching showed that those released from Peterborough were less likely to reoffend, based on significant differences in important predictors including age, age at first offence, number of previous convictions and number of previous custodial sentences. There were also significant differences in the type of offences for which sentences were being served. As these factors all affect the likelihood of further offending, such differences should be controlled and understood before a comparison between Cohort 1 and the Comparison Group can be drawn. The PSM methodology was chosen to control for these factors. Details: Leicester, UK: University of Leicester, 2014. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2017 at: http://mcnevaluation.co.uk/wpfb-file/2014-moj-peterboough-social-impact-bond-final-report-on-cohort-1-analysis-pdf/ Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Adult Offenders (U.K.) Shelf Number: 144460

Author: Hunter, Gillian Title: Out of the Shadows: Victims' and witnesses' experiences of attending the Crown Court Summary: The criminal justice system depends on the cooperation of victims and witnesses in reporting crime, providing statements to police and, if the case progresses to a trial, giving evidence in court. How victims and witnesses are treated by the criminal justice system is likely to affect their confidence and trust in that system as well as the likelihood of their reporting crime or agreeing to attend court as a witness in the future. Over the past 15 years or so, various policies and protocols have been developed to improve the treatment of victims and witnesses during their contact with the criminal justice system. Developments include the provision of separate waiting areas in court, extra support for vulnerable or intimidated witnesses to help them give evidence, and a dedicated point of contact for witnesses in the form of Witness Care Units. Yet victims and witnesses continue to be referred to as the ‘poor relation’ in a criminal justice system that is often seen as weighted in favour of the defendant or overly focused on 'cases' rather than individuals. Currently, the government is consulting on provision for victims and witnesses, with the stated aim of remedying weaknesses in the existing system of support and entitlements. Our study examined the experiences of 44 victims and witnesses from two Crown Courts in England. These were victims and prosecution witnesses in cases covering a range of crimes, including violent and sexual offences. All interviewees were asked to describe the experience of attending court, and for their views on the fairness or otherwise of the court process and outcomes. The study findings should help inform improvements to both policy and practice aimed at supporting victims and witnesses through the court process. Details: London: Institute for Criminal Policy Research, University of London, 2013. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 13, 2017 at: http://www.icpr.org.uk/media/35740/Out%20of%20the%20shadows%20final.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Court Shelf Number: 144467

Author: Wigzell, Alexandra Title: The NOMS RJ Capacity Building Programme: A study of the quality of participant and implementation experiences Summary: This report presents the findings of a 27-month study of the National Offender Management Service (NOMS) Restorative Justice (RJ) Capacity Building Programme. The initiative aimed to develop capacity within probation and prisons to deliver RJ conferencing. The package included training, comprising a three-day event and follow-up mentoring days delivered by Restorative Solutions and implementation support provided by Thames Valley Partnership. The programme was rolled out in eight phases to probation and prisons, including partnerships with the police and voluntary sector organisations, with successful expression of interest bids across England and Wales. The first phase started in June 2012. The programme was premised on an offender-led RJ model, whereby the focus for generating cases was on agencies and organisations working with offenders. Restorative Solutions commissioned ICPR to conduct an evaluation of the programme, which examined: the quality of the training; the volume of RJ activity flowing from the training; perceptions of RJ conference participants; and sites' implementation experience. The research did not aim to look at longer term RJ outcomes. Details: London: Institute for Criminal Policy Research, University of London, 2015. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2017 at: http://www.icpr.org.uk/media/39384/Final%20RJ%20Report%20-%2026%2003%202015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Supervision Shelf Number: 144468

Author: Wigzell, Alexandra Title: The Youth Proceedings Advocacy Review: Final Report Summary: This report presents the findings of the Youth Proceedings Advocacy Review, which was commissioned by the Bar Standards Board (BSB) and CILEx Regulation in October 2014, and conducted by the Institute for Criminal Policy Research. The main aim of the review was to inform the BSB's and CILEx Regulation's consideration of whether, and what kind of, regulatory interventions are needed to improve the quality of advocacy in youth proceedings. For the purposes of the review, the term 'advocacy' is used to refer to all aspects of a legal practitioner's work, on the defence or prosecution side, in relation to a criminal case that has reached court. The term "youth proceedings" refers to cases that are heard in the Youth Court and cases involving young defendants (that is, those under the age of 18) that are heard in the Crown Court. The Youth Proceedings Advocacy Review entailed a series of research activities which, together, addressed the following two questions: What knowledge, skills and attributes are required by advocates in youth proceedings to work effectively with defendants and witnesses and, in so doing, to promote justice and the public interest? To what extent do advocates in youth proceedings (and, particularly, barristers and chartered legal executive advocates) currently have the requisite knowledge, skills and attributes to work effectively with defendants and witnesses and, in so doing, to promote justice and the public interest? The research activities comprised:  a literature review;  a survey of advocates (barristers and chartered legal executive advocates), completed by 215 respondents;  follow-up telephone interviews with a sub-sample of 34 advocates;  face-to-face interviews with 25 young defendants;  interviews and discussions with 30 youth justice practitioners, namely, legal advisors, youth court magistrates, district judges, court-based YOT workers, youth specialist prosecutors and intermediaries;  interviews with three young witnesses and two Witness Service volunteers;  observations of proceedings in four youth courts and five Crown Courts;  three roundtable discussions with senior youth justice practitioners and youth justice policy specialists. The findings of the research point to much variability in the quality of advocacy in youth proceedings. The findings also indicate that effective advocacy is dependent on advocates’ specialist knowledge of youth justice law and provisions; their capacity to communicate effectively and build relationships with children and young people; and their professionalism. The review has identified a number of factors as barriers to advocates' development and application of these essential attributes and skills. These barriers include advocates' limited opportunities to undertake training and to learn from their own and their peers' practice; and an array of structural, systemic and social constraints. Details: London: Bar Standards Board, 2015. 106p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2017 at: http://www.icpr.org.uk/media/41074/ypar_final_report_-_for_publication_19.11.2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Court Shelf Number: 144469

Author: Thomas, Letty Title: Why we collaborate. Voluntary organisations talk about how they collaborate, what makes it work, and why it sometimes fails Summary: At a time of austerity in public finances and radical shake-ups in prison and probation, the voluntary sector has continued to deliver a huge variety of services for people within the Criminal Justice System. While much around them has changed drastically, voluntary sector organisations have continued to deliver some of the most remarkable results in turning around the lives of offenders and keeping communities safe. And yet, with demand likely to increase by 70% and funding to be reduced by 30%,1 experts wonder whether the independent operating models favoured by a lot of voluntary sector organisations can continue, regardless of their effectiveness. According to PricewaterhouseCoopers, small charities are under pressure to collaborate because commissioners and funders are more likely to fund partnerships and large organisations.2 In short, this view of the future suggests that basic survival for many voluntary organisations requires scale, and scale requires collaboration. However, the four cases studies that we present in this paper demonstrate that collaboration is about much more than simple survival. Rather, collaboration has its roots in the voluntary sector’s deep-seated commitment to improving outcomes for people in the justice system, their families, and the wider community. This report, and the case studies presented here, illustrate the power of collaboration to help charities provide an improved service and find new ways of working. For example, a collaboration between Fine Cell Work and RECOOP at HMP Leyhill has provided better ways of supporting prisoners to partake in purposeful activity and, in working together, the two charities have created a service which neither would have been able to manage alone. The partnership of Pact, POPS and Nepacs in delivering a model of family engagement has enabled them to scale up their service to meet rising demand. And yet the report also demonstrates that there are challenges ahead. For example, new commissioning arrangements in Brighton have disrupted the existing collaboration between partners involved in the Inspire Women’s Project, which was providing a wrap-around approach to women offenders. Similarly, there is evidence from the final case study on Golden Key, an eight-year Big Lottery-funded project in Bristol that aims to redesign the support for people with multiple needs, that austerity in public finances has undermined efforts to get service providers to focus on long-term changes. Finally, our analysis of the case studies offers some simple lessons for the sector and others in recognising the importance of collaboration to drive innovation. When working in partnership, voluntary sector organisations should: • Establish good relationships at every level of the partnership • Ensure collaboration extends to communication and practice sharing between the frontline workforces • Standardise and minimise monitoring systems where possible • Continually assess partner engagement, especially buy-in from the statutory agency • Not be afraid to start small and experiment. In order to support collaboration, commissioners should: • Understand what is already in place before commissioning • Provide long-term funding and policy commitment, which allows partners to invest time in nurturing relationships • Acknowledge the flexible nature of partnerships by being responsive to requests to re-organise partnership arrangements within funding periods. Details: London:Clinks, 2017. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2017 at: http://www.clinks.org/sites/default/files/basic/files-downloads/clinks_collaborate_final-web.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 144474

Author: Kirby, Amy Title: Evaluation of the Pre-Sentence RJ Pathfinder: February 2014 to May 2015 Summary: This report presents the findings of an evaluation by the Institute for Criminal Policy Research of a pre-sentence restorative justice pathfinder programme which was developed by Restorative Solutions and implemented by Restorative Solutions in partnership with Victim Support. Restorative Justice (RJ) is intended to help those who have been harmed by the behaviour of others to describe the harm and how it has affected them; and to help those who caused the harm to understand and take responsibility for their actions. RJ can take place at different points in the criminal justice system and is often associated with the reintegration of offenders at the post-sentence stage or as a diversionary option at the pre-charge stage. Recently, there has been an emerging policy interest in implementing RJ at the pre-sentence stage; that is, after the point at which an offender is convicted (having pleaded guilty) but prior to sentencing. A statutory basis for pre-sentence RJ was established by the 2013 Crime and Courts Act which allows deferral of sentencing for the purposes of an RJ intervention. Restorative Solutions received funding from the Underwood Trust and the Ministry of Justice to develop a 12 to 15-month programme offering pre-sentence restorative justice to victims and offenders in ten Crown Courts in England and Wales. The main features of this model of pre-sentence RJ were that it adopted a 'victim-focused' approach; it focused on serious acquisitive and violent cases which were due to be sentenced in the Crown Court; it situated RJ within the prosecution process; and it recruited volunteers to act as the facilitators of RJ activities. The pathfinder was implemented in ten Crown Courts in England and Wales. Eight of the ten sites went live in February and March 2014; while the ninth site launched in November 2014 and the tenth in April 2015. (Data from the tenth site were not included in the evaluation.) Many RJ schemes have been initiated in England and Wales over the past two decades, but these have frequently underperformed in terms of take-up and numbers of activities completed. A key question addressed by this pathfinder is whether locating RJ at the post-conviction, pre-sentence stage could help to embed RJ principles and practice in the criminal justice system and thereby ensure that RJ becomes a mainstream and routine activity. Details: London: Restorative Solutions, 2015. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 17, 2017 at: http://www.icpr.org.uk/media/41234/pre-sentence_rj_evaluation_report_nov15.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offenders Shelf Number: 144476

Author: Hunter, Gillian Title: An Evaluation of the 'What Works Centre for Crime Reduction' Year 2: Progress Summary: In March 2013 the Cabinet Office launched the 'What Works Network', a nationally coordinated initiative which aims to "improve the way government and other organisations create, share and use high quality evidence for decision-making" . The What Works philosophy is that good decision making should be informed by the best available evidence. If relevant or adequate evidence is unavailable, decision-makers should be encouraged to use high quality methods to find out 'what works'. The What Works Centre for Crime Reduction (WWCCR) was launched in September 2013, led by a team from the College of Policing with input and support from an Academic Consortium . The Consortium has been jointly funded by The College and the Economic and Social Research Council, and its work (the Commissioned Programme) involves:  Mapping and building the evidence base by reviewing research on practices and interventions to reduce crime;  Summarising the evidence on interventions in terms of quality, cost, impact, mechanisms (why it works), context (where it works) and implementation issues;  Providing Police, Crime Commissioners (PCCs) and other crime reduction stakeholders with the knowledge, tools and guidance to help them target their resources more effectively. Aims of the evaluation Our three year evaluation – conducted alongside the work of the Consortium, but autonomously of it – is the only independent evaluation of a What Works Centre. It aims to:  Assess the impact of the WWCCR to determine whether it has appropriately engaged key stakeholders, produced tools and guidance that stakeholders find clear and easy to use, and improved stakeholder understanding and application of research evidence;  Chart outputs, modes of dissemination and user reactions over the course of the evaluation;  Identify changes over time in the use of research evidence, especially in strategic decision-making and resource allocation;  Use an action research model to provide feedback to the College and the academic partners over the course of the project. In 2014, we conducted depth interviews and a survey with Police officers, Police and Crime Commissioners and Community Safety Partnership managers, to establish and describe a baseline from which to measure change over the three-year programme in the understanding, use and application of research evidence in crime reduction. These interviews will be repeated in 2016/17 in order to gauge change. This second report reviews the processes and development of the WWCCR. The WWCCR is a broadly conceived entity, which includes the commissioned programme as well as various evidence products and activities that predate it , and there is considerable overlap with wider College activities (e.g. the Police Knowledge Fund) . We do not claim to have conducted a process evaluation of all the activities that fall under the auspices of the WWCCR. Instead our main attention has been on progress of the work of the commissioned programme. Methods To review progress made in mapping and building the evidence base and to assess the mechanisms through which this evidence is being disseminated, promoted and embedded within the police service, we conducted:  Depth interviews with those responsible for producing and developing the research products as well as a range of end users;  Case studies of Evidence Champions and High Potential Development Scheme (HPDS) officers ; and  A mapping exercise of the products and activities of the WWCCR and related hubs of evidence dissemination (e.g. POLKA, Knowledge Bank, Crime Reduction Toolkit) Mapping the progress of the WWCCR and evidence structures Over the last two years, the Consortium has undertaken a range of research and training activities to support the development of the WWCCR. At the time of writing the main outputs from the Consortium included:  The identification of existing systematic reviews in the crime reduction field;  The identification, systematic mapping and synthesis of 12 new specified priority areas in the crime reduction field of which one had been published at time of writing;  An evaluation framework to standardise, rate and rank the effectiveness of interventions and overall cost savings;  The production of narrative summaries of research to accompany the Toolkit; 39 had been delivered at the time of writing (April 2016);  A focus group conducted as part of an Evidence Champions Day organised by the College in March 2014 to discuss how champions perceived their role and the kinds of challenges they foresaw in advocating for greater use of research in practice;  The development of a costing tool to help practitioners calculate the costs and benefits of particular interventions;  The development of practical instructions ('a training package') on how to understand evidence-based approaches and the delivery of this training with evidence and police practitioners;  Four primary research projects were, at the time of writing, underway, chosen to address knowledge gaps. Details: London: University of London, Institute for Criminal Policy Research, 2016. 85p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2017 at: http://whatworks.college.police.uk/About/Documents/ICPR_Evaluation_of_WWCCR_Yr_2.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 144477

Author: Millie, Andrew Title: Volunteering within the Police: Experiences of Special Constables and Police Support Volunteers Summary: Whilst the majority of British policing is carried out by paid professionals, there has long been a degree of involvement from volunteers, a situation formalised with the 1831 Special Constables Act (Seth, 1961; Gill and Mawby, 1990; Bullock, 2014; 2015a). Special Constables have full police powers and wear a uniform similar to regular police officers, but are usually unpaid. These Specials have traditionally been a reserve to full back on, but today fulfil a range of roles and duties. Other police volunteers contribute to what has become known as an 'extended policing family' or a form of 'civilian policing' (Crawford and Lister, 2004). For example, volunteers can include those involved in various Neighbourhood and Home Watch Schemes. From the early 1990s across England and Wales, volunteers started to appear in many other areas of police work, including supplementary voluntary patrols supported by the police and volunteers staffing front counters at police station that were threatened with closure (Crawford and Lister, 2004; Millie, 2012; Unison, 2014; Bullock, 2015b). In the early 2000s West Yorkshire Police, for example, took on volunteers: …to undertake specific duties within police stations, such as providing information on the progress of cases to victims and witnesses, in order to relieve police officers of these duties so that they could spend more time outside the station (Crawford and Lister, 2004: 33). Those who volunteered for the various opportunities offered by different police services were officially badged 'Police Support Volunteers' (henceforth PSVs). Although the first PSV scheme is thought to have been established in 1992 (Bullock, 2014), the Home Office actively promoted PSVs from the early 2000s as part of a police service, "in which the contribution of everyone – officers, police staff and volunteers – is fully recognised and used to the full in the delivery of front line services" (Home Office, 2004: 9). More recently, there has been a governmental drive to promote community participation in what the Conservatives called a 'Big Society', claiming to be "redistributing power from the state to society; from the centre to local communities, giving people the opportunity to take more control over their lives". (The Conservatives, 2010: 37). This promotion of local solutions came with calls to improve police-community relations. It also coincided with austerity measures, meaning budget cuts were being made to public services, including the police (Millie and Bullock, 2012; Millie, 2013). The result was a climate where the active recruitment of unpaid police volunteers became more appealing. While some forces have regarded PSVs as a free resource (Unison, 2014), this is clearly not the case. There are costs involved in recruitment, training, supervision and management, as well as in providing desk space, equipment, insurance and in covering appropriate expenses (Brudney, 1999). Having said that, a PSV is always going to be cheaper than a paid member of police staff or an officer. There has been concern that volunteers have replaced paid employees. However, in Lancashire - the force where the current study occurs – all PSV duties are required to have union approval as additional to existing paid roles before being advertised. Across England and Wales PSVs and Police Specials come under the umbrella of "Citizens in Policing". With various Special Constabularies, Police Cadets, PSVs, and Neighbourhood and Home Watch Schemes it is claimed that there are over 500,000 volunteers working for the police across England and Wales (College of Policing, undated)1 The focus for this study is those who volunteer for Lancashire Constabulary as either Special Constables or PSVs. The main difference between Specials and PSVs is that PSVs are unwarranted and usually non-uniformed – although some forces have given uniforms to public-facing PSVs to make them appear more professional (Bullock, 2014). Details: Preston, UK: Lancashire Constabulary Headquarters, 2016. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2017 at: http://whatworks.college.police.uk/About/News/Documents/police_volunteers_report_FINAL.PDF Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Civilian Policing Shelf Number: 144480

Author: D'Arcy, Kate Title: Nightwatch: CSE in Plain Sight. Final evaluation report Summary: 1. This is the final evaluation report for the Barnardo’s Nightwatch: CSE in Plain Sight project produced by The International Centre: researching child sexual exploitation, violence and trafficking at the University of Bedfordshire. The Nightwatch project was launched in April 2015 and concluded at the end of March 2016. The evaluation was undertaken during the same period. The project was funded by the Department for Education (DfE) under their National Prospectus Grants Programme, Theme Four: Safeguarding policy priority 'Safeguarding children from abuse or neglect'. 2. The aims of Nightwatch were described by the DfE (2015:7-8): 'To safeguard children and young people from child sexual exploitation (CSE) by increasing awareness of CSE among businesses and services working in the night-time economy (NTE), and by developing strategies, in co-production with these businesses and others, to identify and protect children at risk at night, and intervene early by providing advice, support, training and guidance'. 3. The Nightwatch project has extended Barnardo’s Child Sexual Exploitation (CSE) prevention work into new territory. The project has been delivered across 12 sites (14 locations) and included those working in fast-food outlets, hotels and bed and breakfast accommodation, accident and emergency services, and security service roles (such as, door staff). Details of the 12 sites are publically available on the Barnardo's website and in this report. For the purposes of this report, case study details of the individual sites have been anonymised. 4. Nightwatch has been proven effective in its aims and far exceeded its intended targets. This is demonstrated by its significant and sizeable reach to Night Time Economy (NTE) workers and through its impact on the ground. The implementation of Nightwatch, has resulted in increased confidence and awareness amongst NTE workers around the issue of CSE and how to identify it as well as through examples of children and young people having been safeguarded from exploitation and abuse. The findings can inform future community awareness raising strategies. 5. The research team gathered a range of quantitative and qualitative data to report on the effectiveness of the strategies employed to raise awareness of CSE among NTE workers. Methods included interviews, questionnaires, a focus group and roundtable events. This project focuses solely on Nightwatch practitioners and NTE workers' views, not those of children or young people. The evaluation received ethical approval from the University of Bedfordshire’s Institute of Applied Social Research Ethics Committee and the University of Bedfordshire’s Ethics Committee. Ethical approval from Barnardo’s Ethics Committee was also granted. 6. While the evaluation did not undertake a rigorous cost effectiveness analysis, which was outside of its original scope and remit, the evaluation can conclude that the programme was a very worthwhile investment. In the areas of implementation, the Night Time Economy is better equipped to identify and respond to signs of child exploitation and abuse. A number of factors enabled this, including Barnardo's existing geographic footprint and service base throughout England and its staff, management, and thematic capacity to operationalise and deliver such an innovative and complex project in a relatively short period of time. 7. The aims and objectives for training and awareness raising have been exceeded:  6553 NTE workers from the public and voluntary sector have received awareness training (target 3300).  6040 NTE workers from the private sector have received guidance on identifying and reporting CSE (target 5500). 4377 of those received additional full direct training sessions.  94 community awareness events were held with 5441 meaningful engagements (target 66 with 1980 meaningful engagements). 8. Interviews with Barnardo's project practitioners highlighted enthusiasm and commitment to the project. Across the 12 sites a wide variety of strategies were adopted to increase awareness of CSE among NTE workers by providing advice, support, training and guidance. Feedback from NTE workers themselves has been particularly informative within this project and has been very positive. The key conditions which were considered by NTE workers and Barnardo’s practitioners to be effective in meeting the aims of the project were:  Localised approaches- localised approaches have been shown to be important and effective in training delivery and increasing awareness of CSE. Practitioners gathered local intelligence and connected with managers and grassroots level workers to deliver training and raise awareness among the public and private sector in appropriate ways. The knowledge and experience of Nightwatch practitioners and localised examples of CSE were appreciated by audiences.  Flexibility in training delivery and awareness raising strategies - Practitioners emphasised that the core messages were focused on CSE, but that they deliver these messages in a practical manner with methods which have biggest impact. Practitioners gained access to NTE through strategic and grassroots networks; many undertook outreach to raise awareness of the project and offer advice, support, training and guidance.  A friendly, non-judgemental, strength-based approach which does not blame - Nightwatch has engaged well with, and received respect and trust from, NTE workers. Adopting a friendly, non-judgemental, strength-based approach results in 'buy-in' from NTE staff and supports a joint approach in tackling CSE.  Building relationships and working in partnership to ensure a joint approach to tackling CSE - Multi-agency working and information sharing are essential ingredients in order to effectively raise awareness to NTE audiences. This ensures that NTE workers feel more confident to report suspected incidents of CSE and that there are clear information sharing pathways. Ultimately, if the work is underpinned by positive relationships and NTE Workers are engaged directly in the process, their understanding of potentially dangerous situations increases. They become more empowered to keep children and young people safe.  Maintaining sensitivity - CSE awareness raising is of central importance in improving NTE workers’ commitment to preventing CSE. Practitioners showed great care in the way awareness raising was undertaken. For example, NTE audiences have varying degrees of understanding regarding CSE. In order to effectively accommodate the differing levels of knowledge, Barnardo’s practitioners prepared audiences for the subject.  Managing disclosures – Barnardo's practitioners need support for unexpected disclosures from NTE workers. Ensuring NTE workers are aware of appropriate support structures is an important point worthy of future consideration in the delivery of awareness raising.  Capacity of outreach staff - Outreach staff need to be able to respond to the changing needs of NTE staffing and to the changing profile of the nature and form of CSE within different localities. Outreach and training staff need to have the capacity to deliver relatively short information sessions containing succinct messages, as well as the ability to provide clear referral and information sharing pathways.  A strategic approach - The development of strategic approaches were explored as part of this Nightwatch project. These included; o embedding CSE training in NTE workers' annual training o developing outreach approaches to engage with NTE workers in order to raise awareness of the local prevalence of CSE and involve them in the wider role of community safeguarding of children and young people.  Staffing in the Night Time Economy - NTE staffing is very changeable and fluid so where possible the offer of training needs to continue to be available. Sustainability of this training programme needs to be maximised where possible.  Time - Time on the project was short and developing relationships and embedding awareness raising approaches within NTE sectors requires a long-term approach. NTE workers and practitioners stressed the on-going need for this work and the value of raising awareness in communities. Nightwatch was described by a police officer as the 'eyes and ears of everybody on the street' (Police 1, Site C). The legacy of Nightwatch is that it has brought attention to the ways in which awareness can be raised sensitively among NTE workers and offered a process and the necessary materials and resources to do so. Details: Bedfordshire, UK: The International Centre: researching child sexual exploitation, violence and trafficking at the University of Bedfordshire, 2016. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2017 at: https://www.barnardos.org.uk/nightwatch_cse_in_plain_sight.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 144481

Author: Reynolds, Louis Title: Digital Citizens: Countering Extremism Online Summary: The last half century has witnessed a burgeoning information revolution that has transformed our societies beyond recognition. The development of sophisticated computing, the technological reorientation of vast segments of the global workforce, the invention of the internet and most recently the proliferation of social media technology has radically changed the ways we work, live, develop and communicate. Political extremism and violent radicalism have not been excluded from this growing trend, with social media being used as a tool for the recruitment and exploitation of young people by extremist groups. As a result, the development of digital citizenship in our young people, to help them navigate these new online challenges, has become an urgent need. British schools are responsible for identifying and building resilience against radicalisation as part of their duty of care. Many of the skills required to combat the influence of extremism and the ability of terrorist groups to exploit and manipulate young people are already taught in schools, through existing personal, social, health and economic (PSHE) education and citizenship efforts, the British values agenda and the work of individual school leaders and teachers. However, there is a dearth of high-quality resources designed to increase the resilience of young people to extremism and radicalisation in a digital context. This report summarises the results of a pilot project which seeks to address this gap by developing, testing and evaluating new resources to help schools tackle online radicalisation. Based on the analysis of a survey of existing materials and a best practise review, it presents a digital citizenship intervention, developed by Demos and Bold Creative, designed to build this resilience to extremism, and measures its impact through a pilot study delivered in schools. At a time when the growth of social media combined with the influence of extremism makes it more important than ever, this report adds to the public evidence base regarding counter-extremism interventions in a school context, and contributes to the development of effective education for digital citizens. Details: London: Demos, 2016. 142p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2017 at: https://www.demos.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/Digital-Citizenship-web-1.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Extremism Shelf Number: 144500

Author: Atkinson, Colin Title: Service responses for older high-risk drug users: a literature review Summary: Background and aims of the report This report identifies and reviews the academic literature on service responses for older high-risk drug users. It aims to identify the key literature on the older high-risk drug user, distil from this literature the main characteristics of this population and their needs, and provide an account of the service responses to these individuals to inform planning and policy for Scotland's older drug using population. Who is the older drug user? Following convention, this review defines the older drug user as one who is 35 years old or over; however, much research in this area focuses on those 50 years and over. The characteristics and trajectories of older high-risk drug users demonstrate the distinctiveness of this group from their younger counterparts. Even within this older population, there is difference and diversity in experiences of drug use and the ability to navigate towards and achieve recovery. Social isolation, shame and stigma Social isolation and exclusion, shame and stigma are factors that older high-risk drug users may experience more frequently or acutely than younger counterparts, raising particular challenges and barriers to accessing service responses. Need for age specific services There is a requirement to specifically design or adapt services – either existing or bespoke – in order to effectively engage with older high-risk drug users. Co-presence of physical and mental health issues Older high-risk drug users may have distinct mental health issues compared to younger drug users, which include having had, generally, longer-term experience of such issues, multiple forms of mental ill-health and negative experiences of services that create distinct obstacles for engaging this group. Additionally, the use of illicit substances is also likely to have an adverse impact on their physical health. Such issues must be considered when devising and delivering effective service responses to tackle the range of issues in a holistic manner. Complexity of needs and characteristics of older drug users Older drug users have accumulated a range of health, social, economic challenges and patterns of behaviour and coping that constitute them as a highly complex group. The accurate diagnosis of older high-risk drug use, and the various health issues associated with this, will depend upon increased awareness and training of professionals and practitioners to support older high-risk drug users. Evidence gaps and implications for policy and practice The following may be required in order to inform future policy responses to older high-risk drug users:  There are very few models of effective service responses – if any – that can be unproblematically transposed to the Scottish context in their existing form.  Whilst an awareness of the heterogeneity of older high-risk drug users has emerged, further work is required to fully understand the intersecting issues of gender, geography, social class, education and other social factors that may be important in understanding the needs of this population and their engagement with treatment and service responses.  The issue of early versus late onset of high-risk drug use in older people also remains unclear. Further evidence of this in the Scottish context would be useful and help to inform evidence-based responses.  The evidence on the awareness of the range of professionals and practitioners on the issue of older high-risk drug users and the challenges they face remains limited, and further work on this in the Scottish context would be welcome. Understanding the views and perspectives of professionals and practitioners who engage with such groups will be invaluable to devising effective and bespoke services to meet the needs of older high-risk drug users. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Centre for Crime & Justice Review, 2016. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Report no. 06/2016: Accessed March 18, 2017 at: http://www.sccjr.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/SCCJR-Report-062016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 144501

Author: Brown, Sarah Title: Child Sexual Abuse and Exploitation: Understanding Risk and Vulnerability Summary: This review, looking at the risk indicators and protective factors for Child Sexual Abuse and Exploitation, was carried out by Coventry University on behalf of the Early Intervention Foundation, and funded by the Home Office. It aims to provide policy makers and practitioners with an assessment of the best evidence for identifying and appraising risk indicators. The findings are based on a rapid evidence assessment and consideration of ten risk assessment tools currently in use in local areas. Key Findings There is a lack of good quality research evidence on the risk and protective factors for becoming a victim or a perpetrator of Child Sexual Abuse or Exploitation. A small number of indicators of increased risk of becoming a perpetrator were found: being a victim of sexual abuse, being a victim of other forms of abuse and neglect, and having atypical sexual interests or fantasies. It is important to note that these indicators do not cause somebody to become a perpetrator. Two strongly evidenced indicators of increased risk of becoming a victim were found: being disabled, and being in residential care. A number of potential indicators of increased risk of becoming a victim were also found. These included: alcohol and drug misuse, going missing, running away, and association with gangs/groups. However, the research evidence for these is currently weak. The researchers did not find any evidence on the factors that might reduce the risk that a young person will become a perpetrator or victim of child sexual abuse or exploitation. Risk assessment tools and checklists are therefore not based on a strong evidence base, and should be used to inform rather than determine professional decision making. Details: London: Early Intervention Foundations, 2016. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 20, 2017 at: http://www.eif.org.uk/publication/csa-risk-and-vulnerability/ Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 144514

Author: Opinion Leader Title: Children's Online Safety in 2016: what are parents' concerns, how do they address these and what support do they need? Summary: To get a better understanding of how parents and children use the internet, the key parental concerns and how parents are helping children stay safe online, we commissioned Opinion Leader to carry out a programme of research over the summer of 2016. The report summarises the findings and looks in particular detail at these questions in relations to cyberbullying and sexting. What's inside? The positive and negative aspects of being online How parents try to keep their children safe and why do they do it this way Keeping foster children safe Help, support and advice Insight into cyberbullying Insight into sexting Insight into inappropriate content Conclusions and implications Details: London: Internet Matters, 2016. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2017 at: https://www.internetmatters.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Internet-Matters-Children_online_safety_in_2016_research.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 144515

Author: Opinion Leader Title: Cybersafe: Research to Support a Safer Internet Campaign Summary: Four Internet Service Providers, BT, TalkTalk, Sky and Virgin Media, have come together to develop an information campaign to help parents make their children's usage of the Internet safer. Opinion Leader was commissioned to carry out research to support the development of this campaign, understanding parents' experiences and concerns and identifying appropriate calls to action. During July and August 2013, a programme of 12 focus groups and 1,500 online survey interviews were carried out with parents of children aged 0-16 living across the UK. This report presents findings from the research, intended to guide the developing campaign. Details: London: Opinion Leader, 2013. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2017 at: https://www.internetmatters.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Cybersafe-20-Sept-2013-Opinion-Leader-FINAL-VERSION-1.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 144534

Author: McCracken, Katie Title: National FGM Centre: An Evaluation Summary: The vision and purpose of the National FGM Centre is to work in partnership with statutory agencies, government departments and grassroots organisations to end new cases of Female Genital Mutilation (FGM) among women and girls living in England, within the next 15 years. The National FGM Centre is a partnership between Barnardo's and the Local Government Association (LGA). Whilst FGM is known to have acute and multi-faceted harmful effects on the girls and women who undergo it, existing evidence suggests that the number of cases of FGM in England and Wales is growing (Dorkenoo et al.: 2007). The response by frontline services and agencies has previously been inconsistent and inadequate, particularly in areas with low prevalence. The National FGM Centre was designed to address the needs not only of Local Authorities (LAs) with relatively high numbers of identified FGM cases, but also those with a lower number of identified cases where there may be limited experience of working with those affected by FGM. Its initial focus, in terms of the pilot areas in which it operates, was 6 LAs with relatively low prevalence of FGM: Essex, Norfolk, Hertfordshire, Suffolk, Thurrock and Southend. The National FGM Centre intended to achieve system change in social work to provide professional expertise and good practice in the provision of social work services for girls and women from potentially-affected communities. It also aimed to foster change in attitudes towards and understandings of FGM, including among women and men, girls and boys, of potentially-affected communities. To realise these goals, the National FGM Centre offered a continuum of intervention that combined work with Children’s Services, other statutory agencies and organisations with community outreach. It provided Senior Social Workers (SSWs), Social Workers (SWs) and Project Workers (PWs) to Children’s Services to directly manage cases of FGM, with either full delegated responsibility or responsibility for selected delegated duties. The Year 1 cost of this service offer was set by the National FGM Centre at £659,478. The National FGM Centre supported the continuing development of professional expertise by providing consultancy support, practice development and training to professionals who may be in contact with FGM cases. The Year 1 cost of consultancy and practice development was set at £145,592. It also provided an online Knowledge Hub, with an interactive forum that professionals working with FGM could use to access relevant national and international data, information, and resources. The Year 1 cost of the Knowledge Hub was set at £148,328. Finally, the National FGM Centre engaged with a variety of stakeholders and potentially-affected communities through conferences, outreach workshops, and local events. This community outreach work budget was set at £207,180 for Year 1. The National FGM Centre was a pilot project funded through the Department for Education's Children’s Social Care Innovation Programme for two years from April 2015- March 2017. This evaluation assessed the effectiveness of the National FGM Centre, a partnership between Barnardo's and the LGA, in achieving its stated aims during the first year. Details: Darlington, UK: Department of Education, 2017. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Children’s Social Care Innovation Programme Evaluation Report 15; Accessed March 23, 2017 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/585158/National_female_genital_mutilation_centre_evaluation.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Genital Mutilation Shelf Number: 144547

Author: Shenton, Felicity Anne Title: Even if it is legally defensible, does that make it morally right? Children explore the use of physical restraint in custody Summary: Custody for children is inherently unsafe, with evidence of harmful and unsafe care. Thirty three children have died in custody in England and Wales in the past decade. This study argues that the way children are treated once incarcerated reflects the way that children, childhood and child offenders are conceptualised, perceived and controlled. The routine use of physical restraint as a response to challenging behaviour has been called into question. It has been declared at the very least controversial, unsafe and in some cases unlawful. Taking a children’s human rights approach this piece of participatory research, explores the use of physical restraint across the secure estate in England, from the perspective of children themselves. Over one hundred children (11-18ys) took part, some as researchers themselves and others as participants. Spaces were created which encouraged the authentic and distinctive voice of children, which lies at the heart of the study. Their contemporaneous experience makes this research unique. Evidence is provided which demonstrates that, although distressing and often painful, in most cases children consider its use to be inevitable and justifiable. These daily acts of violence inflicted on children were not considered unusual given children's experiences of everyday violence within their families, communities and other institutions. Children are unaware of their right not to be subjected to inhumane and degrading treatment. The research suggests that the existence of a rights framework within the secure estate is negligible. Details: Durham, UK: Durham University, 2015. 356p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 23, 2017 at: http://etheses.dur.ac.uk/11320/ Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Rights Shelf Number: 144551

Author: Quinton, Paul Title: Does more stop and search mean less crime? Analysis of Metropolitan Police Service panel data, 2004–14 Summary: The report explores the relationship stop and search had with crime at a borough level in the Metropolitan Police over a 10-year period. Overall, it suggests that higher rates of stop and search (under any power) were associated with very slightly lower than expected rates of crime in the following week or month. Other relationships were occasionally found between the use of specific search powers and particular categories of crime. The inconsistent nature and weakness of these associations, however, provide only limited evidence of stop and search having acted as a deterrent at a borough level. It is possible that stop and search may be more strongly associated with crime at a more local level, assuming it is targeted appropriately in crime hot spots. Details: London?: College of Policing, 2017. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2017 at: http://www.college.police.uk/News/College-news/Pages/Stop_and_search_with_the_Met_report_published.aspx Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 144565

Author: College of Policing (U.K.) Title: Delivering Neighbourhood Policing – a practice stocktake. Report of survey findings Summary: The key elements of neighbourhood policing are public engagement, collaborative problem solving and targeted foot patrol. If these are implemented effectively, there is evidence of a positive impact on public confidence, feelings of safety and crime reduction. By using their powers fairly and in a way that is effective in keeping the public safe, the police can build community confidence and encourage people to be more socially responsible in helping to reduce crime and disorder. Identifying how new and revised models of local policing can best reflect these principles has been identified as a priority for the College of Policing. 1.2 Methodology Strategic neighbourhood policing leads in all 43 police forces in England and Wales were invited, between March and June 2013, to complete a force-level survey. Several forces also attached their review documents and information about noteworthy or innovative practice or new research their force had commissioned. The College’s field officers obtained further detail in visits to 15 forces between July and September 2013. This study was designed to identify what is perceived to be working well across the country and share the most up-to-date practice. Examples of force approaches have been highlighted in this report that may be useful to other forces. Practice examples and force documents linked in this report are available on the Local Policing in Neighbourhoods community on the College of Policing Police OnLine Knowledge Area website (POLKA). The survey results also identified key challenges and areas for improvement that forces are particularly struggling with or where there are gaps in evidence. This helps frame future College of Policing work with the national policing lead for local policing and partnerships. 1.3 Developments in local policing While most forces felt that the existing neighbourhood policing principles were sound, some identified that it was difficult to achieve the resource levels that had historically been in place Some force reviews identified a need for a clearer understanding of what they want the neighbourhood function to deliver and the priorities for this function. Redefining and restating the expectations of neighbourhood policing could help forces deliver improved efficiency and better value for money. Forces identified the need to examine the benefits of a broader approach to neighbourhood policing – the 'policing of place'. This includes how neighbourhood officers can help focus policing attention on those who cause greatest harm to communities. Forces also identified the need to support this with clear evidence of successful approaches in measurable reductions in crime, antisocial behaviour (ASB), risk and vulnerability and increases in the confidence and satisfaction of the public. Several forces have introduced methods to integrate neighbourhood policing into more serious crime investigations and disruption activity. In a few forces there was greater focus on how other force units could support the work of neighbourhood policing teams (NPTs) and integrate problem solving, engagement and visibility into their work to support local and force-level priorities and improve intelligence-led proactive policing. Some forces have introduced a force-wide command for local policing, or integrated response officers or volume crime detectives in NPTs. To maintain neighbourhood policing elements in new policing models, several forces kept a minimum of one PC and/or one PCSO for each neighbourhood with ring-fenced responsibilities for engagement, visibility and problem solving. Some forces allocated one neighbourhood officer responsibility for a number of neighbourhoods. Several forces have extended the responsibilities of neighbourhood policing staff to include more crime investigation and/or response duties in their neighbourhoods. In some forces this includes giving PCSOs more local responsibility for public engagement and problem solving. The need to identify good practice in understanding the demand profile for NPTs and balancing reactive demand with a proactive approach was a key theme in the force reviews that were supplied. Forces identified the need to develop evidence of effective staff deployment to reduce crime. Some forces piloted techniques such as predictive policing and helped build an evidence base for the effectiveness of these methods. Although there is strong research evidence for the role of neighbourhood policing as a driver of public confidence and for the importance of fairness, engagement and problem solving to tackle local crime and ASB, this was not strongly evident in many performance regimes. Some identified a need for performance measures that are more relevant to neighbourhood policing and highlighted the role that building trust, confidence and capacity in communities plays in achieving force-level priorities. The majority of force reviews identified engagement as an area where improvements could be made. Issues identified included the need for a consistent force approach based on evidence-based practice to community engagement, identifying community priorities and managing the key individual network (KINs) system. Force reviews identified the following areas for focus: • keeping pace with the development and use of digital and social media platforms and supporting and training staff to use these media effectively as part of a wider engagement strategy • demonstrating effective engagement with vulnerable, needy or victimised people who were most in need of police support and people who had least confidence in the police. Forces feel that engagement should increasingly move towards encouraging positive and active public involvement in achieving solutions to community concerns, rather than passive commentary. Some forces recognise the benefits of a more strategic approach to involving citizens in policing activity to increase the capacity of their local policing function, as well as bring new skills and perspective into the force. To increase the professionalism, job enrichment and job satisfaction of NPTs, forces identified the following areas as important: • professional development • recognising the skill sets required for effective performance • having appropriately trained staff • a greater focus on activities such as problem solving. The majority of forces stated that they had some sort of IT system in place with their partner agencies to track activity to tackle high-risk ASB cases and manage the support provided to vulnerable victims. Forces identified opportunities for better use of technology to provide frontline officers with real-time information. This could improve the use of their powers and give them the ability to record information easily. Details: Ryton-on-Dunsmore Coventry, UK: College of Policing, 2015. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 24, 2017 at: http://library.college.police.uk/docs/college-of-policing/NHP-Stocktake-final-version-V1.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Foot Patrol Shelf Number: 144571

Author: Guiney, Thomas Title: Fair Cop? Improving outcomes for women at the point of arrest Summary: This discussion paper builds the case for greater use of 'problem-solving approaches' for women at the point of arrest in cases where the harm caused by an offence is low but the needs of the individual may be multiple and/or complex. It is intended to inform and encourage the adoption of effective early interventions for women at the point of arrest. The term 'problem-solving is used here to refer to a range of interventions for women at the point of arrest including police-based triage schemes, integrated offender management, restorative justice and liaison and diversion services. It encompasses decisions taken by frontline police officers in the community as well as charging decisions and other disposals made in police custody suites. The paper draws on detailed research and interviews with the police, probation staff, women's voluntary sector providers and national policy-makers. It reflects upon present outcomes for women in the criminal justice system and considers how a problem-solving approach can align with recent policy and practice developments in England and Wales. It reviews existing guidance on the use of out of court disposals and considers five illustrative studies from Durham, Hull, Manchester, Surrey and Wales. The paper concludes with a review of promising practice and identifies a number of building blocks that are critical to the successful delivery of problem-solving early interventions for women. In light of the main findings set out in this paper the following recommendations are proposed: 1. Each police constabulary in England and Wales should review existing practices for women in contact with the criminal justice system. In particular, they should work with strategic partners to ensure professional services integrate support around individual women, and embed greater use of problem-solving approaches at the point of arrest. 2. The police, Police and Crime Commissioners and probation services (Community Rehabilitation Companies and National Probation Service) should explore opportunities for greater alignment or pooling of budgets to shift resources from late intervention to early intervention services at the point of arrest. 3. The Ministerial Advisory Board on Female Offenders should intensify work with the Department of Health and NHS England, Home Office and Ministry of Justice to strengthen engagement and collaboration between liaison and diversion services, the Independent Review of Out of Court Disposals and the development of a Whole Systems Approach for women in the criminal justice system. 4. The particular requirements of women with mental health problems, learning disabilities or other needs should be identified and addressed as early as possible following their initial contact with the police, and fully integrated with liaison and diversion/criminal justice liaison schemes and other local services, as necessary. 5. Local commissioners should explore options for greater co-production of services to women with local voluntary sector organisations, particularly women's centres. Commissioning arrangements should reflect the wider social value of these services as required by the Public Services (Social Value) Act 2012. 6. Women with experience of the criminal justice system should be involved in developing new and improved problem-solving responses. Working with women to design and deliver services that address their needs, and builds upon their strengths, is likely to be more effective than services designed without the insight of service users. 7. Many women continue to be prosecuted for non-criminal offences by other public bodies. The Ministry of Justice, under the auspices of the Advisory Board on Female Offenders, should undertake a review of non-criminal pathways to the prosecution of women. 8. The College of Policing, Crown Prosecution Service and Police and Crime Commissioners should explore opportunities to further embed training in the appropriate use of out of court disposals for women and opportunities to make greater use of evidence-based, problem-solving methodologies. 9. Every police constabulary should convene regular scrutiny panels with a representative membership that includes magistrates to ensure the use of out of court disposals is accountable, transparent and commands the confidence of sentencers. This has also been recommended by the National Police Chiefs Council. 10. A national network of women's centres and services should be funded to support early intervention and whole system approaches. The funding framework or formula should be flexible enough to avoid the criminal justice system being the primary gateway through which vulnerable women can access appropriate support. While this paper is primarily concerned with recent developments in England and Wales, many of the findings and recommendations here will be applicable in Scotland and Northern Ireland. This discussion paper is intended for the following audiences: • Police Chief Constables and operational Police Officers • Police and Crime Commissioners • The Crown Prosecution Service • Defence Lawyers • Members of the Judiciary • Policy-makers with responsibility for the management of women offenders • National Probation Service • Community Rehabilitation Companies • Criminal Justice Inspectorates: Probation, Prison and Police • Local Authorities, including Adult Social Care, Local Community Safety Partnerships (CSPs) and Health and Well-being Boards (HWBs) Details: London: Prison Reform Trust, 2017. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 24, 2017 at: http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/Portals/0/Documents/Women/Fair%20Cop.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Offenders Shelf Number: 144579

Author: Jefford, Stuart Title: St Giles Trust: Creating Social Value and Building Social Capital Summary: St Giles Trust is a charity which aims to break the cycle of prison, crime and disadvantage. It offers a range of services, both in prison and in the community, which aim to help the 16,000 clients they work with each year overcome any barriers which might be holding them back from moving their lives forward in a positive way. St Giles Trust stands out by placing prisoners and ex-offenders at the heart of the solution, engaging them to advise their peers while simultaneously providing them with training. Peer Advisors are either prisoners, who provide initial support in custody to other prisoners (clients), or community-based ex-offenders, who provide continued support in the community once clients are released. This model can result in higher upfront costs than other prisoner support programmes but can also deliver potentially superior societal outcomes. Peer Advisors draw upon their own previous experience of navigating issues faced by exoffenders and can potentially have a deeper impact upon a broader range of stakeholders; a claim supported by our analysis which suggests that St Giles Trust interventions deliver social benefits to ex-offenders as well as the economy and broader society. One of St Giles Trust's programmes deploying the Peer Advice Model is the Peer to the Future (PttF) programme operating out of HMP Leeds and run by St Giles Trust West Yorkshire. Here, specially trained Peer Advisors provide prison leavers with mentoring and practical support to obtain stable housing and benefits, provide routes into employment, education and training, and facilitate access to specialist services for those with addiction or mental health needs. Both Peer Advisors and the clients they serve are given the opportunity to obtain an NVQ Level 3 qualification in Advice and Guidance as part of the programme. This report estimates the impacts felt by individuals, the public purse and wider society as a result of the PttF programme, by valuing them in monetary terms. We have examined the social impact of the PttF programme arising from its operation from February 2014 until March 2015. To achieve this, we have estimated the social return on investment (SROI) generated by the programme by comparing the financial costs of the programme to the monetary value of the impacts it creates among its stakeholders. To implement the SROI we applied PwC's Total Impact Measurement & Management (TIMM) framework, which uses economic valuation techniques to measure and value impacts of an organisation's activities and programmes. Whilst the majority of the impacts arose during the period of analysis, impacts could also have occurred after if caused by the programme, for example individuals finding employment after the programme following the advice and training received. We estimate that for every £1 spent on the PttF programme, £8.54 in social value has been generated through a mixture of economic contributions, human capital gains, avoided Exchequer costs and well-being improvements among individuals. The majority of this £8.54 of social return arises from the improved human capital of Peer Advisors and clients gaining an NVQ qualification, emphasising the importance of training and employability in the Peer Advice Model. Details: London?: PricewaterhouseCoopers, 2017. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 24, 2017 at: http://site.stgilestrust.org.uk/project/uploads/user_files/what%20we%20do/pdf/PwC%20report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Charities Shelf Number: 144580

Author: Great Britain. HM Crown Prosecution Service Inspectorate Title: Thematic Review of the CPS Rape and Serious Sexual Offences Units Summary: 1.1 The purpose of this review was to examine and compare the structure of the units designated in each Crown Prosecution Service (CPS) Area to handle rape and serious sexual offence (RASSO) casework and assess the quality of the casework delivered. 1.2 Across the Areas there are many committed and professional individuals trying to deliver a quality and timely product. There were a number of obstacles to achieving this, including deficiencies in the quality of police files referred to the CPS and a lack of staff resource within the units. As a consequence, the standard of casework is not what should be expected from specialist units and there is significant duplication of effort and re-work. We found that in over 10% of cases the Code for Crown Prosecutors (the Code) was not applied correctly at the charging stage, which is a worse result than our findings in relation to non-specialist cases. It also takes too long for the CPS to provide charging advice, thereby increasing the anxiety for vulnerable victims. 1.3 The policy and legal guidance for RASSO casework is sound and when correctly applied should deliver quality casework. Compliance with that guidance, however, was not at the level to be expected, with cases not always being handled by a specialist prosecutor, or even by a specialist unit. The level of care for victims and witnesses fell well short of what is expected. 1.4 It is a matter of regret that each CPS Area devised a different operating model for how it handles its RASSO casework. We found that there was limited compliance with the minimum standards required for these units and there was limited quality assurance against the standards, with no sanction for non-compliance. In our view there should have been more prescription on structure and resourcing at the outset. More guidance is now needed to achieve what is required to deliver the work. 1.5 In contrast, there are positive trends in the data; the volume of prosecutions completed reached its highest level during 2014-15 with an increase in the number of convictions, although the overall conviction rate fell slightly. Recently there has been significant internal and external scrutiny as well as a reinvigoration of the commitment by the CPS at a national level and the beginnings of a cultural shift within the Service. The CPS has already undertaken an internal study of its RASSO casework prior to our fieldwork and identified similar aspects for improvement. A number of recommendations were made to deliver that improvement which we have endorsed with our recommendations. This ongoing work is most welcome to drive the change required and ultimately provide a better service to victims and witnesses in these sensitive cases. Details: London: The Inspectorate, 2016. 116p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 25, 2017 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmcpsi/wp-content/uploads/sites/3/2016/02/RASSO_thm_Feb16_rpt.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Investigation Shelf Number: 144584

Author: Women in Prison Title: The Corston Report 10 Years On. How far have we come on the road to reform for women affected by the criminal justice system? Summary: The year 2017 marks a decade since the publication of the Corston report - A review of women with particular vulnerabilities in the Criminal Justice System. The 43 recommendations in the Corston report provided a roadmap for women-specific criminal justice reform. They gained cross-party support and were broadly accepted by three successive governments. Here, we aim to give an overview of what progress has been made to date in the implementation of the Corston recommendations. Considering each of the recommendations of the Corston report in isolation does not suffice to appreciate the overall vision and ethos embedded in Baroness Corston's report. Her overarching aim was that of systems change, of "a distinct, radically different, visibly-led, strategic, proportionate, holistic, woman-centred, integrated approach". It is important, therefore, that we ask ourselves to what extent there has been fundamental systems change for women affected by the criminal justice system and what major barriers still impede its implementation. We would like to highlight as a continued priority for government the following five, interlinked, key areas for systemic change: Expansion of and sustained funding for women's centres in the community as "one-stop-shops" to prevent women entering or returning to the criminal justice system (recommendations number 29, 30, 32 and 33). Liaison and diversion schemes to be extended and rolled out nationally to divert women away from custody into support (recommendations number 33 and 36). Specialist community support, including mental health support (recommendations number 36, 37, 39 and 40) and accommodation for women affected by the criminal justice system (recommendations number 16 and 21). Sentencing reform with greater use of alternatives to custody and women's community support services (recommendations number 18, 19, 20, 22, 23 and 24). Coordinated, joined-up working between all agencies involved in the lives of women affected by the criminal justice system (recommendations number 1, 7, 8, 9 and 39). In order to achieve true systems change for women affected by the criminal justice system, it is vital for policy makers to recognise that criminal justice solutions alone are not sufficient to deal with offending. Nor is the Ministry of Justice, in isolation, able to implement the changes needed to reduce (re)offending. What is required is a joined-up approach that takes into account the root causes of women's offending. This approach must encompass an understanding of the compelling opportunities for change that appropriate housing, mental health support and gender-specific women's community support services can offer. Details: London: Women in Prison, 2017. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 27, 2017 at: http://www.womeninprison.org.uk/perch/resources/corston-report-10-years-on.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Corston Report Shelf Number: 144590

Author: Great Britain. National Audit Office Title: Yarl's Wood Immigration Removal Centre Summary: This investigation focuses on the new contract management arrangements and the relationships of the commissioning bodies, the Home Office and NHS England, with their contractors, Serco and G4S. It looks at the extent to which these were a factor in criticisms of Yarl's Wood, specifically those arising from the various reviews. Rationale for work 1 Yarl's Wood is an Immigration Removal Centre (IRC) that provides secure accommodation for women, adult families and, on a short-term basis, men whose cases are being assessed. The largely female and transient population at Yarl's Wood has complex needs. Residents can come from many different countries of origin, are often vulnerable and can suffer from mental health issues. Yarl's Wood has often been subject to considerable scrutiny. As the main IRC for women in the UK, it has been a focus of substantial public and media concern about the detention of women and children. 2 Yarl's Wood has been run by contractors, on behalf of government, since it opened in 2001. The Home Office is responsible for all aspects of Yarl's Wood except healthcare, which is now commissioned by NHS England. Following the award of new contracts, Serco has run the residential services under contract to the Home Office since April 2015 and G4S has run the health services under contract to NHS England since September 2014. Prior to that, Serco provided all services under contract to the Home Office. 3 In March 2015, a Channel 4 undercover documentary on Yarl's Wood made allegations about the way residents were treated by staff. The documentary coincided with the start of the new Serco contract. It was closely followed by an unannounced inspection of the centre by HM Inspectorate of Prisons (HMIP) and the Care Quality Commission (CQC) in April 2015. Since then, there have been a further four independent reviews. These were led by Kate Lampard for Serco, Stephen Shaw for the Home Office, Bedford Borough Council's Adult Services and Health Overview and Scrutiny Committee and the CQC. The reviews covered different aspects of the performance of Serco and G4S. The Home Office, NHS England, Serco and G4S subsequently drew up plans to respond to the reviews, and are introducing changes. Figure 1 overleaf sets out the key events at Yarl's Wood. Details: London: NAO, 2016. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: HC 508 SESSION 2016-17 7 JULY 2016: https://www.nao.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/Yarls-Wood-Immigration-Removal-Centre.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 144601

Author: Feasey, Simon Title: An evaluation of the Sycamore Tree programme: based on an analysis of Crime Pics II data Summary: Sheffield Hallam University, in conjunction with Manchester Metropolitan University, were commissioned to undertake an evaluation of the Sycamore Tree programme by Prison Fellowship England and Wales who have been delivering the programme across a wide range of prisons throughout England and Wales over a number of years. This current evaluation builds on a previous report published by Sheffield Hallam University in 2005 which undertook a similar analysis and identified a positive impact on prisoners who had successfully completed the programme. Prison Fellowship is a registered charity that trains some 1,200 volunteers from all Christian denominations to support prison chaplains and run programmes in prisons. Support is given to all who request it, regardless of their beliefs. This is this through prayer, practical action and values-based programmes. One such programme is the Sycamore Tree programme, which is the subject of this report. The Sycamore Tree Programme is a victim awareness programme that teaches the principles and application of restorative justice. The content is covered in six sessions designed to enable prisoners to understand the impact of their crime on victims, families and the community. It also encourages prisoners to accept personal responsibility for their actions and points to the need to make amends. Surrogate victims come into prison to tell their stories. At the end of the programme, prisoners are given the opportunity to make a symbolic act of restitution, taking the first step towards making amends for their past behaviour. The programme is available to all regardless of faith, gender or age and is delivered by trained Prison Fellowship staff and volunteers. The Programme consists of approximately 15 hours of structured discussion and activities and seeks to enable participants to: • Understand the wider impact of their criminal behaviour and accept a greater level of personal responsibility. • Identify with a victim’s experience of crime and the need for victim/offender forgiveness and reconciliation. • Learn about the process of Restorative Justice and how offenders, victims and the wider community can take part. • Plan steps to take to reduce offending behaviour whilst still in prison. Prison Fellowship have been delivering the Sycamore Tree Programme throughout 50 penal establishments since 1998 with more than 10,000 prisoners taking part. Prisoners that have participated completed a psychometric questionnaire, Crime Pics II, both immediately before and after the programme as a part of an evaluation framework designed to measure the programme impact. In 2005 the Hallam Centre for Community Justice reported on the analysis of 2197 completed pre and post programme questionnaires. This subsequent analysis reports on a further 5007 questionnaires completed since 2005. Details: Sheffield, UK: Sheffield Hallam University, Hallam Centre for Community Justice, 2009. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2017 at: http://shura.shu.ac.uk/1000/1/fulltext.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Chaplains Shelf Number: 144602

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Prisons Title: A review of short-term holding facility inspections: 2011-2015 Summary: This review briefly summarises key themes from the 40 short-term holding facility (STHF) inspection reports published in the five years to March 2016 (see Appendix I). The purpose of this review is to consider the degree of progress that had been made and to highlight both points of concern and positive practices that could be replicated more widely. The report also quotes a number of illustrative cases to promote understanding of the experiences of detainees held in these environments. For most detainees, STHFs are their first experience of detention and many are likely to be anxious and stressed about what will happen to them next. The last review of STHFs was published in 2010 and noted significantly improved treatment of and conditions for detainees held in STHFs over the preceding six years. Physical conditions had been upgraded in many STHFs and staff were largely respectful and decent. Such findings have largely been replicated in the current review, which shows that, on the whole, standards have been at least maintained, and most detainees are held safely and in conditions that are appropriate for short periods of detention. However, some facilities were not fit for purpose, and some key concerns identified in the last review have not been resolved. These include the co-location of unrelated men, women and families, excessively long detention of both adults and children in facilities that are only designed to hold people for a few hours, poor use of telephone interpretation and lack of access to the open air. Safeguarding adults policies and links with the local authority were also generally lacking and, despite some better recent findings, detention staff usually had insufficient knowledge of trafficking risks and procedures. STHF reports will in future focus more strongly on these and other key recurring areas of concern. Details: London: HM Inspectorate of Prisons, 2016. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2017 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprisons/wp-content/uploads/sites/4/2016/07/Review-of-STHF-2011-2015-web.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Detention Centers Shelf Number: 144610

Author: Jackson, Jonathan Title: Truly Free Consent? Clarifying the Nature of Police Legitimacy Summary: Legitimacy is generally seen as an unqualified social good. On the one hand, legitimacy tames power; to gain legitimacy in the eyes of citizens, institutional actors need to act in normatively appropriate ways. On the other hand, legitimacy minimizes the need for coercive forms of social control; when people view an institution as legitimate, they will comply and cooperate because they feel a moral duty, not because they fear punishment. Yet, scholars have recently questioned whether prior studies have conflated a normatively-grounded sense of "truly free consent" with a more instrumental motivation to obey external authority. This is an important critique. If measures of legitimacy capture a sense of fear, powerlessness and “dull compulsion,” then we may be misunderstanding the normative significance of legitimacy in policing policy and practice. Drawing on data from a randomized controlled trial of procedurally just policing in Scotland, we provide the first sustained empirical assessment of the nature of normative (consensus-based) and instrumental (coercive-based) forms of obligation to obey. Placing both forms of obligation in a procedural justice framework, we find that procedural justice seems to increase normative obligation and decrease instrumental obligation. We also show that consensual obligation is strongly and positively related to procedural justice, social identity, normative alignment and proactive cooperation, and that coercive obligation is moderately and negatively related to the same diagnostic constructs. We conclude with the idea that consent-based obligation can reasonably be included in the legitimacy concept, so long as the measures capture a sense of moral duty. Details: Unpublished paper, 2016. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 29, 2017 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2620274 Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 144615

Author: Huq, Aziz Title: Acts that Legitimate: Widening the Array of Predicate Policing Practices Summary: Procedural justice theory predicts a relationship between police behavior, individuals' normative evaluation of police, and decisions to comply with laws. Yet, prior studies of procedural justice have rather narrowly defined the potentially relevant predicates of police behavior. This study expands the scope of procedural justice theory by considering a broad array of policing components, including unobserved actions such as electronic surveillance, respecting the limits of one's legal authority, and the unequal or equal distribution of policing resources between different groups. Analyzing data from a national probability sample of adults in England and Wales, we (a) present a comprehensive investigation of the heterogeneous elements of policing related to legitimacy judgments and (b) contribute to debate about the nature of legitimacy. Details: Chicago: University of Chicago Law School, 2016. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Public Law and Legal Theory Working Papers 570: Accessed March 29, 2017 at: http://chicagounbound.uchicago.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2053&context=public_law_and_legal_theory Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Electronic Surveillance Shelf Number: 144616

Author: Big Brother Watch Title: Class of 1984: The extent of CCTV in secondary schools and academies Summary: Key Findings Key Findings for England, Scotland and Wales Total number of cameras used by 2,107 schools 47,806 Number of cameras inside 2,107 school buildings 26,887 Number of pupils in the schools that responded to the FOI request 1,809,814 Number of cameras in changing rooms and bathrooms in 206 schools 825 The average number of cameras inside schools to pupils based on 47,806 cameras and 1,809,814 pupils 1:38 Average number of cameras in 1,537 Secondary schools 24 Average number of cameras in 570 Academies 30 % of schools with CCTV cameras 90% % of schools that responded but refused our request for information 9% Number of Local Authorities with double the average (27) number of CCTV cameras in England 24 Number of schools with a ratio of 1 camera to 15 pupils or higher in England 54 The estimated number of CCTV cameras in Secondary schools and Academies in England, Scotland and Wales 106,710 Details: London: Big Brother Watch, 2012. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2017 at: https://www.bigbrotherwatch.org.uk/files/school_cctv.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: CCTV Shelf Number: 144618

Author: Gibbs, Penelope Title: Innocent but broke -- rough justice Summary: In 2014 a little known change to the justice system hit the headlines when the former Deputy Speaker of the House of Commons was cleared of rape but left court £130,000 the poorer. Should those who have been acquitted be able to get their legal costs back? Before 2012, people could get "reasonable" costs back if they had paid privately for a lawyer and were found not guilty, or if the prosecution withdrew the case. New Labour tried, and the coalition government succeeded, in changing the law, so that those found not guilty could only recoup a small fraction of their costs. Transform Justice asks why the innocent should be financially penalised, and whether the government should reverse this policy. Details: London: Transform Justice, 2015. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2017 at: http://www.transformjustice.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/TRANSFORM-JUSTICE-INNOCENT-BUT-BROKE.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Legal Services Shelf Number: 144620

Author: Centre for Justice Innovation Title: Valuing Youth Diversion: A toolkik for practitioners Summary: This toolkit is for any practitioner who is involved in, or considering creating, a point-of-arrest diversion scheme for young people in contact with the criminal justice system. What is youth diversion? Point-of-arrest youth diversion schemes are a way of addressing low-level criminal behaviour without putting young people through the formal criminal justice processing (either through out of court disposals or prosecution) that can result in a criminal conviction and other negative consequences. These schemes operate for under-18s in a variety of different models across the country. The evidence base For the majority of young people involved in crime, formal criminal justice processing makes them more likely to commit crime again. There is a strong evidence base, nationally and internationally, that clearly shows that youth diversion is a better way of addressing lowlevel criminal behaviour— multiple studies show that youth diversion can reduce crime, cut costs, and create better outcomes for young people. Effective practice Our work with practitioners over the past two years has clearly indicated that there is not a settled consensus on which specific youth diversion models and strategies work best. This publication seeks to provide you with as clear a view as possible about what the evidence suggests effective practices are: Details: London: The Centre, 2017. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2017 at: http://justiceinnovation.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/Valuing-Youth-Diversion-A-Toolkit.pdf Year: 201 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 144625

Author: Warrington, Camille Title: The AVA Project: Empowering young people to address domestic and sexual violence Summary: Overview  The AVA Project: Empowering young people to address domestic and sexual violence (hereafter referred to as 'the Project') was developed and led by AVA, a UK charity committed to ending gender based violence and abuse. The overarching aim of the project was: "to deliver therapeutic group-work and leadership development to disadvantaged and marginalised young people to improve their understanding of domestic and sexual violence, to improve their emotional wellbeing and to empower them to influence peers and advocate for the needs of themselves and others within social care and education services"  The project defined itself as underpinned by a number of key values including: youth work (specifically the principle of voluntary engagement); participation; and feminist practice. It was funded for £298,254 over three years by Big Lottery: Reaching Communities Fund, commencing in April 2013 and, with a short project extension continued until July 2016.  The project was delivered in five local sites (localities) across England, through two distinct though related models: MODEL 1: 'Peer Education' - a therapeutic group-work model across two project sites focused on improving emotional well-being and awareness of domestic and sexual violence (DSV). MODEL 2: 'Youth leadership' - a youth leadership project to improve young people’s emotional wellbeing, their understanding of domestic and sexual violence (DSV) and that of their peers, whilst increasing opportunities for, and the abilities of, young people to influence services aimed at them in relation to DSV. The International Centre: researching child sexual exploitation, violence and trafficking , University of Bedfordshire was commissioned to undertake a small scale evaluation (£17,000 over three years) to help identify evidence of the project's intended outcomes and learning from the process.  The key evaluation questions addressed were: o Did the project reach all intended beneficiaries (and what aided accessibility for those traditionally marginalised from services)? o Whether and in what ways the project:  enhances young people’s wellbeing;  improves young people’s awareness and understanding of domestic and sexual violence; and  increases young people's skills and abilities to influence the way services are delivered? o What helped or hindered the achievement of key outcomes for young people? o How effectively was the project structured, including a consideration of the quality of the partnerships and networks set up to deliver the project's activities. Reach and engagement  The AVA project was accessible to a diverse range of participants including those traditionally marginalised from mainstream services and facing disadvantage. The project had above average representation from young parents, care experienced young people, those not in education, training or employment, those excluded from mainstream school and young people with experience of domestic and/or sexual violence.  Young people's motivations for engaging in the project primarily related to developing skills and confidence; gaining greater understanding of domestic and sexual violence (DSV) and helping peers.  Access across the project was supported by diverse and targeted referral routes. In some sites there was evidence of targeted strategies to reduce identified barriers for particular groups including young parents, young people from BME communities and those who are socially isolated. A number of these strategies (such as the provision of childcare or transport for those in rural areas) required the identification of funding for additional resources.  Representation of young men across the project was low and there is evidence of the need for alternative approaches to engage them in work of this nature. Impact: emotional well-being  Self-reports from young people across all five sites identified three main ways in which the project benefitted their emotional well-being and life opportunities. These can be characterised as: improved confidence and self-efficacy; improved social networks; and increased access to further opportunities (including training, employment and education and other forms of professional support). These messages were supported by evidence from all other stakeholders.  Improved confidence and self-efficacy were the most strongly evidenced outcomes relating to young people's well-being. They were associated with exposure to new opportunities and challenges; responsibility for presenting to or teaching others; acknowledgment and accreditation; and group based learning.  Improved social networks, including enhanced peer support, were associated with the group based learning model and inclusion of personal/social development within the curriculum.  Young people's access to further opportunities were supported by strong relationships with practitioners through which signposting and referral took place. This outcome was also linked to participants' improved confidence and being able to evidence their achievements.  Across the five sites 52 young people received a minimum of one accreditation (47 young people received two). Impact: improved awareness and understanding of domestic and sexual violence  The evaluation found strong evidence that participation in the project contributed to improved awareness and understanding of domestic and to a lesser extent sexual violence among primary and secondary participants  Evidence of improvements in knowledge and understanding of domestic violence include: recognition of broader forms of behaviours that constitute abuse; increased empathy towards victims and knowledge of strategies and services to support those affected.  Evidence from young people, practitioners and local project outputs (such as films and postcards designed by young participants) demonstrate confident communication of key messages to wider audiences.  Evidence suggested that opportunities for primary participants to 'cascade learning' to their peers helped to embed their learning and strengthen their commitment to the issues addressed. Impact: improved skills and ability to influence  The project improved young people's capacity to influence service development through the development of leadership and multi-media communication skills, subject specific knowledge and improved political awareness. This was particularly evident in model two although there was also limited evidence of this in model one.  Through the project young people in each site produced multi-media outputs or resources (films, exhibitions, presentations) which became tools for campaigning and influencing. Young people in site three also produced a research report for the same purposes.  Across the five sites, forty nine young people are known to have taken part in activities which brought them face to face with policy makers and provided opportunities to voice their opinions and recommendations for improving service responses to DSV.  Although young people’s ability to influence was harder to evidence there was tangible evidence of the research produced by young people in site three eliciting a commitment from local decision-makers to respond to its findings.  Participants' ability to inform local services was in part determined by the existing relationships between the site and local decision makers Project structure and partnerships  AVA’s leadership of the project provided several significant opportunities for 'added value', supporting local sites with resources, networking and a route for feeding young people's messages and ideas into national policy and influencing fora.  Practitioners from each of the sites valued the AVA project leadership for its flexibility, supportive nature and responsiveness to changing needs of each site. Sites relied to varying degrees on support from the project leadership and subsequently the ability of AVA to meet these needs varied.  The diversity of local partners demonstrated the viability of delivering the project aims in a variety of different statutory and voluntary settings and each site presented an opportunity to work with distinct cohorts of disadvantaged and marginalised young people.  The complexity of the project structure, presented challenges for developing a shared understanding and expectations across all sites and partners. At times practitioners expressed a need for further. clarification about the project resources and expectations. It is suggested that in a project of this nature strategies for effective communication require additional investment.  Characteristics of local sites, associated with successful delivery of the project included: a strong sense of ownership (and understanding) of the project aims; a value base that aligned to participatory practice; existing experience of work to address domestic and/or sexual violence and leverage with local influencers and decision makers.  The projects commitment to engaging marginalised young people required acceptance of a variety of models for engaging 'cohorts' of primary and secondary participants. This included approaches to engagement which don’t rely on a fixed or closed group from start to finish. Details: Luton, UK: University of Bedfordshire, International Centre Research Child Sexual exploitation, Violence and Trafficking, 2016. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2017 at: https://avaproject.org.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/FINAL-DRAFT-AVA-REPORT.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 144633

Author: Coupe, Timothy Title: An Evaluation of the Effects of Police Resources and Incident Solvability on Crime Detection Summary: This study examines the relationships between incident solvability, resources and crime detection. It involves critical examination of existing studies, and the development of solvability and resourcing concepts and a resourcing-solvability theoretical model. The application of resources to the investigation of solvable incidents explains detection levels and the origins of solvability lie in offender characteristics and environments, which affect profiles of solvable offences across jurisdictions. Solvability varies between different sorts of crime and within the same offence types. It limits crime detection and determines the amount of resources needed to clear an offence. Resources enable the potential for detection due to solvability to be realised. The detection of low and medium solvability offences and the benefits of larger amount of resources being directed at highly solvable offences are at odds with prior research, while levels of offence solvability and potential detections have been under-estimated. Details: Cambridge, UK: University of Cambridge, Faculty of Law, 2014. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: University of Cambridge Faculty of Law Research Paper No. 46/2014. Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=2481100 Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Detection Shelf Number: 144635

Author: Sutherland, Lindsay Title: Supporting children and families affected by a family member's offending -- A practitioner's guide Summary: Barnardo’s has over twenty years’ experience supporting children of prisoners through direct services, regional training and national strategic work. Since 2013, i-HOP has supported thousands of professionals across England to work with offenders’ children and families through a national engagement and information service. This guide brings together the learning and expertise from all this work. Using resources and tools from Barnardos services and the i—HOP directory, we’ve produced a practical guide to inform all practitioners working with children and families affected by a family member’s offending. The guide accompanies a practice workshop package delivered by Barnardo's (see Appendix 3 – Training). Details: London: i-HOP and Barnardo's, 2017. 72p Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2017 at: http://www.i-hop.org.uk/ci/fattach/get/870/0/filename/i-HOP+PractitionersGuide_Interactive_Pages.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 144636

Author: Great Britain. National Audit Office Title: Financial sustainability of police forces in England and Wales Summary: While police forces in England and Wales have successfully reduced costs since 2011, they do not have a clear understanding of the demands placed upon them or of the factors that affect their costs. The Home Office also needs to be better informed to make sure forces are providing value for money. According to a report today by the National Audit Office, the funding to police and crime commissioners decreased by £2.3 billion (25%) in real-terms between 2010-11 and 2015-16. Taking into account changes in central and local government funding, total funding to individual forces has reduced by between 12% and 23%. The Department does not have good enough information to work out by how much it can reduce funding without degrading services, or when it may need to support individual forces. The police sector is currently working to identify information which could give early warning of a force at risk. However, despite the reports and data produced by HMIC, there is currently insufficient information to identify signs of the sector being unable to deliver services, there are unclear links between financial reductions and service pressures and limited data on police productivity. Although crime statistics indicate that the level of crime has fallen since 2010-11, police forces do not have a good enough understanding of the demand for their services. Statistics on levels of crime exclude some types of crime. Moreover, HM Inspectorate of Constabulary (HMIC) data on demand for police services from emergency and priority incidents shows that only 22% of incidents that police responded to were crime-related. HMIC estimates that only 10 of 43 forces have a sophisticated understanding of demand. There are no standards for measuring demand and, in the view of the NAO, no comprehensive national picture of demand across policing. While financial reserves across all forces with comparable data have increased by 35% in real-terms between 2010-11 and 2013-14, this is not necessarily a sign of financial health. As forces cannot run deficits, reserves enable them to manage financial uncertainty, fund investment, and, on occasion, offset funding reductions. But forces cannot rely on using reserves to offset funding reductions over several years. A Police and Crime Commissioners Treasurers' Society review of forces' reserve position has found that Commissioners are planning to reduce reserves by 41% between April 2014 and April 2017. Forces will need to transform the service they deliver if they are to meet the financial challenge and address the changing nature of crime. The Department has not had its budget protected during the last Parliament, and police forces will likely face further significant funding reductions. According to the NAO, organizations in the police accountability system are not yet supporting forces to improve their capacity and capability in relation to business skills. Details: London: National Audit Office, 2015. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2017 at: https://www.nao.org.uk/report/financial-sustainability-of-police-forces-in-england-and-wales/ Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 144637

Author: Honey, Ben Title: A Study in Blue: Exploring the relationship between the police and academia Summary: Many research papers have been presented by academics regarding their problematic experiences of working with the police. However, no comprehensive study has been conducted which explores the perceptions of the police towards the academic community. This study intends to fill this gap by exploring this alternative perspective. It is a qualitative study conducted between 2012 and 2014 wherein members from each rank from Commissioner to Constable in the Metropolitan Police Service were interviewed. In addition, interviews with academics in the current or past employ of the police and a focus group of middle managers were held. The resultant data provided strong thematic patterns. The study found that although some excellent partnership work between police and academia has been conducted, their respective operational and organisational cultures remained a barrier. Within the police service, a difference in working practices, a changing demography, low educational standards and a preference for tacit knowledge present as tangible barriers. The police perceived the academic community to be internally focused, taking too long to produce unintelligible research, which often lacked utility in regards to operational solutions, accompanied by an unhelpful desire to publish their findings. The meta-themes of power, social identity and managerialism were identified as being key influential factors in the reluctance of the police to fully embrace the benefits of academic research. This study concludes with implications for practice involving formative training and ongoing development in academic research, the need for a bespoke research methodology which reflects the dynamic environment in which the police operate, a new formal relationship wherein trust is engendered by a shared pragmatism and the pivotal role of the College of Policing in supporting the concept of evidence based policing. Details: Portsmouth, UK: University of Portsmouth, 2014. 175p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 30, 2017 at: http://eprints.port.ac.uk/18097/1/BH_Thesis_Final_APR15.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Research Shelf Number: 144638

Author: Huq, Aziz Title: Acts that Legitimate: Widening the Array of Predicate Policing Practices Summary: Procedural justice theory predicts a relationship between police behavior, individuals' normative evaluation of police, and decisions to comply with laws. Yet, prior studies of procedural justice have rather narrowly defined the potentially relevant predicates of police behavior. This study expands the scope of procedural justice theory by considering a broad array of policing components, including unobserved actions such as electronic surveillance, respecting the limits of one's legal authority, and the unequal or equal distribution of policing resources between different groups. Analyzing data from a national probability sample of adults in England and Wales, we (a) present a comprehensive investigation of the heterogeneous elements of policing related to legitimacy judgments and (b) contribute to debate about the nature of legitimacy. Details: Chicago: University of Chicago Law School, 2016. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Public Law and Legal Theory Working Papers. 603: http://chicagounbound.uchicago.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2053&context=public_law_and_legal_theory Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 144639

Author: Harris, Julie Title: CSEFA Hub and Spoke Evaluation : End of Phase One Report, 2013-14 Summary: The overall aim of this research is to provide knowledge about the potential of the 'Hub and Spoke' model of service development to trigger cultural and systemic change in the way that services supporting children and young people respond to child sexual exploitation. 1.1 The aims of this report This report presents findings from the evaluation of phase one of the Hub and Spoke development programme, in order that the learning can be used by participating services to inform the second phase of service development. Its aims are to:  Summarise phase one Hub and Spoke development activities between October 2013 and September 2014, in the three phase one sites of Service 1, 2 and 3.  Report to CSEFA funders on the progress of service development, and what we have learned from the evaluation about the effectiveness of the Hub and Spoke model in achieving strategic objectives. This learning may also help CSEFA members in future funding decisions.  Inform the Expert Reference Group and the Research and Evaluation Advisory Group of progress and learning in order that they might continue to provide an effective steer for the evaluation project and overall strategy.  Describe some early messages that might be useful for policy makers addressing the area of CSE. Details: Bedfordshire, UK: University of Bedfordshire, International Centre Researching Child Sexual Exploitation, Violence and Trafficking, 2014. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2017 at: https://www.alexiproject.org.uk/assets/documents/Year-1-report-new-format-FINAL.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 144642

Author: Harris, Julie Title: CSEFA Hub and Spoke Evaluation : Year Two Progress Report and Interim Findings 2014-2015 Summary: This report details findings from the second year of a four-year evaluation of the 'Hub and Spoke' initiative, being undertaken by the University of Bedfordshire. Funded by the Child Sexual Exploitation Funders' Alliance (CSEFA), this initiative aims to improve services in relation to child sexual exploitation (CSE). It utilises the expertise, resources and infrastructure of an established voluntary sector CSE service (the 'Hub) by locating experienced CSE workers (known as 'Spoke workers') into new service delivery areas. The evaluation assesses the extent to which the Hub and Spoke model triggers cultural and systemic change in the way that services engaging with young people respond to CSE. Specifically it considers the impact of the Hub and Spoke model on: a) Safeguarding young people from sexual exploitation through service delivery b) Supporting and equipping specialist CSE workers to work effectively in host agencies c) Promoting stable CSE policy frameworks in new areas by raising awareness, developing procedures and improving how local policy makers respond to CSE. Each Hub and Spoke service has between two and five Spoke workers, usually located in neighbouring geographical or local authority areas, but in some areas they are located in pairs or as part of a broader specialist team. They are located in a variety of settings (e.g. with the police, in children's services or a multi-agency team), undertaking a combination of casework, consultancy, and training with local practitioners. To date eight services have been funded, and this report details the progress of these services. Over the course of the three year programme, 16 Hub and Spoke services will have been established. This is an interim report, aimed at the funders, the services currently being funded, and those due to come on stream in the next few months, in order to share learning about the successes and challenges in setting up these new CSE services. In Year Two the evaluators have undertaken fieldwork visits with eight Hub and Spoke services, and have interviewed 97 participants and collected data about the numbers of young people and practitioners worked with. This report summarises some of the key emerging findings in relation to the aims of services, the recruitment and support of Spoke workers, methods and techniques used in Hub and Spoke projects, experiences of and impact on local CSE policy development, and outcomes of Hub and Spoke services for young people. A particular focus is on young people’s participation in CSE services, and identifying the different models and techniques used by services to support this. In the next stage of the evaluation (October 2015 to September 2016) the evaluators will continue the research with existing services, and will undertake fieldwork with the new eight services. As a result of evaluation activity so far we have identified the following key outcome indicators which will frame our data collection and analysis as we move into the next stage of the evaluation: Outcome 1: Services secure a source of sustainable funding for the continuation of Spoke services Outcome 2: Spokes become successfully embedded into existing services / CSE service landscape Outcome 3: Spoke workers retain a distinctive identity and role focussed on CSE Outcome 4: The geographical reach of specialist CSE services is extended Outcome 5: Skill levels in partner agencies regarding identifying and responding to CSE are improved. Outcome 6: Outcomes improve for young people supported by Spoke services. The final report on the evaluation will be available in 2017, and will be widely disseminated. Details: Bedfordshire, UK: University of Bedfordshire, International Centre Researching Child Sexual Exploitation, Violence and Trafficking, 2015. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2017 at: http://www.thebromleytrust.org.uk/files/hub-and-spoke-cse-evaluation-year-2-interim-report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 144643

Author: Bostock, Lisa Title: Effective approaches to hub and spoke provision: a rapid review of the literature Summary: There is no agreed definition of hub and spoke provision. A variety of terms are used to describe hub and spoke or variations of hub and spoke models of service delivery, including clusters, networks and satellites. The review identifies 10 models of hub and spoke provision including:  Multiple hubs;  Hub with satellite sites;  Hub and spokes, sometimes called a cluster;  Hub provides one stop shop facility;  Hub provides central specialised care and spokes provide core services;  Hub is strategic centre with strategic lead;  Hub provides core leadership;  Virtual hub;  Informal or formal networks of services;  Hub acts as emergency or crisis response team. Hub and spoke models were identified in the following areas: healthcare (14); children’s centres (5) and youth services, specifically Connexions (01). Different agendas have driven the development of hub and spoke models in different sectors. In both mental and physical health services, a deliberate choice has been made to set up hub and spoke models of service delivery. Whereas children's centres and initiatives for young people have tended to develop more organically over time, responding to changes in funding streams, local agendas and the changing needs of the service user group. Assessing the impact of hub and spoke service provision is hampered by a lack of effectiveness evidence. Many of the evaluations of children's and young people’s services assess pilot programs or large-scale initiatives where hub and spoke models have been identified but only moderately appraised as a bi-product of the wider evaluation. This makes it is difficult to untangle which successes or challenges can be attributed to the hub and spoke model itself. Where evidence exists, evaluations of healthcare provide the best data on the effectiveness and cost-effectiveness of hub and spoke models of service provision, demonstrating that hub and spoke models are more likely to:  Increase numbers of people accessing and engaging in treatment  Get patients into treatment faster  Be more cost effective. The deliberate decision to set up hub and spoke provision appears to impact positively on outcomes for services users Details: s.l.: Social Care Research Associates, 2014. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2017 at: https://www.alexiproject.org.uk/assets/documents/Effective-approaches-to-Hub-and-Spoke-service-provision_final-report-25-09-14.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 144644

Author: Ludwig, Anika Title: Resource Allocation Processes in Policing in Great Britain Summary: This report is the product of an 18-month research project funded by CIPFA (the Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy) looking at police resourcing in Great Britain. This report will also summarise several working papers produced which draw on important themes directly associated with aspects of this work. The funding model (McLean, Norton & Ludwig 2016) In total, the 43 Policing areas in England and Wales spend over £14 billion a year on policing functions. Some of this is raised locally, some is grant from central government. We consider the decision-making and resource-allocation processes used by Police and Crime Commissioners (PCCs) and Chief Constables, to decide how budgets are allocated to specific programmes and geographical areas across a number of all the UK’s territorial police forces. The funding of policing in England and Wales has undergone a number of radical changes in recent years. The introduction of PCCs in November 2012 has resulted in the transfer of responsibility for police budgets from Police Authorities to individual PCCs. We analysed the three funding models in Great Britain: those for England, Wales, and Scotland. The models for England and for Wales differ slightly; that for Scotland differs more radically. In England and Wales there are two main components: grant and precept. Both are problematic. Most police grant comes from a formula operated by the Home Office which attempts to determine funds per head on a basis of need. It does so badly, because the formula has been frozen for 7 years, and for distributional and incentive reasons that we explain in this report. A proposed replacement formula died at birth when a PCC's office found that the data it was purportedly based on (which were not made freely available to PCCs) had been wrongly entered into the formula. This led to a scathing Commons Select Committee report and a promise to revise the formula in spring 2017. The precept component derives from the right of police authorities, and now PCCs, to levy a charge on Council Tax bills. There are two problems with this: a) the charge is far from transparent, as almost no bill-payers understand precepting, nor whom to blame for which elements of their bill; b) as with any other service part-funded by Council Tax, the regressive structure of the tax means that it is far more difficult to precept in poor areas than in rich ones. Hence, perversely, PCCs in the parts of England and Wales that might most need to top up their grant have least ability to do so. Formulae try to compensate for variations in the tax base, but this introduces a new set of problems. The Council Tax base is often frozen on the orders of central government. What are PCCs for and what have they achieved? (Ludwig & McLean 2016a) Analysis was carried out into the motivations for and introduction of PCCs in 2012. The first elections, held in November and not in the cycle of any other elections, produced the lowest turnouts recorded in UK electoral history. On the evidence collected, it appears that PCCs have been a modest success. Citizen satisfaction with policing has risen slightly, although police expenditure has dropped, since they were instituted. Prior to 2012, very few members of the public will have known where or how to complain about their police force; the introduction of PCCs has changed this. In the 2012 elections number of independent candidates won; the 2016 election was more party-dominated (although a number of independents won again). However, we found that the elections were barely party-political. Candidates of the main parties used very similar language to one another, rather than carve out distinctive policies. In the jargon of political science, these have been 'valence', not ‘positional’, elections. The level of crime reported by the public in the British Crime Surveys has declined somewhat over the period since PCCs were created, despite the reduction in police expenditure. The evidence suggests that there has been some improvement in police performance, in value for money, and in public satisfaction since 2010, but there are several other steps that a reforming government could take. The introduction of the mayoral model in Manchester, following from London, means accountability and oversight will change again in the next few years; the impact of which will need to be assessed in due course. Details: Oxford, UK: Gwilym Gibbon Centre for Public Policy Nuffield College, University of Oxford, 2017. 153p. Source: Internet Resource: A Gwilym Gibbon Centre for Public Policy Paper: Accessed April 1, 2017 at:http://ggcpp.nuff.ox.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/Resource-Allocation-Processes-in-Policing-in-Great-Britain-%E2%80%93-Project-report..pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 144676

Author: Stuart, Hannah Title: Islamist Terrorism: Analysis of Offences and Attacks in the UK (1998-2015) Summary: Islamist Terrorism: Analysis of Offences and Attacks in the UK (1998-2015), a new research project from The Henry Jackson Society, presents the most comprehensive ever overview of the threat from Islamism-inspired terrorism in the United Kingdom. Islamist terrorism remains the principal terrorism threat to both the UK and British interests overseas. At the start of 2017, terrorism directed, approved or inspired by Islamic State posed the predominant threat to national security, while al-Qaeda and affiliate groups continue to aspire to attack Western interests. For more than two decades, militant Islamist groups have successfully recruited UK-based individuals for terrorist facilitation and training overseas, as well as directed or inspired involvement in terrorism at home. The report identifies and profiles all Islamism-inspired terrorism convictions and suicide attacks in the UK between 1998 and 2015 in order to provide detailed information and statistical analysis on the manifestation and development of the threat to British national security. Statistics include offenders' background information, types of offences, roles and targets as well as the prevalence of links to terrorist networks and travel for terrorist purposes, including training and combat experience. Details: London: Henry Jackson Society, 2017. 124p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 1, 2017 at: http://henryjacksonsociety.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/Islamist-Terrorism-preview-1.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Extremism Shelf Number: 144677

Author: Snook, Chayn Title: Tech vs Abuse: Research Findings Summary: Comic Relief commissioned this research, 'Tech vs Abuse' to better understand the potential opportunities for technology to play a supportive role in the context of domestic abuse and how to minimise the associated risks. This research, undertaken by Chayn, SafeLives and Snook gathered insights from over 200 survivors of domestic abuse and 350 practitioners who support them. Overall, this research identified that technology is playing a hugely positive role for a small proportion of women, as well as those practitioners who feel confident to provide online support or advice on how to use technology safely. However, in the vast majority of cases, both practitioners and survivors could recount many negative experiences in using technology themselves or in perpetrators of abuse using technology. Details: s.l.: Tech vs Abuse, 2017. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 1, 2017 at: https://media.wix.com/ugd/f86f13_366b6514c8fc4e9488fc15edf2148d52.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 144686

Author: Gannon, Theresa A. Title: Male Imprisoned Firesetters Have Different Characteristics to Other Imprisoned Offenders and Require Specialist Treatment Summary: This paper describes key outcomes from our first study examining the potential treatment needs of imprisoned firesetters. Within this study, we examined whether a group of firesetters could be distinguished, psychologically, from a matched group of imprisoned non-firesetting offenders using a battery of questionnaire measures. Our analysis showed that imprisoned firesetters did indeed hold unique characteristics that set them apart from other imprisoned offenders. Many of these characteristics were fire-related. For example, firesetters reported more interest in serious fires, higher identification with fire, and lower perceived fire safety awareness. However, some characteristics that differentiated fire setters from non-firesetting offenders were not necessarily fire-related. For example, firesetters reported lower levels of self esteem, and higher levels of anger-related cognition such as rumination. Taken as a whole these results suggest that firesetters hold quite different characteristics to other imprisoned offenders and so require specialist treatment. Details: Canterbury, Kent, UK: University of Kent, School of Psychology, Keynes College, 2013. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 3, 2017 at: http://www.researchcatalogue.esrc.ac.uk/grants/RES-062-23-2522/outputs/read/2d8b188f-bc55-468f-9d09-33202c2c9cf9 Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Arson Shelf Number: 144699

Author: Tate, Kirsty Title: Losing my voice: A study of the barriers and facilitators to disclosure for sex-working women in residential drug treatment Summary: Sex workers present a complex and unique footprint of needs and behaviour patterns. This is especially the case when those women also have drug and alcohol issues. Yet, when many of these women enter drug treatment system, their histories of sex work and the complex patterns of needs that such histories generate are often overlooked. This is not surprising. In comparison to dealing with the immediate needs subsequent to drug and alcohol issues, tackling the needs arising from sex work can seem less urgent. Drug treatment is a momentous process of change, but the background question to this research report is whether just dealing with the drug and alcohol issues is enough or whether it is also necessary for a woman who has sex-worked to create an ex-sex worker role, and what stands in the way of or promotes that? The focus of this research is on sex workers and the residential drug rehabilitation – a setting wherein they are attempting to produce momentous change in their lives. I interviewed street sex workers, escorts and parlour workers. The aim was to contextualise the meanings sex workers placed on sharing their internal world with others and the powerful impact of disclosure of sex work in relation to their treatment. Details: London: The Griffins Society, 2015. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Paper 2015/02: Accessed April 3, 2017 at: http://www.thegriffinssociety.org/system/files/papers/fullreport/griffins_research_paper_2015-02_final.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse Treatment Shelf Number: 144700

Author: Wyld, Grace Title: Beyond Bars: Maximising the Voluntary Sector's Contribution in Criminal Justice Summary: In this piece we outline our findings from research into the role of charities in the criminal justice sector. We found that charities make a unique contribution in this space, but face various challenges to achieving their potential. After exploring these challenges, we make suggestions for how funders, commissioners and government, and charities themselves can work to overcome these issues and maximise the voluntary sector's value-add in the criminal justice sector. Details: London: New Philanthropy Charities, 2017. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 5, 2017 at: http://www.thinknpc.org/publications/beyond-bars/ Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Charities Shelf Number: 144708

Author: O'Sullivan, Claire Title: Prisoner experiences of learning and growth within a high security prison Summary: Within the prison system, often portrayed as a dark and difficult place, there are men serving long custodial sentences who strive to achieve stability, to learn and to grow. What is it about these men and their prison environments that encourages and supports this learning and growth and why is this important? To answer these questions, focus group discussions and one to one interviews with fifteen men serving sentences in a High Security Prison in the North East of England took place. Prisoners defined their learning and growth as an individual journey of self-transformation, the building of self-esteem and the forming of a new identity. This identity develops through positive relationships, meaningful conversation, through 'mirrors' and validation. Prisoners described feelings of being a 'whole, 3D person,' experiencing the glow of learning and hope for the future when in safe physical and emotional spaces, where they can talk and interact and the identified barriers of risk and fear, the damages and deprivations of being in prison, are mitigated or overcome. This research culminates in an outline of prisoner perceptions as to the necessary physical and emotional conditions for these safe spaces, if they are to support learning and growth. These conditions are of safety, trust, humanity, respect and support. Literature around learning and growth in prison, the pains of imprisonment and desistance support the importance of learning and growth for individuals, for those who live alongside them within prison and to wider society, where many of these men will return. There is a call for policy makers to consider these factors when planning and funding prisons. Details: Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University, 2017. 103p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed April 5, 2017 at: http://www.crim.cam.ac.uk/alumni/penology/theses/Claire%20O'Sullivan.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 144711

Author: Sharp, Stephanie Title: Pickpocketing on the Railway: Targeting Solvable Cases Summary: This study aims to identify and exploit the circumstantial factors associated with the solvability of pickpocketing on the railway. Through the development of a statistical case screening model derived from these factors, comparisons are made between this method and the current intuition-based approach to case screening at BTP. Finally, the study aims to understand the impact of secondary investigations upon pickpocketing solvability, following case screening and allocation. Using a five-year dataset of 36,260 cases split into two equivalent samples, statistical tests were performed on one sample to understand the strength and significance of factor relationships with solvability, before developing the screening formula through logistic regression. A suitable cut-off point is established to balance what would be missed opportunities or wasted efforts. Following the inclusion of automatic screen-in factors, the final model was tested for predictive accuracy using the second sample and compared to that of current practices. Finally, the relationship between the volume of investigative actions and case solvability was assessed, for the full population and controlling for cases screened in by the statistical model. A range of factors reported significant correlations with pickpocketing solvability, including suspect information; witness accounts; CCTV availability and committed time range, amongst others. The statistical screening model developed presents a predictive accuracy rate of 74.7% compared to BTP’s current processes at 14.4%. There was no significant relationship reported between the volume of investigative actions and case solvability. These findings led to the conclusion that significant efficiencies would be associated with implementing the statistical model due to it screening in fewer crimes for investigation (29.8% reduced from 90.6%). The absence of association between detectives’ activity and solvability informs the conclusion that the surplus resources should be removed from pickpocketing investigations. The estimated savings would be £2.5M over five years. Finally, due to data limitations, a Randomised Control Trial (RCT) is proposed to test the effectiveness of the screening model and subsequent pickpocketing investigations, in a real operational context. Details: Cambridge, UK: Fitzwilliam College, 2016. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed April 5, 2017 at: http://www.crim.cam.ac.uk/alumni/theses/Stephanie%20Sharp.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Investigation Shelf Number: 144712

Author: Sikand, Maya Title: Lost Spaces: Is the current procedure for women prisoners to gain a place in a prison MBU fair and accessible? Summary: The purpose of this study was to examine women prisoners' experiences of the Mother and Baby Unit (MBU) decisionmaking processes. The research is based on semi-structured interviews with women prisoners and MBU staff in three different women's prisons as well as with ex-prisoners. The study is limited to England and Wales Findings - Women are not adequately informed of their choices early enough and the MBU decision-making process is unclear and obscure to women prisoners. - Women who are in the criminal justice system, but preincarceration, are not routinely told by lawyers, probation officers or social workers about MBUs. It is also clear that sentencing courts have little insight into what provision there is for mothers in prison. - For those remanded in custody, the information-sharing process is wholly inadequate, particularly for those who are not pregnant, but who do have young babies in the community. • -If a prisoner makes an MBU application, she is given minimal information about the process. Her contribution is limited to attending an interview at which she is likely to be ill-informed and ill-prepared. - There is often a long delay between an MBU application being made and the MBU Board being held. -There is a lack of awareness that a right of appeal exists. The appeals process is inadequate and has no specified time limits or procedures Recommendations - The Ministry of Justice (MOJ) should require liaison between MBU Managers and those external to the prison service who are working in the criminal justice system so that there is a proper and informed understanding of how MBUs work, what they offer and how they can be accessed. • The prison reception screening interview should include an additional, specific question about whether a woman has a baby in the community as well as the age of that baby. Every woman (not just every pregnant woman) should be given MBU information. - The positive aspects of MBUs should be prominently and persistently advertised throughout the women's estate. This should be a nationwide MOJ initiative. - There should be the equivalent of a service-level agreement in place between MBUs and Local Authority Children and Adult Services, setting out mutual expectations, particularly in relation to report preparation, time frames and attendance at MBU Boards. - It should be a mandatory action in the relevant Prison Service Instruction (PSI) that the dossier provided to the MBU Board should be disclosed to the prisoner no later than 48 hours before a Board (it is currently just a recommended time frame in the PSI). - MBU Boards should be held much earlier than they are at present. Boards should be held by week 30 of a woman’s pregnancy at the very latest (unless of course a woman is sentenced later into her pregnancy, in which case the Board should be held as soon as possible after admission). -Prisons should be required to record not only the number of applications, admissions and refusals, but also why an application to an MBU is not progressed, the age and ethnicity of all those accepted or rejected, as well as a brief reason for rejection. This data should be collated nationally and reported annually. - The appeals process needs to be urgently reconfigured to comply with ordinary principles of fairness and due process, with an emphasis on speedy decision-making. - The MOJ should commission further research to examine in greater detail some of the issues identified in order to better understand both the barriers to applying for and to gaining an MBU place, and in particular to examine the profile of those rejected and why. Details: London: Griffins Society, 2015. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Paper 2015/05: Accessed April 5, 2017 at: http://www.thegriffinssociety.org/system/files/papers/fullreport/griffins_research_paper_2015-05.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 144717

Author: Hole, Gareth Title: Probation officers' accounts of practice with women convicted of intimate partner violence (IPV) towards men Summary: Comparatively little research has been conducted about the motivations and risk factors associated with intimate partner violence (IPV) perpetrated by women when contrasted to that of men. Few studies have investigated the effectiveness of interventions delivered to women convicted for IPV and virtually nothing is known about the experiences of probation officers working in this field. This study arose from observations I made working as a Male Safety Officer for the probation service, a role which offered support to men whose partners were convicted for offences of IPV towards them: very few probation officers made referrals and when they did, the men were frequently described as the 'real' or 'primary' perpetrator. This exploratory study investigates the reasons for this, through interviews with probation officers' about their attitudes towards women convicted of IPV and how these impacted their work; it reveals insights about how participants dealt with two issues with which they were frequently confronted: women who reported perpetrating offences within the context of experiencing violence from partners and the high number who referred to experiences of trauma and psychological disturbance. Details: London: Griffins Society, 2016. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Paper 2015/03: Accessed April 5, 2017 at: http://www.thegriffinssociety.org/system/files/papers/fullreport/griffins_research_paper_2015-03.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Family Violence Shelf Number: 144718

Author: Pattinson, Tamara Title: Prison as a place of safety for women with complex mental health needs Summary: The purpose of this study was to examine whether prison is being used as a 'place of safety' for women who have complex mental health needs and deemed in need of 'protection' from themselves. The research is based on interviews with police, court and prison staff. The researcher was also able to examine a number of warrants received from the courts to establish the reason for disposal into custody with specific emphasis on those cases where 'own protection' was the primary factor. The findings suggest that the current use of prison as a place of safety for women with complex heath needs is unworkable, flawed and potentially dangerous and not in the best interests of the women offenders and prison staff. Details: London: Griffins Society, 2016. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Paper 2015/01: Accessed April 5, 2017 at: http://www.thegriffinssociety.org/system/files/papers/fullreport/griffins_research_paper_2015-01.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Offenders Shelf Number: 144719

Author: O'Neill, Jean Title: Time after Time: A study of women's transitions from custody Summary: This study stems from the author's work as a manager with the Probation Board for Northern Ireland (PBNI), with particular responsibility for the INSPIRE Women's Project. The research explores the transition of women from prison into the community through the women’s own accounts — within the context of Northern Ireland — and tests the view that, if women can sustain periods in the community following release beyond twelve weeks, the likelihood of successful re-integration is improved. The research used a longitudinal qualitative methodology centered on in-depth, life history interviews with women pre- and post-custody. Details: London: Griffins Society, 2016. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 5, 2017 at: http://www.thegriffinssociety.org/system/files/papers/fullreport/griffins_research_paper_2015-04_updated_08.08.2016_0.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Offenders Shelf Number: 144720

Author: Sagar, Tracey Title: Off Street Sex Work in Cardiff: Identifying Service Provision Needs Summary: This document reports on the findings of the research "Off Street Sex Work in Cardiff: Identifying Service Provision Needs" which was conducted between November 2010 and February 2011. Off street sex work takes place in Cardiff as it does in many major cities across the United Kingdom (UK). However, little is known about the nature of off street sex work in Cardiff, and even less about the sexual health needs of off street workers. There is indeed a dearth of data regarding this particular group of sex workers generally throughout the UK and an absence of knowledge with regard to the off street market in Cardiff. This report seeks to fill this gap in local knowledge and in doing so inform the work of Terrence Higgins Trust Cymru (THT) in order that the Charity can expand its service provision to off street sex workers. The project sought to engage sex workers who work off street in brothels / sauna / massage / parlour establishments in Cardiff. It also sought to engage sex workers who work independently as sex workers / escorts and those who work though escort agencies. Overall the research aimed to: · Provide a literature review of research on sex work in Cardiff. · Provide an estimation of the numbers of off street sex workers in Cardiff. · Provide an insight into the sexual health of off street workers in Cardiff. · Highlight the sexual health 'needs' of off street sex workers. · Inform the development of THT's sexual health services for off street workers. The research and research process also sought to: · Provide a stepping stone to establishing a relationship of trust between THT Cymru and off street workers. · Gain an understanding of the support networks (if any) of off street workers. · Report on the experiences of off street workers and bring the voices of off street workers into the policy development framework. Details: Swansea, Wales, UK: Criminal Justice and Criminology, Swansea University, 2011. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 5, 2017 at: https://cronfa.swan.ac.uk/Record/cronfa17432 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Escorts Shelf Number: 144721

Author: Williams, Huw Title: Young People with Traumatic Brain Injury in Custody: An evaluation of a Linkworker Service for Barrow Cadbury Trust and The Disabilities Trust Summary: There is growing evidence that young people (YP) within the youth justice system have high levels of 'needs' with regard to health, education and social and emotional well-being. Studies consistently indicate high levels of mental health needs and neurodevelopmental disorders amongst young offenders including Traumatic Brain Injury - TBI. These needs are often unmet due to a lack of appropriate screening and identification, limited access to evidence based interventions and poor continuity of care. This is particularly apparent amongst YP in custody. The initial aims of this project were to establish whether it was possible to: 1. Identify young adults with a brain injury who enter custody 2. Develop a care pathway and provide dedicated supportto YP with a brain injury 3. Raise awareness of brain injury within a Young Offender Institution From these aims a 'Linkworker' (LW) service for YP was developed by The Disabilities Trust Foundation. This report describes that service and documents a preliminary service evaluation. In summary, it was possible to set the service up, evolve it in a dynamic and changing environment, so that it appears to fit the needs of the young person across a wider spectrum of ages. It also appears that it is, with appropriate staffing, feasible to screen for TBI in the population and this may contribute to increased awareness of such issues in a young person's care and management. In conducting this service evaluation it was not possible to collect data that would show whether there was a change in the trajectory (health, well-being and crime) of YP through LW involvement). However, service level data was available on a sample of YP and in this context it is possible to note the following: - The LW service was designed, delivered and deployed within what would be expected for a neurorehabilitation and forensic rehabilitation and forensic rehabilitation service 'hybrid' - Referrals were made to the service and it was supporting YP who had relevant TBI (in terms of severity and neuropsychological impairments) - Such TBI would be expected to interfere with traditional forensic rehabilitation (FR) - The young person had significant criminal histories and mental health problems - Additional input in a range of areas could well have improved outcomes for the young person in terms of mental health, well-being and criminogenic needs Therefore, the service would appear to be meeting the key aims defined at inception. From the feedback, it appears that the service was acceptable to, and valued, by YP and staff. It is important to emphasise that the YP had complex conditions because TBI is a 'keystone' condition within a constellation of challenges (drug and alcohol, mood disorder, lack of familial coherence (care home etc.), lack of education and work skills and/or experience). This evaluation highlights the need for appropriate key-working for such a vulnerable group. We would therefore recommend further adoption of linkworker type services within custodial settings and the need to be embed them within larger multi-site studies. Such services could provide a vital link across staff teams working with individuals with TBI and effect change. A linkworker may enable the identification of an underlying TBI, which allows for services to be deployed that are responsive to specific needs and learning styles in order to successfully engage with the young person. This is essential in order to develop support plans and to allow resources to be used cost-effectively, rather than attempting to engage YP in generic interventions which may not take into account their specific profile of needs. Details: London: Barrow Cadbury Trust, 2016. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 6, 2017 at: https://www.barrowcadbury.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/Disability_Trust_linkworker_2016Lores.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Brain Injury Shelf Number: 144722

Author: Centre for Justice Innovation Title: Building Trust: How our courts can improve the criminal court experience for Black, Asian, and Minority Ethnic defendants Summary: Widespread distrust among British-born Black, Asian and Minority ethnic (BAME) people towards the British justice system is having a negative impact on the legitimacy of our criminal courts. Our report looks at the origins of the lack of trust in the system, why perceptions of fairness and trust in the justice system matter and what can be done to improve the experience of court for BAME defendants. Why trust matters Trust in the fairness of our courts is key to the legitimacy of the criminal justice system. Our courts are charged with guaranteeing our fair and equal treatment before the law.While the British judicial system has a reputation as one of the fairest in the world, our criminal justice system does not command the trust of our Black, Asian, and Minority Ethnic (BAME) citizens. A majority (51%) of British-born BAME people believe that the criminal justice system discriminates against particular groups and individuals, compared to only 35% of the British-born white population. This lack of trust has two specific negative consequences: It may be leading to BAME defendants receiving more severe sentences by making them less likely to plead guilty. Defendants who plead guilty at the first opportunity receive a one-third reduction in their sentence. But male BAME defendants are 52% more likely to plead not guilty in Crown Courts than similar white defendants. Perceptions of unfair treatment within the court process and lower levels of trust in the courts are likely to increase the chances that BAME offenders will go on to offend again. How to build trust We reviewed approaches to building trust and tackling racial disparity in four similar countries: Australia, Canada, New Zealand and the USA. Having analysed the way other countries address this issue, our report recommends that our courts can improve the experience of court in the following ways: Ministry of Justice should work with Her Majesty's Courts and Tribunals Service(HMCTS) can expand the existing data on racial disparity in the adult criminal court system. The Ministry of Justice should require each local justice area bring together agencies from across the criminal justice system to look at their local rates of racial disparity and produce action plans. HMCTS should ensure that making the court process feel fairer for all defendants is at the heart of its court reform programme by providing clearer explanations of the court process, training judges, magistrates and court staff in better courtroom engagement and introducing more local, pop-up courts in civic buildings in accessible locations. HMCTS court reform programme should ensure that the criminal court system engages and understands the communities within which it works by introducing ways of measuring the perceptions of fairness of victims, witnesses, and defendants in the court process. Details: London: Centre for Justice Innovation, 2017. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 6, 2017 at: http://justiceinnovation.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/Building-Trust.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias Shelf Number: 144733

Author: Sagar, Tracey Title: Community Perceptions of Street Sex Work in Cardiff Summary: This document reports on the findings of the research project "Community Perceptions of Street Sex Work in Cardiff" conducted between September and October 2010. Street based sex work takes place within several suburbs of Cardiff. In particular, street sex work is a continuing feature within the neighbourhoods of Grangetown and Splott. South Wales Police intelligence identified Grangetown and Splott as areas within which some community members have significant concerns about street based sex work. Community concerns regarding street sex work in these neighbourhoods have also been raised at local Partnerships and Community Together (PACT) meetings: street sex work has been identified as a PACT priority in both Grangetown and Splott for several years. Hence, while it is recognised that street sex work takes place in several suburbs in and around the Cardiff area, the communities in this research project, namely Grangetown and Splott, were identified as the neighbourhoods within which street based sex work is potentially of most concern to members of the community. This research project sought to engage members of the communities of Grangetown and Splott to ascertain community perceptions on the issue of street based sex work. While police intelligence and other existing data derived from PACT meetings clearly indicated that street sex work is a concern for "some" members of the community, it was true to say that the views of the wider community within Grangetown and Splott remained unknown. The purpose of the research was thus twofold: First, to provide an opportunity for Grangetown and Splott residents to express their views and opinions on street sex work. Second, to gain a better understanding of the perceptions of Grangetown and Splott residents on street sex work in their communities. We also sought to assess: - The prevalence of sex work within those communities - The impact of sex work on the quality of life of residents - Indicators of empathy / lack of empathy / tolerance / intolerance towards sex work and sex workers in the community - Community opinion generally with regard to the strategic direction policy should take Details: Swansea, Wales, UK: Swansea University, 2010. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 6, 2017 at: https://cronfa.swan.ac.uk/Record/cronfa17433 Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 144737

Author: Jackman, Ralph Title: Measuring harm in a cohort of sex offenders in Norfolk Summary: The study aims to describe the characteristics of sex offenders living in the community in Norfolk, examine the offences they have committed and the harm they have caused. Existing methods of establishing the risks posed by sex offenders and the match between these and offender harm are critically evaluated with a view to providing insights into how the management of such offenders may be improved. It is based on police records and data from the national Sex Offender Register for a sample of 1098 sex offenders registered in Norfolk Constabulary jurisdiction during April 2014. The number of days each offender was sentenced to imprisonment is used to provide measures of cumulative harm and of average harm per offence. Most offenders had committed offences classified as causing low or medium levels of harm. However, a third had a history of serious sex offending, and were responsible for inflicting 80% of the combined harm through prior sex offending. These offenders were more versatile in terms of offending, committing a wider range of crimes, both sexual and non-sexual offences. In addition, the more harmful offenders were those who offended against all categories of victim; adult, victim and image related offending. Those who committed less serious offences, such as indecent exposure were less versatile. While twice as many serious sex offenders are imprisoned as are living in the community, the latter represent over an eighth of the sex offender sample living at home and are the responsibility of Norfolk Constabulary Offender Managers. Tools that predict risk of reconviction, rather than harm, are currently used in Norfolk, as in other UK police jurisdictions, for determining the minimum number of visits received by sex offenders living in the community. Offenders who have committed serious offences and caused greater harm receive fewer visits because they are assessed as having lower risks of reconviction than those who have committed less harmful, minor sex offences. The study examines the evidence and rationale for using the harm offenders have caused as well as reconviction risk to guide offender management regimes. Details: Cambridge, UK: Fitzwilliam College, 2015. 132p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed April 7, 2017 at: http://www.crim.cam.ac.uk/alumni/theses/Ralph%20Jackman.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Management Shelf Number: 144740

Author: Dodsley, Thomas Paul Title: Images of Crime: Young People, Cultural Representations of Crime, and Crime Concern in Late Modernity Summary: Set within the context of a late modern world where crime is both controlled and commodified, this thesis explores young people's crime concerns and their opinions on the cultural representation of crime. Following a reconceptualisation and widening of the notion of fear of crime, crime concern is employed to investigate young people's concerns regarding crime prevalence, crime management and crime representation. Encompassing a cultural criminological approach and an interpretive phenomenological attitude, this thesis utilises performative drama alongside focus groups to explore how crime concerns and the cultural representation of crime interact to inform everyday lived experience. The thesis finds that the young people in the study demonstrate an acute awareness of the processes which shape their understandings of crime. Such awareness is rooted in their sense of agency and embedded in a resistance towards the dominant discourse of problematic and risky youth. The crime concerns that the participants expressed were primarily regarding the representation and management of crime. Varying concerns around crime prevalence were identified. The findings reveal that gendered implications play a key role in shaping crime concern and forming opinions on the cultural representation of crime. The thesis concludes by reflecting upon the research process and pointing towards future directions for criminology. Details: Durham, UK: Durham University, 2017. 291p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 7, 2017 at: http://etheses.dur.ac.uk/12042/1/Images_of_Crime.pdf?DDD34+ Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cultural Criminology Shelf Number: 144747

Author: Lamont, Emily Title: Police Officers in Schools: A scoping study Summary: In recognition of the growing role of police officers in schools, the NFER funded a scoping study of practice in this area. The study explored the range of ways that police are working with schools, the impacts of this kind of work, the challenges experienced and the key ingredients for success. Drawing on a literature review, interviews with representatives from the police and education sectors (including those with a professional interest in this area), case-study visits to schools and a small-scale online survey of headteachers. Key Findings: Police working in schools results in a wealth of benefits for the police, for schools, their teachers and pupils, and for the wider community. This kind of work often arises through efforts to: reduce the prevalence of crime, anti-social behaviour and victimisation of young people; provide safe school communities; develop relationships between the police and young people and their communities, and identifying, targeting and accessing 'at risk' or vulnerable children and young people. Police work with schools in a range of ways, which can vary by where they are based, the number of schools they work with, the roles they take on in school, and the time dedicated to it. Difficulties encountered can include: negative perceptions of the police; unclear role definition and confusion over role boundaries; isolation of officers from their police colleagues; maintaining officer consistency and availability; and difficulties concerning working hours. Key ingredients for success include: presenting the initiative to the school and community in a positive way; understanding and appreciation of different agency cultures; mutual trust; clear, jointly developed protocols; shared vision and mutual understanding; joint line management; strategic support; and careful deployment of the 'right' officer for the job. Details: Slough, Berkshire, UK: National Foundation for Educational Research in England and Wales, 2011. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 8, 2017 at: https://www.nfer.ac.uk/publications/PCOX01/PCOX01.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Policing Shelf Number: 144753

Author: Norton, Stuart Title: An Exploratory Analysis of High Harmspots in Sussex Summary: While crime and place are inexplicably linked in terms of count, is the same true of harm? Forthcoming research by Weinborn et al. (2016) adopts the Cambridge Crime Harm Index (CHI) to provide analysis of 15 cities across the United Kingdom. Their research shows that while hotspots of crime were concentrated in 3% of all street segments, concentrations of harm were condensed in 1% of street segments. Identifying that crime harm is three times as concentrated as count creates implications for both policy and research, but what are the dynamics and characteristics of harmspots? This thesis provides an unprecedented attempt to classify and categorise harmspots from predetermined data that has adopted the CHI. An exploratory analysis of 99 high harmspots in Sussex has been undertaken with consideration to; the composition of the harmspots, temporal analysis, harmspot trajectories and the classification of harmspots. A qualitative analysis is also adopted to support the narrative of specific high harmspots. It is found that 80% of all the harm within the high harmspots came from just four discrete offence categories: sexual offences, violence against the person, robbery, and theft and handling. It has also been shown that within these high harmspots, crime counts and harm are strongly correlated (r=.82). Temporal analysis of the data shows that harmspots are not evenly spread across time and place, matching findings regarding hotspots of crime (for example; Sherman et al. 1989; Ariel 2011; Weisburd et al. 2012). Harmspot trajectories were evaluated in order to identify if there was evidence of stability within the high harmspots. From the top fifty harmspots it was found that 70% of these remained in the top 50 four years later. The classification of harmspots produced mixed results, but with a strong indication for categorising harmspots for robbery and other theft and handling. The qualitative analysis offers epidemiological observations that would benefit from future research. The implications of these results are discussed in terms of research and policy, providing a sound foundation for future research into the ecology of harmspots. Details: Cambridge, UK: Selwyn College, University of Cambridge, 2016. 143p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed April 8, 2017 at: http://www.crim.cam.ac.uk/alumni/theses/Stuart%20Norton.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 144754

Author: County Council of The City and County of Cardiff Title: A Review of Multi-Agency Approaches to Tackling Sex Work/Prostitution Summary: TERMS OF REFERENCE  To obtain an understanding of sex work/ prostitution and its historical, political, social and cultural complexities.  To gain an understanding of the current situation with regards to sex work/ prostitution in Cardiff, in terms of the issues for sex workers/ prostitutes and communities and in terms of the services provided for sex workers/ prostitutes.  To examine different approaches taken by local authorities, statutory partners and third sector partners in the U.K. to dealing with sex work/ prostitution and identify the impact of these approaches on local authorities, statutory partners (such as police and health services), sex workers/ prostitutes, and other citizens.  To ensure that the following issues are explored as part of the above work: substance misuse; sexual health; mental health; health & safety; and pathways to dealing with trafficking for sexual exploitation.  To scrutinise any proposals for tackling sex work/ prostitution in Cardiff that come forward during the life of the Inquiry, utilising the findings of the above exercises to inform the scrutiny.  To make informed recommendations to all relevant parties on the most appropriate approach to sex work/ prostitution in Cardiff considering its impact on the local authority, health services, sex workers/ prostitutes, and other citizens.  To refer any evidence that emerges as part of this Inquiry regarding children aged under eighteen involved in sexual exploitation and abuse to the Children & Young People Scrutiny Committee. Following initial evidence gathering for this Inquiry, Members agreed to refine the scope to focus on women involved in sex work/ prostitution. This is not to negate the experiences of men or transgender individuals involved in sex work/ prostitution but a reflection on the fact that their needs differ significantly from those of women involved in sex work/ prostitution and subsequently require different solutions and service provision. It became apparent to Members that the Inquiry would not adequately cover all these areas; hence Members decision to narrow the scope. Details: Cardiff, Wales, UK: The City and County of Cardiff, 2012. 148p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 8, 2017 at: http://cardiff.moderngov.co.uk/documents/s3637/Sex%20Work%20Prostitution%20Multi-Agency%20Approaches-2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 144759

Author: Macbeth, Elizabeth Title: Evidence-based vs. Experience-based Targeting of Crime and Harm Hotspots in Northern Ireland Summary: Crime concentrates in space and time. These are hotspots. Recent research evidence has proposed a "law of crime concentration" (Weisburd, 2015: 143), where 2.1% to 6% of street segments account for 50% of all recorded crime. This research adds UK evidence to support this finding. Crime concentration patterns were observed across a range of crime types and in both urban and rural environments. Furthermore, the degree of concentration is comparable over the three year study period. More importantly, there is a high level of consistency in the locations of the street segments which are identified as hotspots in each year of the study period. In terms of crime counts, the Pearson coefficients were around r=.80. In addition to crime counts, this research has considered the concentration of harm associated with crime using the Cambridge Crime Harm Index (Sherman et al 2014b; see also Bland and Ariel, 2015; Weinborn et al., 2016) and finds that harm is concentrated to a higher degree than count. However the degree of consistency in the locations of harmspots was lower than for hotspots, with the Pearson coefficients around r=.40. Identifying concentrations of crime and harm is only a worthwhile endeavour if targeting resources to these concentrations is an effective crime control tactic. Of all evidence-based policing strategies the evidence for targeting police resources at hotspots is the strongest, both in terms of the volume of substantive research and the effect sizes in terms of crime reduction. The accurate identification of spatial crime concentrations is the first step to a successful hotspots policing strategy. The paper compares two commonly employed methods of identifying 'hotspots' by police agencies: professional judgement and data analysis. The results support the argument that data analysis is as good as, if not better, than professional judgment for forecasting future events (Kahneman, 2011). The vast majority (>97%) of street segments which were included in 'Waymarkers' were not identified as hotspots or harmspots resulting in wasted police resource. In addition, over 60% of street segments which were identified using data analysis were excluded from 'Waymarkers' which represents missed opportunities to prevent crime and harm. Details: Cambridge, UK: Wolfson College, 2015. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed April 8, 2017 at: http://www.crim.cam.ac.uk/alumni/theses/Ellie%20Macbeth.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 144761

Author: Macur, Right Honourable Lady Justice Title: The Report of the Macur Review (Redacted Version). An independent review of the Tribunal of Inquiry into the abuse of children in care in the former county council areas of Gwynedd and Clwyd in North Wales since 1974 Summary: 1.1 This Review was established to examine the scope and conduct of the "Tribunal of Inquiry into the abuse of children in care in the former county council areas of Gwynedd and Clwyd in North Wales since 1974", established under the chairmanship of Sir Ronald Waterhouse in 1996 ('the Tribunal'). 1.2 The Review was announced on 8 November 2012 in the midst of the increasing number of allegations of sexual abuse made against the late Jimmy Savile and the implication of the BBC's complicity in concealing and effectively countenancing the same. The extensive media interest that surrounded the affair created the context for allegations against other 'establishment' figures to be aired. It also resurrected the disquiet voiced after publication of the Report, 'Lost in Care' ('the Tribunal Report'), in February 2000 by politicians of the day and journalists, that prominent public figures had been involved in the abuse of children in care in North Wales, but had escaped exposure and public censure by virtue of their standing in society. Many suspected the connivance of government, the police, masonic lodges and/or the Tribunal itself. A significant number have maintained this stance to date. 1.3 In November 2012, a witness to the Tribunal (referred to as in the Tribunal Report), alleged in the media that there had been a wider circle of abusers than those referred to in the Tribunal Report, including businessmen, police officers and a senior Conservative politician, who some believed to be Lord McAlpine. Lord McAlpine, the former Conservative party treasurer, released a statement describing the allegations as "wholly false and seriously defamatory". He made clear his intention to institute defamation proceedings against those circulating rumours on Twitter and other social media.             confirmed publicly, after seeing a photograph of Lord McAlpine, that this was not a man who had abused him. The majority of potential defendants to the libel proceedings apologised and agreed to make a charitable donation. Another was ruled to have defamed him. In those circumstances, many expected or called for this Review to be abandoned. 1.4 However, around this time, press reports also contained former ministers' accusations that Sir Peter Morrison, Parliamentary Private Secretary to the late Prime Minister Margaret Thatcher, a former deputy chairman of the Conservative party and MP for Chester from 1974 to 1992, who died on 13 July 1995, had been involved in the abuse of children in North Wales. More significantly, the Right Honourable David Jones MP, the immediate past Secretary of State for Wales, informed Sir Jeremy Heywood, the Cabinet Secretary, of a telephone call he received, he believed in about 2000, said to be from a member of the Tribunal staff, which implicated the late Sir Peter Morrison and appears thereby, at least by reason of cumulative effect, to have triggered this Review. Details: London: House of Commons, 2016. 298p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 10, 2017 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/517098/The_Report_of_the_Macur_Review__Redacted_version__PRINT.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 144769

Author: de Brito, Charlotte Title: Will Providing Tracking Feedback on Hot Spot Patrols Affect the Amount of Patrol Dosage Delivered? A Level 4 Experiment Summary: Objectives Hot spots patrol is a police tactic shown time and time again to reduce crime, with a robust body of supporting evidence suggested. Less widely researched is how to ensure the police tasked with carrying out these patrols do as they have been asked. In this thesis, research will be presented which seeks to bridge this gap. Methods In a before-after experiment carried out over 4 weeks in August 2016 within British Transport Police (BTP), two sites assigned to treatment conditions (London Waterloo and London Euston) were provided feedback on dosage delivery - i.e., weekly reports showing the number of "hot spots visits" carried out the previous week by the PCs and PCSOs assigned to hot spot patrol. Two sites assigned to control conditions received no such information, but were still required to conduct hot spots patrols as business as usual. Results No overall statistically significant differences in terms of patrol dosage between the two treatment and two control sites were found, indicating that feedback in the form of a set of figures and graphs on the previous weeks' performance sent via email does not increase dosage. However, when the 2 treatment sites were analysed separately, substantial increases were found in patrol dosage at London Waterloo but no discernible effect at London Euston, compared to control conditions. These subgroup analyses are likely to be driven by varying leadership styles in the two treatment sites. Conclusions Patrol dosage feedback can be positively correlated with patrol dosage, however only when the leader responsible for those individuals is willing to act. In this experiment, there was no adverse consequence for poor patrol performance in the treatment sites, hence the threat can be deemed 'toothless'. Onus cannot be left on individuals to react to and improve on poor performance, and a feedback loop must be put in place to allow corrective action to be taken if an individual consistently fails to improve. Further research is recommended, testing treatment conditions which include an adverse consequence of poor performance, with a larger number of experimental sites. Details: Cambridge, UK: Fitzwilliam College, 2016. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed April 10, 2017 at: http://www.crim.cam.ac.uk/alumni/theses/Charlotte%20de%20Brito.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 144773

Author: Bows, Hannah Title: Rape and serious sexual assault against women aged 60 and over Summary: Despite the vast amount of research attention examining sexual violence against women, and an increase in research around abuse of older people over the last two decades, sexual violence against people aged 60 and over remains under-researched. As the world population continues to rapidly age, there is a pressing need to address this gap in research in order to inform policy and practice in preventing and responding to sexual violence. This thesis contributes to three existing, but currently distinct, fields of inquiry: elder abuse; domestic violence against older women; and sexual violence against older women. A multi-methodological multi-stage approach was adopted to examine the extent and nature of sexual violence against older women in the UK and the characteristics of victims, perpetrators and incidents through analysis of police data gained through Freedom of Information requests. Interviews with 23 practitioners working in sexual violence organsiations and 4 working in age-related organisations shed light on some of the challenges older survivors may experience when accessing support services, the key support needs of older survivors and the extent to which practitioners felt comfortable in meeting those needs. Gaps in current service provision were also explored. In the final stage, three women survivors of sexual violence since the aged of 60 shared their stories, in particular the physical and emotional impacts sexual violence had on the and providing accounts of their experiences of accessing support services. Their thoughts on issues with current support provision and existing gaps were also shared. This thesis considers these findings collectively to examine for the first time the extent, nature and impacts of sexual violence against women aged 60 and over. Details: Durham, UK: Durham University, 2017. 346p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 13, 2017 at: http://etheses.dur.ac.uk/11941/1/Full_final_thesis_PDF_version.pdf?DDD34+ Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 144898

Author: Thomas, Garry Title: A Critical Analysis of the Use of Community Intelligence in Local Neighbourhood Policing in South Wales Summary: This research critically analyses the use of community intelligence in the delivery of local neighbourhood policing in South Wales and the police service in general. It examines in detail the development of policing and intelligence, particularly neighbourhood policing and community intelligence from its early beginnings and evaluates the contemporary definitions and police officer and staff perceptions of neighbourhood policing and community intelligence. This research also proposes a new definition of community intelligence and analyses how community intelligence is gathered, recorded and processed, and its relationship to the Intelligence Cycle and the National Intelligence Model. It further examines the operational application of community intelligence, including in counter terrorism and tackling organised crime, and the competing priorities, tensions and contradictions between performance management, neighbourhood policing, problem-oriented policing and intelligence-led policing. This research also evaluates the decision making process and how that may be affected by organisational issues such as, organisational culture, behaviour, management, leadership, information and knowledge. It examines the importance of community engagement in developing community intelligence and providing cohesive policing services to the public. Furthermore, this research considers the future directions of community intelligence and research on policing. The findings from this research indicate that some community intelligence is used to direct policing patrols and operations. However, there is some confusion by police officers and staff as to what constitutes community information and intelligence and thus it is not always recorded correctly limiting its use in the delivery of local neighbourhood policing and resulting in the loss of intelligence. This serves to highlight some of the areas for improvement in the policies, procedures, systems and management of intelligence. The findings also indicate the potential use of community intelligence in counter terrorism and in the provision of improved policing services to the public. Details: Pontypridd: University of South Wales, 2014. 385p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 14, 2017 at: http://dspace1.isd.glam.ac.uk/dspace/handle/10265/767 Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Intelligence Shelf Number: 144907

Author: London Detainee Support Group Title: Detained Lives: The real cost of indefinite immigration detention Summary: Detained Lives reveals the ineffectiveness and the human impact of the UK's hidden practice of indefinite immigration detention without time limits. It presents the perspectives of people detained for more than a year on all aspects of detention. The research explores whether indefinite detention achieves its stated aims of deporting people, through analysis of London Detainee Support Group's case files. The evidence suggests that indefinite detention simply does not work: as a means of deporting people it is ineffective and grossly inefficient. The testimony of detainees shows the human cost to be vast: the opaque implementation of detention without time limits leads many people to despair. Details: London; LDSG, 2009. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 14, 2017 at: http://detentionaction.org.uk/wordpress/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Detained-Lives-report1.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 144909

Author: Hallworth, John Title: 'County Lines': An exploratory analysis of migrating drug gang offenders in North Essex Summary: 'County Lines' has become popular law enforcement vernacular in England and Wales, used to describe a rapidly expanding, modus operandi for the supply of controlled drugs by gangs. 'County Lines' have not previously undergone any detailed study. Consequently, definition and targeting of the phenomenon remains flawed. This study examined County Line (CL) gang members encountered by Essex Constabulary, a police force in the East of England, between April 2015 and April 2016. The objectives were to identify the demographic and criminal careers of these gang members and examine how they differed from non-County Line offenders (NCL). Using the Cambridge Crime Harm Index (CCHI) as an instrument of harm and severity measurement, the study then sought to illuminate who should be targeted for maximum crime harm reduction. The study found CL offenders to be more demographically consistent, more violent and more dangerous than NCL counterparts. They originated from a diverse gang landscape, travelling great distances for the most lucrative criminal markets. CL offenders are first arrested and convicted at a younger age. They commit less total, yet significantly more harmful, offences on average than NCL offenders. The study suggests CL offenders have larger criminal networks, and pay a higher price for their criminal enterprise, being more likely to die than NCL offenders, despite being less likely to abuse substances, have an ailment or suffer mental ill health. A further notable conclusion is that CL offenders age-harm relationship shows a marked secondary spike between the ages of 25-28 years of age. This is indicative of an escalation in seriousness, correlative to the de-escalation in volume of offences committed. The findings reveal many important policy implications. Most significantly, they inform an evidence-based, proactive targeting of scarce resources against the most directly harmful suppliers of drugs, providing a foundation from which operational commanders can apply a triage suppliers of drugs, providing a foundation from which operational commanders can apply a triage methodology to target selection. Details: Cambridge, UK: Selwyn College, 2016. 122p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed April 17, 2017 at: http://www.crim.cam.ac.uk/alumni/theses/John%20Hallworth.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Networks Shelf Number: 144947

Author: Crawford, Catherine Title: United Kingdom Drug Situation: Focal Point Annual Report 2016 Summary: Executive summary - Overall drug prevalence in the general population is lower now than ten years ago, with cannabis being the main driver of that reduction. However, there has been little change in recent years. - The order of drugs most commonly reported by respondents has not changed much over this time, with cannabis most prevalent (6.5%) followed by powder cocaine (2.2%) and ecstasy/MDMA (1.5%), according to the most recent Crime Survey for England and Wales. - Seizures data suggests that herbal cannabis has come to dominate the market. While resin was involved in around two-thirds of cannabis seizures in 2000, it was involved in only five per cent in 2015/16. - On 26 May 2016, the Psychoactive Substances Act 2016 came into force in the UK, prohibiting the production, supply, import/export and possession on prison grounds of psychoactive substances, other than those exempted by the legislation. This act was brought in to tackle the trade in new psychoactive substances (NPS) which has steadily grown in recent years. Over 350 premises in the UK trading in NPS have either closed or stopped selling substances covered by the legislation. - In addition, synthetic cannabinoid receptor agonists (SCRAs), a class of NPS whose use among the prison population and vulnerable people has caused concern, became controlled under the Misuse of Drugs Act 1971 as Class B substances in December 2016. - Temporary class drug orders on methylphenidate-related compounds (including ethylphenidate) and methiopropamine have been remade for another 12 months. - Using the European Monitoring Centre for Drugs and Drug Addiction (EMCDDA) definition, which refers to deaths caused directly by the consumption of at least one illicit drug, the total number of drug-related deaths (DRDs) in the UK during 2014 was 2,655; a five per cent increase from 2013 and the highest number reported to date. - Due to substantial delays being typical between occurrence and registration of DRDs in England and Wales, UK-wide DRD figures are not yet available covering deaths occurring beyond 2014. However, published statistics for DRDs occurring in Scotland during 2015 showed a 15% increase on 2014. - Deaths registered in 2015 in England and Wales were notably higher than deaths registered in 2014. It is therefore likely that DRD figures for 2015 will set a new record. - Across the UK there were 2,304 deaths reported which featured an opioid (87% of UK cases). As in previous years, the substance with the largest number of associated deaths was heroin. In contrast to the UK as a whole, tramadol was the most commonly mentioned opioid drug in Northern Ireland. - The proportion of deaths involving cocaine has risen; however, many of these deaths are believed to be heroin users who also use crack cocaine. - The number of MDMA-associated deaths in England and Wales rose to 57 cases, returning to levels seen prior to the decrease in availability of MDMA in the late 2000s. - Over the last decade the average age of death has increased from 37.6 years in 2004 to 41.6 in 2014, with males being younger than females (40.3 years and 44.6 years respectively). The largest proportion of deaths in the UK in 2014 was in the 40-44 years age group. - There were 124,234 treatment presentations in the UK in 2015. This total includes for the first time, data from individuals presenting to treatment services in prisons in England. - Fifty per cent of all treatment presentations in the UK were for primary opioid use, with 26% of all service users presenting for treatment of cannabis use. However, among those who had never previously been in treatment, just under half (48%) of clients had a primary substance of cannabis, compared to 21% who presented for treatment of heroin. The proportions of users presenting for treatment of these substances appear to have stabilised over the past two years. - The primary drugs cited by those presenting to specialist substance misuse treatment services varied notably between each of the four countries of the UK. While almost half of treatment entrants cited heroin in England, Scotland and Wales, less than 10% did in Northern Ireland. - Benzodiazepines were cited as a primary problem substance in far greater proportion of cases in Scotland and Northern Ireland than in England or Wales, whereas Wales had a far higher proportion of clients citing amphetamines/methamphetamines than in any of the other countries. - Treatment data from prisons showed that 27,836 individuals presented to treatment services in English prisons in 2015, with 564 presenting in prison in Northern Ireland; approximately one-quarter of the treatment clients from each country. Heroin was the most common primary substance among clients in England, whereas cannabis was the most common substance in Northern Ireland. - The use of NPS, and SCRAs in particular, remains a growing concern in prisons in the UK. Surveys carried out in England, Wales and Scotland found that around 10% of prisoners reported use of SCRAs while in prison, behind cannabis with a prevalence at around 15%. - The Prisons and Probation Ombudsman has found 64 deaths that occurred in prisons in England and Wales between June 2013 and April 2016 that were associated with NPS. NPS use has also been associated with self-harm incidents, intimidation and violence. - National Take-Home Naloxone programmes continue to supply naloxone to those exiting prison in Scotland and Wales: there were 932 kits issued by NHS staff in prisons in Scotland, and 146 in Wales, in 2015/16. - Prevalence of HIV among people who inject drugs (PWID) participating in the Unlinked Anonymous Monitoring (UAM) survey in England, Wales and Northern Ireland in 2015 was one per cent (a similar level to recent years). HIV prevalence among 'recent initiates' to injecting substantially increased in 2015 to 2.6%, the highest level seen in the last ten years. However, this likely represents an increase in prevalence among men who have sex with men rather than among the wider population who inject drugs. - There were 50 new diagnoses of HIV among PWID reported from Scotland, compared with 17 in 2014. This increase was due to an outbreak of HIV in PWID in Glasgow. - Around 90% of the hepatitis C infections diagnosed in the UK are acquired through injecting drug use. The prevalence of hepatitis C among PWID has remained fairly stable over the last ten years, and was 50% in the UAM survey of PWID in 2015. - Hepatitis B prevalence rates have also remained stable for 2015 at 13%. This is half the level seen ten years ago, with the decrease likely to be due to the increased uptake of the hepatitis B vaccination among the PWID population. - The level of direct sharing of needles and syringes reported by participants in the UAM Survey of PWID has declined over the last decade from 28% in 2005 to 16% in 2015. However, levels of concern have increased around the harms associated with people who inject NPS such as mephedrone. One-third of participants in the UAM survey of PWID who were currently injecting mephedrone reported they had shared needles or syringes previously used by someone else. - An Independent review into the impact on employment outcomes of drug or alcohol addiction, and obesity was published in December 2016 and made a number of recommendations to promote employment of those with addictions, including that those making a claim should be required to attend a structured discussion with a healthcare professional on the impact of their health condition on their ability to work. - The Association for Young People's Health, in conjunction with Public Health England, published A public health approach to promoting young people's resilience, to aid policy makers and commissioners. Similarly, Mentor-ADEPIS published a briefing paper aimed at teachers and practitioners on how building resilience can prevent substance abuse. - The numbers of recorded incidents of possession and supply offences across the UK, and arrests for drug offences in England and Wales, have fallen in 2015/16, continuing the trends seen over the past five years. In 2015/16, 31,342 supply/trafficking offences and 157,271 possession offences were recorded in the UK. - Heroin purity has continued to rise since the low level seen in the early 2010s, and in 2015 was 44%, more than twice the purity seen in 2011 and 2012 when it reached its nadir. Similarly, cocaine purity, which was at its lowest in 2010, has risen since that time, and in 2015 was also 44%. - Street level price data from law enforcement agencies suggests that most recorded drug prices have remained stable in recent years. - The number of cannabis seizures in all forms in England and Wales in 2015/16 decreased, continuing the downwards trend seen in recent years. Cocaine, ecstasy and heroin seizure numbers all remained stable, while the number of crack seizures increased in 2015/16. Details: London: United Kingdom Focal Point at Public Health England, 2017. 180p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2017 at: http://www.nta.nhs.uk/uploads/2905931ukdrugsituation2016webaccessible.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 144988

Author: Westmarland, Nicole Title: The Benefits of Police Specialist Rape Teams Summary: This report summarises the findings from the semi-structured telephone interviews about specialist rape teams . Ethical clearance for the study was granted by the School of Applied Social Sciences ethics committee at Durham University. Invitations were sent to force rape champions, and a representative of every force was interviewed (hence 43 interviews were completed). In some cases this was the rape champion themselves, in other cases the interview was delegated to someone else in the team. Supplementary documents were often sent to the research team after the interview. The interviews were all transcribed and imported into NVivo (a qualitative data analysis package). The data were analysed thematically, and the results are summarised in the sections that follow. . Details: Durham, UK; Durham University; London: London School of Economics, 2012. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2017 at: http://nicolewestmarland.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/63338851/Westmarland%20et%20al%20specialist%20rape%20teams%20report%20for%20ACPO%20distribution.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Investigation Shelf Number: 145025

Author: Kirton, Gill Title: Employment Relations and Working Conditions in Probation after Transforming Rehabilitation: With a special focus on gender and union effects Summary: In May 2013, amid much consternation and criticism from criminal justice academics among other commentators (including Napo national officers/officials and senior figures in some of the Probation Trusts), the then Justice Secretary, Chris Grayling, publicly unveiled Transforming Rehabilitation - a programme of restructuring and outsourcing, which would split the probation service that had been in existence for over 100 years. Under TR, supervision and management of high-risk offenders were to remain in the public sector by way of a new National Probation Service within the Civil Service apparatus. Work with offenders described as low to medium risk (the latter amounting to an estimated 70% of the work carried out by 35 probation trusts across England and Wales) was to be outsourced to the private and third sectors. Details: London: NAPO, 2015. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2017 at: https://www.napo.org.uk/employment-relations-and-working-conditions-probation-after-tr Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Privatization Shelf Number: 145048

Author: Hughes, Caroline Title: 'You can trust me...': Young people going missing and at risk of, or abused through, child sexual exploitation in North Wales Summary: Child sexual exploitation (CSE) has been a strategic priority, and a key area for practice development, for Barnardo's for over two decades. Within Wales, Barnardo's Cymru has worked closely with the Welsh Government since 2005 to support the development of robust policy and practice guidance to address CSE in Wales. Established research and practice evidence demonstrates a strong correlation between children and young people going missing and risk of sexual exploitation. Over the past few years, a series of high-profile prosecutions of cases of CSE have raised public awareness of this crime. Networks of perpetrators who had been abusing children and young people over many years were uncovered in Rotherham, Rochdale, Derby, Sheffield, Manchester and Oxford, leading to an increase in activity across all sectors to improve safeguarding and disrupt perpetrators. This research aims to improve understanding of the nature of the relationship between going missing and CSE, and to improve responses to children and young people at risk. Although this issue has been considered at a UK level, very little research into children and young people who go missing and the link between going missing and risk of CSE has been undertaken in Wales. This research was carried out in North Wales but might usefully inform practice across Wales. Details: Cardiff, Wales: Barnardo's, 2016. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 20, 2017 at: http://www.barnardos.org.uk/17312_cse_you_can_trust_me_report_lr-2.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 145062

Author: Pitcher, Jane Title: Diversity in sexual labour: an occupational study of indoor sex work in Great Britain Summary: While there is a considerable body of academic literature on prostitution and sex work, there is relatively little research exploring the working conditions and occupational structures for men and women working in the indoor sex industry. There is a continuing tension between the theoretical position that considers prostitution as gendered exploitation and that which views commercial sex as work, although more recent studies have begun to explore different labour practices in some types of sex work. This thesis moves beyond previous analyses through framing the research theoretically as an occupational study, encompassing the experiences and transitions of female and male sex workers, as well as a small number of transgender participants, and setting these in the context of broader labour market theories and research. Using a qualitative approach, the study considers diverse labour processes and structures in indoor markets and adult sex workers perceptions of the terms and conditions of their work. The research develops an understanding of sex workers agency in relation to state structures, policy frameworks and varied working circumstances. It theorises the relationship of human agency to social stigma and recognition or denial of rights. It extends on existing classifications of pathways into and from sex work and develops typologies incorporating transitions between sub-sectors in the indoor sex industry, as well as temporary and longer-term sex working careers related to varied settings and individual aspirations. While the research identified gendered structures in indoor markets, which reflect those in the broader economy, the findings also contest gender-specific constructions of exploitation and agency through emphasising the diverse experiences of both male and female sex workers. I argue for development of a continuum of agency, which incorporates interlinking concepts such as respect, recognition and economic status and includes both commercial and private intimate relations. I contend that acknowledgement of sexual labour as work is a necessary precondition for recognising sex workers rights and reducing instances of physical and social disrespect. Nonetheless, this is not sufficient to counter social stigma, which is perpetuated by state discourses and policy campaigns which fail to recognise sex workers voices and, in doing so, create new forms of social injustice. Details: Loughborough, Leicestershire: Loughborough University, 2014. 333p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 21, 2017 at: http://ethos.bl.uk/OrderDetails.do?uin=uk.bl.ethos.639741 Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 145146

Author: Smith, Emma Jane Title: 'Violence can mean a lot of things can't it?' An exploration of responses to harm associated with indoor sex work in Scotland Summary: The association of violence with sex work has been widely documented within research and policy. This thesis provides a critique and development of such perspectives. Framed from a qualitative approach, it extends current research which has offered limited insight into the realities of how violence is experienced and responded to by sex workers and agencies involved in the provision of support to sex workers. In this way, the research develops beyond a presumption and narrow understanding of violence/harm in sex work to consider how sex workers and service providers experience, define, and thus construct their responses to harm. Findings from the data indicate variation amongst participants in their responses to harm associated with sex work, with experiences of violence or supporting violence and relationships and interactions between sex workers and service providers being important factors in how these responses are constructed. Both sex workers and service providers, however, recognised and understood associations of sex work with violence and victimisation, and related attempts to encourage individuals to cease or limit involvement in sex work, although this may not apply or be appropriate to all experiences of sex work and sex workers. The thesis contends that in order to gain an informed understanding of, and develop responses to, harm associated with sex work, it is important to consider the diversity of existing experiences of sex work. This should include alternative understandings and experiences of harm that are not limited to, or focused on, violence within sex work, as informed by the experiences of different sex workers. In doing so, there is the potential to better understand and accommodate a range of sex workers' experiences, needs and interests in ways that do not impact on sex workers' safety, or contribute to continued stigmatisation or exclusion, where some sex workers do not identify with a view of their work as harmful, or wish to exit sex work. Consequently this could aid the provision and development of services that respect and offer support where required, for different experiences of sex work amongst sex workers. Details: Stirling, UK: University of Stirling, 2015. 327p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 22, 2017 at: http://dspace.stir.ac.uk/handle/1893/23515#.WPtO__nyvcs Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 145148

Author: Ludwig, Anika Title: Measuring Police Effectiveness Summary: There are 43 territorial Policing areas in England and Wales, one in Northern Ireland, and one in Scotland. There is no serious political movement in favour of a single force to cover England and Wales. The multiplicity of forces makes it, in principle, possible to compare their performance. The UK government introduced elected Police & Crime Commissioners (PCCs) in 2012 with a view to improving the cost-effectiveness and accountability of local policing. It should be possible to compare performance figures from before and since this change to see whether the change itself is likely to have made a difference. As the PCC regime does not cover London or Scotland, it may be possible to make comparisons between forces that have a PCC and forces that do not. However, policing in Northern Ireland is so different in character from that in Great Britain that it cannot meaningfully be compared on the same criteria. We examine previous attempts to measure police efficiency, which are beset by methodological difficulties. Inputs and outputs to measure police efficiency are difficult to measure because of the variety of work police are responsible for and carry out, and because crimes prevented are not measurable. As we can only measure the measurable, we present data on whether the introduction of PCCs have had any impact on public perception, feelings of safety and trust in the police forces. The Labour government (1997-2010) had focused on community safety, and in its later years used levels of public confidence to measure police effectiveness. Effectiveness is, in principle, easier to assess than efficiency. There are two widely used sources: recorded crime statistics produced by the police, and the British Crime Survey. The former are subject to manipulation because of the degree of discretion in deciding what counts as a crime, and what counts as a clear-up. Recorded crime data are no longer certified as National Statistics by the UK Statistics Authority. Our results therefore use the British Crime Survey, but are subject to that survey's limitations. We conclude that the introduction of PCCs has coincided with both a real-terms cut in police spending and an improvement in public satisfaction. But we are unable to show that the introduction of PCCs had any causal effect. Details: Oxford, UK: Gwilym Gibbon Centre for Public Policy Nuffield College, Oxford University, 2017. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed April 22, 2017 at: http://ggcpp.nuff.ox.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/Police-Effectiveness.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 145158

Author: Council of Europe Title: Report to the Government of the United Kingdom on the visit to the United Kingdom carried out by the European Committee for the Prevention of Torture and Inhuman or Degrading Treatment or Punishment (CPT) Summary: The CPT's 2016 periodic visit to the United Kingdom provided an opportunity to review the treatment of persons held in adult and juvenile prisons and police custody in England for the first time since 2008. It also looked at immigration detention. Further, the visit had a specific focus on in-patient adult psychiatry and medium and high secure forensic psychiatry establishments in England. A good level of co-operation was received from both the national authorities and the staff at the establishments visited. However, on a few occasions, access to places of detention was delayed, and the CPT underlines that better coordination is needed to ensure that access to all establishments is rapid and information about the Committee's mandate is disseminated more widely. More generally, in light of the principle of co-operation, the CPT trusts that prompt and effective action is now taken to address long-standing recommendations such as prison overcrowding. Law enforcement agencies The CPT's delegation found that most people deprived of their liberty by the police were treated in a correct manner. It did, however, receive some allegations of verbal abuse from officers towards detained persons at the moment of apprehension and during transport to custody suites and of handcuffs being applied excessively tightly at the time of arrest. The CPT recommends that the United Kingdom authorities make it clear that verbal abuse towards detained persons is unacceptable and that handcuffs should never be applied excessively tightly. The CPT notes that there appeared to be no uniform approach to the use of means of restraint across the 43 police forces in England and Wales and it recommends that the safety of the use of 'spit helmets', velcro fixation straps and Emergency Response Belts in police custody suites be reviewed. Moreover, the CPT recommends that 'Pava' spray should not form part of the standard equipment of custodial staff and should not be used in confined spaces. In general, persons deprived of their liberty by the police were afforded the safeguards laid down in PACE Code C. However, several deficiencies were observed such as a protection vacuum when arrested persons had to wait for up to two hours in holding rooms before their detention was formally authorised and before they were informed of their rights by custody sergeants. The CPT recommends that all detained persons should be fully informed of their rights as from the very outset of their deprivation of liberty (and thereafter of any authorised delay) and current deficiencies impeding the complete recording of the fact of a person's detention should be rectified. Access to a lawyer and a doctor or nurse was generally being facilitated promptly in all police establishments visited. However, there was a lack of respect for lawyer-client confidentiality during consultation by telephone at Southwark and Doncaster Police Stations. As regards custody records, the CPT recommends that whenever a person is deprived of their liberty this fact is formally and accurately recorded without delay and without misrepresentation as to the location of custody, which was not the case at the TACT suite at Paddington Green Police Station. The material conditions of the custody cells in the police establishments visited were generally of a good standard. There was, however, a lack of access to natural light in many cells and most establishments visited were not equipped with proper exercise yards. The conditions at Paddington Green 'TACT' Suite, in particular, were inadequate and needed upgrading. Adult and juvenile prisons The CPT welcomes the recent recognition of the need for profound reform of the prison system at the highest political level. The CPT's delegation discussed the nature and scope of the prison reform agenda with the authorities, where it stressed the problem of violence in prisons. In the view of the CPT, taking resolute action to tackle the problem of violence in prisons in England and Wales is a prerequisite for the successful implementation of other elements of the authorities' reform agenda. The CPT recalls that the adverse effects of overcrowding and lack of purposeful regime have been repeatedly highlighted by the Committee since 1990. Over the last 25 years, the prison population has nearly doubled, and almost all adult prisons now operate at or near full operational capacity and well above their certified normal capacity. The CPT emphasises that unless determined action is taken to significantly reduce the current prison population, the regime improvements envisaged by the authorities' reform agenda will remain unattainable. The CPT's delegation received almost no complaints about physical ill-treatment of inmates by staff in the prisons visited. Nevertheless, it did receive a few complaints about verbal abuse and observed tense relations between staff and inmates. It was, however, deeply concerned by the amount of severe generalised violence evident in each of the prisons visited, notably inter-prisoner violence and attacks by prisoners on staff. Injuries to both prisoners and staff, documented over the previous three months, included inter alia cases of scalding water being thrown over victims and 'shank' (make-shift knife) wounds, and frequently required hospitalisation and in one case resulted in the death of an inmate. The CPT examined the violence through the prism of three criteria: recording incidents of violence, responding to such incidents and specific measures taken to reduce violence. Despite the considerable number of instruments established to capture data regarding violent incidents, there were systemic and structural weaknesses in the documentation process. At both Doncaster and Pentonville Prisons, the delegation gained the impression that the actual number of violent incidents appreciably exceeded the number recorded. This issue appeared to be particularly acute at Doncaster Prison, where the delegation established that some violent incidents had either not been recorded or recorded as being less serious than they were in practice. Moreover, the delegation observed first-hand that violent incidents were not always reported by staff. While the number of recorded violent incidents at all prisons visited was alarmingly high, the CPT believes that these figures under-record the actual number of incidents and consequently fail to afford a true picture of the severity of the situation. Further, inmates at both Doncaster and Pentonville Prisons complained that staff responded slowly to violent incidents. This fuelled a feeling of fear and a perception of a lack of safety among inmates. The consequence was a lack of trust in the staff's ability to maintain prisoner safety. As a start, the CPT recommends that the time taken to respond to inmates' call bells be improved. The CPT is also not convinced of the effectiveness of the specific ongoing measures initiated to reduce and prevent violence and recommends that a far greater investment in preventing violence be undertaken. The CPT's findings in the establishments visited indicate that the duty of care to protect prisoners was not always being discharged given the apparent lack of effective action to reduce the high levels of violence. The cumulative effect of certain systemic failings was that none of the establishments visited could be considered safe for prisoners or staff. The CPT recommends that concrete measures be taken to bring prisons back under the effective control of staff, reversing the recent trends of escalating violence. At Cookham Wood YOI, the high levels of violence were managed primarily through locking juveniles up for long periods of time, on occasion for up to 23.5 hours per day; greater investment in establishing more small specialised units to manage juveniles with complex needs should be made. The CPT underlines that many aspects of prison life are negatively affected by the state of overcrowding in the prison system. For example, living conditions in the prisons visited, in particular Pentonville Prison, were adversely affected by the chronic overcrowding: cells originally designed for one prisoner now hold two. Equally, overcrowding also significantly affects the regime. The delegation found that the regimes in all prison establishments visited were inadequate, with a considerable number of prisoners spending up to 22 hours per day locked up in their cells. Many inmates stated that the long lock-up times contributed to a sense of frustration. The CPT recommends that steps be taken to ensure that inmates attend education and purposeful activities on a daily basis, with the aim that all inmates on a normal regime spend at least eight hours out-of-cell. At Cookham Wood YOI, juveniles on a normal regime spent on average only five hours out of their cells each day. The situation was particularly austere for those juveniles who were placed on 'separation' lists (denoted by vivid pink stickers of 'do not unlock' on their cell doors), who could spend up to 23.5 hours a day locked up alone in their cells. In the CPT's view, holding juveniles in such conditions amounts to inhuman and degrading treatment and all juveniles should be provided with a purposeful regime and considerably more time of cell than is currently the case. As regards the provision of health-care in the prisons visited, the delegation noted that health-care staffing levels were, with a few exceptions, adequate and there was generally good medical documentation of injuries. Medical screening of prisoners upon arrival was of a good quality and carried out promptly. That said, medical confidentiality was not always respected. For example, medication was given to prisoners in corridors or dispensed through a hatch in view of other prisoners. Also prisoners continued to be systematically handcuffed during hospital transfers; the CPT reiterates that handcuffs should only be applied after an individualised risk assessment. Delays in prisoners with mental-health problems being transferred to psychiatric hospitals, in some cases for several months, remain a problem. Further, the placement of prisoners with acute mental health conditions in segregation units is inappropriate. The CPT recommends that prisoners suffering from severe mental illnesses are transferred immediately to an appropriate mental health facility. In this connection, high priority should be given to increasing the number of beds in psychiatric hospitals to ensure that in-patient health-care units, such as the one at Pentonville Prison, do not become a substitute for the transfer of a patient to a dedicated facility. Further, all prison staff should be trained to recognise the major symptoms of mental ill-health and understand referral procedures. Details: Strasbourg: Council of Europe, 2017. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2017 at: https://rm.coe.int/CoERMPublicCommonSearchServices/DisplayDCTMContent?documentId=090000168070a773 Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Health Shelf Number: 145160

Author: Halsey, Karen Title: Young people, crime and public perceptions: a review of the literature Summary: Offending amongst young people has been at the centre of public and policy makers' attention in recent years. Media coverage of high profile cases and the frequent portrayal of hooded teenagers 'terrorising' communities would suggest that young people are becoming increasingly criminalised. The consequence of this intense focus on young people's behaviour means that they may be faced with the challenge of growing up in a culture that has widespread negative perceptions of youth. NFER conducted a literature review which sought to examine the relationship between actual levels of youth crime and the public's perception of youth crime. Key Findings: A scoping of the literature revealed that the public's view of youth crime is a relatively under researched area, with little systematic attempt to define and measure public opinion. From the few studies completed, it can be said that there is a tendency for the public to over estimate the scale of youth crime. NFER conducted a separate piece of statistical analysis using public perception data from the Best Value User Satisfaction Survey 2006-07 and Youth Justice Board annual offending data 2005-2006. No correlation was found between the two sets of data, which again suggests that the public's perception of youth behaviour does not always relate to actual levels of youth offending. As no significant relationship was apparent, other factors, rather than the direct experience of 'youth crime', may be responsible for a mismatch between perceptions and the realities of offending behaviour (e.g. media influence, a government focus on anti-social behaviour). Details: London: Local Government Association, 2009. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2017 at: https://www.nfer.ac.uk/publications/LYC01/LYC01.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 145161

Author: Wespieser, Karen Title: Young people and e-safety. The results of the 2015 London Grid for Learning e-safety survey Summary: The focus of the survey was to look at the wide and common online activities of London's young people. As found in previous LGfL surveys, children and young people use technology to have fun, study and communicate with others. Most children and young people have positive experiences online. On the whole they are sensible online and do not put themselves 'at risk'. However, there remain a number of areas where schools can support young people - and their families - in increasing their online safety. Nine out of ten young people access the Internet at home. Ten per cent of pupils therefore do not. Just over a third of young people would like more opportunity to use computers at school. As found in previous LGfL surveys , children and young people use technology to have fun, study and communicate with others. Most children and young people have positive experiences online. They are sensible online and do not put themselves 'at risk'. An increasing number of young people own their own device. Young people access the Internet through a range of devices but there are significant differences between boys and girls; boys use games consoles more than girls and more girls have a mobile device than boys. Very few young people report that they use these devices to access the Internet away from home. The home is therefore the key location for going online, outside of school. Forty per cent of 7-year-olds report that their parents always know what they do online; a percentage that (understandably) drops with age. Just over half of young people use a password on their device at home. This is slightly lower for devices that young people use at school. Of those that use a password, half report that someone else knows it, although the majority identified this person as a family member at home. Of those that use a password, a majority reported they do not change it regularly. Over half say that they never change it. Young people report that they spend their time online doing school work or studying. Three-quarters of young people report that they like playing games online but as they get older they play games less and spend more time on social networks and chat sites. Overall, the use of the Internet becomes more diverse as young people get older. There are also gender differences. More girls than boys listen or download music and use instant messaging. Conversely, more boys than girls report using YouTube and playing games. Many children play games not suitable for their age and a small but concerning minority play 18+ rated games. Of the young people playing age inappropriate games, two-thirds are boys. Furthermore, the greatest proportion of children who report playing these games also report they have parental consent. Unsuitable games include titles such as 'Grand Theft Auto' and 'Call of Duty'. Details: Slough: National Foundation for Educational Research, 2015. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2017 at; https://www.lgfl.net/downloads/online-safety/LGfL-OS-2015-E-Safety-Survey-Final-Report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 145162

Author: Sanders-McDonagh, Erin Title: Women's Open Space Project Evaluation: Final Report Summary: This report presents findings from an evaluation of the WOS project, carried out between July 2011 and March 2012. The evaluation sought to analyze the impact and efficacy of services offered to street-based sex workers by WOS and to look at the NHYC model of engagement with young women at risk of sexual exploitation. This report will provide an analysis of service delivery and user-engagement with WOS and NHYC, and will highlight areas of best practice in engaging with street-based sex workers and with young women at risk of sexual exploitation. The Women's Open Space (WOS) project works with street-based sex workers in North London, effectively combines outreach and drop-in services to meet the specific needs of their client base. Women at the drop-in felt the most vital services they received related to housing, health (physical, sexual, and mental), and emotional support. WOS has helped women make positive changes to their lives and encourages them to engage with services that are appropriate for them. Many of the women at the drop-in had reduced or stabilized their drug use; some of them were practicing safer sex because of information and advice received at the service; others were in stable accommodation as a direct result of the WOS project's intercession. The organizational philosophy of WOS means that the services provided for sex workers are user-led and take a holistic approach to helping women. This gives women a sense of ownership about their interactions with the project, and all of the women we spoke to felt the WOS project had made a significant difference to their physical and emotional well being. WOS work effectively with other third sector and statutory bodies to ensure that sex workers have access to a range of services that will help provide support and stability. Their positive working relationships are evidence of good practice in the field. Young women who are at risk of sexual exploitation are effectively engaged with youth services through the New Horizon Youth Centre (NHYC). WOS and NHYC work together to ensure that young women who are at risk of sexual exploitation or who are facing sexually exploitative situations are encouraged to access targeted youth interventions, which diverts young women from becoming fully entrenched in sex working. This cooperative model is something that could and should be employed in other areas. Both WOS and NHYC take a holistic approach to working with their clients, and have built up trust with women that are particularly 'hard-to-reach'. These relationships are having a positive impact on the lives of those who attend the drop-in services, which is partly due to the model of working, but also connects to the particular knowledge and expertise of the WOS/NHYC staff. Introduction Details: London: New Horizon Youth Centre, 2012. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2017 at: http://eprints.mdx.ac.uk/14536/3/WOSFinalReport2012Sept.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 145163

Author: National Crime Agency (UK) Title: Pathways Into Cyber Crime Summary: The report, which is based on debriefs with offenders and those on the fringes of criminality, explores why young people assessed as unlikely to commit more traditional crimes get involved in cyber crime. The report emphasises that financial gain is not necessarily a priority for young offenders. Instead, the sense of accomplishment at completing a challenge, and proving oneself to peers in order to increase online reputations are the main motivations for those involved in cyber criminality. During his debrief, Subject 7, who was jailed for Computer Misuse Act and fraud offences, told officers, "..it made me popular, I enjoyed the feeling... I looked up to those users with the best reputations". The report identifies that some offenders begin by participating in gaming cheat websites and 'modding' (game modification) forums before progressing to criminal hacking forums. The assessment notes that off-the-shelf tools such as DDOS-for-hire services and Remote Access Trojans (RATs) are available with step by step tutorials at little to no cost to the user, making the skills barrier for entry into cyber crime lower than it has ever been. It also highlights that whilst there is no socio-demographic bias, with people across the country from different backgrounds among offenders, the average age of cyber criminals is significantly younger than other crime types. In 2015, the average age of suspects in NCA cyber crime investigations was 17 years old, compared to 37 in NCA drugs cases and 39 in NCA economic crime cases. Subject 1, a member of a hacking collective who sold DDoS tools and Botnet services, told officers that a warning from law enforcement would have made him stop his activities. The report also identifies education and opportunities to use skills positively as helpful in steering potential offenders towards a future career in cyber security. Details: London: NCA, 2017. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2017 at: http://www.nationalcrimeagency.gov.uk/publications/791-pathways-into-cyber-crime/f Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 145184

Author: Higgins, Andy Title: Neighbourhood Policing: A Police Force Typology Summary: In early 2017 we stand at the mid-point between two national visions for neighbourhood policing: those embodied by the Neighbourhood Policing Programme, which culminated in 2008, and the Policing Vision 2025, published last year. At present however, the picture regarding neighbourhood policing looks fragmented and opaque and is increasingly generating concern. In this paper we use the available secondary data to chart the divergent trajectories of neighbourhood policing in forces across England and Wales since 2008. We present a working 'typology' as a framework for understanding the range of strategies adopted in response to the changing resource, demand and political context during the period. Details: London: Police Foundation, 2017. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2017 at: http://www.police-foundation.org.uk/uploads/holding/projects/neighbourhood_policing_a_police_%20force_typology.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 145185

Author: Chowdry, Haroon Title: Disadvantage, Behaviour and Cognitive Outcomes: Longitudinal Analysis from Age 5 to 16 Summary: The importance of children's social and emotional skills for life outcomes is well established, as is the link between these skills and family income. The combination of both of these can serve to entrench the cycle of inter-generational disadvantage. Previous work has shown that poorer children exhibit more behavioural and emotional problems on average than their wealthier peers, and that this gap appears early in childhood; less is known about the reasons why this might be and how long it persists for. There is also limited evidence on what might drive the interplay between early behaviour and later cognitive skills such as literacy and numeracy. In this report we present findings from new research on the following questions: (1) What is the relationship between economic disadvantage and child behavioural and emotional problems? Our analysis shows that there is a higher prevalence of behavioural and emotional problems among disadvantaged children. We also find that this discrepancy can be fully accounted for by differences in maternal psychological well-being and parental education. This does not mean that economic disadvantage does not matter. However, it does suggest that it is factors associated with disadvantage, rather than economic disadvantage itself, that lead to the social gradient in child behavioural and emotional problems. Poor maternal psychological well-being explains around half of the socioeconomic disparity in behavioural and emotional problems. However, its association with these problems is only present in low- medium-income families, and the effect is strongest for children in poverty. This suggests that higher family income (or factors associated with it) may act as a protective factor against the risks from poor maternal psychological well-being, or that factors associated with poverty may amplify those risks. There is a lower incidence of behavioural and emotional problems in children with highly educated parents. It is likely that parental education is capturing a range of influences, such as the quality of parenting, of the home learning environment and of parent-child interactions. All of these factors may contribute to children's socio‐ emotional development and behaviour throughout childhood. (2) How do child behavioural and emotional problems influence later cognitive skills and attainment? Children with higher levels of behavioural and emotional problems at age 5 do less well, on average, in cognitive assessments - specifically, literacy and numeracy scores - at age 10 and age 16. This correlation remains, but to a lesser extent, after taking into account other individual and family factors that may contribute to this relationship. For example, parental education and maternal psychological well-being together explain half of the correlation between age 5 behavioural and emotional problems and age 10 cognitive skills. There is a statistically significant link between behavioural and emotional problems at age 5 and cognitive scores at age 16. However, this is fully explained when we control for cognitive scores and behavioural and emotional problems at age 10. In other words, after this is taken into account, there is no independent link between behavioural and emotional problems at age 5 and cognitive skills at age 16. One potential way to interpret this is that early childhood behavioural and emotional problems need not present a risk for future educational attainment if they can be turned around by age 10. Higher parental education is associated with higher cognitive scores, even after taking into account earlier cognitive scores and behaviours. This may reflect ongoing features of the home environment or parenting style that continue to influence children's learning and ability even into adolescence. Our findings highlight the interplay between cognitive and non‐cognitive outcomes, and the family-level factors that may contribute to these outcomes. Parental education and poor maternal well-being contribute to higher behavioural and emotional problems and lower cognitive scores, especially in early childhood. Behavioural and emotional problems at age 5 then contribute to behavioural and emotional problems and lower cognitive scores at age 10, which in turn contribute to lower cognitive scores at 16. As a result these factors can cast 'long shadows' into adolescence and early adulthood, if unaddressed through interventions or additional support. Details: London: Early Prevention Foundation, 2017. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 29, 2017 at: http://www.eif.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/disadvantage-behaviour-cognitive_Mar2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 145200

Author: Sentencing Council for England and Wales Title: Sentencing Children and Young People Overarching Principles and Offence Specific Guidelines for Sexual Offences and Robbery Definitive Guideline Summary: The Sentencing Council issues this definitive guideline in accordance with section 120 of the Coroners and Justice Act 2009. It applies to all children or young people, who are sentenced on or after 1 June 2017, regardless of the date of the offence. Section 125(1) of the Coroners and Justice Act 2009 provides that when sentencing offences committed after 6 April 2010: "Every court - (a) must, in sentencing an offender, follow any sentencing guidelines which are relevant to the offender's case, and (b) must, in exercising any other function relating to the sentencing of offenders, follow any sentencing guidelines which are relevant to the exercise of the function, unless the court is satisfied that it would be contrary to the interests of justice to do so." Guidance for sentencing children and young people set out in the 2006 robbery guideline and the 2007 sexual offences guideline, both produced by the Sentencing Guidelines Council, are replaced by this guideline. Details: London: The Council, 2017. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 29, 2017 at: https://www.sentencingcouncil.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/Sentencing-Children-and-young-people-Definitive-Guide_FINAL_WEB.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 145201

Author: Belton, Emma Title: Turn the Page: Manualised Treatment Programme: Final Evaluation Report Summary: Harmful sexual behaviour (HSB) is defined as one or more children engaging in sexual discussions or acts that are inappropriate for their age or stage of development. These can range from using sexually explicit words and phrases to full penetrative sex with other children or adults. (Rich, 2011) - The NSPCC prevalence study found that two-thirds of contact sexual abuse experienced by 0-17-year-olds was committed by peers (Radford et al, 2011). As well as representing a current concern in terms of actual and potential victims, if not addressed, there is a risk that for some young people this behaviour may continue into adulthood. - Young people involved in HSB are diverse in terms of the reasons for their behaviour and the type of HSB they engage in. Many have experienced difficult family circumstances (Vizard et al, 2007) or previous abuse or trauma (Hackett et al, 2013). This in turn can lead to problems with attachment, peer relationships and deficits in self-regulation and inhibitory control (Creeden, 2013). - The treatment of young people with HSB needs to attempt to change a young person's behaviour as well as addressing the reasons they engage in HSB, their family relationships and context (Hackett, 2004). Currently, there is little research evidence on what treatment approaches are effective, and the level, content and quality of service provision varies (Home Office and DH, 2006; Hackett, 2004; NICE, 2015). - As part of the Turn the Page service, the NSPCC has been using the Change for Good manual (McCrory, 2011) to work with young males aged 12-18 years with HSB. The manual has been in use across 12 sites since 2011. It is a strengths-based intervention that addresses the young person's HSB in the context of the social and emotional challenges they are facing. - The programme is delivered over 30 sessions: 26 structured one-to-one sessions and four additional non-manualised flexible sessions used to address individual need. Details: London: National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children, 2017. 52p., technical report. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 29, 2017 at: https://www.nspcc.org.uk/globalassets/documents/research-reports/turn-the-page-manualised-treatment-programme-final-evaluation-report-regular-text-version.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Sex Offenders Shelf Number: 145202

Author: Watkins, Lucy Title: An evaluation of The Freedom Programme: A prison support programme for women who have experienced domestic violence Summary: This research evaluated The Freedom Programme - a group work support programme for women in prison. Three research questions were addressed: does the programme help women to develop ways of thinking and behaving that protect themselves, their children and others from harm; is the programme of equal value for BME women, lesbian women etc. as it is for white heterosexual women; and to what extent do women value the process of being able to discuss, share and explore issues with other women? The research questions were addressed through 14 interviews with women who attended the programme, four interviews with facilitators and observation of two sessions. Analysis of the interviews and participant observation revealed that The Freedom Programme had a number of limitations. Women generally found the programme enjoyable, liked the opportunity to discuss their experiences with other women and felt that they had learned about warning signs which would prevent future abusive relationships. However, some of the problematic issues were (i) the course raised awareness of domestic violence issues which was not in line with the official programme aims (ii) there was a lack of support outside of sessions (iii) resettlement issues were not addressed and (iv) there were issues with the processes of the programme including staff training and use of male facilitators. Details: London: Griffins Society, 2009. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 29, 2017 at: http://www.thegriffinssociety.org/system/files/papers/fullreport/research_paper_2009_01_watkins.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Abused Women Shelf Number: 145208

Author: Belton, Emma Title: Turn the Page: Learning from a Manualised Approach to Treating Harmful Sexual Behaviour Summary: Background - The NSPCC prevalence survey found that two-thirds of contact sexual abuse experienced by 0-17-year-olds was committed by peers (Radford et al, 2011). If not addressed, there is a risk that for some young people the problematic behaviour will continue into adulthood. - There has been little research on what treatment approaches are effective for HSB, and provision is variable in terms of volume, content and quality (DH and Home Office and DH, 2006). - The NSPCC delivers a manualised treatment programme for young males aged 12-18 with HSB. The programme uses the Change for Good manual (McCrory, 2011), a strengths-based intervention that addresses the young person's HSB in the context of the social and emotional challenges they face. - The manual is delivered over 30 sessions: 26 structured one-to-one and four additional flexible sessions, used to address individual needs. The programme has been delivered by NSPCC practitioners at 11 sites across the UK since 2011. Method - A range of standardised measures, matched to the main treatment components of the manual are administered with young people and parents/carers pre and post programme to measure change. Longer-term change will be assessed through three and five-year post-programme reconviction studies. Both these components will be reported on at a later date. - The qualitative evaluation presented in this report focused on the use of the manual in a social care context. A case study approach was used, so where possible, in-depth interviews were held with the young person, their parent or carer, the referrer and the NSPCC practitioners delivering the programme. - It was not always possible to hear all four perspectives on each case but despite this, the final sample was diverse and included 13 different cases and 40 interviewees. - One limitation of the sample is that it does not include directly the perspective of young people who did not complete the programme or found it a negative experience. Findings - Motivation to attend and engage with the programme varied and sometimes changed over time. Young people with intrinsic motivation recognised that their behaviour was problematic and wanted help to move forward with their life. These young people were often determined to stick with the programme even if it was difficult. - External pressure to attend the programme from parents, carers or referrers sometimes encouraged young people to attend and eventually engage; in other cases it resulted in a superficial level of engagement where young people did not take on the messages from the programme. - Programme length influenced motivation in some cases, with young people at times beginning to feel that the programme was taking too long. Practitioners managed this by either truncating the programme so the young person attended for a fixed number of further sessions, or by increasing the frequency or length of sessions to finish the programme more quickly. - Practitioners used a range of creative methods to help engage young people with the programme material. Having the flexibility to adapt the delivery method to each young person and respond to individual needs, was important in helping maintain young people's level of interest. - Young people's level of commitment to the home projects was highly variable. When completed, it sometimes helped reinforce the programme and get young people to think about the work between sessions. However, not all young people completed the home projects and even when completed, the quality was mixed. - Some parents and carers played an important role in reminding young people about the home project and helping them with any queries. However, not all of them felt able to fulfil this role; they were not always aware that a home project had been set or did not know enough about the work undertaken in the session. - Parents and carers helped in supporting young people to attend the programme and in reinforcing the work at home. However, not all parents or carers had come to terms with the young person's HSB or had the capacity to give the support that was needed. Practitioners often filled this gap and worked with parents or carers, but this sometimes presented a challenge in terms of how much time they could spend on this. - Referrers could pick up work with parents or carers, or additional issues young people needed support with that were outside the remit of the programme. However, not all referrers were actively involved in the case while the programme was being delivered, and some had even closed the case. - Outcomes identified for young people included more understanding of what is unacceptable sexual behaviour; the triggers for HSB, and having strategies to manage these. The programme also helped young people to think things through before acting and to become more aware of other people's perspectives. - Young people also became more confident and less withdrawn. Having the time to discuss their background, previous experiences and the role these may have played in getting involved in HSB helped young people to make sense of their lives and feel better about themselves. - The therapeutic relationship between the young person and practitioner was important in helping young people engage in the programme and have these conversations. Often young people did not have anyone else they could talk to or get advice from. The discussions helped clarify things they were unsure about or release emotions they had bottled up. - A number of young people had previous experience of abuse, neglect or changing foster placements. This sometimes made it difficult for them to focus on the sessions or meant that practitioners had to spend additional time supporting them. - Practitioners felt they had followed the manual quite closely and met the objectives for the session, but used more creative methods to deliver the material. Where practitioners had moved away from the manual, this was a result of responding to individual problems faced by young people. - Some young people found it difficult to implement the strategies learnt in the programme when the input from practitioners finished. External support had sometimes been built in through the use of mentors or follow-up appointments to provide continued support. Details: London: National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children, 2017. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 1, 2017 at: https://www.nspcc.org.uk/globalassets/documents/evaluation-of-services/turn-the-page-report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Sex Offenders Shelf Number: 145217

Author: Miles, Rosie Title: Restorative Justice: Female Offenders in Restorative Justice Conferences Summary: The use of restorative justice looks set to increase over the coming years. There is general academic consensus that restorative justice performs highly in terms of victim satisfaction and Randomised Control Trials (RCTs) have demonstrated that it can significantly reduce the reoffending of those offenders who take part. However, much of the evidence is based on research with male offenders. This report examines the experiences of female offenders (women and girls) in restorative justice conferences, through a literature review of the available evidence and then through interviews with restorative justice practitioners who have worked with both male and female offenders. The interviews with practitioners focused on the following questions: 1 Do restorative justice practitioners treat male and female offenders differently? 2 What types of cases involving female offenders go to conference? 3 Do practitioners notice any differences between male and female offenders in terms of how they react to the restorative justice process? 4 Are there risks with female offenders that practitioners think should be given particular consideration? Details: London: Griffins Society, 2013. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Research paper 2013/02: Accessed May 1, 2017 at: http://www.thegriffinssociety.org/system/files/papers/fullreport/research_paper_2013_02.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Offenders Shelf Number: 145218

Author: Marougka, Matina Title: Sentencing Women: Considering the factors that influence decision-making. Interviews with sentencers and probation officers Summary: It is widely thought that women are disproportionate imprisoned in comparison to their male counterparts. It might be expected that this would have changed following publication of the Corston Report (Home Office, 2007) but there has been little research about the sentencing of women since Corston. This research project is based on interviews with judges, magistrates and probation officers in order to explore the factors that influence decision-making when sentencing women; and what sentencers take into account when they sentence or remand women to custody. The research also explores the interviewees' awareness of women-specific needs and gender-specific community resources - and the influence that this knowledge may have on the sentencing process. Interviewees were also invited to comment on how they use community options and prison remand for women. Details: London: Griffins Society, 2012. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Paper 2012/03: Accessed May 1, 2017 at: http://www.thegriffinssociety.org/system/files/papers/fullreport/griffins_research_report_2012-03_final.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Offenders Shelf Number: 145219

Author: Deedes, Rosie Title: 'Double invisibility': Recalled and female - and forgotten in the Criminal Justice System? Summary: This research looked at the reasons that women return to custody following a breach of licence (recall). Its purpose was to find out more about why women come back to custody; to see if there were discrepancies in the reporting; and to find out whether there were certain women more at risk of being recalled than others. The research also asked whether women who had been recalled had particular difficulties resettling into the community. Findings The increase in number of recalls is due to legislation, government attitude, pressure from the media, changes in probation culture and ethos, and greater emphasis on risk avoidance. Offenders, who have chaotic lives are more likely to find it difficult to comply with their licence conditions so they are returned to custody more quickly than offenders who are more organised and have stronger support structures. Offender Managers are less likely to address the welfare needs of these offenders directly because of recent changes in ethos. They are less able to respond to particular difficulties offenders face during the transition from prison to community or their general resettlement needs. Women with complex needs are more disadvantaged by these changes. It is harder to secure accommodation for female than male offenders. This means that when women are recalled they may be held in prison longer than men. A trusting relationship between offender and Offender Manager may contribute to the successful completion of a licence period; however there are practical and emotional obstacles making it more difficult for some women to establish this kind of relationship. Professionals have less experience of working with women released from custody than men and possibly have less understanding of women's specific needs. Recommendations 1. Simplify the language used on licences, the number of conditions routinely used, and make the most subjective conditions clearer and offender-specific. 2. Record accurate and detailed statistics about the numbers of male and female offenders recalled; how quickly postrelease breach occurs; and which conditions are breached. 3. Review the risk-avoidance approach which impacts most harshly and unfairly on offenders who are most needy. 4. Use the powers of immediate recall only in the case of serious risk to the public. 5. Ensure that offenders who do not pose immediate risk to the public have opportunities to make representation against recall before they are returned to custody. 6. Ensure that professionals involved in the process of recall have greater understanding of the needs of complex women offenders, and allow them more discretion in applying rules of breach and recall. 7. Target interventions and support for offenders most at risk of recall, through multi agency work, pre- and post-release. 8. Provide consistent support for those most at risk of recall, especially female offenders, so that they can develop trusting relationships with an individual whilst in prison and after release, and use the model of welfare support when it is considered appropriate to do so. 9. Encourage additional research into this subject - to compare male and female offenders who are recalled, and to gather quantitative data about the characteristics of offenders who are recalled as opposed to offenders who successfully complete their licenses. 10. Increase the 'visibility' of recalled women. Details: London: Griffins Society, 2009. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Paper 2009/03: Accessed May 2, 2017 at: http://www.thegriffinssociety.org/system/files/papers/fullreport/research_paper_2009_03_deedes.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Offenders Shelf Number: 145230

Author: Saunders, Daniel G. Title: State Laws Related to Family Judges' and Custody Evaluators' Recommendations in Cases of Intimate Partner Violence Summary: The purpose of this study is to better understand the relation between family law statutes and professionals' recommendations for child custody and visitation in intimate partner violence (IPV) cases. Samples consisted of 512 child custody evaluators and 200 judges from 46 states. Survey participants responded to a case vignette of serious intimate partner violence (IPV). In addition, evaluators indicated their history of actual recommendations in IPV cases. Eight child custody laws were related to the custody-visitation outcomes. Based on past research with judges, "friendly parent" laws were included, a standard for custody determination by which parents need to facilitate a good relationship between their children and the other parent. Only a small percentage of the many statistical relationships assessed were significant. When there were laws that exempted IPV cases from friendly parent standards, judges tended to favor victim-supportive outcomes, such as awarding sole custody to victims. These findings generally held when controlling for beliefs about IPV and custody, IPV knowledge acquisition, and background characteristics. In an analysis combining both samples, an overall outcome favoring the abuser was significantly higher in "friendly parent" states, even with the presence of laws presuming the abuser should not have custody. Implications are provided for policies, practice and future research. Details: Ann Arbor, MI: School of Social Work, University of Michigan, 2016. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/250667.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Custody Shelf Number: 145302

Author: Henstock, Darren Title: Testing the Effects of Body Worn Video on Police Use of Force during Arrest: A Randomised Controlled Trial Summary: There is, at present, a worldwide uncontrolled social experiment taking place within policing. Body worn cameras have been rolled-out in many forces worldwide, aiming to improve the procedural compliance of officers and reduce the incidence of use of force. Yet rigorous evidence is virtually non-existent on this multi-billion dollar industry, on either its efficacy or cost-effectiveness. This study tested the effect of body worn cameras within a large UK force in a six month randomised-controlled-trial, whilst observing the effect within pre-specified force categories. Overall a 50% reduction in the odds of force being used was recorded when body worn cameras are present compared to control conditions, interpreted to be a result of the deterrence-effect body worn cameras have on officers, offenders, or both. However, the effect concentrates in open-hand tactics, with no discernible effect on categories of more aggressive force responses. Furthermore, 40% 'more force' was detected in treatment-conditions for handcuffing compliant suspects - contextualised as enhanced transparency and accountability, rather than a backfiring-effect. In logical conclusion to this recorded reduction in low level use of force, the study documents a 65% reduction in recorded injuries to persons arrested, but counter-intuitively a corresponding increase in reported injuries to officers. This seemingly unexpected finding is attributed to improved confidence in reporting by officers rather than the cameras creating more aggression towards them. Finally, the dissertation also considers issues surrounding the implementation of body worn camera experiments. Details: Cambridge, UK: Wolfson College, 2015. 107p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed May 4, 2017 at: http://www.crim.cam.ac.uk/alumni/theses/Darren%20Henstock.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 145315

Author: Lloyd, Charlie Title: Evaluation of the Drug Recovery Wing Pilots: Scoping and Feasibility Report Summary: The three-year study by researchers in the University's Department of Health Sciences in partnership with Centre for Drug Misuse Research in Glasgow and the University of Cambridge, aims to assess what impact DRWs have on prisoners' drug or alcohol dependency and their impact on prisoners' re-offending. It will identify which DRWs are most successful and focus on therapeutic programmes and interventions which work best. Researchers will also study DRWs' impact on the broader prison population and the economic costs and savings associated with them. Details: York, UK: University of York, 2014. 308p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 6, 2017 at: https://www.york.ac.uk/media/healthsciences/images/research/mharg/projects/scoping%20and%20feasibility%20report%20with%20full%20appendices%2031.3.14.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Program Shelf Number: 145334

Author: DuMont, Sophie Title: Where did it all go wrong? A study into the use of community sentences in England and Wales Summary: Despite overall crime falling, our criminal justice system remains under pressure. Nowhere is that more apparent than in our prisons, which are, in the words of the former Chief Inspector, "in their worst state for a decade", with violence, overcrowding and self-harm higher than at any point on record. Policymakers have long understood that a key part of the solution to an overstretched prison system lies in a more effective regime of community sentences, able to secure the confidence of magistrates and the public. As far back as 2003, Pat Carter (whose review presaged the creation of the National Offender Management Service) was calling for sentences in the community "to be made more demanding" as a way to re-balance the system. And in November 2016, the Lord Chief Justice called for more offenders to be sentenced to "tough" and "visible" alternatives in the community, in order to reduce the numbers sent to prison. The notion that community sentences can be a more effective, cheaper alternative to prison is supported by a strong body of evidence. At their best, sentences served in the community can offer a powerful tool for addressing the root causes of offending behaviour, reducing the rate at which an offender reoffends and thus lowering demand on the system overall. Yet despite their obvious potential, community sentences (community orders and suspended sentence orders) are being used less than at any point over the last 15 years. Since 2004, the numbers sentenced to community orders have halved, and overall numbers of sentences served in the community are down 25%, whilst the numbers sentenced to custody have remained relatively stable. Not only is this fuelling unnecessary pressure on our prisons, it is impacting the financial viability of community rehabilitation companies, who are struggling to cope with a lower than anticipated volume of paid work. This report is the first systematic attempt in over a decade to understand what lies behind this phenomenon. It reveals that community sentences: - are implemented in a way that bears little resemblance to the evidence of what works: they are neither intensive, swift, nor punitive enough to act as a proper deterrent. Most importantly, offenders are not held properly to account for complying with their sentence. The Probation Inspectorate (HMIP) has found that in a third of cases where the offender breached their order, "insufficient effort was made by the CRC responsible officer to re-engage them" ; - are failing to transform lives, acting as little more than a stepping stone on the path to prison: 35% of those sentenced to custody have received at least five previous community sentences; - have lost the confidence of magistrates: a new survey of magistrates commissioned for this report reveals that over a third of magistrates (37%) are not confident that community sentences are an effective alternative to custody, and two thirds (65%) are not confident that community sentences reduce crime. These problems are the result of long term structural issues relating to the operation of the criminal justice system, which largely pre-date recent changes to the mix of crimes and government policy reforms. In particular, there appears to have been a long term decline in: the quality/depth of advice provided to the court to guide sentencing decisions - in the form of 'pre-sentence reports' (PSR): there has been a transition over the past decade from PSRs being detailed, written reports to speedy, short, written and oral reports. Almost half (42%) of reports in 2015 were delivered orally, with no information recorded, compared to just 5% in 2006; - the level of information/training provided to magistrates: meaning they are unable to make the most effective use of community sentences and/or to take into account probation providers' capacity to deliver. Over a third (36%) of magistrates do not feel that the training has adequately prepared them for dealing with community sentences and their requirements; - probation's ability to deliver personalised sentences that address the underlying causes of an offender's behaviour and hold the offender to account for compliance: our qualitative research has revealed a deep-seated sense of decline amongst probation staff about the quality of services being provided and the ability to enforce breaches, which has been exacerbated by recent government policy changes. Four in ten magistrates (39%) are not confident that community sentences can be tailored to suit the individual needs of an offender. This report puts forward proposals to tackle these failures, including: - Introducing primary legislation to guarantee prolific offenders receive a swift and robust response to breaching sentences in the community - A new presumption to sentence young adult offenders (18-25) to intensive community orders (successfully piloted in Greater Manchester), rather than short custodial sentences - Encouraging magistrates' courts to regularly review the sentences of prolific offenders - Providing magistrates with the ability to deliver more innovative community sentences that are tied to the offender/offence - Publishing local data on the nature of unpaid work so communities can see justice being served These proposals come at a time of significant change to the way offenders are managed in the community. Whilst it is too early to be definitive, there is emerging evidence that the government's flagship reform programme - Transforming Rehabilitation (TR) - will exacerbate the problems identified above, reducing dialogue between probation and the courts, reducing incentives to deal swiftly with breaches and stifling innovation in the delivery of services to prevent reoffending. There is also little doubt that the fiscal context, with funding having declined since 2010 and set to continue falling, will add to the pressures identified in this report. Our report seeks to learn the lessons of the recent past, in order to influence the future of sentencing and probation reform. The research was informed by a large number of interviews with police and crime commissioners, magistrates, probation staff, police and policymakers. We also commissioned a new survey of magistrates through the Magistrates' Association. Sentences in the community need to improve if they are to have any meaningful impact on reoffending rates. The reforms set out in this paper are a roadmap for how we can make community sentences a powerful crime prevention tool that stops reoffending and keeps communities safe, whilst reducing the pressure on our overstretched prisons. Details: London: Crest Advisory Group, 2017. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 6, 2017 at: http://crestadvisory.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/community-sentences-report-where-did-it-all-go-wrong.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 145338

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation Title: The Implementation and Delivery of Rehabilitation Activity Requirements Summary: When making a community or suspended sentence order, a court may include a rehabilitation activity requirement - that is, a requirement that the defendant participates in activity to reduce the prospect of reoffending. Rehabilitation activity requirements are commonly known as RARs. RARs were introduced in 2015. Formerly, court orders used to specify both the nature of an activity to be undertaken and the number of days, but now only the maximum number of days of activity need be specified. This allows for the precise activity to be determined following a more in-depth assessment after sentence and allocation to probation services, and amended subsequently if needs be. An activity day can be of any duration, from less than an hour up to one day, according to the length of the session. The considerations the court should take into account in deciding the maximum number of RAR days for any individual are not set out in legislation, but the enabling Act2 makes clear that the primary purpose of RARs is rehabilitation. The court should also take into account the nature of the offending, as RARs can have functions other than rehabilitation, and indeed the order can also include other punitive requirements (for example unpaid work). In legislating for RARs, the government aimed to ensure flexible and efficient use of sentencing so as to reduce reoffending, as it sought to encourage innovative work under new arrangements for delivering probation services, introduced at about the same time. RARs in practice RARs have taken centre stage in community sentencing for rehabilitation, and having superseded supervision and activity requirements, as intended, they are now the vehicle for most rehabilitative activity. Orders requiring specific programmes of intervention (known as accredited programmes, deemed to be effective in reducing the likelihood of reoffending) and also alcohol, drug and mental health treatments are much less common. As RARs were introduced, established Probation Trusts were disbanded and new organisations - Community Rehabilitation Companies (CRCs) and a National Probation Service (NPS) - created to deliver probation services. The transition has been challenging, and performance so far is variable. In our routine inspections we are finding the quality of NPS work acceptable by and large (but there are notable exceptions and shortfalls) whereas CRCs are often struggling to deliver quality work consistently well. Generally, we are finding CRCs with high, variable or changing caseloads for some professional staff, and insufficient attention given so far to staff supervision and quality assurance. Other common shortcomings include inadequate assessment or subsequent management of the risk of harm to others, inadequate or inconsistent supervision of service users, and - of particular relevance here - insufficient purposeful intervention likely to reduce an individual's likelihood of reoffending. The change to new arrangements has been very demanding, and to compound matters, workload shortfalls have led to financial constraints and uncertainties for CRCs and a reluctance to commit to the settled arrangements with other providers needed to support RAR and other delivery. Information is not collected on the distribution of RAR orders (as between CRCs and the NPS) but the CRCs carry the bulk of these cases. This is the context for our inspection of RARs. Details: London: HMIP, 2017. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 6, 2017 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2017/02/Report-Rehabilitation-Activity-Requirement-Thematic-final.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Management Shelf Number: 145339

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation Title: Quality & Impact Inspection: The effectiveness of probation work in Gwent Summary: This is our first inspection of adult probation work undertaken by a CRC owned by Working Links, and our first in Wales after the implementation of the UK government's Transforming Rehabilitation programme. We inspected work done in Gwent by the Community Rehabilitation Company (CRC) and the Wales division of the National Probation Service (NPS). The published performance figures for probation services have their limitations. Latest figures suggest that the NPS Wales is performing below average, but in fact we found strong leadership, motivated staff, readily manageable workloads and some excellent NPS work in Gwent. The big issue for NPS Wales is that the quality of work varies, place by place, yet if all offices could deliver the high quality of work done by the NPS in Newport, then more individuals would be helped more effectively, to change their lives for the better. We found a more troubling picture at the CRC. More than two years after Transforming Rehabilitation, the operating model is still changing, and staff are anxious and no doubt long for stability. Seasoned Transforming Rehabilitation observers have long feared that CRCs would cherry pick, investing little in those most likely to reoffend, but instead the Working Links approach is to scale supervision, with the most intensive supervision for the most challenging individuals, and to work in local community hubs that also provide a range of services to the community at large. We were impressed with the community hub, in practice. For the one in four people assessed as low risk, however, their supervision while in the community is scaled back to a telephone call every six weeks, albeit one in three of these should also have contact with unpaid work supervisors or other interventions staff, assuming those arrangements work as intended. In our view, this means too many people get too little attention. Without meaningful contact, individuals are most unlikely to develop a will to change. What is more, as individuals' circumstances change, so can the risk of harm they present to the public. Staff are unsure about the model, with their views no doubt influenced to an extent by the downsizing exercise underway. Implementation is taking a long time, and some aspects of the model are not working as they should. Staff morale is low, and sickness absence alarmingly high, yet (as I have come to expect) we found committed responsible officers working hard to support service users. The CRC's published performance figures show it performing relatively well. What gets measured gets done, of course, but sometimes at a cost to other work that should be done, as we found here. With not enough service user plans actually followed through, and with staff numbers reducing substantially, it is hard to avoid concluding that despite good intentions, simple affordability considerations and an overpowering need to balance the books is driving priorities in this CRC. Details: Manchester: HMIP, 2017. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 6, 2017 at: http://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2017/04/Gwent-QI-inspection-report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Management Shelf Number: 145343

Author: Irwin-Rogers, Keir Title: Fairness in the criminal justice system: What's race got to do with it? Summary: This report draws data from focus groups with people serving sentences of imprisonment inside an English prison. It focuses on prisoners' perceptions of (un)fairness spanning the breadth of our criminal justice system. The report has been produced as part of David Lammy MP's review into the system. Over the past year Catch22 ran a series of focus groups in a UK prison to understand prisoners' experience of racial bias in the criminal justice system. The findings show that that both black and white prisoners, as a whole, consider the criminal justice system to show widespread racial bias. The report lays out a set of recommendations for how this can be rectified, including; clarity around decision making, representation of all races at a senior level across the criminal justice system and treating people, as people. Key findings show: There was a widespread perception that at sentencing, a number of stakeholders including the police, the prosecution and the judiciary came together to 'conspire' against the interests of defendants, undermining people's rights to a fair and impartial trial process. There is a lack of diversity in police forces, particularly in relation to senior positions. Participants were concerned about a perceived lack of diversity on juries and among members of the judiciary, particularly in terms of race, but also in terms of age and social class. This lack of diversity was thought to preclude an adequate understanding of the daily challenges faced by many defendants. Participants were frustrated with opaque decision-making across the criminal justice system, from being stopped for a crime through to sentencing and how they were treated in prison. Opacity led them to believe that there were racial implications to decisions. There is a lack of trust in lawyers: There was a marked lack of trust and confidence in legal aid lawyers from both white and BAME prisoners. Participants believed the primary motivation of legal aid lawyers to be profit, rather than prioritising the interests of their clients. This lack of trust and confidence in legal aid lawyers meant that people were less likely to trust the advice they were given, particularly involving decisions around whether or not to plead guilty. This has huge implications for the length of sentence many people receive. By far, the main policing grievance was stop and search. There was a widespread perception that the best, and sometimes the only, way to get prison staff to act on prisoner requests or concerns was to behave aggressively - quiet prisoners, participants reported, were almost always ignored. There was a perceived breakdown of order and safety in prisons, which many participants attributed to the loss of significant numbers of prison staff, or the replacement of older, experienced staff members with younger members of staff who lacked the competence or confidence to perform their roles effectively. Details: London: Catch 22, 2017. 46p. Source: Intetner Resource: Accessed May 8, 2017 at: https://www.catch-22.org.uk/news/catch22-report-fairness-in-the-criminal-justice-system-whats-race-got-to-do-with-it/ Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Racial Bias Shelf Number: 145357

Author: Bonnell, Joe Title: Teaching approaches that help to build resilience to extremism among young people Summary: This report presents the findings from a large-scale, in-depth research study into teaching methods - knowledge, skills, teaching practices and behaviours - that help to build resilience to extremism. The focus is on teaching methods to be used in a general classroom setting rather than as part of interventions targeted at those deemed at risk of extremism. The research methods used were 10 in-depth case studies of relevant projects and interventions, including interviews with teachers, practitioners and students and classroom observation, a literature review conducted according to systematic principles, and close engagement with 20 academic and other experts in the field. The study was commissioned by the former Department for Children Schools and Families (DCSF), now the Department for Education (DfE), with support from the Home Office. The Office for Public Management (OPM), an independent public service research and development centre, conducted the research in partnership with the National Foundation for Educational Research (NFER), which is the UK's largest independent provider of research, assessment and information services for education, training and children's services. The primary aim of the research was to provide a strong evidence base for schools and other education providers to help them adopt and commission the appropriate interventions to build resilience to extremism. Following detailed analysis and synthesis of findings from the case study visits, together with findings from the literature review, we identified a number of key ingredients which were important for resilience-building teaching activities. Taken together, these ingredients help to counteract the impact of factors that can help to either push or pull young people towards extremism and / or violent extremism, such as a sense of injustice or feelings of exclusion. The key ingredients can be clustered under three headings: 1. making a connection through good design and a young-person centred approach 2. facilitating a safe space for dialogue and positive interaction 3. equipping young people with appropriate capabilities - skills, knowledge, understanding and awareness. Whatever the setting and resources available, the principles of good design and facilitation - the first two of the three - are crucial and non-negotiable. This research suggests that a well-designed, well-facilitated intervention will go a long way to building resilience. To be more confident of longer-term, sustainable resilience, however, an additional focus is needed, over and above good design and facilitation, on building 'harder' skills, knowledge, understanding and awareness, including practical tools and techniques for personal resilience. Details: Feethams, Darlington, UK: Department of Education, 2011. 150p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report DFE-RR119; Accessed May 9, 2017 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/teaching-approaches-that-help-to-build-resilience-to-extremism-among-young-people Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Educational Programs Shelf Number: 145364

Author: Sheikh, Sanah Title: Teaching methods that help to build resilience to extremism Rapid Evidence Assessment Summary: The Office for Public Management (OPM) was commissioned by the Department for Education (DfE) to conduct a review of the literature on good practice in preventing gangs and gun activity and extremist behaviour amongst young people. This review is part of a wider programme of work being undertaken by OPM, in partnership with the National Foundation for Educational Research (NfER), for DfE, the aim of which is develop an evidence base about the teaching methods and tools that work in building resilience to extremism. The specific objectives of this review were to provide an overview of the evidence relating to: - What works in building resilience against and prevention of the following risky behaviours amongst young people: - Guns and gangs crime/violence/activity - Extremist behaviour, including Al-Qaeda inspired extremism, far right extremism or racist extremism - The role of teachers and schools in the prevention of the above behaviour Representatives from the DfE and OPM team recognised from the outset that the broad nature of the subject of study had a number of implications for the literature review, including: - There is likely to be a greater amount of high quality material relevant to the prevention of gangs and guns activity compared with extremist behaviour, particularly Al-Qaeda inspired extremism - The inclusion of international literature means that there is likely to be a broad range of preventative initiatives identified in the literature, with varying degrees of relevance to the UK context - Methodologies used, particularly, in the case of evaluations of preventative initiatives, are likely to vary considerably, thus making it difficult to compare across studies and generate conclusions This review has thus been designed to 'map out the terrain' and to adopt a strategic approach to honing in on particular areas that have the greatest potential in yielding key insights and learning points to inform DfE's work. Details: Feethams, Darlington, UK; Department of Education, 2011. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report DFE-RR120; Accessed May 9, 2017 at: http://dera.ioe.ac.uk/3597/1/3597_DFE-RR120.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Educational Programs Shelf Number: 145365

Author: Goodwin, Matthew Title: From Voting to Violence? Far Right Extremism in Britain Summary: At the beginning of the year the Home Affairs Select Committee published The Roots of Violent Radicalisation as a response to the changing Home Office Prevent strategy. The report concluded that far right extremism and violence was too often ignored and more research was required. From Voting to Violence? Exploring right-wing extremism in modern Britain is a large step in filling the knowledge gap. It is both fascinating and insightful. It adds to our understanding about the motivation and views of those who support extreme and radical right-wing organisations. The report graphically highlights the central dominance of immigration and a fear of Islam to supporters of both the British National Party (BNP) and United Kingdom Independence Party (UKIP). This is despite the leadership of both organisations playing down their hardline views. While there might be differences in the intensity of this animosity between BNP and UKIP supporters, hostility to immigration and Muslims is linked to a wider discontent with British democracy and distrust towards those who represent it. The report clearly shows distinct variations of attitudes between different types of supporters, with those actively involved in extreme right wing organisations having more hardline views and attitudes to violence than those who merely vote for such groups or those who are potential supporters. Whether the more hardline views explain why people actually join right wing organisations, as opposed to simply voting for them, or being involved politicises people is beyond the scope of this research, however the differences are interesting in themselves. One of the most worrying aspects of this research is the attitude of BNP, UKIP and English Defence League (EDL) supporters to violence. There is a widespread belief that conflict between ethnic, racial and religious communities is inevitable and a frighteningly large number of respondents appear willing to engage in violence to protect their group from threats. Half of BNP supporters said that preparing for conflict was "always" or "sometimes" justifiable, with 21% saying that it was "always" justifiable. For most, these attitudes to violence do not go beyond their private thoughts but for a few it does. The Home Affairs Select Committee report noted that there were currently 17 far right activists in British prisons for terror-related offences. We are also witnessing an increase in violence from supporters of the EDL around the country. HOPE not hate has repeatedly voiced its concern at the failure of the authorities to understand the link between right wing rhetoric and violence. Surely, when a political party repeatedly talks of racial conflict and the threat of Islam in apocalyptical terms this will inspire some of its supporters to take more violent action. They might act alone but they have been inspired by more mainstream right wing ideology. From Voting to Violence? Exploring right-wing extremism in modern Britain should be essential reading for anyone who is engaged with countering and limiting the impact of right wing extremism. which in turn will help us counter them. Details: London: Hope not Hate, 2013. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2017 at: http://www.channel4.com/media/c4-news/images/voting-to-violence%20(7).pdf Year: 0 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Extremist Groups Shelf Number: 131182

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary Title: Missing children: who cares? The police response to missing and absent children Summary: Each year thousands of children go missing from their homes. The majority of them will return, or be found soon after they have been reported missing. There are many reasons why children go missing. On very rare occasions they may be abducted. All children who go missing are potentially at risk of harm, and a significant number, because of their circumstances, will face the risk of sexual, criminal or economic exploitation. Although not every child who goes missing is at risk of sexual exploitation and not every child who is at risk of sexual exploitation goes missing, the two are inter-linked. It is often the most vulnerable children who are sexually exploited, and who are targeted by those who intend to commit crimes against them. These children may have been abused or neglected, lack affection or have already experienced trauma in their lives. A number will be in the care of the local authority because of serious concerns about their well-being or the risks they face. Responding to missing incidents places a high demand on police time. Managing this demand is a major challenge for police forces but the consequences of not investigating cases can be extremely serious, leaving some children at risk of exploitation and/or significant harm. Effective outcomes in police responses to children at risk of abuse require specific skills and knowledge and excellent partnership working, in particular with children's social services. But more than this, effective outcomes rely on recognition, by all in the police service, that children are inherently vulnerable by virtue of their age, and that those who come into contact with police for any reason are often the most vulnerable. As the Chief Inspector of Constabulary observed in his recent State of Policing report, the work of the police in child protection is probably the most onerous and demanding of all police work, and it is the most important simply because children have the most to lose. Recent revelations about the scale of child sexual abuse, whether online or involving high-profile individuals, institutions or local communities, have presented the police with a complex challenge. Many crimes go unreported and those who are vulnerable often have greater difficulty in bringing their concerns to the attention of those who are able to help them. In its protective and preventative role, the police service has the responsibility to root out crime and the circumstances in which it may be committed, particularly where the victim is vulnerable, afraid or actively prevented from seeking help. Our inspections in relation to missing and absent children have found some good approaches with prompt action to find missing children and joint work to protect them. However, our principal finding was of inconsistencies in properly assessing risks, managing investigations, and providing support and help to the child. Consequently, our conclusion must be that this is leaving some children at unacceptable risk of harm. This report focuses on the experiences and outcomes of police contact for children who go missing. For the first time, we publish findings from HMIC-commissioned research on children's experiences of police contact. While we found clear evidence of positive experiences and outcomes for some children, we found a weighting towards negative experiences in the majority of cases. In particular, we found evidence of some police officers' negative attitudes towards missing children, which determines their responses, and in turn undermines children's confidence in the police service as a source of protection and help. These findings signal an imperative for cultural change in the police service if children and young people who run away from home or care are to have trust that the police will help them, and if the police are to be better able to afford them that protection. Details: London: HMIC, 2016. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2017 at: http://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmic/wp-content/uploads/missing-children-who-cares.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 145394

Author: Power, Mike Title: The Green Screen Summary: Could an online only, legal cannabis market in the UK be the way to disrupt the illicit black market? In the music industry, Spotify is making its mark on music piracy. Their platform is malware free, easy to use and has an ever expanding range of content. Currently, the two main options for cannabis consumers in the UK are street or dark web dealers, who supply cannabis of varying qualities, along with other illegal drugs- and they don't ask for ID. Could digital innovation in the legal cannabis sphere be an effective way to tackle the prominence of the black market, and the associated harms that come with such an unregulated marketplace? Details: London: Volteface, 2017. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 12, 2017 at: http://volteface.me/app/uploads/2017/04/Green-Screen-web-version.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Black Markets Shelf Number: 145458

Author: NetPol Title: Report into the policing of protest 2010/2011 Summary: This report covers a period of significant protest activity from October 2010 to December 2011. During this time mass student protests in London grabbed the headlines, and lawyers grappled with the legality of holding school age children within a kettle for hours in freezing conditions. But many other protests took place in London and around the country, many of them raising additional concerns about the proportionality of protest policing. Netpol is a network of community-based and protest groups concerned with the monitoring of policing from a grassroots perspective. Netpol volunteers, along with those of Netpol partners Green and Black Cross and the Legal Defence and Monitoring Group, have directly monitored the policing of demonstrations across the country, both large and small. This report details and examines policing strategies used in the context of political protest over the fourteen month period from October 2010 to December 2011. The data used in this report has been obtained from a variety of sources, including the reports of legal observers and police monitors, eye-witness testimony and published accounts. In all the case studies highlighted in this report, the relevant police forces have defended their strategies as proportionate and necessary to prevent criminality or disorder. In some cases legal challenge has been instigated, either by way of judicial review of civil action, and we await the findings of these hearings with interest. Details: London: NetPol, 2012. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 12, 2017 at: https://netpol.files.wordpress.com/2012/07/wainwright-report-final1.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Demonstrations Shelf Number: 131371

Author: Edgar, Kimmett Title: Tackling Discrimination in Prison: still not a fair response Summary: Only one in 100 prisoners who made an allegation of discrimination against prison staff had their case upheld by the prison. By contrast, three in four staff (76%) reports of alleged discrimination by a prisoner were upheld, an in-depth research report by the Zahid Mubarek Trust and the Prison Reform Trust reveals. The report finds that the system for handling discrimination complaints in prisons is neither fair nor impartial, does not have the confidence of prisoners, and is failing to provide prisons with the opportunity to learn and provide more equitable treatment. As prisons struggle to cope with increasing violence and fewer officers, equality has slipped down the priority list. The study is based on an analysis of 610 investigations from eight London prisons covering the year 2014. It was conducted with the permission of the prison service and is the first formal study of the discrimination incident reporting form (DIRF) process in prisons since its introduction more than five years ago. Other key findings include: The threshold of proof being used to test the evidence was often too high. That is, evidence that suggested that discrimination had occurred was too often dismissed. 72% of staff-submitted reports were upheld compared to only 8% of prisoners' discrimination reports. One in five complaints by staff were used to defend themselves from allegations of bias. These complaints led to negative consequences for some prisoners, including behaviour warnings, negative entries on the prisoners' personal record and formal disciplinary sanctions. The use of report forms for defensive purposes and the victimisation of a prisoner for alleging discrimination are against policy. In about a quarter of the reports, the explanation for dismissing the claim was weak, for example, merely: "no evidence of discrimination". A few investigations demonstrated good practice in that they were impartial, showed empathy, clearly explained the final decision, and used a problem-solving approach to resolve the grievance. The system was not equipped to tackle subtle forms of discrimination. Of the discrimination reports analysed in the study, prisoners submitted 70% and staff 30%. In total, 27% of discrimination complaints were fully upheld; 7% were partly upheld; and 39% were dismissed. In 27% of cases, the outcome was inconclusive. The majority of complaints were about race (62%). Religion (15%) and disability (10%) were other protected characteristics reflected in the complaints. Discrimination on grounds of age, gender, and sexual orientation arose far less frequently. Verbal abuse was the most common reason for alleging discrimination. Other situations included alleged job discrimination; lack of respect for one's culture; being denied access to the regime; and routine favouritism. Many people in prison have characteristics which are protected under the Equality Act 2010. For instance, one quarter (26%) of the prison population is from a minority ethnic group. This compares to 14% of the general population. 36% of prisoners are estimated to have a physical or mental disability compared to19% of the general population. Despite legal protection, many minority groups in prison experience more negative outcomes compared with other groups. For instance, black people in prison are more likely to experience segregation, be in the high secure estate, be on the basic regime, and have force used against them. Prisoners with disabilities are more likely to face disciplinary charges, have proven adjudications, be on the basic regime, experience segregation, have force used against them, and be denied release on temporary licence. The Equality Act 2010 requires the criminal justice system to eradicate discrimination, provide equal opportunities, and promote harmonious relations between groups. Six years on, this research shows that prisons are failing to meet their public sector equality duties. The Prime Minister Theresa May has vowed to tackle discrimination in the justice system and an independent review on the treatment of black and minority ethnic people in the criminal justice system, chaired by David Lammy MP, is due to report in the summer. The report recommends that the prison service should strengthen the distinct process for investigating claims of discrimination. Investigations should make greater use of problem-solving, mediation, and outside expertise to address the problems that gave rise to the complaints. In addition, a prison equality advisory group should be established to advise on policy. It also recommends the introduction of a discrimination toolkit for prisons, better access to the complaints system for people with learning disabilities, an end to the use of defensive complaints, better training for staff and more rigorous oversight of the complaints process by governors and senior managers. Details: London; Prison Reform Trust; Zahid Mubarek Trust , 2017. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 15, 2017 qt: http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/Portals/0/Documents/Tackling%20discrimination.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Discrimination Shelf Number: 145476

Author: Great Britain. Parliament. House of Commons. Home Affairs Committee Title: Hate Crime: Abuse, hate and extremism online Summary: Hate crime 1. Hate crime is defined as any criminal offence which is perceived, by the victim or any other person, to be motivated by hostility or prejudice based on a personal characteristic. Hate crime can be motivated by disability, gender identity, race, religion or faith and sexual orientation. The inquiry 2. We announced this inquiry into hate crime and its violent consequences in early July 2016. Our decision to undertake the inquiry followed the murder of Jo Cox MP in June in the lead-up to the EU referendum. There was also evidence of an increase in the number of attacks on people from ethnic minorities and of non-British nationality, including on their community centres and places of worship, immediately following the referendum. In addition, our inquiry into antisemitism was already under way, which was raising serious questions about how to address wider issues around the actions of those holding extremist or fixated views. It therefore seemed particularly timely and necessary to launch this inquiry. 3. We have received a large volume of written evidence. We have taken oral evidence on a wide range of issues including Islamophobia, misogyny, far-right extremism, the role of social media in hate crime and the particular issues faced by Members of Parliament in relation to hate crime and its violent manifestations. Our witnesses have included academics, community organisations, social media companies, police forces and their representative organisations, the principal Deputy Speaker of the House of Commons, and Ministers. We are grateful to everyone who has contributed to the inquiry. 4. The announcement by the Prime Minister on 18 April that she would seek a General Election on 8 June means that we have not had time to consider our conclusions on the wide range of issues raised during the inquiry. We hope that the Home Affairs Select Committee in the next Parliament is able to consider this evidence further and propose wider recommendations on tackling hate crime and some of the central issues that emerged in our hearings, including far-right extremism and islamophobia. We are publishing this short report in the meantime to address one aspect of our inquiry - the role of social media companies in addressing hate crime and illegal content online - on which we have taken considerable evidence and where we want our conclusions to inform the early decisions of the next Government, as well as the immediate work of social media companies. 5. We also wished to record our deep sadness about the tragic death of Jo Cox MP and we hope that in the next Parliament the Home Affairs Committee will also look further at the risks from hate, abuse and extremism in public life. Details: London: House of Commons, 2017. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Fourteenth Report of Session 2016-17: Accessed May 16, 2017 at: https://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201617/cmselect/cmhaff/609/609.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Extremism Shelf Number: 145484

Author: Hogarth, Liz Title: Trapped in the Justice Loop? Past, present and future of the woman-centred services at the heart of the systems-change called for in the Corston Report Summary: Baroness Jean Corston's report on women in the criminal justice system, published in 2007, was enormously influential. As Liz Hogarth points out in this review, it was the catalyst for a range of government initiatives to make the various parts of the criminal justice system more responsive to the social and emotional needs of criminalised women. It also mapped out a vision for a holistic network of services aimed at preventing many women being criminalised in the first place. Ten years on from the publication of the Corston Report, this review offers an analysis of the role envisaged for woman-centred services in the systems-change proposed by Baroness Corston: the 'radically different, visibly led, strategic . . . holistic, woman-centred integrated approach'. It charts their development and success in proving their effectiveness: an achievement to be celebrated, given the challenges in a justice environment that often seemed more hostile than enabling and one that saw the loss of some innovative projects. The review sets out reflections from a policy perspective on what happened more broadly: what went wrong and why and suggests the need for a reality check. Behind the professed cross-party support for the Corston proposals and the somewhat inflated claims in briefings on progress delivered, the reality is one of persisting systems failure not systems change: failure to halt the use of inappropriate short sentences and to avoid the needless loss of life with deaths in custody. The shocking total of 12 self-inflicted deaths in 2016 alone is a stark reminder of that failure. Details: London: Centre for Crime and Justice Studies, 2017. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Briefing 18: Accessed May 17, 2017 at: https://www.crimeandjustice.org.uk/sites/crimeandjustice.org.uk/files/Trapped%20in%20the%20Justice%20Loop%2C%20May%202017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Corston Report Shelf Number: 145502

Author: Easton, Claire Title: 'We Should Have Been Helped from Day One': a unique perspective from children, families and practitioners Summary: This summary presents the findings from the fifth round of LARC (Local Authorities Research Consortium), a project led by the National Foundation for Educational Research (NFER) and Research in Practice (RiP). Our report will be of use to anyone with an interest in early intervention; children experiencing neglect; and in improving the ways local authorities and their partners work together to improve outcomes for children, young people and families. The report offers a unique insight into the views of children and parents For this round of LARC, nine local authorities who have been supported by early intervention services, and others, due to issues of (low level to moderate) child neglect. How do we effectively support families with different levels of need across the early intervention spectrum to engage with services within an overall framework of neglect? investigated: The local authorities chose this research topic and carried out their own research, supported by LARC researchers. The research focused on children experiencing the following levels of neglect Level two, related to families where the parent/s mostly met the child's needs. - Level three, where children had some unmet needs; lived in a family home that lacked routines; had parents with poor awareness of safety issues; and the child received limited interaction and affection. - Level four, these were families in which adults' needs were put before the child's, and where the child had low nutrition and scarce stimulation. We did not consider cases where children were at significant risk of harm and should be being supported by statutory services. The data was collected from over 105 practitioners (from education, health, early years settings and authority services) and 40 parents, children and young people. Details: Slough, UK: National Foundation for Educational Research (NFER), 2013. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 17, 2017 at: https://www.nfer.ac.uk/publications/LRCF01/LRCF01.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 131250

Author: Sorenson, Kevin (Chair) Title: Drugs and Alcohol in Federal Penitentiaries: An Alarming Problem Summary: Drugs and alcohol in prisons pose a challenge for the Correctional Service of Canada (CSC), which is responsible for managing and administering the sentences of federal offenders. To combat this problem, CSC implemented a national drug strategy several years ago, under which it does not tolerate the presence or consumption of drugs or alcohol inside its institutions. The policy objective states that a "safe, drug-free institutional environment is a fundamental condition for the success of the reintegration of inmates into society as law-abiding citizens." Despite CSC's efforts to prevent the introduction of illegal drugs, they continue to cause challenges in the correctional system. As we know, any illicit drugs on penitentiary grounds were brought there illegally, and they help fuel internal black markets while also strengthening external networks of organized crime both inside and outside of penitentiaries. Inside, the use of drugs by offenders and their trafficking often lead to institutional violence and create difficulties in managing the inmate population. This problem has an impact on a number of critical issues, such as providing a safe institutional environment for both staff and inmates, as well as ensuring an atmosphere that promotes inmate rehabilitation and reintegration. Details: Ottawa: Canadian Parliament, 2012. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2017 at: http://www.canadianharmreduction.com/sites/default/files/DRUGS%20AND%20ALCOHOL%20IN%20FEDERAL%20PENITENTIARIES.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prison Conditions Shelf Number: 131365

Author: Monaghan, Geoffrey Title: Practical implications of policing alternatives to arrest and prosecution for minor cannabis offences Summary: The purpose of this report is not to present a comparative study of legal rules and policies pertaining to cannabis in these or other countries, but to examine an issue largely neglected in the academic literature and by those advocating drug policy reform: namely the practical implications of policing and enforcing these developments. The report provides an overview of some of the many difficulties that may - and do - confront police services when tasked to implement such measures (including the exercise of discretion) through examination of the rules and experiences of four jurisdictions, namely, Australia, England and Wales, Portugal and Switzerland. Along with some examples from the USA, specific aspects of each case study are scrutinised with the intention of highlighting points likely to be of interest to policy makers and practitioners alike. Details: London: International Drug Policy Consortium, 2013. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Modernising drug law enforcement - Report 4: Accessed May 19, 2017 at: https://dl.dropboxusercontent.com/u/566349360/library/MDLE-report-4_Practical-implications-of-policing-alternatives-to-arrest.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cannabis Shelf Number: 131376

Author: Scott, Sara Title: South Yorkshire Empower and Protect Child Sexual Exploitation Innovation Project: Evaluation Report Summary: South Yorkshire Empower and Protect (SYEP) involved a new partnership between the local authorities in Sheffield, Barnsley and Rotherham and Doncaster Children's Services Trust, working with voluntary and community sector (VCS) partner Catch 22. The aim was to develop an original, sub-regional delivery model for young people experiencing or at high risk of sexual exploitation which would enable them to remain safely at home, or in stable foster care in South Yorkshire, rather than being placed in out-of-area residential or secure accommodation. For young people already in care, this involved the recruitment and training of specialist foster carers, intensive support and therapeutic input to help sustain placements and prevent breakdowns. For young people living at home, a parallel provision included working with family members to increase their understanding of child sexual exploitation (CSE), ability to manage risks and provide appropriate care. The project intended to undertake some direct work with families, carers, children and young people while at the same time skilling up other professionals to do this work, through modelling and by providing supervision and training. This workforce development element of the project was to be directed towards staff in fostering, child protection and CSE teams and was intended to help increase reflective social-work practice based upon relationships rather than process. Key Findings The programme has successfully demonstrated that young people who are likely to be placed out-of-area or in secure accommodation because they are being sexually exploited, or are at high risk of CSE, can be safely cared for in their own communities - if sufficient, appropriate support is provided for both them and their carers. Some aspects of a model for providing such support have been tested by the SYEP Innovation and found to be effective. An extremely skilled and committed core team have been successful in achieving some very positive outcomes for a small number of young people. However, the impact of the project has been limited by the following factors: a very short time to co-design a new model; a late start caused by delays in appointing key staff; the huge challenge of recruiting foster carers for very complex adolescents; and a failure to fully engage social workers and managers with the project. This would have been an ambitious project for any single local authority; the complexity of attempting to undertake it across a sub-region was greatly underestimated. The programme needed a more substantial development period in order to build relationships with key stakeholders and existing providers across South Yorkshire; fully involve young people, parents, carers and multi-agency staff in co-producing the model; develop a strategy to bring social care staff on board and recruit foster carers; and negotiate the necessary alignment of policies, procedures and budgets across the 4 authorities. The Innovation has benefited from committed leadership at children's services director level, which has followed through into a commitment to mainstream elements of the innovation in each of the 4 areas. However, there has remained throughout a 'missing middl' at a management level where engagement and ownership were crucial if the hoped-for impacts on workforce development were to be achieved. Details: Feethams, Darlington; UK Department of Education, 2017. 106p. Source: Internet Resource: Children's Social Care Innovation Programme Evaluation Report 25 ; Accessed May 19, 2017 at: http://cdn.basw.co.uk/upload/basw_45246-5.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 145641

Author: Scott, Sara Title: Wigan and Rochdale Child Sexual Exploitation Innovation Project: Evaluation report Summary: The Wigan and Rochdale Child Sexual Exploitation (CSE) Innovations Project is a partnership between Wigan and Rochdale local authorities, Greater Manchester Phoenix CSE Project, the Children's Society and Research in Practice, on behalf of the Association of Greater Manchester Authorities. It has aimed to address the problem of too many young people affected by sexual exploitation being placed in high cost or secure accommodation that was not always meeting their needs. The project was designed in three phases: 1) a programme of action research to understand more about the problem identified, especially the journeys of young people affected; 2) co-design of a new pilot service, involving young people, parents-or-carers, social workers and key agencies; and 3) implementation of the pilot service to work across Wigan and Rochdale, and a cost-benefit analysis of its impact. Learning from the pilot was intended to lead to the adoption of more effective ways of working in each authority, with the longer-term goal of replicating best practice across Greater Manchester. Details: Feethams, Darlington: UK Department of Education, 2017. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Children's Social Care Innovation Programme Evaluation Report 26: Accessed May 19, 2017 at: http://cdn.basw.co.uk/upload/basw_54623-8.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 145642

Author: Holdaway, Simon Title: Prolific Shoplifters in Nottinghamshire Summary: - Data about sixty-three prolific shoplifters offending in Nottinghamshire between July 2012-July 2013 have been analysed. The extent of their crime requires special consideration and a prevention strategy related to along with measures to address other types of shoplifters and their offences. - The research literature about shoplifting is meagre. None of it deals with persistent shoplifters. One important study, however, reminds us that the effectiveness of security personnel seems to be limited. Crime prevention measures, including the use of drug and alcohol rehabilitation programmes, are probably of more importance. - 52 (82.5%) of the prolific offenders were male. 11 (17.5%) were female. - 40 (63%) of the offenders were between 28 and 46 years of age. This is the typical age-range for all offenders. - Almost all offenders were white Europeans (56 of 63). 5 of the 56 were from Eastern Europe. 7 were recorded as Black - About 80% (50) of them were unemployed during the research period. Just 3 of the 63 offenders (4.8%) were employed. - Most offenders (39) lived in The City Central, North and South areas and it seems they moved to and from premises frequently. One offender lived outside Nottinghamshire. - Before the research year, 89% (56 of 63) of the offenders committed individually between 26 and 50 shoplifting offences. 10 committed individually between 11 and 25 offences and 13 committed individually over 51 offences. - Between July 2012-July 2013, 7 offenders each committed over 10 shoplifting offences, 6 each committed just fewer than 10. 9 offenders each committed 8 offences. The 41 other offenders continued to commit theft from shops during this period. - During the research period, the 63 offenders stole 1510 items whilst committing 541 separate offences of shoplifting - The most frequently stolen goods were food and alcohol, followed by personal hygiene products, clothing and chocolate. The point is somewhat speculative but it seems the goods were for personal use as well as for sale in illegal markets, the size of which may well have expanded during recent years. - The gross value of 40% of goods stolen was over $50. However, this is not an indication of the cost of dealing with the prolific offenders. The costs of deploying shop, police officer, administrative staff and many other factors have to be calculated. - 50 of the 63 offenders have been supervised within a programme of integrated offender management. This included tagging, other management tactics and work with drug and alcohol rehabilitation agencies. - Officers have assessed a very significant majority of the group, 60, as misusing drugs and alcohol. Their offences sustain their drug and, or alcohol dependency. - Drugs and alcohol rehabilitation programmes are clearly within a broad definition of policing and crime prevention. The majority of the prolific offenders had been assessed by police officers as having drug and, or alcohol problems. During the research year, however, just 16 drug and 2 alcohol rehabilitation orders were aspects of 541 sentences delivered by courts. - An officer working in Nottinghamshire Police Integrated Offender Management team developed an innovative project (Operation Dormouse) to address the problem of prolific shoplifting in the city area. The co-location of police and alcohol, drugs and other personnel was central to this work. Extensive data were shared between all agencies involved. The commitment of retail managers and their security staff was vital. Local policing teams were also engaged. A close partnership between the police and staff from other agencies was therefore central to the work undertaken. - 37% (167) of the 232 cases for which sentencing data were available involved imprisonment, with an average sentence of 55 days. 28 days was the median length of sentence, the middle number of all sentence lengths. Many sentences were far shorter than 28 days. - 97% of the 232 offenders for which sentencing records were available were arrested for 7 or 8 further offences from 2 to 5 months and onwards after their first arrest during the research year. - A long term strategy to address shoplifting in Nottinghamshire, including offences by prolific offenders, is required. It should be developed on the basis of documented outcomes from Operation Dormouse and further systematic analysis of all relevant data. The approach to prolific offenders taken so far has led to reductions in offending but the extent to which such intense, closely coordinated work can be sustained, not least within the context of budget reductions, is a moot question for consideration. - Whatever the approach taken retail firms can be expected to play a greater role in the introduction of security measures to prevent shoplifting. Householders routinely purchase equipment to protect their property. This should also apply to measures such as tagging for retail firms. Details: Unpublished report, 2014. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 25, 2017 at: library.college.police.uk Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Property Theft Shelf Number: 145795

Author: Wilson, Tom Title: Extremism in the Community: The Case of Shakeel Begg Summary: Shakeel Begg, described in court by a judge as "an extremist Islamic speaker who espouses extremist Islamic positions", has established himself as an influential figure within numerous public bodies and groups - even after the ruling, where he lost a libel case against the BBC. A new Henry Jackson Society report, Extremism in the Community: The Case of Shakeel Begg, has found that Begg firmly entrenched himself within numerous community groups, and has been active even since he was declared to be an extremist in court. He has also continued to associate with senior politicians, including the leaders of major British political parties. The report's main findings include: He shared a platform with Tim Farron and Stella Creasy in December after the ruling declared him an extremist. This was not reported at the time. He shared a platform in 2013 with Jeremy Corbyn in the days following the Lee Rigby killing - in spite of the fact that the killers came from the mosque where he was Imam, and the fact that his mosque has a long history of hosting hate preachers. The John the Baptist Primary School put documents on their website stating that they work to promote British values, and gave the fact that they worked with Begg as evidence for this. This relationship continued after the ruling, with school children visiting Begg's mosque. This was a clear breach of the Prevent duty. Begg sat on a body at Lewisham Council charged with advising on religious education. He was advised them on their response to the Trojan horse revelations. Begg is known to have worked closely with the police in community partnerships, and the police provided character witnesses during the libel case. He has been a Muslim chaplain at Lewisham and Greenwich NHS trust in the past. He was also a chaplain at Goldsmith's university, and has continued to visit as a guest speaker since. Details: London: Henry Jackson Society, Centre for the Response to Radicalisation and Terrorism , 2017. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Paper No. 8: Accessed May 25, 2017 at: http://henryjacksonsociety.org/2017/03/20/extremism-in-the-community-the-case-of-shakeel-begg/ Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Extremists Shelf Number: 145800

Author: Cox, Jane Title: "Double Disadvantage": The experiences of Black, Asian and Minority Ethnic women in the criminal justice system Summary: This report captures the voices, experiences and reflections of Black, Asian and Minority Ethnic (BAME) women with experience of the criminal justice system. It was commissioned to feed into the Lammy Review. Chaired by Rt Hon David Lammy MP, this is an independent review of the treatment of, and outcomes for, BAME individuals in the Criminal Justice System. This report draws on the findings from three focus groups facilitated by Agenda, the alliance for women and girls at risk, and Women in Prison in September and October 2016. The aim of this work was to better understand the experiences of BAME women within the criminal justice system. Details: London: Agenda, 2017. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 26, 2017 at: http://weareagenda.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/Double-disadvantage-FINAL.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 145810

Author: Dodsworth, Jane Title: Routes into Sexual Exploitation: Personal perspectives about going missing, agency and victimhood Summary: There is a rapidly growing awareness and concern in government, in safeguarding agencies and amongst the wider public about the extent and risks of child sexual exploitation across the country. Many of the young people involved have childhood histories of adversity and there is an evolving understanding of the additional vulnerability of those who have experience of the care system and/or of going missing from care or home. The sense individuals make of these experiences has an impact on how they perceive themselves, their sense of victimhood or agency, the directions their pathways take and receptiveness to safeguarding services. Young people at risk of, or involved in, sexual exploitation, particularly those who have a history of care and of going missing are often rendered powerless, voiceless and increasingly disempowered from assuming any agency over the decision-making processes affecting their lives, whilst older, young people often do not 'fit in' to the services provided. Evidence from existing good practice indicates that the most effective way forward is early intervention and the provision of relationship-based practice which develops a 'secure base' from which these young people can begin to develop qualities of resilience, view themselves positively and believe alternatives are possible. The aims of the study:  To gain an understanding of the experiences and perspectives of young people who became involved in sexual exploitation, particularly those who have gone missing from care or home and are involved in substance misuse, in order to inform multi-agency practice.  To explore whether it is possible to identify risk and protective factors in terms of young people's perceptions of agency and victimhood which may inform Local Safeguarding Children Boards (LSCBs) about more effective multiagency safeguarding practices and multi-professional training for working with this vulnerable group which has meaning to the young people involved. Details: Norwich, UK: Centre for Research on Children and Families University of East Anglia, 2014. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 26, 2017 at: http://www.baspcan.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/Routes-into-Sexual-Exploitation-Final-report-Dodsworth-and-Chedgey.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 145813

Author: Dodsworth, Jane Title: A Study of the Support Needs of Sex Workers Across Norfolk, UK Summary: The aim of the study was to provide a picture of sex work across Norfolk, including sex workers' expressed needs for services and the services currently on offer. The literature suggests that there is increasing diversity both in the types of sex work undertaken and the environments where the work takes place. Street work, although a visible aspect of sex work, constitutes a small proportion of the number of people engaged in sex work with the majority of individuals being more hidden and harder to access. This has implications for support service providers as needs and access are likely to differ between the groups of sex workers. The study took place over six months between June and December 2014. A brief literature review was undertaken to establish the wider context and patterns of sex work and key issues. The findings reported are based on:  Interviews with 14 sex workers (on-street workers and escorts);  Questionnaires for professionals and agencies across Norfolk;  Four interviews with representatives from police, sex workers support projects and a sexual assault referral centre;  A focus group with professionals from agencies who sometimes come into contact with sex workers;  A detailed search of the website AdultWork to provide a snapshot of the numbers of escorts advertising their services across Norfolk  The research was posted on an online forum for escorts and comments and suggestions for service needs posted by escorts were used as data. Details: Norwich, UK: Centre for Research on Children and Families University of East Anglia, 2014. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 26, 2017 at: https://www.uea.ac.uk/documents/3437903/4264977/Matrix+FINAL+12+March+2015.pdf/e78fef51-952d-437d-8df3-e7acc141f9c7 Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 145814

Author: The Passage to Ending Homelessness Title: Understanding and Responding to Modern Slavery Within the Homelessness Sector Summary: Homelessness organisations and anti-slavery organisations have both been aware of links between modern slavery and homelessness, yet there has been little research into how these issues overlap and impact on one another. An initial scoping exercise was, therefore, commissioned in 2016 by the UK's Independent Anti-Slavery Commissioner, Kevin Hyland OBE, to gain a better understanding of modern slavery within the homelessness sector. The Passage, a leading homelessness charity, was appointed to look into this issue. Using an online survey completed by 61 organisations throughout England, two focus groups in Birmingham and London, and semi-structured interviews with various other relevant organisations, it has been found that homeless people are at risk of being exploited when they are on the streets, and victims of modern slavery are at risk of becoming homeless if no long-term support is provided to them. A set of recommendations has been developed to address some of the issues identified through this exercise in order to improve the multi-agency response to modern slavery. Details: London: Independent Anti-Slavery Commissioner, 2017. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 27, 2017 at: http://www.antislaverycommissioner.co.uk/media/1115/understanding-and-responding-to-modern-slavery-within-the-homelessness-sector.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Homeless Persons Shelf Number: 145828

Author: Great Britain. Department of Health Title: Lost in Care: Report of the Tribunal of Inquiry into the Abuse of Children in Care in the Former County Council Areas of Gwynedd and Clwyd since 1974 Summary: 1.01 On 17 June 1996 the Secretary of State for Wales, the Rt Hon William Hague MP, informed the House of Commons of the Government's decision, subject to the approval of both Houses of Parliament, that there should be a judicial inquiry, with the powers conferred by the Tribunals of Inquiry (Evidence) Act 1921, into the alleged abuse of children in care in the former county council areas of Gwynedd and Clwyd since 1974. 1.02 The Secretary of State announced also that the terms of reference of the Inquiry would be as follows: (a) to inquire into the abuse of children in care in the former county council areas of Gwynedd and Clwyd since 1974; (b) to examine whether the agencies and authorities responsible for such care, through the placement of the children or through the regulation or management of the facilities, could have prevented the abuse or detected its occurrence at an earlier stage; (c) to examine the response of the relevant authorities and agencies to allegations and complaints of abuse made either by children in care, children formerly in care or any other persons, excluding scrutiny of decisions whether to prosecute named individuals; (d) in the light of this examination, to consider whether the relevant caring and investigative agencies discharged their functions appropriately and, in the case of the caring agencies, whether they are doing so now; and to report its findings and to make recommendations to him. Report outline Part I: Introduction Part II: Alleged abuse of children in care in local authority homes in Clwyd between 1974 and 1996 Part III: Alleged abuse of children in care in other non-private residential establishments in Clwyd between 1974 and 1996 Part IV: Alleged abuse of children in care in private residential establishments in Clwyd between 1974 and 1996 Part V: Alleged abuse of children in foster homes in Clwyd between 1974 and 1996 Part VI: The responsibility of higher management in Clwyd Part VII: Alleged abuse of children in care in local authority homes in Gwynedd between 1974 and 1996 Part VIII: Alleged abuse of children in care in private residential establishments in Gwynedd between 1974 and 1996 Part IX: Alleged abuse of children in foster homes in Gwynedd between 1974 and 1996 Part X: The responsibility of higher management in Gwynedd Part XI: The role of the Welsh Office Part XII: The police investigations in Clywd and Gwynedd Part XIII: The successor authorities Part XIV: Conclusions and other recommendations Appendices Details: London: The Stationery Office, 2000. 893p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 27, 2017 at: http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20130124064403/http:/www.dh.gov.uk/prod_consum_dh/groups/dh_digitalassets/documents/digitalasset/dh_134777.pdf Year: 2000 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 145839

Author: Carroll, Jacinta Title: Manchester Arena bombing, 22 May 2017 Summary: On 22 March 2017, 52-year-old Khalid Masood (born Adrian Elms, with multiple AKAs) drove a hire car onto London's Westminster Bridge, mounted the vehicle onto the pavement and accelerated into pedestrians. Masood then drove the vehicle around permanent bollards at the end of the bridge before remounting the pavement and crashing the car. Masood abandoned the vehicle and proceeded on foot into the Houses of Parliament complex. The attack lasted 82 seconds and resulted in six deaths, including Masood's, and 49 people injured. This CT Quick Look paper highlights the key issues and assesses the relevance for affected stakeholders and Australia. It provides recommendations for government. Details: Barton, ACT: The Australian Strategic Policy Institute, 2017. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: CT Quick Look: Accessed June 2, 2017 at: https://www.aspi.org.au/publications/westminster-attack,-london,-22-march-2017/ASPI-CT-Quick-Look-6-Westminster.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Radical Groups Shelf Number: 145842

Author: Vaswani, Nina Title: Our Lives with Others: An evaluation of trauma, bereavement and loss developments at HMYOI Polmont Summary: Young people in custody are known to have experienced higher rates of loss and bereavement than the general population, and are more likely to experience multiple and traumatic bereavements (Finlay & Jones, 2000; Vaswani, 2014). In addition, young people in custody often have childhoods characterised by trauma, adversity and disruption (Blades, Hart, Lea, & Willmott, 2011; Vaswani, 2015). Dealing with trauma, bereavement and loss in custody poses a substantial challenge for individuals and institutions and the presence of these issues has implications for preventing offending, regime management and for desistance, reintegration and rehabilitation. In order to respond to these issues, HMYOI Polmont implemented a series of planned developments aimed at adopting an 'establishment-wide' approach to supporting the young men through trauma, bereavement and loss. The three-pronged approach, termed 'Our Lives with Others' involved:  Awareness-raising training for all staff in the establishment, regardless of their role or responsibilities, delivered by Barnardo's.  A small pilot service, 'Here & Now', providing specialist assessment and direct intervention to young men affected by trauma, bereavement and loss, also provided by Barnardo's.  Efforts to create a more coherent, coordinated and 'trauma-informed' response across the entire organisation. The Centre for Youth & Criminal Justice was commissioned to undertake a 12-month study of these developments. The service developments and research were funded by the Robertson Trust and the Scottish Prison Service. The aim of the research was to:  Generate new learning to further knowledge and understanding about the trauma, bereavement and loss needs of young people involved in offending  Increase understanding about effective interventions by monitoring the experience and impact of the Here & Now service and the staff awareness training  To document and describe the OLWO approach, processes and outcomes to inform SPS service delivery and any formal commissioning and tendering processes in the future. Details: Glasgow: Centre for Youth & Criminal Justice, University of Strathclyde, 2016. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 2, 2017 at: http://www.cycj.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/Our-Lives-with-Others-Evaluation-Report-.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bereavement Shelf Number: 145843

Author: Warrington, Camille Title: Making Noise: Children's voices for positive change after sexual abuse. Children's experiences of help-seeking and support after sexual abuse in the family environment Summary: Overview 1. This study was commissioned by the Children's Commissioner for England and carried out in 2015/16 by staff from the International Centre: Researching Child Sexual Exploitation, Violence and Trafficking, in partnership with the NSPCC. It sought to elicit children and young people's views and experiences of help-seeking and support after child sexual abuse (CSA) in the family environment. 2. The title, and spirit, of the research - 'Making Noise: children's voices for positive change after sexual abuse' - was determined with our Young People's Advisory Group, who have played a critical role throughout the work. It represents our efforts to not only generate new research knowledge, but to simultaneously demonstrate the capacity of children and young people to contribute to enhanced responses to these issues and the importance of challenging the cultures of silence in which abuse and impunity flourish. 3. The research comprised 53 in-depth qualitative interviews with children aged 6 to 19 who were receiving support for experiences of CSA in the family environment. All interviewees were accessed through one of 15 third-sector therapeutic services from across England. This data was supplemented with focus groups (30 participants) and survey data (75 respondents) with more generic cohorts of young people exploring possible barriers to disclosure and service access. 4. The research sought to respond to a recognised gap in evidence from the perspectives of children and young people affected by CSA in the family environment. To our knowledge this study represents data from the largest sample of children and young people in a qualitative study on this issue. 5. The research aims were to improve understanding of participants' experiences of: - recognition, identification and disclosure of CSA in the family environment - help-seeking and support - contact with services as a result of reporting/identification of CSA - care systems, and - criminal justice procedures and to ascertain children and young people's views on how such processes could be improved. Details: Luton, Bedfordshire, UK: University of Bedfordshire, 2017. 184p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 5, 2017 at: https://www.childrenscommissioner.gov.uk/sites/default/files/publications/UniBed_MakingNoise%2020_4_17.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 145917

Author: Children's Commissioner for England Title: Investigating Child Sexual Abuse: The Length of Criminal Investigations Summary: Increased reports of sexual offences are placing a significant demand on police, the Crown Prosecution Service (CPS), local authority children's services departments, the criminal and family courts, and specialist voluntary sector services for victims and survivors. Investigations by Police and children's services into child sexual abuse are life-changing for victims. Where capacity is stretched to meet the increasing demand on resources for investigations, there is a risk that cases will take even longer to resolve, exacerbating the trauma experienced by children and their families. Given this concern, the Children's Commissioner's Office has examined the length of criminal justice processes in child sexual abuse (CSA) cases. The Commissioner has used Home Office data from 18 police forces and national data from the CPS to investigate the timescales involved in CSA cases in England between 2012/13 and 2015/161, from the point of initial report to finalisation in court. This report finds that  The investigative process for CSA cases is considerably longer than adult sexual offences. In 2015/16, the median length of time for investigations of CSA cases was 248 days. In comparison, the median length for the investigations of adult sexual offences was 147 days, which is 101 days less than the average for CSA offences. Child sexual abuse investigations take longer than all other crime types according to the data available. For example, the median length of time taken from crime recording to a charge outcome in 15/16 in relation to drug offences (90 days), theft (73 days) and violence against a person (72 days) is considerably shorter than CSA offences (248 days). Although this may reflect the relative complexity of these investigations, it is clear that victims of CSA face a considerable wait to until the perpetrator is charged. This is likely to be a period of huge uncertainty for victims of sexual abuse - the police and CPS should explore ways of working more effectively to minimise delays and increase the speed of decision-making. These findings strongly support the rapid implementation of three measures for improving the quality and speed of decision-making in criminal investigations of CSA - (i) a licence to practice for professionals working on CSA cases to improve decision-making in CSA investigations; (ii) embedding CPS Rape and Serious Sexual Offence (RASSO) specialists in police child abuse investigation teams to improve collaboration between the CPS and police officers; and (iii) the establishment and roll-out of 'children's houses', child-friendly facilities where victims of CSA participate in police interviews, and also receive therapeutic support. Details: London: The Commissioner, 2017. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 5, 2017 at: https://www.childrenscommissioner.gov.uk/sites/default/files/publications/Investigating%20Child%20Sexual%20Abuse%20CCO%20April%202017%201.2.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 145918

Author: Wilkinson, Julie Title: The impacts of abuse and neglect on children; and comparison of different placement options. Evidence review Summary: In recent years the government has introduced a number of policy papers aimed at transforming the children's social care system. Much of this reform began in 2000 with the publication of Adoption: A new approach. More recently, major changes have been introduced through the Family Justice Review; the subsequent Children and Families Act 20144, including the revised Public Law Outline (PLO) and the 26-week time-frame for completing care proceedings; and the recent publication of Putting Children First. When the Family Justice Review was launched in 2011, the average duration for the disposal of a care and supervision application was 56 weeks. The revised PLO was phased in between July and October 2013 following a year-long pilot in the tri-borough authorities in London. Since then there has been a significant reduction in the duration of care proceedings with the average (at the time of writing) being around 27 weeks. There is some recent evidence to suggest that this has been achieved without delay being moved to the pre- or post-court period, although this finding needs to be considered in the context of how cases are being managed by local authorities before formal proceedings are issued or during the pre-proceedings stage of the PLO. Details: Feethams, Darlington: UK Department of Education, 2017. 113p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 6, 2017 at: http://cdn.basw.co.uk/upload/basw_44328-4.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 145942

Author: Coffey, Ann Title: Real Voices: Are they being heard? Summary: The high profile Rochdale sexual exploitation case in 2012 - along with Rotherham, Oldham, Oxford, Telford, Stockport and Peterborough - revealed the shocking extent of child sexual exploitation. In December 2013, Tony Lloyd, the Police and Crime Commissioner for Greater Manchester, asked me to conduct an independent inquiry into what progress had been made since 2012 and what more needed to be done to tackle child sexual exploitation in the region. My report, Real Voices - Child Sexual Exploitation in Greater Manchester, published in 2014, explored the underlying attitudes in the police and other agencies, which meant that perpetrators could exploit children, knowing that if they were reported, it would be the victim on trial, not them. It caused shockwaves by identifying that child sexual exploitation had become a 'social norm' in some communities in Greater Manchester. The report called for a sea change in attitudes away from a culture of blaming children and young people for bringing about their own sexual exploitation. In collecting my evidence I spoke to everyone who worked in this difficult area but I prioritised listening to children and young people and put their voices about their experiences at the very front of my report. Real Voices recommended that the fight against CSE had to be led by young people and their voices had to be heard. Real Voices now - Are they being heard? Two years on, Tony Lloyd, GM Mayor and Police and Crime Commissioner, asked me to review some aspects of the report. In this new review I have looked at how far attitudes have changed in the police, agencies and the wider community. Details: S.l.: Ann Coffey, 2017. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 6, 2017 at: http://anncoffeymp.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/RV2-Are-They-Being-Heard3.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 145943

Author: Child Exploitation and Online Protection Center (U.K.) Title: A Picture of Abuse: A thematic assessment of the risk of contact child sexual abuse posed by those who possess indecent images of children Summary: 1. This thematic assessment explores the risk of contact child sexual offending posed by those who possess still an' moving indecent images of children ('IIOC'). It looks at the ways in which this risk is managed by the police service and others involved in child protection and the criminal justice process. 2. In 1996 less than 100 million users worldwide had access to the internet compared to 1.5 billion people in 2010. The volume of IIOC in circulation on the internet has also increased dramatically. In 1990, Home Office estimates of the number of individual, hard-copy, IIOC in circulation stood at approximately 7,000. As an example of this increase, in 1995 Greater Manchester Police (GMP) seized 12 IIOC, all on video or paper. In 1999 this figure had risen to 41,000, with all bar three images then held in electronic form. Today, the number of unique IIOC in circulation on the internet runs into millions, with police forces reporting seizures of up to 2.5 million images in single collections alone . The number of individual children depicted in these images is likely to be in the tens of thousands. 3. Trend analysis suggests that IIOC appear to be becoming more extreme, sadistic and violent. In a comparison of two Internet Watch Foundation reports from 2008 and 2010, images depicting penetrative abuse had risen by 7.6%, with a greater proportion depicting the abuse of younger children. It is difficult to assess how many people are in possession of IIOC as it is a crime largely hidden from view. Work is ongoing within CEOP to assess the extent of this offending. 4. In partnership with the internet industry, law enforcement organisations are becoming increasingly successful at identifying those who possess the growing volume of IIOC in circulation online. This is undoubtedly a very positive development; however with finite policing resources it has led to a greater need for effective prioritisation by police forces in order to manage the risk that these offenders present to children offline. 5. This thematic assessment was undertaken with five principal objectives: - To summarise current academic thinking and operational experience on the risk of contact sexual abuse posed to children by those who possess IIOC. - To identify and outline the challenges faced by UK stakeholders in dealing with IIOC possession offending and the safeguarding of victims. - To identify and outline options for risk-based prioritising of IIOC possession offending to help ensure that those who present the highest risk of contact sexual abuse are prioritised for intervention. - To identify and outline technological solutions/tools that enable IIOC possession investigations to be conducted as efficiently as possible, and support the safeguarding of victims. - To recommend technological, investigative and risk assessment solutions which can be deployed to assist in the prioritisation and execution of IIOC possession enquiries, and support the safeguarding of victims. - This Executive Summary outlines the findings, conclusions and recommendations of the full assessment, which is available as a restricted document to those within the law enforcement community. The full assessment is protectively marked in order to protect law enforcement methodology. Details: London: CEOP, 2012. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 7, 2017 at: https://www.ceop.police.uk/Documents/ceopdocs/CEOP%20IIOCTA%20Executive%20Summary.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 145982

Author: National Counter Terrorism Security Office Title: Crowded Places Guidance: See the latest guidance for your sector. Summary: The threat we face from terrorism is significant. As we have seen in the UK and across Europe attacks can happen at any time and any place without warning. Understanding the threat we all face and of the ways we can mitigate it can help keep us safer. Everyone can play a role in this effort by taking steps to help boost their protective security whether that's at work, at home or away; when travelling, when out and about or just simply when online. Having better security for all these areas makes it harder for terrorists to plan and carry out attacks. It also helps reduce the risk of other threats such as organised crime. This document provides protective security advice in a number of sectors and scenarios. It has been developed through extensive research and analysis of previous incidents, and the assessment of current known threats. It covers the key forms of protective security: physical, personnel, cyber and personal, and helps give guidance on how different sectors can act to help make their business, institutions or organisations safer. This guidance is primarily aimed at those in the security sector and those who own or run businesses, organisations, amenities or utilities. Some of the terminology may be unfamiliar to some readers. However, we hope the advice can also be of use to anyone who wishes to improve their own security. To deliver protective security effectively a security plan is essential along with a full risk assessment. It is important to identify an individual responsible for security and to identify what are the important assets, people, products, services, processes and information within your organisation. You can then begin to introduce mitigation to reduce vulnerabilities. A strong security culture must be supported and endorsed from a senior level. Details: London: National Counter Terrorism Security Office, 2017. 174p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 8, 2017 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/617817/170607_crowded-places-guidance_v1.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 145987

Author: Clinks Title: The Rehabilitative Prison: What does 'good' look like? Summary: This Clinks discussion paper aims to provide an early opportunity for voluntary sector organisations to contribute views on the forthcoming prison reforms, and invites your responses to some key questions. What would characterise a different prison regime 'conducive to rehabilitation'? What might 'good' look like in a newly designed prison? What could 'good' - or perhaps 'good enough' - start to look like across the rest of the prison estate? Over the coming months, as more detailed proposals emerge from government about the intended reforms, Clinks will be offering a variety of opportunities for these and other questions to be debated with our members and other key stakeholders. In the meantime, your responses to this paper will give policy makers and autonomous governors the benefit of learning from the sector in seeking to create a truly rehabilitative culture in prisons. Some key questions posed by the paper: Do you think a smaller prison population is a pre-requisite for a reformed prison system focused on rehabilitation? If safety, decency and humanity constitute the bedrock of a rehabilitative culture, should these be viewed as key indicators of the rehabilitative 'health' of each establishment? What might a 'good' prison regime look like that addresses each individual's reoffending risk factors and does so within an environment geared to supporting long-term desistance? What would be the necessary pre-conditions for truly effective involvement of the voluntary sector as the reforms progress, particularly for smaller organisations? Details: London: Clinks, 2016. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 9, 2017 at: http://www.clinks.org/sites/default/files/basic/files-downloads/clinks_rehabilitative-prison_final-web.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 145990

Author: Rogan, Mary Title: Driving Penal Reform Summary: For organisations and individuals involved in penal reform, influencing policy can be frustrating, slow and enigmatic. Models of penal change can provide guidance regarding the drivers of and influences on penal policy, and analysing the policy process can offer both theoretical insights and practical lessons for penal reform groups. This paper seeks to add to the growing literature on policy-making by exploring the example of the Republic of Ireland, which is in the process of changing its penal policy from one which prioritised penal expansion to one which advocates a decarceration strategy. The particular experience of Ireland since 2011 indicates a number of learning points for penal reformers, including the importance of grasping the opportunity presented by a change of government, establishing links with all parties, and, in some cases, providing a research function for politicians in order to create the best chance of having policy positions included in political commitments. The paper also explores the influence of international and domestic mechanisms for the protection of human rights on penal change, as well as the actions of senior prison officials. The case of Ireland shows that policies emphasising penal expansionism can be reversed through a combination of a favourable, or at least distracted, political culture, energetic individuals, and NGOs willing to work constructively with policymakers. Details: London: Howard League, 2014. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Howard League What is Justice? Working Papers 12/2014: Accessed June 9, 2017 at: http://howardleague.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/HLWP_12_2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prison Policy Shelf Number: 145992

Author: Clinks Title: Change and Challenge: The Voluntary Sector's Role in Transforming Rehabilitation Summary: Change & challenge is the second report in a series looking at the voluntary sector's role in Transforming Rehabilitation (the first report is available here). Clinks surveyed 151 voluntary sector organisations in mid-late 2015 to gain their views. As a result Clinks has found six key findings and made seven recommendations that we will work to progress over the coming months In response to feedback from our members and other voluntary sector organisations, Clinks partnered with NCVO and Third Sector Research Centre to undertake in-depth research into the voluntary sector's experience of the changes to probation services brought about by the Transforming Rehabilitation reforms. We use this information to advocate on behalf of the voluntary sector to government and probation services run by the National Probation Service (NPS) and Community Rehabilitation Companies (CRCs). Details: London: Clinks, 2016. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 13, 2017 at: http://www.clinks.org/sites/default/files/basic/files-downloads/clinks_track-tr_changechallenge_final-web.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Rehabilitation Shelf Number: 146074

Author: Beckett, Helen Title: Making Justice Work: Experiences of criminal justice for children and young people affected by sexual exploitation as victims and witnesses Summary: 1. Making Justice Work is a one year participatory pilot research project, carried out by The International Centre: Researching Child Sexual Exploitation, Violence and Trafficking at The University of Bedfordshire. The research explored young people's experiences of the criminal justice system in child sexual exploitation (CSE) cases, and the ways in which these could be improved. 2. The work consisted of: a policy and literature review; in-depth participatory research with nine young 'experts by experience'; interviews with two peer supporters; and interviews and focus groups with 38 professionals. 3. The primary emphasis was on the in-depth participatory research with the young experts by experience, given the limited nature of young people's perspectives within the existing body of evidence. The other three strands of work served to contextualise and triangulate this learning. A high degree of convergence emerged across all elements of the primary research. The findings also strongly resonate with themes identified in other research, inquiries and reviews. 4. Although often critical in their commentary, participants recognised the existence of pockets of good practice and were keen to see these implemented on a wider scale. The findings of the research are presented in a similar spirit; in the hope that they will provide helpful insights for the wide range of current initiatives for change within this field. Details: Luton, UK: University of Bedfordshire, 2015. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 14, 2017 at: http://uobrep.openrepository.com/uobrep/handle/10547/347011 Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 146092

Author: Great Britain. Minitry of Justice Title: Understanding the educational background of young offenders: Joint experimental statistical report Summary: This is a joint report between the Ministry of Justice (MoJ) and the Department for Education (DfE) that presents initial findings from a major data sharing project between the two departments. The aim of this analysis is to better understand the educational background, including attainment outcomes and characteristics, of young people aged 10 to 17 years who were sentenced in 2014 in England and Wales. The year 2014 has been used as this is the most recent full year of data included in the data share. The report shows that young offenders sentenced to custody in 2014 had lower attainment at KS2 than those given Youth Rehabilitation Orders (YROs), Referral Orders (ROs) or cautions or had lower attainment at KS4 than those given community sentences or cautions. 31% of those sentenced to custody for 12 months or longer, and who were recorded as being 16 or 17 years old on their sentence date, were looked after at 31st March 2014. The equivalent figure for those sentenced for less than 12 months was 27%. Over 90% of those sentenced to custody had a previous record of being persistently absent from school (missing 10% of sessions within a school year). 23% of those sentenced to less than 12 months in custody have been permanently excluded from school prior to their 2014 sentence date. For those sentenced to 12 months or longer in custody, 16% have a previous record of being excluded from school prior to sentencing. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2016. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 14, 2017 at: http://dera.ioe.ac.uk/28018/1/understanding-educational-background-of-young-offenders-full-report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Education and Crime Shelf Number: 146158

Author: McCombs, Jonathan W. Title: Problem based learning in law enforcement in-service training: A study of use of force Summary: The use of force by the police has been a topic of interest among academics and among American society. Police training has long been a factor that has been considered when administrators, policymakers, or society at-large considers the acts of force utilized by the police. The amount of training has been studied with a negative correlation between the number of training hours and the number of use of force incidents. Problem-based learning (PBL) has been utilized in the health professions and to some degree in law enforcement pre-service academies. This study measured the use of force incidents and different types of in-service training provided. This test of constructivist learning theory posits that the type of training utilized can have an effect on the number of use of force incidents. The results showed that for every hour of PBL, the number of use of force incidents decreased by 17 incidents in the Columbus, OH Division of Police. The ordinary least squares regression model accounted for the unemployment rate and crime rate as community factors and the hours of problem-based learning training and the mean officer experience as organizational factors in the analysis. Details: Capella University, 2015. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed June 14, 2017 at: http://search.proquest.com/docview/1695261727?pq-origsite=gscholar Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 146174

Author: Bright, Janet Title: Improving victim take-up of restorative justice Summary: The report, written by Janet Bright, explores the barriers to victims participating in restorative justice and what can be done to address them. It is the result of an eight-month research project which involved interviews with practitioners, service managers and victims - both those who had taken part in restorative justice and those who had chosen not to do so. The report highlights a number of barriers preventing higher restorative justice take-up and makes a series of recommendations. These include better facilitator training in engaging victims, removing offence-specific exclusions, increasing the number of points in the criminal justice system where service providers can deliver restorative justice and increasing awareness among key agencies. Details: London: Restorative Justice Council, 2017. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 15, 2017 at: https://www.restorativejustice.org.uk/sites/default/files/resources/files/RJC_TakeUpReport_web.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Restorative Justice Shelf Number: 146183

Author: Bovarnick, Silvie Title: Outreach Work: Child Sexual Exploitation - A Rapid Evidence Assessment Summary: This briefing is based on a rapid review of the available literature on outreach work with children and young people. It is intended to provide the ReachOut project with an overview of different approaches to outreach; what it generally aims to achieve; what distinguishes it from centre-based work and how it is applicable to children and young people involved in, or at risk of, child sexual exploitation. We highlight what is known about 'detached' and other approaches that aim to reach vulnerable populations who are not accessing mainstream services. We hope it will be useful in informing ReachOut's thinking about the role and value of its own outreach activities. WHAT IS OUTREACH? There isn't a single definition of 'outreach'. The term is used to describe a range of activities relating to community development, social inclusion, or engagement with local people (McGivney 2000a). It can operate in a variety of settings and with a range of target populations such as sex workers, drug users, and young people involved in crime or gangs (Rhodes 1996). In the context of youth work, outreach is typically aimed at particularly vulnerable and/or marginalised individuals or groups that, for a variety of reasons, are not effectively reached by mainstream services (Hardy et al 2010; Rhodes 1996). Outreach may also include work with parents, carers and the wider community. THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN DETACHED YOUTH WORK, STREET-WORK AND OUTREACH The fundamental similarity between outreach and detached youth work or street work is that they all take place where young people 'are at' geographically and developmentally. Detached youth work and street-work tend to both assess and address young people's needs by delivering activities in their spaces and places. Although outreach can also deliver services in community settings (Dewson et al 2006), it is more often an extension of centre or project-based work (Kaufman 2001; CWVY 2014), used to 'advertise' existing services and encourage young people to use them. Because outreach shares many methods and principles with other types of detached youth work, this review draws on relevant examples from the range of approaches. THE PURPOSE OF OUTREACH The primary purpose of outreach is to raise awareness of existing services and encourage their takeup. Outreach often targets individuals or groups that may be suspicious of, or intimidated by, mainstream services in order to increase their confidence and draw them into centre-based provision (Dewson et al 2006). However, in some instances, outreach can be used to deliver services in the local community, especially in communities where there is poor service provision and where people have difficulties in accessing advice and support e.g. in rural areas. Such outreach services may involve locating staff for some of their time in organisations which are located within target communities. Details: London: Barnardo's, 2016. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 16, 2017 at: http://bettercarenetwork.org/sites/default/files/Outreach%20Work%20-%20Child%20Sexual%20Exploitation.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 146206

Author: Dyer, Catherine Title: Protecting Scotland's Children and Young People: It is Still Everyone's Job Summary: On 25th February 2016, the then Cabinet Secretary for Education and Lifelong Learning, Angela Constance MSP, announced a National Child Protection Improvement Programme for Scotland (CPIP). This programme includes existing commitments on child sexual exploitation; child trafficking; and internet safety, along with a number of new areas of work. These include: a review of practice in the Children's Hearings System; agreeing steps to promote and support leadership; refreshing the role of inspection agencies; improving data and evidence; agreeing further action to address the impact of neglect on children and young people; and a review looking at how the child protection system currently works and what could be improved across Scotland. A Child Protection Systems Review Group was established with representation from a wide range of professionals with child protection expertise at a national and local level, and independently chaired by Catherine Dyer (Former Crown Agent and Chief Executive of the Crown Office and Procurator Fiscal Service). The Review Group was asked by Ministers to look at the operation of the formal child protection system - including Child Protection Committees, Child Protection Registers and case conferences, and Initial and Significant Case Reviews - and to recommend what changes or improvements might be needed to these underpinning processes and structures in order to protect children and young people more effectively. This report outlines the matters considered by the Review Group, their conclusions and subsequent recommendations. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government, 2017. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2017 at: http://www.gov.scot/Resource/0051/00514758.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 146261

Author: Great Britain. House of Commons. Justice Committee Title: Prison Reform: Governor empowerment and prison performance Summary: Within our overarching inquiry into the Government's prison reform programme we held a short 'sub-inquiry' into the plans for governor empowerment and prison performance, which are a central part of the overall programme. The Government intends to give prison governors greater autonomy and flexibility to shape the services provided in their prisons, emphasising the role of prisons in rehabilitation. Most of our witnesses supported these intentions, but many expressed concerns about the lack of clarity on the practical implications of the reforms. Some also questioned whether the reforms would address the current crisis in prisons. In this report, we have tried to clarify how the plans for governor empowerment and prison performance might operate and what risks will need to be mitigated. From April onwards, the Ministry of Justice (MoJ) will be responsible for prisons commissioning and policy, while the new HM Prison and Probation Service (HMPPS) will be responsible for the operational management of prisons. We heard that policy and operations are not easily separated in the prison context and that this separation could result in governors as well as the Secretary of State receiving conflicting advice from the MoJ and HMPPS. Governors will operate to, and be accountable through, three-year performance agreements they sign with the Secretary of State. These agreements will be based around four new performance standards, which are tied to the four purposes of prison included in the Prisons and Courts Bill: public protection; safety and order; reform; and preparing for life after prison. It is not clear to us what will happen in cases of poor performance, and how accountability will be attributed. The Ministry will publish official statistics on prison performance against these standards, possibly instead of the league tables it had initially announced. We consider that the Ministry should use these data to understand more fully the factors underpinning poor and high performance, to inform practice across the estate. Governor empowerment We are generally supportive of the principle of greater governor empowerment, but we have not seen any evidence that it will necessarily lead to better outcomes for prisoners, and we note that the six initial reform prisons will only be evaluated after the reforms take effect across the prison estate. We raise a number of potential issues associated with governor empowerment including: - the potential for greater governor autonomy and accompanying deregulation to result in an increase in prisoner complaints if not balanced with the need for minimum standards that apply consistently across prisons; - the availability of support and development opportunities for governors in time before the reforms begin to take effect; and - the need to coordinate contributions made by various agencies involved in providing services related to rehabilitation, including prisons and probation, at a local level, and to apportion accountability for post-release outcomes between prison governors and probation services. There also remains considerable uncertainty around how the Government's plans will apply to the privately managed prison estate, and how the new offender management model, with one keyworker overseeing the casework of six prisoners, will work in practice. Performance The shift to a common performance framework for private and public sector prisons, and towards more meaningful outcome measures for prisons that can incentivise desired behaviours in governors and staff, was broadly welcomed by witnesses, although some questioned the extent to which new measures differed significantly from existing ones. In the light of the challenges arising from the performance metrics for Transforming Rehabilitation, which had limited testing prior to implementation, we seek information on the manner in which prison performance measures have been tested and the results of these tests. Some of our witnesses suggested other measures should be used, and we consider that there is merit in testing measures related to staffing and prisoners' personal development. Commissioning Giving governors greater involvement in commissioning services in their prisons could lead to better outcomes for prisoners and innovation, but only when commissioning is based on evidence and evaluated rigorously, and when procurement processes, as well as performance agreements, are designed to facilitate innovation. However, it could also lead to a lack of alignment of services across the estate, and an increase in the overall cost of service provision, as economies of scale in the provision of goods and services could be lost. We recognise the need for central oversight to ensure service provision is coordinated across the prison estate and meets minimum quality standards, and recommend the Government decides on the appropriate level at which to commission services and goods on a case by case basis. Details: London: House of Commons, 2017. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Twelfth Report of Session 2016-17: HC 1123: https://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201617/cmselect/cmjust/1123/1123.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 146262

Author: National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children Title: How safe are our children? The most comprehensive overview of child protection in the UK Summary: Our report compiles and analyses the most robust and up-to-date child protection data that exists across the 4 nations in the UK for 2017. The report sets out 20 different indicators. Each indicator looks at the question of 'how safe are our children?' from a different perspective. They also include historic data, to help track progress over time. This year's report explains what the available data tells us about the current child protection landscape. It also highlights our call for a new UK-wide prevalence survey to give the clearest possible picture of the extent of child abuse and neglect. In recent years there has been an increase in emotional abuse as a reason for children being on a child protection plan or register in England and Wales, and increasing numbers of contacts to the NSPCC helpline about the issue. There has been an increase in public reporting of child abuse. In 2016/17 the NSPCC helpline responded to its highest ever number of contacts. There have also been increases in police-recorded child sexual offences and indecent image offences across the UK and increases in child cruelty and neglect offences in all UK nations except Scotland. The last decade has also seen increased numbers of children on child protection plans and registers and increased numbers of looked after children in the UK. But, without a new survey of child maltreatment prevalence we lack a clear picture of the extent of child abuse and neglect today. That's why we are calling on the UK Government to commission a new UK-wide study. Details: London: NSPCC, 2017. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed June 22, 2017 at: https://www.nspcc.org.uk/globalassets/documents/research-reports/how-safe-children-2017-report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 146344

Author: Conti, Gabriella Title: The Economic Costs of Child Maltreatment in the UK: A preliminary study Summary: This research examines the evidence for the economic costs of child maltreatment. This study is the first UK-based study that estimates the lifetime costs of child maltreatment. It uses existing UK longitudinal datasets. The estimates reflect the financial costs of child maltreatment in terms of its impact on health care, social care, education, the criminal justice system and also the costs to the wider economy in terms of lost productivity. Very importantly, this study does not capture significant intangible costs such as the emotional suffering borne by victims. The analysis shows that the discounted average lifetime incidence cost of non-fatal child maltreatment by a primary care-giver to be L89,390 (with a 95% certainty that the costs fall between L44,896 and L145,5081). The largest contributors to these costs were social care costs, short-term health-related costs, and the costs resulting from a lower probability of employment. The NSPCC and the researchers from University College London who undertook this research consider that this study presents a conservative estimate of the economic costs of child maltreatment. The estimate was limited by the range of child maltreatment and outcome measures in the data. For example, studies identified in the literature review for this report found important costs that could not be quantified as there were no relevant variables in the longitudinal datasets (e.g. days off work, premature mortality and drug use). Further, the literature review suggested a number of outcomes were related to child maltreatment (such as obesity, hypertension, type 2 diabetes, raised cholesterol and cancer) but no effect on these was identified in the longitudinal datasets and they were therefore not included in the cost analysis. These factors mean that this study gives us a conservative estimate of the economic costs of child maltreatment in the UK. The estimates are useful for the economic evaluation of child maltreatment interventions and prevention services and can also be useful when there is a need to prepare a business case to make the case for a service or intervention where there may not have been one to date. This study represents a baseline on which future, more comprehensive, studies might be built when better data are available. Details: London: NSPCC, 2017. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 22, 2017 at: https://www.nspcc.org.uk/globalassets/documents/research-reports/economic-cost-child-maltreatment-united-kingdom-preliminary-study.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect (U.K.) Shelf Number: 146345

Author: Hollis, Vicki Title: Children and young people who engage in technology-assisted harmful sexual behaviour; a study of their behaviours, backgrounds and characteristics. Summary: Key Findings Very little is known about the harmful sexual behaviours (HSB) assisted by technology that children and young people engage in. The current research therefore aimed to: - Explore the prevalence of the technology-assisted harmful sexual behaviour (TA-HSB) displayed by 275 children and young people being assessed for the NSPCC's Turn the Page harmful sexual behaviour service; - Explore the range of TA-HSB displayed by young males accessing this service and compare the backgrounds and characteristics of those with TA-HSB only (n=21), offline HSB only (n=35), and dual TA and offline HSB (n=35); - Investigate the association between TA-HSB and offline HSB; and - Investigate professional involvement with, and response to, TA-HSB. We define technology-assisted harmful sexual behaviour (TA-HSB) as: "One or more children engaging in sexual discussions or acts - using the internet and/or any image-creating/sharing or communication device - which is considered inappropriate and/or harmful given their age or stage of development. This behaviour falls on a continuum of severity from the use of pornography to online child sexual abuse.' These behaviours may be harmful only to the young person engaging in them, or may be directly harmful to another person. Our key findings were as follows: - TA-HSB was engaged in by almost half (46 per cent) of the children and young people accessing this service and a range of TA-HSB was identified. These behaviours spanned the harmful sexual behaviour continuum from inappropriate sexual behaviour (for example, the developmentally inappropriate use of pornography) to abusive sexual behaviour (for example, the online sexual abuse of another person, such as inciting them to engage in sexual activity online). - It was rare for children and young people to engage in TA-HSB alone (7 per cent of the sample) without also engaging in offline HSB (46 per cent). An integrated assessment model that explores both types of HSB together, as opposed to assessing them individually, may therefore be beneficial. - A stronger association was identified between the developmentally inappropriate use of pornography (for example, by children under the age of 13) and offline HSB compared with other forms of TA-HSB. The former was noted as a trigger for offline HSB in over half the cases while the latter tended to occur, on average, three years after the onset of offline HSB. This highlights the importance of an appropriate professional response to, assessment of, and intervention with, pornography use. - There were differences in the backgrounds and characteristics of young males with TA-HSB compared with dual and offline HSB, which may highlight different developmental trajectories leading to this behaviour. Those with dual HSB were similar to those with offline HSB and the offline HSB may therefore be the driving behaviour. Intervention to address the needs of those with TA-HSB may therefore need to focus on different areas to that with young people with dual HSB. - A more punitive response was taken towards the young males with TA-HSB (only) compared with those displaying offline HSB or dual HSB (for example, criminal justice involvement versus a more therapeutic response). Differences in professional perceptions of, and the ability to recognise, TA-HSB were also highlighted. This requires further exploration and has wider training implications for professionals working with children and young people. The findings from this research are being used by the NSPCC and AIM project to develop a training package for professionals working to assess children and young people with TA-HSB. Details: London: NSPCC, 2017. 106p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 23, 2017 at: https://www.nspcc.org.uk/globalassets/documents/research-reports/exploring-technology-assisted-harmful-sexual-behaviour.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 146347

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation Title: An Inspection of Through the Gate Resettlement Services for Prisoners Serving 12 Months or More Summary: Until 2014, probation services in England and Wales were delivered by local Probation Trusts. Reoffending rates for released prisoners were high. It was recognised that issues including homelessness, unemployment, mental health and substance misuse contributed to reoffending. The government's Transforming Rehabilitation strategy aimed to reduce reoffending rates by opening up the probation market to new providers, encouraging innovation and creativity. A new National Probation Service and 21 Community Rehabilitation Companies were set up on 01 June 2014. Cases allocated to the NPS included high risk of serious harm offenders and those subject to Multi-Agency Public Protection Arrangements. CRCs were to manage most other medium and low risk of serious harm offenders, and were to be given: 'flexibility to do what works and freedom from bureaucracy' (Ministry of Justice, 2013). The Transforming Rehabilitation programme introduced Through the Gate resettlement services into prisons in England and Wales. Through the Gate services were intended to be delivered by the local CRC to help prisoners maintain or find accommodation; provide assistance with finance, benefits and debt; and to support them to enter education, training and employment. Additional support was to be provided for those prisoners who had been sex workers or had experienced domestic abuse. These services had existed in prisons previously, but in a more fragmented way. The aim of Through the Gate was to provide a seamless transition between prison and the community. Through the Gate arrangements The prison estate was reorganised in November 2014, with 89 of the 120 prisons in England and Wales designated as resettlement prisons. All female prisons were so designated. The aim is for 80% of prisoners to be moved to a resettlement prison local to their home area at least three months before release. Prison staff screen all new prisoners to discover what needs they have, and CRCs are expected to plan to meet any immediate resettlement needs at the start of sentence, and then to review the plan 12 weeks before release putting in place assistance required at that point. CRCs have Through the Gate resettlement teams located within all designated resettlement prisons, consisting either of direct CRC employees or staff working for organisations in a contractual arrangement with the CRC. CRCs receive a 'fee for service' for providing core Through the Gate services, which should include assistance to maintain or find accommodation; assistance with finance, benefits and debt; education, training and employment; release coordination; and support for those who have been sex workers or have experienced domestic abuse. When CRCs bid for the contracts, they set out their broad intentions about how they would deliver Through the Gate services, but the detailed content is not specified. Through the Gate services are available to all prisoners, irrespective of whether their cases are to be managed upon release by a CRC or the NPS. The CRC contracts are managed by HMPPS, and the only performance target for CRCs relating to Through the Gate is to complete resettlement plans in the prescribed timescale. There is no contractual obligation to address the needs that have been identified. We visited nine prisons, where Through the Gate services were being delivered by eight different CRCs with seven different corporate owners. We looked at the cases of 98 prisoners, before and after release. What prisoners need to help them resettle We found, as anticipated, that many prisoners needed substantial help before they were released. Finding somewhere to live was a common problem, along with finding work or making a benefits claim, and getting assistance with substance misuse or mental health problems. We found that many of these needs were not recognised when prisoners first went into custody. Problems that should have been obvious to prison staff were not identified. Where problems were picked up, they were not well-recorded, so that Through the Gate staff did not have enough information to make a good plan about what help was needed. If urgent issues were identified at the start of a sentence, the speed with which prisoners were transferred to other prisons meant that they were unlikely to receive early help, for example to sort out debts or maintain accommodation. There was then a time delay until they could access Through the Gate services, 12 weeks before release. Most prisoners did have plans drawn up for them before release, though not always in the required timescale. The quality of the plans was variable. Necessary actions were not always identified. Moreover, many of the actions in plans consisted of no more than referring the prisoner on to other services, with little or no follow-up. The delays in completing plans sometimes meant there was not enough time left to deal with issues that arose. Outcomes for prisoners receiving Through the Gate services Too many prisoners (more than one in seven) were released not knowing where they would sleep that night. Only two prisoners were found accommodation via Through the Gate arrangements. Three more were placed in short-term accommodation provided by HMPPS for home detention curfew. Work that could and should have been done by Through the Gate services in prison was left for responsible officers to pick up after release. Five prisoners only found accommodation on their day of release. This increased the anxiety of those prisoners and placed a heavy burden on staff in the community trying to make arrangements for housing on the day of release. The rate of homelessness varied from prison to prison, but ten of the cases we looked at started off their licence period with no fixed address. The impact of Through the Gate services on education, training and employment was minimal. No prisoners were helped by Through the Gate services to enter education, training or employment after release. All except one of the prisons we visited were able to set bank accounts up for prisoners, but even where this service was available, some prisoners were still released without bank accounts. Other work on finance, benefits and debt was not being delivered to any great extent. When Through the Gate was introduced there was much talk about the use of mentors to provide intensive support to prisoners around the time of release. The use of mentors had not been developed as anticipated, and only one prisoner had received support through a mentor scheme introduced under Through the Gate. After release, all of the prisoners in our sample would be supervised for at least 12 months. We thought it was important that their responsible officers in the community received full information at the point of release, about the prisoner's behaviour and experience in prison. Ideally this would include details of all handover arrangements, including appointments made at Jobcentre Plus, and with drug treatment and mental health services. This could be done either by prison staff or Through the Gate workers, but in many prisons communication and information sharing was poor. Public protection Public protection is the business of everyone working with the prisoner. Most of the Through the Gate staff we met were ill-informed about public protection issues in the cases they were working with. We observed shortcomings in the work of prison staff, and of responsible officers in the CRCs and in the NPS. Too many prisoners had inadequate assessment of their potential to cause harm, and too little was done to mitigate these risks. Poor communication was often a factor, and there was not enough evidence of a 'whole system' approach to managing risk of harm. Design and evaluation of Through the Gate services Prison places are not evenly distributed across the country, so layering Through the Gate onto the prison footprint was never going to be straightforward. Other pressures in the prison system mean that the catchment areas for some resettlement prisons are very wide. We only saw a few prisons where there was a clear benefit from having the 'local' CRC delivering Through the Gate services. No clear guidance has been given on how Through the Gate services should align with sentence planning arrangements. For many prisoners, no sentence planning takes place at all because of operational difficulties within prisons, while others only receive a risk assessment due to the current Offender Assessment System prioritisation policy. The Through the Gate resettlement plan may be the only record of work that needs to be done with them, and it is not sufficient for that purpose. The complexity and incompatibility of the IT systems used by staff in preparing prisoners for release were major obstacles to effective working. Either staff waste time entering the same information in multiple places, or they just record in one or two places, with the consequence that others are not able to find out about relevant work. While many CRCs have contracted well-respected voluntary organisations to deliver Through the Gate services, the focus has been on completion of resettlement plans and so the potential for these more diverse providers to improve the overall quality of resettlement work is not being realised. The few examples of innovation we saw were on a very small scale, so are likely to have no more than a negligible impact on reducing reoffending. The CRC contracts incentivise the completion of resettlement plans, not the improvement of prisoners' situations. CRCs are generally struggling financially and it is not surprising, then, that most have invested little in services beyond the minimum contractual expectation. Those that are doing more - Durham Tees Valley CRC for example - told us that they are doing so at a loss. It is hard to see any impact of the prospect of future payment by results for reducing reoffending rates. The consequence is that Through the Gate services as delivered now are not likely to reduce rates of reoffending. For technical and legal reasons it is impossible for CRCs to track any difference Through the Gate has made for the prisoners they have worked with, such as finding accommodation or work. This makes it hard for them to evaluate the impact of their work. The staff we met in prisons working for Through the Gate were keen and committed, and were clearly very busy writing resettlement plans to meet contractual targets. Many of them, and some of their managers, were unaware that the work they were doing was having little or no impact on the eventual resettlement of prisoners. Details: Manchester: Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation, 2017. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 23, 2017 at: http://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/cjji/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2017/06/Through-the-Gate-phase-2-report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prisoner Reentry Shelf Number: 146349

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation Title: Full Joint Reinspection of Youth Offending Work in Bromley Summary: Summary - Reducing reoffending - Overall work to reduce reoffending was satisfactory. Assessments, and reports for courts and youth offender panels, were generally good. Planning for work to reduce offending required further improvement. Custodial cases needed to be treated as a single integrated sentence. The transfer of cases to or from other YOTs was not done well. Education, training and employment outcomes were good. Protecting the public - Overall work to protect the public and actual or potential victims was satisfactory. Assessment of the risk of harm to others had improved considerably. Referrals to Multi-Agency Public Protection Arrangements were made as required. The internal multi-agency risk management forum was not sufficiently effective. Management oversight arrangements were not always effective. Protecting children and young people - Overall work to protect children and young people and reduce their vulnerability was satisfactory. Many aspects of this work had improved substantially, particularly assessment and planning within the YOS, and its delivery of suitable interventions. Joint work with children's services remained inconsistent. Management - oversight and the risk management forum were not always effective. The service provided by the YOS nurse was valuable and used well. Making sure the sentence is served - Overall work to make sure the sentence was served was good. Assessment of diversity factors was good but more attention needed to be given to plans to address barriers to engagement. Engagement with children and young people and others in assessment and planning had improved considerably. Response to non-compliance with the sentence, and to other incidents, was appropriate. The basic skills tutor service was valuable and was used well. Governance and partnerships - Overall, the effectiveness of governance and partnership arrangements was satisfactory. Governance and leadership arrangements were generally strong. There was good local commitment to youth offending work. A broad range of partnerships were in place. Education, training and employment partnerships were particularly effective. There were difficulties with some health related arrangements. The use of data was underdeveloped. Operational management in the YOS was not sufficiently effective. Improvement plans were ambitious and appropriate. Interventions to reduce offending - Overall work on interventions to reduce offending was satisfactory. When interventions had been delivered this was done well. Interventions were based on the needs of the individual case, which was a substantial improvement from the previous inspection. It was sometimes unclear what work had been delivered. Not enough effective use was made of the custodial period of sentences. Details: Manchester: HM Inspectorate of Probation, 2017. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 23, 2017 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2017/06/Bromley-FJI-Reinspection2.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 146350

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation Title: The work of probation services in courts Summary: Probation services have for many years provided advice and information to courts to help judges and magistrates decide on the right sentence. Under the government's Transforming Rehabilitation programme, probation services changed. In June 2014, they were divided into a new public sector National Probation Service (NPS) and 21 new privately owned Community Rehabilitation Companies (CRCs). The NPS assumed responsibility for all advice and information provided to courts. Alongside Transforming Rehabilitation, the Ministry of Justice is modernising the criminal justice system. Historically, courts adjourned for three weeks or more so that pre-sentence advice could be assembled. New expectations are that most advice to court can be given on the day in cases where a defendant pleads guilty, to allow for an immediate sentence decision. In response, the NPS implemented nationwide arrangements for a speedier approach. Court Workload The inspection report sets out the volume of work undertaken by the NPS in court: 158,305 Pre-sentence reports prepared for magistrates' and Crown Courts (July 2015 to June 2016) 100% - The percentage of pre-sentence reports completed by the NPS within the timescales set by the court, including remands in custody (April to September 2016) 31,342 (29%) Community sentences enforced in court due to failure to comply, further offences or other reasons (October 2015 to September 2016) 71% Of community sentences ran their full course successfully or were finished early for good progress (October 2015 to September 2016) 48% Decline in commencements of accredited programmes (2009/2010 to 2015/2016) 44% Percentage increase in the use of rehabilitation activity requirements for community orders during the period of April-June 2015 to April-June 2016 Findings Inspectors found strong arrangements between the NPS and the courts, though working arrangements with CRCs were less well developed. Pre-sentence oral reports delivered on the day were well regarded by sentencers. Inspectors found satisfactory (or better) arrangements to obtain information regarding child protection and domestic abuse. Worryingly, accredited programmes to prevent reoffending were recommended by the NPS relatively infrequently, despite clear evidence to support their use. Short written reports were not always sufficiently thorough in their assessments of the risks an individual could pose. NPS enforcement work was of a high quality, but many sentencers expressed concern about cases where CRCs allowed an individual too many absences before breaching them and taking them back before the court. NPS hardware and software were dated, making staff less efficient, but inspectors did see the effective use of video link in some courts. Details: Manchester: HM Inspectorate of Probation, 2017. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 23, 2017 at: http://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2017/06/The-work-of-probation-services-in-courts-report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Sentences Shelf Number: 146351

Author: Northern Ireland Criminal Justice Inspection Title: Cyber Crime: An Inspection of how the Criminal Justice System deals with Cyber Crime in Northern Ireland Summary: Cyber crime is a relatively recent phenomenon and its prevalence has increased exponentially in recent years at the same time as rates for the traditional crime types have fallen. More crime is committed online than offline and the cost of cyber crime to the economy is substantial. of partners from law enforcement, business and academia to investigate cyber crime and share information, and had prosecuted complex cases. Cyber crime was a fast-developing area and a comprehensive assessment of the scale and extent of cyber crime was necessary for the PSNI to provide an effective response to the current threat, to allocate resources and to meet investigative and victim needs. There was a recognised under-reporting of cyber crime. Police recording did not capture the full extent of reported cyber crime and cyber fraud; this created a gap between the true scale and impact of cyber crime and that which was reported in crime statistics. Almost all crime now had a technological aspect; as people had moved their communications and shopping online; criminals had done the same with their offending. The scale of demand for digital forensic examinations, coupled with the increasing capacity of devices had created examination backlogs. Whilst the PSNI had taken a number of steps to address this issue, delays impacted on victims of crime, the effectiveness of criminal investigations and the speed of justice through the courts, and the PSNI needed to take action to reduce the number of examinations awaiting completion. The digital forensic capacity of the CCC was supported in the Police Districts by local E-Crime Support Units which performed a valuable role. The demand for device examination had exceeded the Units' capacity, and recognition of this had led to an internal review which Inspectors welcomed as an opportunity to re-examine the effectiveness of the provision of digital forensics for District policing, and online access for investigative purposes. From April 2015 fraud and related cyber crimes were no longer reported to the PSNI but to the "Action Fraud" national reporting centre. The transition had encountered some initial difficulties and Inspectors found a mixed level of understanding about the reporting arrangements among front-line police and the business community. Work was taking place to improve IT information transfer, and the PSNI had taken positive steps to improve fraud investigation management and monitoring to improve outcomes. Inspectors considered it an opportune time to review the effectiveness of this approach to tackle fraud. Training is vital for officers to effectively investigate cyber crime, to provide advice about preventative measures and to support the needs of victims. Training for the PSNI officers had been provided at various levels, including new staff joining the Service, however Inspectors identified gaps, and the current provision should be assessed against a comprehensive analysis of need. It was evident during this inspection that a limited understanding of the threat from cyber crime was widespread. The PSNI was fully involved in the national initiatives operating here; it was a key player in the local groups involving academia and the business community, and police had established excellent links with stakeholders across Northern Ireland. There were extensive resources provided on the PSNI website and active media promotion and advice about cyber crime and internet security. Despite all of this, cyber crime was the cause of considerable concern amongst the public, and Inspectors identified the need for a more strategic approach to increase awareness and education about cyber crime and internet security amongst the business and wider community in Northern Ireland. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2017. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 24, 2017 at: http://www.cjini.org/getattachment/de5474c9-fbf4-4caf-b7fd-4c440e133b8f/picture.aspx Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Computer Crime Shelf Number: 146355

Author: Unwin, Stephen Title: Police Community Support Officers: A Force for the Future. A Study Into the Training and Employment of Summary: Since the introduction of the first Police Community Support Officer (PCSO) by The Metropolitan Police in September 2002 there has been continued debate and argument regarding the PCSO the main argument being concerned with the Police Federations opposition to the actual PCSO role. This dissertation research document steps outside of the mainstream of debate and examines the training and employment experience of the PCSO. It examines what are considered to be the important and often overlooked elements associated with the training and employment of the PCSO. It also examines current Home Office and Association of Chief Police Officers publications issued for the guidance in training and employment of the PCSO. It details the study of the basic training in the classroom and continues concentrating on the subject matter delivered progressing to the PCSOs employment experience in the community. The study also examines the working relationships between PCSOs and their Police colleagues. It will also endeavour to identify any inconsistencies in delivery of subject matter between Police forces utilising PCSOs and any lack of continuity in the development of the PCSO continuation training. It utilises a comprehensive survey of serving PCSOs from twenty two separate police forces as the primary source of qualitative data. The survey results are presented in a basic analytical format as provided from the 'Survey Share' internet based online survey facility, data is also presented in bar graph format. The survey was conducted between 25th May and 16th June 2005. Details: Leicester, UK: Leicester University, 2006. 115p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 27, 2017 at: http://www.national-pcsos.co.uk/JOSSMAN2.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Auxiliary Police Shelf Number: 146430

Author: Giacomantonio, Chris Title: College of Policing Stop and Search Training Experiment: Process Evaluation Summary: Overview of the training pilot and evaluation In 2014, the College of Policing entered into a partnership with the Equality and Human Rights Commission (EHRC) to develop new National Policing Curriculum learning standards on stop and search, and to design related learning materials. This was primarily in response to a series of reports on problems identified with the use of stop and search powers by police in England and Wales. The training was part of a reform package put forward in 2014 by the Home Secretary to improve public confidence in the police, and in particular improve issues of race disproportionality in the use of stop and search powers by police (Home Office, 2014b). These reforms to training followed recommendations by Her Majesties Inspectorate of Constabulary (HMIC) (2013) that new training and a clear definition of an effective and fair search be developed. The training intervention - The College, in consultation with the EHRC and police stakeholders, developed a training intervention that was piloted across six police forces in England from August 2015 through October 2015. The piloting was undertaken with the intention of informing and supporting a national roll-out of training to all officers in England and Wales from 2016/17, and to develop an evidence base around the impact of training on improving stop and search practice and the use of the relevant powers. The pilot intervention, as originally conceived, was expected to develop and test training intended to improve practical legal decision-making, reduce unconscious bias and enhance procedural justice in stop and search encounters,3 and in the end the pilot intervention was expected to influence: - officers' knowledge, attitudes and anticipated behaviour relating to stop and search; - their 'hit rates' (the proportion of searches resulting in an arrest), and; the quality of recorded grounds (the written justification for search). The delivery of training was primarily based on a Guidance for Trainers document that was delivered to force-level trainers through national 'train-the-trainers' events in August 2015. The Guidance document was intended to aid trainers in developing one-day training sessions to be held at force-level, with the intention of achieving 14 related learning objectives surrounding the history, purpose, and appropriate and effective uses of stop and search powers. The training was intended to be participatory in nature, utilising exercises and discussion to illustrate key points. Following HMIC's suggestion, the College published a new working definition of a 'fair and effective' search on 15 August. This was subsequently included in the training package, though only adopted by four of the six participating forces. This had been developed as guidance on a 'higher standard' of justification for a search, particularly moving from a standard of 'reasonable suspicion' to 'genuine belief' that a specific item would be found in the justification for a search. The definition was introduced in the training in part to understand how officers would understand and respond to this heightened standard. Alongside the Guidance for Trainers, the College developed pre-training reading material ('pre-read'), an assessment for officers to complete in advance of the training (based on the pre-read) and a basic slide pack to assist trainers in structuring their courses. The College then worked with independent researchers to evaluate the implementation of training and impact of the pilot after the training was delivered, with evaluation findings informing the national training re-design process. Details: Cambridge, UK: RAND Europe, 2016. 112p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 29, 2017 at: https://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR1400/RR1442/RAND_RR1442.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Decision-Making Shelf Number: 146455

Author: Miller, Joel Title: College of Policing stop and search training experiment: Impact evaluation. Final report Summary: This report presents results from a randomised controlled trial of a pilot stop and search training programme. The training was designed to promote the non-discriminatory use of police stop and search powers, strengthen officers' knowledge and skills in applying reasonable suspicion, improve the treatment of members of the public and improve outcomes from encounters. It was led by the College of Policing (the College) in collaboration with the Equality and Human Rights Commission (EHRC). The pilot was carried out in six police forces within England and Wales. A total of 1,323 uniformed officers were included in the study. They were selected because they were regular users of stop and search powers. They were then randomly assigned to a treatment group that was targeted for the pilot training (87 per cent ultimately received training) or a control group that was not intended to receive the training (0.8 per cent received training). Here, we present the findings from an impact evaluation of the pilot based on three sources of data. These are: - Wave 1 survey, carried out a few days or weeks from the end of officers' pilot training - Wave 2 survey, initiated between about three and five months following the end of officers' training - data generated from police search records, drawing from the three calendar months prior to the beginning of training and the three calendar months following the completion of the bulk of training in each force. Analysis of the survey results tested hypotheses concerning the training's effects on officers' knowledge, attitudes and anticipated behaviours, while actual behaviours were measured through police stop and search records. Key findings, focused primarily on programme-level effects across the six forces, are presented below - Impacts on officers' preparation and knowledge - Compared to the control group, officers in the treatment group were a little less likely to report that prior stop and search training (including both pilot and other past training) had prepared them with relevant knowledge and skills, based on the Wave 1 survey. This suggests the pilot training compared unfavourably with officers' recollections of training earlier in their careers. - Officers' knowledge of stop and search regulations and policy was generally high and was a little higher in the treatment than control groups, as measured in both Wave 1 and Wave 2 surveys. This suggests that the pilot training improved officers' already strong stop and search knowledge and that this improvement was sustained over time. - In the Wave 2 survey, officers in the treatment group reported less confidence in the adequacy of grounds in written search records than the control group officers did. This suggests that they had become more stringent in their evaluation of grounds for searches. This effect was found for stronger and weaker grounds although there was some evidence that the effect was greater for weaker grounds. Impacts on officers' attitudes - In the Wave 1 survey, treatment group officers averaged slightly less support for police ethnic/racial stereotyping than control group officers, suggesting a small impact of pilot training, although support for ethnic/racial stereotyping was already low among officers. This variable was not measured in the Wave 2 survey. - In the Wave 1 survey, officers in the treatment group were a little less cynical about the prospect of policies regulating officer stop and search practices, suggesting a modest pilot training impact. This effect did not, however, endure to the Wave 2 survey. - In both Wave 1 and Wave 2 surveys, there was a somewhat lower level of support for high volume stop and search strategies in the treatment group compared to the control group. This suggests the pilot training prompted officers to favour a more selective use of stop and search in crime control. This effect was sustained to Wave 2 - In the Wave 1 survey, there were no differences between treatment and control groups in their support for procedural justice (ie, being respectful and fair) during stop and search. Consistent with this finding, the process evaluation showed that procedural justice was not a central feature of the training that was delivered (see Giacomantonio et al, 2016). Support for procedural justice was not measured in Wave 2. Impacts on officers' anticipated behaviours - When presented with a scenario involving the searching of a confrontational suspect in the Wave 1 survey, there were no clear differences between treatment and control group officers in how they said they would treat the suspect. This applied in relation to both procedural justice principles and the legal procedures used in encounters. - As expected, when asked the likelihood of them questioning potentially suspicious people in a range of different scenarios, there was little difference in response between treatment and control group officers. This was true for examples in both Wave 1 and Wave 2 surveys. This suggests the training did not adversely affect officers' anticipated willingness to intervene in situations. - When they were asked how likely they were to search suspicious people in the same scenarios, however, officers in the treatment group reported notably lower probabilities of doing so, in both Wave 1 and 2 surveys. This was true for scenarios involving suspected robbery or drugs offences as well as for both weaker grounds (as initially hypothesised) and stronger grounds. The effect was strongest for searching when the scenario involved the smell of cannabis as a key basis for suspicion, considered to represent weaker grounds. This may, in part, be due to the emphasis placed in the training on the smell of cannabis, in isolation, as constituting inadequate grounds for a search (see Giacomantonio et al, 2016). - Perhaps explaining the pilot training's effects on officers' anticipated search decisions, the Wave 2 survey showed that officers in the treatment group were less likely than those in the control group to evaluate grounds in the scenarios as adequate to justify a search. The survey, however, showed no differences between the groups in officers' declared willingness to conduct searches, provided grounds were present. - The Wave 1 survey randomly varied the scenario suspects - descriptions between 'black' and 'white' when asking officers about their stop and search decision-making. Officers were generally more likely to say they would question or search white suspects than black suspects. - There was, however, no statistically significant effect of training on ethnic/racial disparities in officers' anticipated stop and search decision-making. Impacts on recorded behaviours - Police data provided no strong evidence of a reduction in officers' search rates directly attributable to the training. There was, however, a small effect that was close to statistical significance, meaning it is possible the training had a marginal effect, in line with officers' responses to survey questions. - An analysis of officers' written grounds indicated no differences in their quality between treatment and control groups. This suggests the training had no impact on the types of searches being conducted or the detail provided by officers when recording their grounds. - Police data showed no effects of training on the proportion of searches resulting in arrests, suggesting that the training has produced no improvements in officer effectiveness. - Police data showed no effects of training on the ethnic/racial distribution of people searched. This was consistent with survey findings showing that the training had no effects on the use of ethnic/racial appearance in officers' decision-making when responding to written scenarios. Force-specific effects - Training was associated with more pronounced effects in some forces than others, although variations were not consistent across types of outcome. Key findings include: - Force E registered almost no statistically significant effects on the range of outcome variables. - Force D experienced the largest number of significant effects of treatment on knowledge and attitudes. - Statistically significant effects were found on at least some anticipated search behaviours for all forces, as measured by the surveys, except Force E. - There was, however, a lack of clear and consistent effects of training on actual officer behaviours, as recorded in police data, for any of the forces (apart from two isolated statistically significant effects). - Force-level differences may reflect variations in the implementation of training between sites. Forces, however, also varied in their geography and organisation which may have influenced how the training was received. Some differences may also be the product of chance variations between forces. Conclusions - While the training had some intended effects, these effects were not found for all objectives, were often modest when they were found, and were often inconsistent across forces. Moreover, there were few concrete effects of training found in measured street-level practice. This raises some questions about the utility of the training as it was formulated for the pilot. - Future stop and search training might usefully give greater emphasis to modelling behaviours in stop and search encounters, alongside abstract teaching about the use and regulation of stop and search powers. This could involve the use of role-plays, for example. - Future stop and search training should probably place greater emphasis on improving how officers interact with suspects, paying particular attention to procedural justice principles, given that the pilot training had no effects related to procedural justice. - A training package that also targeted force supervisors and managers might be more effective. Such an approach could involve education in auditing and supervising officers' use of stop and search, and developing supervisors' and managers' skills in encouraging and directing officers to adopt more effective and fairer stop and search practices. Details: London: Research Advisory Services, 2016. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 29, 2017 at: http://whatworks.college.police.uk/Research/Documents/SS_training_IMPACT_EVALUATION_Final_report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 146456

Author: Quinton, Paul Title: College of Policing stop and search training experiment: An overview Summary: Six police forces trialled pilot stop and search training. The training was intended to focus on practical legal decision making, unconscious bias and procedural justice (ie, fairness and respectful treatment). A total of 1,323 police officers were randomly assigned to the treatment group (to be trained) or control group (not to be trained). The impact of the pilot was mixed overall. The pilot training had some small positive effects on officers' knowledge, attitudes and anticipated behaviours immediately after the training was delivered. Some of these effects were sustained at a three-month follow-up. No effects were found on recorded stop and search practices (ie, the quality of written grounds for search or arrest rates). Substantial variation was found in training delivered by the pilot forces, although this was possibly because the trainer guidance was not sufficiently prescriptive. The pilot training was generally well received by officers, though some challenged aspects of the training because it went against accepted officer practices. The findings of this study have been taken in account in developing the national stop and search learning programme to be introduced across England and Wales from 2016/17. Details: Ryton-on-Dunsmore: College of Policing, 2016. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 29, 2017 at: http://whatworks.college.police.uk/Research/Documents/SS_training_OVERVIEW_Final_report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 146457

Author: Robinson, Amanda Title: Risk-led policing of domestic abuse and the DASH risk model Summary: Key findings and implications - There was widespread support for risk assessment from both police and partners. - The DASH risk tool was not applied consistently at the frontline. Officers sometimes used discretion not to submit a form, specific questions were altered or omitted, and information was sometimes recorded in an inconsistent or incomplete way. - Police officers and staff appeared to prioritise criminal offences and especially physical violence and injury at the current incident at both the initial and secondary stages of risk assessment. - An evidence-based approach to risk-led policing is needed. - An understanding of coercive control needs to be embedded within a risk-led approach. - A revised risk tool for frontline officers should place a greater emphasis on patterns of abusive behaviour. - A more thorough risk/needs assessment is best undertaken by those with specialist training. Details: Ryton-on-Dunsmore: College of Policing, 2016. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 29, 2017 at: http://www.college.police.uk/News/College-news/Documents/Risk-led_policing_of_domestic_abuse_and_the_DASH_risk_model.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 146458

Author: Jaffe, Michelle Title: Peer support and seeking help in prison: a study of the Listener scheme in four prisons in England Summary: Volunteers have been visiting prisons since 1991 to select, train and support prisoners to provide confidential emotional support to other prisoners. Despite its existence for approximately two decades, the Listener scheme has received very little research attention other than a few scattered examples of in-house or small scale reviews (for example Davies, 1994; Richman, 2004; Snow & Biggar, 2006; The Samaritans, 2001a; 2001b). This paucity is also reflected in the current lack of knowledge about peer mentoring and support more widely, despite the significant government attention it has received. This thesis explores and analyses the operation of the Listener peer support scheme in four prisons in England. It investigates how prisoners used (or did not use) Listener support in their patterns of coping and help-seeking in prison, how the Listener scheme was perceived and used by prisoners, Listeners and prison staff, and how Listeners described their experiences of conducting their voluntary work in prison. Both quantitative and qualitative methods were adopted, including a survey of prisoners (n=331), and interviews with prisoners (n=14), Listeners (n=16), and prison staff (n=12). This thesis contends that the prison environment shapes and influences help-seeking by prisoners and the operation of peer support schemes in important ways. It is asserted that help-seeking by prisoners is 'strategic', that there is a need to recognise the importance of the factors that drive help-seeking in prison, and the impact this has on the spectrum of help-seeking activity that prisoners exhibit. Furthermore, this thesis examines the dilemmas and contradictions that arise, when prisoners attempt to engage as citizens by volunteering and helping their peers, with whom they share the same pains of imprisonment and experience of subordination. Details: Newcastle-under-Lyme: Keele University, 2012. 576p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 29, 2017 at: http://www.samaritans.org/sites/default/files/kcfinder/files/research/Peer%20Support%20in%20Prison%20Communities%20-%20Listener%20Scheme%20Full%20Report%202012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Peer Mentoring Shelf Number: 146459

Author: Foster, Janet Title: Peer Support in Prison Health Care: An investigation into the Listening Scheme in one adult male prison Summary: Prisoners are six times more likely to take their lives than an average person in the UK. Current prison suicide prevention policy in England and Wales reflects the importance of peer supporters and working with outside bodies such as the Samaritans. Under the Listening scheme, a peer support system developed by the prison service and the Samaritans, selected prisoners are trained to listen in confidence to fellow prisoners experiencing psychological and emotional distress which may lead to self harm or suicide. The scheme originated in HMP Swansea in 1991 and there are now over 1200 Listeners across the prison estate. Peer support is an increasingly significant aspect of health care provision as emphasis shifts from treatment to the promotion of health and well-being. The published evidence base for the role of Listeners in the mental well-being of offenders is limited to a few small empirical studies and reviews and evaluations that have looked at the prison service suicide strategy as a whole. Furthermore, the prison population has increased dramatically in recent years and responsibility for prison health care has now been transferred from the prison service to the NHS. The aim of this research study was to investigate prisoners' willingness to use peers for emotional and psychological support, to explore the impact upon providers and recipients and to investigate prisoners' and health care professionals' perceptions of its effectiveness in reducing distress. Details: London: University of Greenwich, 2011. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed June 29, 2017 at: http://gala.gre.ac.uk/7767/1/helenDraft_Listener_report_27_091_doc-finalversion2.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 146460

Author: South, Jane Title: A systematic review of the effectiveness and cost-effectiveness of peer-based interventions to maintain and improve offender health in prison settings Summary: Offenders have higher levels of ill health than the general population and are more likely to engage in risky health behaviours. One of the ways of improving health in prisons is through peer-based interventions, in which prisoners provide education, support or advice to their fellow prisoners. This study aimed to review previous research to find out whether or not peer interventions work to improve and maintain health in prisons and young offender institutions. We also wanted to find out what types of intervention exist, how they work in a prison setting and what the balance is between costs and benefits. The findings have come from a systematic review in which we gathered the results of studies across the world to provide a comprehensive and unbiased summary of whether or not peer interventions work in prison and whether or not they are cost-effective. We also held a mini-conference at which we invited experts in this area to share their opinions of how these approaches work in prisons, and held some listening exercises at which we consulted about the study with serving prisoners. The study conclusions were that there is good evidence that becoming a peer helper is linked to feeling more confident and having better health. Peer helpers can offer a valuable source of support within prisons, particularly for prisoners with mental health needs. Overall, there is not much research on costs but our analysis showed that involving prisoners in education about HIV infection may be more cost-effective than education by staff. The study has highlighted the importance of peer helpers working within the prison environment and has identified areas for future research. Details: London: National Institute for Health Research, 2014. 250p. Source: Internet Resource: Health Services Delivery Research 2014;2(35).Accessed June 29, 2017 at: http://eprints.leedsbeckett.ac.uk/1015/2/FullReport-hsdr02350.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 146461

Author: Grace, Kerry Title: Police use of force: evidence from complaints, investigation and public perception Summary: There is currently no complete picture of how police in England and Wales use force. This study examines the police use of force based on evidence informed by: analysis of public complaints recorded by the police research into the perceptions and experiences of members of the public, police personnel, and other stakeholders analysis of referrals and completed appeals against a local police investigation in-depth analysis of completed independent and managed investigations The report also provides a detailed look at the data collated in relation to people from black and minority ethnic groups, people with mental health concerns, children, and people in custody. Informed by our findings, we have made a number of recommendations. These are designed to improve how force is used and recorded, and how its effectiveness is evaluated, with the overall aim of improving public confidence in its use. All police forces have been invited to respond formally to the recommendations directed to them, including details of any action they plan to take in response. Details: London: Independent Police Complaints Commission, 2016. 105p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 29, 2017 at: https://www.ipcc.gov.uk/sites/default/files/Documents/IPCC_Use_Of_Force_Report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Complaints Against the Police Shelf Number: 146472

Author: Woolnough, Guy Neal Title: The policing of petty crime in Victorian Cumbria Summary: This study presents an innovative analysis of the policing of petty offending and the work the police in Cumbria: it problematizes conceptions of policing and its history. This study uses the neglected minutiae of police and court records to deconstruct the role of the police, discretionary policing by men on the beat, public expectations of the police, and the growth of police bureaucracy, which then calls into question the idea of a 'golden age' of policing. These are the issues that dominate the contemporary discourses on policing, though this study makes clear that assumptions are made today that are not supported by the history. The themes of this study are as relevant today as they were 150 years ago, for this work is interdisciplinary, situated in the social sciences, particularly criminology and history. This study examines the police's role at a time of social, economic and bureaucratic change. It links the development of police expertise and professionalism with the process of state formation. The historiography and nature of Victorian policing are tested by this study of Cumbria, a remote and unique region which was culturally, economically and agriculturally quite atypical of Victorian England. Details: Newcastle-under-Lyme, UK: Keele University, 2013. 436p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 29, 2017 at: http://eprints.keele.ac.uk/375/1/Woolnough%20PhD%202013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Historical Study Shelf Number: 146475

Author: Crocker, Ruth Title: The impact of organised crime in local communities Summary: Organised crime is changing. Traditional forms of organised crime centred around drug dealing and serious acquisitive crime are being supplemented with 'new' or 'emerging' crimes, such as modern slavery, child sexual exploitation and cyber fraud. It is now one of the government's main national priorities and new organisations at the national and regional level have been specifically set up to tackle it. However, the public view of organised crime is that while it is seen as a serious problem, it is not seen as a problem locally where they live. Since Police and Crime Commissioners (PCCs) are required to reflect local concerns when deciding how to allocate their force's resources, organised crime therefore tends not to attract the resources it requires. This study looks at the nature, scale and impact of organised crime on local communities. It focuses on the more hidden aspects of organised crime and how it impacts on vulnerable individuals and communities. It also looks at the modi operandi of organised crime groups (OCGs) and the local response to their offending. The research was undertaken in three cities located in two police force areas, the West Midlands and Avon and Somerset. The fieldwork was based in three neighbourhoods in Wolverhampton and Coventry, and in one city; Bristol. The first strand looked at the local impact of organised crime as a whole, and the second focused on two 'new' crime types: organised sexual exploitation and organised fraud. Both quantitative and qualitative data were explored. Organised crime in local neighbourhoods A snapshot of police recorded crime across all three research sites shows that up to 17 per cent is linked to organised crime. Given the low reporting rates associated with organised crime and other factors, this is almost certainly an underestimate. The most common recorded offences linked to organised crime are drug dealing, fraud and vehicle crime, but police intelligence focuses heavily on drug-related offending while virtually ignoring fraud. This leads to drug-related organised crime being recognised and recorded by the police at the expense of other types of organised crime, particularly fraud, which not only comprises a high proportion of recorded offences (in spite of its relative lack of police attention) but also, alongside drugs and violence, accounts for much of the harm caused by organised crime. Foreign nationals, often from Eastern Europe, appear to have a substantial involvement in organised acquisitive crime (shoplifting and theft from the person), with a significantly higher proportion of these offences connected to organised crime compared with UK nationals. They would appear however to also be disproportionately at risk of exploitation by pimps, rogue employers and landlords, loan sharks and traffickers, knowledge of which rarely reaches the police or other agencies. The criminal activities of known OCGs in the three research sites are primarily drug related and the local drug markets closely resemble those identified by other studies, which vary by the type of drugs supplied and the ethnicity/nationality of those supplying them. Large scale cannabis cultivation, in some cases run by Vietnamese OCGs, present new and potentially very harmful challenges. In contrast, the criminal activities of unknown (ie unmapped) OCGs tend to be focused on newer crimes, such as human trafficking, modern slavery and sexual exploitation, although some also engage in more traditional criminal activities such as vehicle crime, tobacco smuggling and the sale of counterfeit goods. Organised crime can scar neighbourhoods and the people who live in them. High levels of fear, intimidation and violence commonly accompany intimidation and violence commonly accompany fierce competition for the control of local drug markets. Certain groups - the young, the elderly, the poor and recently-arrived foreign nationals - are particularly at risk of exploitation and harm. Powerful OCGs subvert the rule of law by intimidating victims and witnesses or settling disputes 'informally,' and undermine the local economy by running protection rackets, providing cheap labour or undercutting legitimate businesses. Details: London: Police Foundation and Perpetuity Research, 2017. 138p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 30, 2017 at: https://perpetuityresearch.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/2017-05-Organised-Crime-in-Local-Communities-Final-Report-web.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Exploitation Shelf Number: 146478

Author: Mews, Aidan Title: Impact evaluation of the prison-based Core Sex Offender Treatment Programme Summary: The aim of the research was to extend the evidence base on the effectiveness of treatment for sexual offenders. This study measures the impact of the prison-based Core Sex Offender Treatment Programme (SOTP) on the re-offending outcomes of sex offenders in England and Wales, whilst controlling for the different observable characteristics, needs, and risk factors of offenders. Core1 SOTP is a cognitive-behavioural psychological intervention designed by the HM Prison and Probation Service (HMPPS) for imprisoned men who have committed sexual offences. The Programme is intended to reduce sexual reoffending amongst participants by identifying and addressing known criminogenic needs. It was accredited for use in prisons in 1992 by the then HM Prison and Probation Service Prison and Probation Services Joint Accreditation Panel, which later became the Correctional Services Accreditation and Advice Panel (CSAAP). The CSAAP help the MOJ and HMPPS to develop and implement high quality offending behaviour programmes and promote excellence in programmes designed to reduce reoffending. Programmes are assessed against a set of criteria derived from the "what works" evidence base. These include having a clear model of change, effective risk management, targeting offending behaviour, employing effective methods, ensuring relevance to individual learning styles, and maintaining the quality and integrity of delivery. Changes have been made to the targets, the content, and the methods used in Core SOTP since its introduction in response to emerging research. As a result, during the course of this study (and in the period thereafter) the Programme has changed. However, it remains a cognitive behavioural group based treatment approach. It was, and remains, available in approximately one-sixth of male prison establishments in England and Wales and is intended for individuals sentenced to 12 months or more, who had either a current or previous (sentence) sex offence, were willing to engage in treatment, and were not in denial of their offending. There were 2,562 convicted sex offenders who started treatment under the prison-based Core Sex Offender Treatment Programme between 2000 and 2012 in England and Wales. These were matched to 13,219 co Police National Computer (PNC) records, SOTP treatment records, and the Offender Assessment System (OASys) database (where available). Standardised mean differences between the matched treated and comparison groups for the matching factors showed that the matching quality achieved was excellent. Propensity score matching (PSM) was used to match sexual offenders who participated in Core SOTP (treated sex offenders) to similar sexual offenders who did not. PSM is a statistical matching technique which uses factors theoretically and empirically associated with both receiving the treatment and the outcome variable (i.e. reoffending) to predict a 'propensity score', which represents the likelihood of entering treatment. This propensity score is then used to match treated individuals to comparison offenders who are similar to them. The matched treatment and comparison groups were then compared on an extensive range of proven reoffending outcomes (sexual and non-sexual). These outcome measures were calculated over a period of up to 13.9 years (average of 8.2 years) starting from each offender's release from prison between 2002 and 2012, with the follow-up period finishing in October 2015. For all individuals in this study (the treatment group plus the unmatched comparison group), the binary reoffending rate for all offences was 38.3% and the sexual reoffending rate excluding breaches,4 was 7.5%. These are low when compared to international studies but are within the range of other UK-based studies on reconviction rates for sex offenders (Craig et al., 2008). PSM can provide a robust quasi-experimental approach, although offenders can only be matched on observable variables. While extensive efforts were undertaken in identifying relevant factors, it is possible that unobserved factors could influence the findings that emerge from this research. Such factors include deviant sexual interest, general self-regulation problems and the degree of violence associated with the current sexual offence. Key findings The main findings of the analysis were as follows: - Some statistically significant differences were detected over an average 8.2 year follow up period. They were small in magnitude although they widened over the follow-up period. In particular: - More treated sex offenders committed at least one sexual reoffence (excluding breach) during the follow-up period when compared with the matched comparison offenders (10.0% compared with 8.0%). - More treated sex offenders committed at least one child image reoffence during the follow-up period when compared with the matched comparison offenders (4.4% compared with 2.9 %). Otherwise, the matched treated and comparison groups had similar reoffending rates across a variety of outcome measures. - A variety of sensitivity analyses were performed, which mostly focused on the sexual reoffending measure. The sexual reoffending treatment effect was found to be reasonably stable across these. As previously noted, it is possible that these results could be materially influenced by unobserved factors. However, such factors would need to increase both the odds of treatment and the odds of reoffending after controlling for the observable factors that were included within the matching process. In fact to conclude that the sexual re-offending treatment impact is not statistically significantly different from a reduction of 2 percentage points, the odds of treatment and re-offending would both need to increase by 122%. This increases to 219% for a 5 percentage point reduction. While the sensitivity analysis, involving both treatment and comparison groups, shows reoffending rates to be higher for individuals who have higher risk profiles, the matching process includes a range of factors that are used to determine risk. Conclusions The results suggest that while Core SOTP in prisons is generally associated with little or no changes in sexual and non-sexual reoffending, there were some statistically significant differences. The small changes in the sexual reoffending rate suggest that either Core SOTP does not reduce sexual reoffending as it intends to do, or that the true impact of the Programme was not detected. This study draws on large treatment and comparison groups, long follow-ups, and many matching factors, thus addressing the most common shortcomings in the research field on sex offenders' reoffending behaviour. However it still has a number of limitations that could either bias the findings or the interpretation of them. In particular: - It is impossible to conclusively rule out the absence of variables relating to deviant sexual interest, general self-regulation problems and the degree of violence associated with the current sexual offence that could possibly influence the results. Moreover, it is possible that the available data do not fully account for issues such as motivation to address offending behaviour. However, these absences are at least partly accounted for by matching factors included in this study (e.g. sexual deviancy by matching factors covering previous offending). Furthermore as shown above, what remains unaccounted for would need to have strong relationships both with participation onto treatment and reoffending to conclude that Core SOTP is associated with a reduction in sexual reoffending. - The estimated impact of Core SOTP was found to be similar when removing from the comparison group those who were identified as having done community SOTP. However, it will include some differences between the matched treatment and comparison groups that reflect changes occurring after the prison sentence has commenced and which are not associated with the provision of Core SOTP. Such factors include participation on other treatment programmes in prison and in the community, differences in offender management and in supervision, and regional demographics e.g. in employment rates. - Availability of good quality data on all factors which determine an offenders' participation on core SOTP, was also a particular issue. It is possible that paucity of data on some key offender characteristics including denial of offending, and a degree of self-selection, could bias the results. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2017. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Analytical Series: Accessed June 30, 2017 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/623876/sotp-report-web-.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cognitive-Behavioral Treatment Shelf Number: 146479

Author: Fair, Helen Title: Peer relations: Review of learning from the Winston Churchill Memorial Trust Prison Reform Fellowships - Part IV Summary: This Briefing is concerned with the broad theme of 'connections'. Its particular focus is on interventions visited by the Churchill Fellows which aim to harness the power of peer relations towards positive goals. - This report looks at the importance of positive peer relations at all stages of the criminal justice programme, specifically: - Peer relations as a tool to support desistance and diversion - Promoting positive peer relations in prison - Peer support on release from prison - Research has long documented the enormous influence of peer pressure - whether positive or negative - on offending behaviour. Positive peer pressure is utilised in work with young fathers and programmes which help to develop youth leadership, while work to reduce gang violence aims to counteract the negative effects of peer pressure. - In England and Wales, the growing use and benefits of peer support across the prison estate have been recognised by inspectors. Mentoring roles encompass the provision of emotional support, advising, and facilitating self-help or learning. - Examples of peer support programmes visited by Fellows include a programme run by ex-prisoners in the US which encourages the peer-led and grassroots education of prisoners; the use of drama to promote positive behaviour in prison in South Africa; and a programme in the US which uses life sentence prisoners as 'social mentors' to help new prisoners to adapt to prison life. - The importance of peer support for those leaving prison and re-entering the community is widely recognised, and is increasingly viewed by the UK government as a key means of ensuring continuity of support for those released from prison. - Examples of such 'through the gate' support was seen in Finland, where former prisoners work with those being released from prison to help them access the services they need to resettle back into the community, and in the US through the Delancey Street Foundation, which is entirely staffed by people who have been through the prison system, and teaches marketable skills to recently released prisoners. Details: London: Prison Reform Trust, 2017. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 1, 2017 at: http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/Portals/0/Documents/WCMT/peer_relations_FINAL.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 146485

Author: Thompson, Ian Title: The Impact of Procedural Justice Training on First Year Constables' Interactions with Citizens: A Randomized Controlled Trial Summary: Procedural justice (PJ) training for police has previously involved changing officer attitudes and behaviours by teaching officers about procedural justice, its benefits (Rosenbaum & Lawrence 2011; Skogan et al. 2015), the use of a procedural justice script during an interaction (Mazerolle et al. 2013), and by providing interpersonal skills training as a means of changing officer behaviour (Wheller et al. 2013). This research utilises a unique procedural justice knowledge and skills-based training programme designed to provide officers with information about the desirability of procedural justice combined with a skill set that enables officers to build a range of abilities for use in the practical application of procedural justice in the everyday operational environment. It is the first to examine the effectiveness of a procedural justice training programme under randomized controlled trial (RCT) conditions through real-time mentor officer observations. In June 2016, 56 graduating police officers were matched into pairs with one from each pair randomly selected to undergo a day and a half training programme. Over the next eight weeks each of these 56 officers were rated in their use of procedural justice by their mentor training officer for each police-public interaction they conducted. Research data was obtained using three validated survey instruments with excellent response rates (>96%) and a purpose-designed electronic rating tool. The research findings confirmed that the training had a significant positive effect on two variables immediately after the intervention, though when measured eight weeks after the intervention the effect had decayed. These results were at the statistically significant level (p=0.005) with medium effect sizes. Analysis of the total number of interactions conducted also found that though there were no significant differences in how First Year Constables (FYC) dealt with different types of incidents, when aggregated the intervention FYC group acted in a more procedurally just way than the control group. This finding is important as it relates to changes in behaviour in the experimental group rather than attitudinal changes. Overall, police who undertook the training were more procedurally just than those who didn't. The research argues for the introduction of this programme to police recruit training to embed procedural justice as a philosophy and business as usual. Details: Oxford, UK: Fitzwilliam College, 2016. 103 p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed July 1, 2017 at: http://www.crim.cam.ac.uk/alumni/theses/Ian%20Thompson.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Training Shelf Number: 146489

Author: Wheller, Levin Title: 'What works' in organisational change and business improvement? A Rapid Evidence Assessment Summary: The police service is currently facing a considerable challenge: to maintain service delivery in the light of substantial budget cuts. The service needs to be able to respond flexibly to adapt to the economic climate. Many forces are adopting business improvement techniques to examine current practices and explore where there may be scope to change processes to release savings. In some cases this requires large scale organisational change, shifting from operating in a culture where resources were plentiful and financial management was the preserve of headquarters staff, to one where they are scarce, tightly controlled and all staff are being asked to take some responsibility for efficiency savings. The NPIA Research Analysis and Information Unit (RAI) were commissioned to establish what is known about successful organisational change and business improvement to support the changes forces are being asked to make and inform NPIA programme activity in this area. This paper presents the methods used and cumulative findings of two Rapid Evidence Assessments (REAs) designed to examine what is known about effective organisational change and business improvement practices. A summary paper presenting key findings from these REAs and implications for practice is available here (summary report). Practitioners may also find it useful to look at the Continuous Improvement Self-Assessment Matrix (CI-SAM) which was developed based on findings from the REAs and workshops with practitioners. The matrix describes the elements necessary to achieve continuous improvement, together with a clear indication of the types of behaviours that should be in place in order to achieve higher levels of organisational performance and development. The first REA was conducted within a very tight timescale and was limited to systematic review evidence in order to meet time constraints. From 797 references identified by the searches, this 'review of reviews' identified 5 relevant papers which together cover a limited pool of robust experimental studies. In response to the lack of experimental evidence on this subject RAI carried out a second REA, this time relaxing the inclusion criteria to include individual evaluative studies with a minimum of a before and after measure. The second REA was conducted over a two-month period, following systematic principles, but is not exhaustive and is likely to be biased towards published sources rather than grey (unpublished) literature. The time constraints inevitably resulted in a tightly restricted scope, limited to published evidence for which electronic abstracts were available and contained within databases held by the National Police Library or obtainable from the British Library by the cut off date. The REA only covered papers published in the last twenty years, resulting in a risk that any older 'classic' studies of organisational change or business improvement may not be included. Over 11,000 references were identified by the initial searches for the second REA, and after sifting these abstracts, 178 full papers were requested. Of these, 134 were received by the cut off date. Further review of these papers found only 36 papers met the inclusion criteria (representing 0.3% of initial abstracts identified, and 27% of papers received). This paper draws together the findings from both REAs and is therefore based on a total of 41 papers, 5 studies identified in the first 'review of review' together with 36 papers from the second REA. Details: Ryton-on-Dunsmore, UK: National Policing Improvement Agency, 2012. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 1, 2017 at: http://whatworks.college.police.uk/Research/Documents/What_works_organisational_change_business_improvement_-_full_report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 146493

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Chief Inspector of Constabulary Title: PEEL: Police effectiveness 2016. A national overview Summary: This report sets out the national themes that HMIC found in its 2016 inspection of police effectiveness. As last year, the effectiveness inspection is very broad, covering the wide mission of policing - from preventing crime and anti-social behaviour to tackling the most serious elements of criminality that can blight our communities. We have assessed and graded each of the 43 forces in England and Wales on how well they prevent crime and anti-social behaviour, how effectively they investigate crime, catch criminals and manage offenders, whether they are protecting those people who are particularly vulnerable, and how well they are tackling serious and organised crime. To make our judgments, we have collected a vast range of data, scrutinised operational practice and found out what members of the public, including victims, think of the service they receive. The public can be reassured that overall most forces are doing a good - and in one case an outstanding - job of keeping people safe and preventing crime. We are particularly pleased to see how many forces have responded to our concerns on how they protect vulnerable people. More forces are improving their performance in this vital aspect of policing than in any other. But in some forces, the focus on vulnerability, while entirely welcome, may have been at the expense of some other important areas of policing. This year we have seen further evidence of the erosion of preventative policing in our neighbourhoods. Today, the police service is not as well equipped to stop crime happening in the first place as it has been in the past. This is a significant concern. HMIC is recommending that new national guidance is designed with the aim of preserving neighbourhood policing as the cornerstone of the policing model in England and Wales, and that all forces should then ensure that the service they provide meets that guidance. With so much crime now being carried out online, the police service needs further to extend its preventative presence into the cyber-world too. While commending the police service for the many improvements it has made, this report also raises a large and deep-red warning flag. HMIC has discovered an increasing number of unwelcome practices in some forces which, too often, have the effect of artificially suppressing the demand for the police to take prompt and effective action. For instance, too often emergency calls are reclassified as less urgent when there is a shortage of officers to respond and, on occasions, decisions are taken to reclassify high-risk victims of domestic violence to medium risk. This is because, in too many respects, existing support systems are overwhelmed. On occasions, gangs of violent and dangerous criminals are not formally classified as organised crime groups because this would further stretch the resources available to manage and pursue high-end criminals. These types of practices are poorly understood by forces - they tend to occur under the radar and are seemingly the unintended consequence of changes that forces have made, often in response to the challenge of austerity. A worrying consequence of this approach is that, in some forces, the police are simply not doing some of the basic things they should do. For example, police officers are arresting fewer people, some crimes are apparently being shelved without proper investigations taking place and too often suspects wanted in connection with crimes are not being tracked down relentlessly. It is vital that police leaders take action to address these emerging problems, so that the public are properly protected. Building on areas we have highlighted for action in previous reports, this year we recommend that there is a nationally co-ordinated response to the crisis generated by the shortage of qualified detectives and investigators. We have made five recommendations designed to encourage improvement in the areas where we have major concerns. There are actions that forces can take, supported by other national bodies including the College of Policing, the National Police Chiefs' Council and the Home Office. We look forward to continuing to work with forces and police and crime commissioners as the police service becomes ever more effective in the service that it provides to the public. Details: London: HMIC, 2017. 128p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 1, 2017 at: http://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmic/wp-content/uploads/peel-police-effectiveness-2016.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Effectiveness Shelf Number: 146491

Author: Great Britain. House of Commons. Home Affairs Committee Title: New Landscape of Policing Summary: Key points Key points made by the committee include: It is unacceptable that, more than a year after the Government announced it was phasing out the National Policing Improvement Agency, it still has not announced any definite decisions about the future of the vast majority of the functions currently performed by the Agency. Spring 2012, when the Agency is due to be phased out, is little more than six months away. The committee is not persuaded that the Government can meet this timetable and recommends that it delay the phasing out of the Agency until the end of 2012. After the Olympics, the Home Office should consider making counter-terrorism a separate command of the New National Crime Agency. Counter-terrorism is currently the responsibility of the Metropolitan Police. The Government must urgently appoint a head of the new National Crime Agency. A Professional Body for policing, as proposed by Peter Neyroud, could ultimately become a useful part of the policing landscape, but the Government will need to win the hearts and minds of police officers and staff to convey coherently the nature and role of the new body. The proposed new Professional Body must be inclusive from the outset and not just involve officers of ACPO ranks. Individual police officers and staff need to believe that this is their body. Collaboration between police forces offers clear financial and operational benefits. The Home Office should be more active in encouraging and supporting forces to collaborate with one another. IT across the police service as a whole is not fit for purpose, to the detriment of the police's ability to fulfil their basic mission of preventing crime and disorder. The Home Office must make revolutionising police IT a top priority. The committee states that Tom Winsor's review of pay and conditions is having an inevitable impact on morale in the police service, but believes it is possible to do more to mitigate this. The committee commends the work of Jan Berry, the former Reducing Bureaucracy in Policing Advocate, in emphasising that reducing bureaucracy in the police service is not simply about reducing paperwork but addressing the causes of that paperwork and bringing about a change in culture in the police service. The committee urges the Home Secretary to meet Jan Berry to discuss how to take her work forward. Details: London: The Stationery Office, 2011. 2 vol. Source: Internet Resource: Fourteenth Report of Session 2010-12 Accessed July 1, 2017 at: http://www.parliament.uk/policing-priorities Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 146492

Author: Wong, Kevin Title: Hate crime in Suffolk: understanding prevalence and support needs Summary: This research project was commissioned by the Suffolk Hate Crime Partnership with funding allocated to them from the Ministry of Justice. The aim of the project was to provide independent evidence of: the prevalence of Hate Crime in Suffolk; and the needs of victims and communities affected by Hate Crime across the victimisation themes of race, allegiance to a faith, sexuality, gender identity and disability. For this project, Hate Crime encompasses both hate incidents and Hate Crimes as defined by the Association of Chief Police Officers relating to race, faith, sexual orientation, gender identity and disability. The methodology included: a literature review and documentary analysis; analysis of reported Hate Crime and estimating unreported Hate Crime; survey of communities vulnerable to Hate Crime; interviews and focus groups with individuals from communities vulnerable to Hate Crime; interviews with representatives from local agencies and a workshop with representatives from local agencies. Findings from the survey, interviews, focus group and workshop findings should be treated with caution given the relatively small sample of individuals involved. The quantitative data used in the study was affected by the quality and consistency of recording. This summary draws together the key findings from the study and three recommendations for local agencies to implement. Details: Sheffield, UK: Sheffield Hallam University: Hallam Centre for Community Justice, 2013. 101p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 5, 2017 at: http://shura.shu.ac.uk/10393/1/Hate-Crime-in-Suffolk.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crime Shelf Number: 146512

Author: Thomas, Kimberley Title: Women and sexual violence, paths to healing: Resistance, Rebellion, Resilience and Recovery Summary: The purpose of this study is to illuminate the process of recovery for women who have experienced sexual violence at some point in their life span. The study explores the existing literature on trauma-based models of survival from sexual violence and finds that the prevailing view of the impact in the current trauma literature predicts a downward trajectory of distressing trauma-related symptomology. The aim of this research is to expand on the contemporary trauma literature and to elucidate and explore the role of self-protective factors, both in terms of how they might ameliorate the adversities associated with surviving sexual violence and of their function in the process of recovery. The study examines the naturally occurring antidotes to the trauma model, exploring self-protective concepts such as resilience and post-traumatic growth. These are contrasted and expanded by the less explored stories of women's active fight for survival using resistance strategies aimed at mitigating the impact of sexual violence and securing recovery. The study employs the methodology of interpretative phenomenological analysis to explore the narratives of six survivors of sexual violence, using semi-structured interviews to discover their routes to healing and recovery. The findings reveal four major themes: The Traumatised Self - 'Worlds falling apart'; Resistance and Survival Strategies; Recovery 'The view from the other side'; and, finally, Rebellion and Transformations. The findings illustrate a multiplicity of pathways to recovery from sexual violence and illuminate key stages to the process, from the devastation resulting from the impact of the assault through to a sense of recovery, culminating in acts of altruism and social activism. However, it is evident from the research that the recovery process is not linear, but rather should be seen as a complex interrelated array of actions and strategies, created almost entirely from the efforts of the survivors. An additional point of interest emerging from the findings is the potential for the recovery paradigm to consider the co-existence of vulnerabilities and self-protective strategies as part of a continuum of recovery. This will be of particular significance in the future design of services for women surviving sexual violence. Details: London: Middlesex University, 2016. 132p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 27, 2017 at: http://eprints.mdx.ac.uk/22274/1/KThomas%20thesis.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Sexual Violence Shelf Number: 146518

Author: Hoyle, Carolyn Title: The Impact of Being Wrongly Accused of Abuse in Occupations of Trust: Victims' Voices Summary: Recent decades have seen an emerging body of research focused on crime victims and their perspectives. In particular, there has been concern that allegations of sexual abuse, particularly non-recent abuse, have not received an appropriate response. Among politicians, criminal justice agencies and charities in the UK, there is a collective sense of remorse that reports of abuse were often not properly investigated and that those who reported it were often not believed. From this has emerged a new determination to correct past and prevent further injustices of this kind. Not surprisingly, there has been a cultural shift towards believing allegations of abuse, and the presumption now is in favour of trusting those who present as victims. It is important that all agencies, particularly the police, are alert to the needs of those who claim to be victims of abuse, but not to the extent of overlooking those who are victims of wrongful allegations. In a society which has made so much progress in addressing the needs of victims and in taking account of their perspective, those who have been smeared by false allegations of grievous crimes sometimes see themselves as the forgotten victims (of official errors if not of their accusers). They feel disregarded, and that they and their partners and children are left to suffer the ignominy alone. This qualitative study of people's experiences of being falsely accused of child/adult abuse in occupational contexts gives a voice to these other victims, by way of a content analysis of first person accounts. Set against the background of a broad social discourse focused on prosecuting child abusers and sex offenders, one which recognises that victims of abuse need great courage to report crimes against them, it may seem perverse to shine a spotlight on the wrongly accused. Some may worry that dwelling on them will drive victims back into the shadows for fear they will not be believed. However, hearing about the experiences of those who are falsely accused does not diminish lessons that can be learnt from victims of abuse. The Independent Inquiry into Child Sexual Abuse (IICSA) has invited victims and survivors of child sexual abuse to share their experience with the Inquiry team, and advises that the information provided will feed into the 'Truth Project'. However, the IICSA also intends to hear testimony from those who have been falsely accused to ensure a balance between encouraging the reporting of child sexual abuse and protecting the rights of the accused. We believe the IICSA is likely to hear evidence similar to the data presented below. Details: Oxford, UK: University of Oxford Centre for Criminology, 2017. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 27, 2017 at: https://www.law.ox.ac.uk/sites/files/oxlaw/the_impact_of_being_wrongly_accused_of_abuse_hoyle_speechley_burnett_final_26_may.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 146524

Author: Gibb, Moira Title: An Abuse of Faith Summary: An Abuse of Faith, is an the independent report by Dame Moira Gibb into the Churchs handling of the Bishop Peter Ball case. Peter Ball was convicted in 2015 of misconduct in public office and indecent assaults against teenagers and young men. The report was commissioned by the Archbishop of Canterbury, Justin Welby, following the conviction. In her foreword Dame Moira states: "This report considers the serious sexual wrongdoing of Peter Ball, a bishop of the Church of England who abused many boys and men over a period of twenty years or more. That is shocking in itself but is compounded by the failure of the Church to respond appropriately to his misconduct, again over a period of many years. Ball's priority was to protect and promote himself and he maligned the abused. The Church colluded with that rather than seeking to help those he had harmed, or assuring itself of the safety of others. We were asked to consider changes necessary to ensure that safeguarding in the Church is of the highest possible standard. The Church has made significant progress in recent years in its understanding of abuse. We have no doubt that the Church has a genuine commitment to meeting its responsibilities towards the victims of abuse. However we can see how difficult it is to make change across the complex structures of the Church. Progress has been slow and continuing, faster improvement is still required. It is the leadership of the Archbishops and Bishops which will determine whether change is effective." The report has 11 recommendations for the Church focusing on a range of issues including focusing on getting the right support in place for survivors, the leadership of bishops, strengthening guidance, reviewing the Archbishops' Lists and the effectiveness of our disciplinary measures with regards to safeguarding related cases. Details: London: Church of England, 2017. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed july 27, 2017 at: https://www.churchofengland.org/media/3999908/report-of-the-peter-ball-review-210617.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 146579

Author: Anderson, David Title: Deportation with Assurances Summary: November 2013, the Home Secretary asked David Anderson QC, the Independent Reviewer of Terrorism Legislation to conduct an independent review of the operation of the Government's practice on deportations with assurances (DWA). While the most high profile of these cases involved the return of Abu Qatada to Jordan, the Government has increasingly sought to rely on unenforceable bilateral agreements in respect of countries which routinely use torture to secure the removal of individuals from the UK. The Independent Reviewer has invited submissions on a range of questions about the effectiveness of the use of DWA and the procedure which applies to deportations where assurances are secured. JUSTICE maintains that negotiating assurances with countries known to use torture is wrong in principle and ineffective in practice. We are concerned that the goal of the Home Office review appears designed to remove safeguards against torture. We urge the Independent Reviewer to consider the limitations of the existing procedure, including the unfairness of the operation of closed material proceedings - and the use of secret evidence - to determine the safety of an individual's concern. Part 1 of this report, prepared by David Anderson QC, summarises the evolution and operation of deportation with assurances (DWA) in the United Kingdom, assesses its utility and answers the specific questions in the review's terms of reference. Part 2, prepared by Professor Walker QC, gives a detailed account of the international legal position, together with a comparative survey focusing on Australia, Canada, Israel, New Zealand, the USA, France, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands and Denmark. Details: London: Home Office, 2017. 121p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 27, 2017 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/630812/59541_Cm_9462_Print.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Deportation Shelf Number: 146584

Author: Keeling, Peter Title: No respect: Young BAME men, the police and stop and search Summary: exactly 30 years after the Brixton riots, history repeated itself in the summer of 2011 in cities across Britain. Once again, one accelerant to that unrest was a perception among black, Asian and minority ethnic (BAME) young people that they were being unfairly treated by police forces using stop and search. Public figures, including - commendably - the then Home Secretary, pledged action. In the subsequent five years the number of stop and searches effected in England and Wales fell from 1.2 million to 380,000 without any deleterious impact on levels of crime. However, shockingly, the likelihood of someone black being stopped and searched in that period actually rose in relation to white people. A black person is now six times more likely to be searched. Meeting young BAME people engaged through some of the Criminal Justice Alliance's 120 member organisations made clear how toxic this discrepancy, which corrodes their self-esteem, is to good community relations. Too many of them feel a visceral hostility towards police as a consequence. What's most stark is that too many are so obviously also becoming alienated from public institutions meant to protect them at the very point of their transition to adulthood. That's why we decided to listen to what young BAME people had to tell policymakers and those police forces genuinely wrestling with this problem. Much of it, as the recommendations outlined here indicate, was constructive and thoughtful. We also resolved to test whether the views we were hearing were representative of the two million young BAME people in England and Wales, each of them a key part of twenty-first century Britain's future. Polling has confirmed, worryingly, that they were. Almost 1.5 million young BAME people, for example, believe police stop and search powers are currently used unfairly toward their communities. We inhabit a country where it's becoming a truth universally acknowledged that politicians, policymakers and those who lead our public services don't listen enough to those they serve. We hope that all of them - including Police & Crime Commissioners and Chief Constables - will not just listen to the two million young people to whom this report gives voice. We hope they'll now act, and ensure that history does not repeat itself again. Details: London: Barrow Cadbury Trust, 2017. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 27, 2017 at: https://www.barrowcadbury.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/No-Respect-CJA-June-2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Minorities Shelf Number: 146586

Author: Fraser, Alistair Title: Growing through Gangs: young People, Identity and Social Change in Glasgow Summary: This thesis explores the social meanings and lived realities attached to the phenomenon of youth gangs for children and young people growing up in Langview, a community in the east end of Glasgow, during the early part of the twenty-first century. Drawing on a two year period of participant-observation, the thesis situates young people's understandings, experiences, and definitions of gangs in the context of broader social, cultural, and spatial dynamics within the area. In this way, the thesis analyses the complex and differentiated ways in which gang identities are enacted, and explores their intersection with developing age, gender, and group identities. In so doing, the thesis seeks to challenge pathologising stereotypes of youth gangs, drawing on nuanced accounts of gang identities that demonstrate the role of social development and youth transitions in the meanings and motivations of gang involvement. Against representations that construct the gang as an alien other, this thesis argues for an understanding of gangs that is sensitive to the fluidity of, and contradictions in, the formation of all youth identities - of which the gang identity is one. In sum, the thesis argues for the need to move 'beyond the gang' in understanding youth violence and territorial identities. Details: Glasgow: University of Glasgow, 2010. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 27, 2017 at: http://theses.gla.ac.uk/2343/ Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 146590

Author: Reid, Ebony Title: 'On road' Culture in Context: Masculinities, religion, and 'trapping' in inner city London Summary: The gang has been a focal concern in UK media, political discourse, policy, and policing interventions in the last decade, occupying the position of contemporary 'folk devil'. Despite the heightened attention on urban 'gang culture', sociological research on gangs in the UK is limited. However, some sociologists do stress a deterministic relationship between gangs and black urban youth, rendering urban men a source of fascination and repulsion, easy scapegoats in explaining street violence. Arguably, current work that privileges the idea of gang membership misunderstands much about the lives of some men involved. This thesis contributes to correcting that misunderstanding. The study adopts a social constructionist perspective in understanding the (multiple) ways urban men in an inner city area of London construct their lives when immersed in what they refer to as being 'on road', a symbolic space in which everyday lives are played out. As a broadly ethnographic study, the data for the thesis were generated using participant observation and semi-structured interviews with a range of participants, including young and adult men. The study identifies three distinct ways in which some men become trapped in difficult experiences and identities 'on road'. It focuses on the implications of the notion of 'trappedness' on their experiences in public space, employment opportunities and, self- identity. The 'on road' lives of the men in the study represent a paradox: the road appears to offer opportunity to build masculine identity but entangles them further in a trap, restricting freedom and stunting personal growth. This study has significance for sociological theory. Theoretically, the idea of being 'on road' can be understood as a discourse that persists in the language and symbolism that flows through these men's experiences and narratives. As such the idea of 'onroadness' powerfully shapes all aspects of their lives. It is argued that more focus is needed on the psychosocial factors that force some men into volatile social worlds, and the personal contexts that frame local narratives of 'on road' culture, especially within wider experiences of friendship, faith, and identity. The thesis suggests that this form of analysis offers a critical explanatory framework within which it is possible to understand the lives of some of the young and adult men in certain inner city areas in the UK. Details: London: Brunel University, 2017. 245p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 27, 2017 at: http://dspace.brunel.ac.uk/bitstream/2438/14817/1/FulltextThesis.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 146591

Author: Great Britain. National Audit Office Title: Online Fraud Summary: Growth in the use of the internet and advances in digital technologies mean that citizens and businesses can now do more online. For the UK, this means there are opportunities for greater innovation and economic growth, but also more opportunities for online crime. While traditional crimes such as vehicle offences and house burglary have declined substantially in recent years, fraud, more than half of which is committed online, is becoming more common and is a growing threat. Online criminals can target thousands of victims at the same time from anywhere in the world and so are hard to trace and prosecute. Online fraud can harm citizens financially and emotionally and harm businesses' finances and reputations. The true cost of online fraud is unknown, but is likely to be billions of pounds. One estimate was that individuals lost around L10 billion and the private sector around L144 billion to fraud in 2016. In the year ending 30 September 2016, the Office for National Statistics (ONS) estimated that there were 1.9 million estimated incidents of cyber-related fraud in England and Wales, or 16% of all estimated crime incidents. Online fraud includes criminals accessing citizens' and businesses' bank accounts, using their plastic card details, or tricking them into transferring money. The Home Office (the Department) is responsible for preventing and reducing crime, including online fraud. Many other bodies also play a role including the police, banks, the National Fraud Intelligence Bureau (NFIB), which records fraud offences and shares information with police forces, and Action Fraud, the national reporting centre for fraud. In 2016, the Department set up the Joint Fraud Taskforce to improve collaboration between government, industry and law enforcement in tackling online fraud. In the same year, the government published its National Cyber Security Strategy to 2021, which includes the government's plans for tackling cyber crime, including cyber-enabled fraud and data theft. Scope of this report This report focuses on the Department, which is responsible for preventing and reducing online fraud. We have examined how the Department works with other bodies to tackle the crime. We have not evaluated whether the Department is achieving value for money in tackling online fraud as the true scale of online fraud and the overall cost to the government is not known. In this report we sometimes refer just to fraud as often the government and other bodies, as well as data sources, do not distinguish between online and offline fraud. We have examined: - the nature and scale of the current threat (Part One); - how the Department and others have responded to the threat (Part Two); and - the challenges and opportunities the Department and others face in reducing and preventing online fraud (Part Three). The report does not cover fiscal fraud, such as benefit fraud, committed against the government. This was covered in a National Audit Office report in 2016. In addition, this report does not cover the major international cyber attack which occurred in May 2017 when we were finalising this report. The incident affected the NHS and other organisations in the UK and shows the serious risk and challenges that cyber crime presents to the UK government as well as citizens and businesses. Details: London: NAO, 2017. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: https://www.nao.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/Online-Fraud.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 146594

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Prisons Title: Report on an unannounced inspection visit to police custody suites in Sussex Summary: This report is part of a programme of unannounced inspections of police custody carried out jointly by our two inspectorates and which form a key part of the joint work programme of the criminal justice inspectorates. These inspections also contribute to the United Kingdom's response to its international obligation to ensure regular and independent inspection of all places of detention. The inspections look at strategy, treatment and conditions, individual rights and health care. We last inspected Sussex Police in February 2011, when we reported mostly positively about the way that detainees were treated and the conditions in which they were held. Our two principal concerns related to the number of ligature points in cells and the use of police custody as a 'place of safety' under the Mental Health Act. During the current inspection, we found that most detainees continued to be treated with respect and consideration, and that the condition of most cells was still adequate. Before this inspection, however, no progress had been made in relation to mitigating or eliminating the risks that we had previously identified in relation to potential ligature points. Soon after reporting our present concerns, the force quickly provided a helpful report about how they intended to address the outstanding problems. We continued to find problems in relation to the inappropriate use of police custody as a place of safety. In spite of collaborative work between the force and partners to try to avoid this, the number of detainees held under section 136 of the Mental Health Act as a place of safety had increased in the most recent six-month period. Custody staff sometimes had no suitable alternative placements available and occasionally were placed in the unenviable position of holding vulnerable detainees beyond their lawful detention period, simply in order to keep them safe. There was an urgent need for these circumstances to be reviewed jointly with partner agencies. As we often find in these inspections, the collation and extraction of data from force systems were inadequate, particularly in relation to the use of force; this led to an inability to monitor key areas of custody activity. Senior managers were aware of this, and there were plans to improve these weaknesses. We also identified some procedural weaknesses in the way that the Police and Criminal Evidence Act 1984 (PACE) and the codes of practice were being applied. This mainly related to the overuse of remote reviews. Initial risk assessments were consistently good, which is something we do not often find. Work in relation to diversity was particularly good and there were close links with relevant community-based organisations. It was encouraging to find that the force had introduced a joint protocol with partners to avoid the overnight detention of children who had been charged and refused bail, and multi-agency training had taken place to support this approach. Additional effort was still required in order to obtain suitable alternative accommodation. Overall, despite some mixed findings, this was still a relatively positive inspection. Importantly, most detainees held in police custody in Sussex continued to be treated decently. Details: London: HM Inspectorate of Prisons, 2017. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed july 29, 2017 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprisons/wp-content/uploads/sites/4/2017/03/Sussex-police-.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Detention Facilities Shelf Number: 146600

Author: Eaves For Women Title: "i'm no criminal": Examining the inpact of prostitution-specific criminal records on women seeking to exit prostitution Summary: The research outlines the legal and policy context in the UK surrounding prostitution. It also reviews relevant literature relating to the impact of criminal justice measures, and specifically criminal records, on women in, and exiting, prostitution. This research uses the term "women involved in prostitution", as women are the majority (though not the totality) of those selling or being sold for sex. The research aims were to explore: - The ways in which convictions and different outcomes for prostitution-related offences impact on women involved in prostitution - How a prostitution-related criminal record can act as a barrier to exiting specifically with - regard to education, training and employment - How this barrier may be linked to, and interact with, other barriers exiting women face - The more long-term ramifications for women, including post-exit, of prostitution-specific criminal records. The research was informed by a feminist approach. It used a mixed method approach. This involved a secondary analysis of interviews with 56 women with prostitution-specific criminal records undertaken in the original research from which this study arose. It also included a further fifteen new semi-structured interviews with women with prostitution-specific criminal records and 10 with stakeholders who have working knowledge and experience of prostitution and the criminal justice system. The findings examine both women's and stakeholders' views about existing measures used for prostitution in the criminal justice system - notably fines, antisocial behaviour orders, custodial sentences and community based alternatives. The research reflects the findings of other research in identifying that all of these measures can have harmful and discriminatory effects on women, entrenching them further in both the criminal justice system and in prostitution. While some of the community-based alternatives are intended to be less punitive and may be less detrimental to women, they are by no means harm-free and also are riven with inherent contradictions, inconsistencies and disparities. The findings also add to an existing body of research that highlights the lack of any strategy, vision or direction on prostitution policy and the way in which this results in inconsistent, arbitrary and contradictory policy and practice. This inconsistency acts to the great detriment and confusion of women involved in prostitution, the services that work with them, and the wider public. The findings then look in some detail at the impact of prostitution-specific criminal records on women's ability to take up education, training and employment which may enable them to exit prostitution, and build and sustain a new life. This section highlights the fact that the disclosure and barring service regulations result in prostitution-specific records being disclosed in most cases for women even years after they have exited. As one woman says: "It's holding me up basically in all areas of my life." Details: London: nia, 2017. 112p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 29, 2017 at: http://www.niaendingviolence.org.uk/perch/resources/im-no-criminal-final-report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Records Shelf Number: 146601

Author: Smith, Katie Title: Nowhere to Turn: Findings from the first year of the No Woman Turned Away project Summary: The No Woman Turned Away (NWTA) project was commissioned by the Department of Communities and Local Government (DCLG) to provide additional support to women facing difficulties accessing a refuge space. The work was delivered by Women's Aid and comprised a team of specialist caseworkers supporting women into refuge alongside dedicated evaluation support to conduct detailed monitoring and analysis of a full year's worth of data collected on survivors' needs and system response. This report outlines the findings from this project, using data collected from the National Domestic Violence Helpline (NDVH)1 and specialist NWTA caseworkers between 19th January 2016 and 18th January 2017. During this time, there were 8,623 calls to the NDVH from survivors seeking a refuge space and 404 women were supported by the NWTA caseworkers. This report also uses data from Routes to Support (formerly UK Refuges Online), the Women's Aid Annual Survey 2016, a survivor survey, and a series of interviews with survivors. Accessing a refuge space can mark a key stepping stone in the journey away from abuse, but for many women the search for a space is long and difficult. The report highlights some of the dangerous circumstances that women and their children face when they are unable to access refuge, the inability of services to meet the increasingly complex needs of some of the most marginalised groups of women and an overall national shortfall of refuge spaces, unevenly distributed and facing an uncertain future. Details: Bristol, UK: Women's Aid Federation of England, 2017. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 29, 2017 at: https://1q7dqy2unor827bqjls0c4rn-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/NWTA-Full-report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 146602

Author: SafeLives Title: Safe Young Lives: Young People and Domestic Abuse Summary: The SafeLives Spotlight focuses on young people aged 13 to 17 who - experience domestic abuse in an intimate partner relationship, or; - demonstrate harmful behaviours towards a family member. Details: Bristol, UK: SafeLives, 2017. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 29, 2017 at: http://safelives.org.uk/sites/default/files/resources/Safe%20Young%20Lives%20web.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 146603

Author: Great Britain. HM Crown Prosecution Service Inspectorate Title: Living in fear - the police and CPS response to harassment and stalking Summary: Harassment and stalking are crimes of persistence. It is the unrelenting repeat behaviour by the perpetrator experienced in its totality, which seems inescapable and inevitable, that has such a detrimental effect on the victim. The actions in themselves may seem unremarkable, and this may partly explain why some victims suffer repeat behaviour over a prolonged period before reporting it to police, or do not report it at all. Harassment and stalking can often also be crimes of control. This is particularly the case when the victimisation is associated with a current or previous controlling and coercive relationship. A report by Dr Lorraine Sheridan and the Network for Surviving Stalking, in which 829 victims of stalking were surveyed, found that the victims were aged between 10 and 73. Men and women from all backgrounds were affected and many were professionals (38 percent). Dr Sheridan concluded that almost anyone can become a victim of stalking. In this inspection, we used the term stalking for behaviour that constituted harassment and where the perpetrator appeared to be fixated and/or obsessed with another. There are many links between harassment and stalking, including the legislation itself. However, we found that the police and the CPS frequently struggled to separate the two offences. We found that stalking in particular was misunderstood by the police and the CPS. As a result, it often went unrecognised. The police sometimes mis-recorded stalking offences, or worse, did not record them at all. Prosecutors on occasions missed opportunities to charge stalking offences, instead preferring other offences, particularly harassment. We also found that the absence of a single accepted, consistent definition of stalking is a very significant contributory factor to the unacceptably low number of recorded crimes and prosecutions. It is also one of the main reasons that police officers, staff and prosecutors gave us varying interpretations of stalking. The result for victims was that offences were not dealt with appropriately by using stalking-specific powers (for example, the power to search premises and seize evidence). Incidents of victimisation were dealt with as isolated cases and were not treated seriously or quickly enough, and victims were left at risk. In some cases, the charges did not reflect the seriousness of the offending. Details: London: HMIC, 2017. 114p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 29, 2017 at: http://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmicfrs/wp-content/uploads/living-in-fear-the-police-and-cps-response-to-harassment-and-stalking.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Harassment Shelf Number: 146604

Author: Hail, Yvonne Title: Local Policing in Transition: Examining the Impacts and Implilcations of Police Reform in Scotland Summary: Since the reintroduction of a Scottish parliament in 1999, and set against a backdrop of significant cuts in public spending, there has been much debate regarding law and order discourse from a Scottish perspective. In 2011, the Scottish Government conducted two consultations on the most radical programme of police reform for a generation. The consultation process ensued that on 8 September 2011, the Cabinet Secretary for Justice announced the Scottish Government's intention to introduce legislation to create a single, national police service in Scotland with claims that it would deliver an estimated savings of L130 million a year and L1.7 billion over 15 years. Under this new legislation local policing became (for the first time) a statutory requirement, giving key responsibilities to local police commanders to devise local policing plans for each area in consultation with local authorities and communities. This localised focus raised questions as to the potential gains and losses of such a merger and prompted a renewed focus on enduring academic debates regarding local policing strategies, governance, accountability and the relative merits of different styles of policing across Scotland's communities. Understanding the impact and implications of these local arrangements provides the focus for this thesis. The level of recent organisational change which has occurred across policing in Scotland is comprehensive in its scope and sits within the concept of macro level change. With regard to police reform, the majority of existing research has focused on micro level or operational changes; with an example of this being seen in the work of Skogan (2006) who examined the impact of community policing initiatives. Despite there being a large number of existing studies on police reform, there is a distinct lack of research which examines macro levels of reform, such as those recently experienced in Scotland. Therefore, this project, which was conducted parallel to the implementation of police reform in Scotland, is able to provide a unique and valuable snapshot of how reform was experienced on the frontline at the very time it was being implemented. Local policing strategies were chosen for this study as it is believed that this is the approach which bests suits an examination of daily interactions between the public and local police personnel. By employing a qualitative methodology using semi structured interviews and non-participant observations, this project is able to show both the individual and group construction of the meanings associated with post reform policing practices in each of the case study areas. The researcher does not attempt to make any broad generalisations regarding post reform local policing across Scotland from the findings, however, similar themes highlighted in the findings as being experienced by both case study area provides a framework for conducting further research. In terms of the thesis' overall contribution to academic literature, the key findings reported here highlight that there is a requirement for a specific police organisational change theory to be developed which can fill the gaps in current change literature and assist in framing future police reform. This police change theory should include a directive that recognises the importance of the role of frontline staff in the translation of changes at an operational level and support the inclusion of members of the frontline in the planning and implementation of future police reforms. Details: Dundee, UK: University of Dundee, 2017. 398p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 29, 2017 at: http://discovery.dundee.ac.uk/portal/en/theses/local-policing-in-transition(225cab5e-4734-4a72-aca0-66e7f69126f9).html Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 146610

Author: Horwell, Richard Title: Mouncher Investigation Report Summary: Richard Horwell QC's investigation into the Mouncher trial was set up in early 2015, following consultation between the then Home Secretary and Attorney General. It investigated the collapse of the 2011 R v Mouncher and others trial against 8 police officers charged with perverting the course of justice for their role in the arrest and prosecution of 5 men for the murder of Lynette White in 1988 in Cardiff. Three of the 5 men were convicted of murder and later had their convictions quashed by the Court of Appeal. Subsequently, the real murderer was identified due to advances in DNA techniques. The report of the independent investigation was published on 18 July. It concludes that the trial collapsed because of human errors by the police and Crown Prosecution Service (CPS) rather than a deliberate attempt to cover up any crime. It makes 17 recommendations for the police and the CPS to improve the disclosure process. Details: London: Home Office, 2017. 329p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed july 29, 2017 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/629793/mouncher_report_print_version_july_2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Evidence Shelf Number: 146611

Author: Great Britain. National Audit Office Title: Mental health in prisons Summary: Government does not know how many people in prison have a mental illness, how much it is spending on mental health in prisons or whether it is achieving its objectives. It is therefore hard to see how Government can be achieving value for money in its efforts to improve the mental health and well being of prisoners. In 2016 there were 40,161 incidents of self-harm in prisons and 120 self-inflicted deaths. Government does not know how many people in prison have a mental illness, how much it is spending on mental health in prisons or whether it is achieving its objectives. It is therefore hard to see how Government can be achieving value for money in its efforts to improve the mental health and well being of prisoners, according to a report by the National Audit Office. Her Majesty's Prisons and Probation Service (HMPPS), NHS England and Public Health England have set ambitious objectives for providing mental health services but do not collect enough or good enough data to understand whether they are meeting them. Rates of self-inflicted deaths and self-harm in prison have risen significantly in the last five years, suggesting that mental health and well-being in prison has declined. Self-harm rose by 73% between 2012 and 2016. In 2016 there were 40,161 incidents of self-harm in prisons, the equivalent of one incident for every two prisoners. While in 2016 there were 120 self-inflicted deaths in prison, almost twice the number in 2012, and the highest year on record. Government needs to address the rising rates of suicide and self harm in prisons as a matter of urgency. In 2016, the Prisons and Probation Ombudsman found that 70% of prisoners who had committed suicide between 2012 and 2014 had mental health needs. The Ministry of Justice and its partners have undertaken work to identify interventions to reduce suicide and self-harm in prisons, though these have not yet been implemented. While NHS England uses health needs assessments to understand need these are often based on what was provided in previous years, and do not take account of unmet need. The NAO estimate that the total spend on healthcare in adult prisons, in 2016-17 was around $400 million. HMPPS does not monitor the quality of healthcare it pays for in the six privately-managed prisons it oversees. The prison system is under considerable pressure, making it more difficult to manage prisoners' mental well-being, though government has set out an ambitious reform programme to address this. NOMS' (National Offender Management Service) funding reduced by 13% between 2009-10 and 2016-17, and staff numbers in public prisons reduced by 30% over the same period. When prisons are short-staffed, governors may run restricted regimes where prisoners spend more of the day in their cells, making it more challenging for prisoners to access mental health services. Staffing pressures can make it difficult for prison officers to detect changes in a prisoner's mental health and officers have not received regular training to understand mental health conditions, though the Ministry plans to provide more training in future. In addition, NOMS did not always give NHS England enough notice when it has made changes to the prison estate. For example at Downview Prison NHS England was in the process of commissioning health services for a male prison, when NOMS decide to open it as a female prison instead. When NAO visited six months after it opened, the prison was still in the process of developing a healthcare service that could meet the needs of the female population. The challenges of delivering healthcare are compounded by the ageing prison estate, over a quarter of which was built before 1900 and without modern healthcare in mind. The Ministry has a programme to replace the ageing estate with modern buildings. While clinical care is broadly judged to be good, there are weaknesses in the system for identifying prisoners who need mental health services. Prisoners are screened when they arrive in prison, but this does not always identify mental health problems and staff do not have access to GP records, which means they do not always know if a prisoner has been diagnosed with a mental illness. NHS England is in the process of linking prison health records to GP records to address this. Mentally ill prisoners should wait no more than 14 days to be admitted to a secure hospital, but only 34% of prisoners were transferred within 14 days in 2016-17 while 7% (76) waited for more than 140 days. The process for transferring prisoners is complex and delays can have a negative impact on prisoners' mental health and they may be kept in unsuitable conditions such as segregation units Details: London: NAO, 2017. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed july 29, 2017 at: https://www.nao.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/Mental-health-in-prisons.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Health Services Shelf Number: 146617

Author: D'Arcy, Kate Title: Families and Communities Against Child Sexual Exploitation ((FCASE): Final Evaluation Summary: This is the final evaluation report for the Barnardo's Families and Communities Against Sexual Exploitation project (FCASE), produced by the International Centre, researching Child Sexual Exploitation, Violence and Trafficking at the University of Bedfordshire. The programme was launched in April 2013, funded by the Department for Education (DfE) and concluded in March 2015. The evaluation was undertaken during the same period. The FCASE model has been piloted in three sites, which for the purposes of this report have been anonymised and will be referred to using pseudonyms. It consists of the following elements: a structured programme of six to eight weeks direct work with young people and families where a risk of child sexual exploitation (CSE) has been identified; delivery of CSE training with professionals; and undertaking community awareness raising. The evaluation has been informed by a range of qualitative data. The report identifies the elements that work well and some of the challenges in its implementation. This had been done in order to determine good practice in supporting families and communities and embed more effective practice on protecting children and young people, including those in foster care, from sexual exploitation, harnessing the protective factors within a child's family and/or foster home. The learning from the project is intended to help other agencies to implement the FCASE model. An on-line learning resource is to be produced in order to facilitate this process. Details: Luton, UI: University of Bedfordshire, International Centre: Researching child sexual exploitation, violence and trafficking, 2015. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 31, 2017 at: https://www.basw.co.uk/resource/?id=4012 Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 146618

Author: Patrick, Rodger Title: A Tangled Web: Why you can't believe crime statistics Summary: Crime is going down - officially. The trouble is that most people don't believe it: they feel that society is becoming more crime-ridden. So what could explain the discrepancy between the claims made by politicians and the everyday experience of citizens? In this hard-hitting expose, Rodger Patrick, former Chief Inspector of West Midlands Police, shows how this has come about. He unpacks the gaming behaviours of police forces under pressure from central government to reduce crime rates and increase detection rates by any means - including some that are unethical and even criminal. A Tangled Web takes the reader into the arcane world of 'cuffing' - making crimes disappear by refusing to believe the victims; 'nodding' - inducing suspects to 'nod' at locations where they can claim to have committed crimes that will be 'taken into consideration', sometimes in return for sex, drugs and alcohol; 'stitching', or fabricating evidence, which allows police forces to obtain convictions without ever going to court; and 'skewing', or concentrating resources on offences that are used as performance indicators, at the expense of time-consuming investigations into more serious crime. Rodger Patrick cites the now considerable number of official inquiries into police forces that have uncovered evidence of these practices on such a scale, and over such a wide area, that they cannot be put down to a few 'rotten apples'. He argues that the problems are organisational, and result from making the career prospects of police officers dependent on performance management techniques originally devised for the commercial sector. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary has long taken a relaxed view of the problem, putting a generous interpretation on evidence uncovered in its investigations, although in a small number of cases officers have had to resign or even face criminal charges. Details: London: Civitas, 2014. 130p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 31, 2017 at: http://www.civitas.org.uk/content/files/ATangledWeb.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 146619

Author: Appleton, Josie Title: Checking Up: How the Coalition's plans to cut back on criminal records checks have been defeated Summary: Since 2002, more than 40 million criminal records checks have been carried out at a cost of nearly two billion pounds, yet there has never been any significant research showing the effectiveness of mass vetting in child protection terms. In June 2010, the Coalition government promised to 'scale back' criminal records checks to 'common-sense proportions', predicting that its reforms would lead to a halving of checks from around four million to 1.7 million. This has not happened. In 2013-14, there were 3,948,793 criminal records checks at a cost of L211.6 million. Far from being scaled back, in certain ways the vetting system appears to have become more complicated, expansive and expensive. Vetting is encouraged by state agencies, such as local authorities and regulators, who demand checks even beyond current guidance. Furthermore, the interests of the regulators and the private bodies that rely on income from the checks mean that they will have little interest in reducing unnecessary vetting. This report argues that the current scale of investment in vetting is out of proportion to its positive effects. There is a need to go back to the drawing board and to ask if criminal records checks are the best manner in which to be spending L200 million a year. Details: London: Civitas, 2014. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 31, 2017 at: http://www.civitas.org.uk/content/files/CheckingUp.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Background Checks Shelf Number: 146620

Author: Davies, Jon Gower Title: Mind-Forg'd Manacles:Murder, Macpherson and the (Metropolitan) Police Summary: Institutional racism is an unfair allegation to level at British police forces and its universal acceptance by public officials has led to harmful policymaking, according to a new Civitas report. In Mind Forg'd Manacles, Jon Gower Davies outlines the history and influence of 'institutional racism' since the Macpherson inquiry, following the murder of Stephen Lawrence. He finds the evidence for institutional racism within British police forces to lack substance and describes how the resulting bureaucratic burdens placed on police forces have impeded their ability actually to serve the public. Details: London: Civitas, 2012. 160p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 31, 2017 at: http://www.civitas.org.uk/content/files/MindForgdManacles.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Investigation Shelf Number: 146621

Author: Shuker, Lucie Title: Empowering Parents: Evaluation of Parents as partners in safeguarding children and young people in Lancashire project 2014-2017 Summary: 1. This report presents the findings of an evaluation of the project 'Parents as partners in safeguarding children and young people in Lancashire, June 2014 to May 2017'. The project was delivered by Parents against child sexual exploitation (Pace) and centred around the work of a Parent Liaison Officer (PLO) placed in the multi-agency 'Engage' team in Blackburn with Darwen, Lancashire. 2. The PLO offers flexible, one-to-one support to parents and families whose child is at risk, or a victim, of child sexual exploitation (CSE) using the 'relational safeguarding model' developed by Pace. The aims of the evaluation were to explore the impact of the PLO in relation to three key outcomes for parents: increased awareness and understanding of CSE; playing a more active part in safeguarding their child and receipt of support through the judicial process. 3. Semi-structured, individual interviews were undertaken with parents who had received one-to-one support from the Parent Liaison Officer (n=10), and with professionals who had worked alongside the PLO in the Engage team (n=11). This data was supplemented by one focus group with parents (n=4), an evaluation form for parents (n=17), interviews with PLOs (n=3) and observation of the Engage team. Details: Luton, UK: University Bedfordshire, 2017. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 31, 2017 at: http://paceuk.info/wp-content/uploads/Empowering-Parents-UoB-Pace-Evaluation-2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 146626

Author: Howard League for Penal Reform Title: Judging Maturity: exploring the role of maturity in the sentencing of young adults Summary: substantial and growing evidence base has found that young adults aged 18-25 are a distinct group, largely because they are still maturing. Reaching adulthood is a process, not an event, and the key markers of adulthood, such as independent living, employment and establishing relationships, happen at different times for different young people. Young adults face an increased risk of exposure to the criminal justice system compared to older adults. Contact with the criminal justice system also raises the risk of adverse outcomes for young people and increases their risk of reoffending. Although hundreds of thousands of young adults are sentenced each year, in contrast to the wealth of guidance and case law concerning the sentencing of children, there is no set of principles to guide sentencers through this process or ensure that they take a tailored approach to young adults. The sentencing process presents an opportunity to apply the wealth of expertise concerning the development of young adults to achieve better outcomes. Senior court judgments and guidance concerning children, which acknowledge the reduced culpability of a person who is not yet fully mature, set a blueprint for an approach that could be consolidated and applied to young adults. This research explores 174 senior court judgments with a view to capturing current judicial treatment of young adults, with a particular focus on how judges view the concept of maturity. Key findings from the sample show: - In almost half of all sentence appeal cases involving young adults neither age nor maturity were considered. - The inclusion of age and/or lack of maturity in sentencing council guidance has not made a significant difference as to whether or not maturity is considered. - Where the relevant sentencing guideline included age and/or lack of maturity, and the court considered that factor, it was more likely to result in a reduction in the sentence on appeal. In addition, the research explored a number of references by the Attorney General in respect of sentences deemed to be unduly lenient and judgments reviewing the positive maturation of young adults who committed the offence of murder as a child. These cases illustrate that the courts are capable of taking a nuanced and thoughtful approach based on the actual development of the individual. The research suggests that professionals need to be encouraged to bring these factors to the court's attention and sentencers need to be encouraged to consider these factors of their own will. It also indicates that guidelines can make a positive difference and empower sentencers to reduce sentences on account of lack of maturity and/or age. To bring about this change, the Sentencing Council should work towards developing formal sentencing principles for young adults, similar to the principles that are in place for children. Details: London: The Howard League, 2017. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 31, 2017 at: http://howardleague.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/Judging-maturity.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Sentencing Shelf Number: 146627

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice Title: Transforming Rehabilitation: A Summary of Evidence on Reducing Reoffending Summary: This summary provides an overview of key evidence relating to reducing the reoffending of adult offenders. It has been produced to support the work of policy makers, practitioners and other partners involved in offender management and related service provision. The summary outlines evidence on factors associated with reoffending as well as desistance. It also presents evidence on aspects of general offender management and supervision, and on particular interventions and approaches that can reduce reoffending. These include drug and alcohol treatment, accommodation, education, mental health services, offending behaviour programmes and mentoring. The summary does not aim to be exhaustive and is not a formal systematic review. Evidence is drawn from the UK where possible, and reference is also made to international studies. A number of in-depth reviews of evidence on reducing reoffending have also been produced by UK and international researchers and should be referred to for detailed information. Annex B sets out useful information sources. The summary is not intended to be prescriptive. It does not offer direction or recommend particular activities. The aim is to provide a starting point for understanding the range of evidence available to support policy and practice in this area. This summary does not cover all activities and interventions that can contribute to reductions in reoffending among the adult population. These are numerous and include, for instance, activities by local partners such as the police, Police and Crime Commissioners, local authorities, and local and national health bodies. However, reference is made to general public services linked to reducing reoffending and to key partners, with examples of responsibilities for commissioning services set out briefly in Annex E to illustrate their breadth. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2013. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Analytical Series: Accessed August 2, 2017 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/243718/evidence-reduce-reoffending.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 130018

Author: Scotland. Parliament. Equalities and Human Rights Committee Title: It is not Cool to be Cruel: Prejudice-based bullying and harassment of children and young people in schools Summary: Scotland is on an ambitious journey to build a more equal, fair and accepting society for all of its people. The cornerstone of this ambition must be to ensure equality for the children and young people of Scotland. How we help to shape their experience of Scotland today, will dictate how fair and equal the Scotland of tomorrow is. To do this, we must place the voices of our children and young people at the centre of our efforts to deliver their human rights. Over the last eight months the Equalities and Human Rights Committee of the Scottish Parliament has been listening to the voices of our children and young people, and their advocates, as part of our inquiry into prejudice-based bullying and harassment in schools. The story they have told us is a troubling one. In this report we have sought to shine a light on the reality of children's experiences of prejudice-based bullying and harassment and the enormous risks posed to their health and wellbeing. We have listened to their ambitions for a school life that helps them learn and grow, supports them to find out who they are, and sets them on the path to achieve their full potential. But for too many children and young people this is not the reality of their education. For them school is becoming a battle against prejudice, bullying and sexual harassment, one fought daily in classrooms, corridors, playing fields and online. Their primary goal is simply to survive their education, emotionally, psychologically, and now more than ever, literally, with 27% of LGBTI children attempting suicide. Our education system plays a vital role in addressing prejudice and harassment. Protecting the human rights of children is central to their developmental experience. We welcome the refresh of Respect for All, Scotland's national approach to anti-bullying by the Scottish Government. We thank the Deputy First Minister and Cabinet Secretary for Education and Skills, John Swinney MSP, for pausing the refresh process so as to allow us to set out the actions we believe are necessary to properly address prejudice-based bullying and harassment in schools. We believe Respect for All has a vital role to play in proactively placing a human rights-based ethos at the centre of our education system. However, it is only part of a wider approach which must be adopted to ensure key strategies and tools work effectively together to achieve the success we all want to see. This includes - recognising the prevalence of prejudice-based bullying and sexual harassment in schools, and the need for urgent action; moving away from a reactionary approach which deals with the consequences of bullying and harassment, to a proactive education system which seeks to prevent them; ensuring national policies in areas such as mental health, hate crimes, school leadership, and the curriculum, properly promote children's rights, early intervention and a whole school approach to inclusive environments; ensuring we educate children on issues such as consent and healthy relationships from the earliest age; delivering mandatory teacher training and CPD on equalities, children's rights and the impacts of prejudice-based bullying, and establishing a duty to report all prejudice-based bullying and sexual harassment in schools. Our report elaborates on these, and other key issues relating to prejudice-based bullying and harassment. The time is now for all those who help to shape, deliver and support education in Scotland to act effectively together to ensure children and young people can develop and learn in a school environment free from the fear and cruelty of prejudice. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Parliament, 2017. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 4, 2017 at: https://sp-bpr-en-prod-cdnep.azureedge.net/published/EHRiC/2017/7/6/It-is-not-Cool-to-be-Cruel--Prejudice-based-bullying-and-harassment-of-children-and-young-people-in-schools/5th%20Report%202017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 146713

Author: Gardner, John Title: Reasonable Reactions to the Wrongness of Rape Summary: The short paper is a reply to bob Watt, who takes issue in an interesting way with the moral psychology implicit in my old paper 'The Wrongness of Rape' (co-authored with Stephen Shute). Watt says that Shute and I make a sideshow of the emotions by holding them answerable to reasons. I show that this charge is false. I show that it is actually Watt who makes a sideshow of the emotions by presenting them as unresponsive to reasons. I also respond to Watt's criticism of the concrete proposal that Shute and I make, namely that rape is sheer use of a person. Details: Oxford, UK: University of Oxford - Faculty of Law, 2016. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Oxford Legal Studies Research Paper No. 7/2016: Accessed August 5, 2017 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2727709 Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Rape Shelf Number: 146733

Author: Gardner, John Title: The Opposite of Rape Summary: Nicola Lacey once lamented that a theoretical focus on rape, with its 'individualised notion of consent', tends to come 'at the expense of the development of a positive conception of what kinds of sexual relationships matter to personhood.' In this essay, building on an earlier essay written with Stephen Shute, I attempt to do some more detailed work on the 'positive conception' of sex with which rape is to be contrasted. I interrogate the 'individualised notion of consent' relevant to rape to see whether it has a proper place in the contrasting 'positive conception'. I conclude that it does not, and suggest that treating it as part of the relevant 'positive conception' may have pernicious consequences. When an 'individualised notion of consent' is too closely associated with good sex, hard-won feminist policy advances (giving women more control over their sex lives) tend to reinforce an anti-feminist ideology (representing women as passive in the sex itself). Details: Oxford, UK: University of Oxford, School of Law, 2016. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Oxford Legal Studies Research Paper No. 6/2016: Accessed August 5, 2017 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2727269 Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Feminism Shelf Number: 146734

Author: Bennett, Oliver Title: Dangerous Dogs Summary: The Dangerous Dogs Act 1991 was introduced following press reports of dog attacks, focusing mainly on American pit bull terriers. The Act raised concerns for many years because it only covered attacks by dogs that took place in a public places. It did not apply to attacks by dogs on private property, for example someone's home. In addition, reports of increases in deliberate attacks using dogs raised concerns about the need for further powers that could be applied to dog owners. Further background on the origins of the legislation can be found in Library Paper 98/6 on Dogs. In 2012 the then Government published a consultation on Tackling irresponsible dog ownership. New, tougher, sentencing guidelines were also published at the time. In 2013 the then Government announced a package of measures to tackle irresponsible dog owners, including the introduction of compulsory microchipping of all dogs from April 2016 and to extend dangerous dogs' legislation to private property. This became part of the Antisocial Behaviour, Crime and Policing Act 2014, together with increased powers relating to dogs and antisocial behaviour. There is also legislation in Scotland, the Control of Dogs (Scotland) Act 2010, which requires all owners to keep control of their dogs in private and public places, regardless of their breed. Dog microchipping has been compulsory in Northern Ireland since 2011 and in Wales since March 2015. More recently there have been calls for changes to the Dangerous Dogs Act 1991, specifically to remove the ban on certain breeds (the breed-specific legislation). Those that oppose the law criticise it for requiring the destruction of safe dogs while failing to tackle the number of dog bite incidents. The Government has rejected these calls. Details: London: House of Commons Library, 2016. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Briefing paper no. 4348: Accessed August 5, 2017 at: http://researchbriefings.parliament.uk/ResearchBriefing/Summary/SN04348 Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Animal Welfare Shelf Number: 146735

Author: Dogs Trust Title: Puppy Smuggling: An investigation into the illegal entry of dogs into Great Britain under the Pet Travel Scheme Summary: Dogs Trust has carried out an in-depth six month investigation into the trafficking of puppies from Eastern Europe into the UK. The investigation focused on the puppies travelling into Great Britain under the non-commercial Pet Travel Scheme [PETS]. The numbers of animals coming in under PETS from Eastern Europe has increased rapidly since 2012 when changes to the legislation made it easier for people to enter Great Britain with puppies. According to Defra the number of dogs entering Great Britain via PETS rose by 61% in the first year when controls were relaxed. Just 2.5% of pets were found to be non-compliant with PETS in 2012. This does not account for any of the nondeclared smuggled dogs. Our investigation shows the ease with which dealers, especially those in Eastern Europe, can evade or fool customs officials since the introduction of PETS, as these figures from Defra suggest: Between 2011 and 2013 the number of dogs entering the UK from Lithuania has increased by 780%; in Hungary a 663% increase in dogs travelling under PETS into the UK was recorded . Worryingly, this increase only accounts for dogs that are declared; it does not account for the number of dogs that are smuggled into the UK. The impact of these changes and the increased volume of puppies entering the UK illegally have worrying implications for both the puppies' welfare and for the control of rabies and the tapeworm Echinococcus multilocularis UK, as many puppies are imported from countries that are classified as having rabies. Defra admitted in March 2013 that something needed to be done, yet it will have taken 21 months for any changes to the PETS to be introduced and Dogs Trust believes the proposals are nowhere near sufficient to tackle this growing problem. Our investigation reveals how the PETS scheme is being used as a cover by commercial dealers from Hungary and Lithuania on a regular basis to illegally import puppies into the UK. These dealers were aided and abetted by unscrupulous vets in Eastern Europe, who, in collusion with the dealers, are prepared to issue pet passports with falsified data. Passports are issued by vets for puppies they have not seen; the age of puppies are changed to evade contravening PETS; dogs banned under the Dangerous Dogs Act are being brought into the country; and false vaccination stamps are added indicating rabies vaccinations had been given to puppies when they had not actually been administered. Unlike rabies, there are no initiatives to control Echinonoccus multilocularis in countries where it is endemic. Dogs Trust wonders whether an individual that is prepared to falsify rabies vaccinations would bother with tapeworm treatment or measures to prevent other diseases? Dogs Trust's evidence also reveals the ineffective controls at UK border ports which allows this illegal, commercial trade of puppies to enter the UK almost unhindered. This is especially so during the weekends when there are no APHA or Trading Standards personnel on physical duty at the main ports of entry such as Dover and the Eurotunnel. Trading Standards personnel are not available to assist out of hours. Wise to this knowledge, many dealers we made contact with travel with puppies over the weekend. Transporters are rarely stopped, and if they are caught travelling with incorrect paperwork there is no penalty. They are simply made to return to where they came from. The likelihood of their paperwork being questioned is low and a search of their vehicle extremely unlikely. This means they can declare up to five puppies whose paperwork may get checked, then have a further undisclosed number of puppies hidden in their vehicle which will escape any scrutiny. Details: London: Dogs Trust, 2014. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2017 at: https://www.dogstrust.org.uk/press-materials/dt_puppy_smuggling_report_v12_web(1).pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Animal Smuggling Shelf Number: 146736

Author: Dogs Trust Title: Puppy Smuggling: The Scandal Continues. A follow up investigation into the illegal entry of dogs into Great Britain under the Pet Travel Scheme Summary: Dogs Trust reveals the findings of a follow-on undercover investigation into the cruel puppy smuggling trade. Underage and unvaccinated puppies continue to travel illegally from Central and Eastern Europe to Great Britain destined to be sold online to unsuspecting members of the public by commercial dealers and breeders. The charity also 'smuggled' a stuffed toy dog in a carry-crate from Europe onto British soil multiple occasions without any enforcer identifying her as fake - begging the question, what else could have been in that crate and why is it still so easy to smuggle puppies? The charity first highlighted the influx of illegally landed puppies from Central and Eastern Europe in November 2014, following a relaxation of the Pet Travel Scheme in 2012. These findings were then presented to DEFRA, who heralded the already-planned changes to the Pet Travel Scheme (which came into force on 29th December 2014) as the solution. Dogs Trust had strong suspicions that the changes would be ineffective - the findings of our second investigation have proven us correct. The illegal puppy trade continues to boom and the potential risks to human and dog health and welfare remain. Dogs Trust's second undercover investigation has gathered further evidence of corruption from vets and breeders in Lithuania and Romania, and the worrying ease in which commercial transporters can illegally bring puppies into Great Britain under a scheme designed for pet owners. Our experiment with Mitzi, the stuffed toy dog, shows the urgent need for visual checks of pets travelling with passports. In the absence of any physical sight check at the borders, corrupt dealers can smuggle underage, sickly, or undocumented puppies into Great Britain - bringing with them a risk of disease. Details: London: Dogs Trust, 2015. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2017 at: https://www.dogstrust.org.uk/puppysmuggling/final%20use%20this%20one%20puppy%20smuggling_2.8.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Animal Smuggling Shelf Number: 146737

Author: Campaign Against Antisemitism Title: National Antisemitic Crime Audit: 2016 in Review Summary: The 2016 National Antisemitic Crime Audit registered a total of 1,078 anti-Semitic crimes, including 105 that were violent - about one in 10. Only one of the violent crimes was prosecuted, according to the audit. In total, only 15 cases were prosecuted, leading to the conviction of 17 suspects, according to the Campaign Against Antisemitism. In 2015, 12 anti-Semitic crimes were prosecuted, of which three involved violence, leading to 17 convictions. In 2016, 89 anti-Semitic crimes, or 8.3 percent, resulted in charges being brought. In nearly half the cases of anti-Semitic crimes, police did not find enough evidence to support charges, according to the Campaign Against Antisemitism, or CAA. The previous year, there were 938 anti-Semitic crimes, according to CAA. In its recommendations, the CAA called for specific training and guidance on anti-Semitic hate crimes for officers and prosecutors, instructing Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary to review all the police forces' responses to anti-Semitic crime, appoint a senior officer fromeach force to oversee the response to anti-Semitic hate crime, and require the Crown Prosecution Service to record and regularly publish details of cases involving anti-Semitism and their outcomes, as police forces are already required to do. Anti-Semitic crime has already been a factor in the initial months of 2017, with incidents including the firebombing of kosher restaurants in Manchester, a man stopped by police after chasing Jews in London brandishing a meat cleaver and machete, and police closing down London streets to make way for a major pro-Hezbollah march. The CAA only began keeping statistics in 2014, though other outlets such as the Community Security Trust have been releasing figures for much longer. In February, the CST reported a record 1,309 incidents in 2016, constituting a 36 percent increase over the 2015 tally. Details: London: The Campaign, 2017. 730, Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2017 at: https://antisemitism.uk/crime/#latest-edition Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias-related Crimes Shelf Number: 146741

Author: Belton, Emma Title: Assessing the Risk, Protecting the Child: Final Evaluation Report Summary: Assessing the Risk, Protecting the Child (ARPC) is an NSPCC service that assesses men who pose a sexual risk to children and are not in the criminal justice system. The service includes an assessment of the man deemed to be a risk, as well as the capacity of the non-abusing parent/carer to protect the child, and the views and wishes of the children involved. The service was delivered at nine NSPCC sites from 2011-2016. This final evaluation report summarises the findings from the already published qualitative evaluation and integrates this with survey results and tracking data of what happens after assessments are completed. The main findings are: - The voice of the child work was the unique aspect of ARPC, but in over a third of assessments the child's voice was not included as they were either too young or did not feel comfortable taking part. The guide gives some suggestions about how the child's voice can be incorporated in these circumstances, but additional guidance on how to include the child's voice could enhance this work further. - The majority of referrers felt that the assessment reports were of a high quality and helped them form a judgement about the actions needed to protect children. The independent nature of the reports was a key factor in their usefulness. - Referrers, men and protective parents/carers felt that reports could be made more accessible and would find it helpful if the report author discussed it with them face-to-face. The time taken to produce reports could also be shortened. - Although most referrers agreed with report recommendations, one-third of recommendations had not been implemented six months post-assessment, in part because the support suggested was not available locally. Some referrers would have welcomed more guidance on implementing recommendations. The development of the NSPCC Together for Childhood centres may assist in providing the post-assessment professional consultation that some referrers would have found helpful. - Reports assess risk at one particular time-point, and the impact of child protection will be limited to family circumstances remaining the same. Risk should be managed through the lifelong safety plan and, where circumstances change, a referral may be needed to another agency for an updated risk assessment. - The NSPCC is no longer accepting referrals into the ARPC service. This decision follows a strategic review of all of our programmes and resources available to deliver them. Consideration was given to ARPC's fit with our new strategy and the results of this evaluation, and it was felt that greater outcomes for children could be achieved through investment in alternative programmes. The learning from the evaluation may be of use to other agencies delivering this type of work Details: London: National Society for the Protection of Cruelty to Children, 2017. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2017 at: https://www.nspcc.org.uk/globalassets/documents/evaluation-of-services/assessing-the-risk-protecting-the-child-final-evaluation.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 146747

Author: Walters, Mark A. Title: Preventing Hate Crime: Emerging practices and recommendations for the effective management of criminal justice interventions Summary: This report provides a comprehensive review of interventions that are currently being used to combat hate crime in England and Wales. The report complements another piece of work which was commissioned by the Equality and Human Rights Commission on the causes and motivations of hate crime and we recommend that both of these reports be read together (Walters, Brown and Wiedlitzka 2016). We have divided the report into three parts, the first and second examine the evidence-base for criminalisation, policing, and criminal justice and education-based interventions aimed at tackling hate. Here we pinpoint a number of emerging practices, using case studies, to highlight the ways in which hate-based incidents can be effectively challenged. We note also the limitations in research and offer recommendations for better evidence gathering to support the improved use of such practices. The third part of this report focuses on barriers to the effective management of criminal justice interventions for hate crime. In this final part of the report we set out a list of recommendations to enhance the effective management of hate crime offenders and the prevention of hate crime more generally. These recommendations are based on extensive consultations with research, policy and practitioner experts working in the area of hate crime. Details: Sussex, UK: Sussex Crime Research Centre, 2016. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2017 at: http://sro.sussex.ac.uk/64925/1/Interventions%20for%20Hate%20Crime%20-%20FINAL%20REPORT_2.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias- Motivated Crime Shelf Number: 146748

Author: Great Britain. National Audit Office Title: The New Generation Electronic Monitoring Programme Summary: The Ministry of Justice (the Ministry) has so far failed to achieve value for money with its management of the new generation electronic monitoring programme, which is estimated to cost L130 million by 2024-25, according to the latest report from the National Audit Office. The service itself is expected to cost L470 million between 2017-18 and 2024-25. The Ministry pursued an overly ambitious strategy which was not grounded in evidence, and failed to deliver against its vision. It has learned from its previous failings, and has begun to make necessary improvements. But major risks remain. The electronic monitoring of offenders has an important role in supporting rehabilitation in the community and as an alternative to prison. In 2011, the Ministry launched a programme to develop a new 'world-leading' ankle tag that combined radio frequency and GPS technology. It set out to procure the service using a new 'tower' delivery model, which incorporated contracts with four separate suppliers who would provide four different elements of the service, with their work pulled together by a contracted integrator. The NAO's report finds that the Ministry did not do enough to establish the case for a major expansion of location monitoring using GPS, and that the Ministry's bespoke requirements for new world-leading tags proved too ambitious. Furthermore, the planned timescale for the programme was unachievable. The Ministry initially allowed 15 months after signing the contract for the tags in August 2012 to develop, test, manufacture and deploy the new tags. Contracts, however, were not signed until July 2014 due to the discovery of overbilling by G4S and Serco, followed by two failed procurements for the tags. The Ministry has now appointed G4S as preferred bidder for the tags. It expects the new tags to be deployed from the end of 2018, completing roll-out six months later. This represents a total delay to the programme of five years. Five years after initiation, the programme has not delivered the intended benefits. The Ministry had expected the programme to reduce annual monitoring costs by at least 9% (L9 million) and potentially up to 30% (L30 million). The Ministry has so far spent around $60 million and remains reliant on the legacy services. However it has reported savings of 10.6% by negotiating with Capita, the new monitoring supplier, which has streamlined the existing operation over time. The NAO finds that the Ministry adopted a new high-risk and unfamiliar approach to the procurement, and failed to manage the implications. Furthermore, the Ministry also failed to anticipate and resolve the implications of its delivery model, which led to disputes with Capita and other suppliers. The Ministry's governance arrangements were weak, causing slow decision making and allowing internal disagreements to persist. External reviews noted a lack of accountability to Senior Responsible Owners and unhelpful disunity between operational, technical, commercial and programme staff. This was compounded by a lack of capacity and capability in the context of high competing demand from other projects. Following internal and external reviews of the programme in 2015 and 2016, the Ministry has taken action to address many of the issues. This includes changing approach to buying available off-the-shelf tags and bringing the integration function back in house. Leadership is now more stable and cohesive. In March 2017 the Infrastructure and Projects Authority assessed that the programme team had been reinvigorated following key staffing changes and that delivery confidence had improved. However significant risk remains. Achieving an effective new monitoring service without relying on a contracted integrator will require the Ministry to be much more closely involved than before in integrating the end-to-end service. It will have to build and sustain its technical and programme management capabilities to effectively perform this expanded role. Details: London: NAO, 2017. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 7, 2017 at: https://www.nao.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/The-new-generation-electronic-monitoring-programme.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 146759

Author: Hemmings, John Title: Safeguarding our Systems: Managing Chinese Investment into the UK's Digital and Critical National Infrastructure Summary: - China's investment into Western advanced economies -- including that of the UK -- is increasing and changing in scope surging from EUR 14 billion in 2015 to EUR 20 billion in 2016, a 44% jump. More than 60% of the value of deals has been by state-owned enterprises, indicating this push is led by state strategy than commercial interests. - In 2016, China invested $11.15 billion into the UK. More than double the amount in 2015 and the most in any one year going back to 2005. - China's economic strategy, Made in China: 2025, might threaten the long-term survival of UK businesses unless some sort of government protection is afforded to them or unless China affords British businesses more access to China's home market. - Because of cyber vulnerabilities, critical national infrastructure will be at the forefront of any future war. - The current review system could be improved and rationalised: -- It has allowed access to the UK's digital and critical infrastructure with elements of China's defence industrial concerns -- It has allowed deals that have affected the UK's closest military allies -- It allows for domestic and foreign pressure on the government of the day -- A formal investment screening regime is both necessary and desirable to protect the UK's economic interests and its national security. - A new regime should be built, which is adequately resourced to carry out the difficult task of tracking foreign direct investment (FDI) into the sensitive parts of the UK's economy. - The new regime should begin to coordinate more closely with the UK's closet military and intelligence-sharing allies, including the Five Eyes partners and NATO member states. - Any new regime should carry out its review process in a judicious but swift manner so that foreign investment in the UK is not hampered or harmed. This report suggests that the regime should be sufficiently able to pass its decisions within 30 days of receiving an inquiry. - Ideally, any regime should be overseen by a special committee in Parliament to ensure that it is sufficiently funded and resourced to carry out its activities, and that it is carrying them out in a legal, expedient and sufficient manner. Details: London: Henry Jackson Society, 2017. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 7, 2017 at: http://henryjacksonsociety.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/Safeguarding-Our-Systems-Report-FINAL-Digital.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cybersecurity Shelf Number: 146764

Author: Anders, Jake Title: HMP Peterborough Social Impact Bond - cohort 2 and final cohort impact evaluation Summary: In 2010, the world's first Social Impact Bond (SIB) was launched at Peterborough Prison. It was used to fund an intervention - 'The One Service' - aimed at reducing the reoffending among prisoners discharged after serving a sentence of less than 12 months. Under the terms of the SIB, investors are paid according to how successful the One Service is in reducing reconvictions. If a minimum threshold of a 7.5% reduction in reconviction events is reached across the pilot, payment is triggered. Additionally, there is an option to trigger an early payment if a 10% reduction is noted in the number of reconviction events in individual cohorts. A propensity score matching (PSM) approach was used to estimate impact. For cohort 1, the impact was estimated, by a previous team of independent assessors, to be a reduction in reconviction events of 8.4% (Jolliffe and Hedderman, 2014). Anders and Dorsett (2017) reviewed the PSM approach, prompted in part by the desire to understand the reasons behind the differences in reconviction rates between prisoners discharged from HMP Peterborough and prisoners discharged from other prisons. Following their review, Anders and Dorsett (2017) recommended that the cohort 1 approach be maintained for cohort 2. They also recommended an adjustment to the sample selection in Cohort 2. It is important to note that this recommendation was based on the analysis of cohort 1 data and was not informed by cohort 2 reoffending data. Matching was performed for cohort 2 using a dataset that excluded reoffending data. We estimate that the One Service reduced the number of reconviction events among those discharged from HMP Peterborough by 9.7% for cohort 2. The reduction across both cohorts is estimated to be 9.0%, which reached the minimum threshold of 7.5% across all cohorts. This reduction is sufficient to trigger an outcome payment. Details: London: National Institute of Economic and Social Research, 2017. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 7, 2017 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/633243/peterborough-social-impact-bond-cohort-2-results-report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice (U.K.) Shelf Number: 146765

Author: Barrow Cadbury Trust Title: Race and the Criminal Justice System: hearing from Young Adults Summary: A Voice for Young Adults on Criminal Justice In 2016, Leaders Unlocked established the T2A (Transition to Adulthood) Young Adult Advisory Group in collaboration with the Barrow Cadbury Trust. The purpose of the Advisory Group is to enable young adults with personal experience of the Criminal Justice System to have a national voice on policy. This includes a personal or family experience of the criminal justice system, such as engagement with the police, being convicted of a crime, or being a victim of a crime. The T2A Young Adult Advisory Group goes beyond traditional models of consultation; it is driven by young adults and allows them to put forward solutions to the problems they identify in their own peer groups. The aims of the Advisory Group are to: - Gather and represent the views of young adults on the Criminal Justice System (CJS). - Act as a sounding board to inform the T2A Alliance. - Produce reports outlining the views of young adults on different criminal justice themes. - Present insights and recommendations to policy-makers working on criminal justice reform. Through this project, a diverse group of 10 young adults aged 18-25 years from across the country have worked in partnership with the T2A Alliance to identify and address priority issues for young adults in the Criminal Justice System. Hearing from Young Adults on Race and Criminal Justice In the summer of 2016, the T2A Young Adult Advisory Group selected Race and the Criminal Justice System as their first priority. This Group chose this priority because they felt passionate about this issue and because it tied in to a number of current national developments, such as the Lammy Review and the Young Review. The Group's aims were to: - Gather personal testimonies from BAME (Black Asian and Minority Ethnic) young adults of their experiences of policing and criminal justice. - Understand whether, and how, participants feel their racial, ethnic and religious identity affected these experiences. - Explore participants' views on trust in the CJS. - Involve participants in the development of solutions for policy makers. This report is based on 90 in-depth conversations with young adults around the country, gathered using a range of methods including: focus groups, surveys, and semi-structured interviews. The report is structured into 4 key sections that outline what we have found about the experiences and treatment of young adults at different stages of the Criminal Justice System: 1. Policing and Arrest 2. Courts and Sentencing 3. Youth Offending and Probation Services 4. Custody The final section, Section 5, looks at the question of Trust in the Criminal Justice System, exploring the overarching findings from our participants around trust. Each section features verbatim quotes from young adults and outlines the main ideas they have put forward for change. The pictures featured throughout the report are images of the work created by young adults participating in our focus groups. This report is intended to act as an unmediated, reflective record of what young adults have told us through this peer-to-peer listening process. It is also intended to be the starting point for further thought and action on the part of policy makers and practitioners. Details: London: Barrow Cadbury Trust, 2017. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 7, 2017 at: https://www.barrowcadbury.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/Race_criminalJusticeReport_v6-1.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Legitimacy Shelf Number: 146767

Author: Hakmeh, Joyce Title: Cybercrime and the Digital Economy in the GCC Countries Summary: Online activity and the use of digital technology have grown rapidly in the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) states. Albeit with certain variations between countries, this has helped to boost prospects for a 'digital transformation' in which states and cities in the region could become international hubs for digital services. Such a shift offers a significant opportunity in the context of policy agendas to diversify the region's hydrocarbon-dependent economies. At the same time, however, digital growth has increased the GCC's vulnerability to cybercrime. While the incidence, spread and effects of cybercrime in the region are difficult to measure precisely, a number of trends and figures suggest that cybercrime is growing rapidly and that the region has become a magnet for such crime. The rise in cybercrime has occurred in spite of heavy investment by GCC states in cyber protection, and the adoption of various measures including legislation. Cybercrime threatens growth of the digital economy. It shakes trust in the foundations of digital commerce, and in the 'smart infrastructure' of interconnected devices, adaptive systems and other digital technologies which governments in the region are developing - and which they aspire to expand. A number of factors suggest that the incidence, scale and impact of cybercrime are likely to increase further in the future. The first is the prospect of rapid growth in the digital economy, reflecting the prominence of digital strategies in the plans of GCC governments. A second factor is the high speed of technology adoption, which makes it hard for policy to keep pace with rising cybercrime and evolving criminal methods. A third factor is the expected convergence of technologies as the 'Internet of Things' (IoT) expands and develops, potentially creating new risk exposures via huge numbers of networked devices. In short, the GCC region will likely find itself both continuing to grapple with the existing challenges of cybercrime and facing ever-evolving risks as a result of ongoing technological innovation. Cybercrime is pervasive and cannot be completely eradicated. However, governments can limit its impact by creating a resilient overall economy and robust institutions, and by investing in deterrent capacity. Legislative frameworks play an intrinsic role in this process. In this context, it is important to consider whether existing GCC countermeasures - including legislation - are fit for purpose, or whether an overhaul is needed. This research paper offers an overall picture of the state of the digital economy in the GCC, and of progress to date in the region's attempted digital transformation. It also seeks, in particular, to highlight shared regional cybercrime challenges and their impact. The paper surveys the extent and effectiveness of existing measures - including legal instruments - for countering cybercrime, and proposes improvements to the policy regime and areas for potential intergovernmental cooperation. Although the focus is mainly on the GCC in aggregate, the paper also takes into account variations between the six countries in terms of digital development, the prevalence of cybercrime, and the nature and extent of countermeasures available. Details: London: Chatham House, 2017. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 7, 2017 at: https://www.chathamhouse.org/sites/files/chathamhouse/publications/research/2017-06-30-cybercrime-digital-economy-gcc-hakmeh.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 146772

Author: Prisons and Probation Ombudsman for England and Wales Title: Learning from PPO Investigations: Older Prisoners Summary: This report is a thematic review of our investigations into naturally-caused deaths of prisoners over 50. It reviews 314 investigations over 2013-2015, and offers 13 lessons on six areas where we frequently make recommendations following investigations into deaths in custody of older prisoners. The six areas it examines in depth are: healthcare and diagnosis; restraints; end of life care; family involvement; early release; and dementia and complex needs. We also offer one good practice case study. With respect to healthcare and diagnosis, this publication offers lessons on both continuity and coordination of care. We offer case studies that illustrate the importance of health screenings for newly arrived prisoners, following NICE guidelines and, where possible, we suggest that prisoners with ongoing health concerns should see the same doctor. This publication also includes case studies showing the recommendations we make about restraining old or infirm prisoners, and reiterates much of the guidance we have issued in past publications. Namely, we expect that risk assessments should be proportionate to the actual risk posed by the prisoner, given his or her health condition; that input from healthcare staff should be meaningfully and seriously considered; and that risk assessments should be reviewed in line with changing health conditions. We also offer lessons about palliative and end of life care - something prisons increasingly have to deal with. Here, we acknowledge it is not only prisoners who are ageing - often our facilities are older and not designed to adequately accommodate disability or palliative care needs. We recommend that prisons try to ensure the terminally ill are treated in a suitable environment. We also identify a lesson to improve healthcare coordination at the end of life, by ensuring that care plans are initiated at an appropriate, and ideally early, stage for those who are diagnosed with a terminal illness. We offer two lessons with respect to family involvement. We acknowledge that prisoners are not always in contact with their families, nor do their families always want to be in contact with them. In this publication, we recommend that, with the consent of the prisoner and their family, trained family liaison officers involve families in end of life care, and notify next of kin promptly when a prisoner is taken to the hospital. Further, we recommend that family liaison officers are nominated as soon as possible after the prisoner's serious or terminal diagnosis. We identify two lessons with respect to early release of terminally ill prisoners - one that suggests prisons should appoint an appropriate contact to ensure applications for early release are properly progressed, and another that, similar to our lessons for restraints, recommends risk assessments be contextual and based on the actual risk the prisoner poses, taking into account their current health condition. Finally, as the older population in prisons increases in both size and proportion, we are finding more cases where the prisoner is diagnosed with, or showing signs of dementia. This is occasionally compounded with other social, mental, or physical needs, which can make these cases particularly complex to deal with. In this section, we elaborate more on this, and offer two lessons that might help prisons to better care for and manage prisoners with dementia and complex needs. Overall, we hope that these lessons, along with an example of good practice in end of life care in prison, will help prisons deal better with this demographic change Details: London: The Ombudsman, 2017. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 16, 2017 at: http://www.ppo.gov.uk/app/uploads/2017/06/6-3460_PPO_Older-Prisoners_WEB.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Deaths in Custody Shelf Number: 146785

Author: Hirschfield, Alex Title: Health Impact Assessment: Measuring the Effect of Public Policy on Variations in Health. Annex 2: Liverpool Target Hardening Case Study Summary: This report describes the health impact assessment undertaken on the burglary reduction scheme, 'Target Hardening' in the 'Parks Pathways' area in Liverpool. It is one of the case studies of the Health Impact Assessment Research & Development project, funded by the Department of Health as part of the Phase 1 Health Inequalities Programme. This report has been produced for senior managers in the Department of Health. However it will also be a useful resource for senior and middle managers in the public services, particularly those involved with the development, implementation and evaluation of: - Crime and Disorder Reduction Strategies, especially burglary reduction programmes, - Housing Investment Plans, - Community Care Plans, especially regarding older people, - Community Plans, - Health Improvement Programmes, - Health Action Zones, - Mental Health Strategies. The format of the report that has been adopted intends to provide the reader with: - The background and context of health impact assessment (HIA), - A brief summary about crime, burglary and burglary reduction measures impact on health, - An overview of domestic burglary in Liverpool and the 'Parks Pathways' area, and the implementation of the 'Target Hardening' programme, - A description of the methods and process used in the HIA of the 'Target Hardening' programme, - The findings from each stage of this HIA, - A review of the lessons learned from this HIA and recommendations for the future development of HIA, - A series of recommendations to maximise the health gain and minimise the health risks of the 'Target Hardening' programme. Details: Liverpool: University of Liverpool, Department of civic Design and Department of Public Health, 2001. 119p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 18, 2017 at: https://www.liverpool.ac.uk/media/livacuk/instituteofpsychology/researchgroups/impact/Annex_2-_Target_Hardening_Case_Study_Report.pdf Year: 2001 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Burglary Shelf Number: 103270

Author: Vohra, Salim Title: Trafford LED Street Lighting Programme Health impact Assessment Summary: 2The overall aim of this report is to provide a fair and balanced assessment of the potential and likely positive and negative health and wellbeing impacts of implementing LED street lighting given the emerging nature of the research in this area. HIA is a key systematic approach to predicting the magnitude and significance of the possible health and wellbeing impacts, both positive and negative, of new plans and projects. The aim of HIA is to support and add value to the decision-making process by providing a systematic analysis of the potential impacts as well as recommending options, where appropriate, for enhancing the positive impacts, mitigating the negative ones and reducing health inequalities/inequities. Details: Edinburgh: Institute of Occupational Medicine, 2013. 122p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 21, 2017 at: https://democratic.trafford.gov.uk/documents/s3192/Trafford%20LED%20street%20lighting%20programme%20HIA%20-%20FINAL%20-%202013-06-10.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 146794

Author: Youth Justice Board for England and Wales Title: Process Evaluation of Preventing Violent Extremism Programmes for Young People Summary: The original Prevent Strategy, launched by the previous Labour government in 2007, aimed to stop radicalisation, reduce support for terrorism and violent extremism and discourage people from becoming terrorists. The strategy had five central objectives, which were to: - challenge violent extremist ideology and support mainstream voices - disrupt those who promote violent extremism and support the institutions where they are active - support individuals who are being targeted and recruited to the cause of violent extremism1 - increase the resilience of communities to violent extremism - address the grievances which ideologues are exploiting. In 2008, under the original Prevent Strategy, the Youth Justice Board (YJB) secured resources from the Office of Security and Counter Terrorism (OSCT) at the Home Office to fund the development of programmes within youth offending teams (YOTs) and the secure estate to prevent at-risk young people (primarily young Muslims) from becoming involved in Islamic radicalisation and violent extremism. The money was directed towards YOTs located in areas which intelligence suggested were at the highest risk of violent extremism. For the most part, the projects were given responsibility for designing their own interventions within the parameters of the 2007 Prevent objectives and with the OSCT exercising high-level oversight. The aims of this evaluation, which was commissioned by the YJB, were to: - collate and assess the existing evidence relating to preventing violent extremism (PVE) - describe and evaluate the implementation of the funded PVE programmes within the youth justice system - identify emerging good and promising practice by relating the findings of the process evaluation to the evidence identified in the literature review. Details: London: Youth Justice Board, 2012. 112p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 21, 2017 at: http://dera.ioe.ac.uk/16233/1/preventing-violent-extremism-process-evaluation.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 146800

Author: Godar, Rebecca Title: The use of research evidence regarding 'what works' in local authority child protection systems and practice: An analysis of five local authorities Summary: This research paper was produced as part of a wider project on improving the effectiveness of the child protection system, commissioned by the Early Intervention Foundation (EIF) in collaboration with the Local Government Association (LGA) and supported by the NSPCC, Research in Practice and the University of Oxford. The project had five strands, all of which are published as separate research papers. An overview report, published by EIF and the LGA, brings together the key findings, lessons and recommendations from this wider programme of research. The research project overall seeks to identify: -the evidence base for effective systems, interventions and practice in child protection and work with vulnerable children; how local authorities engage with and use that evidence in designing local systems, commissioning interventions and supporting social work practice; information about costs and benefits of specific interventions as they are implemented in practice; an overview of demand for child protection services; and the extent to which this demand is being met in local authorities across England. This strand of the project sought to provide an overview of: - the support and interventions received by children and families who have been assessed as needing a social care response - the extent to which practice and systems are believed to be based on or informed by evidence of effectiveness. This report is the result of fieldwork exploring these issues with five local authorities. The local authorities were selected to reflect different locations, sizes and structures of authority as well as political leadership. Interviews were conducted with the Lead Member, commissioning lead and practice lead in each authority and a focus group with practitioners in each authority was also conducted. Details: London: Early Intervention Foundation, 2017. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2017 at: http://cdn.basw.co.uk/upload/basw_82756-4.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 146808

Author: Rahim, Nilufer Title: Process evaluation of the flexible criminal justice system pilots Summary: he Flexible Criminal Justice System (CJS) pilots were trialled for six months from October 2012 in 42 magistrates' courts across England and Wales. The pilots tested the effectiveness of different operating models in improving the timeliness and efficiency of the CJS. Six different models were piloted which extended traditional operating hours on weekdays and weekends and extended the use and operating hours of Prison to Court Video Links (PCVL) as well as video courts. A qualitative process evaluation was commissioned by the Ministry of Justice (MoJ) to understand experiences of the pilots from the perspectives of stakeholders who experienced a flexible model and to identify good practice. This publication reports the findings of the process evaluation. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2013. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Analytical Series; Accessed August 22, 2017 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/260703/process-evaluation-cjs-pilots.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Courts Shelf Number: 131722

Author: Hopkins Matt Title: A Review of YOTs and Children's Services' Interaction with Young Offenders and Young People at Risk of Offending Summary: This report presents the findings of a study by Matrix Evidence, commissioned by the Youth Justice Board for England and Wales (YJB) to review Children's Services provision for young offenders and young people at risk of offending. The research aimed to address gaps in the YJB's current knowledge and, more specifically, to understand: 1. The proportion of young people within the Youth Justice System (YJS) receiving assistance from Children's Services. 2. The characteristics of young people involved in the YJS in need of provision from Children's Services. 3. The differences between provision for young offenders, those at risk of offending, and young people on remand, and to understand who falls through the gaps and why. 4. The interaction between youth offending teams (YOTs) and Children's Services to highlight examples of good practice and effective partnerships. 5. To ascertain how effective1 Children's Services are in dealing with young offenders or young people at risk of offending. The work was completed in three stages: 1. A national online survey of YOT managers and Children's Services directors - the primary aim of the survey was to assess the relationship, the levels of interaction and the strengths and weaknesses in the current working relationship between YOTs and Children's Services. 2. Case file data analysis - case file data from more than 4,000 remanded/convicted young people were collected and analysed across 14 YOT areas. The aims of the analyses were to further understand the characteristics of young people in the YJS in need of Children's Services provision and the proportion of young people with Children's Services contact. Data were also collected and analysed from a sample of more than 3,000 young people at risk of offending from three YOT areas. 3. Semi-structured interviews with practitioners - a number of semi-structured interviews were conducted with practitioners in five YOT areas. The aim of these interviews was to gauge practitioners' views about the relationship between YOTs and Children's Services. A small number of interviews were also completed with young people who had current experience of Children's Services. Details: London: Youth Justice Board for England Wales, 2010. 132p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2017 at: http://dera.ioe.ac.uk/1322/1/Review%20of%20YOTs%20and%20Childrens%20Services.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 131667

Author: McConnell, Polly Title: Mental Health and Learning Disabilities in the Criminal Courts: Information for magistrates, district judges and court staff Summary: In his review into people with mental health conditions or learning disabilities in the criminal justice system, Lord Bradley highlighted the importance of mental health and learning disability awareness training for criminal justice staff including members of the judiciary. The Magistrates' Association supports this need for information and training. This resource has been produced primarily for magistrates. It is also useful for district judges, legal advisers and ushers. It provides information about some of the common characteristics of mental health conditions and learning disabilities, and highlights how members of the judiciary and court staff might deal with adult defendants with these conditions. Members of the judiciary and court staff are not expected to diagnose mental health conditions or learning disabilities, neither is it their role to provide welfare services to defendants. They do, however, have a responsibility to raise concerns about defendants who they think might be vulnerable. This resource provides an overview of the signs to be aware of that may indicate that someone has a mental health condition or a learning disability. Having a feeling that 'something isn't quite right', or thinking that a defendant is behaving oddly, is enough justification to ask for more information about that defendant. Asking for more information about a defendant can happen at any point during court proceedings. All defendants have the right to a fair trial. There are some defendants who are vulnerable and might need additional support. This could be due to their age or developmental immaturity, for example, child defendants, or due to particular conditions such as learning disabilities and mental health conditions. The Consolidated Criminal Practice Direction (CCPD) (2011) Treatment of vulnerable defendants notes that: 'children and young persons under 18 or adults who suffer from a mental disorder within the meaning of the Mental Health Act 1983 or who have any other significant impairment of intelligence and social function .. are referred to collectively as 'vulnerable defendants'. People with mental health conditions or learning disabilities are not homogenous groups with identical experiences and needs. They are individuals with a wide range of different life experiences, strengths, weaknesses and support needs. Many, however, will share some common characteristics, which might make them especially vulnerable in court. People can experience mild to severe conditions and this will affect the level of support they might need. This resource draws on prevalence data from different research studies, all of which produced statistically significant results. Nonetheless, they show some differences, largely due to different research methodologies. Despite these variations, it is clear that high numbers of people with mental health conditions and learning disabilities routinely appear in the criminal courts. The primary focus of this resource is vulnerable adult defendants. However, much of what is covered will apply also to child defendants and vulnerable witnesses in the criminal court. Details: London: Prison Reform Trust, 2013. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed August 22, 2017 at: http://www.mhldcc.org.uk/media/493/rmi_prt_mhldcc_sept2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Courts Shelf Number: 131716

Author: Berelowitz, Sue Title: If only someone had listened : Office of the Children's Commissioner's inquiry into child sexual exploitation in gangs and groups. Final report Summary: Despite increased awareness and a heightened state of alert regarding child sexual exploitation children are still slipping through the net and falling prey to sexual predators. Serious gaps remain in the knowledge, practice and services required to tackle this problem. There are pockets of good practice, but much still needs to be done to prevent thousands more children falling victim. This is the principal finding of "If only someone had listened" - the Final Report of the Inquiry of the Office of the Children's Commissioner into Child Sexual Exploitation in Gangs and Groups (CSEGG). In many areas the required agencies have only recently started to come together to tackle the issue despite the statutory guidance issued by the Government in 2009. A comparison of Local Safeguarding Children Boards (LSCB) current practice against this guidance indicates that only 6% of LSCBs were meeting the requirements in full, with around one third not even meeting half of them. Substantial gaps remain in the availability of specialist provision for victims of child sexual exploitation (CSE). This report outlines the urgent steps needed so that children can be effectively made and kept safe - from decision-making at senior levels to the practitioner working with individual child victims - whether a social worker, police officer, health clinician, teacher or anyone else who has contact with children. Phase 1 of the Inquiry reported that a total of 2,409 children were known to be victims of CSE by gangs and groups. In addition the Inquiry identified 16,500 children and young people as being at risk of CSE. Many of the known victims had been badly let down by those agencies and services that should have been protecting them. The reality is that children and young people are continuing to fall victim to exploitation. Although there are heightened efforts to address this issue, too many agencies and services are still failing to safeguard children and young people effectively. We have seen examples, however, of local services who are putting children at the centre of everything they do. In these places there is a coherent and collaborative response to CSE with utmost commitment from the most senior to frontline staff, thereby offering greater protection for children threatened by, or experiencing, sexual exploitation. These examples have informed our view of what needs to be done in those places where children are not being protected and is encapsulated in the Inquiry's new operational and strategic Framework - See Me, Hear Me. Details: London: Office of the Children's Commissioner, 2013. 123p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2017 at: http://dera.ioe.ac.uk/18861/1/If_only_someone_had_listened_Office_of_the_Childrens_Commissioners_Inquiry_into_Child_Sexual_Exploitation_in_Gangs_and_Groups.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 131717

Author: Broadhurst, Kate Title: Gangs and Schools Summary: 1.1 Following a spate of teenage murders in the last two years, the extent of youth gang culture in the UK is a growing concern. Like many of their victims, gang members seem to be getting younger. Definite figures are hard to come by but some experts estimate the number of gang members aged under 16 years old has more than doubled in the last five years alone. 1.2 The increasing prominence of gang membership amongst under-16s has raised the issue of how gangs and gang culture impact upon schools. Against this backdrop, in April 2007 the NASUWT commissioned Perpetuity Research and Consultancy International (PRCI) Ltd (a leading research and consultancy company specialising in crime reduction, community safety and security) to investigate the potential impact of gangs and gang culture on schools in the UK. 1.3 The study had four key aims to: - review and summarise previous work on gangs, street culture and their potential impact on schools; - review four case studies where gangs and street culture may have had an impact; - assess if there is a significant issue that requires solutions; - identify a typology of school interventions aimed at managing any impact. 1.4 In order to undertake the study, the team at PRCI adopted a case study approach, supported by a literature review of recently published and unpublished material covering the areas of gangs, street culture, schools and school-related interventions in the UK. Four case study schools in England were selected that had concerns with gangs and gang culture. The case studies were designed to provide some pointers to the sorts of problems that schools, teachers and others in schools face as a result of gang-related activity - this provides the basis for a more detailed investigation of the issues, including the development of a toolkit to help schools address the problem of gang-related activity in schools. Details: Birmingham, UK: NASUWT, 2009. 116p. Source: Accessed August 22, 2017 at: http://rageuniversity.org/PRISONESCAPE/GANGS%20AND%20TATTOOS/nasawut-gangs-schools.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gang-Related Violence Shelf Number: 131714

Author: Harding, Simon Title: The Role and Significance of Street Capital in the Social Field of the Violent Youth Gang in Lambeth Summary: Much recent UK gang research has failed to adequately answer: do gangs exist and if so, are they organised? internal gang dynamics, criminal behaviours and motivations for joining remain largely unexplored; as does the upsurge in violent crime in gang-affected areas of south London. This research set out to answer these questions by investigating gangs in Lambeth, their activities and the daily experiences of those affiliated to them. The study begins by profiling the case study area, currently prevalent street gangs and links to violent crime. The investigation then examines in detail inter-gang and intragang dynamics and community relationships. A further objective is to establish whether, and if so to what extent, gangs were expanding and becoming more deeply embedded in the neighbourhood. This work situates contemporary UK gang research within the literary arc of classic and contemporary US gang research, from Chicago School to Hagedorn. Current UK studies are categorised into three distinct arguments, then critiqued from a Left Realist perspective. Addressing the question, how do we explain an increase in gang related violence?, the work establishes the gang as a social arena (field) of competition where actors struggle for distinction. But what are the characteristics and boundaries of this social - Field? What motivates young people to enter it, and how do you succeed within it? How significant are personal relationships and networks? What is the role of social capital and how do you become a competent actor in this field? These issues are explored using the theoretical perspectives of social field analysis and habitus from Bourdieu alongside various elements of social capital theory. An inductive ethnometholdogy was adopted. The paper presents findings from 30 qualitative interviews of residents, professionals and gang -affiliated young people in Lambeth. The ethical challenges of gang research, such as access and anonymity are addressed. Details: Luton, UK: University of Bedfordshire, 2012. 267p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 22, 2017 at: https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/29821681.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 131715

Author: Lindsay, Geoff Title: Parenting Early Intervention Programme Evaluation Summary: Behaviour problems during early and middle childhood are associated with antisocial behaviour during adolescence and increase the risk of negative outcomes in adulthood. Successful parenting is a key element in preventing children developing behavioural difficulties. However, parents differ in the internal and external resources on which they can draw. Internal resources include their own mental well-being and resilience. External resources include poverty, social disadvantage and the absence of a support network. The recent Allen Report (2011) stressed the need to use effective methods of early interventions, including parenting programmes. There is now strong evidence from rigorous efficacy trials that parenting programmes can improve parenting skills and, as a result, reduce children's behavioural difficulties. Evidence is also necessary to show their effectiveness when programmes are implemented on a large scale, in community settings. This report presents the evidence for the effectiveness of the national roll out of parenting programmes in England. The Parenting Early Intervention Programme (PEIP, 2008-11) provided government funding to all 150 local authorities (LAs) in England to deliver selected parenting programmes that already had evidence of their efficacy in improving parent outcomes and associated reductions in children's behavioural difficulties - This report examines the effectiveness in everyday use in community settings across England of five parenting programmes initially selected by the government for use in the PEIP; these were Families and Schools Together (FAST), Positive Parenting Program (Triple P), Strengthening Families Programme 10-14 (SFP 10-14), Strengthening Families, Strengthening Communities (SFSC), and The Incredible Years. Key Findings The national roll-out of PEIP was successful in increasing the support available for parents concerned about their child's behaviour. Outcomes were equally positive for the parents of older children (8-13 years, the target age group for PEIP) as they were for parents of younger children. Parenting programmes in the PEIP can therefore be effective interventions for a wide range of age groups. All four main parenting programme used by the PEIP (Triple P, Incredible Years, Strengthening Families Programme 10-14 and Strengthening Families Strengthening. Communities) were effective in improving outcomes for parents and children, and these outcomes were maintained one year on from the end of the programme. These programmes had a positive effect on parents' mental well-being and style of parenting, as well as on their children's behaviour; these are all key protective factors for achieving positive long term child outcomes. The cost to local authorities of funding the delivery of parenting programmes should be lower in future as infrastructure set up costs, especially the training of facilitators, have been met through PEIP. Details: London: UK Department of Education, 2011. 174p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report DFE-RR121(a): Accessed August 22, 2017 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/182715/DFE-RR121A.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 131742

Author: Godar, Rebecca Title: Child Protection - a review of the literature and current systems and practice. Summary: This report aims to summarise publicly available information about current local authority activity that is presented as good practice or 'likely to be effective' in published reports. The findings of this report underpinned the development of the subsequent research, with five local authorities investigating the use of research evidence regarding 'what works' in local authority child protection systems, services and practice. 'Likely to be effective' is defined as systems, interventions or practice that appear to reflect key messages from the academic literature about the ingredients for effective systems, interventions and practice, or examples presented as good practice in published reports. Predominantly, this means literature about social work systems and practice - though in reality, of course, effective child protection involves other professionals and services. Examples included in the report should not be seen as endorsements of particular approaches as being effective - there is insufficient evidence to draw such conclusions; rather examples are provided to show the variety of approaches being used across the country. Key findings; Local authorities are responding to their local context to redesign systems and improve practice with vulnerable families. The review identified a range of approaches to systems and practice across local authorities in England: - the use of assessment tools and frameworks to improve analysis of risks and needs - the commissioning and delivery of a range of interventions and approaches to improve outcomes and reduce risks for children and families - strategies to develop the knowledge and skills in the workforce and provide sufficient staff capacity to allow practitioners to use those skills - the development of a clear organisational vision and culture to guide the delivery of services for vulnerable families by multiple agencies. Details: London: Early Intervention Foundation, 2017. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2017 at: http://www.eif.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/improving-child-protection_strand2_Godar-Holmes_June2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 146811

Author: Schrader-McMillan, Anita Title: Improving the effectiveness of the child protection system - A review of literature Summary: The Improvement Board of The Local Government Association (LGA) commissioned this piece of work in order (i) to better understand the evidence on what works in child protection, and (ii) to consider how the evidence can be used locally to inform decisions on how best to manage demand on Children's Social Care services within the constraints of existing resources. This project has been undertaken as a joint‐funded collaboration between the LGA, EIF and NSPCC. Aims and Objectives The objective of this rapid review of the literature was to identify both known and emerging/innovative systems and practices that have been shown to improve outcomes for children (i) who have experienced abuse and neglect or (ii) are clearly identified as being at risk of abuse. The objective of the review was also to identify effective programmes, as well as evidence regarding effective methods of assessment and engagement, and practitioner training, working and management. Where possible the analysis aimed to identify the reliability of the evidence; scale of impact; and evidence of potential to reduce costs or mitigate the need for increased spending on children's services and other parts of the child protection system. Methods This paper is based on a rapid view of the best current evidence available on the following: - Pre‐proceedings - S17 (CiN) including children who go missing - S47 (Child Protection) - Targeted support (e.g. troubled families) - Risk of CSE / targeted youth support (which may indicate existence of abuse, neglect and other harms that are not being addressed through formal child protection processes) The review does not include literature on specific forms of severe harm, including criminal offences such as trafficking or female genital mutilation (FGM), which require immediate implementation of child protection procedures. Neither does it include guidelines on general treatment of alcohol or substance misuse or severe mental health problems that can increase the risk of child abuse and neglect. Reference is provided to relevant NICE guidelines in the references. Details: London: Early Intervention Foundation (EIF), 2017. 172p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 23, 2017 at: http://www.eif.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/improving-child-protection_strand1_SchraderMcMillan-Barlow_June2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 146875

Author: Farmer, Michael (Lord Farmer) Title: The Importance of Strengthening Prisoners' Family Ties to Prevention Reoffending and Reduce Intergenerational Crime Summary: The Secretary of State commissioned this Review to investigate how supporting men in prison in England and Wales to engage with their families, can reduce reoffending and assist in addressing the intergenerational transmission of crime (a landmark study found that 63% of prisoners' sons went on to offend themselves ) as part of the Government's urgently-needed reform agenda. The Ministry of Justice's own research shows that, for a prisoner who receives visits from a partner or family member, the odds of reoffending are 39% lower than for prisoners who had not received such visits. Supportive relationships with family members and significant others give meaning and all important motivation to other strands of rehabilitation and resettlement activity. As one prisoner told me, 'If I don't see my family I will lose them, if I lose them what have I got left?' Yet the unacceptable inconsistency of work that helps prisoners to maintain and strengthen these relationships across the estate shows it is not yet mainstream in offender management in the same way as employment and education. Family work should always be seen and referred to alongside these two rehabilitation activities as the third leg of the stool that brings stability and structure to prisoners' lives, particularly when they leave prison. That is why the overarching conclusion of my Review is that good family relationships are indispensable for delivering the Government's far-reaching plans across all the areas outlined in their white paper on Prison Safety and Reform, published in November 2016. If prisons are truly to be places of reform, we cannot ignore the reality that a supportive relationship with at least one person is indispensable to a prisoner's ability to get through their sentence well and achieve rehabilitation. It is not only family members who can provide these and, wherever family relationships are mentioned, it should be assumed that other significant and supportive relationships are also inferred. Consistently good family work, which brings men face-to-face with their enduring responsibilities to the family left in the community, is indispensable to the rehabilitation culture we urgently need to develop in our penal system and has to be integral to the changes sought. It helps them forge a new identity for themselves, an important precursor to desistance from crime, based on being a good role model to their children, a caring husband, partner and friend and a reliable provider through legal employment. However, responsibilities are not discharged in a vacuum. Families need to be willing and able to engage with the rehabilitation process, so harnessing the resource of good family relationships must be a golden thread running through the processes of all prisons, as well as in the implementation of all themes of the white paper. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2017. 112p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 23, 2017 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/636619/farmer-review-report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 146878

Author: Belton, Emma Title: Assessing the Risk, Protecting the Child. View of the Men and Protective Parents/Carers Assessment Summary: Assessing the Risk, Protecting the Child (ARPC) is an NSPCC service that assesses men who may be a risk to children. Social workers who are worried about a child use the service to see if the man is a danger, and whether the parent/carer can keep the child safe from harm. The NSPCC workers also speak to the child to check how they are feeling about things at home. They then write a report about whether they think the child is safe and give it to the social worker. This report looks at what the men and parents/carers who used the service thought about it. This was done by interviewing them after they had been seen by the NSPCC. The interviews showed that: - The men and parents/carers found the things they talked about with NSPCC staff hard. Some of them thought the NSPCC worker had tried to make it easier for them to talk and helped them if they got upset. Others felt they needed more help if they got upset when they went home after the sessions. - Some men and parents/carers agreed with everything the report said about them. Others thought that some of the things they said had not been written down properly in the report. They thought that the meetings with the NSPCC should be recorded to make sure you can check what has been said. - Sometimes the reports were long and could be hard to understand. Men and parents/carers found them easier to understand if the NSPCC worker explained what had been written. Not everyone had time to read the report and talk about it before it was used at a meeting. The NSPCC is now looking at how it can make sure everyone understands the report. - Some men and parents/carers thought they had learnt new things about how to keep their children safe, and that it helped having someone to talk to. Others did not think the meetings with the NSPCC had helped them. - Sometimes the reports suggested other services that could help the men and parents/carers. Not everyone was able to get this help if it cost too much money or you had to wait a long time to be seen. The NSPCC is now starting to run some new services that may help more people. Details: London: National Society for the Protection of Cruelty to Children, 2015. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 23, 2017 at: https://www.nspcc.org.uk/globalassets/documents/evaluation-of-services/assessing-the-risk-protecting-the-child-views-men-protective-parents-carers.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Abusive Men Shelf Number: 146881

Author: Belton, Emma Title: Assessing the Risk: Protecting the Child. Referrers' Perspectives Summary: Assessing the Risk Protecting the Child is a service that works with men who may be a risk to children. Social workers send men to the service to try to help families keep their children safe. Social workers who are worried about a child use the service to see if the man is a danger to the child and whether the parent/carer can keep the child safe from harm. The service also speaks to the child to check how they are feeling about things at home. This report looks at how well social workers thought the assessments went. It also looks at how assessments could be better and how they helped to make decisions such as what can be done to look after the children. This was done by interviewing social workers. Findings from the research show that: - Social workers found that the reports they got back helped them understand more about the family they worked with and how to keep children safe. - Some social workers thought that it took too long to get the reports back. This meant that it took a long time for families to find out what would happen next. Sometimes social workers also thought that the reports were too long and the words used meant that families couldn't always understand them. - Social workers felt that workers at the NSPCC worked well with families so that they could open up and speak more freely. NSPCC staff were seen as being separate from children's service. This meant that families felt like they weren't being judged. - The sessions with children helped them to understand what was going on at home. The sessions with parents/carers helped them by giving them information on how to keep their children safe. This could also encourage parents/carers to make better choices when protecting their children. - Social workers found the ideas the NSPCC had about keeping children safe helpful. Sometimes they would have liked some help with putting the ideas into action. Details: London: National Society for the Protection of Cruelty to Children, 2015. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 23, 2017 at: https://www.nspcc.org.uk/globalassets/documents/evaluation-of-services/assessing-the-risk-protecting-the-child-referrers-perspectives.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Abusive Men Shelf Number: 146882

Author: Marsh, Kimberley Anne Title: To What Extent Do Different Types of Care Environments Have the Propensity to be Criminogenic? Summary: his thesis provides an exploration into the extent to which different types of care environment are criminogenic. It investigates: kinship; foster; and residential care, from the perspectives of care leavers, members of the Leaving Care Team [LCT] and carers. The research looks at experiences: before; during; and after care, with quantitative risk assessment and semi structured interviews. The overall aim of this thesis is to evaluate the extent to which different types of care environments have the propensity to be criminogenic and highlight what can be changed to improve life chances of looked after children, free from offending.In order to do so, the following research questions were central: are care environments criminogenic?; to what extent does the Risk and Protective Factors Paradigm [RPFP] successfully measure this?;to what extent does attachment to significant others help answer this question?; and what, if anything, can be done to reduce criminogenic risk in care?The main findings within the risk assessments showed residential placements to be the most criminogenic, with the highest increase of risk 'during care' and reduction after care. Foster placements had constant risk levels, showing concerns with the ability of foster care to reduce risk. With kinship placements being seen as the least criminogenic. All participant groups, showed Living arrangements, Emotional/Mental Health and Family /Personal Relationships to be the biggest influence to offending. The central findings from the semi structured interviews were as follows: attachment underpins the experience of risk; Clear differences within institutional versus family settings, with long term foster care offering same outcomes as kinship; having 'no one to let down' was the most cited reason for offending.The recommendations were as follows: Recommendations for research: urgent prospective longitudinal studies focused on attachment in care and its consequences on risk and offending.Recommendations for practitioners: focus on attachment; listen to the cared-for and carers more closely and consistently. Recommendations for policy makers: invest in and plan for high quality care for all placements; transform residential care, moving away from authoritarian parenting practices; have a 'care-revolution' in terms of attachment-focussed training, monitoring and practice; mainstream family preservation/early intervention programmes (alternatives to care) and massively recruit foster- and kin-carers. Details: Manchester, UK: University of Manchester, Centre for Criminology and Criminal Justice, 2016. 469p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 23, 2017 at: https://www.research.manchester.ac.uk/portal/en/theses/to-what-extent-do-different-types-of-care-environments-have-the-propensity-to-be-criminogenic(a587616e-bb68-42ff-b5c0-9f3de5bdff5b).html Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Caretakers Shelf Number: 146884

Author: Harvey, Shannon Title: Not worth reporting: women's experiences of alcohol, drugs and sexual violence Summary: Dominant narratives around the links between sexual violence and alcohol or other drug use are often problematic, if not outright victim-blaming. This includes public awareness campaigns that seek to limit women's freedom of movement and expression through advice to limit drinking or take taxis home from bars, through to jury attitudes that result in women being seen as less "reliable" witnesses in court if they were intoxicated at the time of the offence. Nevertheless, it seems clear that perpetrators are often predatory and do target vulnerabilities, with a third of survivors who report being raped to the Metropolitan Police Service also reporting that they had taken substances prior to the attack, and one in six reporting having a mental health problem (Stanko, 2011). While it is an offence under the Sexual Offences Act 2003 to administer a substance with the intent of incapacitating someone in order to sexually assault them, the law is less clear when survivors have knowingly consumed drugs and/or alcohol. The prosecution must demonstrate that the survivor lacked 'capacity to consent' through intoxication, and while judgements have suggested that the law provides clear guidance on capacity (R v Bree [2007] EWCA 256), survivors who were intoxicated at the time they were raped continue to face being labelled as unreliable witnesses, both by the Crown Prosecution Service (CPS), jurors (Wenger & Bornstein, 2006) and the public (Opinion Matters, 2007; ICM, 2005). AVA's primary purpose in undertaking this research project was to seek the views of survivors themselves on this sensitive topic, and in particular, to investigate the relevance of the concept of "capacity to consent" to survivors. In order to achieve this, we employed a mixed methods approach, comprising: a. A literature review investigating how the use of alcohol or other drugs is understood to impact on "capacity to consent" to sexual activity. b. Two online questionnaires. One questionnaire was targeted at practitioners working with survivors of sexual violence, to which 123 people completed more than the initial eligibility questions. The second survey was targeted at survivors of sexual violence to ascertain whether either they or the perpetrator had consumed alcohol or other drugs prior to the assault. 167 people responded to the survivor questionnaire, and the answers from 76 respondents were used in the analysis. Other respondents were either ineligible or only completed the demographic questions. c. One-to-one interviews. 21 survey respondents provided contact details, of which six participated in an interview with a researcher. Details: London: AVA (Against Violence & Abuse), 2014. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2017 at: https://avaproject.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/Not-worth-reporting-Full-report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime Shelf Number: 136998

Author: Dorling, Kamena Title: Growing Up In a Hostile Environment: The rights of undocumented migrant children in the UK Summary: Public concern about immigration is currently at the highest level seen for a number of years. In May 2013, one poll found that 57% of those surveyed ranked 'immigration' among the top three most important issues currently facing Britain, a rise of 11% compared to when the question was asked 12 months previously. In another poll, conducted in December 2012, 80% showed support for the current policy to reduce net migration and 67% perceived immigration as 'having been a bad thing' for Britain. Even allowing for the uncertainties inherent in measuring public opinion, the evidence available clearly shows high levels of opposition to immigration in the UK, with the widely held belief that there are too many migrants in the UK, that fewer migrants should be let in, and that legal restrictions on immigration should be tighter. A number of concerns stem from the perception that migrants claim benefits or use public services without having contributed in return, and are adding pressure on schools and hospitals. Past and current government policy has reacted to this public concern in a number of ways, and a large amount of legislation has been passed in the area of immigration and asylum law over the past two decades. The current government is committed to reducing net migration to 'tens of thousands', having introduced stricter border controls and tighter criteria for permitting non-European Economic Area (EEA) migrants to enter and remain in the UK. In particular, current policy is focussed on 'illegal immigration', where individuals enter or are living in the UK unlawfully (this group are referred to in this report as 'undocumented migrants'). Details: Colchester, UK: Children's Legal Centre, 2013. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2017 at: http://www.childrenslegalcentre.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/11/Hostile_Environment_Full_Report_Final.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children of Migrants Shelf Number: 131674

Author: Hurrell, Karen Title: Race Disproportionality in Stops and Searches, 2011-12 Summary: This briefing reviews the latest stop and search data for England and Wales in conjunction with new population estimates by ethnic group from the 2011 Census. It provides estimates of race disproportionality and excess stops and searches for two years, 2010/11 and 2011/12, for each Police Force and ranks these to highlight those with the highest disproportionality or largest excesses. Key results -- Numbers of PACE stops and searches in England and Wales decreased overall between 2010/11 and 2011/12, from 1,222,378 to 1,137,551. In both years, the Metropolitan Police carried out more than 40 per cent of PACE stops and searches and Greater Manchester was second with over four per cent. Other police forces carrying out more than 40,000 stops and searches were: Northumbria, Thames Valley and Merseyside in 2010/11, and Northumbria and West Yorkshire in 2011/12. For PACE stops and searches, the highest disproportionality ratios in 2011/12 were: in Dorset for black / white disproportionality: 11.7 in 2011/12 , in West Mercia and Gwent for Asian or other / white disproportionality: 3.4 and 3.1 respectively in 2011/12, in Warwickshire for mixed / white disproportionality: 4.4 in 2011/12. 'Excess' s.1 PACE stops and searches in 2011/12 were: highest for the Metropolitan Police for each of the three ethnic minority groups, also over one thousand in 2011/12 for one or more ethnic groups in the West Midlands and Thames Valley (black and Asian or other), Greater Manchester and Avon and Somerset (black) and West Yorkshire (Asian or other). As in previous years, the vast majority of s.60 stops and searches were carried out by the Metropolitan Police: 88 per cent in 2010/11 and 84 per cent in 2011/12. Overall the total number of s.60 stops and searches had fallen by nearly a quarter from 60,963 to 46,961. Based on the ten forces with the most s.60 stops and searches in 2011/12, the highest disproportionality ratios were: in the West Midlands (29.0), Nottinghamshire (16.9) and Thames Valley (10.9) for the black/white ratio, in the Thames Valley (10.4), Nottinghamshire (8.0) and West Midlands (6.8) for the mixed/white ratio, in the West Midlands (6.0), Lancashire (3.4), Nottinghamshire (3.1) and West Yorkshire (2.9) for the Asian or other/white ratio. Details: Manchester, UK: Equality and Human Rights Commission, 2013. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Briefing Paper no. u: Accessed August 25, 2017 at: https://www.equalityhumanrights.com/sites/default/files/briefing-paper-7-race-disproportionality-in-stops-and-searches-2011-12.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Minorities Shelf Number: 131698

Author: Hurrell, Karen Title: Experimental Analysis of Examinations and Detentions under Schedule 7 of the Terrorism Act 2000 Summary: This briefing presents an experimental analysis of data relating to Schedule 7 of the Terrorism Act 2000. This legislation provides powers in relation to port and border controls and permits passengers entering or leaving Great Britain or Northern Ireland to be stopped, questioned and detained in order to determine their possible involvement in terrorism. Schedule 7 powers can only be lawfully used to determine if the particular individual being examined is 'concerned in the commission, preparation or instigation of acts of terrorism'. The Code of Practice for Schedule 7 does not allow for ethnicity to be used as the sole reason for stopping someone. However, people can be stopped, detained and subject to potentially highly intrusive questions about their political and religious beliefs and activities, as well as those of others in their community and family, without any prior suspicion. The relatively high numbers of those stopped from certain ethnic backgrounds raises concerns that, without a requirement for reasonable suspicion, there are insufficient limitations in place to prevent a reliance on an individuals' ethnicity or country of origin as a reason for conducting the stop. The data in this briefing provide information on the number of examinations carried out in Great Britain under Schedule 7 in each of the years 2010/11 to 2012/13 broken down by ethnic group, plus additional data on the use of Schedule 7 in airports in 2010/11. An experimental analysis of race disproportionality is then based on data on Schedule 7 examinations combined with ethnic group data from two sources: international air passengers from the Civil Aviation Authority's (CAA) Passenger Survey and residents of England and Wales from the 2011 Census. This is experimental due to uncertainty over the ethnic profile of passengers passing through ports. Both these sources have both strengths and weaknesses. While the CAA Passenger Survey provides ethnicity data on air passengers, it does not cover other ports and so is less appropriate for comparison with the all ports data. It also has a high proportion of missing data for the ethnic group question. Similarly, although Census data on the resident population have higher precision, they cannot take account of the different frequency with which people travel abroad and do not include visitors. The following key results quote figures for disproportionality from the analysis using Census data, since these estimates are always lower than those based on the CAA survey data. This is because the ratio of the number of white people to the number of people in each ethnic minority group was lower for the Census, which makes the race disproportionality ratio lower too. For the purpose of this analysis, four main ethnic group categories form the basis of comparisons throughout: White, Black (Black or Black British), Mixed race and Asian or other. The last of those combining Asian or Asian British with Chinese or other. Where possible further breakdowns are presented, for example ten categories are used for the final analysis of race disproportionality in Schedule 7 usage at airports. Details: Manchester, UK: Equality and Human Rights Commission, 2014. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Briefing paper 8: Accessed August 28, 2017 at: https://www.equalityhumanrights.com/sites/default/files/briefing-paper-8-an-experimental-analysis-of-examinations-and-detentions-under-s7-of-the-terrorism-act-2000.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Airport Security Shelf Number: 146912

Author: Moodie, Kristina Title: Chief Social Work Officers and secure care Summary: his report details findings from a qualitative study of Chief Social Work Officer (CSWO) perceptions, and CSWO and local authority approaches, to the use of secure care in Scotland. The study, conducted through in-depth interviews with 21 out of 32 local authorities, was an examination of how the role and responsibilities of CSWOs in relation to secure care are translated in practice. It was undertaken to further explore some of the questions which were raised about decision making, risk thresholds and routes into and on from secure care, by a scoping study undertaken by CYCJ in 2015. It also complements the work of the secure care national project, which reported on key messages and calls for action in November 2016. Details: London: Centre for Youth & Criminal Justice, 2017. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 28, 2017 at: http://www.cycj.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Chief-Social-Work-Officers-and-secure-care-report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 146913

Author: Irwin-Rogers, Keir Title: Safer Schools: Keeping gang culture outside the gates Summary: All children and young people are entitled to be educated in a safe and nurturing environment. When youth gang culture enters a school, this can put the safety of pupils and staff at risk and create challenging environments for teachers to educate their pupils. Schools with a gang presence are more likely than other schools to experience high rates of violence, a decline in pupils' educational engagement and school attachment, and challenges around the possession of weapons and the use and distribution of drugs. There is nothing inevitable, however, about gang culture permeating through a school's gates. This report provides a first-of-its-kind insight into pupil gang involvement in Alternative Provision (AP) schools, presenting the findings of research conducted in five AP schools across three UK cities. It sets out a positive vision for the future, highlighting AP approaches to addressing pupil gang involvement, and revealing the successful steps that schools can take to improve the safety and security of their schools. Pupils are typically referred to AP because of behavioural, emotional and social difficulties, and a general disengagement from mainstream education. The most up-to-date UK statistics show that there were around 20,500 young people in AP in 2015, with projected figures set to remain stable until 2020. The research had two main aims: (1) to explore the extent and ways in which pupil gang involvement raises challenges for schools; and (2) to identify best practice for schools in responding to these challenges. Details: London: Catch 22, 2016. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 28, 2017 at: https://www.catch-22.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/Catch22-Dawes-Unit-Safer-Schools-Full-Report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 146920

Author: Scott, Sara Title: Aycliffe CSE innovation project: evaluation report: July 2016 Summary: The rise in concern about sexual exploitation and the difficulties of keeping exploited young people safe in the community has resulted in more referrals of sexually exploited young women to secure accommodation. However, depriving young people of their liberty on welfare grounds is a contentious issue, particularly given a lack of evidence of its effectiveness in improving outcomes. Within this context, the central question being tested by this pilot was: can secure accommodation provide a therapeutic environment, engage sexually exploited young people with appropriate therapeutic support and support their transitions into a safer life in the community? Key Findings Development of the pilot: - The pilot project was efficiently established and, by June 2015, staff for the specialist house were appointed and trained and the first young women were admitted. - A strong core team was created which included Barnardo's and Odysseus staff working alongside residential workers. A shared ethos was developed, although in the first few months, consistency of approach was sometimes impeded by under-staffing and reliance on cover staff. - Over the course of its implementation the planned model of working has evolved with a number of changes made to its original design: - The step-down facility was not pursued; - Individual trauma-focused therapy was not provided for most young women; - After a brief period of education being provided in the house, almost all young women attended Aycliffe's main provision. However, the biggest difference between what was planned and what occurred related to the source of referrals. Rather than coming mainly from the north east, referrals came from much further afield and this has a major impact on the sustainability of the transitional and throughcare support that has been provided. Outcomes for young people: - Over the course of the pilot period, eleven young women have been resident in the specialist house, mainly referred on 3 month orders (with some extended to 6 months). Ages have ranged from 13 to 17 years. - Most of these young women had extremely troubled backgrounds, often including major experiences of violence and abuse. In most cases, the precipitating factor for seeking a secure order was frequency of missing episodes, placement breakdowns and serious concerns for the young women's safety. - The development of positive relationships with staff was a key objective of the pilot and staff succeeded in developing some very postive relationships. However, the attachment difficulties of the young women have presented major challenges. These have been compounded by the time-limited and brief nature of the secure placements as well as the mix of young people in terms of age and need. - There is some evidence for an increase in the young women's understanding of the impact of child sexual explanation (CSE), although this has varied between individuals. - There is also some evidence of improvements in the mental and emotional well-being of some young people during their time at Aycliffe. However, the project has been unable to address the complex underlying difficulties affecting many of the young women referred in the short time available to do so. - Some young people have engaged well with education while at Aycliffe although there has been uncertainty about how best to accommodate education alongside therapeutic needs. Planning for future education or training has been limited by the difficulties of achieving well planned transitions to suitable placements. - In most cases, positive transitions into suitable placements have not been achieved. Local Authority planning has been poor and placements difficult to find. Placements have often been identified only very shortly before young women have been due to move. However, the project has involved families well wherever possible and, despite many placements being far-flung, workers have provided considerable support to young people during and following transitions. Outcomes for Aycliffe - Staff report increased knowledge and confidence in relation to working with CSE affected young people. 100% of staff have completed a 5 day training course on trauma, attachment and CSE which was very positively received. - There is some early evidence that a more therapeutic culture is emerging across Aycliffe and this can partly be attributed to the Innovations project. The introduction of clinical supervision has been welcomed by most staff and is making a difference. - There is evidence that sustaining relationships across transitions from secure accomodation into the community is appreciated by young people, parents and social workers. Details: Feethams, Darlington: UK: Department of Education, 2016. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Children's Social Care Innovation Programme Evaluation Report 03: Accessed August 28, 2017 at: http://dera.ioe.ac.uk/26762/1/Aycliffe_CSE_Project_report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 146924

Author: Wooff, Andrew Title: Measuring Risk and Efficiency in Police Scotland Custody Settings: A Pilot Study Summary: Police custody is a complex area of policing which requires Police Scotland to carefully balance the risks associated with detainees, the new localism agenda and making efficiency savings. With the move to a national Custody Division as part of Police Scotland now beginning to mature, it is an important time to assess how variation in custody practices impacts on police staff and on detainees. This pilot study used qualitative methods to investigate the challenges around risk and efficiency in two separate police custody environments - one rural and one urban. The study found that staffing, healthcare, the Police Scotland custody estate and trust are key for understanding how risks can be minimised and efficiency maximised. The study identified a series of recommendations which if implemented would help improve police custody in Scotland. The study also identifies a series of gaps in the systematic knowledge base which, if addressed, would assist in developing and supporting the recommendations we have identified. Details: Dundee: Scottish Institute for Policing Research, School of Social Sciences, University of Dundee, 2017. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: SIPR Research Summary No. 27: Accessed August 31, 2017 at: http://www.sipr.ac.uk/downloads/Research_Summaries/Research_Summary_27.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Custody Shelf Number: 146958

Author: Great Britain. National Offender Management Service Title: Electronic Monitoring Global Position System: Toolkit for partner agencies Summary: Electronic Monitoring with a Global Positioning System (GPS) tag is a versatile offender management tool offering a choice of capabilities that can support decision makers to manage risk more effectively, and get the right balance between punishment, crime prevention and rehabilitation. It allows for a more bespoke approach to be tailored to an individual. It can be punitive, but also help to support rehabilitative interventions or programmes, improve compliance, help prevent reoffending, and improve enforcement and crime detection as well as providing improved outcomes for victims. A GPS tag can be used with offenders or defendants who may otherwise be in custody, and can mitigate some of the risks these offenders might pose if given an opportunity to remain in the community. A GPS tag can be used by decision makers to monitor a range of conditions or requirements, through providing flexibility to set a range of restrictions including keeping a given distance from a particular place or address or mapping out areas on a map that cannot be entered. Up to 50 different zones can be created if required, and can be can be limited to certain days, dates or times of day. Buffer zones can also be included around restricted zones to alert a subject they are approaching an area they are not to enter. GPS tagging can also be used to monitor a subject's whereabouts and to monitor attendance to support rehabilitate interventions. Through initial feedback from our presentations to stakeholders, 96% of the 260 feedback responses received, agreed that GPS monitoring will be a useful tool for managing offenders in the community. Wearing a GPS tag can potentially support a subject in a number of ways, for example by: - restricting their ability to fall into bad habits, or mix with the wrong crowd; - incentivising them to not reoffend through the knowledge that their movements are being monitored; - eliminating them from a police enquiry by showing they were not present when a crime was committed; - helping them to demonstrate their commitment to change to justice services as well as to family, friends and employees. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, Her Majesty's Prison and Probation Service, 2017. 35p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 31, 2017 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/591822/EM-GPS-toolkit-V2.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Electronic Monitoring Shelf Number: 146959

Author: Anti-Trafficking Monitoring Group Title: Brexit and the UK's Fight Against Modern Slavery Summary: The following paper considers the potential impact of the UK's withdrawal ('Brexit') from the European Union (EU) on efforts to tackle modern slavery. The purpose of this briefing is to review the extent to which the UK's membership in the EU has influenced national anti-trafficking efforts, and consider if and how Brexit may impact the UK's ability to combat modern slavery and protect its victims. Where possible, recommendations have been made on the steps to take to mitigate any potential risks posed by Brexit to UK anti-trafficking efforts. Details: London: Anti-Trafficking Monitoring Group, 2017. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 31, 2017 at: https://www.antislavery.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/ATMG-Brexit-paper.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Brexit Shelf Number: 146961

Author: Kelly, Liz Title: Measuring the scale and changing nature of child sexual abuse and child sexual exploitation. Scoping report Summary: A key aim of the Centre of expertise on child sexual abuse is to increase understanding and awareness of the scale and nature of child sexual abuse (CSA). This paper forms the background to reaching current best estimates for both CSA and child sexual exploitation (CSE), as part of a strand of work which seeks to improve measurement and identify gaps in knowledge. The aims for this piece of work were to: - Establish a best estimate of the scale of CSA/E, drawing on the current evidence base and informed by expert input on the quality, reliability and extrapolation potential of this data. As far as possible, estimates should be provided at national and local level in England and Wales. - Keep abreast of future changes in data collection, providing informed comment as needed on the interpretation of new data. - Make proposals for a feasible new methodological framework to assess the scale of CSA/E and its various forms, building on current promising approaches and adding innovative methods. - Review promising practice in recording. Where reporting is high, what are the reporting and recording procedures followed? Possible case matching of areas with similar demographics but different practices and reported levels of CSA/E. At the heart of being able to distinguish between CSA and CSE is the issue of definitions, so we begin there. This is followed by a section on prevalence data and then exploration of official data sources. One observation from our review is that there is a tendency to rely on recently published material, which hides earlier prevalence studies (see Baker and Duncan, 1985; Kelly et al. 1991 for the UK) and the lessons learnt, alongside previous explorations of the overlaps and distinctions between sexual exploitation and child sexual abuse (Kelly et al. 2000; Itzin, 2001) Details: London: London Metropolitan University, Centre of Expertise on Child Sexual Abuse, 2017. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2017 at: http://cwasu.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/18871_CSA_Scoping_paper_web_FA.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 147002

Author: Nellis, Mike Title: Grayling's failings on electronic monitoring: after the fiasco, what next? Summary: This briefing by Professor Mike Nellis scrutinises the chaotic attempts by the Ministry of Justice (MoJ) to commission a new generation of satellite-enabled tags for monitoring those under a criminal sanction in England and Wales. Drawing on the recent forensic analysis by the National Audit Office (NAO), Professor Nellis, one of the foremost experts on electronic monitoring, highlights the 'massive waste of public money' and the 'hubris and incompetence' that has dogged the programme. But as Professor Nellis points out, the electronic monitoring fiasco was more than just a story of unrealistic plans, shifting specifications and incompetent management. It was also the story of a politically-driven attempt, particularly by the former Justice Secretary Chris Grayling, to reshape aspects of the justice system along market lines. A 'lot of what Grayling pushed through during his tenure', Professor Nellis writes, makes sense if one abandons the idea that it had a primarily penal rational. Every move he ma... was designed ... to make established state agencies dysfunctional so that a certain kind of market model could be imposed on them'. The probation service was subjected to a damaging part-privatisation from which it has not recovered. In the new satellite enabled tags, Grayling thought his department was developing world-leading technology that it could sell around the world. Instead it wasted large amounts of time and money on a scheme that many had suspected would fail. Looking ahead, Professor Nellis calls for the House of Commons Public Accounts Committee to review what happened and hold those who made the key decisions to account. He also argues that the MoJ should draw on the 'abundant expertise in England and Wales' to help develop any new programmes, and consider a more localised approach to contracting. And he throws down a challenge to penal reform organisations to play an active role in shaping future developments. Electronic monitoring technologies, he argues, 'will never be used wisely and well anywhere unless they are embedded in decent and properly resourced pre-trial, community supervision and resettlement services'. It is up to penal reform organisations and others to make this case. Details: London: Centre for Crime and Justice Studies, 2017. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Briefing 19: Accessed September 2, 2017 at: https://www.crimeandjustice.org.uk/sites/crimeandjustice.org.uk/files/Briefing%2019%20EM.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 146011

Author: Mumby, Lauren Title: Prison voicemail: an initial evaluation Summary: The UK prison population currently stands at just under 86,000 (Ministry of Justice, 2017) and the average cost per prisoner is approximately L35,000 per year (Ministry of Justice, 2013). The acknowledged reoffending rate for adults released from custody is 44.1% (Ministry of Justice, 2017b) with reoffending estimated to cost in excess of L80,000 per offender (De Las Casas et al, 2011). In times of austerity, the Ministry of Justice is under pressure to reduce number of prisoners and reduce offending and reoffending. Added to the financial costs, imprisonment is often a traumatic time for those imprisoned, and their families. In 2016, 119 self-inflicted deaths were recorded in prisons in England and Wales, a record high; there were 37,784 incidents of self-harm, an increase of 23% from the previous year (Ministry of Justice 2017c). A significant factor related to suicide and selfharm in custody is family ties. Prisoners who have attempted suicide have been found to miss their families more and to have reduced contact with them (Liebling, 1992). The pains of imprisonment thesis (Sykes, 1958) argues that prison often places significant strain on personal relationships resulting from the physical separation and emotional trauma resulting from, often sudden, separation. A failure to maintain family relationships can lead to increased emotional instability during imprisonment and limited social ties for release (Adams, 1992; Cochran, 2013). This may manifest in further negative behaviours inside prison such as violence and general misconduct (Burnett and Maruna, 2004). Conversely, familial attachments and contact during prison sentences have been reported as crucial for helping people in custody cope with the pressures of prison life, such as the feelings of isolation associated with imprisonment (Agnew, 1992); can contribute towards decreased misconduct whilst in prison (Maruna, 2001); and provide support and hope for release (e.g. Agnew, 1992; Rocque et al, 2013). Family ties provide a sense of belonging, security and happiness (De Las Casas et al, 2011). Desistance literature also reports that there is a vital role in family bonds for reducing reoffending (Sampson and Laub, 1993). More specifically, men who maintained contact with their children during imprisonment, demonstrated improved resettlement outcomes (Visher, 2013). Prisoners who improved their family relationships during their sentence resulted in lower levels of reoffending, higher levels of employment and lower levels of drug use on release than those who did not improve relationships (Brunton-Smith and McCarthy, 2016). Identifying opportunities to maintain and strengthen family relationships while a person is incarcerated may, therefore have a significant contribution to improving safety in prisons, limiting reoffending and aiding resettlement. Families themselves also suffer as a result of imprisonment. Families have to cope with practical, financial and emotional consequences which can subsequently have a further impact on relationships. Loss of income, isolation, relationship deterioration and extra childcare commitments can increase the sense of loss and hopelessness experienced by families (Loucks, 2004; Murray, 2005; Codd, 2007). Loss of income is exacerbated by increased expenditure on visits, telephone calls and sending money to imprisoned relatives (Braman and Wood, 2003). Furthermore, it is estimated that 160,000 children in the UK are affected by parental imprisonment (Social Exclusion Unit, 2007) and they can suffer a range of problems during the incarceration period including depression, aggression, eating problems, sleep problems and school related issues (Boswell et al, 2002). However, increasing family contact is thought to moderate these effects. For example, maintaining family ties has been found to increase the resilience of children (Garmezy and Rutter, 1983). It is clear that maintaining and improving family ties while a person is imprisoned can have a significant impact on both the prisoner and their family with regard to increasing safety, improving resettlement, reducing the effects on the family and ultimately decreasing recidivism. Despite this, prisoners have limited means to keep in contact with their families. They can receive visits but this process is often fraught with challenges for those visiting such as distance to travel to the prison, employment commitments, poor staff attitudes and difficulties in accessing information (Codd, 2007). They can send and receive letters by post or e-mail, if they are sufficiently literate. They can make phone calls, but these are limited to certain times of the day when prisoners are allowed outside their cells, often resulting in queues for the limited number of available phones. The majority of prisoners have no legitimate access to mobile telecommunications and information technology that dominates personal communication in the community (Prisons and Probation Ombudsman, PPO, 2014). While the PPO calls upon all prisons to support family ties while still ensuring security and public protection (PPO, 2014), family and friends are still unable to make a simple telephone call to the imprisoned person. Alongside this, it has been widely publicised that there is decreased staffing and resource levels within UK prisons (e.g. The Howard League, 2016) both of which impact negatively on phone access. Prison Voicemail It is against this backdrop of complex prison challenges that the social start-up, Prison Voicemail, has emerged as a potentially significant moderator for these issues. Details: Lincoln, UK: University of Lincoln, 2017. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2017 at: http://eprints.lincoln.ac.uk/28301/1/28301%20Prison%20Voicemail%20report%20Final%2031%20July%202017%20for%20PDF.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 147013

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation Title: Quality & Impact Inspection: The Effectiveness of Probation Work in Gloucestershire. Summary: We report here on our inspection of probation work in Gloucestershire. According to published performance reports, the division of the National Probation Service (NPS) that includes Gloucestershire was not meeting all the targets, and on some measures results were lower than in other divisions. On the other hand, the Community Rehabilitation Company (CRC) was performing well compared with other CRCs. However, we found a more nuanced picture on the ground. When we looked at the quality of work undertaken, we found that the NPS in Gloucestershire was performing reasonably well in many respects. The court team was providing a good service, and cases were then allocated correctly. NPS case assessments were thorough, and plans realistic. The public were protected from harm. Those under supervision were seen often enough, with any failure to attend dealt with appropriately. But in the majority of the cases we reviewed, NPS efforts to rehabilitate offenders often came to little or nothing, either because the offender disengaged or because, in those cases where specific interventions were planned to help the offender turn away from crime, the interventions were not actually delivered. We did not find such a coherent picture at the CRC. At the time of the inspection, Working Links had not been able to implement its plan (as set out in the contract bid) that a single responsible officer would support the offender throughout. Instead, offenders were being transferred between workers for operational reasons, and also as a result of painful staff reductions. Yet desistance literature emphasises the value of strong, meaningful relationships; our 2016 desistance thematic inspection (for youth) found the same, and practitioners know this from experience and professional studies. What is more, the operating model was not even working as it should. The proposed Community Hubs are so promising, but at the time of the inspection they had not been established. The interventions team that was to deliver rehabilitation activity requirement days was not fully functioning either. The Operational Hub was not managing the proportion of cases expected. Unpaid work was not being provided as it should. Caseloads were plainly unreasonable. As we have come to expect in such situations, managers and staff were making heroic efforts, sickness absence levels were high, and the quality of work was poor overall because staff were over-burdened and not given the professional support expected. The quality of assessment and planning was mixed, but in any event, plans were not being followed through anywhere near well enough and some offenders were not being seen often enough. As a result, the public were more at risk than necessary, and offenders who could turn their lives around were being denied the chance to do so. Details: Manchester, UK; The Inspectorate, 2017. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2017 at: The Effectiveness of Probation Work in Gloucestershire. Quality & Impact Inspection: Accessed September 2, 2017 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2017/08/Gloucestershire-QI-report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Management Shelf Number: 147017

Author: Prison Reform Trust Title: Counted Out: Black, Asian and minority ethnic women in the criminal justice system Summary: The disadvantages all women face with the criminal justice system, such as experiencing a greater likelihood of imprisonment than men for first offences and non-violent offences, higher rates of remand and poorer outcomes on release , are compounded for Black, Asian and minority ethnic women. They make up 11.9% of the women's population in England and Wales, but 18% of the women's prison population. This represents a decline since 2012 when it was 22%, but it remains significantly disproportionate. Women from minority ethnic groups face many of the same challenges as white British women compared to men within the criminal justice system, including exposure to domestic and/or sexual abuse, problematic substance use, and the probability that they have the primary care of dependent children. There is surprisingly little published information about the ethnicity of women in the criminal justice system. For example, we know the ethnic origin of those in prison on any given date (the 'snapshot' figure) but not that of women received into prison over the course of a year (the reception figure). Nor is information published on the ethnicity of women who are recalled back to prison following release, or of women who are on community orders. However, even the currently limited range of published statistics and survey evidence lays bare real disparities: - Black women are more likely than other women to be remanded or sentenced to custody. - Black women are more likely to be sole parents so their imprisonment has particular implications for children. - Women from minority ethnic groups are more likely to plead not guilty in the Crown Court, leaving them open to potentially harsher sentencing. - Women from minority ethnic groups feel less safe in custody and have less access to mental health support, according to surveys by HM Inspectorate of Prisons (HMIP). - Women from minority ethnic groups experience racial and religious discrimination in prison from other prisoners and from staff, according to surveys by HMIP. - Some women from minority ethnic groups are also foreign nationals and may be subject to immigration control and face language and cultural barriers. - Asian and Muslim women may experience particularly acute stigma from their own communities. - There are very few specialist organisations working with women from minority ethnic groups in the criminal justice system 1. Prison Reform Trust (2017) Why focus on reducing women's imprisonment? While the experiences of women from minority ethnic groups are individual and diverse, the extent to which they have been neglected or misunderstood is something they have in common. The 2007 Corston Review of the needs of vulnerable women in prison, stated that women from minority ethnic groups are 'further disadvantaged by racial discrimination, stigma, isolation, cultural differences, language barriers and lack of employment skills'. This remains true a decade on. This briefing is intended to help remedy past neglect and inspire the development of a more informed approach that will ensure and monitor equitable outcomes for women from minority ethnic groups, and foster the specialist organisations that work with them. Details: London: PRT, 2017. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2017 at: http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/Portals/0/Documents/Counted%20Out.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Ethnic Minorities Shelf Number: 147018

Author: Crowhurst, Liz Title: Reforming justice for the digital age Summary: In collaboration with CGI the Police Foundation has been looking at how digitisation will transform the criminal justice system (CJS), delivering better experiences for all users of the system. Reforming justice for the digital age, authored by the Police Foundation in collaboration with CGI, examines the costs and ineffciences caused by a paper-based system and looks at how digitisation, collaborative working practices, and technologies such as intelligent automation and Blockchain offer opportunities to resolve many of the system's historic challenges. While technology has revolutionised service delivery in the private sector, the UK's justice system remains wedded to archaic practices, paper-based working and legacy IT systems, resulting in inefficient services. These manual-heavy processes result in unnecessary duplication and increased margins of error. Digitisation provides the opportunity to rebuild the processes of the justice system around the citizen. Pilot initiatives such as the digital case file and online plea submissions have begun to prove the concept in practice, showing how digitisation can increase access to justice while reducing costs, streamlining processes and improving quality. Key findings: The justice system must reform in the face of shifting demands and constrained finances: cases are increasing in complexity at a time when the Crown Prosecution Service, the courts and the Ministry of Justice must implement significant spending cuts. Digital working currently faces a number of challenges across the CJS, including the need to find new ways to digitise working and share responsibility across justice agencies; improve interoperability of justice systems and communication with legacy infrastructure; and ensure staff buy-in, cultural change and the development of digital skills. The range of technologies and their potential applications for the criminal justice system is vast: digital platforms and online portals will empower citizens to reach support services faster, while increasing transparency. Greater use of automation could improve the speed and quality of completing tasks such as auditing casework, and in the future could even help to address issues such as subjective bias in judicial decision-making. Blockchain technologies could present a unique opportunity to increase accuracy and transparency through secure, auditable distributed records Details: London: The Police Foundation, 2017. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2017 at: http://www.police-foundation.org.uk/uploads/holding/projects/%20pf_cgi_digital_justice.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 147023

Author: Great Britain. Law Commission Title: Reform of Offences against the Person Summary: THE PROJECT 1.1 The principal statute dealing with offences of violence committed against others remains the Offences Against the Person Act 1861 ("the 1861 Act"). In this report we make recommendations for reform of that Act and associated offences. Our consideration focuses primarily on those offences which deal with causing physical or psychiatric harm. However, because of their close connection with the 1861 Act offences, and in order to work towards coherent law reform in this area, we also consider offences such as assault and battery1 and the offence of assaulting a constable in the execution of his duty.2 1.2 This project forms part of our 11th Programme of Law Reform. In introducing the project, we said that: the Offences Against the Person Act 1861 is widely recognised as being outdated and stated our aim as being: to redraft the law on offences against the person, probably by creating a structured hierarchy of offences, as well as modernising and simplifying the language by which these offences are defined. 1.3 In November 2014, we published a scoping consultation paper on reforming offences against the person ("the SCP"). The paper examined the existing legal landscape and investigated whether reform was needed and, if so, what form such reform ought to take. The scoping study was in one sense a broader enquiry than our usual consultation papers, where it is generally already accepted that reform is necessary. The SCP asked questions designed to address two issues: (1) whether the 1861 Act was in need of reform; and (2) whether the previous recommendations (advanced in their most refined state in the Home Office's draft Bill of 1998) would serve as a good model for reform. Details: London: The Commission, 2015. 244p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 9, 2017 at: https://s3-eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/lawcom-prod-storage-11jsxou24uy7q/uploads/2015/11/51950-LC-HC555_Web.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Assault Shelf Number: 147168

Author: Day, Laurie Title: Evaluation of the Sefton Community Adolescent Service (CAS): Research report Summary: In December 2014, Sefton Council was awarded $1.1m from the Department for Education as part of the Children's Social Care Innovation Programme, to establish a new multi -professional service dedicated to vulnerable adolescents aged 12 to 25 years - the Sefton Community Adolescent Service (CAS). The project received a further L3.9m from the Council and local partner organisations, with the aim of bringing about a step change in support for vulnerable young people, and achieving better outcomes. In March 2015, Ecorys (UK) was appointed to undertake an independent evaluation of the CAS. A mixed methods design was deployed, incorporating desk research, qualitative interviews with key stakeholders within the CAS service and partner organisations; qualitative interviews with young people and their families, and a Cost-Benefit Analysis (CBA). The work took place between summer 2015 and autumn 2016. Key findings - overall, the project achieved mixed success. The original plan was overly ambitious, incorporating too many sub-pilots, and the CAS was rolled out while management and supervisory structures were still under development. Nonetheless, a boost to management capacity in early 2016 and a new joint protocol, helped to establish a niche for the CAS, bridging Early Help and Children's Social Care (CSC) - the CAS was characterised by its organisation into multi-professional co-located team(s), underpinned by social pedagogy and restorative practice, and combining a key worker model with a residential short-term breaks unit. While bearing some resemblance to Multi-Systemic Therapy (MST), the CAS was wider in scope, with less focus on youth justice issues and a greater emphasis on family reunification - the ability to capture and measure outcomes was hindered by a lack of centralised data held on individual young people referred to the CAS and their families. This situation arose as a result of delays in establishing a fit-for-purpose case recording system, and limited access to data from partner organisations. The changing structure of the CAS, and the shift towards a co-working arrangement with CSC in the later stages of the project, also meant that cases from different periods were not always comparable - the available management data provides a broadly positive overall picture of the CAS. Approaching two thirds (65 per cent) of CAS cases were closed because the original aims in the family plan were achieved. A smaller proportion of cases were closed due to withdrawal of consent (26 per cent), or moving out of area (9 per cent) - around 5 per cent of young people who were the subject of a CAS episode went on to become LAC at some point afterwards. The main factors identified by CAS teams included the complexity of some of these cases, and the young people's long history of involvement in the care system. CAS practitioners considered that some young people were referred too late for the CAS to offer an alternative to becoming LAC - young people and families consistently self-reported positive changes to their lives through the qualitative interviews. These included improvements to self confidence, family relationships, engagement in education, healthier lifestyles and behaviours, and being able to remain at home safely. The trust in the relationship with the key worker, and participation in setting goals, were particularly valued by young people, although they often had high expectations of the accessibility of their key worker - a wide range of outcomes were also reported indirectly by practitioners, although the format of the CAS assessment and case management tools meant that these were not always recorded systematically. Practitioners had routinely observed: stronger relationships between family members; re-engagement with education; reductions in missing episodes; reductions in levels of illegal substance misuse; securing access to temporary accommodation for homeless young people; facilitating access to specialist assessments (e.g. SEND, mental health); - there was some evidence of savings arising from service improvements, including reduced numbers of different professionals involved per individual CAS case, and streamlining of administrative processes. Quantifiable savings also accrued from a reduced incidence of missing episodes, and cases stepped down from CIN or CP plans. These savings were offset by the costs of young people who became LAC Details: London: Department of Education, 2017. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Children's Social Care Innovation Programme Evaluation Report 39 Accessed September 9, 2017 at: http://cdn.basw.co.uk/upload/basw_74516-6.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Adolescents Shelf Number: 147197

Author: Chesterman, Simon Title: Ordinary Citizens or a License to Kill? The Turn to Law in Regulating Britain's Intelligence Services Summary: As the United States goes through yet another cycle of reform of its intelligence services, this article considers the impact that the formalization of intelligence agencies and their powers has had in Britain. Britain long adopted the legal fiction - manifestly false in practice if not in theory - that the representatives of MI5 and MI6 were merely "ordinary citizens." In fact they exercised considerable power and the moves to establish a legal foundation for those powers and appropriate checks and balances in the past two decades were, as the European Court held, demanded by the rule of law. At the same time, however, Britain demonstrates some of the problems attendant to establishing such a legal regime. These include the question of how the mandate of intelligence services should be defined, as well as the possibility that powers granted by law may be exercised by a far wider range of actors than when a key check was the need to keep those powers and actors secret. Finally, Britain is of interest in showing the limitations of law in regulating socially-pervasive technologies, such as the closed-circuit television (CCTV) cameras that are ubiquitous in London and other cities large and small. The belated effort to regulate CCTV suggests lessons for other new technologies such as biometric identification and DNA databases. Details: New York: New York University School of Law, 2010. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: NYU School of Law, Public Law Research Paper No. 10-63: Accessed September 9, 2017 at: .http://lsr.nellco.org/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1225&context=nyu_plltwp Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cameras Shelf Number: 147202

Author: Lammy, David Title: The Lammy Review: An independent review into the treatment of, and outcomes for, Black, Asian and Minority Ethnic individuals in the Criminal Justice System Summary: Across England and Wales, people from minority ethnic backgrounds are breaking through barriers. More students from Black, Asian and Minority Ethnic (BAME) backgrounds are achieving in school and going to university. There is a growing BAME middle class. Powerful, high-profile institutions, like the House of Commons, are slowly becoming more diverse. Yet our justice system bucks the trend. Those who are charged, tried and punished are still disproportionately likely to come from minority communities. Despite making up just 14% of the population, BAME men and women make up 25% of prisoners, while over 40% of young people in custody are from BAME backgrounds. If our prison population reflected the make-up of England and Wales, we would have over 9,000 fewer people in prison5 - the equivalent of 12 average-sized prisons. There is greater disproportionality in the number of Black people in prisons here than in the United States. These disproportionate numbers represent wasted lives, a source of anger and mistrust and a significant cost to the taxpayer. The economic cost of BAME overrepresentation in our courts, prisons and Probation Service is estimated to be L309 million a year. This report is the product of an independent review, commissioned by two Prime Ministers. The review was established to 'make recommendations for improvement with the ultimate aim of reducing the proportion of BAME offenders in the criminal justice system'. It reflects a growing sense of urgency, across party-political lines, to find solutions to this inequity. The Review This review has two distinctive features, the first of which is its breadth. The terms of reference span adults and children; women and men. It covers the role of the Crown Prosecution Service (CPS), the courts system, our prisons and young offender institutions, the Parole Board, the Probation Service and Youth Offending Teams (YOTS). A comprehensive look at both the adult and youth justice systems was overdue. Secondly, whilst independent of the government, the review has had access to resources, data and information held by the criminal justice system (CJS) itself. In the past, too much of this information has not been made available to outsiders for scrutiny and analysis. As a result, this review has generated analysis that breaks new ground on race and criminal justice in this country. The focus of the review is on BAME people, but I recognise the complexity of that term. Some groups are heavily overrepresented in prison - for example Black people make up around 3% of the general population but accounted for 12% of adult prisoners in 2015/16; and more than 20% of children in custody. Other groups, such as Mixed ethnic adult prisoners, are also overrepresented, although to a lesser degree. The proportion of prisoners who are Asian is lower than the general population but, within categories such as 'Asian' or 'Black' there is considerable diversity, with some groups thriving while others struggle. This complexity mirrors the story in other areas of public life. In schools, for example, BAME achievement has risen but not in a uniform way. Chinese and Indian pupils outperform almost every other group, while Pakistani children are more likely to struggle. Black African children achieve better GCSE exam results, on average, than Black Caribbean children.16 Wherever possible this report seeks to draw out similar nuances in the justice system. The review also addresses the position of other minorities who are overlooked too often. For example, Gypsies, Roma and Travellers (GRT) are often missing from published statistics about children in the CJS, but according to unofficial estimates, are substantially over-represented in youth custody, for example, making up 12% of children in Secure Training Centres (STC). Muslims, meanwhile, do not fall within one ethnic category, but the number of Muslim prisoners has increased from around 8,900 to 13,200 over the last decade. Both groups are considered within scope for this review Details: London: U.K. Government, 2017. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 11, 2017 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/643001/lammy-review-final-report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Systems Shelf Number: 147210

Author: Great Britain. HM Government Title: National Cyber Security Strategy 2016-2021 Summary: The National Cyber Security Strategy 2016 to 2021 sets out the government's plan to make Britain secure and resilient in cyberspace. The UK is one of the world's leading digital nations. Much of our prosperity now depends on our ability to secure our technology, data and networks from the many threats we face. Yet cyber attacks are growing more frequent, sophisticated and damaging when they succeed. So we are taking decisive action to protect both our economy and the privacy of UK citizens. Our National Cyber Security Strategy sets out our plan to make Britain confident, capable and resilient in a fast-moving digital world. Over the lifetime of this five-year strategy, we will invest L1.9 billion in defending our systems and infrastructure, deterring our adversaries, and developing a wholesociety capability - from the biggest companies to the individual citizen. From the most basic cyber hygiene, to the most sophisticated deterrence, we need a comprehensive response. We will focus on raising the cost of mounting an attack against anyone in the UK, both through stronger defences and better cyber skills. This is no longer just an issue for the IT department but for the whole workforce. Cyber skills need to reach into every profession. The new National Cyber Security Centre will provide a hub of world-class, user-friendly expertise for businesses and individuals, as well as rapid response to major incidents. Government has a clear leadership role, but we will also foster a wider commercial ecosystem, recognising where industry can innovate faster than us. This includes a drive to get the best young minds into cyber security. The cyber threat impacts the whole of our society, so we want to make very clear that everyone has a part to play in our national response. It's why this strategy is an unprecedented exercise in transparency. We can no longer afford to have this discussion behind closed doors. Ultimately, this is a threat that cannot be completely eliminated. Digital technology works because it is open, and that openness brings with it risk. What we can do is reduce the threat to a level that ensures we remain at the vanguard of the digital revolution. This strategy sets out how. Details: London: HM Government, 2017. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2017 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/national-cyber-security-strategy-2016-to-2021 Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Computer Crime Shelf Number: 147232

Author: Knight, Peter Title: Prison Service Pay Review Body. Sixteenth Report on England and Wales, 2017. Summary: Her Majesty's Prison and Probation Service (HMPPS) is responsible for adult and young offender management services for England and Wales within the framework set by the government. It is an Executive Agency of the Ministry of Justice. The agency currently manages Her Majesty's Prison Service and the National Probation Service. In addition, it oversees privately run prisons and Community Rehabilitation Companies. Its role is to commission and provide offender management services in the community and in custody, ensuring best value for money from public resources. It works to protect the public and reduce reoffending by delivering the punishments and orders of the courts, and supporting rehabilitation by helping offenders to reform their lives. On 31 March 2017, the prisoner population across both the public and private sector estates was 85,513, 0.2 per cent higher than a year earlier. HMPPS paybill costs relating to the remit group in 2015-16 were approximately $1 billion (including social security and other pension costs). At the end of March 2017, there were 23,865 full-time equivalent staff in our remit down from 24,034 a year earlier (a decrease of 0.7 per cent). Our recommendations for 2017 are: Recommendation 1: We recommend that from 1 April 2017 the Fair and Sustainable National Bands 2 to 5 base pay points and all their closed grade equivalents be raised by 400 as set out in Appendix D. This award would be consolidated and pensionable for all staff on these scales. Recommendation 2: We recommend that from 1 April 2017 the Fair and Sustainable National Band 2 be changed to be a two point pay scale with the maximum set at $400 above the 1 April 2016 base pay level and the new minimum set at a level where staff will receive a fve per cent increment when moving to the maximum, as set out in Appendix D. Recommendation 3: We recommend that all staff in Fair and Sustainable Bands 2 to 5 who are in post on 31 March 2017 progress by one pay point effective from 1 April 2017, unless they have been placed on formal poor performance management procedures. Recommendation 4: We recommend that staff in Fair and Sustainable Band 5 who are in post on 31 March 2017 and achieve a performance marking of 'Outstanding' receive an additional one per cent non-consolidated, non-pensionable pay award based on their 31 March 2017 base pay. Recommendation 5: We recommend that the National maxima and minima of Fair and Sustainable Bands 7 to 11 be raised by one per cent from 1 April 2017, as set out in Appendix D. This change to the ranges should have no automatic effect on an individual's pay. Recommendation 6: We recommend that the closed operational manager scales (including the full range of non-Fair and Sustainable scales or spot rates equivalent to Bands 7 to 11) and the cash amount of RHA which applies are raised by one per cent from 1 April 2017, as set out in Appendix D. This will deliver an increase to consolidated, pensionable pay of one per cent. Recommendation 7: We recommend that staff in Fair and Sustainable Bands 7 to 11 who are in post on 31 March 2017 and achieve a performance marking of 'Outstanding' receive consolidated pay progression of six per cent effective from 1 April 2017, capped at the new 2017 Band maximum. In addition, we recommend that staff in Bands 7 to 11 who are within six per cent of the maximum, or at the maximum, should receive the balance of the six per cent as a non-consolidated, non-pensionable payment, capped at two per cent of base pay. Recommendation 8: We recommend that staff in Fair and Sustainable Bands 7 to 11 who are in post on 31 March 2017 and achieve a performance marking of 'Good' receive consolidated pay progression of four per cent effective from 1 April 2017, capped at the new 2017 Band maximum. Any staff who would be paid less than the minimum of their pay range after progression has taken place should be moved to the new 2017 Band minimum. Details: London: Office of Manpower Economics, 2017. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2017 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/644118/CCS207_CCS0817863080-1_Prison_Service_Pay_Review_Web_Accessible.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 147237

Author: Fisher, Cate Title: The impacts of child sexual abuse: A rapid evidence assessment Summary: he aim of the Independent Inquiry into Child Sexual Abuse (IICSA or the Inquiry') is to investigate whether public bodies and other non-state institutions have taken seriously their responsibility to protect children from sexual abuse in England and Wales, and to make meaningful recommendations for change, to help ensure that children now and in the future are better protected from sexual abuse. Child sexual abuse (CSA) involves forcing or enticing a child or young person under the age of 18 to take part in sexual activities. It includes contact and non-contact abuse, child sexual exploitation (CSE) and grooming a child in preparation for abuse. As part of its work, the Inquiry is seeking to examine the impacts of child sexual abuse on the lives of victims and survivors and their families, as well as the impacts on wider society. These questions are of cross-cutting relevance to the work of the Inquiry. They have particular salience for its 'Accountability and Reparations' investigation, which is exploring the extent to which existing support services and legal processes effectively deliver accountability and reparation to victims and survivors. This rapid evidence assessment (REA) had two overarching aims: to summarise the existing evidence base for the impacts of CSA on: to summarise the existing evidence base for the impacts of CSA on: victims and survivors throughout their life course the families of victims and survivors wider society to identify gaps in the evidence base on the above issues which could be filled by further primary research. Details: London: Independent Inquiry into Child Sexual Abuse, 2017. 196p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2017 at: https://www.iicsa.org.uk/key-documents/1534/view/IICSA%20Impacts%20of%20Child%20Sexual%20Abuse%20Rapid%20Evidence%20Assessment%20Full%20Report%20%28English%29.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 147248

Author: Lushey, Clare Title: Evaluation of the No Wrong Door Innovation Programme Summary: The North Yorkshire County Council (NYCC) No Wrong Door (NWD) innovation provides an integrated service for young people, aged 12 to 25, who either are in care, edging to or on the edge of care, or have recently moved to supported or independent accommodation whilst being supported under NWD. Edging to care is defined as when, without an intervention package being put in place, there is a strong likelihood of the case progressing to edge of care. Edge of care is defined as those children and young people who are at imminent risk of becoming looked after, due to significant child protection concerns, or to prevent a long term placement; or because they have ceased to be looked after and their needs are escalating. The NWD innovation operates from 2 hubs in North Yorkshire: Scarborough (the east hub), and Harrogate (the west hub). The hubs were set up in April 2015 and each hub has a team that consists of a manager, 2 deputy managers; one responsible for the residential element of the hub and the other the outreach service; NWD hub workers ; a communications support worker who is a speech and language therapist; a life coach who is a clinical psychologist and a police liaison officer. The integrated team supports the young person throughout their journey to ensure that they are not passed from service to service but instead are supported by a dedicated team. Some young people are placed in the hubs, and others are supported by outreach while either in foster care, or living with their families. Central to the NWD innovation is that all staff are trained in Signs of Safety, and restorative and solution-focused approaches. There are 10 distinguishers of NWD which have been developed by NYCC, and these are the core components of the innovation. Unlike a range of evidence based programmes, young people are not required to enter a formal agreement for NWD, highlighting the emphasis on the flexibility of the innovation. The NWD innovation programme aims to: - Improve: - accommodation stability - engagement and achievements in education, employment and training (EET) - relationships with others - planning of transitions from care to independent living - resilience and wellbeing - access to support in a crisis - reduce high risk behaviours, including: - criminal activity - self-harm - child sexual exploitation (CSE) - missing from home incidents - drug and alcohol substance misuse - reduce costs to society, including to a range of agencies (National Health Service (NHS) and the police). Details: London: Department of Education, 2017. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2017 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/625366/Evaluation_of_the_No_Wrong_Door_Innovation_Programme.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 147250

Author: Fry, Deborah Title: Bringing the global to the local: review of global trends in the prevalence and services for child maltreatment in order to inform research, policy and practice in England Summary: This paper compiles, for the first time, available global statistics according to the 16 NSPCC indicators collected annually for the UK. Child deaths are declining over time in the UK. Comparative data shows that child homicide and suicide rates have been showing a steady decline over the past several decades in high-income countries globally. Child death rates in the UK are among the lowest in Europe. There is a lack of comparative trend data related to prevalence of child maltreatment. Where we do have data, we know that self-reported prevalence of child maltreatment and harm is lower than the US. When prevalence of various forms of child maltreatment - including physical, sexual and emotional abuse and neglect - are self-reported in household surveys, the UK shows a lower overall prevalence of child maltreatment than the US when using similar instruments albeit different methods of data collection (e.g. household interviewer administered questionnaires in the UK and telephone surveys in the US). However, the self-reported prevalence of children experiencing physical abuse is similar between the UK and the US and is the most commonly reported form of abuse in both nations. The increasing importance of the Internet in children's lives also increases the risk of experiencing online harm. While children in the UK are generally less likely to report experiencing online harm compared to other EU countries and Australia, the prevalence of cyberbullying is increasing both in the UK and several other EU countries. The prevalence of crime victimisation among adolescents in England is low, around 5%, though children in England are more likely to report being the victim of assault or a hate crime in the past year than children in other European countries such as Denmark, Ukraine and Italy. Children in the UK are more likely to contact the NSPCC Childline about concerns related to abuse or violence compared to child helplines in other high human development index countries. Research has shown that helplines are important avenues for helpseeking for children, especially for forms of violence such as sexual abuse. Comparative data shows that, over time, the UK has seen a pronounced increase in rates of sexual offenses reported to the police, more so than most other high-income countries, but underreporting of sexual abuse to the police is still an issue. England has a higher rate of children referred to social welfare services compared to Australia and this shows an upward trend. The rate of children referred is higher in England than in Australia, even though Australia has mandatory reporting whereas England does not, with an overall increase from 2010 to 2015. Professionals account for over 70% of referrals in England and Australia, but referrals made by parents, relatives and other individuals are more common in Australia and the US compared to England. The composition of child protection plans between countries differs with England having more referrals related to neglect compared to Australia and Canada but far fewer than the US. Of all types of abuse, child sexual abuse was the least common type of abuse subject to a child protection plan across all countries except the US. Overall, children in England spend less time on child protection plans compared to Australia, and the time on plans in England is decreasing over time. The number of looked after children is increasing in England but the number of placements a child has is declining. The number of looked after children is higher in England than Canada, but the number of placements that looked after children have is declining in England, showing trends towards more stability in placements. The UK is a destination country for child trafficking and internal trafficking is an issue, especially for girls. The number of trafficked children identified in the UK is higher than in some European countries such as France but lower than Germany and other countries. In the UK, trafficking of children happens within the country - with increasing reports of girls trafficked internally for sexual exploitation - and children are also trafficked to the UK from other countries with the UK being recognised as one of the top destination countries globally Details: London: NSPCC, 2017. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2017 at: http://www.eif.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/improving-child-protection_strand5_NSPCC-global_June2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 147256

Author: Raff, Annie Title: Trends in Child Protection: England Summary: Each year since 2013, the NSPCC publishes the report 'How safe are our children' which is intended to help us understand the extent of abuse and neglect in the UK. Child abuse and neglect is complex and often hidden and there is not one single source of data that allows us to track or measure all child abuse and neglect. What we do have is multiple sources of data, each with its own merits and weaknesses. This report draws on the methodology used by the NSPCC in compiling the 'How safe are our children' reports, but using data specific to England where possible. For each indicator, we have set out the strengths and limitations of the data. The indicators we have used We have compiled 22 different indicators in an effort to understand the extent of abuse and neglect in England. The indicators relate both to deaths due to child maltreatment and the incidence of abuse and neglect. In each case there are multiple ways to measure the extent of child maltreatment. Since there is a wide range of relevant information, we have had to be selective in the measures presented. Our aim has been to provide the most robust and comprehensive picture possible, so we have chosen indicators that: - provide different insights on the extent of child abuse and neglect; - use robust data, where possible based on a large sample and standardised measures. Where there are weaknesses in the data we state these; and - wherever possible, use data that can be tracked over time and is included in the NSPCC How Safe series. What we have not been able to include We have not been able to include data on all forms of child abuse in this report, largely due to the paucity of data available. Often data may be available, yet it will not be broken down by age allowing children to be identified. We have not been able to provide a complete picture of administrative data or self-report data related to all forms of abuse in this report. This is largely due to the paucity of data available or the incomplete nature of the recorded data. Some examples include: - data on assaults in England is recorded by the police and published, but is not broken down by the age of the victims. The police do record this information but it is not currently collected and/or published centrally - there is insufficient data on children's own views about how safe they feel from abuse and neglect - the only large scale dataset that looks at the prevalence of abuse and neglect is the NSPCC study conducted in 2009. There is a need for a new prevalence study to be conducted by the government that looks at all forms of abuse and neglect. For more information or comparisons with other nations in the UK, please see the NSPCC How Safe reports available at https://www.nspcc.org.uk/services-andresources/research-and-resources/2016/how-safeare-our-children-2016/. Details: London: NSPCC, 2017. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2017 at: http://www.eif.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/improving-child-protection_strand4_NSPCC-England_June2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 147664

Author: Fonagy, Peter Title: Evaluation of Multisystemic Therapy for adolescent problematic sexual behaviour: Research report Summary: The Services for Teens Engaging in Problem Sexual Behaviour (STEPS-B) trial aimed to assess the feasibility of implementation of MST-PSB, a family-based intervention for problematic sexual behaviour. We sought to determine whether Multisystemic Therapy - Problem Sexual Behaviour (MST-PSB) could be implemented fully and at a scale that would warrant a full trial. Multisystemic Therapy (MST) is an intensive clinical treatment programme which aims to involve all environmental factors which affect juvenile offending, including family, school, and the community. MST-PSB is an adaptation of MST aimed at adolescents who have engaged in problematic sexual behaviours and often demonstrated other problem behaviours. It is an intensive family- and home-based intervention uniquely developed to address the multiple determinants of problematic sexual behaviour in adolescents. MSTPSB is designed to reduce problematic sexual behaviours; antisocial behaviours, and out-of-home placements. Supplementary to MST, MST-PSB has a greater focus on safety planning, individual factors (for example, impulsivity, social anxiety) related to problematic sexual behaviours (PSBs), and interventions specific to problem sexual behaviour, such as offence clarification sessions aimed at increasing accountability and safety, and the promotion of normative sexual behaviour. Furthermore, family therapy techniques, such as structural and strategic family therapy interventions, are utilized to a greater extent than in standard MST. In addition, the impact of the young person's own victimization and experience of abuse is assessed. For the purpose of the present trial, PSB is defined as any sexual behaviour which is harmful, either to the victims of the young person's behaviour, or the young person themselves. The primary aim of the STEPS-B trial was determining whether MST-PSB reduces the incidence of out-of-home placement compared to management as usual (MAU). A range of secondary outcomes assessed as part of the trial included sexual and non-sexual offending rates and antisocial behaviours; participant well-being; family functioning, and total service and criminal justice sector costs. The quantitative data, collected at baseline (beginning of treatment), and at 8, 14, and 20 month follow-up points, measured problematic sexual behaviour; associated mental health problems and disorders; emotional and behavioural functioning, as well as domains central to the mechanisms by which MST-PSB is supposed to work: quality of parent-adolescent relationship; parenting skills and parental mental health. Unfortunately, the trial recruited a very low number of families overall; 40 young people and 40 carers were recruited in total (compared with the target of 56 families), with 21 families in the MST-PSB arm, and 19 in the MAU arm. The young people recruited into the study were aged 10-18 (mean 13.4); 36 (90%) of the participants were male. The low sample size resulted in limited statistical analyses comparing MST-PSB to management as usual. There were numerous factors that are likely to have contributed to the low uptake of participants, such as a relatively low pool of adolescents showing problematic sexual behaviour to start with, poor and unintegrated systems for identifying and helping young people showing PSBs, court delays and ongoing police involvement that complicated and prohibited involvement, and the stigma and shame associated with disclosure by young people and their carers. The primary outcome of out-of-home placement was seen in only 4 cases, 2 in each group and therefore was not meaningful as a potential between-group difference. The general trend from analyses of secondary outcomes was that both groups improved over time, which may reflect spontaneous recovery over time in moving from a crisis or intensely difficult period associated with detection and disclosure. Examining the effect sizes of the pre-post analyses of the secondary outcomes suggests that MST would likely have shown significant improvements in parental involvement and the degree to which family members felt connected to each other and supported when compared to MAU. The results of qualitative interviews revealed that young people had strong negative feelings about themselves, were embarrassed or ashamed of the behaviour which led to their engagement with MST-PSB, and had fears about being stigmatised by their family, friends, peers, and society at large. Most parents did not report ongoing problematic behaviour from their child, but experienced the allegations of PSB as unexpected and shocking, and as something which caused them to lose confidence in themselves as parents, and to lose confidence in their child. Parents had similar concerns about stigmatisation, but also felt they needed to protect their child. Overall, both young people and parents felt that they had benefited from MST-PSB. Young people felt that they had an improved attitude towards themselves and improved behavioural regulation, while parents did not report any recurrence of PSB and felt that their relationship with their adolescent had improved, as had their adolescent's behaviour at home and/or at school. Finally, parents felt confident that they would be able to continue using the skills they learned during the programme but also identified residual feelings of guilt and residual behaviour problems. There are strong, positive statements from MST staff that MST-PSB was an exciting and workable framework for working with young people presenting with complex needs: in this case those young people showing PSB. It was clear that MST-PSB was an intervention delivered with strong commitments from MST personnel dedicated to achieving positive outcomes, with families supported by very strong oversight and quality assurance in the form of highly valued supervision and consultation. The extraordinary efforts made to engage and keep families working on problems, the collaborative nature of treatment, including the use of goal-setting processes and outcome tools with families, the quality and frequency of supervision and consultation in keeping the team on target, and working with fidelity to the model were all very positively rated. At the same time, there were some shortcomings or potential limitations identified by staff, such as the degree to which the model and working practices were applicable to the heterogeneity seen in young people (and families) showing PSB, and the degree to which any 1 professional can deal with the complex treatment needs of such a population. Specifically, there was some question as to the degree to which families where trauma was part of the clinical picture with young people and/or their carers would be adequately served within the general 5-7month time frame, and, in this respect, the degree to which all therapists possessed the skills for working with trauma, even with the support provided. In terms of the larger mental health and social network that set the referral context for the trial, unfortunately we confirmed what has been identified as issues for service delivery for this population, such as poor communication between relevant agencies, with inadequate assessment and joint planning, and cases that were slow to go to court, adversely affecting the delivery of appropriate intervention (Hackett, Masson & Phillips, 2005). However, at the same time we saw examples of good practice, such as in the Borough of Southwark, where integrated, inter-agency panels are supported by strong commitment to these young people, recognising the need for on-going training and the implementation of evidence-based models of working Details: Darlington, UK: Department of Education, 2017. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2017 at: http://dera.ioe.ac.uk/29567/1/Evaluation_of_Multisystemic_Therapy_for_adolescent_problematic_sexual_behaviour.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Adolescent Sex Offenders Shelf Number: 147337

Author: Aitken, Jonathan Title: What Happened to the Rehabilitation Revolution? How sentencers can revive it How it can be helped by a hung Parliament Summary: The Rehabilitation Revolution has been championed in one form or another by at least two former Home Secretaries, five past Secretaries of States for Justice and a previous Prime Minister. Yet for all the ministerial support for the basic thesis of offender rehabilitation the reality of this so-called revolution has been a disappointment. For more than a decade, informed opinion has broadly agreed that the rehabilitation of offenders needs to be at the heart of an effective criminal justice system. Embedding rehabilitation across the criminal justice system can provide the basis on which the root causes of offending can be tackled, helping to reduce the volume and severity of offending and ultimately improving lives and enabling a reduction in the size of the prison population. The paradox of this consensus is that successive governments have failed to live up to the bold policy statements which so many have promised in the area of rehabilitative criminal justice reform. There has been no shortage of fine words: from the Labour Government's White Paper A Five Year Strategy for Protecting the Public and Reducing Reoffending1 introduced in 2006 by Home Secretary Charles Clarke; through a compendium of speeches advocating offender rehabilitation from successive Conservative Justice Secretaries Kenneth Clarke (2010-12); Chris Grayling (2012-15); Michael Gove (2015-16) and Liz Truss (2016-17), to the speech given by David Cameron in February 2016. That was the first speech from a Prime Minister on prison and rehabilitative reform for some 20 years and yet there has been depressingly little in the way of tangible progress. Both the national reoffending rate and the size of the prison population have remained stubbornly high. While it is true that in recent years the custodial population has remained stable at just under 86,000, in April 2006 it was 77,000, and given recent increases it now approaches 90,000.2 This 12 percent rise has been accompanied by year-on-year falls in recorded crime. The prison estate itself has been changing - though arguably neither fast enough nor necessarily for the best. Her Majesty's 136 prisons have now fallen to 117:3 cutting costs, but at the risk of exacerbating overcrowding. The recently opened HMP Berwyn, near Wrexham in North Wales, will offer modern facilities for more than 2,100 prisoners when completed - but the location and larger size of the prison means prisoners will be more distant from their families. For many this will make them inaccessible to their families and prove detrimental to effective rehabilitation, as highlighted in Lord Farmer's recent and important review. In the prisons dangerous episodes have been getting worse. The latest statistics show that in the past year all records were broken in English and Welsh prisons by 40,161 selfharming incidents, 120 suicides, 224 other deaths in custody and 26,022 assaults of which 6,844 were on staff - 650 of them serious. So why have successive governments failed so consistently? Why has an apparent consensus stalled? It is worth recalling David Cameron's speech in 2016 on prison and criminal justice reform, with the major commitments made in that address having mostly already been trailed in the speeches of the then Justice Secretary Michael Gove and some of his predecessors: 1. Making sure that prisons are places of positivity and reform designed to maximise the chances of people going straight when they come out. 2. Addressing prisoners' illiteracy, addiction and mental health problems. 3. Revolutionising the prison education system. 4. Measuring the performance of individual prisons. 5. Giving prison governors new powers to set up therapeutic communities, drug free wings and abstinence-based treatment programmes that prisoners need. 6. Delivering Problem Solving Courts in England and Wales. 7. Helping prisoners to find work on release. 8. Delivering lower re-offending rates. Details: London: Centre for Social Justice, 2017. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 16, 2017 at: http://www.centreforsocialjustice.org.uk/core/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/CSJJ5667-Rehab-Revolution-WEB.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 147360

Author: Fyfe, Nicholas Title: Evaluation of Police and Fire Reform: Year 1: Annex 1: Evidence Review Summary: Introduction and context - This Annex to the Year 1 report is part of a four year evaluation commissioned by the Scottish Government to examine whether the aims of Police and Fire reform have been met and consider what lessons might be learnt for any future public service reforms. - The evaluation began in February 2015, and is being delivered by the Scottish Institute for Policing Research (SIPR), ScotCen and What Works Scotland (WWS). - This annex provides a high level summary of the key themes emerging from the "evidence review" element in year one of the evaluation. It takes into account publicly available evidence produced to the end of November 2015. This annex, therefore, provides a full account of the evidence outlined briefly in the separate "Summary" document. - The evidence review has two components. The first is a process of mapping and scoping the evidence landscape, creating a searchable evidence database. The second component is a narrative summary of these individual sources. It is the second element which is presented in this annex. - Overall, the year one evidence review aims to describe and assess the evidence base that exists in relation to the reforms, and to summarise emerging substantive claims and conclusions. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government, 2017. 74p Source: Internet Resource: Social Research Series: Accessed September 18, 2017 at: http://www.gov.scot/Resource/0050/00502122.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 147370

Author: Tilley-Riley, Jo Title: Collateral Damage: An inquiry into the impact of witnessing a home raid by the police, on the children and the siblings of offenders in England Summary: This inquiry focuses on the impact on children and siblings in England who have witnessed a home raid by the police. Its purpose is to inform police, policy makers and those concerned with the welfare of children. The key points that have emerged during the course of this project are: - Innocent children and young people who witness a home raid are likely to be traumatised by the incident, and develop strong negative views of the police. - Possibly as many as 80,000 children experience this each year. But the exact scale of the issue is still unknown. At the core of this challenge is the tension between the needs of the police to enforce the law with regards to other family members in a shared property and Article 16 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child: "Children have a right to privacy. The law should protect them from attacks against their way of life, their good name, their families and their homes." But while this problem could be seen as one of the entrenched "wicked" social issues that are overwhelmingly complex to solve, in this case huge improvements could be made to protect vulnerable children and young people at a very minimal cost. This can be seen clearly in the example of the Chief of Police in San Francisco who has instigated a trauma-informed approach to arrests and raids, which is sensitive to the impact on the wider family. Details: London: Clore Social Leadership Program, 2016. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 18, 2017 at: http://www.i-hop.org.uk/ci/fattach/get/805/0/session/L2F2LzEvdGltZS8xNTA1NzQxMzU5L3NpZC9QdVRjYipzbg==/filename/Collateral+Damage.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 147378

Author: Wood, Helena Title: Every Transaction Leaves a Trace: The Role of Financial Investigation in Serious and Organised Crime Policing Summary: THE INTERNATIONAL DRUG trafficker buying a plane ticket to Spain to arrange shipment of his next consignment; the people trafficker leasing a property to use as a safe house to keep his victims; the cyber fraudster purchasing computer equipment with which to commit his crimes. What do all these disparate activities have in common? They leave an indelible financial footprint. And it is this footprint which creates a vulnerability ripe for exploitation by law enforcement, through financial investigation. Whether as a means of gathering valuable building-block financial intelligence, supporting a strong evidential case for prosecution, or a tool for predicting future activity and movements, this paper makes the case for the wider use of financial investigation techniques in the fight against serious and organised crime. Currently, both the scope and value of these techniques is frequently misunderstood and underestimated by being assigned solely as a tool for tackling 'financial crimes' (such as money laundering, fraud and corruption) or as a route to asset recovery, while undervaluing their role in the broader policing response to serious and organised crime more generally. The government's Serious and Organised Crime Strategy (SOC Strategy), published in October 2013, aimed at countering a 'Tier Two' national security threat, also fell into this trap. Although the strategy should be given credit for committing to '[a]ttack criminal finances by making it harder to move, hide and use the proceeds of crime', it did not explicitly make the intellectual leap to seeing financial investigation as an integral investigative tool in the fight against serious and organised crime. It was, in fact, a retrograde step from its 2011 predecessor, Local to Global: Reducing the Risk from Organised Crime, which had committed to 'mainstreaming' financial investigation into organised crime policing. In short, the new strategy was a clear demonstration of the miscomprehension of the role of financial investigation and a missed opportunity to drive the discipline forward. In light of this lack of a clear policy commitment, this paper seeks to examine the current state of play regarding the use of financial investigation tools in the fight against serious and organised crime at the local and regional policing levels, setting this against wider factors in the policing landscape. This lack of direction is ill-timed, given the intense budgetary pressures within policing at a time when the service is being asked to respond to a growing array of strategic risks. This wider landscape leaves the future of the discipline at a precipice. While pockets of progress have been made to cement the use of financial investigation as a mainstream tool in some areas of policing, this is largely dependent on the vision of certain key individuals and not part of a systemic plan. In many forces and law enforcement units, the discipline remains culturally marginalised and housed within an Economic Crime Unit rather than badged as a tool for use in the broader policing response. In others, budgetary cuts are reversing previous gains. In sum, the discipline is at risk again, as before, of being seen as 'nice to do', rather than part of core policing. The remedies to this issue are multifaceted. However, this paper makes the case for implementing key measures to ensure that wider budgetary and political factors do not push the discipline into decline. At a local policing level, there is a case for financial investigation being explicitly referenced in The Strategic Policing Requirement (SPR) set by the Home Secretary. It is also crucial that the strategic communications efforts by the Treasury- and Home Office-chaired cross-government Criminal Finances Board (CFB) reach out more effectively to police and crime commissioners. Details: London: Royal United Services Institute for Defence and Security Studies (RUSI), 2017. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Occasional Paper: Accessed September 20, 2017 at: https://rusi.org/sites/default/files/201709_rusi_everytransactionleavesatrace_wood_web.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Investigation Shelf Number: 147421

Author: Babuta, Alexander Title: Big Data and Policing: An Assessment of Law Enforcement Requirements, Expectations and Priorities Summary: IN RECENT YEARS, big data technology has revolutionised many domains, including the retail, healthcare and transportation sectors. However, the use of big data technology for policing has so far been limited, particularly in the UK. This is despite the police collecting a vast amount of digital data on a daily basis. There is a lack of research exploring the potential uses of big data analytics for UK policing. This paper is intended to contribute to this evidence base. Primary research in the form of interviews with 25 serving police officers and staff, as well as experts from the technology sector and academia, has provided new insights into the limitations of the police's current use of data and the police's priorities for expanding these capabilities. The research has identified a number of fundamental limitations in the police's current use of data. In particular, this paper finds that the fragmentation of databases and software applications is a significant impediment to the efficiency of police forces, as police data is managed across multiple separate systems that are not mutually compatible. Moreover, in the majority of cases, the analysis of digital data is almost entirely manual, despite software being available to automate much of this process. In addition, police forces do not have access to advanced analytical tools to trawl and analyse unstructured data, such as images and video, and for this reason are unable to take full advantage of the UK's wide-reaching surveillance capabilities. Among the numerous ways in which big data technology could be applied to UK policing, four are identified as key priorities. First, predictive crime mapping could be used to identify areas where crime is most likely to occur, allowing limited resources to be targeted most efficiently. Second, predictive analytics could also be used to identify the risks associated with particular individuals. This includes identifying individuals who are at increased risk of reoffending, as well as those at risk of going missing or becoming the victims of crime. Third, advanced analytics could enable the police to harness the full potential of data collected through visual surveillance, such as CCTV images and automatic number plate recognition (ANPR) data. Fourth, big data technology could be applied to open-source data, such as that collected from social media, to gain a richer understanding of specific crime problems, which would ultimately inform the development of preventive policing strategies. There are at present a number of practical and organisational barriers to implementing these technologies. Most significantly, the lack of coordinated development of technology across UK policing is highly problematic for big data, which relies on effective nationwide data sharing and collaboration. Financial cuts in recent years have also severely hindered technological development, as the majority of police IT budgets is spent supporting existing legacy systems, with little funding available to invest in new technology. Finally, there are significant legal and ethical constraints governing the police's use of data, although these are not a main focus of this report. Details: London: Royal United Services Institute for Defence and Security Studies (RUSI), 2017. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Occasional Paper: Accessed September 20, 2017 at: https://rusi.org/sites/default/files/201709_rusi_big_data_and_policing_babuta_web.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 147423

Author: France, Bridie Title: Lost in Transition: Brexit and Labour Exploitation Summary: This paper explores the impact of the United Kingdom leaving the European Union (Brexit) on workers' vulnerability to labour exploitation. Combining desk-based research and interviews with members of the Labour Exploitation Advisory Group (LEAG), this paper sets out how migrant worker vulnerability to exploitation has been affected by the UK referendum vote to leave the European Union. It looks both at the immediate impact of that decision and considers the key risk areas for the future as the UK transitions out of the EU. It sets out areas for consideration and action during Brexit negotiations and transition, and makes recommendations for the government to mitigate risks to protect workers from labour exploitation. Details: London(?):Focus on Labour Exploitation (FLEX); Labour Exploitation Advisory Group (LEAG), 2017. 20[/ Source: Internet Resource: Position Paper: Accessed September 25, 2017 at: https://www.barrowcadbury.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/08/FLEX-Impacts-of-Brexit-Final.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Brexit Shelf Number: 147434

Author: Medical Justice Title: Death in immigration detention: 2000-2015 Summary: t least 35 people lost their lives in detention between 2000 and 2015. Death from natural causes and illness are part of life. However, locking people up in detention centres without meaningful judicial oversight is unnecessary and by avoiding this practice we could avoid the majority of deaths inside detention. Some of the deaths resulted from catastrophic failures, all of them avoidable. Each death in detention is an avoidable tragedy. No one should have to die whilst detained indefinitely, isolated from their community and fearing deportation to a country they have fled in fear. Investigations into deaths in detention provide a window into otherwise closed institutions and highlight the ultimate impact of a system that fails to properly protect vulnerable detainees. In about half of the investigations into deaths in detention, the Prison and Probation Ombudsman ( PPO) directly criticised healthcare provisions with many of the same systemic failures repeated year after year across a range of facilities. In 2 cases, the PPO found that neglect contributed, and for others they found that had the care been better, the death might well have been avoided. Immigration Detention is expensive, ineffective and unjust. It should be abandoned so no further deaths take place in immigration detention Details: London: Medical Justice, 2016. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 25, 2017 at: http://www.medicaljustice.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/MJ_death_in_immigration_detention__FINAL_WEB-1.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Deaths in Detention Shelf Number: 147449

Author: Reid Howie Associates Title: Redesigning the Community Justice system: Analysis of Consultation Responses Summary: There were 112 responses to the consultation. The most common category of respondent was local authorities (22%). Also common were responses from individuals (20%). Three options were described in the consultation paper: an "enhanced Community Justice Authority (CJA) model" (Option A); a "local authority model" (Option B); and a "single service model" (Option C). The analysis found that where clear preferences could be identified, a very small number of respondents expressed a preference for Option A; a much larger number for Option B; and a small number for Option C. A number of respondents also provided alternative options. Option B was identified most frequently as more likely to meet the key characteristics of a successful community justice system in all but 3 of the 15 characteristics highlighted in the consultation paper. In these 3 cases (a strong, united voice; an overview of the system as a whole; and ability to follow national and international innovation), Option C was identified most frequently. A range of concerns with Option A were identified, including: problems with CJAs; bureaucracy, complexity and duplication; disconnection; weaknesses in performance management and accountability; resource implications; and a negative impact on practice and outcomes. Some positive aspects of Option A were also highlighted, including: strengthening the current model; and the positive role of CJAs to date. A range of positive aspects of Option B were identified. Those highlighted most frequently related to: links to Community Planning Partnerships (CPPs); partnership working; meeting local needs; aspects of service effectiveness; and leadership, direction and accountability. The most common concerns expressed about Option B related to the impact of the option on the overall pattern of provision and consistency of service delivery. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2013. 99p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 28, 2017 at: http://www.gov.scot/Resource/0043/00434958.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Justice System Shelf Number: 131392

Author: Davies, Tom Title: The Knowledge Gap: Safeguarding missing children in Wales Summary: This report explores how agencies in Wales are safeguarding children who have gone missing or who are at risk of going missing. We compare practice and procedures to England, where safeguarding processes differ to those in Wales. We analyse how important information about children is shared between agencies, how children are given an opportunity to talk about their experiences, and the tools available to help keep children safe. Details: London: The Children's Society, 2017. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 28, 2017 at: https://www.childrenssociety.org.uk/sites/default/files/the-knowledge-gap-july-2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-Risk Yourh Shelf Number: 147483

Author: Woodhams, Jessica Title: Juvenile Sex Offending: An Investigative Perspective Summary: The first chapter of the thesis critically reviews the research on juvenile violent and sexual offending and highlights the heterogeneity of such offenders in terms of those that persist and those that assault different types of victim. Research on juvenile stranger sex offenders and their offence characteristics is explored. Chapter 2 presents empirical research on the behavioural consistency and distinctiveness of juvenile stranger sex offending and whether case linkage can accurately identify the crimes of serial offenders. Calls from personality psychologists to consider the context of behaviour when investigating behavioural consistency are responded to with preliminary research into incorporating context in case linkage. Evidence for behavioural consistency and distinctiveness is reported for serial juvenile stranger sex offenders, however evidence for consistency in 'if(victim behaviour) - then (offender behaviour)' contingencies is less convincing. Chapter 3 investigates ways of prioritising sex offences for crime analysis. Whether juvenile serial stranger sex offenders escalate in their use of physical aggression is investigated with few "increasers" being identified. Preliminary findings suggest some characteristics on which increasers vs. non-increasers differ that might inform investigative risk assessment. However, escalation appears largely related to learning behaviour and progression to more elaborate sexual assaults. Preliminary findings suggest some offence behaviours that appear more characteristic of offences occurring later in a series. Chapter 4 investigates and contrasts group rape by juvenile and adult perpetrators. How applicable social psychological theories of group violence are to group rape is tested with findings suggesting that theories of group dynamics as well as social convergence are relevant. Further, aggression in group rapes appears both expressive and instrumental in purpose. Roles adopted by group members are investigated. Evidence of distinct leaders and followers in group rapes is identified using both Porter and Alison's (2001) Scale of Influence and through the use of pragmatics theory. Additional roles are discussed. Details: Leicester, UK: University of Leicester, 2008. 385p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 28, 2017 at: http://library.college.police.uk/docs/theses/WOODHAMS-juvenile-sex-offending-2008.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 131484

Author: Cooper, Kate Title: Exploitation and Trafficking of Women: Critiquing narratives during the London Olympics 2012 Summary: his report was commissioned by the Central American Women's Network (CAWN) to inform its work around the role of civil society and the media in shaping public understanding of different forms of exploitation experienced by women, in particular migrant women, in the context of major sporting events. It is based on an extensive study of press coverage of the issues of trafficking and exploitation of women during the London Olympics 2012 and examines critically the range of narratives underlying the approach to these issues in the print media. In addition, the report includes in-depth analysis of the campaigns mounted by five civil society organizations (CSOs) and compares the different approaches and strategies applied in each case, assessing the reasons for the varying degrees of success of each, respectively. An important aim of the study was to identify lessons and draw up recommendations based on the experience of the London Olympics that can be applied to other forthcoming major sporting events. The report highlights the fact that dominant narratives about trafficking not only conflate issues of trafficking with those of immigration and sexual exploitation but also frequently fail to employ the necessary analytical rigour. Prior to the Olympics, narratives circulated within Westminster and in the media predicting a rise in the number of women that would be trafficked to London for the London Olympics. The forecasts involved extremely large numbers and focused in the main on an expected rise in the number of women to be trafficked for sexual exploitation. During this period, many migrant women 'seen' in London, particularly those who could be characterized as 'exotic', were assumed to be trafficked into the capital for the Olympics and to be controlled by criminal gangs. Media reports circulating around this time (and in general) illustrate the very negative and stereotyped ways in which migrant women are portrayed, particularly in the tabloid press. However, the ensuing 'moral panic' about trafficking and sexual exploitation was not backed up by any evidence. Indeed, a body of evidence already existed prior to the Olympics demonstrating that major sporting events do not contribute to a rise in the incidence of trafficking for sexual exploitation. It is unclear why no one in government seemed aware of such research. The prediction that London would be 'flooded' with 'sex slaves' proved to be a myth. Indeed, the numbers of actual Victims of Trafficking (VoTs), as defined in the Palermo Protocol, was low during the Olympics - as it had been prior to the event. Over time, attention has been drawn to this discrepancy by a wide variety of stakeholders: CSOs, sex worker rights activists, academics and some journalists from the broadsheets. Yet despite the existence of this by now wellestablished counter-narrative that questions and contradicts the prevalent assumptions, the dominant framework within which most trafficking continues to be constructed is that of sexual exploitation. At the same time, very little attention was given in both government discourse and the media either to the global inequalities that drive women to seek a better life abroad or to the benefits the economies of richer countries enjoy because of the role that migrants play in providing cheap labour. In particular, the role of the UK's trade and development policies in perpetuating and deepening these inequalities was not examined in any of the mainstream narratives. Nor was any understanding shown of the fact that restrictive immigration policies contribute to migrant women's vulnerabilities and potential exploitation. Finally, no account was taken of the fact that the percentage of migrant women in the UK is scarcely higher today than it was a few decades ago. Even though the number of VoTs is low, migrant women in the UK face a wide range of problems. The London based Latin American Women's Rights Service is a CSO that works at the grassroots with women from Latin American countries who find themselves in a variety of exploitative situations. Because the official definition of VoT is very narrow, LAWRS encounters few women who are helped by trafficking legislation and believes that the law is too restrictive and should be replaced by a broader approach in which the human rights of all migrant women are addressed. Stop The Traffik, a government-funded inter-governmental campaign, was set up to address the predicted rise in trafficking during the period of the Olympics. Although the premise was false, the initiative is to be commended for encompassing other forms of trafficking apart from trafficking for sexual exploitation, thus breaking somewhat with he narrow focus on prostitution. However, while the campaign itself achieved high visibility, the number of reports of suspected trafficking was extremely low, a result that throws into question the government's strategy on this issue and, indeed, the utility of the trafficking legislation as a means of addressing exploitation. X:talk, the third CSO examined in this report, is a sex workers organisation, which was concerned that the government would use the wildly exaggerated predictions of a rise in the number of women trafficked into the UK for the purposes of sexual exploitation as an excuse to aggressively police, raid and shut down some workplaces within the sex industry. Such practices have been shown time and again to endanger the lives of all sex workers by displacing them from their peers, from regular clients and from the outreach services that keep in contact with them. The 'abolitionist' take on sex work and associated narratives, prevalent in the current and previous governments, obscure the wider reality that trafficking for the purposes of sexual exploitation is one out of a wide range of exploitative situations in which migrant women can find themselves. In addition, the focus on sexual exploitation, rather than on sex work as work, results in less meaningful intervention. Current narratives about the issue are mostly constructed within a framework of implicit moral disapproval, which fails to address the important health and safety concerns of all sex workers, whether migrant or not. Moreover, it appears that government officials, both within the current and previous governments, subscribe to a particular brand of feminist ideology that that does not recognise or respect the agency of women who choose to become sex workers. Thus, despite the success of its media campaign from the perspective of press coverage, the x:talk campaign was not successful in achieving one of its main policy aims, namely a moratorium on the policing of sex workers during the period under analysis and, indeed, x:talk was excluded from wider debates around these issues. Migration is a development strategy for millions of women all over the world who seek out work in different parts of the service sector and other informal spheres in order to subsist. Restrictive immigration policies and a focus on trafficking and sexual exploitation do nothing to alleviate their vulnerability. What is needed is an approach that addresses and is able to legislate against the whole range of different forms of exploitation that take place in workplaces both in the UK and further along global supply chains. However, there were some examples of a more integrated approach with a focus on wider exploitation and the human rights of women: the multi-agency Human Trafficking and London 2012 Games Network, as well as the Play Fair Campaign, of which War on Want was a key part. War on Want's campaign, contributed both to the work of the Network and to Playfair and drew attention to the shocking labour conditions of many workers, mostly women, in the factories producing goods for export to the UK during the Olympics. A wide range of events ensured that their campaign figured in the media, though much ingenuity and imagination were required to gain the press's interest. This makes a marked contrast with the widespread coverage in the tabloid press of 'sex trafficking', in which any piece of news was seen as a hook for carrying yet another story on the issue. Responding to these difficulties in relation to attracting press interest, War on Want successfully developed a range of different media strategies, involving the innovative use of social media as a means of communicating directly with its supporters. The fourth campaign studied is the one developed and coordinated by Anti-Slavery International in collaboration with the Institute for Human Rights and Business. Entitled The Staff Wanted Initiative, this campaign sought to address exploitative working conditions in the poorly regulated sectors of construction, domestic work, cleaning, catering and hospitality during the London Olympics. This initiative helped business identify who is controlling cheap labour, how it is coming in and the level of workers' pay. This focus on workers' rights, rather than anti-immigration, trafficking or the abolition of any particular sector of work, serves as an example of good practice for employers in other areas of poorly regulated or informal work. This report argues that governments would do better to focus on the human rights of all migrants in the UK, not just those who fall into the restrictive definition of 'trafficked' people and many of whom experience exploitation in many different forms. In order for this change to occur, CSOs will need to work effectively together not only by campaigning against particular legislation but by also exerting pressure to counter particular ideologies that impede a reasoned and rational debate. This is particularly the case with sex work which, if it were conceptualized as "work", would lead to the formulation of holistic approaches based on global justice and the human rights of all migrant workers. During the London Olympics 2012 the campaigns analysed in this report experienced various degrees of success. Factors linked to success rates include: the visibility of these CSO during the Olympics, their ability to work with other CSOs and agencies, the palatability of their message and their effectiveness in getting their message out using various media outlets. In some cases, the use of social media allowed them to communicate directly to their public, reducing the importance of the conventional media. Nonetheless, high level campaigns in which CSOs were able to work together effectively and which managed to gain high media visibility stood the highest chance of effecting change. This is how, for example, the Playfair Campaign 2012 was able to insist on corporations disclosing their supply chains. But the strategy needs to be further developed if change is to occur at the level of ideology and legislation and the first step is for all CSOs to find a common, integrated narrative that focuses on global justice and the human rights of all women and to use this as a campaign framework. Based on the above analysis, the report concludes with recommendations directed at CSOs, governments and corporations. These recommendations are aimed at protecting the human rights of all women and ensuring responsible actions and media coverage during future sporting events around the world. Details: London: Central America Women's Network. 2014. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 28, 2017 at: http://www.cawn.org/assets/Exploitation%20and%20Trafficking%20of%20Women_.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 131504

Author: Chisholm, Thomas Title: Safeguarding and radicalisation Summary: The Department for Education commissioned this study in the context of the new and emerging nature of this area of practice for safeguarding professionals. The aim of the research was to develop a deeper understanding of how Local Authorities were responding to radicalisation, and to begin to gather evidence of emerging practice about what works in social care interventions. Exploratory qualitative research was conducted with 10 local authorities between 7th March and 1st April 2016, in order to provide an overview of the range of existing practice in this area. A key finding of this research is that participants were highly conscious of the on-going debates and contested terminology in this area - both within local communities and among staff in the authorities themselves. In particular, the research surfaced widely varying views about the extent to which radicalisation represents a safeguarding or child protection risk. Although participants identified some parallels between radicalisation and other forms of harm (particularly Child Sexual Exploitation), it was felt that the greater difficulty of identifying 'vulnerable' individuals in radicalisation cases meant that this remained a distinctive and difficult issue for safeguarding professionals to grapple with. The sensitivities involved in determining an appropriate response to radicalisation can make this an uncomfortable area of practice for some staff, particularly for frontline staff who lack direct exposure to these types of cases (most frequently found outside of Prevent Priority areas). One of the key factors driving staff confidence (or lack thereof) was the degree to which a local authority had arrived at an internal consensus (i.e. shared definitions and agreement at both a strategic and frontline level) about these key questions. This in turn was often influenced by the prevalence of cases of radicalisation within a local authority. Three key 'types' of local authorities therefore emerged across the case studies - with high prevalence and low prevalence areas having the most clearly defined differences. 1. High prevalence: typically located in Prevent priority areas, with a high volume of radicalisation cases, these authorities had a strong internal consensus that radicalisation presented either a safeguarding or child protection risk to children, and were committed to taking ownership of the issue, whether in early help or statutory social care. 2. Low prevalence: generally located outside of Prevent priority areas, with a much lower volume of radicalisation cases, these authorities had reached an internal consensus that the response to radicalisation cases was more appropriately provided by universal services, such as education in cases of low severity, or to the police in cases of high severity. Moderate prevalence: areas with an ongoing internal debate about the nature of the safeguarding risk presented by radicalisation and the definition of the term itself, these authorities tended to respond to cases of radicalisation on a reactive, 'needs-driven' basis. When discussing emerging practice in this area, as well as the key challenges that were being faced, four key themes emerged from discussions: 1. The degree of internal consensus about how an authority should respond to radicalisation has an impact on staff confidence and capability to handle these cases: Where there was no internal consensus within an authority about how the threat of radicalisation should be responded to, this led to a range of barriers and challenges for staff. Where there was not clear agreement about when radicalisation met safeguarding thresholds, and what the most appropriate interventions were, this resulted in low confidence among frontline staff. Where a local authority had reached consensus about the nature of the risk associated with radicalisation and the appropriate response, this gave confidence to staff. Local authorities were able to further build confidence of staff by strengthening internal knowledge about radicalisation, either through case reviews or by consulting relevant experts. 2. Engaging with families and communities around this issue is a key challenge, with some indications of emerging good practice: Staff reported different kinds of barriers that arose in relation to engaging with families and communities as part of the safeguarding response to radicalisation. Some staff had encountered direct barriers, where family members sought to directly restrict the access of safeguarding professionals to their children; for example, by refusing a safeguarding assessment. They noted particular challenges in obtaining access to home-schooled children. Others had experienced a broader reluctance and resistance from communities that felt they were being unfairly targeted by the 'Prevent agenda', which was perceived to have become a 'toxic brand' in some local authorities. Staff had begun to overcome these barriers by clearly explaining to families involved in these cases why their child was deemed to be at risk of radicalisation, and making clear what the potential impacts of the risks involved would be. By providing families with a clear explanation of what was being done and why, it was possible for staff to gain buy in and support with safeguarding children. At the same time, effective education and outreach programs were able to inform communities about the purpose and intention of the Prevent agenda, and begin to demystify and detoxify the brand. 3. Working effectively with partner agencies, including the police, schools and healthcare professionals is central to the response to radicalisation across many local authorities - and a source of key challenges: Further barriers arose in relation to partnership working. In particular, radicalisation cases often presented issues relating to information sharing with the police. Police were sometimes perceived to be limited in terms of the information they were able to share about ongoing criminal investigations, even if this was the cause of a referral to safeguarding professionals. Other challenges included partner agencies (often universal services) that were deemed to be overzealous in their referrals. Safeguarding and child protection thresholds were another key sticking point in relationships with partners, who sometimes lacked a clear understanding of which cases were appropriate for safeguarding or child protection intervention. Participants also reported areas in which partnerships were working more effectively. Often this was as a result of strong interpersonal relationships between key strategic staff across different agencies, as well as the development of tailored training materials and sharing of key procedural documents. 4. Where the perceived legitimacy of interventions is questioned, this presents challenges to staff confidence: Finally, barriers also arose where the legitimacy of safeguarding or child protection interventions was challenged. In some instances, this was external challenge (for instance a court refusing to grant permission to assess a child). Staff also reported internal anxieties about the appropriateness of interventions, with staff in areas with less experience of working on radicalisation cases often less confident about how they should best respond. Staff who had built up experience of working on these cases, and who were provided with clear guidance from their managers about the most appropriate interventions, were the most confident about the legitimacy of their work in this area. Overall, staff were most confident responding to radicalisation in local authorities where safeguarding and child protection teams had arrived at a clear conclusion about who should take ownership of these cases, and developed guidance around assessment and handling of radicalisation cases. Where staff are confident in how they should handle radicalisation cases, they were also better able to engage effectively with families and children who are at risk. A number of key lessons emerged from the research about how some local authorities have addressed the challenges in this emerging practice area: - Agree who is responsible for responding to radicalisation - Recognise the need for local authorities to reach agreement about the most appropriate response for them - Define a single referral process - Build an evidence base in order to learn from previous practice - Share learning about appropriate interventions - Engage with communities to build awareness and understanding This research suggests that there is an opportunity for the Department to increase the amount of knowledge sharing between local authorities in relation to this issue, in order to ensure that staff in areas that are less confident in their practice are able to draw from the experiences of those who have dealt with more radicalisation cases. Additionally, there is appetite for a central resource of information and guidance that could help build capacity and capability within the safeguarding and child protection system to respond to these cases. Details: Darlington: U.K. Department of Education, 2017. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report: Accessed September 28, 2017 at: https://f.hypotheses.org/wp-content/blogs.dir/2725/files/2017/08/Safeguarding_and_Radicalisation.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 147488

Author: Chakraborti, Neil Title: Public authority commitment and action to eliminate targeted harassment and violence Summary: 'How Fair is Britain?', the Equality and Human Rights Commission's (the Commission's) first Triennial Review of inequality in 2010, identified targeted harassment as one of the most important challenges to human rights, equality and good relations facing Britain today. The Commission uses the term 'targeted harassment and violence' (hereafter referred to as targeted harassment) to describe any unwanted conduct, violence, harassment, or abuse targeted at a person because of their age, disability, gender, race, religion or belief, sexual orientation, transgender status or a combination of these characteristics. The reality faced by many people across Britain is one of being targeted on a daily basis because of who they are. The Commission initiated this project in January 2010, to examine public authority action to eliminate targeted harassment. At that time, the evidence base on public authorities' responses to targeted harassment was unsystematic and underdeveloped. When the research was conducted, public authorities were expected to prevent harassment as a result of different forms of disability, gender and race equality legislation. The Equality Act 2010 introduced a new Public Sector Equality Duty from April 2011. It applies in England, Scotland and Wales. This duty covers age, disability, gender, gender reassignment, marriage and civil partnership, pregnancy and maternity, race, religion and belief and sexual orientation and will ensure that public authorities have due regard to the need to: - eliminate unlawful discrimination, harassment, victimisation and any other conduct that is prohibited by or under this Act; - advance equality of opportunity between persons who share a relevant protected characteristic and persons who do not share it; and - foster good relations between persons who share a relevant protected characteristic and persons who do not share it. The public authorities included in the research were those in the criminal justice system, including the Police, Probation, Crown Prosecution Services/Crown Office Prosecutor Fiscal Service, and additionally, Local Authorities, Registered Social Landlords (RSLs) and Passenger Transport Executives. Details: Manchester, UK: Equality and Human Rights Commission, 2011. 171p. Source: Internet Resource: Research report 74: Accessed September 28, 2017 at: https://www.equalityhumanrights.com/sites/default/files/rr74_targeted_harassment.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crime Shelf Number: 131583

Author: Coleman, Nick Title: Crime and disabled people: Baseline statistical analysis of measures from the formal legal inquiry into disability-related harassment Summary: The Commission's inquiry into disability-related harassment in 2010/11 found that many people who experience such harassment see it as a commonplace part of everyday life, rather than as 'hate crime'. Police records provide numbers of crimes that are reported to and recorded by the police, but the number of people who experience disability-related harassment may be considerably higher. The 'Manifesto for Change', which followed the initial inquiry, noted that, while the data currently available do not provide a full picture of disability-related harassment, crime surveys do provide data on disabled people's experiences of crime, disability hate crime more specifically, and the extent to which disabled people report crime that they have experienced. The Manifesto for Change identified a set of measures from these surveys that can help to gauge progress over time. This report sets out data on the following six measures, primarily in relation to disabled people: - Number of victims of hate crimes (Measure 1); - Proportion of disability-related crime incidents reported to the police (Measure 2); - Reasons why the police did not come to know about the matter (Measure 3); - Satisfaction with police handling of crime incidents (Measure 4); - Experience of any crime in the previous 12 months (Measure 5); - Worry about being a victim of crime (Measure 6). This report provides baseline data for disabled people in England and Wales and, where available, for Scotland, in respect of these six measures, together with followup data that show changes over time. Details: Manchester, UK: Equality and Human Rights Commission, 2013. 113p. Source: Internet Resource: Research report 90: Accessed September 28, 2017 at: https://www.equalityhumanrights.com/sites/default/files/research-report-90-crime-and-disabled-people.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Disabilities Shelf Number: 131626

Author: Franklin, Anita Title: Still at risk: A review of support for trafficked children Summary: This report presents the findings from a short, small scale Home Office funded scoping review of the practical care and safeguarding arrangements for trafficked children, and those who may have been trafficked, who are in the local authority care system. Specifically the aims of the review were to: 1 Assess the experiences of children identified as trafficked or suspected trafficked and accommodated in local authority care 2 Assess mechanisms in place to support trafficked or suspected trafficked children and the role of social workers, Independent Reviewing Officers (IROs) and other professionals mapped as having had contact with the child in providing and accessing care appropriate for them 3 Assess the multi-agency response in the context of best practice in child protection and safeguarding as set out in the Home Office/Department for Education - Safeguarding Children who may have been Trafficked Guidance 4 Identify good practice and areas for improvements. For the purposes of this scoping review, the agreed definition of trafficked children is children who have been trafficked, and are now outside their country of origin. Details: London: Refugee Council, 2013. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 28, 2017 at: https://www.refugeecouncil.org.uk/assets/0002/9408/Still_at_Risk-Report-final.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 131610

Author: Thomas, Paul Title: Community Reporting Thresholds: Sharing nformation with authorities concerning violent extremist activity and involvement in foreign conflict: A UK Replication Study. Summary: The first people to suspect or know about someone involved in acts of violent extremism, including planned or actual involvement in overseas conflicts, will often be those closest to them: their friends, family and community insiders. They are ideally placed to play particular roles: a) to notice any changes or early warning signs that someone is considering violent action to harm others, and b) to influence and facilitate vulnerable young people to move away from violent extremist beliefs and settings. The willingness of those close to potential or suspected violent actors to come forward and share their knowledge and concerns with authorities is thus a critical element in efforts to prevent violent extremist action. However, whilst these 'intimates' have a vital role to play against potential terrorist threats and offer a first line of defence, very little is known about what reporting means for community members, including their views, experience and concerns about coming forward to authorities when they have suspicions or knowledge to report. Without an understanding of the barriers and challenges people face in sharing information or cooperating with authorities, as well as what motivates them to surmount these challenges, Government information campaigns and positive reporting messages will fail to engage fully with members of these communities who are in the strongest position to help. Our study aims to advance our understanding of community members' concerns about reporting, as well as allowing a full appreciation of state professionals' experiences of current reporting mechanisms and processes. Details: s.l.: Centre for Research and Evidence on Security Threats (CREST), 2017. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 29, 2017 at: https://crestresearch.ac.uk/category/resources/reports/ Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Extremist Groups Shelf Number: 147496

Author: Thornton, Alex Title: Commercial Victimisation Survey 2013: Technical Report Summary: The 2013 Commercial Victimisation Survey (CVS) is the second in a new series of surveys run by the Home Office, designed to measure crime against businesses in England and Wales. This new series, running in 2012, 2013 and 2014, builds on the two previous Home Office CVS surveys carried out in 1994 and 2002. In the 2012 to 2014 series it was agreed that the CVS would focus on data at the premises level, collecting information on experience and costs of crime, responses to victimisation, insurance and crime prevention measures, local policing and business characteristics. As with the 2012 CVS survey, the 2013 survey was carried out by telephone and covered four business areas; wholesale and retail, and accommodation and food were retained from the 2012 survey, whilst agriculture, forestry and fishing, and arts, entertainment and recreation were new sectors for 2013. The manufacturing, and transportation and storage sectors were included in 2012 but were not retained for the 2013 survey. The survey fills an important gap in crime statistics on the nature and extent of crime against businesses. Details: London: Home Office, 2014. 206p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2017 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/304790/commercial-victimisation-survey-technical-report-2013.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Commercial Crimes Shelf Number: 147515

Author: Chalmers, James Title: A Comparative Analysis of Hate Crime Legislation: A Report to the Hate Crime Legislation Review Summary: In January 2017, the Scottish Government announced a review of hate crime legislation, chaired by Lord Bracadale. Lord Bracadale requested that, to assist the Review it its task, we produce a comparative report detailing principles underpinning hate crime legislation and approaches taken to hate crime in a range of jurisdictions. Work on this report commenced in late March 2017 and the final report was submitted to the Review in July 2017. Chapter 1 (What is Hate Crime?) explores what is meant by the term "hate crime", noting that different definitions may properly be used for different purposes. It notes that the legislative response to hate crime can be characterised by the definition offered by Chakraborti and Garland: the creation of offences, or sentencing provisions, "which adhere to the principle that crimes motivated by hatred or prejudice towards particular features of the victim's identity should be treated differently from 'ordinary' crimes". Chapter 2 (Hate Crime Legislation in Scotland) outlines the principal provisions of hate crime legislation, as identified in the Review's remit. These can be divided into two categories. First, sentence aggravation provisions, which do not create distinct criminal offences, but allow for offences aggravated by prejudice to be recorded as such and require the aggravation to be taken into account in sentencing. Secondly, substantive offences, which primarily consist of offences relating to the stirring up of racial hatred but also include offences of racially aggravated harassment and threatening communications intended to stir up hatred on religious grounds. Chapter 3 (Justifications for Punishing Hate Crime More Severely) considers the various possible justifications for treating hate crimes as more serious than parallel non-hate crimes. The possible justifications can be divided into three broad categories: harm-based justifications; culpability-based justifications; and denunciation-based justifications. Assessing the available evidence, it concludes that the argument that hate crimes are - compared to parallel non-hate crimes - more likely to cause harm both to the direct victim and to members of the group to which the victim belonged or was perceived to belong is particularly compelling. The argument that it is important to send a message to victims of hate crime that bias and inequality of treatment is roundly condemned by the State is also persuasive. Collectively, the harm argument and the denunciatory argument (and perhaps to a lesser extent the culpability argument) provide a compelling justification for punishing hate crime more severely Chapter 4 (Models of Hate Crime Legislation) considers two questions: first, how should hate crime be identified; and secondly, how should it be addressed - through substantive and distinct offences or the penalty attaching to general offences? In relation to the first question, it outlines two specific legislative models. The first is the discriminatory selection model (where a hate crime is committed where the victim has been selected because of their membership of a protected group). The second is the animus model (where the offender is motivated by, or demonstrates, prejudice against a protected group). It notes a clear preference for the animus model in legislative practice and strong arguments of principle in support. In relation to the second question, the chapter outlines three broad models: (i) the penalty enhancement model, (ii) the sentence aggravation model, and (iii) the substantive offence model, noting that jurisdictions may choose to combine these models rather than choosing one alone. It concludes by outlining the thresholds specified for a crime to count as a hate crime in a range of jurisdictions, and examines various questions about the precise formulation of these thresholds. Chapter 5 (Choice of Protected Characteristics) notes that the characteristics presently protected (in one form or another) under hate crime law in Scotland are race, religion, sexual orientation, disability and transgender identity. The chapter considers the range of characteristics protected in a range of other jurisdictions, noting that the characteristics protected in Scots law are the characteristics that are most commonly protected in the other jurisdictions analysed and that the two characteristics that are not presently protected in Scots law, but are most commonly protected in other jurisdictions, are age and sex . The chapter goes on to examine the principles which should guide a decision as to which characteristics should be protected. It notes a range of possibilities which have been identified in this respect, concluding that the most persuasive accounts are those that focus on identify groups that experience unjustified marginalisation or possess forms of difference that have a justifiable claim to respect. Chapter 6 (Hate Speech and Online Hate Crime) acknowledges that significant recent work has been carried out in relation to hate speech by the Law Commission and provides a high-level overview of the legal issues related to hate speech in a comparative perspective, including the applicability of legislation to online hate speech. It considers two questions of principle - what is hate speech, and what is the harm of hate speech? - before detailing offences relating to hate speech in a range of jurisdictions, considering both the legislative models adopted and the range of groups protected. It then outlines certain issues which arise in relation to hate speech online. Chapter 7 (Hate Crime Legislation in Selected Jurisdictions) details the legislative provisions relating to hate crime in a range of jurisdictions. The jurisdictions assessed are as follows: Australia (the six states and two territories are examined separately); Canada; England and Wales; New Zealand; Northern Ireland; Republic of Ireland; South Africa and ten jurisdictions in the United States of America (the jurisdictions selected for analysis being those which expressly protect characteristics which are not explicitly protected in any of the hate crime legislative provisions discussed elsewhere in the chapter). Chapter 8 (Approaches Taken in Other Jurisdictions Relevant to the Offensive Behaviour at Football and Threatening Communications (Scotland) Act 2012) examines section 1 of the 2012 Act, which is distinct because it applies only to behaviour that takes place in relation to a regulated football match. The chapter outlines the background to the Act, sets out the offences contained in section 1 and details analogous legislation in other jurisdictions including England and Wales and Northern Ireland. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government, 2017. 149p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2017 at: https://consult.scotland.gov.uk/hate-crime/independent-review-of-hate-crime-legislation/supporting_documents/495517_APPENDIX%20%20ACADEMIC%20REPORT.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crime Shelf Number: 147537

Author: Greater London Authority Title: Tackling Female Genital Mutilation in London Summary: Female Genital Mutilation (FGM) refers to procedures that intentionally alter or cause injury to the female genital organs for non-medical reasons. 500,000 girls and women living in Europe have undergone FGM, and it is estimated that 170,000 women and girls are living with FGM in the UK today and that a further 65,000 girls under the age of 13 are at risk of the procedure. The first FGM figures in England, released last year, show that between April 2015 and March 2016 there were almost 6,000 new cases of FGM reported.2  FGM is a violation of the rights of girls and women.  50 per cent of all cases of FGM recorded in England are in London.  The practice of FGM has been illegal in the UK since 1985.  The law was strengthened in 2003 to prevent girls travelling from the UK and undergoing FGM abroad.  In October 2015 a mandatory reporting duty, which requires regulated health and social care professionals and teachers in England and Wales to report 'known' cases of FGM in under 18s to the police, came into force.  While laws are in place to stop FGM, we know legislation is only part of the solution.  Prevention and education are important - training is key to empowering professionals and communities to speak up about what is going on in London, and schools need to take the right steps to protect vulnerable girls from FGM.  The Mayor has said that tackling FGM will be an important part of his mayoralty. The campaign against the practice of FGM has gained significant momentum in the last few years. Positive steps have been taken to tackle FGM, and we have moved in the right direction. However, FGM is a hidden crime, is still taking place, and many girls remain at risk. It is apparent that there is still much more to be done to end this practice. In January 2017, the London Assembly held a conference that brought together frontline professionals with responsibility for tackling FGM from across the capital. It provided an opportunity for professionals to share best practice and talk frankly and openly about the challenges and barriers to tackling FGM. Details: London: London Assembly, 2017. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 4, 2017 at: https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/london_assembly_report_-_tackling_fgm_in_london.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Cutting Shelf Number: 147544

Author: Stray, Melanie Title: Online Hate Crime Report 2017: Challenging online homophobia, biphobia and transphobia Summary: This report presents evidence about the scale and nature of online hate crime and hate speech against LGBT+ people in the UK. It sets out the impact and consequences of online hate crime and hate speech, LGBT+ people's experiences of reporting to social media platforms and to the police, and what support is needed. This evidence includes an analysis of qualitative interviews with 10 LGBT+ people who experienced online hate crime, published here for the first time. It also includes analysis of, as yet, unpublished Galop survey data, from the Stop Online Abuse Survey 2016 and the Police Responses to LGBT+ Hate Crime Survey 2017 , and secondary analysis of the LGBT+ Hate Crime Survey 2016. It also uses case study examples from Galop's advocacy services. The results in this report show the significant impact that online hate speech and hate crime can have, and that we are far from a satisfactory response to this problem. Details: London: Galup, 2017. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 4, 2017 at: http://www.galop.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/08/Online-hate-report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crime Shelf Number: 147545

Author: Staetsky, L. Daniel Title: Antisemitism in contemporary Great Britain: A Study of Attitudes Towards Jews and Israel Summary: This study takes an in-depth look at attitudes towards Jews and Israel among the population of Great Britain, both across society as a whole, and in key subgroups within the population, notably the far-left, the far-right, Christians and Muslims. It introduces the concept of the 'elastic view' of antisemitism, arguing that as antisemitism is an attitude, it exists at different scales and levels of intensity. Thus no single figure can capture the level of antisemitism in society, and all figures need to be carefully explained and understood. It finds that only a small proportion of British adults can be categorised as 'hard-core' antisemites - approximately 2% - yet antisemitic ideas can be found at varying degrees of intensity across 30% of British society. Whilst this categorically does not mean that 30% of the British population is antisemitic, it does demonstrate the outer boundary of the extent to which antisemitic ideas live and breathe in British society. As such, it goes some way towards explaining why British Jews appear to be so concerned about antisemitism, as the likelihood of them encountering an antisemitic idea is much higher than that suggested by simple measures of antisemitic individuals. In this way, the research draws an important distinction between 'counting antisemites' and 'measuring antisemitism' - the counts for each are very different from one another, and have important implications for how one tackles antisemitism going forward. The research finds that levels of anti-Israelism are considerably higher than levels of anti-Jewish feeling, and that the two attitudes exist both independently of one another and separately. However, the research also demonstrates that the greater the intensity of anti-Israel attitude, the more likely it is to be accompanied by antisemitic attitudes as well. Looking at subgroups within the population, the report finds that levels of antisemitism and anti-Israelism among Christians are no different from those found across society as a whole, but among Muslims they are considerably higher on both counts. On the political spectrum, levels of antisemitism are found to be highest among the far-right, and levels of anti-Israelism are heightened across all parts of the left-wing, but particularly on the far-left. In all cases, the higher the level of anti-Israelism, the more likely it is to be accompanied by antisemitism. Yet, importantly, most of the antisemitism found in British society exists outside of these three groups - the far-left, far-right and Muslims; even at its most heightened levels of intensity, only about 15% of it can be accounted for by them. Details: London: Institute for Jewish Policy Research, 2017. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 4, 2017 at: http://archive.jpr.org.uk/object-uk450 Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisemitism Shelf Number: 147546

Author: Smith, Emma Title: Domestic Abuse, Recovering Together (DART): Evaluation Report Summary: Domestic Abuse, Recovering Together (DART) is a group work programme for mothers and children who have experienced domestic abuse. Mothers who have lived with an abusive partner may underestimate the effects of the abuse on their children. DART provides joint sessions for mothers and children to do activities together that help them talk about their experiences and feelings. This primary focus on relationships between mothers and children is unique to DART. This report provides evidence about what helps to reduce the impact of domestic abuse on the relationships between mothers and children. A requirement for all the families taking part in DART was that the abuser was no longer part of the household. Details: London: NSPCC, 2016. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 4, 2017 at: https://www.nspcc.org.uk/globalassets/documents/evaluation-of-services/dart-domestic-abuse-recovering-together-evaluation-report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children and Violence Shelf Number: 147557

Author: Luke, Nikki Title: Child sexual exploitation and mental health: Children's Social Care Innovation Programme Summary: This report presents an overview of eight projects in the Innovation Programme that focused specifically on groups of young people who were experiencing or at risk of experiencing child sexual exploitation (CSE) or mental health issues. The projects took differing approaches to support young people with complex needs, including testing residential facilities as an alternative to secure accommodation or mental health inpatient settings, working with family members and specialist foster carers to increase their understanding of CSE and their ability to manage risks, developing a new service model based on building supportive relationships, a bespoke outreach service, and out-of-hours support for families that included access to psychiatric and psychological services. Despite the short period available for evaluation, all of the evaluations presented some evidence of positive change. The use of health and social care services was reduced or managed with less intensive or high-cost services in six of the projects, and there was evidence of a reduction in key CSE risk factors and an increase in protective factors in all four CSE projects. Interviewees (particularly parents/carers and other professionals) reported improvements in young people's emotional and behavioural well-being and mental health across the projects, but the findings from standardised quantitative measures of well-being were more equivocal. Some of the projects showed that young people's engagement with education had improved, and half the projects revealed improvements in family functioning and relationships. Common elements of successful projects included strong leadership and inter-agency working, provision of support to family members, empowering young people and families, and a focus on building positive relationships. The four mental health projects reported encouraging cost-benefit findings, albeit with a number of caveats around their calculations. There was less financial information available on the four CSE projects, but one project reported potential annual benefits of over L1.6m. Details: Oxford, UK: Research in Fostering and Education, University of Oxford Department of Education, 2017. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Thematic Report 3: Accessed October 5, 2017 at: http://reescentre.education.ox.ac.uk/wordpress/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/Thematic-report-2017-CSE_mentalhealth.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 147582

Author: Clements, Keith Title: Workplace perspectives on harmful sexual behaviour: Findings from the Local Authorities Research Consortium 7 Summary: Harmful sexual behaviour (HSB) can be defined as "Sexual behaviours expressed by children and young people under the age of 18 years old that are developmentally inappropriate, may be harmful towards self or others and/ or be abusive towards another child, young person or adult." (Hackett, Holmes and Branigan, 2016) In the context of increasing awareness of harmful sexual behaviour as an issue affecting many children across England, the Local Authorities Research Consortium (LARC) set out to investigate the understanding and needs of the children's workforce in this field. This report sets out the results of a survey of over 500 professionals working across a range of agencies in the six participating local authority areas. Whilst some of the workforce rated their knowledge and skills in this area highly, this varied according to the particular tasks involved. Overall there appears to be more work needed to ensure all professionals have the knowledge, skills and confidence to most effectively support children and young people with harmful sexual behaviour In spite of a lack of a statutory definition, most practitioners and carers felt that they knew what HSB was. However this level of awareness could be further raised to improve early identification of children in need of support. Many practitioners and carers felt that they did not necessarily have the knowledge and skills for working directly with children displaying HSB. Notably, this included significant proportions of those who had worked with several of such children over the previous year. Practitioners had a fairly high degree of confidence in their knowledge and skills for assessing and identifying children with HSB. However, only nine per cent of practitioners and carers strongly agreed that they were confident in identifying children with HSB. Not all of the relevant parts of the children's workforce reported being confident in relation to key aspects of this complex and varied work; fewer than half of managers and leaders felt confident leading multi-agency partnerships or designing and commissioning services. Meeting the often complex needs of children displaying HSB can be challenging for all parts of the workforce Most respondents said that they had seen at least some increase in the numbers of children with HSB in the previous two years. Their responses regarding the needs and vulnerabilities of these children corroborated existing evidence that children with HSB often face other challenges. These can include experience of neglect and abuse and additional needs relating to learning and communication (Hackett, 2014). Respondents reported experiencing a number challenges in working with children displaying HSB. These included the development of positive trusting relationships with the children concerned and balancing the needs and safety of the child, their peers and staff working with them. Work with children with HSB had a notable emotional impact on many of those carrying it out. Negative feelings such as anxiety, worry and upset were experienced even by those reporting higher levels of knowledge, skills and experience. Access to some important forms of support and guidance is inconsistent across the workforce Most practitioners and carers felt they were able to access a range of support and guidance that impacted positively on their work in this area. Many, however, felt that they would benefit from additional development support, particularly training, team meetings focused on the topic, teambased learning, formal peer-learning and being able to refer to / consult with a specialist. Access to these forms of support were associated with higher levels of confidence in working with children with HSB, but access to them appeared to be inconsistent. Use of them varied both by agency and local area. The majority of those who had received training on issues around HSB felt it had impacted positively on their work. However, on average, only 35 per cent of practitioners and carers had accessed such training in the previous three years, with this figure being even lower for those working in health and education. This suggests that there is a need for local areas to consider increasing training and other skills development opportunities for those working with or caring for children displaying HSB. Responses demonstrated that supervision, peer support and advice from senior colleagues all play a vital role in building the skills and knowledge of the workforce. Supervision was seen as playing an important part in helping practitioners and carers to manage the emotional impact of the work and was associated with increased confidence. Supervision was more commonly accessed than peer support and team-based learning, but there was inconsistent access to all of these methods of support. It may therefore be beneficial for local agencies to share their supervision practice and strategies in order to strengthen support across the multi-agency partnership for those working directly with children displaying HSB. Peer support and team-based learning could usefully be further embedded so that practitioners across areas and agencies can benefit. There are signs of some strong partnership working, but there is scope for specialist HSB services to work more closely with other agencies A perceived lack of specialist services and placements for children displaying HSB was felt to be one of the key challenges in working in this area. A minority of respondents were aware of a specialist service in their area, with 24 per cent of those saying that specialist service thresholds were set too high. This perspective may be related to the fact that many professionals identify gaps in their knowledge, skills and confidence and so do not always feel equipped to undertake direct work themselves. Only a minority of these specialist services were reported to provide support to practitioners working with children displaying HSB. This gap formed part of a mixed picture in terms of partnership working. Encouragingly, most managers and leaders felt supported by wider partners in the work with children displaying HSB. Information sharing, consistent management of HSB and different approaches to early intervention were all highlighted as challenges, however. With these issues in mind, it is important that knowledge and skills held by a specialist HSB service are shared across the wider workforce in order to build capacity and confidence. This should underpin wider improvements in workforce development, enabling practitioners to learn from local specialist services rather than only referring children to these services (though the latter remains an essential part of any local response). Many of the potential enablers to increasing workforce knowledge skills and confidence are relatively low cost and go beyond traditional training Reflecting on the support that practitioners said they could benefit from, and how levels of confidence are associated with accessing these, it is notable that there are many options besides external training. Other methods such as team-based learning; reflective group and one-to-one supervision; structured peer-learning activities; shadowing; protected time for self-directed study and access to managers' expertise were all cited as being helpful. Thinking creatively about how such activities can contribute to the development of the workforce may prove to be more costeffective than relying only on traditional training Details: London: National Children's Bureau, 2017. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 5, 2017 at: https://www.ncb.org.uk/sites/default/files/field/attachment/LARC%207%20Harmful%20sexual%20behaviour_Final_Web_0.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 127583

Author: Hallenberg, Katja M. Title: Scholarly Detectives: Police Professionalisation via Academic Education Summary: The thesis explores the role of academic education in police professionalisation. Due to its high complexity, specialisation and status, detective work is well-suited for illustrating these developments and the practical and symbolic benefits they can bring to the police and policing as a whole. The overall approach of thesis is iterative. Literature from police studies and sociology of professions provides the conceptual and theoretical framework for the empirical data of 24 semi-structured interviews conducted with 14 police national training coordinators and local police trainers. The increasing academisation of police training and the formalisation of the police-academia relationships suggest police professionalisation has reached a tipping point. This is seen in the current investigative skills training in England and Wales, which is characterised by growing centralisation, standardisation, and emphasis on formalising the professional knowledgebase of investigations and policing - a trend which the Professionalising Investigation Programme exemplifies. While the police (including the investigative specialism) can be shown to display many of the qualities of professions, it has lacked the level of instructional abstraction characterising other professions, typically provided by higher education and, crucially, leading to externally recognised qualifications. Developing academic police education is not without its challenges, chief among them the perceived epistemological and cultural divide between the 'two worlds' of police and academia. A successful transformation requires careful consideration of the content and format of the arrangements, investment, support, acceptance and engagement from police, academia and government, and a simultaneous change to cultural dispositions (habitus) and internal and external structures (field). This is worth the effort as a number of practical and symbolic benefits of police academic education can be identified. It has the potential to improve the quality of service by deepening police knowledge and understanding and facilitating community-oriented approaches. More importantly, academic education bestows a rich cultural capital, strengthens and legitimises police expertise, market monopoly, and status in the eyes of the public, other professions and the government. It enables the survival of the profession, giving it the tools to prevail in conflicts over competence and the right to define and interpret policing and its social context. In summary, police professionalisation via academic education can be explained in terms of agency and structure both; as a deliberate occupational upgrading spurred by social and economic aspirations and aimed to reconceptualise and relegitimise policing; and as an inevitable reaction to wider changes and a deeper ontological shift taking place in the society. Details: Manchester, UK: Manchester University, School of Law, 2012. 265p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 5, 2017 at: https://www.escholar.manchester.ac.uk/uk-ac-man-scw:161328 Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Investigation Shelf Number: 147587

Author: Kirtley, Paul Title: "If you Shine a Light you will probably find it": Report of a grass Roots Survey of Health Professionals with Regard to their Experiences in Dealing with Child Sexual Exploitation Summary: The report is based on an accumulation of views, comments and experiences from a wide range of health and associated voluntary workers who have been involved in responding to Child Sexual Exploitation (CSE) or personal experiences of Serious Case Reviews relating to child sexual abuse. The contributors came from many areas of the country, and included representatives from rural areas, inner city, industrial towns and tourist destinations. These terms and those below, describing actual job titles, have been kept deliberately vague as the attendees were promised anonymity. The purpose of the Forum and the subsequent discussions was to provide an environment in which the health workers could be open and honest without fear of any repercussions. This enabled them to talk about what went well and what didn't go well, where the barriers were and what they would do differently in a similar situation so that we can all learn from their experiences. This was a 'grass-roots' survey and everything written in the report is based on the personal comments made by the contributors either personally to Dr. Kirtley or at the Forum. The report reflects their knowledge, their experiences, their thoughts and their opinions. We have deliberately not used any other sources. By its very nature the report, therefore, cannot be nor does it pretend to be wholly inclusive and there may be gaps in what has been covered. The participants do, however, provide a wealth of safeguarding experience in Healthcare. There are many experienced and knowledgeable Health Professionals but they are limited to their geographical or immediate clinical areas of expertise. There does not appear to be many individuals who could be called overall "experts" in CSE within the NHS. But all those spoken to were experts within their own locality and their own field of work. The discussions were wide-ranging and actually brought up more questions than answers, but we felt in a position at the end of the exercise to make recommendations and decide on the next steps. Details: London: National Health Service, 2013. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 7, 2017 at: http://www.nhs.uk/aboutNHSChoices/professionals/healthandcareprofessionals/child-sexual-exploitation/Documents/Shine%20a%20Light.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 147606

Author: Hay, Gordon Title: Estimates of the Prevalence of Opiate Use and/or Crack Cocaine Use, 2014/15: Sweep repor Summary: This report presents the findings of Sweep 11 of the estimates of the prevalence of opiate and/or crack cocaine use (OCU) in England, covering 2014/15. These continue the long time series of OCU prevalence estimates, starting in 2004/05 and most recently reported for 2011/12. The estimated number of opiate and/or crack cocaine users (OCUs) aged 15-64 in England in 2014/15 was 300,783 (95% CI: 297,986 to 311,128). Within this group, there are an estimated 257,476 people (95% CI: 255,440 to 266,643) that use opiates and an estimated 182,828 people (95% CI: 176,675 to 190,782) that use crack cocaine. The estimated prevalence rates for England per thousand population in 2014/15 were 8.57 (95% CI: 8.49 to 8.86) for OCU, 7.33 (95% CI: 7.28 to 7.60) for opiate use and 5.21 (95% CI: 5.03 to 5.43) for crack cocaine use. The estimated prevalence rates for England per thousand population in each age group in 2014/15 were 4.42 (95% CI: 4.23 to 5.09) in the 15 to 24 age group, 12.36 (95% CI: 12.07 to 12.98) in the 25 to 34 age group and 8.58 (95% CI: 8.38 to 8.85) in the 35 to 64 age group. The North East region had the highest estimated rate in the 25 to 34 age group, the North West region had the highest rate in the 35 to 64 age group and London had the highest estimated rate in the 15 to 24 age group. The estimated number of OCUs in England increased by 2% when compared to 2011/12 (293,879 to 300,783). The estimated number of opiate users increased slightly by 0.5% (256,163 to 257,476). Neither increase was statistically significant. However, there was a statistically significant increase in the estimated number of crack cocaine users of 10% between 2011/12 and 2014/15 (166,640 to 182,828). There was an 18% increase between 2011/12 and 2014/15 in the estimated number of OCUs in the East of England, which was statistically significant. However, the highest rates for both OCU overall and opiate use continue to be in the north of England, with the North West, North East and Yorkshire and the Humber all having estimated rates of OCU above 10 per thousand population. London has the highest estimated rate of crack cocaine use in 2014/15, at 6.63 per thousand, although the point estimate fell slightly, from 6.96 per thousand in 2011/12. The estimated number of OCUs in the 35 to 64 age group increased by 18% between 2011/12 and 2014/15 (152,127 to 178,875) while there was a 16% decrease in the estimated number aged 25 to 34 (109,124 to 91,808). Both these changes were statistically significant, and these findings follow a long-term ageing trend in the OCU population. There was a decrease of 7% in the estimated number of OCUs aged 15 to 24 between 2011/12 and 2014/15 (32,628 to 30,190), which was not statistically significant. Details: London: Public Health England, 2017. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 7, 2017 at: http://www.cph.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/Estimates-of-the-Prevalence-of-Opiate-Use-and-crack-cocaine-use-2014-15.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cocaine Shelf Number: 147608

Author: Butler, Nadia Title: Liverpool's Drink Less Enjoy More Intervention: Progress monitoring report Summary: In the UK it is an offence to knowingly sell alcohol to, or purchase alcohol for, intoxicated individuals and flouting these laws can result in fines being imposed on the person (e.g. bar staff) selling the alcohol, the holder of the premises license, the premises supervisor or the person who purchases alcohol on behalf of an intoxicated individual (CPS, 2005). Despite this, public awareness, bar server compliance and police enforcement of this legislation is typically low (HC Deb, 2014; Hughes & Anderson, 2008; Hughes et al., 2014). Nightlife settings across the UK are characterised by high levels of intoxication and alcohol-related harms (Bellis et al., 2011; Quigg et al., 2015). Further, research suggests that many nightlife users arrive in nightlife environments already intoxicated, having consumed a substantial amount of alcohol at home before going on a night out (i.e. preloading; Anderson et al., 2007; Quigg et al., 2015; Quigg et al., 2016a; Quigg et al., 2016b). Excessive alcohol consumption not only damages the public's health, but also places a large burden on police, local authorities and health services who must manage nightlife drunkenness and associated problems such as anti-social behaviour, violence and alcohol-related injuries (Anderson et al., 2007; Drummond et al., 2005). To reduce such harms an extensive range of policies and interventions have been implemented at both local and national level including high profile policing, changes to licensing laws and environmental measures to improve safety (Bellis et al., 2011; HM Government, 2012). Whilst there is some evidence to indicate that such measures can contain and manage alcohol-related harms, they do little to reduce levels of intoxication or address harmful and pervasive cultures of nightlife drunkenness (Bellis et al., 2011; Quigg et al., 2015; Quigg et al., 2016b). In 2013, the first UK study of bar servers' propensity to serve alcohol to drunks was undertaken in Liverpool City Centre and found that 84% of purchase attempts by pseudointoxicated actors resulted in the sale of alcohol (Hughes et al., 2014). Studies conducted elsewhere have suggested that reductions in the service of alcohol to drunks can be achieved through multi-agency interventions that incorporate community mobilisation, enforcement of the law around the service of alcohol to drunks and responsible bar server training (Andreasson et al., 2000; Lenk et al., 2006; Wallin et al., 2005). Following the presentation of these findings to local partners across Liverpool, the multi-component Say No to Drunks pilot intervention was developed and implemented. The intervention aimed to: increase awareness of the legislation preventing sales of alcohol to drunks; support bar staff compliance with the law; provide a strong deterrence to selling alcohol to drunks; and promote responsible drinking amongst nightlife users. Findings from the evaluation of this first pilot study were positive and suggested improved public awareness of the legislation on sales of alcohol to drunks and increased bar server confidence in refusing such sales. While wider impacts were not observed, it represented the first step in a continued body of work to address sales of alcohol to drunks and creating safer nightlife environments in Liverpool (Quigg et al., 2015; Quigg et al., 2016b). Thus, in 2015 the intervention was further refined and rebranded as Drink Less Enjoy More (DLEM) and was subsequently implemented as a second phase. Phase two built on key elements of the pilot intervention and was comprised f: a social marketing and public awareness campaign; bar staff training; and police enforcement. Further, it covered a wider geographical area and also targeted nightlife users prior to entering the night-time economy. Findings from the evaluation of DLEM were positive, crucially showing that the service of alcohol to pseudo-intoxicated actors had reduced substantially from 84% in 2013 to 26% in 2015 (Hughes et al., 2014; Quigg et al., 2016b). The evaluation suggested that learning from the pilot phase and subsequent amendments to the intervention, and a greater commitment to implementing all aspects of the intervention, served to strengthen the intervention's impact (Quigg et al., 2016b). Although wider impacts on addressing the culture of drunkenness in Liverpool's nightlife were not observed, local partners recognise that the intervention is a crucial step in preventing the sales of alcohol to intoxicated patrons in Liverpool. Subsequently, the DLEM intervention continues to be a key work stream to prevent alcohol-related harms in the city's nightlife during peak periods (e.g. UEFA European Championship; Student Fresher's week; Halloween). As part of an ongoing monitoring and development process of DLEM, the Public Health Institute (PHI), Liverpool John Moores University was commissioned to implement a research study to monitor progress of key elements of the intervention. Specifically the study aimed to: - Explore bar server awareness of legislation around the sale of alcohol to drunks; perceptions of the intervention; and their propensity to serve alcohol to drunks (i.e. pseudo-intoxicated actors); and, - Assess nightlife user: knowledge of the laws around the sale of alcohol to, and purchasing of alcohol for intoxicated individuals; perceptions and attitudes relating to drunkenness in nightlife; patterns of alcohol consumption and use of the night-time economy; and awareness and perceptions of the intervention. Details: Liverpool: Public Health Institute, Liverpool John Moores University, 2017. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 7, 2017 at: http://www.cph.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/Liverpools-Drink-Less-Enjoy-More-intervention-progress-monitoring-report-FINAL.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Interventions Shelf Number: 147609

Author: Quigg, Zara Title: Evaluation of the Liverpool Drink Less Enjoy More Intervention Summary: In the UK it is an offence to knowingly sell alcohol to, or purchase alcohol for, a drunk person (Regulated under Section 141 and 142 of the Licensing Act 2003). However, until recent times public awareness, bar server compliance and police enforcement of this legislation has appeared to be low. Critically, UK nightlife environments are often characterised by high levels of intoxication and alcohol-related harms. Excessive alcohol use damages the public's health, while managing nightlife drunkenness and associated problems such as anti-social behaviour and violence places huge demands on police, local authorities and health services. To reduce such harms an extensive range of policies and interventions have been implemented at local and national levels including high profile policing, changes to licensing laws and environmental measures to improve safety. Whilst there is some evidence to indicate that these measures may contain and manage alcohol-related harms, they do little to reduce levels of intoxication or address harmful and pervasive cultures of nightlife drunkenness. A study conducted in Liverpool in 2013 found that 84% of alcohol purchase attempts by pseudo-intoxicated actors in pubs, bars and nightclubs were successful (i.e. alcohol was sold to the actor; Hughes et al., 2014). Studies conducted elsewhere have suggested that reductions in the service of alcohol to drunks, and associated harms, in nightlife settings can be achieved through the implementation of multi-component interventions that incorporate community mobilisation, enforcement of the laws around the service of alcohol to drunks and responsible bar server training. Thus to address the sale of alcohol to drunks in the city's nightlife, local partners developed and implemented the multi-component Say No To Drunks pilot intervention. The intervention aimed to: increase awareness of legislation preventing sales of alcohol to drunks; support bar staff compliance with the law; provide a strong deterrence to selling alcohol to drunks; and promote responsible drinking amongst nightlife users. Following an evaluation of Say No To Drunks, the intervention was further refined, broadened and implemented as a second phase in 2015 - rebranded to Drink Less Enjoy More. To inform the continued development of the intervention, the Centre for Public Health at Liverpool John Moores University was commissioned to evaluate the intervention, comparing the results to previous work. Details: Liverpool: Centre for Public health, Liverpool John Moores University, 2016. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 7, 2017 at: http://www.cph.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/Liverpool-Drink-Less-Enjoy-More-intervention-evaluation-report-March-2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Interventions Shelf Number: 147610

Author: Renouf, Hazel Title: Resettlement experiences of street sex-working women on release from prison Summary: Leaving prison is a challenging process for women. For street sex-working women, these challenges are exacerbated by the complexity of their needs. This qualitative study explores the lived experiences of street sex-working women, together with the views of professionals from community-based projects who have supported this group in the transition from custody to the community. The research particularly focuses on the resettlement needs of street sex-working women on release from prison, the factors which support the resettlement process and the areas for development. The completed study provides a foundation for future research into the development of policy and practice relating to street sex-working women and their experiences of custody, release - All participants identified the importance of women needing a home to go to on the day of their release from prison. Being housed immediately after leaving prison was seen by both service user and professional participants as key to ensuring that other vital services, including support around health and addiction, were put in place. - All of the service users interviewed had substance misuse issues. All professional and service user participants viewed support around substance misuse as one of the most important aspects of release planning and support. - Despite histories of profound trauma being prevalent among street sex-working women in prison, participants highlighted that there was insufficient trauma-specific support in the custodial setting. Most professionals felt that this was something that should be addressed before the day of release and then continued in the community. - The violence inherent within street sex work was recognised by both professionals and service users. This violence was identified as posing a significant risk to the personal safety of street sex-working women, both on the day of their release and thereafter. - For most of the service users interviewed, their circumstances in the community had felt so unsafe that being in prison was viewed as a more desirable alternative. However, for some bullying and the possibility of being assaulted by other inmates were very real fears. - All participants called for more robust and effective release planning and cited examples or had personal experience of where this had not happened. Service users felt strongly that by having services in place in good time prior to the day of their release, they would feel more supported, more motivated and increasingly likely to engage. Women serving short sentences or recall periods in custody were seen as less likely to have services in place for the day of their release. - Most service users described challenges around accessing welfare benefit payments, as benefit systems did not allow for funds to be made immediately available on the day of release. - Very few of the service users interviewed were met by a support service at the prison gates on the day of their release, although all said they would have valued this support. - Sex work projects played a vital role in supporting street sex-working women both on the day of their release and on an on-going basis. Long-term, intensive support was seen as vital when supporting street sex-working women leaving prison. Support needed to be made available for extended periods after the day of release and tailored to meet the needs of the individual. - Street sex-working women require support around their substance misuse issues throughout the resettlement process. - Further consideration should be given to the practice example contained within this study with a view to replicating this model across other geographical areas. - Street sex-working women need access to safe and supported housing on the day they are released from prison. - Therapeutic support needs to be made available to street sex-working women in prison and continued after release in the community. - Awareness training should be made available to all professionals who are involved in supporting street sex-working women. - Service design needs to be adapted to reflect the needs and circumstances of street sex-working women. - Changes need to be made to the current welfare benefits system to allow prisoners to be able to apply for benefits before the day of their release. - Street sex-working women should be recognised as a vulnerable group and given priority access to services on release from prison. Details: London: The Griffins Society, 2016. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Research paper 2016/01: Accessed October 9, 2017 at: http://www.thegriffinssociety.org/system/files/papers/fullreport/griffins_research_paper_-_2016-01_updated_final_28.09.2017.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 147619

Author: Malik, Nikita Title: Trafficking Terror: How Modern Slavery and Sexual Violence Fund Terrorism Summary: Modern day slavery presents a plethora of benefits to terrorist groups by attracting, retaining, mobilising and rewarding fighters. The definition of conflict-related sexual violence, created by the UN in 2012, links sexual violence - rape, sexual slavery, forced prostitution, forced pregnancy, enforced sterilisation, and other forms of sexual violence of comparable gravity against women, men or children - to conflict. As per this definition, the use of sexual violence in conflict is evident in the motivations of perpetrators, the profile of victims, the climate of impunity or State collapse, and when terms of a ceasefire agreement have been violated. Terrorists use sexual violence, including rape, sexual slavery, and forced marriage, to bolster recruits, galvanise fighters, and, in the case of Islamist groups, punish kuffar (disbelievers). Propaganda on sexual slavery serves as an incentive for new recruits and foreign fighters, with the promise of wives and sex slaves acting as a 'pull factor'. There is a fixation on the part of Islamic State (IS) fighters with the concept of kuffar (disbelievers), used to dehumanise ethnic groups so that barbaric acts can be condoned. Religious elements are infused into sexual violence practices to skirt around the moral wrongdoing of rape. Forced inseminations, forced pregnancies, and forced conversions are a means to secure 'the next generation of jihadists'. Boko Haram fighters have also tried to impregnate women with the purpose of creating the next generation of fighters, mirroring Islamic State practices. Forced marriages and conversions to Islam are more common in Boko Haram than in Islamic State. Some abducted victims have adopted Boko Haram's ideology as their own, refusing to leave the group. National laws on sexual violence within countries where extremist groups are present (Syria, Iraq, Libya, and Nigeria) allow rapists to marry their victims to avoid prosecution and punishment, placing the burden of shame and stigmatisation on survivors rather than perpetrators. There are clear links between terrorists, criminals, and traffickers. Terrorists use organised crime tactics such as money laundering, migrant smuggling, drug and firearms trafficking, and human trafficking. Sexual markets in territory controlled by Islamic State in Iraq and Syria have been common, as has the use of human trafficking marketplaces in Libya. A clear driver behind sexual trafficking is financial gain. The most contentious issue revolves around whether smugglers or negotiators pay IS directly. While terrorists seem to commit sexual violence for ideological reasons, ransom payments point to a new source of revenue for terrorism that is directly linked to the use of sexual violence. Modern slavery provides monetary flows to terrorist organisations such as Islamic State and Boko Haram through the sale and re-sale of human bodies, with reports indicating that kidnapping represents $10-30 million of revenue to IS in 2016. It is possible that as revenues from other streams such taxation and oil sales decrease, revenue from hostage-taking and ransom, and modern day slavery may increase as IS struggles to sustain its financial reserves. Evidence suggests that the link between migrant smuggling and human trafficking is likely to remain in the future, and may grow as more individuals exit IS. Pieces of evidence hint at an awareness amongst terrorist groups of the potential for exploiting smuggling tactics and routes. Since mid-2015, Islamic State has reportedly captured 63 women in Libya and sexually abused them. The nexus between sexual violence, trafficking, and terrorism is under-explored. Statistical data and testimonies to understand how sexual violence and modern slavery fund terrorism are inconsistent or unavailable. In order to bolster its efforts to counter modern slavery, this report recommends that the British government lead in the creation of a dedicated legal unit in the form of an International Legal Task Force to work with NGOs, charities, and embassies on the ground to better track the overlap between sexual violence, trafficking groups, and terrorist organisations. Special attention must be given to information drawn from the body of evidence emerging from victims of sexual violence as a tactic of terrorism, that can hint at the level of financial revenues implicit in transactions between traffickers and terrorists. Domestic abuse may overlap with terrorism, but appears to fall outside the UN definition of conflict-related sexual violence, and the use of sexual violence as a tactic of terrorism. Among the perpetrators of attacks inspired or connected to Islamic State in Europe and the United States, some have had a history of domestic and sexual violence, alluding to a direct connection between terrorism and domestic physical and/or sexual violence. In the UK, laws including the Modern Slavery Act 2015 and the Terrorism Act of 2006 should be interpreted more broadly, in order to adequately reflect the spectrum of crimes committed by individuals using sexual violence as a tactic of terrorism, defined under United Nations Security Resolution 2242 (2015). Details: London: The Henry Jackson Society, 2017. 85p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2017 at: http://henryjacksonsociety.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/HJS-Trafficking-Terror-Report-web.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 147622

Author: Wood, Sara Title: A guide to using health data to inform local violence prevention Summary:  Anonymised health data have an important role to play in preventing local violence.  Health data sources available at a local level include: local Accident and Emergency department (A&E) data, HES (Hospital Episode Statistics) experimental A&E data, HES hospital admissions data and ambulance service data.  Data from these sources can be analysed to: measure the extent of violence in a local area and identify long term trends; identify when assaults are most likely to occur; identify at-risk populations and communities; identify hotspot locations for violence; and identify the circumstances of assault.  These pieces of information can support violence prevention through e.g. informing needs assessments, identifying police priorities, setting and monitoring local targets for violence, informing the types of strategies needed, informing the timing and location of interventions, identifying which population groups interventions should target, supporting police licensing decisions and reviews, and evaluating violence prevention activity.  The use of anonymous health data in local violence prevention relies on the regular sharing of data between health services and local partners involved in addressing violence (e.g. Community Safety Partnerships [CSPs], public health professionals and police).  A number of factors are thought to be helpful in achieving successful data sharing systems between health services and local partners. For A&Es in particular, this includes: a dedicated post/staff member within an A&E to take data sharing forward; strong relationships between A&E staff and local partners; the existence of a data sharing partner/agency to facilitate data sharing; regular feedback to A&E staff on data use; positive attitudes towards the collection and use of A&E data among all partners; and training of A&E staff in collecting assault data.  Data sharing systems could be set up using the following guide: Step 1 - hold initial meetings between health services and local partners; Step 2 - explore and agree how existing data fields can be used and shared, whether any extra data fields are required, and how these can be collected and shared; Step 3 - agree on what a successful data sharing system will look like and how it can be monitored; Step 4 - develop a data sharing agreement between health services and local partners; Step 5 - initiate data sharing and ensure it is used to inform local violence prevention activities; Step 6 - set up regular feedback meetings between all partners.  It is best practice to develop a data sharing agreement between health services and local partners to clearly specify how data will be provided, stored and used. This will ensure that the health data remains protected. Details: Liverpool: Liverpool John Moores University, Center for Public Health, 2014. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2017 at: http://www.cph.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2015/05/FINAL-A-guide-to-using-health-data-to-inform-violence-prevention-13.5.15.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 147627

Author: Quigg, Zara Title: Evaluation of the Liverpool Say No To Drunks Pilot Intervention Summary: The sale of alcohol to drunk people is illegal in the UK. Despite this, drunkenness is a common feature of nightlife settings while public awareness of the law and bar server compliance with it appears to be low (Hughes and Anderson, 2008). A study conducted in Liverpool found that 84% of alcohol purchase attempts by pseudo-intoxicated actors in pubs, bars and nightclubs were successful (Hughes et al., 2014). Thus to address the sale of alcohol to drunks in the city's nightlife, Liverpool City Council and Merseyside Police developed and implemented the Say No To Drunks pilot intervention. The intervention aimed to: increase awareness of legislation preventing sales of alcohol to drunks; support bar staff compliance with the law; provide a strong deterrence to selling alcohol to drunks; and promote responsible drinking amongst nightlife users. It included: a social marketing and public awareness raising campaign; bar staff training; police enforcement; and the provision of breathalysers to door supervisors to support entry refusal. An evaluation was undertaken to inform the development of the pilot intervention and provide a baseline for evaluating future work. A range of methods were used including surveys with nightlife patrons, door supervisors and bar staff, nightlife area observations, and analyses of secondary data sources (e.g. police-recorded crime data). Details: Liverpool: Centre for Public health, Liverpool John Moores University, 2015. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2017 at: http://www.cph.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2015/05/Say-No-To-Drunks-pilot-intervention-evaluation-report-April-2015-3.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 147628

Author: Quigg, Zara Title: Evaluation of the South Wales Know the Score Intervention Summary: Excessive alcohol consumption, drunkenness and associated harms are a common feature of nightlife settings in the UK (Bellis and Hughes, 2011; Graham et al., 2013). Whilst the sale of alcohol to people who are drunk is illegal under UK law, public awareness of this legislation and bar server compliance with it appears to be low (Hughes and Anderson, 2008; Hughes et al., 2014). While this law is often broken and few convictions for the service of alcohol to drunks are successful (HM Government, 2012), licensed premises have a clear legal and social responsibility to prevent such sales. Previous studies have shown that reductions in the service of alcohol to drunks, and associated harms, can be achieved through the implementation of multi‐agency interventions which promote awareness and increase enforcement of the legislation. Thus, to address the sale of alcohol to drunks, the Police and Crime Commissioner for South Wales and South Wales Police developed and implemented the Know the Score #drinklessenjoymore pilot intervention. The intervention aimed to increase bar staff and public awareness of the law and promote responsible drinking behaviours in nightlife environments. It included: a social marketing campaign; radio broadcasts; intervention materials promoting the campaign (e.g. posters, bar server t‐ shirts); enhanced police enforcement; and promotion of the intervention materials by the Welsh Rugby Union and other partner agencies. To inform the development of the pilot intervention and provide a baseline for monitoring progress of future work, an evaluation was undertaken which comprised of pre‐ and post‐intervention surveys with nightlife patrons in Cardiff and Swansea City Centres. Details: Liverpool: Centre for Public health, Liverpool John Moores University, 2015. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2017 at: http://www.cph.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2015/07/Know-the-Score-pilot-evaluation-FINAL-REPORT-July-2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 147629

Author: Quigg, Zara Title: Optimising the use of NHS intelligence in local violence prevention and measuring its impact on violence Summary: Over the past decade there has been increasing awareness of the importance of health service data in understanding violence, driving national and local action to establish data sharing pathways and incorporate health data into local violence prevention planning. This project, Optimising the use of NHS intelligence in local violence prevention and measuring its impact on violence, has aimed to provide evidence around the use of health data in local violence prevention, determine how health data can best be used for local violence prevention, and support local areas in understanding and using these data sources. The key objectives of the project were to: 1. Assess the use of NHS datasets in local violence prevention and demonstrate their utility in providing a comprehensive picture of violence. 2. Gather detailed information on NHS data sharing pathways and data use in study sites, and to measure the impact on violence. 3. Work with local partners in study sites to make best use of NHS data for targeting violence prevention activity and measuring its impact. Detailed findings from the project are presented in a range of outputs. This report presents a summary of the full project, along with additional findings from objective three. Details: Liverpool: Centre for Public health, Liverpool John Moores University, 2016. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2017 at: http://www.cph.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/Optimising-the-use-of-NHS-data-in-violenve-prevention-final-report-March-2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 147630

Author: Madden, Vaishnavee Title: Understanding the Mental Health Needs of Young People involved in Gangs Summary: Street gangs and associated serious violence have been a growing concern in the UK over the past decade. They are concentrated in poor, urban areas with high crime rates and multiple social problems. The mental health needs of young people involved in gangs have until recently been overlooked. This report is an attempt to address this situation, and to provide recommendations for local commissioners. The problem Young people involved in gangs have much higher rates of a broad range of mental health problems. These higher rates (compared to both the general and young offender populations) include:  Conduct disorder (in children and adolescents) and antisocial personality disorder in young adults, possibly due to common risk factors for gang membership and conduct disorder  Anxiety disorders, possibly due to fear of violent victimisation  Psychosis, possibly due to high cannabis use  Suicide attempts, possibly due to impulsive violent acts directed inwardly In addition, young people involved in gangs have higher rates of drug and alcohol misuse. Psychological interventions primarily aim to improve mental health. Many interventions also have the added benefit of reducing re-offending, an important 'wider determinant' of health. There have been virtually no studies on psychological interventions delivered specifically to gang members. As a result, this report draws on the evidence base of psychological interventions delivered to the general population and young offenders in order to improve mental health as well as reduce reoffending. There is strong evidence of the importance of the relationship with the person providing care (therapist/social worker/key worker). A qualitative study of vulnerable young people in London demonstrated how they valued the role of a key worker in less formal settings, and had not found formal psychotherapy with scheduled appointments helpful. Where mental health problems require specialist input, there are evidence-based interventions for the treatment of mental health problems in children, adolescents and young adults. These fall intotwo major categories: cognitive behavioural interventions and systemic interventions. Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT) is delivered to individuals or groups, and aims to re-evaluated patterns of thinking and behaving that are considered distressing or unhelpful. Systemic interventions, including family therapy and multi-systemic therapy (MST), are based on socio-ecological theories of human development, and aim to change dysfunctional social environments, including family, school and neighbourhood influences. These two categories of intervention are also effective in reducing reoffending. This report has demonstrated extremely high levels of mental health need in young people involved in gangs. Although some of the recommendations are specific to Westminster's Integrated Gangs Unit, they can also be applied across the tri-borough, as part of local young offending teams. A 'ladder of intervention' is recommended, so that all young gang members who are engaged with tri-borough services, have some level of benefit. The main recommendations are:  To increase the mental health literacy and skills of key workers working with young people involved in gangs, thus supporting their essential therapeutic role - By commissioning a 5 day mental health awareness training course for all key workers who work with young gang members - By ensuring that all key workers working with young gang members attend the 3 day tri-borough drug and alcohol awareness training  To maintain links with local NHS mental health services - By commissioning ongoing input of a psychiatrist and mental health nurse into Westminster's Integrated Gangs Unit  To increase access to multisystemic therapy for young people in gangs - By expanding the current tri-borough MST pilot to prioritise gang members (12-17 years, with conduct disorder and a history of offending) All these recommendations should be fully evaluated when implemented. Details: London: Inner North West London Tri-borough Public Health Department, 2013. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2017 at: http://www.mac-uk.org/wped/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/Mental-Health-and-Gangs-Report-2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 147635

Author: Hughes, Karen Title: Identifying drunkenness and preventing sales of alcohol to intoxicated customers in Manchester Summary: Across the UK, drunken anti-social behaviour in city centre nightlife demands large police resources and places heavy burdens on local authorities, health services, businesses and communities. In order to tackle alcohol-related problems in nightlife in the city of Manchester, a wide range of innovative measures have been implemented to improve the management of bars and nightclubs, create safer night time environments, and help revellers get home safely after a night out. Whilst such measures have shown success at reducing alcohol-related violence (e.g. Wheater et al, 2005), and have been recognised nationally as good practice in managing night time environments (Strategy Unit, 2004), there is growing recognition that excessive drunkenness itself needs to be tackled if long term prevention is to be achieved. Despite the fact that the service of alcohol to intoxicated individuals is illegal, the high levels of drunkenness seen in town and city centre nightlife across the country suggest that this law is often not upheld. Identifying intoxication and refusing service to individuals who are drunk can be difficult for busy bar servers, yet there is no recognised guidance and no current requirement for bar staff to be trained in this matter. Further enforcement of the law preventing service to drunks can be complicated for police, as illegal sales can be difficult to both detect and prove. In order to explore the service of alcohol to intoxicated individuals among bar staff in Manchester, the Centre for Public Health at Liverpool John Moores University was commissioned by Greater Manchester Police City Safe team to conduct a survey of bar servers working in the city (n=87 analysed questionnaires). A second, smaller survey was also undertaken of police (n=15) working in Manchester's nightlife environment to identify current perceptions and practice in enforcing alcohol service laws. This report provides the findings of both surveys and discusses their implications. Details: Liverpool: Centre for Public Health, Faculty of Health and Applied Social Sciences, Liverpool John Moores University. 2008 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20, 2017 at: http://www.cph.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/identifying-drunkenness-and-preventing-sales-of-alcohol-to-intoxicated-customers-in-manchester.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Service Laws Shelf Number: 113592

Author: Loveless, Tom Title: The 2017 Brown Center Report on American Education: How Well are American Students Learning? With sections on the latest international test scores, foreign exchange students, and school suspensions Summary: This Brown Center Report (BCR) on American Education is the sixth and final edition in the third volume and the 16th issue overall. The series began in 2000. As in the past, the report comprises three studies. Also in keeping with tradition, the first section features recent results from state, national, or international assessments; the second section investigates a thematic topic in education, either by collecting new data or by analyzing existing empirical evidence in a novel way; and the third section looks at one or more education policies. In Part I, this year's focus is on the latest results from two international tests, the Program for International Student Assessment (PISA) and the Trends in International Mathematics and Science Study (TIMSS). Both tests were administered in 2015, and the U.S. participated in both. TIMSS tests fourth and eighth grade students in math and science. PISA tests 15-year-olds in reading literacy, mathematics literacy, and science literacy. TIMSS began in 1995. From 1995-2015, the U.S. made statistically significant gains on TIMSS fourth grade math, eighth grade math, and eighth grade science assessments. The four-point scale score gain in fourth grade science is not statistically significant. PISA began in 2000. Since PISA's inception, U.S. scores have been flat on all three subjects; however, the 2015 math score of 470 marks a significant decline from 481 in 2012 and 487 in 2009. Part II revisits one of the most popular studies in BCR history, a 2001 survey of foreign exchange students. The same survey was conducted in 2016. The idea is simple, asking kids from abroad who have attended U.S. high schools what they think about U.S. education and their American peers. Comparing the results, 15 years apart, suggests that not much has changed. International students still think U.S. schools are much less challenging than schools in their home countries and that American teens are more focused on success at sports compared to their peers back home. Part III examines race and school discipline. Exclusionary punishments, those that remove students from schools, have come under fire in recent years. California officials have been pushing schools to reduce out-of-school suspensions, especially because of the racial disparities associated with that form of discipline. The policy has succeeded in reducing suspensions in the state - they are down dramatically - but racial disparities persist. Black students continue to be suspended at three to four times their proportion of student enrollment. The study examines three years (2013-2015) of California school-level data (a sample of 7,180 schools) to identify characteristics of schools that are correlated with high- and low- suspension-rates for African-American kids. Schools with large populations, schools exclusively serving middle school grades (e.g., grades six to eight), and schools serving a high proportion of poor or black students are all associated with elevated suspension rates for African-Americans. Disciplinary reformers have promoted restorative programs as alternatives to exclusionary punishment, but the approaches are controversial and the empirical evidence of their impact is limited. The current study cannot draw causal conclusions, but altering the structural characteristics of schools associated with higher suspension rates should be considered in future reform efforts. Details: Washington, DC: Brown Center on Education Policy at Brookings, 2017. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Volume 3, Number 6: Accessed October 10, 2017 at: https://www.brookings.edu/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/2017-brown-center-report-on-american-education.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Educational Programs Shelf Number: 147654

Author: Quigg, Zara Title: Evaluation of the South Wales Know the Score #DrinkLessEnjoyMore intervention (Phase 2) Summary: In the UK, nightlife environments are key settings for alcohol consumption and have for many years been typified as areas where excessive drunkenness and related harms are the norm. This is despite the fact that it is an offence to knowingly sell alcohol to, or purchase alcohol for, a drunk person (Regulated under Section 141 and 142 of the Licensing Act 2003). A broad range of policies and interventions have been implemented at a local and national level to address alcohol-related harms in nightlife environments (e.g. high profile policing, modifications to licensing laws and environmental measures to improve safety). Whilst such measures may contain and manage alcohol-related harms, they do not address excessive levels of intoxication or harmful and permeating cultures of nightlife drunkenness. Studies have suggested that reductions in the service of alcohol to drunks, and associated harms, in nightlife settings can be achieved through the implementation of multi-agency interventions that incorporate community mobilisation, enforcement of the law and responsible bar server training. Building on this evidence, as part of a broader long-term programme of work to address violence and alcohol-related harms in South Wales, in 2015 the Police and Crime Commissioner for South Wales and South Wales Police developed and implemented the Know the Score #DrinkLessEnjoyMore intervention. The intervention aimed to: increase awareness of the law around serving alcohol to, and purchasing alcohol for, people who are drunk; help support bar staff in refusing service of alcohol to people who are drunk; deter sales of alcohol to drunks; and promote responsible drinking in South Wales. Implemented in two phases, phase two built on learning from an evaluation of phase one (the pilot phase; Quigg et al., 2015a), and was expanded to cover a longer time period, focus on at risk groups for alcohol-related harm and include bar staff training in responsible server practice. To inform the development of the intervention and provide a baseline for monitoring progress of future work, an evaluation was undertaken which comprised pre (January 2015) and post-intervention (January 2016) surveys with nightlife patrons in Cardiff and Swansea City Centres. Key findings Pre-intervention (January 2015) nightlife user survey - The majority (93.2%) of nightlife users had consumed alcohol prior to participation in the survey (referred to as drinkers). - Almost a quarter (24.6%) of drinkers had consumed their first drink by 6pm. - Nearly, two thirds (63.2%) of drinkers reported consuming alcohol at home/a friend's house before entering the night-time economy (NTE) (i.e. preloading); this was significantly higher amongst students and younger people. - Almost one fifth (17.6%) of drinkers reported consuming alcohol after leaving home but prior to entering the city centre nightlife area (i.e. en route loading). - Over one in ten (14.9%) drinkers had consumed alcohol purchased from an off-licence/supermarket whilst in the city centre nightlife area. - In total, the median expected units of alcohol consumed over the course of the night out (including alcohol already consumed and expected to be consumed post-survey) was 17.9 units. Males and preloaders reported significantly higher estimated number of alcohol units consumed over the course of the night out. - Over one in ten (16.1%) participants intended to consume more alcohol after leaving the city's nightlife (e.g. at home). - The majority (over 75.0%) of participants: reported their ideal level of drunkenness as high; expected their level of drunkenness to be high when leaving the city's nightlife; perceived people on a night out in the city centre to typically reach a high level of drunkenness; and believed that getting drunk was socially acceptable in the city centre. - Over half (55.1%) of participants believed that if someone was drunk and tried to get served alcohol in a bar in the city centre they would usually be served. - Around half of participants correctly reported that it is illegal for a bar server to sell alcohol to someone who is drunk (48.0%) and illegal for someone to purchase alcohol for a friend who is drunk (50.2%). Details: Liverpool: Centre for Public Health, Liverpool John Moores University, 2016.51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 10, 2017 at: http://www.cph.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/Know-the-Score-Intervention-Evaluation-March-2016-phase-2.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 147655

Author: Jackson, Rachel Title: Interventions on Control of Alcohol Price, Promotion and Availability for Prevention of Alcohol Use Disorders in Adults and Young People Summary: Alcohol misuse is associated with significant clinical and social consequences. The National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence has been asked by the Department of Health to develop public health guidance to promote the prevention and early identification of alcohol use disorders in adults and adolescents. Objectives To undertake an assessment of the clinical and cost-effectiveness of i) measures to detect alcohol misuse amongst adults and young people; ii) brief interventions to manage alcohol misuse among adults and young people; and iii) interventions to improve management of England's alcohol market. Methods Systematic reviews of effectiveness evidence to address the above areas have been undertaken. Results This report includes the findings of the systematic reviews of the effectiveness of price controls, interventions in the management of the availability of alcohol, and the control of alcohol promotion. Details: Sheffield, UK: University of Sheffield, School of Health and Related Research, 2010. 258p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 11, 2017 at: http://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/download?doi=10.1.1.616.412&rep=rep1&type=pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 131740

Author: Routledge, Gillian Title: A Protocol and Experimental Trial: The Checkpoint Desistance Programme in Durham Summary: The movement from punishment to support for offenders is not new, and whilst research has continually built on the theoretical basis around deterrence and desistance, policy decisions appear to have moved much more slowly. As a consequence, there have been several calls to conduct more experiments in determining what actually works in reducing reoffending. Applying the theories of deterrence and supported desistance, this paper describes a protocol for conducting an experiment in the form of 'Checkpoint', a Randomised Control Trial in a police and partner setting. It will cover who will be eligible, what the treatment provision should be and why; what implementation considerations need to be addressed and how the outcomes can be collected and analysed. It will also describe and summarise Phase One of Checkpoint, which is the setting up of the experimental environment and securing and testing the treatment. Details: Cambridge, UK: Wolfson College, 2015. 129p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed October 11, 2017 at: http://www.crim.cam.ac.uk/alumni/theses/Gillian%20Porter.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Desistance Shelf Number: 137656

Author: Alcohol Concern Title: Embracing alcohol, domestic abuse and families: a new approach Summary: Evidence from several sources in the UK suggests experience of domestic abuse is highly prevalent within the alcohol treatment population. Embracing alcohol, domestic abuse and families:a new approach was funded by the Big Lottery Fund with the aim that the findings could assist alcohol services to work more effectively around the overlapping issues of alcohol problems, domestic abuse, children and families. Details: London: Alcohol Concern, 2016. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 11, 2017 at: https://www.alcoholconcern.org.uk/Handlers/Download.ashx?IDMF=2c25c083-efd6-4304-90f7-7ca5e03dc2ca Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 147662

Author: Fearn, Harriet Title: The Impacts of Cyberhate Summary: The thesis explores the impacts of being exposed to hate material online, so called cyberhate, using social psychological theories of group identity as a framework to explore victimisation experiences when targeted directly or witnessing others from the same identity group being targeted, known as indirect victimisation. Three papers examine these impacts with two commonly stigmatised groups; Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual and Transgender people (LGB&T) and Muslims. Paper 1 reports the results from two online surveys about the nature of cyberhate experienced by these two groups. Results indicate it is a common and frequent problem occurring over a range of internet platforms and mediums and there are a number of negative emotional reactions and behavioural intentions similar to those reported by Intergroup Emotions Theory after group identity challenges. Paper 2 uses qualitative interviews with victims of cyberhate to gain a detailed understanding of the impacts of being victimised. Participants indicated that there is a level of resilience to being targeted as bad behaviour is expected online, but being exposed to hateful material causes many to take avoidance action, avoiding certain parts of the internet. Paper 3 presents the results of an innovative experimental study exposing members of the stigmatised groups and a control to hate material. Those viewing group specific hate material felt angrier than when just viewing generally unpleasant material. The current research finds that being targeted online has similar negative impacts to offline hate crime, both to those who are targeted directly but also those who are indirectly victimised. Details: Brighton, UK: University of Sussex, 2016. 254p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 13, 2017 at: http://sro.sussex.ac.uk/66869/ Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cybercrime Shelf Number: 147682

Author: Cooper, Christine Title: A Typology of Modern Slavery Offences in the UK Summary: This report presents findings from research to create an evidence‑based typology of modern slavery offences in the UK. Modern slavery is an umbrella term that encompasses the offences of human trafficking and slavery, servitude, forced or compulsory labour, as set out in the different anti‑slavery legislation in place in the four UK countries (England, Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland). Modern slavery frequently involves multiple victims, offenders and places, and it is often hidden and involves or takes place alongside a wide range of abuses and other criminal offences. The Home Office estimated there were 10,000-13,000 potential victims of modern slavery in the UK in 2013. Aim and approach This research sought to devise a typology of modern slavery offences to improve our understanding of the different ways that modern slavery manifests in the UK and to inform tailored policy and operational responses. The typology is based on analysis of detailed data on 328 confirmed cases of modern slavery in the UK. As modern slavery is often a hidden crime, these data sources are partial and only cover modern slavery that has come to the attention of the authorities. However, this approach was considered appropriate given the exploratory nature of this research. The typology was refined through consultation with experts including the Joint Slavery and Trafficking Analysis Centre, academics, non‑governmental organisations (NGOs) and frontline staff such as police officers. Findings The typology identified 17 types of modern slavery offences in the UK. It sets out the characteristics of the victims, offenders and offences involved for each type. In particular we looked for how members of law enforcement, other statutory agencies, NGOs and communities may recognise the exploitation and tackle the different manifestations of the crime. Some cases of modern slavery may span multiple types in the typology. This research did not estimate the prevalence of each type of modern slavery Details: London: Home Office, 2017. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Home Office Research Report 93: Accessed October 17, 2017 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/652129/typology-modern-slavery-offences-horr93.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Servitude Shelf Number: 147698

Author: Rice, Lindsey Jade Title: The Wrong Side of the Frontline: Exploring the Utilisation of Civilian Investigators by Police Forces across England and Wales Summary: he key aim of this thesis is to examine the roles being undertaken by non-warranted civilian investigators (CIs) in relation to those of warranted police detectives (DCs) working within police forces across England and Wales (E&W). Formally introduced by the Police Reform Act 2002, CIs are non-warranted members of police staff charged with assisting warranted officers with their investigative enquiries. Specifically, the research examines the extent to which CIs can be considered in terms of being a 'junior partner' or a 'paraprofessional' role to that of their warranted detective counterparts. The study employed a mixed methods research design and drew upon data collected via a series of semi-structured interviews with police officers and police staff, observation and a semi-structured survey which was sent to all of the 43 police constabularies across E&W. Findings point to the widespread yet inconsistent uptake of the CI provision by police forces across the country. Overall, CIs were found to be contributing to the investigation of most crime types including the most serious in some instances (e.g. murder, rape and domestic abuse). However, the research also draws attention to a high level of disparity in the utilisation of CIs between forces. The research found that in some units CIs have become increasingly utilised in tasks outside of their intended 'supportive' remit and, in some cases, are in fact being afforded a role which is almost identical to that of warranted police detectives. Despite the evolving nature of their role and evidence of continued 'mission creep', findings suggested that CIs continue to enjoy a secondary and in some respects outsider status within the police organisation, enjoying only marginal valuing and limited integration. These conditions are currently being sustained by the 'civilian' designation of CIs alongside powerful actors in the field of policing and politics and the weakness or absence of any alternative (or convincing) narrative on how effective investigation might be achieved. This research provides a much-needed insight into the impact of recent civilianising trends on 'core' areas of police service provision. It also contributes to a growing body of information on the increasing significance of the role now being played by private security in public policing and more specifically, to the blurring of occupational and sectoral boundaries with regard to the provision of 'professional' criminal investigation in E&W. The thesis concludes by arguing that the utilisation of CIs may be instigating a renegotiation of the boundaries surrounding the role of the warranted police detective and in turn, the dilution of professional orthodoxies in the investigative specialism. The uncertain future trajectory of the CI role may, in coming years, encourage disputes over the title and role of the 'detective', as recognition of the proficiency of CIs continues to call into question the legitimacy of the warranted detective's claim to professional jurisdiction in respect of contemporary criminal investigation. Details: Sheffield, UK: University of Sheffield, School of Law, 2016. 450p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 17, 2017 at: http://etheses.whiterose.ac.uk/13721/1/Lindsey%20Rice%20-%20PhD%20Thesis.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Civilian Employees Shelf Number: 147701

Author: Great Britain. Cabinet Office Title: Race Disparity Audit: Summary Findings from the Ethnicity Facts and Figures Website Summary: Introduction 1.1 The Prime Minister announced the Race Disparity Audit in August 2016 with a view to shining a light on how people of different ethnicities are treated across public services by publishing data held by the Government. Review and prioritisation of the data 1.2 An initial review required all Government Departments to identify what data they held on UK public services that could be analysed by ethnicity. The review identified a vast amount of information, some of which is already published and some that had not yet been analysed for ethnic differences. The data identified by the Audit was very varied in quality and depth. It spanned the Census, published official statistics, numerous Government surveys and Departments' own administrative records. 1.3 Some datasets have been prioritised for inclusion in the first release. The intention is that others will follow in due course. The criteria for prioritising data reflected its quality, readiness, manageability and relevance to key concerns identified by users of the data, including members of the public, non-Governmental organisations (NGOs), public services and Government Departments themselves. The emphasis was on opening up data to the public where it was reasonably reliable, with caveats as necessary. 1.4 Ongoing and wide-ranging consultation with potential users of data has helped identify questions of public interest and concern, and to understand how to present the data objectively and meaningfully in a way that makes sense to users and commands their confidence. This has included roundtable discussions with NGOs, public service providers and academics, and engagement with the public from a range of ethnic and demographic backgrounds, experts in research and statistics, and government policy officials and analysts. Details: London: Cabinet Office, 2017. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 17, 2017 at: https://www.ethnicity-facts-figures.service.gov.uk/static/race-disparity-audit-summary-findings.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Ethnicity Shelf Number: 147714

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation Title: Quality & Impact Inspection: The Effectiveness of Probation Work in Cumbria Summary: We report here on probation services provided in Cumbria by the North West division of the National Probation Service (NPS) and the Cumbria & Lancashire Community Rehabilitation Company (CRC). This is the fourth inspection of a CRC owned by Sodexo Justice Services in partnership with Nacro, and the second from their northern region. The quality of the work within Cumbria is good overall. The NPS is providing a good-quality service for the most part but, as elsewhere, there are pockets of inconsistency. Staff are working hard with complex cases and are appropriately focused on protecting the public. However, more needs to be done to realise the full potential of the service so as to make a bigger difference to people's life chances. We found exceptional practice at the CRC, the best we have seen in a CRC since we began inspecting CRCs and the NPS on a regular basis following Transforming Rehabilitation. The CRC is taking a considered approach to implementing the Sodexo model in rural Cumbria. Leaders locally have been keen to adhere to the principles of the model while thinking carefully about how best to make it work in the area, and enhance the prospects of service users. The enduring values of probation and evidence-based professional practice shone through, case after case, in our inspection. Not all is well. Poor working conditions in some offices and the open-plan booths we have found in Sodexo-owned CRCs elsewhere made things difficult for service users and staff alike. The CRC's supply chain is too thin, and the situation is compounded by the limited services available from third-sector and statutory organisations within Cumbria. Commercial considerations and uncertainties have inhibited supply chain development. Nevertheless, responsible officers have been tireless and remarkably conscientious in their persistent engagement with service users and their creative approach to the delivery of effective interventions. And staff have remained focused on the critical issues, especially the protection of the public and safeguarding of children. That is exactly what we expect of probation services, and it is a delight to see it provided by the CRC in Cumbria. Details: Manchester, UK: The Inspectorate, 2017. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 18, 2017 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2017/10/Cumbria-QI-report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Management Shelf Number: 147720

Author: CORE Coalition Title: Risk Averse? Company reporting on raw material and sector-specific risks under the Transparency in Supply Chains clause in the UK Modern Slavery Act 2015 Summary: Background Section 54 of the Modern Slavery Act 2015, the Transparency in Supply Chains Reporting clause requires all commercial organisations with an annual turnover of more than L36 million operating in the UK to publish a Slavery and Human Trafficking Statement. Section 54(5) of the Act describes the information that may be included in a statement: - the organisation's structure, its business and its supply chains; - its policies in relation to slavery and human trafficking; - its due diligence processes in relation to slavery and human trafficking in its business and supply chains; - the parts of its business and supply chains where there is a risk of slavery and human trafficking taking place, and the steps it has taken to assess and manage that risk; - its effectiveness in ensuring that slavery and human trafficking is not taking place in its business or supply chains, measured against such performance indicators as it considers appropriate; - the training and capacity building about slavery and human trafficking available to its staff. The reporting requirement commenced on 29th October 2015 and it is estimated that between 12,000 and 17,000 companies are within its scope. The Home Office recommends that companies report within six months of their financial year end and as businesses with a year end of 31 March 2016 were the first in line to comply, accordingly all companies covered by the requirement should have reported by the end of September 2017. At the time of writing, just over 3,000 statements were available on the Modern Slavery Registry website. The report The objective of this report is to provide a snapshot of company Slavery and Human Trafficking Statements published in compliance with the TISC clause. We chose to focus on companies that produce or provide products and services which reach a large number of customers and/or other businesses, and to complement the Business & Human Rights Resource Centre's analysis of FTSE 100 statements by looking at smaller companies, those listed on other exchanges and private firms. The report's focus is companies who source raw materials associated with a heightened risk of modern slavery - cocoa from West Africa, mined gold, mica from India, palm oil from Indonesia, and tea from Assam - and companies operating in sectors that are widely recognized as being at heightened risk: garment production; hotels and accommodation; construction; football clubs (which due to the nature of their businesses include a wide range of functions including hospitality and retailing manufactured goods); and outsourcing companies. We look at 50 companies' Slavery and Human Trafficking statements; 25 from companies sourcing raw materials, five each under each material; 25 from at-risk sectors, five from each sector. We explore if and how companies include information on the particular raw material and sector-specific risks in their statements, looking particularly at the description of their operations and supply chains and their due diligence. These areas correspond broadly with points (a), (c) and (d) of s54(5) of the Act. We also looked for relevant information in other documents available on the companies' websites, for instance Codes of Conduct. We were interested in the extent to which companies are making connections between the risk of slavery and human trafficking, wider labour rights issues (such as wages and working hours) and economic factors, most notably the price paid for raw materials. The report itself does not allege directly that any of the named companies have slavery or human trafficking in their operations or supply chains. Where references are made to previously published materials making such allegations, we provide a link to the company response, where available. Details: London: CORE Coalition, 2017. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 18, 2017 at: http://corporatejustice.org/171003_risk-averse-final-1.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Corporate Crime Shelf Number: 147726

Author: Buxton, Julia Title: Dealing with Synthetics: Time to Reframe the Narrative Summary: Key Points: - Despite adjustments over its lifetime, the contemporary international drug control regime has had an historical emphasis in on 'narcotic' drugs, such as opium, heroin and cocaine, rather than on a range of synthetic substances. - Associated policy inertia has resulted in disproportionate attention on counter-narcotic policies and operations in the Global South and in many ways inadequate responses to the synthetic market, including production that is frequently located in the Global North. - Possible explanations for this focus on plant-based drugs are manifold and complex. They include the fact that the control regime began with concerns over opium-smoking in the 'orient', a concentration of drug crops in the Global South, the energies of colonialism (which have been intimately tied up with 'drug wars'), broader geo-political imperatives and the focus of policy metrics on drug crops. - The market for synthetic drugs has grown exponentially in recent years, becoming the second-most illicit drugs consumed after cannabis. In 2014, the UN estimated that there were 35.7 million users of amphetamine type stimulants (including prescription stimulants), and 19.4 million users of ecstasy. These synthetic drugs outstripped the estimated totals of opioids and cocaine combined. - Alongside this consumption is that of New Psychoactive Substances that fall outside the control regime and its schedules, which the regime is now attempting to integrate into national and international controls. - While there was some awareness of the advent of new synthetic drugs in the aftermath of the Second World War and since the 1960s, it is only over recent years, and especially in the wake of the 2016 UNGASS in New York, that a truly serious understanding of the challenges posed by proliferating synthetic drugs has begun to emerge from the international drug control regime. - This is timely since, considering its policy history and contemporary dynamics, it is now time to reframe the narrative surrounding the way the international community deals with synthetic drugs. Details: Swansea: Global Drug Policy Observatory, 2017. 49p. . Source: Internet Resource: Policy Report 6: Accessed October 19, 2017 at: http://www.drugsandalcohol.ie/27909/1/Global_Drug_Synthetics_FINAL.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drub Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 147727

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Prisons Title: Life in prison: Living conditions Summary: Some people may feel a sense of deja vu or world-weariness when they hear repeated accounts of poor conditions in our prisons. Many reports from HM Inspectorate of Prisons (HMI Prisons) have pointed out that, all too often, prisoners are held in conditions that fall short of what most members of the public would consider as reasonable or decent. I would urge readers not to assume this paper is simply another account of some dilapidated prisons, but to look at the details of what we describe, and then ask themselves whether it is acceptable for prisoners to be held in these conditions in the United Kingdom in 2017. It is, of course, right to point out that not every prison holds its prisoners in poor conditions. On the whole, high security prisons, women's prisons and open prisons provide decent conditions and some good facilities. However, in many of the local prisons and training prisons, the picture is bleak. The details of what we have found are set out in this paper, but some of the headlines make for grim reading. Prisoners cannot benefit from education or training if they are confined in their cells for long periods, and they inevitably become frustrated, angry or turn to drugs to ease the tedium. We have found that in local prisons 31% of prisoners report being locked in their cells for at least 22 hours a day, rising to 37% at young adult prisons (holding prisoners aged 18-21). We found large numbers of prisoners at some jails who were locked up for more than 22 hours a day, or throughout the working day. The cells in which prisoners are confined for these excessive periods of time vary greatly in their condition, but poor conditions are exacerbated by overcrowding. Her Majesty's Prison and Probation Service (HMPPS) themselves report that in 2016/17 nearly 21,000 prisoners out of some 85,000 in total were held, by their own definition, in overcrowded conditions. This proportion rises in local prisons to over 15,000 of the 31,800 held in such establishments - or 48%. Overcrowding often occurs when two or more prisoners are held in a cell designed to hold one. These often have an unscreened or inadequately screened lavatory, frequently without a lid, or sometimes with a makeshift lid made of cardboard, pillowcases or food trays. In these same cells, prisoners are frequently required to eat all their meals - in what are obviously insanitary, unhygienic and degrading conditions. The risks to health inherent in flushing open lavatories in confined spaces which have to serve as a bedroom and dining room (and sometimes as a kitchen) are described in this report and deserve close attention. The accounts from prisoners of what it feels like to eat and sleep in what is, in effect, a shared lavatory make for compelling reading. To compound all of this, our surveys suggest that in only around half of our prisons are prisoners able to get cleaning materials for their cells every week, and ventilation of too many cells is poor. In terms of personal hygiene, most prisoners say they are able to have a shower every day, but this falls to 51% in those prisons holding young adults. There is a mixed picture for other issues that have an impact of the everyday lives of prisoners, with about two-thirds of prisoners saying they can get clean sheets each week, and access to telephones is obviously dependent upon prisoners having enough time out of their cells to be able to queue and make a call. The concerns and recommendations set out in this paper need to be taken seriously. The aspirations of the prison reform programme will not be met if prisoners are confined in conditions that embitter and demoralise, leaving them unable to access rehabilitative activities and, all too often, turning to illicit drugs to break the boredom born of long periods locked in their cells. Details: London: The Inspectorate, 2017. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: A findings paper: Accessed October 19, 2017 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprisons/wp-content/uploads/sites/4/2017/10/Findings-paper-Living-conditions-FINAL-.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 147731

Author: Sutherland, Alex Title: Analysis of trends in first time entrants to the youth justice system Summary: Over a 10 year period, there has been substantial changes in the number of young people entering the youth justice system for the first time (FTEs). This study aimed to address questions on the possible societal, policy or practice drivers and factors associated with the changes in the number of FTEs. Analysis also explored the changes to the FTE 'case mix' over time, and proven reoffending outcomes. The research employed secondary analysis of administrative data held on the Police National Computer (PNC) relating to all FTEs between 2003/04 and 2012/13 and analysis of information on arrests and sentencing. To complement this analysis, a review of published literature and policy documents was undertaken to identify possible factors (at the societal, policy and practice levels) that might have affected the number of FTEs. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2017. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Analytical Series: Accessed October 19, 2017 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/653182/trends-in-fte-to-the-youth-justice-system.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Delinquency Shelf Number: 147739

Author: Salinas Edwards, Michael Title: Men at Work: An Ethnography of Drug Markets and Youth Transitions in Times of Austerity Summary: Based on six-years ethnographic research, this thesis provides an in-depth account of a contemporary British drug market. The study follows a group of twenty-five friends, termed The Lads, during their transition from late-adolescence (16-22) through to early adulthood (22-28). This was a critical stage in their life course; it was a time when many had begun advancing into the world of work and business entrepreneurship, in search of their chosen career. Yet it was during this time that two key developments occurred: bulk volumes of illicit drugs became available to The Lads through credit and the UK experienced several years of economic recession and stagnation. The economic constraints The Lads encountered during this time prompted many to become involved in the trafficking of illegal drugs. Though their entry into the markets was not necessarily motivated out of absolute need or poverty, the experience of low-paying salaries, the loss of work and income, and the inability to secure legitimate investment capital, all made drug dealing an alluring source of untaxed revenue, available as and when needed.This study assesses the practices of this cohort of closed-market drug dealers, who capitalised on their expansive social networks as a means of trafficking a variety of illegal substances at the time of these two developments. During the course of the research their involvement came to span several stages of the supply chain, including: mid-level wholesale brokerage, import/export, wholesale, and retail (i.e. to the end-users). The study addresses various structural elements of their trade, including drug purchasing and selling, the assessment and mitigation of risks in relation to law enforcement, and the use of informal credit (i.e. 'fronting') as one of the principle facilitating factors of The Lads' various trade networks. A variety of data collection methods were employed over many years to garner a depth of understanding and appreciation difficult to achieve in the study of active offenders. The data comprises of life narratives, observations, interview data and economic data. The findings offer some new insight into: the kinds of people who deal drugs; what characteristics they share; how they function as traders; what motivates them to either enter or exit the trade, and what social structures influence their offending careers?These young men were not the archetypal drug dealer: they were neither predatory nor territorial. They were ambitious and hard working. Drug dealing was simply a shortcut to the lifestyle they aspired to; it was a source of capital; a means of funding their studies; a 'means to an end'. To these young men, drug dealing was just another form of work: a bad job that paid a good salary. Details: Manchester, UK: University of Manchester, Centre for Criminology and Criminal Justice, 2013. 285p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 26, 29017 at; https://www.research.manchester.ac.uk/portal/files/54550214/FULL_TEXT.PDF Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Networks Shelf Number: 147828

Author: Tompson, Lisa Title: Explaining Temporal Patterns in Street Robbery Summary: This thesis is concerned with explaining spatio-temporal patterns in street robbery through the lens of environmental criminology. The research question 'what makes a place criminogenic for street robbery at some times and not others?' is used to frame seven hypotheses. These centre on some of the features of the natural and built environment that can be considered criminogenic (i.e. crime producing). Specifically, the hypotheses test the time-varying influence of darkness, weather conditions, and the use of land by different groups of victims. Through a variety of statistical methods, and data analyses at various micro-units of analysis, it is shown that all of these environmental features are associated with temporal patterns in police recorded street robbery in the Strathclyde area of Scotland. The findings from this research can be summarised as follows: 1) Aggregation bias is a threat to research on crime and place when micro-temporal patterns are ignored. 2) Seasonal patterns in robbery in the study area are (partly) driven by the condition of darkness. 3) Weather features exert their influence on the robbery event differentially over different seasons, days of the week and hours of day. 4) Spatio-temporal patterns in street robbery are related to facility types that are socially relevant to particular victim occupations. 5) Variations in levels of robbery seem to be strongly coupled to time periods where discretionary activities are prevalent. The micro-level approach taken in this thesis generates nuanced findings that elicit fresh insight into the characteristics of settings where street robbery concentrates. Consequently, this facilitates theorising on the mechanisms underpinning spatio-temporal concentrations in robbery. Crucially, the findings have tangible practical value in informing crime prevention activities that can be used to reduce robbery victimisation. Details: London: Department of Security and Crime Science University College London, 2016. 230;. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 27, 2017 at: http://discovery.ucl.ac.uk/1482183/1/Tompson-Thesis%20POST%20VIVA%20VERSION%20April%202016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 147838

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation Title: The Work of Youth Offending Teams to Protect the Public Summary: Youth Offending Teams supervise 10-18 year olds who have been sentenced by a court, or who have come to the attention of the police because of their offending behaviour but have not been charged - instead, they were dealt with out of court. YOTs also work with young people who have not committed a crime, but are at particular risk of doing so. YOTs are statutory partnerships , and they are multi-disciplinary, to deal with the needs of the whole child. They are required to have staff from local authority social care and education, the police, the National Probation Service and local heath services. YOTs are mostly based within local authorities. YOT work is governed and shaped by a range of legislation and guidance specific to the youth justice sector (such as the National Standards for Youth Justice) or else applicable across the criminal justice sector (for example Multi-Agency Public Protection Arrangements guidance). The Youth Justice Board for England and Wales (YJB) provides some funding to YOTs. It also monitors their performance and issues guidance to them about how things are to be done. Nowadays, YOTs are organised in many different ways. The number of young people sentenced by the courts has reduced and YOTs have shrunk in size as funding both from the YJB and local partners has reduced. In some parts of the country YOTs have merged with other local authority services for young people, and other YOTs have merged across local authority boundaries. Many are no longer called YOTs, and work under a generic title relating to services for youth or young people. YOTs do a wide range of things to support young people under supervision. So for example, many operate restorative justice schemes, focused on repairing the harm caused by the offender, and all operate referral order panels, where members of the local community meet with individual offenders to reduce their risk of reoffending. In this inspection we are focused on the work YOTs do to protect the public from the risk of harm posed by young people under their supervision. The characteristics of young people under YOT supervision vary considerably, with some offending being transient and unlikely to cause harm to others. However, a minority have committed serious offences or are showing warning signs that they might. It is important that each young person is assessed by YOTS, to judge the extent to which they pose a risk of harm to others in their family or the community. YOTs use AssetPlus, developed by the YJB, to assess young people and make plans with them. AssetPlus was introduced in 2016 and replaced Asset, which had been in use since the early 2000s. YOTS should work with young people to reduce the risk of harm, and serious harm, as well as reducing the risk of reoffending. Serious harm is defined by YJB guidance7 as 'death or serious personal injury whether physical or psychological'. Risk of serious harm is the imminence of this happening, and the impact if it did. Details: Manchester: The Inspectorate, 2017. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 27, 2017 at: http://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2017/10/The-Work-of-Youth-Offending-Teams-to-Protect-the-Public_reportfinal.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 147842

Author: Focus on Labour Exploitation (FLEX) Title: Risky Business: Tackling Exploitation in the UK Labour Market Summary: This report sets out Focus on Labour Exploitation's (FLEX) action plan for a UK response to exploitation in the labour market. It starts by identifying the picture of risk to individuals of exploitation in the UK labour market, then presents solutions to such exploitation through: labour inspection and enforcement; gateways to advice and remedy; and corporate accountability. In so doing the report provides a comprehensive guide to an effective response to human trafficking for labour exploitation in the UK. Human trafficking for labour exploitation is at once a serious crime, a human rights breach and a violation of labour law. It takes place in almost every country in the world, yet is widely unrecognised, misunderstood and, as a result, neglected. Under both the United Nations Human Trafficking Protocol, and the ILO Forced Labour Protocol, the UK government has an obligation to prevent the exploitation of workers through abuse of their vulnerability. The ILO Forced Labour Protocol in particular requires States to address 'factors that heighten the risks of forced or compulsory labour', including by undertaking efforts to ensure that labour laws designed to prevent exploitation apply to all workers and all sectors of the economy. It is in this context that FLEX welcomes the role of the UK Director of Labour Market Enforcement (DLME). FLEX aims to ensure that the DLME establishes an evidence-based picture of risk in the UK labour market and devises worker and victim centred solutions to such risk to detect and prevent labour exploitation. To this end this report highlights examples of international best practice in the prevention of labour exploitation in comparable country contexts and highlights some of the obstacles to effective responses. Details: London: FLEX, 2017. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 2, 2017 at: http://www.labourexploitation.org/sites/default/files/publications/Risky%20Business_Tackling%20Exploitation%20in%20the%20UK%20Labour%20Market.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 147960

Author: Jones, James Title: 'The patronising disposition of unaccountable power': A report to ensure the pain and suffering of the Hillsborough families is not repeated Summary: 1. This report aims to provide an insight into what the bereaved Hillsborough families have experienced over the 28 years which have passed since April 1989, and to place that insight on the official public record. In doing so, I hope that the truth of their experience will bring its own pressure to bear, delivering necessary changes to the way in which public institutions treat the bereaved. 2. The common thread to the experiences set out in this report is what I describe in the letter to the Prime Minister and Home Secretary which opens this report as 'the patronising disposition of unaccountable power'. This does not just describe the families' experience of the police, but also of other agencies and individuals across the criminal justice system and beyond. And it does not simply describe a historic state of affairs, but instead one that stretches forward to today, including aspects of the most recent inquests. Neither is it an experience of those in positions of power which is unique to the Hillsborough families, as my conversations with other bereaved families make clear. 3. So this report is not about a perspective on simply about 'how things were'. The families' experiences demonstrate a real and continuing need for change, and this report sets out proposals for how to bring about that change. 4. What this report describes as a 'patronising disposition' is a cultural condition, a mindset which defines how organisations and people within them behave and which can act as an unwritten, even unspoken, connection between individuals in organisations. One of its core features is an instinctive prioritisation of the reputation of an organisation over the citizen's right to expect people to be held to account for their actions. This represents a barrier to real accountability. 5. As a cultural condition, this mindset is not automatically changed, still less dislodged, by changes in policies and processes. What is needed is a change in attitude, culture, heart and mind. To bring this about, I first ask that those in positions of leadership listen seriously to the experiences of the Hillsborough families described in this report. I ask that they note too the perspectives of other families bereaved by public tragedy who I have listened to in the writing of this report, and whose experiences echo those of the Hillsborough families. 6. Having heard the families' experiences, I ask that those in positions of leadership take action in order that - as my terms of reference put it - the families' 'perspective is not lost'. 7. My report contains 25 points of learning across a range of subjects, describing the changes which I believe are necessary. I consider each to be vitally important, but three in particular are crucial. 8. First, I propose the creation of a Charter for Families Bereaved through Public Tragedy - a charter inspired by the experience of the Hillsborough families. The experience of the Hillsborough families demonstrates the need for a substantial change in the culture of public bodies. To help bring about that cultural change, I propose a charter drawn from the bereaved families' experiences and made up of a series of commitments to change - each related to transparency and acting in the public interest. I encourage leaders of all public bodies to make a commitment to cultural change by publicly signing up to the charter. Details: London: House of Commons, 2017. 122p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 2, 2017 at: http://www.statewatch.org/news/2017/nov/uk-ho-Hillsborough-Report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Families of Victims Shelf Number: 147962

Author: Gill, Martin Title: Towards 'A Strategy for Change' for the Security Sector Summary: This report aims to provide a foundation for thinking about and ultimately developing a 'Strategy for Change' for the security sector. It seeks to provide a rationale for why private security is important and suggests ideas (for wider debate) about how its potential might be realised. The document is based on three overarching aims: The Government must be encouraged to develop a strategy for harnessing the enormous contribution of the private security sector to preventing crime. The private security sector must commit to developing an ability to talk with a more united and coordinated voice. The private security sector must commit to highlighting the enormous benefits it generates including for the public good, and commit to ways of enhancing these. Much of what it currently does is unheralded and under acknowledged. Details: Tunbridge Wells, UK: Perpetuity Research & Consultancy International (PRCI) Ltd., 2017. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2017 at: https://perpetuityresearch.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/2017-09-Towards-a-Strategy-for-Change.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 147989

Author: Howell, Charlotte Title: Police Views on Private Security Summary: - This report discusses findings from responses provided by 1361 serving police officers in an on-line survey on attitudes towards the private security sector (private security suppliers and corporate security departments) - The study was undertaken to inform strategies for better engaging private security, and as part of the development of a sister document, Towards 'A Strategy for Change' for the Security Sector" The current position - Close to 6 in 10 believed private security plays a minor role in protecting the public - Close to 7 in 10 believed security officers do not act as the eyes and ears of the police, although more than 4 in 10 thought they should - The police generally favoured private security supporting private events, although for some this was because they saw the role as administrative (e.g. checking tickets on entry) rather than policing - Corporate security departments were seen as important in helping the police in their work by 62%, security officers much less so, 36% - Well over 8 in 10 stated that business needed to be primarily responsible for protecting itself against fraud and cyber crime. Indeed, only a half of the sample believed that the police has a responsibility to investigate all frauds and all cyber crimes Future possibilities - Close to 8 in 10 were against security officers working on behalf of the police as first responders to incidents - More than half disagreed with the suggestion that collaborative working between the police and private security is essential given the current limitations of police funding - Respondents were critical of businesses, with approaching 9 in 10 indicating that they need to be more committed to sharing information with the police - A much smaller majority - but over a half - admitted that the police also need to improve here, in terms of being more committed to sharing information with businesses - Police officers responding were not typically supportive of private security seconding officers, nor in conferring additional powers on private officers. Even the idea of businesses injecting money into the force to enable a response to certain crime types was not overwhelmingly viewed as positive General perceptions - A majority of respondents believed that both the police and the public had a generally negative view of private security - Very few believed that police officers viewed private security as essential partners (4%). About 3 in 10 felt private security was tolerated albeit more than half felt they were sometimes of assistance. - Well over a half felt that private security officers are not sufficiently well trained to be useful - Over three quarters felt that private security does not enhance the UK policing brand - More than 6 in 10 felt that private security did not enhance the reputation of the police - That said close to 3 in 10 agreed with the suggestion that some specialist private security services operate with more expertise than the comparative services offered by the police - More agreed than disagreed that there are individuals in the private sector that they respect for their excellent work (43% compared to 17%) The level of trust - Well over a half felt that the private security sector cannot be trusted - Over two thirds of respondents did not consider private security trustworthy to charge a fair price - Nearly four fifths of respondents did not agree that private security could be trusted to be impartial - Approaching 8 in 10 police officers admitted to being suspicious of the profit motive of private security - Similarly over three quarters of officers noted that the lack of accountability of the private security sector undermines police confidence Key opportunities - Nearly three fifths of respondents felt that there is a lack of leadership in the police service about how best to work with private security - Generally speaking the police do not profess to be extensively knowledgeable about private security or highly experienced in working with them - There is some evidence that much of what the police know about private security comes directly from interaction with private security rather than for example internal training - Over a half felt that if the police were responsible for accrediting private security, it would increase police trust in the work of the private security sector. A majority also agreed that police trust in private security would increase if the police were involved in training them - The role of private security (and especially suppliers) in helping to prevent crime is not enough to persuade police officers of its worth. They need to be more informed about the work that it does, not least in supporting the public good, and making a distinction between using private security to replace police on the front line (this is as close as you can get to an unqualified bad thing in police eyes) with supporting public protection in its myriad of current roles. There needs to be meaningful engagement and better leadership on both sides. Details: Tunbridge Wells, UK: Perpetuity Research & Consultancy International (PRCI) Ltd., 2017. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2017 at: https://perpetuityresearch.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/2017-09-Police-Views-on-Private-Security.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 147990

Author: Great Britain. HM Treasury Title: National risk assessment of money laundering and terrorist financing 2017 Summary: The 2017 national risk assessment (NRA) of money laundering and terrorist financing comes amidst the most significant period for the UK's anti-money laundering (AML) and counter-terrorist financing (CTF) regime for over a decade. In 2015, the UK published its first NRA, recognising that the same factors which make the UK attractive for legitimate financial activity also make it attractive for criminals and terrorists. In 2016, the government set out how it would address the risks identified in the 2015 NRA when it published its action plan for AML and CTF. This action plan outlined wide-ranging reforms to the law enforcement response to illicit finance, to the AML/CTF supervisory regime and to the way in which we engage internationally to tackle these risks, all underpinning by a strengthened public-private partnership. As a result of the action plan a number of major changes have been implemented, including through the Criminal Finances Act 2017 (CFA), and the Money Laundering Regulations 2017 (MLRs). Other changes have transformed the way our AML/CTF regime works, including the expansion of the Joint Money Laundering Intelligence Taskforce (JMLIT), which facilitates information sharing between the financial sector and law enforcement. The JMLIT has delivered concrete outcomes in disrupting money laundering and terrorist financing and has provided a model for other countries to follow. These reforms and others, alongside the 2017 NRA, provide a strong foundation for the UK to build on for its 2017/18 mutual evaluation by the Financial Action Task Force (FATF). The FATF is the international inter-governmental body which sets the global standards for AML and CTF. The FATF will assess the UK next year against these standards, as part of its regular peer review cycle, culminating in a published report known as a mutual evaluation report (MER). This will be the UK's first FATF peer review since 2007, and the final report will be published in December 2018. Central to all of this remains the principle of developing and maintaining a robust and shared national understanding of money laundering (ML) and terrorist financing (TF) risks. This assessment serves as a stocktake of our understanding of these risks, including how they have changed since the 2015 NRA, and will inform the government's continuing work to prevent terrorists and criminals moving money through the UK. Details: London: Home Office, 2017. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2017 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/655198/National_risk_assessment_of_money_laundering_and_terrorist_financing_2017_pdf_web.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Financial Crimes Shelf Number: 148018

Author: Angiolini, Elish Title: Report of the Independent Review of Deaths and Serious Incidents in Police Custody Summary: Background 1. On 23 July 2015 the then Home Secretary, the Rt. Hon Theresa May MP announced a major review into deaths and serious incidents in police custody. 2. The review has looked at the major issues surrounding deaths and serious incidents in police custody. This included the events leading up to such incidents, as well as existing protocols and procedures designed to minimise the risks. It looked at the immediate aftermath of a death or serious incident, and the various investigations that ensue. Most importantly it examined how the families of the deceased are treated at every stage of the process. 3. It has also identified areas for improvement and developed recommendations to ensure humane institutional treatment when such incidents occur. There are several recommendations that will have to be considered by Government, the police, the Independent Police Complaints Commission (IPCC), the Crown Prosecution Service (CPS) and the Coroner as well as other agencies with an involvement in these issues. While acknowledging that it would not be possible to entirely eradicate deaths and serious incidents in police custody, these recommendations are, I believe, necessary in order to minimise as far as possible the risks of such incidents occurring in future. They will also ensure that when such incidents do occur, the procedures in place are efficient, effective, humane, and command public confidence. Key findings 4. The creation of the Independent Police Complaints Commission (IPCC) was a result of many years of campaigning for an independent body to investigate police actions. Such a body was floated as far back as the 1981 Scarman Report. 5. There is still a view among many families of those who have died in custody and of campaigners, lawyers and police officers who spoke to this review that the IPCC does not always feel truly independent of the police or of police culture. This is in part because of the numbers of former police officers employed by the IPCC. If an independent investigative body is to succeed, it must have the trust of families, and the full cooperation of police forces. 6. To ensure that the IPCC can achieve a mature and patent independence from the influence and culture of those it investigates, ex-police officers should be phased out as lead investigators within the IPCC.To the extent that the IPCC still consider this expertise is required, ex-police staff should act only as formal consultants or as a training source within and, more appropriately, outwith the organisation. 7. Cases involving a death or serious incident in police custody are likely to be among the most serious and complex cases the IPCC have to investigate. They clearly demand the highest priority in terms of resources and expertise of the organisation. Complexity and seriousness should not in itself be an excuse for unnecessarily long and protracted investigations. 8. The causes of delay and problems with the quality of investigation may be addressed by the creation of a specialist Deaths and Serious Injuries Unit within the IPCC and through a fundamental change in how such cases are investigated, supervised and resourced. The Unit should be staffed by senior and expert officers from a non-police background. 9. This report also considers the capacity of the IPCC to attend the scene of a police custody death in a timely fashion. The first hours following a death are crucial. What happens during that period can fundamentally set the shape and tone of an ensuing investigation because of the importance of evidence preservation and collection. Similarly, the family experience of the entire process may be coloured by the way they are treated in these first crucial hours. 10. The IPCC should therefore be resourced to ensure an experienced officer can attend as a matter of urgency at the scene. On arrival that officer should liaise with the Senior Police Officer in Charge and with the Coroner, direct early steps, act as an observer to ensure the integrity of the evidence and communicate with specialist officers from a new IPCC Deaths and Serious Injuries Unit as those officers make their way to the scene. 11. The extent to which restraint techniques contribute to deaths in custody and whether current training is fit for purpose is a crucial aspect of this report. This report argues that police practice must recognise that all restraint has the potential to cause death. Recognition must be given to the wider dangers posed by restraining someone in a heightened physical and mental state, where the individual's system can become rapidly and fatally overwhelmed. For example, positional asphyxia is a form of asphyxia which causes death when a person's position prevents them from breathing properly. It may occur during or following the use of certain restraint techniques, for example, in face down or prone restraint. Details: London: UK Government, 2017. 292p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2017 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/655401/Report_of_Angiolini_Review_ISBN_Accessible.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Deaths in Custody Shelf Number: 148021

Author: Rushchenko, Julia Title: Converts to Islam and Home Grown Jihadism Summary: Security officials and those leading counter-extremism efforts must place greater emphasis on the dangers posed by recent converts to Islam, according to a new report published today. "Converts to Islam and Home Grown Jihadism" analyses the ways in which the process of religious conversion intersects with radicalisation. The report finds that: Though the vast majority of converts to Islam are peaceful and law-abiding, they are over-represented among foreign fighters in Syria and Iraq, and have been responsible for a range of major terrorist attacks. When taken together with other aggravating factors such as possession of a criminal record, paternal absence, and exposure to the messages of radical preachers, the process of conversion can indicate a vulnerability to extremism. Ultra-conservative Salafi groups have proven more adept at proselytising activities, and the Islamic State (IS) has worked to ensure that its message is capable of being embraced by followers from a diverse array of backgrounds. This helps to explain the tendency of some converts to favour ultra-conservative versions of Islam. The appeal of radical Islam as an ideology can extend well beyond communities historically associated with Islam. This should be taken into consideration by officials devising counter-radicalisation programmes and implementing the Prevent strategy. More attention should be paid to conversions to Islam that take place in the context of prisons and probation services, with a particular focus on juvenile offender establishments and high security prisons. Details: London: Henry Jackson Society, 2017. 45o, Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 7, 2017 at: http://henryjacksonsociety.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/HJS-Converts-to-Islam-Report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Homeland Security Shelf Number: 148052

Author: Higgins, Andy Title: Mixed signals for police improvement: The value of your Crime Severity Score may go up as well as down Summary: The development of a Crime Severity Score for England and Wales 1 by the Office for National Statistics represents an important step towards a more sophisticated, 'two-dimensional' understanding of police-recorded crime data. In this paper I start to unpick what it tells us about recent changes in the policing environment, point out its limitations as a tool for understanding crime change and flag-up some potential hazards in its usage, particularly as a tool for making judgements about 'performance'. I argue that its main value is to make central a set of 'severe' (high-tariff, high-harm, high-demand) abuse crimes that are recorded in relatively low (but growing) numbers, and for which changes in the volume recorded by the police are a poor indicator of change in actual incidence. This rebalancing should force us to reconsider the meanings we attach to the ups and downs of policerecorded crime (whether weighted or otherwise) and to challenge the habit of seeing progress in reduction. Finally, I put forward suggestions for some non-traditional crime data divisions - such as between 'abuse' and 'reduce' crime, 'patent' and 'latent' demand crime and 'initial' and 'repeat' victim crime - that might prove useful for disambiguating aggregate Crime Severity Scores, and providing a more three-dimensional perspective on crime, police practice and on the relationships between the two. Details: London: Police Foundation, 2017. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Perspectives on Policing: Accessed November 7, 2017 at: http://www.police-foundation.org.uk/2017/wp-content/uploads/2017/08/perspectives_on_policing_paper_1.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 148055

Author: Northern Ireland. Criminal Justice Inspection Title: Business Crime: An inspection of how the criminal justice system deals with business crime in Northern Ireland Summary: Business crime is not victimless nor should it be regarded as an inevitable occupational hazard since it affects individual members of the business community and the losses sustained impact on everyone through higher prices or reduced opportunities for employment and investment. Businesses are increasingly using new technology to help them deliver their services more efficiently and effectively, and criminals are constantly seeking to exploit and profit from the increasing use of digital technology. Business crime is not a recognisable offence and the broad definition of what it entails has yet to be agreed in Northern Ireland. It can range from shoplifting to fraud, extortion to robbery. We already know that it is significantly under reported for a variety of reasons, some of which seem counterintuitive, especially when security weaknesses are highlighted or the possibility of reputational damage is involved. Keeping abreast of the opportunities to commit crime and the threats posed by organised criminality remains a challenge for both the business community and the police. This inspection has shown that the strategic relationship between the various business representative organisations and the police is well established, however the performance at an operational level, with the exception of a small number of dedicated schemes, is personality based with either crime prevention officers or neighbourhood police. This is a real risk in the current economic climate since the flow of information and intelligence between the police and the business community is vital in countering existing and emerging threats. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspectorate, 2017. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed november 7, 2017 at: http://www.cjini.org/CMSPages/GetFile.aspx?guid=f3c64bbb-db99-474b-b41c-e7b863fe391c&chset=27d3eded-7e8e-462d-9fc1-f88f5a618261 Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crimes Against Businesses Shelf Number: 148048

Author: London Assembly. Police and Crime Committee Title: Crime on public transport Summary: Crime on public transport in London is falling. The overall number of crimes across TfL's public transport network is on a downward trend, and the risk of being a victim of crime is also down. However, a rise in violence against the person and sexual offences is a challenge. Fear of crime on public transport can prevent people from using the public transport system. While there is no direct correlation between reported crime levels and fear of crime, passengers often perceive their risk of crime to be higher than official crime statistics indicate, and reducing actual levels of crime may not lead to a reduction in people's perception of crime risk. However, under-reporting masks the full extent of crime on the public transport system and anti-social behaviour, which is rarely reported, can also act as a deterrent to travel for some. Tackling crime and anti-social behaviour on public transport The task of preventing crime on public transport is shared between Transport for London (TfL), London's policing agencies, operating companies and other agencies that work to improve the safety and security of passengers, staff and local communities. Crime on public transport is tackled in a number of different ways. The Mayor argues that the reduction of crime on public transport is as a result of continued investment in policing and the use of effective problem solving and innovative tactics. High visibility patrols, joint problem solving activity, and reactive investigation of offences were cited to us as key. It is recognised that there will be future challenges, and that more will be needed than just new policing skills. Resources need to focus on more advanced crime reduction, problem solving and engagement activity; stopping crime and managing offenders; and the use of innovative equipment, such as body-worn video cameras; enhanced CCTV coverage and handheld mobile devices. Successful policing depends on effective communication and joint working with partners. Our investigation heard that partnership working is strong. However, perception of the police and TfL's response to crime and anti-social behaviour has declined marginally year on year for all modes of transport. This is a concern and the introduction of better ways to report crimes might boost public confidence. Details: London: Greater London Authority, 2016. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 8, 2017 at: https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/crime_on_public_transport.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Transit Crime Shelf Number: 148080

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice Title: Exploratory analysis of 10-17 year olds in the youth secure estate by black and other minority ethnic groups Summary: In January 2016, the Prime Minister asked the Rt Hon David Lammy MP to lead an independent review, sponsored by Ministry of Justice (MoJ), to investigate the treatment and outcomes of Black, Asian and Minority Ethnic (BAME) individuals within the Criminal Justice System (CJS) in England and Wales. The Review focuses on issues arising from the involvement of the Crown Prosecution Service (CPS) onwards, including the court system, prisons and rehabilitation in the community; policing was not in scope of this review. In November 2016, emerging findings from the Review were published highlighting the high proportion of young black people in youth custody. Following this publication, the Lammy Review team commissioned MoJ to conduct specific analysis of outcomes for young black people in youth custody. The aim of this report is to explore further the possible factors that may explain why there is a high proportion of young black people in youth custody. It concentrates on the throughput of cases in the youth justice system, the offences committed by and sentences given to young people, and their key characteristics; including identified risk factors and information on their educational background. The analysis focuses on young black people but comparisons are made throughout the report to other BAME groups and to those from white ethnic backgrounds. The youth justice system in England and Wales is a distinct justice system that prosecutes and convicts persons 10-17 years of age who commit criminal offences. The principal aim is to prevent offending by children and young people and there is a separate sentencing framework, recognising that young people are different to adults, with an emphasis on restoration and rehabilitation. The youth justice system includes a separate Youth Court (a type of magistrates' court) with specially trained magistrates and different sentencing powers and a higher threshold for the use of custody. Whilst a magistrates' court can issue an immediate custodial sentence for adults of up to six months or up to 12 months in total for more than one offence, a youth court can issue an immediate custodial sentence for a maximum of 24 months. The youth secure estate or youth custody is distinct from the adult prison estate and is for young people aged 10-17 although some 18 year olds remain in youth custody if they are close to being released. There are three youth secure sectors: under-18 Young Offender Institutions, Secure Training Centres and Secure Children's Homes. The vast majority of young people accommodated in the youth secure estate are male and aged between 15-17 years (96% were male and 96% were aged 15-17 in 2015/16). Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2017. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 9, 2017 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/641481/Exploratory-analysis-of-10-17-year-olds-in-the-youth-secure-estate-by-bame-groups.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Adolescents Shelf Number: 148089

Author: Ellis, Nicola Title: An evaluation of the National Referral Mechanism pilot Summary: The National Referral Mechanism is the means by which potential victims of modern slavery in the UK are identified and are able to access support. This process involves an initial reasonable grounds decision on whether someone is a potential victim of modern slavery followed by further information-gathering, leading to a conclusive grounds decision. The pilot aimed to streamline the process and improve decision-making. Overall, the evaluation findings are mixed. There was little change in decision outcomes and timeliness of conclusive grounds decisions, but the initial reasonable grounds decisions were made faster and there were positive perceptions of the multi-disciplinary panel decision-making process. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2017. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 94: Accessed November 9, 2017 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/653703/evaluation-national-referral-mechanism-pilot-horr94.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 148091

Author: Ipsos MORI, Social Research Institute Title: Public View of Policing in England and Wales 2016/17 Summary: Ipsos MORI was commissioned by Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary (HMIC) to undertake a large-scale online survey of the public to assess current perceptions of policing. It follows a similar survey in 2015 and the methodology has been kept consistent to ensure valid comparisons over time. A sample of 16,865 people aged 16+ across England and Wales took part in the survey between July and August 2016. The findings have informed HMIC's PEEL Assessments. The survey provides insights into current perceptions of crime, safety and local police, along with public interactions with the police. Issues explored for the first time in 2016 include priorities for the police, perceived responsibilities of the police and other agencies with regards the safety of vulnerable people, and online crime and anti-social behaviour (ASB). Safety and security in the local area - Around one in four respondents feel crime/ASB is a big problem locally and feel unsafe to walk alone at night. Those living in the most deprived neighbourhoods are over twice as likely to feel unsafe than those living in the most affluent areas, and almost four times as likely to say that crime/ASB is a big problem locally. - Most people have not perceived any variation in levels of local crime and anti-social behaviour in the previous year (70%). Of those who do perceive a change, however, almost three times as many believe it is now more of a problem than feel it has improved (17% vs. 6%). Image and reputation of local policing - Just over half are satisfied overall with local policing, three times more than are dissatisfied (unchanged from 2015). Engagement with the police affects satisfaction with the service; those who feel informed about their local police more likely overall to be satisfied with local policing, as are those living in the most affluent neighbourhoods. - Two thirds perceive no change overall in local policing over the past year. Of those who perceive a change, four times more feel that the service has got worse than has improved (similar to perceived changes in other public services tested in the survey). - Whilst 83% of respondents feel it is important to have a regular uniformed police presence in the local area, only 18% feel they have such a presence locally. Fewer people report having seen a uniformed police presence on foot or in a vehicle than did in the previous 2015 survey (19% say they have seen on foot, down from 26%; 42% in a vehicle, down from 48%). - Most who express a view would speak highly about their local police, around twice as many as would be critical. However, as in the 2015 survey, the majority have mixed views or no views about their local police. - Most participants associate policing with positive attributes and agree that they treat people fairly and with respect, with relatively small proportions expressing negativity. Again though, there are many who do not have any views about their local police and some minority groups are more likely to associate the police with negative attributes. Priorities and responsibilities of local policing - Two thirds identified 'responding in person to emergencies' and 'tackling crime of all types' as key priorities for the police's time and resources nationally, followed by 'countering terrorism and extremism' and 'a local on foot uniformed presence'. - Priority crime/anti-social behaviour types were 'violent crime/crime against the person', 'rape and other sexual offences', and 'terrorism/extremism'. Comparatively few prioritised commercial crime, online abuse and/or fraud. - The majority consider the police to have the greatest responsibility (above other service providers) for the ongoing safety of victims of domestic abuse, victims of stalking and harassment, and missing people. In contrast, for some other vulnerable people, only very small proportions identify the police as the organisation with most responsibility. It should be noted that for many of these audiences the police form part of a wider group of organisations with responsibility, which may be reflected in the smaller proportions identifying the police (e.g. local authorities would have responsibility for the homeless and people with learning difficulties). Engagement with local policing - Three quarters of respondents are interested in what their local police are doing, though most say that they personally have done nothing to find out anything about local police activity. - Fewer than three in ten feel well informed about what the police are doing in their local area, slightly down on 2015. Overall, one in twenty respondents recall being asked for their views and most have had no personal interaction with their local police. - The findings throughout the research consistently show that people who feel better informed about their local police and who have had more interaction with them are significantly more likely to express positive opinions across different aspects of policing. Contact with the police - Just over a quarter (27%) cited some form of contact with their local police within the past year, slightly down from the 2015 survey (31%). Likelihood of citing contact is higher among particular groups, notably those living in more deprived areas, people from Black Asian and Minority Ethnic (BAME) backgrounds and younger respondents. Still, the majority of those within all of these groups did not indicate any direct contact with the police. - Overall satisfaction with the service received from the police was consistent with the 2015 survey (almost two thirds satisfied), though there is some slight reduction in satisfaction with specifics around the way in which the staff dealt with the contact and the way in which they were kept informed. - Regarding potential future contact, people are generally far more likely to say they would report incidents to the police by phone than via online or face-to-face channels. For crimes/incidents against the person it is 999 that is most likely, for property-related incidents there is a balance between 999 and 101, while for online incidents, antisocial behaviour and updates on previous incidents then 101 is the most likely Details: London: Ipsos MORI, 2017. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed November 9, 2017 at: https://www.ipsos.com/sites/default/files/2017-07/public-views-of-policing-2017-hmic.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Effectiveness Shelf Number: 148093

Author: Munro, Emily R. Title: Daybreak Family Group Conferencing: children on the edge of care Summary: Daybreak is a charity specialising in the provision of family group conferences (FGCs). Their approach is underpinned by commitment to the active participation of children, young people and their families to support the resolution of family problems. For this Children's Innovation Fund project, Daybreak, in collaboration with Southwark and Wiltshire children's services, offered an FGC to all families to whom a letter of intent to initiate care proceedings (Public Law Outline Letter) was issued between 1 April 2015 and 31 March 2016. The aims of the project were to: - demonstrate, codify and evaluate a robust model and approach with a view to raising the quality of FGCs, promoting consistently good outcomes and improving value for money - reduce court costs and delays; fully integrate the voice of the children in decision making, and divert children from care when safe to do so - strengthen adherence to existing policy, in particular the requirements of the Public Law Outline (PLO) and the Children and Families Act 2014 Details: Darlington, UK: Department of Education, 2017. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 9, 2017 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/625372/Daybreak_Family_Group_Conferencing.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 148096

Author: Mills, Helen Title: The undercover policing of political protest Summary: For decades, hundreds of police officers carried out secret operations against a wide range of political and trade union activists. They assumed fake identities and built relationships with campaigners to infiltrate social justice movements, and then reporting back to senior officers. Once these operations came to light, the government acceded to a judge-led investigation it named the 'Undercover Policing Inquiry'. The title itself is misleading. It is not an inquiry into undercover policing in the round but, as the title of this briefing suggests, one focused on the secret policing of political protest movements. Many would not challenge the necessity of undercover policing for those tackling trafficking human beings, or child sexual abuse rings. Few would think necessary the secret policing of someone writing a leaflet opposing the McDonald's burger chain. The confusion of undercover policing in general, with secret policing of political campaigning in particular, serves only to strengthen the impression that those under observation may be a threat to the country. It serves to legitimise the very operations which are supposed to be under investigation by the inquiry. This briefing, which foregrounds the voices of those subject to secret political policing, left me with a profoundly uncomfortable feeling about the nature of the country I grew up in and the contemporary democracy we all inhabit. Four decades of secret policing took place without anyone in a position of power or authority taking the view that there was something seriously wrong. The practice continues to this day. Are we seeing the tips of two icebergs? First, the sheer size and scope of the undercover operations that have taken place, and the time it will take for the full story to emerge. Second, of a resistance by the police bureaucracy, including proven file shredding, to the transparency required for the inquiry to fulfil its purpose. Those who argue there is a genuine rationale for such operations may begin to wonder whether it will prove possible to hold such activities to account. For others, this will demonstrate that the secret policing of political campaigners fundamentally compromises the democracy we share and as such should not take place at all. Details: London: Centre for Crime and Justice Studies, 2017. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Briefing 21: Accessed November 10, 2017 at: https://www.crimeandjustice.org.uk/sites/crimeandjustice.org.uk/files/Undercover%20policing%20October.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Demonstrations and Protests Shelf Number: 148128

Author: Gough, Alison Title: Secure Care in Scotland: Young People's Voices Summary: Secure care in Scotland is the most containing and intense form of alternative care available, because young people lose their liberty and have many other freedoms restricted when they are detained in secure care. The law, rules and regulations around secure care are clear that because of this, young people can only be secured in certain situations and for as short a time as necessary to keep them, or others, safe. Secure care is a type of care for a very small number of children and young people, whose difficulties and situations are so extreme that the adults responsible for making decisions about them believe that at a point in time their behaviours and situations pose a very high risk of serious harm to themselves and/or others. Children and young people can be placed in secure care through the Children's Hearings System (the CHS) or the Courts. At present more than 85% of young people who are in secure care in Scotland are there through the CHS, rather than because they have been remanded or sentenced by the Courts. Less than 1% of all children who are looked after in formal care settings are secured each year and the number of children secured by Scottish local authorities has been on an overall downward trend for several years (Scottish Government, 2017). Children and young people who are secured are almost always children who have experienced many adverse and difficult experiences which may include physical, emotional and sexual abuse; neglect, bullying, exploitation and loss and bereavement. Many have had difficulties at school and may have additional support needs, for example with speech and language. They are also almost always young people who are already in care or are involved with the CHS (Gough, 2016; Moodie and Gough 2017). There are five secure care centres in Scotland. The centres consist of between one and five locked children's houses; each having five or six individual ensuite bedrooms and each with its own communal living, dining and relaxation spaces. These individual secure children's houses are connected to a school or education base, and recreational spaces, which are in the same building or complex linked by secure corridors. These spaces, for example the classrooms and sports facilities, are also secured. There are very high levels of staff supervision of, and support to, children and young people. Usually there are a maximum of four or five young people in each class or learning group. The secure care centres also employ a range of people including psychologists and therapists, to offer individual and group support and help to young people whilst they are in secure care. The average stay in a secure care centre is around four months but some young people will stay in secure care much longer, for example if they have been sentenced. Although some children in secure care may have committed serious offences, secure care centres are not young offender institutions (YOI). They are registered and inspected by the Care Inspectorate and Education Scotland as residential children's homes and residential school care settings. The 76 young people who took part described the advice and information they would want to give to other young people and a range of things that they felt needed to change. Their core messages were that loving, stable relationships were the key to helping young people move forward. They said that young people needed support to overcome trauma, instead of being labelled 'the bad kid'. They told the researchers that after they left secure care, it was important that young people had an appropriate care placement and good 'moving on' support provided by people who cared and who they trusted. They also emphasised the importance of continuing care and having the option of being able to return to care. The report made 17 recommendations. There are striking echoes of many of these in the messages from the young people who spoke to the secure care national project, many of whom will have been pre-school age at the time of that research. Details: Glasgow: Centre for Youth & Criminal Justice, 2017. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 13, 2017 at: http://www.cycj.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/Secure-Care-Young-Peoples-Voices.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 148145

Author: Gough, Alison Title: Secure Care in Scotland: Looking Ahead Summary: Secure care is the most intensive and restrictive form of alternative care in Scotland. When a young person is secured, they are detained in a secure care centre, designed to keep safe those children and young people who pose a very high risk to themselves or/and others at a certain point in time. Though the numbers of children and young people secured each year in Scotland are relatively small, the decision to restrict any young person's liberty is significant and has an immediate impact for that young person, and for their family, friends and wider community. This paper sets out the key messages which emerged from the secure care national project. It summarises the evidence and recommendations arising from the project work. These were presented to the Scottish Government, and the Secure Care National Steering Group and other partners, at the 'halfway point' of the project, in June 2016. The Scottish Government subsequently committed in its work plan for 2016/7 to: "publishing, by the end of this year, the independent report into the configuration and funding arrangements for young people in or at the edge of secure care and establish a strategic board to link secure care provision to our Getting it Right For Looked After Children (GIRFEC) Strategy and the overall GIRFEC approach" The findings are wide ranging but it is important to acknowledge that many positive developments and achievements in secure care in Scotland were identified. These are well documented through inspection reports, internal and external evaluations and recognition by the Scottish regulatory bodies and others. The project encountered a dedicated, caring, compassionate and skilled workforce of people across the sector and the responsible agencies, trying their best to meet the complex and diverse needs of very troubled and vulnerable young people. Nearly 60 care experienced young people spoke to the project. Their reflections on life in care were by turns saddening, moving, dismaying, humbling and uplifting. They shared powerful accounts of the impact and experience of secure care. Some stated that being secured had saved their life, and/or had changed their life and their hopes for the future, for the better. Others related concerns about their experience of secure care, and of the care system more widely, particularly in relation to how well they felt they were listened to, heard or understood within day to day and agency decision making processes. Young people's accounts strongly echoed the testimony of previous generations of young people in secure care. Key professional decision makers expressed dramatically differing views about both the purpose and quality of secure care in Scotland. The project concluded that a lack of consensus is exacerbated by: - the absence of a national strategic and standards framework, i.e. no stated set of values, principles, or underpinning care and treatment model which applies across what is described as the secure care 'sector' - the view of secure care as 'other' and 'outside' of the wider care system The focus of previous reviews of secure care, and of the published policy and guidance, has been on preventative interventions, and on ensuring diversion from, and reduced usage of, secure care. The project concluded that whilst this continues to be very important, more attention should now be paid to the impact and experience of secure care itself. The known strengths and shortfalls identified in the Scottish approach to secure care could underpin further practice developments and improvements to the way in which we respond to the small number of young people whose acute needs can only be met in a contained setting. This includes young people who are currently dealt with by the adult justice system, as at the time of writing, October 2016, there are more 16 to 18 year olds on remand or sentence in prison settings than there are on remand or serving sentence in secure care. The vast majority of professional stakeholders stated that they aspired to the vision set out in the Securing Our Future Initiative report (SOFI), that is; a Scotland where there would be no need or will for secure care. However, less than a handful of those consulted stated that secure care (in its current form) would not be required 'for the foreseeable future' for a very small number of young people presenting the very greatest risks and dangers to themselves or/and others. There is a lack of shared understanding between and across agencies and no collective vision of the future place, purpose and function of secure care, or of how to meet extreme needs and manage extreme risks without it. This was apparent from the differing perspectives, ethical positions and local planning arrangements adopted by senior managers from different local authority areas. Further work needs to be undertaken towards achieving a vision for change, which is informed by lived experience and the considerable knowledge of the sector itself. The First Minister's announcement of a forthcoming 'root and branch' review of the care system in Scotland is timely. Truly transformational change can only be achieved through a Scotland wide consistently nurturing, holistic response to young people involved in very high risk behaviours, which recognises the impact of difficult childhood experiences and trauma on young people. The vast majority of young people in secure care are there for their own protection rather than as a result of offences they have committed. For those who are there on sentence or remand, there is a growing body of evidence which shows that young people who offend are almost always young people who have experienced multiple difficulties, hurt, neglect, trauma, bereavement and abuse. The available information about young people coming into secure care tells us that most have significant mental and emotional health needs as a consequence of their family and care histories and experiences. The project concluded that our systems are disconnected and do not fully acknowledge or take account of this. The current commissioning and quality assurance arrangements are also disjointed. They set out the terms and conditions for the purchase and provision of individual places in secure care. They ensure that each individual secure care service is inspected against regulations. But they do not provide a national framework fully aligned to GIRFEC principles, to underpin the commissioning and governance mechanisms and enable ongoing evaluation of the impact, experiences and outcomes for young people. Details: Glasgow: Centre for Youth & Criminal Justice, 2016. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 13, 2017 at: http://www.cycj.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/Secure-Care-in-Scotland-Looking-Ahead.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 148146

Author: Newton, Andrew Title: Relating Target Hardening to Burglary Risk: Experiences from Liverpool Summary: This paper explores the relationship between the allocation of target hardening and burglary risk based on recent research in the City of Liverpool. Individual property‐level data from a range of sources was collated for each residential property in the city using a unique property reference number. This produced a rich data set enabling burglary and target hardening activity to be analysed through time at both the individual property‐level and across a variety of spatial units (e.g. super output areas, wards and regeneration areas). The results highlight an imperfect alignment between target hardening and burglary risk locations largely attributable to the influence of Liverpool's area based regeneration initiatives. The paper makes the case for prioritising properties for target hardening based on a combination of the prior burglary history of individual properties, the burglary risk of an area, and existing levels of target hardening protection. Details: Papers from the British Criminology Conference, 8. pp. 153-174 Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 13, 2017 at: http://eprints.hud.ac.uk/id/eprint/5664/1/RELATING_TARGET_HARDENING_TO_BURGLARY_RISK_AUTHOR_VERSION_31102008.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Burglary Shelf Number: 148148

Author: Great Britain HM Revenue and Customs Title: Tackling Illicit Tobacco: From Leaf to Light. The HMRC and Border Force strategy to tackle tobacco smuggling Summary: The impact of tobacco smuggling Tobacco smuggling costs over L2 billion in lost revenue each year. It undermines legitimate business and is dominated by internationally organised criminal groups often involved in other crimes such as drug smuggling and people trafficking. The Government continues to take action to reduce smoking and the harm it causes. High duty rates, making tobacco less affordable, have helped reduce smoking prevalence in the UK from 26 per cent to 19 per cent over the last fifteen years. Tobacco smuggling undermines this, offering a cheaper way for those who might otherwise be deterred by cost to continue their habit. What is tobacco smuggling? All tobacco products sold in the UK are subject to excise duty. Any cigarettes or hand-rolling tobacco sold without this duty paid are illegal. While we continuously monitor the position, diversion from legitimate supply chains in the UK has not been an issue. The problem is smuggling: - Familiar UK brands, bought in other countries and smuggled. - Overseas brands, smuggled and illegally sold in the UK. - Unregulated products manufactured overseas and smuggled. - Counterfeit products, sometimes manufactured in the UK from smuggled tobacco. The illicit market has evolved. For cigarettes, we continue to seize significant quantities of UK and international brands and counterfeit product. However, the majority of illicit cigarettes targeted on the UK are unregulated products manufactured overseas. For hand-rolling tobacco, the illicit market is evenly split between UK and non-UK brands and counterfeit product. How big is the problem? In 2000, when the illicit market share for cigarettes was 22 per cent and 61 per cent for hand-rolling tobacco, Her Majesty's Customs & Excise introduced a strategy to tackle the problem. The problem remains significant. In 2013-14, the illicit market shares were 10 per cent for cigarettes and 39 per cent for hand-rolling tobacco. Details: London: HM Revenue & Customs, 2015. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 13, 2017 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/418732/Tackling_illicit_tobacco_-_From_leaf_to_light__2015_.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 148158

Author: Scottish Government. Social Research Title: Evaluation of Police and Fire Reform: Year 2 Report Summary: In 2016, the first report on the evaluation of police and fire reform in Scotland reported that there was plausible and credible evidence of progress being made towards achieving the long-term aims of reform and strong evidence of the establishment and functioning of new processes, structures, projects and programmes. But the Year 1 report also highlighted some important evidence gaps. The documentary evidence was largely process rather than outcome focused; oriented to 'producer' rather than 'consumer' perspectives; focused on strategic rather than operational matters; and offered national rather than local perspectives. It was also noted that senior representatives of Police Scotland and the Scottish Fire and Rescue Service (SFRS) frequently invoked the notion of a reform journey that begins with 'preparing', moves on to 'consolidating' and 'integrating', and concludes with 'transforming'. At that time both services saw themselves in the consolidation and integration phase of the journey. Against that backdrop, the four local case studies drawn on in this Year 2 report form a key element of the evaluation, providing the opportunity to hear the voices of those experiencing reform 'on the ground', exploring how national changes are playing out at a local level and examining the extent to which different contexts play a part in facilitating (or hindering) the objectives of reform. This report provides insights into the local experiences of consolidation and integration. In each case study area, qualitative interviews and focus groups were used to capture the experiences and perspectives of different stakeholders in the reform process including local police officers and firefighters, the public, councillors and council staff, and community and third sector organisations. Interviews with police and fire officers were conducted between June and August 2016 and those with other groups took place between June and December 2016. The case studies were selected to include both urban and rural communities, areas with high and low crime rates, and with levels of greater and lesser deprivation. In each area the focus has been on assessing the perceptions of the impact of reform on delivering a local service, accessing specialist support and national capacity, and on strengthening connections with communities. How people think and feel about reform as an important part of the social reality under investigation: although perceptions should not always be read at face value, they do need to be taken seriously as an essential part of the wider terrain of reform. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government, 2017. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 14, 2017 at: http://www.gov.scot/Resource/0052/00523031.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 148164

Author: Fox, Carron Title: 'It's not on the radar': The hidden diversity of children and young people at risk of sexual exploitation in England Summary: Child sexual exploitation (CSE) can affect all children - including those with disabilities - regardless of gender identity, sexuality, ethnicity, faith or economic background. Nevertheless, public and professional perception often stereotypes victims of CSE as white girls from disadvantaged backgrounds who are assumed to be heterosexual. While some victims and children at risk do meet this description, assumptions can prevent the identification of other children who do not fit the stereotype. In 2015, a series of four roundtables was held with experts in the fields of CSE and diversity to discuss how the two areas connect. The roundtables focused on: - boys and young men - lesbian, gay, bisexual, trans and questioning (LGBTQ) young people - disability - ethnicity and faith. Bringing together the findings of the roundtable events and additional research, 'It's not on the radar' explores how perceptions of sexual exploitation can affect the identification of and response to CSE. Understanding CSE and the different methods that perpetrators use to exploit must be considered in parallel with the fact that children are not defined by one aspect of their identity. A victim of sexual exploitation may have multiple identities and, for example, be male, gay, come from a faith group that does not tolerate homosexuality and have a disability. What makes a young person vulnerable to sexual exploitation is very individual, and while an identity alone may not result in vulnerability, all aspects of a child's identity must be considered when identifying and raising awareness of CSE. Due to the complex identities of individuals, there are many themes that cut across all four areas. For example: - A young person's chronological age may be different from their developmental age, or apparently at odds with their experience of relationships, for example if they have a learning disability or come out as LGBT in their late teens or early twenties. - Young people and professionals may normalise abuse experienced through CSE, either because of lack of knowledge about CSE or because it is viewed as 'normal' for, or by, the network or group the young person has been exploited in. - The lack of sex and relationships education affects all young people, regardless of their identity, although some children - such as those with learning disabilities or those who are LGBTQ - are less likely to receive any, or relevant, sex and relationships education. Details: Ilford, UK: Barnardo's, 2016. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 14, 2017 at: https://www.barnardos.org.uk/it_s_not_on_the_radar_report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 148167

Author: Raja, Irfan Azhar Title: Reporting British Muslims: The Re-emergence of Folk Devils and Moral Panics in Post -7/7 Britain (2005-2007) Summary: On 7 July 2005, Britain suffered its first ever suicide attack. Four young British-born Muslims, apparently well-educated and from integrated backgrounds, killed their fellow citizens, including other Muslims. The incident raised the vision that British Muslims would be seen as the 'enemy within' and a 'fifth column' in British society. To examine how this view emerged, this thesis investigates the representation of British Muslims in two major British broadsheets, The Guardian and The Daily Telegraph, over a two-year period (7 July 2005-8 July 2007). A corpus of 274 news items, including editorials, comments, interviews, and news reports on the London bombings, has been collected and analysed using the inductive approach based upon thematic analysis. The thesis asks a significant question: How did these broadsheets present British Muslims in the wake of the London bombings? This thesis aims to present a narrative of how the London bombings (hereafter 7/7) emerged in these broadsheets based on their reaction to an interpretation and perception of the 7/7 event. This research indicates that the two broadsheets shared a similar cultural approach in combating Islamist terrorism, by encouraging the embracing of British values, although their different political orientations led to them differing attitudes over the precise manner in which this should be achieved. The Guardian was more concerned about individual liberty and human rights, while The Daily Telegraph emphasised the adaptation of tough legislation to combat terrorism. Given modern Britain's secular moral fibre, the supremacy of British values dominated the debates on British Muslims which somehow reflected a manifestation of a systematic campaign to redefine Islam as a religion that fits into secular Western society, validating terms such as 'Moderate Muslim', 'Islamic terrorists', 'Islamic extremists', 'Islamic militants' and 'Islamic terrorism'. Although both newspapers argue that radicalisation is a foreign-imported dilemma that has its roots in "Islamic ideology", they differ in their attitudes on how to deal with it. This thesis uses Cohen's (1972) text, which suggests that the media often portray certain groups within society as "deviant" and "folk devils" and blames them for crimes. This research into the reactions of two broadsheets permits a contemporary discussion of the London bombings and British Muslims in the light of Cohen's concept. It aims to locate the presence of a nexus of the four Ps - political parties, pressure groups, the press, and public bodies - that influence reporting and shape the debates (Ost, 2002; Chas, 2006, p.75). It is evident that the reporting of the two broadsheets blends three significant components: the views of self-proclaimed Islamic scholars, experts and hate preachers; the use of out-of-context verses of the Quran; and the use of political language to represent British Muslims. Arguably, the press transformed the 7/7 event, suggesting that it was driven by religious theology rather than being a politically motivated act. Details: Huddersfield, UK: University of Huddersfield, 2016. 382p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 15, 2017 at: http://eprints.hud.ac.uk/id/eprint/31087/1/__nas01_librhome_librsh3_Desktop_FINAL%20THESIS.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Islamist Terrorism Shelf Number: 148190

Author: Watson, Benjamin Michael Title: Thieves, Gypsies, Criminals and Spongers: Anti-immigration Rhetoric and Fear of Crime among Eastern European Migrants. The "UKIP effect?" Summary: A great deal of research has been conducted on fear of crime (FoC) over last six decades. Most of this inquiry has, however, focused on the study of FoC among the general public, as such, much less is known about the nature and impact of this fear upon immigrants. For decades in the UK, the subject of immigration has continually divided public opinion, a fact that the tabloid media and the political-right have sought to capitalize upon through the use of sensationalist anti-immigration rhetoric. Based upon the accounts of twelve A2 and A8 European migrants, this study assesses the effect that anti-immigration media and political rhetoric has on Eastern-European migrants' fear of crime and the factors that aggravate and mitigate its impact. A key finding of the study was that the majority of participants were not fearful of crime at all and did not believe that a risk of harm is exacerbated by hostile media or political rhetoric. For those who were fearful of crime, however, it was the experience of previous victimization that was most related to their fears. For these participants, hostile rhetoric was more threatening though not the main basis of their fears. For the majority of the participants, there were a number of mitigating (or protective) factors in their FoC, such as, their own understanding of their ethnicity, their English proficiency, the demographic of their local area, and their detachment from the groups that they saw as the target of the rhetoric. The study concludes that the rhetoric-FoC nexus is not linear and is subject to a multitude of individual and environmental factors that inform migrants' perceptions of vulnerability, experience of FoC and the perceived aggravating role of rhetoric. Details: Huddersfield, UK: University of Huddersfield, 2016. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed November 15, 2017 at: http://eprints.hud.ac.uk/id/eprint/28331/1/Thesis._Full_final_draft%20WATSON.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Fear of Crime Shelf Number: 148191

Author: Flynn, Melanie Title: Sentencing Wildlife Trade Offences in England and Wales: Consistency, Appropriateness and the Role of Sentencing Guidelines. Summary: 'Sentencing wildlife trade offences in England and Wales: consistency, appropriateness and the role of sentencing guidelines' is a new report commissioned by WWF-UK. The report examines the state of sentencing for wildlife trade offences in England and Wales, and explores the possible benefits of creating sentencing guidelines for such offences. The research examined 174 cases of illegal wildlife trade between 1986 and 2013 that resulted in convictions in courts of England and Wales and found that: - Most cases (74%) resulted in non-custodial sentences with only 58% including a fine - Fines were low - 88% were ≤$2,500, and 70% were less than the wildlife product value - When custodial sentences were used, the length of imprisonment was short - usually under ten months Overall, sentencing was considered to be inconsistent and lenient when the high profits and significant harms of offending were taken into account. Our report showed that one of the reasons for the lenient sentences imposed in the UK is that judges and sentencers might not be informed about the seriousness of the crime or the harm caused. We are therefore urging the Sentencing Council to create sentencing guidelines for wildlife trade offences, which would set out clear ways that appropriate sentences can be reached. Details: Woking, Surrey: World Wildlife Fund UK, 2017. 157p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 15, 2017 at: https://www.wwf.org.uk/sites/default/files/2017-01/WWF-UK%20Report%20-Sentencing%20wildlife%20trade%20offences%20in%20England%20and%20Wales.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Illegal Wildlife Trade Shelf Number: 148295

Author: Rees, Alyson Title: Evaluation of Visiting Mum Scheme: Final Report Summary: The Visiting Mum scheme is run by the Prison Advice and Care Trust (Pact), which is a national charity that provides practical and emotional support for prisoners and their families. These services include prison visitors' centres, a national helpline, mentoring and befriending services, relationship and parenting courses, advocacy and campaigning work (Pact, 2016). The charity focuses on ensuring children and families of prisoners have access to support which is tailored and responsive to their needs. Visiting Mum is operating at the female prison, HMP Eastwood Park, in Gloucestershire, the local prison for female offenders in the southern half of Wales as there is no women's prison in Wales (female offenders in the northern half of Wales are sent to HMP Styal in Cheshire). On average women prisoners are held 60 miles from their home address, but at Eastwood Park, 20% of women are held over 150 miles from home (HMP/YOI Eastwood Park, 2011). The Visiting Mum scheme works with Welsh female prisoners, to facilitate contact between them and their children during their period of incarceration. In Wales, despite the Welsh Government's adoption of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child as the basis for policy making about children and young people, there is no national strategy for the children of prisoners, who thus receive little support. No routine data is collected by Local Authorities about children of prisoners (in either England or Wales), meaning that this small but vulnerable group of children are unknown. Justice is not a devolved function, and Welsh Government do not routinely disaggregate and publish data on prisoners or their children to enable estimates of this population to be made. Visiting Mum is a 3-year partnership project funded by the Big Lottery Innovation Fund, which has been running since October 2014. It operates using volunteers who work with individual families in the community to prepare carers and children for visiting Eastwood Park and transport children and carers to the prison. It was designed specifically to address these issues and to support families to keep in contact (where it was in the child's best interests to do so), removing barriers to contact and supporting the whole family through the process. A well-designed and unique project, Visiting Mum currently supports and provides benefits to children living across south Wales when visiting their mothers at Eastwood Park. The volunteering organisation Sova, a charity that has been established for 40 years, working 'to help people steer clear of crime and to live healthier lives' (Sova, 2012), recruits, trains and supports the volunteers who furnish the Visiting Mum project. Volunteers support children to prepare for visits by talking about the prison regime, showing pictures of the establishment and letting children know what they can expect when they arrive. Volunteers also answer questions so that children are able to make an informed decision about whether and when to visit and provide transport for the visit. Where required, volunteers offer support to the carer and children after the visit has taken place and help to arrange future visits. The Visiting Mum scheme aims to reduce reoffending, and reduce the emotional distress caused to women incarcerated away from their children. The scheme also aims to reduce the impact of incarceration on children, and has the potential to improve the longer-term mental health of both mothers and their children. The relationship between mental health and offending is well-known (Chitsabesan et al. 2006). Incarceration may impact on both women and their children's well-being, their propensity for holding down employment and avoiding offending in the future (Welsh Public Health Wales 2016). This evaluation of the Visiting Mum scheme, examines how it operates, captures the experiences of those involved, assesses its strengths and weaknesses and determines whether it has reached the objectives set out by Pact. Details: Cardiff, UK: Cardiff University, 2017. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 16, 2017 at: http://sites.cardiff.ac.uk/cascade/files/2017/09/Final-PACT-report-Final-version.-12.7.17.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 148206

Author: Great Britain. House of Commons. Justice Committee Title: Disclosure of youth criminal records Summary: Our predecessor Committee held an inquiry into the disclosure of youth criminal records, on which it had concluded taking evidence but had not reported by the time Parliament was dissolved before the June 2017 general election. One of our first decisions in this Parliament was that we should produce a report on this important issue, based on the evidence received by our predecessor Committee. Our report considers whether the current statutory framework for disclosing records of offences committed by people when under 18 years old is appropriate and effective, and whether it strikes the right balance between protecting employers and the public, and rehabilitating people who commit offences as children. We also consider the impact of the current regime on people who offend as young adults. Witnesses highlighted the adverse effect of childhood criminal records on individuals' access to employment, education, housing, insurance and visas for travel, and its discriminatory impact on particular groups including Black and Minority Ethnic children and those within the care system. We made direct approaches to organisations representing employers or others making use of criminal records checks for their views on the subject, but received little response from them. Overall, the inquiry evidence strongly supported the case for changing the criminal records disclosure system. For young adults, the majority of those who expressed a view thought that reform was also needed. We conclude that the current system undermines the laudable principles of the youth justice system and may well fall well short of the UK's obligations under the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child. We regret the Government's decision to pursue an appeal against the recent Court of Appeal decision on the compatibility of the filtering regime with human rights standards, rather than tackling the urgent need for reform. We also conclude that the coherence of Government policy on this area would be enhanced by consolidating responsibility into a single Department. In addition our report makes a number of recommendations for changing the statutory framework, which can be summarised as follows: - enactment of Lord Ramsbotham's Criminal Records Bill to reduce rehabilitation periods under the Rehabilitation of Offenders Act 1974 (ROA) - an urgent review of the filtering regime, to consider removing the rule preventing the filtering of multiple convictions; introducing lists of nonfilterable offences customised for particular areas of employment, together with a threshold test for disclosure that is based on disposal/sentence; and reducing qualifying periods for the filtering of childhood convictions and cautions - considering the feasibility of extending this new approach, possibly with modifications, to the disclosure of offences committed by young adults up to the age of 25 - allowing chief police officers additional discretion to withhold disclosure of non-filterable offences, taking into account the age and circumstances of the offence and the individual's age at the time with a rebuttable presumption against disclosure of offences committed during childhood - giving individuals the right to apply for a review by the Independent Monitor of police decisions to disclose convictions or cautions. The 'Ban the Box' campaign aims to delay the point at which job applicants have to disclose criminal convictions by ticking a box on application forms, allowing them to be judged primarily on merit. We recommend extending this approach to all public sector vacancies, with a view to making it a mandatory requirement for all employers. We further recommend urgent amendment to Government guidance on English housing authorities' allocation schemes to reflect the 2016 court decision that found a local authority to have breached the Rehabilitation of Offenders Act 1974 by taking into account an applicant's spent offences. In relation to insurance, we recommend that the Financial Conduct Authority consider undertaking a thematic review of providers wrongly declining cover or quoting higher premiums when customers disclose a criminal record. Details: London: House of Commons, 2017. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: First Report of Session 2017-19: Accessed November 18, 2017 at: https://publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201719/cmselect/cmjust/416/416.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Ban the Box Shelf Number: 148254

Author: Millward Brown Ulster Title: Public Confidence in the Policing of Cybercrime. Summary Report of Findings Summary: The Northern Ireland Policing Board commissioned Millward Brown Ulster to undertake three elements of a programme of research under the umbrella of 'Confidence in Northern Ireland Policing'. This report addresses the following element on Cybercrime. How can the PSNI engage the community on the risks posed by cybercrime without causing undue alarm and build confidence in their strategy for dealing with this crime that those most vulnerable are adequately protected? Details: Belfast: Northern Ireland Policing Board, 2014. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 20, 2017 at: https://www.nipolicingboard.org.uk/sites/nipb/files/media-files/Cybercrime-report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Computer Crime Shelf Number: 148267

Author: Johnson, Shane D. Title: Prospective Crime Mapping in Operational Context: Final Report Summary: The systematic identification and management of risk is one element in the Home Office's reform plan published on 19 July 2006, with a stated emphasis on proactivity in risk management. The research reported here provides an innovative means of doing precisely that in respect of one offence, describing and applying a technique whose extension to all offence types would make a significant contribution to realisation of the Home Office's reform agenda. Knowing when and where to deploy resources is pivotal to the crime reduction enterprise. The attempt to identify and police 'hotspots' of crime has for some time been a part of crime reduction strategy. The positive effects of such measures have been acknowledged, with a range of interventions based on this approach having significant impacts on levels of crime. The aim of the project reported here is to understand the regularities in patterns of burglary across a range of geographical areas and to develop and test an emerging forecasting technique, prospective mapping, thereby helping the police and their crime reduction partners to prevent and detect more crime. The risk of burglary is not evenly distributed - some areas experience more burglary than others. Within areas, some homes are victimised more than the rest. However, little research has focused on the accurate prediction of which areas and locations are most likely to experience burglary next. Research concerned with crime mapping has focused almost exclusively on the description of what happened last week, last month or over the last year, with the implicit assumption that the future will be much like the past. Insofar as crime moves (and it does), such an approach is at best sub-optimal. The current study sought to develop an accurate way of forecasting where burglary is most likely to next occur, and to decide whether the resulting system had potential for use in operational policing. In addition to addressing the technical issues of how to forecast future patterns of burglary, the authors attempted to identify issues of implementation that might impede police adoption of predictive mapping systems and how such mapping might be integrated with other approaches to crime reduction Spatial and temporal patterns of crime are fluid. Research by the authors and others had demonstrated that the risk of burglary appears not only to move, but to cluster in space and time in much the same way as a communicable disease. When a burglary occurs at one home, another is likely to occur swiftly nearby. As time elapses, this risk decays so that after four to eight weeks, homes located near to a previously victimised home experience only a level of risk normal for the area in which they are located. If such patterns are ubiquitous (a notion supported by the work reported), the risk of burglary moves. The consequence is that the location of future events might be better predicted by means more sophisticated than the simple extrapolation of past patterns. The central aims of the project were as follows. - To determine whether patterns of burglary were communicable across diverse areas of the East Midlands, and if so, whether the pattern varied between areas. - To develop a predictive mapping system usable in an operational policing context. - To test the accuracy of the system and compare it with contending alternatives. - To determine how the system could be used operationally, identify obstacles to implementation, establish how it was received by those who might use it, and identify necessary refinements. - To provide an idea of the likely efficacy of the system during a field trial by evaluating its impact on crime and influence on crime reduction strategies in the area. Details: London: Home Office, 2007. 111p. Source: Internet Resource: Home Office Online Report 19/07: Accessed November 20, 2017 at: http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20110218140056/http://rds.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/pdfs07/rdsolr1907.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Burglary Shelf Number: 107823

Author: Bell, Brian Title: Fighting Crime: Cant he Police do more with less? Summary: - There were just over 3.7 million crimes recorded by the police in England and Wales in 2013-14, a fall of 21% since 2008-09. - The decline is even more substantial using another measure of crime: the Crime Survey of England and Wales (in which respondents report whether they have been victims of crime, and which therefore includes crimes not reported to the police). This shows a fall of 29% since 2008-09, though the number of crimes is higher, at 7.3 million. - Over the same period, the number of police officers has fallen by just over 16,000, a drop of 11%. There has been an even larger decline in the numbers of police staff and Police Community Support Officers (PCSOs). - The evidence suggests that fewer police officers would tend to lead to a rise in crime. Given the reduced crime figures, this suggests that either the productivity of the police has risen or fewer people are turning to crime - or both. - On productivity, there is evidence that forces have realised substantial efficiency gains and are policing in a more effective way. - On criminal behaviour, there are long-run trends, such as an ageing population, that point in the direction of reduced criminality. In addition, technological change appears to have reduced some opportunities available to criminals. - Whether the pace of reductions in the police workforce that have occurred so far can be sustained without slowing - or reversing - the decline in crime is an open question. Details: London: Centre for Economic Performance. London School of Economics and Political Science, 2015. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 20, 2017 at: http://cep.lse.ac.uk/pubs/download/EA031.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Effectiveness Shelf Number: 148270

Author: Weare, Siobhan Title: The Socio-Legal Response(s) to Women Who Kill: A proposed model for acknowledging their agency Summary: This thesis will explore the socio-legal response(s) to women who kill. Interrogating the constructions of "woman" and "femininity" within criminal legal discourse it will argue that the agency (that is, the ability of an individual to choose to act in a particular way) of women who kill is denied, both passively and actively within criminal legal discourse. It will be argued that denying the agency of women who kill is problematic for numerous reasons, including but not limited to, the construction and reinforcement of gender discourse surrounding femininity and issues of justice both being done and being seen to be done for women who kill and for their victims. In order to address these issues, this thesis will therefore propose an agency-based model for women who kill, which will interrupt both the passive and active agency denials which currently exist for these women. Details: Lancaster University, 2014. 320p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 21, 2017 at: http://eprints.lancs.ac.uk/74373/1/2015WearePhD.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Offenders Shelf Number: 148286

Author: Milne, Emma Title: Suspicious perinatal death and the law: criminalising mothers who do not conform Summary: How should the criminal justice system respond to women who conceal their pregnancies, resulting in the death of the foetus or baby? It is widely expected that a pregnant woman will act in the best interests of her unborn child, including submitting herself to medical examination. However, these expectations are not always met and this causes particular problems for vulnerable women who experience crisis pregnancies. In such situations women have hidden their pregnancies, given birth in secret, and are suspected of causing the death of the baby. Alternatively, their actions while pregnant, and during labour and delivery are deemed to have culminated in the stillbirth of the child. While there are no accurate statistics, every year approximately 7 babies/foetuses are known to die in such circumstances during the perinatal period. Through a detailed examination of transcripts from sentencing hearings of criminal cases heard 2010-2014, I explore how and why women involved in such cases have come to be dealt with through English criminal law. There appears to be a strong desire to criminalise women who are perceived to fail to put the foetus first. Criminal justice professionals use out-dated offences to capture these perceived criminal wrongs. I conclude that if the state wishes to punish women for harm caused to the foetus, then the enactment of foetal protection laws would be appropriate. However, as critical assessment of such law in the United States of America illustrates, such laws could have dramatic consequences on the rights of women. The cases analysed in this thesis provide a fascinating lens through which to examine a range of broader issues including, the expectation that women should put the needs of the foetus before their own, and the assumption that motherhood starts at conception and is natural and inherent. Details: Colchester, UK: University of Essex, Department of Sociology, 2017. 328p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 27, 2017 at: http://eprints.mdx.ac.uk/22816/1/Emma%20Milne%20PhD%20Thesis.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Homicide Shelf Number: 148500

Author: Livingstone, Sonia Title: Children's Online Activities, Risks and Safety: A Literature Review by the UKCCIS Evidence Group Summary: Research findings are vital to provide the evidence base to inform stakeholder actions designed to improve children's online safety. Evidence can help estimate the scale and scope of problems, and provides an often necessary corrective to unfounded public anxieties, informing policy and practice. It can track changes in children's practices, informing the updating of advice, helping to frame and understand complex questions to which we lack common-sense answers - for example, about the nature of children's vulnerability in digital media. It is also important to know where gaps in the evidence base exist. The UKCCIS Evidence Group identifies, evaluates and collates information from pertinent research findings, and communicates this to stakeholders with the aim of keeping UKCCIS, and the wider public, up to date. In 2010 and again in 2012, the Evidence Group reviewed the available research, recognising that children's engagement with the internet and associated digital media continues to change, with new risks and safety issues arising and, fortunately, new research conducted to guide policy and practice. By early 2017 it was judged timely to review the available research afresh which led to the report Children's online activities, risks and safety. Details: London: London School of Economics, 2017. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2017 at: http://www.lse.ac.uk/business-and-consultancy/consulting/assets/documents/childrens-online-activities-risks-and-safety.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 148508

Author: Great Britain. HM Chief Inspector of Prisons Title: Report on an unannounced inspection of Juvenile unit at HMYOI Parc Summary: This report concerns the small juvenile institution for up to 64 boys aged under 18 located in the much larger Parc prison in South Wales. The unit and wider prison are operated by the private company G4S. Owing to the risks and accountabilities associated with such facilities, and in consultation with the Youth Justice Board, we inspect all young offender institutions (YOIs) annually. We last inspected the institution in January 2016. At the time - and in keeping with previous inspections - we reported positively, although on that occasion we did record some deterioration in our assessments for our healthy prison tests of safety and respect, and cautioned the prison against complacency. Unfortunately that warning was not heeded sufficiently and at this inspection we recorded yet further deterioration in outcomes related to safety and respect. It was a particular concern that procedures and practice to support child safeguarding and child protection had worsened significantly. The administration of arrangements as well as the consistency and rigour with which referrals and investigations were managed was lacking. We address this concern and seek immediate improvements in the first of our main recommendations. Safety in general was not good enough. Some 42% of boys told us they felt victimised by others and 60% felt victimised by staff - a significant increase and worse than at comparable prisons. In our survey nearly a third of boys indicated they felt unsafe. In the six previous months, although most were minor, there had been in excess of 100 violent incidents. As an example, the number of assaults on staff had increased from two to 22 when compared to the six months prior to our previous visit. At this inspection we found four boys self-isolating in cell for their own protection. Strategies, policies and initiatives existed with the intention of reducing violence and intimidation as well as promoting positive behaviour, but they were not applied consistently or effectively and were not working. Of particular concern was the insufficient visible leadership on the unit, and staff, whilst generally caring, lacked authority or confidence. All too often we saw staff failing in their duty to confront poor behaviour or set acceptable boundaries. The needs for much better management initiative, more effective strategies to confront poor behaviour, and more effective staff supervision are the subjects of our two other main recommendations. Security procedures on the unit were proportionate and evidence suggested the influence of illegal drugs was not strong. Use of force, in contrast, was much higher than we would expect and the quality of supervision and oversight needed to be better. Formal segregation was used infrequently. It was the case, however, that too many boys at risk of self-harm and subject to case management support were left isolated and alone in cell. The number of self-harm incidents on the unit remained relatively high. The YOI at Parc is a relatively small, arguably claustrophobic facility. During our inspection some refurbishment was taking place but, environmentally, standards and cleanliness were not good enough. The unit was shabby and too often the atmosphere on the wings was described by inspectors as unruly. The absence of visible leadership to set consistent standards and model expected behaviour was very obvious to us. The promotion of equality and diversity remained very limited and rudimentary, but health care services were mostly good. The quality of food was reasonable overall. The amount of time boys spent out of cell had worsened but the delivery of learning and skills was beginning to improve. Our colleagues in Estyn judged provision to be 'good' overall, with good quality teaching and good achievements by boys. Boys behaved well in class and there were enough places on offer, but punctuality was poor. Resettlement services were similarly improving, supported by an up-to-date needs analysis. All boys had a sentence plan but needed to be better engaged with the process and its requirements. Release planning was generally satisfactory, although there was a need to consider how offending behaviour work might be improved. Work with families was excellent. The YOI at Parc has over recent years been one about which we have been very positive. It was arguably one of the best such institutions and had a number of advantages, not least its small size. There remained much still to commend, notably the provision of learning and skills and resettlement services. We also acknowledged that the small number of boys held on the units presented significant individual and behavioural challenges. That said, the deterioration in safety and general standards on the unit needed to be arrested. Systems and procedures were in place but they were not working. A firmer grip and visible leadership were needed urgently. Staff needed guidance and support and they needed greater confidence in establishing their authority and exercising better control over what was happening in the institution. Details: London: Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Prisons, 2016. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2017 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprisons/wp-content/uploads/sites/4/2017/04/Parc-Web-2017-1.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 148514

Author: Behan, Cormac Title: Punishment, prisoners and the franchise Summary: In 2005, the European Court of Human Rights ruled that the UK law banning all convicted prisoners from voting contravened the European Convention on Human Rights. Despite numerous court cases - both domestic and European - extensive consultations and a parliamentary committee established specifically to consider the issue, successive UK governments have rejected this judgment and resisted changing the law to allow prisoners access to the franchise. This paper begins by considering the key arguments for and against the enfranchisement of prisoners, many of which have been used in the debates on the issue. It analyses why prisoner voting has caused so much controversy in the UK and why parliament continues to maintain a blanket ban. It examines the experience of prisoner voting in other jurisdictions and finds little evidence for the contention that allowing prisoners access to the franchise will have a detrimental impact on the democratic process. It concludes with an argument in favour of allowing prisoners to vote. Details: London: The Howard League for Penal Reform, 2015. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Howard League What is Justice? Working Papers 20/2015: Accessed November 28, 2017 at: http://howardleague.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/HLWP_20_2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Collateral Consequences Shelf Number: 148517

Author: Ginneken, Esther F.J.C. van Title: The pain and purpose of punishment: A subjective perspective Summary: Punishment is one of the purposes of sentencing and may additionally serve instrumental functions, primarily the reduction of crime. However, the current sentencing framework rests on a flawed understanding of the experience and severity of sentences. Punishment can be experienced in a variety of ways and the severity of a sentence depends on individual circumstances and vulnerabilities; subjective severity is also inextricably linked to inequality in society. Sentencing guidelines have been introduced with the aim of achieving consistency in sentences, with more severe punishment for more serious offences. However, it is necessary to move away from the idea that we can objectively rank severity of punishment and give more consideration to what it is supposed to achieve. Regarding imprisonment, it currently fails to communicate to prisoners what it is for and neither does it appear to achieve rehabilitation or deterrence. Yet, the legitimacy of the Criminal Justice System rests on perceptions of fairness, not only of victims and the public, but also of those subjected to punishment. A 'just' criminal justice system should therefore consider subjective experiences in sentencing and the implementation of sentences. This paper advocates a commitment to communicative punishment, with offenders as active participants in the process of shaping their punishment. Details: London: the Howard League for Penal Reform, 2016. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Howard League What is Justice? Working Papers 22/2016: Accessed November 28, 2017 at: http://howardleague.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/HLWP-22-2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Punishment Shelf Number: 148518

Author: Kotova, Anna Title: Justice and prisoners' families Summary: Previous research has shown that prisoners' families in the UK are greatly affected by imprisonment: financially, socially, emotionally and practically. Despite an ever-growing body of literature, however, the topic of prisoners' families has not yet become one of the key themes in criminology and the sociology of punishment. Criminal justice policy has also failed to engage with the needs of prisoners' families, with criminal justice discourse being largely focused on justice as defined by punishments and deserts. Building on the concept of social justice, this paper argues that a broader understanding of justice within criminal justice is sorely needed if social justice is to be achieved for prisoners' families. It then discusses four types of injustices that are highlighted by thinking of prisoners' families through a social justice lens. It concludes that to do justice for prisoners' families, there is a need to broaden the meaning of justice in criminal justice, and discuss social justice and the collateral consequences of imprisonment. Details: London: The Howard League for Penal Reform, 2014. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Howard League What is Justice? Working Papers 5/2014: Accessed November 28, 2017 at: http://howardleague.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/HLWP_5_2014_2.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 148519

Author: Donmall, Michael Title: Evaluation of the Drugs and Alcohol Recovery Payment by Results Pilot Programme: Final Report Summary: In April 2011, the Department of Health (DH) announced that eight local areas had been selected to pilot a new approach to commissioning and delivering drug and alcohol misuse treatment. Under these 'payment by results drug and alcohol recovery pilots', a proportion of provider payments were linked to achievement of specified outcomes representing recovery from problems relating to drugs and alcohol misuse by service users. The pilots started in April 2012. The purpose of the PbR Pilots was to both develop and test out this new approach to the commissioning and delivery of drugs and alcohol services. Alongside the pilots programme, the DH, in partnership with other government departments, commissioned an independent evaluation. This evaluation supports future policy-making by providing a rigorous and independent, formative and summative, evaluation of the pilots programme. The aims of the evaluation were to: robustly assess the effectiveness of the PbR pilots on the provision of treatment; undertake an economic evaluation of the PbR pilots programme; and disseminate lessons for ensuring the quality, effectiveness and efficiency of Drug and Alcohol Recovery PbR models in the future. To meet these aims, the evaluation included process, impact and economic components which were carried out in all eight pilot sites. The evaluation involved undertaking in-depth interviews with a range of stakeholders, and analysis of administrative data on costs, outcomes and impact. The reporting arrangements for the evaluation included publication of a comprehensive Scoping and Feasibility Report in November 2012, which refined the scope of the evaluation and listed the extended set of agreed research questions to be addressed. They also included requirements for annual interim reports, which have been summarised on the project website. The project involved 201 interviews with 356 stakeholders involved in the development, implementation, delivery and receipt of treatment services under the drug and alcohol recovery payment by results (PbR) pilots. The interviewees included policy stakeholders (e.g. from the Department of Health, Ministry of Justice), commissioners, senior managers, service managers, practitioners, carers and services users from across the eight pilot sites. All interviews were conducted between April 2012 and October 2013 to capture views and experiences at different stages of the pilot programme. The findings were also triangulated with data collated and published by the Department of Health (DH) during the course of the piloting process (e.g. monthly, followed by quarterly, update reports provided by the pilot sites to the DH) and on data by the National Drug Treatment Monitoring System (NDTMS). We estimated the impact of the pilot programme using a difference-in-differences methodology. Treatment outcomes were measured by comparing results for the two years prior to implementation (1st April 2010 to 31st March 2012) with the two years post-commencement of PbR piloting (1st April 2012 to 31st March 2014). Data were analysed separately for those presenting with primary drug problems and primary alcohol problems. The primary drug dataset also included information from the Treatment Outcome Profile (TOP) form recorded on initiation to treatment, at set review points and at treatment exit. Analyses of TOP data were restricted to drug cases since these were inconsistently returned for primary alcohol clients over the four-year period examined. Details: Manchester, UK: National Drug Evidence Centre University of Manchester, 2017. 164p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2017 at: https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Tim_Mcsweeney2/publication/320254325_Evaluation_of_the_Drugs_and_Alcohol_Recovery_Payment_by_Results_Pilot_Programme_Final_Report/links/59d78902aca27213dfa5232d/Evaluation-of-the-Drugs-and-Alcohol-Recovery-Payment-by-Results-Pilot-Programme-Final-Report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Treatment Shelf Number: 148520

Author: Synnott, John Title: Why crime occurs where it does: A psycho-spatial analysis of criminal geography Summary: This study investigates the impact of aspects of geographic location on criminal spatial behaviour. It is also concerned with where crimes occurs and how the location of crime may actually limit the behavioural possibilities of criminality, these limitations are derived, in part, from offenders representations of their offending locations and the potential for desired criminal activity in those locations. The underlying behavioural possibilities for criminal movement relate to the background characteristics of the individuals committing offences. The Thesis develops a locational characteristic paradigm, which puts the focus on where crime occurs reflecting the type of the individual who is likely to commit crime there. This study examines those features of individuals' psychological, physical or cultural backgrounds, as they relate to geography, that prohibit or inhibit forms of criminal movement. The study addresses this by focusing on an offenders' representation of crime opportunities, the distribution of crime locations and offenders considerations when planning their crimes. The study aims to provide a direct challenge to some of the key concepts within the criminal spatial literature, such as routine activity theory, rational choice theory, the psychological importance of the home and the influence of familiarity on crime locations. Individual differences across features of criminality are examined. Real crime cases are explored in order to unearth the differences within the geographic profile of offences. Offender representations of their offending areas are studied in an attempt to establish what these depictions actually represent. The work explores the distribution of offence locations and the rationale offenders put forward for why they offended where they did to establish if there are barriers to offending and how offenders account for these barriers, if at all. The first stage of the research is a Case Study introduction to the crime of Tiger Kidnap (TK) in Ireland. TK is an adaptation of a Standard Armed Robbery offence and is the term used to describe the abduction of a person(s) of importance to a target (generally a bank manager) in which that person(s) is used as collateral until the target complies with the requests of the offenders. What makes TK a unique crime is introduced and the substantial distribution of offence locations, something which has not previously been observed in the criminology literature, is discussed. The first empirical analysis addresses methodological concerns within the measurement of distance data. It challenges the related literature which suggests Crow Flight as a valid and reliable measure of criminal distance data. Previous studies acknowledge that Crow Flight knowingly underestimates the likely distance offenders travel and that it relates to the relative position of locations in the mental representations of distance. It is hypothesised that this difference is likely to be significant, and, that offenders conceptualise distance through routes, not relative positions of location. This was confirmed in the interviews with offenders. This study compliments previous work on this topic by opening the possibility of a new methodological alternative for measuring criminal distance data. The argument for this conceptualisation of distance is based on the advancement in technology and transport primarily, where offenders now have access to route information much more readily than they will have to deal with the relative position of locations. The advance planning found in the current cases show that offenders have gone as far as to travel the routes that they will use, indicating that these distances are considered in terms of routes and the time it takes to travel these routes. The hypothesis is that there is a significant difference between the Crow Flight measure and the Route Distance measure of distance data. A significant distortion in probable distance travelled compared to the Crow Flight measure was found. The findings provide support for the current argument that distance measures in future studies would have greater methodological precision if they were to favour the route distance measure . The work moves to examine the geographical profile of TK offences in Ireland. Building on the first study into distance measurements, and how using route distance appears to be, for Irish offences, a more psychologically valid form of measurement. The second study applied these findings onto the measurement stage of a sample of real cases of TK while also looking at the variation between offences. The hypothesis was that there would be a significant difference between TK in the North and South of Ireland. The analysis found that offenders in the North of Ireland had a significantly reduced geographic profile than offenders in the South. These differences relate to the type of offenders that are operating in those locations. Research from the Home Office and reports from the Police Service of North Ireland has suggested that TK in the North, are committed by ex-paramilitary offenders who are likely to have advanced skills in hostage taking and experience in staging and planning operations of this nature. This type of offender is less bound to the geographical opportunities that offenders in the South can avail of and operate on a much more refined geographic template than their counterparts in the South. This study highlights the distortion that can be found when studying types of offences as a whole, and, specifically, it showed the differences that can exist within the same crime type. The forth stage of the work explored offenders cognitive maps and the information that can be gleaned from the graphic representations of their crimes. The study tested the validity of a revised model of Appleyard's 1970's Sketch Map Classification Scheme. The study questions whether the multi optional classification schemes are too broad to distinguish one style of map from another. The results supported this position, finding that the rigid classification schemes are unreliable as they are too subjective in the manner in which they can be ascribed. However, it was found that there was a distinction between maps that were basic and simple over more complex maps. It was also found that the context behind the drawing, as in what was being represented by the offender, influenced the style of map that was presented. This suggests that knowledge of the background to the offender is just as integral to the process of classifying an individual's cognitive map as is the sketch map itself. The final study explores the role of psychological barriers to crime and offenders interpretation of their offending behaviour. This was achieved through exploring the distribution of crime around the Dublin region in Ireland. The hypothesis was that the distribution of offences would be restricted to the side of the city in which the offender resided. This was supported through the finding that offenders preferred to offend on the side of the city that they lived. This is illustrated in the maps that they marked their crimes on. This was based on the psychological barriers to movement that manifests itself in the River Liffey that divides the North of the city from the South of the City. Offenders rationale for offending on one side of the city over the other highlights an interesting development in that they equate the locations in which they offend to be based on issues removed from the influence of the river partition. Security consideration and closeness to home were offered as reasons why offenders offended where they did. However, when studying the distribution of offence locations they highlight a clear distinction in the form of a geographic arena, based on the river that divides the city. Further examples of this geographic arena are discussed in respect to the distribution of offence locations in the North of Ireland which relate to the border that previously divided the North of Ireland from the South of Ireland. This study highlighted the need for an understanding of not just offender characteristics but also the physical characteristics of the location of crime. The implications of these studies for how we conceptualise criminal spatial movement are discussed. At present, there exist little to no study into the area of spatial context, which is an understanding of the nature of the differences in movement based on the characteristic background of the offender. The special importance of the crime of TK and the unique contributes of this form of criminality is outlined. A criterion based paradigm for the measurement, analysis and interpretation of geographical data is put forward. An improved understanding of specific influencing aspects of offenders' spatial behaviour will enhance the modelling of offender behaviour. This has implications for policing and the investigation of crime generally. Details: Huddersfield, UK: University of Huddersfield, 2013. 273p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 29, 2017 at: http://eprints.hud.ac.uk/id/eprint/23486/ Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 148583

Author: Tate, Hayley Title: Prisoners' perceptions of care and rehabilitation from prison officers trained as Five Minute Interventionists Summary: This qualitative study explores the perceptions of 10 prisoners who were supervised by staff trained as 5 Minute Interventionists during the early rollout of the scheme. Five Minute Intervention (FMI) training prepares prison staff to turn everyday conversations into opportunities for rehabilitation using skills such as active listening, motivational interviewing and socratic questioning. The aim is that with these FMI skills staff can take every opportunity to encourage the people in their care to strengthen their decision making skills and build a stronger sense of self-efficacy while working with hope toward positive change. Details: London: HM Prison and Probation Service, 2017. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Analytical Summary 2017: Accessed November 30, 2017 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/662699/prisoners-perception-of-care-from-prisoner-officers-trained-5-minute-interventionists.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Interventions Shelf Number: 148588

Author: Great Britain. HM Inspectorate of Probation Title: New Psychoactive Substances: the response by probation and substance misuse services in the community in England Summary: The prevalence of NPS is hard to quantify for several reasons. Synthetic drug manufacture is not geographically constrained and this prevents an estimation of the volume of such drugs being manufactured worldwide. Users of NPS often don't know what they are taking, and in some cases they have been misled, with NPS passed off as more conventional drugs such as ecstasy. In addition, GPs, accident and emergency departments, probation services and the police do not specifically record NPS use. While the overall size of the NPS market is small in comparison with other drugs, an increasing number of countries are reporting seizures of NPS. There is also growing recognition of the harm associated with NPS use - often the result of crude manufacturing techniques and unpredictable dosage levels. As a result, they can be more lethal than other drugs. Concern is also rising about their use among marginalised populations such as prisoners and street homeless, attracted by the availability and low cost of NPS. Treatment options are more limited than with other substances, for example opioids, where substitutes are available. In most cases, treatment involves psychosocial interventions to help people consider the health risks and the costs of using NPS, and to help them make behavioural changes to reduce harm and moderate their drug use. We came across two areas using clinical detoxification to help manage withdrawal from NPS use. Overall, inspected areas did not have a good enough understanding of the prevalence of NPS use at a local level or what may work for those using NPS. While the UK government has issued advice and guidance for commissioners and substance misuse services, in the main, strategies have focused on crisis management to address emergencies. While local management relationships between substance misuse services and probation providers were good, probation engagement at a strategic level was less consistent. Where the strategic response was appropriately coordinated, for example in Newcastle, it included longer-term actions for agencies to work together and address NPS-related concerns locally. They were also more likely to be collecting NPSspecific data. Partnership working was strongest in probation teams that worked in collaboration with other agencies, such as Integrated Offender Management, and in cases where service users had court-imposed or licence conditions to engage with substance misuse services. In other cases, work was often being done in isolation. We found the assessments and plans completed by substance misuse services sufficient overall. In line with Public Health England guidance, substance misuse services worked with the individual symptoms and not specifically on the drug that the individual used. We were told that this national guidance that NPS users should be treated the same as other drug users was the reason that NPS-specific training had not been rolled out to all keyworkers - we found that this had led to a significant gap. Without specific training, keyworkers relied on their more experienced colleagues and their own research to increase their knowledge and understanding. The most skilled practitioners had developed NPS toolkits, which were then used in individual work with service users. Where these were being used, we found that there was more awareness of the risks and effects of using NPS. However, many NPS users were not accessing available services. All the cases we inspected were known either to have used or be currently using NPS, yet probation assessments lacked sufficient information to explore the pattern, level and funding of NPS use. Many users experienced problems with housing, mental health, relationships and finances. Some had lost placements in hostels or housing tenancies for reasons that were often related to their NPS use, but responsible officers rarely identified this. In the process, those who lost their accommodation ended up on the streets, sleeping rough in an environment where NPS were easy to obtain and frequently used. Worryingly, probation providers did not routinely consider the risks associated with NPS use to groups such as children, staff, prisoners or the wider community, despite there being enough known about the unpredictable behaviour that could be displayed by those using the drugs. Two Community Rehabilitation Companies had developed short-duration substance misuse interventions. NPS use was only covered to a basic standard, with many attendees being better informed than responsible officers. We found no evidence that the Building Skills for Recovery accredited programme, which is designed to reduce offending behaviour and problematic substance misuse, was used for NPS users by either the National Probation Service or Community Rehabilitation Companies. Responsible officers were rarely able to talk to NPS users about their symptoms and consolidate work undertaken by substance misuse services. While probation providers were making appropriate referrals to substance misuse services, these were not always responded to in a timely fashion. Service user engagement was often sporadic and responsible officers did not do enough to support NPS users to re-engage. We found poor-quality information-sharing. Prisoners were being released into the community often with no information shared about their NPS use in prison, and release plans did not meet the needs of the prisoner in relation to their substance misuse. We found good recording of information by substance misuse keyworkers who had access to probation IT systems. In many cases, however, we found that substance misuse services held information that would have improved the quality of probation assessments and plans but was not being shared. NPS users were disengaged from services, insufficient progress had been made to address NPS use and in many cases no other work was taking place either. NPS users lacked trust in the help and support available, and many turned to using NPS to forget their problems. Confidence, knowledge and awareness were the key areas that affected the quality of work for both probation and substance misuse services. While some training had been provided, this was often not sufficient for practitioners and was no longer up to date. As a result, responsible officers and many substance misuse keyworkers were not confident enough to undertake harm minimisation work with NPS users. While clinical guidance is available, not enough has been provided to inform professionals working with NPS users on community orders in the criminal justice system. Details: Manchester, UK: Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation, 2017. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 30, 2017 at: http://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/cjji/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2017/11/New-Psychoactive-Substances-report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 148589

Author: Webster, Stephen Title: A Process Evaluation of the Structured Risk Guidance for Extremist Offenders Summary: In 2009 Her Majesty's Prison and Probation Service (HMPPS formerly the National Offender Management Service (NOMS)) developed and piloted the Structured Risk Guidance (SRG) for Extremist Offenders. The SRG process is divided into three stages: - planning and gathering information; - assessing potential areas of criminogenic need according to 21 factors which may be linked to extremist offending; and - considering the risk of serious harm in the context of an individual's beliefs, intent, motivation and capability. This report presents a process evaluation of SRG early implementation and perceived outcomes. Following this evaluation the SRG was revised in 2012 and has become the Extremism Risk Guidance 22+ (ERG22+). Aims and approach The aim of the process evaluation was to examine the use, systems and implementation of the pilot SRG for extremist offenders in prison and community settings. The objectives were: Understand the context in which the SRG was developed and implemented. Examine the implementation and delivery of the pilot SRG in England. Summarise any actions taken in regard to identified implementation of risk factors. Examine the extent of SRG interface with existing risk management arrangements. Inform a decision on further roll-out of the SRG, including recommendations regarding staff training, implementation and delivery processes and considerations for any future impact evaluation. Details: Manchester: HM Prison & Probation Service, 2017. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Analytical Series 2017: Accessed November 30, 2017 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/661787/process-evaluation-srg-extremist-offender-report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Extremists Shelf Number: 148590

Author: Burphy, Zuma Title: Just Health: An enquiry into the emotional health and wellbeing of young people in the Youth Justice System Summary: Between May and November 2016, Peer Power were commissioned by NHS England (London) to facilitate a consultation with children and young people, who had been in contact with the youth justice system. The aim of the consultation was three fold: 1. To hear from young people, who may have been seen by Liaison & Diversion services; 2. To hear from young people, who have been in the youth justice system, in order to understand what has helped them on their journey to a more settled and safer way of life and, or, what could have helped to bring them to an earlier point of change in their life; and 3. To ensure, that the experiences and voices of young people inform the future design and delivery of health and wellbeing services, commissioned by NHS England (London), for young people in the justice system. The consultation was to be facilitated by Peer Leaders that had experience of justice services. As part of the consultation, a film, that explored the views and experiences of five young people with experience of youth justice and health agencies, was also produced. There is a range of Youth Justice Liaison & Diversion providers across London that span across adult and children's mental health providers and statutory youth justice services. This significantly impacted upon Peer Power's ability to reach young people, who had been involved with these services, as many providers were unable to reach, or did not respond to requests regarding, children and young people who had been through the service. A stakeholder event was held on November 9th 2016, where over 100 delegates, including young people and decision makers, came together to hear testimonials from young people and to co-create a vision for future health and wellbeing services. In addition to the threefold aims of the consultation, we identified the further aims of: - Capturing the experiences of young people in police custody more generally; - Capturing the experiences of young people, who have been arrested and are in police custody and seen by L&D services, in an effort to examine: - What is most helpful? - What happens after you have been referred for further support? - Whether young people get support from a community link worker? Exploring the practices of the YJLD services from a service user perspective; - Exploring the perceptions and experiences of L&D services amongst young people; - Identifying areas of improvement for future policy and practice, in order to provide recommendations regarding the design and delivery of L&D services to young people; - Producing a youth-led report, which is written in a style that is accessible by all and engaging. Details: London: ClearView Research, 2016. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 30, 2017 at: http://cdn.basw.co.uk/upload/basw_55523-7.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 148592

Author: Centre for Justice Innovation Title: Community Sentences Across Borders Summary: Executive Summary - There is national and international evidence that community sentences are more ef ective at reducing re-offending than short-term prison sentences and provide better value for money. When research has adjusted for the fact that individuals going to prison have a higher risk of re-offending than those who receive community sentences, evidence continues to show that the re-offending rate of offenders on community sentences is lower. - Our research shows that community sentences have consistently reduced re-offending in both England and Wales and in Scotland over the past ten years. Despite this success, there has been a 24% decrease in the number of community sentences in England and Wales over the past ten years, with much of the decline occurring since 2011. This decline has not been substantially impacted by recent reforms, implemented in 2015, as to who operates the probation services that supervise people on community sentences (known as Transforming Rehabilitation). As community sentences have fallen, there has also been a decline in the use of short-term prison sentences. - In contrast in Scotland, there has been an 18% increase in the use of community sentences over the last ten years. Much of this increase has occurred since 2011. Community sentences now make up nearly 20% of all sentences passed by Scottish courts, compared to only 12% ten years ago. At the same time, the use of short prison sentences has declined. - Our analysis suggests that the difference in the use of community sentences are not attributable to differences between the two jurisdictions in the volume of sentencing cases going through court, where both countries have seen significant decreases in the number of cases coming to and being sentenced at court. - Our analysis also suggests that the difference in the use of community sentences are not attributable to differences in the offence mix coming to court in the two jurisdictions, where trends have been broadly similar in England and Wales and Scotland. - We surmise that changes in policy and in practice in Scotland are more likely to explain the rise in the use of community sentences than these other factors. We, tentatively, suggest that the introduction of the community payback order and the presumption against short three month prison sentences (both introduced in 2011) seem likely to explain at least some of the rise in the use of community sentences in Scotland. It remains unclear what has caused community sentences in England and Wales to decline so much since 2011. - Further research is needed to explain what is behind these trends and the impact policy change may be having in the two jurisdictions. Details: London: The Centre, 2017. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 1, 2017 at: http://justiceinnovation.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/CJI-COMMUNITY-SENTENCES-ACROSS_BORDERS.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 148670

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Transparency in Supply Chains etc. A practical guide Summary: Section 54 of the Modern Slavery Act 2015 requires certain organisations to develop a slavery and human trafficking statement each year. The slavery and human trafficking statement should set out what steps organisations have taken to ensure modern slavery is not taking place in their business or supply chains. This document provides guidance on: who is required to publish a statement how to write a slavery and human trafficking statement how to approve and publish the statement Details: London: Home Office, 2017. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 1, 2017 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/649906/Transparency_in_Supply_Chains_A_Practical_Guide_2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Corporate Crime Shelf Number: 148680

Author: Social Investment Consultancy Title: Spark Inside - The Hero's Journey Life Coaching Programme: Interim Evaluation Report Summary: This interim evaluation report, published by Spark Inside, looks at the impact of their life-coaching programme, The Hero's Journey. This programme is grounded in the principle that people must be empowered to help themselves and has been delivered by Spark Inside to young people aged 15 - 25 leaving prison. The interim evaluation finds that the programme has a strong, positive and holistic impact on young people in prison and leads to positive changes in the following areas: wellbeing, social experience, decision-making and problem solving skills, empathy and emotional intelligence, and resilience and confidence. Details: London: The Consultancy, 2017. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 1, 2017 at: http://www.sparkinside.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/interim-evaluation-report-with-spark-inside-cover-sheet.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 148681

Author: Newcomen, Nigel Title: Self-inflicted deaths among female prisoners Summary: This bulletin was prompted by the recent dramatic and depressing rise in self-inflicted deaths of women in prison. It looks at 19 investigations between 2013 and 2016 of instances where women took their own lives. This small sample cannot explain this apparently rising toll of despair, but the bulletin does identify a number of important areas of learning. This learning focuses on improving suicide and self-harm prevention procedures, better assessment and management of risk, addressing mental health issues, combating bullying and ensuring timely emergency responses. I have to add I find it disheartening that many of the lessons we identify repeat those in previous publications from my office. This suggests it is not a lack of knowledge that is the issue, but a lack of concerted and sustained action. While we often identify examples of excellent and compassionate care by individual staff, and also recognise that prisons have been under enormous strain in recent years, there can be no excuse for not implementing essential safety arrangements that could ensure vulnerable women in prison are better protected. It is to be hoped that delivering safer outcomes for women (and men) in prison will be at the heart of the Government's new prison reform agenda, and that this bulletin can assist with this and help reverse the unacceptable and tragic rise in self-inflicted deaths. Details: London: Prisons & Probation Ombudsman, 2017. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Learning Lessons Bulletin: Accessed December 1, 2017 at: https://s3-eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/ppo-dev-storage-4dvljl6iqfyh/uploads/2017/03/PPO-Learning-Lessons-Bulletin_Self-inflicted-deaths-among-female-prisoners_WEB.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Deaths in Custody Shelf Number: 148682

Author: Singh, Jasjit Title: The Idea, Context, Framing and Realities of 'Sikh Radicalisation' in Britain Summary: The report examines the context and reality of Sikh activism in the UK. It draws on Dr Singh's earlier work on religious and cultural transmission among young British Sikhs, Sikh diasporas, religious movements/communities and the state in UK South Asian disaporas. Bringing together evidence from historic and contemporary media sources, academic literature, social media, internet discussion forums, ethnographic fieldwork and a series of semi-structured interviews, the report answers the following questions: FRAMING SIKH ACTIVISM IN BRITAIN: Which incidents have taken place in Britain involving Sikhs including protests and flashpoints and how have these impacted on the discourse around Sikhs in Britain? NARRATIVES AND ISSUES: Which narratives and issues are relevant in encouraging Sikhs in Britain to participate in these protests and incidents? Are there specific political / religious narratives and how are these linked to cultural issues? THE TRANSMISSION OF NARRATIVES: How are these narratives transmitted? How are Sikh organisations / institutions involved? TYPES OF SIKH ACTIVISM: Are there different types of Sikh activism and what are the key issues of focus? THE IMPACT OF SIKH ACTIVISM IN BRITAIN: What is the impact of Sikh activism on the British public? The report also maps events and incidents of Sikh political violence, highlighting how Sikh activism in Britain fundamentally changed following the events of 1984. In June 1984 Operation Bluestar saw the Indian forces storming the Harmandir Sahib (often referred to as the Golden Temple). In November the same year, Sikh bodyguards assassinated the Indian Prime Minister, triggering a wave of violence against Sikhs across India. These events remain traumatic issues for many Sikhs in Britain. Since then most incidents of Sikh violence have occurred against other Sikhs for doctrinal, personal or political reasons. The report concludes that Sikhs in Britain do not pose a security threat as there is no conflict with 'the West'. In terms of integration, the main threat of violence is from the exploitation of inter-community and/or intra-community tensions and any resulting vigilantism. Details: Centre for Research and Evidence on Security Threats (CREST), Department of Psychology, Lancaster University, Lancaster: 2017. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 4, 2017 at: https://crestresearch.ac.uk/resources/sikh-radicalisation-full-report/ Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Extremists Shelf Number: 148691

Author: Lee, Benjamin Title: Ideological Transmission II: Peers, Education and Prisons Summary: Peers, education and prisons is the second of three literature reviews on ideological transmission. The first review dealt with the ideological influence of the family on young people. The third review will deal with transmission by and through political and religious organisations. This second review focuses on secondary socialisation, and considers ideological transmission within social groups (peers), centred on educational settings, including schools, universities and university societies, and prisons. The research questions that inform these reports are as follows: How is political and religious ideology (beliefs, values, attitudes, and embodied practices) passed on between and across generations and to newcomers? Who is responsible for ideological transmission? Where and when does ideological transmission take place? How do these issues apply to the transmission of extremist and terrorist ideologies? These questions are addressed across three stages of the research review, with findings summarised in the final report. In research on families, the focus on intergenerational transmission and socialisation is well developed (see Ideological Transmission I: Families), but that is not the case in research on friendship and other peer networks. This report has revealed that there is little work that concentrates explicitly on ideological transmission between peers. Studies have focused predominantly on behaviours, relationships and to a lesser extent influences, with relatively little consideration of ideas, values and beliefs or their connection to action. Details: Lancaster, UK: Centre for Research and Evidence on Security Threats (CREST), Department of Psychology, Lancaster University, 2017. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 4, 2017 at: https://crestresearch.ac.uk/resources/peers-education-prisons/ Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Extremists Shelf Number: 148692

Author: Alcohol Concern Title: Alcohol in the System: Report. An examination of alcohol and youth offending in London Summary: Young people have grown up surrounded by a culture of drinking and binge drinking in the UK, however their access to alcohol information and support is patchy. 2 Young people who drink alcohol are especially vulnerable to the effects of alcohol and are more likely to end up in dangerous and confrontational situations. 3 The links between excessive alcohol consumption and violence affecting young people are well established. 4 Up to 41% of young offenders had drunk alcohol at the time of their offence. 5 A high number of young people cited that 'drinking less' would stop them reoffending. 6 Criminal records acquired in childhood can have a long term detrimental impact on the lives of many young people, worsening their prospects and outcomes. 7 Current screening and assessment for alcohol use amongst young people is patchy, opportunities are being missed. 8 Alternative options to the criminal justice system, such as recognising alcohol misuse as a public health issue, are required for young people who carry out criminal acts while under the influence of alcohol. 9 Actively involving young people in the design and delivery of services is an effective way of meeting needs and building their capacity to become active citizens Details: London: Alcohol Concern, 2016. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 5, 2017 at: https://www.alcoholconcern.org.uk/aitsappendices Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 148703

Author: Butler, Stephen Title: Multisystemic Therapy: Family Integrated Transitions (MST-FIT) - A Feasibility study Summary: The present report outlines an evaluation of the feasibility of Multisystemic Therapy for Family Integrated Transitions (MST-FIT) in a UK context. The programme was developed as an adaptation of Multisystemic Therapy (MST), an American-based intervention which uses principles of cognitive and behavioural therapy, motivational interviewing, and mindfulness to help young offenders return home after a period of incarceration. In the UK, MST-FIT is currently in the early stages of being adapted to help a population of young people (aged 11 to 17) return to the family home from residential care. The programme is comprised of 2 stages: first, the young person enters a 12-week therapeutic programme within a specialist MST-FIT residential home, where they take part in regular skills sessions and work towards an individualised set of goals. During this period, the parent begins work with the MST-FIT therapist within the family home. In the second stage, the young person returns to the family home, and the MST-FIT therapist continues to work with both the young person and the parent for a further 4 months. The aims of the evaluation were to identify the systemic issues in implementing MST-FIT in the UK; and to determine whether MST-FIT is a feasible intervention for this population, and to determine to which other populations MST-FIT may be suitable. The evaluation consisted of a series of semi-structured, qualitative interviews with the programme stakeholders, including managers, MST-FIT therapists, residential staff, social workers, young people, and parents or carers. "Pre" interviews were conducted at the beginning of programme implementation, and "post", approximately 9 months later. We additionally interviewed young people, parents, and staff receiving "management as usual" (MAU) within similar circumstances as the MST-FIT families. Objective data was collected on demographic information, social care history, and education and youth offending. A total of 135 interviews were conducted, yielding rich data on the stakeholders' experience of the programme. The qualitative data was analysed using Thematic Analysis, yielding several common themes across the stakeholder groups. We present the thematic data under the following domains: thoughts going into the programme, positive aspects of MST-FIT and negative aspects of MST-FIT, outcomes for young people and families, changes to the programme between our pre and post interviews with stakeholders, and finally, facilitators and barriers to successful implementation. Details: Darlington, UK: Department for Education, 2017. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 5, 20127 at: http://dera.ioe.ac.uk/29571/1/Multisystemic_Therapy_Family_Integrated_Transitions_-_Study.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Family Therapy Shelf Number: 148705

Author: Hamilton-Giachritsis, Catherine Title: Everyone deserves to be happy and safe: A mixed methods study exploring how online and offline child sexual abuse impact young people and how professionals respond to it Summary: This study sought to develop an understanding of: - How young people who have experienced online or offline sexual abuse are impacted by it - with a focus on their voices and perspectives - Any specific effects of technology-assisted sexual abuse and related support needs - Professional responses to young people affected by sexual abuse and professional perceptions of technology-assisted abuse and its impact - Young people's views on how prevention and intervention around sexual abuse, particularly technology-assisted, could be improved This mixed methods exploratory study (for methods and participant numbers see Table 1) was approved by three ethics committees (the NSPCC, University of Birmingham, University of Bath). Carrying out this research required careful balancing of young people's rights of 'protection' and 'participation'. While the research represents an important step in identifying the impact of and responses to child sexual abuse in the UK today, especially that which is technology-assisted, its limitations must be borne in mind. In addition to the small samples sizes and the cross-sectional nature of the sample, it is important to keep in mind the potential biases related to the sample recruitment. The young people interviewed and who answered the questionnaires were recruited from NSPCC services, Childline and the National Crime Agency. Key findings - Online abuse is sometimes perceived as having less impact and being of less immediate concern than offline abuse by professionals. - TA-CSA abuse is no less impactful than offline-only sexual abuse. - Technology provides additional routes both to access young people to abuse, and to manipulate and silence them. - With TA-CSA, there are additional elements for young people to contend with, related to control, permanence, blackmail, revictimisation and self-blame. - Some professionals noted that victims are more often 'blamed', seen as participating in the abuse or do not see it as abuse when it is online. Details: London: National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children, 2017. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 7, 2017 at: https://www.nspcc.org.uk/globalassets/documents/research-reports/impact-online-offline-child-sexual-abuse.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 148750

Author: Sabbagh, Muna Title: Restorative justice and black, Asian and minority ethnic children in the youth justice system Summary: This report presents the findings of a research study conducted to develop a better understanding of the delivery of restorative justice with black, Asian and minority ethnic1 (BAME) children who have offended. It is intended to help to increase the number of BAME children who access restorative justice and improve the experiences of those who do. Restorative justice gives victims the chance to meet or communicate with their offender, to talk about the harm that has been caused and find a way to repair that harm. Restorative justice can be used to divert children before they enter the youth justice system (YJS) and can also be used as part of, or as a complement to, a formal youth justice disposal. Evidence shows that it is effective in reducing reoffending, while also helping victims to put the crime behind them and move on. Some restorative justice practitioners have, however, suggested that BAME children are less likely to access restorative justice than their white peers. This study set out to explore the scale, nature and causes of this problem and to make recommendations for change. To do this, the RJC has conducted: 1. a review of the existing evidence base on BAME children within youth justice services and on children's access to and experience of restorative justice 2. interviews with practitioners working in the YJS and with BAME children who have offended, including those who had participated in a restorative justice intervention and those who had not The findings have been used to develop recommendations for changes in both policy and practice. The project was assisted by an advisory group of experts in the field, who provided advice on the research design, the final report and the ensuing recommendations. Details: London: Restorative Justice Council, 2017. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 7, 2017 at: https://www.barrowcadbury.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/Restorative-justice-and-BAME-children-in-the-youth-justice-system-1.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Ethnic Minorities Shelf Number: 148751

Author: Olliver, Rosie Title: Restorative justice and prison - a report for governors Summary: Over the last six years, following on from the 2010 white paper Breaking the cycle (Ministry of Justice, 2010a), improving the availability of restorative justice throughout the justice system has had significant government support. Successive action plans, a number of pieces of enabling legislation, the introduction of the current iteration of the Victims' Code (Ministry of Justice, 2015), and significant funding being given to police and crime commissioners (PCCs) have all supported restorative justice in becoming more mainstream and more widely available. Arguably the most important development was the funding provided to PCCs to make restorative justice available to victims of crime in their areas. This funding, part of their grant from the Ministry of Justice for victims' services, was intended to enable them to offer victims of crime access to restorative justice. It was intended to complement, rather than replace, restorative justice that was already being provided by prisons and the probation service, for which the primary purpose was the rehabilitation of the offenders under their supervision. As a result, new services have been developed or commissioned by PCCs in most areas, working to enable victims to access restorative justice. This has seen a significant increase in restorative justice capacity. But it has also created new demands on agencies managing offenders. Whenever a PCC-funded service identifies a victim who would like to access restorative justice, they then need to approach the offender to discuss their participation and, if they are willing to take part, work with them throughout the process. This must involve contact with the agencies that are responsible for their supervision, including the prison holding them if they are on remand or serving a custodial sentence. In addition, legislation has been passed to support the use of pre-sentence restorative justice. The Crime and Courts Act 2013 enables judges and magistrates to delay sentencing after a guilty plea to enable restorative justice to take place. In some cases the offender will be in prison on remand, in which case the prison will have a role to play in supporting the process. The Ministry of Justice has been clear that prisons must support the delivery of restorative justice when it is being led by another agency. Successive Restorative justice action plans in 2012, 2013 and 2014 have clearly stated that victims should be able to access restorative justice while their offender is in custody. Following on from this, the National Offender Management Service (NOMS) set a commissioning intention in 2014 that prisons should either develop capacity to provide restorative justice, or provide a supportive environment for delivery by external agencies (NOMS, 2013). It is, however, difficult to get a sense of the scale of the use of restorative justice in the prison system. The RJC carried out a mapping exercise of restorative justice provision across England and Wales in 2016 (ICPR, 2016), and there were 32 responses from prisons which were using restorative justice. RJC members report that many prisons are not providing a sufficiently supportive environment, and the RJC encounters very few prisons with their own in-house restorative justice capacity. This is a missed opportunity. There is much that restorative justice can offer to prisoners, prison staff and prison governors. As this report shows, restorative justice can help to engage offenders with their own rehabilitation and robust evidence shows that it reduces the frequency of reoffending by at least 14%. It can also help to improve the prison environment and make it a calmer and safer place for staff and offenders. It is recognised that there are barriers to restorative justice being made available to offenders. Most significantly, the prison system is currently facing real and significant challenges. Prisons are suffering from a serious reduction in resources. Between 2009- 10 and 2013-14, direct prison costs have reduced in real terms by 12% per prisoner. Going forward, NOMS envisages ongoing savings of around 15% in the next year. This means that, alongside a growing prison population, prisons have reduced staffing numbers, staff have less time to do anything outside of their core work, and governors have a smaller budget to offer rehabilitation programmes. Prisoners in some prisons can spend up to 23 hours a day locked in their cells, as there are too few staff to let them out to take part in purposeful activity. The facts, as collated by the Prison Reform Trust (2016), illustrate the scale of the problem. The prison population has increased by 91% since 1993, to 84,405 people in June 2016. Over the last six years the number of staff employed in public prisons has fallen by 30%. With this falling staff-to-prisoner ratio, perhaps it is unsurprising that conditions in prisons have deteriorated dramatically. An increasing number of prisoners are murdered, commit suicide, self harm or become victims of assault. In the year to March 2016 290 people died in prison, which is the highest number on record. One-third of these deaths were self-inflicted. Serious assaults have more than doubled in the last three years, with 2,197 serious prisoner on prisoner assaults and 625 serious assaults on staff in 2015. Details: London: Restorative Justice Council, 2017. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 7, 2017 at: https://restorativejustice.org.uk/sites/default/files/resources/files/Restorative%20justice%20and%20prison%20-%20a%20report%20for%20governors.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prison Violence Shelf Number: 148752

Author: Donkin, Susan Title: Victims and Offenders of Night-time Economy Violence Summary: Recent increases in recorded levels of violent crime are a cause for concern, particularly since violence associated with the night-time economy (NTE) has attracted a great deal of negative media attention. The aim of this study is to provide insight, using the West Midlands as an example geography, into the underlying dynamics of violence within the night-time economy. By identifying characteristics of the clientele involved in violent offences, we endeavour to increase the efficiency of any strategies aimed at providing crime reduction in a NTE setting. Recorded violent crime data occurring at a licensed premise (LPVOs) in the West Midlands between October 2004 and September 2006 form the basis for the analysis described. Data relating to all known victims and offenders of these incidents were retrieved. Socio-demographic data for all victim and offender groups were compared and contrasted and a breakdown of the extent of both repeat victimization and offending established. Individuals who were the victim of or committed three or more violent offences at licensed premises were denominated as "recurrent" victims and offenders respectively. The criminal history of recurrent offenders was analysed and compared to that of both victim and offender groups, thus providing further detail regarding those who offend most and those who are victimised most. Details: London: UCL Jill Dando Institute of Crime Science, 2007. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 7, 2017 at: https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Susan_Donkin/publication/241607010_Victims_and_Offenders_of_Night-time_Economy_Violence/links/5779dd2b08ae4645d611f3dd/Victims-and-Offenders-of-Night-time-Economy-Violence.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol-Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 110574

Author: Wellsmith, Melanie Title: Applying the concept of risky facilities to problem of violence in the night-time economy Summary: The aim of this study is, by way of example, to introduce the concept of 'risky facilities', i.e., specific premises at which a disproportionate amount of crime occurs, and to provide an overview of how these might be identified, as well as discussing the data requirements to do so. Details: London: UCL Jill Dando Institute of Crime Science, 2007. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Available at the Don M. Gottfredson of Criminal Justice, Rutgers University. Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol-Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 110573

Author: Robinson, Amanda Title: The Dyn Project: Supporting Men Experiencing Domestic Abuse Summary: 1. There are few services within either Wales or the United Kingdom that provide a specific service to men who have experienced domestic abuse. Those that do are largely helpline based, or work with men who have used violence. The Dyn Project is therefore a timely development in domestic abuse service delivery as it provides a safety planning and advocacy service for gay, bisexual, transgender (GBT) and heterosexual men who have experienced domestic abuse (see www.dynproject.org). 2. The Dyn Project began accepting referrals in January 2005. During the period of the evaluation it was located within the Cardiff Women's Safety Unit (WSU), managed by Safer Cardiff and funded by the Cardiff Community Safety Partnership. It is staffed by one full-time Coordinator who has access to the WSU's equipment, administrative personnel, and importantly the experience of other advocates working at the WSU. Recently, the Dyn Project has relocated to a different site to improve the delivery of services directly to men. However, the operational link with the WSU remains as it is considered a precondition to the operation of a men's service. 3. The Dyn Project has developed five guiding principles for its work with men: (1) that it is essential to develop appropriate services for GBT and heterosexual men which are effective in reducing risk and increasing safety; (2) services must have a clear definition of domestic abuse; (3) a clear screening protocol is essential in order to identify, and respond appropriately, to counter-allegations; (4) any service must have the capacity to risk assess referrals in order to identify those who are most at risk of experiencing abuse in the future; and, (5) work with men who have experienced domestic abuse must take place within a multi-agency setting. 4. Data collected for this report consists of 171 men referred to the Dyn Project (representing the number of referrals for a 12-month period), in-depth narrative descriptions from the case files (n=10), telephone interviews with Dyn clients to assess their perceptions of the project (n=4), and interviews with practitioners from a range of agencies that have worked with the Dyn Project (n=7). 5. The Dyn Project developed a classification system to prioritise incoming referrals, and to address the issue of counter-allegations and screening. Screening is not commonplace within services for women because women constitute the overwhelming majority of those abused; however, when working with heterosexual men it is not possible to rely on a statistical probability that they will be a victim. It has been established that perpetrators of domestic abuse use the language of victimisation in order to minimise or excuse their actions. When working with gay, bisexual and transgender men, screening is essential because the dynamics of the relationship may not make it possible to easily identify the role of each partner or there may be a history of counterallegations. A substantial amount of the work undertaken by the Dyn Project was in relation to screening and classifying referrals. 6. The Dyn Project uses four categories to describe the men who have experienced domestic abuse from an intimate partner: - MV1 - Men in same-sex relationships. (24% of 171 men) - MV2 - Heterosexual men with no known history of abusive or violent incidents as either a victim or a perpetrator. (30% of 171 men) - MV3 - Heterosexual men with a known history of abusive or violent incidents (i.e., they have been identified as the (alleged) perpetrator of domestic abuse towards a former or current intimate partner); however, they have no record of any High or Very High Risk incidents within the last four months, and any current incidents are medium risk or for information only. (33% of 171 men) - MV4 - Heterosexual men with a known history of abusive or violent incidents (i.e., they have been identified as the (alleged) perpetrator of domestic abuse towards a former or current intimate partner). Currently they are known or alleged to be perpetrating domestic abuse or have an evidenced history of doing so (e.g., a partner referred to a MARAC, repeat incidents, etc). (13% of 171 men) 7. Therefore almost one-quarter of referrals coming to the Dyn Project are for gay male victims of domestic abuse. The overwhelming bulk of the cases coming to the Dyn Project are for heterosexual men. For these men, the distinction between 'victim' and 'perpetrator' is often blurred. 8. The typical Dyn client is a white British male who is less than 40 years old, and reflecting the Dyn Project's status as a criminal justice agency has been referred to the Dyn Project by the police. Where employment status is known, equal proportions are in full-time work as are unemployed. 9. The findings from the risk assessments conducted with male victims of domestic abuse show markedly different results from the risk factors present for female victims of domestic abuse. For example, psychological risk factors (e.g., threats to kill, suicide attempts, stalking) do not seem to feature as prominently for Dyn clients. Furthermore, victims' reports of extreme jealousy/control exhibited by their partners are much less frequent than other research has found with female victims. 10. The four types of Dyn clients differ not only in terms of the individual risk factors but also their overall risk classification (medium, high, very high risk). It is those cases where the distinctions between victimisation and offending behaviour are blurred that appear to be at highest risk. For example, significantly more MV3 and MV4 clients were more likely to be classified at high or very high risk. The more easily identified 'legitimate' victims (either gay or heterosexual) appear to be at lower overall risk. However, of these 'legitimate' victims, the proportion of gay male victims (MV1) assessed as high or very high risk was twice that of their heterosexual counterparts (MV2), accounting for almost 1 in 3 gay male referrals. Similarly, 27% of gay victims (MV1) were repeat referrals to the Dyn Project compared to only 4% of heterosexual victims (MV2). 11. Aspects of service delivery varied considerable among the four types of Dyn referrals. For example, gay male victims (MV1) were the most likely to receive long-term support. About onethird had open cases for more than 80 days, compared to only 4% of MV2, 16% of MV3 and 14% of MV4. They were also more likely to be offered and to accept the following: face-to-face appointments, telephone contact, information packs, police occurrence markers, and referrals to HomeSafe and housing services. 12. Taken together, the findings from the risk and service data appear to indicate a situation whereby gay victims are less likely to recognize or disclose their experiences as abusive, yet are more willing to take up services and support from the Dyn Project. In contrast, heterosexual male clients are more likely to be considered at greater risk, yet are less likely to accept services or support. Gay male victims appear to be the most similar to female victims of domestic abuse in terms of their desire for support and advocacy, whereas heterosexual male victims are clearly less likely to engage with the services offered by the Dyn Project. This may be a function of the type or method of service delivery at the Dyn Project, in particular the greater likelihood that the Project Coordinator was able to successfully contact gay male victims by phone. 13. Of the four GBT clients that consented to a follow-up interview, 3 perceived the Dyn Project to have reduced the violence and/or threat of violence in their lives, and 3 believed their future risk was lower due to the advice and support that they received. All four were satisfied or very satisfied with the Dyn Project. Contact with the Dyn Project was very much valued and enabled men to access services and obtain specialist advice that would not have been possible otherwise. 14. Interviews with the key informants revealed several strengths of incorporating a service for men experiencing domestic abuse into a multi-agency approach towards domestic abuse, including: increasing the information-sharing and good practice between advocates supporting male and female victims (particularly with respect to heterosexual perpetrators attempting to present to services as victims); providing a more holistic picture of the amount of men needing services and support; challenging misconceptions and increasing attention about male victims of domestic abuse; improving other agencies' awareness and responses to male victims; and providing a specialist service for GBT victims that greatly enhanced the provision afforded to this community. 15. Recommendations arising from this research include: - Maintaining existing provision so that all male victims have access to an appropriate service in Cardiff and further developing the capacity of the Dyn Wales /Dyn Cymru Helpline to ensure that male victims across Wales have access to support. - Conducting an empirical investigation into whether the FSU9 risk assessment form should be adapted specifically for male victims, particularly to further explore heterosexual and gay male risk factors respectively. - Conducting an empirical investigation into the respective risk profile of heterosexual men and their partners to inform service providers as to the nature of counter-allegations, particularly as the heterosexual referrals most at risk (MV3 and MV4) were cases with blurred distinctions between victimisation and offending behaviour. - Considering the development of a dedicated domestic abuse strategy for GBT men as their levels of risk and support uptake warrant different models of service provision, potentially as part of a broader engagement with the needs of LGBT people experiencing domestic abuse in Wales. - Considering the development of a dedicated domestic abuse strategy for heterosexual men as their levels of risk and support uptake warrant different models of service provision, particularly exploring models of intervention that can respond to the needs of men where there are blurred distinctions between victimisation and offending behaviour. - Developing a set of agreed standards for work with men who have experienced domestic abuse to ensure that interventions identify and reduce risk while holding perpetrators to account. Details: Cardiff, Wales: Cardiff University, 2006. 93p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 7, 2017 at: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/241060697_The_Dyn_Project_Supporting_Men_Experiencing_Domestic_Abuse Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Abused Men Shelf Number: 110515

Author: Prison Reform Trust Title: A Different Lens: Report on a pilot programme of active citizen forums in prisons Summary: The Prison Reform Trust launched the active citizens programme in 2015. We ran active citizens forums in ten prisons, working with groups of prisoners to study a specific problem and propose solutions for the governor to consider. Aims: - Draw on the perspectives of people in prison to tackle a selected theme and report to the governor - Give residents a chance to exercise responsibility inside prison - Encourage governors to improve conditions of prisons. PRT meets the governor to decide on a theme for the forum. We recruit eight to 12 prisoners to the forum. The forum holds four sessions to examine the problem, analyse its causes, and decide on possible solutions. The forum sends its report to the governor. The governor meets the group to discuss their proposals. We tackled topics such as preventing fights, keeping the environment clean, treating prisoners as adults, and preparing for release. The forums allowed governors to see problems from the prisoners' point of view. For example, if prices increase at the prison shop (canteen) but wages stay the same, disputes will arise and violence may increase. Each forum is a creative process that belongs to the residents. Members determine the ground rules for working together, freely discuss the problem and its causes, and come up with their own solutions. The structure is adaptable. For example, one group was drawn from a single wing; another met on four consecutive days; and one conducted a survey to gather evidence about the topic. No one knew ahead of time what each group would propose; they were free to decide on what to recommend. As forums started to think of solutions, the members felt more comfortable taking some responsibility for improving the prison. Just making recommendations was an act of trust that their suggestions would be taken seriously. The approach works well at providing senior managers with a residents' analysis of a specific theme or concern. It provides benefits for the people who take part, and enables them to exercise responsibility for their prison community in a new way. We hope that as we develop the method, the forums can become even more effective at targeting improvements to prisons. Details: London: PRT, 2017. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 8, 2017 at: http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/Portals/0/Documents/A%20Different%20Lens.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 148764

Author: Grimshaw, Roger Title: Criminal record checks: is the volume of disclosures proportionate? Summary: Our latest report, out today, reveals new evidence on the extent of unnecessary criminal record checks. Based on Freedom of Information Act requests, Criminal record checks: is the volume of disclosures proportionate?, finds that nearly three quarters of the million or so convictions revealed to employers each year in criminal records checks related to offences that were more than a decade old. The report also found that the vast majority of criminal record checks are potentially unnecessary. Out of a total of 4.2 million requests for disclosure of criminal records made in 2015, only six per cent produced criminal record information. The number of sexual offences disclosed under the 'enhanced checks' scheme - intended for those jobs where applicants might be in direct contact with vulnerable groups such as children - was also tiny. Of nearly four million enhanced checks applications made by employers in 2015, only 707, or 0.018 per cent, resulted in a sexual offence disclosure. Details: London: Centre for Crime and Justice Studies, 2017. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Briefing 23: Accessed December 8, 2017: at https://www.crimeandjustice.org.uk/sites/crimeandjustice.org.uk/files/Criminal%20records%20checks%2C%20Dec%202017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Background Shelf Number: 148765

Author: Barrow Cadbury Trust Title: Under the spotlight: reviewing police and crime plans for multiple and complex needs, and transition to adulthood Summary: Since the election of the first Police and Crime Commissioners (PCCs) in November 2012, PCCs have emerged as influential leaders at a local and national level. Faced with the difficult challenge of balancing limited resources while meeting constantly changing local needs, they have shown a willingness to innovate and to take risks. One of the pivotal aspects of the role is that PCCs are not only responsible for holding the police to account, setting police budgets and priorities and, ultimately, hiring and firing chief constables, but also for the many aspects of the 'and crime' part of their title. In many respects, the 'and crime' part of the role interests Revolving Doors Agency at least as much as the 'police' part. It is in this area that PCCs have shown an appetite for dealing with difficult local problems, at individual and community level, through the commissioning of services and through thinking at systems level. Moreover, some have used the role in other ways, including using their public profile to bring together stakeholders and fellow local leaders from other sectors to respond to local need and find creative ways of addressing often deep-seated problems. Many also contribute at strategic level to the functioning of other systems through, for example, representation on local authority health and wellbeing boards. This document presents a review of both the current and the most recent previous Police and Crime Plans for each PCC - the principal document that sets out for the public what PCCs are prioritising in their areas. The aim was to both explore how the plans reflect the breadth of multiple and complex needs (the key area of interest for Revolving Doors), as well as to other specific groups, such as young adults (to inform the work of the Transition to Adulthood Alliance) and women, to provide a tool for identifying the PCCs' areas of interest. The plans were examined on three different levels: how needs of the population in a PCC area were assessed; what needs were identified; and what priorities have been established as a result to meet these needs, reduce crime and prevent harm. Details: London: Barrow Cadbury Trust, 2017. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 8, 2017 at: https://www.barrowcadbury.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/RDA_Police-and-Crime-Plans-Review.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 148766

Author: Gibbs, Penelope Title: Defendants on video - conveyor belt justice or a revolution in access? Summary: Embracing technology is the progressive thing to do. We all know that - it has enriched our lives immeasurably. Sometimes, however, it is really important to pause for thought, and ask whether a seemingly obvious opportunity for a technological solution is actually one that is worth grasping. That is the message from this timely report. It offers a totally convincing argument that the use of video and similar technologies for virtual court hearings may carry risks and costs that outweigh the likely benefits. Court hearings are complex events. It requires a great deal of coordination and cost to assemble all the participants. Surely there are benefits to be had by allowing some - or all - of them to take part in hearings virtually? Certainly there are potential savings, but there are also some obvious, and some less than obvious, costs. The obvious ones are financial. Whilst it is easy and cheap to take part in a short Skype meeting, the virtual reality that is afforded to participants is far from real. It is very much more expensive to provide equipment that meets realistic criteria for court business. There are issues of visual and acoustic clarity. Virtual participants need to see and hear what is going on, and need to be seen and heard just as clearly. Systems need to be 100% reliable and available - which can prove expensive. These practical considerations may be surmountable, of course. 'Teething problems' can be solved, and costs of technology will fall over time - but these arguments do not remove the need for careful and thorough calculation of cost-effectiveness. The non-financial costs of virtual hearings are potentially more troubling. In the first place, many defendants are vulnerable participants, and appearances in court are arguably very stressful 'vulnerable moments' for the majority, sometimes having life-changing consequences. It is overoptimistic to expect them to participate as fully in a virtual hearing as they can in open court, and to ensure that they are properly given voice. More generally, virtual technology inevitably degrades the quality of human interaction. Nuances may be undetected, misunderstandings may go unnoticed more easily. Empathy may be lost. Defence counsel may find it harder to support their clients effectively, and there are some indications that the technology may actually affect court outcomes. In other words, there is no guarantee at present that virtual hearings will not damage the quality of justice. Finally there are more diffuse - but equally important - concerns about the impact of this technology on the legitimacy of the criminal courts. We know that courts draw their legitimacy from many sources. Treating people fairly, giving them respect, listening to their side of the story, explaining the processes carefully, are all important preconditions. But there is also an element of theatre to court business. One might question whether the full pomp and ritual of wigs and gowns are essential to the authority of the court, but it would be naive to ignore the fact that a hearing is an occasion, not simply a transaction. And it seems very likely that the quality of the occasion is thinned by the technologies of virtual reality. Some will be tempted to dismiss this report as sentimental Neo-Luddism. That would be wrong, as its arguments are balanced and thoughtful, and deserve close consideration. For most citizens, court appearances constitute rare and important moments of interaction with the power of the state. It could prove a costly mistake to penny-pinch when orchestrating these moments. Details: London: Transform Justice, 2017. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 8, 2017 at: https://www.barrowcadbury.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/TJ_Disconnected.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Courts Shelf Number: 148768

Author: Allen, Rob Title: Less is more - the case for dealing with offences out of court Summary: England and Wales has a long-standing tradition of diverting first time and minor offenders from prosecution. While the practice is most fully developed for children who commit crime, a wide range of out of court disposals exists for adults too. A community resolution, simple or conditional caution, drug warning or penalty notice can be administered quickly, cheaply and locally, allowing the police to concentrate on more serious crime. Diversion can work better than prosecution at reducing reoffending, and is generally acceptable to victims as long as they are kept properly informed. Some judges, magistrates and lawyers think that offenders may accept a caution in circumstances when they are not guilty of an offence, or do not understand the implications for their criminal record. They are concerned that too many cases are diverted which should properly come to court. Yet many people who do go to court get low level penalties such as fines which could, in effect, be imposed out of court and which do nothing to help tackle any underlying problems an offender may have. So it seems there is scope for greater use of diversion. Recent years have however seen a large decline in the use of diversion. More than half of first time offenders now go to court rather than receive a caution, compared to 1 in 5 ten years ago. The decline partly results from a desire to end a "cautions culture" by restricting the availability and use of out of court disposals. Alongside measures to limit diversion for serious and repeat offenders, the government intends to replace the existing range of options with just two - a community resolution and conditional caution. Three police forces have been piloting the two tier system and, while the evaluation is yet to be published, it seems clear that, if diversion is to fulfil its potential, a number of measures will need to be taken. These include : - Encouraging police to use their discretion and professional skills to resolve minor problems and disputes at the lowest level locally without the need to take formal action - Making sure that more first time offenders and cases which are likely to be dealt with by an absolute or conditional discharge or small fine are instead dealt with outside court - including many cases currently dealt with under the "single justice procedure". - Extending the approach to diverting children away from the courts to young adults, so that they are given a greater opportunity to grow out of crime. - Identifying and promoting the best models for scrutinising diversion arrangements. - Funding a suitable range of treatment options (including restorative justice) to be attached to community resolutions and conditional cautions. - Developing a justice reinvestment approach which uses the savings which diversion brings to police, prosecutors and courts to fund local programmes designed to further reduce crime and prevent offending. Details: London: Transform Justice, 2017. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 8, 2017 at: http://www.transformjustice.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/November2017_Less-is-more.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Court Reform Shelf Number: 148769

Author: Eades, Chris Title: 'Knife Crime': A Review of evidence and policy. Second edition Summary: A coherent evidence based strategy that recognises the deeper structural causes of inequality, poverty and social disaffection is needed to address knife related offending according to a report published by the Centre for Crime and Justice Studies. The report argues that enforcement and punitive action to tackle knife carrying and knife use, such as harsher sentences, fail to take account of the fact that it is 'merely one expression of interpersonal violence'. Success in tackling knife crime will only come with success in dealing with the underlying causes of violence, fear and insecurity. 'Knife Crime' A review of evidence and policy is the second edition of a report originally published in August 2006. It includes the latest official data and a more detailed statistical analysis to determine possible trends in offences involving knives. The comprehensive review of evidence and policy states that: Knife carrying, especially amongst young men, is not unusual but there is insufficient evidence on the extent, nature, motivation, frequency and possible growth of knife carrying. Without further research, designing and implementing programmes to reduce the incidence of knife carrying will be difficult. According to official statistics the number of violent crimes involving knives in England and Wales has remained stable in recent years and it is impossible to establish either an upward or down ward trend in the number of actual incidents. Within particular offence categories there is no substantial evidence of a significant change in the proportions of knife use. Sharp instruments, which includes knives, are the most common weapon in a homicide. But as a proportion of all homicides the use of sharp instruments has fallen over the past decade, accounting for less than thirty per cent of homicides in 2005/2006 compared to nearly forty percent in 1995. There is limited research on the motivations for knife carrying but children who have been a victim of crime are more likely to carry knives. There appears to be a link between knife carrying and whether or not young people feel safe from crime and victimisation. The available research shows that children, young people, those living in poor areas and members of black and minority ethnic communities are more likely to be the victims of knife offences. Details: London: Centre for Crime and Justice Studies, 2007. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 8, 2017 at: https://www.crimeandjustice.org.uk/sites/crimeandjustice.org.uk/files/ccjs_knife_report.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Knife Crime Shelf Number: 110511

Author: Wickham, Melisa Title: Alcohol consumption in the night-time economy Summary: The night-time economy (NTE) is activity which occurs between the hours of 6pm to 6am and involves the sale of alcohol for consumption on-trade (e.g. bars, pubs and restaurants). This work looks at the most effective ways to mitigate the costs associated with alcohol in the NTE. It is combined with a tool which estimates (currently measurable) pros and cons for each London Local Authority. The policy options assessed cover pricing, licensing, premise design and operations, public realm design, service interventions, and community mobilisation. The tool estimates a range of variables including the value of output, additional tax revenue from alcohol sales and the value drinkers receive (over and above the price they pay). It also estimates the associated crime (including drink driving), acute alcohol illness and lost economic output from NTE patrons being off sick from work. Details: London: Greater London Authority, 2012. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper 55: Accessed December 8, 2017 at: https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/gla_migrate_files_destination/wp-55.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol-Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 148772

Author: Lousley, Gemma Title: We are still here: The continued detention of women seeking asylum in Yarl's Wood Summary: Our new report, We Are Still Here, finds that vulnerable asylum-seeking women, including those who have experienced rape, are still being locked up in immigration detention. A year ago, the Home Office introduced the new 'Adults at Risk' policy. For the first time, this policy recognised the harm that detention causes vulnerable women and said that those who have experienced sexual violence should not normally be detained. However, our research finds that the policy is not working. The Home Office still routinely detains vulnerable women for long periods of time. Women who are 'unsuitable for detention' are not being identified, and even when their vulnerability is known they still are kept locked up. Details: London: Women for Refugee Women, 2017. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 8, 2017 at: https://www.barrowcadbury.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/We-are-still-here-report-WRW.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 148773

Author: Harris, Julie Title: Evaluation of the Alexi Project 'Hub and Spoke' programme of CSE service development: final report Summary: This report details the evaluation of a programme of service development as it was rolled out through 16 new services, which were designed to extend the coverage and reach of child sexual exploitation (CSE) services in England. They were funded by the Child Sexual Exploitation Funders' Alliance (CSEFA). The 16 services were all established by voluntary sector organisations, and specialised in working with young people affected by CSE. Each service adopted a 'Hub and Spoke' model of service development, which involved an established voluntary sector CSE service (known as the 'hub'), locating experienced project workers (known as 'spokes') in new service delivery areas. These spoke workers undertook a range of activities to improve CSE work locally, including individual casework and awareness-raising with children and young people, and consultancy, training and awareness-raising with professionals locally. The evaluation adopted a realist approach. This focusses not just on whether programmes or interventions work, but on how or why they might do so (Pawson and Tilley, 1997 ). It takes a theory-driven approach to evaluation rather than concentrating on particular types of evidence or focussing on 'before' and 'after' type data. It starts from the principle that interventions in themselves do not either 'work' or 'not work' - rather it is the people involved in them and the skills, attitudes, knowledge and approach they bring, together with the influence of context and resources, that determine the outcomes generated. The evaluation was undertaken between September 2013 and January 2017, exploring how the 16 services developed during a phased roll out. The evaluation team undertook extensive fieldwork at each site on two occasions (one visit for the final eight sites), including 276 interviews with Hub and Spoke staff, professionals locally from children's services, police, and health, and with children and young people and parents/ carers. In addition, quantitative data were collected (about numbers of young people and professionals reached), and spoke workers produced case studies about their work with young people. Details: Bedfordshire, UK: University of Bedfordshire, 2017. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 8, 2017 at: http://cdn.basw.co.uk/upload/basw_101915-6.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 148776

Author: Prison Reform Trust Title: "There's a reason we're in trouble": Domestic abuse as a driver to women's offending Summary: Many women in prison have been victims of much more serious offences than the ones they are accused of, with a growing body of research indicating that women's exposure to physical, emotional and sexual abuse, including coercive control, is for some a driver of their offending. A key difference between women and men in prison is that family relationships tend to be a protective factor for men whilst, for women, relationships are more often a risk factor. Baroness Corston's study of women in the criminal justice system a decade ago found that coercion by male partners and relatives is a distinct route into criminality and prison for some women. The purpose of this briefing is to highlight the links between women's victimisation and their offending and make recommendations that will help break the cycle. Our intention is neither to pathologise nor to exculpate women offenders affected by domestic abuse, but to understand the factors underlying their offending and ensure that these are fully and fairly taken into account in decision-making by criminal justice agencies. The co-existence of victimisation and offending is now better recognised, but the links between them are still not well understood by all agencies. There has been some progress both in tackling violence and abuse against women and girls, and in the treatment of victims in the criminal justice system. Improvements in the police response and in aspects of the court process should lead to benefits for women offenders affected by domestic abuse, but challenges remain. The latest figures from the Crown Prosecution Service show a reduction in prosecutions for domestic abuse, and funding cuts to specialist domestic abuse services including refuges leave vulnerable women without support. The links between domestic abuse and offending by women require more attention in: - UK and Welsh Government strategies on tackling violence against women and girls, on women offenders, and on victims - Sentencing guidance - Frameworks of standards, guidance and training for all criminal justice professionals - police, prosecutors, offender managers, criminal defence lawyers and the judiciary - Commissioning of specialist, gender-specific support and rehabilitation programmes in prison and the community - Police responses to women offenders who may be affected by domestic abuse, including through problem solving triage and diversion schemes. Details: London: PRT, 2017. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 18, 2018 at: http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/Portals/0/Documents/Domestic_abuse_report_final_lo.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 148855

Author: Risk Solutions Title: Evaluation of the new drug driving legislation, one year after its introduction. A report for Department of Transport Summary: Section 4 of the Road Traffic Act 1988 is concerned with 'Driving, or being in charge, when under influence of drink or drugs'. It addresses the offence of driving a vehicle while impaired through consumption of drugs or alcohol. For drink driving, Section 5 of the Act allows for specified limits for how much alcohol can be present in a driver's breath, blood or urine. Until recently, there was no equivalent for drug levels in drivers, with any charges brought for drug driving under Section 4 relying on evidence of impairment while driving and evidence that drugs were present in blood or urine. This changed on 2 March 2015 through implementation of new legislation (Section 5A of the Road Traffic Act 1988) which prescribed upper limits for the level of specific controlled drugs in a driver's blood. The overall objective of the new offence is to improve road safety by reducing the risk that drug drivers pose to themselves as well as other road users, by reducing its prevalence in the driving population . To achieve this the Department for Transport (DfT) aims to: 1. Deter people from taking illegal drugs in the first place and those who abuse their medication. 2. Enable more effective enforcement against those who persist in taking illegal drugs and those who abuse their medication and continue to drive. 3. Increase the efficiency of enforcement activity against drug drivers. This report presents the results of an evaluation of the new drug driving offence. The information provided in this report aims to set out the position of a range of key indicators both prior to the introduction of the new drug driving offence, and approximately one year after its introduction, so that any changes can be identified and evaluated. Details: Warrington, UK: Risk Solutions, 2017. 117p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 18, 2018 at: http://www.risksol.co.uk/media/file/news_files/drug-driving-evaluation-report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 148865

Author: Northern Ireland Criminal Justice Inspection Title: Hate Crime: An Inspection of the Criminal Justice System's Response to Hate Crime in Northern Ireland Summary: In Northern Ireland during 2016, there were over eight hate incidents reported to the police every single day. These equated to almost six (5.94) recorded hate crimes. When population is considered, this figure is higher than the equivalent rate in England and Wales (5.47) . Hate incidents are greatly underreported so the true rate of incidents perpetrated against people because they are perceived to be different in some way is much higher. Turning attitudes into behaviour, such as violence, based on skin colour, sexual identity, age, religion, nationality and other features used to label people is plainly wrong but not uncommon. This report looked into how hate crime in Northern Ireland was dealt with across the justice system. The statistics used to illustrate the report were those outlining hate crime reported during the 2015-16 financial year. Findings The prevalence and impacts of hate crime cannot be dealt with by the criminal justice system in isolation. Organisations within the system had worked together to align approaches and apply standard definitions in an effort to ensure a seamless service to victims. The Unite against Hate project and the Hate Crime Delivery Group (HCDG) had been instrumental in sharing practices across and beyond the criminal justice system itself. Organisations should ensure their continued support of these groups by committing staff at the appropriate level to attend group meetings. The Department of Justice (DoJ) approach to hate crime was contained within its Community Safety Strategy but there were no effective links to an overarching Northern Ireland Executive policy, such as 'Together: Building United Communities' (T:BUC) which would provide leadership at the highest level of government. The legislative approach to hate crime was not directly comparable across the United Kingdom (UK). A review of hate crime legislation in Northern Ireland would establish whether changes are required. England and Wales had statutory hate crimes of assault and damage, enhanced sentencing powers and relevant public order offences. In Scotland, there was a statutory obligation for hate crime cases to be opened and recorded as such in court. Most reports of hate crime forwarded by the Police Service of Northern Ireland (PSNI) for prosecution decisions were in the 'aggravated by hostility' category with only a small number of the statutory public order hate crimes reported. Most criminal justice organisations had developed hate crime strategies, supported by internal governance arrangements. However, the Northern Ireland Prison Service (NIPS) and Youth Justice Agency (YJA) did not have hate crime specific strategies. Underreporting was acknowledged by the criminal justice organisations. Systems and process improvements by the police and prosecution service, outreach work and the support of hate crime advocates meant that knowledge among vulnerable communities of how and what to report had increased. However, not all potential victims engaged with support networks and victims spoken to by Inspectors identified many incidents which went unreported. This distorted the true picture of hate incidents and potentially impacted the effectiveness of police responses. Interpreter services were readily available and there was no suggestion that the standard of interpreters was an issue. However, investigation of hate crime required precise legal and technical language. No specific work had been undertaken with interpreter services to enhance skills specific to translating for hate crime, which added to the already high number of substantial barriers facing victims. The quality of hate crime files forwarded by the PSNI to the Public Prosecution Service for Northern Ireland (PPS) had been recognised as an area for improvement but enhanced measures to tackle this had not been operating long enough to assess their effectiveness at the time of inspection. Court recording of instances of enhanced sentencing had improved. However, there remained a risk that in busy Magistrates' and Youth Courts, the recording of enhanced sentences would be missed. The number of perpetrators receiving prison sentences was low. Support for victims of hate crime, following court cases rested mainly with the voluntary and community sector. Expansion of the hate crime advocacy service to include supporting victims at this stage would provide a more holistic service which may help improve future reporting rates. The NIPS used a generalist approach, supported by its anti-bullying policy, to deal with incidents of hate crime. This made it difficult to determine the extent of hate crime being perpetrated within the prison environment. The Probation Board for Northern Ireland (PBNI) had established a programme, Accepting Differences, following a pilot scheme. Numbers undertaking the programme were low, but Inspectors regarded the development as a positive one, challenging offenders' stereotypical attitudes and behaviour. Victims' views on how offenders were dealt with were generally based on their wish for the offending behaviour to be stopped. Victims were focused on the prevention of further instances of hate crime and favoured restorative approaches, such as education on the benefits of cultural and other differences. Inspectors believe that this will only be achieved when a hate crime strategy, becomes an integral part of an overall Northern Ireland Executive social cohesion strategy, robustly led and monitored using outcome based accountability measures. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland, 2017. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 18, 2018 at: http://www.cjini.org/getattachment/a48b8a89-f32f-4b02-bd3c-8f77989630eb/picture.aspx Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias Shelf Number: 148861

Author: Great Britain. Home Office. Science Advisory Council Title: Understanding the costs of cyber crime: A report of key findings from the Costs of Cyber Crime Working Group Summary: The Home Office today published the findings that came out of the 'Costs of Cyber Crime Working Group' that ran from 2014-2016. The group, attended by techUK, was composed following a commitment in the 2013 Serious and Organised Crime Strategy that aimed to improve the quality of data that is used when estimating the cost of cyber-crime incidents. The report is intended to help take the research community closer towards achieving better estimates of the costs of cyber-crime as part of future studies. The report sets out the framework that will now be used for estimating costs and also makes a number of recommendations on the design of future research into the costs of cyber-crime, including: - Calling for researchers designing future costs of cyber-crime to approach their research design in a systematic fashion using the framework in the report; identify gaps in the costs of cyber-crime framework and tailor research questions so that they can fill these specific gaps - That future studies should further investigate the costs and profits to offenders of engaging in cyber-crime - That future studies investigate the financial impact of cyberattacks on a businesses' reputation - That future research consider how to estimate the monetary cost of the fear of cyber crime Details: London: Home Office, 2018. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 96: Accessed January 18, 2018 at: http://www.techuk.org/insights/news/item/12135-home-office-publishes-understanding-the-costs-of-cyber-crime-report Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Computer Crime Shelf Number: 148868

Author: Neyroud, Peter Title: Learning to Field Test in Policing: Using an analysis of completed randomised controlled trials involving the police to develop a grounded theory on the factors contributing to high levels of treatment integrity in Police Field Experiments. Summary: Evidence-based policing (EBP) has emerged as a key strand of police innovation since Sherman's (1998) Police Foundation lecture. However, for others EBP raises as many questions as answers. One of the most contentious areas is the role advocated for randomised controlled trials in testing practice and developing knowledge to support EBP. RCTs are controversial with some scholars who argue that policing is not comparable to medicine and that RCTs are unable to reflect the complexity of the police role and context. Even those who advocate the use of RCTs recognise that there are significant challenges in achieving the high dosage and high fidelity that a successful experiment requires. This dissertation responds to these challenges by analysing the completed randomised controlled trials in policing and using a case study, Operation Turning Point, to identify the factors that may contribute to the conduct and management of police field trials with high levels of treatment integrity. In the introduction, Chapter 1, the approach is set out, framed around grounded theory, to be developed in four, linked, chapters. Chapter 2 is focused on understanding treatment integrity in RCTs involving the police: A search for police RCTs is produced 122 Police RCTs completed and reported by 2016. The levels of treatment integrity are analysed. 78 of the 122 RCTs exceeded a 60% threshold, with 49 being above 90%. In Chapter 3, a "novice theory" is developed and tested as an explanation for levels of treatment integrity in police randomised controlled trials: Analysis of the 122 RCTs suggests that "novice theory" can provide an explanation for the general patterns of treatment integrity. Further detailed analysis suggested that there are, however, other factors which may be important in determining the treatment integrity. These are developed in Chapter 4, which centres on a case study of Operation Turning Point. Using published case studies and an analysis of juvenile justice RCTs, a potential framework of operational factors is developed that appear to be important in effective conduct and management. The Turning Point case study is used to develop and expand on those operational factors. Finally, taking the two together, the analysis concluded that, beyond the operational factors, there were some more strategic, "protective factors" that were also critical. These are developed in Chapter 5, by using the coding and analysis of interviews with a sample of key staff involved in Turning Point Our analysis suggests that novice theory needs to be understood in the context of both the operational and protective factors that we have identified. Taken together these findings indicate the potential advantages of building institutional frameworks in which the development of practitioners and researchers and the conduct and management of experimental research could be brought closer together. We conclude with ten recommendations designed to improve the treatment integrity of police RCTs. Details: Cambridge, UK: University of Cambridge, 2017. 383p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed January 19, 2018 at: https://www.repository.cam.ac.uk/bitstream/handle/1810/268177/Neyroud-2017-PhD.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Evidence-Based Policing Shelf Number: 148877

Author: Transparency International Title: Hiding in Plain Sight: How UK companies are used to launder the proceeds of corruption Summary: In April 2016 the Panama Papers - a major leak of 11.5 million files from a Panamanian law firm - gave a unique insight into the secretive global corporate networks that help to facilitate corruption. The Paradise Papers - the latest expose on the offshore world, covering 13.4 million files - continue to shine a light on how opaque structures conceal the identities of individuals as well as the origin of their wealth. These scandals highlight the importance of anonymous 'shell' companies to these schemes, as well as the individuals and businesses which create complex networks of these corporate vehicles to aid high-end financial crime. Much attention has been paid to Mossack Fonseca and Appleby - the firms at the centre of these two scandals - which have helped to set-up and manage hundreds of thousands of companies. However, the UK was the second most popular destination for intermediaries and middlemen used by Mossack Fonseca to create and maintain this network, and it is easy to see why. The UK is home to a thriving company formation industry and is a hub for professional corporate services. It is also one of the easiest places in the world to start a company, making it attractive to legitimate and illegitimate business alike. Costing as little as $12 and taking around 15 minutes to complete the forms, UK companies can be created on a large scale for a fraction of the price of those registered in other financial centres. UK companies also carry a veneer of legitimacy due to the country's well established global status. Alongside a range of corporate vehicles, the UK's company formation industry also offers a variety of services, from so-called 'nominee directors' and mailing addresses - giving companies a layer of secrecy - to offshore bank accounts allowing access to the global financial system. Often there will be no trail whatsoever to indicate who sold companies which then go on to be misused. These factors have contributed to the UK featuring as a central location in which to set-up companies for laundering illicit wealth. Using open-source analysis, we have identified 51 major money laundering schemes made possible by the use of UK companies. Financially these scandals could amount to $80 billion or more in illicit wealth, with some of them threatening the financial stability of whole economies. The human damage inflicted on the victims of these crimes is still being counted. By analysing the Trust and Company Service Provider (TCSP) sector and past money laundering cases we have found that, far from being the first line of defence against money laundering, some of these businesses have either been unwitting accomplices or complicit enablers for financial crime. Central to government's recent efforts to tackle money laundering has been introducing public access to information about who really controls companies incorporated in the UK. This constitutes real progress and has put the UK at the forefront of global corporate transparency. Yet this threatens to be undermined by three key issues we have identified during our research into the TCSP sector: Insufficient controls on company formation: there are practically no barriers to UK companies being incorporated by money launderers and no way of tracing their use after they have been established. Lack of checks on the UK company register: Companies House has neither the power nor the resources it needs to ensure the integrity of the UK company register, allowing inaccurate and misleading information being submitted by those wishing to hide illicit activity. Inadequate anti-money laundering (AML) supervision: the UK's patchwork of AML supervisors is not providing a credible deterrent to money laundering failings, which is allowing poor levels of compliance within the TCSP sector covered by the UK's Money Laundering Regulations (MLR). There is also a whole industry of overseas professionals setting-up and managing UK companies who are subject to little or no AML supervision. In this paper we have sought to analyse the potential nature, scale and impact of these problems by looking at the available evidence of what is going wrong. What we have found is that light-touch regulation is coming at a cost, both to the UK's international reputation as a responsible place to do business, and in countries like Ukraine and Azerbaijan who suffer from rampant corruption facilitated by UK companies. We have proposed ten recommendations in three themes that, if implemented, could help end the use of UK companies in laundering corrupt wealth and ensure the UK remains a world leader when it comes to corporate transparency. Details: London: Transparency International, 2017. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 20, 2018 at: http://www.transparency.org.uk/publications/hiding-in-plain-sight/#.WmNkMKinHcs Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Corporate Crime Shelf Number: 148889

Author: Macdonald, Geraldine Title: Evaluation of the Safeguarding Children Assessment and Analysis Framework (SAAF): Research report Summary: In 2010 Professor Eileen Munro was commissioned to chair a review of the child protection system in England. A central question posed for the review panel by the then Secretary for State was 'what helps professionals make the best judgments they can to protect a vulnerable child? In the final report, Munro highlighted the failure of historical attempts to improve assessment and decision making via increased regulation, guidance and procedural requirements, rather than by developing and supporting the analytic and decision-making skills of social workers (Munro, 2011). A key recommendation was to move away from a culture of prescription and compliance (the 'status quo') to one that emphasised the importance of professional judgement. Achieving this safely necessitates ensuring that staff are equipped with the necessary knowledge and skills to exercise sound judgement. There is a large body of evidence that social workers are adept at gathering information, but find it challenging to analyse complex bodies of evidence and reach an accurate judgement as to whether a child is suffering, or is likely to suffer, significant harm. Serious case reviews provide persistent evidence of the failure of professionals to draw appropriate conclusions from the information available to them and some studies have suggested that child protection assessments are 'only slightly better than guessing' (Dorsey, Mustillo, Farmer, & Elbogen, 2008). Key reasons for poor quality assessments and decision-making are an inability or failure to critically appraise information collected, random errors, and our susceptibility to sources of bias such as observation bias (a tendency to see things and people in a particular way, based on certain features or on what we are told about them), the bias of 'cultural relativism' (the tendency to exercise different standards across different cultures) and the dominance of first impressions. These, and other sources of bias, have consistently been implicated in serious case reviews and inquiries in child deaths. Research suggests that providing professionals with tools to help them organise and critically appraise information in a systematic way, can minimise bias and error and improve decision making Details: London: Department of Education, 2017. 274p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 20, 2018 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/666477/Evaluation_of_the_Safeguarding_Children_Assessment_and_Analysis_Framework.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 148894

Author: Great Britain. HM Chief Inspector of Prisons Title: Report on an unannounced inspection of HMP Liverpool Summary: Inmates at Liverpool prison are living in the worst conditions inspectors have ever seen, with one area so dirty, infested and hazardous it could not be cleaned, according to a leaked report. Inspectors made an unannounced visit to HMP Liverpool in September, having been told about concerns over conditions, and found there was an "abject failur... to offer a safe, decent and purposeful environment". The report described prisoners living in "squalid conditions", where rat and cockroach infestations were rife and cells had exposed electrical wiring. Inmates said they felt victimised by staff, with some left locked in their cells for 22 hours a day, the report said. Incidents of self-harm and violence had increased and prisoners reported that it was "easy or very easy" to get hold of drugs. Members of the inspection team said they "could not recall having seen worse living conditions than those at HMP Liverpool". The report concluded: "We could see no credible plan to address these basic issues." In the weeks following the visit, two inmates killed themselves. Details: London: HM Ehief Inspector of Prisons. 2017. 119p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 22, 2018 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprisons/wp-content/uploads/sites/4/2018/01/HMP-Liverpool-Web-2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 148902

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation Title: Quality & Impact Inspection: The Effectiveness of Probation Work by the National Probation Service in London Summary: This is our second inspection of adult probation services managed by the National Probation Service (NPS) in London. After expressing concerns when we inspected NPS and Community Rehabilitation Company (CRC) work in North London in 2016, we returned to inspect probation work across London, in separate inspections of the NPS and the CRC. We found that the NPS had acted on our 2016 recommendations. There were encouraging signs of improvement, but more still to be done. Importantly, we found an appetite for improvement: the leadership team knew what needed to be done. Managers were endeavouring to make sure staff were suitably trained, and were recruiting to fill vacancies. However, they were undermined by a lack of essential workforce information because of a longstanding systems failure. That seemed inexplicable to us. Staff were busy, but we thought caseloads were manageable. As we have found in other areas , court work was carried out well, but in London we found staff particularly hampered by a lack of access to information on child and adult safeguarding, when they were trying to complete assessments quickly. Otherwise, public protection work was carried out well overall. Approved premises were used effectively. Rehabilitative work was less consistent. Good assessments and plans did not always translate into well-delivered services, and there was insufficient use of structured interventions. We found too much reliance on individual self-reporting. Insufficient attention was paid to addressing offenders' diverse needs when, of course, London is such a diverse city. In particular, we thought services did not address the needs of women well enough. In common with other areas we have inspected of late, we found that NPS staff were not convinced that the services on offer met people's needs, and so were reluctant to purchase from the CRC. They are not obliged to, but not doing so undermines the delivery model for probation services. London CRC has recently been restructured, and with new working relationships there is an opportunity to forge links and emphasise shared goals rather than differences, so that the people of London are kept safe and individuals are supported well to turn away from crime. Details: Manchester, UK: HM Inspectorate of Probation, 2018. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 23, 2018 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2018/01/London-NPS-QI.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Supervision Shelf Number: 148917

Author: Walsh, Amy Title: Exploring Behavioural Scripts of Street Robbery: A Sequence Analysis Investigation Summary: Although street robbery is phenomenon, many resources have been poured into awareness campaigns to help educate the public in precautionary behaviours. In order to be more effective, these campaigns would benefit from assessing the public's behaviour scripts of street robberies. This study aimed to assess behavioural scripts of street robbery. 70 respondents gave imagined accounts of an incident of street robbery, in which either assailants were armed with a knife but did not use it to inflict injury or assailants were armed with a knife and did use to it injure the victim. Next, they identified the order in which behaviours appeared in the account using a pre-determined list of events taken from real life incident. Data were analysed using sequence analysis methodology. State transitions diagrams for both conditions were constructed and compared. Additional analysis and comparisons were also made between responses from participants who identified as having either high or low familiarity with the concept of street robbery. The results indicated points of interest within the behaviour scripts and the effect these could have on behaviour are discussed. The advantages of assessing behavioural scripts in future campaigns are considered. Details: Nottingham, UK: University of Nottingham, 2013. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 31, 2018 at: http://www.psychology.nottingham.ac.uk/staff/ddc/c8cxpa/further/sequence_projects/Street_Robbery.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime and Place Shelf Number: 148929

Author: Livingstone, Sonia Title: Sexual rights and sexual risks among youth online: A review of existing knowledge regarding children and young people�s developing sexuality in relation to new media environments Summary: The review set out to examine the risks and opportunities that 10- to 17-year-olds face when seeking or encountering sexual information or experiences online. Following a detailed search of key databases and consultation with a range of experts, the review's findings can be summarised as follows. Details: London: European NGO Alliance for Child Safety Online. 2-15/ 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 31, 2018 at: https://www.cois.org/uploaded/Documentation/For_Consultants_and_Supporting_Organisations/Affiliated_Consultants/Spotlight/Susie_March_-_Review_on_Sexual_rights_and_sexual_risks_among_online_youth.PDF Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 148936

Author: Easton, Helen Title: Evaluation of the Chrysalis Project: Providing accommodation and support for women exiting prostitution Summary: The Chrysalis Project provides three phases of accommodation and support for women who have a connection to the London Borough of Lambeth and who have experienced trauma, abuse and sexual exploitation through their involvement in street-based prostitution. This report presents the findings of an evaluation of the Chrysalis Project with a focus on the third phase which provides independent moveon accommodation and support for women in properties provided specifically for this purpose by Commonweal Housing. Background London Borough of Lambeth is believed to have one of the largest street sex markets in South London with an estimated 150-180 women thought to be involved in prostitution in the borough. In 2002 St Mungo's, Lambeth Substance Misuse Team (LSMT), Lambeth Crime Prevention Trust (LCPT) and the Stockwell Project formed a partnership to proactively engage women involved in prostitution who were vulnerably housed or who had been displaced through the closure of crack houses. Several key objectives were set by the partnership including improving the numbers of these women entering drug treatment, rehabilitation and detoxification programmes and also improving partnership working to meet the needs of this extremely vulnerable group. In 2008 the South London Women's Hostel (SLWH) was refurbished, however a staged process for moving women on through the accommodation and on to independent living had not been established. This led to a partnership between St Mungo's and Commonweal Housing to provide suitable independent stand alone accommodation for women ready to leave the hostel environment. This partnership became known as the Chrysalis Project and provides women in Lambeth involved in street based prostitution an evidence based, staged exiting model combined with three phases of supported accommodation. While recently there have been a number of changes to how the project is delivered, this evaluation focuses on the original model but documents and discusses the possible impact of some of these changes. Details: Canterbury, UK: University of Kent, 2012. 121p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 31, 2018 at: https://www.commonwealhousing.org.uk/wordpress/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/Commonweal_Chrysalis_Final_Report_261012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Homelessness Shelf Number: 148944

Author: Hales, Gavin Title: A 'Sexting' Surge or a Conceptual Muddle? The challenges of analogue law and ambiguous crime recording Summary: 'Sexting' - the sending and receiving by children and young people of 'youth produced sexual imagery'1 - has emerged as a growing phenomenon in recent years, facilitated by the advent of near universal smart phone ownership.2 While it may often take place within the confines of consensual sexual relationships, in some cases 'sexting' has been associated with bullying, threats or exploitation, with significant consequences for the subjects of the images, particularly where those images are widely circulated without their consent. At times the police have been called on to act, whether by victims or for example their parents or schools. The response of police forces and the wider criminal justice system has periodically been called into question with allegations that children have been unduly criminalised, particularly following publicity given to individual cases (eg BBC, 2015). The National Police Chiefs' Council (NPCC) recently published new data on the nature of 'sexting' by children (under 18), as recorded by police forces in England and Wales, under the headline 'Police dealing with rising number [of] 'sexting' cases involving children' (NPCC, 2017). They reported that there has been a 'surge in children sharing or possessing sexual images of themselves or others' with recorded offences more than doubling in three years; that girls are recorded as victims three times as often as boys; and that girls and boys are equally likely to be recorded as suspects or perpetrators. This paper discusses whether a meaningful line can be drawn from the NPCC data to the nature and underlying social issues associated with 'sexting', including who is involved, how 'sexting' is changing over time, and how the police service is responding. In addressing those questions this paper identifies a conceptual muddle at the intersection of four factors that will be examined in some detail: - Antiquated law that did not anticipate digital technology, including children taking and distributing indecent images of themselves. - Complex and ambiguous police crime recording and counting rules and practices. - Attempts to avoid unnecessarily 'criminalising' children. - Crime data published with limited detail and without caveats. It concludes by asking if the law on 'indecent images of children' needs updating with some specific exemptions for children, to reflect the world as it is today and avoid logically counterproductive consequences, including the risk that children may be deterred from reporting victimisation. Details: London: Police Foundations, 2018. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Perspectives on Policing: Paper 4: Accessed February 2, 2018 at: http://www.police-foundation.org.uk/2017/wp-content/uploads/2010/10/perspectives_on_policing_sexting_FINAL.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 148976

Author: Higgins, Andy Title: Police Effectiveness in a Changing World Project - Luton Site Report Summary: Between 2011 and 2015, the Police Foundation's Police Effectiveness in a Changing World research team worked closely with the police and their community safety partners in Luton and Slough - two English towns that had experienced the local impact of global change particularly acutely. This is one of two final reports from the Police Effectiveness in a Changing World project which details the process, experience and research findings from Luton. The research started with a problem-oriented approach to burglary, with a particular focus on the way local communities are changing and the implications of this on dealing with crime. Using action research we identified local crime problems, improving the way they were understood and developed interventions to tackle them. Then we assessed the outcomes of these and the challenges of implementing them. Throughout the project we drew on the wider evidence-base on police effectiveness to promote local partnerships, to better deal with the 'changing world' and to find sustainable solutions to local crime problems. Most importantly we sought to learn lessons from the process of working with forces on the ground. Details: London: Police Foundations, 2017. 156p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 2, 2018 at: http://www.police-foundation.org.uk/2017/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/luton_site_report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Burglary Shelf Number: 148977

Author: Chapman, John Title: Police Effectiveness in a Changing World: Slough site report Summary: Between 2011 and 2015, the Police Foundation's Police Effectiveness in a Changing World research team worked closely with the police and their community safety partners in Luton and Slough - two English towns that had experienced the local impact of global change particularly acutely. This is one of two concluding reports from the project which details the process, experience and research findings from Slough. The research started with a problem orientated, multi-agency approach to tackling violence. Using action research we took a problem-oriented approach by identifying local crime problems, improving the way they were understood and developing interventions to tackle them. Then we assessed the outcomes of these and the challenges of implementing them. Throughout the project we drew on the wider evidence-base on police effectiveness to promote local partnerships, to better deal with the 'changing world' and to find sustainable solutions to local crime problems. Most importantly we sought to learn lessons from the process of working with forces on the ground. Details: London: Police Foundation, 2017. 138p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 2, 2018 at: http://www.police-foundation.org.uk/2017/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/slough_site_report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 148978

Author: Hales, Gavin Title: Dissecting the Headlines: Ethnic Disproportionality in Child Arrests by the Metropolitan Police Summary: In the context of the government's ongoing Racial Disparity Audit, the Howard League recently published data on arrests of children (aged 10 to 17), examining the relationship between the proportion of those who were BAME (black, Asian or minority ethnic) and the ethnic composition of the wider population, on a forceby-force basis. This included the Metropolitan Police, where the finding that 60 per cent of child arrests in 2016 were BAME was contrasted with the fact that London's overall population is 40 per cent BAME (as at 2011). The ethnic profile of the total population was used due to 'a lack of population data specifically in relation to boys and girls aged 10 to 17', which the Howard League conceded 'makes it difficult to assess whether forces are making a disproportionately high number of BAME child arrests'. In the case of London, however, very detailed demographic data are readily available, in the form of population projections published and periodically refreshed by the Greater London Authority (GLA). This includes population data broken down by borough, sex, ethnicity and single year of age on an annual basis over an extended period. I have previously used an earlier iteration of these data to examine ethnic disproportionality in the policing of cannabis possession, in combination with incident-level police data.5 In this paper I am going to use those detailed demographic data to examine ethnic disproportionality in child arrests in London. In doing so, I will include links to the data sources, describe my methods, provide tables of key data, and highlight the most important findings. I hope this analysis will prove useful, both to inform debates about the use of arrest powers in London, but also for anyone interested in the question of ethnic disproportionality as it relates to policing and crime (but also other areas of public policy). Details: London: Police Foundation, 2017. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Perspectives on Policing: Paper 2: Accessed February 2, 2018 at: http://www.police-foundation.org.uk/2017/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/ethnic_disproportionality_in_child_arrests.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Discrimination Shelf Number: 148980

Author: Charman, Sarah Title: From crime fighting to public protection - the shaping of police officers' sense of role Summary: From a straightforward legal and organisational perspective, the police are tasked with the maintenance of law and order, the protection of the public and their property and in the detection, investigation and prevention of crime. But we also know that the realities of policing involve a much less clearly defined role, indeed a very much less crime focused role which concentrates upon broader dispute management, order maintenance and welfare concerns. Bittner's classic account of what the police do is as relevant today as when it was first written. Police officers' work involves a reactive response to events and represents "somethingthat-ought-not-be-to-happening-and-about-whichsomone-had-better-do-something-now". Recent public sector cuts in the fields of health and social care and mental health services (not to mention policing itself) have brought into sharp focus the enormous range of non-crime related activity which the police are associated with. The College of Policing estimates that non-crime related incidents account for 83 per cent of all 'command and control' calls that come into call centre staff. In this respect, Brodeur has distinguished between two policing tasks - 'high policing' and 'low policing'. 'High policing' involves intelligence-related policing activities which utilise both human and technological intelligence apparatus. This is the type of activity perhaps more readily associated with the fictional representations of the role of the police. 'Low policing' refers to the more mundane day-to-day reality of much of the policing role which focuses upon responding to criminal or potentially criminal incidents, order maintenance, reassurance and community engagement. Millie has conceptualised this further by dividing 'low policing' into 'wide policing' and 'narrow policing'4. He argues that historically but most notably since the early 1990s, the role of the police has become significantly wider and encompasses the diverse and multi-faceted demands of anti-terrorism, reassurance, fear of crime, catching criminals, crime prevention and crime reduction. Although there are a myriad of voices and opinions on the thorny question of what is, and perhaps also what should be, the role of the police, little is heard from one particular quarter - frontline police officers themselves. New research conducted by this author5 has followed a sample of new recruits to the police service through the first four years of their careers and considered how and in what ways, they adapt to their new identity as a police officer. Police officers were interviewed after the first five weeks in the job (TIME A), after six months (TIME B), after one year (TIME C) and after four years (TIME D)6. This rich source of data has revealed significant change over time in the new recruits' attitudes and beliefs. A central focus of the research was on officers' changing attitudes during the early years of their careers and the key influences upon the formation and development of those attitudes. Part of that analysis was a consideration of what the new recruits saw as their role as a police officer. Details: London: Police Foundation, 2018. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Perspectives on Policing: Paper 3: Accessed February 2, 2018 at: http://www.police-foundation.org.uk/2017/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/perspectives_on_policing_officers_sense_of_role-FINAL.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Legitimacy Shelf Number: 148981

Author: Kerr, Jane Title: Responding to child sexual abuse and exploitation in the night-time economy Summary: Following high-profile cases of CSE (such as in Rotherham, Oxford and Rochdale), there have been a range of campaigns aimed at increasing people's awareness of, and capacity to act on, warning signs. Informing those who work in the night-time economy is of particular interest, as perpetrators are known to use fast-food outlets, taxi firms and hotel rooms to facilitate and conduct abuse. For this research, the night-time economy was defined as businesses and services that have direct contact with the public after 6pm. NatCen conducted an online questionnaire with 126 self-defined night-time economy workers across a range of legitimate industries within the public, private and third sectors. Key messages - The study found diversity in workers' awareness of the warning signs of CSA/CSE, knowledge of how to respond, experience of and interest in training, and awareness of campaigns. Key findings were that: - Perceptions of risk ranged from high to none at all across the industries and roles. - Being aware of the risks did not mean workers were clear about the warning signs or about how to respond; this appeared more to be associated with the responsibilities of their role. Participants whose roles include responsibility for child or public protection gave details of how they would respond to warning signs. Those with other roles referred more broadly to contacting the police or social services. - Not all workers in the night-time economy feel equipped to recognise and respond to the warning signs. Factors that appeared to influence how participants said they would react to the warning signs were: 1. The individual's role/remit specifically in relation to child protection; there were workers who did not see responding to CSA, including CSE, as part of their role 2. The extent of their contact with young people 3. The immediate perceived risk to the child. - Levels of training, information and support around CSE varied across industry sectors; training is not widespread across the night-time economy. Interest in receiving training and information was mixed, with a view that the issues and responses were 'common sense' or not part of their role. There was positive feedback on training that had been received, and some interest in receiving more. Those who did want further training mentioned specific training relating to their area of work, or ongoing training. - Two-fifths of participants had heard of one or more recent campaigns around CSE, even though many of those campaigns had targeted specific geographical locations. This research was intended as a preliminary stage of exploration into what night-time economy workers know and do about CSE/CSA. Further research could focus on fully understanding workers' knowledge of this area, evaluating the interventions aimed at night-time economy workers, and informing targeted initiatives and general messaging that the welfare of children and young people in the night-time economy is a responsibility that transcends workers' specific roles. Details: Centre of expertise on child sexual abuse, 2017. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 2, 2018 at: https://www.csacentre.org.uk/research-publications/night-time-economy/responding-to-child-sexual-abuse-and-exploitation-in-the-night-time-economy/ Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 0

Author: Great Britain. Comptroller and Auditor General Title: Reducing modern slavery Summary: Until the government is able to establish effective oversight of the modern slavery system as a whole, it will not be able to significantly reduce the prevalence of modern slavery or show that it is achieving value for money, according to today's report from the National Audit Office. The Home Office has an incomplete picture of the crime, the victims and the perpetrators. Accountability within the modern slavery strategy is unclear, oversight of victim support is inadequate and few cases have led to prosecution. The NAO also finds that the Home Office has limited means of tracking its progress and there remains much more to do to ensure victims of modern slavery are identified, protected and supported effectively. The Modern Slavery Strategy was introduced by the Home Office in 2014 and aimed to significantly reduce the prevalence of modern slavery. The 2015 Modern Slavery Act made provisions for slavery, servitude, forced labour and for human trafficking, including for the protection of victims and for an Independent Anti-Slavery Commissioner. The Home Office has laid some important foundations for achieving its goal to significantly reduce modern slavery. Annual adult referrals of potential victims to the National Referral Mechanism (NRM) have increased substantially between 2014, when the Modern Slavery Strategy was introduced, and 2016, showing that more potential victims are being identified. It has introduced new legislation requiring businesses to report what they are doing to prevent human trafficking in their supply chains and published a typology of modern slavery offences and offenders in the UK in October 2017. The Strategy does not include measures of success for its objectives nor a definition of what success looks like and accountability for delivering the modern slavery strategy is unclear. There are a wide variety of public sector organisations delivering the modern slavery strategy, alongside NGOs, and a number of governance boards with different oversight responsibilities. The Home Office does not know how much is spent on tackling modern slavery across government, or how effectively this money is spent. The Home Office is not able to instruct how other departments use their resources but has a role in helping them prioritise. The Home Office found in its 2014 review that the NRM support system needed to be redesigned, but it has not yet made any changes. However, it did set up pilots of changes to the NRM in August 2015 and published its evaluation and announced reforms in October 2017.The NAO analysis of NRM data revealed multiple errors, making it difficult to use it to understand modern slavery crime. The Home Office is aware of these problems and is currently digitising the system in order to improve accuracy. It is taking the National Crime Agency and Home Office longer than they expect to decide whether people referred to the NRM are victims of modern slavery, causing further distress and anxiety to vulnerable people. The Home Office has not put in place a robust, independent inspection regime to check the quality of care and support provided in safe houses to potential victims and has no way of evaluating the quality of care provided. There are currently no minimum care standards for safe houses that support potential victims. Police forces' approach to tackling modern slavery and the number of NRM referrals made varies significantly by region. There has been increasing use of the Modern Slavery Act to prosecute defendants, but there have been few prosecutions and convictions for modern slavery offences. However, as modern slavery cases take a long time to build and it is likely to be at least one year until the increased focus of law enforcement organisations is reflected in a higher number of prosecutions. Details: London: National Audit Office, 2017. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 2, 2018 at: https://www.nao.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/Reducing-Modern-Slavery.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 148984

Author: Paterson, Jenny Title: The Sussex Hate Crime Project: Final Report Summary: This report summarises the findings from a five year research project, the Sussex Hate Crime Project, funded by the Leverhulme Trust. The aim was to examine the indirect impacts of hate crimes how hate attacks on members of a community affect the thoughts, emotions and behaviours of other members of that community. The project focused on hate crimes targeted against LGB&T and Muslim communities and used a variety of different research methods, including questionnaire surveys, individual interviews and social psychological experiments. Key findings were: - Respondents were likely to have been victimised in a hate crime/incident in the past 3 years o 72% of LGB&T respondents and 71% of Muslim respondents had been victims - Respondents were likely to know someone else who had been victimised in a hate crime/incident in the past 3 years o 87% of LGB&T respondents and 83% of Muslim respondents knew another victim - Experiences of hate crime via the media and online were also extremely common o 83% of LGB&T respondents and 86% of Muslim respondents had been directly targeted online o 86% of LGB&T respondents and 88% of Muslim respondents knew someone who had been targeted online o 90% of LGB&T respondents had seen at least one hate crime reported in the media in the past 3 years - Hate crimes, whether experienced directly, indirectly, through the media, in person or online were consistently linked to: o Increased feelings of vulnerability, anxiety, anger, and sometimes shame o Being more security conscious, avoidant, and more active within the community - Hate crime victims received more empathy than non-hate crime victims and sometimes were blamed more than non-hate crime victims - The indirect effects of hate crimes can be described as a process: 1. Hate crimes increase feelings of vulnerability and empathy 2. Feelings of vulnerability and empathy then increase emotional reactions (anger, anxiety, shame) 3. These emotional reactions motivate specific behavioural responses: - Anger leads to pro-active behaviours and less avoidance - Anxiety leads to avoidance and security concerns - Shame, although not always felt strongly, is linked to avoidance, pro-active behaviours, security concerns, and uniquely to retaliation - Perceptions of the criminal justice system were generally negative - especially when people had indirect experiences of hate crimes - Around a quarter of respondents had contacted the police about a hate crime while less than 10% had experience with the Crown Prosecution Service (CPS) about a hate crime o Contact with the police was associated with more negative perceptions for Muslim respondents o Contact with the CPS did not significantly affect perceptions about this institution - Respondents were unlikely to report verbal or online abuse but were very likely to report acts of vandalism and assault to the police o Younger participants and those less identified with their community were less likely to report hate crimes to the police o Some participants would not report hate crimes because they felt that it would not help and that they may experience secondary victimisation by the police - 61% of LGB&T and Muslim participants preferred restorative justice (RJ) as a criminal justice response to hate crimes than an enhanced prison sentence o LGB&T participants perceived RJ to be more beneficial to the victim and the offender and were more satisfied with RJ compared to an enhanced sentence - The more identified people were with their community, the angrier they felt about hate crimes and the more they wanted to get involved in combating the harms of hate - Interviews revealed that LGB&T and Muslim people felt connected to their communities at three levels: locally, nationally and globally- Interview participants felt greater levels of anger and anxiety about hate crimes committed in their local neighbourhood - Some interview participants felt connected to other LGB&T and Muslim people globally through a sense of "shared suffering" - Interview participants felt angry about hate crimes against other groups but felt less vulnerable and anxious about these compared with hate crimes against their own community In sum, hate crimes spread fear and anger throughout communities that impact upon people's actions and their perceptions of the criminal justice system. Individuals themselves do not have to be targeted to be impacted: simply knowing someone who has been victimised is sufficient to cause these effects. Hate crimes, then, have the potential to cause injury and distress both at the individual and community level. Details: Brighton, UK: University of Sussex, 2018. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 2, 2018: https://www.sussex.ac.uk/webteam/gateway/file.php?name=sussex-hate-crime-project-report.pdf&site=430 Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crime Shelf Number: 148987

Author: Kemshall, Hazel Title: Strengthening multi-agency public protection arrangements (MAPPAs) Summary: This report outlines key messages for practitioners based on findings from a study of the developments in multiagency public protection arrangements (MAPPAs). The fieldwork was undertaken between December 2003 and August 2004. There is evidence of greater effectiveness and consistency across MAPPAs than was evident in the earlier review and this study has found that areas are meeting the MAPPA guidance specification to a large extent. Arrangements before 1999 were largely based on informal structures, processes and personal networks outside of agreed structures. The picture across England and Wales now clearly shows the adoption of a three-tiered public protection structure that relies on the active engagement of a range of partners from key agencies, with the police and National probation service acting jointly as the responsible authority. This structure has been strengthened by the naming of HM prison service as an additional responsible authority and confirming a duty to cooperate on a range of other agencies through the Criminal justice act 2003. The survey revealed that the representatives from agencies involved in the MAPPA process are now able to take decisions and develop risk management plans; where problems existed, areas were taking well-considered steps to address them. Details: London: Home Office, 2005. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Development and practice report; 45: Accessed February 5, 2018 at: https://www.bl.uk/collection-items/strengthening-multiagency-public-protection-arrangements-mappas Year: 2005 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 148990

Author: Cann, Jenny Title: Assessing the Extent of Discretionary Disclosure under the Multi-Agency Public Protection Arrangements (MAPPA) Summary: This study examined the use of discretionary disclosure in the community management of sex offenders. Discretionary disclosure enables the Police and Probation Services, and other agencies working within the Multi-Agency Public Protection Arrangements (the framework under which risks posed by dangerous offenders in the community are assessed and managed) to inform members of the public about a convicted child sexual offender, when there is an identified need for public protection. A self-completion questionnaire circulated to all 43 police Areas yielded 40 returns (3 were unable to provide the required information within the time available). The primary reported reason for police or other agencies to undertake disclosure was child protection. A range of recipients of information was reported, the most common being staff working in schools. Almost as commonly reported were an offender's family, friends and partners, their employers and staff working in community services (e.g. leisure facilities). A range of information was reported to be disclosed, most commonly details of the offence of which an offender was convicted. The primary outcome of discretionary disclosure was reported as enhancement of child protection through limitation of opportunities for an offender to access a potentially risky situation. A few Areas also reported that disclosure could add to intelligence-gathering through increased third party awareness of risk factors. However, disclosure to third parties also held the potential for a detrimental impact on those factors thought to be important in stabilising an offender and helping them avoid re-offending, such as the maintenance of stable housing, employment and relationships. In a few instances, following further disclosures made without police or other agency knowledge or consent, offenders had been subject to public order offences. This study recommends ways in which the practice of discretionary disclosure could be improved, including building on national guidance and standardising recording procedures. Details: London: Home Office, 2007. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Home Office Online Report 13/07: Accessed February 5, 2018 at: http://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/download?doi=10.1.1.555.2034&rep=rep1&type=pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 148991

Author: Bhalotra, Sonia Title: Intimate Partner Violence and the Business Cycle Summary: We examine the impact of business cycle variation on intimate partner violence using representative data from thirty one developing countries, through 2005 to 2016. We distinguish male from female unemployment rates, identifying the influence of each conditional upon the other. We find that a one percent increase in the male unemployment rate increases the incidence of physical violence against women by 0.50 percentage points, or 2.75 percent. This is consistent with the financial and psychological stress generated by unemployment. Increases in female unemployment rates (corresponding to decreases in women's employment opportunities), conditional upon rates of male unemployment reduce the incidence of violence; a one percent increase being associated with a decrease in the probability of victimization of 0.52 percentage points, or 2.87 percent. This is consistent with 'male backlash'. These patterns of behaviour are stronger among better educated women and weaker among women who have had at least one son. Details: Bonn, Germany: Institute for the Study of Labor (IZA), 2018. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: IZA Discussion Paper No. 22374: Accessed February 6, 2018 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp11274.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Economics of Crime Shelf Number: 149008

Author: London Assembly. Police and Crime Committee Title: Policing the Night-Time Economy Summary: The Night-Time Economy (NTE) is a crucial part of London's offer to both residents and visitors. Pubs and clubs, cinemas and theatres, and cafes and restaurants operating in the NTE all provide entertainment, jobs, and growth for the capital. In addition it contributes to the creation of new social networks, and plays an important part in city life and the vibrant cultural offer of London. The Mayor is committed to growing the NTE, and recently proposed the creation of a "Night Mayor" for London to ensure that nighttime activity can thrive. 1 The introduction of 24-hour alcohol licensing over a decade ago changed the way the NTE operates. This helped to diversify the NTE and gave individuals more choice. It also began to bring London's NTE into line with its European counterparts. This evolution, coupled with future changes like the introduction of the Night Tube, means London is very nearly a 24-hour city. But as the 24-hour city becomes a reality, what are the consequences for policing? The Night-Time Economy, crime, and alcohol Based on the available data, there does appear to be a correlation between the NTE, crime and alcohol. Alcohol features in a higher proportion of crimes in London that occur at night than during the day. Many of these are concentrated in areas with a strong NTE. There also appears to be a link between alcohol and violent crimes. In 2013- 14 in London, there were significantly more arrests for violence against the person offences that were linked to alcohol, than for other offences. The areas with the most violence with injury (VWI) offences committed at night tend to be those with a strong NTE.2 Assessments of the link between alcohol and crime, however, rely on subjective data. This has led some to criticise the statistics used to determine levels of 'alcohol-related' crime as unreliable and inconsistent. One of the reasons for this reliance on subjective data, and for inconsistency, is because there is no agreed definition of 'alcohol-related' or 'alcohol-fuelled' crime. This may be addressed in the near future, as the Home Office is exploring whether a definition of alcohol-fuelled violence, and a national 'flag' to be used in crime recording, should be introduced. MOPAC should lobby the Home Office for the introduction of a national definition of 'alcohol-related' crime. Details: London: The Assembly, 2015. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2018 at: https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/policing_the_night-time_economy.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 149015

Author: London Assembly. Police and Crime Committee Title: Gun crime in London Summary: - Over the last three years there has been a significant rise in gun crime in London. - Gangs account for nearly half of all offences where a lethal gun is fired. - But gun use may be spreading outside of gang disputes. - The Mayor and the Met will need to adapt their approach with a greater focus on prevention. Over the last three years, there has been a significant rise in gun crime in the capital. The number of offences is small compared with other types of crime, but nonetheless it is a crime that can cause devastating effects for victims, families and communities. In October 2017, the London Assembly Police and Crime Committee looked at the levels of gun crime in London, the possible reasons for the recent increase in offences, and ways the Metropolitan Police and the Mayor are tackling it. We examined data from the Metropolitan Police (the Met) to assess the type of gun crime taking place in London. We spoke to the Met and other organisations that work with offenders and victims, to understand what is driving gun crime, how organisations are responding to it and how victims are being supported. This report summarises our findings and is accompanied by a letter to the Mayor that sets out recommendations for further work in this area. Details: London: The Assembly, 2018. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 2, 2018 at: https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/20180123_final_pcc_gun_crime_findings_report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 149039

Author: London Assembly. Police and Crime Committee Title: Respecting others: tackling antisocial behaviour in London Summary: Antisocial behaviour involves a wide range of unacceptable behaviours. Examples of antisocial behaviour include: nuisance noise, animal problems, street drinking, littering or drugs paraphernalia, abandoned vehicles, misuse of fireworks, begging or vagrancy, noisy or nuisance neighbours. Antisocial behaviour is a key concern to Londoners and it is high on the agenda for police, housing providers and all boroughs across London. However it means different things to different people and sometimes front line professionals find it hard to define antisocial behaviour. Key facts In March 2017, antisocial behaviour calls to the Met were 13 per cent higher compared to the preceding year. In the last three years, 85 per cent of calls were recorded as nuisance antisocial behaviour, 12 per cent as personal antisocial behaviour and three per cent as environmental antisocial behaviour. The Met reports that the antisocial behaviour of young people, in particular noise and hanging around, and drug use and misuse is the most common. There is no consistency in the antisocial behaviour data and information that different agencies collect and monitor. Key recommendations The Met must evaluate the benefits of rolling out Antisocial Behaviour Warning Notices in all London boroughs. MOPAC should introduce a performance management framework that collates and reports on data from the Met, local authorities and housing providers. Victims of antisocial behaviour are seen as second rate to victims of crime. The Mayor must lobby the Government to extend the remit of the Victims Commissioner and the use of MOPAC commissioning powers to include victims of antisocial behaviour and for funding that reflects the needs of victims of antisocial behaviour in London. The Community Remedy and Community Trigger were designed to empower victims of antisocial behaviour. MOPAC must increase awareness and promote the use of these powers. Details: London: The Assembly, 2018. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed February 8, 2018 at: https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/pcc_respecting_others_tackling_antisocial_behaviour_in_london_18012018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 149030

Author: Yessine, Annie K. Title: Police Now Evaluation Year 1 Report Summary: Police Now is an innovative two year graduate programme putting graduates on the frontline of policing. The programme aims to bring outstanding graduates into policing with the purpose of transforming some of the most disadvantaged communities. The first cohort of Police Now participants joined the Metropolitan Police Service in July 2015 and completed the intensive six week Summer Academy training in August 2015. Since then, participants have been working as Dedicated Ward Officers in some of London's most challenged communities. An evaluation of Police Now is being conducted by the Evidence and Insight team at the Mayor's Office for Policing And Crime (MOPAC) supported by funding from the Home Office Police Innovation Fund. The research uses a longitudinal mixed-methods approach to explore how Police Now participants' experiences of the programme, the police organisation and the job of policing itself, change over time. This second of four interim reports will share emerging findings from the research, including results from the second tracker survey, interviews with syndicate leads and the Police Now operations team, and interviews with Police Now participants and their line managers. The report will also provide an update on the overall progress of the evaluation and next steps. Key Findings - The first cohort of Police Now participants were highly satisfied with the level and quality of training they received as part of the Summer Academy. - The syndicate structure-where participants are broken into syndicates of 8-9 participants led by a Syndicate Lead-emerged as an important feature of the Summer Academy, along with the positive learning environment and the quality of the visiting fellows and guest lecturers. - Participants thought the training could have had a larger focus on the practical aspects of the job and longer shifts on field training. Many participants felt unprepared to begin their roles as police officers and confidence was low. - More than half of participants reported feeling a stigma associated with being part of the Police Now programme and half reported feeling uncomfortable disclosing they are part of the programme when meeting new colleagues. - Interviews with line managers revealed that many felt unprepared to receive their Police Now officer and some teams were unaware of the Police Now scheme. Line managers reported this lack of awareness may have increased stigma and caused some initial scepticism. - Line managers were extremely positive about their Police Now officers - they described them as enthusiastic, proactive and valued members of their team. - Participants' attitudes toward policing and serving the public were favourable and higher than the overall MPS staff survey results, although there were some declines in attitudes from the beginning of the Summer Academy. For example, fewer participants were confident of receiving a good service if contacting the MPS as a member of the public after only a few months on the job. - Most respondents thought policing would benefit from the Police Now scheme in the longterm, most notably because it is attracting the 'right' people to the role. Details: London: MOPAC (Mayor of London Office for Policing and Crime), 2016. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2018 at: https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/mopac_police_now_evaluation_year_1_report_apr_2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Disadvantaged Neighborhoods Shelf Number: 149031

Author: Hobson, Zoe Title: Research into the London Mental Health Street Triage Pilot Summary: The London Street Triage pilot is one of nine national pilots funded by the Department of Health. Street Triage aims to enable mental health professionals to work alongside the police, providing officers with 'real-time' information and advice to ensure people who need mental health support receive it as quickly as possible. The pilot ran in four south London boroughs (Croydon, Lambeth, Lewisham and Southwark) and provided a 24 hour telephone advice/helpline staffed by mental health professionals. Additionally, in all boroughs when clinically required, a face-to-face assessment service was trialled, consisting of mental health professionals attending certain incidents requested by an officer, to conduct an assessment at the scene alongside police officers. Evidence & Insight (E & I), the research capacity of the Mayor's Office for Policing And Crime (MOPAC), were tasked with conducting research and evaluating Street Triage, running concurrently with the national evaluation. The aims were broadly to explore the processes and potential impact of a mental health Street Triage service, through the interrogation of basic performance data such as usage of the service and examination of the views of those using and experiencing the service. A range of research methods were drawn upon to achieve this (e.g., performance data, police officer surveys, and service user and carer focus groups). Key Findings - It is estimated that one quarter (26%) of occasions where officers encountered individuals with mental health difficulties during their duty resulted in a call to the Helpline. This is a total of 1,179 calls within 12 months. This is a solid start to the helpline, although improved communication and promotion may encourage use. - Between April 2013 and March 2015 London as a whole has seen increases in both the number of criminal incidents involving mental health aspects (64% increase) and the number of vulnerability reports recorded (31% increase) as well as a reduction in section 136 detainees taken to police custody as a Place of Safety (71% decrease). The Street Triage boroughs are consistent with these trends, therefore it is not possible to attribute any changes observed to Street Triage. - Officers provided positive views around Street Triage, appreciating the timely and professional advice and felt that it improved their confidence when working with vulnerabilities including mental health. - Learning was obtained in terms of the implementation of the service - with staff highlighting challenges such as training, limited pathways (such as a lack of designated specialist places of safety) and partnership working. These issues could be 'designed in' to any subsequent roll-out of the service to enhance delivery. - Poor communication between the police and mental health professionals emerged as a key theme. This was perceived as a general barrier to effective everyday working and could result in misperceptions between partners (e.g., that officers are using custody as an alternative more than they actually are). - Feedback from officers, mental health professionals, service users and carers indicated mental health training should include human engagement from service users so officers understand how their reactions/body language can affect an individual in crisis. For Street Triage to be sustainable in the future, the focus moving forwards needs to be on training, identifying appropriate pathways for individuals, working with partners to help effective communication of the services provided and integrating this service into current commissioning plans. Details: London: MOPAC (Mayor of London Office for Policing and Crime), 2015. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2018 at: https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/mopac_research_into_the_london_mental_health_street_triage_pilot_dec_2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 149032

Author: London Assembly. Police and Crime Committee Title: Preventing extremism in London Summary: Preventing individuals from participating in, or supporting, the kinds of extremism that harm individuals and communities is crucial to our safety and security. Extremism, particularly violent extremism, is one of the most serious challenges facing society today. It has the potential to not only manifest itself in physical attacks on people and places, but to isolate individuals and create a breakdown in relationships between communities. Our investigation focused on the implementation of the Government's Prevent Strategy in London. The Strategy-and more recently its Counter-Extremism Strategy-sets out how it intends to help public sector bodies and communities dissuade individuals from engaging in extremism. Throughout our work, one thing stood out to us: that the risk of being drawn into extremist activity is a vulnerability in the same way that some are at risk of exploitation by others. Engaging the person at risk, and all those around them, in an open and honest way is vital to success. Only by being candid about the issues, open about how they are being tackled, and by delivering a strong and positive message, can efforts to prevent extremism be expected to make a difference. The context: the challenges in preventing extremism Instances of violent extremism are sadly not new. However, there has in recent years been a step change in the volume, range, and pace of extremist activity. The nature of the threat from extremist groups is now not only from large scale coordinated attacks, but increasingly from lone individuals inspired and encouraged to carry out attacks in the UK. The violent extremism promoted and carried out by supporters of the so called Islamic State (ISIL) poses the biggest current threat to UK security. But while there will be different priorities at different times, depending on the nature of the threat, it is important that the agenda covers all forms of extremism. For example, London has-and continues to-experience the impact of far right-wing extremism. Examples include the 1999 nail-bomb attacks in Soho, and a neo-Nazi demonstration in June 2015. Extremist groups establish a narrative that is used to encourage people to support them. We heard that attempts to deliver a strong counter-narrative- one that rebuts the claims made by an extremist group and tells a different story-to date have been poor. It was suggested that the current emphasis on de-radicalisation has reduced the focus on developing a broader counternarrative. While this is understandable and necessary, it needs to be in addition to strong preventive work, and both elements need to be funded in a proper way. The internet has opened up new ways to promote extremism. It has also made it more difficult to identify, monitor, and support those at risk. The Met's Counter-Terrorism Internet Referral Unit removes around 1,000 items of material from a range of extremist groups from the internet each week, and this is a trend that is continuing. Engaged and computer-savvy parents and families are critical to addressing the risk present online in their homes, but education for parents and families on managing risk and on their own IT skills needs to improve. The policy: the Government's Prevent Strategy The Government's approach to tackling extremism is set out in its Prevent Strategy. The strategy commits to challenging extremist ideas that can be used to legitimise terrorism, and to intervene to stop people moving towards terrorist-related activity. All local authorities, the police, and the wider public sector are expected to support efforts to prevent extremism. But recently, greater emphasis has been placed on public services through the introduction of a statutory duty for Prevent. This places an obligation on sectors to have due regard to the need to prevent people from being drawn into terrorism, and as a minimum, organisations should demonstrate an awareness and understanding of the risk of radicalisation in their area. It is hard to measure the impact of the Government's approach to preventing extremism. It was suggested to us that the real success of Prevent is achieved through public confidence and through the confidence and buy-in of public services and institutions. The Prevent Strategy has, however, had a troubled history and the feedback we received suggests that neither of these elements is being fully achieved at the moment. Definitions of extremism and radicalisation are highly debated. Each can be defined in different ways and can exist in different forms, and broad definitions could risk labelling some of the more moderate voices as extremist. The Government's increased focus on non-violent extremism, for example, has raised questions with academics and communities. It has also raised questions about the approach that public services need to take when delivering Prevent. The implications of the Government's definition for issues such as freedom of speech and open debate need further consideration, and we recognise that the debate is ongoing. What is meant by extremism, and the types of behaviour considered extreme, is a fundamental concern that communities have with the Government's approach. It needs to get the right balance in both the eyes of communities and public services. Details: London: The Assembly, 2015. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2018 at: https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/preventing_extremism_in_london_report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Counter-Extremism Shelf Number: 149033

Author: London Assembly. Police and Crime Committee Title: Tightening the net: The Metropolitan Police Service's response to online theft and fraud Summary: The internet is changing the nature of crime -- The internet has revolutionised the way that we live our lives. But it has also changed the way that criminals operate: increasingly, there is a cyberdimension to almost all types of crime. Our investigation focused on how the internet has enabled criminals to commit acquisitive crimes - those that involve taking goods or money from a victim - in different ways. We found that, while crimes such as burglary are falling, a whole new collection of online crimes have emerged. One crime in particular has been transformed by the internet: fraud. Around 70 per cent of frauds are now "cyber-enabled" and the internet provides an opportunity for fraudsters to expand their activities on a huge scale. Unlike in the past, fraudsters can target large numbers of victims, often at next to no cost. The types of online scams are wide-ranging. Cyber-criminals tailor frauds to the individual; as one expert told us, we are all at risk. We do not know enough about the perpetrators of online crime. What is clear is that cyber-criminals do not fit into a typical mould. Organised crime groups are responsible for an element of online crime in London. But - in addition to these groups - many local, known criminals have expanded their day-to-day criminal activities into London's cyberspace. Computer literacy is no barrier to becoming a cyber-criminal - in fact, you need no more skill than to be able to log on. This, combined with a lower personal risk of being caught, makes online crime appealing to another, perhaps less expected, group of perpetrators: those new to crime. Committing crime using the internet offers anonymity - many would not commit a similar crime if it involved face-to-face contact with the victim. Like the perpetrators of online crime, its victims no longer fit into a typical group or category. Our research found that victims came from different ethnic groups, social grades and areas of London. We also found that becoming a victim of an online crime can be just as distressing as if it were a traditional crime, even when there has been no financial loss. Even the mere thought that someone had impersonated or tricked them can cause a great deal of stress for the victim. A greater understanding and sensitivity to victims' experiences will be an essential part of the police's response to online crime. We do not know the extent of online theft and fraud Crime statistics should help us to measure the extent - and the trend - of online crime. The Office for National Statistics (ONS) uses two headline measures for trends in total crime over time: police-recorded crime and the Crime Survey for England and Wales. Both sets of data tell a similar story crime in England and Wales has fallen sharply in the last decade. But both measures contain flaws, not least that they are failing to capture a range of crimes committed using the internet. Many online crimes will not appear in police-recorded statistics because often victims choose not to report crimes to the police in the first place. This may be because victims feel embarrassed at being tricked by a fraudster or that there is little the police can do to catch the perpetrator. Due to the hidden nature of many online frauds, often victims cannot report the offence immediately because they are unaware that it has been committed against them in the first place. The Crime Survey for England and Wales is not capturing trends in online crime either. It has failed to keep up as the public's experience of victimisation has evolved: the survey does not currently ask respondents about a range of crimes committed using the internet and excludes many crimes, such as fraud, from its headline results. The effect of this omission on the overall level of crime that the survey measures is significant. In light of the current limitations with both police-recorded crime and the Crime Survey, we commissioned our own victimisation survey to better understand the extent of online crime in London. Our findings paint an alarming picture of the balance between old and new crimes. Among the 1,004 Londoners we surveyed, we found that a higher proportion had been a victim of an online crime than of a more traditional form of property crime. Perceptions differ too: higher proportions of respondents felt online crimes have increased in recent years relative to traditional crimes. And respondents were also more worried about online crimes than they were traditional crimes. The police should reflect on our results as it develops its approach to online crime. The police service has been slow to respond to the emergence of online crime The police are behind the curve when it comes to tackling online crime. The research base for policing the cyber-threat is not as well developed as in other areas of policing and, in some cases, there is a lack of appetite among police forces and officers to tackle offences such as cyber-fraud, often not seen as exciting crimes to investigate. In order to improve the police service's response, the Government changed the system for reporting fraud. Action Fraud - the UK's national reporting centre for fraud and internet crime - has had a number of successes, such as improving the level of crime reporting and the ways in which positive outcomes are sought for victims. But, while the new system represents an improvement on that which preceded it, one problem stands out: there is still a need to raise awareness among the public - and even among parts of the police - about Action Fraud. To increase reporting of crime in London, the Mayor, MOPAC and the Met should all work with the City of London Police to help to raise awareness about online crime and the role of Action Fraud. Better co-operation between the police and other organisations is needed as well. The police service has claimed that banks and others do not routinely report offences because they do not wish to reveal how vulnerable they are. Some have argued that these and other organisations should be encouraged or even compelled to share fraud data with law enforcement agencies. MOPAC and the Met have started to take the problem seriously The Mayor's Office for Policing and Crime (MOPAC) recognises that online crime is a significant problem in London. So far, MOPAC's approach has focused mainly on online crimes against businesses. This is important: some small businesses are particularly vulnerable. But MOPAC must not let the Met lose focus on individual victims of online crime. And, to help the Met to avoid viewing cyber-crime in isolation, all MOPAC's future strategies should directly address pertinent internet risks, something missing in its recently published Hate Crime Reduction Strategy for London. Like MOPAC, the Met is also aware of the difficulty in tackling online crime. It has created a new Fraud and Linked Crime Online (FALCON) command, with substantially increased resources, to reduce the harm caused by fraud and cyber-criminals in London. Given the potential scale of online crime, FALCON must make choices to meet this objective and secure the best value for money from its resources. Since many online crimes do not align with policing, national or international boundaries, enforcing the law can be difficult. As the FALCON command matures, it needs to develop its methods for disrupting criminals and preventing crimes from happening in the first place. It must also build a workforce with the right balance between police officers and civilian staff: piling in loads of uniformed officers is not the way to deal with online fraud. One of the reasons that many victims of online crime do not report the offence to the police is that they do not think the police will do anything about it. In order to show that they are taking online crime seriously, MOPAC and the Met need to demonstrate that they are making a difference. Measuring the level of online victimisation through prevalence surveys is perhaps the most effective way of doing that. We ask that MOPAC collects data in its future surveys and publishes the results on a regular basis. The Met faces challenges in the future The Met's decision to establish a new command to tackle fraud and online crime clearly demonstrates that it is taking these threats seriously. But this approach is not without risks. We are concerned that the FALCON command might become siloed from the rest of the Met. Given that that there is increasingly a cyber-dimension to almost all crimes, the Met needs to ensure that all of its officers and staff are as comfortable policing London's cyberspace as they are London's streets; it must not be left to specialists alone. Both inside and outside of the FALCON command, the Met needs to determine what skills and training its workforce needs to tackle the challenge of online crime. Aside from formal training, we heard that the Xbox and PlayStation generation of police officers are already well prepared to fight online crime. The Met should tap into this resource which is already among its ranks. Details: London: The Assembly, 2015. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2018 at: https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/Tightening%20the%20net_0.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Acquisitive Crimes Shelf Number: 149034

Author: London Assembly. Health Committee Title: Offender Mental Health Summary: Key findings - Offenders and ex-offenders are particularly vulnerable to mental ill health before, during and after contact with the criminal justice system - and some groups are particularly at risk. - More people are coming into contact with the police and criminal justice system due to poor mental health and the strain on mental health services. - Prison environments in London are disastrous for mental health, although leaving prison can be as traumatic as entering, particularly where resettlement needs are not identified and met. - Probation services are struggling to handle the mental health needs of their service users. - Improving mental health support for offenders and ex-offenders will require a range of interventions including better joint working and data sharing. - Crucially, London needs to find alternatives to prison sentences and support rehabilitation in the community. - Supporting ex-offenders into housing and employment improves mental health prospects and reduces the risk of reoffending. - The Mayor is strongly placed to press for reform and to support changes to transform the mental health outlook for ex-offenders. Details: London: The Assembly Health Committee, 2017. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2018 at: https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/omhfinal.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 149041

Author: London Assembly. Police and Crime Committee Title: Violence against women and girls Summary: Reports of violence against women and girls (VAWG) in London are rising. The increase in reports should be seen as a success as more victims gain confidence to come forward. However, despite this good progress, violence against women and girls is significantly under-reported. The increase in reporting is placing resource pressure on the police and support services. Increased reporting has not translated into action against alleged perpetrators. The Police and Crime Plan presents an opportunity for the Mayor to strengthen efforts to make London a safer place to live. The London Assembly Police and Crime Committee examined the detail behind the rise in reports of violence against women and girls, the support available for victims and the ways in which partner organisations are working together to prevent it. The report, 'Violence against women and girls' highlights that increased reporting has not translated into action against perpetrators. The increase in reports of domestic and sexual offences implies that confidence to report has risen. The fact that formal action taken is low suggests that the Met's resources have struggled to keep up with increased reports. As a result, complainant confidence in the police, which is hard won, can be undermined. The risk is that this may, in due course, reduce reporting, reversing the positive trends over the last few years. The report makes a number of recommendations for the Mayor's Police and Crime Plan. It should: support women and girls to have the confidence to report VAWG ensure London's VAWG strategy is adequately resourced and able to deliver on its priorities engage with the third sector - to understand the nature, needs and priorities of survivors in London protect and build on London's network of specialist support services, and ensure the right resources in the right places support an increase in the number of ISVAs in London prioritise smart commissioning, including supporting consortiums of women's organisations to come together address the shortage of safe and secure accommodation for victims of VAWG work with the Met to ensure adequate training for police officers on VAWG, and in particular, on harmful practices build on London's response to harmful practices, including a focus on increasing understanding of harmful practices and provision of dedicated specialist support services. Details: London: The Assembly, 2016. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2018 at: https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/police_crime_committee_report_-_violence_against_women_and_girls.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 149042

Author: Reveruzzi, Bianca Title: Street Triage: report on the evaluation of nine pilot schemes in England Summary: Background -- Street Triage schemes in Leicestershire and Cleveland were initially established on a trial basis, both for approximately a year, and tested a new kind of service in which health professionals worked in close liaison with and supported police officers in responding to suspected mental health problems that presented in public places. Both schemes reported some early evidence of success. As a result, in 2013 the DH invested L2 million to explore the possibility of other local areas using the approaches developed in Leicestershire and Cleveland. Nine pilot areas were selected, based on a number of considerations, such as geographic spread, a mix of urban and rural settings, and current performance on the numbers of people being taken to police custody under section 136 (s136) of the Mental Health Act 1983 (MHA). The pilots each ran for 12 months, the first starting in Sussex in October 2013. These nine pilot areas are the focus of this report. Street Triage -- Street Triage involves a joint mental health service and policing approach to crisis care. Based on locally agreed protocols, Street Triage aims to support access to appropriate crisis care, to provide more timely access to other health, social care and third sector services, and to reduce the use of police cells as places of safety for s136 detentions. Methods The evaluation comprised three phases: 1. A description of the operation of the nine Street Triage pilot schemes. 2. An exploration and analysis of the quantitative data available on the operation and outcome of the Street Triage teams. 3. An analysis of available qualitative data from interviews with health and police staff, service users and family members involved in the pilot schemes, supplemented by additional interviews undertaken specifically for this project. . Details: London: University College London, 2016. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2018 at: https://www.ucl.ac.uk/pals/research/cehp/research-groups/core/pdfs/street-triage Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 149049

Author: Eisner, Manuel Title: From the Savannah to the Magistrate's Court: The Roots of Criminal Justice in Evolved Human Psychology Summary: Recent research claims that criminal justice institutions have universal features that are rooted in psychological mechanisms shaped by human evolution. In this paper we review three core questions related to this perspective: We first examine the notion that our evolved psychology has led to cross-culturally shared intuitions about what constitutes a crime. We then assess the extent to which arguments based on behavioral game theory and evolutionary psychology can account for the emergence of centralized punishment in complex societies. Finally, we examine procedural fairness as a pivotal normative element of criminal justice across the world. We show substantial cross-cultural variability in what is considered a crime and propose a theoretical perspective that recognizes change in the normative bases of co-operative behavior. Second, we also argue that seeing criminal justice primarily as a system that imposes costs on free-riders may be incomplete. In particular, we highlight fair procedure and legitimacy as core characteristics that distinguish institutionally anchored justice from mere punishment. Details: Cambridge, UK: Institute of Criminology, Violence Research Centre, 2016. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Violence Research Centre Working Paper Series, Working Paper No. 1: Accessed February 8, 2018: https://www.vrc.crim.cam.ac.uk/vrcpublications/copy_of_VRCWorkingPaper1_TheRootsofCriminalJustice.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Theories Shelf Number: 149050

Author: Garius, Laura Title: Opportunities for physical assault in the night-time economy in England and Wales, 1981 - 2011/12 Summary: Building on a growing body of research linking an opportunity framework to drops in acquisitive crime and most recently, acquisitive violence, the present thesis extends this framework to the downward trajectory of nighttime economy violence in England and Wales, during the phenomenon of the crime drop. Using secondary data analysis of the Crime Survey for England and Wales, the rate of stranger and acquaintance violence within the night-time economy is found to have halved between 1995 and 2011/12; mirroring the dramatic declines experienced by other crime types within England and Wales, and more widely across other westernised countries. Disaggregating this overarching trend by offence and victim characteristics reveals a reduction in alcohol-fuelled, common assaults between young males, occurring in and around the drinking venues of the night-time economy, and during weekends, to be the main driver of the drop. Boden, Fergusson and Horwood (2013) argue that to date there is limited knowledge surrounding the nature of alcohol-related violence. The present research explores the nexus between alcohol and violence through a situational lens. The opportunistic nature of night-time economy violence is identified through offenders' choice of tools (weapons) and selection of targets, as well as the clustering of violence along certain spatial, temporal, and individual, dimensions. The opportunity structure of night-time economy violence is established using multivariate modelling techniques designed to isolate the role of opportunity in assault-victimisation, and resultant severity, from the personal characteristics of the actors involved. Measures of a 'risky lifestyle', characterised by an increase in routine activities that take respondents away from the safety of the home, are found to be the strongest predictors of assault victimisation-risk across every available sweep of the survey. A significant shift in population lifestyle - namely a significant net decline in routine engagement with the drinking venues of the night-time economy, as well as a shift in the gender and age composition of drinking venue patronage - co-varies with the decline in night-time economy violence. However, residual effects of respondents' socio-demographic characteristics on victimisation-risk, after mediating for differences in lifestyle, presents violent victimisation in the night-time economy as a result of a process by which personal traits interact with criminogenic environments. Personal characteristics, however, are weaker in their prediction of offence severity in the night-time economy. Rather, the present research supports a collection of research identifying the context of violence to be the strongest predictor of violent dispute escalation (Brennan, Moore & Shepherd, 2010; Marcus and Reio, 2002). Details: Leicestershire, UK: Loughborough University, 2016. 258p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 8, 2018 at: https://dspace.lboro.ac.uk/dspace-jspui/bitstream/2134/20427/1/Thesis-2015-Garius.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol-Related Violence Shelf Number: 149074

Author: Bradford, Ben Title: Identity, Legitimacy and 'Making Sense' of Police Violence Summary: This paper examines the extent to which police legitimacy and social identity predict public acceptance of police use of force. The study draws upon cross-sectional data from a 2015 survey of a representative sample of adults in England & Wales. Structural equation modeling is used to model conditional correlations between latent constructs. There are two main results. First, identifying more strongly with a social group that the police plausibly represent to people was consistently associated with greater acceptance of police use of force, whether or not that force seemed to be legally justified. Second, beliefs about the legitimacy of the police were associated with acceptance, but primarily in relation only to the use of force in situations where it appeared prima facie justifiable. Results suggest one possible set of reasons explaining why police retain public support in the face of scandals concerning excessive use of force. In terms of originality, this is one of only a very few investigations into (a) the association between legitimacy and public acceptance of apparently illegal or unethical police action and (b) the extent to which identification with a particular social group predicts judgments of police behavior. It is also one of the few papers that has explored the possibility of perverse outcomes arising from procedurally just policing. Details: Oxford, UK: University of Oxford - Centre for Criminology, 2016. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Oxford Legal Studies Research Paper No. 41/2016: Accessed February 8, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2793818 Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 149076

Author: Prison Reform Trust Title: Bromley Briefings Prison Factfile: Autumn 2017 Summary: This year's Bromley Briefings open with a brand new section which we have called "The long view". The Prison Reform Trust has built its reputation over more than three decades on presenting accurate evidence about prisons and the people in them. In a world where ministers feel compelled to respond to issues with ever greater immediacy, "The long view" offers an antidote to the latest Twitter storm or early morning grilling in the media. We have chosen to concentrate in this briefing on the issue of overcrowding. What the evidence shows is that the core of the current government's approach-to spend more building more prison spaces-is identical to the actions of all its predecessors since the early 1990s. There is every possible indication that it will meet the same fate. So PRT has commissioned two pieces of expert independent analysis relevant to any serious strategic policy to solve the problem of overcrowding. First, we asked a former Director of Finance for the prison service, Julian Le Vay, to analyse the published data on the Ministry of Justice's spending review settlement with the Treasury and its plans for future investment in new prisons. He concluded that the capital cost of a policy based on building more prisons since 1980 has been L3.7bn, and generated an additional annual running cost of L1.5bn-enough to have built 25,000 new homes, and to be employing 50,000 more nurses or teachers. But he also concludes that the ministry's current ambitions are inadequately funded to the tune of L162m in 2018/19, rising to $463m in 2022/23. On current population projections, there is no prospect of any impact on overcrowding before 2022, and a further new programme of building will be needed from 2026. Secondly, we asked Dr Savas Hadjipavlou, of Justice Episteme, to run a scenario on the sophisticated model he has created. This uses what we know about the typical life histories of people who end up in the criminal justice system, together with what we know about how that system operates, to assess the impact of demographic or other changes on key criminal justice outcomes-including the likely size of the prison population. The scenario removed the statutory changes that have inflated sentencing since 2003, and suggests that we would now have a prison population of 70,000 had those changes not been made- in other words, a population several thousand below the system's current uncrowded capacity Details: London: PRT, 2017. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 9, 2018 at: http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/Portals/0/Documents/Bromley%20Briefings/Autumn%202017%20factfile.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 149078

Author: Brennan, Deirdre Title: The Femicide Census: 2016 findings Summary: The latest Femicide Census report, published in December 2017, reveals that 113 women were killed by men in England, Wales and Northern Ireland in 2016. Nine in ten women killed that year were killed by someone they knew, 78 women were killed by their current or former intimate partner and 65 of those were killed in their own home or the home they shared with the perpetrator. By collating these femicides together in one report, we can see that these killings are not isolated incidents; too many of them follow a similar pattern of male violence against women. Many were committed in similar settings (at the victim's home or home they shared with the perpetrator), similar weapons were used (sharp instruments), and similar relationships existed between the perpetrators and victims (the majority were killed by a current or former intimate partner). By viewing these cases of femicide all together, we can learn what needs to be done to reduce, and ultimately prevent, the killing of women by men. Details: Bristol, UK: Women's Aid, 2017. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2018 at: https://1q7dqy2unor827bqjls0c4rn-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/The-Femicide-Census-Report-published-2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Femicide Shelf Number: 149091

Author: SafeLives Title: Your Choice: 'honour'-based violence, forced marriage and domestic abuse Summary: Our fourth Spotlight report focuses on domestic abuse victims and survivors who are at risk of so called 'honour'-based violence, including forced marriage. Throughout this report we will refer to this type of abuse using the acronym HBV, though this in no way indicates any actual sense of honour being conferred on this type of activity by SafeLives or by contributors to this report. The numbers The prevalence of 'honour'-based violence (HBV) is extensive in the UK and around the world, but the true scale of the problem is unknown. In 2014 a Freedom of Information request to UK police forces revealed that over 11,000 cases of so-called 'honour' crime were recorded between 2010-141 . Forced Marriage is a significant part of the abuse for many victims of HBV, with the Government's Forced Marriage Unit supporting over 1,400 cases in 20162 . Many more crimes are never reported, with numerous barriers preventing victims from coming forward. For instance, reporting the abuse may trigger further HBV, and can lead to isolation from family and communities. The context 'Honour'-based violence is in evidence across countries, cultures and religions. Circumstances which may lead to the abuse are wide ranging and not culturally specific. It is important to remember that, despite the use of this label, there can be no 'honour' in abuse, and where culture or tradition are used to exert power or control over others, this can only be a misuse of that culture. HBV affects people of all ages, but often begins early, in the family home. This can lead to a deeply embedded form of coercive control, built on expectations about behaviour that are made clear at a young age. Often the control is established without obvious violence against the victim, for instance through family members threatening to kill themselves because of the victim's behaviour. Women are particularly at risk of 'honour'-based violence, and as such it is important to recognise this form of abuse within the wider context of violence perpetrated against women and girls, resulting from an underlying denial of their human rights. Data from the Crown Prosecution Service on cases flagged as 'honour'-based violence reveals that (where gender was recorded) 76% of victims were female3 . Many contributors to our Spotlight highlighted the links between HBV and patriarchy, with women being tasked with carrying the 'honour' of their fathers, their husbands and their sons. Despite the strong evidence of disproportionate effect on women and girls, 'honour'-based violence is experienced by both men and women, with factors such as sexuality and disability putting some men at particular risk. As we will explore, perpetration of this type of abuse is also a complex picture. Details: Bristol, UK: SafeLives, 2017. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Spotlight Report #Hidden Victims: Accessed February 12, 2018 at: http://safelives.org.uk/sites/default/files/resources/Spotlight%20on%20HBV%20and%20forced%20marriage-web.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 149092

Author: Great Britain. House of Commons. Committee of Public Accounts Title: Offender-monitoring tags Summary: Electronic monitoring of prisoners-known informally as 'tagging'-plays an important role in supporting prisoner rehabilitation in the community. In 2011 the Ministry of Justice launched a programme to develop a new, world-leading tag that would incorporate GPS technology. However, a National Audit Office report found that developing the tags has been beset with problems and cost increases as a result of high-risk approach and weak governance. The Ministry planned to procure parts of the service from four providers, with a fifth provider integrating all the parts but contracts for procurement were signed two years later than planned. G4S has now been appointed to complete the work by mid-2019, a total delay of five years. The programme intended to save between $9 million and $30 million, but instead the Ministry has spent an additional $60 million. The tagging service is expected to cost L470 million between 2017 and 2025. The Committee will ask the Ministry of Justice about its attitude to risk, why it contracted the project in the manner they did and why that went wrong, and what it is doing to assure the success of the tagging programme in the years ahead. Details: London: House of Commons, 2018. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: HC 458:Fifteenth report of Session 2017-19: Accessed February 12, 2018 at: https://publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201719/cmselect/cmpubacc/458/458.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Electronic Monitoring Shelf Number: 149093

Author: SafeLives Title: Disabled Survivors Too: Disabled people and domestic abuse Summary: Disabled people experience higher rates of domestic abuse than nondisabled people. In the year to March 2015 the Crime Survey for England and Wales reported that women and men with a long standing illness or disability were more than twice as likely to experience some form of domestic abuse than women and men with no long standing illness or disability. Our research has found that disabled victims of domestic abuse also suffer more severe and frequent abuse over longer periods of time than non-disabled victims. SafeLives' data reveals that disabled victims typically endure abuse for an average of 3.3 years before accessing support, compared to 2.3 years for non-disabled victims. Even after receiving support, disabled victims were 8% more likely than non-disabled victims to continue to experience abuse. For one in five (20%) this ongoing abuse was physical and for 7% it was sexual. Our research suggests that this may be attributed to a number of factors, either through poor commissioning, lack of awareness or understanding in practice, social stereotyping of victims of domestic abuse or services being inaccessible. For instance, some services may offer only telephone support, which excludes those who cannot communicate on the phone. A further consideration is that services or change programmes for perpetrators may not be easily accessible to disabled perpetrators. Stereotypes may impact professionals' perceptions of what an abuser 'looks like', leading to the misconception that disabled people do not perpetrate domestic abuse. We know that this is not the case and that some disabled perpetrators use their knowledge of their victim's disability, and the systems designed to help them, to cause further harm. For a disabled person, the abuse they experience is often directly linked to their impairments and perpetrated by the individuals they are most dependent on for care, such as intimate partners and family members. Our national data shows that disabled victims are much more likely to be suffering abuse from a current partner (31%) than non-disabled victims (18%). Intimate partners or family members often act as carers and this position of power can be exploited leading to widespread and pervasive means of coercive control and social isolation. Disabled people often suffer from marginalisation in society through misplaced views of their lives and experiences, which can leave them illequipped to recognise abusive behaviours, understand their rights and seek support. Defining disabled people purely by their disability feeds into the perception that disabled people do not have intimate and sexual relationships. Failing to recognise that disabled people have intimate relationships adds an additional barrier to identifying them as victims of domestic abuse. Disabled victims can also be excluded from data. In our national Insights dataset, 14% of people were identified as having an impairment. While this is in line with population figures, given that we know disabled women are twice as likely to experience domestic abuse, we estimate that the true figure is likely to be double (28%). This means that a significant number of disabled victims experiencing abuse are either not accessing domestic abuse services or are not being identified as having an impairment and therefore will not be receiving appropriate assistance or safety planning. Details: Bristol, UK: SafeLives, 2017. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Spotlight Report #2: Hidden Victims: Accessed February 12, 2018 at: http://safelives.org.uk/sites/default/files/resources/Disabled%20Survivors%20Too%20CORRECTED.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Disability Shelf Number: 149095

Author: SafeLives Title: Safe Later Lives: Older people and domestic abuse Summary: Domestic abuse is a complex, wide reaching and largely hidden phenomenon. Each year, around 2.1 million people suffer from domestic abuse in England and Wales - 1.4 million women (8.5% of the population) and 700,000 men (4.5% of the population). Crucially, 85% of victims made five attempts on average to get support from professionals in the year before they accessed effective help to stop the abuse. Whilst the impact of domestic abuse is grave on all victims, certain groups experience additional challenges and barriers. Many surveys and studies, such as the Crime Survey for England and Wales, have excluded consideration for victims aged 60 plus, and awareness raising campaigns have consistently focused on younger victims and perpetrators. This serves to reinforce the false assumption that abuse ceases to exist beyond a certain age. The limited pool of research which does exist on domestic abuse and older people suggests that "older women's experiences of domestic abuse are markedly different from those in younger age groups and that these differences have not been adequately acknowledged or accounted for". This report provides a focus on this historically 'hidden' group, which is essential to tailoring appropriate and effective services for victims (and perpetrators). The report is part of the SafeLives 'Spotlights' series, which will focus on hidden groups of domestic abuse victims throughout 2016 and 2017 and propose recommendations for both practitioners and policymakers. The first Spotlights has focused on older victims of abuse and involved a survey with 27 professionals, feedback from survivors, frontline practitioners and policymakers, as well as webinars and a social media Q&A. Details: Brighton, UK: SafeLives, 2016. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Spotlights Report #1 Hidden Victims: Accessed February 13, 2018 at: http://safelives.org.uk/sites/default/files/resources/Safe%20Later%20Lives%20-%20Older%20people%20and%20domestic%20abuse.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 149111

Author: Hester, Marianne Title: Forced marriage: the risk factors and the effect of raising the minimum age for a sponsor, and of leave to enter the UK as a spouse or fiance(e) Summary: This report presents the results, conclusions and policy recommendations of a research project commissioned by the Home Office, and carried out between March 2006 and February 2007. The research was conducted in the context of debates in the UK and in the European Union about the consequences of increasing the age for a sponsor or spouse or fianc�(e) as a measure to prevent cases of forced marriage. In April 2003, the Immigration Nationality Directorate (IND) raised the age at which a person could sponsor a partner to enter the UK for marriage from 16 to 18 years. In December 2004, as part of crossgovernmental measures to tackle forced marriage, the age of spouses seeking entry to the UK was also increased to 18 years. The thought behind this was that it would give extra time for young people to mature which would help them to resist family pressure to marry. Aims: The research addressed four main issues: 1. The impact and outcome on forced marriages of the recent increase in the age of sponsorship and entry into the UK of a spouse or fianc�(e) from 16 to 18 years; 2. The benefits and risks of increasing the age of sponsorship or entry to 18, 21 and 24; 3. The range of communities in which forced marriage happens; and 4. The factors which are perceived to increase or decrease the risk of forced marriages. Methodology The research, was carried out in two separate phases. Phase one, the pilot stage, was conducted in Manchester and Tower Hamlets. This phase involved familiarisation interviews, interviews with stakeholders and survivors, and identification of databases that might provide useful sources for data on forced marriages. Phase two built on the successful methods used in phase one, and extended the research to include Birmingham. It involved further familiarisation, stakeholder and survivor interviews and further identification and exploration of existing databases. In addition, a mapping survey and focus groups were carried out. Overall familiarisation interviews were conducted with 13 organisations, including a range of government departments, statutory sector organisations and NGOs; stakeholder interviews with 45 organisations across Birmingham, Manchester, and Tower Hamlets; in-depth interviews with 38 survivors of forced marriage (33 women and 5 men), a mapping survey of 79 community organisations across Birmingham (n=25), Manchester (n=24), and Tower Hamlets (n=30); 28 departments/projects interviewed about the content and structure of their databases; and 15 focus groups carried out with a wide range of communities involving 97 individuals (82 women and 15 men) with ages ranging from 15 to 60. The methodology chosen generated rich data on issues related to forced marriage, and also examined the research questions from different angles and in relation to different communities. The variety of methods used provided a degree of triangulation, and also enough breadth to allow general patterns to emerge. Findings Raising the age: The research found no statistical or qualitative evidence that raising of the age of sponsorship or entry from 16 to 18 had any significant impact on the incidence of forced marriage cases. There was limited support for a wholehearted endorsement to raising of the age of sponsorship or entry further to either 21 or 24. The potential benefits of raising the entry age were seen as being the possibility of greater maturity, access to education and financial independence for young people, all of which could leave them in a stronger position to resist forced marriage. However, these benefits were also perceived as being largely outweighed by the risks. Risks cited centred on three key themes: the increased and direct risks of physical and psychological harm to victims of forced marriage; the discriminatory nature of the proposed increase in age, and the human rights implications. Increased risks to survivors included: young British women being taken abroad to marry and kept there forcibly until they could sponsor their spouses; entering the UK with false documentation; and implications for mental health, particularly attempted suicide and self-harm. The concern was that an increase in age could also prevent survivors from accessing potential sources of support, such as child protection legislation and education based counselling support. Other risks included concerns that the proposed entry was a measure to restrict immigration, that it would be discriminatory to impose a dual system of marriage ages within the UK, would impact on �genuine� arranged or love marriages, and would have a disproportionate effect on minoritised communities. Communities experiencing forced marriage: While forced marriage was often conceptualised as primarily affecting South Asian communities, the research indicated that it was an issue in a wide range of religious and other communities outside the South Asian Diaspora. These included orthodox/fundamental religious communities in the UK, Irish traveller women, Armenian, Turkish, and some mainland Chinese communities, Eastern European communities, African countries including Eritrea, Sudan, Sierra Leone and Mozambique, and African Caribbean communities. The study also revealed that these different communities experienced a range of routes into forced marriage, including: poverty and bride price primarily in African communities; control over sexuality in South Asian, Middle Eastern, Chinese and African communities; immigration in South Asian, Middle Eastern, Chinese communities and African communities. A blurring between arranged and forced marriage, as well as distinctions between them, were highlighted in relation to most of these contexts. Factors perceived to increase or decrease the risk of forced marriages Factors perceived to increase the risk of forced marriage included negative actions associated with an increase in the age of sponsorship or entry of a spouse to 21 or 24. Other factors included: overt coercion by family members, mental ill-health, death of a parent and �unsuitable� sexual behaviour of potential spouses, and attempts to bypass certain immigration and asylum rules. Such risks were compounded by lack of appropriate services, no recourse to public funds2 , and wider sociopolitical processes leading to more traditional Muslim identities being adopted. Decreasing the risk of forced marriage was largely the reverse of factors that were thought to increase the risks. In large part, better support to victims (at home and overseas) as well as preventive work were thought to be crucial, as was increased resources for education and awareness for practitioners, young people, communities as well as academic/ vocational education for young people. Details: Bristol, UK: University of Bristol, 2007. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2018 at: https://www.bristol.ac.uk/media-library/sites/sps/migrated/documents/rk6612finalreport.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 149124

Author: Howard League for Penal Reform Title: Out of Control: Punishment in Prison Summary: Research by the Howard League for Penal Reform reveals that prisons are routinely and increasingly resorting to draconian punishments in a counter-productive attempt to regain control. It shows that almost 290,000 additional days of imprisonment were handed down to prisoners during 2016 - a 75 per cent rise in only two years - as jails have been brought to breaking point by overcrowding and staff shortages. The Howard League has calculated that the additional days imposed in 2016 alone will cost the taxpayer about $27million. This report reveals how disciplinary hearings, known as adjudications, are used overly and inappropriately, with even minor infractions such as disobedience and disrespect being punished with additional days of imprisonment. The report calls on England and Wales to follow the example set by Scotland, where the use of additional days of imprisonment was scrapped about 10 years ago. Officials and governors in Scotland could find no evidence that abolishing the use of additional days had a negative impact on behaviour, and Scottish prisons have become safer since the change was made. Scrapping the imposition of additional days of imprisonment in England and Wales would stop a vicious cycle. Punishments pile more pressure on the prison population and worsen overcrowding, which in turn creates conditions for drug abuse, violence and other types of misbehaviour. Details: London: The Howard League, 2017. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2018 at: https://howardleague.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/08/Out-of-control.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Inmate Discipline Shelf Number: 149129

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice Title: The Impact of Community-Based Drug and Alcohol treatment on Re-Offending: Joint experimental statistical report from the Ministry of Justice and Public Health England. Summary: This experimental statistical report contains initial findings from a project that has linked data from the National Drug Treatment Monitoring System (NDTMS) held by Public Health England (PHE) with data on offenders held by the Ministry of Justice (MoJ). The aim of this report is to improve the evidence base of the links between community-based treatment for substance misuse and changes in re-offending. This ad-hoc release includes key sections on: - Characteristics associated with offending in the two-years before and after starting treatment (sections 3 and 7); - The offending profile both before and after starting treatment (section 4 and 5); - Change in offending (section 6); - Offending during prison or treatment (section 8). This report contains initial findings from analysing the final matched dataset to support policy development and is intended to demonstrate the potential utility in linking treatment and offending data. Future publications may follow as our investigations into the links between substance misuse, treatment and re-offending are expanded. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2017. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2018 at: http://www.drugsandalcohol.ie/28059/1/PHE-Community_based_drug_and_alcohol_treatment.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Treatment Programs Shelf Number: 149139

Author: Howard League for Penal Reform Title: Punishment in Prison: The world of prison discipline Summary: - Prisons operate disciplinary hearings called adjudications where allegations of rule breaking are tried - The majority of adjudications concern disobedience, disrespect, or property offences, all of which increase as prisons lose control under pressure of overcrowding and staff cuts - A prisoner found guilty at an adjudication can face a variety of punishments from loss of canteen to solitary confinement and extra days of imprisonment - Almost 160,000 extra days, or 438 years, of imprisonment were imposed in 2014 as a result of adjudications - The number of additional days imposed on children has doubled since 2012, even though the number of children in prison has halved - Since 2010 the number of adjudications where extra days could be imposed has increased by 47 per cent. The running cost of these hearings is significant, at around L400,000 - L500,000 per year - Adjudications are not sufficiently flexible to deal sensitively with the needs of vulnerable children, mentally ill and self-harming people, who may face trial and sentence without any legal representation. The process and punishments often make their problems worse - Two prisoners breaking the same rule can get different punishments depending on whether they are on remand or sentenced, and what category of sentence they have received. - Two children breaking the same rule can get different punishments depending on what type of institution they are detained in. Details: London: PRT, 2015. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed February 14, 2018 at: https://howardleague.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/Punishment-in-Prison-briefing.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Adjudications Shelf Number: 149147

Author: Allnock, Debbie Title: Evidence-based models of policing to protect children from sexual exploitation Summary: Key Messages  CSA was named as a national threat in England and Wales in March 2015.  CSE, particularly online CSE, is now mentioned in the strategic policing requirement.  Policing activity to respond to CSE has accelerated in recent years.  Inspections have found evidence of good practice and improvements to policing of CSE, but have also documented on-going challenges facing the police.  Inspections show that police forces are not using their disruption powers to full effect and research shows that information sharing between police and local authorities can be a major barrier to safeguarding children from CSE.  Information on the number of CSE convictions is not readily available: police do not receive intelligence about all CSE-related crimes; many cases are never reported and there are inconsistent approaches to record keeping between and within forces. That said, published offence data for 2015/16 shows an increase in reporting of all sexual offence categories compared to 2014/15.  Published research about 'what works' in policing to obtain prosecutions is absent.  This is the first study of its kind to document the ways in which some police forces in England have structured their CSE responses.  This is also the first study of its kind to assess the features of CSE policing responses in relation to the outcomes for victims.  Despite this, understanding of the relationship between policing responses and prosecution outcomes remains elusive in light of problematic data recording within police and CPS systems. Details: Luton, Bedfordshire, UK: University Of Bedfordshire, The International Centre: Researching Child Sexual Exploitation, Violence and Trafficking, 2017. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2018 at: https://www.beds.ac.uk/__data/assets/pdf_file/0005/571145/Evidence-based-models-of-policing.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 149149

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary Title: A progress report on the police response to domestic abuse Summary: This report is the third in a series of thematic reports which consider the response the police service provides to victims of domestic abuse. We published our first report in this series in March 2014, since when there have been considerable improvements in the service provided to victims of domestic abuse. Victims are now better supported and better protected. In 2014, we found significant weaknesses in the police response to victims of domestic abuse. We called on forces to take urgent action to improve both their ways of working and to make their services more effective. In 2015, as part of our second inspection in this series, we were pleased to find that the police service had come to see tackling domestic abuse as a priority - with domestic abuse increasingly becoming everyone's business. But we concluded that there was still much more to be done. This third report draws on our 2016 PEEL effectiveness inspection findings, and highlights continued improvement. Although many forces recognise that they still have further to go to provide the best possible service to victims of domestic abuse, HM Inspectorate of Constabulary and Fire & Rescue Services (HMICFRS) is pleased with the progress being made. In some forces there is still room for improvement in some areas including the consistent identification of risk, the application of positive action, the appropriate use of arrest and arrangements for building the case for the victim. Details: London; HMICFRS, 2017. 97p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2018 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmicfrs/wp-content/uploads/progress-report-on-the-police-response-to-domestic-abuse.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 149150

Author: Lloyd, Charlie Title: The Evaluation of the Drug Recovery Wing Pilots: Final Report Summary: Ten pilot Drug Recovery Wing (DRWs) were launched in two phases over 2011 to 2012 in eight men's and two women's prisons in England and Wales, with the intention of delivering abstinence-focused drug recovery services. Prisons were given licence to develop their own DRW models to reflect local needs and the ten resulting projects varied considerably in terms of size, aims, target population, accommodation, regime, and therapeutic content and intensity. In 2012, the Department of Health commissioned an evaluation of these pilots, which has been undertaken by researchers at the University of York, the Centre for Drug Use Research in Glasgow and the University of Cambridge. This mixed methods evaluation consisted of five parts: 1. A Rapid Assessment of all 10 pilot DRWs. 2. An analysis of Measuring the Quality of Prison Life (MQPL) data for the 10 pilot DRWs. 3. A process evaluation of 7 DRWs. 4. An impact evaluation of 5 DRWs. 5. An economic evaluation focused on the same 5 DRWs. These were undertaken in two phases: the Rapid Assessment and MQPL survey over March 2012 to October 2013; and the process, impact and economic evaluations over November 2013 to April 2016. In the course of this work, we have undertaken and analysed 345 lengthy qualitative interviews, obtained and analysed data from 631 detailed prisoner questionnaires in the impact evaluation and analysed the data from 1,246 prisoners taking part in the MQPL survey. This report focuses in particular on studies 2-4. Details: York, UK: University of York, 2017. 291p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 15, 2018 at: https://www.york.ac.uk/media/healthsciences/documents/research/mentalhealthresearch/DRWsFinalPublishedReport.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Program Shelf Number: 149153

Author: Coy, Maddy Title: 'Changing our Heads': Evaluation of the partnership between Shpresa Programme and Solace Women's Aid to develop a specialist service for Albanian Speaking Women experiencing violence in London Summary: In 2012, Shpresa programme, an Albanian community organisation, developed a partnership with Solace Women's Aid (Solace), a specialist VAWG support service, to engage Albanian Speaking Women (ASW) in London around experiences of violence and abuse. There are three elements of support and intervention in the project: - workshops on domestic violence, delivered by an Albanian speaking worker, which are incorporated into Shpresa's women's support group sessions (the ARISE project); - individual casework, also delivered by an Albanian speaking worker based at Solace (the Empower project); and - workshops with children and young people about domestic violence. While some organisations provide specialist support for women from Eastern European communities who are experiencing violence (see Thiara, 2015), this project is the first to combine the expertise of an Albanian community organisation and a VAWG service provider. This meant a knowledge exchange between the two organisations, extending the skills and capacity of Shpresa staff and volunteers about domestic violence, and of Solace about the needs of Albanian speaking women (ASW), was core to the partnership. The project wasfunded by Trust for London and the Henry Smith Charity. In September 2013, the Child and Woman Abuse Studies Unit (CWASU) at London Metropolitan University were commissioned by Trust for London to evaluate the project. The evaluation brief required a focus on what lessons can be learned from this model of provision - a small community organisation acting as service commissioner - to inform the development of sustainable services for women from newly arrived communities in London. This final report is based on two years of delivery of the project, from 1st October 2013 to 30th September 2015. As a small scale process evaluation, the children's workshops were not included. The report: - sets out the background to the partnership between Shpresa and Solace; - provides an overview of the project context by summarising what is known about Albanian communities in the UK and on Albanian-speaking women and violence; - outlines the evaluation methodology; - presents evidence of how the project met its objectives; and - offers reflections on this model of partnership for future commissioning. The title of the report - 'Changing our Heads' - refers to the way that workers spoke about the process of challenging attitudes and values, and also speaks to changes in practices that were necessary by each organisation in this new partnership. Details: London: Child and Woman Abuse Studies Unit London Metropolitan University,2016. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 15, 2018 at: http://solacewomensaid.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/CWASU-evaluation-report-FINAL-VERSION-FOR-LAUNCH.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 149154

Author: Kraft, Olivier Title: Money Service Businesses in the UK: Improving the Conditions for Effective Financial Crime Supervision and Investigations Summary: MONEY SERVICE BUSINESSES (MSBs) allow customers to remit money, to exchange currencies or to cash cheques without having to rely on a bank account. There are approximately 1,000 non-bank money remitters registered in the UK - more than four times the number registered in France, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands and Spain combined. Taken together with non-bank MSBs providing currency exchange or cheque-cashing services, the number of MSBs registered with HM Revenue and Customs (HMRC) - which are the focus of this paper - totals nearly 2,000. The significant size of the UK's MSB sector is due to a range of factors, including the right of authorised payment institutions registered in the UK to offer services in any state that is a member of the EU or European Economic Area (EEA). According to estimates of the National Crime Agency (NCA), at least L1.5 billion of criminal proceeds are laundered through MSB remittances from and to the UK each year. Repeated accounts of MSBs being used to launder several hundreds of millions of pounds confirm the NCA's assessment that the actual figure is likely to be significantly higher. A country having a large MSB sector is not necessarily an indication of higher financial crime. However, when combined with other structural challenges to an effective supervision of the sector (such as a high fluidity and a low level of systematic transparency), a high number of MSBs can create an enabling environment for money laundering and terrorist financing. The financial crime risks associated with the sector have been compounded by the fact that MSBs' access to banking services has declined, and that MSBs therefore turn to alternative channels that lack statutory anti-money laundering/counterterrorist financing (AML/CTF) supervision, such as the freight transport of cash. In light of this fact, this paper seeks to support efforts to ensure the integration of legitimate MSB operations into the banking system, on the premise that such integration can succeed only if confidence in the sector is restored and the costs incurred by banks providing services to MSBs are reduced (actual risk mitigation costs, as well as potential reputational costs). While acknowledging the international dimension of remittances, this paper focuses on the measures that can be taken at the UK level to strengthen the MSB sector's AML oversight, and specifically to address the risk of criminally owned or complicit MSBs or agents operating unhindered in the UK. Based on a review of key challenges for the sector's supervision, the paper identifies three key areas where improvements could be made: - Enforcement of existing rules: Relevant UK authorities should assess to what extent the human and technological resources available within HMRC for the supervision of MSBs are commensurate with the number and specific characteristics of the payment institutions registered in the UK. The assessment should consider whether available resources are sufficient to verify institutions' actual compliance with their obligation to report suspicious transactions (as opposed to their merely having adequate written policies and procedures). - Information sharing: Consistent with broader trends in AML efforts, information sharing within and between the public and private sectors should be developed with respect to MSBs. Specifically, mechanisms should be considered to allow information on high-risk agents to be shared by MSBs with supervisors and/or within the sector. This would address the risk of the same agents moving from one MSB to another after having been found by their principal to be non-compliant. In addition, more detailed information about the supervision of the MSB sector should be made public and, in particular, shared with the banking sector in order to inform banks' own risk assessments. - Transparency requirements: The transparency of MSBs and their operations should be enhanced in order to create the conditions for a more effective supervision of the MSB sector, and specifically to provide supervisors with a comprehensive and accurate understanding of the sector's composition and activities. Specific measures could, for instance, include: a requirement to file monthly or quarterly reports on the total volume and number of transactions completed; a requirement to list affiliated companies (especially other MSBs or dormant companies); or additional controls to be conducted by cash transport companies. Without significantly increasing the regulatory burden on the sector, the measures listed above will contribute to broader efforts to enhance the MSB sector's integrity and the integration of remittances into the financial system. To be fully effective in reducing money laundering risks, however, these measures would need to be complemented by further measures designed to detect businesses offering financial services without the required registration, to address new money laundering methods (such as through virtual currencies or mobile money), and to increase international cooperation, which remains indispensable to investigations into controller-led money laundering networks. Details: London: Royal United Services Institute for Defence and Security Studies (RUSI), 2018. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: RUSI Occasional Paper: Accessed February 16, 2018 at: https://rusi.org/sites/default/files/201801_rusi_money_service_businesses_in_the_uk_kraft_web.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Banks Shelf Number: 149168

Author: Independent Commission on Policing for Northern Ireland Title: A New Beginning: Policing in Northern Ireland Summary: The Commission held its first meeting on 11-12 June 1998. It held some sixty days of plenary meetings. The Commission began its work by briefing itself, through meetings, research and reading, on the background to the Agreement and the establishment of the Commission, on the present policing arrangements in Northern Ireland, on previous reports on policing in Northern Ireland and elsewhere, and on developments and debates concerning police worldwide. In a press conference on 12 June 1998 the Chairman called for views from members of the public and over the next three weeks advertisements were placed in Northern Ireland's main newspapers and in every public library inviting the public to write to Commissioners with their opinions on policing. Additionally, 130 letters were sent to political parties, churches, non-governmental organisations and others known to have a particular interest in policing. From the beginning the Commission collectively, and Commissioners individually, had numerous private meetings with a range of people - clerics, politicians, civil liberties groups, community and youth workers, editors, academics, and others - as well as visiting every police sub-division, other police stations, headquarters departments and meeting individual police officers. In October the Commission entered into a more public phase of its work, beginning with taking oral submissions in public meetings with political parties, business and trades union groups, and others (a list of those who gave such submissions is in Annex 2). A series of open meetings was then held in every District Council area in Northern Ireland. The main programme of meetings was conducted in November and December 1998 and further meetings were held during the course of this year (list at Annex 3). A number of meetings, public and private, were held with youth groups. In all more than 10,000 people attended the public meetings, with over 1,000 speaking. In addition about 450 further written submissions were handed in at these meetings, most of them on forms distributed by the Commission for this purpose, so that the total number of individual written submissions received was approximately 2,500. We also received a number of petitions, signed by several thousand people, and several standardised letters. All submissions and petitions were read by Commissioners. During this public phase of their work the Commissioners also continued to have numerous private meetings with groups and individuals. Consultants were engaged to conduct a focus group study, involving eight focus groups selected from different traditions and backgrounds; other consultants, with the cooperation of the RUC, undertook a cultural audit of the police. In May/June 1999 we carried out a survey of public attitudes to policing. The Commission visited the Garda Siochana in the Republic of Ireland, as well as a number of police services in Great Britain, Canada, South Africa, Spain and the United States (a list of all the police services we consulted or visited is contained in Annex 4). We also visited the Council of Europe in Strasbourg and attended a number of policing conferences, and conferences concerned with human rights. In the next chapter of our report we analyse the main findings from the surveys undertaken on our behalf, from our public meetings and from the oral and written submissions to us. We try to put them in the context of the many previous surveys of opinion on policing. Few police services in the world can have been examined more frequently than the RUC. The time has come to try to draw some conclusions from all those surveys and then to ensure that the police service get on with the job of forging a comprehensive and constructive partnership for peace within the community. After our review of attitude surveys, our report addresses the main issues of policing. First, in Chapter 4, we consider the purpose of policing, which we define as the protection of human rights, and we make proposals to reorient policing in Northern Ireland onto an approach based on upholding human rights and respecting human dignity. This approach underlies the whole of our report, from the relationship between police and public, through the way in which policing services are delivered, to the organisation, recruitment and training of the police. In Chapters 5 and 6 we look at the question of police accountability to the community, and we make proposals for greater accountability, communication and transparency at all levels. We go on to propose, in Chapters 7 to 11, a different style of policing, with the police working more directly in the community and in partnership with the community to solve public safety problems together; and with the neighbourhood police officers given the latitude and the management and technical support they require to deliver the services that their neighbourhoods need. In Chapters 12 to 14 we consider how the police service should be structured and composed in order to operate effectively and efficiently in this new style. In Chapters 15�17 we consider the recruitment, training and development of police officers, and the culture and ethos of the police service, all of which are critical to the achievement of the aims in the chapters that go before. Chapter 18 deals with the relationship with other police services. Chapter 19 proposes arrangements for overseeing the entire programme of change in the policing arrangements for Northern Ireland. Finally, in Chapter 20 we provide a list of all the recommendations in this report. The recommendations in the following chapters are interlinked. Together they amount to a transformed police service in Northern Ireland, to the new beginning called for in the Agreement and to the sort of police service which we believe most people want - open, accessible, responsive to local needs, effective and efficient. But, as we said in Chapter 1 and as we say again throughout the report, although several of our recommendations may be possible to implement in any event, the full transformation of policing envisaged in this report will be possible only with active community support and with a continuing commitment to peace. Details: Belfast: The Commission, 1999. 133p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 21, 2018 at: http://cain.ulst.ac.uk/issues/police/patten/patten99.pdf Year: 1999 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Civil Rights Shelf Number: 131189

Author: Kaur, Kam Title: Local commissioning of services addressing child sexual abuse and exploitation in England Summary: On behalf of the Centre of expertise on child sexual abuse, Cordis Bright undertook an independent review in spring 2017 of how child sexual abuse and exploitation (CSA/CSE) services were commissioned in five local areas in England. The review sought to clarify local approaches developed through local authorities, health and wellbeing boards, Offices of the Police and Crime Commissioners (OPCCs), NHS England and clinical commissioning groups (CCGs). It aimed to identify challenges, weaknesses and strengths in current local commissioning which might be of broader interest. Commissioners' views were also sought on the support they were looking for, including how the Centre of expertise might help. Following a review of the literature, Cordis Bright conducted interviews with 30 commissioners, commissioning partners, service providers and local practitioner experts across the five local areas. In view of the link with CSA/CSE, harmful sexual behaviour (HSB) was included in the review as it progressed. Limitations The review was a rapid research exercise informed by evidence from five sites. Whilst these sites provide a degree of diversity, the findings will not fully reflect experiences in all locations in England, and do not incorporate experiences in Wales. The findings reflect a point in time (spring 2017) and should be considered with reference to emerging developments which may influence change, such as the impending release by the NHS of its strategy on sexual abuse. The review focused on local commissioning and does not provide direct insight into centralised commissioning processes. However, some of its findings may be useful to decision-makers in that context. Findings The findings, drawn from the interviews, are summarised thematically here. A key caveat to the findings is the fact that the fieldwork was limited to five local authority areas in England. A theme underpinning many of the findings, and reported in all five areas, is the impact of the current economic climate on local service provision. Stakeholders reported that local commissioners' budgets are diminishing, as is the independently generated income of voluntary and community sector (VCS) service providers. Commissioning challenges Local commissioners were said to face a number of common challenges: - The high profile accorded to CSE by central government has been beneficial, but has not yet been extended to CSA and HSB. - Whilst CSE service commissioning practice appear well-developed, CSA and HSB services are not commissioned (or delivered in-house) with the same transparency and robustness. - The use of short-term contracts (usually lasting three years) limits VCS partnership/investment opportunities. - Good commissioning partnerships (with other commissioners or the VCS) will require a significant amount of investment to develop and maintain. - Cuts to commissioning teams limit the scope and quality of commissioning activity. - There needs to be more detail on CSA/CSE and HSB, including online elements of abuse, in local population needs assessments. - Health bodies and schools are not always seen by others as engaged as full partners in the commissioning of local CSA/CSE and HSB services. - There is no quality assurance framework to ensure that schools have appropriate safeguarding care pathways or commissioned CSA/CSE/HSB response services. - There is no consensus on good outcomes measurement - in particular focusing on 'distance travelled' for an individual (emotional wellbeing, improvement in relationship with family and friends, access to positive alternative activities and engagement in learning) - for CSA/CSE and HSB services. Stakeholders wanted: - CSA and HSB to be included in CSE commissioning governance, reported as usually being overseen by the Director of Children's Services and a local safeguarding children board (LSCB) subgroup - mental health trusts to have in place governance and partnership arrangements focusing on CSA/ CSE recovery - more focus from the OPCCs on children and young people, including funding for the vital role of sexual assault referral centres (SARCs) - all areas to have an explicit, integrated CSA, CSE and HSB strategy - national CSA/CSE and HSB commissioning guidance which minimises contract-monitoring activity. Gaps in commissioned services Local areas expressed concerns including the following: - There has been a significant reduction in prevention services for CSE and HSB. More investment is required from schools, public health budgets and CCGs. - There has not been any CSA prevention work. - There has been a significant reduction in school nursing services. Nurses have been a key contact for identification/disclosure of CSA/CSE. - Responding to online abuse needs to be included in local CSA/CSE and HSB services. - The regionalisation of the SARCs may be supported on medical grounds, but has increased travel time for children and young people. Additionally, more follow-up counselling support sessions funded through SARCs are needed. - There is a significant shortfall in follow-up or recovery services for children who have experienced CSA/CSE and/or HSB. Where budgets are not protected for existing services, the services risk losing the flexibility needed for victims to disclose and recover. - Transition from children's to adults' services is difficult for survivors of CSA and CSE. - The volume of HSB is growing, but services are reducing. Details: Ilford, Esssex, UK: Centre of Expertise on Child Sexual Abuse, 2018. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2018 at: https://www.csacentre.org.uk/research-publications/local-commissioning-of-services-addressing-child-sexual-abuse-and-exploitation-in-england/local-commissioning-of-services-addressing-child-sexual-abuse-and-exploitation-in-england/ Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 149216

Author: Brennan, Deirdre Title: Redefining an isolated incident Summary: Femicide is generally defined as the killing of women because they are women, though some definitions include any killing of women or girls. Femicide has been identified globally as a leading cause of premature death for women, yet there is limited research on this issue. The Global Study on Homicide in 2011 indicated that whilst there had been a decrease in the number of homicides worldwide, there had been an increase in the number of femicides. In December 2013, the UN General Assembly adopted a resolution on femicide, urging Member States to undertake a range of measures to address the gender-related killing of women and girls, including the need to enhance data collection and analysis. The recent report by the UN Special Rapporteur on Violence against Women (SRVAW) to the UN General Assembly noted that the UN and its Member States have repeatedly concluded that the comparability and availability of data is key to defining and understanding femicide, and its manifestations, causes and consequences. The SRVAW cited the UK's Femicide Census in her report as a laudable example of best practice in this regard, and recommends that States "collect and publish data on femicides and on other forms of violence against women (VAW) and establish Femicide watch or observatories on VAW with such functions." The Femicide Census is a database currently containing information on almost 1,000 women killed by men in England and Wales since 2009. The data on all cases is not yet complete, and thus this report summarises the early findings on cases of femicide between 2009 and 2015, involving a total of 936 women. The Femicide Census was developed in partnership by Karen Ingala Smith and Women's Aid, with support from Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP and Deloitte LLP. Where possible, the census has captured a wide range of information about each case including: (i) the name of the woman and her killer, and their age, occupation and health status; (ii) the incident and date of the killing itself; (iii) details of the relevant police force area, the weapon and recorded motive; and (iv) other available details on children, ethnicity and country of birth. The census aims to provide a clearer picture of men's fatal violence against women, committed by partners, ex-partners, male relatives, acquaintances, colleagues and strangers. The killing of a woman, especially in a domestic setting, is often reported as an 'isolated incident with no further threat to the public'. Such descriptions dismiss the scale of the issue, and diminish the fact that gender-based violence is a society-wide issue. The Femicide Census collates the details of hundreds of femicides committed by men, to explore whether lessons can be learnt by viewing these cases together. The initial analysis finds that these are not isolated incidents, since too many of them followed a similar pattern of violence and were premeditated. Data analysed from the Femicide Census showed that many femicides were committed in similar settings, where similar weapons were used, and similar relationships existed between the perpetrators and victims. By highlighting the trends in cases of femicide, this report further shows that through social, institutional and state changes, instances of femicide can be reduced, if not completely prevented. Details: Bristol, UK: Women's Aid Federation of England, 2016. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2018 at: https://1q7dqy2unor827bqjls0c4rn-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/The-Femicide-Census-Jan-2017.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Femicide Shelf Number: 149217

Author: Gill, Owen Title: She just cries and cries: Case studies of Devon families with a father in prison Summary: This report is based on detailed interviewing of 15 Devon families where the father is currently in prison or in two cases where he has already returned home. It is part of a wider consultation exercise in which Barnardo's South West has set out to talk to families of prisoners in Bristol, Devon and Cornwall. The purpose of this consultation is to inform our new ECHO (Empowering the Children of Offenders) services in Bristol and Devon. These are community based services which aim to support the children of prisoners. The purpose is also a wider one of influencing other agencies about the needs of these children. The context of the report is that the children of prisoners are a very large but 'invisible' group. Government estimates indicate approximately 160,000 children at any one time have a parent in prison. There is no robust information at either a national or local authority level about where these children live and very few local authorities take their needs into account when planning services. This is in spite of national research showing that the children of offenders are particularly vulnerable to mental health problems and have an increased likelihood of becoming offenders themselves. Details: Ilford, UK: Barnardo's, 2009. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed February 22, 2018 at: http://www.barnardos.org.uk/she-just-cries-and-cries-2009.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 149225

Author: Tankebe, Justice Title: Cynicism Towards Change: The Case of Body-Worn Cameras Among Police Officers Summary: Police use of body-worn cameras (BWCs), proponents believe, will bring transparency and accountability to police work, and ultimately enhance police legitimacy. As with previous major organizational changes in policing, BWCs may be greeted with cynicism. Such cynicism by officers can obstruct the expected benefits of BWCs to policing. Yet, evidence on the receptivity of officers to BWCs is sparse. We seek to investigate the nature and sources of officers' cynicism about BWCs. Our data came from a survey of 550 police officers from seven forces in England and Northern Ireland. Results show that cynicism towards BWCs is multi-dimensional, with levels of cynicism varying across these dimensions. Officers were more cynical about public receptivity and the impact on crime prevention, but least cynical about the likely impact on police integrity. Further analysis found that cynicism hinges, largely, on organizational commitment. Details: Mt. Scopus, Jerusalem: Hebrew University of Jerusalem, 2016. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Hebrew University of Jerusalem Legal Research Paper No. 16-42 Accessed February 23, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2850743 Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 149232

Author: Muslim Hands United for the Needy Title: (In)visibility: Female, Muslim, Imprisoned Summary: The voices of female Muslim prisoners are unheard in policy, communities and research. The purpose of this research is to bring those voices to the forefront and address the often-overlooked intersectionality of gender, ethnicity and faith. This report uses empirical data from interviews and focus groups with female Muslims in prison to identify distinct needs and experiences as well as similarities to the general female prison population. Recommendations have been made to the Ministry of Justice and Her Majesty's Prison and Probation Service to better understand intersecting inequalities and the impact they could be having on someone's resettlement, as well as recommendations to communities, to work towards ending stigma, increasing support and challenging negative stereotypes for female Muslims in prison. Details: Nottingham, UK: Muslim Hands, 2018. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 26, 2018 at: https://muslimhands.org.uk/_ui/uploads/lk2ki4/(In)Visibility_Web.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Discrimination Shelf Number: 149234

Author: Ford, Matt Title: Trends in criminal justice spending, staffing and populations Summary: This UK Justice Policy Review Focus looks at trends in key data about the criminal justice systems in each jurisdiction of the UK. It covers the main criminal justice institutions of the police, courts, probation and prison. The aim is to provide reliable, accessible data on trends in areas such as criminal justice spending, staffing, and the populations subject to criminal justice sanctions. It will be useful to policy makers, practitioners, researchers and anyone else with an interest in the criminal justice system in the UK. How to understand the data The data we provide in this briefing gives a rough sense of the overall 'size' of the criminal justice system, in terms of funding, workforce and people processed by criminal justice institutions. Trends in these areas will be affected by a variety of complex interrelated factors, both within the criminal justice system and without. For instance, the number of people prosecuted in the courts will in part depend on the number of police officers available to arrest people in the first place, which in turn will depend on police budgets. On the other hand, the number of people arrested will depend, amongst other things, on demographic factors such as the size of the specific populations targeted by the police. Where possible we present data covering the period from 2005-2006 to 2015-2016 to get a meaningful understanding of current trends. The financial year 2015-2016 is the most recent year for which comparable data for each jurisdiction is available. All data are taken from official government sources. Details: London: Centre for Crime and Justice Studies, 2017. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 27, 2018 at: https://www.crimeandjustice.org.uk/sites/crimeandjustice.org.uk/files/Trends%20in%20criminal%20justice%20spending%2C%20staffing%20and%20populations%2C%20Dec%202017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 149276

Author: Wager, Nadia Title: Rapid Evidence Assessment Quantifying The Extent Of Online-Facilitated Child Sexual Abuse Summary: This rapid evidence assessment (REA) examines what is known about the scale of online-facilitated child sexual abuse (CSA). It was commissioned by the Independent Inquiry into Child Sexual Abuse (IICSA), which is investigating whether public bodies and other non-state institutions have taken seriously their duties to care for and protect children and young people from child sexual abuse and exploitation. This research informs IICSA's investigation into institutional responses to child sexual abuse and exploitation facilitated by the internet (referred to as the internet investigation). The specific objectives were:  to identify and appraise the measures currently available in England and Wales, and internationally, that could contribute to quantifying the scale of online CSA  to consider what each of these measures say about the scale of online CSA  to identify and appraise the range of data sources that are available for quantifying the scale of online CSA  to identify gaps in the existing literature. 3 A rapid evidence assessment is a structured way of searching for, assessing the appropriateness of, and synthesising a large body of evidence in a very short time frame. It is less rigorous than a full systematic review and therefore does not provide a fully comprehensive summary of the evidence base. This should be borne in mind when considering the findings. Additional challenges taken into account during the review of the 99 articles and reports covered were dealing with the breadth of definitions used, and the constant changes in technology. Details: Huddersfield, UK: University of Huddersfield, Secure Societies Institute, 2018. 184p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 28, 2018 at: https://www.iicsa.org.uk/document/rapid-evidence-assessment-quantifying-extent-online-facilitated-child-sexual-abuse Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 149281

Author: Webb, Emma Title: Wolves in Sheep's Clothing: How Islamist Extremists Exploit the UK Charitable Sector Summary: The British taxpayer has handed over more than L6 million to charities that are currently, or have been in the past, used by extremists to further their radical agenda, according to a new report from the Henry Jackson Society. The report's case studies are illustrative - so L6 million is likely the tip of the iceberg. The money is enough to fund 27,328 hospital beds per day, the annual salary of 234 infantry soldiers, or the salary of 264 new teachers - but instead, it is being handed over to individuals some of whose involvement in extremism can be traced back to the Islamist scene in the early 2000s. Wolves in Sheep's Clothing: How Islamist Extremists Exploit the UK Charitable Sector finds that, despite more than a decade of attempts to improve regulations, a concerning number of UK-registered charities continue to fund and support extremism. Figures from across the Islamist spectrum, including the Muslim Brotherhood, form a network which seeks to delegitimise and push out moderate voices, while masquerading as representatives of 'true' Islam. For example, Helping Households Under Great Stress (HHUGS) is involved in prisoner advocacy - but extreme and illiberal individuals are involved at all levels of the organisation, from trustees to supporters, speakers and beneficiaries. The Charity Commission - legally unable to de-register these 'bad' charities - has been particularly ill-equipped to deal with these organisations. Its powers have been extended in recent legislation, but the public is still waiting for those new powers to be put to use to tackle this problem. The report makes a number of recommendations, including: The Charity Commission must urgently exercise the powers given to it under the Charities Act 2016 to direct the winding up of charities and the removal of inappropriate trustees - as well as become much more proactive in checking the background of trustees. The Government should consider increasing the resources available to the Commission so that they can effectively implement their new powers. HM Revenue & Customs should work closely with the Commission to prevent the misuse of Gift Aid. Ofcom should be granted more powers - and use its current powers more effectively - to deal with channels providing a platform for extremist content, individuals or fundraising for extremist charities. Crowd-funding and event platforms such as Eventbrite, JustGiving and Virgin Giving should do more to prevent extremist charities from raising money and advertising events through their websites. Details: London: The Henry Jackson Society, 2018. 172p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 28, 2018 at: http://henryjacksonsociety.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/Wolves-in-Sheeps-Clothes.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Charities Shelf Number: 149289

Author: Beard, Jacqueline Title: Contracting out probation services Summary: This briefing paper charts the progress of recent reforms to probation services in England and Wales. It also brings together some of the commentary. Background In the 2010 Coalition agreement, the Government said it would introduce a "rehabilitation revolution that will pay independent providers to reduce reoffending". On 9 May 2013, the MoJ published Transforming Rehabilitation: A Strategy for Reform, announcing its plans to invite providers from the voluntary and private sectors to bid for rehabilitation services. One of the main new changes was splitting the probation service in two, with the public sector managing high risk offenders and providing services to the courts, and the new Community Rehabilitation Companies (CRC) managing low and medium risk offenders. In September 2013, the MoJ invited bids to run 21 CRCs across England and Wales, worth a combined $450 million. The list of new owners of CRCs was released on 18 December 2014. Only one of the CRCs was won by an organisation outside the private sector. Implementation Payment by Results (PbR) is an outcome-based payment scheme central to the Government's reforms. Under the contracts, a proportion of a provider's payment is determined by the reductions in reoffending they achieve. The Transforming Rehabilitation strategy document said this would create an incentive for providers to "focus relentlessly on driving down reoffending". Transforming Rehabilitation introduced a nationwide "Through the Gate" resettlement service. The intent was to give most offenders continuous support, usually by the CRC, from custody into the community. CRCs began providing "Through the Gate" services from 1 May 2015. Inspections Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation (HMIP) produced five reports evaluating the reforms as they progressed. The final report, published in May 2016, found improvements in joint working and communication between the CRCs and the NPS, particularly in dealing with breaches or increased risk of harm However, there were problems with court work, staff training and morale. In its thematic inspections, HMIP said that the 'Through the Gate' services were so poor that if they were removed the impact would be "negligible". HMIP also found in a separate report that the reforms had meant services for women offenders were less focused. In a further report, HMIP found that CRC enforcement decision making in relation to community orders, suspended sentence supervision orders and post-sentence supervision was poor. HMIP began individual area inspections in summer 2016. They have found overall that CRCs are performing below expectations, with particular criticism for some CRCs monitoring offenders by telephone. Reactions to the reforms There has been widespread comment on the reforms in Parliament, and by charities, inspectors and directors of prisons and probation. Transforming Rehabilitation has primarily attracted criticism since the reforms were announced. Initial concerns focused on the speed of the reforms, the splitting of the probation service into two, and the possible ideological reasons behind the changes. During the reforms, criticism focused on the performance of CRCs, with lower than expected workloads causing financial difficulties. The Public Accounts Committee found that the MoJ had yet to bring about a "rehabilitation revolution" and questioned the effectiveness of the reforms. More recently, in 2017, both the Chief Executive of the National Offender Management Service and the Chief Inspector of Probation have said the new system is not working well. The Justice Select Committee is conducting an inquiry into Transforming Rehabilitation, seeking to find out how current Government measures are effectively addressing the challenges facing the probation services and what more needs to be done in the shortterm to improve the probation system. The Government's position In July 2017, Sam Gyimah, then Minister for Prisons and Probation, accepted that there had been problems with the delivery of the reform programme, blaming in part the reduction in the number of low or medium risk offenders. He said the Government acted urgently to adjust the payment mechanism to make CRC income "less sensitive to changes in demand". The Government hopes that this will provide CRCs with more certainty of their future income, allowing them to invest in delivering the necessary services. The Government also set out plans to develop a joint protocol with the health authorities, as well as funding a new inspection framework for probation. The Government set up a dedicated unit in Her Majesty's Prisons and Probation Service in the summer of 2017 to coordinate implementation of all recommendations made by inspectorates and other bodies in relation to offender services. Details: London: Parliament, House of Commons Library, 2018. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Briefing Paper no. 06894: accessed March 6, 2018 at: http://researchbriefings.parliament.uk/ResearchBriefing/Summary/SN06894#fullreport Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Supervision Shelf Number: 149319

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation Title: Quality & Impact Inspection: The Effectiveness of Probation Work by the London Community Rehabilitation Company Summary: This is our second inspection of probation services delivered by the London Community Rehabilitation Company (CRC). The first (in 2016) covered North London only. In this pan-London inspection we found that, with the exception of effective unpaid work arrangements, the CRC does now have the basics in place, albeit later than originally envisaged in its contract. The CRC had acted on our 2016 recommendations. It had used them as a catalyst for change, and adopted a more conventional operating model. Londoners under probation supervision are now being seen, and seen sufficiently regularly in the main. The organisation still relies too much for comfort on agency staff, and it is in the middle of a large-scale performance improvement project, with one in three professional staff affected at the outset. While maintaining this year's focus on assessment and planning in each case, the CRC now needs to improve materially the extent to which it delivers its plans for each individual under probation supervision. The CRC is now turning its attention to two other key tenets of good probation services: local strategic partnerships, and the range of specialist services (interventions) required to make a real difference to people's lives and prospects. Critical relationships with local strategic partners suffered under the CRC's previous operating model, but CRC leaders are taking the opportunity now to re-energise these essential networks. We were pleased to see the CRC's working relationship with the National Probation Service beginning to improve, from a low base. The consistent provision of specialist services is particularly difficult in our capital city, where the funding and other priorities of 32 individual boroughs and the Mayor's office can differ. Even so, too many Londoners under the CRC's supervision are not given the specialist services they need to make a difference to their lives and outlook. Things are set to improve: the CRC has well-developed plans to increase the range and quality of its rehabilitative services this year, and we hope to see not just plans but good provision, next time we inspect. Individual caseloads have reduced when compared with those we saw in North London a year ago. We gauge that staff morale is better overall. And seeing beyond the CRC's extraordinary preparations for our inspection, we are in no doubt that the quality of work has improved from a very low base, and is still improving. Public protection and rehabilitative work are still not good enough, but rehabilitative work is at least comparable in quality to the average in other CRCs we have inspected. That is not acceptable - as that average is itself unacceptable, in our view - but it is a notable improvement and achievement for this CRC and its staff. There is much more for this CRC to do, but it has made significant progress over the last year. Details: Manchester, UK: HM Inspectorate of Probation, 2018. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed March 8, 2018 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2018/03/London-CRC-QI.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Rehabilitation Shelf Number: 149320

Author: John Jay College of Criminal Justice. Prisoner Reentry Institute Title: Housing for the Justice-Involved: The Case for County Action Summary: Housing is an essential component of the reentry process. Stable housing can give former inmates a safe base to secure employment, education and medical, mental health treatment and substance abuse treatment and can reduce recidivism for newly released individuals - all of which increase public safety. Despite these clear benefits, attaining stable housing can be a challenge for individuals with a criminal record. Housing bans, discriminatory screening processes or application requirements from landlord and long waiting lists for public housing coupled with the lack of affordable housing options can lead to homelessness. Counties are well positioned to assist with housing for justice-involved individuals as this issue intersects with justice, health and human services systems. NACo and the Prisoner Reentry Institute (PRI) at John Jay College of Criminal Justice partnered to host a conference that brought together county leaders and reentry and housing experts, and conversations from that roundtable informed a new report on Increasing Housing Opportunities for the Justice-Involved: County Policies and Programs for Success. This publication details how counties can help address the difficulty justice-involved individuals can have with securing housing, including by providing affordable housing programs, offering newly released individuals supportive and transitional housing that provides onsite support and enacting laws and policies that can decrease the barriers individuals face when looking for a home. Counties can also act as coordinators of services to streamline reentry, leverage county resources and dedicate staff members and convene task forces or coordinating councils to mobilize community and government stakeholders to centralize reentry services centered around housing. These actions can all position justice-involved individuals and the community at large to receive the best outcomes possible and save counties money by decreasing the usage of other county services by these individuals such as emergency room visits, homeless shelters and jail. Details: New York: John Jay College of Criminal Justice, 2018. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed Mary 8, 2018 at: http://www.naco.org/sites/default/files/documents/Reentry-Housing-FINAL.PDF Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 149321

Author: Forty, Rachel Title: Using family court data to explore links between adverse family experiences and proven youth offending Summary: Risk factors linked to adverse family experiences such as family conflict, domestic violence, child abuse and neglect are some of the strongest predictors of youth crime. This report presents analysis conducted to explore proven youth offending rates of those in contact with the family justice system as a child. It has a specific focus on children that have been named in a public law case, where the local authority has intervened to protect their welfare. Findings from this analysis are associations and do not necessarily represent causal links between contact with the public law system and offending, nor can they tell us about the direction of any relationship. This analysis, conducted by Ministry of Justice (MoJ) Analytical Services, uses linked data, matching extracts from the Police National Computer (PNC) and the family justice case management database (FamilyMan) for the first time. An evidence review of the related international literature was also conducted to place the results within the wider research context. This project is part of a broader programme of work to link large-scale administrative datasets from both within the department and across government, drawing out further insights on the drivers and patterns of offending behaviour to inform policy development and practice. Key findings - Those in contact with the public law system were more likely to offend and commit multiple offences between the ages of 10 and 17 than those of the equivalent age group in the general population. They also, on average, started offending earlier than offenders of the same age in the general population. - Findings from the evidence review suggest that the link between offending and public law may be explained to a large extent by shared risk factors, including family poverty and parental neglect or abuse. - Wider evidence indicates that when children have been taken into local authority care, placement type and instability have been linked to higher offending rates. There is, however, concern about unnecessary criminalisation of children in care homes and this may explain, in part, the higher offending levels for this group. - Results from this analysis suggest that children in contact with the public law system in their early teenage years for the first time were more likely to offend than those who were involved at any other age. - Wider evidence indicates that maltreatment and going into care as a teenager may have a stronger association with youth offending than maltreatment or care only experienced in childhood. Young people's offending may also be affected by the type and instability of the care placement experienced. That said, teenagers can have preexisting issues with offending that may have influenced placement decisions. - Results suggest that for females in their early teenage years, contact with the public law system was linked to a greater increase in likelihood of offending, prolificacy and violent offending than for males. However, young males in contact with the public law system still have a higher likelihood of offending than females of the same age. International research indicates that experience of out-of-home placement can be more strongly linked to offending for females. Details: London; Ministry of Justice, 2017. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Analytical Summary 2017 : Accessed march 8, 2018 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/653037/using-family-court-data-to-explore-links-between-adverse.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children Exposed to Violence Shelf Number: 149325

Author: PriceWaterhouseCoopers Title: PwC's Global Economic Crime Survey 2018: UK findings. Pulling fraud out of the shadows Summary: The UK findings from PwC's 2018 Global Economic Crime Survey (GECS) confirm that fraud is continuing to run at high levels, with respondents' experiences showing a shift towards technology-enabled crime, bribery and procurement fraud. This is despite the overall level of UK businesses experiencing fraud falling from 55% in 2016 to 50% in 2018. This ongoing increase underlines the need for organisations to take new approaches to tackling fraud. Our survey showed that cybercrime is the most commonly experienced fraud (overtaking asset theft as the top fraud for the first time), 49% of UK victims compared to 31% globally. While the majority of organisations are using technology to monitor or detect fraud in some way, the overall percentage of frauds detected by technology has decreased since 2016. Survey indicates that the UK is lagging behind much of the rest of the world in harnessing technology to prevent and detect fraud. This year we use the UK results from GECS to explore three key themes: How do you make the best choices around preventing and detecting fraud? How can you focus your resources and use technology more effectively? What do the results say about UK businesses' approach to bribery and corruption? Details: London: PWC - UK, 2018. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 8, 2018 at: https://www.pwc.co.uk/forensic-services/assets/gecs/global-economic-crime-survey-2018-uk-findings.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 149395

Author: Hallett, Sophie Title: Review of the Wales Safeguarding Children and Young People from Sexual Exploitation (CSE) statutory guidance Summary: In January 2017, Welsh Government commissioned a review of the Wales Safeguarding Children and Young People from Sexual Exploitation (CSE) Statutory guidance, embedded definition and associated SERAF (Sexual Exploitation Risk Assessment Framework) protocol. The aim of the review was to evaluate how the statutory guidance is working in practice and to review the guidance, embedded definition and SERAF to ensure they are fit for purpose. To that end, the study addressed the following research questions: - Do the different professional groups (police, social care, health, schools, and voluntary sector) know about the Statutory CSE guidance and understand it? - How effective and 'fit for purpose' do professionals from the range of agencies involved consider the guidance to be in terms of: - defining CSE; - identifying and referring children and young people at risk of sexual exploitation and; - accessing support and interventions for young people in a multiagency context? - What examples are there of problems and good practice? -- How effective and 'fit for purpose' do professionals from the range of agencies involved consider the guidance to be in terms of: - preventing and intervening early in child sexual exploitation; - protecting children and young people who are at risk of abuse or are abused through sexual exploitation and; - disrupting and prosecuting those who perpetrate this form of abuse? - What examples are there of problems and good practice? -- What changes are required to: - the guidance; - the definition of CSE and; - the protocol (SERAF) to make the guidance more effective in terms of the above? Details: Cardiff: Welsh Government, 2017. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 8, 2018 at: http://gov.wales/docs/caecd/research/2017/171115-review-safeguarding-children-young-people-sexual-exploitation-en.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 149494

Author: Lovett, Jo Title: Deflection, denial and disbelief: social and political discourses about child sexual abuse and their influence on institutional responses A rapid evidence assessment Summary: The aim of the Independent Inquiry into Child Sexual Abuse (IICSA or 'the Inquiry') is to investigate whether public bodies and other non-state institutions have taken seriously their responsibility to protect children from sexual abuse in England and Wales, and to make meaningful recommendations for change, to help ensure that children now and in the future are better protected from sexual abuse. As defined in current government policy in England and Wales, child sexual abuse involves forcing or enticing a child or young person under the age of 18 to take part in sexual activities. It includes contact and non-contact abuse, child sexual exploitation (CSE) and grooming a child in preparation for abuse (HM Government, 2015b). However, definitions and understandings of what counts as child sexual abuse have been subject to substantial change over time. As part of its work, the Inquiry commissioned this rapid evidence assessment (REA) to understand what the social and political discourses have been about child sexual abuse, and the ways in which these discourses may have influenced responses to child sexual abuse by institutions. These questions have cross-cutting relevance for the work of the Inquiry. The overarching aim of this REA was to summarise the existing evidence base about social and political discourses concerning child sexual abuse in England and Wales from the 1940s to 2017 and identify the ways in which those discourses may have influenced institutional responses to such abuse. Details: London: Independent Inquiry into Child Sexual Abuse, 2018. 161p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2018 at: http://cdn.basw.co.uk/upload/basw_81819-5.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Grooming Shelf Number: 149411

Author: Dawson, Joanna Title: Brexit: implications for policing and criminal justice cooperation Summary: EU law on criminal justice and policing cooperation can be divided into five areas: - Mutual recognition of criminal decisions and cooperation ; - Participation in EU agencies; and - Information sharing - The substantive criminal law (the definition of criminal offences); - Criminal procedure; The UK currently has an arrangement whereby it can choose which laws it wishes to adopt, and opt out of others. In relation to the substantive criminal law and criminal procedure, the measures that the UK has chosen to adopt essentially affect domestic law. As such, they would not necessarily need to be altered as a result of the UK's withdrawal from the EU. By contrast, the mutual recognition of decisions, information sharing and participation in agencies involve cooperation between Member States. Therefore, alternative arrangements would have to be put in place of existing measures if the UK wished to maintain similar levels of cooperation. The Government has indicated that it wishes to maintain a close relationship with the EU in this area, reflecting the mutual benefits of the current arrangements. Experts from law enforcement, the legal profession and academia have highlighted the importance of certain existing measures, including the European Arrest Warrant; membership of agencies such as Europol and Eurojust; and information exchange via mechanisms such as the second generation Schengen Information System (SIS II). A number of factors are likely to affect the outcome of negotiations in this area. The UK will in some cases be seeking unprecedented access to measures for a non-EU, non-Schengen country. It remains to be seen whether the UK's pre-existing relationship with the EU, and the contribution it currently makes in relation to cross border crime and security, will be sufficient to secure this access. The UK will also have to adhere to data protection standards that are broadly equivalent to those in the EU on an ongoing basis, if it is to retain access to information sharing measures. Further, the Government has indicated that it does not intend to continue to accept the jurisdiction of the Court of Justice of the EU (CJEU). An alternative mechanism for resolving disputes as to the interpretation and implementation of any agreements reached will therefore need to form part of those agreements. Details: London: Parliament, House of Commons Library, 2017. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Briefing Paper Number 7650: Accessed March 12, 2018 at: http://researchbriefings.parliament.uk/ResearchBriefing/Summary/CBP-7650 Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Brexit Shelf Number: 149424

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice. Justice Data Lab Title: Justice Data Lab analysis: Reoffending behaviour after participation in the Clink Restaurant training programme Summary: The Clink Restaurant programme provides vocational training in catering, front of house and cleaning aiming to give prisoners skills and qualifications which will help them to secure employment on release, with the intention that this will reduce the rate of reoffending. This analysis of the Clink Restaurant training programme measured proven re-offences in a oneyear period for a 'treatment group' of 89 offenders who took part in the programme and for a much larger 'control group' of similar offenders who did not take part. These measurements were used to estimate the impact that the programme would be expected to have on the re-offending behaviour of any people who are similar to those in the analysis. The 89 people who were eligible to be included in the main analysis were from a group of 178 records submitted to the Justice Data Lab. The effects of the programme on those who were not analysed may be different to the effects on those who were. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2016. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2018 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/567041/clink-report-final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 149445

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation Title: Enforcement and Recall: A thematic inspection Summary: Introduction -- Good-quality case management should underpin effective decisions on enforcement and recall. We expect responsible officers to be able to assess risk of harm, risk of reoffending and individuals' needs. They should be able to plan work, implement or facilitate structured programmes of work and review the progress of that work. This should all be done in a way that is sensitive to the diverse backgrounds and needs of those under probation supervision, and that builds on identified strengths in a person's life. Evidence from effective practice and desistance theories suggests that these approaches provide the best platform for successful rehabilitation7 Our findings - Community Rehabilitation Companies Community orders and suspended sentence supervision orders Overall, the quality of offender management and consequent enforcement decision-making in our sample of community orders and suspended sentence orders was poor. Assessment was too often deficient. Plans, though timely, were not of good quality. Engagement with the individual in constructive work was insufficient in too many cases. Planned levels of contact were not always adequate to meet the individual's needs. Consequently, CRCs did not always know when enforcement was appropriate. The task of building a competent workforce was constrained by the level of resourcing, with dwindling front-line resources to manage the work. Licence recall We found better work in licence cases. We cannot be definitive about why that is, but we noted that the majority of the individuals were assessed as posing a medium risk of harm to others, and so were more likely to be allocated to an experienced member of staff at probation officer grade. We found that staff were clearer about the process for recall than for community enforcement. Overall, the quality of assessment and planning was sufficient. The programmes of work then delivered should have been better tailored to reducing the risk posed to the public and the likelihood of reoffending, but in almost all cases the level of contact met the requirements of the licence. Recall decision-making was good. Judgements about the acceptability of absences or individual behaviour were generally appropriate. Post-sentence supervision We looked at a small sample of post-sentence supervision cases. Overall, the quality of case management and consequent enforcement decision-making in the sample of post-sentence supervision was poor. We found that CRCs were struggling to provide adequate services for the range of complex needs of this group of individuals. In particular, responsible officers struggled to find ways to engage with them. Enforcement had the effect of compounding rather than lessening the sense of a revolving door between prison and the community. Our findings - National Probation Service Community order and suspended sentence supervision orders Overall, the quality of assessment, supervision planning and consequent enforcement decision-making was good. At the beginning of the community sentence, responsible officers outlined to individuals the consequences of non-compliance, including a return to court. Judgements about the acceptability of absences or individual behaviour were appropriate in most cases. However, better attention should have been paid to engaging individuals in the process of supervision. While staff had a heightened sensitivity to issues of risk, the level of contact set was based on considerations of the risk of harm posed to others in just under two-thirds of cases. Overall, we found a good balance struck between purposeful work and the use of enforcement to re-engage individuals or to apply controls on behaviour when necessary. Licence recall Overall, the quality of case management and consequent enforcement decisionmaking was good. The NPS had an organisation-wide process for managing these cases. This supported engagement and promoted compliance, and enabled staff to take recall action when necessary and appropriate. More needed to be done to ensure that relevant information from the prison is incorporated into the plan of work undertaken in the community. Nevertheless, we considered that judgements about the acceptability of absences or behaviour were appropriate in all but one case. We also found that senior managers had applied sufficient checks and balances to ensure that recall was viewed as a last resort, with action only taken when the risks of continued supervision in the community were unmanageable. Post-sentence supervision We looked at a small sample of post-sentence supervision cases. Overall, the quality of case management and consequent enforcement decision-making was good. Are women treated differently? Within CRCs we found some evidence that staff responded positively to women's needs, but this was far from consistent. The identification of women-specific issues was better at the NPS. However, both had very limited access to appropriate womenonly provision. Details: Manchester, UK: HM Inspectorate of Probation, 2018. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2018 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2018/02/Enforcement-and-Recall-report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Case Management Shelf Number: 149480

Author: Children's Commissioner for England Title: Children's Voices: A review of evidence on the subjective wellbeing of children involved in gangs in England Summary: This paper reports the findings from an evidence review ofthe views, perspectives and experiences of children in involved in gangs, on matters related to their subjective wellbeing. The report forms part of a series of studies examining the subjective wellbeing of vulnerable groups of children in England. This series was produced as part of a larger project focused on improving evidence about childhood vulnerability. Objectives of the review The main objectives of the review were:  to identify, appraise and synthesize published qualitative evidence on the subjective wellbeing of children in detention in England  to draw out key findings and conclusions from the evidence, as well as identifying any important gaps. Details: London: The Children's Commissioner, 2017. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 19, 2018 at: https://www.childrenscommissioner.gov.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Childrens-Voices-A-review-of-evidence-on-the-subjective-wellbeing-of-children-involved-in-gangs-in-England-2.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 149506

Author: Cromarty, Hannah Title: Rough Sleepers and Anti-Social Behaviour (England) Summary: This briefing paper discusses the use of anti-social behaviour powers to ban activities often associated with rough sleeping, and concerns that an increase in the use of these powers is criminalising homelessness and is not addressing the root cause of the problem. The number of people sleeping rough in England has more than doubled from 1,768 in 2010 to 4,751 in 2017. Rough sleeping is often associated with nuisance activities such as begging, street drinking and anti-social behaviour. Homelessness is a complex issue and entrenched homelessness presents particular difficulties; addictions and criminal and offending behaviour may be a symptom of homelessness as well as an underlying cause. Nuisance activities can have a negative impact on local communities. The police and local authorities have a range of powers to tackle these activities. However, voluntary sector organisations have voiced concerns that an increase in the use of these powers is criminalising homelessness and not addressing the root cause of the problem. Details: London: House of Commons Library, 2018. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Briefing paper No. 07836: Accessed March 19, 2019 at: http://researchbriefings.parliament.uk/ResearchBriefing/Summary/CBP-7836 Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 149507

Author: Sanders, Ben Title: An examination of the scale and impact of enforcement interventions on street homeless people in England and Wales Summary: The research aimed to examine how enforcement was being used specifically to address street homelessness. Whilst the research looked at behaviour that was associated with rough sleeping, such as begging and street drinking, this was not the primary focus of the analysis. In doing, so the report has analysed the extent to which enforcement measures impact on homeless people, local authorities, and other statutory and non-statutory services and how they interact with strategies to address wider antisocial behaviour. The findings of this report are based on the face-to-face survey of 458 people who were either currently rough sleeping or had done so within the last 12 months. An online survey was also sent to all England and Wales local authorities and 81 local authorities responded; additional FOI requests were sent to local authorities and police. Fifteen in-depth interviews with rough sleepers were also conducted and a further 18 interviews were held with a range of stakeholders in the three case studies and at a national level that were selected to represent a geographical spread of England and Wales and use of enforcement. All research was conducted in summer 2016. Details: London: Crisis, 2017. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 19, 2018 at: https://www.crisis.org.uk/media/237075/an_examination_of_the_scale_and_impact_of_enforcement_interventions_on_street_homeless_people_in_england_and_wales.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-social Behavior Shelf Number: 149508

Author: Johnsen, Sarah Title: The reconnection of rough sleepers within the UK: an evaluation Summary: Key points - Reconnection, defined in policy as 'the process by which people sleeping rough who have a connection to another area ... are supported to return to this area in a planned way' has become an increasingly prevalent feature of rough sleeping strategies in England in recent years, albeit largely in the absence of robust evidence regarding the impacts on rough sleepers. Evidence regarding reconnection outcomes is, at present, very weak. - Inter-city reconnections, that is, the reconnection of British nationals from one urban centre to another within the UK, comprise the majority of reconnections from some areas. In London, these are outnumbered by international reconnections (involving moves abroad) and intra-city reconnections (from one borough to another). This study focused on within-UK (inter-city and intra-city) reconnections only. - Reconnection is an umbrella term used to refer to a wide range of approaches, including: 'reconnection (proper)' which supports rough sleepers to return to somewhere they have an established link; 'diversion' which supports them to access services somewhere else where they do not have a connection; and 'deflection' wherein they are advised to return 'home' but are not provided with support to do so. - National guidance outlining agreed good practice exists, but implementation often deviates from this quite substantially. Resource and time pressures dictate that assessments of rough sleepers' connections and support needs are often extremely limited. Furthermore, support is in some cases intensive and tailored; but in the greater majority of cases is minimal. - In practice, connections are almost always assessed in terms of the Homelessness Code of Guidance for Local Authorities 'local connection' criteria. In some places, the last place of settled residence (where someone has lived for six out of the last 12 months or three out of the last five years) is regarded as 'trumps' and other criteria have little influence; in others weighting is given to other forms of local connection (e.g. having adult family members living in the area). - Outcomes are only recorded in a small minority of cases. The limited data available suggest that reconnection experiences and outcomes vary dramatically, from positive (e.g. accessing accommodation and re-engaging with support services) to negative (e.g. sleeping rough in the recipient area because the services offered are of poor quality or time limited). - Practitioners generally agree that reconnection is wholly appropriate and potentially beneficial in some circumstances, most notably where rough sleepers have made an unplanned move and abandoned 'live' supportive connections or services in so doing. Positive outcomes are more likely when good practice principles are adhered to, but are by no means guaranteed. - The limits and risks associated with reconnection raise significant ethical questions, especially as regards: denial of services to rough sleepers with no recognised local connection anywhere in the UK; uncertainty regarding the legitimacy and/or severity of risk to rough sleepers in recipient areas (especially when no proof in the form of police records exist); inadequate service responses in some recipient areas; and the fragility or lack of support networks in recipient areas. - These ethical dilemmas are most acute when reconnection is employed as a 'single service offer', wherein rough sleepers who refuse to comply are denied access to homelessness services in the identifying area. - These issues are profoundly important given indications that some local authorities are beginning to regard all single homeless people (not just rough sleepers) as potential reconnection cases and/or are tightening local connection criteria. If such trends are indicative of a more widespread 'raising of drawbridges' under localism it may become increasingly difficult for single homeless people to provide evidence of connections and access services. Details: London: Crisis, 2015. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 19, 2018 at: https://www.crisis.org.uk/media/237144/the_reconnection_of_rough_sleepers_within_the_uk_an-_evaluation_2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 149510

Author: Kneen, Hannah Title: An exploratory estimate of the economic cost of Black, Asian and Minority Ethnic net overrepresentation in the Criminal Justice System in 2015 Summary: In January 2016, the former Prime Minister David Cameron invited David Lammy MP to lead a review of the CJS in England and Wales to investigate evidence of possible bias against defendants who are Black, Asian or another ethnic minority1. The Lammy Review considers the treatment and outcomes of Black, Asian and Minority Ethnic (BAME) individuals in the CJS, addressing issues arising from CPS charge onwards, including the court system, prisons, youth custody and rehabilitation in the community. To explore the estimated economic cost associated with the net overrepresentation of BAME individuals in the Criminal Justice System (CJS) post-charge in 2015. This short summary of economic analysis is intended to inform discussions around the wider Lammy Review and highlight particular areas of the CJS in 2015, where there was observed net overrepresentation of BAME defendants/offenders, relative to the general population. This analysis does not make recommendations regarding how the Ministry of Justice (MoJ) could change behaviour or make policy changes to realise estimated savings. Key findings - The estimated economic cost to the CJS of net overrepresentation of BAME youths and adults in 2015 is approximately L309m. This estimate covers representation at the courts, prisons and probation stages. - Estimated cost associated with the courts stage is $50m ($3m attributable to youths and L47m attributable to adults). For triable either way offences this includes youths and adults tried in the youth/magistrates' courts, and Crown Court, and committed for sentence to the Crown Court. For indictable only offences, this includes youths and adults tried and/or sentenced in the Crown Court. Relevant legal aid representation is included in this estimate for the aforementioned court activities. - Estimated cost associated with the prisons stage is L234m (L26m attributable to youths and $208m attributable to adults). This includes the youth secure custodial estate population (aged 10-17) in Young Offender Institutions (YOIs), Secure Training Centres (STCs) and Secure Children's Homes (SCHs). The cost also includes BAME overrepresentation of adults aged 18+ in the prison population. - Estimated cost associated with the probation stage is L25m (all attributable to adults). This includes the pre-sentence assessments conducted by the National Probation Service (NPS) and the probation services provided to high risk offenders by the NPS. Probation costs have not been calculated for youths or for adult offenders managed by Community Rehabilitation Companies (CRCs). Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2017. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Analytical Summary: Accessed March 19, 2018 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/642551/david-lammy-economic-paper-short-summary.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 149518

Author: Sheikh, Sanah Title: Literature review of attitudes towards violent extremism amongst Muslim communities in the UK Summary: The Office of Public Management (OPM) has been commissioned by the Department for Communities and Local Government (CLG) to conduct a literature review that provides a better understanding of the perceptions of, and attitudes towards, violent extremism. The specific objectives of the review are to provide an overview of evidence on: - what Muslim communities' attitudes are towards violent extremism; - what Muslim communities understand by 'violent extremism' and how this understanding is shaped; - the reasons given for supporting or condemning violent extremism; - any patterns of change in attitudes over the last decade, and reasons for this change; and - how attitudes relate to behaviour towards violent extremism. The literature search, review and synthesis were informed by good practice guidelines issued by government agencies1 and universities. 2,3 These have been developed with the specific aim of synthesising diverse material to inform the evidence-based policy and practice movement within the UK. The search was conducted in partnership with search specialist, Alan Gomersall, Deputy Director of the Centre for Evidence-Based Policy and Practice (CEBPP). The review as conducted over a number of stages and literature was identified from a number of sources including database searches, expert and prevent lead consultation, website searches and OPM and CLG collected literature. After a rigorous sifting process, 36 items were included for review. The review found that there is a lack of clarity around the terminology used to describe violent extremism and 'support' for it. Additionally, there are also some limitations to the methods utilized in the material reviewed, and hence the data generated. Methodological weaknesses and a lack of detail around certain aspects of the methods used meant that it was difficult to assess the representativeness and significance of findings. This is the case, for example, for a number of polls and surveys, 4 which have been quoted extensively in this report. In the case of these studies, there is a lack of explanation about the methodology used, including the construction of the sample. Additionally, the purpose of these studies is to conduct a snap shot of public attitudes, rather than a more rigorous research study of the attitudes and beliefs in the Muslim community. Caution should therefore be used when interpreting findings. Details: London: Great Britain, Office for Public Management, Department for Communities and Local Government, 2010. 93p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2018 at: https://lemosandcrane.co.uk/resources/Violent%20extremism%202.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Extremist Groups Shelf Number: 118589

Author: Wilson, Andrew Title: Heroin and Crack Cocaine Markets in Deprived Areas: Seven Local Case Studies Summary: In November 2000, a research team consisting of Ruth Lupton and Dr Andrew Wilson of CASE and Paul Turnbull, Tiggey May and Hamish Warburton of the Criminal Policy Research Unit (CPRU) at South Bank University (SBU) was commissioned by the UK Anti-Drugs Co-ordination Unit (UKADCU) to undertake a short study of drug markets in deprived neighbourhoods in England. The study examined neighbourhood drug markets in the context of the new policy agenda for neighbourhood renewal, including the Neighbourhood Renewal Strategy and New Deal for Communities. It sought to: � identify the extent of drug market activity in deprived neighbourhoods and to describe its nature and scale. � draw out any associations between types of area and types of drug market. � understand how drug market activity impacts on disadvantaged neighbourhoods. � find out how local agencies and local communities, working independently and in partnership, were tackling drug markets and with what effect. Between December 2000 and April 2001, we investigated drug markets in eight neighbourhoods of varying type, tenure, location and ethnic mix, and in six different regions of England. In each neighbourhood, we questioned front-line staff and residents about the drug market, its impact on the area (if any) and the responses being taken. We also interviewed a small number of drug users (between six and nine) in each area, and collected supporting documents and statistics. We focused on markets for heroin and crack cocaine (crack). Our report, entitled �A Rock and a Hard Place: Drug Markets in Deprived Neighbourhoods�, was published in January 2002 as a Home Office Research Study. This supplementary report contains the case studies on which the report was based. Seven of the eight neighbourhoods are included, since the local authority in one area felt that it would not be helpful for its case study to be published. Following the case studies, we have also included the summary from �A Rock and a Hard Place�, and a glossary of terms for readers unfamiliar with drug market terminology. We hope that the publication of the case studies will be useful both to policy makers and to practitioners, illuminating the detail of the problems faced, the perspectives of participants, and some examples of successful and less successful practice. To avoid creating or consolidating reputations for these areas as ones where drugs are available, we have given them false names. Details: London: Centre for the Analysis of Social Exclusion, London School of Economics and Political Science, 2002. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Supplement to Home Office Research Study 240, �A Rock and a Hard Place: Drug Markets in Deprived Neighbourhoods: CASEreports, 19: Accessed March 20, 2018 at: http://eprints.lse.ac.uk/27367/1/Heroin_and_crack_cocaine_markets_in_deprived_areas_%28LSERO_version%29.pdf Year: 2002 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cocaine Shelf Number: 118602

Author: Davies, Toby P. Title: Spatio-temporal modelling for issues in crime and security Summary: The distribution of incidents in time and space is a central issue in the study of crime, for both theoretical and practical reasons. It is also a context in which quantitative analysis and modelling has significant potential value: such research represents a means by which the implications of theory can be examined rigorously, and can also provide tools which support both policing and policy-making. The nature of the field, however, presents a number of challenges, particularly with regard to the incorporation of complex environmental factors and the modelling of individual-level behaviour. In this thesis, the techniques of complexity science are used to overcome these issues, and the approach is demonstrated using a number of examples from a range of crime types. The thesis begins by presenting a network-based framework for the analysis of spatio-temporal clustering. It is demonstrated that signature 'motifs' can be identified in patterns of offending for burglary and maritime piracy, and that the technique provides a more nuanced characterisation of clustering than existing approaches. Analysis is then presented of the relationship between street network structure and the distribution of urban crime. It is shown that burglary risk is predicted by the graph-theoretic properties of street segments; in particular, those which correspond to levels of street usage. It is further demonstrated that the 'near-repeat' phenomenon in burglary displays a form of directionality, which can be reconciled with a novel street network metric. These results are then used to inform a mathematical model of burglary, which is situated on a network and which may be used for prediction. This model is analysed and its behaviour characterised in terms of urban form. Finally, a model is presented for a contrasting crime problem, the London riots of 2011, and used to examine a number of policy questions. Details: London: University College London, 2015. 359p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 22, 2018 at: http://discovery.ucl.ac.uk/1460300/1/TPD_Thesis_FINAL.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime and Place Shelf Number: 149542

Author: Haddon, Leslie Title: The meaning of online problematic situations for children: The UK report Summary: The present report looks specifically at the experiences of the UK children who took part in that wider European project. Interviews and focus groups were used to collect children's data. The interview schedule for the research was tested in all participating countries. In the UK pilot interviews were conducted in January 2013 with primary and secondary school boys (aged 9-10 and 11-13 respectively). The European pilots indicated that the interview schedule was generally sound although some alterations were made to it in the light of the pilot feedback. In the UK the main interviews took place between March and September 2013 in four schools - two primary and two secondary. This consisted of interviews with two boys and two girls from each age group (9‐10, 11‐13, 14‐16), and one boys' and one girls' focus group from each of the three age bands, each group consisting of five people. There was one extra interview with a boy aged 9‐10. This made a total of 13 interviews and six focus groups - 43 children aged 9-16 years old altogether. The interviews, conducted by the authors, were fully transcribed and analysed for the present report. Since the UK research was part of a wider European project it followed the same procedures as in the other participating countries. Each point discussed in the interview was summarised in a comment box, and all the comments from the interview were imported into an Excel file. Here they received a secondary level of coding so that for each point made by a child it was clear whether and what ICTs were involved, whether and what risks were involved, who was being discussed, whether the theme was about activities, communication, mediation of some kind, etc. The coding meant that it was possible to search the Excel sheets by various criteria, whether looking into specific risks, preventative measures, coping strategies or parental mediation Parallel to this, main points for translation that related to previous project‐wide discussions of the whole area were marked and collated. In the other countries these observations by children were translated into English to make them accessible to all the other researchers when collectively writing the pan‐European report. In the UK, they were simply collated in the original English. When conducting the analysis, these points for translation often became the basis for the main quotations in this report, either because they summarised certain issues (more succinctly than some of the other children), captured ambivalences or demonstrated a theme well. The points for translation were used in conjunction with searches of the Excel sheet. The latter aimed to capture overall tendencies within the sample, the range of experiences and diverse examples of the same theme. When children are cited but not directly quoted, the material often comes from this second strand of analysis involving an overview of the interview material on any particular topic. The whole procedure had the effect that some children are quoted more, often reflecting the fact that they are either more articulate, more reflective or have more of certain kinds of experience. However, the overall content and conclusions of this report fully reflect the range and diversity of opinions and experiences expressed by all children interviewed in the project. Details: London: EU Kids Online, London School of Economics and Political Science, 2014. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 23, 2018 at: http://eprints.lse.ac.uk/60514/1/__lse.ac.uk_storage_LIBRARY_Secondary_libfile_shared_repository_Content_EU%20Kids%20Online_EU%20Kids%20Online_Meaning%20of%20online%20problematic%20situations-UK%20report_2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 149545

Author: Bovarnick, Silvie Title: Child Sexual Exploitation Prevention Education: A Rapid Evidence Assessment Summary: With their ability to reach the largest number of children and young people, schools have the potential to play an invaluable role in preventative education (Beckett et al 2013; The Education and Training Inspectorate 2014). However, while UK safeguarding policies recognise the unique position of schools and other educational settings in delivering prevention programmes to a 'captive audience' (OUSTED 2012; The Education and Training Inspectorate 2014), relatively little is known about what makes such work effective (Topping and Barron 2009). This briefing is based on a rapid assessment of the available evidence relevant to CSE prevention education. It brings together key messages from research and evaluation about what works to prevent sexual exploitation and promote healthy relationships. As specific evidence is limited, it also incorporates some messages from other kinds of prevention work in educational settings. It explores what successful interventions might look like, how they should be delivered, and what impact such interventions might be expected to achieve. KEY MESSAGES: - A whole school approach, integrating CSE prevention across the curriculum, is shown to be an effective model for school-based prevention. Schools should adopt a 'zero-tolerance' culture and respond appropriately to peer on peer sexual harassment in schools. - Longer-term, more intensive interventions achieve higher impact. Although there is no consistent message about the ideal duration, weekly hour-long sessions over several months e.g. as part of PSHE education, promises better and more sustainable outcomes than one-off sessions. - Young people's participation in the development/delivery of interventions adds authenticity, credibility and acceptability, which are key factors for impact. - Interventions should be based on an assessment of need and be tailored to the specific audience and local context, in which they are delivered. They should include a range of different activities that engage young people and cater for different learning styles. - High risk children and young people need additional resources and targeted support; links between particular vulnerabilities and CSE need to be recognised and incorporated into targeted responses. Clear referral and support pathways are required for high risk children and young people. - Evaluations of school-based prevention programmes in related fields show mixed results. Even high intensity, well-designed programmes have shown little impact on young people's actual behaviour although they can build confidence, increase knowledge and change some attitudes that may legitimize harmful behaviours. Details: Ilford, UK: Barnardo's, 2014. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2018 at: http://www.barnardos.org.uk/cse_exploitation_education_rea.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 149546

Author: Gibbs, Penelope Title: Presumed innocent but behind bars - is remand overused in England and Wales? Summary: Pre-trial detention is problematic world-wide. On any one day, about three million people languish in prison without having been tried or sentenced. In England and Wales the proportion of the adult prison population there on pre-trial remand sits at 7%, which, when put in the context of a high total prison population compared with the rest of Europe, is a significant, highly problematic figure. In 2017, of those who were remanded in custody pending trial or sentence in magistrates' courts, 58% did not go on to be sentenced to prison - that amounts to over 13,000 people in one year alone - and more than one-quarter of people remanded in custody in the Crown Court did not receive a custodial sentence. Over-use of pre-trial detention is not only expensive for tax-payers, but defendants and their families often suffer serious adverse consequences with the accused receiving no compensation even if they are acquitted - as a quarter of those remanded in custody in magistrates' courts are. It is also damaging in corroding the fundamental criminal justice principles of the presumption of innocence and the right to fair trial. The pre-trial detention rate in England and Wales has been remarkably consistent for decades, and the causes of inappropriate use of pre-trial detention have remained largely the same, worsening in some respects. Despite the fact that the law is largely (although not completely) satisfactory and compliant with international standards, the way in which it is implemented in practice results in many defendants being remanded in custody when other alternatives are, or should be, available. Grounds for withholding bail rely upon the strength of evidence and likely sentence if the accused is convicted, yet the information supplied to the accused and the court by the police and prosecution, and the time devoted to consideration of that information, is normally wholly insufficient. More information about the evidence is potentially available at subsequent bail hearings, but by that time the die is cast, and the burden is effectively shifted from the prosecution to the accused. Alongside this, bail information schemes, designed to provide courts with important information to assist their decisionmaking, have disappeared from many courts. This report by Transform Justice provides important further evidence of deficiencies in the processes by which decisions to remand defendants in custody are made. Unfortunately, much of what it uncovers is not new. Perhaps comforted by the headline statistic of a 11% remand (pre trial and pre sentence) prison population, there is a degree of complacency. Whilst a number of the defence lawyers in the research that Tom Smith and I conducted made sensible proposals for reform, the magistrates, judges and prosecutors that we interviewed tended to believe that the system is as good as it can be. This is accompanied by a political lethargy which has failed to seriously address prison over-population. This report provides evidence of the need for change in a well-reasoned and accessible form. The question that remains is whether there is the political appetite to make that change happen. Details: London: Transform Justice, 2018. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2018 at: http://www.transformjustice.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/TJ_March2018report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 149547

Author: Robinson, Amanda Title: Establishing the efficacy of a telephone-based police response to domestic violence: Hampshire Constabulary's Resolution Centre. [Technical Report]. Summary: Capitalising on a natural experiment in Hampshire Constabulary, this research utilised police officially recorded data to directly compare a sample of grade-3 domestic abuse incidents that received a telephone-based response from the force's Resolution Centre to a similar sample of incidents dealt with by the same force one year later that received the standard provision of 'slow time' deployment. A clear pattern of findings emerged, which taken together demonstrate the efficacy of providing a telephone-based response to certain types of domestic abuse incidents. Specifically, a detailed and formalised operations protocol has been embedded into the work of the Resolution Centre and all evidence suggests this is leading to a higher quality response overall to grade-3 domestics. The initial response provided by the Resolution Centre results in more crimes being recorded and more investigations that result in formal police action. The practice of risk assessment appears to be more comprehensive and detailed, generating a higher number of disclosures and more cases classified as 'medium' and 'high' risk. Due to the robust methodological approach of the research, these positive findings can be directly attributed to the setting where the police work was performed, rather than any differences in case characteristics. Details: Cardiff: Cardiff University, 2017. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: http://orca.cf.ac.uk/107133/1/Robinson%20%282017%29%20Hampshire%20Resolution%20Centre_Final%20Report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Abuse Shelf Number: 151664

Author: DeMarco, Jeffrey Title: Behaviour and Characteristics of Perpetrators of Online-facilitated Child Sexual Abuse and Exploitation: A Rapid Evidence Assessment Summary: - The Independent Inquiry into Child Sexual Abuse: The primary remit of the Independent Inquiry into Child Sexual Abuse (IICSA) is to explore how public bodies and other non-state institutions in England and Wales have handled their duty of care in protecting children from sexual abuse. One of the investigations focuses on the institutional responses to child sexual abuse (CSA) and exploitation facilitated by the internet. This is referred to as the Internet Investigation. - ICT and CSA: Evidence suggests that all perpetrators of online-facilitated CSA have broadly been using information and communication technology (ICT) to commit child abuse since the late 1980s. - Research aims and objectives: IICSA commissioned this rapid evidence assessment as part of its investigation into the internet and CSA. Its aim was to answer the question: 'What is known about the behaviour and characteristics of people who sexually abuse or exploit children, where such abuse is facilitated by the internet?' Research aims and objectives - In responding to the primary research question listed above, the rapid evidence assessment considered how perpetrators use specific technologies to offend and how the availability of these technologies influences perpetrators' behaviour, how perpetrators identify and target potential victims across forums, and what the key safeguarding challenges are for institutions raised by changing technologies and associated perpetrator behaviour. - The rapid evidence assessment also sought to identify evidence regarding emerging types of offences, including self-generated material in sexual solicitation, exploitation and abuse of children, sexual extortion, and offences in which self-generated sexual material shared freely online by children is identified and circulated by perpetrators with an interest in child sexual exploitation material. - Lastly, the rapid evidence assessment also aimed to capture information pertaining to children who perpetrate online-facilitated sexual abuse against peers, relationships between different types of offending, and pathways into offending. - The rapid evidence assessment was conducted in four stages: pilot, evidence selecting, evidence screening and evidence synthesising. - The findings from the above points are presented to best synthesise the information in responding to each one while considering the primary research question. Details: London: NatCen Social Research, 2018. 85p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2018 at: https://www.iicsa.org.uk/document/rapid-evidence-assessment-behaviour-and-characteristics-perpetrators-online-facilitated Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 149552

Author: Livingstone, Sonia Title: Net Children Go Mobile: The UK report Summary: This report presents new UK findings regarding children's online access, opportunities, risks and parental mediation. The primary focus is on risk and safety considerations. The new UK findings are compared in this report with: - Findings from the seven‐country European 2013‐14 survey by Net Children Go Mobile. - UK findings from the 25‐country European 2010 survey by EU Kids Online. - Illustrative quotations from children are drawn from qualitative interviews conducted by Net Children Go Mobile (which will report later in 2014). Access and use Mobile and personalised media are expanding the spatial and temporal locations of internet use among children by providing 'anywhere, anytime' accessibility: - Home is still the main location of internet use by far, despite it now being available in many locations out and about. Forty per cent of children use the internet at home several times per day, most of them in their bedroom. Over half also go online in other places, and half use it when out and about. - Compared with 2010, half as many now use a desktop PC, so that access is more often on a personalised device (smartphone, laptop, games console, tablet as well as desktop). - In the UK, smartphones are already more popular than laptops (used daily by 56% and 47% of 9-to-16‐year‐olds daily). In Portugal and Italy, laptops are used more often than smartphones, while in Denmark both are used daily by nearly three in four children. - The age of first use overall - at around eight years old - is little changed since 2010, although by 2013, children, especially 9-to-10- year‐olds, have access to much more complex smartphone convergent technologies than their 2010 predecessors. Online activities Research has shown that children's online activities vary by age - with children progressing up 'the ladder of opportunities' over time, from basic uses to creative and participatory uses of the internet: - The most popular online activities are watching video clips, social networking and listening to music. Some of the activities that policy makers and parents worry about are, in fact, rather rare - purchasing apps, spending time in a virtual world, registering one's geographic location, visiting chatrooms. - More children do more of most online activities now compared with a few years ago. Moreover, smartphone users make considerably more use of the internet in almost every way. However, many informational, civic and creative uses are regularly undertaken only by a minority of children. - By comparison with other European countries, UK children are the most satisfied with the online offer. But 9-to-10-year‐olds have become less satisfied over time with the content available to them. Smartphones expand the range of mobile communicative practices and audiences children are now able to engage with. Which children, then, use social networking and media‐sharing platforms, and how do they use them? - Facebook is the main platform used by the youngest age band, with 18% of 9-to-10‐year olds and 25% of 11-to-12‐year‐olds having a profile. Children continue to adopt some of the latest social networking sites (SNSs), and the UK is distinctive in the popularity of Twitter - 14% of all 9-to-16‐year‐olds use it. - However, since 2010, SNS use has dropped for girls (from 65% to 50%) but hardly for boys. It has also dropped substantially for younger children: safety campaigns have possibly had some effect. - Substantial numbers of children have relatively few online contacts, and the number of online contacts has dropped a little since 2010, when 16% reported more than 300 contacts (compared with 10% in 2013). - However, the UK's 14% who accept all 'friend' requests exceeds the European average of 9%, and is lower only than that of Romanian children (18%). - Half of SNS users keep their profiles private. Boys, teens, and children from low socio‐ economic status (SES) homes are more likely to have public profiles. - One‐quarter have provided a false age on their profile - more often younger children than teens. Skills Contrary to the myth of the digital native, children and young people do not naturally or automatically acquire digital literacy. The research examined children's self‐reported competence (or self‐confidence), along with self‐ reported ability with a specific list of skills, including those needed for mobile/online devices: - Two in three children say they know more than their parents about the internet, and 86% claim to know more than their parents about smartphones. However, 9-to-10-year‐olds generally think their parents know more about using the internet than they do. - Children's digital literacy and safety skills have not changed much since 2010, although children are now less able to block junk/spam and more able to manage their privacy settings and delete their history. - In Denmark the average number of skills related to the internet is higher than the UK, possibly because UK parents practise more restrictive mediation, limiting children's chance to explore and learn online. - Smartphone users are generally skilled in the use of their personal devices, but around one‐ third cannot block pay‐for pop‐ups or compare and choose the best or most reliable app or deactivate the function showing their geographical position. Younger girls seem particularly to lack the skill to use their personal devices effectively. Details: London: London School of Economics and Political Science, 2014. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2018 at: http://eprints.lse.ac.uk/59098/1/__lse.ac.uk_storage_LIBRARY_Secondary_libfile_shared_repository_Content_Livingstone%2C%20S_EU%20Kids%20Online_Livingstone_Net_%20children_%20go_2014_Livingstone_Net_%20children_%20go_2014_author.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Internet Crime Shelf Number: 149553

Author: Crockett, Rachel Title: Assessing the Early Impact of Multi Agency Safeguarding Hubs (MASH) in London Summary: Background The failure of agencies to work together effectively to safeguard children and young people has been highlighted in numerous serious case reviews of child protection cases. The Munro Review of Child Protection (2011) recognised the key role of the Local Safeguarding Children Boards (LSCBs) in fostering multi agency working and the same year the London Safeguarding Children Board (London SCB) began to roll out Multi Agency Safeguarding Hubs (MASH) in boroughs across the city. There are now 26 MASH operating in London. They follow a model developed by the LSCB in Devon and focus on the point at which child protection referrals are initially received. Aims and methodology A review of the implementation of this method of multi-agency working and its impact on safeguarding services to children was carried out in five London boroughs in order to assess how effectively it is being put into practice. One of the boroughs investigated had a relatively established MASH and the other four boroughs developed their MASH teams over the course of the review allowing the collection of data both pre- and 2 months post implementation. A mixed methods approach was used including: pre implementation MASH site visits, a pre and post implementation snapshot audit of referrals to MASH, a pre and post implementation qualitative interview study of MASH professionals and a post implementation qualitative interview study of referrers to MASH. A number of challenges were encountered in the collection of data from the five boroughs including delays to the implementation of MASH which reduced the time available for data collection and the difficulty of finding times when professionals were free to participate in interviews. These difficulties meant that amendments had to be made to the data requested and collected and to some of the analyses conducted. Findings The findings from this review provide early evidence that the MASH approach has the potential to address some of the issues highlighted in serious case reviews in the past. MASH appears to facilitate more effective multi-agency working and there are signs that the professionals working together in MASH teams were developing their own MASH culture as distinct from single agency cultures. This demonstrates the potential for improvement in partnership communication and information sharing. The benefits of this improvement are already being felt in some of the boroughs under review. One of the most significant findings was the reduction in turnaround time of referrals to safeguarding services at all levels of risk (RAG (Red, Amber, Green) Ratings). The mean turnaround time for cases initially assessed as level 3 (high or complex needs) nearly halved from two and a half days to slightly over one and a quarter days and the turnaround time for referrals initially assessed as level 2 (low to vulnerable) halved from more than four and a half days to less than two and half days. Professionals interviewed pre implementation had questions about how MASH Professionals interviewed pre implementation had questions about how MASH would work, but in general people felt it would bring benefits to safeguarding. It was expected that this form of multiagency working would lead to a better mutual understanding of the various roles involved in child protection and that faster information sharing would lead to more effective decision-making. Professionals interviewed post implementation were generally positive about MASH working and the impact on services to children. There was evidence that more children were receiving services appropriate to their needs following referral. The main areas of concern arose from heavy workloads, poor staffing levels and frustrations with inadequate information technology resources. The introduction of MASH has necessitated structural changes and a shift in cultural attitudes. It is therefore perhaps not surprising that at such an early stage in their development, some boroughs perceived themselves as being more operational than others and the site visits found a degree of variation in the ways they met the five core elements of the MASH model. These core elements of the London MASH were based on elements of the first MASH which was set up in Devon. Both MASH professionals and those referring to MASH recognised that further work was needed to educate professionals (such as those responsible for making safeguarding children referrals) about the role and responsibilities of MASH. Many professionals outside of the MASH team appeared to be unfamiliar with the MASH process which could result in a reluctance to provide information when requested, particularly information that was regarded as confidential. Furthermore, some non social care or police professionals within the MASH teams felt somewhat marginalised and complained of a failure to fully utilise their skills and experience, feeling that they were only used to provide information and did not take part in discussions or make decisions about children. Referrers to MASH complained about the failure to communicate feedback about the outcome of referrals. Details: London: University of Greenwich; London Councils, 2013. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 23, 2018 at: https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Rachel_Crockett/publication/263341817_Assessing_the_Early_Impact_of_Multi_Agency_Safeguarding_Hubs_MASH_in_London/links/00b7d53a99f7eed709000000/Assessing-the-Early-Impact-of-Multi-Agency-Safeguarding-Hubs-MASH-in-London.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 149557

Author: Rushchenko, Julia Title: Prison Management of Terrorism-Related Offenders: Is Separation Effective? Summary: - In the European Union, many states do not have any terrorist prisoners in their jails, and most of the countries house only a handful of terrorism-related offenders. When such prisoners appear in the correctional system, they can have a powerful effect on other inmates. The presence of violent extremist offenders in the criminal justice system generates unique challenges for most states worldwide, and this issue has prompted an ongoing debate concerning the rehabilitation and reintegration strategies, and on the successes and failures of the prison policies. - According to Europol, in recent years there has been an increase in terrorism-related arrests in the UK, France and Spain. The largest proportion of arrests in the EU in 2013- 2015 was linked to Islamist terrorism, compared to smaller numbers of arrests for separatist, left-wing and right-wing terrorism. The phenomenon of returning foreign fighters is yet another concern for criminal justice systems worldwide, including the processes of prosecution and incarceration. In October 2017, the BBC reported that 121 British foreign fighters have been convicted, but little information is available about how exactly inmates with foreign military training are managed in the UK prison system. - British prisons have a long history of coping with terrorists and political and religious extremists. Most recently, the increase in legislative scope and security responses in the wake of 7/7 led to a significant increase in conviction rates for terrorist offences. As of June 2015, there were 182 offenders convicted of, or on remand for, offences linked to terrorism and extremism in prisons in England and Wales, including people who hold neo-Nazi views and Islamist extremists. Current trends of returning foreign fighters suggest that the number of people to be prosecuted is likely to increase. - Most of those who appear to be radicalised in prisons begin their incarceration with not particularly strong religious affiliation. Radicalisation in prisons has been mentioned repeatedly by academics and practitioners as one of the most pressing security concerns, particularly in the context of Islamist ideology. While both prison and probation are supposed to be strong partners in deradicalisation and resettlement, instead of promoting disengagement from violence, these systems frequently facilitate extremism because of the push and pull factors discussed in this report. - Unlike traditional criminals whose illicit activities are often disrupted in prisons, violent extremists might be comfortable with their convictions because of opportunities to preach in correctional institutions. According to an inquiry carried out by Ian Acheson in 2016, Islamist ideology in prisons could be threatening in various ways, including Muslim gang culture, charismatic prisoners acting as self-styled "emirs" and exerting a radicalising influence on Muslim inmates, aggressive encouragement of conversions to Islam, availability of educational materials promoting Islamist extremism, exploitation of staff's fear of being labelled racist, and so on. - Following the above-mentioned inquiry, the government announced its plans to crack down on the spread of Islamist ideology in prisons by creating three "separation centres" (HMP Frankland near Durham, HMP Full Sutton near York and HMP Woodhill in Milton Keynes) which are expected to hold the most subversive offenders, including Michael Adebolajo and Anjem Choudary. As of January 2018, HMP Frankland near Durham has been created, and it is the first time the UK government has practised the policy of separating terrorism-related offenders. - At the same time, most of the mass media coverage of the UK experiment with regard to tackling radicalisation in prisons has been negative and focused on drawing parallels between UK separation centres and Guantanamo Bay, labelling the centres "jihadi jails". One of the main points of criticism revolves around the idea that segregation is counterproductive as it could potentially give an elevated status to the most dangerous extremists and intensify the issue of Islamism in prisons. - Currently, a more balanced and nuanced evaluation of the containment policy is absent from UK discourse. Although there is a risk that a new intervention will generate additional safety concerns, this report argues that separating the most dangerous terrorism-related offenders is the only viable solution for mitigating the threat of prison radicalisation. However, it is crucial to develop a comprehensive policy framework that takes into account the recent dynamics of radicalisation threats, including demographic changes such as gender and age. Details: London: Centre for the Response to Radicalisation and Terrorism, Henry Jackson Society, 2018. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 26, 2018 at: http://henryjacksonsociety.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/HJS-Prison-Management-Report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 149566

Author: Levi, Eugenio Title: Hate at First Sight? Dynamic Aspects of the Electoral Impact of Migrations: The Case of the UK and Brexit Summary: Recent studies provide evidence that immigration has a significant positive effect on the vote for parties with anti-immigration agendas. However, this result does not emerge if we apply the same empirical analysis to the UK, whether in the case of Brexit, or if we consider support for Ukip or the political intentions expressed in the BES survey. To account for this and other fragmented evidence in the literature on personal attitudes towards immigration, we formulate the hypothesis that the increase in anti-immigration views resulting from an increased number of immigrants in a neighbourhood is a temporary effect. Different underlying mechanisms may be at the root of such negative short-run effects, such as material concerns about the adjustment cost of new migration flows, or prejudicial attitudes, both denoting a �hate at first sight� effect. We build an econometric strategy to test for the existence of such a short-run effect in the case of Brexit and then assess the robustness of our result using a panel of the vote for Ukip and individual data from the BES survey. The evidence robustly supports our hypothesis and provides a basis for further analysis. Details: Sussex, UK: University of Sussex, 2017. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper Series SWPS 2017-21: Accessed March 26, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3056331 Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Brexit Shelf Number: 149571

Author: Allen, Grahame Title: Knife crime in England and Wales Summary: Summary Recorded crime -- In the year ending March 2017, there were 34,700 (selected) offences involving a knife or sharp instrument in England and Wales. This is the highest number in the seven-year series (from year ending March 2011) the earliest point for which comparable data are available. This is directly related with improvements in recording practices. Homicide -- In 2016/17 there were 215 homicides currently recorded using a sharp instrument, including knives and broken bottles, accounting for 30% of all homicides - a similar number as recorded in 2015/16 (213). Knife crime by police force area -- London recorded the highest rate of 137 offences involving a knife per 100,000 population in 2016/17, an increase of 23 offences from 2015/16. Surrey had the lowest rate of 4 offences per 100,000 individuals (down 2 from 2015/16). Proven offences and offenders -- In 2017, there were just under 20,982 disposals given for possession of a knife or offensive weapon. Juveniles (aged 10-17) were the offenders in 21% of cases. Hospital admissions -- There were 4,434 finished consultant episodes (FCE) recorded in English hospitals in 2016/17 due to assault by a sharp object. This was an increase of 7.1% compared to 2015/16 and 21% higher than in 2014/15. Details: London: House of Commons Library, 2018. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Briefing Paper No. SN4304: Accessed March 27, 2018 at: http://researchbriefings.parliament.uk/ResearchBriefing/Summary/SN04304 Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 149583

Author: Great Britain. House of Commons. Committee of Public Accounts Title: The growing threat of online fraud Summary: Online fraud is now the most prevalent crime in England and Wales, impacting victims not only financially but also causing untold distress to those affected. The cost of the crime is estimated at �10 billion, with around 2 million cyber-related fraud incidents last year, however the true extent of the problem remains unknown. Only around 20% of fraud is actually reported to police, with the emotional impact of the crime leaving many victims reluctant to come forward. The crime is indiscriminate, is growing rapidly and shows no signs of slowing down. Urgent action from government is needed, yet the Home Office's response has been too slow and the banks are unwilling to share information about the extent of fraud with customers. The balance needs to be tipped in favour of the customer. Online fraud is now too vast a problem for the Home Office to solve on its own, and it must work with a long list of other organisations including banks and retailers, however it remains the only body that can provide strategic national leadership. Setting up the Joint Fraud Task in 2016 was a positive step, but there is much still to do. The Department and its partners on the Joint Fraud Taskforce need to set clear objectives for what they plan to do, and by when, and need to be more transparent about their activities including putting information on the Home Office's website. The response from local police to fraud is inconsistent across England and Wales. The police must prioritise online fraud alongside efforts to tackle other sorts of crime. But it is vital that local forces get all the support they need to do this, including on identifying, developing and sharing good practice. Banks are not doing enough to tackle online fraud and their response has not been proportionate to the scale of the problem. Banks need to take more responsibility and work together to tackle this problem head on. Banks now need to work on information sharing so that customers are offered more protection from scams. Campaigns to educate people and keep them safe online have so far been ineffective, supported by insufficient funds and resources. The Department must also ensure that banks are committed to developing more effective ways of tackling card not present fraud and that they are held to account for this and for returning money to customers who have been the victims of scams. Details: London: House of Commons, 2017. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Sixth Report of Session 2017�19: Accessed March 27, 2018 at: https://publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201719/cmselect/cmpubacc/399/399.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Computer Crime Shelf Number: 149584

Author: Women's Aid Title: Survival and Beyond: The Domestic Abuse Report 2017 Summary: Domestic abuse, by its very nature, is hidden behind closed doors. This makes the production of detailed information and the unpicking of the facts behind the headlines all the more important. The more we can understand about survivors' journeys and the vital specialist support they need, the better we can identify the gaps and what changes are needed to ensure that all women are able to escape abuse and rebuild their lives. Our Domestic Abuse Report 2017 uniquely draws upon five national data sources for the first time. Together they provide information about a range of domestic abuse services and their service users, including information from community-based services (for example, prevention work, drop-in services, advocacy services, counselling support) and from refuge services. Sustainable funding has long been a problem, but with 60% of respondents citing funding insecurity as their top challenge, we have further evidence that a sustainable long-term funding solution is vital. It must incorporate the national network of refuges we have built over the last 40 years, in order to save the lives and futures of those experiencing abuse. The report shows the full range of services women and children require, from prevention work to crisis. Right now, many services feel they have insufficient resources to offer much more than crisis support, and even then, many women are turned away because of a lack of capacity. We also know that the women who experience abuse are all unique, and we can only truly support them by attending to their individual needs. For example, about 78% of women in refuge on our Day to Count had health support needs, over half had sustained physical injury from the domestic abuse and over a third had mental health support needs - in many cases this will be combined with other complex needs. We found that there are more children than women in refuge, with 62% of women bringing children with them, all with individual needs of their own. Our limited services then face the challenges of supporting women into independence. Rehousing places a great deal of stress on survivors. This has a huge impact on children who are in need of a stable home environment, having already suffered trauma. All the while, we must remember that survivors are victims of crime - about two in five of those living in a refuge have had the abuse reported to the police. Support through the criminal justice system is vital if there is to be any recompense for their suffering and the perpetrator held responsible. This report gives us the most detailed picture of service provision to date, offering us essential insights to give hope to our sector, and the hundreds of thousands of women and children who suffer abuse at the hands of violent and controlling perpetrators. Details: Bristol, UK: Women's Aid Federation of England, 2018. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 27, 2018 at: https://1q7dqy2unor827bqjls0c4rn-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/Survival-and-Beyond.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 149585

Author: Fox, Emma Title: Profiting from Prejudice: How Mend's 'IAM' Campaign Legitimised Extremism Summary: An initiative branded as a campaign to fight Islamophobia in fact provided a platform for extremism across the public and charity sectors, according to a new report from the Henry Jackson Society. The report says that Muslim Engagement and Development (MEND) exploited the legitimate concerns of people who want to fight hatred and discrimination against Muslims to push an alarmist and divisive 'us vs. them' narrative - including literature which warned that the UK was heading towards the ethnic genocide of Muslims. MEND also offered 'training' for students and encouraged them to raise money for the organisation. Profiting from Prejudice: How MEND's 'IAM' Campaign Legitimised Extremism catalogues the events which took place in November 2017 under the banner of Islamophobia Awareness Month (IAM), run by MEND. It finds that the campaign gave a platform to extremism-linked individuals, with some events hosting people with a high-profile extremist history - including incitement to violence, sympathy with convicted terrorists and support for corporal punishment against Jews, homosexuals, minority Muslim sects and 'disbelievers'. Despite the fact that the UK's national Counter-Extremism Strategy requires local authorities to ensure that "publicly-owned venues and resources do not provide a platform for extremists and are not used to disseminate extremist views", the report finds that the majority of IAM events took place on public property - from schools to university campuses - without challenge. Some of the schools involved, including two in Waltham Forest, have a history of hosting high-profile extremist speakers. IAM events also played host to various parliamentarians, academics and activists, lending the initiative - and MEND - added legitimacy. A report from the Henry Jackson Society published in 2017 found that MEND were "Islamists masquerading as civil libertarians" - but engagement with the organisation by figures such as Labour Leader Jeremy Corbyn continues to enable MEND's prominence on mainstream platforms. The report contains several recommendations to reduce the impact of non-violent extremist groups in the public and civil society sectors, including: Events hosted at public institutions featuring a speaker linked to extremism should be recorded - and panels should always be balanced, with extremist-linked views challenged by other speakers. Universities' risk mitigation procedures, required under Prevent, should be more transparent in order to highlight why extremist groups continue to appear unchallenged on campus. A guidance framework should be drawn up for politicians, the police and civil society to raise awareness of how extremist groups operate - and ensure a unified stance against those who threaten social cohesion. Details: London: Henry Jackson Society, 2018. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 27, 2017 at: http://henryjacksonsociety.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/HJS-Profiting-from-Prejudice-Report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Extremism Shelf Number: 149592

Author: Wilson, Tom Title: Mend: "Islamists Masquerading as Civil Libertarians" Summary: Compiling years' worth of evidence, the report, Mend: "Islamists Masquerading As Civil Libertarians", demonstrates how Mend meets the government's own definition of extremism, even while local authorities, police, teachers and MPs have been working with this organisation. Our findings include: How Mend meets the government's own definition of extremism, even while local authorities, police, teachers and MPs have been working with this organisation. It reveals how Mend has regularly hosted illiberal, intolerant and extremist Islamist speakers, while also pushing a message that risks being inflammatory and making British Muslims feel further alienated from wider society. Mend and key figures in the organisation have also attacked moderate Muslim groups. Mend has openly sought to undermine counter-terrorism legislation and counter-extremism efforts, in addition to having its own links to extremists. Despite this, the group received public funding from Tower Hamlets council to review part of the borough's counter-radicalisation Prevent programme. Several of the organisation's employees and volunteers, including senior figures, have publicly expressed a range of disturbing views on terrorism and anti-Semitism. This has included expressing support for terrorists overseas, dismissing recent terror attacks in the UK, promoting anti-Semitic conspiracies and even calling on British Mosques to hold prayers for "the Mujahedeen". Details: London: Henry Jackson Society, 2017. 87p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2018 at: http://henryjacksonsociety.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/HJS-Mend-Report-2.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Extremists Shelf Number: 149596

Author: Hill, Max Title: The Westminster Bridge terrorist attack Summary: 1. On Wednesday 22 March 2017, 52-year old British-born Khalid Masood drove a hired vehicle across Westminster Bridge in the direction of the Palace of Westminster. He mounted the pavement twice colliding with pedestrians and then a third time crashing into the east perimeter gates of the Palace of Westminster. Masood then exited the car and ran into the vehicle entrance gateway of the Palace of Westminster, Carriage Gates, where he attacked and fatally injured PC Keith Palmer using a knife. Masood was shot at the scene by armed police protection officers who were in Parliament at the time of the attack. The whole incident lasted approximately 82 seconds. The attack resulted in 29 people injured and 6 fatalities. 2. The ensuing police investigation was named Operation Classific. Counter-terrorism policing officers arrested and detained 12 people in the course of the investigation. All were released without charge. I have been provided with the full details of all who were arrested, but I am unable to publish names which are not already in the public domain, because none have been charged with any offence. 3. I conducted a 'snapshot review' of the arrests, detention and release of all twelve persons in Operation Classific. I conclude, in summary, as follows: a. The police and emergency services were confronted by a terrorist incident which claimed multiple lives and which occurred mid-afternoon in central London. An immediate and comprehensive criminal investigation was required by the police, who had to work with the facts and materials presented to them at the scene, namely the abandoned hire car and its contents. b. It is important to review Operation Classific contemporaneously, in other words placing oneself in the position of police commanders on 22nd March 2017 and in the days which followed. Whilst the physical aftermath of the deadly terrorist attack was managed by all of those services who rushed to Westminster Bridge, the Metropolitan Police team were required to make quick decisions to unearth any and all evidence which might be relevant to Masood's attack planning. Whilst hindsight has its place, it is secondary to understanding in-the-moment decisions taken by police officers as the criminal investigation rapidly unfolded. c. The use of arrest and detention powers under the Terrorism Act 2000 nonetheless requires careful scrutiny. A fast-moving investigation such as this one required ongoing assimilation of information as it came to light, and quick reaction to successive events including the discovery of persons at premises known to have been associated with Masood. In the event, twelve people were lawfully arrested and detained, in most cases under the provisions of the Terrorism Act 2000. Their respective detention times varied widely. All were released, and none were charged with any offence. d. The fact that twelve people were arrested and detained, and none were charged with any offence, does not imply any criticism of this investigation. Whilst the police must always strive to manage counter-terrorism investigations appropriately, and must strive to reduce pre-charge detention time in every case to no more than a necessary minimum, it is a feature of fast-moving, modern investigations into serious terrorism offences that arrest and detention powers will be used and will not lead in every case to a positive charging decision. e. Operation Classific was fast, efficient and comprehensive. Whilst lessons can always be learned from scrutinizing the arrest and detention phase of such an investigation, I have concluded on the basis of the information and materials provided to me that there was a reasoned and proportionate use of the relevant terrorism legislation in this case. I have summarised my recommendations in Chapter 4 of this report. Details: London: U.K. Government, 2018. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/695304/IRTL-Westminster_Bridge_Attack_Report_March_2018..pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 149600

Author: Horvath, Miranda Title: Basically...porn is everywhere: a rapid evidence assessment on the effects that access and exposure to pornography has on children and young people Summary: The Rapid Evidence Assessment was commissioned by the Office of the Children�s Commissioner as part of its Inquiry into Child Sexual Exploitation in Gangs and Groups. It is based on a review of published evidence led by Middlesex University, in partnership with the University of Bedfordshire, Canterbury Christchurch University and University of Kent, supplemented by a focus group of young people. The researchers identified 41,000 items of academic literature about pornography, undertaking an in-depth analysis of 430 to draw their conclusions. The conclusions in the report focus on: - the changing nature of the way children access or are exposed to pornography with the growth of smartphones and tablets; - the effect of a child�s gender and age on their exposure to pornography; - the impact exposure to pornography has on children�s behaviour and attitudes to relationships and sex; - the gaps in research about the full impact of pornography on children. The report makes a number of recommendations to protect children from exposure to pornography and encourage them to build healthy relationships Details: London: Office of the Children's Commissioner for England, 2013. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2018 at: http://eprints.mdx.ac.uk/10692/1/BasicallyporniseverywhereReport.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 128831

Author: KnowTheChain Title: Eradicating Forced Labor in Electronics: What do company statements under the UK Modern Slavery Act tell us? Summary: The information and communications technology sector (ICT) is at high risk of forced labor. A significant number of workers in electronics supply chains are migrant workers who are particularly vulnerable to exploitation. The US Department of Labor lists China and Malaysia as countries where electronics may be produced using forced labor. In fact, a 2014 Verite study found that nearly a third of migrant workers in Malaysia's electronics sector are in situations of forced labor. To mark the third anniversary of the passage of the UK Modern Slavery Act, this report analyzes how companies in this at-risk sector are responding to this legislative requirement. The UK Modern Slavery Act is the most farreaching global legislation on forced labor and human trafficking currently in effect, as it affects any global company that has a turnover of $36 million or more and carries out business in the UK. Most notably, it is the first piece of legislation that requires not only annual reporting on the steps taken to address modern slavery in a company's own operations and supply chains, but also board approval and a director's signature on the company's public statement - ensuring that senior management, as well as boards, pay attention to the issue of forced labor. To understand to what extent the sector is aware of and responding to this legislation, we analyzed large- and medium-size global ICT companies and identified 102 companies from Asia, Europe, and the United States required to report under the Modern Slavery Act. We reached out to 23 of those companies that had not published a statement. We also assessed compliance among published statements with the minimum requirements of the Modern Slavery Act: the statement must be linked on the homepage of the company's website, signed by a director or equivalent, and approved by the board. We additionally evaluated all the identified ICT companies' statements against KnowTheChain's benchmark methodology, which comprises seven themes: commitment and governance, traceability and risk assessment, purchasing practices, recruitment, worker voice, monitoring, and remedy. All statements receive a score out of 100. Disappointingly, 85% of the analyzed statements scored below 25. This report highlights promising practices, as well as gaps identified against our methodology, and makes recommendations to companies. Details: San Francisco: KnowTheChain, 2018. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2018 at: https://knowthechain.org/wp-content/uploads/KTC-ICT-MSA-Report_Final_Web.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Electronic Goods Shelf Number: 149597

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation Title: Out-of-court disposal work in youth offending teams Summary: Inspectors from HM Inspectorate of Probation and HM Inspectorate of Constabulary and Fire & Rescue Services looked at work in seven areas of England and Wales to deal with children without going to court, using out-of-court disposals. Publishing the report, Dame Glenys Stacey, HM Chief Inspector of Probation, said: "YOTs have the opportunity to work with many of these children. This is not a soft option for those children, as sometimes portrayed. We found YOTs often doing good and effective work to make it less likely that children would offend again, and to enable them to change their lives for the better. However, with some specific changes, the work could be better still and more children could benefit, as well as local communities and society as a whole. Dame Glenys identified key areas where out-of-court disposal work might be strengthened: Inspectors noted that victims were not always as engaged in the process as they should be. Assessment and planning by YOTs sometimes gave insufficient attention to the risk of harm to victims. While those victims who engaged with YOT work on out-of-court disposals were positive about the process "not all took part" and some YOT staff were more committed than others to seeking victim engagement. Dame Glenys said this area required "renewed focus." More attention could be given to the views of the child who had offended. The report noted: "We found insufficient evidence that the child or their parent/carer had been specifically asked for and expressed their views on the causes of, and potential solutions to, their offending behaviour." Though work to divert children from entering the criminal justice system was "commonly recognised to be a success story", Dame Glenys said, it was difficult to prove the success empirically because there was "little systematic monitoring, beyond knowing that the number of children entering the justice system for the first time had fallen considerably and consistently over many years." There are three types of out-of-court disposals for children who commit low-level offences - community resolutions (CR); youth cautions (YC); and youth conditional cautions (YCC). Police may issue a CR alone but in many cases they involve YOTs. YOTs are informed and involved in decisions on YC and YCC. The report noted: "Our judgements, from the cases that we inspected, indicated that short-term reoffending rates following a community resolution that involved YOT intervention were lower than those that follow a caution or conditional caution - and both were lower than reoffending following a conviction. Details: London: Criminal Justice Joint Inspection, 2017. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2018 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmicfrs/news/news-feed/youth-offending-teams-police-effective-in-keeping-low-level-child-offenders-out-of-court-but-work-can-be-improved/ Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Diversion Shelf Number: 149613

Author: Firmin, Carlene Title: The individual and contextual characteristics of young people who sexually harm in groups: A briefing on the findings from a study in four London boroughs Summary: This briefing presents the findings of a study into the contextual profiles of young people suspected of displaying harmful sexual behaviours (HSB) in groups and/or on their own. It builds upon an international literature review into group-based HSB to: - explore the profiles of 49 young people who displayed HSB either in groups, on their own or in both contexts; - identify any differences between these cohorts of young people, and; - consider the implications for service design, delivery and commissioning. In a period when peer-on-peer abuse, sexual violence in schools and responses to young people affected by sexual abuse are high on the public and policy agenda, this briefing provides a timely contribution towards deepening how HSB is understood and in addition, ensuring that the provision of services is sufficient for safeguarding young people. In this sense the primary purpose of this briefing is to inform the commissioning, design and delivery of responses to HSB. Additional research publications will be produced to further explore the findings of the study upon which this briefing has been built. Details: Bedfordshire, UK: University of Bedfordshire, International Centre Researching Child Sexual Exploitation, Violence and Trafficking, 2017. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2018 at: https://contextualsafeguarding.org.uk/assets/documents/HSB-Groups-Briefing.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 149618

Author: Kenny, Daryl Evan Title: A Force for Good: Exploring the future of non-crime policing Summary: Crime is promoted by the government as being the primary task of the police, yet such a focus marginalizes the extraordinary prominence and relevance of many non-crime policing activities. This research highlights the breadth and complexity of those duties, filling a gap in the literature by exploring the possible future of non-crime policing. The research draws on extensive literary sources and utilizes quantitative data covering eight years of public calls made to the Staffordshire Police. The research includes qualitative data obtained from thirteen semi-structured interviews with individuals who have extensive policing experience. The research found that public demand for policing declined over the reviewed period, with staffing levels in Staffordshire dropping and government funding falling drastically. There were marked increases in 'concern for safety' incidents, 'suicides' and cases involving individuals suffering mental health crises. The research explored policing from a historical perspective drawing on European and British history, ancient and modern, in order to help shine a light on prospective future developments. The research suggested that policing is torn between those who feel that non-crime matters are important and those who think that policing should be largely crime-focused. Concerns were raised about the on going politicization of policing, the extended police hierarchy and the impact of neo-liberalism on non-crime demand. Non-crime policing appears to be moving incrementally towards pluralization and privatisation, though it could also help initiate a more unified, internationalized policing service built around human rights. All futures remain open and it is up to all of us to decide what that future will ultimately be. Details: Portsmouth, UK: University of Portsmouth, 2016. 183p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 3, 2018 at: https://researchportal.port.ac.uk/portal/files/7009801/DCrimJ_Thesis_Daryl_Kenny_265705._FINALv1.2..pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Officers Shelf Number: 149665

Author: Dodsworth, Jane Title: An examination of the perspectives and experiences of police officers working with children and young people at risk of, or involved in, child sexual exploitation Summary: In April 2014 Norfolk and Suffolk Constabulary commissioned The Centre for Research on Children and Families (CRCF) in the School of Social Work at the University of East Anglia to undertake a research study to explore the perspectives and experiences of police officers working in Norfolk with young people involved in, or at risk of, involvement in sexual exploitation (CSE). The objective was to increase understanding of what works well, what works less well and to identify any gaps in policy, procedure or practice, in order to inform service provision Key Findings: What Works Well - Four areas stood out as particular strengths in police officers' work with children and young people involved in CSE. These included officers': - Sense of commitment to and passion for CSE work - Awareness of the vulnerability of young people involved in CSE, including awareness of the links between victimisation and offending - Recognition of three categories of young people involved in internet abuse; 'naive' victims 'wise' victims and 'naive' offenders. - Understanding that prevention and proactive early intervention is key Conclusion Although this study has shown that there are identifiable difficulties, pressures and tensions for police officers in Norfolk working in this complex area, what is clearly evident is the high level of commitment to safeguarding, listening to and understanding children and young people at risk of child sexual exploitation. Details: Norwich, UK: Centre for Research on Children and Families University of East Anglia, 2014. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2018 at: http://www.uea.ac.uk/documents/3437903/4264977/Police+Perspectives+Research+Nov+14.pdf/2f6eafec-9093-44bb-938c-c46c3d88cf32 Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 149666

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Prisons Title: Incentivising and promoting good behaviour: A thematic review Summary: Institutions holding children and young adults have undergone notable change over recent years as the population of both groups has reduced. While this reduction is welcome, there is evidence from inspection that outcomes for those that remain have been significantly impacted by deteriorating behaviour. Current behaviour management schemes have been ineffective in reducing violence, which is at historically high levels in all types of institution we reviewed. When children and young adults are held in custody, their behaviour can be influenced by a wide range of factors, including their relationships with staff, the physical environment, the regime under which they are held and the incentives on offer to them. In turn, the impact of poor behaviour by others on those who wish to make progress in education, training and rehabilitation can be severe. This review, commissioned by the Youth Justice Board, is focused on children held in secure training centres (STCs) and young offender institutions (YOIs), and young adults aged 18-20 held in YOIs. The review looks at the fundamentally important issue of the relationships between those detained and the staff charged with their care. Those relationships are crucially influenced by staff turnover, which can lead to a lack of consistency in approach, staff shortages and, all too frequently, a lack of sufficient time out of cell. The issue of inconsistency in behaviour management is important as it damages the all-important element of trust in the relationship. When trust diminishes, a consequence is often a decline in respect for staff and, in the worst cases, a complete withdrawal from behaviour management systems. The review found that far too often the rewards and sanctions associated with behaviour management schemes were focused on punishment rather than incentive, and were prone to generate perceptions of favouritism. Too often, during inspections, we have seen rewards and sanctions schemes that are overwhelmingly punitive, and the response to poor behaviour is to become locked in a negative cycle of ever greater restriction. There is a real need to break out of these cycles, and some establishments have shown that it is possible. There was also little evidence of schemes being linked to sentence planning, with clear plans set out for making progress. It is widely accepted that the amount of time a child or young person spends unlocked and out of their cell has an important impact on their behaviour. There is also a need to confront bullying and violence, and not to fall into the trap of believing that it is inevitable, given the smaller and sometimes more concentratedly challenging nature of the children's and young people's population in custody. Details: London: The Inspectorate, 2018. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2018 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprisons/wp-content/uploads/sites/4/2018/03/Incentivising-and-promoting-good-behaviour-Web-2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 149680

Author: Robinson, Gill Title: Children and Young People in Custody in Scotland: Looking Behind the Data Summary: Children and young people who are involved in offending come into contact with the youth or criminal justice system in a variety of ways depending on their age, their needs and circumstances, and the nature of their deeds. Information about the different stages in the system is available through Youth and Criminal Justice in Scotland: the Young Person's Journey. Both the lives of these children and young people and the 'system' that engages with them are complex. This means that it can be extremely difficult to understand what is actually happening for these children and young people, and also that there are rarely easy answers to guide how best to respond to their offending behaviour. This paper has an emphasis on children aged 16 and 17 who are detained in custody but also includes references to young people aged 18 to 21, whose circumstances are often very similar to those of the younger age group. We use the term 'children' to refer to those under 18 years old and 'young people' when referring to 18-21, in keeping with the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC). The paper focuses on three themes: 1. Backgrounds of children and young people involved in offending 2. Children and young people's contact with the justice system, especially those who are sentenced to custody 3. What happens after custody? The paper has been produced in partnership between the Centre for Youth & Criminal Justice (CYCJ), the Scottish Government and the Scottish Prison Service (SPS). The information is drawn from a number of sources including research papers and data from the Scottish Government's Criminal Proceedings Database and the Scottish Prison Service. It incorporates the story of 'Danny', whose experiences represent very many of the young people now in custody. The paper can be added to and strengthened as we learn more. The data, particularly that relating to custodies, is complex and includes a number of illustrative snapshots which may not be fully representative. We would therefore encourage caution in drawing any further conclusions than those which are drawn in this paper. Instead we highlight areas for further reflection and exploration in each section of the paper. Details: Glasgow: Youth Justice Improvement Board, 2017. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 6, 2018 at: http://www.cycj.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/Young-People-in-Custody-October-2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 149722

Author: Centre for Social Justice Title: A Woman-Centred Approach: Freeing vulnerable women from the revolving door of crime Summary: Much of our female prison population can be traced to state failure and social breakdown. Successive governments have failed to firmly grip the issue of female offending. It is the sort of social problem that a government committed to reform can and should tackle. As many other report authors - including Baroness Corston - have concluded: there is a way forward. However, it will take a clear commitment from the current Government, future governments, and Parliament if real progress is to be made. The remedies and proposals that we set out do not need huge new funding commitments, nor significant new legislation. They are, rather, a question of political will. An exclusive survey of Police and Crime Commissioners (PCCs) conducted by the CSJ for this report establishes that there is real appetite for taking a new approach to female offenders among this group of locally elected criminal justice leaders: - 81 per cent of PCCs recognise there is clear evidence in favour of trauma-informed and gender-specific programmes in criminal justice; - 89 per cent of PCCs believe they have a pivotal role to play in transforming the approaches to female offenders and reducing recidivism; - 74 per cent of PCCs believe that the Government's Female Offender Strategy should allow for PCCs to take greater ownership of the female offender cohort; - 74 per cent of PCCs believe that they could commission better services for female offenders and those at risk of offending than the centre; and - 93 per cent of PCCs believe they could help leverage other funding sources and convene partners to help improve outcomes for the female offender cohort. Building on the results of the survey, we call on Government to adopt ten key recommendations to help transform the approach to women offenders, to improve outcomes, reduce crime and improve community safety. - Recommendation 1: Government should create a new Criminal Justice Transformation Fund for Women, recognising the need to develop a funding pool against which Police and Crime Commissioners can seek capital and revenue funding to support the provision of high quality community-based services for women at risk of offending. - Recommendation 2: Government should suspend plans for Community Prisons for Women and allocate the $50 million capital expenditure to the Criminal Justice Transformation Fund, to support the development of capacity and infrastructure for women in the community - Recommendation 3: Government should redirect a sum equivalent to the Core Allowance of Universal Credit into the Transformation Fund for Women, creating almost $15 million of additional annual funding. This should be used to support high quality community based-programmes, helping move women offenders and women at risk of offending away from crime and dependency towards employment and independence. - Recommendation 4: Government should commit to ensure that as the women's prison population declines and cost-savings are realised, 50 per cent of those savings should be allocated to the Justice Reinvestment component of the Criminal Justice Transformation Fund for Women. - Recommendation 5: Government should encourage PCCs and the philanthropic sector to leverage other funds at a local level. Government should implement an evaluation of the Fund and conduct a Feasibility Study to consider the potential for the Fund to be outcome-based, helping leverage additional social funding and promoting the more effective use of limited resources. - Recommendation 6: Police and Crime Commissioners, working with local Women's Centres and other partners, should develop a package of accommodation, monitoring, supervision and rehabilitation measures that can be attached to Community and Suspended Sentence Orders. This would provide sentencers with a credible and evidenced alternative option for offenders, helping prevent unnecessary imprisonment of female offenders and achieving better outcomes. - Recommendation 7: Government should ensure that the National Probation Service is placed under a positive obligation to understand the range of services available locally for women offenders and ensure that, in relation to female offenders, reasons why referral to such services would or would not be appropriate should be provided to sentencers. - Recommendation 8: Government should build on our proposals with pilots for problem-solving courts - making use of judicial monitoring - to focus and drive improved outcomes in relation to drug-addicted female offenders. Government should also welcome applications from PCCs to pilot services for female offenders that could replace the current CRC provision for female offenders. - Recommendation 9: Government should ensure that every woman with an identified financial need should leave prison with access to a minimum of the Core Allowance of Universal Credit, helping reduce crime and reinforcing the pro-social expectation of resettlement into the community. Details: London: Centre for Social Justice, 2018. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 9, 2018 at: https://www.centreforsocialjustice.org.uk/core/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/A_Woman-Centred_Approach_CSJ_web.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Careers Shelf Number: 149733

Author: Allnock, Debbie Title: What Do We Know About Child Sexual Abuse and Policing in England and Wales? Summary: 1.1 The purpose of this briefing is to provide the National Policing Lead for Child Protection and Abuse Investigation with evidence for consideration in the development of a National Policing Safeguarding Action plan. The methodology can be found in an associated document. This briefing distils key messages from research evidence on policing and child protection in the United Kingdom (UK). 1.2Evidence on policing and child protection/ safeguarding in the UK primarily relates to child sexual abuse (CSA), including child sexual exploitation (CSE), although the evidence base is relatively limited. The review identified no significant UK evaluations of police response in tackling child abuse more broadly, or CSA or neglect specifically. The most substantial area of evidence relates to police forensic interviews in cases of CSA. There are a number of small and discrete research studies that have been carried out in relation to particular child protection issues within the criminal justice system (CJS). These have highlighted promising practice and areas for improvement in relation to some aspects of the process, such as attrition and the experiences of children and young people proceeding through 'the system'. Historically, the research on forensic interviews focussed on the aim of obtaining the best evidence for court but there has been a more recent focus on safeguarding and children's well-being during the process. Experts hypothesize that these two issues are inseparable however; improving children and young people's experiences and addressing their well-being can be also seen as a means of improving attrition rates and gathering better quality evidence. 1.3This briefing is structured to reflect the journey through the CJS with additional messages from research on police preparation and planning. In order to limit the briefing to police-relevant information, findings on the court process have been omitted except where they are relevant for policing. The areas covered align in various ways to the four Ps of policing - a framework for responding to serious and organised crime: 1) Prepare: reduce the impact of this criminality where it takes place 2) Protect: increase protection against serious and organised crime 3) Prevent: prevent people from engaging in serious and organised crime 4) Pursue: prosecute and disrupt people engaged in serious and organised crime. Details: Bedfordshire, UK: University of Bedfordshire, Institute of Applied Social Research, 2015. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 9, 2018 at: https://www.uobcsepolicinghub.org.uk/assets/documents/CSA-and-policing-briefing-FINAL.pdf-DA.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 149734

Author: Semmens, Natasha Title: The Fear of Plastic Card Fraud Summary: The fear of crime is one of the most widely researched phenomena in criminology. Traditionally, researchers have relied upon the 'sociological staples' of sex, race, age and social class to explain the fear of crime. However, it has been shown that the relationships between fear and these factors are both uncertain and unreliable. In this thesis, I suggest by analysing the fear of crime within an explanatory framework of well-being, we move towards a better understanding of fear at an individual level. I demonstrate that, by interpreting crime as a violation of autonomy and well-being, individual levels of fear are more easily understood. The thesis is driven by a critical analysis of the traditional approaches to the study of fear of crime. From a contextual perspective, I argue that, in order to understand fear in a modem, evolving society, one must look to the future and explore the changing nature of crime. Thus, I aim to force a reconsideration of the concept of 'crime' within the paradigm of the victimisation survey. In recognising the imminent increase in fraudulent crimes, I challenge the traditional exclusion of fraud from victimisation surveys. I demonstrate that the victims of plastic card fraud are worthy subjects for study. The thesis is informed by empirical work carried out during the period of doctoral research. Having been commissioned by the Research Development and Statistics Directorate of the Home Office to review the survey measurement of the fear of crime, I was given the opportunity to design questions about plastic card fraud for the British Crime Survey 2000. Analysis of the data suggests that plastic card fraud prompts different reactions than do other crimes. I conclude that the harm suffered by the victims of card fraud may extend beyond pure financial loss to a violation of identity. Details: Sheffield, UK: University of Sheffield, Department of law, 2002. 280p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 9, 2018 at: http://etheses.whiterose.ac.uk/6006/ Year: 2002 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Credit Card Fraud Shelf Number: 149741

Author: Vidal, Jordi Blanes I Title: Police Patrols and Crime Summary: An influential literature has used the aftermath of terrorist attacks to estimate large effects of police street deployment on crime. However, the elasticities obtained in these settings may not easily extrapolate to more standard circumstances. This paper exploits a natural experiment that aimed to increase police presence in more than 6,000 well-defined areas, by economically-realistic amounts and under relatively normal circumstances. Using data transmitted by GPS devices worn by police officers, we first document exogenous and discontinuous changes in patrolling intensity. We do not find that these increases in patrolling were accompanied by corresponding decreases in crime. The standard errors are small enough to reject relatively small elasticities. We discuss and empirically evaluate explanations for our findings. Details: Bonn: IZA Institute of Labor Economics, 2018. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: IZA DP No. 11393: Accessed April 9, 2018 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp11393.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Deterrence Shelf Number: 149743

Author: Privacy International Title: Digital stop and search: how the UK police can secretly download everything from your mobile phone Summary: The 'Digital stop and search' report examines the use of 'mobile phone extraction' tools by the UK police, enabling them to download all of the content and data from people's phones. Privacy International have exposed a potentially unlawful regime operating with UK police forces, who are confused about the legal basis for the technology they are using. The police are acting without clear safeguards for the public, and no independent oversight to identify abuse and misuse of sensitive personal information. Seen in the light of ongoing issues of discrimination within the criminal justice system, this presents a serious cause for concern. Key statistics: 26 out of 47 police forces (55%) that we submitted Freedom of Information requests to admitted they are using mobile phone extraction technology. Out of the remaining 21 police forces (45%): Eight police forces (17%) have trialed or intend to trial this technology Thirteen police forces (28%) either failed to respond to our questions or stated they hold no information on the use of this technology The 'Digital Stop and Search' report includes eleven key recommendations including: There needs to be an urgent independent review into this widespread, intrusive but secretive practice; There should be a requirement for police to obtain a warrant for searching the contents of a mobile phone, issued on the basis of reasonable suspicion; The Home Office must publish guidance for the public, regarding their rights if the police want to search their mobile phone. Details: London: Privacy International, 2018. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 10, 2018 at: https://privacyinternational.org/sites/default/files/2018-03/Digital%20Stop%20and%20Search%20Report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Digital Privacy Shelf Number: 149746

Author: Independent Advisory Group on the Use of Biometric Data in Scotland Title: Report of the Independent Advisory Group on the Use of Biometric Data in Scotland Summary: The report of the Independent Advisory Group on the Use of Biometric Data which provides recommendations on a policy and legislative framework for police use of biometric data and associated technologies, and rules around retention. The advisory group, chaired by John Scott QC, was established by the Cabinet Secretary for Justice to consider the recommendations contained in HM Inspectorate of Constabulary in Scotland's Audit and Assurance Review of the Use of the Facial Search functionality within the UK Police National Database (PND) by Police Scotland report, and provide recommendations on a policy and legislative framework. The report makes 9 recommendations which include the creation of an independent Scottish Biometrics Commissioner, the establishment of a statutory code of practice covering biometric data and technologies and a review of the existing retention rules (with distinct policies applied to children aged 12 to 17). A Scottish Government response is published alongside the report Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government, 2018. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 10, 2018 at: http://www.gov.scot/Publications/2018/03/9437/downloads#res533063 Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Investigation Shelf Number: 149748

Author: Hackett, Simon Title: Services for Young People Who Sexually Abuse: A report on mapping and exploring services for young people who have sexually abused others Summary: The overall aim of this study was to investigate recent developments in the UK and Republic of Ireland in services for young people who have demonstrated sexually abusive behaviour, including their organisational, theoretical and policy bases, and to explore the experiences of young people and their families who are receiving such services. Rationale It has been recognised that sexual abuse perpetrated by young people constitutes a significant proportion of all sexual abuse committed in the UK and Republic of Ireland. For example, the most recently available criminal statistics indicate that 17% of all Cautions and convictions for sexual offences in England and Wales in the year 2001 related to young people under the age of 18 (Home Office, 2002). Nevertheless, services designed to respond to such groups of young people are in their relative infancy, with previous research highlighting the problematic nature of their piecemeal development (Masson, 1997 and 1998). There has been little overall sense of the range of services being offered in the UK to different populations of young people with sexually abusive behaviour across both the child welfare and Criminal Justice System. While something of a 'treatment' orthodoxy has developed more broadly in the adult sex offender field (Hackett, 2000), there have been few previous concerted attempts to understand the development and current 'landscape' of services in the adolescent field. In addition, there has been little, if any, published research into the experiences and views of young people and their families who receive such services. There is, therefore, an urgent need for research to fill these gaps in the current knowledge base. In order to meet the overall goal set out above, the current study has gathered data on the nature of service provision, policy and practice relating to young people with sexually abusive and harmful behaviour across England, Wales, Scotland, Northern Ireland and the Republic of Ireland. In this way, the current study has sought to form the most comprehensive review of the field undertaken, to date, in the UK and Republic of Ireland. The process After an initial analysis of the available literature, the following five-stage process was used to meet the objectives of the study. First, a survey was undertaken to collect the views and opinions of key experts (n=78) working in the field on the nature of effective intervention or 'treatment' with this group of young people. Using the Delphi method, it was possible to identify levels of consensus about the orientation and principles of this work, its core goals, components and theoretical basis. Second, a further Delphi study, focusing on structural and management issues in this area of practice, was undertaken with managers of services working with young people who have sexually abused (n=65). Third, a comprehensive 'mapping' survey relating to services for young people who have demonstrated sexually abusive behaviour and their families (n=186) was undertaken, collecting data on the nature of each service, its users, practices, policies and procedures. Fourth, an analysis of available policy documents (n=43) on the subject of children and young people who have sexually abused was undertaken. Local area child protection committee (ACPC) procedures and guidance documents, children's services plans, ACPC annual reports, and youth offending team (YOT) protocols were analysed as to their usefulness and comprehensiveness in dealing effectively with this issue. Fifth, a small-scale qualitative study of service-user perspectives (n=23) from a variety of sites across the UK and Northern Ireland collected users' views and opinions about the professional systems which have been involved in their lives in the aftermath of sexually abusive behaviour. The findings from each of these five research elements are reported within separate chapters in this report, together with a fuller description of the methodology used in each case. Details: Youth Justice Board for England and Wales, 2005. 155p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 10, 2018 at: http://dera.ioe.ac.uk/7763/1/Services%20for%20Young%20People%20who%20have%20Sexually%20Abused.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Sex Offenders Shelf Number: 117088

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Serious Violence Strategy Summary: The Government is determined to do all it can to break the deadly cycle of violence that devastates the lives of individuals, families and communities. This strategy sets out how we will respond to serious violence. The strategy consolidates the range of very important work already being taken forward and renews our ambition to go further, setting out a number of significant new proposals. We want to make clear that our approach is not solely focused on law enforcement, very important as that is, but depends on partnerships across a number of sectors such as education, health, social services, housing, youth services, and victim services. In particular it needs the support of communities thinking about what they can themselves do to help prevent violent crime happening in the first place and how they can support measures to get young people and young adults involved in positive activities. Our overarching message is that tackling serious violence is not a law enforcement issue alone. It requires a multiple strand approach involving a range of partners across different sectors. The strategy sets out our analysis of the evidence and the trends and drivers of serious violent crime. The evidence shows that while overall crime continues to fall, homicide, knife crime and gun crime have risen since 2014 across virtually all police force areas in England and Wales. Robbery has also risen sharply since 2016. These increases have been accompanied by a shift towards younger victims and perpetrators. Most of the violence is also male on male. About half the rise in robbery, knife and gun crime is due to improvements in police recording. For the remainder, drug-related cases seem to be an important driver. Between 2014/15 and 2016/17, homicides where either the victim or suspect were known to be involved in using or dealing illicit drugs increased from 50% to 57%. Crack cocaine markets have strong links to serious violence and evidence suggests crack use is rising in England and Wales due to a mix of supply and demand factors. Drug-related cases also seem to be one of the driving factors in the homicide increase in the United States. Drug-market violence may also be facilitated and spread to some extent by social media. A small minority are using social media to glamorise gang or drug-selling life, taunt rivals and normalise weapons carrying. There has also been an increase in vulnerable groups susceptible to the related exploitation and/or drug use. The strategy is framed on four key themes: tackling county lines and misuse of drugs, early intervention and prevention, supporting communities and partnerships, and an effective law enforcement and criminal justice response. This strategy represents a step change in the way we think and respond to serious violence, establishing a new balance between prevention and law enforcement. Given the strong link between drugs and serious violence and the related harm and exploitation from county lines, we have set out the action we will take to tackle this violent and exploitative criminal activity. The Home Office is supporting the development of a new National County Lines Co‑ordination Centre. We will continue to raise awareness of county lines and the related exploitation, and we will provide funding to support delivery of a new round of Heroin and Crack Action Areas. Our work on early intervention and prevention is focused on steering young people away from crime and putting in place measures to tackle the root causes. The Home Office has committed $11 million over the next two years through a new Early Intervention Youth Fund to provide support to communities for early intervention and prevention with young people. We will support Redthread to expand and pilot its Youth Violence Intervention Programme outside London, starting with Nottingham and Birmingham, and to develop its service in major London hospitals. We will also continue to fund Young People's Advocates working with gang-affected young women and girls, and exploring whether the model should be expanded. The Home Office will work with the Department for Education and Ofsted to explore what more can be done to support schools in England to respond to potential crime risks and to provide additional support to excluded children. We need an approach that involves partners across different sectors, including police, local authorities and the private and voluntary sector. Communities and local partnerships will be at the heart of our response. This issue must be understood and owned locally so that all the relevant partners can play their part. We will support local partnerships, working with Police and Crime Commissioners (PCCs), to galvanise the local response to tackling serious violence and ensure that they are reflecting local challenges within their plans. We have launched a new media campaign raising awareness about the risks of carrying knives. To help communities tackle knife crime, the Home Office is providing up to $1 million for the Community Fund in both 2018/19 and 2019/20, in addition to continuing the Ending Gang Violence and Exploitation (EGVE) Fund and EGVE review programme. We are clear that tackling serious violence is not a law enforcement issue alone and requires partnerships across a range of agencies; however we want to ensure that we are providing the tools to support the law enforcement and criminal justice response. We are planning new legislation to strengthen our controls on knives, corrosive substances and firearms. The Home Office will also work with Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary and Fire & Rescue Service (HMICFRS) to ensure their PEEL inspections focus on serious violence and support a HMICFRS thematic inspection of county lines in 2018/19. The Home Office has commissioned the Centre for Applied Science and Technology to ensure that the police have the capability to undertake street testing for corrosives. Finally, we will ensure that there is a framework in place to support delivery of the strategy. The Home Office will establish a new cross sector Serious Violence Taskforce with key representatives from a range of national, local and delivery partner agencies to oversee delivery and challenge the impact of delivery of the Serious Violence Strategy. The current Inter-Ministerial Group on Gangs will be refocused to oversee and drive delivery of the strategy. The Home Secretary will also hold an International Violent Crime Symposium to bring together the international academic community to understand the trends in serious violence in different parts of the world. Details: London: Home Office, 2018. 111p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 12, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/698009/serious-violence-strategy.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 149794

Author: Scottish Institute for Policing Research Title: Policing 2026 Evidence Review Summary: Police Scotland and the Scottish Police Authority commissioned a series of evidence reviews from the Scottish Institute for Policing Research which have helped inform the development of the 2026 strategy. Written by an international group of leading policing scholars and practitioners, the reviews bring together the best research evidence from the last 30 years on key topics, including prevention, performance and partnership working. Each review combined important insights into what good practice looks like with concrete suggestions for how policing in Scotland can use this evidence to ensure that they are at the cutting edge of policy and practice. The specially commissioned papers collected together to form this Evidence Review have been written by a group of international policing experts with extensive experience as academic researchers, senior practitioners and policy makers. The strategic importance of this evidence review is that it embodies an evidence-based approach to policing, which values the role of research, science, evaluation and analysis to inform decision making within police organisations. As Professor Fyfe highlights in the first paper, such an approach has several wider benefits: - Politically, evidence-based approaches are central to the governance, accountability and legitimacy of policing and citizens expect police forces to draw on evidence to identify effective and efficient practices as well as emerging threats; - Economically, developing policy and practice on a robust evidence base of effective and cost-efficient activities is vital to the future sustainability of the police service; - Organisationally, evidence-based approaches are vital to claims about police professionalism so that the building of a body of knowledge on which good practice is based is key to achieving an enhanced professional status. There are also more immediate operational benefits to policing of an evidence-based approach: - Employing strategies and tactics that have been shown to reduce harm means more effective responses to community concerns and an increase in police legitimacy; - Evidence based approaches requires the police to access and analyse their own data which can lead to improvements in managerial accountability and better data recording and analytics; - The use of evidence to support innovative and creative ways of tackling problems can increase satisfaction with police work among officers and staff. Policing in Scotland is in a strong position to play a world-leading role in evidence-based approaches given the established strategic partnership between Scotland's universities, Police Scotland and the Scottish Police Authority embodied in SIPR. Established in 2007 and now with an international reputation for research and knowledge exchange, SIPR plays a key role in contributing to evidence-based approaches in policing, supporting a strategic approach to innovation, contributing to education, professional development and organisational learning; and building research and analytical capacity in policing and universities. The use of evidence is central to the arguments about prevention addressed by Professor Laycock who focuses on the importance of Problem-Oriented Policing (POP) as the core of a preventative approach and how this should be rooted in the SARA model of Scanning, Analysis, Response and Assessment: - Scanning provides insight into the nature, frequency and impact of problems; - Analysis focuses on understanding the problem, collecting relevant data, and assessing the effectiveness of the response; - Response involves assessing what type of response would work in different contexts and them implementing an appropriate mechanism drawing on relevant knowledge and experience, including the on-line Crime Reduction Toolkit developed by the College of Policing. - Assessment focuses on whether an intervention was implemented effectively (a 'process' evaluation) and what the impact was. By embracing POP and experimentation, analysis, and assessment as a means of clearly defining the problems faced by communities and of developing evidence-based means of addressing these problems, Police Scotland has the potential to establish itself as a Learning Organisation. But to do this they need a different kind of police training and a supportive infrastructure that values experimentation, accepts risk, and encourages trust and delegation. Prevention must be focused in particular places because problems are not distributed evenly or randomly and the evidence clearly demonstrates that targeting specific locations where crime concentrates yields the best effects on crime prevention, and will also typically involve some form of partnership working between police and other organisations. These are the key message of the following 2 reviews. That on place-based policing by Professors Lum and Koper reinforces the conclusions of the Prevention paper, by identifying the key pillars of a place-based policing strategy: - Conducting geographic crime analysis of micro-places (neighbourhoods, street intersections etc.) and long term time trends so that a better understanding is achieved of the social, environmental and routine activity characteristics of hot spots - Proactively directing patrol to hot spots - Optimizing deterrence at hotpots - Problem solving at hotspots - Community engagement at hotspots Embracing these elements is vital to both more efficient and more effective policing. Their conclusion is unequivocal: 'Problem-solving and community-oriented approaches at crime hot spots can enhance long-term effectiveness of police actions and help strengthen police-citizen relationships'. These conclusions are echoed in the paper on partnership by Dr O'Neill which spells out the ways in which partnership needs to be recognised as an essential component of contemporary policing. The Christie Commission has set the broader strategic context for this in Scotland and this is reinforced by the Policing Principles set out in the Police and Fire Reform (Scotland) Act 2012: the main purpose of policing is to improve the safety and well-being of persons, localities and communities in Scotland, and that the Police Service, working in collaboration with others where appropriate, should seek to achieve that main purpose by policing in a way which (i) is accessible to, and engaged with, local communities, and (ii) promotes measures to prevent, crime, harm and disorder' (para.32). The research evidence base clearly highlights a number of key ingredients for successful partnerships which include relationships of trust, stability in staffing, co-location and pooled budgets. Within police organisations, there is also a need to ensure people have to the right skills for partnership working, that they receive appropriate training and that there are internal processes to support and reward partnership work. Officers also need to think differently about performance and success in relation to partnership working by focusing on broader outcomes, like harm reduction, and long term benefits rather than quick fixes. More generally, O'Neill makes the points that there needs to be a shift from viewing partnership work as 'nice to have' to seeing it as a core component of contemporary policing which allows the police to learn about which organisations are best placed to address particular problems. This problem solving focus is also central to Stanko's assessment of performance frameworks in policing. She cogently argues that a focus on crime narrows public discussion about the wider benefits of policing and disables the police from playing a broader partnership role in delivering safety and security in local communities. A good performance frameworks requires command of evidence and analysis and for the police this means that they must not only have command of the information they hold on the needs of users, the nature of problems, and the resources they can mobilize to deal with these issues, but also the ability to convert this 6 information into a joined up conversation with other partners in the public, private and third sectors and with communities. In this way, it is possible to develop a 'whole of government' approach to the delivery of safety and security in a local area strongly aligned with the Christie principles. Stanko points to specific example of performance frameworks which begin to allow this more joined up, outcome focused approach. In New Zealand, for example, the police have 3 high level outcomes: - Protected communities and preventing harm - Minimizing harm to victims - Delivering valued police services What this offers is a way of seeing the NZ police as part of a whole of government approach to improving security and justice for New Zealanders and the interconnectedness of what the police do with other parts of the public, private and third sectors. The focus of performance measurement therefore needs to be on outcomes and, through the use of evidence and analytics, allow informed debates of the underlying problems affecting communities which can then bind public, private and third sectors together in problem solving partnerships. As Stanko observes, numbers of crime don't tell you whether crime or security has changed within a community - it just counts what people have told the police. If the focus of performance is to be on reducing harm and vulnerability through collaborative partnerships then there need to be a range of key measurement indicators to reflect this, which might include: a reduction in repeat violent offending, reductions in repeat victimizations for domestic and sexual violence, a reduction in the number of repeat visits for knife in juries in A&E, an increase in the reporting of sexual violence etc. The police would play a key part in some of these but each indicator would also need contributions for others (in health, victims' services, probation etc.). Furthermore, there needs to be local analysis of this information to feed into problem-solving at a local level. Drawing on their data, Police Scotland can lead a conversation about safety and security at national and local levels, but this needs to be integrated with data from other organisations to create a shared evidence base focused on outcomes relating to key questions such as: is violence getting better or worse in Scotland? what drivers of well-being should government focus on to improve safety to which the police can contribute? and is Scotland getting safer? Police performance is scrutinised through governance and accountability mechanisms and Dr Henry draws on a wide body of work to distil some key principles of what good democratic governance of policing should look like. This includes a focus on: - Equity in terms of organisational resource allocation and priorities in delivering services and in terms of individual experiences in police encounters; - Delivery of services that are responsive to public needs and which benefit all citizens and are based on fair, transparent processes and procedures; - Responsiveness in that policing should in part reflect the will and interests of people in terms of delivering the priorities and services they need but also draw on the knowledge of other professionals and partner organisations. It is also crucial that responsiveness does not compromise equity if being responsive to public demands would create discriminatory actions; - A distribution of power which balances central and local interests, with the centre contributing stability, consistency and equity, and the local focusing on responsiveness, flexibility and public participation; - The provision of information given that the viability of the principles of good governance depends on good information which is needed to ensure efficiency and effectiveness, to gauge public sentiment and document processes and procedures. This information might come from the police but would also include other knowledge from a range of other sources including neighbourhood data, academic research and information from other partner organisations; - Redress which relates to the need for organisational accountability of senior management and the individual accountability of officers in exercising their powers; - Participation in that the public should have a sense of ownership of how their society is policed and that there is an opening up of deliberation around policing to a breadth of voices. All the different thematic areas covered in the Evidence Review require good leadership and in the final paper by Dr Brookes the focus is on the need to think differently about police leadership. This means moving beyond thinking about the 'who' of leadership (i.e. the heroic leader) and asking other questions about the 'what', 'when', 'where', 'how' and 'why' of leadership. In addressing these questions, Brookes argues, a much more holistic view of leadership emerges, less focused on the traits of individual leaders, and more on the importance of setting a long term vision and developing shared norms that are adaptive and respond to changes in the external environment. This is the basis for transformational rather than transactional leadership and creating an organisation which prioritises professionalism, information sharing, quality assurance, an orientation towards service users, working with others and a problem-solving focus. Details: Edinburgh: The Institute, 2017. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 12, 2018 at: Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Evidence-Based Policing Shelf Number: 149795

Author: Bateman, Tim Title: The state of youth justice, 2017. An overview of trends and developments Summary: At the time of publication (September 2017), the last two years appear as having been something of an uncertain period for youth justice. In September 2015, Michael Gove, then Justice Secretary, announced that Charlie Taylor, former Chief Executive of the National College of Teaching and Leadership, would lead a 'Departmental review' of the youth justice system. The terms of reference were wide-ranging requiring consideration of: - 'The nature and characteristics of offending by young people aged 10-17 and the arrangements in place to prevent it; - 'How effectively the youth justice system and its partners operate in responding to offending by children and young people, preventing further offending, protecting the public and repairing harm to victims and communities, and rehabilitating young offenders; and - 'Whether the leadership, governance, delivery structures and performance management of the youth justice system is effective in preventing offending and re-offending, and in achieving value for money'. Disappointingly, and without any rationale being provided, the age of criminal responsibility, the treatment of children in courts and the sentencing framework were explicitly excluded from the review, but it was nonetheless clear that the exercise had the potential to herald significant change in arrangements for dealing with children in conflict with the law. Moreover, following the publication by Charlie Taylor of an interim report in February 2016, which dealt largely with the state of custodial provision for children, the Justice Secretary confirmed that he had amended the terms of reference to include examination of 'the way young offenders are dealt with in court, and the sentences available to tackle their offending'. (Predictably perhaps, the age at which children are held to be criminally responsible remained outside the remit of the review, despite repeated criticisms from within the jurisdiction and without. ) It was anticipated that the review would report in the summer of 2016 and, as a consequence, developments in youth justice both nationally and at a local level were effectively put on hold. This was particularly so because it was widely anticipated that any recommendations made by Taylor would have government endorsement. In the event, publication was delayed following ministerial changes in the aftermath of the referendum on membership of the European Union. The report eventually appeared in December 2016, but it no longer had the status of a Departmental review; government endorsement was no longer assured and the report was published alongside a government response. While the Taylor review was wide-ranging and, in some respects, quite radical, a number of key recommendations were rejected or ignored by the government and commitments to reform were for the most part couched in vague terms or put of for future consideration. For example, Taylor details a range of principles and assumptions which he considers should inform arrangements for dealing with children in conflict with the law. These include: - A focus on the child first and the offender second; - Children who break the law should be treated differently from adults; - Because many of the causes of youth offending lie beyond the reach of the youth justice system; a broad range of agencies should provide an integrated response to preventing and addressing offending behaviour; - Education should be at the heart of that response; - Contact with the criminal justice system tends to increase the likelihood of offending and children should be diverted from it wherever possible; - More persistent and serious offending often implies that the children concerned are deeply troubled, and responses to such offending should recognize that fact. By contrast, the government, in the first line of its response, makes reference to the youth justice system's central role in 'punishing crime' and later reiterates that the statutory aim of the system is to prevent offending and re-offending by children and young people. Taylor calls for a clear division between the role of the court in establishing guilt where an offense is denied and deciding what action 'should be taken to repair harm and rehabilitate the child' once responsibility for the offending has been determined. Details: s.l.: National Association for Youth Justice, 2017. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 16, 2018 at: http://thenayj.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/State-of-Youth-Justice-report-for-web-Sep17.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 149805

Author: Baldwin, Lucy Title: Short but not sweet: A study of the impact of short custodial sentences on mothers & their children Summary: This research report is based on a small scale study of 17 post prison mothers, and their fifty children The report serves to highlight the significant harm of short custodial sentences on mothers and their children. The report, heavy with the voices of post prison mothers, identifies mothers' own view of the impact of short custodial sentences on themselves and their children. Mothers described challenges to their physical and mental health, challenges in relation to contact, lack of maternal support and significant impact on children. The report echo's previous research findings in relation to the harm of custodial sentences for mothers, reiterating that previously identified harms occur even when sentences are a matter of weeks as opposed to months. The report makes recommendations for positive change. The report concludes with suggestions for future research. Details: Leicester, UK: De Montford University, 2017. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 16, 2018 at: https://www.dora.dmu.ac.uk/bitstream/handle/2086/14301/Final%203Research%20Report%20LB%20RE%202017%20.pdf?sequence=3&isAllowed=y Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 149811

Author: Weaver, Beth Title: Time for Policy Redemption? A Review of the Evidence on Disclosure of Criminal Records Summary: There is wide variation in disclosure practices within and between the U.S, the U.K and Europe, although there is some consensus that reasons for checking criminal records by employers include: minimising risk of liability and loss; concerns surrounding public protection where the nature of employment includes working with vulnerable groups; assessments of moral character in terms of honesty and trustworthiness; and compliance with statutory occupational requirements (Blumstein and Nakamura, 2009). As the use of criminal record background checks by employers has become increasingly pervasive, having a criminal record can have significant effects on employment prospects producing 'invisible punishment' or 'collateral consequences' of contact with the justice system (Travis 2002). Taking into account that over 38% of men and 9% of women in Scotland are estimated to have at least one criminal conviction (McGuinness, McNeill and Armstrong, 2013), issues surrounding criminal record checking and disclosure in an employment context affect a large proportion of people. In recent years, reforms to both the Rehabilitation of Offenders Act 1974 and to practices of disclosure have been and are being implemented, with the aim of reducing unnecessary barriers to employment for people with convictions while promoting the protection of vulnerable groups. Additionally, a social movement to 'Ban the Box' aims to eliminate criminal history questions from standard employment applications by deferring the stage at which an employer can inquire into criminal history (Smith, 2014), based on the belief that employers use that information to immediately eliminate those with convictions from consideration. 'Ban the Box' aims to support those with convictions to be considered on the basis of their skills and experience before disclosing criminal histories (Vuolo, Lageson and Uggen, 2017). In the USA around 30 states and over 150 cities and counties have taken steps to remove barriers to employment for qualified workers with records.3 In the UK, 87 employers have signed up to 'Ban the Box'.4 How this is implemented in the USA is variable but most call for the removal of any criminal record question on applications for public and private employers. Many also include fairer hiring practice provisions informed by the guidance document issued by the US Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) in 2012. This document was designed to clarify standards and provide 'best practice' on how employers may check criminal backgrounds without violating prohibitions against employment discrimination under Title VII of the 1964 Civil Rights Act (EEOC 2012). This proposes that employers assess criminal records on an individualised basis, considering factors such as the nature of the crime, the time elapsed since it was committed, and the nature of the job (Lageson, Vuolo, Uggen, 2015). There is some evidence that the move to more formal, regulated checks has led employers to more people with criminal records for employment than they might have previously (Hartstein, Fliegel, Mora and Zuba, 2015; Lageson, et al., 2015). These guidelines are, in part at least, informed by 'Time to Redemption' studies which empirically investigate the period of time when people with convictions can statistically be considered as exhibiting the same risk of reconviction as people with no convictions. In what follows, the findings of these 'Time to Redemption' studies are discussed, following a brief review of the evidence into the relationship between employment and desistance. This paper then explores research into employers' attitudes, beliefs and behaviours with regard to the employment of people with convictions, prior to exploring practices of disclosure and vetting in the UK, Europe and the USA. Existing practices of disclosure tend to retain the requirement that certain spent convictions will always be disclosed in certain circumstances, for the purposes of public protection. By contrast, time to redemption research measures the extent to which people with convictions become statistically close to people without convictions in terms of risk, taking into account age at offence, periods of desistance and crime type, suggesting that in general that period is between 7 and 10 years. This paper suggests that the findings of Time to Redemption studies allows for information pertaining to criminal histories to be used in a more nuanced way, concluding by bringing together these different areas of inquiry to consider implications for approaches to reform. In so doing, this paper ends by reviewing four, not necessarily mutually exclusive, approaches to reform, that might bring Scotland and the UK into closer alignment with European practices and the European Convention on Human Rights, and in particular, Article 8 which provides a right to respect for one's private and family life, home and correspondence. These approaches, based on a review of and informed by the evidence include: (1) reviewing spent periods and the issue of enduringly unspent convictions; (2) certificates of rehabilitation; (3) court imposed Occupational Disqualification; and the (4) guidance and revisions to anti-discrimination legislation. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Centre for Crime & Justice Research, 2018. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2018 at: http://www.sccjr.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/Weaver_Time-For-Policy-Redemption1.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Collateral Consequences Shelf Number: 149836

Author: Gilmore, Joanna Title: Keep Moving! Report on the Policing of the Barton Moss Community Protection Camp, November 2013-April 2014. Summary: This report contains interim indings from research into the policing of the Barton Moss Community Protection Camp at Barton Moss, Salford, Greater Manchester, conducted by researchers from Liverpool John Moores University and the University of York. he camp was in place from November 2013 until April 2014 for the duration of the exploratory drilling operation conducted by energy company IGas Energy at Barton Moss. Camp residents and supporters engaged in a campaign of protest and direct action to raise awareness about the apparent dangers of hydraulic fracturing - better known as fracking - at Barton Moss. Greater Manchester Police (GMP) conducted a policing operation - codenamed Operation Geraldton - at Barton Moss over the course of the drilling operation conducted by IGas. he report draws upon interviews conducted by the authors with camp residents and those taking part in direct action. It also collates, and draws upon, social media and other media reporting on the Barton Moss camp, as well as other publicly available information such as public statements, press releases, and responses to requests for information made by the authors under the Freedom of Information Act 2000 to relevant public bodies, including Greater Manchester Police. he report documents concerns about the nature, function and proportionality of the policing operation at the camp and the way that policing methods were deployed in accordance with the obligations to facilitate peaceful protest underpinned by the European Convention on Human Rights. his report raises serious questions about the proportionality of arrest patterns and bail conditions, as well as the dominant media and public portrayal of the protest and the protesters, including the role played by GMP in inluencing this portrayal. he report documents protesters' experiences of violence and harassment by the police including gendered violence experienced by women involved at the camp. Particular attention is drawn to the role of Tactical Aid Unit oicers in the policing of protest marches, and the role of senior oicers in the communication and public information strategies conducted as part of Operation Geraldton. Ultimately, the report highlights the various procedures adopted by GMP in the management of the protest that had the efect of curtailing the right to protest, and seeks to substantiate unacknowledged claims that the policing operation was violent, disproportionate to the size and peaceful nature of the protest, and carried out with impunity. his research raises important questions about the nature of democratic accountability and public order policing in England and Wales. Details: Liverpool, UK: Centre for the Study of Crime, Criminalisation and Social Exclusion, Liverpool John Moores University' York: Centre for Urban Research (CURB), University of York, 2016. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2018 at: http://eprints.whiterose.ac.uk/115146/1/Barton_Moss_Report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crowd Control Shelf Number: 149839

Author: Great Britain. HM Government Title: Together We Can End Violence Against Women and Girls: A Strategy Summary: 1. Addressing violence against women and girls (VAWG) is a challenge for us all. It remains a key barrier to realising our vision of a society in which women and girls feel safe and confident in their homes and communities. The 'snapshot' data we have from individual studies reveals a shocking picture. In overall terms, around half of all women and girls in England and Wales could recall being victims of violence over their lifetime. - Nearly 1 million women experience at least one incident of domestic abuse each year (British Crime Survey (BCS) self-completion questionnaire, 2007/08). - Close to 10,000 women are sexually assaulted every week (BCS self-completion questionnaire, July 2008). - At least 750,000 children a year witness domestic violence (Department of Health, 2002). 2. VAWG has a significant impact on the criminal justice system (CJS) although many cases never reach the CJS. The effects of VAWG go far wider than the criminal justice consequences, impacting on a wide range of other areas including health, children's services, education and housing. All government departments and local agencies therefore have a role to play. 3. A number of initiatives over the last decade have made a real difference, but many of these have focused only on specific offences. These distinctions can create artificial barriers. For example many women suffer both domestic and sexual abuse in the same relationship. Although the Government has published a number of separate plans in recent years for dealing with different problems, so far these have not been brought together in one place. 4. What is needed therefore is a co-ordinated approach to combating all forms of VAWG. This strategy represents our integrated approach to tackling this problem and supporting its victims across the three key areas of prevention, provision and protection. Details: London: HM Government, 2009. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2018 at: http://www.refworld.org/pdfid/4b13a3472.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 117121

Author: Hannon, Catherine Title: Managing a risky business: developing the professional practice of police and probation officers in the supervision of high risk offenders Summary: Discussions about risk are central to the formulation of criminal justice and penal policies. They shape ways of perceiving and responding to what is deemed risky behavior. This thesis builds upon research about the application and effects of "the new penology", with its emphasis on "actuarialism", which promotes quantitative methods used in accountancy as an analytical method for risk assessment. This thesis goes beyond policy texts and theories providing original contribution that explores how the police and the probation services actually interpret and implement policy and manage mutual institutional pressures and biases. It does so by using interviews and debriefing process with police and probation practitioners, as well as by drawing upon the author's own professional experience. This thesis identifies some of the effects of implementing actuarial practices within police and probation working, looking at convergent and divergent views. It aims at a clearer understanding of the partnership working between police and probation services arising from different perspectives and response to risk. The findings support the notion that actuarial practices permeate this arena of public protection; influencing intra and inter-service partnerships and the implementation of MAPPA aims. Actuarial analysis accentuates a tendency to prioritise police crime control policies but not without resistance from probation officers. A number of MAPPA deficiencies including ineffective information sharing processes exist between critical partners impeding partnership working. Disagreements formed from differences in organisational aims of rehabilitation and crime control, accentuated by the actuarial risk assessment methodology. Repeated working together of personnel and development of collaborative initiatives helped alleviate misunderstandings. Conflict between the two services was most acute in relation to the transfer process, breach of licence conditions and recall to custody of offenders. Gaps in knowledge and experience created significant issues particularly for those new to risk management and the responsibilities associated to this arena of public protection work. Activities to aid communal development were identified through organisational learning founded in communities of practice and isomorphic learning encouraging the growth of networks of learning. Crisis causation models and the systemic lessons learned knowledge model (Syllk) provided diverse perspectives to assess people, learning, culture, social values, technology, process and infrastructure. Improvements in any combination of these factors supported the development of trust and learning between agencies. The Transforming Rehabilitation agenda transformed the public protection world and amplified the negative aspects of the findings in this thesis. Anxieties about data, information sharing and the effectiveness of the framework to transfer cases between agencies are a contemporary problem for the National Probation Service and Community Rehabilitation Companies to tackle. Failure to do so will place the public at greater risk. Details: London: London Metropolitan University, 2016. 232p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 19, 2018 at: http://repository.londonmet.ac.uk/1137/ Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Supervision Shelf Number: 149861

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Prisons Title: Report on an unannounced inspection of Heathrow Immigration Removal Centre Harmondsworth Site Summary: Harmondsworth immigration removal centre (IRC) is Europe's largest detention facility, holding up to 676 male detainees, close to Heathrow Airport. The centre is run for the Home Office by Care and Custody, a division of the Mitie Group. Since 2014, Harmondsworth has been under the same management as the neighbouring Colnbrook IRC, and the two centres are collectively known as the Heathrow IRC. However, they remain discrete sites and, in light of their size and complexity, we are continuing to inspect them separately. In addition to our normal methodology, we employed an enhanced methodology at this inspection which included hundreds of interviews and surveys. The main objectives were to give detainees and staff an opportunity to tell inspectors, in confidence, about any incidents or concerns relating to the safe and decent treatment of detainees; to identify cultural or structural issues affecting outcomes; and to identify areas of positive and progressive work. The last inspection of Harmondsworth in 2015 highlighted concerns in relation to safety, respect and provision of activities. This report describes a centre that had made some improvements, but not of the scale or speed that were required. In some areas, there had been a deterioration. The centre's task in caring for detainees was not made any easier by the profile of those who were held. There was a very high level of mental health need and nearly a third of the population was considered by the Home Office to be vulnerable under its at risk in detention policy. The continuing lack of a time limit on detention meant that some men had been held for excessively long periods: 23 men had been detained for over a year and one man had been held for over 4.5 years, which was unacceptable. Processes for safeguarding detainees were not good enough. Detention Centre Rule 35 reports, which are intended to give some protection to the most vulnerable detainees, lacked rigour. Worryingly, in nearly all of the cases we examined, the Home Office accepted evidence that detainees had been tortured, but maintained detention regardless. Insufficient attention was given to post-traumatic stress and other mental health problems. There were delays in referring potential trafficking victims to the National Referral Mechanism (NRM) and our staff interviews confirmed widespread ignorance of the NRM. The first night unit had been relocated since our last visit and now provided a much calmer environment for newly arrived detainees. However, reception and first night processes were superficial and left many detainees feeling anxious and ill-informed. Violence was not high but violence management processes were weak and a high number of detainees felt unsafe. Detainees told us this was because of the uncertainty associated with their cases, but also because a large number of their fellow detainees seemed mentally unwell, frustrated or angry. Many detainees on the newer and more prison-like units found being locked into their cells at night upsetting and stressful, and drug use was becoming an increasing problem. Self-harm was low compared with other centres and detainees at risk of self-harm were often positive about staff efforts to support them, although those who spoke little English were less well served. The governance of use of force was generally good and we noted that managers had identified an illegitimate use of force by a member of staff on CCTV cameras and dismissed the person concerned. Neither detainees nor staff told us of a pernicious or violent subculture, but some aspects of security would have been disproportionate in a prison and were not acceptable in an IRC. For example, detainees taken to the separation unit were routinely handcuffed and then strip-searched, regardless of individual risk. Harmondsworth is the centre where, in 2013, we identified the disgraceful treatment of an ill and elderly man who was kept in handcuffs as he died in hospital. A more proportionate approach to handcuffing was subsequently put in place by the Home Office and followed by the centre contractor. It is with concern, therefore, that at this inspection we found detainees once again being routinely handcuffed when attending outside appointments without evidence of risk. Only 58% of detainees in our survey said that most staff treated them with respect, well below the average figure for IRCs. Staffing levels were low and neither staff nor detainees felt that there were enough officers to effectively support detainees. Around a third of staff told us themselves that they did not have sufficient training to do their jobs well. Few had an adequate understanding of whistleblowing procedures. Physical conditions had improved since our last inspection, but the environment remained below acceptable standards in much of the centre. Many areas were dirty and bedrooms, showers and toilets were poorly ventilated. It was particularly unacceptable that two years after we raised bed bugs as a serious concern, they remained endemic in the centre and continued to affect detainees' physical and mental well-being. Detainees were often critical of health services, but we found generally adequate health care provision. A significant exception was the inability of health services to meet the very high level of mental health need. Communication with detainees by health care staff was also weak but starting to improve. An important aspect of well-being is activity, but only 29% of detainees in our survey said they could fill their time while in the centre and many described a sense of purposelessness and boredom. Few detainees were able to work, and the education provision was underused and did not meet the needs of detainees. There were a number of positive areas of work. For example, the on-site immigration team made considerable efforts to engage with detainees, faith provision was good and complaints were managed well. The dedicated and well-organised welfare services were impressive and there was positive engagement with third sector groups. The charity Hibiscus Initiatives provided support to many detainees before release or removal and the local visitors' group was active and well supported. However, our overall finding was that the centre had failed to progress significantly since our last visit in 2015. For the third consecutive inspection, we found considerable failings in the areas of safety and respect. Detainees, many identified as vulnerable, were not being adequately safeguarded. Some were held for unacceptably long periods. Mental health needs were often not met. Detainees were subject to some disproportionate security restrictions and living conditions were below decent standards. It is time for the Home Office and contractors to think again about how to ensure that more substantial progress is made by the time that we return. Details: London: HMIP, 2018. 103p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 24, 2018 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprisons/wp-content/uploads/sites/4/2018/03/Harmondsworth-Web-2017.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 149878

Author: Sheehan, Valerie Title: Producers of indecent images of children: a qualitative analysis of the aetiology and development of their offending patterns Summary: The term 'producers of IIOC' refers to individuals who create or are involved in the creation of indecent images of children. This thesis is a qualitative analysis of 22 interviews undertaken with individuals who produced IIOC. The production of IIOC is not a new phenomenon. However, producers of IIOC are a group about which little is known, even though they supply a large market. With the advancement of modern technology and the development of the internet, IIOC has become more readily available and easier to produce. Accordingly, it is important to gain a greater understanding of those who create such material in the interests of prevention, child safeguarding and detection. Law enforcement and the legal system worldwide are chasing the ever-advancing means of sexually abusing and exploiting children. Research and safeguarding organisations regularly highlight the exponential number of new IIOC available and the apparent increasing demand for such material. The low-age range of victims of IIOC and extreme abuse being perpetrated have been noted in seized material, and live streaming of child sexual abuse is a concerning development. The participants in this study emerged as a heterogeneous group in terms of social demographics. Their early life experiences were marked by prevalent issues such as neglect, abuse and exposure to violence. A large proportion of them had never had a long-term adult relationship and many others were either separated or divorced. Their grooming techniques were many and varied, and they presented as being able to adapt their grooming process depending upon the environment and victim. IIOC of both known and stranger victims were produced, demonstrating a variation in the relationships between perpetrators and the children who were exploited. The methodology employed to produce IIOC was examined, covering both remote and adjacent producers, as well as those who were covert about their behaviour. The cognitive distortions that supported the behaviour suggest minimising of harm and distancing techniques. The function of the production behaviour was not found to be exclusively sexual and included a variety of other motivating factors, ranging from commercial gain to social status. However, all participants acknowledged a sexual arousal to children. This research has found that the process of producing IIOC appears to be evolving. The advancement of technology, in particular the internet, makes it easier to produce IIOC and share such material with others. As sex offenders seem to be capitalising on new equipment and the increasingly mainstream culture of photographing and recording almost unreservedly, so too must law enforcement and front-line professionals keep pace. Recognising that production of IIOC may be an aspect of an individual�s sexually exploitative behaviour, even when there is initially no apparent evidence, is essential. It appears that it may be an overlooked or undetected area of offending and in turn, not dealt with in assessment, intervention and safeguarding. Future research is advisable to obtain a greater understanding of individuals who produce IIOC, in order to prevent, deter, and deal with the behaviour, as well as to help their victims. Details: London: London Metropolitan University, 2016. 329p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 24, 2018 at: http://repository.londonmet.ac.uk/1161/ Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Grooming Shelf Number: 149882

Author: Human Rights Watch Title: When I Die, They'll Send Me Home: Youth Sentenced to Life without Parole in California Summary: Approximately 227 youth have been sentenced to die in California's prisons. They have not been sentenced to death: the death penalty was found unconstitutional for juveniles by the United States Supreme Court in 2005. Instead, these young people have been sentenced to prison for the rest of their lives, with no opportunity for parole and no chance for release. Their crimes were committed when they were teenagers, yet they will die in prison. Remarkably, many of the adults who were codefendants and took part in their crimes received lower sentences and will one day be released from prison. In the United States at least 2,380 people are serving life without parole for crimes they committed when they were under the age of 18. In the rest of the world, just seven people are known to be serving this sentence for crimes committed when they were juveniles. Although ten other countries have laws permitting life without parole, in practice most do not use the sentence for those under age 18. International law prohibits the use of life without parole for those who are not yet 18 years old. The United States is in violation of those laws and out of step with the rest of the world. Human Rights Watch conducted research in California on the sentencing of youth offenders to life without parole. Our data includes records obtained from the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation and independent research using court and media sources. We conducted a survey that garnered 130 responses, more than half of all youth offenders serving life without parole in California. Finally, we conducted in-person interviews of about 10 percent of those serving life without parole for crimes committed as youth. We have basic information on every person serving the sentence in the state, and we have a range of additional information in over 170 of all known cases. This research paints a detailed picture of Californians serving life without parole for crimes committed as youth. Details: New York: HRW, 2008. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2018 at: https://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/reports/us0108_0.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 109150

Author: Firmin, Carlene Title: Peer on peer abuse: safeguarding implications of contextualising abuse between young people within social fields Summary: An existing body of research indicates that peer-on-peer abuse, involving the physical, sexual and/or emotional abuse of young people by their peers, is an issue of serious concern within the UK. Whilst a range of studies have explored the individual and familial vulnerabilities associated with this phenomenon, there is an increasing recognition of the need to also consider the relationship between young people‟s peer groups, and other pertinent social fields, to their experiences of such abuse. This thesis offers an original contribution to the field by explicitly seeking to develop this contextual approach. It applies an age-specific and gendered interpretation of Bourdieu‟s constructivist structuralism (and specifically the concepts of field, habitus and symbolic violence) to the analysis of nine cases where young people raped or murdered their peers. In doing so, it offers a unique, in-depth, exploration of the interaction between individuals and the social fields that they navigate, in the context of nine abusive incidents. This methodological approach demonstrates how harmful norms underpinning these incidents are informed by a multi-way interplay between various social fields and young people‟s reflexive engagement with this process. It is through this interplay that motives and power hierarchies are established, and gender, age, consent, culpability, vulnerability and ultimately safety, are socially constructed and experienced. Details: Bedfordshire, UK: University of Bedfordshire, 2015. 358p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 25, 2018 at: http://uobrep.openrepository.com/uobrep/handle/10547/565790 Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 149886

Author: Jay, Alexis Title: Interim Report of the Independent Inquiry into Child Sexual Abuse Summary: The Independent Inquiry into Child Sexual Abuse ('the Inquiry') was established as an independent statutory inquiry under the Inquiries Act 2005 on 12 March 2015 by the then Home Secretary. The purpose and scope of the Inquiry are set out in its Terms of Reference,1 which state that it is: to consider the extent to which State and non-State institutions have failed in their duty of care to protect children from sexual abuse and exploitation; to consider the extent to which those failings have since been addressed; to identify further action needed to address any failings identified; to consider the steps which it is necessary for State and non-State institutions to take in order to protect children from such abuse in future; and to publish a report with recommendations. The Chair of the Inquiry is Professor Alexis Jay OBE and there are three Panel members: Professor Sir Malcolm Evans KCMG OBE, Ivor Frank and Drusilla Sharpling CBE. The Inquiry's Terms of Reference require it to publish an interim report by the end of 2018. The publication of this report fulfils that responsibility. This report sets out how the Inquiry has undertaken its work (Chapter 2) and describes the nature and effects of child sexual abuse (Chapter 3). It provides an update on the public hearings held by the Inquiry to date (Chapter 4) and on the Inquiry's work considering current responses to tackling child sexual abuse (Chapter 5). The report also considers what the Inquiry has learned so far in relation to four key strategic themes (Chapter 6) and concludes by setting out the Inquiry's work programme for the coming year (Chapter 8). Recommendations for change are made throughout this report - they are also listed in (Chapter 7) for ease of reference. Each recommendation is addressed to an institution. The Inquiry expects institutions to act upon its recommendations and - in the interest of transparency and openness - asks that each institution publishes details of the steps they will take in response to the recommendation, including the timetable involved. This should be done within six months of the publication of this report unless the recommendation says otherwise. Details: London: House of Commons, 2018. 109p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/702667/HC_954-I_-_IICSA_Interim_Report_Web_Accessible.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 149894

Author: Hollomotz, Andrea Title: Behaviour that Challenges: Planning services for people with learning disabilities and/or autism who sexually offend Summary: There are people with learning disabilities and/ or autism in every community, some of whom will engage in sexually offending and risky behaviour. Already a highly marginalised group, many will themselves be at risk of exploitation and abuse. Several local, regional and national authorities and multi-agency partnerships have overlapping responsibilities for their health and wellbeing - whether as a statutory duty or because supporting people who are vulnerable is integral to their role. The array of support agencies can be confusing and hard to access - both for individuals with learning disabilities and/ or autism and family members seeking help on their behalf. Early intervention and support can improve outcomes for the individuals themselves, make communities safer and reduce the number of victims, and lessen the high cost of crisis intervention. This briefing paper sets out the case for change: it draws on presentations and discussions from a seminar we held in May 2017. It includes practice examples and suggests practical ways forward and makes recommendations to improve outcomes for some of the most vulnerable citizens in our society. Details: London: Economic and Social Research Council; Prison Reform Trust, 2018. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 26, 2018 at: http://adaptingtreatment.com/files/2018/03/Behaviour-that-challenges.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Autism Shelf Number: 149897

Author: Lemanska, Natalia Maria Title: The effect of becoming a parent on disengagement from gangs Summary: The purpose of this study was to shed more light on the process of desistance from crime in the context of disengagement from youth gangs and to do so in relation to a key lifeevent: parenthood. Gang membership was theorised in the light of a life-course framework and gang disengagement was defined as a renunciation of a gang status and gradually decreasing gang embeddedness. The likelihood of parenthood serving as a trigger of change in gang membership was investigated. The study utilised data from narrative interviews with 15 inner-London parents who all self-reported as former gang members. Interview transcripts were further analysed by means of a hybrid process of inductive and deductive thematic analysis. This examined (1) subjective experiences of parenthood, (2) the effect of parenthood on renegotiation of the gang member identity and (3) whether there were any substantial differences between how fathers and mothers embraced their parenthood experience. With regard to the course of behavioural and identity changes, there was no one, single pattern that would have reflected all parents' journeys out of gangs. There were considerable intra- and inter-gender differences with regard to when the transformation process started, how deep the changes were with respect to core-self and to what extent parents were engaging in reflective, meaning-making processes. Parents also demonstrated different levels of resilience in the face of challenges and varied in how much commitment, and pro-activity they were channeling into the future-oriented endeavours. The experience of being a gang member gradually became an aversive one for most parents and they generally appraised the meaning of conventional life. The volatility of new parenthood as a possible turning point in the life of a young gang member denotes it as a timely occasion when assistance could be provided. Based on parents' accounts, several recommendations were proposed that, if implemented on a wider scale, are likely to increase the chance of parents enacting their parental roles successfully. These included: a single case management approach that is long-term, affords flexibility if circumstances change and, due to the multifaceted character of young people's needs, demands effective partnership between different agencies. Though parenthood was not a universal remedy, becoming a parent served as an important catalyst for self-transformation and gang disengagement for the majority of the interviewed young parents. The overall success appeared to be strongly intertwined with one's level of agency, support from pro-social others and perception of availability of a legitimate identity. Details: Manchester, UK: University of Manchester, 2015. 202p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 27, 2018 at: https://www.research.manchester.ac.uk/portal/files/54576673/FULL_TEXT.PDF Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Desistance from Crime Shelf Number: 149928

Author: Hughes, Karen Title: Taking Measures: A Situational Analysis of Alcohol in the North West Summary: Alcohol has an important place in our society. Millions of people throughout the UK enjoy drinking alcohol to socialise and relax, the alcohol industry creates thousands of jobs, and pubs, clubs and restaurants have helped contribute to the regeneration of many town and city centres. At the same time, however, alcohol is placing a huge burden on health, criminal justice, and social and economic development. The acute effects of risky drinking, including accidents, violence, overdose and risky sexual behaviour, have devastating consequences for individuals and place an increasing strain on public services. At a wider level, alcohol-related diseases, mortality and crime are contributing to inequalities, reducing life expectancy, disrupting local communities and hampering efforts for economic growth. In response to increasing levels of alcohol-related harm, the government published the Alcohol Harm Reduction Strategy for England in March 2004. This provided both local and regional agencies with greater guidance and support in addressing alcohol issues. The key aim of the Alcohol Harm Reduction Strategy for England is to prevent any further increase in alcohol-related harm in England. However, the burden of alcohol-related harm that falls on the North West is disproportionately high. We have among the highest levels of alcohol consumption in the country and, correspondingly, among the highest rates of alcohol-related mortality (Chapter 2). Even within the North West, the distribution of alcohol-related harm varies widely between areas and population groups (Chapter 2, Appendix 2). Therefore, tackling alcohol in the North West requires a regional strategy that aims to reduce alcoholrelated harm as a whole and particularly in areas and amongst population groups that suffer most from the negative effects of alcohol use. Implementing effective interventions where they are needed most requires an understanding of the harms associated with alcohol use, and also identification of communities and geographies most affected and those interventions that are most effective at reducing the negative consequences of alcohol. This report has been prepared to assist regional and local agencies in addressing alcohol issues effectively. It provides local level data on alcohol consumption and related harms, outlines the evidence base for implementing effective alcohol interventions, and identifies how alcohol fits into existing regional and local policy. We hope that with this information, agencies at all levels in the North West are better prepared to develop and implement effective strategies to reduce the negative impacts of alcohol use across the region. Details: Liverpool: Centre for Public Health, Faculty of Health and Applied Social Sciences, Liverpool John Moores University, 2004. 159p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 27, 2018 at: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/228708116_Taking_measures Year: 2004 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 149931

Author: Great Britain. HM Inspectorate of Probation Title: Probation Supply Chains: A Thematic Inspection Summary: The original policy intent of Transforming Rehabilitation was exceptionally ambitious. Government sought to reconfigure probation delivery while also requiring additional probation services to be delivered, and with wholly different payment mechanisms as well. New probation providers needed to become notably more efficient than the 35 probation trusts they replaced, to deliver all that was expected of them within their anticipated funding. The changes to what and how probation was delivered were to be brought about very quickly. Government was successful in restructuring probation services to time and within the implementation budget.11 Expectations about third-sector involvement changed as evaluation progressed, and it became clear that bids for CRC ownership were not forthcoming from the sector. The government nevertheless expected the sector to be heavily involved as Tier 2 or Tier 3 providers. It was envisaged that the CRCs would enlist the expertise of specialist voluntary organisations through subcontracting arrangements. Government intended that this mixed provider landscape of both private companies and third-sector organisations would lead to innovation, drive efficiencies, ensure value for money for the public purse and improve reoffending outcomes. Third-sector involvement and supply chain development were never an absolute requirement. Instead, the Target Operating Model (TOM 3)12 repeatedly confirms that CRCs were not being told how to deliver. TOM 3 encourages working with local partner organisations, but it was left to the market to decide. Transforming Rehabilitation prohibits the NPS from directly commissioning specialist rehabilitation and resettlement services, and so saves the NPS the set-up costs of procurement. Our assumption is that it was thought to be a sensible strategy for one body (the CRC) to contract with sub-providers locally, and that this would increase efficiency and effectiveness for all, but the rationale is not clearly stated in the documentation we have seen. There was never any one national body responsible for the stewardship of specialist services across the country. To a variable extent, probation trusts and those before them assumed responsibility and nurtured local provision, with the probation value chain in mind. There is still no one body with that stewardship responsibility, but post Transforming Rehabilitation the dynamics have changed. Some responding to Transforming Rehabilitation consultations predicted difficulties with the proposed arrangements for local specialist services - for example, a concern about how local services could meet a CRC footprint. However, we are not aware that a paucity of Tier 2 provision was foreseen by government. Details: Manchester, UK: HM Inspectorate of Probation, 2018. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2018 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2018/04/Probation-Supply-Chains-Thematic-Report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 149944

Author: Independent Inquiry Into Child Sexual Abuse Title: Child sexual abuse in custodial institutions: A rapid evidence assessment Summary: Child sexual abuse (CSA) involves forcing or enticing a child or young person under the age of 18 to take part in sexual activities. It includes contact and non-contact abuse, child sexual exploitation (CSE) and grooming a child in preparation for abuse. As part of its work the Inquiry is undertaking an investigation into the extent of any institutional failures to protect children from sexual abuse and exploitation while in custodial institutions. The investigation will consider the nature and scale of child sexual abuse within the youth secure estate in addition to institutional responses to the sexual abuse of children in the youth secure estate. The rapid evidence assessment (REA) has been carried out to inform the investigation by reviewing the existing research evidence base. The REA explores the following: - Evidence related to the prevalence of child sexual abuse in custodial institutions; - Socio-demographic characteristics, both of victims and perpetrators; - The factors associated with failure to protect or act to protect children in the care of custodial institutions; - The nature of the safeguarding systems in place and how they have changed over the years; - Recommendations in the literature regarding how those systems may be improved to better protect children in custody from sexual abuse. Details: London: The Independent Inquiry, 2018. 161p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2018 at: https://www.iicsa.org.uk/investigations Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Grooming Shelf Number: 149946

Author: Independent Inquiry Into Child Sexual Abuse Title: Cambridge House, Knowl View and Rochdale: Investigation Report Summary: This investigation report concerns child sexual abuse in Rochdale, relating to Cambridge House, Knowl View School and the late Cyril Smith. We are primarily concerned with the institutional responses of Rochdale Borough Council, the police and the Crown Prosecution Service. Smith first came to prominence as a local councillor, then Mayor and later as Member of Parliament from 1972 until his retirement in 1992. He died in 2010. Cambridge House was a hostel for working boys run by a voluntary organisation of which Smith was Honorary Secretary, and was open from 1962 to 1965. He had ready access to the boys living in the hostel, allegedly facilitating his sexual abuse of them under the guise of 'medical examinations' including, in most cases, of a boy's private parts. He also administered punishment for truancy, illness or absconding, which included spanking a bare bottom. He told police in a written statement in 1970 that at all times he was acting 'in loco parentis' to the boys, but we found it inexplicable that he thought his role permitted 'medical examinations' when he had no medical qualifications. He had considerable control over which boys were admitted to the hostel and, in general, showed a strong, perhaps unduly detailed, interest in children in care as his political career developed. This interest appeared to go unchallenged by the Council. Cyril Smith's prominence and standing in Rochdale allowed him to exert influence on others locally - in particular, to put pressure on them to keep quiet about any allegations of abuse. Although the Lancashire Constabulary investigation into Smith pursued the allegations robustly and diligently, the Director of Public Prosecutions advised that there should be no prosecution. It has been suggested that Smith or his supporters may have exerted improper influence on the Director of Public Prosecutions, but there is no evidence to support such an allegation. Valuable opportunities were, however, lost in 1998 and 1999 to charge and prosecute Smith during his lifetime, and for the complainants of his alleged abuse to seek justice. Smith's standing in public life increased, and in 1988 he was awarded a knighthood for his political services. It is clear that there were some frank discussions at the highest political level about the rumours in circulation about him, with no obvious concern for alleged victims. Rather, the concern was about what would be fair to Smith and whether the honours system might subsequently be brought into disrepute. We concluded that this demonstrated a considerable deference to power and an unwillingness to confront the possibility that a person of public prominence might be capable of perpetrating sexual abuse. Cyril Smith's links to Knowl View School in Rochdale led the Inquiry to a wider investigation of that school and allegations of sexual abuse by other individuals of children who lived there. It was the sexual abuse of children by others that became the focus of the Inquiry's investigation. We heard from complainants of sexual abuse who had been at Knowl View School in a period extending over 25 years, beginning in 1969. The evidence demonstrated that the children who attended the school had a range of complex needs, including learning disabilities, autism and mental health. Many had also suffered from adverse experiences in their family life and had already been abused. We concluded that, far from taking additional steps to protect these children, the school and other institutions had come to regard their sexual abuse while at Knowl View as almost expected, or as something that could not be prevented. The children's experience of the school was extremely poor at the most basic level of the fabric of the building, which bore no resemblance to a homely environment. Nor was the school safe, secure, caring or therapeutic. It was supposed to offer education and care, but in reality it offered neither in any way that could be seen as adequate, let alone nurturing. The institution failed in its basic function to keep children in its care safe from harm and, in particular, safe from sexual harm, both within and outwith the school. Child sexual abuse involving children from Knowl View occurred from its early years onwards. Within the school there was sexual abuse of boys by staff, and of younger boys by older ones. Sexual exploitation of some boys was also taking place in Rochdale town centre, in the public toilets and bus station, by men paying for sex. Some boys were also trafficked to other towns for that purpose. In a particularly shocking incident in 1990, Roderick Hilton, a known sex offender who had previously been convicted of sexually abusing a boy at Knowl View in 1984, gained access to the school and the boys over two nights, when he indecently assaulted at least one of them. Hilton was well known to the staff of the school, who did nothing over many years to deter him targeting the school. He was imprisoned in 1991 for a series of child sexual offences. Despite this, on his release from prison on licence, he continued to be a malign presence at the school, 'little' was done to stop Hilton's continued access to the grounds and buildings. For most of the school's existence, staff were at best complacent but arguably complicit in the abuse they knew to be taking place, and they must take their share of the blame for what was allowed to occur. It was our strong conclusion that Knowl View staff simply treated the sexual abuse between boys as 'normal', without differentiating between what was experimentation and what was coercive and intimidating. There was little evidence that the school appreciated the profound harm that peer-on-peer sexual abuse could cause. Sexual exploitation of children from the school at Smith Street public toilets was known about by the authorities from at least 1989. Indeed, some Social Services' staff could see the toilets from their offices, recognised some of the boys as children in care and were deeply suspicious of what was going on, although there was no apparent follow-up. The records of individual children convey a total lack of urgency on the part of the authorities to address the problem and treat the matters involved for what they were - serious sexual assaults. One boy's file recorded that he had contracted sexually transmitted hepatitis through 'rent boy' activities. We concluded that no one in authority viewed any of this as an urgent child protection issue. Rather, boys as young as 11 were not seen as victims, but as authors of their own abuse. Subsequent police show that the police did not turn a blind eye to the sexual exploitation of boys in Rochdale town centre. They knew children were being exploited in Smith Street toilets, but did not obtain sufficient evidence to prosecute. There is evidence of a willingness on the part of police officers to investigate. Nevertheless, the records that survive do not provide any satisfactory answer as to why police did not charge anyone, despite knowing the names of men involved and obtaining some disclosures from the boys who were victims. etc. Details: London: The Independent Inquiry. 2018. 167p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2018 at: https://www.iicsa.org.uk/document/cambridge-house-knowl-view-and-rochdale-investigation-report-april-2018 Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Grooming Shelf Number: 149947

Author: Independent Inquiry Into Child Sexual Abuse Title: Child Migration Programmes: Investigation Report Summary: Over a period of many years before and after the Second World War, successive United Kingdom governments allowed children to be removed from their families, care homes and foster care in England and Wales to be sent to institutions or families abroad, without their parents. These child migrants were sent mainly to Canada, Australia, New Zealand and Southern Rhodesia (now Zimbabwe). Government departments, public authorities and charities participated in these child migration programmes and were responsible, to varying degrees, for what subsequently happened to the children. Post-war, around 4,000 children were migrated, mostly to Australia. This report sets out the results of the Inquiry's investigation into the experiences of child migrants, and the extent to which institutions took sufficient care to protect these children from sexual abuse. The investigation also examined the extent to which the institutions involved knew, or should have known, about the sexual abuse of child migrants and how they have responded to any such knowledge. Finally, it considered the adequacy of support and reparations for sexual abuse, if any, which have been provided by the institutions concerned. Although the focus of the Inquiry is on sexual abuse, the accounts of other forms of abuse provide an essential context for understanding the experiences of child migrants. Many witnesses described 'care' regimes which included physical abuse, emotional abuse and neglect, as well as sexual abuse, in the various settings to which they were sent. Some described constant hunger, medical neglect and poor education, the latter of which had, in several instances, lifelong consequences. By any standards of child care, then or at the present time, all of this was wrong. A former child migrant said his experiences at one school were "better described as torture than abuse", saying he was locked in a place known as 'the dungeon' without food or water for days. Another told of "backbreaking" work on the building of a new school building. Yet another spoke of the failure to give him medical attention, which resulted in the loss of an eye. In some places, there were persistent beatings of boys and girls, and one witness described how he had tried to kill himself at the age of 12. In a particularly awful incident, we heard of the sadistic killing of a pet horse loved by the children, which a group of 15 children were forced to watch as a form of collective punishment for an alleged wrongdoing. This incident took place during what was known as a 'Special Punishment Day' at Clontarf (one of the institutions to which child migrants were sent). This epitomised the brutal and brutalising environment in which many child migrants lived. We heard that there were few, if any, means of reporting abuse and children lived in fear of reprisals if they did so. They were disbelieved and intimidated, often with violence. One witness was told to 'pray' for her abuser, with no further action being taken on the abuse. Another was told not to tell anyone when he reported that he had been raped. For some children, one of the most devastating aspects of their experience was being lied to about their family background, and even about whether their parents were alive or dead. This had a lifelong impact, including on their physical and mental well-being and their ability to form properly, or lost records, effectively robbing these children of their identity. The effects of this carelessness and poor practice cannot be overestimated. The agencies involved in 'sending' children in the migration programmes were mostly voluntary organisations, with a small number being migrated by local authorities. Some organisations, such as the Fairbridge Society and Barnardo's, operated as both sending and receiving institutions, providing schools and homes in the country of migration. Others migrated children to institutions run by other organisations. From evidence available to the Inquiry, there was a sense in which these children were treated by some of the sending institutions as 'commodities' with one institution even referring to its 'requisition' for a specific number of children to be sent to Australia. Many of the voluntary organisations involved failed in their duty to exercise proper monitoring or aftercare, having dispatched children, in some cases as young as 5, to the other side of the world. Although some (such as the Fairbridge Society) had in place a form of post-migration monitoring, these were not robust systems, and some (such as the Sisters of Nazareth, when migrating to Christian Brothers institutions) had no post-migration monitoring system at all. Details: London: The Independent Inquiry, 2018. 174p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed April 28, 2018 at: https://www.iicsa.org.uk/key-documents/4265/view/Child%20Migration%20Programmes%20Investigation%20Report%20March%202018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 149948

Author: Bashford, Jon Title: Inside Gender Identity: A report on meeting the health and social care needs of transgender offenders Summary: This report is about the health and social care needs of trans people in the criminal justice system. This is primarily about offenders, though it should be recognised at the outset that trans people are more often victims of crime than perpetrators. But before we can identify and address the health and social care needs of trans offenders, and what might best be done to meet those needs, we must understand what is meant by the term 'trans'. Firstly, trans is used in this report as an umbrella term that describes a variety of ways of being human that do not fit with, or conform to, stereotypical and/or binary definitions of gender. Secondly, as will be evident from the first statement, trans is a term that is complex to understand and can never do justice to the wide variety of ways of being in the world and identities that it seeks to describe. But this is not entirely unfamiliar territory; the terms Black or South Asian have often been used to describe groups or communities of people that in fact have enormous differences, that make the terms at best unhelpful and at worse a liability. The aim of the review was to provide NHS England, Public Health England and Her Majesty's Prisons and Probation Service (HMPPS) with an appropriate assessment of the evidence base on meeting the health and social care needs of trans people in the criminal justice system. The report on the findings is for the purpose of informing policy and practice in the offender health system, including all ages and the range of provision. This includes an evaluation of the way in which the needs of transgender individuals are included in offender health and social care needs assessments and the implications for service provision and practice. Objectives The specific objectives include: 1. A review of the literature from the UK and other countries as relevant, with respect to health and social care needs of transgender individuals in the criminal justice system. 2. An assessment of current practice with regard to meeting the health and social care needs of transgender individuals in health and social care needs assessments within the criminal justice system. 3. An exploration of the issues for practice in meeting the health and social needs of transgender individuals amongst health and social care staff working in the criminal justice system. 4. To make recommendations for action based on the findings of the above for NHS England and related stakeholders e.g. Public Health England, Her Majesty's Prison and Probation Service (HMPPS) and related criminal justice partners. Details: Community Innovations Enterprise, 2017. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2018 at: https://docs.wixstatic.com/ugd/cc3101_97d3c7c868bd434a843546100db510f2.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 149952

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary Title: PEEL: Police effectiveness 2017 A national overview Summary: As part of our annual inspections of police effectiveness, efficiency and legitimacy (PEEL), HMICFRS assessed how effective police forces are at keeping people safe and reducing crime. This inspection focused on five areas of policing: How effective are police forces at preventing crime, tackling anti-social behaviour and keeping people safe? How effective are forces at investigating crime and reducing re-offending? How effective are forces at protecting those who are vulnerable from harm, and supporting victims? How effective are forces at tackling serious and organised crime? How effective are the forces' specialist capabilities? This report presents a national overview of themes identified in inspections of all 43 police forces in England and Wales. The national overview report is accompanied by separate reports on each force, based on inspections carried out from September to November 2017, and data provided by forces. The effectiveness assessment follows on from reports on efficiency and legitimacy in 2017, which together make up the three pillars of the annual PEEL assessment. Details: London: HMIC, 2018. 131p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 30, 2018 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmicfrs/wp-content/uploads/peel-police-effectiveness-2017-1.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Effectiveness Shelf Number: 149958

Author: Walters, Mark A. Title: Hate Crime and the Legal Process: Options for Law Reform Summary: BACKGROUND The aim of this study was to assess the application of criminal laws and sentencing provisions for hate crime in England and Wales (Crime and Disorder Act 1998 (CDA), ss. 28- 32, and the Criminal Justice Act 2003 (CJA), ss. 145 and 146) in order to capture best practices and identify barriers to the implementation of these rules. The study was carried out over a 24-month period and used a multitude of sources, both secondary and primary, to answer a number of key questions that were first set out by the Law Commission's 2014 report on hate crime law reform, as well as other questions set out as part of an EU crossjurisdictional project. The report is funded by the EU Directorate-General Justice and Consumers department and forms part of a wider European study into the use of hate crime laws across five EU member states (England and Wales; Ireland; Sweden; Latvia; and the Czech Republic). METHODOLOGY A mixed-methods approach was employed for the project which enabled us to compare and contrast the stated aims and purposes of policies and legislation with the experiences of those tasked with enforcing and applying the law. This approach included: (a) an assessment of existing policies and publically available statistics; (b) a review of over 100 reported cases; and (c) 71 in-depth, qualitative semi-structured interviews with "hate crime coordinators" and "hate crime leads" at the Crown Prosecution Service (CPS), District (Magistrates' Court) and Circuit (Crown Court) Judges, independent barristers, victims and staff at charitable organisations that support victims of hate crime, police officers, and local authority minority group liaison staff. Part A: Law, policy and statistics: Understanding the "life cycle" of a hate crime HATE CRIME STATISTICS Using publically available statistics on hate crime, we calculate an approximate number of offences that are likely to "drop out" of the criminal justice system. The total number of cases that drop out of the system represent what is known as the "justice gap" for hate crime. Analysis of the Crime Survey for England and Wales (CSEW) suggests that approximately 110,160 hate crimes are reported to police each year. The most recent police statistics recorded 62,518 hate crimes between 2015/16. This suggests that only 57% of those incidents reported to the police are recorded as hate crimes. During the same year, the CPS prosecuted 15,442 hate-based offences, of which 12,846 resulted in a conviction. The CPS recorded the announcement of sentencing uplifts in court as 33.8% of total hate crime convictions, which equates to 4,342 cases. If these data are accurate, it means that out of an approximate 110,160 reported hate crimes, only 4,342 offences (4%) resulted in a sentence uplift based on identity-based hostility. In other words, approximately 96% of reported hate Part B: Analysis and research findings PREPARING CASES FOR PROSECUTION: COLLATING EVIDENCE TO PROVE HOSTILITY - The most cogent form of evidence to prove the hostility element of a hate crime is witness testimony of verbalised prejudice, expressed during the commission of an offence. - Additional ways in which hate crimes can be proved in court include the use of audio and video recording of the incident. However, interviewees emphasised that, without a sound recording of verbal slurs, proving a demonstration of hostility beyond reasonable doubt via video footage is extraordinarily difficult. This was most apparent in relation to disability hate crime cases. - The defendant's prior record and bad character can be important factors in proving that a defendant was motivated by hostility. However, accessing this information is problematic, as the hostility element will not be noted on a perpetrator's record where a prior offence was aggravated by sexual orientation, disability or transgender identity hostility (under CJA provisions). - Other forms of evidence that can be sufficient to prove the hostility element of a hate crime include leaflets, letters and other written documentation which indicate an affiliation with right-wing hate groups. Social media comments, subscription to websites with links to racist organisations, and text messages displaying hate-based content are also useful forms of evidence in hate crime cases. GATHERING EVIDENCE: FAILURE TO IDENTIFY AND INVESTIGATE HOSTILITY EARLY ENOUGH - There was evidence to suggest that the CPS has made recent improvements to the identification of disability hate crimes. However, there remains a significant proportion of incidents that are not flagged correctly by the police. Interviewees noted that even where there is evidence of a disablist slur having been expressed during the commission of an offence (the most common type of evidence for all types of hate crime), the disability hate crime flag is still frequently not applied. - Conversely, in some cases, the "flags" that are added to case files can become a barrier to looking beyond the wider facts of the case. This may mean that other facts or types of prejudice are lost during the investigation. - There was a perception amongst some CPS interviewees that the police need to be more "proactive" in identifying the relevant pieces of evidence that will make for a compelling case, especially in complex cases that do not involve verbalised prejudice. However, even with more carefully crafted evidence files, prosecutors frequently fail to secure uplifts at sentence for disability hate crime, meaning that the effective enforcement of hate crime legislation for victims of disability hate crime remains in doubt. - CPS prosecutors pointed to issues with some police officers not being aware of hate crime sentencing provisions, which led to investigators not collating the necessary evidence of hostility towards the complainant's sexual orientation, transgender identity or disability. GATHERING EVIDENCE: THE IMPORTANCE OF GOOD RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN POLICE AND THE CPS - Gathering evidence and presenting it successfully in court depends on a good relationship between the police and the CPS. Breakdowns in this relationship can result in cases "dropping out" of the system. - Communication problems can occur if charging advice is not sought by the police early on. In some cases, this makes it difficult to gather the necessary evidence for the hostility element later in the process. Although all interviewees were aware that the CPS needed to be contacted for charging advice, CPS prosecutors noted that this did not always happen. - Open lines of communication are key to ensuring that charging advice is sought and that discussions regarding the quality of evidence are had early on in a case's "life cycle". Police officers indicated that more immediate contact with the CPS is necessary, especially because hate crime legislation can be confusing and the police may need advice before interviewing suspects. - Communication between the CPS and the police is sometimes strained due to difference in preferred styles of communication - with the CPS frequently preferring e-communication (and reviewing of files), whereas police officers often preferred interpersonal discussions about a case. - Independent barristers for the prosecution noted that advice is often not sought from them early in the process, and a breakdown of communication between barristers and police via the CPS can lead to evidence not being collated or presented in court. RECOMMENDATION We recommend that investigators use (a non-exhaustive) checklist during the investigation and charging stages of the criminal process (the items on the checklist can be found at 6.1 in the main report). We recommend that the CPS provide police (and independent barristers employed for the prosecution) with a direct and open line to CPS area hate crime leads. Independent barristers for the prosecution should also be included in the case review process where possible. Details: Brighton, UK: University of Sussex, Crime Research Centre, 2017. 214p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2018 at: https://www.sussex.ac.uk/webteam/gateway/file.php?name=final-report---hate-crime-and-the-legal-process.pdf&site=539 Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crime Shelf Number: 149973

Author: Big Brother Watch Title: Off the Record: How the police use surveillance powers Summary: Key Findings All results are for the years 2010, 2011 and 2012 unless otherwise indicated. Tables 1-3 show that some police forces chose to breakdown the figures by calendar year, whilst others broke down the figures by financial year.  Between 2010 and 2012 there were 27,115 authorisations for directed surveillance. o This is equivalent to 24 directed surveillance operations being authorised every day, or one every hour  The force with the most authorisations was the Metropolitan Police with 7,170 authorisations being made. This reflects 26% of the overall total.  Greater Manchester Police is the force with the second highest total with 2,376 authorisations.  Overall the total number of authorizations has decreased: o From 10,175 in 2010 to 7,761 in 2012. o This is a 23% reduction in authorisations.  31 police forces have shown overall decreases between 2010 and 2012 o The force with the highest percentage decrease is South Yorkshire Police, with a reduction in authorisations of 71%.  7 police forces have had an increase in authorisations between 2010 and 2012. o North Yorkshire Police recorded a 32% increase in authorisations, which was the highest. o The others are Cambridgeshire Constabulary, Cheshire Constabulary, South Wales Police, Derbyshire Police, Durham Police, Gwent Police Details: London: Big Brother Watch, 2014. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2018 at: https://www.bigbrotherwatch.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2014/10/Off-the-Record-BBW-Report1.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Investigations Shelf Number: 149979

Author: Big Brother Watch Title: Smile you're on body worn camera. Part II - Police. The use of body worn cameras by UK police forces Summary: Smile you're on Body Worn Camera Part II - Police reveals for the first time the investment police in the UK have made in equipping frontline officers with body worn cameras. Since 2010 the police, Crown Prosecution Service (CPS) and politicians have enthusiastically promoted the roll out of body worn cameras. The public have been told the technology is a critical tool in reducing violence against officers, improving transparency in police/public relations, assisting the police with the number of guilty pleas they obtain and will play an essential role in speeding up justice by being used as evidence in court. Off the back of such enthusiasm we felt it necessary to investigate how many police forces had invested in the technology, how many cameras were being used by frontline staff and if the benefits lived up to the promises promulgated by the various groups. Responses to our Freedom of Information request reveals that 71% have adopted the technology, with a total spend of $22,703,235 on 47,922 body worn cameras. This is a huge increase from 2010 when the police told us in response to a Freedom of Information request that they had spent $2.2million on 2,843 cameras. 1 With such an increase in investment it would be logical to assume that the police had determined conclusively that the technology was indispensable and worthy of such substantial spending, and that the Crown Prosecution Service (CPS) could show the extent to which footage from body worn cameras has benefitted conviction rates. However, this is not the case. Neither the police nor CPS could provide us with data relating to the use of footage in criminal proceedings. This makes it impossible to verify the promise of improved convictions based on the use of the technology. Furthermore, publicly available findings from the police regarding the outcome of the trials of the technology reveal inconclusive proof of the benefits to frontline policing and the public, and ongoing concerns with the technology itself. Meanwhile, academic research shows that the way the cameras are deployed can impact the safety and security of the police and public alike. If the plan for future policing is to provide every frontline officer with a body worn camera, proof of purpose is vital. Our findings reveal that such proof is far from conclusive. In light of our findings we make three policy recommendations: 1. Data must be collated and published to show how often body worn camera footage is used as evidence during court proceedings and in obtaining early guilty pleas. 2. Forces must publish regular transparency reports to show how body worn cameras are being used in day to day policing. 3. Forces should ensure that all body worn cameras deployed feature a visual aid and screen showing clearly when the citizen when they are being filmed. Protection of data when at rest or in transit must be standard. Key Findings Based on responses from 45 police forces2 - 47,922 body worn cameras have been purchased by UK police forces. - 32 Forces (71%) use body worn cameras. - 4 Forces (9%) were in the process of beginning trials or were planning on rolling out body worn cameras for the first time. - 6 forces (12%) do not use body worn cameras and do not have any trials or roll outs planned. - In total $22,703,235 has been spent on body worn cameras. - Neither the CPS nor the police told us how often footage has been used in court proceedings. - 19 forces use body worn cameras made by Reveal. - Axon (formerly trading as Taser International), supply 26,935 cameras to forces, including the three largest police forces in England the Metropolitan Police, Greater Manchester Police and West Midlands Police. - 3 forces provided us with information relating to trials of body worn cameras which had been undertaken. Details: London: Big Brother Watch, 2017. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2018 at: https://bigbrotherwatch.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/08/Smile-Youre-on-Body-Worn-Camera-Part-II-Police.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 149980

Author: Big Brother Watch Title: Careless Whispers: How speech is policed by outdated communications legislation Summary: The social media revolution has changed the way people communicate with each other. Yet, whilst our communications have evolved the way crimes are dealt with has not and so we find ourselves using archaic legislation to police modern day crimes. Without exception, the laws that regulate what is said on social media platforms were passed before companies such as Facebook, Twitter and Ask FM became widely used. The laws used to police our communications are woefully out of date. As this report shows, there has been an increase in charges and convictions and cases involving the use of social media. It is therefore important that the legislation which is used by police and prosecutors is examined to ensure it doesn't become obsolete in light of new technology. The outdated nature of the legislation is evident when you examine its history. Section 127 of the Communications Act 2003 can be seen as the successor to a litany of legislation started by the Post Office (Amendment) Act 1930. The Act focused on stopping abuse towards telephone operators. It was followed by the Telecommunications Act 1984, which contains very similar wording to Section 127. This legislation enables a court to convict you based on whether it deems a message to be "grossly offensive or of an indecent, obscene or menacing character". It is arguable that the outdated nature of the law is why we are seeing an increase in legal cases involving comments made on social media. The most notorious example is the case of Chambers v DPP, also known as the "Twitter joke trial". This case saw Paul Chambers convicted of using a "public electronic communication network" to send a "message of menacing character". Specifically he stated: "Crap! Robin Hood airport is closed. You've got a week and a bit to get your shit together otherwise I'm blowing the airport sky high!!" The conviction was later overturned by the High Court, stating that "there was no evidence to suggest that any of the followers of the appellant's "tweet"... found it to be of a menacing character or, at a time when the threat of terrorism is real, even minimally alarming." Paul Chambers and his legal team attracted high profile support from public figures like Al Murray and Stephen Fry who Tweeted their support. Murray Tweeted: "In 100 years there will be an operetta about this - about how ridiculous we were at the start of the 21st century. I'm a big fan of absurdity but this is taking the biscuit." Arguably it was these high profile legal cases, and the fact that none of the legislation deals with social media cases directly, which led to the Crown Prosecution Service (CPS) publishing guidelines in June 2013 on how to prosecute cases which involve social media.3 However, these guidelines have been subject to criticism. In a submission to the CPS's public consultation on the guidelines Big Brother Watch highlighted a number of concerns, including the failure of the guidelines to address the problems that the relevant legislation already faced; that it had effectively been rendered obsolete by the advent of social media. Little has changed since these guidelines were produced. It is therefore the view of Big Brother Watch that there needs to be serious reform in this area, to ensure that the laws are brought up to date. Alongside this, it is now vital that the police begin to adopt a standardised approach to recording and combating social media crime. It is imperative that a clear evidence base is established so that the use of these powers can be properly scrutinized. If these policy recommendations are not achieved, then it is almost inevitable that there will be further individuals who are arrested, charged and prosecuted unnecessarily under these laws. Details: London: Big Brother Watch, 2015. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed Mary 3, 2018 at: https://www.bigbrotherwatch.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Careless-Whisper.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Communications Shelf Number: 150030

Author: Big Brother Watch Title: Police Access to Digital Evidence: The powers of the Police to examine digital devices and how forces are training staff Summary: Police Access to Digital Evidence reveals that 93% of UK police forces are extracting data from digital devices including mobile phones, laptops, tablets and computers which are seized as evidence from suspects, victims and witnesses. As mobile phones and other connected devices are now ubiquitous, it should come as no surprise that such technologies can play a significant role in committing or assisting a crime. The data held on digital devices can give a detailed insight into people's lives, communications, contacts, friends, family and acquaintances. Extracting and interrogating evidence such as location data, photos, messages or internet searches can therefore be beneficial in assisting the police with criminal investigations. Nevertheless, whilst the investigation of crime is important, ensuring that the law is comprehensive and up to date is equally important. Based on Freedom of Information requests and research we have conducted, we are concerned that the seizure of devices and extraction of digital evidence is being undertaken using laws that were established in a pre-digital age. Rather than updating the existing laws to adequately address the complexities of new technology and data, the Government have merely amended them, creating a patchy and far from technically detailed framework. But it is not just the laws which are complex and unclear. The details about how the police acquire, interrogate and retain data is also opaque. The majority of UK police forces failed to respond to our FOI request asking for detail on how many devices have been seized, how many have been interrogated and how many officers have been trained. 32 police forces cited that the data was not held centrally or was not easy to retrieve. Such responses are simply not acceptable and undermine the key principle of transparency which the Police's own 'Good Practice' guidance recommends. Rethinking how our data can be used in all aspects of life, including law enforcement, is necessary if we are all to live in a just and fair connected society. If law enforcement is to continue to police in line with the Peelian principle of consent then up-to-date laws, training practices and actively working towards establishing systems for transparency are essential. In light of this Big Brother Watch make three recommendations: 1. Review of legislation. The legislative process for extraction and interrogation of data from seized devices, in relation to a criminal act, needs urgent re-examination to ensure it is clear, concise and fit for modern policing. 2. Police must be transparent regarding digital evidence gathering. Police forces must adhere to good practice guidance on transparency. Records of the number of seized devices, the number of devices subject to data extraction and details regarding how long data is held for must be kept and made available for audit. 3. Training in digital evidence gathering for all officers. Improvements need to be made to the training of police officers in the handling, interrogation and retention of data extracted from devices. Any front-line officer whose role may involve the handling of digital evidence should be able to prove a high level of competence and understanding of the technical process and data protection. Details: London: Big Brother Watch, 2017. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2018 at: https://bigbrotherwatch.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Police-Access-to-Digital-Evidence-1.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Digital Evidence Shelf Number: 150031

Author: Big Brother Watch Title: Cyber attacks in local authorities: How the quest for big data is threatening cyber security Summary: Local authorities are holding ever-expanding troves of personal information about citizens. Under the banner of data-driven government, they are seeking to actively gather more information about people. So-called 'smart cities' are armed with sensors and cameras that amass data about citizens, introducing a new level of everyday surveillance in the UK. This accumulation of big data evokes not only concerns about ethics, rights and violations of privacy, but also about how equipped councils are to protect citizens' sensitive data. The number of serious cyber attacks is forecasted to significantly rise in the near future, making cyber security risks a clear priority. But is cyber security being appropriately prioritized by local authorities, or is more data collection the main focus of their digital strategies? Based on Freedom of Information requests, Big Brother Watch found that UK local authorities have experienced in excess of 98 million cyber attacks over 5 years. This means that there are at least 37 attempted breaches of UK local authorities every minute. In addition, at least 1 in 4 councils experienced a cyber security incident - that is, an actual security breach - between 2013 - 2017. While some councils have taken measures to face the ever growing threat from cyber attacks, especially the areas of staff training and reporting of successful cyber attacks need urgent attention. In 2015, Big Brother Watch exposed how local authorities commit 4 data breaches a day, predominantly caused by human error. 1 Surprisingly, our current investigation reveals that little action has been taken to increase staff awareness and education in these matters. We found that 75% of local authorities do not provide mandatory training in cyber security awareness for staff and 16% do not provide any training at all. Considering that the majority of successful cyber attacks start with phishing emails aimed at unwitting staff, 2 negligence in staff training is very concerning and only indicative of the low priority afforded to cyber security issues. Our findings further reveal that 25 local authorities experienced losses or breaches of data in the past five years as a result of cyber security incidents. Yet, 56% of councils who failed to protect data from cyber security threats did not even report the incidents. Big Brother Watch urges local authorities to review their policies with a view to mitigating the risks of cyber security incidents that threaten the security of citizens' invaluable data. 1. Local authorities must appropriately prioritize their cyber security. Instead of investing in surveillance technologies, councils should invest resources on the development of cyber security strategies and the training of staff. 2. Cyber security incidents should be consistently reported. Local authorities need to establish a simple protocol that allows them to report incidents to the right authorities, whether the police, Information Commissioner's Office or the National Cyber Security Centre. This would ensure that threats are dealt with appropriately and that authorities' propensity to attacks is monitored. Furthermore, local authorities should utilise the National Cyber Security Centre's definitions of cyber attacks and cyber security incidents to ensure consistent reporting. 3. All staff should receive mandatory training in cyber security. Cyber attacks are not only designed to breach computer systems, but also to exploit humans who are often the weakest cyber security link. The ability to identify threats must not be reserved to ICT specialists but spread throughout the staff body. With large and ever-increasing volumes of data at stake, all local authority staff should have basic cyber security awareness. Details: London: Big Brother Watch, 2018. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2018 at: https://bigbrotherwatch.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/Cyber-attacks-in-local-authorities.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 150032

Author: Waddell, Stephanie Title: Intervening Early to Prevent Gang and Youth Violence: The Role of Primary Schools Summary: This report explores the extent to which young children at risk of gang involvement or youth violence are supported through evidence-based early intervention, particularly within primary schools. It draws on qualitative interviews with schools, local government officials, police and voluntary sector organisations within the London boroughs of Lambeth and Wandsworth, and builds on earlier EIF research which indicates that risk factors for gang involvement and youth violence can be spotted as early as age seven. Our research paints a picture of primary school staff who know their children and local families well, and who go above and beyond to try to provide strong, positive role models and to support children's emotional wellbeing. However, there is also a strong sense that some school staff are intensely frustrated and feel unsupported in their efforts to work with vulnerable children. Some staff expressed anger and sadness as they told us that they feel unable to change children's outcomes in spite of their best efforts. The school staff and stakeholders we spoke to identified a range of concerns, including: the lack of a clear or shared understanding of the level of risk within a school a lack of clarity or confidence in identifying and accessing statutory and other services beyond the school walls a limited awareness of the range and quality of external support that is available to schools, and little evaluation of the external support that is commissioned the pressure on schools to focus on academic performance to the exclusion of children's wellbeing, a challenge which is often exacerbated in schools located in areas where the risk of gang and youth violence is likely to be higher. Our recommendations concentrate on four areas: improving the use of evidence in commissioning in-school support and programmes, including by providing improved information to schools and by calling on funders and commissioners at the national or regional level to make evidence-based decisions increasing the emphasis on and time available for developing children's social and emotional skills in primary schools, including by making PSHE compulsory in all schools and by requiring Ofsted to consider how well schools are supporting children's wellbeing alongside the academic performance improving the links between schools and the wider early help system in their area, so that school staff are clear about the options that are open to them and confident that referrals will result in support for children and families examining how the police can most effectively work within primary schools to help prevent gang and youth violence. This report is the first output of a three-year project that will explore and support the testing of evidence-informed approaches to early intervention to prevent gang involvement and youth violence. We will be working with the local authorities, police, participating schools and providers in Lambeth and Wandsworth over the next two years, with a view to co-designing, implementing and testing new approaches to preventing gang and youth violence through effective early intervention. Details: London: Early Intervention Foundation, 2018. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2018 at: http://www.eif.org.uk/publication/intervening-early-to-prevent-gang-and-youth-violence-the-role-of-primary-schools/ Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 150036

Author: Champion, Nina Title: Turning 180 Degrees: The Potential of Prison University Partnerships to Transform Learners into Leaders Summary: This report is based on travels to four countries: Belgium, Denmark, Poland and United States (California) to explore prison university partnerships. A typology of ten different models of collaboration is set out in the report: 1. Inside and outside students studying together in prison 2. Professors and former professors teaching/mentoring inside students 3. Outside students teaching/mentoring inside students 4. Inside students attending university on day release 5. Digital and distance learning 6. Pipelines to university after release 7. Staff professional development 8. Participatory research 9. Co-production and co-creation 10. Advocacy and activism The list above reflects the vast array of potential partnership approaches to meet different needs and to suit different establishments. Often these models overlapped, with learners gaining a variety of opportunities to engage with higher education. I visited new and emerging partnerships in Europe and longer-established partnerships in the United States. Meeting many alumni of these programmes in California, who were now community leaders influencing social change, led me to analyse the findings through the lens of leadership. Building on the concept of becoming 'assets to society', a stated outcome of prison education in England (MoJ, 2017), this report assesses the ways in which prison university partnerships build human capital and social capital. I use the Social Change Model of Leadership Development (Higher Education Research Institute, 1996) as a framework to define the individual, group and community values observed in these partnerships, showing how they have the potential to transform learners into leaders and affect change: As well as the benefits, this report outlines the challenges of prison university partnerships, in relation to five key themes: People, Logistics, Content, Resources and Impact. In conclusion, assessing the relevance to the UK, I call for universities to see people in prison as future change-makers and urge criminal justice organisations to focus on developing the leadership capabilities of people with lived expertise to drive social change, particularly at this time of 'prison crisis'. Universities should be at the heart of this movement offering opportunities both in custody and after release as part of their widening participation strategies. Prisons should support this by removing barriers to successful collaboration and by embracing partnership working. Details: Prisoners' Education Trust, 2018. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2018 at: http://www.prisonerseducation.org.uk/data/Resources/Turning%20180%20Degrees%20FINAL%20VERSION.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Colleges and Universities Shelf Number: 150037

Author: Fleming, Jennie Title: 'Evidence-informed Policing: An Introduction to EMMIE and the Crime Reduction Toolkit'. A Pilot Training Evaluation Summary: In March 2013, the Cabinet Office launched the 'What Works Network', a nationally co-ordinated initiative aimed at positioning the research evidence on 'what works' at the centre of public policy decision-making, developed in a political environment increasingly amenable to the idea of evidence-based decision-making, particularly in the context of 'austerity' and cost effectiveness. Currently there are seven research centres focusing on six key areas of public policy, intended to build on existing models of delivering evidence-based policy - such as the well-established and well-funded National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence (NICE). For some years now, the College of Policing (the College) and its predecessor the National Policing Improvement Agency (NPIA) have been promoting the importance of research evidence to inform practice in policing and crime reduction. The College Five Year Strategy (2014a) outlines its intentions to promote understanding of 'what works' in policing and use this understanding to set standards and enable members to share knowledge and evidence around 'what works' (College of Policing, 2014a). Within a context of austerity and changing policing demands (e.g. Brain & Owens, 2015; http://www.college.police.uk/Documents/COP_infographic.pdf) the College is promoting 'professionalisation' of police. As part of achieving many of the aforementioned aims, the 'What Works Centre for Crime Reduction' (WWCCR) was established in 2013 to develop a strong evidence base for decision-making around crime reduction. It is led by the College and supported by a Commissioned Partnership Programme (CPP). A key component of the WWCCR programme is the development and piloting of a Police Development Programme (Work Package 6/7) to enable police officers to appraise and use evidence to inform their decision-making. The purpose of the current research was, therefore, to design, pilot and evaluate the implementation of a police development training programme to develop officers' theoretical and practical understanding of evidence-informed approaches, equip them with the skills required to use evidence to inform their decision-making and support them to appraise evidence and commission research (Hereafter referred to as 'Evidence-based Policing': EBP3 ). See Fleming, Fyfe & Wingrove (2016a) for an overview of the design methodology and the training programme outline. This report focuses on the evaluation of the pilot training programme. The main objective of the evaluation of the pilot training was to assess and understand trainee reaction and to note aspects of learning following training. The following research questions were addressed: - To what extent do police officers/staff respond positively to EBP? - To what extent do police officers/staff believe EBP training will enhance their role? - To what extent does the training enable police officers/staff to use the Crime Reduction Toolkit? Details: London: College of Policing, 201. 101p. Source: Internet Resource: What Works Centre for Crime Reduction Work Package 7 Final Report : Accessed May 3, 2018 at: http://whatworks.college.police.uk/About/Documents/EIP_pilot_evaluation.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 150038

Author: Fleming, Jennie Title: Evidence-informed Policing: The Design of a Pilot Training Programme Summary: In March 2013 the Cabinet Office launched the 'What Works Network', a nationally co-ordinated initiative aimed at positioning the research evidence on 'what works' at the centre of public policy decision-making. Currently there are seven research centres1 focusing on six key areas of public policy. These 'research hubs' are intended to build on existing models of delivering evidence-based policy - such as the well-established and well-funded National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence (NICE). This provides independent evidence-based guidance to the NHS and health professionals about the targeting of funding and the most effective ways to prevent, diagnose and treat disease and ill health. The What Works centres are being developed in a political environment increasingly amenable to the idea of evidence-based decision-making, particularly in the context of 'austerity' and cost effectiveness. Government White Papers (e.g. Cabinet Office, 2011; HM Government, 2012) assert a government commitment to scrutiny and transparency across departments, and initiatives are in place which aim to facilitate access to government administrative data for the purposes of research and evaluation (Mulgan and Puttick, 2013; UK Administrative Data Research Network, 2012). However, a recent report by the National Audit Office (NAO) (2013) suggests that these ambitions are not yet embedded in practice. The NAO's assessment of the frequency and quality of impact and cost-effectiveness evaluation across key government departments, and the use of such evidence to support resource allocation and policy development, highlighted a number of issues. These included a lack of robust impact evaluations, a lack of clarity in government decisions about what to evaluate and a failure to effectively apply learning from evaluative research. Details: London: College of Policing, 2016. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: What Works Centre for Crime Reduction, Work Package 6 Final Report : Accessed May 3, 2018 at: http://whatworks.college.police.uk/About/Documents/EIP_pilot_design.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 150039

Author: Perkins, Chloe Title: Red Light Enforcement Cameras to Reduce Traffic Violations and Road Traffic Injuries Summary: Road traffic crashes are a major and increasing cause of injury and death around the world. Many crashes occur as a result of red-light running (RLR), which occurs when a driver enters an intersection after the traffic light has turned red. While most drivers obey traffic signals, the possibility for violations does exist, due to either driver distraction, aggressive driving behaviours, or a deliberate decision to ignore the signal. In the UK, over 67,000 motorists were given points for failing to stop at traffic lights in 2015. A recent survey found that about 25% of motorists admit to running a red-light in the previous year, which is equivalent to 9.3 million motorists. RLR can have severe consequences when it results in collisions that cause damage to vehicles and road users. Red-light cameras (RLCs) are an enforcement mechanism that permit police to remotely enforce traffic signals. In the UK, the cameras are usually placed on one arm of an intersection where a red light running problem has been identified. Unlike traditional manual enforcement methods which are resource intensive and high risk, RLCs operate continuously and without human intervention, freeing up officers to engage in other activities. They do not lead to potentially dangerous high-speed pursuits and they provide a physical record of all violations. Their mechanical nature also reduces the possibility of accusations of human bias, discrimination, or selective enforcement. This review concentrates on the implementation of red-light cameras. It updates and expands a previous Cochrane systematic review to provide a comprehensive account of red-light cameras evaluated worldwide. Details: London: College of Policing, 2017. 98p. Source: Internet Resource: WHAT WORKS: CRIME REDUCTION SYSTEMATIC REVIEW SERIES: Accessed May 3, 2018 at: http://whatworks.college.police.uk/Research/Systematic_Review_Series/Pages/Red-light-cameras.aspx Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Red Light Cameras Shelf Number: 150040

Author: Greater London Authority Title: A Safer City for Women and Girls: The London Tackling Violence Against Women and Girls Strategy 2018-2021 Summary: Measures in the Mayor's Violence Against Women and Girls Strategy include: Prevention A wide-ranging programme to improve safety in public spaces at all times of day and night including a new Women's Night Safety Charter, partnership to tackle unwanted sexual behaviour on the transport network and a new campaign to tackle attitudes of everyday sexism and misogyny Working with partners across London to gain accreditation to the UN Women's Safer Cities and Safe Public Spaces initiative Work to encourage positive attitudes, behaviours and healthy relationships amongst children and young people with specialist advocates in schools and pupil referral units, Safer Schools Officers and a whole school prevention pilot in Croydon Supporting a Good Work Standard to address the #MeToo phenomenon and ensure abuse is not tolerated in the workplace Tackling perpetrators Working with police and criminal justice partners to ensure the most effective handling of dangerous individuals including over $3m to expand the rehabilitative Drive project which provides additional support to help reform the behaviour of perpetrators New measures to tackle stalking Calling on the Government to create a register for perpetrators of domestic abuse and violence, and for tougher sentences for image-based offenses such as 'upskirting' and 'revenge porn' Protection and support for victims $200,000 to support the London Councils Harmful Practices programme - training nurses, midwives and social workers to recognize abuses such as FGM and intervene A complete review of adherence to the Victims' Code of Practice, a new online portal for victims of crime, and a study into rape cases from a victim's perspective Significant investment in general and specialist services for victims including $13m for sexual violence services, $5m for Domestic Violence services, and over $9m for services in London's boroughs The Strategy was informed by a major consultation exercise which included: Consultation with survivors - 15 focus groups with 133 survivors of Violence Against Women and Girls (VAWG), 19 one-to-one interviews and an online survey with 90 respondents. 12 consultation workshops on evidence and data sharing, female offenders, BAME, perpetrators, prevention, enforcement, support for victims, prostitution, harmful practices, priority boroughs plus a roundtable with survivors and another with partners and stakeholders. 400 face-to-face interviews with members of the public across the areas of London where VAWG is most prevalent. Details: London: GLA, 2018. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2018 at: https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/vawg_strategy_2018-21.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gender-Based Violence Shelf Number: 150056

Author: brap Title: Stuck: Current approaches to the design and delivery of interventions to address gang-related violence in Birmingham Summary: brap has been actively involved in work to improve the impact of gang-related crime interventions for some years now. The Barrow Cadbury Trust is keen to learn more about the experiences of the kind of young people and practitioners brap engages with as part of its work. Funding provided by the Trust has enabled brap to conduct a short consultation and research exercise to understand how young people at risk of gun or knife related crime in Birmingham feel about interventions to support them. The report has three main aims:  to help those involved in this field gain a better understanding of the experiences, views and needs of a small group of young people at risk of or involved in guns and gang related crime in Birmingham  to provide an overview of statutory, private and voluntary sector responses to guns and gang related crime in Birmingham (and links to West Midlands-wide provision)  to recommend options for future support and research in this field Details: Birmingham, UK: brap, 2012. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2018 at: https://www.barrowcadbury.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2012/09/stuck-brapresearchreport1.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 150058

Author: Greater London Authority Title: The London Knife Crime Strategy Summary: What do we mean by knife crime? Since 2008, knife crime has been defined as any offense that satisfies both of the following criteria: - Is classified as an offense of homicide, attempted murder, assault with intent to cause harm, assault with injury, threats to kill, sexual offenses (including rape) and robbery; - Where a knife or sharp instrument has been used to injure, used as a threat, or the victim was convinced a knife was present during the offense. Knife possession offenses have been defined as: - Having an article with blade or point in a public place (including school); - Threatening with a blade or sharply pointed article in a public place (including school); - Possession of offensive weapon; - Using someone to look after an offensive weapon; - Threatening with an offensive weapon. How many knife crimes are there? Who are the offenders and who are the victims? Knife crime is on the rise across the country. In 2016, London (excluding the City) accounted for around three in ten recorded knife offenses nationally. In the 12 months to March 2017, over 12,000 knife crime offenses were recorded in London. In 2016 knife crime across England and Wales rose by 14 per cent, compared to 11 per cent in London. The majority of knife crimes in London are related to street violence and robbery. Analysis of Metropolitan Police crime data for 2016/17 indicates that 75 per cent of victims of knife crime are male and frequently aged less than 25 years of age.3 Almost half of all victims of knife crime were from BAME backgrounds. Those recorded as black ethnicity represented one in five of all victims of knife crime in the last year. For offenders, almost ninety per cent were male and of those, 62 per cent were from BAME backgrounds. Details: London: GLA, 2017. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed May 4, 2018 at: https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/mopac_knife_crime_strategy_june_2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Homicides Shelf Number: 150059

Author: Foster, Rebecca Gillian Title: Half in/half out: exploring the experiences of the families of prisoners in a Scottish prison visitors' centre Summary: The research upon which this thesis is based aims to build on a rich and growing body of work about how imprisonment affects, is practiced by, and structures families with a loved one in prison. It aims to do this by contributing to knowledge on the lived experiences of prison visiting for the families of prisoners, who were until recently largely overlooked in prisons scholarship. In turn, this thesis aims to shed light on families� overall experience of the imprisonment of a loved one(s). The research underpinning this thesis involved eliciting the experiences of families, through carrying out ethnographic observation and qualitative interviews in a unique fieldsite, the Visitors� Centre at HMP Edinburgh, over a nine-month period (during 2014- 2015). This thesis builds on the literature that documents the many negative effects of imprisonment for the families of those confined, particularly through its exploration of how imprisonment alters the space and time of families. This thesis notes that these myriad negative impacts require considered attention and action. Yet, this thesis also makes a key and critical argument that the experience of imprisonment for many families should be considered within the broader context of their lives. These families� lives are often characterised by not only imprisonment(s), but by structural disadvantage, and by the presence and experience of varied and intrusive state interventions. This thesis argues that each of these too are often experienced as imprisoning, and in turn questions whether a focus exclusively on the pains specific to familial imprisonment- in scholarship, policy, and practice- risks encouraging a continuing focus on the prison as both the only cause of, and main site for finding solutions, to family difficulties. Details: Glasgow: School of Social and Political Sciences, College of Social Sciences, University of Glasgow, 2017. 261p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 7, 2018 at: http://theses.gla.ac.uk/8229/1/2017fosterPhD.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 150073

Author: Fleming, Jennie Title: Can Experience Be Evidence? Summary: There is a vigorous debate in policing about the relative merits of evidence-based and experiential decision making. On the one hand we might consider that evidence based policing (EBP) that draws on 'what works' and puts police decision-making on a solid empirical basis is a 'no-brainer'. Who could object after all to a movement that allows police to use the best evidence to shape the best practice? Sherman observes (1998: 4), 'most police practice ... is still shaped by local custom, opinions, theories and subjective impressions'. Evidence based research, characterised by randomized experiments which reveal the generality and reliability of a particular intervention is used to guide practice and evaluate police activity. In Sherman's terms there is a strict dichotomy between experience, craft and scientific facts and evidence based research must be 'a systematic effort to parse out and codify unsystematic "experience" as the basis for police work, refining it by ongoing systematic testing of hypotheses' (Sherman 1998: 4). We demur from such sweeping judgements. Instead, we suggest as others have before us, that science takes many forms, it is not as Moore notes (2006: 324), restricted to random controlled experiments , 'it has always included many more different types of investigations to acquire and use knowledge' (see also Sparrow 2011; Fleming 2015a; Fyfe and Fleming 2015). We suggest that whatever the merits of evidence-based research it cannot confine itself to 'scientific facts' - there are far too many limits to such an approach: In summary, we argue: 1. EBP ignores the limits to social science knowledge, displaying a touching faith in given facts, naturalism, and observer neutrality. 2. Evidence, whether evidence-based or experiential, is constructed in an organisational and political context that selects the facts and their relevance. 3. Experience cannot only count as evidence but its use is also essential and inevitable given the limits to social science knowledge. 4. The discussion of experience is bedevilled by the demand for instrumental knowledge; for efficiency and reform. Experience is about sense-making in organisations; not how we do something but why we do it. To examine the debate beween evidence based and experiential policy making in the UK police, we start by examining the limits to social science knowledge, focusing on the informational and cognitive limits to such research and its relationship to policy making. We unpack the idea of 'experience' to show that it is not intuitively obvious. Briefly, we identify experience as: incrementalism; framing; institutional memory; craft; common sense; local knowledge; and occupational culture. We use these overlapping meanings to analyse focus groups composed of police officers drawn from two forces. We conclude that police officers draw on political knowledge and local knowledge as well as research-based knowledge in their everyday lives. All these sources of knowledge have their limits, including experience, and all are constructed in an organisational and political context that selects the facts and their relevance. We suggest that no one source of knowledge should be accorded priority. Rather, we need to weave them together and in this process local knowledge, or experience, can not only count as evidence but it is also essential and inevitable given the limits to social science knowledge. Details: Southampton, UK: Department of Sociology, Social Policy & Criminology, University of Southampton, 2016. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Paper to the Public Policy and Administration Specialist Group, Panel 2: Policy Design and Learning, PSA 66th Annual International Conference, 21-23 March 2016: Accessed May 7, 2018 at: https://www.psa.ac.uk/sites/default/files/conference/papers/2016/PSA%202016%20Experience.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Evidence-Based Policies Shelf Number: 150081

Author: FLEX Title: Shaky Foundations: Labour Exploitation in London's Construction Sector Summary: Focus on Labour Exploitation (FLEX) works to end human trafficking for labour exploitation. To achieve this, FLEX conducts research and policy advocacy that aims to prevent labour abuses, protect the rights of trafficked persons and promote best practice responses to human trafficking for labour exploitation. In much of its work, FLEX has set out the link between labour abuses and labour exploitation. Abuses occur across the spectrum, from relatively minor infractions to extreme exploitation and modern slavery. FLEX research has identified a strong causal link between labour abuses and severe labour exploitation within certain UK labour sectors and particularly amongst migrant communities. Labour abuses such as non-payment of living wage, non-payment of holiday and sick leave, and unfair dismissal are most common. When left unchecked these can develop into severe exploitation. The construction sector has been identified as a high-risk industry for modern slavery. To understand the root causes and drivers of exploitation in this sector, FLEX has undertaken research with a focus on the structural factors in the labour market that place workers at risk of labour exploitation. Based on the findings of this research, we recommend targeted interventions to prevent labour abuses and modern slavery in the UK construction sector. This research is of particular relevance as the construction industry faces major challenges in the wake of the UK's vote to leave the European Union - here on referred to as 'Brexit'. The nature of the UK construction industry means the demand for a flexible workforce is strong. This has led to an increased reliance on migrant workers and there is strong evidence indicating that the sector will continue to remain highly reliant on migrant labour in the future. Given the reliance on migrant labour, any future restrictions on legal employment of migrants resulting from Brexit will have serious ramifications for the migrant and employment status of workers in the sector. As FLEX research3 has shown, workers with insecure status are at a high risk of labour abuse and exploitation. This research into the construction sector shows that action is urgently required to address both the existing gaps in protections for workers in the construction sector and the future vulnerabilities that could arise following Brexit. Details: London: Focus on Labour Exploitation, 2018. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed May 7, 2018 at: http://www.labourexploitation.org/sites/default/files/publications/Shaky%20Foundations.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Brexit Shelf Number: 150085

Author: Marsden, Hannah Title: Journey to Justice: Prioritising the wellbeing of children involved in criminal justice processes relating to sexual exploitation and abuse Summary: Barnardo�s supports children and young people through police investigations and prosecutions, yet there is little documentation of if and how this has helped young victims and witnesses, and in what ways. This evaluation was part of the Barnardo�s Voluntary Funding Strategy Research and Evaluation Plan on Child Sexual Exploitation (CSE). Helping young witnesses and victims through prosecutions also contributes to the long-term outcome within the organisation�s strategy on CSE: More sexually exploited children are supported to recover, with services, including those offered by Barnardo�s, improving and increasing to meet emerging and existing need. How the criminal justice system treats children and young people, and how this could be better, has historically been a key area of focus for Barnardo�s. For example, the Parliamentary inquiry (2014) into child sexual exploitation and trafficking in the UK, led by Barnardo�s, drew attention to many challenges and difficulties that the current system holds for young victims and witnesses. Barnardo�s specialist child sexual exploitation and abuse services are increasingly supporting young witnesses and victims through police investigations and trials. Helping children and young people with the challenges associated with going through an investigation or going to court has increasingly become part of a CSE practitioner�s role, and something that services offer alongside their core work. However, the support that is provided varies in its formality and scope depending on location and relationships with police and social care, warranting further learning and investigation. �Wellbeing and support needs� was one of six crucial themes identified by Beckett and In particular, it was argued, that more focus is needed on ensuring that victims and witnesses have access to advocacy, long-term and coordinated support by a �single trusted individual and additional therapeutic support� where desired by the child or young person. This study importantly added to the evidence base on experiences of children and young people through the criminal justice process, which has to date mostly highlighted how these experiences negatively affect victims. Less is known about what kind of support they wish to receive. Going through a police investigation and prosecution as a victim of exploitation or abuse is often described as inherently traumatic. This is because in addition to the trauma brought about by the experience of exploitation and abuse, through the process of a police investigation and trial, a child or young person must re-tell the experience, often multiple times, usually in an environment which is unfamiliar, intimidating and confusing to them. The process can be traumatic regardless of the outcome. A lot of evidence highlights how the justice system needs to change for young victims and witnesses in many ways, and thus this report provides a valuable insight into the needs and opinions of children and young people, their parents/carers, and police and practitioners who have been involved in police investigations and trials with Barnardo�s support. It is important that these voices are listened to when designing support for young witnesses and victim (those under 18 years of age). Work has been taking place within the criminal justice system to improve procedures and circumstances to suit very vulnerable young victims and witnesses. For example, in 2017 pre-recorded crossexamination will be rolled out in England and Wales, which is likely to change experiences significantly for witnesses and victims who would have previously been required to attend in person at court (either physically in court or through a live link room). Nevertheless there is still a lot to learn about what works for children and young people � particularly in relation to receiving support from a �single trusted individual� � and this report aims to contribute to filling this gap in knowledge. Details: London: Barnardo's, 2017. 116p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 5, 2017 at: https://www.barnardos.org.uk/journey_to_justice_full_report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 150088

Author: Children's Society Title: Safety Net: Cyberbullying's impact on young people's mental health: Inquiry report Summary: Key findings Under-age use of social media is commonplace - Despite most major social media companies - including Facebook, Twitter, Snapchat, YouTube and Instagram - specifying that users must be 13 years old to have an account, we found that 61% of young people had a first account at age 12 or under. Children and young people are using social media for longer periods and using multiple profiles - Our survey indicated that nearly half (44%) of children and young people spend more than three hours per day on social media, whilst almost 1 in 10 (9%) reported always using social media overnight between midnight and 6am. There is a connection between intensive social media use and mental ill health - Thirty eight percent of young people reported that social media has a negative impact on how they feel about themselves, compared to 23% who reported that it has a positive impact. This was exacerbated for girls, with 46% of girls stating that social media had a negative impact on their self-esteem. Cyberbullying - a new form of bullying - Although our inquiry found that offline bullying remains the most common form of bullying, it is clear that cyberbullying is distinct and potent, particularly due to its potential to be relentless. Children and young people are particularly vulnerable to the effects of cyberbullying - Children and young people who are currently experiencing a mental health problem are more than three times more likely to have been bullied online in the last year. The steps being taken by social media companies in response to cyberbullying are inconsistent and inadequate - Throughout the course of the inquiry, we heard a number of examples from social media companies about positive initiatives they have established to respond to abusive content online, such as cyberbullying, as well as promoting the mental health of their users. Young people concluded that social media companies' current responses to cyberbullying are inadequate - There is an appetite among young people for greater interventions to disrupt cyberbullying, with 83% of young people saying that social media companies should do more to tackle cyberbullying on their platforms. There is a perceived lack of consequences for those who engage in bullying behaviour - Young people told the inquiry that they feel as though the onus is on the person who is experiencing cyberbullying to act. They spoke of a perceived lack of consequences for those who engage in bullying behaviour online, in a way there is not in the offline world. Social media companies need to do more to promote positive mental health and well-being - Young people overwhelmingly told the inquiry that they wanted social media companies to do more to promote positive mental health and interactions on their platforms. - Eighty two percent of young people thought social media companies should do more to promote mental health. Details: London: Children's Society, 2018. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 7, 2018 at: https://www.childrenssociety.org.uk/sites/default/files/social-media-cyberbullying-inquiry-full-report_0.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 150089

Author: Be Real Campaign Title: In Your Face: A report investigating young people's experiences of appearance-based bullying Summary: The purpose of this research was to investigate young people's experiences of appearance-based bullying. The relationship many young people have with their appearance is a negative one. It is a relationship that is powered by constant comparisons with others, self-doubt, and in some cases, crippling insecurities. For many, this relationship is reinforced by an explicit barrage of messages, comments and even physical attacks, which tell them their appearance is not good enough and is deemed in some way unacceptable by those around them. It is clear comments and criticisms of young people's appearance have become part of everyday life. However, while largely expected by young people, such criticisms should not be accepted. As such, 'In Your Face' seeks to challenge the norms by allowing young people the space to discuss their views and experiences to reveal the real impact of appearance-based bullying on the lives of individuals in the UK, and to create practical solutions that can be implemented to tackle the problem. Bullying around appearance is an inevitable evil for young people More than half of young people (55%) have been bullied about their appearance. Two fifths of these (40%) experienced this bullying at least once a week. or most people experiencing this bullying (54%), this starts by the age of ten years-old. The most significant impact this bullying has on young people is on their mental wellbeing More than half of young people (53%) who had experienced appearance-based bullying said they became anxious and a quarter (29%) said they became depressed as a result. Three fifths of young people (60%) took action to change their appearance as a result of the bullying they received. The most prominent focus being to change their size and body shape, with almost a quarter (24%) of young people dieting and nearly a fifth (19%) doing more exercise. While social media adds a new dimension to bullying, traditional forms still prevail Nearly nine in 10 of those who had been bullied about their appearance (87%) experienced verbal abuse. Of those young people who had experienced bullying based on their appearance, more than one quarter (26%) were cyberbullied. Four in five young people (80%) who had experienced bullying related to their appearance did so in school or college. More than half of young people who had experienced this bullying saying it had come from either their acquaintances or peers (53%) or their friends (51%). The quantitative fieldwork for 'In Your Face' was conducted by Youth Sight, which surveyed more than 1000 secondary school pupils aged 11 to 16 years old from across the UK. To supplement this, YMCA also held focus groups in 12 locations in the UK with young people aged between 11 and 16 years old. The fieldwork was carried out between August 2017 and February 2018. Details: London: YMCA England & Wales, 2018. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 7, 2018 at: https://www.ymca.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/In-Your-Face-v1.0.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias-related Crimes Shelf Number: 150090

Author: Centre for Justice Innovation Title: A fairer way: Procedural fairness for young adults at court Summary: This paper sets out a new model for a procedurally fairer court process for young adult defendants in England and Wales. Along with the model and its supporting evidence, the report contains a plan for areas who wish to implement the model. The report is the product of work the Centre has done with practitioners to identify what changes can be made, within the existing legislation and financial constraints, to develop a fairer court process for young adults. Building on previous work done by the Centre on procedural fairness in court, the evidence shows that when people feel they have been treated fairly by an institution- when they understand what to expect and what is going on and feel listened to and respected, even when decisions go against them- they are more likely to obey its decisions and this is likely to have an impact on offending. This means less crime and fewer victims. Details: London: The Centre, 2018. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed May 8, 2018 at: http://justiceinnovation.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CJI_A-FAIRER-WAY_DIGITAL.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Court Processing Shelf Number: 150104

Author: INQUEST Title: Still Dying on the Inside: Examining deaths in women's prisons Summary: Emily Hartley, aged 21, was the youngest of 22 women to die in prison in 2016, the year that saw the highest annual number of deaths in women's prisons on record. Emily was imprisoned for arson, having set fire to herself, her bed and curtains. She had a history of serious mental ill-health including self-harm, suicide attempts and drug addiction. This was Emily's first time in prison. A prison that could not keep her safe. A sentence that cost her life. On 1st February 2018 the inquest investigating Emily's self-inflicted death concluded with deeply critical findings about her care and the failure to transfer her to a therapeutic setting. What made her premature and preventable death all the more shocking is that ten years to the day of Emily's inquest, the same coroner had dealt with a strikingly similar death, that of Petra Blanksby. Nineteen year-old Petra was imprisoned for an arson offence, having set fire to her bedroom in an attempt to take her own life. Two women, ten years apart, criminalised for being mentally unwell. Petra too, had a history of mental ill health and suicide attempts. At the end of her inquest in 2008, the coroner recommended to the Prison Service and Department of Health they should deal with the lack of secure therapeutic facilities outside prison. At the conclusion of Emily's inquest, the same coroner David Hinchliff wrote: "I repeat ten years later that the Prison's Department and the Department of Health should conduct a collaborative exercise to achieve the provision of suitable, secure, therapeutic environments in order to treat those with mental health problems". Eleven years after the publication of Baroness Corston's seminal review in 2007 of women in the criminal justice system, the situation has never felt so desperate. It is with anger, sadness and deep frustration that we report almost no progress on the necessary systemic and structural change needed. Ninety-three women have died in women's prisons since March 2007. The casework team at INQUEST continue to support families whose daughters, sisters, mothers, aunts and grandmothers have died. The harms of imprisonment follow women back into the community, as demonstrated by the fact that 116 women died after release from prison between 2010 and 2017. INQUEST's work with bereaved families seeks to make visible the women behind the statistics and the structural issues behind their criminalisation and imprisonment. We seek to show the human face of this pernicious social problem, because so many of these deaths are preventable. They raise profound concerns about human rights violations - not only the failure to provide a safe and dignified environment, but also the failure to act to prevent further deaths, an aspiration that unites all bereaved families. The women's names memorialised in this report are a stark reminder of the tragic human consequences of the failure of successive governments to take seriously the needs of women experiencing a range of health, economic and social inequalities. They also speak to institutional state violence and how our prisons today systematically generate pain and suffering and how they can lead to death. This report provides unique insight into deaths in women's prisons. It is empirically grounded in (1) an examination of official data; (2) INQUEST's original research and casework; and (3) an analysis of coroners' 'Prevention of Future Death' reports and narrative jury findings. This evidence has been strengthened by the facilitation of families' legal representation and the more effective participation of the bereaved. This has led to more searching questions at inquests and has shone a light on the shocking reality of women's experiences in the criminal justice system. Details: London: INQUEST, 2018. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2018 at: https://www.inquest.org.uk/Handlers/Download.ashx?IDMF=8d39dc1d-02f7-48eb-b9ac-2c063d01656a Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Deaths in Custody Shelf Number: 150106

Author: Kirchmaier, Tom Title: Prices, Policing and Policy: The Dynamics of Crime Booms and Busts Summary: In many historical episodes, the extent of criminal activity has displayed booms and busts. One very clear example is the case of metal crime, where in the face of big increases in value driven by world commodity prices, the incidence of metal thefts in the UK (and elsewhere) rose very sharply in the 2000s. Early in the current decade, they fell sharply again. This paper studies the roles of prices, policing and policy in explaining these crime dynamics. The empirical analysis shows sizeable and significant metal crime-price elasticities, in line with the idea that changing economic returns do shape crime. However, the rapid upward and downward trends are not only due to price changes. Their temporal evolution is also explained by changes in policing and policy. On the former, a difference-in-differences approach is used to document an important role of policing as a consequence of an anti-metal crime operation introduced in 2012. On the latter, the introduction of the Scrap Metal Dealers Act 2013 is exploited to study the impact of policy on the economic activity of scrap metal dealers in England and Wales. Results from our difference-in-differences specification suggest that the tougher regulatory system introduced by the policy hindered the economic activity of pre-existing dealers, reflecting the reduced market size for potential metal criminals to sell what they have stolen. Details: Unpublished paper, 2018. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/Papers.cfm?abstract_id=3149413 Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Metal Theft Shelf Number: 150107

Author: Great Britain. National Audit Office Title: Early progress in transforming courts and�tribunals Summary: This report explains how HM Courts & Tribunals Service (HMCTS) is introducing new technology and working practices to modernise the justice system. We outline what�these reforms expect to achieve, the progress HMCTS�has made to date and the risks it faces in the future. Details: London: NAO, 2018. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2018 at: https://www.nao.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/Early-progess-in-transforming-courts-and-tribunals.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Court Reform Shelf Number: 150116

Author: Bondy, Malvina Title: Crime is in the Air: The Contemporaneous Relationship between Air Pollution and Crime Summary: Many empirical studies have examined various determinants of crime. However, the link between crime and air pollution has been surprisingly overlooked despite several potential pathways. In this paper, we study whether exposure to ambient air pollution affects crime by using daily administrative data for the years 2004-05 in London. For identification, we mainly rely on the panel structure of the data to estimate models with ward fixed effects. We complement our main analysis with an instrumental variable approach where we use wind direction as an exogenous shock to local air pollution concentrations. We find that elevated levels of air pollution have a positive and statistically significant impact on overall crime and that the effect is stronger for types of crime which tend to be less severe. We formally explore the underlying mechanism for our finding and conclude that the effect of air pollution on crime is likely mediated by higher discounting of future punishment. Importantly, we also find that these effects are present at levels which are well below current regulatory standards and that the effect of air pollution on crime appears to be unevenly distributed across the income distribution. Overall, our results suggest that reducing air pollution in urban areas may be a cost effective measure to reduce crime. Details: Bonn: IZA Institute of Labor Economics, 2018. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: IZA Working Paper no. 11492: Accessed May 9, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3170281 Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Air Pollution Shelf Number: 150121

Author: Brennan, Iain Title: Weapon-carrying and the reduction of violent harm Summary: Criminology has much to offer activities to reduce the harm of violent incidents -- particularly by reducing weapon carrying and use - but the discipline's engagement with the harm reduction agenda has been limited. In addressing this, the paper identifies risk factors for carrying a weapon by a young person in England and Wales. It demonstrates that this decision is influenced by individual-, interpersonal- and community-level factors and that weapon carriers can be distinguished from other respondents using relatively few characteristics. The study also shows that defensive factors, such as victimisation and concerns about personal safety are relevant to understanding weapon-carrying, but they are outweighed by criminogenic factors such as violence, neighbourhood disorder and, importantly, lack of trust in the police. Details: Unpublished paper, 2018. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed May 9, 2018 at: https://osf.io/preprints/socarxiv/5kdrf/ Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Harm Reduction Shelf Number: 150128

Author: Clinks Title: Under represented, Under pressure, Under resourced: the voluntary sector's role in Transforming Rehabilitation Summary: Under represented, Under pressure, Under resourced is the third and final report in a series looking at the voluntary sector's role in Transforming Rehabilitation (you can also read the first report and second report). Clinks surveyed 132 voluntary sector organisations between February and April 2017 and gathered six in depth case studies. The survey results were analysed by the Third Sector Research Centre and by using the same questions posed in our 2015 survey we have been able to record changes over time. As a result Clinks has identified seven key findings and made 11 recommendations that we believe can make a difference, and help us to understand what the next generation of probation services could look like. Since 2015, in response to feedback from our members and other voluntary sector organisations, Clinks has led the trackTR partnership to undertake in-depth research into the voluntary sector's experience of the changes to probation services brought about by the Transforming Rehabilitation reforms. We have assessed the impact the reforms have had on organisations, the services they deliver, and the people they support; and will use the findings to advocate on behalf of the voluntary sector to government and to probation services run by the National Probation Service (NPS) and Community Rehabilitation Companies (CRCs). Details: London: Clinks, 2018. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2018 at: https://www.clinks.org/sites/default/files/basic/files-downloads/clinks_track-tr_under_final-web.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Shelf Number: 150132

Author: Ludlow, Amy Title: Self-inflicted Deaths in NOMS' Custody Amongst 18-24 Year Olds: Staff Experience, Knowledge and Views Summary: This Report presents the findings of research into self-inflicted deaths (SID) in custody amongst 18-24 year olds in National Offender Management Service (NOMS) custody in England and Wales. This research was commissioned by the Harris Review into Self-Inflicted Deaths In Custody Amongst 18-24 Year Olds, and was undertaken by RAND Europe and the Prisons Research Centre, Institute of Criminology, University of Cambridge. This research focused on staff experience, knowledge and views, which have been gathered through interviews and observations at five prisons in England and Wales. The document will be of interest to government, civil society and academic audiences interested in improving prisoner wellbeing and safety generally and SID reduction and risk management specifically. The Report consists of seven sections that address the research questions set out by the Harris Review. Sections 1 and 2 provide an overview of the background, context and methods of the study. Sections 3-6 present the findings of the study relating to four key themes - how staff conceive of risk of SID, how SID risk is managed, staff training and institutional and individual responses to SID. The report closes with a review of promising practice and areas for improvement based on staff suggestions. Details: Santa Monica, CA: Cambridge, UK: RAND Europe and the University of Cambridge, 2015. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 11, 2018 at: http://iapdeathsincustody.independent.gov.uk/wp-content/uploads/2015/07/Self-Inflicted-Deaths-in-NOMS%E2%80%99-Custody-amongst-18%E2%80%9324-Year-Olds-Staff-Experience-Knowledge-and-Views.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Deaths in Custody Shelf Number: 150162

Author: Bradford, Ben Title: Can diversity promote trust? Neighbourhood context and trust in the police in Northern Ireland Summary: The association between trust in the police and neighbourhood-level factors such as deprivation, disorder and social cohesion is well established. As an embodiment of the effort to reproduce normative social order, the police garner trust when community settings are perceived as orderly, cohesive and well-functioning. Conversely, trust is undermined when order and cohesion seem attenuated or under threat. Yet, little attention has been paid to the association between neighbourhood diversity and trust in the police. Allport's contact hypothesis suggests that because diversity increases intergroup contact and thus a sense of cohesion, it may promote trust in the police. In this paper we use data from a nationally representative survey conducted in 2014, combined with Census and other local-area data, to explore the association between ethno-religious diversity and trust in the Police Service of Northern Ireland. We find that trust is higher in more diverse areas, primarily because Catholics living in such areas report significantly higher levels of trust than their counterparts living in less diverse areas. We interpret these results in light of what policing means in contemporary Northern Ireland and consider the implications for attempts to enhance police-community trust in segregated and divided societies more generally. Details: Unpublished paper, 2017. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 11, 2018 at: https://osf.io/preprints/socarxiv/7546d/ Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Legitimacy Shelf Number: 150165

Author: Amnesty International Title: Trapped in the Matrix: Secrecy, stigma, and bias in the Met's Gangs Database Summary: Over the past decade, the concept of 'gang association' has emerged as a measure for assessing potential harm to public safety from young people. It crops up not only in police strategies to tackle violent offending, but across a range of public sector services: from local authorities to the criminal justice system, from schools to the UK Visas and Immigration authority. Underpinning the increased use of the gang label by public agencies is a police intelligence system that purports to identify and share data about individuals who are considered to be linked to gangs. In London, this is most clearly institutionalised in the Metropolitan Police Service Gangs Violence Matrix - a database of suspected gang members in London which went into operation at the beginning of 2012. The highly charged context for the establishment of the Gangs Matrix was the England riots of Summer 2011. In the wake of the riots Boris Johnson, then Mayor of London, was quick to conflate those arrested during the riots with 'gangs', telling the press 'this is an opportunity to deal with gang crime'. In the days immediately after the riots, Prime Minister David Cameron promised a 'concerted, all-out war on gangs and gang culture' and within six months both the Home Office and the Mayor's Office had announced flagship new antigang strategies, including the launch of a reconfigured Trident Gang Command in London. Politically, the Gangs Matrix was set up to provide the government with some clarity on the extent of gang activity. At an operational level, it provided the Metropolitan Police with a risk-assessment tool to assess and rank London's suspected gang members according to their 'propensity for violence'. Individuals on the matrix are known as 'gang nominal' and each is marked in a traffic-light scoring system as red, amber or green. 'Red nominals' are those the police consider most likely to commit a violent offence; 'green nominals' pose the least risk. In October 2017, the Metropolitan Police reported that 3,806 people were on the Gangs Matrix. Less that 5 per cent were in the 'red' category, with 64 per cent marked as 'green'. In July 2016, a more detailed demographic breakdown of those on the matrix revealed that 87 per cent were from black, Asian and minority ethnic (BAME) backgrounds (78 per cent were black). Eighty per cent were between the ages of 12 and 24, and 15 per cent were minors (the youngest was 12 years old). Ninety nine per cent were male. Amnesty International has been conducting research on the Gangs Matrix for the past year and has met with more than 30 professionals who use, or are familiar with, the Gangs Matrix. They come from the police, the voluntary sector, and local authorities in several London boroughs - including staff from three borough Gangs Units. We have also asked community members and young people affected by the Gangs Matrix to tell us their experiences. Our research shows that the Gangs Matrix is based on a vague and ill-defined concept of 'the gang' that has little objective meaning and is applied inconsistently in different London boroughs. The Matrix itself and the process for adding individuals to it, assigning 'risk scores' and sharing data with partner agencies appears to be similarly ill-defined with few, if any, safeguards and little oversight. Not only does this data collection amount to an interference with young people's rights, but the consequences could be serious for those labelled as 'gang nominals', more than threequarters of whom are black boys and young men. Data sharing between the police and other government agencies means that this stigmatising 'red flag' can follow people in their interaction with service providers, from housing to education, to job centres. It is important to examine the impact this has on their rights. We believe further investigation by the appropriate authorities - the Information Commissioner's Office, the Mayor's Office for Policing and Crime, and the Metropolitan Police - is necessary to ensure the rights of these young people are respected. Amnesty International's research shows that: - While it purports to be a risk management tool focused on preventing serious violence, 40 per cent of people listed on the matrix have no record of involvement in any violent offence in the past two years and 35 per cent have never committed any 'serious offence'. - The concepts of the 'gang' and 'gang member' are vague and ill-defined, and the process for adding people to the matrix or removing them from it appears to lack clear parameters, thresholds and criteria; this leads to over-broad and arbitrary identification of people as gang members. - Many of the indicators used by the Metropolitan Police to identify 'gang members' simply reflect elements of urban youth culture and identity that have nothing to do with serious crime. This conflation of elements of urban youth culture with violent offending is heavily racialised. The result is that the matrix has taken on the form of digital profiling; 78 per cent of individuals on the Gangs Matrix are black, a number which is disproportionate both to the black population of London (13 per cent of the whole) and the percentage of black people among those identified by the police as responsible for serious youth violence in London (27 per cent). 'Youth violence' refers to violent offences against people below the age of 20. - There are no clear processes for reviewing the matrix, or for correcting or deleting outdated information. There is no formal process to notify individuals that they are on the matrix and no official system through which they can challenge their inclusion or have their named removed. - Data sharing between the police, housing associations, schools, job centres, the criminal justice system and the Home Office appears to lack safeguards; there is therefore a risk that these services will discriminate against already marginalised young people, with disproportionate impact on black boys and young men. Community activists, young people and family members all told Amnesty International that they felt the Gangs Matrix unfairly profiled and stigmatised black youth, further entrenching distrust in the police and isolating at-risk individuals. Although the police may be pursuing a legitimate aim when they collect data on gang members, the Gangs Matrix is an excessive interference with the right to privacy that affects the rights of black boys and young men disproportionately. The weak data governance and lack of safeguards that characterize the database show that it was designed and put to use without sufficient regard for the rights of those listed on it. Amnesty International believes that the Gangs Matrix is unfit for purpose: it puts rights at risk, and seems not only ineffective but also counter-productive. Systems for gathering and sharing intelligence on individuals suspected of violent crime must be fair, implemented in accordance with human rights law, and have robust oversight mechanisms. We expect the Mayor's Office and the Metropolitan Police to establish clear and transparent measures to ensure that this is the case. They must dismantle the matrix unless they can demonstrate that it has been brought into line with international human rights law, in particular the right to non-discrimination. Measures must also be taken to ensure that in future, systems that aim to gather and share intelligence on individuals suspected of violent crimes are fair and implemented in accordance with human rights law, with robust oversight mechanisms in place. Details: London: AI, 2018. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2018 at: https://www.amnesty.org.uk/files/2018-05/Inside%20the%20matrix.pdf?x_Q7G4ar5uHbWLAklmQ9NSuLFMzrwSyq Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 150175

Author: Andell, Paul Title: Preventing the Violent and Sexual Victimisation of Vulnerable gang-involved and gang-affected children and young people in Ipswich Summary: A Suffolk Constabulary threat assessment initiated in 2014 observed that the supply of Class A Drugs to Ipswich and other Suffolk towns was dominated by street gangs from London. It notes that children and young people from London and Suffolk were involved in 'running' the drugs to end users and that their risk of coming to harm was high. The Police estimated at this point that a small number of young people, frequently recorded as 'missing' from Care or home by the police and Safeguarding authorities, were either known, or suspected, to be working for London-based drug dealing networks. Children and young people reported 'missing' in London had also been found at Suffolk addresses known to be used for drug dealing. The assessment recognised that in the preceding decade there had been an increase in the numbers of boys and young men travelling from London to Ipswich in order to supply Class A drugs and that members of London-based drug-dealing groups had been present in Ipswich throughout this period despite several successful police operations to disrupt the trafficking and distribution of Class A drugs. The assessment suggested that violence, threats and coercion were used routinely by these groups to exert control over vulnerable children and young people and local Class A drug users whose homes were being 'cuckooed'. This kind of violence was evident in other parts of Suffolk where the illicit drug market was saturated and competition between dealers was fierce. Intelligence also suggested that Organised Crime Groups (OCG's) involved in drug dealing were storing weapons at dealing locations and arming 'runners' with knives. In recognition of these problems, in November 2014, representatives of the government's Ending Gangs and Youth Violence (EGYV) programme were invited to undertake a peer review of the effectiveness of local responses and provide a framework for future action. The EGYV review noted that senior leaders in the County had recognized the serious threat posed by the gang problem and that a range of existing multi-agency initiatives had been put in place. It observed that the Ipswich Borough Police Commander had established a GOLD policing strategy and constructed a complementary multi-agency intervention (Operation Volcanic). However it appeared that lack of clarity vis-a-vis roles and responsibilities within the community safety and other partnerships meant there were no obvious mechanisms to effectively identify, address and communicate a way of dealing with gang offending by the partnership. It also noted that, to date, senior leaders did not have a formal or specific role and that responses were largely Police-led and enforcement-based. Details: Ipswich, UK: University of Suffolk, 2017. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed May 15, 2018 at: https://www.drugsandalcohol.ie/27822/1/Preventing_the_violent_and_sexual_victimisation_of_vulnerable_gang_involved.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Dealing Shelf Number: 150190

Author: Stacey, Christopher Title: A life sentence for young people: A report into the impact of criminal records acquired in childhood and early adulthood Summary: This report is part of the charity's Unlocking Experience project, 1 which aims to investigate, highlight and seek solutions to structural barriers that young adults in England and Wales face as a result of criminal records. The report combines a number of activities that we've carried out as part of our work on this project, including: 1. Freedom of Information requests to the DBS and Disclosure Scotland to better understand the number of people affected by the official disclosure of criminal records through criminal record checks. 2. A survey of people who acquired a criminal record in early adulthood. 2 3. Work with the Justice Committee into their short inquiry into the disclosure of youth criminal records. 3 To ensure consistency, a number of terms are used throughout this report: 1. Childhood - People under the age of 18 2. Early adulthood - People aged 18-25 3. Youth or young people- People aged 10-25 (a collective term to refer to people in childhood and early adulthood) 4. Criminal record - Criminal convictions and cautions The original focus was to be on a criminal record acquired in early adulthood. However, in the course of undertaking the survey, it became clear that seeking to separate experiences according to whether the offense occurred before or after the age of 18 was a false dichotomy, particularly for those who were convicted both as a child and as a young adult. As a result, we expanded our focus to include criminal records acquired in childhood and early adulthood. This approach complements other developments around criminal records, such as the Justice Committee's inquiry into the disclosure of youth criminal records (which looked at both children and young adults). It also builds on the review of the youth justice system carried out by Charlie Taylor, within which the impact of criminal records featured prominently. Finally, with an eye to the Supreme Court case later this year, which involves a number of challenges to the DBS's filtering system, 4 it is hoped that this report serves as a useful addition in demonstrating the need for change. The overwhelming message from the survey was that people are held back because of old criminal records (particularly on standard and enhanced checks). Given that the survey was unable to provide a sense of the scale of the problem, we carried out some additional research, primarily by making Freedom of Information Act requests to the DBS and Disclosure Scotland. The data collection exercise provided valuable insight into the number of people affected, and highlighted the wealth of data that is available (and is not published by DBS). There is scope for further and more detailed research into the numbers and types of people affected by the disclosure of childhood and young adult criminal records. Details: Maidstone, Kent, UK: Unlock, 2018. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2018 at: http://www.unlock.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/youth-criminal-records-report-2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Records Shelf Number: 150192

Author: Young, Tara Title: Risky Youth or Gang Members? A contextual critique of the (re)discovery of gangs in Britain Summary: The aim of this body of work has been to explore the anti-social behaviour and criminality of disaffected young people. In particular, my focus has been on how the perception of young offenders as 'youth at risk' needing guidance has metamorphosed into one of 'gang' membership requiring a punitive response. My work examines how community agencies and the criminal justice system have responded to this shift and focuses on the consequences for young people. Theoretically, this body of work has been influenced by a constructionist epistemology and incorporates a feminist methodology. The research work upon which this body of work rests consists mainly of qualitative research with marginalised young people, family members and practitioners working with them. My findings, detailed in various publications, have challenged assumptions about anti-social youngsters, the nature of collective offending by young people and the role the family plays in 'gang-related' offending. Most notably, they have sought to shape academic and political discourse in Britain by adopting a critical position against the prevailing view that 'gang-related' offending is the primary driver for the rise in violent offences. The work has contributed to the conceptualisation of 'gang' groups as they exist in contemporary Britain. It has influenced public policy on the gang, particularly in relation to defining the gang, on crime control and it has rerouted the debate about the involvement of girls and young women in street-based groups. Details: London: London Metropolitan University, 2016. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed May 17, 2018 at: http://repository.londonmet.ac.uk/920/1/YoungTara_RiskyYouthOrGangMembers.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 150252

Author: Agnew, Emma R.E. Title: Discourse, Policy, Gangs: An Analysis of Gang Members' Talk and Policy Summary: European academics have historically been reluctant to conduct explicit gang research on the premise that it risks stereotyping communities. Subsequently, notions about gangs in the UK have been transposed from American literature, which is primarily based within a criminological perspective and focuses on personal characteristics of gang members, such as their violent tendencies (Gottfredson & Hirschi, 1990). Alternatively, underpinned by a community psychology perspective, this research explores how young people involved in gangs construct their identities and experiences, and to what extent these constructions reproduce or resist political discourse. Semi-structured interviews with six self-identified gang members, as well as the UK policy 'Ending Gang and Youth Violence' (Home Office, 2011) were analysed using a hybrid approach of discursive psychology and critical discourse analysis. The four main discursive sites identified in the policy were: i) The demonization of gangs, ii) the inevitability of gangs, iii) gangs: the product of 'troubled families', iv) the racialization of gangs. The four main discursive sites within the interviews were: i) experiences of racism, ii) the inevitability of gang membership, iii) problematized identities, iv) individual and family responsibility. The analysis indicated that, at times, the participants reproduced problematising ideological discourse, at other times they constructed reimagined personal narratives which resisted hegemonic discourses about gang members, and at other times they exposed the oppressive mechanisms of political discourse, by detailing how being labelled a 'gang member' and racial discrimination had shaped their subjectivities and lived experiences. The findings indicate the need for an overhaul of elitist policy production, for authentic participation of young people with experiences of living in deprived areas, and for a shift from the 'criminological' framework of gang policy towards 'welfare'. Furthermore, the findings highlight the need to direct political attention to addressing racial discrimination. Clinically, community psychology approaches are recommended, as well as working at macro levels to change cultural narratives around this group. Details: London: University of East Londong, 2016. 152p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed May 17, 2018 at: http://roar.uel.ac.uk/5384/1/Emma_Agnew._U1331745._Thesis._Discourse%2C_Policy_and_Gangs..pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Communication Shelf Number: 150525

Author: Murray, Kath Title: The Need for a New Power to Search Children for Alcohol: A review of the evidence Summary: The aim of this report is to inform the Scottish Government consultation on the proposal to introduce a statutory power to search young people under the age of 18 for alcohol. The report provides data and analysis on underage drinking trends in Scotland, and on how police officers use their powers of stop and search, and seizure in relation to underage drinking. The analysis suggests that current intelligence-based approaches to stop and search are not particularly effective in detecting alcohol amongst young people, compared to older age groups, and to other approaches for dealing with alcohol possession. Between June and December 2015, the number of positive alcohol searches involving young people aged seventeen or under equated to less than one a day, whilst the vast majority of underage alcohol detections result from existing powers of seizure, rather than stop and search. In practice, officers conduct few alcohol searches involving young people. In September 2015, six Divisions did not carry out any alcohol stop searches on young people aged seventeen or under, whilst four Divisions carried out less than five. The use of seizure powers has also fallen. Taken together, these trends do not appear to suggest a legislative shortfall and in this respect, we question how much a statutory power of search would add to existing seizure powers, which already account for more than nine in ten underage alcohol detections. We also caution there is a risk that an additional search power for alcohol could aggravate relationships between young people and the police, particularly in areas where policecommunity relationships are frayed by dint of excessive use of stop and search in recent years (Blake Stevenson, 2016;1 Murray, 2016).2 There are, we would suggest, more constructive ways of tackling underage drinking problems. It is encouraging that around two-thirds (69%) of young people stated that they agreed or strongly agreed that their school provided relevant advice and support in relation to alcohol (SALSUS, 2013); the challenge of course is to reach those who did not. Given that young people are most likely to access alcohol from parents and carers, we would also recommend that educational initiatives are directed towards responsible adults. There is a disparity between the overall distribution of underage drinking across Scotland, and rates of excessive drinking, which are higher in the west, and as such, warrant more targeted interventions, including those directed towards off sales. For example, in Durham Constabulary, alcohol confiscated from a young person is traced back to the retailer (using batch/lot codes), and the sale investigated using CCTV, with a view to prosecution. Finally, carefully targeted police presence, in itself, can also reduce crime and disorder without the risks police-public relationships that adversarial police contact carries (Ariel et al., 2016). Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Centre for Crime & Justice Research, 2016. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: SCCJR Report No. 5/2016: Accessed May 18, 2018 at: http://www.sccjr.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/Murray-and-McVie_A-power-to-search-children-for-alcohol.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 150259

Author: Murray, Kath Title: Police reform and public confidence in Scottish policing: 2012 ti 2015. An analysis of Scottish Social Attitudes survey data Summary: This report examines public confidence in Scottish policing, and public awareness of police reform between 2012 and 2015. Capturing public attitudes immediately prior to and following the amalgamation of Scotland's eight police forces in April 2013, the report provides original insights into how public attitudes towards Scottish policing changed during the early years of police reform. Note that the findings cannot be generalised beyond the four-year survey period (2012 to 2015). The analysis is based on Scottish Social Attitudes (SSA) data collated by ScotCen Social Research as part of the annual SSA survey series. This is a nationally representative, face-to-face survey of adults living in Scotland. For the purposes of this report, the sample is aged eighteen years or over. The survey module on police reform and public confidence was sponsored by the Scottish Institute for Policing Research (SIPR), Police Scotland, the Scottish Police Authority and ScotCen Social Research. The analysis shows that public confidence in policing - as measured by whether respondents thought that the local police did a good job or bad job - remained relatively stable between 2012 and 2014. Public confidence ratings then fell significantly between 2014 and 2015. The timing of this downturn, around two years after police reform, indicates that the shift was not influenced by the idea of a single force per se. Instead, the analysis suggests that the results may reflect perceived changes to on the ground police practice, including a perceived reduction in local police presence. There is also evidence of regional convergence in public confidence ratings, with initially higher confidence ratings in the East and North in 2012 converging with lower ratings in the West (which remained broadly unchanged) across the four-year period. These findings might cautiously be read as evidence of a West/Strathclyde policing model taking hold in the early reform years. Looking at the relationship between police contact and public confidence in local policing, the analysis suggests that police-initiated encounters (for example, being questioned on the street or searched) may be associated with lower ratings of local policing. While no data are available on the quality of these interactions, the findings nonetheless underscore the importance of fair and proportionate policing. While the results suggest that a visible police presence is broadly welcome, by the same token it is also clear that the type of interaction matters. Analysis of the relationship between socio-demographic factors and confidence in local policing show that for the most part, the associations are relatively weak or not statistically significant, with few clear trends. Details: Edinburgh: University of Edinburgh, 2018. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2018 at: http://www.sipr.ac.uk/downloads/SSA%20_2012_2015_Public_confidence_and%20police%20reform.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Legitimacy Shelf Number: 150261

Author: Gill, Martin Title: Maximising Public Benefits from Automated Alarms Summary: The focus of this study is on understanding the implications of "Automation" i.e. the automatic digital transmission of confirmed alarms from ARCs to police control rooms, instead of the existing means of ARCs contacting the police by phone (the "Manual System"). The project for implementing the automated alarm call handling process is known as Electronic Call Handling Operation (ECHO) and this is a specific initiative to respond to the police call for alarm response to be automated by 2020. The overall aim is to ease the pressure on the emergency services and alarm receiving centres (ARCs) by reducing their call handling times and reducing the number of errors that can occur from manual response handling. Ultimately an improved response is intended to benefit the public. Within the ECHO project, pilots with a number of police forces are already underway, and those involved in the process along with other experts and stakeholders were consulted to inform the research. Overall automation and ECHO are viewed positively by those closest to it, but others lacked enthusiasm and raised a number of concerns. Below the key findings are organised in terms of how they may inform the business case for automation/ECHO; challenges to be overcome; considerations for a strategy for automation; and issues raised that are relevant to developing a funding model. It should be noted that these are not intended to be exhaustive (there will of course be other considerations for the work on automation) - what follows is purely those that were identified as being key and were specifically raised during the research. The Business Case The research raised a number of points that may be informative for a business case for progressing the roll out of ECHO: - Police and alarm experts believed that the manual alarm signalling system from ARCs to police forces is slow, cumbersome and generates mistakes. They noted that it can be administratively burdensome with some data being required to be entered twice; with messages being misinterpreted. - Some police respondents noted that ARCs underestimate how busy it can be for police at times - even on priority lines - and sometimes fail to understand the demands placed on policing. - Some police representatives and alarm experts suggested that automated alarm signalling has led to cost savings by, for example, reducing the time it takes to manage a call and in generating a speedier police response. - Early experimentation in automating alarming signalling from ARCs suggests it may be more efficient and accurate (some administrative inaccuracies can be picked up as they occur); and may lead to improved response times - ARC representatives felt that checking URNs, which is currently time consuming, could be much quicker under automation. - Another benefit of ECHO may be in contributing to a raising of standards in the alarms response sector by undermining non compliant companies, but that was noted to be dependent on the police acting on the data it will have available. - ARC representatives when asked about which stakeholders might benefit most by automation felt the benefits to police would be the highest and to end users would be the lowest. Details: Tunbridge Wells, UK: Perpetuity Research and Consultancy International (PRCI), 2018. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2018 at: https://www.nsi.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/Maximising-Public-Benefits-of-Automated-Alarms-Report-April-2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alarm Systems Shelf Number: 150269

Author: Harrison, Poppy Elizabeth Title: Assessing the harm inside: a study contextualising boys' self-harm in custody Summary: Concerns about suicide and self-harm in English prisons are not new (Third report of the commissioners of prisons, 1880, cited in Liebling, 1992). However, a distinct system of intervention and custody for children (as established by the Crime and Disorder Act 1998) is relatively modern, and as such contextual studies about self-harm have largely, to date, overlooked children as a discrete group existing within a separate framework from adults. Similarly, large-scale research exploring self-harm among children in community settings has largely excluded the group of marginalised young people who come to the attention of youth justice services. This study presents a unique analysis of 181 youth justice assessments ('Assets') for boys who were remanded or sentenced to custody in under-18 Young Offender Institutions during 2014-15, tracing the subjects of the assessments from the communities they offended in through to a period in custody, using incident reports completed whilst they were there. What results is a contextual study examining the characteristics of the boys and their behaviour in custody. The study considers two central hypotheses: first, that to result in meaningful and supportive interventions, a definition of self-harm among the boys in the research sample often needs to include the harm they have done to their own lives (what the middle classes might call their 'prospects') through offending, and, second, that children who display the common traits of self-harming behaviour in custody may be identifiable by a different set of characteristics and needs from those who self-harm in the community. The author concludes that there is a previously undefined set of risk factors which can be applied to children who self-harm in custody for the first time, moving beyond the known risks associated with adolescent self-harm in the general population. Furthermore, it is found that boys who self-harm in custody are often doing so to exercise agency in an environment where they have very limited power, in circumstances defined not only by the restriction of liberty they are experiencing, but by the difficulties they experienced before coming to custody. Recommendations are made as to how policy-makers, through the current reforms to the youth justice system and a revised approach to assessments upon entry to custody, and practitioners, through increased awareness and improved recording of children's views can more appropriately intervene in these boys' lives to benefit them and society more widely. Details: Luton, UK: University of Bedfordshire, 2016. 259p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 21, 2018 at: https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/77614088.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Deaths in Custody Shelf Number: 150280

Author: Sharp-Jeffs, Nicola Title: A lot going on: the links between going missing, forced marriage and child sexual exploitation Summary: An extensive review of research and policy literature revealed that links are made between: going missing and forced marriage; going missing and child sexual exploitation; and forced marriage and child sexual exploitation. However, despite these overlaps, no links are made between all three issues. Given that some South Asian young women will run away from home in order to avoid being forced into marriage and that young people who run away or go missing from home are at risk of, or abused, through child sexual exploitation a research proposition was developed on the basis that a three way link was theoretically possible. A case study methodology was developed to test the research proposition. Eight cases were identified in which South Asian young people (under 18 years of age) had experienced some combination of all three issues. However, the pattern identified within the research proposition was not the 'final explanation'. Analysis of the research findings revealed that variation existed within the pattern proposed. Moreover, a second pattern was identified in which forced marriage emerged as a parental response to young people who were already being sexually exploited and going missing in this context. The patterns identified were confirmed through analysis of interviews undertaken with twelve subject experts (key informants) and resonated with a specifically selected group of nine young people who were presented with a composite case study during focus group discussion. I argue that awareness of patterns linking all three issues will help practitioners to identify and respond appropriately to cases where the issues of going missing, forced marriage and child sexual exploitation overlap. That said the complexity of the cases highlighted risks associated with overlooking diversities: social divisions related to age, gender, ethnicity, class, sexuality and disability were explored to see how they shaped the young people's experiences. This process revealed that they were located within complex axes of power which then intersected with social systems, including family, community and public institutions. As a consequence, young people lacked relational support and had limited access to safe accommodation and economic resources. This resulted in some young people making attempts to try and self-manage the competing harms that they were facing. The practitioners who supported the young people highlighted the challenges involved in working with them. Analysis of practitioners' accounts further revealed how power dynamics within multi-agency working arrangements also impacted their efforts to respond to the needs of young people. Through testing the research proposition, I addressed a recognised need for more focused research into the issue of going missing as it relates to young people from different ethnic backgrounds (Berelowitz et al. 2012; Berelowitz et al., 2013; OCC, 2012; Patel, 1994; Safe on the Streets Research Team, 1999; Stein et al. 1994) as well as furthering knowledge about how child sexual exploitation is experienced by young people from black and minority ethnic (BME) communities (Chase & Statham, 2004; CEOP, 2011b; Jago et al., 2011; Berelowitz et al., 2013; Thiara & Gill, 2010; Kelly, 2013; Ward & Patel, 2006). The development of a typology of patterns linking going missing, forced marriage and child sexual exploitation provides a unique contribution to the scholarly literature. Details: Luton, UK: University of Bedfordshire, 2016. 324p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 21, 2018 at: https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/82971362.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Marriage Shelf Number: 150315

Author: Great Britain. Office for National Statistics Title: Crime in England and Wales: year ending December 2017 Summary: While crime has fallen over the long-term, the short-term picture is more stable with most types of crime staying at similar levels to 2016. It is too early to say whether this indicates a change to the overall trend or simply a pause, which has happened before. The exceptions to this stable picture are rises in some types of theft and in lower-volume but higher-harm types of violence, and a fall in the high-volume offence of computer misuse. As these figures cover a broad range of crime types and there is variation in the trends by crime type, it is better to consider the different types individually to understand these changes. A fall in crime estimated by the Crime Survey for England and Wales (CSEW) was mainly driven by a 28% decrease in computer misuse offences, largely due to a decline in computer viruses. For offences that are well recorded by the police, police recorded crime data provide insight into areas that the survey does not cover well. These include the less frequent but higher-harm violent offences, which showed rises: a 22% increase in offences involving knives or other sharp instruments an 11% increase in firearms offences These offences tend to be disproportionately concentrated in London and other metropolitan areas. There was also evidence of a rise in vehicle-related theft offences, with the latest CSEW estimates showing a 17% increase compared with the previous year. This is consistent with rises seen in the number of vehicle-related theft offences recorded by the police. Police figures also indicate a rise in burglary (9% increase), which is thought to reflect a genuine increase in this type of crime. To put these figures into context, most people do not experience crime. In the year ending December 2017, 8 in 10 adults were not a victim of any of the crimes asked about in the CSEW. Many of the findings reported in this bulletin are consistent with those reported in the year ending September 2017 bulletin, released in January 2018. Important points for interpreting figures in this bulletin An increase in the number of crimes recorded by the police does not necessarily mean the level of crime has increased. For many types of crime, police recorded crime statistics do not provide a reliable measure of levels or trends in crime. They only cover crimes that come to the attention of the police and can be affected by changes in policing activity and recording practice and by willingness of victims to report. The CSEW does not cover crimes against businesses or those not resident in households and is not well-suited to measuring trends in some of the more harmful crimes that occur in relatively low volumes. For offences that are well recorded by the police, police figures provide a useful supplement to the survey and provide insight into areas that the survey does not cover well. Details: London: Office for National Statistics, 2018. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2018 at: https://www.ons.gov.uk/peoplepopulationandcommunity/crimeandjustice/bulletins/crimeinenglandandwales/yearendingdecember2017 Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 150329

Author: Hillier, Joseph Title: Do offender characteristics affect the impact of short custodial sentences and court orders on reoffending? Summary: Custodial sentences of under 12 months without supervision on release are associated with higher levels of reoffending than sentences served in the community via 'court orders' (community orders and suspended sentence orders). This report examines whether this impact differs according to offenders' age, ethnicity, gender, and mental health. It also provides further analysis on the reoffending impact of suspended sentence orders compared with similar cases where community orders were given, whether the impacts vary according to the number of previous offences, and the impacts of mental health and alcohol treatment requirements. Key findings - Reductions in re-offending were associated with the use of court orders as compared with short-term custody. These effects: - Were greater for people with larger numbers of previous offenses. For people with no previous offenses, there was no statistically significant difference between the re-offending associated with short-term custody and that associated with court orders. - Differed according to an offender's age group, after controlling for the number of previous offenses. The use of court orders was associated with relatively more benefit for those aged 18-20 and those over 50, and less benefit for those aged 21-29. - Differed according to identification of mental health issues, after controlling for the number of previous offenses. The use of court orders was associated with more benefit for offenders with 'significant' psychiatric problems and those with current or pending psychiatric treatment. - Were similar across ethnic groups and for both males and females, after controlling for the number of previous offences. - For those with identified mental health issues, mental health treatment requirements attached to court orders were associated with significant reductions in re-offending where they were used, compared with similar cases where they were not. The re-offending rate was around 3.5 percentage points lower over a one-year follow-up period. - For those with identified alcohol use issues, alcohol treatment requirements were associated with similar or slightly lower re-offending where they were used compared with similar cases where they were not. - Suspended sentence orders were associated with a reduced rate of re-offending (over a one year follow-up period) of around 4 percentage points compared with similar cases where community orders were given, with a smaller impact over longer follow-up periods. Suspended sentence orders were associated with more benefit in reducing re-offending as age increased and less benefit as the number of previous offenses increased. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2018. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Analytical Summary 2018 : Accessed May 23, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/706597/do-offender-characteristics-affect-the-impact-of-short-custodial-sentences.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Custodial Sentences Shelf Number: 150334

Author: Davidson, Neil Title: Space, place and policing in Scotland's night-time economy Summary: There is a growing political discourse in Scotland acknowledging alcohol to be a significant contributor to crime. A significant portion of this is directly related to the evening and night-time drinking based leisure industry i.e. the night-time economy (NTE). The NTE is often characterised by violent and disorderly behaviour concentrated in and around pubs and nightclubs ('hotspots') on weekend nights presenting considerable public health, criminal justice and urban management issues. Recently the political rhetoric has been backed up by new legislation in an attempt to counterbalance what was previously a market-driven economy. There now exists various crime reduction partnerships and situational crime prevention technologies to restrict and control certain behaviours and the presence and movements of persons and groups. This research project has specifically focused on the role of police in this rapidly changing regulatory NTE context. Combining data gathered from participant observation sessions with front-line police and in-depth interviews with multiple NTE stakeholders in a multi-site comparison study across Scotland, this research project provides a robust evidential base from which to analyses and interpret policing of the NTE at the national and local scales using various conceptual frameworks of contemporary policing in western societies. What my findings have shown is that front-line officers have adapted their police work in order to suit the specific context within which they are operating. I have termed this specific variation on traditional understandings of 'cop culture' as being the 'street craft of policing the NTE'. Furthermore, while this street craft was evident across all three case study areas, the extremely tangled and convoluted nature of local security provision at the local scale necessitates that front-line officers adapt this street craft to meet the local specificities of their respective NTEs. Details: Dundee, UK: University of Dundee, 2011. 338p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 23, 2018 at: https://discovery.dundee.ac.uk/en/studentTheses/space-place-and-policing-in-scotlands-night-time-economy Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 150344

Author: Wooff, Andrew Title: Space, Place and the Policing of Anti-social Behaviour in Rural Scotland Summary: Anti-social behaviour (herein ASB) has become important socially, politically and culturally in the United Kingdom over the past fifteen years. Successive Governments have prioritised tackling ASB, with a plethora of legislation being introduced to tackle low-level nuisance behaviour. The Crime and Disorder Act (1998) shaped much of the policy in relation to ASB, with the flagship policy of anti-social behaviour orders (ASBOs) being introduced alongside other punitive measures. Alongside the dramatic increase in policy aimed at criminalising nuisance behaviour, a large literature has emerged spanning the social sciences, allied health sciences and criminology fields. Despite a large number of studies examining ASB, none has thus far explored ASB in rural locations. Given that Scotland is a predominantly rural country, it is important that a concept that has driven a large part of the criminal justice agenda is conceptualised in rural locations. Despite the Social Attitudes Survey highlighting the fact that rural areas statistically suffer from less ASB, there is a commonly held (mis)conception that this means that the impact of ASB on rural areas is also less (Ormston & Anderson, 2009). There is also an assumption in the existing literature that because there is statistically less ASB in rural areas, that ASB is less serious than that which exists in urban locations. In addition to a general lack of theorisation of ASB in rural Scotland, the challenges of responding to ASB over a large geographic area adds an interesting and important spatial dimension to the way that ASB is tackled. The core argument in this thesis, therefore, is that the distinctive characteristics of rural environments are central to understanding the nature, meaning and impact of ASB in this environment. This thesis therefore begins to redress the lack of work on ASB in rural locations by conceptualising and analysing the nature and impact of, and responses to, ASB in two case study locations in rural Scotland. Garland's theorisation of the new culture of crime control which emerged in the late 90s provides a helpful urban focused framework to examine debates around rural ASB (Garland, 1996). Drawing on the existing urban-based ASB literature, the thesis begins by critically examining whether ASB that occurs in rural locations is distinct from that witnessed in urban environments. This thesis argues that, although there are distinct aspects to the ASB present in the rural Scottish case studies, the ASB experienced typically mirrors that experienced in urban locations rather than reflecting a distinct form of rural ASB. Nevertheless, the rural context fundamentally shapes the impact that ASB has on rural communities. The thesis draws on criminological and rural literatures to argue that a more sophisticated approach, where scale, harm and context are central components of the way that the impact of ASB on rural communities is understood, needs to be developed. The limited rural literature examining crime often neglects the everyday, lived reality of the impact of ASB and crime on remote populations, instead tending to focus on the structural challenges associated with tackling ASB. Exploring the impact of ASB at this micro-scale illuminates interesting differences between the urban conceptualisations of ASB and those found in the rural. Progressing up to the meso-scale is important for understanding ways that the police and other actors respond to ASB in rural locations. The challenges associated with the scale of rural locations is apparent through the response of the police and other agencies to ASB. This thesis argues that, in contrast to the way that ASB is conceptualised in rural locations, there is a distinct rural policing response to ASB with a distinct interaction between agencies, the community and the police which is enabled by the scale at which each operates. ASB in rural locations therefore tends to be tackled in a more holistic manner, in which the circumstances of the individuals involved tend to be considered before the appropriate interventions are made. Context and scale therefore play a key role in understanding the response of various actors to ASB. Combining these three conceptual inputs, this study engages with an area of ASB which has hitherto received scant attention. In contrast to much of the existing urban ASB literature, which treats the context as a passive entity, this thesis argues that 'the rural' is a key contextual part of understanding the nature and impact of, and responses to, ASB. Far from being a peripheral part of the ASB literature, the rural environment therefore should be considered of key importance for understanding ASB in other contexts. Details: Dundee: University of Dundee, 2014. 333p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 23, 2018 at: https://discovery.dundee.ac.uk/ws/files/6186556/andrew_wooff_space_place_and_the_policing_of_ASB_in_rural_Scotland.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 150345

Author: Knight, Victoria Title: Engaging with the Night Time Economy Community: Finding Ways to Enhance Violence Reduction Across Leicester City Summary: This report documents the outcome of a series of consultations with the night time economy community in Leicester city. Its focus was to explore the ways in which this community and its stakeholders views and responds to the incidence of violent crime. The report describes the rationale and approach to understanding violent crime in the night time economy in the context of Leicester city. A number of key messages and themes have been identified as a result of this consultation. These messages have helped to secure a number of priorities to assist with violence reduction in the night time economy and more broadly enhance harm reduction associated with alcohol consumption. The report captures what Leicester city is doing well and highlights additional areas to enhance good practice for all stakeholders. A consolidated and joint approach is imperative to securing good working relationships across the night time community in order for it succeed. This executive summary highlights the key points of the full report. Rationale and Approach to the Consultation Violent crime reduction has been identified as a priority for the Safer Leicestershire Partnership. Common assault was identified as an area which required attention in Leicester's city centre and the West of the City. It was also observed that common assault and other violent crime was occurring more frequently during the night time periods, especially those where individuals visit these areas to consume alcohol. An audit of the night time economy in 2011 highlighted a number of complex issues associated with violence and the night time economy. In addition Leicestershire police conducted a review of violent crime data in the night time economy in 2011. Although useful, it was recognised that a much deeper understanding of the practices of key stakeholders was necessary in order to develop strategies to bring about harm minimization and a safer night time experience for all stakeholders. A series of consultations occurred in 2012 which was led by an independent researcher from De Montfort University. Key stakeholders who included licensees, door supervisors, police, clinical staff, volunteers and key strategic and operational staff took part in a series of group discussions to describe their practice and their views on violence reduction. What Research says about Violence in the Night Time Economy The causes and impact of violence in the night time economy have been closely associated with the consumption of alcohol. Using geographical techniques research has identified that violence increases during 'hot times' and in 'hot spots'. Extended opportunities to consume more alcohol as a result of relaxed licensing hours have also been attributed to an increase in violent crime. Injury is an outcome for some of the violence that occurs during these times and more recently clinical data has been used to understand the scale of violent crime. It is widely acknowledged that the extent of violence is not fully understood, with a large proportion going unreported. Significant contributors to violent crime in the night time economy include; drunkennessexacerbated by long drinking periods extended by 'pre-' and 'back-' loading and the availability of cheap alcohol, previous involvement in violence, drinking in single sex groups, young and male. Violence is also increased in spaces where crowds can gather, where loud music is played and in standing-only venues. Police typically employ two generic models of policing for the night time economy; community/preventative policing and reactive/fast response. Together these use intelligence and knowledge of the community to deliver their services. Clinical provision typically provides static care within A&E departments. More recently mobile and specialist units have been deployed at night time periods to slow down entrants to A&E. Research indicates that the night time periods have demanded an increase in staffing to manage an increase in alcohol related injury. Some departments now provide alcohol specialist nurses, alcohol screening tool, and joint working with police officers to promote harm minimization. Door supervisors contribute significantly to the regulation of the night time economy. Volunteers like Street Pastors provide additional pastoral care for vulnerable night time users. A range of prevention and intervention strategies have been trialed and implemented to assist with violence reduction in night time economy contexts. These include practices and techniques adopted by licensees and door supervisors such training for dealing with drunkenness, drinks or entry refusal and ID checking. The adoption of banning patrons, using plastic glasses instead of glass and pub/club watch initiatives. Policing has also used high visibility techniques to increase police presence, test purchasing, targeting hot spots and vulnerable venues, the use of dispersal orders and training the drinks industry. Local government initiatives include coordinated transport arrangements, multi-agency working, temporary road closures and replacing conventional street lighting with 'white lighting'. Public health interventions include harm minimization awareness campaigns and alcohol screening tools. Key Findings Maintaining standards across the night time economy is achieved through compliance with regulations and good practice. Balancing safety and working within resources and creating a healthy economy can be a challenge. There is a strong desire to maintain and extend standards. Barriers to this included lack of understanding about other services, working relationships, ability to invest in better practice and access to support. Good practice includes: coordinated forum through Citywatch to access support, advice and their radio service, licensee practices within venues to maintain compliance with Licensing Act, the city's shared agreement not to sell alcohol cheaply, designing in environmental features to keep night time visitors calm in venues, use of experienced and legitimate door supervisors, regulation of the security industry, joint local partnership between licensing and specialist licensing officers, focused policing- licensing officers and dedicated night time economy responsive teams, high visibility policing in hot spots, joint police and paramedic mobile unit- POLAMB, availability of voluntary services. Access and availability of training is limited across the city for all stakeholders. Despite training being available, this is uncoordinated and lacks consolidation. There is a desire for more frequent and diverse training to enhance knowledge and practice. The supply of alcohol across the city that exacerbates drunkenness and disorder has brought about a stigmatization of the industry and for licensees and door supervisors this has meant they are unable to promote their professionalism more extensively. There is evidence to support that licensees and door supervisors do accept a duty of care for their customers but it was felt this was not widespread or acknowledged by other stakeholders. Dealing with difficult situations as a result of drunkenness is a pressure point for all stakeholders. Stakeholders are routinely subjected to abuse (verbal and physical) from night time visitors. Stakeholders who used the Citywatch radio felt that this facility should be used more to help tackle these issues and help other services and visitors to keep safe There is some frustration about the ways in which offenders of crime and anti-social behaviour are dealt with. Confidence in the Section 27 disposal (dispersal order) is limited. All stakeholders expressed some misunderstandings about what other services can do. As a result disproportionate expectations of services have emerged. Achieving trust and sound working relationships between services is limited by lack of understanding, negative experiences of services, stigma and ability to forge relationships based on time and resources. The night time economy in Leicester is diverse in terms of places (including types of venues), people and behaviour. Open and transparent communication and targeting the right resources to the right places at the right time can enhance this. Problems arise when crowds are able to gather, transport remains limited, extended availability of alcohol (including off-licenses), litter is allowed to gather, response times are delayed by accessibility issues and the availability of food is limited. Competing agendas between stakeholders is a barrier to enhancing working relationships and subsequent partnerships. Limited resources were identified as a significant barrier. Details: Leicester, UK: Leicester City Council, 2012. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2018 at: https://www.dora.dmu.ac.uk/bitstream/handle/2086/9336/Engaging%20with%20the%20Night%20Time%20Economy%20Community%20Full%20Report.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 150347

Author: Papageorgiou, Ioannis V. Title: Explaining the asynchronies in the introduction of prison privatisation in England and Wales: A structural Marxist approach Summary: he expansion of prison privatisation presents distinctive traits. One of them is its peculiar temporal expansion in a comparative point of view. This research focuses on the intrastate temporal expansion and more specifically in the case of England and Wales. What is researched is the reason behind the delay in the emergence of prison privatisation, in other words the asynchrony between the introduction of general and prison privatisation policies. This Thesis rejects explanatory frameworks based on historical analogies, pragmatic concerns or economic arguments and puts the explanation in a discourse of political interaction. In this framework, previous approaches related to the concept of globalisation, commodification of citizenry and political culture do not provide either suitable analytical tools in explaining the asynchrony in question. This research, instead, aims to bring forward the class struggle as catalytic agent in criminal justice system developments using a Structural Marxist concept of the State and its transformations. In the Capitalist Mode of Production the State acquires a unifying role among the contradicting classes by promoting the supposed general interest of the society, in order to allow the continuation of class domination and labour exploitation. This is feasible through the constantly unfolding hegemonic strategy which organizes the cohesion of the power bloc and disorganizes the dominated classes. Hegemonic strategy substantiates in the State Apparatuses which is not just a tool for policy making but rather a point where contradicting class powers condense; policy formation as such reflects the vector of class power in the apparatuses. Hegemonic strategy is set in motion by the State Personnel which is relatively independent knot in the transmission of domination between the power bloc and the dominated classes. State transformations are indications of this strategy since they inscribe in the structure of the State the vector of the class struggle. Hegemonic strategy took interesting contours after the mid-'60s. The capital over-accumulation crisis on the one hand and on the other Authoritarian Statism promoted extensive State transformations as in the case of privatisations. Massive reactions, however, caused by the labour movement, required their containment and consequently a smoothly operating criminal justice system. The entrenchment of prison officers, therefore, from the wider changes in the labour status became crucial and a state transformation in itself, although by absence. This explains the delay of prison privatisation which appears indeed at the end of a long socially unstable period. Details: Edinburgh: University of Edinburgh, 2013. 367p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 24, 2018 at: https://www.era.lib.ed.ac.uk/bitstream/handle/1842/7804/Papageorgiou2013.pdf?sequence=2&isAllowed=y Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Private Prisons Shelf Number: 150349

Author: Bale, Hazell Louise Title: Online Child Sexual Offending: Psychological Characteristics of Offenders and the Process of Exploitation Summary: Background and Objectives: The rise in cases of online child sexual exploitation has become a global problem. Understanding both the psychological profiles of this offender group and the strategies employed during the process of exploitation, is crucial for aiding prevention and detection of these crimes as well as informing treatment and educational programmes. Thus, there were two main aims of the thesis. Firstly, a systematic review was conducted to investigate the psychological characteristics of online child sexual offenders (OCSO). Secondly, research was carried out to examine the utility of a pre-existing process model of grooming in the online sexual exploitation of children (O'Connell, 2003). Methodology: A systematic search of papers published between 2006 and 2016 was carried out. Those eligible for inclusion measured psychological characteristics using psychometric tools. A quality checklist was designed to appraise the methodological robustness of each paper. For the research study, qualitative content analysis of 63 online chat logs between offenders and children was undertaken. Logs were initially coded for correspondence to stages and strategies outlined by O'Connell, and additional codes assigned to themed text that did not fit this model. Results: The systematic review revealed fourteen papers for inclusion, and collective strengths and weaknesses were identified. Compared to contact offenders, few differences in psychological characteristics were identified; however tentative evidence suggests that online offenders experience greater interpersonal deficits whilst contact offenders present with more antisocial difficulties. Qualitative content analysis of chat logs revealed partial support for O'Connell's model. Several offender strategies proposed to take place during the sexual stage were evidenced. However, no logs showed evidence of all six stages. Additional offender strategies identified included flattery and minimising their behaviour. Various child strategies were identified, with children refusing all sexual advances in the majority of logs (n=34). Conclusions: Generic sexual offender treatment packages may not best meet the needs of OCSO. An alternative is discussed. Future research should focus on the development of psychometric tools for use with OCSO. Offenders appear heterogeneous in their approach to online sexual exploitation of children. Effective educational programmes must emphasise the speed at which many offenders will introduce sexual content, for whom traditional notions of grooming do not apply. Details: Edinburgh: University of Edinburgh, 2017. 94p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 24, 2018 at: https://www.era.lib.ed.ac.uk/bitstream/handle/1842/25808/Bale2017.pdf?sequence=3&isAllowed=y Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Grooming Shelf Number: 150350

Author: London Assembly. Economy Committee Title: Rewrite the night: the future of London's night-time economy Summary: London's night-time economy (NTE) is evolving. Bars, clubs and pubs have long been at the centre of night-time activity. But over the past decade, the capital's NTE has developed. The sheer volume and variety of entertainment and activities are a strong draw for residents, workers and over 31 million visitors to the capital each year. The launch of Night Tube services in summer 2016, followed by a night service on the London Overground network last December, has made it easier for people to travel around the capital at night. This, plus the introduction of 24-hour alcohol licensing, has earned London the right to be considered a 24-hour city, and brought the NTE in line with its European counterparts. However, the NTE could be further developed in terms of job creation, the range of cultural activity and the numbers and diversity of people enjoying nights out in the capital. London's NTE extends far beyond entertainment and leisure activities, and includes the many everyday jobs undertaken by cleaners, drivers, security and health personnel, for example, which are vital to its continued success. Developing the NTE will require a longer-term strategic outlook shaped by the Mayor, working with many partners. People who work in the NTE, use it, live around it, run the businesses operating during the night, and are involved in planning future development and managing the impacts, must be listened to. Looking after the welfare of night-time workers will be paramount. Their employment rights and workplace benefits will need to match those of workers in the day-time economy. At the very least they deserve the right to fair pay, a safe working environment, and access to safe transport options to and from work. The wellbeing of individuals on a night out should also be prioritised, driven by a broader national campaign to inspire more responsible alcohol consumption and to provide the support both they and pub and bar workers need. Residents should be properly included in discussions, locally and at a panLondon level, about planning the NTE as it develops, and how best to manage and respond to any impacts before they become problems. At times, these discussions will need to happen across borough boundaries and through well-established networks where the views of businesses, grassroots music venues, arts practitioners, residents, the police and local authority officers can be heard. These networks will help facilitate the more coordinated approach to regulating, licensing and public safety needed in the NTE across London. London's NTE must continue to diversify as it develops. It will mean being creative about content, welcoming of different genres of music, and appealing to more Londoners. Many varied and innovative things are happening in outer London boroughs. They too will need to be central to the Mayor's vision for the NTE. This will require an inclusive approach to marketing and promotion along with improvements to transport links in outer London boroughs at night. One simple measure would be to ensure that outer London events are featured and promoted in major listing publications across the capital, by London and Partners and on social media. The Mayor is rightly committed to turning London into a 24-hour city and this will need to be overseen at a London-wide level. This could usefully be delivered by permanently establishing roles for an individual, such as the Night Czar to promote and champion the NTE, and a policy-focused body, such as the Night Time Commission. The Mayor must build on his night vision document published in July 2017, and clarify how his plans for a more diverse NTE will be implemented, what the key milestones will be, and how he intends to measure the impact and progress of his work. A more diverse London NTE is to be welcomed, but it must be open to all Londoners - affordable, accessible, inclusive - and be a safe environment to enjoy a night out, and work in. Details: London: The Assembly, 2018. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 24, 2018 at: https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/rewrite_the_night_final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 150352

Author: Ipsos MORI, Social Research Institute Title: Evaluation of prisoner learning: initial impacts and delivery Summary: Ipsos MORI, London Economics and Sheffield Hallam University were commissioned by the Department for Business, Innovation and Skills (BIS) 1 and the Ministry of Justice (MoJ)2 in March 2015 to undertake a process and impact evaluation of prisoner education. This included the impacts of prisoner education under Phase 3 (August 2009 - July 2012) and Phase 4 (introduced August 2012) of the Offender Learning and Skills Service (OLASS3 and OLASS4), as well as changes made to the service under OLASS4, encompassing: - new co-commissioning arrangements between the Skills Funding Agency (SFA)3 , Her Majesty's Prison and Probation Service (HMPPS, formerly the National Offender Management Service (NOMS)) and prisons to facilitate greater local influence on learning; - modified governance structure, including the creation of Governance Boards covering regional Units of Procurement and the clustering of prisons within these areas, to oversee revised funding arrangements, build strategic partnerships, and facilitate more responsive commissioning; - new delivery arrangements, including a stronger emphasis on assessment of learning needs, an improved focus on vocational learning, and provision for learners with learning difficulties and/or disabilities (LLDD); - the delivery of the National Careers Service in prisons; - the Virtual Campus (VC) - a secure internet-based platform to support prisoners to conduct online learning and job search; - the introduction of mandatory English and maths assessments from summer 2014 for newly received prisoners on entry into the system, and; - the introduction of student tuition fee loans for higher education (HE) after September 2012 and Advanced Learner Loans4 for further education (FE) courses at Level 3 and 4, for eligible prisoners aged 24 and over from 2013/14. Details: London: HM Prison & Probation Service, 2018. 114p.; 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Analytical Series: Accessed May 24, 2018 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/evaluation-of-prisoner-learning-initial-impacts-and-delivery Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 150353

Author: Sutherland, Alex Title: Using ambulance data to inform violence prevention: Summary: he use of ambulance data for crime reduction is a form of injury surveillance. Under this practice, data for assault-based injuries is shared with the police and Community Safety Partnerships (CSPs) to help them identify where violent crime is taking place, which in turn allows police to target their resources to reduce violent offending. Emergency Department (ED) data have been shown to help police identify violent crime that goes unreported to police, and aid in problem-solving activities that have demonstrably reduced violence. Ambulance data are a parallel data source that can also be used to the same ends, but its utility has not been explored to the same extent as ED data. This guidance is aimed at those interested in violence reduction and who do not currently use ambulance data, or wish to extend their current use of ambulance data. It is based on the knowledge of practitioners who are currently involved in sharing ambulance data, research into the uses of these data in the UK and internationally and expert opinion. It identifies a number of potential uses of ambulance data as well as common issues associated with the sharing and use of this information. Key Findings Ambulance data are a source of intelligence for injury surveillance that may be effective in supporting violence-reduction initiatives. Once data sharing partnership has been established, the data then need to be used to identify areas for intervention and support the police in reducing violence. This requires not only good analysis of the data but also an understanding among relevant partners about how the data can be used and interpreted. Many of the suggested violence reduction interventions related to these uses have not been empirically tested to know if they are effective. Therefore, uses of ambulance data should be approached as potentially good practice rather than as proven best practice. Details: Santa Monica, CA: Cambridge, UK: RAND Europe, 2018. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 25, 2018 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR2253.html Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Emergency Calls, Ambulances Shelf Number: 150369

Author: Matthews, Ben Title: Criminal careers and the crime drop in Scotland, 1989-2011: an exploration of conviction trends across age and sex Summary: Rates of recorded crime have been falling in many countries in Western Europe, including Scotland, since the early 1990s. This marks the reversal of a trend of increasing levels of crime seen since the 1950s. Despite this important recent change, most analyses of the 'crime drop' have focused on recorded crime or victimisation rates aggregated to national or regional level. It is little known how patterns of offending or conviction have changed at the individual level. As a result it is not known how the crime drop is manifest in changing offending or conviction rates, or how patterns of criminal careers have changed over this period. The aim of this thesis is to explore trends in convictions across a number of criminal careers parameters - the age-crime curve, prevalence and frequency, polarisation and conviction pathways - over the course of the crime drop in Scotland. The results presented here are based on a secondary analysis of the Scottish Offenders Index, a census of convictions in Scottish courts, between 1989 and 2011. Analysis is conducted using a range of descriptive statistical techniques to examine change across age, sex and time. Change in the age-crime curve is analysed using data visualisation techniques and descriptive statistics. Standardisation and decomposition analysis is used to analyse the effects of prevalence, frequency and population change. Trends in conviction are also examined between groups identified statistically using Latent Class Analysis to assess the polarisation of convictions, and trends in the movement between these groups over time provides an indication of changing pathways of conviction. This thesis finds a sharp contrast between falling rates of conviction for young people, particularly young men, and increases in conviction rates for those between their mid-twenties and mid-forties, with distinct periods of change between 1989- 2000, 2000-2007 and 2007-2011. These trends are driven primarily by changes in the prevalence of conviction, and result in an increasingly even distribution of convictions over age. Analysis across latent classes shows some evidence of convictions becoming less polarised for younger men and women but increasingly polarised for older men and women. Similarities in trends analysed across latent classes between men and women of the same age suggest that the process driving these trends is broadly similar within age groups. Increases in conviction rates for those over 21 are explained by both greater onset of conviction and higher persistence in conviction, particularly between 1998 and 2004. The results of this thesis suggest that explanations of the crime drop must have a greater engagement with contrasting trends across age and sex to be able to properly explain falling conviction rates. These results also reinforce the need for criminal careers research to better understand the impact of recent changes social context on patterns of convictions over people's lives. The distinct periods identified in these results suggest a potential effect of changes in operation of the justice system in Scotland leading to high rates of convictions in the early 2000s. However, the descriptive focus of this analysis and its reliance upon administrative data from a single country mean this thesis cannot claim to definitively explain these trends. As a result, replication of this research in another jurisdiction is encouraged to assess whether trends identified are particular to Scotland. Details: Edinburgh: University of Edinburgh, 2017. 364p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 25, 2018 at: https://www.era.lib.ed.ac.uk/handle/1842/25810 Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 150375

Author: Big Brother Watch Title: Face Off: The lawless growth of facial recognition in UK policing Summary: Facial recognition has long been feared as a feature of a future authoritarian society, with its potential to turn CCTV cameras into identity checkpoints, creating a world where citizens are intensively watched and tracked. However, facial recognition is now a reality in the UK - despite the lack of any legal basis or parliamentary scrutiny, and despite the significant concerns raised by rights and race equality groups. This new technology poses an unprecedented threat to citizens' privacy and civil liberties, and could fundamentally undermine the rights we enjoy in public spaces. Police forces in the UK have rolled out automatic facial recognition at a pace unlike any other democratic nation in the world. Leicestershire Police, South Wales Police and the Metropolitan Police have deployed this technology at shopping centres, festivals, sports events, concerts, community events - and even a peaceful demonstration. One police force even used the surveillance tool to keep innocent people with mental health issues away from a public event. In this report, we explain how facial recognition technology works, how it is being used by police in the UK, and how it risks reshaping our rights. We are seeking to raise awareness of this growing issue with parliamentarians and inform the wider public about what is happening behind the cameras. In this report, we: - Reveal new statistics following a series of freedom of information requests, exposing the shocking inaccuracy and likely unlawful practices within a number of police forces using automated facial recognition; - Analyse the legal and human rights implications of the police's use of facial recognition in the UK; - Review the evidence that facial recognition algorithms often disproportionately misidentify minority ethnic groups and women; - Present guest contributions from allies worldwide warning about the impact of facial recognition on rights, including contributions from representatives of American Civil Liberties Union, Electronic Frontier Foundation, Georgetown Privacy Centre, and the Race Equality Foundation; We conclude by launching our campaign against the lawless growth of facial recognition in the UK, supported by rights groups, race equality groups, technologists, lawyers and parliamentarians. Details: London: Big Brother Watch, 2018. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 30, 2018 at: https://bigbrotherwatch.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/Face-Off-final-digital-1.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Evidence Shelf Number: 150405

Author: Internet Watch Foundation Title: Trends in Online Child Sexual Exploitation: Examining the Distribution of Captures of Live-streamed Child Sexual Abuse Summary: This Paper introduces the key findings of a study of the distribution of captures of live-streamed child sexual abuse which were publicly available online during 3 months in 2017 ("the Study"). The Study was carried out by Internet Watch Foundation (IWF) and funded by Microsoft. Over a three-month period between August and October 2017, images and videos meeting the research criteria were identified using a combination of leads from existing IWF data and techniques employed by IWF analysts to proactively locate child sexual abuse imagery being distributed online. The images and videos were then assessed in accordance with IWF's standard procedures for processing child sexual abuse imagery. Data captured in each instance included image category, site type, commerciality, hosting location, and the assessed age and gender of the individuals depicted. During the Study, 2,082 images and videos were assessed as meeting the research criteria. Key findings were: - 96% depicted children on their own, typically in a home setting such as their own bedroom. - 98% of imagery depicted children assessed as 13 years or younger. - 96% of the imagery featured girls. - 40% of the imagery was Category A or B. - 100% of the imagery had been harvested from the original upload location and was being redistributed on third party websites. - 4% of the imagery was captured from mobile-only streaming apps. - 73% of the imagery appeared on 16 dedicated forums with the purpose of advertising paid downloads of videos of webcam child sexual abuse. Key recommendations are: - Recognition of the need for awareness raising programs aimed at educating children and those in a parental role about the risks of live-streaming services; - Wider implementation of tools to tackle online distribution of child sexual abuse imagery by service providers; - Development of new services including video hashing technology to detect duplicate captures of live streamed child sexual abuse which have been redistributed online; - Recognition of legal loopholes facilitating distribution of child sexual abuse imagery and elaboration of policy proposals that can influence positive change. This paper sets out the limitations on the Study and makes recommendations for further research which can be undertaken to expand upon and clarify the findings. It is hoped that by raising awareness of this issue, a multi-agency approach can be taken to help protect children from the immediate and long-term effects of the distribution of permanent records of their sexual abuse. Details: Cambridge, UK: IWF, 2018. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 30, 2018 at: https://www.iwf.org.uk/sites/default/files/inline-files/Distribution%20of%20Captures%20of%20Live-streamed%20Child%20Sexual%20Abuse%20FINAL.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 150409

Author: Northern Ireland Criminal Justice Inspection Title: Resettlement: An Inspection of Resettlement in the Northern Ireland Prison Service Summary: A core function of the prison service was to reduce reoffending and provide resettlement services for prisoners being released back into the community. The Northern Ireland Prison Service (NIPS) could not deliver resettlement alone - prisons had a duty to accept people committed by the courts and many had chronic mental health and learning difficulties, drug and alcohol addictions and chaotic lifestyles. The NIPS and the Probation Board for Northern Ireland (PBNI) had to work with the South Eastern Health and Social Care Trust (SEHSCT), addiction services and other social and voluntary and community service partners to help prisoners address these problems during the time they were incarcerated. There had been a significant change in the NIPS since the publication of the Prison Review Team (PRT) Report in 2011, including to resettlement practice. The offender management model was based on the PRT recommendation and was delivered through the Prisoner Development Model (PDM). This was a structured framework, and provided the individual prisoner focus, to identify and assess a prisoner's risks, needs and strengths. A Prisoner Development Plan (PDP) was developed with the prisoner to support his/ her resettlement back into the community. This defined the purpose of work, actions taken and support provided for an individual to: - reduce their risk of harm; - reduce their likelihood of reoffending; and - prepare them for return to the community. This work included interventions to address offending behaviour, maintain family contact, gain skills and qualifications to help access employment, together with practical assistance and support with housing, finance and debt, health and addictions. The PDM was jointly delivered by the NIPS and the PBNI. CJI would be very supportive of this collaborative working model as having the potential to produce the best outcomes for prisoners. However a change in working practices had reduced joint working and impacted on the operational delivery of the model, and Inspectors were concerned that it was not operating as effectively as it could. Working practices between the NIPS and the PBNI needed to adapt to address prisoner need and increase the effectiveness of joint delivery. There were significant resources deployed to provide resettlement services for prisoners. The PDM had been in place since 2015 and there was a broad provision of specialist support by voluntary and community sector (VCS) and statutory organisations to support prisoner need. The NIPS, PBNI and VCS staff worked hard to provide support, sometimes for very difficult prisoners, many of whom had complex and multiple needs. Inspectors were impressed by the attitude, knowledge and commitment of many of the prison and probation officers and VCS staff that we met during the inspection. There was an effective system to measure resettlement processes and activities, but measurement of the impact of these on outcomes for prisoners was less well developed. CJI saw a need for meaningful performance measures of outcomes, over the longer-term, to allow both the NIPS and the PBNI management to assess the effectiveness of resettlement provision, and to allow planning for future delivery and resourcing. Previous reports have highlighted the need for a more integrated psychology provision across the criminal justice agencies, and whilst work had been progressed there was a need for the outstanding work to be completed. The PDM was a comprehensive process which covered the prisoner's journey from committal to release, and recent prison inspections have found this to be the area where the NIPS performed most strongly. Inspectors would be of the view that implementation of the model could be improved in a number of areas and have recommended the introduction of a system of supervision for NIPS staff in their casework with individual prisoners. The NIPS also needed to do more to fully integrate the important role of residential officers to contribute to the PDM and successful prisoner resettlement. The NIPS recognised that there had been limitations in the prisoner assessment process and this had led to an internal review which Inspectors welcomed as an opportunity to reexamine its effectiveness. For prisoners to address their offending behaviour was crucial to successful resettlement and to reduce the reoffending and recall rate. Inspectors were concerned that the schedule for the delivery of programmes significantly underestimated the needs of the prison population and the demand for interventions. Programmes should be delivered on the basis of need with suitable interventions for short-term prisoners, a streamlined process for referral and assessment, and the ability to fast-track and prioritise prolific offenders. There was also a need to assess the outcomes of programme delivery to inform future provision. There was some good work to target and provide support for the wider needs of prisoners serving short-sentences and the NIPS should take action to target resources to reduce the reoffending rates for this group. The transfer of prisoners between Maghaberry and Magilligan could be disruptive and unsettling for prisoners and their families, and were primarily for population management rather than to further prisoners' resettlement prospects. It was the view of Inspectors that the NIPS should review its transfer policy to prioritise resettlement opportunities. Details: Belfast: Criminal Justice Inspection, 2018. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 31, 2018 at: http://cjini.org/getattachment/1ded7a6c-034e-4a62-bf02-96ee30584645/picture.aspx Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 150416

Author: McAra, Lesley Title: Child-friendly youth justice? A Compendium of papers given at a conference at the University of Cambridge in September 2017 Summary: The National Association for Youth Justice (NAYJ) has published a compendium of papers relating to youth justice. The papers disseminate some of the themes realised at a conference on child-friendly youth justice in September 2017 organised by the NAYJ, the Standing Committee for Youth Justice (SCYJ) and the Institute of Criminology, Cambridge University. The papers included are: Child-friendly youth justice? - Professor Jo Phoenix Enhancing problem-solving practice in the youth court - Ben Estep and Carmen D'Cruz A social ecological approach to 'child-friendly' youth justice - Diana Johns How can England and Wales achieve a child-friendly criminal record disclosure system? - Claire Sands, Jen Twite and Christopher Stacey Why a participatory, rights-based approach is the best way to protect children in trouble with the law - Dr Laura Janes Child-friendly resettlement; difficult by definition? - Pippa Goodfellow Family characteristics and experiences of children entering secure settings - Dr Caroline Andow and Ben Byrne 'Transforming' youth custody? - Dr Di Hart. Details: London: National Association for Youth Justice, 2018. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 31, 2018 at: http://thenayj.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/NAYJ-Child-friendly-youth-justice-May-18.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Justice Reform Shelf Number: 150422

Author: Hillier, Joseph Title: The Reoffending Impact of Increased Release of Prisoners on Temporary Licence Summary: Research from the USA suggests temporary release from prison is an effective way to improve offenders' reoffending and employment outcomes. This study assesses the impact of Release on Temporary Licence (ROTL) in England and Wales from a dose-response perspective. The effects on individuals' reoffending outcomes of increasing numbers of temporary releases in the period leading up to release from prison on individuals' reoffending were examined. Data of those released from prison in 2012 and 2013 were used in the analysis. Key findings - Results suggest that increased use of ROTL overall was associated with reduced reoffending for those to whom it was given prior to release from prison in 2012 and 2013. This was after controlling for offenders' characteristics, offending history and ROTL failure. - For those given at least one ROTL, additional ROTLs in the six-month period leading up to release were associated with small but statistically significant reductions in rates of proven reoffending and frequency of reoffences. - The reoffending effects associated with increased ROTLs became larger the closer individuals were to release. - The categories of ROTL were associated with different impacts. For example, after controlling for other variables, in the six-month period leading up to release: - Each additional Resettlement Day Release was associated with a 0.5% reduced odds of reoffending over a one-year follow-up period. - Each additional Resettlement Overnight Release was associated with a 5% reduced odds of reoffending over a one-year follow-up period. - Further analysis comparing those with under 25 ROTLs within six months prior to release with similar offenders with 25 or more ROTLs confirmed that the higher ROTL group had a 3.1 percentage points lower reoffending rate over a one-year follow-up period (and 0.1 fewer reoffences per offender on average). - While the approach taken in this study involved adjusting for offenders' characteristics, offending history and ROTL failure, it cannot definitively control for all factors that may influence the findings. In particular, the available data do not include ROTL release duration or contextual details such as the quality of the ROTL release. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2018. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Analytical Summary: Accessed May 31, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/709123/rotl-report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Recidivism Shelf Number: 150351

Author: Nacro Title: Mind the Gap: A practical guide to employing ex-offenders in the construction industry Summary: Mind the Gap (MTG) is a three-year project commissioned by the CITB. The consortium of partners - led by Be Onsite, Lendlease's not for profit organisation, A Fairer Chance, Bounce Back, Mitie Foundation and Nacro - are working together with other key stakeholders to reduce skills gaps, reoffending rates and improve outcomes in local employment and skills plan obligations contained within planning agreements (section 106 outcomes). This will be achieved by providing construction industry employers with the resources, training and support they need to recruit serving prisoners, offenders on licence and other people with criminal records who are motivated to work. This guidance, which has been developed by Nacro in consultation with the partners and other key stakeholders, supports employers in the construction sector to adopt a 'business as usual' approach to recruiting people with convictions within their workforce. It helps them to understand their legal rights and responsibilities, supports them to implement safer and fair recruitment policies and procedures and ensures they can confidently and effectively manage and mitigate any potential risks involved. Details: London: Nacro, 2018. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 1, 2018 at: https://www.nacro.org.uk/training-and-consultancy/mind-gap-project/mind-the-gap-practical-guide-employing-ex-offenders-construction-industry/ Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Employment Programs Shelf Number: 150427

Author: Higgins, Andy Title: The Future of Neighbourhood Policing Summary: Neighbourhood policing is widely regarded as the 'bedrock' of British policing. However, as forces have adapted their operating models to new funding and demand challenges, the form in which it is delivered has diversified, and in some places diminished. Concerns have been raised that the ability of the police to prevent crime may be undermined if neighbourhood teams are eroded. 'Hybrid' roles (for example, combining neighbourhood functions with response or investigation work) have been introduced and some officers are no longer attached to specific localities. The meaning of neighbourhood policing is becoming more ambiguous and agreement on what it is and how it should function risks breaking down. At the same time, many neighbourhoods are themselves changing, becoming more diverse and dissimilar. Arguably, their policing needs are becoming more difficult to identify and understand. The focus of policing has also changed, with new emphases on 'hidden' harm and vulnerability. These have been added to or superseded previous local policing objectives such as promoting public confidence, providing visible reassurance and tackling crime and antisocial behaviour in public spaces. Details: London: Police Foundation, 2018. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 1, 2018 at: http://www.police-foundation.org.uk/2017/wp-content/uploads/2010/10/TPFJ6112-Neighbourhood-Policing-Report-WEB.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 150430

Author: National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children Title: "Is this sexual abuse?" NSPCC helplines report: peer sexual abuse Summary: It's normal for children to demonstrate a range of sexual behaviours as they grow up. But sometimes they may behave in a sexualised way that is inappropriate to their age and stage of development. We call this harmful sexual behaviour, because it's harmful to the children who display it, as well as the people it's directed towards. There are many reasons why children display harmful sexual behaviour, but research shows that exposure to trauma can be a key factor in its development (Hackett, 2016). Harmful sexual behaviour can be displayed towards peers, younger children, older children or adults. It ranges from behaviour that is socially inappropriate to behaviour that is unexpected or impulsive, and behaviour with an element of victimisation or violence. This may include unwanted or inappropriate touching; forcing or coercing someone else to watch or take part in sexualised activity; and sexual violence. Around a third of child sexual abuse is committed by other children and young people (Hackett, 2014). We hear from parents and professionals who are concerned about children displaying sexualised behaviour. In 2016/17, there were 663 contacts to our helpline about this. Many of the adults who got in touch weren't confident about deciding whether sexualised behaviour is 'normal' or harmful, and they weren't sure of the best way to respond. Puberty can be a confusing time and peer relationships naturally change as children grow up. This can mean children also find it difficult to identify which sexual behaviours are appropriate and inappropriate. Those who display harmful sexual behaviour may not recognise that they are doing so. Those who experience harmful sexual behaviour may realise it makes them feel unhappy or unsafe, but they aren't always clear about how to respond. In 2016/17, our Childline service delivered 3,004 counselling sessions to children and young people who were concerned about having been sexually abused by their peers. This might be a friend; boyfriend or girlfriend; ex-partner; or another young person who was under the age of 18, and who isn't related to them. Throughout this report we're calling this type of abuse 'peer sexual abuse'. Peer sexual abuse can take place in a range of locations including at school, at home, at social events and online. According to a BBC Freedom of Information request, the number of police-recorded sexual offences by under-18-year-olds against other under-18-year-olds in England and Wales rose by 71 per cent between 2013/14 (4,603) and 2016/17 (7,866) (BBC, 2017). However, it's likely that peer sexual abuse is underreported. Research carried out by Radford in 2009 found that 1 in 3 children sexually abused by an adult didn't tell anyone at the time, and this figure is even higher for children who have experienced peer sexual abuse (Radford et al, 2011). Some young people tell our Childline counsellors they don't want to speak out, for reasons like: - being worried about getting a friend or partner into trouble - being blackmailed or threatened into keeping things secret - being afraid of being bullied - not being sure they will be believed. They may not fully understand whether they gave consent for sexual activity to take place, feel guilty or think they are somehow to blame - especially if alcohol was involved, or if they were involved in sexting (sharing explicit texts, images or videos). We want to help adults support children who are affected by peer sexual abuse more effectively. It's vital that children and young people who have experienced any form of abuse know it wasn't their fault, and are able to get the right help at the right time. So in this report we're sharing what young people have told Childline about their experiences of peer sexual abuse. We've looked at how peer sexual abuse takes place; the impact this has on young people's lives; and the challenges they face accessing support. We're also highlighting what they say helps them get back on track after experiencing peer sexual abuse, what they're telling us about the support they need, and how we can best prevent peer sexual abuse from happening. Details: London: NSPCC, 2018. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2018 at: https://www.nspcc.org.uk/globalassets/documents/research-reports/nspcc-helplines-report-peer-sexual-abuse.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 150451

Author: Wong, Kevin Title: T2A Final Process Evaluation Report for the Barrow Cadbury Trust Summary: The Barrow Cadbury Trust is an independent, charitable foundation, committed to bringing about socially just change. The Transitions to Adulthood (T2A) programme is part of the Trust's criminal justice work and aims to establish an evidence base and effective practice for young adults throughout the criminal justice system. The work undertaken as part of the T2A programme is supported by the T2A Alliance, a coalition of sixteen leading criminal justice, health and youth charities. In recognition of the vulnerabilities faced by young adults in contact with the criminal justice system the T2A programme aims to develop alternative and innovative approaches for young adults aged 18- 25. Much of the work undertaken as part the T2A programme centres around the concept of 'maturity' and makes the case that developmental maturity is a more appropriate guide than chronological age when working with young adult offenders and the level of maturity for each individual should be taken into account when sentencing and delivering interventions within the criminal justice system (www.t2a.org.uk). As part of the T2A programme, three pilot projects were selected to demonstrate new ways of involving the voluntary sector in supporting young adults under supervision by probation services. The projects ran between 2009 and 2013, working with more than 1000 young adults and demonstrated innovative approaches to reducing reoffending, addressing breach rates and improving social outcomes. Building on the learning from the three T2A pilot projects, the T2A Alliance developed a new programme, the T2A Pathway Programme. The T2A Pathway Programme was launched in January 2014 to test innovative ways of working with young adults at the key points of the criminal justice system - the T2A Pathway Model. Over three years, between 2014 and 2016, the programme has delivered interventions to young adults via six projects across England, with the aim of reducing their reoffending and involvement in the criminal justice system. These six projects represent collectively a 'whole pathway' approach to working with 16-24 year olds throughout the criminal justice process. The projects have been run by the following voluntary sector organisations:  Addiction  Advance Minerva  Pact (Prison Advice and Care Trust)  The Prince's Trust  Remedi  Together for Mental Wellbeing. Details: Manchester, UK: Policy Evaluation and Research Unit, Manchester Metropolitan University, 2017. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2018 at: https://www.t2a.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/T2A-Final-Process-Report-OCTOBER-2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 150452

Author: Gangmasters and Labour Abuse Authority Title: The Nature and Scale of Labour Exploitation across all sectors within the United Kingdom Summary: The prevalence of labour exploitation is difficult to accurately measure. However, an increasing number of suspected cases are being reported. The UK is described as being one of the main destinations of trafficked workers in Europe, and labour exploitation was recorded as the most frequent type of exploitation for both adults and minors in the UK in 2016 and 2017 according to National Referral Mechanism (NRM) data. The NRM was introduced in 2009 and is a framework for identifying victims of human trafficking and/or modern slavery and ensuring they receive support. NRM referral data shows that the number of Vietnamese potential victims is consistently high and continues to increase. In 2017; Vietnamese, British and Albanian were the most common nationalities referred for labour exploitation. In contrast, GLAA intelligence indicates that exploitation of Romanian workers is most frequently reported. It is important to note that NRM data for labour exploitation includes criminal exploitation, for example cannabis cultivation. There is often a correlation between the nationality of potential victims and exploiters; they may share a common language or cultural similarities which facilitates recruitment and control. British suspects appear more readily prepared to exploit victims from other backgrounds and who are already present in the UK. The criminal business process used by potential exploiters is not judged to have changed significantly over the past twelve months. Workers in several sectors may be erroneously labelled as self-employed, meaning they have little or no workplace rights, for example statutory benefits such as sick pay. Effective enforcement of labour regulations will protect workers against exploitative recruitment and employment practices. Efforts have been made to protect potential victims of exploitation at the UK border, however, offenders continue to find means and routes by which to transport victims into the UK. The impact of Britain leaving the EU is, at present, unknown despite it being the predominant factor likely to have a bearing upon the intelligence picture over the coming years. Current assessments so far are unclear as to how this will look for the labour market and GLAA intelligence does not yet identify a change in how criminals, businesses and potential victims will operate. Details: Nottingham, UK: GLAA, 2018. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2018 at: http://www.gla.gov.uk/media/3537/external-nature-and-scale-of-labour-exploitation-report-final-version-may-2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 150454

Author: Clinks Title: The good prison: Why voluntary sector coordination is essential Summary: Between September 2016 and October 2017 Clinks supported a voluntary sector member of staff in three prisons to implement a bespoke model of voluntary sector coordination reflective of the needs of each prison's population. The staff member acted as a single point of contact in each prison and undertook activities to: - Map existing services to improve access to them and identify gaps in provision - Ensure voluntary sector staff and volunteers understand the prison environment, population and regime adequately in order to deliver their services efficiently and safely - Enhance knowledge of and access to voluntary sector support amongst people in prison - Develop a strategic role for voluntary organisations working in prison. The project led to a number of positive outcomes for prisons and the voluntary sector. It has shown that a small investment in joined-up partnership work within a prison can have a significant impact. Our evaluation found that well co-ordinated voluntary sector activity can deliver the following outcomes. Details: London: Clinks, 2018. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2018 at: https://www.clinks.org/sites/default/files/clinks_good-prison_final-web.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 150462

Author: Youth Justice Board for England and Wales Title: Length of time spent in Youth Custody: 2016/17. England and Wales Summary: This publication looks at the length of time children and young people in the Youth Justice System (YJS) spent in custody in the secure estate in England and Wales for the year ending March 2017. The length of time a child or young person spends in the youth secure estate is measured in custodial episodes. A 'custodial episode ending' is a count of the number of nights from the date the child or young person was admitted into the youth secure estate until the date their episode ended or the date of their 18th birthday (whichever is earliest). A child or young person will be counted more than once if they had more than one custodial episode that ended within the year. An episode may end if the young person is released to the community, transitioned to the over 18 secure estate, transferred to a Mental Health Unit or turns 18 years old. Details: London: YJB; Ministry of Justice, 2018. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Statistics Bulletin: Accessed June 4, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/702361/length-of-time-spent-youth-custody-2016-17.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Custody Shelf Number: 150465

Author: Hackett, Simon Title: Animal abuse and child maltreatment: A review of the literature and findings from a UK study Summary: Over the last few years there has been a growing interest in the UK about the co-existence of child maltreatment and animal cruelty across family life. This interest has manifested itself in relation to individual practitioner reports of animal abuse in families where children are harmed, as well as in broader concerns that the systems and policies in the UK intended to safeguard animals and children remain largely separate entities. Some momentum has been created in seeking to bring these issues into the consciousness of child and animal welfare professionals. In February 2001, the NSPCC and the RSPCA co-sponsored a conference entitled "Making the Links", which brought together child and animal welfare professionals to discuss and debate a range of issues associated with both child maltreatment and animal abuse. In December of the same year, the NSPCC held a second conference on this theme entitled "Forging the Links", which sought to further these debates. At both conferences, visiting experts from the USA presented aspects of their research and experiences in North America highlighting the importance of ensuring that the co-existence of these issues is taken seriously both at a practice and a policy level. As a direct consequence of these conferences, the NSPCC has convened from 2002 the multi-agency Links Group, which has involved representatives from key child protection and animal welfare organisations in an ongoing process of dialogue and work. Its aims, as described by Becker and French, are to: - raise awareness of the links between child abuse, animal abuse and domestic violence - consider the changes needed in policy and practice o develop working relationships between member agencies and other agencies - share and disseminate information about the subject, and promote evidence-informed practice. Details: London: NSPCC, 2007. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 5, 2018 at: http://nationallinkcoalition.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/NSPCC-Review.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Animal Abuse Shelf Number: 107825

Author: Reynolds, Louis Title: Digital Resilience: Stronger Citizens Online Summary: The more important the online aspects of our lives have become, the more vulnerable democratic, pluralistic, societies have found themselves. In the last three years, extremist groups and state actors have systematically spread disinformation online in order to warp our perceptions, damage social cohesion and influence elections across Europe and North America.1 Extremists thrive where critical thinking, media literacy and awareness of the dynamics of the online space are lacking. Just this month, an Al Qaeda dossier was released which demonstrated that their recruiters strategically targeted young people who were most na�ve and the ignorant and disaffected. 2 Many former recruiters for extremist organisations will tell you the same thing; that a young person with a grievance who has not been taught critical thinking skills or media literacy is a perfect target. This phenomenon is deeply worrying for our society. It serves as a reminder that the nature of the extremist threat online is constantly evolving. When our perception of the world is so heavily shaped by social media, social media becomes a more attractive target for extremists. The bedrock of a democratic state has always been good citizenship, and this requires a considered and nuanced understanding of and response to the world around us. With the rise of the Internet and social media, this aspect of good citizenship is more important than ever. Yet across the globe, education systems have been slow to react to this challenge. We are failing to prepare our young people for the online world, with potentially disastrous consequences. For the past three years, ISD has been developing and testing curriculum and pedagogical approaches to teach critical thinking skills and online awareness techniques in an engaging and effective manner. The aim is to develop scalable models to undermine the efforts of extremist groups and hate movements to manipulate our young people, with positive evidence of impact. In this report, we present the findings from our Digital Resilience pilot, which has been developed and delivered in vocational colleges in three cities in the Netherlands. This pilot forms part of a growing body of evidence collected by ISD, from pilot projects and ongoing programmes across Europe, which suggests that digital citizenship educational approaches can be an effective tool for increasing the resilience of young people to extremist grooming and exploitation online. Details: London: Institute for Strategic Dialogue (ISD), 2018. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 8, 2018 at: http://www.isdglobal.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/Digital_Resilience_Project_Report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Extremist Groups Shelf Number: 150510

Author: Campbell, Alastair P. (Lord Bracadale) Title: Independent Review of Hate Crime Legislation in Scotland: Final Report Summary: Lord Bracadale was appointed by Scottish Ministers in January 2017 to conduct an independent review of hate crime legislation in Scotland. He was asked to consider: - the current law and consider how well it deals with hate crime behaviour - whether new statutory aggravations should be created for example in relation to age and gender - whether the religious statutory aggravation is fit for purpose or should be expanded - whether we should make hate crime laws simpler by bringing them all together in one place - any issues or gaps in the framework for hate crime laws and to make sure that hate crime laws are compatible with laws that protect human rights and equality Lord Bracadale's report provides his recommendations which are based on evidence and what he has learnt from a wide range of people about their experiences of hate crime and the impact that this can have on individuals and communities. Lord Bracadale's report considers: - Whether hate crime laws are needed - What is working well under the current system and should be retained - What should be changed and what the benefit would be - What policy and procedural developments are underway or planned Details: Edinburgh, Scottish Government, 2018. 148p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 8, 2018 at: http://www.gov.scot/Resource/0053/00535892.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crime Shelf Number: 150512

Author: Corporate Watch Title: Who is immigration policy for? The media-politics of the Hostile Environment Summary: For 20 years UK governments have continually introduced new immigration control measures, each more vicious than the last. The Conservatives' current "Hostile Environment" approach builds on Blair's legacy: Labour passed five major immigration acts in 1999-2009, dramatically expanding the detention and deportation system and making swingeing attacks on asylum rights. The official aim of all these policies is "control": whether that means simply cutting numbers, or making sure only the "right" kinds of immigrants enter. But, in those terms, none of these clampdowns actually work. Migration figures continue to rise, while the ineffectiveness of vicious Immigration Enforcement measures is an open secret amongst Home Office officials. The level of resources - and violence - required to really seal borders would go well beyond anything yet seen. This report examines the following key points: - Immigration policy isn't really about controlling migration, it's about making a show of control. It is a spectacle, an emotional performance. In practice, this means attacking a few scapegoats seen as "low value" by business - often, the very weakest migrants such as refugees, so-called "illegals", or others without the right documents. - The primary audiences for the spectacle of immigration control are specific "target publics": some older white people who are key voters and media consumers, and who have high anxiety about migration - but who make up only around 20% of the population. - Policies are drawn up by politicians and advisors in close interaction with big media. Political and media elites share a dense "ecology of ideas", and anti-migrant clampdowns are part of their internal jostling for power - votes, promotions, audience share. _ Migration scares and clampdowns are part of a broader pattern - the anxiety engine that drives much of politics today, fuelled by stories of threat and control. Details: London: Corporate Watch, 2018. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 8, 2018 at: https://corporatewatch.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CW-Who-is-immigration-policy-for.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Immigrants Shelf Number: 150516

Author: Whittaker, Andrew Title: From Postcodes to Profit: How gangs have changed in Waltham Forest Summary: Gang cultures in Waltham Forest are changing. When the classic Reluctant Gangs study was completed ten years ago, the focus was upon postcode territories that needed to be defended from outsiders. Gang members described an emotional relationship with their local area, leading one young respondent to say that he would 'defend anyone who lived in his postcode' (Pitts, 2008, p.114). These territories bore little if any relationship to drugs markets and the violence involved appeared to serve little practical purpose beyond providing an arena to demonstrate courage and physical prowess. Gang membership was exhibited through gang 'colours', where clothing and other insignia were used to demonstrate a visible presence within that territory. From postcodes to profits The current study has found that this has significantly changed. The first major development is the emergence of a more organised and ruthless operating model focused on the drugs market and driven by a desire for profits. This new operating model rejects visible signs of gang membership as 'bad for business' because they attract unwanted attention from law enforcement agencies. Our dialogue with professionals, young people involved with gangs and former gang members has been dominated by the rise of one gang, the Mali Boys. They have led the current changes as the most business driven, violent and ruthless of the gangs but also the most secretive, working hard to remain anonymous to the police and local agencies. Although the Mali Boys may appear to be a local phenomenon, there is growing evidence that they are part of a wider pan-London development as gangs become more organised. As gangs develop, they move from a 'recreation' stage where crime is rarely acquisitive to a 'crime' stage, where criminal activities are a means to support the gang (Densley, 2014). In the next stage, successful gangs move into an 'enterprise' stage where criminal activities become an end in itself and the original members form an 'inner circle', recruiting new members as subordinates to carry out street level activities. Some gangs move into a fourth 'extra legal governance' stage where they control the market to the point of gaining a monopoly (Densley, 2014). Understood within a gang evolution model, the dominance of the Mali Boys results from their moving into the advanced stages of the 'enterprise' stage. Whilst local gangs have moved from a postcode focus, the Mali Boys have been the most successful at responding to the demands of a more professional operating model, securing markets locally as the dominant partner in business alliances with other gangs. This more business-oriented ethos has changed the meaning of territory. Instead of an emotional sense of belonging to a postcode that needs to be defended, territory is valued as a marketplace to be protected. The local estate still has meaning for younger gang members as they are usually recruited from that locality but older gang members are less likely to live on the estate and identifying with the estate is often more symbolic than real. The focus of the new operating model is expanding territory to secure new drugs markets. In response to the saturation of the London drugs markets, gangs are moving outside to develop operations in other towns where there is little competition and they are unknown to local law enforcement agencies. The 'County Lines' business model where the gangs transport and sell drugs outside London has developed considerably in the last few years (NCA, 2015, 2016, 2017b). A recent National Crime Agency (NCA, 2017b) report found that 88% of areas nationally report established county lines activity in their area and a third (33%) reported the existence of Somalian gangs, the most common ethnicity recorded. Whilst it did not name specific Somalian gangs, the Mali Boys are known to be highly active in county lines operations. Details: London: London South Bank University, 2018. 101p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 12, 2018 at: http://www.lsbu.ac.uk/__data/assets/pdf_file/0018/128205/postcodes-to-profit-dr-andrew-whittaker.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 150521

Author: Pitts, John Title: Reluctant Gangsters: Youth Gangs in Waltham Forest Summary: Aim I: Understanding: - To develop a clearer understanding of the sequence of events which led to the emergence of armed youth gangs in Waltham Forest - To develop a clearer understanding of gang structures and the functions performed by gang members at different levels - To develop a clearer understanding of the legal and illegal activities of gang members - To develop a clearer understanding of the impact of gangs upon: (a) Gang members (a) The families of gang members (b) 'Gang neighbourhoods' (c) Policing (d) The youth service (e) Schools and colleges (f) Young people's social services (g) Youth and adult criminal justice services Aim II: Analysis - To develop an analysis of the key factors precipitating the emergence of violent, armed, youth gangs in Waltham Forest - To develop an analysis of how these gangs are sustained, with a particular focus upon the role of narcotics and inter-gang rivalry - To develop an analysis of the functions, rewards and incentives associated with gang membership - To develop an analysis of 'gang careers', with a particular focus upon the factors precipitating onset and desistance from gang involvement - To test this analysis with relevant experts: Mr. Tim Bateman, Snr. Policy Officer Nacro Youth Crime Section Professor Andrew Cooper, The Tavistock Institute Professor John Hagedorn, University of Illinois at Chicago Professor Roger Matthews, London South Bank University - To test this analysis with the 'key informants', the interviewees, who provided the information on which it is based. Details: Bedfordshire, UK: University of Bedfordshire, 2007. 107p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed June 12, 2018 at: http://www.wfcw.org/docs/reluctant-gangsters.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 110890

Author: Drummond, Caroline Title: 'Have you got anybody you can stay with?' Housing options for young adults leaving custody Summary: Safe and stable housing is a critical factor in reducing reoffending rates for young people leaving custody. It provides the foundations for a young person to rebuild their life and move forward into a positive future away from crime. However, many young custody leavers face severe challenges in accessing accommodation on release; a situation which can push them into homelessness, chaotic housing situations and reoffending. Centrepoint and Nacro have conducted this research to examine the housing options and support in place for young people as they leave the prison system. The research is based on interviews with young custody leavers aged 18 to 25, and interviews with the practitioners who support them across a range of agencies. This research was carried out in late 2017, before the implementation of the Homelessness Reduction Act (HRA) and before the clarification from Government that all young people under 21 who have secured accommodation would be able to claim housing costs through Universal Credit. Our analysis highlights three thematic requirements and associated barriers which we believe need to be addressed to enable young people to access safe and secure accommodation on release from custody. While we continue to call for a joined up, cross government Housing Strategy which meets the needs of vulnerable people, including young people that leave the criminal justice system each year, we have identified some practical solutions, that if adopted in the current system could make a real difference to young people leaving custody and experiencing barriers to accessing safe and stable housing. a) Young people leaving custody need the right preparation: - Young people leaving custody should have a resettlement plan to ensure that their housing needs are met and necessary services are in place prior to their release; however, many of the participants in the research reported that planning was insufficient and not done far enough ahead of their release to be effective. - Disruptions such as transfers to different prisons during a sentence can hinder effective pre-release planning and mean that young people miss out on the engagement and support they need. - Inconsistencies in joint working between prisons, community rehabilitation companies (CRC) and the National Probation Service (NPS) make it difficult to offer consistent pre- and post-release preparation and assistance. Practitioners also highlighted high workloads and insufficient resources as barriers to providing meaningful support. - Young people in custody for short periods or recalled to custody may not have the opportunity to engage with housing and post-release planning, increasing the risk of poor housing outcomes and reoffending upon release. - Home Detention Curfew (HDC) can ease the transition from custody, improve access to employment and training opportunities and assist resettlement in general. However, practitioners expressed concerns that some young people who would be eligible cannot access HDC because they do not have housing to go to or provide unsuitable home addresses. b) Young people leaving custody need access to a safe and stable home with an ongoing support network: - Too many young people experience homelessness after leaving custody. Across Centrepoint's accommodation, young custody leavers are almost twice as likely to have slept rough as those without experience with the prison system. This risks them turning to negative support networks and reoffending in order to secure a bed for the night. - Historically some local housing authorities have not assessed young people until they have left custody, even though pre-release work with probation and rehabilitation services may begin months before. This means young people are only able to engage at a point of crisis, undermining efforts to prevent homelessness. - Prior to the HRA some young custody leavers are seen as having made themselves 'intentionally homeless' by their local authority on the basis of having been convicted of a crime, and in general are not seen as being in priority need for homelessness assistance despite their vulnerability. The implementation of the HRA provides an opportunity to ensure this is no longer possible. - While supported accommodation is often the most suitable option for young people leaving custody, proposed changes to funding may put services at risk, particularly those that support people without a statutory right to housing. - The private rented sector is largely inaccessible for young custody leavers, with high upfront costs which are unaffordable for many prison leavers. Interviewees also highlighted landlords' reluctance to let to young people in general and especially young custody leavers. - Returning to the family is often a young person's best accommodation option after leaving custody and the retention of family links throughout a sentence can decrease the chance of reoffending. However, this does not work for those young people who have come from an unstable family situation, and should not be assumed as the best option in every case. c) Young people leaving custody need financial security: - Making a claim for Universal Credit can be difficult while in custody, where access to the internet and Job centre Plus work coaches is limited and inconsistent and where young people may not have the documentation they need to complete an application. However, these barriers are leading to unacceptable delays in receiving essential financial support after release. - Lower entitlements to benefits make it much more difficult for custody leavers to access appropriate housing they can afford. The Shared Accommodation Rate (SAR) drastically limits the accommodation available and can force custody leavers into shared housing which may not be appropriate for their needs. - The discharge grant someone receives when leaving prison has remained at L46 for over 15 years. For young custody leavers trying to make a fresh start whilst looking for employment or waiting for benefits to be processed, this amount is not enough for them to get back on their feet. - Finding and sustaining employment is key to securing accommodation and reducing reoffending. The research highlights some innovative and effective training programmes, building in wraparound support around employment, but found that provision is inconsistent across the wider prison and probation estate. - Criminal records present a major barrier for young custody leavers looking to access employment, with both employers and applicants unsure what legally needs to be disclosed. Details: London: Nacro; Centre Point, 2018. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Report: Accessed June 15, 2018 at: https://www.nacro.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Nacro-Centrepoint-Report-Have-you-got-anybody-you-can-stay-with-June-2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Housing Shelf Number: 150557

Author: Great Britain. National Crime Agency Title: National Strategic Assessment of Serious and Organised Crime 2018 Summary: The 2018 National Strategic Assessment (NSA) draws intelligence from UK law enforcement, government departments, the intelligence community and the private and voluntary sectors. The assessment provides evidence that the scale and complexity of organised crime continues to grow despite notable operational successes - reinforcing the findings from the National Security Capability Review, recently published by the National Security Advisor. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/national-security-capability-review-nscr The NSA highlights overlaps and links between all threat types. It also emphasises that criminals are abusing technology and the impact of globalisation to adapt their methods of committing crime. They operate as part of groups, networks and as individuals. For the purposes of assessment we group the threats in three areas:- Vulnerability - including child sexual exploitation and abuse (CSEA), modern slavery and human trafficking (MSHT) and organised immigration crime (OIC); Prosperity - including cybercrime, money laundering and other economic crime, and; Commodity - including the illicit trade in firearms and drugs. Observations from the 2018 assessment include: - We assess that the scale of modern slavery and human trafficking in the UK is continually and gradually increasing, while a growing proportion of potential victims are claiming they have been exploited before arriving in the UK. This is likely to reflect the developing risks in transit countries, principally in North Africa. - There has been an upward trend in criminal firearms discharges, with the majority of weapons not having been previously used. This indicates a fluid illicit supply from UK and overseas sources - Money laundering potentially running to hundreds of billions of pounds impacts the UK annually, with a significant threat being posed by the criminal exploitation of accounting and legal professionals involved with trust and company provision. - The UK is a prime destination for corrupt foreign Politically Exposed Persons to launder the proceeds of corruption, particularly those from Russia, Nigeria and Pakistan. - UK cyber crime continues to rise in scale and complexity but under-reporting of data breaches continues to erode our ability to make robust assessments of the scale and cost of network intrusions. Details: London: National Crime Agency, 2018. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 15, 2018 at: http://www.nationalcrimeagency.gov.uk/publications/905-national-strategic-assessment-for-soc-2018/file Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Exploitation Shelf Number: 150560

Author: Kumar, Pradeep Title: Do Crime-Prone Areas Attract Gambling Shops? A Case of London Boroughs Summary: We investigate a causal effect of crime on the number of betting shops by using annual data from London boroughs (2007-2015). Using an instrumental variable strategy, we estimate a panel model accounting for omitted variables and borough-level heterogeneity. Our estimation results show that a 1% increase in crime rate causes a 1.2% increase in the number of betting shops (per capita). Put differently, a new betting shop opens in a borough for every 1.4% increase in the local crime rate, on average. The causal effect is robust across a variety of specifications, although the magnitude varies across models. Details: Unpublished paper, 2016. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 20, 2018 at:http://eprints.gla.ac.uk/120948/7/120948.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime and Place Shelf Number: 150613

Author: Padfield, Nicola Title: Parole Board oral hearings 2016 - exploring the barriers to release. Avoiding or managing risks? Report of a Pilot Study Summary: This is the report of a pilot study into oral hearings of the Parole Board carried out in the summer of 2016. It was an observational study of 19 cases listed for hearing by video-link at the Parole Board's headquarters in the summer of 2016, alongside interviews with Parole Board members. The report discusses these cases in the context of the academic and legal literature. It reaches no clear conclusions, but identifies areas for future research. A more 'independent' and 'court-like' Parole Board might focus more on releasing post-tariff prisoners, and create a culture of urgency which penalises delays. (It should be read in conjunction with the Stage Two Report, submitted in May 2017. Both reports were originally confidential to the Parole Board but the Board agreed in November 2017 that they could be put in the public domain.) Details: Cambridge, UK: Institute of Criminology; University of Cambridge - Faculty of Law, 2017. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: University of Cambridge Faculty of Law Research Paper No. 62/2017: Accessed June 20, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3081035 Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Conditional Release Shelf Number: 150617

Author: Padfield, Nicola Title: Parole Board Oral Hearings 2016-2017 - Exploring the Barriers to Release: Stage Two of an Exploratory Study Summary: This is the Stage Two report of an exploratory study into oral hearings of the Parole Board carried out in the early months of 2017. Building on the pilot study, an additional 17 cases listed for hearing at oral hearings at 11 different prisons were observed in early 2017, and further interviews were conducted with a variety of participants in the parole process. Conclusions focus on the apparent culture of delay, and the paper makes a number of recommendations to strengthen the role and independence of the Parole Board, to improve processes, and to improve the support given to prisoners in the parole process. (It should be read in conjunction with the Pilot Study, submitted in November 2016. Both reports were originally confidential to the Parole Board but the Board agreed in November 2017 that they could be put in the public domain.) Details: Cambridge, UK: Institute of Criminology; University of Cambridge - Faculty of Law. 2017. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: University of Cambridge Faculty of Law Research Paper No. 63/2017: Accessed June 20, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3081039 Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Conditional Release Shelf Number: 150618

Author: Padfield, Nicola Title: Understanding Recall 2011 Summary: The primary aim of this small project was to increase understanding of the prisoner recall process. The two specific research questions were: 1) Are the reasons for recall clearly understood (both by prisoners and those who work in the criminal justice system)?; 2) What can be done to reduce the number of prisoners recalled to prison? Forty-six prisoners (36 men and 10 women) were interviewed in two local prisons about their experience of being recalled to prison. These prisoners were serving a wide variety of sentences, from life (3), extended sentences (9), to less than 2 years (10). At the same time, a wider 'snap-shot' of recall was obtained by a review of 129 prisoners' files, and context-setting interviews were held with a number of probation and NOMS staff Details: Cambridge, UK: Institute of Criminology; University of Cambridge - Faculty of Law, 2013. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: University of Cambridge Faculty of Law Research Paper No. 2/2013: Accessed June 21, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2201039 Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Conditional Release Shelf Number: 150620

Author: St. Mungo's Title: Dying on the Streets: The case for moving quickly to end rough sleeping Summary: Last year in England, more than 4,700 people slept rough on any one night, and a far larger number experienced rough sleeping during the course of the year. The number of people sleeping rough has risen by 169% since 2010, when the Government introduced the current method of counting. As the number of people sleeping rough has risen, so too has the number of people dying on the streets. The only area with consistent data on this is London, where 158 people who were sleeping rough died between 2010 and 2017. That is an average of one death every fortnight. More than half of those who died had a mental health support need recorded. In the UK as a whole, while rough sleeper deaths are not consistently recorded, recent reports suggest that the number of homeless people dying on the streets or in temporary accommodation has increased dramatically. Analysis by the Guardian and the Bureau of Investigative Journalism suggests that the number of homeless deaths rose from 32 in 2013 to 77 in 2017. In the first four months of 2018 alone there have already been 40 recorded deaths, higher than the figure for the whole of 2013 and an average of more than two deaths every week. In total, this suggests that at least 318 people experiencing homelessness have died in the UK since 2013. Overwhelmingly, the deaths of these individuals are premature and entirely preventable. The average age of death for a man who dies whilst homeless is 47. For a woman, it is just 43. This is nothing short of a national scandal. Rough sleeping is the most visible form of homelessness, and dying on the streets is its most appalling consequence. The recent rapid increase should be a wake up call for Government. St Mungo's has long campaigned to reduce the harm caused by rough sleeping. In February 2016 we launched our 'Stop the Scandal' campaign which shone a light on the widespread experience of violence, mental health and physical health problems faced by people sleeping rough. Our campaign called on the Government to commit to a new strategy to end rough sleeping, and we are pleased that the Government has responded and will be publishing a national rough sleeping strategy later this year. Alongside the implementation of the Homelessness Reduction Act, this strategy presents a vital opportunity to make sure no one else dies as a result of sleeping rough. To gather evidence on what is and is not working about current responses to rough sleeping, we carried out a national survey of street outreach services in March and April 2018. 71 responses were received from a variety of different providers, including but not limited to St Mungo's We received responses from services operating in every region in England. We asked 37 questions, mostly multiple choice and some open ended, to build a better picture of the situation on the frontline. Details: London: St. Mungo's, 2018. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 21, 2018 at: https://www.mungos.org/publication/dying/ Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Homeless Persons Shelf Number: 150621

Author: Bentley, Holly Title: How Safe are Our Children? The Most Comprehensive Overview of Child Protection in the UK: 2018 Summary: Technology is central to children's lives. In 2017, just over half of children aged 12 had at least one social media account, despite the minimum age requirements for many sites being 13. By age 13, that figure rises to nearly three-quarters. Today's children don't see the division between 'online' and 'offline' worlds. Social media is now a ubiquitous part of childhood, but alongside wonderful opportunities, it opens up an array of potential harms. For too long, social networks have been allowed to treat child safeguarding as an optional extra. We don't have the same protections in place online as offline, and the result is that children are exposed to unacceptable risks, in the spaces where they socialise, trust, and play. After a decade of inaction, the challenge we face is now immense, but not insurmountable. The scale and complexity of the online threat is growing. Most platforms have failed to integrate child safeguarding into their business models or the design of their platforms. Rapidly developing technology creates new opportunities to initiate, maintain and escalate abuse. As this year's How safe are our children? report makes clear, tackling these risks is now at the frontline in the fight for every childhood. What are the risks to children on social networks? Social media is part of the fabric of children's lives. Every moment, every experience is something to be captured online. Posts on social media aren't just a catalogue of 'real' life, they are an integral part of it. The ubiquity of social media carries many risks, from exposure to inappropriate and sexualised content, to the production and distribution of child abuse imagery, through to the growing scale of technology-facilitated grooming. Platforms provide new opportunities to initiate and facilitate abuse. With so many children using social networks, gaming and messaging sites, it means that today's children and young people are increasingly exposed to the threat of abuse or exploitation, from both adults and their peers Through the ease of access afforded by smartphones, groomers can target significant numbers of children, and quickly escalate and maintain their abuse. Groomers can readily move children into the shadows, moving children from well-known platforms to encrypted and hidden sites. New types of technology, notably livestreaming, provide new opportunities for abusers to control and coerce children into increasingly extreme forms of abuse. Self-generated imagery is a considerable issue, accounting for around a third of recent images removed by the Internet Watch Foundation (IWF). Although children do not perceive a difference between their online and offline worlds, evidence suggests that lowered inhibitions can mean that children comply with requests that they would not offline. Once a self-generated image has been taken, it opens the door for exploitation and blackmail (including to prevent disclosure). The impact of losing control over an image can be devastating, particularly when it is shared among peers' social networks, sent to family members, or shared much more widely.�Social networks have consistently failed to address these problems - and it is clear that their unwillingness to do so has actively fuelled the scale and extent of the risks that children now face. Platforms have failed to build in adequate safeguarding protections, take steps to proactively tackle grooming, and to do enough to proactively tackle child sexual abuse imagery at source. Successive governments have also repeatedly failed to intervene, placing disproportionate weight on the claims made by industry. As a result, for over a decade, social networks have repeatedly failed to protect their child users. Details: London: NSPCC, 2018. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 21, 2018 at: https://www.nspcc.org.uk/globalassets/documents/research-reports/how-safe-children-2018-report.pdf?utm_source=Adestra&utm_medium=email&utm_content=How%20safe%20are%20our%20children%3F%20The%20most%20comprehensive%20overview%20of%20child%20protection%20in%20the%20UK.&utm_campaign=nitl-newsletter Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse Shelf Number: 150628

Author: Great Britain. House of Commons. Justice Committee Title: Young adults in the criminal justice system Summary: Our predecessor Committee published a report on the treatment of young adults aged 18 to 25 in the criminal justice system in October 2016. The Committee's conclusions were produced in the form of a draft strategic approach which it wished to see the Government adopt. It proposed this because of the failure of consecutive Governments to act on the weight of evidence that dealing effectively with young adults, while the brain is still developing, is crucial to enable them to make a successful transition to a crime-free adulthood. There was also overwhelming enthusiasm within the sector for change. The Committee wished to see universal screening for maturity by prisons and probation services, and the adoption of a distinct approach to young adults up to 25 with trained, specialist staff, with emphasis on developing and testing dedicated approaches. The then Government's response, published in January 2017, committed to further developing operational practice in response to maturity but did not accept that the bold approach advocated by our predecessors was necessary to improve outcomes for young adults. Having agreed with our predecessor Committee that the response was disappointing and did not pay sufficient attention to the strength of the evidence for more significant change, we have taken evidence and engaged in correspondence with the Ministry to examine the rationale and efficacy of their approach. We produced this report as, 18 months after the response, we are not persuaded that the narrow approach adopted has had any positive impact on outcomes for young adults. Responding to young adults appropriately and effectively is important because, while young adults offend the most, they have the most potential to stop offending and are also resource intensive as they are challenging to manage. In chapter one, we summarise the conclusions and recommendations of our predecessor Committee and the then Government's response. In chapter two, we review the Government's overall approach to governance, policy and practice for young adults in the criminal justice system, which it says is guided by limited resources, practicality, and other priorities in the system. While we have some sympathy for these constraints, it is nevertheless important for the Ministry to reflect on the potential benefits of targeting scarce resources at those prisoners for whom there may be greatest impact; we did not find evidence of such reflection. We make recommendations for ensuring that the distinct needs of young adults up to the age of 25 are considered in various aspects of the Ministry's activities, including the cross-departmental Reducing Reoffending Taskforce and efforts to address racial inequalities in response to the Lammy Review. In chapter three, we also welcome the creation of a probation service board to oversee work on young offenders and young adults, which we would like to see replicated for prisons. In chapter three, we review in more detail the Ministry and HMPPS' progress in implementing its preferred approach. This includes piloting: a screening tool for maturity; work with people with brain injury; and, a resource pack to support staff working with people with low maturity, some of which has been delayed. We are encouraged to see much greater weight being given to maturity in the treatment of young adults, but found no evidence of a defined approach for what should happen once maturity screening has been done or of the impact this is having, even in pilot areas. It is also not clear to us how the Ministry is assessing the impact of its approach, so we call on them to specify the measures by which they intend to monitor improvement in outcomes for young adults in custody and in the community. We were similarly disappointed to find limited progress on addressing gaps in the evidence base for effective practice with young adults. Our predecessor Committee recommended these gaps be addressed as a matter of urgency, as misdirected interventions can serve to increase criminality. We found little evidence of progress on specific pieces of research mentioned in the Government's response, or on our predecessor's recommendations for the Crown Prosecution Service and Sentencing Council to undertake further research. HMPPS had seemingly made no progress on understanding the relative effectiveness of custodial options for young adults. Its focus had rather been on trying to make prisons which hold young adults alongside older adults work as well as they can. There is no clear assessment of how that is working either. This is in sharp contrast with the investment and concerted activity towards improving the treatment of under 18s, including reward schemes and work to address the trauma many of them have experienced in their lives, which is showing promising results. We also consider in this chapter the Offender Management in Custody model, designed to ensure that all prisoners get support and guidance from a dedicated prison officer. We recommend that consideration be given to providing additional support to those assessed as lacking maturity. Welcome progress has been made by HMPPS and the Youth Justice Board in improving the attention paid to the "cliff-edge" transition between the youth and adult systems and the particular needs of people who have been looked after by the local authority (care leavers) and we are keen to see the results of this. We are pleased too that the Sentencing Council and the Crown Prosecution Service have undertaken to continue to review their guidance in the light of the evidence on maturity. We also hope to see progress on the idea of testing young adult courts. Finally, we call on the Ministry to take decisive action on more fundamental reform. We advocate revisiting urgently our previous recommendations for a new framework for the disclosure of criminal records for children and young adults. In addition, by 2030 we expect prison and probation services to have developed approaches which properly assess and address young adults' needs, recognise their strengths, and support them to develop non-criminal identities, resulting in better outcomes both for them and society at large. Details: London: House of Commons, 2018. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Eighth Report of Session 2017-19: NC419: Accessed June 22, 2018 at: https://publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201719/cmselect/cmjust/419/419.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 150638

Author: Great Britain. House of Commons. Justice Committee Title: Transforming Rehabilition Summary: In 2014 and 2015 the Government introduced major structural reforms to the probation system, which included changes to who delivered probation services and what was delivered as part of probation. These reforms were known as Transforming Rehabilitation (TR). The TR reforms sought to: - Extend statutory rehabilitation to offenders serving custodial sentences of less than 12 months; - Introduce nationwide 'Through the Gate' resettlement services for those leaving prison; - Open up the market to new rehabilitation providers to get the best out of the public, voluntary and private sectors; - Introduce new payment incentives for market providers to focus relentlessly on reforming offenders; - Split the delivery of probation services between the National Probation Service (offenders at high risk of harm) and Community Rehabilitation Companies (low and medium risk offenders); and - Reduce reoffending. In this Report we examine the many serious issues that have arisen as part of those reforms and propose some short and medium-term solutions. The scale of the issues facing the sector is of great concern to us given that evidence suggests that if probation services are delivered well they can have a positive impact on the prospects of someone receiving probation support and wider society. Details: London: House of Commons, 2018. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: Ninth Report of Session 2017�19: Accessed June 25, 2018 at: https://publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201719/cmselect/cmjust/482/482.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Supervision Shelf Number: 150640

Author: Pickett, Justin T. Title: Reconceptualizing Demeanor: The Implications of Civilian Procedurally Just Cooperation for Police Culture Summary: This study revisits classic theoretical arguments regarding the broad effects of civilian demeanor on policing and extends associated findings. Our theoretical framework draws on the literatures on police culture, the group engagement model and fairness heuristic theory. We argue that demeanor should be conceptualized as the degree of procedural justice exhibited by civilians. Theoretically, procedurally just cooperation should influence officers' adherence to police culture by affecting their social identification and assessments of civilians' motives and moral deservingness. An analysis of data from a sample of police officers reveals that officers who perceive greater procedurally just cooperation feel less threatened by the public, are more willing to use procedural justice themselves, and are less supportive of a "tough cop" policing style. Details: Unpublished paper, 2017. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 25, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2953661 Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Culture Shelf Number: 150641

Author: Centre for Social Justice Title: Desperate for a Fix: Using shop theft and a Second Second Chance Programme to get tough on the causes of prolific drug-addicted offending Summary: Heroin and crack cocaine, along with the recent explosion in New Psychoactive Substances, are not only blighting communities but drive as much as 50 per cent of all acquisitive crime, and 70 per cent of shop thefts. Police recorded shop theft topped 385,000 offences last year, but the true figure, based on Home Office assumptions, is closer to 38 million offences. In 2017, we estimate shop theft cost L6.3bn - equivalent to L270 for every household in the country - and more than the average household's monthly grocery shop. At the same time, offenders with 36 or more previous convictions or cautions are responsible for an increasing proportion of theft offences dealt with by the criminal justice system - growing from 39 percent in 2010 to more than 60 per cent last year. Over the same period, the even more prolific cohort of offenders, with more than 60 previous convictions, has doubled. At the root of this problem is a complete failure to tackle the addictions that fuel the bulk of theft, with offenders cycling through a criminal justice system that offers fines, community sentences, short prison sentences and threats, but nothing compelling in the way of true rehabilitation. It is a broken system that demands fixing and this paper proposes a new sentencing option that would simultaneously offer the offenders a chance of long term recovery, while providing the victims of crime with respite. Details: London: The Centre, 2018. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 25, 2018 at: https://www.centreforsocialjustice.org.uk/core/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/CSJ-Desperate-for-a-fix-WEB-1.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Against Businesses Shelf Number: 150645

Author: Hinds, Oliver Title: People in Prison in 2017 Summary: Assessing and targeting criminal justice reforms requires an up-to-date view of the number of people in state and federal prisons. The Bureau of Justice Statistics collects this data, but their reports lag prison populations by a year or more. In order to get an earlier glimpse at these numbers, Vera researchers collected information directly from states and the federal Bureau of Prisons to estimate the number of people in prison at the end of 2017. The data revealed that the recent trend of decreasing prison incarceration continued in 2017, with the total U.S. prison population dropping below 1.5 million for the first time since 2004. Despite the overall declines, 20 states increased their prison population, leaving 10 states with all-time-high numbers of people in prison. Despite the national reduction in the prison population, more work is required to unwind mass incarceration Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2018. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 25, 2018 at: https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/Publications/people-in-prison-2017/legacy_downloads/people-in-prison-2017.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Inmates Shelf Number: 150648

Author: Corporate Watch Title: Collective Expulsion: The case against Britain's mass deportation charter flights Summary: The UK's Home Office has used specially chartered flights to deport rejected refugees and migrants en masse for 12 years now. Charter flights are becoming the standard method of conducting enforced deportations to a growing list of destination countries. There is now at least one flight a week to 'popular destinations', such as Afghanistan, Pakistan and Nigeria, which are often closely linked to the UK's most controversial foreign policy adventures. The policy was introduced in 2001 ostensibly to save 'taxpayers' money' and effect 'volume removals' of people who refuse to 'cooperate' with the immigration authorities. Officials have also claimed the programme was designed to send a clear message, both to the British public and to migrant communities' that the UK is serious about enforcing its 'tough� immigration policy. Yet, the programme was, and is still being, sold to the public on the basis of unfounded myths and outright lies, which have gone unchallenged for far too long. This report, examines in detail each of these and other deceptions underpinning the programme and debunks them using previously unpublished data covering the first 10 years of the programme. The sources range from Freedom of Information requests, statistical analysis of official figures, court cases, to government and media reports, in addition to case studies based on testimonies from migrants deported on these flights or organisations that worked with them. Having debunked the myths, the reports authors, Phil Miller and Shiar Youssef, then attempt to unravel the 'ulterior motives' behind the UK's deportation charter flights, bringing to light little-known statements by government officials, secretive meetings and agreements and dodgy political deals. The motives examined range from a targets culture introduced by Labour and maintained by the current, Conservatives-led coalition government, to political agendas revolving around the UK's foreign policy and disciplining migrant diaspora communities. The next section explores a number of important legal questions concerning mass deportation flights, delving into the murky depths of European and UK case law, international treaties and other legal instruments. Among other things, the authors argue that deportation charter flights constitute a de facto policy of 'collective expulsion' and must, therefore, be prohibited. Even without this, a number of procedural issues that can be used to challenge the legality of these flights are also explored in detail. This is followed by two short sections on specific issues with significant legal implications: overbooking and the use of 'reserves', and the more recent use of monitors and doctors on mass deportation flights. It is important to remember that, unlike deportations by commercial flights, there are no other commercial and procedural barriers to the exceptional, brutal policies and practices surrounding mass deportation charter flights. There are also no other passengers to witness what happens on these flights - unlike the unlawful killing of Jimmy Mubenga, which took place in full view of British Airways customers, leading to a damning inquest verdict on the use of fatal restraint techniques. On charter flights, immigration officers and private security guards can virtually get away with anything, as they often do, in order to enforce the government�s 'tough' immigration policy. Hence, this report not only calls for the immediate halt of the deportation charters programme on the basis of detailed factual findings and legal arguments, but also challenges different practices and procedures that have been institutionalised or taken for granted during the 12 years of this shadowy programme. To achieve this, we would like to bring together as many campaigners and legal practitioners interested in these issues as possible, and explore ways in which they can collaborate and work together more effectively in order to stop these flights. This is particularly important now, in the context of mass deportations becoming an integral part of the UK's 'immigration management' regime, a regime that has recently seen new worrying and xenophobic developments, such as regular immigration checks on the street and the 'go home' advert vans. Mass deportations, using specially chartered aircraft away from the public gaze, are a logical extension of this drive to get rid of as many unwanted migrants as possible by any means possible. Details: London: Corporate Watch, 2013. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 26, 2018 at: https://corporatewatch.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/Collective-Expulsion-report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 150707

Author: Yesberg, Julia Title: Affect and Trust as Predictors of Public Support for Armed Police: Evidence from London Summary: Police in England, Scotland and Wales operate largely unarmed, and have done since the formation of the London Metropolitan Police in 1829. However, recent terror attacks and concern over serious violent crime have prompted increased funding for armed officers and even calls for routine arming of police. In this paper we present results from the first in-depth study of public attitudes toward the arming of more police. Starting from the assumption that most people have little concrete knowledge of the potential benefits and risks of doing so, we show that trust, and particularly affective responses to the idea of armed police, are central in shaping support for the routine arming of more officers. A range of other sociological and psychological variables are also important, but only in as much as they are correlated with trust and, again, particularly affect. Our findings have implications not only for this specific policy development, but also wider consideration of lay reactions to changes in police policy and technology. Details: London: University College London - Jill Dando Institute of Security and Crime Science, 2018. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 27, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3191056 Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Armed Police Shelf Number: 150712

Author: Syposz, Farai Title: Research investigating the domestic violence evidential requirements for legal aid Summary: In February 2016, the Court of Appeal issued judgment in judicial review proceedings brought by Rights of Women in The Queen (on the application of Rights of Women) v The Lord Chancellor and Secretary of State for Justice. The case concerned the evidential criteria that victims or potential victims of domestic violence need to satisfy in order to be eligible for legal aid in private family law proceedings (such as those concerning child custody and contact arrangements following separation or divorce). The evidential criteria were introduced in April 2013 following implementation of the Legal Aid, Sentencing and Punishment of Offenders Act 2013 (LASPO) and are set out in regulation 33 of the Civil Legal Aid (Procedure) Regulations 2012. The judgment declared that the evidential criteria frustrated the purpose of LASPO in two specific areas. These were the two year time limit and the lack of provision for victims of financial abuse. The Government chose not to appeal the judgment but instead laid regulations in April 2016 on an 'interim' basis. These regulations extended the time limit for evidence from two to five years and introduced a provision allowing the Legal Aid Agency (LAA) discretion to accept any form of evidence that they considered demonstrated financial abuse. Upon laying the interim regulations the Minister that then had responsibility for legal aid, Shailesh Vara MP, noted that further evidence was needed to inform a longer term solution and described work that had been set in motion to 'inform an evidence based solution to the court�s concerns, with the aim of drawing up replacement regulations'. This report describes the background, methodology and findings of the research undertaken by the Ministry of Justice during the summer of 2016 following on from these events. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2017. 97p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/719408/domestic-violence-legal-aid-research-report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 150726

Author: Reichert, Jessica Title: An Examination of Illinois and National Pretrial practices, Detention, and Reform Efforts Summary: Pretrial practices encompass pretrial diversion efforts, pretrial services, bail decisions, and pretrial detention in jails, including the use of risk assessments for decision making. The purpose of pretrial practices is to increase public safety and ensure court appearances while protecting individual rights. However, many jurisdictions across the country are questioning the use of jail and bail, the monetary condition of release, due to its overuse, inequities, and negative consequences on defendants and public safety. Use of Pretrial Detention in County Jails People charged with felonies or specific types of misdemeanor crimes must appear before a bond court judge to determine the conditions of their liberty prior to the disposition of their criminal case. Judges typically base decisions on public safety considerations and the individual's likelihood of appearing for subsequent court hearings. Individuals may be held in jail without pretrial release depending on seriousness of the charges against them, potential penalties if convicted and whether the individual poses a real and present threat. Figure 1 depicts the typical flow of people after arrest to pretrial detention or release in the country. It is estimated that of 100 individuals who have bail bond hearing, 34 are detained pretrial due to inability to pay cash bail. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2018. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 2, 2018 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/assets/articles/Pretrial_Article_060718.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 150758

Author: Moore, Alice Title: Exploring the impact of the Housing (Wales) Act 2014 on women involved in the criminal justice system Summary: In 2014, legislation was introduced in Wales that placed new obligations on local authorities to prevent homelessness. If effective, the Housing (Wales) Act 2014 (hereafter referred to as the Act) should provide greater assistance and support to households not considered 'in priority need'. However, the Act also removed priority need status for prison leavers, meaning local authorities no longer have an automatic duty to secure accommodation for people released from prison homeless. In the initial years after the introduction of the Act, and at a time when homelessness is on the rise, this report provides an insight into whether this housing policy is 'fit for purpose' for women leaving - and often returning to - prison and provides recommendations for how policy and practice can be improved to better support them. Details: London: Griffins Society, 2017. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Paper 2017/01: Accessed July 9, 2018 at: http://www.thegriffinssociety.org/system/files/papers/fullreport/griffins_research_paper_2017-01_.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Offenders Shelf Number: 150775

Author: Ugwudike, Pamela Title: Evaluation of Pact's Supporting Young Parents in Prison Project Summary: The Supporting Young Fathers in Prison (SYFP) project is delivered by Pact Cymru in prisons across Wales. The project advocates on behalf of young fathers in prison and their families. It brokers relevant services, provides therapeutic support, facilitates parenting efficacy, supports efforts to build relationships, and strengthens family ties. Pact Cymru deliver this service through its prison-based Family Engagement Service (FES), and in collaboration with services within the prison and the wider community. Volunteers, Family Engagement Managers, and Family Engagement Coordinators offer one-to-one casework support to the men in prison and their families, refer them to relevant services, deliver parenting programmes, relationship courses and other related courses, help the men maintain contact with family members by organizing extra prison visits in family-friendly settings, and provide additional services to enhance the quality and outcome of prison visits for the men and their families. The SYFP project's primary aim is to help men in prison engage with their families (their partners and children), to reduce the social isolation and traumatic impact of the separation associated with imprisonment. The project supports the men's efforts to maintain contact with their families and build good quality relationships. There is substantial research evidence that maintaining family ties during imprisonment can improve prisoners' behaviour, contribute to order in prison, reduce rates of longer term reoffending, and facilitate successful resettlement (Farmer 2017; HM Inspectorate of Prisons 2014; Markson et al. 2015). The SYFP project also aims to direct parents in prison and their families to relevant services, improve the emotional and mental wellbeing of children affected by parental imprisonment, reduce the risk of intergenerational offending and encourage good practice in the field of family support within the prions and the wider community. An additional aim is to develop good practice in the field of family support work within prisons and evaluate future provision across the prison estate. This report presents the findings of an evaluation of SYFP. Pact Cymru commissioned the evaluation which generated qualitative and quantitative data to assess the quality and impact of service delivery by examining three key themes: - The processes of service delivery - The ways in which service delivery contribute the aforementioned primary aims - How best to develop good practice and evaluate future provision across the prison estate. The evaluation generated data from 50 semi-structured interviews. Pact workers, prison staff and men in three prisons (Prison A, Prison B and Prison C participated in the interviews and family members were also interviewed. In addition, quantitative data generated from prisoners before and after their involvement with the SYFP project were analyzed. Findings reveal that the project is not only considered to be vital by those delivering the project and the service users, it is also viewed as an indispensable service; there is no alternative provision in place within the Prisons visited. So far, the SYFP project has supported men in prison and their families by advocating on their behalf, brokering relevant services, providing therapeutic support, supporting parenting efficacy, building relationships, and strengthening family ties. The key findings of this evaluation are summarized below. - The SYFP project broadens participation by disseminating information about the service in prison wings through volunteers, workers, peer mentors and others delivering the service, and also by displaying information flyers and hosting promotional activities. - The SYFP project delivers its aim of improving the levels and quality of contact between men and prison and their families by organizing extra prison visits in more conducive settings. This is the provision the men and their families access the most. - Men in prison believe that the SYFP project improves the frequency of contact and quality of relationships with their families and strengthens the bonds between them. It also improves their parenting ability, emotional wellbeing and behaviour. - Staff and volunteers delivering the SYFP project provide extensive advocacy services. For example, they liaise with social services, visit schools to advocate on behalf of children affected by parental imprisonment. - The service provides individualized support that is tailored to suit the needs of each parent in prison and his family. This approach is consistent with research which suggests that service users are more likely to engage with, and benefit from individualized services. - Additional support provided by the SYFP project include brokering social welfare support for prisoners and their families. The extant international literature on evidencebased practice and key models of rehabilitation strongly emphasize that brokering access to relevant services can aid the desistance process. - The SYFP project is desistance-focused; its role in strengthening bonds between prisoners and their families can encourage desistance. The desistance research literature emphasises that bonds with non-criminogenic family members promote desistance. - The SYFP project provides opportunities for prisoners and their families to maintain ties and relationships. In doing so, the service aligns itself with research which emphasizes the role of families in supporting resettlement. - The consensus amongst all those who participated in this evaluation is that Supporting Young Fathers in Prison project is an indispensable service and no other agency in the three participating prisons provides similar family support services Details: Southampton, UI: University of Southampton, Department of Sociology, Social policy and Criminology, 2017. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 9, 2018 at: https://www.nicco.org.uk/userfiles/downloads/5ac606fc5f959-dr-pamela-ugwudike-pact-sypp-evaluation-report-2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 150776

Author: Beresford, Sarah Title: What about me? The impact on children when mothers are involved in the criminal justice system Summary: Children are often devastated when their mum is sent to prison but their interests are rarely considered by a justice system which is blind to their needs, a new report by the Prison Reform Trust (PRT) reveals. For most children, their mother is their primary carer. Every year an estimated 17,000 children experience their mum being sent to prison. Last year, 83% of women sentenced to prison had committed a non-violent crime and 62% were serving a sentence of six months or less. The report shows that a mother's imprisonment not only damages the child's relationship with her, but can affect every area of their lives, including their housing, education, health, and well-being. Details: London: Prison Reform Trust, 2018. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 9, 2018 at: http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/portals/0/documents/what%20about%20me.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 150779

Author: St. Mungo's Title: On my own two feet: Why do some people return to rough sleeping after time off the streets? Summary: This report describes the findings from a smallscale, exploratory, qualitative research project that considered the question 'why do some people return to sleeping rough after time off the streets?' The research was conducted by a group of peer researchers, through the St Mungo's Recovery College. The researchers were people who had experienced homelessness; many had slept rough in London and elsewhere. The researchers worked in partnership with the St Mungo's Research Manager to co-produce the research. The team worked together to design the research question, data collection instruments and sampling frame, to conduct interviews and focus groups with St Mungo's clients and staff, to identify themes for analysis and to shape the final report. We identified four key areas for analysis: push factors; pull factors; holes in the safety net; access to services. We have categorised the things people told us, and we have tried to represent them without bias or prejudice. We recognise, however, that life is messy and our categories are imposed by us onto our data. We wish to emphasise that all of these things act together to create pressure on a person. Some push factors will be enough on their own to cause a person to leave. Others will have a small effect on their own, but grow and multiply over time to have a bigger impact. Many of the people we spoke to described experiencing more than one push factor either all at the same time or on different occasions. The push factors we heard about include: - Being evicted (for rent arrears or for behaviour) or leaving temporary shelters when they close. - Being asked to leave after relationship breakdown (partner or family). - Leaving prison after a sentence or being held on remand. - Leaving accommodation because it didn't meet needs (e.g. no couples, no pets) or was poor quality. - Leaving because of noise or anti-social behaviour, or excessive rules and regulations. - Leaving informal accommodation (sofasurfing) because of being asked to leave or feeling like a burden. - Leaving accommodation because of isolation and loneliness. - Escaping criminal victimisation (e.g. abuse or tenancy hijack). Although rough sleeping is dangerous and unpleasant, there are nonetheless things which draw people back. The pull factors we heard about include: - Feeling competent in survival (compared to feeling incompetent managing a tenancy). - Knowing (how) you can meet your basic needs. - Feeling 'addicted' to the streets. - Freedom of living life free from rules/ constraints. - Life on the streets is busy and interesting (compared to boredom or loneliness or lack of occupation in accommodation).- Having people around (other rough sleepers, and members of the public showing care).- Being pulled back to dangerous/abusive relationships. When push factors and pull factors work together, they can exert an irresistible pressure on someone, leading to them 'choosing' to return to rough sleeping, or seeing no alternative when a crisis comes along. Successful solutions to repeated rough sleeping must recognise both push and pull factors, otherwise they will fail to equip people to resist this pressure. Holes in the safety net are the missing protective factors that - if present - could help prevent a person returning to rough sleeping. They may not trigger rough sleeping episodes, but combine to weaken someone's protection from it, so when a crisis or trigger happens, they are less able to avoid returning to the streets. Holes in the safety net include:- Having survived rough sleeping before.- Lacking a social network with resources to help (either having exhausted that option, or not having a family or friends who can help).- Trauma and unmet health needs, and lack of support with these.- Difficulties maintaining a tenancy (and lack of support with this), and not knowing legal rights.- Inability to secure a new tenancy (no deposit, landlords won�t take you, council won't house you). Our research suggests that people who have slept rough before, are living in poverty and who do not have strong networks are at risk of returning to the streets when faced with a crisis, because they are less able to deal with problems that arise. We also asked people about their experience of accessing services to help prevent or resolve rough sleeping. We found that accessing services to help can be hard. Some of the things that stop people successfully getting help include: � Demands are too high (e.g. around punctuality, abstinence, distance to travel).- Inconsistency from service providers (including not providing support they should).- Having experienced rejection in the past (potentially triggering memories of past trauma). Conversely, the characteristics of positive support are: - 'Unconditional positive regard' (being optimistic and believing in someone). - Flexibility and informality.- Developing trust. We have identified a number of recommendations that would help prevent people from returning to rough sleeping after time off the streets. These grouped in four categories: access to good quality, appropriate and secure accommodation; access to support to rebuild lives after rough sleeping; specific support for issues relating to criminal victimisation and offending; and further research. Details: London: St. Mungo's, 2018. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 9, 2018 at: https://www.mungos.org/publication/on-my-own-two-feet-why-do-some-people-return-to-rough-sleeping-after-time-off-the-streets/ Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 150784

Author: Wainwright, Lucy Title: The Golden Thread: Evaluation of the Pact Helpline for the families of prisoners and people with convictions Summary: Calls to Pact have more than doubled from 4,000 to over 8,000 in the past year, with around one in three families now getting in touch because they are afraid of serious harm coming to their family members in prison. The findings come from a new report by Dr Lucy Wainwright and Paula Harriott for the Prison Reform Trust. The researchers found that: There has been an unprecedented rise in the number of calls from prisoners' families received by the Pact helpline over the course of one year. The nature of the calls has changed and have become more about prisoner safety than ever before. There are higher numbers of 'safeguarding' cases (cases concerning safety of prisoners, including violence, bullying, self-harm and suicide risk), and the trend line suggests the rise will continue. Evidence from the performance reports and interviews with family members point towards a major barrier in communication between families and the Prison System, either in terms of getting a message through initially or in terms of knowing what happens once the message has been passed on. Family members appear not to speak to many people about their loved ones in prison, for fear of judgement. The Pact helpline therefore represents an important source of connection and trust for those who desperately need it. Details: London: Prison Reform Trust, 2018. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 9, 2018 at: https://www.prisonadvice.org.uk/Handlers/Download.ashx?IDMF=5a85e70c-dca6-4fa7-bd52-097339a7ea3e Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Families of Inmates Shelf Number: 150787

Author: Shingler, Jo Title: The effectiveness of rehabilitative services for Black, Asian and Minority Ethnic people: a rapid evidence assessment Summary: To provide effective criminal justice services that respect diversity, it is vital to establish what evidence exists about how to achieve the best outcomes for people in prison or on probation, who are Black, Asian or Minority Ethnic (BAME). A rapid evidence assessment (REA) was conducted to explore the research evidence looking at the effectiveness of rehabilitative correctional interventions in reducing reoffending or substance misuse, among BAME people. In addition, the review also considered those factors that affect how people in these groups respond to these interventions, in custodial or community correctional settings. A previous internal literature review carried out by HM Prison and Probation Service (unpublished, 2012) revealed a lack of empirical evidence about the efficacy of rehabilitative interventions aimed at reducing reoffending, for people who are BAME. This REA updates that review, and expands its scope to explore the wider research literature on factors impacting BAME individuals' response to rehabilitative programmes aimed at reducing reoffending. REA methodology was employed to search a range of databases. The review focused on a range of populations both in prison and in the community. The target population included men, women, young adults (including those under the age of 18) and populations of any ethnic background or grouping. It is important to note that defining BAME in this way results in a large, indiscriminate and heterogeneous group, which makes it challenging to draw any meaningful conclusions about improving the responsivity of correctional programming. However, it was necessary to include the diverse population range given the lack of evidence about specific populations, and this highlights the need for much more and better quality research to achieve a more nuanced understanding of what works, with whom and under what conditions. Given the dearth of relevant and high-quality research into the effectiveness of rehabilitative correctional interventions among BAME people, this review included international literature, published in English. Comparability and generalisability of any non-UK studies was carefully considered and presented within the findings of the review. The search process yielded 3,101 studies, of which only 11 were of sufficient relevance and methodological rigour for inclusion. The type and quality of research design was varied. Of the 7 quantitative studies: 1 was a meta-analysis of high quality studies that used control and/or comparison group designs; 4 were randomised control trials; and 2 were studies that compared people from different ethnic groups on factors predicting different responses to treatment (treatment attrition and resistance to treatment). Four studies were qualitative in nature. Five studies were conducted in the UK and 6 were carried out in North America or Canada. The REA indicates there is still insufficient evidence relevant to understanding how to improve outcomes for individuals from a BAME background. However, the research reviewed points to some tentative but promising approaches for increasing the responsivity of correctional programmes to people who are BAME. First, the evidence suggests that the content of 'standard' correctional programmes can be experienced as relevant to BAME participants, and that BAME participants can benefit from such programmes. However, some studies suggest that treatment that is: culturally aware, sensitive and inclusive; that is delivered by culturally aware and sensitive staff; and delivered by staff from similar ethnic backgrounds to their clients is preferred, and is more likely to reduce the chances that potential BAME participants will experience any fear or resistance associated with feeling isolated or misunderstood. Second, there are some barriers to effective treatment for BAME clients that may interfere with them starting, completing or engaging in treatment. Such barriers could include experiences or fear of racism or discrimination, and the perception and possible reality that the intervention will not be culturally relevant. There is early evidence that a strong sense of cultural identity and pride is associated with greater reductions in substance misuse among juveniles. Explicitly recognising and encouraging cultural identity could be a promising approach to facilitating greater responsivity of correctional programmes for people who are BAME. The research is in its infancy, and further work is required to understand and draw firm conclusions about how to improve participation and engagement in, and retention and reoffending outcomes, of BAME individuals in prison and on probation. However, the research reviewed points to some promising approaches which could help achieve this aim: Efforts could be made to make correctional interventions more relevant to BAME groups. Work is needed to increase the number of BAME clients taking up interventions; increase the number of BAME staff members working within interventions; ensure treatment materials are relevant to BAME groups; and doing more to actively engage with and respect cultural experiences and differences. BAME clients need to be facilitated to express their cultural identity free from fear of being stereotyped or discriminated against. Results from the REA indicate that the idea that therapy, or 'treatment', is a predominantly white construct, in some cases with no cultural equivalent. The lack of understanding, recognition or acceptance of this amongst some cultural groups suggests further work is needed. This may usefully include engaging with and raising awareness among some BAME participants and their families about notions of treatment. Future research should aim to evaluate treatment effectiveness on large sub-groups of minority ethnic participants in both custodial and community settings. Alongside this, additional larger scale research to increase understanding about the barriers to interventions for BAME individuals in prison and on probation is necessary, in order to learn how to make correctional interventions more responsive and appealing to individuals from different ethnic groups. Details: London: HM Prison & Probation Service, 2018. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Analytical Series: Accessed July 10, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/721977/_the-effectiveness-of-rehabilitative-services-for-BAME.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 150795

Author: Corbett, Claire Title: The effects of speed cameras: How drivers respond Summary: This study set out to examine the effects and effectiveness of various strategies related to the deployment of speed cameras, and to explore how different types of driver responded to cameras and perceived their operation. Recommendations for best deployment were to be considered. It was carried out between 1993 and 1996 after the Road Traffic Act 1991 authorised the use of automatic speed devices for the detection of offences. A series of 12 surveys arranged in five sets and having some cross-sectional and some longitudinal elements was undertaken together with some depth interviews, and self-report measures predominated. Five police forces helped to set up the research. In total 6879 drivers took part. The particular interventions focused upon comprised camera signing alone; two kinds of publicity campaign linked with speed camera deployment; prosecution following detection by speed camera; and the effects of cameras when first installed and over time Details: London: Dept. of the Environment, Transport and the Regions, Road Safety Division London, 1999. 105p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 11, 2018 at: http://www.popcenter.org/problems/speeding/PDFs/corbett1999.pdf Year: 1999 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Camera Surveillance Shelf Number: 150810

Author: Scottish Government Title: Wildlife Crime in Scotland - 2016 Annual Report Summary: A report on wildlife crime in Scotland in 2016, including information on incidence and prosecutions up to 2015-16, and on research, advice and other work relevant to wildlife crime. This report covers wildlife crime offences from 2015-16, and draws on information from previous years where appropriate. Data is included from various sources including Scottish Government Justice Analytical Service, Police Scotland, Crown Office and other partner organisations. The report includes: - five year summary data on recorded wildlife crimes, related court proceedings and penalties for 2011-12 to 2015-16; - further information on the 6 wildlife crime priority areas - badger persecution, bat persecution, CITES, freshwater pearl mussel crime, poaching and coursing and raptor persecution. Sections on hunting with dogs and trapping/snaring are also included; - updates from the Partnership for Action Against Wildlife Crime (PAW) Scotland; - information on the work of investigative bodies, agencies and other partner organisations. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government, 2017. 94p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 11, 2018 at: http://www.gov.scot/Resource/0052/00528694.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 150821

Author: Scottish Government. Social Research Title: Cyber-crime in Scotland: A Review of the Evidence Summary: This desk-based review aims to contribute to the evidence base and aid understanding of how cyber-technology is impacting on crime in Scotland. The review is set against the backdrop of a number of recently published strategies which emphasise the challenges and risks of cyber-crime. These include the Scottish Government's Justice Vision and Priorities, Cyber Resilience Strategy and Policing 2026. To inform this on-going strategic work, a number of analytical workstreams are being undertaken across a range of organisations and this evidence review marks the Scottish Government's contribution to the initial phase of developing an evidence base. Structured according to recorded crime groups, the review summarises key evidence from a number of existing Scottish and UK sources. It focuses on how cyber-crime is measured, the nature and extent of cyber-crime, apparent evidence gaps and potential evidence sources going forward. The review firstly considers crimes impacting individuals before turning attention to businesses. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government, 2018. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 11, 2018 at: http://www.gov.scot/Resource/0053/00532978.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Computer Crime Shelf Number: 150822

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice Title: Female Offender Strategy Summary: The Female Offender Strategy (June 2018) launches a new programme of work to improve outcomes for female offenders and make society safer by tackling the underlying causes of offending. The strategy sets out our vision that custody should be a last resort, reserved for the most serious offences. It makes clear that, where appropriate, women should be given the support they need to address their offending behaviour in community settings, and that early intervention is essential to reduce the number of women entering the justice system. By taking a gender-informed approach, we want to improve the outcomes for female offenders at all points of the system. We will deliver this vision by: empowering local areas to build on the early success of models such as the multi-agency, whole system approach (WSA), to meet the needs of female offenders and women at risk of offending a focus on partnership working, with a joined-up approach across government at a national level and between agencies and services at a local level to deliver a holistic response an evidence-based approach to what works, and pilots to test potential solutions and to ensure scalability. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2018. 55p. Source: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/719819/female-offender-strategy.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Offenders Shelf Number: 150823

Author: Howard, Flora Fitzalan Title: The experience of electronic monitoring and implications for practice: A qualitative research synthesis Summary: The aims of the study were to understand the experience of electronic monitoring (EM) in the Criminal Justice System (CJS), and how this sanction can be implemented most effectively to achieve best outcomes, including compliance with legal requirements, rehabilitation and desistance. The findings of six qualitative studies of the experience of EM were synthesised using Thematic Synthesis (Thomas and Harden, 2008). Key findings - Six studies of sufficient quality and focus were included, examining the experience of EM in England, Belgium, New Zealand, Canada and the US. EM was used as an alternative sanction, or as part of an early release scheme (none looked at EM for people on bail). The findings may be limited by the small number of primary studies available, and variations in how EM is used in different countries. - EM appeared to offer a range of potential benefits. These included the opportunity for 'headspace', reflection and to disengage from antisocial aspects of life. Additionally, EM could facilitate access to employment and training opportunities, and allow for relationships and social capital to be developed. - Individuals are not guaranteed these benefits. They appeared to be influenced by the individual's circumstances and their response. For some people, EM could lead to a deterioration of relationships, and act as a barrier to employment opportunities. - The nature of EM and the consequences of non-compliance meant that monitored life could be stressful and pressured for some. Individuals' private lives felt intruded on and people living in the same household could be negatively affected. - For many people, EM offered valued freedom, despite life still feeling controlled. For some, autonomy and self-sufficiency improved, but others appeared to experience a lack of control and choice, and may have become overly reliant on others. - From the perspectives of people that are reflected in the research literature, the advantages of EM usually outweighed the disadvantages, and those sentenced to EM tended to readily accept this, particularly if the alternative was to spend time in prison. - People appeared to comply with EM mainly through fear of punishment for non-compliance. Behaviour change may be maintained while EM was active. However, people felt their reoffending and longer-term outcomes may be less affected by EM, and identified additional critical support needed, for example interventions that helped them to think differently or provided them with necessary risk management skills. - From the perspective of monitored people, and the wider evidence base, people's compliance may potentially be enhanced by making EM feel procedurally just. Compliance with EM and rehabilitative outcomes may also be improved by including structured interventions and support to target criminogenic needs (facilitating changes in thinking and skill development), access to employment, hope, self-efficacy and positive relationships. These may also prevent people's future chances of desistance being diminished. Details: London: HM Prison & Probation Service, 2018. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Analytical Summary 2018: Accessed July 12, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/723218/The_experience_of_electronic_monitoring_and_implications_for_practice__a_qualitative_research_synthesis.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 150832

Author: Travers, Rosie Title: The dynamic predictors of reconviction for women Summary: This research was driven by a policy question about the extent to which rehabilitative services for women in prison or on probation need to be different to those provided for men: Do women and men have different risk factors for criminal behaviour that will demand different interventions? We examined the nature of the most prevalent and most predictive risk factors for reoffending in a sample of nearly 15,000 women and over 95,000 men on community sentences or leaving prison for whom we had Offender Assessment System (OASys) risk and need assessments. We were interested in whether or not there are risk factors that predict reoffending specifically for women. Key findings - The most prevalent criminogenic needs for women were poor problem solving, impulsivity, and unemployment. These were also the most prevalent needs for men. - The prevalence of other needs varied to some extent by gender, but also by risk and offence type. For example, 74% of higher-risk women with a current conviction for acquisitive crime had a Class A drug problem compared to 54% of men in the same risk band and offence type category. This difference between men and women was not evident with those at lower risk of reconviction. - The most prevalent needs were not always the most predictive of reoffending. Five needs emerged as the strongest dynamic predictors of any reoffending for women: Unemployment Binge drinking Impulsivity Regular activities encourage offending Class A drug use - Most needs influenced reoffending to a similar degree for men and women. Class A drug use and binge drinking were more strongly linked to reoffending for women than for men - but were also a risk factor for men. - The strongest dynamic predictors of violent reoffending for women were: Lack of accommodation Temper control Being the victim of domestic violence Problem drinking Lack of closeness with family Binge drinking - There were significant gender differences in the predictiveness of binge drinking, lack of closeness with family, and poor temper control (all more influential for women). - The importance of binge drinking as a major predictor of women's reoffending is a new finding which should translate into policy action. Details: London: HM Prison & Probation Service, 2018. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Analytical Summary 2018: Accessed July 12, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/719311/dynamic-predictors-reconviction-women.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Offenders Shelf Number: 150833

Author: McIvor, Gill Title: Electronic Monitoring in Scotland Summary: This research report examines the current uses of electronic monitoring (EM) tagging technology in the Scottish criminal justice system. The themes and findings presented here form one part of an EU-funded comparative research project involving five jurisdictions: England and Wales, Scotland, Belgium, Germany and the Netherlands. Significantly, this is the first comparative study of its kind in Europe. Criminologists Professor Gill McIvor and Dr Hannah Graham conducted the Scottish component of the research project, which spans a period of two years from May 2014 - April 2016. A range of key actors in the Scottish criminal justice field have been involved in this study as research participants, and details about the methods used in this study are outlined in Section 2 of this report. Electronic monitoring (EM) has been a feature of Scottish criminal justice for 15 years, based around the use of one type of technology - radio frequency (RF) tags - and home curfews and other place-based restrictions. EM is used in its own right as a stand-alone community penalty called a Restriction of Liberty Order, as well as with other groups like prisoners with early release through a Home Detention Curfew or as a condition of a parole licence. Scotland has one of the highest prison population rates in Western Europe, and the current and potential uses of electronic monitoring have featured in wider discussions of the need to pursue diversion and decarceration. To date, the uses of electronic monitoring in Scotland can be characterised as relatively simple but stable in approach. Most decision-makers (e.g., the judiciary, prison staff) tend to impose relatively standardised curfew regimes restricting people to their home for up to 12 hours a day. A large majority of these orders made by courts and prisons currently do not involve supervision by criminal justice social workers or requirements to participate in rehabilitation programmes or paid or unpaid work. The restriction of liberty in making people be restricted to a place (home) or away from a place acts as a punishment. However, within the current approach to EM, this study highlights the missing links of the options of supervision and supports for rehabilitation and desistance from crime. Key research findings - From 2002-2015, electronic monitoring (EM) in Scotland has operated using a simple but relatively stable approach. It has relied on the use of only one type of tagging technology. - Electronic monitoring is currently used for a range of objectives and penological purposes in Scotland. There are positive benefits associated with using electronic monitoring as a community penalty, as well as challenges and limitations, some of which are outlined in Section 3. - Access to electronic monitoring appears to depend on the decision-maker involved, with geographical and institutional differences observed across Scotland. Some judicial officers and courts across Scotland use Restriction of Liberty Orders (EM court orders) frequently, whereas others use them rarely. In 2015, the rate of Restriction of Liberty Orders imposed by sheriffs in Glasgow was 256 per cent higher than that of their Edinburgh counterparts, with 314 RLOs imposed in Glasgow compared to 88 RLOs in Edinburgh (G4S, 2016). Some court areas had a marked rise in the use of EM orders, for example, in Kilmarnock 60 RLOs were imposed in 2014, and 196 RLOs in 2015, which signals a 226 per cent increase in one year (G4S, 2016; 2015). - EM orders in Scotland require people's consent; people are not tagged against their will. There is extensive consensus across participants in this study that consent is, and should continue to be required from the monitored person and the premises holder (if this is not the monitored person) for equipment installation and homebased curfew restrictions. Only a few participants explicitly express the view that cohabitants should be asked for their consent. - EM order completion rates are fairly high in Scotland, with approximately 8 out of 10 EM orders completed in 2015 (G4S, 2016). - Being responsive to issues of diversity and vulnerability (gender, age, language, education and low literacy, disability, poverty, victimisation) matters to Scottish practitioners and policymakers. Interviewees speak extensively about tailoring EM to the needs of offenders and victims. - Monitoring of mostly 'stand-alone' EM orders (i.e. no supervision) by a private EM service provider is associated with limited integration and multi-agency work with criminal justice social workers (Scottish equivalent of probation officers) and charitable organisations. Yet, many of those interviewed wanted greater integration of EM with multi-agency supervision and support. - There is moderate support among participants for the (re)introduction of the option of electronic monitoring as a pre-sentence modality for the purpose of reducing the use of remand in custody. - There is moderate support for the introduction of GPS tagging and tracking with location-based exclusion zones in cases where this may reduce risk of re-offending and promote victim safety. - It is time for more strategic development. The key findings and recommendations of this report encourage more creative and strategic uses of tagging technologies, while not losing sight of the importance of proportionality and consistency in such uses. Details: Stirling, UK: Scottish Centre for Crime and Justice Research, University of Stirling, 2016. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 12, 2018 at: http://28uzqb445tcn4c24864ahmel.wpengine.netdna-cdn.com/files/2016/06/EMEU-Electronic-monitoring-in-Scotland.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 150835

Author: Hucklesby, Anthea Title: Electronic Monitoring in England and Wales Summary: England and Wales was the first European jurisdiction to deploy electronic monitoring (EM) technology in 1989 and its use has since grown both in terms of numbers and modalities. England and Wales remains one of the largest and most enthusiastic users of EM in the world. At the time of writing, EM is used mostly to enforce curfew requirements and is deployed as a condition of bail, a requirement of community and suspended sentence orders and as a form of early release under the Home Detention Curfew scheme. The use of GPS technologies are limited to a few high-risk cases and voluntary schemes run by the police. At the time of the research, pilots of alcohol monitoring and bi-lateral victims monitoring were taking place. There was, also, a government commitment to increasing the use of EM and an expectation that EM's role in criminal justice would expand to encompass different technologies (GPS and alcohol monitoring) and new uses. At the same time, growth and developments had stalled because of a protracted procurement process which had delayed the deployment of new technologies and different ways of working. Consequently, the private sector contractor was operating a legacy system largely using previous contractors' equipment and systems. Consequently, the research was undertaken at a time of uncertainty and optimism about the future of EM in England and Wales. The research formed part of a broader European Commission funded project which was the first empirical comparative study of EM to be conducted. The aim of the project was to compare law, policy and practices in five European jurisdictions focusing particularly on EM's capacity to act as an alternative to custody and to identify best practices to enhance its effectiveness and ensure that EM is used legally, creatively, ethically and humanely (Hucklesby et al, 2016). The research undertaken in England and Wales included an extensive literature review alongside 18 days of observations and 68 interviews with policy-makers, practitioners and managers and operational staff from the EM contractor. The main findings were: - Electronic monitoring (EM) has become a credible tool of criminal justice. - EM has universal appeal with many purposes identified. Chief amongst these was its perceived ability to bring about cost savings by operating as an alternative to prison. - The recent development of EM has been hampered by problems with the procurement process. - Radio frequency and GPS technologies have complimentary and distinct uses. - The use of EM is highly structured, uniform and routinized, reducing the potential for its creative application to enhance its effectiveness. - Private sector involvement in EM is accepted. - EM remains largely disconnected from the wider criminal justice system. - Policies and practices to ensure that EM is applied and used fairly with diverse populations are ineffective. - Only limited data relating to EM are available restricting knowledge and understanding of EM. It is recommended that consideration should be given to: - changing the eligibility criteria for HDC to remove the automatic exclusion of prisoners with a history of recall; - the way in which HDC decisions are presented as the individual responsibility of prison governors; - the legal regulation of GPS technologies for criminal justice purposes to ensure appropriate and proportionate use; - piloting and evaluating new uses of EM such as bi-lateral victims' monitoring; - ways to better tailor the use of curfews to the circumstances of individuals and cases to maximise compliance and completion; - implementing mechanisms to incentivise compliance including structured phased reductions in curfew hours and ending orders earlier than planned; - simplifying procedures to enable amendments to be made to monitoring requirements as a result of changes in individuals' circumstances; - introducing new technologies and ways of working to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of EM such as 'plug and play' and biometric identification; - ways to provide general support and advice unrelated to EM to monitored individuals; - developing policies and procedures to ensure staff safety including effective communication of risk information and training; - introducing consistent breach thresholds across EM modalities; - developing mechanisms to improve awareness and appropriate use of EM amongst criminal justice practitioners; - implementing mechanisms to improve joint working and lines of communication between the contractor and criminal justice agencies; - implementing measures to ensure effective and timely data sharing between EM contractors and criminal justice agencies; - introducing measures to ensure fair and consistent treatment of individuals from diverse communities; and - reviewing contract requirements to ensure their workability, manageability and effectiveness for criminal justice agencies and the EM contractors. Details: Leeds, UK: Centre for Criminal Justice Studies University of Leeds, 2016. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 12, 2018 at: http://28uzqb445tcn4c24864ahmel.wpengine.netdna-cdn.com/files/2016/06/EMEU-Electronic-monitoring-in-England-and-Wales.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 150838

Author: Botterman, Maarten Title: Cyber Trust and Crime Prevention: Gaining Insight from Three Different Futures Summary: In March 2003, the Foresight Directorate in the Office of Science and Technology, Department of Trade and Industry (hereafter referred to as Foresight), launched the Cyber Trust and Crime Prevention (CTCP) project to explore the implications of future information technologies for effective interaction and trust between people and machines in areas such as identity and authenticity, surveillance, system robustness, security and information assurance. The project produced state-of-the-art reviews of relevant areas of science and technology and developed visions of the future in order to understand better what policies to adopt today. Particular attention was directed to the identification of technological, societal, and individual drivers of future developments and signposts to track these developments. This was done in order that policies would be based upon the opportunities, threats and barriers in the areas of establishing cyber trust and preventing crime. Throughout its activities, Foresight CTCP has been working towards the establishment of a network of scientists, business people and policy-makers who can act on the findings of the project in order to influence the future. In October 2003, Foresight CTCP asked RAND Europe to assist the project by 'developing scenarios and system maps to engage stakeholders in a proactive and focused way with the implications of new technologies for cyber trust and crime prevention'. This mission included requests for both methodological contributions in the form of tools not yet included in the larger CTCP project and substantive contributions in the form of the content of scenarios and their employment. In response, RAND Europe developed three scenarios based upon the identified major drivers of future developments. In addition, RAND Europe designed and conducted a seminar game to employ these scenarios. These three scenarios were used to conduct three runs of a seminar game - one for each scenario � organised by Foresight CTCP, which took place between the end of January and the middle of February 2004; each run involved a different set of participants drawn from the diverse set of stakeholders concerned with cyber trust and crime prevention. Beyond the seminar game, the scenarios have been used in other components of the overarching Foresight CTCP project. This report documents the methodological and substantive contributions of RAND Europe to the Foresight CTCP effort. Chapter 2 begins with an overview of the orientation employed by RAND Europe to approach the construction and use of scenarios for CTCP. Then we describe how we chose which scenarios to construct and how we built them. The three scenarios are presented in Chapter 2 in abstract form; their elaborated versions as provided to the seminar game participants is provided in Annex 2. We then describe the considerations used in selecting the participants for the seminar game. The design of the game itself is described by presenting the tasks that the participants were asked to do. Chapter 3 presents the results of the seminar game. Our underlying orientation is based upon the premise that the full value of the gaming exercise comes from the use of three runs of the game which each use a different scenario, and it is this orientation that guides how we present the results. First, we present the analysis of how participants viewed the strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats (SWOT) of the scenarios - orientated by issue addressed across scenarios, rather than by scenario. Then we describe how we used the hindsight arising from the SWOT analysis to transform each scenario in order to benefit from that hindsight. This, necessarily, is done separately for each scenario. Finally, we present the analysis of how six signal societal applications of information technology would fare in the (revised) scenarios, again looking across rather than within scenarios. Chapter 3 is necessarily a condensation of a rich set of deliberations by the participants. Finally, Chapter 4 presents our strategic observations and recommendations for Foresight CTCP, both methodological, in terms of future use of the scenario and seminar gaming framework developed, and substantive in terms of technological, individual, societal and governance aspects of the information society. Following the main body of the report, annexes present the full text of the scenarios, results of the gaming runs and additional information about the modelling underpinning the scenario design and construction. Details: London: Foresight Directorate, Office of Science and Technology, 2004. 116p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 12, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/299218/04-1140-cyber-trust-insight.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Computer Crime Shelf Number: 150841

Author: Blakey, David Title: Disrupting the supply of illicit drugs into prisons. A report for the Director General of. National Offender Management Service Summary: This is a one person review of how illicit drugs get into prisons and what can be done about it. Drugs get in: - With visitors - 'Over the wall' - In the post and parcels - Brought in by prisoners - Through corrupt staff - Disrupting one route raises the use of the others; - Rehabilitation and detoxification schemes are undermined by illicit drugs; - Prison drug strategies should cover both disruption and rehabilitation, and be managed by a nominated Governor. Five factors affect all or more than one route and can be employed to disrupt. They are: - Use of good practice - Disrupting the use of mobile phones - Use of searching - Use of search dogs - Use of legislation In the long term there are 3 major ways to disrupt effectively. They are: - Development and use of technology - Development of partnership working with Police - Use of intelligence Details: s.l.: David Blakey, 2008. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 12, 2018 at: http://www.onlinelibraryaddictions.stir.ac.uk/files/2017/07/blakey-report-disrupting.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 150842

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Prisons Title: Annual Report 2017-18 Summary: In the year 2017-18 prison inspectors documented some of the most disturbing jail conditions they had ever seen, according to Peter Clarke, HM Chief Inspector of Prisons. Launching his third annual report, Mr Clarke said these conditions had no place in the prison system in an advanced nation in the 21st century. "Violence, drugs, suicide and self‑harm, squalor and poor access to education are again prominent themes." However, 2017-18 was also a year in which the Inspectorate agreed with the government an important new protocol for demanding, publicly, urgent action from the government in prisons, young offender institutions and secure training centres where the outcomes for those held, particularly in terms of safety, are exceptionally poor. This Urgent Notification was invoked in the year in relation to HMP Nottingham. Along with this, Mr Clarke welcomed a government decision to fund the Inspectorate to do follow-up work in a small number of troubling cases - potentially "one of the most significant developments for the independent scrutiny of prisons in recent years." Details: London: HM Chief Inspector of Prisons, 2018. 128p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2018 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprisons/wp-content/uploads/sites/4/2018/07/6.4472_HMI-Prisons_AR-2017-18_Content_A4_Final_WEB.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 150884

Author: Gordon, Ian Title: Economic impact on the London and UK economy of an earned regularisation of irregular migrants to the UK Summary: The background 1. The GLA has stated it wishes to explore the proposition of an earned regularisation scheme for irregular migrants in the UK. The context for this initiative includes: ongoing changes in immigration legislation which introduce a points system limiting entry in relation to skill shortages; increased emphasis on more rapid processing of asylum requests; stronger implementation of removal powers; and improved border controls. At the same time the government is separately looking to introduce a more transparent path to earned citizenship, which would set out what is required of potential citizens and would limit benefits until full citizenship is achieved. The report 2. This study was commissioned to provide an appraisal of the likely economic impacts, within London and across the UK as a whole, of this model of earned regularisation for irregular migrants who have been in the country for at least five years. The report includes four main sections: - An estimate of the numbers of irregular migrants in the UK and in London and the proportion who might be eligible for regularisation; - A discussion of the factors to take into account when designing a scheme; - An assessment of the impacts of regularisation on social welfare through its potential effects on migrants� engagement with the labour market, the housing market, neighbourhoods and social cohesion; and - An estimate of the fiscal impacts from increased tax revenues on the one hand and increased costs of public services and financial support on the other. It is important to note that because of the limited availability of official data and also because of complex political and public attitudes to migration, this research and any regularisation scheme can only advance on the basis of approximate and estimated impacts. Hard data are few and far between. Who counts as an irregular migrant? 3. Formally, 'migrants' are defined as those who enter the country expecting to remain for more than a year. Regular migrants are those who enter with the correct papers and who are given permission to stay under a widely varying set of conditions attached to their permission to enter. 4. There are fundamentally three categories of irregular migrants: A. Illegal entrants - including both those who evade formal migration controls and those who present false papers; B. Migrants who have been lawfully present in the country but remain after the end of the permitted period. This category includes two main subcategories: i. failed asylum seekers who stay in the country despite a final decision refusing them continuing right to remain; and overstayers whose period of legal residence has expired without renewal. This group includes those who are no longer eligible to apply for extensions because of the introduction of the points system, C. Children born in the UK to irregular migrant couples. They are not migrants themselves, but have no right to remain. The two types of overstayers within B above - asylum seekers and those who do not regularise their migration situation after their permission expires - are likely to behave very differently from one another. We therefore look at the evidence for four distinct sets of people within the irregular resident population. 5. In addition there is another group, comprising those who are legally in the country but who work in breach of their visa status. These are irregular workers rather than irregular migrants. This category has been excluded from the analysis, because people in this position are very unlikely to qualify for the proposed scheme. Their status will almost certainly change before five years� residence has been achieved, either because they have left, or because their position is clarified as either legitimate workers or irregular residents. Details: London: Greater London Authority, 2009. 129p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 18, 2018 at: https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/gla_migrate_files_destination/irregular-migrants-report.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 150907

Author: Great Britain. Parliament. Intelligence and Security Committee Title: Detainee Mistreatment and Rendition: 2001-2010 Summary: Immediately following 9/11, there were real concerns that Al Qaida may have been planning a terrorist attack on the UK of similar magnitude. Disrupting such an attack was the UK Security and Intelligence Agencies' absolute operational imperative, and assisting the US in interviews of US-held detainees might give the UK Agencies access to critical intelligence. Throughout 2002, 2003 and into 2004, UK personnel from SIS, MI5 and MOD - including the Armed Forces - participated in interviews of detainees held (primarily) by US detaining authorities at locations in Afghanistan and Iraq, and at Guantanamo Bay. Neither the Agencies nor Defence Intelligence were the detaining authorities at any point. Sometimes the deployed personnel conducted their own interviews, sometimes they interviewed jointly with US interrogators and sometimes they simply observed interviews conducted by others (or passed questions to those interviewing). It is not possible to determine the exact number of detainee interviews in which UK personnel were involved, but we estimate it to be somewhere between 2,000 and 3,000. This Report details the findings of the Intelligence and Security Committee's Inquiry into the actions of the UK Agencies and Defence Intelligence in respect of detainees and also rendition. We have taken 50 hours of oral evidence, reviewed 30,000 original documents and a further 10,000 documents which we requested, and 30,000 staff hours have been devoted to this Inquiry. We are very grateful to some of the former detainees for talking to us, and to three former members of staff who came forward of their own volition to act as witnesses. We reached the point in our Inquiry where we had covered the breadth of the issues but needed to examine certain matters in detail, which could only be done by taking evidence from those who had been on the ground at the time. We have been denied that access. Restrictions were imposed by the Prime Minister on grounds of seniority and involvement in proceedings which reduced our list of potential witnesses to just four. Furthermore, even those individuals would not be allowed to give evidence on specific cases. The Committee was adamant that if the Inquiry was to be thorough and be in a position to reach properly considered and fair views about the facts, then we must hear from those officers who were involved at the time. The terms and conditions imposed were such that we would be unable to conduct an authoritative Inquiry and produce a credible Report. The Committee has therefore concluded - reluctantly - that it must draw a line under the Inquiry. This is regrettable. Nevertheless, we believe that the Inquiry had - up to the point we were able to take it - progressed matters significantly. Crucially, we had uncovered new material which had not been presented to any previous inquiry or review - including that begun by Sir Peter Gibson. The Committee has therefore decided that what we have found to date must be put into the public domain, as the next step towards transparency and an understanding of what took place. This Report seeks to do just that. It is not, and must not be taken to be, a definitive account. Where possible, we give a figure for the total number of cases that we are aware of for each of the areas of concern. These numbers rely on the documentary evidence we have seen, and our interpretation of that evidence. However, formal records are lacking for at least some of the period of concern; this lack of a comprehensive and reliable evidence base makes definitive figures impossible. Any conclusions drawn are necessarily provisional; had the further witness evidence we sought been made available to us, and had we therefore continued the Inquiry beyond this point, we may have differently categorised some of the cases of concern, and taken a different standpoint. This Report is therefore our account of what we have been able to find to date, and in some cases an indication of what we believe necessitates further exploration. Details: London: Intelligence and Security Committee of Parliament, 2018. 151p. Source: Internet Resource: HC 1113: Accessed July 25, 2018 at: https://fas.org/irp/world/uk/isc-detainee.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cruel and Inhuman Punishment Shelf Number: 150914

Author: Great Britain. Parliament. Intelligence and Security Committee Title: Detainee Mistreatment and Rendition: Current Issues Summary: In 2010, the Government published guidance on the interviewing of detainees overseas and the exchange of intelligence on detainees in order to ensure that our Security and Intelligence Agencies are not, and will not be, involved in torture or mistreatment in the name of the UK. That guidance has now been in operation for over seven years and the Committee therefore considered it essential to investigate how it is being used. This Report considers the adequacy of the policy, guidance and structures currently in place - and whether similar guidance is needed on rendition. In terms of current practices, we also consider whether the Agencies are now in a position where they would be able to deal with events requiring an extensive and sudden change to their focus and working practices, such as happened after 9/11. Together with this Report we are also publishing the Committee's March 2010 Report on the draft Consolidated Guidance, placing it in the public domain for the first time. While some of the recommendations have subsequently been overtaken, the report as a whole remains relevant to the continuing debate. We therefore regard it as essential that the Report is placed on the public record. Use of the Consolidated Guidance - From the evidence we have seen, the Consolidated Guidance has now been applied by the Agencies and MOD on average 576 times per year, and in a total of 2,304 cases from 2013 to 2016. - We sought to establish how many of the 2,304 cases where the Consolidated Guidance was applied were escalated to Ministers, i.e. in how many cases the Agencies and MOD considered there was a serious risk of mistreatment. It has proved difficult to establish any exact figures: this is a matter on which we would expect full information to be kept in future. - The Committee reviewed a sample of cases from SIS and MI5. We found no instances where they had deliberately acted in violation of the Consolidated Guidance. The cases we examined all illustrated the challenges of implementing the Guidance - particularly when working through partners - and the considerations undertaken by the Agencies. We saw that officers actively monitored whether assurances were being adhered to, escalating concerns and suspending co-operation when needed, and that potential breaches are raised in real time and acted upon as a matter of urgency. Details: London: Intelligence and Security Committee of Parliament, 2018. 185p. Source: Internet Resource: HC 1114: Accessed July 25, 2018 at: https://fas.org/irp/world/uk/isc-detainee2.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cruel and Inhuman Punishment Shelf Number: 150915

Author: Scholes, Angie Title: The scale and drivers of attrition in reported fraud and cyber crime Summary: In 2013, following the centralisation of the reporting and recording of fraud and cyber-dependent crime to Action Fraud, concern arose about the level of attrition in these reports, and the low outcome rates police were reporting for these crimes. Between April and September 2013 (the period of study), 115,991 crimes were reported to Action Fraud. In the same period, the proportion of cases reported to Action Fraud that achieved an outcome was around 2%. This project was commissioned in order to establish overall attrition rates, to understand why attrition was happening, and to identify potential improvements in the process. There were three phases to the analysis: - First, quantitative analysis of over 3,000 cases reported to Action Fraud between April and September 2013. - Second, quantitative analysis of a second sample of over 1,500 cases that were reported between April and September 2013, and disseminated to one of seven forces. - Third, qualitative analysis of interviews and focus groups with Action Fraud and National Fraud Intelligence Bureau staff, police, and other stakeholders, to develop a deeper understanding of the process and the challenges. Combined, the analysis showed four stages at which attrition occurs: 1. When reports are initially made to Action Fraud; 2. In the scoring process that determines whether reports are reviewed by an NFIB Crime Reviewer; 3. At the point at which crimes are disseminated to law enforcement (and other agencies) for investigation and enforcement; 4. At the point at which law enforcement return outcomes to NFIB. Drivers for attrition at each of these stages are set out and recommendations made for how they could be addressed. Details: London: Home Office, 2018. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 97: Accessed july 26, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/720724/attrition-in-reported-fraud-and-cyber-crime-horr97.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Computer Crime Shelf Number: 150921

Author: Neville, Lucy Jane Title: Exploring Fatal and Non-Fatal Attacks on Prostitutes: An action systems approach Summary: This thesis examines the nature of violence against prostitutes, fatal and non-fatal, through the use of an action systems approach. It is hypothesised that the action systems framework can be used to predict likely offender and victim characteristics based on the nature of the ~rime and the crime scene. It is too simplistic to regard all prostitute murderers as being similarly motivated and having similar objectives, and different 'types' of killers are likely to exhibit distinct modus operandi. The thesis addresses the question of whether prostitute murderers differ from one another in crime scene behaviours according to their motivation for committing the crime; that is, the source (inside or outside the acting system) and target (inside or outside the acting system) of their actions. Four possible combinations of source and target give rise to four dominant states that an action system can take; integrative, expressive, conservative, and adaptive. Ninety-two (92) prostitute homicide cases from across Engla.nd were examined, using a Smallest Space Analysis, and these four different action system modes were able to reliably distinguish between homicides. A similar approach was then adopted to examine violent assaults and rapes of prostitutes; and to compare homicide of prostitutes with homicides of non-prostitute women. Two hundred and thirty seven (237) non-fatal attacks on prostitutes were examined, as were 89 homicides of non-prostitute women. It was found that the men who assault and/or rape prostitutes are criminally distinct from the men who murder them, but primarily in terms of length of offending career and number of convictions, implying that men who attack prostitutes are likely to escalate their ,violence towards this victim group (and perhaps more generally) over time. Men who kill prostitutes were, however, found to be substantially different from those who kill women more generally in terms of criminal background and demographics. An action systems framework was less effective in reliably differentiating between different modes of non-fatal attacks on prostitutes and the men who carry them out, suggesting that these sorts of attacks may be too homogenous to be accurately modelled by taking an action systems approach to the data. The implications of these findings for understanding the nature of violence towards prostitutes is discussed, as well as the implications for the action system framework as a general model for considering a wide range of crimes. Details: Guilford, UK: University of Surrey, 2012. 340p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 26, 2018 at: http://epubs.surrey.ac.uk/804460/1/Neville2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Homicides Shelf Number: 150924

Author: Flacks, Simon Title: A Risky Business? The Governance of Young People's Drug Treatment in England and Wales Summary: Few issues cause more disquiet among the public and politicians than the sticky subject of drug policy, and children and youth remain central to our anxieties. Whilst there has, in the UK at least, been some understanding that certain drugs, particularly cannabis, are now a 'normal' part of youth culture (Parker et al. 1995; Measham and Shiner, 2009), there is strident resistance to the belief that drug use should be framed as a 'practice of the self' (Duff, 2004). Illegal drugs are broadly perceived as a risk to individuals, and to public health and safety in general, and it is still true to say that "most people do not take illicit drugs and do not like the idea that other people do" (Hathaway 2001: 132).�� As the above statement in parliament indicates, the risk to children, either due to parental drug use or because of their own consumption, is a recurrent feature of media and political discourse. Children, moreover, are at the heart of government drug policy rhetoric (Drug Strategy 2008: 21, 2010: 11). It is perhaps unremarkable that drugs and children are so often discursively associated; children embody 'risk' in advanced liberal democracies. The lurking dangers of contemporary life, real or imagined, coagulate in the adolescent's emerging, unfinished‐adult body (Tulloch and Lupton, 1998). The use of drugs, a cause of considerable anxiety among the majority of individuals, is a particularly profound threat to the nascent, vulnerable teenager who remains under the watchful eye of various scientific disciplines. Although sociologically‐informed studies of, for example, youth criminality have proliferated, it is arguably the discipline of developmental psychology that has most shaped our beliefs about adolescence. Moore (2002: 16) argues that:�� [T]he developmental model, more than any other concerning youth, has arguably become the master narrative or discourse in popular cultural expression regarding child‐ rearing, adolescence and youth (e.g., the work of the Freud‐inspired Benjamin Spock), being used to justify the "naturalness" of angst‐ridden adolescence According to this model, in which adolescence is determined as a time of 'storm and stress', drug use might be considered a pathological response to the traumas of leaving childhood and entering adulthood.�� The expressions 'children', 'young people' and 'youth' will be used throughout the thesis. Although �child�, according to both the UK Children�s Act 1989 and the United Convention on the Rights of the Child (Article 1) refers to anyone under the age of 18, the majority of older 'children' do not refer to themselves as such. This thesis addresses drug treatment for all people under the age of 18, although in reality very few individuals below the age of 14 are receiving treatment for drug problems (Roberts, 2010). The distinction between 'child' and 'young person' is clearly important for the ways in which 'childhood', 'adolescence' and 'youth' are socially constructed. The 'drug taking child', and particularly the young 'problem user', sit at the juncture of public anxieties around both childhood and drug taking in general. According to Jackson and Scott (1999: 85), "[c]hildhood is increasingly being constructed as a precious realm under siege from those who would rob children of their childhoods, and as being subverted from within by children who refuse to remain childlike." The general premise of this project is that, whilst drugs and 'youth' have in general been the subject of considerable socio‐legal (and sociological and legal) academic scrutiny, the issue of children/youth and drug treatment has remained almost entirely outside the scope of scholarly interest. The aim of this thesis is therefore to address this lacuna. A second important point to make is that the focus of the discussion, as the introductory quote suggests, will be cannabis. The reason for this is that, as we shall see, this is the drug that constitutes, by a considerable distance, the most common reason for admission to drug treatment for under‐18s. All of the young people interviewed had been identified as having problems with the use of cannabis, and all of the drug workers similarly identified this drug as the primary cause of concern, and the main focus for treatment.�� The thesis does not concern itself explicitly with the extent to which Charles Walker MP's fears about the risk to youth from cannabis hold true, although, as we shall see, they are certainly exaggerated. Nor is the purpose to evaluate drug treatment, or to consider whether the growth in provision is 'good' or 'bad'. Rather, it is interested in the 'what', 'how' and particularly 'why' of drug policy and drug treatment as it relates to under‐18s, with a particular focus on the drugs‐crime nexus. Details: Vienna: University of Vienna, 2013. 277p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 26, 2018 at: http://othes.univie.ac.at/29929/1/2013-05-14_0963213.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Adolescent Drug Abuse Shelf Number: 150925

Author: London Assembly. Police and Crime Committee Title: A long way home: Improving London's response to women in the criminal justice system Summary: Key facts - In 2017, 1,204 women were sent to prison in London, mainly for theft. Around 15 per cent of the arrests made by the police in London each year are of women. Many women are being sent to jail for less serious crimes. Following the closure of HMP Holloway there is no women's prison in London Key findings - In 2017, around 22,000 arrests in London were of women. One in five cases in London's courts involved the prosecution of a woman. With no prison in London all must serve their sentences outside the capital. Women who commit crimes are most often involved in low-level offences such as theft, common assault and TV licence evasion. The reasons why women commit crimes are often closely linked to problems like financial difficulties, drug and alcohol addictions, caring responsibilities or violent and/or coercive relationships. For over a decade there have been calls for radical changes to the way we deal with women who offend and those at risk of offending. The Government's new strategy provides an opportunity for London to create a system that improves rehabilitation and cuts reoffending rates. Key recommendations - Recommendation 1 The Mayor should, by May 2020, be able to demonstrate how he has used his powers and influence to contribute to: an increase in early problem-solving intervention and diversion by the police, where appropriate, of women who offend or are at risk of offending an improvement in the quality and use of community sentences for women who offend a reduction in the number of London's women who are sent to prison for low-level and non-violent crime, where appropriate the establishment of at least one residential women's centre in the capital, or a guarantee from the Government that it will establish and fund at least one in London as part of its pilot programme the establishment of a network of women's centres specifically for female offenders and those at risk of offending, to ensure equal access for all women who need this level of support wherever they live Recommendation 2 The Metropolitan Police should review its foundation training to ensure that officers are equipped to take a gender-informed approach to risk, vulnerability, and offending. Recommendation 3 The Metropolitan Police and MOPAC should ensure that, by the initial stages of the police triage pilot, frontline officers have access to information about the services that are available for women in their neighbourhood or borough. Recommendation 4 In support of the Mayor's objective to increase early problem-solving and diversion, MOPAC should investigate the use of out of court disposals for women in London, to determine: whether they are being underused and any reasons for this - the extent to which conditions attached to out of court disposals for women are addressing underlying offending behaviours - how the Met can be enabled to make use of out of court disposals where appropriate Recommendation 5 The Mayor's planned review of community sentencing should report on women as a target group, and assess: the quality of the community sentences that can be provided to women - the effect of 'speedy justice' on the quality of sentencing decisions - the awareness among magistrates and sentencers of the range and effectiveness of community sentences available to them and how this can be improved - the potential for more creative sentencing, such as deferred sentences, to encourage engagement with specialist provision - the potential for alternative approaches for women, such as the use of problem-solving courts Recommendation 6 The Mayor should consider using his adult education and skills budget to support women in contact with the criminal justice system, and in particular to help women offenders continue any education and skills training they have begun in prisons on their release. Recommendation 7 As a first step towards developing a comprehensive network of women's centres for London, the Mayor and the London Justice Devolution Board should attempt to secure from the Ministry of Justice the dedicated funding for at least one more non-residential 'one-stop-shop' women's centre specifically for offenders in London, based on the two that already exist. Recommendation 8 In the process for agreeing the development of the HMP Holloway site: Islington Council, in its planning role, should ensure that a women�s building, including a women's centre, and ideally community led, is specifically included in plans to redevelop the site, and that it can be funded through contributions by that developer. The Mayor should challenge any proposal for the development of the site that does not include a women's building of this kind. Details: London: The Assembly, 2018. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 27, 2018 at: https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/20180724_pcc_report_-_a_long_way_from_home.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 150939

Author: Jansson, Krista Title: British Crime Survey - Measuring crime for 25 years Summary: The first British Crime Survey (BCS) was carried out in 1982, collecting information about people's experiences of crime in 1981. The British Crime Survey (BCS) is therefore celebrating its 25th anniversary. This booklet examines how the BCS has changed and what has happened to trends in crime and people's perceptions about crime over the last 25 years. What is the British Crime Survey? The BCS is a victimisation survey. It measures the amount of crime in England and Wales by asking people about crimes they have experienced in the previous year. It is also an important source of information about other topics, such as attitudes towards the criminal justice system and perceptions of anti-social behaviour. The police recorded crime figures also provide a measure of crime in England and Wales. The BCS and police recorded crimes are complementary series that together provide a better picture of crime than could be obtained from either series alone. For the crime types it covers, the BCS can provide a better reflection of the true extent of crime because it includes crimes that are not reported to the police. The BCS count also gives a better indication of trends in crime over time because it is unaffected by changes in levels of public reporting and police recording. Police statistics provide a good measure of trends in some less frequent but serious crimes as well as well-reported crimes. They are also an important indicator of police workload and can be used for local crime pattern analysis. Details: London: Home Office, 2007. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed July 27, 2018 at: http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20110218140037/http://rds.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/pdfs07/bcs25.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: British Crime Survey Shelf Number: 150940

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice. Justice Data Lab Title: Justice Data Lab Experimental Statistics: Employment and benefits outcomes Summary: This analysis investigates the employment and benefits outcomes of offenders who received grants for distance learning through the Prisoners' Education Trust (PET) scheme, compared with a group of similar offenders who did not receive these grants. The findings are an extension of the original analysis conducted by the Justice Data Lab to assess the impact of PET on reoffending, which showed a significant improvement in reoffending rates for those supported by distance learning grants from PET (18%) compared with non-participants (25%). Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2018. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 30, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/724450/Experimental_statistics_Employment_benefits_outcomes_final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 150948

Author: Reed, Sasha Title: The economic and social costs of modern slavery Summary: The aim of this report is to estimate the cost of modern slavery in the UK in order to better understand the impact of this crime. By contributing to the evidence base in this way, the research is intended to inform the policy and operational response and better understand the value of preventative work. This report follows the methodology used in 'The Economic and Social Costs of Crime' (Heeks et al., 2018) and adapts it where necessary to reflect some of the particular characteristics of this offence type. The framework for estimating the cost of crime breaks down the costs into three distinct areas of cost: - In anticipation (expenditure on protective and preventative measures). - As a consequence, including physical and emotional harms, lost time and output, health and victim services. - In response, including police costs and costs to the criminal justice system. This same framework is adopted to estimate the costs of modern slavery with the same methods also generally applied within this framework; however, it has not been possible to estimate the costs to the criminal justice system. Additional data was collected to fill evidence gaps, and adaptations were made to take into account particular features of modern slavery offences. In particular, to inform the costs, interviews with 17 support providers and four police officers were undertaken to provide estimates for the number of violent and sexual offences typically experienced by victims of modern slavery during their exploitation, as well as the duration of exploitation and the physical and emotional harms experienced. Findings from these interviews were then applied to the same Quality Adjusted Life Year (QALY) methodology for estimating the costs of the physical and emotional harms, and also used in the estimates of lost time and output, and health services. However, it should be noted that these findings rely on the perceptions of the interviewees of what constitutes a typical case of each type of modern slavery rather than being informed by a representative survey of actual victims (such as the Crime Survey for England and Wales that informs the cost of crime estimates). For the purposes of this analysis, costs for three broad exploitation types - labour exploitation, domestic servitude and sexual exploitation - have been estimated. However, recent research (Cooper et al., 2017) has identified 17 types at a more granular level, and many victims will experience more than one type. Unlike many crimes, modern slavery is not a single time-limited event. The interviews revealed that the median perceived duration of exploitation ranges from nine months for labour and sexual exploitation to 24 months for domestic servitude. During the period of exploitation, a number of violent and sexual offences can repeatedly occur. The frequency of rape and other sexual offences reported to be experienced in typical cases of sexual exploitation was particularly high, amounting to several hundred offences of each type during the period of exploitation. These high numbers of offences result in overlapping injury durations. To estimate the physical and emotional harms of these, an additive approach has been used. Each subsequent injury causes the same reduction in QALY as the initial injury, even if they overlap. Details: London: Home Office, 2018. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 100: Accessed July 30, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/730366/Cost_of_modern_slavery_report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 150951

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice Title: Strengthening probation, building confidence Summary: Probation services are at the heart of an effective criminal justice system. They deliver the orders of the court, protect the public from harm and rehabilitate offenders. Whether an offender receives a community sentence or is sent to prison, probation will be central to ensuring that justice is done and that those who have committed crimes return to being law-abiding members of society. Evidence suggests that community sentences are more effective in reducing reoffending than short custodial sentences, but if they are to fulfil their potential it is vital they are properly delivered and enforced, that offenders are effectively supervised, and that the courts, victims and the public have confidence in the ability of probation to do this. In this paper we set out the immediate steps we are taking to stabilise the delivery of probation services in the next two years, as well as our longer-term strategy for improving the quality of supervision, rehabilitation and resettlement beyond 2020 and creating a more integrated system which works effectively with local partners. This longer-term vision seeks to build on the changes introduced by the Transforming Rehabilitation reforms so we more fully realise our ambition to reduce reoffending and protect the public. Transforming Rehabilitation The significant reforms that were made to probation as part of the Transforming Rehabilitation programme were based on sound principles: - the extension of post-release supervision to short-sentenced prisoners who too often are simply recycled through the criminal justice system; - opening up the market to a wider range of providers to encourage innovation and more modern ways of working; - creating new incentives for providers to focus on achieving reductions in reoffending; and - ensuring a stronger focus on managing higher-risk offenders. These were, and remain, sensible objectives. In the three years since they took full effect, these reforms have delivered some successes, and throughout this period staff have continued to demonstrate their commitment and professionalism. There are areas of good and promising practice across a range of providers, and we have seen a reduction of two percentage points in the reoffending rates of individuals supervised by CRCs. The NPS has established more consistent ways of working and is generally assessed as performing well in managing higher-risk offenders. We know, however, that it has been challenging to fully realise the vision of these reforms. It is clear from our own assessments, and those of Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation (HMI Probation) and the House of Commons Justice Select Committee, that in a number of areas the quality of probation services being delivered is falling short of our expectations. The reasons for this are numerous and complex, and have been compounded by the financial challenges facing CRCs following unforeseen changes in the volume and types of cases coming to court, and changes in the frequency of reoffending which took place prior to CRCs taking responsibility for services. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2018. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Cm 9613: Accessed July 30, 2018 at: https://consult.justice.gov.uk/hm-prisons-and-probation/strengthening-probation-building-confidence/supporting_documents/strengtheningprobationbuildingconfidence.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 150952

Author: Ellison, Anna Title: The demand for and use of illicit phones in prison Summary: Mobile phones in prisons are used for a range of purposes, both social and criminal, and would appear to have become a significant feature of prison life. During 2013, 7,451 illicit mobile phones or SIM cards were reported to Her Majesty's Prison and Probation Service (HMPPS), formerly the National Offender Management Service (NOMS). This research project, conducted during Spring/Summer 2014, was designed to gain an understanding of what drives the demand for illicit mobile phones by prisoners, and to help identify potentially effective ways of preventing their usage. The key research questions explored were: - What drives the demand for mobile phones within prisons - how much is for maintaining family contact and how much is for other more criminal purposes (including criminal networks, gangs, terrorism)? - Are certain types of prisoners more likely to want a mobile phone and so drive demand in particular establishments? - Which non-technical factors could be most effective (and cost effective) in reducing both the supply and demand for mobile phones in prison (including ways of counteracting the prison economy that surrounds the use of mobile phones)? Details: London; HM Prison & Probation Service, 2018. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Analytical Series: Accessed July 30, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/726874/The_demand_for_and_use_of_illicit_phones_in_prison_web_.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mobile Phones Shelf Number: 150967

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Drug Misuse: Findings from the 2017/18 Crime Survey for England and Wales Summary: This release examines the extent and trends in drug use among a nationally representative sample of 16 to 59 year olds resident in households in England and Wales, and is based on results from the 2017/18 Crime Survey for England and Wales (CSEW). The release covers the following topics: - extent and trends in drug use among adults, including separate analysis of young adults (16 to 24 year olds); - frequency of drug use in the last year; - drug use, by personal, household and area characteristics, and lifestyle factors; - use of new psychoactive substances (NPS); - perceived ease of obtaining illegal drugs. Details: London: Home Office, 2018. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Statistical bulletin 14/18: Accessed July 31, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/729249/drug-misuse-2018-hosb1418.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 150974

Author: Holland, Christopher, Chairman Title: The Report of The Azelle Rodney Inquiry Summary: 1.1 At about 7.40pm on Saturday 30th April 2005, a Volkswagen Golf motor car was proceeding along Hale Lane, Mill Hill, London, NW7 towards the mini roundabout at the junction with Selvage Lane. The driver was Wesley Lovell; the front seat passenger was Frank Graham; and the rear seat passenger was Azelle Rodney. There was credible intelligence to the effect that they were on their way to commit an armed robbery. At a point just before the roundabout, and with a view to making arrests, officers from the specialist Metropolitan Police Service ('MPS') firearms unit, CO19, manoeuvred three unmarked vehicles so as to stop and detain the Golf. From one such vehicle an officer opened fire so as to hit and kill Azelle Rodney.�� 1.2 The Independent Police Complaints Commission ('IPCC') had been operational since April 2004, then with a remit to investigate complaints made about the police and 'conduct matters' arising from an indication that a person serving with the police might have committed a criminal offence. On the 3rd May the IPCC accordingly took over responsibility for the investigation, opting to conduct this itself (see Police Reform Act 2002, Schedule 3, paras 15 and 19). As from the 6th May the IPCC had five complaints about the police arising out of this incident, all as raised on behalf of the family of the deceased by a solicitor, Mr Daniel Machover of Hickman and Rose.�� 1.3 On the 9th December 2005 the IPCC produced its Report. This recorded an extensive investigation; it discussed and rejected the respective complaints; it did not recommend any prosecutions; and it did not make any finding of significant fault on the part of the MPS and its officers. However, it did make five operational recommendations, see Section 25. 1.4 The Report was sent to the Crown Prosecution Service ('CPS'). On the 4th July 2006, following prolonged consideration, it communicated by way of a letter addressed to the IPCC (with a copy to the family of the deceased) its decision not to prosecute the officer who shot the deceased (consistently identified for the purposes of anonymity as E7) for murder or for manslaughter by gross negligence, and its decision not to prosecute the MPS for manslaughter by gross negligence. The reasoning of the CPS is explained and the letter sets out much factual material culled from the hitherto unpublished IPCC Report, thus giving the family its first intimation of the circumstances said to have given rise to the shooting. 1.5 For legal reasons which it is inappropriate for me to address, it proved to be impossible to hold the usual inquest into the death. Article 2 of the European Convention on Human Rights required an independent investigation into this death, as did common sense and public concern. In the result, the Lord Chancellor established this as a public inquiry on the 10th June 2010, with as terms of reference: "To ascertain by inquiring how, where and in what circumstances Azelle Rodney came by his death on 30th April 2005 and then to make any such recommendations as may seem appropriate." In the event, after a period of intensive preparatory work, a public hearing of evidence began on the 3rd September 2012, and continued to the 13th November, with closing submissions on the 17th December. It was that preparatory work which made it possible to circumvent the problems that had prevented an inquest and to adduce in public all material evidence. In this regard potential problems were helpfully obviated by the provision of an undertaking by the Attorney General in the following terms: "This is an undertaking in respect of any person who provides evidence to the Inquiry relating to the matter within its terms of reference. "Evidence" includes oral evidence, any written statement made by that person preparatory to giving evidence to the Inquiry or during the course of his or her testimony to the Inquiry, and any document or information produced to the Inquiry solely by that person. No evidence a person may give before the Inquiry, nor any evidence as defined above, will be used in evidence against that person in any criminal proceedings, save that this undertaking does not apply to: (a) A prosecution where the person is charged with having given false evidence in the course of this Inquiry or having conspired with or procured others to do so, or (b) Proceedings where the person is charged with any offence under Section 35 of the Inquiries Act 2005 or having conspired with or procured others to commit such an offence.�� It is further undertaken that in any criminal proceedings brought against any person who provides evidence, as defined above, to the Inquiry, no reliance will be placed on evidence which is obtained during an investigation as a result of the provision by that person of evidence to the Inquiry. This undertaking does not preclude the use of information and/or evidence identified independently of the evidence provided by that person to the Inquiry." Details: London: The Stationery Office, 2013. 151p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 31, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/246478/0552.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Complaints Against Police Shelf Number: 150988

Author: Heeks, Matthew Title: The economic and social costs of crime Summary: The economic and social costs of crime estimates are important in helping to develop an understanding of the wider costs and benefits associated with changes in the number of crimes. Although methods have been developed to try to capture an assessment of the societal harms of different crime types, for example the Crime Harm Index, these do not set out to estimate the monetary costs of different offences. This report uses existing crime and cost data to update previous analysis by the Home Office to estimate the economic and social costs of different offences. It does not estimate the economic and social costs of every type of crime; it concentrates on more serious victim-based offences which are likely to have the largest economic and social costs. Costs have been estimated for crimes against individuals and, for a limited number of sectors, businesses. Those crimes which are not committed against an individual victim - so-called crimes against society - are excluded from the analysis; for example, possession of drugs. The report considers three main cost areas: - Costs in anticipation of crime, for example the cost of burglar alarms. - Costs as a consequence of crime, for example the cost of property stolen or damaged. - Costs in response to crime, for example costs to the police and criminal justice system. The total costs of crime in England and Wales in the 2015/16 are estimated to be approximately L50bn for crimes against individuals and L9bn for crimes against businesses. Violent crimes make up the largest proportion of the total costs of individual crime - almost three quarters - but only one third of the number of crimes. This is mainly due to the higher physical and emotional costs to the victims of violent offences. These costs are particularly high for crimes that are more likely to result in emotional injuries, such as rape and violence with injury. The offence with the highest estimated unit cost2 is homicide (L3.2m). Rape (L39,360) has the highest estimated unit cost of non-fatal offences. Thefts from businesses make up almost 90% of business crime but account for approximately half of the total estimated costs of crime against businesses (L4.2bn), as each crime has a low impact on society. In contrast, robberies and burglaries against businesses - estimated to cost L2bn and L1.6bn respectively - make up over 40% of the costs of crime, but account for only 5% of all crimes against businesses. Details: London: Home Office, 2018. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 99: Accessed August 1, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/727958/the-economic-and-social-costs-of-crime-horr99.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 150989

Author: Hartlen, Chelsea D.M. Title: Managing Criminal Women in Scotland: An Assessment of the Scarcity of Female Offenders in the Records of the High Court of Justiciary, 1524-1542 Summary: The records of Scotland's High Court of Justiciary that run from 1524 to 1542 contain a remarkably low number of women charged with felonies and pleas of the crown, and reveal the justiciar's reluctance to convict or execute female offenders. Criminal procedure and jurisdiction afforded victims and kin opportunities to deal with deviant women before they attracted the attention of the king and his justiciar. Moreover, in the Borders, remote central governance, minority rulers and feuding encouraged a quasilegal system of private justice that operated within the organising principal of kindred to maintain order. In Scotland, this manifested in a sorting process that kept women out of the justice court and under the management of local officials and kindred. This thesis examines these documents in order to understand better the experiences of women before the law and the efficacy of centralised governance and private justice in sixteenth-century Scotland. Details: Halifax, Nova Scotia: Dalhousie University, 2014. 183p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed August 2, 2018 at: https://dalspace.library.dal.ca/bitstream/handle/10222/53870/Hartlen-Chelsea-MA-HIST-August-2014.pdf?sequence=3 Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Courts Shelf Number: 151009

Author: Brown, Eleanor Title: The Tackling FGM Initiative: Evaluation of the Second Phase (2013-2016) Summary: The Tackling Female Genital Mutilation Initiative (TFGMI) supported community based organisations (CBOs) to strengthen prevention of FGM at a local level across the UK. This document summarises key achievements and findings from the six-year Initiative, as well as highlighting recommendations for tackling FGM in the UK. achievements and key findings Reach and scale (2013 - 2016): - 26,607 individuals reached through various FGM awareness and engagement activities delivered by the TFGMI organisations. 73% of those who were engaged were women. - Since 2013 TFGMI organisations expanded the scope of their work and actively sought to engage with both men (6,746 in total - 3,884 in the Large Grants and 2,862 in the Small Grants) and young people (8,640 in total - 3,046 in the Large Grants and 5,584 in the Small Grants). - 6,402 frontline professionals (those with a legal duty to identify, report and respond to FGM) received training delivered by the TFGMI organisations. 26,607 individuals reached by tfgmi organisations 73% of those engaged who were women - Training was delivered to education (52%), health (18%) and social care (7%) professionals who reported an increase in their knowledge, skills and confidence to respond to FGM Details: London: Options Consultancy Services Limited, 2016. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 2, 2018 at: https://www.trustforlondon.org.uk/publications/tackling-female-genital-mutilation-initiative-2010-2016/ Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Genital Mutilation Shelf Number: 151010

Author: Bangpan, Mukdarut Title: Fraud and error in financial, welfare and revenue services: A Systematic Map of the empirical research evidence with particular reference to 'notification of changes of circumstances' Summary: The Department for Work and Pensions (DWP) recognises that, in order to meet its strategic objectives, it is crucial to pay the right amount of benefit to the right person at the right time. During 2008/09, the DWP spent approximately L135.6 billion on benefits, of which it is estimated that about two per cent (L2.7 billion) was overpaid due to fraud and error. Recent estimates suggest that there were about L550 million of over-payments of Income Support (IS) and Jobseeker's Allowance (JSA) (about five per cent of total spending on this type of benefit), L770 million on Housing Benefit (HB) (about 4.5 per cent of the total) and L340 million on Pension Credit (about 4.6 per cent of the total). Despite the increased measures undertaken to reduce fraud and error in the benefit system, the DWP acknowledges that new strategies for improving correctness of benefit payments are a priority. In the light of this official commitment to reducing overpayments, there is considerable interest in the process of notifying a 'change of circumstances (CoCs)' and in potential strategies to reduce fraud and error. This project aimed to identify and describe existing research literature on issues within related fields of financial products/services, welfare provision, taxation, and tax credit systems. This review is part of a wider programme of systematic review work commissioned by the DWP and carried out by the EPPI-Centre. Methodology The review described in this report is a 'systematic map' of the research evidence. The map does not aim to provide an answer to a specific policy question. Instead, the aim is to answer a question about the scope, nature and content of empirical research that has been carried out on a particular topic. This means that the question is broad, searching is extensive, and the results are presented in the form of a descriptive analysis of the research literature in the field. The mapping exercise followed a standardised systematic review process designed to minimise bias in the identification, selection and coding of primary studies. The results of this systematic map are derived from studies that explored people's attitudes towards financial products/services, welfare provision, and/or taxation/tax credit systems, and studies that investigated intervention programmes or initiatives aiming to reduce fraud and error. Details: Leeds: Corporate Document Services, 2011. 146p. Source: Internet Resource: Department for Work and Pensions Working Paper 97: Accessed August 3, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/214394/WP97.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Financial Crime Shelf Number: 151017

Author: Brathay Trust Title: The Cumbria Office of the Police and Crime Commissioner: Turning the Spotlight Evaluation Report Summary: There are on average 7,000 incidents of domestic abuse in Cumbria per year, recorded instances of domestic abuse have increased slightly in 2016/17 by +1.1% compared to the previous year. Proportionally, repeat victims accounted for 38.8% of all domestic abuse incidents. The cost to Cumbria of Domestic abuse and Sexual Violence is L48million per year in direct costs and is estimated to be L151 million in respect of human and emotional costs including loss of productivity. In 2016/17 there were 315 hate crimes a reduction of -13.2% when compared to the previous year. Further analysis of hate incidents suggest that in 2016 there were 459 hate incidents with 313 or 68% resulting in a crime being recorded. 33 or 0.7% were with a repeat victim. The highest proportion of hate crimes/incidents related to racism 280 or 61%. During this time period racist hate crime was the only strand to witness an increase of +11% all other strands saw a decrease when comparing police crime data for 12 months 2015 with 2016. The Turning the Spotlight Programme was launched in 2015 following a successful bid to the Police Innovation Fund. Led by Cumbria Office for the Police Crime Commissioner (OPCC) a range of programmes were delivered to children, young people, individuals and families to prevent and reduce incidents of hate crime and domestic abuse. The core offer of the programme aimed to prevent hate crime and domestic abuse by working alongside perpetrators during the early stages of emergent offending to help prevent repeat offending. The project drew to an end in March 2017. This evaluation aimed to provide understanding of the outcomes and impact of the programme(s) for users of the programme, key stakeholders and local communities. Additionally, it sought to present insights into lessons learned and best practice. It also makes recommendations about future service delivery and research requirements. Details: Ambleside: Brathay Trust, 2017. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 6, 2018 at: http://www.restorativethinking.co.uk/prisons/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/The-Brathay-Trust-Turning-the-Spotlight-Evaluation-Report-final-Sept-2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Violence Shelf Number: 151024

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary and Fire and Rescue Services Title: Understanding the difference: The initial police response to hate crime Summary: Crimes motivated by hate can have an intense, enduring and sometimes devastating effect on victims and communities. It is particularly distressing to be a victim of crime because of who you are or what you believe. In 2016, the former Home Secretary commissioned HMICFRS to to carry out an inspection of police forces' understanding of, and response to, hate crime of all types. Based on the findings from an initial scoping study, HMICFRS carried out an inspection into the following areas: how forces raise awareness of hate crime in their communities; initial call handling; crime and incident recording, including the use of hate crime and online flags; how forces use problem profiles to help identify trends and patterns of offending and victimisation; the risk assessments that forces carry out to determine the response and ongoing support to the victim, and the risk management that follows; and the police response to reports of hate crime; and the system for referrals to victim support services. This report sets out the findings from this inspection. Details: London: HMICFRS, 2018. 117p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 7, 2018 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmicfrs/wp-content/uploads/understanding-the-difference-the-initial-police-response-to-hate-crime.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crime Shelf Number: 151034

Author: Khalifa, S. Title: Communities Tackling Female Genital Mutilation in the UK: Best Practice Guide Summary: Female Genital Mutilation (FGM) is recognised as a severe form of violence against women and girls and a human rights violation that affects at least 200 million women and girls (UNICEF, 2016) around the world. FGM is a practice that involves changing, altering or removing part of a girl or a woman's external female genitalia without a medical or health reason. The World Health Organization has classified FGM into four major types ranging from pricking the clitoris to narrowing the vaginal opening. Despite FGM being a deeply embedded social norm with complex and various sociocultural justifications, it is a harmful and dangerous practice which can result in severe physical and mental health complications. FGM is illegal in the UK and is a form of child abuse. The FGM Act 2003 and the Prohibition of FGM (Scotland) Act 2005 made it a criminal offence to perform FGM. The Serious Crime Act 2015 has also tightened legislation on FGM and added measures to protect girls and women from undergoing the procedure. More information about FGM legislation is available in the Multi-Agency Statutory Guidance on FGM (2016). Details: London: Tackling Female Genital Mutilation Initiative and Options Consultancy Services Limited, 2016. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 7, 2018 at: https://www.trustforlondon.org.uk/publications/communities-tackling-female-genital-mutilation-uk-best-practice-guide/ Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Cutting Shelf Number: 151046

Author: Roberts, Marion Title: Aspects of London's Evening and Night Time Economy: A report for the Mayor of London/GLA Summary: This research study provides a snapshot of London's evening and night-time economies. It scrutinises the regulatory policies of licensing and planning, investigates crime and anti-social behaviour and drills down into the economic contribution of night-time activities. The London Night Time Commission requested facts and findings rather than recommendations. This report, then, is unconventional in that it has many bullet points, notes and summaries and covers a range of different types of findings. The findings demonstrate many positive aspects of the evening and night-time economies. The economic contribution is a good news story, not only for the West End, but for the inner urban borough of Lambeth, too. Although all violent crime is to be abhorred, when crime figures are examined in detail for two 'hot spots', it would appear that the problems of crime associated with the night-time economy bear comparison with the daytime. At a policy level, in licensing and planning, there are statements to support night-time activities. The positive impacts of a vibrant nightlife can be seen in Brixton, where partnership working between the local authority, the police and other agencies has resulted in economic growth and support for diverse stakeholders and customers in the creative and hospitality sectors. This expansion demonstrates the potential that other boroughs could aspire to. On a more negative note, closer scrutiny within the hotspots illustrates how much more work needs to be put into licensing enforcement and policing if it is to work with the night-time economy rather than against it. Premises owners and managers have to cope with sometimes inconsistent and heavy-handed regulation, particularly where music and dancing are concerned. Running premises after midnight is particularly problematic. This fragility is amplified by development pressures, which come in different forms, from rent hikes to changes of use. Nevertheless, despite all these difficulties, there are examples of successful operations and imaginative entrepreneurs. London's evening and night-time economy is healthy but more nurturing and preventative measures are called for if it is to be sustained and allow opportunities to grow. The report is structured as follows: Section 1 provides an overview of key findings, followed by recommendations; Section 2 explains the sources of evidence; Sections 3-8 set out a study of policies and the economic performance of the evening and night-time economies (ENTE) in four boroughs (Croydon, Lambeth, Waltham Forest, Westminster). Sections 8, 9 & 10 investigate two ENTE 'hotspots', Brixton and Croydon town centres. Details: London: University of Westminster/Music Tank, 2017. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2018 at: https://www.musictank.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/woocommerce_uploads/2018/05/Londons-ENTE-May-2018-final.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol-Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 151052

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice. Justice Data Lab Title: Re-offending Analysis: Prisoners Education Trust Summary: This analysis assessed the impact on re‐offending of grants provided through the Prisoners Education Trust to offenders in custody to complete a distance learning course or to purchase learning materials. The one year proven re‐offending rate for 3,085 offenders who received a grant through the Prisoners Education Trust was 19%, compared with 26% for a matched control group of similar offenders. Statistical significance testing has shown that this difference in the re‐offending rates is statistically significant ; meaning that we can be confident that there is a real difference in the re‐offending rate for the group who received a grant for this purpose. What you can say: This analysis shows that participating in an intervention provided by Prisoners Education Trust led to a reduction in re‐offending of between 5 and 8 percentage points. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2018. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/459470/prisoners-education-trust-report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 151056

Author: Bowen, Phil Title: Just technology: Emergent technologies and the justice system...And what the public thinks about it Summary: We are currently living through what some have proclaimed "the fourth industrial revolution." Technological innovation in fields such as robotics, the growth of computing power, artificial intelligence, 3-D printing and the internet of things are reshaping parts of our economy and society today. Artificial intelligence is no longer a conceptual, theoretical idea - it exists in the smart phones we carry around in our pockets. Our home appliances and devices are increasingly connected and exchanging data. The world where cars drive themselves and three dimensional objects are printed is already here. This report highlights a number of emerging technologies that are beginning to reshape how the justice system impacts the daily lives of the public. This report explores the potential impact of those technologies- for both good or ill- in making our justice system fairer and more effective. We look at: 'Big data', data analytics and facial recognition surveillance in crime prevention and policing; The use of online tools to expand legal advice; The use of online and video technology in criminal courts; Artificial intelligence and decision making in justice; Electronic monitoring in offender supervision. We seek to explore, by examining public attitudes, whether these technological developments will shift how citizens perceive and relate to the institutions within the justice system. Details: London: Centre for Court Innovation, 2018. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2018 at: http://justiceinnovation.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/just-technology.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Big Data Shelf Number: 151059

Author: Meek, Rosie Title: A Sporting Chance: An Independent Review of Sport in Youth and Adult Prisons Summary: Working with people in prison and tackling reoffending is one of the biggest challenges our society faces, and one in which sport has a unique and important role to play. As Tracey Crouch MP, the Minister for Sport, Tourism and Heritage, reminds us in her foreword to the current Sport England strategy, sport can have an impact on almost every aspect of everyone's life. In prison, just as in our communities, the impact of sport can be far-reaching. Participation can not only improve health and behaviour but can directly contribute to efforts to reduce reoffending, particularly by providing a route into education and employment. Recognising this, clubs and organisations representing football (including Cheslea, Everton and Fulham), rugby (including Saracens, Northampton and Leeds Rhinos) and beyond (including parkrun, the English Chess Federation and Brighton Table Tennis club) are collaborating with prisons in developing programmes that promote activity and tackle reoffending. In undertaking this review I visited and audited the provision of 21 different establishments, where I spoke with individuals from across the staffing structure and the children, young adults and adults in their care. I invited responses to a public consultation and met with community groups and dozens of people whose lives have been changed through sport in prison. These experiences helped to shape the recommendations that follow. Although this review demonstrates that much still needs to be done, I have also reported here some of the positive sporting achievements which have already taken place in our prisons and which have provided the motivation and skills for people to turn their lives around. These achievements are all the more remarkable given the levels of despair and brutality often encountered within our prison system. As well as celebrating these successes we need to develop mechanisms for rewarding and sharing good practice and I hope I have contributed to the latter by presenting a series of good practice examples from across the youth and adult estate. The 12 recommendations I outline below are largely targeted at prison staff and senior managers, HM Prison and Probation Service, the Ministry of Justice, and the wider Criminal Justice and Sport and Fitness sectors, particularly those involved in designing and delivering prison sports programmes. In responding to these recommendations, we have a collective responsibility to challenge outdated and ineffective policies and practices and to make greater efforts to instil in our prisons a consistent culture of learning and wellbeing, both of which are fundamental in promoting a wider rehabilitative culture. Government policies relating to prison regimes are crucial in guiding change, but just as significant are the ways in which prison sport and physical activity are positioned within the wider Criminal Justice System and beyond. My recommendations call for collaboration and innovation, which will need to be empowered by effective leadership, training and evaluation. Language is also important in positioning prison sport, and a simple branding exercise, for example where a prison gym is referred to as a Sports College, will go some way to inspiring an educational culture in a prison gym. What takes place in our prisons is a public concern, and the physical and psychological wellbeing of those in prison is a public health issue. Those who return to their communities after serving a prison sentence will bring with them their experiences, both negative and positive, which will also have had (and will continue to have) an impact on the lives of their families and those who work with them. Our efforts in this domain will have an impact on our efforts to create safer communities and reduce the numbers of future victims. My suggestions for the reform of physical activity in custody should be seen in the context of other Government campaigns, and now is the time for the Ministry of Justice, HM Prison and Probation Service and Youth Custody Service to work together with partners such as the Department for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport, the Department of Health and Social Care, Department for Education and the Home Office, many of whom are progressing with their own strategies18, in order to develop coordinated efforts to promote physical activity. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2018. 199p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 13, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/733184/a-sporting-chance-an-independent-review-sport-in-justice.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 151115

Author: Lovins, Brian Title: Riverside Pretrial Assistance to California Counties (PACC) Project: Validation of a Pretrial Risk Assessment Tool Summary: Correctional Consultants Inc. (CCI) was contracted by the Crime and Justice Institute to assist Riverside County Probation Department (RCPD) in the validation of a pretrial risk assessment tool. The RCPD Pretrial Services Unit was established to assist the court in making decisions regarding defendant releases and to monitor defendants in the community to compliance with pretrial conditions. The analysis presented in this report is based on data collected by RCPD between April 2014 and October 2015. The sample that was analyzed included 568 defendants whose pretrial supervision had been terminated. Seventy-two percent were males and 63 percent were persons of color. The full report provides a brief background on the use of pretrial assessments as well as a description of the data collected by RCPD using the Virginia Pretrial Risk Assessment Instrument (VPRAI) and predictive validity of the VPRAI for Riverside's population. Also included are recommendations for a locally validated pretrial risk assessment tool based on Riverside's own data as well as implementation guidelines. Analysis confirmed that the VPRAI is able to separate pretrial failure rates by risk score; as risk score increases, so does the pretrial failure rate. However, the failure rate between risk categories was not significantly different between the VPRAI categories of low risk (9.5% failure) and below average risk (12.2%). The existing risk levels also resulted in similar failure rates for average risk (28.6%) and above average risk (30.6%) categories. The high risk failure rate was 38%. Adjusting the cutoffs and creating three risk levels provided a clearer separation between low risk (11.6% failure), moderate risk (29.2%), and high risk (38%). To determine the validity of the adjusted risk levels by gender and race, for the analysis compared results for males and females, and for Whites and people of color. The adjusted VPRAI classified relatively well for these subgroups, though males and people of color had higher failure rates among moderate risk defendants. To determine if the current VPRAI can be modified to create a more accurate assessment tool based on Riverside's data, the analysis examined 16 different demographic, residential stability, and criminal history items. Five variables were found to be predictive when combined with other variables: pending charges at time of arrest; two or more FTA in past two years; substance abuse problem; number of previous adult convictions; and more than one year at current residence. These five items were combined to create a risk score between 0 and 5. Similar to the original VPRAI, as the risk score increased, so did the failure rate. Three risk levels were created which classified individuals into distinct failure categories: low risk (13% failure), moderate risk (27.2%), or high risk (42.5%). The analysis also examined risk classification by race and gender and confirmed that the modified tool differentiates low, moderate, and high risk equally well for males and females, and for Whites and people of color. Based on this validation study and best practices in risk Based on this validation study and best practices in risk assessment implementation, recommendations include the following:  The Department should continue to collect data and repeat the validation analysis with a larger sample of women and modified data collection for employment status;  If adopting the modified risk too, the RCPD should revise policies and procedures to reflect changes to the risk tool and train all staff and stakeholders on the new tool;  The RCPD should consider examining inter-rater reliability to ensure accurate and consistent scoring across staff members;  The RCPD should continue to use strategies for release supervision based on level of risk;  The department should continue to use the established override procedures; and  The department should continue to use the Community of Practice Group to get periodic feedback from staff on risk tool scoring and implementation. Details: Correctional Consultants Inc., 2016. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 13, 2018 at: http://www.crj.org/assets/2017/07/6_Riverside_Validation_Final_Report_5-3-16.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Pretrial Justice Shelf Number: 151120

Author: Howard League for Penal Reform Title: The rising tide: Additional days for rule-breaking in prison Summary: The rising tide: Additional days for rule-breaking in prison reveals how the disciplinary system in prisons has become unsustainable, with the total number of additional days of imprisonment handed down nationwide more than doubling in three years. The use of additional days has increased as prisons have been brought to breaking point by overcrowding and staff shortages - soaring from fewer than 160,000 in 2014 to almost 360,000 last year. This has coincided with rising levels of self-injury behind bars. The report breaks down the figures for each prison in England and Wales, revealing the hotspots where adjudicators are resorting to draconian measures most often. It also highlights good practice at prisons that have managed to buck the trend - either by using restorative approaches or by training and empowering staff to respond to conflict in other ways. Details: London: Howard League, 2018. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 16, 2018 at: https://howardleague.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/The-rising-tide-Addtional-days-for-rule-breaking-in-prison.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Inmate Discipline Shelf Number: 151146

Author: Malloch, Margaret Title: Evidence Assessment of the Impacts of the Criminalisation of the Purchase of Sex: A Review Summary: During the passage of the Human Trafficking and Exploitation (Scotland) Act 2015, the Cabinet Secretary gave a commitment to the Justice Committee and to Parliament that the Scottish Government would commission research to investigate the reliability of the evidence available on the criminalisation of the purchase of sexual services, and how it applies to Scotland. This report considers the reliability of the available evidence on the impact of the criminalisation of the purchase of sex locating current debates within an overview of recent legislation and policy in Scotland. The report constitutes a rapid evidence assessment of available evidence on the impact of the criminalisation of the purchase of sex and examines existing international evidence which draws predominantly on countries where legislation criminalising the purchase of sex exists (for example, Sweden (1999), Norway (2009), Iceland (2009), Canada (2014) and Northern Ireland (2015)) . This review sets out evidence published in English and has drawn on a range of sources which are variable in approach and size. The Annex sets out the key empirically-based studies referred to in the evidence assessment. Additional material is referenced in the bibliography. A summary of the current policy and legislative context in Scotland is included and discussion of the background to the introduction of legislation on the criminalisation of the purchase of sex internationally. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Social Research, 2017. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 16, 2018 at; http://www.sccjr.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/purchase-of-sex.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prostitution Shelf Number: 151156

Author: McGeough, Emma Title: What Works: Collaborative Police and Health Interventions for Mental Health Distress Summary: Executive Summary - The police coming into contact with those in mental health distress has been identified as a key issue in the Mental Health Strategy 2017-2027, Policing 2026, and Justice in Scotland: Vision and Priorities 2017. It is also a main theme for the newly established Health and Justice Collaboration Improvement Board. Research Aims and Overview This evidence review looks at collaborative interventions which help support people in mental health distress. It aims to outline 'what works' when individuals present in mental health distress to the police. The key objective is to examine interventions that have been utilised internationally and, where evaluations are available, identify what aspects of the approach work well/not so well. Types of Intervention and What Works Many collaborative interventions have been developed and piloted across the world. Interventions tend to fall into one of three categories: Increased training on mental health and distress for police officers Mental health staff working with the police service to triage, give advice or support over the phone or face-to-face if necessary 'Ride along' models where police and health practitioners work together in the response of mental health emergencies. Increased police training and liaison This type of intervention provides dedicated training to police on mental health. Evaluations found that: Evidence suggested that training is best delivered by mental health staff Role-playing is beneficial for real life experience Important to dedicate enough hours to training Interventions were more effective when the training was combined with some form of increased liaison with mental health practitioners. Mental Health practitioner Embedded as a Contact for Police A mental health nurse is embedded in control room, custody suite or provides a direct line of contact for officers. Evaluations found that this approach: Improved communication and information sharing Reached more service users than face-to-face interventions Was best for rural areas Was more costly overall but less expensive by case. Co-Response Team Team of one mental health nurse and one police officer. Evaluations found that: The teams were less likely to detain, hospitalise or charge individuals unnecessarily Some evidence of improved service-user experience Co-response teams did not provide as much geographical coverage or respond to as many incidents as other models Teams must be truly mobile to be efficient The teams were reliant on the nurses knowledge of the local area and health services. Scottish Evaluations There are two Scottish interventions currently being piloted or rolled out, with some evaluative evidence available. The Community Triage model piloted in a number of areas by Police Scotland provided a mental health nurse to conduct telephone assessments. This has been found to greatly reduce the length of time police spend on calls. Distress Brief Interventions ( DBI) are more in line with the first model. DBIs provide training to front line staff to improve compassionate response and referrals for onward care. The pilot is still in its infancy but a complete evaluation is being carried out. Other types of promising interventions There are a range of other promising interventions that can improve outcomes for mentally distresed individuals. These include those that are focused on prevention and early intervention - in other words, those aimed at preventing a crisis from occuring in the first place. These preventative or 'upstream' interventions can be used alongside the other types of interventions that will be discussed here. There are also interventions which involve assessing individuals remotely via a 'telehealth' assessment. Conclusions There are many examples of innovative and succesful collaborations for improving processes and outcomes for those in mental health distress presenting to the police. There are three main types of intervention approach and each can lead to different outcomes for the services or the individual. Therefore, it is clearly important to consider what the desired outcome of a planned intervention is. For example, reduced time spent by the police dealing with incidents, provide support to more individuals, smoother process and resolutions for the individuals, cost savings, better use of place of safety etc. Overall, the evidence points to the most successful approaches being those which are well co-ordinated between policing and health, involve a high degree of information sharing and clear communications and consider the needs of local areas. There is also scope for innovation. One area that appears particularly untapped through our examination of the evidence is technological innovation. For example, remote assessments. It may also be valuable to look into more preventative interventions, intervening before a crisis point is reached. The recent establishment of the Health and Justice Collaboration Improvement Board could be a real facilitator in overcoming some of the structural and cultural barriers. The Board is ideally placed to direct a strong co-ordinated approach, which could lead to improved outcomes for both sectors and for individuals. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2018. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 16, 2018 at: https://beta.gov.scot/binaries/content/documents/govscot/publications/research-publication/2018/08/works-collaborative-police-health-interventions-mental-health-distress/documents/00537517-pdf/00537517-pdf/govscot:document/ Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crisis Intervention Shelf Number: 151160

Author: Dean, Chris Title: Intervening with Extremist Offenders: A Pilot Study Summary: In order to respond to the increasing number of individuals convicted of extremist offences HMPPS developed the Motivational and Engagement Intervention (MEI) and the Healthy Identity Intervention (HII). These were piloted in 2010 and 2011, and were the first offender behaviour programmes to be delivered to convicted extremists in England and Wales. The programmes aim to encourage and facilitate desistance and disengagement from extremist offending, regardless of a person's particular ideological background. A process evaluation of the pilot explored the implementation using a qualitative approach. Twenty-two intervention participants and 22 facilitators who delivered the interventions were interviewed. This summary presents the findings of the process evaluation as the first indicative step toward establishing whether the MEI and HII programmes are useful in facilitating desistance and disengagement, and preventing future extremist offending. The findings have led to a number of intervention revisions. Key findings - Overall, HII and MEI were viewed positively by facilitators and participants, and are believed to have utility with a range of extremist offenders. Participants reported that the programmes helped them gain an understanding of their motivations for offending and develop strategies to facilitate desistance. - The interventions were responsive and flexible in sequencing, pace and material. Facilitators particularly praised the focus on personal and social identity and needs, and the capacity to elicit discussions around faith, personal values and goals. Further positive aspects included the motivational and engaging approach used to deliver the interventions, with the supportive and collaborative facilitator-participant relationship playing a key part. - There was some repetition within and between the MEI and HII, leading to the recommendation to combine the two with a range of mix-and-match modules. - The interventions may not be suitable for people whose offending is not driven by engagement and identification with an extremist group, cause and/or ideology. - For participants who justified offending on religious grounds, a twin-track approach of addressing psycho-social issues alongside religious and/or political issues is recommended. - Barriers to engaging in treatment were reported to include solicitors dissuading offenders from participating, and a previous lack of engagement between individuals and sentence management staff. Details: London:HM Prison & Probation Service, 2018. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Analytical Summary: Accessed August 17, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/727966/Intervening_with_Extremist_Offenders_A_Pilot_Study.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Behavior Modification Shelf Number: 151163

Author: Aitken, Ruth Title: Domestic abuse and suicide: exploring the links with Refuge's client base and work force Summary: This collaborative research between Refuge and the University of Warwick is the first of its kind in the UK and - involving a sample of more than 3500 clients - it is one of the largest internationally. The suicide of Gurjit Dhaliwal, who took her own life after enduring years of physical and psychological abuse, was the impetus for this research. Dismayed at the apparent inability of the legal system to punish perpetrators who drive their victims to suicide, and by its failure to recognise the psychological injury which precedes it as a legitimate offence, we were moved to act. We decided to investigate the links between domestic abuse and suicide in order to fill gaps in existing knowledge about the factors that might predict, contribute to or mitigate against the development of suicidality in victims. Our goal was to use this information to inform policy and practice in the field; including in relation to 'liability for suicide' in cases of domestic abuse. This research provides detailed, substantial and original evidence on the prevalence of suicidal ideation and attempts amongst domestically abused clients in the UK. It supports existing research in suggesting a significant association between experiencing domestic abuse and suffering negative psychological effects. It highlights the importance of professionals that engage with domestically abused clients being more aware of and responsive to their risk of suicidality. Details: London: Refuge; Coventry, UK: Warwick Law School, 2018. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 24, 2018 at; https://www.refuge.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/domestic-abuse-suicide-refuge-warwick-july2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Abuse Shelf Number: 151248

Author: Howard, Marilyn Title: Universal Credit and Financial Abuse: Exploring the Links Summary: As Universal Credit continues to roll out nationally, this new report raises concerns that Universal Credit payments which are paid into one bank account for everyone in the household, rather than individual accounts, risk giving more power to abusers in homes where women experience domestic violence. The assumption that benefit paid to one account will be shared ignores evidence about financial abuse. Research shows different forms of money management can be practised within households, from pooling all income to one giving the other an allowance. Women often go without basic essentials themselves, especially where there are children and under male-controlled money management. Single payments will mean that main carers (usually in practice mothers) may lose clearly-labelled child payments, which are often paid separately and can provide a lifeline to survivors. Financial abuse is one aspect of economic abuse, which often occurs alongside other types of abuse such as psychological and physical. As with domestic abuse, financial abuse affects women more than men, lasts for longer and can continue post-separation. Financial abuse is not always recognised (by the survivor or by agencies) but has been a feature of successful prosecutions of controlling or coercive behaviour. The consequences of financial abuse include the survivor not being able to afford to leave an abusive partner. The report makes a number of recommendations including: Exploring different methods of making default single payments for the remaining roll out of Universal Credit so the most effective single payment model can be applied; Ensuring non-means tested benefits such as Carers Allowance remain payable outside of Universal Credit; Provide a safe space for women to disclose abuse when they are applying for benefits; Make more training on domestic abuse available for those working on the application and administration of Universal Credit such as Job centre staff; End the two child benefit cap, which has led to the infamous 'rape clause' Consider stripping out payments for children in Universal Credit and making them non-means-tested (perhaps as an increase to Child Benefit), and return to payment to the person mainly responsible for the care of the children Details: London: Women's Budget Group; End Violence Against Women, Surviving Economic Abuse, 2018. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 24, 2018 at: https://wbg.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/FINAL-full-report-financial-abuse-and-uc-combined-cover.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Credit Card Fraud Shelf Number: 151249

Author: Centre for Social Justice Title: It Can Be Stopped: A proven blueprint to stop violence and tackle gang and related offending in London and beyond Summary: In the near-decade since Dying to Belong was published in 2009, gangs have remained a part of life in Britain. At the time, we estimated there were 50,000 gang members across Britain, today that number is estimated to be closer to 70,000. In London, the focus of this report, the police estimate that there are up to 250 gangs and 4,500 members. While gangs are not responsible for all serious violence, they commit far more than their fair share. It is estimated that gangs are responsible for as much as half of all knife crime with injury, 60 per cent of shootings, and 29 per cent of reported child sexual exploitation. The social and economic costs of serious violence are enormous - and for those left to pick up the pieces, the trauma and distress is almost impossible to measure. In 2003 the Home Office estimated the economic and social costs of each homicide to be L1.5 million, a figure that was subsequently updated to L1.8 million in 2010. Adjusting for inflation to 2017 prices, we estimate that the cost of a homicide today is L2.2 million. We must bring an end to the disastrous effects of gang violence. To this end, this report offers a Group Violence Intervention model, tried and tested globally with proven results. Based on extensive polling, statistical evidence, and case studies of outstanding practice, this paper proposes a new system that would focus on both law enforcement and community support. Details: London: Centre for Social Justice, 2018. 150p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 29, 2018 at: http://www.centreforsocialjustice.org.uk/core/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/CSJJ6499-Gangs-Report-180824-FINAL-WEB.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cost of Violence Shelf Number: 151280

Author: Drydakis, Nick Title: School-Age Bullying, Workplace Bullying and Job Satisfaction: Experiences of LGB People in Britain Summary: Using a data set that contains information on retrospective school-age bullying, as well as on workplace bullying in the respondents' present job, the outcomes of this study suggest that bullying, when it is experienced by sexual orientation minorities tends to persist over time. According to the estimations, it seems that school-age bullying of LGB people is associated with victims' lower educational level and occupational sorting into non-white-collar jobs, especially for gay/bisexual men. In addition, the outputs suggest that for both gay/bisexual men and lesbian/bisexual women, school-age bullying is positively associated with workplace bullying and negatively associated with job satisfaction. Additional results suggest a negative association between workplace bullying and job satisfaction. However, the outcomes show a positive association between the existence of an LGBT group in the workplace and job satisfaction. Details: Bonn: Institute of Labor Economics (IZA), 2018. Source: Internet Resource: IZA Discussion Paper No. 11699: Accessed August 30, 2018 at: https://www.iza.org/publications/dp/11699/school-age-bullying-workplace-bullying-and-job-satisfaction-experiences-of-lgb-people-in-britain Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 151315

Author: Read, Tim Title: Review of safety and security in Hartcliffe's eight high rise blocks Summary: Despite (or perhaps because of) England's high crime rate, compared with most other European countries, we have one of the more sophisticated policies, partly as a result of the Crime and Disorder Act 1998, but also because many local authorities have given priority to community safety for at least the last decade. Although there has been a bias, in England and Wales, towards situational measures, much good work has been done in the area of social development, often for other reasons than pure crime prevention - the Sure Start programme, being a good example of this. Sure Start is (was) a government programme aimed at giving young children and their parents in deprived areas enriched personal, social and health support. Interestingly, Sure Start does not have an explicit crime prevention aim although, as mentioned earlier and evidenced by Farrington(2002) and Homel (2005), such early intervention programmes are at the heart of developmental crime prevention. Hartcliffe has had the benefit of a Sure Start pilot programme, along with many other social and community development initiatives, but the crime prevention intervention focused on here, has had a much more situational bias, as described below. Hartcliffe lies at the extreme southern fringe of Bristol. It was built in the 1960s as a housing estate for people renting from the municipal council on relatively low incomes. The choice of location was partly as an overflow from inner-city Bristol but was also tied to the construction of a huge tobacco processing factory, constructed at the same time and offering employment to the majority of Hartcliffe's residents. The Factory downsized and finally closed in the 1980s leaving many local residents unemployed, as little, apart from some retail and leisure facilities has come in its place. The estate has a total population of 11,362 and is a mixture of two storey housing and eight high rise blocks. The original plan was for a low rise estate with extensive community facilities, including a swimming pool. However, under pressure to house more people, the two sites designated for community buildings were subsequently given over to the construction of the eight tower blocks. This, in the view of some commentators was the beginning of Hartcliffe's problems, as it ended up accommodating a much larger than originally anticipated population on a geographically isolated site with very few facilities. Once the main source of employment went, these problems were compounded and Hartcliffe developed a reputation for lawlessness and despair. After initially unsuccessful bids for government regeneration funding, in the 1990s Hartcliffe eventually received substantial resourcing from the "Single Regeneration Budget" which led to the inauguration of the Hartcliffe and Withywood Community Partnership as the main body for channelling regeneration strategies and funding. Numerous other social and physical rehabilitation initiatives have taken place in the area of Hartcliffe over the last ten years (see report in appendix), although this report will concentrate on the effects of improvements (or non-improvements) to the eight high rise residential blocks in Hartcliffe. Many of the two storey municipal rented houses were sold during the 1980s and 90s under the government's "right to buy" scheme. The eight high rise blocks (accommodating about 500 households between them) were less popular and have remained predominantly under council ownership. They acquired a (justified) reputation for insecurity, crime and drug-dealing. Hartcliffe as a whole is in the highest 10% of British neighbourhoods for multiple deprivation and crime (see HUwww.bristol-city.gov.uk/statisticsUH ) , with these problems being even more concentrated in the tower blocks. As a result of the varying types of accommodation, Hartcliffe has a very mixed population in terms of age, although, despite the sale of many of the houses, it remains a predominantly "working class" area. It also remains an almost entirely "white" area, with only of the population describing themselves as being from a black or minority ethnic (BME) backgrou at the 2001 census. It is likely that this exceptionally low BME population is a result of self sele (BME citizens in Bristol tend to live in the east inner city area), as the city council clearly has no policy of racial segregation. Anecdotal evidence suggests that BME citizens do not feel comfortable living in low income, predominantly white, peripheral estates in Bristol. 13 racist incidents were reported in Hartcliffe in 2005 - a tiny number compared with the total of 2,835 overall incidents of crime and disorder recorded by the authorities, but not so small when considering that only 261 BME residents live on the estate. Details: Cities Research Centre, UWE, 2003. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 5, 2018 at: https://www.mpicc.de/files/pdf1/national_report_united_kingdom.pdf Year: 2003 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Building Security Shelf Number: 151395

Author: Big Brother Watch Title: The State of Surveillance in 2018 Summary: The extraordinary scale of surveillance in 2018 Britain affects all of us. Privacy is fast becoming a relic of the pre-internet age. We live in a time where our every step can be, and often is, recorded. Whilst the world's largest companies are profiting from tracking, analysing and quantifying every 'consumer', the state is building the most totalitarian style surveillance regime of any democracy in history under the Investigatory Powers Act 2016. We have long warned of the harms of omnipresent surveillance to society as a whole - and this year, the risk that constant data collection poses to our democracy finally caused public concern after the Cambridge Analytical scandal. However, for some groups, the harms of normalised pervasive and intrusive monitoring practices are particularly tangible. This report tells the experiences of those groups. It tells the stories of campaigners and unionists who are targeted by state surveillance simply for engaging in peaceful protest; of people too scared to access healthcare because of insidious government data sharing schemes; of welfare recipients afraid to reap the benefits of social media for fear their posts will be used against them. The report details the growing normalisation of surveillance of children, preparing the next generation for monitoring and profiling - and reveals the ways in which this is already stigmatising vulnerable children. This report also explores the damaging effects of zealous surveillance laws on two pillars of our democracy - journalism and law. In these first-hand accounts, the serious harm caused by the fading ability for even people in the most sensitive professions to communicate beyond the eye of the state becomes disturbingly clear. The rapid emergence of new surveillance technologies is being matched by their fast and often lawless adoption by private companies and the state. Police forces can watch and track citizens without suspicion, increasingly using algorithms fed with personal information and data scraped from the internet to construct 'suspicion', assert 'risk', or even predict crime. Facial recognition cameras have crept onto our streets, making border style security and frequent identity checks a norm. Details: London: Big Brother Watch, 2018. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 6, 2018 at: https://bigbrotherwatch.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/The-State-of-Surveillance-in-2018-final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Camera Surveillance Shelf Number: 151415

Author: Gibbs, Penelope Title: Love, fear and control - does the criminal justice system reduce domestic abuse? Summary: Domestic abuse is an immensely contentious area. Campaigners, police and victims agree they want to stop it, but not how this can be achieved. Some are fatalistic about the chances of changing the behaviour of those who abuse, and want all efforts focussed on furthering gender equality, supporting victims and imprisoning perpetrators. Others believe we can only reduce abuse through reforming perpetrators. The recent government consultation on combatting domestic abuse focussed on an expansion of restrictive civil orders and on prosecution, conviction and harsher sentences. But the College of Policing says there is no evidence that criminal sanctions stop abusers abusing. What's more, harsher sentences are associated with higher rates of reoffending. So criminal sanctions punish, but don't help victims in the long term. This argument against increased sanctions is common amongst many justice reform campaigners. What complicates matters in domestic abuse cases is the complex emotional backdrop. Victims often love the perpetrators, who may be their husband or their child, and don't want to destroy their relationship with them by involving outside agencies. This creates tension between respecting victims' wishes and using criminal law. While everyone wants abuse to stop, views differ about how to do it. But if criminal sanctions don't work well and restrictive civil orders are of limited value, what does reduce domestic abuse and the harm it wreaks? Everyone agrees that victims need more support to stay safely in their own homes or to be rehoused (if they want to), to report abuse and to leave abusive relationships. But opinions are divided as to what else is worth doing. Some are fatalistic and feel that it is not worth spending money on perpetrator programmes - that the evidence shows they don't work because abusers are entrenched and manipulative. But others say that behaviour change is possible, with the right programmes and the right incentives. In fact there is good evidence from England and elsewhere that some perpetrator programmes do have significant success in stopping abusers continuing to abuse, and in improving relationships. And it's clear that many victims' greatest desire is for the abuse to stop and their perpetrators to get help. In one study over half the victims interviewed wanted their perpetrators to be arrested, but most did not want their partner to be prosecuted. Instead, they wanted to "teach him a lesson" and to send an important symbolic message. This report highlights problems with the current criminal justice response to domestic abuse cases, and outlines the interventions available, the evidence (or lack of) on their impact, and the next steps required to reduce abuse. High attrition rate in domestic abuse cases continues to be a concern. Scepticism around the use of out of court responses such as community resolutions, cautions and restorative justice means their role is potentially underestimated. The government's proposals to expand use of the domestic violence protection order is unlikely to make a positive impact. Instead, we need to work out whether all commonly used perpetrator programmes work and expand those that do. Some abusers need to be imprisoned to protect current and future victims. But we cannot lock up every abuser and throw away the key. We need to stop throwing money at "solutions", like short prison sentences, court fines and ASBO-like orders, which don't reduce abuse, and focus instead on supporting victims and on behaviour change. Behaviour change takes time, skilled facilitators and the best of evidence of what approaches work. If we focus on getting that right, we'll save a generation of victims - partners, family members and children - from abuse. Details: London: Transform Justice, 2018. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 6, 2018 at: http://www.transformjustice.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/TJ_August_WEB_V1.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Abusive Men Shelf Number: 151344

Author: Eunson, Jane Title: Review of the Aberdeen Problem-Solving Approach Summary: The Aberdeen Problem-Solving Approach (PSA) has been running in Aberdeen Sheriff Court since November 2015 (for women) and since August 2016 (for young men). In line with theory and evidence on problem-solving justice, it aims to reduce the use of short custodial sentences and reduce reoffending by combining the authority of the court with support and rehabilitative opportunities to address the underlying causes of offending. Unlike traditional problem-solving courts, which target a specific crime (e.g. domestic abuse) or problem (e.g. drug use), the Aberdeen PSA's 'specialisation' is people with a history of frequent low-level offending with multiple and complex needs. Those admitted into the PSA have their sentence deferred while they engage with service providers for a specified period of time, during which they must return to court for regular judicial reviews with a dedicated sheriff. Review aims and methods Ipsos MORI Scotland and the Scottish Centre for Crime and Justice Research/University of Stirling conducted an independent Review of the PSA between August 2017 and January 2018. The Review aimed to: - Provide useful evidence about how the PSA is delivered and what (if anything) distinguishes it from normal sentencing procedures - Identify areas for improvement, lessons learned and good practice that other areas could learn from - Explore and describe the experiences of people with convictions who have been admitted to the PSA and, where possible, identify any emerging short term outcomes for PSA participants and the courts. A mixed method approach was adopted. This involved primary qualitative research (interviews and focus groups with PSA participants, professionals involved in delivering the PSA and wider stakeholders), court observations, and secondary analysis of routinely collected monitoring data. The qualitative research provided rich data on participants� experiences and the perspectives of participants, professionals and wider stakeholders on: how the PSA is being delivered; what distinguishes it from other sentencing procedures; what is working well; what could be improved; and lessons for other areas. The court observations enabled further comparisons with other sentencing procedures. The analysis of the monitoring data provided some quantitative data on the profile of participants (including risk/needs assessment), engagement, compliance and sentencing outcome. The Review reports on perceived short term outcomes based on interviews with PSA participants and professionals and on analysis of the monitoring data, but was not intended to draw firm conclusions about the approach's impact, and is limited by the small number of people who have been admitted to the PSA to date (30 women and 18 men). Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, Crime and Justice, 2018. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 7, 2018 at: https://beta.gov.scot/binaries/content/documents/govscot/publications/research-publication/2018/09/review-aberdeen-problem-solving-approach-report/documents/00540003-pdf/00540003-pdf/govscot%3Adocument/?inline=true/ Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Court Programs Shelf Number: 151423

Author: McGuire, James Title: Understanding Prison Violence: A Rapid Evidence Assessment Summary: The occurrence of violent assault in prison is a challenging problem. This Analytical Summary reports the findings of a rapid evidence assessment (REA) into the causes of physically violent assaults by male adult prisoners. The REA reviewed 97 research studies published since 1st January 2000. Key findings - Most of the published research is focused on imported characteristics - the personal characteristics of men who are violent in prison - and attempts to predict who they will be. Imported characteristics associated with prison violence include youth, history of earlier violence in prison or with violent convictions, membership of gangs, low self-control, anger, temper, mental health problems, and antisocial attitudes and personality. - The prison environment also plays a considerable role in how prisoners behave. Physically poor conditions, highly controlling regimes, or by contrast circumstances in which rules are unevenly applied or not adhered to or where prisoners do not experience staff decisions as fair or legitimate, can each heighten tensions and induce stresses potentially giving rise to conflict and assault. - Perhaps surprisingly, evidence that crowding in and of itself was a direct cause of violence was fairly weak. Research suggested that the effects of crowding are mediated through staff-prisoner interactions and that the crucial factor in maintaining order is the availability and the skills of unit staff. - Some features of prison activity make violence less likely. Places within a prison where prisoners are engaged in purposeful activities they consider valuable, such as workshops and education, are less prone to be sites of aggression. Violence is more likely to occur in places that offer less purpose, have fewer formal ground-rules, and lower staff oversight, such as cells. - A policy designed to reduce violence could be oriented towards situational control aspects of day-to-day prison management. That would require staff training in the use of styles and patterns of interaction that wield authority alongside instilling respect. Details: London: HM Prison and Probation Service: 2018. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 7, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/737956/understanding-prison-violence.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 151429

Author: Sondhi, Jessica Title: Sexual Assaults Reported in Prisons: Exploratory Findings from Analysis of Incident Descriptions Summary: This analytical summary presents exploratory findings on the nature of alleged sexual assaults reported in prisons in England and Wales. It is based on analysis of narrative descriptions of 1,742 incidents which were reported between 2002 and 2014 and recorded by prison staff via the Prison National Offender Management Information System (p-NOMIS). Recorded incidents were based on the initial report made and classified as sexual in nature. The findings should be treated with caution given that the data were collected as management information and not for research purposes, and have the potential to include unsubstantiated allegations as well as allegations that were subsequently found to be false. Key findings - 20% of assaults that were coded as sexual entailed physical contact, but not genital or groin contact of either party; these cases mostly involved prisoners assaulting staff. - 16% of sexual assault cases were coded as assault involving genital or groin contact of either party. - 11% of sexual assaults were coded as rape and this was the assault category most likely to see some form of repeat victimisation. - 10% of cases were classed as assault by non-penile penetration, most often involving assailants in groups of two or more whose main motivation was the retrieval of drugs. - In two-fifths of cases (40%), the incident descriptions lacked sufficient information to determine more precisely the type of sexual assault that had occurred. - Sexual assaults most frequently occurred within cells, particularly rapes or assaults involving non-penile penetration. The next most frequent location was a 'social area', including 'association' areas, wings and dining areas. � Perpetrators of rape or assaults involving genital or groin contact were most likely serving sentences for sexual offences, while perpetrators of assaults involving non-penile penetration were more likely to be serving sentences for violent or acquisitive offences. - Alongside violent offences, the single most common index offence for which prisoners in the sample had been convicted was a sexual offence. - No particular trends over time were identified with regard to types of assault aside from assaults involving non-penile penetration motivated by the retrieval of a mobile phone, none of which were reported prior to 2006. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2018. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 7, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/737991/sexual-assaults-reported-prisons-exploratory-findings.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 151430

Author: Howard, Flora Fitzalan Title: Understanding the Process and Experience of Recall to Prison Summary: This research was conducted to develop an evidence-based and systematic approach for the management of determinate sentenced prisoners on standard recall. The number of recalled prisoners in custody has steadily increased over time, with the largest proportion at any one time being on 'standard' recall, and many remaining in custody until the end of their sentences. Thus, the focus was on standard recalled prisoners and the re-release process. The work had four strands: a Risk, Need and Responsivity profile of recalled prisoners; two qualitative investigations of the experience of recall for men and for women; and a survey of Offender Managers (OMs) and recalled prisoners. The aim was to identify the obstacles and opportunities in the current re-release process, and identify ways for recall to become more rehabilitative. Key findings - Recalled prisoners had high levels of risk and need, and complex responsivity issues. Many of them would be suitable for, and might benefit from, cognitive skills and violence interventions to enable them to address their needs and progress to re-release. - Prisoners and OMs had different perceptions of how much prisoners understood recall, how much they communicated with each other, and the impact of recall on their relationship. - In interviews and surveys, recalled prisoners described their recall as unjust, finding it hard to trust the process or those involved. They could feel stranded, confused about what was expected of them, or felt they were not supported, communicated with or included enough in decisions. - Interview and survey findings showed that prisoners found recall distressing and associated with loss. They found recall to be solely punitive, not rehabilitative. Prisoners' meaningful engagement and relationships with OMs could be negatively affected when recalled. - Recalled prisoners continued to show motivation to change, determination to have a different future, and some wanted more opportunities to achieve this. - For women, the period immediately before and after their initial release emerged as the time of particular vulnerability. - OMs appeared to generally have good understanding and confidence in using the recall and re-release processes. They worked to keep in touch with the prisoners they managed. - OMs experienced barriers to progressing cases. These included external factors (e.g. a lack of access to interventions and accommodation) and internal barriers (e.g. poor prisoner motivation to engage with their OM following recall). Delays in helping prisoners progress to re-release were reportedly due to difficulties establishing frequent contact, heavy workloads and insufficient time. - If recall is to become more rehabilitative, engage prisoners and help them achieve earlier re-release, the findings of this research emphasise the need to refine recall and re-release processes to include better communication and relationships between those involved. - Small sample sizes, particularly of OMs surveyed, may reduce the generalisability of the research findings. Details: United Kingdom: HM Prison and Probation Service, 2018. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 8, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/723265/Understanding_the_process_and_experience_of_recall_to_prison.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Determinate Sentencing Shelf Number: 151444

Author: Webb, Ciara Title: Considering a Restorative Approach for Statutory Criminal Justice Social Work in Edinburgh Summary: The City of Edinburgh Council Criminal Justice Social Work (CJSW) service views restorative justice (RJ) as an opportunity to improve service provision to both those convicted of offending behaviour and the victims and communities affected by these behaviours. This paper considers the origins of the restorative approach to justice, values and principles underpinning the practice, and models of intervention. In October 2017, the Scottish Government published Guidance for the Delivery of Restorative Justice in Scotland which included the following definition: 'Restorative justice is a process of independent, facilitated contact, which supports constructive dialogue between a victim and a person who has harmed (whether this be an adult, child, young person or a representative of a corporate or other body) arising from an offence or an alleged offence.' Of importance is the notion of facilitated dialogue between two parties, the victim (or person harmed) and the offender (or person who has caused the harm). Underpinning this notion, is the central tenet that involvement in a restorative justice process is voluntary for all participants. By choosing to participate in restorative justice, the person who has caused the harm is taking responsibility for their offending behaviour and the person harmed is being offered a platform to speak directly about their experience to the person who harmed them. Criminal Justice Social Work now has a statutory responsibility to include the views of the community, including victims of crime, in how it provides a service to those who have been involved in offending behaviour as a result of The Victim and Witnesses (Scotland) Act 2014 and the Community Justice (Scotland) Act 2016. Restorative justice is one method by which CJSW can meet this responsibility. There are valid questions raised as to the positioning of a voluntary process situated within statutory CJSW and the contraindication that may raise in practice. Exploration of international applications of restorative justice within this paper have provided some direction as to its use within a statutory setting. Academic research has underpinned the development and implementation of a pilot restorative justice service within statutory Criminal Justice Social Work in Edinburgh, which ran from November 2017 to March 2018. It is the aim of the City of Edinburgh Council to embed restorative justice within statutory Criminal Justice Social Work services. Support from the City of Edinburgh Council and the University of Edinburgh�s Knowledge Exchange Fellowship have been vital in facilitating the pilot project, with the latter assisting through access to extensive academic resources. Details: Edinburgh, Scotland: Center for Youth and Criminal Justice, 2018. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 8, 2018 at: http://www.cycj.org.uk/resource/considering-a-restorative-approach-for-statutory-criminal-justice-social-work-in-edinburgh/ Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offenders Shelf Number: 151449

Author: Ministry of Justice Title: Unrepresented Defendants: Perceived Effects on the Crown Court in England and Wales and Indicative Volumes in Magistrates' Courts Summary: Since 2014, there has been growing interest across the Criminal Justice System (CJS) in unrepresented defendants and their potential effects on court efficiencies. In this context, an unrepresented defendant is one who has no legally qualified defence practitioner to represent their interests, so therefore self-represents in court. As of 27 January 2014, any defendant whose disposable annual income is 37,500 pounds or more is no longer eligible for criminal legal aid at the Crown Court. This is a change from the previous system where there was no upper eligibility income threshold at the Crown Court. The application of this threshold is subject to a Legal Aid Agency (LAA) assessment on hardship grounds for individuals who exceed this income but show that they cannot afford to pay for their defence costs privately. The implementation of this threshold is consistent with the Government's wider principle that those who can afford to fund their own defence costs should do so, rather than the cost being funded through the criminal legal aid scheme. The Ministry of Justice (MoJ) estimated that between 200-3002 Crown Court defendants per year would be excluded from criminal legal aid funding due to this change. It was anticipated that this would lead to more people paying their own court costs, and that this increase would represent a relatively small proportion of cases in the Crown Court. However, feedback from judicial stakeholders has suggested that since this legal aid change, they believe unrepresented defendant numbers have increased and this is disproportionally reducing the efficiency of courts. This was evident in correspondence between the Senior Presiding Judge (SPJ) and MoJ officials where the SPJ requested that MoJ conduct further work on the issue, namely to provide more robust data on the number of unrepresented defendants in the Crown Court. A policy paper was presented to the Council of Circuit Court Judges in January 2015 outlining research options. The proposed work was well received by the group who were very engaged in sharing their own anecdotal experiences of cases involving unrepresented defendants. There has been some concern expressed by senior MoJ policy customers about the lack of information currently available in the magistrates' courts about defendants' legal representation status - a point echoed by the SPJ. Since implementation of the income threshold, LAA published data shows that some areas of criminal legal aid have been falling. The largest reduction was seen between October and December 2014, where legal aid funded representation at magistrates� courts fell by around 8,000 cases (17%) compared with the same period the previous year. While MoJ publications do not breakdown data to monthly levels, it does not appear that there was a corresponding drop in the number of cases received at the magistrates. However, we have no data about the volume or representation for cases where no Legal Aid Order was made. Details: S.L., 2016. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 9, 2018 at:https://www.whatdotheyknow.com/request/unrepresented_defendants_perceiv Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Court Efficiency Shelf Number: 151462

Author: Ministry of Justice Title: Justice Data Lab Analysis: Reoffending Behavior After Participation in Life Cycle UK's Bike Back Programme Summary: This analysis looked at the reoffending behaviour of 34 men who took part in Life Cycle UK's 'Bike Back' programme at HMP Bristol. The overall results show that more people would need to have completed the programme and be available for analysis in order to determine the way in which the programme affects a person's reoffending behaviour, but this should not be taken to mean that the programme fails to affect it. Details: S.L., 2018. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 9, 2018 at:https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/672829/092-report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Programming Shelf Number: 151463

Author: Kirchmaier, Tom Title: Murders in London Summary: In this short paper we focus on gaining insights into the current homicides wave in London. Our key findings are, first, the infection point for the increase in murders occurred in mid-2016, hence much later than generally discussed. Second, the MPS's own Public Attitudes Survey is a very good lead indicator for the spatial distribution of murders in London the following year. This is, when listening to the responses of young black people who consider knife crime a major issue in the area. Third, there appears to be a structural break in 2016 - hence around the time of the inflection point - when gang activity in a London ward explains murders more strongly than in previous years. Finally, gangs appear to operate in areas with higher unemployment and high population density. Furthermore, higher median house prices correlate positively with gang activity, possibly because of contested markets for drugs. All of our analyses are based on publicly available data. Details: S.L., 2018. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 12, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3211350 Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Shelf Number: 151481

Author: Fraser, Alistair Title: Community Experiences of Serious Organised Crime in Scotland Summary: This summary sets out key findings from a research project that aimed to explore the community experiences of serious organised crime (SOC) in Scotland. The study sought to answer the following questions: 1) What are the relationships that exist between SOC and communities in Scotland? 2) What are the experiences and perceptions of residents, stakeholders and organisations of the scope and nature of SOC within their local area? and 3) How does SOC impact on community wellbeing, and to what extent can the harms associated with SOC be mitigated? The work involved in-depth qualitative research, to understand both direct and indirect forms of harm. Key points pertaining to the research and its results are as follows: The study involved the selection of three community case study sites based on a typology of 'SOC-affected' communities. These sites were based in varying urban and semi-urban settings. The impact of SOC at a more 'diffuse' national level was explored via research in a range of smaller case study sites and via interviews with national stakeholders. This included a consideration of SOC impacts in rural and remote areas, and on populations that were not concentrated in any defined geographic community. The case study areas were selected on the basis of pre-existing academic and policy literature, an initial set of interviews with key experts, and on the basis of aggregated and anonymised intelligence summaries provided by Police Scotland. 188 individuals participated in the study, which mostly involved semi-structured qualitative interviews, but also a small number of focus groups, unstructured interviews and observational research. Interviews were conducted with residents, local businesses, service providers, community groups, and national organisations, as well as with a small number of individuals with lived experience of SOC. Interviews comprised of questions about: the relationship between SOC and communities; the experiences and perceptions of residents and local service providers as to the nature and extent of SOC; and the impact of SOC on community wellbeing. Preliminary findings were presented back to a sub-sample of 33 community residents and representatives, across three of the case study areas, through a feedback method called 'co-inquiry'. This involved the organisation of events designed to assess the integrity of the findings, and elicit reflections on the implications of the findings for potential actions. Key Findings Serious Organised crime in Scotland SOC is considered to have a significant impact on the wellbeing of Scottish communities. As well as economic costs, it is evident that there are broader social costs in community settings. The effects of SOC on Scottish communities are not evenly distributed, with impact varying in nature and severity across urban, semi-urban and rural areas. While certain forms of SOC have deep roots in territorially-defined communities, others have less visible and more diffuse and invisible forms of impact. In recent years SOC in Scotland has demonstrated both continuity and change, involving both neighbourhood-based criminality and more geographically diverse forms of activity. The case study areas had all experienced the consequences of the decline in Scotland's traditional industries, including coal-mining, fishing, and manufacturing. All could be characterised as experiencing significant social and economic disadvantage, with unemployment and underemployment a common concern. Participants identified poverty and inequality as key drivers of crime in their local areas, including SOC activity. While the case study areas had traits that were similar to other communities in Scotland, however, it should be noted that these findings should not be read as a generalised picture of SOC-community relations in Scotland. While these themes were evident across the various case study locations, it is notable that there were differences in intensity between urban, semi-urban, and rural contexts. The intensity was highest in the urban embedded context and least intense in the diffuse location. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government Social Research, 2018. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2018 at: https://www.gov.scot/Resource/0053/00536071.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Communities and Crime Shelf Number: 151521

Author: Mills, Helen Title: Anti-social behaviour powers and young adults: The data Summary: This briefing provides the most comprehensive picture possible about the sanctions young adults have received as a result of three key antisocial behaviour powers, from the behaviours for which young adults are sanctioned, to where young adults are prosecuted and the court sentences they receive. It is based on over 800 freedom of information requests to all councils and police forces in England and Wales, as well as to the Ministry of Justice regarding prosecutions for breach of the three measures. It details the significant gaps in the data which prevent us getting a full national picture of the numbers of young adults sanctioned, particularly in terms of the number of young adults who have been moved on or subject to other local sanctions such as a fixed penalty notices. It also documents the variation in the prosecution of young adults for breach in relation to these three powers (a criminal offence). Young adults are shown to be a key group on the receiving end of these sanctions; 36 per cent of all prosecutions for breach in England and Wales are young adults. The briefing reveals significant variations in relation to ethnicity and geography in this regard, including: Young Black men disproportionately affected by ASB measures in London. A high concentration of the use of these powers in a small number of areas. Just three areas account for 42 per cent of all prosecutions of young adults in England and Wales. Background The briefing covers three of the six anti-social behaviour (ASB) powers which have been in operation (dispersal powers, community protection notices and public spaces protection orders). All are powers mainly concerned with sanctioning behaviour in public places. A wide range of behaviours have been targeted by these powers, including street drinking, car racing and begging. The powers covered by this briefing have their origins in ASB strategies in operation for two decades. The ASB framework was the subject of a significant overhaul in 2014, one result of which was the creation of new mechanisms for the potentially much more extensive use of ASB responses by councils, housing providers and the police. Implications for future practice The report raises a number of implications for future practice. Why are young adults more likely to be prosecuted than other age groups and can their needs be better understood? It also points to the need for better data collection and understanding regarding current ASB work. Details: London: Centre for Crime and Justice Studies, 2018. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2018 at: https://www.crimeandjustice.org.uk/sites/crimeandjustice.org.uk/files/YASE%20briefing%201%2017-07-2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 151522

Author: Fisher, Henry Title: Night Lives: Reducing Drug-Related Harm in the Night Time Economy Summary: The UK's night time economy is failing to protect its most valuable asset: the people who go out and enjoy it. Night Lives: Reducing Drug-Related Harm in the Night Time Economy, a joint report by the All-Party Parliamentary Group for Drug Policy Reform, Durham University, The Loop and Volteface, advocates for the adoption of a set of bold yet practical initiatives across our towns and cities to address this failure. Aimed at stakeholders including the night time industry, local authorities, police forces and public health, Night Lives offers new ideas for reducing drug-related harm in the UK's night time economy (NTE). The history of drug-related harm in the NTE reveals that drug-related deaths have acted as a catalyst for most policy and licensing developments relating to drugs, whether progressive, such as Manchester City Council's early adoption of Newcombe's Safer Dancing Guidelines, or regressive, such as the repeated attempts to close Fabric in London. This report bucks that trend. Drug-related deaths due to ecstasy and cocaine continue to rise and are at their highest since records began, while hospital admissions due to these drugs have risen dramatically in recent years. Admissions for cocaine alone have increased by 90 percent since 2011. This rise is seen despite drug usage rates remaining broadly consistent over the same time period. Our clubs and bars, once at the forefront of creating safer dancing environments, now find themselves relying on guidance that is over two decades out of date. A refocusing of national drug policy and resources away from harm reduction has left our night life environments more vulnerable to drug-related harm than ever. Licensing fears and landmark closures have left venues obliged to harden their 'zero tolerance' rhetoric towards drugs, leaving them ill-equipped to deal with the unavoidable realities of drug use. Alongside the post-austerity squeeze on public services, many local authorities and police forces fail to acknowledge their role in protecting the public from drug-related harm, directing responsibility towards licence holders. The UK's drug market is rapidly evolving, with common street drugs continuing to increase in strength and purity, an ever-widening array of substances in circulation, and misselling and adulteration a major and growing public health concern. Combined with this, we have a new generation of recreational drug users, many of whom are less familiar with the basic harm reduction practices of previous generations. Night Lives documents the substantial costs resulting from this failure to address drug-related harm. The burden on hospital Accident and Emergency departments from incidents associated with club drugs has more than doubled in the last four years, while disorder in the NTE relating to poor drug use practices, often exacerbated by co-consumption of alcohol, is also estimated to have increased dramatically. Every drug-related death that occurs in the NTE, as well as being a tragedy in its own right, requires significant police resources, including a week of police time, and costs in excess of L10,000 of taxpayers' money. Such incidents are often the trigger that leads to the closure of venues, the city centre hubs for young and not-so-young adult community engagement, such as London's Fabric, Birmingham's Rainbow and Glasgow's Arches, and to other venues remaining precarious to closure, such as the UK's dramatically decreasing number of LGBTQ venues. The social, economic and cultural costs are substantial, but could be vastly reduced by the implementation of effective harm reduction initiatives such as those recommended in this report. Based on in-depth interviews with over 50 key stakeholders, this report concludes that the major perceived barriers to implementation of initiatives to reduce drug-related harm can be overcome through partnership working and a greater understanding of their wider positive impact among all stakeholders. The report also recommends the introduction of four key initiatives for the night time economies of our towns and cities: Drug safety testing services available to the general public in night life districts; An independent information campaign on reducing drug-related harm; Training for night life staff in how to respond effectively to drug use in the NTE; The adoption of the UK festival drug policy of '3Ps: Prevent, Pursue, Protect' in licensed venues. The report identifies the perceived barriers to implementation of these initiatives for stakeholders in the NTE and presents solutions to these barriers. Night Lives demonstrates that these initiatives: Strengthen the ability of venues to uphold the objectives of the Licensing Act 2003, promoting both public safety and the prevention of crime; Provide a distinctive and effective means of reducing drug and alcohol-related harm; Promote orderly and vibrant night life environments; Reduce the workload of security staff, police and health services that work in the NTE; Promote partnership working between industry and other stakeholders; Add value to local public health strategies by addressing wider public health concerns beyond club drug use to 'make every contact count', and by providing a valuable point of contact for a demographic that rarely engages with public services. Details: London: Volteface, 2018. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Access September 14, 2018 at: http://volteface.me/app/uploads/2018/07/Night-Lives-PDF.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Disorderly Conduct Shelf Number: 151523

Author: Ministry of Justice Title: Education and Employment Strategy Summary: Our vision 1. Reoffending by those released from custody costs society around �15 billion per year - and the overwhelming majority of prisoners will be released from custody at some stage in their lives. Through effective rehabilitation we can reduce the number of victims of crime in the future. 2. Many ex-offenders have multiple problems in their lives, including troubled family relationships, drug and mental health problems, lack of suitable accommodation, low educational achievement and poor employment records. These different problems can compound one another and require a comprehensive response. 3. This strategy focuses on work, which we know is central to prisoners turning their lives around. People leaving prison who find a job are between 6 and 9 percentage points less likely to reoffend than those who do not, even when a range of other factors are taken into account. Work can provide a foundation for a different kind of life. 4. This must start with offenders themselves. Effective rehabilitation needs prisoners to engage with the opportunities in front of them, to build a different kind of life. They must be willing to commit to change, take advice, learn new skills and take opportunities to work - both during their sentence and after. Prisons cannot help people who are not willing to help themselves � but they can sharpen the incentives to help set prisoners on the right path. This means: a. A sentencing plan for each prisoner that sets direction and provides something positive to aim for. b. An Offender Management system that gives each prisoner a key worker to encourage and hold them to account. c. Tough enforcement when prisoners engage in violence and disruption, affecting their own futures and those of others. d. Proportionate rewards and opportunities for those making choices that will prepare them to lead crime-free lives on release, from positive engagement in prison education to prison work. 5. For those willing to engage, the system must deliver. Our vision is that when an offender enters prison they should be put, immediately, on the path to employment on release. This means: a. Rigorous assessment of each prisoner's education level at the beginning of - and at key points during � their sentence, to understand each individual's starting point and measure progress. b. Education and training which is responsive to individuals' needs, is properly integrated into prison regimes and delivers what employers are looking for. c. Prison work, provided by employers with easy access to prisons, and work placements on day release which help prisoners build towards employment opportunities on release. d. Links with local and national employers ready to offer ex-prisoners jobs on release. e. Effective supervision and support when ex-offenders leave prison, so that they make the most of job opportunities. Progress to date: 6. Progress has been made in some important aspects of this. The number of prisoners working in prison industries (prison jobs provided by private sector employers or government departments) at any one time has increased significantly, from 7,500 in 2010/11 to over 11,000 in 2016. This has boosted the number of prisoners engaged in purposeful activity and helped many more acquire key skills to prepare them for employment on release. In addition to this, there are over 13,000 prisoners working to provide prison services at any one time, such as cleaning prison wings or cooking in the kitchens. 7. Meanwhile, prison education has been improving, with an increase in the number of prisons in England rated as good or outstanding by Ofsted. In Wales ESTYN, the office of Her Majesty's Inspectorate for Education and Training in Wales, inspect prison education and the majority of prisons are rated as good. It is our ambition to see the number of prisons rated as good or outstanding for education continue to grow until that level of quality is embedded across the system. Challenges ahead: 8. The proportion of offenders in P45 employment one year after release is just 17%. The evidence indicates that there are not large differences in employment rates for male and female ex-offenders. This low employment rate contributes to higher levels of reoffending and comes at a direct cost to the welfare system. 9. Too many prisoners are still engaged in violence and disruption, rather than turning their own lives around. There were 28,000 violent incidents recorded in our prisons last year alone. Rates of violence are lower in the female estate than the male estate but are still unacceptable. We have not made sufficient use of all the tools available - to map out a path to a better future for each prisoner, bear down on bad behaviour and reward the good. A fresh look is needed at all the tools available for this. 10. Nor has the system delivered everything it should for those prisoners who do engage. Prisons have not been sufficiently geared towards getting prisoners into work on release. In particular: a. Prison education has delivered qualifications but not been tailored closely enough to the requirements of employers or the needs of different cohorts of prisoners. With large-scale contracts, governors in England have lacked the levers to manage performance and integrate education properly into prison regimes. At times in the past, training for female prisoners has been driven by stereotypes about 'suitable' employment rather than market intelligence about employment opportunities. b. Prison work has delivered purposeful activity and helped prisons function efficiently, but has not been linked sufficiently to employment opportunities on release. Workplace on Release on Temporary Licence (ROTL) has also been underused for both men and women c. On release, ex-prisoners have benefited from initiatives like Ban the Box, but many employers remain sceptical about employing ex-offenders. Employers need further encouragement and easy access to prisons to change this. Meanwhile, the supervision of, and support for, ex-prisoners on release has often been piecemeal and insufficiently coordinated. Details: United Kingdom, 2018. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/710406/education-and-employment-strategy-2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Education Shelf Number: 151473

Author: Gormley, Jenette Caitlin Title: Prison, Power, and People with Learning Disabilities: the complexities of curtailed lives Summary: Very little is known about how people with learning disabilities symbolically engage with imprisonment and discursively account for it within their wider self-narratives. Although there are no cohesive incarceration figures for people with a learning disability, prevalence studies suggest that they are over-represented among prison populations worldwide. This research addresses a major gap in literature as people with learning disabilities� accounts are largely absent from prison sociologies, and offending and imprisonment experiences are missing from learning disability studies literature. By bringing together empirical, theoretical, and methodological knowledge from criminology and disability studies, the research fills this void and heralds the value of drawing on two distinct fields of study. This thesis provides a platform for the experiences of 25 men and women with learning disabilities who were serving a custodial sentence or who had been recently liberated from custody at the time of research. Through a critical realist lens, the study used innovative qualitative research methods - multiple and semi-structured interviews - in order to preserve the ethical and moral integrity of researching inclusively with people with learning disabilities while being sensitive to the challenges of researching within prison. The research found that people with learning disabilities are disadvantaged and marginalised in unique ways as a result of the increasing psychological demands associated with late modern imprisonment. In prison, they negotiate distinct barriers to their full social participation with and through their punishment, sentence, and the demands of daily prison life. As a result, they face intersectional forms of oppression and are further socially disenfranchised through institutional process which render them vulnerable and dependent on the structures, supports, and regime of prison which are often absent from their lives in the community. Participants internalised their exclusion, and characterised their lives through experiences of labelling, governance, and curtailment. Details: Glasgow: University of Glasgow, 2017. 316p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 17, 2018 at: http://theses.gla.ac.uk/8439/ Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Learning Disabilities Shelf Number: 151554

Author: Sexton, B.F. Title: The influence of cannabis and alcohol on driving Summary: The most recent of TRL's major studies investigating the incidence of alcohol and drugs in road accident fatalities has shown a large increase in the incidence of drugs present in fatal casualties (drivers, riders, passengers and pedestrians). Among all road users illicit drugs were present in 18% of fatalities. These figures represent a sixfold increase in the detected incidence of illicit drugs present in fatalities since the previous, similar, study 12 years earlier. In the most recent research cannabis constituted around two thirds of the illegal drugs found in fatalities. In the study of fatalities referred to above, 24% of the drivers who had consumed cannabis were also over the drink/drive limit, and a further 16% had consumed some alcohol but were below the legal limit. Anecdotal evidence suggests that regular cannabis users often consume alcohol during a cannabis-smoking session. The amount of alcohol they consume is usually below the legal limit, and hence they may believe that their driving is unaffected by the alcohol. It is therefore important to establish the degree of impairment caused by such a dose of alcohol in combination with a typical cannabis dose. In 1999, the (now) DfT (Department for Transport), commissioned a review of the latest evidence of the impairment effects of cannabis. The report of that review provided an overview of the effects of cannabis on driving and accident risk and identified areas where current knowledge was deemed to be insufficient to guide road safety policy. This raised important questions, which have now been addressed by a research project carried out by TRL for Road Safety Division, DfT, to investigate the degree to which cannabis impairs psychomotor and cognitive skills relevant to the driving task. The first phase (reported previously) of this first UK study had the following objectives: To provide reliable data, under laboratory conditions, on the impairing effects of cannabis on driving. To determine the duration and extent of any impairment under different degrees of intoxication (using different levels of cannabis). To provide an overview of attitudes and habits of cannabis users in relation to driving and explore factors which may influence the decision to drive under its influence. The objectives were addressed using male drivers who were experienced cannabis users. These subjects carried out a variety of laboratory-based tasks and drove in the TRL simulator under four cannabis conditions: placebo; low ∆9 -THC (the main active cannabinoid of tetrahydrocannabinol); high ∆9 -THC; and cannabis resin The second phase, reported here, considers the influence of alcohol in combination with cannabis. This research has two objectives: To provide reliable data, under laboratory conditions, on the impairing effects of the combination of moderate doses of cannabis and alcohol on driving; To investigate whether police surgeons can readily distinguish between unimpaired individuals and those impaired by alcohol, cannabis and by a combination of the two. Details: London: Transport Research London, 2002. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: TRL543: Accessed September 17, 2018 at: https://trl.co.uk/sites/default/files/TRL543.pdf Year: 2002 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol-Impaired Driving Shelf Number: 151560

Author: Shaw, Stephen Title: Assessment of government progress in implementing the report on the welfare in detention of vulnerable persons: A follow-up report to the Home Office Summary: 1. This is the report of a review commissioned on behalf of the Home Secretary. Its focus has been upon the Government's response to my previous report (Review into the Welfare in Detention of Vulnerable Persons, Cm 9186, published in January 2016), and what impact this had had in practice. I have also looked in more detail at healthcare, caseworking, safer detention, oversight and staff culture, and alternatives to detention. 2. I have conducted the review with the assistance of five colleagues, three seconded from the Home Offce, one from the Cabinet Offce and one from the NHS. I have visited each of the immigration removal centres, along with other facilities, considered a range of written evidence and other material, and met with a wide range of offcials and stakeholders. 3. I asked Professor Mary Bosworth to conduct a literature survey to help inform my thinking on the use of alternatives to detention. 4. I co-hosted with Professor Bosworth a seminar on staff culture. To draw from experience in other walks of life, this brought together experts on the police, prisons, and the NHS, as well as Home Offce offcials and their contractors in immigration detention. 5. In Part 1 of the report, as well as detailing my terms of reference and the methodology I followed, I summarise themes emerging from the written evidence I received and from my meetings with offcials and stakeholders. 6. In Part 2, I look in more detail at the Government response to my earlier report. The majority of my recommendations were accepted and I outline where further reforms may be required. I also summarise what I found on my visits to immigration removal centres and elsewhere. 7. I record that there has been a reduction in the number of those detained for immigration purposes, and say that conditions in IRCs have generally improved from when I visited three years ago. But in some centres the Home Offce's strategy of expanding capacity by adding extra beds into existing rooms has exacerbated overcrowding, and created unacceptable conditions. 8. I indicate a need for a more joined-up approach between the Home Offce and its partners across Government. This applies particularly to the Ministry of Justice with its responsibilities for prisons and probation, and is especially relevant to time-served foreign national prisoners. 9. I examine the Adults at Risk (AAR) policy that was introduced by the Home Offce in response to my proposals to reduce the numbers of vulnerable people in detention. While it is not clear that AAR has yet made a signifcant difference to those numbers, it has engendered a genuine focus on vulnerability. The policy remains a work in progress and I have made recommendations to strengthen the protections it offers. 10. In Part 3, I present my impressions of healthcare in immigration removal centres. I say that much has been done by NHS England in partnership with the Home Offce, and by the healthcare contractors, and plans are in place to continue this process. I note that detainees' take-up of healthcare provision remains very high, and have made additional recommendations. 11. In Part 4, I look in more detail at caseworking. I examine the new policies and procedures introduced under the Home Offce's Detained Casework Transformation Programme and welcome many of these developments. However, I remain concerned that more needs to be done to ensure that individuals who are at risk are not detained, and suggest improvements to the new policies. I note that almost all of the safeguards against excessive use of detention introduced since my frst review are internal, and there remains a need for robust independent oversight. 12. In Part 5, I examine the way in which the Home Offce manages safer detention procedures against the background of a recent increase in the number of self-inficted deaths. By and large, the processes for managing those at risk of self-harm are being delivered appropriately, but more needs to be done to uncover the specifc vulnerabilities of those in immigration detention and to develop a strategy in the light of any fndings. 13. In Part 6, I give more detailed attention to oversight and staff culture, subjects of particular resonance given the BBC Panorama programme demonstrating grave misconduct on the part of a number of staff at Brook House. I consider issues of staff recruitment, retention, training and moral resilience, and have drawn upon lessons from other services. The systems for recruitment, training and whistle-blowing used by the individual contractors, and the processes for handling complaints and ensuring independent monitoring, are all satisfactory so far as they go. But manifestly they have not prevented abuses of the kind revealed by the BBC. I make suggestions to improve assurance processes and strengthen oversight. 14. Part 7 of my report focuses upon alternatives to detention. There remains limited evidence of the effectiveness (and cost-effectiveness) of those schemes that have been implemented across the globe. There are also diffcult issues to resolve as to how former detainees can be supported in light of policies introduced in the Immigration Act 2016. Nonetheless, I have made specifc proposals for how the Home Offce can take forward the alternatives to detention agenda. 15. I then list the specific recommendations from this follow-up review. Details: London: Home Office, 2018. 264p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 18, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/728376/Shaw_report_2018_Final_web_accessible.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 151577

Author: Gash, Tom Title: Policing 4.0: Deciding the Future of Policing in the UK Summary: UK policing is under the microscope. A rise in serious violence and falling detection rates in some parts of the country have brought political focus onto the resilience of a model of policing that has long been the envy of the world. Rising demand and budget restraints have forced UK Police forces to evolve but questions remain as to whether policing has yet fully adapted to address the profound and continuing shifts in patterns of crime, society, policy and technology. Policing 4.0: Deciding the Future of Policing in the UK explores the challenges facing policing today and the powerful trends and forces that will influence crime and policing over the coming decades. The report is informed by commentary on the policing sector, analysis of UK and international police data and interviews with chief officers from UK police forces, leaders of national policing organisations and leading academics. Findings Policing 4.0 finds that policing in the UK is changing. Rapid developments in technology, spending reductions and profound shifts in society and patterns of crime have contributed to changes in police structures, recruitment approaches, ways of engaging the public, investigative methods, approaches to preventing crime, supporting victims and protecting the vulnerable. Policing leaders are working tirelessly and with skill to address problems, but are deeply concerned about policing's capacity to harness technology effectively and police 'readiness' to deal with crimes enabled by technology. Politicians and policing leaders - nationally and locally - have some big choices to make about their role, priorities, and policing philosophy. They must decide which new capabilities they will need to invest in to cope with policing's new realities. The report provides a new framework for thinking about key policing choices and a set of ideas and case studies of success to support decision making whilst sharing a vision for the future of policing. Details: London: Deloitte, 2018. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 19, 2018 at: https://www2.deloitte.com/uk/en/pages/public-sector/articles/the-future-of-policing.html Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Reform Shelf Number: 151590

Author: Prison Reform Trust Title: Still No Way Out: Foreign national women and trafficked women in the criminal justice system Summary: Six years on from the No Way Out briefing which highlighted the over representation of foreign national women in prison in England and Wales, their particular vulnerabilities and the barriers to justice that many face, it is time to review progress. Whilst there has been a decrease in both the number and proportion of foreign national women in prison, the reasons for this reduction are not clear and they remain over represented in prison, largely for committing non-violent, minor offences. Our research reveals a picture of inadequate legal representation, poor access to interpreting services, disproportionate punishment, failure to protect victims, isolation, fear, trauma and confusion experienced by the women themselves, with similar repercussions for their children. The briefing brings together research evidence and women's voices to make a compelling case for change. Details: London: PRT, 2018. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2018 at: http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/Portals/0/Documents/Still%20No%20Way%20Out%20full%20report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 151593

Author: Crest Advisory Title: Rewiring Justice: Transforming punishment and rehabilitation for the 21st century Summary: The criminal justice system is in crisis. Despite a plethora of reforms, the system is not built to deal with the changing face of crime and the markedly different challenges it now faces compared to a decade ago. Crest Advisory's Rewiring Justice report examines and sets out how the criminal justice system could be redesigned to deliver better outcomes - keeping people safe and rehabilitating offenders, whilst securing public confidence. The report maps the current sentencing / diversionary landscape, and explores the principles needed to drive reform. In addition, we identify good practice and innovation, while exploring how other systems have transformed themselves to meet contemporary challenges. We have also looked at justice from the other end of the telescope; exploring the perspectives of offenders themselves. Successive governments have failed in their reforms at every stage of the 'offender journey' through the system, meaning: Interventions to prevent offending / reoffending reach people too late; Punishment within the community is virtually non-existent, so prison is over-utilised; Prisons are overcrowded and thus incapable of proper rehabilitation; The social causes of crime and reoffending are neglected Our report argues that the current system delivers neither punishment or rehabilitation as an objective, and that the solution to the failure of criminal justice reform lies in balancing both objectives, not prioritising one over the other. The report sets out 14 recommendations, which lay the groundwork for an alternative vision of the criminal justice system, including: Introduce a new national presumption against the use of custodial sentences less than six months, for non-serious offences; Pilot a new 'swift and certain' programme for punishing prolific offenders in the community; Incentivise PCCs to work with probation providers to co-design new innovative community sentences and greater flexibility in commissioning electronic monitoring; Give Police and Crime Commissioners and directly elected mayors the opportunity to bid for managing the cost of offenders sentenced to short custodial sentences; Pilot a network of 'rehabilitation hubs' for male prolific offenders within police force areas, based on the 'women's centre' model; Reform post-sentence supervision arrangements so that probation providers are given greater discretion in prioritising resources; Overhaul community sentences to ensure new national minimum standards on swiftness, intensity, enforcement and transparency; Create a new L100 million criminal justice transformation fund, against which PCCs and Directly Elected Mayors could seek capital and revenue funding to support innovation and join up local services locally; Expand revenue raising powers to enable PCCs and directly elected mayors to raise a new 'Crime and Justice' Precept raising up to an additional L180 million per year; Amend the Homelessness Code of Guidance for Local Authorities to explicitly designate as 'vulnerable' any individual who is homeless upon completion of a custodial sentence. Details: London: Crest, 2018. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2018 at: http://crestadvisory.com/rewiring-justice-transforming-punishment-and-rehabilitation-for-the-21st-century/ Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 151596

Author: Williams, Patrick Title: Being Matrixed: The (Over) Policing of Gang Suspects in London Summary: It is undeniable that the media, police and political focus on street crime, urban gangs and youth violence has become more prominent over recent years. This increased attention has an impact on the criminal justice system, policing practices and the communities being policed. With the racialised perception of a gangs normalised, it is little surprise there is an over policing of the black community. Black men are bearing the brunt and feeling oppressed as they are surveilled and their movements curtailed. Infringing people's rights, police intelligence tools and police conduct can often contribute to alienating people and fostering animosity. With stop and search a frequently used policing power and often the first point of contact many young people have with the law, it plays an integral role in the formation of an individual's attitudes toward the police. Without the confidence and trust of a community, effective community policing is near impracticable. Considering the intrusive and historically contentious nature of stop and search and recent misinformation which seeks to justify calls for an increase in stop and search, through conflating serious violence with gangs, it is timely to explore how being labelled a 'gang nominal', placed on the Gangs Matrix and subjected to an enhanced level of policing and multi-agency interventions impacts on individuals. Responding to the civil unrest that took place in 2011 across London and other cities in the country, the Metropolitan Police Service and former Mayor of London, Boris Johnson, introduced the Gangs Violence Matrix in 2012. The Gangs Matrix is a database, containing the names and personal information of people suspected to be "gang nominals". Underpinning the database is a set of algorithms that use an established scoring criterion to generate an automated violence ranking for individuals. Each person receives a ranking classification of either red, amber or green. Controversial at the time of its inception, the database was created as an intelligence tool that monitors and manages people identified to be involved in criminal activity. It has continued to gain notoriety over the years with critics highlighting its blatant racial disparity. In Amnesty International UK's recent report, Metropolitan Police data from October 2017 shows that there are 3,806 people on the Matrix, of which over three quarters (78%) are black. In contrast, according to other Metropolitan Police data only 27% of people accountable for serious youth violence are black. Critics also have grave concerns about the lack of transparency and oversight around the actual process of how people are added to and removed from the database. Alarmingly, the findings from the Amnesty report reveal that approximately 40% of the people on the Matrix are not recorded as being involved in violent crime yet are subject to enhanced police scrutiny. The seemingly unrestrained sharing of information between statutory agencies, education institutions, potential employers and voluntary and community organisations also poses problems as the gang member label acts as a red flag and results in detrimental consequences for the person that is meant to be receiving 'support' to cease criminality. Unfortunately, the overrepresentation of black men in the criminal justice system, as highlighted by The Lammy Review last year, is not a new phenomenon and key to addressing this issue is a need for recognition from the State and wider society that tools such as the Gangs Matrix play a role in preserving the current status quo. The research for this report was commissioned in a response to the anecdotal evidence StopWatch gathered though its community outreach engagement work with grassroots community organisations and individuals. For nearly a decade StopWatch has consistently raised concerns about the rate of ethnic disproportionality in stop and searches and the damaging effect that discriminatory over-policing has on an individual and a community. To address these concerns, politicians and police have advocated for an increase in targeted intelligence led stop and search. Details: London: StopWatch, 2018. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 24, 2018 at: http://www.stop-watch.org/uploads/documents/Being_Matrixed.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias Shelf Number: 151647

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation Title: Domestic abuse: the work undertaken by Community Rehabilitation Companies (CRCs) Summary: An estimated two million people experienced domestic abuse last year. A good proportion of people in receipt of probation services are domestic abusers, and domestic abuse constitutes a sizeable proportion of the work of Community Rehabilitation Companies (CRCs). In this inspection we set out to assess how well CRCs are working to reduce domestic abuse and protect victims. Overall, we found CRCs nowhere near effective enough in this critical area of work, and yet good work here could make so much difference to the families and individuals concerned, and to society as a whole. There is no overall strategy from the MoJ or HMPPS to drive the quality of CRCs' domestic abuse practice. Contractual targets have led to CRCs prioritising process deadlines above good quality and safe practice. HMPPS has worked hard to provide interventions for use with domestic abuse perpetrators, and to support CRCs in their delivery of these, but needs to take a more strategic and coordinated approach to this work. HMPPS guidance needs updating. CRCs had developed new structures, operating models and case management tools that appropriately prioritised domestic abuse cases. However, these tools were not fully embedded or used effectively to improve practice or to help identify local need. Some CRCs supported their aspirations with helpful policies and guidance. However, the policies and guidance were not translating into effective practice and there were no systems in place to test that they did. We found a lack of strategic approach nationally and at CRC level to make sure that CRCs provided the right range, volume and quality of domestic abuse interventions to meet identified need and that RAR interventions were evidence-based and delivered effectively. CRCs were providing BBR and working to improve access to this. However, there were too few referrals to this programme. Many individuals experienced extensive delays before joining a course, and too many did not complete one. Individuals had access to domestic abuse RARs and a range of other locally devised interventions. These were mainly created by enthusiastic practitioners, without a recognised evidence base. They were being delivered by a mix of experienced facilitators but also by new staff who lacked the confidence and knowledge to deliver the course material well. Overall, practitioners were not empowered to deliver a good-quality domestic abuse service. They had unmanageable workloads and many needed more training and oversight. Inexperienced probation workers had full and complex caseloads and, because of the emphasis on remote working in some CRCs, they were unable to obtain support from their colleagues. The lack of knowledge, skill and time dedicated to managing domestic abuse led to considerable shortfalls in the quality of case management. Details: Manchester, UK: The Inspectorate, 2018. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Thematic Inspection: Accessed September 25, 2018 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2018/09/Report-Domestic-Abuse-the-work-undertaken-by-CRCs.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Case Management Shelf Number: 151660

Author: Ofsted Title: Growing up neglected: a multi-agency response to older children Summary: This report is about the third joint targeted area inspection programme, which began in May 2017 and examined 'the multi-agency response to older children who are living with neglect'. This report considers the most significant learning from six inspections of local authority areas with a focus on the neglect of older children. The inspections reviewed practice in children's social care, education, health services, the police, youth offending services and probation services. The report recognises that much has been done by agencies to address neglect of younger children but it calls for a greater awareness of the neglect of older children and a focus on trauma-based approaches to tackling it. It also calls for a greater awareness among professionals in adult services of the risks of neglect of older children who are living with parents with complex needs. Details: Manchester, UK: Ofsted, 2018. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/722740/Older_children_neglect_FINAL_060718.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 151704

Author: Action for Children Title: Revolving door part 2: are we failing children at risk of abuse and neglect? Summary: A year ago, we published research showing that there were an estimated 140,000 children on the fringes of social care without support. These children were referred to local authority children's services because someone was worried about them, were assessed, but did not meet thresholds for statutory support, and then were not signposted to other help. At the time, we questioned if the children left in this situation, end up in a revolving door being re-referred into children's social care, only getting help when they reach crisis point. Now we can reveal just how many of these children are coming back for help year after year because the opportunity for early intervention may have been missed. New figures for this report reveal that over a two-year period, as many as 36,000 children had to be referred a number of times before there was any statutory intervention to help them with serious issues like abuse and neglect and family dysfunction This is important. Vital family support services for problems like domestic violence and substance misuse can provide help that can stop problems spiraling out of control, and prevent the need for statutory services later on. However, years of central government budget cuts mean that often, these essential support services are no longer available. This can lead to poor outcomes for children and families. Analysis of serious case reviews where children had had some contact with children's social care found that 45% involved children who were below the threshold for a statutory service. It also leads to poor outcomes for local authorities who may end up paying for more costly interventions: research found that for every L1 invested in targeted services designed to catch problems early, society benefits by between L7.60 and L9.20. There is a compelling case to support these children, but they are often overlooked; this report is one of the first to look at who these children are and what happens to them. Our analysis looks at a two-year period from 2013/14 to 2014/15. Details: Watford: Action for Children, 2018. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2018 at: https://www.actionforchildren.org.uk/media/10540/revolvingdoor_pt2_final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 151705

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation Title: The quality of service user assessment (probation services) Summary: This bulletin focuses upon the quality of probation service user assessment. Well-informed, analytical and personalised assessment is vital to the delivery of a high-quality service for each individual. It helps to ensure that planning focuses upon those areas which are most critical, and that the delivered services sufficiently support desistance and the safety of other people. Needs or factors linked to offending, often termed 'criminogenic needs', must be understood, as should those needs which are less directly related to offending but are important to the service user's chances of desistance. The desistance literature emphasises the need to pay attention to the individual's legitimate aspirations and to identify and develop personal strengths and skills. Personalisation further requires analysis of the service user's diversity and personal circumstances, and the impact these have on his/her ability to comply and engage with service delivery. Assessment needs to consider the service user's attitude towards change. Motivation to change is pivotal to desistance and can be assessed using frameworks such as the well-established 'cycle of change' model. Determining the service user's position on the change cycle helps the practitioner to use the right skills and identify the right interventions to enable the individual service user to move forward. The process of assessment - how it is undertaken - is as important as the outcome. A diverse range of sources of information should be utilised, including court reports, previous records and, in appropriate cases, information gained from other agencies or people who know the service user. This helps to build a rounded view of the individual, capturing the full range of risks, needs, skills and strengths. It is important to ensure that the information is not merely presented but a sufficiently comprehensive analysis of the different factors affecting the service user's life is conducted. Wherever possible, service users should be meaningfully involved in the process of assessment, building the one-to-one trusting personal relationships which can be a powerful vehicle for change. The concepts of procedural justice, self-efficacy and self-determination are all relevant. Service users should be given a voice and treated with respect. They should be enabled to identify issues and solutions themselves, working out who they want to be and what they want to achieve. Details: West Manchester, UK: HM Inspectorate of Probation, 2018. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Research & Analysis Bulletin 2018/01: Accessed September 27, 2018 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2018/09/2018-01-The-quality-of-service-user-assessment-probation-services-final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Desistance Shelf Number: 151706

Author: Darling, Andrea Jean Title: Understanding Female-Perpetrated Child Sexual Abuse in Organisational Contexts Summary: Organisational child sexual abuse has received unprecedented attention over recent years with numerous local, national and international inquiries taking place. At the same time interest in female sex offenders has increased, however, despite this focus in both areas there is an almost total lack of research examining the phenomenon of female-perpetrated child sexual abuse in organisational contexts. This thesis combines these fields of inquiry and addresses this gap. Situational crime prevention theory framed the mixed methods approach examining 136 cases of sexual abuse perpetrated by women against children they worked with in organisational contexts. The sample originates from the UK, USA and Canada between 2000 and 2016. Freedom of Information request data from the Ministry of Justice and professional regulators was used to examine the current context of this abuse. Qualitative and quantitative content analysis of court reports, professional regulator decisions and media articles then examined 92 variables addressing: perpetrator and victim characteristics; offence processes and modus operandi and situational and environmental factors. The responses of organisations and criminal justice and child protection systems were also investigated, as well as the short- and long-term impacts upon victims. The findings show most women offend alone against a single, post-pubescent male victim, often with particular vulnerabilities. Abuse occurs predominantly outside the organisational environment and the use of electronic communication is common. The findings indicate these women were not pre-disposed offenders but rather their behaviour was influenced by socio-cultural, situational and contextual factors. This highlights the significant influence organisations can have in preventing this abuse and wider implications for policy and practice are also discussed. This thesis makes an original contribution to knowledge by being the first systematic investigation specifically examining female-perpetrated child sexual abuse in a range of organisational contexts. Details: Durham, UK: Durham University, 2018. 403p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 1, 2018 at: http://etheses.dur.ac.uk/12768/1/AJD_Thesis_(FINAL_SUBMITTED_TO_ETHESES_Windows_Version).pdf?DDD34+ Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 151740

Author: St. Giles Trust Title: The Evaluation of St Giles Trust's SOS Project Summary: St Giles Trust's SOS Project trains and employs reformed ex-offenders as caseworkers, who provide practical and psychological support to their clients - primarily other ex-offenders, but also those at risk of offending - to help them to avoid offending and reintegrate themselves into society. This is a pioneering model for the delivery of such services and the limited results of this paper indicate this model could have an impact if scaled and supported appropriately. This paper provides an account of a mixed-methods evaluation of the SOS Project, carried out by The Social Innovation Partnership (TSIP) and its associates, whose dual-purpose was to analyse the SOS Project's impact and optimise its implementation. The key findings of this report are: - The caseworkers themselves are the biggest strength of the SOS Project. Their commitment, willingness to challenge their clients, and ability to address their attitudes and behaviours whilst still providing support are integral to the SOS Project's work. Clients most frequently mentioned support from SOS workers and the information, advice and guidance as the most valuable parts of the SOS Project. - The SOS Project and St Giles Trust in general are clearly (based on case file reviews, interviews, and partner discussions) receiving referrals from multiple routes, and taking on clients who are difficult or not motivated to reform. This dynamic and 'hard-to-measure' variable means the reconviction analysis conducted in this study needs to be considered in this context. - The SOS Project is well-aligned with the National Offender Management Service (NOMS) understanding of best practice - it takes a holistic approach that principally targets four of NOM'� reoffending risk factors � this is an important foundation that St Giles Trust are targeting well. With more structure, all nine outcomes could be strongly targeted. - According to client interviews and caseworkers' self-reported outcomes, the SOS Project shows signs of positive impact. The feedback was overwhelmingly positive and case file analysis indicates good work. - A reconviction analysis showed that the reoffending rates of SOS clients were not significantly different from what would be predicted had no intervention taken place. However, due to unavoidable issues with data, these results may not accurately reflect the SOS Project's impact. Further work is recommended. - In any case, data collection needs to be improved in order to fully and accurately capture the SOS Project's impact. St Giles Trust could capture its data better with dedicated administrative support - The process of delivering this evaluation has illustrated that projects that emerge organically and subject to a wide range of funder requirements like the SOS Project (evolved over 6 years) i.e. take on a variety/difficult of clients, use multiple referral routes, and use flexible interventions need to carefully consider the evaluation methodologies and desired outcomes that they select to assess their work. Details: London: St. Giles Trust, 2013. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 3, 2018 at: https://www.stgilestrust.org.uk/misc/Evaluation%20into%20SOS%20Gangs%20project%20full%20report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Caseworkers Shelf Number: 151748

Author: Hudek, Jo Title: Evaluation of the County Lines Pilot Project Summary: The County Lines Demonstration Pilot Project was funded by the Home Office to test out what might enable vulnerable children to move away from involvement in county lines drug distribution networks. It began in September 2017, with the objectives of trialling a range of interventions delivered by St Giles Trust and its partner Missing People, that had the potential to: - reduce the number of children involved in county lines activity; - improve the lifestyles and life chances of those who exit county lines activity, to reduce their likelihood of becoming re-engaged with gangs and crime; understand how a range of interventions can work effectively together to help children affected by county lines activity; - develop a model that effectively tackles the issue of child involvement and exploitation in county lines activity, and - facilitate enhanced intelligence and partnership working across agencies involved in crime, social services, safeguarding, health and other key agencies relevant to children involved in county lines activity. This independent evaluation, carried out by JH Consulting, assesses the extent to which the interventions have contributed to achieving these objectives - for children, families and statutory services; the relative effectiveness of the interventions and any interactions between them, and the key learning points to take forward in service development for this highly vulnerable group. The evaluation is linked to wider scoping research that draws together key learning from across over 20 different areas in England and Wales, identifying the key issues for vulnerable children involved in county lines, as well as emerging responses in tackling them. The county lines pilot project began in September 2017 with the aim of testing out a range of interventions to support vulnerable children involved in county lines running between London and Kent so that they could exit the activity. Child focused interventions included one-to-one casework (Kent OT) and phone based support (SafeCall). A further element of the project involved professional training of people with 'lived experience' to create a team of Peer Advisor volunteers who, once their training is complete, will be able to support the casework with affected children. By the end of March 2018: � 38 children and their families in two areas of Kent and three London boroughs have been provided with one-to-one, in person casework support, with 30 remaining on the caseload � 7 children/young people and 20 family members have been supported through SafeCall in-depth phone services � 9 people with lived experience of gangs/county lines/drugs are training as Peer Advisors Overall, the pilot project has provided a range of very effective support for children involved in county lines activities, as well as their families and a range of professionals working with them. Details: London: St. Giles Trust, 2018. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 3, 2018 at: https://www.stgilestrust.org.uk/reports-and-evaluations Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 151749

Author: Hopkins, Billie Title: Evaluation of the SOS+ Intervention Summary: This report is a preliminary evaluation of the SOS+ project within St Giles Trust, which is a service available for young vulnerable people within some London Boroughs who are at risk of becoming involved in gangs. The main aim of SOS+ is to act as a prevention intervention for those young people at risk by providing knowledge and dispelling myths about gangs. SOS+ focuses on the dangers of carrying and using weapons, along with changing people's perceptions of gangs and the lifestyle associated with them. The overall goal of SOS+ is to keep young people safe and out of gangs. To evaluate this intervention, questionnaires were given to the young people who were involved in SOS+ regarding their experience and opinion of the session they participated in. These results showed that overall a large majority of the 735 sample (52%) stated that their view of gangs had changed as a result of the intervention - rating the SOS+ project as 10 out of 10. The findings also revealed that half of the young people have some knowledge or understanding of crime-related behaviour. When exploring this further, 20% admitted to having previously carried a knife and 44% suggested that they knew someone who did carry a knife. This indicated that SOS+ interventions are needed as it is clear that a significant number of the young people could be at risk of becoming involved in gangs. The questionnaires also showed what the young people enjoyed about the sessions. This included; increased knowledge, information on how to stay safe, and the realistic delivery of the session and how it was interactive. When stating what they would change about the session, they suggested; session length, session content, the emotions involved. When the young people were asked about improvements to future sessions a majority stated 'nothing', however suggested improvements were more interactions and more time for a discussion. Suggestions for future sessions of SOS+ are discussed. Details: London: St. Giles Trust, 2015? 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 3, 2018 at: https://www.stgilestrust.org.uk/misc/Evaluation%20into%20SOS+.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 151743

Author: Howard League for Penal Reform Title: Sentencing Young Adults: Making the case for sentencing principles for young adults Summary: A substantial and growing evidence base has found that young adults aged 18 to 25 are a distinct group, largely because they are still maturing. Young adults face an increased risk of exposure to the criminal justice system compared to older adults and are not afforded the protections given to children, despite their distinctive needs. Contact with the criminal justice system raises the risk of adverse outcomes for young people and increases their risk of reoffending. However, current sentencing practice provides very limited scope for treating young adults differently from older adults. Sentencing is a pivotal criminal justice event that is currently failing to adequately recognise the particular needs of this age group. As a result, young adults are being sent deeper into the penal system than necessary, often increasing their risk of reoffending and harming them in the process. Building on the progress that has been made by the Sentencing Council's guideline outlining overarching principles for children, the Howard League considers there should be a similar guideline for young adults. Such a guideline could provide a legal framework to enable courts to achieve better outcomes when sentencing young adults, and make a real difference to young adults' lives. Details: London: The League, 2018. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 3, 2018 at: https://howardleague.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Sentencing-Young-Adults_final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Sentencing Shelf Number: 151777

Author: Birchall, Jenny Title: What About My Right Not to be Abused: Domestic Abuse, Human Rights, and the Family Courts Summary: In January 2016, Women�s Aid launched the Child First: Safe Child Contact Saves Lives campaign and over the past two years, Women�s Aid has pushed for changes to make child contact safer for children and for non-abusive parents. The last 12 months have seen a number of welcome developments around child contact cases in the family courts, including the revised Practice Direction 12J, which contains guidance for judges and magistrates in child contact cases where there are allegations of domestic abuse. However, survivors of domestic abuse continue to raise concerns about unsafe child contact and inadequate understanding of the links between domestic abuse and child wellbeing and safety. These concerns have been mirrored, to a large extent, in research conducted by academics to date. Professor Shazia Choudhry at Queen Mary University of London has drawn particular attention to the applicability of the human rights framework to issues of child contact in situations where there has been domestic abuse. Therefore, Women�s Aid and Professor Choudhry decided to work together to conduct new research examining women survivors of domestic abuse�s experiences of the family courts, looking at these experiences through the lens of human rights. Talking to survivors about rights -using plain language around the right to a fair trial and the right to life - helped to uncover stark problems with culture and practice in the family courts that affect the courts� ability to do justice, safeguard against further trauma, and prioritise children�s safety. Details: United Kingdom, 2018. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 3, 2018 at: https://1q7dqy2unor827bqjls0c4rn-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/Domestic-abuse-human-rights-and-the-family-courts-report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse Shelf Number: 151642

Author: Pope, Laura Title: Self-Harm by Adult Men in Prison: A Rapid Evidence Assessment Summary: A Rapid Evidence Assessment (REA) was undertaken to improve understanding of self-harm among adult men in prison, and to develop and inform thinking and action towards the management and treatment of self-harm in prisons. This is particularly important given the recent upward trend in self-harm incidents. This review explores the distinct characteristics and motivations of men who self-harm as a group of individuals that have previously received little attention in academic literature. For the purpose of this review, the HMPPS definition of self-harm has been used: 'any act where a prisoner deliberately harms themselves irrespective of the method, intent or severity of any injury' in which no underlying assumptions of intent or motivation are made. The primary research questions to be addressed in this REA are: 1. Why do adult men in prison self-harm? 2. What works to reduce and/or manage self-harm among adult men in prison? REA methodology was employed to search a range of databases for relevant literature. The review focused on male prisoners over the age of 18. To be selected for inclusion, studies had to clearly distinguish self-harm as a separate behaviour or outcome from suicide and only studies published in English in the last 15 years were included. International literature was considered and the comparability and generalisability of any non-UK studies have been carefully considered and presented within the findings of the review. From an initial sample of approximately 2,137 papers that were identified during the search process on why men self-harm, 14 studies met the inclusion criteria and were assessed in detail. The type and quality of research design of included studies varies considerably. Five studies used the highest quality methods using control and/or comparison group designs. The remainder of the studies use either pre-or post comparison only design, or were correlational or qualitative in nature. Findings from all 14 of these studies were drawn upon in developing the conclusions of this REA. The search process focusing on what works to reducce/manage self-harm identified an initial sample of approximately 2,303 papers, although only two studies met the inclusion criteria. The wide variation in definitions of self-harm and the wide range of self-harming behaviours under study is not always adequately defined in research. Sample sizes tend to be small and are limited in their design. As a result, the literature is contradictory in places and limits the generalisability of some findings. Details: London: Her Majesty�s Prison and Probation Service, 2018. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Analytical Series 2018: Accessed October 3, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/739521/self-harm-adult-men-prison-2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prisoners Shelf Number: 151641

Author: Bradley, Alexa Title: Women Most at Risk of Experiencing Partner Abuse in England and Wales: Years Ending March 2015 to 2017 Summary: Main Points -Eliminating violence against women and girls is one of the targets under the Sustainable Development Goals, findings show that some groups of women are more likely to experience partner abuse than others. -Young women were more likely to have experienced partner abuse in the last 12 months than older women. -Women who had a long-term illness or disability were more than twice as likely to have experienced some form of partner abuse (12.4%) in the last 12 months than women who did not (5.1%). -Bisexual women were nearly twice as likely to have experienced partner abuse in the last 12 months than heterosexual women (10.9% compared with 6.0%). -Women who identified with Mixed/Multiple ethnicities were more likely to have experienced partner abuse in the last 12 months (10.1%) than any other ethnic group. -Women living in households with an income of less than 10,000 pounds were more than four times as likely (14.3%) to have experienced partner abuse in the last 12 months than women living in households with an income of 50,000 pounds or more (3.3%). -Women living in social housing (11.1%) were nearly three times as likely to have experienced partner abuse in the last 12 months than women who were owner occupiers (4.1%). Details: United Kingdom, 2018. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 3, 2018 at: https://www.ons.gov.uk/peoplepopulationandcommunity/crimeandjustice/articles/womenmostatriskofexperiencingpartnerabuseinenglandandwales/yearsendingmarch2015to2017 Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Abuse Shelf Number: 151609

Author: Chanon Consulting Title: The relationship between family violence and youth offending Summary: Councils only want the best for the children and young people in their communities, but many children struggle to cope with the challenges they experience. Facing continuous family violence and without recourse to adequate help when they need it, we know that some young people go on to be involved in the youth justice system. As local leaders councils play a key role in reducing youth offending, bringing together partners through their strategic and operational role spanning enforcement, early intervention, prevention in relation to youth offending and the provision of support to victims of violence. By understanding the risk factors and commissioning interventions that support the protective factors, the link between family violence and youth offending can be broken. This rapid evidence assessment provides an introduction to the subject, and asks three key questions: What evidence exists to support a link between family violence and involvement in youth offending? If a link does exist, are there factors that moderate the relationship between family violence and subsequent involvement in youth offending? What public health interventions are available to prevent offending among children and young people who have experienced family violence? Details: London: Local Government Association, 2018. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 4, 2018 at: https://www.local.gov.uk/sites/default/files/documents/15%2034%20-%20The%20relationship%20between%20family%20violence%20and%20youth%20offending-V4_1.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children Exposed to Violence Shelf Number: 151782

Author: Great Britain. Department for Education Title: Approaches to preventing and tackling bullying Case studies Summary: All schools are required by law to have a behaviour policy with measures to tackle bullying among pupils. The government does not set out a particular approach to bullying that schools should follow. The underlying principle is that schools are best placed to drive their own improvements and they are held to account for their effectiveness through Ofsted. Ofsted's 2012 report 'No place for bullying' lays out its view on good practice. There is, and never has been, any legal requirement on schools to record and report incidents of bullying. The Department for Education (DfE) advice is that schools should develop their own approaches for monitoring bullying and exercise their own judgement as to what will work best for their pupils. More broadly the department's advice on behaviour and discipline makes clear that having a whole school policy, consistently applied, with clear systems of rewards and sanctions is key to securing good behaviour. A recent independent review of behaviour in schools, found that good behaviour policy often involved a combination of strict rules combined with strong pastoral support and activities. There is some evidence to suggest that bullying as an issue has improved for specific age groups. For example, Wave 2 of the Department's Longitudinal Study of Young People in England shows that overall, a significantly smaller proportion of year 10 students in 2014 said that they had been bullied in the last 12 months when compared with the equivalent age group in 2005. 5 At the same time, research shows that bullying does remains a problem for some pupils. For example, the 'Pupils and their parents and carers omnibus survey' published by the Department in 2017 showed that out of 1,847 year 7 to 13 pupils, nearly half (45%) felt they had been bullied in the previous 12 months. In the same study, just under two thirds of pupils (63%) said they had seen someone else being bullied at school in the past 12 months. One way to help tackle this is by identifying and sharing some promising practice among schools. The DfE therefore, commissioned CooperGibson Research (CGR) to conduct in-depth qualitative interviews with senior leaders in schools, identified by several high profile anti-bullying the organisations that the department works closely with, as exhibiting some examples of promising practice to combat bullying. This report outlines the approach taken and the case studies which have been developed, along with common themes found across the schools interviewed. The DfE is considering building on this research, to develop a series of case study reports looking specifically at promising practice in the fight against bullying related to protected characteristics such as race, ethnicity or faith. We hope that this report will be a helpful resource for schools and other stakeholders looking to improve anti-bullying practices in schools. Details: London: Department for Education, 2018. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 4, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/715359/Approaches_to_preventing_and_tackling_bullying_-_case_studies.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 151823

Author: Warner, Louise Title: Secure settings for young people: a national scoping exercise Summary: This report summarises the findings of the first (scoping) stage of a service evaluation, evaluating the provision of secure services for detained young people, under 18 years of age, from England, between February and September 2016. This involved identifying every secure unit in Great Britain (the United Kingdom excluding Northern Ireland, Channel Islands and the Isle of Man, none of which had secure units in which young people from England could be placed) that could detain young people from England and establishing the basic characteristics of each unit, in order to identify similarities and differences between them, prior to further exploration in the later stages of the study. This report addresses two questions: to what extent and in what ways are the types of secure service for children similar or different? Table 1 below presents a summary of these findings. There will be two later stages of this service evaluation including a census of all young people from England detained on 14 September 2016 considering their needs and qualitative interviews of professionals and carers about the strengths and weaknesses of the secure system for young people in England. Details: London: National Health Services, 2018. 87p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2018 at: https://www.england.nhs.uk/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/secure-settings-for-young-people-a-national-scoping-exercise-paper-1-scoping-analysis.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 152851

Author: Hales, Heidi Title: Census of young people in secure settings on 14 September 2016: characteristics, needs and pathways of care Summary: Our scoping study (Warner, Hales, Smith, & Bartlett, 2018) identified all the secure units, in England, in which young people (under the age of 18 years at the point of detention) are detained. The three legal frameworks under which young people can be deprived of their liberty in England are: The Mental Health Act (1983, as amended 2007) placing them in hospital, Section 25 of the Children Act (1989) placing them in a secure children's home (SCH), or under the youth justice system (YJS) on remand or serving a sentence in a SCH, secure training centre (STC) or young offender institution (YOI). Most of the placements available to young people are within the youth justice system (YJS), but more therapeutic input is available for those in secure hospitals. The next question was to consider how many young people are detained in each type of institution. This report establishes: - the distribution and size of the population of young people in the secure system - the pathways into secure care of the young people - the needs of those detained in different institutions under different legislation - whether the needs of detained young people differ according to the type of institution. Details: London: National Health Service, 2018. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2018 at: https://www.england.nhs.uk/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/secure-settings-for-young-people-a-national-scoping-exercise-paper-2-census-report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 152852

Author: Bartlett, Annie Title: Young people's secure care: Professionals' and parents' views of its purpose, placements and practice Summary: This is the third report on secure care for young people in England. It should be read in conjunction with the scoping report which established the location and nature of secure care facilities for young people and the census report which describes the detained population in terms of their health and social care characteristics and pathways into care. This report is based on the analysis of 53 semi-structured interviews with secure care staff (N=36) and parents of detained young people (N=17). These explored their views of: - the characteristics of the multi-agency system of secure care - why a young person might be detained in the system - who these detained young people might be Key findings included: - Despite the notional clarity of the three components of secure care, respondents thought detained young people in all types of setting often shared similar, disadvantaged backgrounds and characteristics, including mental health difficulties - Vulnerable young people might be placed with those who posed a significant risk to others and those who only posed a risk to themselves might be detained in medium secure hospital services - Staff involved in the care of young people in secure care and parents' had different views on care quality - Staff involved in the care of young people in secure care and parents were critical of the process determining a young person's secure placement, seeing it as a consequence of failures in prophylactic health and social care (particularly child and adolescent mental health services (CAMHS)) and based on the availability of a placement rather than its suitability, to the point where the system's decision could appear arbitrary - Respondents were united in their concern that young people were often placed far from their support systems and that this was detrimental, even when specialist care was required - Many respondents thought young people had had multiple placements and moves leading to difficulty trusting staff or emotionally investing in care and to feelings of rejection - Parents considered the attitudes of staff towards their child, specifically with regards to their interest in and knowledge of their child's history, to be unhelpful - The widespread use of agency/temporary staff was uniformly considered to exacerbate difficulties in trust and communication and care delivery - Insufficient recruitment and poor retention of staff allied to the absence of bespoke training contributed to the widespread use of agency staff - A range of practical ideas about units and the system of care were put forward These findings led to themes, explored in the Discussion and Conclusions, for further consideration by key stakeholders: - Parents and professionals: language and its significance - Consistent Approaches to Care Delivery - Looking Out not just Looking In - Risk and Vulnerability - Geography and Parity of Esteem Details: London: National Health Service, 2018. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2018 at: https://www.england.nhs.uk/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/secure-settings-for-young-people-a-national-scoping-exercise-paper-3-interview-report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 152853

Author: Hail, Yvonne Title: Review of Evidence: What effect do enforcement-orientated and engagement-orientated methods of visible policing have on public confidence? Summary: - There is a lack of existing research which focuses on the effect of visible policing on public confidence. In the main, the existing visible policing studies are primarily concerned with crime reduction. - Crucially, there is also a lack of research on what police officers do while being visible, e.g., while on foot patrol. - The research showed that strategies around increasing public confidence in the police should be based on an organisational and individual officer acceptance of the importance of regular foot patrols for enhancing community engagement. - The research supports the idea that the type of policing technique used (i.e., soft versus hard policing styles) has different implications for how the police are viewed and engaged locally. For example, repeated use of enforcement-based styles have a negative impact on police community relations, whilst familiarity and positive communication can enhance public confidence. - The evidence supports the premise that officers being visible on foot and bicycle patrols are perceived as more approachable, friendly and accountable to the public than those in cars and, furthermore, gather more in-depth knowledge regarding crime and criminal behaviour on their 'beat'. Local knowledge assists police officers to make the correct decisions for each context and assists in addressing local needs. - There is evidence to suggest that without organisational buy-in and management support for community policing/foot patrols, e.g., the existence of key performance indicators and reward frameworks which only relate to enforcement activity, it is more difficult for community police officers to see the value in their role. They may become frustrated and look towards roles that are 'real' police work. - Overall there is evidence that the style of policing (enforcement vs. engagement) delivered by individual officers has serious implications for police community relationships. This may raise questions around the policing styles and skill sets of officers and the need for focused training for community roles. Enforcement styles of policing can increase mistrust and act as a barrier to engagement. Negative experiences with the police impact more on public perceptions of policing than positive experiences. - The review also highlighted the importance of regular community engagement, with ongoing communication being important for building trust and confidence with communities. Being familiar, accessible, approachable, helpful, empathetic, and listening and understanding the needs of the community are related to trust and confidence. - Finally, there is a lack of research conducted in a Scottish context. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Institute for Policing Research, 2018. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2018 at: http://www.sipr.ac.uk/Plugin/Publications/assets/files/Review_methods_of_visible_policing_and_public_confidence_Hail_%20Aston_%20O'Neill.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Communication Shelf Number: 151493

Author: Prusak, Katarzyna Title: Policing Domestic Abuse in Scotland: A Social Constructionist Approach Summary: This research summary highlights findings from a Master's research project that examined the origins and consequences of a specific crime control strategy in Scotland, namely the use of pro-arrest policies with relation to domestic abuse incidents. The researcher conducted interviews with 10 police officers in 2015-2016 and the narrative evidence supports findings of other studies on mandatory and presumptive arrest policies that suggest that those policies may be more harmful than beneficial. Of particular concern is the use of detention and arrest in cases where there is not enough evidence that a crime has been committed or in cases that may involve false allegations, as well as the potential for those policies to disempower victims and have the unintended effect of reducing reporting. The interviews also appear to substantiate the criticism that the application of a broad definition of domestic abuse leads to an intrusive policing of the private lives of an increasing number of individuals, even minors. Importantly, the net-widening effect of a broad definition of domestic abuse as well as an indiscriminate arrest policy result in system overload and, consequently, in the limited resources being directed away from those victims of domestic abuse that need them most. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Institute for Policing Research, 2018. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: SIPR Research Summary No. 29: Accessed October 10, 2018 at: http://www.sipr.ac.uk/Plugin/Publications/assets/files/Research%20Summary_29.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 152892

Author: Dempsey, Brian Title: Men's experience of domestic abuse in Scotland: What we know and how we can know more Summary: The literature review summarised here constitutes research with a purpose: that is to identify and explore literature which is, or may be, relevant to understanding the position of men in Scotland who experience domestic abuse. It is "action research" - the intention is that the information presented here will be used as a reference point for further research and policy development in relation to the many issues surrounding men's experience of domestic abuse, that it will empower men who have experienced domestic abuse to contribute to filling in the gaps in our knowledge and that it will support and inform service providers who seek to respond to all those who experience domestic abuse and the children affected by that abuse. Recognition of the many and varied needs of men in no way implies any desire for a reduction in recognition of the abuse experienced by women. Addressing domestic abuse is not a "zero sum" situation where recognition of the needs of one takes anything away from recognition of the needs of any other. Challenging all forms and incidents of abuse will make Scottish society better for all. Details: Edinburgh: AMIS (Abused Men in Scotland), 2013. 150p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 10, 2018 at: https://www.abusedmeninscotland.org/assets/final-what-we-know-litrev-june-2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Abused Men Shelf Number: 152893

Author: Great Britain. Department for Education Title: Bullying: Evidence from LSYPE2, wave 3 Summary: This research brief examines the prevalence and nature of bullying. It is based on data from the second Longitudinal Study of Young People in England (LSYPE2). In 2015, LSYPE2 interviewed 10,010 young people in year 11. This was an important year for these young people, with the vast majority sitting their GCSEs. Here, their responses to questions about bullying are compared with the answers they gave the previous year when they were in year 10. Their responses are also compared with those of an earlier cohort of young people who were in year 11 in 2006 (those interviewed as part of LSYPE1). This report is largely based on bivariate analyses describing the level of reported bullying when looking at different groups. This does not show whether belonging to a group is one of the main causes of higher or lower levels of bullying - this would require multi-variate analysis, an approach that may be undertaken in the future. Details: London: Department of Education, 2018. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Brief: Accessed october 11, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/715469/Bullying-Evidence_from_LSYPE2__wave_3.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 152901

Author: Mungroo, Pat Title: Cannabis Regulation: The World is moving forward, what is stopping us? Summary: The conference was perfectly timed to coincide with a transformation in the international outlook for cannabis. For some 50 years the question has been, will it ever be possible for people to buy relatively safe cannabis from a legal outlet. Today the question is quite different. Now everyone is asking which of the models of cannabis regulation will be the most safe and effective. So far we have at least five options. Cannabis regulation in Washington, Colorado, Uruguay, the Netherlands and Spain all differ one from the other. There are of course other questions too. Will the Federal Authorities take a different view of cannabis regulation once President Obama leaves the White House? It seems likely that so many States will have introduced regulation by 2016 that it will be difficult to put the gene back in the bottle. Or will the federal banking laws continue to undermine the cannabis industry and ultimately kill it? In the UK politicians have been persuaded by psychiatrists that cannabis causes psychosis and memory loss and controls should therefore not be relaxed. Professor Curran's work and contribution to the conference is of great importance. Professor Curran used scientific methods to show that the balance between THC and CBD in cannabis is important in determining the level of risk of the drug. Regulation, which could control the potency of legally available cannabis, would thus create a much safer world for our young people. Professor Curran's work is supported by Dr. Robin Murray who also emphasised the key importance of the THC strength of cannabis in determining the risk of psychosis. Melissa Bone's contribution on medical consumption of cannabis, particularly for the treatment of cancer, underlines the need to re-schedule cannabis to support research into its medicinal uses. John Churchill is right to emphasise the need to create a fire wall between cannabis use and drug dealers; at the same time separating the hard and soft drugs markets. The arguments of Peter Reynolds and Peter Moyes also deserve to be taken seriously. What we need is public education about the facts presented in this helpful report, to replace the myths which have dominated public thinking for so long. Details: Cambridge: Qualitative Cannabis Research Forum, 2014. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Conference Report: Accessed October 11, 2018 at: https://www.academia.edu/9535332/Cannabis_Regulation_The_World_Is_Moving_Forward_What_Is_Stopping_Us Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cannabis Shelf Number: 151474

Author: Equality and Human Rights Commission Title: The Impact of LASPO on Routes to Justice Summary: This research underlines the emotional, social, financial and mental health impacts for individuals who have attempted to resolve their legal problems without legal aid, following the implementation of the Legal Aid, Sentencing and Punishment of Offenders Act (LASPO) in 2013. LASPO introduced funding cuts to legal aid and narrowed the scope and financial eligibility criteria, with the result that fewer people could access legal advice and representation for problems in areas such as family, employment and welfare benefits law. We interviewed over 100 people in the Liverpool City Region, with problems in at least one of these areas of law, to understand how LASPO had affected their options for resolving those issues. We also interviewed a number of advice providers and legal aid practitioners, and analysed national data from Citizens Advice. Many participants reported significant financial deprivation as a result of trying but not being able to resolve their legal issues. Some were unable to afford food, adequate housing or other essentials. A lack of preventive legal help led to delays in resolution, which often made problems worse. There was also evidence that costs were passed to other parts of the public sector, including an increased reliance on welfare benefits as a result of unresolved employment issues. Family law - The high cost of legal fees is a key barrier to justice. Some participants who paid for legal advice or representation reported going into debt as a result. - People's inability to pay for expert or specialist evidence without legal aid may have led to courts making decisions on the basis of insufficient information. - Cuts to legal aid have had a negative impact on children�s lives, especially in relation to child contact cases. Employment law -The main barriers to justice are the high cost of legal representation, the difficulty of navigating the tribunal process without support and a low level of knowledge about employment rights. - Many participants reported that the costs of bringing their claims to tribunal were disproportionate to the value of the claims. This deterred them from bringing claims and made it harder to find a solicitor willing to take their case. - Participants had fewer options for accessing third-sector specialist advice and representation. Those participants who went to tribunal had to represent themselves as a result, and in general they lacked the skills or experience to do this competently. Welfare benefits law - LASPO has significantly reduced the capacity of voluntary sector organisations to provide welfare law advice. There is almost no specialist advice left to provide support to appeal benefits decisions. - The removal of welfare benefits law from the scope of legal aid has exacerbated the impact of recent welfare reforms, which is likely to have affected disabled people disproportionately. Most participants tried multiple routes to resolve a single issue: attempting to resolve problems on their own, trying to access free advice and taking steps to get paid advice or representation before courts or tribunals. But without legal aid, almost all the participants struggled to solve their problems. Details: United Kingdom, 2018. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 11, 2018 at: https://www.equalityhumanrights.com/sites/default/files/the-impact-of-laspo-on-routes-to-justice.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Courts Shelf Number: 152878

Author: Rubin, Jennifer Title: Violent Crime: Risk Models, Effective Interventions and Risk Management Summary: Violent crime is costly but not intractable The cost of violent crime to victims and the criminal justice system is significantly higher than other crime. The Prime Minister's Strategy Unit in the UK has estimated the cost of reoffending alone at L11 billion annually, and relative to non-violent crime, violent crimes are disproportionately costly both to public services and to victims. At the same time, violent offenders are less resistant to change than some other types of offenders such as some sexual offenders or property offenders. Thus, learning from and implementing effective interventions from other countries to reduce violent crime could yield significant reductions in rates of violent crime and in fear of crime, improving quality of life, reducing costs and thereby representing an efficient allocation of public funds. This review identifies a range of types and examples of factors and interventions for reducing violent crime, highlighting some of the key issues that emerge across this range. There is scope for improving risk assessment tools These improvements could be achieved in part by incorporating more of what is known about triggers and contexts associated with violent crime into the offender-focused tools currently in use. This would lead to a more contextualised understanding of the situations in which individuals identified as being at risk of future serious offending are most likely to commit violent offences, allowing a more focused allocation of resources to effectively target not only offenders for intervention, but situations and communities as well. Effective interventions for offenders are tailored and rehabilitative rather than punitive Punitive interventions, and especially incarceration, have been widely and consistently shown to be costly and ineffective means of reducing offending. Cognitive behavioural therapies (CBT) and multi-systemic therapies (MSTS) work with individual offenders to change their cognitive styles, improve empathy, understand the underlying reasons for their behaviour and change the everyday practices and interactions that are associated with their offending. They have been shown to reduce subsequent rates of offending by 20-30 per cent. MST incorporates CBT practices into a programme tailored to the individual offender that carries on beyond the individual therapeutic context to also work with those in the individual's wider social environment of family, school and peers to encourage and facilitate change in the individual and their social world. While there are ongoing questions and debates about the findings of the more positive MST evaluations, MST is considered by many to be one of the most effective non-punitive interventions for young offenders. Careful piloting and evaluation in the UK will help clarify whether and how MST works to reduce subsequent offending. Effective interventions in communities are multifaceted and have wide reach Effective interventions to reduce violent crime in areas where violence is a problem acknowledge the multifaceted nature of crime. Such interventions involve police, community residents and other agencies to take account of local goals and needs as well as gaps in community capacity that may act as obstacles to offenders' desistance from crime. Working to overcome these barriers entails facilitating the rehabilitation and reintegration of offenders into communities that provide better opportunities for employment, social support, community involvement and participation in shared moral codes. These interventions may focus on individual offenders and work their way out to the wider context, for example with post-release programmes. Or such interventions may start with a focus on communities with high rates of violent crime and seek to integrate stakeholders across the community in a coordinated effort to reduce violence. Risk assessment, management and effective interventions could inform each other There could be a constructive feedback loop in which risk management practices integrate lessons from effective interventions and from assessment tools that have been shown to have relatively good predictive validity for violent offenders such as the Violence Recidivism Appraisal Guide (VRAG). We found little evidence of coordination of information about what works for individual offenders or offender management with information about what works in communities or neighbourhoods with high rates of violent crime. There is an evaluation deficit for many interventions and risk management practices There are evidence-based interventions such as Resolve to Stop the Violence Project (RSVP) that have been evaluated and show promising initial results. However, caution should be taken over drawing firm conclusions from single studies and from the often disparate literature on reducing specifically violent offending. There are relatively few meta-analyses in this area, and relevant research from across the psychiatric, sociological, social psychological, economic and criminological literatures differs in approach and criteria for measuring success. Further, in many cases the transportability of effective interventions elsewhere to the UK context remains to be tested. However, initial evaluations of primarily US interventions and some programmes in other countries are informative, pointing to good practice and potentially useful lessons for UK programme development as well as for further evaluation. Details: Cambridge, UK: RAND Europe, 2008. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 12, 2018 at: https://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/technical_reports/2008/RAND_TR530.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Interventions Shelf Number: 109340

Author: Great Britain. National Audit Office Title: The Home Office: Reducing the risk of violent crime Summary: Overall levels of violent crime have fallen by 9.0 per cent since 2002-03 and the number of serious violent offences recorded by the police has fallen by 5.9 per cent over the same period. The Home Office's actions to encourage local areas to address domestic violence and alcohol related crime are likely to have made some contribution to this fall. However, the Home Office still needs to take further action to improve the delivery of funding to frontline practitioners, and also to articulate their long-term strategic approach to tackling violence. While levels of serious violence have fallen over recent years, they have done so at a slower rate than overall crime levels. In 2006=-07, there were an estimated 1.3 million incidents of violence resulting in injury; the cost of these incidents to the economy, including both economic and social costs, is estimated to be around L13 billion annually. Although crime is falling, and England's homicide rate is low in international comparison, the threat of violence remains a significant concern: 17 per cent of adults say they worry about becoming a victim of violent crime. The NAO found that the Home Office's inconsistent delivery of funding, poor data sharing between local agencies and limited capacity at a local level to analyse the risks of violent crime are combining to reduce the effectiveness of wider efforts to reduce violent crime. Fewer than 30 per cent of Crime and Disorder Partnerships responding to the NAO's survey had a written strategy specifically for tackling violent crime. In relation to violent crime the Home Office has focused its work on addressing domestic violence and alcohol related violence through initiatives which have been well received by Crime and Disorder Reduction Partnerships. When asked about the changes that have brought most improvement over the last five years, more than a quarter of Partnerships highlighted the work done to tackle domestic violence, such as through the introduction of Multi-Agency Risk Assessment Conferences. Almost half of Crime and Disorder Reduction Partnerships viewed the 2003 Licensing Act as a positive tool for assisting them in tackling violence, and we saw examples of it being used effectively during our visits to local communities, most notably in Cardiff and Birmingham. The number of 15-17 year olds convicted of carrying a blade in public nearly doubled between 1998 and 2005 from 455 convictions in 1998 to 894 in 2005 (though this is likely to be at least partly as a result of increased police activity). This might not represent the full scale of the problem, as when police record a crime in which the offender was carrying a knife, it is not presently mandatory for them to record the presence of the weapon. Following a pilot since April 2007, from April 2008 the Home Office will require all police forces to collect data on serious violence offences involving a knife or sharp instrument. A MORI poll conducted for the Youth Justice Board showed that in 2004, 9 per cent of young people in mainstream education and 30 per cent of young people excluded from mainstream education had carried a flick-knife in the previous year. And over the period 1998-99 and 2005-06, recorded crimes involving a firearm more than doubled from 5,200 to 11,100. However, since then, it has fallen to 9,700 in 2006-07. Details: London: National Audit Office, 2008. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: HC: 241 2007-2008: Accessed October 13, 2018 at: https://www.nao.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2008/02/0708241.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 152920

Author: Cardiff University. Violence and Society Research Group Title: Developing and Accident and Emergency Based Crime and Disorder Reduction Partnership Performance Measure Summary: In order that resources are used most appropriately by local safety partnerships in challenging the causes and consequences of violent crime, it is essential that implementation is appropriately monitored and effectiveness determined. The principal cost from violent crime is the emotional and physical costs born by victims and it is therefore appropriate that these victim costs should provide a measure which can be used to target resources and to determine whether allocation is cost effective. Serious violent crime is partly defined by the severity of injury inflicted on the victim and therefore Accident and Emergency (A&E) data offers an opportunity to judge both the prevalence and seriousness of violence in local communities. A&E units across the UK collate and hold detailed information on patients' health following assault and recording practices can be easily refined so that epidemiological assault-related injury data is available. Given the potential utility of A&E data it is therefore surprising that less than ten A&E units have a long-standing active collaboration with their local safety partnerships across England and Wales. This report provides an overview of how A&E data are being used across nine hospitals in England and Wales and estimates the value, in terms of emotional and physical costs, of violent crime. These data are compared with local safety partnership activities and, although the sample is selective, suggest that partnerships between A&E units and safety partnerships can help target resources effectively and that doing so is cost effective in terms of the resources required to use those data against the potential savings in victim costs. Details: Cardiff: Cardiff University, 2008. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 13, 2018 at: https://www.nao.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2008/02/0708241_performance_measure.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 152921

Author: Great Britain. House of Commons. Home Affairs Committee Title: The Trade in Human Beings: Human Trafficking in the UK Summary: Key facts -- Between 100,000 and 800,000 people are trafficked into the EU each year; At a conservative estimate, there are at least 5,000 trafficking victims in the UK; About 8,000 women work in off-street prostitution in London alone, 80% of whom are foreign nationals; Over 1000 women trafficked into prostitution have been referred to the Poppy Project since March 2003; 200-300 victims of trafficking for domestic labour register with the relevant NGO each year; It is estimated 330 child victims will be trafficked into the UK each year; About 60% of suspected child victims in local authority care go missing and are not subsequently found; There is long-term government funding for 35 places for victims in safe accommodation; 92 people were convicted of sex trafficking and four for labour trafficking between 2004 and December 2008; There are only 100-300 prosecutions for trafficking across the EU each year; Each sex trafficker earns on average L500-L1000 per woman per week Details: London: The Stationery Office Limited, 2009. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: Sixth Report of Session 2008�09: Volume I: Report, together with formal minutes : Accessed October 13, 2018 at: https://publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm200809/cmselect/cmhaff/23/23i.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Trafficking Shelf Number: 152924

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice Title: A Review of Self-inflicted Deaths in Prison Custody in 2016 Summary: In January 2017, the then Parliamentary Under-Secretary of State for Justice, Dr Phillip Lee, committed to carry out an internal review of self-inflicted deaths in prison custody in 2016, with a focus on cases where mental health had been identified as an issue. This commitment was made as part of a response to a question in Parliament from Luciana Berger MP about the death of Mr Dean Saunders at HMP&YOI Chelmsford in January 2016. It also followed increasing concern from parliamentarians and interest groups over the high numbers of self-inflicted deaths and self-harm in our prisons. Our annual safety in custody statistics in January 2017 showed that in the 12 months to December 2016, there were 122 self-inflicted deaths in our prisons, the highest number since records began. The Ministry of Justice (MoJ) and Her Majesty's Prison and Probation Service (HMPPS) have undertaken this review together. Its scope was to review the details of these cases, particularly the way in which mental health concerns were identified, assessed and managed, to see whether a pattern of common factors exists that indicates a need for policy change relating to mental health assessments in prisons. The review considered a wide range of information sources, including: - a review of published reports and recommendations made by independent and parliamentary scrutiny bodies on self-inflicted deaths and mental health in custody in 2016-17 - analysis of the published data on self-inflicted deaths in custody and the general population in 2016 - examination of all recommendations made by the Prisons and Probation Ombudsman (PPO) , following its investigations into self-inflicted deaths in 2016, to identify the most common areas for improvement - a review of a sample of published PPO cases where there was a mental health concern What follows are the findings, themes and lessons from this review and a summary of the steps we are taking to address them. Chapter 1 then sets out the known risks and triggers associated with self-inflicted deaths and gives information on prison reception screening, mental health assessments and the provision of care in prisons. This chapter also details the government�s commitment in its white paper to reform the prison system and the key aims of the prison safety programme. Chapter 2 provides an overview of the themes and lessons from independent and parliamentary scrutiny of self-inflicted deaths, while Chapter 3 details the results of our analysis of safer custody data, the PPO's recommendations from its investigations, and our response to the issues identified. Finally, in Chapter 4, we set out the wider work under way to build the capability of staff and of the prison system overall to make prisons safer Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2018. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 13, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/747470/review-of-deaths-in-custody-2016.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Deaths in Custody Shelf Number: 152928

Author: Great Britain. House of Commons. Committee of Public Accounts Title: Reducing the risk of violent crime Summary: Violent crime has fallen in recent years in line with crime generally, but more serious violent offences, such as homicide and wounding, have not fallen as swiftly. It is these crimes that cause the most harm to individuals and communities. There are a number of worrying trends. For example, the number of recorded crimes involving a firearm doubled between 1998-99 and 2005-06, as did the number of 15-17 year-olds convicted of carrying a knife in public. The fall in crime and violence overall has enabled the Home Office (the Department) to concentrate on tackling more serious violence and gang-related activity. Yet its efforts have been undermined by poor distribution of funding and by the Department's mixed performance in spreading good practice. The Department's key delivery bodies, Crime and Disorder Reduction Partnerships (Partnerships), usually receive funding for tackling violence late in the financial year, and money is often one-off and short-term. This approach to funding results to expenditure being targeted at the consequences of violence, and not its causes. Partnerships often lack the information, analytical capacity and strategic approach necessary to understand and, therefore, tackle violence in their communities effectively. More than 40% of Partnerships did not consider themselves to have sufficient resources to analyse the violence occurring in their areas. More than half of Partnerships had never used information about violent crime from the ambulance service, and almost as many had never used Accident and Emergency unit information. Fewer than half of Partnerships had a designated violent crime group in place, and only a third had a violent crime strategy. An important role for the Home Office is to spread good practice about tackling violent crime. Yet only half of the Partnerships thought the Home Office was effective at this. In part, this was because the Department had not collected reliable data on the use and effectiveness of interventions such as Safer School Partnerships, despite both police and schools seeing these arrangements as an effective early deterrent to violent behaviour. On the basis of a Report by the Comptroller and Auditor General, we examined the Home Office on how effectively it was tackling violent crime through distributing funding to Crime and Disorder Reduction Partnerships, how well it had spread good practice, and how it was working with other national government departments. Details: London: The Stationery Office Limited, 2008. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Forty�fifth Report of Session 2007-08; Report, together with formal minutes, oral and written evidence; Accessed October 13, 2018 at: https://publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm200708/cmselect/cmpubacc/546/546.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 118410

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation Title: The quality of public protection work (probation services) Summary: This bulletin focuses upon the quality of public protection work by probation services. Public protection work depends upon accurate assessment of the risk of harm presented by service users and the skillful management of and engagement with those who pose risks to individuals or the community in general. Public protection work also requires strong partnerships between probation services, the police, children�s services and health (especially mental health) services. The findings presented in this bulletin are based upon case assessment data from two of our previous inspection programmes: Offender Management Inspection 2 (n=1,815 cases) and Quality and Impact (n=1,034 cases). In each case, our inspectors considered key questions relating to public protection work, recording rationales for their judgements alongside notable instances of good or poor practice. Key findings and implications - The quality of public protection work was found to have deteriorated since OMI2. This decline was most marked in cases now allocated to Community Rehabilitation Companies (CRCs). Many serious further offences are committed by those who are judged to present a low or medium risk of serious harm, and CRCs thus need to give greater attention to public protection work, encompassing assessment, planning, reviewing and management oversight. - It is of particular concern that the assessment of risk of harm to both known adults and to children and young people had deteriorated in cases now allocated to CRCs. All these providers need to ensure that any issues relating to domestic abuse and child safeguarding/protection are fully identified and analysed. - There was the greatest scope for improvement across the National Probation Service (NPS) and CRC cases in terms of reviewing progress and in responding appropriately to changing circumstances. Risks, needs, protective factors and circumstances can change over time, and any new behaviours that might be linked to risk of harm must be identified, analysed, and taken into account when reviewing planned activities and the required constructive and restrictive interventions. Details: Manchester, UK: The Inspectorate, 2018. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Research & Analysis Bulletin 2018/02: Accessed October 15, 2018 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2018/10/2018-02-The-quality-of-public-protection-work-probation-services.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Supervision Shelf Number: 152935

Author: Children's Commissioner for England Title: A report on the use of segregation in youth custody in England Summary: The number of episodes of segregation in youth custody in England and Wales has increased in the past 4 years, even as the overall number of children detained has fallen. The average length of periods of detention has doubled, from 8 to 16 days, with seven out of ten episodes of segregation in Young Offender Institutions lasting over a week. The number of episodes of segregation in STCs has also risen and is now (on a pro rata basis) approximately 33 times higher, though it is likely this is influenced by changes in how data is recorded. Details: London: The Children's Commissioner, 2018. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 16, 2018 at: https://www.childrenscommissioner.gov.uk/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Segregation-report-final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Inmate Segregation Shelf Number: 152974

Author: Children's Commissioner for England Title: A Night in the Cells: Children in police custody and the provision of non-familial appropriate adults Summary: While the numbers have fallen sharply in recent years, more than 83,000 children aged 10 - 17 years continue to be arrested and held in detention at the police station in England each year. Although ten is the legal minimum age at which an arrest can be made, latest figures indicate that in the year ending March 2016, 90 children below that age were subject to arrest before the police determined that they were too young to be held criminally liable. Children in police custody are extremely vulnerable for a range of reasons. The environment is one intended for adult offenders and is unsuited to meet the very different needs of children who come to police attention. Children experience time differently from adults, and the, sometimes lengthy, periods spent in a police cell will feel considerably longer for those who are younger. Importantly, there is considerable evidence that children who come to the attention of the youth justice system have disproportionate experiences of various forms of disadvantage and by this measure are more vulnerable than the general population. Finally, research confirms that children are more suggestible than adults, and more likely to admit to acts which they have not committed. The Code of Practice associated with the Police and Criminal Evidence Act 1984 (PACE), which governs the treatment of suspects in police detention, acknowledges that children may be 'particularly prone in certain circumstances to provide information that may be unreliable, misleading or self-incriminating'. For such reasons, Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation has termed children in police detention as 'the most vulnerable of the vulnerable and least able to represent their own interests'. Police stations rarely have dedicated provision that allows children to be held in a distinct environment from that for adults, but the legislative framework does recognise the particular vulnerabilities of young suspects. PACE requires that, wherever a child is arrested, the police should inform an 'appropriate adult' (AA) and request that they attend the police station to see the detainee. Until 2013, the requirement for the police to ensure the attendance of an AA applied to children aged 16 years or younger but, in that year, the duty was extended to encompass 17 year-olds. In the majority of cases, the child's parent or carer will act as the AA but, where such family members are unable or unwilling to attend, or are precluded from acting in that capacity, a range of other persons may act in this role. The Crime and Disorder Act 1998 places a duty on the local authority, in conjunction with a range of statutory partners, to ensure provision of persons to perform the role of a non-familial AA where this is required. Such provision may be delivered in a variety of ways including: a service provided in-house using either paid staff or volunteers; a commissioned out service either through the private sector or not-for-profit providers. The legislation also recognises that wherever possible children should not remain in police cells overnight. Where children are refused bail after having been charged, there is a statutory requirement that, other than in exceptional circumstances, they are transferred to local authority accommodation pending their court appearance, rather than detained at the police station. Details: London: The Children's Commissioner, 2017. 13p., technical appendix Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 17, 2018 at: https://www.childrenscommissioner.gov.uk/publication/a-night-in-the-cells/ Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children in Police Detention Shelf Number: 152983

Author: Minson, Shona Title: Who cares? Analysing the place of children in maternal sentencing decisions in England and Wales Summary: When children face separation from their parents as a consequence of state action in the family courts, their best interests are the paramount consideration of the court and they have legal representation. Children who face separation from their mother as a consequence of sentencing proceedings in the criminal courts are neither represented nor acknowledged. The thesis analyses this differentiated treatment and explores its consequences for children, society and the state. Explanations for the differentiated treatment are tested with reference to existing literature and original empirical research. The impact on children of imprisoned mothers is investigated to determine whether or not they suffer harm. The parameters of the state duty of care towards children are explored, to see if children of defendant mothers fall outside of it, and the way sentencing judges construct and interpret their duty towards mothers and their children within the sentencing process is examined. This thesis establishes that without legal or moral justification, children of maternal defendants are treated without the concern given to children who face separation from their parents in the family courts. Children of defendant mothers suffer as a consequence of the 'secondary prisonisation', 'secondary stigmatisation' and 'confounding grief' which they experience, and the state has failed to uphold their rights under Articles 3, 12 and 20, and is in breach of its duty under Article 2 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child 1989. The guidance and mechanisms for considering their welfare exist but are not engaged with by the sentencing courts, local authorities, legislators or policy makers. This has negative consequences for children, their caregivers and wider society. The thesis concludes with consideration of the implications of these findings for the state and suggests changes to ensure equitable treatment of children of defendant mothers in England and Wales. Details: Oxford, UK: Wadham College, University of Oxford, 2017. 286p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 22, 2018 at: https://ora.ox.ac.uk/objects/uuid:51411529-99f0-4d2f-bc90-9f0c5ae84a28/download_file?file_format=pdf&safe_filename=complete%2Bpdf%2Bversion%2Bfor%2BORA%2Bsubmission%2B.pdf&type_of_work=Thesis Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 153036

Author: Equality and Human Rights Commission Title: Pressing for progress: Women's rights and gender equality in 2018 Summary: This report looks at the state of women's rights in Great Britain in 2018. It assesses the progress on women's rights since 2013 and makes recommendations to the UK and Welsh governments, in areas including: enhancing the status of international human rights in domestic law; gender-based violence, harassment and abuse; participation in political and civic life; access to civil justice; human trafficking and modern slavery; detention and asylum; health, living standards and social security work and education. The report has been submitted to the United Nations as part of our work on monitoring the Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination against Women (CEDAW), the international human rights treaty that focuses specifically on equality between women and men in all areas of life. Details: Manchester, UK: The Commission, 2018. 109p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2018 at: https://www.equalityhumanrights.com/sites/default/files/pressing-for-progress-womens-rights-and-gender-equality-in-2018-pdf.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gender Equality Shelf Number: 153044

Author: Abrams, Dominic Title: Developing a national barometer of prejudice and discrimination in Britain Summary: This is the first national survey of prejudice for over a decade. It measures prejudice and discrimination in Britain experienced by people with a wide range of protected characteristics: age, disability, race, sex, religion or belief, sexual orientation, pregnancy and maternity, and gender reassignment. Our report demonstrates the value of using a national survey of this type to measure prejudice and discrimination in Britain and to set out a benchmark for future surveys. The purpose of this research is to help establish a national 'barometer' for monitoring changes in the attitudes and experiences of the general population. We were commissioned by the Equality and Human Rights Commission to design and run a national survey of prejudice, using a consistent set of measures across a range of protected characteristics. We surveyed 2,853 adults in Britain using the NatCen Panel surveys and carried out an additional survey to target minority groups that may otherwise not be well represented in the survey. Our approach provides new insights into the form and prevalence of prejudice and discrimination in Britain. Measuring these issues in a consistent way across protected characteristics groups and across England, Scotland and Wales, gives us a uniquely recent and comparable overview. It enables us to look across a range of measures to paint a meaningful picture of the prejudice affecting a particular protected characteristic, rather than looking at individual measures on their own. Although it does not yet provide a picture of prejudice and discrimination for all protected characteristics - which would require a larger and further-developed survey - it sets out a workable model for a future national instrument for monitoring these issues in Britain. This report provides an overview of what we have found out about people's experiences and expressions of prejudice in Britain. Details: Manchester: The Commission, 2018. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Research report 119: Accessed October 22, 2018 at: https://equalityhumanrights.com/sites/default/files/national-barometer-of-prejudice-and-discrimination-in-britain.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias Shelf Number: 153047

Author: Snowdon, Christopher Title: Joint Venture: Estimating the Size and Potential of the UK Cannabis Market Summary: -- This report aims to provide estimates of: (a) the size and value of the UK's illicit cannabis market in 2016/17 (b) the size and value of the market if cannabis were legalised and regulated (c) the annual tax revenue that a legal cannabis market would yield -- Our best estimate suggests that 255 tonnes of cannabis were sold in the UK in 2016/17 at a cost of L2.6 billion to three million consumers. -- Assuming a pre-tax retail price of �4 per gram and a price elasticity of -0.7, legalisation could cause demand to rise from 255 tonnes to at least 321 tonnes per annum. Total THC consumption would rise by less than this and could even fall if regulation mandated maximum THC levels. -- A commercialised marijuana market which capped THC levels at 15 per cent would virtually eradicate the black market, but some unlicensed cannabis would remain. If licensed cannabis made up 95 per cent of market, it would produce annual tax revenues of L495 million (with VAT plus a 10 per cent tax), L557 million (VAT plus a 20 per cent tax) or L690 million (VAT plus a 30 per cent tax). The total market size in these three scenarios (including the unlicensed share) would be 339 tonnes, 329 tonnes and 321 tonnes respectively. -- The highest suggested duty rate of 30 per cent would mean that 36 per cent of the retail price of an average gram of cannabis was tax. This is a lower share of tax than is paid on an average bottle of spirits, litre of petrol or pack of cigarettes in the UK. Although the government could tax cannabis at a higher rate than 30 per cent, this would risk reigniting the black market. Details: London: Institute of Economic Affairs, 2018. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: IEA Discussion Paper No.90: Accessed October 22, 2018 at: https://iea.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/DP90_Legalising-cannabis_web-1.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Black Markets Shelf Number: 153048

Author: McNeish, Di Title: Key messages from research on institutional child sexual abuse Summary: The term 'institutional child sexual abuse' is used to distinguish child sexual abuse (CSA) in an institutional context from that occurring in the family or other settings. It can take place in a wide variety of settings where individuals are in a position of power and trust in relation to children. Many cases of non-recent CSA have been linked to institutions, with the abuse often not being disclosed for many years. Institutional CSA may be perpetrated by a single individual on a single victim, but those who commit abuse in an institutional setting frequently have multiple victims. Institutional CSA can also involve several people committing abuse within the same institution, and includes abuse by peers in the context of an organisational culture of abuse. People who perpetrate abuse in institutional settings may use threats and force, but often 'groom' their victims to gain compliance and ensure their silence. Grooming includes the use of rewards, favouritism, alienation from friends and family, and the normalisation of abusive activities. Similar tactics are used on families, colleagues and others in the organisation, to secure access to victims and prevent detection. Many institutions have compounded the abuse through cultures of denial, secrecy and self-protection. Institutions have frequently sought to protect themselves rather than protecting the victims of abuse. Experiencing CSA in any context can have long-term negative impacts. For survivors of institutional abuse, there may be further issues to be considered: being let down by an institution can compound their sense of betrayal, for example, and reduce their trust in other organisations. While overall more girls than boys are victims of CSA, many survivors of abuse in institutions are male. This has implications for practitioners in understanding the potential impacts on male victims, and the availability of gender-sensitive support that meets the needs of boys and men. Within institutions, factors that may help keep children safe - or expose them to greater risk - include the quality of relationships with staff, staff ratios, the size of establishments, the physical environment, the population mix, staff training and the extent to which institutions are open to input from external agencies. Besides requiring rigorous recruitment and selection processes, organisations need to build an open culture where safeguarding is seen as everyone's business, children have safe spaces and positive relationships with several staff members, and opportunities for abuse to occur are minimised. Details: Ilford, Essex: Centre of Expertise on Child Sexual Abuse, 2018. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2018 at: https://www.csacentre.org.uk/index.cfm/_api/render/file/?method=inline&fileID=76F5DAC4-FD0B-4803-8DE4B5968E3088FE Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Grooming Shelf Number: 153050

Author: Randall, Amy Title: Burglars on burglary Summary: In a study commissioned by Churchill Home Insurance, Perpetuity Research interviewed 15 convicted burglars to help understand what factors motivate burglary. The report considers various aspects such as how targets are selected, the level of planning and the equipment used, the significance of security measures, and how stolen goods are sold on. It also covers how the interviewees perceived the legal change made in 2013 that clarified the rights of householders to use force to protect themselves or others in their homes. The report provides a fascinating insight in to the thought process of a small sample of those who have committed burglary. Details: Tunbridge Wells, UK: Perpetuity Research and Consultancy International, 2014. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2018 at: https://perpetuityresearch.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/2014-10-Burglars-on-burglary.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Burglars Shelf Number: 153052

Author: Great Britain. House of Commons. Home Affairs Committee Title: Domestic Abuse. Ninth Report of Session 2017-19. Report, together with formal minutes relating to the report Summary: Nearly 2 million people a year in England and Wales experience domestic abuse, and many endure long-term harm from their experiences. Domestic abuse is traumatising for victims and their children and is unacceptable in our society. It requires legislative change and a comprehensive strategy, effective across the country, that confronts one of this country's most common and most serious crimes. Earlier this year the Government set out its strategy for tackling domestic abuse, and it has committed to bringing forward a draft Domestic Abuse Bill later this year. We decided to hold a short inquiry into the Government's proposed strategy, and to identify issues which it must address in the draft bill and in its future policies. It is very welcome that the Government has committed to developing a domestic abuse strategy and preparing a draft bill on domestic abuse, which we hope will be informed by this report. The bill has the potential to deliver measures which will provide real benefits for all victims. But we urge the Government to go further as part of its commitment to end domestic abuse. To have confined the proposed scope of the draft bill to domestic abuse rather than all forms of violence against women and girls (VAWG) represents a missed opportunity. We therefore recommend that the Government publishes a Violence Against Women and Girls and Domestic Abuse Bill which would facilitate a more effective, joined-up and cross-Government strategy to tackle both domestic abuse and VAWG and would better demonstrate the UK's commitment to comply with international VAWG conventions. We also recommend that the bill explicitly recognises the gender inequality underlying domestic abuse, and that the disproportionate impact of domestic abuse on women and girls is explicitly highlighted in the text of the bill and the statutory guidance. We welcome the inclusion of economic abuse in the Government's proposed statutory definition of domestic abuse. Economic abuse is associated with an increased risk of homicide because victims tend to stay with abusive partners for longer when they do not have the financial means to leave. We are concerned that some of the Government's welfare reform policies are making it even more difficult for victims to leave their abusers and establish financial independence and there is evidence that the default single household payment for Universal Credit can reduce the autonomy of some women. We recommend that the UK Government should make split payments standard for all couples in England and Wales claiming Universal Credit, in line with the approach taken in Scotland. In addition the Government should analyse the potential impact of domestic abuse leave and consult on options for introducing domestic abuse leave in the UK We heard that there is a desperate shortage of refuge accommodation available for victims and their children seeking safety and access to support services. According to Women's Aid, 60% of referrals to their refuges are refused due to a lack of bed spaces. This huge gap in capacity must be filled and the spaces required must be available. It is unacceptable that women fleeing violence and other forms of abuse are often unable to access any form of emergency accommodation, and it is clear that a sustainable model for the long-term funding of refuge services is urgently required. Given the interdependency of network provision we recommend the Government analyses the operation of refuges as a national network. We recommend a new statutory responsibility upon local authorities for refuge places to be available, supported by ring-fenced funding for local authorities from central Government at a level which meets demand and fills the capacity gap. We also recommend that the Government facilitates a comprehensive review of funding across all aspects of support for survivors of domestic abuse and sexual violence, to be carried out by the proposed new Commissioner. The Government should commit to the introduction of a new national funding mechanism, informed by the outcomes of a comprehensive review, to provide sufficient and sustainable funding for all necessary support services. We are particularly concerned about the provision of specialist domestic abuse services for protected, vulnerable or minority groups, and for people with additional needs such as debts or drug or alcohol dependency. We recommend that the Government's review of refuge and other domestic abuse support services should document and report what specialist provision is currently available, and where there are gaps which need to be addressed. We are concerned that the Government's proposed strategy makes no explicit additional provision for children who have experienced domestic abuse, as abuse within a family can cause children and young people to suffer a range of long-term negative consequences as a result of their experiences. We recommend that the devastating effect of domestic abuse on children is explicitly recognised in the legislation and that the Government develops a clear strategy to ensure that children experiencing domestic abuse are protected and given the support necessary to help them recover. Despite efforts to introduce national guidance for all police forces on responding to reports of domestic abuse, there continue to be instances where victims' claims are not taken seriously or where there is an inadequate police response. These failings can have catastrophic consequences for victims of abuse. We are particularly concerned to hear that many police forces continue to share details of victims with the Home Office for the purposes of immigration control. This practice is contrary to national police guidance, makes it harder for particularly vulnerable victims to seek protection and access justice, and conflicts with the Government's stated objective that all vulnerable migrants, including those in the UK illegally, receive the support and assistance they need regardless of their immigration status. Witnesses described family court proceedings for victims of domestic abuse as traumatising and harrowing. It is unacceptable that navigating the justice system can be as distressing for some victims as the abusive behaviour which they are seeking to escape, and that children may be placed in danger because of a lack of coherence between different parts of the justice system. We recommend that the new Commissioner should have, as a priority in the first year of office, to review the impact upon children of the interaction between the family courts, children's services, CAFCASS and the police, with particular reference to contact arrangements in domestic violence cases. The Government must, without further delay, make provision in the draft bill to prohibit the cross-examination of a victim by a perpetrator of domestic abuse in the family court. We support the creation of a new Commissioner but recommend that this new post is established as a Violence Against Women and Girls and Domestic Abuse Commissioner and that the remit of the new Commissioner reflects the scope of both the domestic abuse and the VAWG strategies. Confining the scope of the new Commissioner to domestic abuse would fail to recognise the gendered nature of domestic abuse, and its links to other forms of gender-based abuse in the lives of many women and girls. Recognising the challenges highlighted by the first holder of the role of the Independent Anti-Slavery Commissioner, we also recommend that the Government review its proposals with a view to strengthening the remit and increasing the resources of the proposed Commissioner. It is essential that the Commissioner is fully independent, reports directly to Parliament rather than to Government, and is independently accommodated and resourced. Details: London: House of Commons, 2018. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: HC 1015: Accessed October 24, 2018 at: https://publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201719/cmselect/cmhaff/1015/1015.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children Exposed to Violence Shelf Number: 1530770

Author: Shiner, Michael Title: Report on the Use of Section 60 of the Criminal Justice and Public Order Act 1994 by the Police Summary: This report has been prepared by Dr Michael Shiner at the request of Bhatt Murphy Solicitors, in connection with the Section 60 stop and search of Ms Anne Juliette Roberts. Dr. Shiner is a senior lecturer in the Social Policy Department at the London School of Economics and Co-Director of the Mannheim Centre for Criminology. He has been working as a researcher and teacher in the fields of criminology and social policy for 20 years. Dr Shiner�s areas of expertise include policing and �race�, with particular reference to the use of police powers. Section 60 of the Criminal Justice and Public Order Act 1994 provides the police with an exceptional stop and search power to tackle the threat of imminent violence. Having originally been introduced to help deal with football-related violence the use of this power has increased markedly as it has become a key component in the police's response to knife crime. Section 60 searches are controversial because they are not subject to the checks and balances that ordinarily apply to police stop and search powers, because they can be used to search anybody in a given area without 'reasonable suspicion' that they have done anything wrong, and because they focus disproportionately on people from black and minority ethnic groups. This lack of due process and apparent unfairness threatens to damage police - community relations at a time when they are already under strain. Details: London: London School of Economics, 2012. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 28, 2018 at: http://www.stop-watch.org/uploads/documents/Shiner_expertwitnessstatement_s60.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Community Relations Shelf Number: 153130

Author: Great Britain. House of Commons. Home Affairs Committee Title: Policing for the future. Report, together with formal minutes related to the report Summary: This wide-ranging report examines changing demands on policing, and considers the extent to which the service is able to meet the challenges that these create. We look first at changing trends in crime and policing and the overarching problems facing the police service in England and Wales, such as funding and investment; then at three specific areas of growing pressure on policing-online fraud, child sexual abuse, and safeguarding vulnerable people; and finally at the wider, cross-cutting reforms that are required. Our inquiry has found that police officers across the country continue to perform a remarkable and immensely valuable public service, often in the most exacting of circumstances. However, figures on police welfare paint a picture of a service under serious strain, and we conclude that forces are badly overstretched: the number of traditional volume crimes is rising, but the number of arrests and charges brought by the police is falling. Policing is struggling to cope in the face of changing and rising crimes, as a result of falling staff numbers, outdated technology, capabilities and structures, and fragmented leadership and direction. Without significant reform and investment, communities will be increasingly let down. We found that: - Many 'volume' crimes, including robbery, theft from the person, and vehicle-related theft, have been increasing sharply after a long period of decline. While recorded crimes have risen by 32% in the last three years, the number of charges or summons has decreased by 26%, and the number of arrests is also down. - Neighbourhood policing, which is vital to the service's response to many types of crime, is being eroded: we found that forces had lost at least a fifth of their neighbourhood policing capacity, on average, since 2010. - Without additional funding for policing, we have no doubt that there will be dire consequences for public safety, criminal justice, community cohesion and public confidence. We strongly recommend that police funding is prioritised in the Autumn Budget and the next Comprehensive Spending Review. The current police funding model is not fit for purpose: it is time to stop kicking the problem into the long grass, and recognise the true cost of policing. We make a number of specific recommendations about three growing areas of demand: online fraud, child sexual abuse, and safeguarding vulnerable people. Whilst the police and Home Office have worked together very effectively on investment and reform to counter the changing terror threat, in these other areas in which demand is changing, they are struggling to respond. We reach the following conclusions: - Only a tiny proportion of online fraud cases are ever investigated, and the police response to this form of crime is in desperate need of a fundamental restructure, with investigations undertaken at a national and regional level and local forces focusing on victim support. - The private sector must do much more to reduce demand on policing from online fraud and child sexual abuse, and we make specific recommendations about the regulation of internet companies, including those taking insufficient action against indecent images of children. - Police forces are woefully under-resourced for the number of online child abuse investigations they now need to undertake, and the demands created by the management of registered sex offenders. - The Government should appoint a Commissioner for the Prevention of Child Sexual Abuse to work across departments and agencies, and who should produce a bold and comprehensive cross-Government strategy on child protection and the prevention of child sexual abuse. - Forces should be mandated to provide a minimum two-day training course on mental health to all officers and police community support officers (PCSOs), and the Government should use the NHS funding uplift to achieve a significant reduction in the level of police involvement in mental health crisis work. Drawing on over 90 pieces of written evidence and nine oral evidence sessions, we also reach a number of overarching conclusions about the future of policing in England and Wales, which must be addressed with urgency if the police service is to meet the challenges of the 21st century: - Forces are failing to meet the challenges of the digital age. Police forces' investment in and adoption of new technology is suffering from a complete lack of coordination and leadership, which is badly letting down police officers, who are struggling to do their jobs with out-of-date technology. We fear that the lack of digital capability has become a systemic problem through the service. The Government should urgently cost and scope a prestigious national digital exploitation centre for serious crime, in time to account for the required funding in the next Comprehensive Spending Review. - Above all, policing is suffering from a complete failure of leadership from the Home Office. As the lead department for policing, it cannot continue to stand back while crime patterns change so fast that the police struggle to respond. Only a central Government department has the clout to drive national partnerships with organisations such as the NHS or with global internet companies, for example. - Before the end of November, the Home Office should launch a transparent, root-and-branch review of policing, publishing proposals by the end of February, which should focus on the reallocation of responsibilities and capabilities at a local, regional and national level. The Government should also set up a National Policing Council-a transparent, policy-making body chaired by the Home Secretary�and a National Policing Assembly, comprising all police and crime commissioners (PCCs) and chief constables. Details: London: House of Commons, 2018. 117p. Source: Internet Resource: Tenth Report of Session 2017-19; HC 515: Accessed October 29, 2018 at: https://publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201719/cmselect/cmhaff/515/515.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 153131

Author: Hambly, Olivia Title: Hate Crime: a Thematic Review of the Current Evidence Summary: Summary A hate crime is defined as any criminal offence which is perceived, by the victim or any other person, to be motivated by hostility or prejudice based on a person's race, religion, sexual orientation, transgender identity or disability, or the perception of the person of having any of these characteristics. This briefing paper provides insight into current understanding and remaining challenges around the following themes: prevalence and reporting; police and prosecution; when and where offending happens; characteristics of victims and perpetrators; and wider community impacts. Although not an exhaustive review, it outlines some of the most relevant and high-quality evidence on these topics. Details: United Kingdom: Home Office, 2018. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 1, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/748140/hate-crime-a-thematic-review-of-the-current-evidence-oct2018-horr102.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Hate Crime Shelf Number: 153127

Author: Northern Ireland Policing Board Title: Thematic Review of Policing Race Hate Crime Summary: Northern Ireland has become an increasingly diverse society comprising individuals from wide ranging racial, religious, political, socio-economic and familial backgrounds. While Northern Ireland has been home to a number of small but well-established black and minority ethnic communities for several decades, most notably the Indian and Chinese communities, the 2004 expansion of the European Union (EU) facilitated the arrival of thousands of individuals from new member states such as Poland and Lithuania. Moreover a reduction in the incidence of violence and "relative economic stability, especially in the period 1998 to 2008, made Northern Ireland a more attractive location for migrant workers, and consequently a more culturally diverse society." On Census Day 2011, 1.8% (32,400) of the usually resident population of Northern Ireland belonged to minority ethnic groups, more than double the proportion in 2001 (0.8%; 14,300). The groups were Chinese (0.4%; 6,300), Indian (0.3%; 6,200), 'Mixed' (0.3%; 6,000), 'Other Asian' (0.3%; 5,000), 'Other' (0.1%; 2,400), Black African (0.1%; 2,300), Irish Travellers (0.1%; 1,300), Pakistani (0.1%; 1,100), 'Black other' (0.01; 1,000), Bangladeshi (0.03%; 500) and Black Caribbean (0.02%; 400). White immigrants are not included within the meaning of the term 'ethnic' for the purposes of the census. However in terms of countries of birth, the proportion of the usually resident population born outside Northern Ireland rose from 9% (151,000) in 2001 to 11% (202,000) in 2011. This change was largely as a result of inward migration by people born in the 12 EU accession countries, who accounted for 2% (35,700) of people usually resident in Northern Ireland compared with less than 0.1% of the 2001 Census Day population. The remainder of the population born outside Northern Ireland consisted of 4.6% (82,800) born in Great Britain, 2.1% (37,800) born in the Republic of Ireland, 0.5% born in countries which were EU Members before 2004 and 2% born elsewhere. English was not the main language for 3.1% (54,500) of Northern Ireland residents aged 3 years and over. The most prevalent main language other than English was Polish (1.0%; 17,700). The rates for other languages included: Lithuanian (0.4%; 6,300); Irish (0.2%; 4,200); and Portuguese (2,300), Slovak (2,300), Chinese (2,200), Tagalog/Filipino (1,900), Latvian (1,300), Russian (1,200), Malayalam (1,200) or Hungarian (1,000), each accounting for around 0.1% of the usually resident population. Such diversity has enriched our society, economically and culturally. A research report produced in 2014, which challenges the many myths about migrants who have made their home in Northern Ireland, demonstrates that migration in recent years has contributed to sustaining economic growth, filling labour shortages and bringing much needed skills. According to that report, recent European immigrants into the United Kingdom have paid �8.8 billion more in tax than they have consumed in public services. Furthermore, minority ethnic enterprises contribute L13 billion per year to the United Kingdom economy. The report challenges the many myths that surround the impact of migration on the local job market, housing allocation, the welfare system, crime, the health service and the education system. It highlights that when incorrect perceptions about migrants and competition for resources such as jobs and housing take root, "they can create an atmosphere of ethnic intolerance, resentment and hostility, often resulting in hate crimes." The Northern Ireland Life and Times Survey puts on record the attitudes, values and beliefs of the people in Northern Ireland on a wide range of social policy issues. Despite the benefits of migration, there appears to have been a negative shift in attitudes. Between 2013 and 2015, there has been an increase in negative attitudes across all categories. The Life and Times survey asked a range of questions aimed at gauging attitudes to various racial groups. The results reveal that while the majority of people surveyed in 2013 would willingly accept people from such groups as neighbours, colleagues, friends and relatives, a substantial proportion of people would not. By 2015, in many instances over half of the people surveyed now display negative attitudes. In 2013, in relation to people from Eastern Europe, 22% of people surveyed said they would not willing accept them as a resident living and working in Northern Ireland; 27% would not willingly accept them as a resident in their local area; 31% would not accept them as a colleague at work; 43% would not willingly accept them as a close friend; and 47% would not willingly accept them as a relative by marriage. In relation to other minority ethnic groups, 15% of people said they would not willing accept them as a resident living and working in Northern Ireland; 21% would not willingly accept them as a resident in their local area; 27% would not accept them as a colleague at work; 41% would not willingly accept them as a close friend; and 46% would not willingly accept them as a relative by marriage. In 2015, there was a further significant and worrying increase in the number of people who would not willingly accept people from minority groups. In respect of an Eastern European person 19% would not willingly accept them living and working as a resident of Northern Ireland; 30% would not willingly accept them as a resident in the local area; 38% would not willingly accept them as a colleague at work; 50% would not willingly accept them as a close friend; and 55% would not willingly accept them as a relative by way of marrying a close family member. In 2015, in respect of people from a minority ethnic background, 18% would not willingly accept them as a resident living and working in Northern Ireland; 21% would not willingly accept them as a resident in the local area; 34% would not willingly accept them as a colleague at work; 47% would not willingly accept them as a close friend; and 53% would not willingly accept them as a relative by way of marrying a close family member. Views in relation to Irish Travellers were even more negative. In response to the Views in relation to Irish Travellers were even more negative. In response to the 2013 survey, 49% of people said they would not willingly accept an Irish Traveller as a resident in their local area; 42% would not accept them as a colleague at work; 60% would not willingly accept them as a close friend; and 64% would not willingly accept them as a relative by marriage. In 2015, 52% would not willingly accept Irish Travellers living in a house in the local area; 52% would not willingly accept an Irish Traveller as a colleague at work; 65% would not willingly accept an Irish Traveller as a close friend; and 70% would not willingly accept an Irish Traveller as a relative by marriage. Referring to a spate of racist attacks on Roma people living in South Belfast in 2009, one researcher commented, "If one digs a little deeper, it is clear that racism directed towards the Roma people is far from being confined to a handful of extremists. Indeed it is much more widespread, although manifested differently. For instance, an undercurrent of racial prejudice often surfaced in radio chat shows and in the comments sections of local online newspapers and blogs. Although there are condemnations of these attitudes as well, the point to make is that racism is much more widespread and not necessarily confined to a narrow band of extremists� racism cannot be tackled in its entirety until the full extent of racism is acknowledged." The results of the Life and Times Survey do not mean that people holding such views are necessarily going to discriminate directly against certain racial groups or commit race hate crime. However, they are indicative of the social environment within which such incidents flourish. It should alert the PSNI and other partners to the real risk that hate crime may increase. It is more important than ever that the PSNI measures and understands the nature and scale of the problem and develops a strategy to respond to it. Details: Belfast: The Policing Board, 2017. 144p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 2, 2018 at: https://www.nipolicingboard.org.uk/sites/nipb/files/media-files/race-hate-crime-thematic-review.PDF Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crimes Shelf Number: 153149

Author: Atkinson, Hannah Title: Race, Ethnicity and Equality in UK History: A Report and Resource for Change Summary: Building on contextual statistical research and analysis of the quantitative and qualitative data from a survey which generated 737 responses from historians across the UK, this report documents the underrepresentation of 'Black and Minority Ethnic' (BME) students and staff in university History programmes, the substantial levels of race-based bias and discrimination experienced by BME historians in UK universities, and the negative impact of narrow school and university curriculums on diversity and inclusion. It offers advice and guidance for academic historians on effecting change in order to create a profession, historiography and curriculum which is more diverse and inclusive. This report, co-authored by Dr Sujit Sivasundaram of the History Faculty in Cambridge, will be discussed within the Faculty in the coming weeks with the aim of building on work already underway to widen the curriculum, reform the Tripos and attract as diverse a range of historians as possible to study, research and teach in Cambridge. Details: London: The Royal Historical Society, 2-18. 122. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 2, 2018 at: https://5hm1h4aktue2uejbs1hsqt31-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/RHS_race_report_EMBARGO_0001_18Oct.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Ethnic Disparities Shelf Number: 153150

Author: Shiner, Michael Title: The Colour of Injustice: 'Race', drugs and law enforcement in England and Wales Summary: Stop and search focuses on low-level drug offences - Use of stop and search has fallen sharply, dropping by 75 per cent from 2010/11 to 2016/17. - Stop and search has become increasingly concentrated on suspected drug offences, most of which involve low-level possession. Half of all stop-searches were targeted at drugs in 2010/11, rising to almost two-thirds by 2016/17. - The intensity of the focus on drugs varies sharply between forces: 82 per cent of stop-searches during 2016/17 were for drugs in Merseyside compared with 46 per cent in Durham. - Substantial variations are evident between forces with similar crime-relevant profiles, suggesting they are largely a function of differences in police policy and decision-making. - Police forces are making operational decisions to target low-level drug possession offences over other, more serious, offences. Stop and search is more disproportionate than ever - The number of stop and searches has fallen sharply for all ethnic groups, but has fallen most sharply for white people even though they had relatively modest rates of exposure at the outset. - Disproportionality has increased as the use of stop and search has fallen, indicating that residual use of the powers is more heavily concentrated on black and minority ethnic groups. - Black people were stopped and searched at more than eight times the rate of white people in 2016/17. Asian people and those in the 'mixed' group were stopped and searched at more than twice the rate of white people. - Black people were stopped and searched for drugs at almost nine times the rate of white people, while Asian people and those in the 'mixed' group were stop-searched for drugs at almost three times the rate of white people. - The 'find' rate for drugs is lower for black than white people, suggesting that such searches are carried out on the basis of weaker 'grounds' for black people. Variations across forces point to discrimination - Forces vary sharply in their overall use of stop and search as well as their rates of disproportionality. Such differences are evident between forces with similar crime-relevant profiles, suggesting they are largely a function of police policy and decision-making. - High rates of stop and search in London are an important driver of ethnic disproportionality because a large proportion of the black and minority ethnic population live in the capital - Black people were stopped and searched at a higher rate than white people by every force in England and Wales during 2016/17. Disproportionality ratios varied from 1.7 in Durham to 20.4 in Dorset for all stop-searches; and from 1.7 in Cleveland to 26.5 in Dorset for drug searches. - Some forces have substantially reduced their use of stop and search without seeing a corresponding increase in disproportionality. Other forces have combined much more modest reductions in stop and search with high, and increasing, rates of disproportionality. London data point to patterns of geographic and individual profiling - Overall rates of stop and search are higher among inner than outer London boroughs. - Variations between boroughs are strongly linked to levels of deprivation. Overall rates of stop and search are highest in more deprived boroughs with considerable inequality. - Rates of stop and search appear to be more sensitive to deprivation and inequality than crime. The concentration of stop and search in deprived boroughs cannot be explained by patterns of drug use, including cannabis use. - The concentration of stop and search in boroughs with high levels of deprivation and inequality fuels disproportionality because people from black and some other minority ethnic groups tend to live in such areas in relatively large numbers. - 'Race' complicates and confounds the general relationship between stop and search and deprivation. Rates of stop and search for black people do not vary with levels of deprivation. - Disproportionality is highest in relatively wealthy and affluent boroughs. White people are subject to very low rates of stop and search in such locations, while black people continue to experience heightened rates of intervention. This pattern is consistent with ethnic profiling because it indicates that black people are being singled out for suspicion. Arrests and out of court disposals exacerbate ethnic disparities - Stop and search was responsible for 39 per cent of all arrests for drugs in 2016/17 compared with 3 per cent of arrests for other offences. - The rate at which stop and search identifies stolen or prohibited items is similar for all ethnic groups, though the 'find rate' for drug searches is lower for black than white people. - The rate at which further action is taken, leading to a criminal justice outcome, is similar for all ethnic groups, but there are marked differences in the type of action taken. - Black people are more likely to be arrested as a result of stop and search than white people, but less likely to be given an out of court disposal. This means black people are more likely to be prosecuted. - Penalty notices for disorder (PNDs) or 'on the street- fines are the only out of court disposal that black people receive at higher rate than white people. Unlike other out of court disposals, PNDs do not require an admission of guilt. - The number of arrests from stop and search has fallen much more sharply for white than black people. Arrests from drug searches halved for white people between 2010/11 and 2016/17, but remained stable for black people. - Stop and search accounts for a much larger proportion of arrests of black than white people: 17 per cent compared with 5 per cent for all offences; and 57 per cent compared with 31 per cent for drug offences. Such disparities suggest that the disproportionate application of stop and search is largely a function of police policy and decision-making rather than crime. Sentencing decisions perpetuating injustice - Ethnic disparities introduced by stop and search and other forms of police activity follow through to prosecution, conviction and sentencing. - Black people were prosecuted for drug offences at more than eight times the rate of white people in 2017. This compared with almost four times the rate for all indictable offences. - More black people were prosecuted for cannabis possession than supply of Class A or B substances combined. The balance was reversed for white people. - Black and Asian people were convicted of cannabis possession at 11.8 and 2.4 times the rate white people despite their lower rates of self-reported use, providing prima facie evidence of discrimination. - Black people made up a quarter of those convicted of cannabis possession even though they comprise less than 4 per cent of the population. - Black people were sentenced to immediate custody for drug offences at 9.1 times the rate of white people, but given suspended sentences at 5.6 times the rate of white people. Details: London: StopWatch, Release, International Drug Policy Unit, 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 2, 2018 at: https://www.release.org.uk/sites/default/files/pdf/publications/The%20Colour%20of%20Injustice.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 153151

Author: Unlock for People with Convictions Title: A Question of Fairness: Research into employers asking about criminal records at application stage Summary: Unlock is being supported by the Esmee Fairbairn Foundation to run a project, Fair Access to Employment, which includes supporting employers to develop and implement fair and inclusive policies and procedures that enable the recruitment of people with convictions and that deal fairly with criminal records. Our objectives include: 1. Supporting larger employers in implementing significantly fairer and more inclusive policies and procedures, working with a range of existing employer networks such as 'Ban the Box' and the 'Employers' Forum for Reducing Reoffending' (EFFRR). Key findings We surveyed 80 large, national employers across eight sectors - supermarkets, retail, hotels, food and drink, construction, car manufacturing, utilities and communications and found that: 1. 77 out of 80 employers had online application forms. 2. Of those 77, 54 employers (70%) asked about criminal records on their application form. 3. 80% of employers who asked about criminal records provided no guidance to applicants on when a conviction becomes spent. 4. 22% of employers had phrased the question about criminal records in a way that was either potentially unlawful or misleading. 5. Collecting criminal records data at application stage is unlikely to be compliant with data protection legislation. 6. None of the employers surveyed provided information to applicants on why they collect criminal records data, or for how long it will be retained. Under the GDPR, employers who fail to provide this information are likely to be in breach of the law. 7. None of the construction companies and only half of the car manufacturers in our survey asked about criminal records at application stage. 2. Developing and maintaining a resource centre for employers and recruitment professionals. 3. Challenging employers who act unfairly and/or unlawfully, improving their practices as a result. This report sets out the findings of our research into the online application systems of 80 large, well-known national employers. Having co-founded the Ban the Box campaign in 2013, we were keen to find out how, 5 years since the campaign launched, what the current practices of some of the most recognisable businesses on the highstreet were. We looked at online application systems to see whether employers asked about criminal records, the guidance provided and whether the question was clearly and accurately worded. In addition, we considered whether asking all applicants about criminal records at application stage contravenes with the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) and the Data Protection Act 2018 (DPA18). Details: Maidstone, Kent, UK: Unlock, 2018. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2018 at: http://www.unlock.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/A-question-of-fairness.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Ban the Box Shelf Number: 153243

Author: University of Gloucestershire. School of Natural and Social Sciences Title: A multi-year examination of the Business Crime Reduction Partnership 'Gloucester City Safe' Summary: This report presents the findings from a multi-year examination of the Business Crime Reduction Partnership (BCRP) 'Gloucester City Safe'. This BCRP was designed to tackle crime, disorder and antisocial in Gloucester, Stroud and the surrounding areas. Its 140 business members work in partnership with the Police, Local Authorities and other stakeholders to tackle issues such as shoplifting, theft, anti-social behaviour, alcohol related disorder, street drinking and begging through the application of a two-tiered sanction-based exclusion system. Since 2014, the University of Gloucestershire has worked with Gloucester City Safe (hereafter 'the Scheme') on collaborative research projects designed to consider the Scheme's operation and effectiveness and to generate insight in to public views on crime and safety. In October 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017 student researchers conducted public surveys in Gloucester City Centre (totalling 2167 responses over the four years) and interviewed some of the Scheme's members (149 interviews conducted in total). Analysis of the 4523 incidents reported to the Scheme and of the sanctions issued by the Scheme between 1st June 2014 and 31st May 2017 was also conducted. This report has been produced to help shape community crime reduction activity. The report's findings can be used by the Scheme's management and the police to enhance understanding of crime and disorder in Gloucester and its surrounding areas and to help inform efforts to tackle these issues. There is also much in this report that could be applied to other community crime reduction initiatives operating in other locations. The main findings from the report are summarised here against the project's aims. Details: Cheltenham, UK: University of Gloucestershire, 2018. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 6, 2018 at: http://eprints.glos.ac.uk/5475/7/5475%20Stafford%20%282018%29%20A%20multi-year%20examination%20of%20GCS%20-%20UoG%20Feb%202018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 153330

Author: Ellis, Victoria Elisabeth Title: The effect of Compartmentalisation on ASB reduction in Secured by Design developments Summary: Compartmentalisation has recently been introduced to target anti-social behaviour (ASB) in housing developments that are vulnerable to this type of crime as a result of unrestricted access to flat buildings. Due to its novelty, there has been limited evaluation on the effects of compartmentalisation on crime reduction and even less so on ASB reduction. Such evaluation was therefore undertaken by assessing the impact of compartmentalisation on ASB in Secured by Design (SBD) estates. Using a qualitative approach, telephone interviews were conducted with residents, Safer Neighbourhood Team (SNT) officers and estate managers from Belvedere Park estate and Erith Park estate, and a thematic analysis was performed to interpret the findings of this research. The findings demonstrate that compartmentalisation can contribute to the reduction of certain types of ASB incidents, and presents additional benefits including enhanced community and personal safety within housing estates. However, the main limitation of compartmentalisation is that the security measure is unable to account for all forms of ASB in residential estates. Details: London: University College London, 2018. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 6, 2018 at: https://nbcc.police.uk/attachments/Full%20article.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 153331

Author: Children's Commissioner for England Title: Forging futures through mentoring: A risk worth pursuing? Summary: Approaches involving mentoring are increasingly popular in England as initiatives to support young people (Hooley 2016). However, to date there has been limited evidence available as to mentoring's effectiveness and the characteristics of good practice. This is particularly the case in relation to vulnerable young people, such as those in care. In 2005 the Social Exclusion Unit argued that the evidence base demonstrating that mentoring benefits vulnerable young people 'is patchy and inconclusive', while in 2007 a review of the evidence on mentoring conducted by the UK's Mentoring and Befriending Foundation (MBF) (Philip & Spratt 2007) found the evidence base on the value of mentoring to be, at best, mixed. In the intervening decade, mentoring has remained popular as an intervention for young people in the UK. At the same time, empirical studies of the impact of mentoring have also become more widespread and better-developed, although the evidence of its impact on vulnerable young people is still mixed. This report shines a light on the current state of mentoring provision in England and asks the following questions: - How widespread is mentoring as an intervention for young people in England? - How widespread is mentoring for vulnerable young people in England? - What outcomes are mentoring programmes attempting to achieve for young people? - What does the evidence suggest about the impact of these mentoring programmes? - How can the Office for the Children's Commissioner best support the sector to maximise the impact that mentoring has on vulnerable young people in particular? The report is not a formal systematic review along the lines of a Cochrane review that collects all published evidence and limits scope to evidence that is very rigorous about establishing clear causal pathways, through randomised control trials and similar methods. We see value in such an approach but the aim here has been to summarise a broad range of evidence to clarify general issues and findings. The report is based on: - Analysis of a sample of over 350 mentoring programmes across England, identified from an online search of mentoring programmes and a national survey of local authorities. - A review of the literature relating to the impact of mentoring-based programmes. - Interviews with sector experts. Our analysis of mentoring programmes offers an overview of mentoring provision in England in 2018, including the extent to which programmes vary by location, type, and groups of young people targeted. Meanwhile, our literature review and expert interviews examine what is known about the potential impact and effectiveness of mentoring, and how this relates to current provision of mentoring programmes in England. This report finds that mentoring is a widely used intervention, used primarily with teenagers in England. Our sample contained a higher proportion of mentoring programmes in London than in the rest of the country, relative to population. There were some regions where we found relatively few mentoring programmes, most notably in the East Midlands and North East of England, though this may be due to survey non-response rather than a genuine absence of mentoring activity. Over half of the programmes in our sample explicitly targeted vulnerable young people. Programmes used a mix of volunteer and paid mentors, and most were community-based rather than school-based. The programmes in our sample held a range of aims. Most often, programmes aimed to support mentees' social and emotional development, although a notable proportion targeted more tangible outcomes such as academic attainment. Many programmes aimed to improve outcomes for mentees across a number of domains. This report also examines the evidence on the effectiveness of mentoring, including for vulnerable young people. It also considers the implications of that evidence for programmes already operating in the England. We find that the evidence supporting positive impact for mentoring is developing, and suggests that overall, there are modest positive effects, albeit with considerable variation both within and between programmes. Vulnerable young people may be particularly well served by mentoring relationships, but at the same time mentoring relationships that end early can have harmful effects for these young people. We identify several features of effective mentoring programmes and relationships, including the duration of relationships, the quality of monitoring and support for mentors and allowing young people themselves to set the agenda. Some features of quality in mentoring relationships also may impact on outcomes, such as closeness, shared interests and role-modelling. While the evidence on effectiveness of mentoring internationally is growing, more work is needed to develop the evidence base for mentoring in England, and to support the plethora of mentoring programmes already running in this country. Resources that summarise the evidence on "what works" should be gathered in one place and made easily available to programmes. We think it is important that mentors and providers of mentoring are aware of the strengths, weaknesses and risks of mentoring. Where possible, programmes should adhere to the central concepts of relationship duration and support for mentors. We see value in a central repository or data base of evidence on what works in mentoring. Further research is required to add to the experimental evidence base on the impact of mentoring programmes in England, while at the same time, more exploratory research will help to fill gaps in the evidence, for example around the quality of mentoring relationships. Programmes should be evaluated as rigorously as possible. Depending on size and budget, programmes should consider being part of RCTs for larger, national-scale projects. Smaller programmes might also seek to partner with research organisations to understand their impact better; and add to the research base for mentoring. Details: London: The Author, 2018. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 8, 2018 at: https://www.childrenscommissioner.gov.uk/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/Forging-futures-through-mentoring-CCO-April-2018-1.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 153368

Author: User Voice Title: Nitty Drugs and Broken Trust: Young people talk Spice and the Secure Estate Summary: As exposed by User Voice in 2016, New or Novel Psychoactive Substances (NPS), predominantly Spice, use is endemic in the adult secure estate in the UK, and has had a significant and devastating impact. However, due to limited research from within the Children and Young People Secure Estate (CYPSE), NHS England commissioned User Voice to engage with the young residents to find out their views and experiences of NPS and their insight into how to improve support. What we found was a generation still turning to drugs to cope but turning their backs on 'nitty' Spice; and an enduring mistrust of professionals and services Details: London: User Voice, 2018. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2018 at; http://www.uservoice.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/Young_spice_report_v12-screen-pages.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 153396

Author: Howard League for Penal Reform Title: Overnight detention of children in police cells Summary: England and Wales is an outlier compared to other European countries in that it has a more punitive approach to children who break the law (Jacobson et al. 2010). The gateway into this comparatively punitive youth justice process is police custody, which is where children are taken on arrest. In police custody, children are defined as those aged 16 years and under, whilst 17 year olds are treated as adults. Children may find themselves detained for up to 24 hours or more in police custody, particularly if they are charged and then refused bail. For some, this may mean spending the night in a police cell, which can be a worrying, frightening and intimidating experience (Quinn and Jackson, 2003: 43- 44). Children have a series of rights in police custody, which are safeguarded by provisions in the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. Article 37 (b) states that: No child shall be deprived of his or her liberty unlawfully or arbitrarily. The arrest, detention or imprisonment of a child shall be in conformity with the law and shall be used only as a measure of last resort and for the shortest appropriate period of time. Children's rights are also protected by domestic law such as the Police and Criminal Evidence Act 1984 and the associated Codes of Practice and, furthermore, at the local level, through the training and policies of individual police services relating to the detention of children. Research aims, data and analysis The main aim of the research was to find out just how many children are held overnight in police cells. Further aims were to examine critically the factors that influenced whether children are held overnight and the nature of training, policies and legal frameworks used to protect them. The research was also commissioned to support the work of the Howard League for Penal Reform to end the practice of detaining children overnight in police cells and to reduce the flow of children into the secure estate. The question of how many children are detained overnight and how they are protected were largely answered by data from a Freedom of Information (FOI) request made by the Howard League for Penal Reform. All 43 police services in England and Wales were asked to provide information about how many children under the age of 16 years were detained overnight in police cells in 2008 and 2009, as well as about policies and training used to protect these children. Twenty-four police services responded appropriately to this request. Data collected from over 30,000 police custody records by researchers from the Legal Service Research Centre (LSRC) were also included in the study. The question of why children are detained overnight in police cells was addressed primarily by analysing the 27 inspection reports of police custody facilities, jointly produced by HMIC/HMIP between April 2008 and June 2010, and through a review of the existing literature. Details: London: The Howard League, 2016. 52p. Source: https://howardleague.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/Overnight_detention_of_children_in_police_cells.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 153461

Author: Babuta, Alexander Title: Machine Learning Algorithms and Police Decision-Making: Legal, Ethical and Regulatory Challenges Summary: This report explores the applications of machine learning algorithms to police decision-making, specifically in relation to predictions of individuals' proclivity for future crime. In particular, it examines legal, ethical and regulatory challenges posed by the deployment of such tools within an operational policing environment. In the UK, the use of machine learning algorithms to support police decision-making is in its infancy, and there is a lack of research examining how the use of an algorithm influences officers' decision-making in practice. Moreover, there is a limited evidence base on the efficacy and efficiency of different systems, their cost-effectiveness, their impact on individual rights and the extent to which they serve valid policing aims. Limited, localised trials should be conducted and comprehensively evaluated to build such an evidence base before moving ahead with large-scale deployment of such tools. There is a lack of clear guidance and codes of practice outlining appropriate constraints governing how police forces should trial predictive algorithmic tools. This should be addressed as a matter of urgency to enable police forces to trial new technologies in accordance with data protection legislation, respect for human rights and administrative law principles. While machine learning algorithms are currently being used for limited policing purposes, there is potential for the technology to do much more, and the lack of a regulatory and governance framework for its use is concerning. A new regulatory framework is needed, one which establishes minimum standards around issues such as transparency and intelligibility, the potential effects of the incorporation of an algorithm into a decision-making process, and relevant ethical issues. A formalised system of scrutiny and oversight, including an inspection role for Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary and Fire and Rescue Services, is necessary to ensure adherence to this new framework. There are various issues concerning procurement contracts between the police and private sector suppliers of predictive policing technology. It is suggested that all relevant public procurement agreements for machine learning algorithms should explicitly require that it be possible to retroactively deconstruct the algorithm in order to assess which factors influenced the model's predictions, along with a requirement for the supplier to be able to provide an expert witness who can provide details concerning the algorithm's operation if needed, for instance in an evidential context. The legal and ethical issues concerning the use of machine learning algorithms for policing are complex and highly context-dependent. Machine learning algorithms require constant attention and vigilance to ensure that the predictions they provide are as accurate and as unbiased as possible, and that any irregularities are addressed as soon as they arise. For this reason, multidisciplinary local ethics boards should be established to scrutinise and assess each case of algorithmic implementation for policing. Such boards should consist of a combination of practitioners and academics, and should provide recommendations to individual forces for practice, strategy and policy decisions relating to the use of algorithms. A collaborative, multidisciplinary approach is needed to address the complex issues raised by the use of machine learning algorithms for decision-making. At the national level, a working group consisting of members from the fields of policing, computer science, law and ethics should be tasked with sharing 'real-world' innovations and challenges, examining operational requirements for new algorithms within policing, with a view to setting out the relevant parameters and requirements, and considering the appropriate selection of training and test data. Officers may need to be equipped with a new skill set to effectively understand, deploy and interpret algorithmic tools in combination with their professional expertise, and to make assessments of risk using an algorithmically generated forecast. It is essential that the officers using the technology are sufficiently trained to do so in a fair and responsible way and are able to act upon algorithmic predictions in a way that maintains their discretion and professional judgement. Details: London: Royal United Services Institute for Defence and Security Studies (RUSI), 2018. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Whitehall Report 3-18: Accessed November 14, 2018 at: https://rusi.org/sites/default/files/201809_whr_3-18_machine_learning_algorithms.pdf.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Information Technology Shelf Number: 153462

Author: Hadjipavlou, Savas Title: Rethinking Police Demand: A review of drivers, capability and capacity in partnership with the Dawes Trust Summary: Are the police doing what we, as a society, need and want them to do? The pressures and demands facing modern policing are changing in ways which have profound implications for future policing policy, not least with respect to how the police are funded. There are two major reasons for this. Firstly, the fall in overall volume crime, as estimated by the Crime Survey for England and Wales, has masked important changes in the pattern of modern crime. There has been a growth in 'high-harm' offences, such as violence and sexual offences, and more crime has shifted from the public into the private sphere, including online. These offences tend to be more complex to investigate and thus costly to deal with. As a result, the police service have been unable to 'cash the gains' of falling volume crime. Secondly, the demands facing policing are broader. There is clear evidence that 'non-crime demand' is sucking up more resources than was the case a decade ago; the police are increasingly being forced to pick up the pieces arising from various manifestations of social dysfunction, from mental illness to missing children. As the country's 24/7 emergency service, policing has arguably also been a victim of its capacity and preparedness to respond to those demands, which has in turn stimulated public expectations in ways not previously envisaged. Conclusions -- There are two possible conclusions one can draw from the trends we outline in our report. That policing has suffered from a form of 'mission-creep' - and that what is required is for policing to shed responsibility for things falling outside of its 'core' role of cutting crime. We categorically reject this idea. In our view, it is essential to recognise that cases involving public safety, welfare and the protection of the vulnerable represent a legitimate and worthy use of police time'. Indeed it can be argued that these categories of 'non-crime' demand are absolutely central to the policing mission, as the only 24-hour public service able to respond to emergencies, with the capacity to deploy coercive force. The public poll we have carried out for this report suggests the public agrees: Do you think that the police should be dealing with any of the following issues? 2. That the police need to improve their ability to tackle the causes of demand (rather than managing the symptoms), which in turn requires the police to work more effectively as part of a wider system of public services. To tackle complex local problems, such as a growth in the numbers of missing children, the police need to work across organisational borders, collaborating with care homes, health professionals, social workers and community organisations. Many forces already do this - but it is not yet systematic. The current situation - with the police facing rising demand alongside shrinking budgets - risks creating a crisis of legitimacy for policing. For example, it is inevitable that Chief Constables and Police and Crime Commissioners will need to make tough choices about how to allocate scarce resources. Some of these choices are bound to be controversial and unpopular. Yet currently, the basis for these choices remains unclear and under-discussed. All the public see is a service that appears to be shrinking. This urgently needs to be addressed, with the issues in this report exposed to public debate. Our report starts that process, setting out a series of practical policy options for enabling the police to manage demand in a more strategic way. Recommendations -- Our key recommendations are as follows: A high-level political statement, including also from the police leadership, affirming a scope and role of the police that extends beyond a pure 'crime' focus, to include public safety, welfare and the protection of the vulnerable. The evidence base for the external demand on the police needs to be improved with systematic cross-cutting studies being commissioned. Encourage the police, local authorities, health and social services to establish multi-agency crisis teams to tackle complex cases that cut across service boundaries. This should be facilitated by pooled budgets and informed by the development of technological solutions which allow for much better analysis of data from statutory and non-statutory partners. PCCs should use their democratic authority and mandate to open up discussion with other agencies, to establish local service agreements. The forthcoming spending review should empower the police and local partners to find effective operating models, facilitating the creation of pooled budgets where such an approach would help. Better information for the public about accessing emergency services provided by other organisations as well as the police. The aim would be to inform and encourage the public to contact the right service rather than default to routing cases to the police. Details: London: Crest Advisory, 2018. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 15, 2018 at: http://crestadvisory.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/Crest-Rethinking-Police-Demand-1.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 153471

Author: Northern Ireland Criminal Justice Inspection Title: Without Witness: Public Protection Inspection I: : A Thematic Inspection of the Handling of Sexual Violence and Abuse Cases by the Criminal Justice System in Northern Ireland Summary: Changes to social attitudes and norms across the developed world have supported the increased reporting of sexual violence and abuse and globally, criminal justice systems are struggling to provide an effective response. It is fast becoming one of the most serious social issues for this generation. The challenge of investigating and prosecuting cases of sexual crime where there is often little by way of corroborating evidence is significant. This is particularly the case where the issue is one of consent or where the offences are historical. The ever increasing presence of digital technology and social media add to the difficulties of evidence gathering, to the increasingly problematic area of disclosure and the ongoing impact on the victim and suspect. This report concludes that the criminal justice processes in Northern Ireland for handling these cases take too long, are too expensive and conclude with, all too often, a failure to deliver an acceptable outcome for victims. The seriousness of some of these offences means that when the suspect is identified and the evidential test is met, a trial in the Crown Court will normally follow. The criminal sanctions that can be imposed after a guilty verdict together with the licence conditions and/or restrictions, monitoring on release and the social stigma around sexual offending, create a high stakes situation for those accused. This may be reflected in the high numbers of adjournments at court and low levels of guilty pleas. This ultimately causes delay, prolongs the trauma on victims and potentially leads to their withdrawal from the case. The adversarial nature of the criminal proceedings means that victims become witnesses for the prosecution. They are subjected to intensive cross examination where their most intimate behaviours and actions are examined and in the case of rape, the issue of consent becomes central to the outcome of the case. This report makes three strategic recommendations and six operational recommendations which are designed to make improvements to the current processing of cases through the criminal justice system. Some of them are not new and have been highlighted in the past to both the police and prosecution services. Details: Belfast: CJINI, 2018. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 16, 2018 at: http://www.cjini.org/getattachment/9bb62408-dcf2-4376-a13c-75d6c053cd91/picture.aspx Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Investigation Shelf Number: 153496

Author: Children's Commissioner for England Title: "Are they shouting because of me?" Voices of children living in households with domestic abuse, parental substance misuse and mental health issues Summary: Much of the research into the impact on children of living in households with domestic abuse, parental substance misuse and mental health is from the perspective of adults - with limited insights from children themselves. We wanted to hear directly from children what it was like to live in these households. Children spoke openly to us about their daily lives - how it affected their emotional well-being, school life and relationships with friends, and the ways in which they attempted to cope. They told us about living with high levels of tension and unpredictability at home, about situations that could explode at any time and of an evolving sense of shame as they began to understand that the chaos and neglect that they took for granted wasn't the same for all children. Children often said they had to find ways to cope which meant that they had to grow up too quickly. For all this, they knew that the alternative without their parent would be painful and often went to great lengths not to tell others for fear of being separated. Despite the problems at home and the impact it had on them, they were also very clear about how much they loved and trusted their parents. Torn between loyalty and love, and the need to seek help, these children were extremely brave in talking about their family life so frankly, and we thank them. Details: London: Children's Commissioner, 2018. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 19, 2018 at: https://www.evidence.nhs.uk/document?id=2061836&returnUrl=Search%3fq%3dgender%2band%2bhousehold%2bchores&q=gender+and+household+chores Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children Exposed to Violence Shelf Number: 153502

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice Title: Tackling Racial Disparity in the Criminal Justice System: 2018 Update Includes progress responding to the Lammy Review into the treatment of, and outcomes for, Black, Asian and Minority Ethnic individuals in the Criminal Justice System, one year on Summary: 1. The Lammy Review, published in September 2017, identified racial disparities within the Criminal Justice System (CJS), arising from the point of arrest through to rehabilitation within custody and the community. The Review made 35 recommendations for the Government to consider and implement. 2. The Lammy review presents a major impetus and opportunity to make transformative change in tackling persistent inequality within the CJS. The Ministry of Justice (MoJ) committed as a result in December 2017 to take practical steps to address racial disparity in the CJS wherever it may be found. 3. We accepted the principle of "explain or reform" set out as a structured approach to identify and address racial disparities. MoJ is taking forward every recommendation in some way, and where a recommendation could not be implemented in full or exactly as set out, alternative approaches have been sought to achieve the same aim. 4. As our work and insight into racial disparities in the CJS develops, this update highlights that we are beginning to take wider leadership in this area and developing action over and above the commitments made in response to the Lammy review. Our work on ethnic and racial disparity in the Criminal Justice System is coordinated by a dedicated team and overseen by the Race and Ethnicity Board chaired by MOJ�s Director General for Justice Analysis and Offender Policy. Both were newly created following the Lammy review. 5. We are committed to transparency and accountability in our work. This report provides an overview of the achievements and work we have undertaken so far in 2018, and our plans to sustain progress. The structure follows a journey through the Criminal Justice System, with additional information on cross cutting measures which apply at any stage of the CJS at the start and more information on net steps at the end. 6. This report is supplemented by annexes showing an update against each of the 35 recommendations of the Lammy review (Annex 1), and a summary of available data on ethnicity in the CJS (Annex 2). MoJ has worked with our agencies and other organisations including the Crown Prosecution Service (CPS), Mayor's Office for Policing and Crime, the judiciary and the voluntary sector, to take action on the recommendations and MoJ would like to thank them for their contributions to this report. 7. The work described in this report are elements of a far wider cross-Government effort to tackle racial disparities in many policy areas. The Prime Minister has committed to challenging disparities in how people from different backgrounds are treated within society through publication of the Race Disparity Audit in 2017, which has provided impetus for a wide range of subsequent data and policy initiatives.... Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2018. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 19, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/747335/tackling-racial-disparity-criminal-justice-system-2018-update-web.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 153505

Author: Rutter, Jill Title: National Conversation on Immigration: Final report Summary: Coordinated by British Future and HOPE not hate, the National Conversation engaged 19,951 people, with more than 130 meetings in 60 locations across every nation and region of the UK. Citizens' panels in each place were recruited to be representative of the local population and researchers also met local government, businesses, faith and civil society representatives. In addition to nationally representative research by ICM, an open online survey was completed by nearly 10,000 people. The approach builds on a model used by the Canadian Government to help shape its own approach to immigration. One thing we'll be calling for is that the UK Government follows their example and does more to engage the public on this important issue. The report provides a comprehensive evidence base of public views on immigration, including reports from each of the 60 locations visited and over 40 recommendations to national and local government, business and civil society. Some of the issues on which we make proposals for change include: What are the common issues raised across the UK? What are the local differences and place-specific concerns? How should Britain approach migration for work after Brexit? How do we build public confidence in the immigration system? International student migration and universities; Protecting refugees; Improving Home Office performance; How do we address prejudice, resentment and hate? How can we make integration work better? How are face-to-face discussions about immigration different to those online? Can we find consensus on immigration and, if so, how? Details: London: British Future; HOPE not hate, 2018. 268p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 20, 2018 at: http://nationalconversation.uk/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/FINAL-2-national-conversation-september-report-2018-09-final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 153511

Author: Arooj Title: Faith, Family and Crime: An exploration of Muslim families' involvement with the Criminal Justice System and its impact on their health and social needs Summary: There has been little or no research undertaken either locally or nationally to assess the extent and nature of these aspects or, indeed, to address the specific needs of Muslim offenders' families and the impact of the CJS on their health and social needs. This is also reflected in a recent Ministry of Justice report (Shingler and Pope 2018), which analysed a large number of studies to review the effectiveness of rehabilitative services for Black, Asian and Minority Ethnic people: They found that "the search process yielded 3,101 studies, of which only 11 (below 0.5%) were of sufficient relevance and methodological rigour for inclusion. Similarly, criminological writing about race and ethnicity in the CJS has tended to focus on "trying to explain the over-representation of Black men in the CJS" (Parmar 2016, p. 2), rather than addressing the complex ways in which "race, gender, class and generation interact and enmesh in the context of crime and punishment". This "intersectional" approach to considering the needs of the families concerned provides a useful framework within which to analyse the data collected for this project and through which to identify those findings that highlight where Muslim families have the greatest levels of need. According to the Prison Reform Trust (2017) the number of Muslim prisoners has doubled since 2002 and represents 15% of the current prison population. Muslims are significantly over-represented within the prison population, yet Muslims represent just 4% of the general population in the United Kingdom (Office for National Statistics [ONS] 2016). Reviews and research studies undertaken nationally in the past few years, (such as The Lammy Report, 2017; The Young Review Report, 2014) have highlighted that the problems arising from this over-representation of minority ethnic groups in prisons is far greater amongst certain BAME groups than is reflected in their uptake of support services. The main aims of this research project were: 1. To investigate the extent to which a family member's involvement with the Criminal Justice System (CJS) affects Muslim families and their social and health needs. The areas explored range across: - the attitudes of Muslim families towards offenders/ex-offenders in their household; - some of the barriers faced by Muslim families in accessing mainstream support services; - the role of Muslim families and faith organisations in supporting offenders/ex-offenders. 2. The findings to benefit Muslim families and policy makers through providing an increased understanding of: - how involvement with the CJS affects relationships within the family (nuclear and extended) and the wider community; the underlying issues that affect - different family members (particularly partners and children) and the levels of awareness, amongst Muslim families, of the support services that are available to them. Details: London; Barrow Cadbury Trust; Lancashire, AROOJ, 2018. 42p., ex. summary Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 20, 2018 at: https://www.barrowcadbury.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/Arooj-Faith-Family-and-Crime-2.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Ethnic Minorities Shelf Number: 153512

Author: Nicholls, Carol McNaughton Title: The Separated Location of Prisoners with Sexual Convictions: Research on the Benefits and Risks Summary: This report summarises a HMPPS-funded qualitative research project designed to examine the benefits and challenges associated with the separate location of prisoners in England and Wales who have a conviction for a sexual offence. In many establishments, prisoners who have a sexual conviction are intentionally separated from other prisoners and held in Vulnerable Prisoner Units (VPUs). Twenty-seven prisoners with a sexual conviction in 4 prisons were interviewed. They had varying experiences of complete separation, with and without a treatment emphasis, and integration with other prisoners with non-sexual convictions. Their accounts were analysed to identify emergent patterns, experiences and outcomes. Details: United Kingdom: Ministry of Justice, Prison and Probation Service, 2018. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2018 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/separated-location-of-prisoners-with-sexual-convictions-research-on-the-benefits-and-risks Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Conviction Shelf Number: 153112

Author: Wakeling, Helen Title: An Exploratory Study of the Experiences of a Small Sample of Men Convicted of Sexual Offences who have Reoffended after Participating in Prison-Based Treatment Summary: The aim of the present study was to explore the experiences of individuals who have committed sexual offences and subsequently reoffended after participation on a Sex Offender Treatment Programme (SOTP). In-depth interviews were conducted between March and July 2015 with six men who had been convicted of a sexual offence, had completed an SOTP on their prison sentence (between 2001 and 2010), and who had then gone on to reoffend with a further sexual offence. The interviews were analysed using interpretative phenomenological analysis (IPA; Smith, 2008). Nine higher order themes emerged. The use of a small sample size means that the findings may not be generalizable to a wider population, and as such, the findings should be treated with some caution. The emergent themes are discussed in relation to the wider desistance literature, and preliminary suggestions are made which may enhance the outcomes that can be made from attendance on a prison based treatment programme. Consideration of the wider support structures, which would be of benefit to this group, are also highlighted, along with the issues associated with labeling and signalling (Maruna, 2012). Details: United Kingdom: Ministry of Justice, Prison and Probation Service, 2018. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/749145/men-convicted-of-sexual-offences-report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Prison Shelf Number: 153109

Author: Frondigoun, Liz Title: Managing Offenders: Doing Things Differently Summary: Glasgow Community and Safety Services (GCSS) is a company limited by guarantee with charitable trust status and was jointly owned by Glasgow City Council and Strathclyde Joint Police Authority. GCSS was formed in 2006 from a partnership approach bringing together Glasgow City Council, Strathclyde Police, Strathclyde Fire and Rescue, Glasgow Community Safety Partnership and Streetwatch Glasgow. Such an approach to offender management was perceived at the time to be innovative and it is believed that the services developed then and since are pioneering, and particularly so in relation to offender management. This research was conducted for GCSS and was supported by a small grant from the Scottish Institute for Policing Research (SIPR) to cover research expenses. While GCSS offers a range of services this particular evaluation is concerned with Choice Works and in particular with their Offender Intervention Service (OIS). The program provides an alternative to short term prison sentences for those on Community Payback Orders(CPO) and for young men, aged 16-25, who are persistent low tariff offenders or young people who are deemed to be at risk of engaging in offending patterns of behaviour. The aim of the program is through partnership working with the Police, Criminal Justice Social Work and the Council, to - provide effective and early interventions; - help clients to address their offending behaviour; - provide educational and vocational opportunities; - encourage desistance from offending; - develop employability skills; in order to ensure that clients exiting the program are 'work ready' and have a positive outlook for their future. Each program runs for 12 weeks. Details: Edinburgh, UK: Glasgow Caledonian University and The Scottish Institute for Policing Research, 2013. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 25, 2018 at: http://www.sipr.ac.uk/Plugin/Publications/assets/files/GCSS_Report_Managing_Offender.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Payback Orders Shelf Number: 152863

Author: Scottish Football Association Title: The Interim Report of the Independent Review of Sexual Abuse in Scottish Football Summary: Presents findings from the interim report of the independent review of sexual abuse in Scottish football. Finds that Scottish football urgently requires a comprehensive safeguarding strategy; and a change in culture to include challenging negative and harmful attitudes to: mental health; sexual conduct and gender based violence; homophobic attitudes; and behaviours which reinforce the fears and silence of young men when faced with sexual abuse or exploitation. Details: London, UK: Scottish Football Association, 2018. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 25, 2018 at: https://www.scottishfa.co.uk/media/4028/independent-review-of-sexual-abuse-in-scottish-football_interim-report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Football Shelf Number: 153027

Author: Sharrock, Sarah Title: The experiences of victims of hate crime: final report Summary: The research looks at the experiences of victims of hate crime; their decision-making, motivations for and barriers to reporting these crimes; and their experiences with the police, criminal justice system and support services. Key findings Victims' understanding of the types of incident that could be categorised as hate crime varied. It was not clear to some whether incidents needed to have a physical element to constitute hate crime, and confusion was particularly evident when considering incidents that took place online. Motivations for reporting hate crimes included individual reasons such as finding relief or wanting the perpetrator to be held to account, as well as broader considerations, such as the prevention of repeat offending and contributing to accurate recording of hate crime. Reasons for not reporting included feeling that the incident was not sufficiently serious, that there was too little supporting evidence for further steps to be taken, or reluctance due to previous poor experiences with the police. Practical barriers included shame and blame, inaccessible reporting facilities and the amount of time that reporting would require. Responses to participants who had reported hate crimes or incidents were varied. Examples of good practice included being regularly updated and having expectations clearly set out. However, examples of negative experiences were also described by participants and included an inappropriate police response (e.g. lack of empathy or specific knowledge about protected characteristics), lack of updates and difficulty contacting the police. Police and community participants had different experiences of reporting, with police participants reporting more uniform and positive experiences than their community peers. Participants discussed emotional and practical support received from informal sources such as friends, family and colleagues, as well as from formal sources such as third party support organisations and community groups. Formal support was accessed in three ways: through independent contact, signposting and referrals. Barriers to accessing support included having limited awareness of support provision and, perceptions that relevant support organisations were either not available or were inaccessible to participants. Details: London: Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary and Fire & Rescue Services (HMICFRS), 2018. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 26, 2018 at: http://natcen.ac.uk/media/1622569/the-experiences-of-victims-of-hate-crime.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crimes Shelf Number: 153535

Author: Brown, Frederick Howard Title: Relative Deprivation, Opportunity and Crime: A Study of Young Men's Motivations for Committing Burglary Summary: Empirical studies have attempted to measure the relative deprivation - crime relationship with varying degrees of success. These have generally focused on examining 'actual relative deprivation' by employing quantitative methods to aggregated, area based data. Operationalising actual relative deprivation in terms of disparities in household income, these studies have attempted to show a relationship between income inequality and crime at the area level. From this they have assumed that those with the lowest incomes are most likely to perceive relative deprivation and are therefore more likely to engage in crime as a result. However, few studies have examined actual and perceived relative deprivation at the individual level. This thesis set out to explore at the individual level whether those experiencing actual relative deprivation are more likely than others to perceive relative deprivation and to determine whether actual or perceived relative deprivation (if either) is a good predictor of criminality. The study employed two methodologies to explore these issues. Secondary analysis of the 1998 Youth Lifestyle Survey was conducted and forms the core of the empirical work presented here. A study of 50 convicted burglary offenders was also undertaken to explore perceived relative deprivation. Both methodologies are limited by the problems associated with operationalising relative deprivation and these are detailed throughout the thesis. The results show that perceived relative deprivation (especially relative deprivation of leisure pursuits) would appear to be associated with involvement in crime more often than actual relative deprivation at the individual level. However, neither would appear to be a good predictor of criminality when compared to other, �tried and tested� measures. For those offenders where perceived relative deprivation may be relevant, the thesis suggests that the offending peer group may provide a powerful comparative reference group while at the same time providing a means to resolve such experience through engaging in crime. Drawing on the findings, the thesis develops alternative theoretical frameworks for how relative deprivation may be associated with crime at the societal and individual level and provides a critique of these frameworks. Details: London: London school of Economics and Political Science, 2001. 494p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 28, 2018 at: http://etheses.lse.ac.uk/2421/1/U615370.pdf Year: 2001 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Burglars Shelf Number: 153886

Author: Skinns, Christopher David Title: Evaluating the impact of town centre closed circuit television surveillance systems Summary: Closed circuit television (CCIV) surveillance constitutes for most people an unavoidable, for some people an unsettling, but for many people a not unwelcome aspect of life In the UK in the 1990's. The community in which we live may be surveilled by cameras. We are certainly likely to encounter CCTV when we drive along roads or highways. But even if we use buses, trams or trains we are unlikely to avoid the attention of the cameras. As we wander around the town centre streets we will be under the gaze of CCTV. Even when we walk into the private space of the shopping mall we will be subjected to the scrutiny of a CCTV system. Similarly our visit to the bank will have been caught on camera. So will our visit to Tesco and Marks and Spencer. The main rationale for the installation of such systems is that they 'work.' But do they work? What does 'work' mean? How can this be established with some degree of certainty? The first substantive theme of the thesis concerns the critical scrutiny of organised attempts to document the impact of CCTV. This takes us into the territory of evaluation research, the rationale of which is 'to assess the effects and effectiveness of something' (Robson 1993: 170). Evaluation research attempts to find out whether a programme has been effected as well as determining whether the programme has achieved the intended aims and whether there are any unintended positive or negative effects. The territory occupied by evaluation research is of considerable topical significance and practical import. Evaluation research has become increasingly prominent in the 1990's. In part this has been 'top down' stimulated by successive Conservative administrations and their concern with value for money. This has created a role for evaluation research, which emphasises that it provides technical answers to questions of efficiency, effectiveness and economy. But this is not all a concern with evaluation entails. On the contrary, there are various 'bottom up' social pressures or 'spurs' (Robson 1993:67) to evaluation connected to concerns about the proper use and targeting of resources. Furthermore, evaluation enables an independent and critical judgement on programmes, which may be the result of received wisdom, political knee jerk, rampant populism and inflexible political ideology. Finally, any estimate of the place of CC1V in broader social patterns depends on an understanding of its effects. he greater social prominence of evaluation is not its only interesting feature. It is also of interest because evaluation raises a series of important methodological and theoretical questions. These cover issues about what gets evaluated, what strategies and designs are used, who evaluates and who gets consulted. They also include questions about who gets informed of the results of the evaluation, how technically competent evaluations are, and how funding impacts on the evaluation and how evaluation results influence programmes. Also placed on the agenda by evaluation research is the question of why a particular programme has effects. Finally, evaluation raises questions about the relationship between the evaluator drawn from the 'academy' and crime control. Thus fundamental questions of interest to the social sciences are raised by the critical study of evaluation research. The impact of CCTV systems is the second main substantive theme of the thesis. CCTV surveillance systems are composed of three related sub-systems - cameras providing pictures of the location, videotape machines to record images and human monitoring to respond to incidents seen on the control room screens and undertake other associated duties. CCTV systems are claimed to be superior to previously used preventative and intelligence gathering activities, as they are seen to be capable of achieving total vision unaffected by space and time. Furthermore such intelligence is seen to possess an incontrovertibWty (seeing is believing, the camera does not lie), which human testimony lacks (Elliott 1998). CCTV schemes are set up to achieve a range of aims. These may indude speed restriction compliance on motorways and other roads, monitoring and managing traffic congestion and increasing use of shopping malls and town centres. Greater control and compliance within the work situation may also be sought. Even where the primary aim is to impact on non-motoring crime there may still be considerable diversity of method as to how this is to be achieved. Emphasis might be placed on deterrence. The system might be seen as capable of improving detection rates. The system aims may extend to reducing fear of crime and include gaining public approval or acceptance. A critical analysis of the impact of CCIV systems is also of topical significance and practical import. The growing interest in evaluation research has been paralleled by a huge increase in the use of CCTV systems. This can be briefly indicated by reference to the growth in numbers of CCIV systems and the expenditures involved. Only one town centre system existed in 1985 (Boumemouth). By 1990 there were 6 (Home Office Crime Prevention Centre [HOCPC] 1990). In 1993 Bulos and Samo (1994) found 75 local authorities with such systems. In 1995 Brown estimated that there were 200 town centre systems. Norris, Moran and Armstrong (1998) suggest that there are now 400. Of course, this takes no account of current trends relating to the spread of CCTV systems to smaller towns and villages. In the Doncaster area alone there are as many as 12 such CCTV developments (personal communication with the South Yorkshire CCTV liaison officer). A proliferation of CCIV systems in other locations has also occurred. CCIV systems are now installed in work settings, residential areas, transport facilities, leisure and sporting venues, retail settings and industrial estates. Graham, Brooks and Heery (1996) estimate that there are some 300,000 cameras installed in private systems per year. The CCTV liaison officer for the South Yorkshire Police indicated that there are over 450 private systems in Doncaster and Sheffield alone (Private communication May 1998). All of this growth sustains a huge industry with one-off costs incurred on installation and subsequent on-costs incurred for maintenance and other services including line rental and off-site monitoring services. In 1993 Utley estimated that some �300 million a year was being spent on the installation of CC1V systems. Marketing Strategies for Industry (1994) estimated that this market was capable of 12-14% growth per annum. Norris, Moran and Armstrong (1998:256) provide a conservative estimate that the bill for maintaining town centre systems alone in 1998 was �23 million. This probably underestimates the costs for the systems concerned and does not include maintenance of all the other kinds of system. CCIV surveillance systems have proliferated. The importance of CCIV systems does not end with the indication that they represent a significant social movement. Such systems pose important questions about human conduct and criminal action. How and why do CCIV systems deter would-be offenders? What sort of impacts do they have on would-be victims? Are some kinds of offenders and offences more affected by the cameras than others? CCIV also poses questions about the nature and directions of social control in particular why have conventional criminal justice agents favoured it? What implications does the proliferation of Cclv systems have for debates about the future of control systems? At its broadest the study of CCW may be located in the more general concerns about the growth of surveillance and bureaucratic control (Giddens 1985, 1987; Dandeker 1990; Lyon 1994). The two central objects of the thesis - evaluation research and CCTV systems - are both addressed in two main ways. First, a reading of the literature is used both to critically understand evaluation research and the documented impact of CCTV systems and help construct an evaluative study of just such a CCTV system. Second, the actual, systematic evaluation of one particular 'state of the art' town centre CCW scheme is used to shed further light on the process of evaluation research in general and the impact of CC1V in particular. Town centre systems are focused on here because they represent the most visible symbol of the use of CCTV and because my involvement in the evaluation of the Doncaster scheme provided fortuitous access. This scheme also represented a not untypical example of the general movement to town centre CCTV systems. The critical examination of the two main themes in this manner enables the thesis to make two main contributions. A model of what constitutes an adequate evaluation account is derived from the review of the theory and practice of evaluation research. An understanding of the nature, context and impact of CCTV is derived from the critical review of existing studies and the intensive study of one such system. The thesis is organised as follows. Chapter 2 offers a review of the available literature on evaluation research. This review is used to both construct a critical account of the nature of evaluation and to configure my own study of a large town centre system. Chapter 3 sets out to determine what is known about the impact of CCTV. The limited material on town centre systems is supplemented by evaluations of CCTV systems in other locations. Chapters 4 and 5 set out the details of the evaluation of the Doncaster CCTV system. Chapter 4 indicates the overall structure of the evaluation of the Doncaster system. In this chapter the results of the impact assessment are also presented. Chapter 5, also concerned with the Doncaster CCTV system, sets out the results of the study of public acceptability and offers a full impact assessment. Chapters 6 and 7 attempt to provide a critical reflection on the evaluation practice undertaken. Chapter 6 offers an internal critique focusing predominantly on questions of validity. Chapter 7 goes on to offer a broader, external critique of the Doncaster study. Chapters 8 and 9 take up the implications of the evaluation of the Doncaster CCTV system. Chapter 8 considers the implications for doing evaluation research on CCTV systems. Chapter 9 considers the implications of the Doncaster study and the thesis as a whole, for the nature of CCTV surveillance systems and their place in social control. However, even in a thesis of this length not everything can be considered. There are important areas either not dealt with or only briefly touched upon. The neglected areas include the social history of the use of photography in crime control (see Norris 1998), a thoroughgoing attempt to locate the CCTV phenomenon in broader pattems of surveillance (Lyon 1994) and a reading of the nature of CCTV and its implications for social theory (McCahill 1998) Details: Hull, UK: University of Hull, 1998. 315p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 28, 2018 at: https://hydra.hull.ac.uk/assets/hull:3890a/content Year: 1998 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: CCTV Shelf Number: 153896

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice Title: Statistics on Women and the Criminal Justice System 2017: A Ministry of Justice publication under Section 95 of the Criminal Justice Act 1991 Summary: This report compiles statistics from data sources across the Criminal Justice System, to provide a combined perspective on the typical experiences of the different sex groups in England and Wales, 2017. The 'Statistics on Women and the Criminal Justice System 2017' bulletin is a compendium of statistics from data sources across the CJS to provide a combined perspective on the typical experiences of males and females who come into contact with it. It brings together information on representation by sex among victims, suspects, defendants, offenders and practitioners within the CJS and considers how these experiences have changed over time and how they contrast to the typical experiences of males. No causative links can be drawn from these summary statistics, and no controls have been applied to account for differences in circumstances between the males and females (e.g. offence, average income or age); differences observed may indicate areas worth further investigation, but should not be taken as evidence of unequal treatments or as direct effects of sex. In general, females appear to be substantially underrepresented throughout the CJS compared with males. This is particularly true in relation to the most serious offence types and sentences, though patterns by sex vary between individual offences. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2018. 133p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 29, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/759770/women-criminal-justice-system-2017..pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 0

Author: Drinkwater, Nicola Title: The state of the sector: Key trends for voluntary sector organisations working in the criminal justice system Summary: Clinks has been collecting information about how voluntary organisations working in criminal justice are faring for the last six years. Our 2018 report presents the most detailed information we have about these organisations to date. It explores what services organisations are delivering, to whom and how organisations are funded to do this. This year we included an additional thematic focus exploring how organisations are recognising and responding to the particular needs and vulnerabilities of people protected under the Equalities Act (2010) and what barriers they face in doing this. We found that: Charities and social enterprises are working relentlessly, in difficult circumstances, to support increasing numbers of people who are coming to them with more complex and urgent needs. They're responding by developing and delivering new services and working in partnership to share knowledge and resources but increasing caseloads are putting staff and volunteers under pressure. Organisations supporting people with protected characteristics under the 2010 Equality Act, including from black, Asian and minority ethnic backgrounds, and people with disabilities, are being hit the hardest by the challenging funding environment, and are seeing more people with complex issues in need of immediate attention. Charities and social enterprises working in prisons and the community are seeing urgent housing needs, substance misuse problems and poor mental health soar, as funding cuts to public services including prison and probation take hold. Alongside this, welfare reform, particularly the roll out of Universal Credit, Personal Independent Payments and sanctions are pushing people into poverty and leaving them unable to access accommodation. The sector continues to face a challenging financial environment, where organisations are reliant on grants and are unlikely to meet their costs, while often having to subsidise services they are contracted to provide. Statutory organisations referring people to the voluntary sector are not providing adequate funding meaning organisations need to subsidise funding from other sources, including from charitable trusts and foundations Charitable trusts and foundations continue to provide essential grant funding to charities, especially those providing specialist community-based services. Details: London: Clinks, 2018. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 29, 2018 at: https://www.clinks.org/publication/state-sector-2018 Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Charitable Trusts Shelf Number: 153900

Author: Ward, Marcus Title: Child sexual abuse in residential schools: A literature review Summary: The review covers five key areas: Pupils attending residential schools. Standards for keeping children safe from sexual abuse in schools in England and Wales. The scale and nature of child sexual abuse in schools, including a specific focus on peer on peer abuse within schools, the perpetrators of abuse and the victims of abuse. The factors that influence the incidence of, and responses to, child sexual abuse in schools. Examples of, and research evidence in relation to, unsuccessful safeguarding measures and positive approaches adopted by schools. This review will provide context for research commissioned by the Inquiry into schools. It will explore the role of residential schools (both residential special schools and mainstream schools) in England and Wales in safeguarding children from child sexual abuse. This primary research will feed into the Inquiry's residential schools legal investigation that is investigating the nature and extent of, and institutional responses to, child sexual abuse in residential schools, including schools in the state and independent sectors and schools for children with disabilities and / or special educational needs. Details: s.l.: Independent Inquiry into Child Sexual Abuse, 2018. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 29, 2018 at: https://www.iicsa.org.uk/key-documents/7747/view/child-sexual-abuse-residential-schools%3A-a-literature-review-november-2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 154901

Author: Crates, Emma Title: Construction and the Modern Slavery Act: Tackling Exploitation in the UK Summary: This report examines the UK construction industry's response to the Modern Slavery Act and the systemic problems that are eroding the rights of domestic and foreign workers in the sector. Modern slavery is the most extreme example of abusive practices that thrive within fragmented supply chains and aggressive price-driven business models. Whilst the construction sector has many risk indicators of exploitation, the potential scale of the problem in the UK is only just emerging. The report also explores evolving best practice, industry initiatives and emerging legal, social and governance drivers of change. The International Labour Organization (ILO) estimates that more than 40 million people are in modern slavery globally, with 25 million in forced labour. It is commonly assumed that most slavery is concentrated in the developing countries. However, exploitation is increasingly being detected in the world's richest nations. In Europe, nearly three people in every thousand are estimated to be victims of slavery. In the UK, the National Crime Agency (NCA) is significantly revising upwards its previous estimates of 13,000 modern slavery victims. Slavery is a hidden crime that is a lucrative business model for organised criminals and casual opportunists. A total of 5,145 potential victims were submitted to the government's official register of slavery, the National Referral Mechanism (NRM) in 2017. This was a 35% increase on the previous year. Labour exploitation is the NRM's fastest growing category: 1,326 adults and 1,026 children were registered under that category last year. Developed nations such as the UK make appealing targets for exploiters because they can generate high income levels per worker, estimated at US$34,800 a year. Legitimate businesses are more profitable than illegal operations because of higher wage levels. Slavery has been found in every region of the UK. In March 2018 , there were more than 600 live policing operations on modern slavery, from major cities to rural areas. Although low skilled migrant workers are thought to be most at risk of slavery or human trafficking, people of any nationality, educational background or income level can be targeted. Many identified victims of forced labour have a legal right to work in the UK, and a high proportion are British. There is a strong link between homelessness and forced labour. Anyone caught in modern slavery has become vulnerable at some point in his or her recruitment process. Some may have inbuilt vulnerabilities such as addictions, lack of education or inability to speak English, others may be trapped into unsustainable debt by extortionate recruitment fees. Even visas tied to a single employer increase workers' vulnerability to exploitation. Modern slavery and human trafficking are treated as entrepreneurial activities by criminals who continually evolve their operational models to evade detection and infiltrate legitimate businesses. In the past, lack of understanding from industry, police, health workers, enforcement agencies and wider society has led to a low detection rate of modern slavery cases, but the UK Modern Slavery Act 2015 has led to a spike in education and training initiatives across the public and private sector, and growing awareness from the general public. Calls to the Modern Slavery Helpline are predicted to rise to 6,000 in 2018. Details: Bracknell, UK:Chartered Institute of Building, 2018. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed Dec. 5, 2018 at: https://www.ciob.org/sites/default/files/CIOB%20Report%20on%20UK%20Construction%20and%20the%20Modern%20Slavery%20Act_0.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Labor Shelf Number: 153914

Author: Smith, Robert Title: An Independent Assessment of the 'Prevention First' Crime Prevention Strategy in Ayrshire Summary: The aim of this study was to conduct, an assessment of the Police Scotland, 'Prevention First', Crime Prevention Strategy currently being operated in Ayrshire. The approach has been operationalised previously in New Zealand (See 'Prevention First' document, undated) and is operating across the Local Authority areas in North, East and South Ayrshire. Understanding the complex concerns and needs of all who work and live in these communities is key for Police Scotland in keeping people safe and therefore their approach focuses on prevention and, as necessary, enforcement: a proactive, flexible, problem-solving approach to local community issues. The stated aims of the Pan Ayrshire programme are to "�prevent crime, reduce victimisation and reduce locations where offending takes place, through a partnership early intervention approach which gets to the heart of issues and identifies the best way to solve problems and tackle community concerns" (Prevention First proposal document, 2014). 'Prevention First' was first introduced in North Ayrshire in February 2014 and rolled out across East and South Ayrshire following that. The programme encapsulates a partnership approach to tackling violence, anti-social behaviour and community concerns regarding violent crime. The main ethos of the programme is that violence is preventable, not inevitable and that crime, violence and anti-social behaviour are driven by underlying social conditions and span the household, community and school environments, entailing a multi-agency approach to address them. Key stakeholders include a wide range of 'Community Planning' partners including Police Scotland, Scottish Fire & Rescue, North Ayrshire Council, East Ayrshire Council, South Ayrshire Council and others organisations from the Third Sector. The purpose of this evaluation was to assess the veracity of initial internal assessments of the pilots in North and East Ayrshire that indicate that 'Prevention First' is delivering better outcomes for individuals and communities whilst simultaneously significantly reducing demand on police and partner resources through the early implementation of more effective, joined up, solutions. In doing so, we took cognisance of austerity measures and financial pressures which out pressure on all initiatives to be efficient and effective. We aimed to establish, or determine, whether the project is effective, efficient and viable as a partnership policing operational strategy / methodology. This report comprises of an evaluation of the impact of the programme across the three local authority areas but focusing on its impact on levels of crime, disorder and community well-being. We examined and scrutinised the organisational mechanisms that contribute to this impact and assess the relevance of local context in helping or hindering impact. We also endeavoured to develop an understanding of the implementation process in each area; and provide an assessment of cost and benefits of the 'Prevention First' approach. We focus on stated objectives to:- - Identify examples of good practice and in particular the 'added value' and efficiency savings provided by the approach. - Assess the extent to which it delivers on the Christie Commission recommendations (Christie, 2011) and include an examination of the flexibility of the model, how it can be adapted for use in different localities and alongside other existing problem solving models. - Suggest improvements and recommendations regarding methods of measuring community benefits and efficiency savings for partners, including any recommendations specific to each local area. - Assess its potential as an 'approach' to reference longer term partnership service delivery and provision. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Institute for Policing Research, 2017. 141p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed Dec. 6, 2018 at: Scottish Institute for Policing Research website. Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 153925

Author: Broad, Rosemary Title: Stuck in Traffic: A study of individuals convicted convicted for human trafficking offences through the UK criminal justice system: characteristics, relationships and criminal justice perspectives Summary: The research undertaken during the course of this thesis is an exploratory study of the characteristics of individuals convicted for human trafficking offences between 2003 and 2008 in the UK. This thesis provides a unique contribution to criminology by developing the understanding of those convicted for these offences and the policy procedures that operate to process these cases. The data comprises documentary sources in the form of pre-sentence reports and assessments, interview data from interviews with experts involved in processing human trafficking cases through the criminal justice system and quantitative data in the form of actuarial assessments of this group of offenders. The data is analysed within an interpretative policy framework which views the data not just as a social construction but as a result of particular features of policy-making in this area. The argument developed in this thesis is that there is a globally reinforced paradigm which focuses on a certain type of trafficking and has resulted in the conviction of a group of individuals with some collective characteristics.The primary contributions of this research can be drawn together under three themes; developing the knowledge regarding people convicted for human trafficking offences, understanding the role of the migration journey in terms of pathways into this offending and the implications of this for policy and the historical continuity of these themes. The use of the terms manager and worker, as opposed to trafficker and victim, allow for a more nuanced understanding of these findings and permit a degree of flexibility between the actors involved. This research demonstrates that failing to understand those people convicted for these offences results in a distorted understanding of the activity as a whole and how the involvement fits within wider issues of migration, structural inequality and gender. The findings indicate that migration processes and the status of the migrant operate to limit opportunity. Within this process migrants make a series of decisions and links with others through their networks which forms part of their pathway into this offending. Accounting for the pathways into these offences must build on the push/pull factors in order to fully appreciate the mechanisms behind individual migration. These findings confirm a historical continuity of the dominant themes in this field. The findings and future work in this area must be understood outside of the dichotomies imposed by the historical paradigms by considering the impact of the global reinforcement of policy issues and the complex interplays of power operating between all actors involved in this activity. Details: Manchester, UK: University of Manchester, 2013. 254p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed Dec. 6, 2018 at: https://www.escholar.manchester.ac.uk/api/datastream?publicationPid=uk-ac-man-scw:221262&datastreamId=FULL-TEXT.PDF Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 153926

Author: Grimshaw, Roger Title: Young people, violence and knives - revisiting the evidence and policy discussions Summary: In this briefing, Roger Grimshaw and Matt Ford examine recent trends in knife-related violence and assess different approaches to tackling, and reducing it. It builds on an earlier review of evidence of effective strategies for addressing gun and knife crime, published by the Centre for Crime and Justice Studies in 2009. The briefing covers four main areas. First, it examines trends in knife-related violence across England and Wales. It concludes that real levels of knife crime are likely to have risen in recent years, but that recording changes have also been a factor in the increase. Second, it looks at the drivers of knife violence, covering a range of factors, including demographic changes, poverty and inequality, mental health, drugs and gang issues. It concludes that 'interventions which do not seek to address wider social issues such as inequality, deprivation, poor mental health and drug addiction are unlikely to provide long-lasting solutions to knife violence'. Third, the briefing assesses the effectiveness of criminal justice interventions - including police stop and search and tougher sentences - in controlling and reducing knife violence. It finds no real evidence that such approaches are 'either just or effective', and concludes that such approaches 'appear to be both damaging and disproportionate'. Finally, the briefing assesses so-called 'public health' approaches, which treat violence like a contagion, requiring mapping, analysis, and the planning of interventions. Such approaches are 'better evidenced and apparently more effective than purely suppressive, criminal justice approaches'. In conclusion, the briefing argues that public health approaches, while promising, have so far failed to fulfil their potential. When faced with an apparently urgent problem, politicians find it difficult to resist the 'siren call of criminal justice', inspired, as it is, by 'emotive assumptions about combating "threats", reducing "risk", and preventing incidents "spiralling out of control"'. What is needed is greater clarity about what public health approaches mean, what evidence supports them, and how they might best be implemented. Details: London: Centre for Crime and Justice Studies, 2018. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: UK Justice Policy Review FOCUS: Issue 3: Accessed Dec. 7, 2018 at: https://www.crimeandjustice.org.uk/sites/crimeandjustice.org.uk/files/Knife%20crime.%20November.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Knife Crimes Shelf Number: 153937

Author: HM Inspectorate of Probation Title: An Inspection of Northumbria Community Rehabilitation Company Summary: Northumbria CRC has built solid relationships with partners and representatives of those under probation supervision to develop its services. It also provides an impressive range of services to support people to turn away from crime. These are essential for delivering a successful probation service, and it is so pleasing to see them well developed here, although the CRC does need to make sure its services are easily accessible, especially for those who are disabled or attending after work. However, despite a stable, experienced workforce and strong, effective local partnerships, the quality of this CRC's work is undermined by a lack of sufficient attention to managing risk of harm. In common with other Sodexo CRCs, Northumbria has been unable to implement its operating model fully due to difficulties outside its control. Because it has been unable to introduce the Sodexo Offender Management System, the CRC has implemented an interim solution focused on Justice Star. This is a useful assessment tool, designed to engage the individual and help identify issues they need to work on, to avoid reoffending. This concentration on Justice Star, and therefore on reoffending issues, has led to a lack of focus on risk management, when of course there is a balance to be struck. In addition, attention to completing process tasks has been at the expense of critical analysis and the need to act to safeguard victims and potential victims. Experienced probation workers should strike the right balance between rehabilitation and public protection intuitively, but here, systems and other pressures are influencing that judgement unduly. This requires attention at all levels. The commitment we found to achieving high performance, combined with loyal, skilled staff and partners, provides the right ingredients for addressing this and other areas for improvement we identify here. Details: Manchester, UK: Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation, 2018. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 9, 2018 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2018/11/Northumbria-CRC-inspection-report-1.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Case Supervision Shelf Number: 153894

Author: Arts Council England Title: Arts and Culture and Health and Wellbeing and in the Criminal Justice System: A Summary of Evidence Summary: Arts Council England has undertaken an assessment of the current evidence base around the place of arts and culture in health and wellbeing and in the criminal justice system. The key themes this review explores are: - can arts and culture make a contribution to reducing (re)offending? - the impact of art and culture on health and wellbeing throughout life - the role of art and culture in physical, psychological and social health This report provides a summary of the evidence, and highlights key themes within the evidence base to inform Arts Council England's future strategic priorities. Details: Manchester, UK: Arts Council England, 2018. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 16, 2018 at: https://www.artscouncil.org.uk/publication/arts-and-culture-health-and-wellbeing-and-criminal-justice-system-summary-evidence Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Arts Shelf Number: 154011

Author: Chrysanthou, Georgios Marios Title: The Dynamics and Determinants of Bullying Victimisation Summary: We study the determinants and longitudinal evolution of nine types of adolescent (verbal, physical, indirect) bullying at school and domestically using the Understanding Society dataset during 2009-13. Family support is the most prominent protective factor against bullying. Applying joint maximum likelihood estimation (MLE) for dynamic discrete responses, we investigate potential simultaneous determination of bullying and family support. The estimates indicate that bullying disclosure might be uncommon. The probability of escaping/suffering victimisation is inversely/positively related to previous bullying intensity, respectively. Family income increases domestic indirect aggression but, reduces direct aggression and non-domestic bullying as does living in a high income region. Details: Bonn, Germany: Institute of Labor Economics, 2018. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 17, 2018 at: https://www.iza.org/publications/dp/11902/the-dynamics-and-determinants-of-bullying-victimisation Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 153865

Author: Webber, Frances Title: The Embedding of State Hostility: A Background Paper on the Windrush Scandal Summary: The Embedding of State Hostility: a background paper on the Windrush scandal is a briefing that shows how the injustices meted out to the Windrush generation are not anomalies but the logical result of an immigration system that, over many years, has weaponised the idea of 'the illegal immigrant'. It examines the Windrush scandal in the context of three decades of immigration law, based around a set of interlocking policies of denial, exclusion, surveillance and enforcement that, taken together, have coalesced into today's 'hostile environment'. With sections on: the build up to the Windrush scandal; case studies of those affected; the roots of hostile environment policies; the role of the media in weaponising 'illegality'; the government's retreat from universal human rights standards; the role of campaign groups and professional organisations in challenging the hostile environment and standing up for the Windrush Generation. Details: U.K.: Institute of Race Relations, 2018. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 17, 2018 at: http://s3-eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/wpmedia.outlandish.com/irr/2018/11/19150132/Embedding-State-hostility-v4.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Rights Abuses Shelf Number: 153864

Author: Great Britain. National Audit Office Title: Handling of the Windrush Situation Summary: Between 1948 and 1973 many Commonwealth citizens came to the UK under successive pieces of immigration legislation. Some of these individuals, particularly those from Caribbean nations, have recently become known as the Windrush generation. The government amended existing immigration legislation with the Immigration Act 1971, which came into force in 1973. At this time, Commonwealth immigrants already settled in the UK were given indefinite leave to remain, but many were not issued with any documentation, and the Home Office (the Department) kept no records confirming these individuals' status. Over at least the past 10 years the government has further reformed immigration policies according to the principle that the right to live, work and access services in the UK should only be available to those migrants who are eligible. In the spring of 2018, the media began to report stories of people who had come to the UK from the Commonwealth, being denied access to public services, being detained in the UK or at the border, or removed from, or refused re-entry to, the UK. It was reported that some people did not have the paperwork to prove their legal right to reside in the UK. In April 2018, the government acknowledged that the Windrush generation had been treated unfairly and set up a taskforce and scheme to help individuals to resolve their immigration status. Content and scope of the report This report seeks: to increase transparency about what happened; and to establish whether problems with the Department's information management and management of immigration casework may have contributed to the situation. We are not questioning the merits of the Department's policy objectives. We examine: - the scale and impact of the problem of people from the Windrush generation potentially being denied access to services, or detained or removed from the UK; - whether the Department identified the potential for new legislation and policy to have adverse effects on the Windrush generation and others; - whether its systems, guidance and processes contributed to negative outcomes, such as wrongful detention and removal; - whether the quality of the Department's information was a factor in people being wrongfully detained, removed or denied access to services; - whether the Department had adequate feedback loops to identify any adverse or unintended consequences and responded appropriately to feedback; -and how the Department is now supporting people who might have been affected, through the Windrush scheme. Report conclusions The policy of successive governments to create a hostile/compliant environment for illegal migrants involved limiting access to benefits and services and tightening enforcement activities. This included a 'devolved approach' placing a duty on landlords and employers and public service providers to carry out checks. This predictably carried a risk of impacting on individuals who were, in fact, entitled to residence, but who did not have the necessary documents. The Department had a duty of care to ensure that people's rights and entitlements were recognised and this has been re-emphasised by the Prime Minister. We do not consider that the Department adequately considered that duty in the way that it introduced immigration policy. In its implementation of the policy with few checks and balances and targets for enforcement action, we do not consider, once again, that the Department adequately prioritised the protection of those who suffered distress and damage through being wrongly penalised, and to whom they owed a duty of care. Instead it operated a target‑driven environment for its enforcement teams. The clarity of briefing to the former Home Secretary on this issue has also been called into question. It is clear that the Department received warnings of the fact that people, including in one case an employee of the House of Commons, were being wrongly caught up in the enforcement and compliant environment sanction regimes it was responsible for, but this did not have the effect of stimulating inquiry, or timely action. The Department is now moving to identify affected individuals, and to compensate them. This is positive. However, it is still showing a lack of curiosity about individuals who may have been affected, and who are not of Caribbean heritage, on the basis that this would be a 'disproportionate effort'. In the circumstances, we find this surprising. It is clear that the Department's implementation of the policy, now resulting in a belated and costly exercise in seeking information and paying compensation, to say nothing of the reputational damage involved, was not value for money. Details: London, U.K.: Comptroller and Auditor General, 2018. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 19, 2018 at: https://www.nao.org.uk/report/handling-of-the-windrush-situation/ Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Illegal Migrants Shelf Number: 154034

Author: Colquhoun-Flannery, Claire Title: Examining the Efficacy of the Building Skills for Recovery (BSR) Programme for Substance-Misusing Offenders in Custody in England and Wales Summary: Building Skills for Recovery (BSR) is a substance misuse intervention that has been designed to reduce offending behaviour and dependent substance misuse with an eventual goal of recovery. As little research has been carried out to explore the efficacy of BSR, this study aimed to measure change in the treatment targets of impulsivity, locus of control and problem solving in 1,702 BSR participants in custody, particularly clinically significant change. The impact of readiness to engage in treatment on programme completion was also explored. Details: London, U.K.: Her Majesty's Prison and Probation Service, 2018. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 18, 2018 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/764651/examining-efficacy-building-skills-recovery-programme.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Building Skills Recovery Shelf Number: 154065

Author: Field, Frank Title: Independent Review of the Modern Slavery Act 2015 Summary: In July 2018, the Home Secretary, at the request of the Prime Minister, announced a review of the Modern Slavery Act 2015 (the Act). The members of the Review are Frank Field MP (chairman), Maria Miller MP and the Baroness Butler-Sloss. The Review's terms of reference are set out at Annex A. We have been provided with a secretariat seconded from the Home Office to support us, and we are very grateful to them for their hard work, efficient research, and for providing us with the relevant information we need to formulate and substantiate our conclusions and recommendations. We have also secured the services of a former House of Commons Clerk who has provided independent support and advice on the drafting of our report. Although we have been set up by the Home Office, we have made it very plain to Government that we are carrying out an entirely independent review of the working of the Act. As such, the conclusions and recommendations set out in this interim report and all other reports are entirely our own. We have set up an independent website that can be found at www.independentmsareview.co.uk. We were asked to focus on four areas of the Act and produce a final report for the Home Secretary with our recommendations by the end of March 2019. These four areas are: - The Independent Anti-Slavery Commissioner (sections 40 - 44) - Transparency in supply chains (section 54) - Independent Child Trafficking Advocates (section 48) - The legal application of the Act, comprising: - The definition of exploitation (section 3) - Reparation orders (sections 8-10) - The statutory defence (section 45) Of these areas, we were invited to give our views on the Independent Anti-Slavery Commissioner and transparency in supply chains before the end of 2018. We have therefore decided to prioritise writing interim reports on these two issues, and this is the first such report. In accordance with our terms of reference, this report addresses the question: "how to ensure the independence of the Anti-Slavery Commissioner". Details: London, U.K.: Home Secretary, 2018. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 18, 2018 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/modern-slavery-act-2015-review-first-interim-report?utm_source=70d9df3e-7125-4243-bca5-b7a621b2edb3&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=govuk-notifications&utm_content=immediate Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Trafficking Shelf Number: 154068

Author: HMIC (Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary) Title: Best Use of Stop and Search (BUSS) Scheme Summary: Summary In 2014, the Home Office and College of Policing launched the Best Use of Stop and Search (BUSS) scheme, with the aims of achieving greater transparency, community involvement in the use of stop and search powers and to support a more intelligence-led approach, leading to better outcomes. The features of the scheme relate to data recording and publishing, the introduction of lay observation policies and community complaints trigger, reducing the use of stop and search powers under section 60 of the Criminal Justice and Public Order Act 1994 and monitoring the impact of stop and search on young people and black, Asian and minority ethnic communities. In 2015, HMIC assessed the 43 forces� compliance with each feature of the scheme, as part of our 2015 PEEL legitimacy inspection. That inspection identified that only 11 forces were complying with all five features of the scheme, 19 forces were not complying with one or two features of the scheme and 13 forces were not complying with three or more features. In our 2015 report HMIC committed to revisiting, within six months, the 13 forces not complying with three or more of the features. In February 2016, the Home Secretary suspended these 13 forces from the scheme. The findings of this revisit report will inform directly the Home Secretary�s decision on whether to lift or retain each force's suspension from the scheme. Findings Between 24 June 2016 and 5 August 2016, HMIC reviewed force websites, the police.uk website and documents submitted to us by forces, to reassess each force's compliance with each of the five features of the scheme. We found that six of the 13 forces are now compliant with all features of the Best Use of Stop and Search scheme: Cambridgeshire Constabulary, Cheshire Constabulary, Lancashire Constabulary, Northumbria Police, Warwickshire Police and West Mercia Police. However, we were disappointed to find that six forces were not compliant with one feature of the scheme and one force � Gloucestershire Constabulary � was not compliant with two features of the scheme. However, as our findings from this revisit will be used to inform directly the Home Secretary�s decision as to continued suspension, it is important that we also provide the most current information possible. We are now satisfied that the forces that were not compliant at the time of our revisit have, since our revisit, achieved compliance with all features of the scheme. In 2015, a further 19 forces were assessed as not complying with one or two features of the scheme. We will be revisiting these forces to assess their compliance with the scheme. We will write to the relevant chief constables to notify them formally of our revisit. HMIC believes that the scheme would benefit from clarification or amendment in some areas and we have, therefore, made recommendations to the Home Office and College of Policing for them to consider as part of their current review of the scheme. Details: London, UK: Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary, 2016. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 9, 2019 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmicfrs/wp-content/uploads/best-use-of-stop-and-search-scheme.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Best Use of Stop and Search Shelf Number: 154019

Author: Scottish Government Title: Rights, Respect and Recovery: Scotland's Strategy to Improve Health by Preventing and Reducing Alcohol and Drug Use, Harm and Related Deaths Summary: Ministerial Foreword In the ten years since the publication of Scotland�s previous alcohol and drugs strategies we have seen a lot of positive change. I am proud of the successes achieved over this period, driven by Alcohol and Drug Partnerships, our nationally commissioned organisations, Health Boards, Councils, Integration Authorities, Third Sector Organisations, Mutual Aid Organisations, but also, crucially, by individuals, their families and wider communities. A key success to improving outcomes for individuals, families and communities has been the introduction of minimum unit pricing for alcohol, the establishment of recovery oriented systems of care, and the growth of over 120 recovery communities throughout Scotland. The introduction of a waiting times standard is also a worthy achievement, as is the introduction of the world�s first take home naloxone programme, an initiative which we are confident has saved lives. We have also provided a vision that recovery is possible, recognising that each recovery journey is unique. But we also recognise that through an increasing visibility of recovery, we can begin to tackle some of the issues of stigma and discrimination that affect so many individuals and family members. Despite our other successes, over the last five years we have, tragically, seen a sharp increase in drug related deaths across Scotland. Although alcohol deaths are not rising at such a rate, any loss of life weighs heavily on me personally, but it also takes a toll on Scotland�s communities and all of us as a nation. Everyone has the right to health and to live free from the harms of alcohol and drugs. Everyone has the right to be treated with respect and dignity and for their individual recovery journey to be fully supported. This strategy is, therefore, about how we best support people across alcohol and drug issues - taking a human rights-based, public health approach to ensure we are delivering the best possible care, treatment and responses for individuals and communities. There is a growing awareness that those experiencing problematic alcohol and drug use are often carrying other burdens such as poverty, inequality and health challenges. This means they need to be supported rather than be stigmatised. Treatment services and organisations in Scotland are already jointly tackling the harms caused by alcohol and drugs and this new strategy reflects that - bringing together our approach to tackling the problematic use of alcohol and drugs for the first time. We live in a changing landscape in which fewer young people are using alcohol and drugs. However, a significant number of the group of people who need our urgent help are older and less healthy. Consequently, they are more vulnerable. That's why the commitment of additional investment of �20m a year mustn't simply lead to more of the same � it must unlock innovation and ways of opening up services and making them attractive to those for whom the current support isn�t right. All our investment must be seen to be working for the benefit of the people we serve. It is vital that we recognise the challenges still faced by people and families. We know that quick access to treatment is crucial and that, for the huge majority, being in treatment has a protective effect. It is, therefore, important that we have a range of services for different people with different needs - from harm reduction measures which can help the most vulnerable, through to treatment and recovery services that support not only individuals, but also their children and families. It is also vital that we recognise the challenges that services and frontline workers are meeting in 2018. The dedication and commitment of front-line workers needs to be celebrated and commended. Together we need to build on that, to reduce the numbers of people who require services and to achieve better outcomes for those who are currently using them. Achieving the outcomes set out in this strategy will be a challenge and one we can only achieve by working together � people with lived and living experience, delivery partners, service providers, decision-makers, funders and the research community. Adopting a public health approach also requires us all to think about how best to prevent harm, which takes us beyond just health services. This, requires links into other policy areas including housing, education and justice. It also means supporting responses which may initially seem controversial or unpopular, such as the introduction of supervised drug consumption facilities, but which are driven by a clear evidence base. Supporting a better response to those harmed by alcohol and drugs is one of the hardest and most complex challenges we face as a country. The harms are real and will persist alongside the often inspiring stories of lives saved. It ought to be the work of all of us, together, to improve our response � recognising: the rights of people, their families and their communities; the need to treat people with respect; and that all individuals will be supported on their own, unique, recovery journey. Joe FitzPatrick, MSP Minister for Public Health, Sport and Wellbeing Details: Edinburgh, Scotland: Scottish Government, 2018. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 9, 2019 at: https://www.gov.scot/binaries/content/documents/govscot/publications/publication/2018/11/rights-respect-recovery/documents/00543437-pdf/00543437-pdf/govscot%3Adocument Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Use Shelf Number: 154057

Author: Public Health England Title: Young People's Statistics from the National Drug Treatment Monitoring System (NDTMS): 1 April 2017 to 31 March 2018 Summary: Executive summary This National Drug Treatment Monitoring System (NDTMS) statistics report presents information about young people under the age of 18 who received specialist substance misuse treatment in England between 1 April 2017 and 31 March 2018. The number of young people in alcohol and drug specialist services There were 15,583 young people in specialist substance misuse services in 2017-18. This was a 5 percent decrease from 2016-17 (16,436) and a continuation of a year on year downward trend. There has been a 35 percent decrease since a peak in 2008-09 when 24,053 young people received treatment. There are several factors which may have influenced this downward trend including the possibility that it reflected historic declining prevalence. However, there is recent evidence that the number of young people using drugs has started to increase, so the more recent decreases in young people accessing treatment services may not reflect the actual need. The latest NHS Digital survey of school age children 'Smoking, drinking and drug use among young people in England', conducted in 2016 showed nearly a fifth (18 percent) of pupils said that they had taken drugs in the last year. Excluding new psychoactive substances and nitrous oxide (newly added to the drug prevalence measure in 2016), 15 percent said they had taken drugs in the last year, up from 10 percent in 2014. The Crime Survey for England and Wales 2017-182 also showed an increase in any class A drug use in the last year among 16-24 year olds, going from 6.8 percent in 2007-08 to 8.4 percent in 2017-18. In addition to these surveys, Department for Education data for 2016-173 showed school exclusions for alcohol and drug use have increased substantially in recent years with fixed term exclusions up by 34 percent since 2012-13 and permanent exclusions up by 95 percent since 2010-11. Problem substances Cannabis remained the most common drug by far that young people came to treatment for. The majority (88 percent) of young people in specialist services said they had a problem with this drug. The proportion of young people in treatment saying that cannabis is their main problem substance has been on an upward trend since 2007-08. Although total numbers have decreased slightly in recent years, the proportion of young people in treatment who have cannabis problems has remained stable in the last 2 years at 77 percent. The next most commonly reported problematic substance was alcohol. There were 7,206 young people in treatment for alcohol problems (46 percent). The number of young people receiving help for alcohol problems continues to steadily decline from the peak in 2008-09 when 16,047 were treated for alcohol. The number of young people entering treatment for problems with ecstasy in 2017-18 increased by 16 percent from the previous year (1,815 to 2,112) and has almost doubled since 2013-14. The increase in ecstasy treatment numbers was seen across all age groups. There was also an 18 percent increase in young people in treatment for crack problems over the same period, although the numbers were much lower (83 in 2016-17 and 98 in 2017-18). There was also a rise in adults being treated for crack over the same period. Benzodiazepine treatment is reported for the first time in this report. Young people who had problems with benzodiazepines at the start of treatment almost doubled from the previous year (161 in 2016-17 and 315 in 2017-18). Alprazolam (most commonly called Xanax) was the benzodiazepine which saw the biggest increase, (8 in 2016-17 to 53 in 2017-18). Young people entering treatment for problems with new psychoactive substances (NPS) more than halved since the previous year (585 in 2016-17 and 270 in 2017-18) and is 74 percent lower than 2015-16 when 1,056 reported problematic use. Similar falls were seen in adults starting treatment over the same period, particularly in those under 25. Gender and age Two-thirds of the young people accessing specialist substance misuse services were male (66 percent). Around three-quarters (74 percent) were aged 15 or over. The median age for both female and male was 15 years old. Only 43 percent of females were aged 16 or over compared to nearly half (49 percent) of males. While the number of younger children (under 14) in treatment remains relatively low, it has increased from last year (1,342 in 2016-17 to 1,422 in 2017-18). Any substance misuse among young people � particularly the younger age groups � is concerning because they are likely to be at risk of other harms as well as their alcohol or drug use. Safeguarding needs to be a priority and the other risks and harms need to be addressed. Referral route Education services was the most common route into specialist treatment services, with 5,178 (31 percent) young people being referred from these. Mainstream education was the single largest source of referral, accounting for over a quarter of all referrals (26 percent, or 4,432). The proportion referred by education services has increased over recent years (24% in 2012-13), while referrals from the youth justice system continue to decline (34% in 2012-13 to 22% in 2017-18). Vulnerabilities The majority of young people in specialist substance misuse services have other problems or vulnerabilities related to their substance use, such as:  having mental health problems  being in contact with children�s social care  not being in education, employment or training (NEET)  offending  self-harming  experiencing sexual exploitation  domestic abuse There are 17 vulnerability items collected via the NDTMS. Almost all (96 percent) of young people who entered treatment in 2017-18 disclosed 1 or more vulnerability, and 55 percent said they had 3 or more. This shows that specialist services need to work effectively with a range of other agencies to ensure that all the needs of a young person are met. The number and proportion of young people reporting they had experienced sexual exploitation reduced in 2017-18 compared to the previous year (562 or 5 percent in 2017-18 and 688 or 6 percent in 2016-17). However, this proportion varied greatly by gender: over 8 out of 10 sexual exploitation reports were by females (470 female compared to 92 male), accounting for 13 percent of all females starting treatment and 1 percent of males. While these figures suggest a difference between genders, Barnardo�s research found that boys tended not to disclose experience of sexual exploitation or abuse as much as girls. Mental health needs Information on whether a young person starting treatment has a mental health need was introduced into this report for the first time this year. Of all the young people starting treatment in 2017-18, who had given a mental health status, 2,954 (27 percent) said they had a mental health treatment need. There was a greater proportion of females reporting this than males (37 percent compared to 22 percent). Around 7 out of 10 of young people who reported a mental health treatment need also said that they were currently receiving treatment for their mental health (70 percent or 2,023). This proportion was broadly similar for males and females (72 percent of females and 69 percent of males). Most of the young people that recorded a mental health treatment need were either engaged with community mental health services (57 percent, or 1,648) or receiving treatment from their GP (9 percent, or 252). Waiting times and reasons for leaving specialist services Young people continued to be able to access treatment quickly in 2017-18. The mean waiting time for young people to start their first specialist intervention was around 2 and a half days. Nearly all (97 percent) of the 16,330 first interventions started by young people in 2017-18 had a wait of 3 weeks or under and 77 percent of first interventions started on the day the young people were referred. Most (81 percent) young people that left services in 2017-18 did so in a planned way, no longer requiring specialist treatment interventions. Although this proportion is slightly lower than last year (82%), it still suggests that specialist substance misuse services in England are responding well to the needs of young people who access them, and are helping young people to overcome their substance misuse problems. Details: London, UK: 2018. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 9, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/762446/YPStatisticsFromNDTMS2017to2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 154056

Author: ANAWIM Women Working Together Title: ANAWIM: The Mental Health Alternatives to Custody Project, A Preliminary Evaluation Report Summary: In 2012 the Department of Health funded a 2-year pilot Mental Health Alternatives to Custody Project within Anawim (a voluntary sector organisation supporting vulnerable women with multiple complex needs). The Mental Health Alternatives to Custody Project was established to bridge gaps between services (inclusive of Anawim, Birmingham and Solihull Mental Health NHS Foundation Trust, Staffordshire and West Midlands Probation and the courts). It was intended to illustrate an increased use in Mental Health Treatment Requirements by the courts as an alternative to custody, to help build creative pathways for female offenders into mental health treatment and to build effective relationships with primary and secondary mental health treatment services. The Mental Health Alternatives to Custody Project adhered to key recommendations from the Corston (2007) report and presented a 'one-stop-shop' approach for a community based intervention for female offenders with mental health problems. The overall principle of the pilot Mental Health Alternatives to Custody Project is one of holistic care illustrated in qualitative case examples throughout the report. Limitations on available data and the post-hoc nature of the evaluation means it has not been possible to conduct a full scale study of all areas of care accessed by the women receiving help through the project. However, presenting single case narratives in specific areas provides a coherent picture of positive outcomes within all areas of care following referral to the Mental Health Alternatives to Custody Pilot, illustrating positive impact on the clients' mental health, offending behaviour, housing, child care and substance misuse and potential economic cost savings in each area. The report provides a template to aid future evaluation. The current preliminary report suggests positive impact in numerous areas of the women�s lives including significant improvements in psychological and physical health and crime reduction. It therefore presents a case for future development of the service and for continued funding of the Anawim Mental Health Alternatives to Custody Project in order to continue to build on the achievements to date using the work conducted as a solid platform for further development. Details: London, UK: Birmingham and Solihull Mental Health NHS Foundation Trust, 2013. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 9, 2019 at: https://www.bsmhft.nhs.uk/about-us/news/news-archives-2013/preliminary-evaluation-report-of-the-mental-health-alternatives-to-custody-pilot-project/ Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Based Intervention Shelf Number: 154055

Author: HM Inspectorate of Probation Title: The Voices of Young People Under Supervision (findings from the HMI Probation eSurvey) Summary: Executive Summary Context This bulletin focuses upon the views of children and young people supervised by Youth Offending Teams (YOTs). It is vital that their voices are heard and taken into account when designing and reviewing services, maximising the quality of these services and ensuring that they are sufficiently personalised and responsive to their different needs. Approach The findings are based upon analysis of the responses to HMI Probation�s eSurvey, which captured the children and young peoples� views regarding their needs, the support provided through the YOT and the progress that they had made. It was completed by 14,542 children and young people between April 2014 and March 2017. Key findings and implications - Most children and young people were positive about working with the YOT, reporting that their views had been taken seriously (96 percent), that they had been treated fairly (95 percent), and that the service had been good (95 percent). - Nearly nine in ten (87 percent) reported that they were now less likely to reoffend, especially if they also felt the quality of the YOT work had been good, that their views had been taken seriously and they had been treated fairly � the latter two being key elements of procedural justice. - Responses were a little less positive among those not on a first-tier order and those with a black, Asian, mixed or other ethnic background. While not large, the differences were significant and YOTs should continue to explore potential areas for improvement for these children and young people. - There were differences between young people of different age groups in their reported needs and reported barriers to effective engagement. Whether the child or young person felt that there had been an improvement in relation to a specific need was strongly associated with whether they had received relevant help or not � those who had received help being much more likely to say that there had been an improvement. The importance of tailored and responsive intervention was thus evident. - Children and young people were least likely to say that help had been provided (when required) with money problems and with living arrangements. YOTs should explore whether more can be done in addressing these specific needs. - Young women and those reporting a disability were more likely to report having felt afraid or unsafe and not all informed the YOT. Careful consideration needs to be given in all cases to potential issues around safety. Details: Manchester, UK: HMI Probation, 2018. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 9, 2019 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2018/11/eSurvey-Bulletin-Nov-18-final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: HMI Probation Shelf Number: 154051

Author: Home Office Title: Serious and Organized Crime: Home Office Research Priorities 2018/19 - 2020/21 Summary: Summary This document summarises research priorities to support the current and future needs of the Government's 2018 serious and organised crime (SOC) strategy. It aims to set out clearly the most important areas for research and analysis in this area, improving the evidence base on which policy choices are made and the targeting of resources on the most important risks and vulnerabilities. The research priorities presented here have been identified in discussion with a range of partners and relate specifically to the priorities set out in the current SOC strategy. This is to ensure that research is focused on the questions that are most relevant to current policy priorities and will have the greatest impact. They are grouped into the following four thematic areas, though there is considerable overlap between them and they should not be viewed in isolation. 1. Understanding the threat: It is likely that SOC will continue to operate in new ways and places. Improved research and intelligence in this area will help to develop a better evidence base on the changing landscape of SOC and the harms it presents. 2. Criminal markets: The supply and demand of illicit goods or services is a key characteristic of organised crime. Understanding more about the threat posed by SOC markets and their operating models will help to inform the most effective response. 3) Vulnerabilities: Organised crime groups (OCGs) exploit the vulnerabilities of individuals, businesses and society at large to further their criminal interests. Improving our understanding of the vulnerabilities of both victims and offenders will help to direct when and where to respond. 4. What works: The threat from SOC is complex and wide-ranging, requiring an equally diverse response. Improving the evidence base of what works in terms of prevention, disruption and tackling SOC, will achieve better value for money interventions. It can help to ensure that the most appropriate and up-to-date tools are used to respond at the most effective points. The remainder of this document sets out the key research questions underpinning these cross-cutting thematic topic areas, including a description of broad, high-level questions applying to the range of SOC threats as well as considering individual crime types where relevant. It also includes details of how we intend for this document to be used, outlines sources of funding for research and existing centres of expertise. Finally, it also includes contact details for Home Office analysts working in this area. We are committed to working collaboratively with the wider research community to improve the evidence base on SOC. Details: London, UK: Home Office, 2018. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 9, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/753188/serious-and-organised-crime-research-priorities-horr105.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Markets Shelf Number: 154048

Author: Youth Justice Board (New York City) Title: How to Make Resettlement Constructive Summary: Introduction Resettlement and transitions between services is a current strategic priority for the Youth Justice Board. Despite several resettlement support initiatives, outcomes for children leaving custody remain poor. Recent research into why difficulties continue to prevail suggests that a likely explanation is the lack of a definitive resettlement 'theory of change' and aim. The research concludes that the aim of resettlement should be to support a child to shift their identity from pro offending to pro social. Only by doing so can we achieve long term desistance from offending and a child moving towards a positive future. This document introduces Constructive Resettlement as an approach to help the sector apply this research evidence across policy and practice. It will enable all agencies to adopt a common framework and set of principles necessary to improve resettlement outcomes. In the concluding section, we outline the steps the YJB is taking to enable both custody and community agencies to implement this new approach. We recognise that it represents a fundamental change of culture across the youth justice system. Consequently, we are working both strategically and operationally to support this change. To support the sector in delivering Constructive Resettlement we want identify barriers to its effective implementation, and are committed to working to overcome these. In turn, we are keen to support innovative application of this approach to drive improvement. We also want to explore with the sector how this approach can help support a child successfully navigate other transitions in youth justice. This constructive, strengths-based and future-focused approach is in line with the YJB's guiding principle of "Child First, Offender Second". In publishing this document, we invite you to join with us to develop resettlement practice that will ensure children who leave custody live a safe and crime-free life and make a positive contribution to society. Details: London, UK: Youth Justice Board, 2018. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 10, 2019 at: https://yjresourcehub.uk/yjb-effective-practice/youth-justice-kits/item/610-how-to-make-resettlement-constructive-yjb-document.html?platform=hootsuite Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Constructive Resettlement Shelf Number: 154129

Author: Wilkinson, Keely Title: A Process Study of the Horizon Programme Summary: The Horizon programme is an intervention delivered to men who have a sexual conviction as part of an antisocial criminal orientation and are considered to be at a medium, high or very high risk of reconviction. The programme can be delivered in both custodial and community sites and is suitable for men accepting responsibility for their offence and those maintaining their innocence. There has been a staged implementation of the Horizon programme, which has enabled a process study to take place in 2016 at six early implementation sites. This study aimed to gauge the perceptions of both the staff delivering Horizon and the participants completing the programme, in order to evaluate the programme's design and identify how it could be best optimised for successful delivery across all sites. Focus groups were conducted with the facilitators and treatment managers delivering Horizon, and individual interviews were carried out with the group members of the first completed programme. While the study is a reflection of staff and group members' opinions of the initial implementation and processes of Horizon, it does not measure the impact of the programme on outcomes such as reconviction. Details: London, UK: Ministry of Justice, 2018. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 10, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/769540/process-study-horizon-programme.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Shelf Number: 154130

Author: Idris, Iffat Title: Interventions to Combat Modern Slavery Summary: Overview This report details findings from evaluations of a range of interventions to combat modern slavery. While there are three broad areas of efforts to tackle modern slavery - prevention, protection and prosecution - the main focus to date has been on prevention and, to a lesser extent, protection; prosecution has received far less attention. The literature indicates that interventions have generally proven to have limited effectiveness. Various evaluations highlight the need for information campaigns to target specific groups and advocate action rather than simply raising awareness. They also call for protection measures to be targeted, and linked to interventions in health, education, social protection and livelihoods. A number of evaluations suggest that legislation banning trafficking, child labour, etc. can be counterproductive: more stress should be put on improving labour and working conditions. Modern slavery is very broad-ranging in scope, covering forced and bonded labour, child labour, sex trafficking, human trafficking and so on. Rather than considering interventions under each type of modern slavery, this review categorises interventions into the following: - prevention - aimed at raising public awareness of modern slavery and its risks; - protection - aimed at empowering victims and helping them rebuild their lives; - prosecution - to support implementation of legislation on modern slavery. Some programmes are cross-cutting, with interventions focused on two or more categories (of prevention, protection and prosecution). Findings from such cross-cutting programmes are given under the most appropriate category. Since this review is designed to support formulation of programmes to tackle modern slavery, its focus is on whether diverse interventions have been effective or not and, crucially, what lessons or recommendations emerge from them that can be applied elsewhere. The main findings are as follows: Information campaigns - it is important that these target specific groups and that they advocate action rather than simply highlighting problems and risks. Baseline assessments can ensure that messaging is appropriate and effective. The priority within campaigns should be on engagement with communities to understand driving factors behind modern slavery and identify suitable interventions - it should not simply be on reaching the maximum number of people (a quantitative exercise). As well as explaining to potential migrants the risks involved and how to carry out safe migration, information campaigns should raise awareness of alternative options that may result in people not having to migrate. Protection measures - these too should be targeted at specific groups, in particular projects for children should be separate from those targeting women and should address their specific concerns. Projects to tackle modern slavery should be linked to interventions in education, health, social protection and livelihoods to increase effectiveness. Prosecution - simply imposing bans on trafficking, child labour, etc. will not be effective, and could even be counterproductive leading to increased vulnerability to trafficking and a rise in child labour. It is important to prioritise labour and working conditions in destinations, rather than simply emphasising prevention. Recent initiatives in the UK and California to increase transparency about modern slavery in company supply chains have had only limited impact. The review drew largely on grey literature, in particular evaluation reports for donor agency programmes. While a number of reports did focus specifically on women, the literature was to a large extent gender blind. The review found no literature looking at the issue of tackling modern slavery from the perspective of persons with disabilities. Details: Birmingham, UK: Knowledge, Evidence, and Learning for Development, 2017. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 11, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/5a5f23f240f0b652634c6f4d/Interventions-to-combat-modern-slavery.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Labor Shelf Number: 154119

Author: Newbold, Joe Title: 'Predictive Policing', 'Preventive Policing' or 'Intelligence Led Policing'. What is the future? Summary: Executive Summary There is no evidence to suggest predictive policing is completely ineffective, it has generated the following results from the methods used and the trails conducted: - An increase in predictive accuracy of 60 percent (Kent Police: PredPol) - Crime hit rates rose from 5 percent to 11-19 percent (Kent Police: PredPol) - 42 percent drop in crime in City of Lancaster, USA (IBM SPSS modeller) - 26.6 percent reduction in burglaries (Greater Manchester Police: Optimal Forager) - Reduction of domestic violence reoffenders increased from 35-37 percent to 62-65 percent (Strathclyde Police: RFG) - Reduction in harm score of 27 percent in relation to domestic violence (Essex Police: RFG) There are other methods in use across the UK market but specific data was not available for these during the preparation of this report. Cheshire, the MET, Avon & Somerset to name a few are working on various evaluations, the results of these have either not been public or accessible; therefore this data is not included in this report. This report is split into two distinct sections; the here-and-now and the future. The here-and-now utilises information gathered first hand, traditional academic theories and proven results to bring together the current efforts being made to explore predictive policing and modelling by UK police forces. The future is very different, it attempts to guess the evolution of local policing demand, takes ideas and conceptualises the use of technology and data to enable police forces to focus on increasing crime prevention, helping victims and provided a first class and improved service to those they are committed to serve. The original title of this report was "Is �Predictive Policing� a practical, viable and effective tool for 21st century crime prevention?", however, upon further reflection throughout the course of my research it seemed more appropriate to change it to match the flow of the information, research and theories presented. Hence the change to ��Predictive Policing', �Preventative Policing� or �Intelligence Led Policing�. What is the future?� Predictive Policing is defined in the introduction of this report and is a wide and complex area commonly misused to imply an advanced level of analytics to age old techniques such as crime-mapping, which are in essence a mobile, easily accessible and simple form that helps in the visualisation of crime. During the course of the discussions and interviews with UK police forces, one posed the question of "Are there any predictive policing methods that you can say do not work?" the answer is no. From the evidence gathered and presented in this report there is no absolute evidence that would suggest any form of predictive policing does not work. However, the natural evolution to this question would be "Which one is most effective?" this is where the answer is totally dependent on a number of factors that include but not limited to: - Technological capabilities/hardware infrastructure - Advancement in culture towards data-driven policing - Access to mobile information provided to/and gathered from officers - Operational or societal objective of chosen solution - The continued enthusiasm of officers and the integration of modelling into force of National SOP�s - Is the focus on improving crime statistics or understanding root causes/supply & demand of crime? Underlying the strapline �predictive policing� is the need to understand the demand of crime, the influential factors creating it and the situational awareness of the efforts police forces are carrying out. The current approaches are not truly predictive, despite the evidence that has been published which supports this. They are data driven intelligence led methods that do create efficiencies within policing, links in data and easily accessible visualisations. All-in-all enabling the police to have the time to carry out the activities that not only best serve their communities but impact on their security and quality of life. True predictive policing would require more than a few data sets, as some models currently utilise. What is really required is something akin to that proposed by the Dutch National Police (as described in Section V). When reading this report a continued focus should be on the use of data and technology in relation to assisting officers in doing their job not replacing them. I propose that predictive policing in its current form is a toolbox of strategies/techniques that naturally evolve into effective preventative measures that enable police to make an invaluable contribution towards the safeguarding of potential victims and their communities. A theory that alters the thinking towards the use of intelligence led policing is this: �Criminals are altering the environment in which they operate by two means, direct and indirect. Direct (opportunistic); the observation of their surrounding environment including monitoring the police and acting accordingly, Indirect (economical); the shift towards the environment in which they have no control but chose to adapt their methods to fit with economic, social and technological changes, the shift towards internet crime and sophisticated wire fraud is an example of this" This is theorised in more detail in the displacement and diffusion section of this report. Details: Coventry, UK: Warwick Business School, 2015. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 11, 2019 at: http://library.college.police.uk/docs/Predictive-Preventative-or-Intelligence-Led-Policing.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Displacement Shelf Number: 154110

Author: Howard, Flora Fitzalan Title: Investigating Disciplinary Adjudications as Potential Rehabilitative Opportunities Summary: Rehabilitation efforts in prison will work best when all aspects of prison life are informed by an understanding of rehabilitation and desistance. The rehabilitative culture of prisons, promoted and sustained by staff skills, is central if prisons are to encourage behaviour change for those in custody. The aim of this small scale exploratory research was to investigate one daily aspect of prison life where a greater focus on rehabilitation might be possible: the disciplinary adjudication. Transcripts of 13 adjudications were analysed using content analysis. Particular attention was given to the rehabilitative skills of the adjudicator and the ways in which prisoners responded to differing adjudicators' behaviours. Recommendations for future larger-scale research are made. Details: London, UK: HM Prison and Probation Service, 2017. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 11, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/661909/investigating-disciplinary-adjudications.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Behavior Change Shelf Number: 154104

Author: Wakeling, Helen Title: Development and Validation of a Screening Assessment of Psychosocial Maturity for Adult Males Convicted of Crime Summary: Psychosocial maturation describes the process of the development of attributes that optimise personal growth and socialisation (Greenberger & Sorenson, 1974). Psychosocial immaturity is strongly related to youth and criminality, while psychosocial maturity is associated with desistance from crime. The aim of this study was to develop and validate a psychosocial maturity screening tool for young adult men (18+) convicted of crime, in order to better understand the needs of this group and to improve targeting and provision of services. Details: London, UK: HM Prison and Probation Service, 2017. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 11, 2019 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/development-and-validation-of-a-screening-assessment-of-psychosocial-maturity-for-adult-males-convicted-of-crime Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Adults Shelf Number: 154103

Author: Adisa, Olumide Title: Access to Justice: Assessing the Impact of the Magistrates' Court Closures in Suffolk Summary: Executive Summary In the last 8 years, the Ministry of Justice have closed over 90 regional courts in the UK as part of its rationalisation strategy to achieve economic efficiency of its estates. In Suffolk, two out of three courts in Suffolk were closed as a result. The Lowestoft Magistrates� Court and Bury St Edmunds Magistrates� Court (hereafter BSEC) were both closed by the Ministry of Justice and HMCTS in September and October 2016 respectively. With only one magistrates' court serving the whole of the county, various stakeholders in criminal justice agencies and the legal community have expressed concerns that access to justice could be compromised. Some believe that the HMCTS may have underestimated the difficulties that the court closures are having on court users, particularly those that live further away from Ipswich. �Court closures have been happening over the past few years. However, with ease of transport improving this made sense. But to have only one court in Ipswich is likely to make it difficult for those who are at a considerable distance from Ipswich to access it. It must be costing these people more to get to the Ipswich court.� - Member of the judiciary Suffolk�s Public Sector Leaders commissioned the University of Suffolk in March 2017 to investigate the impact of the court closures on those most affected, particularly on those having to travel long distances. While the impact assessment was conducted between March 2017 and May 2017, the research period was extended to November 2017 to allow additional time to include court data from the HMCTS. For comparison purposes, the research defined the pre-closure period as October 2015 � March 2016 and the corresponding post-closure period as October 2016 � March 2017. The study used a combination of qualitative and quantitative methods to answer a set of broad research questions. Two unpublished consultation response reports sent to the HMCTS on the impact of the court closures by key stakeholders were used to contextualise some of the research findings. Verified quantitative local court data drawn locally and centrally from the HMCTS was used to provide information on the impact of the court closures. The research conducted interviews and focus groups with key stakeholders who represent the interests of various court users. These stakeholders work within the criminal justice system and were selected using purposive sampling. As part of the research, the researcher undertook court observations and spent about 20 hours at Ipswich Magistrates� Court over the course of four weeks. Additionally, a half-day visit at Ipswich Crown Court was spent observing court proceedings (with permission granted by Ipswich crown court judges). Some of these observations formed the premise of our exploratory conversations with members of the judiciary. Through stakeholder interviews and focus groups, the researcher collected accounts from various stakeholders and verified comments that were made about a particular agency or the court with available factual data. The researcher also compared and contrasted views as a way to triangulate and to draw out themes about what the key impact of the court closures have been. For the convenience of the participants, telephone interviews were conducted in some cases. These conversations with stakeholders revealed that people viewed the case allocation of Lowestoft cases to Great Yarmouth Magistrates� Court favourably, due to the proximity of Lowestoft and Great Yarmouth. Therefore, the researcher focused the research primarily on the BSEC closure and in understanding its impacts, if any. The data from the interviews and focus groups with key stakeholders suggests that there have been negative and positive impacts to the court closures. The positive impacts have been largely beneficial to the courts, probation services, and the Crown Prosecution Service (CPS). However, particularly in the case of the CPS, we are not certain whether these benefits have been outweighed by the costs of centralisation. From the discussions, it is clear that certain groups of people (defendants, defence witnesses, and defence advocates) are perceived to have experienced more negative impacts of the court closures than court users on the prosecution side. From the quantitative analysis, the research has found that for some, the court closures have led to a doubling of generalised costs (including travel time impacts). The quantitative data from the courts revealed some pertinent questions in relation to: access to justice, the sustainability of IMC workloads, and the efficiency of the justice system as a whole. While the intention was not to make recommendations on how the current provision could be improved, stakeholders were keen to share how the issues brought on by the court closures could be improved. It is interesting to note that generally the HMCTS� plan to expand the use of virtual courts and use of technology to resolve accessibility and efficiency issues prompted legitimate concerns from members of the judiciary, probation and defence advocates, particularly around the issue of risk and vulnerability. Overall, the mixed-method evidence revealed that: The court closures are aggravating issues already present in the system. These issues, brought on by court reforms in relation to Legal Aid, and the furtherance of the digitalisation agenda across criminal justice system agencies are to an extent contributing to non-appearances, low morale of criminal defence professionals, inefficiencies in court procedures, and dis-engagement from the judicial system. There are far greater generalised time costs for court users residing further away from Ipswich. The court closure consultations conducted by HMCTS revealed that travel time impacts was one out of the three issues that were of a key concern for respondents. However, this study goes further in using a sophisticated model to provide a close approximation of the generalised (monetary and non-monetary) costs that court users coming from remote rural and rural communities are likely to incur in attending court, taking into consideration approximate points of origin and destination. There is a need for greater clarity regarding the alternative provision proposals to improve accessibility. The key message here is that this alternative provision plan needs to take into consideration the diverse needs of court users in Suffolk, as there are no �one-size-fits-all� solutions. The layout of the court building has made it challenging to meet the needs of all court users, particularly criminal justice professionals. Additionally, the only lift in the building is located in the public side, which has implications for witnesses with mobility challenges. No modifications have been undertaken to the court facilities at Ipswich Magistrates� Court to meet the needs of all court users in Suffolk. Our conversations with the court staff revealed that no modifications were required as a consequence of the court closure so none has been undertaken, although routine maintenance work have been carried out (for example, toilet and kitchen refurbishment, heating and ventilation and security). The court closures have led to a loss of informal 'human' relationships between the court and the defence advocates working on behalf of their clients. Prior to the closures, defence advocates at BSEC felt able to better advocate for their clients because they had a closer working relationship with their local court officials who were just a few metres away. The court closures are weakening access to "local justice knowledge" due to the Magistrates not being able to sit in their local courts. Data provided by the courts suggests that the closures have not affected the number of sitting magistrates adversely, but the IMC confirmed that they lost some magistrates from West Suffolk when the courts closed but recruited over 10 magistrates based in and around Suffolk stakeholders, following the closures. The release of HMCTS court data by Ipswich Magistrates� Court enabled the completion of the report. However, the approval and release process introduced a significant delay in the research timelines. The local �Failure to Appear� data and trial performance information from Ipswich Magistrates� Court enabled an assessment of the research questions: �has the rate of non-appearances increased following the closure of the regional courts, and are more warrants now been issued by the courts as a consequence?�; and �can the new structure for delivering summary justice cope with the increased demand now being placed upon it? How much have waiting times increased?� While non-appearances have been a persistent issue in the courts even before the closures, the research examined the courts' failure to appear warrants data by defendant�s location before and after the closure to identify any changes in the warrants data. Quantitative data from the courts revealed that preceding the closures, warrants issued for defendants based in BSE were only 2.7% (n=184), but post closure for the same area, warrants issued were 12.8% (n=304). For Sudbury-based defendants, pre-closure warrants data was about 1.6% (n=184), while post-closure this was 4.6% (n=304), highlighting that geographical accessibility of a court likely matters in the context of the closures. Additionally, warrants issued preceding closure for Ipswich-based defendants was 54.9% (n=184) while post-closure this was 33.6% (n=304). Defendants based out of the area represented about 17.9% of warrants issued pre-closure (n=184); and post-closure was 27.6% (n=304). Additionally, the average numbers of days from charge to first listing before closures was 34 days (October 2015 � March 2016), and 42 days after the closures (October 2016 � March 2017). First listing to completion data revealed that the process at Ipswich Magistrates� Court took an average of 25 days pre-closure and 24 days post-closure, suggesting that the closures have not affected processing times. Having said that, the proceedings at Magistrates� Courts is only one aspect of the criminal justice process. The length of time victims are waiting to receive justice has implications for the whole justice system and requires further investigation. Particularly for either way and indictable cases, where the court data revealed that processing times from offence to completion more than doubled in the post-closure period, compared to the pre-closure period. Trial performance data from HMCTS�s One Performance Truth database suggests a slight improvement in efficiency at Ipswich Magistrates� Court following the court closures: trial effectiveness was 44% for Ipswich Magistrates� Court pre-closure, and cracked rate is 40%, while post-closure, this was about 47% and cracked rate was 35%. Workload data revealed that workloads at Ipswich Magistrates� Court have actually been decreasing over the post-closure period compared to the corresponding pre-closure period. Contextually, the courts revealed that the cases being sent to Ipswich Magistrates� Court by the prosecution have been on the decline. One reason could be the increasing use of out-of-court disposals by the police, but this has emerged as an area of further investigation. Generally, all the participants agreed that access to justice is a key principle that needs to be preserved in any judicial system and that it is vital to identify those groups that are most affected by the court closures. It is for this reason that the research has been commissioned, not to make recommendations per se but to provide an evidence-base that will enable policymakers to extend the discussion on improving sustainable access to justice in Suffolk, in ways that are fair to all. Across the interviews, there were various concerns expressed on the impact of the court closures and suggestions about how alternative provision could help mitigate some of the accessibility issues. We present some of these ideas in this report�s Appendix B. Details: Suffolk, UK: University of Suffolk, 2018. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 12, 2019 at: https://www.uos.ac.uk/sites/default/files/Research%20Report%20Access%20to%20Justice%20FINAL.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Access to Justice Shelf Number: 154095

Author: Criminal Justice Alliance Title: How to Start Reducing the Prison Population Summary: Today we have published a briefing setting out eight pragmatic and incremental ways the government could begin to reduce the prison population without impacting public safety. We estimate that these measures could reduce the population by 12,000 places over the lifetime of this parliament. This would reduce the pressure on the system, making it safer and freeing up to �900 million which could instead be spent on diverting people from the criminal justice system in the first place and providing effective rehabilitation services to prevent re-offending. We propose the government focus on eight areas: recalls, remand, indeterminate sentences (IPP), sentence creep, short sentences, people experiencing mental health problems, women and black, Asian and minority ethnic (BAME) people. Details: London, UK: 2018. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 12, 2019 at: http://criminaljusticealliance.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/Prison-Population-FINAL-0718-1.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: BAME Shelf Number: 154092

Author: Campbell, Elaine Title: Evaluation of Clear Track: Final Report Summary: Summary 1.1. Clear Track is one example of an enterprising and innovative initiative purposefully designed not only to bridge the gap between community and custodial sentences by providing sentencers with an alternative to custody sentencing option, but also to provide the criminal justice system with an intervention aimed at addressing some of the failings that accompany short-term prison sentences (Section 3). 1.2. However, the extent to which Clear Track was accessible as an available sentencing option was limited despite the project�s readiness to demonstrate the effectiveness of a programme designed around a person-centred approach to addressing offending behaviour (Section 4). Due to the innovative nature of Clear Track there appeared to be an element of ambiguity with regard to the CJA 2003 and its flexibility in accommodating the project as a �third sentencing option� which bridged the gap between both custody and community sentences (Home Office 2002). The fundamental importance of this legal technicality delayed both the development of the Clear Track project and the inter-agency partnership with probation (Section 6). 1.3. Clear Track�s delay in �going-live� can be wholly attributed to the constraints of the Criminal Justice Act and the limited scope within which interventions such as Clear Track can operate. This is of significant concern for the development of �Clear Track-type� projects in the future; and until such matters are resolved at government level, innovative interventions such as Clear Track will be lost to the pressures of an established and inflexible system (Section 6). 1.4. Clear Track as a pilot intervention, offered the courts a service designed to introduce an innovative way of thinking about sentencing options. By drawing together several interventions under the umbrella of an holistic package of care, through supportive measures, such as addressing accommodation needs, employment needs, training and education needs, and other needs such as social support, Clear Track was able to offer an alternative to custody for several low-risk young adult offenders at no extra cost to an already strained Criminal Justice System (Section 5). 1.5. With respect to formalising good working relationships and in the interests of delivering an efficient supportive intervention package aimed at addressing the multiple needs of young adult offenders, the Clear Track management team worked diligently to promote the interests of the project and its participants. Throughout the life of the project, Clear Track established mechanisms aimed at advocating and improving service delivery and to maximise the referral capacity of the project, these included the Steering Group Committee and working relations with the local Probation Service and the courts (Section 6). 1.6. The evaluation concludes that despite more than reasonable efforts made by the Clear Track management team to improve the consistency and effectiveness of the referral process as a whole, the overall process failed to provide Clear Track with the relevant number of suitable candidates with which to engage. Thus, the evaluation suggests that the Clear Track project could have benefited from the implementation of a multiple agency referral process (Section 7). 1.7. The Clear Track project ran for twenty-seven months, from November 2006 to December 2008. During this time the project received sixty-three referrals, of which thirty-one (49%) went on to start the Clear Track project. Of the thirty-one young offenders who started the project, ten (32%) young offenders completed the project and 21 (68%) young offenders breached the programme (Section 7). 1.8. The analysis of this evaluation study focuses upon the research period which ran for 18 months, from November 2006 to May 2008. During this time, data collection was conducted around forty-seven young offenders who had been assessed as eligible by a referring agency, and were referred to the Clear Track project. Of the forty-seven young offenders who were referred to the project during this time, twenty-three (49%) went on to start the Clear Track programme and twenty-four (51%) did not (Section 7). 1.9. Providing enhanced residential supervision in a community setting for Clear Track�s participants was a fundamental aspect of the project�s service delivery. Initially, Clear Track aimed to provide an average length of stay of up to 16 weeks (approximately 112 days), however, due to the limitations of the Criminal Justice Act 2003, Clear Track was restricted to providing a 60 day compulsory programme of the specified activity requirement, as part of an overall community order. However, young offenders who participated in the programme could continue to voluntarily engage with the project after they had completed their 60 day programme (section 9). 1.10. Clear Track�s purposeful activities were specifically designed to meet the needs of the young adult offenders who were sentenced to the programme and, as a result, engaged in activities that were assessed as essential in addressing their offending behaviour (Section 11). 1.11. The operational structure of custody encourages young offenders to participate in education or employment; for example, young offenders in custody are given the opportunity to participate in the day-today running of the prison through employment as a cleaner or as a kitchen assistant, which in turn encourages independent living skills. Participating in education and employment are some of the ways in which young offenders can construct their day whilst in custody. However, due to limited resources and the constraints of being in custody, places are often limited. In contrast, the very nature of Clear Track as a community based intervention means it can offer its participants a wide variety of purposeful activities that are not necessarily restricted by the same constraints experienced by young offenders in custody. With this in mind, Clear Track is able to provide activities in the community that could not be accommodated by the Prison Service; for example, outdoor experiential learning such as canoeing and hiking, and a wide variety of vocation and skills training such as forklift truck driving. Furthermore, the overall structure and regime of custody encourages compliance amongst prisoners in the sense that good behaviour is rewarded, and out of cell activities can be withdrawn as a consequence of negative behaviour. In a community setting such incentives would not have the same level of impact. This is partly because an offender is aware of the extent of their independence, and with this in mind, a young offender serving a community sentence would need to be motivated and encouraged to engage in the Clear Track programme at all times (Section 11). 1.12. On the whole excessive alcohol consumption was a significant contributory factor towards the offending behaviour of the young offenders who attended the Clear Track project. Offenders at Clear Track attributed the onset of their offending behaviour to their alcohol consumption. Furthermore, the Clear Track participants reported that their continuing alcohol consumption had resulted in their offending and violent behaviour. Similar issues were reported by those young offenders in custody (Section 12). 1.13. The Clear Track management team were able to motivate and encourage its participants to rethink the impact of their alcohol consumption and the effect that this may have upon their offending behaviour. As a result the Clear Track management team were able to motivate five young offenders to voluntarily attend a drug and alcohol focused programme to help challenge the extent of their alcohol and drug use (Section 12). 1.14. When considering the risk-taking behaviour of the young offenders who attended Clear Track, positive change in attitude and understanding had occurred as a result of being at the project. Overall there had been a positive change in self�awareness in relation to their offending behaviour and a positive change in attitude towards future offending behaviour as a result of being at Clear Track (Section 13). 1.15. Furthermore, Clear Track participants had positive views and aspirations about their future, with a view to maintaining an offence-free lifestyle within the next ten years (Section 14). 1.16. On the whole, Clear Track and its management team have worked purposefully to ensure the delivery of an effective project. The evaluation research findings presented in this report conclude that the Clear Track project successfully challenged the underlying factors pertaining to an individuals offending behaviour for some of its participants. These kinds of outcomes provide future investors with the foresight and knowledge base of how best to maximise the potential effectiveness of the project in the delivery of other UK Clear Track(-type) programmes and how these are best tackled (Section 15). 1.17. Overall, the Clear Track project achieved significant progress in relation to the development of an effective and efficient service delivery through the implementation of best practice (Section 16). However, the cost-efficiency of the project cannot be determined in the absence of accounts of the project�s spending, and for this reason the evaluation is unable to determine if Clear Track is proven to be a viable investment for funders as a cost-efficient project (Section 15). 1.18. The benefit here, however, as a pilot-intervention and a third sector not-for-profit service, as part of a multi-agency organisational partnership, was that Clear Track was able to deliver their service at no additional cost to the Probation Service or the courts (Section 15). Details: Newcastle Upon Tyne, UK: Newcastle University, 2009. 154p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 12, 2019 at: https://eprint.ncl.ac.uk/153466 Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternative Sentencing Shelf Number: 154078

Author: Ministry of Justice Title: One Year Review of Enforcement Agent Reforms Introduced by Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act of 2007 Summary: Summary Background This post implementation review evaluates reforms introduced by the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007 regarding how enforcement agents operate and the fees they charge. The reforms were implemented in April 2014 and the review is to assess whether they are working broadly as expected after one year and if there have been any major unintended consequences. The review started in early 2015 and involved analysing a variety of data, and gathering views from key stakeholders including creditors, the advice sector, other government agencies and enforcement agents themselves (as set out in the methodology section). 1.2 Key findings - All stakeholders agreed that the reforms have provided transparency and consistency in the enforcement process, where this was previously lacking. The new standard forms and letters provide the debtor with clear signposting detailing where to find advice with their financial problems, information about their rights, and where to complain. - The overall proportion of debts successfully enforced between April 2014 and April 2015 was 27% for civil enforcement officers and 33% for high court officers, which was higher than predicted during the design of the new fee structure and provides a baseline for future monitoring. - A major component of the reforms was a new fixed structure for enforcement fees. The intention was to control excessive charging and incentivise settlement at the initial (compliance) stage before a visit and removal of goods becomes necessary. Indications are that High Court Enforcement Officers have been particularly successful at compliance stage enforcement, exceeding predictions by nine percentage points (1% of total warrants issued were expected to be settled at this stage, versus 10% achieved). - For civil enforcement agents, compliance stage enforcement rates have been lower than expected (38% of successfully enforced warrants settled at compliance, relative to 50% predicted). The disparity between high court and civil agents in this respect may be partly due to the difficulties making accurate predictions during reform design, however we would expect compliance stage enforcement to improve for this group as reforms bed in. - By clarifying what was considered unacceptable enforcement behaviour and including advice sector contact details on enforcement letters, the reforms have provided greater transparency over debtor rights and how to complain. Data provided by the advice sector show that some debtors and debt advisors perceive that aggressive behaviour is still happening in practice, and while it is not realistic to expect this to have been eradicated altogether, the Ministry of Justice take the concerns expressed by the advice sector feedback seriously and will pay close attention to the level and nature of complaints as the reforms bed in further. Details: London, UK: Ministry of Justice, 2018. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 12, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/695833/one-year-review-bailiff-reform-web.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Civil Agents Shelf Number: 154077

Author: Smith, Noel Title: Hear Me. Believe Me. Respect Me.: A Survey of Adult Survivors of Child Sexual Abuse and Their Experiences of Support Services Summary: Executive Summary Focus on Survivors Survey The research was undertaken in the context of a severe lack of evidence about the support needs of adult survivors of childhood sexual abuse (CSA) in the UK. It is based on an on-line, national survey of nearly 400 survivors, making this one of the largest surveys ever undertaken with this population. The survey looked at experiences of abuse, satisfaction with different types of service and the availability of information about services. CSA in the UK In media coverage CSA tends to be portrayed as assaults on children by adults outside of the family, often as isolated or short term episodes, and often as involving children on an opportunistic or random basis. The survey suggests that this portrayal does not reflect typical experiences of abuse: - Abuse by adults outside family networks is not typical. Almost 70 per cent of respondents reported that they were abused within the family or extended family and over 20 per cent reported that abuse happened in somebody else�s home. - CSA is not typically experienced as isolated or short term episodes. The average duration of abuse was 7 years. - Rather than being random, opportunistic assaults, the risks of CSA are better understood as being concentrated among certain children. Over half of respondents reported being abused by more than one person. - In most cases (70 per cent) the abuse was not reported to the police. Almost 90 per cent of survivors have not seen their abusers brought to justice. - It might expected that abuse is usually stopped as and when children make disclosures but this is not the case. Only 11 per cent of survivors said that abuse stopped about the same time as they made their disclosures. For most people (69 per cent) the abuse had stopped well before they told anyone about it. Alarmingly, 20 per cent of respondents continued to be abused at least one year or more after making disclosures. For this group, abuse continued for an average of almost 6 years after the first disclosure. Over 30 per cent of those who had continued to be abused after making disclosures had disclosed to a statutory service such as GP, social worker, doctor or teacher. - Less than 20 per cent of survivors disclosed because they were asked directly if they had been sexually abused. Statutory services were no more likely to proactively discover abuse by asking direct questions than, say, survivors� friends and family. The onus falls on survivors to speak out about their abuse and many can find this in itself traumatic. - Some survivors (34 per cent) first accessed support services around the same time as they made disclosures. However, many (42 per cent) did not receive such support until long after disclosure � on average 12 years later, with more than half of respondents waiting at least 9 years. Many services will be working with people who have never disclosed being sexually abused as children: 25 per cent of respondents said that they had used services specifically because of their abuse before ever disclosing. Support for survivors Survivors use a range of support services. Counselling, mental health and GP services were most commonly used, with a half or more of survivors using these services as a result of CSA. The next most commonly used services were voluntary sector sexual abuse and rape support services and psychotherapy services, followed by the police, the Samaritans, and Accident and Emergency and secondary health services. Less than a fifth of survivors used social services. Survivors used a range of services over a long period of time - on average between four and five services over a 10 year span between the first service accessed and the most recent service use. Satisfaction with services was closely related to some basic qualities in the way services treated survivors � that is, whether they made survivors feel listened to, believed and respected: - Nearly all of those who used Sexual Assault Referral Centre, Independent Sexual Violence Advisors, voluntary psychotherapy and counselling services and rape support services felt that they had been listened to, believed and respected by services. - Less than half of those who used social services or A&E and hospital services felt that they had been listened to, believed and respected. - Taking into account use of all services, survivors were more satisfied than dissatisfied with the support they received. - However, there was a sharp contrast between satisfaction with statutory sector and voluntary and independent sector organisations. Among survivors who had used both sectors, over 70 per cent were more satisfied with voluntary sector services than with statutory services, while less than 20 per cent rated statutory services over the voluntary sector. - Poor service experience can represent a barrier to further service use. Survivors who are dissatisfied with services at one point in time take longer to go on to access new services. Survivors who fail to find a satisfying service go on to more services over a longer period of time than those who receive a helpful service response at the outset. - Counselling and psychotherapy services are often provided through sexual abuse and rape support services, and this cluster of services represents the provision which respondents found most satisfying. When asked what, overall, had been the most helpful support they had received, 48 per cent of respondents referred to counselling and psychotherapy, 21 per cent cited sexual abuse and rape support services and 12 per cent specified group support with other survivors. - However, 57 per cent of survivors said that they wanted more counselling and psychotherapy services. A number of problems were identified with the availability and adequacy of provision: insufficient free-at-point-of-use provision, long waiting lists for too brief counselling programmes, and limited options in terms of therapeutic techniques. - A key barrier to getting help was the challenge for survivors of overcoming the difficulty of talking about their experiences of being sexually abused as children. Survivors taking part in the survey had used services over a broad timespan, from 1975 to 2015. Given growing awareness about CSA during this period it might be expected that services would have developed over this period. However, the research suggests that satisfaction with services has not generally increased over time. Information Less than a third of respondents agreed that professionals and services provided the information they needed, and well over half said that they found the information they needed on-line. Most respondents � over three-quarters � did not find it easy to find the information they needed. Problems with information related to both the volume and relevance of what is available. Learning from survivors Conclusions from the research include: - Misinformation about CSA in the UK risks skewing and undermining targeted strategies to tackle typical forms of childhood sexual abuse. - Greater professional vigilance in asking service users if they had experienced CSA � rather than relying on people to self-disclose � would be important for bringing forward processes of support and recovery for survivors. This would be a vital and cost-neutral step towards more proactive help for survivors and a more efficient service response. - The impact of poor service experiences is more than the absence of effective help at one point-in time. Instead, poor service experience is associated with a delay in survivors accessing future services and with survivors using more services over a longer duration. As such a poor service can have a long term impact and represent a barrier to support for survivors. In contrast, a good service response can result in survivors coming to a point of recovery or resolution sooner in their lives while at the same time making more efficient use of service resources. In order to build on strengths, the voluntary and independent sector (rather than statutory bodies) is best placed to lead any national strategy to develop support for CSA survivors in the UK. Details: Suffolk, UK: 2015. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 14, 2019 at: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/303647666_Hear_me_Believe_me_Respect_me_A_survey_of_adult_survivors_of_child_sexual_abuse_and_their_experience_of_support_services Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Adult Survivors Shelf Number: 154154

Author: Skidmore, Michael Title: More than Just a Number: Improving the Police Response to Victims of Fraud Summary: INTRODUCTION Fraud is estimated to make up 31 per cent of all crime in England and Wales, with 3.24 million fraud offences estimated to have taken place in the twelve months to March 2018. Research has found that 45 per cent of fraud victims felt that the financial loss they experienced had an impact on their emotional wellbeing and 37 per cent reported a significant psychological or emotional impact. Despite the scale and impact of the problem, it is widely agreed among policymakers, academics and law enforcement officials that fraud and the harms it causes are not prioritised by the police. This study is intended as a response to this imbalance between the scale and impact of fraud and the response it receives from policing. Its aim is to achieve a better understanding of the police response to fraud, to consider how appropriate this is and to suggest how policy and practice could be improved. To achieve this aim, the research set out to answer the following questions: - How is the police response to fraud organised across national, regional and local agencies? - How do police forces and partner agencies prioritise fraud? - Who is affected by fraud and what support is available to them? - How do the various organisations and agencies work together to respond to fraud and what roles and powers do they have to achieve this? - What impact has the internet had on the nature and volume of fraud? - What is being done to protect victims and identify vulnerability in local areas? - What determines whether the response to fraud is effective or not and what are the barriers to this? - Are there examples of emerging good practice which, if replicated, would improve the overall effectiveness of the response to fraud? In order to gain a full understanding of the subject, the research looked at the fraud response from both a local and national perspective. The majority of the locally based research was conducted in three police force areas - Avon and Somerset, Kent and Essex. Work included interviews with local practitioners, analysis of local data sets and a survey of the local police workforce. The research also included interviews with regional and national stakeholders, a survey of fraud leads across police forces across England and Wales and analysis of national fraud data sets. Details: London, UK: The Police Foundation, 2018. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 16, 2019 at: http://www.police-foundation.org.uk/publication/more-than-just-a-number-improving-the-police-response-to-victims-of-fraud/ Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: England Shelf Number: 154180

Author: Gray, Patricia Title: The Resettlement of Women Offenders: Learning the Lessons: A Research Project Focused on the Experience of the Female Offender Summary: Executive Summary - A team of academics from the School of Law, Criminology and Government at the University of Plymouth were approached by the Women�s Rape and Sexual Assault Centre in Cornwall (WRSAC) to carry out a piece of independent research. The team worked in partnership with WRSAC to achieve this. - The research was initiated by Cornwall VSF as part of the Cornwall Promoting Change project, jointly funded by The Lankelly Chase Foundation and the Devon and Cornwall Police and Crime Commissioner. Further funding was provided by a University of Plymouth research facilitation grant. - The purpose of the research was to explore the perceptions of women offenders concerning their needs, and the availability of services that could help them in meeting those needs, in their journeys towards desistance and resettlement. The research aimed to answer a number of questions: - What type of personal and socio-economic problems do women offenders experience both in prison and upon release? - What kind of rehabilitative support provision is available for women offenders both in prison and upon release? - How timely, useful and relevant do women offenders find this support both in preparation for release and on their return to the community? - What are the gaps in rehabilitative and resettlement support provision for women offenders? - How can rehabilitative and resettlement support be improved and further developed for women in prison and upon release to motivate them to stop offending? - The methodology adopted for the research was qualitative in nature in order to gain rich data that would allow understanding, in respondents� own words, of the issues that desistance and resettlement raise for them. We interviewed 15 women currently serving custodial sentences, who on release would return to live in Cornwall, as well as 14 women living in the community within Devon and Cornwall, post custody. We also interviewed a small number of staff working with women offenders (five). - In order to address the aims of the research, the problems or worries that respondents had about their release were explored. We also asked about the support that they received whilst in custody, and the support that they would have liked to have received, to help them to deal with these worries/problems. This enabled the research team to identify gaps between the support that women would like, and the support that was available to them. Given that many women offenders have been victims of sexual and domestic violence, experiences of abuse and violence and the help they either did or did not receive whilst in custody, were explored. Again this was undertaken in order to identify gaps in service provision. The interviews also explored the women�s hopes for the future, levels of self-esteem and confidence in achieving desistance. - Previous research has shown that women offenders experience high levels of personal and socio-economic disadvantage, which heightens their risk of reoffending and social exclusion. The problems that women offenders face are also inter-linked. Our findings aligned with this previous work with regard to the sorts of problems/worries that the research identified. Accommodation was a common and significant problem amongst the respondents; homes were at risk or even lost when the women entered custody. Whilst in custody, this created anxieties about becoming homeless or the need for hostel accommodation, which in turn, created a spiral into further problems such as substance misuse and further offending as a means of survival. Those with children experienced additional concerns about the lack of a �family home� in which they could be reunited. The uncertainties surrounding the availability of stable accommodation and the avoidance of the previous chaos in their lives, led to some women being reluctant to leave custody, because of the worry about how they would manage in the community. - Children and families were a further worry; from shielding young children in particular from the reality that their mother was serving a custodial sentence, to the breakdown of relationships with older children and their wider family were reported as concerns. Women with older children worried about the impact of their offending/imprisonment on their child�s development in terms of being a good or bad role model. Although some expressed their desire to change their lives, it was clear that their reintegration back into the community was challenged by complex and inter-linked problems. - Employment, training and education were also concerns. The women were unsure about their ability to find employment as ex-offenders and the stigma that this label carries. Lack of employment was also tied into worries about money/debt resolution, again indicating the inter-connectedness of problems that women offenders face. For some women, access to education was problematic because they could not access stable accommodation. - Substance misuse was a further area of worry. For some respondents, custody had enabled them to access treatment services that they had been unable to receive in the community. However, uncertainties surrounding the availability of stable accommodation, finance and their ability to develop new social networks outside of previous substance misuse/criminogenic peer groups created anxiety about their release. - The women�s experiences of the resettlement support received whilst in custody were also explored. For those in the community, many spoke of receiving limited help inside prison to prepare for their release and were not aware of any resettlement plans being put in place. Some felt neglected and angry about this, and those who did report receiving help described it as piecemeal and uncoordinated. - The quality of the support received from resettlement staff upon release was commented upon. Expectations were that staff would work in an open and positive manner, and whilst some respondents were very pleased with their relationship with their worker, others were more negative. Those currently serving sentences in prison were asked about resettlement support prior to their release. Most of those in prison felt that their relationships with prison officers and with other inmates were, in the main supportive, and so in that sense was a source of assistance for future desistance/resettlement more widely. Family support was also seen as a key source of support, and if that continued upon their release, would also shore up efforts to move towards stability and a crime-free lifestyle. - For the �long stayers�, who were not due to be released for another year or more, resettlement support was not currently being provided. Most of them were receiving help with practical issues such as mental health, drug and alcohol misuse and maintaining contact with their children, and were generally satisfied with the level of help provided. - The �shortly to be released� group of prisoners reported that no resettlement plans had been set in place to smooth their transition into the community. They felt as though they were �being kept in the dark�, that there was a �lack of planning�, and that there was �piecemeal, fragmented support�. - Perceptions of resettlement support were also explored with the five staff interviewed. The changes brought about by Transforming Rehabilitation were reported to have created some �bedding in� difficulties as the new arrangements were put in place. Budget limitations also reduced the level of contact staff could have with women prior to their release. In the community, staff described accommodation, drugs and alcohol and health as major issues. The availability of spaces on programmes to deal with drug misuse issues, for example, was reported as a difficulty when seeking to refer women to the required support services. The multiple and complex nature of the problems faced by women was also described; because problems tended to be a complex mix of inter-relating problems rather than discrete, women could potentially fall between the cracks of different services. - As noted earlier, many women offenders have suffered the trauma of sexual and domestic violence and the findings from our sample confirmed this. Most of the women had experienced sexual and/or domestic violence, the latter at the hands of intimate partners and/parents. Some had also suffered sexual abuse as children. When we asked what help they had received, some reported that they had not sought help, either because they did not recognise themselves as victims, and in some cases �self-blame�. We asked what help they had received in custody with such issues, and a significant number reported that they had not received any help. For some, support had been promised, but this did not then materialise. For those who did receive help, it was something of a mixed bag in terms of a range of different sources of assistance. In some cases, the support received tied in with the offence committed and their mental health. Although some respondents were positive about their experiences of a formal domestic violence programme, it was unclear whether there was a cohesive approach to the support available to all women. There also appeared to be a particular issue of access for those serving shorter sentences, with the time served being insufficient to arrange the required support. Of those who did not receive support for sexual and domestic violence in custody, the overwhelming view was that there should be such support on offer. In addition, given the complexity and sensitivity of the issues raised through support of this type, the importance of its continuation following released was also reported. - Women in the community spoke more positively about the sexual and domestic violence support that they had received following their release. A range of services were cited and agencies and projects focusing upon women in particular were commended. - Staff respondents confirmed that in their view, sexual and domestic violence was a common theme for women offenders, and a prime contributor to their offending. In terms of support, they identified the current funding cuts as limiting the ability to provide the required level of support. Reflecting this, the perceived budgetary issues were described as a major problem affecting their ability to support women offenders. - Finally, the interviews explored levels of self-esteem and their hopes for the future to provide an indication of their potential to achieve legitimate and stable lifestyles. Overall, those in custody were, understandably, less positive about themselves and their hopes for the future than those in the community. In terms of good things, those in prison cited supportive partners, family and their children as the positives in life, with some saying that their time in prison had allowed them to rethink the things that matter. In terms of hopes for the future though, worries around debt, homelessness and what life would be like on the outside, contributed to negative thoughts for those in custody. Again for those in custody, low self-esteem was integral to their thoughts about themselves in terms of their current imprisonment. - Respondents in the community tended to be more positive about themselves, citing family, partners and children as �the good things in life�, as well as work and volunteering. Several women reported wanting to help other women going through imprisonment, and those who have experienced domestic violence. - Most of the women were quite or very confident that they would not re-offend, either because their offence was not related to substance misuse/acquisitive crime, or the male partner who they saw as part of their offending was out of their lives. Those who were less confident about re-offending were those who were facing release without stable accommodation, with little idea about financial stability and were facing the prospect of mixing with their old social networks and isolation from family. Our conclusions from the research are as follows: - None of the women who took part in this research had a clearly developed resettlement plan in place either before or after they were released from custody. -Building positive relationships between all participants in the resettlement process is crucial to successfully resettling women back into the community upon release from prison. - Women�s social support network is a fundamental component of successful resettlement. - Women need practical help in order to settle back into the community successfully. Such help covers mental health, drug and alcohol misuse and family matters, as well as accommodation, finances, employment, education and training. - Support needs to be provided holistically; this is not currently happening in Devon and Cornwall. - Most of the women offenders had experienced sexual and domestic violence at some point in their lives, but therapeutic interventions and practical support either in prison or out of prison was not necessarily forthcoming. - Low self-esteem is a particular issue for women offenders, with hopes for the future being tied to the resolution of practical issues relating to accommodation, employment/finances, drug and alcohol issues. Whilst women were confident that they would not re-offend, some saw the practical issues they face back in the community as barriers to this. To summarise, the key lessons learnt are: - To enable a seamless transition from custody to the community, there needs to be better communication and links between the prison, the CRC and the NPS in Devon and Cornwall. Women prisoners and ex-offenders should be actively involved in this process. - Positive relationships between all those involved in the resettlement process strengthen self-esteem and are essential to achieving successful re-integration in the community and desistance. - Social support networks are an important component of successful resettlement. Women value and benefit from support that it is free from the constraints of monitoring compliance in relation to their licence/ supervision conditions; ensuring adequate funding of schemes such as mentoring programmes could help to achieve successful resettlement and therefore desistance. - Practical help which addresses mental health, substance use, finance and employment but most importantly, secure and stable accommodation should be a key part of the resettlement process. - Increased co-operation, communication and partnership working between the prison, the CRC, the NPS and voluntary sector resettlement agencies is required to facilitate a strengthened holistic, strategic and operational resettlement vision for Devon and Cornwall. - Women should be asked sensitively but routinely on entering custody about their experiences of sexual and domestic violence. Support should be made available immediately in order to allow women to work through their particular issues. The support should continue in the community, if this is required, and so should be part of a resettlement plan. - It is important to ensure that a third sector agency that supports women who have experienced sexual and domestic violence is actively working in all prisons so that women get to know that agency and its workers and have a stable and continuous support system. The agency could then refer women to other providers, depending upon their needs. This would provide a more coherent pattern of service provision than appears to be in place currently. Details: Plymouth, UK: University of Plymouth, 2018. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 16, 2019 at: https://www.plymouth.ac.uk/uploads/production/document/path/8/8608/Women_s_Research_Project_FINAL_REPORT_13_Feb_2017.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Desistance Shelf Number: 154179

Author: Keeble, Jasmin Title: An Assessment of Independent Child Trafficking Advocates: Interim Findings Summary: Background Independent Child Trafficking Advocates (ICTAs) Section 48 of the Modern Slavery Act 2015 made provision for ICTAs in England and Wales. The role of ICTAs is to provide specialist independent support for trafficked children, in addition to existing statutory service provision, and to advocate on behalf of the child to ensure that their best interests are reflected in decisions made by public authorities. Previous trial and early adopter sites In January 2014, the Home Office commissioned an initial trial of ICTAs, delivered by Barnardo's, in 23 local authorities in England. The trial evaluation report, published in December 2015, found that the role of ICTAs was seen positively by most professionals involved and by the children themselves. ICTAs were perceived as adding value to existing service provision. However, the evaluation found that there was a need for further research into the ways ICTAs mediate the risk of children going missing. There was also limited evidence of benefits in relation to the immigration and criminal justice systems, due to the short timescale of the pilot. In June 2016, the Government announced that it would commence Section 48 of the Modern Slavery Act 2015. To support the national roll-out of the ICTA service, it was introduced in three early adopter sites: Greater Manchester, Hampshire and the Isle of Wight, and throughout Wales. This service has run from 30 January 2017 and is due to continue up to 31 January 2019. Aims The Home Office are assessing the ICTA service in the three early adopter sites over 2 years. An Independent Expert Advisory Panel has been established to oversee this assessment of the ICTA service. The overall aim of the assessment is to answer the question: What is the 'added value' of the ICTA service, and is this different for different groups of children and in different early adopter sites? To address this question, the assessment will explore: - How the ICTA service was implemented in the early adopter sites. - How the ICTA service works alongside existing service provision for trafficked children in the early adopter areas, and how this is different for different groups of children. - The outcomes for children who had an ICTA, including the outcomes for different groups of children. Details: London, UK: 2018. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 16, 2019 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/an-assessment-of-independent-child-trafficking-advocates-interim-findings Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Shelf Number: 154222

Author: Creedon, Mick Title: Operation Herne: Special Demonstration Squad Reporting: Mentions of Sensitive Campaigns Summary: Introduction Operation Herne is the title given to the independent investigation led by Derbyshire's Chief Constable Mick Creedon QPM into the Special Demonstration Squad (SDS). The SDS was a covert unit of the Metropolitan Police Special Branch (MPSB). Operation Herne's terms of reference are to review the former SDS from its origin in 1968 to its closure in 2008, examining how it operated throughout its existence. This report examines "collateral reporting" and "mentions" of Justice Campaigns recorded within SDS intelligence submissions. Following the Peter Francis allegations that the SDS targeted the family of murdered teenager Stephen Lawrence, Operation Herne has investigated the extent of similar information held within SDS documentation. This report will refer to SDS reporting on a number of Justice Campaigns. A "Justice Campaign" would usually form as a result of family or public concerns surrounding the: - Investigation, detention or treatment of a subject who died in police custody, - Investigation, detention or treatment of a subject who died following police contact - Victim of a murder - High profile prosecution or investigation - Miscarriages of Justice The majority of these cases involved black males, hence the commonly used term "Black Justice Campaign." Operation Herne has identified emerging evidence that in addition to the Stephen Lawrence Campaign, a number of other Justice Campaigns have been mentioned within SDS records. Seventeen such Justice Campaigns have been identified so far. These range between 1970 and 2005 and are as a result of deaths in police custody, following police contact and the victims of murders. It is the intention of Chief Constable Creedon and Operation Herne to inform all of the families involved and share, where possible the knowledge and information held. This process will inevitably take time to research and complete given the historical profile of many of the events and the natural difficulties in tracing some families. The work to identify such families or campaigns continues and those identified will be personally appraised of the detail by investigators from Operation Herne. Details: Ashbourne, UK: Derbyshire Constabulary, 2014. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 16, 2019 at: http://www.statewatch.org/news/2014/jul/uk-2014-07-op-herne-report-3-sds.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Investigation Shelf Number: 154219

Author: Creedon, Mick Title: Operation Trinity: Report 2: Allegations of Peter Francis Summary: Executive Summary Allegation - Sexual relationships between SDS Undercover Officers and activists On 14 March 2010, The Observer newspaper published a series of articles regarding the role of 'Officer A' within the SDS. It claimed that he had slept with two (2) members of his target group. It was alleged that whilst this was not sanctioned, such activity among SDS officers - both male and female - was tacitly accepted and in many cases was vital in maintaining an undercover role. On 22 January 2011, The Guardian newspaper published an article that undercover police officers routinely adopted a tactic of promiscuity with the 'blessing' of senior commanders. The same article alleged that sex was used as a tool to help officers blend in, and was widely used as a technique to glean intelligence. The source stated that they knew of an undercover officer who married an activist he was supposed to be spying upon. On 24 June 2013, Channel 4 broadcast the programme 'Dispatches - The Police's Dirty Secret'. In it a Mr Peter Francis said: 'that it was part of his persona, that he was the sort of person who had 'casual sex'. He stated that he did not see any circumstance that long term relationships, especially the fathering of children can be condoned or allowed. He stated that he believed that 'the use of casual sex by undercover police maybe warranted in very exceptional circumstances.' There are currently a number of civil actions lodged against the MPS by females alleging intimate relationships with undercover officers. Three (3) children are alleged to have been born as a result of these relationships. Operation Herne has contacted the solicitors concerned in order to speak to the claimants. Only one (1) evidential account has been provided. At this time the other remaining claimants have not engaged with Operation Herne. No contact or complaint has been received from any individual claiming to have had a sexual relationship with Peter Francis. Independent legal advice has been sought in respect of what offences, if any, have been committed in these circumstances. No offences contrary to the Sexual Offences Act are deemed to be complete although the behaviour could amount to Misconduct in a Public Office. There is no evidence at this time to suggest sexual relationships between undercover officers and activists were ever officially sanctioned by the SDS management. This remains an ongoing criminal investigation and an advice file has been submitted to the CPS. A case disposal decision is yet to be made. This will be the subject of further detailed public reporting once the various judicial proceedings have been completed. Details: Ashbourne, UK: Derbyshire Constabulary, 2014. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 16, 2019 at: https://www.met.police.uk/SysSiteAssets/foi-media/metropolitan-police/priorities_and_how_we_are_doing/corporate/operation-herne---report-2-allegations-of-peter-francis-operation-trinity Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Citizen Complaints Shelf Number: 154218

Author: Creedon, Mick Title: Operation Herne: Report 1: Use of Covert Identities Summary: Executive Summary History The Special Demonstration Squad (SDS) was an undercover unit formed by the Metropolitan Police's Special Branch. It operated between 1968 and 2008, during which time it infiltrated and reported on groups concerned in violent protest. Operation Herne -- Operation Herne (formerly Soisson) was formed in October 2011 in response to allegations made by the Guardian newspaper about alleged misconduct and criminality engaged in by members of the SDS. Similar matters had been previously aired as early as 2002 in a BBC documentary. Operation Riverwood -- On 4th February 2013 the Metropolitan Police received a public complaint from the family of Rod Richardson, a young boy who had died in the 1970s. It is alleged that an undercover officer working for the National Public Order Intelligence Unit (NPOIU) had used this child's details as his covert identity. This matter was referred to the IPCC. The matter was returned to the force and is currently subject of a 'local investigation'. National Public Order Intelligence Unit The NPOIU was formed within the MPS in 1999 to gather and coordinate intelligence. In 2006 the governance responsibility for NPOIU was moved to the Association of Chief Police Officers, after a decision was taken that the forces where the majority of activity was taking place should be responsible for authorising future deployments. In January 2011 the NPOIU was subsumed within other units under the National Domestic Extremism Units within the MPS. In January 1995 large numbers of police from London, Kent and Hampshire were drafted to the West Sussex harbour of Shoreham in response to protests surrounding the export of live animals to Europe. The Animal Liberation Front (ALF) and another animal extremist group named 'Justice Department' had a strong base in the community there. This led to a number of protests and in October 1995 there was a further demonstration in Brightlingsea, Essex. This resulted in a record number of police being deployed to prevent widespread public disorder. Ad-hoc protest groups emerged and the need for first hand high quality intelligence was evident. This led to undercover operatives being required to infiltrate these animal extremist organisations. The purpose of the NPOIU was: 1 To provide the police service with the ability to develop a national threat assessment and profile for domestic extremism. 2 Support the police service to reduce crime and disorder from domestic extremism. 3 Support a proportionate police response to protest activity. 4 Help the police service manage concerns of communities and businesses to minimise conflict and disorder. Control of the NPOIU moved to ACPO in 2006 under the direction of the ACPO National Co-ordinator for Domestic Extremism, Assistant Chief Constable Anton Setchell. He was replaced by Detective Chief Superintendent Adrian Tudway in 2010. The NPOIU worked with the National Extremism Tactical Co-ordination Unit (NETCU) and the National Domestic Extremism Team (NDET). The NPOIU now exists as part of the National Domestic Extremism Unit (NDEU) under the Metropolitan Police Service Specialist Operations and is run by Detective Chief Superintendent Chris Greaney. Details: Ashbourne, UK: Derbyshire Constabulary, 2013. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 16, 2019 at: https://www.met.police.uk/SysSiteAssets/foi-media/metropolitan-police/priorities_and_how_we_are_doing/corporate/operation-herne---report-1---use-of-covert-identities Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Citizen Complaints Shelf Number: 154217

Author: The Social Innovation Partnership Title: The Wire (Women's Information and Resettlement for Ex-Offenders) Evaluation Report Summary: Summary of findings - Reconviction rates: The reconviction rate for the eligible 104 engaged WIRE partcipants (out of a total of 342 referred women) was 42%, against 51% for the national average for women offenders and 88% for prolific offenders. Whilst there are issues around how this is evidenced, our additional qualitative analysis broadly supports that the WIRE is a valued service. - Desistance: The average number of offences per participant halved for the 12 months at liberty after the programme as compared to the 12 months before (at 2 offences as compared to 4 previously). Again, there are similar evidencing issues, although we seek to address these through our additional analysis (e.g. interviews). - OASys:Using OGRS3 categories, roughly half of WIRE participants in "high" and "very high" risk of reoffending categories had not reoffended after 12 months (which is half the standard OGRS3 period), which appears to be an encouraging result. However, these results will need to be confirmed after two years post-conviction. - Continuing success: Resourcing issues could affect the ongoing success of the WIRE programme, limiting staff's ability to (i) give dedicated personal support and (ii) perform a sufficient amount of ongoing reporting to improve performance as measured by both Stage 1 and Stage 2 indicators, and also to evidence successes and support fundraising. - Programme Strategy: Evidence suggests that WIRE outcomes are more likely to be achieved at the early stage (Stage 1) of WIRE interventions. - People (resourcing): The project struggled to match staffing levels with demand (principally due to funding constraints), despite this the team were able to meet housing and meet at the gates targets. - Administration: There were a number of issues identified with reporting strategies. The evaluators worked with the WIRE team to identify and implement solutions. - People: The complex nature and motivation of clients to change has the potential to impact the success of the project, clients need to want to engage for success to be achieved. The staff are also a key component of the success of the project, the workers need to possess a unique blend of tenaciousness to achieve outcomes and empathy to understand the women's experiences. - Outcomes: Housing outcomes are a strength of the WIRE and it is from this solid foundation that the workers are able to support the women in desisting from crime. - Process: The individualised nature of the service requires staff have skills and that enable them to dedicate the time needed to support women through this intense period. High demand for the service and funding constraints mean staff numbers are such that they have been focusing on Stage 1 as opposed to stage 2. Recommendations and Next Steps - Evidence practices: A number of reporting and evidence practices have been improved in the course of this evaluation. These improvements should be endorsed and maintained, within the WIRE and beyond, as a way of improving services, ensuring value for money and potentially assisting with future fundraising activities. - Staff and resourcing: Sufficient staff and resources should be allocated to the WIRE, including administrative support, to allow the core team to focus on delivery. To improve Stage 2 outcomes, the programme should be seen as sufficiently distinct (WIRE Plus) to require smaller case loads - Process refinements and stakeholder engagement: Work should be done with prisons to restore an appropriate prison presence, even if just once a week, for WIRE staff. Awareness of the WIRE and its full range of work (i.e. beyond housing) should also be raised amongst other key organisations, along with the evidence of the WIRE's work with clients. Details: London, UK: The Social Innovation Partnership, 2012. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 16, 2019 at: https://www.stgilestrust.org.uk/misc/Support%20for%20vulnerable%20women%20leaving%20prison%20full%20report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Desistance Shelf Number: 154216

Author: Fell, Emily Title: Understanding Organised Crime 2015/16: Estimating the Scale and the Social and Economic Costs Summary: This report aims to improve our understanding of organised crime in the UK by updating estimates of the scale, and the social and economic cost, for a range of organised crime types based on the 2013 report of the same name (Mills, Skodbo, & Blyth, 2013). In 'Understanding Organised Crime' (UOC) 2013, the social and economic cost of organised crime was estimated to be at least L24 billion in financial year (FY) 2010 to 2011. The social and economic costs of organised crime to the UK is estimated to be approx. L37 billion in FY 2015 to 2016. The scale of organised crime is estimated to be approx. L20 billion in FY 2015 to 2016. These estimates are likely to be a lower bound since the contributing estimates are generally conservative and in some cases partial; this is discussed in more detail in the Introduction. The largest components of the social and economic cost estimate are: - drugs supply (L20 billion) - economic crime (L8 billion) - modern slavery (L2 billion) This report produces two estimates: the scale of organised crime, and the social and economic costs associated with it. The scale estimates provide a sense of the size of known activity across organised crime types. Social and economic cost estimates consider, where possible, both direct and indirect costs resulting from the crime and of reactions to the crime. These are defined in more detail in the Introduction. The scale and social and economic costs are estimated for the UK; however, for some SOC types, it was not possible to access data from Wales, Northern Ireland and/or Scotland so estimates may be scaled up in proportion with population figures. All estimates are for FY 2015 to 2016. The estimates provided throughout the report are all approximate and are rounded. Details: London, UK: Home Office, 2018. 124p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 16, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/752818/understanding-organised-crime-mar16-horr103.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 154215

Author: Ministry of Justice Title: Story of the Prison Population: 1993 - 2016 England and Wales Summary: A summary of what happened to the prison population between 1993 and 2016 and the major factors contributing to the changes. Details: London, UK: Ministry of Justice, 2016. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 17, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/541667/prison-population-story-1993-2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Custodial Sentences Shelf Number: 154211

Author: HM Inspectorate of Probation Title: Independent Review of the Case of Leroy Campbell: Final Report Summary: Overview Leroy Campbell has a history of serious sexual offending, and a predilection for attacking lone women. Whilst under probation supervision in late 2016, he told his NPS probation officer that he felt vulnerable and isolated (feelings that he said were linked with his previous offending) and that he might reoffend, might rape again. A few weeks later he raped and killed Lisa Skidmore in her own home. He also attempted to murder her elderly mother in Lisa�s home, and then set fire to the property, leaving her for dead. Mrs Skidmore survived. These were dreadful crimes. They have been devastating for the family. We offer them our sincere and heartfelt condolences. We understand that they need to know in sufficient detail, how Leroy Campbell came to reoffend in this way, and whether there is anything in the way he was supervised that increased the risk of such a thing happening. If there were failings, then family members will wish to know what is being done about it, and whether any individuals are called to account. When those under probation supervision commit serious further offences, the probation provider conducts a review of how well the individual was supervised by their staff while on probation. That happened in this case. The multi-agency supervision arrangements for Leroy Campbell meant that a second type of review could also be instigated, and that happened in this case as well. We have evaluated both of those reviews, and found them honest and reliable overall. There are one or two areas where we might have formed a different judgement, but they are not material. We agree with the reviewers: the supervision of Leroy Campbell was inadequate in several crucial respects. As a result, Lisa Skidmore, other women and the wider public were put at risk unduly, with grave consequences. We set out in this report the detail of what happened in the supervision of Leroy Campbell, starting in 2000 when he was sentenced to life imprisonment. Many good decisions were made about his supervision within prison and upon release, but a series of unrelated yet questionable decisions and one final, very poor decision meant that his risk was not adequately managed. While in prison, Leroy Campbell was assessed as requiring management under what are known as Multi-Agency Public Protection arrangements (MAPPA), upon release. These are designed to ensure cooperation and integration of police, probation and other agencies� work to protect the public once the offender is back in the community. Many high-risk offenders are managed under one of three levels of MAPPA arrangements. Level 3 arrangements (the highest level) are reserved for the small proportion of individuals where the greatest agency cooperation and management is thought necessary, to protect the public. Level 1 is by far the most common level in use. Leroy Campbell was expected to be managed under Level 2 or 3 upon release, but this was reduced to Level 1 during his time in prison. Although the MAPPA level was reconsidered pre-release the level was not revised and the supporting paperwork was not completed by the Probation Officer as it should have been. As a result he left prison assessed at the lowest level (Level 1) rather than the higher level expected and anticipated by senior probation staff: evaluation and record-keeping procedures were not followed properly. We find that unacceptable, and inexplicable. While in prison, a series of 11 probation officers were responsible for his case. While changes over a long sentence are inevitable, this rate of change was exceptional. It does not support effective relationship-building or assessment. Leroy Campbell had a persistent offending history, and was serving a life sentence for the latest in a series of violent and serious sexual offences when the Parole Board decided to recommend his release. At that stage he was 11 years over his five-year tariff. The Parole Board had a difficult decision to make in this case, and having looked at the evidence available to us, we do not criticise the decision. Upon release, Leroy Campbell was managed in the community. In this case, police and probation responses at a critical time were not sufficiently co-ordinated, and a key piece of information was not recorded by Probation or shared with Police as it would have been, had Leroy Campbell been managed at a higher MAPPA level. Opportunities to review the MAPPA level during his release on temporary license were not taken. Curfew requirements imposed on Leroy Campbell by the Parole Board were relaxed, in a more casual manner than expected and sooner than expected as well. There were some indications given to probation officers by Leroy Campbell to suggest he remained a risk to women. He said things that could have been taken either way, but when put together they should have given probation staff cause for concern. While under release on temporary licence, he breached licence conditions designed to keep the public safe. However, most striking in this case is a decision by probation services when Leroy Campbell was no longer living in Approved Premises. Probation staff decided NOT to respond actively enough to a clear indication that risk may be increasing notably. This individual came into the probation office and stated to his probation officer that he was thinking of raping again, and that he has been looking at - or had noticed - open windows (he had previously entered a victim�s house, to then rape her). In our view that should have resulted in immediate, positive and firm action to protect the public � either an immediate move back to Approved Premises, or recall to prison. Instead, Leroy Campbell was left free to commit these terrible crimes. It was an aberrant decision, to leave Leroy Campbell at large. In the circumstances, we have looked at how the NPS has acted since, and the steps it has taken to hold its own staff to account for their standard of work. We find it odd that managers did not consider conducting an investigation immediately, or suspending any of the staff involved pending an investigation. In our view there was sufficient evidence to indicate that immediate action could and should have been taken. It was not. In the weeks following the offences, NPS managers scrutinised a broader sample of the work of the probation staff and managers involved in the case. The focus was to establish whether the poor judgement exercised was part of a pattern of poor practice. We have concluded that in the circumstances of this case, this approach was not sufficient. In other areas of professional endeavour, professionals who fall far short of accepted professional standards on any occasion can be referred to their professional body for investigation and consideration of their fitness to practice. No such arrangements exist for probation professionals. While that remains the case, it is all the more important in our view that disciplinary procedures and their application pass muster, and provide the public and individuals with the assurance they need that appropriate actions are taken, and taken promptly when things go seriously wrong. We question whether the organisation�s disciplinary procedures and its underlying disciplinary culture are sufficiently robust. The guidance available to managers on handling conduct and disciplinary investigations focused on situations where there were clear breaches of professional conduct, with little about dealing with failures in professional judgement. Some disciplinary proceedings have now been instigated here, but exceptionally late in the day and only after our interim report. Disciplinary actions should be timely in our view, to be as fair as possible to all concerned, and to maintain public trust. As well as dealing fairly and properly with significant professional failings, we and the wider public expect public services to learn from mistakes and put in place arrangements to reduce the risk of similar things happening again. Here the NPS has done that. It has put a lot of effort into developing a fulsome action plan and following it through. Regrettably however, the plan does not address two issues that are of national significance. Firstly, what is expected of senior probation officers whenever they supervise and oversee the work of less experienced staff is not sufficiently clear in our view. Professional supervision failed in this case both when Leroy Campbell was in prison and after his release � most especially when the probation officer concerned consulted a senior probation officer when Leroy Campbell disclosed he was thinking of rape. The right actions were not decided, or taken, even though Campbell�s history of offending suggested plainly the risk of a serious further offence. The NPS has recently reminded staff of how to deal with such disclosures, and we welcome that, albeit it is late and it simply confirms what we already expect of professional probation staff. We think there is a broader problem, however. With senior probation officers now responsible for a range of management duties, it is not clear what is expected by way of their professional supervision of less senior professional staff and their cases, or the priority to be given to that important work. The NPS should be more specific about the requirements, in our view, but progress here is slow. Secondly, the plan does not address in any way the shortcomings of the organisation�s disciplinary procedure, or the disciplinary and accountability culture that prevails. In this case, managers responded to what we think are clear professional failings by looking at the quality of an individual�s work overall. While that is valuable in checking that an individual generally works to standard in protecting the public, it does not go far enough. Our view is that, whatever such an exercise shows, it is simply not acceptable that aberrant decision-making is left unaccounted for. It is unacceptable to the relatives and surviving victims of a further offence and to the wider public. In our view, the NPS should look afresh at its disciplinary policy and also consider how it deals with extremely poor decision-making, keeping public expectations about accountability in mind. The Skidmore family feel they have been poorly treated by the NPS following these dreadful crimes, and we agree. The NPS�s national procedures at the time for accounting to victims and their families were in our view difficult to defend: victims and families were presented with a review report to read on the spot, rather than take away. This does not build trust, and thankfully these procedures have now changed. In this case, reports were prepared to a good standard but it was a lot for the family to take in. What is more, in the meeting that followed immediately after their reading of the material, and subsequently, the family have found the NPS defensive, and unwilling to admit management shortcomings or to hold any individuals to account. Indeed, although the NPS developed and implemented its action plan, it is only after the family�s determined pursuit of the facts and then the intervention of the minister, that certain actions have been taken by the NPS. That does not reflect well on the organisation, or restore the family�s trust. Some individuals are now subject to disciplinary proceedings, but it is very late in the day. Finally, this family�s distress at the loss of Lisa and the ghastly circumstances of her death was exacerbated by an application by the defendant for a second post mortem. The NPS were unaware of this application. Leroy Campbell made that application just one day before the time limit for application expired. It had regrettable consequences for the family, and their grief. The family suspect the applicant had self-serving reasons for the request, rather than the pursuit of justice. We do think government should consider whether the process of application for second post mortems is sufficiently robust. Details: London, UK: 2018. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 17, 2019 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2018/09/HMI-Probation-Independent-Review-LC-Final-.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-Risk Shelf Number: 154096

Author: HM Inspectorate of Prisons Title: Social Care in Prisons in England and Wales: A Thematic Report Summary: Section 1. Key findings and recommendations To the Secretary of State for Justice Strategic planning 1.1 There is no comprehensive national strategy for the provision of social care in prisons. Without such a strategy it is hard to see how the requirements arising from local prison assessments of social care needs and the projected growth in groups likely to require help with those needs will be met. Recommendation 1.2 The Secretary of State for Justice should lead coordination of crossgovernmental work to develop a strategy for delivering social care in prisons in England and Wales. To prison governors/directors Leadership and management 1.3 Where prisons established good working arrangements with local authorities early on there was evidence that social care services within prisons developed, or could develop, well. Some of this generated good practice. Crucial to this process was the development of a memorandum of understanding (MOU) between the prison and local authority and ongoing joint working. In too many prisons there was no clear responsibility for delivering social care and in others there was no MOU to support the development or delivery of services. Recommendation 1.4 All prisons and local authorities in England and Wales should develop an MOU, in line with existing policy, and ongoing joint working arrangements with their local authority to ensure that the social care needs of prisoners are met. Identification of need and assessment 1.5 Screening of prisoners� social care needs was not sophisticated or robust enough to pick up every need. We were not satisfied that all prisoners with social care needs were identified, either at reception or during their time in custody. We were also not convinced that all establishments, or indeed prisoners, knew that prisoners could self-refer or be referred by family, friends or legal representatives with their consent. While we found some examples of good practice in screening, this was not universal, which could mean that social care needs were unmet. Recommendation 1.6 All prisons and local authorities should implement prompt, ongoing and effective systems for identifying the social care needs of prisoners throughout their stay in prison, which should include the ability of prisoners to self-refer. This process should begin at reception. Care planning and delivery 1.7 There was wide variation in the delivery of social care packages. In effect a �postcode lottery� operated where prisoners could receive a poor, satisfactory or very good service based on which prison they were sent to (for example, they could not choose which social care provider they used, and in some prisons could not self-refer to the local authority). As such, prisoners received inequitable social care support in prisons. 1.8 In a number of prisons the provision of social care by competent peer support workers was very good and well supervised, but in some places we were not assured that peer support workers were appropriately trained, supervised or monitored. This placed peer supporters, and the prisoners they supported, at considerable risk. Recommendations 1.9 The social care support needs of prisoners should be met from the moment a need is identified. Prisoners should not be subject to administrative delays or unnecessarily lengthy processes. 1.10 In line with existing policy, any prisoner providing social care support to another prisoner should be appropriately selected, trained and supervised. Adapting the environment for social care 1.11 Older prisons, and in some instances new prisons, had great difficulty making physical adaptations to support the needs of every prisoner with social care needs. Recommendations 1.12 All prisons should make reasonable and appropriate physical adaptations to promptly meet the social care needs of prisoners. 1.13 Those prisons unable to provide appropriate physical environments suitable for social care should have arrangements in place to transfer prisoners to appropriate establishments which can quickly meet their needs. Continuity of packages of care 1.14 Most social care providers anticipated the need for transitional arrangements for prisoners being transferred or released, with some notable good practice. However, some providers found it difficult to transfer prisoners to receiving establishments which could offer a similar level of care, and we saw evidence of failed transfers where the needs of the prisoner could not be met at the receiving prison. Recommendation 1.15 Prisons and local authorities should ensure that processes are in place for the smooth transfer of prisoners with packages of social care to other establishments and on release into the community. This should include effective information sharing. Details: London, UK: HM Inspectorate of Prisons, 2018. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 17, 2019 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprisons/wp-content/uploads/sites/4/2018/10/Social-care-thematic-2018-web.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Accommodations Shelf Number: 154247

Author: Centre for Social Justice Title: Growing the Local: Creating Local Freedom to Fund the Fight Against Crime Summary: Introduction to Police Funding and Demand Today Police and Crime Commissioners, in consultation with their Chief Constables, are responsible for how funding is allocated to policing and to cutting crime. They also have a responsibility to hold the police to account on behalf of the public. As the Government's flagship policing reform, the crucial next step is giving PCCs greater control over the level of funding raised locally, through the police precept. Ensuring local areas have the freedom to set and adjust taxation form part of the recommendations set out by the CSJ in our recent The Great British Breakthrough report. While capping local taxation has been shown to be necessary in the past, the current level of cap is holding back the potential for PCCs to make investments in evidence-based early interventions that can improve community safety and cut crime. For many, this lack of flexibility is also impacting on the delivery of proactive policing. Now is an opportune time for Government to move towards enabling PCCs to invest in programmes and resources that go beyond simply reacting to crime and growing demands, and move into more preventative and proactive efforts to improve community safety. Proactive and preventative investment is vital to public safety, whether by changing lives and reducing unnecessary pressure on the criminal justice system, or by helping protect the most vulnerable and disadvantaged by preventing crime or pursuing offenders. Enabling PCCs to raise funds locally to make these investments should be the next step for Government and one that will help ensure PCCs and their Chiefs have more freedom to act on local priorities and to fight crime. Details: Westminster, UK: The Centre for Social Justice, 2017. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 18, 2019 at: https://www.centreforsocialjustice.org.uk/library/growing-the-local-creating-local-freedom-fund-fight-crime Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Budget Shelf Number: 154271

Author: Hewson, Alex Title: Bromley Briefings Prison Factfile: Autumn 2018 Summary: Over the past few years the Bromley Briefings have charted a depressing decline in standards of safety and decency in our prisons. This year's edition draws heavily on the shocking evidence of both the government's own data on safety - or the lack of it - and on the Chief Inspector's increasingly strident denunciation of the conditions in which many prisoners are required to live. Everyone who cares about prisons - whether they live or work in them, or are close to someone who does - wants to believe that they are close to turning a corner. Anecdotally, both staff and prisoners welcome the introduction of key working in around half of prisons in England and Wales so far. Essentially, that means some protected time for staff to do what most of them joined for - helping prisoners cope with imprisonment and prepare for a better life when they leave. But it is too soon to make the call that the system as a whole is on the path to recovery - the damage done by the savage cuts of recent years is profound, and none of the key indicators are showing improvement as yet. In innovations this year, this edition of the Bromley Briefings includes a short section about what prisoners say. In line with PRT-s core aim to give prisoners greater influence in strategic policy making about prisons, we intend to develop this aspect in future, reflecting both the insight of prisoners and their ability to provide solutions. There is also a section setting out the current and historic performance of the "ten prisons" selected by the Prisons Minister for investment and a time limited drive to show tangible improvements, especially in safety. As last year, however, we begin with a slightly longer analysis of a particular issue, drawing on evidence from a longer period, and this year from a broad geographical perspective. Professors Dirk van Zyl Smit and Catherine Appleton from the University of Nottingham will shortly publish a seminal book on life imprisonment worldwide, and we are delighted that they have authored "The long view" for us, comparing the use of indeterminate sentences in this country with jurisdictions overseas. What their analysis demonstrates is that the UK's use of indeterminate sentences is out of kilter with the majority of international comparators. But it is also at odds with our own domestic historical approach to sentencing. Draconian legislation passed by Parliament in 2003 inflated the punishment tariffs for formal life sentences and created the catastrophic growth in informal life sentences - the IPP - which was only partially reversed by legislation in 2012. The inevitable consequence of decisions made on the sentencing and release framework for indeterminate sentences is a very long-term impact on the lives of the individuals affected and the make-up of the prison population as a whole. A substantial minority of that population is serving sentences characterised by an absence of hope and in many cases a sense that punishment, though deserved, has ceased to be proportionate or just in its administration. This has profound implications for the way of life prisons provide, if the treatment of those serving the longest sentences is to be both humane and purposeful. There is an urgent need for Parliament to revisit the framework it has created for our response as a society to the most serious crime, and our treatment of those who commit it. Decisions made in the aftermath of particularly shocking individual cases have created a system which, on the long view, looks more like a cause of national shame than pride. Details: London, UK: Prison Reform Trust, 2018. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 18, 2019 at: http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/publications/factfile Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Imprisonment Shelf Number: 154266

Author: Galloway, Susan Title: The Right to Recover: Therapeutic Services for Children and Young People Following Sexual Abuse Summary: Introduction This report looks at what currently happens for children who have already been sexually abused to help them overcome the problems arising from it, and to prevent them from suffering long term harm. It reports the findings of research which aimed to investigate first, how the emotional needs of children and young people are assessed following disclosure or discovery of sexual abuse, and second, the availability of services when children need help to recover. Its focus is on the West of Scotland, an area which includes 17 local authorities and contains 51% of the Scottish child population aged 18 years and under. A mapping exercise and survey of services was undertaken, together with facilitated discussion groups with professionals including social workers, police officers, child and adolescent mental health services (CAMHS) practitioners, pediatricians and other health professionals, all conducted during summer and autumn 2016. Included in the study are all services which offer ongoing face to face therapeutic support or intervention to children and/or young people who have experienced sexual abuse. This includes services for children up to and including the age of 18, who: - have experienced any form of sexual abuse, including child sexual exploitation; - have been identified as at risk of sexual abuse/ exploitation; - have displayed sexually worrying or harmful behaviour. This includes both 'specialist' services, those which have developed a specialism in sexual abuse, and which devote either all, or a substantial proportion, of their time to this; and 'generalist' services, those which help children with a range of difficulties and adversities, and where recovery from sexual abuse is a part of what they do, and may not necessarily involve a substantial proportion of their time. Details: London, UK: NSPCC, 2017. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 20, 2019 at: https://learning.nspcc.org.uk/research-resources/2017/right-to-recover-sexual-abuse-west-scotland/ Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse Shelf Number: 154258

Author: Environment Agency (United Kingdom) Title: Cracking Down on Waste Crime: Waste Crime Report 2011-2012 Summary: Serious waste crime is big business. The Environment Agency has made some real changes to how we tackle waste crime over the last few years. While there are still challenges ahead, the results of our work are starting to show. Being intelligence-led remains at the heart of our work to tackle serious and organised environmental crime, and to prevent the harm it can bring. In 2011-2012 we stopped 759 illegal waste sites, either by closing them down or helping them to move into legal compliance and get the right permit or exemption to operate. The number of successful prosecutions against illegal waste activity also rose to 335 last year. This included closing one of the highest risk illegal waste sites in south-east England, where a multiple offender received four years in prison for money laundering and waste offences. We believe that the custodial sentence imposed, and the fact he must now hand over nearly L1 million of profits he made from his illegal waste business, will send a strong message to illegal operators about the consequences of their crimes. December saw a week of dedicated action against metal theft. We supported the British Transport Police in targeting permitted waste sites to learn more about how and where stolen metal moves following its theft. We have also updated our procedures for granting and reviewing environmental permits so any permitted site handling stolen metal will be at risk of losing its permit. There is still a lot to do though. For every eight permitted sites, there is one illegal one. We are finding sites almost as fast as we stop them. Our new taskforce to tackle illegal waste sites, which we launched in December 2011, will help us break this cycle. We want to make sure more illegal waste sites are shut down quickly. But we can't do it on our own; many people have a role to play in helping tackle waste crime. We want to send a clear message to businesses, local authorities and householders: take responsibility for your waste and make sure that it doesn't end up in the hands of illegal operators. Rt Hon Lord Chris Smith of Finsbury Chairman Details: Bristol, UK: Environment Agency, 2012. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 20, 2019 at: https://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20140329083717/http://cdn.environment-agency.gov.uk/geho0712bwug-e-e.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Environmental Crime Shelf Number: 154278

Author: Environment Agency (United Kingdom) Title: Novel Approaches to Waste Crime Summary: Executive Summary The European Pathway to Zero Waste (EPOW) programme has eight actions, five of which are led by the Environment Agency and three by WRAP who took over from the South East England Development Agency in April 2011. One of the actions under the programme is assessing and reporting on novel approaches to tackling waste crime which aims to demonstrate the effectiveness of new public sector led approaches to reducing waste crime and supporting new markets for the reuse of recovered materials. This study reports on the outcomes from a pilot of the best novel approaches. Environmental crime is a high priority area for European Member States; tackling the issue are international networks, working groups and organisations that include the European Commission, Interpol, Europol, Member State regulatory agents and a wide range of specific task force groups. These bodies are set up to deliver programmes that address and implement waste crime reduction measures. In its 2011 EU Organised Crime Threat Assessment Report however, Europol notes that "substantial intelligence gaps (in the area of waste crime) preclude comprehensive assessment of organised crime activity in this area". The intelligence on European waste crime notes: - Illegal waste activities within the EU are organised and sophisticated networks with clear division of roles with some organised gangs making billions of Euros per year; - Waste brokers feeding these networks can also be part of and embedded within the legal waste management system, appearing to be operating legitimate businesses; - Complexity in the legal waste management system facilitates rather than prevents criminal activity; and - There are substantial financial burdens borne by affected Member States (e.g. those where the illegal dumping and disposal are occurring), which intelligence suggests to be south-east and eastern Member States plus those countries that share a border with these Member States (e.g. Albania). As a consequence of globalisation, enhanced market development and trade outside the EU, the flow of waste around Europe and outside its borders has become larger, more complex and significantly more costly to police. Rises in the number of conventions, Directives and state laws have, to some degree and with varying success, been instruments to ensure proper re-use, recovery, recycling and disposal of wastes. Waste recovery, management and disposal remains a sector where illegal activity and criminal organisations freely operate, often making large financial gains from their activities to the detriment of legitimate businesses, the common market and society at large. This document, focusing on the reused and recovered waste tyre market, reports on the current size of the EU, UK and South East of England tyre market, followed by a number of public sector led case studies illustrating novel approaches to reducing waste tyre crime. This study has identified that there are several commonly accepted motivators for tyre crime including: financial gain, convenience, opportunism, market dynamics/demand, lack of a threat of being caught and lenient sentences/punishment for offences. The novel approaches identified as part of this study commonly use an intelligence-led approach, whereby data gathered proactively is used to tackle crime on a number of fronts. Novel approaches can involve new partnerships, new approaches and intervention points, sharing of information and multi-agency collaboration, targeting different players in the supply chain and pairing crime enforcement action with awareness raising to stop crime occurring. It also involves mechanisms to support secondary waste market development, tackling one of the key sources - the waste itself - making it a valuable resource rather than a material to discard at lowest cost. The intelligence-led approach is now a widely accepted methodology for profiling organised waste crime and coordinating surveillance, awareness-raising and ultimately building a case for enforcement and prosecution. The case studies examined within this report use this intelligence-led approach to help tackle waste crime - they go beyond reactive policing. The demonstrable advantages of this approach include multi-agency collaboration giving access to pooled resources with greater breadth and depth, sharing intelligence and information to take fast action on emerging crime problems, engaging with and gathering knowledge from the general public and businesses and making decisions on allocating resources where the best outcomes can be anticipated. Details: Reading, UK: Environment Agency, 2012. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 20, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/289927/geho0312bwdy-e-e.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Case Studies Shelf Number: 154277

Author: Whitehead, Stephen Title: The Changing Use of Pre-Sentence Reports Summary: Summary As part of our work to understand why the number of community sentences - community orders, suspended sentence orders and other similar disposals - has fallen by 24% over the past ten years in England and Wales, we are examining the relationship between the courts and probationary services, with a particular focus on the National Probation Service's work in courts. In this interim analysis, we present emerging findings from the national data on the use of pre-sentence reports (PSRs) to see whether changes in their use have impacted on the use of community sentences. Sentencers are expected to obtain a PSR before passing any community sentence (other than a stand-alone unpaid work requirement) or any custodial sentence (except one where custody is the only option). We have found that between 2012-13 and 2016-17: - There has been a 22% fall in the number of new PSRs produced. This fall means that there has been an increase in the number of sentences passed (both community sentences and custody) where no new PSR has informed sentencing; - There has been a significant change in how PSRs are delivered to court, with an increasing proportion of PSRs delivered orally rather than in writing; - While the number of PSRs has fallen, where they are used, the likelihood that sentencers follow the recommendations in the report has increased slightly (by 4% since 2012/13); - Because cases with PSRs are more than ten times more likely to receive a community sentence, falling numbers of PSRs is strongly linked to the decline in community sentences; - Our modelling suggests that if the number of PSRs had remained stable that there could have been 33,000 more community sentences a year. These emerging findings open up a range of further questions-- What is driving the fall in new PSRs? How is advice being provided in cases which don't have them? And ultimately, what is making sentencers less likely to use community sentences when they don't have pre-sentence advice? We are exploring these issues with practitioners, in advance of our final report, due in the September 2018, but we invite practitioners and experts to get in touch and help us explore these questions. Details: London, UK: Centre for Justice Innovation, 2018. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 21, 2019 at: http://justiceinnovation.org/portfolio/changing-use-pre-sentence-reports/ Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Orders Shelf Number: 154330

Author: Department for Digital, Culture Media and Sport. United Kingdom Title: Secure by Design: Improving the Cyber Security of Consumer Internet of Things Report Summary: Executive Summary This Government's ambition is to make the UK the safest place in the world to be online, and the best place in the world to start and grow a digital business. This Review focuses on how we can ensure that consumer internet connected products and associated services are sufficiently secure. In particular, it looks at the rights and responsibilities of consumers and industry. The Internet of Things (IoT) brings huge opportunities for citizens as well as the UK�s digital economy. This includes increasing the functionality of many features in the home, such as remotely changing the level of heating and lighting. However, many internet-connected devices sold to consumers lack even basic cyber security provisions. This, paired with the rapid proliferation of these devices, has led primarily to two risks: (1) consumer security, privacy and safety is being undermined by the vulnerability of individual devices; and (2) the wider economy faces an increasing threat of large scale cyber attacks launched from large volumes of insecure IoT devices. These risks need to be addressed through joint government and industry action as a matter of urgency. This is important because the Government has a duty of care to UK citizens to help ensure that they can access and use the internet safely. Consequently, the Government has undertaken this Review into the cyber security of consumer IoT products and associated services. This report sets out the need for greater action, and proposes a range of measures to better protect citizens and the wider economy. The report notes that protecting consumers requires a fundamental shift in industry's approach to managing cyber risks. There is a need to move away from placing the burden on consumers to securely configure their devices and instead ensure that strong security is built in by design. The central proposal of this report is a draft Code of Practice aimed primarily at manufacturers of consumer IoT products and associated services. It has been developed through extensive engagement with industry and subject matter experts and sets out thirteen practical steps to improve the cyber security of consumer IoT. The publication of this report, and particularly the draft Code of Practice, is intended to stimulate further dialogue with industry, academic institutions and civil society over the coming months. The Government needs to collectively balance the need to create effective incentives for manufacturers, the supply chain and retailers, while also continuing to encourage innovation in new technologies. The Government's preference would be for the market to solve this problem - the clear security guidelines we set out will be expected by consumers and delivered by IoT producers. But if this does not happen, and quickly, then we will look to make these guidelines compulsory through law. We will review progress throughout 2018. Further details on how to provide input into the Review, and the proposed recommendations outlined in this report, are provided in Chapter 7. IoT security is a global challenge requiring global collaboration. The Government is working with our international partners and through international organisations to collectively take action to secure consumer IoT products and associated services at every stage of their lifecycle. Details: London, UK: Department for Digital, Cuulture Media and Sport, 2018. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 21, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/686089/Secure_by_Design_Report_.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Code of Practice Shelf Number: 154332

Author: Strickland, Pat Title: Rights of Victims of Crime Summary: A Westminster Hall debate on Rights of victims of crime is scheduled for Tuesday 13 March 2018 at 2.30pm. The Member leading the debate is Alex Sobel MP. Currently victims� rights are set out in the Code of Practice for Victims of Crime. This sets out what victims should expect from various criminal justice agencies. Although the Code is a statutory one, provided for in the Domestic Violence Crime and Victims Act 2004, failure to comply with it does not of itself make a person liable to criminal or civil proceedings. Courts can take such failure into account in other proceedings however. Some argue that the "rights" in the code are not sufficiently enforceable. The Victims Commissioner and Victim Support have pointed to problems with victims being given their rights under the Code. In the run up to the 2015 and the 2017 General Elections, various political parties including the Conservatives promised legislation on victims� rights. The Government has said it will publish a strategy for victims "by the summer". Details: London, UK: Parliament, House of Commons, 2018. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 21, 2019 at: https://researchbriefings.parliament.uk/ResearchBriefing/Summary/CDP-2018-0066#fullreport Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Code of Practice Shelf Number: 154333

Author: Beck, Adrian Title: Emerging Technology in Loss Prevention Retailing: Benchmarking the Loss Prevention Industry Summary: Context - This is the second in a series of benchmarking surveys focussing on issues that are of particular interest to the retail loss prevention industry. - This study looks at the issue of emerging technologies and their use in the retail loss prevention arena. It presents data on the perceived value of nine technologies, the extent to which they are currently being used, and the primary problem they are considered to address. The study also collected data about how the loss prevention technology industry is perceived by loss prevention practitioners. - The survey sample represents $1.576 trillion in US retail sales (48% of the market) with a total of 123,333 stores. Findings - Exception-based Video Alerting was regarded as the technology with the highest potential, followed by GPS Product Tracking and then RFID. - Respondents were much less convinced about the potential impact or signifcance of Body-mounted Cameras and Biometric Technologies. - The technologies most in use or being piloted were GPS Product Tracking (46%), Exception-based Video Alerting systems (41%) and RFID (32%). - No retailers responding to this survey said they were currently using Body-mounted Cameras although two were planning to use them in the near future. - Exception-based video alerting, non-scan POS detection and Smart Shelves were the top three emerging technologies that respondents were planning to use in the near future. - Retailers selling apparel were more likely to be using or planning to use RFID. - Retailers selling food were more likely to be using or planning to use Non-scan Activation technologies and Smart Shelf technologies. - For those using or planning to use Feature Recognition and Smart Shelf technologies, they were seen by the majority of respondents as being important in responding to ORC. - A sizable minority of respondents (31%) also regarded Smart Shelves as being useful for inventory control. - RFID was primarily seen as a technology for helping with inventory control (81%). - Both Exception-based Video Alerts and Non-scan POS Detection were primarily seen as tools to help tackle internal theft. - Body-mounted Cameras were viewed as a tool almost exclusively to help with issues of safety and security. - Biometrics was largely seen as a technology to be used to target internal theft and safety/security issues. - Most respondents viewed the Loss Prevention Technology Industry's performance as being adequate (48%), with a signifcant percentage considering that they had been either successful or very successful (37%). Details: London, UK: LPM, 2017. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 21, 2019 at: http://www.jard.me/source/brochure/16_1509469871.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Benchmarking Shelf Number: 154325

Author: Beck, Adrian Title: Effective Retail Loss Prevention: 10 Ways to Keep Shrinkage Low Summary: Executive Summary Purpose and Approach The aim of this study was to identify the key characteristics of retail companies in the US that are perceived to have a track record for delivering low levels of shrinkage. It is based upon interviews with the head of loss prevention, a selection of their staff, analysis of company documentation and visits to stores. The five companies that took part are: The Target Corporation, Limited Brands, Best Buy, CVS and The Gap. Findings The study identified 10 key factors which were considered to be influential in creating a low shrinkage environment in the companies taking part in this research. They can be grouped under three headings: Strategic, Cultural and Operational: Strategic Level Factors - Establishing Senior Management Commitment: making sure that senior executives are aware and supportive of the need to prioritise loss prevention. - Ensuring Organisational Ownership: making sure that all of the functions within the organisation recognise the importance and value of prioritising loss prevention. - Embedding Loss Prevention: making sure that loss prevention is part of the fabric of the business and acted upon by all departments. Cultural Level Factors - Providing Strong Leadership: generating energy, direction, focus and a vision for loss prevention in the company. - Generating Barometer Management: creating and analysing data to enable decision making to be based upon an evidence-based approach. - Prioritising People: making sure that the company employs the right people and motivates them accordingly to take shrinkage seriously. Also concerned with creating a loss prevention team that is multi-faceted and forward thinking. - Prioritising Innovation and Experimentation: recognising that retailing and loss prevention is a dynamic arena that requires new thinking and a willingness to change. - Talking Shrinkage: keeping shrinkage on the agenda through a range of communication strategies. - Emphasising Procedural Control: ensuring that process adherence is a key part of what loss prevention does but also recognising a balance has to be struck between service and control. Operational Level Factors - Creating Store Management Responsibility: without the active support and engagement of all store staff, but particularly managers, loss prevention will not be properly controlled and minimised. Details: Leicester, UK: University of Leicester, 2007. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 21, 2019 at: https://www2.le.ac.uk/departments/criminology/people/bna/10WaystoKeepShrinkageLowpdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Embezzlement Shelf Number: 154327

Author: Diaz, Carlos Title: Leaders in Juvenile Crime Summary: Abstract This paper presents a new theory of crime where leaders transmit a crime technology and act as a role model for other criminals. We show that, in equilibrium, an individual's crime effort and crime decisions depend on the geodesic distance to the leader in his or her network of social contacts. By using data on friendship networks among U.S. high-school students, we structurally estimate the model and find evidence supporting its predictions. In particular, by using a definition of a criminal leader that is exogenous to the network formation of friendship links, we find that the longer is the distance to the leader, the lower is the criminal activity of the delinquents and the less likely they are to become criminals. This result highlights the importance of the closeness centrality of the leaders in explaining criminal behaviors. We finally perform a counterfactual experiment that reveals that a policy that removes all criminal leaders from a school can, on average, reduce criminal activity by about 20% and the individual probability of becoming a criminal by 10%. Details: London, UK: Centre for Economic Policy Research, 2018. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 21, 2019 at: https://ideas.repec.org/p/cpr/ceprdp/13120.html Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Technology Shelf Number: 154329

Author: Scotland. HM Inspectorate of Constabulary for Scotland Title: Strategic Review - an independent assessment of Police Scotland's response to a breach of Home Detention Curfew (HDC) Summary: Following the sentencing of James Wright (hereinafter referred to as offender 'A') for the murder of Craig McClelland, a crime committed while offender 'A' was �unlawfully at large' having breached his home detention curfew, the Cabinet Secretary for Justice wrote to HMICS on 7 June 2018 and set out the following expectations of the strategic review: - to provide an independent assessment of the operation, procedures and safeguards in place by Police Scotland in relation to apprehending individuals who have breached their home detention curfew terms with the objective of providing assurance to Scottish Ministers, the Scottish Parliament and the public and - where appropriate, this should include recommendations to address any gaps in the current operation, processes, safeguards and available police powers or where opportunities to drive improvement are identified. The background to this review is outlined within our terms of reference, which was published on 28 June 2018. Our report is presented in two parts: Part one � This case study comprised a review and assessment of the circumstances relating to the breach of the home detention curfew licence conditions by the offender 'A' and Police Scotland's response. We have produced a timeline of key events at Appendix 1. Part two � Using the HMICS Inspection Framework, we carried out a proportionate and risk-based review of Police Scotland's response to apprehending individuals following revocation of their home detention curfew licence. We engaged with police officers and members of police staff across eight local police divisions who have day-to-day responsibility for the administration, management and execution of criminal justice warrants including revocation of home detention curfew licences. It is important to place this strategic review in context, - since the introduction in 2006 of the home detention curfew policy, more than 20,000 offenders have been released on home detention curfew by the Scottish Prison Service - for most offenders eligible for release under the policy, home detention curfew is considered a routine progression through their sentence towards reintegration into the community - the overall successful completion rate is around 80% - there are approximately 300 offenders living in the community on home detention curfew at any given time. Details: Edinburgh: The Inspectorate, 2018. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 23, 2019 at: https://www.hmics.scot/sites/default/files/publications/HMICS20181025PUB.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 154378

Author: Great Britain. HM Inspectorate of Probation and HM Inspectorate of Prisons Title: Management and Supervision of Men Convicted of Sexual Offences: A Thematic Inspection Summary: Policy, strategy and leadership -- While HMPPS's Sexual Offenders Management Board (SOMB) has overall strategic responsibility for delivering work with sexual offenders, many other groups and teams influence the strategic direction and operational delivery of the work. We found a disconnect between how these teams described how work with sexual offenders is being delivered, and what we found in practice. More should be done to draw the different strands of work together, to prevent a disjointed approach. With no overall needs analysis of sexual offenders, HMPPS does not have a complete picture of the profile of this group of individuals. There is a commitment to developing evidence-informed programmes which are then evaluated to become evidence-based. We found many NPS staff who do not yet understand the strengths-based approach to working with sexual offenders sufficiently well. As a result, it was not embedded into practice. We found that guidance and training, delivered electronically, is largely ineffective. The professional and emotional needs of the staff managing sexual offenders have seemingly been underestimated - they are not well provided for. Senior probation officers (SPOs) have wide spans of control, some supervising cases or undertaking other roles, in addition to supporting responsible officers. Responsible officers view the support of their line managers positively, but they have little confidence in the employee support provision, PAM Assist. The roles and responsibilities of SPOs in custody were inconsistent. -- Work delivered to sexual offenders in custody Work in prison with men convicted of sexual offences was poor overall, and we were concerned that the risk to the public from those released was not being managed sufficiently well. Too little work was done to reduce either the risk of harm presented, or the risk of reoffending for those not participating in an accredited groupwork programme. In custody, accredited programmes are often seen as the only way of working with men convicted of sexual offences. Planning for release, including the use of inter-departmental risk management team (IRMT) meetings and MAPPA, was not well managed. Joint work between NPS staff in the community and prison offender management teams was not done well in many cases, resulting in poor risk management and release plans. This was compounded by the lack of suitable accommodation for sexual offenders. Moving sexual offenders around the prison estate to access appropriate interventions was difficult, and this affected men�s ability to make progress. Further, opportunities to move to open conditions were limited because of a lack of available places. Too few prison officers were trained and supported to identify risk of harm, or to deliver suitable interventions. Reducing reoffending -- The current process of assessing offenders using a multitude of tools is unwieldy. In too many cases, staff do not use assessment tools well enough, and in combination, to ensure comprehensive risk assessments. Initial OASys assessments in the community were generally good, and RM2000s accurate. However, the specialist sexual offender Active Risk Management System (ARMS) assessments were poor and rarely informed other assessments and the delivery of interventions. This meant that the overall assessment of men was insufficient in a third of cases. Accredited programmes for sexual offenders in the community are underused. Some men have difficulties accessing programmes, and some needs are not being met, including for those men with learning disabilities. Where men do not have a licence condition or requirement to complete an accredited programme, they were rarely considered by responsible officers, even though some individuals were suitable for them. For those not participating in a programme, the delivery of individual work is not good enough. Too many offenders are completing their sentence without sufficient work having been undertaken to reduce their risk of sexual offending. A variety of legacy interventions and tools are being used in the community, with staff having little knowledge of, or confidence in, the one-to-one intervention Maps for Change. Responsible officers do not review work delivered or risk levels regularly enough. As a result, significant new developments such as meeting a new partner, or behaviour in custody, were not always captured in assessments and subsequent plans. Sexual offenders often have multiple responsible officers, and this impacts on their experience of supervision, both in custody and in the community, and how they are supported to change their behaviour. In custody, some offenders did not have a responsible officer at all. Public protection -- Sexual offenders in the community were largely managed at an appropriate MAPPA level to support public protection. However, MAPPA processes varied and the referral criteria were understood differently across both the NPS and HM Prison Service. In too many cases, men who fell under MAPPA Level 1 (the majority of sexual offenders) did not have their risk levels and needs adequately reviewed. The MAPPA Level 1 process varies across the NPS. Where it was not being completed sufficiently well, opportunities were missed to identify changes in risk levels at an early stage. We found some good strategic relationships between the NPS and the police and children's services. However, this was not always replicated at an operational level. The inconsistent, limited use of the Violent and Sex Offender Register (ViSOR) meant that opportunities for systematic information exchange between partners, and therefore good multi-agency risk management, were missed. The overall assessment of sexual offenders was inadequate in a third of cases and had not always considered the needs of victims and children. Some staff lacked the appropriate degree of professional curiosity when dealing with these men. In one in three cases, safeguarding checks were not made as needed throughout the sentence. Responsible officers carried out home visits in too few of the cases inspected, and this meant that they missed a key opportunity to gather information to inform risk assessments and reviews. Cases were sometimes seen by a duty officer or at a reporting facility, which meant that focused and planned interventions did not happen. We found victim liaison officers delivering over and above the requirements of the VCS, and dedicated staff undertaking the work. As with responsible officers, these staff are not supported sufficiently well, given the emotional and challenging work they are undertaking. Details: Manchester, UK: The Authors, 2019. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 28, 2019 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2019/01/Management-and-Supervision-of-men-convicted-of-sexual-offences-2.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Supervision Shelf Number: 154408

Author: Oliver, Rhys Title: The economic and social costs of domestic abuse Summary: This report estimates the social and economic cost for victims of domestic abuse in year ending March 2017 in England and Wales to be approximately L66 billion. The analysis follows the same approach as in other Home Office 'cost of crime' estimates to calculate: the cost in anticipation (covering preventative work), as a consequence (including physical and emotional harm, heath services, lost output and victim services) and in response to domestic abuse (police and other justice costs). The largest element of domestic abuse cost is the physical and emotional harm suffered by the victims themselves (L47 billion). The next highest cost is for lost output relating to time taken off work and reduced productivity afterwards (L14 billion). Details: London: Home Office, 2019. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Home Office Research Report 107: Accessed January 28, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/772180/horr107.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 154454

Author: Jones, Robert Title: Sentencing and Immediate Custody in Wales: A Factfile Summary: This report offers the very first disaggregated analysis of sentencing and immediate custody in Wales and England. The research comes after a report by the Ministry of Justice's (2017a:8) Justice in Wales Working Group acknowledged the need to take account of any potential "differences in sentencing" between Wales and England. The report draws upon data published by the Ministry of Justice as well as information obtained via the Freedom of Information Act 2000. Some of the key findings are outlined below. - Wales has the highest imprisonment rate in Western Europe. - Wales has recorded a higher 'home address' imprisonment rate than England every year since 2013, the first year comparative data is available. - The total number of immediate custodial sentences handed out in England fell by 16% between 2010 and 2017. In Wales, the number marginally increased (0.3%) during the same period. - Wales recorded a higher average custody rate than England at the Magistrates' Court and Crown Court between 2010 and 2017. - The average custody rate for males was higher at the Magistrates' Court and Crown Court in Wales between 2010 and 2017. - The average custody rate for females sentenced at the Magistrates' Court was higher in England but higher at the Crown Court in Wales. - Children were more likely to be handed an immediate custodial sentence at the Youth Court in England between 2010 and 2017. The custody rate at the Crown Court was higher in Wales during this period. - The custody rate for young adults was higher at the Magistrates' Court and Crown Court in Wales between 2010 and 2017. - Adult offenders sentenced at the Magistrates' Court in England were more likely to receive an immediate custody sentence between 2010 and 2017. The custody rate for adults was higher at the Crown Court in Wales than in England during this period. - Welsh and English prisoners from a White ethnic group were under-represented in prison in 2017. - The level of racial disproportionality was higher amongst the Welsh prison population than the English prison population in 2017. - There were 72 Black people in prison from Wales for every 10,000 of the population in 2017. This rate compared to just 15 White people per 10,000 of the population. There were 25 Asian people in prison per 10,000 and 37 people from a Mixed background per 10,000 in prison. - 1 in 670 Welsh people who self-identified as White were in prison in 2017. This compared to a rate of 1 in 140 for Black, 1 in 274 for Mixed and 1 in 395 for Asian. - The custody rate was higher at the Magistrates' Court in Wales in 9 out of 12 offence groups between 2010 and 2017. - The custody rate was higher at the Crown Court in Wales than in England in 11 out of 12 offence groups between 2010 and 2017. - A greater number of short-term custodial sentences were handed out in Wales than in England between 2010 and 2017. 68.1% of all custodial sentences in Wales were for less than 12 months compared to 63.9% in England. - A higher number of sentences of 4 years or more were handed out in England (8.9%) than in Wales (6.2%) between 2010 and 2017. - In 2017, the average custodial sentence length for all offences in England was 17.2 months. This compared to an average custodial sentence length of 13.4 months in Wales. - Women are more likely to receive short-term custodial sentences than men. More than three quarters (78.6%) of all females sentenced to immediate custody in Wales between 2010 and 2017 were handed sentences of less than 12 months. This compared to 67% of male offenders sentenced in Wales. - One in four (24.8%) women handed an immediate custodial sentence in Wales were sentenced to one month or less in prison between 2010 and 2017. - White offenders (13.2 months) sentenced to immediate custody in Wales had the lowest average custodial sentence length in 2017. Black offenders recorded the highest average sentence length (21.5 months), followed by Asian (19 months) and Mixed (17.7 months) offenders. - The average custodial sentence length was higher in England within nine out of twelve offence groups in 2017. - The number of Welsh people in prison serving sentences of 4 year or more increased by 8% between September 2017 and September 2018. Details: Cardiff: Cardiff University, Wales Governance Centre, 2019. 136p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 28, 2019 at: https://sites.cardiff.ac.uk/wgc/files/2019/01/Sentencing-and-Immediate-Custody-in-Wales-A-Factfile.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Imprisonment Shelf Number: 154455

Author: Andell, Paul Title: Developing a Context for Change in Gang Affected Neighborhoods: Exploring Synergies and Discords at Micro and Macro Levels Summary: Abstract The paper suggests that there are similar values ie. economic success and a culture of consumerism embedded in both the legitimate and illegitimate economies. It discusses possible micro and macro interventions to reduce the strains that arise from the blocked opportunities in attaining shared values. At a local level the paper discusses an action research model to develop social capital; in the broader context the paper discusses the redistributive potential of the circular economy to facilitate interventions which reduce harms. Details: Ipswich, United Kingdom: University of Suffolk, 2017. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 30, 2019 at: https://ideas.repec.org/a/icb/wpaper/v4y2017i18-19.html Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Harm Reduction Shelf Number: 154311

Author: Francis, Brian Title: Modelling Escalation in Crime Seriousness: A Latent Variable Approach Summary: This paper investigates the use of latent variable models in assessing escalation in crime seriousness. It has two aims. The first is to contrast a mixed-effects approach to modelling crime escalation with a latent variable approach. The paper therefore examines whether there are specific subgroups of offenders with distinct seriousness trajectory shapes. The second is methodological - to compare mixed-effects modelling used in previous work on escalation with group-based trajectory modelling and growth mixture modelling (mixture of mixed-effects models). The availability of software is an issue, and comparisons of fit across software packages is not straightforward. We suggest that mixture models are necessary in modelling crime seriousness, that growth mixture models rather than group based trajectory models provide the best fit to the data, and that R gives the best software environment for comparing models. Substantively, we identify three latent groups, with the largest group showing crime seriousness increases with criminal justice experience (measured through number of conviction occasions) and decreases with increasing age. The other two groups show more dramatic non-linear effects with age, and non-significant effects of criminal justice experience. Policy considerations of these results are briefly discussed. Details: Metron, 2015. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 4, 2019 at: http://eprints.lancs.ac.uk/75121/ Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Seriousness Shelf Number: 154466

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice Title: Post-Implementation Review of Part 1 of the Legal Aid, Sentencing and Punishment of Offenders Act 2012 (LASPO) Summary: Part 1 of the Legal Aid, Sentencing and Punishment of Offenders (LASPO) Act 2012, along with its secondary legislation, was introduced with the aim of targeting limited resources at the most vulnerable, following a long period of expansion of legal aid that resulted in annual spend at the time of over L2bn per annum. Coming into force in 2013, the then Coalition Government implemented the first significant reforms to the scope of, eligibility for and fees paid under, legal aid in England and Wales for more than a decade. Given the extent of the changes that LASPO introduced, the Government committed to carrying out a Post-Implementation Review (PIR) of the reforms they had introduced, assessing the impact of the policies against the original objectives of the Act. Following a year-long process of extensive evidence gathering and analysis, I am pleased to present the outcome of this review. We have benefited from an extraordinary level of engagement. Working with more than 100 different stakeholders, interested parties, legal aid providers and their representative bodies, the advice sector, judges, academics and parliamentarians, a wealth of research has been gathered to inform this document. The following chapters summarise that comprehensive process. Analysing the wealth of data and statistics that have emerged since LASPO came into force, as well as the vast range of evidence that was submitted, has taken time. However, it has always been important to ensure that the review struck the right balance between having enough information to assess and form reasoned conclusions, whilst taking place within a suitable interval after the policies were implemented. The importance of the legislation has fully merited the level of rigour and engagement we have undertaken. The submissions received, alongside the face to face meetings, consultative group sessions and events that we held, have been extremely valuable in giving us the opportunity to look at where we need to go next. Legal aid plays an important role in enabling access to justice, and last year the Government spent L1.6bn on funding legal aid for those who needed it. However, whilst legal aid is, and will remain, a core element of how we help people resolve their legal problems, what we have heard throughout the review is that it is one part of a bigger picture. Publicly funded legal aid and representation is the right support in some circumstances, but not all. This review has highlighted that for too long legal support has been focused solely on funding court disputes, with less emphasis on how problems can be resolved earlier and avoid them escalating into more problematic issues that require a court visit. Details: London: Her Majesty�s Stationery Office, 2019. 293p. Source: Internet Resource: CP 37: Accessed February 7, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/777038/post-implementation-review-of-part-1-of-laspo.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Defense Shelf Number: 154506

Author: Frontier Economics Title: The value of prevention. Report prepared for St Giles Trust Summary: Frontier Economics was commissioned by the St Giles Trust to carry out a study exploring the potential benefits of preventative interventions aimed at troubled families. St Giles Trust is currently funded by Barclays to deliver support to 100 troubled families in Southwark and Tower Hamlets through the CAF� Gamechangers project. In carrying out this study we have reviewed a number of academic studies, publications by government departments and third sector organisations. We were also able to carry out a site visit at St Giles Trust and interview staff delivering services to troubled families as well as some of the recipients of those services. This report summarises our best interpretation of the literature we have reviewed to date. It also contains some qualitative case studies compiled during our visit at St Giles Trust which illustrate the impact charities can make in the lives of troubled families. The slide pack is structured as follows: - We describe the role that charities can play in supporting troubled families and the particular work being carried out by St Giles=' CAFE Gamechangers project - We highlight the costs of troubled families - in particular the costs to the Exchequer of reactive spending, spending that deals with the consequences of troubled families - Finally, we highlight the substantial benefits that can arise when troubled families are impacted on by successful interventions Details: London: Frontier Economics, 2013. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2019 at: https://www.stgilestrust.org.uk/misc/Benefits%20of%20early%20intervention.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 154533

Author: Scottish Government Title: Wildlife Crime in Scotland Summary: Scotland's First Wildlife Crime Annual Report Section 20 of the Wildlife and Natural Environment (Scotland) Act 2011 inserted a new Section 26B into the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981. The new Section requires Scottish Ministers to produce an annual report on the state of wildlife crime in Scotland. It prescribes that Ministers must lay a report every calendar year on offences which relate to wildlife, to include information on incidences and prosecutions during the year to which the report relates, and on research and advice relevant to those offences. The report aims to: - Detail the wildlife crime priorities; - Provide and explain crime incidence and prosecution data from a variety of reporting organisations in Scotland; - Highlight activities of PAW Scotland groups; - Provide and explain research on Scotland's wildlife which will positively reduce wildlife crime; - Provide and explain information on the conservation status of key species in Scotland which are affected by wildlife crime and are a UK crime priority group; and - Provide recommendations to Ministers for ongoing activity. This report covers the calendar year 2012, but additionally draws on information from previous years. Details: Edinburgh, Scotland: APS Group Scotland, 2013. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2019 at: https://www2.gov.scot/Resource/0043/00434716.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Conservation Shelf Number: 154296

Author: Beels, Margaret Title: Preventing Labour Exploitation Summary: Editor's Foreword The Warwick Papers in Industrial Relations series publishes the work of members of the Industrial Relations Research Unit (IRRU) and people associated with it. This paper publishes the text of the sixteenth Warwick-Acas Lowry Lecture, given to an invited audience at the University of Warwick on the 3rd of April 2017. The annual lecture is jointly organised by IRRU and the Advisory Conciliation and Arbitration Service (Acas) in honour of Sir Pat Lowry. A former chair of Acas, Sir Pat was for many years an Honorary Professor at the University of Warwick, a long-standing member of the Business School's Advisory Board, and a source of valued counsel to IRRU in its work. His outstanding contribution to the practice of industrial relations commenced when he joined the EEF in 1938. He went on to become the Federation's Director of Industrial Relations. He left in 1970 to join British Leyland as Director of Industrial Relations. In 1981, Sir Pat was appointed as Chair of Acas. He stepped down six years later with Acas' reputation for impartial and constructive advice enhanced, in the face of an often turbulent industrial relations landscape. This year lecture was given by Margaret Beels, Chair of the Gangmasters and Labour Abuse Authority (GLAA), on the topic of 'Preventing Labour Exploitation'. In the 2017, the GLAA has taken on, and expanded, the role of the Gangmasters Licencing Authority, which was established in 2005 in the aftermath of the Morecambe disaster in which 23 Chinese migrant workers lost their lives. The GLA and now the GLAA represent an interesting regulatory experiment in the comparatively flexible UK labour market, and the reflections from Margaret Beels are therefore extremely instructive. The complex and increasingly concerning problem of labour market exploitation proves that the labour market does not automatically lead to satisfactory equilibrium. This paper identifies factors such as (false) hope and fear that may severely distort the relationship between employer and employee, as well as business models that are conducive to labour market exploitation. There is no doubt that these are extremely topical issues, for research as well as for policy-making, as confirmed in the UK by developments such as the creation of a Director of Labour Market Enforcement, the government's Review of Modern Employment Practices, and the extension of the GLA/GLAA role itself. Guglielmo Meardi Details: Coventry, United Kingdom: Warwick Business School, 2017. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2019 at: https://warwick.ac.uk/fac/soc/wbs/research/irru/wpir/wpir_107.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Business Model Shelf Number: 154298

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary and Fire and Rescue Services Title: Protecting children from criminal exploitation, human trafficking and modern slavery: an addendum Summary: This report is about the findings from three joint targeted area inspections, carried out in the spring of 2018 that examined 'the multi-agency response to child exploitation and children missing from home, care or education'. It is an addendum to our 2016 report: ''Time to listen' - a joined up response to child sexual exploitation and missing children'. This report considers the most significant learning from three inspections of local authority areas with a focus on criminal exploitation of children. The inspections were carried out jointly by Ofsted, the Care Quality Commission, Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary and Fire & Rescue Services and Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation. The inspections reviewed practice in children's social care, education, health services, the police, youth offending services and probation services. The report recognises that much has been done by agencies to address child sexual exploitation, but it calls for agencies to learn the lessons of the past in responding to criminal exploitation of children and county lines. All children are vulnerable to exploitation, and agencies, locally and nationally, do not yet fully understand the scale or level of risk to children. Family-focused services are not always appropriate for dealing with the exploitation of children outside of a family setting � agencies need to be flexible and respond quickly to changing risks. Details: HMICFRS; Care Quality Commission; Ofsted, 2018. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 13, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/756031/Protecting_children_from_criminal_exploitation_human_trafficking_modern_slavery_addendum_141118.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Exploitation Shelf Number: 154547

Author: Great Britain. Department for Education Title: Bullying in England, April 2013 to March 2018: Analysis on 10 to 15 year olds from the Crime Survey for England and Wales Summary: This document reports the prevalence of bullying among different groups of pupils in England. It provides information on: the types of bullying respondents experienced (including cyber-bullying); the frequency of the bullying; where it takes place; It also provides information on how well respondents felt their school dealt with bullying. It will be of interest to anyone who wants to know about bullying of 10 to 15 year olds in England. Details: London: The Author, 2018. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 13, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/754959/Bullying_in_England_2013-2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 154549

Author: Epstein, Rona Title: Prosecuting Parents for Truancy: Who pays the price? Summary: The law - In England and Wales, the offence of truancy is deemed to have been committed by parents or carers of school age children whose children have not attended school regularly. - Section 7 of the Education Act 1996 sets out a parental duty to secure the efficient education of children by ensuring the child's regular attendance at school or otherwise. - If the child fails to attend school regularly the parent is guilty of an offence. Under Subsection 444 (1) the offence is strict liability; the parent is not required to know that the child has missed school. If, for example, the child was living with her grandmother and missed school, the child's parents would be liable for prosecution for their child's truancy, even if they did not know she was missing school. Under Subsection 444 (1A) there is a further offence if the parent knew about the child's absence and failed to act. - The punishment can be a fine up to L2,500 or a term of imprisonment. Numbers - In 2017 in England and Wales 16,406 people were prosecuted, of whom 11, 739 (71%) were women. - 12, 698 were convicted, of whom 9,413 (74%) were women. - 110 people were given a suspended sentence of imprisonment, 88 (80%) were women. - 500 were given a community order - 416 (83%) were women. - Ten people were sent to prison, 9 were women. - It is thus clear that women are disproportionately pursued for this offence. The research - We wished to explore the reasons that lie behind children failing to attend school regularly, what problems this created for the family, the parents' views of how the schools tackled their child's problems, and whether or not the parents were prosecuted or threatened with prosecution. - We placed a questionnaire online and invited parents affected by this issue to fill it in anonymously. We approached various online sites where parents discuss childcare issues. A number of these sites posted a note about our research with a link to the online survey. - 126 parents, mostly mothers, filled in our anonymous survey, giving information on 132 children. Since the survey was filled in anonymously we have assigned a name to each respondent and report their answers with this pseudonym together with the Local Authority responsible for their child's school... Details: Coventry, UK: Coventry Law School, 2019. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2019 at: http://covrj.uk/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/PROSECUTINGParents.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Parental Liability Shelf Number: 154609

Author: Hjalmarsson, Randi Title: Path Dependency in Jury Decision-Making Summary: A large behavioral economics literature is concerned with cognitive biases in individual and group decisions, including sequential decisions. These studies primarily find a negative path-dependency consistent with mechanisms such as the gambler's fallacy or contrast effects. We provide the first test for such biases in group decision making using observational data. Specifically, we study more than 27,000 verdicts adjudicated sequentially by over 900 juries for high-stakes criminal cases at London's Old Bailey Criminal Court in the 18th and 19th centuries. Using jury fixed effects to account for heterogeneity in their baseline propensity to convict, we find that a previous guilty verdict significantly increases the chance of a subsequent guilty verdict by 6.7-14.1%. This positive auto-correlation, which contrasts previous studies, is (i) robust to alternative estimation strategies, (ii) independent of jury experience and (iii) driven by the most recent lag and pairs of similar cases. Potential explanations of such positive path dependence include sequential assimilation effects, which may reflect a jury's desire to be internally consistent when deciding comparable cases and short-term 'emotional' impacts of the characteristics and/or outcome of one case on another. As in modern-day jury studies, our results highlight the possibility that factors independent of the facts and evidence of the current case affect jury behavior. Details: 68p. Source: Internet Resource: https://cepr.org/active/publications/discussion_papers/dp.php?dpno=13012#: Accessed February 14, 2019 at: https://cepr.org/active/publications/discussion_papers/dp.php?dpno=13012# Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Cases Shelf Number: 154351

Author: Annison, Harry Title: The Pains of Indeterminate Imprisonment for Families of IPP Prisoners: Findings and Recommendations: Extended Summary: The indeterminate IPP sentence has rightly been described as one of the "least carefully planned and implemented pieces of legislation in the history of British sentencing." Our research project "Exploring the Secondary Pains of Indeterminate Imprisonment: The case of Imprisonment for Public Protection (IPP) families" provides the first empirical exploration of this important issue. It comprised in-depth interviews with family members; an online survey of families; and interviews with policy participants. The findings make clear that a pervasive sense of injustice and uncertainty underpins and permeates more specific concerns relating to efforts to progress towards release, and managing the stresses of life beyond release. Families report significant material effects, which appear to be heavily gendered in their distribution. Family relationships - both with the prisoner and more widely - are often heavily disrupted. Respondents reported significant negative health effects caused by the stress and anxiety. All of this is likely to undermine efforts to rehabilitate individuals who have served an IPP sentence. The recommendations set out in this policy briefing point to practical ways in which the issues highlighted by the research findings can be addressed or ameliorated. Details: Southampton, UK: University of Southampton, 2018. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2019 at: https://eprints.soton.ac.uk/423560/ Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Families of Inmates Shelf Number: 154345

Author: Skae, Tannia Title: The violence virus: A community response to reducing youth violence in London Summary: Youth Violence in London is on the rise. From 2016 to 2017, the rate of young people who were stabbed to death in the capital almost doubled. 59 per cent of gun crime offenders are now under the age of 25 and three of every four acid attacks are committed by people aged under 29. Many see this violence as a virus that should be treated as such, with calls for a multi-agency approach that: 1. Examines the causes 2. Prescribes appropriate treatment 3. Invests in a long-term cure. We carried out a series of interviews with community-based organisations, front line service delivery practitioners, youth workers, ex-offenders and politicians. The aim; to understand their role, to learn from their experience and to explore the opportunities to work together to counter the rising trend. We found that community-based organisations play a powerful and unique role in providing solutions to tackle youth violence in London. They provide support throughout the epidemic, at three key stages: 1. Prevention: they recognise triggers and react before and at first signs, providing early intervention support 2. Crisis intervention: they are experts in providing immediate, emergency support and conflict mediation 3. After care: they specialise in providing rehabilitation and long-term support. Details: London: The London Community Foundations, 2018. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 15, 2019 at: https://londoncf.org.uk/uploads/The-Violence-Virus-final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 154622

Author: McNeish, Di Title: Tackling and preventing serious youth violence: a rapid evidence review Summary: Purpose of the review -- The purpose of this review was to inform thinking about ways to prevent and tackle youth violence, and in particular to consider the evidence for the kinds of community-based preventative projects which might be most effective in the London context. The main questions for this review were: - What learning is there from existing research on tackling/preventing youth violence (internationally and within the UK)? - What approaches for addressing serious youth violence have been used, and what is the evidence for their effectiveness? - What relevant examples of good practice are there and how transferable might these be for the London context? About the evidence -- It should be noted that using research evidence to inform project development is not completely straightforward. It is rarely just a matter of taking a well-evaluated model off-the-peg and faithfully replicating it. Most of the interventions for which there is good research evidence have still not worked in every setting or with every population. The best evaluated approaches are often from the USA, and while some have been adapted for use in the UK there is much less evidence about how well the UK versions are working. It is also the case that some interventions lend themselves to evaluation better than others: there tends to be better evidence about single strand, highly specified interventions (e.g. parenting programmes) than about more 'messy', multi-layered community-based initiatives. But that does not necessarily mean that the more complex programmes don't work - it's just harder to demonstrate. The volume of evidence in the field of youth crime and violence is huge, both in terms of published research and more 'grey' material (policy documents, project reports etc), reflecting the extent of concern about the issue over many years. We have therefore tried to select material of most relevance to developing preventative projects in London. Details: North Dalton, East Yorkshire, UK: DMSS, 2018. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 15, 2019 at: https://www.dmss.co.uk/pdfs/addressing-serious-youth-violence-in-london-a-rapid-evidence-review.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Programs Shelf Number: 154623

Author: Jones, Robert Title: Imprisonment in Wales: A Factfile Summary: There are five male prisons in Wales that each hold a mixture of convicted, unconvicted, sentenced and unsentenced prisoners. Prison capacity in Wales has steadily increased since 2010; the prison population in Wales was 4,291 at the end of April 2018. (Chapter 2) Prisons in Wales are performing less well than prisons in England on a range of prison safety measures. The number of recorded self-harm incidents and prison assaults in Wales has increased at a higher rate than prisons in England since 2010. There were more prison disturbances at HMP Parc in 2016 and 2017 than at any other prison in England and Wales. (Chapter 3) Despite an increase in prison capacity in Wales, 39% of all Welsh prisoners were being held in English prisons in 2017. In a large number of cases, Welsh prisoners are placed in establishments far away from home; Welsh prisoners were held in 108 different prisons in 2017. (Chapter 4) The recent opening of HMP Berwyn has resulted in a significant rise in the number of English prisoners held in Wales. The English prison population in Wales more than doubled in 2017. More than a quarter of all prisoners held in Wales were from England at the end of March 2018. (Chapter 4) The number of Welsh women handed immediate custodial sentences has increased by almost a fifth since 2011. Due to the fact that there are no female prisons in Wales, all Welsh women in prison are held in prisons in England. The distances from home facing Welsh women are often considerably higher than those facing Welsh adult males and female prisoners from England. (Chapter 5) The majority of Welsh women sentenced to immediate custody have been convicted of nonviolent offences. Three quarters of all Welsh women receiving immediate custodial sentences in 2016 were given sentences of less than 6 months; this rate is higher than the England and Wales total. (Chapter 5) The number of Welsh children in custody has fallen by 72% since 2010. 109 custodial sentences were handed to children in Wales in 2017, a rate that was marginally higher than the level in England. (Chapter Six) 45% of all Welsh children in custody were being held in establishments in England during 2017. The distances facing children in prison have been shown to reduce the number of family visits, hinder 'through the gate' support services, and increase the sense of alienation and isolation that children experience in prison. (Chapter Six) Recent evidence suggests that prisons across England and Wales are failing to meet the needs of Welsh-speaking prisoners. Despite recent signs of improvement in Wales, concerns remain about the state of Welsh language provision in establishments in England and in Wales. (Chapter Seven) Details: Cardiff, UK: Wales Governance Centre at Cardiff University & University of South Wales, 2018. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 15, 2019 at: https://www.cardiff.ac.uk/__data/assets/pdf_file/0008/1195577/Imprisonment-in-Wales-A-Factfile.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 154624

Author: BMG Research Title: Public Perceptions of Policing in England and Wales 2018. Prepared for: Her Majesty�s Inspectorate of Constabulary and Fire & Rescue Services Summary: HMICFRS commissioned BMG Research to undertake a large-scale survey of the public to assess current perceptions of the police. The study consisted of 17,043 surveys with members of the public. The majority were conducted via online panels, with a small number conducted-face-to-face. This report sets out the results of the fourth survey into public views of policing in England and Wales. This year we asked about: Overall satisfaction with local police force; Police visibility; Crime; Public confidence in police; Police conduct; Top types of crime respondents think police should prioritise. Details: Birmingham, UK: BMG Research, 2018. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 15, 2019 at: https://www.bmgresearch.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/1578-HMICFRS-Public-Perceptions-of-Policing-2018_FINAL.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 154625

Author: Big Lottery Fund Title: Preventing serious youth violence - what works? Summary: Voluntary and community sector (VCS) groups across the country work with children and young people who have experienced trauma or conflict from a very young age and their work makes a significant contribution to efforts to prevent young people from getting involved in violent lifestyles. Many work with parents and communities to give them the skills and understanding they need to manage risks. Others provide early interventions for young people, ensuring that they have good mental wellbeing, resilience, and a healthy, stable, and supportive framework, which enable them to make positive choices and divert them from criminal activities. Others help ex-offenders and gang members to leave their past behind by providing support and finding positive alternatives. Their work is vital, because serious youth violence has potentially devastating consequences not only for young people themselves, but also for their families, victims and wider communities. Statistically, violence "remains one of the greatest threats to life of young people". Yet we see younger and younger children, including primary school children under the age of ten, involved in risky behaviours and gangs. These young people are extremely vulnerable and many have experienced adversity from a very young age. The Big Lottery Fund is one of the distributors of National Lottery funding and the largest community funder in the UK. Last year we awarded L713m of good cause money raised by National Lottery players to more than 13,000 community projects. This includes funding for VCS organisations to support their work with children, young people and families across the country to find ways out of crime and violence. The VCS can play a unique role here through the trust, connections, relationships and knowledge of what works in preventing and supporting young people involved in violence. This paper summarises key learning from the sector on what works in addressing youth violence. We highlight examples of both proven and promising practice from charities across the UK and share our experiences as a funder about the principles that have worked for us in planning, designing and implementing funding programmes in this field. The paper isn't exhaustive, but gives a flavour of the key messages and some examples to illustrate these messages. The paper includes case studies as well as evidence from evaluations, academic reviews and international research. We have covered projects and services that have been funded by us and other funders. We have not covered initiatives led by, or focussed on, law enforcement. Details: London: The Author, 2018. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 15, 2019 at: https://media.biglotteryfund.org.uk/media/documents/BLF_KL18-12_SeriousViolence.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community-Based Programs Shelf Number: 154632

Author: Kerr, Jane Title: Process evaluation of the Global Positioning System (GPS) Electronic Monitoring Pilot: Qualitative findings Summary: Key findings -- Eight police force areas in England were involved in a Ministry of Justice (MoJ) pilot of GPS location monitoring between October 2016 and March 2018. This process evaluation used qualitative methods to understand views and experiences of the implementation and delivery of the pilot as well as perceived impacts from the perspective of strategic stakeholders, delivery partners and GPS tag wearers. The key findings of the research are as follows. - Partner agencies were enthusiastic about the prospect of using GPS location monitoring to help monitor and manage compliance with bail, sentence, and licence conditions. - Clear and timely training and guidance for the staff involved in the setup and delivery of the pilot was highlighted as vital to effective delivery. - The process of fitting tags was thought to have gone smoothly, although some concerns were raised in relation to the time taken to fit tags. - GPS location monitoring was felt to support the effective management of offenders in the community and individuals on court bail in four key ways: supporting offender rehabilitation, facilitating risk management, informing decisions about whether a wearer should be recalled to custody or court, and providing evidence to either exonerate a wearer or link them to a crime. - Key learning points include the importance of clear communication across and within partner agencies to enable a consistent approach to delivery, and the need for sufficient time and resources to develop the infrastructure to support the wider rollout of GPS location monitoring. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2019. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Analytical Series: Accessed February 18, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/779199/gps-location-monitoring-pilot-process-evaluation.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Based Corrections Shelf Number: 154637

Author: London. Mayor's Office for Policing and Crime Title: Review of the Metropolitan Police Service Gangs Matrix Summary: This is the Review of an enforcement database operated by the Metropolitan Police Service known as the Gangs Matrix. The Review was a specific commitment in the Mayor's Police and Crime Plan and also in his 2016 election manifesto. The Review, the most comprehensive ever conducted into the MPS Gangs Matrix, combines analysis of those on the Matrix; interviews with practitioners and those in communities affected by the Matrix; and detailed discussions with a Reference Group of practitioners and subject matter experts. The Review also takes note of the recent investigation by the Information Commissioner's Office (ICO) on the Matrix. This Review is published at a time when tackling serious violence - which has been increasing across the country since 2014 - continues to be the priority issue in the city for the MPS and for the Mayor. Gangs are a driving force behind some of the most serious violence in London. While gang-flagged violence accounts for a relatively small proportion of overall levels of violent crime in London, it represents a significant percentage of the most serious and harmful offending and victimisation. 57% of gang related stabbings featured a serious or fatal injury, compared to 34% of non-gang-flagged stabbings. The harm of gangs extends further, beyond serious street violence and encompassing other serious issues including violence against women and girls, acquisitive crime and drug supply. Those preyed upon by gangs are amongst the most vulnerable children and young people in our city, often from deprived, crime-affected backgrounds and presenting multiple, complex needs such as mental illness and special educational needs. This Review recommends that there is a comprehensive overhaul of the Matrix Operating Model both to restore trust in the Matrix and also to bring it into line with data protection legislation. This overhaul must be completed by the 31st December 2019. The Review does recognise that a Gangs Matrix is a necessary law enforcement tool for reducing violent crime in London. However, the Review also identifies that the representation of young, black males on the Matrix is disproportionate to their likelihood of criminality and victimisation and recognises that communities in London have deep reservations about how the Matrix operates. The Review found significant issues around public understanding of the Matrix and a lack of transparency on the part of the Metropolitan Police Service (MPS) in communicating the aims and purpose of the Matrix - not only to the public but also to practitioners. Furthermore, an investigation by the Information Commissioner's Office (ICO) found that, whilst there was a valid purpose for the MPS' use of the Gangs Matrix, inconsistency in the way it was used led to multiple and serious breaches of data protection laws, The Review also recommends that MOPAC and the MPS engage with the Equality and Human Rights Commission as we work to ensure that the Gangs Matrix operates- and is seen to operate - in a way which upholds the human rights of those included on it, and without any element of discrimination. There are further recommendations aimed at improving the operation of the Gangs Matrix as well as building trust in the Matrix among the public and practitioners. Details: London: The Author, 2018. 94p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2019 at: https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/gangs_matrix_review_-_final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gang Database Shelf Number: 154641

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation Title: The availability and delivery of interventions (probation services) Summary: Tailored and responsive probation service delivery requires a range of high-quality universal, targeted and specialist interventions which support the desistance from offending for all service users and the safety of other people. The findings presented in this bulletin are based upon case assessment data from our Quality and Impact (Q&I) inspections conducted between March 2016 and December 2017 (n=1,066 cases). In each case, our inspectors considered key questions relating to the availability and delivery of interventions and the contribution of both contracted providers and partners, recording the reasons for their judgements alongside notable instances of good or poor practice. Key findings and implications - Across eight of ten factors linked to desistance, interventions were available in more than 80% of the cases in which it was deemed a priority for the individual service user. However, interventions to address accommodation issues were not available in about one-quarter of those cases in which it was a priority. Bearing in mind that appropriate accommodation can provide the platform for addressing a range of other factors, attention should be given to increasing the range and volume of accommodation-focused interventions. - Across six factors, sufficient interventions had been delivered in just under half of the cases in which it was deemed a priority. The research literature indicates that many of these factors overlap (such as drug misuse, lifestyle, relationships, and mental health) and that desistance is more likely if interventions are integrated and combine holistically. One-to-one work was sometimes delivered due to the lack of other interventions, but the quality of this work varied significantly. - There was particular scope for improving intervention delivery and the contribution of contracted providers and statutory/non-statutory partners in relation to (i) lifestyle and associates, and (ii) attitudes to offending. The potential gains from addressing these issues are clear � the What Works literature indicating that pro-criminal associates and pro-criminal attitudes are two of the major risk factors for reoffending. Motivation to change is pivotal to desistance, and our inspectors noted the importance of 'buy in' from service users and how the use of motivational techniques could be effective. Conversely, initial motivation could be curtailed by delays in accessing services. - Compared to partner organisations, the support provided by contracted providers was less likely to be judged sufficient for supporting the desistance of service users and the safety of other people. With regard to public protection, all those working with probation service users need to ensure that they have a sufficient focus on protecting actual and potential victims, with work being sufficiently well coordinated. - In some aspects, delivery was more likely to be judged sufficient in National Probation Service (NPS) cases compared to Community Rehabilitation Company (CRC) cases; for example, the contribution of both contracted providers and partners in relation to education, training and employment (ETE). The NPS cases also tended to have stronger information flows from partner organisations. To monitor progress and refine service user plans, accurate and timely information needs to be provided on a consistent basis from all those delivering interventions. Details: Manchester, UK: The Author, 2019. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Research & Analysis Bulletin 2019/01 : Accessed February 18, 2019 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2019/01/The-availability-and-delivery-of-interventions-2.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 154643

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation Title: An inspection of probation services in Derbyshire, Leicestershire, Nottinghamshire and Rutland Community Rehabilitation Company Summary: Derbyshire, Leicestershire, Nottinghamshire and Rutland (DLNR) is the second of the Community Rehabilitation Companies (CRCs) owned by the Reducing Reoffending Partnership that we have inspected over the past year. We found that DLNR CRC requires improvement. Its sister CRC, Staffordshire and West Midlands, also received the same rating and there are some common themes. Resources are tight in DLNR. Tough decisions have been made by the organisation, including reductions in posts and premises. To make savings, the CRC opted to use a very basic approach to assessing individuals. As a result, the information key to effective sentence plans is much too scant. A few months before our inspection, this practice had been changed but it was too early to see improvement. In practice, the poor quality of assessments and reviews contributed to the risk of harm not being managed properly in domestic abuse and child safeguarding cases. This is concerning, given the recommendations we made in our thematic inspection of domestic abuse when we visited Leicester, part of this CRC. Key findings from that inspection have been seen again in DLNR. The CRC needs to act quickly to improve its handling of risk of harm, to protect victims. A high proportion of staff are not equipped with the knowledge or skill needed to do essential work to reduce the risk of people committing more crime. They are not given the time to do that work well either. The CRC should urgently review its approach to learning and development, so that staff can have confidence in their professional work. Resources also need to be addressed. We found unpaid work and Through the Gate services to be good. People are seen quickly after sentence and offered services matched to their needs. We saw real drive from all the Through the Gate staff and a recognition that, although outcomes need to improve, they will go the extra mile to provide a good service in demanding prison settings. Coordination and communication between the different staff involved are some of the best we have seen so far in this inspection programme. Leaders in the CRC are committed and passionate. They aim to provide services that will improve the opportunities of people under probation supervision to move away from crime and rehabilitate. The organisation understands its challenges well. Details: Manchester: The Author, 2019. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2019 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2019/01/DLNR-CRC.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 154644

Author: Scottish Government Title: Wildlife Crime in Scotland: 2017 Annual Report Summary: Introduction Legislative requirement of annual report This report is a requirement of Section 20 of the Wildlife and Natural Environment (Scotland) Act 2011, which inserted a new Section 26B into the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981. The section prescribes that Ministers must lay a report following the end of every calendar year on offences which relate to wildlife, to include information on incidence and prosecutions during the year to which the report relates, and on research and advice relevant to those offences. Wildlife crime The report uses the following definition of wildlife crime, as agreed by the Partnership for Action Against Wildlife Crime (PAW) Scotland in 2010. �Wildlife crime is any unlawful act or omission, which affects any wild creature, plant or habitat, in Scotland.� A summary of the legislation which contains offences highlighted in this report is available in Appendix 1. Outline of report The report is divided into two main parts: Chapters 2-4 contain evidence on the level and nature of wildlife crime and prosecutions, supported by additional detail where it is available and relevant. This information covers the financial year 2016-17, the latest period for which a complete set of data is available. Chapters 5-8 include information on activities and projects related to wildlife crime policy and enforcement throughout 2017 and beyond. Details: Edinburgh, Scotland: Scottish Government, Environment and Forestry Directorate, 2018. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2019 at: https://www.gov.scot/publications/wildlife-crime-scotland-annual-report-2017/pages/1/ Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crimes against Animals Shelf Number: 154656

Author: Ministry of Justice Title: Her Majesty's Prison and Probation Service Offender Equalities Annual Report Summary: Introduction Her Majesty's Prison and Probation Service (HMPPS) is an executive agency of the Ministry of Justice; with the goal of helping prison and probation services work together to manage offenders through their sentences. HMPPS replaced the National Offender Management Service (NOMS) on 1 April 2017. The HMPPS Offender Equalities 2017/18 report contains the latest information on progress and achievements pertaining to equalities objectives, as stated in the Equality Act 2010. This report accompanies the HMPPS Annual Report and Accounts 2017/18. The Equality Act 2010 lists nine protected characteristics: - Age - Disability - Gender reassignment - Marriage and Civil partnership - Pregnancy and maternity - Race - Religion or Belief - Sex - Sexual orientation This report focuses on those protected characteristics where data are collected, and are of sufficient quality for statistics to be meaningful. In general, this report is limited to analysis on sex, age, race (ethnicity), religion or belief and sexual orientation for these reasons. Where data are available for other protected characteristics at sufficient quality and with sufficient coverage to be meaningful, they are also presented and considered. The report presents some analysis by individual characteristic and is meant to serve as a guide for further research. In many cases, more than one factor (e.g. age and another protected characteristic, criminal history, socio-economic) may have an effect on an outcome. In previous years, a number of other tables were also published within the Annual Offender Equalities Report. The data for these areas (including information on disability, accredited programmes, complaints and the number of segregation days) are not yet considered to be of sufficient quality to allow them to be published and will resume once they are. Data presented in this report have been drawn from administrative IT systems and data collections. Although care is taken when processing and analyzing the data, the level of detail collected is subject to the inaccuracies inherent in any large-scale recording system. Details: London, United Kingdom: Ministry of Justice, 2018. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2019 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/hm-prison-and-probation-service-offender-equalities-annual-report-2017-to-2018 Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Deaths in Prison Shelf Number: 154342

Author: Arooj Title: Faith, Family, and Crime: An Exploration of Muslim Families' Involvement with the Criminal Justice System and its Impact on their Health and Social Needs Summary: AIMS The main aims of this research project were: - To investigate the extent to which a family member's involvement with the Criminal Justice System (CJS) affects Muslim families and their social and health needs. The areas explored range across: - the attitudes of Muslim families towards offenders/ex-offenders in their household; - some of the barriers faced by Muslim families in accessing mainstream support services; - the role of Muslim families and faith organisations in supporting offenders/ex-offenders. - The findings to benefit Muslim families and policy makers through providing an increased understanding of: - how involvement with the CJS affects relationships within the family (nuclear and extended) and the wider community; the underlying issues that affect - different family members (particularly partners and children) and the levels of awareness, amongst Muslim families, of the support services that are available to them. Details: London, United Kingdom: Arooj, 2018. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2019 at: https://www.barrowcadbury.org.uk/project-and-research-publications/ Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Shelf Number: 154346

Author: Frontier Economics Title: St Giles Trust's Through the Gates: An analysis of economic impact 10th December 2009 Summary: Through the Gates is a charitable project launched by the St. Giles Trust in partnership with the London Probation Service in July 2008. It seeks to reduce re-offending rates in the UK, in achieving this it can reduce the costs associated with re-offending and create a positive economic impact for society. Positive impacts of Through the Gates -- Avoiding the costs to society associated with re-offending (i.e. court costs, costs to businesses, incarceration costs etc). Increasing the economic activity of exprisoners - giving ex-offenders the opportunity to make a positive economic contribution to society by increasing the probability of employment, Services rendered in order to reduce -- re-offending. -- Housing support (principal service) - 70% of clients were provided with temporary or permanent housing; - Those who were not assisted had most likely shown no interest, been rearrested, were deported or had made other arrangements. Employment, ID and benefits support -- - Benefits support was given to 76% of clients; - 11% of clients were aided to acquire IDs; - 12% of clients were given education, training and employment support. Referral to specialist services (additional) -- - 5% of clients were directly supported in accessing mental health services; - 17% required substance misuse services Details: London: Pro Bono Economics, 2010. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2019 at: https://www.stgilestrust.org.uk/misc/Evaluation%20into%20Through%20the%20gates%20full%20report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Charitable Agencies Shelf Number: 154658

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Justice Title: Review of the Parole Board Rules and Reconsideration Mechanism: Delivering an effective and transparent system Summary: In March 2018, the Secretary of State announced a comprehensive review of the Parole Board Rules - the secondary legislation governing the operation of the Parole Board. This publication reports on the findings of that review. It sets out all the measures that have been taken and proposals for further reforms to improve the transparency and effectiveness of the parole system. Commitments from the review include: A new reconsideration mechanism so if there is a seriously flawed release decision by the Parole Board it can be looked at again without the need for judicial review. The Parole Board will publish clear procedures and standard practice to support quality and consistency in decision making. Further improvements to engagement with victims and the commitments in the Victims Strategy will be delivered. A new operational protocol between the Parole Board and Her Majesty's Prisons and Probation Service (HMPPS) will clarify roles and responsibilities within the parole system. A new policy framework, published by HMPPS, will implement improvements to timescales which the review found could make the process more efficient. A new Rules Committee will keep the Rules under review and enable quicker future changes if needed. Details: London: MOJ, 2019. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/775844/review-of-the-pb-rules-and-rm.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Parole Shelf Number: 154659

Author: McIver, Leanne Title: Just Out Having a Good Time? Evaluation of the Pilot National Partnership Agreement for Looked After Children Who Go Missing From Residential and Foster Care in Scotland Summary: This report is the evaluation of the pilot partnership agreement between Police Scotland and local authorities, for responses to children and young people missing from foster and residential care. This Partnership Agreement is a component of the National Missing Persons Framework for Scotland (2017). The report includes recommendations from the Advisory Group (comprising representatives of Police Scotland and the three pilot local authorities) in response to the findings are included and should inform any further roll out of the Partnership Agreement. Details: Glasgow: CELCIS at the University of Strathclyde, 2018. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2019 at: https://www.celcis.org/files/8415/4098/5398/McIver_and_Welch_2018_Just_out_having_a_good_time_FINAL.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children in Care Shelf Number: 154660

Author: Great Britain. HM Inspectorate of Probation Title: An inspection of Dorset, Devon and Cornwall Community Rehabilitation Company Summary: Overall, Dorset, Devon and Cornwall Community Rehabilitation Company (CRC) is rated as: Inadequate. This rating has been determined by inspecting this provider in three areas of its work, referred to as 'domains'. The findings and subsequent ratings in those three domains are described here. Our key findings about the organisation were as follows: - Leadership is inadequate, as the primary purposes of probation services - to protect the public and reduce reoffending - are lost in the effort to avoid financial penalty caused by contractual targets. - The staff group is insufficient, in terms of capacity and skill, to deliver high-quality services. - There is a good range of services but access to these is disrupted by stretched operational resources. - Facilities, such as information and communications technology (ICT) and estates, do not support sufficiently the delivery of high-quality services. Our key findings about case supervision were as follows: - The level of engagement with individuals is often too poor to provide high-quality assessment work, and the work is done inconsistently throughout the CRC. - The production of plans is driven by time targets and the drive to avoid contractual penalties, not the assessed needs of the individual. - In the implementation and delivery of the sentence of the court, professional discretion is not well justified, with insufficient work to secure compliance and to enforce appropriately. - The evidence from ongoing case reviews shows the loss of focus on public protection in too many cases. Our key findings about other core activities specific to CRCs were as follows: Unpaid work - There is a well-established unpaid work scheme; however, the operation of the scheme is insufficiently resourced and enforcement is not sufficiently effective. Through the Gate - There is good Through the Gate provision. Improvement in the coordination of pre and post-release work is needed. Details: Manchester: HMIP, 2019. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2019 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2019/02/Dorset-Devon-and-Cornwall-CRC-inspection-report.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Rehabilitation Shelf Number: 154665

Author: Sereni, Anna Title: Before the Harm is Done: Examining the UK's response to the prevention of trafficking Summary: The purpose of the research carried out for this report was to review action taken in the UK since 2012, relating to the prevention of human trafficking, in order to assess the extent to which it contributes to the UK's implementation of the 2005 Council of Europe Trafficking Convention and the EU Trafficking Directive requirements. The research was undertaken through a combination of desk research, Freedom of Information (FOI) requests and stakeholder interviews. The research found positive examples of localised good practice and outstanding work by some bodies, which have shown a deep understanding of trafficking. Despite significant development in the UK's efforts to tackle this issue, however, the examples of good practice do not represent the overall situation. We found that positive efforts are weakened by lack of evaluation and undermined by the strong tendency to view the anti-trafficking response through a criminal justice lens. Overall, the report concludes that: - The UK continues to lack an overall strategy to prevent trafficking in adults and children; - This leads to an inconsistent and fragmented approach to the prevention of trafficking; - The UK's lack of a strategic response means that prevention is often seen through the prism and policies of immigration and crime, hindering effective preventative action; - The result of this approach and the wider policies of austerity, a hostile immigration environment and the threats posed by Brexit, is that the vulnerability of adults and children to exploitation is not reduced and the UK risks contravening its positive obligation to prevent trafficking. Details: London: Anti-Trafficking International, 2018. 98p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2019 at: http://www.antislavery.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Before-the-Harm-is-Done-report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Exploitation Shelf Number: 154667

Author: McVie, Susan Title: Six month review of the Code of Practice for Stop and Search in Scotland Summary: Concerns about the use of police stop and search in Scotland were first raised in 2014 after research suggested there was a higher rate of searching in Scotland compared to other countries and that children and young people were disproportionately subject to police searches (Murray 2014). In particular, Murray's research raised legal and ethical issues about the use of non-statutory searches which were conducted on the basis of consent rather than any legislative powers. In early 2015, an audit review by Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary in Scotland (HMICS) concluded that a widespread review of stop and search was necessary and recommended that a police Code of Practice be introduced. In response, the Cabinet Secretary for Justice, Michael Matheson MSP, established an Independent Advisory Group on Stop and Search (IAGSS) to determine what legislative and governance changes were necessary to ensure that stop and search was conducted in a fair, effective and proportionate manner and to consider the need for a Code of Practice. Following an extensive review of the evidence, the IAGSS reported its findings to the Cabinet Secretary in August 2015 and recommended that non-statutory searching should be abolished and that there should be a statutory Code of Practice for stop and search. The IAGSS also recommended that data on stop and search should be published on a regular basis by Police Scotland and that all of the changes to stop and search should be subject to a detailed implementation and training plan. The IAGSS were unable to make recommendations on the introduction of new legislation to cover searching of young people for alcohol (for which there is currently no statutory power) and recommended that further consultation be conducted on this subject. All of the IAGSS recommendations were accepted by the Cabinet Secretary and new legislative provisions governing the use of stop and search were introduced in Section 65 of the Criminal Justice (Scotland) Act 2016. The Act included provision for a Code of Practice for Stop and Search in Scotland, which came into force on 11th May 2017. In order to evaluate the implementation of the Code of Practice and to consider whether there were any gaps in legislative provision, the IAGSS developed proposals for a review once the Code of Practice had been in force for 12 months, thus allowing it to become embedded in policing practice and to achieve the level of change within Police Scotland that is expected. The Cabinet Secretary for Justice also requested a six month interim review to provide an early indication of whether the Code of Practice had met its aims. This report sets out the findings of the interim review, covering the first full six month period from the implementation of the Code of Practice, from 1st June to 30th November 2017. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Government, 2018. 63p.(addendum) Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 20, 2019 at: https://www2.gov.scot/Resource/0053/00531218.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Policies and Procedures Shelf Number: 154671

Author: Hales, Gavin Title: Stop and search and knife crime revisited: a small piece of the bigger picture Summary: Last year I wrote a blog on 'what we know and what we don't' about the links between stop and search and knife crime in London. At that time, there were signs that knife crime was increasing after a period of falls, and a number of commentators connected that to the very large reduction seen in the use of stop and search by around three quarters from a peak in 2011. In October 2015, Theresa May, then Home Secretary, used a speech to the National Black Police Association to refute any link between falls in the use of stop and search and rising knife crime, stating: "when you look at the evidence, when you look at places like London where stop and searches have fallen the most, you see that in fact that reduction has nothing to do with knife crime. In London, so-called blade or point stops where officers suspect the individual is carrying a knife accounted for less than one per cent of the reduction in stops and searches by the Metropolitan Police in the last year. "The greatest reductions in London have actually been in stop and searches related to drugs and stolen property, of which there were 77,000 fewer this year four-fifths of the total fall in stops and searches. So it is simply not true that knife crime is rising because the police are no longer stopping and searching those carrying knives." Details: London: The Police Foundation, 2016. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 20, 2019 at: http://www.police-foundation.org.uk/2016/12/stop-and-search-and-knife-crime-revisited-a-small-piece-of-the-bigger-picture/ Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Knife Crime Shelf Number: 154672

Author: Goodall, Christine Title: Navigator: A Tale of Two Cities. 12 months of Navigator in Glasgow Royal Infirmary: 6 months of Navigator in Royal Infirmary Edinburgh Summary: Navigator is an Emergency Department (ED) based service that aims to support people to move away from violent or chaotic lifestyles. Patients who access the service often present after a recent episode of violence but even if their reason for attending the ED seems at first unrelated to violence, for many, violence is somewhere in the background. These patients are often frequent attenders at the ED, either as a result of repeated violence (interpersonal or self-directed) or substance misuse or with a range of non-specific medical symptoms that may reflect their chaotic lifestyles. Four Navigators, two male and two female, work between Emergency Departments in Scotland�s two largest cities, Glasgow and Edinburgh, and the surrounding communities. All of the Navigators have lived experience of some of the issues the patients they support face.The Navigator intervention starts in the hospital and continues in the community and may involve one or more of community partner organisations. The intervention centres on the principles of 'kindness', 'humanity' and 'choice'. The Navigators are guided by the individuals they support and provide the opportunity for a range of options for change;it is up to those individuals to decide if and when they are ready to change and what feels right for them. As a result each intervention they provide is bespoke and co-produced with that individual. Navigator is innovative and different. We know that in Scotland in recent years the average age of those involved in violence has increased, we also know that issues like domestic abuse affect people of all ages. The only other hospital-based violence intervention programmes in the UK operate in the London area and deal only with young people. Navigator supports people across the adult lifespan and seeks to address a broader range of social issues. When Navigator started at the end of 2015 there was no comparable service in Scotland but there was a perceived need. Recorded crime figures and hospital data does not paint the full picture with regard to violence. Injury surveillance figures would suggest that 5 to 6 times the level of violence currently recorded in these datasets presents to the ED. Emergency Medicine staff recognise that patients often present with complex social issues and that these can lead to repeat attendance, they would like to be able to address this but they struggle to find the time.ED attendance represents a nadir in these peoples' lives and provides a unique opportunity to identify but crucially to offer real change. Other current violence prevention initiatives in Scotland were not targeting these individuals. The Navigator service is therefore an example of innovation in response to need. The Navigators themselves had considerable involvement in the development and design of the service as it evolved as well as responsibility for its implementation. Over time they have developed an enhanced understanding of the patients for whom the intervention will be most impactful. They work overnight at weekends in the ED alongside the medical and nursing staff and have become an integral part of the ED teams. During the week they undertake community outreach, meeting individuals with whom they have made a connection. Two female Navigators joined the team during 2016 and their arrival has, we would speculate, improved the likelihood that female patients, particularly those affected by men's violence, will engage with the service.There is good evidence from the USA and emerging evidence from London on the effectiveness of ED based interventions for violence but all of this evidence relates to young people. We hope,over the coming months to expand this body of evidence through our formal evaluation of the Navigator programme. This report, although separate from the formal evaluation, presents information from both Glasgow Royal Infirmary (GRI) and the Royal Infirmary of Edinburgh (RIE). Navigator is funded by the Scottish Government and managed by the Violence Reduction Unit in partnership with Medics against Violence, NHS GGC and NHS Lothian. Thanks are due toall of those who support this programme on an ongoing basis. Details: Glasgow: University of Glasgow, 2017. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 20, 2019 at: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/320691131_Navigator_A_Tale_of_Two_Cities_12_months_of_Navigator_in_Glasgow_Royal_Infirmary_6_months_of_Navigator_in_Royal_Infirmary_Edinburgh Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community-Based Programs Shelf Number: 154674

Author: IIan-Clarke, Yael Title: Evaluation of Oasis Youth Support violence intervention at St. Thomas' hospital in London, UK Summary: This is the final report of the Oasis Youth Support (OYS) service evaluation at St. Thomas' Hospital. The service is an intervention for young people (ages 12-20) who have experienced violence and attended the Emergency Department (ED) at St Thomas' Hospital in London. The service was initially launched in 2010, funded by Guys & St. Thomas' charity as a 3 year pilot and since then has received funding for a further 3 years. The evaluation of the original term demonstrated good service implementation, and high positive impact on service users' psychological and lifestyle risk factors. This report summarises the work done over the life of the evaluation, using mixed methods to collect baseline and follow up data from young people (YP) attending, staff, and other stakeholders with further emphasis on gaining longer term follow up data. This report is delivered by the evaluation team, based at the Centre for Abuse and Trauma Studies, Middlesex University. The report describes the development, and implementation of the intervention including changes and progress in methods and outcomes. The report includes an analysis of quantitative and qualitative outcomes for service users, including a long-term assessment of a subsample of cases. Data is presented on the last 3 years of the intervention (since the start of Term 2) and from the life course of the intervention over 6 years Details: London: Middlesex University, Centre for Abuse and Trauma Studies (CATS), 2016. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 20, 2019 at: http://www.oasiswaterloo.org/sites/default/files/Final%20report%2015%20Nov%202016_Evaluation%20of%20St%20Thomas%20OYS%20intervention%20%281%29.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Hospital Programs Shelf Number: 154676

Author: Squires, Peter Title: Street Weapons Commission: Guns, Knives and Street Violence Summary: The purpose of this report is to provide the Channel 4 Street Weapons Commission with an informed analysis of patterns and significant trends in 'gun and knife crime' across the country and also to focus specifically on five major cities - London, Birmingham, Manchester, Liverpool, and Glasgow - over at least three years. In order to achieve this we have collated national and city-wide recorded crime statistics for the current and previous two years. Statistics have also been obtained from the Home Office and, where necessary, from separate police forces. In addition, local studies in the cities have been collated from the police forces and from local researchers. Where the evidence was available, we also sought police performance data detailing the impact of police interventions. An interim report of 10 to 12 pages was to be produced to provide background information to the Commission, and a final report, this report, was to present a more comprehensive analysis of trends and local differences in the recorded crime statistics whilst also collating the findings of local research reports and studies. The report would also provide a demographic analysis of those accused of gun- and knife-related crimes and, where possible, available victimisation data. The final report was to be up to 40 pages long. The fact that the interim report ran to over 40 pages and that this final report exceeds 100 suggests that there is no shortage of data, but that the issues are often complex and involved, and the data do not always easily speak for themselves but require careful interpretation. There are important gaps: for example, English and Welsh police forces were not required by the Home Office to collect knife crime data until 2007. In London, by contrast, although the Metropolitan Police have been collecting such data since 2003, in the midst of our recent 'knife crime crisis', the police figures seem to show knife crimes to be falling and few think them reliable indicators of the trend. Likewise, the police recorded crime data are generally collected and made available at the police force level. While the Metropolitan Police is generally (with the exception of the City of London Police district) coterminous with Greater London, the same is not true of Greater Manchester Police (covering a substantially larger area than the City of Manchester alone), Merseyside Police (extending beyond Liverpool) West Midlands Police (rather more extensive than Birmingham) and Strathclyde Police (covering rather more than just Glasgow). Generally speaking, police forces were often either unable or unwilling to provide city-level data of the type necessary to enable us to be able to make neat, city-based comparisons, although Home Office staff were able to help us to fill some of these gaps. With these kinds of considerations in mind, in the following pages we attempt to fulfil three related aims: 1. Collate the best available data capable of throwing light upon the nature, scale and relevant trends concerning young people and weapon-related violence. While the questions about scale and trends privilege the use of quantitative data, we will also be employing some more qualitative and experiential material to explain and explore issues further. 2. Interpret what the data is telling us, recognising that it is not always consistent, compatible or comparable. Data are often collected at different times for different purposes and may be more or less reliable, and sometimes the priorities and perspectives of the agencies undertaking the data collection may compromise the utility of that which is collated - they may not tell us what they claim or what we think. 3. Finally we intended to indicate where the gaps in the evidence base lie, as well as suggesting how those gaps may be filled and, where possible, what the evidence is likely to look like. Details: London: Centre for Crime and Justice Studies, 2008. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 20, 2019 at: https://www.crimeandjustice.org.uk/sites/crimeandjustice.org.uk/files/C4%20Street%20crime_1.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 111535

Author: Jessiman, Tricia Title: Therapeutic Intervention for Children with Learning Disabilities Affected by Sexual Abuse: Formative Evaluation of a Developing Service Summary: Children and young people in England with moderate to severe learning disabilities are around six times more likely to have been affected by sexual abuse than the general population of children and young people (Spencer et al, 2005). There are a number of reasons why this may be so. These children may be particularly vulnerable because they need intimate personal care, which may be provided by multiple carers, outside as well as within their family. They may be cared for away from the family home, in residential care or with foster carers. They may have limited sexual knowledge and lack the ability to interpret social situations, which makes them vulnerable to targeting by sexual predators for grooming and abuse. They may have communication difficulties, low self-esteem and little confidence, making it more difficult to disclose their abuse. Even if the sexual abuse of children with learning disabilities comes to light, there is evidence from the Children's Commissioner for England (Horvath et al, 2014) that they may receive a poorer response from professionals than their non-disabled peers. Furthermore, there is little empirical understanding of the effects of sexual abuse on children with learning disabilities and there are no published trials of therapeutic interventions to help these children recover. A review of clinical studies has suggested that psychodynamic-based interventions that emphasise the value of a close therapeutic relationship and employ creative methods, such as play and painting, may be especially helpful (Allington-Smith et al, 2002). The recent evaluation of a psychodynamic intervention developed by the NSPCC called 'Letting the Future In' (Carpenter et al, 2016) showed that this approach can be effective, but it specifically excluded children with learning disabilities. The NSPCC has since adapted it to be suitable for these children and it has now been piloted in four NSPCC service centres. The NSPCC commissioned the University of Bristol to undertake a formative evaluation of the pilot of this adapted version of Letting the Future In (LTFI-LD) to inform the development of the intervention and future roll-out. This paper begins by describing Letting the Future In (LTFI) and the adapted version for children and young people with learning disabilities (LTFI-LD). It outlines the aims and methods of the study and reports the findings of a scoping review of the literature on the prevalence of sexual abuse and its effects on children with learning disabilities and the effectiveness of existing therapeutic approaches. The formative process evaluation that follows used interviews and feedback questionnaires to explore the perspectives of NSPCC practitioners and 'safe' parents/carers on LTFI-LD. With a view to further summative evaluation, the paper reviews potential outcome measures. It concludes with some recommendations for the roll-out of LTFI-LD. Details: Bristol, UK: University of Bristol, 2018. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 21, 2019 at: https://learning.nspcc.org.uk/media/1607/letting-the-future-in-learning-difficulties-evaluation-report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 154681

Author: Perera, Jessica Title: The London Clearances: Race, Housing and Policing Summary: After the 2011 'riots' in England and Wales, prime minister David Cameron, London mayor Boris Johnson and Department, Works and Pensions Secretary, Iain Duncan Smith laid the blame squarely on 'gangs', described as a 'major criminal disease that has infected streets and estates' and an obstacle to 'neighbourhood rejuvenation, community action and business development'. An existing discussion about what was to be done about London's so-called 'sink estates' was transformed overnight into a 'race' debate, underpinned as it was by a highly racialised alarmist language about 'gangs' and 'gang nominals' (today's equivalent of yesterday's muggers). A stigma began to be attached to black and multicultural neighbourhoods and council estates, linked now to dangerous black youth subcultures like Grime and Drill. All this happened at around the same time that the Home Office was introducing its Ending Gang and Youth Violence (EGYV) strategy, which provides local authorities financial incentives to gather data on young people in gangs or at risk of gang involvement. The Conservative government's existing Estate Regeneration Programme was also accelerated; involving the selling off of local authority-owned housing estates to private partnerships and the decanting of social housing tenants outside the capital in a process that has been described by Simon Elmer and Geraldine Dening as the 'London Clearances'. Politicians could have looked to the real causes of the riots, such as social pressures due to austerity-induced welfare benefit cuts, the closing of youth clubs, aggressive police operations and ill-thought out policies like the ending of the Educational Maintenance Allowance. Housing experts had long warned that the gradual social cleansing of London was eroding community bonds, leading to young people being dispossessed of family, community and social identity. Community workers like Stafford Scott and criminologists like Patrick Williams and Becky Clarke were charting the links between the criminalisation of young working-class BAME people in London and Manchester due to the joint enterprise doctrine, the Gangs Matrices and the moral panic around 'gangs'. Urbanisation scholars and housing activists were linking the social cleansing of the capital with the benefits accruing to another cohort of young people, this time middle-class gentrifiers. In The London Clearances: race, housing and policing the IRR seeks to build on the existing research in ways that foreground more emphatically the connections between urban policy, housing and policing. Our aim is to link knowledge which focuses on institutional racism in policing policy with that which focuses on housing dispossession, regeneration, inequality and exclusion. The purpose is not only to explore the connective tissue between housing and policing, but to develop a much-needed race and class perspective on these issues. After all, London has the largest BAME population in the country with that population predominantly concentrated in social housing. If we are to provide a wider evidence base for NGOs and community campaigns combating institutional racism in policing and/or resisting housing injustice and the race/ class social cleansing of the capital, it is ital that we examine issues of race and class simultaneously. Details: London: Institute of Race Relations, 2019. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 21, 2019 at: http://s3-eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/wpmedia.outlandish.com/irr/2019/02/19145750/London-Clearances.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 154683

Author: Bovarnick, Silvie Title: Being Heard: Promoting Children and Young People's Involvement in Participatory Research on Sexual Violence: Findings from an international scoping review Summary: Involving children and young people in participatory research on sensitive topics is a challenge for many researchers. This is particularly true when research engages children and young people beyond 'research subjects', for instance, as co-researchers in a collaborative study. In August 2018 we published the Being Heard report: findings from an international scoping review on the engagement of children and young people in participatory research on sexual violence. The Being Heard report results from a collaborative project between the Sexual Violence Research Initiative (SVRI) and the International Centre: Researching child sexual exploitation, violence and trafficking at the University of Bedfordshire. Children and young people can provide a unique inside perspective on sexual violence affecting them. Yet, they rarely play a key role in producing knowledge on the issue. Children and young people's meaningful involvement in sexual violence research can enhance the evidence base and inform responses that are more closely aligned with the realities, needs and wishes of those affected. The Being Heard report focuses on promoting children and young people's voices in sexual violence research. It discusses a range of ethical and practical challenges of involving vulnerable children and young people in participatory research on sensitive issues. While some relate to children and young people's age-specific vulnerabilities, many of the issues discussed in the report highlight the complexities of undertaking participatory research more generally. The report tackles a number of key questions that many researchers struggle with: What is participatory research and what are the different ways of involving children and young people in it? What are the benefits of using participatory approaches? When are participatory research methods appropriate? What are the specific challenges of undertaking participatory research on sexual violence? What are the barriers that prevent researchers from adopting participatory approaches in this field? How can sexual violence research involve vulnerable children and young people safely and meaningfully? The report draws out key considerations for research practice on a range of aspects such as emotional well-being, managing risk and providing training and support. Details: Bedfordshire: University of Bedfordshire, 2018. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 21, 2019 at: https://www.our-voices.org.uk/assets/documents/UoB_BeingHeard-report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 154685

Author: Maruna, Shadd Title: Reconciling 'Desistance' and 'What Works' Summary: The term 'desistance' has - rather inexplicably for such an ugly and unusual piece of academic jargon - found its way into professional practice and has become a near ubiquitous buzzword in recent years. However, as pointed out in the Criminal Justice Alliance's Prospects for a Desistance Agenda (Moffatt, 2014) even though the term 'desistance' has become familiar, its meaning remains unclear to many in the justice system. Indeed, 'desistance' appears to mean different things to different audiences making its value uncertain. The desistance concept has caught fire at almost precisely the same time as the concept of 'evidence-based practice' or 'what works', leading some to assume these terms are synonymous and others to propose that they are in competition. Evidence-based practice has generated enormous support at every level of the policy-making process. After all, who could possibly be opposed to doing 'what works' and avoiding 'what doesn't'? However, like with 'desistance,' the term 'evidence-based practice' is used far more often than it is understood, and the lack of clear criteria for what qualifies as being 'evidence-based' is dangerous precisely because the term sounds so indisputably desirable (Dodge & Mandel, 2012). Indeed, nearly all interventions now claim to be 'evidence-based' (or, when pushed, 'evidence-informed'). Without agreed criteria for what this term means, such a claim is easy to make and hard to dispute. In this Academic Insight, we will seek to clarify some of the confusion around both 'desistance' and 'what works' research, highlighting their strengths and weaknesses, points of divergence and areas of agreement. We will conclude that the two concepts are indeed different in important ways but that they are highly complementary and need not be in competition with one another. Details: Manchester, UK: HM Inspectorate of Probation, 2019. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Academic Insights 2019/1: Accessed February 22, 2019 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2019/02/Academic-Insights-Maruna-and-Mann-Feb-19-final.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 154687

Author: Parey, Mathias Title: Measuring the Market Size for Cannabis: A New Approach Using Forensic Economics Summary: Quantifying the market size for cannabis is important given vigorous policy debates about how to intervene in this market. We develop a new approach to measuring the size of the cannabis market using forensic economics. The key insight is that cannabis consumption often requires the use of complementary legal inputs: roll-your-own tobacco and rolling papers. The forensic approach specifies how legal and illegal inputs are combined in the production of hand-rolled cigarettes and cannabis joints. These input relationships, along with market adding-up conditions, can then be used to infer the size of the cannabis market. We prove proof-of-concept that this approach can be readily calibrated using: (i) point-of-sales data on the legal inputs of roll-your-own tobacco and rolling papers; (ii) input parameter estimates drawn from a wide-ranging interdisciplinary evidence base. We then implement the approach using data from 2008-9. For those years, the forensic estimates for the UK cannabis market are near double those derived from standard demand-side approaches. We make precise what drives the measurement gap between methods by establishing: (i) the parameter adjustments needed in demand-side approaches to match the forensic measure; (ii) the changes in methodology to the forensic approach needed to match the demand-side estimate. Our analysis develops an agenda on measurement and data collection that allows for credible cost-benefit analysis of policy interventions in illicit drug markets. Details: London: Centre for Economic Policy Research, 2017. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: CEPR Discussion Paper DP12161: Accessed February 22, 2019 at: https://cepr.org/active/publications/discussion_papers/dp.php?dpno=12161# Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cannabis Shelf Number: 154688

Author: Mason, Carolynne Title: Youth Crime Reduction and Sport Pilot Project Evaluation Report Summary: The Youth Crime Reduction and Sport Pilot Project resulted from StreetGames and the Police and Crime Commissioner (PCC) for Derbyshire successfully securing funding from the Home Office Police Innovation Fund. The project aimed to test, explore and build an evidence base to show the most effective ways to maximise the value of appropriately designed sport-based interventions to policing and youth crime reduction initiatives. The timescale for the project was April 2015 - March 2017 and it had the following aims: - Test the effectiveness of neighbourhood sports interventions aimed at reducing demand for police service in relation to youth crime and ASB within seven existing projects in the StreetGames network ( eight identified areas comprise: Derbyshire, Cheshire, West Mercia, Northumbria, Greater Manchester, North Wales, Gwent and Nottinghamshire). - Link with Network Rail to review the effectiveness sport-based projects funded by Network Rail aimed at diverting young people away from rail track crime. - Bring together an Expert Group from identified partners creating a task and finish group to bring together the three sectors of community safety, local government, and sport to lead and deliver this project. (including PCCs, Policing agencies, local government, Network Rail and StreetGames) - Disseminate learning from the project to PCCs, crime agencies and the sports sector and produce a public facing document to explain the value of the work to communities as well as policing. Loughborough University were commissioned to evaluate the programme with the aim of developing a robust evidence base resulting from an exploration of the effectiveness of appropriately delivered neighbourhood based sports interventions in reducing demand for police service in response to youth crime and ASB. The evaluation involved a literature review, development of a logic-model and qualitative case studies of eight pilot projects located in England (n=6) and Wales (n=2). The qualitative case studies involved interviews with project leads, project staff and other partners (e.g. youth service staff, parents, Police and Community Support Officers (PCSOs) involved in the local projects. Focus groups were conducted with young participants and surveys were collated at the start and end of the project. The evaluation also drew on monitoring data collated by StreetGames and data collated by the police regarding youth-related ASB. Members of the evaluation attended regular network meetings attended by project leads in order to disseminate and verify early findings. The main aims of the evaluation were to: - Identify the critical success factors underpinning effective sport-based projects (Process) - Gather robust evidence demonstrating the impact of the pilot projects, drawing on relevant police youth-related ASB data in order to analyse potential financial cost savings and efficiencies, ideally achieving Maryland Scale 3 requirements (Impact) The evaluation findings with regard to these aims are presented within this report. Details: Loughborough, UK: Loughborough University, 2017. 136p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2019 at: http://yvcommission.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Community-Safety-Evaluation-Final-Report_March2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 154725

Author: Hamad, Rania Title: Hate Crime: Causes, Motivations and Effective Interventions for Criminal Justice Social Work Summary: Reports of hate crime in Scotland have continued to rise, with Edinburgh seeing an increase of all reported hate crimes over the last five years. There is a clear role for Criminal Justice Social Work (CJSW) in working with the perpetrators of hate crime in order to reduce harm to victims and communities, and promote the rehabilitation and reintegration of offenders. As such, the CJSW service in Edinburgh funded a Practitioner role to undertake research into hate crime and strengthen the social work response. The result was this literature review, written by Rania Hamad, Senior Practitioner in CJSW with the City of Edinburgh Council. The review explores hate crime, and the causes, motivations and effective interventions for criminal justice social work. It also considers 'best practice' for practitioners in this area of work, highlights gaps in current knowledge and makes future recommendations. Details: Edinburgh, Scotland, United Kingdom: City of Edinburgh City Council, 2017. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 23, 2019 at: https://cycj.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/Hate-Crime-causes-and-motivations.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Shelf Number: 154354

Author: Police Foundation Title: Policing and Young Adults: Developing a Tailored Approach Summary: This report contributes to the on-going discussion around treating young adults as a distinct age group within the criminal justice system. It asks whether the police should develop a tailored approach to the 18 to 25 age group and describes what such an approach might look like, informed by examples of innovative approaches. The report is divided into six sections. First it introduces the context surrounding young adults and the criminal justice system, before summarising the findings of a 2013 scoping study undertaken by the Police Foundation. It then identifies key policy developments since 2013 and assesses a number of innovative approaches to the policing of young adults that have emerged in that five year period. The report concludes by outlining the potential developments which could promote a tailored approach to young adults within policing. It offers a series of recommendations and outlines potential next steps for a programme of pilot-based research to be pursued in police forces in England and Wales. The report�s conclusions can be summarised as follows: 1. The current policing response to young adults is not suitable. The evidence that supports developing a distinct and tailored approach across the criminal justice system is applicable to the domain of policing. 2. There are at present pockets of good practice across the country that provide the foundation for a tailored approach towards the policing of young adults focused on diverting young adults away from the criminal justice system, on improving the relationship between the police and young adults through the adoption of procedural justice approaches and on increasing the engagement and participation of young adults in bodies informing police decision making. 3. The Police Foundation recommends that a number of pilot studies are undertaken in police forces in England and Wales to test the practicability and effectiveness of these approaches. Details: London, United Kingdom: The Police Foundation, 2018. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 23, 2019 at: http://www.police-foundation.org.uk/publication/policing-young-adults-developing-tailored-approach/ Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 154361

Author: Humphreys, Les Title: Understanding the crime drop in Scotland Summary: Key points - Overall trends in crimes and offences for Scotland from 1985 to 2012/13 show two distinct peaks, around 1992 and 2004; however, trends in four specific crime and offence groups vary widely. - Three potential explanatory factors correlated consistently with all or most of the four specific crime and offence groups, but otherwise there was no uniformity in the pattern of associations. - Factors which had emerged as correlates for several crime and offence groups were alcohol consumption, certainty of sanction and number of offenders in custody. - Looking at change over two shorter time periods we found that associations between potential explanatory factors and crime or offence groups were not stable and differed during different time periods. - Care needs to be taken when carrying out regression analyses on crime data because the potential drivers of crime may change very slowly and long term change is likely to be accompanied by short term volatility. Details: s.l.: Applied Quantitative Methods Network (AQMeN): 2014. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Briefing 1: Accessed February 25, 2019 at: https://www.research.aqmen.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/sites/27/2017/06/Understanding-the-crime-drop-in-Scotland.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Drop Shelf Number: 154740

Author: Skott, Sara Title: Reduction in homicide and violence in Scotland is largely explained by fewer gangs and less knife crime Summary: - Scotland has a longstanding reputation for violence, especially involving gangs of young people using knives in public places. - Since the mid-2000s, both homicide and non-lethal violence decreased significantly in Scotland; however, it was unclear whether this applied to all types of homicide and violence or reflected a change in the culture of gang violence and knife crime specifically. - Analysis of both police and survey data found four main 'types' of homicide and four main 'types' of violence, all of which had decreased over time but by different amounts. - This study shows that declining incidents involving gangs of young people using weapons in public places made the biggest overall contribution to the reduction in both homicide and other forms of violence in Scotland. - Strategies introduced to tackle the problem of gang violence and knife crime seem to have been effective, although strategies to tackle other types of violence need greater attention. Details: s.l.: Applied Quantitative Methods Network (AQMeN): 2019. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Briefing 13: Accessed February 25, 2019 at: https://blogs.sps.ed.ac.uk/aqmen/files/2019/01/S-Skott-Types-of-Homicide-28.1.19.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Drop Shelf Number: 154768

Author: Skott, Sara Title: Sexual homicide in Scotland Summary: - Sexual homicides in Scotland are distinctly different from non-sexual homicide and appear to share more similarities with cases of non-lethal sexual violence - Female offenders of sexual violence show distinct differences in profile from both female non-sexual homicide offenders and male sexual homicide offenders - Certain types of sexual homicide offenders can be identified based on case characteristics and these are comparable in Scotland and Canada - Both the nature of the homicide (i.e. sexual versus non-sexual) and the gender of the offender are important variables to consider when designing and implementing intervention programmes - Sexual homicides constitute the extreme end of a sexual violence spectrum and require specific, targeted preventative initiatives particularly focused around the issues of gender inequality Details: Edinburgh: Applied Quantitative Methods Network (AQMeN), 2017. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Research briefing 12: Accessed February 25, 2019 at: https://www.research.aqmen.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/sites/27/2017/09/S-Skott-Sexual-Homicide-FINAL.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Homicides Shelf Number: 154769

Author: National Commission on Domestic and Sexual Violence and Multiple Disadvantage Title: Breaking Down the Barriers: Findings of The National Commission on Domestic and Sexual Violence and Multiple Disadvantage Summary: Recent work on multiple disadvantage has focused on a set of common issues: homelessness, offending and substance use. As a result, work on multiple disadvantage has predominantly focused on men who are identified as having higher rates of these three issues. When the definition of multiple disadvantage is changed to incorporate the impact of violence against women and girls, however, a different balance emerges. One in every 20 women have experienced extensive physical or sexual violence and abuse across their life course, compared to one in every 100 men. This equates to 1.2 million women in England alone. These women face very high rates of problems like mental ill-health, addiction, homelessness and poverty. More than half have a common mental health condition, one in five have been homeless and one in three have an alcohol problem. Gendered violence also mediates the pathway to women's criminalisation, as most women in contact with the criminal justice system have faced domestic or sexual violence. Furthermore, this is also reflected in the experiences of many women involved in prostitution. Recent work on multiple disadvantage has focused on a set of common issues: homelessness, offending and substance use. As a result, work on multiple disadvantage has predominantly focused on men who are identified as having higher rates of these three issues. When the definition of multiple disadvantage is changed to incorporate the impact of violence against women and girls, however, a different balance emerges. One in every 20 women have experienced extensive physical or sexual violence and abuse across their life course, compared to one in every 100 men. This equates to 1.2 million women in England alone. These women face very high rates of problems like mental ill-health, addiction, homelessness and poverty. More than half have a common mental health condition, one in five have been homeless and one in three have an alcohol problem. Gendered violence also mediates the pathway to women's criminalisation, as most women in contact with the criminal justice system have faced domestic or sexual violence. Furthermore, this is also reflected in the experiences of many women involved in prostitution. Details: London: Agenda; AVA; Lloyds Bank Foundation, 2019. 145p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 27, 2019 at: https://weareagenda.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/Breaking-down-the-Barriers-full-report-FINAL.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 154774

Author: Lambeth Community Safety Title: Serious Violence in Lambeth: Needs Assessment Summary: This report offers the key findings and recommendations from a Needs Assessment derived from evidence and research into the nature of serious violence in Lambeth incorporating a public health model. Lambeth's Health and Well-being Board and the Safer Lambeth Partnership jointly commissioned this work to assess the evidence about violence and its underlying causes in Lambeth. This is designed to be part of Lambeth's wider commissioning workstreams (providing the evidence base for the three year framework for protective and preventative services to reduce serious violence across the partnership) and will incorporating a public health approach to violence prevention, incorporating proposals from the report by Prof. Mark Bellis and based on joint work between Lambeth Community Safety and Lambeth and Southwark Public Health teams. Lambeth has traditionally suffered high levels of violent crime in relation to the rest of London and the country. Levels of violence against the person, sexual offences and hospital admissions for violence are rated as significantly worse in Lambeth than the London or England average. In addition, Violence is a major public health issue causing injury, ill health and poor wellbeing to thousands of people living in Lambeth. The costs of violence to individuals, families, communities and the local economy are high, and treating the effects of violence draws heavily on local resources, including the police, social care and the NHS. The Violence Needs Assessment (VNA) presents a picture of 'what we know' about the reality of violence in Lambeth and identifies what more we need to find out and is based on evidence and research work comprising a Quantitative review of relevant datasets; a Literature survey of published evidence about the risk factors that are known to be associated with violence; a Service Review and Gap Analysis of service provision and activities by relevant public services and Qualitative Research to examine in more detail the underlying experience and perception of violence and victimisation in Lambeth's communities. The key conclusion of this Needs Assessment is that the public health model of violence reduction has strong applicability in Lambeth: a borough with traditionally high levels of violence and victimisation. Application of the public health model and the available evidence base, suggests an accumulation of risk factors which lead to greater predisposition towards violence in Lambeth's communities. Key risk factors in the Lambeth context include: - Issues around early childhood and families, particularly early adverse life experiences and quality of and support for parenting. - Issues around the influence of delinquent peer groups and social and cultural norms on the socialisation of boys and young men. - Issues around 'socio-health' factors including the prevalence of poverty, deprivation, learning and other disabilities and poor mental health. - Issues around the sale and consumption of alcohol (and to a lesser extent, drugs) and a lack of 'resilience' in public places such as night time economies and transport hubs. The overall aim of 'primary' interventions needs to be to 'innoculate' communities against violence by addressing these risk factors in order to improve the social 'resistence' or resilience to violence. This leads to two key recommendations for the future: First, that future service provision and commissioning should be focused around four priority themes: - Family Support and Interventions in Early Childhood - To address key risks around the early years of the life course, particularly early adverse life experiences, families and parenting, behavioural issues, brain injury and mental health. - Violence Against Women and Girls - To address key risks around victimisation of young women and girls; violence within intimate relationships and domestic settings; sexual violence in domestic and public settings. - Violence Involving Young Men and Boys � To address the prevalent involvement of young men and boys, as victims and offenders, in all forms of violence in Lambeth. - Resilience of Public Environments - To address key risks associated with stranger-based violence in public environments and risks that lead to declining feelings of public safety and well-being about the public places of the borough. Secondly, that there is a need for systems change - to strengthen the public health approach to violence prevention and reduction through the many services involved and how they interact between themselves and the public. In particular, - better detection of violence, especially in under-represented groups by the many services involved; - timely referral, treatment and (if relevant) enforcement/mitigation; - tackling cultural norms and improving community resilience are important; - better evaluation of existing services to inform future service development and interventions. Details: Lambeth, UK: The Author, 2015. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 27, 2019 at: https://www.lambeth.gov.uk/sites/default/files/serious-violence-in-lambeth-needs-assessment-june-2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 154776

Author: London Serious Youth Violence Board Title: London Serious Youth Violence Board: Final report Summary: In April 2011 the London Serious Youth Violence Board published a final report setting out their key recommendations from the past two years, and broad proposals on how they should be taken forward and by who. Details: London: The Author, 2011. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 27, 2019 at: http://yvcommission.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/08/London-Serious-Youth-Violence-Board-Final-Report-2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Violence Prevention Shelf Number: 154777

Author: Barry, Monica Title: Evaluation of the User Voice Prison and Community Councils: Final Report Summary: User Voice commissioned Monica Barry and Beth Weaver of the University of Strathclyde - in association with Mark Liddle, ARCS Ltd, Bethany Schmidt, University of Cambridge, and with input from Shadd Maruna, Rosie Meek, and Judy Renshaw - to assess the implementation, operation and short-term outcomes of the Council model of prisoner/service user participation/integration. These Prison and Community Councils were located in six prisons and three CRC areas across England, namely HM Prisons Durham and Northumberland and the Northumbria CRC; HM Prisons Oakwood and Birmingham and the Staffordshire and West Midlands CRC; and HM Prisons Wormwood Scrubs and Pentonville and the London CRC. These sites were at different stages of implementing Councils; some Prison Councils had only been operating for months whereas others had been operating for four or more years, and the Community Councils had been operating for between a year and five years. These differences in stages of implementation - influenced as they were by the effects of systemic, organisational and operational changes heralded by the Transforming Rehabilitation agenda - necessarily affected the progression of the Council model and at the time of writing, the 'Through-The-Gate' approach to offer continuity between Prison and Community council membership had not been fully implemented. The research had five objectives: 1. to evaluate the effectiveness of the Councils in addressing the outcomes and goals delineated in the Theory of Change and participant journey; 2. to evaluate the success of the Councils in meeting commissioners' objectives and priorities; 3. to identify consistent and rigorous data collection methods across the projects and across time which can measure performance, impacts and outcomes as outlined in the Theory of Change; 4. to evaluate the Council model and operational and administrative processes used; and 5. to undertake a cost-benefit analysis of the pilots, in order to assess their ability to offer added value and efficiency to prisoner engagement and community reintegration. A total of 235 initial and follow-up questionnaires and 301 initial and follow-up Intermediate Outcomes Measurement Instruments (IOMIs) were completed by Council participants. These questionnaires, administered at regular intervals, sought scaled and open answers to questions around demographics, motivation to participate in Councils and levels of skills and personal development. The sample consisted of mainly white males in the 25-45 age group. Thirty four interviews were conducted with Council members and a further 34 interviews were conducted with User Voice, prison and CRC staff and senior managers. These interviews focused on the development and implementation of the Councils; areas of continuity and change in the operation and administration of the Councils; perceptions of the purpose and impacts of the Council activities; any barriers to effectiveness; and future aspirations for the Councils. KEY FINDINGS - Prison and Community Councils offered a formalised structure to facilitate dialogue between service users and prison/Community Rehabilitation Company CRC management about issues of collective concern; - There was unanimous support for this unique model of Councils which could improve the effectiveness and efficiency of services, develop personal and social skills, and enhance feelings of trust and respect between service users and those tasked with their care or rehabilitation; - Being user-led and independent from service provision is central to User Voice councils being credible, legitimate and able to hold service providers to account; - There was a general concern that Councils, and indeed User Voice more widely, could and should be more flexible in aims and scope so as to appeal to the rapidly changing settings and contexts within which prisons and CRCs currently operate; - There were mixed feelings about the level and intensity of involvement required by practitioners (prison officers and offender managers) within Councils, but their current lack of involvement hinders 'buy in' and understanding of the role of Councils to their work; - Linked to the finding above, the majority of respondents suggested practitioners were at best ignorant of, and at worst resistant to the work of the Councils, but that better engagement by User Voice staff with these practitioners would enhance its credibility and sustainability within such traditionally hierarchical environments; - Motivation by service users in Prison Councils was driven by altruistic or moral concerns and a sense of belonging, whereas motivation by service users in Community Councils was more related to generativity and a sense of self-determination. 'Leaving a legacy' and making a difference were implied in the vast majority of responses from participants about the purpose and value of Council membership; - The evaluation uncovered strong evidence that User Voice activities are highly cost-effective - indeed, these activities generate a range of cost-able benefits in relation to service provision and individual change among participants, which taken together far outstrip monthly and annual running costs of User Voice. Details: Glasgow: University of Strathclyde, 2016. 122p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 27, 2019 at: https://media.nesta.org.uk/documents/user_voice_final_evaluation_report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Organizations Shelf Number: 154779

Author: Gillies, Michelle Title: Prison health in NHS Greater Glasgow and Clyde: A health needs assessment 2012 Summary: Scotland has one of the highest rates of imprisonment in Western Europe and the prison population is rising. In the last decade the average daily prison population in Scotland increased by 27%. The burden of physical and mental illness in the prison population is high; disproportionately so when compared to the general population. This has variably been attributed to socioeconomic disadvantage and lifestyle and behavioural factors such as substance misuse, smoking and poor nutrition which are common in the prison population. Prisoners suffer from multiple deprivation. Many are a product of the care system, have experienced physical, emotional or sexual abuse and have difficulties forming and maintaining relationships. Levels of educational attainment are low and unemployment high. Homelessness is common. Prior to incarceration prisoners rarely engage with health care services in the community; during imprisonment demand for health care services is high. Traditionally health care services in Scottish prisons were provided by the Scottish Prisons Service (SPS). On 1st November 2011 responsibility for the provision of health care to prisoners was transferred from SPS to the National Health Service (NHS). The aim of the transfer was to ensure that prisoners received the same standard of care and range of services as offered to the general population according to need. The guiding principle is that of 'equivalence' of care. The aim of this Health Needs Assessment (HNA) was to provide a systematic baseline assessment of the health and health care needs of prisoners in NHS Greater Glasgow and Clyde (NHSGGC) and to identify gaps in the current service provision to inform service future planning and development. It focuses on the two operational publicly owned prisons within NHSGGC: HMP Barlinnie and HMP Greenock. A third prison, HMP Low Moss, falls under the remit of NHSGGC but it was under renovation at the time of this HNA. Information about the prison population was drawn from published literature and reports provided by staff from the Justice and Communities Directorate of the Scottish Government. Information about the prisons from HMP Inspectorate reports, direct observation and interviews with members of staff in each prison. To fully understand the level and nature of existing services a service mapping was undertaken jointly with nominated staff from the prison health teams using direct observation and extensive staff and prisoner interviews and focus groups. Overall the findings are in line with other national and international studies on prison health. Despite characteristic differences between the prisons within NHSGGC there was a high level of consensus amongst both prisoners and staff groups about health needs and priorities. The report acknowledges the thoughtful contribution of prison staff and the positive approach to improving health services that they expressed. This has impacted on the formation of recommendations that both validate existing approaches and identify opportunities and 10 priorities for health gain. In addition to more fundamental changes they identify opportunities for quick wins that do not require significant financial outlay. Details: Glasgow: University of Strathclyde, 2012. 140p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 27, 2019 at: https://strathprints.strath.ac.uk/42745/1/FINAL_PRISON_HNA_REPORT_2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 154780

Author: Cruickshank, Cheryl-Ann Title: "Nothing has convinced me to stop": Young people's perceptions and experiences of persistant offending Summary: Nothing Has Convinced Me To Stop results from the former Scottish Executive tasking the project with consulting young people about persistent offending. The report explores the views and experiences of those living in residential care about how and why they persistently offend, what contributes to their offending behaviour escalating and what helps them to reduce it or indeed stop offending. The consultation focused on areas with high concentrations of 'persistent offenders' in residential care, consulting young people living in various settings - residential units, residential schools, secure units and young offender institutions. Details: Glasgow: University of Strathclyde, 2008. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 27, 2019 at: https://strathprints.strath.ac.uk/20235/1/strathprints020235.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Chronic Offenders Shelf Number: 154782

Author: HM Inspectorate of Prisons Title: Children in Custody 2017-18: An Analysis of 12-18 Year Olds' Perceptions of Their Experiences in Secure Training Centres and Young Offender Institutions Summary: Key findings This independent report by HM Inspectorate of Prisons (HMIP), commissioned by the Youth Justice Board (YJB), presents the findings from 686 surveys completed by children detained at every secure training centre (STC) (N=3) and young offender institution (YOI) (N=5, plus a separate specialist unit at one site) between 1 April 2017 and 31 March 2018. All surveys were conducted to support unannounced inspections of each establishment. The surveys enable comparisons to be made with the results from 2016-17 and between children with different characteristics or experiences. In relation to STCs, our survey findings during 2017-18 show that: - broadly speaking the profile of children in STCs has not changed since 2016-17: - 42% of all children in STCs identified as being from a black or other minority ethnic background; - 8% of children identified as female; - one in eight (13%) children identified as Muslim; - the proportion who said they were from a Gypsy, Romany or Traveller background was 11%, which compares with estimates of 0.01% in the population as a whole; - over a third of children (34%) reported feeling unsafe at some point since arriving at the STC. Fourteen per cent felt unsafe at the time of the inspection - those children who reported having felt unsafe also reported poorer experiences in the area of victimisation than those who did not; - over half of children (56%) in STCs reported that they had been physically restrained in the centre; - nearly a third of children (30%) reported being victimised by other children by being shouted at through windows. In relation to YOIs, our survey findings during 2017-18 show that: - the profile of boys in YOIs has not changed significantly since 2016-17: - over half (51%) of boys identified as being from a black or minority ethnic background, the highest rate recorded through our surveys in the secure estate; - the proportion of boys who had experienced local authority care was 39%; - nearly a quarter (23%) of boys identified as Muslim; - almost one-fifth (19%) of boys reported having a disability; - fewer than one boy in 10 (6%) identified themselves as being from a Gypsy, Romany or Traveller background; - half of children (50%) reported that they had been physically restrained in their establishment; - when asked if they had ever felt unsafe at their establishment, 40% of boys said they had felt unsafe; - children who had felt unsafe were more likely than other children to report negatively across a range of areas of daily life, such as relationships with staff and victimisation from both other children and members of staff, suggesting that that strategies to help children feel safer should focus on addressing a range of issues. A comparison between the survey responses of young people held in YOIs and STCs during 2017-18 showed that children in STCs were more likely to report that staff treated them with respect (87% compared with 64% in YOIs). Details: London, UK: HM Inspectorate of Prisons, 2019. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 3, 2019 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprisons/wp-content/uploads/sites/4/2019/01/6.5164_HMI_Children-in-Custody-2017-18_A4_v10_web.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-Risk Youths Shelf Number: 154756

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary and Fire and Rescue Services Title: The police response to domestic abuse: An update report Summary: What we assessed To understand how effective forces are at protecting and supporting victims of domestic abuse, we inspected how well they: - identify victims of domestic abuse, particularly repeat victims, when they first contact the police; - respond to victims of domestic abuse, including assessing risk and vulnerability at the scene of an incident, and taking immediate and longer-term safeguarding action; - investigate domestic abuse offences and support vulnerable victims during the investigation; and - work with other organisations to exchange information and safeguard victims. Methodology In 2017, we inspected all 43 police forces in England and Wales and the British Transport Police on their effectiveness, as part of our PEEL inspection programme. We reviewed the findings of our 2015 and 2016 inspections, and assessed the progress that forces had made on implementing their action plans. As in previous years, most of this year's inspection was devoted to carrying out 'reality testing' in forces. This process involved our inspection teams making unannounced visits to departments in police forces, including the control room, intelligence and response teams, investigation units, domestic abuse specialist teams and victim support arrangements. Our inspection teams were supplemented by experts in the field of domestic abuse. These included public protection specialists from police forces. Our overall approach was as follows: - we reviewed crime files with vulnerable victims and suspects living with domestic abuse; - we spoke with frontline officers, force control room staff, supervisors and police leaders; - we commissioned a practitioners' survey to understand how well practitioners thought the police responded to domestic abuse; and - for the first time ever, we were able to review all force management statements (FMSs), in which forces set out their current demand, future demand, capacity and capability in relation to domestic abuse. We have a domestic abuse reference group to advise on and inform our work relating to domestic abuse. This group includes representatives from the police service, police and crime commissioners, the College of Policing, the Home Office and the voluntary sector. Members of the group are listed in Annex B. Details: London: HMICFRS, 2019. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 4, 2019 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmicfrs/wp-content/uploads/the-police-response-to-domestic-abuse-an-update-report.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 154792

Author: Daly, Mark Title: Northern Ireland Returning to Violence as a Result of a Hard Border due to Brexit or a Rushed Border Poll: Risks for Youth Summary: n 2017 I was honoured to be appointed Rapporteur for the first report in the history of the state by a Dail or Senate committee on achieving a united Ireland. The 1,232 page report 'Brexit & the Future of Ireland: Uniting Ireland & its People in Peace & Prosperity' was adopted unanimously by the All Party Joint Committee on the Implementation of the Good Friday Agreement One of the key recommendations in this report is to: 'Establish an international task force with experts in security so that plans to meet any risks may be devised and implemented.' Following on from this recommendation I began working with global experts on the issue of counter terrorism and the prevention of radicalization. Those who helped carry out this study were initially asked to assist in carrying out research on maintaining the peace in Northern Ireland in advance of a border poll. The remit of the research expanded due to the realisation that there could be a return of a hard border on the Island because of a no deal Brexit. The genuine fear is that as a consequence of a return to a hard border there will be a return to violence in Northern Ireland. Those who helped me compile this report on a return to violence in the event of a hard border or preventing violence in advance of a premature border poll on a united Ireland are experts in the area of Countering Violent Extremism (CVE) and Counter Terrorism. Details: Ulster: Northern Ireland Community Relations Council, 2019. 377p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 4, 2019 at: https://senatormarkdaly.files.wordpress.com/2019/02/unesco-chairs-report-brexit-return-to-violence.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Border Enforcement Shelf Number: 154793

Author: Great Britain. National Audit Office Title: Transforming Rehabilitation: Progress review Summary: The Ministry of Justice (the Ministry), through HM Prison & Probation Service (HMPPS), is responsible for probation services in England and Wales. As at September 2018, 257,000 offenders were supervised by probation services, which are delivered in courts, prisons and in the community. In 2013, the Ministry embarked on major reforms of probation services. It dissolved 35 self-governing probation trusts and created 21 Community Rehabilitation Companies (CRCs) to manage offenders who pose a low or medium risk of harm. It created a public sector National Probation Service (NPS) to manage offenders who pose higher risks. In February 2015, the CRCs were transferred to eight, mainly private sector, suppliers working under contracts, managed by HMPPS, that were to run to 2021-22. The Ministry considered that its reforms would deliver reductions in reoffending corresponding to L10.4 billion net economic benefits to society over the seven-year period of the contracts. In July 2018, the Justice Secretary acknowledged that the quality of probation services being delivered was falling short of expectations and announced that the Ministry will terminate its CRC contracts 14 months early, in December 2020. The Ministry has consulted on the future of probation services and plans to procure second-generation contracts in April 2019. Content and scope of the report This report takes stock of the Transforming Rehabilitation reforms following the decision to terminate the CRC contracts. It builds on our previous work and examines the Ministry's: progress in achieving the objectives of the reforms (Part One); implementation of the reforms (Part Two); and use of learning to inform the future of probation services (Part Three). Report conclusions The Ministry set itself up to fail in how it approached the Transforming Rehabilitation reforms. Its rushed implementation introduced significant risks that its chosen commercial approach left it badly placed to manage. The consequences of these decisions are far-reaching. CRCs have under-invested in probation services, which have suffered as a result. There is little evidence of hoped-for innovation and many of the early operational issues, such as friction between the NPS and CRCs, persist. Although the number of reoffenders has reduced, the average number of reoffences they commit has increased significantly. Transforming Rehabilitation has achieved poor value for money for the taxpayer. The Ministry has chosen to end the CRC contracts in 2020, 14 months early, but this comes at a cost. When added to previous, unsuccessful, efforts to stabilise CRCs, the Ministry will pay at least �467 million more than was required under the original contracts. It now estimates it will pay up to L2.3 billion under the contracts. This is still less than the L3.7 billion expected at the outset of the reforms, but little progress has been made on transforming probation services. The Ministry has consulted on the next generation of contracts and its proposals address many of the issues that have caused problems. But it has limited time to procure the new contracts, and in persisting with the split between the NPS and CRCs, it will still need to manage risks posed by the interfaces between these organisations and the wider system. It also needs to make sure that the quality of probation services is improved and maintained during the transition from the existing contracts to the new ones. Details: London: NAO, 2019. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: HC 1986: Accessed March 4, 2019 at: https://www.nao.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/Transforming-Rehabilitation-Progress-review.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offender Supervision Shelf Number: 154794

Author: Kalyan, Kirat Kaur Title: Stop and Scrutinise: How to improve community scrutiny of stop and search Summary: It is irrefutable that citizens should enjoy freedom of movement and an expectation of an uninterrupted private life; these protections underpin our democracy and uphold our fundamental human rights. These expectations are acutely relevant to the use of stop and search and it is essential that all powers exercised by the police are used lawfully, only when necessary and are proportionate, but more importantly, that they are seen to be so. The assessment and recommendations set out in this report provide a valuable commentary on the expectations communities have as to how the police should operate when tackling violent crime and upholding the law, as well as providing an important reminder that policing is underpinned by public consent. As well as providing a constructive interpretation on the value of stop and search powers and the importance of active monitoring arrangements, the report provides helpful examples of where police forces and communities have successfully come together to stimulate improvements in police operational activity as well as promote confidence that officers are acting in the public interest and with proper regard to the Codes of Conduct that govern their powers and the use of force. Details: London: Criminal Justice Alliance, 2019. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Briefing: Accessed March 4, 2019 at: https://www.barrowcadbury.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/CJA-Stop-and-Scrutinise-2019.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 154795

Author: Cardiff University Crime and Security Research Institute Title: Russian influence and interference measures following the 2017 UK terrorist attacks Summary: This policy brief details how independent analysis has identified systematic use of fake social media accounts, linked to Russia, amplifying the public impacts of four terrorist attacks that took place in the UK in 2017. Download the 4-page brief here. The evidence is that at least 47 different accounts were used to influence and interfere with public debate following all four attacks. Of these, 8 accounts were especially active, posting at least 475 Twitter messages across the 4 attacks, which were reposted in excess of 153,000 times. A significant aspect of these interference campaigns was the use of these accounts as 'sock puppets' - where interventions were made on both sides of polarised debates, amplifying their message and ramping up the level of discord and disagreement within public online debate. Details: Lancaster, UK: CREST, 2017. 4p. Source: https://crestresearch.ac.uk/resources/russian-influence-uk-terrorist-attacks/ Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Fake News Shelf Number: 154798

Author: Field, Frank Title: Independent Review of the Modern Slavery Act. Second interim report: Transparency in supply chains Summary: In July 2018, the Home Secretary, at the request of the Prime Minister, announced a review of the Modern Slavery Act 2015 (Act) including Section 54. The transparency in supply chains provisions set out in section 54 of the Act require large commercial organisations supplying good or services, and carrying on a business in the UK, to prepare a slavery and human trafficking statement for each financial year. The company must state the steps it has taken to ensure that slavery and human trafficking is not taking place in its business or its supply chains, or it must state it has taken no such steps. The report principally addresses the question: "how to ensure compliance and drive up the quality of slavery and human trafficking statements produced by eligible companies". The review panel sought evidence from civil society, Parliamentarians, government bodies, business and international organisations. Details: London: Home Secretary, 2019. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 4, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/773372/FINAL_Independent_MSA_Review_Interim_Report_2_-_TISC.PDF Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Trafficking Shelf Number: 154799

Author: Malik, Nikita Title: Radicalising Our Children: An Analysis of Family Court Cases of British Children at Risk of Radicalisation, 2013-2018 Summary: At least 156 children have been involved in family court cases in which concerns over extremism or radicalisation have been cited, according to a new study released by the Henry Jackson Society. Of the cases examined, the think tank found that 48% of families had one family member or more who joined IS. Nikita Malik, Director of the Centre on Radicalisation and Terrorism and the report's author, today warns that the UK's courts are not currently up to the task of handling a wave of women who joined the 'caliphate' returning with their children. The report concludes that the family court is frequently powerless to take steps to protect the welfare of children, even when the counter-terrorism division is aware that parents involved are often terrorists with extremist mindsets. The former Independent Reviewer of Terrorism Legislation, Lord Carlile, welcomed the report, and stated it is "apparent that the family court is not always able to take the appropriate steps to protect" the children of extremists. Meanwhile, Tim Loughton MP, the former Children's Minister, stressed that the Family Courts require "better protocols, guidance and support" to deal with this "increasingly urgent part of their role". Contrary to claims the girls of Islamic State were vulnerable brides, the report finds that, far more so than boys, girls who travel to the 'caliphate' made their own decisions. The author concludes that boys tended to join Islamic State under the influence of their families, whereas girls were more active and independent in seeking out extremist material - often online. All of the girls in cases analysed by the study who had self-radicalised were motivated in part by the possibility of marriage to a person of their choice. The study, which qualitatively analyses the 20 cases with the most comprehensive court records over recent years, also found that: 55% of cases had links to Al-Muhajiroun, the banned group founded by Anjem Choudary. 67% of families had a history of domestic abuse or a history of wider criminal conduct. Almost 20% of the children involved were home-schooled; while, 38% families contained children absent from school. In cases where gender was known, 64% of children involved in court actions were boys. The report calls for a bespoke set of powers for judges to use in cases of extremism involving children. Citing the high burden of proof required for the more traditional option of care orders, the report argues that the powers imbued with wardship have proved more suitable in many cases, to meet the growing and pertinent challenge of countering radicalisation. Details: London: Henry Jackson Society, 2019. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 5, 2019 at: https://henryjacksonsociety.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/HJS-Radicalising-Our-Children-Report-HR-web.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 154812

Author: Independent Inquiry Into Child Sexual Abuse Title: Sexual Abuse of Children in Custodial Institutions: 2009-2017. Investigation Report Summary: In England and Wales, there are currently three types of institution where children may be detained within the criminal justice system. These are young offender institutions (YOIs), secure training centres (STCs) and secure children's homes (SCHs). There are five YOIs, one of which is in Wales, for boys aged 15 to 17; three STCs, all in England, for boys and girls aged from 12 to 17; and eight SCHs which accept children detained for criminal justice reasons, one of which is in Wales, for boys and girls aged 10 to 17. This investigation concentrated on the period from 2009 to 2017. The numbers of children detained in these institutions have reduced considerably over time, with a current population of around 900. Several witnesses told us how, in the 1950s, 1960s and 1970s, they had been placed in custodial institutions for reasons apparently unconnected with any need for either a punitive or a custodial environment. These included truancy, death of parents, running away from home, being beyond parental control and family breakdown. Children as young as nine were detained in these establishments, some of which were previously designated as 'assessment centres' and 'approved schools'. Over decades it has continued to be the case that children detained in a custodial or secure setting are among the most vulnerable in society, experiencing unhappy and disrupted childhoods. Many have become involved in regular offending, some of it of a violent or sexual nature. A further matter of concern regarding the current child population in custody is the proportion of children on remand prior to trial, at around one-third. This number of children exposed to the risks associated with custody seems very high and should be investigated by the Youth Custody Service, with a view to reducing that population in the future. The accounts from adult survivors of child sexual abuse who were detained in custodial institutions in earlier years were among the worst the Inquiry has heard. One example of this was a witness who as an 11-year-old boy was sexually assaulted by two members of staff at the same time. Another witness detailed at least 35 examples of times when he was raped and sexually assaulted by four members of staff and a former pupil at Stanhope Castle Approved School. On several occasions he was choked unconscious while being abused. Examples of more recent allegations were that in 2015 a female member of staff at Medway STC had masturbated children there, and that in 2014 members of staff at Rainsbrook STC had permitted two young people to go into a bedroom there together, knowing that one of the young people was going to defecate on the other's face, and that they observed while this happened. The combination of challenging behaviour and vulnerability within the current population in custodial settings often presents difficulties in safely managing and caring for these children and young people, some of whom may be violent to staff and other children. Nevertheless, we concluded that children in YOIs and STCs are not safe from harm, either physical or sexual. Recent inspection reports from Ofsted and HM Inspectorate of Prisons also raised serious concerns about the safety of children in several units in the custodial estate. The culture of these institutions, particularly their closed nature and focus on containment and control, has not provided an environment that protects children from either physical or sexual abuse. Many witnesses supported this view, with a former Chief Inspector of Prisons describing children in custody as "very vulnerable children in a very dangerous place". Work carried out by the Inquiry has shown that the number of reported incidents of sexual abuse is much higher than was previously understood. Information obtained directly from the relevant custodial institutions and related authorities has found 1,070 reported incidents of alleged sexual abuse in the period 2009-2017, despite the significant drop in numbers of detained children over that time and the relatively low number overall. These allegations were mostly against staff and were often alleged to have taken place during restraint or body searches. Nor do the numbers show any sign of reducing over time, with allegations in the years 2016 and 2017 running at similar levels, at just over 200 in each year. Complaints of sexual abuse in YOIs and STCs were rarely investigated properly, with very little evidence of involvement of the statutory authorities, signifying a failure to adhere to normal child protection procedures. The perception and reality of a habitually violent atmosphere in YOIs and STCs has been made worse by the approach of these institutions to restraint, strip searching and pain compliance techniques. The latter includes such methods as bending of a child's thumbs and wrists, which are permitted by Ministry of Justice guidance. From March 2016 to March 2017, there were 119 recorded incidents of pain compliance being used on children. This form of control is particularly intimidating to children who have been sexually abused. In itself, this use of pain compliance should be seen as a form of child abuse and must cease. Throughout this investigation, the differences between the regimes in YOIs and STCs and those in SCHs became increasingly clear. The latter are more child centred, with better staff ratios and training requirements. These institutions are subject to similar standards of care to those applied by Ofsted to children's homes. Importantly, the environment is one in which it is potentially easier to build trusting relationships with children, where they would feel safer and more likely to disclose sexual abuse. A serious concern is the uneven availability of SCHs which accept children detained for criminal justice reasons, with none in London and the south east of England. Consideration of these issues led us to examine the context of policy formulation for children in custody at government level. At present, for YOIs and STCs, it lies with the Ministry of Justice, with the Department for Education having ultimate oversight for SCHs. These two departments have distinct but overlapping priorities. in relation to the justice system, education and child welfare. We conclude that the needs of children in custody would be better served by the Ministry of Justice and the Department for Education sharing policy responsibility for managing and safeguarding children in custodial institutions. This is to ensure that standards applied in relation to children in custody are jointly focussed on securing child welfare as well as discipline. For much of the period under investigation, custodial institutions for children have been very poorly resourced. Staff turnover ran at unacceptable levels in YOIs and STCs, with low morale and inadequate training, including safeguarding training. In 2016, the outsourced contract for operating Medway STC had to be taken back into government control, while the contract for Rainsbrook STC was transferred to another private provider. Few of the recommendations contained in inspection reports of YOIs and STCs have been achieved. There is little doubt that the service was in crisis towards the end of the period under investigation. In 2017, the Youth Justice Board itself said that the youth secure estate was "on the edge of coping". In the same year, the Youth Custody Service was set up with a view to making improvements. It has introduced measures to professionalise the workforce in YOIs and STCs, but this falls short of individual workforce regulation, which the Inquiry recommended in its Interim Report for staff working with children in residential care settings. We recommend that arrangements are introduced for the professional registration of staff in roles which involve responsibility for the care of children in YOIs and STCs. The history of the children's custodial estate has been marked by structural change and instability, following attempts by various governments to provide an effective model of care and control. These have largely failed. The Youth Custody Service has recently proposed a 'secure school' model, which is now in development. While this is welcomed, it must not repeat the weaknesses of current and previous ways of working, and must make child safety a top priority. The secure school should be the final attempt to get it right for every child in custody, to ensure they are free from the risk of sexual abuse and harm. Recent reports indicate that the timetable for tendering for the contract to run the pilot secure school has already slipped. The new system should be brought in with speed and efficiency. If the secure school model does not work, more radical change will be required to ensure the protection of these children, whose safety, welfare and education is the responsibility of the state. We make a series of recommendations, covering areas such as children on remand, the practice of 'mixed' justice and welfare placements, staff training, workforce regulation, pain compliance and the response to allegations of sexual abuse. Details: London: The Author, 2019. 125p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 5, 2019 at: https://www.iicsa.org.uk/reports/cici Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 154814

Author: Great Britain. HM Government Title: Ending Violence against Women and Girls: Strategy 2016-2020 Summary: This document provides an overview of the range of actions the government intends to take towards its strategy of ending violence against women and girls between 2016 and 2020. Specifically, the report focuses on four areas of action: preventing violence and abuse from happening in the first place; provision of services, including rape support centres, refuges and FGM and Forced Marriage Units, with a focus on early intervention and prevention; partnership and multi-agency working; and pursuing perpetrators. The document sets out the Government vision that by 2020 there is a significant reduction in the number of VAWG victims, achieved by challenging the deep-rooted social norms, attitudes and behaviours that discriminate against and limit women and girls, and by educating, informing and challenging young people about healthy relationships, abuse and consent. Details: London: Home Office, 2016. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 6, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/522166/VAWG_Strategy_FINAL_PUBLICATION_MASTER_vRB.PDF Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 154825

Author: Carre, Z. Title: Finding a Needle in a Haystack: Take-Home Naloxone in England 2017/18 Summary: This report updates Release's previous reporting on 'Take-home Naloxone in England: 2016/17' and presents novel findings on take-home naloxone provision in custodial settings, such as in prisons, across England for the period 2017/18. Release surveyed each of the 152 local authority areas in England, as local authorities are responsible for commissioning drug services, which give out take-home naloxone. The report includes findings on the availability of take-home naloxone across local authority areas, the scale of take-home naloxone supply in community settings, and coverage among people who use opiates and opiate clients in drug treatment. Release also collected information on take-home naloxone in 109 prisons across England. This report also includes findings on the prisons giving out take-home naloxone to people when they are released from their custody. The report mainly highlights national-level findings on take-home naloxone. For findings on provision, coverage, and availability of take-home naloxone in each local authority and prison in England, Details: London: Release, 2019. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 6, 2019 at: https://www.release.org.uk/sites/default/files/pdf/publications/Finding%20a%20Needle%20in%20a%20Haystack_0.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 154826

Author: Couchman, Hannah Title: Policing by Machine - Predictive Policing and the Threat to Our Rights Summary: Policing by Machine �- Predictive Policing and the Threat to Our Rights collates the results of 90 Freedom of Information requests sent to every force in the UK, laying bare the full extent of biased 'predictive policing' for the first time - and how it threatens everyone�s rights and freedoms. It reveals that 14 forces are using, have previously used or are planning to use shady algorithms which 'map' future crime or predict who will commit or be a victim of crime, using biased police data. The report exposes: police algorithms entrenching pre-existing discrimination, directing officers to patrol areas which are already disproportionately over-policed predictive policing programs which assess a person's chances of victimisation, vulnerability, being reported missing or being the victim of domestic violence or a sexual offence, based on offensive profiling a severe lack of transparency with the public given very little information as to how predictive algorithms reach their decisions - and even the police do not understand how the machines come to their conclusions the significant risk of 'automation bias' � a human decision-maker simply deferring to the machine and accepting its indecipherable recommendation as correct. Details: London: Liberty, 2019. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 6, 2019 at: https://www.libertyhumanrights.org.uk/sites/default/files/LIB%2011%20Predictive%20Policing%20Report%20WEB.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bias Shelf Number: 154827

Author: Norton, Emma Title: Military Justice: Second-Rate Justice. Criminal justice, complaints and human rights myths in the armed forces Summary: Liberty has today published a comprehensive report on the military justice system, revealing that UK service men and women continue to be badly failed by the Armed Forces' in-house policing and legal systems, especially where rape and other serious offences are concerned. The new report has led Liberty to today launch the first-ever Armed Forces Human Rights Helpline, designed to offer free, independent legal advice to all current and former serving men and women and their families. CRIMINAL JUSTICE The report, "Second-Rate Justice", details significant flaws in the way the Armed Forces deal with some of the most sensitive and serious criminal cases involving service personnel. It damningly highlights the military's deep-rooted preference for its own internal and inadequate Service Justice System (SJS) - which includes the Service Police, the military's own police forces consisting of the Royal Military Police, Royal Naval Police and the RAF Police - and its hostility to outside scrutiny from more experienced civilian police and prosecutors. Despite the fact that the civilian justice system should take priority over the military system, the report demonstrates that this is not happening and paints a picture of a 'boys' club' approach to justice in the Armed Forces that prevents the impartial and effective investigation of some of the most serious cases. It details how: The Service Police are taking charge of investigations into alleged sexual offences including rapes, even though the legal presumption is that these should be dealt with by civilian police. In 2017 alone, 123 investigations were carried out by the Royal Military Police. Liberty believes that the majority of these should have been dealt with by the civilian police because they happened in the UK. Shockingly, a previous recommendation from Liberty that allegations of rape should always be investigated by civilian police has still not been acted upon. Some offences appear to be being downgraded to less serious offences, so that they can be dealt with internally and not go to court at all. For example, an allegation of sexual assault - which must be referred to the Service Police - may be reduced to battery which a Commanding Officer can deal with him/herself without referring it to the police at all. This practice must stop. The Ministry of Defence's inadequate methods of recording sexual crimes, and the downgrading of serious crimes to lesser offences, mean that the real scale of sexual offending in the Armed Forces is likely to be significantly higher than MoD statistics indicate. For example, the government department continues to refuse to record or publish any data at all about such serious sexual offences as creating or possessing indecent images of children, possession of extreme pornographic images, revenge porn offences, sexual communications with a child or criminal harassment offences. For the sake of accuracy, transparency and public confidence, data on the prevalence of these offences ought to be recorded and published. Conviction rates for rape in the military are even lower than civilian rates - which are already far too low. In 2017, just two of the 48 rape cases that made it to Court Martial resulted in a conviction. The new report makes 21 important recommendations which would ensure service personnel enjoy the same rights and protections as civilians. They include: Ensuring all serious criminal offences in the UK are investigated by civilian, not Service Police. Combining the three branches of the Service Police into a single force and embed them in civilian forces so that, when they must deploy abroad, they are sufficiently experienced, trained and supervised. Bringing the Service Police under the oversight of an independent expert supervisory body. Ensuring the independent Service Complaints Ombudsman is involved in serious cases of bullying, sexual harassment or racial or other discrimination at an early stage with her own fully-funded independent powers of investigation. Details: London: Liberty, 2019. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 6, 2019 at: https://www.libertyhumanrights.org.uk/sites/default/files/LIB%2010%20Military%20Justice%20Report%2020_01_19.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Armed Forces Shelf Number: 154829

Author: Bradley, Gracie Mae Title: Care Don't Share: Hostile Environment Data-Sharing: Why We Need A Firewall Between Essential Public Services and Immigration Enforcement Summary: The Government's use of data in the context of its "hostile environment" for migrants tells us a cautionary tale. The hostile environment is a sprawling web of immigration controls operating far from ports and border controls and in the heart of our public services and communities. Its effects reverberate well beyond the Government's stated target group to affect migrants with regular status, and black and minority ethnic (BAME) communities. Requirements on public servants and private citizens to check people's entitlements to goods and services, as well as the racially discriminatory impacts routinely felt by people who are subjected to the checks, damages the very fabric of the society we live in. Public servants and landlords, employers and bank clerks have come to view people they should support with suspicion, and especially BAME people of all immigration statuses, as measures such as skin colour and 'foreign-sounding names' become a crude proxy for immigration status. In turn, trust in essential public services is undermined, undocumented people are made destitute and vulnerable to exploitation, and each of us is conditioned to show ID and have our interactions with the State logged in the course of mundane interactions. In the context of a hostile environment, many aspects of the lives of undocumented migrants, such as working or driving, or simply being present in the UK without the requisite permission, are criminalised, primarily by sections 24 and 24A of the Immigration Act 1971, as amended by more recent measures such as the Immigration Act 2016. These offences include knowingly entering the UK without leave; overstaying leave; failure to observe reporting conditions; obtaining leave to enter or remain by deception, and avoiding immigration enforcement by deception. The Government relies heavily on the existence of these criminal offences coupled with the crime exemption set out at Schedule 2, paragraph 2 of the Data Protection Act 2018 (formerly Section 29 of the Data Protection Act 1998) in conjunction with a mix of statutory and common law powers to share data, to operate a series of bulk data-sharing agreements. These agreements see confidential personal information collected by essential public services shared with Home Office immigration enforcement teams, all too often without a person having the right to know about this sharing, or to consent or object to it. Details: London: Liberty, 2018. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 6, 2019 at: https://www.libertyhumanrights.org.uk/sites/default/files/Liberty%20%27Care%20Don%27t%20Share%27%20Report%20280119%20RGB.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Immigrant Enforcement Shelf Number: 154830

Author: Pascoe, Polly Title: Mapping research into child sexual abuse: Findings from an initial survey Summary: The Centre of expertise on child sexual abuse (CSA Centre) has identified that, while there is a significant level of research activity on topics related to child sexual abuse (CSA), there is a lack of coordination across the field. The survey described in this report was conducted by the CSA Centre in early 2018 with the aim of building an understanding of the current research landscape related to CSA. An online questionnaire was completed by 53 professionals involved in the commissioning, funding or delivery of research related to CSA; these respondents worked across a range of organisations in academia, practice and policy. Details of 163 projects were submitted, and additional input was provided via other stakeholder engagement during the survey period. The survey focused on ongoing and recently completed research. Its limitations are that it did not include older published research, and of course that the respondents were self-selecting from a population that may not have reflected the full extent of relevant research. Key findings The survey was intended to provide a first exploratory insight into the types and forms of research currently being undertaken within the field of CSA. ‣ Most frequently, research was both funded and commissioned primarily by academic, public sector and charity sector organisations. ‣ Online grooming and CSA imagery were key themes investigated by research into perpetration. ‣ The analysis and reporting of administrative data by practitioner organisations (mostly healthcare organisations) was a feature of a number of studies. ‣ Common topics in research included responses to CSA by the police and the ways in which educational and sporting establishments safeguard children. ‣ Evaluative studies focused mostly on services, approaches or tools related specifically to child sexual exploitation. ‣ Interventions were the most popular focus of research projects, with the majority of these studies focusing on interventions for victims/survivors. ‣ There was a noticeable lack of focus on lesser-heard voices (e.g. BAME communities, children in care, children with learning disabilities, LGBT+) within the projects submitted, highlighting areas for future knowledge development. ‣ An interest in risk assessment, with regard to victims, survivors and those who commit CSA, was observed in the data collected. This was most commonly related to preventing victimisation and reducing reoffending. Details: London: Centre of expertise on child sexual abuse (CSA Centre) , 2019. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 7, 2019 at: https://www.csacentre.org.uk/knowledge-practice/csa-connect-community/mapping-research-into-csa-eng/ Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 154837

Author: Baker, Catherine Title: Still in Harm's Way: An update report on trafficked and unaccompanied children going missing from care in the UK Summary: The scale of trafficked and unaccompanied children who go missing from care was first established in 2016, where it was found that child victims of trafficking and unaccompanied children were at high risk of going missing. This research attempts to update the existing data on this issue, which relates to 2014-15. This report quantifies the number of reported trafficked and unaccompanied children in the UK, as well as the number going missing from care. Still in Harm's Way reveals that, in 2017: - 1,015 children were reported by local authorities as identified or suspected victims of trafficking, an increase of 58% (up from 590) from 2014�15 - 4,765 children were reported as being unaccompanied, which is no significant change from 2014-15 (4,744 unaccompanied children) High numbers of these children were reported missing in 2017: - 24% of all identified or suspected victims of trafficking went missing from care (246 of 1,015) - 15% of all unaccompanied children went missing from care (729 of 4,756) - 190 children who have gone missing have not been found The findings show that this severe child protection issue still requires urgent attention by national and local governments, with a focus on safeguarding children and preventing them from going missing. Investment is needed in robust safeguarding measures and the provision of specialist support for these children. Child trafficking victims are particularly vulnerable to going missing, and are likely to go missing multiple times per year: - In 2017 child trafficking victims went missing on average 7.2 times each. This is an increase from an average of 2.4 times in 2014-15. The research has identified that for some local authorities, missing trafficked or unaccompanied children account for a significant proportion of their overall looked after children numbers: - In one local authority, 15% of the total looked after children population were trafficked or unaccompanied children who had been reported missing. This is concerning, and points to failures to properly safeguard and protect these children at a local level. While the data indicates that there may have been improvements in the identification of child victims of trafficking over the last two years, it is evident that there is continued need for better data recording and reporting on the issue. This report provides the most up to date picture of the scale of trafficked and unaccompanied children going missing, however given the data limitations and the fact that the government does not collect comprehensive data on either of these issues, there remains no comprehensive understanding of the rate of child trafficking and missing in the UK. Details: London: ECPAT UK and Missing People, 2018. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 7, 2019 at: https://www.ecpat.org.uk/Handlers/Download.ashx?IDMF=96016be0-cc60-48e0-ab9c-635b742f5b7f Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 154838

Author: Otoyo, Eddie Title: Policing of Ethnic Minorities in Britain Summary: This research explores the complexities of the relationship between the police and young black people. This includes considerations on how young people specifically, young black minority ethnic groups are shaped by government policies and its agents, the police. Published research supports the notion that Black young people continue to be affected by a lack of services such as education, employment as well as other social inequalities. In addition, the stop and search practices have caused much damage to BME groups and has impacted negatively on the relationship between the police and Black communities. This thesis explores the issue of Black young people within a historical and social policy context, as well as exploring the views of young Black people and the police. There is a significant body of published research about policing in general. There are however not many in depth research studies on a particular police setting about the experiences of white and black youths and how they are affected by policing. This research explores young people�s thoughts on exactly this theme. The empirical research was derived from qualitative data from semi-structured interviews with 18 police officers, and 17 young people taken from diverse and economically active areas of London. The findings supports published research of police discriminatory practices to explain the disproportionate treatment of black young people within the criminal justice system. It also highlighted the feelings and the effect of police stop on the individuals being stopped. This study therefore suggests a move away from the notion that black young people are criminals to involving them as contributors to social policy by giving them a true voice in policing and social policy making process. Details: London: London Metropolitan University, 2018. 224p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 7, 2019 at: http://repository.londonmet.ac.uk/3663/1/Otoyo%2CEddie_Policing-of-Ethnic-Minorities-in-Britain.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Minority Groups Shelf Number: 154842

Author: McKenna, Ruth Title: From Pillar to Post: Destitution among people refused asylum in Scotland Summary: The report 'FROM PILLAR TO POST - Destitution among people refused asylum in Scotland' reveals an urgent need for a national action plan to tackle asylum and migrant destitution in Scotland. Currently they face significant barriers to having their most basic human rights, as well as to accessing essential services and support mechanisms. The report adds to a growing body of research pointing at refugee destitution as a by-product of the "hostile environment" UK immigration and asylum policy. UK Home Office figures suggest there could be as many as 1000 people in Scotland who have been refused asylum and are at risk of destitution. Refused asylum seekers in the UK lose their entitlement to Home Office accommodation and financial support 21 days after their asylum claim is rejected. Some people will still be eligible for some level of support from the Home Office but others are left with nothing. As a result, people experience extreme poverty, poor mental and physical health, exploitation and social isolation. Rejected asylum seekers interviewed for the report struggled to feed themselves and stay warm, with some walking miles every day despite poor health to reach doctors and lawyers appointments as they could not afford public transport. Several women interviewed found themselves in exploitative relationships as a result of having nowhere safe to sleep at night. Other rejected asylum seekers ended up street homeless, reliant on charity accommodation schemes and night shelters or overstaying in their asylum accommodation. In August 2018, Secro the asylum accommodation provider in Scotland announced that they would initiate a programme of changing locks to force people out of their asylum accommodation after their asylum claim was refused. This was halted after protests and legal challenges and in January 2019, Secro lost the asylum accommodation contract for Scotland. However, even those who are eligible for Home Office asylum support find it very difficult to survive. Asylum seekers in the UK are not allowed to work, including people who are awaiting a decision on their case, and are therefore reliant on the L37.75 provided by the Home Office weekly. Saadatu Adam, a research assistant for the report who is also a former asylum seeker said; "As an asylum seeker I was not allowed to work and at one point, my kids and I were on the verge of being homeless because I could not pay the bills. We had to depend on friends and foodbanks to survive. Public transport is so expensive and without access to any cash it can be impossible to get around. My son couldn't get a space at a school near where we stayed and his school is over an hour's walk away". Graham O'Neill, Policy Officer at Scottish Refugee Council highlighted that we all have basic human rights to "safety and the basics of a dignified life, including housing, food, clothing, medical care, social services, and financial support" but the report makes clear that for refused asylum seekers in Scotland are not having their basic needs met. The report, therefore, calls for urgent action to make sure people's basic needs for food and shelter are met and recommends a number of additional practical steps that would make a huge difference to people's lives and would ensure they are provided with a certain level of dignity. These include, allowing people to continue with their education and providing concessionary travel to allow people to attend important appointments. Details: Glasgow: Destitute Asylum Seeker Service, 2018. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 8, 2019 at: http://www.scottishrefugeecouncil.org.uk/assets/0001/8406/From_Pillar_to_Post.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 154886

Author: Howard, Flora Fitzalan Title: Prisoner and Staff Perceptions of Procedural Justice in English and Welsh Prisons Summary: This research was conducted to develop measures of prisoners' and staff members' procedural justice perceptions, and to explore the variation and importance of these perceptions in English and Welsh prisons. Previous research has identified procedural justice perceptions as being relevant to a series of prisoner outcomes that are priority areas for Her Majesty's Prison and Probation Service (HMPPS), including misconduct, wellbeing and reoffending. Furthermore, previous research suggests that staff perceptions of procedural justice may have important implications for workforce maintenance, wellbeing and effectiveness. This work aimed to test prior research findings and expand HMPPS's understanding of procedural justice for prison staff and people in custody. Details: London, United Kingdom: HM Prison and Probation Service, 2019. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2019 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/prisoner-and-staff-perceptions-of-procedural-justice-in-english-and-welsh-prisons Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Officers Shelf Number: 154749

Author: Hailes, Amanda Title: Hand in Hand: Survivors of Multiple Disadvantage Discuss Service and Support Summary: AVA (Against Violence & Abuse) and Agenda, the alliance for women and girls at risk, were funded by the Lloyds Bank Foundation for England & Wales from April 2017 to April 2019, to establish a national commission focusing on domestic & sexual abuse against women facing multiple disadvantage. The commission was set up to examine: As part of the work of the commission, AVA and Agenda put out a national call to recruit up to 15 women (aged 18 and above) to be volunteer peer researchers. Over 70 women applied, presenting the need for a project where women's voices are heard. 13 women with lived experiences of these issues were trained as peer researchers. These inspiring women conducted interviews with other women in their communities to ensure that the voices of those with lived experience shape the commission recommendations. Details: London: Agenda Research; AVA Project; Lloyds Bank Foundations 2018. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 11, 2019 at: https://weareagenda.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/PR-Report-Final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Disadvantaged Persons Shelf Number: 154890

Author: Great Britain. House of Commons. Petitions Committee Title: Online abuse and the experience of disabled people. First Report of Session 2017-19 Summary: Social media is a means for people to organise, campaign and share experiences. It helps them to access services, manage their careers, shop, date and navigate a society that is too often designed without disabled people in mind. The disabled people we heard from were some of social media's most enthusiastic users. However, their experiences and Katie Price's petition highlight the extreme level of abuse that disabled people receive online-not just on social media, but in online games, web forums, newspaper comments sections and elsewhere. It is shameful that disabled people have had to leave social media whilst their abusers continue unchecked. Self-regulation of social media has failed disabled people. We agree with Katie Price's petition that the law on online abuse is not fit for purpose. Laws which cannot act against fake child pornography designed to mock a disabled child and his family cannot be considered adequate. Online abuse can destroy people's careers, their social lives and do lasting damage to their health. People should not have to avoid their town centre, local park or place of work to avoid sustained abuse, mockery and threats. Online spaces are just as important in the modern world and should be treated as such. Our recommendations focus on the experiences of disabled people as told to us during our inquiry and consultation events. We recognise there is wider work to do on the law on online abuse and the governance of social media. This is being taken up by other Select Committees. Our conclusions and recommendations should be read as a contribution to the conversation around online abuse, disability and the responsibility to ensure that offline and online spaces are safe and inclusive. For our part, our recommendations include: - The Government and social media companies must directly consult with disabled people on digital strategy and hate crime law. It is not enough to just provide alternative formats-though that is crucially important�or consult with self-appointed representatives. - Social media companies need to accept their responsibility for allowing toxic environments to exist unchallenged. They must ensure that their mechanisms and settings for managing content are accessible to and appropriate for all disabled people. They need to be more proactive in searching for and removing hateful and abusive content. They must demonstrate that they have worked in partnership with disabled people to achieve this. - The Government needs to recognise that the way disabled people are often marginalised offline plays a significant part in the abuse they receive online. It needs to challenge stereotypes and prejudices about disabled people, particularly among children and young people, and require proportionate representation of disabled people in its advertising. - Disability hate crime is not fully recognised and perpetrators are not appropriately punished. The law on hate crime must give disabled people the same protections as those who suffer hate crime due to race or religion. - The criminal justice system is too quick to categorise disabled people as "vulnerable". Hostility towards disabled people is often based on a perception that they are an easy target who can't contribute to society. The Government must recognise the links between prejudice against disabled people and their perceived vulnerability. Crimes against disabled people by reason of their disability should be recorded and sentenced as hate crimes. - It must be possible to see if someone has been convicted of a hate crime on the grounds of disability before employing them to work closely with disabled people. If the Government acts on our other recommendations, this should be possible through a Disclosure and Barring Service check. - The Government must review the experience of disabled people when reporting crimes and giving evidence. Too many disabled people have not been treated seriously because frontline officers and staff do not understand disability. Training and support is needed to overcome this. Good practice is too often isolated to a few specially trained police officers and initiatives. - The Government needs to review the law on exploitation within friendships or relationships. Social media companies need to review their processes and provide advice and support for those who identify as needing additional protection. In doing so, both Government and social media companies must consult directly with disabled people and respect their rights to make their own decisions about their lives. Details: London: House of Commons, 2019. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: HC 759: Accessed March 12, 2019 at: https://publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201719/cmselect/cmpetitions/759/759.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Disabled Persons Shelf Number: 154898

Author: McVeigh, Clare Title: Violent Britain: People, Prevention and Public Health Summary: The report brings together UK information on youth violence, intimate partner violence, child maltreatment, elder abuse and sexual violence. Key statistics from the report's executive summary include: There are 2.7 million incidents of violence every year in England and Wales. Assault is the second leading cause of hospital admissions in England for young males aged 15-24; Overall costs of intimate partner violence estimated to be L23 billion per year; Almost half of 10-14 year olds have suffered bullying at school; A quarter of women and 5% of men have experienced some form of sexual assault in their lifetime. Both the conference and report aim to promote a public health approach to violence by focusing the attention of health, education, judicial and other public sector agencies on violence prevention. To raise awareness about violence and its causes, the conference included presentations on international examples of violence prevention and local examples of violence prevention research, prevention strategies and interventions for victims Professor Mark Bellis, co-author of the report and Director of the Centre for Public Health, said, "Violence is not just a criminal justice issue. The conference and report are intended to expand understanding of violence across all public services, to help them identify those at risk of violence and to increase their role in its prevention. Individuals are often locked into cycles of violence where young victims become perpetrators of violence later in life. Breaking this cycle requires working with parents, schools and health services to ensure violence and its causes are removed at the earliest possible stages." Professor John Ashton, Regional Director of Public Health, continued, "We have become so familiar with heart disease and cancer that we have overlooked the importance of violence and its cost to the National Health Service. Alcohol and violence are frequently linked, and together they are blighting our efforts to regenerate our cities. They cost a fortune and are a major cause of death. Urgent action is needed to address them and we need to tackle the underlying causes such as poverty and unemployment. We also need to address precipitating factors such as the ready availability of knives, guns and alcohol and we need to enlist the support of the public. The experience of many countries, not least South American countries and, to a certain extent, Northern Ireland, is that violence is reduced when the public say that enough is enough". Professor Qutub Syed, Director of the Health Protection Agency North West, said, "Violence is often directed at the most vulnerable members of society, including women, young children and older people who are often not in a position to defend themselves. There is an onus on all of us as good neighbours and professionals to make a stand against violence and do all we can to prevent it. The conference will highlight the destructive and costly influence of violence in society, enable us to learn about the experiences of other countries and hopefully to recommend solutions to what has become a pernicious problem." Dominic Harrison, Associate Director for the Health Development Agency, explained, "This is the first conference of its kind in the UK and it could not be more timely. Deaths, injury, decreased community cohesion and well-being are all outcomes of an increasing tide of violence affecting us all. The causes and manifestations of this growing social epidemic are multiple, and prevention will require a detailed evidence-based understanding of what can be done. With speakers from across the world, this conference will review what is known of the causes and what might work to address them." Details: Liverpool: Centre for Public health, Liverpool John Moores University, 2005. 154p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 12, 2019 at: https://www.injuryobservatory.net/wp-content/uploads/2012/09/Violence-Research-2005-Violent-Britain.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 154901

Author: Busher, Joel Title: The Internal Brakes on Violent Escalation: A Descriptive Typology Summary: Why do some 'extremists' or 'extremist groups' choose not to engage in violence, or only in particular forms of violence? Why is it that even in deeply violent groups there are often thresholds of violence that members rarely if ever cross? The basic premise of this project is to look at the 'internal brakes' on violent escalation: the intra-group mechanisms through which group members themselves contribute to establish and maintain parameters on their own violence. Such internal brakes are often evident in detailed accounts of decision-making within groups that use or flirt with violence, yet they are rarely examined systematically. The aim of this project was to develop a descriptive typology of the internal brakes on violent escalation that could provide a basis for more systematic analysis of such brakes. The authors used three very different case studies to construct, test and refine the typology: the transnational and UK jihadi scene from 2005 to 2016; the British extreme right during the 1990s, and the animal liberation movement in the UK from the mid-1970s until the early 2000s. The typology -- The typology is based around five underlying logics on which the internal brakes identified in this project operate: Brake 1 - strategic logic: Identification of non- or less violent strategies of action as being as or more effective than more violent alternatives. Brake 2 - moral logic: Construction of moral norms and evaluations that inhibit certain forms of violence and the emotional impulses towards violence. Brake 3 - logic of ego maintenance: Self-identification as a group that is either nonviolent or uses only limited forms of violence. Brake 4 - logic of out-group definition: Boundary softening in relation to putative out-groups such as opponents, opponents' perceived supporters, the general public or state actors. Brake 5� - organisational logic: Organisational developments that either (a) alter the moral and strategic equations in favour of non- or limited violence, (b) institutionalise less violent collective identities and/or processes of boundary softening, and/or (c) reduce the likelihood of unplanned violence. A number of issues require careful attention if this typology is to be used, as intended, to support evaluation of the threats from and opportunities to inhibit, escalation towards violence, and it is clear that the typology cannot be use as a straightforward 'checklist'. However, in recent years a growing number of academics have begun to highlight the need for a more detailed understanding of the processes of non- or limited escalation. This typology provides an important step in that direction. Details: Lancaster, UK: Department of Psychology, Lancaster University, Centre for Research and Evidence on Security Threats (CREST), 2019. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 12, 2019 at: https://crestresearch.ac.uk/resources/internal-brakes-full-report/ Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Extremism Shelf Number: 154902

Author: Critchley, Karen Title: Criminal Justice Project: Drug Interventions Programme Wirral Drug Testing Profile (2014 to 2017) Summary: The Drug Interventions Programme (DIP) process generally begins with the police drug testing individuals in the custody suite following an arrest. If offenders test positive for Class A drugs (opiates and/or cocaine), they are served with a Required Assessment (RA) by the police. This a compulsory legal sanction which requires the individual to attend up to two appointments (initial/follow-up RA) with a drugs worker. During these assessments the drugs worker will assess the individual's drug use and offending behaviour and, if necessary, encourage them to engage with drug treatment services (Home Office, 2010). In 2016/17, 57% of those accessing DIP in Merseyside presented via the RA route, while in Wirral 48% presented through RAs (Collins et al., 2017a). For this reason, the police play an important role in the early stages of the DIP process. Merseyside Police introduced targeted drug testing in 2015. This involves a set list of questions around drug use that should be considered by the police before a decision is made on whether the arrestee is drug tested. The main aim of targeted testing is to reduce the number of negative drug tests carried out in the custody suite setting, thus save police time and money, while ensuring offenders who use drugs continue to be drug tested and referred to treatment services through the RA process. This Drug Testing Profile for Wirral presents information on drug tests carried out at Wirral custody suite and on Wirral residents across the Merseyside area between January 2014 and December 2017, with a particular focus given to the most recent year (2017). This profile contextualises Merseyside Police drug testing data by providing numbers and trends of offenders who use drugs identified through this route into the DIP system and a demographic overview of the individuals. Comparisons to overall Merseyside figures have been made, where possible, with tables in Appendix A and B showing comparisons across each area (custody suite area and area of residence). This profile also provides recommendations for all stakeholders involved with DIP, in terms of the efficient use of resources and effective services locally and across Merseyside. Details: Liverpool: Public Health Institute, Faculty of Education, Health and Community, Liverpool John Moores University, 2018. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2019 at: http://researchonline.ljmu.ac.uk/8554/1/WirralDrugTestingProfile%282014-17%29.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 154932

Author: Collins, Petra Title: Criminal Justice Project: Drug Interventions Programme Re-offending of clients testing positive for class A drugs across Merseyside Summary: KEY FINDINGS --  Of the individuals who tested positive for Class A drugs across Merseyside's custody suites between April and September 2015 and were successfully matched to Police National Computer records, 872 had offences recorded in the 12 months prior to the positive drug test and/or in the 12 months following the positive drug test.  Overall, both the volume of offending and the number of individuals offending reduced post-positive drug test when compared to pre-test.  Individuals were arrested a total of 1,951 times in the 12 months pre-positive drug test, compared to 1,626 times in the 12 months post-positive drug test, representing a 16.7% reduction in the number of offences for the positive drug test cohort.  Seven in ten (69.6%) individuals of the positive drug test cohort had at least one offence recorded in the 12 months following the positive drug test.  Trigger offences decreased by 15.3% post-positive drug test compared to non-trigger offences which decreased by 21.9%.  Of the offending which occurred in the 12 months following the positive drug test, just over two in five (42.4%) had a drug test carried out for subsequent arrest occasions.  Those not drug tested following subsequent arrests were arrested slightly more often those who were tested.  Of the individuals not drug tested following subsequent arrests, 83.1% were male; those aged 35 to 39 years and 40 to 44 years accounted for the largest proportions (18.3% and 18.5% respectively); 36.6% were arrested for theft/handling, followed by non-Home Office Counting Rules for Recorded Crime offences (19.4%), violence (16.6%) and drugs (7.8%).  The overall volume of offending across Merseyside significantly reduced by 17.0% post-positive drug test when compared to pre-test. Individuals who were care planned following the positive drug test had the highest proportional reduction (18.3%) in offending post-test, compared to those who had no further contact (16.5%) and those assessed but not care planned (15.4%).  The mean seriousness of offences significantly reduced by 16.1% in the 12 months following the positive drug test. Individuals who were care planned following the positive drug test had the highest proportional reduction (17.8%) in offending post-test, compared to those who had no further contact (14.6%) and those assessed but not care planned (15.9%).  Following the positive drug test, there were significant reductions in the mean number and mean seriousness of offences in the medium and high offending groups, while numbers significantly increased for those in the low offending group.  The mean number and mean seriousness of offences reduced in the 12 months following the drug test for all positive drug test result groups, though results were only significant for those who tested positive for cocaine only and those who tested positive for both cocaine and opiates. Details: Liverpool: Public Health Institute, Faculty of Education, Health and Community, Liverpool John Moores University, 2017. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2019 at: http://researchonline.ljmu.ac.uk/7614/1/Re-offending%20of%20arrestees%20testing%20positive%20for%20class%20A%20drugs%20across%20Merseyside.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 154937

Author: Critchley, Karen Title: Criminal Justice Project: Drug Interventions Programme - Sefton Drug Testing Profile (2014 to 2017) Summary: The Drug Interventions Programme (DIP) process generally begins with the police drug testing individuals in the custody suite following an arrest. If offenders test positive for Class A drugs (opiates and/or cocaine), they are served with a Required Assessment (RA) by the police. This a compulsory legal sanction which requires the individual to attend up to two appointments (initial/follow-up RA) with a drugs worker. During these assessments the drugs worker will assess the individual's drug use and offending behaviour and, if necessary, encourage them to engage with drug treatment services (Home Office, 2010). In 2016/17, 57% of those accessing DIP in Merseyside presented via the RA route, while in Sefton 60% presented through RAs (Collins et al., 2017a). For this reason, the police play an important role in the early stages of the DIP process. Merseyside Police introduced targeted drug testing in 2015. This involves a set list of questions around drug use that should be considered by the police before a decision is made on whether the arrestee is drug tested. The main aim of targeted testing is to reduce the number of negative drug tests carried out in the custody suite setting, thus save police time and money, while ensuring offenders who use drugs continue to be drug tested and referred to treatment services through the RA process. This Drug Testing Profile for Sefton presents information on drug tests carried out at Sefton's custody suites and on Sefton residents across the Merseyside area between January 2014 and December 2017, with a particular focus given to the most recent year (2017). This profile contextualises Merseyside Police drug testing data by providing numbers and trends of offenders who use drugs identified through this route into the DIP system and a demographic overview of the individuals. Comparisons to overall Merseyside figures have been made, where possible, with tables in Appendix A and B showing comparisons across each area (custody suite area and area of residence). This profile also provides recommendations for all stakeholders involved with DIP, in terms of the efficient use of resources and effective services locally and across Merseyside. Details: Liverpool: Public Health Institute, Liverpool John Moores University, 2018. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2019 at: http://researchonline.ljmu.ac.uk/8552/1/SeftonDrugTestingProfile%282014-17%29.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 154938

Author: Russell, Simon Title: TIIG Lancashire - Location of Violent Incidents April 2013 to March 2016 Summary: Violence is a preventable public health problem and yet there are over one million violent incidents each year in England and Wales, approximately half of which involve alcohol and one quarter of which occur in night time economy environments. Between April 2013 and March 2016 there were 14,427 injury attendances to Lancashire Emergency Departments (EDs) by residents of Lancashire for injuries sustained from violence. This TIIG Lancashire report presents data and analyses relating to the locations of violence, specifically in terms of patient area of residence, as determined by Emergency Department (ED) data, and call out location, as determined by North West Ambulance Service (NWAS) data. Trends are also presented in terms of demographic compositions of assault attendances/call outs, deprivation and, in terms of ED data, incident location categories and attendance details. Analyses also compare ED data (patient geography) with NWAS data (location geography), particularly in terms of attendance/call out numbers and rates by Local/Unitary Authority areas and Lower Super Output Areas (LSOAs). Details: Liverpool: Public Health Institute, Faculty of Education, Health and Community, Liverpool John Moores University, 2017. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2019 at: https://phi.ljmu.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/TIIG-Lancashire-Location-of-Violent-Incidents-across-Lancashire.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Accidents and Injuries Shelf Number: 154941

Author: Davies, Tom Title: Group Violence Intervention London: An Evaluation of the Shield Pilot Summary: Gang, group and serious street orientated violence continue to be a significant problem in London, demanding innovative and collaborative solutions. In June 2014, at MOPAC's Policing Global Cities: Gangs Summit, Professor David Kennedy delivered a keynote speech outlining the Group Violence Intervention (GVI) approach he developed in Boston during the 1990's (known as 'Ceasefire'). Professor Kennedy was subsequently invited by MPS Trident to deliver a two day 'Ceasefire University' in the GVI model. As a result, the MOPAC Evidence and Insight team, with input from MPS central intelligence, undertook analysis using crime and social demographic data to develop a comprehensive borough level picture on gang and youth violence. The analysis was used to identify potential pilot boroughs with whom MOPAC initially engaged in dialogue, and this was followed up with senior level meetings with Lambeth, Haringey, Westminster, Hackney and Newham between August and October of 2014. Agreement followed from these meetings to proceed with Lambeth, Haringey, and Westminster. In selecting the three boroughs MOPAC recognised the strength of their community safety partnerships and willingness to trial the Group Violence Intervention approach. To this end, Shield - an adaptation of the Group Violence Intervention (GVI) strategy - was developed as a pilot programme and rolled out in three boroughs (Lambeth, Westminster and Haringey). This report presents learning from the evaluation covering performance, process (i.e. implementation challenges and benefits), and impact. Details: London: Mayor of London, Office for Policing and Crime, 2016. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2019 at: https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/gvi_london_evaluation270117.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gang Shelf Number: 154949

Author: Lambeth Community Safety Title: Serious Violence in Lambeth: Qualitative Research Report Summary: Introduction 1. Introduction 1.1 This report represents the findings from Wave One of a qualitative study which has been conducted to feed into the Lambeth Violence Needs Assessment Strategy. The work was commissioned jointly by the Community Safety and Public Health teams, and undertaken by Sara Butler, Senior Researcher for the PEP team at Lambeth Council. 1.2 The author would like to thank all who helped with the study, from advising on participants to providing venues and administrative support. Thanks also go to participants who gave up the time to share their views and experiences. 2. Why qualitative research? 2.1 Where quantitative research and surveys aim to measure or count, qualitative research seeks to understand. It aims to get underneath peoples' opinions and behaviours, and explore the reasons behind them. 2.2 Typically, qualitative research deals with small sample sizes and uses focused, one to one or small group methods of discussion. It cannot claim to be 'representative' of anything other than the views expressed by participants, but what it can do is give an indication of the range of views and experiences, an idea about how strongly some opinions are held, and offer insights into what influences and affects attitudes. 2.3 Qualitative research also allows participants to �set the agenda' for the discussions, meaning that it can focus on the issues that are of real importance to participants, rather than setting discussion parameters for them. The subjects involved in this study are sensitive and some people can be uncomfortable talking about them. A one to one and/or face to face approach enables the researcher to build rapport with participants, reassure them and encourage openness. 2.4 In a local policy-making context, qualitative research can provide individual illustrations and examples that can help bring experiences to life and help policymakers understand the challenges facing residents in the Borough. 2.5 For this study, a qualitative approach was recommended to provide flavour and depth to other quantitative work already being undertaken. It meant that we could tailor the method and the content to suite the different audiences and ensure we captured a broad range of perspectives 2.6 It is important to note though, that qualitative research often deals in perceptions, rather than facts, but to those who hold those views, they are facts. 3. Aims of the research 3.1 They key aim of this study was to fill gaps in knowledge about the experiences of perpetrators and victims of violence in the Borough, and to feed new learning into the Lambeth Violence Needs Assessment Strategy. 3.2 The objectives were to explore, from a number of perspectives: - perceptions and experiences of violence in Lambeth - ideas around prevalence of different kinds of violence - 'triggers' for violent behaviour - how young people can become involved in violence - how people can become a 'victim' of violence - how best to help prevent violent offending, and to deal with young offenders 4. Methodology 4.1 The study involved: - 1 discussion group with male residents of Lambeth - 2 discussion groups with female residents of Lambeth (one with African-Caribbean women) - 5 interviews with ex-gang offenders - 3 interviews with youth offenders - 5 interviews with victims of violence - 6 interviews with professionals in health, policing and business. Details: Lamberth, UK: The Author, 2015. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2019 at: https://www.lambeth.gov.uk/sites/default/files/serious-violence-in-lambeth-qualitative-research-report-june-2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 154952

Author: Moore, Karenza Title: Emerging Drug Trends in Lancashire: Focusing on young adults' alcohol and drug use. Phase Two Report Summary: This report presents findings from Phase two of a two year rolling programme of research (October 2010 to October 2012) on Emerging Drug Trends (hereafter EDT) in Lancashire funded by Lancashire Drug and Alcohol Action Team (hereafter LDAAT) and undertaken by Dr Fiona Measham , Dr Karenza Moore and Dr Jeanette �stergaard at Lancaster University, and for Phase Two also Dr Claire Fitzpatrick5 and Bina Bhardwa. In Phase One, we conducted surveys in the night time economy (hereafter NTE) in four town and city centres in Lancashire (Measham et al, 2011a). The purpose of this first phase was to produce predominately quantitative (statistical) data on prevalence and patterns of drug use, both in terms of established legal and controlled drugs such as alcohol, cannabis, cocaine and ecstasy, and also in terms of assessing the extent of the emergence of novel psychoactive substances or so-called 'legal highs' in the north west of England (EMCDDA 2010; Measham et al 2010, Measham et al 2011b). In Phase Two we turn our attention to young adults' attitudes towards, and experiences of, alcohol and illicit drug use. In order to explore young adults' attitudes and experiences within the broader context of emerging drug trends we undertook nine separate focus groups with a total of 55 young adults aged between 16 and 27 years of age. In addition to discussing their attitudes and experiences of alcohol and illicit drugs, focus group participants were asked to complete a short survey consisting of similar questions to those asked of participants in the LDAAT EDT NTE surveys (Measham et al, 2011a). This enabled a comparison of our focus group participants' alcohol and drug use patterns with young adults surveyed in the Lancashire NTE in 2010. This report commences with an outline and justification for the Methods used in Phase Two. We then present the focus group participants' Socio-demographic, drinking and drug profile according to the aforementioned short surveys, followed by sections exploring key findings in more depth: Problems with drinking and illicit drug use; Substance misuse and crime; Pre-loading and excessive drinking; Attitudes towards legal and illegal drugs; Information on alcohol and drug use. Conclusions and Policy Recommendations are then drawn, with a focus on the implications of these findings for LDAAT as commissioners of this research. Details: Lancaster, UK: Lancaster University, Drug and Alcohol Action Team, 2011. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2019 at: https://pure.vive.dk/ws/files/386799/Emerging_drug_trends_in_Lancashire._Focusing_on_young_adults_alcohol_and_drug_use_phase_2.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 154953

Author: Measham, Fiona Title: The Reorientation Towards Recovery in UK Drug Debate, Policy and Practice: Exploring Local Stakeholder Perspectives. Emerging Drug Trends: Phase Four Report Summary: This Phase Four report is part of an ongoing programme of research on Emerging Drug Trends from 2010 onwards. Phase Four explores drug policy and service provision, concentrating on the re-emergence in recent years of 'recovery' as a guiding principles in UK drug policing, heralding significant changes to drug debate, policy and practice at national and local level. Details: Lancaster, UK: Lancaster University, Drug and Alcohol Action Team, 2013. 101p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2019 at: http://www.clubresearch.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/05/LDAAT-P4.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse Treatment Shelf Number: 154954

Author: Measham, Fiona Title: Emerging Drug Trends in Lancashire: Night Time Economy Surveys. Phase One Report Summary: Phase One of the EDT research programme consisted of drug and alcohol surveys in the night time economy of towns and cities in Lancashire in the north west of England. The focus of the surveys was to produce data on patterns and prevalence of drug use, both in terms of established controlled drugs such as cannabis, cocaine and ecstasy, but also in terms of assessing the prevalence of the novel psychoactive substances in Lancashire's towns and cities. Details: Lancaster, UK: Lancaster University, Drug and Alcohol Action Team, 2011. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2019 at: http://www.clubresearch.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/05/LDAAT-Phase-1-report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Use Shelf Number: 154955

Author: Measham, Fiona Title: Emerging Drug Trends in Lancashire: Nightclub Surveys. Phase Three Report Summary: This is the third report from the Lancashire Drug and Alcohol Action Team (LDAAT)-funded Emerging Drug Trends (hereafter EDT) research programme (2010-13), with Phase Three undertaken by Dr Fiona Measham, Dr Karenza Moore, Zoe Welch and assistants at Lancaster University. The LU/LDAAT EDT programme explores changing trends in legal and illicit drug use across Lancashire and its policy implications through a series of studies in different leisure contexts and with different communities and social groups. This report presents the findings from Phase Three of the ongoing programme exploring alcohol and drug use in nightclubs situated in four towns and cities across Lancashire. Phase Three builds on the findings of Phases One and Two of the research programme . Phase One surveyed customers in the High Street night-time economies (hereafter NTE) of four town and city centres across Lancashire to assess use of alcohol, illegal drugs and novel psychoactive substances (hereafter NPS) or so-called "legal highs" in the NTE (Measham et al 2011). Phase Two featured focus groups and short surveys with both 'mainstream' and 'marginalised' groups of young adults to explore their attitudes towards, and experiences of, legal and illicit drug use (Moore et al 2011). Phase Three is a pioneering survey of alcohol and drug consumption in 'standard' High Street nightclubs selected at random from a short list of venues identified as nightclubs across the four chosen locations. In Phase Three we also expand on some of the key findings from the earlier studies, such as the practice of pre-loading with alcohol before going out and the prevalence of 'Bubble' use, a term used in the north west of England for mephedrone and more broadly for any unidentified white powders with stimulant effects (Measham et al 2011; 2011a). Phase Three has two main research aims: firstly, to assess patterns and prevalence of alcohol and illicit drug use including NPS amongst adults frequenting standard nightclubs in a region of England and secondly, to compare standard nightclubs with a specialist dance event to explore whether a musical, stylistic and pharmacological distinction between nightclubs and dance events currently exists, and if so, how such a distinction might be defined and operationalised. Details: Lancaster, UK: Lancaster University, Drug and Alcohol Action Team, 2012. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2019 at: http://www.clubresearch.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/05/LDAAT-P3-Final.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 154964

Author: McHugh, Richard Title: Applied Performance Arts interventions within Justice Services: Moving 'Forward' Toward an Integrated Sustainable Evaluative Approach Summary: The work of Odd Arts focuses on engaging vulnerable groups in arts based programmes who may experience multiple forms of exclusion. This work is largely carried out with and within organisations associated with crime and criminal justice. Much of the work of Odd Arts utilises applied theatre and related performance and creative arts as a mechanism in exploring a range of issues relevant to the lives of beneficiaries. Odd Arts contracted the Manchester Centre for Youth Studies (Manchester Metropolitan University) to carry out a small scale study of the Forward programme within two criminal justice service settings. These two sites included a secure children's home and an adult supported housing project for ex-offenders. 1.2 Methodology -- The research required a multi-method approach, which consisted of the following four strands: i) literature review ii) interviews with young people who participated in the Forward programme within the youth secure estate iii) interviews with youth justice professionals who supported the interventions within the secure estate iv) interviews with adults living in supported accommodation for ex-offenders who participated in the Forward programme v) ethnographic observations of the Forward programme within one youth secure estate venue (secure children's home 1). 1.3 Literature review A literature review was conducted to provide a theoretical basis for the research and this assisted in the development of the research instruments used (interview schedules and ethnographic observation). The literature review examined English language literature published between 1994 and 2017, which focused on: applied theatre within the secure estate; forum theatre; applied arts provision within justice services. 1.4 Interviews - beneficiaries: young people The young people who were available to take part and chose to be involved in the follow up interviews (n. 9) presented a range of opinions about their experiences and perceptions of engaging with the Forward programme. Most prevalent amongst these opinions were themes including: - Appreciating the game elements of the programme - Having a sense of choice and agency within the programme - Opportunity to engage with a larger group of young people beyond the scope of everyday contacts It is important to note that all of the young people had some previous experience of engaging with Odd Arts interventions in some way. Likewise, it is noteworthy that in the follow up interviews, it was apparent that the young people had appeared, to varying degrees, to lose some enthusiasm for the programme. This latter point was a stark contrast to the observed levels of enthusiasm during the delivery of the intervention. 1.5 Interviews - beneficiaries: adult supported housing Interview responses from the adult service users living in the supported housing project closely aligned with those of the young people. Predominantly, respondents from the supported housing project described how they felt that the Forward programme had generally been a positive experience. However, more specifically, the participants described how the programme had significantly raised their confidence levels and provided a meaningful activity, which gave them something to look forward to. Moreover, the participants from the supported housing project explained that engaging in the Forward programme had provided a space in which the residents (who took part) could gain deeper mutual understanding, empathy and mutual peer support. 1.6 Interviews - practitioners: youth justice, resettlement and arts professionals Practitioner interviews yielded some similar themes to those of the beneficiaries. However, practitioners specifically referred to the Odd Arts approach as being unique and highly professional. Without exception supporting staff from within host organisations had complete confidence in Odd Arts and specifically the delivery staff. Additionally, supporting staff (as indicated earlier) were very keen to outline how they perceived huge value and potential in the idea of having an embedded and integrated planning and evaluation process which would be carried out collaboratively between Odd Arts and the host organisation(s). This, they felt, has the potential to further generate positive outcomes for beneficiaries in future interventions. Details: Manchester, UK: Manchester Centre for Youth Studies - Manchester Metropolitan University, 2018. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 14, 2019 at: http://www.artsevidence.org.uk/media/uploads/180213-odd-arts-moving-forward.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Arts Programs Shelf Number: 154966

Author: Hennell, Katherine Title: 'A Proper Night Out': Alcohol and risk among young people in deprived areas in North West England Summary: Young people's very visible and public performances of drunkenness have become a matter of popular and political concern. English alcohol policy, frames this type of harmful alcohol consumption as a problem of individual behaviour, which is underpinned by conceptualisations of risk and rationality. Thus positioning the individual as a rational, risk adverse, decision maker. Consequently, interventions focus on risk factors and individual harm reduction models, despite there being little evidence to suggest that these type of interventions are effective. This thesis moves away from this focus by using a social practice theoretical framework, to explore the contemporary drinking practices of young people from socio-economically deprived areas and to reconceptualise risk in relation to these practices. This study draws on data from three mixed gender friendship groups of twenty-three young people from deprived communities in the North West of England during a 14- month period. This study focuses on the alcohol consumption of young people from deprived communities in northern England because they are the group whose drinking has frequently been the most problematised in English alcohol policy. In addition, people living in disadvantaged communities have been shown to suffer from more alcohol attributable harms than those living in more affluent communities. During the study period, data was collected from three to four in-depth group interviews with each group and from the social media content of each young person. The study draws on the theoretical frame of the three element model of social practice together with 'doing gender' and conceptualisations of Bourdieu's capital, to undertake an empirical enquiry of alcohol consumption, that explores the unequal and varying performance(s) of the practice. This study illustrates how a specific material arrangement of alcohol, the corporeal, spaces, finance and mobile phones; combines and interconnects with social and symbolic meanings of social recognition, sociability, caring and group belonging and with competences relating to the consumption of alcohol and staying safe. By doing so, a recognizable practice-as-entity is identified, which is framed as a proper night out. The study re-conceptualises risk as routine, ordinary and normalised within young people's intoxicated drinking practices. Thus, risk is viewed as being complex, multilayered and fluid and knowledge about moderating and navigating hazards and uncertainties is part of the (un)conscious, embodied know-how of the practice. Details: Lancaster, UK: Lancaster University, 2017. 350p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 14, 2019 at: http://eprints.lancs.ac.uk/87000/1/2017HennellPhD.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 154967

Author: Arts Alliance Title: Demonstrating the value of arts in criminal justice Summary: This guide, produced by Charities Evaluation Services, provides practical tips to help organisations move from making their desired effect explicit to developing methods of capturing and demonstrating achievements; this includes how to analyse, interpret and use the data collected to make a convincing case. Details: London: Clinks, 2011. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2019 at: https://www.artsincriminaljustice.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/Demonstrating-the-value-of-arts-in-Criminal-Justice.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Arts Programs Shelf Number: 154971

Author: Mer, Becky Title: Arts in Prison: Lessons from the United Kingdom Summary: From September 2010 to October 2011, I conducted research on arts in prison across the United Kingdom and parts of Europe. Admittedly, the phrase 'arts in prison' is a misnomer in the context of this research. The term �arts� refers to a variety of art forms4 as well as multi-arts programs and issue-based programs that incorporate the arts. The term �prison� is also limiting, as the research encompassed prisons, secure hospitals, immigration detention centres, community sentences, courts, probation, and programs with former prisoners. Concerning prisons, consideration was given to men�s, women�s, therapeutic, local, remand, training, open, closed, young offender, and �lifer� prisons for people given life sentences. The research consisted of: o desk research of relevant literature o semi-structured interviews with 102 program staff, arts practitioners and education managers o visits to eighteen secure facilities o visits to four community justice programs, including Youth Offending Teams o attendance at government meetings, arts practitioner training, prison officer training, conferences, academic seminars, exhibitions, and performances In planning and conducting this research, a number of professional organizations� research ethics codes were taken into account, including the British Society of Criminology and the Social Research Association. Prior to beginning research, I completed the Collaborative Institutional Training Initiative (CITI) Course in the Protection of Human Research Subjects through the Brown University Research Protections Office. Participants� informed consent was obtained before interviews took place, and it was made clear to participants that they could end the interview and choose not to answer any questions at any time. It was also made clear to participants that their personal data was confidential and any information used in the report would remain anonymous. The vulnerability of participants was taken into account throughout the research, and, as far as possible, disturbance to participants was minimized. Details: s.l.: The Author, 2011. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2019 at: https://theprisonartscoalition.files.wordpress.com/2011/07/artsinprison.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Arts in Prison Shelf Number: 154972

Author: Traynor, Peter Robert Title: Closing the 'security gap': Young people, 'street life' and knife crime Summary: This thesis explores the social meanings applied to the carrying and use of knives as a weapon, by young people living in areas with high rates of knife crime and violence. The thesis situates data, generated through interviews and focus groups, within a theoretical framework based around the concept of 'street life', as a place in which young people, often in groups, draw on street codes as a response to the extant violence and a 'security gap' in their neighbourhoods. This 'gap' was experienced to a greater or lesser extent by most of the young people who took part in the research, and was bound up in ongoing 'integrational difficulties' experienced in adolescence, and exacerbated by experiences of deprivation and marginality. Some participants responded to violence by adhering to a street code that exposed them to violence, and, reproduced the violence they sought to confront. Non-offending young people were able to draw on a 'civic code' as a means of sustaining collective resilience. Social integration is shown to provide a crucial form of resilience for participants. In the absence of sources of collective resilience, the knife represented for many participants a proxy form of resilience. Participants were sometimes able to cultivate more effective forms of integration and social resilience as they disengaged with 'street life' and, as a consequence, the knife as a source of protection became increasingly redundant. In this sense, the thesis is about how young people create and sustain identities, integration and resilience in difficult circumstances, and the sometimes-misguided ways in which they seek to do this. Thus, the thesis adds novel empirical and conceptual findings to normative and subcultural understandings, not just of knife carrying but of gangs, and other collective responses to violence. Details: Leeds, UK: University of Leeds, School of Law, 2016. 327p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 14, 2019 at: http://etheses.whiterose.ac.uk/16687/ Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Code of the Street Shelf Number: 154974

Author: Parkinson, John G. Title: Teaching creatively in prison education: an autoethnography of the ground Summary: This thesis portfolio presents an autoethnographic account of a prison educator engaged in a research project that explores creative approaches to arts, prison education, work and training in custodial settings. The position of the researcher is located in-between and across professional practices including arts in prisons, prison education, work and training environments, which have conflicting agendas that, nevertheless, share the same institutional space. Policymakers and management bodies regulating these professional practices expect education and training to contribute to reducing reoffending. Procedurally, the research process was precariously balanced between, on the one hand, performing to measures of quality based on the requirement to reduce recidivism, and on the other, crude outcome measures driven by a utilitarian marketization of prison education that includes course completion rates calculated on the basis of minimum contact time. This broader context created an uncertain and constantly shifting context for the research, which began with my search for an effective creative practice in a Performing Arts Department (PAD) and ends in a Functional English classroom (FEC). Conceptually, the research draws on the What Works debate (McGuire, 1995; Brayford et al. 2010), which continues to create a disjuncture between policy and implementation resulting from unrealistic assumptions that arts and education programmes in prison might prevent reoffending, with evidence relying solely upon randomisation, reductive causation and numerical calculation. It also draws on desistance theory (Maruna, 2001; McNeil, 2006), which argues that desistance from crime can be understood as an indirect process, rather than an event. From an examination of my efforts to implement and develop creative approaches to education via autoethnographic tools, including fictional performative writing, I argue two main points. Firstly, the autonomy required by the creative prison educator engaged in an advanced research project re-positions the professional in a particular relationship with the bewildering processes of power, protectionism and performance management in the criminal justice system. Secondly, and as demonstrated through fictional performative writing, I argue that research methods engaging voices from the frontline of educational environments, can reveal seemingly small details relating to the challenges and possibilities of creative education in prisons that, nonetheless, have significant implications for developing productive and innovative approaches to desistance from crime. Moreover, from this grounded, yet restricted position, I speculate how such approaches might extend both creativity and creatively beyond the validation of this doctorate qualification. Details: Manchester, UK: University of Manchester, 2017. 293p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 14, 2019 at: https://www.research.manchester.ac.uk/portal/en/theses/teaching-creatively-in-prison-education-an-autoethnography-of-the-ground(a6b8be1e-8758-4961-8135-8e38e946a894).html Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Arts Programs Shelf Number: 154976

Author: Great Britain. National Audit Office Title: Progress of the 2016-2021 National Cyber Security Programme Summary: Background to the report UK businesses and citizens increasingly operate online to deliver economic, social and other benefits, making the country more and more dependent on the internet. However, the internet is inherently insecure, and attempts to exploit its weaknesses - known as cyber attacks - continue to increase and evolve. While departments and public bodies are responsible for safeguarding their own information, since 2010 government has decided that it needed centrally driven strategies and programmes to ensure the UK effectively manages its exposure to these risks. The Cabinet Office (the Department) leads this work, through successive National Cyber Security Strategies published in 2011 and 2016; and separate National Cyber Security Programmes designed to help deliver each Strategy between 2011-2016 (NCSP1) and 2016-2021 (the Programme). The 2016 National Cyber Security Strategy's (the Strategy) focuses on the steps government will take to make the UK more secure online, covering the overarching themes of Deter, Defend and Develop across 12 strategic outcomes. It is designed to be a cross‑government approach, with specific departments (referred to as lead departments) responsible for each of the Strategy's 12 strategic outcomes (plus a thirteenth - the overarching governance as managed by the Department). The Strategy's 12 strategic outcomes are regarded as equally important and are not prioritised. The Strategy includes L1.3 billion for the Programme. The Programme�s objectives are organised under the same headings as the Strategy's 12 strategic outcomes. The Department uses a range of metrics to assess progress against the objectives and the strategic outcomes. The Programme has a broad scope, from developing cyber skills in the UK to technical measures to defend attacks, to considering how to incentivise organisations to make their digital systems more secure. Content and scope of the report Our audit sought to answer the question: "Is the Cabinet Office effectively coordinating the 2016-2021 National Cyber Security Programme?" This includes understanding how the Programme contributes to the delivery of the Strategy's overarching strategic outcomes. Our report examines the government's approach to cyber security (Part One); how the Department set up and manages the Programme (Part Two); progress in delivering the Programme (Part Three) and finally examines what the Programme expects to achieve up to 2021 and beyond (Part Four). We have not examined the other activities that support the Strategy, such as the effectiveness of individual departments' expenditure on the protection of their digital systems and information, and other activities that contribute to enhancing the UK's cyber security. Report conclusions By refreshing its National Cyber Security Strategy in 2016 the government has shown an important commitment to improving cyber security. Such an approach is vital to ensure that the rapidly evolving risk from cyber-attacks does not undermine the UK's ambition of building a digital economy and transforming public services. Achievement of the Strategy's strategic outcomes is supported by the �1.3 billion National Cyber Security Programme, which has provided a focal point for cyber activity across government and has already led to some notable innovation, such as the establishment of the National Cyber Security Centre. However, despite recent improvements in the Programme's management and delivery record, it was established with inadequate baselines for allocating resources, deciding on priorities or measuring progress effectively. With two years of the Programme still to run this makes it hard to say whether it will provide value for money. Ultimately, the Department can best demonstrate value for money if the Programme's objectives are delivered by 2021 and can then be shown to have maximised their contribution to the wider Strategy. Looking ahead to the UK's longer-term position, the Department needs to build on its current work to ensure there is adequate planning for what activity government might undertake after the existing Programme ends. Details: London: NAO, 2019. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 15, 2019 at: https://www.nao.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Progress-of-the-2016-2021-National-Cyber-Security-Programme.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Computer Crime Shelf Number: 154977

Author: Oak Foundation Title: Falling through the gaps: Fragmented and underfunded systems are failing care leavers who serve prison sentences in custody and in the community. Summary: Care leavers are vastly over-represented in our justice system. Children in care and care leavers account for less than 1% of the general population, yet over 25% of the adult prison population has previously been in care. Care leavers given prison sentences face many challenges following release, particularly because they often do not have a secure family base to return to. While support is available to care leavers leaving prison, it tends to be fragmented, with multiple systems and sectors involved; primarily the criminal justice and children�s social care systems, but also health, education, employment, housing and the voluntary sector. Innovation Unit launched a long-term project in the late summer of 2018 with the overall aim of identifying how to improve outcomes by transforming the lives of this highly vulnerable group of young adults given prison sentences. This report captures our findings from the first phase of the project - generating deep insight into the problem. We are grateful to Oak Foundation who funded this first phase of work. We have sought to understand, from multiple perspectives, the strengths of the current systems that are tasked with supporting care leavers and the problems care leavers face. We have looked at what is working well, across the overlaps and between the gaps, to find a new space to do things differently. In addition to a desktop review of current research and data analysis, we have engaged with care leavers who have been in prison, and staff from the different organisations who seek to support them, from Coventry, Wolverhampton and Birmingham. We also held workshops with staff teams from these areas and engaged more widely with people attending national events. We have focused on care leavers who committed what are assessed to be medium- to low-risk offences, so have engaged with staff working in a Community Rehabilitation Company (CRC) rather than the National Probation Service. We have conducted 27 interviews comprising: care leavers (4); local authority staff (10); and staff from the 'Reducing Reoffending Partnership' (the West Midlands based CRC) working in prisons and the community and charities. Although prison managers attended our workshops, we note that we were not able to obtain permission to meet with HMPPS key workers in prisons during this work and are therefore unable to fully reflect their perspectives in our findings. We will ensure they are engaged in the second phase of our project. We will also engage more care experienced young people in the second stage. In all of our interviews, we applied the principles of ethnography using interview questions and tools which find out about the lived experience of those being interviewed. This methodology explores how they experience their day-to-day lives, and enables insights about the cultures and contexts in which people live. An ethnographic approach seeks not to go wide and find a representative sample, but instead to go deep: to explore the real life stories and experiences that care leavers and staff feel and experience on a day-to-day basis to shed new light on this complex problem. The findings from this qualitative research were reflected in our desk research and data analysis, which sought to explore our findings more rigorously. In addition, we consulted local authority leaving care staff from across the country at a National Leaving Care Benchmarking Forum event and engaged colleagues from across sectors in a workshop, drawing on their experience and testing ideas on where to focus the development of new solutions. Our findings are outlined in the following four sections of this report: 1. Executive summary: an overview of our findings. 2. Context: our understanding of this challenge and an outline of the project. 3. Insights: six key insights that start with a story from a care leaver or staff member illustrating people's real experience. 4. Next steps: the possible focus of our work in the next stage. Details: Geneva?: The Foundation, 2019. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 15, 2019 at: https://doc-14-5k-apps-viewer.googleusercontent.com/viewer/secure/pdf/n4lm5bvgo07692abv0979lptsiol6r9s/r0brmg2l9amn7ti3rpvgf638fdaemkoe/1552657650000/drive/06759208831286993071/ACFrOgADDMtgKGmyUN0KnK-riWVW93_6twry58ZPXmBTB-lTVeRp_1-fiCcuCucBNtleCM2wXm-aDAIzcf4z4WnYZHUMlVtiRCeOR_-nrZYXAPh5uWAw2XEPWwHpgN8=?print=true&nonce=2kj7dg9ci4l4i&user=06759208831286993071&hash=8og044lj6k2it9p6tqk5dier92png9tf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 154980

Author: Women's Resource Centre Title: Promising practice from the frontline: Exploring gendered approaches to supporting women experiencing homelessness and multiple disadvantage Summary: This scoping research is a collaboration between Homeless Link and the Women's Resource Centre (WRC) to explore gendered support available in England to women who experience homelessness and multiple disadvantage. Summary of key findings -- The factors that services are seeing most frequently Survey data suggests that women experiencing multiple disadvantage are presenting to a broad range of community services including those that are designed to support women with multiple disadvantage and services that are not. Over two thirds of the survey respondents (69%) reported they had seen an increase in the numbers of women with multiple disadvantage presenting to their service over the last two years. When asked to report the types of multiple disadvantage that women present to services with, the findings demonstrate that services are supporting women with a broad range of experiences: - All the survey respondents said that they 'sometimes' of 'often' support women who experience homelessness - 97% of respondents reported that they are either 'sometimes' or 'often' supporting women with experience of mental ill-health - 94% of respondents reported that they 'sometimes' or 'often' support women with problematic substance use - 93% of respondents reported that they 'sometimes' or 'often' support women who experience domestic violence. 65% of the survey respondents said that they support women with all the following either 'sometimes' or 'often': homelessness, domestic violence, sexual violence, involvement in prostitution, problematic drugs and alcohol use, mental ill health and involvement in the criminal justice system. The research also explored the way in which women experience homelessness and their journey to services: - Domestic and sexual violence as well as changes in welfare leading to an inability to cover housing costs were reported to be the main triggers for women's homelessness - To avoid violence and exploitation when sleeping rough women either stay with family and friends or resorting to using public transport or A&E waiting rooms - Women who experience domestic violence and present to the local authority were reported to often receive an inadequate response and are not deemed priority need. - When women do sleep rough, they may stay on the move all night to avoid the risks of more violence and exploitation - Traditional support provided through the homelessness pathway tends to be mixed provision which risks exposing women to further violence and exploitation. Staff rarely have the skills and experience to understand the types of support women need as a result of the continuum of violence they have experienced. Support available for homeless women who experience multiple disadvantage Of the 90 respondents to the survey, the majority (62%) were from homelessness and housing services, but a wide range of other community support projects were represented including violence and abuse support services, criminal justice support services, substance use, drop-in advice services and specialist women's services. Almost half of the services that responded to the survey (48%) reported that they were designed to work specifically with women facing multiple disadvantage, 46% reporting that they are not and 6% answered 'not sure'. 19 respondents explicitly stated that their service was a dedicated woman only organisation. Responses varied significantly in the extent to which services implement policies, practices and training to inform their support for this group of women, suggesting that services need to be strengthened to incorporate gender informed policies, practices and training. Effective support for homeless women facing multiple disadvantage Building on previous research this project identified common factors that are reported to enhance the effectiveness of support for women experiencing multiple disadvantage: - Organisational commitment to work from an understanding of women's lived experience of inequality - Service design which incorporates gendered approaches - incorporating the understanding of the impacts of VAWG and how to respond appropriately - Organisational structures: policies, staff recruitment training and support - implementing policies which embed a gendered approach, recruiting knowledgeable, empathic, compassionate and resilient staff that are trained on violence against women. Examples of promising practice where services have incorporated the elements illustrated above have been documented in a series of good practice case studies in the full report. Barriers and enablers to providing effective support The primary barriers facing services include: - A lack of strategic, gender informed funding approaches from commissioners. - Structural barriers relating to an overall lack of availability of safe, appropriate housing options. - A lack of resources resulting from widespread social care sector spending cuts, particularly for women with no recourse to public funds. - A lack of systematic evidence relating to women's homelessness which delays their access to support. As such, those providing gender informed and gender specific approaches are facing an uphill struggle in making the case for and levering in resources to do their work. Suggestions were noted that would enhance support for women: - Increasing joint commissioning approaches to encourage services to work together rather than in silos - The Housing First model adapted to work specifically with women - Specific expertise, time and resource available to advocate for migrant women to access their rights, entitlements and legal advice - Changes to how women's homelessness is categorised including the need for changes to the verification process which can miss out women who do not sleep rough and those who hide themselves whilst rough sleeping Assertive outreach models to more effectively locate, identify and engage women. Details: London: Homeless Link and Women's Resource Centre, 2019. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 15, 2019 at: https://www.homeless.org.uk/sites/default/files/site-attachments/Women%27s%20research_March%2019_0.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Disadvantaged Persons Shelf Number: 154981

Author: AVA (Against Violence & Abuse) Title: The core components of a gender sensitive service for women experiencing multiple disadvantage: A review of the literature Summary: The report 'Women and Girls at risk: evidence across the life course' (McNeish & Scott 2014) was pivotal in shining the spotlight on the vast range of harms faced by many women over the course of their lifetimes. The authors highlight how women entering services are often viewed through a lens of what is wrong with them, i.e. having substance use problems, offending behaviour or mental health difficulties, rather than through the lens of what has happened to them. A gendered perspective means recognising the importance of the social context, particularly the social inequalities impacting on women's lives. Without this, service approaches fail to meet the needs of women facing multiple life stressors and disadvantages over the course of their lives. This literature review continues where the Women at Risk report left off, encompassing the same five areas of disadvantage faced by women: - contact with the criminal justice system - homelessness - involvement in prostitution or sexual exploitation - experiencing severe mental health problems - experiencing serious drug and/or alcohol problems. The definition of disadvantage is also extended to include wider forms of violence against women to encompass harms related to all forms of sexual violence, intimate partner violence (IPV), so called 'honour based' violence, trafficking and female genital mutilation. The Women at Risk report highlights service approaches that are better suited to women facing multiple forms of these disadvantages. Within mental health, for example, this requires services to promote safety, respect and take the complexity of women's lives seriously and to be provided in a holistic, integrated and seamless manner. Services delivered by staff with an understanding of gendered violence and abuse and which provide women with a sense of control, particularly for survivors of abuse who have been the subject of controlling behaviour, are also important. Women praise those groups, programmes and services that share the core elements of providing safe contacts with others, helping to understand commonality of experiences, inspiring people with what others have achieved, allowing people to move forward at their own pace and enabling others to 'give back'. The authors highlight how women may be more likely to respond to an 'emotionally intelligent' approach to their needs (Covington 2001). The authors also refer to 'nine lessons for good practice' with women offenders in the community, underpinned by 1) women-only provision, 2) integration with non-offenders, 3) fostering of women�s empowerment, self-esteem and problem-solving abilities, 4) holistic and practical services, 5) links with other agencies, especially health, housing and employment, 6) flexibility to allow women to return for 'top up' support, 7) arrangements for personal support on leaving the project, and practical support such as transport and encouragement to re-establish links with children (McNeish & Scott 2014). A number of women's community centres in the UK delivering services to women involved in or at risk of being involved the criminal justice system, operate around these exact principles (Jones, Duffy & Hyde 2011; Radcliffe et al 2013). This review aims to further flesh out the core components of a 'gender-sensitive' service for women experiencing multiple disadvantage, regardless of which sector the service may be based in. This is in recognition that service provision within health and social care still continues to operate in silos and often fails to address the full range of needs of women. However, it is also recognised that single-issue services (e.g. substance misuse, mental health) have developed some excellent gender-sensitive approaches, offering useful lessons for others. This supplements the numerous evaluations and reviews of women's community centres currently in the public domain. Details: London: AVA and Agenda, 2017. 44p. Source: https://www.barrowcadbury.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/Mapping-the-Maze-The-core-components-of-a-gender-sensitive-service-for-women-experiencin-multiple-disadvantage-January-2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Disadvantaged Persons Shelf Number: 154982

Author: Spencer, Charlie Title: Vulnerable Adolescents Thematic Review Summary: The London Borough of Croydon is the southernmost borough of London. Approximately 93,435 children under the age of 18 years live in Croydon. This is 25% of the total population in the area, with approximately 23% of children living in low-income families. Children from minority ethnic groups account for 58% of all children, compared with 21% in the country as a whole. The largest minority ethnic groups of children in the area are African and Caribbean. 10,261 people in Croydon live in areas considered to be within the 10% most deprived in the country. Thematic Review design -- During a period of four weeks in the summer of 2017, three Croydon teenage boys died. One 16- year-old looked after child was riding a moped with two others on board, and crashed and died as a result of his injuries. A 15-year-old, subject to a child protection plan, died from multiple stab wounds in a gang related incident. The 17-year-old died after ingesting a highly toxic drug. All 3 children had been known to Children�s Social Care by the age of 2. These deaths were brought to the Croydon Safeguarding Children Board (CSCB) Serious Case Review (SCR) Sub-group and two Serious Case Reviews (SCRs) were agreed on the 15-year-old and 16-year-old. It was agreed that the 17-year-old would be included in a Thematic Review to be undertaken into a group of vulnerable adolescents, with either poor outcomes or of considerable concern. Police, Youth Offending, Children's Services and MASE1 panel, were each asked to identify their own list of young people. Some of the children were mentioned in more than one list. A list of 56 children was initially identified. Two further children were subsequently added, a 17- year-old male, who was stabbed to death in central Croydon, plus a 15-year-old female following presentation of her case to the January SCR sub-group due to grave concerns about child sexual exploitation and frequent missing incidents. The Thematic Review has considered 60 children in total, 58 from the identified list plus the two children who were the subject of the SCRs. In light of the fact that children were identified with poor outcomes or were children who agencies had considerable concern about, all agencies were requested to reassure themselves that the children identified were safe and adequate risk management arrangements were in place. Sadly, another hild who had been included in the cohort of 60 children, was stabbed and killed within weeks of this Thematic Review commencing. Five children were identified in the cohort because tragically they had lost their lives prematurely. Purpose -- The purpose of this Thematic Review was to determine whether there were any patterns in the children's experiences, which could inform and improve future planning. These were thought likely to be wide ranging including where they lived and went to school, their experiences of family care and the multi-agency services that were provided or offered. Details: London: Croydon Safeguarding Children Board, 2019. 101p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 15, 2019 at: http://croydonlcsb.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/CSCB-VA-Thematic-Review-Report-FINAL-25.02.19.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Adolescents Shelf Number: 154983

Author: Joyce, Chris Title: Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design in Supermarkets: A New Product or Past its Sell by Date Summary: Crime Prevention through Environmental Design (CPTED) is a crime reduction approach that aims to prevent crime through the design (pre-build) or manipulation (post-build) of the built environment. A staple food within the research pantry of academia and suggested as a main ingredient in the recipe to design out crime, yet rarely considered for the interior space of supermarkets and how the principles may deter shoplifters from committing crime. A space or environment is predominantly designed with the end user in mind; home buyers, the driver of a car, employees within an office, those that are the benefactors of a process that makes the user feel comfortable in their surroundings and induced to continue to use them. This is largely the case for the retail environment. However, some shoplifting offenders are committing offences in the same space each day. So, who are the main benefactors and users of the design and layout of retail environments - the shopper or the shoplifter? This research draws upon the experience of ex-shoplifters (n=5) in exploring their considerations, attractions and behaviour when committing theft from shop offences, specifically in supermarkets, in order to elicit how their decision-making is influenced by environmental design and physical cues. It also explores the principles utilised by the interior space designers of supermarkets (n=2), in order to identify where designing out crime currently features within the process of determining the layout of the supermarket environment. The findings of the research suggest that the principles of CPTED are applicable within the supermarket environment and that the behaviour of offenders could be influenced by the effective implementation of these principles. However, there is also a need to dispel the haze of ambiguity encircling some of the components of CPTED to assist clarity of application, understanding amongst practitioners and to encourage their subsequent use. Details: Huddersfield, England: University of Huddersfield, 2018. 89p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2019 at: https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/161338684.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 154996

Author: Great Britain. HM Inspectorate of Probation Title: A Rapid Evidence Assessment on the effectiveness of remote supervision and new technologies in managing probation service users Summary: This bulletin is based on an evaluation of existing empirical evidence, examining the effectiveness of remote supervision approaches and emerging new technologies to manage probation service users and assist with their desistance from further offending. The focus is upon the use of technologies in the context of a supervisory relationship and the delivery of its fundamental characteristics, e.g. developing trust, challenging behaviours etc. Other more specific uses of technology, such as those restricted to surveillance or the delivery of a specific intervention, were out of scope. Remote supervision typically features a device which allows service users and staff to access information, receive updates and maintain communication. Examples of remote supervison include a wide range of technologies, such as the use of telephones to facilitate supervision meetings, and kiosks at which The bulletin presents the findings from a Rapid Evidence Assessment (REA) undertaken between April 2018 and October 2018. The REA sought to identify and synthesise trustworthy evidence, as the basis for making causal inferences about the effect of remote supervision and technologies on reoffending and other intermediate probationer outcomes. In line with accepted practice, the REA sought to provide an analysis grounded in the current empirical data, and did not focus on providing a more speculative commentary on the topic beyond the data. An additional thematic review of remotely delivered health interventions was undertaken in October 2018. Healthcare was chosen for review due to some commonalities with probation and a strong tradition of rigorous evaluations. The thematic review of healthcare, included at Annex B, was based upon a search of The Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews. Key findings and implications - Over 22,000 articles published since 2007 were initially identified and reviewed for the REA, but none clearly met the defined criteria for inclusion and further synthesis. Articles were frequently excluded from further analysis as they did not explicitly service users can 'check in' with their officer. satisfy the use of technology within the context of a supervisory relationship as defined in this bulletin (including examples of electronic monitoring with the sole purpose of monitoring service users). Articles were also frequently excluded due to their research design and population of interest. - In the case of three articles, it was not possible to make a clear judgement about inclusion based on the information available. These studies all used trustworthy research designs, and provide some evidence that the use of technology in supervision may be effective in terms of intermediate outcomes for probationers. - One RCT study investigated the cost-effectiveness of a specific use of technology. While the technology was found to be potentially cost-saving, there was less certainty whether the findings could be replicated in a real-world context. The study highlighted the need to always consider both initial start-up costs and maintenance costs. - Given the dearth of robust evidence about the effectiveness of remote supervision and new technologies in managing probation service users, there is a need for new impact evaluations to be conducted. These would ideally be preceded by feasibility studies to assess the viability of undertaking a more resource-intensive impact evaluation, and the potential of such an evaluation to provide valid inferences about cause and effect. The views of both practitioners and service users should also be sought. - The thematic review of remotely delivered health interventions identified four systematic reviews where a technological solution either completely or partially replaced standard person-to-person treatment. The studies did not find that replacing human face-to-face interventions with technology in this context produced better outcomes, and there was insufficient evidence to judge whether enhancing human involvement was more or less effective at delivering outcomes than replacing human involvement. - None of the healthcare studies contained an economic analysis, but it is possible that technology can deliver cost savings without delivering worse outcomes for some users, particularly those in more rural/remote locations. However, the applicability of the healthcare findings to the criminal justice arena should be treated with caution, not least because probation users are mandated to engage, with the potential for sanctions, whereas healthcare clients engage voluntarily based on an assessment of the possible personal benefits. The REA's lack of findings regarding the effectiveness of remote supervision does not preclude service providers from intelligently using technologies to facilitate or enhance supervision. Any deployment of technology should be based on a clear rationale as to its likely effectiveness (in what context, and for whom), and should include a sufficiently robust form of evaluation. Technological developments can be fast-moving and the review process set out in this study provides a solid basis for further reviews as more evidence becomes available. Details: Manchester, UK: HMIP, 2019. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Research & Analysis Bulletin 2019/02: Accessed March 18, 2019 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2019/03/2019-02-Research-and-Analysis-Bulletin-REA-remote-supervision.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Desistance Shelf Number: 155006

Author: Collins, Petra Title: Criminal Justice Project: Liverpool Drug Testing Profile (2014 to 2017) Summary: In Liverpool, the criminal justice process generally begins with the police drug testing individuals in the custody suite following an arrest. If offenders test positive for Class A drugs (opiates and/or cocaine), they are served with a Required Assessment (RA) by the police. This a compulsory legal sanction which requires the individual to attend up to two appointments (initial/follow-up RA) with a drugs worker. During these assessments the drugs worker will assess the individual's drug use and offending behaviour and, if necessary, encourage them to engage with drug treatment services (Home Office, 2010). In 2016/17, 57% of those accessing criminal justice interventions in Merseyside presented via the RA route (Collins et al., 2017a), and for this reason the police play an important role in the early stages of this process. Merseyside Police introduced targeted drug testing in 2015. This involves a set list of questions around drug use that should be considered by the police before a decision is made on whether the arrestee is drug tested. The main aim of targeted testing is to reduce the number of negative drug tests carried out in the custody suite setting, thus save police time and money, while ensuring offenders who use drugs continue to be drug tested and referred to treatment services through the RA process. This Drug Testing Profile for Liverpool presents information on drug tests carried out at Liverpool's custody suites and on Liverpool residents across the Merseyside area between January 2014 and December 2017, with a particular focus given to the most recent year (2017). This profile contextualises Merseyside Police drug testing data by providing numbers and trends of offenders who use drugs identified through this route into the criminal justice system and a demographic overview of the individuals. Comparisons to overall Merseyside figures have been made, where possible, with tables in Appendix B and C showing comparisons across each area (custody suite area and area of residence). This profile also provides recommendations for stakeholders, in terms of the efficient use of resources and effective services locally and across Merseyside. Details: Liverpool: Public Health Institute, Faculty of Education, Health and Community, Liverpool John Moores University, 2018. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 18, 2019 at: http://researchonline.ljmu.ac.uk/8553/1/LiverpoolDrugTestingProfile%282014-17%29.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 155043

Author: Stein, Mike Title: Helping Care Leavers: Problems and Strategic Responses Summary: Children and young people become 'looked after' by local authority social services departments because their parents are unable to care for them for a variety of different reasons. They may be the victims of abuse or neglect or their parents may be overwhelmed by problems and be unable to cope. Some young people whose families have difficulties may experience problems as they grow up - getting into trouble at home or at school. Many of these young people - currently over 50,000 - will spend a short time 'in care' and return home. However, a significant number - about 8,500 - will leave the care of social services aged between 16 and 18 years of age, and the majority of these young people will be expected to live independently in the community. 1.1: The scale of the problem: numbers leaving care Government statistical information on young people aged 16-18 leaving care is published annually in Children Looked After by Local Authorities . This provides us with a starting point and context for our exploration of problems. However, there are limitations to this data. First, it refers to the legal status of young people - that is young people who legally left care and accommodation - or in terms of the Children Act 1989 'ceased to be looked after'. It thus does not include young people whose order remained in force but moved to independent living or elsewhere. Second, there is no data on gender or ethnicity. Both these issues will be addressed later by drawing on research studies. The most recent government information for 1997 reveals: 8,400 young people, aged 16�18, left care and accommodation during 1997, 4,900 (58%) were aged 16 and 17, and 3,500 (42%) were aged 18. 45% of these young people left from a foster care placement and 20% from a children's home. 25% left from community placements including lodgings, living independently or from their parents home. 10% left from some form of residential care other than children's homes, including schools for children with special educational needs, voluntary homes and hostels, youth treatment centres, young offender institutions, prison, family centres or mother and baby homes. 62% of these young people who left care during 1997 were looked after on a voluntary agreement between their parents and the local authority; 27% were looked after on care order. 50% of these care leavers had been looked after for more than two years, and a quarter for five years or more. Since 1993 there has been a small drop in the numbers of young people leaving care - from 8,900 to 8,400 - but whereas the proportion of young people leaving care on their eighteenth birthday has fallen, from 48% to 41%, the proportion leaving aged 16 has increased from 33% to 40%. Details: London: UK Department of Health, 2000. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed March 19, 2019 at: https://www.york.ac.uk/inst/spru/pubs/pdf/helpingCL.pdf Year: 2000 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 155052

Author: Alker, Zoe Title: Street Violence in Mid-Victorian Liverpool Summary: During the 1850s and 1860s, Victorian London was gripped by fears of violent street crime. Historians have examined these fears and the ways that anxieties over the unruly, rough robber shaped punitive legal responses in the form of the Security from Violence (Garrotters) Act (1863) which revoked the reformatory prison movement and reintroduced flogging for offenders of violent robbery. Crimes of all kinds were reported to be on the increase during the middle decades of the nineteenth century, but it was violent street crime that generated the most press and state attention. This thesis re-investigates these fears, but also shifts focus to interrogate the crimes that provoked them, and their role in shaping urban street life in mid nineteenth-century Liverpool. To date, the examination of popular fears about garrotting tells only a very small portion of the history of street crime and this study aims to readdress this. In part the thesis explores the ways in which representations of crime in the popular imagination impacted upon the identities of robbers and their victims but, in order to fully understand the dynamics behind street violence, I argue that we need to examine street crime in the very place where it occurred: the streets. Therefore, the thesis studies the meanings of violence- through an interrogation of both word and deed- to argue that power was not just manufactured and reinforced by the bourgeois elite, namely, the press, police, courts and Parliament, but between the victims and offenders themselves. Street crime is an ideal subject for studying the social interactions through which people defined themselves because it provides one of the few instances where people collided and clashed in the everyday setting of the street. Since robbery in mid-Victorian Liverpool was committed by offenders and experienced by victims who shared the same overcrowded and harsh living conditions of the city's north end slums, street violence provides us with a means of entry into the conflicts and tensions of the city's working classes and their neighbourhoods. This study explores the proliferation and fluidity of identities generated by street crime as articulated and rehearsed in the press, the streets and, finally, its culmination in the courts. Garrotting connoted a particular style of committing violent robbery; specifically, it involved the use of strangling or 'putting the hug on'. The garrotter, as the workshy savage with a propensity for gratuitous violence, was the dangerous figurehead of the 'criminal classes'. In the context of debates about the causes and effects of criminality, the garrotter was subject to multiple discourses each of which served to marginalise the street robber from the boundaries of respectable society. The stereotype of the garrotter underwent various transformations and was subject to competing and intersecting discourses: moral, racial, imperial, quasi-medical and pseudo-scientific. Anxieties about urban space, masculinity, crime, race and class were mapped on to the narrative construction of the garrotter in popular culture. Yet the ways in which dominant discourses shaped the garrotter had the same implication: to marginalise him from 'normal' society by labelling him as deviant and justifying the increase in state power over the 'unrespectable' working classes. The representation of the garrotter as a workshy savage who made a living solely from crime had little in common with those who offended in mid-Victorian Liverpool. One of the aims of this thesis is to debunk the myths about garrotting that were circulated in the metropolitan panic. Garrotting denoted a particular style of committing street robbery but offenders of street crime in Liverpool employed various ways of robbing their victims which included the removal of clothing, insults, sexual violence and punching. The victims and offenders of street crime in Liverpool were drawn from various occupations, backgrounds, and deployed various means of committing street robbery; as such, the representations were complex. These representations were also, to a degree, localised. Liverpool's status as a port meant that it had a transient and varied population. As a result, the stereotypes of victims and offenders highlighted local concerns about cultural groups, such as street corner men, sailors, prostitutes and the Irish Catholic community, all of whom had a significant presence in Liverpool's street life. The space and place of street crime - the pub, the street corner, backalleys, cellars and illicit lodging houses - impacted upon the representation of victims and offenders, and shaped fears about working-class leisure and the use of public space. Moving beyond representations, this study situates the dynamics of street violence in the place in which they occurred: the streets. Crucially, one of the key contributions this study makes to histories of street violence is in its examination of violent robbery from below. Through the use of GIS mapping software, alongside a qualitative reading of the behaviour evidenced by the offences, it is possible to reconstruct a spatial picture of crime by exploring: firstly, press perceptions of where criminals committed street crime; secondly, the journey or distance to crime for both victim and offender; and, finally, the link between the spatial location of the offence and the social status of the victim and offender. I argue throughout this thesis that the location of offences was key to the identities that offenders drew upon to secure street robberies. This study highlights the gendered nature of street crime. I adapt the criminological concept of street masculinity to describe the contours of gendered behaviour that was enacted in Victorian street robberies. In his study of late 1990s St Louis, Christopher Mullins argued that the gender models which offenders drew upon were determined by the positioning of crime on the street. Mullins argued that, 'Seizing upon the notion that gender is partly structural and partly performatory, scholars have sought out the ways in which male offenders "do masculinity" through doing crime.' I suggest that street masculinity is a useful concept for historicising street behaviour and, in addition, I develop this concept to argue that the patterns of behaviour by female offenders can be seen as evidence of 'street femininity'. Men's and women's lives were networked by the home, church and workplace; each was a physical location, but also a cultural space that dictated particular ways of presenting versions of the self.... Details: Liverpool: Liverpool John Moores University, 2014. 283p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 19, 2019 at: http://researchonline.ljmu.ac.uk/4483/1/157538_2014AlkerPhD.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Fear of Crime Shelf Number: 155053

Author: Morris, Laura Title: Factors that Influence Youth Offending Workers' Assessment of Mental Health Difficulties in Young Offenders Summary: Introduction. Research has shown that there is a high prevalence of mental health difficulties in young offenders. The Youth Offending Service (YOS) uses a structured assessment tool, ASSET to identify risk factors and inform interventions to address identified risks. Mental health difficulties are one of the known risk factors for offending in young people. Very little is known about the process of mental health assessment and what influences Youth Offending Workers' approach to assessments. The assessment of mental health difficulties has implications for access to mental health services for young people. Therefore, it was felt to be important to understand the assessment process in order to identify how to improve the quality of the assessment. This study explores the factors that influence Youth Offending Worker's assessment of mental health difficulties in young offenders. Method. Nine Youth Offending Workers from three Youth Offending Teams in South Wales were interviewed using a semi-structured interview schedule. The content of these interviews were analysed using constructivist grounded theory. Results. Four themes relating to Youth Offending Workers' assessment of mental health difficulties in young offenders were identified: 'Organisational context', 'The Youth Offending Worker', 'The young person's context' and 'Reaching a decision'. Discussion. The four themes interact with one another and impact on the Youth Offending Workers' assessment of mental health difficulties in young offenders. The findings have a number of clinical and service implications for the Youth Offending Service as well as Clinical Psychology Provision. This includes the need for Youth Offending Workers to; receive more training around mental health difficulties, to have access to clinical supervision and have a better understanding of mental health services. This should help to improve the quality of mental health assessment, ensuring young people's mental health difficulties are identified so that they receive appropriate support to address these difficulties. Details: Cardiff: Cardiff University, 2014. 236p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed march 20, 2019 at: https://orca.cf.ac.uk/64184/2/2014MorrisLJDclinPsy.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mental Health Assessment Shelf Number: 155056

Author: Fisher, Cate Title: Evaluation of the Jobcentre Plus Intensive Activity trial for substance misusing customers Summary: This report presents the findings of an evaluation of a small-scale Jobcentre Plus trial that was aimed at customers with drug and alcohol addiction. The Intensive Activity trial took place in 3 Jobcentres between May and July 2010. It offered an enhanced service to claimants with dependency issues, including the regular presence of a treatment provider in the Jobcentres. The trial was designed to help improve the service delivered to substance misusing customers, to further develop partnership working between treatment providers and Jobcentres and to increase the level of voluntarily referrals made by Jobcentre Plus to a treatment provider. The evaluation, carried out by social researchers at the Department for Work and Pensions, involved qualitative research with key stakeholders and the monitoring of management information. Details: London: Department for Work and Pensions, 2011. 82p. Source: Internet Resource; In-House Research No. 2: Accessed March 20, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/214356/ihr2.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 155057

Author: National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children (NSPCC) Title: Harmful sexual behaviour framework: An evidence-informed framework for children and young people displaying harmful sexual behaviours. 2nd edition Summary: Harmful sexual behaviour (HSB) is developmentally inappropriate sexual behaviour which is displayed by children and young people and which may be harmful or abusive (derived from Hackett, 2014). It may also be referred to as sexually harmful behaviour or sexualised behaviour. It can be displayed towards younger children, peers, older children or adults, and is harmful to the children and young people who display it, as well as the people it is directed towards. Technology assisted HSB (TA-HSB) is sexualised behaviour which children or young people engage in using the internet or technology such as mobile phones. As with 'offline' HSB, TA-HSB encompasses a range of behaviours including: viewing pornography (including extreme pornography or viewing indecent images of children) sexting This framework helps local areas develop and improve multi-agency responses to children displaying harmful sexual behaviour (HSB). It provides a coordinated, systematic and evidence-based approach to recognising and responding to the risks and needs of this vulnerable group. The framework helps commissioners, strategic leads and lead safeguarding professionals from any sector to improve their local area response to harmful sexual behaviour (HSB). To get the most out of the framework we advise a multi-agency approach involving: staff with a strategic role in coordinating child protection and local HSB responses from different agencies commissioners of local child protection and HSB services those with a wider safeguarding remit and audit responsibility. The framework is split into five domains that cover the essential elements of developing and delivering an integrated and effective HSB service for children, young people and their families: A continuum of responses to children and young people displaying HSB. Prevention, identification and early assessment. Effective assessment and referral pathways. Interventions. Workforce development. Each domain includes: a summary of the latest evidence to back up practice and local decision making an audit checklist to help assess your HSB offer and service response key principles to consider when improving HSB service delivery, with practical examples. You should repeat the audit every 6 to 12 months to help track progress and help you continuously develop and improve your services. The framework should be used alongside the National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE) guidelines on harmful sexual behaviour among young people (NICE, 2016) Details: London: NSPCC, 2019. 96p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2019 at: https://learning.nspcc.org.uk/research-resources/2019/harmful-sexual-behaviour-framework/ Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 155061

Author: Snell, Katy M. Title: A Critical Analysis of Victims' Experiences and State Responses to a Corporate Killing Summary: An explicit starting point for this research is to give a voice to the experiences of the victims of safety crime. The accounts of such victims are missing from the criminal justice arena and academia. This research will attempt, in part, to fill the gap in the following ways. First, the longstanding separation between safety crime and 'real' or 'traditional' crime is both reflected and institutionalised through state responses to the offences committed by corporations. This research offers a critical analysis of the social, legal and political obstacles that victims of safety crime face. Second, the effect of this process on secondary victims is examined. The deaths of their loved ones are, in the first instance, framed as 'accidental'. The families are an obstacle to the corporations, as they seek to hide or manipulate the truth in the pursuit of their innocence. This is enabled by legal and political processes, which make justice an almost impossible achievement. The thoughts of the families and the long-term impact this has on their lives is explored in detail. The final part of this research is focused on the aims, nature and success of the various groups created in response to the reaction of the criminal justice system following a corporate killing. The visibility of the corporate accountability movement, mounted from the late 1980s against the victimisation of workers, raises questions for future research. It concludes with a discussion of how this situation has altered and the potential site for change in the future. Safety crime in the UK and worldwide, is a regular occurrence, yet popularly and politically, safety crimes are comparatively invisible. Through the experiences of secondary victims, who are neither represented nor treated as real victims, this thesis offers an original contribution to the understanding of how this happens, the effects and the response. Details: Liverpool: Liverpool John Moores University, 2017. 394p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed march 21, 2019 at: http://researchonline.ljmu.ac.uk/7476/ Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Business Crime Shelf Number: 155099

Author: Avis, William Robert Title: Data on the Prevalence of the Worst Forms of Child Labour Summary: Contents 1. Overview 2. What are the worst forms of child labour and what data sources exist 3. Global prevalence of worst forms of child labour 4. Prevalence of worst forms of child labour across regions and sectors 5. Definitional challenges and methodological issues 6. References Details: Brighton, UK: Institute of Development Studies, 2017. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2019 at: http://www.gsdrc.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/101-Worst-forms-of-child-labour.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 155129

Author: Smith, Kreseda Title: Behavioural Science and Farm Crime Prevention Decision Making: understanding the behavioural culture of farmers in England and Wales Summary: Farms in England and Wales continue to have low levels of crime prevention measures in use despite the increasing threat, and what is used is often ineffective. As such, there is a clear need to employ different decision-making models in crime prevention advice for farmers. The principal aim of this research was to explore and better understand the thoughts, feelings, and attitudes of farmers towards crime, crime prevention, the police, and insurers. Moreover, an attempt to understand how farmers make decisions about crime prevention, what factors influence those decisions, and how this compares to approaches the police are taking to tackle farm crime. A mixed methods sequential explanatory model was used so that both quantitative and qualitative data could be fully examined separately, before being brought together to provide appropriate conclusions based on the combined results. Results show an impasse between how the police are tackling farm crime and prevention, and the needs of the farmers. This results in farmers believing the police treat them as second-class citizens, and so they do not engage with crime prevention despite knowing they should. Further, farmers do not report crimes to the police as they feel they will not get a response, and it is a waste of their time. This research concludes that there is much the police, insurers, and the media can do to better respond to farm crime. Moreover, this research is the first to identify key factors affecting farmer attitudes and beliefs towards farm crime, farm crime prevention, the police, and their insurers. It is argued that the findings of this research support the use of behavioural science to improve the uptake of appropriate and effective crime prevention on-farm in light of the relative failure of traditional policy. Details: Newport, UK: Harper Adams University, 2018. 383p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 22, 2019 at: https://hau.collections.crest.ac.uk/17339/1/Kreseda%20Smith.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Agricultural Crime Shelf Number: 155102

Author: Fahmy, Eldin Title: Evidence and policy review: Domestic violence and poverty Summary: In 2013/14, over 1.1 million women and 500,000 men in England and Wales experienced partner abuse in the last year. However, despite international recognition of the connections between women's poverty and increased vulnerability to domestic abuse, the connections between poverty and domestic violence and abuse (DVA) and the policies actions needed to tackle these problems remain poorly understood in a UK context. This report summarises existing evidence on the connections between poverty and DVA and considers the potential anti-poverty implications of DVA and related policy responses. In doing so, we hope to raise awareness of the ways in which anti-poverty policies can also promote the prevention of violence against women. More specifically, the review was prepared to inform the development of the Joseph Rowntree Foundation's Anti-Poverty Strategy. Whilst gender inequality is both a cause and consequence of women's vulnerability to poverty, robust evidence on the connections between poverty and DVA is limited. Addressing this knowledge gap is vital in ensuring both that anti-poverty initiatives are sensitive to their impacts for women's vulnerability to DVA, and that actions to tackle DVA acknowledge the socioeconomic context within which abuse occurs. Details: York, UK: Joseph Rowntree Foundation, 2016. 42 p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 22, 2019 at: https://research-information.bristol.ac.uk/files/128551400/JRF_DV_POVERTY_REPORT_FINAL_COPY_.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 155103

Author: Williamson, Emma Title: Evaluation of the Bristol Night Service for Women Summary: The Women's Night Service, staffed and run by Novas Scarman and based in the Day Centre in New Street, was a six month pilot scheme to provide an emergency accommodation support service for vulnerable homeless women. It was established as a result of evidence from service users and practitioners which suggested that this group of women were unlikely to access mixed emergency accommodation and found it hard to engage with more structured routes into support. The Novas Scarman Group provides a range of services to women and men in housing need within Bristol. Their services include a large women's hostel which provides services to 150 women annually. Additional consultation about the Night Service provision took place with service providers from One25, Second Step, Alabare (The Well), caring at Christmas and representatives from Safer Bristol. Funding was obtained from the Supporting People Innovations Fund and a donation from Halifax Bank of Scotland (HBOS). Before the project was implemented, it was also fully discussed with relevant neighbourhood partnerships and organisations, including The Compass Centre, St Paul's Community Partnership, the Hostel Review Group and the Street Sex Workers Action Group. Existing links with the agencies to whom onward referrals were likely to be made were renewed, and a multi-agency advisory group was established to work with the project. Members of this group were drawn from One25, Second Step, English Churches Housing Group Outreach, Streetwise, The Well and the local police force. Details: Bristol, UK: University of Bristol, 2010. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 22, 2019 at: http://www.bristol.ac.uk/media-library/sites/sps/documents/research/final-night-service-report-v1%20(1).pdf Year: 2010150566 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Fear of Crime Shelf Number: 155104

Author: Great Britain. Department for Education Title: The national protocol on reducing unnecessary criminalisation of looked-after children and care leavers Summary: 1. Introduction 1.1.This national protocol is aimed at local authority children's services, local care providers (fostering services, children's homes and other arrangements), police forces, Youth Offending Teams (YOTs), the Crown Prosecution Service (CPS) and HM Courts and Tribunal Service (HMCTS), local Youth Panel (Magistrates), and local health services including mental health. Its key purpose is to encourage and provide the framework for these agencies to co-develop local arrangements to reduce the unnecessary criminalisation of looked-after children and care leavers. 1.2.Where a child is looked after by the state, we have a responsibility to safeguard and promote their welfare and to act as good corporate parents so they can each reach their full potential. The United Nations Convention on the Rights of The Child includes preventing criminalisation of children and highlights the importance of this in protecting children. This is particularly true for children and young people with additional vulnerabilities such as looked-after children and care leavers. Ultimately the question we must ask is: 'would this be good enough for my child'� 1.3.Although a criminal justice response will remain appropriate in a small number of cases, this framework is designed to prevent, unnecessarily, criminalising already highly vulnerable children and young people where possible. It sets out best practice for avoiding the criminalisation of looked-after children and care leavers up to the age of 25, and we encourage all areas to implement this as soon as possible. The challenge 1.4.We have made significant strides in reducing the criminalisation of children and young people. In the last decade, the number of young people as first-time entrants to the youth justice system has dropped by 85%. This is a credit to the agencies and practitioners involved. However, although the vast majority of looked-after children and care leavers do not get involved with the justice system, they remain over-represented compared with others in the criminal justice system. 1.5.Coming into contact with the criminal justice system tends to increase the likelihood of offending, and children and young people, especially the most vulnerable, such as looked after children, should be diverted from it wherever possible. 1.6.This is a challenge we must meet. First, we must recognise that the vast majority of looked-after children enter care due to abuse and neglect, and the impact of trauma and abuse, or additional vulnerabilities , on emotional and behavioural development. This can result in behaviour perceived as challenging and should inform responses to such behaviours. Secondly, we must ensure our response to incidents does not initiate or exacerbate negative behaviour and contribute to unnecessary police involvement or criminalisation. 1.7.Additionally, in light of the David Lammy MP and Charlie Taylor reviews , we should be aware of, and respond to, the additional vulnerabilities of Black Asian and Minority Ethnic looked-after children, who find themselves over-represented in both the care and youth justice systems. 1.8.We must meet the challenge of balancing the rights and needs of highly vulnerable children and young people and those of their carers and/or the public in deciding how to respond to incidents, and whether a formal criminal justice response is appropriate. 1.9.This national protocol is a practical response to these challenges. It draws on recommendations in the Narey (residential care), Laming and Taylor reviews and good practice across the country. In Surrey, the South East protocol has helped reinforce a holistic approach to incidents from criminal justice and children's social care agencies. This has resulted in a 92% decrease in first time entrants to the youth justice system (1,499 first-time entrants to youth justice system in 2007/8 compared with 113 in 2017/18) and an 18% drop in reoffending between 2007/08 and 2017/18. The national protocol is designed to reinforce and extend such practice, and encourage a culture of continuous improvement. We are seeking to minimise the risk of criminalising looked-after children and care leavers in order to improve their life chances. 1.10. The protocol is a framework for best practice for those working with looked-after children, in all types of placement, and care leavers up to age 25. It aims  Avoid the prosecution of looked-after children and care leavers wherever possible and appropriate, by encouraging a response to incidents which reduces the likelihood of criminalisation, offending or reoffending through promoting: o an understanding of trauma and attachment and their impact on neurodevelopment and behaviour amongst all key professionals; o an understanding of where children (UK as well as foreign nationals) may have been coerced and subsequently criminally exploited (for example, through running county lines or in cannabis cultivation); o the use of positive parenting whilst in care; o learning from incidents; o listening to children and young people�s voice/views and using this to inform practice; o the development of strong understanding of local data and circumstances; o use of restorative approaches; and o an attitude where all professionals ask themselves 'would such behaviour lead to an arrest if the child had been living with their family?'  Encourage local authorities and children's services trusts to implement the protocol between care providers (fostering services, children's homes and all other arrangements), police forces, Youth Offending Teams (YOTs), the Crown Prosecution Service (CPS) and HM Courts and Tribunal Service (HMCTS), local Youth Panel (Magistrates), health services, and other authorities in the area , or where they place children, so agencies respond consistently and share necessary information when incidents occur.  Encourage local authorities to include or refer to this protocol in their 'local offer' to care leavers.  Encourage health commissioned services to provide enhanced high quality mental health assessments and support to looked after children and young people as a basis to all-health planning, given that research shows that they have a higher level of such needs than the general population.  Provide the key principles and core for the development of arrangements that ensure that looked-after children and care leavers get the same protection from criminalisation regardless of where they live or the type of placement they are living in (implementation should be underpinned by strong interrogation and use of all available data, contributing to the area's joint strategic needs assessment).  Ensure a degree of consistency across the country by offering a common reference and core for all areas' arrangements. 1.11. The national protocol is a recommended framework and common core to use in the implementation of arrangements for reducing the unnecessary criminalisation of looked-after children and care leavers . 1.12. Implementation of the protocol will benefit children and young people, local agencies and health services. It helps children and young people maintain relationships and placement stability. It will help children�s social care to implement the corporate parenting principles, coordinate services to promote positive outcomes for looked-after children and care leavers, and reduce their unnecessary criminalisation. For criminal justice agencies, it will help reduce the burden of first time entrants into the criminal justice system and reoffending. Details: London: The Authors, 2018. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 22, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/765082/The_national_protocol_on_reducing_unnecessary_criminalisation_of_looked-after_children_and_care_.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 155125

Author: Kincaid, Sarah Title: Children of Prisoners: Fixing a broken system Summary: Children of prisoners are at risk of significantly worse outcomes than children not affected by parental imprisonment. These include, amongst others, an increased risk of future offending, mental health issues, and poor educational attainment. The extent to which parental imprisonment is a specific and independent risk factor is contested. Nonetheless, recent research shows that parental imprisonment is associated with a fivefold increase in exposure to other adverse childhood experiences. Despite such findings, children of prisoners remain an 'invisible' group - currently, children are not systematically identified or assessed when a parent goes to prison. As a result, there is no record of who, or even how many of these children there are. Currently used estimations, based on data from 2008, put the number of children of prisoners in England and Wales at 200,000. However, new Crest research shows that there are significantly more children - an estimated 312,000 - affected by parental imprisonment than previously thought. This has profound implications for the development of sufficient and appropriate services for children of prisoners. Details: London: Crest Advisory, 2019. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 22, 2019 at: http://crestadvisory.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Children-of-Prisoners-full-report-web-version.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 155126

Author: McGuigan, Geraldine Title: Survived....what at what cost? A study of women in the criminal justice system who experienced domestic abuse, and the potential for change Summary: This research focuses on the impact of domestic abuse and its implications for women in Northern Ireland who offend so that more appropriate responses can be identified and introduced across the criminal justice system. Its objectives were to: 1. Share the stories and experiences of women who experienced domestic abuse and who offended, focusing particularly on their 'journey into crime' and some of the barriers women in Northern Ireland face in reporting (or choosing not to report) domestic abuse. 2. Explore whether living in a post-conflict society impacted upon the women's propensity to report domestic abuse. 3. Establish whether the Pre-Sentence Reports prepared by the Probation Board for Northern Ireland (PBNI) referenced domestic abuse and assess whether or not domestic abuse was taken into consideration as a mitigating factor at sentencing. 4. Document the women's experiences of serving their sentence. 5. Identify appropriate responses, particularly alternatives to custodial sentences. Interviews were conducted with 20 women in custody, on Probation and beyond their sentence and a series of staff from statutory and voluntary agencies within or close to the criminal justice system. The research findings and recommendations were structured around the need for: - Earlier interventions for women affected (particularly for those not yet ready to disclose domestic abuse). - A review of the processes by which women are introduced to decisions taken regarding the sentences they receive, including their Pre-Sentence Reports. - Better provision for community-based sentencing, as alternatives to custodial sentences where appropriate. - Improved specialist domestic abuse support for women within the criminal justice system, both in prison and on Probation. Details: London: The Griffiths Society, 2018. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 25, 2019 at: https://www.thegriffinssociety.org/system/files/papers/fullreport/griffins_research_paper_2018-01_final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Battered Women Shelf Number: 155150

Author: Canton, Rob Title: European Probation Rules Summary: The European Probation Rules (EPR) set out basic principles for probation agencies and services, drawing out the implications for organisation, policy and practice. This report argues that the Rules have particular value in requiring an ethical foundation for all probation work. In the quest to find out 'what works?', it is essential that the moral values at the heart of probation are kept in clear sight and that they are realised in policy and in practice. Probation has never been simply a technical process, to be appraised solely in terms of efficiency or even effectiveness, but is fundamentally concerned with how society is to respond to people who have committed crimes. This includes not only principled attempts to reduce their reoffending and thereby to protect the public, but also recognises the duties of society to encourage and support them in their endeavours to change and to give them fair access to those resources of civil society on which they, like everybody else, depend to live a law-abiding life. The moral worth of probation is established not only through outcomes (rehabilitation, public safety), but also through its processes and day-to-day practices. One plain example is probation's commitment to opposing unfair discrimination. Measuring outcomes alone cannot demonstrate probation's moral performance on this dimension, especially when statistical aggregates might conceal differential experiences of service. And if anti-discriminatory practice is that which delivers the best to everyone, there is a need for a clearer appreciation of the rights and obligations that are associated with probation�s work - to determine what 'the best' is and what is properly due to service users. This report argues that human rights should be the basis on which these debates are conducted. The EPR highlights the importance of respecting the rights/needs of victims and the human rights of offenders. The concept of 'the rights of offenders' is politically controversial and even provocative. However, rhetorical oppositions such as offenders vs. victims and rights vs. obligations are usually a bad start to considered discussion. The rights of offenders and those of victims are not often in conflict - most aspects of community supervision have no direct bearing on victims - and when they are the matter must be settled by principled consideration. The obligations of offenders are mostly the same duties that everyone has, with the additional responsibility to comply with the lawfully imposed requirements of their supervision. Some rights may be compromised or even suspended, but most rights - and all the most fundamental ones - are retained by people subject to community supervision. But the rights of people convicted of criminal offences are vulnerable and this is a prominent reason why these matters need detailed attention. The report argues that the authoritative text of the EPR establishes a platform for ethical practice and represents a secure foundation for probation work. The background to the Rules will be set out briefly and some of their Basic Principles discussed. It will be argued that the Rules deserve to be more widely known in England and Wales and have the potential to guide policy and practice in ways that protect and advance human rights. With all the recent and continuing changes to probation service delivery, the Rules can be seen as more relevant than ever. Details: Manchester, UK: HM Inspectorate of Probation, 2019. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Academic Insights 2019/02: Accessed March 25, 2019 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2019/03/Academic-Insights-Canton-Jan-19-final.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Supervision Shelf Number: 155151

Author: Field, Frank Title: Independent Review of the Modern Slavery Act. Third interim report: Independent Child Trafficking Advocates Summary: In July 2018, the Home Secretary, at the request of the Prime Minister, announced a review of the Modern Slavery Act 2015. The members of the review are Frank Field MP (chairman), Maria Miller MP and the Baroness Butler-Sloss. You can read the review's terms of reference. This is the third interim report from the review. As part of the review, the members were invited to give their views on the Independent Child Trafficking Advocates scheme. This report looks at the question of how to ensure the right support for child victims given the changing profile of child trafficking. The report includes findings and a summary of recommendations. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2019. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 25, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/788251/Independent_MSA_Review_Interim_Report_3_-_ICTAs__2_.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Exploitation Shelf Number: 155152

Author: Esthappan, Sino Title: Art Beyond Bars: A Case Study of the People's Paper Co-Op in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Summary: This report describes how the People's Paper Co-op redesigns reentry services to uniquely improve the well-being of formerly incarcerated individuals in Philadelphia through arts and cultural activities. Through interviews with returning women and men, People's Paper Co-op staff, and funders, this case study finds that inviting people exiting jails and prisons to participate in and lead reform, building community around their shared experience, and employing arts and culture as vehicles for reform all hold transformative potential to enhance the design and delivery of reentry services. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2018. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 25, 2019 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/99036/philadelphia_peoples_paper_co-op_1.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Arts Program Shelf Number: 155154

Author: Kotiswaran, Prabha Title: Trafficking: A Development Approach Summary: Almost twenty years since the adoption of the Palermo Protocol on Trafficking, anti-trafficking law and discourse continue to be in a state of tremendous flux and dynamic evolution. While the efficacy of using criminal law to tackle an irreducibly socioeconomic problem of labour exploitation was always suspect, scholars and activists alike sought to remedy the excesses of a criminal justice approach by articulating a human rights approach to trafficking. Arguing that this did not go far enough, labour law scholars called for a labour approach to trafficking in order to forefront the role that a redistributive mechanism like labour law could perform in supporting the agency of workers to counter vulnerability to trafficking. Since then, trafficking has evolved into a development issue with the articulation of Sustainable Development Goal 8.7 around which international organisations have mobilised considerable resources. Influential actors believe that bringing development to countries of the Global South will help them eliminate 'modern slavery'. My paper instead builds on the critique of the developmental project to elaborate on the key elements of a development approach to trafficking, one which is rooted in the realities of the developing world and which recognizes the fundamentally different configurations of the state, market, civil society and legal system in the Global South. Using the example of India, I argue that conventional regulatory responses to 'trafficking' and 'modern slavery' must be fundamentally rethought and that an uncritical reliance on a criminal law approach to trafficking must be replaced by efforts to implement domestic labour and social welfare laws which are themselves the result of long-term struggles for decent work and against extreme exploitation. Details: London: University College London, 2019. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: UCL Working Paper Series No. 4/2019: Accessed March 25, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3349103 Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Development Shelf Number: 155155

Author: Ascenso, Sara Title: The Lullaby Project: Areas of Change and Mechanisms of Impact Summary: Community-based projects with music are widely expanding and their potential towards positive psychosocial change has been consistently evidenced. This has been particularly true with vulnerable groups. A highly innovative project developed by Carnegie Hall's Weill Music Institute, recently spreading across the United States with strong accounts of success, is the Lullaby Project. It pairs expectant and new mothers with professional musicians, to create a lullaby for their children. This project has now been implemented in the UK for the first time, through two pilot experiences that are the focus of this document. The Irene Taylor Trust led the initiative, bringing together musicians from the Royal Philharmonic Orchestra and two groups of participants: refugee and migrant mothers at Praxis Community Projects (an East London charity) and fathers at Wandsworth prison. The research aimed to understand how the Lullaby Project was experienced by all involved. Two sub-questions were of interest: what were the areas of change experienced through the project and which mechanisms were responsible for that change. Both the participants and the musicians provided research data (N=21). Staff from the partner institutions also took part in the assessment. The project adopted a qualitative methodology, aimed at an in-depth, comprehensive phenomenological understanding. Data were analysed through Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis (IPA). Research findings point to: 1. The Lullaby Project impacting three key areas, for both groups of participants (refugee and migrant mothers, and fathers in prison): i. wellbeing, through enabling a strong sense of accomplishment, meaning and connectedness, along with the experience of positive emotions; ii. proactivity, through promoting behaviours of initiative, both musical and relational; iii. reflection, through stimulating a richer perspective on life and positive coping mechanisms. 2. The Lullaby Project impacting three key areas for the group of musicians: i. skills, including musical, personal and interpersonal; ii. wellbeing, through promoting a sense of accomplishment, positive emotions, meaning, connectedness and a more sophisticated notion of occupational identity; iii. reflection, through functioning as an eye-opener and stimulating the development of stronger perspectives about the issues of migration and incarceration. 3. The Lullaby Project's impact being mediated by three main mechanisms, common for all groups: i. the project is motivating, offering both the right level of challenge to all involved and a highly valued goal; ii. the project is geared towards connecting at a very human level, placing centrality on individuality, a positive agenda, and maintaining two universals at its core, music and parental love; iii. the project is guided by a strong output, a tangible and high-quality product, very personal and long-lasting. The Lullaby Project model stands as a highly relevant initiative towards meeting the needs of both participant groups and the musicians, and the results make a strong case for its implementation in the UK. Details: London: Irene Taylor Trust, 2017. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 25, 2019 at: http://www.artsevidence.org.uk/media/uploads/180403-irene-taylor-trust-lullaby-project.compressed.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Arts Programs Shelf Number: 155158

Author: Bilby, Charlotte Title: Re-imagining futures: Exploring arts interventions and the process of desistance Summary: This report was commissioned by the Arts Alliance, the national body representing arts in criminal justice. Jointly funded by the Ministry of Justice and the Monument Trust, the Arts Alliance represents a growing network of over 470 arts practitioners and organisations working in prisons and the community to support men, women and young people to lead crime-free lives, through creative interventions. The coalition Government's Transforming Rehabilitation strategy and ongoing austerity measures mean rapid and complex change across the Criminal Justice System. This includes opening up the market, restructuring of the prison and probation service and the introduction of payment-by-results mechanisms to re-offending outcomes. The Transforming Rehabilitation agenda also includes acknowledgement of offenders' complex backgrounds and a call for increased development of offenders' vocational skills to enhance future employability alongside learning opportunities which address responsiveness and diversity issues (NOMS, 2012; MoJ, 2013). This landscape presents huge challenges and potential opportunities for innovative arts projects, which contribute towards the important 'intermediate' outcomes that enable individuals to make positive steps towards effective rehabilitation. This research, along with the growing body of evidence, suggests there are strong reasons to consider arts in criminal justice an area of considerable significance and innovation. Arts practice aims to bring about a positive affect experience in the participant (Parkes & Bilby, 2010). The affective experience, which can include a sense of community cohesion, that time is passing at a different pace, or an improved feeling of self-satisfaction and achievement, can be linked to desistance from crime. Desistance is the process by which people who have offended stop offending (primary desistance) and then take on a personal narrative (Maruna, 2001) that supports a continuing non-offending lifestyle (secondary desistance). Change is not a linear process; rather some will zigzag and will offend again on the journey to secondary desistance. In order for desistance from crime to take place, Giordano, Cernkovich and Rudolph (2002: 999-1002) suggest that there is a four-stage process which includes an openness to change; exposure and reaction to 'hooks' for change (or turning points); imagining and believing in a 'replacement self'; and a change in the way that offending and deviant behaviour is viewed. Maruna (2007: 652) notes that 'desistance is typically understood to be more than just an absence of crime. Desistance is the maintenance of crime-free behaviour and is an - active process in itself- it involves the pursuit of a positive life'. This research considers the possible relationships between the intricate process of abstaining from crime and the influence that taking part in some form of art-based enrichment activity might have on participants. Employing a qualitative methodology, the research addresses a number of questions linked to intermediate steps (or outcomes) in an individual's journey to desistance from crime. The research specifically explores how arts interventions contribute towards enabling people to form positive identities, build new narratives and build positive relationships with peers, staff and family. It also begins to investigate how arts interventions enable people to make significant behavioural changes. The latest National Offender Management Service (NOMS) Commissioning Intentions Document (October 2013) recognises the importance and complexity of these intermediate steps, which may lead to desistance from crime. The research team investigated five arts projects in four criminal justice settings, including practising visual arts in a high security adult male prison; music and deejaying skills with young offenders in the community; a music making project in a resettlement (open) prison and creative writing and bookbinding in a closed female prison. The research team spent at least four sessions with each of the projects observing the activities and interviewing participants, arts practitioners and prison staff as part of an in-depth qualitative methodology. The team also used participants' written work and evaluations, and examples of the work produced in the arts activities. This data was analysed using a thematic, content analysis approach. This piece of research demonstrates a clear link between taking part in arts-based activities and the movement towards secondary desistance. It identifies the importance of arts practice for the participants and shows what types of outcomes successful projects should be producing. The research also highlights the importance of collecting qualitative as well as quantitative data on arts projects and their participants when measuring these changes. Analysis of the data across all five projects produced the following key findings: - Participation in arts activities enables individuals to begin to redefine themselves, an important factor in desistance from crime. - Arts projects facilitate high levels of engagement. This is significant because many individuals in contact with the Criminal Justice System have struggled to engage with productive activities in the past. Participants must engage in order to be able to redefine themselves. Engagement in arts projects has also been shown to lead to greater participation in education and work-related activities. - Arts projects can have a positive impact on how people manage themselves during their sentence, particularly on their ability to cooperate with others - including other participants and staff. This correlates with increased self-control and better problem-solving skills. - Engagement with arts projects facilitates increased compliance with criminal justice orders and regimes. - Arts projects are responsive to participants' individual needs. Current policy documentation on commissioning services to meet offenders' needs highlights the importance of responsiveness in meeting diverse needs. The status of arts practitioners as professional artists is highly significant in the success of projects and their impact on participants. The value of this should not be underestimated by agencies of the Criminal Justice System when considering using external organisations. - Arts projects provide safe spaces for individuals to have positive experiences and begin to make individual choices. The findings from this research clearly indicate that arts projects can contribute to an individual's journey to desistance. The findings highlight key outcomes for participants and the importance of the relationships with project facilitators. There is now a need for longitudinal research, combining both qualitative and quantitative methods, to assess how far the findings presented here are sustained in the long term. Details: London: Arts Alliance, 2013. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 25, 2019 at: http://nrl.northumbria.ac.uk/16846/1/Re-imagining_Futures_Research_Report_Final.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Arts Programs Shelf Number: 155161

Author: Cartwright, Jim Title: An Evaluation of the Irene Taylor Trust's Sounding Out Programme Summary: In June 2012, MiP ran a pilot 'through the gate' project which, through music, aimed to provide longer-term rehabilitative opportunities to previous project participants in order to help bridge the gap between life inside and outside prison. This project was a strategic development for MiP, taking their expertise of working in prisons into the community and inspiring people to reach their full potential. Key aims of Sounding Out were to: y Assist reintegration into society y Impact on offending rates and returns to prison y Impact on employment and further training y Improve participants well-being, including confidence, motivation, trust, social skills, outlook and aspirations y Provide a level of financial assistance in the form of payment for attendance y Provide a positive activity base that fosters new opportunities. Conceived as a year-long intervention, the programme was structured around an initial rehearsal period and concert, followed by two more high profile performances. Within this period and also afterwards, participants were given support to access additional opportunities such as further music training and employment. The Sounding Out participants were paid at a rate of L90 per day for all rehearsals and performances. In the case of shorter time periods, this sum was adjusted to an hourly rate of L15. Additionally, travel and food expenses were provided as agreed. Built into the programme was the opportunity for a number of the participants to undertake roles as supporting musicians on Making Tracks. This community-based project was run in partnership by MiP, Code 7 and Pathways SE11 and sought to work with young people at risk of coming into contact with the criminal justice system. Similar to the intensive prison projects and the Sounding Out programme, Making Tracks focussed around an intense music-writing and rehearsal period, followed by a performance, but additionally offered weekly sessions to the young people after the intensive project, allowing them to further hone their musical skills... Details: London: Irene Taylor Trust, 2013. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 25, 2019 at: https://irenetaylortrust.files.wordpress.com/2014/06/itt-sounding-out-evaluation_jim-cartwright_october-2013.pdf Year: 0 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Arts Programs Shelf Number: 155162

Author: Jury-Dada, Samantha Title: Girls, gangs and their abusive relationships Summary: Rarely a day goes by in the UK without the news cycle featuring at least one heartbreaking story of a young person suffering the consequence of gang violence in our major cities. Often, the victims are young boys and the weapon of choice is nearly always a knife. Lost in the debate is the fact that most the strategies put forward are gendered and targeted at young males. The consideration of young women and girls associated with these men is often secondary for decision makers. By ignoring them, they remain invisible to authorities and in turn services are not being commissioned to support them. This makes it easier for those who are exploiting them. Identifying women and girls through the criminal justice system -- The women and girls associated with gang members are invisible to services. Firstly, because they do not want to be seen. Secondly, because of police culture. There is a culture in the police to not acknowledge women and girls or their risk. This is evident in the USA and in the UK. This is serious as intervention services are being commissioned based on flawed data. Los Angeles have at least 40% of their gang intervention and prevention services attended by females, demonstrating best practice on effectively targeting women and girls. Details: London: Winston Churchill Memorial Trust, 2018. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 26, 2019 at: https://www.wcmt.org.uk/sites/default/files/report-documents/Jury-Dada%20S%202018%20Final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Gang Members Shelf Number: 155167

Author: Critchley, Karen Title: Criminal Justice Project: Impact of Restriction on Bail on offenders who use Class A drugs in Liverpool Summary:  There were 445 offenders (324 individuals) eligible for Restriction on Bail (RoB) in Liverpool between April 2015 and March 2018. There was a 34% decrease between 2015/16 and 2016/17, followed by a 23% increase in 2017/18.  Similarly, the number of attempted drug tests across the city's custody suites decreased by 49% between 2015/16 and 2016/17, then increased by 13% in 2017/18.  Around three-quarters (74%) of those eligible for RoB between April 2015 and March 2018 were men, though there was an increase in the proportion of women eligible for RoB in 2016/17 when compared to 2015/16 and 2017/18.  Proportions peaked for those aged 30-34 years and 40-44 years (18% each), though some variations were identified across the three years. Furthermore, there were higher proportions of women aged 40-44 years and 45-49 years (20% and 23% respectively) when compared to men of the same age groups (18% and 13% respectively).  Over a third (37%) of those eligible for RoB between April 2015 and March 2018 were remanded in custody following their court hearing, followed by 36% who were given RoB, 17% who were given bail conditions separate to RoB and 10% where the case was disposed by the court.  Notably, the proportion given RoB decreased year on year, representing an overall decrease of 61%, while those given bail conditions separate to RoB increased by 118% over the three-year period.  Of the 159 clients given RoB between April 2015 and March 2018, around three-quarters (74%) were men and one in five (20%) were aged 30-34 years.  Overall, there was a 65% decrease in the mean number of drug tests carried out on all those eligible for RoB in the six months following their court hearing when compared to the mean number of drug tests carried out in the six months pre-court. The reduction in drug testing activity pre- and post-court was significant (p<0.001).  Of the remanded in custody group, the mean number of drug tests decreased by 77% in the six months post-court compared to pre-court. This decrease was significant (p<0.001) and the mean number of drug tests was lower than all other hearing outcome groups both pre- and post-court appearance.  For those given RoB following their court appearance, drug testing activity reduced by 55% in the six months following their court appearance compared to pre-court. The decrease was significant (p<0.001) and notably, these individuals had the highest mean number of drug tests in the six months pre-court appearance when compared to the other outcome groups.  The mean number of drug tests in the six months following the court appearance of those who received bail conditions separate to RoB decreased by 47% when compared to drug testing activity in the six months pre-court. Although the decrease was significant (p=0.006), this group of offenders had the highest mean number of drug tests recorded in the six months post-court hearing when compared to the other outcome groups. Details: Liverpool: Public Health Institute, Faculty of Education, Health and Community, Liverpool John Moores University, 2018. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 26, 2019 at: https://www.drugsandalcohol.ie/29390/1/Impact-of-RoB-on-offenders-who-use-Class-A-drugs-in-Liverpool.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 155168

Author: Maguire, Mike Title: Developing a toolkit to measure intermediate outcomes to reduce reoffending from arts and mentoring interventions Summary: The aim of the research was to develop a framework for measuring the outcomes of mentoring or arts interventions for offenders. The focus was on 'intermediate outcomes', defined here as measurable changes in individuals that are directly or indirectly associated with reductions in reoffending. Such outcomes may also produce other social and individual benefits, independent of any demonstrable effect on offending. The main objective was to design and develop a robust but user-friendly instrument to measure changes of the above kind. A theoretically informed 29-item questionnaire, named the Intermediate Outcomes Measurement Instrument (IOMI), was produced through an iterative process of literature searches, consultation, piloting and analysis. IOMI has not undergone full validity and reliability testing, but the results of initial testing have been encouraging. The IOMI forms part of a broader toolkit for service providers to assist them in evaluating their work. The toolkit includes: guidance on the administration of IOMI and how it could be used as part of wider evaluations; a data entry tool to facilitate the collection and analysis of IOMI data; and a tool for the collection and presentation of cost data. While the IOMI was developed for use in arts or mentoring interventions with adult male offenders, it is likely that it will have wider applicability to other intervention or groups. Its main purpose is to provide evidence of offenders' progress towards desistance, which is not necessarily reflected in standard reoffending rates. This could be particularly valuable for capturing any contribution to desistance made by individual interventions which are not expected to reduce reoffending on their own. Details: London: HM Prison & Probation Service, 2019. 52p., 22p. app. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Analytical Series: Accessed March 26, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/787767/intermediate-outcomes-toolkit-report.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Arts Programs Shelf Number: 155170

Author: Quigg, Zara Title: Evaluation of the Cheshire and Merseyside Drink Less Enjoy More Intervention Summary: DLEM is a community-based intervention designed to prevent alcohol-related harms in nightlife settings through preventing sales of alcohol to intoxicated nightlife patrons in on-licensed premises (illegal in the UK); and discouraging, and reducing the acceptability of excessive drunkenness amongst nightlife patrons. DLEM is modelled on the evidence-based STAD programme, and involves the collective and coordinated implementation of three core components: community mobilisation, responsible bar staff training and strengthened police engagement. Nightlife settings can have major benefits for individuals' well-being, and for communities' economic prosperity. However, studies consistently suggest that UK nightlife settings are often characterised by high levels of drunkenness and associated harms (e.g. injury, violence. Across England and Wales, in 2015/16, 67% of all violent incidents occurring at the weekend were alcohol-related; a quarter of all violent incidents occurred around a pub or club and 91% of these were alcohol-related. Further, preloading (drinking at home prior to entering the night-time economy [NTE]), is a common drinking behaviour that has been associated with excessive alcohol consumption during a night out and experience of violence. Alcohol-related harms in nightlife have an impact on both individuals and wider communities, and efforts to prevent or minimise harms places heavy demands on public services. A study of attendances at Arrowe Park Accident and Emergency department (Wirral Local Authority) found that 47% of patients presenting with violent injury reported having consumed alcohol, while the majority (64%) attended the department at night and at weekends. Interventions targeting drunkenness in nightlife therefore have the potential to reduce harms to the drinker and to others affected by drunkenness, including surrounding communities and public services. Whilst the evidence base is limited, research suggests that multi-component community action programmes can be effective in reducing alcohol-related harms in nightlife settings. One of the most successful of these approaches is the STAD (Stockholm Prevents Alcohol and Drug Problems) programme. STAD combines responsible bar server (RBS) training with multi-agency planning, community mobilisation and strengthened law enforcement. Evaluation of STAD has shown significant reductions in the sale of alcohol to pseudo-intoxicated patrons and related harms in nightlife settings. Positive impacts were also observed across communities surrounding the nightlife setting (e.g. crime reduction). Further, through reductions in violent crime, estimates suggest that STAD saved L39 for every L1 invested [15]. In England and Wales, it is mandatory for statutory partners to collaborate locally to address crime and disorder. Through these partnerships, a broad range of strategies have been implemented to promote safer nightlife settings. Further, tackling drunkenness and sales to drunk individuals is increasingly being prioritised. In England and Wales it is illegal (Licensing Act 2003) to knowingly sell alcohol to, or purchase alcohol for, a person who is drunk. However, public awareness of the legislation is often lacking, there are few prosecutions for breaching the legislation, and bar staff do not always adhere to it. Ensuring the legislation is adhered to is essential; providing alcohol to already intoxicated people supports cultures of excessive nightlife alcohol intoxication. Details: Liverpool: Faculty of Education, Health and Community, Liverpool John Moores University, 2018. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 26, 2019 at: http://www.champspublichealth.com/sites/default/files/media_library/Cheshire%20and%20Merseyside%20DLEM%20evaluation%20report%20Oct%202018%20final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Interventions Shelf Number: 155171

Author: Massie, Rachel Title: An Evaluation of the Irene Taylor Trust's Sounding Out Programme 2016-2018 Summary: Summary: An evaluation of the ex-prisoner programme Sounding Out, focusing on participants engaging in the programme between 2016 and 2018. Key findings: "Involvement in a carefully designed programme of music creation, skills development and work placements can have a significant impact on the rehabilitation and re-integration of people seeking resettlement from prison. Consistent with a, now extensive, body of authoritative research, Sounding Out demonstrated benefits in: the development of personal and social skills associated with desistance from crime identifying focus and direction towards employment and away from reoffending building practical skills, improved musical ability, patience to work with others, and empathy through team working. Sounding Out has benefits for an individual's readiness for continued involvement in music. There are also benefits for the professional musicians involved and for prison and probation staff." Details: London: Irene Taylor Trust, 2019. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 26, 2019 at: https://irenetaylortrust.files.wordpress.com/2019/03/sounding-out-evaluation-2016-2018.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Arts Programs Shelf Number: 155172

Author: Vaswani, Nina Title: Adverse Childhood Experiences in children at high risk of harm to others. A gendered perspective Summary: The body of evidence linking a range of Adverse Childhood Experiences (ACEs) to health-harming behaviours and poorer health outcomes is becoming increasingly better understood. Although these experiences are surprisingly common in the general population, certain vulnerable groups, such as people involved in offending, are known to have experienced higher levels of adversity than others. This paper documents the prevalence of Adverse Childhood Experiences in a sample of 130 young people aged under 18 who present high levels of risk in relation to serious violent, sexual or extremist behaviours. The paper also considers the impact of childhood bereavement which, although known to be a common feature in the lives of young people involved in offending, is rarely documented in Adverse Childhood Experience studies. The paper confirms elevated levels of adversity in the backgrounds of these vulnerable young people who pose a high risk of harm, but also presents potential evidence of gender effects and begins to reflect on how gender might interact with how young people, and the systems and professionals around them, respond to adversity in childhood. The paper suggests that this gendered response to Adverse Childhood Experiences may underlie the excess criminality seen among males, and that future studies should test this hypothesis directly Details: Glasgow: Centre for Youth & Criminal Justice, University of Strathclyde, 2018. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 27, 2019 at: https://strathprints.strath.ac.uk/63124/1/Vaswani_CYCJ_2018_Adverse_childhood_experiences_in_children_at_high_risk_of_harm_to_others.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 155173

Author: Manship, Sharon Title: An Evaluation of Domestic Abuse Programmes for Adolescents in Kent and Medway Summary: LeHegarat's (2010) report on services for children affected by domestic abuse identified that the numbers of victims in the Kent and Medway area was 53,9531 at an estimated cost of L1,012,517,559. The high cost of domestic abuse in both human and financial terms demonstrates a very strong argument for investment in prevention and early intervention services. However, teenagers tend to slip through the net in terms of service provision as most domestic violence services are aimed at adult victims and perpetrators (Jordan 2012). LeHegarat (2010) suggested that partnerships between organisations which may influence domestic abuse services are not necessarily co-terminus, service provision is affected by funding, and areas of deprivation tend to attract more funds than affluent areas, because many services are targeted according to need (2010). The Kent and Medway Domestic Violence Strategy Group (Gilmour, 2010) recommended that more focus on prevention, early identification and low level services will prevent problems escalating, reducing the need for higher level services and therefore would be more cost effective and more effective for service users. The aims of this evaluation were: 1) to undertake a literature review of national and international programmes to provide a contextual background of domestic abuse prevention programmes aimed at adolescents; 2) to investigate the perceptions of what does and does not works well across the domestic abuse prevention programmes for adolescents in Kent and Medway (including how programmes are delivered, establishing best practice and difficulties, and identifying any gaps in provision. Details: Kent, UK: Canterbury Christ Church University; Swale Action to End Domestic Abuse, 2012. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed March 27, 2019 at: http://create.canterbury.ac.uk/14279/1/Final%20Report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Adolescents Shelf Number: 155177

Author: Williamson, Emma Title: Evaluation of the Bristol Freedom Programme Summary: The aim of this evaluation was to examine the effectiveness of the Freedom Programme as provided by the Bristol Freedom Programme Network. Evaluation Method -- The evaluation involved collecting quantitative data from service users who volunteered to take part in the research. Service users were asked to complete an initial survey and were contacted by the research team at a later date to complete either a post survey (if they had completed the course) or an exit survey (if they dropped out). The data was entered into a statistical package for the social sciences (SPSS) database and analysed using that software. Summary of findings -- A number of key issues and findings emerged which are summarised here. 1. 27 women agreed to take part in the study and completed the initial survey. 2. The recruitment of participants was not consistent across the Bristol network with a large proportion coming from programmes based in central Bristol. 3. The majority (70%) of participants have a combined household income of less than L10,000 suggesting that poverty and low income might be a factor in determining those women who engage with the freedom programme. 4. A relatively high number of respondents live in council or housing association accommodation. 5. A relatively high number of the women described themselves as unemployed or self defined as 'unable to work'. 6. In addition, a relatively high number of women stated that they had a disability which was not visible, this included mental health issues. 7. Over half the women had moved house more than twice in the past five years. Unstable living arrangements can have a negative impact on women's ability to develop social networks, access training, education, or employment, and can negatively impact on children. 8. The majority of women (16) stated that what they most wanted from the programme was more confidence. 9. This was reflected in the fact that at the start of the programme the women reported low confidence, self-esteem, contentment, and reported feeling a lack of respect and feeling unloved. 10. The women described how at times they were overwhelmed by the information provided by the programme. 11. Only two of the respondents stated that they had contact with the local MARAC and three had had contact with the child protection register. 12. Eleven women stated that their current partner ever got angry or aggressive with them and twelve women said they had been frightened of their partner. 13. Partners appear to have more control over decisions which mainly affect them, a situation not replicated when addressing decisions which might only affect the female respondent. 14. 6 respondents said that decision making caused resentment or disagreements compared to 2 who said it did not. 15. Respondents stated that they disagreed often with their current partner in relation to the following issues: sexual activities; women's friends; women going out with their friends; and partner's anger towards women. 16. All of these key issues relate directly to women having independent social networks and how they subsequently choose to negotiate their sexual relations and their partner's angry responses to them. 17. When dealing with disagreements the largest number (n=10) said they would give in to keep the peace. 18. Twenty respondents said that their previous partner had been aggressive towards them and that they had been frightened of their ex-partner. 19. As with the response to questions about current partners, disagreements emerged in relation to the same issues: sexual activities; women's friends; women going out without their partner; and partners' anger towards. 20. In addition, when reflecting back on previous relationships, women identified additional areas where disagreements occurred. These were: women's relatives; partner's neediness; partner's jealousy; partner's alcohol or drug use; and finally, partner's physical violence towards them. 21. Looking at how women talk about their current and previous relationships is clearly a useful way to engage women without isolating them further. This is an interesting finding as achieving a balance between informing women about the dynamics of controlling behaviour without isolating them further as a result of them feeling the need to defend an abusive partner, can be difficult. 22. In relation to dealing with disagreements with previous partners 15 women said they would avoid the topic or change the subject and 17 (out of 22 respondents) said that they would normally give in to keep the peace. 23. Women sought help from GPs and the police, alongside respondents' friends and relatives. It is useful to note that respondents were less likely to seek help from their partners' relatives and none mentioned their partners' friends as a source of support. This may be significant when considering the potential impact of social awareness campaigns. 24. Eight respondents stated that at the time they thought that the abusive behaviour they experienced was their own fault, and 6 said that they didn't ask for help because they felt isolated. 25. The majority of partners (as identified by the female respondents) did not seek help. Those that did contacted the GP (n=3), Counsellors (n=2), someone at work (n=2), and victim support (n=2). 26. Women believed that their partners did not seek help because they didn't think it was a problem (n=10). 27. When contacted after the freedom programme, all of the women who talked about their experience of the FP reported positively on their experience of the programme. 28. The reasons given for exiting the programme prior to completion were: moved house (n=1); knew someone in the group (n=1); had issues with their children (n=2); and didn't like the people in the group (n=1). 29. The women who had engaged with the programme reported much better ranges in terms of confidence and self esteem. All these women rated their contentment and happiness as either a 3 or 4. 30. The women felt that the most important thing they had got from attending the group was: feeling stronger about future relationships (n=3); had a better relationship with their children (n=2); felt more confident (n=1); and felt better able to spot the warning signs of an abusive relationship (n=1). Details: Bristol, UK: University of Bristol, 2010. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 27, 2019 at: https://www.bristol.ac.uk/media-library/sites/sps/migrated/documents/rj4997finalreport.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 155178

Author: Hadfield, Amelia Title: Kent and Medway: Delivering a Brexit Border: Policing, Security, Freight and Customs Summary: This is the fifth of the Kent and Medway Brexit Impact Assessment reports, this one focusing on the impacts of Brexit in the short and medium term on the county of Kent, with a particular focus on border management issues, taking into account socio-economic impacts, policing, freight and logistics, altered customs arrangements, and a series of 7 port profiles, including Dover and Calais. Details: Canterbury, UK: Centre for European Studies and Canterbury Centre for Policing Research, Canterbury Christ Church University, 2018. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 27, 2019 at: http://create.canterbury.ac.uk/17800/1/756-AH-18%20CEFEUS%20Delivering%20a%20Brexit%20Border-2018-REPORT-FINAL.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Border Control Shelf Number: 155185

Author: Bryant, Robin Title: Risk Management in relation to Firearms Licensing Summary: Our primary conclusion is that a structured professional judgement should continue to form the basis for risk assessment and decision-making for shotgun and firearms licencing by MPS Firearms Enquiry Officers (FEOs) and their managers. The preparatory desk-bound study we undertook for this report, and our own empirical research using interviews with FEOs and their managers, together with the collection and analysis of data all support this conclusion. The MPS assesses the risk posed by granting or renewing an individual's shotgun and/or firearm Certificate in robust, fair and clear ways, consistent with legal and national requirements and which follow the guidance of the Home Office, College of Policing and others. None-the-less, assessing risk, in the sense of estimating the likelihood of an individual posing a threat in the future, is a challenging undertaking, made particularly difficult in the context of firearms licensing by the ambiguities inherent in the law and in national policy. Our research leads us to suggest that risk assessment and decision-making by FET (SCO19) could be further improved in the following ways. Recommendation 1 - Develop additional forms of risk assessment based on threats (as an aid to structured professional judgement) Recommendation 2 - Increase cooperation with other non-police agencies to share good practice Recommendation 3 - Enhance FEO training and staff development to aid structured professional judgement Recommendation 4 - Develop further the risk assessment of 'reasons to own', the security of the shotgun/firearm, particular occupational groups and during the whole of the five-year period of licencing Recommendation 5 - Maintain and enhance the home visit for initial applicants Recommendation 6 - Further develop the MPS Vulnerability Assessment Frame (VAF) for use by FEOs as part of their structured professional judgement Recommendation 7 - Adapt FEO and other licencing documentation to better support structured professional judgement Recommendation 8 - If 'risk matrices' are employed by the MPS then these should be used to challenge risk assessments, but not as a basis for structured professional judgement Recommendation 9 - Support the development of future FEO decision-making that utilises the analysis of data Details: Canterbury: Canterbury Centre for Policing Research, Canterbury Christ Church University, 2017. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed march 27, 2019 at: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/320879541_Risk_Management_in_relation_to_Firearms_Licensing Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Firearms Licenses Shelf Number: 155186

Author: Bryant, Robin Title: Evaluation of the MPS Predictive Policing Trial Summary: 1 Introduction This report is an evaluation of a trial of predictive policing by the MPS in the Greater London Area. Since 2013, MPS Territorial Policing, Capability and Support (TP C & S) has been trialling a number of predictive policing initiatives in the capital. By late 2014, three commercial predictive policing products and one 'in house' (MPS analyst) crime forecasting model ('MBR') were being used to support operational decision-making in most London boroughs. The commercial products were each allocated two Borough Operational Command Units (BOCU) in which to operate. The MBR (in principle at least) operated in the remaining 26 of the 32 MPS BOCUs. The methods used to conduct this evaluation were as follows. 1.1 Literature review A review of publications, research, media coverage relating to 'predictive policing', crime forecasting and measures of predictive accuracy. 1.2 Deskbound research Analysis of other research conducted into predictive policing, summarising evaluations, analysing the spatial and temporal distribution of crime in a number of localities, analysing dosage rates, comparisons with Kent Police evaluations (unpublished), the Police Service of the Netherlands (unpublished) and analysing stakeholder survey results collected by University of Warwick MSc postgraduate students and by the MPS. 1.3 Assessment of predictive accuracy As part of the evaluation we assessed the hit rates and predictive accuracy indices of the crime forecasting products in two towns outside London: Reading and Slough. This involved the writing of Matlab code to identify the number of successful forecasts, the use of ArcGIS software to analyse the spatial and temporal distribution of crime in Reading and Slough and the analysis of crime data provided by Thames Valley Police. 1.4 Warwick MSc research We have summarised the findings of six University of Warwick MSc Business Analytics and Consulting dissertations and a single MSc dissertation undertaken by a University College London (UCL) researcher during 2014. All of the MSc dissertations discussed, inter alia, five aspects of predictive policing in the MPS: theoretical background, predictive accuracy, operational implementation, 'patrol dosage and user opinion. Details: Canterbury, UK: School of Law, Criminal Justice & Computing, Canterbury Christ Church University, 2015. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 27, 2019 at: https://create.canterbury.ac.uk/15974/1/15974.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 155188

Author: Ross-Houle, Kim Title: Evaluation of Sefton's Drink Less Enjoy More Intervention Summary: Summary - Drink Less Enjoy More (DLEM) is a community based multi-component intervention aiming to prevent excessive alcohol consumption and related harms in nightlife settings through, in the first instance, raising adherence to and knowledge of UK legislation prohibiting the sale of alcohol to, or purchasing of alcohol for, drunks. - DLEM has been implemented across Liverpool City Centre's nightlife since 2014, and in 2017/18 was expanded across Cheshire and Merseyside, including Sefton Local Authority Area. - As part of an evaluation of DLEM across Cheshire and Merseyside, surveys with nightlife users and alcohol test purchases using pseudo-intoxicated actors (a proxy measure for the sale of alcohol to drunks) were implemented pre and post-intervention in Southport Town Centre. - This report provides a summary of information collected specifically from Southport, including data from: alcohol test purchases (pre-intervention = 50; post-intervention = 51) and nightlife user surveys (pre-intervention = 67; post-intervention = 75). - Across Sefton, the DLEM intervention was implemented from October to December 2017. - Whilst small sample sizes mean that findings should be interpreted with caution, findings suggest some positive outcomes over this time period: - Post-intervention, 38.4% of survey participants were aware of the DLEM intervention; of these: - 31.8% agreed2 it demonstrated that people who are drunk would not get served more alcohol in nightlife venues. - 23.8% agreed it would make them drink less alcohol before going on a night out. - 14.3% agreed it would make them drink less alcohol whilst on a night out. o 57.1% agreed it made them feel safer on a night out. - 28.6% agreed that it would make them more likely to go on a night out. - The proportion of survey participants recognising that serving alcohol to customers who are already drunk is illegal increased from 63.1% pre-intervention to 74.3% post-intervention. - The proportion of survey participants recognising it is illegal for a person to buy alcohol for a friend who was already drunk rose from 53.8% pre-intervention to 60.8% post-intervention. - There was a slight reduction in the proportion of alcohol test purchases that resulted in the sale of alcohol to a pseudo-intoxicated actor from 32.0% pre-intervention to 27.5% post-intervention. - Implementation of DLEM across Sefton nightlife settings appears to be associated with improvements in nightlife user knowledge of associated alcohol legislation. Whilst there was only a slight reduction in the number of successful test purchases to pseudo-intoxicated actors in on-licenced premises the number of successful serves was low in the pre-intervention phase. Details: Liverpool: Faculty of Education, Health and Community, Liverpool John Moores University, 2018. 18p Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 27, 2019 at: http://www.champspublichealth.com/sites/default/files/media_library/Drink%20Less%20Enjoy%20More%20Sefton%20evaluation%20report%20Oct%202018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Interventions Shelf Number: 155193

Author: Butler, Nadia Title: STAD in Europe (SiE): Process and outcome evaluation of Wrexham's Drink Less Enjoy More intervention Summary: The STAD in Europe (SiE) project -- The SiE project aims to reduce binge drinking and associated harms in young people, through the development of locally tailored community based interventions designed to tackle heavy episodic drinking in different drinking environments. The project is based on the original STAD programme in Sweden, which combines three core components (community mobilisation, bar staff training in responsible beverage service, and stricter law enforcement) aiming to tackle alcohol-related harms in nightlife environments. The SiE project focuses on transferring the STAD model to four drinking settings: nightlife; festivals; public environments (e.g. streets, parks and beaches); and, private environments (e.g. home drinking). The project involves the development and piloting of interventions to tackle heavy episodic drinking for one of these settings in seven pilot areas in: the Czech Republic, Germany, the Netherlands, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden and the United Kingdom (UK). The UK pilot intervention The UK SiE pilot intervention was implemented in Wrexham (North Wales) and aimed to reduce drinking amongst young people in private drinking environments prior to going out in the night-time economy (i.e. preloading). In the UK, preloading appears to be common practice, particularly amongst young people, with the proportion of 18-21 year olds reporting preloading ranging from 75%-83% across two UK nightlife environments [1, 2]. Tackling preloading is a complex issue; there is no UK legislation around adults consuming excessive amounts of alcohol in private settings [3]. However, preloading has relevance to policies concerning licensed premises. Theoretically, if legislation which prohibits the service of alcohol to, or purchase of alcohol for, drunks was adhered to, individuals would not be able to acquire more alcohol in nightlife venues. This may both reduce levels of drunkenness in the nightlife environment and deter patrons from consuming excessive amounts while preloading. Thus, the UK SiE pilot intervention, Drink Less Enjoy More (DLEM), aimed to discourage and reduce preloading behaviour by changing the acceptability of drunkenness in the nightlife environment, both upon entry and throughout the night out, by increasing nightlife user awareness of relevant legislation and alcohol-related harms and vulnerability associated with preloading, and preventing the sale of alcohol to drunks in licensed premises in the town centre. The pilot Drink Less Enjoy More (DLEM) intervention was modelled on the three core components of the STAD programme, and closely based on the previous adaptation of the STAD model to UK nightlife settings across England and Wales. The pilot intervention was implemented over a six week period (November - December 2017) and contained all core components of the original STAD model including: - Establishment of a multi-agency steering group, including representatives from: Wrexham County Borough Council (Trading Standards, Licensing, Community Safety and Communications); North Wales Police; Public Health Wales; youth services; education; and, the LJMU SiE project team; - Community engagement with licensees, door security personnel and young people at local educational establishments; - Implementation of an awareness raising campaign on legislation around the sale and purchase of alcohol for drunks and vulnerability associated with preloading and intoxication, through email, blogs, posters in venues, local and national press, and social media; - Responsible Bar Staff (RBS) training for on and off-licence premise licensees and heads of door security on associated legislation, vulnerability associated with drunkenness, and the DLEM intervention; and, vulnerability training with the local university captains of clubs and societies on vulnerability associated with intoxication; - Police engagement with the licensing trade to cultivate self-policing practices, prevent the sale of alcohol to drunks and increase awareness of vulnerability associated with drunkenness; and, re-enforcement by officers policing the night-time economy of the values of DLEM stressing to nightlife users that drunkenness is not acceptable. Details: Liverpool: Faculty of Education, Health and Community, Liverpool John Moores University, 2018. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2019 at: http://allcatsrgrey.org.uk/wp/download/public_health/alcohol/Wrexham-Drink-Less-Enjoy-More-pilot-intervention-report-2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Interventions Shelf Number: 155206

Author: Grey, Hannah Title: Evaluation of the Wirral's Drink Less Enjoy More intervention Summary: Summary - Drink Less Enjoy More (DLEM) is a community based multi-component intervention aiming to prevent excessive alcohol consumption and related harms in nightlife settings through, in the first instance, raising adherence to and knowledge of UK legislation prohibiting the sale of alcohol to, or purchasing of alcohol for, drunks. - DLEM has been implemented across Liverpool City Centre's nightlife since 2014, and in 2017/18 was expanded across Cheshire and Merseyside, including Wirral Local Authority Area. - As part of an evaluation of DLEM across Cheshire and Merseyside, surveys with nightlife users and alcohol test purchases using pseudo-intoxicated actors (a proxy measure for the sale of alcohol to drunks) were implemented pre and post-intervention, across selected nightlife settings, including Birkenhead, Oxton and Heswall (Wirral Local Authority). - This report provides a summary of information collected specifically across Wirral, including data from: alcohol test purchases (pre-intervention = 20; post-intervention = 19) and nightlife user surveys (pre-intervention = 44; post-intervention = 34). - Across Wirral, the DLEM intervention was implemented from October to November 2017. - Whilst small sample sizes mean that findings should be interpreted with caution, findings suggest some positive outcomes over this time period: -- Post-intervention, 41.4% of survey participants were aware of the DLEM intervention; of these: -- 70.0% agreed it demonstrated that people who are drunk would not get served more alcohol in nightlife venues. -- 40.0% agreed it would make them drink less alcohol before going on a night out. -- 20.0% agreed it would make them drink less alcohol whilst on a night out. -- 40.0% agreed it made them feel safer on a night out. -- 30.0% agreed that it would make them more likely to go on a night out. - The proportion of survey participants recognising that serving alcohol to customers who are already drunk is illegal increased from 62.8% pre-intervention to 81.3% post-intervention. - The proportion of survey participants recognising it is illegal for a person to buy alcohol for a friend who was already drunk rose from 53.3% pre-intervention to 71.9% post-intervention. - There was a significant reduction in the proportion of alcohol test purchases that resulted in the sale of alcohol to a pseudo-intoxicated actor from 90.0% pre-intervention to 36.8% post-intervention Implementation of DLEM across Wirral nightlife settings appears to be associated with a significant reduction in sales of alcohol to pseudo-drunks in on-licensed premises, and improvements in nightlife user knowledge of associated alcohol legislation. Details: Liverpool: Faculty of Education, Health and Community, Liverpool John Moores University, , 2018. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 28, 2019 at: http://www.champspublichealth.com/sites/default/files/media_library/Drink%20Less%20Enjoy%20More%20Wirral%20evaluation%20report%20Oct%202018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Interventions Shelf Number: 155207

Author: Advisory Council on the Misuse of Drugs (U.K.) Title: Diversion and Illicit Supply of Medicines Summary: The A's report on diversion and illicit supply of medicines (DISM) is in response to the Home Office's commissioning letter of September 2013, in which the then Home Secretary requested the A to explore the potential for medical and social harms arising from the illicit supply of medicines � predominantly controlled medicines. This report: explores the extent of DISM in the UK, to find out which drugs are being diverted evaluates the extent of the medical and social harms of such diversion assesses whether DISM displaces or replaces the use of known recreational drugs of abuse, such as heroin In recent years, DISM has become of increasing public concern across the globe, although the hard evidence for this constituting a major problem other than in the USA is hard to find. Details: London: The Council, 2016. 73p.; Evidence pack, 139p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2019 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/diversion-illicit-supply-of-medicines Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 155164

Author: Police and Crime Commissioner for Cleveland (UK) Title: Pilot study on perpetrators of Child Sexual Exploitation in the North East Summary: This report presents the results of pilot research with perpetrators of Child Sexual Exploitation (CSE) which took place in 2017, funded by the National Lottery and Cleveland Police and Crime Commissioner. This explorative study aimed: to investigate the backgrounds, motivations and approaches of offenders; and to seek to identify points of intervention to disrupt, 'treat' or manage perpetrators to prevent future victimisation. The research developed out of a realisation that no attempt had been made to consult with those who perpetrate exploitation, other than during police interviews, which may be a significant omission in efforts to address the crime and its effects. Together with a Research Steering Group, the research team managed to identify a total 25 offenders in custody and on probation with CSE-related crimes. Of these, 11 agreed to participate in the research. A total of nine in-depth interviews were carried out; one dropped out because of illness and the other started employment. Most of these were interviewed in prison (seven); either HMP Northumberland or HMP Holme House, and two were interviewed at their probation appointments. All of those interviewed were White British males between the ages of 22 and 68 years old. There were a number of themes which became apparent from the narratives during the research which included: - Adult trauma: most interviewees recounted narratives about experiencing emotional stress and poor mental health related to a specific event such as a relationship breakup, problematic pregnancy or a bereavement. There were subsequent explanations of how these experiences led them to engage in sexual behaviour with children as a way to escape these situations. Some of these included drugs and alcohol but equally others did not. - Ease of access: interviewees who engaged in online CSE reported how easy it was to gain access to large numbers of young females very quickly. A number of these in turn could be coerced into sexual behaviour also very quickly. This was all facilitated and made highly accessible through online social media and dating platforms. - Offending without punishment: all online perpetrators described being surprised when they were arrested and said they had no idea they would be caught. They described offending in a defacto private space where they felt they could act in isolation. - Victim blaming: this was apparent in the narratives of both those who admitted and denied their guilt, which is a common theme in abuse and exploitation behaviour (Russell & Chohhan, 2017). Victims were reported to have been manipulative and having created false testimonies. There was also no consideration given to the victims or the harm they had suffered; only one of those interviewed who had a guilty plea mentioned or talked about their victims with any contrition or attempted understanding. - Contradictions: there were a number of contradictions inherent in the narratives which require further investigation in order to understand their underlying thinking and seek explanation. For example, in targeting children over adults, interviewees with online offences said they did not know the individuals were under the age of consent, yet targeted females that looked very young both as a sexual preference and knowing that they could be coerced into sexual behaviour. - Disassociation with sex offenders: all interviewees distanced themselves from other sex offenders held in the Vulnerable Prisoner (VP) population in prison. Interviewees felt that their offending was different to other VPs, they did not belong there and were very distressed that they would be placed on the Sex Offender Register. - Hidden themes: as a result of the small sample size we have been unable to explore any themes relating to potentially valuable thematic subjects such as links between ethnicity and exploitation, and age of perpetrator and type of CSE, e.g. grooming, parties, online. If the research is expanded we will explore these in detail. Details: London: Barefoot Research and Evaluation, 2018. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2019 at: http://www.barefootresearch.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/CSE-perpetrator-research-final-report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Grooming Shelf Number: 155225

Author: Graham, William Title: Global Concepts, Local Contexts: A case study of international criminal justice policy transfer in violence reduction Summary: Glasgow has long experienced the issue of gang-related violence, especially in the east end of the city, an area of high social deprivation and related problems. Faced with apparent failure to deal with the problems of violence, in 2008, the police in Glasgow, in partnership with other statutory agencies, engaged in a process of policy transfer of the Cincinnati Initiative to Reduce Violence (US CIRV). They formed a multi-agency strategy, the Community Initiative to Reduce Violence (Glasgow CIRV), to tackle violence by targeting gangs and gang members both collectively and individually, to encourage them to change their lifestyle. Glasgow CIRV operated for a period of three years (June 2008-July 2011), with some success in reducing violence and weapon carrying offences, however, in contrast to US CIRV, which is still in operation, it failed to achieve long-term sustainability. This article is based on doctoral research carried out by the author and was an in-depth case study of the policy transfer between US CIRV and Glasgow CIRV, initially guided by the question; 'to what extent could the apparent long-term failure of Glasgow CIRV be explained by the policy transfer process?' The model of policy transfer developed by Dolowitz and Marsh (1996 and 2000) was used to provide the theoretical and empirical framework to analyse the processes, mechanisms, and outcomes of the transfer of CIRV from Cincinnati to Glasgow. The transfer process was found to be a direct copy of the US CIRV project by Glasgow CIRV at the outset, however; it quickly became apparent that this process changed to one of emulation, due to differences, including the local context and legal constraints. Details: Glasgow: Glasgow Caledonian University, 2016. 371p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 1, 2019 at: https://rke.abertay.ac.uk/ws/portalfiles/portal/9195738/Graham_Final_Thesis_Strathclyde_210716.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Gang-Related Violence Shelf Number: 155254

Author: Hamilton, Paul Title: Street Aware Evaluation: Final report into the Effectiveness of a School-Based Knife, Gun and Gang Crime Educational Intervention Summary: Street Aware is the name given to a series of educational talks delivered to all Year 6 primary school children in the City of Nottingham on the topics of knife, gun and gang crime. This report provides an overview of Nottingham Trent University's (NTU) evaluation findings of this early intervention programme. Briefly, the research set to establish: (i) Does Street Aware help young people to resist knife crime, gang related activities and more generally, anti-social behaviour? (ii) Can Street Aware be considered an effective early intervention? (iii) How are children's values, attitudes and knowledge about knife crime altered as a result of this 'educational' intervention? (iv) How effective are the three classroom-based sessions in delivering key messages around gang, gun and knife crime? Details: Nottingham: Nottingham Trent University, Nottingham Centre for Children, Young People and Families, 2016. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 1, 2019 at: https://yjresourcehub.uk Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 155255

Author: Great Britain. Office for Standards in Education, Children's Services and Skills (Ofsted) Title: Safeguarding children and young people in education from knife crime: Lessons from London Summary: This report summarises our findings and recommendations from a research project in London on knife crime in education. The research was carried out in 29 schools, colleges and pupil referral units in London and included focus groups with parents and children. We have condensed our findings into recommendations that focus on six areas of practice and policy that need further consideration from central government, local government and school leaders. No single agency, including schools, can solve knife crime on its own. But there are some areas of focus for schools and wider agencies individually, and together, that can be tightened to keep children and young people safer. The areas for consideration include: - improving partnership working and strategic planning in London - sharing and promoting good practice in relation to exclusions and managed moves - coordinating early help and prevention - improving information-sharing - teaching the curriculum and supporting children to achieve. Details: Manchester: OFSTED, 2019. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/785055/Knife_crime_safeguarding_children_and_young_people_110319.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 155261

Author: Friskney, Ruth Title: Public Understanding of Child Sexual Exploitation Summary: A pilot national survey was conducted in 2018 in Scotland, analyzing public understanding of child sexual abuse. This report is a summary of findings based on over 1000 adults who took part in the survey. The research findings offer a good starting point for policy makers to tailor their awareness raising campaigns and other efforts to address the most common misconceptions about this issue in the public and reach their target groups with effective messages. In this report you can find out about the survey methodology, what is considered as child sexual exploitation in Scotland, as well as survey findings, including public understanding of what child sexual exploitation looks like, who carries out and who is affected by it. The key findings from the report are: Public understanding of this phenomenon is still complex and often includes different concepts in different contexts, sometimes even contradictory Women seem to be more engaged in the topic than men People tend to think child sexual exploitation is an issue elsewhere, but not locally There is a lack of understanding that older children can be affected and that children may carry out the exploitation Details: Edinburgh: Barnardo's Scotland, 2019. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2019 at: https://www.celcis.org/files/7015/5290/8378/FINAL_PDF_Barnardos_Scotland_-_Public_Understanding_of_CSE_in_Scotland.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 155267

Author: UNICEF Title: End Child Exploitation: Stop the Traffic Summary: The face of child trafficking to the UK is changing, with children being transported from an increasing number of countries and traffickers widening their operations with new methods and destinations, said UNICEF UK in a new report published today as part of its End Child Exploitation campaign. The report, Stop the Traffic!, says that hundreds of known cases of trafficked children are just the tip of the iceberg. Thousands may be trafficked to the UK every year, mainly from West Africa, Eastern Europe and Asia, but the scale of the problem is hidden by the nature of the crime and by a lack of police statistics. Police have been unable to monitor the situation because trafficking has not been a criminal offence. Children are being brought to counties and cities all over the UK. In places such as Newcastle and Nottingham, cases have only emerged in recent months, indicating that traffickers are widening their operations, targeting places where the authorities are not aware of the issue. David Bull, Executive Director of UNICEF UK, said: "Trafficking is a serious abuse of child rights and is the fastest growing business of organised crime, since it is seen as less risky than trafficking drugs. "Until very recently, trafficking wasn't even illegal and is still only a crime if carried out for sexual exploitation. The Government must criminalise trafficking for all purposes and should introduce central funding for specialist care and protection for the victims." The Government's Sexual Offences Bill, currently in the House of Commons, makes it illegal to traffic people into the UK for commercial sexual exploitation, but children trafficked for other reasons remain unprotected. UNICEF is urging the Government to close this loophole and make it illegal to traffic a child for any purpose, and should introduce central funding for specialist care including training for immigration officers and social workers, counselling and safe houses. Unless safe house accommodation is provided, fear will drive children to escape to meet their traffickers and the exploitation will continue. Traffickers use rape, beatings, voodoo and threats of violence against family members to control and intimidate the children, who rarely admit to being trafficked. A period of reflection of up to six months, with children given leave to remain in the UK, is also vital. This would allow children to receive counselling and be protected from re-trafficking, and would help the police to gather crucial evidence to prosecute traffickers. Trafficking should not be confused with people smuggling, which takes place with the consent of the travellers. Child trafficking involves the transportation and exploitation of unwilling or unknowing victims, often for sex work. Children are also forced to work as domestic servants, drug mules, in sweatshops and restaurants, or as beggars or pickpockets. The case of 'Adam', the Nigerian boy's torso found in the River Thames, raised concerns that trafficked children are being used for ritual killing. There is evidence that increasing numbers of African nationalities are being trafficked to the UK. As well as countries such as Nigeria and Sierra Leone, children are being brought from the Democratic Republic of Congo, Ethiopia, Angola, Burundi, Malawi, South Africa, Somalia, Kenya and Uganda. The West African cultural practice of sending children to live with extended family or friends to be educated or work is being used to mask trafficking. Parents are duped into believing that their child will have a better future. Between 8,000 and 10,000 children, many from West Africa, are being privately fostered in the UK. Many could be being abused or exploited, without anyone even knowing that they are in the country. Trafficked children are often treated as commodities. When 12-year-old 'Natasha' (not her real name) fled from her abusive father in Romania, she was repeatedly resold and forced to be a sex worker in Serbia and Montenegro, Macedonia, Albania and Italy. Eventually brought to the UK, for six months she was sexually exploited and beaten by her trafficker before escaping. Worldwide, over a million children are trafficked each year. UNICEF is working internationally to prevent child exploitation from happening in the first place, but legislation is needed to deal with the crime once committed and to act as a deterren Details: London: UNICEF London, 2003. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2019 at: http://childcentre.info/projects/traffickin/uktraffickingreportfinal.pdf Year: 2003 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 155337

Author: Bencsik, Panka Title: Stress on the sidewalk: The mental health costs of close proximity crime Summary: I apply novel, extremely micro-level datasets to provide new evidence on crime's impact on mental health. I find that each reported violent and sexual crime significantly increases the stress levels of those in the vicinity for three days after the crime was committed. The temporal aspect of the effect is specifically driven by violent and sexual crimes committed two days earlier, a lag which suggests the presence of a mediator of the information-word of mouth or the media. To measure that, I scrape news data and observe significant increases in nationwide stress levels in response to the number of articles published on the topic of crime in the domestic news section of multiple daily newspapers. I measure crime's effect on stress by merging a unique daily response panel dataset that has over 75,000 responses from 2010 to 2017 in the Thames Valley region of England with secure access data containing every reported crime in the same region with exact location, time, and event characteristics. The result that violent and sexual crimes increase stress holds with extensive controls for individual fixed effects, circumstantial characteristics, and spatial fixed effects, including fixed effects for the smallest level of census geography in England that contain only an average of 250 people. Details: unpublished paper, 2018. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Job market paper: Accessed April 5, 2019 at: https://ideas.repec.org/p/jmp/jm2018/pbe976.html Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime and Mental Health Shelf Number: 155349

Author: Webb, Emma Title: Extremism on the Airwaves: Islamist Broadcasting in the UK Summary: - Much attention has been paid by large technology firms - notably google, Facebook, instagram and YouTube - and UK politicians to the presence of extremist content online and how to limit its pernicious influence. comparably less attention, however, has been paid to the abuse of broadcast media by the extremist groups in the UK. - The focus of regulation has, understandably, been on the airing of extremist content. ofcom,  the  body  responsible  for  regulating  broadcast  media  in  the  UK,  and  the government have demonstrated that they take the issue of extremist content seriously, by  exploring  legislative  options  and  updating  the  broadcasting  code  to  meet  the evolving challenge posed by extreme and intolerant content. - Airing extremist content is only one of the many ways that broadcast media can be used to benefit extremists. Non-content related challenges include, but are not limited to, the use of broadcast media to: fund-raise for charities connected to extremist groups; provide a platform and credibility for extremist groups and individuals; and, implicitly or explicitly lead the viewer to the speaker's more extreme content on platforms not regulated by ofcom. - Evidence, provided through case studies, suggests that this second form of abuse poses a serious challenge to future regulation, particularly where islamist extremism is concerned. channels such as Peace Tv and Huda Tv, for example, almost ubiquitously host well-known extremist speakers, while others, such as the islam channel and Eman channel,  raise  money  for  extremist-linked  charities.  Even  without  airing  extreme content, these channels reap the benefits of credibility and fundraising, magnifying their visibility and voice. ' The 'fit and proper' duty, through which ofcom can remove a licence if it deems the licensee to be unsuitable to hold it, is one way in which the regulator to take the broader context of extremist involvement in these channels into account. However, its exercise is limited by human rights law protecting, for example, freedom of speech.  - This paper argues that the broader context of extremist involvement must be taken into account when deciding whether a licensee is suitable to hold a broadcasting licence. case studies are provided of channels that should be considered unfit on these grounds. one such channel is Peace Tv, that has had continuous extremist involvement and is inextricably connected to hate preacher Zakir Naik, who was banned from entering the UK in 2010 by the Home Secretary on account of his extremist views. - if the broader context of extremist involvement in licenced channels is not taken into account, progress in dealing with extremist content will not lead to success in the long-term. By not taking into account the varied benefits extremists gain from these channels in addition to content, sanctioning extremist content alone does not meet the current nature of extremist abuse of broadcast media. Details: London: Henry Jackson Society, 2018. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 12, 2019 at: https://henryjacksonsociety.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/HJS-Extremism-on-the-Airwaves-Report-web.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Broadcast Media Shelf Number: 155378

Author: Henry Jackson Society Title: Radical Islam Anthology Summary: In early December 2017, the Henry Jackson Society brought together leading experts for our very first Radical Islam conference, in order to discuss the prominence and rise of Islamist extremism. A key takeaway from the conference was a growing need to create an international network to combat the threat of Islamism. This anthology of essays brings together contributions from the network to map and understand this threat. In doing so, it suggests essential next steps. The compiled work contains articles from scholars, academics, politicians, and activists in attendance at our conference, all working to recognise and confront Islamism in their fields. The Anthology raises several important points. First, as reflected in many of the essays contained herein, organisations such as the Muslim Brotherhood linked Council on American Islamic Relations (CAIR) and the Islamic Society of North America (ISNA) (in the United States), as well as Muslim Engagement and Development (MEND) and CAGE (in the United Kingdom) gain credibility through their work with other organisations and individuals. However, the movement against Islamism is small, and it requires allies. As such, there is a pressing need to create a network concerned with combatting Islamism, which includes Muslim and non-Muslim voices. This network of allies and affiliates must intellectually counter the network of Islamists who operate in a stronger and more sustainable capacity. Second, the threat of terrorism is a global one. This includes new and evolving tactics employed by non-violent extremists within the global arena of the internet. Individuals are becoming increasingly radicalised on their laptops and phones, and communicating the logistics of terrorist attacks on encrypted messaging services. Governments must share more information on new tools and techniques with each other to counter these threats and increase their vigilance. In the United Kingdom, for example, while it remains an offence to keep, publish, or distribute extremist content - both online and offline - a new 'three strikes' law applies a penalty of up to 15 years in jail for those who view terrorist-related material online three or more times. Human rights groups have argued that in some cases, this may violate Article 10 of the European Convention on Human Rights, namely the right to receive information. Any change in legislation will be met with challenges - and rightly so - but legislation must keep up with the times. For years, the Centre on Radicalisation and Terrorism (CRT) at the Henry Jackson Society has argued that vulnerable individuals should not have easy access to extremist and instructional terrorist material. Regulating the online space is crucial to obstructing the flow of logistical information and strengthening international legal cooperation. After all, it is in all of our interests to prevent a repeat of 2017, which saw five terror attacks occur in the United Kingdom alone. Third, at the core of confronting and defeating Islamism is understanding why individuals are attracted to, and convinced by, the claims of Islamist extremists in the first place. Unlike the organisations of the Muslim Brotherhood and al-Qaeda, which aspire to form an Islamic state at some point in the future, the Islamic State (IS) was the first to re-establish a caliphate, giving their followers physical territory to migrate to. This attraction, coupled with IS' sophisticated use of media and social media to spread its message, has led to a greater mobilisation of recruits for IS than its competitors. In Western societies, extremists have become increasingly adept at staying within the confines of the law, posing as non-violent moderates to win legitimacy, while continuing to promote the narratives and literalism of jihadists. These efforts must be tackled with more sophisticated and nuanced counter-messaging. Many individuals drawn to Islamism struggle with a lack of belonging in their countries of residence. This lack of belonging presents unique problems in giving individuals a sense of identity, cause, and purpose - particularly when it comes to allegiance towards their countries, their societies, and their armed forces. People vulnerable to radicalisation crave a feeling of brotherhood, often fulfilled by organisations like Islamic State. This global ummah is rooted in religion, and transcends nationality, ethnicity, and class. Groups like Sharia4Belgium and Hizb ut-Tahrir are especially effective at communicating an idea of membership, which is at the heart of a jihadist propaganda narrative. The growth of a cottage industry of books and public lectures from Islamists, which warn Muslims that they are losing their children to Westernisation, has furthered the agenda of extremists. These messages must be recognised, analysed, and countered appropriately by governments working with community groups, schools, and the police. However, it must also be remembered that much of the useful information used to interdict terrorism has come from members of the public, often through community policing, and often from members of the Muslim community who are concerned about their family members. There should therefore be greater coordination between counter-terrorism police and the intelligence services, and community policing in the UK and internationally. Finally, it is clear that a crime-terror nexus has operated in the backdrop of terrorist activity, from the days of al-Qaeda and the Taliban, to the more recent Islamic State. Criminals and terrorists have areas of mutual interest - the illegal acquisition of weapons, documents, and money - which means some of the same instruments, such as organised crime units, can be used to capture terrorists or would-be terrorists. There is a clear opportunity, therefore, to disrupt the activities of those who disseminate Islamist extremism within the law by focusing on their peripheral criminal activities, such as tax evasion, fraud, and records of domestic violence. This anthology pushes for an increased focus on measures to reduce the appeal of Islamism, violent, and non-violent extremism, and to protect those who may be vulnerable to its message. I have picked up on a few of the themes covered to follow, and encourage those with an interest in radicalisation and terrorism to read the essays contained herein. Details: London: Author, 2018. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 12, 2019 at: https://henryjacksonsociety.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/HJS-Radical-Islam-Anthology-Report-web-2-1.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Extremism Shelf Number: 155379

Author: Chrysanthou, Georgios Marios Title: The Impact of Bullying Victimisation on Mental Wellbeing Summary: We investigate the impact of nine types of adolescent (verbal, physical, indirect) school/domestic bullying on life satisfaction, and two mental health outcomes (emotional symptoms and hyperactivity/inattention) using the Understanding Society dataset during 2009-13. Bullying significantly increases hyperactive, inattentive and emotional symptoms and reduces life satisfaction. Non-domestic bullying has a stronger adverse impact on all three mental wellbeing outcomes. Domestic sibling victimisation does not affect life satisfaction. Lower levels of family income increase adolescent hyperactive/inattentive symptoms and reduce life satisfaction. Females are more vulnerable to emotional symptoms while males report higher levels of life satisfaction. Initial conditions precondition hyperactive and inattentive symptoms. Details: Bonn, Germany: IZA Institute of Labor Economics, 2019. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Discussion Paper Series No. 12206: Accessed April 13, 2019 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp12206.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 155392

Author: Great Britain. HM Inspectorate of Probation and HM Inspectorate of Prisons Title: Prison Drugs Strategy Summary: The misuse of drugs in prison is one of the biggest challenges facing our criminal justice system today. Drug misuse is prevalent and contributes to violence, crime and vulnerability within prisons, which threatens safety and the ability of our hard-working prison staff to deliver effective regimes. We will not be able to improve safety, prevent re-offending and tackle serious and organised crime without reducing the misuse of drugs in prisons. This is a complex, multi-faceted problem with no simple answer - it requires a coordinated effort to limit the supply of drugs both inside and outside prisons, encourage people away from drug misuse towards positive and productive activities, and support those requiring treatment. It is therefore crucial that our approach to tackling the problem considers the whole system, working across government and with our partners at a national, regional and local level. The scale of the problem is significant and has become more challenging in recent years. Between 2012/13 and 2017/18, the rate of positive random tests for 'traditional' drugs in prisons increased by 50%, from 7% to 10.6%, and drug use in prisons is now widespread, particularly in male local and category C prisons. The emergence of psychoactive substances such as synthetic cannabinoids has exacerbated the problem, and these are often used in conjunction with other drugs, while we remain aware of problems with the diversion and misuse of prescription medication. The prevalence and patterns of drug misuse in prisons is shaped by patterns in the community, and the challenges faced by prisons can be exacerbated when those entering prison have an existing drug misuse issue or when drug misuse has been normalised in the community. Evidence shows us that the prisons with the highest rates of positive random drug tests are the prisons that are the least stable. 2 The misuse of drugs contributes to a cycle of disruption and violence, leading to a reduced or unstable regime, which through unpredictability and lack of purpose can encourage prisoners to turn to drugs and alcohol. The debt resulting from the supply, distribution and use of drugs is also a significant cause of violence, intimidation and self-harm across the estate, endangering both staff and other prisoners. Consequently, to tackle drug misuse, we need changes in all elements of this cycle, enabling prisoners to engage positively with rehabilitation, in a calm and safe environment. Reducing drug misuse is crucial to the safety of our prisons and the rehabilitation of prisoners. This strategy has been developed by the Ministry of Justice (MoJ) and Her Majesty's Prison and Probation Service (HMPPS), working with other partners across government. It sets out our plans to reduce the misuse of drugs in our prisons, and will provide direction to assist all stakeholders in this. We are also releasing detailed guidance for prisons to support them in identifying issues and share best practice. Together, we will focus on restricting the supply of drugs by improving security, building intelligence, and targeting the criminal networks which aim to bring drugs into prison. We will also reduce the demand for drugs in prison by developing more meaningful regimes, providing more constructive ways for prisoners to spend their time and ensuring the balance of incentives encourages prisoners to make the right choices. We will work closely with our health and justice partners to build recovery for prisoners who want to overcome their substance misuse, providing prisoners who are serious about living substance free with the environment to do so successfully. It is crucial that we deliver all three strands of this strategy in unison to make a meaningful, positive difference to both prisoners and staff. Details: London: Authors, 2019. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/792125/prison-drugs-strategy.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Contraband Shelf Number: 155408

Author: Great Britain. Secretary of State for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport Title: Online Harms White Paper Summary: 1. The government wants the UK to be the safest place in the world to go online, and the best place to start and grow a digital business. Given the prevalence of illegal and harmful content online, and the level of public concern about online harms, not just in the UK but worldwide, we believe that the digital economy urgently needs a new regulatory framework to improve our citizens' safety online. This will rebuild public confidence and set clear expectations of companies, allowing our citizens to enjoy more safely the benefits that online services offer. The problem 2. Illegal and unacceptable content and activity is widespread online, and UK users are concerned about what they see and experience on the internet. The prevalence of the most serious illegal content and activity, which threatens our national security or the physical safety of children, is unacceptable. Online platforms can be a tool for abuse and bullying, and they can be used to undermine our democratic values and debate. The impact of harmful content and activity can be particularly damaging for children, and there are growing concerns about the potential impact on their mental health and well-being. 3. Terrorist groups use the internet to spread propaganda designed to radicalise vulnerable people, and distribute material designed to aid or abet terrorist attacks. There are also examples of terrorists broadcasting attacks live on social media. Child sex offenders use the internet to view and share child sexual abuse material, groom children online, and even live stream the sexual abuse of children. 4. There is also a real danger that hostile actors use online disinformation to undermine our democratic values and principles. Social media platforms use algorithms which can lead to 'echo chambers' or 'filter bubbles', where a user is presented with only one type of content instead of seeing a range of voices and opinions. This can promote disinformation by ensuring that users do not see rebuttals or other sources that may disagree and can also mean that users perceive a story to be far more widely believed than it really is. 5. Rival criminal gangs use social media to promote gang culture and incite violence. This, alongside the illegal sale of weapons to young people online, is a contributing factor to senseless violence, such as knife crime, on British streets. 6. Other online behaviours or content, even if they may not be illegal in all circumstances, can also cause serious harm. The internet can be used to harass, bully or intimidate, especially people in vulnerable groups or in public life. Young adults or children may be exposed to harmful content that relates, for example, to self-harm or suicide. These experiences can have serious psychological and emotional impact. There are also emerging challenges about designed addiction to some digital services and excessive screen time.... Details: London: Home Office, 2019. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/793360/Online_Harms_White_Paper.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Grooming Shelf Number: 155420

Author: Gadd, David Title: Mapping the Contours of Modern Slavery in Greater Manchester: Key Findings Summary: The research reported here arose from an N8 Policing Small Grant that aimed to map the contours of modern slavery as they appeared in 2015 data recorded for the Greater Manchester area by Greater Manchester Police (GMP) and the Modern Slavery Human Trafficking Unit (MSHTU) - formerly the United Kingdom Human Trafficking Centre (UKHTC). The MSHTU oversees the National Referral Mechanism (NRM), which is the formal process through which victims of modern slavery in the UK are officially identified and supported. In 2015 GMP filed 581 intelligence logs pertaining to Modern Slavery as it became defined under the 2015 Modern Slavery Act. These intelligence logs derived from 333 enquiries lodged in the Modern Slavery Data Tool (MSDT). Many intelligence logs and enquiries refer to the same suspects and offenders. Hence, the 333 enquiries pertained to just 120 suspects and 102 victims. Omissions in the datasets were rectified and backfilled where possible and records were linked before being thoroughly anonymised. The vast majority of jobs in the 2015 MSDT were generated within GMP itself, with only 4% coming from external sources (NGOs or another police force). Details: Manchester, UK: University of Manchester, Centre for Criminology and Criminal Justice, 2017. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2019 at: https://n8prp.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/08/N8-PRP-Small-Grants-Modern-Slavery-findings.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 115165

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Title: Future Technology Trends in Security Summary: This paper highlights emerging trends and possible threats which government and the private sector should consider in order to inform future policy and promote more meaningful engagement between national security teams and innovation leads. The production of this paper involved consultation of many different subject matter experts across the defence and security domain. Details: London: Author, 2019. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 16, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/786244/HO_OSCT_Future_Tech_Trends_Final_Updated_13Mar19.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 155427

Author: Great Britain. House of Commons. Women and Equalities Committee Title: Tackling inequalities faced by Gypsy, Roma and Traveller communities Summary: Gypsy, Roma and Traveller people have the worst outcomes of any ethnic group across a huge range of areas, including education, health, employment, criminal justice and hate crime. Too often local authorities and public services fail to differentiate between different groups who have different needs. Our inquiry has found that, while many inequalities have existed for a long time, there has been a persistent failure by both national and local policy-makers to tackle them in any sustained way. This failure has led to services that are ill-equipped to support Gypsy, Roma and Traveller people to use services that they need and are entitled to. The Committee did not set out to tackle issues relating to Traveller sites or encampments but to tackle a wide range of other policy issues often eclipsed by issues of accommodation. Given that three in four Gypsies and Travellers live in non-caravan accommodation, we are deeply concerned that Government policy-making is overwhelmingly focused on planning and accommodation issues. Other important areas of public policy and service provision seem to consist of small-scale projects that are funded for a short time and then not taken forward strategically. Specialist support in education and health that has been put in place has not been sustained and is increasingly reliant on small, voluntary agencies. We have found that trust is low between Gypsy, Roma and Traveller communities and public services, due to historic and ongoing discrimination. Gypsy, Roma and Traveller people feel that they are, at best, ignored and, at worst, actively discriminated against in public services and policy making. While pockets of good practice exist, these tend to be driven by committed individuals developing creative solutions to overcome barriers. When individuals move on, the trust that has been built up dissipates, along with any progress that has been made. Gypsy, Roma and Traveller communities have every right to live their lives according to their values and beliefs within the law that that applies to every UK resident. But we have concluded that actions that fall outside the law are not as effectively tackled by local authorities, law enforcement agencies and other public bodies as they are for settled communities. This creates unnecessary tensions and prejudiced attitudes. This also lets down vulnerable members of the Gypsy, Roma and Traveller communities, especially those suffering domestic abuse and children who are not receiving their legal right to education. This is completely unacceptable and must be addressed through both sensitive work by public bodies and through the Communities being willing to work with them in good faith. Details: London: House of Commons, 2019. 94p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 16, 2019 at: https://publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201719/cmselect/cmwomeq/360/360.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Ethnic Communities Shelf Number: 155428

Author: Taylor, Jirka Title: Intermediate Outcomes of Mentoring Interventions: A Rapid Evidence Assessment Summary: There are many different kinds of mentoring. Programmes vary considerably in aims, content and the nature of the mentor-mentee relationship. This diversity makes it difficult to generalise about effectiveness and good practice. There is a lack of good-quality research evidence on the impact of mentoring projects with offenders. Available studies indicate that some kinds of mentoring may influence reoffending through acting as a 'bridge' to other services and providing continuity of support 'through the gate'. Tentative evidence indicates that mentoring projects may be associated with improvements in mentees' employment outcomes, and may improve engagement in other programmes and interventions. More tentative evidence suggests that mentoring projects may be associated with improvements in mentees' housing situation. Very limited evidence suggests they may be associated with reductions in substance misuse. There is very limited evidence that mentoring programmes can increase coping abilities, improve family and peer relationships and reduce pro-criminal attitudes. All of these 'intermediate outcomes' can be theoretically linked to reductions in reoffending behaviour. Most relate to criminogenic or protective factors identified widely in the academic and research literature, and hence are likely to contribute to the process of desistance from crime. The research team recommends these intermediate outcomes are considered for inclusion in a proposed toolkit which can be adopted by organisations delivering mentoring interventions to measure their activities and impacts. Details: London: National Offender Management Service, 2013. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Analytical Summary: Accessed April 17, 2019 at: https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/9b41/9048562d1672095aa514d914f31d08d35dc5.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 155451

Author: Phippen, Andy Title: Online Peer on Peer Abuse: A national survey of Headteachers and Safeguarding Leads in England and Scotland Summary: Peer-on-peer abuse is any form of physical, sexual, emotional and financial abuse, and coercive control, exercised between children and within children's relationships (both intimate and non-intimate). Online peer-on-peer abuse is any form of peer-on-peer abuse with a digital element, for example, sexting, online abuse, coercion and exploitation, peer-on-peer grooming, threatening language delivered via online means, distribution of sexualised content and harassment. While anecdotally, through our work with schools and the wider children's workforce, we have been aware that online peer-on-peer abuse is a growing problem among children and young people, this study is the first of its kind to try to measure the scale of the problem in schools and to discern how they deal with it. A survey, targeting senior leaders across more than 300 schools in England and Scotland highlights the issues faced in addressing the problems caused by peer-on-peer abuse. The results show that online peer-on-peer abuse is a growing problem in schools; with 83% of respondents saying incidents have increased over the last 3 years. Other significant findings include: - 90% of survey respondents report experiencing online peer-on-peer abuse in their educational institution - The majority of respondents considered online peer-on-peer abuse to begin before secondary school, particularly between the ages of 8-10 years. - Despite an equal number of respondents across primary and secondary schools reporting incidents of online peer-on-peer abuse, respondents still considered online peer-on-peer abuse to be more prevalent in secondary school years overall. - Currently, training is highly victim focused and is less likely to focus on implications and support for the child instigating the harmful behaviour and legal issues. Training is variable across different schools, highlighting a lack of national coordination on these matters. - Education and awareness of the issues related to online peer-on-peer abuse are generally delivered to children in our respondents' schools but the manner and content of delivery can vary greatly. - The involvement of the police is inconsistent - for example, schools are less likely to involve police when addressing peer-on-peer abuse that involves hate speech than they are when there is a sexual element. However, perhaps the most significant finding is that schools are dealing with the issues of peer on peer abuse without national coordination or resources. 61% of respondents felt that they do not receive sufficient guidance and support from government and local authorities. Given the potentially life changing impact of such abuse on both victim and instigator, we are concerned that schools are being left to address these problems in such an ad hoc manner. We would like to see far more joined up thinking around these issues to enable schools to be confident they are addressing the problems effectively and students are receiving accurate and informed education around online peer-on-peer abuse. Details: Ipswich, Suffolk, UK: Suffolk Institute for Social and Economic Research, 2018. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2019 at: https://www.mariecollinsfoundation.org.uk/assets/news_entry_featured_image/MCF-Peer-on-peer-Abuse-Research-Report-sunday-final-version.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Grooming Shelf Number: 155507

Author: Davies, Jonathan S. Title: Migrant Labour Exploitation and Harm in UK Food Supply Chains Summary: The research conducted for this thesis is an exploratory study of migrant workers' experiences in UK food supply chains. This thesis provides an original contribution to criminology by discussing how some food supply chain dynamics result in various exploitative and harmful labour practices against migrant workers. Data consisted of semi-structured interviews conducted with migrant workers in the UK, as well as individual and group interviews with food supply chain stakeholders, including representatives from industry, regulation, and labour movements. This research conceptualises labour exploitation as a continuum, with severe practices including modern slavery on one extreme and 'decent work' on the other. There are a range of practices in-between these two extremes that risk being overlooked, whereby 'routine', banal exploitation is embedded and normalised within legitimate supply chain processes. The argument developed in this thesis is that a stronger emphasis is needed on the harmful consequences of routine, mundane, everyday labour exploitation in order to understand how they can result from legitimate supply chain dynamics. The key contributions of this thesis can be summarised under four themes: developing a more rigorous analysis of 'routine' labour exploitation and harm against migrant workers; understanding how legitimate food supply chain dynamics can facilitate exploitation and harm; explaining how the regulatory framework may unwittingly result in further exploitation and harm to migrant workers; and recognising the complexity of the relationship between migration and labour exploitation. The thesis findings contribute to predominant discussions of labour exploitation that typically focus on severe exploitation such as modern slavery and emphasise rogue individuals or criminal networks as the main perpetrators. The research findings demonstrate that a significant amount of routine labour exploitation and harm remains 'under the radar' in the context of legitimate supply chain practices. Police action and supply chain regulation typically focuses on the most severe labour exploitation, which results in routine exploitation being largely unaddressed. Therefore, labour exploitation has implications for the nature, organisation, and control of harms facilitated by businesses and supply chains. It is important for criminology and society to not disregard routine labour exploitation, as these practices can result in numerous harmful consequences for workers. Since the public profile of labour exploitation continues to grow, a stronger focus is needed on the routine and banal aspects, not just the most severe practices. Details: Manchester, UK: School of Law, Centre for Criminology and Criminal Justice, University of Manchester, 2017. 284p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 25, 2019 at: https://www.research.manchester.ac.uk/portal/files/63039799/FULL_TEXT.PDF Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Food Industry Shelf Number: 155508

Author: Kelly, Liz Title: Measuring the scale and changing nature of child sexual abuse and child sexual exploitation. Scoping report. Updated edition Summary: A key aim of the Centre of expertise on child sexual abuse is to increase understanding and awareness of the scale and nature of child sexual abuse (CSA). This paper forms the background to reaching current best estimates for both CSA and child sexual exploitation (CSE), as part of a strand of work which seeks to improve measurement and identify gaps in knowledge. The aims for this piece of work were to: - Establish a best estimate of the scale of CSA/E, drawing on the current evidence base and informed by expert input on the quality, reliability and extrapolation potential of this data. As far as possible, estimates should be provided at national and local level in England and Wales. - Keep abreast of future changes in data collection, providing informed comment as needed on the interpretation of new data. - Make proposals for a feasible new methodological framework to assess the scale of CSA/E and its various forms, building on current promising approaches and adding innovative methods. - Review promising practice in recording. Where reporting is high, what are the reporting and recording procedures followed? Possible case matching of areas with similar demographics but different practices and reported levels of CSA/E. At the heart of being able to distinguish between CSA and CSE is the issue of definitions, so we begin there. This is followed by a section on prevalence data and then exploration of official data sources. One observation from our review is that there is a tendency to rely on recently published material, which hides earlier prevalence studies (see Baker and Duncan, 1985; Kelly et al, 1991 for the UK) and the lessons learnt, alongside previous explorations of the overlaps and distinctions between sexual exploitation and child sexual abuse (Kelly et al, 2000; Itzin, 2001). Chapter 4 of this updated edition contains new statistics on police recorded crime (England and Wales), children in need (England) and children receiving care and support (Wales), and new data on prosecutions and convictions from the Crown Prosecution Service. All other sections of this report remain as originally published in July 2017. Details: London: London Metropolitan University, Centre of Expertise on Child Sexual Abuse, 2018. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2019 at: https://www.csacentre.org.uk/csa-centre-prod/assets/File/CSA%20Scale%20and%20Nature%20full%20report%202018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 155509

Author: Smart, Sarah Title: Too many bends in the tunnel? Women serving Indeterminate Sentences of Imprisonment for Public Protection - what are the barriers to risk reduction, release and resettlement? Summary: Indeterminate Imprisonment for Public Protection (IPP) is one of the most controversial sentences in the history of British sentencing, creating a 'general and systemic legal failure' (Laws LJ in Wells (2007)). Female IPP prisoners represent an often forgotten and overlooked minority, stuck in the creaking penal system. This research provides the first empirical exploration of female prisoners on IPP still in prison, despite the abolition of the sentence in 2012. Through narrative interviews, the research examines their childhood experiences, pathways into offending, journey through the prison system and identifies both internal/psychological and external/systemic reasons for their lack of progress towards rehabilitation and community resettlement. The findings identify commonalities of feeling and experience which create barriers to release. All of the women interviewed are found to be significantly over tariff and have served between twice and thirteen times their original tariff. The specific and all-pervasive impact of serving an indeterminate sentence is shown to have a profoundly negative effect on mental health, ability to engage and therefore progress towards risk reduction and release. The research concludes with recommendations for addressing some of the barriers identified to bring hope, progress and change. Details: London: Griffiths Society, 2018. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Paper 2018/02 : Accessed April 26, 2019 at: https://www.thegriffinssociety.org/system/files/papers/fullreport/griffins_research_paper_2018-02_updated_21.03.2019.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 155527

Author: United Kingdom National Preventive Mechanism Title: Preventing ill-treatment in detention in the United Kingdom Summary: This submission to the Committee Against Torture's sixth periodic review of the UK has been prepared by the UK National Preventive Mechanism (NPM), which is made up of 21 bodies that monitor all types of detention in the UK. To shed light on the issues raised by the Committee, we provide information relating to the NPM itself, as well as evidence from NPM inspection and monitoring visits as they relate to places of detention. Although our submission focuses on areas of concern, it is important to note that NPM members have also found numerous examples of good practice, real and sustained efforts to drive improved outcomes for those detained in some establishments and many staff who work hard to provide detainees with a good level of care. This introduction highlights the key issues relating to the NPM and to different types of detention. The main body of the submission is then organised in accordance with the paragraphs of the Committee's List of Issues Prior to Reporting. Prisons -- The living conditions for some prisoners in male prisons in England and Wales are extremely poor and in some cases not fit for habitation. Some men spend unacceptable amounts of time locked in small cells in poor condition. Levels of violence and the use of force and restraint are high in a number of prisons and too little is being done to address the underlying causes of this. We are very concerned about high levels of self-harm and suicide in men's prisons and that not all prisons implement and learn from recommendations made by inspectors and ombuds bodies with the aim of preventing further deaths in custody. The provision of mental health care is not always adequate and there are also significant delays in transferring some prisoners to mental health inpatient beds. For some men, the regime and conditions they experience may amount to ill-treatment. Living conditions and regimes for prisoners in Scotland and Northern Ireland are generally found to be better. However, there are concerns, including very little time out of cell for young men in Scotland and in relation to the oversight of use of force in Northern Ireland (see paragraphs 23, 26 and 27 below). The conditions and regime for women in prison are generally much better, but women continue to report high levels of need, including mental health needs, and not all prisons are doing enough to support them. Inspections in England and Northern Ireland found that many staff were not aware of how to identify and/or support women who may have been trafficked. The NPM has also raised concerns about the location of women�s prisons, including the number of women being held far from home (see paragraphs 11, 12 and 24 below). Immigration detention and overseas escorts NPM members continue to find individuals in immigration removal centres (IRCs) who appear to be too vulnerable to be detained. Despite improvements being made in recent years, the safeguards put in place to prevent vulnerable people from being detained or to allow for their release are still not working effectively. HMIP continues to find some Rule 35 reports that are inadequate and inappropriate decisions to maintain the detention of vulnerable people (including cases where there is evidence of torture in the country they left). HMIP has also found many IRC custody staff have limited knowledge of the national referral mechanism for identifying and referring potential victims of modern slavery, including trafficking. NPM members regularly encounter detainees who have been detained for unacceptably long periods of time and the environment in some IRCs is prison-like with disproportionate security measures. We continue to raise concerns about the ability of those detained in immigration detention to access free legal advice (see paragraphs 6, 12, 21 and 28 below). Detainees who are removed on charter flights may experience distress during the removals process. NPM members have raised serious concerns about the use of restraints on these charter flights, which are sometimes used without justification, including for prolonged periods of time. The NPM is concerned that detainees being removed experience treatment and conditions that may, for some, amount to ill-treatment (see section 4, additional issues, below). .... Details: London: Author, 2019. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 26, 2019 at: https://s3-eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/npm-prod-storage-19n0nag2nk8xk/uploads/2019/03/UK-NPM_Submission-to-CAT-66.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Detention Facilities Shelf Number: 155556

Author: Kearns, Ian Title: Data-Driven Policing and Public Value Summary: Policing is operating in a context of particularly rapid change. Police forces are operating under considerable stress, faced with reduced budgets at the same time as changing patterns of demand. Crime is changing, in part driven by the technological revolution we describe in this report. New skills are being demanded of police officers. The public is increasingly tech savvy and expects the police to be so too. This transforming context inevitably requires far reaching change in the nature of policing. This report looks at how the police can meet this challenge by the imaginative use of data-driven technologies. In particular the report focuses on how data-driven policing can contribute to public value. By data-driven, we mean the acquisition, analysis and use of a wide variety of digitised data sources to inform decision making, improve processes, and increase actionable intelligence for all personnel within a police service, whether they be operating at the front-line or in positions of strategic leadership. By public value, we mean the full value that a police force contributes to society across a number of measurable dimensions, including outcomes in relation to crime, the efficient use of public funds, and the quality of the police relationship with the public. Details: London: Police Foundation, 2019. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 26, 2019 at: http://www.police-foundation.org.uk/2017/wp-content/uploads/2010/10/data_driven_policing_final.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 155560

Author: D'Souza, Nikki Title: Applying a Restorative Approach within a Serious and Organised Crime Context - Can it be done safely in practice? A Case Study Summary: SUMMARY OF KEY FINDINGS -- There is no evidence of Restorative Approaches (RA) being used in the context of serious and organised crime (SOC) offending in the literature review. This single case study represents an effort to bridge this gap between the theory of applying RA to serious and complex criminality and its practical application, demonstrating that it is possible to undertake RA in the SOC context with similar impact in terms of offender and victim experiences to when RA is undertaken in non-SOC contexts. This case study which utilised a MAPPA-style multi-agency model increased staff and victim empathy with the offender and his situation, while enhancing the emotive impact on the offender. � Consideration needs to be given to the participating offender in respect of risk assessments and safeguarding from other organised crime group (OCG) members as well as the usual focus on victim safety; risks to the community needs to be an integral risk assessment feature. Participating offenders need to be given the opportunity to raise concerns in relation to any perceived and real risks that may be heightened to them and their families due to their participation. There needs to be a recognition of the offender as a victim within the SOC context due to the way that offenders are recruited into OCGs. Not being able to control offenders and victims using social media platforms to talk about engaging in a restorative conference merited much debate, as sanctions cannot be applied and are not legally enforceable. Hence, some adaptations are noted to the established process when undertaking RJ in non-SOC cases. � It becomes clear that in the SOC context, much consideration needs to be given to what is NOT known in terms of gaps in police and partner intelligence rather than a sole focus on what is known. A risk mitigation plan is necessary. � Creativity, corporate motivation, time, resources and skilled staff are required to undertake RA in this context successfully, which raises issues in relation to upscaling the initiative. Despite the limitations inherent in deploying a single case study to test the concept from an operational perspective, this work resulted in excellent victim satisfaction and self-reported benefits for the participating offender. It signals the need for the model to be developed with bespoke risk assessment tools via further case studies including for non-fraud cases to test the applicability to other types of serious and organised criminality and for wider applicability in the SOC context. Details: Durham, UK: Durham Constabulary, 2019. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 26, 2019 at: https://n8prp.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Case-Study-N8-Report-January-2019.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mediation Shelf Number: 155563

Author: Wainwright, Lucy Title: What incentives work in prison? A Prisoner Policy Network Consultation Summary: Lord Woolf's inquiry into the causes of the 1990 Strangeways riot had at its heart a commitment to consult directly with prisoners, as well as prison staff and policymakers. The resulting report set the agenda for prison reform for a generation. It highlighted problems in the prison system of overcrowding, squalid and inhumane conditions, a lack of hope and dignity, dysfunctional relationships between staff and prisoners, and an absence of justice. Nearly three decades on, the prison system has again found itself under intense pressure and public scrutiny, coping with vastly increased prisoner numbers, decreased staffing levels, chronic under investment, and violence and self-harm at record highs. Asking prisoners directly once more what they think and what should be done must make sense. That is what the Prisoner Policy Network (PPN) is about - creating a framework for prisoners, and the individuals and organisations most concerned for their well-being, to make their voices heard in the places where the policies that most affect them are made. This inaugural report describes many of the same concerns highlighted by Lord Woolf so many years ago. It paints a picture of a system which is failing in some of its most basic duties. But it also contains a wealth of ideas for what a more effective approach to securing a safe and purposeful and motivating way of life in prison might be. The PPN asked prisoners to respond to the question 'What incentives work in prison?'. The existing Incentives and Earned Privileges scheme was borne out of Lord Woolf's report; and the timing of our consultation aligned with a national policy review of IEP. Responses from over 1250 prisoners were received in a three month period, collected via letters, phone calls, emails, face to face visits to prisons across the country, and through 24 supporting partner organisations. We did not expect or seek a homogenous response. Prisoners' situations and views differ, and this report reflects that variety. It also deliberately reflects the views that we were given, not what PRT might think. But it does seek to identify themes and conclusions which emerged most commonly. It finds that prisoners often rejected the whole premise of the question. This was because their experience was that the system was failing to deliver a foundation of reasonable basic expectations of decent, respectful treatment. Talking about incentives made little sense when your quality of life was actually dominated by the struggle to get clean clothes or access to fresh air. The existing IEP system was generally held in low regard. Prisoners did not trust it to deliver what it promised. It was seen as a system of punishment, not reward. And it was criticised for a lack of consistency both between and within prisons, and for unfair administration day to day. Ideas for reform included some specific privileges, but we did not get a "shopping list" of treats that prisoners would like. More realistic wages that would give prisoners freedom to spend on the things that mattered most to the individual was a frequent suggestion, as was the provision of higher quality visits to reduce the impact of imprisonment on families. The fundamental issues raised by prisoners included a desire to see any new scheme moving from a punitive to a positive ethos. A willingness to acknowledge progress and effort should predominate. Prisoners wanted a culture of mutual respect, and particularly valued privileges which showed a preparedness to place trust in individuals. Incentives that directly impacted their future, and in particular the prospect of bringing forward release or allowing temporary release, were key, as were incentives that built personal self-worth and hope for a better life both in and out of prison. The report concludes with four messages for the policy makers charged with devising a new IEP scheme: - Any incentives scheme will not work without getting basic issues right first. Defining what these basics are needs attention as well as delivering them. - Incentives need to be meaningful to prisoners for any scheme to secure their support. Meaningful incentives outlined in this report include increased use of ROTL, higher rates of pay, better quality visits and, crucially, a chance to reduce time in custody. - Relationships between staff and prisoners define whether any scheme will work or fail. Mutual respect, positive encouragement and collaboration must underpin the approach, and a willingness to place trust in a prisoner characterises the most meaningful incentives. - Prisoners in turn want to trust the system, but the system needs to be trustworthy. Consistency, transparency and accountability are essential, and are widely lacking. Details: London: Prison Reform Trust, 2019. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 26, 2019 at: http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/Portals/0/Documents/PPN%20Incentives%20Report.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 155565

Author: Barry, Monica Title: This Isn't the Road I want to Go Down: Young people's perceptions and experiences of secure care Summary: The consultation sought to map young people's secure journey ie. their experiences and views of secure care from admission through to final discharge, including the transition from secure care and the services they received to assist them in that transition. It centred on four broad themes intended to elicit young people's individual experiences and perceptions regarding: admission to secure care, time in secure care, exit from secure care, and reflections once left secure care. Details: Glasgow: Who Cares? Scotland, 2008. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 26, 2019 at: https://strathprints.strath.ac.uk/20234/1/strathprints020234.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Juvenile Delinquents Shelf Number: 155571

Author: Clinks Title: Whole prison, whole person: How a holistic approach can support good mental health in prison Summary: This report sets out key principles and recommendations towards developing a whole prison approach to good mental health for people in contact with the criminal justice system, especially those with protected characteristics. Any whole prison approach must: - Respond to the specific needs of every individual within the prison population, including people from groups protected under the Equality Act (2010), many of whom are over represented in the criminal justice system and/or experience significantly poorer outcomes than the general population - Ensure continuity of care throughout an individual's sentence, recognising and meeting the needs of each person at every stage of their journey through custody - Create a wellbeing culture for all, that is embedded in the structure and core business of all those working in the custodial estate. In particular, this report highlights the role of the voluntary sector in supporting a whole prison approach to mental health care. Details: London: Clinks, 2019. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 1, 2019 at: https://www.clinks.org/sites/default/files/2019-04/clinks_whole-prison-mh_V4.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Health Programs Shelf Number: 155590

Author: Hurry, Jane Title: Write to be Heard: Supporting Offender Learning Through Creative Writing Summary: The report explores the impact of a creative writing programme developed to engage 'hard to reach' learners in prison. The mechanism was a creative writing competition, incorporating a schedule of workshops in 28 prisons, encouraging entrants to write pieces for broadcast on National Prison Radio (NPR). Using qualitative and quantitative data, the report established a link between the participants' positive experiences of attending workshops and entering the competition with factors that influence desistance. In addition, the report explored how to support artists new to working in prison and offered a framework for building a network to promote high quality arts interventions in the criminal justice system. Details: London: Clinks, 2014. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 1, 2019 at: http://www.artsevidence.org.uk/media/uploads/writetobeheard-finalreport.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Arts Programs Shelf Number: 155592

Author: Children's Commissioner for England Title: Keeping kids safe: Improving safeguarding responses to gang violence and criminal exploitation Summary: This report draws on the following work undertaken by the Children's Commissioner and her team over the past 12 months: - An extensive programme of engagement with children, their families and the professionals working with them in a range of settings including schools and alternative provision, gang diversion programmes, youth custody and family support programmes. - A bespoke data collection from every Youth Offending Team (YOT) in England asking about the children they are working with and their characteristics. This information provides the biggest sample of known gang members in England currently available. - A statutory data request made to the Chair of Local Safeguarding Boards in 25 areas with high levels of suspected gang activity, asking about the information they hold in relation to children and gangs in their local areas. - A bespoke analysis of the ONS British Crime Survey enabling us to examine the characteristics of self-identifying gang members and those in close proximity to them. - Examination of data collected in relation to children's services, schools and education, policing and children's services relating to known or suspected gang activity. - Learning from the Serious Case Reviews conducted when a child has died as a result of gang violence. - Learning from existing research conducted into gangs and child exploitation including joint research from Ofsted, HM Inspectorate of Constabulary and Fire & Rescue Services (HMICFRS), the Care Quality Commission (CQC) and HM Inspectorate of Prisons (HMIP); as well as reports from the Early Intervention Foundation and the Local Government Association, cross-referenced with data collected as part of the Children's Commissioner's Vulnerability Framework to enable us to develop a detailed portrait of the children at risk of gangs in England. Details: London: Author, 2019. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2019 at: https://www.childrenscommissioner.gov.uk/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/CCO-Gangs.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Exploitation Shelf Number: 155601

Author: Harwin, Judith Title: The contribution of supervision orders and special guardianship to children's lives and family justice. Summary report Summary: This report is about the use of 'family orders' to support family reunification and placement with family and friends as outcomes of S31 care and supervision proceedings brought under the Children Act 1989 . These proceedings are brought by local authorities for children who they believe have experienced or are likely to experience 'significant harm' as a result of the parenting they have received falling below a reasonable standard. They are amongst the most vulnerable children in society who have met the highest threshold of concern and their futures cannot be decided without the intervention of the court. The main focus is on supervision orders made by the courts to help support birth families to stay together, and on special guardianship when the child is placed with family and friends, with or without a supervision order. It is important to distinguish between these two family orders regarding the support they provide for permanency. A special guardianship order (SGO) lasts until the child reaches the age of 18 but a supervision order is time-limited. A supervision order places a duty upon the local authority 'to advise, assist and befriend the supervised child'. It is initially made for a period up to one year but can be extended after this to a maximum of three years. An SGO gives the carers the main responsibility for the child's care and upbringing but retains the legal link with the birth family. The local authority does not hold parental responsibility when either order is made. The over-arching aim of this study is to understand the opportunities, challenges and outcomes of these orders, and their use at national and regional level. This is the first study of both supervision orders and special guardianship to make use of national (England) population-level data routinely produced by the Children and Family Court Advisory and Support Service (Cafcass) concerning all children subject to S31 care and supervision proceedings. It is also the first study to use this data to examine the proportion of SGOs in which a supervision order is also made for the child. The report is being published at a critical time in family justice. The overall trend regarding care demand is upward. Despite a small drop in demand in 2017/18, the number of children in care and supervision applications is still more than double the figure recorded in 2007. This has created huge pressures on the family court and children's services alike. As part of its inquiry into ways of tackling the issues, the recent Care Crisis Review concluded that the family itself is an underused resource (Care Crisis Review, 2018). Since 2013, case law has also affirmed the important role of the court and children's services in promoting permanency orders that keep families together, and most recently called for new guidance on special guardianship. This comes just three years after a major review undertaken by the Department for Education introduced changes to the regulatory framework (Department for Education, 2015). Details: Lancaster, UK: Lancaster University, Centre for Child & Family Research, 2019. 183p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2019 at: https://www.cfj-lancaster.org.uk/app/nuffield/files-module/local/documents/HARWIN%20main%20report%20SO%20and%20SGOs%20_%204Mar2019.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 155602

Author: Cutland, Michelle Title: The role and scope of medical examinations when there are concerns about child sexual abuse: A scoping study Summary: Medical examinations when child sexual abuse is disclosed or suspected can have wide benefits including identifying forensic and evidential findings and providing a holistic assessment of the health and well-being of children who have experienced sexual abuse. This includes addressing unmet general, mental and sexual health needs, assessing risk (including for self-harm and suicide) and providing feedback and reassurance from health professionals to children and carers. It's important that practitioners who engage with children prior to a possible referral for medical examination have the knowledge and confidence to provide information and advice to children and non-abusing parents and carers. The scoping review -- This scoping review presents the available, up-to-date evidence on the role and purpose of the medical examination and the lived experience of, and impacts on, children and young people of having an examination. This report will be of interest to frontline practitioners in social care, police and health, as well as leaders and those responsible for the professional development and training of professionals in these sectors. Details: Barkingside, Ilford, Essex, UK; Centre of Expertise on Child Sexual Abuse, 2019. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2019 at: https://www.csacentre.org.uk/knowledge-practice/medical-examinations/the-role-and-scope-of-medical-examinations-when-there-are-concerns-about-child-sexual-abuse-a-scoping-review/ Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 155603

Author: Katz, Adrienne Title: Vulnerable Children in a Digital World Summary: There can be no doubt of the significant change connected technology has had on the day to day lives of children and young people, and the pace at which the technology they are using develops is relentless. What is clear from our research is that the support networks around vulnerable children have not yet caught up with the reliance many of them have on their devices and the connectivity it brings them. Although it is readily accepted that some children and young people are more vulnerable than others we must now systematically and thoroughly consider the digital dimension in their lives to ensure we can better protect them from online risk. The Good Childhood Report shows that 18% of children live with seven or more serious problems, such as fear of crime, domestic violence and emotional neglect. One in five children do not have stability because of residential transience. More than a quarter live with a parent who has a mental health difficulty while almost 10% act as young carers for someone in their family. Children and young people may have physical, emotional or mental health problems of their own, including disabilities and special needs or speech and language difficulties. Increasing numbers of our young people have mental health difficulties, while others exhibit emotional distress. When adverse childhood experiences are acknowledged, it is evident that certain children require additional support. Despite these documented adversities, some vulnerable children remain hidden and neglected. The Children's Commissioner for England has raised awareness of many hidden groups and described the risks faced by vulnerable young people as 'the biggest social justice challenge of our time'. It is not surprising therefore that vulnerability should extend to digital life. Online, despite the advantages of technology, some children's vulnerabilities are exacerbated, and others are ill prepared for safe internet use. This briefing paper will highlight how some young people are vulnerable online in specific ways and suggest some solutions. Details: London: Internet Matters, 2019. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2019 at: https://pwxp5srs168nsac2n3fnjyaa-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/Vulnerable-Children-in-a-Digital-World-FINAL.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 155604

Author: Independent Inquiry Into Child Sexual Abuse Title: Safe inside? Child sexual abuse in the youth secure estate Summary: The Independent Inquiry into Child Sexual Abuse ('the Inquiry') aims to consider the extent to which state and non-state institutions in England and Wales have failed in their duty of care to protect children from sexual abuse and exploitation, and to make meaningful recommendations for change. This research explores perceptions and experiences of safeguarding in the youth secure estate in England and Wales, specifically in relation to child sexual abuse. It complements the Inquiry's investigation into the extent of any institutional failures to protect children from sexual abuse while in custodial institutions. The research provides contemporary insight from staff and children across different establishments in the youth secure estate. The study sought to find out the extent to which children feel safe from sexual abuse in the youth secure estate, and the role of staff, systems and processes within this. The youth secure estate in England and Wales currently comprises three different types of establishment: Young Offender Institutions (YOIs), Secure Training Centres (STCs) and Secure Children's Homes (SCHs). These three types of establishment vary by size, the age and gender of children they accommodate, staff to child ratios, and their management and governance structures. The establishments also differ in terms of the legal basis for detaining children: YOIs and STCs hold children detained on criminal justice grounds only, however SCHs are able to hold children for criminal justice reasons as well as children held on welfare grounds for their own protection. Children in secure establishments generally come from disadvantaged backgrounds. Prior experience of abuse, sexual or other, and local authority care is common amongst the population (Mendez Sayer et al., 2018). The youth secure estate in England and Wales has seen a continual decline in numbers from an average of 2,932 children and young people for the year ending March 2008 to 900 for the year ending March 2019 (HMPPS, 2018a). This has altered the characteristics of the population, resulting in secure settings holding children serving longer sentences who display more challenging behaviours, have multiple and more complex needs, and pose a greater risk to both themselves and others. The youth secure estate has been assessed by recent independent inspections as being unsafe to hold children. Concerns have been raised around the levels of violence, restraint and children's perceptions of safety. The 2016/17 Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Prisons for England and Wales (HMIP) survey highlighted that 39 per cent of children reported feeling unsafe at some point in their current YOI and 22 per cent of children felt unsafe at some point since arriving at their STC (HMIP, 2017b). In 2016/17, there were around 2,700 reported assaults in the youth secure estate and 4,500 recorded incidents of restraint (Youth Justice Board, 2018). This shows the high levels of violence and restraint present across the estate given the relatively small population. Prevalence statistics in relation to child sexual abuse also indicate there were around 200 alleged incidents in the youth secure estate in 2016 and 2017 (Independent Inquiry into Child Sexual Abuse, 2018). These figures are again worryingly high for a population size which has consistently decreased since 2008. Details: London: Author, 2019. 103p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2019 at: https://www.iicsa.org.uk/key-documents/9536/view/safe-inside%3F-child-sexual-abuse-youth-secure-estate-full-report.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 155605

Author: Great Britain. HM Government Title: Ending Violence against Women and Girls: 2016-2020. Strategy Refresh Summary: In March 2016 we published our new VAWG Strategy, which sets out an ambitious programme of reform, and was supported by increased funding of L80m. In March 2017, the Chancellor announced additional funding of 20m pounds to support victims and survivors of domestic abuse, bringing the total committed to L100m, over twice what was committed during the previous Parliament. Our long-term vision remains the same, and so this Strategy is set out according to our existing strategic pillars: prevention, provision of services, partnership working, and pursuing perpetrators. The crimes addressed through this strategy are the crimes that disproportionately affect women and girls, which are domestic abuse, sexual violence, stalking, and so-called 'honour-based' violence including forced marriage and Female Genital Mutilation (FGM). We will continue to measure our success by seeking reductions in overall prevalence of these crimes as measured by the Crime Survey of England and Wales, and seek increased prosecutions and convictions, where appropriate. It is important to bring together our work in the UK with efforts to tackle these issues internationally, and so the 2016 Strategy, and this refresh, represents a 'One Government' approach. This Strategy Refresh also sits alongside other, closely linked pieces of work from across government such as the Victims' Strategy. We are clear that all victims of crime should be supported, but that particular hidden crimes merit their own, focused, response. We will also continue to ensure that our response to vulnerable people, and programmes of work to tackle modern slavery and child sexual abuse and exploitation, remain joined up and mutually supportive of this agenda. This refresh does not provide full details of all that has been achieved since 2016, and nor does it set out our full strategic vision for VAWG, which remains with the 2016 Ending VAWG Strategy. This document does not overtake the 2016 Strategy, and both should be considered together. Instead, this refresh provides a brief update on delivery achieved so far, captures additional programmes of work that have contributed to this agenda, and sets out new, additional actions that government will take forward that goes beyond those set out in the 2016 Strategy While we know that these crimes disproportionately affect women and girls, we also recognise that men and boys are victims too. The vision set out in this Strategy applies to male as well as female victims, but we have published a Male Victims Position Statement alongside this document, which clarifies and strengthens our response to male victims of these crimes, while still recognising the disproportionate impact on women. Details: London: Author, 2019. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/783596/VAWG_Strategy_Refresh_Web_Accessible.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 155606

Author: Street, Cathy Title: Evaluating the response to online safety: CAMHS Local transformation Project (Dudley) Summary: Youthworks was commissioned to - Conduct a needs assessment in order to establish a clear picture of the extent to which online safety issues impact on the emotional health and well-being needs of children and young people within the borough. - Make commissioning recommendations in respect of programmes and interventions, to ensure the online safety of children, young people and their families across the borough. Dudley's children and young people - online experiences - To obtain information around children and young people's online experiences: in 2014 the Cybersurvey was conducted in Dudley and it will be repeated in 2016 as the next phase of this assessment with an in-depth look at young people's responses and any relevant comparisons drawn out. Stakeholder Interviews Phase 1 involved a consultation with local stakeholders. Twenty one people were approached and fifteen local stakeholders were interviewed from: - Child and adolescent mental health services (CAMHS) - local authority children's services, including the Respect and teenage pregnancy team - the school nursing service - the police - the education inspection team - integrated youth services - the local safeguarding board - a private sector company providing online counselling - a local charity providing a variety of advice, support and outreach services for young people The aim of the stakeholder interviews was to explore and establish: - The extent to which children and young people referred into CAMHS state online safety issues as a key factor in their emotional well-being. - The extent to which children and young people referred into the local authority Children's Service Single Point of Access state online safety issues as a key factor in respect of a safeguarding concern. - The extent to which children and young people accessing the counselling provided via Kooth.com (Xenzone) state online safety issues as a key factor. - The extent to which, children and young people who are victims or perpetrators of crime, state online safety issues as a key factor. - What, if any, questions agencies ask children and young people in respect of the impact of cyber-bullying/online risk on their emotional health and wellbeing. - Local trends and issues in relation to online safety (identified by the above local services). Details: Surrey, UK: Youthworks, 2016. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2019 at: http://youthworksconsulting.co.uk/uploads/875735700EVALUATING_THE_RESPONSEfinal_edit2.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cyberbullying Shelf Number: 155609

Author: Gorman, Emma Title: The Causal Effects of Adolescent School Bullying Victimisation on Later Life Outcomes Summary: We use rich data on a cohort of English adolescents to analyse the long-term effects of experiencing bullying victimisation in junior high school. The data contain self-reports of five types of bullying and their frequency, for three waves of the data, when the pupils were aged 13 to 16 years. Using a variety of estimation strategies - least squares, matching, inverse probability weighting, and instrumental variables - we assess the effects of bullying victimisation on short- and long-term outcomes, including educational achievements, earnings, and mental ill-health at age 25 years. We handle potential measurement error in the child self-reports of bullying type and frequency by instrumenting with corresponding parental cross-reports. Using a detailed longitudinal survey linked to administrative data, we control for many of the determinants of bullying victimisation and child outcomes identified in previous literature, paired with comprehensive sensitivity analyses to assess the potential role of unobserved variables. The pattern of results strongly suggests that there are important long run effects on victims - stronger than correlation analysis would otherwise suggest. In particular, we find that both type of bullying and its intensity matters for long run outcomes. Details: Bonn, Germany: Institute of Labor Economics (IZA), 2019. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Discussion Paper Series No. 12241 Accessed May 2, 2019 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp12241.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 155613

Author: Ofer, Nogah Title: Super-complaint : Police failure to use protective measures in cases involving violence against women and girls Summary: Centre for Women's Justice (CWJ) is a charity established in 2016 with the purpose of holding the state to account on its response to violence against women and girls (VAWG). Our Director, Harriet Wistrich, and our two solicitors, are specialists in civil claims against public authorities and public law. In addition to conducting our own strategic litigation we provide training to frontline organisations in the women's sector on failures around VAWG in the criminal justice system and the legal remedies available to address them. We also provide legal advice to frontline organisations and members of the public in individual cases involving policing and prosecution of VAWG. This super-complaint draws together failures by the police to utilise four separate legal protections that exist for the benefit of vulnerable people experiencing domestic abuse, sexual violence, harassment and stalking, the overwhelming majority of whom are women and girls. Whilst we analyse the circumstances surrounding each of these legal powers, it is important to appreciate the cumulative effect of these widespread failings, which together amount to a systemic failure on the part of the state to provide protection for some of the most vulnerable people in our society. Use of these powers can prevent serious harm and a lack of response by police creates impunity, with perpetrators perceiving that there are no repercussions for their actions, and survivors perceiving that nothing happens when policing action is sought and that it is not worth reporting to police. This systemic failure persists despite the Government's avowed determination to address VAWG, since, as Home Secretary, Theresa May launched a Call to End Violence Against Women and Girls in 2010. It also persists some five years after HM Inspectorate of Constabulary (HMICFRS) published its first thematic report on the policing of domestic abuse in 2014, with subsequent regular progress reports, the latest published only last month. The police service as a whole adopted a "positive action" approach to VAWG in 2008 , yet that has not been reflected in practice on the ground, as identified by HMICFRS in its reports. One in five women killed by a current or former partner in 2017-2018 had been in contact with the police . It appears from the evidence reported by frontline women's services, that lack of protection for women is on the increase, partly resulting from a lack of understanding of abuse by police officers so that available powers are not properly utilised, and partly due to under-resourcing of police forces. We shall consider these factors in more detail below. Not only is there a political and policy failure by the state to effectively tackle a social ill acknowledged to be of epidemic proportions (see statistics at page 9 below) but also a failure to meet the state's legal duties under the European Convention on Human Rights (ECHR). Our legal analysis below sets out the law around the state's positive obligations to protect the right to life (Article 2), prevent inhuman and degrading treatment (Article 3) and enforce respect for private and family life (Article 8). When the policing of VAWG is compared to that of other crime types, these breaches are clearly discriminatory, impacting disproportionately on women and girls (Article 14). We are concerned that the real hurdles to effective action to protect women from violence, abuse and coercion are not being tackled, and that despite the efforts devoted to it, the Domestic Abuse Bill will not produce the desired protection. The problems we see are not a lack of legal powers or a need for broad legislative change (though some changes in the law are identified in this super-complaint) but a failure to utilise existing legal powers. This seems to be due to the low priority accorded to VAWG, lack of training and effective supervision, a failure to apply deterrent sanctions on officers who disregard these duties, and chronic under-funding of frontline policing of VAWG. There seems little purpose in adding a Domestic Violence Protection Order to the statute books to lie unused, when similar existing orders are not being utilised. Outline of this report -- The four protective measures addressed in this super-complaint are: 1. Failure to impose bail conditions: a. Where suspects are interviewed following voluntary attendance and bail cannot be used; b. Where suspects are interviewed under arrest, release under investigation without bail, or release on bail without bail conditions; c. Where bail is not extended beyond 28 days 2. Failure to arrest for breach of non-molestation orders; 3. Failure to utilise Domestic Violence Protection Notices and Domestic Violence Protection Orders; 4. Failure to apply for restraining orders at conclusion of criminal proceedings; We shall briefly outline the wider picture on policing of VAWG, and then examine each of the four protective measures separately, and for each consider: - The view from the frontline - Information from other sources (where available) - The response of oversight bodies - CWJ's analysis and recommendations for action. Details: London: Centre for Women's Justice, 2019. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2019 at: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/5aa98420f2e6b1ba0c874e42/t/5c91f55c9b747a252efe260c/1553069406371/Super-complaint+report.FINAL.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 155615

Author: Criminal Justice Inspection Northern Ireland Title: Equal Partners: An Inspection of the Voluntary Community and Social Enterprise Sector's Engagement with the Criminal Justice System in Northern Ireland Summary: What is the Third Sector? The Third Sector is an umbrella term that covers a range of different organisations with different structures and purposes, belonging neither to the public sector (i.e. the state) nor to the private sector (profit-making private enterprise). Other terms are used to describe such organisations - the voluntary sector, non-governmental organisations, non-profit organisations - particularly in public discussions around policy and politics. Third Sector organisations include: - charities; - voluntary and community organisations; - social enterprises and cooperatives; - 'Think tanks' and private research institutes (this does not include universities and colleges); and - some organisations, such as housing associations, have been spun off from government and are considered quasi-third sector groups, even though they deliver public services. In Northern Ireland, the Department for Communities (DfC), is the government agency currently tasked with overseeing and managing the relationship between the Third Sector and the government. What does the Third Sector do? Typically most Third Sector organisations dedicate themselves either to a particular issue which needs solving (e.g. prison reform or homelessness); or to a particular group in society (e.g. ex-offenders or victims of domestic violence) who require support and representation. They may provide services related to these issues (e.g. running a women's shelter, or providing legal advice) in the past due to an absence of public provided services, although now they are often funded by government (86% of Third Sector bodies in Northern Ireland receive some government funding). Some organisations (particularly think tanks and research institutes) may work on a wider range of issues, with a local, national or global focus. As well as delivering direct services, Third Sector groups will commission or carry out research into subjects that affect the groups and issues they deal with. They also aim to raise public awareness shape public policy through public campaigns, lobbying politicians and influencing government officials. Funding landscape -- When compared to the state of the Sector as reported in the 2013 CJI report A review of the Voluntary and Community Sector's involvement in the Northern Ireland criminal justice system. Third Sector Chief Executives in 2018 said financial pressures were the most challenging they had faced with difficult decisions giving rise to redundancies, reduced working hours and consolidation of offices and regional centres. Yet, the demand for services to young people and children, victims of domestic and sexual violence, offenders with substance abuse issues and support for offenders in the community had increased. The latest Ulster Bank and CO3 Third Sector Index showed that nearly 60% of Third Sector leaders expect it to shrink over the next three years with 28% reporting cash flow problems in 2017. According to the Index, more than 75% of leaders say that the lack of a Northern Ireland Executive is harming their organisations, bringing funding issues, a lack of decision-making and uncertainty. Over 70% said they expected the political situation here to become less stable, while two-thirds said they expect the economic situation to deteriorate. Between 2009 and 2014 funding to the Third Sector fell by 33% from L742 million to L574 million with an estimated 6,127 bodies operating in the sector. The mix of funding remained diverse with key contributors being Central Government (34%), statutory bodies and other agencies (34%) and public donations (30%). Funding from the European Union (EU); Big Lottery and philanthropic trusts remained generally stable over this period, although there is uncertainty over EU funding and a major funder Atlantic Philanthropies, has gradually withdrawn. On a positive note, the Third Sector was adept at attracting funding and the diversity of funding sources was a particular strength. The Fresh Start (now known as Tackling Paramilitarism) and Social Investment Fund (SIF) initiatives provided additional resources. At the time of this inspection the Department of Justice (DoJ) was proposing a full cost recovery funding model that would eventually replace the current system whereby certain bodies received core funding as well as project funding. This aimed to achieve better value for money and greater transparency. The DoJ model included a transition phase to cushion organisations against a sudden loss of core funding as well as co-ordinating other departments' funding approaches to create a level playing field. There were some critics of this approach who stated that losing core funding would have a negative impact on the Third Sector's capacity to delivery advocacy, critical challenge and leveraging of additional funding. Details: Belfast: Author, 2019. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2019 at: http://cjini.org/getattachment/10b06492-2ec0-4566-b608-6adabd822563/report.aspx Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Charitable Trusts Shelf Number: 155686

Author: Williams, Mike Title: The NSPCC'S Protect and Respect Child Sexual Exploitation Programme: A Discussion of the Key Findings from Programme Implementation and Service Use Summary: This report presents a discussion of the key findings from the evaluation of the NSPCC's Protect & Respect programme, which ran from June 2014 to November 2017. The Protect & Respect programme, provided support to children and young people affected by sexual exploitation, and included the following: - A group work service, where NSPCC practitioners did work with small groups of children and young people (numbering between 2 and 10) on a weekly basis over a period of one to two months. - Four different types of one-to-one service. One-to-one work involved an individual NSPCC practitioner doing work with a child or young person to support them on issues relating to exploitation. The four different services covered prevention, risk reduction, child protection and recovery. Work was sometimes done with carers and professionals who supported the child or young person. - The commissioning of research into child sexual exploitation. -- One piece of research, on the link between child sexual exploitation and neglect, was commissioned and completed during the evaluation period (Hanson, 2016). - An unpublished rapid evidence assessment was conducted on research on service delivery responses to child sexual exploitation published between 2006 and 2018 (Walker et al, 2019). In particular this report summarises and discusses: - The implementation of the Protect & Respect programme. - The findings from the group work service and the one-to-one service, which are detailed more fully in two separate accompanying reports (Williams, 2019a; 2019b). This introductory chapter sets the context to the report by: - Providing a note on the NSPCC's position on the use of child sexual exploitation films and the lessons that the NSPCC has learned over the course of the programme. - Providing a note on the NSPCC's position on children and young people's agency, the use of victim-blaming language and the lessons that the NSPCC has learned over the course of the programme. - Summarising recent policy developments in the area of sexual exploitation. - Looking at the evidence base for the effectiveness of professional responses and services in working on sexual exploitation. - Describing the NSPCC's recent involvement in working with sexual exploitation and the reasons for establishing the Protect & Respect programme. - Summarising the guidance provided to NSPCC managers and practitioners on providing the Protect & Respect programme. - Describing the evaluation methodology used. The description includes an account of how the focus of the evaluation changed over the course of the data collection period. Details: London: NSPCC, 2019. 140p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2019 at: https://learning.nspcc.org.uk/media/1699/a-discussion-key-findings-from-programme-implementation-service-use.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 155708

Author: Williams, Mike Title: Evaluation of the NSPCC's Protect and Respect Child Sexual Exploitation One-To-One Work Summary: Child sexual exploitation (CSE) is a form of child sexual abuse (DFE, 2017). It is a process that involves the exchange of a resource for sexual activity with a child or young person. The recipient of the resource could be the child or young person with whom the sexual activity takes place. It could be a third party who is able to control the child or young person (DFE, 2017, p5). While the phenomenon of child sexual exploitation is not new (see Hallett, 2017) use of the term 'child sexual exploitation' is. The term appeared in government statutory guidance for the first time in 2009 (DCSF, 2009). The 2009 guidance gave Local Safeguarding Children Boards (LSCBs) in England responsibility for protecting children from sexual exploitation and preventing sexual exploitation (DCSF, 2009). The guidance led to professionals, statutory services and third sector organisations developing responses and services focused on sexual exploitation (Walker et al, 2019; Barnardo's, 2019; The Children's Society, 2019: Harris et al, 2017; Shuker and Harris, 2018). In 2014, the NSPCC started an evaluation of its Protect & Respect programme of child sexual exploitation services. The services were provided from 15 service centres located in towns and cities in England and Wales. This report presents detailed findings from the evaluation of the one-to-one work. This is a companion report to a report, which discusses the key findings from the evaluation of the Protect & Respect programme (Williams, 2019a). An additional companion report presents detailed findings form the evaluation of a group work service (Williams, 2019b). An unpublished rapid evidence assessment (REA) on child sexual exploitation service responses has been also been produced (Walker et al, 2019). The NSPCC commissioned the REA because it wished to understand what its evaluation findings could add to the existing evidence The aim of the programme and the evaluation was to create a set of intervention models for working on sexual exploitation, and to deliver the first impact study of intervention models focused on child sexual exploitation. The programme comprised one group work service and four types of one-to-one work delivered to children and young people aged 11 to 19: - Preventative group work was aimed at reducing the risk posed to children and young people in the medium to long-term, for those judged to be vulnerable to exploitation. - Four types of one-to-one work: - Preventative work, which had the same aim as the group work. - Risk reduction work aimed at children and young people judged to be at risk of exploitation. - Child protection work aimed at stopping the exploitation and reducing the risk of exploitation of children and young people judged to be being exploited. - Recovery work to reduce the trauma and risk of being exploited for children and young people traumatised because of exploitation. Details: London: NSPCC, 2019. 120p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2019 at: https://learning.nspcc.org.uk/media/1702/protect-respect-evaluation-one-to-one.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 155725

Author: Williams, Mike Title: Evaluation of the NSPCC's Protect & Respect child sexual exploitation group work service Summary: The aim of the Protect & Respect programme and the evaluation was to create a set of intervention models for working on sexual exploitation, and to deliver the first impact study of intervention models focused on child sexual exploitation. One element of the programme was the delivery of group work to children and young people who were considered to be vulnerable to exploitation. The aim of the group work was to lower the risk of sexual exploitation in the medium to long-term. This was to be done through providing access to information, advice and guidance so that children and young people could make what was termed as 'safe decisions' (NSPCC, 2014, p1). Group work was delivered by 13 of the 15 NSPCC service centres that delivered the programme. The initial intention was to carry out an impact evaluation. A first step towards conducting the impact study was an attempt at implementing the services in line with the model guidance and the administration of a set of standardised measures. It was felt that if the models could be delivered consistently and the measures administered then an impact study could be conducted with a control group. However, a review conducted one year into the delivery of the programme concluded that the programme was not yet ready for this. Hence the aims of the evaluation were amended to studying and documenting: - The work that was done, in practice, by NSPCC practitioners with children and young people, carers and professionals. - The challenges faced in assessing, preventing and stopping exploitation and what was done to attempt to overcome those challenges. The data collected for this evaluation report comes from interviews with 33 NSPCC staff but also from: interviews with four children and young people and 10 referring professionals; a review of case notes written by NSPCC practitioners; and quantitative data collected on the characteristics and needs of the children and young people allocated to the service, length of service, service and evaluation attrition. The findings in this summary cover the period between June 2014 and November 2017. Details: London: NSPCC, 2019. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2019 at: https://learning.nspcc.org.uk/media/1703/protect-respect-evaluation-group-work.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 155730

Author: Howard, Flora Fitzalan Title: Learning to cope: an exploratory qualitative study of the experience of men who have desisted from self-harm in prison Summary: This study aimed to develop the evidence base for what helps people to stop harming themselves in custody, and in doing so help to inform effective ways for prison managers and staff to respond to the rise in self-harm incidents and provide appropriate, helpful care. Understanding the experiences of people who have successfully learned to cope differently and refrain from harming themselves can helpfully inform methods or strategies to tackle this problem. This in-depth qualitative study asked how men in prison, who have previously self-harmed but do so no longer, describe the experience of learning to manage their self-harming? What helped or hindered the change process? What is their desistance story? Details: London: Her Majesty's Prison and Probation Service, 2019. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Analytical Series, May 10, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/794267/learning-cope-self-harm_in_prison-research.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Male Inmates Shelf Number: 155737

Author: University of Gloucestershire Title: Gloucester City Safe in 2018: Research conducted by students.... Summary: Executive Summary -- This report presents the findings from an examination of the Business Crime Reduction Partnership (BCRP) 'Gloucester City Safe' conducted by students from the University of Gloucestershire in October 2018. Gloucester City Safe was designed to tackle crime, disorder and anti-social behaviour in Gloucester, Stroud and the surrounding areas. Its 150+ business members work in partnership with the Police, Local Authorities and other stakeholders to tackle issues such as shoplifting, theft, alcohol related disorder, street drinking and begging through the application of a two-tiered sanction-based exclusion system. Since 2014, the University of Gloucestershire has worked with Gloucester City Safe (hereafter 'the Scheme') on collaborative research projects designed to consider the Scheme's operation and effectiveness and to generate insight in to public views on crime and safety. In October 2018, student researchers conducted public surveys in Gloucester City Centre (gaining 662 responses) and interviewed some of the Scheme's members (26 members interviewed). This report presents the findings from this activity, and can be used by the Scheme's management and the police to enhance understanding of crime and disorder in Gloucester and its surrounding areas and to help inform efforts to tackle these issues. The main findings from the report are summarised here. Public perceptions of crime, safety, policing and the Scheme -- A majority (36%) of the sample stated that 'shoplifting and theft' was the biggest problem in Gloucester, and that 'drugs' was the biggest cause of crime in Gloucester (selected by 24%). Feelings of safety were high among the sample, with 72% describing their perceived level of safety in Gloucester city centre as between six and 10 out of 10 (with 10 indicating feeling completely safe). Respondents were asked to provide their view on the effectiveness of police efforts to tackle crime in Gloucester city centre, with 60% of respondents stating that the police were 'very effective' or 'effective' in this regard. Just under half of the sample (47%, 314/662) had heard of the Scheme, and 76% (237/312) of this sub-sample stated that the Scheme was 'very effective' or 'effective' at tackling crime in Gloucester city centre. Those that had heard of the Scheme were asked whether knowing that it is in operation makes them feel safer in Gloucester city centre; 80% (250/314) responded 'Yes'. Member feedback on the Scheme -- Members were highly positive about the effectiveness of the Scheme, and about the communications and information sharing procedures employed by the Scheme. Members reported feeling safer in their place of work because of presence of the City Protection Officers (CPOs) and due to increased awareness concerning risks arising from effective information sharing among members. Some members stated that the Scheme is an effective deterrent for offenders and that its activity has eased the burden on the police. Members were positive about the incident reporting process, about the ease with which they could communicate information to the Scheme, and about the assistance that they receive from the Scheme manager and the CPOs with the reporting process. The DISC web platform and mobile application was described by members as very useful and user-friendly. The recent revisions to the offender gallery organisation was reported to have improved usability, and the speed with which incidents are uploaded and made viewable by the Scheme's manager was greatly appreciated and noted as highly useful. Members noted that most offenders are deterred by the receipt of a yellow card and the threat of a City Safe ban. However, many of the members noted a serious problem with a minority of offenders that ignore the sanctions and continue offending. For these repeat offenders, members noted that the card system is not effective. There were members who expressed a need for more severe consequences for repeat offenders, for increased police enforcement of exclusions and for increased use of Criminal Behaviour Orders (CBOs) for this group. Members were highly positive concerning the work of the City Protection Officer (CPOs), stating that they had made a significant difference since their introduction. There were many examples provided of incidents where the CPOs had helped tackle or prevent an issue or diffused a situation, and members spoke positively about the personal relationships they had developed with the CPOs. Some members also noted that more CPOs, and CPO shift patterns that meant they were present in the city centre for longer periods of the day, would be beneficial. Details: Cheltenham, UK: Author, 2019. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2019 at: http://eprints.glos.ac.uk/6553/7/Gloucester%20City%20Safe%20in%202018.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 155820

Author: Stafford, Andrew Title: Business Crime Reduction Schemes: An examination of operation, management and best practice Summary: This report presents the findings of a study into the operation of groups of commercial organisations which come together to reduce the impact of theft, violence, anti-social behaviour and other crimes and associated behaviours on their businesses. We refer to such groups as Business Crime Reduction Schemes (Schemes), a term used in this report to include Business Crime Reduction Partnerships (BCRPs), shopwatch schemes, pubwatch schemes, schemes provided by shopping centres for the benefit of their tenants, and other similar operations. The report draws upon data gathered through a national survey of Scheme managers conducted between October 2018 and January 2019 to consider the design, focus, management, governance, membership and collaborative activities of Schemes and identify the key characteristics, achievements, challenges encountered and points of best practice concerning their activity. These are presented as key findings throughout the report and as a series of guiding principles for such Schemes. Details: Cheltenham, UK: University of Gloucestershire, 2019. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2019 at: http://eprints.glos.ac.uk/6815/1/6815%20Stafford%20%282019%29%20Business%20Crime%20Reduction%20Schemes%20-%20An%20examination%20of%20operation%2C%20management%20and%20best%20practice.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 155819

Author: Stafford, Andrew Title: Community Safety and the Night Time Economy Summary: Overview -- This report presents the findings from a three-year project that examined issues related to crime, crime reduction, and community safety in Gloucestershire's Night Time Economy. 'Night Time Economy' (NTE) is the term used in this report to refer to economic activity that takes place between 6pm and 6am. The project was funded by the Office of the Police and Crime Commissioner for Gloucestershire between September 2014 and December 2017, and was conducted by a research team from the school of Natural and Social Sciences at the University of Gloucestershire. Aims The project had three aims, which are represented in this report as follows: 1. To assemble a comprehensive picture of crime and safety in Gloucestershire's Night Time Economy 2. To identify and examine the crime reduction and community safety initiatives that are in place in Gloucestershire�s two largest Night Time Economies 3. To design an assessment tool for the OPCC to use when reviewing new NTE initiatives in Gloucestershire. Approach -- This report draws upon a range of data collected by the research team during the course of the project. These were: surveys of those that use and work in the NTE in Cheltenham and Gloucester; in-depth interviews with key members of crime reduction and community safety initiatives in the NTE and with other bodies associated with the NTE; and a multi-year analysis (comprising surveys, interviews and incident analysis) of a case study spanning 2014-2017. A large scale 'public survey' was deployed to gather views from Gloucestershire's public on issues of crime and safety in the NTE (n=448). A second survey was used to gather views on similar topics from those working in businesses that operate in the NTE's in Gloucester City Centre and Cheltenham Town Centre (n=30). A third survey was used to gather views from workers in businesses located in Gloucester's Business Improvement District concerning the recently introduced City Protection Officer initiative (n=42). In-depth interviews were conducted with individuals involved in recognised crime reduction and community safety initiatives operating in the County or employed by public or charitable bodies with a role that encompasses activities directly relevant to NTE crime reduction and safety. A case study analysis of the Gloucester City Safe Business Crime Reduction Partnership is used to provide detailed insight in to the operation and achievements of a successful crime reduction mechanism in place in the county. The research team collected data in 2014, 2015, 2016, and 2017 comprising: 2167 public surveys and 149 interviews with partnership members. Data concerning 4523 incidents reported to the partnership between June 2014 and May 2017 are also considered here. Details: Cheltenham, UK: University of Gloucestershire, 2018. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2019 at: http://eprints.glos.ac.uk/5558/13/Community%20Safety%20and%20the%20Night%20Time%20Economy%20March%202018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 155823

Author: Bolt, David Title: An inspection of the Home Office's approach to illegal working Summary: Publishing the report, David Bolt said: The ability of migrants who are not legally entitled to work in the UK to find paid employment is seen by the Home Office as key to why many migrants remain in the UK without leave or work here in breach of the terms of their leave. Equally, the belief that they will be able to find work is seen as a significant "pull factor" for migrants seeking to reach the UK. Illegal working also raises other issues, for example migrants working illegally in the UK are vulnerable to exploitation and abuse by unscrupulous employers, and businesses employing illegal workers can undercut and damage legitimate businesses, deprive HM Government of revenue in the form of taxes and national insurance payments, and adversely affect the employment prospects of others. For these reasons, tackling illegal working has been a Home Office priority for some years. Because of its hidden nature, estimating the size of the problem with any confidence has been difficult. However, since at least 2015, when I last inspected this topic, the Home Office has understood it to be "greater than our capacity to enforce it through traditional arrest activity". My 2015 report noted a then relatively new shift in emphasis towards encouraging employer compliance through 'educational visits' by Immigration Compliance and Enforcement (ICE) teams, rather than continuing to rely primarily on enforcement visits to locate and arrest offenders. In this latest inspection, I therefore looked to see how this approach had developed, as well as at the measures introduced since 2015 under the umbrella of the 'compliant environment' to strengthen the powers of ICE teams and the penalties for non-compliant employers. I found that efforts had been made to develop strategies and encourage partnerships and collaborations with other government departments and with large employers and employer groups in particular sectors, but there were no metrics to show what this had achieved. Meanwhile, 'on the ground' there was little evidence that the shift of emphasis trailed in 2015 had 'stuck', and ICE teams were doing (for the most part professionally and properly from what inspectors observed) what they had always done - deploying in response to 'allegations' received from members of the public, in the majority of cases to restaurants and fast food outlets, and with a focus on a handful of 'removable' nationalities. The lessons from the Windrush scandal are the subject of an independent review, due to report shortly, and there is a compensation scheme for those affected. Therefore, I did not look specifically at how Windrush generation individuals had been impacted by Immigration Enforcement's illegal working measures. However, it was evident that Windrush had had a significant effect on Immigration Enforcement, operationally (as a result of the 'pausing' of data sharing with other departments) and psychologically (with IE perceiving that other departments and agencies, employers and the general public were now less supportive, and that having dispensed with removals targets it was no longer clear, at least to ICE teams, what success looked like). My report, which was sent to the Home Secretary on 6 February 2019, made six recommendations. The majority focus on improving the mechanics of illegal working compliance and enforcement but, while important and necessary, these are not enough by themselves to answer the criticism that the Home Office�s efforts are not really working and may have had the unintended consequence of enabling exploitation and discrimination by some employers. Details: London: Independent Chief Inspector of Borders and Immigration, 2019. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/800641/An_inspection_of_the_Home_Office_s_approach_to_Illegal_Working_Published_May_2018.PDF Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 155831

Author: Hestia Title: Underground Lives: Police response to victims of modern slavery Summary: In 2018 there was a 250% increase in the number of modern slavery operations reported by UK police forces. However, numbers of prosecutions for perpetrators of modern slavery offences remain considerably low, with only 7% of recorded cases of modern slavery referred to the CPS. Securing the cooperation of vulnerable victims with criminal proceedings is key to the success of prosecutions for this highly complex crime. However, two years since Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary and Fire & Rescue Services (HMICFRS) reported widespread police failings that left many victims unidentified and not given the protection they deserve, the police response continues to fall short of the standards required to afford victims the full safeguards and support they need. Following on from concerning witness statements to the Home Affairs Select Committee on Modern Slavery, Hestia has undertaken an experience-based analysis to further understand the needs of victims who are engaging with the police and what more is required to meet them. The combination of these two forms the basis of the first police super-complaint on modern slavery highlighting that while considerable progress has been made, many victims are still not receiving the appropriate level of service and support by nonspecialist police officers and calling for sustainable plans from police forces to ensure an improved response to this abhorrent crime. Details: London: Author, 2019. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 15, 2019 at: https://www.hestia.org/Handlers/Download.ashx?IDMF=952a9bfc-b57e-42f0-9ff3-6efcafb5db6f Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 155849

Author: Franklin, Anita Title: Unprotected, overprotected: meeting the needs of young people with learning disabilities who experience, or are at risk of sexual exploitation Summary: This UK-wide research study was commissioned by Comic Relief and addresses a significant gap in current understanding of the sexual exploitation of children and young people with learning disabilities. This report outlines the research findings and is one of a number of products of the study. These include: - an executive summary - an easy-read summary of the report - a practice guide - nation-specific briefing papers. Welsh language versions of the report and practice guide are also available. All of the above can be downloaded from www.barnardos.org.uk/cse-learningdisabilities The report is organised in distinct chapters, which present: - the background to the research, the methodology and sample - the policy context across the four nations of the UK and current available literature on the sexual exploitation of young people with learning disabilities - the research findings - discussion of the findings - evidence-based recommendations for policy and practice. 1.1 Aims of the research This exploratory research study aimed to increase understanding of how to meet the needs of children and young people with learning disabilities who experience, or are at risk of, child sexual exploitation (CSE). Specifically, the research undertook to: 1. scope and detail current provision (including the scale of intervention work around CSE with children and young people with learning disabilities) 2. explore the views of practitioners, managers and local and national policymakers around practice, looking into both enablers of and barriers to good practice 3. understand the needs of children and young people with learning disabilities who experience CSE, and gather their views on current practice 4. identify gaps in policy, provision, evidence and research 5. generate evidence-based recommendations for future developments in this area of work. Details: London: Barnardo's, 2015. 148p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 15, 2019 at: http://www.barnardos.org.uk/cse_learning_and_disability_report_2015a.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 155859

Author: Great Britain. House of Commons. Culture, Media and Sport Committee Title: Changing Lives: the social impact of participation in culture and sport Summary: Cultural and sporting opportunities have intrinsic value, and can inspire personal success, but to view them only this narrowly would be to fail to understand their true value. Organisations working in these fields are doing so much more. Our inquiry showcases some of the evidence that we received, demonstrating the impact of culture and sport on positive outcomes in health, education, criminal justice and urban regeneration. But much of the excellent, life-changing work we heard about is on a precarious footing. The Government must recognise and harness social impact. Sports and culture must be better integrated within the work and policy objectives of the Department for Education, the Department of Health and Social Care, and the Ministry of Justice, to ensure that everyone can benefit from these opportunities. In the same way that sporting and cultural organisations see social impact as their core business, the Government should see sports and culture as a mainstream way of delivering their social policy goals. The footprint of the Department for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport means it is in an excellent position to co-ordinate Government thinking in this area, including maximising the opportunities from forthcoming major cultural and sporting occasions. Details: London: Author, 2019. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Eleventh Report of Session 2017�19: Accessed May 17, 2019 at: https://publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201719/cmselect/cmcumeds/734/734.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 155893

Author: Oxfam Title: Supermarket Responsibilities for Supply Chain Workers' Rights: Continuing challenges in seafood supply chains and the case for stronger supermarket action Summary: International food supply chains provide employment for tens of millions of women and men around the world, demonstrating the potential for private sector actors to fight poverty and inequality. Yet far too many work in appalling conditions. The ongoing challenges in seafood supply chains are illustrative of the problems that can arise and the need for stakeholders to tackle their root causes. This is one of a series of in-depth studies to supplement Oxfam's global campaign report, Ripe for Change: Ending human suffering in supermarket supply chains. This report assesses recent progress in realizing workers' rights in seafood supply chains originating in Southeast Asia; provides new evidence of ongoing workers' rights challenges in US and European supermarket shrimp supply chains beginning in Indonesia and Thailand; and explores the need, in particular, to address the buyer power of supermarkets and other lead firms to squeeze value from their suppliers. Details: Oxford, UK: Author, 2018. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 17, 2019 at: https://oxfamilibrary.openrepository.com/bitstream/handle/10546/620480/cs-supermarket-responsibilities-workers-rights-seafood-210618-en.pdf;jsessionid=C6B8C82EDDF6F5681536966228CBCC65?sequence=1 Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Seafood Industry Shelf Number: 155896

Author: Lynch, Orla Title: From Criminals to Terrorists and Back? Quarterly Report: Great Britain and Ireland Summary: This is the second of the series of ten national quarterly reports covering the tentative findings from study of 2015 terrorism arrestees, as part of GLOBSEC's From Criminals to Terrorists and Back? Project. The report authors are John Morrison, Director of Terrorism and Extremism Research Centre at the at University of East London and Orla Lynch, Head of Criminology at the University College Cork. Within Britain and Ireland there are two clear terrorist threats, namely violent dissident Irish republicanism (VDR) and jihadist terrorism. Both threats have very different patterns in relation to personnel and experience levels. Those involved in VDR-related activity are more likely to be part of a larger organisation than those involved in jihadist-related activity. They are also more likely to have criminality as a cornerstone of their organisational activity. This can include smuggling, non-political violence, and drug dealing. From the jihadi sample, this criminality is not as likely to play a dominant role. It appears to date that the crime-terror nexus for 2015 does not seem to be as significant in Britain as may have been first imagined. However, as more data is collected, analysed, and audited, this and other findings may be subject to change. The sample collected to date does not fit with the dominant young male profile and includes female and older members from a variety of roles related to terrorist activity. Details: Bratislava, Slovak Republic: GLOBSEC Policy Institute, 2018. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 20, 2019 at: https://www.globsec.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/From-Criminals-to-Terrorists-and-Back-Quarterly-Report-2018-Great-Britain-and-Ireland.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 155920

Author: Shaw, Tom Title: Historical Abuse Systemic Review: Residential Schools and Children's Homes in Scotland 1950 to 1995 Summary: This report is the direct outcome of a debate in the Scottish Parliament on 1st December 2004. The debate was on a motion on behalf of the Public Petitions Committee, seeking an inquiry into past institutional child abuse. It was the first time the Committee had secured such a debate. The then Minister for Education and Young People, Peter Peacock, announced his intention to appoint someone with experience to analyse independently the laws, rules and regulations that governed children�s residential establishments, how these were monitored and how they worked in practice. This summary has the following sections: 1. Who carried out the review; 2. What the review is - and isn't - about; 3. What the review was asked to do; 4. What we did; 5. What the review found; 6. What the review recommends; 1. Who carried out the review The Scottish Parliament appointed me, Tom Shaw, as Independent Expert to lead the review. I am the former Chief Inspector of Education and Training in Northern Ireland. I was assisted by researcher Nancy Bell and legal researcher Roddy Hart. 2. What the review is - and isn't - about. This is a systemic review: it's about systems - the systems of laws, rules and regulations (the regulatory framework) that governed residential schools and children's homes. It's about how these schools and homes complied with the regulatory framework, and about the systems for monitoring and inspecting the schools and homes. It's not about individuals, individual institutions or organisations. I established a confidentiality policy from the outset. The report does not name individuals or organisations with whom I've had contact as part of the review. And, as my remit specified, I am not reporting on the facts or circumstances of individual cases of abuse. 3. What the review was asked to do - The remit was to carry out an investigation against the background of abuse suffered by children in residential schools and children's homes in Scotland between 1950 and 1995. I could, if necessary, consider materials from outwith these periods if I felt these would be relevant. I was to consider: - the laws, rules, regulations and powers that governed how these schools were run, regulated and inspected;- what systems were in place to make sure these laws, rules, regulations and powers were followed; and - how these systems worked in practice. To do this I would:- have access to government records; and - be expected to seek the co-operation of local authorities and other organisations that ran children's residential schools and homes. I was not permitted to: - report on the facts or circumstances of any individual cases of abuse; or - take submissions from individuals I felt it was essential to talk to the people who had lived and worked in children's residential schools and homes. So I later sought, and received, permission to meet and receive information from individuals. 4. What the review did The review used questionnaires and a survey to seek information from organisations - including local authorities and religious and voluntary organisations - and archivists. The review received information from former residents, in interviews, telephone calls, emails, correspondence and from cuttings, video tapes and DVDs that former residents sent to us. My researcher and I interviewed people who had worked in services involved with child care services. My researcher and I reviewed files held in the National Archives of Scotland and the Scottish Executive Education Department and my researcher reviewed files in other archives held in various locations in Scotland and England. I sought expert advice on aspects of the legal framework and commissioned two specialist reviews. My researcher and I focused on abuse in children's residential establishments and the other considered how society's attitudes to children and social policies have changed during the period of my review. I established an advisory group of people drawn from backgrounds relevant to the review. My researcher and I examined previous reviews and inquiries. 5. What the review found Looking back over a long period of time poses difficulties, not least the risk of imposing 21st century perspectives on what people did in the past. Research material about children's lives in Scotland and about their experiences in residential childcare is scarce. Attitudes to children have changed gradually but only in the last 10 years or so in Scotland has there been full acknowledgement in law of children's rights. Attitudes to punishment have been inconsistent. Although evidence indicates that abuse of children was known about throughout the review period, public awareness didn't develop until the 1980s. Throughout the period there was a lack of qualified care staff, perhaps a symptom of the low status given to residential child care. The law didn't provide adequately for talking and listening to children and taking their views into account until the end of the review period. The law in place during the first half of the review period didn't ensure that children's residential care services responded sufficiently to the needs of the children requiring the services. The law responded slowly to growing awareness of the abuse of children across the review period and to strengthening the protection of children in residential establishments and children's homes. Corporal punishment was permitted in residential establishments into the 1980s despite concerns expressed about abuse in residential child care. And the law did not require inter-agency working and sharing information as an aid to protecting children until after the review period. Accountability for children's welfare and safety were weakened by the law's lack of insistence that children's residential care staff should be suitably qualified, by the lack of a national vetting system for residential care staff and by the lack of national care standards. Monitoring and inspection requirements were subject to a considerable degree of interpretation across much of the review period. In the absence of national standards of care, consistency in the expectations and assessment of residential schools and children�s homes could not be assured. The law specified in varying degrees of detail what should be monitored and inspected in residential schools and children's homes to ensure the children's welfare and safety. Visits by various people, professional and lay, and records were the main approaches for monitoring and inspection mentioned in the legislation and some visits were to take place at specified intervals. However, the law did not provide for independence in monitoring and inspection, nor did it require public accountability for inspection until late in the 1980s. As there were no national standards for care, assessments of the welfare and safety of the children by visitors and inspectors could be inconsistent. And the vagueness of requirements for children to have the opportunity to talk to visitors could have limited the possibility of children expressing concerns about their safety. Although there is evidence in files in NAS of government inspectors talking to children during their visits, the action taken was at the inspectors' initiative and may not have been seen by the children as an opportunity for them to speak about any concerns. The lack of requirement for co-operation and sharing of information amongst professionals, may have inhibited valuable exchanges and limited the potential of the information for protecting children. Identifying how residential schools and children's homes were monitored and inspected in practice � as opposed to what the laws said should be done � has proved very difficult. The search for information was affected by people's knowledge of what records existed, where they were located and what they contained. When people left or retired from organisations, they often took with them significant knowledge about records and past practices. Records were scattered across organisations, archives and even countries. Some records are now being examined; others sit in boxes on shelves with little or no hint of what they contain; others were destroyed. Potentially important information about practice in inspection was lost because, as practice changed and new guidance issued, previous guidance papers were destroyed. Finding even basic information often proved challenging and time-consuming. No central government databases exist of children's residential establishments in Scotland between 1950-1995 or which organisations were involved in providing these services � let alone what records are associated with which services and where these might be. Hundreds of children's residential services existed in Scotland and across the review period they changed function, location, management or closed down. The review met a number of obstacles in its search for information:- Some potentially significant records in archives were closed. - There was no legal requirement for local authorities and organisations to help by giving access to information. Some were helpful; some were less so. - Local authorities, organisations and government departments were to provide the review with "relevant" records, but determining what was "relevant" proved difficult, confusing and time-consuming. In general, the review's experience in seeking information reflected some of the difficulties that former residents described in their search for information about their experiences in residential schools and children's homes. Indeed many of them had found little of significance - or nothing at all - after years of trying. And yet, many valuable records exist and could add significantly to our understanding of practices in residential child care in the past. These records need to be assembled, catalogued and made available for research and investigation. Former residents have a key role in contributing to our understanding of past residential child care. The experiences of those I met deepened my understanding of the importance of listening to, respecting and treating children with dignity. The lessons learned from this review focus on former residents, who have many needs arising from their experience in residential child care. These include: support services such as counselling;- easy access to records can provide them with information about their childhood lives; and - having a say in the services provided to meet their needs. There is extensive experience in other countries of responding to and meeting the needs of those who have been abused when in children's residential establishments. There is much to learn from that experience in planning the way forward in Scotland, not least in finding ways of accommodating and meeting needs that are not adversarial or disrespectful. This review's lessons also focus on children today, specifically on what are now termed looked-after children and accommodated children. All the former residents who contributed to the review wanted to do all they could to ensure that children in residential establishments today don�t experience the kind of abuse that they endured and survived. Having investigated the regulatory provisions for residential schools and children�s homes in the past, it�s clear to me that, despite extensive and complex regulation, the requirements weren't wholly effective in ensuring children's welfare and safety. Twelve years on from 1995 new legislation and new approaches to safeguarding children in residential establishments are in place. Monitoring and inspection have been developed to give greater attention to child welfare and safety. In some respects you could say that everything that was identified as needing to be done in 1995 is now in place. And yet, the same problems are occurring, the same needs exist and the concerns that motivated government to legislate in 1995 still exist. 6. What the review recommends I have grouped recommendations into three areas: a) Current provision to ensure the welfare and safety of looked-after and accommodated children; b) Former residents' needs; c) Records a) Current provision to ensure the welfare and safety of looked-after and accommodated children I believe there is a need to: - develop a culture in residential child care founded on children's rights; - raise respect for children in the care of the state;- raise the status of residential childcare; - raise the status of those working in residential child care; - evaluate the fitness for purpose of new policy, new legislation, new structures, new ways of working and new ways of monitoring and inspecting the services provided for children in residential care of all kinds; and - keep the services provided to children, and practice in these services, under continuous review. 1. I therefore recommend that a National Task Group should be established with oversight of services provided for looked-after and accommodated children. The Task Group should report to the Education, Lifelong Learning and Culture Committee of the Scottish Parliament. The Task Group should be asked to: i. audit annually the outcomes (those agreed through the Government's Vision for Children and Young People) for looked-after and accommodated children and report on the findings; ii. audit the recommendations of previous reviews and inquiries to determine what action is outstanding and why; iii. review the adequacy and effectiveness of the arrangements, including advocacy support, in place for children who wish to complain about the services they receive; iv. monitor the progress in meeting the target of a fully qualified complement of staff in residential child care services, including the identification of barriers to reaching this target, and ways of overcoming them; v. audit the quality and appropriateness of training and development for those employed in residential childcare; vi. identify ways of making employment in residential child care a desirable career option; vii. identify and disseminate best practice in recruitment and selection of staff in residential child care; viii. ensure that monitoring and inspection focus on those aspects of provision and practice that will help to keep children safe and enable them to achieve their potential; ix. monitor the extent to which self-evaluation is becoming established practice in residential schools and children's homes; x. identify the most effective ways, through research and inspection findings and drawing on Scottish and international experience, of ensuring children's welfare and safety in residential establishments; xi. review the quality and standards of accommodation for residential establishments and recommend improvements as necessary; and xii. make recommendations for research and development. b) Former residents' needs 2. The government in partnership with local and voluntary authorities should establish a centre, based on an existing agency if appropriate, with a role that might include: - supporting former residents in accessing advocacy, mediation and counselling services. - conducting research into children's residential services, including oral histories; - maintaining a resource centre with information about historical children's residential services in general;- maintaining a database of all past and present children's residential establishments in Scotland - developing and maintaining an index for locations where children's residential services records are held c) Records The lessons of this review point to an urgent need to take action to preserve historical records, ensure that residents can get access to records and information about their location. 3. The government should commission a review of public records legislation which should lead to new legislation being drafted to meet records and information needs in Scotland. This should also make certain that no legislation impedes people's lawful access to records. This review's objectives should address the need for permanent preservation of significant records held by private, non-statutory agencies that provide publicly funded services to children. 4. All local authorities and publicly funded organisations with responsibility for past and present children's services should undertake to use the Section 61 Code of Practice on Records Management issued on behalf of Scottish Ministers and in consultation with the Scottish Information Commissioner and the Keeper of the Records of Scotland under the terms of the Freedom of Information Scotland Act 20021. 5. Training in professional records management practice and procedures should be available to all organisations and local authorities providing children's services. This might be provided by NAS or the Scottish Information Commissioner. 6. The government should invite NAS to establish a national records working group to address issues specific to children's historical residential services records. Appendix 4 of my report contains suggested representation and terms of reference. 7. Voluntary organisations, religious organisations and local authorities, working in partnership, should commission guidance to ensure that their children's residential services records are adequately catalogued to make records readily accessible. 8. Record management practices should be evaluated regularly where records associated with children's residential establishments are held, particularly records associated with monitoring children�s welfare and safety. I recommend that the Care Commission should consider taking responsibility for this. Details: Edinburgh, United Kingdom: The Scottish Government, 2007. 286p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 22, 2019 at: https://www2.gov.scot/resource/doc/203922/0054353.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Abuse of Children Shelf Number: 155969

Author: Armstrong, Sarah Title: Mental Health and Wellbeing of Young People in Custody: Evidence Review Summary: Executive Summary - Introduction - This document presents a review of evidence on mental health and wellbeing of young people in custody, focusing on suicide risk and prevention in custody. It organises evidence into different frames and factors, separating the diverse perspectives through which mental health issues are analysed. These can shape alternative and sometimes contradictory understandings of problems and what to do about them. Comparative context of prison Suicide - Suicide is the leading cause of death of young people in prison in Scotland as well as internationally. - Scotland consistently has a higher prison suicide rate than England and Wales though comparisons are complicated. - Most prison suicide of young people takes place within three months of being detained. Individual/clinical frames and factors - Individual characteristics of suicide risk are well known and include: history of mental health issues including diagnosed disorders, prior suicide attempts and self-harming. - High levels of 'vulnerability' are found among those who have died from self-inflicted causes in prison, but 'vulnerability' is a contested concept on the grounds of being both over and under inclusive and over individualising. - Individual level and clinical frames recognise the contribution of nonindividual factors to prison suicide, but often employ simplistic or limited understandings of other forces, especially institutional factors. Operational, situational and management frames and factors - Situational factors consistently observed in self-inflicted prison deaths include: - being in the early days or weeks of a sentence - being isolated, having recently been in segregated housing - being on remand - having had recent contact with health services - a recent triggering event in one's life or institutional conditions - Screening, identification and risk assessment tools have been subject to criticism both in their design and use. - Information helpful to identifying a person's risk is often available, but sharing and acting on this can be faulty. - Frontline prison and health staff are crucial to managing suicide risk but their own risk of stress and workload is rarely considered. - Translating known situational and operational factors of risk into prevention is not straightforward. Social isolation and relationships frames and factors - Isolation encompasses physical segregation, absence of stimulating activities, and lack of meaningful human contact. - Isolation has profoundly damaging effects on a person's ability to cope in prison with particularly intense and enduring effects on young people.Even short periods of isolation in cell entail negative effects for young people; however, frequent very short periods (an hour or less) was less damaging than less frequent periods (of a day or more), according to one source. - This damage occurs regardless of whether isolation is for disciplinary, protective or regime reasons. - Interactions with staff must be meaningful in order to break down a culture of mistrust and miscommunication. - Family contact and relationships were identified most consistently by young people as helping them cope with the distress of institutionalisation. - Time out of cell for its own sake is not enough, this time needs to be meaningfully occupied with activities which support and allow social development. Institutional and environmental frames and factors - Institutions have particular qualities that put people under pressure to cope and not to disclose difficulties. - They exacerbate, but also cause and are the site of, trauma. - The climate or 'feel' of a prison carries significant impact for all, especially prisoners, but also staff and visitors. - Physical environment and design of prison plays an important role in, but may not be able to entirely transform the culture or overcome the harmful effects of fundamentally disciplinary/security -focused institutions. Rights-based and person-centred frames and factors - Dignity, respect, a sense of care and 'being treated like a person not a number' emerged as dominant concerns of those in custody. - Specific rights to life, freedom from torture, family, privacy, expression and thought create both limits and duties for the state, which have been legally ruled to have been violated in cases of a young person committing suicide in prison. - An untested ground in the UK is the potential for suicide in prison to be declared homicide, where the state seriously fails in its duties of care. - Rights frameworks are unequivocal about prohibiting the use of solitary confinement for juveniles and segregation for those at risk of selfharm or suicide. - Rights frames see vulnerabilities of those in prison as a grounds of limiting, rather than increasing, state involvement, and they frame vulnerabilities in prison as an inequalities issue. - It is important to guard against rights becoming operationalised in overly technical ways focused on narrow ideas of compliance. Conclusions The conclusion distils key findings from the evidence on: distress, wellbeing, suicide prevention risk, and challenges. It identifies some areas of best/better practice. It presents the authors' own synthesis of the strongest messages from the evidence: - Do not isolate young people. - Do not deny access to family, belongings and support, ever. - Maximise time out of cell and availability of stimulating activities and meaningful social relationships. - Empower and support staff in understanding mental health issues, and address and minimise increasing demands placed on them. Details: Glasgow, United Kingdom: University of Glasgow and the Scottish Centre for Crime and Justice Research, 2019. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 22, 2019 at: https://www.sccjr.ac.uk/publications/mental-health-and-wellbeing-of-young-people-in-custody-evidence-review/ Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 155980

Author: Kirby, Stuart Title: The Ormskirk Night-time Economy Project: Exploring Positives and Negatives of a Lancashire Town's NTE Summary: During November 2014, West Lancashire Borough Council (WLBC) commissioned Lancaster University (LU) to undertake a scoping study. The aim was to "conduct independent research to assist them in developing a better understanding of the positive and negative impacts of the night time economy for those residing, working and visiting Ormskirk Town Centre" (WLBC Brief November 2014). This report is in three sections, and finishes with some concluding remarks. The first section describes Ormskirk and its Night Time Economy (ONTE). The second section explains the methodology used in the research and explores the strengths and weaknesses of the approaches used. The final section sets out the findings using four main headings. Details: Salford, England: University of Salford Manchester, 2015. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2019 at: http://usir.salford.ac.uk/id/eprint/50728/ Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 156008

Author: Towler, Keith Title: Prompt Positive Action: Interventions with Offenders Aged 18-25 in South Wales Summary: The 18-25 Diversion Projects were launched in January 2015 by the Police and Crime Commissioner for South Wales. They work with 18 to 25 year olds who have been arrested in order to prevent repeat offending. This also has the benefit of diverting them away from the criminal justice system. It adopts a restorative practice approach. If a young adult is accepted onto the Project they receive an Adult Community Resolution instead of being processed to a caution or court disposal. Undertaking the Adult Community Resolution, where the young person accepts responsibility for his or her actions, results in a programme of intervention and the young person avoids receiving a criminal record. Each young adult agrees to an individual intervention plan with his or her 18-25 Project Worker. The intervention plan aims to address offending behaviour using a restorative practice model, and identifies steps to be taken to support the young adult if further needs are identified. In Cardiff, Vale of Glamorgan, Bridgend, Neath Port Talbot and Swansea the work is managed by Media Academy Cardiff (MAC), a third sector organisation, and in Cwm Taf (Rhondda Cynon Taf and Merthyr) by the local authority DIVERT Team. The MAC work is known as the 18-25 Triage Project and in Cwm Taf the project is called DIVERT 18-25. This review looks at both and refers to the 18-25 Project except when referring specifically to one or other of the above. The Strategic Oversight for the 18-25 Project is provided through the South Wales Criminal Justice and IOM Board and within South Wales Police by the Bronze Board on Victims, Offenders and the Criminal Justice System, which reports to the Police and Crime Commissioner and the Chief Constable. The operational arrangements are overseen by a multi agency Steering Group. Keith Towler was commissioned by The Police and Crime Commissioner to undertake a holistic, independent evaluation of the 18-25 Project across the South Wales Police Area. It is not an academic study but looks at quality, the experience of the young adults involved and the approach taken by practitioners. It asks what impact this work is having in practice. The Commissioner is looking separately at the statistics in respect of each scheme. In accordance with the requirements of the evaluation plan agreed by the Home Office Police Innovation Fund, this qualitative review, will be complemented by detailed analysis of the statistical data gathered by MAC and DIVERT between April 2016 and March 2017. The review began in June 2016 and concluded in March 2017 and this report outlines the findings. During that time 547 young adults (452 MAC 18-25 Triage and 95 DIVERT 18-25) passed through the 18-25 Project and 70 participated directly in this review. Details: S.L.: Police and Crime Commissioner for South Wales, 2017. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2019 at: http://yvcommission.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/08/2017-03-28-Keith-Towler-18-25-Report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Diversion Project Shelf Number: 156009

Author: Active Communities Network Title: Urban Stars: Sport, Crime Prevention, and Community Action Summary: The aim of the Urban Stars initiative is to use sport to engage young people who are identified as marginalised from mainstream society, as well as those deemed to be 'vulnerable' because of their exclusion, or categorised as being 'at risk' of further exclusion. This report is the result of an 18-month research project exploring how the Urban Stars initiative seeks to achieve this aim with young people who are: (i) living in areas of high social deprivation and crime; (ii) on the periphery of crime; or (iii) already in custody. Throughout the report, the term 'vulnerable' is used to depict young people living in some of England's most deprived regions. Although the vast majority of these 'vulnerable' young people were not affiliated with gangs, had not been in trouble with the police, and were not identified as being at risk of falling into a life of crime and/or gang-related activity, their vulnerability and marginalisation stemmed, at least in part, from them living amidst disadvantaged circumstances. The term 'at risk' refers to young people who were (or believed themselves to be) excluded from and/or stigmatised by mainstream society because of their previous actions, attitudes and/or life choices. They included 'vulnerable' young people within the youth justice system, those on community rehabilitation programmes, as well as those on the verge of being criminalised or excluded from mainstream society because of their antisocial behaviour. Details: London, England: Active Communities Network, Laureus Sport for Good Foundation, University of Gloucestershire, 2013. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2019 at: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/5733282860b5e9509bc9c4db/t/573de74345bf219dda3ec074/1463674699162/Urban-Stars-FULL-REPORT.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At Risk Youth Shelf Number: 156011

Author: Great Britain. Home Office Secretary of State Title: Independent Review of the Modern Slavery Act of 2015: Final Report Summary: In July 2018, the Home Secretary, at the request of the Prime Minister, announced an independent review of the Modern Slavery Act 2015 (the Act) to be conducted by Frank Field MP (chair), Maria Miller MP and the Baroness Butler-Sloss. The Review's terms of reference are set out at Annex A. We were commissioned to provide evidence and recommendations principally on four areas of the Act: - The Independent Anti-Slavery Commissioner (sections 40 � 44) - Transparency in supply chains (section 54) - Independent Child Trafficking Advocates (section 48) - The legal application of the Act, comprising: - The definition of exploitation (section 3) - Reparation orders (sections 8-10) - The statutory defence (section 45). In order to obtain the maximum information on the areas under review in a limited time, we invited our team of nine Expert Advisers to gather and collate evidence for us from a range of sectors and interest groups. They consulted with remarkable breadth and depth on all four themes of the Act under review, producing a number of helpful reports that can be found on our independent website. We have drawn on their findings for our interim reports and final recommendations. Of the four areas under review, we were invited by Ministers to give our views on the Independent Anti-Slavery Commissioner and transparency in supply chains before the end of 2018. We therefore prioritised publication of interim reports on these two issues which can be found at volumes I and II of this report. We then turned to Independent Child Trafficking Advocates and the legal application sections, providing our interim evidence and recommendations to Ministers on these areas in March 20195, available at volumes III and IV of this report. In this final report we briefly summarise each of these four interim reports, before commenting on some other issues identified in the course of our Review. Our definitive list of recommendations, drawn from our interim reports, is also provided. Although we have been set up by the Home Office, we have made it very plain to Government that we are carrying out an entirely independent review of the working of the Act. As such, the conclusions and recommendations set out in this report and all other reports are entirely our own. The Home Affairs Select Committee (HASC), chaired by Yvette Cooper MP, is currently undertaking a wide-ranging inquiry into policy and implementation issues relating to modern slavery. It has issued an open call for written evidence, as well as holding a series of oral evidence sessions. We have analysed this evidence in full, and taken it into account where it is particularly relevant to the Review's terms of reference as part of our own evidence base. The work of the inquiry will complement the deep dive that our Review conducted into specific provisions of our modern slavery legislation. The HASC inquiry is also dealing with evidence on a range of non-legislative issues that this Review did not specifically cover. Details: London: Home Office Secretary of State, 2019. 150p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2019 at: https://www.business-humanrights.org/sites/default/files/documents/Independent_review_of_the_Modern_Slavery_Act_-_final_report.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Slavery Shelf Number: 156029

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation Title: An Inspection of London Division National Probation Service Summary: Background: An explanation of probation services Over 250,000 adults are supervised by probation services annually. Probation services supervise individuals serving community orders, provide offenders with resettlement services while they are in prison (in anticipation of their release) and supervise for a minimum of 12 months all individuals released from prison. To protect the public, probation staff assess and manage the risks that offenders pose to the community. They help to rehabilitate these individuals by dealing with problems such as drug and alcohol misuse and lack of employment or housing, to reduce the prospect of reoffending. They monitor whether individuals are complying with court requirements, to make sure they abide by their sentence. If offenders fail to comply, probation staff generally report them to court or request recall to prison. These services are currently provided by a publicly owned National Probation Service and 21 privately owned Community Rehabilitation Companies that provide services under contract. The government intends to change the arrangements for delivering probation services, and is currently considering alternative models of delivery of probation services, following a consultation exercise. The NPS advises courts on sentencing all offenders, and manages those who present a high or very high risk of serious harm or who are managed under Multi-Agency Public Protection Arrangements (MAPPA). CRCs supervise most other offenders who present a low or medium risk of harm. The London division of the NPS: The NPS comprises seven divisions: six across England and one in Wales. Services are provided in-house, apart from those commissioned from the CRC. As a national organisation, the NPS has standardised processes and guidance on policies and practice. These documents are available to all staff through an online platform called EQUiP. Use of this system is monitored and staff are kept informed of updates. The London division of the NPS is separated into 12 local delivery unit clusters, each led by a senior manager responsible for delivering services in their area. Each of these leads also has a number of responsibilities for pan-London initiatives, such as the strategic lead for safeguarding and women's services. A further eight heads of function are responsible for London-wide services. These include foreign national offenders and the London Extremism, Gangs and Organised Crime Unit (LEGOU). The division encompasses nine prison establishments and twelve approved premises, three of which are independent. The average proven reoffending rate for all adults across the division at the time of the inspection was 39 per cent - slightly above the national average of 37 per cent. The London division of the NPS caseload was 17,359, which is 16 per cent of the national NPS caseload, and 37 per cent of all offenders supervised in the capital (bythe NPS and the CRC). In the most recent MAPPA statistics, a noticeably lower proportion of the London division of the NPS caseload (59 per cent) were eligible for MAPPA due to the nature of their offence. The national average is 76 per cent. Since the establishment of the NPS, the overall volume of the organisation's work has risen, but staffing levels have not risen at a comparable rate. The role of HM Inspectorate of Probation Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation is the independent inspector of youth offending and probation services in England and Wales. We report on the effectiveness of probation and youth offending service work with adults and children. We inspect these services and publish inspection reports. We highlight good and poor practice, and use our data and information to encourage high-quality services. We are independent of government, and speak independently. HM Inspectorate of Probation standards: We inspect against 10 broad standards. These standards are based on established models and frameworks, which are grounded in evidence, learning and experience. They are designed to drive improvements in the quality of work with people who have offended. Details: London, UK: HM Inspectorate of Probation, 2019. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2019 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/inspections/londonnps-2/ Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Offenders Shelf Number: 156031

Author: Bhagwat, Rohit Title: Site Waste Management Practices in Construction Industry in United Kingdom Summary: The construction industry in United Kingdom has long been away from environmental issues including resource efficiency, waste management, etc. One of the main impacts that they have is the waste that they generate through their activities. Construction sector in UK is one of the fastest growing sector, it contributes to 8.2% of the country's GDP and employs about 2.1 million people (DTI, 2006) and generates approximately 32% of the total waste generated in the country and most of the waste from this sector goes to landfill sites (Defra, 2004). The government published a policy document in 2004 in order to try and initiate better waste management activities within the construction sector. The aim of this project is to assess waste management practices within the construction sector. Overall objectives of this work are to review this policy document and see how it helps the industry to start with the waste management practices and what impact this police has on construction activities (Chapter 2). Further, this work incorporates a few case studies which are based on sound waste management practices and discusses what sorts of benefits they achieve after doing waste management (Chapter 3). The last part of this project talks about a few alternatives or new options in terms of materials which could be promoted and used by the construction sector in UK in order to reduce the pressure on natural resources and to support waste management initiatives within the sector (Chapter 4). Details: Manchester, England: University of Manchester, 2008. Source: Internet Resource Dissertation: Accessed May 23, 2019 at: Rutgers School of Criminal Justice Library Year: 2008 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Construction Industry Shelf Number: 156038

Author: Webb, Barry Title: Fly-tipping: Causes, Incentives and Solutions Summary: Fly-tipping is currently receiving a good deal of policy attention from the UK government. While the Environment Agency is responsible for dealing with the serious end of the problem, it is local authorities which have to tackle the large volume of fly-tipping. Much has been done to increase the powers available to local authorities in taking action against fly-tippers. However, there is now growing interest in working out how to prevent fly-tipping from happening in the first place. The aims of this project were to develop a better understanding of the incentives for, and 'causes' of fly-tipping as it affects local authorities, and to provide advice and guidance on how to develop more effective strategies aimed at reducing and preventing the problem. The project involved collecting and analysing information from a number of different sources:- a thorough review of the available literature on fly-tipping;- interrogation of the Flycapture database;- a national survey of all waste collection and disposal authorities in England;- case study work in 10 areas;- a national survey of 2,000 householders;- an analysis of data on convicted fly-tippers; and- one-to-one interviews with 10 offenders and 10 trades people. The study produced two documents: A research report, describing the results of the research and drawing out the implications for policy and practice; and a Good Practice Guide for local authorities, with practice recommendations supported with evidence. This is the research report. Details: London: Jill Dando Institute of Crime Science, 2006. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2019 at: http://www.tacklingflytipping.com/Documents/NFTPG-Files/Jill-Dando-report-flytipping-research-report.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Environmental Crime Shelf Number: 106606

Author: Beasley Associates Title: Tip of the Binberg: Exploring the Full Cost of Waste Crime in Greater Manchester Summary: Beasley Associates and RGR were commissioned by Dsposal, supported by the GC Business Growth Hub, to deliver a study on waste crime in Greater Manchester with a focus on flytipping. The research assessed the costs of waste crime in the region, considered why and how waste crime happens, analysed public awareness of their legal duties with waste and identified opportunities to intervene, recognising that local authorities, businesses and communities are tackling the challenge and building momentum for their efforts. Fly-tipping is a significant and persistent problem in Greater Manchester, with local authorities reporting nearly 53,000 separate incidents in 2016/17 - 144 incidents for every single day of the year, producing an estimated average of nearly 20,000 tonnes of illegally dumped waste that year. This endemic illegal activity has a notable negative effect on the Greater Manchester economy. It cost the councils of Greater Manchester nearly 4.9 million pounds in 2016/17 in clearance and enforcement costs, with the revenue from fines and Fixed Penalty Notices barely making a dent in this cost. In addition, a conservative average estimate of around 750,000 pounds represents income lost by not recycling these materials and further to this, Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs loses out on VAT and Income Tax on an element of the estimated 3 million pounds a year generated in cash sales by 'man and a van' operators providing waste clearance services in and around Greater Manchester. The circumstances in which this persistent but relatively low-level waste crime breeds are encouraged by the prioritisation by the public of low cost and convenience when choosing waste clearance services (as evidenced by the research commissioned from YouGov), rather than compliance with the public's Duty of Care. Awareness of public legal obligations on waste is low and confused and this is capitalised upon by several 'man and van' waste clearance operators who obfuscate even the best-intentioned members of the public trying to 'do the right thing' and deal with their waste properly and legally. The councils of Greater Manchester are tackling the challenge of fly-tipping and have achieved some success despite the severe restrictions on the resources available to them and the limited effect so far of national campaigns to raise awareness of legal responsibilities on waste for business and householders alike. To make further headway in tackling fly-tipping across Greater Manchester requires all those with an interest to collaborate and build on the substantial efforts already being made in the face of an endemic problem. We have offered some broad recommendations for further consideration. a) Highlight the cost of fly-tipping clearance in any new communications campaigns, as this is money that could be better spent on other local authority services. This approach of using hard hitting financial facts does seem to resonate and find traction with residents who may be less receptive to environmental campaigns. b) Seek to recover more of the costs of clearance through fines and enforcement activities, which presently contribute only modestly towards the total costs. This will require a greater investment in enforcement activities, however it is possible for a sound business case to be developed based on future cost avoidance. c) Devise new communications to localise messages about the importance of staying within the law and being aware of Carriers' Licences and Waste Transfer Notes. This could include targeted social and print media advertising, alongside the waste clearance adverts so that they have prominence in juxtaposition to the classified advertisements and social media pages. d) Focus general communications activity on the need for local action, and highlight distinctive local issues such as back alleys, utilising the existing good practice work of agencies such as Keep Britain Tidy and well developed local campaigns such as Hertfordshire Waste Partnership's Fly-Tipping Campaign. e) Engage the Environment Agency (EA) by consistently supporting them with intelligence on illegal operators, including reporting advertisers erroneously using the EA logo to gain credibility for their service. f) Simplify how householders and businesses can access quality assured information about legal, compliant collectors and waste managers. This could involve some form of validation service for collectors and operators, involving a new collaboration between the GMCA, the ten local district authorities of Greater Manchester, the Environment Agency, representative trade bodies such as the ESA and the Chartered Institution of Wastes Management, utilising the expertise of service providers such as Disposal. g) Further research should be commissioned which investigates the true level of knowledge and understanding amongst businesses about their duty of care and explores their main drivers in terms of selecting disposal services. This will provide evidence to judge whether there is any parity between the householder view and local businesses and help provide focus for any subsequent targeted campaign work. Details: Manchester, England: Beasley Associates & Ray Georgeson Resources for Disposal & GC Business Growth Hub, 2018. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 28, 2019 at: https://ciwm-journal.co.uk/wordpress/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Tip-of-the-Binberg-Full-Report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Environmental Crime Shelf Number: 156039

Author: Simpson, Glenn Title: Local Action to Address Littering and Fly Tipping in the UK Summary: This Very Rapid Review (VRR) of the evidence on the topic of addressing littering and fly tipping was conducted in response to a request from the Mill Hill and Wensley Fold Neighbourhood for Learning (NfL) in the local authority area of Blackburn with Darwen (BwD), Ellesmere Port Town NfL in Cheshire West and Chester and St Georges NfL in Preston, Lancashire. This VRR will support these programmes of work, which are aimed at improving the condition of the local environment in these NsFL. The review explores the evidence base in relation to identifying the most effective local or neighbourhood scale preventative littering and fly tipping initiatives. Particular attention will focus on those initiatives that specifically support neighbourhood systems resilience action. It is important to note that by design VRRs are not intended to be comprehensive in scope, rather they provide a 'snapshot' of some of the available evidence that is focused on a tightly defined topic or closely related set of topics. Details: Liverpool, United Kingdom: CLAHRC NWC Public Health Theme, 2018. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 28, 2019 at: https://www.clahrc-nwc.nihr.ac.uk/media/Info%20Hub/Local%20action%20to%20address%20littering%20and%20fly%20tipping%20.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Fly-Tipping Shelf Number: 156040

Author: Calderdale Council Title: Overcoming the Blight of Fly Tipping: A Report of the Health and Social Care Scrutiny Panel Summary: This report contains the background and findings of the Health and Social Care Scrutiny Panel's scrutiny of fly tipping in Calderdale. The Panel appointed a Member Working Party of 3 Members to undertake the detailed scrutiny; which commenced its work in September 2008. Details: Calderdale, United Kingdom: Calderdale Council, 2009. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 28, 2019 at: https://www.calderdale.gov.uk/v2/sites/default/files/scrutiny-flytipping.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Fly-Tipping Shelf Number: 156041

Author: Zero Waste Scotland Title: Evidence Review of Flytipping Behaviour Summary: Tackling flytipping is an integral part of achieving a zero waste society - a society where the value of resources is recognised, we use (or reuse) them more efficiently, and where they are recycled rather than thrown away, we retain value in Scotland's economy. Flytipping represents waste that is disposed of illegally and irresponsibly, and - because there is significant potential to reuse or recycle these materials before they are exposed to the elements - tackling the problem is central to the ethos of a zero waste society. Flytipping also imposes significant financial costs on national and local government, businesses, and other organisations, many of which are ultimately borne by the public, either as taxpayers or customers. This report provides a summary of evidence relating to the problem of flytipping in Scotland. It collates insights gained from flytipping research and intervention projects supported by Zero Waste Scotland (ZWS) over the past years. The evidence base on flytipping is variable in extent, and, as a result, this report adds more to some areas of our knowledge than others. The report revisits, and where possible updates, estimates on quantities, type, and source of flytipping incidents originally set out in ZWS's flagship report "Scotland's Litter Problem" in 2013 � the first time the problem had been systematically examined in Scotland. For the first time, we also present publically findings from a ZWS survey in 2014 on public attitudes and experiences of flytipping in Scotland. The report further contains a summary of flytipping-specific behavioural drivers which were not explored in detail in the litter report mentioned above. Behavioural drivers were identified through a desk-based review of sources published in the UK and abroad. Detail on the review methodology and a summary of the individual sources can be requested from ZWS. The report also presents some information on effective countermeasures. However, this is largely based on knowledge we already hold as an organisation as our desk-based review has found little additional information. While we have looked at studies on waste crime elsewhere in the UK for comparison and insight as we hoped to find evidence of "what works" in terms of anti-flytipping enforcement and interventions, we have been forced to conclude the existing evidence base for this is very limited. New developments in monitoring in Scotland may enable more robust conclusions in future, and an increased focus on waste crime across the UK, and internationally, may help provide a broader range of examples elsewhere in future. ZWS will continue to actively monitor developments in this area. This report addresses the following topics: - How much flytipping takes place in Scotland, - What waste types flytipping is made up of, - What flytipping costs Sottish society, - What the known drivers of flytipping are, - How flytipping is perceived by the public, - Evidence on effective countermeasures. Evidence on drivers for flytipping and effective countermeasures is an area of growing concern in Scotland and elsewhere, as the consequences and costs of waste crime become better understood, and as new technology enables better monitoring of both the problem, and the effectiveness of different interventions. This report is a starting point for improving our understanding of what works, but we look forward to future developments in this area. Details: Stirling, Scotland: Zero Waste Scotland, 2017. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 28, 2019 at: https://www.zerowastescotland.org.uk/sites/default/files/Evidence%20Review%20of%20Flytipping%20Behaviour.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Environmental Crime Shelf Number: 156042

Author: London Environment Director's Network Title: Understanding and Tackling Fly-Tipping in London Summary: This report presents research conducted by Keep Britain Tidy in partnership with the London Environment Directors' Network (LEDNet) as part of a project to better understand the triggers and barriers that lead to fly-tipping in London, and to identify opportunities for addressing these. The project is being delivered in two stages:- Stage One: Research to better understand the issue of fly-tipping in London (January to May 2018) - Stage Two: Piloting interventions to change behaviour (July 2018 onwards). This report presents the findings and outcomes from Stage One, which will be used to develop targeted behavioural interventions that will be piloted in partnership with London local authorities in Stage Two. This research focuses on the following types of fly-tipping due to the prevalence of these issues in London: -'Black bags' (i.e. bags of rubbish) fly-tipping by residents - Commercial waste fly-tipping by local shops and other businesses - Fly-tipping by transient populations - General fly-tipping by residents (bulky waste and other issues). Methodology: The research involved: 1) a desk-based analysis of fly-tipping data provided by 16 London local authorities and gathered from Defra's online WasteDataFlow database (2016/17 only); 2) four focus groups with 36 London residents who had disposed of their waste in a way that constitutes 'fly-tipping' over the past year; 3) eight semi-structured face-to-face interviews with representatives from local businesses in Southwark; and 4) an online survey with a statistically representative sample of 1,000 London residents. Details: London: London Environment Director's Network and Centre for Social Innovation, 2018. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2019 at: https://www.keepbritaintidy.org/sites/default/files/resources/Understanding-and-Tackling-Fly-Tipping-in-London-Final-Report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Commercial Waste Shelf Number: 156043

Author: Smith, Louise Title: Fly-Tipping - The Illegal Dumping of Waste Summary: As waste is a devolved issue, this briefing paper focuses on England, unless otherwise specified. Information on Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland can be provided to Members and their staff on an enquiry by enquiry basis. What is fly tipping? Fly-tipping is the illegal disposal of household, industrial, commercial or other 'controlled' waste without a waste management licence. The waste can be liquid or solid. Fly-tipping is not the same as littering. More information on litter can be found in the Library Briefing Paper on Litter. How big is the problem? The most recent Government Fly-tipping statistics for England, 2016/17, show that: 1. For the 2016/17 year, local authorities in England dealt with around 1 million (1,002,000) fly-tipping incidents, a 7% increase from the previous year. 2. Two thirds (67%) of fly-tips involved household waste. Total incidents involving household waste increased by 8% from 2015/16. 3. The estimated cost of clearance for fly-tipping to local authorities in England in 2016/17 was �57.7 million. Responsibility for fly tipping and powers to require clearance:- Local authorities are responsible for investigating, clearing and taking appropriate enforcement action in relation to small scale fly-tipping on public land. - In England the Environment Agency is responsible for dealing with larger-scale flytipping (more than a lorry load), hazardous waste and fly-tipping by organised gangs. - On private land, it is normally the responsibility of the landowner to remove the waste and dispose of it legally. Local authorities and the Environment Agency have legal powers to require landowners to clear fly-tipped waste from their land. They also have powers to enter the land and clear it, and may seek reimbursement for costs related to it. Penalties for fly-tipping: Fly-tipping is a criminal offence punishable by a fine of up to �50,000 or 12 months imprisonment if convicted in a Magistrates' Court. The offence can attract an unlimited fine and up to 5 years imprisonment if convicted in a Crown Court. There are also a number of other possible penalties, including fixed penalty notices and having a vehicle seized. Concern about costs to private landowners: Concern has been raised about the costs involved to private landowners of clearing fly tipped waste from their land and several campaigns have been launched calling for change in this area. The Government has said that it does not intend to change the law here. Government plans for reform The Government has concerns about the situation where householders allow an unauthorised person to take their waste away, and where the waste is then fly-tipped. In January 2018 it published a consultation on proposals to tackle crime and poor performance in the waste sector and introduce a new fixed penalty for the waste duty of care. Further proposals related to fly tipping are expected in a forthcoming Resources and Waste Strategy. Details: London, England: House of Commons, 2016. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 28, 2019 at: https://researchbriefings.parliament.uk/ResearchBriefing/Summary/SN05672 Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Commercial Waste Shelf Number: 156047

Author: Great Britain. Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government Title: National Evaluation of the Troubled Families Programme 2015-2020: Findings Summary: The Troubled Families Programme 2015-20 aims to: 1. improve outcomes for families, 2. transform local services, 3. provide savings for the taxpayer. The national evaluation of the programme looks at how well the programme is achieving those aims. This is the fourth evaluation update and it brings together findings from the latest analysis of national and local datasets, a cost benefit analysis, case study research, staff survey research and follow up family survey. Details: London: Ministry of Housing, Communities, and Local Government, 2019. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 28, 2019 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/national-evaluation-of-the-troubled-families-programme-2015-to-2020-findings Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Early Intervention Shelf Number: 156077

Author: Turner, Liz Title: Report 5: Final Report on the Empirical Research Summary: Public confidence is believed to make a vital contribution to the likelihood that individuals will engage with the CJS by reporting crime and acting as witnesses. It is a priority for Local Criminal Justice Boards (LCJBs) (see PSA 24, Indicator 21) and is measured using a suite of indicators included in the British Crime Survey (BCS). This research aims to challenge existing approaches to thinking about confidence by asking whether the conceptualisation and operationalisation of confidence are 'fit for purpose' in respect of the twin objectives of: (i) gauging public evaluations of the CJS, and (ii) providing an indication of the willingness of members of the public to engage with the CJS. The analytical framework for the analysis distinguishes between the objects of confidence (outcomes, actions and attributes of the CJS), the conditions for confidence (person characteristics, exposure to information, interpretations of that information) and the impacts of confidence on behaviour (willingness to engage with the CJS). Details: Necastle upon Tyne, England: Newcastle University, School of Geography, Politics, and Sociology, 2010(?), 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 28, 2019 at: http://criminaljusticeresearch.ncl.ac.uk/index_files/All_Reports/5_FinalReportontheEmpiricalResearch.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Engagement Shelf Number: 156078

Author: Community Justice Scotland Title: Sentenced to Smart Justice: A Report on Proposed Extension of the Presumption Against Short Sentences Summary: In 2018, Community Justice Scotland commissioned research to explore potential impacts of an extension to the Presumption Against Short Sentences from 3 to 12 months. This research compares the needs experienced by people given a community sentence and people given a custodial sentence of 12 months or under. Details: Edinburgh, Scotland: Community Justice Scotland, 2019. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 30, 2019 at: https://communityjustice.scot/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Sentenced-to-Smart-Justice-A-report-on-the-proposed-extension-of-the-Presumption-Against-Short-Sentences-v7.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Justice Shelf Number: 156097

Author: Prisoner Learning Alliance Title: Unlocking Potential - Three Years On Summary: In May 2016, Dame Sally Coates published her influential review - Unlocking Potential, which set out a holistic vision for prison education. Following publication of the report, the government accepted the main recommendations in principle. However changes in government and administration meant that a detailed implementation plan was not published. In this briefing, we outline progress on the main recommendations. Overall, our assessment is that fair progress has been made in some major areas. However, it is too soon to assess the effectiveness of the new funding arrangements and the new contracts that underpin them. It is hard to give a more positive assessment until further improvements have been realised for prisoner learners. This is a pivotal moment for prison education and the reforms need to be supported by specialist training for staff and effective data management systems if they are going to deliver as hoped. A number of recommendations have not been implemented yet and we hope that these will now be reviewed. Details: Vauxhaull, England: Prisoner Learning Alliance, 2019. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 30, 2019 at: https://prisonerlearningalliance.org.uk/resource/unlocking-potential-three-years-on/ Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Education Program Shelf Number: 156114

Author: Prisoners' Education Trust Title: Greenhouses not Warehouses: Commissioning Education to Plant Seeds of Hope and Opportunity Summary: Prisons are being given increasing flexibility and control over education budgets and the ability to commission a wide range of provision. Governor-led commissioning is an exciting opportunity to increase engagement of prisoners in education to achieve a whole-prison learning culture. The PLA has produced this workbook aimed at helping governors and managers plan and commission education. It includes a self-assessment tool and provides advice, case studies and additional resources around ten key aspects of commissioning. This timely resource sets out the crucial questions to be thinking about and suggestions for how to bring together the right people to answer them for your prison and population. Details: London, United Kingdom: Prisoner Learning Alliance and Prisoners' Education Trust, 2017. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 31, 2019 at: https://www.prisonerseducation.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/PLA-Greenhouses-not-warehouses-Workbook-web-version-1.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 156115

Author: Prisoners' Education Trust Title: What is Prison Education For? A Theory of Change Exploring the Value of Learning in Prison Summary: This document aims to stimulate debate and conversation about the purpose and value of prison education, how we can more strategically evaluate the benefits and how we can improve provision. We have consulted prison teachers, carried out focus groups with former prisoner learners and have reviewed some of the key literature regarding prison education and desistance. The output of a theory of change process is a diagram setting out a hypothesis of how we think prison education 'works'. We think there are five broad themes around the benefits of education: -Collectively, we think these lead to longer-term outcomes including: -development of the whole-person, -a prison culture that promotes rehabilitation, -participation in society, -making a positive contribution, -sustained employment or self employment The thinking is that each outcome potentially contributes to the desistance process and improvements across all the NOMS pathways [accommodation, finance, family, employment, health, substance misuse and attitudes, thinking and behaviour and therefore to reduced reoffending. We hope Governors and education providers use these ideas to formulate a vision, strategy and delivery model for education across the whole of their prison to make the most of its wide ranging benefits. We also hope this Theory of Change will serve as a hook for academics and those commissioning research in this area to test the strands of the theory to build the evidence base of 'what works, for whom and how' in achieving the outcomes we all want to see. Details: London, UK: Prisoner Learning Alliance and Prisoners' Education Trust, 2016. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 31, 2019 at: https://www.prisonerseducation.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Theory-of-Change-Report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 156116

Author: Karsna, Kairika Title: Improving Understanding of the Scale and Nature of Child Sexual Abuse: Characteristics and Experiences of Children and Young People Attending Saint Mary's Sexual Assault Referral Centre, Greater Manchester Summary: This report brings together evidence collected from the case files of children and young people aged 0-17 attending Saint Mary's Sexual Assault Referral Centre (SARC) in Greater Manchester for a forensic medical examination following disclosure or suspicion of sexual abuse. The data relates to all 986 forensic medical examinations of under-18s living in the Greater Manchester area who accessed the service between April 2012 and March 2015. Data was retrospectively extracted from the paper case file of each 'service user', including background and demographic data about them, the route by which they were referred to the SARC, the nature of the child sexual abuse (CSA) reported to have taken place, and the people suspected of committing it. The choice of data extracted was based on the 'data collection template', a core dataset developed by the Centre of expertise on child sexual abuse (CSA Centre) to standardise and improve agencies' recording of data about CSA. This case study formed part of the pilot of the data collection template; its aim was to explore the value and practicability for agencies of collecting core data systematically about the nature of CSA, the people involved in and affected by it, and associated services. Although the data here was collected from existing records, the study serves to demonstrate what other agencies could collect and report if they adopted the data collection template as part of routine practice. Established in 1986, Saint Mary's SARC is the UK's largest single-centre SARC. It was the first of its kind, developed to provide high-quality medical examinations in a designated and specialised space for men, women and children who had experienced sexual assault. The findings generated through the study have wider relevance because they represent the experiences of a large number of children for whom there were concerns about sexual abuse. It is important to emphasise, however, that they are not representative of CSA in other settings or locations. The vast majority of victims of CSA do not disclose their abuse and are not identified by professionals, and many of those who are identified do not attend a SARC. Furthermore, medical examinations of children at a SARC are provided following disclosure or suspicion of contact sexual abuse; experiences of non-contact CSA are, therefore, not represented in the study. Details: S.L.: Centre of Expertise on Child Sexual Abuse, 2019. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 31, 2019 at: https://www.csacentre.org.uk/research-publications/scale-and-nature-of-child-sexual-abuse-and-exploitation/ Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 156127

Author: HM Inspectorate of Probation Title: Post-Release Supervision for Short-Term Prisoners: The Work Undertaken by Community Rehabilitation Companies Summary: In 2015, the government extended probation supervision to people released from custody after a short prison sentence, with the aim of reducing their reoffending. These people tend to be prolific perpetrators of crime, with theft and violence featuring in a long history of convictions for many of them. Over three in four are supervised by Community Rehabilitation Companies (CRCs). These are troubled people in the main. Many are arguably disadvantaged on almost every index of need, having had an unfair start in life, with an estimated one in four taken into care. They have usually led bleak lives as adults, all too frequently blighted by addiction, broken relationships and mental health problems. Many in our sample had been sentenced to custody without the court having the benefit of a presentence report from the National Probation Service. On further digging, we find this is a national problem. It is plainly unacceptable to leave the court to sentence a person to custody without the benefit of essential information and advice on why they offended, their current circumstances (for example, whether they are a parent) and any alternative sentence options. Often, the first tasks upon release are to help the individual find somewhere to live and apply for Universal Credit. Housing is increasingly difficult to find, and state benefit is not paid quickly enough to reduce the risk of individuals stealing to feed themselves, or reoffending in other ways. This is a known issue for prisoners generally, but the people who tend to be given short sentences are very likely indeed to need early help, and likely to return to prison promptly without it. I suspect notably more are homeless upon release, and unfit or unable to earn a living. There is very little specific and reliable information available, however, to show their issues or how they fare upon release. This is so regrettable: it limits the ability to grip the issues nationally or evaluate the success of post-release supervision beyond the bare impact on reoffending. As it is, we found no tangible reduction in reoffending in the cases we looked at. National reoffending statistics show no material change in reoffending either; moreover, almost one in four are recalled to prison. Many in this group differ markedly to others, in themselves and in the chaotic lives they lead. CRCs are not obliged to supervise them any differently, however, and indeed the requirements on postsentence supervision are arguably less onerous. We found those in our sample supervised in much the same way as others: CRC staff strive to meet contract requirements, but these hardly scratch the surface of things for this group. The government has signalled its intention to move away from short sentences, but we conclude that this is unlikely to be effective without other changes. All under probation supervision should be supervised to a good standard, of course, but intensive and holistic rehabilitative supervision will be required for this group, to meet the government's aims. In my view, a system-wide approach as well as much more purposeful probation supervision are needed. I appreciate this is not straightforward, but without it, individuals are locked in an expensive merry-go-round of criminal justice processes and the public are left at undue risk as well. Details: Manchester, England: HM Inspectorate of Probation, 2019. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2019 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/inspections/prs/ Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Rehabilitation Companies Shelf Number: 156136

Author: Moisl, Erika Title: Evaluation of the StreetLink Project: A Report by Crisis Research and Evaluation Team for Homeless Link Summary: There has been a marked increase in rough sleeping across Great Britain in recent years - in England levels have increased by 60 per cent between 2011 and 2016 and by 50 per cent in Wales in the same period. The need to address rough sleeping and prevent homelessness is recognised by all, including the Government. Whilst there has been homelessness prevention legislation implemented in Wales through the Housing (Wales) Act 2014 and a shift to prevention activity through the Homelessness Reduction Act in England, rough sleeping continues to persist and the interventions and funding to address it vary across England and Wales. StreetLink, the service designed to help the public to connect a person sleeping rough with local services, was launched in England in 2012 and introduced into Wales in 2016. Funded by grants from the Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government (MHCLG), the Greater London Authority (GLA) and the Welsh Government, StreetLink is run in partnership between Homeless Link and St. Mungo's. StreetLink is designed to help the public to connect a person sleeping rough with local services, with the objective to improve the response to individual rough sleepers, and the wider local systems that support rough sleepers off the streets. Details: London: Homeless Link, 2018. 130p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2019 at: https://www.homeless.org.uk/connect/features/2018/apr/13/evaluation-of-streetlink-project-report-published Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Homeless Persons Shelf Number: 156164

Author: Bath, Chris Title: There to Help 2: Ensuring Provision of Appropriate Adults for Vulnerable Adults Detained or Interviewed by Police Summary: Introduction: In 2014, Home Secretary Theresa May expressed concerns that "there are not enough appropriate adults to support vulnerable people who are in police custody" when requested by police. She commissioned the National Appropriate Adult Network (NAAN) to explore the issues and propose solutions. The resulting report, There to Help (NAAN 2015) found inadequacies in both the availability of appropriate adults (AAs) and the identification and recording of the need for AAs in relation to vulnerable adults in police custody. It recommended improvements related to police practice, the PACE Codes, local AA commissioning, additional national funding, and consideration of new statutory duties. The Home Office established a working group which, in July 2018, made changes to the PACE Codes and published a partnership agreement to encourage local solutions. This research report provides an updated national picture of: -the identification of need for an AA amongst adult suspects; -the application of the AA safeguard (the extent to which vulnerable adult suspects actually receive the support of an AA); -the availability of organised AA provision in England and Wales. By focusing on the period immediately prior to the Home Office's (a) PACE Code changes and (b) partnership agreement, it illustrates the change brought about by local action prior to these central government initiatives. In so doing, it provides a baseline for evaluating the impact of these initiatives and considering the need for further action. In addition, the report provides updated information that it is hoped will be of value to commissioners and providers of AA schemes, and police. Details: Kent, England: National Appropriate Adult Network, 2019. 115p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2019 at: https://www.appropriateadult.org.uk/index.php/downloads/research Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Appropriate Adults Shelf Number: 156170

Author: Bath, Chris Title: There to Help: Ensuring Provision of Appropriate Adults for Mentally Vulnerable Adults Detained or Interviewed by Police Summary: The role of appropriate adults (AA) is to safeguard the welfare and rights of children and mentally vulnerable adults who are detained or interviewed by police. The Codes of Practice of the Police and Criminal Evidence Act 1984 (PACE) set out the purpose and powers of AAs, and the responsibilities of the police in this regard. In December 2014, the Home Secretary commissioned the National Appropriate Adult Network to examine current AA arrangements for vulnerable adults, identify shortcomings in provision, and develop recommendations for ensuring provision for all who need it. The project entailed a review of existing literature and law (Papers A to C), new data from police forces, liaison and diversion services, AA services and custody officers (Papers D to E) and interviews and consultation involving senior stakeholders and individuals with direct experience of the criminal justice system (Papers F and G). Details: Kent, England: National Appropriate Adult Network, 2015. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2019 at: https://www.appropriateadult.org.uk/images/pdf/2015_theretohelp_complete.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Appropriate Adults Shelf Number: 156171

Author: Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary Title: PEEL Spotlight Report: A System Under Pressure Summary: PEEL is our annual assessment of police forces in England and Wales. We assess forces in three ways to find out: -how effective they are at preventing and investigating crime, protecting vulnerable people and tackling serious organised crime; -how efficiently they manage demand and plan for the future; and -how legitimately they treat the public, how ethically they behave, and how they treat their workforce. We judge forces as 'outstanding', 'good', 'requires improvement' or 'inadequate' in these categories (or pillars). In 2018/19, we adopted an integrated PEEL assessment (IPA) approach. This combines the effectiveness, efficiency and legitimacy pillars into a single inspection. We assess forces against every pillar every year. As part of the IPA approach, we have looked for ways to reduce the intensity of inspection on forces. Based on our analysis of previous inspections and other information, we have used a risk-based approach (RBA), which means that well-performing forces are inspected on fewer areas. Details: London: Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary and Fire and Rescue Services, 2019. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2019 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmicfrs/publications/peel-spotlight-report-a-system-under-pressure/ Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Force Inspection Shelf Number: 156181

Author: Lubbers, Eveline Title: Political Undercover Policing in Scotland: The Facts about Spycops in Scotland & the Questions that Remain Unanswered Summary: We have been asked to provide an expert analysis following the publication of Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary in Scotland (HMICS)'s Strategic Review of Undercover Policing in Scotland. In particular we have been asked whether it addresses the matter sufficiently or correctly, and in particular whether it eliminates the need for a public inquiry in Scotland. The HMICS Strategic Review makes a number of contributions offering numerous recommendations on the management of undercover officers in Police Scotland. However, we think the Strategic Review came too early; it pre-empts the findings of the Undercover Policing Inquiry, and as a result is incomplete. The remit of the HMICS report meant that a complete overview of undercover policing in Scotland was never going to be the end result. The Undercover Policing Inquiry was set up on the basis of legitimate public concern particularly with regard to the following: -Intimate relationships, including sexual relationships, and the integration of undercover officers into family life including where children were concerned. -Inappropriate targeting of groups. -Miscarriages of justice. -Blacklisting of trade unionists. Unfortunately, the HMICS Strategic Review does not address any of these concerns, or the role played by Scottish legacy forces in this. In particular, the HMICS Strategic review fails: -to address any of these concerns, or the role played by Scottish legacy forces in this. -to state whether or not any Scottish police officer had ever been seconded to the National Public Order Intelligence Unit (NPOIU) in an undercover role. -to state whether the NPOIU had deployed an undercover officer specifically into Scotland for the purposes of targeting groups based there. -to answer the question whether Scottish legacy forces deployed their own undercover officers into campaign groups and political parties. -to look into any unlawful behaviour either by legacy Scottish forces or by Special Demonstration Squad (SDS) or NPOIU officers in Scotland. -to investigate historical deployments in any depth. -to examine issues of blacklisting of trade unionists and possible involvement of Scottish police. -to acknowledge the limits that this places on its conclusions. Following our research into the extent of undercover political policing we conclude there are sufficient and wide enough reasons to justify the need for a public inquiry in Scotland. This Expert Report presents an exploration of material in the public domain augmented with evidence sourced from first-hand accounts from those spied upon. Given our lack of access to Police Scotland internal material, we are not in a position to comment on the conclusions drawn by the HMICS review in any detail. Our Report lays out a variety of points indicating involvement in undercover policing operations by legacy Scottish police services. We will detail this involvement consecutively at the organisational level, from Scottish staff seconded to crucial positions and at the practical operational level. In addition we examine the activities of known undercover officers in Scotland. The Expert Report ends with a few cases of suspected undercover activities, and a section reviewing Scottish police involvement in the blacklisting of trade unionists. These issues have not been addressed by the HMICS in their Strategic Review. The evidence presented in this Report shows the need for further careful investigation, crucially involving those affected by undercover political policing. We conclude that there is therefore a need for a public inquiry in Scotland. Details: London: Scottish Campaign Opposing Police Surveillance (SCOPS), 2019. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2019 at: http://www.pilu.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Political-Undercover-Policing-in-Scotland.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Investigation Shelf Number: 156183

Author: Shale, Suzanne Title: Final Report on Live Facial Recognition Summary: Facial recognition technology is one of a potentially larger set of tools associated with the deployment of new digital technologies in policing contexts. Since 2016 the Metropolitan Police Service (MPS), along with other police services, has been trialling a specific form of Live Facial Recognition (LFR). These trials have attracted attention from press and public, raising important questions about the power of new digital technologies, how they are tested in the field, and their potential to impact on the relationship between police and civil society. This Report builds upon our earlier Interim Report. Here we: -report the views of Londoners on use of Live Facial Recognition, as gathered through our survey; -propose an ethical framework to adopt in future police technology trials; -set out conditions the Panel views as reasonable to attach to adoption of LFR in policing operations; -share an ethical thought-experiment exploring the implications of increased police surveillance. Details: London: Long Policing Ethics Panel, 2019. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2019 at: http://www.policingethicspanel.london/uploads/4/4/0/7/44076193/lfr_final_report_-_may_2019.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Camera Surveillance Shelf Number: 156184

Author: Shale, Suzanne Title: Interim Report on Live Facial Recognition Summary: Facial recognition technology is one of a potentially larger set of tools associated with emerging digital policing technologies. This report specifically concerns Live Facial Recognition technology (LFR), which is the realtime application of facial recognition technology in a public space. The term Automated Facial Recognition (AFR) has also been used by commentators, but AFR can also refer to associated technologies that do not necessarily involve automated identity checks in public places in real time. We have chosen to use the term LFR as this report focuses on the LFR technology currently being trialled by the Metropolitan Police Service. We believe LFR raises significant questions about how the Metropolitan Police may in future interact with individual Londoners and with private companies or individuals using facial recognition technologies. The Panel therefore believes that both the current and future potential uses of LFR should be subject to ethical scrutiny. Additionally, LFR provides an exemplar for considering some of the wider issues associated with police use of new digital technologies that involve the automatic capture, analysis and storage of personal data from large numbers of individuals. In future such technologies could potentially affect the way citizens are identified as they use various forms of public space such as London's streets and parks, quasi-public spaces such as travel hubs, and private spaces such as shopping centres. The Metropolitan Police Service is currently trialling a specific form of LFR that we describe below. The Service has shared information with the Ethics Panel about its current technology, about the trials that are presently underway, and its emerging plans. We are appreciative of the Service's engagement with the Panel during our consideration of LFR, and its responsiveness to the questions we have raised. The Panel is issuing this Interim Report in order to comment on the current trials of LFR, and also to provide an indication of further ethical issues that we believe should be considered before LFR is adopted more widely. The Panel is continuing to work on LFR. We will take further evidence from interested parties, and will be conducting a public opinion survey over the coming months. This Interim Report will be followed by a fuller report later in 2018. Details: London: London Policing Ethics Panel, 2018. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2019 at: http://www.policingethicspanel.london/uploads/4/4/0/7/44076193/lpep_report_-_live_facial_recognition.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Camera Surveillance Shelf Number: 156185

Author: Hammond, Tracy Title: Out of the Shadows: Women with Learning Disabilities in Contact with or on the Edges of the Criminal Justice System Summary: The Prison Reform Trust, in collaboration with Key Ring Living Support, have published 'Out of the Shadows', a report that finds women with learning disabilities are at risk of becoming drawn into the criminal justice system due to failures to recognise their disability and a lack of appropriate support. The report on the experiences of 24 women with learning disabilities in contact with, or on the edges of, the criminal justice system; and practitioners working within criminal justice, social care, and women's services. The report outlines 10 recommendations which should, if implemented, help to ensure the needs of women with learning disabilities are recognised and met, enabling them to lead healthy and productive lives. Recommendations include: At every level - local, regional and national, senior leaders responsible for social care, policing and justice should ensure that women specific responses include provision for women with learning disabilities, and responses to people with learning disabilities include a women specific response. A system wide strategy for working with women with multiple needs, including women with learning disabilities, should be developed in every local authority area. The overall strategy and operational activity should involve multi-sector partners, and the involvement of women with multiple needs should be embedded and inform service provision. All women suspects should be screened by liaison and diversion services on entry into police custody, including for learning disability. Details: London: Prison Reform Trust, 2019. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 5, 2019 at: http://www.iprt.ie/contents/3437 Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Learning Disabilities Shelf Number: 156192

Author: Scottish Government Title: Key Messages for Young People on Healthy Relationships and Consent: A Resource for Professionals Working with Young People Summary: The key messages on healthy relationships and consent have been developed as part of the Scottish Government's work on supporting positive relationships and sexual wellbeing in young people. The messages set out that relationships should be mutually respectful, consensual, positive, healthy and enjoyable. They are applicable to all romantic relationships - from those that are about holding hands to those where young people are sexually active, regardless of whether they are in same sex or mixed sex relationships. The messages are intended for professionals who work with young people (described here as being secondary age to young adult) using their own professional judgement to determine when the messages are age and stage appropriate for the young person or people with whom they are working. An age and stage appropriate resource aimed at professionals working with younger children is being developed separately. For some young people, these messages will communicate information that will be of use to them in the future. For others, the information will be pertinent right now, to help them negotiate their relationships and identify when their own, or others', behaviour is nonconsensual, abusive or unhealthy. The intention is that this resource can be used by any professional or organisation to ensure that communication with young people on the topics of healthy relationships and consent is consistent. The messages can be incorporated into any work with young people. For example, education about relationships, sexual health and parenthood (RSHP), information campaigns, one-to-one or group work, or into general discussions with young people. They can be used as part of structured sessions or opportunistically/at teachable moments. In doing so, the intention is that a positive understanding of healthy relationships and consent will be consolidated over time. Details: Edinburgh, United Kingdom: 2019. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 5, 2019 at: https://www.gov.scot/publications/key-messages-young-people-healthy-relationships-consent-resource-professionals-working-young-people/ Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Rape Shelf Number: 156194

Author: Wilkinson, Keely Title: Intervening with women offenders: a process and interim outcome study of the Choices, Actions, Relationships and Emotions (CARE) programme Summary: The Choices, Actions, Relationships and Emotions (CARE) programme is an accredited custodial intervention for adult women who have a history of violence and complex needs, and a medium to high risk of reconviction. CARE was designed to reduce reoffending, and the risk of harm women pose to themselves and others by helping them to gain insight into their thoughts, feelings and behaviours, equip them with skills to manage their emotions, problem-solve and help them to develop a pro-social identity. This study, conducted in 2015, uses both quantitative and qualitative methods to evaluate the short term effectiveness of the programme, and to gauge perceptions from both programme participants and facilitation staff to help to understand delivery and to highlight any areas for improvement. There were 99 participants who completed the CARE programme between April 2011 and March 2015 at two sites; HMP New Hall and HMP Foston Hall. Pre and post programme psychometric scores of participants were analysed and, 92 women had at least one psychometric measure completed both pre and post programme. Records of prison adjudications, misconduct and self-harm were obtained and assessed for 91 of the programme completers. Participant feedback was gained through thematic analysis of 40 completed post programme questionnaires (38% response rate). Understanding of the staff perceptions of the programme was gained through four focus groups and two interviews with thirteen staff members, comprising programme facilitators, treatment managers and mentor advocates. The study findings should be interpreted in light of the limitations, including the lack of a matched control group, a relatively small number of programme completers over a four year period and a low response rate to the post programme participant questionnaire. The study also does not measure the impact of the programme on longer term outcomes such as reconviction. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2019. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Analytical Series 2019: Accessed June 6, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/806668/intervening-women-offenders-care-programme.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 156231

Author: Powis, Beverly Title: Exploring the Nature of Muslim Groups and Related Gang Activity in Three High Security Prisons: Findings from Qualitative Research Summary: Understanding the nature and drivers of prison groups and gangs and the impact they can both have on the prison environment is important for the management of establishments, safety of staff and prisoners and also for offender rehabilitation. The few UK studies exploring prison gangs suggest there is some gang presence but perhaps not to the same extent as that found in the US, where prison gangs are highly structured and organised with considerable control over the prison. Research in an English high security prison showed that Muslim gangs, formed for criminal purposes, can present both a management challenge due to criminal behaviour and also sometimes through the risk of radicalisation. However, prisoners who form into friendship groups for support, companionship and through shared interests should not be confused with gangs formed for criminal purposes. It is therefore important to understand the differences between prison group and gangs and distinguish between them. This study aims to further our knowledge in this area by defining and describing prisoner groups, exploring the presence and nature of prison gangs and the impact they have on prison life within three High Security prisons in England. A qualitative approach was used with interviews being conducted with 83 randomly selected adult male prisoners located on the main wings and 73 staff from a range of disciplines across the three establishments. Interviews were analysed using thematic analysis that was both inductive and deductive. The findings should be viewed with a degree of cautions as the views presented may not be representative of all prisoners or staff. The study found the main prisoner group to be a large, diverse group of prisoners who connected through a shared Muslim faith. Respondents were questioned on the presence of other prisoner groups but none were considered to be as dominant or significant when compared to the Muslim group. Membership offered many supportive benefits including friendship, support and religious familiarity. A small number of prisoners within the group were perceived by those interviewed to be operating as a gang under the guise of religion and were reported to cause a significant management issue at each establishment. The gang had clearly defined membership roles including leaders, recruiters, enforcers, followers and foot-soldiers. Violence, bullying and intimidation were prevalent with the gang, using religion as an excuse to victimise others. The gang was perceived to be responsible for the circulation of the majority of the contraband goods in the establishments. Motivations for joining the gang were varied but centred on criminality, safety, fear, protection and power. Comparisons were made with historic prison gangs and respondents acknowledged that gang problems, especially in the high security prisons, were something staff had always had to manage and would continue to require careful supervision. The study highlighted the complex nature of groups and gangs in high security prisons in England. This report discusses how the findings can be used to inform management approaches, such as ensuring systems are in place to identify and support prisoners who are particularly vulnerable, improve staff training and education, and the use of culturally matched mentors and external experts. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2019. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Analytical Series 2019: Accessed June 6, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/806660/exploring-nature-muslim-groups-related-gang-activity.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 156232

Author: Great Britain. Parliamentary Office of Science and Technology Title: Early Interventions to Reduce Violence Crime Summary: Violent crime includes a range of offences, from assault to murder. It can be any action that intentionally inflicts (or threatens) physical or psychological damage. Over the past decade overall crime has decreased, and violent crime is down by 69% since 1995. However, homicides and crimes involving knives or sharp instruments have risen since 2014. This has been reflected in an increase in hospital admissions for assaults with knives or sharp instruments. Violent offences are disproportionately concentrated in metropolitan areas, such as London and cities in West Yorkshire, Greater Manchester and the West Midlands. This POSTnote outlines types and prevalence of violent crime. It describes risk factors associated with involvement as a victim or perpetrator of violent crime. It then presents evidence on the effectiveness of early interventions to counter these risk factors and prevent violent crime. Details: London: Author, 2019. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: POSTNOTE no. 599: Accessed June 6, 2019 at: https://researchbriefings.parliament.uk/ResearchBriefing/Summary/POST-PN-0599 Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 156233

Author: Crest Advisory Title: Ending the inertia: a plan to transform outcomes for women offenders Summary: For more than a decade politicians have agreed on the need to improve outcomes for vulnerable women in the criminal justice system. However, this consensus has not lead to the policy change required to help women offenders. Too many remain caught up in a system which fails to identify their needs or circumstances and so fails to punish or to rehabilitate them effectively. With widespread agreement that reform is long overdue, this project has sought to identify the practical steps that will help to end the cycle of re-offending by women offenders. Working with Police and Crime Commissioners (PCCs), prisons, probation and health services, the police, and charities in Avon and Somerset and the West Midlands, we have developed blueprints for how these agencies can remove barriers to change and advance their own strategies for women offenders. Our work has focused on understanding why women are offending, which factors affect their engagement with services, what support is available to meet their needs and what would have the greatest impact on outcomes for them. We have concluded that political will and consensus around the problems/solutions are not enough to drive change. Instead, the following issues must be addressed: Centralisation: in such a centralised system, how do you design flexible, place-based services to address the specific and complex needs of a small percentage of the overall offender population? Fragmentation: a siloed justice system prevents a whole system approach; e.g. the move to on the day (fast delivery) pre-sentence reports processes cases quickly but prevents a proper assessment of the complex needs of women offenders Criminal-justice centric: the criminal justice system cannot on its own tackle the wider social needs which drive offending. Mainstream services in local government, the NHS and the voluntary sector are vital to We have identified a number of concrete, practical steps for PCCs, mayors, justice agencies and policy makers that can and should be taken to develop a more joined up, preventative approach: Know your local system: have a clear picture of local drivers of offending and services available to provide support. Mapping women's pathways through the justice system and the current state of local provision is a first step to understanding who is in the system and identifying the pressure points and anomalies within it. Have a local strategy: what works in Devon won't necessarily work in Derbyshire and a strategy for women offenders needs to be rooted in the specific circumstances of an area. Building a strategy around the specifics and circumstances of a locality binds stakeholders towards a common set of goals and priorities Take a whole system approach: if the goal is effective local alternatives to a formal criminal justice pathway, what is the best way to deliver this in your area? This might be through investment in new and existing women's centres, or co-locating services (e.g. with children's services or probation) or via an outreach model with women visited at home by key workers. Finally the fiscal context cannot be ignored. The L4.5 million funding from the Female Offender Strategy is woefully short of what is required to meet demand. Locally it is vital to build a strong financial case for change to pool existing resources around shared objectives, if no further resources are forthcoming. Details: London: Author, 2019. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 6, 2019 at: https://static.wixstatic.com/ugd/b9cf6c_096f5e0d085747e7beb46b6c313e375c.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 156210

Author: Goodfellow, Pippa Title: Outnumbered, locked up and over-looked? The use of penal custody for girls in England & Wales Summary: The overall numbers of girls in the youth justice system and in the secure estate have fallen rapidly over the past decade. The recent decline in the use of custody is very welcome but poses significant challenges for the commissioning of placements, custodial establishments and resettlement services. Girls have become increasingly overlooked by the penal system at both a policy and a practice level and their diminishing minority in custody has exacerbated the marginalisation of their needs. Analysis of the existing literature has underlined the damaging and disruptive nature of incarceration, identified a lack of policy focus on the female population in the youth secure estate and found a paucity of available data about the nature of recent custodial sentencing, remand and placements for girls. The primary aim of this research project is to critically examine the use of penal custody for girls in England and Wales, in order to fill a gap in the existing research, policy and practice literature. This study aimed to address this gap by analysing recent custody data, to investigate how penal detention is being used for girls from a gendered perspective. Details: London: Griffins Society, 2017. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Paper 2017/02: Accessed June 6, 2019 at: https://www.thegriffinssociety.org/system/files/papers/fullreport/griffins_research_paper_2017-02_-_full_paper.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 156238

Author: Henning, Christopher Title: An Assessment of Routinely Collected Information on Internet Sex Offenders by Criminal Justice Social Workers and the Police in Scotland: An Exploratory Study Summary: The number of offenders who have been convicted of possession, distribution or production of sexually explicit media involving children (SEMIC) has increased exponentially in the last decade. The majority of these cases have been facilitated by increased availability and affordability of the internet and mobile technology. This has led both practitioners and academics to question whether or not internet sex offenders are a new type of offender or whether they are similar to contact offenders who target children offline. Questions have also been raised as to whether or not such internet sex offenders are a homogenous group or whether they can be distinguished by their potential to recidivate or escalate to contact offences. This thesis contributes to this body of knowledge by assessing the information routinely collected on internet sex offenders by criminal justice social workers and the police in Scotland. The forensic reports produced by the police (N=80) alongside matched social enquiry reports from criminal justice social workers (N=30), on all of the offenders convicted for breach of section 52 of the Civic Government Scotland Act (1982) in a particular region of Scotland from 2002-2009, were assessed. Police reports contained detailed information relating to specific offending behaviours: the number of images/videos found on the offender's computer; the age and sex of the children depicted; the severity of the SEMIC (based on the modified COPINE scale); where the SEMIC was from and how it was stored; whether the offender attempted to hide any images or videos, and whether or not he shared or produced any SEMIC. These reports also noted whether the offender had any previous convictions, as well as age at the time of the offence. Based on the social enquiry reports, the criminal justice social workers focused on demographic characteristics (age, educational background, employment history, family status) of the offenders as well as the attitudes or beliefs they might have held (expression of remorse or guilt and admission to being sexually attracted to children). The social enquiry reports also provided risk assessments, which assessed this group of internet sex offenders as a normally distributed range from low to very high risk to reoffend utilizing the RM2000 and Stable/Acute 2007. The criminal justice social workers did not differentiate between offenders in their management recommendations, which as reported in social enquiry reports, included: no use of the internet except for education or employment; no ownership of devices capable of taking or receiving images/videos, and no unsupervised access to children. Statistical analysis of this sample showed that distinctions between internet sex offenders could be made based on their offending behaviour, demographic information and attitudes they held about the crime. Correlation analysis suggested that offenders who were in possession of SEMIC depicting very young children were also likely to be in possession of SEMIC depicting boys and Level 4/5 images or videos (based on the modified COPINE scale). In addition, offenders who possessed very large collections of SEMIC were also the most likely to be in possession of the most deviant images and videos. Post-hoc analysis suggested offenders who were producers of SEMIC were more likely to have been in relationships and single offenders were more likely to be in possession of the more deviant collections. Contrary to what was expected, the size of an offender's collection of SEMIC was negatively correlated with the risk assessment level reported by the criminal justice social workers. These results are discussed in the context of current research on risk assessment and management. Based on that current literature and the results of this research, it is recommended that criminal justice social workers utilize information relating the offender's behaviour, or more specifically the quantity and deviancy of the SEMIC he possessed, in relation to his social circumstances when making recommendations for management and assessing his risk to reoffend. Details: Edinburgh, United Kingdom: The University of Edinburgh, 2014. 342p. Source: Internet Resource Thesis: Accessed June 7, 2019 at: https://www.era.lib.ed.ac.uk/handle/1842/31028 Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Internet Crime Shelf Number: 156329

Author: House of Commons Justice Committee. United Kingdom Title: Bailiffs: Enforcement of Debt: Seventeenth Report of Session 2017-19 Summary: This inquiry investigates concerns about a rise in complaints about bailiffs (also known as enforcement agents) recorded by debt advice charities. We welcome the Ministry of Justice's own call for evidence on rogue bailiffs, which has just closed; our inquiry sits alongside this. We found strong differences of view on whether the 2014 reforms of the enforcement industry, which introduced individual certification of enforcement agents and a standardised fee regime, had been successful. There was a gulf between the large numbers of complaints reported by the debt advice charities and the very small numbers reported by the enforcement agencies, industry associations and others. We found however, a general consensus that there was room for improvements in how complaints were handled. The current complaints system is fragmented and hard to navigate, especially for vulnerable people. There should be an independent complaints body, to which all complaints about enforcement agents can be escalated. In setting up such a body, the Ministry of Justice should take account of the important role of the existing Local Government and Social Care Ombudsman and the much-delayed introduction of the proposed Public Service Ombudsman. We were surprised that bailiffs are apparently so under-regulated compared with other sectors, including debt collection. The existing system of individual certification by the courts seems to be a rubber-stamping exercise. There should be a regulator, which should be able to stop unfit enforcement agents and companies from practising. This regulator should also work to change culture and raise standards. The Ministry of Justice should consult widely on where this regulatory responsibility should sit, whether in an existing body or a new body, and how it should be funded. The fee structure deserves close attention, since it has not been properly reviewed or updated since its introduction in 2014, despite a Government commitment at the time to do so annually in the light of Consumer Price Index (CPI) inflation. Equally, given that these fees are paid by some of the poorest people in society, it is also vital that the fees are proportionate. The new regulator should regularly review and make expert recommendations to the MOJ about the fixed fee structure set out in The Taking Control of Goods (Fees) Regulations 2014. Finally, we recommend that body-worn cameras be mandatory for all enforcement agents visiting homes and businesses. This would protect both the agent and debtor alike, and would help to make it easier to investigate complaints. Details: London: House of Commons Justice Committee, 2019. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 10, 2019 at: https://publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201719/cmselect/cmjust/1836/1836.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bailiffs Shelf Number: 156336

Author: Harwin, Judith Title: The Contribution of Supervision Orders and Special Guardianship to Children's Lives and Family Justice Summary: This report is about the use of 'family orders' to support family reunification and placement with family and friends as outcomes of S31 care and supervision proceedings brought under the Children Act 19891. These proceedings are brought by local authorities for children who they believe have experienced, or are likely to experience significant harm' as a result of the parenting they have received falling below a reasonable standard. They are amongst the most vulnerable children in society who have met the highest threshold of concern, and their futures cannot be decided without the intervention of the court. The main focus is on supervision orders made by the courts to help support birth families to stay together, and on special guardianship when the child is placed with family and friends, with or without a supervision order. It is important to distinguish between these two family orders regarding the support they provide for permanency. A special guardianship order (SGO) lasts until the child reaches the age of 18, but a supervision order is time-limited. A supervision order places a duty upon the local authority to 'advise, assist and befriend the supervised child'. It is initially made for a period up to one year, but can be extended after this to a maximum of three years. A special guardianship order gives the carers the main responsibility for the child's care and upbringing but retains the legal link with the birth family. The local authority does not hold parental responsibility when either order is made. The over-arching aim of this study was to understand the opportunities, challenges and outcomes of these orders, and their use at national and regional level. This is the first study of both supervision orders and special guardianship to make use of national (England) population-level data routinely produced by the Children and Family Court Advisory and Support Service (Cafcass) concerning all children subject to S31 care and supervision proceedings. It is also the first study to use this data to examine the proportion of special guardianship orders in which a supervision order is also made for the child. The report is being published at a critical time in family justice. The overall trend regarding care demand is upward. Despite a small drop in demand in 2017/18, the number of children in care and supervision applications is still more than double the figure recorded in 2007/083. This has created huge pressures on the family courts and children's services alike. As part of the inquiry into ways of tackling the issues, the recent Care Crisis Review concluded that the family itself is an underused resource. Since 2013, case law has also affirmed the important role of the courts and children's services in promoting permanency orders that keep families together, and most recently called for new guidance on special guardianship. This comes just three years after a major review undertaken by the Department for Education (DfE) introduced changes to the regulatory framework. At the same time however, there remains concern about the quality and timeliness of assessment of potential special guardians, particularly in the context of the statutory requirement introduced in the Children and Families Act 20148 to complete S31 proceedings within 26 weeks, save for exceptional circumstances. These concerns take place in the context of a small number of high profile serious case reviews following the deaths of children on special guardianship orders. Moreover, in 2017 a serious case review in Derbyshire called into question the value of the supervision order, echoing views as early as 1999 that the supervision order may not be "worth the paper it is written on". Finally, the Children and Social Work Act 201711 has raised expectations about the requirements of permanent placements in all family orders to take account of children's long-term needs in the light of their histories of vulnerability. In short, expectations have risen as resources have decreased to deal with rising demand. For all these reasons, it is essential to understand the extent to which these family orders provide safe and sustainable family-based alternatives to public care, and to understand more about local authority and court decision-making, as well as family experiences. Details: Lnacaster, United Kingdom: Lancaster University Centre for Child and Family Justice Research, 2019. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 10, 2019 at: https://www.cfj-lancaster.org.uk/app/nuffield/files-module/local/documents/HARWIN%20summary%20report%20SO%20and%20SGOs%20_%204Mar2019.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 156337

Author: Howard, Flora Fitzalan Title: Learning to Cope: An Exploratory Qualitative Study of the Experience of Men who have Desisted from Self-Harm in Prison Summary: This study aimed to develop the evidence base for what helps people to stop harming themselves in custody, and in doing so help to inform effective ways for prison managers and staff to respond to the rise in self-harm incidents and provide appropriate, helpful care. Understanding the experiences of people who have successfully learned to cope differently and refrain from harming themselves can helpfully inform methods or strategies to tackle this problem. This in-depth qualitative study asked how men in prison, who have previously self-harmed but do so no longer, describe the experience of learning to manage their self-harming? What helped or hindered the change process? What is their desistance story? Details: London: HM Prison and Probation Service, 2019. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 10, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/794267/learning-cope-self-harm_in_prison-research.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Desistance Shelf Number: 156341

Author: Hestia Title: Underground Lives: Male Victims of Modern Slavery Summary: 54% of men had slept rough after escaping from modern slavery. 50% of men had spent time in prison or in detention before being identified as a potential victim of modern slavery. Where detail was provided the reason was related to the victims' exploitation. 47% of men had no living family. 92% of men displayed a range of mental health issues yet less than half of those had accessed mental health support. Details: London: Hestia, 2018. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 10, 2019 at: https://www.antislaverycommissioner.co.uk/media/1247/male-victims-of-modern-slavery.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Exploited Labor Shelf Number: 156359

Author: Eser, Sophie Title: The Responsible Man: A Study in Two Private Prisons Summary: With the expansion of the use of private prisons and detention centres worldwide and the increasing involvement of private actors in the provision of custodial services, this doctoral thesis considers life inside two private prisons in England. Using theoretically informed ethnography it evaluates the effect of responsibility on men imprisoned in two private prisons in England. Firstly, it briefly reviews the background and development of prison privatisation in England and Wales and considers the role and place of private prisons as part of a wider neo-liberal shift. Secondly, using qualitative data gathered inside two private prisons, it evaluates if these prisons, through their regimes, are trying to create responsible self-governing prisoners. The thesis reviews both, how regimes and practices in place in these two prisons attempt to forge responsible prisoners, and how individual men and groups of prisoners experience, feel about, cope with and assimilate penal messages of self-governance and responsibility. Finally, it questions both the impact of responsible prisoners for prisons and the impact of responsibility on prisoners and argues that, whilst there is a benefit to fostering environments in which prisoners are enabled to become responsible and self-governing, a careful balance must be maintained, as for some men the responsibility itself becomes characteristic of the "pain of imprisonment". Details: Oxford, UK: Keble College, University of Oxford, 2014. 264p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 12, 2019 at: https://ora.ox.ac.uk/objects/uuid:8274c151-0121-4804-8965-89d48d7d8d25/download_file?file_format=pdf&safe_filename=THESIS01&type_of_work=Thesis Year: 2014 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 156395

Author: Kaufman, Emma Title: Foreign Bodies: The Prison's Place in a Global World Summary: This thesis examines the treatment and experiences of foreign national prisoners in England and Wales. It contains two main arguments. First, I contend that dominant prison theories rely on an outmoded understanding of the nation-state, and as a result, tend to ignore the effects of globalisation. Second, I argue that current prison practices reaffirm the boundaries of the British nation-state and promote an exclusionary notion of British citizenship. I conclude that research attuned to the affective, embodied dimensions of incarceration can help criminologists to develop a more 'global' perspective on state power. This argument begins and builds from ethnographic research. As a whole, the thesis is based on more than 200 interviews conducted over the course of a year in and around five men's prisons in the north, southwest, and center of England. Structurally, it proceeds from a theoretical critique of prison studies, to an ethnographic account of prison life, to a conclusion about the purpose of prison scholarship. Thematically, it focuses on the relationship between identity and imprisonment, and in particular, on the ways in which normative beliefs about race, gender, sexuality, and class get infused in incarceration practices. Details: Oxford, UK: Oxford University, 2012. 322p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 12, 2019 at: https://ora.ox.ac.uk/objects/uuid:b6f8b663-eec5-43f6-a330-007e93bfbb5f/download_file?file_format=pdf&safe_filename=DPHIL_Kaufman.pdf&type_of_work=Thesis Year: 2012 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 156396

Author: Great Britain. House of Commons. Home Affairs Committee Title: Immigration Detention: Fourteenth Report of Session 2017-19. Summary: Detaining an individual for the purpose of immigration control is a deprivation of that person's liberty. The Government has a responsibility to use it sparingly, and for the shortest period possible. The power to detain can sometimes be necessary but should be used only if there are no other options, as a last resort prior to removal. Detention powers are governed by processes set out in policy and guidance, which include directions on the power to detain, the decision and authority to detain, and detention procedures. This policy and guidance is too often not being followed. Our inquiry was prompted by the exposure of appalling physical and verbal abuse of detainees by some staff at Brook House Immigration Removal Centre (IRC) in 2017 and by persistent reports of the inappropriate use of immigration detention and its damaging effect on the mental health and wellbeing of detainees. Over the course of our inquiry, we have found serious problems with almost every element of the immigration detention system. People are being wrongfully detained, held in immigration detention when they are vulnerable and detained for too long. Immigration officials who are tasked with detaining and removing people from the UK face making difficult decisions on a daily basis. But too often the Home Office has shown a shockingly cavalier attitude to the deprivation of human liberty and the protection of people's basic rights. It needs to be more transparent in collating information about the number of people who are wrongfully detained, it must give evidenced explanations as to why decisions to detain have been made and it needs to admit where things have gone wrong, apologise, and seek to learn lessons. Above all, it must do much more to ensure that all reasonable alternatives to detention have been considered before detention is authorised. Our inquiry identified a weak administrative process and a serious lack of judicial oversight of the decision to detain. Decisions to hold an individual in immigration detention are taken by Home Office officials and not by a Judge or court, and immigration detention is overseen by the Immigration Enforcement directorate in the Home Office. In this process, there is no thorough pre-detention screening of individuals and other than in asylum interviews there is no face to face contact between immigration decision-makers and the detainee. As a result, in the immigration system, people can be deprived of their liberty through an entirely paper-based exercise by officials where no one involved in the decision ever interviews the potential detainee. Moreover, there is no requirement in UK law for those decisions to be subject to judicial oversight within a certain period after a detention order is made. This has to change. In the UK, there is no limit on the length of time for which someone can be held in immigration detention. Our inquiry has found that Home Office case-working inefficiencies - for example lengthy delays in asylum decisions, appeals and documentation - unnecessarily prolong individuals' detention. Evidence from a multitude of experts shows the harm that immigration detention inflicts on the detainee's mental health and well-being For some detainees to be held for more than three years is unacceptable. While the indefinite nature of detention traumatises those who are being held, it also means that there is no pressure on the Home Office and on the immigration system to make swift decisions on individuals' cases. There is a rapidly growing consensus amongst medical professionals, independent inspectorate bodies, people with lived experience and other key stakeholders on the urgent need for a maximum time limit. Lengthy immigration detention is unnecessary, inhumane and causes harm. We found that the Adults at Risk (AAR) policy is not protecting the vulnerable people it was introduced to protect. Instead, the way evidence of risk is weighed against immigration factors has increased the burden on individuals to evidence the risk of harm that might render them particularly vulnerable if they were placed or remained in detention. The policy has significantly lowered the threshold for Home Office caseworkers to maintain detention of those most at risk. Rule 35, the process intended to act as a safeguard against the detention of vulnerable people by ensuring that particularly vulnerable detainees are brought to the attention of relevant staff, has failed to prevent too many injustices. It is not currently a fair or robust system. The Home Office is ultimately responsible for oversight of the detention estate and has a responsibility to meet its obligations to those individuals it detains in Immigration Removal Centres (IRCs). This means that people should be able to access high quality healthcare, equivalent to that in the community. From the evidence we have heard, this is not always the case. To give one example, the disgraceful abuse of detainees by staff that was revealed by undercover journalism at Brook House IRC is sadly not the first of its kind. It is clear from the evidence we heard that the Home Office has utterly failed in its responsibilities to oversee and monitor the safe and humane detention of individuals in the UK. As a result of these serious failings in almost every area of the immigration detention process, this report makes a series of recommendations for reforms, including: - Stronger judicial oversight by subjecting the initial detention decision to review by a Judge within 72 hours. This would be in line with other areas of UK law, for example in the UK criminal justice system, where an upper limit for detention without charge exists. - Requiring caseworkers involved in the decision to detain an individual in all cases to meet that individual at least once, in person, prior to finalising the detention decision or/and within one week of their detention. - Introducing a thorough, face-to-face pre-detention screening process to facilitate the disclosure of vulnerability. - Abolishing the three AAR levels of risk and reverting to the previous policy of a presumption not to detain individuals except in very exceptional circumstances. The Home Office should consult with a wide range of stakeholders who are affected by detention including people with lived experience, to develop an agreed grouping of categories of vulnerability. � Bringing an end to indefinite immigration detention and implementing a maximum 28-day time limit. This time limit should be cumulative and accompanied by a robust series of regular checks and safeguards. Any extension should only be made in exceptional circumstances and with prior judicial approval. - Urging the Government to undertake a consultation on how detention time limit maximums could be applied to different types of detainees, such as vulnerable individuals. The Home Office should also consult on the application of the time limit to Foreign National Offenders (FNOs), including assessment of specific public protection issues. - Ensuring all IRCs have robust and effective whistleblowing procedures which IRC staff and detainees can use with complete confidence, knowing they will be fully protected. We welcome the Home Office's agreement to conduct an independent inquiry into the maltreatment of detainees by some staff at Brook House IRC and urge the Government to publish the terms of reference with immediate effect. Details: London: Author, 2019. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 12, 2019 at: https://publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201719/cmselect/cmhaff/913/913.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 156403

Author: Victims' Commissioner for England and Wales Title: Anti-Social Behaviour: Living a Nightmare Summary: The Anti-Social Behaviour, Crime and Policing Act 2014 defines anti-social behaviour as: (a) conduct that has caused, or is likely to cause, harassment, alarm or distress to any person, (b) conduct capable of causing nuisance or annoyance to a person in relation to that person's occupation of residential premises, or (c) conduct capable of causing housing-related nuisance or annoyance to any person. Experience of ASB is on the rise. In the year ending December 2018, the Crime Survey for England and Wales estimated that 37 per cent of respondents had experienced or witnessed ASB in their local area (defined as within a 15-minute walk of the respondents home) (Office for National Statistics 2019a). This is the highest percentage recorded since this data was first collected. Despite often being described as 'low level crime', the accumulative impact of ASB can cause immense distress and suffering for victims, affecting their health, sleep, work, relationships and leaving victims feeling unsafe in their own home, which should be their place of sanctuary. ASB can often be symptomatic of more serious behaviour involving crime. For example, drug gangs taking over or 'cuckooing' a property to sell drugs generates a great deal of anti-social behaviour and is also symptom of serious violence and drug offences. Despite increased incidents of ASB, its devastating effects on victims and its links with serious crime, ASB seems to have fallen out of discussion in the media and amongst criminal justice agencies. Recording of ASB has changed. Incidents are now recorded individually rather than being under the heading of ASB. This means that the focus has gone from the cumulative effect of multiple ASB incidents to the individual crime types. The public and political focus has switched to serious violence, forgetting that ASB can be its precursor and failing to recognise the impact on the communities and individuals affected by it. This report draws together three key sources of research to identify the current levels of experience and perception of ASB across different demographic types of victim, the availability and effectiveness of the Community Trigger in resolving ASB and linking victims' lived experiences of ASB with what is known to best support victims of crime. Details: London: Author, 2019. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 13, 2019 at: https://s3-eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/victcomm2-prod-storage-119w3o4kq2z48/uploads/2019/04/ASB-report.pdf Year: 0 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 156407

Author: Great Britain. House of Commons. House of Lords. Joint Committee on Human Rights Title: Youth detention: solitary confinement and restraint. Nineteenth Report of Session 2017�19 Report, together with formal minutes relating to the report Summary: Around 2,500 children are detained by the state in England and Wales at any one time. Some are detained in hospitals for therapeutic care, and some are detained in custody due to criminal convictions. Although these institutions have different functions, they face many common issues. These children are detained for different reasons, but most are highly vulnerable and many have multiple challenges. They are under the care of the state, and yet they can be subject to practices of restraint and separation from normal human contact that can cause harm and undermine the therapeutic and rehabilitation aims of their detention. These situations engage rights under the European Convention on Human Rights (ECHR): Article 2, the right to life; Article 3, the prohibition of inhuman or degrading treatment; Article 5, the right to liberty and security; Article 8, respect for private and family life. We heard evidence from young people who had been restrained and separated from normal human contact whilst detained in hospital and custody, and from parents of children who have been detained. Their testimony powerfully illustrated to us the damaging impacts upon children when they are restrained or separated, including long-term impacts. We received unanimous evidence from medics, inspectors, lawyers, and staff who work in detention, that restraint and separation are harmful to children and should be avoided if at all possible. Some practices are particularly extreme or controversial. We urge greater monitoring of the use of the controversial 'prone restraint', which is currently being reviewed, and urge its use only in exceptional circumstances when absolutely necessary. The deliberate infliction of pain in Young Offenders' Institutions (YOIs) is unacceptable under any circumstances under rights legislation. The use of restraint for maintaining 'good order and discipline' must be prohibited in all but the most exceptional of circumstances. Separation from normal human contact can take different forms, and several different terms are in use; all of these practices can have negative impacts. They range from segregation into small groups, to isolation from other children but with constant observation by staff, to being totally alone in a child's own cell or in a designated unit. We use the term 'separation from normal human contact' or 'separation' to refer to all of these practices. Where isolation from normal human contact exceeds 22 hours per day, we use the term 'solitary confinement', as defined in international law; where this lasts for over 15 days, it is defined as "prolonged solitary confinement". This is contrary to human rights law in all circumstances. The Government must immediately take steps to ensure that separation of children from human contact never becomes solitary confinement. Decisions, and reviews of decisions, by YOIs and hospitals to extend periods of separation should be reported to the responsible Ministers on a monthly basis. The information must be certified by the Ministers and laid before each House for publication. For all forms of restraint and separation (whether acceptable or not), data collection is incomplete in hospitals and custody, and there is good reason to believe that these practices are under-reported. Data is presented in ways that make it harder to interpret, and the use of different definitions makes it harder to compare between different types of institutions. Data collection must be improved, and we recommend that institutions collect and publish data about all types of restraint and separation. Data from hospitals and custody shows that children are restrained too often, with potentially thousands of unjustified restraints each year, and that separation is also used too often. Rates of restraint and separation are even higher for BAME children. We believe that the high rates of restraint and separation are incompatible with the threshold of 'last resort', and are therefore in breach of the rights of children. The issue is that staff sometimes do not attempt de-escalation methods, and too quickly move to restraint or separation. We recognise that staff face difficult situations, and they must be supported to use better alternatives whenever possible. The excessive use of restraint and separation are partly due to insufficient staffing levels, insufficient staff training and experience, and inappropriate facilities. We recommend increased staffing levels, improved training, and a better mix of staffing and skills, all of which will increase the range of options that can be used instead of restraint and separation. We also conclude that some children are fundamentally in the wrong institutions (although some should not be in institutions at all), due to lack of spaces in more appropriate units. We recommend that the secure estate is reconfigured to ensure that there are sufficient spaces in the correct types of units (for example to provide mental health care to child offenders) and to ensure that all children can be placed close enough to home to allow regular family visits. The rights of children in detention are often not enforced. The systems in hospitals and custody do not do enough to ensure that children are sufficiently aware of their rights and of how to appeal if their rights have been breached. Children and families (and other representatives) often do not have full access to evidence that would help in appeals. Children lack confidence in the appeals systems: they feel that any recompense is not comparable with the impact of restraint or separation; and they are often not made aware of the outcomes of successful appeals by other children. We recommend more more involvement for families in decisions about the children; more proactive roles for independent advocates; more effective debriefs after incidents, and clear communication of disciplinary action against staff. We also recommend the annual publication for each institution of data about appeals and their outcomes. Details: London: Authors, 2019. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: HC 994; HL Paper 343: Accessed June 13, 2019 at: https://publications.parliament.uk/pa/jt201719/jtselect/jtrights/994/994.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Detention Centers Shelf Number: 156416

Author: Children's Commissioner for England Title: The characteristics of gang-associated children and young people. Technical report. Summary: This analysis aims to provide information on the scale of gang associated children and young people (CYP) identified by statutory services and their characteristics, with a particular focus on overlaps with other vulnerable groups. To do this we present analysis of two groups of CYP: - CYP assessed by children's services during the year to March 2018. This is taken from the Children in Need Census (CIN) collected by the Department for Education and is matched where possible to the National Pupil Database (NPD). - CYP receiving an Asset Plus assessment in the 12 months to September 2018. This is a bespoke collection from Youth Offending Teams (YOT) in England and received responses from 130 out of 137 areas. Both of these data sources have extensive information on the characteristics of the CYP assessed, including practitioner assessed markers of whether a child is gang associated or not. This allows us to examine the scale of children marked as being gang associated in both data sources and to examine differences between these gang associated CYP and other CYP assessed on other characteristics recorded in the datasets. Details: London: Author, 2019. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed June 14, 2019 at: https://www.childrenscommissioner.gov.uk/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/CCO-Characteristics-of-Gang-Associated-Children-and-Young-People1.1.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 156423

Author: Children's Commissioner for England Title: Who are they? Where are they? Children locked up Summary: At any given time almost fifteen hundred children in England are 'locked up' in secure children's homes, secure training centre, young offenders institutions, mental health wards and other residential placements, either for their own safety or the safety of others. These are some of the most vulnerable children in the country who, for a variety of reasons, we have not been able to help to live freely in their own homes or communities. The report seeks to identify who these children are and where they living, the costs of keeping them locked up, and to understand more about whether these places are truly meeting their needs. We have combined data from a range of different sources to show that 1,465 children in England were securely detained in March 2018, of whom 873 were in youth justice settings, 505 were detained under the Mental Health Act, and 87 were in secure children's homes for their own welfare. In total, we estimate that it costs over L300 million a year to look after these children. We also found that there are at least 200 children deprived of liberty in other settings, but they are 'invisible' to us from publicly available data as no information is published about where they are living or why they need to be there. Details: London: Author, 2019. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 14, 2019 at: https://www.childrenscommissioner.gov.uk/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/cco-who-are-they-where-are-they-may-2019.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 156424

Author: Aliverti, Ana Title: Making home safe? The role of criminal law and punishment in British immigration controls Summary: This thesis is an enquiry into the regulation of immigration through criminal law and its institutions. It looks at the range of immigration offences in British legislation, and whether and how they are being used in practice. The criminalisation of immigration status has historically served functions of exclusion and control against those who defy the state's powers over its territory and population. In the last two decades, the prerogatives to exclude and punish have been enhanced by the expansion of the catalogue of immigration offences and the more systematic enforcement of these powers. The great reliance on the criminal law to regulate immigration is distinctive of a period in which crime and immigration have been increasingly politicised. As a consequence, more offences have been created and more individuals have been subject to the hybrid immigration and criminal justice system. While immigration offences largely remain under-enforced, some of them - particularly those penalising document fraud and identity stripping- are used against foreign nationals who cannot be removed from the country. In this thesis I explain what I consider to be the most pernicious consequences of this expansion of formal and substantive criminalisation of immigration breaches. The existence of a parallel system of sanctions allows enforcement agencies wide margins of discretion. Therefore, similar cases may be dealt with in very different ways. When the criminal route is chosen, the use of criminal law in the vast majority of cases reaching the criminal courts is unnecessary, disproportionate and extremely harmful. Both the decision to prosecute and the sanction eventually imposed are justified by preventive and regulatory purposes. The actual practice of criminalisation reveals that the criminal procedural safeguards are weakened and those accused of immigration crimes are likely to be convicted and imprisoned for these offences. I conclude that the formal and substantive criminalisation of immigration represents a departure from liberal criminal law principles and the purposes of criminal punishment. These conclusions cast doubts about the pragmatic, non-principled use of criminal law to regulate immigration flows, and call for the need to look at other, more humane alternatives in the treatment of 'unwelcome' migrants. Details: Oxford, UK: University of Oxford, 2011. 294p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 14, 2019 at: https://ora.ox.ac.uk/objects/uuid:c3659f2f-679e-464e-a12a-282c85ebac94 Year: 2011 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 156427

Author: House of Commons Joint Committee on Human Rights. United Kingdom Title: Youth Detention: Solitary Confinement and Restraint Summary: Around 2,500 children are detained by the state in England and Wales at any one time. Some are detained in hospitals for therapeutic care, and some are detained in custody due to criminal convictions. Although these institutions have different functions, they face many common issues. These children are detained for different reasons, but most are highly vulnerable and many have multiple challenges. They are under the care of the state, and yet they can be subject to practices of restraint and separation from normal human contact that can cause harm and undermine the therapeutic and rehabilitation aims of their detention. These situations engage rights under the European Convention on Human Rights (ECHR): Article 2, the right to life; Article 3, the prohibition of inhuman or degrading treatment; Article 5, the right to liberty and security; Article 8, respect for private and family life. We heard evidence from young people who had been restrained and separated from normal human contact whilst detained in hospital and custody, and from parents of children who have been detained. Their testimony powerfully illustrated to us the damaging impacts upon children when they are restrained or separated, including long-term impacts. We received unanimous evidence from medics, inspectors, lawyers, and staff who work in detention, that restraint and separation are harmful to children and should be avoided if at all possible. Some practices are particularly extreme or controversial. We urge greater monitoring of the use of the controversial 'prone restraint', which is currently being reviewed, and urge its use only in exceptional circumstances when absolutely necessary. The deliberate infliction of pain in Young Offenders' Institutions (YOIs) is unacceptable under any circumstances under rights legislation. The use of restraint for maintaining 'good order and discipline' must be prohibited in all but the most exceptional of circumstances. Separation from normal human contact can take different forms, and several different terms are in use; all of these practices can have negative impacts. They range from segregation into small groups, to isolation from other children but with constant observation by staff, to being totally alone in a child�s own cell or in a designated unit. We use the term 'separation from normal human contact' or 'separation' to refer to all of these practices. Where isolation from normal human contact exceeds 22 hours per day, we use the term 'solitary confinement', as defined in international law; where this lasts for over 15 days, it is defined as "prolonged solitary confinement". This is contrary to human rights law in all circumstances. The Government must immediately take steps to ensure that separation of children from human contact never becomes solitary confinement. Decisions, and reviews of decisions, by YOIs and hospitals to extend periods of separation should be reported to the responsible Ministers on a monthly basis. The information must be certified by the Ministers and laid before each House for publication. For all forms of restraint and separation (whether acceptable or not), data collection is incomplete in hospitals and custody, and there is good reason to believe that these practices are under-reported. Data is presented in ways that make it harder to interpret, and the use of different definitions makes it harder to compare between different types of institutions. Data collection must be improved, and we recommend that institutions collect and publish data about all types of restraint and separation. Data from hospitals and custody shows that children are restrained too often, with potentially thousands of unjustified restraints each year, and that separation is also used too often. Rates of restraint and separation are even higher for BAME children. We believe that the high rates of restraint and separation are incompatible with the threshold of 'last resort', and are therefore in breach of the rights of children. The issue is that staff sometimes do not attempt de-escalation methods, and too quickly move to restraint or separation. We recognise that staff face difficult situations, and they must be supported to use better alternatives whenever possible. The excessive use of restraint and separation are partly due to insufficient staffing levels, insufficient staff training and experience, and inappropriate facilities. We recommend increased staffing levels, improved training, and a better mix of staffing and skills, all of which will increase the range of options that can be used instead of restraint and separation. We also conclude that some children are fundamentally in the wrong institutions (although some should not be in institutions at all), due to lack of spaces in more appropriate units. We recommend that the secure estate is reconfigured to ensure that there are sufficient spaces in the correct types of units (for example to provide mental health care to child offenders) and to ensure that all children can be placed close enough to home to allow regular family visits. The rights of children in detention are often not enforced. The systems in hospitals and custody do not do enough to ensure that children are sufficiently aware of their rights and of how to appeal if their rights have been breached. Children and families (and other representatives) often do not have full access to evidence that would help in appeals. Children lack confidence in the appeals systems: they feel that any recompense is not comparable with the impact of restraint or separation; and they are often not made aware of the outcomes of successful appeals by other children. We recommend more more involvement for families in decisions about the children; more proactive roles for independent advocates; more effective debriefs after incidents, and clear communication of disciplinary action against staff. We also recommend the annual publication for each institution of data about appeals and their outcomes. Details: London: House of Commons and House of Lords Joint Committee on Human Rights, 2019. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2019 at: https://www.parliament.uk/business/committees/committees-a-z/joint-select/human-rights-committee/inquiries/parliament-2017/youth-detention-solitary-confinement-17-19/ Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: At-Risk Youths Shelf Number: 156367

Author: Phippen, Andy Title: Young People, Internet Use and Wellbeing; A Report Series What Causes Upset Online Summary: This report, the second in a series related to the relationship between digital technology and young people's wellbeing, draws from a survey sample of 8,223 young people from year 4 to year 13 across over 100 schools in the UK. The focus of this report is 'What Causes Upset Online', as disclosed by our survey respondents. Key findings from this analysis centre on what "upset" means for children and young people going online and challenges our strategies to protect them from this upset. While prohibitive strategies might work with specific content types, and this has been the focus of much policy effort (for example prevention from access to pornography), in reality what causes upset is broad, and prohibition from some kinds of content we are told cause upset would significantly impact children's rights to access relevant educational material and information that will help their development. What causes upset online is broad and variable depending upon both gender and age of respondents. In general, upset is most commonly caused by: 1. Abusive comments from peers and others they interact with online 2. Stories in the news and media that can be upsetting (for example, terrorist incidents, child suffering, and natural disasters) 3. Animal abuse - videos that show animal cruelty, images of harm to animals, upsetting stories related to animals, etc. 4. Upsetting content, such as shocking videos produced by YouTubers, content showing people being hurt, acts of self-harm, etc. Younger children are more likely to be affected by things such as: 1. Swearing 2. Abuse from peers; Older children are more likely to be affected by content such as: 1. News and media 2. Animal abuse 3. The behaviour of peers. What is clear from these findings is that we need to develop critical thinking and digital literacy that goes beyond whether content is "good" or "bad" and explore how it makes people feel and how we might counteract how upset is caused. We need to move beyond "online safety" to better understand how we develop resilience in young people so they can deal with what they see and do online, rather than hoping they avoid it completely. Details: Exeter, United Kingdom: South West Grid for Learning Trust, 2018. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2019 at: https://swgfl.org.uk/research/what-causes-upset-online/ Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Digital Literacy Shelf Number: 156369

Author: National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children Title: Statistics Briefing: Child Sexual Abuse Summary: This briefing looks at what data and statistics are available about child sexual abuse to help professionals, and the organisations they work for, make evidence based decisions. How many children experience sexual abuse? We don't know exactly how many children in the UK experience sexual abuse. Sexual abuse is usually hidden from view. Adults in the child's life may not recognise the signs that they are being sexually abused and the child may be too young, too scared or too ashamed to tell anyone what is happening to them. However, there are a number of different sources of information which help build up a picture of the scale of abuse. This includes data from services which work with children and research into children's and adults' self-reported experiences of abuse. Research with 2,275 young people aged 11-17 about their experiences of sexual abuse suggests around 1 in 20 children in the UK have been sexually abused. Findings from the data -- Concerns around sexual abuse have been identified for over 2,700 children in the UK who are the subject of a child protection plan or on a child protection register. Over a third of all police-recorded sexual offences are against children. Girls and older children are more likely to experience sexual abuse. The vast majority of children who experience sexual abuse were abused by someone they knew. Details: London: Author, 2019. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2019 at: https://learning.nspcc.org.uk/media/1710/statistics-briefing-child-sexual-abuse.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 156521

Author: Advisory Council on the Misuse of Drugs (U.K.) Title: Custody-Community Transitions Summary: This report from the Advisory Council on the Misuse of Drugs (A) provides advice on how to reduce drug-related harms that occur when people move between custody and the community. It seeks to answer three questions. 1. What are the drug-related harms and benefits associated with transitions between custody and the community? 2. What are the most important existing recommendations in this area, and to what extent have they been implemented? 3. Is there a need for new or adapted recommendations? This report was written by the Custody-Community Transitions working group, chaired by Professor Alex Stevens. It is based on previous reports and evidence gathered by invitation of written submissions and an evidence-gathering day. The report identifies substantial harms associated with transitions between custody and the community, especially for people who have problems with drugs, including the following. -Homelessness. In 2017/18, 34.5% of adult prisoners under supervision from the National Probation Service or Community Rehabilitation Companies were discharged to unsettled or unknown accommodation on their first night of release (MoJ, 2018a). -Reoffending. Adults serving sentences of less than 12 months in England and Wales had a reoffending rate of 64.4% between April and June 2017, with rates likely to be even higher among those with a drug problem. -Transmission of blood-borne viruses. Prison is a risk environment for the transmission of HIV and Hepatitis C (Dolan et al., 2016), so entry to prison can be a risk for infection, and release may spread that risk to the community. However, the prevalence of HIV infection among prisoners is low by international standards (Golrokhi et al., 2018). -Increased risk of death, including by overdose. Death rates among prisoners and, especially, those on post-release supervision are many times higher than in the general population. The few weeks immediately after release is a particularly high risk period for drug-related death (Inquest contribution, 2018; also House of Commons Health and Social Care Select Committee, 2018; Phillips et al., 2017; Graham et al., 2015). For some people, entering the criminal justice system can provide an opportunity to reduce drug misuse and enter treatment. However, these benefits are too often squandered by the failure to provide continuity of care between custody and the community (Lloyd et al., 2017). This report identified a number of important previous reports and recommendations that have been made on this issue (see Appendix 2), including: -Bradley (2009) The Bradley Report: Lord Bradley's Review of people with mental health problems or learning disabilities in the criminal justice system (the Bradley review); and, -Patel (2010) The Patel Report: Reducing Drug-Related Crime and Rehabilitating Offenders: Recovery and Rehabilitation for drug users in prison and on release: recommendations for action.These reports have not been systematically followed up, so it is difficult to know the extent to which they have been implemented. There are, however, concerning indicators of failure to implement previous recommendations, including the following. -On continuity of care: Patel (2010) identified this as the key element in reducing drugrelated problems for people leaving prison. However, the latest data from Public Health England (PHE) suggest that only 32.1% of people who are assessed as needing treatment when they leave prison enter treatment in the community within 21 days (PHE, 2018a). -On equivalence of care: Bradley (2009) endorsed the principle of equivalence of healthcare between custody and community. Current policy outside prisons is to maximise access to naloxone (the medicine that reverses opioid overdose). However, only 12% of prisoners who were previously heroin-dependent left an English prison with naloxone in 2017/18 (PHE, 2019). In Scotland, 664 take-home naloxone (THN) kits were issued in 2017/18, to approximately 35% of the prisoners who tested positive for opioids at reception (ISD, 2018a). -On reoffending. The aim of the Transforming Rehabilitation White Paper (MoJ, 2013) was to reduce reoffending rates. However, the performance of Community Rehabilitation Companies in providing these services has been widely criticised and they have failed to reduce high rates of reoffending, especially among short-term prisoners. The quality of probation services in England has been diminished (Stacey, 2019). This has particularly worrying implications for people with drug problems, who are in need of additional and specialist support. In order to facilitate the implementation of existing and future recommendations, this report makes the following recommendations for systemic improvement. 1. That the Drug Strategy Board nominates one Minister who will have over-arching responsibility and accountability for the improvement of custody-community transitions for prisoners with complex health needs, including problems with drugs. 2. That this Minister be given the following mandate: To assess and improve performance in delivering officially accepted recommendations on transitions between custody and the community for people with substance misuse, mental health and homelessness problems. 3. That the Minister of Justice (England and Wales), the Cabinet Secretary for Justice (Scotland) and their counterpart in Northern Ireland take further steps to reduce the number of transitions into and out of prisons, especially as multiple short sentences are associated with increased risk of death. This should involve: a. reform sentencing to minimise the use of sentences of less than 12 months, with the aim of eliminating the use in sentencing of periods of less than 3 months in prison; and reforms to the system of supervision on licence, so as to reduce the number of people who are recalled to prison. This report also makes the following practical recommendations. 4. That the prison services of the UK take steps to minimise the release of prisoners with complex needs (including substance misuse) on Friday afternoons. 5. That the Department for Work and Pensions (DWP) should: accelerate the introduction of the measures listed in the Rough Sleeping Strategy (MHCLG, 2018) to enable prisoners to access employment or Universal Credit immediately on release; b. work in partnership with Her Majesty's Courts and Tribunal Services (HMCTS) and the National Probation Service (NPS) to ensure that people who are imprisoned are not overpaid the housing element of Universal Credit; and, c. Following the completion of the evaluation of the pilots, implement the effective elements identified through evaluation. 6. That the prison and probation services of the UK should develop and extend services that provide face-to-face, individualised support to prisoners who have drug problems in the run up to release and through the transition to the community. 7. That the Drug Strategy Board should make a clear statement that it is the responsibility of the national NHS bodies to ensure that all people who have an assessed problem with opioid use should be given the opportunity to take home naloxone when they leave prison or police custody. The Board should ensure that resources are made available to the national NHS bodies to support this responsibility. 8. That relevant agencies (for example, PHE) establish custody-community pathways into identified treatment for prisoners who have an assessed problem with alcohol, cannabis, cocaine, or other non-opioid drugs - as well as for users of opioids. Additionally, that a pathway should be developed that offers sufficient support to enable prisoners leaving abstinence-focused interventions to maintain such change following release. 9. That the Home Office should commission research specifically to identify and ameliorate problems and opportunities related to transitions into and out of police custody by people who have problems with drugs. This should include gathering information, across the UK, on: a. the levels of overdose and drug-related deaths in police custody and immediately afterwards; and, b. the coverage and effectiveness of Liaison and Diversion schemes in meeting the needs of arrestees with drug and alcohol misuse problems. Details: London, United Kingdom: Advisory Council on the Misuse of Drugs, 2019. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2019 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/a-report-custody-community-transitions Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 156486

Author: Hughes, Liz Title: Capability Framework: Working Effectively with People with Co-Occurring Mental Health and Alcohol/Drug Use Conditions Summary: Clinks, in partnership with Revolving Doors, has published a capability framework to better equip services to meet the needs of people with co-occurring mental health and alcohol/drug use conditions. The framework has been developed in collaboration with Justine Trippier, Consultant Nurse at Oxleas NHS Foundation Trust, and Professor Liz Hughes, formerly at University of Huddersfield and now at University of Leeds, and Centre for E-learning at Coventry University. The capability framework supports the implementation of Public Health England's Better Care guide on the ground. It describes the values, knowledge and skills required for effective care of people with co-occurring conditions. It is very common for people to experience problems with their mental health and alcohol/drug use at the same time. Research shows that mental health problems are experienced by the majority of drug (70%) and alcohol (86%) users in community substance misuse treatment. People with co-occurring conditions are at a heightened risk of developing serious and chronic health conditions, as well as at a heightened risk of experiencing social disadvantages, including homelessness and criminal justice contact. Yet, we know that many people with co-occurring conditions are often excluded from support and care provision. Details: London: Clinks, 2019. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2019 at: https://www.clinks.org/sites/default/files/2019-06/Capability%20Framework%20FINAL.PDF Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 156487

Author: Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists Title: Tackling FGM in the UK: Intercollegiate Recommendations for Identifying, Recording and Reporting Summary: Female Genital Mutilation (FGM) is a violation of a girl's rights as a child and her entitlement to her bodily integrity. It is a cruel act perpetrated by parents and extended family members upon young girls who are entrusted to their care. FGM is not simply an exotic or 'cultural' ritual that girls need to undergo, but a practice which has intolerable long-term physical and emotional consequences for the victims. FGM causes death, disability, physical and psychological harm for millions of women every year. There is strong evidence of a correlation between FGM and psychiatric disorders - with young girls and women presenting with psychological distress and post-traumatic stress disorder. It is estimated that 66,000 women resident in England and Wales in 2001 had undergone FGM and over 23,000 under the age of 15, from African communities, were at risk of - or may have undergone - FGM. The United Kingdom is a signatory to two key international Conventions: the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child (CRC) and the UN Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination against Women (CEDAW). Article 24 of the CRC calls for the prohibition of all traditional practices that are prejudicial to the health and wellbeing of children across the globe. The UN has recognised FGM as torture and calls for its elimination as a form of cruel, inhumane and degrading treatment of girls and women. Efforts to eliminate FGM have been gathering pace globally, reflected in the UN General Assembly's call for intensifying global efforts for the elimination of female genital mutilations issued in 2012. There is a growing consensus that the system is failing to protect girls from FGM and more needs to be done in the UK to intervene early in a child's life, and to safeguard those girls at risk. This cannot solely rely on isolated activities by civil society groups and the actions of individual professionals within an uncoordinated system, rather, we need to make systems work to support frontline professionals to identify and intervene to protect girls at risk of FGM. This requires leadership across the relevant agencies - health and social care, education and the police - and the development and implementation of comprehensive and integrated strategies for tackling FGM. It is known that the number of communities affected by FGM is growing and with increased migration from the countries where FGM is widely practised (see page 4), more girls in the UK are at risk of undergoing FGM. Yet at the local level, FGM is still not fully integrated into the child protection system and girls at risk of FGM are not receiving adequate protection from harm. Our data systems do not consistently record information on FGM to make the identification of girls at risk of FGM easier; nor is information on FGM shared formally and systematically between those professionals and organisations best placed to protect at risk girls, when they are least able to ask for help. This is despite the fact that the UK has specific legislation, which has outlawed FGM since 1985 (updated in 2003 to address FGM performed on UK citizens and permanent residents outside the UK). Provisions under The Children Act 1989, 2002, and subsequent statutory guidance have also been designed to enable and support professionals and institutions to intervene to safeguard the health and wellbeing of children who are suffering or likely to suffer significant harm. There have been no prosecutions to date in the UK on FGM. A recent report of the Director for Public Prosecution (DPP) Action Plan to address barriers to prosecutions on FGM has highlighted a major gap in the existing reporting duties for medical professionals, social care professionals and teachers in referring possible FGM cases to the police. A key recommendation from the DPP Action Plan is that consideration should be given to how existing mechanisms for reporting on FGM can be strengthened, for example through links between midwives and General Practitioners, in addition to assurances to the medical profession that information will be used sensitively. There is also a need for wider awareness of FGM as a crime among health professionals and identification of what is required by the police and prosecutors from health professionals to enable effective reporting of FGM crime. Implementation of the recommendations emanating from the DPP action plan will require strong leadership nationally and locally, collaboration among the various agencies, a willingness to share information as well as to change the culture and attitudes of frontline staff. Critical to this is an understanding that systems must be designed in ways that prioritise every child at risk of harm from FGM and ensure reporting of FGM. This means that all professionals must know their roles and responsibilities in eliminating FGM. The recommendations contained in this report from the Intercollegiate Group and its partners demonstrate solidarity to raise awareness of the need to intervene early to prevent FGM. They call for health and social care agencies, the Department for Education and the police to integrate FGM prevention into national and local strategies for safeguarding children from FGM abuse. By acting together, we can work towards the elimination of this illegal and abhorrent practice. Details: London: Royal College of Midwives, 2013. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2019 at: https://d3n8a8pro7vhmx.cloudfront.net/equalitynow/pages/313/attachments/original/1527599527/Intercollegiate_FGM_report.pdf?1527599527 Year: 2013 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Circumcision Shelf Number: 156512

Author: Beard, Jacqueline Title: The Retention and Disclosure of Criminal Records Summary: This note sets out the rules in England and Wales governing the retention and disclosure of conviction and non-conviction information held on the Police National Computer and the Police National Database. Information held by the police: An individual who is convicted of a recordable offence will have a "nominal record" of that conviction placed on the Police National Computer. Nominal records will also be created for individuals who are cautioned, reprimanded, warned or arrested for such offences. An individual's nominal record is retained until his 100th birthday. The Police National Database is used to record details of "soft" police intelligence, for example details of criminal investigations that did not lead to a conviction. This intelligence will generally be retained for a minimum of six years, longer if it relates to allegations of a serious offence or if the individual concerned is considered to pose an ongoing risk. Criminal record checks: When a person applies for a so-called "excepted position", then he or she may be required to provide details of his criminal record by way of a standard or enhanced criminal records check from the Disclosure and Barring Service (formerly the Criminal Records Bureau). Excepted positions cover (for example) work with children or vulnerable adults or roles in certain licensed occupations or positions of trust (e.g. police officers, solicitors). The disclosure of non-conviction information and old and minor convictions: There has been some debate over two particular issues relating to criminal records checks: the disclosure of non-conviction information and the disclosure of old and minor convictions. The Government legislated (via the Protection of Freedoms Act 2012) to introduce a number of new safeguards relating to the disclosure of non-conviction information, such as a new independent disputes process. Legislation introducing a new filtering mechanism to restrict the disclosure of old and minor convictions came into force on 29 May 2013. This followed a Court of Appeal ruling in January 2013 that the mandatory and blanket disclosure of convictions as part of a criminal records check was incompatible with Article 8 of the European Convention on Human Rights (right to respect for private life). A judgment of the Supreme Court in January 2019 said that two specific aspects of the filtering mechanism, concerning multiple convictions and the disclosure of warnings and reprimands received by children, were disproportionate and therefore incompatible with Article 8. There have been calls for wider reform of criminal records disclosure, including from the Law Commission, the Justice Committee, Charlie Taylor in his review of youth justice and David Lammy in his review into the treatment of and outcomes for BAME individuals in the criminal justice system. Details: London: House of Commons, 2019. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 20, 2019 at: https://researchbriefings.parliament.uk/ResearchBriefing/Summary/SN06441 Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Background Checks Shelf Number: 156541

Author: Wyld, Grace Title: Independent, Effective, Humane: The Case for Funding Charities in the Prison System Summary: Charities continue to have an impact despite working in a prison system which is in crisis. Their work both in prisons, and to influence change is hugely important to individuals and society and is only possible because of their independence from the system itself. Independent funders are vital to charities working in prisons because it is a field which has experienced steep government cuts and does not attract much funding from the public. There are legitimate reasons for funders to be worried about putting money into a broken system, but these are outweighed by the potential for impact. People in prison represent both deep need and great potential, and changing the system would have hugely positive effects across the country. Details: London: New Philanthropy Capital's Criminal Justice Program, 2019. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 21, 2019 at: https://www.thinknpc.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/Independent-Effective-Humane.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Charities Shelf Number: 156556

Author: Farmer, Michael (Lord Farmer) Title: The Importance of Strengthening Female Offender's Family and Other Relationships to Prevent Reoffending and Reduce Intergenerational Crime Summary: The main conclusion of my original Review on the importance of strengthening male prisoners' family ties to prevent reoffending and reduce intergenerational crime, was that good relationships are vital to reducing reoffending and the presence or lack of them can make or break other efforts to rehabilitate those who commit crime. As part of the Female Offender Strategy the Ministry of Justice (MoJ) asked me to review the report's recommendations through the lens of the needs of female offenders, given key quantitative and qualitative differences between men and women in the area of relationships. Relationships are women's most prevalent 'criminogenic need' and issues around women's relationships directly affect their likelihood of re-offending significantly more frequently than is the case with men. Compared with men there is a far greater likelihood that women are primary carers when they come into contact with the criminal justice system and will remain so during their sentence. If a primary carer has to be in prison it is essential that she is helped to do that difficult job as well as possible - and encouraged, where appropriate and necessary, to take responsibility - given the many challenges her children face. Also, a large proportion of female offenders have endured domestic and other abuse, often linked to their offending. If this is ongoing, it may mean some of their current relationships will not be conducive to their rehabilitation. I was asked to investigate how supporting female offenders (in the community and custody) to engage with their families can lower recidivism, aid rehabilitation and assist in addressing the issues of intergenerational crime. The impact of maternal imprisonment on children due, for example, to the trauma of separation, social isolation, shame, and lack of support for their needs, increases the risk that they will follow their mother into the criminal justice system. My original Review highlighted a landmark study which found that 63% of male prisoners' sons went on to offend themselves and adult children of imprisoned mothers were more likely to be convicted than adult children of imprisoned fathers. The Farmer Review for Women aimed to learn about: -What works to help female offenders, their families and especially their children, to maintain and even improve family ties, where appropriate, while serving a custodial or community sentence, or post-release. -The challenges of mothering and fulfilling this primary carer role either whilst at a distance from their children or in the community. -What works to help those prisoners who do not have any family connections. -How this learning can be translated into policy and commissioning for change. The Review does not make specific recommendations for women from different Black, Asian and Minority Ethnic (BAME) communities, or Foreign National Women (FNW), but I do want to acknowledge the distinct and discrete difficulties these women and their families face in the criminal justice system. For example, black women are disproportionately more likely to receive custodial and longer sentences than their white counterparts, and this of course affects the relationships with their families. However, whilst I do not segment the female offender population, it is important that all the recommendations I make are implemented with an eye to equalities and with 'cultural competence' so that women from different minorities are not treated as a homogeneous group. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2017. 114p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 21, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/809467/farmer-review-women.PDF Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 156557

Author: Advisory Council on the Misuse of Drugs (U.K.) Title: Aging cohort of drug users Summary: The past decade has seen a shift in the age profile of those seeking treatment for drug use. An ageing cohort, who have survived lengthy histories of heavy drug use, now account for an increasing portion of the treatment group in the UK and Europe. This report from the Advisory Council on the Misuse of Drugs (A) explores the specific issues for older people with a drug problem focusing on those who have had a drug problem for an extended period of time. It describes the health and social care needs of this population, and identifies effective services responses and best practice. Details: London: Author, 2019. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 24, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/809092/Ageing_cohort_of_drug_users.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 156612

Author: Davey, Jacob Title: Counter Conversations: A model for direct engagement with individuals showing signs of radicalisation online Summary: Extremist groups deploy a clear strategy for radicalising and recruiting new supporters online: marketing their ideas through the spread of propaganda and then engaging interested individuals in direct, private messaging to recruit new members to their causes. Direct engagement with radicalising individuals by mentors and 'intervention providers' is now a well-established component of offline counter-terrorism efforts in a number of countries. These programmes are delivered by both government and civil society, and often include former extremists and social workers as intervention providers. Until now, online prevention efforts have largely focused either on the removal of terrorist content or on the production and dissemination of counter-narrative and counter-speech campaigns to compete with extremist propaganda. However, there have been no systematised attempts to supplement counter-speech efforts with direct online messaging and engagement at scale. ISD's Counter Conversations programme is an experimental approach designed to fill this gap and test if the methods deployed in offline interventions can be brought into the social media domain. Delivered on Facebook to date and working across Extreme Right and Islamist ideologies, the programme provides an opportunity for individuals showing clear signs of radicalisation to meet and engage with someone that can support their exit from hate. In this report, we present the findings of our most recent pilot programme of Counter Conversations. The results demonstrate the positive potential of direct online engagements and point to the need for further exploration into how this model can be deployed in a responsible, effective and scaled fashion, as part of a suite of online risk reduction methodologies. Details: London: Institute for Strategic Dialogue (ISD), 2018. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 25, 2019 at: http://www.isdglobal.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/Counter-Conversations_FINAL.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 156629

Author: Northern Ireland. Department of Justice Title: Northern Ireland Safe Community Survey: Fraud and Cyber Crime Summary: The purpose of this note is to advise users that DoJ intends to explore the potential of, and demand for, including fraud and cyber crime within the main victimisation estimates derived from the survey. Details: Belfast: Northern Ireland Statistics and Research Agency, Analytical Services Group, 2019. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 26, 2019 at: https://www.justice-ni.gov.uk/sites/default/files/publications/justice/ni-community-safety-survey-fraud-cyber-crime.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 156696

Author: Graham, I. Title: First Time Entrants to the Criminal Justice System in Northern Ireland 2017/18 Summary: This bulletin presents information on first time entrants to the criminal justice system in Northern Ireland for the year 1 April 2017 - 31 March 2018. As well as details on the demographic makeup of these first time offenders, the bulletin presents some analysis on the disposals they received. SUMMARY -- - In 2017/18, a total of 28,055 offences were recorded as dealt with by conviction or diversion in the justice system in Northern Ireland. Of these, 8,210 (29.3%) were first offences and 19,845 were further offences. The proportion of offences in 2016/17 which were first offences was 29.8%. - Of first offences, 31.3% (2,568) were dealt with by way of formal diversionary disposal, compared to 68.7% (5,642) which were dealt with by conviction. AGE GROUP and GENDER - Of all first time entrants to the criminal justice system in 2017/18, 8.8% (721) were in the 10 - 17 year old age group and 25.8% (2,122) were in the 18 - 24 year old age group. - First offences accounted for 56.8% (2,568) of all instances where a diversionary disposal was issued in 2017/18. Those in the 10 - 17 year old age group were most likely (90.6%, 653) to receive a diversion for a first offence. - Of all offences dealt with by conviction or diversion, 25.6% (5,800) by males1 were first offences, compared to 44.6% (2,410) by females. OFFENCE TYPE and DISPOSALS RECEIVED -- - Over half, 58.8% (4,830) of all first offences in 2017/18 were motoring offences. Of all instances where a conviction or diversion was issued for offences in that category in 2017/18, 40.7% were for first offences. - Monetary disposals made up 55.9% (4,591) of all disposals for first offences in 2017/18. First offences accounted for 34.9% of all instances where a monetary penalty was imposed in relation to a conviction or diversion - Of all instances where imprisonment was imposed as a penalty in 2017/18, first offences accounted for only 6.1% (177 out of 2,908). - 56.8% (2,568) of all cases dealt with by diversion were for first offences. Of first offences dealt with by diversion, 78.9% (2,027) were dealt with by way of caution. However, while 56.8% of all cautions were for first offences, 87.2% (287) of all informed warnings issued were for first offences. Details: Belfast: Northern Ireland Department of Justice, Analytical Services Group, 2019. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 26, 2019 at: https://www.justice-ni.gov.uk/sites/default/files/publications/justice/first-time-entrants-2017-18.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Statistics Shelf Number: 156698

Author: Gohir, Shaista Title: Female Genital Mutilation: Affected Communities in Birmingham Summary: The aim of this research was to increase the understanding of the issue of female genital mutilation (FGM) in Birmingham by finding out the views of women, children and men from FGM affected communities and use the insights to be able to better challenge tolerance of this practice and build awareness. Another objective was to understand the impact on survivors and what support was needed for them or those at risk and whether there were issues being overlooked by current service provision. Details: Raynesway, Derby, UK: Muslim Women's Network UK, 2016. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 27, 2019 at: http://www.mwnuk.co.uk//go_files/resources/736953-MWNUK%20FGM%20report_WEB.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Cutting Shelf Number: 156710

Author: Gohir, Shaista Title: Muslim Women's Experiences of the Criminal Justice System Summary: Muslim women constitute one of the most disadvantaged groups in British society. They disproportionately experience adverse socio-economic conditions and within their families and communities often experience further inequalities from the gender roles expected of them, and behaviours rooted in honour culture. There is an intense pressure to conform and suffer in silence. Thus, when Muslim women are able to find the courage to report abuse to the police, they are taking a colossal step. If they then receive a poor service, it can dis-empower and deter them (and others who may be aware of the step they have taken) from continuing with any reports made to the police or from making future reports, or they may drop cases before they reach the court's door. The result of this can be Muslim women not getting justice and the perpetrators not being held accountable. This may also embolden perpetrators, leading to an increase in the abuse inflicted on the victim or even an increase in the number of victims. The consequences of an inadequate service can sometimes also be fatal. Details: Birmingham, UK: Muslim Women's Network UK, 2019. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 27, 2019 at: http://www.mwnuk.co.uk//go_files/resources/Muslim_Women_and_Criminal_Justice_FINAL.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Disadvantaged Groups Shelf Number: 156711

Author: HM Inspectorate of Probation Title: An Inspection of Kent, Surrey and Sussex Community Rehabilitation Company Summary: Overall the Kent, Surrey and Sussex (KSS) CRC is rated as: Requires improvement. This rating has been determined by inspecting this provider in three areas of its work, referred to as 'domains'. The findings and subsequent ratings in those three domains are described here: Organisational delivery Our key findings about the organisation are as follows: -Senior leaders provide outstanding leadership with the experience of those under supervision at the heart of strategic decision-making and operational delivery. -There is a suitable staffing model, and impressive arrangements for learning, development and staff engagement are resulting in a committed workforce that is working hard to deliver against the organisation's vision and values. -Although a comprehensive range of services is potentially on offer, disappointingly, we did not see enough evidence of rehabilitative interventions being delivered in the cases we inspected. There is exceptional stakeholder engagement aimed at improving access to services for those under supervision. -The organisation's capacity to provide research and information is impressive, and a new estates strategy is now fully implemented. Although information and communications technology (ICT) arrangements are adequate, there is room for improvement. Case supervision: Our key findings about case supervision were as follows: -Work to engage individuals in the assessment process is good and there is also a sufficient focus on factors relating to offending and desistance. However, risk of harm assessments need to improve as only half the cases we inspected focused sufficiently on keeping people safe. -Planning practice is not sufficient and although there is some encouraging work relating to reducing reoffending, less than half of plans inspected adequately prioritise the risk of harm. -We found some good practice aimed at engaging individuals in their sentence but very limited intervention delivered to reduce reoffending and keep people safe. In only half of inspected cases was there effective delivery of services to support desistance. -There was some use of review to engage and motivate individuals subject to supervision but there was insufficient liaison with other agencies to assess and manage the risk of harm. Less than half of cases met a sufficient standard in relation to reviewing risk of harm. Unpaid work and Through the Gate: Our key findings about other core activities specific to CRCs were as follows: Unpaid work: -There has been significant activity to improve unpaid work in the last couple of years and delivery is now strong across Kent, Surrey and Sussex. Through the Gate: -Resettlement plans are generally completed and sufficient, but in the current resourcing model staff are struggling to deliver and coordinate activity to individuals in preparation for their release. Details: London, United Kingdom: HM Inspectorate of Probation, 2019. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 27, 2019 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2019/06/Kent-Surrey-and-Sussex-CRC-Designed-Final.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Rehabilitation Shelf Number: 156571

Author: Anderson, David Title: Implementation Stock-Take: Unclassified Summary of Conclusions Summary: This is the unclassified summary of a stock-take of the progress made by MI5 and Counter-Terrorism Policing (CTP) in implementing the recommendations arrived at in the Operational Improvement Review and Post-Attack Reviews of 2017. It summarises progress to 31st January 2019 and looks in greater depth in some key areas: use of data, management of closed subjects of interest (CSOIs), multi-agency centre (MAC) pilots, and non-Islamist extremism. -Both MI5 and CTP were conscientious and frank in providing me with the documents and briefings required. I was able to meet and question several dozen security officials, police officers and others, including the senior management of each organisation. -Implementation has been tackled with energy and commitment. As of 24 January 2019, 85% of the 104 recommendations were complete (63%) or on track for delivery (22%). With possible very limited exceptions the recommendations were forecast to be complete on schedule, by Q4 2019. -Good progress has been made for example on data discovery projects, CSOI management and non-Islamist terrorism. Positive results have been noted from some of the reforms, but it has not yet been possible to make an authoritative assessment of their overall benefits or of any opportunity cost. -Obstacles to delivery remain, notably in the fields of data, information management and multi-agency interventions. Progress on Prevent data-sharing has been delayed while officials across government work up a proposal for ministerial approval. The most serious deficiencies, where daunting challenges persist, relate to CTP's data capabilities. The MAC pilots have required much effort for (so far) limited reward, but their extension to Q1 2020 should enable an informed judgement to be reached as to how the MAC principles can best be deployed. -MI5 and CTP are committed to operating in a legal and ethical manner. Both the Home Office and external oversight bodies (notably the ISC and IPCO) should however continue to check that their activities remain within legal and ethical bounds as technology develops, particularly as regards the use of data. -Though it will never be possible to prevent every attack, the measures being taken will, in my opinion, strengthen the existing ability of MI5 and CTP to stop most of them. Details: London: Brick Court Chambers, 2019. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 27, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/807911/2017_terrorist_attacks_reviews_implementation_stock_take.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Counterterrorism Shelf Number: 156587

Author: Scottish Government. Social Research Title: Recorded Crime in Scotland: Attempted Murder and Serious Assault, 2008-09 and 2017-18 Summary: This report presents the findings of a study into the changing nature of police recorded attempted murder and serious assault (shortened to serious assault below) in Scotland. This includes new details on the characteristics of these cases, based on a random sample of police recorded crimes. Key Findings -- Serious assault is any attack where the victim needs hospital inpatient treatment or has any fractures / broken bones, internal injuries, severe concussion, lacerations that require stitches which may lead to impairment or disfigurement, or any other injury which may lead to impairment or disfigurement. Attempted murder is defined as attempting to kill without necessary cause, or acting in a way so reckless as to show the perpetrator was utterly regardless of the consequences. This study into the characteristics of police recorded serious assault focused on the years of 2008-09 and 2017-18, the time between which saw the number of these crimes in Scotland decrease by 35% or 2,283 crimes (from 6,472 to 4,189). The vast majority (89%) of the total fall in police recorded serious assault between 2008-09 and 2017-18 was due to fewer cases in the west of Scotland (centred in and around the city of Glasgow). All of the fall in serious assault across Scotland came from fewer cases with a male victim, with little change in the number of cases with a female victim. Although the reduction in male victims has driven the total fall in serious assault since 2008-09, they still accounted for 80% of victims in 2017-18. Most male victims are seriously assaulted by acquaintances (55%) or strangers (23%), whereas females are more likely to be seriously assaulted by partners/ex-partners or relatives (52%). Most (80%) of the fall in serious assault came from fewer cases where the perpetrator used a weapon, with the study finding that a serious assault in 2017-18 was less likely to involve a weapon than in 2008-09 (dropping from 63% to 55%). In 2017-18, the use of a knife or other bladed/pointed article to commit a serious assault was much more common in the west of Scotland than elsewhere in the country. There was little difference across Scotland in the proportion of serious assault that involved other types of weapon. Despite the reduction in the volume of serious assaults committed in Scotland over the past ten years, there has been no significant change in the proportion of these crimes that occur in a public setting or a private setting during this time - with most still occurring in a public setting. The study also found that the average age of both a victim and perpetrator of serious assault in 2017-18 was several years older than their counterparts from 2008-09. This reflected a particularly large fall in the estimated rate of victimisation for people in their twenties and offending rates for teenagers (aged 13 to 19 years) and people in their twenties. Finally, the study found that nearly two-thirds (63%) of serious assault committed in 2017-18 included a reference to the consumption of alcohol. This may somewhat underestimate the true position as police officers may not always receive enough information to identify the consumption of alcohol prior to any incident. Overall this research suggests that fewer cases of males attacking other males in the west of Scotland, often involving relatively younger people (teenagers and those in their twenties) and the use of a weapon, have contributed the most to the reduction in serious assault over the past ten years. Whist the police in Scotland now face fewer reports of serious assault today than a decade ago, the characteristics of these crimes are now a little less homogenous than before - with relatively fewer cases concentrated in the west of Scotland, or only involving relatively younger males. It remains the case that the use of knives or other blades is much more prevalent in the west of Scotland than elsewhere, and a majority of all serious assault committed in Scotland involved the consumption of alcohol prior to the incident. Details: Edinburgh: Author, 2019. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2019 at: https://www.gov.scot/binaries/content/documents/govscot/publications/research-and-analysis/2019/06/recorded-crime-scotland-attempted-murder-serious-assault-2008-09-2017-18/documents/recorded-crime-scotland-attempted-murder-serious-assault-2008-09-2017-18/recorded-crime-scotland-attempted-murder-serious-assault-2008-09-2017-18/govscot%3Adocument/recorded-crime-scotland-attempted-murder-serious-assault-2008-09-2017-18.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Assaults Shelf Number: 156735

Author: Borysik, Burcu Title: We are victims too: A peer study into repeat victimisation among people who moved from the streets into supported accommodation in London Summary: Would we take our safety, security and dignity for granted, if we did not have a place to call home? This is the very question Revolving Doors Agency set out to answer in this report. We wanted to understand the extent of victimisation that people with recent histories of sleeping rough are exposed to; and to unravel barriers faced in reporting crime, progressing through the criminal justice process, and accessing support. This research matters, not least due to the sheer scale and rising levels of homelessness in our town and cities. According to the latest figures, 4,677 people are estimated to be sleeping rough on any one night in England and Wales. In the last year, over 1000 accommodation projects for single homeless people across the country provided a total of 34,497 beds. Research to date has shown that people sleeping rough are vulnerable to repeat and severe victimisation. However, there remains a critical gap in understanding experiences of crime after people move on to supported accommodation and what works to reduce this continued victimisation. The report brings together the experiences of 26 people who moved from streets into supported accommodation in London. The majority of participants faced multiple issues, including mental ill-health, learning difficulties, and drug addiction, as well as histories of serving time in prison, being victims of domestic abuse and sleeping rough. Among just 20 participants, we heard 46 detailed accounts of violent crime, including robbery, being held at gun or knife point, physical threats and assault, sexual harassment and abuse. Details: London: Revolving Doors Agency, 2019. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed July 2, 2019 at: http://www.revolving-doors.org.uk/file/2396/download?token=NDNgvDO0 Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Homeless Persons Shelf Number: 156824

Author: Great Britain. Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Probation Title: An inspection of probation services in the Wales Division of Kent, Surrey and Sussex Community Rehabilitation Company Summary: The Wales Community Rehabilitation Company (CRC) was one of three CRCs owned, until recently, by Working Links. We previously expressed concerns about work in two of those organisations, in the Gloucestershire area (part of the Bristol, Gloucestershire, Somerset & Wiltshire CRC) and more recently in Dorset, Devon & Cornwall CRC (DDC CRC). In this inspection we found some of the same difficulties arising from the Working Links operating model and corporate approach. The ownership and governance arrangements in Wales have changed significantly this year, and the organisation is now in transition. After the original owner, Working Links, went into administration, Seetec assumed responsibility for the CRC in February 2019, pending transfer to the National Probation Service in Wales at the end of 2019. The new name for the organisation is the Wales division of Kent, Surrey and Sussex CRC which we will refer to in this report as the CRC. The CRC provides probation services within a legal and policy framework set by the Welsh government. The fieldwork for this inspection was conducted in February 2019 and therefore focused on case supervision undertaken while the CRC was still under the control of its previous owners. While future inspections will assess the impact of the change of ownership, this report inevitably focuses on the previous Working Links operating model. We found that this was well embedded (as in DDC CRC), but in Wales there is also a strong and positive organisational ethos built around improving the life chances of those under probation supervision and contributing to their rehabilitation. The quality of practice is better than we reported in DDC CRC earlier this year, but it is mixed, and needs to improve considerably. We have rated the CRC as 'Requires improvement'. When we last inspected in part of this CRC area, in 2017, we identified practice deficits in case planning, particularly in respect of risk of harm and safeguarding. These are still evident. Management and staff understand the risks and needs of those the CRC supervises. A sufficient range of community-based and specialist services are in place, including services for women. Professional staff have high workloads, but they nevertheless prioritise engagement with those they supervise. They work hard to support individuals with the everyday challenges they face. However, poor record-keeping is commonplace. The standard of unpaid work services differs across Wales, and Through the Gate services require improvement across the organisation, to address risk of harm and to better coordinate their work with others. As elsewhere, team managers have a broad range of responsibilities, and this dilutes the attention given to overseeing practice. The organisation needs to do more to provide relevant training to staff and promote a culture of learning and improvement. With its strong rehabilitative ethos and the clear commitment of staff, and the drive shown by leaders, much better service provision is certainly within this CRC's grasp. Details: Manchester, UK: Author, 2019. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Internet Resource: Accessed July 5, 2019 at: https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmiprobation/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2019/06/Wales-division-of-KSS-CRC-English-version.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community-Based Corrections Shelf Number: 156831

Author: Fussey, Pete Title: Independent Report on the London Metropolitan Police Service's Trial of Live Facial Recognition Technology Summary: This is the first independently-funded academic report into the use of LFR technology by a UK police force and it raises concerns about the Metropolitan Police's procedures, practices and human rights compliance during the trials. The authors of the report, Professor Peter Fussey and Dr Daragh Murray, conclude that it is "highly possible" the Metropolitan Police's use of LFR to-date would be held unlawful if challenged in court. They have also documented what they believe to be significant operational shortcomings in the trials which could affect the viability of any future use of LFR technology. In light of their findings Professor Fussey and Dr Murray are calling for all live trials of LFR to be ceased until these concerns are addressed, noting that it is essential that human rights compliance is ensured before deployment, and that there be an appropriate level of public scrutiny and debate on a national level. The main concerns raised in the report are: It is highly possible that police deployment of LFR technology may be held unlawful if challenged before the courts. This is because there is no explicit legal authorisation for the use of LFR in domestic law, and the researchers argue that the implicit legal authorisation claimed by the Metropolitan Police - coupled with the absence of publicly available, clear online guidance - is unlikely to satisfy the 'in accordance with the law' requirement established by human rights law, if challenged in court. There was insufficient pre-test planning and conceptualisation and the Metropolitan Police's trial methodology focused primarily on the technical aspects of the trials. This meant the research process adopted by the Metropolitan Police gave insufficient attention to addressing the non-technical objectives identified. The Metropolitan Police did not appear to engage effectively with the 'necessary in a democratic society' test established by human rights law. LFR was approached in a manner similar to traditional CCTV. This fails to take into account factors such as the intrusive nature of LFR, and the use of biometric processing. As a result, a sufficiently detailed impact assessment was not conducted, making it difficult to engage with the necessity test. The mixing of trials with operational deployments raises a number of issues regarding consent, public legitimacy and trust - particularly when considering differences between an individual's consent to participate in research and their consent to the use of technology for police operations. For example, from the perspective of research ethics, someone avoiding the cameras is an indication that they are exercising their entitlement not to be part of a particular trial. From a policing perspective, this same behaviour may acquire a different meaning and serve as an indicator of suspicion. There were numerous operational failures including: inconsistencies in the process of officers verifying a match made by the technology; a presumption to intervene; how the Metropolitan Police engaged with individuals; and difficulties in defining and obtaining consent of those affected. Details: Colchester, UK: University of Essex, Human Rights Center, 2019. 128p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 5, 2019 at: https://48ba3m4eh2bf2sksp43rq8kk-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/07/London-Met-Police-Trial-of-Facial-Recognition-Tech-Report.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Big Data Policing Shelf Number: 156837

Author: Great Britain. National Crime Agency Title: National Strategic Assessment of Serious and Organized Crime: 2019 Summary: 1. Serious and organised crime (SOC) affects more UK citizens, more often, than any other national security threat. It has a daily impact on citizens, public services, businesses, institutions, national reputation and infrastructure. SOC is estimated to cost the UK economy at least L37 billion a year, with this cost increasing year on year. This figure is highly likely to be a significant underestimate, particularly in relation to areas such as fraud. 2. The financial cost of SOC does not by itself capture the harm caused to those affected. SOC can have a devastating effect as criminals target citizens to exploit and defraud in new ways. The threat is growing in both volume and complexity, impacting a broader range of victims. The dominant motivation remains financial gain, although sexual gratification is the main motivator of child sexual abuse and exploitation (CSAE). 3. Growing numbers of children and young adults are becoming involved in SOC. In parts of the UK, crime groups made up almost exclusively of young people have emerged, adopting business-like operating models rather than relying on identity or postcode. However, these young people still comprise a minority of total organised crime group (OCG) nominals. 4. SOC threats are increasingly interlinked, and poly-criminality remains a key feature of the SOC landscape. Many OCGs continue to be involved in multiple crime types, adapting their methods to law enforcement responses. However, some groups, including established OCGs and those involved in niche criminality, have not diversified, maintaining their established areas of expertise. 5. A number of the SOC actors and OCGs identified work together in criminal enterprises. New market entrants will integrate with existing criminal infrastructure, looking to utilise established money laundering networks and logistics providers to expand their activities. Details: London: Author, 2019. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 5, 2019 at: https://www.nationalcrimeagency.gov.uk/who-we-are/publications/296-national-strategic-assessment-of-serious-organised-crime-2019/file Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse and Exploitation Shelf Number: 156844

Author: Independent Inquiry Into Child Sexual Abuse Title: The Anglican Church. Case Studies: 1. The Diocese of Chichester. 2: The response to allegations against Peter Ball Summary: This phase of the Anglican Church investigation has examined two case studies. The first was the Diocese of Chichester, where there have been multiple allegations of sexual abuse against children. The second concerned Peter Ball, who was a bishop in Chichester before becoming Bishop of Gloucester. In 1993, he was cautioned for gross indecency, and was convicted of further offences in 2015, including misconduct in public office and indecent assault. The Church of England should have been a place which protected all children and supported victims and survivors. It failed to be so in its response to allegations against clergy and laity. The Diocese of Chichester -- The Diocese of Chichester covers East and West Sussex, with 506 churches and 365 parishes. There are 450 clergy and employed lay workers, as well as a significant number of retired clergy. Over 50 years, 20 individuals with connections to Chichester Diocese have been convicted or have pleaded guilty to sexual offending against children. This figure is higher than in other large dioceses. For example, there were seven convictions in York, five in Birmingham and three in London over similar periods of time. Both case studies provided examples of perpetrators about whom there were allegations and, in one instance, a known conviction, but who were allowed unrestricted access to children and young people. In some cases, they continued to offend. Some of the convicted perpetrators include: Reverend Gordon Rideout -- Reverend Gordon Rideout was ordained as a priest in 1962 and became an assistant curate in Sussex. He acted as chaplain to a nearby Barnardo's Children's Home, where he indecently assaulted a number of children. He then moved to an English army base where there were also allegations of indecent assault against three girls, for which he was acquitted. He later returned to Chichester. In 2013, Rideout was convicted of 36 offences of child sexual abuse involving 16 victims. He was sentenced to 10 years' imprisonment. No safeguarding file was ever opened on him by the Diocese, even though the historic allegations were known about. He was allowed permission to officiate, with no conditions attached, despite Bishop John Hind and Bishop Wallace Benn knowing about previous arrests. Reverend Robert Coles -- In 2012, Reverend Robert Coles pleaded guilty to 11 offences of child sexual abuse. This included seven counts of indecent assault and one count of buggery, which related to his time as a parish priest in Chichester. He was sentenced to eight years' imprisonment. In 2015 he was convicted of two further counts of sexual assault on a male aged under 13 years. He had retired in 1997, but continued to take services without permission. A serious case review in 2015 found that he had sexually groomed a child in 2007-08 and had befriended the families of teenage boys. He took them out alone and gave them keys to his flat. This was known to some individuals in the Diocese, but no steps were taken to prevent him working with children. Reverend Jonathan Graves -- In 2017, after a second investigation by Sussex Police, Reverend Jonathan Graves was convicted of seven counts of indecent assault, two counts of indecency with a child and four counts of cruelty to a child. He was sentenced to 12 years' imprisonment. Graves befriended teenage boys in his role as priest, and then engaged in sexual activity with them. This included sadism and masochism. He was warned by the safeguarding adviser in 2000 that he should not have under 18s in the house, but nothing was done to enforce this or follow up on suspicions about him within the parish. Reverend Colin Pritchard -- Reverend Colin Pritchard was a friend of another perpetrator, Reverend Roy Cotton. Both abused Mr Philip Johnson during his teenage years. Pritchard pleaded guilty in 2008 to seven counts of sexual assault against two boys in a parish in Northamptonshire. He was jailed for five years. In 2018, he was convicted of several counts of indecent assault and rape against a boy aged between 10 and 15, for which he received a sentence of 16 years' imprisonment. The allegations were that he conspired with Cotton to commit these offences, which took place while he was vicar in a Chichester parish. The Diocese -- From the early 1990s until 2013 onwards, when the conclusions of the Visitation were implemented, there were inadequate safeguarding structures and policies in place within the Anglican Church and in Chichester Diocese. The responses to child sexual abuse were marked by secrecy, prevarication, avoidance of reporting alleged crimes to the authorities and a failure to take professional advice. It was the opinion of Mr Colin Perkins, Diocesan Safeguarding Adviser, that Coles represented "the worst case in the Diocese, the most serious case ... a diocesan bishop, an area bishop, an archdeacon and two safeguarding advisers knew that he had admitted some of the matters about which he had been questioned - and none of them told the police". Several internal reviews failed to expose the nature and scale of the problem of child sexual abuse within the Diocese. Instead, they were used by Church leaders to act out their personal conflicts and antagonisms. The reviews ultimately came to nothing until the Archbishop of Canterbury intervened by ordering a Visitation. The 1997-98 Sussex Police investigation into Cotton and Pritchard, both later convicted, was inadequate. There was unnecessary delay and a failure to explore all lines of enquiry. As a consequence, no charges were brought and both offenders escaped justice at that time. The later investigations by Sussex Police, namely Operations Perry and Dunhill, were of a much higher quality. The police and the Diocese worked closely together during those investigations. Peter Ball -- In his 2015 guilty plea, Peter Ball admitted he had abused his position as Bishop of Lewes and Bishop of Gloucester to offend against 17 teenagers and young men. That offending involved deliberately manipulating vulnerable teenagers and young men for his own sexual gratification and included naked praying, masturbation and flagellation. It was presented by Ball as following the teachings of St Francis. One witness described how Ball had repeatedly suggested they watched television together naked, as such 'humiliation' was part of the teachings of St Francis and would provide a more direct route to a closer relationship to God. Many of Ball's victims passed through the 'Give a Year to God' scheme, which Peter Ball had set up while he was Bishop of Lewes in the early 1980s. This scheme was not subject to any monitoring or supervision by the Diocese of Chichester or by anyone from the Church. One such victim was Neil Todd, who was seriously failed by the Church and ultimately took his own life at the age of 38. In 1992, Ball's housekeeper and her husband were so concerned about his treatment of Mr Todd that they reported it to a senior bishop working with the Archbishop of Canterbury. Nothing constructive was done, despite the likely abuse of power by Ball and Neil Todd's undoubted vulnerability. The Church discounted Ball's conduct as trivial and insignificant, displaying callous indifference to Neil Todd's complaints. Later, during the Gloucestershire Constabulary investigation of the matter, the Church expressed unwavering public support for Peter Ball and, following his caution, gave him extensive financial help. Neil Todd received limited counselling support, but no redress or practical assistance. The Gloucestershire Constabulary investigation was thorough, but the force failed to share important information with the Church after Ball's caution. The Crown Prosecution Service (CPS) advice to offer him a caution for one offence of gross indecency was wrong, and contrary to Home Office guidance at that time. Ball could properly have been charged with several other offences in 1992, at least one of which he subsequently pleaded guilty to in 2015. Peter Ball's charisma, charm and reputation enabled him to avoid a criminal conviction. He used his power and influence to groom individuals and manipulate the institutions of the Church. The Church's response to his arrest in 1992 was to minimise his offending and later to return him to ministry with indecent haste, without any kind of basic assessment of risk to children. On behalf of the Church, the Archbishops' Council has accepted that it displayed "moral cowardice" in its response to the allegations against Peter Ball. An important aspect of the Peter Ball case study was the failure of leadership of Lord George Carey, then Archbishop of Canterbury. He equivocated throughout the responses to allegations about Ball, seeming frequently to do the wrong thing when there was a choice to be made. His 'compassion' whilst often accorded to Ball, did not extend to his victims. Examples of this were Archbishop Carey's overt support for Ball's innocence, despite having no justification for his position, and the Christmas letter he sent to parishioners, in which he wrote, "We hope and pray that the investigation will clear his name". Further, he wrote to the Chief Constable of Gloucestershire Constabulary during their investigation of Ball, to say that the allegations against him were "unrepresentative of his style". This statement was neither accurate nor appropriate. Following Ball's caution for gross indecency in 1992, Archbishop Carey could have decided to take disciplinary action against him. He did not. The only person with effective power to prevent Ball from returning to ministry, or to limit it, was Archbishop Carey. It was he who granted Peter Ball permission to officiate and he who publicly called for him to be treated "as any other retired bishop". Almost every aspect of his decision-making regarding Peter Ball indicates poor judgement and a failure to recognise the appalling experiences of Ball's victims. Peter Ball seemed to relish contact with prominent and influential people. This included royalty and other titled individuals, and heads of well-known public schools. He was frequently described as 'charismatic' and an outstanding preacher. Some of these people rushed to support him in the aftermath of his arrest. In the years that followed, they wrote to the police, the CPS and the Church in the belief that their opinion of Peter Ball's character mattered, despite not knowing all of the facts or the allegations. Lord Lloyd of Berwick, Lord Renton and Tim Rathbone MP all wrote in their support of Ball. Such people in public office should have taken greater care before using their positions of prominence to seek to influence the criminal justice system. Peter Ball sought to use his relationship with His Royal Highness the Prince of Wales to further his campaign to return to unrestricted ministry. The Prince of Wales informed the Inquiry he was not aware of the significance or impact of the caution that Peter Ball had accepted, and was not sure that he was even told that Peter Ball had been cautioned at the time. During the period of that campaign, the Prince of Wales and his private secretary spoke about Peter Ball with the Archbishop of Canterbury and a member of Lambeth Palace staff. In addition, the Duchy of Cornwall purchased a property specifically to rent to Peter Ball and his brother. The actions of the Prince of Wales were misguided. His actions, and those of his staff, could have been interpreted as expressions of support for Peter Ball and, given the Prince of Wales' future role within the Church of England, had the potential to influence the actions of the Church. The response by the Church -- The question remains why the Church's responses to sexual abuse in Chichester, including the Peter Ball case, were so inadequate. They had devastating consequences for the children and young people who were affected.... Details: London: Author, 2019. 264p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 5, 2019 at: https://www.iicsa.org.uk/publications/investigation/anglican-chichester-peter-ball Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anglican Church Shelf Number: 156845

Author: Equality and Human Rights Commission (U.K.) Title: Torture in the UK: update report. Submission to the UN Committee Against Torture in response to the UK List of Issues Summary: This report is the response of the Equality and Human Rights Commission (EHRC) to some of the issues raised by the Committee against Torture (the Committee) in its list of issues for the UK published on 7 June 2016. This report focuses on relevant developments or evidence that has emerged on the issues we covered in our previous report to the Committee in March 2016. The Committee included all of the issues highlighted in our 2016 submission in its list of issues for the UK's examination. This report also covers a number of additional areas in the Committee's list of issues, which we did not report on in 2016 but where we consider that aspects of the legal framework, policy or practice may be non-compliant with the United Nations Convention against Torture and Other Cruel, Inhuman or Degrading Treatment or Punishment (CAT). The report contains 14 chapters, focusing on separate policy issues and settings where torture, cruel, inhuman and degrading treatment may occur. At the start of each chapter we set out the relevant CAT Articles, the Committee's concluding observations and the relevant paragraphs in the Committee's list of issues. A stand-alone list of the recommendations contained within each chapter is also presented as an annex to the report. The Committee has made it clear that a state is responsible under CAT for the prohibited acts committed by non-state actors where the state has failed to develop an effective framework to prevent and protect the victims. The report therefore includes chapters on human trafficking and modern slavery, violence against women and girls, child sexual abuse and hate crime, where the state has responsibility to prevent and protect people from torture or ill-treatment by public and private actors. An important, cross-cutting area of concern runs through several chapters of the report, namely, the state's obligation to conduct a prompt and impartial investigation wherever there are grounds to believe that an act of torture has been committed (Article 12, CAT). Articles 2 and 3 of the European Convention on Human Rights (ECHR), which the UK has incorporated in the Human Rights Act 1998 (HRA), also require state parties to carry out an effective investigation into any death for which the state might be responsible and into any incident where there are clear indications that serious ill-treatment may have occurred. Case law makes it clear that the duty to conduct an effective investigation requires the state, among other things, to: - appoint an investigator independent of those implicated in the incident - begin the investigation promptly and conclude as quickly as is reasonable - take all reasonable steps to secure relevant evidence - make the investigation and its results open to public scrutiny - hold to account anyone found to be at fault as a result of the investigation, and - share and put into practice lessons learned from the investigation to ensure, so far as is possible, that steps are then taken to minimise the risk of similar incidents in the future. This report highlights our concerns about possible non-compliance with one or more of these requirements in the UK Government's response to allegations of torture and/or ill-treatment of: - overseas detainees - people held in immigration removal centres - children and adults in prisons and police custody - people receiving health and social care services, and - victims of violence against women and girls, human trafficking and modern slavery, hate crime and child sexual abuse. Details: Manchester, UK: Author, 2019. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 5, 2019 at: https://www.equalityhumanrights.com/sites/default/files/convention-against-torture-in-the-uk-update-report-may-2019.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Cruel and Unusual Punishment Shelf Number: 156846

Author: Parke, Sherrelle Title: Measuring the scale and changing nature of child sexual abuse: Analysis of 2017/18 official and agency data Summary: This report looks at data from local authority children's services, where child protection plans and social care initial assessments record where a child has experienced sexual abuse or is considered at risk of it, and data from criminal justice agencies, including the police and courts, that tells us about child sexual abuse offences and prosecutions. While this data provides an important insight into the practice of key agencies in relation to child sexual abuse, it is important to remember that this is not prevalence data (experiences of child sexual abuse in the general population): it is annual case management information as recorded at local and national levels. As such, what is and is not recorded reflects the varying needs and priorities of different agencies. It remains the case that the majority of child sexual abuse is neither reported nor identified during childhood and will therefore not appear in official agency data. However, the extent to which agencies recognise and respond to concerns of child sexual abuse is important, and this report pulls together available public data relating to child sexual abuse in one place. We hope it enables those in the field to better understand the bigger picture and changing context of the issue. Details: Ilford, Esssex, UK: Centre of Expertise on Child Sexual Abuse, 2019. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 5, 2019 at: https://www.csacentre.org.uk/research-publications/scale-and-nature-of-child-sexual-abuse-and-exploitation/analysis-of-2017-18-official-and-agency-data/ Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 156847

Author: Turner, Alexandra Title: Counting lives: Responding to children who are criminally exploited Summary: The exploitation of children for criminal gain is, unfortunately, not new. Yet regular news stories of children affected by violence and crime highlight that as a society we are struggling to get to grips with the current context of threats facing children and young people. This report analyses what is meant by child criminal exploitation; what current methods of exploitation The Children's Society and our partners currently observe; and how responses across national and local organisations could be made more effective. Child criminal exploitation takes a variety of different forms. It can include children being forced to work in cannabis factories, being coerced into moving drugs or money across the country, forced to shoplift or pickpocket, or to threaten other young people. Recently child criminal exploitation has become strongly associated with one specific model known as 'county lines'. In this model, organised criminal networks typically exploit young people and vulnerable groups to distribute drugs and money across the country through dedicated mobile phone lines (often from cities to counties - hence the term county lines). This report suggests that 'county lines' is no longer a fringe issue, but a systemic problem reported in almost every police force in the country. All forms of criminal exploitation have a detrimental impact on a child's life. As such, any child being forced or coerced to commit crime must be seen as a victim of exploitation. Too often children are criminalised rather than seen as victims of criminal exploitation and given the appropriate child protection response. There is no statutory definition of child criminal exploitation. Although some guidance does exist, the lack of a consistent definition (for example, one defined in legislation) means that responses are variable across different services and in different parts of the country. As a result, too many children are falling through gaps in support. In 2018, the Home Office produced its Serious Violence Strategy, outlining the Government's proposed response to knife, gun crime and homicide. In the paper, tackling 'county lines' and the misuse of drugs is one strand of a national strategy - alongside early intervention and prevention, supporting communities and partnerships, and an effective law enforcement and criminal justice response. The Children's Society uses a definition of child criminal exploitation from young people who describe it as 'when someone you trusted makes you commit crimes for their benefit. This definition conveys the key components of exploitation - a trusted person taking advantage of vulnerability to deceive, control, coerce or manipulate children into criminal activity. In some cases children are enticed to take part through manipulation and the promise of reward, and in other cases violence and threats of violence play a more direct role in how control is exerted. Coercion and violence go hand in hand in cases of exploitation. This report is a call to action for professionals to recognise child criminal exploitation and provide a coordinated safeguarding response. Child criminal exploitation is a complex problem that requires a joined-up approach from statutory and non-statutory agencies, and accurate sharing of intelligence and recording of concerns facing children. The report focuses specifically on the experiences of children targeted by criminal networks to distribute illegal drugs (referred to as the 'child criminal exploitation through the county lines model'). Being caught possessing or distributing drugs is of course a serious crime at any age, but where children are groomed by criminal groups they need to be recognised as victims of exploitation. The report sheds light on how safeguarding duties interact with law enforcement responses in these instances potentially with very different consequences and long term impacts on a child's life. The research offers analysis of Freedom of Information responses from local authorities and police forces about child criminal exploitation, interviews with professionals working with young people across the country and highlights findings from a survey of police staff. Details: London: The Children's Society, 2019. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 9, 2019 at: https://www.childrenssociety.org.uk/sites/default/files/counting-lives-report.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Criminal Exploitation Shelf Number: 156851

Author: Great Britain. HM Chief Inspector of Prisons Title: HM Chief Inspector of Prisons for England and Wales Annual Report 2018 �19 Summary: The annual report of HM Chief Inspector of Prisons, drawing on 78 individual inspection reports of prisons, young offender institutions, secure training centres, immigration detention, police and court custody and other custodial establishments, and thematic reports, published between 1 April 2018 and 31 March 2019. Details: London: Author, 2019. 124p. Source: Internet Resource: HC 2469: Accessed July 9, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/814689/hmip-annual-report-2018-19.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 156852

Author: Advisory Council on the Misuse of Drugs (U.K.) Title: Drug-Related Harms in Homeless Populations and How They can be Reduced Summary: In July 2017 the then Home Secretary submitted a letter to the A to commission a programme of work following the publication of the recently published drug strategy. This letter sought advice from the council on how drug-related harms in homeless populations could be reduced. The A recovery committee's report explores the risk factors which make homeless people susceptible to substance misuse-related harms, and the evidence for interventions to support these individuals. Details: London: Advisory Council on the Misuse of Drugs, 2019. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 14, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/810284/Drug-related_harms_in_homeless_populations.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Drug Abuse Shelf Number: 156742

Author: National Audit Office (U.K.) Title: Tackling Serious and Organised Crime Summary: Background to the report: Serious and organised crime is planned, coordinated and committed by people working individually, in groups, or as part of transnational networks. Criminals' motivation is often financial gain but varies depending on the type of criminality. The most harmful serious and organised crimes include modern slavery and human trafficking, organised immigration crime, child sexual exploitation and abuse, money laundering, fraud and other economic crime, bribery and corruption, cyber-crime, illegal firearms and illegal drugs. The challenges in tackling serious and organised crime are formidable. There are more than 4,500 identified UK organised crime groups operating in changing and often unpredictable ways. The government estimated that the annual social and economic cost of serious and organised crime was 37 billion pounds in 2015-16. The government published its serious and organised crime strategy in 2013 and revised it in 2018. Content and scope of the report: In this report, we have examined the government's strategic response to serious and organised crime, and the extent that the enablers to successful implementation of the 2018 strategy have been put in place. We examined the work of the Home Office (the Department) and the NCA, who together oversee and coordinate the government's response. The report does not look in detail at how other government bodies are set up to contribute. Part One examines the nature of serious and organised crime and the government's strategic response to tackling it. Part Two looks at the quality of data on the scale of serious and organised crime, how data are produced and used, and the availability of data to decision-makers. Part Three examines the extent of government's work to tackle serious and organised crime under its four 'P' work strands, the effectiveness of funding, governance and accountability structures. Part Four assesses the extent to which the efforts of law enforcement are coordinated. Report conclusions: Serious and organised crime is evolving at a rapid rate, as criminal networks identify new vulnerabilities and adapt their activity in response to law enforcement action and the opportunities offered by new technology. Those tackling serious and organised crime recognise the seriousness of this challenge and have plans in place to build the teams and expertise to deal with it. We have also seen examples of improved collaboration across government and beyond to disrupt criminal groups, safeguard vulnerable people and seize illegal goods. However, there remain some significant and avoidable shortcomings that may prevent government and its partners from meeting its aim to "rid our society of the harms of serious and organised crime". The government is therefore not yet able to show that it is delivering value for money in this area. The Department and the NCA do not know whether their efforts are working and are not yet able to target resources against the highest-priority threats. Despite ongoing efforts to improve them, governance and funding arrangements remain complex, inefficient and uncertain. Unless the government addresses these issues there will continue to be a mismatch between its ambitious plans to respond to serious and organised crime and its ability to deliver on them. Details: London: Home Office, National Crime Agency, Comptroller and Auditor General, National Audit Office, 2019. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 14, 2019 at: https://www.nao.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Tackling-serious-and-organised-crime.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Bribery Shelf Number: 156743

Author: Drury, John Title: Re-reading the 2011 English Riots: ESRC 'Beyond Contagion' Interim Report Summary: Background to the 2011 riots: While an extraordinary amount has been written and said about the 2011 English riots, very little has been based on systematic evidence. The present interim report summarizes findings so far from a research programme based on a comprehensive data-set, which seeks to develop a new way of talking and thinking about the process by which riots spread from location to location. Some of the dominant accounts of the riots - as mindless destruction or 'criminality pure and simple' - obscure understanding and feed into flawed policy responses. This study drew upon multiple archive sources, interviews with rioters (gathered as part of the Guardian/LSE Reading the Riots project), contextual information about riot locations, and police crime data. We used these data to construct histories of some of the most significant riots in August 2011, to test predictive models, and to analyse participants' experiences. Myths of the riots: The idea that those who participated were overwhelmingly convicted criminals or that their actions were typically indiscriminate are not supported by the Home Office's data. Like many other riots, the rioting in Tottenham happened after a drawn-out process rather than a single 'spark'. In each location, conflict with the police and power-reversal in a local deprived estate was often the point at which smaller skirmishes became a mass event. Motives for the riots: There were significant differences between London boroughs that saw rioting and those that did not. Immediately prior to the riots, the former had significantly more deprivation, many more police 'stop and searches', and more negative attitudes to the police. We found that anti-police sentiment among participants was a significant factor in who joined in and what they did. One reason given for this hostility was experiences of 'stop and search' in the community. Shared anti-police sentiment formed the basis of a common identity, superseding 'postcode rivalries', and enabling coordinated action against police targets. -In addition, many people saw themselves in opposition to a societal system they perceived as unjust and illegitimate; this made looting acceptable to many of them. Understanding the spread of the riots: To explain waves of riots, in place of the concept of 'contagion' - the notion that people simply copied others in a mindless and automatic way - we propose a new model of riot spread as identity-based collective empowerment. Rioting spread in various different ways. The first spread - from Tottenham High Road to Tottenham Hale and Wood Green - occurred as police dispersed rioters yet were unable to prevent their actions. Here and elsewhere, there was a pattern whereby community or anti-police rioting was the basis of subsequent commodity rioting (involving looting) as well as attacks on wealth. Close examination of the spread of rioting from North to South London suggests that Brixton participants often identified with Tottenham, and were influenced to riot out of anger and a sense of injustice at the killing of Mark Duggan. This would explain why Brixton was the first place to riot in South London. Many more of those in Croydon and Clapham, however, were more influenced by the perception of police vulnerability across London. The impact of police vulnerability in providing 'vicarious' empowerment for those who identified as anti-police may have been a general process, explaining riot spread across England. In all the locations we looked at, local identities and networks mediated the impact of rioting in other locations: most people interviewed were influenced by what they thought relevant others locally were prepared to do. Some police tactics seem to have inadvertently facilitated spread to different locations. These tactics included clearing town centres of shoppers and using proactive methods in those locations they feared would riot. Details: Sussex, United Kingdom: Economic and Social Research Council, 2019. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 14, 2019 at: http://sro.sussex.ac.uk/id/eprint/82292/1/Re-reading%20the%202011%20riots%20ESRC%20Beyond%20Contagion%20interim%20report.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Crime Data Shelf Number: 156795

Author: Stacey, Christopher Title: Double discrimination? The impact of criminal records Summary: This report is based on the survey responses from 221 individuals. It provides new data on the impact of criminal records as perceived by people from Black, Asian and Minority Ethnic (BAME) backgrounds, and it draws on what is known about the over-criminalisation of certain groups. Key findings from the survey include: 1. Over three-quarters of people (78%) felt that their ethnic background had made the problems they face as a result of their criminal record harder. Around 1 in 5 (22%) felt that it had made no difference. Nobody from a BAME background felt that their ethnicity made things easier. 2. The overwhelming majority (79%) cited employment as one of the problems they faced. The other most common problems were relationships (34%), volunteering (30%), insurance (26%), travel/immigration (23%) and college/university/education (23%). 3. The problems persisted for long periods of time. Although the majority were last cautioned/convicted between 1 and 10 years ago (32% between 1 and 5 years ago, with 30.8% between 5 and 10 years ago), 15% had problems between 10 and 20 years later and 7% had problems over 20 years later. 4. It affects all age groups. The problems people faced because of their ethnicity spanned the full age range, the full range of sentences and a wide range of offences types. 5. African and Caribbean individuals were most affected. Problems were faced by a range of ethnic groups, but the largest proportions were African (17.8%) and Caribbean (13.4%) It is not possible to obtain quantitative data that looks at the number of BAME individuals affected by the disclosure of their criminal record on checks issued by the Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS). The first recommendation is the Home Office, through the DBS, should collect data on ethnicity from those undergoing criminal record checks. Grouping BAME people as one can mask inequalities rather than help challenge them. The second recommendation is that government should better distinguish between ethnic groups when measuring disproportionality throughout the criminal justice system. It is clear from wider evidence that people from some BAME backgrounds are disproportionately represented at all stages of the criminal justice system, and this affects both their experience and perception of how ethnicity compounds the difficulties created by a criminal record. 1. More likely to be arrested - Black and ethnic minority children account for more than a quarter of all child arrests across England and Wales - more than double the proportion of the BAME population. 2. More likely to get a caution - Although the use of cautions is decreasing overall, the proportion given to BAME groups has grown. The third recommendation is the police should: a. Understand the circumstances where a caution is necessary, or whether an informal disposal can be issued instead, and b. Ensure that information, specifically tailored to the circumstances, is provided to individuals before they accept the specific caution they have been offered. 3. More likely to be prosecuted - Black defendants have a much higher rate of prosecution, and therefore are at an increased likelihood of receiving a conviction. 4. More likely to plead not guilty - BAME defendants are consistently more likely to plead not guilty than white defendants. This means that, if found guilty, they are likely to face more punitive sentences than if they had admitted guilt. The result of this is a criminal record that will invariably end up having to be disclosed for longer under the Rehabilitation of Offenders Act 1974 (ROA) because the time it takes for the conviction to become spent will be longer. 5. More likely to get a longer sentence - Black boys are more likely to be charged with murder than manslaughter and more likely to receive a higher or maximum sentence than white boys. One in four black teenage boys guilty of manslaughter were given maximum jail terms, while white children found guilty of the same crime were sentenced to no more than 10 years, with the majority getting less than four. This statistic is striking within the context of the criminal records regime, where any sentence of more than 4 years in prison can never become spent. More generally, longer sentences take longer to become spent (if they ever do), meaning a criminal record will cause more difficulties for longer. This is an additional penalty - what David Lammy refers to as the double penalty is in fact a triple penalty. This means that the damage from the post-conviction disclosure rules also impacts disproportionately � especially where sentences cross the four-year threshold, after which a sentence can never become spent. A sentence that can never become spent can effectively feel like a life sentence in the community In September 2017, David Lammy MP published his review into the treatment of BAME groups in the criminal justice system. In addition to the inequalities found at each stage of the justice system, the review highlighted the ongoing difficulties caused by criminal records: "One of the most significant barriers to any ex-offender's prospects of employment is created by public policy: the criminal records regime." The Lammy Review made two recommendations about criminal records, both of which the government recognised the need to address. Neither of them has been implemented. The fourth recommendation is, now litigation has concluded, the Ministry of Justice should respond to recommendation 34 of the Lammy Review (on sealing criminal records). If the Ministry of Justice is not going to pursue this recommendation, then it should clearly articulate why not and explain what other changes it will make instead. The fifth recommendation is the Ministry of Justice should fully implement recommendation 35 of the Lammy Review (on commissioning and publishing a study indicating the costs of unemployment among ex-offenders). The overwhelming majority of survey respondents cited employment as one of the problems they faced. There are significant differences in employment rates between different ethnic groups. For example, in the UK there are over 20.6 million women of working age population, 2.9 million (14%) of whom are from BAME backgrounds. 72.6% of white women and 55.8% of BAME women are in employment. However, whereas ethnicity can be a visible characteristic to employers, a criminal record is not. When looking specifically at those with a criminal record, combining the attitudes of employers towards criminal records with the differences in employment rates between different ethnic groups, it is likely that BAME groups would be better served by widespread improvements in employer practices towards criminal records, such as Ban the Box. If employers did not find out about the criminal record of an applicant until after they had offered a conditional job offer, it would become much clearer whether an employer's decision not to hire was based on the applicant's criminal record. It would also avoid many of the connections and stereotypes that were referred to by survey respondents: - "I think that having a fraud conviction and being of an African background feeds into the stereotype held about Nigerians. I have dreadlocks and I've had to change my name to afford me a foot in the door, so to speak." - "The conviction(s) should not have to be disclosed unless employers are going to offer you the new position, and only if it is relevant to the post applied for." The sixth recommendation is the government should extend the Ban the Box commitment beyond the civil service to all public bodies. The seventh recommendation is the government should follow the lead taken in the US by introducing 'fair chance hiring' practices, including a statutory requirement for all employers to delay any questions about criminal records until the pre-employment stage. On a very practical level, the way the process of getting standard or enhanced DBS checks as part of certain jobs presents people with problems. As a middle-aged Bangladeshi man in our survey said, "I am not confident of applying for jobs, I can't get an enhanced DBS to check what is on it." Understandably, he wants to make sure that his caution has come off before he starts applying for jobs and not disclosing. The eighth recommendation is the Home Office, through the DBS, should provide a mechanism by which individuals can check which cautions and convictions will appear on their standard or enhanced DBS check. Over a quarter of survey respondents (26.7%) reported having faced problems with travel/immigration. As part of the UK's exit of the European Union, the UK government�s 'EU settlement scheme' enables EU citizens to continue to live in the UK. Around 3.3 million EU nationals live in the UK, and all applying for 'settled status' will be asked a broad question about criminal records - "Have you ever been convicted of a criminal offence?". Unlock has concerns that many people who are worried about the impact of their criminal record will simply not apply for settled status, leaving them in a precarious position in terms of immigration status. The ninth recommendation is the Home Office should provide clarity, in the form of clear guidance to individuals, as to what types of criminal record may affect a person's settled status application. There may not be specific solutions within the criminal records disclosure regime for BAME groups. As David Lammy highlighted in his report: "BAME communities face specific challenges, including discrimination in many walks of life. But some of the most marginalised BAME communities have much in common with the White workingclass. A justice system that works better for those who are BAME and poor will work better for those who are White British and poor too." Taking this approach to criminal records, a criminal records disclosure regime that works better for those who are BAME will work better for those who are White British too. In January 2019, the Supreme Court ruled that two aspects of the filtering scheme are disproportionate and in breach of Article 8 of the European Convention on Human Rights. It is important that there is proper consideration of the wider issues. However, Unlock does not consider it justifiable for the government to expect those affected by the Supreme Court judgment to have to wait for such broader consideration. The tenth recommendation is the government should pass a remedial order as soon as practical to deal with the Supreme Court judgment to ensure that all youth cautions, reprimands and warnings are now filtered out, and that the multiple conviction rule is removed. There have been several criticisms of both the filtering rules and the wider criminal records disclosure regime, which the government had postponed dealing with until the outcome of the Supreme Court case. In its response to the Justice Select Committee inquiry, the government committed to considering criminal record disclosure for children and young adults following the conclusion of this litigation. A wider review would provide an important opportunity to consider other important aspects, such as amendments to the list of filterable offences. The Taylor Review into the youth justice system, and the Law Commission, has criticised the current regime. As one survey respondent said: "At some stage, the question of a criminal records would be posed and the application in 99% of cases has been ended. A conviction, especially one that will remain unspent throughout my whole life, means that I will be paying more for insurance and struggle to find employment throughout my whole life." The eleventh recommendation is the Ministry of Justice should implement reforms to the Rehabilitation of Offenders Act 1974, including reducing the time before convictions become spent and expanding the scope of the legislation so that all convictions can become spent. The twelfth recommendation is the government should conduct a fundamental review of the wider criminal records disclosure regime, including looking at reforms to ensure effective protection from discrimination for people with spent and/or filtered criminal records. Conclusion -- Most people surveyed believed their ethnicity has made it harder to overcome the problems they face because of their criminal record. The discrimination faced by people from BAME individuals who have a criminal record may not be 'double', but the difficulties they face are certainly cumulative. The perceptions of many of those surveyed were that the way the criminal record disclosure rules operate means that, had they been white, their past offences would have not caused them as many problems. This may be because, for example, they may not have been prosecuted, or the sentence they received would have been lower and therefore spent earlier. There is a wealth of evidence, some of which is highlighted in this report, that shows how the criminal justice system disproportionately impacts on people from some BAME groups. These groups are more affected than others because of over-criminalisation and harsher treatment by the criminal justice system and are also disadvantaged by discrimination based on ethnicity. Put simply, ethnicity impacts on the type of criminal record someone gets. This does not necessarily mean that this report demonstrates that there is additional discrimination because of the way the criminal record disclosure system works. For this, there would need to be evidence of outcomes for BAME and white individuals, not just evidence of how people feel about the process. However, the experiences of those who responded show that people feel the criminal records disclosure regime disproportionately impacts BAME groups. And this report shows that, proportionately, more people from a BAME background suffer from that experience of their criminal record. The extent of that experience is not yet possible to quantify. The disclosure regime exacerbates problems faced by people already treated more harshly at all stages in the criminal justice system. Whereas ethnicity can be a visible characteristic to employers, a criminal record is not. This means that, while tackling ethnicity-based discrimination requires a certain set of responses, tackling conviction-based discrimination might include a different set of responses. For example, ways to minimise, or delay, the use of criminal records, may benefit BAME groups but would result in a much fairer system for everyone. A criminal records disclosure regime that works better for those who are BAME will work better for those who are White British too. Details: Maidstone, Kent, UK: Unlock, 2019. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed July 16, 2019 at: https://www.unlock.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/Double-discrimination-Full-report-July-2019.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Records Shelf Number: 156863

Author: HM Prison and Probation Service Title: The Proposed Future Model for Probation: A Draft Operating Blueprint Summary: Introduction: Probation services are at the heart of an effective criminal justice system. They deliver the orders of the court, protect the public from harm and rehabilitate offenders. Whether an individual receives a community sentence or is sent to prison, probation will be central to ensuring that justice is done and that those who have committed crimes return to being law-abiding members of society. There are over 250,000 people under the supervision of the probation services at any one time, with some of these being supported in custody and the majority monitored in the community. For community sentences to be used effectively, it is essential that they command the confidence of the judiciary, of victims and of the wider public. Community sentences require for the individual to be properly supervised, to undertake activity as reparation for their crime, and to receive the help they need to stop offending. Should these conditions not be met, probation services take action to enforce the sentence. Sentencers should feel confident that community orders will be effectively delivered and properly enforced. Details: London: HM Prison and Probation Service, 2019. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/810334/The_Proposed_Future_Model_for_Probation_-_A_Draft_Operating_Blueprint_-_HMPPS_-_19-06-2019.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alternatives to Prison Shelf Number: 156804

Author: Scottish Government. Justice Analytical Services Title: Recorded Crime in Scotland: Attempted Murder and Serious Assault, 2008-09 and 2017-18 Summary: Executive summary: This report presents the findings of a study into the changing nature of police recorded attempted murder and serious assault (shortened to serious assault below) in Scotland. This includes new details on the characteristics of these cases, based on a random sample of police recorded crimes. Key Findings: Serious assault is any attack where the victim needs hospital inpatient treatment or has any fractures / broken bones, internal injuries, severe concussion, lacerations that require stitches which may lead to impairment or disfigurement, or any other injury which may lead to impairment or disfigurement. Attempted murder is defined as attempting to kill without necessary cause, or acting in a way so reckless as to show the perpetrator was utterly regardless of the consequences. This study into the characteristics of police recorded serious assault focused on the years of 2008-09 and 2017-18, the time between which saw the number of these crimes in Scotland decrease by 35% or 2,283 crimes (from 6,472 to 4,189). The vast majority (89%) of the total fall in police recorded serious assault between 2008-09 and 2017-18 was due to fewer cases in the west of Scotland (centred in and around the city of Glasgow). All of the fall in serious assault across Scotland came from fewer cases with a male victim, with little change in the number of cases with a female victim. Although the reduction in male victims has driven the total fall in serious assault since 2008-09, they still accounted for 80% of victims in 2017-18. Most male victims are seriously assaulted by acquaintances (55%) or strangers (23%), whereas females are more likely to be seriously assaulted by partners/ex-partners or relatives (52%). Most (80%) of the fall in serious assault came from fewer cases where the perpetrator used a weapon, with the study finding that a serious assault in 2017-18 was less likely to involve a weapon than in 2008-09 (dropping from 63% to 55%). In 2017-18, the use of a knife or other bladed/pointed article to commit a serious assault was much more common in the west of Scotland than elsewhere in the country. There was little difference across Scotland in the proportion of serious assault that involved other types of weapon. Despite the reduction in the volume of serious assaults committed in Scotland over the past ten years, there has been no significant change in the proportion of these crimes that occur in a public setting or a private setting during this time - with most still occurring in a public setting. The study also found that the average age of both a victim and perpetrator of serious assault in 2017-18 was several years older than their counterparts from 2008-09. This reflected a particularly large fall in the estimated rate of victimisation for people in their twenties and offending rates for teenagers (aged 13 to 19 years) and people in their twenties. Finally, the study found that nearly two-thirds (63%) of serious assault committed in 2017-18 included a reference to the consumption of alcohol. This may somewhat underestimate the true position as police officers may not always receive enough information to identify the consumption of alcohol prior to any incident. Overall this research suggests that fewer cases of males attacking other males in the west of Scotland, often involving relatively younger people (teenagers and those in their twenties) and the use of a weapon, have contributed the most to the reduction in serious assault over the past ten years. Whist the police in Scotland now face fewer reports of serious assault today than a decade ago, the characteristics of these crimes are now a little less homogenous than before - with relatively fewer cases concentrated in the west of Scotland, or only involving relatively younger males. It remains the case that the use of knives or other blades is much more prevalent in the west of Scotland than elsewhere, and a majority of all serious assault committed in Scotland involved the consumption of alcohol prior to the incident. Details: Edinburgh, Scotland: Scottish Government, Justice Analytical Services, 2019. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 21, 2019 at: https://www.gov.scot/publications/recorded-crime-scotland-attempted-murder-serious-assault-2008-09-2017-18/ Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Shelf Number: 156922

Author: Kalyan, Kirat Kaur Title: Stop and Scrutinse: How to Improve Community Scrutiny of Stop and Search Summary: Key Findings: The use of stop and search has declined significantly since 2011 but this trend appears to be slowing and, in some areas, reversing. Moreover, the power's disproportionate use against black, Asian and minority ethnic (BAME) people compared to white people has increased in recent years. BAME people are now over four times as likely to be searched as white people, and black people in particular are over nine times as likely to be searched. When stop and search is perceived to be used unfairly, it has a negative effect on BAME people's trust in the police, which hampers the police's ability to effectively investigate crime and protect the public. A key lesson of the Lammy Review into the treatment of BAME people in the criminal justice system found 'bringing decision-making out into the open and exposing it to scrutiny is the best way of delivering fair treatment'. For stop and search in particular, scrutiny by communities most affected by its use can play a crucial role in building trust by providing transparency and accountability. Community Scrutiny Panels (CSPs), composed of members of the public, should be the primary vehicles for this function. While there is a significant lack of consistency and effectiveness in how CSPs operate across police force areas in England and Wales, there are nonetheless some examples of good practice that should be applied more widely. CSPs need to be able to operate independently and must be seen to be doing so. However, almost a third of respondent CSPs are not chaired by a member of the public, but instead by representatives from the police or the office of the Police and Crime Commissioner. Effective scrutiny requires openness to constructive criticism and willingness to listen and learn. CSPs must be able to submit feedback to the police on practice and policy and receive appropriate responses on action taken. Some areas have implemented clear processes, but this should be the case for all CSPs. CSP membership needs to represent communities most affected by stop and search. However, a third of respondent CSPs do not monitor the demographics of their members and most CSPs only recruit new members 'as and when needed' rather than ensuring membership is periodically renewed. CSP members need access to sufficient initial and ongoing training to carry out their duties effectively. Almost a quarter of respondent CSPs offered no training. Where training was offered, there was a lack of consistency in its content across forces. The data and information available to CSPs, and the process by which it is selected, is variable and in some circumstances can limit CSPs' ability to scrutinise and challenge. There are particular concerns with access to and the process for viewing body worn video. CSPs need to be transparent and open about their remit, activities and membership. Only half of the survey responses said their CSP's terms of reference are publicly available and over three quarters said their panel meetings were not open to the public. More needs to be done to ensure all CSPs meaningfully engage young people, BAME communities and people with experience of being stopped and searched. CSPs are key stakeholders in the 'community complaints trigger'. However, two thirds of respondent CSPs were not consulted in the design of the trigger process and less than a third reviewed their trigger process regularly. Details: London: Criminal Justice Alliance, 2019. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 21, 2019 at: http://criminaljusticealliance.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/CJA-Stop-and-Scrutinise-2019.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Engagement Shelf Number: 156928

Author: Cambridge Econometrics Title: Economic Impacts of Immigration Detention Reform Summary: This report presents the results of a study for Liberty on the potential costs and savings of UK immigration detention reform. Specifically, the research considers the economic impacts were the UK to introduce a 28-day time limit on immigration detention. This contrasts with the current situation, under which there is no time limit. As of March 2019, the UK is the only country in Europe without a statutory time limit for holding someone in immigration detention. The UK also has one of the largest detention estates in Europe. Pressure has been mounting to introduce a statutory 28-day time limit, from a wide range of organisations. -In 2018, around 25,000 people entered detention and a similar number left. Encouragingly, these figures are lower than the historical trend. Over 2010-17, the number of people entering and leaving detention ranged from 26,000 to 30,000 each year. The exception is 2015, when the numbers climbed to 32,400 and 33,200, respectively. -On average, around 65% of people detained are released within 28 days. On the same basis, 95% are released within six months and 99% within a year. Again, the 2018 figures show a possible departure from trend, with a higher proportion of people released within 28 days (69%). -However, Home Office statistics going back to 2010 also show individual cases of people being held for much longer: over four years, at times. Many people can also face multiple stints of detention and re-detention, which is not reflected in Home Office statistics. -The argument in favour of a time limit is fundamentally one of human rights and there are recurring criticisms of the harm caused to people's health and wellbeing. These effects may persist beyond the period of detention, especially in cases of prolonged detention. In support of this, there may also be an economic case for a time limit, if there are viable and cheaper alternatives to immigration detention. It is in this context that Liberty commissioned Cambridge Econometrics (CE) to examine the implications of a 28-day time limit. Our analysis focuses on direct financial costs and benefits. It does not consider, for example, the potential benefits of reduced physical or mental harm. The analysis that follows only considers the long-term savings following immigration detention reform. The available data preclude any analysis of the potential transitional savings from any prospective reform. -For an economic analysis of this kind, information on the existing UK immigration detention system is quite sparse. Moreover, alternatives to detention are still in the pilot phase, with limited evidence on how they might operate at scale. Nevertheless, with the data that are available, it is possible to estimate: -Cost savings from detaining people for shorter lengths of time (implying a smaller detention estate) and, consequently, avoiding compensation payments for wrongful detention. This draws on data from the Home Office. -Additional costs of alternatives to detention (i.e. in the community) that support people to resolve their cases. This uses data provided to us by Detention Action on their Community Support Project. -Had there been a 28-day time limit in the past, our analysis suggests: -Cost savings from shorter detention lengths and compensation payments avoided of 55-65m pounds, which can be interpreted broadly as an annual saving. An alternative calculation method finds a similar range of savings and sensitivity analysis supports a conclusion that potential savings are in the tens of millions of pounds (a lower bound of around 35m pounds). -There is significant uncertainty about the annual costs of alternative provision at scale and our analysis suggests a wide range, from as little as 6m pounds to as much as 30m pounds. That latter figure is, however, likely to be near the upper limit of the plausible range. From our analysis of historical data on immigration detention and our assessment of likely future policy developments, it is reasonable to think of the implied net saving of at least 25-35m pounds each year as indicative of the future long-term impact. The net saving could only accrue gradually as existing private contracts expire and alternative provision expands. Without more detail on the breakdown of the Home Office's expenditure, it is difficult to make a like-for-like comparison but, for reference, Home Office expenditure on detention was 108m pounds in 2017/18. It is difficult to conceive of any plausible situation in which the additional costs of alternative provision could outweigh the estimated savings from a 28-day time limit. Limitations to our approach rest on data availability and quality: -While there are regularly published statistics on some elements of the system, including how long people are held for, information is limited on what happens to those who are released into the community rather than those who depart or are removed from the UK. This includes the outcome of any claims for financial support that would ultimately be paid by the UK government. It is not possible to construct firm estimates of the costs of this support, owing to a lack of data about how many people are or might be eligible, and whether they can successfully claim that support. Low eligibility and low claims would tend to lower the additional costs of support. However, any potential financial saving here must also be understood as a decision about what the state does or does not choose to provide to people so affected. We assess the additional costs of financial support as potentially low but with no clear way to establish an upper bound on how large they could be. It was not possible to estimate the impacts on public service provision. -While Home Office annual reports and accounts do include detention costs as a line item, this does not represent the entirety of the financial costs associated with immigration detention. These figures do not include, for example, the costs of healthcare provision (which are borne separately, by NHS England), escorting services to and from detention centres or the cost of legal cases settled out of court. In some cases, the government withholds information for reasons of commercial confidentiality. In this sense, there is scope for other savings that are not captured in our estimates. -Beyond the totals described above, and a Home Office-published figure on average daily detention cost, there is little further detail on the breakdown of operating costs. The average daily cost figures are simply the operating costs of the detention centres divided by the average number of bed spaces. Ideally, there would be more detail available on, for example, fixed versus variable costs as well as a breakdown of cost items. This is a critical uncertainty in our analysis but, as a government-published estimate, it is the most credible figure available on which to base our estimates. -Alternative provision to reduce or avoid detention remains underdeveloped in the UK. The Home Office has just started funding a small pilot project to be delivered by the Action Foundation for women who would otherwise be liable to detention at Yarl's Wood. There is also an independently funded Alternative to Detention, the Community Support Project, run by Detention Action, which works with young men with previous convictions who are liable to immigration detention. These pilots are both small: their cost and effectiveness at scale is not clear. In the case of the Community Support Project, on the one hand, the data are for a programme of wider and longer-term support (around one year per participant) than many might need. However, on the other hand, the Community Support Project does not provide accommodation, which may be a source of substantial cost in other programmes. More research is needed to better understand any future combination of prospective alternative provision. While acknowledging the above as limitations, we see no reason to think that the order of magnitude of our results is unreasonable. -Uncertainties associated with our estimates concern the impacts of future policies. In particular: -The Immigration and Social Security Co-ordination (EU Withdrawal) Bill, which proposes to change the definition of who is eligible to remain in the UK. EU nationals make up an increasing proportion of those held in immigration detention and the Bill could lead to more being detained. Were this to happen, the potential savings from reduced detention would likely increase. -The implications of Brexit, which could change the number and balance of EU and non-EU nationals coming to the UK, and about which the cost impacts are unknown. -The planned expansion of Heathrow Airport would require the demolition of both the Harmondsworth and Colnbrook centres, with new capacity expected to be built elsewhere. The implications of this for future detention capacity and for potential future savings are unclear. Details: Cambridge: Cambridge Econometrics, 2019. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 21, 2019 at: http://www.camecon.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Immigration-detention-reform_Final-report.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Detainees Shelf Number: 156929

Author: Powis, Beverly Title: Separating Extremist Prisoners: A Process Study of Separation Centres in England and Wales from a Staff Perspective Summary: This report presents findings of a process study of the set up and early implementation of two Separation Centres. The process study used qualitative methods to obtain staff and stakeholder views of how the centres had been set up and were operating and whether there were any early indicators that the centres were achieving their intended outcome of containing the risk of 'radicalisation' and reducing risk in the main prison population. Details: London: Ministry of Justice Analytical Series, 2019. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 25, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/818624/separating-extremist-prisoners.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correctional Officers Shelf Number: 156736

Author: Betts, Peter Title: Home Office Police Front Line Review: Workshops with Police Officers and Police Staff Summary: Background: In 2018 the Home Office initiated the Front Line Review of Policing (subsequently referred to as the Review), to provide police officers, police staff and Police Community Support Officers (PCSOs) throughout England and Wales an opportunity to share their ideas for change and improvement in policing. The Review consisted of several workstreams of primary and secondary research and engagement activities. The activities included a series of workshops with frontline police officers and staff from all police forces in England and Wales. The Home Office asked the Office for National Statistics (ONS) to conduct these workshops, providing the Review with independent qualitative research expertise. Objectives: The objectives of the workshops were to explore the front line's views and experiences relating to the four pillars of the Review - wellbeing, professional development, leadership and innovation - and gather their suggestions for changes to improve the working lives of officers and staff. The themes identified in this research would be used by the Home Office and wider policing partners to develop policy recommendations. Topics not in the scope of the Review included pay and resourcing, with other work being done to address these challenges. This report forms one appendix to the overall Review report document. The other appendix documents include a Home Office Technical Annex, an evidence review and academic papers. Note that in addition to this full report on the workshops, there is a summary report. Details: London: Office for National Statistics, 2019. 225p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/815103/flr-workshops-with-police-officers-and-staff-full-report.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 156944

Author: Betts, Peter Title: Home Office Police Front Line Review: Workshops with Police Officers and Police Staff - Summary Report Summary: Background: In 2018 the Home Office initiated the Front Line Review of Policing (subsequently referred to as the Review), to provide police officers, police staff and Police Community Support Officers (PCSOs) throughout England and Wales an opportunity to share their ideas for change and improvement in policing. The Review's research and engagement activities included a series of workshops with frontline police officers and staff from all police forces in England and Wales, conducted by the Office for National Statistics (ONS). The workshop objectives were to explore views and experiences relating to four pillars - wellbeing, professional development, leadership and innovation - and gather suggestions for changes to improve the working lives of officers and staff. The findings would be used by the Home Office and wider policing partners to develop policy recommendations. Topics not in the scope of the Review included pay and resourcing, with other work being done to address these issues. This summary report provides a high level overview of the workshop participants' experiences, views and suggestions for change relating to the themes discussed. The full report provides comprehensive details of the findings. Details: London: Office for National Statistics, 2019. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/815254/flr-workshops-with-police-and-staff-summary-chapter.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 156945

Author: Home Office Title: The Front Line Review: Recommendation Report Summary: The Front Line Review gathered evidence on a wide range of issues impacting the working lives of officers and staff from forces across in England and Wales. The key themes included wellbeing, professional development, leadership and innovation. Issues and solutions were explored with an emphasis on individual and organisational resilience, removing unnecessary barriers and creating an environment to succeed. The message from the front line is clear about the areas and need for changes as well as the complexity of the issues they face daily. The Review has evidenced a wide range of concerns and issues including: a feeling that demand is increasing while capacity is decreasing; a general feeling that frontline officers and staff feel undervalued by the wider policing system; a feeling of disconnect between the front line and senior / national decision makers; a profound scepticism about the ability of the front line to inform change and improvement; frustrations caused by unnecessary demands on time seen to get in the way of core policing, including: internally generated demands on time, such as disproportionate administration, overly bureaucratic processes, ineffective IT and difficulties in sharing best practice and learning; externally generated demands on time driven by other public agencies relying on the police to provide out of hours cover - for example mental health and social services-related demands on policing; scepticism about the authenticity of the emerging wellbeing agenda and desire to see it embedded in a consistent way with a lasting impact; a feeling that the front line is not afforded sufficient time or space for activities that positively impact on their wellbeing, such as: time for decompression; adequate debriefing; discussions with colleagues; training and development counselling; physical activity; a feeling that the front line is not afforded sufficient time with line managers for support, personal development and performance reviews; a feeling that there is a lack of awareness and transparency in the national learning and development offer for the front line; a view that the current approach to recruiting and developing talent is not fit for purpose with particular criticism of the performance review system and online learning methods. Details: London: Home Office, 2019. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/815791/FLR_Recommendations_report_sent_V2.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Officers Shelf Number: 156946

Author: Spencer, Christopher DC Title: The Front Line Review: Technical Report Summary: Introduction: Whilst policing is developing a good understanding of the challenges and barriers facing police leaders - as well as forces as a whole - there is much more to do to understand the lived, operational experience on the front line. This need has been highlighted in recent Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary and Fire and Rescue Services (HMICFRS) inspections. The 2018 Leadership Inspection recognised the importance of mechanisms for harvesting and implementing ideas from the front line and impact of effective support to the front line. Work being led by the College of Policing, Chief Constables and other senior policing stakeholders has taken significant strides in supporting and developing the policing profession. However, Government recognises that there is more work to be done. The Front Line Review was commissioned to support and bolster this work and ensure the front line are embedded at the heart of policing reform. Details: London: Home Office, 2019. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/815792/FLR_Technical_report_sent_V2.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 156940

Author: Ordon, Giles Title: Leadership, Wellbeing, Professional Development and Innovation for the Police Front Line: An Evidence Review Summary: Executive Summary: This literature review assesses the main academic and 'grey' literature sources that relate to the four areas of the Front Line Review of Policing: Wellbeing, Professional Development, Change and Innovation, and Leadership. It focuses on 'what works' to improve these areas, but also summarises the views of the frontline workforce on these topics. The report seeks to complement the other evidential strands of the FLR.1: The academic evidence base for 'what works' to improve the areas covered by the FLR is, while appearing to be increasing, still generally under-developed. There are relatively few robust studies, with most interventions involving small numbers of participants. Most of the international studies reflected here were undertaken in the US. And the views of the policing frontline are generally captured through staff association surveys which may not always fully reflect the views of the totality of the front line. Cross cutting observations: Two factors appear to be critical in fostering positive responses for wellbeing, professional development and innovation: Allowing sufficient space and time within work for these to be addressed - for instance, managing wellbeing by allowing time for 'decompression', so the workforce can share experiences with each other. Meanwhile a culture of innovation can be supported by the space to allow testing of new ideas for long term enhancements. Leadership style - the role of line managers in particular appears to have a strong impact on encouraging professional development, supporting positive wellbeing, and instilling a culture of innovation. The behaviours which the frontline workforce value in line managers include being supportive, fair, available and visible. Wellbeing: The front line of policing generally feel their wellbeing is not adequately supported by forces, although the extent of poor wellbeing amongst the front line varies. Five main factors appear to have the potential to impact frontline wellbeing: remuneration and workload, internal demand, team support, physical health, and the experience of trauma. A range of programmes and policies have been found to be effective at preventing poor wellbeing of the frontline workforce. These include procedural justice approaches, compressed hours for shift workers, and educational programmes to improve diet and physical health. However, the breadth of the evidence base on interventions that aim to prevent poor wellbeing is limited. Mindfulness training and other programmes that aim to treat, or build resilience to, poor wellbeing have been shown to be effective in non-police occupations. A less developed but still positive evidence base exists in the police context. A major challenge to building resilience against poor wellbeing is in successfully encouraging the uptake of potentially beneficial interventions. The stigma of discussing poor mental health, and low uptake of diet and exercise regimes, continues to hinder potentially effective programmes from being successfully implemented. Professional Development: The views of the front line are generally negative on the approach to professional development within forces, particularly the way Professional Development Reviews (PDRs) are used. This report covers the evidence on formal training programmes, continuous professional development, and the wider environment that encourages learning within the policing front line. Although the evidence base is generally sparse, a few studies do investigate the impacts of training programmes on organisational outcomes robustly. Training appears to be most effective when it is delivered through a variety of mechanisms - such as seminars and role play - and more generally, closely integrated into everyday operational practice. So-called 'informal' professional development activities - such as coaching and mentoring - have been found to be beneficial in achieving learning outcomes outside of 'formal' training. Studies indicate that beyond these mechanisms, applying learning in the workplace is helped by having leaders that are receptive to incorporating new practices. Reinforcing the application of new skills is best maintained by using multiple methods, such as reminders and peer led discussions. Change and Innovation: This report covers the evidence on both the use of 'top-down' change programmes and the encouragement of a culture of innovation generated within the workforce. Of all the pillars of the FLR, the evidence base around change and innovation is particularly thin. A handful of studies suggest a culture of innovation can be encouraged by leaders who place a value on continuous professional development and reflect this by making time and resources available. The effect of other factors such as the role of messaging from senior leaders is very limited. Several evaluations suggest that successful implementation of change programmes can be aided by seeking input from the front line into their design and delivery - for example through surveys or consultations. Leadership: Although there isn't a generally accepted definition of leadership, this report covers the behaviours of those who directly lead others. Staff association-led surveys in England and Wales typically find that the front line are more critical of their senior leaders than their immediate supervisors. The behaviours that frontline officers generally believe leaders should demonstrate include acting ethically, having frontline experience, communication skills and 'big-picture' thinking. The rank of a subordinate officer effects what leadership behaviours are desired from immediate line managers. For example, more junior ranks typically value stronger operational behaviours in their line managers, compared to more senior ranks who feel they benefit from big picture thinking. Multiple studies indicate the importance of the direct line manager's style of leadership in influencing individual officers' behaviour and thinking, although there is also likely a 'trickle down' effect from senior managers. There is a strong evidence base for the potential positive effects that leadership training programmes can have on operational outcomes. Likely drivers of positive outcomes include making the training mandatory, spacing training sessions out, having a face-to-face trainer, and including feedback as part of the course. Details: London: Home Office, 2019. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/815793/FLR_literature_research_report.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Hierarchy Shelf Number: 156948

Author: Ford, Matt Title: Trends in Criminal Justice Spending, Staffing and Populations 2008-2009 to 2017-2018 Summary: Introduction: This UK Justice Policy Review Focus looks at trends in key data about the criminal justice systems in each jurisdiction of the UK. It covers the main criminal justice institutions of the police, courts, probation and prison. The aim is to provide reliable, accessible data on trends in areas such as criminal justice spending, staffing, and the populations subject to criminal justice sanctions. It will be useful to policy makers, practitioners, researchers and anyone else with an interest in the criminal justice system in the UK. How to understand the data: The data we provide in this briefing gives a rough sense of the overall 'size' of the criminal justice system, in terms of funding, workforce and people processed by criminal justice institutions. Trends in these areas will be affected by a variety of complex interrelated factors, both within the criminal justice system and without. For instance, the number of people prosecuted in the courts will in part depend on the number of police officers available to arrest people in the first place, which in turn will depend on police budgets. On the other hand, the number of people arrested will depend on demographic and other social factors such as the size of the specific populations targeted by the police. Where possible we present data covering the ten-year period from 2008-2009 to 2017-2018 to get a meaningful understanding of current trends. The financial year 2017-2018 is the most recent year for which comparable data for each jurisdiction is available. All data is taken from official government sources. Data tables and a full list of references are available from our website: www.crimeandjustice.org.uk. Spending: This section focuses on criminal justice spending. Figures 1, 2 and 3 show real terms spending on police services, law courts and prisons in England and Wales, Scotland, and Northern Ireland between the financial years 2012-2013 and 2016-2017. Figures 4, 5 and 6 show how much of total criminal justice expenditure each component made up. They are compiled from data produced by the Treasury for international comparison and attempt to be inclusive of spending by all government departments. They therefore include local as well as central sources of expenditure. Details: London: Centre for Crime and Justice Studies, 2019. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2019 at: https://www.crimeandjustice.org.uk/sites/crimeandjustice.org.uk/files/Trends%20in%20criminal%20justice%20spending.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminal Justice Spending Shelf Number: 156952

Author: Powis, Beverly Title: The Structural Properties of the Extremism Risk Guidelines (ERG22+): A Structured Formulation Tool for Extremist Offenders Summary: This study explores the structural properties of the ERG22+ formulation tool (Her Majesty's Prison and Probation Service, 2011) which is used in the management of extremist offenders by the criminal justice system of England and Wales. The ERG22+ was developed from case studies and the limited theoretical evidence that was available at the time in this area. As data has now been gathered on convicted extremists through the ERG22+, the structure of the tool can be examined as part of a validation process. The formulation tool is made up of 22 factors organised into three domains; Engagement, Intent and Capability. Each factor and domain is assessed and recorded as being 'strongly present', 'partly present' and 'not present'. This allows the construct validity and the internal consistency reliability of the ERG22+ to be examined statistically. One hundred and seventy one ERG22+s were included in the analysis. All had been completed with convicted Islamist extremists. Multidimensional scaling analysis was carried out to identify any potential underlying structures which may inform the development of the tool. The internal consistency reliability of the ERG22+ was examined using Cronbach's alpha. The study found the ERG22+ shows promise as a risk and need formulation tool for extremist offenders, which could be developed further in light of the findings. Five domains were suggested from the analysis (Identity and External Influence, Motivation and Ideology, Capability, Criminality, Status and Personal Influence), which make theoretical sense. However, two factors did not spatially cluster into domains and had some ambiguity (Mental Health and Excitement, comradeship and adventure). These two factors would benefit from further refinement and improvement. The internal consistency reliability analysis found good overall consistency for the tool but low consistency on some domains, especially those with few items. The internal consistency reliability of the ERG22+ is likely to improve if these domains are expanded to include more factors. The study had a number of limitations. Only Islamist extremists were included in the analysis so it may not be possible to generalise the findings to those who support another group, cause or ideology. The women in the study also represented a small group and may have differing motivations to men. Further research is needed to examine the properties of the ERG22+ with those supporting differing groups, causes or ideologies and with a sample of female offenders. The inter-rater reliability between assessors should also be examined to determine the levels of agreement. Further refinement, development and validation of the measure should also be carried out as our understanding of extremist offenders expands and evolves. The analysis carried out in this study should be seen as the first step in this validation process. Details: London: Ministry of Justice Analytical Series, 2019. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/816507/the-structural-properties-of-the-extremism-risk-guidelines-ERG22.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Extremists Shelf Number: 156953

Author: Wainwright, Lucy Title: What do You Need to Make the Best Use of Your Time in Prison? Summary: The Prisoner Policy Network was launched in 2018 to support prisoners to contribute effectively to policy issues that affect them. Prisoners have embraced this national opportunity to be heard and this consultation has been marked by prisoners being proactive about getting in touch and working with prison staff to organise workshop visits by the PPN team. Our second report What do you need to make best use of your time in prison? discusses prisoner experiences of life behind the wall and their thoughts on exactly what is needed to make best use of time served. We received a wide range of responses from over 1,250 prisoners, ex-prisoners and their families. There were multiple examples of good practice, and prisoners were at pains to show that they were not simply highlighting grievances but suggesting positive ways to move forward. Many prisoners highlighted positive contributions from staff, and we are very grateful to the officers who have taken to the work of the PPN and contributed in their own way. What this shows is that prisoners want to have healthy, respectful relationships with staff with the understanding that a calm, safe and productive prison environment benefits all. Beyond the basics of cleanliness, order, well-trained staff, and a consistent regime, prisoners want education that stretches the mind and delves deep, training that bestows industry recognised qualifications, the opportunity to use the skills they came in to prison with, and work experience that makes them attractive to future employers. Prisoners want the breadth of the education, employment and training offer to be increased, and to make better use of technology so that prisoners can access educational materials, maintain family contact, and find information about outside agencies on which they will rely in future. Connection with wider society, a desire to be reintegrated and not forgotten about came through as a priority. People in prison need a reason to be optimistic. They want to move from despondency to belief that this time in prison will be their last. They seek reassurance that on the outside there is a potential future awaiting them that doesn't provoke anxiety and dread, but instead makes them feel positive about their chances. Maintaining their connection with that future requires cheaper phone calls, and visits that are relaxed and mindful of the impact that a bad visit can have on family as well as the prisoner. Families have told us that they need to be more fully involved in the prison sentence so that they can help, and know what to do to support effectively both during custody and on release. Above all, this consultation has shown that prisons need to promote personal growth as an end in itself, not just a means to reduced reoffending. Making best use of time in custody is about the here and now as well as what will happen after release � which for an increasing number of prisoners will be years or even decades away. Good citizens value the community in which they live and are conscious of their responsibilities towards it - that is as true inside prison as outside, and prisoners want the opportunity to create a good life for themselves and the people they live amongst. This all goes to the way the prison thinks and works - the culture that informs and guides the thousands of interactions that make up its daily existence. Much of the existing policy framework for prisons in England and Wales supports that approach, in theory, but it is clear from this consultation that policy is only applied in some places and only for some of the time. Determined national and local leadership remains essential, encouraged we hope by the clear evidence from this report that prisoners are willing to play a much bigger role in creating prisons that use time well. But during this consultation prisoners have also made many specific and practical recommendations for change that will make a positive difference. They include: 1. A stable, safe and consistent regime with a well communicated set of expectations for prisoners and for staff is an essential building block for a prison where time is well used. Prisons should ensure good communication, with prison rules and processes clearly conveyed to new arrivals, and these should be updated and made readily available to existing prisoners. 2. Prison staff need to be supported to develop ways of working that build inspiration and model different ways of resolving conflict, disputes and tension. 3. Prison security department assessments should be communicated to prisoners clearly with an outline of how a prisoner can improve his or her risk assessment to permit progress. Prisoners must be told what they can do to restore trust and be given opportunity to earn it. 4. Prison education should be developmental and go beyond basic skills. Any prisoner should have the opportunity to go beyond their existing level of achievement or learning. For example, long sentence prisoners should be able to access Open University and other degree courses before the current seven years from release, and prisoners with pre-existing workplace skills should have the chance to keep them up to date. 5. The arts and creativity have a key place in prison to support engagement, tackle isolation and build optimism. Prisons should show that they value that contribution in the way that resources of both time and money are allocated. 6. Prisons should conduct a skills audit for each prisoner on arrival and utilise these skills to support and enhance life inside prison. 7. Prisoner-led initiatives are vital to increase agency, a sense of ownership and responsibility for the health of the prison community. Prisons should create space and opportunities for prisoners to demonstrate that they can be trusted, including by involving prisoners in decision making and scrutiny functions. 8. Prisons should enable greater and better quality access to families and the wider community as part of a strategy of building prisoners' capacity to change, and to sustain change in resettlement post release. Controlled access to the internet would transform prisoners' ability to help in delivering this ambition, as well as multiple other objectives relevant to education, health and personal growth. 9. All prisons should make it easy for community-based organisations to contribute to the health of the prison community 10.Prisons should provide more practical help towards resettlement and this should start earlier in the sentence. This should include practical life skills training in cooking, cleaning and budgeting for example, all of which can then be practiced during the sentence, but also more support for finding housing and accessing benefits before release. OMU departments should be more proactive in meeting with prisoners, even if that means going on the wings to meet prisoners in their cell. 11. Prison wages should be reviewed and brought into line with the rising cost of canteen items and the high cost of prison phone calls. Prisons should not expect families to make up the shortfall in basic provision. Details: London: Prisoner Policy Network, 2019. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2019 at: http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/Portals/0/Documents/PPN/What_do_you_need_to_make_best_use_of_your_time_in_prisonlo.pdf Year: 0 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Correction Officers Shelf Number: 156958

Author: Graham, Les Title: Research into Workplace Factors, Well-Being, Attitudes and Behaviour in Policing: Summary of Evidence and Insights Summary: This report was produced with the purpose of contributing to the research evidence used to inform the Front Line Review of policing. A summary of the evidence and insights from research conducted in thirty-one Home Office police forces in England and Wales over a two-year period, ending 1st December 2018, is presented and discussed. The research findings indicate that police officers and staff perceive their work as being of high value to society and the communities they serve and that they see their work as meaningful. Public service motivation was found to be, on average, at a high level for both the 27,009 police officers and the 21,499 police staff involved in this research. This confirms that police personnel have a strong desire to serve the public, take action for the benefit of others, protect vulnerable people, and influence the well-being of society. Police officer and staff perceptions of the level of importance of their force's organisational mission were also found to be high. However, police officers' perceptions of the clarity of their force's vision were found to be, on average, only at a moderate level. Police staff perceptions were, on average, slightly more positive at a moderately high level. Prior research outside of policing suggests that when an organisation's vision is clear individuals have a better understanding of their job and performance expectations. The findings of our research confirmed that the clarity of a force's vision is positively associated with police officer and staff motivation, engagement in their work and their level of discretionary effort. Police officer perceptions of how fairly they are treated by their force (i.e. the level of perceived organisational fairness) were found to be at a moderately low average level. This was also the case for the extent to which they perceived that their force values their contributions, cares about their well-being, and will support them when they face difficult situations (i.e. the level of perceived organisational support). Police staff perceptions of these two measures were slightly more positive at a moderate average level. Perceptions of organisational fairness and organisational support were found to be important factors affecting police officer and staff well-being and their willingness to reciprocate through engaging in discretionary effort and improvement behaviour. Our findings provide empirical evidence to support the HMIC (2014) recommendation that to achieve future success police forces should strive to improve police officer and staff perceptions of fair treatment and the level of support they provide to their employees. Effective leadership in policing has been argued to be essential for the achievement of service excellence and public confidence. The College of Policing (2015) argued that an authoritarian (command) style of leadership risks disempowering people and is the greatest obstacle to forces achieving a positive culture. Consistent with prior research, we found that supportive leadership has positive effects on police officer and staff well-being, ethical behaviour, and discretionary effort and preparedness to engage in improvement activity while authoritarian leadership has detrimental effects on these outcomes. Our findings provide robust empirical evidence to support the College of Policing's assertion of the need for policing to move from a command style of leadership to a more positive style for the achievement of future success. The average levels of engagement in their work and confidence in their job skills for police officers and staff are encouraging, as is the level of discretionary effort they are prepared to make for the public. Our research findings indicate that police officers and staff would feel greater responsibility for improvement activity, and would be more likely to engage in improvement behaviour, if they had more resources available to them for these activities. Commentators in policing have argued that for long term success policing needs to move from a culture which is characterised by blame or being defensive and limits ability to achieve a learning culture where people have more freedom and ability to admit to mistakes and errors. The findings in this research supported that when police officers and staff perceive a more positive organisational learning culture in their force this is associated with lower fear of making mistakes which acts to encourage them to engage in proactive improvement behaviour. While police officers and staff were found to experience positive levels of job and life satisfaction, of particular noteworthiness is that the level of emotional energy, which is a key measure of long-term well-being, was found to be low for police officers. For police staff emotional energy was found to be slightly higher at a moderate average level. Depletion of emotional energy occurs when job demands are high and job resources are limited. The occurrence of low levels of emotional energy is indicative of individuals facing substantial strain and warrants attention. When individuals' emotional energy is low, they feel overextended and exhausted, and find it difficult to meet the daily challenges and demands of their job. Low levels of emotional energy have been found to have serious negative consequences for both individuals and organisations. The findings of this research indicate that while the amount of work, time pressures and demand (challenge stressors) act as a strain on police officers and staff and impact their well-being, they are also associated with high levels of motivation and preparedness to engage in discretionary effort. On the other hand, the findings show that the strain caused through experiencing work-related demands that police officers and staff view as constraining and hindering their performance and achievement at work (hindrance stressors) has a larger negative impact on their well-being and are also associated with reduced motivation and engagement. Due to the level of demand that policing currently faces it may prove difficult to reduce the level of challenge stressors. The research findings suggest that a reduction of the level of hindrance stressors and barriers that are perceived to exist in the workplace would be beneficial for police officer and staff well-being. Due to its occupational nature, policing is a stressful job. Police employees are frequently exposed to highly emotionally demanding situations (e.g. dealing with victims of crime, accidents and other forms of serious harm to members of the public) and have to make quick decisions that can have serious consequences for the safety of members of the public. While organisational and job factors affect individuals' well-being, a further critical mechanism is whether individuals can adequately recover, psychologically and physically, from the demands and strains they face at work. For recovery to occur, individuals need to psychologically detach or 'switch off' and not work or think about work-related problems or issues in their non-work time. Our findings confirmed that police officer and staff ability to psychologically detach in their non-work time was positively related to their well-being; a higher level of psychological detachment was associated with more positive well-being than lower levels of psychological detachment. Of note, is that the average level of psychological detachment for police officers was moderately low, and moderate for police staff. The importance of sleep for restorative daily functioning is well-recognised. Although we have only studied the impact of sleep quality in three forces to date, higher sleep quality was found to be related to higher levels of emotional energy than when sleep quality was low. Experiencing high workload and high levels of hindrance stressors were both associated with lower sleep quality. Sleep quality was found to be lower for police officers than staff, and for those who worked shifts rather than those who did not. Ensuring the well-being of employees is a fundamental ethical issue and has important consequences for individuals, organisations, and service delivery for the public. The findings of this research provide support for the HMICFRS (2018) assertion of the importance of police officer and staff physical and mental well-being and the need for police leaders to make the well-being of the people they work with a key priority. When managers are faced with significant operational pressures, they tend to adopt a short-term focus and, through them having insufficient time to achieve depth of understanding of problems and issues, the quality of their decision-making can be adversely affected. These factors can result in solutions and redesigned work practices being implemented that are misguided in that they have negative consequences for employee well-being in the longer-term. Actively seeking feedback and listening to employee views and opinions has been argued to be a key enabler of the introduction of effective policies and practices for improvement of employee well-being. Uncertainty has been argued to be detrimental to individual wellbeing. Police officer and staff levels of uncertainty at work were found to be at a high and moderately high level, respectively. The findings also demonstrated that individual well-being was adversely affected by high levels of felt uncertainty. Investigation of reasons and issues that are causing police officers and staff to feel uncertain at work, and listening and effectively communicating with them on these issues, would act to reduce levels of concern and strain. The main objective of this research project is to contribute to the evidence of the current condition of the policing workforce and to increase police leaders' knowledge and understanding of the impacts of organisational factors on the well-being, attitudes and behaviours of police officers and staff. We hope that the evidence and explanation of the underlying theory presented and discussed in this summary report will contribute to the quality of police leaders' decision making and support the development of policy changes, interventions and effective actions which will be of benefit not only to policing but also to individual police officers and staff and the communities they serve. Prior research outside of policing has supported a positive association between the use of employee attitude surveys and improved employee well-being and organisational performance. However, if employees do not feel that their views are taken seriously, they may react with frustration, cynicism and a lack of preparedness to engage in discretionary effort and improvement behaviour. We note therefore that workforce attitude surveys such as those conducted in this research are only useful, rather than unhelpful, if appropriate actions and changes are implemented. Details: Durham, United Kingdom: Durham University, 2019. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/815764/Graham_L._et_al.__2019_._Research_into_Workplace_Factors_Well-being_Attitudes_and_Behaviour_in_Policing_-_Summary_of_Evidence_and_Insights.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 156959

Author: Institute for Public Safety, Crime and Justice, University of Northampton Title: Home Office Police Front Line Review 2018/2019: Key Themes in Qualitative Research Projects with Police Forces in England and Wales Summary: This paper provides a high-level overview of the consistent key themes identified across qualitative research undertaken with police forces across England and Wales, by the Institute for Public Safety, Crime and Justice since June 2016. The findings should be used to inform the Front Line Review by focussing attention towards the issues, challenges and opportunities raised by police officers, staff and volunteers delivering frontline policing services. The intention of this paper is to share recent and relevant research findings and to recognise the time and effort that many frontline individuals have put into research and engagement exercises, across topics relevant to this review. Details: Northampton, England: Institute for Public Safety, Crime and Justice, University of Northampton, 2019. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/815800/Qual-Research-Summary_IPSCJ_Front-Line-Review.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Forces Shelf Number: 156960

Author: Institute for Public Safety, Crime and Justice, University of Northampton Title: Home Office Police Front Line Review 2018/2019: Key Themes in Qualitative Research Projects with Police Forces in England and Wales, Appendix I Summary: This paper provides a high-level overview of the methodologies used in the qualitative research undertaken with police forces that informed the paper. The key themes outlined in the paper are drawn from the findings of qualitative data collection and analysis across 11 projects completed between June 2016 and January 2019. 10 of the 11 projects underwent ethical review and clearance with the University of Northampton Research Ethics Committee and 1 project was reviewed and cleared by the University of Leicester Research Ethics Committee. Each of the projects adheres to the same data protection legislation and protocol; in particular, all participants were given information about their involvement in the research and gave their informed consent. Data is held securely in encrypted files in the systems administered by the University of Northampton, only accessible by the researchers named in each project. The project reports are confidential; however, forces have agreed to the findings being used to inform academic, policy and practice improvement, with assurances of anonymity in publicly available documents. A brief description of each project methodology is provided below. For the purpose of informing the Front Line Review with qualitative insights, the findings from qualitative data and analysis was used, and the quantitative results were not. Details: Northampton, England: Institute for Public Safety, Crime and Justice, University of Northampton, 2019. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 12, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/815801/Qual-Research-Summary_IPSCJ_Front-Line-Review_Appendix-I.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Police Forces Shelf Number: 156975

Author: Turner, Liz Title: Report 2: Literature Review Summary: 1) This literature review critically engages with the current body of knowledge about public confidence in the Criminal Justice System (CJS). 2) A variety of indicators have been used to measure public confidence, including: - The general confidence measure (confidence in CJS effectiveness at bringing offenders to justice) - Questions about 'doing a good job' - Indices of confidence composed of multiple indicators - Questions about whether the CJS is 'dealing with crime' - Questions about satisfaction - Questions about what respondents anticipate would happen in a specific scenario Each of these could be considered appropriate in certain situations but it is important to recognise that they will all measure different things. 3) Quantitative research varies in terms of its power for making accurate generalisations to the population as a whole. It is important to treat findings from 'low power' surveys with caution. Quantitative explanations can be covertly derived - looking for associations between variables - or overtly derived - specifically asking respondents why they take a certain view. Overtly and covertly derived explanations each have advantages and disadvantages. 4) Qualitative research is useful to probe respondents own understandings of the meanings behind research concepts. It has been underused in confidence research and has a lot to offer in terms of increasing our understanding of the conditions underpinning how people become confident. 5) Existing confidence research often attempts to identify the 'drivers' of confidence. The term 'driver' comes from market research and may be hindering effective research into confidence by obscuring the complexity of confidence. It may be more useful to think in terms of the 'objects' and 'conditions' of confidence. 'Objects' are the components and attributes of CJS activity in which the public seek to have confidence and 'conditions' are the underlying conditions which will shape confidence. 6) The conditions underpinning confidence identified in the existing research can be divided into three categories: - Demographics - gender, ethnicity, age, socio-economic background - Underlying values and beliefs - on the state of society, on justice, on the service the CJS should provide - Information - personal experience, word of mouth, media, official information, environmental indicators Demographic factors affect confidence indirectly via the values and beliefs that people have and the information sources that they are subject to. Values and beliefs contribute to the normative expectations people have of the CJS. Information sources help to shape whether or not people anticipate that the CJS will match their normative expectations. 7) Existing research has identified a wide range of objects of confidence, that is things people expect the CJS to do and how they expect it to do them. These can be divided into three categories: - Principles - punishing offenders, striking an appropriate balance between victim and offender rights, focussing on the right kind of crimes and being fair to all - Functions - being there when needed, apprehending offenders, customer service, dealing with offenders - Results - controlling crime levels, keeping people safe, preventing reoffending, maintaining a pleasant local environment 8) What the CJS does and is seen to be doing emerges from the existing research as particularly important. The actions of the agencies and personnel of the CJS may have communicative qualities which are more reassuring to the public than information about crime statistics or the likelihood of becoming a victim. What the CJS is seen to be doing may, in effect, influence people's beliefs about the principles of the CJS and the results it is achieving. 9) Despite the wide range of research findings on what 'drives' confidence only a limited number of recommended solutions to increase confidence have been made. The most commonly recommended solution is to educate the public and correct their misperceptions by communicating better. Unfortunately the existing knowledge-base does not provide much specific guidance about how to do this. The techniques of �social marketing' have been cited as one way to change attitudes towards the CJS. However, social marketing is a branch of marketing concerned with changing people's behaviour in ways which are socially beneficial. Initiatives to improve confidence are not in the first instance aimed at altering behaviour, but rather altering an attitude. This brings into question whether techniques from social marketing can be effectively borrowed in order to increase confidence. 10) There are several areas of enquiry that it would be useful to pursue in order to produce a more sophisticated outcomes -focussed account of public confidence. These are: - Develop outcome-focussed indicators for confidence - Fully exploit the potential of qualitative research - Be sensitive to the importance of dominant discourses in structuring the way people talk about criminal justice - Explore the symbolic importance of CJS actions, as opposed to the results achieved through those actions - Understand the role of lay reasoning about what is effective in determining levels of confidence. Details: Newcastle upon Thyne, England: Newcastle University, 2007. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2019 at: https://eprint.ncl.ac.uk/file_store/production/55086/F07F5519-90D9-4042-97C9-0F341D13579A.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Literature Review Shelf Number: 156991

Author: Gallagher, Allen W.A. Title: Tobacco Industry Data on Illicit Tobacco Trade: A Systemic Review of Existing Assessments Summary: Abstract Objective To examine the quality of tobacco industry funded data on the illicit tobacco trade (ITT) through a systematic review of existing assessments of industry funded data on ITT. Data sources Papers and reports assessing tobacco industry-funded data on ITT were obtained via searches of 8 academic databases, Google searches and correspondence with ITT experts. Study selection Inclusion criteria identified 35 English language papers containing an original assessment of tobacco industry-funded data. Data extraction Using a coding framework, information was extracted from the assessments regarding the quality of tobacco industry data. Documents were second-coded, achieving 94% inter-coder reliability with all disagreements resolved. Data synthesis Of the 35 assessments reviewed, 31 argued that tobacco industry estimates were higher than independent estimates. Criticisms identified problems with data collection (29), analytical methods (22) and presentation of results (21), which resulted in inflated ITT estimates or data on ITT that were presented in a misleading manner. Lack of transparency from data collection right through to presentation of findings was a key issue with insufficient information to allow replication of the findings frequently cited. Conclusions Tobacco industry data on ITT are not reliable. At present, the tobacco industry continues to fund and disseminate ITT research through initiatives such as PMI IMPACT. If industry data on ITT cannot meet the standards of accuracy and transparency set by high-quality research publications, a solution may be to tax tobacco companies and administer the resulting funds to experts, independent of the tobacco industry, who use previously developed reliable models for measuring ITT. Details: Bath, England: University of Bath, Department of Health, 2018. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 15, 2019 at: https://tobaccocontrol.bmj.com/content/tobaccocontrol/28/3/334.full.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Black Market Shelf Number: 157012

Author: London Assembly. Police and Crime Committee Title: Serious Youth Violence Summary: The number of victims of serious youth violence has risen in the capital by over 20 per cent since 2012-13. In 2015-16, there were 6,290 victims - a four per cent rise on the previous year. The use of a knife is flagged in almost half of serious youth violence data. The London Assembly Police and Crime Committee has published its report 'Serious Youth Violence' which examines the detail behind the rise, the reasons why some young people find themselves victims or perpetrators of serious violence and how it might be better prevented. During a public meeting the Committee heard evidence from the Metropolitan Police, charity Redthread, Westminster City Council's Integrated Gangs Unit and the Chair of the Restorative Justice Council Board of Trustees about reasons for the increase and other emerging trends. Following an incident of serious violence some young people will carry a knife if they feel unsafe. An increasing number of young women are victims of serious violence. Females now make up almost a quarter of victims of serious youth violence. Gang activity is present in only a small proportion of serious youth violence. Details: London: London Assembly, Police and Crime Committee, 2016. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 18, 2019 at: https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/serious_youth_violence_report_-_london_assembly.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Female Victims Shelf Number: 157014

Author: Bhui, Hindpal Singh Title: HMIP Detention Monitoring Methodology: A Briefing Paper Summary: This briefing paper is one of a series written as part of an ESRC-IAA funded project on immigration detention and human rights-based monitoring of detention in Greece and Turkey. The project initially looked at these issues in four countries - Greece, Turkey, Hungary and Italy (Bhui, Bosworth and Fili, 2018). This paper outlines the methodology used by HM Inspectorate of Prisons (HMIP), which inspects places of confinement in the UK, including prisons, police and court custody, and military detention. HMIP has been routinely monitoring immigration detention since 2004 (see Bhui 2017). As well as sites of immigration detention HMIP inspects the process of removal by accompanying flights to destination countries. HMIP, which was established in its modern form in 1982, is part of the UK National Preventive Mechanism (NPM). As such, under the terms of the Optional Protocol to the Convention against Torture (OPCAT), it has functional independence and a separate budget. It appoints its own staff and designs its own methodology. HMIP may request information necessary to perform its role, such as numbers of people detained and should be kept informed of locations of all sites of detention. During inspection visits, team members have unhindered, private access to detainees and to staff. Reports of the inspections are usually published within 3-4 months and an annual report is laid before Parliament. Details: Oxford: Economic and Resource Council (ESRC)-IAA, 2018. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 18, 2019 at: https://www.law.ox.ac.uk/sites/files/oxlaw/hmip_briefing_paper.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Human Rights Shelf Number: 157015

Author: Crewe, Ben Title: Experiencing Long Term Imprisonment from Young Adulthood: Identity, Adaptation and Penal Legitimacy Summary: This report summarises the findings from a study of prisoners serving long sentences (tariffs of 15 years or more) who were sentenced when aged 25 or under. It describes the main experiences and problems reported by study participants, and the ways in which they coped with and adapted to their sentences. A survey (313 respondents, 294 male, 19 female with an overall response rate of 69%) and 147 qualitative interviews (126 male and 21 female) were conducted, with fieldwork undertaken during 2013-2015. As with all studies there are some limitations to the methodological approach, and it should be noted that findings may not be representative of the views of all prisoners serving long sentences. Details: London: HM Prison and Probation Service, 2019. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 18, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/819752/experiencing-long-term-imprisonment-from-young-adulthood.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Incarceration Shelf Number: 157018

Author: Kohli, Ravi KS Title: An Evaluation of Independent Child Trafficking Guardians - Early Adopter Sites Summary: Section 48 of the Modern Slavery Act 2015 made provision for Independent Child Trafficking Advocates in England and Wales, who are an additional, independent source of advice for all trafficked children, and somebody who can speak up on their behalf. In the UK Government's response to the Independent Review of the Modern Slavery Act 2015, the Government committed to refer to Independent Child Trafficking Advocates as 'Independent Child Trafficking Guardians'. As such, the Service will be referred to as 'ICTGs' from this point on in this evaluation. However, quotes provided in this evaluation will refer to the previous name 'ICTAs', reflecting the name of the Service when the interviews and focus groups were conducted. The Government has committed to rolling out ICTGs nationally. To date, a staggered approach to rollout has been adopted, with built-in evaluations along the way. Currently, ICTGs have been expanded to one-third of local authorities in England and Wales and, where the Service currently operates, children who show indicators of modern slavery including trafficking are eligible to be referred into the ICTG service. In January 2017, the ICTG service was introduced into three early adopter sites: Greater Manchester, Hampshire and Isle of Wight, and nationally in Wales. The Service was subsequently expanded to three additional sites to test a revised model: West Midlands Combined Authority in October 2018, followed in April 2019 by the East Midlands and the London Borough of Croydon. The revised ICTG model continues to provide one-to-one support for children for whom there is no one with parental responsibility for them in the UK by way of an ICTG direct worker, and introduces the role of expert ICTG regional practice co-ordinators. ICTG regional practice coordinators focus on children for whom there is someone with parental responsibility for them in the UK, by working with professionals who are already supporting the child, to encourage a multi-agency approach for supporting children in this cohort. This evaluation, conducted by the Home Office and the University of Bedfordshire has assessed the ICTG service in the three original early adopter sites (Greater Manchester, Hampshire and Wales). The evaluation, conducted across a two-year period from February 2017 - January 2019, considers the original model for the ICTG service which provided one-to-one ICTG support for all children. The overall aim of the evaluation is to answer the question: What is the 'added value' of the ICTG service, and is this different for different groups of children and in different early adopter sites? In July 2018, the Home Office published an interim report (Home Office, 2018) presenting findings at the interim stage of the two-year evaluation. The report provided early insights into how the ICTG service added value, in terms of building trust with trafficked children, providing important advocacy work and providing specialist knowledge to professionals involved. The interim report did not focus on outcomes as many children had been in the Service for only a limited amount of time, and only the first phase of qualitative research had been completed. This report consequently focuses more on outcomes for trafficked children in the ICTG service and the findings from the qualitative research. Details: London: Home Office, 2019. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 18, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/819723/evaluation-independent-child-trafficking-guardians-final-horr111.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Exploitation and Abuse Shelf Number: 157023

Author: Smith, Victoria Title: An Analysis of Indicators of Serious Violence: Findings from the Millennium Cohort Study and the Environmental Risk (E-Risk) Longitudinal Twin Study Summary: The Serious Violence Strategy (Home Office, 2018) highlighted recent increases in homicides, gun crime and knife crime. These offences account for around 1% of all recorded crime, but their impact on society is significant. The Costs of Crime report estimates the total economic and social costs (2015/16 prices) of homicide and violence with injury at 1.8 billion pounds and 15.5 billion pounds respectively (Heeks et al., 2018). One of the recommendations in the strategy was to pursue early intervention, given the strong evidence that it can prevent violent behaviour (Home Office, 2018, ch.2). The aim of this report is to support the roll-out of early intervention by: - investigating, using risk factor analysis, the extent to which resources can be allocated to high-risk groups to maximise effectiveness and value for money, and the trade-offs involved; - using logistic regression analysis with a rich set of control variables to determine which factors are associated with serious violence - linked behaviours (SVLBs), and hence adding to the evidence base on how to identify individuals for early intervention. Data for this report comes from two surveys: the Millennium Cohort Study (MCS) and the Environmental Risk (E-Risk) Longitudinal Study. The MCS is a nationally representative study of people born in the UK in 2000 and 2001. The E-Risk study involves same-sex twins born in 1994 and 1995 in England and Wales. The advantage of using these surveys is that they are broadly representative of today's UK youth cohort (age 17 to 24). The MCS section of the report analyses factors associated with weapon carrying/use (selfreported at age 13 to 15). In our MCS sample, 317 of the 11,024 individuals (2.88%) report these behaviours. The E-Risk section looks at gang fighting and robbery in addition to weapon carrying/use (all self-reported at age 18). Descriptive statistics show that 185 of the 2,046 individuals in our E-Risk sample (9.04%) self-reported at least one of these SVLBs. For both surveys, we investigate the relationship between the SVLBs and a rich set of other variables, including individual/family/community/educational and behavioural factors, using descriptive statistics and two methods of logistic regression (enter method and stepwise). For each survey we use three different models, which are an attempt to tailor the analysis to the practicalities of policy activity. Model 1 contains no educational or behavioural factors - it mostly contains individual and parental variables. It therefore attempts to assess the variables that would likely be available to early intervention projects without significant additional data collection and regardless of the age of the identified group. Model 2 adds (in addition to the variables included in Model 1) variables relating to school and certain types of social behaviour that might become available to projects when the child has reached school age. Model 3 adds variables that relate to anti-social behaviour (ASB), substance use and criminal activity. By observing how the significance of indicators changes as additional characteristics are included, potential inferences may be drawn. Details: London: Home Office, 2019. 104p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 18, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/819840/analysis-of-indicators-of-serious-violence-horr110.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 157024

Author: Newton, Alexander Title: Economic and Social Costs of Reoffending: Analytical Report Summary: Executive summary: The appraisal and evaluation of policies and interventions is a key part of the decisionmaking process in government. Assessing the costs and benefits of these allows evidence-based decisions that enable the government to use its limited budgets to best effect and to ensure interventions deliver value for money. This report therefore fills a key evidence gap by estimating the economic and social costs of reoffending in England & Wales. It can be used by policy makers to assess the value for money of interventions that aim to reduce reoffending. Furthermore, the analyses by reoffence group and index disposal provides a level of granularity which enables a firmer understanding of the potential impacts of policy decisions and the feasibility of future options compared to previous estimates. In 2018, the Home Office (HO) published an updated version of the economic and social costs of crime which has provided a valuable starting point to estimate the costs of reoffending. Cost estimates are based on a cohort of offenders that had either been released from custody or had received a caution or non-custodial conviction between January to December 2016, and who then went on to reoffend over a 12-month follow-up period, as defined in the proven reoffending official statistics. These proven reoffences are counted from a cohort which spans offenders released from custody or who received a caution or non-custodial conviction (hereafter, known as the index disposal) in 2016. Reoffences, as counted in this report, could therefore take place from January 2016 to December 2017 but are only counted if they take place within a 12-month follow-up period from the index disposal. This is used to approximate the number of reoffences over a 12-month period. Therefore, it does not capture reoffending where reoffences occur over a longer period after the index disposal. Estimates have subsequently been uplifted to 2017/18 prices by using a Gross Domestic Product deflator. Assumptions and limitations outlined in Section 3 of the report should be considered when interpreting the results. In particular, total costs of reoffending presented will be underestimates given that figures associated with certain offence groups represent partial costs only. Furthermore, the estimates do not capture reoffending where reoffences occur over a longer period after the index disposal. Main results, which are based on a cohort of offenders identified in 2016 who subsequently went on to reoffend over a 12-month follow-up period, show that: - The total estimated economic and social cost of reoffending was 18.1 billion pounds. - The estimated economic and social cost of reoffending by adults was 16.7 billion pounds. - Theft reoffences made up most of the estimated costs for adults compared to other offence groups, at 9.3 billion pounds, followed by violence against the person reoffences, at 4.2 billion pounds. - In terms of index disposal type, adult offenders who had previously received a court order or custodial sentence accounted for the largest portion of estimated costs, at 6.5 billion pounds and 6.0 billion pounds respectively. - The cost of reoffending by children and young people (i.e. those under the age of 18 at the time of entry into the cohort) was 1.5 billion pounds, with theft comprising the largest portion compared to other offence groups, at 532 million pounds. - Reoffences committed by children and young people who had previously received youth rehabilitation orders or first tier penalties as their index disposal type incurred most of the costs, at 510 million pounds and 468 million pounds respectively. - The cost of reoffences committed by adults who had previously received a custodial sentence of less than 12 months was 5.0 billion pounds whilst those who had served a sentence of 12 months or more cost 1.0 billion pounds. The cost difference is primarily driven by the greater number of offenders receiving shorter sentences compared to those receiving a longer sentence. The equivalent costs for reoffending by children and young people were 52 million and 22 million pounds respectively. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2019. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 18, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/814650/economic-social-costs-reoffending.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Evidence-Based Decisions Shelf Number: 157025

Author: Home Office Title: Consultation on a New Legal Duty to Support a Multi-Agency Approach to Preventing and Tackling Serious Violence Summary: The Government's Serious Violence Strategy is clear that tackling serious violence is not only a law enforcement issue, it needs a multi-agency approach involving a range of partners and agencies such as education, health, social services, housing, youth and victim services with a focus on prevention and early intervention. Action should be guided by evidence of the problems and what works in tackling the root causes of violence. To do this, we must bring organisations together to share information, data and intelligence and encourage them to work in concert rather than in isolation. 2. The proposed new duty is a key building block of the Government's public health approach to preventing and tackling serious violence. We are also investing 100m pounds extra funding in 2019/20 to support increased police activity to tackle knife crime. This includes the provisional allocation of 35m pounds funding for the introduction of Violence Reduction Units in the 18 force areas most affected by serious violence. The proposed duty will complement and assist the Violence Reduction Units in their aim of preventing and tackling serious violence, by providing a strategic platform with the right regulatory conditions to support successful delivery of this multi-agency approach, including through the extended set of partners on whom the duty will fall. 3. Other building blocks to the approach include the 200m pounds investment over ten years for the Youth Endowment Fund, which will focus on targeted early intervention with those children and young people most vulnerable to involvement in serious violence; and the establishment of the cross party, cross sector, Serious Violence Taskforce which is chaired by the Home Secretary, to provide additional oversight and external challenge of this critical work. 4. This all builds on the Government's Serious Violence Strategy which was published in April 2018. In particular, it builds on the analysis of the drivers and risk factors for serious violence set out in the Strategy, as well as the Strategy's commitments such as the investment of 22m pounds in the Early Intervention Youth Fund which is supporting 40 projects in England and Wales; and the introduction of the National County Lines Coordination Centre which has already co-ordinated three separate weeks of intensive law enforcement action resulting in more than 1600 arrests, over 2100 individuals engaged for safeguarding, and significant seizures of weapons and drugs. 5. Noting the opportunities and challenges that have been described in response to the options in the consultation, the Government intends to bring forward primary legislation, when parliamentary time allows, to create a new duty on relevant agencies and organisations to collaborate, where possible through existing partnership structures, to prevent and reduce serious violence. In doing so, the Government will create the conditions for flexibility in local areas to allow agencies and bodies to determine how best to work together to address local need. The Government also recognises the important role of Community Safety Partnerships in this context, so we will amend the Crime and Disorder Act 1998 to ensure that serious violence is an explicit priority for Community Safety Partnerships. 6. The geographical scope of the proposed new duty is England and Wales, mirroring that of the Serious Violence Strategy. The Welsh Government supports this approach which recognises the importance of creating flexibility for local areas and the intention to complement the existing mechanisms that are already in place to tackle serious violence, and the different legislative and partnership landscape in Wales. Details: London: Home Office, 2019. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 21, 2019 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/consultations/serious-violence-new-legal-duty-to-support-multi-agency-action Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 157029

Author: Mulhall, Joe Title: Modernising and Mainstreaming: The Contemporary British Far Right Summary: By analysing the rhetoric espoused at a series of major far-right events across 2018 and comparing it to societal polling it becomes evident that large parts of the contemporary far-right's platform - namely anti-Muslim politics, co-option of the free speech debate and an anti-elite populism - have widespread public support. Details: London: Commission for Countering Extremism, 2019. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 24, 2019 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/modernising-and-mainstreaming-the-contemporary-british-far-right Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Anti-Muslim Shelf Number: 157044

Author: Allington, Daniel Title: Violent Extremist Tactics and Ideology of the Sectarian Far Left Summary: This study addresses the question of whether a relationship exists between sympathy for violent extremism and openness to ideological positions associated with the revolutionary far left. We begin by analysing the characteristics of British far-left sectarian groups: that is, small, ideologically homogeneous organisations, each of which rejects parliamentary politics as a route to socialism and instead aspires to become the 'vanguard party' of Leninist revolutionary theory. We distinguish the members of such groups from members of the public who identify as 'very left-wing'. We then develop a survey instrument derived from publications by sectarian far-left groups and pilot it on a stratified random sample of the self-identified 'very left-wing' (N = 1073). The data collected is then re-used as a boost sample for a nationally-representative sample of the British public (N = 3823). Using these data, we test the hypothesis of a positive association between the belief system disseminated by the sectarian far left - which we term 'revolutionary workerism' - and sympathy with violent extremist tactics. We find a relationship which is highly significant in both statistical and substantive terms: those who express strong agreement with revolutionary workerist ideas are far more likely to express sympathy with violent extremist tactics than those who express strong disagreement. We also find a positive relationship between sympathy for violent extremism and a geopolitical outlook resembling the 'anti-imperialist' ideology promoted by the sectarian far left, in that those who see the US and the UK (and, among the 'very leftwing', also Israel) as a greater threat to world peace than NATO strategic adversaries such as North Korea tend to be more sympathetic to violent extremism than those who do not. Details: London: King's College London, 2019. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 24, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/818862/Allington-McAndrew-Hirsh-2019-Jul-19.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Far Left Shelf Number: 157045

Author: Lee, Benjamin Title: Overview of the Far-Right Summary: This paper provides readers with an overview of the far-right in the UK. It covers the various ideological strains that inhabit the far-right space (broadly interpreted) as well as some of their different aims and objectives. The paper finishes by setting out some of the available indicators of the scale of far-right support in the UK. Details: Lancaster, United Kingdom: Centre for Research and Evidence on Security Threats, Lancaster University, 2018 Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 24, 2019 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/overview-of-the-far-right Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Extremists Shelf Number: 157046

Author: Allen, Chris Title: National Action: Links Between the Far Right, Extremism and Terrorism Summary: In December 2016, National Action was proscribed under the Terrorism Act 2000. Deemed to be concerned in terrorism, it was a landmark decision:the first time in British history a far-right group had been proscribed. Accordingly, it became a criminal offence to be a member of National Action, invite support or help organise any meetings connected with it. Likewise, to wear clothing, carry symbols or display articles which suggest support. Since its proscription, the police have announced 28 arrests on suspicion of membership - four relating to members of the British armed forces � resulting in 11 successful convictions for membership alongside other offences, specifically three convictions for possessing information likely useful to a person preparing to commit an act of terrorism, and one conviction apiece for inciting racial hatred, distributing a terrorist publication, preparing an act of terrorism and making threats to kill a police officer. At the time of writing, further trials are pending. Members of National Action (pre- and post-proscription) have additionally been arrested and convicted of other offences, including inciting racial hatred, possession, making explosives and conspiracy to commit violent disorder. This paper offers a detailed examination of National Action exploring the links between the far-right, extremism and terrorism. In doing so, this paper generates new knowledge and understanding about the group's commitment to 'authentic' nationalist ideologies, the relationship between those ideologies and violence, the trajectories taking the group and its activists from non-violence to violence, the impact of proscription and its potential legacy. Details: Leicester, United Kingdom: University of Leicester, Department of Crimnology, The Centre for Hate Studies, 2019. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 24, 2019 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/national-action-links-between-the-far-right-extremism-and-terrorism Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Extremism Shelf Number: 157050

Author: Scottish Government Title: Scotland's Place in Europe: Security, Judicial Co-Operation and Law Enforcement Summary: This paper is one of a series of policy papers flowing from the Scottish Government's Scotland's Place in Europe publications, which set out the implications of a hard Brexit for Scotland and constructive alternatives. The Scottish Government believes that Scotland's future is best served by continued European Union (EU) Membership, in line with the wishes of the Scottish people as expressed in the referendum in 2016. However, if Brexit proves inevitable our interests, as defined by the First Minister in her Institute for Public Policy Research speech in 2016, are best protected by the United Kingdom (UK) remaining inside the EU Single Market and Customs Union. In the area of Justice, the Scottish Government is continuing to engage with key justice and legal bodies in Scotland to assess and plan for the full potential impact of Brexit. The Scottish Government's overarching aims are to ensure that the specific implications of Brexit for Scotland's independent justice system are taken into account in the negotiation process and that the benefits which Scotland derives from effective cross-border co-operation within the EU on justice and security matters are maintained. The aim of this paper is to help people's understanding of how, in the case of security and criminal justice interests, continued participation in the EU Justice and Home Affairs (JHA) criminal cross border justice and security measures benefits Scotland. The paper offers a "sectoral" insight into how a range of JHA measures currently work, why it matters so much and what is likely to be different after the UK leaves the EU. This paper will help inform the evidential basis for the Scottish Government's engagement with both the UK Government and the EU as negotiations continue. Details: Edinburgh, Scotland: Scottish Government, 2018. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2019 at: https://www.gov.scot/publications/scotlands-place-europe-security-judicial-co-operation-law-enforcement/ Year: 2018 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Judicial Cooperation Shelf Number: 157052

Author: Giusta, Marina Della Title: Quashing Demand Criminalizing Clients?: Evidence from the UK Summary: We discuss changes in the demand for paid sex accompanying the criminalization of prostitution in the United Kingdom, which moved from a relatively permissive regime under the Wolfenden Report of 1960, to a much harder line of aiming to crack down on prostitution with the Prostitution (Public Places) Scotland Act 2007 and the Policing and Crime Act of 2009 in England and Wales. We make use of two waves of a representative survey, the British National Survey of Sexual Attitudes and Lifestyles (Natsal, conducted in 2000-2001 and Natsal, conducted in 2010-2012) to illustrate the changes in demand that have taken place across the two waves. We do not find demand decreasing in our sample and find a shift in the composition of demand towards more risky clients, which we discuss in the context of the current trends towards criminalization of prostitution. Details: Bonn, Germany: Institute of Labor Economics, 2019. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2019 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp12405.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Criminalization Shelf Number: 157053

Author: Clinks Title: RR3 Special Interest Group on Employment Support for People in Contact with the Criminal Justice System Summary: There is a growing recognition in government policy of the importance of employment for the successful resettlement of people leaving custody and those serving community sentences. People with convictions face significant barriers to finding and sustaining secure employment. Only 26% of men and 8% of women have a job to go to when leaving prison. In May 2018, the Ministry of Justice (MoJ) published its Education and Employment Strategy for adult prisoners which sets out the department's approach for developing prisoners' learning and skills and improving employment outcomes after release. The Strategy announced the launch of the New Futures Network (NFN), a national infrastructure with the purpose of engaging and persuading employers to take on ex-prisoners, with experts placed in every geographical prison group in a phased roll-out across England and Wales. Voluntary organisations play a vital role in supporting people with convictions into employment. The services they provide range from training and education to improve employability, support through job application and recruitment processes, helping individuals to access their rights as employees, and support meeting people�s wider needs to enable them to sustain employment. Many voluntary sector organisations that specialise in employment support have also formed valuable networks with employers to increase the opportunities available to people in contact with the criminal justice system (CJS). It is essential for the success of the education and employment strategy that MoJ, Her Majesty's Prison and Probation Service (HMPPS), and NFN engage the voluntary sector and recognise them as valuable strategic partners as they develop their employment policies and implement the Strategy. Details: London: Clinks, 2019. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2019 at: https://www.clinks.org/publication/rr3-special-interest-group-employment-support-people-contact-criminal-justice-system Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 157056

Author: Galisteo, Samantha Title: Process Evaluation of the Global Positioning System (GPS) Electronic Monitoring Pilot: Quantitative Findings Summary: This research sets out findings from quantitative data collected during the pilot. It describes management information on the activity over the course of the pilot, including outcomes and compliance, and initial staff perceptions, and tag wearer expectations and experiences. It aims to complement the independent qualitative process evaluation published in February 2019 and inform the rollout of GPS location monitoring. Details: London: Ministry of Justice Analytical Studies, 2019. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2019 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/process-evaluation-of-the-global-positioning-system-electronic-monitoring-pilot-quantitative-findings Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Computer Mapping Shelf Number: 157063

Author: Khidmat Centres Title: Sisters in Desistance: Community-Based Solutions for Muslim Women Post-Prison Summary: In 2014, we co-authored the very first report into the experiences of Muslim women in two UK prisons namely HMP/YOI New Hall and HMP Askham Grange. At the time, there was no particular reference to or visibility of Muslim women and their experiences throughout the prison system. Hence, we were uncertain as to how the report would be received by the Criminal Justice System (CJS) and the local communities from which these women came from. In some respects, this was a daring and risky venture on our part, given the sensitivities surrounding Muslim women and offending. In the Muslim community there was either no awareness that the issue existed or a refusal to acknowledge that this was even possible. At the same time, for providing agencies, Muslim women were perceived as a minority within a minority and thus not meriting attention and specialist support. From our experience, there was also a very real fear on the part of providers of unconscious bias when dealing with culturally and socially taboo areas. Perhaps this was somewhat exacerbated by the negativity surrounding the Muslim community, the spike in public Islamophobia and the lack of understanding around the disproportionately of Muslims in prisons. What was very clear from our findings was that Muslim women prisoners experienced an intersectionality of inequalities on the premise of gender, race, faith and culture over and above disadvantages in poverty, health and geography. This was something which we felt was overlooked, even by women's providers. Evidently, Muslim women did not neatly fit the traditional profile of women offenders. This was compounded by their experiences in family and community life but further reinforced by lack of culturally appropriate and tailored support within the prison establishment and beyond. The majority of women feared life beyond the prison gate and back into the community. In some respects, this was no different from other women but for Muslim women it brought into play cultural and social factors unique to their experiences. Women often spoke of an unfair community sentence in contrast to the liberal and sympathetic treatment that Muslim men are often given on release. As Muslim practitioners from that community, we understood the complex interplay between social stigma, cultural taboos, and the notion of honour. We recognised the aforementioned manifest themselves in terms of acceptance or rejection in the broader context of gender roles and expectations associated with them. This partly explained the lack of ownership and practical support from family, community and community institutions post prison release. Following the first report, we found ourselves at a crossroads of whether we could leave our findings on the desks of providers and the community in the hope that something would be done to move forward its recommendations. However, we felt this was not a realistic option. In the absence of any form of concerted effort to find solutions to community re-entry for Muslim women prisoners, we decided to develop a community led resettlement model to demonstrate what culturally informed and appropriate delivery looks like. This however required a community based organisation to take ownership and be receptive to the plight and journey of Muslim women in the CJS. Naturally, an embedded community organisation working with this client group would help to prevent women being further blamed and ostracised. Essentially this was about instigating a cultural shift in community-based practice but, at the same time, modelling a culturally competent and compatible provision which other Black Asian Minority Ethnic (BAME) and mainstream providers could learn from. Bradford was our natural choice due it location, size of the Muslim community and the willingness of the Khidmat Centres' management to allow us to pilot this project. This report attempts to capture the learning which we have developed from building a community-based re-entry model for Muslim women coming back to Bradford and the surrounding areas. It brings a fresh perspective to Muslim women in the CJS as it is led by service users. We have intentionally involved Muslim women who have benefitted from the support channeled through this model in order to achieve authenticity as well as giving them an opportunity to shape re-entry back into the community. Essentially, this process has entailed empowering Muslim women to take control and define what works for them. We expect this report to trigger change for providers to better understand the plight of Muslim women whilst in prison and on release. In doing so, enable them to develop and put in place more inclusive and culturally competent support, which should involve empowering and recognising the role of community providers. We strongly suggest that without community ownership and lead, deep seated and systematic issues will remain unresolved. The delivery model outlined in this report is set out in the broader prism of BAME women with particular and specialist focus on the faith and cultural community of these women. However, the underlying principles of this approach and the lessons learned may easily be transferred to other BAME women and more so to the Muslim male prison population. Alarmingly, the Muslim prison population at present stands at 16% of the total prison population of England and Wales in comparison to 5% of the general Muslim population. Details: Bradford, England: Khidmat Centres, 2019. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2019 at: http://www.khidmat.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2019/07/Sisters-in-Desistance-Final-.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Community Engagement Shelf Number: 157062

Author: KPMG Title: Prison: The Facts Summary: Facts and figures provide a better basis than opinion for policy and practice change. Drawn largely from government sources, these facts chart the extraordinary rise in prison numbers over the last twenty years, inflation in sentencing and the social and economic consequences of overuse of custody. They reveal the state of our overcrowded prisons and the state of people in them, the impact of deep budget cuts, the pace and scale of change in the justice system and the scope for community solutions to crime. Details: London: Prison Reform Trust, 2019. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2019 at: http://www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk/Portals/0/Documents/Bromley%20Briefings/Prison%20the%20facts%20Summer%202019.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Mass Incarceration Shelf Number: 156974

Author: Green, Alex Title: Keeping Children Safe Online Summary: ABOUT THIS PAPER: This discovery paper, written for Nominet by NPC in partnership with Parent Zone, is a sister paper to our report on Charities, young people and digital mental health services. We examine the landscape of online child safety support and education and what provisions exist to support them, with a primary focus on those aged 10-16. We focus on this age group because it is a critical time in a child's cognitive development and social interactions. As children move from primary to secondary school, they can experience disruption through introduction to a broader set of social norms. Many will also move on from monitored online usage on devices in the home, to having their own smartphone with potentially unlimited online access. This paper is based on an extensive literature review and a series of interviews with experts in the field. We've designed it to be particularly useful to donors with an interest in funding organisations working in this space. In this paper we present: - Contextual information on children's online safety, including mapping significant risks and the current policy context. - An overview of the types of online safety initiatives, along with key organisations and programmes. - Analysis of the gaps and challenges in existing provision for online safety, education and support. - Opportunities for charity sector funders to support improved online safety for children. We are grateful for the support of Parent Zone who have contributed the case studies presented throughout this paper. We would like to thank the following people for giving their time and expertise: - David Presky, York House School. - David Wright, South West Grid for Learning. - Professor Emma Bond, University of Suffolk. - Jay Harman, 5Rights. - Will Gardner, Childnet International. All quotes have been anonymised throughout this report. Details: Oxford, United Kingdom: Nominet, 2019. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2019 at: https://media.nominet.uk/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/Keeping-Children-Safe-Online-Report.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 157081

Author: University of York Title: Blueprints for the Treatment and Throughcare of Prisoners with Histories of Drug Dependence Summary: Recommendation: - The EPRA Working Group recommends that evaluated trials are undertaken of the blueprints presented here. We believe these will demonstrate clear benefits and cost savings, by transforming post-release support for prisoners who seek to make fundamental changes in their lives. Background: - Previous research has shown a 'cliff-edge' of support for released prisoners recovering from substance abuse. - Prison interventions can effectively initiate recovery journeys. However, prisoners' hopes for transformation become unrealistic when they are released homeless and unsupported. - The Ex-prisoners Recovering from Addiction (EPRA) Working Group was set up to produce evidence-based blueprints for the effective treatment and throughcare of prisoners recovering from addiction to drugs and/or alcohol. - In the course of its work, EPRA has considered reviews of the research evidence, received reports on promising approaches around the country and had feedback from focus groups of male and female prisoners with histories of substance misuse. - Reflecting different needs and opportunities, four blueprints have been developed separated by gender (men and women) and sentence length (short and longer sentences). Details: York, United Kingdom: University of York, 2019. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2019 at: https://www.york.ac.uk/media/spru/EPRA%20report.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Alcohol Shelf Number: 157087

Author: Ahdash, Fatima Title: Childhood Radicalisation and Parental Extremism: How Should Family Law Respond? Insights from A Local Authority v X, Y and Z Summary: A Local Authority v X, Y and Z (Permission to Withdraw) is a recent case in a series of cases appearing before the family courts, referred to as the radicalisation cases, which deal with concerns related to extremism, radicalisation and terrorism and their impact on children and families. The radicalisation cases represent a significant legal development and a unique legal moment, facilitating an unprecedented interaction between counter-terrorism and family law. The cases pose a number of serious legal questions: how should the law, and in particular family law, respond to fears that a child is at risk of childhood radicalisation? How should it deal with the terrorist and/or extremist as a parent? A Local Authority v X, Y and Z is an important radicalisation case which addresses these questions. In this article, I examine how the case deals with two issues: a) childhood radicalisation and its treatment by family law as a separate, free-standing harm which can justify compulsory state intervention and b) the question of parental extremism and/or involvement in terrorist related activity. I claim that although the case includes a necessary and welcome reaffirmation of the principles of family law in the face of worrying recent developments in the counter-terrorist landscape, this reaffirmation remains fragile. Finally, I argue that A Local Authority v X, Y and Z represents a missed opportunity for the family courts to critically reflect on and appraise the nature and purpose of family law's recent interaction with counter-terrorism. Details: London: London School of Economics and Political Science (LSE), 2019. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 3, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3393287 Year: 2019 Country: United Kingdom Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 158120